"•» 


:B 


^.  .  W 


■%.i' 


'*vrs:s» 


■-,1*1*;' 


;S:S 


■■#>■':..   ■.■^■^;^^V 


■^-;''^'>t»!. 


"i^.'.i^ 


■''.J-JCI 


E^t^-' 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2007  with  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


http://www.archive.org/details/classifiedcatalo07carniala 


CLASSIFIED  CATALOGUE 

OF  THE 

CARNEGIE  LIBRARY  OF  PITTSBURGH 


CLASSIFIED  CATALOGUE 

OF  THE 

CARNEGIE    LIBRARY    OF    PITTSBURGH 

1907-1911 


FINE  ARTS— LITERATURE— FICTION— FICTION  IN  FOREIGN 
LANGUAGES-HISTORY  AND  TRAVEL 


VOLUME  VII 

SERIES  THREE.  VOLUME  2 


PITTSBURGH 

CARNEGIE  LIBRARY 

1914 


50356 


crmrsMKCH     I 

PHESS  J 


B     aim 


1- 


Fine  arts 

700     General  works 

Quaritch,  Bernard,  comp.  roi6.7  Q18 

Catalogue  of  works  on  the  fine  arts  offered  at  the  net  prices  af- 
fixed by  Bernard  Quaritch.     1909-10. 

Vasari,  Giorgio.  700  Va2 

Vasari  on  technique;  being  the  introduction  to  the  three  arts  of 
design,  architecture,  sculpture  and  painting,  prefixed  to  the  Lives  of 
the  most  excellent  painters,  sculptors  and  architects;  tr.  by  L.  S.  Macle- 
hose,  ed.  with  introduction  &  notes  by  G.  B.  Brown.     1907.    Dent. 

Study  of  the  numerous  crafts  and  techniques  employed  in  Vasari's  day  in  architec- 
ture, sculpture,  painting,  fresco,  glass-work,  niello,  enamel,  metal  and  wood  engraving. 


701     i^sthetics.     Theories 

Babbitt,  Irving.  701  Bii 

The  new  Laokoon;  an  essay  on  the  confusion  of  the  arts.     1910. 

Houghton. 

"Nearly  a  century  and  a  half  ago,  Lessing  wrote  the  'Laokoon'  to  attack  the  pre- 
vailing pseudo-classic  doctrine  of  imitation,  and  especially  the  maxim  that  poetry 
should  be  pictorial — ut  picture  poesis ..  .With  a  sense  that  we  are  at  a  spiritual  pass 
that  requires  a  reaction  analogous  to  Lessing's,  Prof.  Irving  Babbitt  of  Harvard  has  at- 
tempted to  sketch  a  New  Laokoon  for  the  times... In  abundant  learning,  lightly  car- 
ried; in  the  number  and  importance  of  the  distinctions  it  establishes,  in  a  certain  pas- 
sion of  the  intellect  and  masculine  eloquence,  the  New  Laokoon  seems ...  no  whit  in- 
ferior to  the  old."     Nation,  jgio. 

Bourne,  George.  701  B6s 

Ascending  effort.     1910.    Constable. 

An  attempt  to  trace  the  psychological  sources  of  taste  and  the  nature  and  uses  of 
art.  It  is  in  effect  an  idealist's  argument  for  the  pervading  influence  of  art,  its  power 
to  mold  character  and  give  new  color  to  life,  its  importance  as  a  factor  in  the  "ascend- 
ing effort"  of  mankind. 

Burke,  Edmund.  701  B91 

Essay  on  the  sublime  and  beautiful,  with  an  introduction  by  Henry 
Morley.     1905.    Cassell. 

Croce,  Benedetto.  701  C88 

.(Esthetic  as  science  of  expression  and  general  linguistic;  tr.  from 
the  Italian  by  Douglas  Ainslie.       1909.     Macmillan. 

"Of  the  value  of  the  book,  there  is  no  question.  Its  destructive  analysis  of  the 
empirical,  naturalistic,  and  transcendental  asthetic  is  enlightening  and  convincing.  It 
clears  the  ground  for  constructive  studies.  It  is  written  with  superb  clearness,  vigor, 
and  picturesqueness.  Any  reader  who  is  capable  of  consecutive  thought  may  under- 
stand it,  and  will  not  fail  to  find  it  immensely  stimulating."     Nation,  igio. 

1277 


43 


1278  FINE  ARTS.    AESTHETICS 

De  Garmo,  Charles.  q70i  D38 

Laboratory  exercises  in  art  appreciation.  1907.  Bardeen.  (Cornell 
study  bulletins  for  teachers.) 

"Books  of  general  reference,"  p.  15. 

Gives  brief,  practical  suggestions  for  teachers  or  students  and  an  abstract  of  aesthetic 
principles.     These  principles  are  applied  in  the  analysis  of  several  pictures. 

Gioberti,  Vincenzo.  701  G43 

Del  bello.    1849.    Tipografia  Elvetica. 
Griggs,  Edward  Howard.  701  G89 

Art  and  the  human  spirit;  the  meaning  and  relations  of  sculpture, 
painting,  poetry  and  music;  a  handbook  of  eight  lectures.  1908.  Huebsch. 

"Book  list,"  p.51-57. 
Hogarth,  William.  701  H68 

Analysis  of  beauty;  a  reprint  including  the  plates  formerly  in  port- 
folio.   1909.    Silver  Lotus  Shop. 

First  published  in  1753. 

In  the  corner  of  Hogarth's  admirable  portrait  of  himself,  painted  in  1745  and  now 
in  the  National  Gallery,  London,  the  artist  drew  on  a  palette  a  serpentine  line  with  the 
words  "The  line  of  beauty  and  grace."  Much  speculation  ensued  as  to  the  meaning  of 
this  hieroglyphic  and  Hogarth  unfortunately  resolved  to  explain  his  meaning  in  writing. 
The  result  was  the  "Analysis  of  beauty,"  in  which  he  professed  to  define  the  principles 
of  beauty  and  grace.  By  his  adherents  it  was  praised  as  a  final  utterance  on  aesthetics; 
by  his  enemies  it  was  made  the  subject  of  endless  ridicule  and  caricature. 

In  this  edition  the  marginal  illustrations,  which  were  grouped  about  the  central 
illustrations  of  each  plate,  are  reproduced  in  the  size  of  the  originals  but  on  numerous 
separate  pages.  The  two  central  illustrations  are  greatly  reduced.  The  two  plates  as 
originally  issued  may  be  found  in  Hogarth's  "Works"   (qr759.2  H68). 

Howard,  William  Guild,  ed.  701  L64I 

Laokoon:  Lessing,  Herder,  Goethe;  selections  ed.  with  an  introduc- 
tion and  a  commentary.     1910.     Holt. 

"Bibliography,"  p.467-470. 

Of  the  three  texts  included  in  this  volume,  the  first,  Goethe's  little  essay,  "ITber 
Laokoon,"  is  a  description  and  interpretation  of  the  famous  marble  group  as  a  work  of 
plastic  art;  the  second,  Lcssing's  "Laokoon,"  is  primarily  a  delimitation  of  the  respective 
fields  of  what  Lessing  calls  painting  and  poetry, — that  is,  pictorial  and  literary  art;  the 
third.  Herder's  "Erstes  kritisches  waldchen,"  is  a  criticism  of  Lessing's  Laocoon. 

"The  student  finds  in  this  volume  a  wealth  of  syntactical,  linguistic,  philosophic,  and 
literary  notes;  a  valuable  summary  of  the  history  of  art,  based  on  Springer;  and  an 
introduction  to  German  aesthetic  literature,  preceding  and  contemporaneous  with  Lessing 
...A  noteworthy  product  of  the  best  American  scholarship."     Nation,  1911. 

Koziowski,  WJadysiaw  M.  701  K39 

Krolestwo  idealow  i  odkupienie  estetyczne.     1901. 
Millar,  G.  G.  701  M68 

What  is  a  picture?    1908.    Stock. 

Brief  explanation  of  the  qualities  which  a  painting  should  have  in  order  to  be 
considered  a  work  of  art. 

Raymond,  George  Lansing.  701  R24e 

Essentials   of  aesthetics   in   music,   poetry,   painting,   sculpture    and 

architecture.     1906.    Putnam. 

The  same.     1909 1701  R34e 

Author  is  (1907)  professor  of  aesthetics  in  George  Washington  University. 

"In  dealing  with  the  technique  of  his  subject  Mr.  Raymond  follows  somewhat 
after  text-book  lines.  His  discussions  are,  however,  often  wide  and  generally  interesting 
...  It  is  not  exactly  characterized  by  originality,  and  it  is  perhaps  of  necessity  largely 
of  the  nature  of  a  pot-pourri.  But  it  is  not  the  less  readable  on  this  account."  Outlook 
(London),  1907. 


FINE  ARTS— ESSAYS  1279 

Raymond,  George  Lansing.  701  R24rh 

Rhythm  and  harmony  in  poetry  and  music,  with  Music  as  a  repre- 
sentative art;  two  essays  in  comparative  aesthetics.     1909.    Putnam. 

Rodin,  Auguste.  701  R58 

L'art;  entretiens  reunis  par  Paul  Gsell.     191 1. 

"In  his  verbal  utterances  on  art  the  great  sculptor. .  .displays  something  of  the  same 
lucidity  and  force  of  expression  that  are  so  eminently  characteristic  of  his  plastic  work, 
defining  in  language  alike  virile  and  eloquent,  what  in  his  opinion  should  be  the  aim 
of  every  artist  whatever  the  medium  he  elects  to  employ."     Outlook  (London),  jgii. 

Scott,  Fred  Newton.  r70i  S42 

.(Esthetics;  its  problems  and  literature.     1890.     Inland  Press. 
Chiefly  a  list  of  books  on  esthetics,  with  brief  critical  notes. 

Stnive,  Henryk.  701  S92 

Sztuka  i  spoleczenstwo.    1903. 

Work  entitled  "Art  and  society." 

Teichmiiller,  Gustav.  701  A7izt 

Aristotelische  forschungen.     3v.  in  i.     1867-73.     Barthel. 
Contents:     Beitrage  zur  erklarung  der  Poetik  des  Aristoteles. — Aristoteles  philosophic 

der  kunst. — Geschichte  des  begriffs  der  parusie. 

Voysey,  Charles  Francis  Annesley.  701  V39 

Reason  as  a  basis  of  art.     1906.    Mathews. 
Little  book  which  upholds  the  highest  ethical  aims  for  art. 


702     Directories.     703     Dictionaries 

Annuaire  de  la  curiosite  et  des  beaux-arts,  191 1.    191 1.  r702  A61 

Address  list  of  museums,  artists  and  dealers  in  about  300  French  towns  with  some 
added  information  on  art  affairs  in  other  European  countries. 

Watelet,  Claude  Henri,  &  Levesque,  P.  C.  1703  W29 

Dictionnaire  des  arts  de  peinture,  sculpture  et  gravure.     Sv.     1792. 


704     Essays 


Chesneau,  Ernest.  704  C42 

Education  of  the  artist;  tr.  by  Clara  Bell.     1886.     Cassell. 
Religious,  historical  and  decorative  art,  and  art  in  its  relation  to  modern  life  and  to 

nature  are  some  of  the  subjects  discussed  in  these  essays. 

"Contains    much    matter    which    may    give    valuable    suggestions    to    the    student." 

Sturgis  and  Krehbiel's  Annotated  bibliography  of  fine  art. 

Clausen,  George.  704  C54 

Aims  and  ideals  in  art;  eight  lectures  delivered  to  the  students  of 
the  Royal  Academy.     1906.     Methuen. 

Contents:  On  truth  to  nature  and  style. — Imagination  and  the  ideal. — Invention. 
— Taste. — Drawing. — Quality  in  colour. — The  relative  importance  of  subject  and  treat- 
ment. 

"They  have  value  as  the  confidential  chats  of  a  delightful  and  highly  gifted  painter 
to  the  beginners  of  his  own  profession.  His  remarks  on  quality  in  colour  and... direct 
brush  work. .  .are  excellent.  So  also  is  the  whole  chapter  on  drawing."  Saturday  re- 
view, 1907. 

Illustrated  by  reproductions  of  drawings  by  Claude,  Rembrandt  and  other  artists. 


i28o  '  FINE  ARTS— ESSAYS 

Hazlitt,  William.  704  H38 

Essays  on  the  fine  arts;  ed.  by  W.  C.  Hazlitt.  1873.  Reeves. 
Contents:  On  Haydon's  Solomon. — An  inquiry  whether  the  fine  arts  are  promoted 
by  academies  and  public  institutions. — Character  of  Sir  Joshua  Reynolds. — On  the  Cata- 
log^ue  raisonne  of  the  British  Institution. — West's  picture  of  Death  on  the  pale  horse. 
— On  Farington's  Life  of  Sir  Joshua  Reynolds. — On  originality. — On  the  ideal. — On 
judging  of  pictures. — On  William's  views  of  Greece. — On  the  portrait  of  an  English 
lady,  by  V'andyck. — On  Lady  Morgan's  Life  of  Salvator  Rosa. — On  Hogarth's  Marriage 
a-la-mode. — On  the  fine  arts. — On  the  Elgin  marbles. — The  Vatican. — English  students 
at  Rome. — Fonthill  abbey. — On  Flaxman's  Lectures  on  sculpture. — Royal  Academy. — 
Sketches  of  the  principal  picture-galleries  in  England,  etc. 

Hiineker,  James  Gibbons.  704  H93 

Promenades  of  an  impressionist.     1910.     Scribner. 

Contents:  Paul  Cezanne. —  Rops  the  etcher. —  Monticelli. —  Rodin. —  Eugene  Car- 
ri^re. — Degas. — Botticelli. — Six  Spaniards:  "El  Greco." — "Velasquez." — Goya. — For- 
tuny. — Sorolla. — Zuloaga. — Chardin. — Black  and  white:  Piranesi. — Meryon. — John  Mar- 
tin.— Zorn. — Brangwyn. — Daumier. — Lalanne. — Legrand. —  Guys. —  Impressionism:  Mo- 
net.— Renoir. — Manet. — A  new  study  of  Watteau. — Gauguin  and  Toulouse-Lautrec. — 
Literature  and  art. — Museum  promenades. — Coda. 
Brief  critical  studies. 

Low,  Will  Hicok.  704  L95 

A  painter's  progress;  a  partial  survey  along  the  pathway  of  art  in 
America  and  Europe,  with  sundry  examples  and  precepts  culled  from 
personal  encounter  with  existing  conditions  and  reference  to  the  ca- 
reers of  many  artists  both  ancient  and  modern;  six  discourses  forming 
the  fifth  annual  series  of  the  Scammon  lectures,  delivered  before  the 
Art  Institute  of  Chicago,  April  1910.       1910.     Scribner. 

Contents:  The  awakening  of  vocation. — The  education  of  the  artist. — The  problem 
of  self-support. — Experiences  in  the  Old  World. — Thirty  years  at  home  and  abroad. — 
Our  present  and  our  future. 

Lyka,  Karoly.  704  LgS 

Kis  konyv  a  muveszetr61.     1908. 
Palgrave,  Francis  Turner.  .  704  P18 

Essays  on  art.     1867.     Hurd. 

Contents:  The  Royal  Academy  of  1863-65. — Mulready. — Dyce  and  William  Hunt. 
— Hippolyte  Flandrin. — Herbert's  "Delivery  of  the  law." — Recent  works  by  Holman 
Hunt. — Exhibition  of  F.  M.  Brown. — George  Cruikshank. — ^Japanese  art. — Sensational 
art. — Poetry  and  prose  in  art. — Lost  treasures. — Behnes  the  sculptor. — Thorvaldsen's 
life  and  works. — The  Farnese  marbles. — On  the  position  of  sculpture  in  England. — 
Sculpture  and  painting. — Triqueti's  "Marmor  Homericum." — The  Albert  cross  and  Eng- 
lish monumental  sculpture. — Thackeray  in  the  abbey. — New  Paris. 

Poynter,  Sir  Edward  John.  704  P87 

Ten  lectures  on  art.     1879.     Chapman. 

Contents:  Decorative  art. — Old  and  new  art. — Systems  of  art  education. — Hints  on 
the  formation  of  a  style. — The  training  of  art  students. — On  the  study  of  nature. — 
Value  of  prizes. — Objects  of  study. — Professor  Ruskin  on  Michelangelo. — The  influence 
of  art  on  social  life. 

Ruskin,  John.                               ^  704  R89m2 

Mornings  in  Florence;  being  studies  of  Christian  art  for  English 

travellers,  and  Time  and  tide,  The  art  of  England,  Notes  on  the  con- 
struction of  sheepfolds.    Estes. 

"The  untrained  student  in  ancient  art  is  seriously  misled  and  bis  time  wasted  when 
any  attempt  is  made  to  visit  and  study  paintings  with  these  books  in  hand.  After  one 
has  become  familiar  with  the  pictures,  these  books  may  be  useful  as  suggesting  an  ideal 
of  art  which  is  certainly  not  the  artist's  view,  but  may  still  be  defended  by  those  who 
seek  in  pictures  something  which  is  not  their  pictorial  quality."  Sturgis  and  Krehbiel's 
Annotated  bibliography  of  fine  art. 


FINE  ARTS— PERIODICALS  1281 

Symons,  Arthur.  704  S98 

Studies  in  seven  arts.     1906.    Dutton. 

Contents:  Rodin. — The  painting  of  the  nineteenth  century. — Gustave  Moreau.-;-. 
Watts. — Whistler. — Cathedrals. — The  decay  of  craftsmanship  in  England. — Beethoven. 
— The  ideas  of  Richard  Wagner. — The  problem  of  Richard  Strauss. — Eleonora  Duse. — 
A  new  art  of  the  stage. — A  symbolist  farce  [Ubu  roi,  by  Alfred  Jarry]. — Pantomime 
and  the  poetic  drama. — The  world  as  ballet. 

Thackeray,  William  Makepeace.  704  T33 

Essays  on  art.     [1904.]     Kelmscott  Soc. 

"An  essay  on  the  genius  of  George   Cruikshank,"   p.3i-88. 
"George  Cruikshank's  works,"   p.31-33. 
Brompton  edition. 

705     Periodicals 

qryos  Ai6 
Academy  notes;  monthly,  June  1905-date.    v.i-date.     1905-date. 

Issued  by  the  Buffalo  Fine  Arts  Academy. 
Jan.  ipio-date,  issued  quarterly. 

qr705  A51 
American  art  review;  a  journal  devoted  to  the  practice,  theory,  history 
and  archaeology  of  art.     [2v.]     1880-81. 
No  more  published. 

American  Federation  of  Arts.  r705  A512 

Proceedings  of  the  annual  convention  (ist),  1910.     1910. 

r705  A7845 
Art  and  progress;  monthly,  Dec.  1909-date.    v.i,  no.2-date.     1909-date. 
Published  by  the  American  Federation  of  Arts. 

qb705  A78 

Art  et  decoration;  revue  mensuelle  d'art  moderne;  index,  v.  1-24,  1897- 
1908. 

For  volumes  of  magazine  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

qr705  A7844 

Art  workers'  quarterly;  a  portfolio  of  practical  designs  for  decorative 
and  applied  art,  1905-Oct.  1906.     v.4-5. 

qr705  A79 
Artist;   an    illustrated   monthly   record   of  arts,    crafts   and   industries. 

V.  16-23.     1895-98. 

For  v.24-34  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

Brush  and  pencil;  monthly,  April-Sept.  1898.    v.2.    1898.  qr705  B83 

For  later  volumes  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

qr705  C69 
Collector  and  art  critic;  semimonthly,  Feb.  1905-Jan.  1907.  v. 3-5. 
1905-07. 

Continuation  of  the  "Collector." 

Discontinued  in  Oct.   1900,  resumed  publication  Feb.   15,   1905. 

For  V.I -2  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

qr705  C75 
Connoisseur;  an  illustrated  magazine  for  collectors  [monthly],  Sept. 
1901-date.    v.i-date.     1901-date. 

Index,  v.i-24,   Sept.    1901-Aug.   1909.     2v.   in   i. 

Presents  information  useful  for  the  collector  of  pictures,  furniture,  books,  pottery, 
silver,  medals,  stamps,  etc.,  with  a  monthly  review  of  the  chief  sales. 


1282  FINE  ARTS—PERIODICALS 

qryos  F494 
Fine  arts  journal,  devoted  to  art,  music  &  literature  [monthly],  1909- 
date.    v.20-date.    1909-date. 

qr705  625 
Gazette  des  beaux-arts;  courrier  europeen  de  I'art  et  de  la  curiosite 
[biweekly  and  monthly];  table  generates,  v.i-103,  1859-1908.     v.i. 

For  other  indexes  and  for  volumes  of  magazine  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

qryos  K436 
Die  Kunst  fur  alle  [semimonthly],  Oct.  1909-date.  v.25-date.  1909- 
date. 

qr705  K43 
Kunst  und  kunsthandwerk;  monatsschrift  des  K.  K.  Osterr.  Museums 
fuer  Kunst  und  Industrie,  1906-date.    9.  jahrgang-date. 

Profusely  illustrated  magazine,  devoted  chiefly  to  information  in  regard  to  exhibi- 
tions in  the  art  museums  of  the  world,  arts  and  crafts  societies,  etc. 

qryos  M248 
Magazine  of  fine  arts  [monthly],  Nov.  igos-Aug.  1906.     2v.     1905-06. 
No  more  published. 

qrjos  P18 
Palette  and  bench;  a  monthly  magazine  for  the  art  student  and  crafts- 
worker,  Oct.  1908-Dec.  1910.    V.1-V.3,  no.3.     1908-10. 

No  more  published. 

r705  S17 
Salon  of  the  dilettanti;  a  journal  of  comment  without  puff,  pull  or  plati- 
tude [monthly],  1907-March  1908.    v.i-v.2,  no.3.     [1907-08.] 

Not  published  from  July  to  Dec.   1907. 

Continuation  of  articles  which  appeared  under  this  title  in  "Brush  and  pencil" 
from  Dec.  1905  to  Dec.  1906.  Each  number  consists  of  short  essays  mainly  on  subjects 
of  current  art  interest. 

705  S37 

School  arts  book    [monthly],   Sept.    1908-date.     v.8-date.      1909-date. 
The  same,  Sept.  1907-date.    v.7-date.     1908-date r705  S37 

No  numbers  published  during  July  and  August. 

Intended  especially  for  students  and  teachers  of  drawing  in  primary  and  secondary 
schools.     Fully  illustrated,  partly  in  color. 

qr705  S62 
Sketch  book;  a  magazine  devoted  to  the  fine  arts,  Sept.  1906-Dec.  1907. 
V.6-V.7,  no. I.     [1906-07.] 

Published  irregularly;  discontinued  with  v.7,  no.i. 

r705.i  A78 
"Art  craftsman;"  technical  and  handicrafts  year  book,  1909-10.     [1909.] 


706     Societies 


Brookljm  Institute  of  Arts  and  Sciences — Museum.  qb7o6  B77 

Memoirs  of  art  and  archaeology,    v.i,  no.4.     1904. 

V.J,  no.4.  Vertical  curves  and  other  architectural  refinements  in  the  Gothic  cathe- 
drals and  churches  of  northern  France  and  in  early  Byzantine  churches  at  Constanti- 
nople, by  W.  H.  Goodyear. 

For  V.I,  no.  1-2,  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Hispanic  Society  of  America.  r7o6  H61 

Hispanic  Society  of  America,  founded  1904.    1910. 


ART  EDUCATION  1283 


New  York  (city) — Art  commission.  qr7o6  N26 

Annual  report  for  1906-11. 

Commission  has  jurisdiction  over  all  designs  for  municipal  buildings,  bridges,  etc., 
and  all  works  of  art  acquired  by  the  city,  which  include  not  only  paintings  and  statues, 
but  stained  glass,  fountains,  monuments,  etc.  In  191 1  the  number  of  questions  con- 
sidered was  208,  involving  an  expenditure  of  approximately  $25,500,000. 

For  volumes  for  1904-05  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

New  York  (city) — Art  commission.  T706  N26C 

[Art  commission  of  the  city  of  New  York,  by  J.  M.  Carrere  and 
J.  Q.  Adams.] 

Brief  account  of  the  inception  and  growth  of  this  commission,  which  has  jurisdic- 
tion over  works  of  art  owned  by  the  city,  over  structures  built  wholly  or  in  part  on 
public  land  and  over  lines,  grades  and  plotting  of  public  ways  and  grounds. 

Society  for  the  Encouragement  of  Arts,  Manufactures  r7o6  S67 

and  Commerce. 
Directory  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Arts;  ed.  by  Sir   H.  T.  Wood. 
1909.     Bell. 


707     Art  education 


Boston,  Museum  of  Fine  Arts — Museum  school.  r707  B64 

Annual  report  (ioth-35th),  1885/86-1910/11.     1886-1911. 
Prior  to   1902  the  name  of  the  school  was  School  of  Drawing  and  Painting  of  the 

Museum  of  Fine  Arts. 

Council  of  Supervisors  of  the  Manual  Arts.  VJOJ  C83 

Year-book;  annual  meeting  (3d-7th),  1903-07.     1903-07. 

"Bibliography  of  the  manual  arts"  in   each  volume. 

The  Council  of  Supervisors  of  the  Manual  Arts  was  organized  in  1901  and  dis- 
banded in  1907.  Its  chief  function  was  the  critical  discussion  of  questions  concerned 
with  the  teaching  of  the  manual  arts  in  the  public  schools.  The  year-book  consists  of 
papers  bearing  on  the  subject  contributed  by  members. 

Dow,  Arthur  Wesley.  707  D76 

Theoi'y  and  practice  of  teaching  art. 

Reprinted,  with  additional  plates,  from  "Teachers  College  record,"  v. 9,  no. 3,  May 
1908. 

By  the  professor  of  fine  arts  (1908)  in  the  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University. 
Outlines  courses  in  drawing,  modeling,  painting,  house  decoration  and  art  pedagogy. 
Numerous  illustrations. 

Franklin  Institute.  r707  F87 

Proceedings  relative  to  the  establishment  of  a  school  of  design  for 
women,  1850. 

Haney,  James  Parton,  ed.  707  H23 

Art  education  in  the  public  schools  of  the  United  States;  a  sym- 
posium prepared  under  the  auspices  of  the  American  committee  of  the 
third  International  Congress  for  the  Development  of  Drawing  and  Art 
Teaching,  London,  August  1908.     1908.    Amer.  Art  Annual. 

Deals  not  only  with  the  art  work  done  in  the  public  schools,  colleges  and  art 
schools,  but  with  art  societies  connected  with  public  schools,  the  educational  work  of 
the  art  museums,  child  study  in  relation  to  elementary  art  education,  etc.  Many  illus- 
trations. 


1284  ARTS  AND  CRAFTS.     ART  GALLERIES 

Arts  and  crafts 

Brown,  Gerald  Baldwin.  707.2  B78 

Arts   &  crafts  of  our  Teutonic  forefathers;   the   substance   of   the 

Rhind  lectures  for  1909.    1910.    Foulis.    (Arts  and  crafts  of  the  nations.) 

"Bibliography,"  p.232-238. 

Begins  with  an  investigation  of  the  artistic  qualities  of  the  early  Teutons,  to  de- 
termine how  far  these  people  possessed  an  original  art  before  they  came  into  contact 
with  the  Roman  world.  Attention  is  then  directed  to  the  cemeteries  in  which  most  of 
the  artistic  remains  of  the  Teutonic  tribes  have  come  to  light,  and  finally,  a  survey  of 
the  different  classes  of  objects  is  given.     Illustrated. 

Good  housekeeping.  707.2  G62 

The  Good  housekeeping  manual  of  home  handicraft.  1908.  Phelps 
Pub.  Co. 

Suggestions  and  directions  for  making  various  household  articles,  such  as  curtains, 
lamp-shades,  book-covers,  sofa  pillows,  etc.,  most  of  them  to  be  decorated  with  stenciling. 
Prices  of  the  various  designs  are  given.     Illustrated  from  photographs. 

Pittsburgh,  Art  Society.  r707.2  P67 

Exhibition  of  artistic  industries  of  the  Pittsburgh  district;  arranged 
by  the  society,  Feb.  8th  to  23d,  191 1.     [1911.] 

Priestman,  Mabel  Tuke.  707.2  P94 

Handicrafts  in  the  home.     1910.     McClurg. 

Contents:  Introduction.  —  Piercing  sheet  metal.  —  Repousse  work.  —  Etching  on 
metal. — Pottery-making. — Wood-  and  chip-carving. — Stencil  craft. — Stencilling  by  means 
of  acids. — Block  printing. — Batik,  an  ancient  Javanese  handcraft. — Leather  work. — 
Pyrography. — Marine  mosaics. — Decorative  window  treatment. — Home-made  furniture. — 
Hand-woven  rugs. — Fancy  pattern  weaving. — Crocheted  rugs. — Pulled  rugs. — Beaded 
drawn  work  and  other  novelties. — Netting. — Old-time  quilting. — Artistic  darning. — Rib- 
bon work. — Raffia  needlework. — Applique. 


708     Art  galleries  and  museums.     Exhibitions 

Hall,  Myra  S.  r7o8  H17 

What  to  see  in  the  great  galleries  of  Europe.     1906.     Edwards. 

Narrower  in  its  scope  than  the  ordinary  guide-book,  for  neither  explanation  nor 
criticism  is  included.  Under  each  gallery  is  given  merely  a  list  of  the  more  important 
works  of  art  which  are  to  be  found  in  it. 

Singleton,  Esther,  comp.  708  S61 

How  to  visit  the  great  picture  galleries.     191 1.     Dodd. 
The  same r7o8  S61 

Miss  Singleton  has  selected  from  the  vast  number  of  paintings  in  the  European  gal- 
leries those  which  are  recognized  by  critics  as  the  masterpieces  and  has  culled  passages 
descriptive  of  them  from  the  works  of  art  historians  and  authoritative  critics.  Fully 
illustrated. 

America 

Addison,  Mrs  Julia  de  Wolf  (Gibbs).  708.1  A22 

Boston  Museum  of  Fine  Arts;  a  descriptive  and  critical  account  of 
its  treasures,  which  represent  the  arts  and  crafts  from  remote  antiquity 
to  the  present  time  [1910].    1910.     Page. 


ART  GALLERIES  AND  MUSEUMS  1285 

Boston,  Museum  of  Fine  Arts.  r7o8.i  6643 

Annual  report  (ist-3Sth),  1876-1910.     1876-1911. 
1st  report  title  reads  "Proceedings  at  the  opening,  with  the  reports  for  1876." 
14th  report,   for   1889,   wanting. 

Boston,  Museum  of  Fine  Arts.  ryoS.i  B64ca 

Catalogue  of  works  of  art  exhibited  1883/1884.    v.i.    1884. 

V.I.     Sculpture  and  antiquities. 

For  V.2  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Boston,  Museum  of  Fine  Arts.  ryoS.i  B64h 

Handbook.    1906. 

Buffalo,  N.  Y.,  Albright  Art  Gallery.  ryoS.i  B86 

Catalogues  and  statement  of  condition,  constitution  and  by-laws,  list 
of  members,  etc.    1906-07. 

Contents:  Catalogue  of  the  2d  annual  exhibition  of  selected  water-colors  by  Ameri- 
can artists. — Catalogue  of  the  permanent  collection  of  sculpture  and  paintings,  with  some 
additions. — Catalogue  of  an  exhibition  of  contemporary  German  paintings,  Dec.  26, 
1906  to  Jan.  20,  1907. — Statement  of  condition,  constitution  and  by-laws,  list  of  mem- 
bers, etc. 

Carnegie  Institute,  Pittsburgh — Department  of  fine  arts.       ryoS.i  C2icat 
Catalogue  of  a  summer  loan  exhibition  of  paintings,  Carnegie  Insti- 
tute, August  13th  through  October  30th,  1908.     [1908.]     Pittsburgh. 

Carnegie  Institute,  Pittsburgh — Department  of  fine  arts.       ryoS.i  C2icta 
Catalogue  of  a  summer  loan  exhibition  of  paintings,  Carnegie  Insti- 
tute, July  1st  through  Sept.  30,  1910.     [1910.]     Pittsburgh. 

Carnegie  Institute,  Pittsburgh — Department  of  fine  arts.        ryoS.i  C2ict 
Catalogue  of  the  summer  exhibition  at  the  Carnegie  Institute,  June 
28th  until  Oct.  sth,  1902.     [1902.    Pittsburgh.] 

Carnegie  Institute,  Pittsburgh — Department  of  fine  arts.     r7o8.i  C21C0 
Conditions  of  entry  and  award  for  the  international  exhibition  of  oil 

paintings  to  be  held  at  the  Carnegie  Institute  from  April  27th  through 

June  30th,  191 1.    Pittsburgh. 
English  and  French  text. 

Drexel  Institute,  Philadelphia.  r7o8.i  D82 

Catalogue  of  the  paintings  in  the  picture  gallery.    1908. 

Francke,  Kuno.  ryoS.i  F87 

Hand  book  of  the  Germanic  Museum  [Harvard  University].     1908. 

Harvard  University. 

The  aim  of  the  museum  is  to  illustrate,  by  reproductions  of  typical  works  of  the 

fine  arts  and  the  crafts,  the  development  of  Germanic  culture  from  the  first  contact  of 

Germanic  tribes  with  the  civilization  of  the  Roman  empire  to  the  present  day. 

Maryland  Historical  Society.  r7o8.i  M43 

Catalogue  of  paintings,  engravings,  &c.  at  the  picture  gallery  of  the 
Maryland  Historical  Society  (3d-5th,  7th  exhibition),  1850,  1853,  1856, 
1868.    1850-68.    (Maryland  Historical  Society.     Publications.) 

Catalogue  of  sth  exhibition  includes  that  of  the  first  exhibition  of  the  Artists' 
Association  of  Baltimore. 

With  this  are  bound  the  following  publications  of  the  society:  Catalogue  of  paint- 
ings at  the  picture  gallery  of  the  society,  free  exhibition,  1874. — Descriptive  catalogue 


ia86  ART  GALLERIES  AND  MUSEUMS 

Maryland  Historical  Society — continued.  r  708.1  M43 

of  statuary  on  exhibition  at  the  gallery  of  the  society,  1875. — Descriptive  catalogue  of 
statuary  and  paintings  on  exhibition  at  the  gallery  of  the  society,  1879. — Constitution 
*nd  by-laws  of  the  society,  1867. — Charter,  constitution  and  by-laws  of  the  society  and 
a  catalogue  of  the  society's  publications,  1844-78. — Catalogue  of  the  manuscripts,  maps, 
medals,  coins,  statuary,  portraits  and  pictures  and  an  account  of  the  library  of  the  society, 
by  Lewis  Mayer,   i8s4. — Newspapers  in  the  Maryland  Historical  Society,  by  J.  W.  M.  Lee. 

Montreal,  Numismatic  and  Antiquarian  Society.  ryoS.i  M87 

Catalogue  of  the  Chateau  de  Ramezay  museum  and  portrait  gallery; 
prepared  by  Thomas  O'Leary.    1906. 

New  York  (city) — Art  commission.  qryoS.i  N261 

Catalogue  of  the  works  of  art  belonging  to  the  city  of  New  York. 
1909. 

ryoS.i  N2612 
New  York  (city),  Committee  on  Art  and  Exhibition  of  Centennial  Cele- 
bration of  the  Inauguration  of  George  Washington  as  First  Presi- 
dent of  the  United  States. 
Catalogue  of  the  loan  exhibition  of  historical  portraits  and  relics, 
Metropolitan  Opera  House,  New  York  city,  April  17th  to  May  8th,  1889. 
1889. 

New  York  (city),  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art.  r7o8.i  N26ca 

Catalogue  of  the  collection  of  casts.     1908. 

New  York  (city),  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art.  r7o8.i  N26h 

Handbooks,    v.2-6.     1904-07. 

T.2.  Catalogue  of  the  Crosby  Brown  collection  of  musical  instruments  of  all  na- 
tions; Europe. 

V.3.  Catalogue  of  the  Crosby  Brown  collection  of  musical  instruments  of  all 
nations;  Asia. 

V.4.  Catalogue  of  the  Crosby  Brown  collection  of  musical  instruments  of  all 
nations;  Africa,  pt.i. 

v.s.  Catalogue  of  the  Crosby  Brown  collection  of  musical  instruments  of  all 
nations;  historical  groups. 

V.6.  Catalogue  of  the  Crosby  Brown  collection  of  musicians'  ptortraits;  biographical 
sketches. 

For  V.I  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

New  York  (city),  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art.  r7o8.i  N26hu 

Hudson-Fulton  celebration;  catalogue  of  an  exhibition  held  in  the 
Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art,  Sept.-Nov.  1909.    2v.  in  i.    1909. 

Contents:  Catalogue  of  a  collection  of  paintings  by  Dutch  masters  of  the  17th  cen- 
tury.— Catalogue  of  an  exhibition  of  American  paintings,  furniture,  silver  and  other 
objects  of  art,   1625-1825. 

Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania  Academy  of  the  Fine  Arts.  r7o8.i  P49 

Catalogue  of  the  annual  exhibition  (30th,  66th-69th),  1853,  1896/97- 
1900. 

For  later  volumes  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania  Academy  of  the  Fine  Arts.  r7o8.i  P49I 

Loan  exhibition  of  historical  portraits,  Dec.  i,  1887-Jan.  15,  1888; 

catalogue.     1887. 

Gives  much  interesting  information  about  the  subjects  of  the  portraits.     No  illus- 


ART  GALLERIES  AND  MUSEUMS  1287 

Preyer,  David  Charles.  708.1  P93 

Art  of  the  Metropolitan  Museum  of  New  York;  a  descriptive  and 
critical  account  of  its  treasures,  which  represent  the  arts  and  crafts 
from  remote  antiquity  to  the  present  time  [1909].     1909.     Page. 

Begins  with  a  brief  history  of  the  museum  and  statement  of  its  aims,  and  closes 
with  a  list  of  benefactors.  The  19  intervening  chapters  give  brief  histories  or  technical 
explanations  of  each  branch  of  art,  with  incidental  mention  of  examples  in  the  galleries. 

Rathbun,  Richard.  rsoj  U25b  no.70 

National   gallery  of  art,   Department  of  fine  arts  of  the   National 

museum.    1909.     (In  United  States — National  museum.    Bulletin  no.70.) 

Taylor,  Talbot  Jones.  qr7o8.i  T25 

The  Talbot  J.  Taylor  collection;  furniture,  wood-carving  and  other 

branches  of  the  decorative  arts.     1906.     Putnam. 

This    collection    at    Cedarhurst,    Long    Island,    consists    chiefly    of    furniture,    with 

some  speciments  of  carved  wood  and  a   few  purely  decorative  objects,  statuettes,   etc. 

Illustrations  are  half  tone,  with  very  brief  text. 

United  States — Commissioners  to  the  Paris  Universal  r7o8.i  P23U 

Exposition,  1889. 

Official  catalogue  of  the  United  States;  fine  arts  section.     1889. 
Western  Pennsylvania  Exposition  Society,  Pittsburgh.  r7o8.i  P67 

Art  gallery;  exposition  [catalogue],  1890,  1894,  1896.  [1890-96.] 
Pittsburgh. 

Catalogues  for  1890  and  1894  bound  with  other  pamphlets  (r627.i  P67).  . 


England 
Brockwell,  Maurice  W.  708.2  B76 

National  Gallery:  Lewis  bequest,  with  preface  by  Sir  Charles  Hol- 
royd.     1909.    Allen. 

"Bibliography,"  p.  185-1 89. 

Carefully  prepared  handbook  of  the  pictures  added  to  the  National  Gallery,  London, 
through  the  bequest  of  Thomas  Denison  Lewis  in  1863. 

Cook,  Edward  Tyas,  comp.  r7o8.2  C77a 

Popular  handbook  to  the  National  Gallery;  including  notes  collected 

from  the  works  of  Mr  Ruskin.    2v.    1901-09.     Macmillan. 
V.I.     Foreign  schools. 
V.2.     British  schools  (including  the  Tate  Gallery).  ' 

London,  National  Gallery.  r7o8.2  L82d 

Descriptive  and  historical  catalogue  of  the  pictures  and  other  works 
of  art  in  the  National  Gallery,  with  biographical  notices  of  the  deceased 
artists;  British  school.     1909. 

London,  National  Gallery.  1708.2  L82de 

Descriptive  and  historical  catalogue  of  the  pictures  in  the  National 
Gallery,  with  biographical  notices  of  the  painters;  foreign  schools. 
1906. 

Manchester,  England — Art  gallery.  r7o8.2  M32 

Loan  exhibition  of  works  by  early  British  masters,  winter  1909. 
[1909.     Hey  wood.] 


1288  ART  GALLERIES  AND  MUSEUMS 

Oxford  University — Ashmolean  museum.  1708.2  O35 

Ashmolean  Museum;  summary  guide.    1909. 

This  museum  is  the  oldest  in  Great  Britain  and  one  of  the  oldest  in  Europe.  It  is 
particularly  rich  in  vEgean,  Hittite  and  Egyptian  antiquities.  The  handbook  has  been 
prepared  by  specialists  on  the  museum  staff  or  allied  with  it. 

Royal  Academy  pictures,  1888-99.    1888-99.  qr7o8.2  R81 

Being  the  Royal  Academy  supplement  of  the  "Magazine  of  art." 
For  later  volumes  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

Stokes,  Hugh,  comp.  708.2  S87 

Art  treasures  of  London;  a  chronological  guide  to  the  schools  of 
painting  as  represented  in  the  public  galleries  of  London,  the  collec- 
tions at  Dulwich  &  Hampton  Court  &  the  university  museums  of  Ox- 
ford &  Cambridge.    1908.    Fairbairns.    (Art  treasures  series.) 

Germany.     Austria 

Addison,  Mrs  Julia  de  Wolf  (Gibbs).  708.3  A22 

Art  of  the  Dresden  gallery;  a  critical  survey  of  the  schools  and 
painters  as  represented  in  the  royal  collection.    1907.    Bell. 

"Bibliography,"  p.445-446. 

This  gallery  is  especially  rich  in  Dutch  and  Italian  works.  The  book  contains  many 
illustrations. 

Berlin,  Konigliche  National-Galerie.  qr7o8.3  B455 

Ausstellung  deutscher  kunst  aus  der  zeit  von  1775-1875  in  der 
Koniglichen  Nationalgalerie,  Berlin,  1906;  hrsg.  vom  vorstand  der 
deutschen  jahrhundertausstellung.    2v.     1906.     Bruckmann. 

V.I.  Auswahl  der  hervorragendsten  bilder  mit  einleitendem  text  von  Hugo  von 
Tschudi. 

V.2.     Katalog  der  gemalde  mit  1137  abbildungen. 

In  1906  there  was  held  in  the  National  gallery  of  Berlin  a  centennial  exhibition 
representative  of  German  art  from  1775  to  1875.  Volume  i  contains  a  collection  of 
reproductions  of  the  more  important  paintings,  with  brief  introductory  text  affording 
a  survey  of  the  period  covered.  Volume  2  is  a  catalogue  of  the  complete  exhibition, 
with  smaller  illustrations  and  brief  text. 

Berlin,  Konigliche  National-Galerie.  r7o8.3  B455V 

Verzeichnis  der  gemalde  und  skulpturen  in  der  Koniglichen  Na- 
tional-Galerie zu  Berlin.     1908.    Mittler. 

The  first  part  of  the  catalogue  gives  brief  biographical  sketches  of  artists,  with 
lists  of  their  works  in  the  gallery.  The  second  part  consists  of  reproductions  of  some 
of  these  works. 

Preyer,  David  Charles.  708.3  P93 

Art  of  the  Vienna  galleries;  giving  a  brief  history  of  the  public  and 
private  galleries  of  Vienna  with  a  critical  description  of  the  paintings 
therein  contained.     191 1.     Page.     (Art  galleries  of  Europe.) 

"Bibliography,"  p.3 19-320. 

France 
Bibliotheque  Nationale,  Paris.  qr7o8.4  B47 

Exposition  d'oeuvres  d'art  du  i8e  siecle  a  la  Bibliotheque  Nationale; 
catalogue,  miniatures,  gouaches,  estampes  en  couleurs,  franqaises  et 
anglaises,  1750-1815,  medailles  et  pierres  gravees,  1700-1800,  biscuits  de 
Sevres.    1906. 


ART  GALLERIES  AND  MUSEUMS 


Goupil  &  Cie,  pub.  qr7o8.4  G74 

Salon,  1883;  cent  planches  en  photogravure,    v.4.     1883. 
The  text  is  by  various  critics,  among  whom  are  Armand  Dayot,  Henry  Havard  and 

Georges  Olmer. 

For  other  volumes  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

Montrosier,  Eugene.  qr7o8.4  M87 

Les  chefs-d'oeuvre  d'art  au  Luxembourg;  publication  hebdomadaire, 
1880.    no.  1-42.    Baschet. 

Reproductions  of  some  of  the  pictures  of  the  Luxembourg  with  descriptive  text, 
some  notice  of  the  artists,  historical  sketch  of  the  palace,  poems,  and  short  literary 
sketches. 

Italy 
Cruttwell,  Maud,  comp.  708.5  C89 

Guide  to  the  paintings  in  the  churches  and  minor  museums  of  Flor- 
ence; a  critical  catalogue  with  quotations  from  Vasari,  illustrated  with 
miniature  reproductions  of  the  pictures  and  frescoes.  1908.  Dent.  (Art 
collections  of  Europe.) 

Binder's  title  reads  "Florentine  churches,  etc." 

Cruttwell,  Maud,  comp.  1708.5  C89 

Guide  to  the  paintings  in  the  Florentine  galleries;  the  Uffizi,  the 
Pitti  [and]  the  Accademia;  a  critical  catalogue  with  quotations  from 
Vasari.     1907.     Dent.     (Art  collections  of  Europe.) 

"It  appears  at  a  moment  when  a  new  critical  handbook  to  the  Uffizi,  Pitti,  and 
Accademia  was  sorely  needed,  and  contains  a  vast  amount  of  information  in  small 
compass.  Miss  Cruttwell  has  been  wise  enough  to  spare  us  the  ordinary  guide-book 
descriptions,  while  supplying  in  a  clear  and  concise  form  every  established  fact  con- 
nected with  each  picture.  For  criticism  she  has  drawn  largely  upon  Vasari."  Athe- 
neeum,  J907. 

Illustrated  with  miniature  reproductions  of  many  of  the  paintings. 

Malaguzzi  Valeri,  Francesco.  r7o8.5  M27 

Catalogo  della  R.  Pinacoteca  di  Brera,  con  cenno  storico  di  Corrado 
Ricci.     1908. 

Illustrated. 

Naples,  Real  Museo  Borbonico,  afterward  Museo  r7o8.5  Ni2g 

Nazionale. 
Guida   illustrata    del    Museo   Nazionale    di    Napoli;    approvata    dal 
ministero  della  pubblica  istruzione,  compilata  da  D.  Bassi  [and  others], 
per  cura  di  A.  Ruesch.     [1909?] 

Naples,  Real  Museo  Borbonico,  afterward  Museo  qr7o8.5  N12 

Nazionale. 

Real  Museo  Borbonico.    v.i-15.     1824-56. 

The  Museum  was  established  in  1790.  In  1816  Ferdinand  I  named  it  Real  Museo 
Borbonico.  Now  it  is  the  Museo  Nazionale.  Here  are  united  the  collections  belonging 
to  the  crown,  the  Farnese  collection  from  Rome  and  Parma,  those  of  the  palaces  of 
Portici  and  Capodimonte,  and  the  objects  recovered  from  Herculaneum,  Pompeii, 
Stabix  and  Cumae.     These  united  collections  now  form  one  of  the  finest  in  the  world. 

Robertson,  Alice.  708.5  R53 

Roman  picture  galleries;  a  guide  and  handbook  to  all  the  picture 

galleries  in  the  Eternal  city.     1907.    Bell. 

Catalogue  of  the  pictures  in  the  galleries.     Brief  descriptions  or  explanations  are 

occasionally  given,  but  there  are  no  illustrations. 


1290  ART  GALLERIES  AND  MUSEUMS 

Waring  &  Gillow,  London.  1708.5  W22 

Warings'  exhibition  of  Italian  art,  1909;  furniture,  tapestries,  mar- 
bles, bronzes,  embroideries,  lace,  academy  pictures. 


Spain.     Russia 

Calvert,  Albert  Frederick,  &  Hartley,  C.  G.  afterward  708.6  C14 

Mrs  Gallichan. 
The  Prado;  a  description  of  the  principal  pictures  in  the  Madrid 
gallery.    1907.    Lane.    (Spanish  series.) 

The  authors  devote  several  chapters  to  the  Spanish  school  of  painting  from  its  early 
beginnings  in  the  14th  and  15th  centuries.  A  distinctive  feature  is  the  bringing  to- 
gether of  over  200  reproductions  of  works  in  the  gallery. 

qr7o8.7  A54 
Les  anciennes  ecoles  de  peinture  dans  les  palais  et  collections  privees 
russes;  representees  a  I'exposition  organisee  a  St-Petersbourg  en  1909 
par  la  revue  d'art  ancien  (Starye  gody);  texte  par  P.  P.  Weiner  [and 
others].    1910. 

Netherlands 

Amsterdam,  Rijks-Museum.  1708.9  A52 

Beknopte  gids  door  's  Rijks  Museum,  bewerkt  door.  W.  P.  Brons. 

Catalogue  of  the  Rijks  Museum,  which  contains  a  very  valuable  collection  of  paint- 
ings and  engravings,  being  especially  rich  in  the  works  of  Rembrandt. 

Amsterdam,  Rijks-Museum.  1708.9  A52C 

Catalogue  of  the  pictures,  miniatures,  pastels,  framed  drawings,  etc. 
in  the  Rijks-Museum,  with  supplement.    1910. 

"Bibliography  of  the  catalog^ues,"  p.2i-2s. 

Preyer,  David  Charles.  708.9  P93 

Art  of  the  Netherland  galleries;  a  history  of  the  Dutch  school  of 

painting,  illuminated  and  demonstrated  by  critical  descriptions  of  the 

great  paintings  in  the  many  galleries.    1908.    Page. 
"Bibliography,"  p.371-372. 

Singleton,  Esther.  708.9  S61 

The  standard  galleries;  Holland.     1908.     McClurg. 

Contents:  The  Hague  gallery. — The  Rijks  Museum. — The  Stedelijk  Museum. — The 
town  hall,  Haarlem. — The  Boijmans  Museum,  Rotterdam. 


Other  countries 

Bendix,  Carl  Ludwig,  &  Folckcr,  E.  G.  qr7o8.9  B42 

Allmanna  Svenska  utstallningen  for  konsthandtverk  och  konstindus- 
tri  i  Stockholm,  1909.    1910.    Haeggstrom. 

Budapest,  Szemiiveszeti  Muzeum.  1708.9  B85 

Catalogue  des  tableaux  anciens  et  modernes  du  musee  des  beaux- 
arts  de  Budapest  [par]  Gabriel  de  Terey.    v.i.     1910. 

v. I.     Maitres  anciens. 


HISTORY  OF  ART  1291 


Singleton,  Esther.  7o8-9  S6ia 

Art  of  the  Belgian  galleries;  a  history  of  the  Flemish  school  of  paint- 
ing, illuminated  and  demonstrated  by  critical  descriptions  of  the  great 
paintings  in  Bruges,  Antwerp,  Ghent,  Brussels  and  other  Belgian  cities. 
1909.    Page.     (Art  galleries  of  Europe.) 

A  careful  compilation  from  approved  sources,  affording  a  readable  commentary  for 
the  tourist.     Contains  48  clear  half-tone  cuts. 


709     History  of  art 


Addison,  Mrs  Julia  de  Wolf  (Gibbs).  709  A22 

Arts  and  crafts  in  the  middle  ages;  a  description  of  mediaeval  work- 
manship in  several  of  the  departments  of  applied  art,  together  with 
some  account  of  special  artisans  in  the  early  renaissance.     1908.     Page. 
"Bibliography,"  p-i^S-i^?- 
Excellent  colored  illustrations. 

Balch,  Edwin  Swift.  qyoQ  B18 

Comparative  art.     1906.    Allen. 

The  purpose  of  the  monograph  is  to  examine  and  compare  the  fine  arts  of  as  many 
races  as  possible  for  the  light  these  arts  may  throw  on  the  early  development  of  man. 

Carotti,  Giulio.  709  C23 

History  of  art;  revised  by  Mrs  Arthur  Strong,  v.i,  v.2,  pt.i.  1908-09. 
Duckworth. 

V.I.     Ancient  art. 

v.2,  pt.i.     Early  Christian  and  neo-oriental  art.— European  art  north  of  the  Alps. 

V.3,  pt.1  is  translated  by  Beryl  de  Zoete. 

"Bibliography"  at  the  end  of  each  volume. 

Humphreys,  Henry  Noel.  qr709  H92 

Ten  centuries  of  art;  its  progress  in  Europe  from  the  9th  to  the  19th 

century.     1852.     Grant. 

Brief  essays  in  which  all  branches  of  art  are  discussed. 

HcaKOBT.,  C.  K.  q709  129 

Bi^HOe  BT>  HCKyCCTBi. 

Kuhn,  Albert.  qt709  K43 

Allgemeine  kunst-geschichte,  mit  aesthetischer  vorschule  als  ein- 
leitung  zur  geschichte  und  zum  studium  der  bildenden  kiinste;  die 
werke  der  bildenden  kunste  vom  standpunkte  der  geschichte,  technik, 
aesthetik.    4v.  in  7.     [i89i]-i9ii. 

V.I,  pt.  1-2.     Geschichte  der  baukunst. 

v.2,  pt.i -2.     Geschichte  der  plastik. 

▼•3,  pt.i-2.     Geschichte  der  malerei. 

v. 4.  Allgemeines  register  der  sach-,  personen-  und  ortsnamen  und  technisches 
volcabular. 

From  earliest  times  to  the  20th  century.     Many  illustrations,  some  in  color. 

Lipparini,  Giuseppe.  709  L73 

Storia  dell'  arte,  con  prefazione  di  Enrico  Panzacchi.  1904.  Bar- 
bara. 


1292  HISTORY  OF  ART 


LUbke,  Wilhelm.  <17og  Lg70 

Outlines  of  the  history  of  art;  ed.  by  Russell  Sturgis.  2v.  1904. 
Dodd. 

The  edition  of  1904  is  brought  up  to  date  by  minute  revision  and  considerable  addi- 
tions.    Many  new  illustrations. 

"This  work,  for  some  years,  has  had  the  reputation  of  being  the  most  popular  of  the 
several  hand-books  of  the  history  of  art.  It  abounds  in  most  carefully  prepared  illustra- 
tions, and  is  perhaps  equally  adapted  to  interest  and  instruct.  It  is  an  excellent  book 
from  which  to  obtain  the  fundamental  knowledge  necessary  for  a  good  judgment  con- 
cerning works  of  art."    Adatns's  Manual  of  historical  literature. 

Michel,  Andre,  ed.  qryog  M66 

Histoire  de  I'art  depuis  les  premiers  temps  Chretiens  jusqu'a  nos 
jours.    V.1-4,  in  8.    1905-11.    Colin. 

v.i,  pt.i-2.     Des  debuts  de  I'art  chr^tien  a  la  fin  de  la  periode  romane. 

V.2,  pt.i-2.     Formation,  expansion  et  evolution  de  I'art  gothique. 

V.3,  pti-2.     Le  r^alisme. — Les  debuts  de  la  renaissance. 

V.4,  pt.i-2.     La  renaissance. 

"Bibliographic"  at  the  end  of  each  part. 

A  work  of  specialists  for  the  lettered  public,  by  no  means  a  manual  for  first  studies. 
It  can  be  used  profitably  only  by  those  who  carry  in  their  heads  the  memory  of  the 
important  monuments,  or  better,  read  beside  a  photog^raph  cabinet.  Illustrations  are  re- 
duced in  number  and  scale  to  a  minimum.     Condensed  from  Nation,  1906. 

Miintz,  Eugene,  &  Moreau,  P.  L.  ed.  qrjog  M96 

Le  musee  d'art.    2v.    Larousse. 

v.i.  Galerie  des  chefs-d'oeuvre  et  precis  de  I'histoire  de  I'art  depuis  les  origines 
jusqu'au  ige  siecle;  ouvrage  public  sous  la  direction  de  Eugene  Miintz. 

v.2.  Galerie  des  chefs-d'oeuvre  et  precis  de  I'histoire  de  I'art  au  ipe  siecle,  en 
France  et  a  I'etranger;  ouvrage  public  sous  la  direction  de  P.  L.  Moreau. 

Reinach,  Salomon.  709  R31 

Apollo;  an  illustrated  manual  of  the  history  of  art  throughout  the 
ages;  from  the  French  by  Florence  Simmonds.     1910.     Scribner. 
Bibliography  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 

Oripnally  translated  and  published  with  title  "Story  of  art  throughout  the  ages." 
Being  a  companion  volume  to  Gow's  "Minerva"  (913.37  G7Sm). 
"Generally  recognized  as  unique  of  its  kind.     It  tells  in  one  concise  narrative  the 
story  of  the  growth  of  the  arts  from  the  stone  age  to  our  own  days;  it  illustrates  the 
growth  with  a  long  series  of  little  illustrations,  and  enables  the  student  to  extend  his 
researches  by  means  of  a  concise  bibliography."    Burlington  magaeine,  igoy. 

Reinach,  Salomon.  709  Rsim 

A  mflveszet  kis  tiikre;  a  kepz6muveszetek  altalanos  tortenete; 
forditotta  es  a  magyar  miiveszettorteneti  reszszel  kibSvitette  Lazar 
Bela.    1906. 

Sharp,  William.  709  Ss3 

Progress  of  art  in  the  century;  to  which  is  added  a  History  of  music 

in  the  19th  century  by  E.A.Sharp.     1906.     Linscott  Pub.   Co.     (19th 

century  series.) 

Survey  of  painting,  sculpture,  architecture  and  music  in  America  and  Europe.  The 
emphasis  is  laid  on  British  art,  and  the  work  of  Constable  and  Turner  and  the  pre- 
taphaelite  movement  are  treated  at  considerable  length. 

Wr6blewski,  Karol.  709  W94 

Zasady  pi^kna  wsztuce,  z  rycinami;  architektura,  rzezba,  malarstwo. 
[1904.] 


HISTORY  OF  ART  1293 


Wyatt,  Sir  Matthew  Digby.  709  W97 

Fine  art;  a  sketch  of  its  history,  theory,  practice  and  application  to 
industry;  being  a  course  of  lectures  delivered  at  Cambridge  in  1870. 
1870.     Macmillan. 

Ancient  art 
Babelon,  Ernest.  709.3  Bum. 

Manuel  d'archeologie  orientale;  Chaldee,  Assyrie,  Perse,  Syrie,  Ju- 
dee,  Phenicie,  Carthage.  [1888.]  Picard.  (Bibliotheque  de  I'enseigne- 
ment  des  beaux-arts.) 

"By  a  recognized  authority. .  .Remains  of  architecture  and  sculpture,  engraved  gems, 
metal-work,  etc.,  are  briefly  but  intelligently  treated."  Sturgis  and  Krehbiel's  Annotated 
bibKography  of  fine  art. 

Egyptian  art 
Capart,  Jean.  q709.32  C17 

Primitive  art  in  Egypt;  tr.  by  A.  S.  Griffith.     1905.    Lippincott. 

By  the  keeper  of  the  Egyptian  antiquities  in  the  Royal  Museum  at  Brussels.  The 
book  is  based  largely  on  the  labors  of  Prof.  Petrie.     Illustrated. 

Migeon,  Gaston.  q709.3a  M67 

Le  Caire,  le  Nil  et  Memphis.    1906.     (Les  villes  d'art  celebres.) 
"Bibliographic,"  p.iS3-iS4- 
Fully  illustrated. 

Perrot,  Georges,  &  Chipiez,  Charles.  q709.32  P44. 

History  of  art  in  ancient  Egypt.    2v.     1883.     Chapman. 

"This  work  on  Egfypt  is  the  most  complete  embodiment  we  have,  in  a  book  of  moder- 
ate size,  of  what  was  known  at  the  time  of  its  publication  about  Egyptian  art."  Sturgis 
and  Krehbiel's  Annotated  bibliography  of  fine  art. 

Petrie,  William  Matthew  Flinders.  709-32  P46' 

Arts  &  crafts  of  ancient  Egypt.     1909.     Foulis. 

"Periods  and  kings  referred  to  in  this  volume,"  p. 8. 

"Those  who  care  for  the  art  of  Egypt  and  are  bewildered  by  the  archaeology,  with 
its  many  dynasties  and  its  extreme  antiquity,  will  welcome  this  book.  The  author  takes- 
each  department  of  his  subject  separately,  sculpture,  architecture,  painting,  jewellery, 
and  pottery  being  treated  chronologically. .  .Professor  Petrie  writes  admirably  on  the 
character  of  Egyptian  art,  and  of  its  perfect  appropriateness  to  its  surroundings." 
Spectator,  1910. 

Etruscan  art.    Greek  art 
Martha,  Jules.  qb709.37  M42 

L'art  etrusque,  d'apres  les  originaux  ou  d'apres  les  documents  les 
plus  authentiques.     1889.     Didot. 

"Indications  bibliographiques,"   [p.5]. 

Critical  study  of  Etruscan  art,  its  origins  and  the  influence  which  it  exerted  oni 
Roman  art.     Fully  illustrated. 

Fowler,  Harold  North,  &  Wheeler,  J.  R.  709.38  F84 

Handbook  of  Greek  archaeology,  with  the  collaboration  of  G.  P. 

Stevens.     1909.    Amer.  Book  Co. 
"Bibliography,"  p.S42-sso. 
Excellent  text-book,   fully  illustrated.      Covers  architecture,  sculpture,   terra-cottas,. 

metal-work,  coins,  engraved  gems,  vases,  painting  and  mosaic. 


1294  HISTORY  OF  ART 


Loewy,  Emanuel,  709.38  L76 

Rendering  of  nature  in  early  Greek  art;  tr.  from  the  German  by  John 
Fothergill.    1907.    Duckworth. 

Prof.  Loewy's  book  has  been  recognized  since  its  publication  in  1900  as  a  brilliant 
and  original  contribution  not  only  to  the  psychology  of  art,  but  also  to  its  history.  His 
main  contention  is  that  the  primitive  artist  does  not  as  a  rule  draw  what  he  sees  before 
him  but  reproduces  a  memory  picture  of  the  most  characteristic  aspect  of  each  part  of  a 
group  or  figure.     Condensed  from  Athenaeum,  igo8. 

Art  of  minor  countries 

Perrot,  Georges,  &  Chipiez,  Charles.  qyog-sg  P44P 

History  of  art  in  Phoenicia  and  its  dependencies.  2v.  1885.  Chap- 
man. 

Illustrated. 

Perrot,  Georges,  &  Chipiez,  Charles.  (1709-39  P44 

History  of  art  in  Sardinia,  Judaea,  Syria  and  Asia  Minor.  2v.  1890. 
Chapman. 

"That  which  will  especially  excite  interest  is  the  long  study  of  the  ancient  architec- 
tural Jerusalem,  with  the  brilliant  and  suggestive  restorations  by  Mr.  Chipiez.  The  al- 
most unknown  antiquities  of  Sardinia,  and  the  mysterious  and  disputed  work  of  the  peo- 
ple who  are  called  Hittites  in  English,  are  also  considered."  Sturgis  and  Krehbiel's  An- 
notated bibliography  of  fine  art. 

Modern  art 

Benjamin,  Samuel  Green  Wheeler.  709.4  B43 

Contemporary  art  in  Europe.     1877.     Harper. 

By  an  American  author  and  artist.  Popular  illustrated  account  of  contemporary 
English,  French  and  German  art. 

English  art.    Celtic  art 
Coffey,  George.  r709.4i5  C66 

Royal  Irish  Academy  collection;  guide  to  the  Celtic  antiquities  of 
the  Christian  period  preserved  in  the  National  Museum,  Dublin.     1909. 
Hodges. 
Allen,  John  Romilly.  709.42    A42 

Celtic  art  in  pagan  and  Christian  times.     [1905.]     Jacobs. 

Contents:  The  continental  Celts  and  how  they  came  to  Britain. — Pagan  Celtic  art 
in  the  bronze  age. — Pagan  Celtic  art  in  the  early  iron  age. — Celtic  art  of  the  Christian 
period. 

Carter,  John.  qr709.42  C23 

Specimens  of  the  ancient  sculpture  and  painting  now  remaining  in 
England  from  the  earliest  period  to  the  reign  of  Henry  VIII,  with  crit- 
ical and  historical  illustrations  by  Francis  Douce  and  others,  arranged 
in  topographical  order  and  illustrated  with  copious  notes  by  Dawson 
Turner  and  others.    1838.    Bohn. 

Church,  Arthur  Herbert,  and  others.  qr709.42  C46 

Some  minor  arts  as  practised  in  England.    1894.    Macmillan. 
Contents:    English  work  in  impressed  horn,  by  C.  H.  Reed. — English  bookbindings, 
by  W.  Y.  Fletcher. — Old  English  pottery,  by  A.  H.  Church. — Old  English  fruit  trenchers, 
by  A.  H.  Church. — English  effigies  in  wood,  by  Albert  Hartshorne. — English  enamels, 
by  J.  S.  Gardner. 


HISTORY  OF  ART  1295 


German  art.     Austrian  art 

Welschinger,  Henri.  qyog^S  W49 

Strasbourg  [in  French].     1908.     (Les  villes  d'art  celebres.) 
"Bibliographic,"  P.14S-147. 
Fully  illustrated. 

Holme,  Charles,  ed.  qr709.436  H73 

Art-revival  in  Austria.     1906.      (Studio.     Special   summer  number, 

1906.) 

Discusses  not  only  painting,  but  sculpture,  architecture,  interior  decoration,  etc. 
There  are  many  illustrations. 

Holme,  Charles,  ed.  qr709.436  H73P 

Peasant  art  in  Austria  and  Hungary.    191 1.    (Studio.    Special  autumn 

number,  1911.) 

Contents:  Austria,  introduction  by  A.  S.  Levetus. — Austrian  peasant  art,  by  M. 
Haberlandt. — Hungarian  peasant  art,  by  Aladar  Kriesch-Korosfoi. — The  Saxons  and 
Roumanians  in  Transylvania,  by  A.  S.  Levetus. — Croatia  and  Slavonia,  by  A.  S.  Levetus. 


French  art 
Enlart,  Camille.  q709.44  E64 

Rouen  [in  French].    1906.     (Les  villes  d'art  celebres.) 

"Bibliographie,"  p.  159-1 60. 
Fully  illustrated. 

Hourticq,  Louis.  709.44  H836 

Art  in  France.  1911.  Heinemann.  (Ars  una,  species  mille;  general 
history  of  art.) 

"Bibliographical  notice,"  p.9-10.     Bibliography  also  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 

"It  is  the  first  complete  history  of  French  art,  and  the  necessarily  hasty  survey  is 
throughout  sympathetic,  learned,  and  brilliant.  The  book  contains  the  data  needed  by 
the  beginner,  but  it  will  be  read  with  keen  delight  by  the  initiate."     Nation,  igii. 

Houssaye,  Arsene.  709.44  H83 

Histoire  de  I'art  frangais  au  i8e  siecle.     i860.    Plon. 
Contents:     La  sculpture:  Nicolas  Coustou;   Guillaume  Coustou;  Le  dernier  Cous- 

tou;   Bouchardon;   Les  Adam;    Caffieri;   Les  Du   Mont;    Le   Moine;    Pajou;   Allegrain; 

Slodtz;    Pigalle;    Falconet;    Clodion;    Houdon;    Les    derniers    venus.  —  La    peinture: 

Largilliere;   Hyacinthe  Rigaud;  Santerre;  Philippe  d'Orleans;  Watteau;  Lancret;   Carle 

Van  Loo;  Le  Moine;  Boucher;  Chardin;  La  Tour;  Vernet;  Greuze;  Fragonard;  David; 

Prudhon. — La    musique:    Rameau;     Campra;    Mondonville;    Monsigny;    Jean- Jacques; 

Grdtry;   Philidor;  Dalayrac;  Delia  Maria;  Les  trois  filles  de  Gretry. — Appendice:   Les- 

demi-maitres. 

Short  essays   in  criticism  and  biography. 

Perate,  Andre.  q709.44  P4a 

Versailles;  le  chateau,  les  jardins,  les  Trianons,  le  musee,  la  ville. 
1909.     (Les  villes  d'art  celebres.) 

"Note  bibliographique,"  p.  199. 
Fully  illustrated. 

Vitry,  Paul.  q709.44  V35 

Tours  et  les  chateaux  de  Touraine.     1907.     (Les  villes  d'art  celebres.) 
"Note  bibliographique,"  p.6. 
Fully  illustrated. 


1296  HISTORY  OF  ART 


Italian  art 
Diehl,  Charles.  ^709.45  D57 

Palerme  &  Syracuse  [in  French].     1907.     (Les  villes  d'art  celebres.) 
"Bibliographic,"  p.  158. 
Fully  illustrated. 

Diehl,  Charles.  q709.45  D57r 

Ravenne  [in  French].    1907.     (Les  villes  d'art  celebres.) 

"Note  bibliographique,"  p.  133-134. 
Fully  illustrated. 

Gallenga-Stuart,  Romeo  A.  (I709.45  G15 

Perugia  [in  Italian].     1907.     (Italia  artistica.) 
Illustrated  monograph  on  its  art  history. 

Gebhart,  fimile.  q709.45  G26 

Florence  [in  French].     1907.     (Les  villes  d'art  celebres.) 
"Table  methodique  des  illustrations,"  p.  153-1 58. 
Fully  illustrated. 

Gasman,  Pierre.  q709-4S  G97 

Venise  [in  French].     1902.     (Les  villes  d'art  celebres.) 
"Bibliographic,"  p.  152. 
Fully  illustrated. 

Panzacchi,  Enrico.  709.45  P22 

II  libro  degli  artisti;  antologia.     1902. 

Ricci,  Corrado.  709.45  R39 

Art  in  northern  Italy.  191 1.  Scribner.  (Ars  una,  species  mille; 
general  history  of  art.) 

"Bibliography"  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 

"Critique  and  history  of  painting,  architecture  and  sculpture  in  northern  Italy,  by 
the  director  general  of  fine  arts  and  antiquities  of  Italy.  Each  city  or  province  is 
treated  separately,  but  chronologically,  and  the  text  though  condensed  is  very  readable. 
The  illustrations  include  four  color  prints  and  590  small  but  clear  halftones  in  the  text." 
A.  L.  A.  booklist,  iff  11. 

Rocca,  Maria  Embden-Heine,  principessa  della.  qr709.45  R56 

L'arte  moderna  in  Italia;  studii,  biografie  e  schizzi;  Napoli.  1883. 
Treves. 

Short  critical  and  biographical  sketches  of  modern  Italian  artists,  giving  in  almost 
every  instance  a  portrait  of  the  artist  and  one  example  of  his  work. 

Venturi,  Adolfo.  b709.45  V26 

Storia  dell'  arte  italiana.    v.3-6,  v.7,  pt.i.     1904-11.     Hoepli. 

V.3.     L'arte  romanica. 

V.4.     La  scultura  del  trecento  e  le  sue  origini. 

V.5.     La  pittura  del  trecento  e  le  sue  origini. 

V.6.     La  scultura  del  quattrocento. 

v.7,  pt.i.     La  pittura  del  quattrocento. 


Spanish  art 
Schmidt,  Karl  Eugen.  q709.46  S35 

Seville;  traduit  et  adapte  par  Henry  Peyre.     1903.     (Les  villes  d'art 
celebres.) 

Fully  illustrated. 


HISTORY  OF  ART  1297 


Scandinavian  art 
Holme,  Charles,  ed.  qr709.485  H73 

Peasant  art  in  Sweden,  Lapland  and  Iceland.  1910.  (Studio.  Special 
autumn  number,  1910.) 

Contents:     Sweden,  by  Siffen  Granlund. — Lapland;  Iceland,  by  Jarno  Jessen. 

"Contains  about  six  hundred  extremely  interesting  and  beautifully  reproduced  illus- 
trations, in  color  and  halftone,  embracing  examples  of  furniture,  woodwork,  metal-work, 
lace,  tapestry,  etc.  Three  brief  articles  are  devoted  to  descriptions  of  the  illustrations, 
with  some  attention  to  the  customs  of  the  countries.  The  illustrations  will  be  valuable 
and  suggestive  to  arts-  and  crafts-workers  and  to  designers."     A.  L.  A.  booklist,   igii. 


Japanese  art 
Dick,  Stewart.  709-52  D54 

Arts  and  crafts  of  old  Japan,     1904.     Foulis.     (World  of  art  series.) 

Contents:  Introductory. —  Painting. —  Colour  printing. —  Sculpture  and  carving. — 
Metal  work.  —  Keramics.  —  Lacquer.  —  Landscape  gardening  and  the  arrangement  of 
flowers. 

Joly,  Henri  L.  qr709-52  J38 

Legend  in  Japanese  art;  a  description  of  historical  episodes,  legend- 
ary characters,  folk-lore,  myths,  religious  symbolism,  illustrated  in  the 
arts  of  old  Japan.     1908.    Lane. 

"Bibliography,"  p. 421-437. 

Key  to  the  whole  range  of  Japanese  art,  more  especially  as  exhibited  in  metal-work 
and  netsukes.  Collectors  will  find  in  it  an  ample  and  on  the  whole  accurate,  explana- 
tion of  the  subjects  of  Japanese  art,  that  is  of  the  mythical,  traditional,  legendary  or 
simply  descriptive  intention  of  the  artist.  Over  700  illustrations,  including  16  full-page 
plates  in  color.     Condensed  from  Athenaum,  1908. 

Otto,  Alexander  Francis,  &  Holbrook,  T.  S.  qr709.52  O31 

Mythological  Japan;  or.  The  symbolisms  of  mythology  in  relation 

to  Japanese  art.     1902.    Biddle. 

Valuable  to  purchasers  of  Japanese  art  works  and  bric-a-brac.  There  are  panels  and 
full-page  plates  in  color,  with  numerous  illustrations  of  mythological  subjects,  marginals 
of  oriental  symbols,  and  reproductions  of  subjects  in  noted  collections.  Besides  repro- 
ducing the  work  of  Japanese  artists  the  object  of  the  compilers  has  been  to  interpret  the 
symbolism  of  the  Far  East.     Condensed  from  Nation,  igoi. 


Arabian  art.     Indian  art 

Prisse  d'Avennes,  Achille  Constant  Theodore  fimile.  qb709.53  P95 

L'art  arabe   d'apres   les  monuments   du   Kaire   depuis    le   7e    siecle 

jusqu'a  la  fin  du  i8e.    4v.     1877. 
V.I.     Texte. 
v.2-4.     Atlas. 

Griinwedel,  Albert.  <1709.54  G94 

Buddhist  art  in  India;  tr.  by  A.  C.  Gibson,  revised  and  enlarged  by 
James  Burgess.     1901.     Quaritch, 

"Bibliography,"  p.215-218. 

"Has  been  accepted  as  a  leading  authority  on  the  complicated  subject  it  discusses 
with  all  the  traditional  German  exhaustiveness  in  research  and  elaboration  of  minute 
technical  criticism . . .  Prof.  Grunwedel  is  at  his  best  in  tracing  the  well-known  Gandhara 
style,  to  which  he  devotes  the  greater  part  of  this  suggestive ...  study  of  Buddhist  art." 
Athenaum,  1901. 


1298  LANDSCAPE  GARDENING 

710     Landscape  gardening 
Civic  art 

Blomfield,  Reginald,  &  Thomas,  F.  I.  b7io  B55 
The  formal  garden  in  England.     1892.     Macmillan. 
"List  of  principal  works  referred  to,"  p. 242-244. 

"The  writer  and  the  draughtsman,  who  are  the  joint  authors  of  the  book,  have 
evidently  travelled  widely  in  search  of  good  examples  of  the  ancient  style  of  house- 
grounds,  and  they  have  been  rewarded  for  their  pains  by  the  discovery  of  many  charm- 
ing places. .  .They  are  well  described  and  happily  illustrated."     Nation,  1892. 

qyio  F21 
Famous  parks  and  gardens  of  the  world  described  and  illustrated.  1880. 
Nelson. 

Based  largely  on  "Les  jardins"  of  Arthur  Mangin.  Includes  the  gardens  of  Greece 
and  Rome,  of  the  middle  ages  and  the  renaissance,  as  well  as  those  of  modern  times. 

Greening,  Charles  Earnest.  q7io  G84 

Greening  pictorial  system  of  landscape  gardening;  a  system  of 
decorative  planting  based  on  pictorial  art,  designed  for  the  easy  com- 
prehension of  amateur  gardeners  and  as  a  reference  book  for  landscape 
architects.    1910.     [Blade  Printing  &  Paper  Co.] 

Holme,  Charles,  ed.  qryio  H73g 

Gardens    of    England   in    the   midland    &    eastern    counties.      1908. 

(Studio.    Special  winter  number,  1908-09.) 

Over  100  reproductions  of  photographs,  with  brief  descriptive  text.     Many  of  the 

gardens   illustrated   belong   to    famous   estates   and   nearly   all   are   of   the    elaborate   or 

formal  type. 

Holme,  Charles,  ed.  qr7io  Hysga 

Gardens  of  England  in  the  northern  counties.  191 1.  (Studio. 
Special  spring  number,  191 1.) 

Holme,  Charles,  ed.  qryio  H73 

Gardens   of   England  in   the   southern   &  western   counties.     1907. 

(Studio.    Special  winter  number,  1907-08.) 

Full-page  plates,  including  a  few  in  color,  illustrating  typical  English  gardens.     The 

introductory  text  contains  two  chapters  on  the  history  and  principles  of  garden-making. 

Kellaway,  Herbert  J.  710  K16 

How  to  lay  out  suburban  home  grounds.    1907.    Wiley. 

Suggestions  for  the  laying  out  and  planting  of  small  home  grounds. 

Long,  Elias  A.  710  L82 

Ornamental  gardening  for  Americans;  a  treatise  on  beautifying 
homes,  rural  districts,  towns  and  cemeteries.     1910.    Judd. 

First  published  in  1884. 

Parsons,  Samuel.  '  710  P26I 

Landscape  gardening  studies.     1910.     Lane. 

"Its  brief  and  almost  dry  presentment  of  the  results  of  more  than  a  score  of  under- 
takings of  the  most  varied  kinds  is  a  record  of  achievement  rather  than  an  explanation 
of  methods;  it  is  only  seldom  that  Mr.  Parsons  pauses  to  show  either  principles  or  pro- 
cesses. Nevertheless,  the  book  is  suggestive.  Its  illustrations,  from  photographs  and 
plans,  are  worth  much  study;  and  its  chapters  on  evergreens  and  rhododendrons  are 
valuable  for  their  advice  and  lists  of  varieties."     Nation,  1910. 


LANDSCAPE  GARDENING  1299 

Repton,  Humphry.  710  R35 

Art  of  landscape   gardening,  including  his  Sketches   and  hints  on 

landscape  gardening,  and  Theory  and  practice  of  landscape  gardening; 

ed.  by  John  Nolen.    1907.    Houghton. 

The  first  of  a  series  of  authoritative  books  to  be  republished  at  the  suggestion  and 

with  the  cooperation  of  the  American  Society  of  Landscape  Architects.     Repton   (1752- 

1818)  was  an  English  landscape  gardener,  a  designer  of  great  genius  in  the  informal  or 

landscape  style.     His  books,  which  embody  the  best  results  of  his  practice,  have  long 

been  out  of  print. 

Robinson,  William,  F.  L.  S.  710  R55 

The  garden  beautiful,  home  woods,  home  landscape.     1906.    Murray. 
Intended  for  the  country  place.     Has  chapters  on  garden  design,  rock,  wall,  water 
and  wild  gardens,  etc.     Half  the  book  is  a  plea  for  planting  and  beautifying  woods. 

Robinson,  William,  F.  L.  S.  710  R55P 

Parks  and  gardens  of  Paris  considered  in  relation  to  the  wants  of 
other  cities  and  of  public  and  private  gardens;  being  notes  on  a  study  of 
Paris  gardens.     1878.     Macmillan. 

Triggs,  Harry  Inigo.  qr7io  T74a 

Art  of  garden  design  in  Italy;  illustrated  by  Mrs  Aubrey  Le  Blond. 
1906.     Longmans. 

Historical  introduction,  followed  by  plans  and  illustrations  of  a  large  number  of 
famous  Italian  gardens,  with  brief  descriptions. 

Waugh,  Frank  Albert.  710  W33I 

The  landscape  beautiful;  a  study  of  the  natural  landscape,  its  re- 
lation to  human  life  and  happiness,  with  the  application  of  these 
principles  in  landscape  gardening  and  art  in  general.     1910.    Judd. 


Civic  art.     City  planning 

Bibliography 

Seattle,  Wash. — Public  library.  roi6.7i  S44 

Municipal  plans;  a  list  of  books  and  references  to  periodicals  in  the 
library.     1910.     (Reference  list  no.i.) 


General  works 

qr7io  A5125 
The  American  city  [monthly],  Sept.  1909-date.    v.i-date.    1909-date. 

No  number  was  issued  in  Dec.  1909. 

Aim  of  this  magazine  is  to  act  as  a  basis  of  cooperation,  encouragement,  and 
information  for  all  who  are  interested  in  civic  improvement. 

American  Civic  Association.  r7io  Asiad 

Department  pamphlets,  no.1-4.    1905. 

no. I.  The  house  beautiful  and  its  relation  to  the  city  beautiful,  by  A.  W.  Craw- 
ford.— Window  gardening,  by  H.  D.  Hemenway. 

no. 2.     School  gardens  and  their  relation  to  other  school  work,  by  W.  A.  Baldwin. 

no. 3.     Railroad  improvements,  by  Mrs  A.  E.  McCrea,  and  others. 

no.4.  Arts  and  crafts,  by  Mrs  M.  F.  Johnston  (introductory  leaflet  of  the  Arts 
and  crafts  department). 


1300  CIVIC  ART.    CITY  PLANNING 

American  Civic  Association.  r7io  Asiap 

[Publications];  series  2,  no.1-4.     1908-11. 

no.i.     The  smoke  nuisance,  by  F.L.Olmsted  and  others.      1908. 

The  same.     191 1. 

no.2.     The  billboard  nuisance;  ed.  by  C.  R.  Woodruff. 

no.3.  The  White  house  conference  on  the  conservation  of  natural  resources,  May 
'3-'S.  1908;  declaration  of  the  governors  as  adopted  May  15,  1908;  The  value  of  natural 
scenery,  address  delivered  before  the  conference  by  J.  H.  McFarland. 

no.4.     City  planning,  by  F.  L.  Olmsted. 

American  Federation  of  Arts.  ryio  A5124 

Proceedings  of  the  convention  at  which  the  American  Federation  of 

Arts  was  formed,  held  at  Washington,  D.  C.  May  Iith-i3th,  1909.    1909. 

American  Institute  of  Architects,  Pittsburgh  chapter.  ryio  A5122 

Plan  for  the  architectural  improvement  of  Pittsburgh.     [1904.] 
Reprinted    from   the   "Proceedings   of   the   sixth   annual    convention    of   the    Archi- 
tectural League  of  America,"  1904. 

American  Scenic  and  Historic  Preservation  Society.  r7io  A5123 

The  American  Scenic  and  Historic  Preservation  Society,  a  national 
society  for  the  protection  of  natural  scenery,  the  preservation  of  land- 
marks and  the  improvement  of  cities.     [1908?] 

American  Scenic  and  Historic  Preservation  Society.  rjio  A5i23a 

Annual  report  (Sth,  9th-i6th),  1900,  1904-1910/11.     1900-11. 

Brunner,  Arnold  William,  &  Carrere,  J.  M.  qr7io  B83 

Preliminary  report  for  a  city  plan  for  Grand  Rapids  [Mich.  1909. 
Dickinson]. 

Brunner,  Arnold  William,  and  others.  qryio  R57 

A  city  plan  for  Rochester  [N.  Y.];  a  report  prepared  for  the  Roches- 
ter Civic  Improvement  Committee  by  A.  W.  Brunner,  F.  L.  Olmsted,. 
B.J.Arnold.    1911.    Rochester  Civic  Improvement  Committee. 

Carnegie  Dunfermline  Trust.  r7io  C2r 

Report  of  the  proceedings  for  the  year  1905-date.     i90S-date. 

The  trust  has  charge  of  the  fund  given  by  Mr  Carnegie  in  1903  to  be  used  for  the 
benefit  of  the  people  of  Dunfermline,  Scotland,  his  native  town. 

Chicago — Plan  commission.  r7io  C43, 

Chicago's  greatest  issue;  an  official  plan.     191 1. 

Outline  of  the  proposed  plan  for  improving  and  beautifying  the  city. 

Cleveland — Public  buildings  and  grounds.  Board  of  qr7io  CsS- 

supervision  for. 
Group  plan  of  the  public  buildings  of  the  city  of  Cleveland;  report 
made  to  the  mayor  and  to  the  Board  of  public  service  by  D.  H.  Burn- 
ham,  J.  M.  Carrere,  A.  W.  Brunner.     1907. 

Columbus,  Ohio — Plan  commission.  qr7io  C72 

Plan  of  the  city  of  Columbus;  report  made  to  the  mayor,  to  the 
Board  of  public  service  and  to  the  city  council.    1908. 

Detailed  study  of  unsightly  and  tad  features  of  the  city,  with  plans  and  suggestions- 
for  improvement. 


CIVIC  ART.     CITY  PLANNING  1301 

Co-partnership  Tenants'  Housing  Council.  qryio  C79 

Garden  suburbs,  villages  and  homes;  all  about  co-partnership  houses. 
1906. 

Description  of  English  garden  suburbs,  with  plans  for  houses  and  suggestions  for 
beautifying  the  grounds  about  them. 

Crow,  Arthur.  qryio  C89 

Housing  and  town  re-planning;  an  illustrated  article  dealing  with 

the  question  of  over-crowding  and  congestion  in  the  narrow  streets  of 

the  east  end  of  London.     1909. 

Reprinted  from  "Architects'  law  reports  and  review,"  v.4. 

Garden,  Cities  and  Town  Planning  Association,  London.  r7io  G17 

Practical  application  of  town  planning  powers;  a  report  of  a  nation- 
al town  planning  conference  arranged  by  the  Garden,  Cities  and  Town 
Planning  Association,  held  at  the  Guildhall,  London,  on  Dec.  loth, 
1909,  under  the  presidency  of  the  lord  mayor  of  London;  papers  and 
speeches  by  Thomas  Adams  and  others;  ed.  by  E.  G.  Culpin.  [1910.] 
King. 

Garden  City  Association.  710  G17 

Town  planning  in  theory  and  practice;  a  report  of  a  conference,  Oct. 
25th,  1907,  papers  and  speeches.     [1907.] 

The  Garden  City  Association  was  formed  in  England  in  1899  for  the  purpose  of 
laying  out  new  towns  and  to  aid  in  the  development  and  beautifying  of  those  already  in 
existence. 

Hartford,  Conn.  Municipal  Art  Society.  r7io  H32 

Bulletin,    no.i-15.     1904-11. 

no.6  wanting. 

no.4,  8,  II,  13-14  contain  "Proceedings"  of  annual  meeting  (ist,  3d-6th)  of  the 
society. 

Kelsey  &  Guild.  r7io  K17 

Beautifying  and  improving  Greenville,  South  Carolina;  report  to 
the  Municipal  League,  Greenville,  South  Carolina.     1907. 

Los  Angeles,  Municipal  Art  Commission.  qr7io  L89 

Report.     1909. 

Marsh,  Benjamin  Clarke.  710  M41 

Introduction  to  city  planning;  democracy's  challenge  to  the  Ameri- 
can city.     [1909.]     Privately  printed. 

Contains  a  chapter  on  "The  technical  phases  of  city  planning,"  by  G.  B.  Ford; 
"Some  good  books  on  city  planning,"  p.  153-156. 

Massachusetts  Civic  League.  r7io  M45a 

Annual  report,  1903/04-1910/11.     1904-11.      ' 

Massachusetts  Civic  League.  r7io  M45 

Leaflets,    no.3,  5-9.     I90Shd7. 
no.3.     A  village  library,  by  M.  A.  Tarbell. 
no.5.     Village  improvement,  by  F.  L.  Olmsted. 

no.6.     Public  relief  and  how  the  private  citizen  can  help,  by  Joseph  Lee. 
no.7.     Medical  inspection  in  the  public  schools;   ed.  by  Joseph  Lee  and  Margaret 
Curtis. 

no.8.     The  country  boy,  by  G.  E.  Johnson. 

no.9.     The  liquor  law  and  its  administration  in  suburban  cities,  by  Arthur  Lyman. 


1302  CIVIC  ART.    CITY  PLANNING 

Municipal  affairs.  710  Mg6 

The  city  beautiful.    1899. 

Contents:  A  word  for  municipal  art. — The  city  beautiful. — New  York  city  monu- 
ments.— From  Battery  to  Harlem. — The  city  of  bridges. — Civic  improvement  in  Edin- 
burgh.— Decoration  of  school  rooms. — City  parks. — Trees  in  city  streets. — The  use  of 
stained  glass. — Public  art  in  St.  Louis. — Baltimore  Municipal  Art  Conference. — Munici- 
pal aesthetics  from  a  legal  standpoint. — Translations  and  reprints. 

Being  "Municipal  affairs,"  Dec.  1899,  v. 3,  no.4. 

Municipal  affairs.  710  Mg6d 

Decoration  of  cities,  with  co-operation  of  Municipal  Art  Society. 
1901. 

Contents:     Municipal  betterment  in  the   New   York  city   election. — A  constructive 
program. — Amend  the  debt  limit. — A  model  city. — Decoration  of  cities. 
Being  "Municipal  affairs,"   Sept.   1901,  v.5,  no.3. 

National  Conference  on  City  Planning  and  the  710  N15 

Problems  of  Congestion. 

Proceedings  of  the  conference  (ist-3d),  1909-11.     1910-11. 

Proceedings  of  the  first  conference  will  be  found  in  the  Congressional  set  of  United 
States  documents,  6ist  cong.     2d  sess.     Senate.     Doc.  no.422,  v.S9. 
V.3,  191 1,  title  reads  "National  Conference  on  City  Planning." 

New  York  (city) — Improvement  commission.  qr7io  N26 

Report,  1907. 

Plans  and  suggestions  for  beautifying  the  city  and  relieving  traffic  pressure.  Well 
illustrated. 

Nolen,  John.  qryio  M23n 

Madison;  a  model  city.    1911.    [Ellis.] 

Illustrated  book  of  160  pages,  constituting  the  report  of  the  landscape  architect 
engaged  to  suggest  a  plan  for  the  future  development  of  Wisconsin's  capital  city. 

Nolen,  John.  qr7io  N4im 

Montclair  [N.J.];  the  preservation  of  its  natural  beauty  and  its 
improvement  as  a  residence  town;  report  to  the  Municipal  Art  Com- 
mission and  the  commission's  recommendations  to  the  citizens  of 
Montclair.     1909. 

Nolen,  John.  qr7io  N41 

Remodeling  Roanoke  [Va.];  report  to  the  committee  on  civic  im- 
provement.   1907. 

Nolen,  John.  r7io  N4ir 

Replanning  Reading  [Pa.],  an  industrial  city  of  100,000.  1910. 
Ellis. 

"Short  list  of  books  and  reports  relating  to  civic  improvement,"  p.ios-107. 

Nolen,  John.  710  N41 

San  Diego  [Cal.];  a  comprehensive  plan  for  its  improvement.  1908. 
Ellis. 

"Sliort  list  of  books  and  reports  relating  to  civic  improvement,"  p.108-109. 
Detailed  scheme  for  making  the  city  more  beautiful  and  more  healthful. 

Olmsted,  Frederick  Law,  b.  1870.  qr7io  O23 

Pittsburgh  main  thoroughfares  and  the  down  town  district;  im- 
provements necessary  to  meet  the  city's  present  and  future  needs;  a 
report.     191 1.     (Pittsburgh  Civic  Commission.     Publication  no. 8.) 

Prepared  under  the  direction  of  the  Committee  on  city  planning  of  the  Pittsburgh 
Civic  Commission. 

Comprehensive  plan  of  a  system  of  main  thoroughfares  in  the  centre  of  the  city. 


CIVIC  ART.     CITY  PLANNING  1303 

Olmsted,  Frederick  Law,  b.  1870 — continued.  qr7io  O23 

to  the  principal  residence  and  manufacturing  districts  and  to  the  surrounding  boroughs. 
Considers  also  the  location  of  the  main  public  buildings  and  grounds  of  the  down-town 
district.     Illustrated. 

Peabody,  Robert  Swain.  qbyio  P33 

Holiday  study  of  cities  and  ports;  notes  of  travel  offered  to  the 

Commission  on  the  improvement  of  metropolitan  Boston  by  one  of  its 

members.     1908.    Boston  Soc.  of  Architects. 

Results  of  an  inspection  of  methods  of  transportation  and  city  planning  in  certain 

of  the  larger  European  cities,  as  a  lesson  for  American  civic  improvement,  with  especial 

reference  to  Boston. 

Pittsburgh  Civic  Commission.  710  P67 

City  planning  for  Pittsburgh;  outline  and  procedure,  a  report  by 

Bion  J.  Arnold  and  others.     1910.     [Pittsburgh.] 

The  same r7io  P67 

Report  by  Frederick  Law  Olmsted,  Bion  J.  Arnold  and  John  R.  Freeman  on  the 
factors  to  be  considered  in  developing  and  improving  the  city. 

Richards,  Joseph  T.  r7io  R41 

Railroad  as  a  factor  in  civic  improvement.     1908.    Amer.  Civic  Assoc. 

(Special  series,  no. 5.) 

Address  to  the  American  Civic  Association  at  its  third  annual  meeting,  November 

20,  1907,  held  in  Brown  University,  Providence. 

Robinson,  Charles  Mulford.  r7io  S23r 

Report  regarding  the  civic  affairs  of  Santa  Barbara,  California,  also 
the  report  of  the  Committee  of  eleven  on  the  improvement  of  the  city 
streets.     1909.     Independent. 

Robinson,  Charles  Mulford.  r7io  R54 

Report  with  regard  to  civic  affairs  in  the  city  of  Cedar  Rapids,  Iowa, 
with  recommendations  for  city  improvement  and  beautification.  1908. 
Torch  Press. 

Robinson,  Charles  Mulford,  ed.  710  R54C 

The  city  plan.    1908. 

Contents:  The  theory  of  planning,  by  C.  M.  Robinson  and  others. — The  practice  of 
planning,  by  J.  H.  McFarland  and  others. 

Pages  1487-1562  of  "Charities  and  the  commons,"  Feb.  i,  1908,  v.  19. 

The  same.  1908.  (In  Charities  and  the  commons,  v.19,  p. 1487- 
1562.) .^ r36i  C3732  V.19 

Second  part  consists  of  accounts  of  civic  improvement,  accomplished  or  proposed, 
in  a  number  of  American  cities,  particularly  in  Boston,  New  York,  Philadelphia  and 
Chicago.     Illustrated. 

St.  Louis,  Civic  League.  qr7io  S14 

A  city  plan  for  Saint  Louis;  reports  of  the  several  committees  ap- 
pointed by  the  executive  board  of  the  Civic  League  to  draft  a  city  plan. 
1907. 

qb7io  S77 
Stadtebau;  monatsschrift  fiir  die  kiinstlerische  ausgestaltung  der  stadte 
nach  ihren  wirtschaftlichen,  gesundheitlichen  und  sozialen  grundsatzen, 
1910-date.    v.7-date.     1910-date. 


1304  PUBLIC  PARKS 


Triggs,  Harry  Inigo.  q7io  T74 

Town  planning;  past,  present  and  possible.     [1909.]     Methuen. 
Contents:    Introductory. — Types  of  ancient  and  modern  towns. — The  circulation  of 

traffic. — Town  expansion. — The  planning  of  streets. — The  planning  of  squares  and  open 

spaces. 

Unwin,  Raymond.  <17io  U25 

Town  planning  in  practice;  an  introduction  to  the  art  of  designing 

cities  and  suburbs.     1909.    Unwin. 
"Bibliography,"  p.405-411. 
There  is  no  more  well-informed  or  enthusiastic   champion  of  the  art  of  designing 

cities  than  Mr  Unwin,  who  has  done  practical  work  in  connection  with  recent  suburban 

experiments  in  England.     He  deals  with  every  detail  of  arrangement  in  the  laying  out 

of  a  town.     Many  illustrations. 

711     Public  parks 
Bibliography 

United  States — Interior  department.  roi6.7ii  U25 

Magazine  articles  on  national  parks,  reservations  and  monuments. 
An  endeavor  has  been  made  to  list  all  magazine  articles  that  have  been  printed  up 

to  Dec.  31,  1910. 

General  works 

American  Academy  of  Political  and  Social  Science.  711  A51 

Public  recreation  facilities.     1910. 

Contents:  Typical  parks,  national,  state,  county  and  city. — The  social  significance 
of  parks  and  playgrounds. 

v. 35,  no.2,  March  1910,  of  the  "Annals  of  the  American  Academy  of  Political  and 
Social  Science." 

The  same.     1910.      (In  American  Academy  of   Political  and   Social 

Science.    Annals,  v.35.) r3o6  A51  v.35 

American  Scenic  and  Historic  Preservation  Society.  1711  A512 

Appeal  for  the  preservation  of  City  Hall  park,  New  York,  with  a 
brief  history  of  the  park  by  E.  H.  Hall.    1910. 

Boston — Parks,  Department  of.  r7ii  B64 

Annual  report  (ist-7th,  I2th-36th)  of  the  board  of  commissioners, 
1875-81,  1886-1910/11.     1876-1911. 

17th  report  covers  13  months,  1891-Jan.   1892. 

Chicago — Special  park  commission.  r7ii   C43 

Annual  report  [on]  parks,  playgrounds  and  bathing  beaches,  1907-11. 
i9o8-[i2]. 

Reports  for  1 909-11  contain  reports  on  street  planting. 

Cincinnati — Park  commission.  qr?"  C484 

A  park  system  for  the  city  of  Cincinnati;  report  to  the  Board  of 
public  service.     1907. 

Cincinnati — Park  department.  r7ii  C48 

Annual  report,  1895,  1900-10.     1896-1911. 

Report  for  1895  will  be  found  in  the  annual  reports  of  the  city  departments  of  Cin- 
cinnati  (r352  C48). 


PUBLIC  PARKS  1305 


Detroit,  Mich. — Parks  and  boulevards  department.  ryii  D48 

Annual  report  (i6th-22d),  1904/05-1910/11.     [1905-11.] 

Kansas  City,  Mo. — Park  commissioners,  Board  of.  r7ii  K12 

Report  (i4th-date)  for  the  fiscal  year  ending  April  i6th,  1906-date, 
with  other  information  regarding  the  park  system.     [i9o6]-date. 

Massachusetts — Metropolitan  park  commission.  ryii  M45r 

Report  (ist,  iith-date)   [1892,  1903-date].     1893-date. 

Minneapolis — Park  commissioners,  Board  of.  tjii  M72 
Annual  report  (i7th-25th,  27th-28th),  1899-1907,  1909-10.     i900-[ii]. 
The  same.     (In  Minneapolis,  Minn.     Annual  reports  of  the  city  of- 
ficers.)  r352  M72 

[Moore,  A.  W.]  qr?"  M876 

Origin  &  development  of  Rochester's  park  system,  by  a  veteran 
reporter.     1908.    Union  and  Advertiser  Press. 

New  York  (city) — Parks  department.  r7ii  N26 

Report,  1870/71,  1906-08.    1871-1909. 
For  volumes  for  1902—05  see  preceding  catalogn^e,  second  series. 

Nolen,  John.  r7ii  N41 

General  features  of  a  park  system  for  Chattanooga.     1911.     Ellis. 

"Selected  bibliography  of  parks  and  related  topics,"  p.24-27. 

Pennsylvania — Valley  Forge  park  commission.  r7ii  P39 

Reports  [biennial]  for  the  years  1894-1910.     [1910.] 
No  report  issued  for  1898;  the  reports  for  1894,  1896,  1900  are  reprints. 

Philadelphia — Allied  organizations.  qj'7ii  P4942 

Existing  and  proposed  outer  park  systems  of  American  cities;  report 
of  the  Philadelphia  Allied  Organizations  written  by  A.  W.  Crawford 
and  F.  M.  Day.     [1905?    McFarland.] 

Binder's  title  reads  "American  park  systems." 

Maps  prepared  under  the  direction  of  A.  W.  Crawford. 

Philadelphia  City  Parks  Association.  r7ii  P494 

Annual  report  (loth-iith,  i6th-23d),  1897/98-1898/99,  1903/04- 
1910/ir. 

Rhode  Island — Metropolitan  park  commissioners,  Board  of.     qr7ii  R38 
Annual   reports    (2d-6th)    to  the   General   assembly  at   its  January 
sessions,  1906-10.     1906-10. 

St.  Louis — Park  commissioner.  qr7ii  S14 

Annual  report  of  the  park  commissioner  of  the  city  of  Saint  Louis, 
for  the  year  1893/94,  1896/97,  1902/03,  i 906/07-19 lo/ri.     i894-[i9ii]. 

Reports  for  1893/94,  1896/97,  1902/03,  1906/07-1907/08,  1909/10  will  be  found  in 
the  message  of  the  mayor  of  St.  Louis  (qr3S2  Si 4). 

United  States — Gettysburg  national  military  park  r7ii  U25 

commission. 

Annual  reports,  1904/05-19 lo/ii.     1905-11. 

Report  for  1906/07  wanting. 

Report  for  1904/05-1905/06,  1907/08-1909/10  will  be  found  in  the  "Annual  reports 
of  the  War  department"  for  corresponding  years  (r3S3.6  U25). 

For  earlier  reports  see  preceding  catalogues. 


i3o6  TREES 

United  States — Interior  department.  ryii  U25I 

Laws,  regulations  and  general  information  relating  to  Glacier  na- 
tional park,  Montana,  1910.    1911. 

Wright,  Elizur.  ryii  W93 

Appeals  for  the  Middlesex  Fells  and  the  forests,  with  a  sketch  of 
what  he  did  for  both,  by  his  daughter,  Ellen  Wright.  1904.  Privately 
printed. 

Wright  was  instrumental  in  securing  the  Fells  as  a  part  of  the  Boston  park  system. 


712     Lawns 

Barron,  Leonard.  712  Ba6 

Lawns  and  how  to  make  them,  together  with  the  proper  keeping  of 

putting  greens.     1906.     Doubleday. 

Brief,  but  thoroughly  practical.     There  are   numerous   illustrations  to   make   clear 

various  points. 


715     Trees.     Arbor  day 


Corbett,  Lee  Cleveland.  715  C81 

Beautifying  the  home  grounds.     1904.     (United  States — Agriculture, 

Department  of.     Farmers'  bulletin  no.iSs.) 

Brief  suggestions  in  regard  to  appropriate  use  of  trees,  shrubs,  plants  and  vines  in 

the  adornment  of  city  or  country  home  grounds. 

Illinois — Public  instruction,  Superintendent  of.  r7i5  I22 

Arbor  and  bird  day,  Illinois,  1902-04,  1906-07.     [1902-07.] 

From  1902-03  title  reads  "Arbor  day"  as  Bird  day  was  not  designated  by  law  until 
t903- 

New  York  (state) — Education  department.  qr7i5  N26 

Arbor  day,  1905-date.     1905-date. 
The  same,  1907.     1907 qJ7i5  N26 

Newark,  N.  J. — Shade  tree  commission.  r7i5  N261 

Annual  report  (2d-sth),  1905-08. 

2d  report,  for  1905,  will  be  found  in  Reports  of  city  officers  'of  Newark,  1905 
(r3S2  N2614). 

With  3d-4th  reports  are  bound  the  following  publications  of  the  commission: 
Arbor  day,  1907-08. —  [Leaflet  issued  to  children]. — An  ordinance  relating  to  the  pro- 
tection, regulation  and  control  of  shade  trees  and  city  parks,  Newark. — A  four-fold  word 
for  trees,  by  Carl  Bannwart. 

Ohio — State  commissioner  of  common  schools.  VT^S  O18 

Arbor  day;  suggestions  and  material  for  observance  of  the  day  by 
Ohio's  schools,  1908-10.     1908-10. 

Revell,  Ellen  Isabel,  comp.  715  R36 

Arbor  day;  exercises  for  the  school-room.  1909.  Educational  Pub. 
Co.     (Teachers'  help  series.) 

Rhode  Island — Education  department.  r7i5  R38 

Annual  program  (19th)  for  the  observance  of  Arbor  day  in  the 
schools  of  Rhode  Island,  1910.     1910. 


PLANTS.     GARDENING  1307 

Skinner,  Charles  Rufus,  contp.  <17i5  S62 

Arbor  day  manual;  an  aid  in  preparing  programs  for  Arbor  day 
exercises.     1896.     Bardeen. 

Wisconsin — Public  instruction,  Superintendent  of.  VyiS  W81 

Arbor  and  bird  day  annual  for  Wisconsin  schools,  1900.     1900. 
Bibliography,  p.  42-44. 
For  other  volumes  see  preceding  catalogues. 


716     Plants.     Gardening 

Albee,  Mrs  Helen  (Rickey).  716  A32 

Hardy  plants  for  cottage  gardens.  1910.  Holt.  (American  nature 
series.) 

Pleasing  record  of  the  mistakes  and  successes  of  an  enthusiastic  and  patient  woman 
gardener,  illustrated  by  photographs  and  a  full  plan  of  the  completed  garden.  Its  best 
feature  for  amateurs  is  a  list  classified  by  color,  planting-month  and  kind,  with  descrip- 
tions and  cultural  directions.  Includes  chapter  on  the  photography  of  flowers  and  an 
amusing  one  on  the  vices  of  certain  plants. 

Bailey,  Liberty  Hyde.  716  Bi6m 

Manual  of   gardening;   a   practical   guide   to   the   making  of  home 

grounds  and  the  growing  of  flowers,  fruits  and  vegetables  for  home  use. 

1910.     Macmillan. 

Combination   of   his   earlier   "Garden-making"   and    "Practical   garden   book,"    with 

revision  and  enlargement  to  include  recent  experiment  and  practice.     The  best  general 

handbook  for  the  home  gardener   who  raises  flowers,   shrubbery  and  trees,  vegetables 

and  fruits  and  who  has  an  eye  to  the  beauty  of  his  place. 

Bardswell,  Mrs  Frances  Anne.  716  B23 

The  herb-garden,  with  illustrations  in  colour  drawn  from  nature  by 
Hon.  Florence  Amherst  and  Isabelle  Forrest.     1911.    Black. 
"Practical  notes  for  reference,"  p. 163-167. 

Author's  aim  is  to  tell  as  simply  as  possible  the  way  to  start  and  cultivate  an  herb- 
garden,  to  call  to  memory  the  half-forgotten  uses  of  many  herbs  and  to  express  the 
pleasure  such  a  garden  may  give. 

/ 

Barnes,  Parker  Thayer.  •  716  B25 

House  plants  and  how  to  grow  them.  1909.  Doubleday.  (Garden 
library.) 

Batson,  Mrs  Henrietta  M.  716  B31S 

The  summer  garden  of  pleasure.     1909.     McClurg. 

The  best  part  of  the  book  is  devoted  to  the  management  of  the  flower  garden  in 
midsummer  so  that  some  of  its  beauty  and  color  may  last  into  the  autumn.  Special  at- 
tention is  given  to  border  plants  and  color  combinations.  The  illustrations  represent 
actual  groups  and  borders. 

Doubleday,  Mrs  Nellie  Blanchan  (De  Graff),  {pseud.  q7i6  D75 

Neltje  Blanchan). 

American  flower  garden  [with]  planting  lists  by  Leonard  Barron. 
1909.    Doubleday. 

"Gives  good  practical  suggestions  under  such  classifications  as  'formal,'  'old- 
fashioned,'  'naturalistic,'  'wild,'  'rock,'  'water,'  etc.  with  planting  lists  and  beautiful 
colored  and  halftone  illustrations  of  notable  examples  under  each  section.  Contains  also 
illustrated  chapters  on  annuals,  bulbs,  roses,  trees,  shrubs,  vines,  permanent  fittings 
and  garden  furniture.    A  beautiful  and  artistic  book."    A.  L.  A.  booklist,  1910. 


i3o8  PLANTS.    GARDENING 

Duncan,  Frances.  J716  D89 

Mary's  garden  and  how  it  grew.    1904.     Century. 
A  little  girl  is  taught  by  a  German  gardener  to  love  and  to  tend  flowers  and  plants. 

Duncan,  Frances.  716  D89 

When  mother  lets  us  garden;  a  book  for  little  folk  who  want  to 
make  gardens  and  don't  know  how.    1909.    Moffat. 

The  same J716  D89W 

Contents:    Flower  gardening. — Market  gardening. — Indoor  gardening. — Verses  and 

quotations. 

Suggestive  and  practical  directions  for  children.     More  useful  as  a  handbook  than 

author's  "Mary's  garden  and  how  it  grew"   (J7i6  D89).     Illustrated  from  drawings. 

Elliott,  William  R.  r7i6  E52 

Practical  and  comprehensive  treatise  on  fruit  &  floral  culture  and  a 
few  hints  on  landscape  gardening.     [1871?]     Privately  printed. 

William  R.  Elliott  was  a  florist  in  Pittsburgh,  where  this  book  was  probably  pub- 
lished. 

Ely,  Mrs  Helena  Rutherfurd.  716  E57P 

The  practical  flower  garden.     191 1.    Macmillan. 

Results  of  author's  experience  in  her  flower  garden,  in  caring  for  the  grass  and 
evergreens,  arranging  flowers  to  secure  constant  flower  effects,  raising  plants  and  trees 
from  seed,  and  in  the  use  of  fertilizers.  Contains  chapter  on  the  treatment  of  terraces, 
one  on  the  wild  garden,  and  list  of  shrubs,  plants  and  vines  which  she  has  successfully 
raised.     Fully  illustrated,  partly  in  color. 

Hays,  Helen  Ashe.  716  H37 

A  little  Maryland  garden.    1909.    Putnam. 

Chatty  book  by  an  amateur  gardener.     Illustrated  in  color. 

Higgins,  Myrta  Margaret.  J716  H53 

Little  gardens  for  boys  and  girls.     1910.     Houghton. 

Describes  simply  and  interestingly  the  preparation  of  the  soil,  the  growth  of  plants 
from  seeds,  different  garden  tools,  etc.  Gives  diagrams  for  laying  put  gardens  and 
rules  for  planting  and  cultivating. 

Home  Gardening  Association,  Cleveland.  1716  H75 

Annual  report  (7th),  1906.     1906. 

Much  of  the  work  of  the  association  is  done  in  connection  with  the  public  schools. 
Illustrated  by  photographs  showing  the  possibilities  which  lie  in  vacant  lot  cultivation. 

Jekyll,  Gertrude.  716  J24C 

Children  and  gardens.    1908.    Country  Life.    ("Country  life"  library.) 

Odds  and  ends  put  together  in  somewhat  whimsical  but  attractive  fashion  for  the 
purpose  of  interesting  children  in  gardening  and  rural  amusements.  Contains  some 
sound  elementary  botany. 

Jekyll,  Gertrude.  716  J24CO 

Colour  in  the  flower  garden.  1908.  Country  Life.  ("Country  life" 
library.) 

Treats  the  difficult  problem  of  color  effects  in  gardens  and  the  question  of  so  ar- 
ranging plants  that  in  successive  months  the  scheme  of  colors  will  be  effective.  One 
chapter  is  devoted  to  gardens  of  one  color. 

Lounsberry,  Alice.  J716  L93 

Garden  book  for  young  people.     1908.    Stokes. 

Story  of  a  young  girl  and  her  brother  who  make  use  of  a  triangular  strip  of  ground 
for  planting  a  flower  garden.  Tells  of  their  summer's  work  and  play,  how  they  started 
a  rosarium  and  transplanted  ferns  and  of  all  their  difficulties  and  successes. 


PLANTS.     GARDENING  1309 

Lowell,  Mass. — City  library.  roi6.7i6  L95 

Gardens  and  gardening;  a  list  of  books  relating  to  gardens  and  gar- 
dening in  the  Lowell  City  Library.     [1910.] 

McCoUom,  William  C.  716  M13 

Vines   and   how   to   grow   them;   a  manual  of  climbing  plants   for 

flower,  foliage  and  fruit  effects,  both  ornamental  and  useful,  including 

those   shrubs   and   similar   forms    that   may   be   used   as   vines.      191 1. 

Doubleday.     (Garden  library.) 

Contains  a  chapter  on  the  cultivation  of  grapes. 

Meyer,  F.  W.  716  M65 

Rock  and  water  gardens;  their  making  and  planting,  with  chapters 
on  wall  and  heath  gardening;  ed.  by  E.  T.  Cook.  1910.  "Country  Life" 
Offices. 

"The  book  is  written  to  its  illustrations,  a  cateful  study  of  which  reveals  the  skill 
with  which  the  finished  garden  is  built  up  from  its  crude  beginnings.  Since  it  concerns 
itself  with  small  gardens  as  well  as  large,  the  volume  will  bring  to  many  householders 
the  means  of  solving  vexatious  difficulties  even  on  the  two-acre  lot,  and  should  help  to 
turn  many  bare  or  unsatisfactory  corners  into  the  most  pleasing  features  of  small  places. 
The  management  of  water  and  the  beautifying  of  the  average  stone  wall  are  also  dis- 
cussed."   Nation,  igio. 

Pol,  Gustaw.  q7i6  P75 

Hodowla  roslin  w  mieszkaniach.     1910. 
Rexford,  Eben  Eugene.  716  R37f 

Four  seasons  in  the  garden.     1907.     Lippincott. 

Clear  and  definite  instruction  on  such  subjects  as  the  making  and  care  of  the  lawn, 
flower-beds,  backyard  gardens  and  window-boxes,  fall  work  in  the  garden,  the  growing 
of  bulbs,  the  home  greenhouse,  the  care  of  palms  and  decorative  plants,  with  two  chap- 
ters on  village  improvement  societies. 

Rexford,  Eben  Eugene.  716  R37i 

Indoor  gardening.     1910.     Lippincott. 

Admirable  handbook  on  raising  plants  in  pots  and  saucers,  window  and  veranda 
boxes. 

Sedgwick,  Mrs  Mabel  (Cabot).  716  S44 

The  garden  month  by  month;  describing  the  appearance,  color,  dates 
of  bloom  and  cultivation  of  all  desirable  hardy  plants  for  the  formal  or 
wild  garden,  with  additional  lists  of  aquatics,  vines,  etc.;  assisted  by 
Robert  Cameron.     1907.    Stokes. 

Sidgwick,  Mrs  Cecily  (Ullmann),  &  Pa3mter,  Mrs.  J716  S56 

Children's    book   of    gardening,    with    illustrations    in    colour    from 

drawings  by  Mrs  Cayley-Robinson.     1909.     Black. 

Tells  about  annuals,  bulbs  and  bedding  plants;  how  to  raise  roses,  lilies,  carnations 

and  other  flowers;  what  to  plant  in  shady  places;  how  to  make  rock  and  wall  gardens, 

window  gardens,  etc.     Adapted  to   English   conditions,  but  will  be  a  help  to   all  boys 

and  girls  interested  in  gardening. 

Speer,  A.  E.  716  S74 

Annual  and  biennial  garden  plants;  their  value  and  uses,  v/ith  full 
instructions  for  their  cultivation.    191 1.    Murray. 

"A  book  which  will  be  useful  to  many  who  wish  for  bright  annuals  and  have  hitherto 
had  recourse  to  the  well-got-up  seedsmen's  catalogues  for  their  information. .  .It  contains 
a  full  alphabetical  list  of  plants  which  are  either  true  annuals  or  biennials,  or  which 
have  to  be  treated  as  such  in  this  country."     Saturday  review,  1911. 


I3I0  FLOWERS 

Veitch,  James  Herbert.  qryiG  Va4 

Hortus  Veitchii;  a  history  of  the  rise  and  progress  of  the  nurseries 
of  Messrs  James  Veitch  and  Sons,  together  with  an  account  of  the 
botanical  collectors  and  hybridists  employed  by  them  and  a  list  of  the 
most  remarkable  of  their  introductions.     1906.     Veitch. 

"This  work  might  well  have  been  called  a  history  of  garden-botany  during  the  last 
three  quarters  of  a  century.  It  is  very  much  more  than  a  history  of  the  rise  and  progress 
of  a  particular  firm,  remarkable  as  that  is."     Athenceum,  1906. 

Wright,  Walter  Page,  conip.  ryiS  W93 

Cassell's  A  B  C  of  gardening;  an  illustrated  encyclopaedia  of  practi- 
cal horticulture.    1908.    Cassell. 

Flowers 
[Barron,  Leonard,  edS^  716.2  B26 

Roses  and  how  to  grow  them;  a  manual  for  growing  roses  in  the 
garden  and  under  glass.    1905.    Doubleday. 

Conard,  Henry  Shoemaker,  &  Hus,  Henri.  716.2  C74 

Water-lilies  and  how  to  grow  them,  with  chapters  on  the  proper 

making  of  ponds  and  the  use  of  accessory  plants.     1907.     Doubleday. 

Cook,  T.  H.  and  others.  716.2  C77 

Carnations  &  pinks.     [1911.]     Jack.    (Present-day  gardening.) 

Work  of  expert  cultivators  of  carnations.     Illustrated. 
Curtis,  Charles  Henry.  716.2  C93 

Phlox.  [191 1.]  Agricultural  &  Horticultural  Assoc.  (One  &  all 
garden  books.) 

Authoritative  directions  for  the  cultivation  of  this  garden  flower. 

Durand,  Louis.  716.2  Dgs 

Book  of  roses.     191 1.    Lane.     (Handbooks  of  practical  gardening.) 

"List  of  good   roses   for  garden   cultivation,"  p.95-99. 
Illustrated. 

Kingsley,  Rose  Georgina.  716.2  Kay 

Roses  and  rose  growing,  with  a  chapter  on  "How  to  grow  roses  for 
exhibition,"  by  F.  Page-Roberts.    Macmillan. 

Kirby,  Arthur  Martin.  716.2  K28 

Daffodils,  narcissus,  and  how  to  grow  them  as  hardy  plants  and  for 

cut   flowers,   with   a   guide   to   the   best   varieties.     1907.     Doubleday. 

These  plants  are  among  the  most  satisfactory  for  home'  gardens  because  they  sur- 
vive careless  treatment  and  are  practically  unmolested  by  insect  pests.  The  book  gives 
advice  as  to  varieties  and  their  management  and  explains  how  new  varieties  may  be 
produced. 

Pemberton,  Joseph  Hardwick.  716.2  P38 

Roses;  their  history,  development  and  cultivation.    1908.    Longmans. 

"Authorities,"  p.306. 

Practical  advice  on  all  details  of  rose  growing.  Adapted  to  English  conditions.  By 
an  English  derg^yman,  long  a  successful  exhibitor  at  rose  shows. 

PoweU,  L  L.  716.2  P87 

Chrysanthemums  and  how  to  grow  them  as  garden  plants  for  out- 
door bloom  and  for  cut  flowers  under  glass.    191 1.    Doubleday. 


SCHOOL  GARDENS  1311 


Thomas,  Harry  H.  716.2  T37 

Sweet  peas  and  how  to  grow  them.     1909.     Cassell. 
Full  directions  for  growing  for  home  and  exhibition  purposes. 

Turner,  Mrs  Cordelia  Harris.  qr7i6.2  T86 

Floral  kingdom;  its  history,  sentiment  and  poetry;  witTi  an  auto- 
graph letter  and  introductory  poem  by  W.  C.  Bryant  and  a  practical 
treatise  for  amateurs  on  the  Cultivation  and  analysis  of  plants.  1877. 
Warren. 

Arranged  in  dictionary  form.  A  page  is  devoted  to  each  flower,  including  descrip- 
tion,  the  meaning  given  to  each  in  the  language  of  flowers  and  brief  poetical  quotations. 

Wright,  Horace  J.  716.2  W93 

Sweet  peas.     [1910.]     Jack.     (Present-day  gardening  no.i.) 
Account  of  the   flower,   with   a  discussion   of  the  variety  of  colors   obtainable   by 

cultivation,  a  list  of  50  desirable  varieties  and  directions  for  culture,  spring  and  autumn 

seeding,  raising  flowers  for  exhibition,  etc.     Illustrated  in  color. 


School  gardens 

Elford,  Percy,  &  Heaton,  Samuel.  716.6  E45 

Practical  school  gardening.     1909.     Clarendon  Press. 

Greene,  Maria  Louise.  716.6  G83 

Among  school  gardens.     1910.     Charities   Publication   Committee. 

(Russell  Sage  foundation.) 

"Bibliography,"  p.343-37S- 

The  same.    191 1 J716.6  G83 

"Bibliography,"  p.343-37S- 

Covers  not  only  the  school  garden  as  it  is  ordinarily  understood,  but  some  of  the 
big  experimental  gardens  which  almost  approach  farms  in  size,  vacant  lot  gardens, 
back-yard  and  front-yard  patches — in  fact,  everything  down  to  a  window-box.  Practical 
in  its  directions  for  choosing  soils,  kinds  of  seed  to  plant,  time  for  planting,  etc. 

Massachusetts  Horticultural  Society.  r7i6.6  M45 

Report  of  the  committee  on  school  gardens  and  native  plants  for 
1907.     1908. 

For  earlier  volumes  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Parsons,  Henry  Griscom.  716.6  P26 

Children's  gardens  for  pleasure,  health  and  education.     1910.    Stur- 

gis. 

"Books   for  the  teacher,"   p.  194-197. 

The  same J716.6  P26 

"Books  for  the  teacher,"  p.194-197. 

Author  is  (1910)  director  of  the  Department  of  school  gardens,  New  York  Uni- 
versity. Book  is  based  on  the  work  at  the  children's  school  farm,  DeWitt  Clinton 
Park,  New  York  city. 

718     Monumental  brasses.     Monuments 

Boutell,  Charles.  qb7i8  B65 

Monumental  brasses  of  England;  a  series  of  engravings  upon  wood, 

from  every  variety  of  these  interesting  and  valuable  memorials.     1849. 

Bell. 

The  notes  accompanying  the  engravings  give  dates  and  a  careful  description  of  the 

costume  and  armor  of  the  figures  on  the  brasses. 


I3I2  MONUMENTAL  BRASSES.    MONUMENTS 

Cooper,  William  Ricketts.  718  C79 

Short  history  of  the  Egyptian  obelisks,  with  translations  of  many 
of  the  hieroglyphic  inscriptions,  chiefly  by  Frangois  Chabas.  [1877.] 
Bagster. 

Cotman,  John  Sell.  qbyiS  C83 

Engravings  of  sepulchral  brasses  in  Norfolk  [and  Suffolk]  tending 
to  illustrate  the  ecclesiastical,  military  and  civil  costume  as  well  as  to 
preserve  memorials  of  ancient  families.    2v.    1838.    Bohn. 

V.I.     Norfolk;  with  an  introductory  essay  by  Dawson  Turner. 

V.2.     Suffolk;   with   historical,   critical  and  armorial   illustrations. 

"He  was  one  of  the  most  original  and  versatile  of  English  artists  of  the  first  half 
of  this  [19th]  century,  a  draughtsman  and  colourist  of  exceptional  gifts."  Dictionary  of 
national  biography. 

Greeny,  William  Frederick.  qr7i8  C87 

Illustrations  of  incised  slabs  on  the  continent  of  Europe,  from  rub- 
bings and  tracings.     1891.     Griggs. 

About  70  illustrations  of  the  engravings  on  the  flat  stone  tombs  in  European 
churches  and  cathedrals,  with  descriptions. 

Davies,  Gerald  Stanley.  qr7i8  D31 

Renascence;  the  sculptured  tombs  of  the  15th  century  in  Rome,  with 
chapters  on  the  previous  centuries  from  iioo.     1910.     Murray. 

"Books  of  reference,"  p.  13-14. 

Binder's  title  reads  "Renascence  tombs  of  Rome." 

Pt.  I  deals  with  the  masters  to  whom  the  adornment  of  the  most  conspicuous  graves 
is  attributed;  in  pt.2  author  takes  his  readers  from  church  to  church,  describing  the 
tombs,  and  the  lives  and  careers  of  the  persons  whose  names  they  bear.  Contains  87 
plates,  mostly  full-page. 

Haines,  Herbert.  r7i8  H15 

Manual  of  monumental  brasses,  comprising  an  introduction  to  the 
study  of  these  memorials  and  a  list  of  those  remaining  in  the  British 
Isles.    2v.    1861.     Parker. 

Houghton,  Albert  Allison.  718  H83 

Concrete  monuments,  mausoleums  and  burial  vaults;  a  practical 
treatise.    191 1.    Henley. 

Treats  of  the  molding  and  lettering  of  concrete  monuments  and  of  the  construction 
of  the  molds. 

Lafayette  Memorial  Commission.  V7^^  L14 

Lafayette  monument;  report  of  secretary.     1908. 

With  this  is  bound  "The  Lafayette  memorial,"  issued  by  the  commission. 

Statue  presented  to  the  French  government  by  the  school  children  of  the  United 
States  and  placed  in  the  court  of  the  Louvre  in  Paris. 

Macklin,  Herbert  Walter.  b7i8  Mi8b 

Brasses  of  England.     1907.    Methuen. 

The  brasses  are  dealt  with  chronologically  instead  of  by  class,  with  the  advantage 
of  bringing  the  subject  into  a  closer  relation  with  history.  The  illustrations  are  numerous 
and  excellent. 

Macklin,  Herbert  Walter.  b7i8  M18 

Monumental  brasses.    1892.    Sonnenschein. 

"A  literary  guide,"  p.  113-122. 

Handbook,  giving  information  on  the  history  of  English  brasses,  some  account  of 
the  various  styles  of  armor  and  dress  found  on  them  and  suggestions  for  collectors  of 
rubbings. 


ARCHITECTURE  1313 

New  York  University,  N.  Y.  qr7i8  N26 

Hall  of  fame;  report  to  the  100  electors  from  the  senate  of  New 
York  University,  Oct.  1910. 

Pollen,  John  Hungerford,  1820-1902.  718  P76 

Description  of  the  Trajan  column.     1874.     Eyre   &  Spottiswoode. 

(South  Kensington  Museum — Department  of  science  and  art.) 

Trajan's  column  was  erected  at  Rome  in  114  A.  D.  in  honor  of  the  emperor  Trajan. 

Around  the  column   ran   a   series  of  bas-reliefs   picturing   Trajan's   achievements  in   his 

war   with   the   Dacians.      They   are   of   historic   value   as   showing   the  costume,   armor, 

methods  of  warfare,  etc.  of  the  ancient  Romans. 

Rimmer,  Alfred.  718  R46 

Ancient  stone  crosses  of  England.     1875.    Virtue. 

Descriptions  of  the  more  important  crosses  of  all  kinds  erected  throughout  the 
island  as  memorials  of  the  dead,  or  to  mark  some  important  spot.  Many  now  serve  the 
architect  as  examples  of  the  finest  English  Gothic  style.     Fully  illustrated. 

720     Architecture 

The  books  designated  by  the  letter  b  at  the  beginning  of  the  call  number  were  pur- 
chased from  the  fund  left  to  the  Library  by  J.  D.  Bernd,  and  form  the  Bernd  department 
of  architecture. 

The  Reference  department  contains  a  collection  of  about  1,400  photographs  illus- 
trating the  architecture  of  England,  France,  Germany,  Italy,  Spain,  Greece  and  Egypt, 
which  may  either  be  consulted  at  the  Library  or  borrowed  for  home  use. 

Bibliography 

Guppy,  Henry,  &  Vine,  Guthrie,  ed.  qroi6.72  G97 

Classified  catalogue  of  the  works  on  architecture  and  the  allied 
arts  in  the  principal  libraries  of  Manchester  and  Salford,  with  alpha- 
betical author  list  and  subject  index;  ed.  for  the  Joint  Architectural 
Committee  of  Manchester.     1909.     Manchester  University  Press. 

The  entries  are  arranged,  with  certain  modifications,  according  to  the  Dewey 
classification. 

General  works 

American  Institute  of  Architects.  r720  A51 

Matters  relating  to  competitions;  extracts  from  the  reports  of  1905- 
6-7  and  8.    1908. 

Belcher,  John.  720  B39 

Essentials  in  architecture;  an  analysis  of  the  principles  &  qualities 
to  be  looked  for  in  buildings.     1907.     Batsford. 

"It  is  astonishing  how  much  information  he  has  agreeably  imparted  in  one  hundred 
and  sixty-six  pages,  many  of  which  are  occupied  with  illustrations. .  .In  a  few  words 
and  these  as  simple  and  free  from  technical  terms  as  possible,  he  has  set  before  his 
readers  the  principles  underlying  all  good  architecture."     Academy,  igoj. 

Davy,  Christopher.  6720  Dsa 

Architectural  precedents,  with  notes  and  observations.  1841.  Wil- 
liams. 

Plans  and  elevations,  accompanied  by  specifications  and  estimates,  of  a  few  English 
buildings. 


50356 


I3I4  ARCHITECTURE 

qb72o  H23 
Handbuch  der  architektur;  unter  mitwirkung  von  Josef  Durm  und  Her- 
mann Ende  hrsg.  von  Eduard  Schmitt.  v.2,  pt.i,  4b,  5;  v.3,  pt.5;  v.4, 
pt.8e,  9.     1903-10. 

v.2.       Die  BAUSTILE;   HISTORISCHE  UND  TECHNISCHE  ENTWICKELUNG.    pt.I,4b,  5.     1903-10. 

pt. I.     Die  baukunst  der  Griechen,  von  Joseph  Durm. 
pt.4.     Die  romanische  und  die  gotische  baukunst. 

b.     Der  wohnbau  des  mittelalters,  bearbeitet  von  Otto  Stiehl. 
pt.5.     Die  baukunst  der  renaissance  in  Italien,  von  Joseph  Durm. 
y.3.     Die  hochbaukonstruktionen.     pt.s.     1907-08. 

pt.s,  a.  Einrichtungen  fiir  koch-  und  warmwasserbereitung  und  fur  heizung  von 
kiichenherd  aus,  von  F.  R.  Vogel. 

b.     Entwasserung  und  reinig^ng  der  gebaude,  mit  einschluss  der  spul-,  wasch-  und 
badeeinrichtungen  der  aborte  und  pissoire,  von  F.  R.  Vogel  und  Eduard  Schmitt. 
V.4.     Entwerfen,  anlage  und  einrichtung  der  gebaude.     pt.8e,  9.     1907. 
pt.8.     Kirchen,  denkmaler  und  bestattungsanlagen. 

e.     Bestattungsanlagen,  von  Stefan  Fayans. 
pt.g.     Der  stadtebau,  von  J.   Sttibben:     Grundlagen  des  stadtebaues. — Bestandteile 
des  stadtbauplanes. — Gesamtplan. — Ausfiihrung  des  stadtplanes. — Bauliche  anlagen  unter 
und  auf  der  strasse. — Stadtische  pflanzungen. 
Contains  many  bibliographies. 

Durm  is  (1905)  professor  of  architecture  at  the  Polytechnikum  in  Carlsruhe  and 
has  built  many  important  edifices  in  Baden.  On  some  of  the  subjects  treated,  such  as 
garden  architecture,  buildings  for  higher  educational  institutions  and  hospitals,  this  is 
considered  one  of  the  best  authorities.     Views,  plans  and  scale  drawings. 

"Collection    of   monographs   by    leading  specialists   on   all    matters    relating    to   the 
science  and  practice  of  architecture.     It  is  a  thoroughly  modern  book  dealing  with  archi- 
tecture not  as  a  lost  art,  but  as  a  reality."     Architectural  review,  igoi. 
For  other  volumes  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Paris,  £cole  Nationale  et  Speciale  des  Beaux-arts.  qb720  P23g 

Les  grands  prix  de  Rome  d'architecture  de  1850  a  1900  [et]  Sup- 
plement, annees  1901  a  1904;  reproduction  en  phototypie  des  lers,  2mes 
et  2mes  seconds  grands  prix,  avec  les  programmes  des  concours;  sujets 
donnes  par  I'Academie  des  Beaux-arts.    4v.  in  2.    Guerinet. 

The  prix  de  Rome,  founded  by  Louis  XIV,  is  offered  each  year  by  the  French 
government  for  the  best  drawing  or  model  of  a  given  architectural  subject.  The  win- 
ner of  the  prize  is  entitled  to  four  years  of  study  at  Rome. 

Paris,  £cole  Nationale  et  Speciale  des  Beaux-arts.  qb72o  P23 

Les  medailles  des  concours  d'architecture  (36  annee-date),  1900/01- 
date. 

T  Square  Club,  Philadelphia.  qb720  Tii 

American  competitions;  comp.  and  ed.  by  A.  B.  Lacey.  v.  1-2.  1907-08. 
v.i.  Soldiers'  Memorial  for  Allegheny  county,  Pennsylvania. — D.  L.  &  W.  R.  R. 
station,  Scranton,  Pennsylvania. — Union  Theological  Seminary,  New  York  city.  New 
York. — State  educational  building,  Albany,  New  York. — International  Bureau  of  the 
American  Republics,  Washington,  D.  C. — Connecticut  State  Library  and  Supreme  Court 
building,  Hartford,  Connecticut. — Central  building.  Young  Men's  Christian  Association, 
Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 

v.2.  Municipal  office  building  for  the  city  of  New  York. — Young  Women's  Chris- 
tian Association  building,  Pittsburg,  Pa. — Western  University  of  Pennsylvania,  Pitts- 
burg, Pa. — United  States  Post  Office  building.  New  York,  N.  Y. — Capitol  of  Porto  Rico, 
San  Juan,  Porto  Rico,  U.  S.  A. — Prison  plant  near  lona  island,  New  York. — Springfield 
municipal  building,  Springfield,  Mass. — Parliament  buildings,  Regina,  Saskatchewan, 
Canada. 

Viollet-le-Duc,  Eugene  Emmanuel.  qb720  V34 

Dessins  inedits;  publics  sous  le  patronage  de  I'administration  des 
beaux-arts,  par  les  soins  de  A.  de  Baudot  et  J.  Roussel.  3v.  [1895.] 
Guerinet. 

Plates,  without  text,  showing  architectural  details  as  well  as  plans,  elevations,  etc. 


ARCHITECTURE  1315 

VioUet-le-Duc,  Eugene  Emmanuel — continued.  qb72o  V34 

of  numerous  French  buildings,  including  Notre-Dame  de  Paris,  the  chateau  de  Pierre- 
fonds,  the  cathedrals  of  Rheims  and  Clermont,  the  church  of  Vezelay  and  many  others. 

VioUet-le-Duc,  Eugene  Emmanuel.  qbyao  V34d 

Discourses  on  architecture;  tr.  with  an  introdilx:tory  essay  by  Henry 
Van  Brunt.     1875.    Osgood. 

Translation  of  the  first  volume  of  his  work  entitled  "Entretiens  sur  I'architecture." 
Relates  especially  to  the  theory  of  architecture. 

VioUet-le-Duc,  Eugene  Emmanuel.  qb720  V34e 

Entretiens  sur  rarchitecture.    3v.  in  2.     1863-72. 

V.  1-2.     Texte. 

V.3.     Atlas. 

"There  is  nowhere  a  more  masterly  treatise  on  architectural  art."  Sturgis  and 
Krehbiel's  Annotated  bibliography  of  fine  art. 

Vitruvius  PoUio,  Marcus.  qb720  V35C 

Civil  architecture  of  Vitruvius,  comprising  those  books  of  the  au- 
thor which  relate  to  the  public  and  private  edifices  of  the  ancients; 
tr,  by  William  Wilkins,  with  an  introduction  containing  an  historical 
view  of  the  rise  and  progress  of  architecture  amongst  the  Greeks. 
1812.     Longman. 

Ware,  William  Robert.  b720  W22 

Competitions.     1899. 

Reprinted  from  the  ".American  architect,"  Dec.  30,   1899. 

Considers  the  advantages  and  disadvantages  of  architectural  competitions  and  the 
methods  by  which  they  may  best  be  conducted. 

Adamy,  Rudolf.  b720.i  A22 

Die  architektur  als  kunst;  aesthetische  forschungen.  1881.  (Archi- 
tektonik  auf  historischer  und  aesthetischer  grundlage,  v.i,  pt.i.) 

qb72o.2  A67 
Architects'  directory  and  specification  index,  containing  a  list  of  the  ar- 
chitects in  the  United  States  and  Canada,  with  a  specification  index  of 
prominent  dealers  and  manufacturers  of  building  materials  and  appli- 
ances, 1909.    9th  edition.     1909.     Comstock. 

For  volumes  for  1903/04,  1905/06-1907  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Dictionaries.     Essays 

Audsley,  William  James,  &  Audsley,  G.  A.  qb720.3  A91 

Popular  dictionary  of  architecture  and  the  allied  arts;  a  work  of 
reference  for  the  architect,  builder,  sculptor,  decorative  artist  and  gen- 
eral student,    v.1-3.     1881-82.     Putnam. 

V.I.     A  to  Aqueduct. 

V.2.     Aquila  to  Baptisterium. 

V.3.     Bar  to  Buttery. 

Britten,  John.  qb720.3  B75 

Dictionary  of  the  architecture  and  archaeology  of  the  middle  ages, 
including  words  used  by  ancient  and  modern  authors  in  treating  of 
architectural  and  other  antiquities,  with  biographical  notices  of  ancient 
architects;  illustrated  by  numerous  engravings  by  J.  Le  Keux.  1838. 
Longman. 


I3i6  ARCHITECTURE— PERIODICALS 

Blomfield,  Reginald.  720.4  85501 

The  mistress  art.     1908.    Arnold. 

Contents:  The  study  of  architecture. — Design  and  temperament. — Architecture  and 
the  craftsman. — The  limitations  of  the  arts. — The  grand  manner:  Egypt  and  Greece. — 
Pergamos  and  Hellenistic  art. — Rome. — The  grand  manner:    France. 

Critical  essays  varying  greatly  in  subject,  but  all  bearing  on  his  main  contention 
"that  architecture  is  not  mere  decoration  or  ornamental  building,  but  something  outside 
and  beyond  the  various  crafts  which  it  calls  into  play." 


Periodicals 

qb72o.5  A674 
Architectural  annual;  published  under  the  auspices  of  the  Architectural 
League  of  America,  1907.    v.8.     1908. 

For  v.1-2  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

Architectural  record;  quarterly;  index,  v.i-20,  1891-1906.      b72o.5  A673r 

For  volumes  of  magazine  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

qb720.5  A673re 
Architectureil  review  [monthly],  1893-94.     v.2-3.     1893-94. 

Continuation  of  "Technology  architectural  review." 
For  other  volumes  sec  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

qb720.5  A673 
Architecture  and  building  [monthly],  March  1911-date.  v.43-date. 
1911-date. 

Continuation  of  "Building." 

v.32-42  has  title  "Architects'  and  builders'  magazine"  (qb72o.5  A673b). 

For  V.I 2-3 1  see  preceding  catalogues. 

qb720.5  A6735 
Die  Architektur  des  20.  jahrhunderts;  zeitschrift  fiir  moderne  bau- 
kunst;  hrsg.  von  Hugo  Licht,  1901-date.     i.  jahrgang-date.     1901-date. 

Text  is  in  German,  French  and  English. 

Issued  irregularly. 

qb720.5  B86 
Builder  [London];  a  weekly  magazine,  July-Dec.  1896.    v. 71.     1896. 

For  other  volumes  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

qr720.5  B86 
Builder  [Pittsburgh];  devoted  to  architecture  [monthly],  April  1904- 
date.    v.20-date.    1904-date. 

v. 20,  no.2,  May  1904,  v. 25,  no. 4,  July  1907,  wanting. 

qb720.5  M76 
Moderne  bauformen;  monatshefte  fiir  architektur,  1906-date.  5.  jahr- 
gang-date.    [1906-date.] 

qb720.5  T264 
Technology  architectural  record  [quarterly],  Aug.  1908-date.  v.2-date. 
1908-date. 

Published  by  the  Architectural  Society  of  the  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology. 

qb720.5  T26 
Technology  architectural  review  [monthly],  Nov.  1887-June  1888,  June- 
Dec.  1889,  May-Dec.  1890.    v.1-3.    1888-90. 
Continued  by  "Architectural  review." 

qr720.5  W56 
Western  architect;  an  architectural  monthly,  1908-date.  v.ii-date. 
1908-date. 


HISTORY  OF  ARCHITECTURE  1317 

qb720.5  Z43 
Zeitschrift   fiir  bauwesen;  herausgegeben  im   Ministerium   der  offent- 
lichen  arbeiten;  inhalts-verzeichnis,  v.  1-50,  jahrgange  1851-1900. 
For  volumes  of  magazine  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 


Societies 

American  Institute  of  Architects.  r720.6  A512 

Annuary  for  1909-11.     [1909-11.] 
Lists  members  and  chapters. 

American  Institute  of  Architects,  Cleveland  chapter.  qb720.6  A512 

Catalogue  of  the  architectural  exhibition  of  Cleveland  chapter, 
American  Institute  of  Architects  and  the  Cleveland  Architectural  Club, 
held  Dec.  19th  to  31st,  1910. 

Cleveland  Architectural  Club.  qb720.6  C58 

Catalogue  of  the  architectural  exhibition,  held  Oct.  15th  to  28th,  1909. 
[1909.] 

Royal  Institute  of  British  Architects.  r72o.6  R81 

Kalendar  (76th-77th  session),  Nov.  1910-Oct.  1912.     1910-11. 

T  Square  Club,  Philadelphia.  qb  720.6  T79 

Catalogue  of  the  annual  architectural  exhibition  (iith-i7th),  1904/05- 
1911.     1905-11. 

V.  14-17  for  1 908-1 1  contain  catalogue  of  annual  exhibition  of  Philadelphia  chapter 
of  American  Institute  of  Architects. 

For  volumes  for  1896/97-1898,  1903/04  see  preceding  catalogues. 

California — Architecture,  Board  of.  r720.7  C13 

Biennial  report  (2d-3d)  for  the  period  from  March  2,  1903  to  June  i, 
1909.     1903-09. 

2d  report  covers  five  years,  March  2,   i903-April  14,   1908. 
For  report  for  1901/03  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 


History  of  architecture 

Fergusson,  James.  b720.g  F38hi 

History  of  architecture  in  all  countries.    2v.    Dodd. 
The  same;  ed.  by  R.  P.  Spiers,  with  notes  and  additions  by  George 
Kriehn.    2v.    1907.    Dodd qb72o.9  F38hia 

Revised  edition  of  a  standard  work  first  published  in  1874.  The  author  never  prac- 
tised as  an  architect  but  is  recognized  as  an  able  critic  and  historian,  eminent  alike  for 
his  knowledge  of  art  and  for  the  original  genius  which  he  has  applied  to  the  solution  of 
some  of  its  most  difficult  problems.  Without  his  aid  the  world  might  have  waited  long 
for  a  bird's-eye  view  of  the  architecture  of  all  ages  and  countries,  and  under  all  forms. 

Fergusson,  James.  720.9  FsSa 

History  of  the  modern  styles  of  architecture.     1862. 
The  same.    2v.     1891 b720.9  FsSh 

"This  work  forms  vols.  3  and  4  of  Fergusson's  general  history;  it  is  devoted  to  the 
styles  which  began  with  the  Renaissance  of  the  fifteenth  century."  Sturgis  and  Kreh- 
bid's  Annotated  bibliography  of  fine  art. 


I3i8  HISTORY  OF  ARCHITECTURE 

Fletcher,  Banister,  &  Fletcher,  B.  F.  720.9  F63a 

History  of  architecture  for  the  student,  craftsman  and  amateur;  a 
comparative  view  of  the  historical  styles.     1905. 

The  same.     1905 b720.9  F63 

"The  160  illustrations  are  remarkably  well  selected.  Most  of  them  are  made  from 
photographs  by  the  collotype  process,  and  these  are  of  different  degrees  of  clearness. 
The  text  is  not  attractive  for  continuous  reading,  but  is  intended  for  reference,  and  is 
devoted  to  an  elaborate  comparison  of  styles."  Sturgis  and  Krehbiel's  Annotated  bibli- 
ography of  fine  art. 

Gurlitt,  Cornelius,  ed.  qbyao.g  G97 

Historische  stadtebilder  [plates],    v.7-10,  in  2.    1905-09. 

v.7-8.     Cambridge. — Breslau. 

V.9-10.     Luttich. — Potsdam. 

For  v.i-6  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Hope,  Thomas.  qb720.9  H78 

Historical  essay  on  architecture;  illustrated  from  drawings  made 
by  the  author  in  Germany,  France,  Italy,  &c.    2v.    1835.    Murray. 

V.I.     Text. 

V.2.     Plates. 

Relates  chiefly  to  the  architecture  of  the  middle  ages. 

Joseph,  David.  qb720.9  J44 

Geschichte  der  baukunst.    v.3.     [1909.] 

V.3,  pt.  1-2.     Geschichte  der  baukunst  des  19.  jahrhunderts. 

Embodies  the  results  of  all  the  studies,  researches  and  discoveries  of  recent  years 
and  is  valuable  for  reference  and  as  a  text-book  in  universities,  colleges  and  technical 
schools.     Fully  illustrated. 

For  V.I -2  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Kugler,  Franz  Theodor,  ed.  b720.9  K43 

Geschichte  der  baukunst.    5v.  in  6.     1859-73.     Ebner. 

V.I.     Geschichte  der  orientalischen  und  antiken  baukunst,  von  Franz  Kugler. 

V.2.     Geschichte  der  romanischen  baukunst,  von  Franz  Kugler. 

v.3.     Geschichte  der  gothischen  baukunst,  von  Franz  Kugler. 

v.4.  Geschichte  der  neueren  baukunst:  [Die  renaissance  in  Italien],  von  Jacob 
Burckhardt  und  [Die  renaissance  in  Frankreich,  von]  Wilhelm  Liibke. 

V.5,  pt.1-2.     Geschichte  der  deutschen  renaissance,  von  Wilhelm  Lubke. 

"The  most  complete  work  on  the  subject  as  far  as  it  goes."  New  international 
encyclopedia,  1903. 

Fully  illustrated. 

Quatremere  de  Quincy,  Antoine  Chrysostome.  qb720,9  Q21 

Histoire  de  la  vie  et  des  ouvrages  des  plus  celebres  architectes  du 
lie  siecle  jusqu'a  la  fin  du  i8e,  accompagnee  de  la  vue  du  plus  re- 
marquable  edifice  de  chacun  d'eux.    2v.     1830. 

v. I.  Buschetto. — Dioti  Salvi. — Arnolpho  di  Lapo. — Giotto. — Jean  de  Pise. — Brunel- 
leschi. — Michelozzo. — L.  B.  Alberti. — Cronaca,  Simone. — Bramante. — Balthazar  Penwzi. 
— Raphael  Sanzio. — San  Micheli. — San  Gallo,  Antoine. — Jules  Romain  (Pippi). — Michel- 
Ange  Bonarroti. — Sansovino  (Jacopo  Tatti). — Galeas  Alessi. — Pirro  Ligorio. — Jacques 
Barozzio  dit  Vignola. — Ammanati. 

V.2.  Palladio. — Philibert  Delorme. — Jean  Bullant. — Pierre  Lescot  et  Jean  Gougeon. 
— Dominique  Fontana. — Vincenzo  Scamozzi. — Charles  Maderne. — Inigo  Jones. — Jacques 
de  Brosse. — J.  L.  Bernini. — Francois  Borromini. — Jacques  Van  Campen. — Claude  Per- 
rault. — Le  Mercier. —  Frangois  Blondel. —  Christophe  Wren. —  J.  H.  Mansart. —  Philippe 
Ivara. — Servandoni. — Louis  Vanvitelli. — J.  A.  Gabriel. — J.  D.  Antoine. — Gondouin. — 
J.  G.  Soufflot. — Appendice  contenant  I'teumeration,  par  ordre  chronologique,  d'une 
seconde  s^rie  d'architectes. 


HISTORY  OF  ARCHITECTURE  1319 

Rosengarten,  Albert.  b720.9  R72 

Die  architektonischen  stylarten;  eine  kurze,  allgemeinfassliche  dar- 
stellung  der  charakteristischen  verschiedenheiten  der  architektonischen 
stylarten,  zur  richtigen  verwendung  in  kunst  und  handwerk.  1857. 
Vieweg. 

Schnaase,  Karl  Julius  Ferdinand.  b720.9  S35 

Geschichte  der  bildenden  kiinste.  8v.  in  7.  1866-79.  Buddeus,  & 
Ebner. 

v.i-2.  Geschichte  der  bildenden  kunste  bei  den  alten;  Die  volker  des  Orients; 
Griechen  und  Romer. 

V.3.  Geschichte  der  bildenden  kunste  im  mittelalter;  Altchristliche,  byzantinische, 
muhammedanische,  karolingische  kunst 

V.4.     Geschichte  der  bildenden  kunste  im  mittelalter;   Die  romanische  kunst. 

V.5.  Geschichte  der  bildenden  kunste  im  mittelalter;  Entstehung  und  ausbildung 
des  gothischen  styls. 

V.6.  Geschichte  der  bildenden  kunste  im  mittelalter;  Die  spatzeit  des  mittelalters 
bis  zur  bliithe  der  Eyck'schen  schule. 

V.7.  Geschichte  der  bildenden  kiinste  im  mittelalter;  Das  mittelalter  Italiens  und  die 
grenzgebiete  der  abendlandischen  kunst. 

V.8.     Geschichte  der  bildenden  kunste  im  15.  jahrhundert. 

"Carl  Schnaase,  biographische  skizze,  von  Wilhelm  Lubke,"  v. 8,  p.  15-84. 

After  the  death  of  Schnaase  in  1875  the  work  was  continued  by  Wilhelm  Lubke. 

Simpson,  Frederick  Moore.  b720.9  S6i 

History  of  architectural  development,  v.2-3.  1909-11.  Longmans. 
(Architects'  library.) 

V.2.     Medi.'eval. 

V.3.     Renaissance  in  Italyy>  France  and  England. 

For  v.i  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Sturgis,  Russell.  q720.9  S93 

History  of  architecture,    v.  1-2.     1906-09.     Baker. 

V.I.  Antiquity:  Ancient  Egypt;  Western  Asia  to  300  B.  C.;  Greece;  Italian  peo- 
ples before  Roman  control. 

V.2.     Romanesque  and  oriental. 

The  same,    v.1-2 qb72o.9  S93 

Uhde,  Constantin.  qb720.9  U18 

Die  konstruktionen  und  die  kunstformen  der  architektur;  ihre  ent- 
stehung und  geschichtliche  entwickelung  bei  den  verschiedenen  volk- 
ern.    v.1-4.    1902-11.    Wasmuth. 

V.I.  Die  konstruktionen  und  die  kunstformen,  ihre  geschichtliche  systematische  ent- 
wickelung, begrundet  durch  material  und  technik. 

V.2.  Der  holzbau,  seine  kiinstlerische  und  geschichtlich-geographische  entwickelung, 
sowie  sein  einfluss  auf  die  steinarchitektur. 

V.3.  Der  steinbau  in  natiirlichem  stein,  die  geschichtliche  entwickelung  der  gesimse 
in  den  verschiedenen  baustilen. 

V.4.  Der  steinbau  in  kiinstlichem  stein,  die  geschichtliche  entwickelung  der  gesimse 
in  dem  verschiedenen  baustilen. — Eisen  und  bronze;  ihre  gewinnung,  verarbeitung  und 
kiinstlerische  gestaltung,  insbesondre  fiir  bauzwecke  bis  zum  ausgang  des  18.  jahr- 
hunderts. 

Wallis,  Frank  Edwin.  720.9  W18 

How  to  know  architecture;  the  human  elements  in  the  evolution  of 
styles.     1910.    Harper. 

Contents:  Pagan;  the  first  period. — Christian;  the  second  period. — Intellectual; 
the  third  period. — Modern;  the  fourth  period. 

Traces  the  main  steps  in  the  evolution  of  styles  and  draws  many  illustrations  from 
American  buildings. 


I320  HISTORY  OF  ARCHITECTURE 


Europe 
Britton,  John.  qb72o.942  B75 

Architectural  antiquities  of  Great  Britain;  represented  and  illustrated 
in  a  series  of  views,  elevations,  plans,  sections  and  details  of  various 
ancient  English  edifices,  with  historical  and  descriptive  accounts  of 
each.    5v.    1809-27.    Longman. 

V.5  contains  Britton's  "Chronological  history  and  graphic  illustrations  of  Christian 
architecture  in  England."    The  examples  are  largely  Gothic. 

"The  artistic  excellence  of  the  illustrations  procured  success  for  what  Southey... 
pronounced  to  be  the  'most  beautiful  work  of  the  kind  that  had  ever  till  then  appeared.'  " 
Dictionary  of  national  biography. 

London,  Society  of  Antiquaries.  qb72o.g43  L82 

Vetusta  monumenta,  quae  ad  rerum  Britannicarum  memoriam  con- 
servandam  Societas  Antiquariorum  Londini  sumptu  suo  edenda  curavit. 
6v.  in  3.    i767-[i842]. 

English  text. 

V.3  contains  index  for  v.  1—3. 

V.6  is  incomplete,  includes  plates  no.1-17  without  descriptive  text  and  plates  no. 18-39 
with  descriptive  text. 

XJhde,  Constantin,  ed.  qb720.g42  U18 

Baudenkmaeler  in  Grossbritannien.    2v.     1894.    Wasmuth. 
One  hundred  and  seventy-five  plates,  with  brief  historical  introduction,  illustrating 
some  of   the  monuments  of  English   architecture.      Includes   the   great  cathedrals,   uni- 
versities, castles  and  baronial  halls. 

Architekten-Verein,  Berlin.  qr720.943  A67 

Berlin  und  seine  bauten;  bearbeitet  und  hrsg.  vom  Architekten- 
Verein  zu  Berlin  und  der  Vereinigung  Berliner  Architekten.  3v.  in  2. 
1896.    Ernst. 

V.  I .     Einleitendes. — Ingenieur  wesen. 

v.2-3.     Der  hochbau:    Offentliche  bauten;   Privatbauten. 

Fully  illustrated  history  of  building  in  Berlin,  chiefly  during  the  last  quarter  of 
the  19th  century.  Volume  i  is  devoted  to  public  works,  including  streets,  squares,  parks 
and  gardens,  bridges,  railroads,  water-works,  gas  works  and  industrial  works,  with  chap- 
ters on  building  materials,  heating,  lighting,  etc.  Volume  2  is  devoted  to  architectural 
works,  including  churches,  museums,  libraries,  schools,  banks  and  mints,  hospitals,  thea- 
tres and  opera-houses,  markets,  etc. 

Bishop,  Henry  Halsall.  720.944  B49 

Pictorial  architecture  of  France.  1893.  Soc.  for  Promoting  Christian 
Knowledge. 

Gu6rinet,  Armand,  pttb.  qb72o.944  G95 

L'architecture  frangaise;  monuments  historiques  du  lie  siecle  jusqu'a 
nos  jours  [plates].     I2pts.  in  4v. 

V.  I  -2.     Extirieurs. 
v.3.     Ext6rieurs   (suite). — Int6rieurs. 

V.4.  Int6ricurs  (suite). — Nancy;  architecture,  beaux-arts,  monuments. — Paris  et 
tea  monuments. 

V.I  title  reads  "Architecture  en  France." 

Macgibbon,  David.  b720.944  M16 

Architecture  of  Provence  and  the  Riviera.    1888.    Douglas. 

Sketch  of  the  history  of  Provence  from  early  times  through  the  middle  ages  is  pre- 
fixed to  the  description  of  its  architectural  monuments.     Illustrated. 


ARCHITECTURAL  CONSTRUCTION  1321 

b720.945  D45 
Descrizione  delle  architetture,  pitture  e  scolture  di  Vicenza,  con  al- 
cune  osservazioni.    2v.     1779. 

V.I.     Delle  chiese  e  degli  oratori. 

V.2.     Degli  edificj  pubblici  e  privati. 

Limburger,  Walther.  qb72o.945  L71 

Die  gebaude  von  Florenz;  architekten,  strassen  und  platze  in  alpha- 

betischen  verzeichnissen,  mit  einem  plane  des  gegenwartigen  Florenz 

und  einem  plane  vom  jahre  1783.    1910. 

"Abkurzungen  bei  den  Hteraturangaben,"  p.9-11. 

Melani,  Alfredo.  b720.945  M58 

Manuale  di  architettura  italiana  antica  e  moderna.     [1903.]     Hoepli. 
Fully  illustrated  history  of  Italian  architecture  to  the  close  of  the  19th  century. 

Caveda,  Jose.  b720.946  C29 

Geschichte  der  baukunst  in  Spanien;  aus  dem  spanischen  iibersetzt 

von  Paul  Heyse,  hrsg.  von  Franz  Kugler.     1858.     Ebner. 

Roberts,  David.  qb720.946  R53 

Picturesque  sketches  in  Spain,  taken  during  ye  years  1832  and  1833 

[plates].    1837.    Hodgson. 

Watson,  Walter  Crum.  qb720.946  W32 

Portuguese  architecture.     1908.    Constable. 

"Books  consulted,"  p.272. 

"The  author  is  to  be  congratulated  on  having  broken  fresh  and  very  interesting 
ground  in  the  subject  of  this  volume.  Nothing  like  a  complete  history  of  Portuguese 
architecture  exists  in  any  language,  while  there  is  no  other  English  work  in  which  more 
than  a  cursory  consideration  is  given  to  it... Mr.  Watson  is  well  equipped  for  his  task, 
possessing  a  thorough  knowledge  of  Portuguese  history  and  an  intimate  acquaintance 
with  Portuguese  buildings."     Athenceum,  igo8. 

Stappaerts,  Felix.  qb720.949  S79 

Monuments  d'architecture  et  de  sculpture  en  Belgique;  dessins 
d'apres  nature  lithographies  en  plusieurs  teintes  par  F.  Stroobant,  texte 
par  Felix  Stappaerts.     [1850?] 


721     Architectural  construction 

Daubourg,  E.  qb72i  D28 

L'architecture  interieure;  portes,  vestibules,  escaliers,  antichambres, 
salons,  salles  a  manger,  chambres  a  coucher,  bibliotheques,  bureaux  de 
banque  et  de  journaux,  devantures  et  interieurs  de  boutique,  etc.;  en- 
sembles et  details  en  plans,  coupes,  elevations  et  profils.    1876.    Baudry. 

French  and  English  text. 
Martin,  Clarence  Augustine.  q72i  M42 

Details  of  building  construction.     1906.     Bates. 

Drawings  with  explanatory  notes. 

Sharpe,  Edmund.  b72i.8  S53 

Treatise  on  the  rise  and  progress  of  decorated  window  tracery  in 
England.    2v.    1849.    Van  Voorst. 

Title  of  V.2  reads  "Decorated  windows;  a  series  of  illustrations  of  the  window 
tracery  of  the  decorated  style  of  ecclesiastical  architecture." 

By  a  thorough  student  of  the  subject.  Window  tracery  first  appeared  in  England 
in  the  abbey  church  of  St.  Peter  at  Westminster,  which  was  beg^n  in  1245. 


1322  ANCIENT  AND  ORIENTAL  ARCHITECTURE 

Brisville,  Hugues.  qb72i.88  B75 

Diverses  pieces  de  serruriers  inventees  par  Hugues  Brisuille,  maitre 

serrurier    a    Paris,    et    gravez    par    Jean    Berain.       1888.      Quaritch. 

(Quaritch's  reprints  of  rare  books,  no.9.) 

Reprint  of  the  original  edition  published  in  Paris  about  1670,  with  reproduction  of 

title-page. 

Meyer,  Alfred  Gotthold.  qb72i.9  M65 

Eisenbauten;  ihre  geschichte  und  sesthetik;  nach  des  verfassers  tode 

zu  ende  gefiihrt  von  Wilhelm,  freiherr  von  Tettau,  mit  einem  geleitwort 

von  Julius  Lessing.    1907.     Neff. 

At  the  time  of  his  death,  in  1904,  the  author  was  professor  in  the  Konigliche  Tech- 

nische  Hochschule  at  Charlottenburg.     The  book  contains  many  examples  of  the  use  of 

iron  in  the  construction  of  bridges,  railroad  stations,  etc. 


722     Ancient  and  oriental  architecture 

Adamy,  Rudolf.  b722  A22 

Architektonik  des  orientalischen  alterthums.  1881.  (Architektonik 
auf  historischer  und  aesthetischer  grundlage,  v.:,  pt.2.) 

Espouy,  Hector  d',  ed.  qb722  E83 

Fragments  d'architecture  antique  d'apres  les  releves  &  restaurations 
des  anciens  pensionnaires  de  I'Academie  de  France  a  Rome  [plates]. 
V.2.    1905. 

For  V.I  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

Fergusson,  James.  qb722.3  FsSe 

Essay  on  the  ancient  topography  of  Jerusalem,  with  restored  plans 
of  the  temple,  &c.  and  plans,  sections  and  details  of  the  church  built  by 
Constantine  the  Great  over  the  Holy  sepulchre,  now  known  as  the 
Mosque  of  Omar.    1847.    Weale. 


Indian  architecture 

[De  Forest,  Lockwood.]  qb722.4  D37i 

Indian  architecture  and  ornament.     1887.     Policy. 

Plates,  without  text,  illustrating  architecture  in  India,  from  1236  A.  D.  to  modern 
times.  The  examples  chosen  are  chiefly  from  Ahmedabad,  Ajmir,  Amber,  Sikri,  Agra,. 
Delhi,  Amritza,  Lahore  and  Multan. 

[De  Forest,  Lockwood.]  qb722.4  D37 

Indian  domestic  architecture.     1885.     Privately  printed. 
Plates,  without  text,  illustrating  details  of  house  architecture  in  India. 

Fergusson,  James.  b722.4  FsSa 

History  of  Indian  and  Eastern  architecture;  revised  and  ed.  with 
additions  by  James  Burgess  and  R.  P.  Spiers.    2v.    1910.    Murray. 

"Although  appearing  as  the  third  volume  of  the  second  ed.  of  the  'General  history- 
of  architecture,'  the  present  may  be  considered  as  an  independent  and  original  work." 
Preface. 

"Contains  the  only  consecutive  account  in  English  of  the  styles  of  India.  The  ac- 
count of  architecture  in  China,  Japan,  etc.,  is  very  inferior  and  slight."  Sturgis  and 
Krehbiel's  Annotated  bibliography  of  fine  art. 


ROMAN  ARCHITECTURE  1323 

Fergusson,  James.  qb722.4  F38P 

Picturesque  illustrations  of  ancient  architecture  in  Hindostan.  1848. 
Hogarth. 

Full-page  plates,  with  descriptive  text,  illustrating  some  ancient  examples  of  Hindu 
architecture,  chiefly  the  temples  of  southern  India. 

Ram  Raj.  qb722.4  R17 

Essay  on  the  architecture  of  the  Hindus.  1834.  Royal  Asiatic  Soc. 
of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland. 

South  Hindu  work  has  been  so  well  elucidated  by  Ram  Raz,  a  native  author,  that 
its  principles  may  be  considered  clearly  ascertained  and  settled.  Condensed  from  En- 
cyclopoedia  Britannica. 

Rew,  Henry  Cunningham.  T722.4  R37 

Address  on  the  Taj  Mahal,  delivered  Dec.  4,  1905,  before  the  Tekla 

Society,  Masten  Park  high  school  [Buffalo],  upon  presentation  of  the 

picture  "Queen  Victoria's  drawing  room."    1906. 

The  Taj    Mahal   is   the   mausoleum   erected  near   Agra,    India,   by   Shah   Jehan   in 

memory  of  his  favorite  wife,  who  died  in  1629. 


Roman  architecture 
Adamy,  Rudolf.  b722.7  A22 

Architektonik  der  Romer.  1883.  Helwing.  (Architektonik  auf  his- 
torischer  und  aesthetischer  grundlage,  v.i,  pt.4.) 

Caristie,  Auguste  Nicolas.  qb722.7  C19 

Monuments  antiques  a  Orange:    Arc  de  triomphe  et  theatre.     1856. 

Didot. 

Full-page  plates,   with  descriptive  text,  illustrating  two  notable  Roman  remains  in 

the  town  of  Orange,  France,  namely,  the  triumphal  arch,  60  feet  high,  celebrated  for  the 

beauty  of  its  architecture  and  its  richly  sculptured  bas-reliefs,  and  an  ancient  theatre 

with  a  well-preserved  stage. 

Choisy,  Francois  Auguste.  qb722,7  C45 

L'art  de  batir  chez  les  Romains.     1873.    Ducher. 

Author  was  a  French  engineer  and  archaeologist.  The  book  is  concerned  with  the 
technical  details  of  construction  and  the  text  is  supplemented  by  numerous  plans  drawn 
by  the  author. 

Dutert,  Ferdinand  Charles  Louis.  qb722,7  D95 

Le  Forum  romain  et  les  forums  de  Jules  Cesar,  d'Auguste,  de  Ves- 

pasien,  de  Nerva  et  de  Trajan;   etat  actuel  des   decouvertes  et  etude 

restauree.     1876.     Levy. 

Fully  illustrated  descriptions  of  the  five  imperial  forums  at  Rome. 

Espouy,  Hector  d',  ed.  qb722.7  E83 

Monuments  antiques;  releves  et  restaures  par  les  architectes  pen- 

sionnaires  de  I'Academie  de  France  a  Rome  [plates].    3v.  in  6.     [1910?] 

Publication  de  I'lnstitut  de  France. 

Giani,  Ernesto.  qb722.7  G35 

L'antico  teatro  di  Verona;  note  storico-archeologiche  con  19  tavole 
fuori  testo  di  C.  A.  Baroni.     1908. 

"Bibliografia  del  teatro   (opere  principali),"  p.29. 

Plates,  with  brief  historical  and  archxological  notes,  illustrating  the  Roman  amphi- 
theatre of  Verona. 


1324  GREEK  ARCHITECTURE 

Porter,  Mary  Winearls.  722.7  P83 

What  Rome  was  built  with;  a  description  of  the  stones  employed  in 

ancient  times  for  its  building  and  decoration.     1907.     Frowde. 
"Works  of  reference,"  p.  103-104. 
Highly  interesting  book  on  a  curious  by-path  in  history.      Devoted  chiefly  to  the 

marble  used  in  Roman  building^. 

Van  Deman,  Esther  Boise.  qr722.7  V17 

The  Atrium  Vestse.     1909.      (Carnegie  Institution   of  Washington. 

Publication  no.  108.) 

This  investigation  of  one  of  the  most  interesting  monuments  of  the  Roman  Forum, 
the  House  of  the  Vestals,  is  a  valuable  contribution  to  the  history  of  the  architecture 
of  the  Romans  and  to  a  knowledge  of  their  methods  of  construction.     Illustrated. 


Greek  architecture 
Adamy,  Rudolf.  b722.8  A22 

Architektonik  der  Hellenen.  1882.  Helwing.  (Architektonik  auf 
historischer  und  aesthetischer  grundlage,  v.i,  pt.3.) 

Anderson,  William  James,  &  Spiers,  R.  P.  b722.8  A54 

Architecture  of  Greece  &  Rome;  a  sketch  of  its  historic  develop- 
ment.    1907.     Batsford. 

"List  of  selected  books  relating  to  classic  architecture,"  p.333-339. 

Development  of  Greek  architecture  is  traced  chronologically,  while  Roman  structures 
are  considered  by  classes  arranged  according  to  their  intended  purpose.  Many  excellent 
illustrations. 

Beule,  Charles  Ernest.  b722.8  B46 

L'acropole  d'Athenes.    2v.     1853-54.     Didot. 

M.  Beule  was  a  distinguished  archaeologist  who  labored  for  some  time  at  Athens  and 
discovered  the  Propylaea,  the  ancient  entrance  to  the  Acropolis. 

Boutmy,  fimile  Gaston.  722.8  B65 

Philosophic  de  I'architecture  en  Grece.     1870. 

Browne,  Edith  A.  722.8  B799 

Greek  architecture.     1909.     Black.     (Great  buildings   and  how   to 

enjoy  them.) 

Short  sketch,  followed  by  illustrative  examples  with  notes. 

Dodwell,  Edward.  qb722.8  D67 

Views  and  descriptions  of  Cyclopian  or  Pelasgic  remains  in  Greece 
and  Italy,  with  constructions  of  a  later  period,  from  drawings  by  Ed- 
ward Dodwell.     1834.    Richter. 

Intended  as  a  supplement  to  his  "Classical  and  topographical  tour  in  Greece  during 
the  years  1801,  1805  and  1806." 

D'Ooge,  Martin  Luther.  722.8  D73 

The  Acropolis  of  Athens.    1908.    Macmillan. 

"Select  bibliography,"  P.3S5-360. 

Detailed  history  and  description  of  the  Acropolis  and  its  buildings  from  earliest 
known  period  to  the  end  of  the  19th  century.  Based  on  the  literature  of  the  subject 
and  personal  study  at  Athens.  For  the  general  reader  as  well  as  the  scholar.  Many 
illustrations  from  diagrams,  plans  and  photographs. 

Falkener,  Edward.  qb722.8  F19 

Ephesus  and  the  Temple  of  Diana.     1862.     Day. 


MEDIEVAL  ARCHITECTURE  1325 

Fergusson,  James.  qb722.8  FaSm 

Mausoleum  at  Halicarnassus  restored  in  conformity  with  the  re- 
cently discovered  remains.     1862.     Murray. 

By  an  authority  on  historical  architecture.  The  mausoleum,  erected  by  Queen 
Artemisia  in  353  B.  C.  in  memory  of  King  Mausolus,  ruler  of  Caria,  was  one  of  the 
seven  wonders  of  the  world.. 

"The  Essay...  has  no  pretension  to  being  a  complete  account. .  .All  that  has  been 
attempted. .  .is  to  recapitulate  and  explain  the  various  data  which  have  recently  been 
brought  to  light. .  .and  to  show  in  what  manner  these  may  be  applied  so  as  to  perfect  a 
solution  of  the  riddle  which  has  so  long  perplexed  the  student  of  classical  architecture."" 
Preface. 

Lethaby,  William  Richard.  722.8  L65. 

Greek  buildings,  represented  by  fragments  in  the  British  Museum. 
1908.     Batsford. 

Contents:  Diana's  temple  at  Ephesus. — The  tomb  of  Mausolus. — The  Parthenor* 
and  its  sculptures. — Other  works. 

There  is  no  full  treatment  of  any  one  of  the  buildings  discussed.  The  whole  volume- 
gives  the  impression  of  being  in  the  form  of  rough  notes  intended  to  be  worked  out 
properly  later. 

Marquand,  Allan.  722.8  M41 

Greek  architecture.     1909.     Macmillan.     (Handbooks  of  archaeology- 

and  antiquities.) 

Concise    account    of   materials    and    construction,    architectural    forms,    proportion, 

decoration,  composition,  style  and  monuments.     Author  is   (1909)   professor  of  art  and" 

archaeology  at  Princeton  University.     Illustrated. 

Stevenson,  John  James.  qb722.8  S84. 

Restoration  of  the  mausoleum  at  Halicarnassus.    1909.    Batsford. 

Description  of  the  various  restorations,  with  an  account  of  the  data  upon  which- 
they  are  based  and  of  the  actual  remains  of  the  building  discovered  by  Sir  Charles- 
Newton. 

Wilkins,  William,  1 778-1839.  qb722.8  W72- 

Antiquities  of  Magna  Graecia.  1807.  Cambridge  University  Press. 
Author  executed  much  work  at  Cambridge,  England,  designed  University  College,. 

and  National  Gallery,  London. 

American  architecture 
Long,  Robert  Gary.  qb722.9  L82: 

Ancient  architecture  of  America;  its  historical  value  and  parallelism 
of  development  with  the  architecture  of  the  Old  World;  a  discourse  de- 
livered before  the  New  York  Historical  Society,  April  3,  1849.  i849„ 
Bartlett. 

723     Mediaeval  architecture 

Porter,  Arthur  Kingsley.  qb723  P83. 

Medieval  architecture;  its  origins  and  development,  with  lists  of 
monuments  and  bibliographies.    2v.     1909.     Baker. 

V.I.     The  origins. 

v.2.     Normandy  and  the  lie  de  France. 

"Bibliographies,"  v.i,  p.333-467;  v.z,  p.417-479. 

Traces  the  development  of  the  formative  styles  from  the  early  Christian  to  the 
renaissance.  Prominent  examples  of  each  are  described  in  classified  list  of  monu- 
ments which  follows  each  chapter.  Intended  for  the  general  reader  as  well  as  ther 
student  of  architecture.     Illustrated  from  photographs  and  measured  drawings. 


1326  MEDIAEVAL  ARCHITECTURE 

Adamy,  Rudolf.  b723.z  A22 

Architektonik   der   altchristlichen   zeit.     1884.      (Architektonik   auf 
historischer  und  aesthetischer  grundlage,  v.2,  pt.i.) 


Byzantine.     Moorish 

Choisy,  Francois  Auguste.  qb723.2  C45 

L'art  de  batir  chez  les  Byzantins.     1883.     Librairie  de  la  Societe 

Anonyme  de  Publications  Periodiques. 

Study  of  the  principles  and  methods  of  construction  used  in  Byzantine  architecture. 

Contains  25  full-page  plates  in  addition  to  numerous  illustrations  in  the  text. 

Vogiie,  Charles  Jean  Melchior,  marquis  de,  and  others.  qb723.2  V36 

Byzantine  architecture  and  ornament  [plates].     1890.     PoUey. 

Calvert,  Albert  Frederick.  qb723.3  Ci4a 

The  Alhambra;  being  a  brief  record  of  the  Arabian  conquest  of  the 
peninsula,  with  a  particular  account  of  the  Mohammedan  architecture 
and  decoration.     1907.     Lane. 

Calvert,  Albert  Frederick.  733.3  C14 

Granada  and  the  Alhambra;  a  brief  description  of  the  ancient  city 
of  Granada,  with  a  particular  account  of  the  Moorish  palace.  1907. 
Lane.    (Spanish  series.) 

New  edition  of  his  larger  work  "The  Alhambra." 

Contains  a  wealth  of  illustrations,  which  include  not  only  natural  scenery  but  ex- 
amples of  Spanish  and  Saracenic  architecture,  details  of  buildings  and  famous  works 
of  art. 

Wells,  Nathaniel  Armstrong.  qb723.3  W49 

Picturesque  antiquities  of  Spain;  described  in  a  series  of  letters, 
with  illustrations  representing  Moorish  palaces,  cathedrals  and  other 
monuments  of  art  contained  in  the  cities  of  Burgos,  Valladolid,  Toledo 
and  Seville.    1846.    Bentley. 

Romanesque 
Adamy,  Rudolf.  ^723.4  A22 

Architektonik  des  muhamedanischen  und  romanischen  stils.  1887. 
(Architektonik  auf  historischer  und  aesthetischer  grundlage,  v.2,  pt.2.) 

Brooklyn  Institute  of  Arts  and  Sciences.  1^723.4  B77 

Illustrated  catalogue  of  the  Goodyear  collection  of  photographs  of 
Italian  architecture  and  sculpture  and  of  the  survey  of  Italian  mediaeval 
buildings.     [1896.] 

Browne,  Edith  A.  b723.4  B78 

Great  buildings  and  how  to  enjoy  them;  Norman  architecture.  1907. 
Black. 

"Authorities  consulted,"  p.8. 

Brief  history  of  Norman  architecture,  followed  by  a  number  of  illustrative  exam- 
ples, chiefly  of  English  cathedrals  and  churches. 


MEDIEVAL  ARCHITECTURE  1327 

Jackson,  Frederick  Hamilton.  b723.4  J12 

The  shores  of  the  Adriatic;  the  Italian  side;  an  architectural  and 
archaeological  pilgrimage.     1906.     Murray. 

"The  districts  chosen  afford  ample  scope  for  the  descriptive  powers  of  the  architect, 
for  within  their  limits  are  the  greater  of  the  Apulian  cathedrals;  the  abbeys  of  Bari, 
San  Clemente  in  Casauria,  and  Pomposa;  the  churches  of  Canosa,  Monte  Sant'  Angelo, 
Ravenna,  and  Cividale;  the  castles  of  Castel  del  Monte,  Lucera,  Trani,  Bari,  and 
Brindisi...A  good  deal  of  space  is  devoted  to  Manfredonia,  the  city  built  by  Manfred 
in  the  middle  of  the  thirteenth  century."    Burlington  magazine,  1907. 

Jackson,  Thomas  Graham.  b723.4  J12& 

Dalmatia,  the  Quarnero  and  Istria,  with  Cettigne  in  Montenegro 
and  the  island  of  Grado.    3v.     1887.    Clarendon  Press. 

"One  of  those  valuable  books  on  architecture  which  are  made  up  by  the  author's 
personal  observations,  in  a  region  rich  in  monuments  of  art.  On  the  eastern  coast 
of  the  Adriatic  the  remains  of  the  late  Roman,  of  early  Romanesque,  and  later  Ro- 
manesque art  are  very  abundant,  and  have  been  much  less  studied  than  those  of  more 
accessible  parts  of  Europe.  To  the  general  reader  it  may  be  said  that  the  aspect  and 
character  of  a  land  in  which  ancient  buildings  remain  almost  intact  is  admirably  re- 
produced."   Sturgis  and  Krehhiel's  Annotated  bibliography  of  fine  art. 

Rivoira,  G.  Teresio.  qb723.4  R52 

Le  origini  della  architettura  lombarda  e  delle  sue  principali  deriva- 
zioni  nei  paesi  d'oltr'  Alpe.    2v.    1901-07.    Loescher. 

By  an  Italian  architect  and  archaeologist  who  has  devoted  much  time  to  the  study 
of  Romanesque  architecture.      Contains   many  illustrations   of   cathedrals  and   churches. 

Rohault  de  Fleury,  Georges.  qb723.4  R62t 

La  Toscane  au  moyen  age;  architecture  civile  et  militaire.  2v.  1873. 
Morel. 

"Bibliographie"  at  the  end  of  each  section. 

"Contains  measured  drawings  and  pictorial  drawings  of  such  interesting  buildings 
as  the  Palazzo  Vecchio  and  the  Loggia  dei  Lanzi,  at  Florence,  the  Palazzo  Pubblico  of 
Siena,  and  private  houses,  city  walls,  and  gates  in  half  the  cities  of  Tuscany.  The 
value  of  the  whole  is  greatly  helped  by  the  excellent  plans  of  the  different  cities  which 
are  given,  and  the  general  views  of  the  same  cities  from  hill-tops  near.  Not  students 
of  architecture  only,  but  readers  of  mediaeval  and  later  history  and  students  of  the  fine 
art  of  Italy  will  find  this  book  extremely  suggestive."  Sturgis  and  Krehbiel's  Annotated' 
bibliography  of  fine  art. 

Gothic 
Adamy,  Rudolf.  b723.5  A22 

Architektonik  des  gothischen  stils.  1889.  (Architektonik  auf  his- 
torischer  und  aesthetischer  grundlage,  v.2,  pt.3.) 

Corroyer,  fidouard  Jules.  723.5  C82a 

L'architecture  gothique.  [1891.]  Picard.  (Bibliotheque  de  I'en- 
seignement  des  beaux-arts.) 

"Good  account  of  the  origin  and  growth  of  the  great  styles  of  Western  Europe  irora 
1150  to  1500,  with  useful  illustrations. .  .The  work  of  a  very  competent  man."  Sturgis 
and  Krehbiel's  Annotated  bibliography  of  fine  art. 

Cram,  Ralph  Adams.  723.5  C8& 

Gothic  quest.     1907.     Baker. 

Contents:  On  the  restoration  of  idealism.  —  Concerning  architectural  style. — The 
Gothic  ascendency. — Meeting-houses  or  churches. — The  development  of  ecclesiastical  ar- 
chitecture in  England. — The  development  of  ecclesiastical  architecture  in  America. — 0» 


1328  MODERN  ARCHITECTURE 

Cram,  Ralph  Adams — continued.  723.5  C86 

the  building  of  churches. — The  interior  decoration  of  churches. — The  contemporary  ar- 
chitecture of  the  Roman  Catholic  church. — One  of  the  lost  arts. — The  case  against  the 
Ccole  des  Beaux  Arts. — Architectural  education  in  the  United  States. 

The  same b723.5  C86 

Collection  of  thoughtful  essays  and  addresses,  in  general  emphasizing  the  close  re- 
lation which  art  bears  to  civilization  and  in  particular  urging  that  more  attention  should 
be  paid  to  the  beautiful  in  church  architecture. 

Rickman,  Thomas.  b723.5  R43 

Attempt  to  discriminate  the  styles  of  architecture  in  England,  from 
the  conquest  to  the  reformation;  with  a  sketch  of  the  Grecian  and  Ro- 
man orders,  notices  of  numerous  British  edifices  and  some  remarks  on 
the  architecture  of  a  part  of  France;  fifth  edition,  with  very  consider- 
able additions  [by  J.  H.  Parker].     1848.    Parker. 

The  same;  seventh  edition,  with  considerable  additions,  chiefly  his- 
torical [by  J.  H.  Parker].     1881 b723.5  R43a 

Binder's  title  reads  "Gothic  architecture." 

Schayes,  Antoine  Guillaume  Bernard.  qb723.5  S31 

Treatise  on  the  pointed  style  of  architecture  in  Belgium;  tr.  by 
Henry  Austin.     3v.  in  i.     [1844.] 

One  of  the  papers  which  appeared  in  Weale's  "Quarterly  papers  on  architecture," 
published  in  London  in  1844. 

Schayes  was  a  distinguished  Belgian  antiquarian.  The  treatise  gives  brief  descrip- 
tions of  the  principal  Gothic  buildings  erected  in  Belgium  from  the  loth  to  the  i6th 
century. 

Scott,  Sir  George  Gilbert.  b723,5  S42 

Remarks  on  secular  &  domestic  architecture,  present  &  future.     1857. 

Murray. 

Scott  was  one  of  the  best  known  English  architects  of  the  19th  century.     The  book 

is  virtually  a  plea  for  the  revival  of  the  Gothic  style. 

Warton,  Thomas,  and  others.  qb723.5  W26 

Essays  on  Gothic  architecture;  illustrated  by  12  plates  of  orna- 
ments, &c  selected  from  ancient  buildings,  calculated  to  exhibit  the 
various  styles  of  different  periods;  to  which  is  added  a  list  of  the  ca- 
thedrals of  England  with  their  dimensions.     1808.     Taylor. 


724     Modern  architecture 

Lambert,  Andre,  &  Stahl,  Eduard,  ed.  qb724  L18 

Architektur  von  1750-1850  [plates].     [1903.]    Wasmuth. 

RUckwardt,  Hermann,  ed.  qb724  R82 

Architectural  studies  from  Budapest;  a  collection  for  architects,  com- 
prising the  finest  facades  and  architectural  details  of  public  and  private 
buildings  recently  erected  at  Budapest.     [1889.]     HessHng. 

Collection  of  60  plates,  with  brief  text  in  German  and  Hungarian. 

Rusca,  Luigi.  qb724  R89 

Raccolta  dei  disegni  di  diverse  fabbriche  costrutte  in  Pietroburgo  e 

neir  interno  dell'  impero  russo.    2v.  in  i.     1810. 
Title-page  and  text  in  Italian  and  French. 


MODERN  ARCHITECTURE  1329 

Renaissance 
Adamy,  Rudolf.  b724.i  A22 

Architektonik  der  friihrenaissance.  1896.  (Architektonik  auf  his- 
torischer  und  aesthetischer  grundlage,  v.3,  pt.i.) 

Anderson,  William  James.  724.1  A55 

Architecture  of  the  renaissance  in  Italy.  1909.  Batsford. 
"A  list  of  selected  books  relating  to  the  Italian  renaissance,"  p. 186— 189. 
"This  is  a  delightful  book,  and... an  important  one... The  main  purpose... is  to 
unfold,  and  in  minor  sense  to  criticise,  the  works  of  the  earlier  architects  of  the  Renais- 
sance... The  work  leaves  little  to  be  desired  in  [the  author's]  estimate  of  each  actor  in 
the  drama  of  Renaissance  architecture. .  .Four  fifths  of  his  book  are  devoted  to  the 
early  and  the  culminating  periods ...  We  have  here  collected  a  thoroughly  representative 
series  of  buildings,  just  such  as  a  judicious  traveller  would  select  to  visit  if  he  wished 
to  understand,  not  only  the  masterpieces  of  the  painters  of  Italy,  but  also  the  caskets 
in  which  their  works  are  enshrined;  and  the  criticisms  of  the  author  are  of  greater 
value  than  his  modesty  seems  to  claim  for  them...  The  illustrations.  .  .help  the  study  of 
the  matter  to  the  fullest  extent. .  .selected  as  they  have  been  with  the  greatest  judgment 
and  perception."    Journal  of  the  Royal  Institteie  of  British  Architects,  1S96-97. 

Berty,  Adolphe.  qb724.i  B46 

La  renaissance  monumentale  en  France;  specimens  de  composition 
et  d'ornementation  architectoniques  empruntes  aux  edifices  construits 
depuis  le  regne  de  Charles  VIII  jusqu'a  celui  de  Louis  XIV  [plates]. 
2v.     1864.     Morel. 

Escosura,  Patricio  de  la.  qb724.i  E79 

Espana  artistica  y  monumental;  vistas  y  descripcion  de  los  sitios  y 
monumentos  mas  notables  de  Espana;  obra  dirigida  y  ejecutada  per 
Genaro  Perez  de  Villa-Amil,  texto  redactado  por  Patricio  de  la  Esco- 
sura.   4v.     1842-50. 

v.  I -3.     Estampas. 

v. 4.     Texto. 

Spanish  and  French  text. 

The  engravings  are  chiefly  of  architectural  subjects,  but  also  represent  Spanish  life 
and  scenery.     The  text  is  historical  and  descriptive. 

b724.i  P17 
Les  palais  &  vues  de  la  ville  de  Turin  et  ses  environs  [plates]. 

Published  by  Santo  Vallardi,  Milan. 

With  this  are  bound:  Les  principaux  edifices  de  la  ville  de  Genes  et  ses  environs. 
— Les  curiosites  de  la  ville  de  Milan  et  de  ses  environs.  , 

Small  engravings.     No  text. 

Schaefer,  Carl.  qb724.i  S29 

Die  holzarchitektur  Deutschlands  vom  14.  bis  18.  jahrhundert; 
hrsg.  vom  Verbande  Deutscher  Architekten-  und  Ingenieur-Vereine 
und  dem  Gesammtvereine  der  Deutschen  Geschichts-  und  Alterthums- 
Vereine  [plates].    Wasmuth. 

Schiitz,  Alexander,  ed.  qb724.i  S39 

Die   renaissance   in    Italien;   eine   sammlung   der   werthvollsten   er- 

haltenen  monumente  in  chronologischer  folge  geordnet.     4v.     1905-07. 

V.I.  Frtih  renaissance. 

V.2.  Hoch-renaissance. 

v.3.  Decoration  in  stein  und  terracotta. 

v.4.  Decoration  in  holz. 


1330  MODERN  ARCHITECTURE 

Vallance,  Aymer.  qr724.i  V15 

Art  in  England  during  the  Elizabethan  and  Stuart  periods,  with  a 
note  on  the  first  century  of  English  engraving  by  M.  C.  Salaman;  ed. 
by  Charles  Holme.    1908.    (Studio.    Special  spring  number,  1908.) 

Contents:  Exteriors. — Interiors. — Furniture. — Textiles  and  embroidery. — The  first 
century  of  English  engraving,  by  M.  C.  Salaman. 

English.     American 

Richardson,  Charles  James.  qb724.4  R41 

Architectural  remains  of  the  reigns  of  Elizabeth  and  James  I,  from 

accurate  drawings  and  measurements  taken  from  existing  specimens. 

V.I  in  2.     1840.     Privately  printed. 
No  more  published. 
Views  and  details  of  ornament  in  a  few  of  the  homes  of  the  nobility  of  that  period. 

Holland  house,  Theobalds,  the  seat  of  Lord  Burleigh  and   Coombe  abbey,  the  seat  of 

the  earl  of  Craven  are  included. 

Singleton,  Esther,  ed.  724.9  S61 

Historic  buildings  of  America,   as   seen   and   described  by  famous 

writers.    1906.    Dodd. 

The  same i'724.9  S61 

Contents:  The  Capitol,  Washington,  by  J.  B.  Varnum. — Within  the  Capitol,  by 
Charles  Dickens. — Arlington,  Virginia,  by  I.  D.  Hardy. — Carpenters'  hall,  by  B.  J. 
Lossing. — The  Cradock  house,  Medford,  by  S.  A.  Drake. — Fraunces  tavern,  by  W.  J. 
Davis. — William  and  Mary  College,  by  John  Fiske. — The  Mission  Dolores,  San  Fran- 
cisco, by  Lady  Hardy. — King's  chapel,  Boston,  by  F.  W.  P.  Greenwood. — Some  buildings 
in  Havana,  by  Richard  Davey. — St.  Michael's  church,  Charleston,  by  W.  G.  Simms. — 
The  Carlyle  house,  Alexandria. — Independence  hall,  Philadelphia,  by  D.  W.  Belisle. — 
The  Castle  of  Chapultepec,  by  T.  U.  Brocklehurst. — Parliament  buildings,  Ottawa,  by 
Lady  Hardy. — Mount  Vernon,  by  A.  S.  Martin. — The  Old  Manse,  Concord,  by  Nathaniel 
Hawthorne. —  The  Jamestown  tower,  by  C.  F.  Stansbury. —  Nassau  hall,  Princeton.  — 
Castle  Garden,  New  York,  by  Esther  Singleton. — Monticello,  by  E.  C.  Mead. — The  Wil- 
liam Penn  house,  Philadelphia,  by  J.  F.  Watson. — The  Cathedral,  Mexico,  by  T.  U. 
Brocklehurst. —  The  Whipple  house,  Ipswich,  by  W.  H.  Downes. —  Fort  Marion,  St. 
Augustine,  by  I.  D.  Hardy.  —  St.  Anne  de  Beaupre,  Quebec,  by  A.  T.  Sadlier.  —  The 
Wadsworth-Longfellow  house,  Portland,  by  Nathan  Goold. — Washington's  headquarters, 
Newburgh,  by  G.  C.  Verplanck. — The  Tabernacle,  Salt  Lake  City,  by  Lady  Hardy. — 
The  national  Washington  monument,  by  J.  B.  Varnum. — The  Clarke-Hancock  house, 
Lexington. — Castle  St.  Louis,  Quebec,  by  J.  M.  LeMoine. — Sunnyside,  Tarrytown,  by 
B.  J.  Lossing. — The  Old  Witch  house,  Salem,  by  Esther  Singleton. — Shrine  of  Guada- 
lupe, by  T.  U.  Brocklehurst. — Christ  church,  Alexandria,  by  Bishop  Meade. — A  glimpse 
at  the  houses  of  New  Orleans,  by  Lady  Hardy. — The  Chateau  de  Ramezay,  Montreal, 
by  A.  C.  Yate.— The  City  hall,  New  York,  by  A.  S.  Martin. — The  White  house.— The 
White  house  of  the  Confederacy,  Richmond. — The  Old  state  house,  Boston,  by  E.  G. 
Porter.  —  The  Morrisrjumel  house.  New  York.  —  Fort  Sumter,  by  I.  D.  Hardy.  —  Old 
stone  tower,  Newport,  by  B.  J.  Lossing. — St.  Paul's  chapel,  New  York,  by  Charles  Hem- 
street. — Faneuil  hall,  Boston,  by  E.  G.  Porter. — Liberty  enlightening  the  world.  New 
York,  by  Esther  Singleton. 

725     Public  buildings 

Hoffmann,  Ludwig,  stadtbaurath  von  Berlin.  qb725  H68 

Neubauten  der  stadt  Berlin;  gesamtansichten  und  einzelheiten  nach 
den  mit  massen  versehenen  originalzeichnungen  der  fassaden  und  der 
innenraume,  sowie  naturaufnahmen  der  bemerkenswertesten  teile  der 
seit  dem  jahre  1897  in  Berlin  errichteten  stadtischen  bauten;  mit  be- 
schreibenden  text.    v.6-io.    1907-11. 

Large  plates  of  plans,  details  and  general  views. 
For  v.i-s  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 


PUBLIC  BUILDINGS  1331 

Societe  d'Architecture  d' Amsterdam.  qb72S  S67 

Le  Palais  de  la  Paix  a  La  Haye;  reproductions  des  6  projets  primes 
et  de  40  autres  projets,  choisis  par  la  Societe  d'Architecture  d' Amster- 
dam et  publics  sous  sa  direction.  [1906-07.]  (Concours  international 
de  la  fondation-Carnegie.) 

Desjardins,  Antoine.  qbyas.i  D46 

Monographic   de  I'hotel-de-ville   de   Lyon,  restaure  sous   I'adminis- 

tration  de  MM.  Vaisse  et  Chevreau,  accompagnee  d'un  texte  historique 

et  descriptif.     1867.    Morel. 

The  hotel  de  ville  was  begun  in   1646,  damaged  by  fire  in   1674,  and  restored  by 

Jules  Hardouin  Mansart.     The  plates,  of  which  there  are  a  large  number,  give  interior 

and  exterior  details. 

Koch,  Alexander,  ed.  qb725.i  K36 

London  County  Council  hall;  final  competition.  1908.  Academy 
architecture. 

Issued  as  a  special  number  of  "British  competitions  in  architecture." 

Gauthier,  Julie  Celina.  r725.11  G24 

Minnesota    capitol;    official    guide    and    history.      1907.       [Pioneer 

Press.] 

Illustrated  with  views  of  the  interior — sculpture,  mural  decorations,  etc. 

Herrenhaus  und  Abgeordnetenhaus  in  Berlin  [plates].  qr725.11  H47 

Twenty-five  large  and  finely  executed  photographs  by  the  royal  court  photographer, 
Hermann  Riickwardt.  Thirteen  are  of  the  Herrenhaus  and  12  of  the  Abgeordnetenhaus. 
They  are  mounted  and  bound  in  book  form. 

Pennsylvania — Attorney  general.  1725.1 1  P39 

Report  in  re  capitol  investigation.     1907. 

Report  in  regard  to  the  expenditure  of  funds  for  the  new  state  capitol,  consisting 
largely  of  correspondence  between  the  attorney-general,  the  architect  and  the  contrac- 
tors. 

Wolfrum,  Friedrich,  pub.  qb725.2i  W84 

Das  schaufenster;  ausgefiihrte  moderne  schaufensteranlagen  und 
ladenfronten,  wiedergegeben  nach  photographischen  aufnahmen  von 
entwiirfen  hervorragender  architekten  und  erlautert  durch  beifiigung 
der  grundriss-  und  schnittzeichnungen.     ist  ser.     [1905-06.] 

Gilbert,  Bradford  Lee.  qb725.3  G38 

Sketch  portfolio  of  railroad  stations  and  kindred  structures;  supple- 
ment.    1904. 

For  work  which  this  supplements  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 


Hospitals 
Bottger,  Paul.  qb725.5  B64 

Grundsatze  fiir  den  bau  von  krankenhausern.     1894.     Ernst. 

Vortrag  gehalten  auf  der  11.  wanderversammlung  des  Verbandes  Deutscher  Archi- 
tekten- und  Ingenieur-Vereine  in  Strassburg  am  28.  August  1894. 

Gives  plans  of  a  few  German  hospitals. 


1332  PUBLIC  BUILDINGS 

Galton,  Sir  Douglas  Strutt.  725.5  G15 

Healthy  hospitals;  observations  on  some  points  connected  with  hos- 
pital construction.     1893.    Clarendon  Press. 

"List  of  some  of  the  books  consulted  in  the  compilation  of  Healthy  hospitals," 
p.9-11. 

Discusses  sites,  heating,  lighting,  ventilating,  the  arrangement  of  wards  and  ad- 
ministrative buildings,  with  a  chapter  on  lying-in  hospitals,  and  some  observations  on 
children's  hospitals,  hospitals  for  incurables,  etc.  Written  for  English  conditions.  The 
author  has  had  much  experience  in  construction. 

Ochsner,  Albert  John,  &  Sturm,  M.  J.  qb725.5  O13 

Organization,  construction  and  management  of  hospitals,  with  nu- 
merous plans  and  details.    1907.    Cleveland  Press. 

Chiefly  occupied  with  the  question  of  construction.  One  of  the  authors  is  (1907) 
professor  of  clinical  surgery  in  the  medical  department  of  the  University  of  Illinois 
and  the  other  a  Chicago  architect. 

Toilet,  Casimir.  qb725.5  T58 

Les  edifices  hospitallers  depuis  leur  origine  jusqu'a  nos  jours;  de 

I'assistance  publique  et  des  hopitaux  jusqu'au  I9e  siecle;  les  hopitaux 

au  I9e  siecle,  etudes,  projets,  discussions  et  programmes  relatifs  a  leur 

construction;   description   de   I'hopital   civil   et   militaire   suburbain   de 

Montpellier.     1892.     [Bailliere.] 

M.  Toilet  is  an  authority  on  hospital  construction  and  the  originator  of  a  system 

called  by  his  name,  which  has  for  one  of  its  chief  characteristics  the  building  of  the 

roof  in  the  form  of  an  arch.     Contains  plans  and  illustrations. 

Toilet,  Casimir.  qb725.5  TsSh 

Les  hopitaux  modernes  au  I9e  siecle,  description  des  principaux 
hopitaux  franqais  et  etrangers;  situation  de  I'assistance  publique  en 
Europe,  causes  principales  du  pauperisme,  valeur  sanitaire  des  materi- 
aux  de  construction,  leur  emploi.     1894.     Privately  printed. 

Intended  to  furnish  a  means  of  comparing  the  different  types  of  hospitals  in  vari- 
ous countries.     Many  plans  are  given. 


Baths 

Allen,  John  Kennott.  725.7  A42; 

Swimming  pools;  their  construction,  mechanical  installation,  water 
supply,  heating  the  water,  various  types  of  installations  adapted  to  dif- 
ferent conditions.    1907.    Domestic  Engineering. 

Cross,  Alfred  William  Stephens.  q725.7  C89 

Public  baths  and  wash-houses;  a  treatise  on  their  planning,  design, 
arrangement  and  fitting,  having  special  regard  to  the  acts  arranging 
for  their  provision,  with  chapters  on  Turkish,  Russian  and  other  special 
baths,  public  laundries,  engineering,  heating,  water  supply,  etc.  1906.. 
Batsford. 

The  same , qb725.7  C89 

Author  is  an  architect  and  writes  from  the  point  of  view  of  the  architect  rather  than- 
that  of  the  municipal  official  or  sanitarian.  The  book  contains  numerous  illustrations- 
of  baths  and  wash-houses  and  the  fixtures  required  by  each. 


ECCLESIASTICAL  ARCHITECTURE  1333 

Theatres 

Daly,  Cesar  Denis,  &  Davioud,  G.  J.  A.  qb725.8  D17 

Architecture  conteniporaine;  les  theatres  de  la  Place  du  Chatelet: 
Theatre  du  Chatelet,  Theatre-Lyrique.     [1867?]     Ducher. 

The  authors  were  well-known  French  architects.  The  work  consists  of  plans  and 
reproductions  of  the  ornament  and  decoration  of  these  two  Parisian  theatres,  prefaced 
by  an  account  of  the  details  of  their  architectural  construction. 

Freeman,  John  Ripley.  725.8  F91 

On  the  safeguarding  of  life  in  theaters;  being  a  study  from  the  stand- 
point of  an  engineer.     1906. 

Reprinted  from  the  "Transactions  of  the  American  Society  of  Mechanical  En- 
gineers." 

"Contains  much  matter  of  vital  importance  to  the  public  in  general  and  to  all  public 
officers  responsible  for  precautions  against  fire  in  places  of  entertainment.  It  is  a 
scientific  treatise  by  an  expert,  and  its  statements  are  amply  fortified  by  facts,  figures, 
and  illustrations."     Nation,  1906. 

Hammitzsch,  Martin.  qb725.8  H22 

Der  moderne  theaterbau.     1906.    v.i.     Wasmuth. 

V.I.  Der  hofische  theaterbau,  der  anfang  der  modernen  theaterbaukunst,  ihre 
entwicklung  und  betatigung  zur  zeit  der  renaissance,  des  barock  und  des  rokoko. 

Contains  numerous  illustrations  and  plans. 


726     Ecclesiastical  architecture.     Cathedrals 

Acqua,  Carlo  dell'.  qb726  Ai8 

Deir  insigne  reale  basilica  di  San  Michele  Maggiore  in  Pavia.     1875. 
Historical  as  well  as  descriptive  account  of  one  of  the  most  interesting  Romanesque- 
Lombard  churches  of  the  nth  and  12th  centuries.     Illustrated. 

Aitken,  George  Shaw.  qb726  A31 

Abbeys  of  Arbroath,  Balmerino  and  Lindores.     1884.     Leng. 
Drawings  and  plans  of  these  Scottish  abbeys,  with  brief  descriptions  and  some  facts 

in  regard  to  their  history. 

Baudot,  Joseph  Eugene  Anatole  de,  &  Perrault-Dabot,  A.       qb726  B32C 

Les  cathedrales  de  France  [plates].    2v.     [1905-09.] 

v.i.     A  a  L. 

V.2.     M  a  Z. 

Large  plates  with  brief  historical  notes,  providing  exterior  and  interior  views  and 
sometimes  plans  and  details. 

Bax,  Pearce  B.  Ironside.  726  B33C 

Cathedral  church  of  Bangor;  an  account  of  its  fabric  and  a  brief  his- 
tory of  the  see.     1907.    Bell.     (Bell's  cathedral  series.) 

Well  illustrated  with  exterior  and  interior  views  of  this  Welsh  cathedral. 

Borja,  Luis  Moreno  y  Gil  de  Borja,  marques  de.  qr726  B63 

Panteones  de  reyes  y  de  infantes  en  el  real  monasterio  de  el  Escorial. 

1909. 

Publicado  como  suplementos  en  "La  Ilustracion  espaiiola  y  americana,"  1909. 

Bowler,  George.  qb726  B662 

Chapel  and  church  architecture,  with  designs  for  parsonages.     1856. 
Jewett. 

Designs    for    simple    and    inexpensive    structures    in    the    style    of   the    middle    19th 
century. 


1334  CATHEDRALS 

Brandon,  John  Raphael,  &  Brandon,  J.  A.  qb726  B69 

Parish  churches;  being  perspective  views  of  English  ecclesiastical 
structures,  accompanied  by  plans  drawn  to  a  uniform  scale  and  letter- 
press descriptions.    2v.     1858.     Kent. 

Britten,  John.  qb726  Bysch 

Chronological  history  and  graphic  illustrations  of  Christian  archi- 
tecture in  England.     1835.     Nattali. 

The  same.    (In  his  Architectural  antiquities  of  Great 
Britain,  v.5.) qb720.g42  B75  v.5 

"He  first  combined  antiquarian  with  topographical  description.  He  effected  a 
great  improvement  in  the  style  and  character  of  the  illustrations  of  ancient  monuments; 
and  the  general  admiration  excited  by  the  engravings  in  his  works  gave  rise  to  a  novel 
interest  in  his  subject,  and  became  one  of  the  incitements  to  deeper  studies  and  investi- 
gations."    Encyclopcrdia  Britannica, 

Bumpus,  Thomas  Francis.  726  B88cat 

Cathedrals  and  churches  of  Belgium.  [1909.]  Laurie.  (Cathedral 
series.) 

"List  of  some  of  the  most  remarkable  pictures  in  the  churches  described  or  alluded 
to  in  this  volume,"  P.287-29S. 

Although  the  quality  of  Belgium's  ecclesiastical  architecture  is  not  of  the  highest, 
it  possesses  some  notable  examples  of  Romanesque  and  early  Gothic  work,  to  which  the 
Flemish  schools  of  painting  have  griven  an  added  lustre.  Mr  Bumpus  provides  both 
historical  and  architectural  description. 

Bumpus,  Thomas  Francis.  726  B88c 

Cathedrals  and  churches  of  northern  Italy.     [1907.]     Laurie. 

"Bibliography,"  P.36S. 

His  itinerary  was  from  Trent  to  Verona,  Vicenza,  Padua  and  Venice,  thence  south 
to  Ferrara,  Bologna,  Ravenna,  Modena,  Parma,  Piacenza,  Cremona,  Pavia  and  Milan. 
The  descriptions  are  almost  entirely  architectural,  but  useful  lists  are  given  of  the  pic- 
tures and  wall-paintings  in  the  churches  he  describes.     Fully  illustrated. 

Biunpus,  Thomas  Francis.  726  B88ca 

Cathedrals  and  churches  of  Norway,  Sweden  and  Denmark.     [1908.] 

Pott. 

Fully  illustrated. 

Butler,  Alfred  Joshua.  726  B974 

Ancient  Coptic  churches  of  Egypt.    2v.    1884.     Clarendon  Press. 

Study  of  the  old  Christian  churches  in  and  near  Cairo.  The  first  volume  treats  of 
the  architecture  of  the  churches  and  is  illustrated  with  plans.  The  second  volume  is 
filled  with  a  minute  study  of  the  church  furniture,  vestments  and  ritual,  described  with 
antiquarian  zeal. 

Champneys,  Arthur  Charles.  qb726  C35 

Irish  ecclesiastical  architecture,  with  some  notice  of  similar  or  re- 
lated work  in  England,  Scotland  and  elsewhere.     1910.    Bell. 

"Ablest  and  fairest  account  that  has  yet  appeared  on  the  large  and  interesting  sub- 
ject of  Irish  architecture."     Athtnctum,  igio. 

Coakley,  Thomas  F.  qr726  C62 

Description  of  the  Epiphany  Church,  Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania. 
[1910.     Pittsburgh.] 

Binder's  title  reads  "A  notable  work  of  Christian  art,  the  Epiphany  Church,  Pitts- 
burgh, Pa." 


CATHEDRALS  1335 

Cram,  Ralph  Adams.  726  C86ru 

Ruined  abbeys  of  Great  Britain.     1905.     Pott. 

Contents:  Glastonbury. — Lindisfarne  and  Whitby. — Beaulieu  and  Netley. — Tintern. 
— Gisburgh  and  Bolton. — Jedburgh  and  Kelso. — Rievaulx  and  Byland. — Melrose  and  Dry- 
burgh. — Kirkstall. — St.  Mary's,  York. — Malmesbury. — Our  Lady  of  the  Fountains. 

The  author  is  a  well  known  church  architect.     Generously  illustrated. 

"Mr.  Cram  brings  a  well-trained  eye  and  a  reverent  mind,  as  well  as  much  originali- 
ty and  freshness  of  thought  to  bear  upon  the  fabrics  and  story  of  his  selected  abbeys." 
Athenaum,  1907. 

De  Vries,  William  Levering.  726  D49 

The  foundation  stone  book,  Washington  cathedral,  A.  D.  1907.  1908. 
{Adams.] 

Ceremonies  connected  with  the  laying  of  the  corner-stone.  Contains  memorial  ad- 
dress on  Bishop  Satterlee.  Written  and  published  by  order  of  the  bishop  and  chapter  of 
Washington.     Illustrated. 

Diehl,  Charles.  b726  D57 

fitudes  d'archeologie  byzantine;  I'eglise  et  les  mosaiques  du  couvent 

de  Saint-Luc  en  Phocide.    1889.    Thorin. 
Historical  and  architectural  description. 

Dupasquier,  Louis.  qb726  D92 

Monographic  de  Notre-Dame  de  Brou  [plates].     [1842.] 

Gade,  John  Allyne.  726  G12 

Cathedrals  of  Spain.     191 1.    Houghton. 

"Books  consulted,"  p.267-268. 

"Although  the  book  is  distinctly  an  architectural  guide-book,  the  non-professional 
traveller  will  find  it  not  only  useful  but  readable;  for  it  contains  something  more  than 
is  given  in  a  Baedeker,  and  is  enlivened  by  occasional  imaginative  descriptions  foreign 
to  the  habit  of  the  ordinary  guide-book  writer."     Nation,  1911. 

Gasquet,  Francis  Aidan.  726  G21 

Greater  abbeys  of  England,  with  illustrations  in  colour  after  War- 
wick Goble.     1908.    Dodd. 

Treatment  chiefly  historical,  based  on  ripe  knowledge.  From  Catholic  point  of 
view. 

Gilbert,  Antoine  Pierre  Marie.  b726  G38 

Description  historique  de  I'eglise  cathedrale  de  Notre-Dame 
d'Amiens.     1833. 

Goodyear,  William  Henry.  qr726  G63 

Architectural  refinements;  a  reply  to  Mr  Bilson.     1907. 
Extract  from  the  "Journal  of  the  Royal  Institute  of  British  Architects,"  v. 58,  no.  i. 
Mr  Bilson's  criticism  was  chiefly  directed  towards  what  Mr  Goodyear  had  written  on 
the  subject  of  Amiens  cathedral  and  its  refinements. 

Goodyear,  William  Henry.  b726  G63 

Widening  refinement  in  Rheims  cathedral.  1907.  Privately  pointed. 
Brief  account  of   the  author's  discovery   of  the   existence   of   an   outward  vertical 

divergence  in  the  lines  of  the  cathedral  nave. 

Gout,  Paul  fimile.  qb726  G75 

Le   Mont-Saint-Michel;  histoire  de  I'abbaye   et  de   la  ville;   etude 

archeologique  et  architectural  des  monuments.    2v.     1910. 
"Bibliographic,"  v. 2,  p.713-730. 
Very  complex  and  irresistible  is  the  appeal  made  to  the  imagination  by  the  rocky 

islet  of  Mont-Saint-Michel,  rising  up  in  lonely  dignity  from  the  beautiful  bay  named 


1336  CATHEDRALS 

Gout,  Paul  femile — continued.  qb726  G75 

after  it,  and  the  noble  buildings,  half  fortress,  half  abbey,  crowning  its  summit.  The 
architect-in-chief,  to  whom  the  restoration  and  preservation  of  the  historic  monuments 
of  Mont-Saint-Michel  were  entrusted,  has  devoted  12  years  to  a  close  study  of  them. 
His  book  is  enriched  by  over  700  illustrations,  including  facsimiles  of  original  manu- 
scripts dating  as  far  back  as  the  loth  century,  reproductions  of  old  prints  and  water 
colors,  maps  and  plans,  views  of  the  island  and  abbey  as  a  whole,  topographical  and 
architectural  details,  etc.,  which,  even  without  the  text,  give  an  excellent  idea  of  the 
famous  island.     Condensed  from  Outlook  (London),  1911. 

Hartel,  August,  &  Seibertz,  Engelbert.  qb726  H33 

Moderne  kirchenbauten  [plates].    2v.     1900.     Wasmuth. 

Kidder,  Frank  Eugene.  b726  K24a 

Churches  and  chapels;  designs  and  suggestions  for  architects.  1910. 
Comstock. 

Small  collection  of  designs,  details  and  plans  offering  the  greatest  capacity  and  the 
best  architectural  effect  for  the  least  outlay. 

Laspeyres,  Paul.  qb726  L34 

Die  kirchen  der  renaissance  in  mittel-Italien.     1882.    Spemann. 
Plans,  with  brief  descriptive  notes. 

Lefroy,  William  Chambers.  726  L54 

Ruined  abbeys  of  Yorkshire.     1891.     Seeley. 

Contents:  St.  Mary's,  York. — Rievaulx. — Byland. — Fountains. — Kirkstall. — Kirk- 
stall  and  Roche.  —  Jervaulx.  —  Mount  Grace  priory.  —  St.  Agatha's  and  Eggleston.  — 
Bolton,  Guisborough  and  Kirkham. — Whitby. 

Lethaby,  William  Richard.  726  L65W 

Westminster  abbey,  the  kings'  craftsmen;  a  study  of  mediaeval 
building.    1906.    Button. 

The  purpose  of  the  book  is  not  so  much  to  describe  the  abbey  itself  as  to  give  an 
account  of  the  masons,  carpenters,  sculptors,  painters  and  other  craftsmen  who  built 
and  decorated  it.  The  first  six  chapters  are  descriptive  and  historical,  the  rest  are  de- 
voted to  the  mediaeval  craftsmen  whose  works  are  preserved  in  the  abbey. 

McCall,  Hardy  Bertram.  b726  M12 

Richmondshire   churches.     1910.     Stock. 

Author  has  selected  ten  churches  and  through  them  presents  "an  epitome  of  English 
ecclesiastical  architecture  from  the  eleventh  to  the  sixteenth  century." 

MoUer,  Georg.  qb726  M796 

Denkmaler  der  deutschen  baukunst.     [1831.]     Leske. 
First  published  in  181 5. 

Author  ( 1 784-1 852)  was  a  noted  German  architect.  The  work  is  devoted  to  church 
architecture  and  consists  of  plates,  giving  exterior  views,  details  of  ornament  and  ground- 
plans,  accompanied  by  brief  explanations. 

qb726  M83 
Monographie  de  Notre-Dame  de  Paris  et  de  la  nouvelle  sacristie  de 
MM.  Lassus  et  Viollet-le-Duc  [plates] ;  precedee  d'une  notice  historique 
et  archeologique  par  M.  Celtibere.     [1857?]     Morel. 

The  80  large  plates  include  plans  of  the  interior  and  details  of  the  facades,  en- 
trances, windows,  etc.  Viollet-le-Duc  and  Lassus  were  the  architects  commissioned  in 
1842  to  superintend  the  restoration  and  additions  made  to  the  cathedral. 

Mullooly,  Joseph.  b726  M96 

Saint  Clement,  pope  and  martyr,  and  his  basilica  in  Rome.  1873. 
Barbera. 

The  discoveries  of  Father  Mullooly,  an  Irish  abbot,  have  given  an  extraordinary 
interest  to  this  church.     In  spite  of  modernizations  under  Clement  XI,  the  upper  church 


CATHEDRALS  1337 

Mullooly,  Joseph — continued.  h'j26  M96 

retains  more  of  the  details  belonging  to  primitive  ecclesiastical  architecture  than  any 
other  building  in  Rome.  It  was  erected  in  memory  of  Clement,  the  fellow-laborer  of  St. 
Paul  and  the  third  bishop  of  Rome.     Condensed  from  Hare's  IValks  in  Rome. 

Otzen,  Johannes.  qb726  O31 

Ausgefuehrte  bauten  [plates].    2v.    1894-1905.     Wasmuth. 

Pennell,  A/rj  Elizabeth  (Robins).  q726  P39 

French  cathedrals,  monasteries  and  abbeys  and  sacred  sites  of 
France.     1909.    Century. 

Contents:  Romanesque  and  Provengal  sunshine. — Romanesque  and  restoration  in 
Aquitaine. — From  Poitiers  to  Caen. — The  churches  of  Auvergne. — The  most  picturesque 
place  in  the  world  [Le  Puy]. — At  Toulouse  and  Albi. — An  Albert  Diirer  town,  Rocama- 
dour. — Notre-Dame  and  other  churches  in  Paris. — Chartres,  the  house  of  prayer. — St. 
Julien  of  Le  Mans. — "In  the  peril  of  the  sea,"  Mont  St.  Michel. — Notre-Dame  of  Laon. 
— St.  Etienne  of  Bourges. — Amiens,  "the  Parthenon  of  Gothic  architecture." — Notre- 
Dame  of  Rouen.  —  Where  kings  were  crowned,  Rheims.  —  A  magnificent  fragment, 
Beauvais. 

"Beautiful  volume  of  entertaining  description  and  exquisite  illustrations,  the  result 
of  travel  and  work  covering  the  past  eighteen  years.  The  large  number  of  reproductions 
of  etchings  and  drawings  in  black,  and  black  and  tint,  illustrate  thirty  cathedrals  and 
churches  and  are  in  Mr.  Pennell's  best  vein.  The  text  is  a  pleasing  combination  of 
personal  impressions  and  description,  with  a  slight  background  of  history."  A.  L.  A. 
booklist,  1909. 

Perkins,  Thomas.  726  P43S 

Short  account  of  Romsey  abbey;  a  description  of  the  fabric,  and 

notes  on  the  history  of  the  convent  of  SS.  Mary  &  Ethelfleda.     1907. 

Bell.     (Bell's  cathedral  series.) 

Historical  and  architectural  description. 

Pittsburgh,  Calvary  Protestant  Episcopal  Church.  r726  P67 

Architects'  report  to  the  vestry  on  the  church  windows  [by  R.  A. 
Cram],  together  with  an  explanation  of  the  scenes  and  figures.  1909. 
[Pittsburgh.] 

Pittsburgh,  St.  Paul's  Cathedral.  r726  P674 

Saint  Paul's  Cathedral.    1906.     [Pittsburgh.] 
Guide  book. 

Ripley,  Martha  M.  q726  R48 

The  world's  worship  in  stone;  temple,  cathedral  and  mosque.  1882. 
Estes. 

Descriptions,  fully  illustrated,  of  famous  cathedrals,  churches  and  temples  in  Europe 
and  Asia. 

Roosval,  Johnny.  qr726  R68 

Legender  och  symboler  i  Uppsala  domkyrkas  koromgang.     1908. 

Rose,  Elise  Whitlock.  726  R71C 

Cathedrals  and  cloisters  of  midland  France,  with  illustrations  by 
V.  H.  Francis.    2v.     1907.    Putnam. 

A  combination  of  architectural  description,  history  and  anecdote,  companion  vol- 
umes to  the  author's  "Cathedrals  and  cloisters  of  the  south  of  France."  In  this  work  the 
cathedrals  of  Savoy,  Dauphine,  Burgundy,  Auvergne  and  Aquitaine  are  discussed. 
There  are  numerous  excellent  illustrations. 


1338  CATHEDRALS 

Rose,  Elise  Whitlock.  726  R71 

Cathedrals  and  cloisters  of  the  south  of  France.  2v.  1906.  Put- 
nam. 

"List  of  works  consulted,"  v.i,  p.  13-1 5. 

Comparatively  little  has  been  written  in  English  concerning  these  cathedrals  of 
Gascony,  Provence  and  Languedoc.  The  book  is  the  fruit  of  many  summers  spent  in 
France.     A  large  number  of  illustrations  add  much  to  the  charm  of  the  volumes. 

Rossi,  L.  Melano.  qb726  R74 

Santuario  of  the  Madonna  di  Vico;  pantheon  of  Charles  Emanuel  I 
of  Savoy.     1907.     Macmillan.  . 
"Books  referred  to,"  p.225-230. 

In  1596  Charles  Emmanuel  1,  duke  of  Savoy,  caused  designs  to  be  made  for  an  im- 
mense church  which  was  to  serve  as  the  burial  place  for  members  of  the  house  of  Savoy. 
The  work  then  begun  was  not  completed  until  toward  the  close  of  the  19th  century, 
when  the  Italian  government  took  it  as  a  national  monument.  The  dome  is  one  of  the 
largest  in  the  world.  The  book  contains  excellent  plans  and  photographs  and  a  chrono- 
logical table  of  the  house  of  Savoy  whose  history,  although  Charles  Emmanuel  was  the 
only  member  of  the  family  buried  in  the  church,  has  been  closely  interwoven  with  that 
of  the  santuario  during  almost  three  centuries. 

Satterlee,  Henry  Yates,  bp.  726  S25 

Building  of  a  cathedral  [SS.  Peter  and  Paul,  Washington,  D.  C.]. 
[1901.]     Gorham. 

Detailed  information  regarding  its  history,  foundation,  organization  and  building. 

[Satterlee,  Henry  Yates,  bp.]  r'j26  S25 

Washington  cathedral  and  the  working  out  of  an  ideal.     [1907.] 

Pamphlet  giving  the  description  and  purpose  of  the  proposed  Episcopal  cathedral  at 
Washington,  D.  C.     Plans  and  interior  and  exterior  views  are  included. 

Sedding,  Edmund  H.  b726  S44 

Norman  architecture  in  Cornwall;  a  handbook  to  old  Cornish 
ecclesiastical  architecture,  with  notes  on  ancient  manor  houses,  with  a 
chapter  on  the  old  saints  of  Cornwall.     1909.    Ward. 

In  this  remote  corner  of  England  are  to  be  found  beautiful  examples  of  Norman 
work,  especially  those  built  of  great  blocks  of  serpentine,  the  local  stone.  Much  valuable 
information  is  compressed  into  the  book  and  there  are  over  160  plates  of  fonts,  door- 
ways and  other  details. 

Shaw,  Richard  Norman.  qb726  S53 

Architectural  sketches  from  the  continent  [plates].     1872. 

Plates,  without  text,  illustrating  chiefly  cathedral  and  church  architecture  in  France, 
Italy,  Germany  and  Belgium. 

Simeoni,  Luigi.  qb726  S58 

La  basilica  di  S.  Zeno  di  Verona;  illustrazione  su  documenti  nuovi, 
corredata  de  tavole  fuori  testo  di  C.  A.  e  G.  Baroni.     1909.    Baroni. 

Singleton,  Esther,  ed.  726  S61 

Famous  cathedrals  as  seen  and  described  by  great  writers.  1909. 
Dodd. 

The  same r726  S61 

Contents:  Rouen  cathedral,  by  Benjamin  Winkles. — St.  Mark's,  Venice,  by  Thio- 
phile  Gautier. — Peterborough  cathedral,  by  W.  J.  Loftie. — Amiens  cathedral,  by  A.  J.  C. 
Hare. — Oxford  cathedral,  by  Francis  Bond. — Bourges  cathedral,  by  Arthur  Symons. — 
St.  Peter's,  Rome,  by  Francis  Wey. — Pamplona  cathedral,  by  G.  E.  Street. — Ely  cathe- 
dral, by  W.  D.  Sweeting. — Strassburg  cathedral,  by  Julius  Euting. — Sens  cathedral,  by 
L.  Cloquet. — Durham  cathedral,  by  Canon  Talbot. — Aix-la-Chapelle  cathedral,  by  Victor 
Hugo. — The  Duomo,  Florence,  by  E.  Grifi.— Notre  Dame,  Paris,  by  S.  S.  Bealc. — York 


CATHEDRALS  1339 

Singleton,  Esther,  ed. — continued.  726  S61 

minster,  by  Dean  Purey-Cust. — Burgos  cathedral,  by  Edmondo  de  Amicis. — Chalons-sur- 
Marne,  by  J.  J.  Bourasse. — Winchester  cathedral,  by  Dean  Kitchen. — Tours  cathedral, 
by  Stanislas  Bellangcr. — St.  Bavon,  Ghent,  by  F.  G.  Stephens. — Bayeux  cathedral,  by 
H.  H.  Bishop. — St.  Stephen's,  Vienna,  by  Julius  Meurcr. — Evreux  cathedral,  by  Ben- 
jamin Winkles. — Rochester  cathedral,  by  W.  J.  Loftie. — Milan  cathedral,  by  Joseph 
Boldorini. — Chichester  cathedral,  by  Francis  Bond. — Rheims  cathedral,  by  A.  J.  C.  Hare. 
— St.  Isaac's,  St.  Petersburg,  by  Theophile  Gautier. — Noyon  cathedral,  by  Eugene  Le- 
fevre-Pontalis. — St.  Paul's,  London,  by  Dean  Milman. — Cologne  cathedral,  by  Esther 
Singleton. — Coutances  cathedral,  by  Paul  Joanne.^ — Glasgow  cathedral,  by  John  Honey- 
man. — Como  cathedral,  by  J.  A.  Symonds. — Vassili-Blagennoi,  Moscow,  by  Theophile 
Gautier.  —  Gloucester  cathedral,  by  Dean  Spence.  —  Chartres  cathedral,  by  H.  J.  L.  L. 
Masse. — St.  Patrick's,  Dublin,  by  Dean  Bernard. — Soissons  cathedral,  by  L.  Cloquet. — 
Toumay  cathedral,  by  F.  G.  Stephens. — Le  Mans  cathedral,  by  A.  J.  C.  Hare. — Canter- 
bury cathedral,  by  Francis  Bond. — Laon  cathedral,  by  Esther  Singleton. — Gerona  cathe- 
dral, by  G.  E.  Street. — Beauvais  cathedral,  by  Benjamin  Winkles. — Lichfield  cathedral, 
by  W.  J.  Loftie. — Poitiers  cathedral,  by  J.  J.  Bourasse. 

Stewart,  David  James.  h^26  S84 

On  the  architectural  history  of  Ely  cathedral.     1868.     Van  Voorst. 
Gives  plans  and  illustrations. 

Walcott,  Mackenzie  Edward  Charles.  1726  W15 

Church   and   conventual  arrangement;   illustrated  by  ground-plans 

and  plates  of  the  arrangements  of  churches.     [1861.]     Atchley. 

Gives  a   multitude  of  facts  relating  to  the  development  and  mutual   influence  of 

various  schools  of  early  Christian  and  mediaeval  architecture,  and  shows  the  expansions 

of  the  early  church  due  to  the  necessities  of  the  ritual  or  to  outside  influences.     Does 

not  include  parish  churches. 

Walker,  John  Russell.  qb726  W16 

Pre-reformation  churches  in  Fifeshire.     1895.     Mould. 
Drawings,  accompanied  by  short  descriptions.     The  work  is  confined  to  the  small 

Scottish  churches. 

Webb,  Benjamin.  r726  W35 

Sketches  of  continental  ecclesiology;  or,  Church  notes  in  Belgium, 

Germany  and  Italy.     1848.     Masters. 
"List  of  books  referred  to,"  p.i8. 
Description  of  the  interiors  of  a  large  number  of  churches  and  cathedrals. 

Whewell,  William.  726  W62 

Architectural  notes  on  German  churches,  to  which  is  added  notes 

written  during  an  architectural  tour  in  Picardy  and  Normandy.     1835. 

Pitt  Press. 

First  essay  is  an  exposition  of  the  author's  theory  of  the  nature  and  origin  of  Gothic 

architecture.     In  the  second  he  compares  French  and  English  churches.     Illustrated. 

Willmott,  E.  C.  Morgan.  726  W75 

Cathedral  church  of  Llandaff;  a  description  of  the  building  and  a 

short  history  of  the  see.     1907.     Bell.     (Bell's  cathedral  series.) 

Llandaff  is  the  second  largest  of  the  Welsh  cathedrals  and  the  oldest  Episcopal  see 

in  Great  Britain.     Many  illustrations. 

Worley,  George.  726  W89C 

Church  of  the  Knights  templars  in  London;  a  description  of  the 
fabric  and  its  contents,  with  a  short  history  of  the  order.  1907.  Bell. 
(Bell's  cathedral  series.) 

"A  selection  of  works  on  the  Temple  church,"  p.g. 

Not  quite  as  full  as  Thomas  Henry  Baylis's  book  on  the  same  subject  (726  BJ36), 
but  contains  more  illustrations. 


1340  EDUCATIONAL  BUILDINGS 

Worley,  George.  726  WSgp 

Priory  church  of  St.  Bartholomew-the-Great,  Smithfield;  a  short 
history  of  the  foundation  and  a  description  of  the  fabric,  and  also  of 
the  church  of  St.  Bartholomew-the-Less.  1908.  Bell.  (Bell's  cathedral 
series.) 

"A  selection  of  works  on  St.  Bartholomew-the-Great,"  p.  7-8. 

FuUy  illustrated.     The  priory  of  St.  Bartholomew  was  founded  in  1123. 

qr726.05  C45 
Christian  art  [monthly],  April  1907-08.    v.i-v.4,  no.3.     1907-08. 

No  more  published. 

Formerly  called  "Magazine  of  Christian  art." 


727     Buildings  for  educational  and  scientific 
purposes 

Morrison,  Gilbert  Burnet.  727-1  M91 

School  architecture  and  hygiene.  (Monographs  on  education  in  the 
United  States;  ed.  by  N.  M.  Butler,  no.9.) 

"Bibliography  of  school  house  architecture  and  sanitation,"  P.53-S6. 
Issued  by  the  Department  of  education   for  the  United   States  commission   to  the 
Paris  exposition  of  1900. 

The  same.     (In  Butler,  N.  M.  ed.     Education  in  the  United  States, 

V.I.) 370.9  B97  V.I 

The  same.  (In  Butler,  N.  M.  ed.  Education  in  the  United  States, 
V.I.) r370.9  B97  V.I 

United  States — Schoolhouse  commission.  r727.i  U25 

Report  upon  a  general  plan  for  the  consolidation  of  public  schools 
in  the  District  of  Columbia,  Feb.  27,  1908.  1908.  (60th  cong.  ist  sess. 
Senate.     Doc.  no.338.) 

Report  on  the  school  buildings  in  the  District  of  Columbia,  with  recommendations 
for  improvement  and  consolidation;  followed  by  plans  and  descriptions  of  modern 
school  buildings,  chiefly  in  New  York  city  and  Brooklyn,  Chicago,  Boston,  St.  Louis, 
Cleveland  and  Brookline,  Mass. 

West  Virginia — Free  schools  department.  r727.i  W56 

School  architecture,  containing  articles  and  illustrations  on  school 
grounds,  houses,  outbuildings,  heating,  ventilation,  school  decoration, 
furniture  and  fixtures;  prepared  by  M.  P.  Shawkey,  state  superintendent 
of  schools.    1910. 

Bryn  Mawr  College.  r727.3  B84 

Academic  buildings  and  halls  of  residence;  plans  and  descriptions. 
1907. 

Paris,  Exposition  Universelle  de  1900.  qb727.7  P23 

L'architecture  &  la  sculpture,  premiere  serie:  Les  Palais  des  beaux- 
arts;  Girault,  Deglane,  Louvet,  Thomas,  architectes  [plates].    Guerinet. 

The  Palais  des  beaux-arts  were  two  of  the  finest  buildings  erected  for  the  exposition 
of  1900.  The  Petit  palais  is  now  a  museum  of  fine  arts  and  in  the  Grand  palais  are 
held  exhibitions  of  various  kinds.     The  plates  include  interior  and  exterior  views. 


DOMESTIC  ARCHITECTURE  1341 

New  York  (city),  United  Engineering  Society  Building.  qryay.g  N26 

Program  of  competition  for  the  selection  of  an  architect  for  the  En- 
gineering building  and  the  Engineers  Club  in  New  York  city.     1904. 


728     Domestic  architecture 

For  Building,  see  690 

Architectural  review  (Boston).  q728  A67 

American  country  houses.     1904.     Bates. 

Being  "Architectural  review,"  v.ii,  Jan.   1904. 

Plates,  with  text,  illustrating  modern  American  country  homes. 

Association  of  American  Portland  Cement  Manufacturers.         qr728  A84 

Competitive  designs  for  concrete  houses  of  moderate  cost  (ranging 
from  $2,000  to  $4,500  each).     [1907.] 

Atlas  Portland  Cement  Company.  q728  A88 

Concrete  country  residences.     1906. 
The  same.     Ed.2.     1907 qr728  A88 

Collection  of  photographs  and  plans  of  country  houses  built  of  stucco  and  rein- 
forced concrete. 

Atlas  Portland  Cement  Company.  q728  A88c 

Concrete  houses  &  cottages.    2v.     1909. 
V.I.     Large  houses. 
V.2.     Small  houses. 

Audsley,  William  James,  &  Audsley,  G.  A.  qb728  A91 

Cottage,  lodge  and  villa  architecture.      [1870.]  Mackenzie. 

Plans    for    English    houses,    with    brief   introductory   essay  on    different   styles   of 

domestic  architecture. 

Bevier,  Isabel.  728  B46 

The  house;  its  plan,  decoration  and  care.  1907.  Amer.  School  of 
Home  Economics. 

Series  of  lessons  followed  by  test  questions. 

Building  Brick  Association  of  America.  q728  B86h 

A  house  of  brick  for  10,000  dollars;  a  plea  for  the  greater  use  of 

brick  in  our  domestic  architecture.     1910. 

The  same qr728  B86 

Building  Brick  Association  of  America.  (I728  B86 

A  house  of  brick  of  moderate  cost;  the  practicability  and  stability  of 
the  brick  house,  its  value  as  an  investment.    1910.    Rogers. 

[Comstock,  William  T.  comp.]  q728  C73 

Bungalows,  camps  and  mountain  houses;  consisting  of  a  large  varie- 
ty of  designs  by  a  number  of  architects.    1908.    Comstock. 

[Comstock,  William  T.  comp.]  q728  C73t 

Two-family  and  twin  houses;  consisting  of  a  variety  of  designs  con- 
tributed by  leading  architects  in  all  parts  of  the  country,  showing  the 
latest  ideas  in  planning  this  class  of  dwellings  in  pity,  village  and  sub- 
urbs, together  with  very  complete  descriptions.    1908.    Comstock. 


1342  DOMESTIC  ARCHITECTURE 

[Croly,  Herbert  David,  (pseud.  William  Herbert).]  728  C88 

Houses  for  town  or  country.     1907.     Duffield. 
Fully  illustrated  work  on  American  domestic  architecture. 

Davison,  T.  Raffles.  q728  Dsa 

Modern  homes;  selected  examples  of  dwelling  houses,  with  a  fore- 
word by  Sir  Aston  Webb.    1909.    Bell. 

The  examples,  which  include  city,  country  and  suburban  houses,  are  in  various 
styles  and  give  a  good  idea  of  the  work  of  recent  years  in  domestic  architecture.  Messrs 
Lutyens,  Voysey,  Baillie  Scott,  Sherrin,  Norman  Shaw,  Basil  Champneys  and  many 
others  are  represented.     Well  illustrated. 

Davison,  T.  Raffles,  ed.  729  D3a 

Arts  connected  with  building;  lectures  on  craftsmanship  and  design 
delivered  at  Carpenters  hall,  London  Wall,  for  the  Worshipful  Com- 
pany of  Carpenters.     1909.     Scribner. 

Contents:  Reason  in  building,  by  R.  W.  Schultz. — Woodwork,  by  E.  G.  Dawber. — 
Influence  of  material  on  design  in  woodwork,  by  F.  W.  Troup. — The  influence  of  tools 
on  design,  by  A.  R.  Green. — Ideas  in  things,  by  C.  F.  A.  Voysey. — Ideals  in  building, 
false  and  true,  by  M.  H.  B.  Scott. — House  and  church  furniture,  by  Charles  Spooner. — 
Decorative  plasterwork,  by  L.  A.  Turner. — External  leadwork,  by  F.  W.  Troup. — Decora- 
tive ironwork,  by  J.  S.  Gardner. 

Desmond,  Harry  W.  &  Frohne,  H.  W.  728  D46b 

Building  a  home;  a  book  of  fundamental  advice  for  the  layman  about 

to  build.     1908.     Baker. 

Includes  chapters  on  the  choice  of  a  site,  the  selection  of  an  architect  and  the 
owner's  relations  to  him  and  to  the  builder,  architects'  drawings,  treatment  of  the 
suburban  site  and  the  principles  of  architectural  design. 

Embury,  Aymar.  ^728  E58 

One  hundred  country  houses;  modern  American  examples.  1909. 
Century. 

Contents:  Introduction:  The  new  American  architecture. — New  England  colonial. 
— Southern  colonial. — Classic  revival. — Dutch  colonial. — Spanish  or  mission. — American 
farm-house. — Elizabethan. — Modern  English. — Italian. — Art  nouveau. — Japanesque. — The 
house  and  the  garden. — The  plan  of  the  house. 

Discusses  the  development  and  characteristics  of  the  various  styles  of  American 
country  house  architecture,  illustrating  and  describing  the  best  typical  examples  by  promi- 
nent architects. 

Fletcher,  Banister  Flight,  &  Fletcher,  H.  P.  byaS  F63 

The  English  home,  with  an  introduction  by  the  duke  of  Argyll. 
[1910.]     Methuen. 

Concerns  itself  with  the  modern  country  house  of  moderate  cost  and  gives  a  com- 
plete and  concise  description  of  contemporary  English  methods  of  planning,  construc- 
tion, plumbing,  heating,  ventilation  and  decoration.  Fully  illustrated  with  photographs 
and  drawings  of  recent  work  by  the  authors'  firm  and  other  well-known  English  archi- 
tects. 

Garden  Suburb  Development  Co.  Hampstead,  England.  q728  G17 

Town  planning  and  modern  architecture  at  the  Hampstead  Garden 
Suburb,  with  contributions  by  Raymond  Unwin  and  M.  H.  B.  Scott. 
1909.     Unwin. 

The  Hampstead  Garden  Suburb  is  a  tract  of  240  acres  northwest  of  Hampstead 
Heath  which  is  being  developed  in  an  enlightened  way  as  a  residential  quarter  for  Lon- 
doners. The  book  contains  a  large  number  of  suggestive  plans  for  houses  designed  for 
the  company  by  various  architects. 


DOMESTIC  ARCHITECTURE  1343 

Garner,  Thomas,  &  Stratton,  Arthur.  qb728  G18 

Domestic  architecture  of  England  during  the  Tudor  period  [plates]. 
pt.i-2.     [1908.]     Batsford. 

Georgian  Society.  qb728  G31 

Records  of  i8th  century  domestic  architecture  and  decoration  in 
Dublin,     v.2-3.     1910-11.     Dublin  University  Press. 

Gibson,  Louis  Henry.  728  G37b 

Beautiful  houses;  a  study  in  house-building.     1895.    Crowell. 
Gives  foreign  examples  of  domestic  architecture,  some  plans  for  American  houses, 

and  suggests  materials  and  details. 

Holly,  Henry  Hudson.  qr728  H73 

Country  seats,  containing  lithographic  designs  for  cottages,  villas, 
mansions,  etc.  with  their  accompanying  outbuildings;  also  country 
churches,  city  buildings,  railway  stations,  etc.     1863.     Appleton. 

Home,  Bruce  J.  qb728  H757 

Old  houses  in  Edinburgh,  ist-2d  ser.     1905-07.     Hay. 

Contents:  Sir  Archibald  Acheson's  house. — Lady  Stair's  house. — Plainstane  close. 
— Advocates'  close  from  the  upper  end. — Back  of  Bakehouse  close  (upper  courtyard). — 
Kinloch's  close,  High  street. — Brown's  court,  Canongate  (looking  north). — Advocates' 
close  (from  the  lower  end). — Back  of  Bakehouse  close  (lower  courtyard). — Interior  of 
Bakehouse  close  (east  side). — Brown's  court,  Canongate  (looking  south). — Bakehouse 
close,  Canongate  (looking  north).  —  Huntly  house,  Canongate  (front  view);  (south 
view). — Back  of  Bakehouse  close  (looking  north). — Brodie's  yard,  Cowgate. — Doorway 
of  the  Gordon  house,  Castlehill. — Dewar's  close,  Grassmarket. — Hope  house,  Cowgate. — 
Campbell's  close,  Cowgate. — Back  of  Bakehouse  close  (looking  south). — Sir  Archibald 
Acheson's  house  (looking  south-east). — Bailie  Fyfe's  close  (looking  south);  (looking 
north).  —  Bakehouse  close  (general  view).  —  Bakehouse  close  from  Acheson's  house. — 
Baird's  close  from  King's  Stables  road. — Trunk  close  from  the  south;  from  the  north. — 
John  Knox's  house  from  the  rear. — Carrubber's  close  from  the  north;  from  the  south. 
— Milne's  court  (west  side),  Lawnmarket. — House  of  Adam  Bothwell,  bishop  of  Ork- 
ney.— Somerville's  land,  Lawnmarket. — Brodie's  court,  Lawnmarket. — Milne's  court, 
Lawnmarket. — Site  of  St.  Mary  of  Placentia. — St.  Cuthbert's  close,  West  Port. — West 
Port  from  High  Riggs. — Baird's  close,  looking  north;  looking  south. — Court  at  the  Bow 
Foot. — Site  of  St.  Mary  of  Placentia  (second  plate). — Morrison's  close. — The  Bow  Foot, 
Grassmarket. — Gladstone's  land,  Lawnmarket. — Chessels'  court,  Canongate. — Whitehorse 
close,  Canongate. — Canongate  Tolbooth. — John  Knox's  house,  Netherbow. — Advocates' 
close.  High  street. — Lady  Stair's  close,  Lawnmarket. — Old  Bow  Head,  Lawnmarket. 

Ihne,  Ernst  von.  qr728  I18 

[Photographs  of  Haus  Sonneck,  the  seat  of  Herr  Henry  T.  Boet- 
tinger  of  Elberfeld,  built  by  Ernst  von  Ihne,  1892-94.] 

Twenty-nine  photographs  in  portfolio. 

qr728  I24 
Indoors  and  out;  a  monthly  magazine  devoted  to  art  and  nature,  Oct. 
1905-Dec.  1907.    v.i-v.S,  no.3.     1905-07.    Rogers. 

With  the  January  number,  1908,  consolidated  with  "House  beautiful." 

q728  H75 
Keith's  magazine  on  home  building;  monthly,  1907-date.  v.i7-date. 
1907-date. 

La  Queriere,  Eustache  de.  b728  L33 

Description  historique  des  maisons  de  Rouen  les  plus  remarquables 

par  leur  decoration  exterieure  et  par  leur  ar.ciennete;  dans  laquelle  on 


1344  DOMESTIC  ARCHITECTURE 

La  Queriere,  Eustache  de — continued.  b728  L32 

a  fait  entrer  les  edifices  civils  et  religieux  devenus  proprietes  par- 
ticulieres,  ornee  de  sujets  inedits,  dessines  et  graves  par  E.  H.  Langlois. 
2v.     1821-41. 

"Liste,"  V.I,  p.3ss-26o,  "Supplement  k  la  liste,"  v. 2,  p.273-278. 

V.I  is  published  anonymously. 

Martin,  Arthur.  728  M42 

The  small  house;  its  architecture  and  surroundings.     1906.     Rivers. 
Practical  book  on  the  art  of  building  cheap  and  serviceable  houses  for  the  middle 

classes  in  England. 

Menken,  Henry,  ed.  728  M62 

Bungalowcraft;  a  book  on  bungalow  and  cottage  building  in  its 
latest  development.    1908.    Eymann. 

Designs  for  simple  and  inexpensive  bungalows,  showing  exteriors  and  floor  plans. 
Some  designs  for  mantels,  buffets,  doors  and  windows  are  included. 

Muthesius,  Hermann.  qb728  M98 

Das  englische  haus.    3v.     1904-05.    Wasmuth. 

V.I.     Entwicklung  des  englischen  hauses. 

V.2.  Bedingungen,  anlage,  gartnerische  umgebung,  aufbau  und  gesundheitliche  ein- 
richtigung  des  englischen  hauses. 

V.3.     Der  innenraum  des  englischen  hauses. 

Muthesius,  Hermann,  ed.  qb728  M98I 

Landhaus    und    garten;    beispiele    neuzeitlicher    landhauser    nebst 

grundrissen,   innenraumen   und   garten,   mit   einleitendem   text.     1907. 

Bruckmann. 

The  illustrations,  several  of  which  are  in  color,  give  attractive  examples  of  country 

homes  not  only  in  Germany  but  in  England  and  the  United  States  as  well. 

Olbrich,  Joseph  M.  qb728  O23 

Architektur  [plates],    v.2.     [1904.]     Wasmuth. 

Examples  of  house  architecture  and  decoration.  The  majority  of  the  houses  illus- 
trated belong  to  the  artist  colony  at  Darmstadt. 

For  V.  I  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Osbome,  Charles  Francis.  728  02gf 

The  family  house.     1910.    Penn  Pub.  Co. 

Practical  suggestions,  for  persons  of  limited  means,  on  the  points  to  be  considered  in 
buying  or  building  a  house. 

Palliser,  George  A.  728  P18 

Palliser's  up-to-date  house  plans,  containing  150  plans  of  houses 

costing  from  $500  to  $18,000.    1906.    Ogilvie. 

Each  design  is  accompanied  by  a  short  description,  giving  sizes,  height  of  stories, 

materials,  finish  and  cost 

Palmer,  Charles  John.  qb728  P19 

Illustrations  of  domestic  architecture  in  England,  during  the  reign 
of  Queen  Elizabeth,  as  exemplified  in  the  interior  of  the  residence  of 
John  Danby  Palmer,  situated  in  the  borough-town  of  Great  Yarmouth, 
in  the  county  of  Norfolk,  with  notices  of  the  house  and  its  proprietors. 
1838.    Privately  printed. 

This  old  house  contains  some  beautiful  specimens  of  Elizabethan  carving,  which  are 
the  chief  subjects  of  illustration. 


DOMESTIC  ARCHITECTURE  1345 

Payne  (George  W.)  &  Son.  728  P33 

Payne's  modern  homes;  a  book  of  designs  of  cottages  and  resi- 
dences for  the  use  of  those  who  desire  to  build  modern  homes  compact 
and  convenient  in  arrangement  and  moderate  in  cost.     [1907.] 

Priestman,  Mabel  Tuke.  728  P947 

Artistic  homes.     1910.     McClurg. 

Serviceable  to  people  who  are  about  to  build  and  are  trying  to  decide  the  style  of 
house  best  suited  to  their  mode  of  living  and  the  furniture  they  may  already  possess. 
Houses  described  range  in  cost  from  $5,000  to  $10,000.  Suggestions  for  interior  decora- 
tion and  for  remodeling  old  houses  are  given. 

Riickwardt,  Hermann,  ed.  qb728  R82 

Coiner  neubauten;  eine  sammlung  der  schonsten  faqaden  der  in  der 
neuzeit  in  Coin  a.  Rh.  ausgefiihrten  bauten  [plates].  3v.  in  i.  [1886- 
90.]     Claesen. 

Appeared  in  the  "Architectonische  studienblatter." 
Ninety  large  plates,  without  text. 

Saylor,  Henry  Hodgman.  q728  S27b 

Bungalows;  their  design,  construction  and  furnishing,  with  sugges- 
tions also  for  camps,  summer  homes  and  cottages  of  similar  character. 
191 1.    Winston. 

Saylor,  Henry  Hodgman,  ed.  ^728  S27 

Distinctive  homes  of  moderate  cost;  being  a  collection  of  country 

and  suburban  homes  in  good  taste,  with  some  value  in  suggestion  for 

the  home-builder.     1910.     McBride. 

Compilation  of  articles  by  different  contributors  giving  advice  about  the  selection 
of  a  site,  relations  with  architect  and  contractor,  choice  of  building  materials,  water- 
supply,  heating  and  house  furnishing.     Fully  illustrated. 

Scott,  M.  H.  Baillie.  qb728  S42 

Houses  and  gardens.    1906.    Newnes. 

Devoted  chiefly  to  suggestions  for  interior  decoration  and  arrangement.  Numerous 
plans  and  illustrations,  several  of  the  latter  being  in  color. 

Shackleton,  Robert,  &  Shackleton,  Mrs  E.  H.  (Fleming).  728  S29 

Adventures  in  home-making.     1910.    Lane. 

Account  of  the  transformation  of  a  very  ugly  house  into  an  attractive  home.  Fully 
illustrated. 

q728  S55 

Shoppell's  modern  houses  [Oct.  1886-April  1895-.     1886-95].     Co-opera- 
tive Building  Plan  Assoc. 

Many  numbers  wanting. 

Several  hundred  illustrations  of  houses  ranging  in  cost  from  $600  to  $15,000,  with 
plans,  descriptions  and  estimates  of  material  and  labor. 

Sparrow,  Walter  Shaw.  728  S73e 

The  English  house;  how  to  judge  its  periods  and  styles.  1909. 
Lane. 

"[Author's]  design  is  practical  and  instructive,  and  he  has  succeeded  in  bringing 
into  his  pages  not  only  a  comprehensive  survey  of  the  architecture  of  the  English  house, 
from  the  Saxon  hall  to  the  newest  work  in  garden  cities,  but  a  good  deal  of  sound, 
experienced  advice  on  architects'  plans  and  the  actual  detail  of  house-building."  Spec- 
tator, i9og. 

Illustrated. 


1346  DOMESTIC  ARCHITECTURE 

Sparrow,  Walter  Shaw,  ed.  qb728  S73 

Flats,  urban  houses  and  cottage  homes;  a  companion  volume  to 
"The  British  home  of  to-day."    Armstrong. 

Contents:  Introductory  notes  on  the  designing  of  flats-de-luxe  or  mansion  flats, 
by  F.  T.  Verity. — A  flat-dweller's  point  of  view,  by  W.  S.  Sparrow. — Flats,  British  and 
foreign,  by  E.  T.  Hall. — Urban  houses  and  cottage  homes,  by  G.  C.  Horsley. 

Stickley,  Gustav.  qyaS  S85 

Craftsman  homes.     1909.     Craftsman  Pub.  Co. 

Floor  plans,  perspective  sketches  and  brief  descriptions  of  a  large  number  of  de- 
signs for  essentially  homelike,  convenient  and  artistic,  as  well  as  relatively  inexpensive 
houses.  Some  of  the  many  accessories  are  also  considered — gardens,  furniture,  metal- 
work,  fabrics  and  native  woods. 

Universal  Portland  Cement  Co.  728  U35 

Representative  cement  houses.     1910. 

Illustrations  of  medium  priced  houses. 

Venice — Commissione  per  le  case  sane,  economiche  qr728  V26 

e  popolari. 
Case  sane,  economiche  e  popolari.     [1906.] 

Viollet-le-Duc,  Eugene  Emmanuel.  738  V34h 

Habitations  of  man  in  all  ages;  tr.  by  Benjamin  Bucknall.  1876.  Low. 
"Fine  and  philosophical  account,  based  on  well-understood  principles  of  ethnology, 
of  the  building-arts  of  all  the  great  races  of  man... The  diagrams  combined  with  the 
text  are  delightfully  drawn,  with  that  almost  marvellous  precision,  clearness,  and  sim- 
plicity which  charm  the  eye  of  all  artists  in  all  M.  Viollet-le-Duc's  work."  Athenteum, 
1876. 

Vogel,  F.  Rud.  qb728  V36 

Das  amerikanische  haus;  entwicklung,  bedingungen,  anlage,  aufbau, 

einrichtung,  innenraum  und  umgebung.    v.i.     1910. 

v. I.     Entwicklung  der  baukunst  und  des  amerikaniscben  hauses. 

Williams  (David)  Co.  pub.  728  W74I2 

Low-cost  houses  with  constructive  details,  designed  by  practical 
architects;  embracing  upward  of  25  selected  designs  of  cottages  cost- 
ing from  $1,000  to  $3,000,  accompanied  by  elevations,  floor  plans  and  de- 
tails of  construction,  all  drawn  to  scale,  with  brief  descriptions  and,  in 
many  instances,  full  specifications  and  bills  of  materials.  1907.  (Car- 
pentry and  building  series.) 

Willmott,  Ernest.  qb728  W75 

English  house  design;  a  selection  and  brief  analysis  of  some  of  the 
best  achievements  in  English  domestic  architecture  from  the  i6th  to 
the  20th  centuries,  with  numerous  examples  of  contemporary  design. 
191 1.    Batsford. 

Wilson,  Henry  Lawrence.  728  W76 

Bungalow  book;  a  short  sketch  of  the  evolution  of  the  bungalow 
from  its  primitive  crudeness  to  its  present  state  of  artistic  beauty  and 
cozy  convenience,  with  floor  plans.     [1907.]     Wilson. 

Wyatt,  5"i>  Matthew  Digby.  qb738  W97 

Architect's  note-book  in  Spain,  principally  illustrating  the  domestic 
architecture  of  that  country.    1872.    Autotype  Fine  Art  Co. 


PALACES  1347 

Apartment  houses 

Hesselgren  (G.  C.)  Pub.  Co.  qb728.2  H48 

Apartment  houses  of  the  metropolis.     1908. 

Supplement.     1909 qb728.2  H48a 

Elevations  and  floor  plans,  with  brief  descriptive  text,  of  a  large  number  of  apart- 
ment houses  in  New  York  city,  most  of  them  built  during  the  years  1905-08. 


Palaces 
Geffrey,  Gustave.  q728.3  G27 

Masterpieces  of  Versailles,  with  illustrations  showing  the  principal 
aspects  of  the  palace,  the  Trianons,  the  gardens  and  the  paintings  and 
sculptures  of  the  museums.     [1907.]     Nilsson. 

French  and  English  texts. 

Guerinet,  Armand,  pub.  qb728.3  G95 

Monographic  du  palais  de  Compiegne,  ire-2e  ser.     2v. 

V.I.     Exterieurs  &  interieurs,  styles  Louis  XVI,   ler  empire. 

V.2.     Meubles,  bronzes,  decorations. 

Collection  of  plates.  Compiegne  from  the  earliest  days  of  the  French  monarchy  was 
a  favorite  royal  residence.  The  present  palace  was  built  by  order  of  Louis  XV  and  later 
repaired  and  refurnished  by  Napoleon  I. 

Nolhac,  Pierre  de.  728.3  N41 

Versailles  and  the  Trianons;  illustrated  in  color  by  Rene  Binet. 
1907.    Dodd. 

Author,  who  is  (1907)  director  of  the  museum  at  Versailles,  writes  with  knowledge 
and  enthusiasm.  Book  is  too  large  to  be  used  conveniently  on  the  spot  as  a  guide-book, 
the  primary  intention  having  been  to  furnish  to  the  intending  visitor  the  necessary  his- 
torical background  and  to  describe  the  works  of  art  to  be  found  at  Versailles  and  the 
Trianon. 

Normand,  Charles  Nicolas.  qb728.3  N44 

L'Hotel  de  Cluny.     1888.     Levy. 

"Bibliographie,"  p. 1 41-144. 

Fully  illustrated  architectural  and  historical  account. 

qb728.3  P17 
Palast-architektur  von  ober-Italien  und  Toscana  vom  15.  bis  18.  jahr- 
hundert  [plates],    v.4.     1908. 

V.4.     Verona,  Vicenza,  Mantua,  Padua,  Udinc;  hrsg.  von  Albrecht  Haupt. 

Beautifully  engraved  plates  illustrating  the  palace  architecture  of  upper  Italy  and 
Tuscany  from  the  15th  to  the  i8th  century. 

For  V.1-3  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 


Village  and  country  homes 

Holme,  Charles,  ed.  qr728.6  H73 

Old  English  country  cottages.  1906.  (Studio.  Special  winter  num- 
ber, 1906-07.) 

Many  illustrations,  a  few  of  them  in  color,  of  picturesque  cottages,  with  brief 
descriptions. 

Kemp,  Oliver.  728.6  K17 

Wilderness  homes;  a  book  of  the  log  cabin.     1908.    Outing. 
Practical  instructions  for  amateurs  on  building  simple  log  cabins.     Plans  and  illus- 
trations. 


1348  COUNTRY  SEATS.     CASTLES 

Morris,  George  Llewelyn,  &  Wood,  Esther.  728.6  M91 

The  country  cottage.     1906.     Lane. 

Written  for  the  Englishman  of  average  means.  In  brief  chapters,  location,  cost, 
plans,  etc.  are  discussed  and  the  illustrations  show  attractive  examples  of  English 
cottages. 

Radford,  William  A.  q728.6  R13 

Cement  houses  and  how  to  build  them;  perspective  views  and  floor 
plans  of  concrete  block  and  cement  plaster  houses.  1909.  Radford 
Architectural  Co. 

S wetland  Publishing  Company,  N.  Y.  q728.6  S97 

Detached  dwellings.    1909. 

Reprinted  from  recent  numbers  of  the  "American  architect." 
Photographs  of  exteriors  of  country  and  suburban  house,  with  floor-plans.     Range 

in  type  from  shingled  and  clapboarded  cottages  to  fireproof  dwellings  of  brick,  stone  or 

concrete. 

Universal  Portland  Cement  Co.  728.6  U25 

Plans  for  concrete  residences;  being  a  selected  number  of  designs 
with  descriptions  and  estimates  of  cost,  submitted  in  a  competition  of 
the  Chicago  Architectural  Club  for  prizes  offered  by  the  Universal 
Portland  Cement  Co.    1909. 

Country  seats.     Castles 

D'Auvergne,  Edmund  B.  728.8  D28 

The  English  castles.     [1908?]     Laurie.     (Cathedral  series.) 

Contents:  The  citadels. — Norman  and  pre-Norman  castles. — Castles  of  the  Angevin 
period. — The  Edwardian  castles. — The  palace  castles. 

Concise  descriptions  of  castles  possessing  historic  and  architectural  interest.  Based 
on  public  records  and  chronicles.     Illustrations,  many  from  old  prints. 

Ditchfield,  Peter  Hampson.  q728.8  D63 

Manor  houses  of  England;  illustrated  by  S.R.Jones.  1910.  Bats- 
ford. 

Under  a  broad  classification  by  materials  (half-timber,  brick,  lime-stone,  flint) 
typical  houses  throughout  England  are  briefly  described.  The  drawings  not  merely 
harmonize  delightfully  with  the  letterpress,  but  give,  better  than  photographic  cuts 
could,  the  character  of  the  buildings.  Pleasant  reading  and  to  the  leisurely  tourist,  full 
of  suggestions  for  delights  off  the  beaten  track.     Condensed  from  Nation,  igio. 

Ebhardt,  Bodo.  qb728.8  E2ib 

Die  burgen  Italiens;  baugeschichtliche  untersuchungen  iiber  die  ent- 
wicklung  des  mittelalterlichen  wehrbaues  und  die  bedeutung  der 
burgenreste  fiir  die  kenntnis  der  wohnbaukunst  im  mittelalter.  v.  1-2. 
1909-10. 

Ebhardt,  Bodo.  qb728.8  E21 

Deutsche  burgen.    pt.i-io,  in  2v.     1899-1907.    Wasmuth. 

Gotch,  John  Alfred.  b728.8  G71 

Growth  of  the  English  house;  a  short  history  of  its  architectural 

development  from  iioo  to  1800.     1909.     Batsford. 

"A  brief  list  of  books  recommended  for  the  study  of  the  history  of  English  domes- 
tic architecture,"  P.3J3. 

"May  be  recommended  to  the  architect  for  its  accuracy,  to  the  layman  for  its  at- 
tractiveness, and  to  both  for  the  wisdom  and  catholicity  of  taste  shown  throughout  by 


COUNTRY  SEATS.     CASTLES  1349 

Gotch,  John  Alfred — continued.  b728.8  G71 

its  author. .  .Seldom  is  such  equal  justice  done  by  one  writer  to  the  diverse  merits  of 
mediaeval  and  of  classic  design,  and  there  is  nothing  in  the  book,  save  a  little  incidental 
disparagement  of  the  nineteenth  century,  that  can  be  charged  with  being  unfair... The 
illustrations,  many  of  buildings  that  are  pleasantly  unfamiliar,  are  worthy  of  the  rest 
of  the  book."     Spectator,  igio. 

Haseloff,  Arthur  Erich  Georg.  qr728.8  H33 

Das  kastell  in  Bari;  hrsg.  vom  Koniglich  Preussischen  Historischen 

Institut  in  Rom  [plates].     1906.    Asher. 

History  and  description  of  an  old  Apulian  castle  built  in  Norman  times,  strengthened 

in  1233  by  Frederick  II  and  later  in  the  time  of  Charles  V,  in  1832  converted  into  a 

prison.     The  brief  text  is  accompanied  by  19  plates,  showing  exterior  views  and  details. 

Ihne,  Ernst  von.  qr728.8  I18 

Schloss   Friedrichshof  bei    Cronberg   im   Taunus;   photographische 

original-aufnahmen  nach  der  natur  in  lichtdruck;  hrsg.  von  Hermann 

Riickwardt. 

Sixty  plates,  without  text,  representing  exterior  and  interior  views  of  the  castle  built 

in   1889-94  for  the  empress  Frederick  from  designs  by  the  court  architect,  Ernst  von 

Ihne. 

Latham,  Charles.  qb728.8  L35 

In  English  homes;  the  internal  character,  furniture  and  adornments 

of  some  of  the  most  notable  houses  of  England  historically  depicted 

from  photographs,    v.2-3.    1907-09.     Country  Life. 
For  v.i  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Le  Moyne,  Louis  Valcoulon.  qb728.8  L59 

Country  residences  in  Europe  and  America.     1908.     Doubleday. 
Contents:     The  Italian     villas. — The  French  chateaux. — The  English  places. — The 

American  places. 

Fully  illustrated.     Exterior  views  only  are  given,  but  gardens,  drives,  courts,  stables 

and  entrance  gates  are  included. 

Macgibbon,  David,  &  Ross,  Thomas.  qb728.8  M16 

Castellated  and  domestic  architecture  of  Scotland  from  the  12th  to 

the  i8th  century,     sv.     1887-92.     Douglas. 

Full  and  amply  illustrated  history  of  castle  and  domestic  architecture  in  Scotland, 
v.s  contains  an  account  of  over  200  Scottish  sun-dials. 

Nibby,  Antonio.  b728.8  N31 

Descrizione  della  villa  Adriana.     1827.    Ajani. 

Short  description  of  Hadrian's  villa.     Contains  a  map,  but  no  illustrations. 

Parker,  Charles.  qb728.8  P23 

Villa  rustica;  selected  from  buildings  and  scenes  in  the  vicinity  of 

Rome  and  Florence  and  arranged  for  rural  and  domestic  dwellings,  with 

plans  and  details.     1848.    Weale. 

Sketches  of  exteriors  of  buildings   and  plans  of  interiors,  altered  to  suit   English 

needs.     Includes  lodges  and  hunting-boxes,  and  such  details  as  gateways,  chimneys  and 

wells. 

Percier,  Charles,  &  Fontaine,  P.  F.  L.  •qb728.8  P42 

Choix  des  plus  celebres  maisons  de  plaisance  de  Rome  et  de  ses 
environs;  mesurees  et  dessinees  par  Charles  Percier  et  P.  F.  L.  Fon- 
taine.    1809. 

Plans  and  views  of  buildings  and  grounds,  grottoes,  fountains,  interior  decorations, 
architectural  details,  etc.     Very  brief  descriptive  text. 


1350  GARAGES.     GREENHOUSES 

Pfnor,  Rodolphe.  qb728.8  P48 

Monographic  du  chateau  d'Anet  construit  par  Philibert  de  I'Orme 
en  1548,  dessinee,  gravee  et  accompagnee  d'un  texte  historique  et  de- 
scriptif.     1867.     Pfnor.     (Chateaux  de  la  renaissance.) 

Ramee,  Daniel.  qb728.8  R17 

Monographic  du  chateau  de  Heidelberg,  dessinee  et  gravee  par 
Rodolphe  Pfnor,  accompagnee  d'un  texte  historique  et  descriptif  par 
Daniel  Ramee.     1859.     Morel.     (Chateaux  de  la  renaissance.) 

Smith,  G.  Le  Blanc.  •  r728.8  S64 

Haddon;  the  manor,  the  hall,  its  lords  and  traditions.     1906.     Stock. 

Contains  numerous  illustrations  of  the  exterior  and  interior  of  this  famous  English 
mansion. 

Viollet-le-Duc,  Eugene  Emmanuel.  b728.8  V34 

Description  du  chateau  de  Pierrefonds.     1861.     Bance. 

Account  of  an  old  feudal  castle  erected  in  1390  by  Louis  of  Orleans.  It  was  one 
of  the  strongest  and  finest  of  the  castles  of  that  period.  It  was  restored  by  Viollet-le- 
Duc  and  now  belongs  to  the  nation. 

Ward,  William  Henry,  ed.  qb728.8  W21 

French  chateaux  and  gardens  in  the  i6th  century;  a  series  of  re- 
productions of  contemporary  drawings  hitherto  unpublished  by  Jacques 
Androuet  du  Cerceau,  selected  and  described  with  an  account  of  the 
artist  &  his  works.    1909.    Batsford.  1 

"List  of  works  consulted,"  p.  13. 


Garages.     Greenhouses 

American  architect,  pub.  qb728.g  A51 

Garages,  country  and  suburban;  a  series  of  authoritative  articles  on 
the  structural  features  of  the  private  garage  and  its  equipment,  the 
care  of  the  car,  the  safe  handling  of  gasolene  and  topics  of  interest  to 
the  owner  and  driver,  to  which  is  added  illustrations  of  garages  of 
recent  construction,  showing  both  exterior  and  interior  views  and  floor 
plans,  with  architect's  working  drawings  for  a  typical  garage.     1911. 

Atlas  Portland  Cement  Company.  728.9  A88 

Concrete  garages,  the  fireproof  home  for  the  automobile,     [1910.] 

Hasluck,  Paul  Nooncree.  728.9  H33 

Greenhouse  and  conservatory;  construction  and  heating.  1907. 
Cassell. 

Hill,  George  Griswold.  728.9  H55 

Practical  suggestions  for  farm  buildings.  1903.  (United  States — 
Agriculture,  Department  of.     Farmers'  bulletin  no.126.) 

Ihne,  Ernst  von.  qr728.9  I18 

[Photographs  of  the  royal  stables  in  Berlin,  built  by  Ernst  von  Ihne, 

finished  in  1903.] 

Six  photographs  in  portfolio. 


ARCHITECTURAL  DESIGN  AND  DECORATION        1351 

729     Architectural  design  and  decoration 

Adams,  G.  Louis.  qb729  A21 

Decorations  interieures  et  meubles  des  epoques  Louis  XIII  et 
Louis  XIV  [plates].     1865. 

Bajot,  fidouard.  qb729  B17 

Profils  et  tournages;  recueil  de  documents  de  styles,  gothique, 
Francois  ler,  Henri  II,  Henri  III,  Henri  IV,  Louis  XIII,  Louis  XIV, 
Louis  XV,  Louis  XVI,  empire,  moderne  [plates],  2e  ser.    v.2. 

Specimens  of  architectural  detail — arches,  columns,  balustrades,  doors,  furniture,  etc. 
For  V.I  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

Berlepsch-Valendas,  Hans  Eduard  von.  qb729  B45 

Motive  der  deutschen  architektur  des  16.,  17.  und  18.  jahrhunderts 
in  historischer  anordnung;  hrsg.  von  Andre  Lambert  und  Eduard  Stahl, 
mit  text  von  H.  E.  von  Berlepsch.    v.i.     1890. 

V.I.     Fruh-  und  hochrenaissance,   1500-1650. 

Boito,  Camillo.  qb729  B59 

Ornamenti    di    diversi    stili,    greco    e    romano,    bisantino,    arabo    e 

moresco,  romanzo,  ogivale,  maniere  italiane  del  medioevo,  rinascimento 

italiano,  rinascimento  tedesco  e  francese.     1895.     Hoepli. 

Over  100  plates  illustrating  architectural  decoration  and  ornament  of  various  styles 

and  periods. 

Colling,  James  Kellaway.  qb729  Cege 

Examples  of  English  mediaeval  foliage  and  coloured  decoration 
taken  from  buildings  of  the  12th  to  the  15th  century,  with  descriptive 
letterpress.     1874.     Privately  printed. 

qb729  D38 
Dekorative  vorbilder;  eine  sammlung  von  figiirlichen  darstellungen, 
kunstgewerblichen  verzierungen,  plastischen  ornamenten,  dekorativen 
tier-  und  pflanzen-typen,  allegorieen,  heraldischen  motiven,  trophaen, 
etc.,  fiir  zeichner,  maler,  graphische  kiinstler,  dekorateure,  bildhauer, 
architekten,  1899/ 1900- 1909/ 10.  11.-21.  jahrgang.  1900-10. 
Published  by  Julius  Hoffmann.     Colored  plates.     No  text. 

Fiedler,  L.  comp.  qb729  F45 

Das  detail  in  der  modernen  architektur;  tafeln  nach  der  natur  aufge- 

nommen  und  gezeichnet,  ser.  1-4.     v.  1-4,  in  2.     [1901-04.]     Wolfrum. 

v.  I— 2.     Einzelheiten  neuer  Wiener  bauten. — Einzelheiten   neuer   Berliner  bauten. 
v.3-4.     Einzelheiten  neuer  bauten  Deutschlands  und  Osterreichs. 

International  Correspondence  Schools,  Scranton,*^  Pa.  729  I24 

Painting  and  interior  decoration,  history  of  architecture  and  orna- 
ment. 2v.  1909.  International  Textbook  Co.  (International  library 
of  technology,  v.ioo-ioi.) 

The  same r729  I24 

Macartney,  Mervyn  Edmund.  qb729  M12 

Practical  exemplar  of  architecture;  measured  drawings  &  photo- 
graphs of  examples  of  architectural  details;  selected  by  M.  E.  Macart- 
ney.   v.2-3.    1909-10.    Architectural  Review. 


1352       ARCHITECTURAL  DESIGN  AND  DECORATION 

Marot,  Daniel.  qb729  M39 

Das  ornamentwerk  [plates].    8v.  in  i.    1892.    Wasmuth. 

Marot  was  an  architect,  designer  and  engraver,  born  in  Paris  about  1655.  The 
plates  include  buildings  and  details  of  buildings,  elaborate  designs,  wall  and  ceiling 
decorations,  etc. 

Nicolai,  Hermann  Georg,  ed.  qb72g  Nsa 

Das  ornament  der  italienischen  kunst  des  15.  jahrhunderts;  eine 
sammlung  der  hervorragendsten  motive.    1888. 

Palladio,  Andrea.  qbyag  P18 

First  book  of  architecture,  with  all  the  plates  exactly  copyed  from 

the  first  Italian  ed.  printed  in  Venice,  1570;  revised  by  Colen  Campbell. 

1728.     Harding. 

First  book  of  his  "Quattro  libri  dell'  architettura."  Relates  to  materials,  construc- 
tion, the  five  orders  of  architecture,  the  proportions  of  various  parts  of  buildings. and  the 
construction  of  stairs. 

Pergolesi,  Michele  Angelo,  ayid  others.  qb729  P4a 

Eighteenth  century  architectural  ornamentation,  furniture  and  deco- 
ration.    Policy. 

Plates. 

Pfnor,  Rodolphe.  qbyag  P48 

Ornementation  usuelle  de  toutes  les  epoques  dans  les  arts  indus- 

triels  et  en  architecture.    2v.  in  I.     1866-68. 

Text  describes  the  many  plates,  some  of  which  are  in  color. 

Robinson,  John  Beverly.  729  R55 

Architectural  composition;  an  attempt  to  order  and  phrase  ideas 
which  hitherto  have  been  only  felt  by  the  instinctive  taste  of  designers. 
1908.    Van  Nostrand. 

The  same b729  Rssa 

An  attempt  to  formulate  a  body  of  principles  for  guidance  in  designing  the  exterior 

of  buildings.     Founded  upon  a  course  of  lectures  given  annually  at  Columbia  University. 

Complete  revision  of  his  "Principles  of  architectural  composition"  published  in  1899. 

Sarre,  Friedrich.  qb729  S24 

Denkmaler  persischer  baukunst;  geschichtliche  untersuchung  und 

aufnahme    muhammedanischer    backsteinbauten    in    Vorderasien    und 

Persien.     2v.     1901-10. 
v.i.     Plates. 
V.2.     Text. 

Schaefer,  Carl,  ed.  qb729  S29 

Bauornamente  der  romanischen  und  gothischen  zeit  [plates].  1903. 
Wasmuth. 

Schmidt,  Otto.  qb729  S35 

Kunstschatze  aus  Tirol;  heliogravuren  nach  photographischen  auf- 
nahmen  von  Otto  Schmidt,  mit  erlauterndem  texte  von  J.  W.  Deininger. 
v.4.     1902. 

V.4.     Malerische  innenraume;  neue  folge. 

Plates,  with  brief  descriptive  notes,  illustrating  interior  architectural  decoration  and 
furniture. 

For  v.  I -3  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 


ARCHITECTURAL  DESIGN  AND  DECORATION        1353 

Schoy,  Auguste.  qb729  S37 

L'art  architectural,  decoratif,  industriel  et  somptuaire  de  I'epoque 
Louis  XVI;  recueil  de  300  planches  tirees  du  cabinet  de  la  Bibliotheque 
Royale  de  Belgique  et  de  la  collection  de  I'auteur.    2v.     Claesen. 

Schroll  (Anton)  &  Co.  pub.  qb729  S38 

Ausgefiihrte  bauornamente  von  Prager  bildhauern;  tafein,  licht- 
drucke  nach  natur  aufnahmen.     v.  1-5.     [1907?] 

Snyder,  Frank  M.  qb729  S67 

Building  details,    pt.i-6,  in  iv.     i9o6-[io].     Privately  printed. 
Drawings  taken  from  architects'  working  drawings,  and  supplemented  by  half-tone 

photographic  views  of  the  completed  work.      The  work  thus  treated  is  by  New  York, 

Philadelphia  and  Boston  architects. 

Villard  de  Honnecourt.  qb72g  V32 

Album  de  Villard  de  Honnecourt,  architecte  du  I3e  siecle;  manu- 

scrit   public    en    fac-simile,   annote,    precede    de   considerations    sur  la 

renaissance  de  l'art  franqais  au  iQe  siecle  et  suivi  d'un  glossaire  par  J.  B. 

A.  Lassus;  ouvrage  mit  au  jour  par  Alfred  Darcel.     1858. 

" Wilars . . .  is  known  by  an  album  of  sketches  preserved  in  the  collection  of  manu- 
scripts taken  from  the  Abbey  of  St.  Germain  des  Pres,  which  are  now  in  the  Biblio- 
theque Nationale,  Paris... The  book  contains  numerous  figures  probably  taken  from 
sculpture  or  glass,  sketches  of  architectural  details,  such  as  the  plan  of  the  towers  of 
Laon,  the  rose  window  at  Chartres,  the  rose  window  at  Lausanne,  and  many  mechanical 
devices.  From  internal  evidence  contained  in  his  book,  it  is  supposed  that  he  was  one 
of  the  leaders  in  the  development  of  Gothic  architecture  in  the  thirteenth  century." 
Siurgis's  Dictionary  of  architecture  and  building. 

Viollet-le-Duc,  Eugene  Emmanuel.  qb729  V34 

Compositions  et  dessins  [plates].    1884.    Des  Fossez. 


Elementary  forms 

American  School  of  Correspondence.  qr729.3  A51 

Study  of  the  orders,  by  F.  C.  Brown  [and  others].     2v.     1904-06. 

V.I.     Text. 

v.2.     Plates. 

"Bibliog^raphy,"  p.276-281. 

"Prepared  with  the  special  purpose  of  giving  correspondence  students  a  clear,  con- 
cise description  of  the  Classic  Orders  and  the  system  of  proportions  to  which  the  Orders 
were  reduced  by  the  Renaissance  architects — the  system  still  employed  in  the  best  archi- 
tectural offices  to-day."  Preface. 

Ball,  James  Turner.  qb729.3  B21 

Detailed  working  drawings  of  the  five  orders  of  architecture.     1908. 

Comstock. 

No  text.  Diameter  of  column  is  made  the  unit  of  measurement  by  which  all  parts 
are  proportioned.     Based  on  Vignola's  standards. 

Chipiez,  Charles.  qb729.3  C44 

Histoire  critique  des  origines  et  de  la  formation  des  ordres  grecs. 

1876.     Morel. 

Fully  illustrated. 


1354       ARCHITECTURAL  DESIGN  AND  DECORATION 

Esquie,  Pierre.  qbyag.a  E84 

The  five  orders  of  architecture,  the  casting  of  shadows  and  the  first 
principles  of  construction,  based  on  the  system  of  Vignola;  plates. 
Bates. 

The  most  complete  and  useful  edition  of  this  time-honored  work  which  has  yet  been 
published  (igto).  The  addition  of  the  Greek  orders  in  a  consistent  form  with  the  Roman 
orders  of  Vignola  is  here  made  for  the  first  time.  The  explanatory  notes  are  carefully 
translated  into  English,  and  the  definitions,  measurements  and  references  to  figures, 
scattered  over  the  plates,  have  been  slathered  into  a  glossary  with  their  English  equiva- 
lents.    Condensed  from  preface. 

Godfrey,  Walter  H.  qb729.3  G55 

The  English  staircase;  an  historical  account  of  its  characteristic 
types  to  the  end  of  the  i8th  century.    191 1.    Batsford. 

History  of  the  development  of  the  staircase  in  English  domestic  architecture,  chiefly 
between  the  years  1500  and  1800.  Contains  63  full-page  plates  and  numerous  illustra- 
tions in  the  text. 

Green,  Edmund  Tyrrell.  b729.3  G82 

Towers  and  spires;  their  design  and  arrangement.     [1908.]     Gardner. 

The   129   illustrations,  the  greater  part  of  which  are  of  English   towers,   are   from 

pen-and-ink  drawings  by  the  author.     The  text  deals  with  the  various  purposes  of  church 

towers,  details  of  design,  variety  of  materials,  and  position  and  arrangement. 

Lambert,  Theodore.  qb729.3  L18 

Escaliers  et  ascenseurs,  releves  et  dessines  par  Lambert;  ensembles 

et  details  d'execution.     [1898.]     Schmid.     (Nouveaux  elements  d'archi- 

tecture.) 

Plates  with  a  few  words  of  explanation. 

Lambert,  Theodore.  qb729.3  Li8n 

Nouvelles  constructions  avec  bow-window  loggias,  tourelles,  avant- 
corps,  relevees  et  dessinees  par  Th.  Lambert;  ensembles  et  details  d'ex- 
ecution.     [1899.]      Schmid.      (Nouveaux    elements    d'architecture,    2e 
serie.) 
Plates. 

Normand,  Charles  Pierre  Joseph.  qb729.3  N44 

Nouveau  parallele  des  ordres  d'architecture  des  Grecs,  des  Romains 
et  des  auteurs  modernes.     1819.    Didot. 

Normand  was  a  French  engraver  (1765-1840)  and  an  authority  on  architectural 
subjects.  The  work  consists  of  more  than  60  plates,  giving  the  exact  proportions  of  the 
architectural  orders  of  ancient  temples,  buildings,  etc.  accompanied  by  brief  notes. 

Spiers,  Richard  Phene.  qb729-3  S75 

Orders  of  architecture,  Greek,  Roman  and  Italian;  a  selection  of 
examples  from  Normand's  "Parallel"  and  other  authorities,  with  notes 
on  the  origin  and  development  of  the  classic  orders,  and  descriptions 
of  the  plates.    1902.    Batsford. 

"List  of  reference  works  containing  illustrations  of  the  orders  as  employed  in 
ancient  buildings,"  p.  3. 

Wickes,  Charles.  qb729.3  W67 

Illustrations  of  the  spires  and  towers  of  the  mediaeval  churches  of 
England,  preceded  by  some  observations  on  the  architecture  of  the 
middle  ages  and  its  spire-growth.    3v.  in  i.    1858-59.    Thompson. 

Excellent  plates  made  from  the  author's  own  drawings.  Elevations  and  working 
details  are  not  given. 


ARCHITECTURAL  DESIGN  AND  DECORATION        1355 

Painted  decoration 
Charvet,  A.  ed.  qb72g.4  C38 

Reiche  plafonds  aus  italienischen  schlosserji  und  palasten  des  16., 
17.,  18.  jahrhunderts  und  der  neuzeit  [plates].     [1889.] 

Ewcdd,  Ernst,  ed.  qb729.4  E96 

Farbige  decorationen  vom  15.-19.  jahrhundert  [plates],  v.2.  1896. 
Illustrations  of  painted  architectural  decoration,  chiefly  in  France,  Italy  and  Germany. 
For  V.I  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Gelis-Didot,  Pierre,  &  Laffillee,  H.  L.  qb729.4  GaSp 

La  peinture  decorative  en  France  du  lie  au  i6e  siecle.     [1888-90.] 

Colored  plates,  with  smaller  illustrations  in  the  text,  showing  examples  of  decora- 
tive painting  in  French  church  architecture. 

Gruner,  Wilhelm  Heinrich  Ludwig.  qr72g.4  G94 

Fresco  decorations  and  stuccoes  of  churches  &  palaces  in  Italy 
during  the  15th  &  i6th  centuries  [plates].     1854.     McLean. 

Ponce,  Nicolas.  qb729.4  P78 

Arabesques  antiques  des  bains  de  Livie  et  de  la  Ville  Adrienne,  avec 

les  plafonds  de  la  Ville-Madame;  peints  d'apres  les  dessins  de  Raphael, 

et  graves  par  les  soins  de  [Nicolas]  Ponce.     1789. 

Plates,  with  brief  descriptive  text,  of  the  mural  paintings  of  these  Italian  villas. 

Seder,  Anton.  qb729.4  S44 

Naturalistische  decorationsmalereien  [plates].     [1903.]     Wasmuth. 
Reproductions  in  color  of  examples  of  decorative  painting  in  which  the  designs  and 

ornaments  are  taken  from  nature. 

Ward,  James,  b.  185 1.  q729.4  W21 

Fresco  painting;  its  art  and  technique,  with  special  reference  to  the 

buono  and  spirit  fresco  methods.     1909.     Chapman. 

Author  assisted  Lord  Leighton  in  his  South  Kensington  frescoes.     One  chapter  is 

devoted  to  the  composition  and  general  conditions  of  Italian  frescoes,  especially  those  of 

Benozzo  Gozzoli,  Perugino,  Raphael  and  Michael  Angelo.     Illustrated,  partly  in  color. 

Decoration  in  relief 

qb729.5  M46 
Materiaux  et  documents  d'architecture  et  de  sculpture  classes  par  ordre 
alphabetique  [monthly,  i872]-date.    v.i-date.     [i872]-date. 
Edited  by  A.  Raguenet. 

Pfnor,  Rodolphe.  qb729.5  P48 

£tudes  de  decorations  des  i6e,  I7e,  i8e  &  I9e  siecles;  dessinees  par 
Rodolphe  Pfnor  [plates].     1873. 

Vulliamy,  Lewis.  <lb729.5  V39 

Examples  of  ornamental  sculpture  in  architecture,  drawn  from  the 
originals  of  bronze,  marble  and  terra  cotta  in  Greece,  Asia  Minor 
and  Italy.     [1823-27.]     Privately  printed. 


1356       ARCHITECTURAL  DESIGN  AND  DECORATION 

Plaster-Nvork.     Marquetry.     Mosaic 

Bankart,  George  P.  q729.6  B22 

Art  of  the  plasterer;  an  account  of  the  decorative  development  of  the 
craft,  chiefly  in  England  from  the  i6th  to  the  i8th  century,  with  chap- 
ters on  the  stucco  of  the  classic  period  and  of  the  Italian  renaissance, 
also  on  sgraffito,  pargetting,  Scottish,  Irish  and  modern  plaster-work. 
1909.    Batsford. 

He  has  rendered  a  real  service  to  artists  and  decorators  by  setting  before  them, 
through  actual  examples,  the  possibilities  of  a  beautiful,  but  sadly  neglected  form  of 
decorative  art.  He  writes  throughout  in  the  spirit  of  the  artist  and  craftsman,  and  with 
intimate  knowledge  of  the  works  he  describes.  The  technical  side  of  the  subject  is  not 
ignored.     The   illustrations  are   numerous   and   of  a  remarkably   high    average   quality. 

Turck,  Eliza.  729.6  T85 

Practical  handbook  to  marqueterie  wood-staining  and  kindred  arts. 
1903.    Gill. 

Short  account  of  the  history  of  the  art  of  inlaying,  followed  by  instruction  in  the 
use  of  stains  and  enamels.     Illustrated. 

Fow^lcr,  William.  qb729.7  F84 

Engravings  of  the  principal  mosaic  pavements  which  have  been  dis- 
covered in  the  course  of  the  last  and  present  centuries  in  the  various 
parts  of  Great-Britain,  also  subjects  in  stained  glass  in  the  cathedrals 
of  York,  Lincoln,  &c.     v.i,  v.2,  no.i.     1804-06.     Privately  printed. 


Architectural  accessories 
Bond,  Francis.  b72g.9  B62 

Fonts  and  font  covers.     1908.     Frowde.     (Church  art  in  England.) 

"Bibliography,"  p.  13-1 5. 

Considers  original  import  and  methods  of  administration-  of  the  rite  of  baptism, 
classifies  the  various  kinds  of  fonts  and  traces  their  historical  development  from  the  12th 
to  the  1 6th  century.     Fully  illustrated. 

Bond,  Francis.  b729.9  B62W 

Wood  carvings  in  English  churches,  v.1-2.  1910.  Frowde.  (Church 
art  in  England.) 

v.  I.     Misericords. 

v.2.     Stalls  and  tabernacle  work. — Bishops'   thrones  and  chancel  chairs. 

"Bibliography  of  misericords,"  v.i,  p.15-19;  "Bibliography,"  v.2,  p.13-16. 

Cox,  John  Charles,  &  Harvey,  Alfred.  729-9  C85 

English  church  furniture..    [1907.]     Methuen. 

"Accounts  of  the  more  remarkable  examples  of  old  church  furniture  which  are  now 
extant  in  the  parish  churches  of  England;  with  lists  of  all  chancel  screens,  and  of  the 
best  instances  of  old  altar  slabs,  altar  plate,  fonts,  pulpits,  lecterns,  piscinas,  holy-water 
stoups,  stalls,  benches,  embroideries,  chained  books,  and  other  details."    Preface. 

Fully  illustrated. 

Bond,  Francis.  b729.96  B62 

Screens  and  galleries  in  English  churches.  1908.  Frowde.  (Church 
art  in  England.) 

"Bibliography,"  p.  11-12. 

Begins  with  the  rood  and  rood-beam  of  the  early  Christian  churches  and  follows 
their  gradual  development,  on  the  one  hand  into  the  chancel-screen  of  the  parochial  and 
collegiate  churches,  on  the  other,  into  the  choir-screen  and  rood-screen  of  the  churches^ 
of  the  monks  and  the  regular  canons.     Illustrated. 


SCULPTURE  1357 

Bond,  Frederick  Bligh,  &  Camm,  Bede.  qb729.96  B622 

Roodscreens  and  roodlofts.     2v.     1909.     Pitman. 

V.I.  A  survey  of  ecclesiastical  screen  work  from  the  earliest  period. — Screenwork 
in  the  county  of  Somerset. 

V.2.  The  figures  painted  on  the  panels  of  Devonshire  screens. — Screenwork  in  the 
county  of  Devon. — Screenwork  in  the  county  of  Cornwall. — List  of  examples  of  screen- 
work  in  churches  of  England  and  Wales. 

Hasluck,  Paul  Nooncree,  ed.  729.97  H33 

Bent  iron  work  (including  elementary  art  metal  work).  1906. 
McKay. 

Explicit  directions  for  making  candlesticks,  hall  lanterns,  screens,  grilles,  lamps, 
photograph  frames,-  newspaper  racks,  etc. 

Morse,  Mrs  T.  Vernette.  729.97  M92 

Venetian  iron  work.     1907.     Flanagan. 

Little  book  of  suggestions  for  the  beginner,  illustrated  by  working  designs. 

qb729.97  S35 
Schmiedearbeiten  aus  den  besten  werkstaetten  der  gegenwart;  ausge- 
fuehrte  vorbilder  fiir  die  praxis  in  zeichnungen  und  photographischen 
aufnahmen.    v.3.    1895. 

Plates  illustrating  examples  of  decorative  iron-work — doors,  gateways,  railings, 
grilles,  etc. 

For  V.  1-2  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Weaver,  Lawrence.  qr729.97  W36 

English  leadwork;  its  art  &  history.     1910.    Batsford. 
"First  attempt  at  a  bibliography  of  publications  relating  to  the  history  of  English 
leadwork,"  p.251-257. 

Most  complete  account  (1911)  of  English  lead  work  in  its  application  to  architec- 
ture and  ornament.     Fully  illustrated. 


730     Sculpture 


Caproni  (P.P.)  &  Brother,  qr730  Ci8a2 

Catalogue    of    plaster    reproductions    from    antique,    medieval    and 
modern  sculpture;  subjects  for  art  schools.    191 1. 

Freeman,  Lucy  Jane.  ryso  F91 

Masterpieces    of   sculpture;   their    treatment   of    sculptural   themes. 

1906.    Freeman.     (Key  book,  v.2.) 
"Reading  list,"  p.ioo— 108. 
Outline  for  the  study  of  sculpture,  treating  of  nude  and  draped  figures,  equestrian 

statues,  groups,  portrait  busts  and  reliefs.     Illustrated. 

Ruskin,  John.  730  R89 

Aratra  Pentelici;  seven  lectures  on  the  elements  of  sculpture  given 

before  the  University  of  Oxford  in  Michaelmas  term,   1870,   with  an 

introduction  by  C.  E.  Norton.     1892.    Merrill. 

Contents:    Of  the  division  of  arts. — Idolatry. — Imagination. — Likeness. — Structure. 
— The  school  of  Athens. — The  relation  between  Michael  Angelo  and  Tintoret. 

The  same;  six  lectures  on  the  elements  of  sculpture.     1871.     Mer- 
rill  730  RSga 


1358  SCULPTURE 

Ruskin,  John — continued.  ,  730  R89 

The  same;   six   lectures   on   the   elements   of  sculpture.      1885.     Al- 

den 824  RSga 

Bound  with  his  "Arrows  of  the  chacc." 

Does  not  contain  "The  relation  between  Michael  Angelo  and  Tintoret." 

Continuation  of  the  Oxford  lectures  on  art. 

"His  remarks  on  the  characteristics  of  Greek  sculpture,  on  the  respective  qualities  of 
the  Greek  and  Florentine  Schools,  and  other  similar  topics,  arc  often  admirable  in  their 
discriminations,  and  in  their  setting  forth  the  significance  of  methods  of  representa- 
tion in  art  as  indicative  of  the  temper  and  thought  from  which  they  proceeded."  C.  E. 
Norton,  in  introduction. 

Short,  Ernest  Henry.  730  S55 

History  of  sculpture.     1907.    Heinemann. 

"List  of  books,"  P.30S-308. 

Treats  of  Greek  and  Roman  sculpture,  the  Italian  renaissance  and  modem  works, 
except  American  sculpture.     Very  fully  illustrated. 

"It  provides  the  student  of  sculpture  with  a  scholarly  and  critical  handling  of  the 
great  aims  and  tendencies  of  that  art."     Outlook  (London),  1907. 

Singleton,  Esther,  ed.  730  S61 

Famous  sculpture  as  seen  and  described  by  great  writers.  1910. 
Dodd. 

Contents:  The  sphinx,  by  John  Ward  and  A.  W.  Kinglake. — Colossal  statues  of 
Rameses  the  Great,  by  A.  B.  Edwards. — The  Colossus  of  Memnon,  by  Auguste  Mariette- 
Bey. — Head  of  Memnon,  by  George  Long. — Assyrian  winged  lion,  by  A.  H.  Layard. — 
The  discobolus,  by  Walter  Pater. — The  bust  of  Jupiter  from  Otricoli,  by  Wilhelm  Liibkc. 
— Hera  Ludovisi,  by  E.  H.  Short  and  Wilhelm  Liibke. — The  sculptures  of  the  Parthenon, 
by  W.  S.  W.  Vaux. — The  eastern  pediment  of  the  Parthenon,  by  Charles  Waldstein. — 
The  marbles  of  .lEgina,  by  Walter  Pater. — Niobe,  by  P.  B.  Shelley. — The  Niobe  group, 
by  W.  C.  Perry. — The  Hermes  of  Olympia,  by  C.  T.  Newton. — The  marble  faun,  by 
Nathaniel  Hawthorne. — The  Eros  of  Centocelle,  by  W.  C.  Perry. — The  Apoxyomenos,  by 
A.  S.  Murray. — The  sleeping  Ariadne,  by  Wolfgang  Helbig. — The  Demeter  of  Cnidos, 
by  J.  E.  Harrison. — The  Apollo  Belvedere,  by  W.  C.  Perry. — The  Diana  of  Versailles,  by 
C.  O.  F.  J.  B.  de  Clarac— The  Nile,  by  Wolfgang  Helbig.— The  Victory  of  Samothrace, 
by  L.  M.  Mitchell.  —  The  dying  Gaul,  by  E.  H.  Short.  —  The  Laocoon,  by  J.  W.  von 
Goethe.— The  Farnese  bull,  by  W.  C.  Perry.— The  Venus  de  Milo,  by  W.  C.  Perry.— The 
Venus  de'  Medici,  by  Nathaniel  Hawthorne. — Equestrian  statue  of  Marcus  .^urelius,  by 
Edward  Hutton.  —  The  rock  carvings  of  Elephanta,  by  James  Ferguson  and  James 
Burgess. — The  Daibutsu,  by  B.  H.  Chamberlain  and  Aime  Humbert. — The  portals  of 
Rheims  cathedral,  by  Wilhelm  Liibke. — The  baptistery  doors,  Florence,  by  E.  H.  Short. 
— St.  George,  by  A.  G.  Meyer. — Child  musicians,  by  Jacopo  Cavalucci  and  £mile  Moli- 
nier.  —  Bartolommeo  Colleoni,  by  J.  A.  Symonds.  —  Tomb  of  St.  Sebald,  by  Wilhelm 
Liibke.  —  King  Arthur,  by  Cecil  Headlam.  —  David,  by  C.  H.  Wilson.  —  The  tombs  of 
Giuliano  and  Lorenzo  de'  Medici,  by  J.  A.  Symonds. — Moses,  by  J.  A.  Symonds. — Per- 
seus, by  C.  C.  Perkins. — The  flying  Mercury,  by  Abel  Desjardins. — Diana,  by  Henry 
Jouin. — The  fountain  of  Trevi,  by  Edward  Hutton  and  Nathaniel  Hawthorne. — Cupid 
and  Psyche,  by  Countess  d'Albrjzzi  and  Count  Cicognara. — The  lion  of  Lucerne,  by 
Eugene  Plon. — Michael  and  Satan,,  by  E.  H.  Short  and  E.  S.  Roscoc. — The  statue  of 
Liberty,  by  Esther  Singleton. 

731     Materials  and  methods 

Lanteri,  Edward.  q73i  L29 

Modelling;  a  guide  for  teachers  and  students,    v.3.     191 1. 

"This  is  one  of  those  rare  books  which  are  really  illuminating  and  helpful  upon  a 
technical  subject,  because  in  it  a  true  artist  expresses  himself  with  perfect  clearness." 
Spectator,  1904. 

For  v.  I -2  see  preceding  catalog^ue,  second  series. 
Millar,  William.  q73i  M68 

Plastering,  plain  and  decorative;  with  an  account  of  historical  plas- 
tering in  England,  Scotland  and  Ireland.    1905.    Batsford. 

Practical  treatise  on  plastering  and  modeling.  By  a  practised  craftsman  who  had  a 
rigorous  English  apprenticeship.     Many  illustrations  of  processes  and  fine  examples. 


SCULPTURE  1359 


Toft,  Albert.  731  T56 

Modelling  and  sculpture;  a  full  account  of  the  various  methods  and 
processes  employed  in  these  arts.     191 1.     Seeley. 

Deals  exclusively  with  the  technical  side  of  the  plastic  art,  giving  a  thorough  de- 
scription of  the  different  processes  according  to  the  system  of  Professor  Lanteri. 
Author  has  given  most  freely  of  his  knowledge  gained  during  a  long  practice  of  the 
art.  Second  part  of  book  is  devoted  to  photographs  of  acknowledged  masterpieces  of 
sculpture,  considered  and  explained  by  the  author. 


732     Ancient  sculpture 

Mitchell,  Mrs  Lucy  Myers  (Wright).  q732  M74 

History  of  ancient  sculpture.     1905.    Dodd. 

-  "An  excellent  manual  for  general  use.  It  makes  little  claim  to  originality  of  re- 
search on  the  part  of  its  author,  but  the  marshalling  of  the  facts  and  the  presentation  of 
the  different  theories  is  intelligible,  and  there  is  probably  no  better  book  for  the  con- 
stant reference  required  in  a  library  of  fine  art."  Sturgis  and  Krehbiel's  Annotated 
bibliography  of  fine  art. 

Sarre,  Friedrich,  &  Herzfeld,  Ernst.  qb732  S24 

Iranische    felsreliefs;    aufnahmen    und    untersuchungen    von    denk- 

malern  aus  alt-  und  mittelpersischer  zeit.     [2v.]     1910. 
v.i.     Text. 
V.2.     Plates. 

Winckelmann,  Johann  Joachim.  qr732  W77 

Monumens  inedits  de  I'antiquite,  graves  par  David  et  Mile  Sibire, 
avec  les  explications  frangaises  par  A.  F.  Desodoards.  3v.  1808-09. 
Leblanc. 

"The  plates  in  this  work  are  representations  of  objects  which  had  either  been 
falsely  explained  or  not  explained  at  all.  Winckelmann's  explanations  were  of  the  high- 
est service  to  archaeology,  by  showing  that  in  the  case  of  many  works  of  art  which  had 
been  supposed  to  be  connected  with  Roman  history  the  ultimate  sources  of  inspiration 
were  to  be  found  in  Homer."    Encyclopedia  Britannica. 

733     Greek  and  Roman  sculpture 

Amelung,  Walther.  qr733  A49 

Die  sculpturen  des  Vaticanischen  museums;  im  auftrage  und  unter 
mitwirkung  des  Kaiserlich  Deutschen  Archaologischen  Instituts 
(Romische  abteilung).    v.1-2,  in  4.     1903-08. 

V.  I ,  pt.  I .  Braccio  Nuovo.  —  Galleria  Lapidaria.  —  Museo  Chiaramonti.  —  Giardino 
della  Pigna. 

v.i,pt.2.     Plates  of  the  above. 

v. 2,  pt.i.  Belvedere. — Sala  degli  Animali. — Galleria  delle  Statue. — Sala  dei  Bustt. 
— Gabinetto  delle  Maschere. — Loggia  Scoperta. 

V.2,  pt.2.     Plates  of  the  above. 

Braun,  August  Emil.  qr733  B71 

Introduction  to  the  study  of  art-mythology;  tr.  by  John  Grant.  1856. 
Weik. 

The  text  is  but  a  commentary  on  the  plates,  which  arc  drawings  from  Greek  sculp- 
ture representing  the  greater  gods  and  goddesses. 

British  Museum — Greek  and  Roman  antiquities  department.      qb733  B75 
Sculptures  of  the  Parthenon,  with  an  introduction  and  commentary 
by  A.  H.  Smith.     1910. 


i36o  SCULPTURE 


Gardner,  Ernest  Arthur.  733  Gi8s 

Six  Greek  sculptors.     1910.    Duckworth. 

Contents:      Characteristics     of    Greek    sculpture. — Early    masterpieces. — Myron. — 
Phidias. — Polyclitus. — Praxiteles. — Scopas. — Lysippus. — Hellenistic   sculpture. 
"Select  bibliography,"  P.2S3-254. 

Jones,  Henry  Stuart,  ed.  rjss  J41 

Select  passages  from  ancient  writers  illustrative  of  the  history  of 
Greek  sculpture,  with  a  translation  and  notes.     1895.     Macmillan. 

Binder's  title  reads  "Ancient  writers  on  Greek  sculpture;  selections." 
Greek  and  English  text. 

Reinach,  Salomon.  qr733  Rsir 

Repertoire  de  reliefs  grecs  et  romains.     v.  1-3.     1909-12. 
V.  1.     Les  ensembles. 
V.2.     Afrique. — lies  britanniques. 
V.3.     Italie. — Suisse. 

Richardson,  Rufus  Byam.  733  R41 

History  of  Greek  sculpture.     191 1.     Amer.  Book  Co. 

"Bibliography,"  p.281. 

Convenient  and,  on   the  whole,  correct  summary.     Devotes  the   most  considerable 
part  to  the  archaic  period.     Fully  illustrated. 

Sauerlandt,  Max.  q733  S25 

Griechische  bildwerke.    1907.    Langewiesche. 

Over  100  examples  of  ancient  Greek  sculpture,  with  introduction  and  notes. 

Stahr,  Adolf  Wilhelm  Theodor.  733  S78 

Torso;   kunst,  kiinstler   und   kunstwerke   der   alten.     2v.     1854-55. 

Vieweg. 

Essays  on  Greek  and  Roman  sculpture  and  sculptors. 

Strong,  Mrs  Eugenie  (Sellers).  733  Sga 

Roman  sculpture  from  Augustus  to  Constantine.  1907.  Duckworth. 
"The  book  is  based  upon  a  series  of  lectures  delivered  during  the  past  seven  years, 
and  Mrs.  Strong  feels  constrained  to  apologise  for  having  retained  so  much  of  the  origi- 
nal form  in  the  chapters.  We  do  not,  however,  think  that  any  recasting  would  have 
added  much  to  the  lucidity  and  breadth  with  which  she  has  indicated  the  leading  charac- 
teristics of  Roman  art  and  the  meaning  and  inspiration  of  the  great  works  of  the  period." 
Outlook  (London),  1907. 


Fully  illustrated. 


735     Modern  sculpture 


Sculptors 
Bode,  Wilhelm.  q735  B58 

Florentine  sculptors  of  the  renaissance  [tr.  by  Jessie  Haynes.  1908]. 
Methuen. 

Not  a  comprehensive  work  but  a  collection  of  essays  of  varying  importance.  Some 
of  the  best  chapters  are  devoted  to  Donatello,  Luca  della  Robbia,  Bertoldo  di  Giovanni 
and  the  medalist  Niccolo  Spinelli. 

Barye 

De  Kay,  Charles.  qr735  BaSd 

Barye;  life  and  works  of  Antoine  Louis  Barye,  sculptor,  with  86 
wood-cuts,  artotypes  and  prints,  in  memory  of  an  exhibition  of  his 
bronzes,  paintings  and  water-colors  held  at  New-York  in  aid  of  the 
fund  for  his  monument  at  Paris.     1889.    Barye  Monument  Assoc. 


SCULPTORS  1361 


Foley 

Monkhouse,  William  Cosmo.  <ir735  Fyim 

Works  of  John  Henry  Foley,  sculptor,  with  critical  and  illustrative 
notes.     1875.    Virtue. 

"List  of  works  by  J.  H.  Foley,"  p.63-67. 

Foley  (1818-74)  was  born  in  Dublin.  Fifteen  of  his  principal  works  are  here  re- 
produced. 

"Foley  fully  deserved  the  favour  which  he  enjoyed  almost  from  the  beginning  to 
the  end  of  his  career.  His  earlier  and  more  ideal  works... were  marked  by  a  natural 
grace  and  freshness  of  conception  which  were  at  that  time  rare  in  modern  sculpture... 
He  displayed  that  vigour  of  imagination  and  grasp  of  character  which  distinguished  his 
Statues  of  public  men  from  the  work  of  most  of  his  contemporaries."  Dictionary  of 
national  biography. 

Gibson 

Eastlake,  Elizabeth  (Rigby),  lady,  ed.  735  G37e 

Life  of  John  Gibson,  R.  A.,  sculptor.     1870.     Longmans. 

"List  of  works  executed  at  Rome  by  John  Gibson,"  P.249-2S5. 

"Gibson  [1790— 1866]  may  be  said  to  have  been  the  last  and  one  of  the  best  of  the 
'old  school'  of  European  sculpture,  based  on  the  teaching  of  Winckelmann,  and  carry- 
ing out  strictly  the  'purist'  view  of  sculpture  as  the  embodiment  of  abstract  ideas  in 
beautiful  form."     Dictionary  of  national  biography. 

"This  little  biography  is  mainly  due  to  two  friends  of  the  sculptor. .  .who  at  dif- 
ferent times  induced  Gibson  to  narrate  the  simple  facts  of  his  life,  and  to  give  his  opin- 
ions on  matters  connected  with  the  art  which  he  pursued  with  rare  simplicity  and  devo- 
tion... The  frag^ments  have  been  skilfully  woven  into  a  whole  by  Lady  Eastlake."  Sat- 
urday review,  1870. 

Michael   Angelo 
Fagan,  Louis  Alexander.  qr735  M66f 

Art  of  Michel'  Angelo  Buonarroti  as  illustrated  by  the  various  col- 
lections in  the  British  Museum.     1883.    Dulau. 

"Books,  etc.  relating  to  Michel'  Angelo,  Department  of  printed  books,"  P.179-19S. 
Binder's  title  reads  "Michel'  Angelo  in  the  British  Museum." 


Rodin 

Grautoff,  Otto.  qr735  RsSg 

Auguste  Rodin.     1908.     Velhagen.     (Kunstler-monographien.) 
Biographical  and  critical  monograph.     Fully  illustrated. 

Lawton,  Frederick.  735  R58I 

Life  and  work  of  Auguste  Rodin.    1906.    Unwin. 

While  giving  full  details  of  the  life  of  M.  Rodin,  who  is  the  chief  representative  of 
the  nfcdern  naturalistic  school,  the  book  is  principally  a  study  of  his  work,  his  methods 
and  his  theories  of  art.  Gives  a  full  account  of  the  controversies  provoked  by  his  great 
works.  In  a  sense  an  authorized  biography,  having  been  written  under  the  artist's  eye. 
Is  eulogistic  rather  than  critical. 

Saint-Gaudens 

American  Institute  of  Architects.  r735  Si 3a 

Augustus  Saint-Gaudens;  biography,  exhibition  of  his  works  and 
memorial  meeting,  the  Corcoran  Gallery  of  Art,  Washington,  D.  C, 
December  1908.    1908.    Corcoran  Gallery  of  Art. 

"Bibliography,"  p.89-90. 


1362  SEALS.    WOOD-CARVING 

Carnegie  Institute,  Pittsburgh — Department  of  fine  arts.  qr735  C21 

Catalogue  of  a  memorial  exhibition  of  the  works  of  Augustus  Saint- 

Gaudens,  Carnegie  Institute,  April  29th  through  June  30th,  1909.     1909. 

Cortissoz,  Royal.  qryss  S13C 

Augustus  Saint-Gaudens.     1907.     Houghton. 

An  authoritative  study  of  Saint-Gaudens's  completed  work  and  the  first  adequate 
collection  of  pictures  of  his  sculptures.  The  author  was  for  many  years  an  intimate 
friend  of  the  artist.  The  24  full-page  photographic  illustrations  represent  the  entire 
series  of  Saint-Gaudens's  work  so  far  as  it  is  of  general  interest. 

Hind,  Charles  Lewis.  ^735  Sish 

Augustus  Saint-Gaudens.    1908.    Lane. 

"Augustus  Saint-Gaudens;  his  works,  chronology,"  p.35-47. 

Contains  a  chronological  list  of  events  in  the  sculptor's  life  and  an  essay  in  apprecia- 
tion of  his  work,  but  the  larger  and  more  valuable  part  of  the  book  consists  of  a  series 
of  photographic  reproductions  of  typical  examples  of  his  art. 


Seals 

Lenormant,  Charles.  qr736  L61 

Sceaux  des  rois  et  reines  de  France.     1834.     Rittner.     (Tresor  de 
numismatique  et  de  glyptique.) 

Morgan,  John  Pierpont.  <ir736  M89 

Cylinders  and  other  ancient  oriental  seals  in  the  library  of  J.  Pier- 
pont Morgan;  catalogued  by  W.  H.  Ward.     1909.    Privately  printed. 

Ward,  William  Hayes.  qr736  W21 

Seal   cylinders   of   western   Asia.     1910.      (Carnegie    Institution    of 
Washington.    Publication  no.  100.) 

"Bibliography,"  p.ii-i8. 

Exhaustive  and  fully  illustrated  study  of  the  cylindrical   seals  which  were  used  in 
the  East  as  a  means  of  recording  proprietary  rights. 


Wood-carving 

Malim,  Margaret  F.  qr736.i  M28 

Old  English  wood-carving  patterns  from  oak  furniture  of  the 
Jacobean  period;  a  series  of  examples,  selected  &  drawn  in  facsimile 
from  rubbings,  for  the  use  of  teachers,  students  and  classes.  1906. 
Batsford. 

Thirty  designs,  prefaced  by  brief  suggestions  in  regard  to  articles  that  may  be  made 
by  the  amateur  wood-carver. 

Moller,  Muriel.  qr736.i  M79 

Wood-carving  designs,  with  a  foreword  by  Walter  Crane;  six  sheets 
comprising  31  working  drawings  of  panels,  frames,  etc.  with  examples 
of  furniture  suitable  for  them.     [1906.]     Batsford. 

Rowe,  Eleanor.  736.1  R79 

Practical  wood-carving;  a  book  for  the  student,  carver,  teacher, 
designer  and  architect.     1907.     Batsford. 


NUMISMATICS.     COINS.     MEDALS  1363 

737     Numismatics.     Coins.     Medals 

Adams,  Edgar  Holmes.  T^i^  A21 

Adams'  official  premium  list  of  United  States  private  and  territorial 
gold  coins  indicated  by  prices  brought  at  public  coin  sales.  1909.  Wil- 
lett  Press. 

Baker,  William  Spohn.  qr737  W27b 

Medallic  portraits  of  Washington,  with  historical  and  critical  notes 
and  a  descriptive  catalogue  of  the  coins,  medals,  tokens  and  cards.  1885. 
Lindsay. 

Elder  monthly,  March  1906-March  1908.    v.1-2.     1906-08.  qr737  E43 

Magazine   devoted   to    numismatics,    philately   and   archxology. 
No  more  published. 

[Fleurimont,  G.  R.]  qr737  F63 

Medailles  du  regne  de  Louis  XV.     [1749?] 
Illustrations  of  medals,   1715-47,  with  very  brief  descriptions. 

Grueber,  Herbert  Appold.  qr737  G88 

Coins  of  the  Roman  republic  in  the  British  Museum,  with  an  intro- 
duction and  plates.    3v.    1910.    Longmans. 

V.I.     Aes  rude,  aes  signatum,  aes  grave  and  coinage  of  Rome  from  B.  C.  268. 

V.2.  Coinages  of  Rome  (continued),  Roman  Campania,  Italy,  the  Social  war  and 
the  provinces. 

V.3.     Tables  of  finds  and  cognomina,  indexes,  plates,  etc. 

Hayden,  Horace  Edwin.  r737  H37 

Account  of  various  silver  and  copper  medals  presented  to  the  North 

American   Indians  by  the  sovereigns   of  England,    France  and   Spain 

from  1600  to  1800;  read  before  the  Wyoming  Historical  and  Geological 

Society,  September  12,  1885.    1886. 

Reprinted  from  v.2,  pt.2  of  the  "Proceedings"  of  the  society. 

[Hennin,  Michel.]  qr737  H44 

Histoire  numismatique  de  la  Revolution  frangaise;  ou,  Description 
raisonnee  des  medailles,  monnaies  et  autres  monumens  numismatiques 
relatifs  aux  affaires  de  la  France  depuis  I'ouverture  des  fitats-generaux 
jusqu'a  I'etablissement  du  governement  consulaire.     1826.     Merlin. 

Over  900  illustrations. 
Hill,  George  Francis.  737  Hssh 

Historical  Roman  coins  from  the  earliest  times  to  the  reign  of 
Augustus.     1909.    Constable. 

"The  order  of  treatment  is  strictly  chronological,  and  the  method  adopted  is  to 
select  two  or  three  characteristic  pieces  belonging  to  a  particular  period  or  associated 
with  a  particular  series  of  events.  These  are  described  fully,  with  the  aid  of  adequate 
illustrations,  and  each  group  is  then  made  the  text  of  a  discussion  in  which  is  focussed 
all  the  light  that  can  be  drawn  from  historical  or  literary  sources."  Burlington  maga- 
zine, 1910. 

Humphreys,  Henry  Noel.  q''737  H92C 

Coinage  of  the  British  empire;  an  outline  of  the  progress  of  the 
coinage  in  Great  Britain  and  her  dependencies  from  the  earliest  period 
to  the  present  time.     1855.    Bogue. 

Includes  a  brief  account  of  the  origin  of  the  art  of  coining.  Examples  are  given 
of  characteristic  coins  of  each  reign  or  period,  through  the  first  years  of  Queen  Vic- 
toria's rule. 


1364  NUMISMATICS.    COINS.    MEDALS 

Jewitt,  Llewellynn.  r737  J31 

English  coins  and  tokens,  with  a  chapter  on  Greek  and  Roman  coins^ 
by  B.  V.  Head.     1890.    Sonnenschein. 

Handbook  of  English  coins,  from  earliest  times  to  Queen  Victoria's  reign,  and  of 
the  tokens  issued  by  tradesmen. 

[Jobert,  Louis.]  rjsy  J33. 

La  science  des  medailles  antiques  et  modernes  pour  I'instruction  des 
personnes  qui  s'appliquent  a  les  connoitre;  avec  quelques  nouvelles  de- 
couvertes  faites  dans  cette  science.    2v.     1715.    Boudot. 

Mathews,  George  D.  r737  M47 

Coinages  of  the  world,  ancient  and  modern.     1876.    Scott. 

Fully  illustrated. 

Mills,  John  G.  qr737  M6^ 

Catalogue  of  the  magnificent  collection  of  coins  of  the  United  States 
formed  by  J.  G.  Mills,  Albany,  N.  Y.,  catalogued  by  S.  H.  &  H.  Chap- 
man.   1904. 

Morel,  Andre.  qr737  M88t 

Thesauri  Morelliani  tomus  primus-tertius;  sive,  C.  Schlegelii,  S. 
Haverkampi  et  A.  F.  Gorii  Commentaria  in  XIL  priorum  imperatorum 
Romanorum  numismata  aurea,  argentea  et  aerea;  accedunt  Gorii  de- 
scriptio  columnae  Trajanae,  nee  non  Tristini,  Rubenii  ac  Harduini  in- 
terpretiones  pretiosissimorum  aliquot  antiquitatis  monumentorum,  cum 
praefatione  Petri  Wesselingii.    3v.     1752.    Wetstein. 

v.i-2.     Text. 
V.3.     Plates. 

Morel,  Andre.  qr737  M88 

Thesaurus  Morellianus;  sive,  Familiarum  Romanarum  numismata 
omnia;  juxta  ordinem  Fulvii  Ursini  et  Caroli  Patini  disposita;  accedunt 
nummi  miscellanei,  urbis  Romae,  Hispanici  et  Goltziani  dubiae  fidei 
omnes;  nunc  primum  edidit  &  commentario  perpetuo  illustravit  Sige- 
bertus  Havercampus.  2v.  1734.  Wetstein. 
V.I.  Text 
V.2.     Plates. 

Rapson,  Edward  James,  cotnp.  Tj^y  R21 

Catalogue  of  the  coins  of  the  Andhra  dynasty,  the  western  k§atrapas, 
the  Traikutaka  dynasty  and  the  "Bodhi"  dynasty  [in  the  British  Mu- 
seum].   1908.    British  Museum. 

Rawlings,  Gertrude  Burford.  737  R23 

Coins  and  how  to  know  them.     [1908.]     Methuen. 

"Select  bibliography,"  p. 336-337. 

"As  a  general  and  comprehensive  introduction  to  the  science  of  numismatics,  for 
the  use  of  collectors  and  others  newly  taking  up  the  study,  it  serves  its  purpose  ad- 
mirably."   Museums  journal,  190S. 

Well  illustrated. 

Shinkle,  Charles  Humberstone,  comp.  qr737  Sssa 

U.  S.  coin  values  and  lists  [an  exhibit  of  prices  paid  for  U.  S.  coins 
at  auction  sales,  1907-10.     1910]. 


POTTERY.    PORCELAIN  1365 

Snowden,  James  Ross,  comp.  r737  SSyd 

Description  of  ancient  and  modern  coins  in  the  cabinet  collection 

at  the  mint  of  the  United  States,     i860.     Lippincott. 
Illustrated. 

Stickney,  Matthew  Adams.  qr737  S85 

Catalogue  of  the  celebrated  collection  of  United  States  and  foreign 
<:oins  of  the  late  Matthew  Adams  Stickney,  Salem,  Massachusetts;  cata- 
logued by  Henry  Chapman,  and  to  be  sold  at  public  auction,  Philadel- 
phia, June  25-29,  1907.     [1907.] 

Winsor,  Richard  B.  qr737  W79 

Catalogue  of  the  magnificent  collection  of  coins  of  the  United 
States  formed  by  R.  B.  Winsor,  Providence,  R.  I.    1895. 


738     Pottery.     Porcelain 

Bibliography 

-Solon,  Louis  Marc  Emmanuel,  comp.  qroi6.738  S68 

Ceramic  literature;  an  analytical  index  to  the  works  published  in 
all  languages  on  the  histor}'  and  the  technology  of  the  ceramic  art,  also 
to  the  catalogues  of  public  museums,  private  collections  and  of  auction 
sales  in  which  the  description  of  ceramic  objects  occupy  an  important 
place,  and  to  the  most  important  price-lists  of  the  ancient  and  modern 
manufactories  of  pottery  and  porcelain.    1910.    Griffin. 

General  works 
Barber,  Edwin  AtLee.  738  B23a 

Artificial  soft  paste  porcelain;  France,  Italy,  Spain  and  England. 
1907.  Doubleday.  (Art  primer  of  the  Pennsylvania  Museum  and 
School  of  Industrial  Art.) 

By  the  curator  of  the  Pennsylvania  Museum  and  School  of  Industrial  Art,  Phila- 
delphia (1908).  Illustrated  monograph  containing  descriptions  of  characteristic  ex- 
amples and  a  list  of  marks. 

Barber,  Edwin  AtLee.  738  B23I 

Lead  glazed  pottery,     v.i.     1907.     Doubleday.     (Art  primer  of  the 

Pennsylvania  Museum  and  School  of  Industrial  Art.) 

V.I.     Common  clays:  Plain  glazed,  sgraffito  and  slip-decorated  wares. 
Bibliography,  v.i,  p.5. 

Barber,  Edwin  AtLee.  r738  B23S 

Salt  glazed  stoneware;  Germany,  Flanders,  England  and  the  United 
States.  1906.  (Art  primer  of  the  Pennsylvania  Museum  and  School  of 
Industrial  Art.) 

Barber,  Edwin  AtLee.  738  B23t 

Tin  enameled  pottery,  maiolica,  delft  and. other  stanniferous  faience. 
1906.  (Art  primer  of  the  Pennsylvania  Museum  and  School  of  Indus- 
trial Art.) 

The  same.     1907.     Doubleday r738  B23ti 


1366  POTTERY.    PORCELAIN 

Beckwith,  Arthur.  738  B36 

Majolica  and  fayence;  Italian,  Sicilian,  Majorcan,  Hispano-Moresque 
and  Persian.    1877.    Appleton. 

"References,"   p.184. 

Binns,  Charles  Fergus.  738  B485P 

The  potter's  craft;  a  practical  guide  for  the  studio  and  workshop. 
1910.    Van  Nostrand. 

Blacker,  J.  F.  738  Bsia 

A  B  C  of  collecting  old  English  china,  giving  a  short  history  of  the 
English  factories  and  showing  how  to  apply  tests  for  unmarked  china 
before  1800.     [1910.]     Paul. 

"Fully  illustrated  as  it  is  in  half-tone,  the  interest  lies  primarily  in  the  text.  Mr. 
Blacker  writes  for  the  novice,  and  he  has  gathered  together  from  many  sources  a  mass 
of  information  which  will  prove  of  great  assistance  to  all  who  are  about  to  lay  the 
foundations  of  a  collection."     Outlook  (London),  igio. 

Blacker,  J.  F.  738  851 

Chats  on  oriental  china.    1908.    Unwin. 

"Bibliography  and  glossary,"  p.  17-1 9. 

Practical  guide  for  collectors,  giving  history  and  description  of  Chinese  porcelain. 
Brief  section  on  Japanese  pottery  and  porcelain.  Quotes  some  recent  sale  prices  of 
valuable  pieces.     Illustrations  from  photographs. 

Boreel,  Alfred.  qr738  B63 

Catalogue  de  la  collection  de  Alfred  Boreel;  porcelaines  de  Saxe, 
Hochst,  Louisbourg,  Frankenthal,  Fiirstenberg,  Berlin,  Nymphenbourg, 
services  en  porcelaine  de  La  Haye  et  de  Strasbourg,  faience  de  Delft, 
porcelaines  de  la  Chine,  meubles,  pendules,  etc.;  vente  a  Amsterdam, 
les  16  et  17  juin  1908.     1908.    Muller. 

Brief  description  of  each  article  in  the  collection,  followed  by  illustrations  of  the 
more  notable  porcelain  figures,  plates,  vases,  etc. 

Bowes,  James  Lord.  .  ^^738  B66 

Japanese  marks  and  seals.     1882.    Sotheran. 

Contents:  Pottery. — Illuminated  mss.  and  printed  books. — Lacquer,  enamels,  metal, 
wood,  ivory,  &c. 

Collection  of  marks  and  seals  on  Japanese  works  of  art,  particularly  pottery. 

British  Museum — British  and  mediaeval  antiquities  r738  8753 

department. 
Guide  to  the  English  pottery  and  porcelain.    1910. 

Burton,  William.  qr738  Bgsh 

History  and  description  of  English  earthenware  and  stoneware  (to 
the  beginning  of  the  19th  century).     1904.    Cassell. 

"Bibliography,"  p.  188-189. 

"A  technical  description  of  the  processes  employed  in  the  making  of  the  chief  types 
of  pottery  accompanies  an  historic  account  reliable  in  all  particulars."  Burlington  mag- 
azine, 1904. 

w 

Burton,  William.  738  B954 

Porcelain;  a  sketch  of  its  nature,  art  and  manufacture.  1906.  Cas- 
sell. 

"As  a  general  handbook  to  the  study  of  porcelain,  this  book  can  be  cordially  recom- 
mended. In  some  250  pages  it  gives  a  digest  of  the  materials,  making  and  decoration 
of  the  various  Oriental  and  European  fabrics.  The  thoroughness  of  the  author's  tech- 
nical knowledge  gives  the  work  particular  value."     Burlington  magaeine,  1907. 


POTTERY.     PORCELAIN  1367 

Chaffers,  William.  qr738  C34k 

Keramic  gallery;  containing  several  hundred  illustrations   of  rare, 
curious  and  choice  examples  of  pottery  and  porcelain  from  the  earliest 
times  to  the  beginning  of  the  19th  century,  with  historical  notices  and 
descriptions;  revised  and  ed.  by  H.  M.  Cundall.     1907.    Gibbings. 
First  published  in  1872. 

[Chu  Yen.]  r738  C46 

Description  of  Chinese  pottery  and  porcelain;  a  translation  of  the 
T'ao  Shuo,  with  introduction  [and]  notes  by  S.  W.  Bushell.  1910. 
Clarendon  Press. 

"Bibliography,"  p.  173-179. 

"First  special  work  written  upon  the  subject  of  Chinese  Ceramics,  and... still 
generally  considered  by  native  connoisseurs  as  the  chief  authority  on  the  subject." 
Translator's  introduction. 

Darcel,  Alfred,  &  Delange,  Henri.  qb738  D24 

Recueil   de  faiences  italiennes   des   ise,   i6e  et   I7e  siecles;   dessine 

par  Carle  Delange  et  C.  Borneman  et  accompagne  d'un  texte  par  A. 

Darcel  et  Henri  Delange.     1869. 

Colored  plates,  with  brief  introductory  text. 

Dillon,  Edward.  738  D58 

Porcelain  and  how  to  collect  it.     [1910.]     Methuen. 

"Practical  application  to  the  purposes  of  the  collector  of  such  portions  of  the  in- 
formation contained  in  the  author's  larger  work  as  are  pertinent.  Some  subjects,  such 
as  material  and  history,  are  less  fully  treated;  others,  as  the  details  of  the  principal 
public  collections  in  England,  are  emphasized.  The  book  is  all  that  could  be  desired,  a 
serviceable  manual  from  the  hand  of  one  who  knows  all  about  the  matter."  Spectator, 
1910. 

Fairbanks,  Arthur.  qr738  F15 

Athenian  lekythoi,  with  outline  drawing  in  glaze  varnish  on  a  white 
ground.  1907.  Macmillan.  (Michigan  University  studies;  humanistic 
series,  v.6.) 

"Literature,"  p.  10. 

By  the  director  (1908)  of  the  Boston  Museum  of  Fine  Arts.  The  lecythus  was  a 
small  Greek  vase  made  to  contain  oils  or  perfume. 

"I  have... aimed  to  study  the  different  classes  of  white  lekythoi  in  their  relation 
to  each  other  and  to  vases  in  a  different  technique.  Using  as  a  basis  the  work  of 
Pettier,  Furtwangler,  Bosanquet,  and  others,  I  have  brought  these  classes  of  lekythoi 
into  a  fairly  well-established  series,  dating  approximately  from  475  to  430  B.  C." 
Preface. 

Hayden,  Arthur.  738  H37C 

Chats  on  English  earthenware.     1909.    Unwin. 

Contents:  How  to  collect;  a  chapter  for  beginners. — Early  ware. — English  delft. — 
Stoneware. — Early  Staffordshire  ware;  Thomas  Whieldon,  his  contemporaries  and  suc- 
cessors.— Salt-glazed  ware,  Staffordshire. — Josiah  Wedgwood. — The  school  of  Wedg- 
wood.— Leeds  and  other  factories. — Transfer-printed  ware. — Staffordshire  figures. — 
Swansea  and  other  factories. — Lustre  ware. — Late  Staffordshire  ware. 

"Bibliography,"  P.23-2S. 

Hayden,  Arthur.  738  H37 

Chats  on  old  china.     1906.    Unwin. 

Contents:  Old  Derby. — Chelsea  china. — The  Bow  china  factory. — Old  Worcester. 
— Plymouth  and  Bristol  china. — The  Lowestoft  factory. — Coalport. — Spode  and  his  suc- 
cessors.— Nantgarw  and  Swansea. — Minton. — Old  English  earthenware. — Lustre  ware. — 
Liverpool  ware. — Wedgwood. 

"Bibliography,"  p. 23-24. 

"Primer  for  the  use  of  the  china-lover  in  search  of  elementary  information."  Bur- 
lington magazine,  1906. 

Illustrated. 


1368  POTTERY.    PORCELAIN 

Jacquemart,  Albert.  qr738  J13 

Histoire  de  la  ceramique;  etude  descriptive  et  raisonnee  des  poteries 

de  tous  les  temps  et  de  tous  les  peuples.     1873.    Hachette. 

Jervis,  William  Percival.  738  J28p 

Pottery  primer.     191 1.     Privately  printed. 
Brief  history  of  the  potter's  art  from  earliest  times. 

Loeb,  James.  qr738  L76 

Loeb  collection  of  Arretine  pottery;  catalogued  with  introduction 
and  descriptive  notes  by  G.  H.  Chase.    1908.     [Laurentian  Press.] 
Moore,  Mrs  N.  (Hudson).  738  MSyd 

Delftware,  Dutch  and  English.     1908.    Stokes. 

"Judiciously  and  interestingly  compiled  from  the  recognized  sources  of  authority, 
with  inclusion  of  certain  data  and  illustrations  which  bear  on  the  importation' of  Delft 
ware  to  this  country.  The  list  of  Delft  potters  with  their  marks  is  inclusive  enough  for 
the  purposes  of  the  collectors  for  whom  the  manual  is  designed."     Nation,  1908. 

Moore,  Mrs  N.  (Hudson).  738  M87W 

Wedgwood  and  his  imitators.  1909.  Stokes.  (Collector's  hand- 
books.) 

Short  sketch  of  the  potter's  life.  Describes  the  process,  glaze,  design  and  marks 
of  the  various  kinds  of  pottery  and  art  objects  made  at  his  factory  and  includes  chapters 
on  nine  of  his  imitators.  The  illustrations  show  representative  pieces  owned  in  America 
and  Europe. 

Morgan,  John  Pierpont.  r738  M89 

Catalogue  of  the  Morgan  collection  of  Chinese  porcelains,    v.2.     191 1. 

Illustrated  catalogue,  with  descriptive  notes. 
For  v.  I  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

New  York  (city),  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art.  r738  N26C 

Catalogue  of  the  collection  of  pottery,  porcelain  and  faience,  by 
G.  C.  Pier.     191 1. 

"Bibliography,"  p.  19-22. 
Put,  A.  van  de.  qr738  P98 

Hispano-Moresque  ware  of  the  15.  century;  a  contribution  to  its 
history  and  chronology  based  upon  armorial  specimens.     1904.     Lane. 

"Of  all  the  ancient  wares  which  have  and  deserve  a  great  reputation,  the  Spanish 
lustred  pottery  is  the  most  accessible,  and  yet  this  is  the  first  orderly  and  intelligent 
treatise  devoted  to  it... The  general  treatise  occupies  half  the  volume,  and  is  followed 
by  rather  full  descriptions  of  some  of  the  plates."    Nation,  1903. 

Rhead,  George  Woolliscroft,  &  Rhead,  F.  A.  qr738  R38 

Staffordshire  pots  &  potters.     1907.    Dodd. 

Very  fully  illustrated  account  of  the  various  kinds  of  pottery  manufactured  in  Staf- 
fordshire, with  some  facts  in  regard  to  the  potters  themselves  and  the  conditions  under 
which  they  worked. 

Walters,  Henry  Beauchamp.  qr738  W19 

Catalogue  of  the  Roman  pottery  in  the  departments  of  antiquities, 
British  Museum.     1908.     British  Museum. 

Illustrations.     Plates. 
Waring,  John  Burley.  qr738  W22 

Ceramic  art  in  remote  ages,  with  essays  on  the  symbols  of  the  circle, 
the  cross  and  circle,  the  circle  and  ray  ornament,  the  fylfot  and  the 
serpent,  showing  their  relation  to  the  primitive  forms  of  solar  and  na- 
ture worship.     1874.     Day. 

"List  of  works,"  p.  125-127. 


POTTERY.     PORCELAIN  1369 

Wheatley,  Henry  Benjamin,  &  Delamotte,  P.  H.  738  W59 

Art  work  in  earthenware.  1882.  Scribner.  (Handbooks  of  prac- 
tical art.) 

Brief  historical  account  of  the  progress  of  the  art  from  earliest  times.     Illustrated. 

Wheatley,  Henry  Benjamin,  &  Delamotte,  P.  H.  738  Wsga 

Art  work  in  porcelain.     1883.     Low.     (Handbooks  of  practical  art.) 
Brief  historical  account  of  the  progress  of  the  art  from  earliest  times.     Illustrated. 

Wylde,  C.  H.  738  W98 

How  to  collect  continental  china.     1907.    Bell. 
The  same r738  W98 

Useful  guide  to  the  identification  of  European  pottery,  chiefly  of  the  i8th  century. 
The  marks  of  each  factory  are  reproduced. 

Young,  Jennie  J.  738  Y38 

The  ceramic  art;  a  compendium  of  the  history  and  manufacture  of 
pottery  and  porcelain.     1878.     Harper. 

"Collection  of  essays,  of  which  those  on  Chinese  wares,  on  Japanese  pottery  and 
porcelain,  and  on  the  factories  and  fabrications  of  the  United  States,  contain  a  great 
deal  that  is  original,  and  are  fresh  and  entertaining  and  instructive."    Nation,  1878. 

Many  illustrations. 

Yoxall,  Sir  James  Henry.  738  ¥43 

ABC  about  collecting.     1910.    Paul. 

Practical  advice  about  the  collecting  of  china,  prints,  miniatures,  clocks,  furniture, 
samplers,  violins,  etc. 

China  painting.     Ornamental  glass 

Hancock,  E.  Campbell.  738.1  H23 

Amateur  pottery  &  glass  painter,  with  directions  for  gilding,  chas- 
ing, burnishing,  bronzing  and  groundlaying.     [1881.]     Allen. 

Keramic  Studio  Publishing  Co.,  Syracuse,  N.  Y.  q738.i  K19 

Book  of  roses;  studies  for  the  china  painter  and  the  student  of  water 
colors.    1903. 

The  designs,  several  of  which  are  in  color,  are  in  all  cases  accompanied  by  instruc- 
tions. 

Pettier,  Edmond.  738.1  P86 

Douris  and  the  painters  of  Greek  vases;  tr.  by  Bettina  Kahnweiler, 
with  a  preface  by  J.  E.  Harrison.    1909.    Murray. 

"Bibliography,"  p.87. 

In  a  volume  of  less  than  100  pages  and  with  25  good  illustrations,  we  have  a  fas- 
cinating account  of  the  life  of  the  Athenian  potters  and  of  the  methods  of  their  work. 
Douris  has  been  selected  as  representative  both  for  the  large  number  of  vases  signed 
with  his  name  and  because  his  work  reflects  the  contemporary  art  of  painting  most  fully. 
Condensed  from  Nation,  igio. 

Dillon,  Edward.  q738.2  D58 

Glass.    1907.    Putnam.    (Connoisseur's  library.) 

"Selected  bibliography  of  works  on  glass,"  p. 22-27. 

The  same.     [1907.]     Methuen qr738.2  D58 

History  of  glass  from  the  earliest  times  to  the  present.     Illustrated  in  color,  many 

of  the  examples  being  taken  from  the  collections  of  the  British  Museum  and  the  South 

Kensington  Museum. 


1370  BRONZES.     PLATE 


739     Bronzes.     Metal-work.     Plate 

Boston,  Museum  of  Fine  Arts.  <ir739  B64 

American  silver;  the  work  of  17th  and  i8th  century  silversmiths,  ex- 
hibited at  the  museum  June  to  Nov.  1906.     1906. 

Caldicott,  J,  W.  qr739  C12 

Values  of  old  English  silver  and  Sheffield  plate  from  the  15th  to 
the  19th  centuries;  ed.  by  J.S.Gardner.     1906.    Bemrose. 

"Complete  to  a  degree  that  no  existing  work  can  rival,  and  wonderfully  well  illus- 
trated... The  illustrations  include  not  only  famous  and  splendid  pieces,  but  also  repro- 
ductions of  the  marks  of  all  English  assay  offices,  so  that  with  its  help  any  intelligent 
person  with  no  expert  knowledge  of  the  subject  should  be  able  to  identify  and,  to  some 
extent,  value  any  piece  of  silver  plate  which  he  meets  with."    Burlington  magazine,  igo6. 

Dawson,  Nelson.  qr739  D33 

Goldsmiths'  and  silversmiths'  work.  1907.  Methuen.  (Connois- 
seur's library.) 

"This  is  no  art  history  of  the  silverware  of  all  ages,  but  an  attempt  made  by  one 
who  is  himself  no  mean  artist  and  craftsman  to  explain  the  grounds  upon  which  the 
merits  of  an  example  of  artistically  wrought  silver,  or  maybe  gold,  are  to  be  estimated 
...What  is  especially  of  value  in  Mr.  Dawson's  analysis,  as  he  takes  up  in  turn  examples 
of  the  work  of  ancient  or  modern  silversmiths,  is  the  light  he  incidentally  throws  upon 
the  practical  details  of  the  craftsman's  task."     Burlington  magazine,  1907. 

Many  examples  are  given. 

Howard,  Montague.  <ir739  H84 

Old  London  silver;  its  history,  its  makers  and  its  marks.  1903. 
Scribner. 

History  of  the  silversmith's  art  in  England,  with  many  illustrations  of  interesting 
examples.  Half  the  book  is  devoted  to  makers'  marks  and  hall-marks,  of  which  over 
4,000  facsimiles  are  given. 

Macquoid,  Percy.  739  M22 

The  plate  collector's  guide,  arranged  from  Cripps's  "Old  English 
plate."     1908.     Murray. 

Contents:  Old  English  plate. — The  provincial  assay  towns  and  their  marks. — Scot- 
land and  Ireland. — Decorative  and  domestic  plate. — Chronological  list  of  the  articles  of 
plate  which  have  served  as  authority  for  the  construction  of  date-letters  used  at  Gold- 
smiths' Hall,  London,  and  for  the  makers'  marks. — Improved  tables  of  the  date-letters 
used  by  all  the  English,  Scotch  and  Irish  assay-halls  from  the  earliest  times. 

Perry,  John  Tavenor.  qrysg  P44 

Dinanderie;  a  history  and  description  of  mediaeval  art  work  in 
copper,  brass  and  bronze.    1910.    Macmillan. 

"Bibliography,"  p.22i-222. 

The  word  "dinanderie"  is  derived  from  Dinant  on  the  Meuse,  the  chief  seat  of  the 
industry  until  the  destruction  of  the  place  in  1466  caused  the  craftsmen  who  survived  to 
disperse  and  carry  on  their  work  elsewhere.  Mr  Perry  stretches  the  term  to  comprehend 
monumental  works  in  bronze.  He  deals  with  the  art  from  the  points  of  view  of 
origin,  materials  and  processes,  reviews  the  different  schools  and  gives  an  account  of 
many  and  varied  examples  of  the  art. 

Pittsburgh,  Art  Society.  r739  P67 

Catalogue  of  the  exhibition  of  small  bronzes  by  American  sculptors 
and  of  the  etchings  by  Joseph  Pennell,  Carnegie  Institute  [Pittsburgh], 
Jan.  8th  to  30th,  1910.    [1910.] 


DECORATIVE  ARTS.     DRAWING  1371 

Robinson,  Sir  John  Charles.  qb739  R55 

Treasury  of  ornamental  art;  illustrations  of  objects  of  art  and  vertii 
photographed  from  the  originals  and  drawn  on  stone  by  F.  Bedford, 
with  descriptive  notices  by  I.  C.  Robinson.     [1857.]     Day. 
Plates  23  and  55  wanting. 

Rose,  Augustus  Foster.  739  Ryia 

Copper  work;  an  illustrated  text  book  for  teachers  and  students  in 
the  manual  arts.     1909.    Davis. 

The  same.     1906.     Davis 739  R71 

The  same.    1908.    Atkinson J739  R71 

A  manual  of  copper  work  as  it  may  be  done  in  the  public  schools,  with  suggestions 
regarding  equipment  and  the  possibilities  of  such  a  course.  Many  illustrations  of  ob- 
jects made  by  upper  grammar  and  high  school  pupils. 

Shaw,  Henry,  1800-73.  <ir739  S53 

Examples  of  ornamental  metal  work  [plates].     1836.     Pickering. 
Designs  for  street  lamps,  lanterns,  railings,  knockers,  etc. 
Wheatley,  Henry  Benjamin,  &  Delamotte,  P.  H.  739  W59 

Art  work  in  gold  and  silver;  mediaeval.  1882.  Scribner.  (Hand- 
books of  practical  art.) 

Brief  historical  account  of  the  progress  of  the  goldsmith's  art  to  the  middle  of  the 
iSth  century.     Illustrated. 

Wheatley,  Henry  Benjamin,  &  Delamotte,  P.  H.  739  Ws9a 

Art  work  in  gold  and  silver;  modern.  1882.  Low.  (Handbooks  of 
practical  art.) 

Brief  historical  account  of  the  progress  of  the  goldsmith's  art  from  the  renaissance 
to  modern  times.     Illustrated. 

Williams,  John,  of  New  York.  qr739  W74 

Cast  and  wrought  brass  and  bronze  work,  wrought  iron  work,  to 
special  design;  architectural,  monumental,  ecclesiastical,  decorative; 
designs  and  estimates  furnished.     1899. 

Wood,  L.  Ingleby.  qr739  W85 

Scottish  pewter-ware  and  pewterers.     [1904.]     Morton. 

Mr  Wood,  besides  describing  in  detail  the  most  characteristic  examples  of  Scottish 
pewter  ware,  catalogues  pieces  in  the  national  museums  and  in  the  episcopal  churches. 
He  gives  lists  of  free  and  of  apprentice  pewterers  and  describes  their  "touches."  Town 
by  town  he  records  the  history  of  the  incorporated  hammermen  amongst  whom  the  pew- 
terers are  found.     Condensed  from  Burlington  magazine,  1905. 

740     Decorative  arts.     Drawing 

Batsford,  Herbert.  roi6.74  831 

Some  suggestions  on  the  formation  of  a  small  reference  library  of 
books  on  ornament  and  the  decorative  arts.     [1897.]     Privately  printed. 
With  this  is  bound  "Selection  of  books   on  ornament  and  the  decorative  arts  of- 
fered at  special  prices  to  libraries  and  schools  of  art  by  B.  T.  Batsford." 

Collinot,  E.  &  Beaumont,  Adalbert  de.  qb740  C69 

Encyclopedic  des  arts  decoratifs  de  I'Orient;  recueil  de  dessins  pour 
I'art  et  I'industrie.    6v.  in  3.     1883.     Canson. 

v.1-2.     Ornements  de  la  Perse. — Orncments  turcs. 

v.3-4.     Ornements  venitiens,  hindous,  russes,  etc. — Ornements  arabes. 

v.5-6.     Ornements  de  la  Chine. — Ornements  du  Japon. 

Plates  in  color  and  black  and  white.  ^ 


1372  DRAWING 


Lasar,  Charles  A.  740  L33 

Practical  hints  for  art  students.     1910.     Duffield. 

Under  the  several  headings  of  drawing,  composition  and  color  the  author,  a  suc- 
cessful art  teacher,  sets  forth  advice,  suggestions  and  rules  in  the  form  of  brief  maxims. 

Shaw,  Henry,  1800-73.  qr740  S53 

Decorative  arts,  ecclesiastical  and  civil,  of  the  middle  ages.  1851. 
Pickering. 

Shaw  was  a  well-known  draftsman,  engraver  and  antiquary.  The  book  consists 
of  illustrations,  many  of  them  in  color,  of  enamel  work,  carvings,  stained  glass,  em- 
broidery, etc.,  with  brief  exjplanatory  text. 

[White,  Gleeson.]  qr705  S93  v.2 

Christmas  cards  and  their  chief  designers.     [1894.]     (Studio.     Spe- 
cial winter  number,  1893/94.) 
Bound  with  v.2  of  the  "Studio." 

741     Freehand  drawing.     Book  illustration 
Caricatures.     Cartoons 

Bailey,  Henry  Turner,  ed.  741  B15 

Nature  draw^ing  from  various  points  of  view.  1910.  Davis  Press. 
With  one  exception  these  papers  were  published  in  the  "School  arts  book"  during 

its  first   eight  years.     Excellent  handbook  for  drawing  teachers  and  for  all  those  who 

would  find  decorative  elements  in  nature. 

Bartholomew,  William  N.  741  Ba7 

Lessons  in  pencil  drawing  from  nature,  with  examples  for  prelimi- 
nary practice.    2v.    1894.    Taber-Prang  Art  Co. 

V.I.     Plates  and  text  book. 
v.2.     Supplement;  plates. 

Gary,  Elisabeth  Luther.  q74i  D28 

Honore  Daumier;  a  collection  of  his  social  and  political  caricatures, 

together  with  an  introductory  essay  on  his  art.     1907.     Putnam. 

Contains    75    reproductions   of   the   lithographs   of    the    famous    French   caricaturist 

(1808-79). 

Christy,  Howard  Chandler.  741  C46 

The  American  girl  [drawings].     1906.     Moffat. 

Contents:  Greeting. — Foreword. — The  sweet  girl  graduate. — The  debutante. — The 
American  girl  in  the  country. — The  American  girl  in  the  city. — The  American  girl  in 
society. — The  American  girl  as  a  bride. — Epilogue. 

Clark,  John  Spencer,  and  others.  741  C52t 

Teacher's  manual  for  the  Prang  course  in  drawing  for  graded 
schools,  books  1-6.    1897.    Prang  Educational  Co. 

Exercises  in  form  study,  drawing  and  color  work,  with  practical  suggestions  for 
giving  lessons.     Fully  illustrated.  / 

Clark,  John  Spencer,  and  others.  741  C53 

Teacher's  manual  for  the  Prang  elementary  course  in  art  instruction, 
books  1-2.    v.i.    1898.     Prang  Educational  Co. 

V.I.     Third  year. 

Attempt  to  formulate  a  system  of  art  instruction  upon  a  distinctly  psychological 
and  educational  basis.  Less  definite  and  for  much  younger  pupils  than  authors'  "Teach- 
er's manual  for  the  Prang  course  in  drawing  for  graded  schools"  (741  Cszt).  Fully 
illustrated. 


DRAWING  1373 


Clasrton,  Gertrude  L.  741  C55 

Crayon,  chalk  and  pencil  drawing.     191 1.     Flanagan. 

The  same J741    C55 

Clifford,  Edward  C.  741  C58 

Trees  and  tree  drawing.     Rowney. 

Describes  for  the  artist  the  anatomy,  individual  and  class  characteristics  and  dis- 
tribution of  trees. 

Coomaraswamy,  Ananda  K.  qi'74i  C78 

Indian  drawings.     [1911.     Probsthain.] 

Twenty-nine  full-page  reproductions,  with  25  in  the  text,  of  drawingrs  by  Indian 
artists.  In  the  introduction  an  attempt  is  made  to  differentiate  the  various  schools  of 
art  in  India. 

Cruikshank,  George.  741  C897 

Water  colours,  with  introduction  by  Joseph  Grego.     1903.     Black. 
Consists  of  the  series  of  illustrations  of  "Oliver  Twist,"  the  "Miser's  daughter"  by 

Ainsworth  and  the  "History  of  the  Irish  rebellion  in  1798"  by  Maxwell,  reproduced  in 

color. 

Cust,  Lionel.  qr74i  V18 

Description  of  the  sketch-book  by  Sir  Anthony  Van  Dyck,  used  by 

him  in  Italy,  1621-1627  and  preserved  in  the  collection  of  the  duke  of 

Devonshire  at  Chatsworth.     1902.     Bell. 

"The  sketches  are  memoranda  made  by  Vandyck. .  .with  a  view  to  impressing  on  his 

mind  the  composition  or  single  motives  of  pictures  he  saw,  chiefly  those  of  Titian... 

The  interest  of  the  sketches,  often  the  slightest  scrawls  and  shorthand  notes,  lies  in  their 

illustration  of  Vandyck's  method  and  models  of  study,  and  the  evidence  they  afford  of 

pictures  by  Titian,  not  all  of  which  can  now  be  identified."    Saturday  review,  1^2. 

Daniels,  Fred  Hamilton.  741  D22 

School  drawing;  a  real  correlation.     1909.     Milton  Bradley  Co. 
Suggestions  for  drawing  and   sand-table   work  to  be  used  in   connection   with  the 

study  of  history  and  geography. 

Darley,  Felix  Octavius  Carr.  <li'74i  J49d 

Compositions  in  outline  from  Judd's  Margaret;  engraved  by  Konrad 
Huber.     1856.     Redfield. 
Darley,  Felix  Octavius  Carr.  qr74i  l28d 

Illustrations  of  Rip  Van  Winkle;  designed  and  etched  by  F.  O.  C. 
Darley  for  the  members  of  the  American  Art-Union.    1848.    Amer.  Art- 
Union. 
Darley,  Felix  Octavius  Carr.  qr74i  I28 

Illustrations  of  the  Legend  of  Sleepy  Hollow;  designed  and  etched 
by  F.  O.  C.  Darley  for  the  members  of  the  American  Art-Union.     1849. 
Amer.  Art-Union. 
Davenport,  Homer  Calvin.  <ir74i  D29 

Cartoons,  with  an  introduction  by  J.  J.  Ingalls.     1898.     De  Witt. 

Collection  of  American  political  cartoons  in  which  the  trusts,  Mark  Hanna  and 
Tammany  figure  largely. 

Doyle,  Richard.  q74i  D77 

Foreign  tour  of  Messrs  Brown,  Jones  and  Robinson;  the  history  of 
what  they  saw  and  did  in  Belgium,  Germany,  Switzerland  &  Italy 
[plates],     i860.    Appleton. 

One  of  the  very  popular  works  of  the  English  artist  and  caricaturist  (1824-83). 
From  the  beginning  he  was  one  of  the  regular  contributors  to  "Punch,"  and  part  of  this 
work  first  appeared  there. 


1374  DRAWING 


Dupont,  A.  Pierre.  qr74i  Dgad 

Legend  of  the  wandering  Jew,  illustrated  by  Gustave  Dore;  poem 
with  prologue  and  epilogue,  biographical  notice  by  Paul  Lacroix  (Bib- 
liophile Jacob),  with  the  Complaint  and  Beranger's  ballad  set  to  music 
by  Ernest  Dore;  tr.  with  critical  remarks  by  G.  W.  Thornbury.  1857. 
Addey. 

Fisher,  Harrison.  q74i  Fs3 

Fair  Americans  [drawings].     191 1.    Scribner. 
Flaxman,  John.  T^^l  F62d 

La  divina  commedia  di  Dante  Alighieri,  cioe  I'lnferno,  il  Purgatorio 
ed  il  Paradiso,  composto  da  Giovanni  Flaxman  [plates].    Vallardi. 

Frost,  Arthur  Burdett.  qr74i  F96 

Sports  and  games  in  the  open  [drawings].     1899.     Harper. 
"Arthur  Burdett  Frost,"  by  F.  R.  Stockton,  p.  1-6. 
Serious  and  humorous  illustrations  of  hunting,  fishing,  cycling,  golfing,  etc. 

Fumiss,  Harry.  q74i  Fggh 

How  to  draw  in  pen  and  ink.     1905.     Chapman. 

Informal  little  book  of  practical  advice  as  to  general  methods.  Intended  primarily 
for  illustrators.  Author  is  (1907)  an  English  caricature  artist,  for  many  years  on  the 
staff  of  "Punch." 

Gibson,  Charles  Dana.  q74i  G36 

Pictures  of  people.     1896.     Russell. 

Gillray,  James.  <ir74i  G41 

Works,  from  the  original  plates,  with  the  addition  of  many  subjects 
not  before  collected.     Bohn. 

Gillray  (1757-1815)  has  no  rival  as  a  caricaturist  of  English  politics  and  manners 
of  the  years  1774  to  1809.  His  cartoons  represent  the  fashionable  society  at  Vauxhall 
Gardens,  lords  and  ladies,  singers,  soldiers,  life  at  home,  in  the  taverns,  in  the  villages, 
and  in  the  poor  quarters  of  London. 

Grego,  Joseph.  qr74i  G86 

Rowlandson  the  caricaturist;  a  selection  from  his  works,  with  anec- 
dotal descriptions  of  his  famous  caricatures,  and  a  sketch  of  his  life, 
times  and  contemporaries.    2v.     1880.     Bouton. 

Holme,  Charles,  ed.  q74i  H73 

Modern  pen  drawings,  European  and  American.  1901.  (Studio. 
Special  winter  number,  1900-01.) 

Typical  and  varied  examples  of  contemporary  pen-and-ink  drawings.  The  accom- 
panying text  gives  a  short  history  of  the  art  and  brief  notes  on  the  artists  represented. 
Many  of  the  illustrations  were  done  expressly  for  this  work,  or  are  here  printed  for  the 
first  time. 

International  Correspondence  Schools,  Scranton,  Pa.  741  E44 

Elements  of  pen-and-ink  rendering,  rendering  with  pen  and  brush, 
elements  of  water-color  rendering,  rendering  in  water  color,  drawing 
from  nature,  drawing  from  cast,  elements  of  figure  drawing  [and] 
drawing  from  the  figure,  pt.2.  1905.  (International  library  of  tech- 
nology, V.SS-) 

pt.2.     Plates. 

The  same r74i  E44 

Correspondence  school  course. 

For  pt.i  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 


DRAWING  I37S 


Japanese  design  book.  tj^i  J189 

Small  conventional  designs  suitable  for  copying.     The  brief  text  is  in  Japanese. 

Keppel  (Frederick)  &  Co.  pub.  r74i  K19 

Catalogue  of  an  exhibition  of  drawings  by  masters  of  the  i6th  and 
17th  centuries,  with  an  introduction  by  Frederick  Keppel,  Oct.  20  to 
Nov.  6,  1909;    [1909.] 

The  biographical  sketches  in  this  catalogue  are  for  the  most  part  taken  from  Bryan's 
"Dictionary  of  painters  and  engravers." 

Leech,  John.  qr74i  P98I 

Pictures  of  life  &  character  from  the  collection  of  Mr  Punch.  2v. 
[1854-69?]     Bradbury. 

The  same  [abridged] .     1884.     Appleton r74i  P98I2 

Lefebvre,  M.  T623  U253 

Military  landscape  sketching;  tr.  by  W.  V.  Judson.  1905.  (In  United 
States — Engineer  school.    Occasional  papers,  no.3.) 

McCutcheon,  John  Tinney.  q74i  Mi4t 

T.  R.  in  cartoons.     1910.     McClurg. 
The  same qr74i  Mi4t 

These  Roosevelt  cartoons  originally  appeared  in  the  "Chicago  tribune." 

Nicholson,  William,  b.  1872.  qr74i  N31 

Characters  of  romance.    1900.    Russell. 

Contents:  Miss  Havisham. — Mr  Weller. — Don  Quixote  de  la  Mancha. — John  Silver. 
— Rochester. — Sophia  Western. — Porthos. — Chicot. — Baron  Munchausen. — Miss  Fother- 
ingay  and  Captain  Costigan. — Madge  Wildfire. — Mulvaney. — Jorrocks. — Gargantua. — Mr 
Vanslyperken  and  Commodore  Trunnion. 

Nicholson  has  invented  an  absolutely  new  style  of  poster  designing.  He  resorts  to 
powerful  contrasts  of  black  and  white  in  heavy  masses,  harmonized  by  brown  or  gray 
backgrounds,  and  enlivened  by  telling  touches  of  primary  colors.  These  prints  of  four 
or  five  tones  have  an  extraordinary  interest.     Condensed  from  Art  amateur,  igoo. 

Nijhoff,  Martinus,  pub.  r74i  N34 

Drawings  from  the  old  masters,  3d  ser. ;  60  reproductions  of  draw- 
ings by  Dutch  and  Flemish  masters  in  the  State  Museum,  Amsterdam, 
from  facsimiles  published  by  Martinus  Nijhoff.    1907.    Gowans. 

Overbeck,  Johann  Friedrich.  41*741  O33 

Holy  gospels,  illustrated  in  40  original  designs.     1856.    Appleton. 

Overbeck  (i  789-1 869)  was  a  German  artist,  the  leader  of  the  revival  of  Christian 
art  in  the  19th  century.  Especially  noteworthy  among  his  drawings  are  these  40  car- 
toons illustrating  the  Gospels. 

Pennell,  Joseph.  qr74i  K15 

Work  of  Charles  Keene,  with  an  introduction  &  comments  on  the 
drawings  illustrating  the  artist's  methods;  to  which  is  added  a  bibliog- 
raphy of  the  books  Keene  illustrated,  and  a  catalogue  of  his  etchings  by 
W.  H.  Chesson.     1897.     Unwin. 

English  humorous  artist  (1823-91)  a  frequent  contributor  to  "Punch." 
"His  absolute  command  of  the  medium  by  which  his  work  was  to  be  presented  to 
the  public;  his  rigid  suppression  of  the  superfluous;  his  unfaltering  instinct  where  to 
stay  his  stroke;  these  things,  taken  in  connection  with  his  fidelity  to  nature,  his  skill  in 
composition,  and  his  power  of  suggesting  colour  and  seizing  fugitive  expression,  made 
him  an  almost  unique  personality  in  humorous  art."     Dictionary  of  national  biography. 


1376  DRAWING 


Punch.  741  P98 

Half  a  century  of  English  history;  pictorially  presented  in  a  series 
of  cartoons  from  the  collection  of  Mr  Punch,  comprising  plates  by 
Doyle  and  others,  in  which  are  portrayed  the  political  careers  of  Peel 
and  other  English  statesmen.    1884.    Putnam. 

Retzsch,  Friedrich  August  Moritz.  r74i  Gsst 

Illustrations  of  Goethe's  Faust,  by  Moritz  Retzsch,  engraved  by 
Henry  Moses.    1843.    Tilt. 

Retzsch  (1779-1857)  was  a  German  draftsman  and  painter  whose  fame  rests  chiefly 
on  his  illustrations  of  the  German  poets  and  Shakespeare. 

Retzsch,  Friedrich  August  Moritz.  r74i  BSgr 

Outlines   to   Burger's   ballads;   designed  and  engraved   by   Moritz 

Retzsch,   with    Biirger's   text,   explanations   and  biographical   notices. 
1873.     Roberts. 

Rhead,  George  Woolliscroft.  741  R38 

Treatment  of  drapery  in  art.     1904.    Bell. 

"He  is  quite  right  in  his  notion  that  the  subject  is  g^reatly  neglected  in  our  art 
schools  and  has  been  very  insufficiently  treated  by  writers  on  painting;  and  even  so 
elementary  a  work  as  this  cannot  fail  to  supply  many  useful  hints  to  students. .  .Mr. 
Rhead's  original  illustrations  are  well  done,  and  his  examples  from  the  masters  are, 
in  general,  well  selected."     Nation,  1904. 

Shaw,  Albert.  q74i  S53 

A  cartoon  history  of  Roosevelt's  career;  illustrated  by  630  con- 
temporary cartoons  and  many  other  pictures.  1910.  Review  of  Re- 
views Pub.  Co. 

Vasari  Society  for  the^Reproduction  of  Drawings  qr74i  V22 

by  Old  Masters. 
[Reproductions],  1905/06-1911/12.    v.1-7.     [i9o6]-ii. 

White,  Gleeson.  qr74i  W63 

English  illustration,  "the  sixties,"  1855-70.    1897.    Constable. 

"Presentation  in  compact  form  of  a  fine  aggregate  of  specimen  works  by  the 
largest  group  of  considerable  artists  that  England  produced  during  the  nineteenth  cen- 
tury. The  illustrators  of  the  sixties  are  indeed  a  remarkable  body  in  virtue  of  the  men 
of  real  genius  included  among  them,  but  perhaps  even  more  by  reason  of  the  spirit  which 
endowed  even  the  smaller  men  with  some  touch  of  distinction  —  Few  indeed  have  ever 
succeeded  in  writing  what  is  an  almost  perfect  book  alike  for  the  collector,  the  general 
reader  and  the  art  student"    Burlington  magasine,  1907. 


742     Perspective 

Frederick,  Frank  Forrest.  q742  F89 

Simplified   mechanical   perspective   for   the   use   of   schools.      1910. 
Manual  Arts  Press. 

Mathewson,  Frank  Elliott.  743  M47 

Perspective    sketching    from    working    drawings.      1908.      Taylor- 

Holden  Co. 

Graded  series  of  exercises  and  problems,  intended  as  a  text-book  for  high-school 
students  but  useful  alsp  to  the  practical  machinist.     Illustrated. 


MECHANICAL  DRAWING  1377 

744     Mechanical  drawing 

Anthony,  Gardner  Chace.  744  A62e2 

Elements  of  mechanical  drawing;  use  of  instruments,  geometrical 
problems  and  projection.     1907.    Heath. 

Colvin,  Fred  Herbert.  744  C72 

Machine  shop  drawings,  reading  drawings,  making  shop  sketches, 

laying  out  work.     1909.     McGraw. 

Concerned  with  the  reading  rather  than  the  production  of  drawings.     Elementary. 

Edminster,  Clothier  Franklin.  744  E29S 

Structural  drawing.     1907.    Privately  printed. 

"An  excellent  outline  of  the  somewhat  special  class  of  drafting  necessary  for  steel." 
Engineering  record,  1907. 

Follows,  George  Herbert.  744  F72 

Universal  dictionary  of  mechanical  drawing.  1906.  Engineering 
News  Pub.  Co. 

French,  Thomas  Ewing.  744  F92 

Manual  of  engineering  drawing  for  students  and  draftsmen.  191 1. 
McGraw. 

"Bibliography  of  allied  subjects,"  p.274-280. 
Leeds,  Charles  Carley.  744  L53 

Mechanical  drawing  for  trade  schools.  1908.  Van  Nostrand.  (Car- 
negie Technical  Schools  text  books.) 

Illustrated  lessons  for  high-school  students  preparing  for  technical  schools  or  for 
positions  as  tracers  and  draftsmen. 

Mathewson,  Frank  Elliott.  744  M47 

Notes  for  mechanical  drawing.    1906.    Taylor. 

Not  a  complete  text-book,  but  a  collection  of  explanatory  notes,  exercises  and 
practical  problems  suggested  by  long  experience  in  teaching  mechanical  drawing. 

Peddle,  John  Bailey.  744  P36 

Construction  of  graphical  charts.     1910.     McGraw. 

First  work  in  English  on  this  subject.  Covers  essentials  of  making  and  interpreting 
such  charts.  Requires  fair  knowledge  of  mathematics.  Largely  reprinted  from  "Ameri- 
can machinist." 

Reid,  John  Simpson.  744  Rsia 

Course  in  mechanical  drawing.     1908.    Wiley. 

Contents:  Complete  outfit. — Instruments. — Geometrical  drawing. — Conventions. — 
Lettering  and  figuring. — Orthographic  projection. — Problems  in  mechanical  drawing 
(course  i). — Present  practice  in  drafting  room  conventions  and  methods  in  making  prac- 
tical working  drawings. 

Reinhardt,  Charles  William.  744  R3i7a 

Technic  of  mechanical  drafting;  a  practical  guide  to  neat,  correct 

and  legible  drawing.     1909.     Engineering  News  Pub.  Co. 

Not  intended  for  beginners,  and  pays  no  attention  to  the  mathematics  involved. 

Stephan,  Walter  George.  744  S82 

Drawing  instruments;  their  use  and  abuse.     1908.    McGraw. 
Includes  not  only  explicit  directions  for  their  selection  and  use,  but  also  tells  how 
the  various  instruments,  T-squares,  triangles,  etc.  may  be  tested  and  kept  accurate.     Con- 
cludes with  short  chapter  on  the  general  principles  of  modern  drafting  room  practice. 


1378  MECHANICAL  DRAWING 

Sylvester,  F.  L.  744  Sg8 

Self-taught  mechanical  drawing  and  elementary  machine  design, 
with  additions  by  Erik  Oberg.     1910.    Henley. 

Requiring  no  previous  knowledge  of  mathematics  beyond  arithmetic,  an  attempt  is 
made  to  present  such  principles  of  algebra,  trigonometry,  and  mechanics  as  are  absolutely 
essential  in  ordinary  drafting  work.  Not  exhaustive,  but  the  main  principles  of  mechani- 
cal drawing  and  the  more  important  elements  of  machine  design  are  dealt  with  clearly 
and  concisely. 

Wilson,  Victor  Tyson,  &  McMaster,  C.  L.  744  W77 

Notes  on  practical  mechanical  drawing;  written  for  the  use  of  stu- 
dents in  engineering  courses.     1908.     Privately  printed. 


Alphabets.     Lettering 

Arundel  Society.  qr744.2  A79 

Alphabet  of  capital  letters  selected  from  the  illuminations  of  Italian 
choral  books  of  the  isth  and  i6th  centuries.     1862. 

Atkinson,  Frank  H.  q744-2  A87 

"Atkinson"  sign  painting  up  to  now;  a  complete  manual  of  the  art 
of  sign  painting,  contains  96  designs  or  layouts  and  accompanying  color 
notes,  75  alphabets  embracing  all  standard  styles,  their  modifications 
and  alternates,  comprehensive  text  covering  all  practical  phases  of  the 
art  for  every  day  reference  in  the  shop.     1909.     Drake. 

Auriol,  George.  744-2  A92 

Le  livre  des  cachets,  marques  et  monogrammes.     2v.     1901-08. 

The  same.     2v i'744-2  A92 

V.2  title  reads  "Le  second  livre  des  monogrammes,  marques,  cachets  et  ex-libris." 
Collection  of  monograms  designed  by  Auriol. 

Cromwell,  John  Howard.  744-2  CSga 

System  of  easy  lettering,  with  a  supplement  consisting  of  eight 
alphabets  by  George  Martin  [plates].    191 1.    Spon. 

Day,  Lewis  Foreman.  744-2  D33a2 

Alphabets  old  and  new  for  the  use  of  craftsmen,  with  an  essay  on 

Art  in  the  alphabet.     1910.     Batsford. 

The  same.     1910 J744-2  D33a 

The  same.     1906 744-2  D33a 

Contains  147  complete  alphabets  and  28  series  of  numerals.  An  introductory  chap- 
ter traces  the  historic  development  of  letter-forms. 

Huntington,  Archer  Milton.  qb744.2  H94 

Initials  and  miniatures  of  the  9th,  loth  and  nth  centuries  from  the 
Mozarabic  manuscripts  of  Santo  Domingo  de  Silos  in  the  British  Mu- 
seum [plates],  with  introduction  by  A.  M.  Huntington.  1904.  [De- 
Vinne  Press.] 

Johnston,  Edward.  qb744.2  J36 

Manuscript  &  inscription  letters  for  schools  &  classes  &  for  the  use 
of  craftsmen,  with  five  plates  by  A.  E.  R.  Gill.     1909.     Hogg. 


ORNAMENTAL  DESIGN  1379 

Johnston,  Edward.  744-2  J36 

Writing'  &  illuminating  &  lettering,  with  diagrams  &  illustrations 

by  the  author  &  Noel  Rooke.    1906.    Macmillan.     (Artistic  crafts  series 

of  technical  handbooks.) 

Compact  and  practical  treatise  written  in  a  genuinely  artistic  spirit.  Has  a  chapter 
on  inscriptions  in  stone  by  an  expert  stone-cutter. 

Jones,  Owen.  qr744,2  J4t 

looi  initial  letters  designed  and  illuminated  by  Owen  Jones.     1864. 

Day. 

German  and  English  title-page. 

Lyons,  Andrew  W.  744-2  L99 

Grammar  of  lettering;  a  handbook  of  alphabets  systematically  ar- 
ranged for  the  use  of  art  students,  architects,  decorators,  sign-writers 
and  all  classes  of  craftsmen;  comprising  practical  demonstrations  of 
various  letters  and  numerals,  showing  their  construction,  spacing, 
brushwork,  &c.    1908.    Lippincott. 

Shaw,  Henry,  1800-73.  qr744-2  S53 

Alphabets,  numerals  and  devices  of  the  middle  ages;  a  series  of  10 
plates.    1845.    Pickering. 

Shaw,  Henry,  1800-73.  qr744.2  Sssh 

Hand  book  of  mediaeval  alphabets  and  devices.     1853.     Quaritch. 

Plates,  with  brief  descriptive  text.  Alphabets  are  taken  from  illuminated  manu- 
scripts, monumental  brasses,  etc.  from  the  12th  to  the   i6th  century. 

Smith,  J.  Gordon.  '  qr744.2  S65 

Monograms  in  three  and  four  letters  suitable  for  engraving,  paint- 
ing, piercing,  embroidering,  carving,  &c.     1903.     Menken. 

Strong,  Charles  Jay.  744-2  S92 

Art  of  show  card  writing;  a  modern  treatise  on  show  card  writing, 
designed  as  an  educator  in  all  branches  of  the  art.  1907.  Detroit 
School  of  Lettering. 

Trezise,  Frederick  James.  744-2  T73 

Letters  &  letter  construction,  with  chapters  on  design  &  decoration. 
1911.    Inland  Printer  Co. 


745     Ornamental  design 


Batchelder,  Ernest  Allen.  745  Bsid 

Design  in  theory  and  practice.     1910.     Macmillan. 

"Chapters  which  aim  to  define  the  principles  of  design  and  their  practical  applica- 
tion, based  on  definite  problems  that  have  developed  during  several  years'  experience  in 
teaching.  A  suggestive,  stimulating  book  for  students,  and  a  guide  to  the  general  reader 
seeking  a  more  intelligent  and  discriminating  basis  for  judgment.  A  large  number  of 
text  drawings  and  halftone  plates  fully  illustrate  the  text."    A.  L.  A.  booklist,  1910. 

Cadness,  Henry.  745  Ciia 

Decorative  brush-work  &  elementary  design;  a  manual  for  the  use 
of  teachers  and  students  in  elementary,  secondary  and  technical  schools. 
1909.    Batsford. 


1380  ORNAMENTAL  DESIGN 

Christie,  Archibald  H.  745  C46 

Traditional  methods  of  pattern  designing;  an  introduction  to  the 
study  of  decorative  art.     1910.    Clarendon  Press. 

"The  evolution  of  the  idea  of  decoration  as  it  is  now  understood  is  discussed.  A 
survey  is  made  of  a  considerable  number  of  the  most  common  examples  of  patterns,  and 
those  which  seem  to  have  intimate  relationship  to  one  another  are  grouped  together  in 
order  to  show  the  development  of  the  most  important  decorative  ideas,  and  to  analyse 
the  means  by  which  these  are  expressed.  The  illustrations  are,  with  few  exceptions, 
taken  from  examples  of  ancient  art."     Preface. 

Crane,  Walter.  745  C86b 

Bases  of  design.     1904.    Bell. 

"The  book,  though  somewhat  lacking  in  system  and  orderly  development,  is  interest- 
ing and  suggestive,  and  contains  many  ingenious  hints  concerning  the  origin  of  various 
forms  of  design,  as  well  as  many  illustrations  excellently  chosen  to  stimulate  the  fancy 
of  students,  such  as  those  to  whom  these  lectures  were  first  addressed."  Athenceum, 
1903- 

Crane,  Walter.  745  C861 

Line  and  form.     1908.     Bell. 

Papers  based  upon  a  series  of  lectures  delivered  to  the  students  of  the  Manchester 
municipal  school  of  art.  Treats  the  practice  of  design  on  its  conventional  and  technical 
side,  illustrating  the  continual  adaptation  of  nature  in  the  best  decorative  art  and  going 
closely  into  detail  on  the  subject  of  instruments  and  materials.  Fully  illustrated  with 
rough  sketches  by  the  author  and  with  reproductions  from  well-known  works  of  art. 

Cutler,  Thomas  William.  qb745  C94 

Grammar  of  Japanese  ornament  and  design,  with  introductory,  de- 
scriptive and  analytical  text.     1880.     Batsford. 

Carefully  selected  series  of  characteristic  examples  of  the  natural  and  conventional 
ornament  of  the  Japanese.  Introductory  text  furnishes  brief  history  of  the  Japanese 
and  their  industrial  arts  and  an  examination  of  the  chief  elements  of  their  ornament. 

Day,  Lewis  Foreman.  745  D33a 

Nature  and  ornament.     2v.     1909.     Batsford. 
V.I.     Nature  the  raw  material  of  design. 
V.2.     Ornament  the  finished  product  of  design. 

[Documents  du  moyen-age,  I3e-i5e  siecle,  et  fitudes.]  r745  D66 

Reproductions  of  designs  from  illuminated  manuscripts. 

Dolmetsch,  H.  qb745  D690 

Der  ornamentenschatz;  ein  musterbuch  stilvoUer  ornamente  aus 
alien  kunstepochen.    1887. 

Plates,  many  of  them  colored,  illustrating  ornament  of  all  periods  and  in  all 
branches  of  art. 

Dupont-Auberville.  qb745  D93 

La  decoration  polychrome  d'apres  les  etoffes  anciennes;  100 
planches  en  couleurs,  or  et  argent  contenant  les  plus  beaux  motifs  de 
tous  les  styles,  art  ancien  et  asiatique,  moyen  age,  renaissance,  I7e 
et  i8e  siecles;  recueil  historique  et  pratique  public  sous  la  direction 
de  Bachelin-Deflorenne,  avec  des  notes  explicatives  et  une  introduc- 
tion generale  par  Dupont-Auberville,  dessins  de  Kreutzberger,  Regamey, 
etc.     [1891?] 

Foord,  Jeanie.  qr745  F74 

Decorative  plant  &  flower  studies,  for  the  use  of  artists,  designers, 
students  &  others;  containing  40  coloured  plates,  accompanied  by  a  de- 
scription and  sketch  of  each  plant  and  450  studies  of  growth  &  detail. 
1906.    Batsford. 


ORNAMENTAL  DESIGN  1381 

Hatton,  Richard  G.  qb745  H34 

Craftsman's  plant-book;  or,  Figures  of  plants,  selected  from  the 
herbals  of  the  i6th  century  and  exhibiting  the  finest  examples  of  plant- 
drawing  found  in  those  rare  works,  arranged  for  the  use  of  the  decora- 
tor, with  supplementary  illustrations  and  some  remarks  on  the  use 
of  plant-form  in  design.     1909.     Chapman. 

Holland,  Charles.  q745  H72 

Design  for  schools;  a  handbook  for  teachers  for  use  in  secondary 
schools,  the  upper  standards  of  elementary  schools  and  elementary 
classes  of  schools  of  art.     1907.     Macmillan. 

Japanese  flower  designs.    4v.  r745  Ji8 

Colored  designs  of  the  natural  flowers. 

Leighton,  John.  qr745  L56 

Suggestions  in  design;  being  a  comprehensive  series  of  original 
sketches  in  various  styles  of  ornament,  arranged  for  application  in  the 
decorative  and  constructive  arts,  with  descriptive  and  historical  letter- 
press by  J.  K.  Colling.    1881.    Appleton. 

New  York  (state) — Education  department.  745  N26 

Design  and  representation.     1910. 

The  same.   (In  its  Annual  report,  1910,  v.6,  pt.3.).. 1379.747  N2612  v.6  pt.3 
Handbook  for  teachers  of  drawing  and  design.     Illustrated. 

Owen,  E.  S.  D.  &  Bunce,  L.  W.  qr745  O34 

Nature's  aid  to  design,  comprising  115  half-tone  reproductions  from 
photographs  [plates].     1907.    Lane. 

Rehlender,  Georg.  qr745  R29 

Allerlei  sinnbilder;  1000  entwiirfe;  symbole,  allegorien,  vignetten, 
chimaren,  embleme,  attribute,  cartouchen,  zierleisten,  initialen,  orna- 
mente,  trophaen,  heraldische  motive  und  sonstige  decorative  vorbilder, 
[ist-2d  ser.].    2v.  in  i.     [1892-94.]     Hessling. 

Ross,  Denman  Waldo.  q745  R73 

Theory  of  pure  design,  harmony,  balance,  rhythm.    1907.    Houghton. 

Professor  Ross  has  been  engaged  for  many  years  in  the  study  and  teaching  of  pure 

design — design   that   is  altogether  dissociated   from  representation.      His   problem   is  to 

discover  the  laws  of  design  and  his  book  is  written  in  a  strictly  scientific  style. 

Semper,  Gottfried.  5745  S47 

Der  stil  in  den  technischen  und  tektonischen  kiinsten;  oder,  Prak- 

tische    aesthetik;    ein    handbuch    fiir    techniker,    kiinstler    und    kunst- 

freunde.    2v.     1860-63.    Kunst  und  Wissenschaft,  &  Bruckmann. 
V.I.     Die  textile  kunst  fiir  sich  betrachtet  und  in  beziehung  zur  baukunst. 
V.2.     Keramik,    tektonik,    stereotomie,    metallotechnik    fur    sich    betrachtet    und    in 

beziehung  zur  baukunst. 

Speltz,  Alexander.  745  S74 

Styles  of  ornament  exhibited  in  designs  and  arranged  in  historical 
order  with  descriptive  text;  a  handbook  for  architects,  designers,  paint- 
ers,  sculptors,    wood-carvers,   chasers,   modellers,   cabinet-makers   and 


1382  RUGS 

Speltz,  Alexander — continued.  745  S74 

artistic    locksmiths;    tr.    from    the    second    German    edition    by    David 
O'Conor.     [1906.]     Hessling. 
"Reference  books,"  P.633-63S. 

The  same;  a  series  of  3500  examples  arranged  in  historical  order 
with  descriptive  text,  for  the  use  of  architects,  designers,  craftsmen 
and  amateurs;  tr.  from  the  second  German  edition,  revised  and  ed.  by 
R.  H.  Spiers.     1910.     Batsford b745  S74 

Title  reads  "Styles  of  ornament  from  prehistoric  times  to  the  middle  of  the  19th 
century." 

"Reference  books,"  p. 627-629. 

Strange,  Edward  Fairbrother.  q745  S89 

Flowers  and  plants  for  designers  and  schools;  photographed  from 

nature  by  Henry  Irving.     1907.     Hodder. 

The  same qr745   S89 

Stencil  \vork 

Hopkins,  James  Frederick.  745-1  H78 

Decorating  fabrics  by  stenciling;  five  simple  lessons.  1908.  Hirsh- 
berg  Art  Co.     (Art-crafts  booklets.) 


Rugs 

Clifford,  Chandler  Robbins.  q745-2  C58 

Rugs  of  the  Orient.     191 1.     Clifford. 

Fully  illustrated  guide  to  the  classification  and  identification  of  oriental  rugs,  for 
the  dealer  as  well  as  the  collector.  Shows  the  characteristics  of  the  different  weaves 
and  numerous  design  details. 

Dunn,  Eliza.  745-2  Dga 

Rugs  in  their  native  land.     1910.    Dodd. 

Author,  writing  from  the  knowledge  of  many  years'  residence  in  Turkey,  gives  the 
history  and  characteristic  designs  of  each  variety  of  rug.     Illustrated  in  color. 

Holt,  Rosa  Belle.  q745-2  H74a 

Rugs,  oriental  and  occidental,  antique  and  modern;  a  handbook  for 
ready  reference.    1908.    McClurg. 
"List  of  authorities,"  p.: 75-1 78. 

"Not  intended  to  challenge  comparison  with  Mr.  Mumford's  elaborate ...  work 
[qr74S.2  M96]  but  'to  present  in  concise  form  certain  facts  that  may  enable  a  novice  to 
appreciate  the  beauty  and  interest  attaching  to  rugs,  and  assist  a  prospective  purchaser  in 
judging  of  the  merits  of  any  particular  rug  he  may  desire  to  buy'... The  twenty-four 
full-page  reproductions  of  rugs. .  .add  much  to  its  value.  Twelve  of  these  are  in  color. . . 
The  plates  in  both  books  [Mr.  Mumford's  and  Miss  Holt's]  taken  together  supplement 
each  other  admirably  and  furnish  material  assistance  to  the  student."    Dial,  1901. 

Larkin,  Thomas  Joseph.  745-2  Lsa 

Collection  of  antique  Chinese  rugs.     1910.     Privately  printed. 
Concise  descriptions  and  admirable  illustrations,  partly  in  color,  of  rugs  at  Messrs 

Larkin's  in  London. 

Pushman,  Garabed  T.  745-2  P98 

Art  panels  from  the  handlooms  of  the  far  Orient,  as  seen  by  a  native 

rug  weaver,  G.  T.  Pushman.    1905.    Donnelley. 
Illustrated  descriptions  of  various  types  of  oriental  rugs. 


ART  NEEDLEWORK  1383 

Yerkes,  Charles  Tyson.  qr745-2  Y25 

The  Yerkes  collection  of  oriental  carpets;  27  facsimile  reproductions 
in  color,  with  critical  text  by  J.  K.  Mumford.     1910.     Knapp. 


746     Art  needlework.     Lace.     Tapestry 

Buettner  (T.;  &  Co.  Chicago.  q746  B86 

Designs  and  instructions  for  Irish  crochet  lace.     1910. 

Carita,  pseud.  q746  C19 

Lacis;  practical  instructions  in  filet  brode,  or  darning  on  net,  ist  ser. 

1908.     Lippincott. 

"Works  consulted,"  p.  13. 

Christie,  Mrs  Grace.  746  C46 

Embroidery  and  tapestry  weaving;  a  practical  text-book  of  design 

and  workmanship.     1906.     Hogg. 

Chiefly  valuable  as  a  book  of  stitches,  the  historical  development  of  embroidery 
and  tapestry  being  only  incidentally  touched  upon.  Illustrated  with  diag^rams  showing 
most  admirably  the  application  of  the  stitches  and  the  texture  of  materials. 

Dillmont,  Therese  de,  ed.  746  D58 

Irish  crochet  lace.     [DoUfus.]     (D.  M.  C.  library.) 
Directions  for  making  the  lace.     Well  illustrated. 

Godon,  Julien.  qr746  G55 

Painted  tapestry  and  its  application  to  interior  decoration;  practical 
lessons  in  tapestry  painting  with  liquid  colour;  tr.  by  B.  Bucknall.  1879. 
Lechertier. 

Harvey,  Lula  Martha.  q746  H33 

Priscilla  Irish  crochet  book;  a  collection  of  new  and  original  designs, 
with  stitches  and  lessons  for  working.     1909.    Priscilla  Pub.  Co. 

746  H75 
Home  needlework  magazine;  bi-monthly,  Feb.  1907-date.  v.9-date. 
1907-date. 

Jourdain,  M.  746  J46 

Old  lace;  a  handbook  for  collectors,  an  account  of  the  different 
styles  of  lace,  their  history,  characteristics  &  manufacture.  1909.  Bats- 
ford. 

Contents:  Introduction. — Lacis  or  darned  netting. — Cutwork  (reticella)  and  punto 
in  aria. — Early  Italian  bobbin  lace. — Venetian  needlepoint  and  Burano  lace. — Milanese 
lace. — Cretan. — Flanders. — Belgian  lace. — Mechlin  and  Antwerp  lace. — Valenciennes 
and  Dutch  lace. — Alen^on  and  Argentan. — Lille  and  Arras. — Chantilly. — English  needle- 
point.— English  bobbin  lace. — English  bobbin  laces. — Irish  laces. — Blondes. 

Not  intended  to  supersede  the  classic — Mrs  Palliser's  "History  of  lace"  {ry^6  Pi 8) — 
but  to  gather  up  the  historical  facts  that  have  come  to  light  since  that  work  was  last 
published,  and  to  help  the  collector  to  name  and  date  his  lace,  and  distinguish  between 
the  real  work  and  machine-made.  Author  is  a  specialist  on  the  subject,  and  the  book 
bears  evidence  of  wide  research.     Condensed  from  Burlington  magazine,  1909. 

q746  L12 
Lace  maker;  ed.  by  Sara  Hadley,  1903-11.    v.1-4,  v.S,  pt.i.     1903-11. 


1384  INTERIOR  DECORATION 

Lowes,  Mrs  Emily  Leigh.  746  L95 

Chats  on  old  lace  and  needlework.     1908.     Unwin. 

"Bibliography,"  p.  10. 

Popular  account  of  the  history  of  lace  and  its  different  varieties  with  especial 
reference  to  English  laces.  Quotes  recent  sale  prices  for  valuable  pieces.  The  section 
on  needlework  is  confined  to  English  examples.     Illustrated  from  photographs. 

Mincoff,  Elizabeth,  &  Marriage,  Mrs  M.  S.  746  M72 

Pillow  lace;  a  practical  hand-book,  with  illustrations  by  Ernest  Mar- 
riage and  50  patterns.     1907.    Murray. 

"A  short  bibliography  of  pillow  lace,"  P.223-22S. 

Admirable  guide  for  amateurs  in  the  actual  making  of  lace.  The  first  chapters  con- 
tain a  short  historical  survey  of  the  art  of  lace-making.  The  rest  of  the  book  is  entirely 
practical,  describing  tools  and  methods  of  lace-making  and  giving  a  large  number  of 
patterns  with  full  explanations,  working  diagrams  and  directions  for  tracing  and  rubbing. 

Morse,  Mrs  T.  Vernette.  746  M92 

Embroidery.     1905.    Flanagan. 
Brief  handbook,  illustrated  with  working  designs. 

Thomson,  W.  G.  qr746  T38 

History  of  tapestry  from  the  earliest  times  until  the  present  day. 
1906.    Putnam. 

By  an  English  "examiner  in  art."  Detailed  account  of  the  use,  design  and  manu- 
facture of  tapestry  to  the  beginning  of  the  20th  century,  with  descriptions  of  notable 
examples.  The  chapters  on  English  tapestries  are  especially  valuable  and  are  based  on 
official  documents  and  manuscripts.  Illustrated  from  drawings,  photographs  and  water- 
colors. 


747     Interior  decoration 


Daniels,  Fred  Hamilton.  747  Daa 

Furnishing  of  a  modest  home.     1908.    Davis  Press. 

Contents:  The  problem. — Nature  the  source  of  inspiration. — The  plan  of  the  house. 
— The  walls  and  the  floor. — The  hall. — The  living  room. — The  dining  room. — The  bed 
room. — Pictures  and  casts. — The  small  ornaments. 

Duncan,  John  Hudson  Elder-.  q747  D89 

The  house  beautiful  and  useful;  being  practical  suggestions  on  fur- 
nishing and  decoration.     1907.     Lane. 

Contents:  Introductory:  A  short  summary  of  a  century  of  applied  art. — General 
notes  on  decoration. — Constructive  and  surface  decoration. — Old  furniture. — Modem 
furniture. — Carpets,  linoleums,  mattings,  fabrics,  etc. — Hints  to  purchasers. 

French,  Lillie  Hamilton.  q747  Fgah 

The  house  dignified;  its  design,  its  arrangement  and  its  decoration. 

1908.    Putnam. 

Contains    many   illustrations    from    photographs    of    rooms    and    details    of    modern 

palatial  homes. 

Guerinet,  Armand,  pub.  qb747  G95 

Le  chateau  de  Chantilly;  reproduction  phototypique  des  interieurs 
des  appartements  et  des  details  de  sculpture  ornementale  et  peintures 
decoratives,  meubles,  etc. 

qb747  I24 
Innen-dekoration;  zeitschrift  fur  wohnungs-kunst  und  den  gesamten 
inneren  ausbau  [monthly],  1907-09.    v.18-20.     1907-09. 

Continuation   of  "Illustrirte  kunstgewerbliche  zeitschrift  fur  innen-dekoration." 


INTERIOR  DECORATION  1385 

Lenoir,  G.  Felix.  qb747  L61 

Die  tapezier-  und  dekorationskunst;  theoretische  und  praktische  ab- 

handlungen.     [1898.]     Hessling. 

Large  number  of  plates  illustrating  various  styles  of  drapery  for  windows  and  doors, 

bed-hangings,  etc 

Lenygon,  Francis.  <ll>747  L617 

Decoration  and  furniture  of  English  mansions  during  the  17th  and 
i8th  centuries.     1909.     Laurie. 

"Books  on  furniture  &  decoration  published  in  England  previous  to  1800,"  p.205-207. 

"Interesting  account  of  the  decorations  and  furniture  assembled  in  N0.31,  Old 
Burlington  Street,  by  a  firm  with  which  the  author  is  connected.  The  house ...  appears 
to  be  the  home  of  various  admirable  examples  of  English  decoration  and  furniture. 
The  book  is  divided  into  chapters  dealing  with  the  successive  i>eriods  of  furniture  from 
that  of  the  Early  English  Renaissance — tapestries,  wood  panelling,  plaster  ornamentation, 
paintings,  damasks,  gesso-work,  carpets,  and  other  matters.  It  is  plentifully  illustrated 
...and  contains  a  useful  catalogue  of  reference  books."     Athenaum,  1909. 

Percier,  Charles,  &  Fontaine,  P.  F.  L.  qb747  P42 

Style  empire;  interior  decorations,  furniture,  etc.,  executed  after 
designs  by  Ch.  Percier  and  P.  F.  L.  Fontaine,  Paris,  1801.     [188  ?] 

Reprinted  and  published  by  Helburn  &  Hagen,  with  reproduction  of  title-page 
"Recueil  de  decorations  interieures  comprenant  tout  ce  qui  a  rapport  a  Tameublement." 

Priestman,  Mabel  Tuke.  747  P94 

Art  and  economy  in  home  decoration.    1908.    Lane. 

Contains  practical  chapter  on  "Ornamenting  fabrics  by  means  of  stencilling  and 
block  printing." 

Sherwin-Williams  Company,  comp.  747  S55 

Your  home  and  its  decoration;  a  series  of  practical  suggestions  for 
the  painting,  decorating  and  furnishing  of  the  home.     1910. 

Issued  by  the  decorative  department  of  the  Sherwin-Williams  Company  of  Cleve- 
land. Fully  illustrated  and  accompanied  by  specifications  for  producing  the  effects 
pictured. 

Sparrow,  Walter  Shaw.  747  S73 

Hints  on  house  furnishing.     1909.    Nash. 

Contents:  The  subject  introduced. — The  house  in  details. — The  house  and  its 
rooms. 

Designed  to  afford  hints  to  the  helpless  householder  so  that  he  shall  not  be  entirely 
at  the  mercy  of  the  house  decorator.  The  author  is  most  useful  when  he  applies  his 
principles  to  the  house  in  detail.  He  mentions  names  of  firms  who  supply  different 
fabrics,  and  the  names  of  designers.  Contains  a  chapter  on  furniture  designed  by  Mr 
Baillie  Scott. 

Spofford,  Mrs  Harriet  Elizabeth  (Prescott).  747  S76 

Art  decoration  applied  to  furniture.      1878.     Harper. 
Brief  account  of  the  different  styles  of  furniture  followed  by  practical  suggestions 
on  the  furnishing  of  the  various  rooms  of  a  house. 


748     Stained  glass 

Day,  Lewis  Foreman.  748  Dssa 

Windows;  a  book  about  stained  &  painted  glass.     1909.     Batsford. 

The  same.     1902 748  D33 

"Definitive  treatise. .  .both  practical  and  theoretic,  within  reasonable  limits.  He  has 
also  managed  most  laudably  to  explain  both  theory  and  practice  through  a  historical 
sequence,  beginning  with  a  notice  of  the  earliest  facts,  and  coming  down  to  the  ques- 
tions of  what  is  done  to-day,  can  be  done,  and  what  should  be  done."  John  La  Farge,  in 
Bookbuyer,  1898. 


1386  STAINED  GLASS.    FURNITURE 

r748  D46 
Designs  for  ornamental  window  glass,  with  explanatory  remarks  and 
an  index.    1847.    Martin. 

Small  plates,  some  in  color. 

Duthie,  Arthur  Louis.  748  D95 

Decorative  glass  processes.    1908.    Constable. 
The  same.    1908.    Van  Nostrand r748  D95 

Detailed  descriptions  of  various  methods,  by  a  practical  designer  and  worker  in 
stained  glass.  Has  chapters  on  leaded  lights,  stained  and  embossed  glass,  etc.  For  the 
specialist  rather  than  the  beginner.     Illustrated. 

Joyce,  James  Gerald.  qr748  J48 

The  Fairford  windows;  a  monograph.     1872.    Arundel  Society. 
Fairford  church  is  the  principal  ornament  of  a  small  country  town  in  Gloucester- 
shire, Eng.     Its  famous  windows,  which  form  a  complete  series  illustrating  the  history 
of  the  redemption,  are  among  the  most  valuable  examples  of  glass-painting  in  England. 

Sherrill,  Charles  Hitchcock.  748  S55 

Stained  glass  tours  in  England.    1909.    Lane. 

"The  tours  proposed  are  four — one  for  each  of  the  main  periods  of  glass-making. 
This  scheme,  if  literally  carried  out,  necessitates  doubling  on  the  trail;  York,  for  in- 
stance, must  be  visited  several  times,  as  an  exemplar  not  only  of  early  English  glass,  but 
of  glass  of  the  decorated  and  perpendicular  styles.  Probably  most  travellers  will  take 
all  their  impressions  of  a  given  place  at  once,  but  they  will  find  Mr.  Sherrill's  insistence 
on  chronological  sequence  logically  helpful.  The  demarcations  are  made  on  the  simplest 
lines,  disputed  technical  questions  are  not  raised,  elementary  historical  references  are 
supplied,  and  the  enthusiastic  spirit  of  the  author  combines  with  the  intrinsic  charm  of 
the  subject  to  suggest  a  seductive  programme  for  one's  next  vacation."     Nation,  1909. 

Winston,  Charles.  1748  W79m 

Memoirs  illustrative  of  the  art  of  glass-painting.     1865.    Murray. 
"Biographical  memoir,"  p.  1-62. 

When  this  book  was  published  Winston  was  the  leading  English  authority  on  glass- 
painting. 

749     Furniture 

Bates  &  Guild  Co.  pub.  q749  B31 

English    household    furniture;    mainly    designed    by    Chippendale, 

Sheraton,  Adam  and  others  of  the  Georgian  period;  100  plates.     1900. 

Candee,  Helen  Churchill.  749  C17 

Decorative  styles  and  periods  in  the  home.     1906.    Stokes. 

Commencing  with  a  brief  history  of  furniture  before  the  renaissance  and  conclud- 
ing with  the  art  nouveau  of  the  present  time,  the  distinctive  characteristics  of  the  furni- 
ture of  the  different  periods  are  discussed  in  a  very  readable  manner.  There  are  many 
illustrations. 

Dyer,  Walter  Alden.  749  D98 

Lure  of  the  antique;  a  book  of  ready  reference  for  collectors.  1910. 
Century. 

Contents:  The  quest  for  the  old  and  beautiful. — Old  chairs  in  modern  houses. — Old 
desks  and  secretaries. — Tables  and  sideboards. — Four-poster  bedsteads  and  others. — 
Some  old  clocks. — The  looking-glasses  of  a  hundred  years  ago. — Old  lamps  and  candle- 
sticks.— Old  blue  Staffordshire. — The  beautiful  pottery  of  Wedgwood. — Luster-ware. — 
Lowestoft;  the  porcelains,  salt-glaze. — English  and  American  glassware. — Bohemian  glass- 
ware.— The  collecting  of  old  silverware. — The  pewter  on  the  dresser. — Sheffield  plate. — 
Old  brass  and  copper  utensils.  —  Where  ancient  back-logs  glowed.  —  The  truth  about 
antique  furniture. 

Many  of  these  chapters  appeared  first  in  "Country  life  in  America,"  v.9-19,  April 
1906-Dec.  1910.  , 

Accurate  information  is  given  as  to  makers  and  styles  and  valuable  advice  about 
the  determination  of  genuineness  and  value. 


FURNITURE  1387 


Helburn  &  Hagen,  pub.  V749  H42 

Historical  art  furniture;  specimens  of  English,  French,  German  and 

Italian    workmanship    from    the    middle    ages,    renaissance-period    and 

epochs  of  Louis  XIII,  Louis  XIV,  Louis  XV  and  Louis  XVI  [plates]. 

Koppen,  Alfred,  &  Breuer,  Carl.  qb749  K38 

Geschichte  des  mobels  unter  beriicksichtigung  der  architektonischen 

und   tektonischen  formen;   eine  stillehre   fur  bau-  und  mobeltischler; 

die  entwicklung  des  mobels  von  den  anfangen  des  menschlichen  wohn- 

baus  bis  zur  romischen  kaiserzeit  unter  einbeziehung  des  mobiliars  in 

den  ostasiatischen  landern.     1904. 

"Inhaltsubersicht  und  verzeichnis  der  benutzten  wissenschaftlichen  arbeiten,"  p.s-8. 

Lockwood,  Luke  Vincent,  comp.  qr749  L76 

Collection  of  English  furniture  of  the  17  &  18  centuries.  1907.  Tif- 
fany Studios. 

This  catalogue  of  the  collection  of  English  furniture  exhibited  at  the  Tiffany 
studios  will  have  value  for  collectors  apart  from  its  special  purpose.     Fully  illustrated. 

Meyer,  Alfred  Gotthold,  comp.  <lb749  M65 

Tafeln  zur  geschichte  der  mdbelformen;  fortgefiihrt  von  Richard 
Graul;  3d-i2th  ser.    v.3-6.     1905-11. 

V.3.     ser.3:     Bett. — Wiege;  ser.4:     Tischformen;  ser.5 :    Truhen. 

V.4.     Plates  of  the  above. 

V.5.  ser.5-7:  Schrankformen;  ser.8:  Spiegel.  —  Rahmen;  ser.9:  Uhren;  ser.io: 
Englisches  mobiliar;  supplement  ser.  11-12:  Mobiliar  von  1 780-1 840,  empire  und  bieder- 
meierstil. 

V.6.     Plates  of  the  above. 

For  v.i-2  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Moore,  Mrs  N.  (Hudson).  q749  M87C 

Collector's  manual.     1906.     Stokes. 

Contents:  Tables  and  sideboards. —  English  pottery  and  porcelain. —  Chairs  and 
sofas. —  Antique  glassware. —  Chests  and  cupboards. —  Brass  and  copper  utensils. —  Old- 
fashioned  bedsteads. — Lustre  ware. — Old-fashioned  timepieces. — Desks  and  secretaries. — 
Old  pewter. — Bureaus. — Cottage  ornaments. 

Illustrated  guide  for  collectors  and  lovers  of  antiques,  especially  furniture,  pottery 
and  metal  ware. 

Shackleton,  Robert,  &  Shackleton,  Mrs  E.  H.  (Fleming).  749  S52 

Quest  of  the  colonial.     1907.     Century. 

Pleasantly  written  account  of  the  experiences  of  two  enthusiastic  collectors  of  old 
furniture.  Their  search  was  not  confined  to  the  antique  shops,  but  they  visited  villages 
and  out-of-the-way  places  in  New  England,  New  York  and  the  middle  states.  They 
offer  suggestions  to  the  prospective  collector  and  give,  briefly,  distinguishing  characteris- 
tics of  the  various  styles  of  colonial  furniture.     Well  furnished  with  illustrations. 

Singleton,  Esther.  <lb749  S6id 

Dutch  and  Flemish  furniture.     1907.     McClure. 

"Miss  Singleton  has  the  faculty  of  treating  her  subject  scientifically  and  exhaus- 
tively and  yet  making  her  book  interesting.  .  .The  general  treatment  and  scheme... 
could  scarcely  be  better  or  more  lucid.  It  completely  justifies  its  title  in  that  it  is 
history,  not  merely  a  collection  of  fine  examples  with  descriptive  notes.  The  illustra- 
tions are  not  only  good  in  themselves  but  evince  great  selective  care.  So  typical  are 
they  that  a  very  creditable  knowledge  of  the  subject  could  be  attained  by  merely  study- 
ing the  plates."     Burlington  magazine,  1907. 

Small,  John  William.  4^749  S63 

Ancient  &  modern  furniture  [plates.    1883].    Small. 


1388  PAINTING 


Ungewitter,  Georg  Gottlob.  qb74g  U2S 

Entwiirfe  gothischer  mobel;  perspectivische  ansichten,  risse  und  ein- 
zelheiten  der  verschiedenartigsten  mobelstiicke  in  einfachster  und  reich- 
ster  ausfiihrung,  ein  vorlagenwerk  fiir  mobeltischler,  holzbildhauer, 
architekten  und  schulen  [plates].    2v.     [1893-94.] 

Ware,  William  Rotch,  ed.  qb749  Waa 

Seats  of  the  colonists  and  other  furnishings;  illustrated  largely  with 

measured  drawings  by  H.  C.  Dunham,    pt.i.    1904.    Amer.  Architect  Co. 

Illustrations,  chiefly  of  chairs,  with  brief  introductory  text. 

[Windsor,  Henry  H.  ed.]  749  W78 

Mission  furniture,  how  to  make  it.  pt.1-2,  in  2v.  1909-10.  Popular 
Mechanics  Co.     (Popular  mechanics  handbook  series.) 

Practical  directions,  with  working  drawings,  for  making  chairs,  tables,  magazine 
stands,  lawn  swings,  settees,  etc. 

Lamps 
Adams,  John  Duncan.  749'2  A21 

Lamps  and  shades  in  metal  and  art  glass;  18  complete  designs,  with 
working  drawings  and  full  directions  for  their  making.  191 1.  Popular 
Mechanics  Co.    (Popular  mechanics  handbook  series.) 

Benesch,  Ladislaus,  edler  von.  qr749.2  B43 

Das  beleuchtungswesen  vom  mittelalter  bis  zur  mitte  des  19.  jahr- 
hunderts,  aus  Osterreich-Ungarn,  inbesondere  aus  den  Alpenlandern 
und  den  angrenzenden  gebieten  der  nachbarstaaten.     1905. 


750     Painting 


Binyon,  Mrs  Cicely  Margaret  (Powell),  comp.  750  B48 

Mind  of  the  artist;  thoughts  and  sayings  of  painters  and  sculptors 
on  their  art,  with  a  preface  by  George  Clausen.     1909.    Chatto. 

Quotations  arranged  under  several  broad  headings,  such  as  aim  and  ideals,  methods 
of  work,  manner,  color,  etc.  The  compiler  has  had  recourse  less  to  comprehensive 
treatises  on  theory  than  to  the  more  intimate  expressions  of  opinion  contained  in  letters, 
diaries  and  memoirs  of  artists. 

Blanc,  Charles.  750  B53 

Grammar  of  painting  and  engraving;  tr.  by  K.  N.  Doggett.  1879. 
Griggs. 

By  a  French  art  critic  of  considerable  reputation,  at  one  time  editor  of  the  "Gazette 
des  beaux-arts." 

"M.  Blanc's  book  comes  as  near  to  the  ideal  primer,  or  first  book  in  reading  the 
language  of  art,  as  anything  we  have... It  is  clear,  it  will  be  understood  aright  by  a 
tolerably  careful  reader,  it  is  consecutive,  and  does  not  ramble."    Nation,  1874. 

Caffin,  Charles  Henry.  750  Ci2C 

Child's  guide  to  pictures.     1908.    Baker. 

An  attempt  to  explain  the  artist's  point  of  view,  what  he  means  by  composition,  tone, 
values,  etc.  There  are  few  adults,  not  professional  artists  or  closely  associated  with  art, 
who  know  all  that  Mr  Caffin  tells  the  children — few  that  would  not  find  their  apprecia- 
tion of  the  real  qualities  of  painting  stimulated  and  clarified  by  close  attention  to  what 
he  has  to  say.     Condensed  from  Nation,  1908. 


PAINTING  1389 


Cox,  Kenyon.  750  C85 

Classic  point   of  view;   six  lectures  on   painting   delivered   on    the 

Scammon  foundation  at  the  Art  Institute  of  Chicago  in  the  year  191 1. 

191 1.    Scribner. 

Contents:     The  classic  spirit. — The  subject  in  art. — Design. — Drawing. — Light  and 

shade  and  color. — Technique. 

Herkomer,  Sir  Hubert  von.  q75o  H47 

My  school  and  my  gospel.     1908.     Doubleday. 

Discursive  account  of  his  experiences  as  a  teacher  in  the  famous  art  school  at 
Bushey,  England.  It  traces  the  origin  and  rise  of  the  school,  the  principles  on  which 
the  teaching  was  conducted,  and  closes  with  an  account  of  the  dramatic  performances 
held  there,  with  special  reference  to  the  musical  accompaniments  and  the  novelties  in 
stage  management  there  introduced.  Fully  illustrated,  both  with  the  author's  sketches 
and  with  reproductions  of  works  by  his  most  talented  pupils. 

Hind,  Charles  Lewis.  750  H56 

Education  of  an  artist.    1906.    Black. 

Imaginary  experiences  of  an  employee  in  a  publishing  house  who  at  the  age  of  33 
determined  to  become  a  painter,  failed  in  the  attempt  and  finally  settled  down  to  writing 
as  his  medium  of  artistic  expression.  The  purpose  of  the  book  seems  to  be  the  binding 
together  of  the  author's  criticisms  of  some  of  the  masterpieces  of  painting  in  European 
galleries.     There  are  numerous  illustrations. 

Holmes,  Charles  John.  750  H73 

Notes  on  the  science  of  picture-making.     1909.    Chatto. 
Talks  on  art  to  students,  considering  the  emphasis  of  design,  of  materials  and  of 
personal  character.     Shows  that  a  good  picture  is  a  reasonable  and  logical  performance, 
in  which  everything  conduces  to  a  perfectly  definite  end.     Author  is   (1909)    Slade  pro- 
fessor of  fine  art,  Oxford,  and  editor  of  the  "Burlington  magazine." 

"Our  author  keeps  constantly  before  him  the  painter's  actual  problem;  almost  all 
that  he  says  is  for  use  in  the  studio,  and  we  may  fairly  add  that  since  Reynolds's  dis- 
courses [q704  R37]  the  student  has  never  had  put  before  him  such  a  fruitful  and  sug- 
gestive guide  to  his  endeavours."     Athen<Bum,  1909. 

Ostwald,  Wilhelm.  750  O29 

Letters  to  a  painter  on  the  theory  and  practice  of  painting;  author- 
ized translation  by  H.  W.  Morse.     1907.     Ginn. 

These  letters  deal  wholly  with  the  technicalities  of  painting,  such  as  the  making  of 
pastel,  the  testing  of  pigments  and  the  different  processes  involved  in  fresco,  oil  and 
water-color  painting. 

Solomon,  Solomon  Joseph.  750  S68 

Practice  of  oil  painting  and  of  drawing  as  associated  with  it.  1910. 
Seeley.     (New  art  library.) 

Excellent  manual  from  the  pen  of  one  of  the  foremost  figure  painters  of  the  day. 
About  half  the  book  deals  with  the  delineation  of  the  figure,  light  and  shade  and  the 
technique  of  painting.  The  second  part  is  devoted  to  discussing  the  methods  and  char- 
acteristics of  the  master-painters  of  all  the  great  European  schools.  Numerous  illustra- 
trations.     Condensed  from  International  studio,  1910. 

Van  Dyke,  John  Charles.  750  Vi8s 

Studies  in  pictures;  an  introduction  to  the  famous  galleries.     1907. 

Scribner. 

Mr  Van  Dyke  points  out  some  of  the  elements  that  may  be  looked  for  in  various 

kinds  of  painting — landscapes,  portraits,  etc.     There  are  chapters  on  the  restoration  of 

the  old  masters  and  on  copies  and  forgeries.     Illustrated  by  pictures  of  famous  paintings. 

Van  Dyke,  John  Charles.  750  ViSw 

What  is  art?  studies  in  the  technique  and  criticism  of  painting. 
1910.     Scribner. 


1390  PAINTING 


Womum,  Ralph  Nicholson,  ed.  tjso  W89 

Lectures  on  painting  by  the  Royal  Academicians,  Barry,  Opie  and 
Fuseli;  ed.  with  an  introduction  and  notes,  critical  and  illustrative,  by 
R.  N.  Womum.     1848.    Bohn. 

751     Materials  and  methods 

Cennini,  Cennino.  751  C31 

Book   of   the    art    of    Cennino    Cennini;    a    contemporary    practical 
treatise  on  quattrocento  painting;  tr.  from  the  Italian,  with  notes  on 
mediaeval  art  methods  by  C.  J.  Herringham.     1899.    Allen. 
"Principal  authorities  and  books  of  reference,"  p. 265-266. 

"Full  and  correct  translation  from  the  Florentine  mss.  of  this  remarkable  treatise 
...  In  two  prefatory  chapters  Miss  Herringham  discourses  interestingly  on  the  author 
of  the  Trattato  and  the  pedigree  of  the  Trattato,  and  in  a  series  of  informing  chapters 
which  follow  the  translation. .  .she  deals  with  medixval  art  methods  generally — the 
chemical  behaviour  of  egg-vehicles,  fresco  and  its  resemblance  to  tempera,  early  oil 
painting,  grounds  and  size,  gilding,  early  varnishes,  and  so  forth.  The  book  is ...  an 
exceedingly  learned  and  valuable  one,  and  one  which  artists  and  art  craftsmen  will  find 
not  only  useful  but  amusing."    Studio,  jpoo. 

[Cosgrove,  Mrs  Henrietta  Clarissa  (Jackson).]  751  C83 

Amateur  art;  oil  and  water  color  painting,  painting  on  china,  model- 
ing in  clay  and  ware  painting,  pyrography  or  burnt  wood  etching,  by 
Henri  Clarise  [pseud.].     1909.     Donnelley. 

Information  about  materials  and  methods;  distinctly  for  the  amateur. 

Delamotte,  Freeman  Gage.  751  D38 

The  amateur  artist;  or.  Oil  and  water  color  painting  without  the  aid 
of  a  teacher.     1906.    Drake. 

Self-educational  book  which  gives  instructions  in  flower  and  landscape  painting, 
pastels,  pen  and  ink  drawing,  china  painting,  pyrography  and  metal  work. 

Laurie,  Arthur  Pillans.  751  L37m 

Materials  of  the  painter's  craft  in  Europe  and  Egypt  from  earliest 

times   to   the   end   of  the    17th    century,   with    some   account   of   their 

preparation  and  use.     1910.     Foulis.     (Arts  and  crafts  of  the  nations.) 

"List  of  books  of  reference,"  p.386-434. 

Survey  of  the  methods  of  painting  from  the  earliest  times,  the  result  of  an  examina- 
tion not  only  of  paintings,  but  also  of  the  very  considerable  number  of  ancient  writings 
on  the  subject  which  have  survived.  Author  is  not  only  a  distinguished  chemist,  but  is 
also  concerned  with  the  practical  manufacture  of  colors  for  artists.  Condensed  from 
Spectator,  igii. 

Toch,  Maximilian.  751  T54 

Materials  for  permanent  painting;  a  manual  for  manufacturers,  art 
dealers,  artists  and  collectors.     191 1.    Van  Nostrand. 

".Author  is  one  of  the  foremost  paint  technologists;  he  is  also  a  chemist,  practical 
color  manufacturer,  and  art  connoisseur. .  .The  manual  is  not  technical,  yet  suf- 
ficient of  the  chemistry  of  pig^ments,  solvents,  varnishes,  driers,  etc.,  is  included  to 
give  the  work  a  particular  as  well  as  general  value."    Nation,  1911. 

Vibert,  Jehan  Georges.  751  Vag 

Science  of  painting.     1892.    Young. 

Covers  the  technical  side  of  painting — processes  and  materials. 

Abendschein,  Albert.  75i.i  A14 

Secret  of  the  old  masters.     1906.    Appleton. 

Attempt  to  discover  the  technical  principles,  methods  and  materials  of  the  old 
masters. 


PAINTING  1391 


Frederick,  Frank  Forrest.  q75i.2  F89 

Wash  method  of  handling  water-colour.     1908.     Manual  Arts  Press. 

Reprinted  from  "Manual  training  magazine,"  April   1908. 
Describes  the  method  of  applying  flat  Vashes  of  water-color. 


Enamels 

Cunynghame,  Henry  Hardinge  Samuel.  q75i-3  C92 

European  enamels.  1906.  Methuen.  (Connoisseur's  library.) 
"Considering  that  so  little  is  known  individually  about  the  enamellers  who  have 
made  the  history  of  enamelling  in  Europe,  Mr.  Cunynghame  has  fulfilled  a  very  diffi- 
cult task... His  own  knowledge  of  the  craft  and  his  instinct  for  its  beauties  have  alone 
enabled  him  to  make,  as  he  has  done,  a  very  interesting  and,  on  the  whole,  reliable 
work  on  the  subject."     International  studio,  1906. 

Day,  Lewis  Foreman.  751-3  D33 

Enamelling;  a  comparative  account  of  the  development  and  practice 
of  the  art.     1907.    Batsford. 


755     Religious  art 

Bernhart,  Joseph,  ed.  qr755  B45 

Ars  sacra;  blatter  heiliger  kunst,  mit  begleitenden  worten  von  Jos. 
Bernhart.    v.1-2,  in  i.    1909. 

v. I— 2.     Vom  Erloser. — Gleichnisse  des  Herrn. 

Bums,  James.  755  B93 

The  Christ  face  in  art.    1907.    Duckworth. 

Contains  many  reproductions  of  portraits  of  Christ.  The  text  traces  the  develop- 
ment of  this  portraiture  from  the  early  times  to  the  present  day. 

Burns,  James.  755  B93S 

Sermons  in  art  by  the  great  masters;  interpreted  by  J[ames]  Burns. 

1908.    Duckworth. 

Descriptions  of  15  well-known  religious  paintings,  applying  the  underlying  spiritual 

meaning  of  each,  as  the  author  conceives  it,  to  human  conduct.     Illustrated. 

Eggleston,  Edward,  comp.  qr755  E35 

Christ  in  art;  the  story  of  the  words  and  acts  of  Jesus  Christ  as  re- 
lated in  the  language  of  the  four  evangelists,  arranged  in  one  continu- 
ous narrative;  illustrated  after  the  famous  designs  of  Alexander  Bida, 
together  with  numerous  expository  engravings  in  the  text  by  American 
artists.    1875.    Ford. 

Hole,  William.  q755  H71 

Life  of  Jesus  of  Nazareth;  80  pictures  by  William  Hole  [preface  by 

William  Sinclair  and  an  introductory  note  by  G.  A.  Smith.    1908].    Eyre. 

Hurll,  Estelle  May.  755  Hgsb 

The  Bible  beautiful;  a  history  of  biblical  art.     [1907.]     Sisley. 
Appendices:     Some  famous  Latin  hymns  of  the  middle  ages. — Outline  of  subjects 
in  the  "Biblia  pauperum." — Selections  from  the  "Byzantine  guide  to  painting." 

Enumerates  a  large  number  of  paintings  illustrating  biblical  subjects  from  the  be- 
ginning of  Christian  art  to  the  present  day.  Contains  an  index  of  subjects,  of  artists 
and  of  places  where  the  works  mentioned  may  be  found.  There  are  about  40  illustra- 
tions. 


1392  PAINTING 


Slack,  Marie  Louise  755  S63 

Studies  in  the  life  of  Christ  in  art;  teachers' outline.  1909.  National 
Board  of  the  Y.  W.  C.  A.     (Bible  study  courses.) 

"Books  of  reference,"  p.5. 

With  this  is  bound  her  "Studies  in  the  life  of  Christ  in  art;  students'  outline." 

Smith,  William  Walter,  comp.  rjss  S66 

Complete  handbook  of  religious  pictures;  a  practical  manual  for 
pastors,  Sunday  school  teachers  and  Bible  students;  a  listed  catalogue 
of  all  important  religious  pictures,  places  and  scenery  in  Bible  lands; 
comp.  for  the  New  York  Sunday  School  Commission.     1905. 

Sparrow,  Walter  Shaw,  ed.  V7SS  S73 

The  gospels  in  art;  the  life  of  Christ  by  great  painters  from  Fra 
Angelico  to  Holman  Hunt;  the  text  by  Leonce  Benedite,  Henry  van 
Dyke,  R.  F.  Horton  and  the  bishop  of  Derry  and  Raphoe.  1904. 
Stokes. 

Tabor,  Margaret  E.  755  Tii 

Saints  in  art,  with  their  attributes  and  symbols,  alphabetically  ar- 
ranged.   [1908.]    Stokes. 

Much  condensed  compilation  of  the  legends  and  other  information  contained  in  the 
works  of  Mrs  Jameson  and  other  authorities.  Gives  the  feast  day  of  each  saint  and 
mentions  the  place  and  artist  of  the  more  famous  representations.     Illustrated. 

Temple,  Alfred  George,  ed.  V7SS  T28 

Sacred  art;  the  Bible  story  pictured  by  eminent  modern  painters. 
[1898.]     Cassell. 

Portraits.     Portrait  painting 

Bibliography 

American  Library  Association.  roi6.757  A51 

A.  L.  A.  portrait  index;  index  to  portraits  contained  in  printed  books 
and  periodicals;  ed.  by  W.  C.  Lane  and  N.  E.  Browne  [and  published 
by  the  Library  of  Congress].    1906. 


General  works 

Bate,  Percy,  ed.  V7S7  B31 

Modern  Scottish  portrait  painters  [plates],  with  an  introductory 
essay.    1910.    Schulze. 

Thirty- four  Scottish  portrait  painters  are  represented  by  6i  well  executed  photo- 
gravures after  their  work. 

Clouet,  Francois.  qr757  C61 

Three  hundred  French  portraits  representing  personages  of  the 
courts  of  Francis  I,  Henry  II  and  Francis  II;  auto-lithographed  from 
the  originals  at  Castle  Howard,  Yorkshire  by  Lord  Ronald  Gower.  2v. 
1875.    Low. 


PAINTING  1393 


Davenport,  Cyril.  757  Dag 

Miniatifres,  ancient  and  modern.     [1907.]     Methuen.     (Little  books 

on  art.) 

"Bibliography,"  p.  165-166. 

Short  account  of  the  history  and  art  of  miniature  painting.     Includes  silhouettes. 

enamels   and  wax  miniatures.     Illustrated. 

Hart,  Charles  Henry,  ed.  qr757  Sgsh 

Register  of  portraits  painted  by  Thomas  Sully,  1801-1871.  1909. 
Privately  printed. 

Sully  (1783-1872)  was  a  portrait  painter  of  the  early  American  school.  The  book 
registers  1,931  portraits. 

Hartmann,  Sadakichi.  757  H32 

Composition  in  portraiture,  by  Sidney  Allan  [pseud.].  1909.  Wilson. 
Analyzes  composition,  especially  as  it  is  related  to  portrait  photography.     Discusses 

the  placing  of  the  head,  the  positions  of  the  body,  group  composition,  treatment  of  the 

hands,  line,  tone,  values  and  chiaroscuro.     Fully  illustrated. 

Hurll,  Estelle  May.  757  H95 

Portraits  and  portrait  painting;  being  a  brief  survey  of  portrait 
painting  from  the  middle  ages  to  the  present  day.     1907.    Page. 

Moore,  Mrs  N.  (Hudson).  qJ757  M87 

Children  of  other  days;  notable  pictures  of  children  of  various  coun- 
tries and  times,  after  paintings  by  great  masters,  with  stories  and  de- 
scriptions.    1905.    Stokes. 

Picture-book  with  short  stories  telling  about  famous  baby  princesses  and  princes, 
dukes  and  duchesses,  kings  and  queens. 

Moule,  Thomas.  qr757  M94 

Portraits  of  illustrious  persons  in  English  history;  drawn  by  G.  P. 
Harding,  with  biographical  and  historical  notices  by  Thomas  Moule. 
1869.     Smith. 

Pinkerton,  John.  qr757  P63 

Scotish  gallery;  or,  Portraits  of  eminent  persons  of  Scotland,  many 
of  them  after  pictures  by  the  celebrated  Jameson,  at  Taymouth  and 
other  places,  with  brief  accounts  of  the  characters  represented  and  an 
introduction  on  the  rise  and  progress  of  painting  in  Scotland.  1799. 
Harding. 

Tregaskis,  James.  r757  T7ia 

Caxton  head  catalogue  of  portraits,  with  index  of  painters  and  en- 
gravers, index  of  family  names  and  a  general  index,  offered  by  James 
Tregaskis  at  the  sign  of  the  Caxton  head,  London.     1912. 

The  same.    1908 r757  T71 

Gives  prices. 

Williamson,  George  Charles.  757  W75h 

How  to  identify  portrait  miniatures,  with  chapters  on  how  to  paint 
miniatures,  by  Alyn  Williams.     1904.     Bell. 

"Bibliography,"  p.  17-19. 

Complete  grammar  of  education  to  the  collector,  by  one  of  the  chief  authorities  on 
the  subject.  It  skilfully  dissects  the  styles  not  only  of  the  recognized  English  masters 
and  some  of  their  foreign  contemporaries,  but  also  of  many  comparatively  little  known 
men.     Has  excellent  half-tone  illustrations.     Condensed  from  Academy,  1904. 


1394  PAINTING 

Williamson,  George  Charles.  qr757  W75P 

Portrait  miniatures;  text  by  G.  C.  Williamson,  ed.  by  Charles  Holme. 
(Studio.     Special  spring  number,  1910.) 

Brief  survey  (32  pages)  of  the  art  of  the  miniature  painter,  followed  by  illustra- 
tive portraits,  chiefly  in  color. 

758  Landscape  painting 

East,  Alfred.  q758  E18 

Art  of  landscape  painting  in  oil  colour.    1906.    Cassell. 
The  same qr758  E18 

Deals  in  separate  chapters  with  such  subjects  as  color,  composition,  skies,  trees, 
g^ss,  and  the  materials  to  be  used  in  painting.  The  teachings  are  enforced  by  a  large 
number  of  reproductions  of  pictures  by  Mr  East. 

Harrison,  Birge.  758  H29 

Landscape  painting.    1909.    Scribner. 

Contents:  Landscape  art  in  general. — Color. — Vibration. — Refraction. — Values. — 
Drawing. — Composition. — Quality. — Pigments. — On  framing  pictures. — On  schools. — The 
arts  and  crafts. — Mural  painting. — On  vision. — The  importance  of  fearlessness  in  paint- 
ing.— The  sub-conscious  servant. — Temperament — Character. — What  is  a  good  picture? 
— The  true  impressionism. — The  future  of  American  art. 

Holme,  Charles,  ed.  qr758  H73 

Sketching  grounds.    1909.     (Studio.    Special  summer  number,  1909.) 

^     Twenty-four  sketching  grounds  beloved  of  painters  are  described  and  illustrated  by 
different  artists. 

MacWhirter,  John.  758  M22m 

MacWhirter  sketch  book;  being  reproductions  of  a  selection  of 
sketches  in  colour  and  pencil  from  the  sketch  books  of  John  Mac- 
Whirter, designed  to  assist  the  student  of  landscape  painting  in  water- 
colour;  with  an  introduction  by  Edwin  Bale.    1907.    Lippincott. 

Continuation  of  his  "Landscape  painting  in  water  colours." 

Michel,  fimile.  q758  M66 

Great  masters  of  landscape  painting;  from  the  French.  1910.  Lip- 
pincott. 

The  same VIS^  M66 

Series  of  individual  appreciations  rather  than  a  history.  Living  artists  are  omitted. 
There  are  more  than  200  illustrations,  of  which  40  are  photogravure  plates. 

Phythian,  John  Ernest.  758  P53 

Trees  in  nature,  myth  and  art.     [1907.]     Methuen. 

Contents:  The  soul  of  a  tree.  —  Tree-worship.  —  Trees  in  nature.  —  Through  the 
changing  year. — The  architecture  of  trees. — Trees  in  architecture. — Trees  in  painting; 
to  the  beginning  of  modern  art. — Trees  in  modern  painting. 

759  History  of  painting 

Brinton,  Christian.  q759  B75 

Modern  artists.     1908.     Baker. 

Contents:  J.  II.  Fragonard. —  Antoine  Wiertz. —  G.  F.  Watts. —  Arnold  Bocklin. — 
Constantin  Meunier.  —  J.  M.  Whistler.  —  Franz  von  Lenbach.  —  I.  E.  R^pin.  —  J.  S. 
Sargent. — John  Lavery. — Giovanni  Segantini. — Gari  Melchers. — J.  J.  Shannon. — Ignacfo 
Zuloaga. 

The  same qr759  B7S 

Appreciative  criticisms,  with  a  few  examples  of  the  work  of  each  artist. 


PAINTING— HISTORY  1395 

Bryant,  Lorinda  Munson.  759  B84 

Pictures  and  their  painters;  the  history  of  painting.     1907.     Lane. 

A  short  history,  giving  characteristic  examples  of  the  work  of  each  artist. 

Cary,  Elisabeth  Luther.  759  C24 

Artists,  past  and  present;  random  studies.    1909.    Moffat. 
Contents:    Antoine  Louis  Barye. — The  art  of  Mary  Cassatt. — Max  Klinger. — Alfred 
Stevens. — A   sketch   in    outline   of  Jacques   Callot. — Carlo   Crivelli. — Rembrandt   at   the 
Cassel  gallery. — Fantin-Latour. — Carl  Larsson. — Jan   Steen. — One  side  of  modern  Ger- 
man painting.— Two   Spanish  painters    [SoroUa  y   Bastida  and  Zuloaga]. 
Illustrated. 

Collection  Pisani,  Palais  Pisani,  Florence  [plates].  qr759  C69 

Contains  the  following  mounted  photographs:  The  temptation  of  St.  Anthony,  The 
embalming  of  Christ,  by  Domenico  Morelli;  Bad  reception,  The  judgment  of  Paris,  A 
Jesuit,  by  J.  B.  Quadrone;  La  San  Felice,  by  Faustini;  A  quiet  corner,  Return  of  a 
wedding  party,  by  F.  P.  Michetti;  In  the  stable.  Landscape  with  horses.  Landscape  with 
goats,  by  Filippo  Palizzi;  Hunting  the  falcon,  by  A.  Pasini;  A  Roman  idyl,  by  G.  Muz- 
zioli;  The  confession,  by  Toma;  A  good  housekeeper,  by  G.  Induno;  Near  the  lake,  A 
country  road.  Landscape  with  figures,  by  J.  B.  C.  Corot;  St.  Carl  in  Catinari,  by  L. 
Serra;  Place  des  Pyramides,  by  De  Nittis;  Girl  knitting,  by  C.  Banti;  A  procession  at 
Madrid,  An  Italian  interior,  by  Fortuny;   Landscape  with  cattle,  by  Jules  Dupre. 

Conway,  Agnes  Ethel,  &  Conway,  Sir  W.  M.  J759  C76 

Children's  book  of  art.     1909.    Black. 

Contents:  Introductory. — The  13th  century  in  Europe. — Richard  II. — The  Van 
Eycks. — The  renaissance. — Raphael. — The  renaissance  in  Venice. — The  renaissance  in  the 
north. — Rembrandt. — Peter  de  Hoogh  and  Cuyp. — Van  Dyck. — Velasquez. — Reynolds 
and  the  i8th  century. — Turner. — The  19th  century. 

Cox,  Kenyon.  759  C85P 

Painters  and  sculptors;  a  second  series  of  Old  masters  and  new. 

1907.    Duffield. 

Contents:     The  education  of  an  artist. — The  Pollaiuoli. — Painters  of  the  mode. — 

Holbein. — The  Rembrandt  tercentenary. — Rodin. — Lord  Leighton. 

Collection  of  critical  articles  which  have  been  contributed  by  the  artist  to  various 

periodicals.     Illustrated. 

[Gallatin,  Albert  E.]  759  G14 

Modern  art  at  Venice,  and  other  notes.     1910.     Bowles. 
Other  notes:    Of  versatility  and  Whistler. — The  imagination  of  Maxfield  Parrish. — 
The  paintings  of  E.  J.  Steichen. — Landscapes  by   C.  G.  Voorhees. — W.  J.  Glackens,   real- 
ist.— W.  E.  Henley  as  an  art  critic. — "Studies  in  pictures,"  by  J.  C.  Van  Dyke. 
Short  critical  papers. 

Gorling,  Adolph.  .  759  G67 

Geschichte  der  malerei  in  ihren  hauptepochen  dargestellt.  2v.  in  i. 
1866-67.     Seemann. 

History  of  painting  from  the  earliest  times  to  the  middle  of  the  19th  century. 

Jewett,  Louise  Rogers.  rjsg  J31 

Masterpieces  of  painting;  their  qualities  and  meanings;  an  introduc- 
tory study.    1906.    Freeman.    (Key  books,  v.3.) 

"Reading  list,"  p.128-136. 

Author  is  (1907)  professor  of  art  in  Mount  Holyoke  College. 

"Intended  to  aid  in  an  introductory  study  which  may  lead  to  further  investigation 
of  schools,  artists,  and  their  individual  works  and  appreciation  of  the  art  of  painting... 
Historical  outlines  are  furnished,  reading  lists  and  a  suggestive  outline  for  clut 
papers."    A.  L.  A.  booklist,  1907. 

Kuyper,  J.  R.  P.  C.  H.  de.  qr759  K44 

Catalogue  des  tableaux,  aquarelles  &  pastels  composant  la  collec- 
tion de  feu  M.-J.  R.  P.  C.  H.  de  Kuyper;  la  vente  publique  aura  lieu  30 
mai  191 1,  dans  la  grande  salle  de  vente  de  Frederik  Muller  &  Cie. 
Amsterdam. 


1396  PAINTING— HISTORY 

Macfall,  Haldane.  q75g  M15 

History  of  painting,  with  a  preface  by  Frank  Brangwyn.  8v.  191 1. 
Jack. 

V.I.     The  renaissance  in  central   Italy.  • 

V.2.     The  renaissance  in  Venice. 
V.3.     Later  Italians,  and  genius  of  Spain. 
V.4.     The  renaissance  in  the  north,  and  the  Flemish  genius, 
v.s.     The  Dutch  genius. 
V.6.     The  French  genius. 
V.7.     The  British  genius. 
V.8.     The  modern  genius. 

Each  volume  contains  numerous  illustrations  in  color  of  masterpieces  representative 
of  the  school  to  which  the  volume  is  devoted. 

Mach,  Edmund  Robert  Otto  von.  759  Mi 6 

Art  of  painting  in  the  19th  century.     1908.     Ginn. 

"Brief  bibliography,"  p.9;  "List  of  artists,"  p.171-177. 

Convenient  small  handbook,  treating  European,  British  and  American  art.  Traces 
development  of  painting  in  each  nation  and  characterizes  the  work  of  the  more  notable 
artists.     Illustrated. 

Mach,  Edmund  Robert  Otto  von.  q759  M160 

Outlines  of  the  history  of  painting  from  1200-1900  A.  D.   1906.   Ginn. 
The  same qr759  M16 

"List  of  artists,"  p.61-87. 

Of  purely  utilitarian  character.  Its  most  important  feature  is  a  series  of  tables 
grouping  and  grading  all  the  prominent  painters  from  the  13th  century  to  the  end  of 
the  19th.  The  painters  are  grouped  by  nationalities,  dates,  subject-matter,  style,  etc. 
and  graded  as  to  relative  importance. 

Meier-Graefe,  Julius  Alfred.  q759  M57 

Modern  art;  being  a  contribution  to  a  new  system  of  aesthetics;  from 

the  German  by  Florence  Simmonds  and  G.  W.  Chrystal.     2v.     1908. 

Putnam. 

V.I.     The    struggle    for    painting. — The    pillars    of    modern    painting. — Colour    and 

composition. 

V.2.     Colour  and  composition  (continued). — Modern  art  in  Germany. — The  struggle 

for  style. 

The  same qr759  M57 

Chiefly  concerned  with  painters,  illustrators  and  sculptors  of  the  19th  century. 
Many  illustrations. 

"He  has  a  point  of  view,  and  it  leads  him  to  judgments  often  refreshingly  at 
variance  with  those  currently  accepted,  and  the  result  will  be  found  highly  stimulating  by 
those  to  whom,  as  to  himself,  art  really  means  something."     Athenaum,  /909. 

Meynell,  Wilfrid,  ed.  qr759  M65S 

Some  modern  artists  and  their  work.  1883.  Cassell. 
Contents:  Sir  Frederick  Leighton. —  Sir  John  Gilbert. —  G.  H.  Boughton. —  Vicat 
Cole. — Joseph  Edgar  Boehm. — ^Jean  Louis  Ernest  Meissonier. — Sir  Joseph  Noel  Paton. 
— Henry  Stacy  Marks. — Mrs  Butler. — Laurens  Alma-Tadema. — Hamo  Thornycroft. — 
Luke  Fildes. — Rosa  Bonheur. — William  Frederick  Yeames. — George  Dunlop  Leslie. — 
Michael  Munkacsy. — Briton  Riviere. — Erskine  Nicol. — Eastman  Johnson. — James  Clarke 
Hook. — Frank  Holl. — Professor  Legros. — Haynes  Williams. — William  H.  Beard. — John 
Pettie. — Louise  Jopling. — Marcus  Stone. — Richard  Ansdell. — George  Frederick  Watts. — 
Philip  Hermogenes  Calderon. — Joseph  Fliiggen. 
Short  illustrated  essays. 

Mix,  Jennie  Irene.  q759  M75 

Great  pictures  and  their  painters;  a  series  of  articles  on  some  of 

the  Medici  prints  owned  by  the  Carnegie  Library  of  Pittsburgh.     1910. 

Pittsburgh. 

Contents:     Interior   of  a  Dutch    house,   by   Pieter  de  Hooch. — Family   group,   by 


PAINTING— HISTORY  1397 

Mix,  Jennie  Irene — continued.  q759  M75 

Frans  Hals. — Frujtfulness,  by  P.  P.  Rubens. — Lilith,  by  D.  G.  Rossetti. — Vision  of  St. 
Augustine,  by  Botticelli. — Lady  Hamilton,  by  George  Romney. — Beatrice  d'Este,  by  Am- 
brogio  de  Predis. — Virgin  in  adoration,  by  Filippino  Lippi. — Portrait  of  an  unknown 
lady,  by  Piero  della  Francesca. — Archangel  Gabriel,  by  Melozzo  da  Forli. — The  annuncia- 
tion, by  Lorenzo  di  Credi. — Madonna  of  the  cherries,  by  Titian. — Madonna  della  Colon- 
na,  by  Raphael. — Portrait  of  a  gentleman,  by  Jacope  de'  Barbari. — Georg  Gisze,  by  Hans 
Holbein. 

The  same V7S9   M75 

Clippings  from  the  "Pittsburgh  post,"  in  which  the  articles  appeared  each  Sunday 
from  July  24  to  Oct.  30,  1910.     Illustrated. 

Muther,  Richard.  qr759  M98 

History  of  modern  painting,  continued  by  the  author  to  the  end  of 

the  19th  century.    4V.     1907.    Dent. 

"Bibliography"  at  the  end  of  each  volume. 

History   of  painting  in  the    19th   century,   with   bibliographies,   lists   of   artists,    and 

copious  illustrations. 

Muther,  Richard.  759  MgSh 

History  of  painting  from  the  fourth  to  the  early  19th  century;  tr. 

from  the  German  and  ed.   with  annotations   by  George   Kriehn.     2v. 

1907.    Putnam. 

The  same 1759  MgSh 

"Neither  biography  nor  technique  is  ignored,  but  each  is  subordinated  to  the  con- 
sideration of  the  place  and  importance  of  the  painter  and  his  creations  in  the  intellectual 
development  of  his  time."     Outlook  (London),  1907. 

Phythian,  John  Ernest.  759  P53 

Fifty  years  of  modern  painting,  Corot  to  Sargent.     1908.     Richards. 
Contents:     Introductory. — The  pre-Raphaelite  brotherhood. — The  impressionists  and 

their  allies. — The  course  of  pre-Raphaelitism. — Painting  in  France. — Painting  in  other 

•countries.— Painting  in  Great  Britain. 

Illustrated  popular  account  of  the  art  of  the  last  half  of  the  19th  century.     Brings 

together  a  great   many   names,   important   as   well  as   little  known   and    devotes  but   a 

small  amount  of  space  to  any  one  painter. 

Rutter,  Frank.  759  ^94 

Revolution  in  art;  an  introduction  to  the  study  of  Cezanne,  Gauguin, 
Van  Gogh  and  other  modern  painters.     1910.    Art  News  Press. 

Contents:  For  people  who  know  nothing  whatsoever  of  the  art  of  painting. — Tradi- 
tional art. — Painting  to-day  is  a  terrible  problem. — Paul  Cezanne. — Gauguin. — Vincent 
Van  Gogh. — The  autumn  salon. 

Little  book  of  56  pages  written  in  defense  of  certain  modern  artists  whose  work,  at 
the  time  of  writing,  was  first  being  exhibited  in  London. 

Stothert,  Henry  G.  &  Sandhurst,  P.  T.  ed.  qr759  S88 

Gallery  of  famous  painters;  a  history  of  art  in  all  countries  and  ages. 
Glynn.     Pittsburgh. 

Wedmore,  Sir  Frederick.  759  W41 

Whistler  and  others.     1906.    Pitman. 

Contents:  The  place  of  Whistler.  —  Venetian  painting.  —  Fantin  and  Boudin.  — 
Richard  Wilson. — Goya. — The  rise  of  English  water-colour. — Romney  and  Lawrence. — 
Raeburn  and  Zaffany. — Ruskin. — Constable's  "English  landscape." — Etty. — Large  water- 
colours. — Hine. — An  endless  roll-call. — The  field  of  the  print  collector. — The  Norwich 
masters.— Thomas  Collier.— Pictures  by  Orchardson.— Charles  Keene.— Paris  and  Fulley- 
love.— D.  Y.  Cameron.— Still  life. — The  art  of  Barbazon.— The  personality  of  Watts. 

Author  speaks  with  authority  on  modern  prints,  and  the  most  valuable  essays  in 
this  volume  are  those  about  etchers,  lithographers  and  print  collecting. 


1398  PAINTING— AMERICAN  SCHOOL 

Schools  of  painting 

American  school 

Berlin  Photographic  Company,  New  York.  qr759.i  B45 

Masterpieces  of  American  paintings;  a  selection  of  photogravures 
after  paintings  exhibited  at  the  Royal  Academy  of  Arts,  Berlin,  1910, 
with  an  introduction  by  Christian  Brinton. 

Caffin,  Charles  Henry.  759-1  Ci2S 

Story  of  American  painting;  the  evolution  of  painting  in  America 
from  colonial  times  to  the  present.     [1907.]     Stokes. 

The  same ^759.1  C12 

"At  first  the  story  is  necessarily  associated  with  the  efforts  of  a  few  individuals. 
Later,  however... it  becomes  concerned  less  with  individuals  than  with  principles  of 
motive  and  method.  The  influence,  in  turn,  of  England,  Dusseldorf,  Munich,  and 
Paris,  is  discussed...!  have  tried,  in  fact,  not  only  to  help  the  reader  to  a  knowledge  of 
some  few  painters;  but,  much  more,  to  put  him  in  possession  of  a  basis  of  appreciation, 
on  which  he  may  form  judgments  for  himself  of  the  work  that  is  being  done  to-day  by 
American  artists."    Author's  note.  ■ 

Contains  many  illustrations,  especially  of  the  work  of  contemporary  artists.  John 
La  Farge  and  Whistler  are  two  of  the  painters  to  whom  especial  prominence  is  given. 

Carnegie  Institute,  Pittsburgh — Department  of  fine  arts.  r759-i  C21 
Catalogue  of  an  exhibition  of  paintings  by  eight  American  artists, 

Carnegie  Institute,  March  5th  through  31st,  1909.  [1909.]  Pittsburgh. 
The  artists  represented  were  Arthur  B.  Davies,  William  J.  Glackens,  Robert  Henri, 

Ernest  Lawson,  George  B.  Luks,  Maurice  B.  Prendergast,  Everett  Shinn  and  John  Sloan. 

Koehler,  Sylvester  Rosa.  qr759-i  K36 
American  art;  illustrated  by  25  plates,  executed  by  the  best  Ameri- 
can etchers  and  wood  engravers  from  paintings  selected  from  public 
and  private  collections,  with  text  by  S.  R.  Koehler.     1886.  Cassell. 

Poland  Spring  Art  Gallery,  South  Poland,  Maine.  r759.i  P75 

Annual  exhibition  (2d-i7th)  of  paintings  and  sculpture  by  promi- 
nent painters  and  sculptors  at  the  Poland  Spring  Art  Gallery,  Maine 
state  building.  South  Poland,  Maine,  1896-1911. 

2d-3d  and  15th  exhibitions  did  not  contain  sculpture. 

West 
Jackson,  Henry  Ezekiel.  759-1  W56J 

Benjamin  West;  his  life  and  work;  a  monograph,  with  a  letter  by 
Henry  Van  Dyke.    1900.    Winston. 

Biographical  and  critical  monograph  on  an  American  historical  and  portrait  painter 
(1738-1820). 

Whistler 

Bacher,  Otto  Henry.  qr759-i  W62b 

With  Whistler  in  Venice;  illustrated  with  many  reproductions  of 
Whistler's  work  and  of  etchings  and  photographs  by  the  author.  1909, 
Century. 

The  thread  of  reminiscences  is  spun  out  very  thin,  but  the  chapters  on  Whistler's 
technical  methods  in  producing  the  now  famous  Venetian  etchings  are  valuable.  Here 
Mr  Bacher,  an  accomplished  etcher  himself,  writes  with  authority. 


PAINTING— AMERICAN  SCHOOL  1399 

Cary,  Elisabeth  Luther.  q759-i  W62C 

Works  of  James  McNeill  Whistler;  a  study.     1907.    Moffat. 

"Tentative  list  of  the  artist's  works,"  p.  155-298. 

"Within  the  brief  space  of  eight  short  chapters  the  master's  achievements  in  the 
several  media  in  which  he  worked  are  surveyed  and  analyzed  with ...  insight,  and  the 
whole  aspect  and  trend  of  his  art  are  set  forth."     Dial,  1907. 

Contains  illustrations  of  30  of  Whistler's  works. 

[Gallatin,  Albert  E.]  759.1  W62g 

Whistler;  notes  and  footnotes,  and  other  memoranda,  by  A.  E.  G. 
1907.    Collector  and  Art  Critic  Co. 

Contents:  Whistler  as  a  man  of  letters. — Whistler's  realism. — The  Whistler  Memo- 
rial Exhibition,  Boston,  1904. — On  certain  drawings  by  Whistler. — Whistler  and  others. 
— Whistler,  master  of  the  lithograph. — On  some  grotesques  by  Leonardo. — Puvis  de 
Chavannes  as  a  caricaturist. — Arthur  Symons  on  Aubrey  Beardsley. — A  book-plate  by 
Otho  Gushing. — Some  notable  criticism. — The  etchings  in  colour  of  Bernard  Boutet  de 
Monvel. — The  art  of  Everett  Shinn. — The  English  caricaturists. — Childe  Hassam,  a  note. 

First  three  essays  appeared  in  his  "Whistler's  art  dicta." 

Hartmann,  Sadakichi.  759-1  W62h 

The  Whistler  book;  a  monograph  of  the  life  and  position  in  art  of 
James  McNeill  Whistler,  with  a  careful  study  of  his  more  important 
works.    1910.    Page. 

"Bibliography,"  P.253-2S8;  "Principal  magazine  articles,"  p.259— 261 ;  "Principal 
paintings,"  p.262-264;  "Nocturnes,"  P.26S-266. 

"The  entire  book  is  an  odd  combination  of  real  perceptiveness,  with  extravagance  of 
statement  and  allusion,  but  it  has  the  virtue  of  readableness  and  enthusiasm."  Nation, 
J910. 

Menpes,  Mortimer.  qr759.i  W62m 

Whistler  as  I  knew  him.     1904.    Black. 

"The  excellent  renderings  of  some  rare  states  of  Whistler's  etchings  give  the  book 
a  certain  value  to  collectors,  which  is  largely  discounted  by  the  triviality  and  'bad 
form'  of  the  letterpress."     Burlington  magazine,  1904. 

The  book  is  valuable  also  for  its  detailed  account  of  the  technical  methods  which 
Whistler  employed. 

Pennell,  Mrs  Elizabeth  (Robins),  &  Pennell,  Joseph.  <1759-i  W62p 

Life  of  James  McNeill  Whistler.    2v.     1908.     Lippincott. 
The  same.     191 1 qr759-i  W62p 

The  official  biography,  lavishly  illustrated,  affording  new  light  on  his  art  and 
character,  as  well  as  a  great  deal  of  entertainment.  Written  in  a  spirit  of  extreme  ad- 
miration by  personal  friends. 


Hodges,  William  Romaine.  759-1  W77h 

Carl  Wimar;  a  biography.    1908.    Reymershoffer. 
"List    of   Wimar's    works    and    their    owners,"    comp.    by    Charles    Reymershoffer, 

P-3«-37- 

German- American  painter  (1828-62),  whose  pictures  of  American  Indians  possess 
some  ethnological  interest. 

English  school 
Armstrong,  Sir  Walter.  qr759-2  A73 

Scottish  painters;  a  critical  study  [with  many  illustrations  after 
Raeburn,  Wilkie,  Geddes,  Phillip,  Chalmers,  Orchardson,  Pettie,  Mac- 
beth and  other  artists].     1888.     Seeley. 


1400  PAINTING— ENGLISH  SCHOOL 

Art  annuals,    v.6-8.    1903-12.  qr759.2  A78 

V.6.  Hatton,  Joseph.  Life  and  work  of  Alfred  Gilbert. — Sinclair,  W.  M.  John 
MacWhirter,  R.  A.,  his  life  and  work. — Baldry,  A.  L.  G.  H.  Boughton,  R.  A.,  his  life 
and  work. — Dibdin,  E.  R.     Art  of  Frank  Dicksee,  R.  A. 

V.7.  Baker,  C.  C.  Sir  E.  A.  Waterlow.— Bridge,  Sir  C.  A.  G.  William  Lionel  Wyl- 
lie.— Fea,  Allan.     J.  Seymour  Lucas. 

V.8.  Sketchley,  R.  E.  D.  Art  of  J.  W.  Waterhouse.— Dircks,  Rudolf.  Later  work 
of  Sir  Laurence  Alma-Tadema. — Hind,  C.  L.  Art  of  Stanhope  Forbes. — Sinclair,  W.  M. 
Art  of  Joseph  Farquharson. 

Issued  as  holiday  numbers  of  the  "Art  journal,"  which  was  discontinued  in   191 2. 

For  V.1-5  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

Caw,  James  Lewis.  qr759.2  C29 

Scottish  painting,  past  and  present,  1620-1908.     1908.    Jack. 

Considers  its  development,  phases  and  characteristics.  Gives  significant  events  in 
lives  of  the  artists.  Many  illustrations.  Author  is  (1909)  director  of  National  and 
National  Portrait  Galleries  of  Scotland. 

Colvin,  Sidney.  <1759-2  C72 

Children  in  Italian  and  English  design,  with  illustrations  after  Luca 
della  Robbia,  Marc  Antonio,  Correggio,  Blake,  Stothard  and  Flaxman. 
1872.    Seeley. 

Davies,  Randall.  q759-2  D31 

English  society  of  the  iSth  century  in  contemporary  art.  1907. 
Seeley.    (Portfolio  monographs.) 

Contents:  The  Augrustan  age. — Hogarth  and  his  times. — The  influence  of  Reynolds 
and  Gainsborough. — The  close  of  the  century. 

The  same qr759.2  D31 

Pictures  the  characteristic  features  of  the  i8th  century  through  reproductions  of 
paintings  by  Hogarth,  Reynolds,  Gainsborough,  Copley,  Zoffany,  Rowlandson  and 
others.  The  very  readable  text  accompanying  the  pictures  quotes  freely  from  Fanny 
Burney  and  other  writers  of  the  day. 

Holme,  Charles,  ed.  qr759.2  H73r 

Royal    Institute    of    Painters    in   Water    Colours.      1906.      (Studio. 

Special  spring  number,  1906.) 

Forty  reproductions  in   color  of   work  by  members   of  the  institute.     A  list  of  its 

members  and  associates  from  its  foundation   in   1831   to   1905  is  also  included,  together 

with  a  history  of  the  institute. 

Holme,  Charles,  ed.  _  qr759-2  H73ro 

Royal  Scottish  Academy.  1907.  (Studio.  Special  spring  number, 
1907.) 

Forty  reproductions  in  color  of  work  by  members  of  the  academy,  with  list  of 
'  members  and  associates  from  its  foundation  in  1826  to  1906,  and  an  account  of  its 
history. 

Hueffer,  Ford  Madox,  759-2  H88 

Pre-Raphaelite  brotherhood;  a  critical  monograph.  [1907]  Duck- 
worth. 

"What  Mr.  Hueffer  has  written  is,  in  the  main,  a  review  of  Mr.  Holman  Hunt's 
autobiography,  toward  which  his  attitude  is  one  of  sympathy  —  He  limits  his  inquiry 
to  the  Brotherhood  in  the  strictest  sense,  as  it  subsisted  from  1848  to  1853.  He  elimi- 
nates the  art  of  Madox  Brown  and  the  aesthetic  movement  that  arose  from  Rossetti,  and 
flnds,  with  Mr.  Holman  Hunt,  the  essence  of  Pre-Raphaelism  in  two  painters  only — 
Mr.  Hunt  himself  and  the  young  Millais."     Athenceum,  1907. 

Huish,  Marcus  Bourne.  759-2  Hgr 

British  water-colour  art  in  the  first  year  of  the  reign  of  King  Ed- 
ward the  Seventh  and  during  the  century  covered  by  the  life  of  the 


PAINTING— ENGLISH  SCHOOL  1401 

Huish,  Marcus  Bourne — continued.  759'2  H91 

Royal  Society  of  Painters  in  Water  Colours;  illustrated  by  the  collec- 
tions of  drawing  dedicated  by  that  society  to  the  king  and  queen  at 
their  coronation.    1904.     Fine  Art  Soc,  London. 

The  short  account  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Painters  in  Water  Colours  is  based  upon 
Roget's  authoritative  history  of  the  society  (q759.2  R618).  This  account  is  followed  by 
brief  sketches  of  the  59  members  who  contributed  to  the  coronation  gift.  The  illustra- 
tions are  in  color. 

White,  Gleeson,  ed.  q759'2  W63 

Master  painters  of  Britain.     1909.    Jack. 

A  picture-book,  pure  and  simple,  the  text  being  entirely  insignificant.  Its  interest 
is  that  of  a  review  of  two  centuries  of  British  painting. 

Beechey 
Roberts,  William.  759.2  B37r 

Sir  William  Beechey,  R.  A.     1907.     Duckworth. 

English   portrait   painter    (i  753-1 839). 

"The  task  of  tracing  out  the  identity  of  Beechey's  sitters,  which  included  most  of 
the  celebrities  of  his  time,  has  been  pursued  by  Mr.  Roberts  with  most  patient  industry 
and  he  has  unearthed  a  mass  of  information  of  great  value  to  future  biographers.  He 
sifts  out  carefully  different  versions  of  the  same  period  of  the  artist's  life,  and  gives 
the  evidence  in  their  favour  without  insisting  on  the  acceptance  of  one  or  the  other.  His 
chapter  reproducing  Beechey's  account  books,  and  his  appendix  of  pictures  of  the 
Beechey  family,  are  instances  of  his  zeal  for  collecting  facts."     Academy,  1907. 

Brangviryn 

Sparrow,  Walter  Shaw,  ed.  qr759.2  B69S 

Spirit  of  the  age,  the  work  of  Frank  Brangwyn,  with  a  critical  essay 
by  Leonce  Benedite.     1905.     Hodder. 

Reproductions  of  pictures  by  Brangwyn. 

"His  art  is  fresh,  strong  and  manly;  it  has  imagination;  it  is  always  interesting, 
always  stimulating. .  .His  confidence  betrays  him,  now  and  again,  into  using  a  some- 
what reckless  palette.  It  is,  however,  this  very  quality  of  courage,  this  greatly  daring 
to  attempt  big  work  which gives  to  his  art  its  primary  attraction."     Studio,  1897. 

Bume-Jones 
Bell,  Malcolm.  759.2  B92b 

Sir  Edward  Burne-Jones;  a  record  and  review.     1901.    Bell. 

The  same.    1892 qr759-2  B92b 

Title  reads  "Edward  Burne-Jones." 

Full  and  accurate  chronicle,  not  only  of  his  oil  and  water-color  paintings,  but  also 
of  his  designs  for  stained  glass  and  other  decorative  work.  The  unusually  fine  illus- 
trations reproduce  nearly  all  his  important  works,  including  many  interesting  drawings. 

Constable 

Henderson,  Mrs  May  Gertrude  (Sturge).  759-2  C76he 

Constable.     1905.    Duckworth. 

"Catalogue  of  the  valuable  finished  works,  studies  and  sketches  of  John  Constable," 
p.209-220. 

Account  of  the  life  and  work  of  the  English  landscape  painter  (i  776-1 837)  based 
upon  the  biography  by  Leslie   (r92  C761I).     Illustrated. 

Cox 
Cox,  David.  qr759-2  C85 

Drawings  [with  a  life  of  Cox  by  A.  J.  Finberg.    1906?]     Newnes. 
English  landscape  painter   (1783-1859). 


1402  PAINTING— ENGLISH  SCHOOL 

Forbes 
Birch,  Mrs  Lionel.  759-2  Fysb 

Stanhope  A.  Forbes  and  Elizabeth  Stanhope  Forbes.     1906.     Cassell. 

Joint  account  of  the  life  and  works  of  two  living  (1907)  English  painters,  the  most 
eminent  exponents  of  the  Newlyn  school  of  painting. 

Hogarth 

Hogarth,  William.  r759.2  H68a 

Anecdotes,  written  by  himself;  with  essays  on  his  life  and  genius 
and  criticisms  on  his  works,  selected  from  Walpole,  Gilpin,  J.  Ireland, 
Lamb,  Phillips,  and  others;  to  which  are  added  a  catalogue  of  his 
prints,  account  of  their  variations  and  principal  copies,  lists  of  paint- 
ings, drawings,  &c.    1833.    Nichols. 

Weitenkampf,  Frank,  (pseud.  Frank  Linstow  ^^759.2  H68w 

White),  comp. 
Bibliography  of  William  Hogarth.     1890.     (Harvard  University — 
Library.     Bibliographical  contributions,  v.2,  no.37.) 

Hunt 
Schleinitz,  Otto  von.  qr759-2  H94S 

William  Holman  Hunt  [in  German].  1907.  Velhagen.  (Kiinstler- 
monographien.) 

English  painter  and  one  of  the  founders  of  the  preraphaelite  brotherhood.  A 
criticism  of  his  work  is  g^iven,  some  account  of  his  life  and  many  illustrations  of  his 
paintings. 

Leighton 

Barrington,  Mrj  Emilie  Isabel  (Wilson).  ^759-2  L56b 

Life,  letters  and  work  of  Frederic  Leighton.    2v.     1906.    Allen. 

"List  of  principal  works,  with  date  and  place  of  exhibition,"  v.2,  p.381-392. 

"Though  the  results  of  her  labours  will  prove  a  rich  mine  for  future  biographers  to 
delve  in,  she  fails  to  g^ve  her  readers  either  a  clear  image  of  the  man  or  a  consecutive 
account  of  his  career."    Academy,  1907. 

Contains  many  reproductions  of  the  artist's  work. 

Lucas 

Fea,  Allan.  qr759-2  A78  v.7 

J.  Seymour  Lucas,  R.  A.    1908.     (Art  annuals.) 

Morland 

Gilbey,  Sir  Walter,  &  Cuming,  E.  W.  D.  r759.2  M89g 

George  Morland;  his  life  and  works.    1907.    Black. 
"Chronological    catalogue    of    engravings,    etchings,    etc.    after    George    Morland," 

p.246-263. 

"Engravings  after  paintings  or  sketches  by  George  Morland,  in  the  print-room  of 

the  British  Museum,"  p.264-284. 

Pinwell 
Williamson,  George  Charles.  q759-2  P64W 

George  J.  Pinwell  and  his  works.     1900.     Bell. 

Biographical  and  critical  sketch  of  an  English  water-color  painter  and  book  illus- 
trator (1842-75).  Many  reproductions,  both  of  his  water-color  and  black  and  white 
work  are  given,  as  well  as  various  catalogues  of  hi^  works. 


PAINTING— ENGLISH  SCHOOL  1403 


Reynolds 

Osbom,  Max.  qr759.2  R370 

Joshua  Reynolds  [in  German].     1908.     Velhagen.     (Kiinstler-mono- 

graphien.) 

"Literatur,"  p.  130. 

Fully  illustrated  critical  and  biographical  study. 

Stephens,  Frederic  George.  759-2  R37S 

English  children  as  painted  by  Sir  Joshua  Reynolds;  an  essay  on 
some  of  the  characteristics  of  Reynolds  as  a  designer,  with  especial 
reference  to  his  portraiture  of  children.     1884.    Remington. 

"Catalogue  of  the  engraved  pictures  of  children  by  Sir  Joshua  Reynolds,"  P.73-8S. 


Scott 
Gray,  John  Miller.  qrysg.a  S42g 

David  Scott  and  his  works,  with  a  catalogue  of  his  paintings,  en- 
gravings and  designs.     1884.    Blackwood. 

Scottish  painter  (1806-49).     Several  examples  of  his  work  are  here  reproduced. 

"To  such  as  are  unfamiliar  with  the  now  rare  memoir  of  David  Scott  by  his  brother, 
Mr.  William  Bell  Scott,  the  well-known  painter,  poet,  and  art-writer,  this  monograph 
by  Mr.  Gray  will  have  all  the  charm  of  novelty;  while  to  those  who  possess  or  know  the 
older  chronicle,  it  will  appear  as  a  valuable  and  delightful  supplement. .  .In  addition  to 
thorough  knowledge  of  his  subject,  Mr.  Gray  is  fortunate  in  having  that  catholicity  of 
taste  without  which  there  can  be  no  true  art-criticism."     William  Sharp,  in  Academy, 


Thompson 

Jewitt,  Llewellynn.  qr759.2  T38J 

Life  and  works  of  Jacob  Thompson.    1882.    Virtue. 

Illustrated  monograph  on  an  English  landscape  painter,  1806-79. 


Turner 

Finberg,  Alexander  J.  <1759-2  T86f 

Turner's  sketches  and  drawings.  [1910.]  Methuen.  (Classics  of 
art.) 

"List  of  volumes  referred  to,"  p.  155. 

Mr  Finberg  has  recently  catalogued  all  the  Turner  sketches  in  the  National  Gallery, 
and  has  thus  acquired  the  most  intimate  acquaintance  with  the  materials  of  the  present 
study.  It  is  a  careful  analysis  of  the  relation  borne  by  the  sketches  to  the  finished 
works  founded  upon  them  and  of  the  method,  in  regard  to  detail,  through  which  the 
genius  of  Turner  expressed  itself. 

Rawlinson,  W.  G.  &  Finberg,  A.  J.  qr759-2  T86r 

Water-colours  of  J.  M.  W.  Turner;  text  by  W.  G.  Rawlinson  and 
A.  J.  Finberg,  foreword  by  Sir  Charles  Holroyd.  1909.  Studio.  (Stu- 
dio.   Special  spring  number,  1909.) 

Turner,  Joseph  Mallord  William.  qr759-2  T86t 

The  Turner  gallery;  a  series  of  120  engravings,  the  descriptive  text 
by  W.  C.  Monkhouse.    2v.     [1879.]     Appleton. 


AVaterhouse 
Sketchley,  Rose  E.  D.  qr759-2  A78  v.8 

Art  of  J.  W.  Waterhouse.    1909.    (Art  annuals.) 


1404  PAINTING— GERMAN  SCHOOL 


Waterlow 

Baker,  C.  Collins.  qr759-2  A78  v.7 

Sir  E.  A.  Waterlow,  R.  A.,  P.  R.  W.  S.     1906.    (Art  annuals.) 

Wright 

Bemrose,  William.  qr759.2  Wgsb 

Life  and  works  of  Joseph  Wright,  A.  R.  A.,  commonly  called 
"Wright  of  Derby,"  with  a  preface  by  Cosmo  Monkhouse.  1885.  Bem- 
rose. 

Wright  (1734-97)  was  an  English  figure  and  portrait  painter.  His  fame  rests 
chiefly  on  his  pictures  of  figures  illuminated  by  artificial  light. 

WylHe 

Bridge,  Sir  Cyprian  Arthur  George.  qr759.2  A78  v.7 

William  Lionel  Wyllie,  R.  A.    1907.    (Art  annuals.) 


German  school 
Bredt,  Ernst  Willy.  q759-3  B72 

Deutsche  lande,  deutsche  maler.     1909. 

"Verzeichnis  der  kunstler  und  ihrer  werke,"  p.26s-27i. 

On  modern  German  landscapes  and  landscape  painters.  Many  illustrations,  some 
in  color. 

Janitschek,  Hubert.  q759-3  Ji? 

Geschichte  der  deutschen  malerei.  1889.  (Geschichte  der  deutschen 
kunst,  V.3.) 

The  same qr759.3  J17 

An  important  work.  Comes  down  to  about  1888.  Illustrated  in  color  and  black  and 
white. 

New  York  (city).  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art.  roi6.759  N26 

Exhibition  of  contemporary  German  art;  list  of  books  and  periodi- 
cals relating  to  modern  German  art  and  artists  in  the  library  of  the 
museum.    1909. 

Bracht 

Osbom,  Max.  qr759-3  B670 

Eugen  Bracht  [in  German].    1909.    (Kunstler-monographien.) 

Biographical  and  critical  monograph  on  a  modern  German  landscape  painter.  Fullj 
illustrated. 

Cranach 
Heyck,  Eduard.  qr759-3  C86h 

Lukas  Cranach.    1908.    Velhagen.     (Kunstler-monographien.) 

Biographical  and  critical  sketch  of  the  German  painter  and  illustrator  (1472-1553). 
Illustrated. 

Geselschap 

Jordan,  Max.  qr759-3  G33J 

Geselschap  [in  German].  1906.  Velhagen.  (Kiinstler-monogra- 
phien.) 

Criticism  of  the  work,  and  some  account  of  the  life,  of  the  German  painter  (1835- 
98).     Many  illustrations. 


PAINTING— GERMAN  SCHOOL  1405 

Kriiger 

Osborn,  Max.  qr75g.3  K420 

Franz  Kriiger.     1910.     (Kiinstler-monographien.) 

Biographical  and  critical  monograph  on  a  German  portrait  and  animal  painter 
(1797-1857). 

Menzel 
Menzel,  Adolf  Friedrich  Erdmann.  <ir759.3  M62t 

Abbildungen  seiner  gemalde  und  studien;  auf  grund  der  von  der 
Kgl.  National-Galerie  im  friihjahr  1905  veranstalteten  ausstellung 
unter  mitwirkung  von  E.  Schwedeler-Meyer  und  J.  Kern;  hrsg.  von 
Hugo  von  Tschudi.     1906.     Bruckmann. 

"Zur  chronologic  von  Menzels  leben  und  werken,"  p.9— 16. 

Monumental  illustrated  catalogue  of  the  great  Menzel  exhibition  held  in  Berlin  in 
the  spring  of  1905.  The  large  quarto  volume  contains  reproductions  of  the  best  of  the 
master's  oil  paintings  and  water-color  sketches,  chronologically  arranged,  with  brief 
descriptive  comments  on  each  picture. 


Schnorr  von  Carolsfeld 

Singer,  Hans  Wolfgang.  qr759-3  S36S 

Julius  Schnorr  von  Carolsfeld.    191 1.     (Kiinstler-monographien.) 
Biographical  and  critical  monograph  on  a  German   historical  painter    (i  794-1872). 

Fully  illustrated. 

Triibner 

Rosenhagen,  Hans.  <ir759.3  T77r 

Wilhelm  Triibner.     1909.     (Kunstler-monographien.) 
Biographical  and  critical  monograph  on  a  modern  German  artist  (&.  1851).     Fully 
illustrated. 

Zugel 
Biermann,  Georg.  qr759.3  ZSsb 

H.  von  Ziigel.    1910.     (Kiinstler-monographien.) 

Fully  illustrated  monograph  on  a  German  artist  (fc.  1850),  one  of  the  great  animal 
painters  of  the  time. 

French  school 

Baudry,  Paul  Jacques  Aime.  qb759.4  B32 

Peintures  decoratives  du  grand  foyer  de  I'Opera   [Paris];   notices 

par  Edmond  About. 

Photogravures,  with  brief  descriptive  text. 

Carnegie  Institute,  Pittsburgh — Department  of  fine  arts.  '7594  C21 

Catalogue  of  an  exhibition  of  paintings  by  the  French  impressionists, 

at  the  Carnegie  Institute,  Feb.  lO-March  10,  1908.     [1908.]     Pittsburgh. 

Eaton,  Daniel  Cady.  759-4  E19 

Handbook  of  modern  French  painting.     1909.     Dodd. 
"Index  of  provincial  museums,"  p.  17-32;  "Alphabetical  list  of  artists,"  p.36s-367- 
From  the  beginning  of  the  18th  century  to  1908.     Contains  biographical  and  critical 

sketches    of    the    more    important    artists.      Numerous    illustrations    from    photographs. 

Author  has  been   for  many  years  professor  of  the  history  and  criticism  of  art  at  Yale 

University. 


i406  PAINTING— GERMAN  SCHOOL 

Gruyer,  Frangois  Anatole.  qr759-4  G94 

La  peinture  au  chateau  de  Chantilly;  ecole  fran?aise.    1898. 

"Table  chronologique,"  p.483-495. 

Descriptive  catalogue  of  paintings,  representing  French  art  from  the  beginning  of 
the  i6th  to  the  end  of  the  19th  century.  Many  illustrations.  Author  is  (1908)  curator 
of  the  chateau,  which,  as  the  Musee  Conde,  was  bequeathed  to  the  Institut  de  France  at 
the  death  of  the  owner  in  1897. 

La  Farge,  John.  759-4  Li4a 

The  higher  life  in  art;  a  series  of  lectures  on  the  Barbizon  school  of 
France,  inaugurating  the  Scammon  course  at  the  Art  Institute  of  Chi- 
cago.   1908.    McClure. 

Contents:  The  school. — Delacroix. — Millet. — Decamps  and  Diaz. — Rousseau,  Dupre, 
Daubigny. — Corot. 

Shinn,  Earl,  (pseud.  Edward  Strahan).  qr759,4  S55 

Modern  French  art.    1881.    Lovering. 

Contents:  Gerome  and  his  school.  —  Meissonier  and  the  "realists."  —  Hector  Lc 
Roux  and  the  "idealists." — Tissot  and  the  "mediaevalists." — Brion,  Dore  and  the  Alsa- 
tians. —  Eugene  Lambert  and  the  "toy  painters."  —  Landscape  "au  fusain."  —  Modem 
French  sculpture. 

Turner,  Percy  M.  &  Baker,  C.  C.  759.4  T86 

Stories  of  the  French  artists  from  Clouet  to  Delacroix.  1909. 
Chatto. 

Contents:  Introduction. — The  early  painters  of  France. — The  commencement  of 
the  renaissance. — The  Clouets. — The  followers  of  the  Clouets. — Le  Nain  and  Nicholas 
Poussin. — Gaspard  Poussin  and  Claude  Lorraine. — Vouet,  Bourdon,  Le  Sueur. — The 
reign  of  Louis  XIV,  Colbert  and  Le  Brun. — Mignard,  Van  der  Meulen  and  Coypel. — 
The  portrait  painters,  Rigaud  and  LargilHere. — Desportes  and  Oudry. — The  regency  and 
the  reign  of  Louis  XV. — Anthony  Watteau. — Lancret  and  Pater. — Chardin. — Latour  and 
Perronneau. — Frangois  Lemoine. — Jean  Frangois  de  Troy. — Carle  van  Loo. — Frangois 
Boucher. — Fragonard. — ^Joseph  Vernet. — Hubert  Robert. — Jean  Baptiste  Greuze. — Pierre 
Prud'hon. — Portrait  painters  of  Louis  XV  and  XVI. — Jacques  Louis  David. — Jean  Dom- 
inique Auguste  Ing:res. — Eugene  Delacroix. 

Degas 

Grappe,  Georges.  qr759-4  DaSg 

E.  M.  Degas.     1909.    Unwin.     (International  art  series.) 

Admirable  textually  and  in  illustrations.  M.  Grappe  analyzes  Degas  with  peculiar 
sympathy. 

Delacroix 
Bussy,  Mrs  Dorothy.  759-4  ^sSb 

Eugene  Delacroix.     1907.    Duckworth. 

Somewhat  eulogistic  study  of  the  life  and  work  of  the  French  painter  (1798-1863). 
Illustrated. 

Ingres 

[Uzanne,  Louis  Octave.]  759-4  l24« 

Ingres  [tr.  by  Helen  Chisholm].     Newnes, 

Ingres  (i  780-1 867)  was  a  French  historical  painter.  The  book  consists  chiefly  of 
reproductions  of  his  paintings,  with  a  14-page  biographical  and  critical  introduction. 

Manet 

Duret,  Theodore.  q759-4  M32 

Manet  and  the  French  impressionists;  tr.  by  J.  E.  C.  Flitch.     1910. 

Lippincott. 

Contents:    £douard  Manet. — ^The  French  impressionists:    The  impressionist  group; 


PAINTING— ITALIAN  SCHOOL  1407 

Duret,  Theodore — continued.  q759.4  M32 

Pissarro;    Claude   Monet;    Sisley;    Renoir;    Berthe   Morisot;    Cezanne;    Guillaumin;    In 
1909. — Appendices. 

The  friend  and  executor  of  Manet  writes  of  his  subject  with  knowledge  and 
authority.  About  half  the  book  is  devoted  to  Manet  and  a  catalogue  of  his  paintings 
and  pastels  is  included. 

Meissonier 

Gr6ard,  Vallery  Clement  Octave.  q7594  M57g 

Meissonier;  his  life  and  his  art,  with  extracts  from  his  note-books, 
and  his  opinions  and  impressions  on  art.     1897.    Armstrong. 

Catalogue  of  Meissonier's  works,  P.363-39S. 

The  satne.    2v.     1897.    Armstrong qr759.4  M57g 

Catalogue  of  Meissonier's  works,  v.  i,  p.  143-175. 

Full  biographical  and  critical  study,  but  the  most  important  feature  of  the  work  is 
the  number  and  excellence  of  the  illustrations. 

Neuville 
Richard,  Jules.  qr759.4  R39 

En  campagne;  tableaux  et  dessins  de  A.  de  Neuville,  texte  de  Jules 
Richard.     [1885?] 

Battle  pictures,  with  descriptive  text,  by  a  French  military  painter  and  illustrator. 


Italian  school 
Allen,  Grant.  759-5  A42 

Evolution  in  Italian  art.     1908.     Richards. 

Contents:  Introduction. — The  marriage  of  the  Virgin. — The  visitation. — The  an- 
nunciation.— The  Madonna  and  child. — The  Mad6nna  and  saints. — The  adoration  of  the 
mag^i. — The  presentation. — The  Pieta. — That  great  painter,  Ig^oto. — Our  Lady  of  Fer- 
rara. — The  painters'  Jordan. 

Practically  complete  at  the  time  of  the  author's  death,  but  its  chapters  have  been 
revised  and  brought  up  to  date  in  the  light  of  recent  knowledge  and  research  by  J.  W. 
Cruickshank. 

Starting  with  the  idea  that  Italian  art  comprised  a  certain  number  of  subject 
studies  taken  largely  from  the  life  of  Christ  and  from  the  lives  of  the  saints,  the  author 
views  a  given  work  not  primarily  as  a  Giotto  or  a  Raphael,  but  as  a  "Nativity"  or  a 
"Crucifixion"  or  a  "St.  Francis."  Written  from  this  point  of  view,  that  each  picture 
is  a  variant  on  a  central  type,  the  book  suggests  interesting  comparisons. 

Berenson,  Bernhard.  759-5  B45n 

North  Italian  painters  of  the  renaissance.  1907.  Putnam. 
"Index  to  the  works  of  the  principal  north  Italian  painters,"  p.  159-304. 
Mantegna  and  Correggio  are  the  best  known  of  the  artists  here  treated.     The  index 

to  their  works  is  an  important  feature,  giving  the  places  where  the  paintings  may  be 

found. 

Berenson,  Bernhard.  759-5  B45V2 

Venetian  painters  of  the  renaissance,  with  an  index  to  their  works. 
1907.     Putnam. 

The  satne.    1897 qr759-5  B45V 

"Sympathetic  examination  into  the  history  and  true  nature  of  Venetian  painting." 
Sturgis  and  Krehbiel's  Annotated  bibliography  of  fine  art. 

Borenius,  Tancred.  759-5  B63 

Painters  of  Vicenza,  1480-1550.     1909.     Chatto. 

Contents:     Bartolomeo  Montagna. — Benedetto  Montagna. — Giovanni  Buonconsiglio. 
"Bibliography,"  p.2 19-226. 


i408  PAINTING— ITALIAN  SCHOOL 

Crowe,  Sir  Joseph  Archer,  &  Cavalcaselle,  G.  B.  759.5  CSgeh 

History  of  painting  in  Italy,  Umbria,  Florence  and  Siena,  from  the 
second  to  the  i6th  century;  ed.  by  Langton  Douglas,  assisted  by  S.  A. 
Strong,    v.3-4.     1908-11.     Murray. 

V.3.     The  Sienese,  Umbrian  &  north  Italian  schools. 
V.4.     Florentine  masters  of  the  isth  century. 
"Biographies  of  the  authors,"  v.i,  p.9-18. 
For  V.  1-2  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Guizot,  Frangois  Pierre  Guillaume.  759-5  G96 

The  fine  arts;  their  nature  and  relations;  tr.  with  the  assistance  of 
the  author  by  George  Grove.    1855.     Bosworth. 

Contents:  Painting,  sculpture  and  engraving;  their  relations  and  differences. — 
Descriptive  criticisms  of  pictures  of  the  Italian  and  French  schools:  Italian  school: 
Raffaelle;  Giulio  Romano;  Correggio;  Andrea  del  Sarto;  Andrea  Sguazzella;  Andrea 
Solari;  Bassano;  Paul  Veronese;  Palma  (the  younger);  Lodovico  Caracci;  Annibale 
Caracci;  Domenichino;  Orazio  Lomi;  Guido  Reni;  Caravaggio;  Cristofano  Allori; 
Guercino;  Pietro  da  Cortona;  Salvator  Rosa;  Carlo  Dolci. — French  school:  Nicolo 
Poussin;  Eustache  Lesueur;  Jean  Baptiste  Santerre;  Laurent  de  La  Hyre;  Carl  Vanloo. 
— Appendix:     Letter  of  Michel  Angelo;  Letter  of  Raffaelle. 

"Table  of  authorities  referred  to,"  p.216. 

Jarves,  James  Jackson.  759-5  J19 

Art  studies;  the  "old  masters"  of  Italy;  painting.     1861.    Derby. 

Discussion  of  the  characteristics  of  the  Italian  masters. 

"He  has  gone  to  the  usual  sources  of  information,  but  has  not  slavishly  copied  his 
authorities.     There  are  many  proofs  of  an  independent  and  generally  sound  judgment." 

Saturday  review,  1861. 

Jewett,  Louise  Rogers,  comp.  r759'5  J31 

History  of  Italian  painting;  outlines  and  references.  1908.  (Mount 
Holyoke  College — Department  of  art.     Courses  7  and  8.) 

"General  reference  books,"  p.6-7. 

Kugler,  Franz  Theodor.  759«5  K43 

The  Italian  schools  of  painting,  based  on  the  handbook  of  Kugler; 

revised  by  A.  H.  Layard.    2v.    1907.    Murray. 

The  same.    2v r759'5  K43 

Same  as  his  "Handbook  of  painting;  the  Italian  schools." 

Lanzi,  Luigi  Antonio,  abate.  759*5  L29S 

Storia  pittorica  dell'Italia  dal  risorgimento  delle  belle  arti  fin  presso 
al  fine  del  18  secolo.     14V.  in  3.     1837-39. 

Morelli,  Giovanni.  q759-5  M88p 

Delia  pittura  italiana;  studii  storico  critici,  le  Gallerie  Borghese  e 
Doria  Pamphili  in  Roma.    1897. 

"Cenni  biografici  intorno  a  Giovanni  Morelli,"  di  Gustavo  Frizzoni,  p.  1-28. 

Powers,  Harry  Huntington,  and  others.  ^759.5  P87 

Outlines  for  the  study  of  art.  4v.  1905-07-  Bureau  of  University 
Travel. 

V.I.  Early  Italian  art,  from  the  13th  to  the  isth  century,  to  accompany  a  collec- 
tion of  500  reproductions  (series  B,  the  University  prints). 

v.2.  [Italian  art  of  the  i6th  and  17th  centuries],  to  accompany  a  collection  of 
reproductions  of  later  Italian  art  (the  University  prints). 

v.3-4.     Plates. 

Contains  numerous  bibliographies;  v.2  is  by  Harry  Huntington  Powers  and  L.  M. 
Powe. 


PAINTING— ITALIAN  SCHOOL  1409 

Powers,  Harry  Huntington,  and  others — continued. 

The  same.     [Enl.  ed.]     v.2,  4.     191 1 r759.5  P87a 

V.2.     Later  Italian  art,  from  the   i6th  to  the   i8th  century,  to  accompany  a  collec- 
tion of  500  reproductions  (series  C,  the  University  prints). 
V.4.     Plates. 
Contains  numerous  bibliographies. 

Rose,  George  B.  759.5  R7ia 

Renaissan.ce  masters.     1908.     Putnam. 

Contents:  Raphael. —  Michelangelo. —  Leonardo  da  Vinci. —  Titian. —  Correggio. — 
Botticelli. — Rubens. — Claude  Lorraine. 

Andrea  del  Sarto 

Knapp,  Fritz.  qr759-5  A55k 

Andrea  del  Sarto  [in  German].  1907.  Velhagen.  (Kiinstler-mono- 
graphien.) 

"Literatur,"  p.  136. 

Fully  illustrated  account  of  his  life  and  work. 

Fra  Angelico 

Wingenroth,  Max.  qr75g.5  A58W 

Angelico  da  Fiesole  [in  German].  1906.  Velhagen.  (Kiinstler- 
monographien.) 

Biographical  and  critical  monograph  on  Fra  Angelico.     Fully  illustrated. 

Bellini 

Gronau,  Georg.  qr759'5  B4ig 

Die  kiinstlerfamilie  Bellini.     1909.     (Kiinstler-monographien.) 

"Verzeichnis  der  abbildungen,"  p.  133-134. 

Biographical  and  critical  study  of  this  family  of  Venetian  renaissance  painters. 
Fully  illustrated  from  photographs. 

Carpaccio 
Molmenti,  Pompeo  Gherardo,  &  Ludwig,  Gustav.  <jr759.5  C22m 

Life  and  works  of  Vittorio  Carpaccio;  tr.  by  R.  H.  H.  Gust.  1907. 
Murray. 

Contains  a  chapter  on  Lazzaro  Bastiani  and  his  school. 

"Apart  from  its  main  interest  as  a  study  of  Carpaccio  himself,  its  most  novel  at- 
traction for  the  student  lies  in  the  authors'  claim  that  Lazzaro  Bastiani. .  .was  Vittorio's 
real  master. .  .Praise  is  due  to  Mr.  Cust  for  his  conscientious,  painstaking,  and,  above 
all,  scholarly  transcription  of  a  work  which... is  sure  to  remain  the  standard  book  upon 
the  life  and  surroundings  of  the  fascinating  Venetian  painter... if  not  upon  the  subject 
of  his  hazy  artistic  beginnings."     Athenaium,  igo8. 

Illustrated. 

Correggio 

Mignaty,  Mme  Marguerite  (Albana).  759-5  C82m 

Le  Correge;  sa  vie  et  son  ceuvre.     1900. 

"Essai  sur  la  vie  et  I'oeuvre  de  Margherita  Albana,  par  fidouard  Schure,"  p.  1-89; 
"Table  chronologique,"  p.349-356. 

Sympathetic  study  of  Correggio's  life  and  ideals  as  revealed  in  his  pictures.  No 
illustrations. 

Ghirlandajo 

Davies,  Gerald  Stanley.  q759-5  GsSd 

Ghirlandaio.     [1908.]     Methuen. 

"Works  by  Domenico  Ghirlandaio,"  p.  162-169. 

First  separate  work  on  the  subject  in  English.  Written  agreeably  and  with  en- 
thusiasm but  lacking  in  proportion  and  deficient  from  the  point  of  view  both  of  exact 
historical  and  of  aesthetic  criticism.     50  excellent  plates. 


I4I0  PAINTING— ITALIAN  SCHOOL 

Giorgione.    Palma  Vecchio 
Boehn,  Max  von.  qr759-5  G438b 

Giorgione  und  Palma  Vecchio.  1908.  Velhagen.  (Kunstler-mono- 
graphien.) 

Brief  critical  studies.     Many  illustrations. 

Guido  Reni 
Boehn,  Max  von.  V7S9-S  GgCb 

Guido  Reni  [in  German].     1910.     (Kiinstler-monographien.) 
Biographical   and  critical  monograph,    fully   illustrated. 

Leonardo  da  Vinci 

Miintz,  Eugene.  q759-5  L62m 

Leonardo  da  Vinci;  artist,  thinker  and  man  of  science.  2v.  1898. 
M.  Miintz  has  made  the  first  attempt  to  classify  and  catalogue  Leonardo's  drawings, 
or  to  give  the  details  of  the  processes  of  his  paintings,  from  the  first  sketch  to  the  last 
touch.  Leonardo's  literary  work,  his  religious  beliefs,  his  studies  in  the  antique  are 
treated  with  the  authority  of  abundant  information.  The  author  has  supplemented  his 
careful  study  of  all  previous  works  on  the  subject  by  the  most  extensive  personal  re- 
searches, and  has  been  enabled  to  settle  some  hitherto  disputed  points.  Illustrated  by  44 
full-page  plates  and  many  illustrations  in  the  text. 

Perugino 

Hutton,  Edward.  759'5  P44h 

Perugino.     [1907.]     Duckworth.     (Popular  library  of  art.) 
"Mr.   Hutton  makes  no  claim  to  completeness  for  his  little  essay  on  Perugino,  but 

the  subject  is  one  to  which  his  temper  is  naturally  sympathetic,  and  the  result,  though 

it  contains  little  that  is  novel,  gives  a  fair  picture  of  the  artist  both  in  his  strength  and 

his  weakness."     Burlington  magazine,  1907. 

Illustrated  by  many  examples  of  Perugino's  work. 

Knapp,  Fritz.  qr759-5  P44k 

Perugino  [in  German].    1907.    Velhagen.    (Kiinstler-monographien.) 

"Literatur,"  p.  132. 

Combines  criticism  with  biography.  Many  of  the  works  of  the  celebrated  Italian 
painter  (1446-1523)  are  here  reproduced. 

Pippi 

Arco,  Carlo  d'.  qr759-5  P648a 

Istoria  della  vita  e  delle  opere  di  Giulio  Pippi  Romano.     1838. 
Giulio  Romano  (i  492-1 546)  was  the  pupil  and  assistant  of  Raphael,  and  after  him 

the  head  of  the  Roman  school.     His  work  consists  chiefly  of  mythological  and  religious 

frescoes  in  Rome  and  Mantua.     Plates. 

PoUaiuolo 

Cruttwell,  Maud.  759-5  P76C 

Antonio  PoUaiuolo.     1907.     Duckworth. 

"Chronological  table  of  the  life  and  works  of  Antonio  and  Piero  PoUaiuolo," 
p.222-229. 

"Bibliography,"  p.230-232. 

In  a  prefatory  note  Miss  Cruttwell  states  that  this  is  the  first  book  on  Antonio 
PoUaiuolo  published  in  any  language.  He  was  an  Italian  painter,  sculptor  and  gold- 
smith of  the  early  renaissance,  one  of  the  first  to  obtain  a  knowledge  of  anatomy 
through  dissection.  The  book  treats  also  of  his  younger  brother  Piero,  who  was  as- 
sociated with  him  in  his  work.     Illustrated. 

"Her  study  is  careful,  intelligent,  for  the  most  part  excellent.  Its  faults  arise 
from  a  too  great  admiration  for  her  hero,  which  leads  her  into  frequent  exaggeration 
of  praise."    Nation,  1907. 


PAINTING— SPANISH  SCHOOL  1411 

Raphael 

Bigot,  Charles.  qr759.5  Rigb 

Raphael  and  the  Villa  Farnesina;  tr.  from  the  French  by  Mary 
Healy.    1884.    Paul. 

Study  of  certain  frescoes  in  this  Roman  villa,  painted  for  its  owner,  Agostino 
Chigi,  and  usually  attributed  to  Raphael.  Critics,  however,  believe  that  they  were 
executed  by  his  pupils  under  the  master's  direction.     Illustrated. 

Minghetti,  Marco.  q759-5  Rigm 

Raffaello.     1885.     Zanichelli. 
Bibliography,  p.  28 1-288. 

Tintoretto 

Bensusan,  Samuel  Levy.  759'5  T48b 

Tintoretto;   illustrated   with    eight   reproductions   in    colour.     Jack. 

(Masterpieces  in  colour.) 

Brief  biography  and  comment  on  his  art  and  his  pictures. 

Titian 

Ricketts,  Charles  S.  qr759.5  Tssr 

Titian.     [1910.]     Methuen.     (Classics  of  art.) 

"Authentic  pictures  by  Titian  in  public  and  private  galleries  and  churches,"  p.  175- 
188. 

Detailed  consideration  of  each  of  Titian's  works,  as  far  as  possible  in  the  order  of 
its  production.  Author  has  much  to  say  on  the  technical  side  of  Titian's  art  and  the 
present  condition  of  the  works  is  described.  The  plates,  181  in  number,  are  brought 
together  at  the  end  of  the  volume. 

Spanish  school 

Caffin,  Charles  Henry.  759.6  Cia 

Story  of  Spanish  painting.     1910.     Century. 

Begins  with  a  summary  of  Spanish  history  and  proceeds  through  a  general  view  of 
the  characteristics  of  Spanish  painting  to  a  more  detailed  treatment  of  El  Greco, 
Velasquez,  Mazo,  Carreno,  Ribera,  Murillo,  Cano,  Zurbaran  and  Goya.  Illustrated  with 
reproductions  of  paintings  in  the  Prado  and  elsewhere. 

Cole,  Timothy.  qr759.6  C68 

Old  Spanish  masters;  engraved  by  Timothy  Cole,  with  historical 

notes  by  C.  H.  Caffin  and  comments  by  the  engraver.  1907.  Century. 
Engravings,  31  in  all,  of  paintings  by  Murillo,  El  Greco,  Velasquez,  Morales,  Ribera, 

Zurbaran,  Cano  and  Goya.     Mr  Caffin's  notes  furnish  an  excellent  outline  of  the  history 

of  Spanish  painting. 

Goya 

Calvert,  Albert  Frederick.  759.6  G75C 

Goya;  an  account  of  his  life  and  works,  with  reproductions  from  his 

pictures,  etchings  and  lithographs.     1908.     Lane.     (Spanish  series.) 
"Catalogue  of  the  works  of  Goya,"  p.121-194. 
The  special  value  of  the  work  lies  in  the  illustrations,  which  number  over  600. 

Oertel,  Richard.  qr759.6  G750 

Francisco  de  Goya  [in  German].  1907.  Velhagen.  (Kiinstler- 
monographien.) 

Fully  illustrated  critical  and  biographical  monograph  on  the  noted  Spanish  painter 
(1746-1828). 


1412  PAINTING— SPANISH  SCHOOL 

El  Greco 

Calvert,  Albert  Frederick,  &  Hartley,  C.  G.  759.6  G82C 

afterward  Mrs  Gallichan. 
El  Greco;  an  account  of  his  life  and  works,  with  136  reproductions 
from  his  most  celebrated  pictures.     1909.    Lane.     (Spanish  series.) 
Spanish  painter  of  the  i6th  century. 

SoroUa  y  Bastida 

Hispanic  Society  of  America.  759-6  S7ih 

Catalogue  of  paintings  by  Joaquin  Sorolla  y  Bastida  exhibited  by  the 
Hispanic  Society  of  America,  Feb.  8  to  March  8,  1909,  with  introduc- 
tion by  Leonard  Williams.     1909.    Hispanic  Soc.  of  America. 

The  same r759-6  S7ih 

Hispanic  Society  of  America.  759'6  Syihi 

Eight  essays  on  Joaquin  Sorolla  y  Bastida.    2v.     1909. 

V.I.  Joaquin  Sorolla  y  Bastida,  by  Aureliano  de  Beruete. — M.  Sorolla  y  Bastida,  by 
Camilla  Mauclair.  —  Un  astre  qui  se  leve,  by  Henri  Rochefort.  —  The  art  of  Joaquin 
Sorolla,  by  Leonard  Williams. — Sorolla  y  Bastida,  one  of  the  great  modern  masters,  by 
E.  L.  Cary. — Sorolla  y  Bastida,  by  J.  G.  Huneker. — Sorolla  at  the  Hispanic  Society,  by 
Christian  Brinton. 

V.2.  Joaquin  Sorolla;  the  man  and  his  work,  by  W.  E.  B.  Starkweather. — Apprecia- 
tions of  the  press. — Catalogue. 

St.  James's  Gallery  Company,  pub.  qr759.6  S71S 

Catalogue  of  the  exhibition  of  paintings  by  Sefior  Sorolla  y  Bastida 
at  the  Grafton  galleries,  May,  June  &  July  1908,  with  a  biographical  and 
critical  essay  on  Sorolla's  art  by  Leonard  Williams.     1908. 

Velasquez 

Calvert,  Albert  Frederick,  &  Hartley,  C.  G.  afterward  759-6  V25C 

Mrs  Gallichan. 

Velazquez;  an  account  of  his  life  and  works.  1908.  Lane.  (Spanish 
series.) 

"List  of  the  paintings  of  Velazquez,  with  an  indication  of  where  the  originals  arc 
to  be  found,"  p. 181-218. 

Zuloa^a 

Hispanic  Society  of  America.  r759.6  Z85h 

Catalogue  of  paintings  by  Ignacio  Zuloaga  exhibited  by  the  His- 
panic Society  of  America,  Mar.  21  to  Apr.  il,  1909,  with  introduction  by 
Christian  Brinton.     1909. 

Polish  school 
Jaroszynski,  Tadeusz.  759-7  Ji9 

Zaranie  malarstwa  polskiego;  szkic  do  historyi.     1905. 

Swedish  school 
Servaes,  Franz.  qr759-8  Z8is 

Anders  Zorn   [in  German].     1910.     (Kiinstler-monographien.) 
"Publikationen  und  literatur,"  p.ioi. 

Biographical  and  critical  monograph  on  a  Swedish  painter  (fr.  i860).  Fully  illus- 
trated. 


PAINTING— DUTCH  AND  FLEMISH  SCHOOLS         1413 


Dutch  and  Flemish  schools 

Bode,  Wilhelm.  759.9  B58 

Great  masters  of  Dutch  and  Flemish  painting;  tr.  by  M.  L.  Clarke. 
1909.    Duckworth. 

Contents:     Rembrandt  van  Rijn. — Frans  Hals. — The   Dutch  genre  picture. — Land- 
scape painting  in  Holland. — Dutch  still-life. — Adriaen  Brouwer. — Rubens  and  Van  Dyck. 
Translation    from   the   second  and   revised  edition   of   "Rembrandt  und  seine  zeit- 
genosscn." 

Caffin,  Charles  Henry.  759.9  C12 

Story  of  Dutch  painting.     1909.     Century. 

Contents:  The  end  of  the  old. — The  old  order  changes. — Beginning  of  the  new. — 
Frans  Hals. — Rembrandt  Harmensz  van  Rijn. — The  influence  of  Hals  and  Rembrandt. 
— Dutch  genre.— Gerard  Terborch,  Jan  Vermeer  and  Jan  Steen. — Biblical  subjects  and 
portraiture. — Landscape. — Van  Goyen  and  Hobbema. — Jacob  van   Ruisdael. 

".Account  of  seventeenth-century  Dutch  art... Gives  in  attractive  form  a  good  deal 
of  timely  descriptive  and  historical  information  but  considerably  more  attention  is 
devoted  to  the  lives  of  the  individual  artists  and  the  subjects  of  their  pictures  than  to 
their  workmanship."     A.  L,  A.  booklist,  igio. 

Fromentin,  Eugene.  759-9  FgSr 

A  regi  mesterek;  franciabol  forditotta  Erdey  Aladar.     1908. 

Lemonnier,  Camille.  <ir759.9  L59 

L'ecole  beige  de  peinture,  1830-1905.    1906.    Van  Oest. 

"Lemonnier's  study  of  the  gradual  development  of  Belgian  painting  is  a  careful 
piece  of  writing,  supplemented  by  a  number  of  good  reproductions."  Burlington  maga- 
zine, 1907. 

Marius,  G.  Hermine.  759-9  M38 

Dutch  art  in  the  19th  century;  tr.  by  A.  Teixeira  de  Mattos.  1909. 
Lippincott. 

"Index  of  painters,"  p.  199-203. 
.  "Careful  and  temperate  guide."     Burlington  magazine,  1909. 

Smith,  John,  picture  dealer  of  London.  ^^759,9  S65 

Catalogue  raisonne  of  the  works  of  the  most  eminent  Dutch,  Flemish 
and  French  painters,  in  which  is  included  a  short  biographical  notice  of 
the  artists,  with  a  copious  description  of  their  principal  pictures  [and]  a 
statement  of  the  prices  at  which  such  pictures  have  been  sold  at  public 
sales  on  the  continent  and  in  England,    gv.    1829-42.    Smith. 


Baertsoen 

Fierens-Gevaert,  Hippolyte.  q759-9  Bi4f 

Albert  Baertsoen  [in  French].     1910.     (Collection  des  artistes  beiges 

contemporains.) 

"Catalogue  de  I'oeuvre  d'Albert  Baertsoen,"  p.79-83. 

Claus 
Lemonnier,  Camille.  q759-9  C54I 

fimile  Claus  [in  French].    1908.     (Collection  des  artistes  beiges  con- 
temporains.) 

"Catalogue  de  I'oeuvre  d'fimile  Claus,"  p.S3-66;  "Bibliographic,"  p. 67. 


I4I4     PAINTING— JAPANESE  AND  CHINESE  SCHOOLS 

Van  Eyck 

Weale,  William  Henry  James.  qrysg.g  Eggw 

Hubert  and  John  van  Eyck;  their  life  and  work.     1908.     Lane. 
"Bibliography,"  p. 55-1 14. 

Represents  the  labor  of  a  man  who  has  consecrated  the  greater  part  of  a  long 
and  almost  incredibly  diligent  life  to  the  study  of  the  art  and  archaeology  of  the  Nether- 
lands. It  presents  in  a  perfectly  methodical  form  and  with  rare  restraint  the  sum  of 
positive  knowledge  on  the  subject.  Contains  an  exhaustive  bibliography,  followed  by 
biographies  of  the  painters  and  closely  detailed  descriptions  of  the  pictures,  each  with 
its  own  bibliography.  There  are  41  illustrations  in  photogravure  and  nearly  100  in  half- 
tone.    Condensed  from  Burlington  fnagazine,  1908. 

Jordaens 

Rooses,  Max.  qrysg.g  J42r 

Jacob  Jordaens;  his  life  and  work;  tr.  from  the  Dutch  by  E.  C. 
Broers.    1908.    Dent. 

"List  of  Jordaens'  works,"  p.2S  1-269. 

Will  probably  be  the  standard  work  on  Jordaens  (1593-1678)  for  some  time  to  come. 
The  unwearied  scholarship  of  the  author  has  brought  together  a  mass  of  facts  relating 
to  the  personal  history  of  Jordaens,  and  he  swells  the  list  of  the  artist's  known  works  to 
dimensions  which  will  astonish  those  whose  acquaintance  with  Jordaens  is  merely  acci- 
dental.    Condensed  from  Burlington  magazine,  1909. 

Maris 
Thomson,  David  Croal.  qrysg.g  MsSt 

Brothers  Maris  (James,  Matthew,  William);  ed.  by  Charles  Holme. 
1907.     (Studio.     Special  summer  number,  1907.) 

Reproductions  of  the  work  of  three  19th  century  Dutch  painters,  with  short  dis 
cussion  of  their  lives,  influence  and  methods. 

Japanese  and  Chinese  schools 

Binyon,  Laurence.  qr759.g2  B48 

Japanese  art.    1909.    Unwin.     (International  art  series.) 
"Mr.   Binyon  wisely  has  set  himself  to  put  before  his   reader  the  attitude  of  the 

Kano  school,  which  may  be  held  typical  of  the  attitudes  of  Japanese  art,   rather  than 

analyses  of  technicalities."     Outlook   (London),  1910. 

Strange,  Edward  Fairbrother.  759.g2  H6gs 

Hokusai,  the  old  man  mad  with  painting.     1906.     Siegle.     (Langham 

series  of  art  monographs.) 

Essay  on  the  work  of  the  noted  Japanese  artist,  with  reproductions  of  a  few  of  his 

drawings. 

Taki,  Sei-ichi.  qr759.92  T14 

Three  essays  on  oriental  painting.     1910.     Quaritch. 

Contents:  Characteristics  of  Japanese  painting. — Chinese  landscape  painting. — On 
india-ink  painting. — Appendices:  Historical  periods  of  Japan;  Chinese  dynasties;  List 
of  the  Chinese  characters  for  important  Japanese  and  Chinese  names. 

Contains  57  full-page  plates. 

Binyon,  Laurence.  qr759.93  B48 

Painting  in  the  Far  East;  an  introduction  to  the  history  of  pictorial 
art  in  Asia,  especially  China  and  Japan.     1908.    Arnold. 

"The  author. .  .although  at  a  disadvantage  by  reason  of  the  probable  paucity  of 
fine  original  examples  to  refer  to,  has  succeeded  in  producing  a  valuable  resume  of  the 
History  of  Art  in  China  and  Japan  which  is  a  welcome  addition  to  our  literature  upon 
the  subject.  Some  regret,  however,  will  be  felt  by  lovers  of  that  art  at  the  altogetlier 
unrepresentative  character  of  the  illustrations  to  the  volume."    International  studio,  1909. 


ENGRAVING  1415 


760     Engraving 

Bibliography 

Levis,  Howard  C.  comp.  1016.76  L66 

Bibliography  of  American  books  relating  to  prints  and  the  art  and 
history  of  engraving;  also  of  catalogues  of  important  sales  and  ex- 
hibitions of  prints  held  in  America;  also  of  a  few  books  and  catalogues 
published  in  England  relating  to  American  prints.  1910.  Chiswick 
Press. 

General  works 

Austin,  Stanley  Elston.  760  A93 

History  of  engraving  from   its   inception   to   the   time   of  Thomas 

Bewick.     [1908?]     Laurie. 
Popular  manual. 

Baker,  William  Henry,  b.  1869,  ed.  T760  B177 

Dictionary  of  engraving,  together  with  terms  used  in  related  branches, 
as  electrotyping,  lithography,  advertising,  printing,  art,  photography, 
etc.,  idiomatic  and  technical.     1908. 

Bourcard,  Gustave.  qr76o  B65 

A  travers  cinq  siecles  de  gravures,  1350-1903;  les  estampes  celebres 

rares  ou  curieuses.     1903.    Rapilly. 

"Essai  d'un  index  bibliographique,"  p. 619-638. 

Catalogue  of  the  best  engravings  of  the  work  of  well-known  artists  of  all  countries. 

Reproductions   are   not   given,   but   there    are   usually   brief   descriptive   notes   and   some 

record  of  the  prices  which  the  pictures  have  brought  at  sales. 

Carson,  Hampton  Lawrence.  qr76o  W27C 

Unique  collection  [of  H.  L.  Carson]  of  engraved  portraits  of  Gen. 
George  Washington,  including  nearly  all  that  are  mentioned  in  Baker's 
"Engraved  portraits  of  Washington"  and  many  rarities  unknown  to 
Baker  and  the  great  St.  Memin  personal  collection,  to  be  sold  Jan.  21- 
22,  1904,  Philadelphia;  catalogue  comp.  and  sale  conducted  by  S.  V. 
Henkels.     1904.     [Fell.]     (Catalogue  no.906,  pt.i.) 

Carson,  Hampton  Lawrence.  qr76o  C23 

Unique  collection  [of  H.  L.  Carson]  of  engraved  portraits  of  signers 
of  the  Declaration  of  independence,  presidents  and  members  of  the 
Continental  congress,  officers  in  the  American  revolution,  views  of 
Independence  Hall,  to  be  sold  Dec.  l6th-i7th  [1904],  Philadelphia;  cat- 
alogue comp.  and  sale  conducted  by  S.  V.  Henkels.  [1904.  Fell.] 
(Catalogue  no.906,  pt.3.) 

Carson,  Hampton  Lawrence.  qr76o  C23U 

Unique  collection  [of  H.  L.  Carson]  of  engraved  portraits  of  Thomas 
Jefferson,  Benjamin  Franklin  and  Gilbert  Mottier  de  La  Fayette,  to  be 
sold  April  20th-2ist  [1904],  Philadelphia;  catalogue  comp.  and  sale  con- 
ducted by  S.  V.  Henkels.     [1904.    Fell.]     (Catalogue  no.906,  pt.2.) 


I4i6  ENGRAVING 


Gunn,  Maurice  James.  760  G97 

Print  restoration  and  picture  cleaning;  an  illustrated  practical  guide 
to  the  restoration  of  all  kinds  of  prints,  with  chapters  on  cleaning  water- 
colours,  print  "fakes"  and  their  detection,  anomalies  in  print  values  and 
prints  to  collect.    191 1.    Gill. 

Hardie,  Martin.  qryGo  H25 

English  coloured  books.     1906.     Putnam.     (Connoisseur's  library.) 

Bibliography  of  coloured  books,  p.307-321. 

"Likely  to  prove  of  permanent  value  to  the  collector  of  those  interesting  books  with 
colored  plates,  which  were  produced  in  such  profusion  in  England  during  the  first  half 
of  the  nineteenth  century,  as  well  as  to  the  general  reader  or  student  who  wishes  to 
know  something  of  the  various  processes  of  printing  in  colors,  their  development,  and 
their  final  results,  the  finished  prints.  Although  the  volume  is  largely  devoted  to  Eng- 
lish books  with  colored  plates,  it  covers,  in  fact,  the  whole  period  from  the  first  book 
containing  printing  in  two  colors  down  to  the  modern  'three-color'  process."  Nation, 
1906. 

Hind,  Arthur  Mayger.  760  H56 

Short  history  of  engraving  &  etching  for  the  use  of  collectors  and 
students,  with  full  bibliography,  classified  list  and  index  of  engravers. 
1908.    Constable. 

"General  bibliography,"  p.391-411. 

The  same.     191 1 r76o  H56 

Useful,  readable  and  careful  work,  bringing  the  history  to  the  end  of  the  19th  cen- 
tury.    Author  is  (1909)  a  junior  curator  in  the  British  Museum.     Many  illustrations. 

Keppel,  Frederick.  760  Kigg 

Golden  age  of  engraving;  a  specialist's  story  about  fine  prints. 
1910.     Baker. 

Contents:  Introductory  chapter,  chiefly  personal. — The  golden  age  of  engraving. — 
Some  masterpieces  of  the  old  engravers. — Four  centuries  of  line  engravings. — Drawings 
by  old  masters. — Sir  Joshua  Reynolds. — Samuel  Cousins,  R.  A. — The  modern  disciples  of 
Rembrandt. — Personal  sketches  of  some  famous  etchers. — Original  etchings  by  Queen 
Victoria. — Charles  Jacque. — Jean-Frangois  Millet. — A  notable  masterpiece  by  Millet. — 
Sir  Seymour  Haden. — Charles  Meryon. — Maxime  Lalanne. — Whistler  as  an  etcher. — 
One  day  with  Whistler. — Bracquemond  and  Buhot. — Alphonse  Legros. — Evert  Van  Muy- 
den. —  Joseph  Pennell. —  D.  Y.  Cameron. —  Henri  Fantin-Latour. —  The  illustrators  of 
"Punch." — Charles  Keene. — George  du  Maurier. — What  etchings  are. — Pitfalls  for  trans- 
lators.— A  chapter  of  verse. 

"Bibliography,"  p.303-3'4- 

Keppel,  Frederick.  q76o  K19 

Golden  age  of  engraving;  an  introductory  essay  on  the  old  en- 
gravers.   1893.    Keppel. 

Reprinted  from  "Harper's  magazine,"    1878. 

Concerned  chiefly  with  the  engravers  of  the  17th  and  i8th  centuries.     Illustrated. 

The  same.    1910.    Baker.     (In  his  Golden  age  of  engraving, 
p.i-24) 760  Kigg 

Lippmann,  Friedrich.  760  L73 

Engraving  and  etching;  a  handbook  for  the  use  of  students  and  print 
collectors;  tr.  by  Martin  Hardie.     1906.     Grevel. 

Handbook  of  the  Royal  Museum,  Berlin. 

"The  literature  of  engraving,"  p.ii-17. 

"Well-printed  version  in  English  of  the  best  concise  treatise  ever  written  about 
the  history  of  intaglio  prints... The  record  is  carried  only  to  the  beginning  of  the 
nineteenth  century."    Nation,  igo6. 


ENGRAVING  1417 


Nevill,  Ralph.  760  N25 

French  prints  of  the  i8th  century.     1908.     Macmillan. 
"Good  elementary  handbook  of  the  subject  and  something  better;  for  it  is  agreeably- 
written  and  contains  much  of  anecdotal  interest.  .  .Provides. . .   a  select  catalogue  of  the 
more  important  prints,  including  summary  notices  as  to  states,  sale  prices,  etc."    Nation, 
1909. 

Fully  illustrated.  , 

Salaman,  Malcolm  Charles.  760  S15 

Old  engravers  of  England  in  their  relation  to  contemporary  life  and 
art  (1540-1800).     1906.     Cassell. 

"English  bibliography  of  copper-plate  engraving,"  p.219-220. 

History  of  the  English  school  of  engraving  from  its  commencement  to  its  decline, 
recorded  in  a  popular  form  for  the  general  reader. 

Singer,  Hans  Wolfgang.  qr76o  S61 

Die  kleinmeister.     1908.     Velhagen.     (Kiinstler-monographien.) 
Devoted    chiefly    to   the    work    of    Aldegrever,    Altdorfer,    Barthel    Beham,    Sebald 

Beham,  Bink,  Hirschvogel,  Lautensack,  Pencz  and  Solis,  a  group  of  German  engravers 

known  as  the  "little  masters"  on  account  of  the  exceedingly  small  dimensions  of  their 

prints. 

Sumner,  Charles.  qr76o  S95 

Best  portraits  in  engraving.     [1875.]     Keppel. 

Brief  critical  review  of  notable  engravers  of  portraits,  from  the  i6th  to  the  i8th 
century.     By  an  enthusiastic  collector.     Illustrated. 

Weitenkampf,  Frank,  {pseud.  Frank  Linstow  White).  760  W47 

How  to  appreciate  prints.     1908.    Moffat. 
Tlte  same.    191 1 T^6o  W47 

By  the  curator  (1908)  of  the  Print  department  of  the  New  York  Public  Library. 
Technical,  historical  and  aesthetical  comments  on  the  processes  of  reproduction — en- 
graving, etching  and  lithography,  with  numerous  examples  of  each.  Also  advice  on  col- 
lection and  preservation  of  prints. 

"The  emphasis  is  on  appreciation. .  .Oh]ect  is  not  to  furnish  cut-and-dried  invariable 
rules,  but  to  aid  in  the  development  of  a  critical  spirit  paired  with  liberal-mindedness." 
Preface. 

Willshire,  William  Hughes.  r76o  W76 

Introduction  to  the  study  &  collection  of  ancient  prints.     2v.     1877. 

Ellis. 

"Bibliography,"  v. 2,  p.279-287. 

"There  are  curious  omissions   from  this   work,   but  it  is  in   spite  of  them   the  best 

book  there  is  for  the  beginner  in  the  study  or  purchase  of  old  prints."     Sturgis  and 

Krehbiel's  Annotated  bibliography  of  fine  art,  1897. 


761     Wood-engraving 

Ammon,  Jobst.  T^6z.  A52 

Wappen-  &  stammbuch;  Frankfort  a/M  bei  Sigm.  Feyrabend,  1589. 
1881.  Hirth.  (Liebhaber-bibliothek  alter  illustratoren  in  facsimile- 
reproduction,  v.3.) 

Reproductions  of  engravings.  Ammon  (1539-91)  was  bom  in  Switzerland,  but 
spent  a  large  part  of  his  life  in  Nuremberg. 

"As  an  engraver,  he  was  one  of  the  most  laborious  of  the  industrious  artists  of 
his  country. .  .The  number  of  his  plates  is  prodigious,  and  his  work  amounts  to  upwards 
of  five  hundred  and  fifty  prints,  many  of  which  being  of  a  diminutive  size,  he  is  some- 
times ranged  among  the  artists  denominated  the  Little  Masters."  Bryan's  Dictionary 
of  painters  and  engravers. 


I4i8  ENGRAVING 


Creelman,  James.  rySi  W83C 

Romance  and  tragedy  of  wood  engraving,  with  engravings  by  Henry 

Wolf  of  paintings  by  Alexander,  Chase,  Reynolds,  Shannon,  Wiles.    1907. 
Pages  291-295  of  "Pearson's  magazine,"  March  1907. 

Dodgson,  Campbell,  ed.  qrySi  D67 

^olzschnitte   zu   zwei   Niirnberger   andachtsbiichern   aus   dem   an- 

fange  des  16.  jahrhunderts.     1909.     (Graphische  Gesellschaft.     11.  ver- 

offentlichung.) 

Wood-engravings  from  two  i6th  century  books  of  devotion. 

Kristeller,  Paul,  ed.  qr76i  K43 

Eine  folge  venezianischer  holzschnitte  aus  dem  15.  jahrhundert  im 
besitze  der  stadt  Niirnberg.  1909.  (Graphische  Gesellschaft.  9.  ver- 
offentlichung.) 

Collection  of  isth  century  wood-engravings  illustrating  the  life  of  Christ.  Brief 
introductory  text. 

Lehrs,  Max,  ed.  qr76i  L55 

Holzschnitte    der    ersten    halfte    des    15.    jahrhunderts    im    Konigl. 

kupferstichkabinett    zu    Berlin.      1908.      (Graphische    Gesellschaft.      7. 

veroffentlichung.) 

Facsimiles  of  the  31  examples. 

Lippmann,  Friedrich.  q76i  L73 

Art  of  wood-engraving  in  Italy  in  the  15th  century,  with  extensive 
corrections  and  additions  by  the  author  which  have  not  appeared  in 
the  German  original.     1888.     Quaritch. 

Binder's  title  reads  "Wood  engraving  in  Italy." 

Schreiber,  Wilhelm  Ludwig.  qr76i  S43 

Catalogue  of  the  valuable  collection  of  W.  L.  Schreiber,  which  will 
be  sold  by  auction  at  Vienna,  3d  and  4th  of  March  1909.    1909. 

Contents:     Formschnitte  des  15.  jahrhunderts. — Holztafeldrucke. — Holzschnitte  des 
16.  jahrhunderts. — Clair-obscurs. — Inkunabeln  des  kupferstichs. 
German  text. 

Seidlitz,  Woldemar  von.  q76i  S45 

History  of  Japanese   colour-prints;   tr.    by   A.H.Dyer   and   Grace 
Tripler.     1910.    Heinemann. 
"Bibliography,"  p.195-200. 

"This  corrected  and  amplified  translation  of  Von  Seidlitz's  standard  work  ori 
Japanese  prints  appeals  both  to  the  collector  and  the  general  student  of  art.  With  its 
abundant  reproductions  and  artists'  signatures  in  facsimile,  it  serves  very  well  as  an 
historical  manual,  while  it  has  the  peculiar  merit  of  endeavoring  to  make  an  aesthetic 
appraisal  of  the  material."     Nation,  1910. 

762     Metal-engraving 

Banner,  G.  A.  762  B22 

Practical  engraving  on  metal,  including  hints  on  saw-piercing,  carv- 
ing, inlaying,  &c.     [1908.]     Hampton. 

Brief  directions  for  beginners.  Has  chapters  on  gold  and  silver  engraving,  letter- 
ing, crests  and  monograms,  gun  and  copper-plate  engraving,  etching  on  copper,  etc. 
Illustrated. 

Browne,  Warren  C.  762  B81 

Metal  plate  printing;  a  treatise  on  printing  in  the  lithographic  man- 
ner from  zinc  and  aluminum  plates.     1910.     National  Lithographer. 


ENGRAVING  1419 


Harrap,  Charles.  762  H28 

Text  book  of  metalography  (printing  from  metals) ;  a  full  considera- 
tion of  the  nature  and  properties  of  zinc  and  aluminium  and  their  treat- 
ment as  planographic  printing  surfaces.     1909.     Raithby. 

Inland  Printer  Company,  pub.  762  I24 

Practical  guide  to  embossing  and  die  stamping,  together  with  ex- 
planatory text  on  copperplate  engraving  and  printing,  chapters  on  the 
theory  and  practice  of  color  printing  and  other  subjects  related  to  em- 
bossing and  die  work.     1908. 

Kristeller,  Paul,  ed.  qr762  K42 

Florentinische  zierstiicke  in  kupferstich  aus  dem  15.  jahrhundert. 
1909.     (Graphische  Gesellschaft.     5.  veroffentlichung.) 

Copper  engravings  of  the  isth  century,  with  brief  introductory  text. 


763     Lithography 

Funk  &  Wagnalls  Company,  New  York.  <ir763  F98 

Art  of  lithography  [a  series  of  proofs  illustrating  the  process  neces- 
sary to  produce  a  lithograph  in  12  colors;  illustration  taken  from  the 
Standard  dictionary  of  the  JEnglish  language  and  lithographed  by  the 
Taber-Prang  Art  Co.,  Springfield,  Mass.]. 


765     Line-engraving 

Baker,  William  Spohn.  r765  S53b 

William  Sharp,  engraver,  with  a  descriptive  catalogue  of  his  works. 
1875.    Gebbie. 

Sharp  (1749-1824)  was  one  of  the  most  celebrated  of  English  line  engravers. 

Thomas,  Thomas  Head.  765  T37 

French  portrait  engraving  of  the  17th  and  18th  centuries.     1910.     Bell. 
"Able  analysis  of  French  line-engraving  in  its  golden  age."    Outlook  (London),  igio. 


766     Mezzotint 

Goodwin,  Gordon.  qr766  G63J 

James  McArdell.     1903.     Bullen.     (British  mezzotinters.) 
Brief  biography  with  a  catalogue  of  his  engravings,  chiefly  portraits. 

Salaman,  Malcolm  Charles.  qr766  S15 

Old    English   mezzotints;   text   by   M.  C.  Salaman,   ed.   by   Charles 
Holme.     1910.     (Studio.    Special  winter  number,  1910-11.) 

Reproductions    of    mezzotints    of    familiar    portraits,    chiefly    by    Reynolds,    Gains- 
borough, Romney  and  Hopper,  with  introductory  text. 

Whitman,  Alfred.  qr766  C84W 

Samuel  Cousins.     1904.    Bell.     (Nineteenth  century  mezzotinters.) 
English   mezzotint  engraver    (1801-87).      A  brief   memoir   of   Cousins   is   followed 

by  a  descriptive  catalogue  of  his  engravings,  several  of  them  being  here  reproduced. 


1420  ETCHING 

767     Etching 

Armstrong,  E.  A.  qryGy  Hi4a 

Axel  Herman  Haig  and  his  work;  illustrated  from  his  etchings,  pen- 
cil-drawings and  water-colours,  with  a  biography  and  a  descriptive  cata- 
logue of  his  etched  works.     1905.    London  Fine  Art  Soc. 

Mr  Haig  excels  in  a  special  branch  of  etching,  the  exact  and  conscientious  copying 
of  ornate  architecture,  with  a  preference  toward  Gothic  cathedrals. 

Fitton,  Hedley.  T^6^  F56 

Illustrated  catalogue  of  etchings  by  Hedley  Fitton,  with  descrip- 
tions.    191 1.     Dunthorne. 

Friedlander,  Max  J.  ed.  qr?^?  A46f 

Albrecht  Altdorfers  landschafts  radierungen.  1906.  Cassirer. 
(Graphische  Gesellschaft,  1906,  3.  veroffentlichung.) 

Brief  introduction,  followed  by  nine  landscape  etchings  by  the  German  painter  and 
engraver    (1480-1538). 

Grolier  Club,  New  York.  1767  G93 

Catalogue  of  etchings  and  drawings  by  Charles  Meryon,  exhibited  at 
the  Grolier  Club  from  Jan.  28  to  Feb.  19,  1908. 

With  this  is  bound  "Catalogue  of  a  collection  of  engravings,  etchings  and  litho- 
graphs by  women,  exhibited  at  the  Grolier  Club,  April  12  to  zy,  1901." 

Grolier  Club,  New  York.  r767  Gg3C 

Catalogue  of  etchings  and  dry  points  by  Rembrandt,  selected  for 
exhibition  at  the  Grolier  Club  of  the  city  of  New  York,  April-May  1900. 
1900. 

"Authorities,"  p.  10-12. 

Hitchcock,  James  Ripley  Wellman.  767  H6a 

Etching  in  America,  with  lists  of  American  etchers  and  notable  col- 
lections of  prints.     1886.     White. 

Hubert,  H.  J.  qr767  I29 

Etched  work  of  Jozef  Israels;  an  illustrated  catalogue.     [1909.] 

Israels  is  (1910)  a  Dutch  genre  painter  and  etcher. 

Keppel  (Frederick)  &  Co.  pub.  767  K19 

Keppel  booklets,  ist-3d  ser.    v. 1-3,  in  2.     1903-08. 

V.I.  Concerning  the  etchings  of  Mr  Whistler. — Sir  Seymour  Haden,  painter-etcher, 
by  Frederick  Keppel. — J.  F.  Millet,  painter-etcher,  by  Mrs  Schuyler  Van  Rensselaer,  to 
which  is  appended  a  sketch  of  the  life  of  Millet,  by  Frederick  Keppel. — Joseph  Pennell, 
etcher,  illustrator,  author,  by  Frederick  Keppel. — Dry-points  by  Paul  Helleu. 

v.2-3.  Auguste  Raffet,  by  Atherton  Curtis. — The  late  Felix  Buhot,  painter-etcher, 
by  Leonce  Benedite. — One  day  with  Whistler,  by  Frederick  Keppel. — Mr  Pennell's  etch- 
ings of  New  York  "sky  scrapers,"  by  Frederick  Keppel. — Charles  Meryon;  a  biographical 
sketch,  by  Frederick  Keppel. — The  etchings  of  Piranesi,  by  Russell  Sturgis. — Mr  Pen- 
nell's etchings  of  London,  by  W.  C.  Arensberg,  to  which  is  appended  Mr  Pennell  as  a 
printer,  by  Frederick  Keppel. — How  prints  are  made,  by  Atherton  Curtis. — Daubigny,  by 
R.  J.  Wickenden. 

Very  brief  critical  articles,  fully  illustrated. 

Keppel  (Frederick)  &  Co.  pub.  Tjdj  K19 

Print-collector's  bulletin;  an  illustrated  catalogue  of  painter-etchings 

for  sale  by  Frederick  Keppel  &  Co.    25  nos.  in  iv.     1908-09. 

Contents:     Adolphe  Appian. — O.  H.  Bacher. — F61ix  Bracquemond. — Felix  Buhot. — 

J.   B.   C.   Corot. — C.   F.   Daubigny. — Storm  van's   Gravesande. — Sir   Seymour   Haden. — 

Charles  Jacque.  —  Jules  Jacquemart.  —  J.  B.  Jongkind.  —  Maxime  Lalanne.  —  Alphonse 


ETCHING  1421 

Keppel  (Frederick)  &  Co.  pub. — continued.  T767  K19 

Legros. — Charles  Meryon. — J.  F.  Millet. — Samuel  Palmer. — George  Senseney. — J.  J.  Tis- 
sot. — Joseph  Pennell. — Evert  van  Muyden. — Cadwallader  Washburn. — H.  A.  Webster. — 
Henry  Wolf.— J.  A.  M.  Whistler.— A.  L.  Zorn. 

Laboureur,  Jean  fimile.  qrySy  Lii 

Ten  etchings  from  Pittsburgh;  a  collection  of  ten  original  etchings. 

1905.     Pittsburgh. 

Contains  also:     In  the  Pittsburgh  mills;  a  series  of  ten  original  etchings. 

Pauli,  Gustav,  ed.  <ir767  P32 

Inkunabeln   der   deutschen   und   niederlandischen    radierung.      1908. 

(Graphische  Gesellschaft.     8.  veroffentlichung.) 
Twenty-six  plates  in  heliogravure. 

Pittsburgh  Etching  Club.  qryey  P67 

[Catalogues  of  exhibitions],  1909-11.     [1909-11.] 
Samuel,  Arthur.  767  P64S 

Piranesi.     1910.     Batsford. 

"Bibliography,"  p.194-197;  "The  etchings  of  Piranesi,"  p.198-209. 

Piranesi's  most  important  work  as  an  etcher,  that  by  which  he  is  known  to  the 
connoisseur  and  collector  to-day,  consists  of  his  views  of  Rome  and  its  ancient  remains. 
The  author  is  somewhat  extravagant  in  his  praise  of  Piranesi,  but  the  volume  is  well 
illustrated,  and  valuable  if  used  in  connection  with  other  literature  on  the  subject. 

Springer,  Jaro,  ed.  qr767  S45 

Die  radierungen  des  Herkules  Seghers.  2v.  1910-11.  Cassirer. 
(Graphische  Gesellschaft.     13.  veroffentlichung.) 

The  enjoyment  of  the  etchings  of  Herkules  Seghers  has  hitherto  been  the  privilege 
of  visitors  to  the  print-rooms  of  Amsterdam,  Berlin,  Dresden,  London,  Paris  and 
Vienna,  for  these  excessively  rare  prints  hardly  exist  elsewhere.  They  represent  inter- 
esting experiments  in  untried  processes,  ending  occasionally  in  brilliant  success  and 
occasionally  in  no  less  questionable  failure.  The  facsimiles  of  his  etchings  here  included 
reach  the  highest  level  of  photographic  reproduction.  Condensed  from  Burlington  maga- 
zine, igii. 

Van  Rensselaer,  Mrs  Mariana  (Griswold).  q767  V19 

American  etchers.    1886.    Keppel. 

Reprinted  from  the  "Century  magazine,"  v.2S,  Feb.   1883. 

Critical  essay.  Contains  also  an  account  of  Meryon  and  his  work  by  Frederick  Kep- 
pel.    Illustrated. 

769     Collections  of  engravings 

American  Whig  review,  puh.  1769  A51 

Whig  portrait  gallery. 
Appeared  in  the  "American  Whig  review." 
Portraits,  without  text,  of  over  30  prominent  American  Whig  statesmen. 

Bartsch,  Johann  Adam  Bernhard,  ritter  von.  qj"769  B2& 

Le  peintre  graveur.     22v.  in  17.     1854-76. 
First  edition  was  published  during  the  years  1803—21. 

Supplements,  recueillis  et  publics  par  Rudolph  Weigel.     v.i. 

1843 qr769  B28a 

No  more  published. 

This  critical  catalogue  of  engravings  is  a  work  of  undisputed  authority.  Bryan's 
"Dictionary  of  painters  and  engravers"  pronounces  it  the  best  account  of  prints  ever 
published.  Bartsch  made  for  the  work  a  series  of  facsimiles  of  unique  or  extremely 
rare  etchings  by  Dutch  and  Flemish  artists,  in  which  the  touch  and  spirit  of  the  origi- 
nals are  admirably  copied. 


1422  COLLECTIONS  OF  ENGRAVINGS 

Boston,  Museum  of  Fine  Arts.  ryGg  B64 

Catalogue  of  a  selection  of  prints  arranged  chronologically  to  illus- 
trate the  various  processes  of  engraving  invented  from  the  15th  to  the 
end  of  the  i8th  century  [exhibition  held  Nov.  25,  1893  to  May  20,  1894]. 

1893. 

qr769  B75 
British  gallery  of  contemporary  portraits;  being  a  series  of  engravings 
of  the  most  eminent  persons  now  living  or  lately  deceased  in  Great 
Britain  and  Ireland,  from  drawings  accurately  made  from  life  or  from 
the  most  approved  original  pictures,  accompanied  by  short  biographical 
notices.    2v.     1822.    Cadell. 

British  Museum — Department  of  prints  and  drawings.  qryGg  B756C 

Catalogue  of  early  Italian  engravings  preserved  in  the  Department 

of  prints  and  drawings  in  the  British  Museum,  by  A.  M.  Hind;  ed.  by 

Sidney  Colvin.    2v.     1909-10. 

V.I.     Text. 

V.2.     Illustrations. 

"General  bibliography,"  v.i,  p.40-44. 

British  Museum — Department  of  prints  and  drawings.  V7^  B756 

Catalogue  of  engraved  British  portraits  preserved  in  the  Depart- 
ment of  prints  and  drawings  in  the  British  Museum,  by  Freeman 
O'Donoghue.    v.1-3.     1908-12.     Longmans. 

V.I.    A-C. 

V.2.     D-K. 

V.3.     I^R. 

Budapest,  Szemiiveszeti  Muzeum.  rydg  B85 

Verzeichniss  der  kupferstich-sammlung  alter  und  moderner  meister 
und  der  handzeichnungen  moderner  kiinstler;  zusammengestellt  von 
Gabriel  von  Terey.     1910. 

Campagnola,  Giulio.  V7^  C15 

Giulio  Campagnola;  kupferstiche  und  zeichnungen,  22  tafeln  in  he- 
liogravure und  5  tafeln  in  lichtdruck;  hrsg.  von  Paul  Kristeller.  1907. 
Cassirer.     (Graphische  Gesellschaft.    5.  veroffentlichung.) 

Cope,  Edwin  R.  qr769  C79 

Great  Cope  collection  of  engravings  [formed  by  the  late  Edwin  R. 

Cope,  to  be  sold  May  sth-igth,  1896;  catalogue  comp.  by  S.  V.  Hen- 

kels].    3  pts.  in  iv.     [1896.] 

Contents:     Engraved  portraits;   American,  theatrical  and  Napoleoniana. — Engraved 

portraits,   mezzotint,   line   and   stipple. — Miscellaneous   engravings   in   line,   stipple   and 

mezzotint. 

Cranach,  Lucas,  the  elder.  qr769  C86 

Sammlung  von  nachbildungen  seiner  vorziiglichsten  holzschnitte 
und  seiner  stiche;  hrsg.  von  F.  Lippmann.     1895.     Reichsdruckerei. 

Collection  of  64  reproductions  of  wood-engravings  by  Lucas  Cranach  (1472-1553), 
a  German  painter  and  engraver.  He  was  called  the  painter  of  the  German  reformation 
because  of  his  active  part  in  spreading  its  doctrines  by  means  of  paintings  and  woodcuts 
and  by  his  numerous  portraits  of  Luther  and  Melanchthon,  who  were  both  his  personal 
friends.     The  plates  are  accompanied  by  an  introductory  biographical  and  critical  text. 


COLLECTIONS  OF  ENGRAVINGS  1423 

Crombie,  Benjamin  William.  qryeg  C89 

Modern  Athenians;  a  series  of  original  portraits  of  memorable  citi- 
zens of  Edinburgh,  drawn  and  etched  by  B.  W.  Crombie,  1837  to  1847, 
now  reprinted  from  the  original  plates  with  new  illustrative  notes  and 
biographical  sketches  by  W.  S.  Douglas.     1882.     Black. 
Daniell  (Frederick  Bowring)  &  Son,  London.  rySg  D22 

Catalogue  of  old  engraved  portraits  of  personages  famous  in  politics, 
history,  literature,  science  and  art,  celebrated  soldiers  and  sailors, 
ladies,  etc.,  family  portraits,  many  of  great  interest  and  rarity,  on  sale 
by  Fredk  B.  Daniell  &  Son.     1910. 

qryeg  D79 
Drawing-room  portrait  gallery  of  eminent  personages,  principally  from 
photographs  engraved  on  steel  under  the  direction  of  D.  J.  Pound,  with 
memoirs  by  the  most  able  authors,     i860.    Tallis. 
Eiderheimer,  R.    •  qr769  E27 

Catalogue  of  an   exhibition   of  engravings   by  Marc-Antonio   Rai- 
mondi,  his  pupils  &  followers;  to  be  opened  i8th  Sept.  and  to  last  until 
the  last  of  Oct.  1909;  R.  Ederheimer's  print  cabinet.     1909.     Privately 
printed. 
Germany — Reichsdruckerei.  V7^  G32 

Faksimile-nachbildungen  von  kupferstichen,  schabkunstblattern  und 
holzschnitten  alter  meister  vom  15.  jahrhundert  bis  ende  des  18.  jahr- 
hunderts. 

A  large  portfolio  containing  4  smaller  portfolios  as  follows:  Venedig,  1500,  6 
plates. — Wasserzeichen,  6  plates. — Schwarze  bilder,  23  plates. — Bunte  bilder,  13  plates. 

Portfolio  I  contains  a  photolithographic  half-size  reproduction  of  a  curious  old 
woodcut  by  Jaco'po  de'  Barbari,  showing  a  bird's-eye  view  of  the  city  of  Venice  in  the 
year  1500;  portfolio  2,  six  water-mark  portraits;  portfolio  3,  engravings  of  paintings  by 
Rubens,  Wouwerman,  Du  Sart,  Van  Dyck  and  others;  portfolio  4,  colored  engravings 
of  paintings  by  Gainsborough,  Lawrence,  Angelica  Kauffmann,  Romney,  Opie,  North- 
cote  and  others. 

Gray,  Francis  Calley.  qr769  G8i 

Catalogue  of  the  collection  of  engravings  bequeathed  to  Harvard 
College  by  Francis  Calley  Gray  [comp.]  by  Louis  Thies.    1869.    Welch. 

qr769  G82 
Great  men  and  great  women  of  history;  their  portraits,  from  the  rare 
and  authentic  collection  in  the  Munich  Pinakothek,  with  biographical 
sketches.     1885.    Kirchner. 
Harrington,  H.  Nazeby.  qr769  H28 

Engraved  work  of  Sir  Francis  Seymour  Haden;  an  illustrated  and 
descriptive  catalogue.     1910.     Young. 

"Writings  on  art  subjects,"  by  Sir  Seymour  Haden,  p.i6-i8;  "A  few  of  the  chief 
articles  and  criticisms  on  the  work  of  Sir  Seymour  Haden,"  p.18-19;  "Engraved  portraits 
of  Sir  Francis  Seymour  Haden,"  p.24. 

The  definitive  catalogue  of  the  etchings  of  this  English  engraver  (18 18-19 10),  giving 
a  reproduction  of  each  print  catalogued. 

James,  John  Burleigh.  qr769  J16 

Catalogue  of  the  fine  collection  of  engravings  formed  by  the  Rev. 
J.  B.  James,  which  will  be  sold  by  auction  by  Messrs  Sotheby,  Wilkin- 
son &  Hodge,  1877.     [1877.] 


1424  COLLECTIONS  OF  ENGRAVINGS 

Kay,  John.  qrySg  K14 

Series  of  original  portraits  and  caricature  etchings,  with  biographi- 
cal sketches  and  illustrative  anecdotes  [ed.  by  Hugh  Paton].  2v.  1877. 
Black. 

First  published  in  1838. 

John  Kay  (i  742-1826)  was  a  Scottish  miniature  painter  and  caricaturist. 

He  drew  and  etched  many  portraits,  more  or  less  caricatured.  His  work,  which  is 
solely  of  antiquarian  value,  affords  a  quaint  picture  of  Edinburgh  society  in  his  time. 
He  drew  almost  every  notable  Scotsman  of  his  time,  with  the  exception  of  Burns.  Con- 
densed from  Dictionary  of  national  biography. 

Keppel  (Frederick)  &  Co.  pub.  <ir769  K19 

Illustrated  catalogue  of  etchings  &  engravings;  pub.  by  Frederick 

Keppel  &  Co. 

r769  L23 

Landscape  gallery;  a  series  of  fine  line  engravings,  views  of  scenery, 

edifices,  cities,  &c.  in  various  parts  of  the  world,  copied  from  nature 

and  executed  by  the  first  artists  [plates],     v.i.     1863. 

Pye,  John.  r769  P99 

Notes  and  memoranda  respecting  the  Liber  studiorum  of  J.  M.  W. 

Turner;  ed.  with  additional  observations  and  an  illustrative  etching,  by 

J.  L.  Roget.     1879.    Van  Voorst. 

Pye  was  an  English  landscape  engraver,  long  associated  with  Turner,  whose  favorite 
engraver  he  was.  He  formed  a  fine  collection  of  impressions  of  Turner's  "Liber 
studiorum." 

Ripa,  Cesare.  1769  R48 

Iconologia;    or,    Moral    emblems,    wherein    are    express'd    various 

images  of  virtues,  vices,  passions,  arts,  humours,  elements  and  celestial 

bodies   as   design'd   by  the   ancient   Egyptians,   Greeks,   Romans   and 

modern  Italians.     1709.     Motte. 

Rothenstein,  Will.  qr769  R75 

English  portraits;  a  series  of  lithographed  drawings.  1898.  Richards. 
Contents:     Sir   Frederick    Pollock. —  Thomas    Hardy. —  Sir    F.  S.  Haden. —  William 

Archer.  —  Dr  Creighton,  bishop  of  London.  —  The  marchioness  of  Granby.  —  W.  E.  H. 

Lecky.— John  Sargent. — A.  W.  Pinero. — W.  E.  Henley. — Ellen  Terry. — Sidney  Colvin. — 

A.  Legros. — Robert   Bridges. — C.  V.  Stanford. — G.  B.  Shaw. — Mrs  Meynell. — C.   Ricketts 

and  C.  H.  Shannon. — Grant  Allen. — Walter  Crane. — Sir  Henry  Irving. — George  Gissing. 

— R.  B.  Cunninghame  Graham. — Henry  James. 

Salaman,  Malcolm  Charles.  41*769  S15 

Old  English  colour-prints;  text  by  M.  C.  Salaman,  ed.  by  Charles 
Holme.    1909.    (Studio.    Special  winter  number,  1909-10.) 

Reproductions  in  color  of  choice  examples  of  the  art.  Text  is  by  a  well-known 
authority  on  old  prints. 

Titian.  qr769  T53 

II  trionfo  della  fede;  holzschnittfolge  nach  Tizians  zeichnung;  hrsg. 
von  Paul  Kristeller.    1906.    Cassirer.     (Graphische  Gesellschaft.    i.  ver- 
offentlichung.) 
[Walmsley,  Edward.]  V7^  W18 

Physiognomical  portraits;  100  distinguished  characters  from  un- 
doubted originals  engraved  in  the  line  manner  by  the  most  eminent 
British  artists.    2v.  in  i.    1824.    Privately  printed. 

English  and  French  text. 


PHOTOGRAPHY  1425 

Worthington,  William  Henry.  qryGg  W91 

Portraits  of  the  sovereigns  of  England,  engraved  from  the  best 
authorities.    1824.    Pickering. 

770     Photography 

Adams,  Washington  Irving  Lincoln.  770  A2ia2 

Amateur  photography;  a  practical  guide  for  the  beginner.     1903. 
Brief,   simple  and  trustworthy   guide,  by  the  editor  of  the  "Photographic  times," 

New  York. 

Anderson,  A.  J.  770  A54 

Artistic  side  of  photography  in  theory  and  practice.     1910.     Paul. 

Mr  Anderson,  an  expert  on  the  subject  of  photography,  has  written  a  valuable  de- 
fense of  its  claim  to  be  regarded  as  one  of  the  fine  arts.  Can  be  read  with  interest 
even  by  those  who  know  little  of  the  technicalities  of  photography  and  to  the  student  it 
should  be  valuable.  Illustrated  with  beautiful  reproductions  of  photographs.  Condensed 
from  Academy,  igii. 

Bayley,  R.  Child.  *  770  B33 

Complete  photographer.     1906.     Methuen. 

"An  excellent  guide... It  deals  most  thoroughly  with  the  science  of  photography 
from  its  first  inception  and  throughout  its  various  developments  and  modern  adapta- 
tions.    The  book  is  clearly  written.  .  .and  not  too  technical."     Saturday  review,  igo6. 

Well  illustrated. 

Derr,  Louis.  770  D44 

Photography  for  students  of  physics  and  chemistry.     1906.     Mac- 

millan. 

Occupies  a  unique  position  among  handbooks  dealing  with  the  subject.     It  describes 

the  processes  with  special  reference  to  principles.     Discusses  elementary  optics  and  the 

function  of  the  lens,  explains  the  chemistry  of  photography  and  the  reactions  involved. 

Guest,  Antony.  770  G95 

Art  and  the  camera.     1907.     Bell. 

An  admirable  book  written  with  the  hope  of  stimulating  the  possessor  of  a  camera 
to  a  fuller  realization  of  the  artistic  possibilities  within  his  power.  It  presupposes  pro- 
ficiency in  the  technique  of  photography. 

Jenks,  Tudor.  770  J35 

Photography  for  young  people.    1908.    Stokes. 
The  same J770  J25 

Advice  to  the  beginner.     Illustrated. 

Jones,  Chapman.  770  Jsga 

Science  &  practice  of  photography.     1904.    Iliffe. 

A  comprehensive,  reliable  treatise,  more  thorough  and  scientific  than  most  works. 
Not  suitable  for  beginners. 

Photo-miniature.  770  Psav 

Vacation  photography.     1904.     Tennant. 

"Books,"  p.  122. 

Being  "Photo-miniature,"   May   1904,  v. 6,   no.62. 

Hartmann,  Sadakichi.  q770.4  H32 

Landscape  and  figure  composition.     1910.     Baker. 

"Plain  and  practical  papers  written  originally  for  the  'Photographic  times.'  These 
counsels  are  mainly  for  photographers. .  .The  method  is  that  of  proceeding  from  the 
underlying  relation  of  lines  and  masses  to  the  pictorial  effect.  Many  diagrams  and 
reproductions  of  modern  pictures  are  given,  and  the  author's  criticism  of  such  current 
work  is  interesting,  and  usually  judicious."    Nation,  igio. 


1426  PHOTOGRAPHY 

Fleck,  C.  770.76  F62 

Die  photo-xylographie;  herstellung  von  bildern  auf  buchsbaumholz 
fiir  die  zwecke  der  holzschneidekunst.  191 1.  (Hartleben's  chemisch- 
technische  bibliothek.) 

Periodicals 

qr770.5  A5122 
American  journal  of  photography  [monthly],  1887-97.  v.8-i8.   i887-[97]. 

v.ii,  no. II   wanting. 

In  1900  the  "American  journal  of  photography"  was  absorbed  by  the  "Photo  era." 

qr770.5  A5123 
American  photography,  incorporating  American  amateur  photographer. 
Camera  and  dark  room  [and]  Photo  beacon  [monthly],  July  1907-date. 
v.i-date.     1907-date. 

r77o.s  A62 
Anthony's  photographic  bulletin  [monthly  and  semimonthly],  1896.   v.27. 
For  earlier  volumes  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

qr770.5  C15 

Camera;  an  illustrated  magazine  devoted  to  the  advancement  of  pho- 
tography [monthly],  1908-date.    v.i2-date. 

qr770.5  C15C 
Camera  craft;  a  photographic  monthly,  1908-date.    v.i5-date.    1908-date. 
Beginning  with  v.  15,  1908,  absorbed  "Western  camera  notes." 

r77o.5  H92 
Humphrey's  journal  of  photography  and  the  allied  arts  and  sciences; 
ed.  by  John  Tov^^ler  [semimonthly],  May  1865-April  1868.  v.17-19. 
1865-68. 

V.17,   no. 3;    V.19,    no. 14  wanting. 

A  continuation  of  "Humphrey's  journal  of  the  daguerreotype  and  photographic 
arts,"  which  was  first  published  as  the  "Daguerreian  journal." 

History 
Photo-miniature.  770.9  Ps* 

Who  discovered  photography?     1904.    Tennant. 

"Bibliography,"  p.573- 

Being  "Photo-miniature,"  March  1904,  v. 5,  no. 60. 


771     Technique.     Apparatus.     Materials 

Photo-miniature. 

The  hand-camera.    1906 771  P52ha 

The   Hurter  and  Driffield  system;  being  a  brief  account  of  their 

photo-chemical    investigations    and    method    of    speed    determination. 

1903 771  P52hu 

Methods  of  control  in  pictorial  photography.     1904 771  P52m 

Photographic  manipulations.     1901 771  Ps^p 

Focal-plane  photography.     1907 77i'ii  ^S^ 

Advanced  pinhole  photography.     1905 771.12  P52a 

Choice  and  use  of  photographic  lenses.     1907 771.12  P52C 


PHOTOGRAPHY  1427 

Photo-miniature — continued. 

Lens  facts  and  helps.     1902 771.12  P52I 

Pinhole  (lensless)  photography.    1901 771.12  P52P 

Practical  telephotography.     1908 771.12  P52pr 

Telephotography.     1901 771.12  P52t 

Film  photography.     1902 77i'i3  Psaf 

Photography  with  films.     1908 77i-i3  P52 

Photographic  chemicals.     1902 77i-i4  P52 

Studio  construction.     1903 77i-i5  P52 

The  dark-room.     1901 771.16  P52 

Dark-room  dodges.     1903 771.16  P52d 

Modern  dark-rooms.     1907 771.16  P52m 

Taylor,  J.  Traill.  771.12  T25 

Optics  of  photography  and  photographic  lenses,  with  an  additional 
chapter  on  anastigmatic  lenses  by  P.  F.  Everitt.     1904.    Whittaker. 

First  published  in  1892. 

Wheeler,  Owen.  771.12  W61 

^lodern  telephotography;  a  practical  manual  of  working  methods 
and  application.    1910.    Ross. 

Operation.     Exposure.     Light. 

Photo-miniature. 

Outdoor  exposures.     1903 771-2  P52 

Flashlight  photography.     1901 771.221  P52 

Photography  by  flashlight.     1908 771.221  P52P 

Photographing  at  night.    1901 77i'23  P52 

Photographing  interiors.     1901 771-25  P52 

Practical  photographer.  771.22  P88 

Artificial  light  and  night  photography.     1905. 
Being  the   "Practical   photographer,"   Nov.    1905,   no. 20. 

Developing 

Photo-miniature. 

Defects  in  negatives.     1901 771-3  P52d 

Development  (gaslight)  papers.     1908 771-3  P52dg 

Development  printing  papers.     1903 771-3  P52de 

Intensifying  and  reducing  the  negative.     1905 771-3  P52in 

More   about   development   with   pyro,   metol   and   ortol. 

1902 771-3   Ps^m 

Practical  methods  of  development.     1904 771-3  P52P 

Tank  and  time  development.     1907 771-3  P52t 

Coloring 
Penlake,  Richard.  771-4  P39 

How  to  colour  photographs  and  lantern  slides  by  aniline  dyes,  water 
and  oil  colours,  crystoleum  and  other  processes.     [1910.]     Routledge. 


1428  PHOTOGRAPHY 

Photo-miniature.  771-4  P52C 

Coloring  photographs.     1902.    Tennant. 

"Books,"  p.384. 

Being  "Photo-miniature,"  Nov.  1902,  v. 4,  no.44. 

Printing 
Photo-miniature. 

Bromide  printing  and  enlarging.     1905 771-5  Psaa 

Combination  printing  in  pictorial  photography.     1904.  ..  .771.5  P52C 

Printing-out  papers.     1904 77^-5  P52P 

Printing  papers  described  and  compared.    1908 771-5  P52pr 

Kallitype  process.    1903 772.1  P52 

Ozobrome  printing.     1907 772-1  P520 

Platinotype  modifications.    1902 772.3  P52P 

Carbon  printing.     1908 773-1  P52C 

Gum-bichromate  printing.     1901 773-5  P52 

Practical  photographer.  77 1 -5  P88p 

Pictorial  printing.    2v.  in  i.     1905. 
Being  the   "Practical   photographer,"    Sept.-Oct.    1905,   no.18-19. 

Practical  photographer.  773-5  P88- 

Gum-bichromate  printing.     1905. 
Being  the  "Practical  photographer,"   May   1905,  no.14. 

777     Photo-engraving  • 

Amstutz,  N.  S.  777  A52 

Hand-book  of  photoengraving;  being  an  enlargement  and  revision 
of  Jenkins'  Manual  of  photoengraving,  with  supplementary  chapters  on 
the  theory  and  practice  of  half-tone  colorwork,  by  F.  E.  Ives  and  S.  H. 
Horgan.    1907.    Inland  Printer  Co. 

778     Special  applications 

Beck,  Otto  Walter.  778.11  B36. 

Art  principles  in  portrait  photography,  composition,  treatment  of 
backgrounds  and  the  processes  involved  in  manipulating  the  plate. 
1907.     Baker. 

Photo-miniature. 

Genre  photography.     1902 778.1  P52 

Figure  composition.     1904 778.1 1  P52f 

Home  portraiture.     1904 778.ii  P52h 

Outdoor  portraiture.     1904 778.11   P520 

Aerial  photography.     1903 778.13  P52a 

First  book  of  outdoor  photography.     1907 .778.13  P52f 

Photographing  clouds.     1901 778.13  P52P 

Winter  photography.     1903 778.13  P52W 

Landscape  photography.     1901 778.131  Psa. 


PHOTOGRAPHY 


1429 


Photo-miniature — continued. 

Marine  and  surf  photography.     1905 778.131  P52m 

Pictorial  principles.     1903 778.131  P52P 

Seashore  photography.     1901 778.131   P52S 

Photographing  outdoor  sports.     1908 778.135  P52 

Architectural  photography.     1903 778.14  P52 

Photographing  animals.     1902 778.17  P52 

Practical  photographer.  778.11  P88 

Portrait  photography.     1905. 
Being  the   "Practical   photographer,"  July   1905,   no.  16. 

Practical  photographer.  778.16  P88 

Floral  photography.     1905. 
Being  the   "Practical   photographer,"   June   1905,   no.15. 

Practical  photographer.  778.17  P88 

Animal  photography.     1905. 
Being  the  "Practical  photographer,"  April  1905,  no.13. 

Commercial  photography 

Photo-miniature. 

Photography  for  profit.     1905 778.2  P52 

Commercial  photography.     1903 ^ 778.21  P52 

Photography  in  advertising.     1904 { 778,21  P52P 

Press  photography.     1903 778.22  P528 

Decorative  photography.     1904 778.23  P52 


Photomicrography 

Barnard,  J.  Edwin.  778.31  B25 

Practical  photo-micrography.     191 1.    Arnold. 

"Bibliography,"  p.3 10-311. 

Qear  and  detailed  description  of  the  methods  of  obtaining  photographs  of  micro- 
scopic objects. 

Color  photography 

Holme,  Charles,  ed.  qr778.4  H73 

Colour  photography  and  other  recent  developments  of  the  art  of  the 
camera.     1908.     Studio.     (Studio.     Special  summer  number,  1908.) 

Johnson,  George  Lindsay.  778-4  J36 

Photography  in  colours;  a  text-book  for  amateurs,  with  a  chapter  on 
kinematography  in  the  colours  of  nature.    191 1.    Routledge. 

Mees,  Charles  Edward  Kenneth.  778.4  M56 

Photography  of  coloured  objects.     [1909.]     Tennant. 

Author  has  made  a  thorough  study  of  color  filters  and  orthochromatic  plates. 
Shows  just  what  it  is  possible  to  accomplish  in  portraiture,  landscape  and  industrial 
photography.     Rather  technical. 


1430  PHOTOGRAPHY 


Photo-miniature. 

Color  photography.     1902 778.4  P52C 

More  about  orthochromatic  photography.     1902 778.42  P52 

Practical  orthochromatic  photography.     1904 778.42  P52P 

Practical  photographer.  778.42  P88 

Orthochromatic  photography.     1905. 
Being  the  "Practical  photographer,"  Aug.   1905,  no.  17. 

Moving  pictures 

Hulfish,  David  Sherrill.  778.5  H91 

The  motion  picture;  its  making  and  its  theater.  1909.  Electricity 
Magazine  Corporation. 

Pt.i  treats  of  the  manufacture  of  motion  picture  films;  pt.2,  of  the  management  of 
the  moving  picture  theatre,  including  the  operation  of  the  picture  machine. 

Jenkins,  Charles  Francis,  &  Depue,  O.  B.  778.5  J25h 

Handbook  for  motion  picture  and  stereopticon  operators.  1908. 
Knega  Co. 

By  experts,  one  of  the  authors  being  Burton  Holmes's  photographer.  Cover*  the 
whole  process,  from  perforation  of  film  to  printing  and  projection  of  pictures. 

National  Board  of  Censorship  of  Motion  Pictures.  i'778.5  N15 

Report,  1911.    1911. 
Richardson,  Frank  Herbert.  778.5  R41 

Motion  picture  handbook;  a  guide  for  managers  and  operators  of 
motion  picture  theatres.     1910.    Moving  Picture  World. 

Photo-miniature.  778.51  P52 

Panoramic  photography.     1905.     Tennant. 
Being  "Photo-miniature,"  Oct.   1905,  v. 7,  no.73. 

Copying.     Enlarging 
Photo-miniature. 

Bromide  enlarging  made  easy.     1908 778.6  P52b 

Copying  methods.     1902 778.6  P52 

Enlarging  negatives.     1902 778.6  P52e 

Lantern  slides 
Photo-miniature.  778.8  Psa 

Coloring  lantern  slides.     1907.    Tennant. 

Being  "Photo-miniature,"  Nov.  1907,  v. 7,  no.83. 

779     Collections  of  photographs 

The  Reference  department  has  a  collection  of  photographs  and  other  mounted  pic- 
tures which  may  either  be  consulted  at  the  Library  or  borrowed  for  home  use.  The 
collection  consists  of  29  sets  of  stereographs  arranged  in  tours  of  100  pictures  each, 
1,400  mounted  photographs  of  buildings,  selected  chiefly  for  their  architectural  imi 
portance,  and  about  30,000  portraits,  reproductions  of  famous  paintings  and  sculpture, 
views  of  places  and  illustrations  of  historical  costume. 


MUSIC  1431 

Abbot,  Etheldred,  comp.  r779  A12 

List  of  photograph  dealers,  with  index  by  countries  and  descriptive 
notes  on  collections  of  photographs  in  some  Massachusetts  libraries 
and  museums.    1907.    Massachusetts  Library  Club. 

Anderson,  Domenico,  pub.  Tjjg  A54 

Catalogue  general  des  reproductions  photographiques.     1907. 

Berlin  Photographic  Company,  New  York.  1779  B45 

Catalogue  [1910].     1910. 

For  volume  for  1905  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

California  Library  Association.  r779  C13 

C.  L.  A.  picture  list;  comp.  by  the  committee  on  pictures  for  libra- 
ries.    1908.     (California  Library  Association.     Publications,  no.9.) 

Contents :     Architecture. — Sculpture. — Painting. 

qr779  Psa 

Photograms  of  the  year  1907-08;  typical  pictures  of  the  year  reproduced 
and  criticised.     [1907-08.]     Dawbarn. 

780     Music 

Call  numbers  preceded  by  the  letter  M  designate  circulating  volumes  of  music  scores. 

Bibliography 

Boston — Public  library.  qroi6.78  B64 

Catalogue  of  the  Allen  A.  Brown  collection  of  music  in  the  library. 

V.I.     1908-10. 

v.i.     A-Hezekiah. 

British  Museum — Manuscripts  department.  qroi6.78  B75 

Catalogue  of  manuscript  music  in  the  British  Museum,  by  Augustus 
Hughes-Hughes.    3v.     1906-09.     Longmans. 

V.I.     Sacred  vocal  music. 

V.2.      Secular  vocal  music. 

V.3.     Instrumental  music,  treatises,  etc. 

Hampstead,  England — Public  libraries.  roi6.78  H22 

Catalogue  of  works  of  music  and  musical  literature,  together  with 
a  list  of  works  relating  to  amateur  theatricals,  contained  in  the  lending 
and  reference  departments  of  the  central  library.     1901. 

Hooper,  Louisa  M.  comp.  qroi6.78  H77 

Selected  list  of  music  and  books  about  music  for  public  libraries. 
1909.     A.  L.  A.  Pub.  Board. 

Springfield,  Mass.  City  Library  Association.  roi6.78  S76 

Catalogue  of  music  in  the  City  Library.     1907. 
Worshipful  Company  of  Musicians,  London.  qroi6.78  W91 

Illustrated  catalogue  of  the  music  loan  exhibition  held  by  the  Wor- 
shipful Company  of  Musicians  at  Fishmongers'  hall,  June  and  July  1904. 
1909.     Novello. 

Contents:  Music  printing. — Printed  music. — Musical  instruments. — Portraits,  &c. 
— Manuscripts. — Concert  and  theatre  bills,  programmes,  &c. — Miscellaneous. 


1432  MUSIC 

General  works 

Chilton,  Carroll  Brent.  rySo  C43 

Handbook  on  the  appreciation  of  music;  the  music  of  Beethoven. 

Chilton. 

"Book  list,"  p.20-21. 

Brief  outline  study  of  music  in  general,  and  the  work  of  Beethoven  in  particular. 

Gates,  Fanny  B.  q78o  G23 

Musical  interests  of  children.     1898. 

Reprinted  from  the  "Journal  of  pedagogy,"  Oct.   1898. 

Short  discussion  based  upon  questions  asked  of  a  large  number  of  children  ranging 
in  age  from  seven  years  to  sixteen  and  over,  as  to  what  songs  they  liked  best  and  why. 

Kobbe,  Gustav.  780  K35 

How  to  appreciate  music.    1906.    Moffat. 

"Mr.  Kobbe  says:  'If  you  love  music  and  appreciate  it,  you  may  be  more  musical 
than  many  pianists  or  singers;  and  certainly  you  may  become  so.'  It  is  to  help  these 
thousands  to  'become  so'  that  he  has  prepared  this  volume... It  is  written  in  wholly 
untechnical  language,  yet  anyone  who  has  read  its  275  pages  will  know  more  about 
the  art  and  its  history,  and  the  greatest  composers  and  performers  and  works,  than 
nine-tenths  of  the  professional  musicians  know."    Nation,  igo6. 

Mason,  Daniel  Gregory.  780  M44 

Child's  guide  to  music.     1909.    Baker. 

Contents:  The  listener's  part  in  music. — What  music  is  made  of. — Meter  and 
rhythm. — Phrases  and  phrase-balance. — The  key  family  and  its  seven  members. — How 
melodies  are  built  into  pieces. — The  feelings  aroused  by  music. — Music  that  tells  stories. 
— The  inside  of  a  piano. — At  a  piano  recital:  Bach's  fugues  and  suites. — At  a  piano  re- 
cital: Beethoven's  sonatas. — At  a  piano  recital:  Chopin,  Schumann  and  Liszt. — The 
orchestra. — At  a  symphony  concert:  the  symphonies  of  Beethoven. — At  a  symphony  con- 
cert: modern  symphonies. — At  a  symphony  concert:  programme  music. — At  a  song  re- 
cital.— At  the  opera. — Conclusion. 

Its  title  should  not  limit  its  usefulness,  for  it  will  prove  an  illuminating  guide  for 
any  listener.  It  first  tells  what  the  elements  of  music  are  and  the  principles  which 
govern  the  use  of  these  elements  in  musical  structure;  then  it  considers  in  turn  the 
piano,  the  orchestra,  the  opera,  and  characteristic  features  of  music  heard  at  a  piano 
recital,  an  orchestra  concert  and  an  operatic  performance. 

[Mellor,  Charles  Chauncey,  comp.]  qr78o  M59 

[Musical  scrap-books.]     4v. 

In  addition  to  articles  of  general  musical  interest  the  scrap-books  contain  programs 
of  concerts  in  Pittsburgh  and  clippings  from  newspapers  in  regard  to  the  musical  affairs 
of  the  city  during  the  second  half  of  the  19th  century. 

Surette,  Thomas  Whitney,  &  Mason,  D.  G.  780  S96 

Appreciation  of  music;  a  course  of  study  for  schools,  colleges  and 

general  readers.     1907.    Gray. 

"Suggestions  for  collateral  reading"  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 

Upton,  George  Putnam.  780  U26 

Standard  concert  guide;  a  handbook  of  the  standard  symphonies, 
oratorios,  cantatas  and  symphonic  poems  for  the  concert  goer.  1908. 
McClurg. 

Condensation  and  combination  of  author's  "Standard  oratorios,"  "Standard  sjrm- 
phonies"  and  "Standard  cantatas."  Only  such  information  is  given  as  will  aid  the 
reader  in  appreciating  the  piece  in  question. 


MUSIC  1433 

Philosophy  and  aesthetics  of  music 

Combarieu,  Jules.  780.1  C73 

Music;  its  laws  and  evolution.  1910.  Paul.  (International  scien- 
tific series.) 

Serious  attempt  to  explain  the  mystery  of  the  art  of  music,  its  evolution,  and  how  it 
has  been  affected  by  social  life. 

Gurney,  Edmund.  qySo.i  G97 

Power  of  sound.     1880.     Smith,  Elder. 

"My  chief  object... has  been  to  examine,  in  such  a  way  as  a  person  without  tech- 
nical knowledge  may  follow,  the  general  elements  of  musical  structure,  the  nature, 
sources,  and  varieties,  of  musical  effect... to  mark  out  clearly  the  position  of  Music, 
in  relation  to  the  faculties  and  feelings  of  the  individual,  to  the  other  arts,  and  to 
society  at  large."     Preface. 

Directories.     Dictionaries 

r78o.2  A51 
American  musical  directory;  pub.  by  Louis  Blumenberg,  1910-11.     1910. 

For  volume  for  1905-06  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Grove,  Sir  George,  comp.  r78o.3  Gg4d2 

Dictionary  of  music  and  musicians;  ed.  by  J.  A.  F.  Maitland.  v. 4-5. 
1908-10. 

"An  indispensable  book  of  reference  to  the  serious  student."  Sturgis  and  Krehhiel's 
Annotated  bibliography  of  fine  art. 

For  V.I -3  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Riemaim,  Hugo,  comp.  r78o.3  R44m2 

Musik-lexikon.     1909. 
Wotton,  Tom  S.  comp.  r78o.3  W91 

Dictionary  of  foreign  musical  terms,  and  handbook  of  orchestral 
instruments.     1907.     Breitkopf. 

"Bibliography  of  the  principal  works  of  reference  consulted,"  p. 5-6. 

"The  title  is  somewhat  misleading  if  it  suggests  that  foreign  words  only  are  ex- 
plained, for  the  principal  English  terms  are  not  omitted,  but  the  foreigrn  terms  are  the 
main  feature  of  the  volume,  and  they  are  presented  more  fully  than  elsewhere.  The 
definitions  are  usually  clear."     Nation,  1907. 


Essays 

Dickinson,  Edward.  780.4  D55 

Education  of  a  music  lover;  a  book  for  those  who  study  or  teach  the 
art  of  listening.    191 1.    Scribner. 

Contents:  The  new  musical  education. — The  music  lover's  need  of  education. — 
Definite  hearing;  the  problem  of  form. — The  beauty  of  melody  and  rhythm. — The  beauty 
of  harmony. — Performance;  the  art  of  the  pianist. — The  art  of  song;  music  and  poetry. 
— The  art  of  song;  the  technique  of  the  singer. — The  problem  of  expression;  representa- 
tive music. — Musical  history  and  biography. — The  music  lover  and  the  higher  law. 
Bibliography,  p.29 1-293. 

Eaton,  Thomas  Damant.  780.4  E19 

Musical  criticism  and  biography.    1872.    Longmans. 

Consists  mainly  of  articles  contributed  to  a  Norfolk  newspaper  of  which  the  author 
was  the  musical  critic.  Biographical  sketches  of  Edward  and  James  Taylor,  two  musi- 
cians of  Norwich,  are  included. 


1434  MUSIC 

Finck,  Henry  Theophilus.-  780.4  F49 

Chopin,  and  other  musical  essays.     1894.    Scribner. 
Contents:    Chopin,  the  greatest  genius  of  the  pianoforte. — How  composers  work. — 

Schumann,  as  mirrored  in  his  letters.— Music  and  morals.— Italian  and  German  vocal 

styles. — German  opera  in  New  York. 

Gilman,  Lawrence.  780.4  642111 

The  music  of  to-morrow,  and  other  studies.    1907.    Lane. 

Other  studies:  Claude  Debussy,  poet  and  dreamer. — A  discussion  with  Vincent 
d'Indy.— Modern  music  and  the  "love  interest."— Strauss  and  "Salome." — A  neglected 
page  of  Wagner's. — The  place  of  Liszt. — Some  Maeterlinck  music. 

Hoffmann,  Ernst  Theodor  Wilhelm.  780.4  H68 

Musikalische  schriften;  hrsg.  von  Edgar  Istel.  [1907.]  Greiner. 
(Biicher  der  weisheit  und  schonheit.) 

Book  of  uncommon  interest.  Hoffmann  was  an  original  character  who  excelled  in 
the  most  diversified  pursuits.  He  was  novelist,  poet,  jurist  and  caricaturist.  He  was 
also  celebrated  as  a  leader  of  the  orchestra,  director  of  the  opera,  composer  and  musical 
critic.  His  writings  were  read  with  interest  by  Schumann,  Berlioz  and  Wagner,  and 
contributed  to  their  development.     Condensed  from  Nation,  jgoS. 

Lombard,  Louis.  780.4  LSio 

Observations  d'un  musicien  americain;  traduit  de  I'anglais  par  Raoul 
de  Lagenardiere.    1905.    Theuveny. 

Mason,  Daniel  Gregory.  780.4  M44b 

Beethoven  and  his  forerunners.     1904.     Macmillan. 
Contents:     The  periods  of  musical  history. — Palestrina  and  the  music  of  mysticism. 

— The  modern  spirit. — The  principles  of  pure  music. — Haydn. — Mozart. — Beethoven. — 

Conclusion. 

Mason,  Daniel  Gregory.  780.4  M44r 

Romantic  composers.     1906.     Macmillan. 

Contents:  Introduction:  Romanticism  in  music. — Franz  Schubert. — Robert  Schu- 
mann.— Felix   Mendelssohn. — Frederic   Chopin. — Hector   Berlioz. — Franz   Liszt. 

Introductory  chapter  on  romanticism  in  music  followed  by  essays,  both  critical  and 
biographical  in  character,  on  some  of  its  chief  Exponents. 

Patterson,  Annie  W.  780.4  P31 

Chats  with  music  lovers.     [1907.]     Lippincott. 

Contents:  How  to  enjoy  music. — How  to  practise. — How  to  sing. — How  to  com- 
pose.— How  to  read  text-books. — How  to  prepare  for  examinations. — How  to  get  en- 
gagements.— How  to  appear  in  public. — How  to  conduct. — How  to  be  an  organist. — How 
to  teach. — How  to  organise  musical  entertainments. — How  to  publish  music. 

Streatfeild,  Richard  Alexander.  780.4  S91 

Modern  music  and  musicians.    1906.    Methuen. 

Contents:  The  beginnings  of  modern  music. — Palestrina. — The  secularisation  ot 
music. — Purcell. — Bach  and  Handel. — Gluck. — Haydn. — Mozart. —  Beethoven. —  Weber. 
— Schubert. — Berlioz. —  Mendelssohn  and  Schumann. —  Chopin  and  Liszt. —  Wagner. — 
Verdi. — Brahms. — Tchaikovsky. — Richard   Strauss. 

Series  of  essays  on  the  development  of  modern  music,  especially  of  program  music. 
Attempts  to  trace,  in  a  study  of  the  works  of  the  great  composers,  the  growth  of  the  idea 
of  a  poetic  basis  in  music  and  to  prove  that  it  is  as  definite  a  vehicle  of  human  emotion 
as  the  other  arts. 

Young,  Filson.  780.4  ¥373 

Mastersingers;  appreciations  of  music  and  musicians,  with  an  essay 
on  Hector  Berlioz.     1906. 

Contents:  The  Pastoral  symphony. — Tristan  und  Isolde. — Bach's  organ  fugues. — 
Mozart's  Requiem. — Tschaikovsky's  sixth  symphony. — The  music  of  the  cafes. — The  com- 
poser in  England. — The  old  cathedral  organists. — Charles  Halle. — The  spirit  of  the  piano 
[Chopin]. — An  Irish  musician  [C.  V.  Stanford]. — Hector  Berlioz. — Postscript. 


MUSIC  1435 

Periodicals 

qr78o.5  A435 
AUgemeine  musik-zeitung;  wochenschrift  fiir  die  reform  des  musik- 
lebens  der  gegenwart,  1906-08.     v.33-35.     1906-08. 

qrySo.s  G96 
Le  Guide  musical;  revue  internationale  de  la  musique  e-t  des  theatres 
[weekly],  1906-11.     v.52-57.     1906-11. 

qrySo.s  M62 
Le  Menestrel;  journal  du  monde  musical,  musique  et  theatres  [weekly], 
1906-08.     v.72-74.     [1906-08.] 

qrySo.s  M9829 
Musical  library  [monthly],  July  i83S-June  1836.    pt.i-12,  in  iv.     1836. 

qr78o.5  M9833 
Musiclovers  calendar;  illustrated  and  published  annually,  Dec.  1905- 
Jan.  1908.    V.1-3.    1905-08. 

No  more  published. 

qr78o.5  R38 
Rheinische  musik-  und  theater-zeitung  [weekly],  1906-08.  v. 7-9. 
[1906-08.] 

Rivista  musicale  italiana,  1906-08.    v.  13-15.     1906-08.  r78o.5  R52 


Societies 
Krehbiel,  Henry  Edward.  r78o.6  K41 

Philharmonic  Society  of  New  York;  a  memorial.     1892.     Novello. 

Published  on  the  occasion  of  the  soth  anniversary  of  the  founding  of  the  Philhar- 
monic Society,  April  1892. 

Brief  history  of  this  society,  founded  for  the  cultivation  and  performance  of  instru- 
mental music  and  constituting  the  oldest  established  orchestra  in  the  country.  Appendix 
gives  programs  of  entire  series  of  concerts,  membership  (1892)  and  officers  since  its 
foundation. 

Michigan  University — School  of  music.  qr78o.6  M66 

Annual  May  [musical]  festival,  (6th-8th,  loth,  I2th-i5th,  i7th-i8th), 

1899-1901,  1903,  1905-08,  1910-11.     1899-1911. 

For  volume  for  1904  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Pittsburgh,  Mozart  Club.  r78o.6  P6742a 

Anniversary  programme,  Thursday  evening.  May  14,  1908,  30th  sea- 
son, 127th  concert,  Carnegie  music  hall.     [1908.]     McNary.     Pittsburgh. 


Musical  education 

Eylau,  Wilhelm,  &  Eylau,  Mrs  Carrie.  780.7  E99 

Profession  of  teaching  music.     1906.     Voigtlander. 
"The  aim  of  their  little  volume  is  to  explain  what  the  profession  of  teaching  music 

really  means,  and  what  a  vast  sphere  of  action  it  embraces ...  The  best  teacher,  they 

assert,  is  recognizable  by  the  simplest  methods."     Nation,  1907. 

Farnsworth,  Charles  Hubert.  780.7  F24 

Education  through  music.     1909.    Amer.  Book  Co. 
"Attempt    to    demonstrate    what    method    is    most    effective    in    making    intelligent 


1436  MUSIC 

Famsworth,  Charles  Hubert — continued.  780.7  F24 

listeners  and  musicians  of  school  children Instead  of  appealing  merely  to  those  who 

are  musically  the  most  talented,  Professor  Famsworth  thinks  'a  form  of  work  should 
be  undertaken  that  will  awaken  musical  thought  and  expression  in  the  large  majority 
of  the  class.'  His  suggestions  as  to  how  such  a  result  can  be  brought  about  cannot  but 
prove  helpful  to  thousands  of  music  teachers,  in  schools  or  out."     Nation,  jgio. 

Manchester,  Arthur  Livingston.  r37o  U25  1908,  no.4 

Music  education  in  the  United  States;  schools  and  departments  of 

music.   1908.   (In  United  States — Education  bureau.   Bulletin,  1908,  no.4.) 

"Works  on  the  history  of  music  in  America,"  p.  16-17;  "Works  on  music  education 
by  American  writers,"  p.83-84. 

Report  on  its  present  (1908)  status.  The  inquiry  was  made  by  means  of  question- 
naires relating  to  organization  and  management  of  finances;  instructors,  students  and 
courses  of  study;  graduation  requirements  and  correlation  of  courses;  methods  of  exami- 
nation and  grading.  The  scope  of  the  investigation  is  confined  to  music  education  in 
independent  schools  of  music  and  in  institutions  maintaining  music  departments. 

Shinn,  Frederick  George.  780.7  S55 

Elementary  ear-training,    v.i.     1899.    Vincent.     (Music  text  books.) 
V.I.     Melodic. 

"A  method  of  training  the  ear  to  perceive  and  to  discriminate  relations  of  pitch,  re- 
lations of  strength,  and  relations  of  length,  in  so  far  as  these  constitute  the  elements  of 
musical  sounds,  and  on  the  writing  of  the  same  from  dictation,  with. .  .graduated  ear- 
tests  and  dictation  exercises."     Subtitle. 

Shinn,  Frederick  George.  780.7  Sssm 

Musical  memory  and  its  cultivation,  also  an  investigation  into  the 

forms  of  memory  employed  in  pianoforte  playing  and  a  theory  as  to 

the  relative  extent  of  the  employment  of  such  forms.     1898.     Vincent. 

(Music  text  books.) 

Brief  essay.     Author  believes  that  ear-training,  largely  a  cultivation  of  the  musical 

memory,  is  the  most  important  element  in  true  musical  education. 


History  of  music 

Ambros,  August  Wilhelm.  r78o.9  A49 

Geschichte  der  musik.    v.4-5.     1909. 

Ends  with  the  time  of  Palestrina  and  the  beginnings  of  modern  music.  For  the 
time  it  covers,  is  regarded  as  a  most  thorough  and  scholarly  work.  The  fifth  volume 
is  a  collection  of  examples  to  the  third  volume  and  was  edited  by  Otto  Kade  after  the 
author's  death. 

For  V.I -3  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

Burney,  Charles.  780.9  B93 

Present  state  of  music  in  Germany,  the  Netherlands  and  United 
Provinces.    2v.     1773.    Becket. 

"The  volumes. .  .have  remained  till  to-day  the  delight  of  musical  students,  as  much 
for  the  honest  and  straightforward  style  of  the  recital  as  for  the  vast  number  of  signifi- 
cant and  suggestive  facts  which  are  marshalled  in  their  pages."  Sturgis  and  Krehbiel'i 
Annotated  bibliography  of  fine  art. 

Cooke,  James  Francis.  780.9  C77 

Standard  history  of  music;  a  first  history  for  students  at  all  ages; 
40  illustrated  story  lessons  in  the  development  of  musical  art,  with 
a  map  of  musical  Europe.    1910.    Presser. 

The  critical  estimates  are  remarkably  sound  as  well  as  free  from  bias.  American 
composers,  performers  and  teachers  are  not  ignored.  There  is  a  picture  or  portrait  for 
nearly  every  page  and  the  text  strives  constantly  to  bring  out  picturesque  and  personal 
aspects.     Each  lesson  is  followed  by  questions.     Condensed  from  Nation,  igio. 


HISTORY  OF  MUSIC  1437 

Duncan,  Edmondstoune.  780.9  D8g 

History  of  music.     1908.    Vincent.     (Music  text  books.) 
Compact  handbook  covering  all  countries  from  the  earliest  times  to  1908. 

Elson,  Arthur.  rjSo.g  E556 

Music  club  programs  from  all  nations;  giving  an  historic  outline  of 

each  national  school  of  music,  with  questions  for  study  and  a  series  of 

programs,  for  the  use  of  clubs  and  other  organizations.     1907.     Ditson. 

Hubbard,  William  Lines,  ed.  qr78o.9  H87 

American  history  and  encyclopedia  of  music.     I2v.    1908-10.    Squire. 

V.I.     The  theory  of  music. 

V.2.     History  of  foreign  music. 

V.3.     History  of  American  music. 

V.4-S.     Operas. 

V.6.     Oratorios  and  masses. 

V.7.     Musical  instruments. 

V.8— 9.     Musical  biographies. 

v.io.     Musical  dictionary. 

V.I  I.     Essentials  of  music. 

V.  12.     Essentials  of  music  (continued). — Index. 

Several  of  the  volumes  contain  a  "Selected  bibliography." 

Macfarren,  Sir  George  Alexander.  780.9  M15 

Musical  history  briefly  narrated  and  technically  discussed,  with  a 
roll  of  the  names  of  musicians  and  the  times  and  places  of  their  births 
and  deaths.     1885.    Black. 

"A  reprint,  with  amplifications,  of  the  article  'Music'  in  the  9th  edition  of  the 
Encyclopaedia  Britannica.  A  model  of  encyclopaedic  writing  in  clearness,  terseness,  and 
comprehensiveness.  Touching  the  questions  of  modern  musical  polemics  the  author's 
attitude  is  extremely  conservative.  His  Roll  of  Names  is  defective  from  an  American 
point  of  view."     Sturgis  and  Krehbiel's  Annotated  bibliography  of  fine  art. 

Matthew,  James  Ebenezer.  780.9  M47m 

Manual  of  musical  history,  with  illustrations  of  portraits,  musical 

instruments  and  facsimiles  of  rare  and  curious  works.     1892.     Putnam. 
Bibliography  at  end  of  each  chapter. 

Paine,  John  Knowles.  780.9  P16 

History  of  music  to  the  death  of  Schubert.     1907.    Ginn. 
Author  was  for  more  than  30  years  professor  of  music  at  Harvard  University.    His 
sudden  death  prevented  the  completion  of  his  history. 

The  chief  value  of  Paine's  history  lies  in  the  remarkable  clearness  of  all  his  state- 
ments. Frequent  iteration  of  the  same  points  to  constantly  changing  classes  finally  gave 
him  the  faculty  of  getting  at  the  kernels  of  the  hardest  nuts  with  ease  and  showing  them 
with  stereoscopic  distinctness. 

Petrauskas,  Mikas.  780.9  P46 

Is  muzikos  srities.    1909. 
Pratt,  Waldo  Selden.  r78o.9  P89a 

Class  notes  in  music  history;  general  course.     1908.     Schirmer. 

To  accompany  his  "History  of  music"  (780.9  P89).  Outline  of  course,  with  biblio- 
graphical references. 

Pratt,  Waldo  Selden.  780.9  P89 

History  of  music;  a  handbook  and  guide  for  students.  1907.  Schir- 
mer. 

Bibliography,  p.  20-21. 

The  same r78o.9  P89 

Ritter,  Frederic  Louis.  780.9  Rsih 

History  of  music  in  the  form  of  lectures,    v.i.     1870.     Ditson. 


1438  HISTORY  OF  MUSIC 

Ritter,  Frederic  Louis.  780,9  R51 

Student's  history  of  music;  the  history  of  music  from  the  Christian 
era  to  the  present  time.    1883.    Ditson. 

Based  on  his  "History  of  music  in  the  form  of  lectures." 

Stafford,  William  Cooke.  780.9  S77 

History  of  music.     1830.     Constable. 
Brief  survey  of  the  music  of  all  countries. 

Untersteiner,  Alfredo.  780.9  U25 

Short  history  of  music;  tr.  by  S.  C.  Very.     1905.    Dodd. 

Bibliographies  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 

"Principal  modern  works  relating  to  the  history  of  music,"  p.347-349. 

"The  critical  comments  show  not  only  intelligence,  but  imaginative  insight. .  .Nor 
does  the  author  forget,  in  his  regard  for  unity,  how  broad  and  deep  his  theme  is.  He 
treats  music  not  as  an  invention  but  as  a  development.  The  influence  of  race,  religion, 
and  history  on  music  is  touched  upon — lightly,  to  be  sure,  but  with  precision."   Dial,  1903. 

Upton,  George  Putnam.  780.9  U26 

Musical  memories;  my  recollections  of  celebrities  of  the  half  cen- 
tury, 1850-1900.     1908.     McClurg. 

Chronicle  of  musical  development  of  Chicago;  one  of  the  most  valuable  contributions 
to  American  musical  history  ever  issued,  while  the  numerous  personal  sketches  and 
anecdotes  make  it  as  interesting  as  a  novel  to  music  lovers.  Fully  illustrated.  Con- 
densed from  Nation,  igo8. 

Wallace,  William,  b.  i860.  780.9  W177 

Threshold  of  music;  an  inquiry  into  the  development  of  the  musical 
sense.     1908.    Macmillan. 

Author  believes  that,  in  spite  of  its  past  accomplishment,  music  is  only  in  its  in- 
fancy and  that  we  are  on  the  threshold  of  an  art  which  is  to  attain  undreamed-of 
dimensions. 

Mason,  Redfern.  780.9415  M45 

Song  lore  of  Ireland;  Erin's  story  in  music  and  verse.  1910.  Wes- 
sels. 

Beginning  with  the  music  and  poetry  of  ancient  Ireland,  author  shows  how  these 
have  been  the  Irishman's  medium  of  expression  for  ages.  The  bards  and  minstrels  are 
passed  in  review;  the  soontree,  or  sleepy  music;  the  goltree,  or  music  of  sadness;  the 
gauntree,  or  mirthful  music;  hymns,  battle-odes,  fairy  music,  etc.  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  the  music  that  throws  light  on  the  character  of  the  Gael — his  ideals,  his  attitude 
toward  the  supernatural,  his  yearning  for  freedom. 

O'Neill,  Francis.  780.9415  O25 

Irish  folk  music;  a  fascinating  hobby,  with  some  account  of  allied 
subjects,  including  O'Farrell's  "Treatise  on  the  Irish  or  union  pipes," 
and  Touhey's  "Hints  to  amateur  pipers."     1910.     Regan  Printing  House. 

Includes  much  miscellaneous  and  ill-arranged  information  in  regard  to  well-known 
Irish  tunes  and  airs,  early  collections  of  Irish  music,  dance  music,  bag:pipes,  etc. 

Walker,  Ernest.  780.942  W16 

History  of  music  in  England.    1907.    Clarendon  Press. 

"The  only  condensed  history  of  English  music  which  is  at  once  competent,  com- 
plete and  unprejudiced."     Arthur  Syincns,  in  Saturday  review,  190S. 

Contains  a  short  but  excellent  chapter  on  Handel,  who  is  included  by  reason  of  hav- 
ing lived  for  over  45  years  in  England. 

Madeira,  Louis  Cephas.  r78o.973  M23 

Annals  of  music  in  Philadelphia  and  history  of  the  Musical  Fund 
Society  from  its  organization  in  1820  to  the  year  1858;  ed.  by  P.  H. 
Goepp.    1896.    Lippincott. 


THEORY  OF  MUSIC.     HARMONY  1439 

Musical  courier.  ^^780.973  M98 

[Music  in  Pittsburgh;  special  number  of  the  Musical  courier  issued 
at  the  time  of  the  opening  of  the  Carnegie  Library  and  Music  hall  in 
1895.]     1895- 

V.31,  no.20,  Nov.   13,  189s,  of  the  "Musical  courier." 

781     Theory  of  music 

Elson,  Louis  Charles.  781  E55 

Theory  of  music  as  applied  to  the  teaching  and  practice  of  voice 
and  instruments.     1906.     New  England  Conservatory  of  Music. 

By  a  teacher  of  long  experience. 

Glyn,  Margaret  H.  781  G53 

Rhythmic  conception  of  music.     1907.    Longmans. 

"It  is  the  object  of  the  present  volume  to  indicate  the  broad  lines  of  a  new  theory 
of  music  based  upon  the  principle  of  Rhythmic  Unity."     Author, 

Hewitt,  Daniel  Chandler.  q78i  H49 

True  science  of  music;  being  a  new  exposition  of  the  laws  of  melody 
and  harmony.     1864.     Longman. 

Hume,  Duncan.  781  H92 

What  music  is;  dramatical,  classical,  lyrical  and  ecclesiastical.  Vin- 
cent. 

Brief  essays  defining  these  four  styles  and  their  aesthetic  appeal.  Has  chapters  on 
"The  use  of  music"  and  "The  music  of  life." 

MolnSr,  Geza.  781  M79 

Bevezeto  a  zenetudomanyba.     1901. 
Mahillon,  Victor  Charles.  781.1  M25 

Elements  d'acoustique  musicale  &  instrumentale,  comprenant  I'ex- 
amen  de  la  construction  theorique  de  tous  les  instruments  de  musique 
en  usage  dans  I'orchestration  moderne.     1874. 

Harmony 
Bussler,  Ludwig.  781.3  B96 

Elementary  harmony;  a  practical  and  thorough  course  in  54  exer- 
cises; adapted  for  public  or  private  teaching  and  self-instruction;  tr. 
from  the  2d  German  edition  by  Theodore  Baker.     1908.    Schirmer. 

Duncan,  Edmondstoune.  781.3  D89 

Melodies  and  how  to  harmonize  them,  with  illustrations  drawn  from 
ancient  and  modern  sources.    1906.    Vincent. 

Key 781.3  DSga 

Hauptmann,  Moritz.  781.3  H35 

Die  lehre  von  der  harmonik.    1868. 
Jadassohn,  Salomon.  781.3  J14 

Manual  of  harmony;  tr.  from  the  German  by  Paul  Torek  and  H.  B. 
Pasmore.  1890.  Breitkopf.  (Course  of  instruction  in  pure  harmonic 
writing,  v.i.) 


1440  COUNTERPOINT.     COMPOSITION 


Vincent,  Charles  John.  781.3  V34 

Harmony,  diatonic  and  chromatic.  1900.  Vincent.  (Music  text  books.) 
Short  treatise  showing  how  a  beginner  may  compose  a  bass  or  harmonize  a  simple 

melody. 

Counterpoint 
Pearce,  Charles  William.  781.4  P34 

Composers'  counterpoint.    Vincent.     (Music  text  books.) 

Sequel  to  his  "Students'  counterpoint." 

Contrasts  composers'  and  students'  counterpoint  and  systematizes  the  broad  princi- 
ples of  free  polyphonic  writing.  Appendix  contains  "Canti  fermi"  for  exercises  in  this 
advanced  counterpoint,  with  directions  for  their  use. 

Pearce,  Charles  William.  781.4  P34S 

Students'  counterpoint.     [1898.]     Vincent.     (Music  text  books.) 
Continued  by  his  "Composers'  counterpoint." 
Concise  handbook  of  rules  and  exercises  in  elementary  part-writing.     Presupposes  a 

rudimentary  knowledge  of  harmony. 

Musical  form 
Anger,  Joseph  Humfrey.  781.5  A58 

Form  in  music,  with  special  reference  to  the  Bach  fugue  and  the 
Beethoven  sonata.     1900.    Vincent.     (Music  text  books.) 

Aim  is  to  place  before  the  student  of  music  the  subject  of  rhythm,  and  its  tvolution 
into  form  in  composition,  in  a  practical  and  concise  manner. 

Composition  and  instrumentation 
Carpe,  Adolph.  q78i.6  C22 

Grouping,  articulating  and  phrasing  in  musical  interpretation;  a 
systematic  exposition  for  players,  teachers  and  advanced  students. 
1898.     Bosworth. 

"This  work  has  been  accepted  as  a  book  of  reference  for  the  theory  course  of  the 
New  England  Conservatory  of  Music,  Boston,  Mass." 

Williams,  Charles  Francis  Abdy.  781.62  W74 

Rhythm  of  modern  music.    1909.    Macmillan. 

Gives  excellent  analyses,  from  a  rhythmic  point  of  view,  of  many  works  by  Schu- 
mann, Brahms,  Tschaikowsky,  Debussy,  Elgar  and  others. 

Notation 
Pearce,  Charles  William.  781.9  P34 

Rudiments  of  musical  knowledge.    Vincent.    (Music  text  books.) 
Intended  especially  for  candidates  preparing  for  elementary  written  examinations. 

782     Opera 

Bibliography- 
United  States— Library  of  Congress.  qroi6.782  U25 
Dramatic  music;  catalogue  of  full  scores;  comp.  by  O.  G.  T.  Sonneck. 
1908. 

"This  catalogue  represents  the  full  scores  of  operas  acquired  by  the  Library  of 
Congress  in  the  interval  between  the  reorganization  of  the  Music  Division  in  1902. .  .and 


OPERA 


1441 


United  States — Library  of  Congress — continued.  qroi6.782  U25 

December,  1907.  Incidental  music  for  dramas,  melodramas,  ballets,  pantomimes  and  the 
typically  English  publications  of  'Favourite  Songs'  have  been  included,  though  no  special 
effort  has  yet  been  made  to  develop  the  collection  in  these  directions."     Prefatory  note. 


General  works 

Annesley,  Charles,  (pseud,  of  Charles  and  Anna  Tittmann).        782  A6ia2 
Standard  operaglass;  detailed  plots  of  155  celebrated  operas,  with 

critical  and  biographical  remarks,  dates,  etc.     1910.     Brentano. 

The  same.    1910 1782  A61S3 

The  same.     1900 782  A61 

Title  reads  "Standard  operaglass;  detailed  plots  of  the  celebrated  operas." 

The  same.    1907 782  A6ia 

782  £28 

Edwards,  Henry  Sutherland.  782  E31 

Lyrical  drama;  essays  on  subjects,  composers  &  executants  of 
modern  opera.    2v.     1881.    Allen. 

Gilman,  Lawrence.  782  G42 

Aspects  of  modern  opera;  estimates  and  inquiries.     1909.    Lane. 

Contents:  Introductory:  The  Wagnerian  aftermath. — A  view  of  Puccini. — Strauss' 
"Salome." — A  perfect  music-drama   [Pelleas  and  Melisande,  by  A.  C.  Debussy]. 

Resolves  itself  into  a  plea  for  the  appreciation  of  Debussy's  opera,  which  Mr  Gilman 
believes  to  be  the  most  original  and  the  richest  in  musical  substance  since  Wagner's  time. 

Hadden,  James  Cuthbert.  782  H12 

Favourite  operas  from  Mozart  to  Mascagni;  their  plots,  history 
and  music,  with  drawings  in  colour  by  Byam  Shaw.     1910.    Jack. 

Krehbiel,  Henry  Edward.  782  K4ib 

Book  of  operas;  their  histories,  their  plots  and  their  music.  1909, 
Macmillan. 

Contents:  II  barbiere  di  Siviglia. — Le  nozze  di  Figaro. — Die  zauberflote. — Don 
Giovanni. — Fidelio. — Faust. — Mefistofele. — La  damnation  de  Faust. — La  traviata. — Aida. 
— Der  freischiitz. — Tannhauser. — Tristan  und  Isolde. — Parsifal. — Die  meistersinger  von' 
Niirnberg. — Lohengrin. — Hansel  und  Gretel. 

Krehbiel,  Henry  Edward.  782  K41 

Chapters  of  opera;  being  historical  and  critical  observations  and 
records  concerning  the  lyric  drama  in  New  York  from  its  earliest  days 
down  to  the  present  time.     1908.     Holt. 

The  same,  with  an  appendix  containing  tables  of  the  opera  seasons 

1908-191 1,  etc.     191 1 782  K4ia 

The  Metropolitan  Opera  House  completed  in  1908  a  quarter  of  a  century  of  exist- 
ence, during  all  which  time  Mr  Krehbiel  has  been  musical  critic  of  the  "New- York 
tribune."  In  this  volume  he  recalls  the  performances  he  witnessed  there  and  shows  what 
they  signified  in  the  social  as  well  as  the  musical  history  of  the  country.  The  record 
of  facts  is  presented  not  only  in  a  readable  manner,  but  without  bias  and  with  a  pains- 
taking accuracy.     Contains  over  70  portraits,  mostly  in  costume. 


1442  OPERA 

Lee,  Ernest  Markham.  782  L52 

Story  of  opera.     1909.     Scott.     (Music  story  series.) 
"Bibliography  of  opera,"  p. 263. 

"Not  a  scholarly  treatise  like  Apthorp's  'The  Opera,  Past  and  Present'  [782  A6s] 
or  Streatfeild's  'The  Opera'  [782  8913].  Its  appeal  is  to  a  class  of  readers  who  desire  a 
brief  and  lucid  summary  of  operatic  history,  with  chapters  on  the  most  notable  schools 
...The  chief  opera  houses  in  the  world  are  described,  and  hints  are  given  on  the  art 
of  listening  to  an  opera  in  such  a  way  as  to  get  the  most  pleasure  from  it."     Nation,  1910. 

Mason,  Henry  Lowell,  pub.  782  M44 

Opera  stories  in  few  words;  the  stories  (divided  into  acts)  of  over 
120  operas,  also  portraits  of  leading  singers  and  of  the  managing  direc- 
tors of  the  Metropolitan  Opera  Company,  the  Boston  Opera  Company 
and  the  Chicago  Opera  Company.    1910. 

The  same r782  M44 

Melitz,  Leo  Leopold.  782  M58 

The  opera  goers'  complete  guide;  comprising  229  opera  plots  with 

musical  numbers  and  casts;  tr.  by  Richard  Salinger.     191 1.     Dodd. 
The  same;  comprising  209  opera  plots  with   musical  numbers   and 

casts;  tr.  by  Richard  Salinger.     1909 r782  M58 

Author  is  (191 1)  director  of  the  Stadt  Theater  at  Basel. 

Singleton,  Esther.  782  S6ig 

Guide  to  modern  opera;  description  &  interpretation  of  the  words 
&  music  of  famous  modern  operas.     1909.    Dodd. 

Contents:  The  bartered  bride. — Mefistofele. — The  queen  of  Sheba. — La  Gioconda. 
— Samson  and  Delilah. — Eugene  Oniegin. — Parsifal. — Manon,  by  Massenet. — Otello. — 
Le  villi. — Cavalleria  rusticana. — I  Pagliacci. — Hansel  and  Gretel. — Falstaff. — Manon,  by 
Puccini. — Thais. — La  Boheme. — La  princesse  d'Auberge. — Louise. — Tosca. — Le  jongleur 
de  Notre-Dame. —  Pelleas  et  Melisande.  —  Tiefland.  —  Madama  Butterfly.  —  Salome.  — 
Electra. 

Tells  clearly  and  with  abundant  detail  the  stories  of  26  operas,  especially  those 
which  owe  their  present  vogue  in  this  country  to  Oscar  Hammerstein.     Portraits. 

Streatfeild,  Richard  Alexander.  782  Sgia 

The  opera;  a  sketch  of  the  development  of  opera,  with  descriptions 
of  all  works  in  the  modern  repertory.     1907.     Lippincott. 

Gives  condensed  accounts  of  the  plots  of  the  principal  operas. 

"Well  written  and  trustworthy."  Sturgis  and  Krehbiel's  Annotated  bibliography  of 
fine  art. 

Towers,  John,  comp.  r'jB2  T65 

Dictionary-catalogue  of  operas  and  operettas  which  have  been  per- 
formed on  the  public  stage.     1910.    Acme  Pub.  Co. 

Contents:  Dictionary  of  operas  and  operettas. — Composers  and  their  operas  in 
alphabetical  order,  first  time  in  any  language. — Libretti,  with  the  number  of  times  they 
have  been  set  to  music  for  the  public  lyric  stage. 

Binder's  title  reads  "Dictionary  of  operas." 

Upton,  George  Putnam.  782  U26a 

Standard    operas;    their    plots,    their    music    and    their    composers. 

1907.    McCIurg. 

The  same r782  U26a 

"Bibliography  of  American  opera,"  p.467-470. 

The  same.     1897 782  U26 

The  same.     1886 782  U26a2 

The  same.     1886 r782  U26 


OPERA  1443 

Wagnalls,  Mabel.  782  W13 

Stars  of  the  opera;  a  description  of  operas  &  a  series  of  personal 

interviews  with  Marcella  Senibrich,  Emma  Eames,  Emma  Calve,  Lillian 

Nordica,  Lilli  Lehmann,  Geraldine  Farrar  &  Nellie  Melba.    1907.    Funk. 


Wagnerian 

Chapin,  Anna  Alice.  782.2  C36W 

Wonder  tales  from  Wagner,  told  for  yoimg  people.     1901.     Harper. 

Contents:  The  flying  Dutchman. — Tannhauser. — ^Lohengrin. — Tristan  and  Isolde. — 
The  mastersingers  of  Nuremberg. 

Hall,  Gertrude.  782.2  Wish 

Wagnerian  romances.      1907.     Lane. 

Contents:  Parsifal. — The  ring  of  the  Nibelung:  The  Rhine-gold;  The  Valkyrie; 
Siegfried;  The  twilight  of  the  gods. — The  master-singers  of  Nuremberg. — Tristan  and 
Isolde. — Lohengrin. — Tannhaeuser. — The  flying  Dutchman. 

The  stories  of  the  operas  told  in  prose.  The  author  does  not  attempt  to  criticize  or 
interpret;  she  simply  offers  the  wonderful  myths,  deriving  them  directly  from  the  Wag- 
ner scores  and  libretti. 

McSpadden,  Joseph  Walker.  J782.2  W13 

Stories  from  Wagner.     1905.     Crowell. 

Contents:  The  ring  of  the  curse:  The  Rhine-gold;  The  war  maidens;  Siegfried  the 
fearless;  The  downfall  of  the  gods. — Parsifal  the  pure. — Lohengrin,  the  swan  knight. — 
Tannhauser,  the  knight  of  song. — The  master  singers. — Rienzi,  the  last  of  the  tribunes. 
— The  Flying  Dutchman. — Tristan  and  Isolde. 

Nietzsche,  Friedrich.  782.2  Wi3zn 

Der  fall  Wagner;  Nietzsche  contra  Wagner.     1895.     Naumann. 

In  1876  Nietzsche  wrote  "Richard  Wagner  in  Bayreuth,"  an  entirely  favorable 
criticism.  His  opinion  had  changed  completely  at  the  time  of  the  appearance  of  "Der 
fall  Wagner." 

"The  book  is  extraordinary.  In  it  are  dashes  of  dazzling  fugitive  ideation,  but  it 
lacks  logic,  nobility  of  design;  above  all  it  lacks  coherency.  Wagner  is  as  bitterly  ar- 
raigned and  attacked  as  the  apostle  of  degeneration,  as  before  he  was  hailed  as  the  Dis- 
penser of  the  New  Evangel  of  music,  poetry  and  philosophy."    Huneker's  Overtones. 


Lohengrin 
Wagner,  Richard.  q782.2  W13I 

Lohengrin;  opera  in  three  acts  [libretto,  German  and  English  words]. 
The  same  [libretto,  German  and  English  words] qr782.2  W13I 

Die  meistersinger 
Wagner,  Richard.  782.2  Wi3m2 

[Die  meistersinger  von  Niirnberg.]      Master-singers  of  Nuremberg 
[libretto,  German  and  English  words]. 

Parsifal 
Wagner,  Richard.  782.2  Wi3p2 

Parsifal;   a  festival-drama    [libretto,   English   and   German   words]. 
1908.    Ditson. 


1444  OPERA 

Wagner,  Richard.  qM782.2  Wi3pa 

Parsifal;  ein  biihnenweihfestspiel,  with  an  English  translation  by  H. 
&  F.  Corder;  vollstandiger  klavierauszug  erleichterte  bearbeitung  von 
R.  Kleinmichel.    Schirmer. 

German  and   English  words. 

Wolzogen,  Hans  Paul,  freiherr  von.  782.3  Wi3pw 

Thematic  guide  through  the  music  of  Parsifal,  with  a  preface  con- 
cerning the  traditional  material  of  the  Wagnerian  drama;  tr.  by  J.  H. 
Cornell.    1891.    Schirmer. 

Ring  of  the  Nibelung 
Juhasz,  Josef,  comp.  r782.2  Wi3ra 

Der  ring  des  Nibelungen;  erinnerung  an  die  100  auffiihrungen  des 
Richard  Wagner-theaters;  briefe  und  reden  Richard  Wagner's,  recen- 
sionen  der  bedeutendsten  deutschen  zeitungen,  geschichtlicher  ueber- 
blick  der  hundert-auffijhrungen  aus  dem  Ring  des  Nibelungen.  1883. 
Herbert. 
Lewis,  Mrs  Mary  Elizabeth.  782.2  W13ZI 

Ethics  of  Wagner's  The  ring  of  the  Nibelung.     1906.     Putnam. 

Recounts  "every  detail  of  the  legend  from  which  the  Trilogy  is  compiled  and  as- 
signs to  each  one  a  definite  place  in  an  ethical  system  which  she  conceives  to  have  been 
in  Wagner's  mind." 

Wolzogen,  Hans  Paul,  freiherr  von.  782.2  Wi3nw 

Guide  to  the  music  of  Richard  Wagner's  tetralog^y.  The  ring  of  the 

Nibelung;  a  thematic  key;  tr.  from  the  German  by  N.  H.  Dole.     1897. 

Schirmer. 

Briefly  explains  the  various  motifs. 

Siegfried.    Tannhauser.    Die  walkiire 

Wagner,  Richard.  qySa^  Wiji 

Siegfried;  music-drama  in  three  acts;  second  day  of  the  trilog^y  "The 

Nibelung's  ring"  [libretto,  German  and  English  words].    Rullman. 

Wagner,  Richard.  7«a-2  Wist 

Tannhaeuser;  a  romantic  opera  in  three  acts  [libretto,  English  and 

German  words]. 

The  same;  containing  the  German  text,  with  English  translation,  and 

the  music  of  the  principal  airs r782.2  Wi3da 

Bonnd  with  his  "Dusk  of  the  gods." 

Wagner.  Richard.  q782.3  W13W 

Die  walkure  (The  valkyrie);  erster  tag  aus  der  trilogie  "Der  ring 
des  Nibelungen"  [libretto,  German  and  English  words].    Tretbar, 

Other  German  opera 
Gilman.  Lawrence.  7*«-3  SQ'C 

Strauss'  "Salome;"  a  gnide  to  the  opera  with  mosical  illnstratkms. 

1907.    Lane. 

„  genoal  oadnc  sf  the  ii  twntit  and  ■Mini  tUmtimn.  M.  tte  wmm 
wKf  cxitkal  irtwilf  or  dilwliil  Miljliril  ttmAf. 


OPERA  1445 

Gluck,  Christoph  Willibald  von,  qM78a.3  0590a 

Orpheus;  oper  in  3  aktcn,  im  klavier  auszugc  nach  dcr  italicnischcn 

partitur  bearbeitct  von  F.  Brissler.     Petert. 
German  and  Italian  word*. 

Goldmark,  Karl.  4788.3  G58 

Queen  of  Sheba;  opera  in  four  acts  [libretto,  Engliith  and  German 
words],  from  a  text  by  Moscnthal.     1885,     Rullman, 
Humperdinck,  Engelbert.  478a.8  Hga 

Hansel  and  Gretel;  a  fairy  opera  in  three  actt,  by  Adclhcid  Welle 
[libretto,  German  and  English  words].     1905. 

The  same qrySa.j   Hga 

Meyerbeer,  Giacomo.  478a.3  Mdsaf 

L'Africaine;  a  lyric  drama  in  5  actH  [libretto,  Italian  and  ICngliitli 
words]. 

Meyerbeer,  Giacomo.  4782.3  M65 

[Les  Huguenots.]  Gli  Ugonotti  [libretto,  Italian  and  English 
words]. 

Meyerbeer,  Giacomo.  4783.3  M65pr 

Le  proph^te,  The  prophet;  opera  in  five  acta  [libretto,  Italian  and 
English  words].     Rullman. 

Meyerbeer,  Giacomo.  478a.3  M65r 

[Roberto  il  Diavolo.]  Robert  the  Devil  [libretto,  German  and  Eng- 
lish words]. 

Mozart,  Wolfgang  Amadeus.  qMySa.s  Kg^ca 

Cosi  fan  tutte;  oper  in  2  aufzugen,  clavier-auszug;  bcarbcitet  von 
Brissler  und  Griinbaum.    Bote. 

German  and  Italian  wordi. 

Paderewski,  Ignace  Jan.  4X783.3  Pi3m 

Manru;  an  opera   in  three  acts,  book  by  Alfred   Noffig;  tr.  and 

adapted  for  performance  in  English  by  H.  E.  Krchbicl  [vocal  acorc], 
German  and  Englitb  word*. 

French  opera 
Bizet,  Georges.  4782.4  B49« 

Carmen  [libretto],  French- English  edition,    Kullman. 

The  same  [libretto,  English  words],    Tretbar 783.4  649*3 

Delibea,  Clement  Philibert  Uto.  r783.4  D30 

Lakmi;  opera  in  three  acts  [libi-etto],  words  by  Gondinet  and  Ph. 
Gille,  with  English  and  Italian  word*  and  muate  oi  the  principal  airs; 
tr.  and  adapted  by  T,  T.  Barker.    1890.    Ditson. 

Gotmod,  Charles  Fran^oia,  7834  O74/ 

Faust;  an  opera  [libretto,  Italian  and  Engliah  worda). 

Hal^vy,  Jacques  filie  Fromental.  4783.4  Hi6j 

The  Jewess;  a  grand  opera;  libretto,  containing  correct   Englifth 

worda. 

The  same  [libretto,  English  and  Germsin  wor6§] ......... .7834  Hf6 


1446  OPERA 

Massenet,  Jules  femile  Frederic.  q783.4  M45 

Le  jongleur  de  Notre  Dame  (The  juggler  of  Notre  Dame);  miracle 

play  in  three  acts,  book  by  Maurice  Lena,  English  version  by  C.  A. 

Byrne  [libretto,  French  and  English  words].    1907.    Burden. 

The  same qr782.4  M45J 

Massenet,  Jules  fimile  Frederic.  qr782.4  M45S 

Sappho;  a  lyric  drama  in  five  acts  founded  on  the  novel  of  Alphonse 

Daudet,  words  by  Henri  Cain  and  Bernede,  English  words  by   H.  G. 

Chapman  [libretto,  French  and  English  words].    Burden. 

Finck,  Henry  Theophilus.  782.4  M45zf 

Massenet  and  his  operas.    1910.    Lane. 

"Mr.  Finck. .  .properly  accords  to  Hammerstein's  productions  of  Massenet's  works 
the  first  position  in  his  volume.  He  deals  with  the  Metropolitan  performances  after- 
ward, and  reserves  for  the  final  part  of  his  book  consideration  of  those  operas  which  are 
not  yet  known  to  the  American  public... It  is  pleasant  to  find  that  he  has  not  hesitated 
to  pay  a  proper  tribute  to  such  impersonators  of  Massenet's  people  as  Mary  Garden, 
Dalmores,  and  Renaud."     Nation,  1910. 

Thomas,  Charles  Louis  Ambroise.  <1782>4  T37 

Mignon;  opera  in  3  acts  [libretto,  English  words.    1907].    Steinway. 


Italian  opera 
Bellini,  Vincenzo.  qr782.5  B41P 

I  Puritani;  a  grand  opera  in  three  acts  [libretto,  Italian  and  English 
words,  with  music  of  the  principal  airs].    Academy  of  Music,  N.  Y. 

Bellini,  Vincenzo.  Q782.5  B41 

La  sonnambula  [libretto,  Italian  and  English  words,  with]  the 
music  of  the  favourite  melodies. 

Donizetti,  Gaetano.  782.5  D72a 

[Daughter  of  the  regiment.]  La  figlia  del  reggimento  [libretto], 
containing  the  Italian  text,  with  an  English  translation  and  the  music 
of  all  the  principal  airs. 

Donizetti,  Gaetano.  782.5  D72d 

Don  Pasquale  [libretto,  Italian  and  English  words]  and  the  music  of 
the  principal  airs.     1888.    Ditson. 

Donizetti,  Gaetano.  q782.5  D72li 
Linda  di  Chamounix  [libretto,  Italian  and  English  words],  contains 

the  music  of  the  favourite  melodies. 

Donizetti,  Gaetano.  q782.5  D72I2 

Lucia  di  Lammermoor  [libretto,  Italian  and  English  words]. 

Donizetti,  Gaetano.  qM782.5  D72I2 

Lucia  di  Lammermoor  [opera;  vocal  score].  Peters. 

Italian  and  German  words. 

■Henderson,  William  James.  782.5  H44 

Some  forerunners  of  Italian  opera.     1911.     Holt. 

Account  of  medizval  lyric  drama,  showing  the  artistic  significance  of  the  birth  of 
recitative  and  leading  up  to  the  introduction  of  opera  in  the  last  decade  of  the  i6th  cen- 
tury by  Peri  and  Caccini.     Five  chapters  devoted  to  Poliziano's  "Favola  di  Orfeo." 


OPERA  1447 


Leoncavallo,  Ruggiero.  782.5  L62a 

Pagliacci   (Punchinello);   drama   in   two  acts    [libretto,   Italian   and 

English  words],  English  version  by  H.  G.  Chapman.  1907.  Schirmer. 
The  same  [libretto,  Italian  and  English  words],  English  adaptation 

by  F.  E.  Weatherly.    Rullman q782.5  L62 

Mascag^ii,  Pietro.  q782.5  M44 

Cavalleria  rusticana;  music-drama  in  one  act  [libretto,  English  and 

Italian  words]. 

Ponchielli,  Amilcare.  q782.5  P78 

La  Gioconda;  an  opera  in  four  acts    [libretto,   Italian  and  English 

words].     Rullman. 

Puccini,  Giacomo.  782.5  P98 

La  Boheme;  libretto  [English  and  Italian  words].     1898. 
Puccini,  Giacomo.  782.5  PgSm 

Madam  Butterfly;  a  Japanese  tragedy  founded  on  the  book  by  J.  L. 
Long  and  the  drama  by  David  Belasco  [libretto,  Italian  and  English 
words].     1904-05.     Boosey. 

The  same r782.5  PgSm 

Puccini,  Giacomo.  r782.5  PgSt 

Tosca;  an  opera  in  three  acts  [libretto,  Italian  and  English  words]. 
1900.     Ricordi. 

The  same 782.5  PgSt 

Verdi,  Giuseppe.  782.5  V26a 

Aida  [libretto],  containing  the  Italian  text  with  an  English  transla- 
tion and  the  music  of  all  the  principal  airs.     Ditson. 

The  same r782.5  V26a2 

Verdi,  Giuseppe.  qr782.5  V260 

"Otello;"  a  lyric  drama  in  four  acts  [libretto,  Italian  and  English 
words].     1888.     Metropolitan  Print. 

Italian  words  by  Arrigo  Boito,  tr.  into  English  by  Francis  Hueffer. 
Verdi,  Giuseppe.  q782.5  V26r3 

Rigoletto;  grand  opera  in  four  acts  [libretto,  English  and  Italian 
words  and  music  of  the  principal  airs],  drama  by  Victor  Hugo.    Burden. 

The  same  [libretto,  English  words] 782.5  V26r 

Verdi,  Giuseppe.  •  qM782.5  V26r 

[Rigoletto;  opera  in  three  acts,  vocal  score.] 

Italian  words. 
Verdi,  Giuseppe.  q782.5  V26tr 

La  traviata  (The  lost  one);  a  grand  opera  in  three  acts  [libretto, 
Italian  and  English  words].     Burden. 

The  same  [libretto,  Italian  and  English  words] r782  B41 

Bound  with  other  librettos. 

The  same  [libretto,  Italian  and  English  words] ^783.3  H23S 

Bound  with  other  librettos. 

Verdi,  Giuseppe.  qM782.5  V26tr2 

II  trovatore;  dramma  in  quattro  parti  [vocal  score].     Escudier. 

Italian  words. 


1448  OPERA 

Verdi,  Giuseppe.  q782.5  V26tro3 

II  trovatore  [libretto,  Italian  and  English  words]. 

The  same  [libretto,  German  and  English  words].     1870.  .q782.5  V26tro2 

Title  reads  "Der  troubadour." 

The  same  [libretto,  English  words] <17^^'S  V26tro 

Title  reads  "The  troubadour." 

Comic  opera.     Opera  bouffe 
Fitzgerald,  Percy.  782.6  F57 

Savoy  opera  and  the  Savoyards.    1894.    Chatto. 

Book  is  not  limited  to  the  annals  of  the  Savoy  theatre,  but  deals  with  the  whole 
series  of  operettas  and  comic  operas  produced  by  Gilbert  and  Sullivan.  The  full  casts 
of  all  the  operas  are  given  and  many  interesting  details  as  to  their  comparative  success. 
Sketches  and  portraits  of  performers  are  included. 

Lecocq,  Alexandre  Charles.  r782.6  L49 

Le  petit  due;  opera  comique  in  three  acts  [libretto]  by  Henri  Meil- 
hac  and  Ludovic  Halevy  [French  and  English  words].     1879.     Metro- 
politan Print. 
Offenbach,  Jacques.  q782.6  O16 

Madame  Favart;  an  opera  in  three  acts  [libretto,  French  and  Eng- 
lish words].     1880.     Metropolitan  Print. 

The  same  [libretto,  French  and  English  words].  1879.  Metro- 
politan Print qr782.6  O16 

Rossini,  Gioacchino  Antonio.  q782.6  R74b 

Barber  of  Seville;  a  comic  opera  in  two  acts  [libretto,  English  and 
Italian  words].     Wynkoop. 
Lecocq,  Alexandre  Charles.  qr782.7  L49 

Girofle-Girofla;   opera-bouffe   in   three   acts    [libretto,    French   and 
English  words].     1877.     Metropolitan  Print. 
.Offenbach,  Jacques.  qr782.7  O16 

La  belle  Helene;  an  operetta  in  three  acts    [libretto],  French  ami 
English  text.     1877.    Metropolitan  Print. 
Offenbach,  Jacques.  r782.7  Oi6g 

Genevieve  de  Brabant;  opera  bouffe  in  three  acts;  libretto  [French 
and  English  words].     1868.     Gray. 
Offenbach,  Jacques.  qr782.7  Oi6j 

La  jolie  parfumeuse;  opera-comique  in  three  acts  [libretto,  French 
and  English  words].     1875.     Metropolitan  Print. 

Operettas 
Bruch,  Max.  qM782.8  B82I 

Das  lied  von  der  glocke;  gedicht  von  Friedrich  von  Schiller;  fijr 
chor,  vier  solostimmen,  orchester  und  orgel,  componirt  von  Max  Bruch. 
1879.    Simrock. 

German  and  English  words. 

Bunner,  Henry  Cuyler.  J782.8  B88 

Seven  old  ladies  of  Lavender  town;  an  operetta  in  two  acts,  music 

by  Oscar  Weil.     [1910.]     Harper. 

Appeared  in  "Harper't  young  people,"  v.8,  Dec.  7,  1886. 


SACRED  MUSIC  1449 


Bunner,  Henry  Cuyler.  M782.8  B88t 

Three  operettas;  music  by  Oscar  Weil.     1897.     Harper. 
Contents:     The  three  little  kittens  of  the  land  of  Pie.  —  The  seven  old  ladies  of 
Lavender  town. — Bobby  Shaftoe. 

Gaynor,  Mrs  Jessie  Love  (Smith).  J782.8  G25 

House  that  Jack  built;  operetta  for  children;  libretto  by  A.  C.  D. 
Riley,  music  by  J.  L.  Gaynor.    1902.     Summy. 

Schumann,  Robert.  qM782.8  S39P 

Das  paradies  und  die  peri;  dichtung  aus  Lalla  Rookh  von  Th.  Moore, 
fur  solostimmen,  chor  und  orchester,  klavierauszug  mit  text.  Op. 50. 
Breitkopf. 

783     Sacred  music 

American  Guild  of  Organists.  rySs  A51 

Calendar,  April  ist,  1899.     [1899.] 

The  guild  was  organized  in  1896  with  the  primary  object  of  improving  the  quality 
of  church  music  and  of  raising  the  standard  of  church  organists.  The  calendar  contains 
reports  of  meetings,  list  of  members,  etc. 

Lutkin,  Peter  Christian.  783  L98 

Music  in  the  church.     1910.     Young  Churchman  Co. 

Contents:  Hymn  tunes. — Congregational  singing. — The  organ. — The  organist  and 
choirmaster. — The  vested  male  choir. — The  development  of  music  in  the  Anglican  church. 

"Bibliography,"  p.25 7-263. 

Author  is  (1910)  dean  of  the  School  of  music  at  Northwestern  University. 

Pearce,  Charles  William.  783.1  P34 

Practical  hints  and  suggestions   (musical  and  theological)    for  the 
organ  accompaniment  to   the   Psalms,  whether   sung  to   Anglican   or 
Gregorian  systems  of  pointing.    Vincent.     (Music  text  books.) 
"List  of  writers  cited  in  this  book,"  p.6-8. 
Binder's  title  reads  "Organ  accompaniment  to  the  Psalms." 

Nicholl,  Horace  Wadham.  qr783.2  N31 

Mass  in  E  flat  [score].     1872.    Ditson. 

Richardson,  Alfred  Madeley.  783.2  R41 

The  Psalms;  their  structure  and  musical  rendering,  with  an  introduc- 
tion by  S.  M.  Taylor.     1903.    Vincent.     (Music  text  books!) 

Directions  for  chanting  the  Psalms  in  such  a  way  as  to  interpret  and  emphasize  the 
words. 

Siedlecki,  Jan,  comp.  783.2  S57 

Spiewniczek  zawieraj^cy  piesni  koscielne  z  melodyami  dla  uzytku 
mtodziezy  szkolnej.    1908. 

Church  songs. 

Oratorio.     Passion  music 

Bach,  Johann  Sebastian.  qM 783.3  Bi2m 

Matthaus-passion,  oratorium;  klavierauszug.     Peters. 
German  words. 
The  same;   English  translation  and  adaptation  by  Rev.  Trautbeck, 

vocal  score  ed.  by  H.  W.  Nicholl.     1894.    Schirmer qM783.3  Bi2m2 


1450  SACRED  MUSIC 


[Bach,  Johann  Sebastian.]  qM783.3  B120 

Opern   und   oratorien   im   klavier-auszug   mit   text;    bearbeitet   von 

Brissler,  Horn,  Stern,  Ulrich.     Peters. 

Contents:     Actus  tragicus,  "Gottes  zeit  ist  die  allerbeste  zeit;"  cantate. — Oratorium 

tempore  nativitatis  Christi  (Weihnachts-oratorium). — Magnificat,  im  klavierauszuge  mit 

text  von  Gustav  Rosier. 

Handel,  Georg  Friedrich.  qM783.3  H23i 

Israel  in  Egypten  [an  oratorio,  vocal  score].    Peters. 

With  this  is  bound  his  "Ode  a  Sainte  C6cile." 
German  words. 

Taylor,  Sedley.  qr783.3  H23t 

Indebtedness  of  Handel  to  works  by  other  composers;  a  presenta- 
tion of  evidence.    1906.    University  Press. 

"The  author  of  this  new  work  has  brought  together,  practically  for  the  first  time, 
the  results  of  many  years  of  patient  investigation  on  the  part  of  various  authorities... 
Dr.  Friedrich  Chrysander,  Dr.  Seiffert,  and  others  have  already  published  numerous 
volumes,  reproducing  in  their  entirety  the  works  upon  which  Handel  principally  drew. 
But  Mr.  Taylor  has  worked  up  this  material  into  an  accessible  form.  Instead  of  re- 
ferring to  corresponding  passages  in  Handel's  compositions,  he  has  set  the  latter  side 
by  side  with  the  original  music,  and  has  gone  to  the  trouble  of  transposition  into  the 
same  key  in  order  to  render  the  task  of  comparison  as  easy  as  possible."  Saturday  re- 
fieu',  11)07. 

Nicholds,  Joseph.  qrySs-s  N31 

Babylon;  an  oratorio  [score];  revised  and  ed.  by  Cornelius  Ward. 
Shepherd. 

Gregorian.     Carol 
Burgess,  Francis.  783.5  B89 

Textbook  of  plainsong  and  Gregorian  music,  Vincent.  (Music  text 
books.) 

"Bibliography,"  p.124-126. 

Has  chapters  on  notation,  tonality,  rhythm  and  accompaniment,  recitative  and 
melodic  plainchant,  etc. 

Hurley,  Edmund  G.  783.5  H95 

Gregorian  chant  for  the  teacher,  the  choir  and  the  school.     1907. 

Schirmer. 

Practical  little  book  of  instruction  in  the  singing  of  Gregorian  chants,  by  a   New 

York  city  choirmaster. 

Bramley,  Henry  Ramsden,  ed.  M783.6  B69C 

Christmas- carols,  new  &  old;  the  words  ed.  by  H.  R.  Bramley,  the 

music  ed.  by  John  Stainer.     [1871.]     Novello. 

The  introduction  gives  a  short  account  of  the  history  of  the  Christmas  carol. 

Congregational  singing 
Psalmody.    Hymnody 
Cowan,  William,  &  Love,  James,  of  Scotland.  783.9  C84 

Music  of  the  church  hymnary  and  the  psalter  in  metre;  its  sources 
and  composers.     1901.     Frowde. 

"Chronological  list  of  works  cited  as  sources,"  p.  177-187. 

German  evangelical  protestant  church  in  North  America.     M783.9  G32k 
Kirchengesangbuch    zum    gottesdienstlichen    gebrauche    Deutscher 

evangelisch-protestantischer  gemeinden  von  Nord-Amerika.     1901. 
Words  and  music. 


VOCAL  MUSIC  145 1 


Hastings,  Thomas,  &  Patton,  William,  comp.  r783-9  H34 

Christian  psalmist;  or,  Watts'  psalms  and  hymns  with  copious  selec- 
tions from  other  sources,  the  whole  carefully  revised  and  arranged  with 
directions  for  musical  expression.     1836.    Collier. 

qMySs-g  Hggh 
Hymns  ancient  and  modern  for  use  in  the  services  of  the  church,  with 
accompanying  tunes;  historical  edition,  with  notes  on  the  origin  of 
both  hymns  and  tunes  and  a  general  historical  introduction  [by  W.  H. 
Frere].     1909.     Clowes. 

"Some  principal  authorities,"  p.8. 

Historical  edition  of  "Hymns  ancient  and  modern  for  use  in  the  services  of  the 
church;  comp.  and  arranged  under  the  musical  editorship  of  W.  H.  Monk"  (r783.9  M82). 

The  latest  revision  of  words  and  music,  with  a  valuable  historical  introduction  and 
a  complete  series  of  careful  notes.  The  introduction  is  a  model  history  in  little  of  hym- 
nology  and  church  music.     Condensed  from  Athenceum,  igio. 

Moses,  Isaac  S.  comp.  M783.9  M93S 

Sabbath-school  hymnal;  a  collection  of  songs,  services  and  respon- 
sive readings  for  the  school,  synagogue  and  home.     1904.    Bloch. 

The  same 1^783.9  Mgs 

MySs-g  O350 
Oxford  hymn  book  [with  music].     1908.     Clarendon  Press. 

Collection  of  hymns  characterized  by  simplicity,  directness,  and  genuineness  of  re- 
ligious feeling,  chosen  largely  from  the  "old  masters" — Watts,  the  Wesleys,  Doddridge, 
Cowper  and  Newton.     The  music  also  has  been  selected  for  its  simplicity  and  dignity. 

Protestant  Episcopal  church.  rySs.g  Pgyhym 

Hymnal  of  the  church,  revised  and  enlarged  as  adopted  by  the  gen- 
eral convention  of  the  Protestant  Episcopal  church  in  the  United  States 
of  America  in  the  year  of  Our  Lord  eighteen  hundred  and  ninety-two, 
with  music;  ed.  by  J.  H.  Darlington.     1897.     Whittaker. 
Watson,  J.  comp.  qr783.g  W32 

Royal  psalmist;  or.  Sacred  melodies,  consisting  of  an  entirely  new 
&  elegant  versification  of  the  Psalms  of  David  adapted  to  music;  ar- 
ranged for  the  piano  forte,  organ  &  choir.     Pinnock. 

784    Vocal  music 

Foster,  Stephen  Collins.  qM784  F8im 

Melodies  of  Stephen  C.  Foster.     1909.    Walker.    Pittsburgh. 
Words  and  music  of  his  songs  and  hymns,  his  instrumental  compositions,  and  brief 

biographical  sketch. 

Franz,  Robert.  qM784  F88f 

Franz-album;  ausgewahlte  lieder  fiir  eine  singstimme  mit  klavier- 

begleitung;    mit    deutsch    und    engl.    text;    uebersetzung  v.   Elisabeth 

Riicker  [und]  D.  V.  Ashton.    v.1-4,  in  2.    Siegel. 

Grieg,  Edvard.  qM784  G8gf 

Fifty   songs;   ed.   by    H.  T.  Finck;    for   high   voice.      1908.      Ditson. 

(Musicians  library.) 

Haydn,  Franz  Joseph.  qM784  H37I 

Lieder  fiir  eine  singstimme  mit  klavierbegleitung;  hrsg.  von  Alfred 

Dorffel. 


1452  SONGS 

Kobbe,  Gustav.  784  K35 

Famous  American  songs.     1906.     Crowell. 

Contents:  Home,  sweet  home.— Old  folks  at  home. — Dixie.— Ben  Bolt.— The  star- 
spangled  banner.- Yankee  Doodle,  Hail  Columbia  and  America.— Some  war  songs. 

Gives  the  text  of  the  songs,  an  account  of  the  circumstances  under  which  they 
were  written  and  something  of  the  lives  of  the  authors. 

Schubert,  Franz  Peter.  qM784  S38S2 

Schubert-album;  Die  schone  muUerin,  Winterreise,  Schwanengesang 
und  22  beriihmte  lieder;  revidirt  and  mit  vortragsbezeichungen  ver- 
sehcn  von  Franz  Abt,  sopran  oder  tenor.     Litolff. 

qM  784.2  A6g 
Arien-album;  sammlung  beriihmter  arien  fiir  eine  sopranstimme  mit 
pianofortebegleitung.     Peters. 

Krehbiel,  Henry  Edward,  ed.  qM784.2  K41S 

Songs  from  the  operas,  for  soprano.    IQO?-    Ditson. 

Chiefly  from  operas  before  Wagner.  Contains  brief  sketch  of  each  of  the  19  com- 
posers represented. 


Ballads.     National  songs.     Folk-songs 

Bach,  Albert  Bernhard.  7844  B12 

The  art  ballad,  Loewe  and  Schubert,  with  musical  illustrations.  1897. 
Paul. 

"Bibliography,"  p.2o:-2is. 

Analyses  of  Loewe's  ballads,  prefixed  by  biographical  sketches  of  Loewe  and  of 
Schubert. 

Burton,  Frederick  Russell.  q784-4  ^95 

American  primitive  music,  with  especial  attention  to  the  songs  of 
the  Ojibways.     1909.    Moffat. 

The  opening  chapters  give  a  survey  of  the  whole  field  of  American  Indian  music, 
but  the  greater  part  of  the  book  is  devoted  to  a  study  of  Ojibway  music,  in  which  the 
author,  as  musical  expert  in  the  ethnological  departments  of  the  American  Museum  of 
Natural  History  and  the  Field  Museum  of  Natural  History,  has  made  original  research. 
A  collection  of  28  Ojibway  songs  for  single  voice,  with  piano  accompaniment  and  Eng- 
lish words,  is  included,  also  four  songs  arranged  for  mixed  quartette. 

Clark,  Richard,  ed.  r784.4  C52 

Account  of  the  national  anthem  entitled  "God  save  the  king."  1822. 
Wright. 

"Clark. .  .started  the  still  undecided  controversy  as  to  the  authorship  of  'God  save 
the  King'  by  publishing  a  pamphlet  upon  the  subject,  in  which  he  attributed  it — with 
more  power  of  invention  than  critical  acumen — to  the  Elizabethan  composer,  John  Bull. 
Although  the  untrustworthiness  of  Clark's  statements  and  the  worthlessness  of  his 
criticisms  have  been  repeatedly  exposed,  the  erroneous  idea  which  he  was  the  first  to 
circulate  is  still  accepted  in  some  quarters."     Dictionary  of  national  biography. 

Gilman,  Benjamin  Ives.  r784.4  G42 

Hopi  songs.  1908.  Houghton.  (Hemenway  Southwestern  Expedi- 
tion.) 

Being  v.5  of  "Journal  of  American  ethnology  and  archaeology." 
Publications  of  the  Hemenway  Southwestern  Expedition,  p.23 1-235. 
In  this  volume  Mr  Gilman  completes  an  inquiry  ifito  Pueblo  music  begun  in    1891 
with  a  study  of  Zuni  melodies.     The  phonograph  was  used  for  the  study  and  preserva- 
tion of  aboriginal  folklore,  and  these  records  show  not  only  how   Indians  make  music, 
but  music  itself  in  the  making. 


SONGS  1453 

Joyce,  Patrick  Weston,  comf^.  r784.4  J48 

Ancient  Irish  music,  comprising  100  Irish  airs  hitherto  unpublished, 

many  of  the  old  popular  songs  and  several  new  songs;  the  harmonies 

by  [J.  W.]   Glover.     1906.     Longmans. 

Most  of  these  airs  and  songs  were  collected  among  the  peasantry  by  the  compiler. 

Lineff,  Mme  Eugenie  Papritz,  comp.  <1784-4  L72 

Peasant  songs  of  Great  Russia  as  they  are  in  the  folk's  harmoniza- 
tion, collected  and  transcribed  from  phonograms,  ist  ser.     1905.     Im- 
perial Academy  of  Science. 
English  and  Russian  text. 

Quellien,  Narcisse.  q784.4  Q24 

Chansons  et  danses  des  Bretons.    1889. 
Saran,  August.  <1784-4  S24 

Robert  Franz  und  das  deutsche  volks-  und  kirchenlied,  mit  noten- 
beilagen  enthaltend  sechs  chorale  fiir  gemischten  chor  und  sechs  alt- 
deutsche  lieder  fiir  eine  singstimme,  mit  begleitung  des  pianoforte,  be- 
arbeitet  von  Robert  Franz.     [1875.] 

Contains  interesting  information  on  the  formal  structure  of  the  volkslied. 

Sonneck,  Oscar  George  Theodore,  comp.  4784-4  S69 

Report  on  "The  star-spangled  banner,"  "Hail  Columbia,"  "America," 

"Yankee  Doodle."    1909.     (United  States — Library  of  Congress.) 
"Literature  used  for  this  report,"  p.  157-164. 
The  same qr784.4  S699 

Brings  together  the  various  versions  of  text  and  music,  with  notes  as  to  the  his- 
tory of  the  songs,  and  conclusions  from  the  study  of  documents. 

Strettell,  Alma,  afterward  Mrs  Harrison,  tr.  784.4  S91 

Spanish  &  Italian  folk-songs.     1887.    Macmillan. 

Folk-songs  with  music 

J784.4  C41 
Chansons  de  France  pour  les  petits  frangais,  avec  accompagnements  de 
J.  B.  Weckerlin;  illustrations  par  Maurice  Boutet  de  Monvel.  Plon- 
Nourrit. 

Commuck,  Thomas.  r784.4  C73 

Indian  melodies;  harmonized  by  Thomas  Hastings.     1845.     Lane. 

Some  well-known  hymns  set  to   Indian  tunes. 

Davis,  Katherine  Wallace,  comp.  qM 784.4  D31C 

Cradle  songs  of  many  nations;  a  musical  entertainment  for  children. 
1898.     Summy. 
Ducoudray,  Louis  Albert  Bourgault-,  comp.  qr784.4  D86t 

Trente  melodies  populaires   de   Basse-Bretagne;   recueillies   et  har- 
monisees,  avec  une  traduction  franqaise  en  vers  adaptee  a  la  musique 
par  Fr.  Coppee.     [1885.] 
Elson,  Louis  Charles,  ecL.  qM784.4  Essf 

Folk  songs  of  many  nations  [words  and  music],  with  preface  and  an- 
notations.    1905.     Church. 

Gives  several  characteristic  songs  of  each  nation. 


1454 SONGS 

Erk,  Ludwig,  comp.  qM784.4  E74d 

Deutscher  Hederschatz;  eine  auswahl  der  beliebtesten  volks-,  vater- 
lands-,  soldaten-,  jager-,  studenten-  &  weihnachts-lieder,  fiir  eine  sing- 
stimme  mit  pianoforte-begleitung.    3v.     [1910-11?] 

Herman,  Reinhold  L.  comp.  qr784.4  H47 

Cradle  songs  of  many  nations;  music  by  R.  L.  Herman.     1882.    Dodd. 

Words  and  music  of  about  30  songs.     Illustrated  in  color. 

Hopekirk,  Helen,  ed.  qM784.4  H78S 

Seventy  Scottish  songs;  ed.  with  accompaniments,  for  high  voice. 
1905.    Ditson.    (Musicians  library.) 

Hopekirk,  Helen,  ed.  qM784.4  H78se 

Seventy  Scottish  songs;  ed.  w^ith  accompaniments,  for  low  voice. 
1905.    Ditson.    (Musicians  library.) 

Joyce,  Patrick  Weston,  ed.  M 784.4  J480 

Old  Irish  folk  music  and  songs;  a  collection  of  842  Irish  airs  and 

songs  hitherto  unpublished;  ed.  with  annotations  for  the  Royal  Society 

of  Antiquaries  of  Ireland.     1909.     Longmans. 

Contents:    The  Joyce  collection. — The  Forde  collection. — The  Pigot  collection. 

Page,  Nathaniel  Clifford,  ed.  qM784.4  Pi4i 

Irish  songs;  a  collection  of  airs  old  and  new;  ed.  and  the  piano  ac- 
companiments arranged  by  N.  C.  Page.     1907.     Ditson. 

Sawyer,  Frank  Joseph,  ed.  M784.4  S27S 

Sawyer's  graded  school-song  book.  1903.  Vincent.  (Music  text 
books.) 

Words  and  music  of  English  national  songs,  with  Scottish,  Welsh  and  Irish  ex- 
amples.    To  be  used  in  connection  with  author's  "Manual  of  sight-singing"  (784.9  S27). 

Whitehead,  Mrs  Jane  Byrd  (McCall)  Radcliffe-,  ed.  qJ784.4  W63 

Folk-songs  and  other  songs  for  children.     1903.     Ditson. 
English,  Scottish,  Irish,  German,  French,  Scandinavian,  Polish,  Russian,  Italian  and 

Spanish    folk-songs,    also    Christmas    carols,    patriotic    songs,    nursery    songs,    lullabies, 

rounds,  catches  and  part-songs  for  children. 


Choruses.     College  songs 
Hoff,  William  C.  comp.  qM784.6  H67C 

Corona  song  book;  a  choice  collection  of  choruses  designed  for  the 
use  of  high  schools,  grammar  schools,  academies  and  seminaries,  com- 
prising part  songs  and  choruses,  oratorio  selections,  selected  hymns  and 
tunes,  national  and  patriotic  songs.     1903.    Ginn. 
Noyes,  Charles  F.  qM784.6  N48V 

Village  blacksmith,  for  mixed  chorus  with  piano,  organ  and  anvil 
accompaniment;  words  by  H.  W.  Longfellow.     1898.    Ditson. 
McDermid,  William  Albert,  comp.  qM 784.61  M145 

Songs  of  the  University  of  Chicago.    1905.    Hinds. 

Words  and  music.     Contains  also  a  few  well-known  songs  not  peculiar  to  the  uni- 
versity. 


SONGS  ^  1455 

Waite,  Henry  Randall,  comp.  qM784.6i  W14C 

College  songs;  a  collection  of  the  most  popular  songs  of  the  col- 
leges of  America  [with  music].     1906.     Ditson. 

Collections  of  songs.     Children's  songs 

Bacon,  Mrs  Dolores  Marbourg,  (pseud,  of  Mrs  M784.8  Bi2S 

Mary  Schell  (Hoke)  Bacon),  ed. 

Songs  that  every  child  should  know;  a  selection  of  the  best  songs 
of  all  nations  for  young  people  [with  music].     1906.    Doubleday, 
Bentley,  Alys  E.  J784.8  B44 

Song  primer;  teacher's  book.     1907.     Barnes. 

Simple  songs   for  little  children. 

Carpenter,  John,  &  Carpenter,  Rue.  qJ784.8  C22 

Improving  songs  for  anxious  children.     1907.     McClurg. 
The   improving  songs  are.   For   careless   children. — Stout. — The   liar. — Reproach. — 

Humility. — A   wicked   child. — Vanity. — Maria,   glutton. — Good   Ellen. — War. — Spring. — 

Lullaby. 

Music  and  colored  pictures. 

Famsworth,  Charles  Hubert,  comp.  M784.8  F24S 

Songs  for  schools,  with  accompaniments  written  by  H.  W.  Loomis 

and  B.  D.  Allen.     1906.    Macmillan. 

M784.8  HsSh 

Heart  songs  dear  to  the  American  people  and  by  them  contributed  in 

the  search  for  treasured  songs  initiated  by  the  National  magazine.    1909. 

Chappie. 

Words  and  music  of  nearly  400  popular  songs. 

Humperdinck,  Engelbert,  comp.  qJ784.8  H92 

Sang   und   klang    fiirs    kinderherz;    eine    sammlung    der    schonsten 
kinderlieder,  ausgewahlt  von  Victor   Bliithgen  u.   E.    H.  Strasburger, 
bilder  von  Paul  Hey.    2v.     1909-11. 
Johnson,  Clifton,  comp.  M784.8  J35S 

Songs  every  one  should  know;  200  favorite  songs  for  school  and 
home.     1908.    Amer.  Book  Co. 
Jones,  Mary  Best,  comp.  M784.8  J41S 

Songs  of  seasons.     1909.     Amer.  Book  Co. 

Words  and  music  of  familiar  songs,  arranged  for  a  school  text-book. 

McLaughlin,  James  Matthew,  &  Gilchrist,  W.  W.  qJ784.8  M19 

New  educational  music  course;  teachers'  edition  for  elementary 
grades,  including  a  collection  of  rote  songs,  voice-training  exercises, 
the  material  in  the  First  music  reader,  and  songs  from  famous  com- 
posers.   1904.    Ginn. 

Moorat,  Joseph  S.  qJ784.8  M87h 

Humpty  Dumpty,  &■  other  songs;  pictured  by  Paul  Woodroffe. 
[1906.]     Dodge  Pub.  Co. 

Songs  with  music.  Some  of  them  are.  There  was  a  jolly  miller. — The  king  of 
France. — Dapple  Grey. — Three  little  mice. — Four  &  twenty  tailors. — Hush-a-bye,  baby. 

[Music  collection;  songs  and  dance  music]    v.S.  qr784.8  M98 

For  V.  1-4  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 


1456  SONGS 

Neidlinger,  William  Harold.  J784-3  Nai 

Owl  and  the  woodchuck,  with  a  few  others;  a  song  story,  with  pic- 
tures by  Walter  Bobbett.     1901.    Rand. 

Mr  Owl's  song  and  the  woodchuck's  jolly  ballad  are  set  to  gay  little  tunes. 

Neidlinger,  William  Harold.  qM784.8  N21S 

Small  songs  for  small  singers.    1896.    Schirmer. 

r/k"  same qJ784.8  N21 

Petrauskas,  Mikas.  q784.8  P46 

Lietuviskos  dainos,  misriems  balsams.    [1908.] 
Riley,  Mrs  Alice  Gushing  (Donaldson),  &  Gaynor,  J784.8  R45P 

Mrs  J.  L.  (Smith). 

Playtime  songs  for  the  school  room.     191 1.    Sumniy. 

Includes  The  cucumber  boat. — The  discontented  duckling. — The  ginger-bread  man. 
— Little  green  frog. — My  dear  Jerushy. — Pussy  Willow. — The  slumber  boat. — A  tiny 
fish  I'd  like  to  be. — Yourself. 

Riley,  Mrs  Alice  Gushing  (Donaldson),  &  Gaynor,  qM 784.8  R45S 

Mrs  J.  L.  (Smith). 

Songs  of  the  child-world;  words  by  A.  G.  D.  Riley,  music  by  J.  L. 
Gaynor.    2v.     1897-1904.     Ghurch. 

The  satne.    2v qj  784.8  R45 

St.  Nicholas  songs.     1885.    Gentury.  qM784.8  S14S 

Over  100  songs  by  32  composers.     Words  from  "St.  Nicholas  magazine." 

Scholz,  Bernhard.  J784.8  S36 

Weihnachtsklange;  deutsche  weihnachtslieder,  tonsatz  von  Bernhard 

Scholz,  bildschmuck  von  Ernst  Liebermann. 

Terhune,  Mrs  Anice  Morris  (Stockton).  qJ784.8  T31 

A  Ghinese  child's  day;  words  &  music  by  Anice  Terhune,  pictures 

by  A.  R.  Wheelan.     [1910.]     Schirmer. 

Playing  the  samm-jim. — The  velly  good  dragon. — The  gift-flower. — Little  bat  kite. — 
The  bobbing  mandarin. — Feast  of  lanterns. — The  dream  junk,  and  other  new  songs  for 
children.     Colored  pictures  of  little  Chinese  boys  and  girls. 

Vincent,  Gharles  John,  ed.  qM784.8  V34f 

Fifty  Shakspere  songs,  for  high  voice.     1906.     Ditson. 


Singing.     Voice  culture 
Brennan,  Gharles  John.  *  784.9  B72 

Words  in  singing;  a  practical  guide  to  the  study  of  phonetics  and  its 
application  to  song.    1905.    Vincent.    (Music  text  books.) 
Curwen,  John.  784.9  C936 

Tonic  sol-fa.     [1878.]     (Novello,  Ewer  and  Go.'s  music  primers.) 
Fillebrown,  Thomas.  784.9  F48 

Resonance  in  singing  and  speaking.    191 1.    Ditson. 

"Books  consulted,"  p.86-88. 

Author,  who  is  (1911)  professor  of  operative  dentistry  and  oral  surgery  at  Harvard 
University,  treats  in  the  main  of  resonance,  but  also  discourses  soundly  on  registers, 
on  placing  the  voice,  on  throat  stiffness  and  its  remedies,  on  the  way  to  overcome  stage 
fright,  etc.  His  directions  for  deep  breathing  are,  perhaps,  the  most  lucid  and  valuable 
ever  printed;  they  are  important  not  only  to  students  of  singing,  but  to  all  who  wish  to 
enjoy  perfect  health.     Condensed  from  Nation,  1911. 


SINGING.    VOICE  CULTURE  1457 

Goldschmidt,  Hugo.  784-9  658 

Die    italienische    gesangsmethode    des    17.    jahrhunderts    und    ihre 

bedeutung  fiir  die  gegenwart.     1892.    Schlesische  buclidruckerei. 
"Quellen,"  p.7-11. 

Heinrich,  Max.        '  784.9  H42 

Correct  principles  of  classical  singing.     1910.     Lothrop. 

Contents:  General  remarks. — Choosing  a  teacher. — The  art  of  singing. — Oratorio 
singing  and  the  art  of  singing  "recitative:"  Illustrations  from  "The  Messiah." — Illustra- 
tions from  "Die  schone  miillerin." 

The  author,  an  artist  of  the  Wullner  type,  was  long  admired  as  one  of  the  best  of 
oratorio  and  lieder  singers.  He  discusses  diction,  the  art  of  coloring  tones,  the  meaning 
of  personality,  and  oratorio  singing,  with  special  reference  to  recitative.  The  last  hun- 
dred pages  of  his  valuable  little  book  are  devoted  to  excerpts  in  musical  type,  from  ora- 
torios and  songs,  with  hints  as  to  coloring,  phrasing,  diction  and  breathing. 

Henderson,  William  James.  784.9  H44 

Art  of  the  singer;   practical   hints  about   local   technics  and   style. 

1906.     Scribner. 

Author  is  (1906)  musical  critic  of  the  New  York  "Sun."     Intended  primarily  for 

music  teachers  and  students. 

Johnson,  Claude  Ellsworth.  784-9  J35 

Training  of  boys'  voices.     1906.    Ditson. 

"List  of  choir  music  for  boys'  and  men's  voices,"  p.42-56. 

"List  of  secular  music  suitable  for  boys'  voices,"  p.57-60. 

Author  is  (1906)  organist  and  choirmaster  in  the  Church  of  the  Holy  Cross,  New 
York  city  and  vocal  teacher  at  the  National  Conservatory.  In  addition  to  his  remarks 
on  voice  training  he  supplies  some  daily  exercises  for  the  voice  and  lists  of  choir  music. 

Jones,  Dora  Duty.  784.9  J39 

Technique  of  speech;  a  guide  to  the  study  of  diction  according  to 
the  principles  of  resonance.     1909.     Harper. 

Aims  to  supply  a  corrective  to  the  defects  of  the  American  voice.  Teaches  the  con- 
trol of  the  vocal  organs  and  gives  exercises  in  enunciation  and  articulation. 

King,  Samuel  Arthur.  784.9  K26 

Graduated  exercises  in  articulation.     1907.     Small. 

Exercises  designed  to  give  systematic  practice  in  the  individual  elements  of  speech 
and  to  cultivate  purity  and  nicety  of  articulation. 

Lamperti,  G.  B.  &  Heidrich,  Maximilian.  784.9  L19 

Technics  of  bel  canto;  tr.  from  the  German  by  Th[eodore]   Baker. 

1905.    Schirmer. 

Outline  of  an  Italian  method  of  teaching  singing,  tested  and  perfected  by  Lamperti's 
own  experience  and  exemplified  in  his  famous  pupil,  Marcella  Sembrich. 

Mackinlay,  Malcolm  Sterling.  784.9  Mi84 

The  singing  voice  and  its  training.     1910.     Routledge. 
Author  was  a  student  of  Manuel  Garcia,  one  of  the  greatest  vocal  teachers  of  the 

last  century.     Distinguished  from  other  books  of  its  kind  by  the  attention  paid  to  the 

need  of  expression. 

Miller,  Frank  Ebenezer.  784.9  M692 

The  voice;  its  production,  care  and  preservation,  with  a  note  by 

Gustav  Kobbe.    1910.    Schirmer. 

Author  is    (19 10)    a   leading   New   York  specialist   for   throat,    nose   and   ear,    and 

numbers  many  singers  among  his  patients. 


I4S8  SINGING.    VOICE  CULTURE 

Mills,  Thomas  Wesley.  784.9  M69 

Voice  production  in  singing  and  speaking  based  on  scientific  prin- 
ciples.    1906.     Lippincott. 

"It  is  the  product  of  one  who,  by  the  testimony  his  pages  bear,  is  thoroughly  and 

equally  versed   in   anatomy   and  music ...  While  the   greater   part   of  this   commendable 

volume  is  devoted  to  questions  of  vocal  physiology  and  hygiene,  the  artistic  side  is  by 
no  means  neglected."     Nation,  1906. 

Myer,  Edmund  John.  784-9  Mggr 

Renaissance  of  the  vocal  art;  a  practical  study  of  vitality,  vitalized 

energy,  of  the  physical,  mental  and  emotional  powers  of  the  singer, 

through  flexible,  elastic  bodily  movements.    1902.    Boston  Music  Co. 

Richardson,  Alfred  Madeley.  784.9  R41 

Choir  training  based  on  voice  production.    [1899.]    Vincent.    (Music 

text  books.) 

Brief  directions  for  the  formation  and  training  of  boy  choirs. 

[Sawyer,  Frank  Joseph.]  784.9  S27 

Manual  of  sight-singing;  authorised  text  book  for  the  examinations 
of  the  Incorporated  Staff-sight-singing  College.  2v.  1899.  Vincent. 
(Music  text  books.) 

V.I.     Primary  grade. 
V.3.     Intermediate  grade. 

Simmons,  Robert.  784.9  S59 

Practical  points  for  choral  singers;  written  specially  for  the  use  of 
the  "Sine  Nomine"  prize  choir,  Bristol.  1906.  Vincent.  (Music  text 
books.) 

Collects  and  arranges  methodically  instructions  which  conductors  usually  give  to 
their  choirs  at  rehearsal. 

Taylor,  David  Clark.  784.9  T25 

The  psychology  of  singing;  a  rational  method  of  voice  culture  based 
on  a  scientific  analysis  of  all  systems,  ancient  and  modern.  1908.  Mac- 
millan. 

"Bibliography,"  p.369-371. 

"Purpose  is  to  demonstrate  the  falsity  of  the  idea  of  mechanical  vocal  manage- 
ment and  to  prove  the  scientific  soundness  of  instruction  by  imitation ...  instruction 
based  on  the  training  of  the  ear  and  the  musical  education  of  the  singer."     Preface. 

785     Orchestral  music 

Boston  Symphony  Orchestra.  r785  B64 

Programme  of  the  rehearsal  and  concert  (2d-3d,  6th,  20th,  22d), 
with  historical  and  descriptive  notes  by  Philip  Hale,  1882/83-83/84, 
1886/87,  1900/01,  1902/03.     [1882-1903.] 

George  Henschel,  conductor,  1881-84. 

Wilhelm  Gericke,  conductor,  1884-89,  1898-1905. 

Many  programs  for  1882/83-83/84,  1886/87  are  wanting. 

For  later  volumes  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Chicago,  Theodore  Thomas  Orchestra.  r785  C43 

Program  (loth  season-date),  1900-date. 
Cincinnati  Symphony  Orchestra.  r785  C48 

Symphony  concerts,  program  (I4th-I5th  season),  1909/10-1910/11. 
i909-[u]. 


ORCHESTRAL  MUSIC.     PIANO  1459 

Coerne,  Louis  Adolphe.  785  C65 

Evolution  of  modern  orchestration.     1908.    Macmillan. 
"Appendix  of  musical  illustrations,"  p.  189— 276. 
Reviews  development  of  orchestration  and  of  musical  instruments,  and  the  work  of 

the  classic  and  romantic  composers. 

Pittsburgh  Symphony  Orchestra.  V7^S  P674P 

[Program  of  the  afternoon  and  evening  concerts,  with  descriptive 
remarks  by  C.  N.  Boyd,  Nov.  iith-Dec.  17th,  1910.     1910.]     Pittsburgh. 
Orchestra  conducted  by  Carl  Bernthaler. 

Pittsburgh  Symphony  Orchestra.  r785  P674 

Prospectus;  season  1910-11.     [1910.]     Pittsburgh. 
Orchestra  conducted  by  Carl  Bernthaler. 
Vincent,  Charles  John.  785  V34b 

The  brass  band  and  how  to  write  for  it.    1908.    Vincent. 

Gives  leading  characteristics  and  compass  of  the  instruments  in  ordinary  use,  with 
chapters  on  arrangement,  balance  of  tone  and  transposition.     Illustrated. 

Vincent,  Charles  John.  785  V34 

Scoring  for  an  orchestra.     1897.    Vincent.     (Music  text  books.) 

Brief  papers  for  young  musicians,  giving  elementary  information  on  orchestral  in- 
struments, with  some  hints  and  recommendations  as  to  their  combinations  and  effects. 

Gilman,  Lawrence.  785.1  G42 

Stories  of  symphonic  music;  a  guide  to  the  meaning  of  important 

symphonies,  overtures  and  tone-poems  from  Beethoven  to  the  present 

day.     1907.     Harper. 

The  design  of  this  book  is  to  offer  in  compact  and  accessible  form  such  information 

as  will  enable  the  concert-goer  to  prepare  himself,  in  advance,  to  listen  comprehcndingly 

to  those  symphonic  works  of  a  suggestive  or  illustrative  nature  which  are  part  of  the 

standard  orchestral  repertoire.     Condensed  from  preface. 

Weingartner,  Paul  Felix,  edler  von  Munsberg.  785.1  W45a 

The  symphony  since  Beethoven;  from  the  German  by  Arthur  Bles. 
1906. 

Author  is  (1905)  conductor  of  the  royal  symphony  concerts,  Berlin,  and  of  the 
Kaim  Orchestra,  Munich.  The  composers  dealt  with  are  Beethoven,  Haydn,  Schubert, 
Mendelssohn,  Schumann,  Brahms,  Bruckner,  Tschaikowsky,  Berlioz,  Liszt,  Strauss  and 
Mahler. 

Niecks,  Frederick.  785.4  N33 

Programme  music  in  the  last  four  centuries;  a  contribution  to  the 
history  of  musical  expression.     [1906.]     Novello. 

"A  veritable  cyclopaedia  of  information  on  programme  music,  and  full  of  valuable 
comments  and  criticisms."     Athenceum,  1907. 

786     Piano 
General  w^orks 

New  York  (city),  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art.  qr786  N26 

Crosby  Brown  collection  of  musical  instruments  of  all  nations; 
catalogue  of  keyboard  instruments.     1903. 

Krehbiel,  Henry  Edward.  786.1  K41 

The  pianoforte  and  its  music.     191 1.     Scribner. 

Contents :     The  instrument. — The  composers. — The  players. 

Study  of  the  origin  and  development  of  the  pianoforte,  the  music  composed  for  it 
and  the  performers  who  have  interpreted  it. 


i46o  PIANO 

Weitxmann,  Carl  Friedrich.  786.1  W47 

History  of  pianoforte-playing  and  pianoforte-literature,  with  musi- 
cal appendices  and  a  supplement  containing  the  history  of  the  piano- 
forte according  to  the  latest  researches;  with  a  biographical  sketch  of 
the  author  and  notes  by  Otto  Lessmann;  from  the  2d  augmented  and 
revised  German  edition  by  Th.  Baker.     1893.    Schirmer. 

KobW,  Gustav.  786.12  K35 

The  pianolist;  a  guide  for  pianola  players.    1907.    Moffat. 

White,  William  Braid.  786.12  W63 

The  player-pianist;  a  guide  to  the  appreciation  and  interpretation  of 

music  through  the  medium  of  the  player-piano.     1910.    Bill. 

".\  few  suggestion.s  for  the  player-pianist's  library,"  p.139-142. 

Fischer,  Jerry  Cree.  786.3  F52 

Piano  tuning,  regulating  and  repairing;  a  complete  course  of  self- 
instruction  in  the  tuning  of  pianos  and  organs  for  the  professional  or 
amateur.    1907.    Presser. 

Hasluck,  Paul  Nooncree,  ed.  786.2  H33 

Pianos;  their  construction,  tuning  and  repair.     1905-     Cassell. 
Brief,   comprehensive   digest   of   information    which    has    appeared   in    "Work,"    an 
English  journal  for  mechanics.     Illustrated. 

White,  William  Braid.  786.2  W63 

Theory  and  practice  of  pianoforte  building.     1906.     Bill. 

Ehrenfechtcr,  C.  A.  786.3  E38t 

Technical  study  in  the  art  of  pianoforte-playing  (Deppe's  principles), 

with  numerous  illustrations.     [1891.]     Reeves. 

Gittings,  Joseph  Henry.  786.3  G45 

A  new  musical  truth.     191 1.    Privately  printed.     Pittsburgh. 
The  same 1786.3  G45 

Explanation  of  a  theory  of  piano  technique  which  the  author  believes  will  be  of  great 
value  to  students. 

Hamilton,  Clarence  Grant.  786.3  H19 

Piano  teaching;  its  principles  and  problems.    1910.    Ditson. 

"List  of  books  mentioned  in  the  text,"  p.163-165. 

Its  171  pages  are  crammed  with  information  which  every  teacher  and  pianist  needs. 
While  some  of  it  is  elementary,  telling  teachers  how  to  get  and  keep  pupils,  what  to 
charge,  how  to  stimulate  their  interest,  etc.,  it  soon  soars  into  higher  regions.  Technique 
is  not  ignored,  but  more  attention  is  paid  to  expression;  and  herein  lies  the  unique  value 
of  this  little  treatise.     Condensed  from  Nation,  1911. 

Hofmann,  Josef.  786.3  H68 

Piano  playing;  a  little  book  of  simple  suggestions.    1908.    McClure. 

Contents:  The  piano  and  its  player. — General  rules. — Correct  touch  and  technic. — 
The  use  of  the  pedal. — Playing  "in  style." — How  Rubinstein  taught  me  to  play. 

Hofmann,  Josef.  786.3  H68p 

Piano  questions  answered  by  Josef  Hofmann;  a  little  book  of  direct 

answers  to  250  questions  asked  by  piano  students.     1909.     Doubleday. 

Appeared  in  the  "Ladies'  home  journal,"  v. 26,  Jan. -Nov.  1909. 

Contains  some  necessarily  unsatisfactory  answers  to  vague  or  foolish  questions,  but 
there  are  many  useful  specific  statements  on  matters  of  technique  and  interpretation  and 
some  sound  general  advice.  The  material  is  classified  and  made  accessible  by  marginal 
notes  and  two  indexes. 


PIANO  1461 

Johns,  Clayton.  q786.3  J35 

Essentials  of  pianoforte  playing;  a  practical  system  of  mind  and 
finger  training.     1909.     Ditson. 

"Convenient  summary,  in  84  pages,  of  the  things  a  student  of  the  piano  and  its 
literature  most  needs  to  know.  It  is  not  intended  for  beginners,  but  for  those  who 
have  already  acquired  facility  in  reading  easy  music;  and  there  is  much,  too,  that  will 
help  teachers  who  have  not  the  opportunity  to  keep  in  touch  with  the  latest  develop- 
ments in  musical  pedagogy... A  number  of  famous  short  pieces  by  Clementi,  Bach, 
Schumann,  Chopin,  and  other  masters  are  printed,  with  analyses  and  directions  for 
their  correct  rendering."     Nation,  1909. 

KuUak,  Adolf.  786.3  K435 

/Esthetics  of  pianoforte-playing;  tr.  by  Th.  Baker  from  the  German. 
1893.    Schirmer. 

Author  (1823-62)  was  a  German  music  teacher. 

"A  most  admirable  book,  suggestive  alike  to  pianist,  critic,  or  mere  lover  of  the 
art."     Sturgis  and  Krehbiel's  Annotated  bibliography  of  fine  art. 

Lebert,  Sigismund,  &  Stark,  Ludwig.  qr786.3  L46 

Grand  theoretical  and  practical  piano-school,    pt.i. 

For  pt.2  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

Mathews,  William  Smith  Babcock.  q786.3  M47S 

School  of  the  piano  pedal;  explanations  of  the  best  usage,  fully  illus- 
trated by  numerous  selections  and  original  studies.     1906.     Ditson. 

Siegel-Myers  Correspondence  School  of  Music.  ^786.3  S57 

Course  of  100  correspondence  piano  lessons  and  examination  papers, 
no.i-ioo,  by  W.  H.  Sherwood.     3v.     1906-08. 
v. I.     Lesson  1  to  26. 
v.2.     Lesson  27  to  50. 
V.3.     Lesson  51  to  100. 

Steinhausen,  Friedrich  Adolf.  786.3  S82 

tlber  die  physiologischen  fehler  und  die  umgestaltung  der  klavier- 
technik.     1905. 

Perry,  Edward  Baxter.  786.4  P44 

Descriptive  analyses  of  piano  works,  for  the  use  of  teachers,  players 
and  music  clubs.     1906.    Presser. 

Interpretations  of  some  well-known  compositions,  especially  works  of  Beethoven, 
Weber,  Chopin,  Liszt  and  Grieg.     Describes  their  poetic  and  emotional  significance. 


Scores 

Bach,  Johann  Sebastian.  qM786.4  Bi2f 

The  48  fugues  for  the  wohltemperirte  klavier  in  score  with  proper 
clefs;  ed.  by  Charles  Vincent.    2v.     1891.    Vincent.     (Students  edition.) 

Beethoven,  Ludwig  van.  qM786.4  B38V 

Variationen  fiir  das  pianoforte. 
Berr,  Jules,  pub.  qr786.4  B45 

Album  of  music  for  the  piano;  vocal  and  instrumental. 
Berr,  Jules,  pub.  qr786.4  B45I 

Latest  Jules  Berr  album  of  music;  40  new  pieces,  vocal  and  instru- 
mental.    1878. 


1463  PIANO 

Chopin,  Frederic  Frangois.  qM786,4  C45b 

Ballades  pour  piano  [no.1-4];  revues  et  doigtees  par  Louis  Kohler. 
Contents:    Op. 23,  G  moll. — Op.38,  F  dur. — Op.47,  AS  dur. — Op.52,  F  moll. 

Chopin,  Frederic  Frangois.  qM786,4  C45g 

The  greater  Chopin  [piano  compositions] ;  ed.  by  James  Huneker. 

1908.     Ditson.     (Musicians  library.) 
"Bibliography  [selected],"  p.  15. 
Scores  of  28  compositions  which  in  the  opinion  of  the  editor  constitute  Chopin's 

greatest  works.     Brief  critical  introduction. 

Chopin,  Frederic  Frangois.  qM786.4  C45S 

Studies;  revised  and  fingered  by  Carl  Mikuli,  with  preface  tr.  by 

Theo.  Baker.     1894.     (Complete  works  for  the  pianoforte.) 

The  same qM786.4  C45C  v.3 

Bound  in  his  "Complete  works  for  the  piano-forte,"  v.3. 

Esposito,  Michele,  ed.  qM786.4  £830 

Early   Italian  piano  music;   a  collection   of  pieces   written   for  the 

harpsichord  and  clavichord.     1906.    Ditson. 

Includes   compositions   of   Domenico    and   Alessandro    Scarlatti,    Frescobaldi,    Rossi 

and  others. 

Grieg,  Edvard.  qM786.4  G89P 

Piano  lyrics  and  shorter  compositions;  ed.  by  B.  F.  Tapper,  with 
a  preface  by  Samuel  Swift.    [1910.]     Ditson.     (Musicians  library.) 

Contents:  Piano  pieces,  op.i. — Poetic  tone  pictures,  op.3. — Lyric  pieces,  book  1, 
op. 1 2. — Four  album  leaves,  op.28. — Improvisations,  op.29. — Lyric  pieces,  book  2,  op.38. — 
Six  songs,  op.41. — Lyric  pieces,  book  3,  op.43. — Peer  Gynt  suite  no.i,  op.46. — Lyric 
pieces,  book  4,  op.47. 

"Bibliography,"  p.  17. 

Haydn,  Franz  Joseph.  qM786.4  H37t 

Twenty    piano    compositions;    ed.    by    Xaver    Scharwenka.      1907. 

Ditson. 

"Bibliography,"  p.  15. 

Herbert,  Victor,  and  others,  ed.  qM786.4  H46 

The  world's  best  music.  8v.  1906.  University  Soc.  (Philharmonic 
edition.) 

V.  1-5.     Famous  compositions  for  the  piano. 

v.6-8.     Famous  songs. 

V.5  contains  index  for  v.  t-s;  v. 8  contains  index  for  v.6-8. 

International  Publishing  Co.  Chicago.  qr786.4  I24 

New  album  of  music;  41  new  pieces  for  piano,  vocal  &  instrumental. 

Schubert,  Franz  Peter.  qM786.4  S38S 

Schubert-album;  sammlung  beliebter  stiicke  fiir  pianoforte  solo. 
Peters. 

Burchenal,  Elizabeth,  &  Crampton,  C.  W.  comp.  qM786.45  BSgf 

Folk-dance  music;  a  collection  of  characteristic  dances  of  the  people 

of  various  nations,   adapted   for  use   in   schools  and   playgrounds   for 

physical  education  and  play.     1908.     Schirmer. 

Mainly  from  Norwegian,  Swedish  and  Danish  collections.     No  text 


ORGAN  1463 

786.6     Organ 

Clarke,  William  Horatio.  qr786.6  C53V 

Valuable  organ  information  for  clergymen,  church  officers,  organ- 
ists and  architects  concerning  the  installing  of  new  organs  built  on 
modern  progressive  methods  of  construction.  Clarke.  (Organ  litera- 
ture series.) 

Wedgfwood,  James  Ingall.  786.6  W41 

Comprehensive  dictionary  of  organ  stops,  English  and  foreign, 
ancient  and  modern;  practical,  theoretical,  historical,  aesthetic,  etymo- 
logical, phonetic,  with  a  foreword  by  Francis  Burgess.  1907.  Vincent. 
(Music  text  books.) 

"Bibliography,"  p.  13-15. 

Wicks,  Mark.  786.6  W67 

Organ  building  for  amateurs;  a  practical  guide  for  home-workers 
containing  specifications,  designs  and  full  instructions  for  making  every 
portion  of  the  instrument.     [1887.]    Ward. 

Page,  Arthur  James.  786.7  P14 

On  organ  playing;  "hints  to  young  organists,"  with  complete  method 
for  pedal  scales  and  arpeggios.     1899.    Vincent.     (Music  text  books.)  . 

Brief  guide  for  beginners,  relating  especially  to  church  music. 

Carnegie  Library  of  Pittsburgh — Music  hall.  r786.8  C210 

loooth  free  organ  recital,  Carnegie  music  hall,  Nov.  13th,  1909.  1909. 
"List  of  compositions  played  at  1000  free  recitals  in  Carnegie  music  hall,  Pittsburgh, 

from  Nov.  6,  1895  to  Nov.  13,  1909,"  P.7-8S. 

Carnegie  Library  of  Pittsburgh — Music  hall.  r786.8  C21S 

Souvenir  program  of  the  free  organ  recital  (looth,  200th),  by 
Frederic  Archer,  Jan.  16,  1897,  April  9,  1898.     1897-98.     Pittsburgh. 

Pearce,  Charles  William.  786.8  P34 

Mendelssohn's  organ  sonatas  technically  and  critically  discussed. 
Vincent.    (Music  text  books.) 

Pearce,  Charles  William.  786.87  P34 

Organist's  directory  to  the  accompaniment  of  divine  service,  with  a 

full  list  of  voluntaries  appropriate  to  every  Sunday  and  holy  day  in  the 

Christian  year.    Vincent.    (Music  text  books.) 

Sequel  to  author's  "Organ  accompaniment  to  the  Psalms"  (783.1  P34).     For  young 

organists  who  are  more  or  less  unfamiliar  with  the  demands  of  the  Episcopal  service. 


787     Orchestral  instruments 

Mason,  Daniel  Gregory.  787  M44 

Orchestral  instruments  and  what  they  do;  a  primer  for  concerl- 
goers.    1909.    Baker. 

Object  is  to  assist  the  concert-goer  in  recognizing  the  various  orchestral  instruments, 
both  by  sight  and  by  hearing,  and  to  heighten  his  perception  of  the  beauties  of  or- 
chestral coloring. 


1464  ORCHESTRAL  INSTRUMENTS 

Stringed  instruments 

Lyon  &  Healy,  Chicago,  pub.  VJ^J-^  L99 

Hawley  collection  of  violins,  with  a  history  of  their  makers  and  a 

brief  review  of  the  evolution  and  decline  of  the  art  of  violin-making  in 

Italy.  1 540-1800.    1904. 

Twelve  examples  of  the  work  of  Stradivari,  Guarnieri.  Amati  and  other  great  violin 

makers.     Contains  table  of  measurements  and  numerous  illustrations  in  color. 

Sandjrs,  William,  &  Forster,  S.  A.  787-1  S21 

History  of  the  violin  and  other  instruments  played  on  with  the  bow. 

from  the  remotest  times  to  the  present  [1864],  also  an  account  of  the 

principal  makers,  English  and  foreign.    1864.    Smith. 

Does  not  go  deeply  into  technicalities.     Illustrations  of  early  violins  are  given. 

Stoeving,  Paul.  787.1  S87a 

Art  of  violin-bowing;  a  theoretical  and  practical  manual  for  students 

and  an   aid  to  the  work  of  professional  teachers.     [1904.]     Vincent. 

(Music  text  books.) 

Winner,  Septimus.  q787.i  W78 

Eureka  method  for  the  violin.     1891.     Ditson. 

Racster,  Olga.  787.3  R12 

Chats  on  violoncellos.     [1908.]     Lippincott. 

On  violoncellos,  their  players  and  their  makers.     Illustrated. 

Winner,  Septimus.  q787.6  W78 

Eureka  method  for  the  gniitar.     1891.     Ditson. 
Winner,  Septimus.  q787.6  W78e 

Eureka  method  for  the  mandolin.    1891.    Ditson. 
Winner,  Septimus.  q787.7  W78 

Eureka  method  for  the  banjo.    1892.    Ditson. 
Winner,  Septimus.  q787.8  W78 

Eureka  method  for  the  zither.     1894.    Ditson. 

788     Wind  instruments 

Boehm,  Theobald.  788.5  B58 

The    flute    and    flute-playing    in    acoustical,    technical    and    artistic 
aspects;  tr.  and  annotated  by  D.  C.  Miller.     1908.     Privately  printed. 
Stark,  Robert.  qr788.6  S79 

Great  theoretical  and  practical  methods  for  the  clarinet,  from  the 
first  rudiments  up  to  artistic  finish,  together  with  directions  for  learn- 
ing the  basset-horn  and  bass-clarinet  [German  and  English  text]. 
Op-49,  51.    1892-1900. 

789.5     Bells 

Lulds,  William  Collings.  789.5  L97 

Account  of  church  bells,  with  some  notices  of  Wiltshire  bells  and 
bell-founders;  a  copious  list  of  founders,  a  comparative  scale  of  tenor 
bells  and  inscriptions  from  neariy  500  parishes  in  various  parts  of  the 
kingdom.     1857.    Parker 

Illustrated. 


AMUSEMENTS  1465 


Raven,  John  James.  789.5  R23 

Bells  of  England.    1906.    Methuen. 

Chronological,    historical    and   descriptive   account    with    chapters    also    on    ringing, 
legends,  poetry,  law  and  usages,  etc.     Both  readable  and  scholarly.     Illustrated. 

Wzdters,  Henry  Beauchamp.  789.5  W19 

Church  bells.     [1908.]     Mowbray.     (Arts  of  the  church.) 
Contents:     Early    history   and   methods   of   casting. — The   English    bell-founders. — 
Big   bells,   carillons    and   chimes,    campaniles. — Change-ringing. — Uses    and    customs    of 
bells. — The  decoration  of  bells  and  their  inscriptions. — The  care  of  bells. 


790     Amusements 

Adams,  Joseph  Henry,  ed.  790  A21 

Harper's  outdoor  book  for  boys.     1907.     Harper. 
The  same J790  A21 

Tells  how  to  make  wigwams,  aquariums,  merry-go-rounds,  pet  shelters,  summer- 
houses  and  pergolas,  weather-vanes  and  windmills,  aerial  toys,  coasters,  skees  and  snow- 
shoes,  kites  and  aeroplanes,  fishing-tackle,  land-yachts,  fire-engines,  water-wheels,  boats, 
rafts,  etc.     Contains  also  directions  about  camping  and  trapping. 

Angell,  Emmett  Dunn.  790  A58 

Play;  comprising  games  for  the  kindergarten,  playground,  school- 
room and  college;  how  to  coach  and  play  basket-ball,  etc.     1910.    Little. 

Contents:  The  value  of  play. — The  relation  of  play  to  gymnastics. — Public  play- 
grounds.— The  equipment  of  the  playground. — The  director  of  the  playground. — The 
classification  of  games. — How  to  teach  games. — Ball  games. — ^Jump  the  shot  (catching 
fish). — Tag  games. — Racing  games. — Miscellaneous  games. — Individual  games. — School- 
room games. — Games  in  the  water. — Basket-ball  for  women. 

Bancroft,  Jessie  Hubbell.  790  B22 

Games  for  the  playground,  home,  school  and  gymnasium.  1909. 
Macmillan. 

Contents:  Introduction. — To  the  teacher  of  games. — Counting-out,  choosing  sides, 
who's  "it?" — Miscellaneous  active  games. — Quiet  games. — Feats  and  forfeits. — Singing 
games. — Balls  and  bean  bags. — Indexes:  Games  for  elementary  schools,  first  to  eighth 
years. — Games  for  high  schools. — Games  for  playgrounds,  gymnasiums  and  large  num- 
bers.— Games  for  boys'  and  girls'  summer  camps. — House-party  and  country-club  games. 
— Games  for  children's  parties. — Seashore  games. 

Author  is  (1910)  assistant  director  of  physical  training  in  the  public  schools  of  New 
York-city.  The  games  have  been  collected  from  many  countries  and  sources  and  much 
of  the  material  has  been  gathered  from  original  research  among  the  foreign  population 
of  New  York  city.     Excellent  indexes  make  the  material  easily  available. 

Bartlett,  George  Bradford.  790  B27 

New   games   for   parlor  and   lawn,   with   a   few   old   friends    in   new 

dress.     1882.     Harper. 

Mostly  indoor  games  of  the  guessing  variety,  with  a  few  pantomimes,  tableaux  and 

tricks.     Small  space  is  given  to  outdoor  games. 

Beard,  Daniel  Carter.  790  B34 

Field  and  forest  handy  book;  new  ideas  for  out  of  doors.  1906. 
Scribner. 

The  same J790  B34 

Describes  a  large  variety  of  outdoor  recreations — camping  and  the  sports  connected 

with  it,  the  making  of  log-houses,  boats,  kites,  toboggans,  bob-sleds,   hunters'   clothes, 

moccasins,  etc. 


1466  AMUSEMENTS 


Beard,  Lina,  &  Beard,  A.  B.  790  B343a 

American  girls'  handy-book.     1898.    Scribner. 

Gives  directions  for  the  observance  of  holidays,  the  giving  of  parties  and  picnics, 
for  games,  for  work  both  useful  and  ornamental. 

Same  as  their  "How  to  amuse  yourself  and  others." 

Beard,  Lina,  &  Beard,  A.  B.  790  B343i 

Indoor    and    outdoor    handicraft   and    recreation    for    girls.      1904. 

Scribner. 

The  same J790  6343! 

Partial  contents:  Spinning. — Weaving  on  a  home-made  loom. — Things  to  make  of 
common  grasses. — Modelling  in  tissue-paper. — A  new  race  of  dolls. — A  toy  colonial  kit- 
chen.— Little  paper  houses  of  Japan. — May  day  amusements. — Hallowe'en  revels. — How 
to  arrange  fresh  flowers. — Keeping  store. — A  straw  ride  picnic. 

Beard,  Lina,  &  Beard,  A.  B.  790  B343 

Things  worth  doing  and  how  to  do  them.    1906.    Scribner. 

The  same J790  6343! 

Amusements  and  occupations  for  children,  especially  for  girls.  Describes  a  variety 
of  parties,  shows  and  entertainments,  as  well  as  things  to  make  for  home  and  fairs. 

Benson,  J.  K.  ed.  790  B44 

Book  of  sports  &  pastimes,  home  pets,  hobbies  and  many  other  in- 
teresting recreations  for  young  people.    1907.    Pearson. 

"Here  one  may  learn  how  to  play  football,  bridge,  bowls,  polo,  and  various  card 
games;  how  to  conjure,  to  fence,  to  keep  dogs  and  birds,  to  make  yachts,  and  to  use  a 
motor-cycle.  In  short,  nothing  is  wanting  to  make  the  volume  a  worthy  vade-mecum 
for  the  school-boy  of  variable  tastes."    Athenaum,  igo6. 

Bond,  Alexander  Russell.  790  B62 

Scientific  American  boy;  or,  The  camp  at  Willow  Clump   island. 

1906.    Munn. 

The  same J7go  B6a 

Simple  directions  for  making  all  sorts  of  things,  such  as  skate  sails,  snow-shoes, 
tents,  ice-boats,  canvas  canoes,  log  cabins,  windmills,  kites  and  tramping  outfits.  There 
U  also  a  chapter  on  wigwagging  and  heliog^aphing. 

[Clarke,  William,  1800-38.]  r79o  C53 

Boy's  own  book;  a  complete  encyclopedia  of  all  the  diversions,  ath- 
letic, scientific  and  recreative,  of  boyhood  and  youth.     1838.     Vizetelly. 

Davis,  Michael  Marks.  790  Dsa 

Exploitation  of  pleasure;  a  study  of  commercial  recreations  in  New 
York  city.  [1910?]  Child  hygiene  department.  (Russell  Sage  founda- 
tion.) 

Study  of  indoor  recreations  in  New  York  city  which  are  conducted  for  profit.  The 
list  includes  candy  shops,  ice-cream  parlors,  penny  arcades,  dancing  academies  and  dance 
halls,  commercial  meeting  halls,  theatres  and  moving-picture  shows. 

Glover,  Ellye  Howell.  790  G51 

"Dame  Curtsey's"  book  of  novel  entertainments  for  every  day  in  the 
year.    1907.    McClurg. 

Suggestions  for  holiday  and  birthday  parties,  entertainments  for  church  and  club, 
engagement  announcements,  showers,  weddings,  wedding  anniversaries,  etc. 

Grey,  Maria.  790  G88 

Two  hundred  indoor  and  outdoor  gymnastic  games.    Freidenker. 


AMUSEMENTS  1467 


Gulick,  Luther  Halsey.  790  G96 

Popular  recreation  and  public  morality.  Playground  Assoc,  of 
America. 

V.34,  no.i,  July  1909,  of  the  "Annals  of  the  American  Academy  of  Political  and 
Social  Science." 

The  same.     1909.     (In   American  Academy  of  Political  and   Social 

Science.     Annals,  v.34.) r3o6  A51  v.34 

Hofer,  Mari  Ruef,  comp.  790  H67 

Children's  singing  games,  old  and  new,  for  vacation  schools,  play- 
grounds, schoolyards,  kindergartens  and  primary  grades.  1901.  Flana- 
gan. 

These  games  are  not  meant  for  show  purposes  but  for  real  play  under  natural  play 
conditions. 

Johnson,  George  Ellsworth.  790  J36 

Games  every  boy  and  girl  should  know.     [1909.] 
Reprinted  from  the  "American  physical  education  review,"  Feb.   1909. 

Newell,  William  Wells,  ed.  790  N27 

Games  and  songs  of  American  children.     1903.     Harper. 

"Collections  of  children's  games,"  p.267-269. 

A  collection,  with  history,  of  the  games  of  the  children  of  America,  and  a  compari- 
son with  those  of  other  countries. 

Paret,  Anna  Parmly,  ed.  J790  P23 

Harper's  handy-book  for  girls.     1910.     Harper. 

Contents:  The  home. — Arts  and  crafts. — Needlework  and  millinery. — Gifts. — Out- 
of-doors. — Amusements  and  miscellany. 

Parsons,  Belle  Ragnar.  790  P26 

Plays   and   games   indoors   and   out;   rhythmic  activities   correlated 

with  the  studies  of  the  school  curriculum;  ed.  by  Mrs  A.  L.  Sandford. 

1909.    Pitman. 

These  rhythmic  exercises  are  intended  for  use  among  the  youngest  children,  in 
illustration  of  the  seasons,  elements,  plant  and  animal  life,  and  the  industrial  and  social 
life  of  man. 

Pittsburgh  Playground  Association.  r790  P67 

Selected  list  of  games  for  the  Pittsburgh  playgrounds  and  vacation 
schools. 
Rosciszewski,  Mieczyslaw.  790  R71 

Figlarz  salonowy.     1900. 

Contents:     Figle  z  przedmiotow  podr^cznych. — Figle  matematyczne  i  pamieciowe. — 
Sztuki  magiczne  z  objasnieniami. — Figle  ucieszne. — Zajecia  wakacyjne. 
Parlor  magic. 

Thornwood,  Frederick  Adair.  790  T41 

Book  of  home  games  and  evening  entertainments.    Simpkin. 
United  States — Indian  bureau.  790  U25 

Social  plays,  games,  marches,  old  folk  dances  and  rhythmic  move- 
ments, for  use  in  Indian  schools.     191 1. 
Walker,  Margaret  Coulson.  J790  W17 

Lady  Hollyhock  and  her  friends;  a  book  of  nature  dolls  and  others; 
drawings  by  M.  I.  Hunt.     1906.    Baker. 

Partial  contents:  Radish  babies. — Poppy  maids. — Creatures  of  clay. — The  corn  husk 
lady. — Paper  dolls. — The  gjingerbread  maid. — Tissue-paper  ladies. 

Shows  how  to  make  dolls  and  animals  out  of  such  things  as  hollyhocks,  cucumbers 
and  pansies.     Colored  pictures. 


1468  AMUSEMENTS 


Walker,  Margaret  Coulson.  J790  Wi7t 

Tales  come  true  and  tales  made  new;  drawings  by  Louise  Orwig. 
1910.    Baker. 

Shows  bow,  from  acorns,  nuts,  apples,  peas,  tooth-picks  and  other  simple  materials, 
children  may  make  story-book  heroes  and  heroines — little  Red  Ridinghood,  Peter  Pump- 
kin Eater,  Jack  and  Jill,  Hiawatha,  Robinson  Crusoe,  Friday,  Humpty  Dumpty,  the  pied 
piper  of  Hamelin,  and  many  others. 

Pictures  and  verses. 

Wells,  Carolyn.  790  W49P 

Pleasant  day  diversions.     1909.     Moffat. 

Describes  some  new  games  and  tells  how  to  make  simple  gifts,  candies,  a  doll'd 
house,  etc.     Includes  two  musical  farces  and  a  monologue. 

Wells,  Carolyn.  790  W49 

Rainy  day  diversions.    1907.    Moffat. 

Contents:    Uncle  Bob's  astonishing  tricks. — Holiday  amusements. — Children's  plays. 

Contains  a  large  variety  of  tricks  with  cards  and  dominoes,  mathematical  puzzles, 
entertainments  for  holidays,  and  two  children's  plays. 

Yale,  Mrs  Elsie  Duncan.  790  Y13 

When  mother  lets  us  give  a  party;  a  book  that  tells  little  folk  how 

best  to  entertain  and  amuse  their  little  friends.     1909.     Moffat. 

The  same J790  Y13 


791     Public  entertainments 

Hartt,  Rollin  Lynde.  791  H33 

The  people  at  play;  excursions  in  the  humor  and  philosophy  of  pop- 
ular amusements.    1909.    Houghton. 

Contents:  The  home  of  burlesque. — The  amusement  park. — The  dime  museum. — 
The  world  in  motion. — Melodrama. — Society. — The  muses  in  the  back  street. — The  na- 
tional game. 

The  greater  number  of  these  chapters  appeared  in  the  "Atlantic  monthly,"  v.99-103. 
May  1907-April  1909 

Illustrated  by  the  author. 

Marcosson,  Isaac  Frederick.  791  M37 

Autobiography  of  a  clown,  as  told  to  I.  F.  Marcosson.    1910.    Moffat. 
Depicts  the  training  as  well  as  the  traditions  and  aspirations  of  a  man  who  has  high 
ideals  in  "clowning." 

Theatre 
Albright,  Victor  Emanuel.  793  A34 

The  Shaksperian  stage.     1909.    Columbia  University. 

"Elaborate  argument  which  establishes  convincingly  the  theory  that  the  platform- 
stage  of  the  Elizabethan  drama  was  a  natural  development  of  that  of  pre-Reformation 
times,  and  consisted  of  an  outer-inner  stage  which  secured  the  object  of  continuity  dur- 
ing a  whole  act  of  any  drama."     Athenctum,  1910. 

Archer,  William,  &  Barker,  H.  G.  q792  A67S 

Scheme  &  estimates  for  a  national  theatre.     1908.     Duffield. 

"Although  this  work  relates  exclusively  to  the  plans  and  cost  of  a  National  Theatre 
for  Great  Britain,  it  contains  much  that  is  of  interest  for  those  who  are  contemplating. .. 
a  similar  institution  in  this  country. ..  Both  Mr.  Archer  and  Mr.  Barker  are  well  quali- 
fied for  the  task  which  they  have  undertaken,  the  one  by  his  long  study  of  dramatic 
literature  and  the  art  of  acting... and  the  other  by  his  experience  as  a  dramatist,  as  an 
actor,  and  a  producing  manager.  The  bulky  volume  which  they  have  compiled  does  in- 
finite credit  to  their  enthusiasm,  their  industry,  their  technical  knowledge  and  their 
foresight"     Notion,  1908. 


THEATRE  1469 

Boston,  Twentieth  Centxiry  Club.  1792  B64 

The  amusement  situation  in  the  city  of  Boston,  based  on  a  study  of 
the  theatres  for  10  weeks  from  Nov.  28,  1909  to  Feb.  5,  1910;  being  a 
report  prepared  by  the  Drama  committee  of  the  Twentieth  Century 
piub.     [1909.] 

Daly,  Charles  Patrick.  r792  D17 

First  theater  in  America;  when  was  the  drama  first  introduced  in 
America?  an  inquiry,  including  a  consideration  of  the  objections  that 
have  been  made  to  the  stage.     1896.     Dunlap  Soc. 

Day,  Ernest  Hermitage.  792  D33 

Ober-Ammergau  and  the  Passion  play;  a  practical  and  historical 

handbook  for  visitors.     1910.     Mowbray. 
"Books  on  the  Passion  play,"  p.94. 

792   D53 

Diary  of  a  Daly  debutante;  being  passages  from  the  journal  of  a  mem- 
ber of  Augustin  Daly's  famous  company  of  players.     1910.    Duffield. 

This  young  actress's  journal  of  a  Daly  theatrical  season  in  the  early  8o's  has  some 
slight  historical  interest  and  a  certain  charm  as  a  revelation  of  the  impression  of  the- 
atrical surroundings  on  the  mind  of  an  unsophisticated  girl.  It  affords  some  recol- 
lections of  Augustin  Daly,  John  Drew,  Ada  Rehan,  Charles  Leclercq,  William  Davidge 
and  others. 

Dibdin,  James  C.  <ir792  D54 

Annals  of  the  Edinburgh  stage,  with  an  account  of  the  rise  and 
progress  of  dramatic  writing  in  Scotland.    1888.     Cameron. 

"Of  the  varying  fortunes  of  the  Edinburgh  stage  Mr.  Dibdin  gives  a  trustworthy 
description.  The  style  is  neither  very  clear  nor  very  accurate,  but  the  matter  is  good 
and  the  book  has  genuine  value."    Athenaum,  1888. 

Dorpfeld,  Wilhelm,  &  Reisch,  Emil.  qb792  D74 

Das  griechische  theater;  beitrage  zur  geschichte  des  Dionysos- 
theaters  in  Athen  und  anderer  griechischer  theater.    1896. 

Authoritative  account  of  the  evolution  of  the  Greek  theatre,  by  an  experienced  archi- 
tect and  archaeologist.  The  most  important  part  of  the  work  is  the  architectural  history 
of  the  Dionysiac  theatre  at  Athens.  From  its  extant  remains,  the  author  traces  the 
steps  by  which  the  Greek  theatre  was  transformed  and  developed  into  the  Roman  type 
and  constructs  an  orderly  succession  of  plans. 

Eaton,  Walter  Prichard.  792  E19 

American  stage  of  to-day.    1908.    Small. 

Contents:  By  way  of  apology.  —  Our  infant  industry.  —  "The  witching  hour."  — 
"Paid  in  full." — Parnassus  vs.  the  public. — Rhyme  and  unreason. — Sophocles  in  the 
back  yard. — Mr  Jones's  revival. — Bunyan  persecuted  again. — "The  servant  in  the  house." 
— Harps  in  the  air. — Nazimova  as  the  Lady  Lisa. — Of  justifiable  homicide. — Our  leading 
actor. — Falling  in  love  with  one's  wife. — Curing  a  pessimist. — Kisses  and  David  Belasco. 
— The  Castles  vs.  Mr  Pollock. — The  rough  diamond  as  hero. — On  taking  Cohan  seriously. 
—  "The  honor  of  the  family." —  Crane  as  a  six  cylinder  kid.  —  "Toddles"  as  a  text. — 
Where  is  our  drama  of  '76? — Audience,  a  spring  grouch. — Crowds  and  Mr  Hamilton. — 
Observation  in  the  drama. — The  graphomania  mimetica. — The  confessions  of  a  critic. 

Eaton,  Walter  Prichard.  792  Ei9a 

At  the  New  Theatre  and  others;  the  American  stage,  its  problems 
and  performances,  1908-1910.    1910.    Small. 

"Qever  and  entertaining  book,  full  of  sharp  observation  and  lively  humor  and  a 
wholesome  spirit  of  independence.  Mr.  Eaton  at  least  knows  the  contemporaneous 
theatre  well,  has  ideas  of  his  own  and  expresses  them  with  indisputable  ability,  if  with  a 
somewhat  injudicious  dogmatism. .  .About  the  work  of  the  New  Theatre  he  writes  with 
point  and  discernment."     Nation,  igio. 


1470  THEATRE 

Egan,  Pierce.  r792  E34 

Life  of  an  actor;  the  poetical  descriptions  by  T.  Greenwood.  1892. 
Pickering. 

Pierce  Egan  (1772-1849),  famous  as  the  author  of  "Life  in  London,"  was  a  popular 
reporter  of  sporting  news  and  a  well-known  wit  of  the  day.     This  work,  illustrated  in 
color  by  Theodore  Lane,  gives  a  humorous  history  of  the  hero.  Peregrine  Proteus,  who" 
ends  with  a  successful  performance  before  royalty,  after  all  the  vicissitudes  of  provincial 
engagements  and  poverty. 

England — Parliament.  qr792  E64 

Report  from  the  Joint  select  committee  of  the  House  of  lords  and 
the  House  of  commons  on  the  stage  plays  (censorship),  together  with 
the  proceedings  of  the  committee.    1909. 

Frohman,  Daniel.  792  F96 

Memories  of  a  manager;  reminiscences  of  the  old  Lyceum  and  of 

some  players  of  the  last  quarter  century.    191 1.    Doubleday. 

Reminiscences  and  random  reflections  of  25  years  of  active  theatrical  management, 

written  largely  from  the  business  point  of  view.     They  contain  much  shrewd  observation 

and  practical  common-sense,  but  are  disappointing  from  the  personal  and  anecdotal  side. 

Haigh,  Arthur  Elam.  792  H14 

The  Attic  theatre;  a  description  of  the   stage  and  theatre  of  the 

Athenians  and  of  the  dramatic  performances  at  Athens;  revised  and  in 

part  re-written  by  A.  W.  Pickard-Cambridge.     1907.     Clarendon  Press. 

From  the  theatrical,  not  the  literary,  point  of  view. 

Hamilton,  Clayton  Meeker.  792  H19 

Theory  of  the  theatre,  and  other  principles  of  dramatic  criticism. 

1910.     Holt. 

Comprehensive  body  of  information  on  dramatic  construction,  production,  criticism, 

the  theatrical  business,  etc.     Author  is  (1910)  dramatic  editor  of  the  "Forum." 

Ireland,  Joseph  Norton.  r792  I28 

Records  of  the  New  York  stage  from  1750  to  i860.  2v.  1866-67. 
Morrell. 

Irving,  Henry  Brodribb.  792  I288 

Occasional  papers,  dramatic  and  historical.    1906.    Bickers. 

Contents:  The  English  stage  in  the  i8th  century.  —  The  art  and  status  of  the 
actor. — Colley  Gibber's  "Apology." — The  calling  of  the  actor. — The  true  story  of  Eugene 
Aram. — The  fall  of  the  house  of  Goodere. — The  Fualdes  case. — The  early  life  of  Chief 
Justice  Scroggs. 

Most  of  these  essays  appeared  in  the  "Nineteenth  century,"  "Fortnightly  review" 
and  "Cornhill  magazine." 

Jackson,  John  P.  r792  J12 

Ober-Ammergau  Passion  play,  giving  the  origin  of  the  play  and  his- 
tory of  the  village  and  people,  a  full  description  of  the  scenes  and 
tableaux  of  the  17  acts  of  the  drama,  and  the  songs  of  the  chorus  in 
German  and  English.     1890.     Hummel. 

Ludlow,  Noah  Miller.  r792  L97 

Dramatic  life  as  I  found  it;  a  record  of  personal  experience,  with 
an  account  of  the  rise  and  progress  of  the  drama  in  the  West  and 
South,  with  anecdotes  and  biographical  sketches  of  the  principal  actors 
and  actresses  who  have  at  times  appeared  upon  the  stage  in  the  Mis- 
sissippi valley.     1880.    Jones. 


THEATRE  147 1 

Mackaye,  Percy  Wallace.  792  M17 

The  playhouse  and  the  play,  and  other  addresses  concerning  the 

theatre  and  democracy  in  America.     1909.     Macmillan. 

Contents:  A  dozen  prompt  notes. — Introduction. — Some  questions  before  the  cur- 
tain.— The  playhouse  and  the  play. — The  drama  of  democracy. — The  dramatist  as  citizen. 

— Self-expression  and  the  American  drama. — Art  and  democracy. — Some  comments  by 

way  of  epilogue. 

"Full  of  interesting  and  pregnant  matter... The  question  is  how  existing  evils  are 

to  be  remedied  and  the  potential  benefits  of  the  theatre  to  be  brought  into  operation. 

Mr.  Mackaye's  one  solution  is  endowment."     Nation,  igog. 

Nicholson,  Watson.  792  N31 

Struggle  for  a  free  stage  in  London.     1906.     Houghton. 

"Bibliography,"  p.437-460. 

Story  of  the  long  struggle,  culminating  in  the  parliamentary  act  of  1843,  to  free 
London  of  the  theatrical  monopoly  which  the  Drury  Lane  and  Covent  Garden  theatres 
had  possessed  for  nearly  two  centuries. 

Norrie,  H.  S.  {pseud,  of  Norman  Hugh  Schneider).  792  N45 

Model  vaudeville  theatre,  how  to  construct  and  operate  it.     1909. 

Spon.     (Model  library.) 

For  the  amateur  who  wishes  to  present  Punch  and  Judy,  moving  pictures  and  magic 

lantern  slides  at  home.     Describes  simple  mechanical  devices  used  in  stage  setting  and 

the  apparatus  needed  in  producing  spectacular  effects. 

Russell,  William  Clark.  r792  R91 

Representative  actors;  a  collection  of  criticisms,  anecdotes,  personal 
descriptions,  etc.  referring  to  many  celebrated  British  actors  from  the 
i6th  to  the  present  [19th]  century.     [1872.]     Warne. 

Sanford,  John  Augustine.  792  S22 

The  stage  in  the  Attic  theatre  of  the  5th  century  B.  C.     1895. 

Bibliography,  p.3-S- 

Thesis  for  Ph.  D.,  University  of  Minnesota. 

Main  thesis  is  that  in  the  Greek  theatre  of  this  time  both  actors  and  chorus  stood 
in  the  orchestra. 

Seilhamer,  George  Overcash.  q792  S46 

History  of  the  American  theatre,  1774-1797.  3v.  1888-91.  Globe 
Printing  House. 

Contains  lists  of  the  performances  of  the  early  companies,  full  casts,  summaries  of 
the  parts  of  all  the  actors  and  actresses,  many  interesting  prologues  and  occasional  ad- 
dresses, curious  cards  and  advertisements,  and  specimens  of  newspaper  criticism. 

Shaw,  George  Bernard.  792  S53 

Dramatic  opinions  and  essays  [containing  an  introduction  by  James 

Huneker].     2v.     1906.     Brentano. 

Made  up  of  the  pai>ers  contributed  by  the  author,  in  his  capacity  of  dramatic  critic, 

to  the  "Saturday  review,"  1895-98. 

r792  T34 
Theatre  [London];  a  monthly  review  and  magazine,  July-Dec.  1892, 
Jan.-June  1894.    v.29,  32.    1892-94. 

For  other  volumes  see  preceding  catalogues. 

qr792  T3422 
Theatre  [New  York;  monthly],  Oct.  1900-date.    v.i-date.     1900-date. 

V.I,  no. 1-2,  Oct.  1900-Feb.   1901,  title  reads  "Our  players'  gallery." 

Trapszo,  Anastazy.  79*  T68 

Podr^cznik  sztuki  dramatycznej  dla  artystow  i  amatorow.    1899. 

Manual  of  dramatic  art. 


14/2        INDOOR  AMUSEMENTS.    ENTERTAINMENTS 

Walkley,  Arthur  Bingham.  792  Wiyd 

Drama  and  life.     [1907.]     Methuen. 

Contents:  Modern  English  and  French  drama. — Some  French  and  English  plays. — 
The  modernity  of  the  poetics. — Processes  of  thought  in  playmaking. — Laws  of  change. 
— The  art  of  acting. — The  dynasts  and  the  puppets. — Curiosity  and  horror  in  the  thea- 
tre.— EuKiPiDES:  Hippolytus. — Electra. — Shakespeare:  The  two  gentlemen  of  Verona. 
— Much  ado  about  nothing. — Hamlet. — Professor  Bradley's  Hamlet. — Measure  for  meas- 
ure.— Henrv  Irving:  Dante. — Westminster  abbey. — A.  W.  Pinero:  Iris. — Letty. — His 
house  in  order. — ^J.  M.  Barrie:  Quality  street. — The  admirable  Crichton. — Peter  Pan. — 
Bernard  Shaw:  Candida. — John  Bull's  other  island. — Man  and  superman. — Major  Bar- 
bara.— The  doctor's  dilemma. — The  philanderer. — Eleonora  Duse:  La  Gioconda. — Fran- 
ccsca  da  Rimini. — La  seconda  moglie. — La  locandiera. — Sarah  Bernhardt:  As  moralist. 
— Andromaque. — Adrienne  Lecouvreur. — RijANE:  La  Parisienne;  Zaza;  La  robe  rouge. 
— The  Voysey  inheritance. — The  way  of  the  world. — The  Irish  national  theatre. — Warp 
and  woof. — A  Cinderella  ballet. — The  debutante. 

Williams,  Michael.  793  W74 

Some  London  theatres  past  and  present.    1883.    Low. 
Does  little  more  than  enumerate  the  actors  and  the  plays  which  appeared  from  year 

to  year. 

Winter,  William.  792  W790 

Other  days;  being  chronicles  of  the  stage.    1908.    Moffat. 

Contents:  A  royal  line. — Joseph  Jefferson. — John  Brougham. — Dion  Boucicault. — ■ 
Charlotte  Cushman. —  E.  A.  Sothern. —  John  McCullough. —  Lawrence  Barrett.  —  Mary 
Anderson. — Adelaide  Neilson. — Stage  conditions,  past  and  present. 

Since  1865  Mr  Winter  has  been  dramatic  reviewer  for  the  "New- York  tribune." 

793     Indoor  amusements.     Entertainments 

Bugbee,  Willis  Newton.  793  B86 

Successful  entertainments;  a  variety  of  unique  and  pleasing  enter- 
tainments including  Japanese  frolics,  holiday  and  seasonal  plays,  his- 
toric dialogues,  together  with  literary  and  legendary  exercises.  1907. 
Penn. 

Bullivant,  Cecil  Henry.  793  B87 

Home  fun.     1910.    Dodge. 

Amply  illustrated  book  of  instructions  for  theatricals,  tableaux,  conjuring,  ven- 
triloquism, juggling,  shadow  shows,  scientific  experiments,  marionettes,  Punch  and  Judy 
■hows,  hypnotism,  fortune-telling,  tricks  and  many  other  kinds  of  entertainment. 

Denton,  Clara  Janetta.  793  D43 

Entertainments  for  all  the  year;  more  than  30  new  and  delightful 
entertainments   for   Christmas,    Thanksgiving   day.   New   Year's    day, 
Valentine's  day,  Lincoln's  birthday,  Easter,  Arbor  day  and  all  the  other 
holidays.    1910.    Penn  Pub.  Co. 
Dick,  William  Brisbane,  and  others.  793  D54 

What  shall  we  do  to-night?  or.  Social  amusements  for  evening  par- 
ties, furnishing  complete  and  varied  programmes  for  26  entertainments. 
1873.    Dick. 
Hofmann,  Mary  Christiana.  793  H68 

Games  for  everybody.    1905.    Dodge. 

Indoor  games  for  children  and  grown  people,  including  games  for  special  days. 
Kellogg,  Alice  Maude,  ed.  793  K16 

Tip-top  dialogues;  a  collection  of  humorous  exercises  for  girls  and 
boys.    1901.    Kellogg. 


AMATEUR  THEATRICALS  1473 

Keyes,  Angela  Mary.  793  K23 

When  mother  lets  us  play.    191 1.    Moffat. 
The  same J793  K23 

Indoor  games  for  children,  including  puzzles,  charades,  riddles,  puppet  shows, 
shadow  plays,  etc. 

Kirk,  Mrs  Florence  (Hewitt),  comp.  793  K28 

Old  English  games  and  physical  exercises.     1906.    Longmans. 

Intended  primarily  for  the  very  young  children  in  the  elementary  schools.  Music 
is  given  for  the  games  with  songs. 

Mott,  Mrs  Hamilton,  ed.  793  M94 

Home  games  and  parties,  with  a  chapter  on  light  refreshments  for 
evening  company  by  Mrs  S.  T.  Rorer.     1904,    Doubleday. 

St.  Nicholas  book  of  plays  and  operettas.    1905.    Century.  793  S14 

Contents:  The  modern  and  medieval  ballad  of  Mary  Jane. — Acting  ballads. — The 
house  of  Santa  Claus. — Mother  Goose  operetta. — The  land  of  Nod. — The  giant  picture- 
book. — Shadow-pantomimes. — The  magic  sword. — The  false  Sir  Santa  Claus. — A  i6th 
century  Christmas. — Christmas  eve  at  Mother  Hubbard's. — A  lawn  dance  for  little  peo- 
ple.— Dicky  Dot  and  Dotty  Dick. — An  old  English  folksong. — Haydn's  Children's  sym- 
phony.— A  topsy-turvy  concert. — The  changeling. 

Shoemaker,  Charles  Chalmers,  ed.  793  S55 

Holiday  entertainments;  containing  short  dramas,  dialogues,  ta- 
bleaux, stories,  recitations,  etc.  adapted  to  all  holidays.     1896. 

The  same.    1911 J793  S55 

Stem,  Renee  Bernd.  793  S83 

Neighborhood  entertainments.  1910.  Sturgis.  (Young  farmer's 
practical  library.) 

Contents:  Clubs,  societies  and  social  centers:  Local  improvement  associations. — 
Young  people's  clubs  and  societies. — Women's  clubs. — Social  centers. — Conducting  a 
club. — Entertainments:  Art  of  entertaining. — Special  celebrations. — The  value  of  Arbor 
day. — Easter  and  other  festivals. — Amateur  theatricals. — Some  word  games. — Money- 
making  entertainments. 

Contains  bibliographies. 

Amateur  theatricals 

[Arnold,  George,  &  Cahill,  Frank.]  793-1  A75 

Parlor  theatricals;  or,  Winter  evenings'  entertainment.     1859.    Dick. 

Faxon,  Grace  B.  793.1  F29 

Book  of  pantomimes.     1906.     Fink. 

793.1  H28 
Harper's  book  of  little  plays,  by  M.  S.  Briscoe  and  others;  selected  for 
home  and  school  entertainments,  with  an  introduction  by  M.  D.  Barnum. 
1910.     Harper. 

The  same J793'i  H28 

Contents:  The  frog  fairy,  by  M.  S.  Briscoe. — The  revolt  of  the  holidays,  by  E.  I. 
Stevenson. — The  Ninepin  Club,  by  C.  A.  Creevey  and  M.  E.  Sangster. — Familiar  quota- 
tions, by  P.  P.  Bermann. — The  tables  turned,  by  J.  K.  Bangs. — A  Thanksgiving  dream, 
by  C.  A.  Creevey  and  M.  E.  Sangster. 

Irish,  Marie,  and  others.  793'i  I28 

Thirty  new  Christmas  dialogues  and  plays.     1909.     Flanagan. 


1474  DANCING.    FOLK  DANCES 

King,  Georgiana  Goddard.  793-1  K26 

Comedies  and  legends  for  marionettes;  a  theatre  for  boys  and  girls. 
1904.    Macmillan. 

793.1  M74 
Mistletoe  bough;  a  pantomime  in  five  scenes  arranged  from  the  well- 
known  ballad  of  H.  R.  Bishop.    Dramatic  Pub.  Co. 

Pollard,  Josephine.  793.1  P763 

Artistic  tableaux,  with  picturesque  diagrams  and  description  of  cos- 
tumes; arrangement  of  diagrams  by  Walter  Satterlee.     1887.    Dick. 

Stevenson,  Augusta.  J793.i  S84 

Children's  classics  in  dramatic  form.    5v.    1908-12.    Houghton. 

Dialogues  and  little  plays,  most  of  them  adapted  from  favorite  fairy  tales  and 
fables.  Among  them  are.  The  pot  of  gold. — The  miller,  his  son  and  their  donkey. — The 
hole  in  the  dike. — King  Alfred  and  the  cakes. — What  the  goodman  does  is  always  right. 
— The  ugly  duckling. — The  story  of  Ali  Cogia. — The  song  in  the  heart. 


Dancing.     Folk  dances 

Bolin,  Jakob,  comp.  793.3  B61 

A  Swedish  folk  dance  "Vafva  vadmal."    Bassette. 

Music  and  full  directions  for  the  different  figures. 

Bolin,  Jakob,  comp.  q793-3  B6is 

Swedish  song-plays  used  at  the  New  York  Normal  School  of  Physi- 
cal Education.    1908.    Privately  printed. 

Music  and  descriptions  of  some  small  dances  or  song  plays  which  may  be  utilized 
in  children's  classes  above  the  kindergarten  age. 

Brewer,  Josephine,  ed.  q793.3  B78 

The  Morris  dance;  descriptions  of  11  dances  as  performed  by  the 
Morris-men  of  England.    1910.    Gray. 

With  this  is  bound  her  "Morris  dances;  collected  from  traditional  sources  and  ar- 
ranged with  pianoforte  accompaniment." 

Burchenal,  Elizabeth,  comp.  q793-3  B89 

Folk-dances  and  singing  games;  26  folk-dances  of  Norway,  Sweden, 

Denmark,   Russia,   Bohemia,    Hungary,   Italy,   England,   Scotland  and 

Ireland,  with  the  music,  full  directions  for  performance  and  numerous 

illustrations.     1909.    Schirmer. 

The  same qr793.3  B89 

The  same <lJ793-3  B89 

Cahusac,  Louis  de.  r7g3.3  C12 

La  danse  ancienne  et  moderne;  ou,  Traite  historique  de  la  danse. 
3v.     1754- 

Copenhagen,  Foreningen  til  Folkedansens  Fremme.  q793-3  C79 

Old  Danish  folk  dances,  described  by  the  Association  for  the  Pro- 
motion of  Folk  Dances  (Foreningen  til  Folkedansens  Fremme),  Copen- 
hagen; tr.  by  L.  S.  Hanson  and  L.  W.  Goldsmith.    1906.     [Beeken.] 

With  this  is  bound  "Melodier  til  gamle  danske  folke  danse,  hefte  1-2;  udgiuet  af 
Foreningen  til  Folkedansens  Frerome." 


DANCING.     FOLK  DANCES  1475 

Crampton,  Charles  Ward,  comp.  q793.3  C86 

Folk  dance  book  for  elementary  schools,  class  room,  playground  and 
gymnasium.    1909.    Barnes. 

Music  and  descriptions  of  43  dances. 

Crawford,  Caroline.  q793.3  C87 

Folk  dances  and  games.     1908.    Barnes. 

Author  lectures  on  this  subject  at  the  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University.  In- 
cludes Finnish,  Swedish,  Scottish,  English,  German,  French  and  Bohemian  dances,  with 
music  and  directions   for  performance. 

Gulick,  Luther  Halsey.  793-3  G96 

Healthful  art  of  dancing.     1910.    Doubleday. 

Plea  for  the  introduction  of  folk  dancing  into  every-day  American  life — in  the 
school,  on  the  playground  and  in  the  home. 

Hofer,  Mari  Ruef,  comp.  793»3  H67 

Popular  folk  games  and  dances,  for  playground,  vacation  school  and 
schoolroom  use.    1907.    Flanagan. 
Lacey,  Margaret  E.  and  others,  comp.  q793'3  L12 

Dance  songs  of  the  nations;  the  words  by  M.  E.  Lacey,  the  music 
by  Eduardo  Marzo,  the  dancing  directions  by  Oscar  Duryea.  1908. 
Church. 

With  colored  illustrations  of  national  costumes. 
Lincoln,  Mrs  Jennette  Emeline  (Carpenter).  793-3  L71 

May-pole  possibilities,  with  dances  and  drills  for  modern  pastime. 
1907.    Amer.  Gymnasia  Co. 

A  short  chapter  on  the  history  of  the  observance  of  May  day  is  followed  by  de- 
scriptions of  ten  dances  and  marches.     Diagrams  and  full  directions  are  given. 

St.  Johnston,  Reginald.  793-3  S14 

History  of  dancing.     1906.    Simpkin. 

"Literature,"  p. 194-195. 

Popular  account,  beginning  with  the  birth  of  dancing  in  Greek  mythologry  and 
tracing  its  development  from  a  religious  ceremony  to  its  present  status.  The  last  chapter 
is  devoted  to  stage  dancing. 

Scott,  Edward.  793-3  S42 

Dancing  as  an  art  and  pastime.    1892.    Bell. 

Stockholm,  Svenska  Folkdansens  Vanner.  q793-3  S86 

Swedish  folk  dances  as  adopted  by  the  society  "The  Friends  of 
Swedish  Folk  Dances"  in  Stockholm;  tr.  by  N.  W.  Bergquist.     1906. 

With  this  is  bound  "Lekstugan  gamla  svenska  folkdansar,  sidana  de  upptagits  inom 
sallskapet  Svenska  Folkdansens  Vanner  i  Stockholm,"  xsta-adra  samlingen. 

Card  tricks 

Lewis,  Angelo  John,  (pseud.  Prof.  Hoffmann).  793-5  L67C 

Conjuring  tricks  with  cards.    McKay. 
Reprinted  from  his  "Modern  magic." 

Charades.     Puzzles  . 
Bellamy,  William.  793-7  B4im 

More  charades.     1909.    Houghton. 
Forman,  Emily  Shaw.  793-7  F77 

Guess  work;  loi  charades.     1908.     Badger. 


1476  BOWLING.    CHESS 


Dudeney,  Henry  Ernest.  793.8  D86 

Canterbury  puzzles  and  other  curious  problems.    1907.    Heinemann. 

Author  is  a  well-known  expert  in  the  invention  and  solution  of  puzzles.     Most  of 
the  puzzles  he  presents  are  entirely  original. 

Glover,  Ellye  Howell.  793.8  G51 

"Dame  Curtsey's"  book  of  guessing  contests.     1908.     McClurg. 


Bowling 

794  S73 
Spalding's  official  bowling  guide,  1909;  ed.  by  H.  P.  Schumacher.  1909. 
Amer.  Sports  Pub.  Co.    (Spalding's  athletic  library.) 


Chess 

Bachmann,  Ludwig.  794-1  B12 

Geistreiche  schaclipartien  alter  und  neuer  zeit;  eine  sammlung  ele- 
gant und  fein  durchgefiihrter  partien  aus  den  kampfen  der  besten 
spieler,    v.  1-5.     1893-96.     Briigel. 

v.i.  Von  Ruy  Lopez  bis  auf  Paul  Morphy,  1575-1859. 

V.2.  Die  zeit  der  grossen  turniere  und  wettkampfe,  1859— 1889. 

V.3.  Die  besten  spiele  aus  den  jahren  1890-1893. 

V.4.  Die  schonsten  partien  aus  den  interessanten  wettkampfen  und  turnieren  des 
jahres  1894. 

V.5.  Das  grosse  schachturnier  zu  Hastings. — Der  schachmeisterkampf  in  Peters- 
burg. 

Bird,  Henry  Edward.  794.1  B48 

Chess  novelties  and  their  latest  developments,  with  comparisons  of 
the  progress  of  chess  openings  of  the  past  century  and  the  present  not 
dealt  with  in  existing  works.    1895.    Warne. 

Cheshire,  Horace  F.  ed.  794'i  C42 

Hastings  chess  tournament,  1895,  with  annotations  by  Pillsbury  and 

others  and  biographical  sketches  of  the  chess  masters.     1898.     Chatto. 

Cunnington,  Edward  Ernest.  794'i  C92 

Chess  traps  and  stratagems.     1903.     Routledge. 

Dufresne,  Jean,  &  Mieses,  Jacques.  794-1  D87 

Das  buch  der  schachmeisterpartien;  sammlung  lehrreicher  in  den 
letzten  meisterturnieren  gespielter  schachpartien.  3v.  [1889-1906.] 
Reclam. 

Mason,  James,  writer  on  chess.  794.1  M45 

Social  chess;  a  collection  of  short  and  brilliant  games  with  historical 
and  practical  illustrations.    1900.    Cox. 

Szemere,  Imre.  794-1  S99 

A  sakkjatek  kezi  konyve. 

Young,  Franklin  Knowles.  794.1  Y37C 

Chess  strategetics  illustrated;  military  art  and  science  adapted  to 
the  chessboard.    1904,    Little. 


CHECKERS.     CARDS  1477 

Checkers.     Billiards 

Call,  William  Timothy,  comp.  roi6.794  C13 

Literature  of  checkers;  embracing  all  the  books,  pamphlets  and 
magazines  on  the  game  of  English  draughts,  commonly  known  as 
checkers.    1908.     Privately  printed. 

Lees,  James.  794.4  L53 

Complete  guide  to  the  game  of  draughts;  being  instructions  to  stu- 
dents and  learners  on  the  most  scientific  methods  of  playing  the  various 
games,  also  Selected  useful  positions,  by  various  authors,  with  im- 
provements of  play  by  J.  Richards.     [1910.]     Warne. 

Locock,  Charles  Dealtry,  794-7  L76 

Side  and  screw;  being  notes  on  the  theory  and  practice  of  the  game 
of  billiards.    1901.    Longmans. 

"A  knowledge  of  the  laws  of  the  game  and  of  the  more  elementary  strokes  is  pre- 
sumed."   Preface. 

Cards.     Bridge.     Skat 

[Brock,  Claude  Cornelius.]  795  B76 

Solitaire.    1909.    Privately  printed. 

Directions  for  playing  40  American,  English,  German  and  French  games.  Illus- 
trated. 

Elwell,  Joseph  Bowne.  795  E57a2 

Advanced  bridge;  the  higher  principles  of  the  game  analysed  and 
explained.     1907. 

Elwell,  Joseph  Bowne.  795  E57P 

Practical  bridge;  a  complete  and  thorough  course  of  instruction  in 
the  game.    1908.    Scribner. 

Elwell,  Joseph  Bowne.  795  E57pr 

Principles,  rules  and  laws  of  auction  bridge  stated,  explained  and 
illustrated.    1910.    Scribner. 

Foster,  Robert  Frederick.  795  F81C2 

Complete  Hoyle;  an  encyclopedia  of  games,  including  all  the  indoor 

games  played  at  the  present  day.    1909.    Stokes, 
Same  as  his  "Encyclopedia  of  games." 

Foster,  Robert  Frederick.  795  F81S 

Skat  manual.     1906.    McClure. 

Skat  is  an  intricate  card  game  which  originated  in  Germany  in  the  early  part  of 
the  19th  century. 

Lemcke,  Ernst  Eduard.  795  L58 

Illustrated  grammar  of  skat,  the  German  game  of  cards.    1887. 

"Bibliography  of  skat  from  1876  to  1886,"  p.62-63. 

Szomahazy,  Istvan,  ed.  795  S99 

Kartya-kodex.     [1898.] 


1478  OUTDOOR  SPORTS 


796-799     Outdoor  sports 

Bancroft,  Jessie  Hubbell,  comp.  796  822 

Physical  training;  rules  for  games;  comp.  from  the  syllabus  issued 
by  the  Board  of  education  for  the  public  schools  of  the  borough  of 
Brooklyn,  New  York  city.  1903.  Amer.  Sports  Pub.  Co.  (Spalding's 
athletic  library.) 

Barker,  J.  S.  796  B24 

Games  for  the  playground,  with  preface  by  Dr  A.  A.  Mumford.  1910. 
Longmans. 

Games  selected  by  an  English  schoolmaster  from  sports  current  at  a  country  school 
of  25  years  ago,  where  they  were  all  more  or  less  traditional.  Among  them  are  whirligig, 
rounders,  pitch  cap,  long  tig,  cross  tig,  twos  and  threes,  leai>-frog,  cat's  tail,  and  ducks 
and  drakes. 

796  B67 

Boys*  own  book;  a  complete  encyclopedia  of  athletic,  scientific,  out- 
door and  indoor  sports.    1881.    Miller. 

Hitchcock,  Edward,  b.  1854,  &  Nelligan,  R.  F.  796  T62 

Wrestling,  catch-as-catch-can  style.     1901.     Amer.  Sports  Pub.  Co. 

(Spalding's  athletic  library.) 

Bound  with  Toombs'  "How  to  wrestle." 

Leland,  Arthur,  &  Leland,  Mrs  L.  H.  796  L57P 

Plans  and  specifications  for  playground  construction  and  play- 
ground apparatus;  reprinted  from  "Playground  technique  and  plaj'- 
craft."    no.i-i6.    1909.     [Bassette.] 

Tlie  same.    no.i-i6 r796  L57 

Leland,  Arthur,  &  Leland,  Mrs  L.  H.  ed.  796  L57 

Playground  technique  and  playcraft;  a  popular  text-book  of  play- 
ground philosophy,  architecture,  construction  and  equipment,  v.i. 
1909.    Bassette. 

"A  working  bibliography  in  the  philosophy  and  technique  of  play  and  playgrounds," 

T.I,   p.360-274. 

Outing;  monthly,  April  1907-date.    v.so-date.    1907-date.  q796  O32 

Patten,  William,  b.  1864,  ed.  qr796  P31 

Book  of  sport.     1901.    Taylor. 

The  subjects  covered  are  golf,  tennis,  racquets,  fives,  squash,  polo,  fox-hunting, 
coaching,  automobiling  and  yachting,  each  being  described  by  an  expert  in  the  field. 

Scudder,  ^lyron  Tracy.  796  S43 

Field  day  and  play  picnic  for  country  children.  1908.  Charities 
Publication  Committee.    (Russell  Sage  foundation  publication.) 

The  same 1796  S43 

r796  S764 
Sport  and  athletics  in  1908;  an  annual  register,  including  the  results  for 
1908  (to  November)  of  all  the  important  events  in  athletics,  games  and 
every  form  of  sport  in  the  United  Kingdom,  with  the  winners,  records 
and  notable  achievements  of  past  years,  also  a  full  list  of  results  in  the 
Olympic  games.     1908.    Chapman. 


OUTDOOR  SPORTS  i479 

Sullivan,  James  Edward.  796  S94 

Marathon  running.     1909.    Amer.  Sports  Pub.  Co.     (Spalding's  ath- 
letic library.) 

Contents:     Origin  of  Marathon  running. — How  leading  runners  train. — Hints  for 
novices. — How  to  conduct  a  Marathon  race. — Rules. — Records  of  leading  Marathon  races. 
Author  is   (1909)  president  of  the  Amateur  Athletic  Union  of  the  United  States. 
He  was  American  commissioner  of  Olympic  games  at  Athens,  1906. 

Toombs,  Frederick  R.  ed.  796  T62a 

How  to  wrestle;  poses  by  Hackenschmidt,  Tom  Jenkins,  George 

Bothner.  1910.  Amer.  Sports  Pub.  Co.  (Spalding's  athletic  library.) 
The  same.     1905 796  T62 


Base-ball 

Evers,  John  J.  &  Fullerton,  H.  S.  •  796.31  E95 

Touching  second,  the  science  of  baseball;  the  history  of  the  national 
game,  its  development  into  an  exact  mathematical  sport,  records  of 
great  plays  and  players,  anecdotes  and  incidents  of  decisive  struggles 
on  the  diamond,  signs  and  systems  used  by  championship  teams.  1910. 
Reilly. 

Foster,  John  Buckingham,  ed.  796.31  F81 

How  to  pitch.  1909.  Amer.  Sports  Pub.  Co.  (Spalding's  athletic 
library.) 

Foster,  John  Buckingham,  comp.  796.31  F8ir 

Ready  reckoner  of  base  ball  percentages.  1910.  Amer.  Sports  Pub. 
Co.     (Spalding's  athletic  library.) 

Matteson,  Jesse  F.  ed.  796.31  M47 

How  to  bat.  1909.  Amer.  Sports  Pub.  Co.  (Spalding's  athletic 
library.) 

[Matteson,  Jesse  F.  ed.]  796.31  M47h 

How  to  play  the  outfield.  1909.  Amer.  Sports  Pub.  Co.  (Spalding's 
athletic  library.) 

Mumane,  Timothy  H.  796.31  M97h 

How  to  play  base  ball.  1910.  Amer.  Sports  Pub.  Co.  (Spalding's 
athletic  library.) 

[Murnane,  Timothy  H.  ed.]  796.31  M97 

How  to  umpire,  how  to  captain  a  team,  how  to  manage  a  team,  how 
to  coach,  how  to  organize  a  league,  how  to  score,  simplified  base  ball 
rules  and  technical  terms  of  base  ball.  1908.  Amer.  Sports  Pub.  Co. 
(Spalding's  athletic  library.) 

National  League  of  Professional  Base  Ball  Clubs.  796.31  N15 

Constitution  and  playing  rules,  1907.  [1907.]  Amer.  Sports  Pub. 
Co.     (Spalding's  athletic  library.) 

Being  the  Official  handbook  of  the  National  League  of  Professional  Base  Ball 
Clubs. 


i48o  OUTDOOR  SPORTS 

796.31  S73 
Spalding's  official  base  ball  guide.  Amer.  Sports  Pub.  Co.  (Spalding's 
athletic  library.) 

The  same,  1910.    1910 J796.31  S73 

796.31  S73a 
Spalding's  official  base  ball  record;  ed.  by  J.  B.  Foster.  Amer.  Sports 
Pub.  Co.     (Spalding's  athletic  library.) 

[Sullivan,  James  Edward.]  796-31  S94 

How  to  catch.  1910.  Amer.  Sports  Pub.  Co.  (Spalding's  athletic 
library.) 

[Wray,  J.  Edward,  ed.]  796.31  W92 

How  to  play  first  base.  1910.  Amer.  Sports  Pub.  Co.  (Spalding's 
athletic  library.) 

[Wray,  J.  Edward,  ed.]  796.31  W92h 

How  to  play  second  base.  1910.  Arrier.  Sports  Pub.  Co.  (Spald- 
ing's athletic  library.) 

[Wray,  J.  Edward,  ed.]  796.31  Wgaho 

How  to  play  shortstop.  1909.  Amer.  Sports  Pub.  Co.  (Spalding's 
athletic  library.) 

[Wray,  J.  Edward,  ed.]  796.31  W92how 

How  to  play  third  base.  1909.  Amer.  Sports  Pub.  Co.  (Spalding's 
athletic  library.) 

Wray,  J.  Edward,  ed.  796.31  Wgahw 

How  to  run  the  bases.  1910.  Amer.  Sports  Pub.  Co.  (Spalding's 
athletic  library.) 

Foot-ball 

Camp,  Walter.  796.32  Cisb 

Book  of  foot-ball.  1910.  Century.  (Walter  Camp's  library  of 
sport.) 

Contents:  Early  history. — Foot-ball  in  America. — The  new  foot -ball. — Personality 
in  foot-ball. — General  strategy. — The  field,  costumes  and  training. — The  development 
and  play  of  the  different  positions. — Kicking,  catching  and  passing. — The  captain  and 
the  coach. — All-time,  all-America  teams. 

796.32  S73 

Spalding's  official  foot  ball  guide,  1909-12;  ed.  by  Walter  Camp.    1909- 
12.    Amer.  Sports  Pub.  Co.    (Spalding's  athletic  library.) 

The  same,  1910.     1910 J796.32  S73 


Tennis.     Basket-ball 

796.33  H84 
How  to  play  lawn  tennis;  containing  practical  instruction  from  an  ex- 
pert on  making  lawn  tennis  strokes,  brief  description  and  history  of 
the  game  and  other  useful  information.  1909.  Amer.  Sports  Pub.  Co. 
(Spalding's  athletic  library.) 


OUTDOOR  SPORTS  1481 


Myers,  A.  Wallis.  796-33  M99 

Complete  lawn  tennis  player.    1908.    Jacobs. 

796.33  S73 
Spalding's  official  lawn  tennis  annual,  1909-10;  ed.  by  H.  P.  Burchell. 
1909-10.    Amer.  Sports  Pub.  Co. 

The  same,  1909;  ed.  by  H.  P.  Burchell.    1909 r796.33  S73 

Hepbron,  George  T.  ed.  796.34  H450 

Official  basket  ball  rules  as  adopted  by  the  Amateur  Athletic  Union 
and  Young  Men's  Christian  Association  Athletic  League  of  North 
America.    Amer.  Sports  Pub  Co.     (Spalding's  athletic  library.) 

The  same,  1909-10.    1909 J796.34  H45 

Messer,  Guerdon  N.  796.34  M64 

How  to  play  basket  ball;  a  thesis  on  the  technique  of  the  game. 
1910.    Amer.  Sports  Pub.  Co.    (Spalding's  athletic  library.) 

Golf.     Hockey.     Croquet 
Travis,  Walter  J.  796.35  T69a 

Practical  golf.     1909.     Harper. 

Full  instructions.     Illustrated. 
Farrell,  Arthur.  796.37  F25 

How  to  play  ice  hockey.    1907.    Amer.  Sports  Pub.  Co.     (Spalding's 
athletic  library.) 
Locock,  Charles  Dealtry.  796.39  L76 

Modern  croquet  tactics,  with  an  introduction  by  Jarvis  Kenrick. 
1907.    Holmesdale  Press. 

Athletics.     Olympic  games 
Clark,  Ellery  Harding.  796.4  C51 

Reminiscences  of  an  athlete;  20  years  on  track  and  field.  191 1. 
Houghton. 

There  is  probably  no  better  known  amateur  athlete  in  America  (1911)  than  Mr 
Clark,  runner,  broad  and  high  jumper,  pole-vaulter,  hammer  thrower,  etc.  He  has  been 
twice  for  America  and  three  times  for  New  England  all-round  athletic  champion,  and  as 
one  of  the  American  team  at  the  Olympic  games  in  1896,  he  was  largely  responsi- 
ble for  the  American  victory.  He  writes  from  full  experience  of  the  happenings  of  20 
years  in  track  and  field  athletics. 

Cook,  Theodore  Andrea.  796.4  C77a 

International  sport;  a  short  history  of  the  Olympic  movement  from 
1896  to  the  present  day,  containing  the  account  of  a  visit  to  Athens  in 
1906  and  of  the  Olympic  games  of  1908  in  London,  together  with  the 
code  of  rules  for  20  different  forms  of  sport.     1910.    Constable. 

Being  a  new  edition  of  his  "Olympic  games." 

Cook,  Theodore  Andrea.  796.4  C77 

Olympic  games;  being  a  short  history  of  the  Olympic  movement 
from  1896  up  to  the  present  day,  together  with  an  account  of  the  games 
of  Athens  in  1906  and  of  the  organisation  of  the  Olympic  games  of  Lon- 
don in  1908.    1908.    Constable. 

The  same ^796.4  C77 


1482  OUTDOOR  SPORTS 


Cook,  Theodore  Andrea,  comp.  qr796.4  Cyyf 

The  fourth  Olympiad;  being  the  official  report  of  the  Olympic 
games  of  1908,  celebrated  in  London  by  the  sanction  of  the  Inter- 
national Olympic  Committee;  issued  under  the  authority  of  the  British 
Olympic  Council,  together  with  the  full  code  of  rules  in  each  sport, 
complete  lists  of  all  competitors  and  results.  1909.  British  Olympic 
Assoc. 

Public  Athletic  League,  Baltimore.  qr796.4  P98 

Annual  report  (2d),  1909/10,  and  proceedings  of  annual  meeting 
(2d),  1910, 

Sullivan,  James  Edward.  796.4  S94 

Olympic  games  at  Athens,   1906.     1906.     Amer.   Sports   Pub.   Co. 

(Spalding's  athletic  library.) 

Full  account  of  the  international  athletic  contests  at  Athens,  1906,  with  a  summary 

of  the  stadium  events  and  lists  of  winners. 


Camping 
Bates,  Frank  Amasa.  796.5  B31 

Camping  and  camp  cooking.     1909.    Ball  Pub.  Co. 

A  practical  little  book  of  information  in  regard  to  camp  outfits,  the  pitching  of  tents 
and  lean-to's,  with  a  chapter  of  general  advice. 

Breck,  Edward.  796.5  B72 

Way  of  the  woods;  a  manual  for  sportsmen  in  northeastern  United 
States  and  Canada.    1908.    Putnam. 
"Nature  books,"  p.425-430. 

As  a  sportsman's  manual  it  would  be  hard  to  surpass  in  its  breadth  and  compactness 
of  information.  It  is  intended  for  the  northeastern  United  States  and  Canada,  though 
most  of  it  is  applicable  with  but  little  change  to  a  region  extending  much  farther  west- 
ward. After  dealing  fully  with  the  life  of  the  camp,  he  takes  up  fishing,  hunting  and 
trapping  in  turn,  each  with  detailed  attention  to  the  necessary  implements  and  the  ap- 
proved methods  of  their  use.  A  chapter  on  hygiene,  medicine  and  surgery,  while  short, 
is  so  definite,  intelligible  and  practical  as  in  itself  to  commend  the  book  to  any  one 
whose  outing  takes  him  beyond  the  range  of  easy  access  to  physicians.  Condensed  from 
Nation,  1908. 

[Garland,  Charles  C]  796.5  G18 

Word  from  the  Maine  woods.    1907. 

Extract  from  Thoreau's  "Ktaadn"  in  his  volume  "The  Maine  woods,"  followed  by 
information  in  regard  to  four  summer  camps  in  the  Katahdin  region. 

Gibson,  Henry  William.  796.5  G36 

Camping  for  boys.     191 1.     Association  Press. 

"Bibliography"  at  the  end  of  many  chapters. 

Author  has  conducted  boys'  camps  for  23  years.  His  book  includes  chapters  on 
location  and  sanitation,  camp  equipment,  moral  and  religious  life,  food,  hygiene,  ath- 
letics, nature  study,  games  and  educational  activities. 

796.5  H28 

Harper's  camping  and  scouting;  an  outdoor  guide  for  American  boys 
[ed.  by]  G.  B.  Grinnell  [and]  E.  L.  Swan.  191 1.  Harper.  (Harper's 
practical  books  for  boys.) 

Kephart,  Horace.  796.5  K19 

Book  of  camping  and  woodcraft;  a  guidebook  for  those  who  travel 
in  the  wilderness.    1906.    Outing. 


OUTDOOR  SPORTS  1483 


Seton,  Ernest  Thompson.  796.5  S49 

Birch-bark  roll  of  the  outdoor  life;  containing  the  standards,  games, 
constitution  and  laws  of  the  Woodcraft  Indians.     1908.     Doubleday. 

"A  list  of  books  for  nature  students  recommended  by  Ernest  Thompson  Seton," 
p.84-86. 

Plan  of  organization  for  brigade  and  summer  camps,  Chautauquas  and  other  boys' 
clubs.  Aims  to  give  boys  something  to  do  and  to  enjoy  in  the  woods,  with  a  view  also 
to  character-building. 

White,  Stewart  Edward.  796.5  W63C 

Camp  and  trail.     1907.     Outing. 

Contents:  The  wilderness  traveler. — Common  sense  in  the  wilderness. — Personal 
equipment. — Camp  outfit. — The  cook  outfit. — Grub. — Camp  cookery. — Horse  outfits. — 
Horse  packs. — Horses,  mules,  burros. — Canoes. 

Appeared  in  the  "Outing  magazine,"  v.49-51,  Dec.  1906-Oct.  1907. 


Boxing.     Fencing 
[Elmer,  William.]  796.8  E54 

Boxing;  a  guide  book  to  the  manly  art  of  self  defense,  giving  ac- 
curate instructions  for  becoming  proficient  in  the  science  of  boxing. 
1902.    Amer.  Sports  Pub.  Co.     (Spalding's  athletic  library.) 

Breck,  Edward.  796.8  S47 

Fencing;  a  short,  practical  and  complete  exposition  of  the  art  of  foil 

and  sabre  according  to  the  methods  of  the  best  modern  school.     1894. 

Amer.  Sports  Pub.  Co.     (Spalding's  athletic  library.) 
Bound  with  Senac's  "Art  of  fencing." 

Senac,  Regis,  &  Senac,  Louis.  796.8  S47 

Art  of  fencing,  including  a  chapter  on  sabre  exercises  by  Edward 
Breck.    1904.    Amer.  Sports  Pub.  Co.    (Spalding's  athletic  library.) 

Thimm,  Carl  Albert,  comp.  qroi6.7968  T36 

Complete  bibliography  of  fencing  and  dueling  as  practised  by  all 

European  nations  from  the  middle  ages  to  the  present  day.     1896.     Lane. 


Skating.     Winter  sports 
Benson,  Edward  Frederic.  796.91  B44 

English  figure  skating;  a  guide  to  the  theory  and  practice  of  skating 
in  the  English  style.    1908.    Bell. 

Syers,  Edgar,  &  Syers,  Mrs  Madge,  ed.  796.91  S98 

Book  of  winter  sports,  with  an  introduction  by  the  earl  of  Lytton. 
1908.    Arnold. 

Contents:  Bandy,  by  "Sticks." — Curling,  by  Bertram  Smith. — Skating,  by  Edgar 
Syers. — Ski-ing,  by  E.  Wroughton. — Tobogganing;  notes  for  novices. — Tobogganing,  by 
C.  Knapp. — Valsing  on  the  ice,  by  Ernest  Law. 

Each  section  is  by  an  authority,  who  tells  how  to  attain  proficiency  in  his  sport. 
Appendix  contains  championship  records,  rules  for  admission  to  certain  clubs  and  notes 
on  winter  resorts  favorable  for  sports.     Illustrated. 


1484  OUTDOOR  SPORTS 


Swimming 

796.95  Aix 
A  B  C  of  swimming;  a  royal  road  to  the  art,  by  Ex-Club  Captain. 
[1903.]    Wycil. 

Brewster,  Edwin  Tenney.  796.95  B73 

Swimming.     1910.     Houghton. 

Small  manual  that  "makes  its  appeal  to  the  middle-aged,  and  the  timid,  to  non- 
athletic  persons  and  women,  to  swimmers  who  learned  their  swimming  in  the  days  of 
the  breast  stroke  and  want  to  try  the  newer  methods"  and  to  people  who  have  children 
to  teach.     Develops  the  subject  as  a  series  of  detailed  and  orderly  lessons. 

Corsan,  George  Hebden.  796.95  C82 

At  home  in  the  water;  swimming,  diving,  life  saving,  water  sports, 
natatoriums.     1910.    Y.  M.  C.  A.  Press. 

Riley,  Thomas  Jerome.  796-95  ^45 

Swimming;  how,  when  and  where  to  swim,  its  progress  and  place 
in  American  sports,  some  of  America's  great  bathing  beaches,  ancient 
history  of  swimming.     1903.     [Blumenberg  Press.] 

[Sterrett,  James  H.]  796.95  S83 

How  to  swim;  a  practical  treatise  on  swimming  by  a  practical  swim- 
mer and  a  guide  to  the  novice  as  well  as  expert.  1903.  Amer.  Sports 
Pub.  Co.    (Spalding's  athletic  library.) 


Boating 

Boardman,  Edwin  Augustus.  797  857 

The  small  yacht;  its  management  and  handling  for  racing  and  sail- 
ing, with  chapters  on  construction.    1909.    Little. 

797  C17 
Canoes  and  canoeing;  paddling,  sailing,  cruising  and  racing  canoes  and 
their  uses,  with  hints  on  rig  and  management,  etc.  [1907.]  Amer. 
Sports  Pub.  Co.    (Spalding's  athletic  library.) . 

Day,  Thomas  Fleming.  797  D330 

On  yacht  sailing;  a  simple  treatise  for  beginners  upon  the  art  of 

handling  small  yachts  and  boats.     1904.     Rudder  Pub.  Co. 
"List  of  books,"  p.96. 
Small  handbook,  with  plans  and  diagrams.    Contains  glossary  of  terms. 

Kunhardt,  C.  P.  797  K43 

Ropes;  their  knots  and  splices;  a  manual  of  instruction  for  sailor- 
men  and  canoeists  in  marlinspike  seamanship,  knots,  bends,  riggings, 
ropes  and  cordage.    1893.    Forest  and  Stream  Pub.  Co. 

Power  boating  [monthly],  1908-date.    v.4-date.    1908-date.       qr797  P87 

Rudder  [monthly],  1896-1902.    v.7-13.    1896-1902,  qr797  R83 

For  ▼.14-date  Me  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 


OUTDOOR  SPORTS  1485 

Horsemanship 

Dodge,  Theodore  Ayrault.  798  D67P 

Patroclus  and  Penelope;  a  chat  in  the  saddle.    1885.    Houghton. 

"The  book  is  named  from  the  favorite  riding-horses  of  the  author  and  his  young 
friend  Tom — a  frequent  companion  in  his  daily  excursions  and  the  direct  recipient  of 
much  of  his  instruction.  Like  one  talking  to  an  intimate  and  sympathetic  friend,  Colonel 
Dodge  dilates  upon  the  numberless  points  involved  in  skilled  riding,  along  the  road,  after 
hounds,  in  the  steeple-chase,  in  every  form  and  style  of  finished  equestrianism."  Dial, 
1885- 

Illustrated. 

France — £cole  d'application  de  cavalerie,  Saumur.  798  F86 

Notes  on  equitation  and  horse  training,  in  answer  to  the  examina- 
tion questions  at  the  School  of  application  for  cavalry  at  Saumur, 
France.    1910.    U.  S.  Government. 

Ware,  Francis  Morgan.  q798  W222 

Driving.    1905.    Doubleday. 

Written  from  many  years'  practical  experience.  Discusses  carriages  and  their  ap- 
pointments, the  proper  manner  of  handling  the  reins,  the  management  of  tandems  and 
four-in-hands,  the  care  of  the  harness,  stable,  etc. 

Whyte,  James  Christie.  r798  W66 

History  of  the  British  turf  from  the  earliest  period  to  the  present 
day  [1840].    2v.    1840.    Colburn. 


Motoring 

Barzini,  Luigi.  798.1  B28 

Pekin  to  Paris;  an  account  of  Prince  Borghese's  journey  across  two 
continents  in  a  motor-car;  tr.  by  L.  P.  de  Castelvecchio,  with  an  intro- 
duction by  Prince  Borghese.     1907.    Richards. 

Appeals  first  to  the  automobilist  as  the  record  of  the  most  perfect  test  to  which 
the  motor  car  has  been  subjected  (1908).  The  race  began  June  10,  1907  and  Paris  was 
reached  Aug^ust  10,  10,000  miles  having  been  covered  without  serious  mishap.  The  auto- 
mobilist will  find  in  the  book  many  suggestions  for  his  safety  and  comfort  on  a  long 
tour,  and  for  the  general  reader  also  there  is  much  of  interest  in  the  vivaciously  written 
narrative. 

Jarrott,  Charles.  798.1  J19 

Ten  years  of  motors  and  motor  racing.    1906.    Richards. 
The  author  writes  in  an  interesting  way  of  the  early  days  of  motor  cycles  and  auto- 
mobiles and  describes  graphically  the  numerous  European  races  in  which  he  has  taken 
part.     Fully  illustrated. 


Fishing.     Hunting.     Trapping 

Bibliography 
Albee,  Louise  Rankin,  cotnp.  qroi6.799  A32 

Bartlett  collection;  a  list  of  books  on  angling,  fishes  and  fish  cul- 
ture in  Harvard  College  Library.  1896.  (Harvard  University — Library. 
Bibliographical  contributions,  v.3,  no.51.) 


I486  FISHING.    HUNTING 


Harting,  James  Edmund,  comp.  roi6.799  H32 

Bibliotheca  accipitraria;  a  catalogue  of  books  ancient  and  modern  re- 
lating to  falconry,  with  notes,  glossary  and  vocabulary.     1891.    Quaritch. 

Many  illustrations. 

High,  James  L.  .  roie.ygg  H53 

Catalogue  of  a  choice  and  very  complete  collection  of  books  on 
angling,  collected  by  the  late  James  L.  High,  to  be  sold  Feb.  6th-8th, 
191 1  by  the  Merwin-Clayton  Sales  Company,  New  York. 

General  works 

AKcaKOBi,  Cepritt  THMO(|)ieBHHT..  799  A315 

3anHCKH  pyHceftnaro  oxoxHHKa.     1897.     (lEojiHOe  coCpanie 

COHHHeHitt,  T.  6.) 

Andersch  Bros.  rygg  A54 

Hunters  and  trappers  g^uide,  describing  the  various  animals  and  how 
to  hunt  and  trap  them,  with  revised  game  laws  of  all  the  states  and 
territories  in  the  U.  S.    1906.    Privately  printed. 
Blaine,  Delabere  Pritchett.  rygg  B52 

Encyclopaedia  of  rural  sports;  or,  A  complete  account  of  hunting, 
shooting,  fishing  and  racing  and  other  field  sports  and  athletic  amuse- 
ments.   1840.    Longman. 
Bninner,  Josef.  7gg  B83 

Tracks  and  tracking.     1909.     Outing. 

Explains  simply  and  clearly  bow  to  interpret  the  meaning  of  animal  tracks  and  trails 
and  other  signs  useful  to  the  hunter.     Fully  illustrated. 

Camp,  Samuel  Granger.  79g  Cisf 

Fine  art  of  fishing.    191 1.    Outing. 

Sketchy  little  book  on  fresh-water  fishing,  written  by  a  man  who  is  successful  both 
in  fishing  and  in  telling  about  it. 

Camp,  Samuel  Granger.  799  C15 

Fishing  kits  and  equipment.     1910.    Outing. 

Cleveland,  Grover.  7gg  C58 

Fishing  and  shooting  sketches.     1906.    Outing. 

Contents:  The  mission  of  sport  and  outdoor  life. — A  defense  of  fishermen. — The 
•erene  duck  hunter. — The  mission  of  fishing  and  fishermen. — Some  fishing  pretenses 
and  affectations. — Summer  shooting. — Concerning  rabbit  shooting. — A  word  to  fisher- 
men.— A  duck  bunting  trip. — Quail  shooting. 

Very  brief  popular  articles  originally  published  in  various  periodicals. 

Colorado  &  Southern  Railway  Company.  79g  C72 

Trouting  in  Colorado's  waters.     1908. 
Daniel,  William  Barker.  r7gg  D22 

Rural  sports.    4v.    1812-13.    Longman  &  Crosby. 

Daniel's  "Rural  sports"  were  the  delight  of  sportsmen  at  the  beginning  of  the  cen- 
tury. The  book  will  always  be  valued  as  a  general  record  of  sport  before  the  introduc- 
tion of  modem  guns  and  methods  to  kill  game  more  speedily  and  surely.  It  contains 
one  of  the  earliest  authentic  accounts  of  wild-fowl  shooting  with  punt  and  gun,  besides 
many  incidents  connected  with  fowling  that  are  of  great  interest  as  records  of  the  sport 
of  catching  and  shooting  ducks  in  days  long  past.  Condensed  from  Dictionary  of 
national  biography. 


FISHING.    HUNTING  1487 

Dimock,  Anthony  Weston,  &  Dimock,  J.  A.  799  D59 

Florida  enchantments.     1908.     Outing. 

The  authors  have  for  several  years  spent  months  in  Florida  fishing  and  hunting. 
They  have  brought  together  a  score  of  papers  describing  their  experiences  with  tarpon, 
porpoise,  sharks,  alligators,  crocodiles,  sawfish,  sea-cows,  Seminole  Indians,  moonshiners, 
bee-hunters  and  the  Everglades.  The  photographs  of  leaping  tarpon,  alligators  and 
crocodiles  at  close  range  and  of  other  creatures  in  various  stages  of  capture  are  interest- 
ing documents  of  animal  life  and  the  main  feature  of  the  book. 

Edward  of  Norwich,  duke  of  York.  799  E31 

The  master  of  game;  the  oldest  English  book  on  hunting;  ed.  by 
W.  A.  and  F.  Baillie-Grohman,  with  a  foreword  by  Theodore  Roosevelt. 
1909.    Duffield. 

"List  of  some  books  consulted,"  p. 268— 281. 

Written  between  the  years  1406  and  1413  by  Edward,  second  duke  of  York,  grand- 
son of  Edward  III.  The  greater  part  of  the  book  is  not  the  original  work  of  Edward 
of  York,  but  a  careful  and  almost  literal  translation  of  the  most  famous  hunting  book 
of  all  times.  Count  Gaston  de  Foix's  "Livre  de  chasse."  Five  chapters  dealing  with 
English  hunting  and  numerous  interpolations  were  added  by  the  translator,  and  these 
are  printed  in  italics,  to  distinguish  them  from  the  original  work. 

qr799  F76 
Forest  and  stream;  a  weekly  journal  of  the  rod  and  gun,  Aug.  10,  1876- 
Aug.  2,  1877.    v.7-8.     1876-77. 

For  v.g-date  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

Herbert,  Agnes.  799  H46it 

Two  Dianas  in  Alaska,  by  Agnes  Herbert  and  a  shikari.  1909.  Lane. 
The  same  Englishwomen  who  figured  in  the  author's  "Two  Dianas  in  Somaliland" 

(799  H461)  go  to  Alaska  to  hunt  big  game.    They  meet  two  friends  in  America  who  join 

the  party,  one  of  whom  has  written  certain  chapters  of  this  popular  account  of  travel 

and  sport.     Illustrated. 

Herbert,  Agnes.  799  H461 

Two  Dianas  in  Somaliland;  the  record  of  a  shooting  trip.     1908. 

Lane. 

The  book  has  the  charm  of  novelty  for  it  records  the  experiences  of  two  women — 

the  author  and  her  cousin — on  a  search  for  game  in  Africa.     The  account  is  vivaciously 

written  and  contains  some  exciting  adventures. 

Holder,  Charles  Frederick.  799  H7ib 

Big  game  at  sea.     1908.    Outing. 

These  chapters  may  be  considered  in  a  sense  a  plea  for  light  tackle  for  all  the  big 
game  of  the  sea,  as  illustrated  by  the  methods  of  the  Tuna  Club  and  other  clubs  of 
southern  California.  The  author's  main  interest  lies  in  the  tuna,  the  tarpon,  the  sea- 
bass,  the  barracuda  and  the  yellowtail. 

Holder,  Charles  Frederick.  J799  H71 

Boy  anglers.     1904.    Appleton. 

Their  adventures  in  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  California,  the  Pacific  and  Atlantic  oceans 
and  the  lakes  and  streams  of  Canada.     Many  pictures. 

Holder,  Charles  Frederick.  799  H7ir 

Recreations  of  a  sportsman  on  the  Pacific  coast.    1910.     Putnam. 

Dramatic  account  of  angling  experiences,  chiefly  in  southern  California,  tales  of 
tuna,  yellowtail,  black  sea-bass,  swordfish,  trout  and  sharks.  Gifford  Pinchot  plays  a 
prominent  part  in  several  chapters,  especially  in  the  J  3th,  which  contains  a  description 
of  his  fight  with  an  enormous  yellowtail.  Another  interesting  chapter  describes  a 
journey  by  motor  car  through  the  great  cactus  forest  of  the  delta  of  the  Rio  Yaqui,  in 
Sonora,  Mexico.     Fully  illustrated. 

Hornaday,  William  Temple.  799  H79C 

Camp-fires  in  the  Canadian  Rockies.    1906.    Scribner. 

Enthusiastic  account  of  a  hunting  trip  in   the  mountains  of  southeastern   British 


1488  FISHING.    HUNTING 

Hornaday,  William  Temple — continued.  799  H79C 

Columbia,  the  special  object  of  which  was  the  pursuit  of  the  mountain  goat.  Illustrated 
by  excellent  photographs  taken  by  John  M.  Phillips  of  Pittsburgh,  who  accompanied 
the  author. 

Hornaday,  William  Temple.  799  H79ca 

Camp-fires  on  desert  and  lava.    1908.    Scribner. 

Vivacious  chronicle  of  a  journey  through  unknown  regions  of  Arizona  and  Mexico. 
Author  was  sportsman  of  the  little  exploring  party,  which  included  a  botanist,  a  zoologist 
and  a  geographer.     Numerous  illustrations,  some  in  color.  Maps. 

House,  Edward  John.  799  H83 

A  hunter's  camp-fires.    1909.    Harper. 

Contents:  Big-game  hunting  in  northern  lands. — East  African  experiences. — In  the 
wake  of  the  pack-train. — Sport  in  the  Cassiar  mountains  of  northern  British  Columbia. 

Kalbfus,  Joseph.  r799  Kiis 

Save  our  birds  and  game;  recommendations  as  to  tfie  trapping  and 
care  of  quail,  use  of  poison  for  the  extermination  of  vermin  and  crows. 
1908.     (Pennsylvania — Game  commissioners  board.) 

Kreps,  Elmer  Harry.  799  K41 

Science  of  trapping;  describes  the  fur  bearing  animals,  their  nature, 
habits  and  distribution,  with  practical  methods  for  their  capture.  1909. 
Harding. 

McCutcheon,  John  Tinney.  q799  M14 

In  Africa;  hunting  adventures  in  the  big  game  country.  1910. 
Bobbs. 

"Entertaining  story  of  the  cartoonist's  eighteen  weeks'  hunting  trip  to  equatorial 
Africa,  his  meeting  with  Roosevelt,  and  his  return  to  America  by  way  of  India,  Java, 
China  and  Manila.  The  many  amusing  cartoons  are  supplemented  by  the  author's 
photographs.  The  last  chapter  contains  information  on  the  outfit  of  an  African  hunting 
expedition,  the  game  to  be  found,  game  laws  and  much  else  of  interest  to  hunters." 
A.  L.  A.  booklist,  1911. 

Millais,  John  Guille.  q799  M68 

Newfoundland  and  its  untrodden  ways.     1907.     Longmans. 
Record  of  author's  hunting  expeditions  in  Newfoundland,  including  an  exhaustive 
description  of  the  caribou  and  much  information  about  the  inhabitants,  especially  the 
Micmac  Indians.     Fully  illustrated  from  Mr  Millais'  own  photographs.     The  best  book 
on  the  natural  history  of  the  island.     Condensed  from  Nation,  1908. 

Paine,  Albert  Bigelow.  799  P16 

Tent  dwellers.     1908.    Outing. 

Appeared  in  "Outing,"  V.S2-53,  May-Dec.   1908. 

"The  story  of  a  three  weeks'  fishing  trip  in  Nova  Scotia written  simply,  swiftly, 

and  honestly."    Nation,  jgo8. 
Illustrated. 

Pottinger,  5"i>  Henry.  799  P86 

Flood,  fell  and  forest.    2v.     1905.    Arnold. 

Hunting  and  fishing  experiences  in  Norway,  the  author  having  been  one  of  the  first 
sportsmen  to  seek  that  country. 

"His  style  is  that  of  the  old-time  sporting  chronicle,  full  of  quotations  and  classical 
reminiscences  and  the  elaborate  humour  of  a  more  leisurely  age. .  .There  are  chapters  on 
bear-hunting  and  on  elk-shooting,  both  in  the  forests  and  on  the  fjelds. .  .There  are  also 
chapters  on  rough  shooting  on  the  islands  and  the  pursuit  of  the  woodland  red-deer,  and 
certain  passages  on  trout-fishing  which  stir  the  reader  to  un-Christian  envy. .  .The  reader 
will  find,  too,  much  general  information  about  the  land  and  its  people  set  out  with 
sympathy  and  humour."    Spectator,  1903. 


FISHING.     HUNTING  1489 

Rhead,  Louis  John.  799  RsSb 

Bait  angling  for  common  fishes.     1907.     Outing. 

Small  book  of  practical  information  intended  for  the  amateur.  Includes  chapters 
on  fishing  for  eel,  perch,  pickerel  and  trout. 

Roosevelt,  Theodore.  799  R68a 

African  game  trails;  an  account  of  the  African  wanderings  of  an 
American  hunter-naturalist.     1910.     Scribner. 

Appeared  in  "Scribner's  magazine,"  v.46-48,  Oct.  1909-Sept.  1910. 
Beside  the  actual  accomplishments  of  Col.  Roosevelt's  "great  adventure,"  his  written 
record  of  it  is  of  secondary  importance.  At  the  time  the  expedition  was  planned,  the 
United  States  National  Museum  at  Washington  was  very  poorly  supplied  with  specimens 
representing  the  African  fauna.  And  now,  by  one  grreat  forward  thrust,  the  African 
section  of  that  museum  is  placed  in  the  front  rank  of  zoological  collections.  It  must  be 
understood  that  scientifically  the  expedition  was  one  of  conquest  rather  than  discovery. 
The  measure  of  success  in  its  real  purpose  is  set  forth  modestly  in  this  volume,  but  the 
extent  of  the  scientific  discoveries  made  is  as  yet  only  partly  known.  The  illustrations 
are  abundant  and  well  chosen.     Condensed  from  Nation,  igio. 

Roosevelt,  Theodore.  J799  R68 

Good  hunting  in  pursuit  of  big  game  in  the  West.     1907.    Harper. 
Contents:     The  wapiti,  or  round-horned  elk. — A  cattle-killing  bear. — A   Christmas 

buck. — The  timber-wolf. — Shooting  the  prong-buck. — A  tame  white  goat. — Ranching. 

Tlie  same 799  R68g 

Appeared  in  "Harper's  round  table,"  v.  17-18,  1896-97. 
Articles  on  big-game  hunting  and  outdoor  life  in  the  West. 

St.  John,  Charles  William  George.  799  S14 

Wild  sports  and  natural  history  of  the  Highlands,  with  the  author's 
notes  and  a  memoir  by  M.  G.  Watkins.     1907.     Murraj'. 
First  published  in  1846. 

"His  works  preserve  the  memory  of  many  curious  birds  and  animals  which  are  now 
scarcer  than  they  were  in  his  days,  and  may  become  extinct  His  style  is  clear  and 
direct,  and  the  genuine  appreciation  of  scenery  is  apparent  beneath  the  sober  details  in 
which  the  books  abound.  His  writings  have  sent  multitudes  of  lovers  of  nature  and 
sport  to  the  rivers  and  moors  of  the  north."    Dictionary  of  national  biography. 

[St.  Louis  and  San  Francisco  Railroad  Company.]  799  S145 

Feathers  and  fins  on  the  Frisco.     1905. 

Scull,  Guy  Hamilton.  f  -    799  S437 

Lassoing  wild  animals  in  Africa,  with  an  introduction  by  Theodore 
Roosevelt  and  a  foreword  by  C.  S.  Bird.    191 1.    Stokes. 

Narrative  of  the  expedition  into  British  East  Africa  in  1909,  which  was  led  by 
"Buffalo  Jones,"  the  American  plainsman. 

Selous,  Frederick  Courteney.  799  S46h 

A  hunter's  wanderings  in  Africa;  being  a  narrative  of  nine  years 

spent  amongst  the  game  of  the  far  interior  of  South  Africa.     1907. 
Macmillan. 

First  published  in  1881.  The  expeditions  were  made  primarily  for  the  collection 
and  sale  of  ivory,  but  incidentally  led  to  varied  big-game  shooting  and  to  exploration  of 
parts  of  the  country  till  then  unknown.     Well  illustrated. 

Selous,  Frederick  Courteney.  799  S46r 

Recent  hunting  trips  in  British  North  America.    1907.    Witherby. 

Recounts  his  adventures  in  the  pursuit  of  moose,  caribou  and  wild  sheep  in  central 
Canada,  Newfoundland,  along  the  Macmillan  river  and  in  the  Yukon  territory.  The 
concluding  chapter  contains  suggestions  on  the  equipment  necessary  for  a  hunter.  Illus- 
trated. 


1490  FISHING.    HUNTING.     SHOOTING 

Smith,  A.  Mervyn.  799  S64 

Sport  and  adventure  in  the  Indian  jungle.     1904.     Hurst. 

Appeared  in  the  Calcutta  "Statesman." 

Contains  a  description  of  an  elephant  hunt  and  of  exciting  encounters  with  wild 
animals.  The  author  states  that  most  of  the  adventures  related  fell  within  his  own 
personal  experience. 

Stebbing,  E.  P.  ,  799  S81 

Jungle  by-ways  in  India;  leaves  from  the  notebook  of  a  sportsman 
and  a  naturalist.     191 1.    Lane. 

"It  is  like  the  off-hand,  rapid-fire  talk  of  a  good  friend  who  has  just  returned  from 
a  camping  trip. .  .Mr.  Stebbing  is  a  keen  and  truthful  observer,  and  an  honest  chronicler 
of  his  own  adventures.  He  has  hunted  about  all  kinds  of  India  big  game  south  of  the 
Himalayas."    Nation,  igio. 

Sdgand,  C.  H.  q799  SSsg 

Game  of  British  East  Africa.    1909.    Cox. 

Author  is  more  interested  in  hunting  and  tracking  than  in  mere  shooting,  and  his 
book  is  rich  in  information  on  the  habits,  haunts  and  appearance  of  African  game, 
especially  the  elephant,  lion,  rhinoceros,  buffalo,  bongo  and  kudu. 

Stigand,  C.  H.  &  Lyell,  D.  D.  q799  885 

Central  African  game  and  its  spoor.    1906.    Cox. 

Storehouse  of  information  on  the  habits,  haunts,  appearance  and  footprints  of  Afri- 
can game  and  the  methods  of  tracking  them. 

Storey,  Harry.  799  S88 

Hunting  &  shooting  in  Ceylon.    1907.    Longmans. 

Other  sportsmen  of  experience  have  also  contributed  to  this  volume,  which  con- 
tains accounts  of  every  variety  of  game.     Numerous  illustrations. 

Thomas,  William  S.  799  T37 

Hunting  big  game  with  gun  and  with  kodak;  a  record  of  personal 

experiences  in  the  United  States,  Canada  and  Mexico.    1906.    Putnam 

Vasse,  Guillaume.  799  V23 

Three  years'  sport  in  Mozambique;  tr.  from  the  French  by  R.  &  H 
M.  Lydekker.    1909.    Pitman. 

Account  of  big-game  shooting.  Elephants,  lions,  leopards,  hyenas,  buffaloes,  zebras 
and  deer  of  many  kinds  were  among  the  prey. 


Shooting 

Himmelwright,  Abraham  Lincoln  Artman,  (pseud.  799>3  H56 

Heclawa). 

Pistol  and  revolver.     1908.    Little. 

The  same.  1904.  Macmillan.  (In  Money,  A.  W.  and  others.  Guns, 
ammunition  and  tackle,  P.2S7-355.) 799  M83 

Manual  of  practical  information  and  advice  for  those  learning  to  shoot. 

Winans,  Walter.  q799-3  W77a 

Art  of  revolver  shooting.    1911.    Putnam. 

Winans,  Walter.  -  -    ,  q799-3  W77S 

The  sporting  rifle;  the  shooting  of  big  and  little  game,  with  a  de- 
scription of  the  principal  classes  of  sporting  weapons.     1908.    Putnam. 


Literature 

Bibliography 

Edwardes,  Marian,  comp.  roi6.8  E31 

Summary  of  the  literatures  of  modern  Europe   (England,   France, 

Germany,  Italy,  Spain)  from  the  origins  to  1400.     1907.     Dent. 

"The  work  is  essentially  an  annotated  and  classified  bibliography,  with  references 

to  the  most  authoritative  scholarly  discussions  of  the  writings  included.     It  presents  an 

immense  mass  of  historical  and  critical  information  in  a  form  that  is  both  compact  and 

convenient  for  use."    Dial,  1907. 

Harris,  William  James,  camp.  roi6.8  H29 

First  printed  translations  into  English  of  the  great  foreign  classics; 
a  supplement  to  text-books  of  English  literature.    1909.    Routledge. 

"Object  of  this  bibliography  is  to  give  in  concise  form  the  authors  and  titles,  trans- 
lators and  dates  of  the  first  English  translations  of  the  chief  foreign  authors,  and 
incidentally  to  enable  students  to  note  the  effect  of  such  translations  on  the  works  of 
many  of  our  great  imaginative  writers. .  .The  most  important  of  the  Anglo-Saxon,  etc., 
romances  have  been  included."    Preface. 

Mulliken,  Clara  Angeline,  afterward  Mrs  Norton,  comp.  roi6.8  M96 

Reading  list  on  modern  dramatists;  D'Annunzio,  Hauptmann,  Ibsen, 
Maeterlinck,  Phillips,  Rostand,  Shaw  and  Sudermann.  1907.  Bost. 
Book  Co.    (Bulletin  of  bibliography  pamphlets,  no. 18.) 


801     Literary  criticism 

Bennett,  Arnold.  801  B43 

Literary  taste;  how  to  form  it,  with  detailed  instructions  for  collect- 
ing a  complete  library  of  English  literature.     [1910.]     Hodder. 
Counsel  on  how  and  what  to  read,  with  suggested  lists  of  books. 

Kersey,  John  A.  801  K21 

Ethics  of  literature.     1894.    Twentieth  Century  Press. 

"Pious  fraud  in  literature"  and  "Religion's  obsequious  homage  to  science"  are  two 
of  the  titles  of  chapters  in  a  work  the  evident  aim  of  which  is  to  disparage  the  work  of 
authors  whom  people  generally  unite  in  calling  great. 

Saintsbury,  George.  801  S15 

History  of  criticism  and  literary  taste  in  Europe,  from  the  earliest 
texts  to  the  present  day  [1900].    v.3.    1906. 

V.3.     Modern  criticism. 

For  v.i-2  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

Shuman,  Edwin  Llewellyn.  801  S56 

How  to  judge  a  book;  a  handy  method  of  criticism  for  the  general 
reader.    1910.    Houghton. 

Author,  who  is  (1910)  literary  editor  of  the  "Chicago  record-herald,"  tries  to 
formulate  a  simple  system  of  criticism  by  means  of  which  the  ordinary  reader  may  judge 
for  himself  as  to  the  real  merits  of  the  latest  popular  novel. 

1491 


1492  LITERATURE 


Spingam,  Joel  Elias.  8oi  87511 

The   new   criticism;    a   lecture   delivered   at    Columbia   University, 

March  9,  1910.    191 1.    Columbia  University  Press. 

Appeared   in   "Columbia  University  lectures   on   literature"   under   title   "Literary 

criticism." 

Thoughtfully  reasoned  plea  for  less  stern  and  rigid  methods  in  criticism. 


803     Dictionaries 

Walsh,  William  Shepard,  comp.  1803  W18 

Handy-book  of  literary  curiosities.    1909.    Lippincott. 


804     Essays 

Adams,  William  Davenport.  804  A21 

By-ways  in  book-land;  short  essays  on  literary  subjects.  1889.  Lock- 
wood. 

Contents:  Paper-knife  pleasures.  —  Ruskin  as  poet.  —  Elections  in  literature.  —  Fa- 
miliar verse. — Shakespeare's  England. — Heredity  in  song. — Stings  for  the  stingy. — Dia- 
logues of  the  dead. — Sermons  in  flowers. — "Don  Quixote"  in  England. — Bedside  books. 
— Their  much  speaking. — Peers  and  poetry. — The  praise  of  Thames. — English  epigraphs. 
— The  "season"  in  song. 

Alden,  Henry  Mills.  804  A35 

Magazine  writing  and  the  new  literature.    1908.    Harper. 

Essays  on  literary  subjects.  Mr  Alden  has  been  since  1869  editor  of  "Harper's 
monthly." 

Chautauqua  Literary  and  Scientific  Circle.  804  C41 

Studies  in  European  literature;  a  series  of  studies  written  for  the 
Chautauqua  Literary  and  Scientific  Circle.  1908.  (Chautauqua  reading 
circle  literature.) 

Contents:  An  epic,  "The  song  of  Roland,"  by  F.  M.  Warren. — Montaigne  and  essay 
writing  in  France,  by  F.  M.  Warren. — "Tartuffe,"  a  typical  comedy  of  Moliere,  by  J.  A. 
Harrison. — Lyrists  and  lyrics  of  old  France,  by  J.  A.  Harrison. — Victor  Hugo's  "Ninety- 
three,"  by  F.  M.  Warren. — The  short  story  in  France,  by  W.  T.  Peirce. — Alexandre 
Dumas  and  "The  three  musketeers,"  by  B.  W.  Wells. — Balzac's  "Eugenie  Grandet,"  by 
W.  P.  Trent.  —  George  Sand,  by  F.  M.  Warren.  —  fimile  Zola,  "Le  reve,"  by  R.  M. 
Lovett.  —  Rostand,  "Cyrano  de  Bergerac,"  by  R.  M.  Lovett.  —  Lessing's  "Nathan  the 
Wise,"  by  R.  W.  Deering.— Schiller's  "Wilhelm  Tell,"  by  R.  W.  Deering.— Goethe's 
"Faust,"  pt.i-2,  by  R.  W.  Deering. — Heinrich  Heine,  his  life  and  work,  by  R.  W.  Deer- 
ing.— Maurice  Maeterlinck,  "The  intruder,"  "The  blind,"  by  R.  M.  Lovett. — Gerhart 
Hauptmann,  "The  sunken  bell,"  by  R.  M.  Lovett. — Hermann  Sudermann,  "Es  war," 
by  R.  M.  Lovett. — Henrik  Ibsen,  "A  doll's  house,"  by  R.  M.  Lovett. 

Farrer,  James  Anson.  804  F25 

Literary  forgeries,  with  an  introduction  by  Andrew  Lang.  1907. 
Longmans. 

Contents:  Some  classical  forgeries. — Bertram:  "The  Pausanias  of  Britain." — 
Greek  forgery:  Constantine  Simonides. — Italian  forgery:  Annius  of  Viterbo. — Psal- 
manazar,  the  famous  Formosan. — Political  forgery:  the  Eikon  Basilike. — Forgery  in 
the  church. — The  tragedy  of  Chatterton. — The  shame  of  Lauder. — The  forged  letters  of 
Byron  and  Shelley. — A  German  forger:  Friedrich  Wagenfeld. — A  French  forger:  Vrain- 
Denis  Lucas.  —  The  Marie-Antoinette  forgeries.  —  The  immortal  hoax  of  Ireland.  — 
Among  the  ballad  forgers. — Some  miscellaneous  forgeries. 

A  book  of  curious  learning  on  some  interesting  cases  of  literary  deception. 


LITERATURE  1493 

Friswell,  James  Hain.  804  F95 

Varia;  readings  from  rare  books.     1866.    Low. 

Contents:  The  angelic  doctor  [Thomas  Aquinas].  —  Nostradamus.  —  Thomas  a 
Kempis  and  the  Imitatio  Christi. — Dr  John  Faustus. — Quevedo. — Madame  J.  M.  B.  de 
la  Mothe  Guion  and  quietism. — A.  P.  T.  Bombast  of  Hohenheim  [Paracelsus]. — Howell 
the  traveller. —  Michael  Scot. —  Lodowick  Muggleton. —  Sir  Thomas  Browne. —  George 
Psalmanazar. — The  highwayman,  real  and  ideal. — The  spirit  world  and  its  literature. 

"Books  consulted"  at  the  beginning  of  each  chapter. 

Henderson,  Archibald,  b.  1877.  804  H44 

Interpreters  of  life  and  the  modern  spirit.     191 1.     Duckworth. 
Contents:    George  Meredith. — Oscar  Wilde. — Maurice  Maeterlinck. — Henrik  Ibsen, 
— G.  B.  Shaw. 

"Essays. .  .containing  a  good  deal  of  useful  information,  and  some  suggestive  criti- 
cism. A  somewhat  extensive  knowledge  of  the  works  of  these  authors  is  presupposed. 
The  otherwise  pleasing  style  is  marred  by  the  constant  use  of  foreign  words  and  phrases 
for  which  there  are  satisfactory  equivalents  in  English."    A.  L.  A.  'booklist,  igii. 

Peck,  Harry  Thurston.  804  P35 

Studies  in  several  literatures.     1909.    Dodd. 

Contents:  The  Odyssey. — Alciphron. —  Milton. ^ — -The  lyrics  of  Tennyson.— Long- 
fellow.—  Poe  as  a  story-writer. —  Hawthorne  and  "The  scarlet  letter." —  Emerson.  — 
Thackeray  and  "Vanity  fair."  —  Anthony  Trollope.  —  £mile  Zola.  —  Tolstoi's  "Anna 
Karenina." — Alphonse  Daudet's  masterpiece. — The  detective  story. — The  psychology  of 
the  printed  page. 

"The  aspects  of  foreign  literature  which  attract. ..  [the  author],  modern  or  ancient, 
are  those  which  are  most  closely  parallel  to  the  most  familiar  aspects  of  contemporary 
life — and  contemporary  life  in  America."     Nation,  igoQ. 

Santayana,  George.  804  S23 

Three  philosophical  poets:  Lucretius,  Dante  and  Goethe.  1910. 
Harvard  University.  (Harvard  University.  Studies  in  comparative 
literature,  v.i.) 

Each  poet  is  made  the  subject  of  a  separate  essay  which  is  partly  an  exposition  of 
intellectual  origins,  contents  and  character,  and  partly  an  attempt  to  assign  the  place  and 
value,  in  the  scheme  of  life  and  thought,  of  the  formula  of  each.  Lucretius  is  presented 
as  the  poet  of  naturalism;  Dante,  of  supernaturalism;  Goethe,  of  romanticism. 

Woodberry,  George  Edward.  804  W85 

Appreciation  of  literature.     1907.     Baker. 

Contents:  First  principles. — Lyrical  poetry. — Narrative  poetry. — Dramatic  poetry. 
— Fiction. — Other  prose  forms. — Practical  suggestions. 

Woodberry,  George  Edward.  804  W85t 

The  torch;  eight  lectures  on  race  power  in  literature  delivered  before 
the  Lowell  Institute  of  Boston,  1903.    1905.    McClure. 

Contents:  Man  and  the  race. — The  language  of  all  the  world. — The  Titan  myth. — 
Spenser. — Milton. — Wordsworth. — Shelley. 

The  fundamental  thesis  of  the  book  is  that  the  race  is  the  real  maker  of  literature 
and  as  the  race-mind  is  embalmed  from  age  to  age  in  its  literary  manifestations  the  story 
of  mental  evolution  can  be  derived  from  a  comparative  study  of  these  writings. 


805     Periodicals.     806     Societies 

r8o5  B47 
Bibelot;  a  reprint  of  poetry  and  prose  for  book  lovers,  chosen  in  part 
from  scarce  editions  and  sources  not  generally  known  [monthly],  1895- 
98,  1905-07.    V.1-4,  11-13.     1895-1907.     Mosher. 

The  Bibelot  for  each  month  is  devoted  usually  to  a  single  author,  giving  perhaps 
several  of  his  poems,  or  an  essay,  or  a  story.    A  wide  field  is  covered  in  the  selection. 


14S>4  LITERATURE 

r8o5  Cya 
Colorado  College  publications;  language  series,  no.  1-28.  v.1-2.  1890- 
1911. 

no.i-14  issued  in  Colorado  College  studies,  v.i-io  (rsos  C722). 

V.I  (no.i-14).  Horace  Od.  Ill,  i,  34. — Witchcraft  among  the  Hindus. — Dialect 
studies  in  West  Virginia. — On  two  passages  in  the  Crito. — On  a  passage  in  the  Frogs. — 
Note  on  the  Hadley-AUen  grammar. — The  etymologies  in  the  Servian  commentary  to 
Vergil. — Some  notes  on  Blaydes'  Nubes. — On  a  passage  in  Euripides'  Iphigenia  Taurica. 
— The  conditional  in  German. — On  the  eight  lines  usually  prefixed  to  Horat.  Serm.  i, 
10. — Literature  for  children. — La  femme  dans  les  chansons  de  geste. — The  earliest  life 
of  Milton. 

V.2  (no. 1 5-28).  A  note  upon  Dryden's  heroic  stanzas  on  the  death  of  Cromwell. — 
Some  defects  in  the  teaching  of  modern  languages. — A  plea  for  more  Spanish  in  the 
schools  of  Colorado. — The  evolution  of  Maeterlinck's  dramatic  theory. — A  study  of  Eng- 
lish blank  verse. — Lowell's  conception  of  poetry. — The  church  and  education. — Litera- 
ture as  a  force  in  character  building. — Relation  of  the  home  to  the  criminal. — Jonson 
and  Milton  on  Shakespeare. — Rousseau  and  Wordsworth. — The  supernatural  in  Haw- 
thorne and  Poe. — "Much  ado  about  nothing"  and  Ben  Jonson's  "The  case  is  altered." 
— A  note  on  "Henry  \'." 

Pennsylvania  University.  qr8o5  P39 

Publications;  series  in  philology  and  literature,     v.ii-13.     1906-10. 

V. II.  Smith,  Wentworth.  The  Hector  of  Germanic;  or,  The  Palsgrave  prime  elec- 
tor; ed.  with  introduction  and  notes  by  L.  W.  Payne. 

v.  1 2,  no.  I.  Hey  wood,  Thomas.  The  royall  king  and  loyall  subject;  ed.  with  intro- 
duction and  notes  by  K.  W.  Tibbals. 

V.12,  no.2.     Mendelsohn,  C.J.     Studies  in  the  word-play  in  Plautus. 

v. 1 3.  Rowley,  William.  All's  lost  by  lust,  and  A  shoe-maker,  a  gentleman,  with 
an  introduction  on  Rowley's  place  in  the  drama  by  C.  W.  Stork. 

For  v.i-io  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Besant,  Sir  Walter.  r8o6  B46 

Society  of  Authors;  a  record  of  its  action  from  its  foundation  [in 
1883].     1893.    Soc.  of  Authors. 

Hrief  history  of  a  society  of  English  authors  founded  for  the  defense  of  literary 
property  and  the  amendment  of  domestic  and  international  copyright.  Lord  Tennyson 
was  its  first  president. 


807     Study  and  teaching  of  literature 

Bates,  Arlo.  807  B31 

Talks  on  teaching  literature.     1906.     Houghton. 

Based  upon  lectures  delivered  at  the  summer  school  of  the  University  of  Illinois 
in  1905.  Mr  Bates  presents  some  of  the  problems  and  difficulties  in  the  teaching  of 
literature  to  children  and  offers  helpful  suggestions. 

Colby,  June  Rose.  807  C67 

Literature  and  life  in  school.    1906.    Houghton. 

Bibliography,  p.  179-320. 

Aims  to  show  that  literature  should  be  made  a  vital  part  of  school  life,  not  merely  in 
formal  instruction,  but  in  many  incidental  ways  and  in  a  spontaneous  rather  than  a  con- 
ventional fashion.     Appendix  gives  suggestions  for  class  and  outside  reading. 


808     Rhetoric 

Baldwin,  Charles  Sears.  808  Bigw 

Writing  and  speaking;  a  text-book  of  rhetoric.     1909.    Longmans. 

Defines  clearness  and  interest  as  the  two  objects  of  composition  and  shows  how  to 
achieve  these  ends.  Includes  detailed  instruction  in  the  use  of  the  public  library. 
Author  it  (1909)  professor  of  rhetoric  in  Yale  University. 


RHETORIC  1495 

Beak,  George  Bailey.  808  B34 
Indexing  and  precis  writing.     1908.    Macmillan. 
Key 808  B34a 

Composed  almost  wholly  of  extracts  from  official  correspondence,  law  evidence, 
public  speeches  and  general  literature  for  the  student  to  index  and  summarize  according 
to  prefixed  rules. 

Berkeley,  Frances  Campbell,  comp.  808  B45 

College  course  in  writing  from  models,  with  introduction  and  notes. 
1910.     Holt. 

Prose  selections  for  use  as  models  in  composition. 
Blaisdell,  Thomas  Charles.  808  B52 

Steps  in  English;  composition,  rhetoric.  1906.  American  Book  Co. 
Cody,  Sherwin.  808  C65 

Composition.     1903.     Old  Greek  Press.     (Art  of  writing  &  speaking 
the  English  language.) 
Cody,  Sherwin.  808  C65S 

Story-writing  &  journalism.  1905.  Old  Greek  Press.  (Art  of  writ- 
ing &  speaking  the  English  language.) 

Contents:     Literary  journalism. — Short  story  writing.— Creative  composition. 
Same  as  his  "Constructive  rhetoric." 

Colles,  William  Morris,  &  Cresswell,  Henry.  808  C69 

Success  in  literature.     191 1.     Duffield.  . 

Contents:  The  literary  great. — Success. — Originality. — The  literary  worker  and  his 
work. —  Equipment. —  Reading. —  Style. —  Form  and  treatment. —  On  various  kinds  of 
books. — Authorship. 

Cooper,  Frederic  Taber.  808  C786 

Craftsmanship  of  writing.     191 1.     Dodd. 

Contents:  The  inborn  talent. — The  power  of  self-criticism. — The  author's  purpose. 
— The  technique  of  form. — The  gospel  of  infinite  pains. — The  question  of  clearness. — 
The  question  of  style. — The  technique  of  translating. 

Aim  is  to  help  the  would-be  writer  to  an  understanding  of  the  technical  and  the 
artistic  side  of  his  profession,  to  discount  its  delays  and  disappointments  and  to  cultivate 
an  intelligent  self-criticism. 

Cooper,  Lane,  ed.  808  C78 

Theories  of  style,  with  especial  reference  to  prose  composition;  es- 
says, excerpts  and  translations.    1907.    Macmillan. 

Contents:  Introduction:  Wackernagel's  Theory  of  prose  and  of  style. — Plato,  from 
the  Phsedrus. — Aristotle,  from  the  Rhetoric. — Longinus,  On  the  sublime. — Swift,  from 
A  letter  to  a  young  clergyman. — Buffon,  Discourse  on  style. — Voltaire,  Style. — Goethe, 
Simple  imitation  of  nature;  manner;  style. — Coleridge,  On  style. — De  Quincey,  Style 
(part  4). — Thoreau,  from  A  week  on  the  Concord  and  Merrimack  rivers. — Schopenhauer, 
On  style. — Spencer,  The  philosophy  of  style. — Lewes,  The  principles  of  success  in  litera- 
ture (chapters  5,  6). — Stevenson,  On  some  technical  elements  of  style  in  literature. — 
Pater,   Style. — Brunetiere,  The  French  mastery  of  style. — Harrison,  On   English  prose. 

Curry,  Samuel  Silas.  808  C93 

Imagination  and  dramatic  instinct;  some  practical  steps   for  their 

development.     1896.     Expression  Co. 

By  a  teacher  of  long  experience,  the  founder  of  the  Boston  School  of  Expression. 

Text-book  for  the  study  of  elocution,  containing  a  large  number  of  illustrative  selections. 

Curry,  Samuel  Silas.  808  C93P 

Province  of  expression;  a  search  for  principles  underlying  adequate 

methods  of  developing  dramatic  and  oratoric  delivery.     1891.     Boston 

School  of  Expression. 

General   survey    of   the   subject,   defining   its    field   and   criticizing   the   traditional 

schools  of  expression. 


1496  RHETORIC 

Espenshade,  Abraham  Howry.  808  E83 

Essentials  of  composition  and  rhetoric.     1909.     Heath. 

Gardiner,  John  Hays,  and  others.  808  Giym 

Manual  of  composition  and  rhetoric.    1907.    Ginn. 

Hitchcock,  Alfred  Marshall.  808  H62 

Theme-book  in  English  composition.     1910.    Holt. 

Author  is  (19:0)  a  teacher  in  the  Hartford  (Conn.)  High  School.  Suggested  exer- 
cises in  narration,  exposition,  description,  speech-making,  discussion,  argument  and  de- 
bate, essays  and  orations.    Very  useful  as  a  collection  of  subjects. 

Lacey,  William  Brittingham.  r8o8  Li2i 

Illustration  of  the  principles  of  rhetorick;  designed  for  high  schools, 
female  seminaries  and  private  students.    1834.    Pittsburgh. 

Lockwood,  Mrs  Sara  Elizabeth  (Husted),  &  Emerson,  M.  A.       808  L76 

Composition  and  rhetoric  for  higher  schools.     1901.    Ginn. 

By  experienced  teachers.  The  book  is  comprehensive  and  practical,  emphasis  being 
laid  on  the  pupil's  own  thinking  and  writing. 

Nigyesy,  Laszlo,  ed.  808  N21 

Retorika  prozai  olvasmanyok;  elmelet.    1907. 

Rickard,  Thomas  Arthur.      .  808  R43 

Guide  to  technical  writing.    1908.    Mining  and  Scientific  Press. 

By  a  practical  mining  engineer.  Contains  the  fundamental  rules  for  correct  compo- 
sition, with  especial  application  to  writing  on  scientific  and  technical  subjects.  In- 
teresting and  helpful  sections  on  the  misuse  of  certain  words  connected  with  mining,  etc. 

Scott,  Fred  Newton,  &  Denney,  J.  V.  808  S42P 

Paragraph-writing;  a  rhetoric  for  colleges.     1909.    Allyn. 

"Supplementary  reading,"  p. 393-399. 

Sykes,  Frederick  Henry.  808  S98 

English  composition  for  grammar  schools.     1908.    Scribner. 

"Source  books  for  composition,"  p.314. 

Directions  for  oral  and  written  composition  based  on  pictures  and  model  passages. 
Intended  as  a  practical  text-book  for  sixth,  seventh  and  eighth  grades. 

Waddy,  Virginia.  808  Wii 

Elements  of  composition  and  rhetoric.  1889.  Amer.  Book  Co. 
(Harvey's  language  course.) 


Philosophy  of  poetry 
Aristotle.  808.1  A71 

Poetics  of  Aristotle  [Greek  and  English  text] ;  ed.  with  critical  notes 
and  a  translation  by  S.  H.  Butcher.     1907.     Macmillan. 

"Editions,  translations,  etc."  p.25-28. 

The  same.  1902.  Macmillan.  (In  Butcher,  S.  H.  Aristotle's  theory 
of  poetry  and  fine  art,  p.i-iii.) 701  A7izb 

"Editions,  translations,  etc."  p.35-37. 

The  same;  tr.  from  Greek  into  English  and  from  Arabic  into  Latin, 
with  a  revised  text,  introduction,  commentary,  glossary  and  onomas- 
ticon  by  D.  S.  Margoliouth.     [1911.]     Hodder 808.1  A7ia 

Bibliographies,  p.  15-19. 


TECHNIQUE  OF  THE  DRAMA  1497 

Prickard,  Arthur  Octavius.  808.1  Ajizp 

Aristotle  on  the  Art  of  poetry;  a  lecture  with  two  appendices.  1891. 
Macmillan. 

Bradley,  Andrew  Cecil.  808.1  B680 

Oxford  lectures  on  poetry.    1909.    Macmillan. 

Contents:  Poetry  for  poetry's  sake. — The  sublime. — Hegel's  theory  of  tragedy. — 
Wordsworth. — Shelley's  view  of  poetry. — The  long  poem  in  the  age  of  Wordsworth. — 
The  letters  of  Keats. — The  rejection  of  Falstaff. — Shakespeare's  Antony  and  Cleopatra. 
— Shakespeare  the  man. — Shakespeare's  theatre  and  audience. 

About  a  third  of  the  book  is  devoted  to  Shakespeare,  the  remaining  lectures  deal 
with  the  theory  of  poetry  and  certain  notable  examples  of  poetic  practice.  I'rofessor 
Bradley  is  a  rare  instance  in  modern  days  of  the  application  of  the  classical  critical 
methods.  From  a  patient  analysis  of  poetic  experience  he  ascends  to  principles  which  in 
turn  become  lamps  to  illumine  his  further  path.  He  reverences  the  objects  of  his 
criticism  and  interprets  them  with  that  insight  which  comes  only  from  sympathy  and 
laborious  study.  He  seeks  to  show,  not  his  own  cleverness,  but  the  poet's  greatness  and 
he  appreciates,  as  few  have  done,  the  essential  function  of  poetry.  The  four  Shake- 
spearian studies  reach  the  high-water  mark  of  modern  Shakespearian  criticism.  Con- 
densed from  Spectator,  J909. 

"There  is  no  work  in  English  devoted  to  the  interpretation  of  poetic  experience 
which  can  claim  the  delicacy  and  sureness  of  Mr.  Bradley's."    Athenceum,  190Q. 

Mackie,  Alexander.  808.1  M18 

Nature  knowledge  in  modern  poetry;  being  chapters  on  Tennyson, 
Wordsworth,  Matthew  Arnold  and  Lowell  as  exponents  of  nature- 
study.    1906.     Longmans. 

Technique  of  the  drama 

Caffin,  Charles  Henry.  808.2  C12 

Appreciation  of  the  drama.     1908.     Baker. 

Studies  in  the  literary  technique  of  the  drama,  with  chapters  on  the  audience,  the 
stage  and  the  actor. 

Matthews,  Brander.  808.2  M47S 

Study  of  the  drama.     1910.     Houghton. 

"Bibliographical  suggestions,"  p. 302-307. 

"Comprehensive  and  interesting  summary  of  the  progressive  steps  in  the  develop- 
ment of  dramatic  art  from  the  earliest  classical  period  to  our  own  day.  In  its  broad 
outlines  of  general  principles,  conditions,  and  influences  it  furnishes  about  all  the 
information  on  those  subjects  that  the  ordinarily  intelligent  reader  is  likely  to  require, 
while  in  its  references  to  the  best  authorities  it  will  be  a  valuable  guide  to  the  special 
student.  It  covers,  if  not  minutely  at  least  sufficiently,  not  only  the  English-speaking, 
but  the  principal  European,  stages,  and  the  relations  existing  among  them.  From  his 
youth  up  Professor  Matthews  has  been  a  diligent  and  enthusiastic  student  of  the  theatre, 
at  home  and  abroad — its  dramatists,  its  players,  and  its  technique — and  few  men  are 
more  conversant  with  the  historical  facts  concerning  it."     Nation,  igio. 

Technique  of  fiction 

Albright,  Evelyn  May.  808.3  A34 

The  short-story,  its  principles  and  structure.     1907.     Macmillan. 

"Bibliographical  note,"  p.233. 

"Reading  list,"  p.234-245. 

Serviceable  guide  for  short  story  writers.  Constructive  criticism  forms  the  sub- 
stance of  the  work,  which  is  well  illustrated  with  examples. 

Davidson,  Mrs  Hannah  Amelia  (Noyes).  808.3  D29 

Creative  art  of  fiction.     1907. 


1498  ORATORY  AND  ORATIONS 

Esenwein,  Joseph  Berg.  808.3  E81 

Writing  the  short-story;  a  practical  handbook  on  the  rise,  structure, 
writing  and  sale  of  the  modern  short-story.    1908.    Hinds. 

"Bibliography,"  p.427-431. 

Contains  questions  and  exercises  for  class  or  individual  study.  Author  is  (1909) 
editor  of  "Lippincott's  monthly  magazine." 

Gerwig,  George  William.  808.3  Gs^ 

Art  of  the  short  story.    1909.    Werner. 

Studies  some  phases  of  its  development  in  America. 

Green,  Thomas  Hill.  808.3  G83 

Estimate  of  the  value  and  influence  of  works  of  fiction  in  modern 
times;  ed.  with  introduction  and  notes  by  F.  N.  Scott.    1911.    Wahr. 

Binder's  title  reads  "The  value  and  influence  of  works  of  fiction." 
The  editor,  who  is  (191 1)  professor  of  rhetoric  in  the  University  of  Michigan,  has 
found  this  essay  very  helpful  for  advanced  classes  in  the  theory  of  prose  fiction. 

Hamilton,  Clayton  Meeker.  808.3  H19 

Materials  and  methods  of  fiction.     1908.     Baker. 
Popular  presentation  of  the  general  principles  underlying  the  art  of  fiction. 

Horne,  Charles  Francis.  808.3  H79 

Technique  of  the  novel;  the  elements  of  the  art,  their  evolution  and 
present  use.     1908.     Harper. 

"Bibliography,"  p. 275-280. 

"Exhibits  the  historical  development  of  the  essential  elements  of  the  novel  from  an- 
cient Egypt  till  now,  showing  by  multitudinous  examples  how  they  have  been  employed 
from  age  to  age... For  intelligent  novel  readers  as  well  as  novel  writers."     Outlook,  1908. 


Oratory  and  orations.     Debating 

For  Debaters'  manuals,  see  028 

Bell,  Alexander  Melville.  808.5  B39 

Principles  of  elocution,  with  exercises  and  notations.  1887.  Volta 
Bureau. 

Bell,  David  Charles,  &  Bell,  A.  M.  808.5  B399 

Standard  elocutionist;  principles  and  exercises  (chiefly  from  "Elocu- 
tionary manual")  followed  by  extracts  in  prose  and  poetry  classified 
and  adapted  for  reading  and  recitation.    191 1.    Funk. 

Book-keeper  Publishing  Co.  808.5  B63 

Some  after  dinner  speeches,  with  a  few  anecdotes  of  famous  men 

and  some  toasts  for  occasion,  with  an   introductory  note  by   E.   H. 
Beach.     1904. 

Denney,  Joseph  Villiers,  and  others.  808.5  D43 

Argumentation  and  debate.     1910.    Amer.  Book  Co. 
The  same r8o8.5  D43 

Presents  briefly  and  clearly  the  theory  of  argumentation  and  furnishes  a  sufficient 
number  of  complete  debates  for  a  thorough  course  in  analysis  and  briefing.  The  selec- 
tions are  taken  from  great  debates  on  critical  issues  of  American  history,  politics  and 
law. 


ORATORY  AND  ORATIONS  1499 

Everts,  Katherine  Jewell.  808.5  E95 

The  speaking  voice;  principles  of  training  simplified  and  condensed. 
1908.    Harper. 

Simple  exercises,  followed  by  studies  in  vocal  interpretation.  Many  selections  in 
prose  and  poetry. 

Foster,  William  Trufant.  808.5  F81 

Argumentation  and  debating.     1908.     Houghton. 
The  same r8o8.5  F81 

One  of  the  most  satisfactory  books  in  this  field.  It  is  not  an  academic  formulation 
of  principles,  but  an  inside  view  of  the  art  presented  by  one  conversant  with  all  its  diffi- 
culties and  delights.  A  copious  appendix  gives  specimens  of  analysis,  briefs,  material 
for  briefing,  a  forensic,  and  a  complete  specimen  debate,  a  model  for  instruction  to 
judges  and  for  the  formation  of  a  debating  league,  together  with  275  debatable  proposi- 
tions.    Condensed  from  Nation,  igoS. 

Fulton,  Robert  Irving,  &  Trueblood,  T.  C.  808.5  F98 

Essentials  of  public  speaking  for  secondary  schools.     1909.     Ginn. 

Discusses  simply  the  essential  elements  of  good  delivery  and  gives  selections  for 
practice. 

Hapgood,  George.  808.5  H24 

Ready-made  speeches.     1908.     Penn  Pub.  Co. 
Little  book  of  model  speeches  for  various  occasions. 

Hevesi,  Sandor.  808.5  H49 

Az  eloadas  miiveszete.    1908. 

Kleiser,  Grenville  Percy.  808.5  Ksiho 

How  to  argue  and  win.     1910.     Funk. 

Appendix:  Note  for  law  lecture,  by  Abraham  Lincoln. — Of  truth,  by  Francis 
Bacon. — Of  practise  and  habits,  by  John  Locke. — Improving  the  memory,  by  Isaac  Watts. 

Aim  is  to  enable  one  to  argue  and  win  in  conversation,  in  debate,  in  salesmanship, 
in  political  discussions,  in  committee  meetings  and  elsewhere.  Contains  definite  sugges- 
tions for  training  the  mind  in  accurate  thinking  and  in  the  power  of  clear  and  effective 
statement. 

Kleiser,  Grenville  Percy.  808.5  K3ih 

How  to  develop  power  and  personality  in  speaking,  with  an  intro- 
duction by  L.  O.  Brastow.     1909.     Funk. 

Kleiser,  Grenville  Percy.  808.5  K31 

How  to  speak  in  public.     1906.     Funk. 

Written  from  practical  experience  as  an  elocution  teacher.  The  author  illustrates 
his  remarks  on  the  use  of  the  voice  by  many  examples  from  poetry  and  prose  and  his 
suggestions  on  effective  public  speech  making  are  supplemented  by  numerous  selections 
for  practice. 

Knapp,  Ella  Adelaide,  &  French,  J.  C.  ed.  808.5  K33 

The  speech  for  special  occasions.     191 1.     Macmillan. 

"General  bibliography,"  P.393-39S. 

The  same r8o8.5  K33 

Speeches  by  various  speakers,  suitable  to  constantly  recurring  occasions,  as  the 
speech  of  commemoration,  of  laying  a  corner-stone,  of  presentation  or  acceptance,  of 
welcome,  farewell,  etc. 

Lyman,  Rollo  Lu Verne.  808.5  L98 

Principles  of  effective  debating.  1908.  (Wisconsin  University — 
University  extension  division.) 

The  same r8o8.5  L98 

Brief  essay  by  the  associate  professor  of  rhetoric  and  oratory  (1909)  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Wisconsin. 


isoo  LETTER  WRITING 

Murdoch,  James  Edward.  r8o8.5  M97 

A  plea  for  spoken  language;  an  essay  upon  comparative  elocution 
condensed  from  lectures  delivered  throughout  the  United  States.  1883. 
Van  Antwerp. 

Pattee,  George  Kynett.  808.5  P31 

Practical  argumentation.     1909.     Century. 
The  same r8o8.5  P31 

Aims  to  restore  argumentation  to  its  proper  rank  As  a  form  of  English  composition. 
G)ntains  about  all  that  is  essential  to  the  subject  and  includes  a  number  of  suggestions 
for  debate. 

Shutter,  Edwin  DuBois,  ed.  808.5  S56 

Masterpieces  of  modern  oratory.    1906.     Ginn. 

Contents:  Conciliation  with  the  American  colonies,  by  Edmund  Burke. — The  mur- 
der of  Captain  Joseph  White,  by  Daniel  Webster. — "A  house  divided  against  itself  can- 
not stand,"  by  Abraham  Lincoln. — The  scholar  in  a  republic,  by  Wendell  Phillips. — The 
public  duty  of  educated  men,  by  G.  W.  Curtis. — The  race  problem  in  the  South,  by  H. 
W.  Grady. — The  Puritan  and  the  Cavalier,  by  Henry  Watterson. — Eulogy  of  Robert  E. 
Lee,  by  J.  W.  Daniel.  —  Eulogy  of  Ulysses  S.  Grant,  by  Horace  Porter.  —  The  immor- 
tality of  good  deeds,  by  T.  B.  Reed. — Tribute  to  Marcus  A.  Hanna,  by  A.  J.  Beveridge. 
— Marshall  and  the  constitution,  by  W.  B.  Cockran. — International  arbitration,  by  Carl 
Schurz. — Opportunity,  by  J.  L.  Spalding. — Salt,  by  Henry  van  Dyke. 

Contains  bibliographies. 

Thomas,  Ralph  Wilmer.  808.5  T37 

Manual  of  debate.     1910.    Amer.  Book  Co. 

The  same r8o8.5  T37 

"List  of  debatable  questions  classified  according  to  subjects,"  p.210-220. 

Letter  writing 
Bannon,  Alice.  808.6  B22 

Letter  writing  and  model  letters.     1908.     Bardeen. 

Chiefly  model  letters,  both  social  and  business,  arranged  by  grades  for  school  use. 

Cody,  Sherwin.  808.6  C65 

Success  in  letter  writing,  business  and  social.     1906.     McClurg. 

Izdebski,  WtadysJaw.  808.6  I34 

Najnowszy  sekretarz  powszechny;   praktyczny  podr?cznik  dla  sa- 

moukow.     1904.     (Niezbgdna  ksi^zka  dla  wszystkich.) 

Universal  letter  writer. 

Loomis,  Henry  Thomas.  808.6  L85a 

New  practical  letter  writing.     191 1.    Practical  Text  Book  Co. 

Humor 

Harris,  Joel  Chandler,  and  others,  ed.  808.7  H29 

World's  wit  and  humor.     15V.     1906.     Review  of  Reviews  Co. 

V.1-5.     American. 

v.6-9.     British. 

v.io.     French. 

v.ii.     French. — International  caricature. 

V.I  2.     German. 

V.13.     Italian. — Spanish. 

V.I  4.     Russian. — Scandinavian. — Miscellaneous. 

V.I  5.     Greek. — Roman. — Oriental. 

Comprehensive  anthology,  of  international  scope  though  giving  the  fullest  repre- 
sentation to  America.  Every  selection  is  intended  to  be  complete  and  comprehensible 
by  itself. 


SELECTIONS  FOR  READING  AND  SPEAKING         1501 

r8o8.7  L36 
Laughing  philosopher;  or,  Fun,  humour  and  wit,  being  a  collection  of 
choice  anecdotes,  many  of  which,  never  before  in  print,  originated  in 
or  about  the  "Literary  emporium."  1833.  Sylvester.  New  York  & 
Pittsburgh. 

Selections  for  reading  and  speaking 

Granger's  "Index  to  poetry  and  recitations,"  an  author  and  title  index  which  covers 
many  collections  of  poetry,  may  be  consulted  at  the  Reference  desk  and  the  Lending  desk. 

Alexander,  Georgia.  J808.8  A37S 

Second  reader.    1909.    Bobbs.     (Child  classics.) 

Fables  from  ^sop,  easy  poems,  fairy  and  folk  tales  and  legendary  stories. 

Alexander,  Georgia.  J808.8  A37t 

Third  reader.     1909.     Bobbs.     (Child  classics.) 

"List  of  books  for  home  reading,"  p. 256. 

Includes  The  skylark's  spurs. — The  wonderful  world. — The  wonderful  tar-baby. — 
The  miller,  his  son  and  the  donkey. — The  last  lesson  in  French. — A  mad  tea  party. — 
What  the  old  man  does  is  always  right. — The  husband  who  was  to  mind  the  house. — The 
broken  flower-pot. — The  leak  in  the  dike. — The  lad  who  went  to  the  North  Wind. 

Alexander,  Georgia,  &  Alexander,  Grace.  J808.8  Asyf 

Fourth  reader.    1909.    Bobbs.     (Child  classics.) 

"List  of  books  for  home  reading,"  P.284-28S. 

Partial  contents:  Baron  Munchhausen  in  Russia. — The  merry  pranks  of  Till  Owl- 
glass. — How  they  brought  the  good  news  from  Ghent  to  Aix. — Christmas  at  the  Cratchits'. 
— How  Thor  went  to  the  land  of  giants. — Incident  of  the  French  camp. — ^Joan  of  Arc. — 
William  Tell. — Titania  and  Oberon. 

Alexander,  Georgia,  &  Alexander,  Grace.  J808.8  A37 

Fifth  reader.    1909.    Bobbs.    (Child  classics.) 

"List  of  books  for  home  reading,"  p.379-381. 

Selections  from  Shelley,  Tennyson,  Emerson,  Scott,  Lowell,  Mrs  Gaskell,  Ruskin, 
Holmes,  Kipling,  Dickens,  Charles  Lamb  and  others. 

808.8  A63 

Antologia  obca;  wybor  najcelniejszych  utworow  poetow  cudzoziems- 
kich. 

General  anthology. 

Barbe,  Waitman.  808.8  B23 

Famous  poems  explained;  helps  to  reading  with  the  understanding, 
with  biographical  notes  of  the  authors  represented,  with  an  introduc- 
tion by  R.  G.  Boone.     1909.     Hinds. 

Intended  as  a  handbook  for  teachers  and  a  help  for  pupils.  Explains  about  60  well- 
known  short  poems  by  English  and  American  writers. 

Blair,  Matilda,  comp.  808.8  B52 

Our  holidays;  recitations  and  exercises  for  New  Year,  Lincoln's  and 
Washington's  birthdays,  Memorial,  Flag,  Independence,  Labor, 
Thanksgiving  and  Christmas  days.     1906.     McLoughlin. 

Brewer,  David  Josiah,  ed.  r8o8.8  B73 

Crowned  masterpieces  of  literature  that  have  advanced  civilization, 
as  preserved  and  presented  by  the  world's  best  essays  from  the  earliest 
period  to  the  present  time.     lov.     1902.     Kaiser. 


1502        SELECTIONS  FOR  READING  AND  SPEAKING 

Carman,  Bliss,  ed.  r8o8.8  C21 

World's  best  poetry.    lov.    1904.    Morris. 
V.I.     Of  home. — Of  friendship. 
y.2.     Love. 

V.3.     Sorrow  and  consolation. 
V.4.     The  higher  life. 
V.5.     Nature. 

V.6.     Of  fancy. — Of  sentiment. 
V.7.     Descriptive. — Narrative. 
V.8.     National  spirit. 
V.9.     Of  tragedy. — Of  humor. 
v.io.     Poetical  quotations. 

The  poems  of  this  anthology  are  grouped  under  several  comprehensive  heads  and 
each  volume  has  an  introductory  essay  on  some  aspect  of  poetry. 

Chociszewski,  Jozef.  808.8  C44 

Deklamator   polski;    zbior   poezyi    religijnych,    narodowych    i    his- 

torycznych,  stosownych  do  wygJaszania  podczas  uroczystosci  patryo- 

tycznych,  rodzinnych  oraz  wycieczek  letnich  z  dodaniem  dyalogow  i 

sztuczek  teatralnych.     1898. 
Book  of  recitations. 

Craig,  Asa  H.  &  Gunnison,  Binney,  comp.  808.8  C86 

Pieces  for  prize  speaking  contests;  a  collection  of  over  100  pieces. 
1899. 

Du  Bois,  Mary  R.  J.  comp.  808.8  D85 

Poems  for  travelers.     1908.     Holt. 
Contents :    The  ocean. — France. — Germany. — Austria. — Switzerland. — Italy. — Greece. 

Foster,  Elon,  comp.  r8o8.8  F815 

Cyclopaedia  of  poetry,  embracing  the  best  from  all  sources  and  on 
all  subjects.    2v.     1872-81.    Crowell. 

V.2  embraces  poems  descriptive  of  the  scenes,  incidents,  persons  and  places  of  the 
Bible,  also  indexes  to  Foster's  cyclopaedias. 

"Partial  list  of  works  quoted,"  v.  i,  P.69S-696. 

Foster,  Elon,  comp.  r8o8.8  F8i5n 

New  cyclopaedia  of  prose  illustrations,  adapted  to  Christian  teaching, 
embracing  mythology,  analogies,  legends,  parables,  emblems,  meta- 
phors, similes,  allegories,  proverbs,  classic,  historic  and  religious  anec- 
dotes, etc.,  with  an  introduction  by  S.  H.  Tyng.    2v.    1870-77.     Crowell. 

Fulton,  Robert  Irving,  and  others,  ed.  808.8  F98S 

Standard  selections;  a  collection  and  adaptation  of  superior  pro- 
ductions from  best  authors,  for  use  in  class  room  and  on  the  platform. 
1907.     Ginn. 

Gamett,  Richard,  1835-1906,  and  others,  ed.  qr8o8.8  G19 

Universal  anthology;  a  collection  of  the  best  literature,  ancient, 
mediaeval  and  modern,  with  biographical  and  explanatory  notes.  33V. 
1899.     Clarke. 

V.33  is  an  index  volume. 

[Gates,  Philip,  comp.]  q8o8.8  G23 

Christmas  in  song  and  story.     1875.     Cockcroft. 

The  same qr8o8.8  G23 

Collection    of    familiar    carols,    poems    and    a    few    stories,    including    Dickens's 

"Christmas  carol." 


SELECTIONS  FOR  READING  AND  SPEAKING         1503 

808.8  H38 
Heart  throbs  in  prose  and  verse  dear  to  the  American  people,  and  by 
them  contributed  in  the  $10,000  prize  contest  initiated  by  the  National 
magazine.     2v.     1905-11.     Chappie. 

Favorite  selections,  including  poetry,  prose  quotations  and  anecdotes. 

Humphrey,  Lucy  Henderson,  comp.  r8o8.8  H92 

Poetic  old-world;  a  little  book  for  tourists.     1908.     Holt. 
Small  volume  of  the  most  famous  poems  associated  with  historic  and  classic  places 

of  Europe,  arranged  in  the  order  of  a  possible  itinerary. 

Lucas,  Edward  Verrall,  comp.  808.8  L96I 

Ladies'  pageant.     1908.     Macmillan. 
Selections  from  poets  and  prose  writers  in  praise  of  women,  real  or  imaginary. 

[Lynch,  Abigail,  comp.]  r8o8.8  L99 

Classified  index  of  the  materials  contained  in  the  different  series 
of  school  readers.    1910.    Dulfer  Printing  Co. 

Cover  title  reads  "The  Ypsilanti  index." 

Melville,  Helen,  &  Melville,  Lewis,  comp.  808.8  M59 

London's  lure;  an  anthology  in  prose  &  verse.     1909.    Bell. 
Admirably  arranged  collection. 

Misch,  Mrs  Marion  L.  Simons,  comp.  808.8  M73 

Selections  for  homes  and  schools.  191 1.  Jewish  Publication  Soc. 
of  America. 

Poems  suitable  for  home  reading  and  for  recitations  in  Jewish  religious  schools, 
junior  sections  of  the  Council  of  Jewish  Women  and  other  Jewish  organizations.  Largely 
on  biblical  subjects. 

Ohio — State  commissioner  of  common  schools.  r8o8.8  O18 

Memorial  day  and  Peace  day  manual,  1910.    1910. 

Persons,  Eleanor  A.  comp.  808.8  P447 

Our  country  in  poem  and  prose;  arranged  for  collateral  and  supple- 
mentary reading.     1899.    Amer.  Book  Co. 

The  same J808.8  P44 

"The  pupils'  interest  in  history  depends  largely  upon  the  amount  of  bright,  enter- 
taining material  brought  forward  during  the  recitation.  This  volume  is  presented  to 
the  public  in  the  hope  that  it  may  place  directly  in  the  hands  of  pupils  the  supplemental 
literature  needed."     Preface. 

* 

[Revell,  Ellen  Isabel,  comp.]  808.8  R36 

Lincoln's  birthday;  exercises  for  the  school-room.  1908.  Educa- 
tional Pub.  Co.    (Teachers'  help  series.) 

Revell,  Ellen  Isabel,  comp.  808.8  R36m 

Memorial  day;  exercises  for  the  school-room.  1909.  Educational 
Pub.  Co.     (Teachers'  help  series.) 

Schauffler,  Robert  Haven,  ed.  808,8  S3ia 

Arbor  day;  its  history,  observance,  spirit  and  significance,  with  prac- 
tical selections  on  tree-planting  and  conservation  and  a  nature  anthol- 
ogy.    1909.    Moffat.     (Our  American  holidays.) 

The  same r8o8.8  S31 


1504        SELECTIONS  FOR  READING  AND  SPEAKING 

Schauffler,  Robert  Haven,  ed.  808.8  Saim 

Memorial  day  (Decoration  day);  its  celebration,  spirit  and  signifi- 
cance as  related  in  prose  and  verse,  with  a  non-sectional  anthology  of 
the  Civil  war.    191 1.    Moffat.    (Our  American  holidays.) 

The  same r8o8.8  Saim 

Schauffler,  Robert  Haven,  comp.  808.8  S31 

Through  Italy  with  the  poets.     1908.     Moffat. 

Collection  of  poems  on  Italy,  from  the  different  nations  and  centuries,  arranged  in 
the  order  of  a  natural  tour  from  Verona  and  Milan  to  the  Riviera,  down  the  western 
side  of  Italy  and  up  the  eastern  side. 

Scherr,  Johannes,  ed.  808.8  S32 

Bildersaal  der  weltliteratur;  aus  dem  literaturschatz  der  morgen- 
lander,  der  alten,  der  Romanen,  der  Germanen,  der  Slaven,  der  Mag- 
yaren  und  der  Neugriechen  ausgewahlt,  mit  anmerkungen  und  einem 
literarhistorischen  katalog.    1848. 

Scott,  Robert,  &  Stiles,  W.  C.  comp.  qr8o8.8  842 

Cyclopedia  of  illustrations  for  public  speakers;  containing  facts, 
incidents,  stories,  experiences,  anecdotes,  selections,  etc.  for  illustrative 
purposes,  with  cross-references.    191 1.     Funk. 

Skinner,  Charles  Rufus,  comp.  q8o8.8  S62 

Manual  of  patriotism,  for  use  in  the  public  schools  of  the  state  of 
New  York.    1904. 

Collection  of  prose  and  poetry  bearing  upon  love  of  country  and  upon  notable 
events  and  names  in  American  history.     Patriotic  songs  are  included. 

[Somers,  Minnie  R.  comp.]  808.8  S69 

Festival  recitations  and  exercises;  comprising  original  and  selected 
recitations,    dialogues,    readings    and    exercises    for    Christmas,    New 
Year's,   Easter,   children's   day,  anniversary,  rally  day,   harvest  home, 
Thanksgiving  and  all  other  festival  celebrations.    1907.    MacCalla. 
Designed  primarily  for  Sunday-school  festivals. 

Spaulding,  Frank  Ellsworth,  &  Bryce,  C.  T.  '  J808.8  S73 

Fourth  reader,  with  illustrations  by  M.  E.  Webb.  1909.  Newson. 
(Aldine  readers.) 

Reading-book  for  fourth  and  fifth  grades.  Selections  from  Lewis  Carroll,  Ander- 
•en,  George  Macdonald,  Joel  Chandler  Harris,  Riley,  Tennyson,  Longfellow,  etc.  A 
few  of  the  titles  are.  The  queen's  croquet  party. — Some  experiences  of  Baron  Mun- 
chausen.— The  heart  of  the  Bruce. — The  red  thread  of  courage. — The  charcoal  burner 
who  became  a  knight. — The  Incbcape  rock. — The  pied  piper  of  Hamelin. 

Spaulding,  Frank  Ellsworth,  &  Bryce,  C.  T.  J808.8  S73b 

Fifth  reader.     1909.     Newson. 

Reading-book  for  sixth,  seventh  and  eighth  grades.  Selections  from  leading  Ameri- 
can and  English  authors,  arranged  under  the  headings.  For  home  and  country. — Do  and 
dare. — The  traveler  on  his  way. — In  the  open. — Wit  and  wisdom. — Experience  and  ad- 
venture.— Service  and  obedience. 

Speaker  [quarterly],  Dec.  1905-date.     v.i-date.  808.8  S741 

Selections  in  prose  and   poetry,  many  of  them  adapted   and  abridged   from  long 

poems,  stories  and  speeches. 

An  author,  title  and,  in  case  of  poems,  a  first-line  index,  to  the  "Speaker"  is  kept 

up  to  date  in  the  Reference  Room. 


QUOTATIONS  1505 


Stevenson,  Burton  Egbert,  &  Stevenson,  Mrs  E.  S.  808.8  S84 

(Butler),  comp. 
Days  and  deeds;  prose  for  children's  reading  and  speaking.     1907. 

Baker. 

The  same r8o8.8  S84 

Among  the  days  included  are  Washington's  birthday,  Memorial  day.  Thanksgiving, 

Christmas,  Arbor  day  and  Lincoln's  birthday.     In  addition  there  are  selections  relating 

to  nearly  50  prominent  Americans  and  to  the  seasons  of  the  year. 

Toth,  Bela,  ed.  808.8  T64 

Szajrul  szajra;  a  Magyarsag  szallo  igei.    1907. 

Welsh,  Charles,  ed.  J808.8  W51 

Key  to  the  treasure  house;  a  book  of  reference  containing  complete 
indexes,  a  pronouncing  vocabulary,  notes  on  literary  sources,  and  on- 
names,  places,  events,  references  and  allusions  in  the  Young  folks'  li- 
brary [new  series].  1902.  Hall  &  Locke.  (Young  folks'  library,  new 
ser.  V.21.) 

Werner,  Edgar  S.  pub.  808.8  W53 

Readings  and  recitations,    v.32-51.     1892-191^. 

V.32.     Monologues,  comp.   by  Stanley  Schell. 

V.33.     Including  "Julia  and  Annie  Thomas's  Favorite  selections." 

V.34.     Stories,  comp.  by  Elise  West. 

V.3S.     Cats  and  kittens,  comp.  by  Mrs  F.  W.  Pender. 

V.36.  Sixteen  2-character  plays,  also  encores,  ed.  by  Pauline  Phelps  and  Marion 
Short. 

V.37.     Platform  recitations,  comp.  by  Elise  West. 

V.38.     Dialect,  comp.  by  E.  S.  Werner. 

V.39.     Dramatic,  comp.  by  Elise  West. 

V.40.     Thanksgiving  celebrations,  comp.  by  Stanley  Schell. 

V.41.     Werner's  book  of  pantomimes,  written  or  adapted  by  Stanley  Schell. 

V.42.     Famous  modern  orations,  comp.  by  Elise  West. 

V.43.     Old-time  favorites,  comp.  by  Elise  West. 

V.44.     All-round  recitations,  comp.  by  Elise  West. 

V.4S-46.     Lincoln  celebrations,  comp.  arranged  and  written  by  Stanley  Schell. 

V.47.     Platform  and  all-round,  comp.  arranged  and  written  by  Stanley  Schell. 

V.48.  Musical  effects,  by  Stanley  Schell;  music  written  or  arranged  by  E.  J. 
Biedermann  [and]   Arthur  Gutman. 

V.49.     Washington  celebrations,  by  Stanley  Schell. 

v-so.     Girl  impersonations,   written,   comp.  or  arranged  by   Stanley  Schell. 

V.51.     Platform  and  all-round  recitations,  comp.  by  Stanley  Schell. 

For  V.I -3 1  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Williams,  Sherman,  comp.  808.8  W74ch 

Choice  literature  for  primary  grades.    2v.     1898.    Amer.  Book  Co. 


Quotations 

Ballou,  Maturin  Murray,  comp.  r8o8.8  B21 

Treasury  of  thought;  forming  an  encyclopaedia  of  quotations  from 

ancient  and  modern  authors.    1872.    Osgood. 

Barrows,  Mary  Minerva,  comp.  r8o8.8  B26 

Value  of  simplicity;  introduction  by  J.  W.  Howe.  1905.  Caldwell. 
Brief  quotations  in  verse  and  prose,  selected  from  many  authors. 

Benham,  William  Gurney,  comp.  r8o8.8  B43 

Cassell's  book  of  quotations,  proverbs  and  household  words;  a  col- 
lection of  quotations  from  British  and  American  authors,  with  many 


i506  QUOTATIONS 


Benham,  William  Gurney,  comp. — continued.  r8o8.8  B43 

thousands  of  proverbs,  familiar  phrases  and  sayings  from  all  sources, 
including  Hebrew,  Arabic,  Greek,  Latin,  French,  German,  Spanish, 
Italian  and  other  languages.     [1907]     Cassell. 

Bohn,  Henry  George,  comp.  r8o8.8  B59 

Dictionary  of  quotations  from  the  English  poets.     1881.    Bell. 

BUchmann,  Georg,  comp.  r8o8.8  B84 

Gefliigelte  worte;  der  zitatenschatz  des  deutschen  volkes;  fort- 
gesetzt  von  Walter  Robert-Tornow,  bearbeitet  von  Eduard  Ippel.  1907. 
Haude. 

Handbook  of  phrases  in  all  languages,  but  chiefly  German,  with  sources  and  explana- 
tions. 

Friswell,  James  Hain,  comp.  r8o8.8  F956 

Familiar  words;  an  index  verborum  or  quotation  handbook,  with 
parallel  passages  of  phrases  which  have  become  imbedded  in  our  Eng- 
lish tongue.    1880.    Low. 

Gould,  Hialmer  Day,  &.  Hessenmueller,  E.  L.  comp.  r8o8.8  G73 

Best  thoughts  of  best  thinkers.    1904.    Best  Thoughts  Pub.  Co. 

King,  William  Francis  Henry,  comp.  r8o8.8  K26 

Classical  and  foreign  quotations.     1904. 

Knowles,  Frederic  Lawrence,  comp.  r8o8.8  K35 

\'alue  of  courage.    1905.    Caldwell. 
Short  selections,  in  verse  and  prose,  taken  from  many  authors. 

Linn,  S.  Pollock.  r8o8.8  L73 

Living  thoughts  of  leading  thinkers;  a  thesaurus.     1872.     Foster. 

Pittsburgh. 

Quotations   in   prose   and   verse,    ranging   in   source   from    Shakespeare   to    recent 

authors. 

Spencer,  John,  comp.  r8o8.8  S74 

Things  new  and  old;  or,  A  storehouse  of  similes,  sentences,  alle- 
gories, apophthegms,  adages,  apologues,  divine,  moral,  political,  &c., 
collected  and  observed  from  the  writings  and  sayings  of  the  learned  in 
all  ages  to  this  present,  with  a  preface  by  Thomas  Fuller.  2v.  1869. 
Tcgg. 

First  published  in  1658. 

Tonger,  P.  J.  comp.  808.8  T61 

Lebensfreude;  spruche  and  gedichte. 

Treffry,  Elford  Eveleigh,  comp.  r8o8.8  T71 

Stokes'  encyclopedia  of  familiar  quotations,  containing  five  thou- 
sand selections  from  six  hundred  authors.     1906.     Stokes. 

The  quotations,  which  are  mostly  poetical,  are  arranged  under  subject  and  are 
from  English  and  American  authors. 

Wale,  William,  comp.  r8o8.8  W16 

What  great  men  have  said  about  great  men;  a  dictionary  of  quota- 
tions.    1902.     Sonnenschein. 


HISTORY  OF  LITERATURE  1507 

Walsh,  William  Shepard,  comp.  808.8  W18 

International  encyclopedia  of  prose  and  poetical  quotations  from  the 

literature  of  the  world.    1908.    Winston. 

The  same r8o8.8  W18 

Williams,  William  Horace,  comp.  808.8  W749 

Memory  gems  for  school  and  home.     1907.     Barnes. 

809     History  of  literature 

BpaH^ecB,  Feopr-L  Mopnci.  Koren-L.  809  B691 

ilHTepaTvpa  XIX  siKa  bt.  en  rjiaBHuxx  TdeHiaxt.  3  t. 
1895-1900.  ' 

T.  1.  OpaHii;y3CKaH  jxHTepaxypa:  JlHTCpaxypa  SMHrpaHTOBt ; 
PeaKu,i^  BO  <I)paHu,iH ;  PoManxHiecKa^  niKOJia. 

T.  2.  AHTjiiAcKan  JiHTepaxypa  :  Haxypa.^HSM'L  bx  AnrjiiH  ; 
OaepnaH  uiKOJia :  Baftpom.  h  ero  rpynna. 

T.  3.  HiMen;KaH  jiHxepaxypa :  PoMaHXHHecKaa  inKo;ia  Bt 
FepMaHin ;  Mo.io;i;aH  Tepuamsi. 

Grierson,  Herbert  John  Clifford.  809  G89 

First  half  of  the  17th  century.  1906.  Blackwood.  (Periods  of 
European  literature.) 

Contents:     Holland,  verse  and  prose. — Holland,  drama. — English  drama. — English 

poetry. — English  prose. — French  verse  and  prose. — French  drama. — Italy  and  Germany. 

Author  is    (1906)   professor  of  English  literature  in  the  University  of  Aberdeen. 

Longfellow,  Henry  Wadsworth.  809  L82 

Origin  and  growth  of  the  languages  of  southern  Europe  and  of  their 

literature.     1907.     Bowdoin  College. 

An  inaugural  address  delivered  Sept.  2,  1830  at  Bowdoin  College. 

"Of  interest   rather   as   a   study   of   Longfellow's   mind   than   as   a   contribution   to 

knowledge  of  either  Romance  language  or  literature,  in  the  light  of  present-day  philology 

and  criticism."    Nation,  J907. 

Moulton,  Richard  Green.  809  M94 

World  literature  and  its  place  in  general  culture.     191 1.     Macmillan. 
"List  of  books,"  p. 483-493. 

"Admirable  survey  of  the  field  of  literature  'as  seen  in  perspective  from  the  point 
of  view  of  the  English-speaking  peoples.'  The  five  'literary  Bibles' — the  Holy  Bible, 
classical  epic  and  tragedy,  Shakespeare,  Dante  and  Milton,  and  the  versions  of  the  story 
of  Faust — as  the  nucleus  of  world  literature  are  presented  in  comprehensive  and  inter- 
esting summaries,  and  collateral  studies,  comparative  reading,  strategic  points  in  litera- 
ture, etc.,  are  discussed.  The  chapter  on  the  place  of  the  world  literature  in  education 
is  of  especial  interest."    A.  L.  A.  booklist,  igii. 

Raumer,  Friedrich  Ludwig  Georg  von.  809  R22 

Handbuch  zur  geschichte  der  litteratur.  4V.  in  2.  1864-66.  Brock- 
haus. 

Handbook  of  universal  literature  from  the  early  beginnings  to  about  the  middle 
of  the  19th  century.     Ancient  literatures  are  treated  very  briefly. 

Saintsbury,  George.  809  S15I 

Later  19th  century.  1907.  Blackwood.  (Periods  of  European  litera- 
ture.) 

General  survey  of  European  literature  from  the  times  of  Tennyson  and  Victor  Hugo 
to  Ibsen  and  Tolstoi. 


iS08  HISTORY  OF  POETRY 

Scherr,  Johannes.  809  S33 

Allgemeine  geschichte  der  literatur.    2v.  in  i.    1869. 

Shackford,  Martha  Hale.  rSog  S53 

European  masterpieces  before  the  19th  century.  1906.  Freeman. 
(Key  books,  v.4.) 

"General  bibliography,"  p.85-91. 

Vaughan,  Charles  Edwyn.  8og  V23 

The  romantic  revolt.  1907.  Blackwood.  (Periods  of  European 
literature.) 

Bibliography  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 

"Studies  the  growth  and  effects  of  that  great  resolve  to  recognize  the  rights  of 
the  emotions,  the  instincts  and  the  passions,  to  realize  the  sympathy  between  man  and 

the  surrounding  universe that  was  and  is  the  essence  of  the  romantic  movement.     His 

analysis  of  the  work  of  the  individual  leaders  is  always  penetrating  and  just... Mr. 
Vaughan's  impartial  scholarship  has  led  him,  in  an  English  book,  to  allow  to  the  section 
on  Germany  that  larger  bulk  which  is  undoubtedly  due  to  the  history  of  the  German 
mind  in  this  particular  movement  of  the  human  spirit."     Outlook  (London),  igo7. 


History  and  criticism  of  poetry 

Austin,  Alfred.  809.1  A93 

Bridling  of  Pegasus;  prose  papers  on  poetry.     1910.     Macmillan. 

Contents:  The  essentials  of  great  poetry. — The  feminine  note  in  English  poetry. — 
Milton  and  Dante;  a  comparison  and  a  contrast. — Byron  and  Wordsworth. — Dante's 
realistic  treatment  of  the  ideal. — Dante's  poetic  conception  of  woman. — Poetry  and 
pessimism. — A  vindication  of  Tennyson. — On  the  relation  of  literature  to  politics. — 
A  conversation  with  Shakespeare  in  the  Elysian  fields. 

Blount,  Sir  Thomas  Pope.  r8o9.i  B56 

De  re  poetica;  or,  Remarks  upon  poetry,  with  Characters  and  cen- 
sures of  the  most  considerable  poets,  whether  ancient  or  modern. 
1694.    Everingham. 

Clarke,  Helen  Archibald,  809.1  C53 

Ancient  myths  in  modern  poets.     1910.    Baker. 

Contents:  The  Prometheus  myth  from  Hesiod  to  Shelley. — ^The  moon  and  the  sun 
from  the  Homeric  hymns  to  Keats. 

l^onge,  Leon  de.  809.1  MBa 

£tudes  morales  et  litteraires;  epopees  et  romans  chevaleresques. 
2v.  in  I.    1887-89.    Peeters. 

Contents:  Lcs  Nibelungen. — La  chanson  de  Roland. — Le  po^me  du  Cid. — Les  ro- 
mans de  la  Table-Ronde. — Roland  furieux. — Amadis. — Don  Quichotte  et  Don  Juan. 

Noel,  Roden  Berkeley  Wriothesley.  809.1  N39 

Essays  on  poetry  and  poets.     1886.     Paul. 

Contents:  On  the  poetic  interpretation  of  nature. — Chatterton. — Lord  Byron  and 
his  times. — Shelley. — Wordsworth. — Keats.^Victor  Hugo. — The  poetry  of  Tennyson. — 
Robert  Browning. — Robert  Buchanan's  poetry. — A  study  of  Walt  Whitman. — Rambles 
by  Cornish  seas. 

Woodberry,  George  Edward.  809.1  W85 

Inspiration  of  poetry.     1910.     Macmillan. 

Conten  ts :  Poetic  madness. — Marlowe. — Camoens. — Byron. — Gray. — Tasso. — Lucre- 
dna. — Inspiration. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  DRAMA  1509 


History  and  criticism  of  the  drama 

Donne,  William  Bodham.  809.2  D72 

Essays  on  the  drama.     1858.     Parker. 

Contents:  Athenian  comedy. — Beaumont  and  Fletcher. — Plays  and  their  providers. 
— Songs  from  the  dramatists. — The  drama. — Charles  Kemble. — The  drama,  past  and 
present. — Popular  amusements. 

Dukes,  Ashley.  809.2  D88 

Modern  dramatists.     [1911.]     Palmer, 

Contents:  Introductory. — Modernity  and  the  dramatist. — The  influence  of  Ibsen. — 
Scandinavia:  Bjornsterne  Bjornson;  August  Strindberg. — Germany:  Hermann  Suder- 
mann;  Gerhart  Hauptmann;  Frank  Wedekind. — England:  Bernard  Shaw;  Granville 
Barker;  John  Galsworthy. — Austria:  Arthur  Schnitzler;  Hugo  von  Hofmannsthal. — 
Russia:  Tolstoy  and  Gorky;  Anton  Tchekhov. — France:  Alfred  Capus;  Brieux. — 
Belgium  and  Holland:  Maurice  Maeterlinck;  Hermann  Heijermans. — Italy:  Gabriele 
d'Annunzio. — A  summary. 

"List  of  plays,"  p.277-302. 

Hase,  Karl  August  von.  809.2  H33 

Miracle  plays  and  sacred  dramas;  a  historical  survey;  tr.  from  the 
German  by  A.  W.  Jackson  and  ed.  by  W.  W.  Jackson.  1880.  Triibner. 
Contents:  The  mysteries  of  the  middle  ages. — Polemic  plays  and  echoes  of  the  mys- 
tery.— Revival  of  the  sacred  drama  in  Spain. — Occasional  traces  of  the  religious  drama 
in  the  French  classical  tragedy. — Hans  Sachs  and  Lessing's  "Nathan." — The  church 
and  the  theatre. 

Kueffner,  Louise  Mallinckrodt.  r8o9.2  K43 

Development  of  the  historic  drama,  its  theory  and  practice;  a  study 

based  chiefly  on  the  dramas  of  Elizabethan  England  and  of  Germany. 

1910.    University  of  Chicago  Press. 
Thesis  for  Ph.  D.,  University  of  Chicago. 
"Bibliography,"  P.8S-93. 

Montague,  Charles  Edward.  809.2  M84 

Dramatic  values.  [1911.]  Methuen. 
'  Contents:  The  plays  of  J.  M.  Synge. — Fiscal  measures. — Good  acting. — The  well- 
made  play. — Some  plays  of  G.  B.  Shaw. — "On  the  actual  spot." — Three  acted  plays  of 
Moliere. — Improvements  in  play-making. — Some  points  of  Ibsen. — Shakspere's  way  with 
Agincourt. — Oscar  Wilde's  comedies. — Playgoing  at  Stratford-on-Avon. — Mr  Masefield's 
tragedies. — Good  and  bad  subjects  for  plays. — The  art  of  Mr  Poel. — The  wholesome  play. 

Vaughan,  Charles  Edwyn.  809.2  V23 

Types  of  tragic  drama.     1908.     Macmillan. 

Contents:  Greek  tragedy:  jCschylus;  Sophocles;  Euripides. — Roman  tragedy;  Sen- 
eca.— Modern  classical  tragedy:  Racine;  Alfieri. — Romantic  trag«dy:  Shakespeare;  Cal- 
deron. — Romantic  tragedy,  historical  drama;  Goethe's  Faust. — Fusion  of  classical  and 
romantic  tragedy:  Goethe's  Iphigenie;  Dramas  of  Victor  Hugo. — Some  types  of  recent 
drama:  Browning;  Maeterlinck;  Ibsen. 

Author  is  (1908)  professor  of  English  literature  in  the  University  of  Leeds.  The 
book  consists  of  lectures  delivered  at  the  university.  The  aim  has  been  to  show  that 
the  drama  from  ^schylus  to  Ibsen  has  developed  from  the  outward  to  the  inward,  from 
presentation  of  action  to  delineation  of  character. 

History  and  criticism  of  fiction 

Phelps,  William  Lyon.  809.3  P49 

Essays  on  modern  novelists.    1910.    Macmillan. 

Contents:  William  De  Morgan. — Thomas  Hardy. — W.  D.  Howells. — Bjornstjerne 
Bjornson. — Mark  Twain. — Henryk  Sienkiewicz. — Hermann  Sudermann. — Alfred  Olli- 
vant. — R.  L.  Stevenson. — Mrs  Humphry  Ward. — Rudyard  Kipling. — "Lorna  Doone." — 
Appendices:    Novels  as  a  university  study. — The  teacher's  attitude  toward  contemporary 


I5I0  AMERICAN  LITERATURE 

Phelps,  William  Lyon — continued.  809.3  P49 

literature. — Two  poems  ["New  Year's  eve,"  by  Thomas  Hardy  and  "Dominus  illuminatio 
mea,"  by  R.  D.  Blackmore]. 

List  of  the  publications  of  the  novelists,  by  Andrew  Keogh,  p.261-293. 

Puccini,  Roberto.  809.3  P98 

II  romanzo  psicologico  e  la  sua  importanza  educativa.  1896.  Ber- 
nardino. 

"Note  bibliografiche,"  P.36S-378. 

Ransome,  Arthur.  ,  809.3  R19 

History  of  story-telling;  studies  in  the  development  of  narrative. 
[1910.]    Stokes. 

Contents:  Origins. — "The  romance  of  the  rose." — Chaucer  and  Boccaccio. — The 
rogue  novel. — The  Elizabethans. — The  pastoral. — Cervantes. — The  essayists'  contribution 
to  story-telling. — Transition :  Bunyan  and  Defoe. — Richardson  and  the  feminine  novel. 
— Fielding,  Smollett  and  the  masculine  novel. — A  note  on  Sterne. — Chateaubriand  and 
romanticism. — Scott  and  romanticism. — The  romanticism  of  1830. — Balzac. — Gautier  and 
the  East. — Poe  and  the  new  technique. — Hawthorne  and  moral  romance. — Merimee  and 
conversational  story-telling. — Flaubert. — A  note  on  De  Maupassant. — Conclusion. 


History  of  satire 

Hannay,  James,  1827-73.  809.7  H23 

Satire  and  satirists.    1855.    Redfield. 

Contents:  Horace  and  Juvenal. — Erasmus,  Sir  David  Lindsay  and  George  Buchanan. 
— Early  European  satire:  Boileau,  Butler,  Dryden. — Swift,  Pope,  Churchill. — Political 
satire  and  squibs :     Burns. — Byron,  Moore,  etc. :    present  aspect  of  satirical  literature. 

Hazlitt,  William  Carew.  809.7  H38 

Studies  in  jocular  literature;  a  popular  subject  more  closely  con- 
sidered.   1890.    Stock.    (Book  lover's  library.) 

Discussion  of  the  different  forms  of  the  jest — riddles,  epigrams,  ballads,  etc. 


810     American  literature 

Brownell,  William  Crary.  810.4  B81 

American  prose  masters:  Cooper,  Hawthorne,  Emerson,  Poe,  Low- 
ell [and]  Henry  James.     1909.     Scribner. 

Powell,  Thomas.  810.4  P87 

Living  authors^of  America,  ist  ser.     1850.     Stringer. 
Contents:      James    Fenimore    Cooper. — Ralph    Waldo    Emerson. — Nathaniel    Parker 
Willis. — Edgar    -Mian    Poe. — Henry    Wadsworth    Longfellow. — William    H.    Prescott. — 
William  Cullen  Bryant. — Fitz-Greene  Halleck. — Richard  Henry  Dana. — Frances  Sargent 
Osgood. — S.  Margaret  Fuller. — Mrs  C.  M.  Kirkland. — Jared  Sparks. 

Vincent,  Leon  Henry.  8104  V34 

American  literary  masters.     1906.     Houghton. 

Contents:  Washington  Irving. — W.  C.  Bryant. — J.  F.  Cooper. — George  Bancroft. — 
W.  H.  Prescott.— R.  W.  Emerson.— E.  A.  Poe.— H.  W.  Longfellow.— J.  G.  Whittier.— 
Nathaniel  Hawthorne.— H.  D.  Thoreau.— O.  W.  Holmes.— J.  L.  Motley.— Francis  Park- 
man.— Bayard  Taylor.— G.  W.  Curtis.— D.  G.  Mitchell.— J.  R.   Lowell.— Walt  Whitman. 

The  essays  follow  a  systematic  plan,  discussing  the  life,  character  and  work  of  each 
author. 

Wauchope,  George  Armstrong.  r8io.8  W33 

Writers  of  South  Carolina,  with  a  critical  introduction,  biographical 
sketches  and  selections  in  prose  and  verse.    1910.    State  Co. 


HISTORY  OF  AMERICAN  LITERATURE 


History  and  criticism  of  American  literature 

Halleck,  Reuben  Post.  810.9  H17 

History  of  American  literature.     191 1.    Amer.  Book  Co. 
"References  for  further  study"  and  "Suggested  readings"  at  the  end  of  each  chapter; 
"Supplementary  list  of  authors  and  their  chief  works,"  p.399-421. 

Seems  to  possess  all  the  features  which  have  made  his  "History  of  English  litera- 
ture" such  a  popular  and  successful  text-book.  Its  estimates  and  criticisms*  show  the 
same  immediate  contact  with  the  subject  and  the  same  knack  of  presentation.  There  are 
general  reviews  and  parallel  surveys  of  English  literature  for  each  period;  and  there  are 
references  for  literary  and  historical  study.     Condensed  from  Nation,  igii. 

HoUiday,  Carl.  810.9  H72 

History  of  Southern  literature.     1906.     Neale. 

"Bibliography,"  p.39S-397- 

Covers  the  period  from   1607  to   1905. 

"It  is  the  purpose  of  this  volume  to  make  a  study  of  the  various  literary  movements 
and  their  results  and  to  show  that  the  writings  of  this  section  are  not  mere  disconnected 
efforts  of  isolated  thinkers,  but,  rather,  the  natural,  logical,  and  continuous  productions 
of  a  people  differing  so  materially  in  views  and  sentiments  from  their  neighbors  on  the 
North  that  even  civil  war  was  necessary  to  prevent  their  becoming  separate  nations." 
Preface. 

Marble,  Mrs  Annie  (Russell).  810.9  M36 

Heralds  of  American  literature;  a  group  of  patriot  writers  of  the 
Revolutionary  and  national  periods.    1907.    University  of  Chicago  Press. 

Contents:  Introductory:  Signs  of  the  dawn;  The  impube  of  Franklin. — Francis 
Hopkinson. — Philip  Freneau,  America's  first  poet. — John  Trumbull,  satirist  and  scholar. 
^A  group  of  Hartford  wits. — Joseph  Dennie,  "the  lay  preacher." — William  Dunlap, 
the  beginnings  of  drama. — C.  B.  Brown. 

"Bibliography,"   p.32i-353- 

Moses,  Montrose  Jonas.  810.9  M93 

Literature  of  the  South.     1910.    Crowell. 

Contents :  Colonial  period. — Revolutionary  period. — ^Ante-bellum  period. — Civil  war 
period. — The  new  South. 

"Bibliography,"  p.475-499. 

"The  special  contribution  which  Mr.  Moses  makes  to  his  subject  is  in  his  considera- 
tion of  the  social,  political,  and  economic  forces  out  of  which  a  Southern  literature  has 
developed."    Dial,  1910. 

Oberholtzer,  Ellis  Paxson.  810,9  Oia 

Literary  history  of  Philadelphia.     1906.     Jacobs. 

From  Penn  and  the  Quakers  to  Bayard  Taylor  and  Charles  Godfrey  Leland.  The 
author  gives  interesting  information  in  regard  to  the  early  periodicals  published  in 
Philadelphia,  including  the  once  famous  "Godey's  lady's  book"  and  "Graham's  magazine." 

Stanton,  Theodore,  ed.  810.9  S79 

Manual  of  American  literature  [1607-1906];  ed.  in  collaboration  with 

members  of  the  faculty  of  Cornell  University.     1909.     Putnam. 

Contents:     Colonial  literature;  The  Revolutionary  period,  by  M.  C.  Tyler,  abridged 

by  the  editor. — The  19th  century:     The  historians,  by  I.  M.  Bentley;  The  novelists,  by 

C.  S.  Northup;  The  poets,  by  Lane  Cooper;  The  essayists  and  the  humorists,  by  E.  J. 

Bailey;  The  orators  and  the  divines,  by  Lane  Cooper;  The  scientists,  by  C.  S.  Northup; 

The  periodicals,  by  C.  S.  Northup. 

"American  authors  represented  in  the  Tauchnitz  edition,"  p.4S5-4s6. 

Trent,  William  Peterfield.  810.9  T72b 

Brief  history  of  American  literature.     1905.    Appleton.     (Twentieth 

century  text-books.) 

Bibliography  at  the  end  of  every  chapter. 


ISI2  AMERICAN  POETRY 

8ii     American  poetry 

Bibliography 
Roehm,  Alfred  I.  roi6.8ii  R59 

Bibliographic  und  kritik  der  deutschen  iibersetzungen  aus  der  ameri- 
kanischen  dichtung.     1910. 

Tbesfs  for  Ph.  D.,  University  of  Chicago. 

Wegelin,  Oscar,  comp.  roi6.8ii  W43a 

Early  American  poetry,  1800-1820,  with  an  appendix  containing  the 
titles  of  volumes  and  broadsides  issued  during  the  17th  and  i8th  cen- 
turies, which  were  omitted  in  the  volume  containing  the  years  1650- 
1799.    1907.    Privately  printed. 

Individual  works 
Adams,  Charles  Follen.  811  A21 

Leedle  Yawcob  Strauss,  and  other  poems.    1878.    Lee. 
Humorous  verse  in  German  dialect.    Illustrated. 

Bair,  John  Franklin.  rSii  B16 

Poetical  works.    1904.    Henry. 

[Bakewell,  Thomas.]  r8ii  B17 

The  Pittsburgh  Sanitary  fair,  June  i,  1864  [a  poem],  by  An  old 
citizen. 

Type-written  copy. 

The  same.  1872.  Bakewell.  Pittsburgh.  (In  Campbell,  Mrs  N.  W. 
&  Bakewell,  Thomas.    Poetry  and  prose,  p.73-78.) r8ii  C15 

Barnes,  Mrs  Mary  Emelia  (Clark).  r8ii  B25 

Athanasia  [poem].     1907.    Towne. 
Poem  by  Mrs  Lemuel  Call  Barnes,  formerly  of  Pittsburgh. 

Branch,  Anna  Hempstead.  811  Begr 

Rose  of  the  wind,  and  other  poems.    1910.    Houghton. 

B[uchanan],  W.  B.  r8ii  B849 

Baltimore;  or,  Long,  long  time  ago.     1853.     (Maryland  Historical 

Society.    Publications.) 

Poem  in  which  the  author  describes  a  visit  to  familiar  localities  of  his  youth  in 
Baltimore.     Three  shorter  poems  are  also  included. 

Burgoyne,  Arthur  G.  811  B91 

Songs  of  every  day.    1900.     Pittsburgh  Printing  Co. 
Selected  from  a  series  of  verses  appearing  daily  in  the  "Pittsburgh  leader"  (1890- 

1900)  in  the  column  headed  "All  sorts,"  and  constituting  a  running  commentary  on  the 

events  of  the  hour. 

Burleigh,  William  Henry.  rSii  B92 

Our  country;  its  dangers  and  its  destiny;  a  desultory  poem.  1841. 
Allegheny  Literary  Soc.    Allegheny. 

Cawein,  Madison  Julius.  811  Cagn 

New  poems.    1909.    Richards. 


AMERICAN  POETRY  1513 

Daly,  Thomas  Augustine.  8ii  D17 

Carmina  [poems].     1909.    Lane. 
Drummond,  William  Henry.  811  D84g 

The  great  fight;  poems  and  sketches;  ed.  with  a  biographical  sketch 
by  M.  H.  Drummond.    1908.    Putnam. 

Drummond,  William  Henry.  811  D84V 

The  voyageur,  and  other  poems.    1905.    Putnam. 
French-Canadian  dialect  poems. 

Dunbar,  Paul  Laurence.  811  D89li 

Life  and  works  of  Paul  Laurence  Dunbar,  containing  his  complete 
poetical  works,  his  best  short  stories,  numerous  anecdotes  and  a  com- 
plete biography  of  the  famous  poet  by  L.  K.  Wiggins,  and  an  intro- 
duction by  W.  D.  Howells.     [1907.]    Nichols. 

Ehrmann,  Max.  811  E38 

Poems.    1906.    Viquesney  Pub.  Co. 
Elder,  Cyrus.  811  E43 

Poems.     1909.     Lippincott. 
Farnsworth,  Edward  Clarence.'  811  F24 

Poems  and  essays.     1906.     Smith. 
Field,  Eugene.  811  F45I0 

Love-songs  of  childhood.    1895.    Scribner. 
Field,  Eugene.  811  F45P 

Poems.     191 1.     Scribner. 

Complete  edition^ 
The  same r8i  i  F45 

Field,  Eugene.  811  F45W 

With  trumpet  and  drum.     1896.     Scribner. 

Poems  for  and  about  children. 
Foss,  Samuel  Walter.  811  F79S 

Songs  of  the  average  man  [poems].     [1907.]     Lothrop. 
Genin,  Thomas  Hedges.  811  G29 

Selections  from  [his]  writings,  with  a  biographical  sketch.  1869. 
Jenkins. 

Genin  (1796-1868)  was  one  of  the  early  settlers  of  Ohio  and  an  active  abolitionist. 
The  selections,  which  are  for  the  most  part  poetical,  include  the  "Napolead,"  an  elabo- 
rate poem  in  12  books,  describing  Napoleon's  career  from  the  Russian  campaign  to  the 
departure  for  Elba. 

Gould,  Hannah  Flagg.  r8ii  G73 

Poems.    3v.     1839-41.    Hilliard. 
Greenwood,  Grace,  (pseud,  of  Mrs  Sara  Jane  (Clarke)  811  G85 

Lippincott). 

Poems.    1851.    Ticknor. 
Guiney,  Louise  Imogen.  811  Gg6h. 

Happy  ending;  the  collected  lyrics  of  Louise  Imogen  Guiney.     1909. 
Houghton. 
Harte,  Bret.  rSii  H31 

Poems.    1871.    Osgood. 


1514  AMERICAN  POETRY 

HeU,  Albert  Joseph.  8ii  H41 

Harold  and  Ada,  and  other  poems.  1906.  Pittsburgh  Printing  Co. 
Pittsburgh. 

Holmes,  Oliver  Wendell.  j8n  H73g2 

Grandmother's   story    [of   Bunker   Hill   battle],   and   other  poems. 

1891.    Houghton. 

Bio^aphical  sketch  of  Holmes,  p.  5-7. 

Holmes,  Oliver  Wendell.  811  Hjsi 

Iron  gate,  and  other  poems.    1880.    Houghton. 
Howe,  Afrj  Julia  (Ward).  811  HSssa 

At  sunset  [poems].    1910.    Houghton. 
Humphreys,  Col.  David.  rSii  H92 

Miscellaneous  works.     1790.     Hodge. 

"Essay  on  the  life  of  Israel  Putnam,"  p.184-330. 

Humphreys  (1752-1818)  was  a  Connecticut  poet  who  served  on  the  staff  of  General 
Putnam  in  the  Revolution  and  was  later  an  aide-de-camp  to  Washington.  While  in  the 
army  he  wrote  many  poems  to  encourage  the  soldiers. 

Jewett,  Sophie.  811  J31 

Poems;  ed.  by  L.  R.  Jewett  and  M.  W.  Calkins.     1910.     Crowell. 

Johnson,  Felicia  Ross.  811  J361 

Seamstress  and  poet,  and  other  verses.     1907.     Badger. 

Keller,  Helen  Adams.  811  K16 

Song  of  the  stone  wall.     1910.     Century. 
Poem,  with  full-page  illustrations. 

Leonhart,  Rudolph.  811  L62 

Power  of  love  [poem].    1900.    Kerr. 
Longfellow,  Henry  Wadsworth.  j8ii  L82chi 

Children's  Longfellow.     1908.     Houghton. 

Selection  of  Longfellow's  poems,  including  such  favorites  as  The  skeleton  in 
armor. — The  wreck  of  the  Hesperus. — The  village  blacksmith. — The  old  clock  on  the 
stairs. — The  building  of  the  ship. — King  Robert  of  Sicily. — The  legend  beautiful. 

Colored  pictures. 

811  L82h 

Longfellow,  Henry  Wadsworth.  811  L82k 

KoltemenyeibSl;  Makkabeus,  Judas,  Pandora  es  kisebb  koltemenyek; 
forditotta  Szasz  Bela.    1897. 

Longfellow,  Henry  Wadsworth.  811  L82I 

Liriche  e  novelle;  tradotte  da  Carlo  Faccioli.  1896.    Le  Monnier. 

Longfellow,  Henry  Wadsworth.  r8ii  L82m 

Masque  of  Pandora,  and  other  poems.     1875.  Osgood. 

Longfellow,  Henry  Wadsworth.  rSii  L82p 

Poems.    2v.    1856.    Ticknor. 

Longfellow,  Henry  Wadsworth.  811  L82U 

Ultima  Thule.     1880.     Houghton. 

Thf  same.    1890.    (In  his  Poetical  works,  v.3,  P.235-2S8.)  .  .8n  L82  v.3 


AMERICAN  POETRY  1515 

Lowell,  James  Russell.  811  Lgsh 

Heartsease  and  rue.     1888.     Houghton. 

Lowell,  James  Russell.  811  L95V 

Vision  of  Sir  Launfal.     1890.     Houghton. 

M'Clintock,  William  J,  r8ii  M136 

The  victor  crowned  [a  poem].    1893.    Gleaner  Pub.  Co.    Pittsburgh. 
By  the  pastor  of  the  Deer  Creek  United  Presbyterian  Congregation,  Lewis,  Pa. 

McDonald,  Lawrence.  811  M14 

Songs  and  sonnets.     1907.     Weldin.     Pittsburgh. 

Appeared  in  various  magazines  and  newspapers  under  the  name  of  Lawrence  Sars- 
field. 

McGirr,  John  Joseph. 

Destruction  of  the  world,  and  other  poems.     1886. 

Mackaye,  Percy  Wallace. 
Poems.     1909.     Macmillan. 

Malone,  Walter. 

Songs  of  east  and  west.     1906.     Morton. 

Marvin,  Frederic  Rowland. 

Poems  and  translations.     1907.    Pafraets  Book  Co. 

Mercedes,  Sister,  originally  Mary  Antonio  Gallagher. 
Heart  songs;  verses.     [1911.]     St.  Xavier  Academy. 

Montgomery,  Robert  M. 

Collection   of  miscellaneous   poems,   and   a   college   oration. 
Jaynes.     Pittsburgh. 

Newell,  William  Wells.  811  N27 

Isolt's  return  [a  poem].     Privately  printed. 

Author  (1839-1907)  was  founder  of  the  American  Folk-lore  Society.  He  made  a 
special  study  of  the  Arthurian  legend  and  devotes  some  space  in  the  book  to  a  com- 
parison of  the  older  versions  of  the  legend  of  Tristan  and  Iseult. 

Osgood,  Mrs  Frances  Sargent  (Locke).  811  O29 

Poems.     1850.     Carey. 
American  poet  (1812-50),  much  praised  by  the  critics  of  her  day.     Illustrated. 

Page,  Thomas  Nelson.  811  P14 

Coast  of  Bohemia  [poems].     1906.     Scribner. 

Percival,  James  Gates.  "  811  P42 

Poetical  works,  with  a  biographical  sketch  [by  E.D.  North].  2v. 
1859.    Ticknor. 

Piatt,  Charles  D.  r8ii  P68 

Ballads  of  New  Jersey  in  the  Revolution.     1896.     Jerseyman  Print, 

Morristown,  N.  J. 

Author  states  that  he  has  closely  followed  history  in  the  various  incidents  which  he 

has  described. 

Poe,  Edgar  Allan.  811  P74CO 

Complete  poems,  with  a  critical  introduction  by  C.  F.  Richardson. 
1908.    Putman. 


811 ; 

M162 

Mudge 

811 

M17 

811 

M2g 

rSii 

M43 

811 

M63 

r8ii 

M86 

i   oration. 

1835. 

I5i6  AMERICAN  POETRY 

Pope,  John  William.  rSii  P8i8 

Songs  and  satires.     1876.    Anderson.     Pittsburgh. 

Proctor,  Edna  Dean.  811  P96S 

Song  of  the  ancient  people  [a  poem],  with  preface  and  notes  by  John 
Fiske  and  commentary  by  F.  H.  Gushing.    1893.    Houghton. 

Purdy,  Truman  H.  rSii  P98 

Legends  of  the  Susquehanna,  and  other  poems.     1888.     Lippincott. 

Raymond,  George  Lansing.  811  R24 

Ballads,  and  other  poems.    1908.    Putnam. 

Raymond,  George  Lansing.  811  R24d 

Dante  [a  drama],  and  Collected  verse.    1909.    Putnam. 

Raymond,  George  Lansing.  811  R24I 

A  life  in  song.    1908.    Putnam. 

Riley,  James  Whitcomb.  811  R45m 

Morning  [poems].    1907.    Bobbs. 

Riley,  James  Whitcomb.  j8ii  R450 

Out  to  old  Aunt  Mary's.    1904.    Bobbs. 

Pictures  by  H.  C.  Christy  and  text  decorations  by  Margaret  Armstrong. 
Riley,  James  Whitcomb.  811  R4Sr 

Rhymes  of  childhood.    1899. 

Riley,  James  Whitcomb.  811  R45S 

Songs  o'  cheer.    1905.    Bobbs. 
The  same j8ii  R458 

Robbins,  Reginald  Chauncey.  811  R532 

Love  poems.    2v.     1905-12.     Riverside  Press. 

Russell,  Irwin.  811  R91 

Poems.    1888.    Century. 

Author  (1853-79)  was  one  of  the  first  Southern  writers  to  appreciate  the  literary 
possibilities  of  the  negro  character.    Most  of  the  poems  are  in  negro  dialect. 

Saxe,  John  Godfrey.  811  S27P 

Poems.    1880.    Houghton. 
Scott,  Henry  Brownfield.  811  S426 

The  Lorelei,  and  other  poems,  with  prose  settings.     1910.    Werner. 

The  same. .  .' r8ii  S426 

Scott,  John  D.  r8ii  S42 

Pleasures  of  home,  and  other  poems.    1856.    Whitney.    Pittsburgh. 

Shaler,  Nathaniel  Southgate.  811  S52 

From  old  fields;  poems  of  the  Civil  war.    1906.    Houghton. 

Sigourney,  Mrs  Lydia  Howard  (Huntley).  811  S57P 

Poems  for  the  sea.     1850.     Parsons. 

Sill,  Edward  Rowland.  811  S58PO 

Poetical  works.    1906.    Houghton. 

First   complete   edition    of    the    poetical    work    of    the    American    poet    (1841-87). 
Includes  many  poems  which  have  not  before  been  published.  ' 


AMERICAN  POETRY  1517 


Stafford,  Wendell  Phillips.  811  S779d 

Dorian  days;  poems.    1909.    Macmillan. 

Author  is  (191 1)  associate  justice  of  the  Supreme  court  of  the  District  of  Columbia. 
Most  of  the  poems  are  on  classical  themes. 

Stanton,  Frank  Lebby.  811  S79C 

Comes  one  with  a  song  [poems].    1899.    Bowen. 

Author  is  a  Southern  poet,  at  present  (1910)  on  the  staff  of  the  "Atlanta  constitu- 
tion."    Most  of  his  work  has  appeared  in  newspapers  and  magazines. 

Stedman,  Edmund  Clarence.  811  S8ip 

Poems.     1908.    Houghton. 

Biographical  sketch  of  Stedman,  by  Linda  Stedman,  p.  13-20. 

Stowe,  Mrs  Harriet  (Beecher).  811  S89 

Religious  poems.     1867.    Ticknor. 

Tabor,  Slythe.  r8ii  Tii 

Verses.     1888. 

Thaw,  Alexander  Blair.  8n  T33P 

Paestum,  and  other  poems.     1909.     Brentano. 
The  same r8i  i   T33 

Townsend,  George  Alfred,  (pseud.  Gath). '  811  T66 

Poems  of  men  and  events.    1899.    Bonaventure. 

Upson,  Arthur.  811  U26 

Collected  poems;  ed.  with  an  introduction  by  Richard  Burton.  2v. 
1909.     Brooks. 

V.I.  At  the  sign  of  the  harp. — Westwind  songs. — Octaves  in  an  Oxford  garden. — 
The  city. — Sonnets. 

V.2.     The  tides  of  spring,  and  other  poems. — Late  poems. 

His  poetry,  though  lacking  fulness  and  detachment,  has  many  qualities  to  deepen 
regret  at  the  untoward  accident  which  put  an  untimely  end  to  his  life.  Particularly  at- 
tractive are  the  glimpses  which  the  reader  catches,  through  Dr  Burton's  introduction 
and  through  the  poems  themselves,  of  the  young  poet,  both  as  college  student  and  as 
graduate.  Delicacy  and  fancy  are  the  reigning  characteristics  of  his  verse.  Condensed 
from  Nation,  igio. 

Van  Dyke,  Henry.  811  Vi8w 

White  bees,  and  other  poems.     1909.    Scribner. 

Wharton,  Mrs  Edith  (Jones).  811  W59 

Artemis  to  Actaeon,  and  other  verse.    1909.    Scribner. 

Wheatley,  Phillis.  8ii  W596 

Poems,  as  they  were  originally  published  in  London,  1773.     1909. 

Wright. 

Author  (1753-84)  was  a  negress  born  in  Africa,  brought  to  America  at  the  age  of 

eight  and  sold  into  slavery. 

Whitman,  Walt.  811  W64S 

Selections  from  [his]  prose  and  poetry;  ed.  with  an  introduction  by 
O.  L.  Triggs.     1906.    Small. 

"Selected  bibliography,"  P.251-2S7. 

Includes  the  preface  to  the  first  edition  of  "Leaves  of  grass." 

"The  aim  of  the  editor. .  .has  been  to  make  a  representative  selection  —  He  has  tried 
to  select,  not  what  from  a  conventional  point  of  view  would  be  called  'the  best'  of 
Whitman,  but  rather  what  is  most  characteristic ...  The  biographical  chapter  was  made 
up  from  many  sources;  but  it  relies  for  its  authority  chiefly  upon  the  writings  of  Whit- 
man's biographer  and  great  friend.  Dr.  Richard  Maurice  Bucke."    Preface. 


I5i8  COLLECTIONS  OF  AMERICAN  POETRY 

Whittier,  John  Greenleaf.  8ii  W66j 

John  Greenleaf  Whittier;  a  sketch  of  his  life  by  Bliss  Perry,  with 
selected  poems.    1907.    Houghton. 

Little  volume  written  for  the  Whittier  centenary.  The  brief  introductory  sketch 
of  his  life  aims  to  present  the  chief  formative  influences  which  affected  his  career  and 
the  character  of  his  poetry.  The  poems  have  been  chosen  also  to  illustrate  the  in- 
fluences and  development  of  his  life. 

Wilkinson,  Elizabeth  Hays.  j8ii  W729 

The  lane  to  sleepy  town,  and  other  verses.  1910.  Reed.  Pittsburgh. 
Verses  for  little  children.     Among  them,  Boy  dreams. — The  fairies. — The  land  of 

play. — Story  people. — The  gypsy  child. — Dreamland  bells. — The  land  of  Never-to-be. — 

The  tin   soldiers. — Shadow   people. — Castles. — The   waiting  star. 

The  same 811  W72 

The  same r8u  W72 

Author  is  a  Pittsburgh  woman  and  the  pictures  are  by  a  Pittsburgh  artist. 


Collections  of  American  poetry 

Banks,  Louis  Albert.  811.08  B22 

Immortal  songs  of  camp  and  field;  the  story  of  their  inspiration, 
with  striking  anecdotes  connected  with  their  history.     1899. 

Coggeshall,  William  Turner,  ed.  rSii.oS  C66 

Poets  and  poetry  of  the  West,  with  biographical  and  critical  notices. 
i860.    FoUett. 

Contains  more  than  150  names,  with  brief  selections.  The  writers  are  for  the  most 
part  little  known. 

r8ii.o8  C72 
Columbian  muse;  a  selection  of  American  poetry  from  various  authors 
of  established  reputation.     1794.    Carey. 

Collection  of  poems  of  Joel  Barlow,  Timothy  Dwight,  John  Trumbull,  Philip  Freneau, 
David  Humphreys,  Lemuel  Hopkins,  William  Dunlap  and  other  early  American  poets. 

Crandall,  Charles  Henry,  comp.  811.08  C86 

Representative  sonnets  by  American  poets,  with  an  essay  on  the 
sonnet,  its  nature  and  history,  including  many  notable  sonnets  of  other 
literatures,  also  biographical  notes.    1891.    Houghton. 

Everest,  Charles  W.  r8ii.o8  E95 

The  poets  of  Connecticut,  with  biographical  sketches.  1864.  Barnes. 
Indues  the  names  of  Joel  Barlow,  Fitz-Greene  Halleck  and  Mrs  Sigourney.     The 

biographies  and  the  selections  are  brief. 

Griffith,  George  Bancroft,  comp.  r8ii.o8  G89 

Poets  of  Maine;  a  collection  of  specimen  poems  from  over  400 
verse-makers  of  the  Pine-tree  state,  with  biographical  sketches.  1888. 
Elwell. 

Griswold,  Rufus  Wilmot,  comp.  811.08  G93 

Poets  and  poetry  of  America.    1855.    Parry. 

Biographical  and  critical  sketches,  with  some  selections  from  each  author.  A  short 
historical  introduction  covers  the  period  before  Freneau  (1752-1832),  the  first  poet 
treated  at  length. 

Harrison,  Joseph  Le  Roy,  &  Knowles,  F.  L.  comp.  811.08  H29 

Cap  and  gown;  some  college  verse,    v.3.     1903. 
For  v.t-2  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 


COLLECTIONS  OF  AMERICAN  POETRY  1519 

Hemenway,  Abby  Maria,  ed.  rSii.oS  H43 

Poets  and  poetry  of  Vermont.     1858.     Tuttle. 

Short  selections  from  many  authors.  In  a  few  cases  brief  biographical  details  are 
given. 

HoUiday,  Carl.  rSii.oS  H72 

Three  centuries  of  Southern  poetry,  1607-1907.  1908.  Publishing 
House  of  the  M.  E.  church,  Nashville,  Tenn. 

"Bibliography,"  p.260-262. 

Selected  poems,  with  biographical  and  critical  notes. 

Keese,  John,  ed.  811.08  K15 

Poets  of  America;  illustrated  by  one  of  her  painters.  2v.  1840-42. 
Colman. 

Collection  of  American  poems. 

Lancey,  S.  Herbert,  ed.  rSii.oS  L21 

Native  poets  of  Maine.    1854.    Bugbee. 

Includes  selections  from  the  writings  of  about  30  poets,  prefaced  by  very  brief  bio- 
graphical sketches. 

May,  Caroline,  ed.  811.08  M52 

American  female  poets,  with  biographical  and  critical  notices.     1848. 
Lindsay. 
Simms,  William  Gilmore,  comp.  r8ii.o8  S59 

War  poetry  of  the  South.     1867.     Richardson. 

"The  poems  that  composed  it  had  been  collected  mainly  from  newspapers ...  Most 
of  them  are  mediocre,  and  they  contain  a  large  amount  of  bathos... In  spite  of  the  thin 
quality  of  the  poems  themselves  they  frequently  give  evidence  of  culture  and  true  feel- 
ing on  the  part  of  the  Southern  cavalier."     Trent's  William  Gilmore  Simms. 

Stevenson,  Burton  Egbert,  comp.  811.08  S84 

Poems  of  American  history.     1908.     Houghton. 

Contents:  Colonial  period. — The  Revolution. — The  period  of  growth. — The  Civil 
war. — The  period  of  expansion. 

The  same rSii.cS  S84 

Wallington,  Mrs  Nellie  Urner,  ed.  811.08  W18 

American  history  by  American  poets.    2v.     191 1.    Duffield. 
Collection   of  poems   on   subjects   directly   connected   with   American   history.      Ex- 
planatory notes  on  each  poem  are  provided,  as  well  as  author,  title  and  first  line  indexes. 

History  and  criticism  of  American  poetry 

Hubnei-,  Charles  William.  811.09  H87 

Representative  Southern  poets.     1906.     Neale. 

Contents:  Sidney  Lanier. — Paul  Hamilton  Hayne. — Henry  Timrod. — Abram  Joseph 
Ryan.  —  James  Barron  Hope.  —  Francis  Orrery  Ticknor.  —  Margaret  Junkin  Preston. — 
Edward  Coate  Pinkney. — Thomas  Holley  Chivers. — Poe  and  some  of  his  critics. 

Short  essays  in  biography  and  criticism,  giving  frequent  quotations  from  their 
poetry. 

Larcom,  Lucy.  qSii.og  L32 

Landscape  in  American  poetry,  with  illustrations  on  wood  from 
drawings  by  J.  A.  Brown.     1879.    Appleton. 

Monroe,  Will  Seymour.  r8ii.og  M83 

Poets  and  poetry  of  the  Wyoming  valley.     1887.     (Lackawanna  In- 
stitute of  History  and  Science.    Special  publication  no.2.) 
Reprinted  from  the  "Saturday  Argus,"  March   1887. 


IS20  AMERICAN  DRAMA 


Painter,  Franklin  Verzelius   Newton.  811.09  Pi6p 

Poets  of  Virginia.    1907.    Johnson. 

"Titles  of  works  reviewed,"  p.329-336. 

Over  100  names  are  included  in  this  history  of  poetry  in  Virginia  from  colonial 
times  to  the  present  day.     Short  criticisms  are  given,  with  usually  a  few  examples. 

812     American  drama 

Bibliography 
Roden,  Robert  F.  comp.  roi6.8i2  R58 

Later  American  plays,  1831-1900;  being  a  compilation  of  the  titles 
of  plays  by  American  authors  published  and  performed  in  America 
since  1831.    1900.     (Dunlap  Society.    Publications.    New  ser.  no.12.) 

Practically  a  second  part  to  Wegelin's  "Early  American  plays,  1714-1830" 
(roi6.8i2  W43)- 

Individual  works 
Austin,  Mrs  Mary  (Hunter).  812  A93 

The  arrow  maker;  a  drama  in  three  acts.     1911.    Duffield. 

Drama  of  Indian  life. 

Baker,  Rachel  E.  812  B17 

Mr  Bob;  a  comedy  in  two  acts.     1894.     Baker. 
Bangs,  John  Kendrick.  812  B22r 

The  real  thing,  and  three  other  farces.    1909.    Harper. 

Other  farces:  The  Barringftons'  "at  home." — The  return  of  Christmas. — The  side- 
show. 

Satires  on  modern  life,  the  first  a  take-off  on  the  servant  problem.  Suited  to 
dramatic  reading  or  monologue. 

[Brackenridge,  Hugh  Henry.]  r8i2  B67 

Death  of  General  Montgomery  in  storming  the  city  of  Quebec;  a 
tragedy,  with  an  ode  in  honour  of  the  Pennsylvania  militia  and  the 
small  band  of  regular  continental  troops  who  sustained  the  campaign 
in  the  depth  of  winter,  Jan.  1777,  to  which  are  added  elegiac  pieces, 
commemorative  of  distinguished  characters,  by  different  gentlemen. 
1777.    Trumbull. 

Browne,  Walter.  812  B81 

Acting  version  of  H.  W.  Savage's  production  of  Everywoman,  her 
pilgrimage  in  quest  of  love;  a  modern  morality  play.    1908.    Fly. 
Chapman,  John  Jay.  812  C36 

Four  plays  for  children.    1908.    Moffat. 

Contents:    The  lost  prince. — King  Ithuriel. — The  hermits. — Christmas  in  Leipsic. 

Corbin,  John.  812  C81 

Husband,  and  The  forbidden  guests;  two  plays.  1910.  Houghton. 
The  first  is  a  drama  of  domestic  tragedy,  the  second  a  serious  little  play,  touching 

scientific  and  spiritual  mysteries. 

Dargan,  Olive  Tilford.  812  D25 

Lords  and  lovers,  and  other  dramas.     1906.     Scribner. 

Other  dramas:     The  shepherd. — The  siege. 

The  titular  drama  has  its  scene  in  13th  century  England,  with  Henry  III  as  one  of 
its  characters;  "The  shepherd"  is  a  prose  tragedy  of  contemporary  Russia;  "The  siege" 
is  a  Sicilian  tragedy  of  the  age  of  the  younger  Dionysius.  The  dramas  have  been  highly 
commended  by  critics. 


AMERICAN  DRAMA  1521 

Davis,  Allan.  812  D31 

The  promised  land;  a  drama  in  four  acts.     1908.     Harvard  Dramatic 

Club. 

The  same r8i2  D31 

Serious  play,  having  for  its  theme  the  return  of  the  Jews  to  Palestine  and  present- 
ing vividly  the  prejudice  of  Jew  and  Christian  against  each  other.  First  presented  by  the 
Harvard  Dramatic  Club  at  Cambridge  in  1908.  Author  (Harvard  '07)  is  a  resident  of 
Pittsburgh. 

Davis,  Richard  Harding.  812  D323f 

Farces:  The  dictator;  The  galloper;  "Miss  Civilization."  1906. 
Scribner. 

Deutsch,  Gotthard.  812  D48 

Israel  Bruna;  an  historical  tragedy  in  five  acts.     1908.     Badger. 

Dix,  Beulah  Marie.  812  D64 

Allison's  lad,  and  other  martial  interludes;  six  one-act  dramas.  1910. 
Holt. 

Other   martial   interludes:     The    hundredth   trick. — The    weakest   link. — The    snare 
and  the  fowler. — The  captain  of  the  gate. — The  dark  of  the  dawn. 
Suited  to  amateur  production. 

Doddridge,  Joseph.  r8i2  D66 

Logan,  the  last  of  the  race  of  Shikellemus,  chief  of  the  Cayuga  na- 
tion; a  dramatic  piece,  to  which  is  added  The  dialogue  of  the  back- 
woodsman and  the  dandy,  first  recited  at  the  Buffaloe  Seminary,  July 
the  1st,  1821.    1868.     Clarke. 

"Reprinted  from  the  Virginia  edition  of  1823,  with  an  appendix  relating  to  the 
murder  of  Logan's  family,  for  William  Dodge." 

Fumiss,  Grace  Livingston.  812  B17 

Box  of  monkeys;  a  parlor  farce  in  two  acts.     1889.    Baker. 
Bound  with  other  dramas. 

Haney,  John  Louis.  812  H23 

Monsieur  D'Or;  a  dramatic  fantasy.    1910.    Egerton  Press. 

Effective  drama  treating  the  subject  of  wealth,  its  power,  use  and  abuse. 

Harby,  Clifton.  812  H25 

Haman  and  Mordecai;  a  Purim-play  in  five  acts.     1886.    Bloch. 

Hooker,  Brian.  812  H77 

Mona;  an  opera  in  three  acts,  the  poem  by  Brian  Hooker,  the  music 
by  Horatio  Parker.    191 1.    Dodd. 

Without  music. 

Hovey,  Richard.  r8o5  P74  v.8 

Taliesin;  a  masque.    (In  Poet-lore,  1896,  v.8,  p.i-14,  63-78,  292-306.) 
The  same.    1900.    (In  his  Launcelot  and  Guenevere,  v.4.)..8ii  H84la  v.4 

Howells,  William  Dean.  812  HSsa 

The  Albany  depot.     1891.     Harper. 

Amusing  farce. 

Howells,  William  Dean.  812  H85mo 

The  mother  and  the  father;  dramatic  passages.     1909.     Harper. 
Three  dialogues  in  blank  verse  showing  the  feelings  of  the  parents  after  three  great 
crises  in  their  lives — the  birth,  marriage  and  death  of  their  daughter. 


1522  AMERICAN  DRAMA 

Howells,  William  Dean.  812  H85pr 

Parting  friends;  a  farce.     191 1.    Harper. 

Appeared  in  "Harper's  magazine,"  v.121,  Oct.  191  o. 

Mackay,  Constance  D'Arcy.  812  Mi752h 

House  of  the  heart,  and  other  plays  for  children;  designed  for  use 
in  the  schools.     1909.    Holt. 

Other  plays:  The  gooseherd  and  the  goblin. — The  enchanted  garden. — Nimble- Wit 
and  Fingerkin. — A  little  pilgrim's  progress. — A  pageant  of  the  hours. — On  Christmas 
eve. — The  elf  child. — The  princess  and  the  pixies. — The  Christmas  guest. 

Tlie  same.     1909 J812  Miyh 

One-act  plays,  simple,  instructive  and  easy  of  representation  on  the  school  stage. 
Complete  directions  for  costumes  and  staging  are  given  with  each  play. 

Mackay,  Constance  D'Arcy.  812  M1752 

The  silver  thread,  and  other  folk  plays  for  young  people;  arranged 
for  use  in  the  grammar  grades.     1910.    Holt. 

Other  plays:  The  forest  spring. —  The  foam  maiden. —  Troll  magic. —  The  three 
wishes. — A  brewing  of  brains. — Siegfried. — The  snow  witch. 

The  same J812  M17 

Mackaye,  Percy  Wallace.  812  Mi7a 

Anti-matrimony;  a  satirical  comedy.     1910.     Stokes. 
Mackaye,  Percy  Wallace.  812  Mi7g 

Garland  to  Sylvia;  a  dramatic  reverie,  with  a  prologue.  1910.  Mac- 
millan. 

"An  early  work  begun  originally  in  1897,  when  Mr.  MacKaye  was  a  senior  in 
Harvard,  and  completed  in  1899,  when  he  was  a  student  in  Italy... Its  dramatic  value 
is  nil  and  its  purport  vain,  but  regarded  as  a  poetic  fantasy,  born  of  youthful  speculation 
in  unfathomable  metaphysical  and  psychological  mysteries,  it  is  fanciful  and  interesting." 
Nation,  igio. 

Mackaye,  Percy  Wallace.  812  M17J 

Jeanne  d'Arc  [a  drama].    1907.    Macmillan. 
Mackaye,  Percy  Wallace.  812  Mi7m 

Mater;  an  American  study  in  comedy.     1908.    Macmillan. 

Satirical  comedy  in  which  a  mother  resorts  to  what  she  deems  justifiable  deception 
in  aiding  her  son  to  win  a  political  fight. 

Mackaye,  Percy  Wallace.  812  M17S 

Sappho  and  Phaon;  a  tragedy  set  forth  with  a  prologue,  induction, 
prelude,  interludes  and  epilogue.     1907.    Macmillan. 

"A  true  poetic  tragedy,  classic  in  form  and  spirit,  not  always  glowing  with  the 
fire  of  genius,  but  nevertheless  charged  with  happy  inspiration ...  It  is  a  great  advance 
in  almost  every  respect  upon  his  'Jeanne  d'Arc'  "     Nation,  igoy. 

Mackaye,  Percy  Wallace.  812  M17SC 

The  scarecrow;  or,  The  glass  of  truth;  a  tragedy  of  the  ludicrous, 
1908.    Macmillan. 

Idea  of  the  play  was  suggested  by  Hawthorne's  fantasy  "Feathertop."  Scene  is  laid 
in  a  Massachusetts  town  in  the  late  17th  century,  the  interest  centring  in  the  unfolding 
of  character  rather  than  in  plot. 

Mendes,  Henry  Pereira.  812  M61 

Esther;  a  Purim  play.     Lincoln  Printing  Co. 
Merington,  Marguerite.  812  M63h 

Holiday  plays;  five  one-act  pieces  for  Washington's  birthday,  Lin- 
coln's birthday,  Memorial  day,  Fourth  of  July  and  Thanksgiving.  1910. 
Doubleday. 


AMERICAN  DRAMA  1523 


Montgomery,  Margaret.  812  B17 

Per  telephone;  a  farce  in  one  act.     1893.    Baker. 

Bound  with  other  dramas. 

Moody,  William  Vaughn.  812  M87fa 

Faith  healer;  a  play  in  four  acts.    1909.    Houghton. 

Moody,  William  Vaughn.  812  M87g 

The  great  divide;  a  play  in  three  acts.     1909.    Macmillan. 
The  great  division  between  Western  ideals,  morals  and  conventions   and  those  of 

New  England  is  well   brought  out  in  this  drama   of  the  man  who   marries   his  wife  by 

force  and  then  makes  himself  worthy  of  her. 

Musselman,  Mrs  Nancy  H.  r8o5  P74  v.13 

Mila  Whendle;  an  "unpleasant  play."  (In  Poet-lore,  1901,  v.13, 
p.22-53.) 

Paulding,  James  Kirke,  &  Paulding,  W.  I.  812  P32 

American  comedies.    1847.    Carey. 

Contents:  The  bucktails;  or,  Americans  in  England. — The  noble  exile.- — -Madmen 
all;  or,  The  cure  of  love. — Antipathies;  or.  The  enthusiasts  by  the  ears. 

The  first  play  was  written  by  J.  K.  Paulding  shortly  after  the  War  of  1812,  the 
others  are  by  his  son. 

Peabody,  Josephine  Preston.  812  P33P 

The  piper;  a  play  in  four  acts.    1909.    Houghton. 

"A  little  poetic  play  of  uncommon  quality,  having  distinct  literary  and  dramatic 
value.  It  is  a  new  and  delicately  imaginative  version  of  the  old  Pied  Piper  of  Hamelin 
legend."    Nation,  1909. 

Raymond.  George  Lansing.  812  R24 

Aztec  god,  and  other  dramas.     1908.    Putnam. 

Other  dramas:    Columbus.— Cecil  the  seer. 

812  S52 
Shakespeare  water-cure;  a  burlesque  comedy  in  three  acts,  by  "The 
larks."    1897.    Dick. 

Smith,  Mrs  Hyacinth  (Stoddart).  r8o5  P74  v.19 

Cordia;  a  drama  in  three  acts.     (In  Poet-lore,  1908,  v.19,  p. 165-192.) 

Thomas,  Augustus.  812  T37as 

As  a  man  thinks;  a  play  in  four  acts.     191 1.     Duffield. 
"Delicately  handled  study  of  the  social  relation  of  the  Jewish  people  in  America." 

Outlook,  1911. 

Torrence,  Frederic  Ridgely.  812  T63 

Abelard  and  Heloise  [a  drama].     1907.     Scribner. 

"There  are  four  acts,  the  first  two  being  separated  from  the  others  by  a  score  of 
years.  The  first  half  of  the  work  gives  us  the  Paris  School  and  Fulbert's  villa,  the 
second  half  the  Paraclete  and  Chalons. .  .Its  movement  is,  on  the  whole,  stately  and 
impressive."     Dial,  igoj. 

Trent,  John  Jason.  812  T72 

Owin'  to  Maggie;  a  comedy  in  one  act.    1904.    Baker. 

Willis,  Nathaniel  Parker.  r8i2  W75 

Tortesa  the  usurer.    1839.    Colman. 

Same  as  his  "Dying  to  keep  him." 


1524  AMERICAN  FICTION 

Monologues 

Fisk,  May  Isabel.  812  Fsat 

Talking  woman  (monologues).    1907.    Harper. 

Contents:  The  invalid. — At  the  theatre. — The  new  baby. — A  woman  inquiring 
about  trains. — An  April  shower. — The  saleslady. — The  tailor-made  gown. — An  after- 
noon call. — At  the  health  resort. — The  boarding-house  keeper. — Entertaining  the  neigh- 
bor's child. — Her   first  trip  abroad. 

Herford,  Beatrice  Brooke,  afterward  Mrs  Hayward.  812  H46 

Monologues,  with  pictures  by  Oliver  Herford.     1908.    Scribner. 

Contents:  A  sociable  seamstress. — The  bazaar. — A  lady  packing. — Piazza  ladies. — 
The  country  store. — A  professional  boarder. 

Appeared  in  "Ladies'  home  journal,"  v. 24-2$,  Sept.  1907-ApriI  1908. 

Saunders,  Florence  Wenderoth.  812  S25 

Mrs  De  Brie  says;  a  series  of  brilliant  monologues.     1909.     Clark. 


813     American  fiction 

Only  works  about  American  fiction  are  classified  here.     For  works  of  fiction,  see 
alphabetical  list  following  the  general  class  Literature. 


Bibliography 

Johnson,  James  Gibson,  cotnp.'  roi6.8i3  J36 

Southern  fiction  prior  to  i860;  an  attempt  at  a  first-hand  bibliogra- 
phy.    1909.     Michie  Co. 

Thesis  for  Ph.  D.,  University  of  Virginia. 


General  works 

Clarke,  Helen  Archibald.  813  H36ZC 

Hawthorne's  country.    1910.    Baker. 

Contents:  Far  afield  in  New  England. — Historical  miniatures. — Puritan  tragedies. 
— "The  artist  of  the  beautiful." — The  Roxbury  Utopia. — In  wonderland. — English  epi- 
sodes.— Italy  as  Hawthorne  saw  it. — The  elixir  of  life. 

"Profusely  illustrated  with  rather  commonplace  photographs,  it  appeals  chiefly  to 
the  eye.  The  text  consists  of  many  extracts  from  Hawthorne's  novels,  tales,  and  note- 
books, pieced  together  with  amiable  comment  and  so  arranged  as  to  emphasize  consecu- 
tively the  various  localities  associated,  now  with  bis  life,  now  with  the  scene  of  some 
one  of  his  works."    Nation,  1911. 

Loshe,  Lillie  Deming.  813  L89 

The  early  American  novel.  1907.  Columbia  University  Press. 
(Columbia  University,  New  York.    Studies  in  English.) 

"Bibliography,"  p.  106- 124. 

Discusses  fiction  produced  in  this  country  from  1789  to  1830.  Plots  of  stories  are 
given   with  considerable  fulness. 

Nead,  Benjamin  Matthias.  1813  P23zn 

Some  hidden  sources  of  fiction;  a  paper  read  before  the  Historical 

Society  of  Dauphin  county,  Pennsylvania.    1909.    Jacobs. 

Calls  attention  to  points  of  similarity  between  the  "Memoirs  of  Major  Robert  Stobo" 

and  Sir  Gilbert  Parker's  "Seats  of  the  mighty." 


AMERICAN  ESSAYS  1525 

814    American  essays 

See  also  American  miscellany,  818 

Alcott,  Amos  Bronson.  814  Asst 

Tablets.     1868.     Roberts. 

Contents:  Practical:  The  garden;  Recreation;  Fellowship;  Friendship;  Culture; 
Books;  Counsels. — Speculative:  Instrumentalities;  Mind;  Genesis;  Metamorphoses. 

Austin,  William.  814  A93 

Literary  papers,  with  a  biographical  sketch  by  his  son,  J.  W.  Austin. 
1890.     Little. 

Contents:  Peter  Rugg,  the  missing  man. — The  late  Joseph  Natterstrom. — Martha 
Gardner;  or,  Moral  reaction. — The  man  with  the  cloaks;  a  Vermont  legend. — The  suf- 
ferings of  a  country  schoolmaster.  —  Letters  from  London.  —  The  human  character  of 
Jesus  Christ. — Oration  at  Charlestown,  Mass.,  June  17,   1801. 

Bagby,  George  William.  814  B15 

The  old  Virginia  gentleman,  and  other  sketches;  ed.  with  an  intro- 
duction by  T.  N.  Page.     1910.    Scribner. 

Other  sketches:  Bacon  and  greens. — My  uncle  Flatback's  plantation. — My  wife  and 
my  theory  about  wives. — Fishing  in  the  Appomattox. — An  unrenowned  warrior. — John 
M.  Daniel's  latch-key. — The  Virginia  editor. — Canal  reminiscences. — The  sacred  furni- 
ture wareroom. —  My  vile  beard. —  A  piece  about  doctors. —  The  Pawnee  war. —  How 
Rubinstein  played. — Fill  Joanses. — After  Appomattox. 

"George  William  Bagby,"  by  E.  S.  Gregory,  p.  17-30. 

Descriptive,  humorous  and  pathetic  essays,  some  of  them  in  dialect,  and  all  speaking 
loving  loyalty  to  the  Virginia  of  secession  days. 

Bancroft,  George.  814  B22 

Literary  and  historical  miscellanies.     1855.     Harper. 
Contents:     Essays.  —  Studies  in   German  literature,    1824  and   following  years.  — 

Studies  in  history. — Occasional  addresses. 

Beecher,  Henry  Ward.  r8i4  B37 

Eyes  and  ears.     1862.    Ticknor. 

"His  volumes  made  up  of  articles  in  the  Independent  and  Ledger,  such  as  'Star 
Papers,'  1855,  and  'Eyes  and  Ears,'  1862,  contain  many  delightful  tnorceaux  upon  coun- 
try life  and  similar  topics,  though  they  are  hardly  wrought  with  sufficient  closeness  and 
care  to  take  a  permanent  place  in  letters."     Beers's  Initial  studies  in  American  letters. 

Bryant,  William  Cullen.  814  B840 

Orations  and  addresses.     1873.     Putnam. 

Contents:  Thomas  Cole. — J.  F.  Cooper. — Washington  Irving. — Fitz-Greene  Halleck. 
— G.  C.  Verplanck. — The  press  banquet  to  Kossuth. — The  improvement  of  native  fruits. 
— Music  in  the  public  schools. — Schiller. — A  birth-day. — Freedom  of  exchange. — The 
electric  telegraph. — The  Metropolitan  Art  Museum. — The  Mercantile  library. — Italian 
unity. — The  Morse  statue. — Shakspeare. — Reform. — Scott  statue. 

Buckham,  Matthew  Henry.  814  B85 

Cultivation  of  the  memory  [and  other  addresses].  1907-09.  Ver- 
mont University. 

Other  addresses:  The  real  Bible. — The  rustic  speech  of  the  English  speaking  peo- 
ple.— The  culture  of  the  imagination. — The  love  of  difficulty. — Dead  languages  forsooth! 
— Reserve  in  matters  of  religion. 

Bunce,  Oliver  Bell.  814  B88 

Bachelor  Bluff;  his  opinions,  sentiments  and  disputations.  1881. 
Appleton. 

Contents:  Introducing  Mr  Bluff. — Domestic  bliss. — Theory  of  poetry. — Ideal  of  a 
house. — Feminine  tact  and  intuitions. — Realism  in  art. — Country  and  kindred  themes. — 
The  privileges  of  women. — Modern  fiction.- — Political  notions. — Mr  Bluff  as  an  arith- 
metician.— Meditations  in  an  art-gallery. — Melancholy. — Morals  in  literature  and  nudity 
in  art. — Mr  Bluff  as  a  critic  on  dress. — Sundry  topics. — Experiences  of  holidays. 


1526  AMERICAN  ESSAYS 

Burroughs,  John.  814  6g4in 

In  the  Catskills;  selections  from  the  writings  of  John  Burroughs. 
1910.     Houghton. 

Contents:  The  snow- walkers. — A  white  day  and  a  red  fox. — Phases  of  farm  life. — 
In  the  hemlocks. — Birds'-nests. — The  heart  of  the  southern  Catskills. — Speckled  trout. — 
A  bed  of  boughs. 

Burroughs,  John.  814  Bg4le 

Leaf  and  tendril.    1908.    Houghton. 

Contents:  The  art  of  seeing  things. — The  coming  of  summer. — A  breath  of  April. — 
A  walk  in  the  fields. — Gay  plumes  and  dull. — Straight  seeing  and  straight  thinking. — 
Human  traits  in  the  animals. — Animal  and  plant  intelligence. —  The  reasonable  but  un- 
reasoning animals. — The  grist  of  the  gods. — The  divine  soil. — An  outlook  upon  life. — 
"All's  right  with  the  world." 

Burroughs,  John.  r8i4  894 

[Works.]     14V.    1904.    Houghton. 
V.I.     Birds  and  poets,  with  other  papers. 
V.2.     Far  and  near. 
V.3.     Fresh  fields. 
V.4.     Indoor  studies, 
v.s.     The  light  of  day. 
V.6.     Literary  values,  and  other  papers. 
V.7.     Locusts  and  wild  honey.  ^ 

V.8.     Pepacton. 
V.9.     Riverby. 
v.io.     Signs  and  seasons, 
v.:  I.     Wake-robin. 
V.I 2.     Ways  of  nature. 
V.I 3.     Whitman,  a  study. 
V.I 4.     Winter  sunshine. 

Bushnell,  Horace.  814  B96 

Work  and  play  [and  other  essays].  1881.  Scribner.  (Literary 
varieties,  v.i.) 

Other  essays:  The  true  wealth  or  weal  of  nations.  —  The  growth  of  law. — The 
founders  great  in  their  unconsciousness. — Historical  estimate  of  Connecticut. — Barbarism 
the  first  danger. — Life,  or  the  lives. — City  plans. — The  doctrine  of  loyalty. — The  age  of 
homespun. — The  day  of  roads. — Religious  music. 

Caton,  John  Dean.  814  C28 

Miscellanies.     1880.     Houghton. 

Includes  notes  on  the  volcanoes  of  the  Hawaiian  islands  and  letters  from  Cuba. 
Caton  was  a  lawyer,  traveler  and  student  of  natural  history,  and  all  these  interests 
are  represented  in  this  collection  of  essays. 

Chapman,  John  Jay.  814  C36I 

Learning,  and  other  essays.    1910.    Moffat. 

Other  essays:  Professorial  ethics. — The  drama. — Norway. — Doctor  Howe. — Jesters. 
— The  comic. — The  unity  of  human  nature. — The  doctrine  of  non-resistance. — Climate. — 
The  influence  of  schools. — The  aesthetic. 

Clark,  Willis  Gaylord.  814  C52 

Literary  remains,  including  the  Ollapodiana  papers,  The  spirit  of 
life  and  a  selection  from  his  various  prose  and  poetical  writings;  ed.  by 
L.  G.  Clark.     1847.    Burgess. 

A  once  popular  but  now  almost  forgotten  American  writer  (1810-41). 
"Ollapodiana,"  a  series  of  essays  and  sketches,  originally  appeared  in  the  "Knicker- 
bocker." 

Cleveland,  Rose  Elizabeth.  814  C58 

George  Eliot's  poetry,  and  other  studies.     1885.    Funk. 

Other  studies:  Reciprocity. — Altruistic  faith. — History. — Studies  in  the  middle  ages; 
m  series  of  historical  essays :  Old  Rome  and  new  France. — Charlemagne. — The  monastery. 
— Chivalry. — Joan  of  Arc. 


AMERICAN  ESSAYS  1527 

Colby,  Frank  Moore.  814  C67C 

Constrained  attitudes.     1910.     Dodd. 

Contents:  Coram  populo. — On  the  brink  of  politics. — Rusticity  and  contemplation. 
— The  humdrum  of  revolt. — The  usual  thing. — Impatient  "culture"  and  the  literal  mind. 
— Literary  class  distinctions. — The  art  of  disparagement. — International  impressionism. 
— Quotation  and  allusion. — Occasional  verse. 

Conway,  Moncure  Daniel,  '  814  C76a 

Addresses  and  reprints,  1850-1907;  published  and  unpublished  work 
representing  the  literary  and  philosophical  life  of  the  author.  1909. 
Houghton. 

Contents:  Free  schools  in  Virginia. — The  golden  hour  [addresses  on  slavery]. — 
The  earthward  pilgrrimage. — The  gospel  of  art. — The  martyrdom  of  man. — Consolers. — 
The  Madonna  of  Montbazon. — Ellen  Dana  Conway. — International  peace  and  arbitra- 
tion.— Address  on  Sunday  opening  of  exhibitions. — Dogma  and  science. — Public  service. 
— ^William  Penn. — The  storm  [a  hymn]. 
"Bibliography,"   p.437-444. 

Conway,  Moncure  Daniel.  814  C76 

Idols  and  ideals,  with  an  essay  on  Christianity.    1877.    Holt. 
"There  is  much  of...  [the  author's]   characteristic  quality  about  these  essays,  and 

they  are  very  pleasantly  written;  but  they  are  of  the  sermon  class,  and  represent  the 

views  of  an  extreme  party  upon  topics  most  of  which  are  matters  of  sentiment  rather 

than  reason,  of  faith,  rather  than  philosophy."     Nation,  1877. 

Crothers,  Samuel  McChord.  814  C89a 

Among  friends  [and  other  essays].     1910.     Houghton. 

Other  essays:  The  Anglo-American  school  of  polite  unlearning. — The  hundred 
worst  books. — The  convention  of  books. — In  praise  of  politicians. — My  missionary  life  in 
Persia. — The  Colonel  in  the  theological  seminary. — The  romance  of  ethics. — ^The  merry 
devil  of  education. 

Most  of  these  essays  appeared  in  the  "Atlantic  monthly,"  v.99-100,  103-106,  June- 
Sept.   1907,  May  1909-Sept.   1910. 

Crothers,  Samuel  McChord.  814  CSgb 

By  the  Christmas  fire.     1908.    Houghton. 

Contents:  The  bayonet-poker. — On  being  a  doctrinaire. — Christmas  and  the  litera- 
ture of  disillusion. — The  ignominy  of  being  grown-up. — Christmas  and  the  spirit  of 
democracy. 

Diman,  Jeremiah  Lewis.  814  D58 

Orations   and   essays,    with    selected   parish    sermons;    a   memorial 

volume.    1882.    Houghton. 

Contents:     A  commemorative  discourse,  by  J.  O.  Murray. — Literary  and  historical 

addresses. — Reviews. — Sermons. 

Alcott,  Amos  Bronson.  814  E58za 

Ralph  Waldo  Emerson;  an  estimate  of  his  character  and  genius  in 
prose  and  verse.    1882.    Williams. 

Contents:  Essay. — Ion;  a  monody. — The  poet's  countersign;  an  ode  read  by 
F.  B.  Sanborn  at  the  opening  of  the  Concord  school,  July  17,  1882. 

Everett,  Edward.  814  E95 

Mount  Vernon  papers,     i860.    Appleton. 

Papers  on  various  subjects  written  for  the  "New  York  ledger."  The  author  de- 
voted the  proceeds  to  the  fund  for  the  purchase  of  Mount  Vernon.  Several  of  the 
articles  deal  with  incidents  in  the  life  of  Washington. 

Fields,  James  Thomas.  814  F465 

Underbrush.     1877.     Osgood. 

Contents:  My  friend's  library. — A  peculiar  case. — Familiar  letter  to  house-breakers. 
— Our  village  dogmatist. — A  watch  that  "wanted  cleaning." — Bothersome  people. — Pleas- 
ant ghosts. — The  Pettibone  lineage. — Getting  home  again. — How  to  rough  it — An  old- 
time  scholar. — Diamonds  and  pearls. — The  author  of  "Paul  and  Virginia"  [St.  Pierre]. 
— If  I  were  a  boy  again.  , 


1528  AMERICAN  ESSAYS 

Flandrau,  Charles  Macomb.  814  F61 

Prejudices.    191 1.    Appleton. 

ConUnts:  Some  dogs. — Little  pictures  of  people. — Wanderlust — TraveL — Fellow 
passengers. — Parents  and  children. — What  is  education? — Just  a  letter. — In  the  under- 
taker's  shop. — Writers. — "Ann    Veronica." — Holidays. — Servants. — Mrs    Whita's. 

Frye,  Prosser  Hall.  814  F97 

Literary  revie\ys  and  criticisms.     1908.     Putnam. 

Contents:  The  Elizabethan  sonnet. — Balzac. — George  Sand. — Zola. — Jonathan  Swift. 
— Nature  and  Thomas  Hardy. — Hawthorne's  supernaturalism. — Dryden  and  the  critical 
canons  of  the  eighteenth  century. — Maupassant  in  English. — Corneille:  The  neo-classic 
tragedy  and  the  Greek. —  Anatole  France. —  Sainte-Beuve. —  Emerson  and  the  modern 
reports. 

Grayson,  David,  pseud.  814  G82 

Adventures  in  contentment.    1907.    Doubleday. 

A  young  man,  broken  in  health  under  the  strain  of  business  life  in  a  large  city, 
buys  a  small  farm.  He  tells  of  his  life,  his  work  and  his  new  neighbors,  in  a  pleasant, 
leisurely  style,  emphasizing  the  attractions  and  ignoring  the  disadvantages  of  farm  life. 

Grayson,  David,  pseud.  814  G82a 

Adventures  in  friendship.     1910.     Doubleday. 

Contents:  An  adventure  in  fraternity. — A  day  of  pleasant  bread. — The  open  road. 
— On  being  where  you  belong. — The  story  of  Anna. — The  drunkard. — An  old  maid. — 
A  roadside  prophet. — The  gunsmith. — The  mowing. — An  old  man. — The  celebrity. — On 
friendship. 

Hamilton,  Gail,  {pseud,  of  Mary  Abigail  Dodge).  814  Hzib 

Battle  of  the  books,  recorded  by  an  unknown  writer,  for  the  use  of 
authors  and  publishers;  to  the  first  for  doctrine,  to  the  second  for  re- 
proof, to  both  for  correction  and  for  instruction  in  righteousness.  1870. 
Kurd. 

Hamilton,  Gail,  (pseud,  of  Mary  Abigail  Dodge).  814  H2it 

Twelve  miles  from  a  lemon  [and  other  essays].     1874.    Harper. 

Other  essays:  Lemon-drops. — Hemlock  poison. — The  wonders  and  wisdom  of  car- 
pentry.— Science,  pure  and  practical. — American  inventions. — The  pleasures  of  poverty. 
— To  Tudiz  by  railroad. — The  higher  laws  of  railroads. — Holidays. — Conference  wrong 
tide  out. — Country  character. — Autumn  voices. — On  social  formula  and  social  freedom. 
— The  fashions. — Sleep  and  sickness. — Dinners. 

Harrison,  Elizabeth.  814  Hag 

Some  silent  teachers.    1904.    Sigma  Pub.  Co. 

Contents:  Introduction. — Our  shop  windows. — Dumb  stone  and  marble. — The  in- 
fluence of  color. — Great  literature. 

Emphasizes  the  influence  that  the  ordinary  things  around  us — beautiful  architecture, 
nature  and  great  books — may  have  on  life. 

Harvey,  George  Brinton  McClellan.  814  H33 

Women,  etc.;  some  leaves  from  an  editor's  diary.    1908.    Harper. 

Essays  on  a  variety  of  subjects.  Author  is  (1908)  editor  of  the  "North  American 
review." 

Haven,  Nathaniel  Appleton.  814  H35 

Remains  of  N.  A,  Haven.    1827.    Privately  printed. 

Contents:  Orations. — Papers  read  before  the  Forensic  Society. — Papers  published 
io  "The  Portsmouth  journal." — Sunday  schools. — Miscellaneous  pieces. — Poetry. — Cor- 
reapondence. 

Memoir  of  the  life  of  N.  A.  Haven,  by  George  Ticknor,  p.  11-40. 

Hawthorne,  Hildegarde.  814  H3672 

Women  and  other  women;  essays  in  wisdom.     1908.     Duffield. 

Contents:  Forerunners. — Arrival  of  woman. — Soul  of  the  Celtic  race. — Woman  in 
all  ages. —  Women  and  gardens. —  Sex  and  society. —  Pope's  Lady  Mary. —  Pictures  of 


AMERICAN  ESSAYS  1529 

Hawthorne,   Hildegarde — continued.  814   H3672 

England. — Parish  clerk  of  old. — Mr  Slicer  on  happiness. — The  new  hero. — Nazimova. — 
Footsteps. — Wisdom  of  animals. — Vision. — Record  of  queens. — Love  as  a  joke. — Maia. 
— The  sense  of  duty. — Advice  to  a  girl. — Cinderella. — The  valley  road. — The  burning 
bush. 

Hawthorne,  Julian.  814  H367 

Confessions  and  criticisms.     1887.     Ticknor. 

Contents:  A  preliminary  confession. — Novels  and  agnosticism. — Americanism  in 
fiction. — Literature  for  children.^ — -The  moral  aim  in  fiction. — The  maker  of  many  books. 
— Mr  Mallock's  missing  science. — Theodore  Winthrop's  writings. — Emerson  as  an  Amer- 
ican.— Modern  magic. — American  wild  animals  in  art. 

Hay,  John.  814  H368 

Addresses.     1906.     Century. 

Contents:  Franklin  in  France. — Omar  Khayyam. — Sir  Walter  Scott. — Speeches 
before  the  American  Society  in  London. — A  partnership  in  beneficence. — Speech  at 
the  annual  dinner  of  the  Royal  Society. — Speech  at  the  annual  dinner  of  the  Literary 
Fund. — Speech  at  the  opening,  by  Miss  Helen  Hay,  of  the  Robert  Browning  garden. — 
International  copyright.  —  American  diplomacy.  —  A  festival  of  peace.  —  William  Mc- 
Kinley. — At  the  universities. — Commercial  Club  dinner. — New  Orleans. — The  Grand 
Army  of  the  Republic. — President  Roosevelt. — Edmund  Clarence  Stedman. — Lincoln's 
faith. — The  press  and  modern  progress. — Fifty  years  of  the  Republican  party. — America's 
love  of  peace. — Life  in  the  White  house  in  the  time  of  Lincoln. — Clarence  King, 

"They  show. .  .the  generous  cosmopolitan  culture  which,  next  to  his  sense  of  humor, 
made  John  Hay  one  of  the  best  poised  statesmen  of  his  time."     Nation,  igo6. 

Holmes,  Oliver  Wendell.  814  H73S 

Soundings  from  the  Atlantic.     1864.    Ticknor. 

Contents:  Bread  and  the  newspaper. — My  hunt  after  "the  captain." — The  stereo- 
scope and  the  stereograph. — Sun-painting  and  sun-sculpture,  with  a  stereoscopic  trip 
across  the  Atlantic. — Doings  of  the  sunbeam. — The  human  wheel,  its  spokes  and  felloes. 
— A  visit  to  the  autocrat's  landlady. — A  visit  to  the  asylum  for  aged  and  decayed 
punsters. — The  great  instrument. — The  inevitable  trial. 

Howells,  William  Dean.  814  H85im 

Imaginary  interviews.     1910.     Harper. 
Essays  from  the  "Easy  chair." 

Hutton,  Laurence.  814  Hgyf 

From  the  books  of  Laurence  Hutton.     1902.     Harper. 

Contents:  On  some  American  book-plates. — On  Grangerism  and  the  Grangerites. 
— On  the  portraits  of  Mary,  queen  of  Scots. — On  some  portrait  inscriptions. — On  poet- 
ical dedications. — On  poetical  inscriptions. 

"From  the  books  of  my  own  library,  comfortably  rich  in  the  literature  of  the  seven- 
teenth and  eighteenth  centuries,  I  have  gathered  these  oddities  and  curiosities  of  Books." 
Preface. 

James,  William,  1842-1910.  814  J165 

Memories  and  studies.     191 1.     Longmans. 

Contents:  Louis  Agassiz. — Address  at  the  Emerson  centenary  in  Concord. — R.  G. 
Shaw. — Francis  Boott. — Thomas  Davidson;  a  knight-errant  of  the  intellectual  life. — 
Herbert  Spencer's  "Autebiography." — Frederick  Myers'  services  to  psychology. — Final 
impressions  of  a  psychical  researcher. — On  some  mental  effects  of  the  earthquake. — The 
energies  of  men. — The  moral  equivalent  of  war. — Remarks  at  the  peace  banquet. — The 
social  value  of  the  college-bred. — The  university  and  the  individual:  The  Ph.  D.  octopus; 
The  true  Harvard;  Stanford's  ideal  destiny.  —  A  pluralistic  mystic  [Benjamin  Paul 
Blood]. 

Joline,  Adrian  Hoffman.  814  J38 

At  the  library  table.     1910.     Badger. 

Contents:  At  the  library  table.  —  The  deliberations  of  a  Dofob.  —  In  a  library 
corner. — Of  the  old  fashion. — W.  H.  Ainsworth. — G.  P.  R.  James. 


1530  AMERICAN  ESSAYS 

Joline,  Adrian  Hoffman.  814  JaSe 

Edgehill  essays.    191 1.    Badger. 

Contents:  About  the  bookshelves. — The  quest  of  the  autograph. — Reflections  of  an 
autograph  lover. — A  certain  affectation  of  the  great. — A  Georgian  poet  [Mark  Akenside]. 
— A  famous  reviewer  [Francis  Jeffrey]. — Manners  makyth  man. — The  war  on  the  col- 
leges. 

"Author  is  a  collector  who  in  his  ripe  years  looks  back  upon  a  life  spent  largely 
with  books  and  lovers  of  books,  and  who  somehow  in  his  pages  constructs  an  attractive 
picture  of  himself  moving  about  among  the  shelves  in  his  library."     Nation,  igii. 

Jordan,  David  Starr.  •  814  J42I 

Life's  enthusiasms.    1906.    American  Unitarian  Assoc. 

The  text  of  this  little  essay  is  that  "we  should  lay  up  a  stock  of  enthusiasms  in 
our  youth  or  else  we  shall  reach  the  end  of  our  journey  with  an  empty  heart." 

Keller,  Helen  Adams.  .  814  K16 

The  world  I  live  in.     1908.    Century. 

Contents:  The  seeing  hand. — The  hands  of  others. — The  hand  of  the  race. — The 
power  of  touch. — The  finer  vibrations. — Smell,  the  fallen  angel. — Relative  values  of  the 
senses. — The  five-sensed  world. — Inward  visions. — Analogies  in  sense  perception. — Be- 
fore the  soul  dawn. — The  larger  sanctions. — The  dream  world. — Dreams  and  reality. — A 
waking  dream. — A  chant  of  darkness. 

These  essays  appeared  in  the  "Century  magazine,"  v. 69,  75,  77  under  the  titles  "A 
chat  about  the  hand,"  "Sense  and  sensibility"  and  "My  dreams."  The  poem  "A  chant 
of  darkness"  appeared  in  the  "Century  magazine,"  v.76. 

King,  Mrs  Anna  (Eichberg),  afterward  Mrs  Lane.  814  K26t 

Talk  of  the  town.     191 1.    Lane. 

Contents:  The  tyranny  of  clothes. — The  London  bus. — The  tragedy  of  the  "ex." — 
The  new  fashion  in  heroes. — The  tyranny  of  the  past. — The  plague  of  monuments. — The 
minor  crimes. — The  craze  of  collecting. — The  trials  of  the  celebrated. — The  poetry  of 
sound. — The  toast-master. — The  gutter  sphinx. — The  pleasures  of  being  in  the  right. — 
The  wrong  sex. — Men's  wrongs. — The  American  and  his  holiday. — London-by-the-sea.— 
The  camel  at  home. 

King,  Henry  T.  814  K264 

The  egotist;  essays  of  life,  its  work  and  its  fortunes,  its  joys  and  its 
sorrows,  its  success  and  its  failure.    1880.    Claxton. 

King,  Thomas  Starr.  814  K267 

Patriotism,  and  other  papers,  with  a  biographical  sketch  by  Richard 
Frothingham.    1864.    Tompkins. 

Contents:  Biogn'aphical  sketch. —  Patriotism. —  Washington,  or  greatness. —  Beauty 
and  religion.  —  Great  principles  and  small  duties.  —  Plato's  views  of  immortality.  — 
Thoughts  and  things. — True  greatness. — Indirect  influences. — Life  more  than  meat. — 
Inward  resources. — Natural  and  spiritual  providence. — Philosophy  and  theology. — Natu- 
ral and  revealed  religion. — The  idea  of  God  and  the  truths  of  Christianity. — The  har- 
mony of  opposite  qualities  in  the  Saviour's  character  and  teachings. — The  chief  appeal 
of  religion. 

Lee,  Gerald  Stanley.  814  L53V 

Voice  of  the  machines,  an  introduction  to  the  20th  century.  1906. 
Mount  Tom  Press. 

"Gerald  Stanley  Lee  is  an  observer  and  commentator  on  contemporary  life  who,  if 
he  falls  short  of  the  power  to  compel  us  to  his  mood,  can  be  a  very  refreshing  and  de- 
lightful companion  when  our  mood  coincides  with  his  own.  .  .The  Voice  of  the  Machines 
. . .  will  s|>eak  with  the  beloved  accents  of  spiritual  blood-brotherhood  to  many  an  idealist 
who  has  been  consciously  or  unconsciously  responsive  to  the  wealth  of  symbolic  and 
poetic  suggestion  inherent  in  our  clamorous  materialism."     Life,  1907. 

The  lowly  estate.     1910.     Melrose.  814  L96 

Impressions  derived  from  the  small  experiences  of  every-day  life.  Author  appears 
to  be  something  of  a  recluse,  which  may  account  for  the  fact  that  bis  own  personality 
looms  large  in  his  philosophy. 


AMERICAN  ESSAYS  1531 

Mabie,  Hamilton  Wright.  814  Much 

Christmas  to-day.     1908.     Dodd. 

This  little  book  is  an  attempt  to  bring  out  the  significance  of  the  Christmas  mes- 
sage for  our   own  time. 

Martin,  Edward  Sandford.  814  M42i 

In  a  new  century  [essays].    1908.    Scribner. 

Contents:  Too  much  success. — Proclivities  and  compunctions. — Reading. — Writing. 
— Exclusiveness. — The  impossibility  of  living  on  anything  a  year. — Riches. — Character 
and  money. — The  spiritual  quality. — Noise  and  canned  food. — Divorce. — The  prospects 
of  "society"  in  America. — Summer. — Convictions. — Speculation. — Is  honesty  still  the 
best  policy? — Some  advantages  of  the  common  lot. — Woman  suffrage. — The  seashore. — 
The  habits  of  the  sea. — Deafness. — The  Quondam  Club. 

Marvin,  Frederic  Rowland.  814  M43 

Companionship  of  books,  and  other  papers.     1906.     Putnam. 
Collection   of  essays,  some  of  them   mere   fragmentary  thoughts,   covering  a   wide 

range  of  subject. 

Mathews,  William.  814  M473h 

•     Hours  with  men  and  books.    1877.    Griggs. 

Contents:  Thomas  De  Quincey. — Robert  South. — C.  H.  Spurgeou. — Recollections  of 
Judge  Story. — Moral  Grahamism. — Strength  and  health. — Professorships  of  books  and 
reading. — The  morality  of  good  living. — The  illusions  of  history. — Homilies  on  early 
rising.- — Literary  triflers. — Writing  for  the  press. — The  study  of  the  modern  languages. 
— Working  by  rule. — Too  much  speaking. — A  forgotten  wit. — Are  we  Anglo-Sa.xon? — A 
day  at  Oxford. — An  hour  at  Christ's  Hospital. — Book-buying. — A  pinch  of  snuff. 

Matthews,  Brander.  814  M47am 

The  American  of  the  future,  and  other  essays.  1909.  Scribner. 
Other  essays:  American  character. — The  Americans  and  the  British. — "Blood  is 
thicker  than  water." — The  scream  of  the  spread-eagle. — American  manners. — Ajnerican 
humor. — -The  speech  of  the  people. — English  as  a  world-language. — Simplified  spelling 
and  "fonetic  reform." — The  question  of  the  theater. — Persuasion  and  controversy. — Re- 
form and  reformers. — "Those  literary  fellows." — Standards  of  success. 

Matthews,  Brander.  814  M47i 

Inquiries  and  opinions.     1907.     Scribner. 

Contents:  Literature  in  the  new  century. — The  supreme  leaders. — An  apology  for 
technic. — Old  friends  with  new  faces. — Invention  and  imagination. — Poe  and  the  de- 
tective-story. —  Mark  Twain.  —  A  note  on  Maupassant.  —  The  modern  novel  and  the 
modern  play. — The  literary  merit  of  our  latter-day  drama. — Ibsen  the  playwright. — The 
art  of  the  stage-manager. 

Parker,  Theodore.  814  P24 

Critical  and  miscellaneous  writings.     1856.     Little. 

Contents:  A  lesson  for  the  day. — German  literature. — The  life  of  St.  Bernard  of 
Clairvaux. — Truth  against  the  world. — Thoughts  on  labor. — A  discourse  of  the  transient 
and  |>ermanent  in  Christianity. — The  Pharisees. — On  the  education  of  the  laboring  class. 
—  How  to  move  the  world.  —  Primitive  Christianity.  —  Strauss's  "Life  of  Jesus."  — 
Thoughts  on  theology. 

Pennell,  Mr.y  Elizabeth  (Robins).  814  P39 

Our  house  and  the  people  in  it.    1910.    Houghton. 

Contents:  'Enrietter. — Trimmer. — Louise. — Our  charwomen. — Clementine. — The  old 
housekeeper. — The  new  housekeeper. — Our  beggars. — The  tenants. — The  quarter. 

"Entertaining  papers,  most  of  them  reprinted  from  periodicals,  describing  Mrs. 
Pennell's  sixteen  years'  experience  with  her  servants  and  her  neighbors  in  an  old  quarter 
of  London."    A.  L.  A.  booklist,  1911. 

Perry,  Bliss.  814  P44P 

Park-street  papers.     1908.    Houghton. 

Contents:  Atlantic  prologues:  Number  4  Park  street;  Catering  for  the  public;  The 
cheerless  reader;  "A  readable  proposition;"  "Turning  the  old  leaves. — The  centenary  of 


1532  AMERICAN  ESSAYS 

Perry,  Bliss — continued.  814  P44P 

Hawthorne. — The  centenary  of  Longfellow. — Thomas  Bailey  Aldrich. — Whittier  for  to- 
day.— The  editor  who  never  was  editor  [F.  A.  Underwood]. 

Essays  by  the  editor  (1908)  of  the  "Atlantic  monthly,"  in  which  magazine  they 
have  appeared.  They  are  concerned  with  the  magazine  and  some  of  the  writers  who 
have  given  distinction  to  its  pages. 

Pier,  Arthur  Stanwood.  814  P556 

The  young  in  heart  [and  other  essays].    1907.     Houghton. 

Other  essays:  Lawn  tennis. — Work  and  play. — The  smoking-room. — Cynicism. — 
The  quiet  man. — "In  swimming." — Brawn  and  cliaracter. 

\'cry  readable  essays,  presenting  a  cheerful,  healthy  outlook  on  life. 

Poe,  Edgar  Allan.  814  P74a 

Essays   and   miscellanies;    ed.    by   J.  A.    Harrison.      1902.      Crowell. 

(Complete  works,  v.14.)  « 

The  same,  and  Literati;  Autography;   ed.   by  J.  A.   Harrison.     1902. 

De  Fau.     (Complete  works,  V.14-IS.) 814  P74 

Poc,  Edgar  Allan.  814  P74I 

Literary  criticism;  ed.  by  J.A.Harrison.     6v.  in  3.     1902.     De  Fau. 

(Complete  works,  v.8-13.) 

The  same;  ed.  by  J.  A.  Harrison.     6v.     1902.     Crowell.     (Complete 

works,   v.8-13.) 814   P74I2 

Poe,  Edgar  Allan.  814  P74m 

Marginalia,  and  Eureka;  ed.  by  J.A.Harrison.  1902.  De  Fau. 
(Complete  works,  v.i6.) 

"Bibliography  of  the  writings  of  E.  A.  Poe,"  p.355-379. 

Putnam,  James  Osborne.  •  814  P99 

Addresses,  speeches  and  miscellanies  on  various  occasions  from  1854 
to  1879.    1880.    Paul. 

Contents:  Speech  on  the  bill  requiring  church  property  to  be  vested  in  trustees, 
under  the  act  relating  to  religious  corporations. — Independence  day;  oration  delivered  at 
Lockport,  N.  Y.,  July  4,  1856. — The  Federal  judiciary. — Agriculture. — Relations  of  agri- 
culture.— Buffalo  General  Hospital. — Buffalo  State  Insane  Asylum. — The  new  Buffalo 
armory. — Independence  day;  oration  delivered  at  Buffalo,  July  4,  1870. — Decoration 
day. — Death  of  Lincoln. — Birthday  of  Washington. — The  Chinese  embassy. — The  Bible 
Society. — Yale  College. — Public  charities. — Charles  Kingsley's  life  and  letters. — Harriet 
Martineau's  "Autobiography." — Harvey  Putnam. — J.  B.  Skinner. — Millard  Fillmore. — 
N.  K.  Hall.— J.  C.  Lord.— G.  W.  Heacock. — G.  R.  Babcock.— Dennis  Bowen.— Kossuth 
and  intervention. — John  Brown's  execution. — Brooks-Sumner  tragedy. — The  Missouri 
compromise. — Lecompton  (Kansas)  constitution. — Republican  principles. — Letters  from 
Spain  and   Portugal. 

Quayle,  William  Alfred.  J814  Q21 

In  God's  out-of-doors.     1902.    Jennings. 

Partial  contents:  On  seeing. — When  spring  comes  home. — Winter  trees. — Golden 
rod. — The  falls  of  St.  Croix. — A  walk  along  a  railroad  in  June. — The  windings  *bf  a 
stream. — My  farm. — Gloaming. 

Many  beautiful  photographic  illustrations. 

Quayle,  William  Alfred.  814  Q2ip 

The  poet's  poet  [Robert  Browning],  and  other  essays.    1897.    Curts. 

Other  essays:  King  Cromwell. — William  the  Great  of  England. — The  greater  Eng- 
lish elegies. — Soliloquies  of  Hamlet  and  Macbeth. — "The  ebb  tide." — The  Jew  in  fiction. 
— Robert  Burns. — The  psychology  of  Nathaniel  Hawthorne. — Shakespeare's  women. — 
"The  deserted  village. "--George  Eliot  as  novelist. — "The  ring  and  the  book." — Shylock 
and  David  as  interpreters  of  life. — Poem:     "An  angel  came." 


AMERICAN  ESSAYS  IS33 

Quayle,  William  Alfred.  814  Q21 

The  prairie  and  the  sea.     1905.    Jennings. 

Contents:  The  prairie. — The  north  wind. — I  saw  a  bluebird. — A  walk  in  late  No- 
vember.— When  the  frogs  sing. — The  spring  wind. — The  open  road. — Sunflowers. — The 
passing  of  autumn. — Tree  pillars. — The  summer  wind. — A  December  spring. — The  moun- 
tains.— It  is  raining. — Bird's  nesting. — The  autumn  wind. — And  the  sea. 

Raymond,  George  Lansing.  814  R24 

Fundamentals  in  education,  art  and  civics;  essays  and  addresses. 
191 1.    Funk. 

Contents:  Fundamentals  of  education  in  academy,  college  and  university;  a  plea  for 
college  training  inside  or  outside  the  university. — Art  and  education. — Art  and  morals. — 
The  artistic  versus  the  scientific  conception  in  educational  methods. — Teaching  in  draw- 
ing as  related  to  the  training  of  the  intellect  in  general. — Music  as  related  to  the  other 
arts  and  to  artistic  culture. — The  function  of  technic  in  expression  illustrated  through 
elocution. — The  principles  of  successful  writing  and  speaking  fundamentally  the  same. 
— The  literary  artist  as  developed  by  the  study  of  elocution. — The  need  of  elocutionary 
training  in  the  theological  seminary. — Art  as  the  source  of  logical  form  in  oratory  and 
poetry. — The  laws  of  English  orthography;  suggestions  for  simplified  spelling. — The 
Mayflower  Pilgrims  and  their  present  representatives. — Individual  character  as  developed 
in  our  Republic. — National  probity  the  price  of  national  prosperity. — The  soldier's  testi- 
mony to  the  spiritual  in  life. — The  city  that  vanished  and  the  citizenship  that  survived; 
the  great  fire  in  Chicago. 

Repplier,  Agnes.  814  Rasb 

Books  and  men.     1888.     Houghton. 

Contents:      Children,    past    and   present. — On   the  benefits   of   superstition. — What 

children  read. — The  decay  of  sentiment. — Curiosities  of  criticism. — Some  aspects  of 
pessimism. — The  cavalier. 

Repplier,  Agnes.  814  Rssh 

A  happy  half-century,  and  other  essays.     1908.     Houghton.- 
Other  essays:    The  perils  of  immortality. — When  Lalla  Rookh  was  young. — The  cor- 
respondent.— The  novelist. — On  the  slopes  of  Parnassus. — The  literary  lady. — The  child. 
—  The  educator. —  The  pietist. —  The  accursed  annual. —  Our  accomplished  great-grand- 
mother.— The  album  amicorum. 

Robinson,  Charles  Mulford.  814  R54 

Call  of  the  city  [and  other  essays].     1908.     Elder. 

Other  essays:  The  city's  beauty. — Its  human  interest. — The  city's  fellowship. — The 
city's  comforts. — The  charm  of  the  past. — Opportunities. — Hope  for  cities. — When  Phyl- 
lis is  in  town. — Holidays. — Entertainment. — Sleep. 

Impressions  of  city  life.     Does  not  discuss  municipal  government  or  improvement. 

Rogers,  Mrs  Anna  Alexander.  814  R61 

Why  American  marriages  fail,  and  other  papers.  1909.  Houghton. 
Other  papers;    Some  faults  of  American  men. — Why  American  mothers  fail. — What 

we  put  up  with. — Behind  the  times. — A  few  fallacies  in  our  education. 

Rose,  Henry.  814  Rji 

Maeterlinck's  symbolism;  The  blue  bird,  and  other  essays.  191 1. 
Dodd. 

Other  essays:  "Pippa  passes;"  the  optimism  of  Robert  Browning. — The  musical 
mind;  a  study  in  social  harmonies. 

Rush,  Benjamin.  r8i4  R89 

Essays;  literary,  moral  &  philosophical.     1798.     Bradford. 
Includes  his  essay  on  establishing  public  schools  in  Pennsylvania  and  some  others 

on  education. 

[Saunders,  Frederick.]  814  S25 

Mosaics.     1859.    Scribner. 

Contents:  Epistle  to  the  reader. — Author-craft. — Youth  and  age. — "The  human  face 
divine." — The  witchery  of  wit. — Single  blessedness. — Origin  of  celebrated  books. — Night 
and  day. — Fame. — The  magic  of  music. — ^The  bright  side. 


1334  AMERICAN  ESSAYS 

[Saunders,  Frederick]  814  Sasp 

Pastime  papers.    1885.    Whittaker. 

Contents:  The  apology. — Notes  on  names. — Letters  and  letter-writing. — The  old 
matters. — Touching  tailors.— Genius  in  jail. — The  marvels  of  memory. — Concerning  cob- 
blers.— Coffee  and  tea. — Printers  of  the  olden  time. 

Saiinders,  Frederick.  814  S25S 

Stray  leaves  of  literature.    1888.    Whittaker. 

Contents:  Old  book  notes. — Ballad  and  song  literature. — Human  sympathy. — The 
seasons  and  their  change. — Physiognomy. — The  mystery  of  music. — The  survival  of 
books. — Life's  little  day. — Our  social  salutations. — The  symbolism  of  flowers. — Head, 
heart  and  hand. — Smiles  and  tears. — Day  and  night. 

Scudder,  Horace  Elisha.  814  S43 

Men  and  letters;  essays  in  characterization  and  criticism.  1887. 
Houghton. 

Contents:  Elisha  Mulford. — Longfellow  and  his  art. — A  modern  prophet  [F.  D. 
Maurice]. — Landor  as  a  classic. — Dr  Muhlenberg. — American  history  on  the  stage. — 
The  shaping  of  Excelsior. — Emerson's  self. — Aspects  of  historical  work. — Anne  Gil- 
christ.— The  future  of  Shakespeare. 

Sedgwick,  Henry  Dwight.  814  S448 

New  American  type,  and  other  essays.    1908.    Houghton. 

Other  essays:  The  mob  spirit  in  literature.  —  Mrs  Wharton.  —  Certain  aspects  of 
America. — Exile. — Charles  Russell  Lowell. — American  colleges. — A  gap  in  education. — 
Miss  Anne  Douglas  Sedgwick. —  Nations  and  the  decalogue. —  Mark  Twain.  —  The  coup 
d'etat  of  1961. 

Showerman,  Grant.  814  S559 

With  the  professor.    1910.    Holt. 

Contents:  A  prelude  on  pessimism. — ^The  strange  case  of  Dr  Scholarship  and  Mr 
Homo. — Mud  and  nails. — The  professor  asks  for  more. — A  desperate  situation. — The 
professor  recants. — The  professor  travels  in  the  realms  of  gold. — The  professor  laughs 
at  education. — A  goodly  apple  rotten  at  the  heart. — The  professor  misses  the  sermon. — 
The  professor  spends  an  evening  out. — Midnight  on  the  roof-garden. 

Reflective  essays  on  varied  subjects  but  treated  invariably  from  a  certain  attitude 
of  good-humored  pessimism.  Author  is  (1910)  professor  of  Latin  literature  in  the  Uni- 
versity of  Wisconsin. 

Skinner,  Charles  Montgomery.  814  S62W 

With  feet  to  the  earth.    1898.    Lippincott. 

Contents:  The  wanderer. — Reminiscent  and  personal. — Some  sample  walks. — Partly 
practical. — Night-prowls  in  the  streets. — Some  humbugs  of  science. — ^A  rustler's  con- 
science.— Satisfaction  with  the  country. — Solitude  and  company. — Autumn  sights  and 
musings. 

Steams,  Frank  Preston.  814  S79 

Real  and  ideal  in  literature.    1892.    Cupples. 

Contents:  Real  and  ideal. — Classic  and  romantic. — Romance,  humor  and  realism. — 
The  modern  novel. — Idols. — F.  W.  Loring. — The  art  conscience. — Herman  Grimm. — 
Emerson  as  a  poet. — .\  poetic  autobiography. — The  Muller  and  Whitney  controversy. — 
The  science  of  thought. 

Stewart,  Charles  David.  814  S84 

Essays  on  the  spot.    1910.     Houghton. 

Contents:  Chicago  spiders. — Story  of  Bully. — On  a  moraine. — Kubla  Khan. — The 
study  of  grammar. — "We." 

"Whether  from  a  convalescent  bed  he  watches  the  work  and  antics  of  Chicago 
spiders,  or  in  the  open  notes  the  prowess  of  a  wheel  ox,  or,  while  splitting  the  boulder 
jewels  on  a  moraine,  indulges  in  cosmic  reflections — there  is  a  strong,  winning,  humor- 
ous, companionable  quality  about  the  man."    Nation,  1910. 


AMERICAN  ESSAYS  i535 

Stewart,  George.  814  S849 

Evenings  in  the  library;  bits  of  gossip  about  books  and  those  who 

write  them.     1878.     Belford. 

Contents:    Carlyle. — Emerson.— Holmes. — Lowell. — Longfellow. — Whittier. — Bryant. 

— Howells. — Aldrich. 

[Stowe,  Mrs  Harriet  (Beecher).]  814  S89 

The  chimney-corner,  by  Christopher  Crowfield  [pseud.].  1868. 
Ticknor. 

Contents:  What  will  you  do  with  her?  or,  The  woman  question. — Woman's  sphere. 
— A  family-talk  on  reconstruction. — Is  woman  a  worker? — The  transition. — Bodily  re- 
ligion; a  sermon  on  good  health. — How  shall  we  entertain  our  company? — How  shall  we 
be  amused? — Dress,  or  who  makes  the  fashions. — What  are  the  sources  of  beauty  in 
dress? — The  cathedral. — The  New  year. — The  noble  army  of  martyrs. 

Torrey,  Bradford.  814  TGsfr 

Friends  on  the  shelf.     1906.    Houghton. 

Contents:  William  Hazlitt. — Edward  Fitzgerald. — Thoreau. — Thoreau's  demand  upon 
nature. — Robert  Louis  Stevenson. — A  relish  of  Keats. — Anatole  France. — Verbal  magic. 
— Quotability. — The  grace  of  obscurity. — In  defense  of  the  traveler's  notebook. — Con- 
cerning the  lack  of  an  American  literature. 

Trail,  Florence.  814  T68 

Studies  in  criticism.     1888.    Worthington. 

Contents:  "Pools  filled  with  water." — Glimpses  into  French  literature. — Genius  and 
religion. — Genius  and  morality. — History  in  literature. — Skepticism  of  the  heart. — The 
decline  of  art. 

Trent,  William  Peterfield.  814  T72I 

Longfellow,  and  other  essays.     1910.     Crowell. 

Other  essays:  The  heart  of  Midlothian. — Spenser. — The  relations  of  history  and 
literature. — Thoughts  occasioned  by  the  bi-centenary  of  Dr  Johnson. — Milton  after  three 
hundred  years. — The  Tartarin  books  and  their  author. — Thackeray's  verse. — ^A  talk  to 
would-be  teachers. — The  centenary  of  Poe. 

Triggs,  Oscar  Lovell.  814  T74 

The  changing  order;  a  study  of  democracy,  ist  ser,  1906.  Kerr. 
Contents:  Democratic  art. — The  esoteric  tendency  in  literature;  Browning. — Sub- 
jective landscape  art;  George  Inness. — The  critical  attitude. — An  instance  of  conversion; 
Tolstoi. — A  type  of  transition;  William  Morris. — The  philosophy  of  play. — Democratic 
education. — "Where  is  the  poet?" — The  new  doctrine  of  labor. — The  sociological  view- 
point in  art. — The  philosophy  of  the  betterment  movement. — Industrial  feudalism,  and 
after. — ^The  workshop  and  school. — A  school  of  industrial  art. — The  philosophic  and  re- 
ligious ground;  Walt  Whitman. — The  outlook  to  the  East. 

"To  describe  democratic  polity  in  the  sphere  of  government  is  no  part  of  my  motive. 
I  have  in  mind  the  more  subtle  effects  of  democracy,  its  radiation  in  art,  industry, 
education  and  religion."    Introduction. 

Tuckerman,  Henry  Theodore.  814  T8ic 

The  collector;  essays  on  books,  newspapers,  pictures,  inns,  authors, 
doctors,  holidays,  actors,  preachers.     [1868.]     Hotten. 

Van  Dyke,  Henry.  814  Vi8c 

Counsels  by  the  way.     1908.     Crowell. 

Contents:  Ships  and  havens:  Pilgrims. of  the  sea. — Whither  bound? — The  haven  of 
■work. — The  haven  of  character. — The  last  port. — The  poetry  of  the  Psalms. — Joy  and 
power. — The  battle  of  life. — The  good  old  way. 

Van  Dyke,  Henry.  814  Vi8d 

Days  off,  and  other  digressions.     1907.     Scribner. 

Contents:  Days  off. — A  holiday  in  a  vacation. — His  other  engagement. — Books  that 
I  loved  as  a  boy. — Among  the  Quantock  hills. — Between  the  lupin  and  the  laurel. — Lit- 


1536  AMERICAN  ESSAYS 

Van  Dyke,  Henry — continued.  814  Vi8d 

tie  r«d  Tom. — Silverboms. — Notions  about  novels. — Some  remarks  on  gulls. — Leviathan. 
— The  art  of  leaving  off. 

These  "days  off"  are  days  spent  in  the  open  air,  in  fishing,  in  hunting  and  in 
thinking.     Some  short  stories  are  interspersed. 

Wallace,  Horace  Binney.  814  Wiya 

Art  and  scenery  in  Europe,  with  other  papers.     1868.    Lippincott. 

Contents:  Art,  an  emanation  of  religious  affection. — Art,  symbolical,  not  imitative. 
— The  law  of  the  development  of  Gothic  architecture. — The  principle  of  beauty  in  works 
of  art. — The  cathedrals  of  the  continent. — Visit  to  Netlcy  abbey. — Notes  of  a  tour  in 
Switzerland. — The  Roman  forum. — .\scent  of  Vesuvius. — The  great  exhibition. — Re- 
marks upon  painters. — .Art  education  in  America. — Nature. — The  drama. — Summer  travel 
in  America. — The  rights  of  literature. — Defence  of  the  country. — ^Various  subjects. — 
George  Washington. 

Wallace,  Horace  Binney.  814  W17 

Literary  criticisms,  and  other  papers.    1856.    Parry. 

Reviews  of  books,  fragmentary  Sketches,  etc. 

Warner,  Charles  Dudley.  814  Wasas 

As  we  were  saying;  As  we  go;  Fashions  in  literature.    1904.    Amer. 

Pub.  Co.     (Complete  writings,  v.14.) 

"As  we  were  saying"  appeared  in  "Harper's  magazine,"  v.74-82,  Dec.  1887-March 

1891;  "As  we  go"  appeared  in  "Harper's  magazine,"  V.74-8S,  Feb.  1887-June  189a. 

Webster,  Noah.  r8i4  W38 

Collection  of  essays  and  fugitiv  writings  on  moral,  historical,  po- 
litical and  literary  subjects.     1790.    Privately  printed. 

Webster  was  a  pioneer  in  spelling  reform  and  the  later  essays  in  this  volume  are 
written  in  accordance  with  his  ideas  on  the  subject. 

Wendell,  Barrett.  814  Wsim 

Myslery   of   education,   and   other   academic   performances.      1909. 

Scribner. 

Contents:    Of  these  academic  performances. — The  mystery  of  education. — The  study 

of  literature. — The  study  of  expression. — E.  A.  Poe. — De  praeside  magnifico  [a  poem]. 

Wetmore,  Mrs  Elizabeth  (Bisland).  814  W57 

»      At  the  sign  of  the  hobby  horse.    1910.    Houghton. 

Contents:  The  morals  of  the  modem  heroine. — "The  importance  of  being  earnest." 
—  Common  or  garden  books.  —  The  child  in  literature.  —  Contemporary  poets.  —  The 
literature  of  democracy. — Strong  meat'for  the  masses. — The  books  of  the  bourgeoisie. — 
The  torch-bearers. — The  little  member. — Mr  Sludge,  the  medium. — "Upon  making  the 
most  of  life." — The  psychology  of  pain. 

"A  plea  for  greater  vitality  of  living  and  for  greater  capacity  to  enjoy  life  as  we 
find  it."    Nation,  1910. 

Whipple,  Edwin  Percy.  814  W6al 

Literature  and  life.    1892.    Houghton. 

Contents:  Authors  in  their  relations  to  life. — Novels  and  novelists:  Charles  Dick- 
ens.— Wit  and  humor. — The  ludicrous  side  of  life. — Genius. — Intellectual  health  and 
disease. — Use  and  misuse  of  words. — Wordsworth. — Bryant. — Stupid  conservatism  and 
malignant  reform. 

Essays,  with  some  lectuies  which  were  immensely  popalar  when  first  dcH'vered 
1844-46.  bat  though  thoughtful  and  keen  and  neatly  expressed  yet  after  all  the  thought 
never  goes  very  deep,  the  attraction  of  style  was  evanescent,  and  there  is  no  very  wide 
outlook.     Condensed  from  T.  If.  Higginson,  in  Atlantic  monthly,  1886. 

Whipple,  Edwin  Percy.  814  W6ao 

Outlooks  on  society,  literature  and  politics.     1888.    Ticknor. 

Contents:    Panics  and  investments. — A  grand  business  man  of  the  new  schooL — Mr 

Hardback  on  the  derivation  of  nun  from  the  monkey. — Mr  Hardback  on  the  sensational 

in  literature  and  life. — The  swearing  habit — Domestic  service. — Religion  and  scientific 


AMERICAN  ORATORY  1537 

Whipple,  Edwin  Percy — continued.  814  W620 

theories. — American  principles. — Slavery  in  its  principles,  development  and  expedients. — 
The  new  opposition  party. — The  causes  of  foreign  enmity  to  the  United  States. — Recon- 
struction and  negro  suffrage. — The  Johnson  party. — The  president  and  his  accomplices. 
— The  conspiracy  at  Washington. — Moral  significance  of  the  Republican  triumph. — 
"Lord"  Bacon. — Lowell  as  a  prose  writer. — In  Dickens-land. 

White,  Charles.  814  W63 

Essays  in  literature  and  ethics.    1853.    Whipple. 

Contents:  Religion  an  essential  part  of  all  education. — Independence  of  mind. — 
Goodness  indispensable  to  true  greatness. — A  pure  and  sound  literature. — Political  recti- 
tude.— Western  colleges. — Contributions  of  intellect  to  religion. — The  practical  element 
in  Christianity. — The  conservative  element  in  Christianity. — Protestant  Christianity 
adapted  to  be  the  religion  of  the  world. — Characteristics  of  the  present  age. — Literary 
responsibility  of  teachers. 

Wilkinson,  William  Cleaver.  814  W73 

A  free  lance  in  the  field  of  life  and  letters.    1874.    Mason. 
Contents:     The  literary  and  the  ethical  quality  of  George  Eliot's  novels. — Lowell's 

poetry. — Lowell's  "Cathedral." — Lowell's  prose. — Bryant's  poetry. — Bryant's  Iliad. — The 

history  of  the  Christian  commission  as  a  part  of  church  history. — The  character  and  the 

literary  influence  of  Erasmus. 

Winter,  William.  814  W79 

Old  shrines  and  ivy.     1892.     Macmillan. 

Contents:  Shrines  of  history:  Storied  Southampton;  Pageantry  and  relics;  The 
Shakespeare  church;  A  Stratford  chronicle;  From  London  to  Dover;  Beauties  of 
France;  Ely  and  its  cathedral;  From  Edinburgh  to  Inverness;  The  field  of  CuUoden; 
Storm-bound  in  lona. — Shrines  of  literature:  The  forest  of  Arden,  As  you  like  it; 
Fairy  land,  A  midsummer  night's  dream;  Will  o'  the  wisp,  Love's  labour's  lost;  Shake- 
speare's shrew;  A  mad  world,  Antony  and  Cleopatra;  Sheridan  and  the  School  for  scan- 
dal; Farquhar  and  the  Inconstant;  Longfellow;  A  thought  on  Cooper's  novels;  A  man 
of  letters,  J.  R.  G.  Hassard. 

Woodrow,  Mrs  Nancy  Mann  (Waddel).  814  W86 

Bird  of  time;  being  conversations  with  Egeria.     1907.     McClure. 
Contents:     The  woman  of  fifty. — The  quality  of  charm. — The  pride  of  the  eye. — 

The  feminine  temperament. — The  daughters  of  misfortune. — What  women  like  to  read. 

— Work  Z's.  beauty. — A  game  of  bridge. — Is  love  enough? — The  supreme  interest. — The 

intellectual  woman. — The  art  of  giving. — Conclusion. 

Light  essays  written  in  the  form  of  conversations  of  a  clever  and  witty  woman  with 

some  of  her  intimates.     The  conversations  usually  turn  on  the  subject  of  women. 


815     American  oratory 

See  also  308 

Brainerd,  Cephas,  &  Brainerd,  E.  W.  ed.  rSis  B68 

The  New  England  Society  orations;  addresses,  sermons  and  poems 
delivered  before  the  New  England  Society  in  the  City  of  New  York, 
1820-1885;  collected  and  ed.  by  Cephas  Brainerd  and  E.  W.  Brainerd. 
2v.    1901.    Century. 

Choate,  Joseph  Hodges.  815  C448 

Abraham  Lincoln,  and  other  addresses  in  England.  1910.  Century. 
Other  addresses:     Benjamin   Franklin. — Alexander  Hamilton. — R.   W.   Emerson. — 

The  Supreme  court  of  the  United  States. — Education  in  America. — Sir  Walter  Scott. — 

The  English  Bible. — Address  at  dinner  given  to  Mr  Choate  by  the  bench  and  bar  of 

England. — Farewell. — John  Harvard. 


1538  AMERICAN  SATIRE  AND  HUMOR 

Harding,  Samuel  Bannister,  comp.  815  H25 

Select  orations  illustrating  American  political  history,  with  an  intro- 
duction on  oratorical  style  and  structure,  and  notes  by  J.  M.  Clapp. 
1909.    Macmillan. 

Contents:  The  Revolution. — ^The  constitution  adopted. — National  government  estab- 
lished.— The  contest  over  slavery. — Civil  war  and  reconstruction. 

The  orations  range  from  James  Otis  and  Patrick  Henry  to  Carl  Schurz  and  Booker 
T.  Washington. 

McCIure,  Alexander  Kelly,  &  Andrews,  Byron,  ed.  815  M13 

Famous   American    statesmen    &  orators,   past   and   present,   with 

biographical  sketches  and  their  famous  orations.     6v.     1902.     Lovell. 

Shurter,  Edwin  DuBois,  ed.  815  S56 

American  oratory  of  to-day.    1910.    South-West  Pub.  Co. 

Extracts  from  addresses  by  about  160  present-day  (1911)  speakers. 

Webster,  Daniel.  J815  W38 

Daniel  Webster  for  young  Americans,  with  an  introduction  and 
notes  by  C.  F.  Richardson  and  an  essay  on  Webster  as  a  master  of 
English  style  by  E.  P.  Whipple.     1903.    Little. 

Contains  The  reply  to  Hayne. — The  Bunker  Hill  monument. — Character  of  Wash- 
ington.— The  landing  at  Plymouth. — The  formation  and  preservation  of  the  Union,  and 
other  great  speeches  of  "the  Defender  of  the  Constitution."  To  these  are  added  the 
Declaration  of  independence,  the  constitution  of  the  United  States  and  Washington's 
farewell  address. 

816    American  letters 

Hsmscom,  Elizabeth  Deering,  ed.  816  H23 

The  friendly  craft;  a  collection  of  American  letters.  1908.  Mac- 
millan. 

Companion  volume  to  Lucas's  "Gentlest  art"  (826  L96),  which  contains  chiefly 
English  letters. 

"Wide  variety  of  letters  from  youths  and  maidens,  men  and  women.  The  volume 
is,  in  our  opinion,  quite  as  entertaining  as  Mr.  Lucas's,  and  that  is  saying  a  great  deal. 
The  pages  contain  abundant  humor,  with  now  and  then  a  touch  of  pathos.  The  genera- 
tion which  has  grown  up  since  the  civil  war  will  receive  from  some  of  the  letters  of  that 
period — say  those  of  Lincoln,  Curtis,  and  Greeley — an  uncommonly  vivid  impression  of 
the  intensity  of  the  strain  on  men's  emotions  while  the  fate  of  the  Union  was  hanging ' 
in  doubt"    Nation,  igo8. 


817     American  satire  and  humor 

Ade,  George.  817  Aaai 

In  pastures  new.    1906.     McClure. 

Contents:     In  London. — In  Paris. — In  Naples. — In  Cairo. 
Alden,  William  Livingston.  817  A35d 

Domestic  explosives,  and  other  sixth  column  fancies.    1878.    Worth- 
ington. 

Appeared  in  the  "New  York  times." 
Humorous  essays  by  an  American  journalist 

Bangs,  John  Kendrick.  817  Baaa 

Alice  in  Blunderland;  an  iridescent  dream.    1907.    Doubleday. 
Laughs  at  municipal  ownership. 


AMERICAN  SATIRE  AND  HUMOR  1539 

Bunner,  Henry  Cuyler.  817  B88 

The  suburban  sage;  stray  notes  and  comments  on  his  simple  life. 
1896.    Keppler. 

Humorous  short  stories  illustrating  the  peculiar  trials  and  problems  that  confront 
the  suburban  resident. 

Burgess,  Gelett.  817  B897 

Are  you  a  bromide?  or,  The  sulphitic  theory  expounded  and  ex- 
emplified according  to  the  most  recent  researches  into  the  psychology 
of  boredom,  including  many  well-known  bromidioms  now  in  use.  1906. 
Huebsch. 

Reprinted,  with  revisions  and  additions,  from  "The  sulphitic  theory"  published  in 
the  "Smart  set,"  April  1906. 

Crothers,  Samuel  McChord.  817  H73ZC 

Oliver  Wendell  Holmes;  the  autocrat  and  his  fellow-boarders,  with 

selected  poems.     1909.     Houghton. 

Humorous  and  discerning  criticism;  written  for  the  Holmes  centenary. 

[Dunne,  Finley  Peter.]  817  D92d 

Dissertations  by  Mr  Dooley.    1906.    Harper. 
[Dunne,  Finley  Peter.]  817  D92mo 

Mr  Dooley  says.     1910.     Scribner. 

Contents:  Divorce. — Glory. — Woman  suffrage. — The  bachelor  tax. — The  rising  of 
the  subject  races. — Panics. — Ocean  travel. — Work. — Drugs. — A  broken  friendship. — The 
army  canteen. — Things  spiritual. — Books. — The  tariff. — The  big  fine. — Expert  testimony. 
— The  call  of  the  wild. — The  Japanese  scare. — The  Hague  conference. — Turkish  politics. 
— Vacations. 

Field,  Chester,  jr.  pseud.  817  F45 

Cynic's  rules  of  conduct.     1905.     Altemus. 

Collection  of  humorous  maxims. 
Ford,  Simeon.  817  F764 

A  few  remarks.     1903.    Heinemann. 

Contents:  Boyhood  in  a  New  England  hotel. — At  a  Turkish  bath. — The  discom- 
forts of  travel. — Experiences  in  the  National  Guard. — The  landlords  in  Cuba. — George 
Washington. — New  York. as  a  summer  resort. — Patriotism. — California. — Joseph  Jeffer- 
son.— Bank-notes. — My  first  case. — On  woman  and  bloomers. — A  eulogy  of  Sir  Henry 
Irving. — Crockery. — Advice  to  beginners  in  the  hotel  business. — Rules  for  success 
in  the  hotel  business. — On  policemen. 

Collection  of  after-dinner  speeches. 

Herford,  Oliver.  817  H46I 

Little  book  of  bores.     1906.    Scribner. 
Alphabet  of  bores,  consisting  of  humorous  verses  and  pictures. 

Herford,  Oliver.  817  H46S 

The  simple  jography;  or.  How  to  know  the  earth  and  why  it  spins. 
1908.    Luce. 

Amusing  attempt  to  restore  some  of  the  vanished  glamour  of  old  school  geographies. 
Contains  burlesque  maps  and  illustrations.     Condensed  from  Nation,  1908. 

Irwin,  Wallace.  817  I289C 

Chinatown  ballads.     1906.    Duffield. 
Irwin,  Wallace.  817  I289I 

Letters  of  a  Japanese  schoolboy  ("Hashimura  Togo").  1909-  Dou- 
bleday. 

Appeared  in  "Collier's,"  v.40-42,  Nov.  1907-Feb.  1909. 

Entertaining  satirical  comment  on  modern  American  life,  written  in  "an  extremely 
sophisticated  Anglo-Japanese."     Illustrated. 


1540  AMERICAN  SATIRE  AND  HUMOR 

Irwin,  Wallace.  817  I289S 

The  shame  of  the  colleges.    1907.    Outing. 

Contents:  Harvard. — Vassar. — Princeton. — The  University  of  Chicago. — Yale. — 
West  Point. — College  men,  beware! 

Appeared  in  the  "Saturday  evening  post,"  v.  179.  Aug.-Oct.  1906. 

Jestingly  charges  Harvard  with  being  the  "Amalgaifaated-gentleman  trust,"  Chicago 
University  a  "Self -made  antique,"  etc. 

Irwin,  Wallace.  817  1289! 

The  Teddysee.    1910.    Huebsch. 

Appeared  in  the  "Saturday  evening  post." 

Leland,  Charles  Godfrey.  817  Lsym 

Meister  Karl's  sketch-book.     [1872.]     Peterson. 

First  published  in   1855. 

"An  extraordinary  production,  full  of  natural  sentiment,  wit,  amiable  humor,  in- 
cidents of  foreign  travel,  description,  moralizing,  original  poetry,  odd  extracts,  and 
curious  learning."     Griswold's  Poets  and  poetry  of  America. 

Lewis,  E.  C.  comp.  817  L67 

After  dinner  stories.    1905.    Mutual  Book  Co. 

Paulding,  James  Kirke.  817  P32 

The  Bulls  and  the  Jonathans,  comprising  John  Bull  and  Brother 
Jonathan,  and  John  Bull  in  America;  ed.  by  W.  I.  Paulding.  1867. 
Scribner. 

"John  Bull  and  Brother  Jonathan,"  first  published  in  1812,  is  a  satire  on  British 
relations  with  the  United  States  prior  to  the  War  of  181 2.  "John  Bull  in  America," 
first  published  in  1825,  is  a  burlesque  on  the  ways  of  English  travelers  in  this  country. 

[Pearson,  Edmund  Lester.]  r8i7  P35 

Old  librarian's  almanack,  by  Philobiblos  [pseud.] ;  a  very  rare  pam- 
phlet first  published  in  New  Haven,  Connecticut,  in  1773  and  now  re- 
printed for  the  first  time.  1909.  Elm  Tree  Press.  (Librarian's  series, 
no.i.) 

Purports  to  be  the  almanac  kept  by  one  Jared  Bean,  curator  of  the  Connecticut 
Society  of  Antiquarians,  but  Jared  Bean  is  a  purely  mythical  person  and  his  almanac 
an  exceedingly  clever  literary  hoax,  which  has  deceived  more  than  one  serious  reviewer. 
Alternate  pages  of  the  almanac  are  given  to  delicious  comment  on  libraries  and  the  daily 
life  of  the  librarian. 

Shillaber,  Benjamin  Penhallow,  (pseud.  Mrs  Partington).  817  S55C 

Cruises  with  Captain  Bob  on  sea  and  land.    1880.    Lee. 

An  old  sea  captain's  yarns  told  to  a  company  of  boys. 

Shute,  Henry  Augustus.  817  S56f 

Farming  it.     1909.     Houghton. 

Judge  Shute  bought  a  farm  for  his  health's  sake,  and  he  writes  humorously  of  his 
many  misadventures  with  live  stock,  crops,  household  matters  and  crusty  neighbors. 

Shute,  Henry  Augustus.  817  S56P 

Plupy,  "the  real  boy."     191 1.     Badger. 

More  boyish  escapades,  which  failed  to  find  their  way  into  the  "Real  diary  of  a 
real  boy." 

Twain,  Mark,  (pseud,  of  Samuel  Langhorne  Clemens).  817  TSga 

Auf  dem  Mississippi.  1905.  (Ausgewahlte  humoristische  schriften, 
V.4.) 


AMERICAN  SATIRE  AND  HUMOR  1541 

Twain,  Mark,  (pseud,  of  Samuel  Langhorne  Clemens).  817  TSgim 

Im  gold-  und  silberland.  1908.  (Ausgewahlte  humoristische  schrif- 
ten,  V.5.) 

With  this  are  bound:  Aus  tneiner  knabenzeit. — Ritters  geschichte. — Der  mann,  der 
bei  Gadsby's  abstieg. — Die  geschichte  des  invaliden. 

"Im  gold-  und  silberland"  is  an  incomplete  translation  of  the  second  part  of 
"Roughing  it." 

Twain,  Mark,  (pseud,  of  Samuel  Langhorne  Clemens).  817  T89ma 

Mark  Twain's  speeches,  with  an  introduction  by  William  Dean 
Howells.    1910.    Harper. 

Twain,  Mark,  (pseud,  of  Samuel  Langhorne  Clemens).  817  TSga 

Nach  dem  fernen  Westen.  1905.  (Ausgewahlte  humoristische 
schriften,  v.4.) 

Bound  with  "Auf  dem  Mississippi." 
Translation  of  the  first  part  of  "Roughing  it." 

Twain,  Mark,  (pseud,  of  Samuel  Langhorne  Clemens).  817  TSgre 

Reisebilder;    iibers.   von    Margarete   Jacobi   u.    L.    Ottmann.      1907. 

(Ausgewahlte  humoristische  schriften,  v.6.) 
"Lebensgeschichte  Mark  Twain's,"  p.247-284. 

Twain,  Mark,  (pseud,  of  Samuel  Langhorne  Clemens).  817  T89S 

Skizzenbuch.     1907.     (Ausgewahlte  humoristische  schriften,  v.3.) 
Twain,  Mark,  (pseud,  of  Samuel  Langhorne  Clemens).  817  T89th 

The  $30,000  bequest,  and  other  stories.     Harper. 

Other  stories:  A  dog's  tale. — Was  it  heaven?  or  hell? — The  Californian's  tale. — 
A  helpless  situation. — A  telephonic  conversation. — Edward  Mills  and  George  Benton,  a 
tale. — Saint  Joan  of  Arc. — The  five  boons  of  life. — The  first  writing-machines. — Italian 
without  a  master. — Italian  with  grammar. — A  burlesque  biography. — General  Washing- 
ton's negro  body-servant. — Wit  inspirations  of  the  "two-year-olds." — An  entertaining 
article. — A  letter  to  the  secretary  of  the  treasury. — Amended  obituaries. — A  monument 
to  Adam. — A  humane  word  from  Satan. — Introduction  to  "The  new  guide  of  the  con- 
versation in  Portuguese  and  English." — Advice  to  little  girls. — Post-mortem  poetry. — 
A  deception. — The  danger  of  lying  in  bed. — Portrait  of  King  William  III. — Does  the 
race  of  man  love  a  lord? — Eve's  diary. — The  invalid's  story. — The  captain's  story. — 
Mark  Twain,  a  biographical  sketch. — In  memoriam. — The  belated  Russian  passport. — 
Two  little  tales. — Diplomatic  pay  and  clothes. — Extracts  from  Adam's  diary. — The  death 
disk. — A  double-barrelled  detective  story. 

Twain,  Mark,  (pseud,  of  Samuel  Langhorne  Clemens).  r8i7  T89 

Writings.    25V.    1906-07.    Harper. 

v.  1-2.     The  innocents  abroad. 

v.3-4.     A  tramp  abroad. 

v.5-6.     Following  the  equator. 

v.  7-8.     Roughing  it. 

V.9.     Life  on  the  Mississippi. 

v.io-ii.     The  gilded  age. 

V.12.     The  adventures  of  Tom  Sawyer. 

V.I 3.     The  adventures  of  Huckleberry  Finn. 

V.14.     Pudd'nhead  Wilson. 

V.15.     The  prince  and  the  pauper. 

V.16.     A  Connecticut  Yankee  in   King  Arthur's  court. 

V.I 7-1 8.     Personal  recollections  of  Joan  of  Arc  by  Louis  de  Conte. 

V.19.     Sketches,  new  and  old. 

V.20.     Tom  Sawyer  abroad,  Tom  Sawyer  detective,  and  other  stories. 

V.21.     The  American  claimant,  and  other  stories  and  sketches. 

V.22.     How  to  tell  a  story,  and  other  essays. 

V.23.     The  man  that  corrupted  Hadleyburg,  and  other  essays  and  stories. 

V.24.     The  $30,000  bequest,  and  other  stories. 

\.2S.     Christian  science. 


1542  AMERICAN  MISCELLANY 

Ward,  Artemus,  (pseud,  of  Charles  Farrar  Browne).  817  Waip 

Panorama  (as  exhibited  at  the  Egyptian  hall,  London);  ed.  by  T.  W. 

Robertson  &  E.  P.  Kingston.     i86g.     Carleton. 

The  same.     1905.     Chatto.     (In  his  Complete  works,  p.329- 

397.) 817  Wai 

Wood,  Henry  Firth.  817  W8s 

Jokes;  a  fresh  crop.    1905.    Penn  Pub.  Co. 


818     American  miscellany 

[Brougham,  John,  &  Elderkin,  John,  comp.]  r8i8  B77 

Lotos  leaves;  stories,  essays  and  poems  by  members  of  the  Lotos 
Club.    1875.    Chatto. 

Whitelaw  Reid,  Mark  Twain,  John  Hay  and  Brander  Matthews  arc  among  the  con- 
tributors. 

[Cozzens,  Frederic  Swartwout]  818  C85 

Prismatics.     1853.    Appleton. 

Contents:  The  last  picture. — The  beating  of  the  heart. — Aunt  Miranda. — Hetabel. 
— Orange  blossoms. — Bunker  Hill;  an  old-time  ballad. — A  chronicle  of  the  village  of 
Babylon. — The  seasons. — Old  books. — A  Babylonish  ditty. — The  first  oyster-eater. — An 
evening  revery. — On  the  habits  of  Irishmen. — La  bella  entristecida. — On  the  habits  of 
Scotchmen. — The  locket;  an  ancient  ballad. — On  societies  for  ameliorating  the  condition 
of  the  rich. — Where  is  the  holy  temple? — ^Alliteration. — Album  verses. — The  lay-figure. 
— To  . — My  boy  in  the  country. — A  sonnet. — Wit  and  humor. 

Short  sketches  in  prose  and  verse. 

Hall,  Granville  Davisson.  818  H17 

Old  gold.    1907. 

Recollections  of  village  life  and  scenes  at  the  middle  of  the  last  century.  The  local- 
ity, although  not  definitely  named,  is  presumably  western  Pennsylvania. 

Hawthorne,  Nathaniel.  r8i8  H36C 

Complete  works,  with  introductory  notes  by  G.  P.  Lathrop.  13V. 
1884-93.    Houghton.     (Riverside  edition.) 

v. I.     Twice-told  tales. 

V.2.     Mosses  from  an  old  manse. 

v.3.     The  house  of  the  seven  gables. — The  snow-image,  and  other  twice-told  tales. 

V.4.  A  wonder-book  for  girls  and  boys. — Tanglewood  tales. — The  whole  history  of 
grandfather's  chair. 

V.5.     The  scarlet  letter. — The  Blithedale  romance. 

v.6.     The  marble  faun;  or.  The  romance  of  Monte  Beni. 

v. 7.     Our  old  home. — Passages  from  the  English  note-books. 

V.&.     Passages  from  the  English  note-books   (continued). 

v.9.     Passages  from  the  American  note-books. 

v.io.     Passages  from  the  French  and  Italian  note-books. 

v. 1 1.  The  Dollivcr  romance. — Fanshawe. — Septimius  Felton. — The  ancestral  foot- 
step. 

v.  1 2.  Tales  and  sketches.  —  Biographical  stories.  —  Biographical  sketches.  —  Alice 
Doane's  appeal. — Chiefly  about  war  matters. — Life  of  Franklin  Pierce. — Sketch  of  the 
life  of  Nathaniel  Hawthorne,  by  G.  P.  Lathrop. 

V.I 3.     Doctor  Grimshawe's  secret;  ed.  by  Julian  Hawthorne. 

r8i8  K34 
Knickerbocker  gallery;  a  testimonial  to  the  editor  of  the  Knicker- 
bocker magazine  from  its  contributors.     1855.    Hueston. 

Miscellaneous  collection  of  essays,  short  stories  and  poems.  Bryant,  Longfellow, 
Lowell,  Holmes,  Irving,  James  T.  Fields,  D.  G.  Mitchell,  Bayard  Taylor,  G.  W.  Curtis 
and  N.  P.  Willis  are  among  the  many  contributors. 


ENGLISH  LITERATURE  1543 

Lincoln,  Abraham.  r8i8  L71 

Lincoln  year  book,  containing  immortal  words  of  Abraham  Lincoln; 
comp.  by  J.  T.  Hobson.     1906.    United  Brethren  Pub.  House. 

Calendar  made  up  of  selections  from  Lincoln's  speeches  and  writings,  with  appropri- 
ate Bible  and  poetic  quotations. 

Menken,  Adah  Isaacs.  818  M62 

Infelicia.    1868.    Lippincott. 
Sands,  Robert  Charles.  818  S22 

Writings  in  prose  and  verse,  with  a  memoir  of  the  author  [by  G.  C. 
Verplanck].    2v.    1835.    Harper. 

V.I.  Historical  notice  of  Hernan  Cortes,  conqueror  of  Mexico. — Domestic  litera- 
ture.— Isaac,  a  type  of  the  Redeemer. — The  Caio-Gracco  of  Monti. — The  garden  of 
Venus. — Yamoyden;  a  tale  of  the  wars  of  King  Philip. 

V.2.     Miscellaneous  pieces:    Scenes  at  Washington,  etc. 

Sands  (1799— 1832)  was  one  of  the  most  promising  of  early  American  writers.  His 
literary  reputation  was  made  chiefly  by  his  life  of  Cortes,  which  was  extravagantly 
praised  by  Bryant,  and  by  the  long  poem  of  "Yamoyden,"  in  which  he  collaborated  with 
a  friend. 

Sigourney,  Mrs  Lydia  Howard  (Huntley).  818  S57 

Lucy  Howard's  journal.     1858.     Harper. 

Journal  describing  a  young  girl's  school  experiences,  her  early  married  life  and  the 
making  of  a  home  in  the  West  in  the  earlier  days. 

Smith,  Richard  Penn.  818  S65 

Miscellaneous    works;    collected    by   his    son,    H.W.Smith.      1856. 

Smith. 

Poems  and  stories  by  a  Philadelphia  lawyer  and  dramatist  (1799-1854),  whose  plays 
were  once  popular  on  the  stage. 

Thoreau,  Henry  David.  r8i8  Tsgwr 

Writings  (Walden  edition).    20v.     1906.     Houghton. 

V.I.  Biographical  sketch,  by  R.  W.  Emerson. — A  week  on  the  Concord  and  Merri- 
mack rivers. 

V.2.     Walden. 

v.3.     The  Maine  woods. 

v.4.     Cape  Cod. — Miscellanies. 

V.  5.     Excursions. — Translations. — Poems. 

v.6.     Familiar  letters;  ed.   by  F.  B.   Sanborn. 

V.7-20.     Journal,  1837-61;  ed.  by  Bradford  Torrey. 

Van  Dyke,  Henry.  818  V18 

Music-lover.     1907.    Moffat. 

The  thoughts  of  a  music  lover  on  listening  to  a  Beethoven  symphony. 

820     English  literature 

Essays 
Choate,  Isaac  Bassett.  820.4  C44 

Wells  of  English.    1892.    Roberts. 

Contents:  Thomas  of  Erceldoune. — John  Barbour. — William  Langland. — ^John  Ball. 
— Henry  Bradshaw. — ^John  Skelton. — William  Dunbar. — Robert  Henryson. — Sir  Thomas 
More. — Sir  Thomas  Elyot. — Sir  Thomas  Wyatt. — Thomas  Tusser. — Henry  Howard. — 
George  Puttenham. — Sir  Walter  Raleigh. — George  Chapman. — Robert  Greene. — Samuel 
Daniel. — ^Joshua  Sylvester. — Michael  Drayton. — Cyril  Tourneur. — Christopher  Marlowe. 
— Thomas  Middleton. — John  Marston. — Thomas  Heywood. — John  Taylor. — Philip  Mas- 
singer. — Robert  Herrick. — Izaak  Walton. — James  Shirley. — Thomas  Browne. — Thomas 
Randolph. — Thomas  Fuller. — William  Cartwright. — Richard  Crashawe. — Sir  Roger  L'Es- 
trange. — Richard    Lovelace. — William   Chamberla3me. — Andrew   Marvell. — John   Evelyn. 


1544  ENGLISH  LITERATURE 

Gilfillan,  George.  820.4  G39 

Modern  literature  and  literary  men;  a  second  gallery  of  literary  por- 
traits.   1850.    Appleton. 

Brief  critical  estimates  of  25  English  and  American  authors,  chiefly  of  the  early 
19th  century.     Author  (1813-78)  was  a  Scottish  minister  and  miscellaneous  writer. 

Graham,  Peter  Anderson.  820.4  ©77 

Nature  in  books;  some  studies  in  biography.    1891.    Methuen. 
Contents:     The  magic  of  the  fields  (Richard  Jefferies). — Art  and  scenery   (Lord 

Tennyson). — The  philosophy  of  idleness  (Henry  David  Thoreau). — The  romance  of  life 

(Scott). — Laborare  est  orare   (Carlyle). — The  poetry  of  toil   (Burns). — The  divinity  of 

nature  (Wordsworth). 

Hales,  John  Wesley.  820.4  H16 

Folia  litteraria;  essays  and  notes  on  English  literature.  1893.  Mac- 
millan. 

Contents:  Old  English  metrical  romances. — The  lay  of  Havelok  the  Dane. — Eger 
and  Grime. — The  Here  prophecy. — Robert  of  Brunne. — Dante  in  England. — Chaucer  at 
Woodstock. —  Chaucer  notes. —  The  "Confessio  amantis."  —  Chevy  chase.  —  Wyatt  and 
Surrey. — Spenseriana. — Sir  John  Davies'  poems. — The  pilgrimage  to  Parnassus,  with 
the  two  parts  of  the  Return  from  Parnassus. — Richard  Brathwaite. — Milton's  "Mac- 
beth."— Milton  and  Gray's  inn  walks. — Milton  notes. — Bunyan. — The  revival  of  ballad 
poetry  in  the  i8th  century. — The  last  decade  of  the  last  century. — Victorian  literature. 

Literature.    1899.    Doubleday.    (Home  study  circle.)  820.4  L74 

Contents:     Robert  Burns. — Sir  Walter  Scott. — Lord  Byron. 
Reprinted  from  the  "Chicago  record." 

Robertson,  John  Mackinnon.  820.4  R54 

Modern  humanists;  sociological  studies  of  Carlyle,  Mill,  Emerson, 
Arnold,  Ruskin  and  Spencer,  with  an  epilogue  on  social  reconstruction. 
1901.    Sonnenschein. 

Discusses  the  criticism  of  life  offered  in  the  work  of  each  of  these  men. 

Soberer,  Edmond.  820.4  S326 

Essays  on  English  literature;  tr.  by  George  Saintsbury.  1891. 
Scribner. 

Contents:  George  Eliot:  "Silas  Marner." — J.  S.  Mill. — Shakespeare. — George  Eliot: 
"Daniel  Deronda." — Taine's  "History  of  English  literature." — Shakespeare  and  criticism. 
— Milton  and  "Paradise  lost." — Laurence  Sterne,  or  the  humorist. — Wordsworth. — 
Thomav  Carlyle. — "Endymion." — George  Eliot. 

Washburn,  Emelyn  W.  820.4  W27 

Studies  in  early  English  literature.     1882.    Putnam. 

Contents:  The  Anglo-Saxon  time. — The  Anglo-Norman  time. — Early  ballad  poetry. 
— The  age  of  Chaucer. — The  age  of  Spenser. — The  English  drama. — English  prose. — 
Elizabethan  divines. — Francis  Bacon. 

"Periods  in  the  history  of  the  English  language  and  literature,"  p.22 1-225. 

Binder's  title  reads  "Early  English  literature." 


Study  and  teaching 

Blakely,  Gilbert  Sykes.  820.7  852 

Teachers'  outlines  for  studies  in  English,  based  on  the  requirements 
for  admission  to  college.    1908.    Amer.  Book  Co. 

Hix,  Melvin.  820.7  H63 

Fifty  English  classics  briefly  outlined.     1905.    Hinds. 
Outlines  of  some  of  the  dramas,  novels,  poems  and  essays  frequently  used  for  study 

in  schools. 


ENGLISH  LITERATURE  1545 

Hooker,  Elizabeth  Robbins.  820.7  H77 

Study  book  in  English  literature  from  Chaucer  to  the  close  of  the 
romantic  period.     1910.     Heath. 

"Bibliography"  at  the  beginning  of  many  chapters;   "General  bibliography,"  p. i-6. 

Excellent  outline  of  a  course  covering  the  greater  part  of  the  history  of  English 
literature,  yet  capable  of  being  completed  in  one  year.  Most  of  the  sections  contain 
matter  of  five  kinds:  bibliography,  list  of  reading,  notes  to  the  teacher,  topics  for  study, 
and  essay  subjects. 

Kingsley,  Maud  Elma.  820.7  K27 

Outline  studies  in  college  English,    v.  1-4.    1904-06.     Palmer. 

V.I.  Silas  Marner,  by  George  Eliot. — Sir  Roger  de  Coverley  papers,  by  Joseph 
Addison. — ^Julius  Csesar;  The  merchant  of  Venice,  by  Shakespeare. — The  vicar  of  Wake- 
field, by  Goldsmith. — The  ancient  mariner,  by  Coleridge. — Ivanhoe,  by  Scott. — Essay  on 
Burns,  by  Carlyle. — The  princess,  by  Tennyson. — Vision  of  Sir  Launfal,  by  Lowell. — 
Macbeth,  by  Shakespeare. — L'allegro  and  II  penseroso;  Comus;  Lycidas,  by  Milton. — 
Speech  on  conciliation,  by  Edmund  Burke. — Essay  on  Milton;  Essay  on  Addison;  Life 
of  Johnson,  by  Macaulay. 

v.2.  Life  of  Goldsmith,  by  Irving. — Lady  of  the  lake,  by  Scott. — Idylls  of  the 
king,  by  Tennyson. — Connecting  links  for  the  college  English. — Evangeline;  Courtship  of 
Miles  Standish;  Hiawatha,  by  Longfellow. — Snowbound,  by  Whittier. — Rip  Van  Winkle; 
Legend  of  Sleepy  Hollow,  by  Irving. — Lay  of  the  last  minstrel;  Marmion,  by  Scott. — 
Man  without  a  country,  by  E.  E.  Hale. — Tales  of  a  wayside  inn,  by  Longfellow. — Two 
years  before  the  mast,  by  R.  H.  Dana. — Christmas  carol,  by  Dickens. — House  of  the 
seven  gables,  by  Hawthorne. — The  tempest,  by  Shakespeare. 

V.3.  Midsummer  night's  dream;  Hamlet;  As  you  like  it,  by  Shakespeare. — Last  of 
the  Mohicans,  by  Cooper. — Saga  of  King  Olaf,  by  Longfellow. — The  deserted  village,  by 
Goldsmith. — A  tale  of  two  cities,  by  Dickens. — Pilgrim's  progress,  by  Bunyan. — Mazeppa 
and  The  prisoner  of  Chillon,  by  Byron. — Sohrab  and  Rustum,  by  Matthew  Arnold. — 
Cranford,  by  Mrs  Gaskell. — Poe's  poems. — Franklin's  autobiography. — Twelfth  night,  by 
Shakespeare. 

V.4.  King  Henry  V,  by  Shakespeare.  —  The  rape  of  the  lock,  by  Pope.  —  Lorna 
Doone,  by  Blackmore. — Lays  of  ancient  Rome,  by  Macaulay. — Sesame  and  lilies,  by 
Ruskin. — Sketch  book,  by  Irving. — Henry  Esmond,  by  Thackeray. — The  English  mail 
coach;  Joan  of  Arc,  by  De  Quincey.-^Farewell  address,  by  Washington;  First  Bunker  Hill 
oration,  by  Daniel  Webster. — Prologue  to  the  Canterbury  tales,  by  Chaucer. — The  faerie 
queene,  by  Spenser. — Heroes  and  hero  worship,  by  Carlyle. — Essays  of  Elia,  by  Lamb. 

TIte  same r820.7  K27 


Collections  of  English  literature 

Binyon,  Mrs  Cicely  Margaret  (Powell),  contp.  820.8  B48 

Nineteenth  century  prose.     1907.    Methuen. 
Collection  of  short  extracts  from  76  representative  writers  of  English  prose. 

Morley,  Henry,  ed.  820.8  M89 

Character  writings  of  the  17th  century.  1891.  Routledge. 
Contents:  Character  writing  before  the  17th  century,  by  Theophrastus,  Thomas 
Harman,  Ben  Jonson. — Character  writings  of  the  i7tb  century,  by  Sir  Thomas  Over- 
bury,  Joseph  Hall,  John  Stephens,  John  Earle,  Nicholas  Breton,  Geoffrey  Minshull, 
Henry  Parrott,  Micrologia,  by  R.  M.;  Whimzies;  or,  A  new  cast  of  characters;  John 
Milton;  Wye  Saltonstall;  Donald  Lupton;  Characters  published  between  1642  and  1646, 
by  Sir  Francis  Wortley,  T.  Ford  and  others;  John  Cleveland;  Characters  published  be- 
tween 1647  and  1665;  Richard  Flecknoe;  Characters  published  between  1673  and  1689; 
Samuel  Butler. — Character  writing  after  the  17th  century. 

Murray,  John  O'Kane,  ed.  820.8  M97 

Prose  and  poetry  of  Ireland;  a  choice  collection  of  literary  gems 

from  the  masterpieces   of  the  great   Irish   writers,  with   biographical 

sketches.    1878.    Collier. 
Chiefly  prose  selections. 


1546  HISTORY  OF  ENGLISH  LITERATURE 

Saintsbury,  George,  ed.  820.8  S15 

Elizabethan  &  Jacobean  pamphlets.  1892.  Percival.  (Pocket  library 
of  English  literature.) 

Contents:  Reply  to  Gosson,  by  Thomas  Lodge.  —  Pap  with  a  hatchet,  by  John 
Lyly(?) — A  pretty  and  witty  discourse,  by  Nicholas  Breton. — Groat's  worth  of  wit,  by 
Robert  Greene. — Precursor  to  Pierce's  Supererogation,  by  Gabriel  Harvey. — Prognostica- 
tion, by  Thomas  Nash. — The  gull's  hornbook,  by  Thomas  Dekker. 

Saintsbury,  George,  comp.  820.8  S15S 

Specimens  of  English  prose  style  from  Malory  to  Macaulay; 
selected  and  annotated  with  an  introductory  essay  by  George  Saints- 
bury.   1885.     Paul. 


History  and  criticism  of  English  literature. 

Beers,  Henry  Augustin.  820.9  B380 

Outline  sketch  of  English  literature.    1886.    Chautauqua  Press. 

Bibliography  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 

By  the  (1908)  professor  of  English  literature  at  Yale  University.  From  the  Nor- 
man conquest  to  1886. 

Calisch,  Edward  Nathaniel.  820.9  C13 

The  Jew  in  English  literature,  as  author  and  as  subject.    1909.    Bell. 

"Bibliography,"  p.9-10;  "List  of  non- Jewish  authors  who  have  written  on  or  about 
the  Jews,"  p.i99-22i;  "List  of  Jewish  authors,"  ^.222-26$. 

Considers  briefly  the  writings  of  Jewish  authors  or  of  Gentiles  on  Jewish  themes 
which  have  appeared  in  England  from  the  pre-Elizabethan  period  to  1908.  Does  not 
include  commentaries  on  the  Bible,  but  belles  lettres  only,  especially  poetry,  fiction  and 
the  drama. 

Canning,  Albert  Stratford  George.  '  820.9  C17 

British  writers  on  classic  lands;  a  literary  sketch.    1907.    Unwin. 

"Works  referred  to,"  p.295-296. 

Rather  disconnected  commentary  on  works  of  travel,  literature  and  history  dealing 
with  Greece,  Italy,  Egypt  and  Palestine. 

Chapman,  Edward  Mortimer.  820.9  C36 

English  literature  in  account  with  religion,  i8oo-i'900.  1910.  Hough- 
ton. 

Aims  "to  set  forth  something  of  the  debt  which  literature  owes  to  religion  for  its 
subjects,  its  language,  its  antagonisms  and  inspirations,  as  well  as  in  many  cases  for  the 
training  of  its  writers;"  also  "to  suggest  the  debt  which  religion  as  indisputably  owes  to 
literature  for  the  extension  of  its  influence  and  the  humanizing  of  its  ideals." 

Clark,  J.  Scott.  820.9  Csa 

Study  of  English  prose  writers;  a  laboratory  method.  1908.  Scrib- 
ner. 

Contents:  Bacon. — Milton. — Bunyan. — Addison. — Steele. —  Defoe. —  Swift. —  Gold- 
smith.—  Johnson. —  Burke. —  Lamb. —  Scott. —  De  Quincey. —  Macaulay. —  Thackeray. — 
Newman. —  Arnold. —  Carlylc. —  Eliot. —  Dickens. —  Ruskin. —  Irving. —  Hawthorne.  — 
Emerson. — Lowell. — Holmes. 

Bibliography  on  the  style  of  each  writer. 

The  same r820.g  Csa 

"The  method  consists  in  determining  the  particular  and  distinctive  features  of  a 
writer's  style... in  sustaining  that  analysis  by  a  very  wide  consensus  of  critical  opinion, 
in  illustrating  the  particular  characteristics  of  each  writer  by. .  .extracts  from  his  works, 
and  in  then  requiring  the  pupil  to  f ind ...  parallel  illustrations."     Preface. 


HISTORY  OF  ENGLISH  LITERATURE  1547 

Courtney,  William  Prideaux.  820.9  C84 

The  secrets  of  our  national  literature;  chapters  in  the  history  of  the 
anonymous  and  pseudonymous  writings  of  our  countrymen.  1908. 
Constable. 

Information  about  English  books  and  authors,  gathered  from  scattered  sources. 

Crawshaw,  William  Henry.  820.9  C87 

Making  of  English  literature.     1907.    Heath. 

"Reading  and  study  list,"  p.41 7-427. 

Author  is  (1908)  professor  of  English  literature  at  Colgate  University. 

"Beginning  with  Beowulf,  and  the  few  earlier  relics  of  Anglo-Saxon  poetry,  and 
ending  with  Tennyson,  to  the  exclusion  of  living  writers,  Mr.  Crawshaw  has  given  an 
adequate,  and  in  some  cases  a  distinctly  concise  and  happy  estimate  of  the  work  of  all 
the  chief  figures  in  our  literary  history."     Outlook  (London),  1907. 

Dixon,  James  Main.  r82o.9  D64 

Survey  of  Scottish  literature  in  the  19th  century,  with  some  reference 
to  the  i8th.     1906.     (California  University.     Library  bulletin  no.is.) 

"Bibliography,"  P.2S-S3. 

Fifty-three  page  pamphlet.  Considers  the  influences  bearing  upon  literary  pro- 
duction in  Scotland;  Scottish  publishers,  journals  and  editors. 

Garnett,  Richard,  1835-1906,  &  Gosse,  E.  W.  q820.9  Gige 

English  literature;  an  illustrated  record.    4v.    1903-04.    Grosset. 

V.I.     From  the  beginnings  to  the  age  of  Henry  VIII,  by  Richard  Garnett. 

V.2.  From  the  age  of  Henry  VIII  to  the  age  of  Milton,  by  Richard  Garnett  and 
Edmund  Gosse. 

V.3.     From  Milton  to  Johnson,  by  Edmund  Gosse. 

V.4.     From  the  age  of  Johnson  to  the  age  of  Tennyson,  by  Edmund  Gosse. 

"Even  putting  the  text  aside,  the  abundance  and  excellence  of  the  illustrations,  in- 
cluding facsimiles  of  mss.,  autographs,  engravings  and  title-pages,  portraits,  views  of 
places,  buildings,  etc.,  on  a  scale  never  before  attempted  in  a  work  of  this  kind  in  Eng- 
lish. .  .give  it  a  quite  peculiar  value,  and  that  not  to  the  eye  alone.  We  not  only  enjoy 
a  writer  more,  but  we  understand  him  better,  when  we  have  seen  his  portrait,  his  hand- 
writing, and  his  home  or  favorite  haunts."    Nation,  1903. 

Jusserand,  Jean  Jules.  820.9  J53 

Literary  history  of  the  English  people,    v.3.     1909.     Putnam. 

V.3.  ■  From  the  renaissance  to  the  civil  war:  The  age  of  Elizabeth  (continued); 
The  predecessors  of  Shakespeare;  Shakespeare,  personal  and  literary  biography;  Shake- 
speare; his  dramatic  work;  The  contemporaries  and  successors  of  Shakespeare;  The 
aftermath. 

"What  Englishmen  have  written  interests  him  chiefly  for  the  light  it  throws  on 
what  Englishmen  have  been  and  are.  The  facts  which  he  selects  for  fullest  exposition 
are  those  which  seem  to  him  to  illustrate  the  English  national  character,  or  the  causes 
which  have  contributed  to  its  development. .  .M.  Jusserand. .  .has  -already  gained  great 
distinction  as  an  original  investigator  in  more  than  one  period  of  English  literary  his- 
tory."    Athenautn,  i8gs- 

For  v.  1-2  see  preceding  catalogues. 

Lee,  Sir  Sidney.  820.9  L52 

French  renaissance  in  England;  an  account  of  the  literary  relations 

of  England  and  France  in  the  i6th  century.  1910.  Clarendon  Press. 
Based  on  a  series  of  six  lectures  delivered  before  the  University  of  Oxford  during 

the  summer  term  of   1909,   under   the  title   "Literary  relations   of  England  and   France 

during  the    i6th  century." 

Long,  William  Joseph.  820.9  L82 

English  literature;  its  history  and  its  significance  for  the  life  of  the 

English-speaking  world;  a  text-book  for  schools.     1909.     Ginn. 
"General  bibliography,"  p.569-572. 


1548  HISTORY  OF  ENGLISH  LITERATURE 

MacMurchy,  Archibald.  820.9  M21 

Handbook  of  Canadian  literature  (English).     1906.     Briggs. 

Gives  briefly  biographical  details  in  regard  to  a  large  number  of  Canadian  authors, 
with  lists  of  their  works  and  occasional  selections  from  them. 

Marshall,  Henrietta  Elizabeth.  J820.9  M41 

Child's  English  literature;  illustrated  with  drawings  in  colour  by 
J.  R.  Skelton.     [1909.]     Stokes. 

"Chronological  list  of  writers  noticed  in  this  volume,"  p.68o. 

The  author  says  "I  have  tried  to  show  how  from  a  rough  foundation  of  minstrel 
tales  and  monkish  legends  the  great  palace  of  our  literature  has  slowly  risen  to  be  a 
glorious  house  of  song."  A  few  of  the  stories  are.  In  the  listening  time. — The  begin- 
ning of  the  reading  time. — "The  passing  of  Arthur." — The  story  of  Beowulf. — How 
Caedmon  sang,  and  how  he  fell  once  more  on  silence. — About  some  song  stories. — The 
land  of  Nowhere. — ^Jonson,  "Every  man  in  his  humour." — Addison,  "The  Spectator." — 
Wordsworth  and  Coleridge,  the  Lake  poets. — Scott,  "the  Wizard  of  the  North." 

Moody,  William  Vaughn,  &  Lovett,  R.  M.  820.9  M87 

History  of  English  literature.    1909.    Scribner. 

Bibliography,  p.  358-4 1 1 . 

Pancoast,  Henry  Spackman.  820.9  P2ii2 

Introduction  to  English  literature.    1907.    Holt. 
Pancoast,  Henry  Spackman,  comp.  820.9  Paiis 

Study  lists,  chronological  tables  and  maps  to  accompany  [his]  Intro- 
duction to  English  literature.    1908.    Holt. 

"List  of  authors  to  accompany  literary  map  of  England,"  p.629-632. 

Schelling,  Felix  Emmanuel.  820.9  S32 

English  literature  during  the  lifetime  of  Shakespeare.     1910.     Holt. 

"Bibliography,"  P.427-4S9. 

"No  other  book  of  similar  compass  presents  so  fully  and  prganically  the  complex 
literary  activities  of  Englishmen  from  the  birth  to  the  death  of  Shakespeare."  Nation, 
1910. 

Schofield,  William  Henry.  820.9  S36 

English  literature  from  the  Norman  conquest  to  Chaucer.  1906. 
Macmillan. 

"Bibliographical  notes,"  p.466-486. 

Instead  of  treating  the  development  of  the  literature  of  this  period  as  a  whole  he 
traces  separately  the  evolution  of  each  type,  and  devotes  much  attention  to  Anglo-Latin 
and  Anglo-French  literature  as  the  principal  source  of  the  vernacular  literature  of  the 
time.    Excellent  general  authority  for  this  period. 

Shackford,  Martha  Hale.  r820.9  S52 

English  masterpieces  of  the  19th  century.  1906.  Freeman.  (Key 
books,  V.5.) 

"Bibliography,"  p.78-86. 

ToMacT.,  BajibTept.  820.9  T37 

HcTopia    anrjiiflcKoft    jiHTcpaTypH. 

Tojmbee,  Paget.  r820.9  D23zt 

Dante  in   English  literature  from  Chaucer  to  Cary  (c.  1380-1844), 

with    introduction,    notes    [and]    biographical    notices.  2v.      [1909] 
Methuen. 

"Chronological  list  of  authors,  etc.,  with  dates  of  works  quoted,"  v.2,  p.703-723. 

Collection  of  references  to  Dante  in  English  literature  during  the  period  covered, 
so  admirably  arranged  that  the  history  of  Dante's  fame  in  England  is  traced  with  ease. 
Between  500  and  600  authors  are  represented  and  more  than  1,000  separate  works  are 
quoted.     Special  pains  have  been  taken  to  represent  as  fully  as  possible  the  large  array 


ENGLISH  POETRY  1549 


Toynbee,  Paget — continued.  rSao.g  D23zt 

of  anonymous  periodical  literature,  which  is  of  the  highest  value  for  the  purposes  of  this 
work,  as  reflecting  the  influence  of  Dante  on  the  popular  writers  and  critics  of  the  day. 
Introductory  essay  sums  up  the  conclusions  of  the  research. 

Tucker,  Thomas  George.  .    820.9  T8if 

Foreign  debt  of  English  literature.     1907.    Bell. 

Deals  with  the  interdependence  of  literatures,  especially  with  the  influence  exerted 
by  Greek,  Latin,  Italian  and  French  literatures  upon  English.  The  diagrams  of  pedi- 
grees and  tabular  arrangements  of  each  nation's  literary  history  are  modern  and  useful. 

Tucker,  Thomas  George,  &  Murdoch,  W.  L.  F.  820.9  T81 

New  primer  of  English  literature.     1909.     Bell. 
Clearly  written  and  thoroughly  readable  survey  of  English  literary  history. 

Ward,  Adolphus  William,  &  Waller,  A.  R.  ed.  820.9  W21 

Cambridge  history  of  English  literature,    v.1-9.     1907-13.     Putnam. 

V.I.     From  the  beginnings  to  the  cycles  of  romance. 

V.2.     The  end  of  the  middle  ages. 

V.3.     Renascence   and   reformation. 

V.4.     Prose  and  poetry.  Sir  Thomas  North  to  Michael  Drayton. 

v.s-6.     The  drama  to  1642. 

V.7.     Cavalier  and  Puritan. 

V.8.     The  age  of  Dryden. 

v.g.     From  Steele  and  Addison  to  Pope  and  Swift. 

Bibliography  at  the  end  of  each  volume. 

The  chapters  are  by  different  authors,  and  the  work  displays  the  merits  and  faults 
incident  to  the  cooperative  method  of  writing  history.  Contains  a  large  store  of 
ordered  and  generally  reliable  information,  with  especially  valuable  bibliographies. 


821     English  poetry 

Bibliography 

Corson,  Livingston,  comp.  roi6.82i  C82 

Finding  list  of  political  poems  referring  to  English  affairs  of  the 

13th  and  14th  centuries. 

Thesis  for  Ph.  D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

Individual  works 

Alexander,  William,  earl  of  Stirling,  1 580-1640.  821  A37 

Poetical  works,  with  memoir  and  notes.    3v.     1870-72.     Ogle. 

V.I.  Introductory  memoir. — Commendatory  verses. — Aurora. — Paraenesis  to  Prince 
Henrie. — Elegie  on  Prince  Henrie. — To  his  majestic. — A  short  view  of  the  state  of  man. 
— Jonathan. — The  monarchicke  tragedies:   Crcesus. 

V.2.  The  tragedy  of  Darius;  The  Alexandraean  tragedy;  The  tragedy  of  Julius 
Czsar. — Miscellaneous  pieces. 

V.3.     Doomes-day. 

Alma-Tadema,  Miss  Laurence.  821  A44f 

A  few  lyrics.     1909.    Mathews. 

Arnold,  Sir  Edwin.  821  Aysli 

Light  of  Asia;  or.  The  great  renunciation  (Mahabhinishkramana); 
being  the  life  and  teaching  of  Gautama,  prince  of  India  and  founder  of 
Buddhism,  as  told  in  verse  by  an  Indian  Buddhist.     1906.     Little. 

The  same.     1892.     (In  his  Poetical  works,  v.i.) 821  A75  v.i 


IS50  ENGLISH  POETRY 


Arnold,  Matthew.  821  A757P 

Poems,  with  an  introduction  by  A.  C.  Benson.     1900.     Lane. 

Arthur,  King.  r82i  A78 

Arthur;  a  short  sketch  of  his  life  and  history  in  English  verse  of  the 
first  half  of  the  15th  century;  ed.  by  F.  J.  Furnivall.  1869.  (Early  Eng- 
lish Text  Society.    Publications,  v.2.) 

Aytoun,  William  Edmondstoune.  qj82i  A98 

Lays  of  the  Scottish  cavaliers,  and  other  poems.    1881.    Blackwood. 

Partial  contents:  Edinburgh  after  Flodden. — The  execution  of  Montrose. — The 
heart  of  the  Bruce. — The  burial-march  of  Dundee. — The  widow  of  Glencoe. — The  island 
of  the  Scots. — Blind  old  Milton. — The  buried  flower. — The  refusal  of  Charon. 

Martial  poems. 

Barbauld,  Mrs  Anna  Letitia  (Aikin).  r82i  B232 

Works,  with  a  memoir  by  Lucy  Aikin.    2v.    1825.    Longman. 

V.I.     Memoir. — Poems. 

v.2.     Correspondence. — Miscellaneous  pieces. 

English  poet  and  miscellaneous  writer  (1743-1825).  The  first  volume  contains  her 
poems,  the  second,  letters  and  essays  on  various  subjects. 

"The  poems  of  Mrs.  Barbauld  are  chiefly  written  in  the  elegant  pseudo-classic  style 
of  the  close  of  the  last  century.  She  expresses  herself  clearly  and  with  grace;  a  certain 
artificiality  of  manner  harmonises  with  her  choice  of  subject.  Her  poetry  is  without 
deep  thought  or  passion;  but  it  is  free  from  blunders  of  an  avoidable  kind."  Ward's 
English  poets. 

Baring,  Maurice.  821  B239 

Collected  poems.    191 1.    Lane. 

Barlow,  Jane.  821  B24m 

The  mockers,  and  other  verses.    1908. 

Begbie,  Agnes  H.  821  B38 

Christmas  songs  and  carols.    1908.    Mathews. 

Belloc,  Hilaire.  821  B41V 

Verses.     [1910.]     Duckworth. 

Benson,  Arthur  Christopher.  821  B44 

Peace,  and  other  poems.     1905.     Lane. 

Berinus.  r82i  B45 

Tale  of  Beryn,  with  A  prologue  of  the  merry  adventure  of  the  par- 
doner with  a  tapster  at  Canterbury;  ed.  by  F.  J.  Furnivall  &  W.  G. 
Stone,  with  an  English  abstract  of  the  French  original  and  Asiatic  ver- 
sions of  the  tale,  by  W.  A.  Clouston.  1909.  (Early  English  Text  So- 
ciety.   Publications,  extra  series,  v.  105.) 

An  amusing  middle  English  poem  found  in  one  of  the  manuscripts  of  Chaucer's 
"Canterbury  tales."  The  prologue  is  a  valuable  piece  of  contemporary  social  history, 
showing  how  pilgrims  like  Chaucer's. disported  themselves  in  the  town  and  at  the  shrine 
of  the  martyr. 

Blake,  William.  821  B52e 

Die  ethik  der  fruchtbarkeit;  zusammengestellt  aus  seinen  werken 
und  aufzeichnungen,  iibersetzt  und  eingeleitet  von  Otto,  freiherrn  von 
Taube.    1907.    Diederich. 

"Auswahl  aus  der  cnglischen  und  deutschen  literatur  uber  William  Blake  und  aus 
den  posthumen  ausgaben  seiner  werke,"  p.145-147. 


ENGLISH  POETRY  1551 


Brathwait,  Richard.  821  B71 

Barnabse  itinerarium;  or,  Barnabee's  journal,  with  a  life  of  the 
author,  a  bibliographical  introduction  to  the  itinerary  and  a  catalogue 
of  his  works;  ed.  by  Joseph  Haslewood.    1876.    Reeves. 

The  most  famous  work  of  this  17th  century  British  poet,  a  sprightly  record  of  Eng- 
lish travel,  in  Latin  and  English  doggerel  verse. 

Bronte,  Charlotte,  afterward  Mrs  Nicholls,  {pseud.  Currer  Bell).      821  B77 
Poems  by  Charlotte,  Emily  &  Anne  Bronte,  with  Cottage  poems  by 
Patrick  Bronte.     1893. 

Bronte,  Emily,  {pseud.  Ellis  Bell).  821  B77X 

Complete  poems;  ed.  by  Clement  Shorter,  with  introductory  essay 
by  W.  R.  Nicoll.    1908.     Hodder. 

Browning,  Robert.  821  B8igco 

[Complete  works];  from  the  author's  revised  text;  ed.  with  intro- 
ductions and  notes  by  Charlotte  Porter  and  H.  A.  Clarke.  I2v.  1898. 
Crowell.     (Camberwell  edition.) 

V.I.  Biographical  introduction. — Pauline. — Paracelsus. — Pippa  passes. — King  Victor 
and  King  Charles;  a  tragedy. 

V.2.     Strafford:  a  tragedy. — Sordello. 

V.3.  The  return  of  the  Druses;  a  tragedy. — A  blot  in  the  'scutcheon;  a  tragedy. — 
Colombe's  birthday;  a  play. — Luria;  a  tragedy. — A  soul's  tragedy. 

V.4.     Dramatic  lyrics. — Dramatic  romances. — Christmas-eve  and  Easter-day. 

v.s.     Men  and  women. — In  a  balcony. — Dramatis  personae. 

v.6-7.     The  ring  and  the  book. 

V.8.     Balaustion's  adventure. — Aristophanes'  apology. 

v.9.  Prince  Hohenstiel-Schwangau,  saviour  of  society. — Fifine  at  the  fair. — Pac- 
chiarotto  and  how  he  worked  in  distemper,  etc. 

v.io.  Red  cotton  night-cap  country;  or,  Turf  and  towers. — The  inn  album. — The 
two  poets  of  Croisic. 

V.I  I.  The  Agamemnon  of  ./Eschylus.  —  La  Saisiaz.  —  Dramatic  idyls,  ist-2d  series. 
— Jocoseria. 

V.12.  Ferishtah's  fancies. — Parleyings  with  certain  people  of  importance  in  their 
day. — Asolando. — Fug^itive  poems  and  verses  for  occasions. — Introductory  essay  for 
"Letters  of  Shelley,"  1851. — Introduction  to  "The  divine  order,"  by  Thomas  Jones,  1884. 

"Chronological  bibliography,"  v.i,  p.31-38. 

Browning,  Robert.  ^  qj82i  B8igpi2 

Pied  piper  of  Hamelin;  a  child's  story;  illustrated  by  Hope  Dunlap. 

1910.    Rand. 

The  same;  illustrated  by  Kate  Greenaway.     [1910.] 

Warne qj82i  B8igpi3 

Browning,  Robert,  &  Browning,  Mrs  Elizabeth  (Barrett).         821  BSigf 
Florence  in  the  poetry  of  the  Brownings;  being  a  selection  of  [their] 

poems  which  have  to  do  with  the  history,  the  scenery  and  the  art  of 

Florence;  ed.  by  A.  B.  McMahan.     1907.     McClurg. 

Contents:     Elizabeth  Barrett  Browning:  Casa  Guidi  windows;  The  dance. — Robert 

Browning:  Old  pictures  in  Florence;  Fra  Lippo  Lippi;  Andrea  del  Sarto;  The  statue  and 

the  bust ;  The  ring  and  the  book,  book  i ;  One  word  more. 
Illustrated. 

Clarke,  Helen  Archibald.  821  BSigzcla 

Browning's  England;  a  study  of  English  influences  in   Browning. 

1908.    Baker. 

Among  these  influences  are  considered  the  English   poets,  especially   Shakespeare, 

certain  periods  of  English  history  and  the  trend  of  religious  thought  in  the  19th  century. 

Many  quotations.     Illustrated. 


1552  ENGLISH  POETRY 


Clarke,  Helen  Archibald.  821  BSigzd 

Browning's  Italy;  a  study  of  Italian  life  and  art  in  Browning.  1907. 
Baker. 

Contains  more  of  Browning  than  of  Italy,  being  intended  as  a  study  of  his  Italian 
poems  and  not  in  any  sense  a  record  of  the  years  he  spent  in  Florence  and  in  Rome. 

Duff,  David.  821  B8i9zd 

Exposition  of  Browning's  "Sofdello,"  with  historical  and  other 
notes.    1906.    Blackwood. 

"An  extremely  useful  rendering. .  .into  blunt,  unpoetical  English."  Contemporary 
review,  1^106. 

Griggs,  Edward  Howard.  821  B8i9zg 

Poetry  and  philosophy  of  Browning.     1905.     Huebsch. 
"Book  list,"  P.46-S1. 
Outline  of  each  lecture  is  given,  topics  for  study  and  discussion  are  suggested  and 

references  cited. 

Hodell,  Charles  Wesley,  ed.  qr82i  B8igzh 

The  old  yellow  book,  source  of  Browning's  The  ring  and  the  book,  in 

complete  photo-reproduction,  with  translation,  essay  and  notes  by  C.  W. 

Hodell.    1908.    (Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington.    Publication  no.89.) 

Contents:  The  old  yellow  book. — Translation  of  the  old  yellow  book. — Translation 
of  the  secondary  source. — Translation  of  the  Casanatense  version  of  the  Franceschini 
murder. — The  making  of  a  great  poem. 

Hornbrooke,  Francis  Bickford.   *  821  B8igzh 

The  ring  and  the  book  by  Robert  Browning;  an  interpretation. 
1909.     Little. 

"Written  in  1903,  five  years  before  the  publication  of  'The  Old  Yellow  Book,'  it 
contains  one  or  two  errors  of  fact. .  .Otherwise,  so  far  as  it  goes.  Dr.  Hornbrooke's 
work  is  impeccable.  It  is  almost  entirely  free  from  silly  moralizing,  and  it  attempts 
practically  nothing  in  the  way  of  criticism.  In  fact,  the  main  difference  between  'The 
Ring  and  the  Book'  and  'The  Ring  and  the  Book,  an  Interpretation,'  is  that  Browningfs 
version  is  477  pages  long,  and  in  verse,  while  Dr.  Hornbrooke's  version  is  only  235 
pages  long,  and  is,  for  the  most  part,  in  prose."     Nation,  1910. 

Peterson,  Hans  Christian.  821  B8i9zpe 

Inductive  studies  in  Browning  for  secondary  schools,  colleges  and 

literature  clubs.     1908.    Ainsworth. 

Contains  20  of  the  shorter  poems,  each  with  a  list  of  inductive  questions  on  the 

text  and  a  brief  paragraph  in  elucidation. 

Burns,  Robert.  r82i   B93 

Complete  works  (self-interpreting).  (Skibo  edition.)  6v.  in  12. 
1896.    Gebbie. 

"The  life  of  Burns,  by  Alexander  Smith,"  v. 6,  pt.2,  P.213-2S6. 

"Chronological  and  topographical  table  of  all  known  editions  of  Burns's  works," 
V.6,  pt.2,  p.336-342. 

Burns,  Robert.  821  B93 

Poetical  works.    3v.  in  i.    Houghton.    (British  poets.) 

The  same;  ed.  by  John  Favvside.     1896.    Longmans 821  Bg3p 

Ttu  same;  ed.  with  a  critical  memoir  by  W.  M.  Rossetti;  illustrated 

by  J.  M.  Smith.     [1879.]     Moxon r82i  B93PO 

Ea6poHi>,  ^/Kop,^KT,  Ho3Jifc  rop,2^0HT,,  jiop,^T>.  q821  B99pol 

[nojiHoe  co6paHie  coHHHeHift.]  3  x,  1904-05.  (BH6jiio- 
TCKa  nejinKHxi  nncarejieft.) 


ENGLISH  POETRY  1553 


Byron,  George  Gordon  Noel,  lord.  821  Bggw 

With  Byron  in  Italy;  being  a  selection  of  the  poems  and  letters  of 

Lord  Byron  which  have  to  do  with  his  life  in  Italy  from  1816  to  1823; 

selected  and  arranged  by  A.  B.  McMahan.     1906.     McCIurg. 
Illustrated. 

Caldecott,  Randolph.  J821  Ci2C 

Caldecott's  collection  of  pictures  &  aongs.     2v.     Warne. 

V.I.  The  diverting  history  of  John  Gilpin. — The  house  that  Jack  built. — An  elegy 
on  the  death  of  a  mad  dog. — The  babes  in  the  wood. — The  three  jovial  huntsmen. — Sing 
a  song  for  sixpence. — The  queen  of  hearts. — The  farmer's  boy. 

v. 2.  The  milkmaid. — Hey  diddle  diddle. — Baby  Bunting. — The  fox  jumps  over  the 
parson's  gate. — A  frog  he  would  a-wooing  go. — Come  lasses  and  lads. — Ride  a  cock- 
horse to  Banbury  Cross. — A  farmer  went  trotting  upon  his  grey  mare. — Mrs  Mary 
Blaize. — The  great  Panjandrum  himself. 

Verses  and  colored  pictures. 

Campbell,  Thomas.  821  Ci6c 

Complete  poetical  works;  ed.  with  notes  by  J.  L.  Robertson.  1907. 
Frowde. 

Campbell,  Thomas.  821  C16 

Poetical  works.    1891.    Bell. 

Sketch  of  the  life  of  Campbell,  by  William  Allingham,  p.9-74. 

The  same;  ed.  with  a  critical  memoir  by  W.  M.  Rossetti;  illustrated 
by  Thomas  Seccombe.     [1880.]     Moxon r82i  C16 

[Carpenter,  Edward.]  821  C22 

Towards  democracy  [poems].     1907.     Sonnenschein. 

Of  the  school  which  Whitman  has  called  into  being,  Carpenter  is  now  the  foremost 
living  exponent.  He  is  a  striking  and  original  thinker  who  has  seemingly  steeped  him- 
self thoroughly  in  the  "Leaves  of  grass"  and  then  given  forth  his  own  conception  of  life 
and  the  boundless  universe.     Condensed  from  Westminster  review,  igoi. 

Caxton,  William.  qr82i  C29 

Book  of  curtesye,  printed  at  Westminster  about  1477-8  A.  D.  and 

now  reprinted,  with  two  ms.  copies  of  the  same  treatise,  from  the  Oriel 

ms.  79,  and  the  Balliol  ms.  354;  ed.  by  F.  J.  Furnivall.     1868.    Triibner. 

(Early  English  Text  Society.     Publications,  extra  ser.  v.3.) 

"The  book  itself,  Lytill  Johan,  is  by  a  disciple  of  Lydgate's. .  .and  contains. .  .the 

usual  directions  how  to  dress,  how  to  behave  in  church,  at  meals,  and  when  serving  at 

table,  a  wise  man's  advice  on  the... best  English  poets, — then  Gower,  Chaucer,  Occleve, 

and  Lydgate."    Preface. 

Chaucer,  Geoffrey.  821  C41CI 

The  clerkes  tale,  and  The  squieres  tale;  ed.  by  Lilian  Winstanley. 
1908.     Cambridge  University  Press. 

Introduction  contains  useful  chronological  tables  of  Chaucer's  life  and  works,  chap- 
ter on  the  "Grammar  and  metre  of  Chaucer"  and  an  exceptionally  full  history  of  the 
two  tales.     The  notes  are  brief  and  to  the  point. 

Chaucer,  Geoffrey.  821  C4ipa 

The  parliament  of  birds,  and  The  house  of  fame;  done  into  modern 
English  by  Professor  Skeat.     1908.    Chatto. 

Chaucer,  Geoffrey.  821  C4ipr 

Prologue  to  The  Canterbury  tales.  The  romaunt  of  the  rose,  and 

minor  poems;   done  into  modern    English  by    [W.  W.]' Skeat.      I907- 
Chatto. 


I5S4  ENGLISH  POETRY 


Chaucer,  Geoffrey.  821  C4ir 

Riches  of  Chaucer,  in  which  his  impurities  have  been  expunged,  his 
spelling  modernised,  his  rhythm  accentuated  and  his  obsolete  terms  ex- 
plained, also  have  been  added  a  few  explanatory  notes  and  a  new 
memoir  of  the  poet  by  C.  C.  Clarke.    1896.    Macmillan. 

First  published  in  1835. 

Chaucer,  Geoffrey.  qr82i  C41 

Works  of  Geoffrey  Chaucer  and  others;  being  a  reproduction  in 
facsinfiile  of  the  first  collected  edition  1532,  from  the  copy  in  the  Brit- 
ish Museum,  with  an  introduction  by  W.  W.  Skeat.     [1905.]     Moring. 

Kelman,  Janet  Harvey.  J821  C41S 

Stories  from  Chaucer;  told  to  the  children.     [1905.]     Jack.     (Told 

to  the  children  series.) 

Contents:    Dorigen,  the  story  by  the  man  of  land. — Emelia,  the  story  by  the  man  of 

might. — Griselda,  the  story  by  the  man  of  books. — Constance,  the   story  by  the  man 

of  law. 

Retold  from  Chaucer's  "Canterbury  tales."    Colored  pictures. 

McSpadden,  Joseph  Walker.  J821  C4ist 

Stories   from    Chaucer;   retold   from    the    Canterbury   tales.      1907. 

Crowell. 

Contains  the  prologue,  "in  which  Chaucer  describeth  the  Company  of  Canterbury 

Pilgrims,  and  telleth  bow  the  Tales  came  to  be  told,"  and  nine  stories,  including  The 

cock  and   the   fox. — The  three  rioters. — Patient  Griselda. — A  woman's   wish. — Palamon 

and  Arcite. 

Rands,  William  Brighty,  (pseud.  Matthew  Browne).  821  C4izra 

Chaucer's  England,  by  Matthew  Browne.    2v.     1869.     Hurst. 
Commentary  on  the   picture  of   English  life  which   Chaucer  gives  in  his  poetry, 

especially  in  the  "Canterbury  tales." 

Root,  Robert  Kilburn.  8ai  C4izr 

Poetry  of  Chaucer;  a  guide  to  its  study  and  appreciation.  1906. 
Houghton. 

Bibliography,  p.29 1-292. 

"Agreeably  written  book  of  popular  character  which  in  accuracy  of  statement  and 
fulness  of  information  satisfies  all  scientific  requirements. .  .The  author  has  utilized  all 
Chaucer  investigations  up  to  the  present  year."     Nation,  1906. 

Sypherd,  Wilbur  Owen.  r82i  C41Z8 

Studies  in  Chaucer's  Hous  of  fame.  1907.  (Chaucer  Society.  Pub- 
lications, 2d  ser.  V.39.) 

Considers  the  relation  between  Chaucer's  dream-poems  and  the  Old  French  love- 
vision  literature  of  the  13th  and  14th  centuries.  Shows  the  connection  between  the 
"Hous  of  fame"  and  Dante's  "Divine  comedy,"  and  gives  the  inner  meaning  of 
Chaucer's  poem. 

Tappan,  Eva  March.  j8ai  C4icha 

The  Chaucer  story  book.    1908.    Houghton. 

Contents:  At  the  Tabard  inn. — Palamon  and  Arcite. — Story  of  Constance. — 
Little  Hugh  of  Lincoln. — The  cock,  the  hen  and  the  fox. — The  revelers  who  went  out 
to  meet  Death. — The  unknown  bride. — Story  of  the  summoner. — Patient  Griselda. — 
Cambuscan  and  the  brazen  horse. — The  promise  of  Dorigen. — The  priest  who  learned  to 
be  a  philosopher. 


ENGLISH  POETRY  1555 


Churchyard,  Thomas.  r82i  C46C 

Chips  concerning  Scotland;  being  a  collection  of  his  pieces  relative 

to  that  country,  with  historical   notices   and  a  life  of  the  author  by 

George  Chalmers.     1817.     Longman. 

Churchyard  was  an  English  poet  and  miscellaneous  writer  (i52o?-i6o4).  The 
volume  contains  poems  on  the  siege  of  Leith,  at  which  the  author  was  present,  on  the 
siege  of  Edinburgh,  and  on  the  conspiracies  of  James  Douglas,  earl  of  Morton,  a  promi- 
nent figure  in  the  reign  of  Mary,  queen  of  Scots^ 

Collins,  William.  rSai  C71 

Poetical  works,  enriched  with  elegant  engravings,  to  which  is  pre- 
fixed a  life  of  the  author  by  Dr  Johnson.    1800.    Bensley. 

"His  entire  existing  work  does  not  extend  to  much  more  than  fifteen  hundred  lines, 
at  least  two-thirds  of  which  must  live  with  the  best  poetry  of  the  century."  Gosse's  His- 
tory of  eighteenth  century  literature.  * 

Colonne,  Guido  delle.  rSai  C72 

The   "gest  hystoriale"  of  the  destruction   of  Troy;  an  alliterative 

romance;  tr.  from  "Hysteria  Troiana,"  ed.  by  G.  A.  Panton  and  David 

Donaldson,  v.i.    1869.   (Early  English  Text  Society.   Publications,  v.39.) 

Cook,  Eliza.  821  C77 

Poetical  works.     1870.     Warne. 

Eliza  Cook  (1818-89)  was  an  English  poet  whose  unpretentious  verse  has  been  popu- 
lar among  a  wide  circle  of  readers. 

Cowley,  Abraham.  821  C848 

Poems:  Miscellanies,  The  mistress,  Pindarique  odes,  Davideis  [and] 
Verses  written  on  several  occasions;  the  text  ed.  by  A.  R.  Waller.  1905. 
Cambridge  University  Press.     (Cambridge  English  classics.) 

Cowper,  William.  821  C84 

Poetical  works.    3v.  in  2.     1854.     Houghton.     (British  poets.) 

Memoir  of  Cowper,  by  Sir  Harris  Nicolas,  v.i,  p. 7-90. 

v. I.     Poems. — The  task. 

V.2.  Translations  from  the  French  of  Madame  de  La  Mothe  Guion. — Translations 
of  the  Latin  and  Italian  poems  of  Milton. — Translations  from  Vincent  Bourne. — Minor 
poems.— Translations  of  Greek  verses. — Epigrams  translated  from  the  Latin  of  Owen. — 
Translations  from  the  fables  of  Gay. — Olney  hymns. 

The  same;  ed.  by  Robert  Southey.    2v.    1854.    Bohn 821  C84a 

Tlte  same;  ed.  with  a  critical  memoir  by  W.  M.  Rossetti;  illustrated 
by  Thomas  Seccombe.     [1879.]     Moxon r82i  C84 

Neve,  John.  r82i  C84n 

Concordance  to  the  poetical  works  of  William  Cowper.     1887.    Low. 

Crabbe,  George.  821  CSspo 

Poems;  ed.  by  A.W.Ward.     3v.     1905-07.     Cambridge  University 

Press. 

"Bibliography  of  Crabbe's  poems,  by  A.  T.  Bartholomew,"  v.3,  P.SS4-567. 

Darley,  George.  821  D25 

Complete  poetical  works;  reprinted  from  the  rare  original  editions  in 
the  possession  of  the  Darley  family,  ed.  with  an  introduction  by  Ram- 
say Colles.     [1908.]     Routledge. 


1556  ENGLISH  POETRY 


r82i  E17 
Elarly  English  alliterative  poems  in  the  West-Midland  dialect  of  the 
14th  century;  ed.  by  Richard  Morris.  1869.  (Early  English  Text  So- 
ciety.   Publications,  v.i.) 

Contents:    The  Pearl. — Cleanness. — Patience. 

Emare.  r82i  E58 

Romance  of  Emare;  re-edited  from  the  ms.,  with  introduction,  notes 

and  glossary  by  Edith  Rickert.     1907. 

Thesis  by  Edith  Rickert  for  Ph.  D.,  University  of  Chicago. 

Middle-English  poem   (about   1400),  giving  a  simple,  even  bald  version  of  an  old 

English  legend. 

Erthe  upon  erthe.  •  r82i  E78 

The  middle  English  poem,  Erthe  upon  erthe,  printed  from  24  manu- 
scripts; ed.  with  introduction,  notes  and  glossary  by  H.  M.  R.  Murray. 
191 1.    Paul.     (Early  English  Text  Society.     Publications,  v.141.) 

Fanshawe,  Reginald.  821  F23 

Corydon;   an    elegy  in   memory   of   Matthew  Arnold    and    Oxford. 

1906.    Frowde. 

"The  evolution  of  the  intellectual  life  of  Oxford  during  the  last  sixty  years  is 
traced  with  knowledge  and  insight,  and  there  is  some  felicitous  literary  criticism  by  the 
way."    Athenaum,  igo6. 

Fletcher,  Phineas.  r82i  F63 

Purple  island;  a  poem,  with  the  critical  remarks  of  Henry  Headley 
and  a  biographical  sketch  by  William  Jaques.     1816.     Burton. 
Fletcher  (1582-1650)  was  an  English  poet. 

"  'The  Purple  Island,'  in  twelve  cantos  of  seven-line  stanzas,  is  an  elaborate  al- 
legorical description  of  the  human  body  and  of  the  vices  and  virtues  to  which  man  is 
subject. .  .The  body  is  represented  as  an  island,  of  which  the  bones  stand  for  the  founda- 
tions, the  veins  for  brooks,  and  so  forth  in  minute  detail. .  .Fletcher's  allegory  is  over- 
loaded with  detail,  and  as  a  whole  is  clumsy  and  intricate.  His  diction  is,  however, 
singularly  rich,  and  his  versification  melodious. .  .There  is  a  majesty  in  his  personifica- 
tions of  some  vices  and  virtues  which  suggest  Milton,  who  knew  Fletcher's  works  well." 
Dictionary  of  national  biography. 

Gawain,  Sir.  1821  G24 

Sir  Gawayne  and  the  Green  Knight;  an  alliterative  romance-poem, 
ab.  1360  A.  D.;  ed.  by  Richard  Morris.  1869.  (Early  English  Text  So- 
ciety.   Publications,  v.4.) 

Gosse,  Edmund  William.  821  GSga 

The  aytumn  garden  [poems].     1909.    Heinemann. 

Cook,  Albert  Stanburrough,  ed.  r82i  G8izc 

Concordance  to  the  English  poems  of  Thomas  Gray.  1908.  Hough- 
ton. 

The  first  volume  to  appear  under  the  auspices  of  the  Concordance  Society,  which 
was  organized  at  Yale  University  in  1906.  The  basis  of  the  concordance  is  Gosse's 
edition  of  Gray. 

Hardy,  Thomas.  821  H26t 

Time's  laughingstocks,  and  other  verses.    1909.    Macmillan. 
Poems  chiefly  on  the  disillusionment  of  love. 


ENGLISH  POETRY  1557 


Heber,  Reginald,  bp.  821  H38 

Poetical  works,  with  an  introductory  essay  by  M.  A.  D.  Howe.  1858. 
Butler. 

Includes  hymns  and  translations. 

"His  poetry  is  of  a  high  order.  He  is  imaginative,  glowing  and  vigorous,  with  a 
skill  in  the  management  of  his  means  unsurpassed  by  that  of  any  writer  of  his  time,  but 
without  any  high  degree  of  originality."     Poe's  Marginalia. 

Hemans,  Mrs  Felicia  Dorothea  (Browne).  821  H43P 

Poetical  works.    Crowell. 

Prefatory  notice  of  Mrs  Hemans  by  W.  M.  Rossetti,  p.  11—24. 

Herbert  of  Cherbury,  Edward  Herbert,  baron.  821  H461 

Poems;  ed.  with  an  introduction  by  J.  C.  Collins.     1881.     Chatto. 

"As  a  poet  he  was  a  disciple  of  Donne,  and  excelled  his  master  in  obscurity  and 
ruggedness . . .  His  satires  are  very  poor,  but  some  of  his  lyrics  have  the  true  poetic 
ring,  and  at  times  suggest  Herrick. .  .His  Latin  verses  are  scholarly,  and  chiefly  deal 
with  philosophic  subjects."    Dictionary  of  national  biography. 

Hood,  Thomas,  1798-1845.  J821  H76 

Faithless  Nelly  Gray;  a  pathetic  ballad;  illuminated  and  explained 
by  numerous  drawings  by  Robert  Seaver.     1907.     Houghton. 

Humorous  poem. 

Howitt,  Mrs  Mary  (Botham).  821  H86 

Ballads,  and  other  poems.     1847.    Longman. 

The  name  of  Mrs  Howitt,  little  known  to-day,  was  a  familiar  one  in  the  first  half 
of  the  19th  century.  She  was  an  industrious  composer  of  tales  for  children,  essays  and 
poems. 

Hunt,  Leigh.  821  H94 

Poetical  works  of  Leigh  Hunt  and  Thomas  Hood  (selected);  ed. 
with  an  introduction  by  J.  H.  Panting.    Walter  Scott  Pub.  Co. 

Keats,  John.  J821  K15 

Eve  of  St.  Agnes,  and  sonnets.     Putnam. 

Keats,  John.  821  Kisp 

Poetical  works;  given  from  his  own  editions  and  other  authentic 
sources  and  collated  with  many  manuscripts;  ed.  with  notes  and  ap- 
pendices by  H.  B.  Forman.     1895.     Crowell. 

Biographical  sketch,  by  N.  H.  Dole,  p.9-20. 

The  same;  ed.  with  a  critical  memoir  by  W.  M.  Rossetti;  illustrated 
by  Thomas  Seccombe.     [1880.]     Moxon r82i  K15 

Kemble,  Frances  Anne.  8ai  K17 

Poems.    1859.    Ticknor. 

Kipling,  Rudyard.  821  K27ba 

Barrack  room  ballads,  and  other  poems,  with  an  introduction  by  N. 

H,  Dole.     1899.    Crowell. 

The  same.     [1909.]     Methuen 821  K27ba2 

Kipling,  Rudyard.  821  K27C 

Collected  verse.     1907.    Doubleday. 
The  same r82i  K27C 


1558  ENGLISH  POETRY 


Kipling,  Rudyard.  821  K27va 

Verses,  1889-1896.     1898.     Scribner.     (Writings  in  prose  and  verse, 

V.II.) 

Contents:  Barrack-room  ballads. —  Other  verses. —  The  seven  seas. —  Barrack-room 
ballads  (continued). 

Le  Gallienne,  Richard.  821  K27ZI 

Rudyard  Kipling;  a  criticism,  with  a  bibliography  by  John  Lane. 
1900.     Lane. 

Contents:  The  poetry. — The  stories. — Mr  Kipling's  general  significance  and  influ- 
ence.— Bibliography. 

"Where  there  is  so  unbridgable  a  gulf  in  temperament  as  that  which  yawns  between 
Mr.  Kipling  and  Mr.  Le  Gallienne,  criticism  becomes  impossible. .  .He  admits  Mr.  Kip- 
ling's genuine  gift  of  humour... but  he  is  as  incapable  of  rendering  justice  to  Mr.  Kip- 
ling's great  qualities  as  he  is  of  estimating  his  shortcomings  as  an  artist  or  a  moralist." 
Spectator,  igoo. 

Lander,  Walter  Savage.  821  L22a 

[Poems.]     2v.    1876.    Chapman.     (Works  and  life,  v.7-8.) 

V.I.     Gebir. — Acts  and  scenes. — Hellenics. 

V.2.     Miscellaneous  poems. — Criticisms  on  Theocritus,  Catullus  and  Petrarch. 

Langhome,  John.  r82i  L255 

Poetical  works;  to  which  are  prefixed,  Memoirs  of  the  author,  by 
J.  T.  Langhorne.    2v.     1804.    Mawman. 

English  poet   (i73S-79)- 

"Langhorne  was  a  popular  writer  in  his  day,  but  his  sentimental  tales  and  his 
pretty  verses  have  long  ceased  to  please."     Dictionary  of  national  biography. 

Manly,  John  Matthews.  r82i  L25a 

Piers  the  Plowman  and  jts  sequence.  1908.  (Early  English  Text 
Society.    Publications,  V.135B.) 

Contributed  to  the  "Cambridge  history  of  English  literature,"  v.2;  reprinted  by  per- 
mission for  members  of  the  Early  English  Text  Society. 

Sets  forth  the  evidence  in  favor  of  the  plural  authorship  of  the  poem  or  poems  which 
have  hitherto  gone  under  the  name  of  William  Langland. 

r82i  L25aa 
Piers  Plowman  controversy.  Sv.  in  i.  1910.  (Early  English  Text  So- 
ciety.   Publications,  V.139B-139F.) 

Contents:  Piers  Plowman,  the  work  of  one  or  of  five;  J.  J.  Jusserand's  first  reply 
to  Prof.  Manly. — ^J.  M.  Manly's  answer  to  J.  J.  Jusserand. — Dr  Jusserand's  second  reply 
to  Prof.  Manly. — The  authorship  of  Piers  Plowman,  by  R.  W.  Chambers. — The  author- 
ship of  Piers  the  Plowman,  by  Henry  Bradley. 

Lauder,  William,  i520?-73.  r82i  L36 

Ane   compendious   and  breve   tractate   concernyng   the   office   and 
dewtie  of  kyngis,  spirituall  pastoris  and  temporall  jugis;  ed.  by  Fitz- 
edward  Hall.    1869.    (Early  English  Text  Society.    Publications,  v.3.) 
Linton,  William  James.  821  Lya 

Poems  and  translations.    1889.    Nimmo. 

The  translations,  with  the  exception  of  some  lines  from  Catullus,  are  from  the 
French  and  range  from  the  12th  to  the  19th  century. 

Lydgate,  John.  r82i  L98 

Lydgate's  Troy  book,  A.  D.  1412-20;  ed.  from  the  best  manuscripts, 

with  introduction,  notes  and  glossary  by  Henry  Bergen.     3v.  in  2.     1906- 

10.     (Early  English  Text  Society.    Publications,  extra  ser.  v.97,  103,  106.) 

Long  poem  on  the  destruction  of  Troy,  mainly  paraphrased  from  earlier  Latin- 
French  originals.  Interesting  and  valuable  as  the  work  of  one  of  the  few  poets  imme- 
diately after  the  time  of  Chaucer,  whom  he  claimed  as  his  master. 


ENGLISH  POETRY  1559 


Macpherson,  James,  {pseud.  Ossian).  qr82i  M222p 

Poems  of  Ossian  in  the  original  Gaelic,  with  a  literal  translation  into 
English  and  a  dissertation  on  the  authenticity  of  the  poems,  together 
with  the  English  translation  by  Macpherson.  2v.  1870.  Blackwood. 
Marsh,  George  Linnaeus.  821  M41 

Sources  and  analogues  of  "The  flower  and  the  leaf."  1906.  Uni- 
versity of  Chicago  Press. 

Reprinted  from  "Modern  philology,"  v.4,  no.1-2. 

Thesis  for  Ph.  D.,  University  of  Chicago. 

"The  flower  and  the  leaf"  is  a  isth  century  anonymous  poem  often  incorrectly 
attributed  to  Chaucer. 

Masefield,  John.  821  M44 

Ballads  and  poems.    1910.    Mathews. 

Trevelyan,  George  Macaulay.  821  M635zt 

Poetry  and  philosophy  of  George  Meredith.     1906.  Constable. 

"The  most   detailed   and   elaborate   study   of   Mr.    Meredith's  poetry   that   has   yet 

appeared.     It  is... the  work  of  an  enthusiastic  admirer... It  is  also  mainly  just  and  dis- 
criminating in  temper."     Athenaum,  jgo6.      • 

Milman,  Henry  Hart.  .  821  M711 

Poetical  works.    3v.    1839.    Murray. 

Partial  contents: 

v.i.     The  fall  of  Jerusalem. — The  martyr  of  Antioch. — Belshazzar. 

V.2.     Samor,  lord  of  the  bright  city. 

V.3.     Anne  Boleyn;  a  dramatic  poem. — Fazio;  a  tragedy. 

Milnes,  Richard  Monckton,  baron  Houghton.  r82i  M715 

Poems.    2v.     1838.     Moxon. 

V.I.     Poems  of  many  years. 

V.2.     Memorials  of  a  residence  on  the  continent. 

"His  poems  excited  some  public  interest,  and  a  few  of  them  became  popular,  especi- 
ally when  set  to  music... His  poetry  is  of  the  meditative  kind,  cultured  and  graceful; 
but  it  lacks  fire."     Dictionary  of  national  biography. 

Milton,  John.  J821  M71 

L'Allegro  and   II  Penseroso,  together  with  the  sonnets  and  odes. 

Putnam. 

Partial  contents:    To  the  nightingale. — When  the  assault  was  intended  to  the  city. 

— On  his  blindness. — On  the  morning  of  Christ's  nativity. — Song  on  May  morning.  _ 

Lockwood,  Laura  Emma,  comp.  r82i  Myizl 

Lexicon  to  the  English  poetical  works  of  John  Milton.  1907.  Mac- 
millan. 

Moore,  Thomas,  1 779-1852.  r82i  M87 

Epistles,  odes  and  other  poems,  to  which  is  prefixed  a  notice,  critical 
and  biographical,  of  the  author.     1806.    Watts. 

Newman,  John  Henry,  cardinal.  821  N28d 

Dream  of  Gerontius.     1907.     Longmans. 

"The  Dream  is  a  rare  poetic  rendering  into  English  verse  of  that  high  ritual  which, 
from  the  death-bed  to  the  Mass  of  Supplication,  encompasses  the  faithful  soul.  It 
pierces,  indeed,  beyond  the  veil,  but  in  strict  accordance  or  analogy  with  what  every 
Catholic  holds  to  be  there."     William  Barry's  Newman. 

Noyes,  Alfred.  821  N48C 

Collected  poems.    2v.     1910.    Blackwood. 

v. I.  The  loom  of  years. — The  flower  of  old  Japan. — The  forest  of  wild  thyme. — 
Forty  singing  seamen. 

V.3.     Drake. — The  enchanted  island. — New  poems. 


iS6o  ENGLISH  POETRY 


Noyes,  Alfred.  821  N48d 

Drake;  an  English  epic,    books  1-3.     1906.    Blackwood. 

"Fine  attempt  to  render  in  verse  what  is  perhaps  the  most  striking  and  pregnant 
epoch  in  the  history  of  England. .  .The  lines  themselves  are  at  once  musical  and  majes- 
tic, the  epithets  are  charged  with  fire  and  colour  and  the  tale  is  carried  on  with  splendid 
energy."     Academy,  igo6. 

Noyes,  Alfred.  821  N48e 

Enchanted  island,  and  other  poems.    1910.    Stokes. 

Noyes,  Alfred.  821  N48g 

Golden  hynde,  and  other  poems.    1908.    Macmillan. 

Noyes,  Alfred.  821  N48P 

Poems.     1904.    Blackwood. 

By  the  young  English  poet  whose  epic,  "Drake,"  has  been  received  by  the  English 
reviews  with  such  acclaim.  As  yet  Mr  Noyes  is  a  little  too  adventurous  in  his  quest  of 
the  striking  subject,  too  proud  of  the  mere  muscles  of  his  verse;  but  there  is  a  gusto  in 
his  work,  a  savor  of  opulence,  variety,  and  ease  that  is  full  of  hope.  Condensed  from 
Nation,  igo6. 

Parker,  B.  ^  qj82i  P23 

Book  of  baby  birds;  verses  by  B.  Parker,  illustrations  by  N.  Parker. 
1905.    Stokes. 

Patmore,  Coventry  Kearsey  Dighton.  821  P29 

Poems,  with  an  introduction  by  Basil  Champneys.     1906.     Bell. 
Contains  a  Life  of  Patmore,  p.  17-31. 

821  P346 

Pearl,  a  fourteenth-century  poem;  rendered  into  modern  English  by 

G.  G.  Coulton.     1906.    Nutt. 

Modern  rendering  of  an  early  English  anonymous  poem,  in  all  probability  by  the 
author  of  "Sir  Gawain  and  the  green  knight."  It  is  the  poet's  lament  over  the  loss 
of  an  infant  daughter. 

Phillips,  Stephen.  821  Psine 

The  new  inferno.     1910.     Lane. 
The  same r82i  Psine 

"Of  an  inferno  which  every  man  creates  for  himself,  of  the  torment  in  which  he 
must  exist  till  hate  in  him  and  hate  for  him  have  ceased,  these  nine  cantos  sing."  A.  L.  A. 
booklist,  igii. 

Phillips,  Stephen.  821  Psin 

New  poems.     1907.     Lane. 

The  same r82i  Psin 

Phillpotts,  Eden.  821  P518 

Wild  fruit  [poems].    1911.    Lane. 
Pope,  Alexander.  r82i  P8ip 

La  boucle  de  cheveux  enleve'e;  poeme  heroicomique;  tr.  de  I'anglois 
par  M.  L.  D.  F.    1738. 

Bound  with  his  "Les  principes  de  la  morale." 

Pope,  Alexander.  r82i  P8ie 

Essay  on  man;  with  the  notes  of  William,  lord  bishop  of  Gloucester. 

1774.    Strahan. 

The  same.  1902.  (In  his  Complete  poetical  works,  p.  137-155.). .821  P81C2 
The  same.    (In  the  Poetical  works  of  Pope  and  Collins,  v.2, 

p.31-84.) 821  P81  V.I-2 

The  same.    1895.     (In  his  Poetical  works,  p.191-226.) r82i  P81 


ENGLISH  POETRY  1561 


Pope,  Alexander.  r82i  P8ip 

Les  principes  de  la  morale   [ou,  Essai  sur  1'  homme] ;  et  Du  gout 

[ou,  Essai  sur  la  critique] ;  en  deux  poemes,  tr.  de  Tanglois  par  Du 
Resnel.     1738.     Briasson. 

Robson,  John,  ed.  821  R56 

Three  early  English  metrical  romances,  with  an  introduction  and 
glossary.    1842.    (Camden  Society.    Publications,  v.i8.) 

Contents:  The  anturs  of  Arther  at  the  Tarnewathelan.  —  Sir  Amadace.  —  The 
avowynge  of  King  Arther,  Sir  Gawan,  Sir  Kaye  and  Sir  Bawdewyn  of  Bretan. 

Roscoe,  William  Caldwell.  821  R71 

Poems  and  essays;  ed.  with  a  prefatory  memoir  by  R.  H.  Hutton. 
2v.     i860.     Chapman. 

V.I.  Memoir  of  the  author. — Letter  from  J.  H.  Thom. — Letter  from  Walter  Bage- 
hot. — Poems:  Minor  poems;  Sonnets;  Eliduke,  count  of  Yveloc,  a  tragedy;  Violenzia, 
a  tragedy. 

V.2.  Essays:  Tennyson;  The  classical  school  of  English  poetry:  Matthew  Arnold; 
Mrs  Browning;  The  conversation  and  poetry  of  Rogers;  Thomas  Moore;  The  theory 
of  poetic  expression:  Gray;  Unideal  poetry:  Crabbe;  Unideal  fiction:  De  Foe;  W.  M. 
Thackeray,  artist  and  moralist;  The  Miss  Brontes;  Sir  E.  B.  Lytton,  novelist,  philoso- 
pher and  poet;  Woman;  Ghosts  of  the  old  and  new  school;  Fictions  for  children; 
Children's  fairy-tales  and  George  Cruikshank;  The  police;  Thackeray  on  Swift. 

Roscoe  (1823-59)  was  an  English  poet  and  essayist.  He  published  a  considerable 
amount  of  fugitive  poetry  and  numerous  essays  contributed  to  the  "Prospective  review" 
and  the  "National  review."  "Violenzia,"  his  principal  work,  is  a  finely  conceived  and 
frequently  eloquent  tragedy.  As  a  critic  Roscoe  did  excellent  work.  Condensed  from 
Dictionary  of  national  biography. 

Savage,  Richard,  1 698-1 743.  r82i  S26 

Works,  with  an  account  of  the  life  and  writings  of  the  author  by 

Samuel  Johnson.    2v.     1775.     Evans. 

English   poet    (d.  1743).      The   biography   by  Johnson   is   also   to   be   found  in   his 

"Lives  of  the  poets." 

"As  an  author  Savage  was  unequal.     'The  Bastard'  is  a  poem  of  considerable  merit, 

and  'The  Wanderer'  contains  passages  of  poetic  power.     His  satires  are  vigorous,  though 

extremely  bitter.      But   most  of  his   pieces   are   mere   hack-work   written   to  supply  the 

exigencies  of  the  moment."     Dictionary  of  national  biography. 

Scott,  Sir  Walter.  r82i  S43a 

Poetical  works;  ed.  with  a  critical  memoir  by  W.  M.  Rossetti;  illus- 
trated by  Thomas  Seccombe.     [1870.]     Moxon. 

Contents:  The  lay  of  the  last  minstrel. — Marmion. — The  lady  of  the  lake. — The 
vision  of  Don  Roderick. — Rokeby. — The  bridal  of  Triermain. — The  lord  of  the  isles. — 
Ballads. — Miscellaneous. — Translations   and   imitations  of  German   ballads. 

Sharp,  William.  821  S531P 

Poems  and  dramas,  by  "Fiona  Macleod."    191 1.    Duffield. 

"Bibliographical  note,"  by  Mrs  E.  A.  Sharp. 

The  dramas  are:    "The  immortal  hour"  and  "The  house  of  Usna." 

Contains  a  sonnet  to  Fiona  Macleod  by  Alfred  Noyes. 

Shelley,  Percy  Bysshe.  J821  S54 

Poems;  selected  and  arranged  by  S.A.Brooke.     1906.     Macmillan. 

Partial  contents:    The  poet's  world. — The  moon  and  the  earth. — Hymn  of  Apollo. — 

Arethusa. — The  sensitive  plant. — Ode  to  the  west  wind. — Adonais. — Song  of  Proserpine 

—The  music  of  the  woods. — The  cloud. — To  a  skylark.— The  Indian  serenade. 

Thompson,  Francis.  821  S54zt 

Shelley,  with  an  introduction  by  George  Wyndham.    1909.    Scribner. 
Reprinted  from  the  "Dublin  review,"  July  1908. 
"Brilliant,  picturesque. .  .tribute  from  one  poet  to  another  and  greater  one  to  whom 

he  was  not  a  little  akin  in  spirit."     Dial,  1909. 


IS62  ENGLISH  POETRY 


Woodberry,  George  Edward.  qrSai  S54ZW 

Notes  on  the  ms.  volume  of  Shelley's  poems  in  the  library  of  Har- 
vard College.  1889.  (Harvard  University — Library.  Bibliographical 
contributions,  v.2,  no.35.) 

Somerville,  William.  r82i  S69 

Poetical  works;  collated  with  the  best  editions  by  Thomas  Park. 
2v.  in  I.    1811-12.    Suttaby. 

English  poet  (1675-1742). 

"Somerville's  fame  rests  chiefly  on  'The  Chase,'  a  poem  of  four  books  in  blank 
verse,  to  which  'Field  Sports'  may  be  considered  a  supplement.  It  contains  a  vivid 
description  of  his  favourite  pastime  and  some  lively  pictures  of  animal  life."  Dictionary 
of  notional  biography. 

Sowerby,  Githa.  qj82i  S73 

Childhood;  illustrated  by  Millicent  Sowerby,  written  in  verse  by 

Githa  Sowerby.    1907.    Duffield. 

Colored  pictures  and  verses  about  The  little  king. — His  book. — Eight  o'clock. — ^The 

good  queen. — The  shell. 

Spenser,  Edmund.                                         •  821  S74C 

Complete  poetical  works  (Cambridge  edition).     1908.     Houghton. 
Biog^raphical  sketch,  p.  11-23. 
The  same r82i  S74C 

Spenser,  Edmund.  r82i  S74f 

Faerie  queene;  ed.  by  J.C.Smith.  2v.  1909.  Clarendon  Press. 
(Poetical  works.) 

V.I.     Books  I-III. 

v.2.     Books  IV-VII. 

Contains  two  facsimile  title-pages. 

"Bibliographical  note,"  v.i,  p.21-22. 

Spenser,  Edmund.  r82i  S74m 

Minor  poems;  ed.  by  Ernest  De  Selincourt.    1910.    Clarendon  Press, 

Contains  reproductions  of  original  title-pages. 

Spenser,  Edmund.  821  S74W 

Works  (Globe  edition);  ed.  by  R.  Morris,  with  a  memoir  by  J.  W. 

Hales.    1909.    Macmillan. 

Brooks,  Edward.  821  S74St 

Story  of  the  Faerie  queene.     1908.     Penn. 
Prose  version  of  the  principal  incidents  of  Spenser's  poem.      Intended  for  young 

people  who  are  fond  of  tales  of  chivalry.     Illustrated. 

Craik,  George  Lillie.  821  S74ZC 

Spenser  and  his  poetry.    3v.  in  i.    1845.    Knight. 

Contents:  Spenser's  early  life  and  lost  poems. — The  shepherd's  calendar. — The  fairy 
queen. — Spenser's  remaining  poetry  and  life. 

Harper,  Carrie  Anna.  r82i  S742h 

Sources  of  the  British  chronicle  history  in  Spenser's  Faerie  queene. 

1910.     (Bryn  Mawr  College.    Monographs;  monograph  series,  v.7.) 
"Table  of  editions  to  which  reference  is  made,"  p.5-6. 
Thesis  for  Ph.  D.,  Bryn  Mawr  College. 

Hart,  John  Seely.  821  S74zh 

Essay  on  the  life  and  writings  of  Edmund  Spenser,  with  a  special 

exposition  of  the  Fairy  queen.     1847.    Wiley. 

Four  chapters  are  devoted  to  the  life  and  miscellaneous  writings  of  Spenser.     The 

bulk  of  the  book  is  an  exposition  of  the  "Faerie  queene"  and  consists  largely  of  extracts 

from  the  poem. 


ENGLISH  POETRY  1563 


Stevenson,  Robert  Louis.  821  S84U 

Underwoods  [poems].     1887.     Scribner. 

Strode,  William.  821  S91 

Poetical  works,  now  first  collected  from  manuscript  and  printed 
sources;  to  which  is  added  The  floating  island,  a  tragi-comedy,  now 
first  reprinted  from  the  original  edition  of  1655;  ed.  by  Bertram  Dobell 
with  a  memoir  of  the  author.     1907.     Privately  printed. 

Swinburne,  Algernon  Charles.  •        821  S97ta 

Tale  of  Balen  [poem].     1896.     Scribner. 
Mackail,  John  William.  821  Sgjzm 

Swinburne;  a  lecture  delivered  before  [Oxford]  University  on  April 
30,  1909.    1909.    Clarendon  Press. 

Brief  critical  study. 

Symons,  Arthur.  821  S988 

Fool  of  the  world,  and  other  poems.    1906.    Heinemann. 

Tennyson,  Alfred,  lord.  821  T29k 

Kiraly-idylljei;  angolbol  forditotta  es  bevezette  Szasz  Karoly.    1889. 

Tennyson,  Alfred,  lord.  821  T29W2 

[Works] ;  annotated  by  Alfred,  lord  Tennyson,  ed.  by  Hallam,  lord 

Tennyson,    v.  1-9.     1907-08.     Macmillan. 

V.I -2.     Poems 

V.3.  Enoch  Arden,  and  In  memoriani. 

V.4.  The  Princess,  and  Maud. 

v.s.  Idylls  of  the  king. 

V.6.  Ballads,  and  other  poems. 

V.7.  Demeter,  and  other  poems. 

V.8.  Queen  Mary,  and  Harold. 

V.9.  Becket,  and  other  plays. 

Brightwell,  D.  Barron.  r82i  T29zb 

Concordance  to  the  entire  works  of  Alfred  Tennyson.    1869.    Moxon. 

Genung,  John  Franklin.  821  T29zgen 

The  idylls  and  the  ages;  a  valuation  of  Tennyson's  Idylls  of  the 
king,  elucidated  in  part  by  comparisons  between  Tennyson  and  Brown- 
ing.    1907.     Crowell. 

Gordon,  William  Clark.  821  T29Zgo 

Social  ideals  of  Alfred  Tennyson  as  related  to  his  time.     1906. 
"Bibliography,"  p.25 1-252. 
Thesis   for  Ph.  D.,  University  of  Chicago. 

Griggs,  Edward  Howard.  821  T29zgr 

Poetry  and  philosophy  of  Tennyson;  a  handbook  of  six  lectures. 

1906.    Huebsch. 

"Book  list,"  p.40-44. 

Outline  of  each  lecture  is  g^ven,  topics  for  study  and  discussion  are  suggested  and 

references  cited. 

Lockyer,  Sir  Joseph  Norman,  &  Lockyer,  W.  L.  821  T29ZI0 

Tennyson  as  a  student  and  poet  of  nature,  with  an  introduction  and 
notes.     1910.    Macmillan. 

Gathers  together  and  classifies  all  the  passages  from  Tennyson's  works  which  deal 
with  the  scientific  aspects  of  nature.  Introduction  and  notes  aim  to  show  how  true  to 
fact  bis  descriptions  ar^. 


1564  ENGLISH  POETRY 


Mustard,  Wilfred  Pirt.  821  Tagzmu 

Classical  echoes  in  Tennyson.  1904.  Macmillan.  (Columbia  Uni- 
versity, New  York.    Studies  in  English.) 

Collection  of  the  passages  even  reminiscent  of  anything  in  classical  literature,  each 
one  compared  with  its  parallel. 

Salt,  Henry  Stephens.  821  T29zsa 

Tennyson  as  a  thinker.     1909.     Fifield. 

Van  Dyke,  Henry.  821  T29ZV2 

Poetry  of  Tennyson.    1907.    Scribner. 
"Chronology  of  Tennyson's  life  and  works,"  p.353-387. 
Interesting  study  of  Tennyson's  mind,  art  and  methods. 

Tennyson,  Frederick.  821  T295 

Daphne,  and  other  poems.     1891.     Macmillan. 

By  the  elder  brother  of  Alfred  Tennyson.  Subjects  of  the  poems  are  drawn  from 
Greek   mythologfy. 

Tennyson,  Frederick.  821  T295d 

Days  and  hours  [poems].    1854.    Parker. 

Tennyson,  Frederick.  821  T295i 

Isles  of  Greece;  Sappho  and  Alcaeus  [poems].     1890.     Macmillan. 

Tennyson,  Frederick.  821  T295P 

Poems  of  the  day  and  year.    1895.    Lane. 

"Frederick  Tennyson  was  from  the  first  overshadowed  by  the  greater  genius  of  his 
brother  Alfred.  His  lyric  gift  was  considerable,  his  poetic  workmanship  choice  and  fine, 
and  the  atmosphere  of  his  poetry  always  noble."     Dictionary  of  national  biography. 

Thomas  of  Erceldoune,  called  the  Rhymer.  r82i  T37 

Sir  Tristrem;  a  metrical  romance  of  the  13th  century;  ed.  from  the 
Auchinleck  ms.  by  Walter  Scott.     1806.     Constable. 

"[Thomas  of  Erceldoune]  occupies  much  the  same  position  in  Scottish  popular  lore 
as  Merlin  does  in  that  of  England,  but  with  some  historical  foundation. ,  .To  Thomas  of 
Erceldoune  is  attributed  a  poem  on  the  Tristrem  story,  belonging  to  the  Arthurian  cycle 
of  romance ...  Scott  and  Irving  considered  the  poem  the  undoubted  work  of  Thomas." 
Dictionary  of  national  biography. 

rsee.i  H18 

Torrent  of  Portugal;  an  English  metrical  romance,  now  first  published 
from  an  unique  manuscript  of  the  15th  century;  ed.  by  J.  O.  Halliwell. 
1842.    Smith. 

Bound  with  Halliwell-Phillipps's  "Early  history  of  freemasonry  in  England." 

Watson,  William,  b.  1858.  821  W32n 

New  poems.    1909.    Lane. 
Williams,  John,  1761-1818,  (pseud.  Anthony  Pasquin).  r82i  W74 

Pin-basket  to  the  children  of  Thespis,  with  notes  historical,  criti- 
cal and  biographical.    1797.    Symonds. 

A  curious  poem  characterizing  the  actors  and  actresses  of  the  English  stage  of  the 
period  in  which  the  author  lived. 

Wilson,  John,  (pseud.  Christopher  North).  821  W76 

Poetical  works.     1858.    Blackwood.     (Works,  v.2.) 
"Wilson   is   most   successful   as   a   descriptive   poet.     His   fancy   is   somewhat   too 
exuberant,  his  metaphors  too  profuse:  but  they  are  from  life  and  nature,  and  not  from 
the  elder  bards.     He  has  great  delicacy  of  sentiment,  and  some  of  his  delineations  of 
character  are  not  surpassed  in  English  poetry."    Griswold's  PoetS  and  poetry  of  England. 


COLLECTIONS  OF  ENGLISH  POETRY  1565 

Hudson,  Henry  Norman.  821  WSgzh 

Studies  in  Wordsworth;  Culture  and  acquirement;  Ethics  of  tragedy, 

and  other  papers.    1884.    Little. 

The  "Studies  in  Wordsworth"  are  both  biographical  and  critical. 

Yeats,  William  Butler.  821  Y22g 

The  green  helmet,  and  other  poems.    1910.    Cuala  Press. 

Yeats,  William  Butler.  821  Y22P 

Poetical  works.     2v.     1906-09.     Macmillan. 
V.I.     Lyrical  poems. 
V.2.     Dramatical  poems. 

Collections  of  English  poetry 

Aikin,  John,  comp.  r82i.o8  A29V 

Vocal  poetry;  or,  A  select  collection  of  English  songs,  to  which  is 
prefixed  An  essay  on  song-writing.     1810.    Johnson. 

Blake,  Katherine  Devereux,  &  Alexander,  Georgia,  comp.        J821.08  B52 
Graded  poetry,  first  to  eighth  years.     8v.  in  7.     1906.     Maynard. 
v.i-2.     First  and  second  years. 
V.3.     Third  year. 
V.4.     Fourth  year. 
V.5.     Fifth  year. 
V.6.     Sixth  year. 
V.7.     Seventh  year. 
V.8.     Eighth  year. 

Bronson,  Walter  Cochrane,  ed.  821.08  B76 

English  poems;  selected  and  ed.  with  illustrative  and  explanatory 
notes  and  bibliographies.    4v.    1907-10.    Chicago  University  Press. 

V.I.     Old  English  and  middle  English  periods,  450-1550. 

V.2.     The  Elizabethan  age  and  the  Puritan  period  (1550-1660). 

V.3.     The  restoration  and  the  i8th  century  (1660-1800). 

V.4.     The  19th  century. 

"Bibliography,"  v.i,  p.409-417;  v.2,  P.517-S30;  v.3,  p.519-528;  v.4,  P.S91-607. 

Bullen,  Arthur  Henry,  ed.  821.08  B87 

Lyrics  from  the  dramatists  of  the  Elizabethan  age.     1901.     Bullen. 

Bullen,  Arthur  Henry,  ed.  821.08  B87I 

Lyrics  from  the  song-books  of  the  Elizabethan  age.  1897.  Law- 
rence. 

"List  of  song-books,"  p.229-233. 

Cary,  Alpheus,  comp.  r82i.o8  C24 

Collection  of  epitaphs  suitable  for  monumental  inscriptions,  from 
approved  authors.     1865.    Privately  printed. 

Chisholm,  Louey,  comp.  J821.08  C44 

Golden  staircase;  poems  and  verses  for  children,  with  pictures  by 
M.  D.  Spooner.     [1907.]     Putnam. 

"The  Golden  Staircase  has  two  hundred  steps.  If  a  child  begins  to  climb  when  he 
is  four  years  old,  and  climbs  twenty  steps  each  year,  on  his  fourteenth  birthday  he  will 
reach  the  top.  Behind  him  will  descend  the  staircase  from  which  he  has  caught  glimpses 
of  the  merriment  and  beauty  and  heroism  beyond;  before  him  will  stretch  those  Elysian 
fields  through  which  his  feet  have  been  prepared  to  roam.     Following  the  two  hundred 


1566  COLLECTIONS  OF  ENGLISH  POETRY 

Chisholm,  Louey,  comp. — continued.  J821.08  C44 

poems  and  verses   of  the  Golden  Staircase  are  twenty   Cradle   Songs . . .  and  the  book 
ends  with  a  selection  of  forty  Carols,  Hymns  and  Sacred  Verses."     Preface. 
Colored  pictures. 

The  same J821.08  C44a 

In  this  edition  the  carols  and  hymns  and  some  of  the  other  verses  have  been 
omitted  and  the  poems  are  arranged  in  nine  parts,  each  with  separate  paging. 

Cooke,  John,  of  Dublin,  ed.  821.08  C77 

Dublin  book  of  Irish  verse,  1728-1909.     1909.     Hodges. 

Representative  selection  of  Anglo-Irish  verse,  on  the  lines  of  the  "Oxford  book  of 
English  verse." 

Couch,  Arthur  Thomas  Quiller,  comp.  821.08  C830X 

Oxford  book  of  ballads.    1910.    Clarendon  Press. 

English  and  Scotch  popular  ballads  selected  with  admirable  taste  and  arranged  by 
subject     Carefully  edited,  with  foot-notes  furnishing  a  slight  glossary. 

Cox,  Frederick  Arthur,  ed.  821.08  C85 

English  madrigals  in  the  time  of  Shakespeare,  with  an  introduction. 
[1899.]     Dent. 

Cunningham,  Allan,  ed.  r82i.o8  C92 

Songs  of  Scotland,  ancient  and  modern,  with  an  introduction  and 
notes,  historical  and  critical,  and  characters  of  the  lyric  poets.  4v. 
1825.    Taylor. 

[Dalrymple,  Alexander,  comp.\  r82i.o8  D17 

Collection  of  English  songs,  with  an  appendix  of  original  pieces  [by 
James  Dalrymple].     1796.     Bennett. 

Dixon,  William  MacNeile,  comp.  821.08  D64e 

Edinburgh  book  of  Scottish  verse,  1300-1900.     1910.    Meiklejohn. 

Dixon,  William  MacNeile,  &  Grierson,  H.  J,  C.  ed.  821.08  D64 

The  English  Parnassus;  an  anthology  of  longer  poems,  with  intro- 
duction and  notes.     1909.     Clarendon  Press. 

"Contains  eighty-eight  complete  poems,  to  one  and  all  of  which  there  belongs, 
by  common  consent  or  critical  verdict,  the  rank  of  a  classic... To  the  Introduction,  and 
the  critical  and  historical  Notes,  unqualified  praise  must  be  given."     Athenisum,  igio. 

Dobson,  Austin,  comp.  821.08  D650 

Old  English  songs  from  various  sources,  with  illustrations  by  Hugh 
Thomson  and  an  intrt)duction  by  Austin  Dobson.     1894.    Macmillan. 

Collection  of  10  songs.  Gay,  Swift  and  Fielding  being  among  the  authors. 

Dyboski,  Roman,  ed.  r82i.o8  Dg8 

Songs,  carols  and  other  miscellaneous  poems,  from  the  Balliol  ms. 
354,  Richard  Hill's  commonplace-book.  1908.  (Early  English  Text 
Society.    Publications,  extra  ser.  v.ioi.) 

Transcript  of  late  middle-English  and  early  modern  English  poems  made  during 
the  earlier  part  of  the  reign  of  Henry  VIII. 

Edgar,  Madalen  G.  comp.  J821.08  E28 

Treasury  of  verse  for  little  children.    [1908.]     Crowell. 

Many  poems,  including  A  boy's  song. — The  lost  doll. — The  butterfly's  ball. — Won- 
derful world. — Buttercups  and  daisies. — How  the  leaves  came  down. — Wynken,  Blynken 
and  Nod. — The  willow-man. — .\  sea-song  from  the  shore. — The  owl  and  the  pussy-cat. 

Pictures  in  black  and  white  and  in  color. 


COLLECTIONS  OF  ENGLISH  POETRY  1567 

Ellis,  George,  1753-1815,  ed.  r82i.o8  E53 

Specimens  of  the  early  English  poets,  to  which  is  prefixed  an  histor- 
ical sketch  of  the  rise  and  progress  of  the  English  poetry  and  language, 
with  a  biography  of  each  poet,  &c.    3v.     1845.    Washbourne. 
Finlay,  John,  comp.  r82i,o8  F49 

Scottish  historical  and  romantic  ballads,  chiefly  ancient,  with  some 
remarks  on  the  early  state  of  romantic  composition  in  Scotland.  2v. 
1808.    Ballantyne. 

"Almost  all  these  ballads  had  been  previously  published  in  different  works;  but 
the  notes  with  which  he  illustrated  them  are. .  .valuable. .  .He  has  investigated. .  .the 
introduction  of  the  artificial  Poetry  of  the  Minstrels  into  the  different  languages  of 
Europe,  and  he  has  there  shewn  how  far  the  history  of  our  Scottish  romance  is  connected 
with  that  investigation."     Blackwood's  Edinburgh  magazine,  1817. 

Griswold,  Rufus  Wilmot,  comp.  r82i.o8  Ggsp 

Poets  and  poetry  of  England  in  the  19th  century.     1845.     Carey. 
Selections,  with  brief  biographical  sketches,  from  the  works  of  76  English  poets. 

Gummere,  Francis  Barton,  ed.  821.08  G97 

Old  English  ballads.    1894.    Ginn.     (Athenaeum  press  series.) 
Text  of  more  than  50  ballads,  with  an  introduction,  notes,  glossary,  and  appendixes 

on  the  ballads  of  Europe,  on  metre,  style  and  form,  on  minstrels  and  on  the  authorship 

of  ballads.     Full  and  minute  references  make  the  introduction,  supplemented   by   the 

appendixes,  a  valuable  study  of  ballad  literature. 

Hales,  John  Wesley,  ed.  821.08  H16 

Longer  English  poems,  with  notes,  philological  and  explanatory  and 

an  introduction  on  the  teaching  of  English.    1889.    Macmillan. 

Contents:     Suggestions  on  the  teaching  of  English. — Spenser. — Milton. — Dryden. — 

Pope. — Johnson. — Collins. — Gray. — Goldsmith. — Burns. — Cowper. —  Coleridge. —  Scott. — 

Wordsworth. — Byron. — Keats. — Shelley. 

Harland,  John,  ed.  821.08  H27 

Ballads  &  songs  of  Lancashire,  chiefly  older  than  the  19th  century, 
with  notes.     1865.     Whitaker. 

"Some  of  the  ballads  relate  to  old  feudal  quarrels,  some  to  famous  battles,  such  as 
that  of  Flodden  Field;  some  to  the  share  of  Lancashire  men  in  the  rising  of  'the  forty- 
five.'  Others  belong  to  more  domestic  themes. .  .These  lyrics  of  the  people  seldom  rise 
into  poetry,  but  many  of  them  are  rich  in  idiomatic  force,  and  throw  much  light,  not 
only  upon  local  customs,  but  upon  the  feelings  of  the  masses  at  various  periods." 
Athenaum,  1865. 

Henley,  William  Ernest,  comp.  821.08  H44 

Lyra  heroica;  a  book  of  verse  for  boys.    1908.    Scribner. 
Ingledew,  C.J.  Davison,  ed.  _  821.08  I24 

Ballads  and  songs  of  Yorkshire;  transcribed  from  private  manu- 
scripts, rare  broadsides  and  scarce  publications,  with  notes  and  a  glos- 
sary.   i860.     Bell. 

"Dr.  Ingledew's  collection  is  not  so  much  illustrative  of  Yorkshire  dialects  as  of 
county  incidents  and  town  and  country  life  and  character.  Thus  we  have  some  local 
legends;  triumphant  odes  on  victorious  racers;  old  rhyming  stories  connected  with  old 
castles;  adventures  of  roving  Yorkshiremen;  tricks  of  Yorkshire  horse-touters,  and  a 
few  love-passages  of  rather  a  robust  and  anti-sentimental. .  .character."  Atheneeum, 
i860. 

Jenks,  Joseph  William,  comp.  q82i.o8  J25 

Rural  poetry  of  the  English  language,  illustrating  the  seasons  and 

months  of  the  year,  their  changes,  employments,  lessons  and  pleasures, 

topically  paragraphed.    1856.    Jewett. 

"Selections. .  .from  the  entire  range  of  English  and  American  pastoral  poetry,  from 


1568  COLLECTIONS  OF  ENGLISH  POETRY 

Jenks,  Joseph  William,  comp. — continued.  qSai.oS  J25 

Tusser  to  Longfellow.  They  are  made  with  intelligence  and  care,  and  show  that  Mr. 
Jenks  has  studied  faithfully  the  subject  which  he  loves  and  illustrates."  Putnam's 
monthly  magasine,  1856. 

Johnson,  Reginald  Brimley,  comp.  821.08  J364 

Popular  British  ballads,  ancient  and  modern.    4v.     1894.     Dent. 

Lang,  John,  &  Lang,  Jean,  comp.  821.08  L239 

Poetry  of  empire;  19  centuries  of  British  history.     [1911.]     Jack. 
Collection  of  English  poems  selected  with  the  thought  of  giving  as  far  as  possible 

in  verse  form  a  chronological  history  of  the  British  nation. 

Lucas,  Edward  Verrall,  comp.  821.08  L96 

Another  book  of  verses  for  children.     1907.     Macmillan. 
The  same J821.08  L96a 

Lucas,  St.  John  Welles  Lucas,  comp.  821.08  L969 

Rose-winged  hours;  English  love  lyrics.    1908.    Arnold. 

Mabie,  Hamilton  Wright.  821.08  Miii 

Introductions  to  notable  poems.     1909.    Dodd. 

Contents:  The  blessed  damosel. — The  banks  o'  Doon,  and  For  a'  that  and  a'  that. 
— To  a  skylark. — Six  sonnets  from  Longfellow. — The  lines  on  Tintern  abbey. — To 
Helen,  and  Israfel. — Ode  on  a  Grecian  urn. — The  hamadryad. — Four  English  songs. — 
Richard   Crashaw. — Four  famous  ballads. — Shakespeare's  sonnets. — Tennyson's   Ulysses. 

Contains  the  poems  themselves  as  well  as  the  introductions.  In  the  latter  the  de- 
velopment of  the  poem  and  of  the  poet  is  briefly  sketched. 

Manly,  John  Matthews,  comp.  821.08  M33 

English  poetry  (i  170-1892).    1907.    Ginn. 

Judiciously  selected  anthology,  intended  for  students  of  English  literature  and  con- 
taining brief  but  useful  critical  introduction. 

Masefield,  John,  comp.  821.08  M444 

Sailor's  garland.    1906.    Macmillan. 
Collection  of  poems  about  sailors  and  the  sea. 

Morris,  George  Perkins,  &  Willis,  N.  P.  comp.  qr82i.o8  M91 

Prose  and  poetry  of  Europe  and  America;  consisting  of  literary 
gems  and  curiosities  and  containing  the  productions  of  many  of  the 
most  popular  writers  of  the  past  and  present  age.    1855.    Leavitt. 

Nichols,  John,  comp.  r82i.o8  N31 

Select  collection  of  poems,  with  notes,  biographical  and  historical. 
8v.     1780-82.    Nichols. 

V.8  contains  a  complete  index. 

Valuable  particularly  for  many  short  poems  by  authors  not  usually  included  in 
collections. 

Oliphant,  Thomas.  821.08  O23 

La  musa  madrigalesca;  or,  A  collection  of  madrigals,  ballets,  roun- 
delays, etc.,  chiefly  of  the  Elizabethan  age,  with  remarks  and  annota- 
tions.   1837.    Calkin. 

Our  children's  songs.    1904.    Harper.  J821.08  O33 

Contents:     Songs   for  the   nursery. — Songs   for   childhood. — Songs   for   girlhood. — 
Songs  for  boyhood. — Hymns  for  the  nursery. — Hymns  for  childhood. 
Contains  many  of  the  children's  favorite  poems. 


COLLECTIONS  OF  ENGLISH  POETRY  1569 

Padelford,  Frederick  Morgan,  &  Benham,  A.  R.  ed.  rSai.oS  P13 

Songs  of  Rawlinson  ms.  C.  813.  1909.  (Washington  (state)  Uni- 
versity.   University  studies,  no.i.) 

Pt.4  of  "Liedersammlungen  des  i6.  jahrhunderts  besonders  aus  der  zeit  Heinrichs 
VIII." 

Reprinted  from  "Anglia,"  new  ser.  v.  19,  Aug.  1908. 

Collection  of  English  poems  from  a  manuscript  written  probably  in  the  second  half 
of  the  1 6th  century. 

Perkins,  Mrs  Lucy  (Fitch),  comp.  qj82i.o8  P43 

Robin  Hood.     [1906.]     Stokes. 

His  deeds  and  adventures  as  recounted  in  the  old  English  ballads,  with  colored  pic- 
tures. Some  of  the  ballads  are,  Robin  Hood  and  Alan-a-Dale. — Robin  Hood  and  the 
bishop. — The  noble  fisherman. — Robin  Hood's  chase. — Robin  Hood  and  the  curtal  friar. 

Rickert,  Edith,  ed,  821,08  R43 

Early  English  romances  in  verse,  done  into  modern  English;  ro- 
mances of  love.    1908.    Chatto.    (New  medieval  library.) 

[Ritson,  Joseph,  comp.]  r82i.o8  Rsie 

English  anthology.    3v.     1793-94.     Egerton. 
Ritson,  Joseph,  comp.  r82i.o8  R51S 

Select  collection  of  English  songs  with  their  original  airs,  and  A 
historical  essay  on  the  origin  and  progress  of  national  song;  with  addi- 
tional songs  and  occasional  notes  by  Thomas  Park.  3v.  1813.  Riving- 
ton. 

Rodd,  Sir  James  Rennell,  ed.  821.08  R58 

The  Englishman  in  Greece;  being  a  collection  of  the  verse  of  many 
English  poets,  with  an  introduction  by  Sir  Rennell  Rodd.  1910.  Claren- 
don Press. 

Sayers,  Mrs  H.  W.  T.  comp.  r82i.o8  Say 

A  mother's  souvenir;  comp.  from  the  writings  of  some  of  the  most 
distinguished  poets  and  poetesses  of  the  day,  ed.  by  D.  A.  Pierce.  1872. 
Anderson.    Pittsburgh. 

r82i.o8  S431 
Scottish  minstrel;  the  songs  and  song  writers  of  Scotland  subsequent 
to  Burns.     1870.     Lee. 

Includes  about  200  names.  Short  biographical  sketches  of  each  of  the  poets  are 
given,  followed  by  selections  from  their  works. 

Smith,  Jessie  Willcox,  comp.  J821.08  S65 

Child's  book  of  old  verses;  selected  and  illustrated  by  J.W.Smith. 
1910.     Duffield. 

Collection  of  quaint,  old-fashioned  poems,  such  as  Auld  Daddy  Darkness. — The  pin. 
— Do  you  know  how  many  stars? — The  lark  and  the  rook. — Lady  Moon. — The  ant  and 
the  cricket. — Meddlesome  Matty. — Willie  Winkie. — Who  stole  the  bird's  nest? 

Ten  full-page  colored  pictures. 

Stevenson,  Burton  Egbert,  &  Stevenson,  Mrs  E.  S.  821.08  S84 

(Butler),  comp. 
Days  and  deeds;  a  book  of  verse  for  children's  reading  and  speaking. 
1906.     Baker. 

The  same J821.08  S84 

The  same r82i.o8  S84 

Useful  collection  of  poems  relating  to  holidays,  celebrated  Americans  and  the  sea- 
sons of  the  year. 


1570  COLLECTIONS  OF  ENGLISH  POETRY 

Stoddard,  Richard  Henry,  ed.  qr82i.o8  S86 

Loves  and  heroines  of  the  poets.    i86i.     Derby. 
Collection  of  love  poetry,  with  brief  biographies  of  the  poets.    Illustrated. 

Symons,  Arthur,  camp.  821.08  S98 

Pageant  of  Elizabethan  poetry.    1906.    Blackie. 

Collection  of  Elizabethan  poetry-  Campion,  Donne,  Drayton,  Drummond,  Fletcher, 
Herrick,  Ben  Jonson,  Shakespeare,  Sidney,  Spenser,  and  other  less  known  poets  are 
amply  represented. 

Tappan,  Eva  March,  comp.  J821.08  T19 

Poems  &  rhymes.    1907.    Houghton.    (The  children's  hour,  v.9.) 

Many  delightful  poems  arranged  under  the  headings.  Poems  about  children. — Story- 
telling poems. — Nonsense  verse. — Songs. — Christmas  poems. — Poems  of  nature. — Poems 
of  our  country. — Poems  to  think  about — Other  poems. 

Tileston,  Mrs  Mary  Wilder  (Foote),  comp.  J821.08  T46C 

Children's  book  of  ballads.     1883.    Little. 

Stirring  ballads  of  heroism  and  adventure,  such  as  Horatius. — Sir  Patrick  Spens. — 
Bannockburn. — Flodden  Field. — Kinmont  Willie. — The  burial-march  of  Dundee. — Song 
of  Marion's  men. — The  red  thread  of  honor. — Sheridan's  ride. 

A  selection  of  17  of  these  poems  of  battle  and  bravery  is  also  published  under  the 
title  "Book  of  heroic  ballads." 

[Vizetelly,  Henry,  comp.]  821.08  V3S 

Christmas  with  the  poets;  a  collection  of  songs,  carols  and  descrip- 
tive verses  relating  to  the  festival  of  Christmas  from  the  Anglo-Nor- 
man period  to  the  present  time.     1851.    Bogue. 

Warren,  Ina  Russelle,  comp.  821.08  W24U 

Under  the  holly  bough;  a  collection  of  Christmas  poems.  [1907.] 
Jacobs. 

Weber,  Henry  William,  ed.  821.08  W37 

Metrical  romances  of  the  13th,  14th  and  isth  centuries;  published 
from  ancient  manuscripts,  with  an  introduction,  notes  and  a  glossary. 
3v.     1810.     Ramsay. 

V.I.  Introduction. — Appendix. — Kyng  Alisaunder. — Sir  Cleges. — Lay  Le  Freine.— 
Various  readings. 

v.2.  Richard  Coer  de  Lion. — The  lyfe  of  Ipomydon. — ^Amis  and  Amiloun. — Vari- 
oui  readings. 

V.3.     The  proces  of  the  seuyn  sages. — Octouian  imperator. — Sir  Amadas. 

Wells,  Carolyn,  comp.  821.08  W49 

Vers  de  societe  anthology.    1907.    Scribner. 

"Collection  of  the  choicest  light  verse  from  Sir  Philip  Sydney  to  the  present" 
A.  L.  A.  booklist,  igo8. 

Welsh,  Charles,  ed.  821.08  W51 

Golden  treasury  of  Irish  songs  and  lyrics.    2v.    1907.    Dodge. 

Half  a  dozen  collections  of  Irish  poetry  have  already  appeared,  but  none  so  com- 
prehensive as  Mr  Welsh's.  The  best  of  its  predecessors,  the  "Treasury  of  Irish  poetry" 
by  Brooke  and  Rolleston  [821.08  B77]  is  only  about  half  the  size  of  the  present  work, 
but  its  arrangement  is  more  satisfactory,  being  chronological  instead  of  alphabetical. 
Condensed  from  Nation,  1^7. 

Wiggin,  Afrs  Kate  Douglas,  afterward  Mrs  Riggs,  &  821.08  W68g 

Smith,  N.  A.  comp. 
Golden  numbers;  a  book  of  verse  for  youth,  with  introduction  and 
interleaves  by  K.  D.  Wiggin.     1910.    Doubleday. 


HISTORY  OF  ENGLISH  POETRY  1571 

Wiggin,  Mrs  Kate  Douglas,  afterward  Mrs  Riggs,  &  J821.08  W68p 

Smith,  N.  A.  contp. 
Pinafore  palace;  a  book  of  rhymes  for  the  nursery.    1907.    McClure. 
Mother  Goose  rhymes,  nonsense  verses,  guessing  games,  lullabies  and  slumber  songs. 

Windsor,  M.  E.  &  Turral,  J.  contp.  821.08  W78 

Lyra  historica;  poems  of  British  history,  A.  D.  61-1910,  with  preface 
by  J.  C.  Smith.    3  pts.  in  iv.     191 1.     Clarendon  Press. 

Witham,  Rose  Adelaide,  ed.  821.08  W82 

English  and  Scottish  popular  ballads;  selected  and  ed.  for  study 
under  the  supervision  of  W.  A.  Neilson.  1909.  Houghton.  (Riverside 
literature  series.) 

Binder's  titles  read  "Popular  ballads"  and  "Representative  English  and  Scottish 
popular  ballads." 

Designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  a  less  advanced  class  of  students  than  is  provided  for 
in  the  comprehensive  collection  of  Professor  Child  (qr82i.o8  C43).  Introduction  gives 
the  gist  of  the  most  recent  scholarship  concerning  the  characteristics  and  the  origin  of 
ballads. 

History  and  criticism  of  English  poetry 

Brooke,  Stopford  Augustus.  821.09  B772 

Four  Victorian  poets;  a  study  of  Clough,  Arnold,  Rossetti,  Morris, 
vv^ith  an  introduction  on  the  course  of  poetry  from  1822  to  1852.  1908. 
Putnam. 

Brooke,  Stopford  Augustus.  821.09  B772S 

Studies  in  poetry.    1908.    Duckworth. 

Contents:  William  Blake. — Sir  Walter  Scott. — Inaugural  address  to  the  Shelley 
Society. — The  lyrics  of  Shelley. — Epipsychidion. — Keats. 

"The  best  of  the  book  is  the  essay  on  Scott,  a  fair  and  discriminating  appreciation 
of  his  poetry."     Nation,  1908. 

Brooke,  Stopford  Augustus.  r82i.09  B77 

Theology  in  the  English  poets:  Cowper,  Coleridge,  Wordsworth 
and  Burns.     1880.     Paul. 

Lectures  given  at  St.  James's  chapel,  London,  1872. 

Bryan,  John  Thomas  Ingram.  821,09  B84 

•The  feeling  for  nature  in  English  pastoral  poetry.     1908. 

"Bibliography,"   p.  106-108. 

Thesis  for  Ph.  D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

Carpenter,  William  Boyd,  hp.  821.09  C22 

The  religious  spirit  in  the  poets.     1901.     Crowell. 

Contents:  Kinship  between  religion  and  poetry. — Religion  and  literary  inspiration. 
— The  genuine  and  superficial  religious  element.  —  Edmund  Spenser.  —  Marlowe's 
"Faustus." — Shakespeare's  "Tempest." — Milton's  "Comus." — "The  ancient  mariner." — 
Tennyson. — Tennyson;   "In  memoriam." — Browning. 

Collier,  John  Payne.  821.09  C69 

Poetical  Decameron;  or,  Ten  conversations  on  English  poets  and 
poetry,  particularly  of  the  reigns  of  Elizabeth  and  James  I.  2v.  1820. 
Constable. 

History  and  criticism  of  English  poetry  in  the  form  of  conversations. 


1572  HISTORY  OF  ENGLISH  POETRY 

Cotirthope,  William  John.  821.09  C84 

History  of  English  poetry,    v.6.     1910.    Macmillan. 

V.6.     The  romantic  movement  in  English  poetry. — Effects  of  the  French  revolution. 

Author's  object  is  "to  trace  through  our  poetry  the  growth  of  the  national  imagina- 
tion, and  to  estimate  the  place  occupied  by  each  poet  in  a  continuous  movement  of  art." 

"Worked  out  with  excellent  thoroughness,  a  cultivated  taste,  and  in  an  attractive 
style."    Academy,  1903. 

For  v.i-s  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Deshler,  Charles  D.  821.09  D46 

Afternoons  with  the  poets.     1879.    Harper. 

Informal  talks  on  the  sonnet  in  English  literature.    A  few  American  poets  are  included. 

Gummere,  Francis  Barton.  821.09  G97 

The  popular  ballad.    1907.    Houghton. 

"Bibliographical  notes,"  p.346-349. 

The  author  is  {1907)  professor  of  English  in  Haverford  College  and  a  recognized 
authority  on  ballad  literature.  He  discusses  the  definition  and  origin  of  ballads,  their 
classification  and  sources  and  lastly  their  worth. 

Hazlitt,  William.  827  H38 

Lectures  on  the  English  poets;  from  the  third  London  edition,  ed. 
by  his  son.    1848.    Carey.    (Miscellaneous  works,  v.4.) 

Contents:  Introductory:  On  poetry  in  general.  —  On  Chaucer  and  Spenser.  —  On 
Shakspeare  and  Milton. — On  Dryden  and  Pope. — On  Thomson  and  Cowper. — On  Swift, 
Young,  Gray,  Collins,  &c. — On  Burns,  and  the  old  English  ballads. — On  the  living  poets. 

First  published  in  181 8. 

Bound  with  his  "Lectures  on  the  English  comic  writers." 

Lang,  Andrew,  ed.  821.09  L23 

Poets'  country;  contributors  J.  C.  Collins  and  others,  with  illustra- 
tions in  colour  by  F.  S.  Walker.    1907.    Jack. 

Its  purpose  is  to  trace  the  relations  of  the  poets  with  the  aspects  of  their  own  coun- 
try and  the  scenes  of  their  homes.  The  chapters  on  individual  poets  are  contributed  by 
different  writers.  Prof.  J.  Churton  Collins  contributes  the  bulk  of  the  book  and  pro- 
vides some  really  valuable  study  of  the  relation  of  nature  to  the  poetic  imagination. 

Mackail,  John  William.  821.09  M17 

The  springs  of  Helicon;  a  study  in  the  progress  of  English  poetry 
from  Chaucer  to  Milton.    1909.    Longmans. 

Contents:     Chaucer. — Spenser. — Milton. 

Revision  of  lectures  delivered  at  Oxford  by  the  professor  of  poetry  (1909). 
"Rather  to  be  valued  for  its  general  suavity  of  tone  than  judged  in  accordance 
with  the  correctness  or  originality  of  its  separate  ideas."     Nation,  1909. 

Reed,  Henry.  821.09  R28 

Lectures  on  the  British  poets.    2v.     1857.     Parry. 

V.I.  Object  of  the  course. — The  nature  of  poetry  and  its  ministrations. — Chaucer. 
— Spenser  and  the  minstrelsy. — Shakspeare. — Milton. — Minor  poetry  of  the  17th  cen- 
tury.— The  age  of  the  restoration :  Dryden. — The  age  of  Queen  Anne :  Pope. — Poets  of 
the  later  part  of  the  i8th  century:     Cowper. 

v.2.  Burns,  with  notices  of  Johnson's  Lives  of  the  poets. — Contemporary  litera- 
ture.— Coleridge. — Southey,  with  notice  of  Charles  Lamb. — Byron. — Wordsworth. — Mis- 
cellaneous essays  on  English  poetry:  English  sonnets;  Poems  of  Hartley  Coleridge. 

Reynolds,  Myra.  821.09  R37 

Treatment  of  nature  in  English  poetry  between  Pope  and  Words- 
worth.   1909.    University  of  Chicago  Press. 

Contents:  Introduction. — The  treatment  of  nature  in  English  classical  poetry. — 
Indications  of  a  new  attitude  toward  nature  in  the  poetry  of  the  i8th  century. — Fiction. 
— Travels. — Gardening. — Landscape  painting. — General  summary. 

"Bibliographical  index,"  p.369-377. 

Highly  valuable  as  a  book  of  reference.  The  material  is  so  arranged  and  classified 
as  to  show  very  clearly  the  gradual  change  from  the  classical  school  of  Pope  to  the 
romantic  school  of  Wordsworth.     Condensed  from  Nation,  1910. 


ENGLISH  DRAMA  1573 


Stebbing,  William.  821.09  S811 

Poets,  Geoffrey  Chaucer  to  Alfred  Tennyson,  1340-1892;  impres- 
sions.   2v.    1907.    Frowde. 

With  the  exception  of  Lowell,  Emerson,  Poe  and  Longfellow  the  poets  included  in 
these  appreciations  are  English.  Mr  Stebbing  writes  pleasantly  and  his  sympathy  with 
his  subject  is  evident.  A  generous  use  is  made  of  quotations  from  the  works  of  the 
poets. 

822     English  drama 
Bibliography 

Halliwell-Phillipps,  James  Orchard,  comp.  roi6.822  H18 

Dictionary  of  old  English  plays,  existing  either  in  print  or  in  manu- 
script, from  the  earliest  times  to  the  close  of  the  17th  century,  including 
also  notices  of  Latin  plays  written  by  English  authors  during  the  same 
period,     i860.    Smith. 

The  source  of  each  play  is  given  when  known,  date  of  publication  and  often  brief 
critical  comment. 

McFadden,  Elizabeth,  A.  &  Davis,  L.  E.comp.  roi6.822  Mis 

Selected  list  of  plays  for  amateurs  and  students  of  dramatic  expres- 
sion in  schools  and  colleges,  with  an  introduction  by  L.  L.  Peck.  1908. 
Privately  printed. 

Contents:  General  list. — Plays  for  children. — Christmas  plays. — Bibliographies  of 
Christmas  literature. — Outdoor  plays;  Outdoor  plays  for  children. — Old  English  plays. — 
Addenda. 

Individual  works 
Arnold,  ^iV  Edwin.  822  A75 

Adzuma;  or.  The  Japanese  wife;  a  play  in  four  acts.     1893.     Long- 
mans. 
Bennett,  Arnold.  822  B43 

What  the  public  wants;  a  play  in  four  acts.    1909.    Doran. 

Appeared  in  "McClure's  magazine,"  v.34,  Jan.— March  1910. 
Travesty  on  modern  newspaper  methods. 

Benson,  Robert  Hugh.  822  B44C 

Cost  of  a  crown;  a  story  of  Douay  &  Durham;  a  sacred  drama  in 
three  acts.    1910.    Longmans. 

Benson,  Robert  Hugh.  822  B44 

A  mystery  play  in  honour  of  the  nativity  of  our  Lord.  1908.  Long- 
mans. 

Produced  in  1907  and  1908  by  the  girls  in  an  English  convent  school.  Contains 
stage  directions  and  advice  about  the  scenery,  costumes  and  method  of  acting.     Illustrated. 

Besier,  Rudolf.  822  B46 

Don;  a  comedy  in  three  acts.  Unwin.  (Plays  of  to-day  and  to- 
morrow.) 

Birth  of  Hercules.  r822  B49 

Birth  of  Hercules.  1911.     Malone  Soc.     (Malone  Society  reprints, 

1911.) 

Printed  from  a  manuscript  written  probably  early  in  the  17th  century. 

"The  Birth  of  Hercules  is  a  pretty  close  adaptation,  or  even  translation,  of  the 
Amphitruo  of  Plautus,  increased  in  bulk  nearly  one  third."    Preface. 


1574  ENGLISH  DRAMA 


Boudcault,  Dion.  Saa  B65 

London  assurance;  a  comedy  in  five  acts;  an  entirely  new  acting 
edition;  ed.  by  A.  B.  Sedgwick.    1877.    Dramatic  Pub.  Co. 
[Brandon,  Samuel.]  r822  B6g 

The  virtuous  Octavia,  1598.  1909.  Malone  Soc.  (Malone  Society 
reprints,  1909.) 

Reprint  of  London  edition  of  1598,  with  facsimile  of  title-page  "The  tragicomoedi 
of  the  vertuous  Octavia." 

"The  play  is  closely  modelled  on  Samuel  Daniel's  Cleopatra. .  .Of  the  author... 
nothing  whatever  is  known,  and  no  other  work  from  his  pen  appears  to  be  extant." 
Introduction. 

Browne,  Horace  B.  822  Dssb 

Short  plays  from  Dickens,  for  the  use  of  amateur  and  school  dra- 
matic societies.    1908.     Chapman. 

Illustrations  by  "Phiz,"  George  Cruikshank,  George  Cattermole  and  Marcus  Stone. 

Byron,  George  Gordon  Noel,  lord.  822  B99 

Kain;  mysterium;  forditotta  Gyory  Ilona.     1895. 
Byron,  George  Gordon  Noel,  lord.  822  Bggk 

Kainas;  misterija;  verte  Vipcas  Kudirka.     1903. 

The  same.    1909.     (In  Kudirka,  Vincas.     Rastai,  v.6,  p.311- 

402.) 891.928  K43  v.5-6 

Celestina.  1822  C31 

Interlude  of  Calisto  and  Melebea.  1908.  Malone  Soc.  (Malone 
Society  reprints,  1908.) 

Reprint  of  only  known  copy,  with  title  "A  new  comodye  in  Englysh  in  maner  of 
an  enterlude  ryght  elygant  &  full  of  craft  of  rethoryk  wherein  is  shewd  &  dyscrybyd  as 
well  the  bewte  &  good  propertes  of  women  as  theyr  vycys  &  euyll  condicions  with  a  morall 
conclusion  &  exhortacyon  to  vertew." 

Chapman,  George,  &  Shirley,  James.  qr8o5  P39  v.io 

Tragedie  of  Chabot,  admirall  of  France;  reprinted  from  the  quarto 
of  1639;  ed.  by  Ezra  Lehman.  1906.  (In  Pennsylvania  University. 
Publications;  series  in  philology  and  literature.) 

"Bibliography,"  p.121. 

Crawfurd,  Oswald  John  Frederick,  ed.  "  822  C87 

English  comic  dramatists.    1884.    Appleton. 

Selections  from  comedies  by  14  dramatists,  ranging  from  Shakespeare  to  Sheridan, 
with  brief  critical  comments. 

Debenham,  Mary  H.  822  D35 

More  dialogues,  duologues  and  monologues.    Gardner. 

Contents:  A  needle  in  a  haystack. — Spade  work. — A  suitable  colonist. — Polly,  put 
the  kettle  on. — Number  10. — A  plunge  into  the  world. — Three  blind  mice. — A  defensive 
alliance. 

Dekker,  Thomas.  r822  D38 

Dramatic  works,  now  first  collected,  with  illustrative  notes  and  a 
memoir  of  the  author.    4v.     1873.    Pearson. 

v.i.  Memoir  of  Thomas  Dekker.  —  A  pleasant  comedie  of  the  gentle  craft.  —  The 
comedie  of  old  Fortunatus. — Satiro-mastix;  or,  The  untrussing  of  the  humorous  poet. 
— ^The  magnificent  entertainment  given  to  King  James. 

▼.a.     The  honest  whore. — The  whore  of  Babylon. — Westward-hoe. 

V.3.  Northward-hoe.  —  The  famous  history  of  Sir  Thomas  Wyat.  —  The  roaring 
girle. — London  triumphing. — If  this  be  not  a  good  play  the  divell  is  in  it. 

V.4.  The  virgin  martir. — Brittannia's  honor. — Londons  Tempe. — A  tragi-comedy, 
called  Match  mee  in  London. — The  wonder  of  a  kingdome. — The  sun's  darling. — The 
witch  of  Edmonton. 


ENGLISH  DRAMA  1575 


Dickinson,  Goldsworthy  Lowes.  822  D553 

From  king  to  king;  the  tragedy  of  the  Puritan  revolution.     1907. 

McClure. 

In   short  dramatic   dialogues,   some   of   the   leading   figures   in   the    revolution   are 

portrayed — Eliot,  Hampden,  Archbishop  Laud,  Vane  and  Cromwell,  among  others. 

Doughty,  Charles  Montagu.  822  D75 

Adam  cast  forth.     1908.     Duckworth. 

Dramatic  narrative  in  blank  verse  of  the  life  of  Adam  and  Eve,  from  their  meeting 
after  the  fall  until  the  birth  of  Cain  and  Abel. 

Dryden,  John.  822  D85 

[Best  plays];  ed.  with  an  introduction  and  notes  by  George  Saints- 
bury.    2v.     [1904?]     Unwin.     (Mermaid  series.) 

V.I.     Almanzor  and  Almahide. — Marriage  a  la  mode. — Aureng-Zebe. 

V.2.     All  for  love. — The  Spanish  friar. — Albion  and  Albanius.^Don  Sebastian. 

Fagan,  James  Bernard.  822  F13 

The  earth;  a  modern  play  in  four  acts.  1910.  Duffield.  (Plays  of 
to-day  and  to-morrow.) 

Ford,  John.  r822  M45 

Dramatic  works  of  Massinger  and  Ford,  with  an  introduction  by 
Hartley  Coleridge.     2v.  in  i.     1840.     Moxon. 

Contents:  Massinger:  The  virgin-martyr;  The  unnatural  combat;  The  duke  of 
Milan;  The  bondman;  The  renegado;  The  parliament  of  love;  The  Roman  actor;  The 
great  duke  of  Florence;  The  maid  of  honour;  The  picture;  The  emperor  of  the  East; 
The  fatal  dowry;  A  new  way  to  pay  old  debts;  The  city  madam;  The  guardian;  A  very 
woman;  The  bashful  lover;  The  old  law;  Poems. — Ford:  The  lover's  melancholy;  'Tis 
pity  she's  a  whore;  The  broken  heart;  Love's  sacrifice;  Perkin  Warbeck;  The  fancies 
chaste  and  noble;  The  lady's  trial;  The  sun's  darling;  The  witch  of  Edmonton. 

Galsworthy,  John,  (pseud.  John  Sinjohn).  822  G15J 

Justice;  a  tragedy  in  four  acts.    1910.    Duckworth. 
A  play  of  great  tragic  power  and  realism  depicting  the  relentlessness  of  justice. 

Galsworthy,  John,  (pseud.  John  Sinjohn).  822  G15I 

The  little  dream;  an  allegory  in  six  scenes.     191 1.    Scribner. 
Galsworthy,  John,  (pseud.  John  Sinjohn).  822  G15 

Plays.    1909.    Putnam. 

Contents:    The  silver  box. — Joy. — Strife. 

These  really  readable  plays  are  keen  studies  of  situations  common  to  every-day  life. 

Gilbert,  Sir  William  Schwenck.  822  G38 

Original  plays,    v.4.     191 1.    Chatto. 

V.4.  The  fairy's  dilemma. — The  grand  duke. — His  excellency. — "Haste  to  the  wed- 
ding."— Fallen  fairies. — The  gentleman  in  black. — Brantinghame  hall. — Creatures  of  im- 
pulse.— Randall's  thumb. — The  fortune-hunter. — Thespis. 

For  V.  1-3  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

Greene,  Robert.  822  G83 

Dramatic  and  poetical  works  of  Robert  Greene  &  George  Peele, 
with  memoirs  of  the  authors  and  notes  by  Alexander  Dyce.  1861. 
Routledge. 

"Greene's  fame  rests  chiefly  on  the  poetry  that  is  scattered  through  his  romances. 
The  romances  themselves  are  frequently  insipid;  but  in  some  of  his  numerous  songs  and 
eclogues  he  attained  perfection.  His  plays  are  interesting  to  students  of  dramatic  his- 
tory, but  have  slender  literary  value.  .  .Peele  is  one  of  the  most  prominent  figures  among 
those  of  Shakespeare's  'predecessors'  and  earlier  contemporaries. .  .His  blank  verse, 
usually  fluent  though  monotonous,  rises  here  and  there  to  grandeur  and  force;  and 
scattered  through  his  plays  and  pastorals  are  more  than  one  lyric  of  imperishable  charm." 
Dictionary  of  national  biography. 


1576  ENGLISH  DRAMA 


[Greene,  Robert.]  rSaa  G83 

History  of  Orlando  Furioso,  1594.  1907.  Malone  Soc.  (Malone 
Society  reprints,  1907.) 

Reprint  of  London  edition  of  1594,  with  facsimile  of  title-page  "The  historic  of 
Orlando  Furioso;  one  of  the  twelue  pieres  of  France." 

Greene,  Robert.  Saa  G83P 

[Plays] ;  ed.  with  introduction  and  notes  by  T.  H.  Dickinson.  [1909.] 
Unwin.    (Mermaid  series.) 

Contents:  Alphonsus,  king  of  Arragon. — A  looking-glass  for  London  and  Eng- 
land.— Orlando  Furioso. — Friar  Bacon  and  Friar  Bungay. — James  the  Fourth. — George- 
a-Greene,  the  pinner  of  Wakefield. — Appendix:  The  jolly  pinder  of  Wakefield  with 
Robin  Hood,  Scarlet  and  John. 

[Greene,  Robert.]  rSaa  GSat 

Tragical  reign  of  Selimus,  1594.  1908.  Malone  Soc.  (Malone  So- 
ciety reprints,  1908.) 

Reprint  of  London  edition  of  1594,  with  facsimile  of  title-page  "The  first  part  of 
the  tragicall  raigne  of  Selimus,  sometime  emperour  of  the  Turkes." 

Gregory,  Augusta  (Persse),  lady.  823  G86 

Seven  short  plays.    191 1.    Maunsel. 

Contents:  Spreading  the  news. — ^Hyacinth  Halvey. — The  rising  of  the  moon. — The 
jackdaw. — The  workhouse  ward. — The  travelling  man. — The  gaol  gate. — Music  for  the 
songs  in  the  plays. — Notes,  &c. 

Hamilton,  Cecily  Mary,  &  St.  John,  Christopher.  822  H19 

How  the  vote  was  won;  text  of  the  play.  1909.  Garden  City  Press. 
Hardy,  Thomas.  822  Ha6 

The  dynasts;  a  drama  of  the  Napoleonic  wars,  in  three  parts,  nine- 
teen acts  &  one  hundred  and  thirty  scenes,    pt.3.    1908.    Macmillan. 

For  pt.i-2  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Henley,  William  Ernest,  &  Stevenson,  R.  L.  S848WI 

Plays.    1896.     (In  Stevenson's  Weir  of  Hermiston,  p.  167-442.) 

Contents:  Deacon  Brodie;  or.  The  double  life. — Beau  Austin. — Admiral  Guinea. — 
Macaire. 

The  same.  1906.  DaVos  Press.  (In  Stevenson's  Poems,  ballads  and 
plays,  p. 243-464.) 821  S84P2 

Hewlett,  Maurice  Henry.  822  H4ga 

The  agonists;  a  trilogy  of  God  and  man.    191 1.    Scribner. 
Contents:    Minos,  king  of  Crete. — Ariadne  in  Naxos. — The  death  of  Hippolytus. 
Each  of  these   tragedies  may  be  read  independently,  but  a  unity  of  theme — the 

decline  and  utter  destruction  of  the  royal  line  of  Minos — binds  them  together. 

Heywood,  Thomas.  qr8o5  P39  v.12  no.i 

Royall  king  and  loyall  subject;  reprinted  from  the  quarto  of  1637 
and  ed.  with  introduction  and  notes  by  K.  W.  Tibbals.  1906.  (In  Penn- 
sylvania University.  Publications;  series  in  philology  and  literature, 
v.12,  no.i.) 

Johan  the  Evangelist.  r822  J35 

Interlude  of  Johan  the  Evangelist.  1907.  Malone  Soc.  (Malone 
Society  reprints,  1907.) 

Reprint  of  London  edition  printed  about  1565,  with  facsimile  of  title-page  "Here 
begynnetb  the  enterlude  of  Johan  the  Euangelyst." 

Jones,  Henry  Arthur.  Saa  J4im 

The  middleman;  a  play  in  four  acts.     1907.    French. 


ENGLISH  DRAMA  1577 


Kennedy,  Charles  Rann.  822  K18 

The  servant  in  the  house.     1908.     Harper. 

The  interest  of  the  play  centres  in  the  personality  of  Manson,  an  Indian  servant  who 
comes  to  live  in  the  household  of  an  English  vicar  and  who  exerts  a  subtle  influence  for 
good  on  every  one  who  comes  in  contact  with  him. 

Kennedy,  Charles  Rann.  822  Ki8w 

Winterfeast.     1908.     Harper. 

Scene  of  the  drama  is  a  home  in  Iceland  in  1020  A.  D.  The  interplay  of  character 
and  destiny  is  woven  about  a  lie,  which  brings  catastrophes  in  its  wake.  Illustrated  from 
photographs  of  stage  presentation. 

King  Lear.  r822  K26 

History  of  King  Leir,  1605.  1907.  Malone  Soc.  (Malone  Society 
reprints.) 

Reprint  of  London  edition  of  1605,  with  facsimile  of  title-page  "The  true  chronicle 
history  of  King  Leir  and  his  three  daughters,  Gonorill,  Ragan  and  Cordelia." 

Knack  to  know  an  honest  man.  r822  K33 

Knack  to  know  an  honest  man,  1596.  1910.  Malone  Soc.  (Malone 
Society  reprints,  1910.) 

Reprint  of  London  edition  of  1596,  with  facsimile  of  title-page  "A  pleasant  con- 
ceited comedie,  called,  A  knacke  to  know  an  honest  man." 

Locrine.  r822  L76 

Tragedy  of  Locrine,  1595.  1908.  Malone  Soc.  (Malone  Society 
reprints,  1908.) 

Reprint  of  London  edition  of  1595,  with  facsimile  of  title-page  "The  lamentable 
tragedie  of  Locrine." 

Lodge,  Thomas.  r822  L765 

Wounds  of  civil  war,  1594.     1910.     Malone  Soc.     (Malone  Society 

reprints,  1910.) 

Reprint  of  London  edition  of  1594,  with  facsimile  of  title-page. 

"At   the   commencement   of   his   literary   career    [Lodge]    composed   in   monotonous 

blank  verse  a  heavy  tragedy  in  which   he  made  liberal  use  of   Plutarch   and    Sallust. 

Though  perhaps  produced  in  1587,  it  was  not  published  till  1594. .  .when  the  title  ran  'The 

Wounds  of  Civill  War:  lively  set  forth  in  the  true  Tragedies  of  Marius  and  Scilla'... 

The  characters  of  the  two  heroes  are  drawn  with  some  power,  but  the  comic  scenes  are 

contemptible,    and   the   play   as   a   whole  is    undistinguished."     Dictionary    of   national 

biography. 

Malone  Society.  r822  M2g 

Collections,    v.i,  pt.i-S.     1907-11. 

Contains  notes  on  the  society's  publications,  dramatic  records  and  reprints  of  frag- 
ments of  plays. 

Massinger,  Philip.  r822  M45 

Dramatic  works  of  Massinger  and  Ford,  with  an  introduction  by 

Hartley  Coleridge.    2v.  in  i.     1840.     Moxon. 

Contents:  Massinger:  The  virgin-martyr;  The  unnatural  combat;  The  duke  of 
Milan;  The  bondman;  The  renegado;  The  parliament  of  love;  The  Roman  actor;  The 
great  duke  of  Florence;  The  maid  of  honour;  The  picture;  The  emperor  of  the  East; 
The  fatal  dowry;  A  new  way  to  pay  old  debts;  The  city  madam;  The  guardian;  A  very 
woman;  The  bashful  lover;  The  old  law;  Poems. — Ford:  The  lover's  melancholy;  'Tis 
pity  she's  a  whore;  The  broken  heart;  Love's  sacrifice;  Perkin  Warbeck;  The  fancies 
chaste  and  noble;  The  lady's  trial;  The  sun's  darling;  The  witch  of  Edmonton. 

Majme,  Rutherford.  822  M53 

The  troth;  a  play  in  one  act.    1909.    Maunsel. 


1578  ENGLISH  DRAMA 


Methley,  Violet  M.  822  M64 

Sauce  for  the  gander,  and  other  plays.     1910.    Skeffington. 

Other  plays.  The  vengeance  of  Anne. — In  the  dark. — A  matinee  idol. — A  warm 
reception. — The  sack. — A  hasty  conclusion. — Cousin  Amy. 

Mystery  plays.  r822  M99 

Non-cycle  mystery  plays,  together  with  the  Croxton   Play  of  the 

sacrament  and  The  pride  of  life;  re-edited  from  the  manuscripts  by 

Osborn  Waterhouse.     1909.  (Early  English  Text  Society.     Publica- 
tions, extra  series,  v.104.) 

Besides  the  two  plays  mentioned  in  the  title,  the  collection  comprises  the  following 
remains  of  early  English  religious  drama:'  Officium  pastorum,  Officium  resurrectionis, 
Officium  peregrinorum,  Creation  of  Eve,  Noah's  ship,  and  Abraham  and  Isaac,  the  latter 
in  both  Dublin  and  Brome  versions. 

Neilson,  William  Allan,  cotnp.  822  N21 

Chief  Elizabethan  dramatists,  excluding  Shakespeare;  selected  plays; 
ed.  from  the  original  quartos  and  folios,  with  notes  [and]  biographies. 
191 1.     Houghton. 

Contents:  Endymion,  the  man  in  the  moon,  by  John  Lyly. — The  old  wives'  tale, 
by  George  Peele — The  honourable  history  of  Friar  Bacon  and  Friar  Bungay,  by  Robert 
Greene. — Tamburlaine,  by  Christopher  Marlowe,  pt.i. — The  tragical  history  of  Doctor 
Faustus,  by  Christopher  Marlowe. — The  Jew  of  Malta,  by  Christopher  Marlowe. — The 
troublesome  reign  and  lamentable  death  of  Edward  the  Second,  by  Christopher  Marlowe. 
— The  Spanish  tragedy;  or,  Hieronimo  is  mad  again,  by  Thomas  Kyd. — Bussy  d'Ambois, 
by  George  Chapman. — Every  man  in  his  humour;  Sejanus,  his  fall;  Volpone;  or.  The 
fox;  The  alchemist,  by  Ben  Jonson. — The  shoemakers'  holiday;  The  honest  whore,  by 
Thomas  Dekker. — The  malcontent,  by  John  Marston  and  John  Webster. — A  woman 
killed  with  kindness,  by  Thomas  Hey  wood. — The  knight  of  the  burning  pestle;  Philaster; 
or.  Love  lies  a-bleeding;  The  maid's  tragedy,  by  Francis  Beaumont  and  John  Fletcher. — 
The  faithful  shepherdess;  The  wild-goose  chase,  by  John  Fletcher. — The  duchess  of 
Malfi,  by  John  Webster. — A  trick  to  catch  the  old  one,  by  Thomas  Middleton. — The 
changeling,  by  Thomas  Middleton  and  William  Rowley. — A  new  way  to  pay  old  debts, 
by  Philip  Massinger. — ^The  broken  heart,  by  John  Ford. — The  lady  of  pleasure;  The 
cardinal,  by  James  Shirley. 

"Bibliographies,"  p.861-867. 

Parker,  Louis  N.  comp.  qr822  P23 

Souvenir  and  book  of  words  of  the  Colchester  [Eng.]  pageant,  June 
21-26,  1909,  invented  and  arranged  by  L.  N.  Parker.     1909.    Jarrold. 

[Pasqualigo,  Luigi,  conte.]  TS22  P28 

Fidele  and  Fortunio,  the  two  Italian  gentlemen.  1909.  Malone 
Soc.     (Malone  Society  reprints,  1909.) 

Reprint  of  edition  with  title  "The  pleasaunt  and  fine  conceited  comoedie  of  two 
Italian   gentlemen." 

Adapted  from  Pasqualigo's  Italian  play  "II  fedele." 

Peacock,  Thomas  Love.  822  P34 

Plays,  published  for  the  first  time;  ed.  by  A.  B.  Young.  1910.  Nutt. 
Contents:    The  dilettanti;  a  farce  in  two  acts. — The  Circle  of  Loda;  a  drama  in  two 

«ct«. — The  three  doctors;  a  musical  farce  in  two  acta. 

[Peele,  George.]  r822  P36a 

The  arraignment  of  Paris,  1584.  1910.  Malone  Soc.  (Malone  So- 
ciety reprints,  1910.) 

Reprint  of  London  edition  of  1584,  with  facsimile  of  title-page  "The  araygnement 
of  Paris." 


ENGLISH  DRAMA  1579 


[Peele,  George.]  1822  P36 

Battle  of  Alcazar,  1594.  1907.  Malone  Soc.  (Malone  Society  re- 
prints, 1907.) 

Reprint  of  London  edition  of  1594,  with  facsimile  of  title-page  "The  battell  of 
Alcazar." 

[Peele,  George.]  r822  P360 

Old  wives  tale,  1595.    1908.    Malone  Soc.    (Malone  Society  reprints, 

1908.) 

Reprint  of  London  edition  of  1595,  with  facsimile  of  title-page  "The  old  wiues  tale." 

Phillip,  John,  fl.  1570-91.  r822  P51 

Play  of  patient  Grissell.  1909.  Malone  Soc.  (Malone  Society  re- 
prints, 1909.) 

With  facsimile  of  title-page  of  original  edition  "The  commodye  of  pacient  and 
meeke  Grissill." 

Phillips,  Stephen.  822  P51P 

Pietro  of  Siena;  a  drama.    1910.    Macmillan. 
The  same r822   P51P 

Pinero,  Arthur  Wing.  822  P62hi 

His  house  in  order;  a  comedy  in  four  acts.     1906.    Heinemann. 

Pinero,  Arthur  Wing.  822  P62mi 

Mid-channel;  a  play  in  four  acts.     1911.     Heinemann. 

Pinero,  Arthur  Wing.  822  P62th 

The  thunderbolt;  an  episode  in  the  history  of  a  provincial  family; 

in  four  acts.     1909.     Heinemann. 

Procter,  Bryan  Waller,  {pseud.  Barry  Cornwall).  822  P96 

Dramatic  scenes,  with  other  poems.     1857.     Chapman. 

Randolph,  Thomas.  822  R18 

Poetical  and  dramatic  works;  now  first  collected  and  ed.  from  the 
early  copies  and  from  mss.  with  some  account  of  the  author  and  occa- 
sional notes  by  W.  C.  Hazlitt.    2v.     1875.     Reeves. 

V.I.  Some  account  of  Thomas  Randolph.  —  Plays:  Aristippus;  or,  The  jovial 
philosopher;  The  conceited  peddler;  The  jealous  lovers;  The  muses'  looking-glass; 
Amyntas;  or,  The  impossible  dowry. 

v. 2.     Amyntas  (continued)  ;  Hey  for  honesty. — Poems. — Oratio  praevaricatoria. 

English  dramatist  and  poet  (1605-35). 

"Randolph  achieved  a  wide  reputation  in  his  own  day,  and  was  classed  by  his 
contemporaries  among  'the  most  pregnant  wits  of  his  age.'  Fertile  in  imagination,  he 
could  on  occasion  express  himself  with  rare  power  and  beauty.  But  his  promise,  as 
might  be  expected  from  his  irregular  life  and  premature  death,  was  greater  than  his 
performance."     Dictionary  of  national  biography. 

Rowley,  William.  qr8o5  P39  v.13 

All's  lost  by  lust,  and  A  shoe-maker,  a  gentleman,  with  an  introduc- 
tion on  Rowley's  place  in  the  drama  by  C.  W.  Stork.  1910.  (In  Penn- 
sylvania University.  Publications;  series  in  philology  and  literature, 
V.I3.) 

"Bibliography,"  p. 280-281. 

Second  maiden's  tragedy.  r822  S44 

Second  maiden's  tragedy,  161 1.  1909.  Malone  Soc.  (Malone  So- 
ciety reprints,  1909.) 

Printed  from  a  manuscript  dated  161 1,  with  title  "The  second  maydens  tragedy." 


iS8o  ENGLISH  DRAMA 


Shaw,  George  Bernard.  822  S534d 

The  doctor's  dilemma;  Getting  married,  and  The  shewing-up  of 
Blanco  Posnet.    1911.    Brentano. 

The  same r822  S53 

Three  plays  of  little  dramatic  value,  each  introduced  by  a  long  preface  which  en- 
larges on  the  theories  exploited  in  the  dramas.  The  first  is  a  tirade  against  the  medical 
profession,  the  second  against  conventional  views  of  the  marriage  institution  and  the 
third  against  the  censorship  of  the  drama.  Plays  and  prefaces  show  the  author*! 
customary  cleverness  and  a  substratum  of  truth  overlaid  with  paradox  and  exaggeration. 

Shaw,  George  Bernard.  822  S534J 

John  Bull's  other  island,  and  Major  Barbara;  also  How  he  lied  to  her 
husband.     1907.    Constable. 

"His  are  dramas  of  talk,  not  of  incident — of  ideas,  not  of  emotions.  He  brings  on 
to  the  stage  a  group  of  characters,  and  sets  them  to  discuss  some  topic  which  has  ab- 
sorbed his  attention — it  may  be  the  relations  of  England  and  Ireland,  as  in  'John  Bull's 
Other  Island;'  it  may  be  the  conflicting  doctrines  of  Christianity  and  the  'Superman' 
philosophy  on  the  problem  of  poverty,  as  in  'Major  Barbara.'  In  any  case  they  talk,  and 
in  their  debates  reveal  differences  of  mental  constitution  and  diversities  of  opinion." 
Athentrum,  1907. 

"How  he  lied  to  her  husband"  is  a  clever,  short  farce. 

Deacon,  Renee  M.  822  S534zd 

Bernard  Shaw  as  artist-philosopher;  an  exposition  of  Shavianism. 
1910.    Lane. 

A  sort  of  student's  primer  of  Shavian  philosophy,  in  which  Mr  Shaw's  dramatic 
theory,  conception  of  life  and  artistic  function  are  analyzed  with  uncritical  admiration. 

Bates,  Ernest  Sutherland.  822  S54zba 

Study  of  Shelley's  drama  "The  Cenci."  1908.  (Columbia  University, 
New  York.    Studies  in  English.) 

Sheridan,  Richard  Brinsley  Butler.  822  Sssr 

Rivals,  with  an  introduction  by  Brander  Matthews.     1907.    Crowell. 
The  same.    (In  British  theatre,  v.  19.) r822  B75  v.19 

Simpson,  Richard,  ed.  TS22  S61 

School  of  Shakspere.    2v.     1878.    Chatto. 

v.i.  The  stories  of  the  plays  of  "Captain  Stucley"  and  "Nobody  and  somebody." — 
Biography  of  Sir  Thomas  Stucley. — The  famous  history  of  the  life  and  death  of  Captain 
Thomas  Stucley. — Nobody  and  somebody. 

v.2.  Histrio-mastix;  or.  The  player  whipt. — The  prodigal  son. — Jacke  Drums  enter- 
tainment— A  warning  for  faire  women. — Faire  Em,  the  miller's  daughter  of  Manchester. 
— An  account  of  Robert  Greene,  his  life  and  works  and  his  attacks  on  Shakspere  and  the 
players. 

Sir  John  Oldcastle.  822  S61 

First  part  of  Sir  John  Oldcastle;  a  historical  drama  by  Michael 
Drayton,  Anthony  Munday,  Richard  Hathway  and  Robert  Wilson;  ed. 
with  an  introduction,  critical  text  and  notes  by  J.  R.  Macarthur.     1907. 

"Bibliography,"  p.  153-157. 

Thesis  by  J.  R.  Macarthur  for  Ph.  D.,  University  of  Chicago. 

"A  play  which,  having  been  published  in  1600  with  the  name  of  Shakspere  on  the 
title-page  (though  this  would  seem  to  have  been  afterwards  removed),  has  naturally  oc- 
cupied the  attention  of  sanguine  critics.  But. .  .Malone  placed  its  real  authorship  beyond 
doubt;  and  its  merits  must  be  discussed  without  reference  to  any  Sbaksperean  origin 
.  ..Whether  or  not  the  lost  Second  Part  may  have  been  able  to  make  the  hero  as  interest- 
ing on  the  stage  as  he  is  in  history,  the  First  fails  to  attain  to  this  end. .  .But  the  play  is 
very  stirring  in  its  action;  and  contains  both  situations  and  characters  of  a  very  viva- 
cious humour."     Ward's  History  of  English  dramatic  literature. 


ENGLISH  DRAMA  1581 


Sir  John  Oldcastle.  r822  SGig 

Life  of  Sir  John  Oldcastle,  1600.  1908.  Malone  Soc.  (Malone 
Society  reprints,  1908.) 

Reprint  of  London  edition  of  1600,  with  facsimile  of  title-page  "The  first  part  of 
the  true  and  honorable  historie  of  the  life  of  Sir  John  Old-castle,  the  good  Lord  Cob- 
ham." 

Smith,  Wentworth.  qr8o5  P39  v.ii 

Hector  of  Germanie;  or.  The  Palsgrave  prime  elector;  reprinted 
from  the  quarto  of  1615  and  ed.  with  introduction  and  notes  by  L.  W. 
Payne.  1906.  (In  Pennsylvania  University.  Publications;  series  in 
philology  and  literature,  v.ii.) 

Hoffsten,  Ernest  Godfrey.  T822  Sgizh 

The  floating  island,  by  William  Strode,  with  an  account  of  the  life 
of  the  author  and  a  review  of  the  university  drama  in  England,  chiefly 
after  the  year  1600.     1908.     [Gottschalk  Printing  Co.] 

"Bibliography,"  p.  29-31. 

Thesis  for  Ph.   D.,   University   of  Pennsylvania. 

'"The  floating  island"  was  presented  at  Christ  Church  College,  Oxford,  in  1636  in 
honor  of  the  visit  of  King  Charles  I  and  Queen  Henrietta. 

Suckling,  Sir  John.  1822  S94 

Fragmenta  aurea;  a  collection  of  all  the  incomparable  peeces  written 
by  Sir  John  Suckling,  and  pub.  by  a  friend  to  perpetuate  his  memory. 
4v.  in  I.     1648.     Moseley. 

Contents:  Poems. — Letters  to  divers  eminent  personages. — Aglaura. — The  goblins. 
— Brennoralt. 

Suckling's  works  consist  of  a  slender  collection  of  lyrical  and  complimentary  poems, 
known  as  the  "Fragmenta  aurea"  and  of  four  plays,  one  of  them  incomplete.  The 
"Aglaura"  is  a  monster  of  tedious  pageantry.  "Brennoralt"  contains  some  fine  tragic 
writing.  The  only  real  merit  of  the  plays  consists  in  the  beautiful  songs  they  harbor. 
The  lyrical  pieces  are  very  unequal  in  merit.  Side  by  side  with  songs  that  will  be  en- 
joyed as  long  as  the  English  language  exists,  we  find  stanzas  which  it  is  impossible 
either  to  scan  or  to  construe.     Condensed  from  Edmund  Gosse,  in  Ward's  English  poets. 

Swinburne,  Algernon  Charles.  822  Sgyd 

Duke  of  Gandia.    1908.    Harper. 

Short  dramatic  poem,  its  four  brief  scenes  dealing  slightly  with  an  episode  in  the 
story  of  the  Borgias,  the  death  of  the  young  duke  of  Gandia,  assassinated  by  the  com- 
mand of  his  elder  brother,  Caesar  Borgia. 

Sjmge,  John  Millington.  822  Sggpl 

Playboy  of  the  western  world;  a  comedy  in  three  acts.  191 1. 
Maunsel. 

Synge,  John  Millington.  822  Sggp 

[Plays,  poems   and   translations.]      2v.      1910.     Maunsel.      (Works, 

V.I-2.) 

V.I.  Plays:  The  shadow  of  the  glen;  Riders  to  the  sea;  The  well  of  the  saints; 
The  tinker's  wedding. 

v.2.  Plays  (continued):  The  playboy  of  the  western  world;  Deirdre  of  the  sor- 
rows.— Poems. — Translations  from  Petrarch. — Translations  from  Villon  and  others. 

Synge,  John  Millington.  822  Sgg 

Shadow  of  the  glen,  and  Riders  to  the  sea.    1910.    Mathews. 

Two  one-act  plays  written  for  the  Irish  theatre.  Simple  and  impressive  and  per- 
vaded by  an  atmosphere  of  unrelieved  gloom. 


1582  ENGLISH  DRAMA 


Syrett,  Netta.  j8aa  S99 

Six  fairy  plays  for  children.     191 1.     Lane. 

Contents:  The  dream-lady. — Little  Bridget. — White  magic. — The  gift  of  the  fairies. 
— The  wonderful  rose. — In  Arcady. 

Thayer,  William  Roscoe,  ed.  823  T34 

Best  Elizabethan  plays.     1890.     Ginn. 

Contents:  The  Jew  of  Malta,  by  Marlowe. — The  alchemist,  by  Jonson. — Philaster, 
by  Beaumont  and  Fletcher. — The  two  noble  kinsmen,  by  Fletcher  and  Shakespeare. — 
The  duchess  of  Malfi,  by  Webster. 

"Bibliography,"  p.20. 

Tom  Tyler  and  his  wife.  r822  T59 

Tom  Tyler  and  his  wife.  1910.  Malone  Soc.  (Malone  Society 
reprints,  1910.) 

Reprint  of  London  edition  of  1661,  with  facsimile  of  title-page. 
Old  English  play  or  interlude,  of  unknown  date  and  authorship. 

Townley,  James.  822  T66 

High  life  below  stairs;  a  farce  in  two  acts.    [1759.]    French. 

Wealth  and  health.  1822  W3S 

Interlude  of  wealth  and  health.  1907.  Malone  Soc.  (Malone  So- 
ciety reprints,  1907.) 

With  facsimile  of  title-page  of  original  edition  "An  enterlude  of  welth  and  helth." 

Wells,  Charles  Jeremiah.  822  W49 

Joseph  and  his  brethren;  a  dramatic  poem,  with  an  introduction  by 
A.  C.  Swinburne  and  a  note  on  Rossetti  and  Charles  Wells  by  Theodore 
Watts-Dunton.     [1908.]     Frowde.     (The  world's  classics.) 

Wilde,  Oscar.  r8o5  P74  v.iS 

Salome;  a  tragedy  in  one  act;  tr.  from  the  French.     (In  Poet-lore, 

1907,  V.18,  p.  199-223.) 

• 

Wycherley,  William.  r822  W97 

Dramatic  works  of  Wycherley,  Congreve,  Vanbrugh,  and  Farquhar, 

with  biographical  and  critical  notices  by  Leigh  Hunt.     1840.     Moxon. 

Contents:  Wycherley:  Love  in  a  wood;  The  gentleman  dancing-master;  The  coun- 
try wife;  The  plain  dealer. — Congreve:  The  old  bachelor;  The  double-dealer;  Love  for 
love;  The  mourning  bride;  The  way  of  the  world;  The  judgment  of  Paris;  Semele. — 
Vanbrugh:  The  relapse;  The  provoked  wife;  jEsop;  The  false  friend;  The  confederacy; 
The  mistake;  The  country  house;  A  journey  to  London. — Farquhar:  Love  and  a  bot- 
tle; The  constant  couple;  Sir  Harry  Wildair;  The  inconstant;  The  twin-rivals;  The  re- 
cruiting officer;  The  beaux-stratagem. 

Yeats,  William  Butler,  &  Gregory,  Augusta  (Persse),  lady.        822  Y22U 
The  unicorn  from  the  stars,  and  other  plays.    1908.    Macmillan. 

Other  plays:  Cathleen  ni  Houlihan,  by  W.  B.  Yeats.— The  hour-glass,  by  W.  B. 
Yeat*. 

First  play  is  one  of  the  most  ambitious  productions  of  the  Irish  theatre  and  less  a 
drama  than  a  study  of  various  types  of  Irish  character  and  an  embodiment  of  the  pas- 
sionate national  yearniogs  in  the  heart  of  the  race.     Condensed  from  Nation,  1908. 

Zangwill,  Israel.  823  Za8 

The  melting-pot;  drama  in  four  acts.    1909.    Macmillan. 

"America  is  God's  crucible,  the  great  melting-pot  where  all  the  races  of  Europe  are 
melting  and  refining."     This  quotation  suggests  the  theme  of  the  play. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  ENGLISH  DRAMA  1583 

History  and  criticism  of  the  English  drama 

Borsa,  Mario.  822.09  B63 

The  English  stage  of  to-day;  tr.  from  the  original  Italian  and  ed. 

with  a  prefatory  note  by  Selwyn  Brinton.     1908.     Lane. 

Contents:     The  playgoers.  —  Realism  and  the  English  drama.  —  The  experimental 

theatre. — G.  B.  S[haw]. — From  Stratford-on-Avon  to  Drury  lane. — The  literary  drama. 

— The  critics  and  the  players. — The  Irish  national  theatre. 

Brereton,  John  Le  Gay.  r822.09  B73 

Elizabethan  drama;  notes  and  studies.     1909.    Brooks. 

Notes  on  the  text  of  dramas  by  Marlowe,  Greene,  Kydd,  Chapman,  Shakespeare, 
Jonson,  Webster,  Marston,  Day,  Heywood,  Beaumont  and  Fletcher. 

Gayley,  Charles  Mills.  822.09  G25 

Plays  of  our  forefathers  and  some  of  the  traditions  upon  which 
they  were  founded.     1907.     Duffield. 

Study  of  the  mediaeval  drama,  especially  of  the  English  miracle  play,  by  the  pro- 
fessor of  English  language  and  literature  at  the  University  of  California  (1907). 

Hazlitt,  William.  822.09  H38 

Lectures  on  the  dramatic  literature  of  the  age  of  Elizabeth.  1848. 
Carey.     (Miscellaneous  works,  v.3.) 

Contents:  Introductory:  General  view  of  the  subject. — On  the  dramatic  writers 
contemporary  with  Shakspeare,  Lyly,  Marlowe,  Heywood,  Middleton  and  Rowley. — On 
Marston,  Chapman,  Decker  and  Webster. — On  Beaumont  and  Fletcher,  Ben  Jonson, 
Ford  and  Massinger.  —  On  single  plays,  poems,  &c.,  the  Four  P's,  The  return  from 
Parnassus,  Gammer  Gurton's  needle  and  other  works. — On  miscellaneous  poems,  F. 
Beaumont,  P.  Fletcher,  Drayton,  Daniel,  &c.,  Sir  P.  Sidney's  Arcadia  and  sonnets. — 
Character  of  Lord  Bacon's  works,  compared  as  to  style  with  Sir  Thos.  Brown  and 
Jeremy  Taylor. — On  the  spirit  of  ancient  and  modern  literature;  On  the  German  drama, 
contrasted  with  that  of  the  age  of  Elizabeth. 

Hone,  William.  r822.09  H76 

Ancient  mysteries  described,  especially  the  English  miracle  plays, 
founded  on  apocryphal  New  testament  story  extant  among  the  un- 
published manuscripts  in  the  British  Museum,  including  notices  of 
ecclesiastical  shows.    1823.    Reeves. 

Molloy,  Joseph"  Fitzgerald.  822.09  M79 

Famous  plays,  with  a  discourse  by  way  of  prologue  on  the  play- 
houses of  the  restoration.     1886.     Ward. 

Contents:  Congreve's  Love  for  love. — Addison's  Cato. — John  Gay's  Beggar's  opera. 
— Dr  Johnson's  Irene. — Oliver  Goldsmith's  She  stoops  to  conquer. — R.  B.  Sheridan's 
Rivals  and  School  for  scandal. — Sheridan  Knowles'  Virginius  and  The  hunchback. — 
Lord  Lytton's  plays. 

Miscellaneous  information  and  anecdotes  connected  with  the  first  presentation  of 
well-known  English  plays  of  the  i8th  and  early  19th  centuries. 

Schelling,  Felix  Emmanuel.  822.09  S32e 

Elizabethan  drama,  1558-1642;  a  history  of  the  drama  in  England 
from  the  accession  of  Queen  Elizabeth  to  the  closing  of  the  theaters, 
to  which  is  prefixed  a  resume  of  the  earlier  drama  from  its  beginnings. 
2v.     1908.     Houghton. 

"Bibliographical  essay,"  v.2,  P.433-S37- 

Author  is  (1908)  professor  of  English  literature  in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania 
and  one  of  the  best  known  American  scholars  in  his  field.  His  purpose  is  to  present 
a  connected  and  consecutive  history  of  the  Tudor  and  early  Stuart  drama,  taking  into 
consideration  the  whole  body  of  plays  written  and  acted,  their  authorship  and  the  in- 
volved history  of  the  stage. 


IS84  SHAKESPEARE 

Swinburne,  Algernon  Charles.  822.09  S97 

Age  of  Shakespeare.     1908.     Harper. 

Contents:  Christopher  Marlowe. — John  Webster. — Thomas  Dekker. — John  Marston. 
— Thomas  Middleton. — William  Rowley. — Thomas  Heywood. — George  Chapman. — Cyril 
Tourneur. 

Taylor,  George  Coffin.  q822.09  Tas 

Relations  of  lyric  and  drama  in  mediaeval  England.     1907. 

Thesis  for  Ph.  D.,  University  of  Chicago. 

Reprinted  from  "Modern  philology,"  v. 4,  no. 4,  v. 5,  no.i,  April  and  July  1907. 

Thompson,  Elbert  Nevius  Sebring.  ro6i  C75  v.14 

The  English  moral  plays.  1910.  (In  Connecticut  Academy  of  Arts 
and  Sciences.    Transactions,  v.14,  P-29i-4i4.) 

Bibliography,  p.404-413. 

Thorndike,  Ashley  Horace.  822.09  T39 

Tragedy.    1908.    Houghton.    (Types  of  English  literature.) 

Contents:  Definitions. — The  medieval  and  the  classical  influences. — The  beginnings 
of  tragedy. — Marlowe  and  his  contemporaries. — Shakespeare  and  his  contemporaries. — • 
Shakespeare. —  The  later  Elizabethans. —  The  restoration. —  The  i8th  century. —  The 
romantic  movement. — Conclusion. 

Bibliography  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 


Shakespeare 

Bibliography 
Dodd,  Mead  &  Company.  r822.33  Aa 

The  four  folios  of  Shakespeare's  plays;  an  account  of  the  four  col- 
lected editions  together  with  a  census  of  the  known  perfect  copies  of 
the  first  folio.    1907.    Dodd. 

[Hopper,  Clarence,  comp.]  r822.33  A3 

Catalogue  of  the  books,  manuscripts,  works  of  art,  antiquities  and 
relics  illustrative  of  the  life  and  works  of  Shakespeare  and  of  the  his- 
tory of  Stratford-upon-Avon,  which  are  preserved  in  the  Shakespeare 
Library  and  Museum  in  Henley  street.    1868.    Shakespe&re  Fund. 

Jaggard,  William,  comp.  r822.33  A5 

Shakespeare  bibliography;  a  dictionary  of  every  known  issue  of  the 
writings  of  our  national  poet  and  of  recorded  opinion  thereon  in  the 
English  language,  with  historical  introduction,  facsimiles  [and]  por- 
traits.   191 1.    Shakespeare  Press. 

"The  most  important  contribution  to  Shakespeare  bibliography  which  has  yet  ap- 
peared."   Athenaum,  igit. 

Pollard,  Alfred  William.  qr822.33  A4 

Shakespeare  folios  and  quartos;  a  study  in  the  bibliography  of 
Shakespeare's  plays,  1594-1685.     1909.     Methuen, 

Since  the  text  of  Shakespeare  began  to  be  studied  seriously  there  have  always  been 
wrangles  over  the  merits  and  demerits  of  the  folio  and  the  quartos.  Mr  Pollard  states 
in  his  preface  that  one  of  his  objects  is  to  vindicate  the  editors  of  the  first  folio  and 
the  printers  of  the  better  quartos  from  the  disparagement  of  their  modern  detractors. 
His  arguments  are  mainly  directed  against  Mr  Sidney  Lee.  He  gossips  pleasantly  about 
Elizabethan  and  Jacobean  printers  and  their  methods  of  doing  business.  Condensed  from 
Saturday  review,  1909. 


SHAKESPEARE  1585 

Complete  works 
Shakespeare,  William.  822.33  I3 

Complete  dramatic  and  poetic  works  (Cambridge  edition) ;  ed.  from 
the  text  of  the  early  quartos  and  the  first  folio  by  W.  A.  Neilson.  1906. 
Houghton. 

Shakespeare,  William.  r822.33  J6 

Complete  works  (Caxton  edition),  with  annotations  and  a  general 

introduction  by  Sidney  Lee.    20v.     [1910.]     Caxton. 

v.i.     The  comedy  of  errors. — The  two  gentlemen  of  Verona. 
V.2.     Love's  labour's  lost. — The  merchant  of  Venice. 
V.3.     All's  well  that  ends  well. — A  midsummer-night's  dream. 
V.4.     The  taming  of  the  shrew. — The  merry  wives  of  Windsor, 
v.s.     Much  ado  about  nothing. — As  you  like  it. 
V.6.     Twelfth  night;  or.  What  you  will. — Measure  for  measure. 
V.7.     Pericles. — Cymbeline. 
V.8.     The  winter's  tale. — The  tempest. 

V.9.     The  first  part  of  King  Henry  VI. — The  second  part  of  King  Henry  VI. 
v.io.     The  third  part  of  King  Henry  VI. — King  Richard  III. 
V.I  I.     The  tragedy  of  King  Richard  II. — The  life  and  death  of  King  John. 
V.I 2.     The  first  part  of  King  Henry  IV. — The  second  part  of  King  Henry  IV. 
V.I 3.     The  life  of  King  Henry  V. — King  Henry  the  Eighth. 
V.I 4.     Romeo  and  Juliet. — Titus  Andronicus. 
v.is-     Julius  Caesar. — Hamlet. 
V.I 6.     Troilus  and  Cressida. — Othello. 
V.I 7.     Macbeth. — King  Lear. 

V.18.     Timon  of  Athens. — Antony  and  Cleopatra. 
V.I  9.     Coriolanus. — Sonnets. 

V.20.     Introduction  by  Alfred  Austin. — Poems:     Venus  and  Adonis. — The  rape  of 
Lucrece. — The  passionate  pilgrim. — A  lover's  complaint. — The  phoenix  and  the  turtle. 
V.20  contains  indices  and  glossary. 

Shakespeare,  William.  r822.33  I7 

Complete  works  (Pembroke  edition) ;  ed.  by  Charlotte  Porter  and 
H.  A.  Clarke.    I2v.    1903.    De  Fau. 

V.I.  The  tempest. — Two  gentlemen  of  Verona. — Merry  wives  of  Windsor. — Mea- 
sure for  measure. 

V.2.  Comedie  of  errors. —  Much  adoe.—  Loves  labour's  lost. —  Midsommer  nights 
dreame. 

V.3.     Merchant  of  Venice. — As  you  like  it. — Taming  of  the  shrew. — All's  well. 

V.4.     Twelfe  night. — The  winters  tale. — King  John. — King  Richard  Second. 

V.s.     Henry  the  Fourth. — Henry  the  Fifth. 

V.6.     Henry  the  Sixt. 

V.7.     Richard  the  Third. — Henry  the  Eight. — Titus  Andronicus. 

V.8.     Coriolanus. — Romeo  and  Juliet. — Tymon  of  Athens. 

V.9.     Julius  Caesar.- — Macbeth. — Hamlet. 

v.io.     King  Lear. — Othello. — Anthonie  and  Cleopatra. 

V.I  I.     Cymbeline. — Troylus  and  Cressida. — Pericles. 

v. 1 2.     Life  of  Shakespeare. — Sonnets. — Poems. 

Shakespeare,  William.  q822.33  J6 

New  variorum  edition  of  Shakespeare;  ed.  by  H.  H.  Furness.  v.i6. 
1908.     Lippincott. 

V.I 6.  The  tragedy  of  Richard  the  Third,  with  The  landing  of  Earle  Richmond,  and 
The  battell  at  Bosworth  field. 

The  same qr822.33  J 

With  bibliographies  of  the  separate  plays. 

For  V.  t— 15  see  preceding  catalogues. 

Shakespeare,  William.  qr822.33  J3 

Shakespeare's  plays,  with  his  life;  illustrated  with  many  hundred 


1586  SHAKESPEARE 

Shakespeare,  William — continued.  qr822.33  J3 

wood-cuts  executed  by  H.  W.  Hewet  after  designs  by  Kenny  Meadows, 
Harvey  and  others;  ed.  by  G.  C.  Verplanck,  with  critical  introductions, 
notes,  etc.,  original  and  selected.    3v.    1847.    Harper. 

V.I.  Order  of  the  plays. — Life  of  William  Shakespeare,  by  Rowe. — Life  of  William 
Shakespeare;  abridged  from  Collier.  —  Shakespeare's  will.  —  Folio  editions  of  Shake- 
speare's plays. — Commendatory  verses. — Shakespeare's  name  and  autographs. — Histories. 

V.2.     Comedies. 

V.3.     Tragedies. 

Later  the  title  was  changed  to  "Harper's  illuminated  and  illustrated  Shakespeare." 

Shakespeare,  William.  822.33  J8 

Works.    20V.    Constable. 

v.i.  The  comedy  of  errors. — Love's  labour  lost. 

v.s.  Two  gentlemen  of  Verona. — A  midsummer-night's  dream. 

V.3.  The  taming  of  the  shrew. — The  winter's  tale. 

V.4.  The  merry  wives  of  Windsor. — All's  well  that  ends  well. 

V.5.  The  merchant  of  Venice. — Much  ado  about  nothing. 

V.6.  Twelfth  night. — As  you  like  it. 

V.7.  Measure  for  measure. — The  tempest. 

V.8.  Henry  VI,  pt.1-2. 

V.9.  Henry  VI,  pt.3. — King  John. 

v.io.  Richard  II.— Richard  III. 

V.I  I.  Henry  IV. 

V.I 2.  Henry  V. — Henry  VIII. 

V.I 3.  Julius  Caesar. — Titus  Andronicus. 

V.I 4.  Romeo   and   Juliet. — Macbeth. 

v.is.  Othello. — Troilus  and  Cressida. 

V.16.  Hamlet. — King  Lear. 

V.  17.  Antony  and  Cleopatra. — Timon  of  Athens. 

V.I  8.  Cymbeline. — Coriolanus. 

V.I 9.  Pericles. — Venus  and  Adonis. 

V.20.  Sonnets. — Poems. 

Shakespeare,  William.  822.33  J7 

Works;  ed.  by  R.  G.  White.     I2v.     1857-65.     Little. 

v.i.  Supplementary  notes. — Memoirs. — Account  of  the  English  drama. — Essay  on 
Shakespeare's  genius. — Historical  sketch  of  the  text. — Poems. 

V.2.  Comedies:  The  tempest;  The  two  gentlemen  of  Verona;  The  merry  wives  of 
Windsor. 

v.3.  Comedies  (continued):  Measure  for  measure;  The  comedy  of  errors;  Much 
ado  about  nothing;  Love's  labour's  lost. 

V.4.  Comedies  (continued):  A  midsummer  night's  dream;  The  merchant  of  Venice; 
As  you  like  it;  The  taming  of  the  shrew. 

v.s.  Comedies  (continued):  All's  well  that  ends  well;  Twelfth  night;  or.  What 
you  will;  The  winter's  tale. 

V.6.     Histories:     King  John;  Richard  the  Second;  King  Henry  the  Fourth. 

V.7.     Histories  (continued):    King  Henry  the  Fifth;  King  Henry  the  Sixth,  pt.1-2. 

V.8.  Histories  (continued):  King  Henry  the  Sixth,  pt.3;  King  Richard  the  Third; 
King  Henry  the  Eighth. 

V.9.     Tragedies:     Troilus  and  Cressida;  Coriolanus;  Titus  Andronicus. 

v.io.  Tragedies  (continued):  Romeo  and  Juliet;  "Timon  of  Athens;  Julius  Caesar; 
Macbeth. 

V.I  I.     Tragedies  (continued):  Hamlet;  King  Lear;  Othello. 

V.I 2.     Tragedies  (continued):  Antony  and  Cleopatra;  Cymbeline;  Pericles. 

Shakespeare,  William.  822.33  I4 

[Works;  personal  edition]  introduction  by  Esther  Wood,  biographi- 
cal study  by  Goldwin  Smith.    I2v.    1904.    Doubleday. 

v.i.     Loves  labour's  lost. — The  comedie  of  errors. — The  two  gentlemen  of  Verona. 

V.2.     Henry  the  Sixt — Romeo  and  Juliet. 

v.3.     Titus  Andronicus. — Sonnets. — Poems. 

V.4.     Richard  the  Third.— King  Richard  the  Second.— The  merchant  of  Venice. 

V.s.     King  John. — A  raidsommer  nights  dreame. — All's  well  that  ends  well. 

▼.6.    The  taming  of  the  shrew. — Henry  the  Fourth. — The  merry  wives  of  Windsor. 


SHAKESPEARE  1587 

Shakespeare,  William — continued.  822,33  I4 

V.7.     Henry  the  Fift. — Much  adoe  about  nothing. — As  you  like  it. 

V.8.     Twelfe  night. — Julius  Csesar. — Hamlet. 

V.9.     Troylus  and  Cressida. — Othello. — Measure  for  measure. 

v.io.     Macbeth. — King  Lear. — Tymon  of  Athens. 

V.I  I.     Pericles. — Anthonie  and  Cleopatra. — Coriolanus. 

V.I 2.     Cymbeline. — The  winters  tale. — The  tempest. — King  Henry  the  Eight 

Shakespeare,  William.  822.33  K2 

Dzieta.    v.2-9,  in  7.    1895-97. 

V.2.     Koryolan. — Juliusz  Cezar. — Antoniusz  i  Kleopatra. — Objasnienia. 

V.3.     Krol  Jan. — Krol  Ryszard  II. — Krol  Henryk  IV. — Krol  Henryk  V. — Objasnienia. 

V.4.     Krol  Henryk  VI. — Krol  Ryszard  III. — Objasnienia. 

v.s.     Sen  nocy  letniej. — Opowiesc  zimowa. — Burza. — Objasnienia. 

V.6.  Stracone  zachody  milosne. — Dwaj  panowie  z  Werony. — Komedya  omylek. — 
Uglaskanie  sekutnicy. — Ob j  asnienia. 

v.7-8.  Kupiec  Wenecki. — Figle  kobiet. — Wiele  halasu  o  nic. — Objasnienia. — Jak 
wam  sie  podoba. — Noc  trzech  kroli. — Wszystko  dobre,  co  sie  konczy  dobrze. — Objasnienia. 

V.9.  Miarka  za  miark^. — Troilus  i  Kresyda. — Cymbelin. — Objasnienia. — ^J.  Zahorski: 
Szekspir  w  Polsce. 

Shakespeare,  William.  822.33  K3 

CEuvres  completes;  F.  V.  Hugo  traducteur.    i8v.    1863-73.    Pagnerre. 

V.I.     Les  deux  Hamlet  [editions  of  1603  and  1604]. 

V.2.     Feeries:   Le  songe  d'une  nuit  d'ete;   La  tempete. 

V.3.     Les  tyrans:  Macbeth;  Le  roi  Jean;  Richard  III. 

V.4.     Les  jaloux:   Troylus  et  Cressida;  Beaucoup  de  bruit  pour  rien;  Le  conte  d'hiver. 

v.s.     Les  jaloux  (continued):    Cymbeline;  Othello. 

V.6.  Les  comedies  de  I'amour:  La  sauvage  apprivoisee;  Tout  est  bien  qui  finit 
bien;  Peines  d'amour  perdues. 

V.7.     Les  amants  tragiques:    Antoine  et  Cleopatre;  Romeo  et  Juliette. 

V.8.  Les  amis:  Les  deux  gentilshommes  de  Verone;  Le  marchand  de  Venise; 
Comme  11  vous  plaira. 

V.9.     La  famille:    Coriolan;  Le  roi  Lear. 

v.  10.     La  societe:    Mesure  pour  mesure;  Timon  d'Athenes;  Jules  Cesar. 

v.ii.     La  patrie:    Richard  II;  Henry  IV.  , 

V.12.     La  patrie  (continued):    Henry  V;  Henry  VI  (premiere  partie).  , 

V.13.  La  patrie  (continued):  Henry  VI  (deuxieme  partie  [et]  troisieme  partie); 
Henry  VIII. 

V.14.  Les  farces:  Les  joyeuses  epouses  de  Windsor;  La  comedie  des  crrcurs;  Le 
soir  des  rois;  ou,  Ce  que  vous  voudrez. 

V.I  5.     Sonnets. — Poemes. — Testament. 

v.  16.  Les  apocryphes:  Titus  Andronicus;  Une  tragedie  dans  1' Yorkshire;  Les  deux 
nobles  parents. 

V.I 7.     Les  apocryphes  (continued):    Pericles;  fidouard  III;  Arden  de  Feversham. 

V.  18.  Les  apocryphes  (continued):  La  tragedie  de  Locrine,  le  fils  aine  du  roi 
Brutus;  La  vie  et  la  mort  de  Thomas  lord  Cromwell;  Le  prodigue  de  Londres;  La  puri- 
taine;  ou,  La  veuve  de  Watling  street. 

Shakespeare,  William.  822.33  K4 

Opere;  traduzione  di  Giulio  Carcano.    I2v.    1875-82.    Hoepli. 

v.i.     Vita  di  Shakspeare. — Coriolano. — Giulio  Cesare. — Antonio  e  Cleopatra. 
V.2.     Amleto. — Cimbelino. — Otello. 

V.3.     Giulietta  e  Romeo. — I  due  gentiluomini  di  Verona. — II  mercante  di  Venezia. 
V.4.     Sogno  d'una  notte  d'estate. — Troilo  e  Cressida. — Timone  d'Atene. 
V.5.     La  tempesta. — Misura  per  misura. — Racconto  d'inverno. 
V.6.     Re  Lear. — Macbeth. — Re  Giovanni. 
V.7.     Re  Riccardo  II. — Re  Arrigo  IV. 

v.8.     Re  Arrigo  V. — Re  Arrigo  VI;  parte  prima;  parte  seconda. 
v.p.     Re  Arrigo  VI;  parte  terza. — Re  Riccardo  III. — Re  Arrigo  VIII. 
v.io.     Le  donne  allegre  di  Windsor. — La  notte  dell'  Epifania;  o,  Quel  che  volete. — 
Commedia  d'equivoci. — Molto  romore  per  nulla. 

v.ii.     Pene  d'amore  perdute. — La  selvatica  ammansata. — Come  vi  place. 
V.I 2.     £  tutto  bene  quel  che  ben  finisce. — Pericle. — Tito  Andronico. 


1588  SHAKESPEARE 

Shakespeare,  William.  822.33  K6 

Osszes  szinmfivei.    6v.     1902. 

v.1-2.     Tragediai. 

v.3-4.     Torteneti  szinmuvei. 

v.s.     Vigjatekai. 

V.6.     Regenyes  szinmuvei. 

822.33  K7 

nieKcnHpi,  BajijiiaiiT,.  822.33  Nl 

^paMETHHCCKiH  COHHHeHlK.       9  T.  BT>  4.      1862-79, 

Partial  collections 
Arnold,  Cecil.  r822.33  La 

Index  to  Shakespearian  thought;  a  collection  of  passages  from  the 
plays  and  poems  of  Shakespeare,  classified  under  appropriate  headings 
and  alphabetically  arranged.    i88o.    Bickers. 

r822.33  L3 
Dictionary  of  Shakespearian  quotations,  exhibiting  the  most  forcible 
passages  illustrative  of  the  various  passions,  affections  and  emotions 
of  the  human  mind;  selected  and  arranged  in  alphabetical  order  from 
the  writings  of  the  eminent  dramatic  poet.    1863.    Bell. 

Binder's  title  reads  "Shakespearian  dictionary." 

Shakespeare,  William.  822.33  M 

Shakespeare  proverbs;  or.  The  wise  saws  of  our  wisest  poet  col- 
lected into  a  modern  instance  by  Mary  Cowden-Clarke;  ed.  with  intro- 
duction and  notes  by  W.  J.  Rolfe.    1908.    Putnam. 

Introduction  contains  sketch  of  Mrs  Cowden-Clarke's  life  and  an  essay  pn  proverbs. 

Single  plays 
Shakespeare,  William.  822.33  Sia 

Antoniusz  i  Kleopatra;  dramat;  przeklad  Krystyna  Ostrowskiego. 
Shakespeare,  William.  r822.33  S73 

Hamlet  and  the  ur-Hamlet;  the  text  of  the  second  quarto  of  1604, 
with  a  conjectural  text  of  the  alleged  Kyd  Hamlet  preceding  it,  with  an 
introduction  by  Appleton  Morgan.  1908.  Shakespeare  Soc.  (Bank- 
side-restoration  Shakespeare.) 

Shakespeare,"  William.  822.33  S71 

Hamlet,  krolewicz  dunski;  przeklad  Jozefa  Paszkowskiego. 
Shakespeare,  William.  822.33  S73 

Hamletas,  Danijos  karalaitis;  tragedija;  verte  K.  S^mojauckas.  1909. 
Egan,  Maurice  Francis.  822.33  S83 

The  ghost  in  Hamlet,  and  other  essays  in  comparative  literature. 
1906.    McClurg. 

Other  essays :  Some  phases  of  Shakespearean  interpretation.  —  Some  pedagogical 
uses  of  Shakespeare. — Lyrism  in  Shakespeare's  comedies. — The  puzzle  of  Hamlet. — The 
greatest  of  Shakespeare's  contemporaries. — Imitators  of  Shakespeare. — The  comparative 
method  in  literature. — A  definition  of  literature. — The  ebb  and  flow  of  romance. 


SHAKESPEARE  1589 

Johnston,  William  Preston.  822.33  S85 

Prototype  of  Hamlet,  and  other  Shakespearian  problems.  [1890.] 
Belford. 

Contents:  How  to  study  Shakespeare. — Macbeth. — The  significance  of  Hamlet. — 
The  authorship  of  Hamlet. — The  evolution  of  Hamlet. — The  plot  of  Hamlet. — The  proto- 
type of  Hamlet. 

Lewis,  Charlton  Miner.  822.33  S72 

Genesis  of  Hamlet.    1907.     Holt. 

Author  is  (1908)  a  professor  of  English  literature  in  Yale  University.  Written  to 
prove  that  Shakespeare's  "Hamlet"  was  based  upon  a  lost  play  by  Thomas  Kyd,  who, 
in  turn,  derived  much  of  his  material  from  a  histoire  tragique  by  Francois  de  Belleforest 

Miles,  George  Henry.  822.33  S84 

Review  of  Hamlet.     1907.     Longmans. 

Contains  also:    Macbeth;  a  fragment. 

A  volume  of  Shakespearian  criticism  which,  on  its  first  appearance  in  1870,  received 
the  high  approbation  of  Edwin  Booth  and  yet  never  became  as  widely  known  as  it  de- 
served. 

Werder,  Karl.  822.33  S82 

Heart  of  Hamlet's  mystery;  tr.  from  the  German  by  Elizabeth 
Wilder,  with  introduction  by  W.  J.  Rolfe.     1907.     Putnam. 

Lectures  delivered  in  the  University  of  Berlin,  1859-60.  Werder  takes  the  opposite 
view  from  the  one  held  by  Coleridge  and  Goethe  and  very  generally  prevalent,  that 
the  tragedy  of  Hamlet  was  due  to  the  weakness  of  his  own  character.  He  maintains  that 
the  difficulties  which  stood  in  the  way  of  Hamlet's  avenging  the  death  of  his  father 
were  purely  objective. 

Halliwell-Phillipps,  James  Orchard.  1822,33  W12 

The  character  of  Sir  John  Falstaff  as  originally  exhibited  by 
Shakespeare  in  the  two  parts  of  King  Henry  IV.     1841.    Pickering. 

Shakespeare,  William.  822.33  T12 

Juliusz  Cezar;  tragedya;  przektad  Adama  Pajgerta. 

Shakespeare,  William.  r822.33  T32 

King  Lear,  as  performed  by  Tommaso  Salvini,  1883  [Italian  and 
English  text]. 

822.33  T4 
Three  essays  on  Shakespeare's  tragedy  of  King  Lear,  by  pupils  of  the 
City  of  London  School.    1851.     Bruce. 

Contents:  A  parallel  between  Shakespeare's  tragedy  of  King  Lear  and  the  Qsdipus 
in  Colono  of  Sophocles,  stating  the  general  design  of  each  play  and  constrasting  the 
characters  introduced  in  their  points  of  similarity  and  dissimilarity,  by  J.  R.  Seeley. — 
On  the  character  of  the  religious  belief  and  feeling  which  pervade  the  tragedy  of  King 
Lear,  illustrated  by  short  quotations,  by  William  Young. — On  the  tragedy  of  King  Lear, 
quoting  and  illustrating  such  passages  as  allude  to  the  usages  of  the  times  in  which 
Shakespeare  lived,  by  E.  A.  Hart. 

"List  of  works  used  or  referred  to  in  the  course  of  [the  third]  essay,  and  contain- 
ing useful  information  on  its  subject,"  p.  149. 

Binder's  title  reads  "Prize  essays  on  Shakespeare's  King  Lear." 
The   City  of   London   School   is  a   secondary  school,   nearly   corresponding  to   our 
high  school. 

822.33  T51 

.2i«3  pn's^  npnyn  ,t2ipD 

Shakespeare,  William.  822.33  T53 

Makbet;  przekiad  Jozefa  Paszkowskiego. 


1590  SHAKESPEARE 

Fletcher,  George.  822.33  T54 

Character  studies  in  Macbeth.    1889.    Longmans. 

First  published  in  1846. 

Contends  that  Macbeth's  nature  was  inherently  evil  and  that  Lady  Macbeth  urged 
him  on  to  the  murder  of  the  king  not  to  satisfy  her  own  selfish  ambition — but  merely  to 
fulfil  her  husband's  wishes. 

Oxon,  pseud.  822.33  Tsa 

Analysis  and  study  of  the  leading  characters  of  Macbeth  and  As  you 

like  it.    1886.    Sonnenschein. 

Author  illustrates  the  points  in  his  brief  analysis  by  quotations.  Contains  a  short 
comparison  of  the  character  of  Macbeth  with  that  of  Hamlet  and  of  Richard  III. 

Porter,  Charlotte,  &  Clarke,  H.  A.  822.33  T56 

Shakespeare  studies;  Macbeth.     1901.    Amer.  Book  Co. 

Studies  the  plot  of  Macbeth,  its  characters  and  their  relations,  the  supernatural 
element,  language,  moot  points  and  the  sources. 

822.33  P31 

Halliwell-Phillipps,  James  Orchard.  r822.33  P73 

Introduction    to    Shakespeare's    Midsummer    night's    dream.      1841. 

Pickering. 

Includes  a  short  discussion  of  the  date  of  composition,  possible  sources  and  various 
early  representations. 

Shakespeare,  William.  822.33  T73 

Otello;  przeklad  Jozefa  Paszkowskiego. 

Shakespeare,  William.  r822.33  T73 

Othello;  a  tragedy  in  five  acts,  as  performed  by  Salvini,  1884  [Italian 
and  English  text].    1884.    Spottiswoode. 

nieKcnHp-B,  BnjiJiiaMT,.  822.33  T71 

Otc^ijio,  BeHeniaHCKitt  MaBpi,.     1899. 

822.33  T72 

.ppOJjr^MOD 

Shakespeare,  William.  r822.33  Us 

Life  of  Timon  of  Athens;  the  text  of  the  folio  of  1623,  with  that  as 
made  into  a  play  by  Thomas  Shadwell  in  1678;  with  a  critical  and  his- 
torical introduction  in  which  the  play  as  written  by  William  Shake- 
speare is  compared  with  it  as  altered  by  Thomas  Shadwell,  by  Willis 
Vickery.    1907.    Shakespeare  Soc.    (Bankside-restoration  Shakespeare.) 

Shakespeare,  William.  822.33  Q7a 

Twelfth  night;  adapted  for  amateur  performance  in  girls'  schools, 
by  Elsie  Fogerty,  costume  plates  by  Isabel  Bonus.  191 1.  Sonnen- 
schein.    (Standard  plays  for  amateur  performance  in  girls'  schools.) 


SHAKESPEARE  1591 

Plajrs  ascribed  to  Shakespeare 

Shakespeare,  William.  r822.33  Z 

Supplement  to  the  plays  of  William  Shakespeare,  comprising  the 
seven  dramas  which  have  been  ascribed  to  his  pen,  but  which  are  not 
included  with  his  writings  in  modern  editions;  ed.  with  notes  and  an 
introduction  to  each  play  by  W.  G.  Simms.     1848.     Cooledge. 

Contents:  The  two  noble  kinsmen. — The  London  prodigal. — Thomas,  lord  Crom- 
well.— Sir  John  Oldcastle. — The  puritan;  or,  The  widow  of  Watling  street. — The  York- 
shire tragedy. — The  tragedy  of  Locrine. 

Poems.     Sonnets 
Acheson,  Arthur.  822.33  Y74 

Shakespeare  and  the  rival  poet,  displaying  Shakespeare  as  a  satirist 
and  proving  the  identity  of  the  patron  and  the  rival  of  the  sonnets; 
with  a  reprint  of  sundry  poetical  pieces  by  George  Chapman  bearing 
on  the  subject.    1903.    Lane. 

The  rival  poet  alluded  to  in  the  sonnets  the  author  believes  to  be  Chapman  and  the 
youthful  patron  the  earl  of  Southampton. 

"On  the  whole  Shakspearean  students  may  well  thank  Mr.  Acheson  for  the  col- 
lection of  a  curious  set  of  associated  passages  concerning  two  great  poets,  while  they 
will  probably  reserve  their  judgment  as  to  the  convincing  character  of  the  evidence 
brought  forward."     Athenceum,  1904. 

Dictionaries.    Indexes.    Allusions  to  Shakespeare 

Clarke,  Charles  Cowden,  &  Clarke,  Mrs  Mary  Cowden.         r822.33  HZ7 
Shakespeare  key;  unlocking  the  treasures  of  his  style,  elucidating 

the  peculiarities  of  his  construction  and  displaying  the  beauties  of  his 

expression.     1879.     Low. 

Cyclopaedic   reference   book   which   brings   together   numerous   illustrative   passages 

under  such   headings  as  anachronisms,  dramatic   time,   elliptical   style,  idioms,   peculiar 

use  of  words,  varied  meanings,  etc. 

Ingleby,  Clement  Mansfield,  and  others,  comp.  r822.33  HX 

Shakspere  allusion-book;  a  collection  of  allusions  to  Shakspere 
from  1591  to  1700;  originally  compiled  by  C.  M.  Ingleby  and  others, 
with  the  assistance  of  the  New  Shakspere  Society,  and  now  re-edited, 
revised  and  re-arranged,  with  an  introduction  by  John  Munro.  2v. 
1909.     Chatto.     (Shakespeare  Library.) 

"In  a  long  and  interesting  introduction  Mr.  Munro  gives  us  a  history  of  the  repu- 
tation of  Shakespeare,  of  its  development  in  times  subsequent  to  his  own,  and  of  the 
large  accretion  of  legend  which  grew  up  around  the  poet's  name.  A  chronological  list 
of  the  allusions  follows;  and  then  the  text  of  the  allusions,  the  main  matter  of  the  book. 
They  open  with  a  fragment  of  Spenser's  'Colin  Clout's  come  home  again' — four  lines  of 
text  and  thirty  lines  of  learned  note  by  Miss  Toulmin  Smith — and  the  famous  denuncia- 
tion of  Shakespeare  by  Greene.  They  end,  so  far  as  authors  are  concerned,  with  ex- 
tracts from  John  Downes'  Roscius  Anglicanus ..  .The  whole  is  an  impressive  piece  of 
scholarly  spade-work."     Outlook  (London),  1909. 

O'Connor,  Mrs  Evangeline  Maria  (Johnson).  r822.33  HZ6 

Index  to  the  works  of  Shakspere  giving  references  by  topics  to  nota- 
ble passages  and  significant  expressions,  brief  histories  of  the  plays, 
geographical  names  and  historical  incidents,  mention  of  all  characters 
and  sketches  of  important  ones,  together  with  explanations  of  allusions 
and  obscure  and  obsolete  words  and  phrases.    1887.    Appleton. 


1592  SHAKESPEARE 

Celebrations 
Hunter,  Robert  E.  822.33  HR 

Shakespeare  and  Stratford-upon-Avon;  a  "chronicle  of  the  time;" 
the  salient  facts  and  traditions,  biographical,  topographical  and  histor- 
ical connected  with  the  poet  and  his  birth-place,  with  a  full  record  of  the 
tercentenary  celebration.    1864.    Whittaker. 


Authorship.    Bacon-Shakespeare  controversy 

[Begley,  Walter.]  822.33  AB4 

Is  it  Shakespeare?  the  great  question  of  Elizabethan  literature  an- 
swered in  the  light  of  new  revelations  and  important  contemporary 
evidence  hitherto  unnoticed,  by  a  Cambridge  graduate.     1903.    Murray. 
An  argument  for  the  Baconian  authorship,  based  mainly  on  the  sonnets  and  poems. 

Booth,  William  Stone.  q822.33  ABs 

Some  acrostic  signatures  of  Francis  Bacon,  baron  Verulam  of  Veru- 
1am,  viscount  St.  Alban,  together  with  some  others,  all  of  which  are 
now  for  the  first  time  deciphered  and  published.    1909.    Houghton. 

He  does  not  attempt  in  any  sense  to  treat  the  whole  Baconian  theory,  but,  accept- 
ing it,  he  has  given  us  in  this  painstaking  and  ingenious  book  the  most  thorough  dis- 
cussion we  have  yet  had  of  concealed  signatures  in  the  work  usually  assigned  to  Shake- 
speare.    Condensed  from  Nation,  igog. 

Durning-Lawrence,  Sir  Edwin.  822.33  ABg 

Bacon  is  Shake-speare,  with  a  reprint  of  Bacon's  Promus  of  formu- 
laries and  elegancies;  collated  with  the  original  ms.  by  F.  B.  Bickley 
and  revised  by  F.  A.  Herbert.     1910.     McBride. 

Argument  for  the  Baconian  authorship  of  the  plays. 

Greenwood,  Granville  George.  822.33  AB7 

In  re  Shakespeare:  Beeching  v.  Greenwood;  rejoinder  on  behalf  of 
the  defendant.    1909.    Lane. 

In  an  earlier  book,  "The  Shakespeare  problem  restated,"  the  author  gave  the  chief 
arguments  against  the  Shakespearian  authorship  of  the  plays.  In  the  present  book  he  is 
chiefly  concerned  in  answering  his  principal  critic,  H.  C.  Beeching. 

Holmes,  Nathaniel.  832.33  AB8 

Authorship  of  Shakespeare.    1866.    Hurd. 
Argument  for  the  Baconian  authorship. 

Twain,  Mark,  (pseud,  of  Samuel  Langhorne  Clemens).  822.33  AB6 

Is  Shakespeare  dead?  from  my  autobiography.    1909.    Harper. 

The  subtitle  is  fairly  descriptive,  for  the  volume  contains  passages  of  autobiography 
not  essential  to  the  argument.  The  case  for  Bacon  is  presented  clearly  and  forcibly, 
though  no  new  points  are  made. 

Biography 

Fumivall,  Frederick  James,  &  Munro,  John.  822.33  B18 

Shakespeare;  life  and  work.     1908.    Cassell.    (Century  Shakespeare.) 
"Bibliography,"  p.3s8-263. 
The  biography  by  Dr  Fumivall  is  followed  by  a  chapter  on  English  drama  before 

Shakespeare  by  John  Munro. 


SHAKESPEARE  1593 

Halliwell-Phillipps,  James  Orchard.  r822.33  B4 

Life  of  William  Shakespeare,  including  many  particulars  respecting 
the  poet  and  his  family  never  before  published.     1848.    Smith. 
"List  of  documents,"  P.33S-336. 

"The  biography  is  remarkable  as  the  first  that  made  any  just  use  of  the  Stratford 
records... As  the  biographer  of  Shakespeare  Halliwell  deserves  well  of  his  country,  and 
his  results  may  for  the  most  part  be  regarded  as  final.  The  few  errors  detected  in  his 
transcription  of  documents  do  not  detract  from  the  value  of  his  labours."  Dictionary 
of  national  biography. 

Harris,  Frank.  822.33  B17 

The  man  Shakespeare  and  his  tragic  life-story.  1909.  Kennerley. 
Mr  Harris  holds  that  Shakespeare's  purpose  in  writing  was  like  Montaigne's,  to 
reveal  himself  to  us,  and  that  it  is  possible,  from  his  writings,  to  establish  beyond  doubt 
the  main  features  of  his  character  and  the  chief  incidents  of  his  life.  Assuming  that 
Hamlet  was  Shakespeare's  most  intimate  and  complete  piece  of  self-portraiture,  he  goes 
through  the  plays  examining  all  the  principal  characters  in  search  of  Hamlet  traits.  He 
pushes  his  theory  to  its  extreme  limit. 

Hazlitt,  William  Carew.  822.33  B16 

Shakespear.    1902.    Quaritch. 

Biographical  and  critical  essay,  including  discussion  of  the  sonnets. 

"Mr.  Hazlitt  is  a  literary  student  and  antiquary  of  wide  reading  and  multifarious 
information.  His  book  furnishes  many  suggestions  and  side-lights  for  scholars  of  some 
attainment;  it  cannot  be  called  a  good  handbook  for  beginners  or  for  ready  reference." 
Dial^  1903. 

Raleigh,  Sir  Walter  Alexander.  822.33  B15 

Shakespeare.     1907.     Macmillan.     (English  men  of  letters.) 
"It  is  in  no  sense  a  handbook  or  a  detailed,  critical  biography,  but  a  stimulating  ac- 
count of  the  reaction  of  Shakespeare's  creations  upon  a  keen  and  sensitive  mind,  re- 
corded by  a  master  of  style."  Nation,  1907. 


Portraits 
Boaden,  James.  r822.33  C4 

Inquiry  into  the  authenticity  of  various  pictures  and  prints  which, 
from  the  decease  of  the  poet  to  our  own  times,  have  been  offered  to  the 
public  as  portraits  of  Shakspeare.     1824.    Triphook. 

Contains  five  portraits. 

Corbin,  John.  822,33  C2 

New  portrait  of  Shakespeare;  the  case  of  the  Ely  palace  painting  as 
against  that  of  the  so-called  Droeshout  original.    1903.    Lane. 

Gives  the  history  of  these  two  portraits  and  discusses  their  respective  claims  to 
genuineness.  Holds  that  the  Droeshout  original  is  probably  a  fabrication  and  that  the 
Ely  palace  painting  is  a  portrait  from  life. 

Friswell,  James  Main.  r822.33  C3 

Life  portraits  of  William  Shakspeare;  a  history  of  the  various  repre- 
sentations of  the  poet,  with  an  examination  into  their  authenticity.  1864. 
Low. 

Criticism.     Study 

Baker,  George  Pierce.  822.33  D41 

Development  of  Shakespeare  as  a  dramatist.    1907.    Macmillan. 

"Offers  a  somewhat  more  comprehensive  survey  of  Shakespeare's  growth  as  a 
playwright  than  has  yet  been  attempted,  inasmuch  as  it  is  not  limited  to  the  study  of  a 
few  selected  plays,  but  traces  his  development  from  the  beginning  to  the  end  of  his 
career."     Nation,  1907. 


1594  SHAKESPEARE 

Brink,  Bernhard  ten.  822.33  D43 

Five  lectures  on  Shakespeare;  tr.  by  Julia  Franklin.    1895.    Holt. 

Contents:  The  poet  and  the  man. — Chronology  of  Shakespeare's  works. — Shake- 
speare as  dramatist. — Shakespeare  as  comic  poet. — Shakespeare  as  tragic  writer. 

Cox,  William  H.  822.33  D31 

Analyses  of  Othello,  Hamlet,  Macbeth,  King  Lear.  1886.  Cushings. 
Davidson,  Mrs  Hannah  Amelia  (Noyes).  r822.33  Dg 

Studies  of  the  historical  plays  of  Shakespeare,  no.  1-4,  in  iv.  1908. 
(Study-guide  series.) 

no. I.     The  study  of  Shakespeare's  King  John. 

no.2.     The  study  of  Shakepeare's  King  Richard  the  Second. 

no. 3.     The  study  of  King  Henry  Fourth,  parts  1-2. 

no.4.     The  study  of  King  Henry  Fifth. 

Each  number  contains  "References  for  the  study  of  the  historical  plays  of  Shake- 
speare." 

Davies,  Thomas,  1712-85.  r822.33  D8 

Dramatic  miscellanies,  consisting  of  critical  observations  on  several 
plays  of  Shakspeare,  with  a  review  of  his  principal  characters  and  those 
of  various  eminent  writers  as  represented  by  Mr  Garrick  and  ojther  cele- 
brated comedians.    3v.    1784-85.    Privately  printed. 

Partial  contents: 

V.I.     [Shakespeare's  plays.] 

V.2.  [Shakespeare's  plays.] — Every  man  in  his  humour  [by  Ben  Jonson]. — Ben 
Jonson.-^Rule  a  wife  and  have  a  wife  [by  Beaumont  and  Fletcher]. 

V.3.  [Shakespeare's  plays.] — Dryden. — Otway. — Rival  queens;  or,  Alexander  the 
Great  [by  Nathaniel  Lee]. — The  rehearsal  [by  the  duke  of  Buckingham]. — Congreve. — 
Betterton. — Colley  Cibber. 

Deutsche  Shakespeare-Gesellschaft.  r822.33  D7 

Jahrbuch  (ier-2er  jahrgang),  im  auftrage  des  vorstandes  hrsg.  durch 
Friedrich  Bodenstedt  [1864-65].     1865-67.     Reimer. 

"Shakespeare-bibliographie,  1864  und  1865,  Januar  bis  Juli,"  v.i,  p.418-447;  1865, 
Aug^ust  bis  December  und  1866,  Januar  bis  October,  v. 2,  p.393-405. 

Dowden,  Edward.  822.33  D39 

Introduction  to  Shakespeare.     [1900.]     Blackie. 

Includes  a  short  biography  and  notes  on  the  plays,  a  brief  account  of  English, 
French  and  German  criticism  of  Shakespeare  and  of  the  interpretation  of  his  characters 
given  by  great  actors  from  Burbage  to  Macready. 

Giles,  Henry.  822.33  D48 

Human  life  in  Shakespeare.     1868.    Lee. 
Halliwell-Phillipps,  James  Orchard.  r822.33  Ds 

Curiosities  of  modern  Shaksperian  criticism.     1853.    Smith. 

.•\  reply  to  the  reviewers  of  Halliwell-Phillipps's  edition  of  Shakespeare's  works. 

Hunter,  Joseph.  822.33  D50 

New  illustrations  of  the  life,  studies  and  writings  of  Shakespeare, 
supplementary  to  all  the  editions.    2v.    1845.    Nichols. 

V.I.     Prolusions    genealogical   and   biographical   on   the    family   of  William    Shake- 
speare and  other  families  connected  with  him. — The  comedies. 
V.2.     The  English  histories. — The  tragedies. — Supplementary. 

Jacox,  Francis.  822.33  D4g 

Shakspeare  diversions;  a  medley  of  motley  wear,   ist-2d  ser.     2v. 

1876-77.    Daldy. 

v.i.     Among  the  sonnets. — Among  the  poems. — King  Lear. — Hotspur. — Falstaff. — 

Shallow  and  Silence. 

V.2.     From  Dogberry  to  Hamlet. 


SHAKESPEARE  1595 

Johnson,  Charles  Frederick.  822.33  D45 

Shakespeare  and  his  critics.     1909.     Houghton. 

"Object  of  this  book  is  to  give  an  outline  of  the  attitude  of  the  English  and 
American  literary  world  towards  the  plays  of  William  Shakespeare  from  the  seven- 
teenth century  to  the  present  time."     Preface. 

Latimer,  Mrs  Elizabeth  (Wormeley).  822.33  D51 

Familiar  talks  on  some  of  Shakspeare's  comedies.     1886.     Roberts. 

Contents:  The  winter's  tale. — The  tempest. — Midsummer  night's  dream. — Taming 
of  the  shrew. — Much  ado  about  nothing. — As  you  like  it. — Twelfth  night. — The  mer- 
chant of  Venice. — Cymbeline. 

MacCallum,  Mungo  William.  822.33  D52 

Shakespeare's  Roman  plays  and  their  background.     1910.    Macmillan. 

Contents:  Introduction:  Roman  plays  in  the  i6th  century. — Shakespeare's  treat- 
ment of  history. — Ancestry  of  Shakespeare's  Roman  plays. — Julius  Caesar. — Antony  and 
Cleopatra. — Coriolanus. — Appendices:  Nearest  parallels  between  Garnier's  "Cornelie" 
in  the  French  and  English  versions  and  "Julius  Caesar." — The  verbal  relations  of  the 
various  versions  of  Plutarch,  illustrated  by  means  of  Volumnia's  speech. — Shakespeare's 
alleged  indebtedness  to  Appian  in  Julius  Caesar. — Shakespeare's  loans  from  Appian  in 
Antony  and  Cleopatra. — Cleopatra's  One  word. — The  "inexplicable"  passage  in  Corio- 
lanus. 

The  works  of  which  Dr  MacCallum  writes  are,  he  remarks,  in  a  group  by  them- 
selves on  account  of  a  method  of  treatment  peculiar  to  them.  In  founding  himself  upon 
Plutarch  (as  made  accessible  by  the  translators  of  the  period,  upon  whom  the  author 
has  two  admirable  chapters),  Shakespeare  was  making  use  of  work  far  more  final  and 
excellent  than  that  of  any  other  of  the  historical  writers  to  whom  he  turned  at  one 
time  and  another;  and  in  consequence  he  borrowed  much  more  freely,  and  altered  much 
less  freely.  The  author's  studies  of  the  Roman  plays,  one  by  one,  are  pieces  of  minute 
scholarship,  full  of  insight,  and  worthy  additions  to  the  study  of  the  psychology  of 
Shakespeare's  men  and  women.     Condensed  from  Outlook  (London),  1910. 

Swinburne,  Algernon  Charles.  822.33  D47 

Three  plays  of  Shakespeare.     1909.     Harper.     (Harper's  library  of 

living  thought.) 

Contents:     King  Lear. — Othello. — King  Richard  II. 
Short  critical  essays. 

Tegg,  William.  822.33  D46 

Shakspeare  and  his  contemporaries,  together  with  the  plots  of  his 

plays,  theatres  and  actors.     1879.    Tegg. 

Intended  as  a  general  introduction  for  young  students  of  Shakespeare.     Illustrated. 

Tolman,  Albert  Harris.  822.33  D53 

Questions  on  Shakespeare,  pt.1-2,  in  2v.  1910.  University  of  Chi- 
cago Press. 

pt.i.     Introductory. 

pt.2.     The  first  histories,  poems,  comedies. 

"Select  general  bibliography,"  pt.i,  p.  103-197. 

Pt.  I  contains  an  outline  and  discussion  of  the  most  important  topics  for  the  study  of 
Shakespeare's  language,  a  similar  outline  for  the  study  of  his  verse,  and  a  general 
bibliography.  Succeeding  parts  are  devoted  to  study  of  the  separate  plays.  Five  kinds 
of  exercises  on  each  play  are  presented:  (i)  general  questions,  (2)  questions  on  in- 
dividual acts  and  scenes,  (3)  character  study,  (4)  the  relation  of  the  play  to  its  sources, 
(s)  questions  concerning  text  or  meaning. 

Tolstoi,  Lyof  Nikolaievitch,  count.  822.33  D40 

Tolstoy  on  Shakespeare;  a  critical  essay  on  Shakespeare;  tr.  by  V. 
Tchertkoff  and  I.  F.  M.,  followed  by  Shakespeare's  attitude  to  the 
working  classes  by  Ernest  Crosby  and  a  letter  from  G.  B.  Shaw.  1906. 
Funk. 


1596  SHAKESPEARE 

Warner,  Beverley  Ellison,  comp.  822.33  D4a 

Famous  introductions  to  Shakespeare's  plays,  by  the  notable  editors 
of  the  i8th  century;  ed.  with  a  critical  introduction,  biographical  and 
explanatory  notes.     1906.    Dodd. 

Contents:  Introductory  essay. — John  Heminge  and  Henrie  Condell.  —  Nicholas 
Rowe. — Alexander  Pope. — Lewis  Theobald. — Sir  Thomas  Hanmer. — William  Warburton, 
— Samuel  Johnson. — George  Steevens. — Edward  Capell. — Isaac  Reed. — Edmund  Malone. 

Eleven  of  the  prefaces  to  the  chief  editions,  from  the  first  folio  to  Malone,  are 
here  reprinted,  with  a  general  introduction,  short  biographies  of  the  editors,  and  here 
and  there  an  explanatory  footnote.  Dr  Warner's  idea,  though  a  good  one,  has  been 
anticipated  by  D.  Nicol  Smith's  "Eighteenth  century  essays  on  Shakespeare"  (822.33 
D30),  which  appeared  in  1903.  This  latter  contains  the  six  most  important  prefaces 
reprinted  by  Dr  Warner;  the  three  valuable  essays  of  Dennis,  Farmer  and  Morgann;  an 
introduction  which  is  a  real  contribution  to  the  history  of  Shakespeare's  reputation,  and 
a  body  of  scholarly  notes.     Condensed  from  Atlantic  monthly,  igo6. 

White,  Richard  Grant.  822.33  D44 

Shakespeare's  scholar;  historical  and  critical  studies  of  his  text, 
characters  and  commentators,  with  an  examination  of  Collier's  folio  of 
1632.     1854.    Appleton. 

Wolff,  Max  Josef.  822.33  D21 

Shakespeare,  der  dichter  und  sein  werk.  2v.  1907-08.  Beck. 
Not  marked  by  any  strong  critical  originality,  nor  does  it  throw  any  new  light  on 
the  poet's  life;  yet  it  is  a  pleasing  book,  and  is  superior,  perhaps,  to  any  work  on  its 
subject  accessible  in  English  that  attempts  to  combine  both  biography  and  literary  criti- 
cism. The  book  has  the  advantage  of  representing  the  latest  and  best  knowledge.  Con- 
densed from  Nation,  1907. 

Textual  criticism 
Kilbourne,  Frederick  W.  822.33  E2 

Alterations  and  adaptations  of  Shakespeare.     1906.     Poet  Lore  Co. 

Descriptions  of  the  various  acting  and  operatic  versions  of  Shakespeare's  plays, 
from  the  restoration  to  the  beginning  of  the  19th  century,  with  a  general  discussion  of 
the  literary  tendencies  displayed  in  these  adaptations.  The  list  includes  nearly  90  dif- 
ferent alterations. 

Lounsbury,  Thomas  Raynesford.  822.33  E 

The  text  of  Shakespeare;  its  history  from  the  publication  of  the 
quartos  and  folios  down  to  and  including  the  publication  of  the  editions 
of  Pope  and  Theobald.    1906.    Scribner. 

History  of  the  attempts  to  restore  the  text  of  Shakespeare.  This  involves  a  full 
treatment  of  the  Pope-Theobald  controversy  and  an  account  of  the  "Dunciad,"  its 
origin,  growth  and  results.  The  introductory  chapters  give  an  admirable  summing  up 
of  the  circumstances  surrounding  the  writing  and  printing  of  plays  in  the  late  i6th  and 
early  17th  centuries.  The  last  20  chapters  clear  up  an  obscure  and  tangled  controversy, 
throw  light  on  the  character  of  the  greatest  poet  and  the  greatest  Shakespearean  critic 
of  the  age,  and  do  much  toward  the  rehabilitation  of  Theobald.  Condensed  from  Nation, 
1906. 

Characters 
GoU,  August.  822.33  Gs 

Criminal  types  in  Shakespeare;  authorised  translation  from  the 
Danish  by  Mrs  Charles  Weekes.     [1909.]     Methuen. 

Contents:  Introduction. — Brutus  and  Cassius. — Macbeth. — Lady  Macbeth. — Richard 
III.— lago. 

Attempts  to  show  that  Shakespeare  was  one  of  the  greatest  exponents  of  the  modern 
science  of  criminology. 


SHAKESPEARE  I597 

Hazlitt,  William.  r822.33  G2 

Characters  of  Shakespear's  plays.    1818.    Taylor. 
The  same.     1848.     Carey.     (Miscellaneous  works,  v.3.)  ...  .822.09  H38 

Bound  with  his  "Lectures  on  the  dramatic  literature  of  the  age  of  Elizabeth." 
"He  has  not  counted  syllables  nor  weighed  various  readings.  He  does  not  throw  a 
new  light  upon  delicate  indications  of  thought  and  sentiment,  nor  philosophise  after  the 
manner  of  Coleridge  and  the  Germans. .  .It  is  lago  and  Timon,  and  Coriolanus,  and  An- 
tony, and  Cleopatra,  who  really  interest  him.  He  loves  and  hates  them  as  if  they  were 
his  own  contemporaries;  he  gives  the  main  outlines  of  their  character  with  a  spirited 
touch."    Sir  Leslie  Stephen's  Hours  in  a  library. 

Jameson,  Mrs  Anna  Brownell  (Murphy).  q822.33  G18 

Heroines  of  Shakespeare. 

"The  first  work  in  which  her  powers  of  original  thought  became  embodied ...  These 
analyses  of  the  grreat  poet's  heroines  are  unsurpassed  for  delicacy  of  critical  insight  and 
fineness  of  literary  touch.  They  are  the  result  of  a  penetrating,  but  essentially  feminine, 
mind  applied  to  the  study  of  individuals  of  its  own  sex,  detecting  characteristics  and 
defining  differences  not  perceived  by  the  ordinary  critic,  and  entirely  overlooked  by 
the  general  reader."     Encyclopedia  Britannica. 

Kellogg,  Abner  Otis.  822.33  Gs 

Shakspeare's  delineations  of  insanity,  imbecility  and  suicide.  1866. 
Hurd. 

Contents:  Insane:  Lear,  Macbeth,  Lady  Macbeth;  Hamlet;  Ophelia;  Jaques;  Cor- 
delia.— Imbeciles:  Bottom,  Dogberry,  Elbow,  Shallow;  Malvolio;  Bardolph;  Nym,  Pis- 
tol; Launce;  Caliban. — Suicides:  Othello. 

Appeared  in  the  "American  journal  of  insanity,"  1859-64. 

Martin,  Helena  (Faucit),  lady.  q822.33  G4 

On  some  of  Shakespeare's  female  characters:  Ophelia,  Portia,  Des- 
demona,  Juliet,  Imogen,  Rosalind,  Beatrice.     1885.    Blackwood. 

Lady  Martin,  better  known  as  Helen  Faucit,  was  a  noted  English  actress  of  the 
19th  century. 

"Further  light  can  evidently  be  thrown  upon  the  significance  of  the  characters  when 
they  are  explained  by  one  who  has  studied  them  for  the  purposes  of  representation,  and 
who  can  describe  the  emotions  with  which  they  are  approached,  and  the  way  in  which 
the  mode  of  execution  finally  decided  upon  has  been  arrived  at.  Such  is  one  of  the 
aims  of  Lady  Martin's  book,  but  interspersed  with  the  accounts  of  the  plays  in  which 
she  has  appeared  there  are  frag^ments  of  dramatic  autobiography  of  much  interest  and 
value."    Saturday  review,  1885. 


Tales  from  Shakespeare 

Couch,  Arthur  Thomas  Quiller.  822.33  Hg 

Historical  tales  from  Shakespeare.     1901.     Scribner. 
Contents:    Coriolanus. — Julius  Caesar. — King  John. — King  Richard  II. — King  Henry 

IV.— King  Henry  V.— King  Henry  VI.— King  Richard  III. 

Guerber,  Helene  Marie  Adeline.  822.33  H21C 

Stories  of  Shakespeare's  comedies.     1910.     Dodd. 

Contents:  Midsummer  night's  dream. — The  tempest. — As  you  like  it. — The  mer- 
chant of  Venice. — The  taming  of  the  shrew. — Twelfth  night. — The  comedy  of  errors. — 
Two  gentlemen  of  Verona. — Love's  labour's  lost. — The  winter's  tale. — The  merry  wives 
of  Windsor. —  Much  ado  about  nothing. —  All's  well  that  ends  well. —  Measure  for 
measure. 

Guerber,  Helene  Marie  Adeline.  822.33  H2it 

Stories  of  Shakespeare's  tragedies.    191 1.    Dodd. 

Contents:  Macbeth. — King  Lear. — Othello. — Hamlet,  prince  of  Denmark. — Romeo 
and  Juliet. — Coriolanus. — Julius  Csesar. — Antony  and  Cleopatra. — Titus  Andronicus. — 
Timon  of  Athens. — Troilus  and  Cressida. — Pericles. 


1598  SHAKESPEARE 

Hoffman,  Alice  Spencer.  822.33  H2oh 

Story  of  Hamlet,  from  the  play  of  Shakespeare,  retold.     1905.    Dent. 

(Stories  from  Shakespeare's  plays  for  children.) 

Hoffman,  Alice  Spencer.  822.33  H2or 

Story  of  Romeo  and  Juliet,  from  the  play  of  Shakespeare,  retold. 

1906.    Dent.     (Stories  from  Shakespeare's  plays  for  children.) 

822.33  H4 

Lamb,  Charles,  &  Lamb,  Mary.  822.33  H3 

Powiesci  Szekspira;  osnute  na  tie  jego  dramatow  i  tragedyi;  prze- 
lozyl  A.  Lange.    1895. 

Language 
Browne,  George  H.  822.33  HA2 

Notes  on  Shakspere's  versification,  with  appendix  on  the  verse  tests 
and  a  short  descriptiv  bibliografy.    1890.    Ginn. 

First  published  in  1884. 

Concise  summary  of  the  main  featuies  of   Shakespeare's  versification,  designed  as 
a  text-book. 

Craik,  George  Lillie.  822.33  HA3 

English  of  Shakespeare  illustrated  in  a  philological  commentary  on 
his  Julius  Caesar;  ed.  by  W.  J.  Rolfe.    1868.    Ginn. 

Victor,  Wilhelm.  r822.33  HAa 

Shakespeare's  pronunciation.    2v.    1906.     Elwert. 

V.I.     A  Shakespeare  phonology,  with  a  rime-index  to  the  poems  as  a  pronouncing 
vocabulary. 

V.2.     A  Shakespeare  reader  in  the  old  spelling  and  with  a  phonetic  transcription. 


Law.     History.     Natural  history 

Heard,  Franklin  Fiske.  qr822.33  HC2 

Legal  acquirements  of  William  Shakespeare.     1865.    Wiggin. 
Attempts  to  show  by  quotations  from  his  plays  that  Shakespeare  must  have  had  both 

a  legal  education  and  practice  in  law. 

Warner,  Beverley  Ellison.  822.33  HD 

English  history  in  Shakespeare's  plays.    1906.    Longmans. 
"Bibliography,"  p.297-298. 

"Addressed  especially  to  those  readers  and  students  of  English  History  who  may 
not  have  discovered  what  an  aid  to  the  understanding  of  certain  important  phases  of 
England's  national  development  lies  in  these  historical  plays,  which  cover  a  period  of 
three  hundred  years — from  King  John  and  Magna  Charta  to  Henry  VIII  and  the  Refor- 
mation."   Preface. 

Grindon,  Leopold  Hartley.  822.33  HH3 

Shakspere  flora;  a  guide  to  all  the  principal  passages  in  which  men- 
tion is  made  of  trees,  plants,  flowers  and  vegetable  productions,  with 
comments  and  botanical  particulars.     1883.     Palmer. 

Elaborate  analysis  of  the  references,  attempting  to  show  the  purpose  and  signific- 
ance of  the  terms  used. 


SHAKESPEARE  1599 

Folk-lore.     Mythology 
Bell,  William.  r822.33  HE 

Shakespeare's  Puck  and  his  folkslore;  illustrated  from  the  supersti- 
tions of  all  nations  but  more  especially  from  the  earliest  religion  and 
rites  of  northern  Europe  and  the  Wends,  v.1-2.  i852-[i864?]  Private- 
ly printed. 

Gibson,  John  Paul  Stewart  Riddell.  822.33  HE3 

Shakespeare's  use  of  the  supernatural;  being  the  Cambridge  Uni- 
versity Harness  prize  essay,  1907.     1908.    Bell. 

Brings  together  passages  in  which  Shakespeare  deals  with  witches,  ghosts  and  fairies 
and  arrives  at  the  conclusion  that  Shakespeare  himself  believed  in  the  supernatural. 


Illustrations 
Boy  dell,  John,  comp.  qr822.33  HK3a 

Illustrations  of  the  dramatic  works  of  Shakspeare,  by  the  most  emi- 
nent artists  of  Great  Britain.    2v.     1852.    Spooner. 
American  edition. 

The  same.    1874.    Gebbie qr822.33  HK3 

Reduced  and  re-engraved  by  the  heliotype  process,  with  selections  from  the  text. 
Title  reads  "Gallery  of  illustrations  for  Shakespeare's  dramatic  works." 

Dowden,  Edward.  qr822.33  HK2 

Shakespeare   scenes  and  characters;  a  series  of  illustrations,  with 

explanatory  text.     1876.    Macmillan. 

The  illustrations  are  all  by  German  artists.     The  text  consists  of  critical  extracts 
from  American,  English,  French  and  German  writers. 


Stage  representations 
Brereton,  Austin.  q822.33  HL4 

Shakespearean  scenes  and  characters,  with  descriptive  notes  on  the 
plays  and  the  principal  Shakespearean  players  from  Betterton  to  Irving. 
1886.    Cassell. 

Forty  engravings  illustrating  29  plays,  with  brief  accompanying  text  on  the  stage 
history  of  these  plays. 

Brereton,  Austin.  822.33  HL3 

Some  famous  Hamlets  from  Burbage  to  Fechter,  with  an  appendix 
giving  extracts  from  the  criticisms  on  Hamlet  by  Goethe,  Coleridge, 
Schlegel,  Hazlitt,  Ulrici,  etc.     1884.     Bogue. 

Lee,  Sir  Sidney.  822.33  HL2 

Shakespeare  and  the  modern  stage,  with  other  essays.  1906.  Scrib- 
ner. 

"Serious  and  scholarly  contributions  to  the  literature  of  Shakespearean  criticism. 
Several  of  the  essays  are  concerned  with  the  vexed  question  of  the  presentation  of 
Shakespeare's  plays  on  the  modern  stage;  two  of  them  discuss  some  aspects  of  Shake- 
speare's philosophy;  and  the  remainder  deal  with  a  variety  of  subjects  connected  with 
Shakespeare's  life  and  works."    Spectator,  1906. 


i6oo  ENGLISH  FICTION 


Wood,  Alice  Ida  Perry.  822.33  HL5 

Stage  history  of  Shakespeare's  King  Richard  the  Third.  1909. 
Columbia  University  Press.  (Columbia  University,  New  York.  Studies 
in  English.) 

"Bibliography,"  p.172-178. 

Study  of  the  romantic  stage  history  of  this  play,  of  which  the  author  says,  "Pre- 
sented at  first  by  the  best  company  of  London,  and  possibly  at  Court,  it  became  the 
favorite  of  strolling  comedians,  inaugurated  the  Shakespearian  drama  in  America  in 
primitive  colonial  structures,  was  played  for  Cherokee  Indians,  before  the  Hawaiian 
King,  in  German-American  theatres,  as  travesty,  burlesque,  circus  attraction,  by  chil- 
dren's and  by  women's  companies  .  .  .  and  has  probably  launched  a  greater  number  of 
actors  upon  their  career  than  any  other  play."  The  story  of  the  development  of  its 
actual  presentation  down  to  the  productions  by  Booth  and  Irving  is  told  in  detail. 

Shakespeare's  England 
Morley,  George.  822.33  HNii 

Shakespeare's  greenwood;  the  customs  of  the  country.    1900.    Nutt. 

Study  of  modern  Warwickshire,  showing  how  much  of  the  homely  speech  and 
customs  which  Shakespeare  has  woven  into  his  works  may  still  be  traced  as  part  of  the 
living  language  and  manners  of  the  peasantry.  Includes  chapter  on  the  native  poets  of 
the  region  and  one  on  its  great  novelist,  George  Eliot. 

[Savage,  Richard,  secretary  and  librarian  of  r822.33  HN2 

Shakespeare's  birthplace,  comp.^ 
Catalogue  of  the  books,  manuscripts,  works  of  art,  antiquities  and 
relics  at  present  exhibited  in  Shakespeare's  birthplace.    1910.     [Stanley.] 


823     English  fiction 


Only  works  about  English  fiction  are  classified  here.  For  works  of  fiction,  see 
alphabetical  list  following  the  general  class  of  Literature. 

Burton,  Richard.  823  B95 

Masters  of  the  English  novel;  a  study  of  principles  and  personalities. 
1909.     Holt. 

Contents:  Fiction  and  the  novel. — Eighteenth  century  beginning^:  Richardson. — 
Eighteenth  century  beginnings:  Fielding. — Developments:  Smollett,  Sterne  and  others. 
— Realism:  Jane  Austen. — Modern  romanticism:  Scott. — French  influence. — Dickens. — 
Thackeray.— George  Eliot. — Trollope  and  others. — Hardy  and  Meredith. — Stevenson. — 
The  American  contribution. 

Canby,  Henry  Seidel.  823  C16 

The  short  story  in  English.    1909.    Holt. 

Contents:    The  middle  age  to  Chaucer. — Chaucer  to  the  Elizabethans. — The  renais- 
sance to  the  19th  century. — The  19th  century  to  the  present  time. 
"Notes,  bibliographical  and  general,"  p. 35 1-365. 

Dawson,  William  James,  &  Dawson,  C.  W.  823  D33g 

The  great  English  novelists,  with  introductory  essays  and  notes. 
2v.    191 1.    Harper.    (Reader's  library.) 

v.i.  The  growth  and  technique  of  the  English  novel. — Love  scenes. — Historic  per- 
sonages.— Epics  of  conflict. 

V.3.  The  masters  of  the  modem  novel. — Humour. — High-water  mark. — Children  in 
fiction. 

Dickens,  Charles.  qr823  D55 

Cyclopedia  of  the   best  thoughts   of   Charles   Dickens;   comp.  and 
alphabetically  arranged  by  F.  G.  De  Fontaine.     1881.    Hale. 
First  published  in  1873. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  i6oi 


Chesterton,  Gilbert  Keith.  823  D55ZC 

Appreciations  and  criticisms  of  the  works  of  Charles  Dickens.  191 1. 
Dent. 

"These  'Appreciations  and  Criticisms'  are  the  separate  prefaces  originally  published 
to  the  works  of  Dickens  in  the  'Everyman'  library . . .  Considered  as  a  criticism  of 
Dickens'  writings,  this  volume  is  extremely  disappointing,  but  read  as  a  series  of  essays 
by  Mr  Chesterton,  the  contents  are. .  .entertaining."     Academy,  igii. 

Pierce,  Gilbert  Ashville.  823  D55ZP 

Dickens  dictionary;  a  key  to  the  plot  and  characters  in  the  tales  of 
Dickens,  with  indexes  and  bibliography,  with  additions  by  W.  A. 
Wheeler.     1894.     Houghton. 

Smith,  Mrs  Mabell  Shippie  (Clarke),  ed.  823  D55ZS 

Studies  in  Dickens.    1910.    Chautauqua  Press.    (Chautauqua  reading 

circle  literature.) 

Extracts  from  Dickens's  various  biographers  and  critics,  with  synopses  of  his  novels. 

Williams,  Mary.  r823  D55ZW 

Dickens  concordance;  being  a  compendium  of  names  and  characters 
and  principal  places  mentioned  in  all  the  works  of  Charles  Dickens. 
1907.    Griffiths. 

Contents:  List  of  the  works  of  Charles  Dickens. — List  of  characters  and  places 
in  the  order  of  the  books. — Complete  alphabetical  index. 

Olcott,  Charles  Sumner.  823  E47Z0 

George  Eliot;  scenes  and  people  in  her  novels.    1910.    Crowell. 

Contents:  Warwickshire. — Scenes  of  clerical  life. — Adam  Bede. — The  mill  on  the 
Floss. — Silas  Marner. — Romola. — Felix  Holt. — Middlemarch. — Daniel  Deronda. — George 
Eliot  and  Mr  Lewes. — The  womanliness  of  George  Eliot. 

Parkinson,  S.  823  E47ZP 

Scenes  from  the  "George  Eliot"  country.    1888.    Jackson. 

"Attempt  to  throw  light  upon  her  writings  by  identifying  her  characters  with  living 
persons  of  whom  she  had  knowledge,  and  her  descriptions  of  places  and  scenery  with  por- 
tions of  that  Midland  tract  where  she  spent  her  youth  and  early  womanhood."    Preface. 

Woolson,  Mrs  Abba  Louisa  (Goold).  823  E47ZW 

George  Eliot  and  her  heroines;  a  study.     1886.     Harper. 

Saxton,  Eugene  F.  comp.  r823  K27 

Kipling  index.    191 1.    Doubleday. 

"This  index  has  been  compiled  from  the  authorized  American  trade  edition  of 
Rudyard  Kipling's  works,  all  of  which  are  published  by  Doubleday,  Page  and  Co.  with 
the  exception  of  the  First  and  Second  Jungle  Books  and  Captains  Courageous,  which  are 
issued  by  the  Century  Company."    Foreword. 

Masson,  David.  823  M46 

British  novelists  and  their  styles;  being  a  critical  sketch  of  the  his- 
tory of  British  prose  fiction.     1859.    Macmillan. 

Founded  on  lectures  delivered  before  the  Philosophical  Institution  of  Edinburgh  in 
1858.     Much  space  is  given  to  Scott.     Charles  Kingsley  is  the  latest  writer  considered. 

Bailey,  Elmer  James.  823  M63zb 

Novels  of  George  Meredith;  a  study.     1907.     Scribner. 

Contents:  Introduction. — The  apprentice. — The  journeyman. — The  master-work- 
man.— A  list  of  the  characters  in  Meredith's  novels. 

"Consists  of  five  chapters,  dealing  with  the  development  of  Meredith's  genius,  and 
a  list  of  the  characters  in  his  novels... The  new  and  interesting  part  of  the  book  is  a 
sketch  of  Meredith's  influence  upon  other  novelists."    Nation,  1907. 


i6o2  ENGLISH  FICTION 


Fay,  Lucy  Ella.  T823  M63zf 

The  chorus  in  the  novels  of  George  Meredith.    1902. 

"Bibliography,"  p.33-34- 

Thesis  for  M.  A.,  University  of  Texas;  reprinted  from  the  "University  of  Texas 
record,"  June  1903. 

Henderson,  Mrs  May  Gertrude  (Sturge).  823  M63zh 

George  Meredith,  novelist,  poet,  reformer.    1907.    Scribner. 

Chapters  14  to  17,  in  which  Meredith's  poetry  is  considered,  are  the  work  of  Basil 
De  Selincourt. 

Detailed  analysis  of  Meredith's  writings,  with  estimates  of  his  work  and  many  ap- 
propriate quotations.     The  first  chapter  is  biographical. 

McKechnie,  James.  823  M63zmc 

Meredith's  allegory  "The  shaving  of  Shagpat"  interpreted.  1910. 
Hodder. 

Binder's  title  reads  "The  shaving  of  Shagpat,  Meredith's  allegory." 
"Mr.  McKechnie  does  not  claim  to  interpret  the  book  finally  and  to  the  exclusion 
of  the  interpretation  of  other  readers.      He. .  .interprets  for  himself  alone;   and,  if  the 
tone  of  his  chapters  is  not  a  little  didactic,  that  is  the  fault  of  his  impossible  under- 
taking."    Saturday  review,  1911. 

Moffatt,  James.  823  M63zm 

George  Meredith;  a  primer  to  the  novels.     1909.     Hodder. 
Outlines  of  the  novels,  prefixed  by  a  brief  sketch  of  his  general  aims  and  methods. 

Canning,  Albert  Stratford  George.  823  S43zca 

Sir  Walter  Scott  studied  in  eight  novels.     1910.    Unwin. 

Contents:  Guy  Mannering. — The  antiquary. — The  black  dwarf. — The  heart  of  Mid- 
lothian.— The  bride  of  Lammermoor. — A  legend  of  Montrose. — The  pirate. — The  sur- 
geon's daughter. — Concluding  remarks. 

McSpadden,  Joseph  Walker.  823  S43zm 

Waverley  synopses;  a  guide  to  the  plots  and  characters  of  Scott's 

"Waverley  novels."     1909.     Crowell.  • 

The  same r823  S43zm 

Places  the  stories  in  their  proper  historical  sequence,   gives  the  casts  of  characters 

and  outlines  the  plots. 

Redfern,  Owen,  comp.  r823  S43zre 

Wisdom  of  Sir  Walter;  criticisms  and  opinions  collected  from  the 
Waverley  novels  and  Lockhart's  Life  of  Sir  Walter  Scott,  with  an  in- 
troduction by  John  Watson  (Ian  Maclaren).     1907.    Black. 

Quotations  from  the  novels  and  from  Lockhart,  classified  by  subject. 

qr823  S43 
Waverley  gallery  of  the  principal  female  characters  in  Sir  Walter 
Scott's  romances,  from  original  paintings  by  eminent  artists,  engraved 
under  the  superintendence  of  Charles  Heath,    i860.    Appleton. 

Mudge,  Isadore  Gilbert,  &  Sears,  M.  E.  comp.  823  T33zm 

Thackeray  dictionary;  the  characters  and  scenes  of  the  novels  and 
short  stories,  alphabetically  arranged.     1910.     Routledge. 
"List  of  authorities  cited,"  p.41-42. 

The  same r823  T-33zm 

"Index  to  the  characters  and  scenes  in  Thackeray's  novels  and  short  stories,  with 
synopses  and  an  appended  list  of  the  originals  of  the  characters.  The  synopses  are 
admirably  done,  and  include  pedigrees  of  the  Newcome  and  Esmond  families.  The  char- 
acters are  described  in  concise  summaries,  and  for  the  most  important,  quotations  are 
added  from  the  text;  reference  is  made  to  chapters  in  which  they  are  found,  and  to 
'mentions'  in  other  works."     A.  L.  A.  booklist,  19JO. 


ENGLISH  ESSAYS  1603 


824     English  essays 

See  also  English  miscellany,  828 

[Addison,  Joseph.]  824  A22S2 

Sir  Roger  de  Coverley,  consisting  of  the  papers  relating  to  Sir  Roger 
which  were  originally  published  in  the  Spectator.    Putnam. 

The  same;  ed.  by  Thomas  Cartwright.     1908.    Button J824  A22S 

The  same,  and  other  essays  from  the  Spectator    [by  Addison  and 

Steele],  with  illustrations  by  H.  M.  Brock.     1905.    Dent 824  A22S3 

Alison,  Sir  Archibald.  824  A4ie 

Essays;  political,  historical  and  miscellaneous.  3v.  1850.  Black- 
wood. 

v.i.  The  reform  bill. — Military  treason  and  national  guards. — The  French  revolu- 
tion of  1830. — The  British  peerage. — The  fall  of  the  constitution. — Negro  emancipation. 
— Ireland. — The  commercial  crisis  of  1837. — Colonial  government  and  the  West  India 
question. — Lessons  from  the  past. — Free  trade  and  protection. — Thirty  years  of  liberal 
legislation. — Fall  of  the  throne  of  the  barricades. — The  navigation  laws. — The  crowning 
of  the  column  and  crushing  of  the  pedestal. — Crime  and  transportation. — Free  trade  at 
its  zenith. 

V.2.  Montesquieu. — Homer,  Dante  and  Michael  Angelo. — The  Greek  drama. — The 
Roman  republic. — Mirabeau. — The  British  school  of  painting. — The  Tyrol. — Hannibal. — 
Napoleon. — Partition  of  the  kingdom  of  the  Netherlands. — The  Athenian  democracy. — 
Robert  Bruce. — National  monuments. — The  crusades. — The  Carlist  struggle  in  Spain. — - 
The  copyright  question. — The  decline  of  Turkey. — Lamartine. — The  Roman  Campag^na. — 
France  in  1833. — The  Afghanistan  expedition. — The  old  Scottish  parliament. — Ships, 
colonies  and  commerce. 

V.3.  Chateaubriand. — Virgil,  Tasso  and  Raphael. — Guizot. — The  romantic  drama. — 
Wellington. — Humboldt. — The  British  school  of  architecture. — Sismondi. — Poland. — The 
year  of  revolutions. — British  history  during  the  eighteenth  century. — Madame  de  Stael. 
— M.  de  Tocqueville. — Autobiography. — Michelet's  France. — The  fall  of  Rome. — Karam- 
sin's  Russia. — The  historical  romance. — The  British  theatre. — Direct  taxation. — Macau- 
lay. — Free-trade  reform  and  finance. — The  royal  progress. 

Arnold,  Matthew.  824  A75e 

Essays  in  criticism,    v.3.     1910. 

V.3.  Introduction,  by  E.  J.  O'Brien. — On  the  modern  element  in  literature. — Dante 
and  Beatrice. — Obermann  [Senancour]. —  Sainte-Beuve. —  Renan. —  Johnson's  Lives. —  A 
"Friend  of  God"  [Tauler]. — An  Eton  boy  [A.  C.  B.  Mynors]. 

The  same.    v.3.     1910 r824  Ayse 

For  v.i-2  see  preceding  catalog^ue,  first  series. 
Bacon,  Francis.  824  61363 

Essays;    ed.    with   introduction   and   notes   by   M.  A.  Scott.      1908. 
Scribner. 
Bayne,  Peter.  r824  B33 

Essays  in  biography  and  criticism,     v.2.     i860.     Gould. 

V.2.  Charles  King^sley. — T.  B.  Macaulay. — Sir  Archibald  Alison. — S.  T.  Coleridge. 
— Wellington. — Napoleon  Bonaparte. — Plato. — Characteristics  of  Christian  civilization. — 
The  modern  university. — The  pulpit  and  the  press. — "The  testimony  of  the  rocks;"  a 
defence. 

For  V.  1  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Beerbohm,  Max.  824  B38 

Yet  again.    1909.    Chapman. 

Contents:  The  fire. — Seeing  people  off. — A  memory  of  a  midnight  express. — Porro 
unum. — A  club  in  ruins. — "273." — A  study  in  dejection. — A  pathetic  imposture. — The 
decline  of  the  graces. — Whistler's  writing. — Ichabod. — General  elections. — A  parallel. — A 
Morris  for  May-day. — The  House  of  commons  manner. — The  naming  of  streets. — On 
Shakespeare's  birthday. — A  home-coming. — "The  ragged  regiment." — The  humour  of  the 
public. — Dulcedo  judiciorum. — Words  for  pictures. 

Subtly  humorous  and  imaginative  essays. 


i6o4  ENGLISH  ESSAYS 


Belloc,  Hilaire.  824  B410 

On  everything.     1910.    Dutton. 

Contents:  On  song. — On  an  empty  house. — The  landfall. — The  little  old  man. — 
The  long  march. — On  Saturnalia. — A  little  conversation  in  Herefordshire. — On  the 
rights  of  property. — The  economist. — A  little  conversation  in  Carthage. — The  strange 
companion. — The  visitor. — A  reconstruction  of  the  past. — The  reasonable  press. — 
Asmodeus. — The  death  of  the  comic  author. — On  certain  manners  and  customs. — The 
statesman. — The  duel. — On  a  battle,  or  "journalism,"  or  "points  of  view." — A  descend- 
ant of  William  Shakespeare. — On  the  approach  to  western  England. — The  weald. — On 
London  and  the  houses  in  it. — On  old  towns. — A  crossing  of  the  hills. — The  barber. — 
On  high  places. — On  some  little  horses. — On  streams  and  rivers. — On  two  manuals. — 
On  fantastic  books. — The  unfortunate  man. — The  contented  man. — The  missioner. — The 
dream. — The  silence  of  the  battlefields. — Novissima  hora. — On  rest 

Belloc.  Hilaire.  824  B41 

On  nothing  &  kindred  subjects.     [1908.]     Methuen. 

Thirty-one  little  essays  on  old,  familiar  subjects  seen  in  a  new  light  and  written  in 
a  sparkling  style,  humorous  and  frank. 

Belloc,  Hilaire.  824  B4ion 

On  something.    191 1.    Dutton. 

"Fragments. .  .but  nourishing  fragments  are  gathered  together  in  this  charming 
little  book."     North  American  review,  jgii. 

Benson,  Arthur  Christopher.  824  B44a 

Altar  fire.     1907.     Putnam. 

Might  be  described  as  a  story  that  continually  threatens  to  become  a  series  of 
connected  essays,  or  a  series  of  essays  on  the  point  of  becoming  an  introspective  novel. 
It  follows  out  the  inner  experiences  of  a  man  who,  through  joy  and  suffering,  at- 
tains to  peace  and  happiness  of  spirit. 

Benson,  Arthur  Christopher.  824  B44at 

At  large  [essays].    1908.    Putnam. 

Contents :  The  scene. — Contentment. — Friendship. — Humour. — Travel. — Specialism. 
— Our  lack  of  great  men. — Shyness. — Equality. — The  dramatic  sense. — Kelmscott  and 
William  Morris. — A  speech  day. — Literary  finish. — A  midsummer  day's  dream. — Sym- 
bols.— Optimism. — Joy. — The  love  of  God. — Epilogue. 

[Benson,  Arthur  Christopher.]  824  B44g 

Gate  of  death.    1906.    Putnam. 

The  book  is  not  a  work  of  conventional  piety,  but  simply  a  series  of  detached  im- 
pressions, "the  sincere  and  faltering  thoughts  of  one  who  was  suddenly  and  unexpect- 
edly confronted  with  death." 

Benson,  Arthur  Christopher.  824  B44S 

The  silent  isle.    1910.    Putnam. 

Essays,  much  varied  in  subject,  in  the  author's  usual  meditative  and  introspective 
vein,  but  more  desultory  and  rambling  than  his  former  books. 

Besant,  Sir  Walter.  824  B46e 

Essays  and  historiettes.    1903.    Chatto. 

Contents:  King  Rene  of  Anjou. — The  failure  of  the  French  reformation. — Theo- 
phile  de  Viau. — Alfred  de  Musset. — Henry  Murger. — Froissart's  love  story. — The  story 
of  a  fair  Circassian. — Over  Johnson's  grave. — The  first  society  of  British  authors. — 
Literature  as  a  career. 

Born,  Helena.  824  B63 

Whitman's  ideal  democracy,  and  other  writings,  with  a  biography 
by  the  editor,  Helen  Tufts.    1902.    Everett  Press. 

Other  writings:  Thoreau's  joy  in  nature. — Poets  of  revolt:  Shelley,  Whitman,  Car- 
penter.— Whitman's  altruism. — Individualism  versus  organization. — Ingenuities  of  eco- 
nomic argument. — The  last  stand  against  democracy  in  sex. — Inequality  in  divorce. — 
Marriage  safeguards. 

Very  brief  essays.  Author  (i  860-1 901)  was  an  English  socialist,  who  spent  the  last 
years  of  her  life  in  the  United  States. 


ENGLISH  ESSAYS  1605 


Brimley,  George.  824  B75 

Essays,  with   an   introduction   by   R.  H.  Stoddard.      [1868.]      Rudd. 

Contents:  Tennyson's  poems. — Wordsworth's  poems. — Poetry  and  criticism. — The 
angel  in  the  bouse. — Carlyle's  "Life  of  Sterling." — "Esmond." — "My  novel." — "Bleak 
house." — "Westward  ho!" — Wilson's  "Noctes  ambrosianse." — Comte's  "Positive  philoso- 
phy." 

Bronson,  Walter  Cochrane,  ed.  824  B76 

English  essays;  selected  and  ed.  by  W.  C.  Bronson.     1906.     Holt. 

Contents:  Francis  Bacon:  Of  truth;  Of  innovations;  Of  nature  in  man;  Of 
youth  and  age;  Of  negotiating;  Of  studies. — John  Milton:  Freedom  of  the  press. — Sir 
Thomas  Browne:  Vanity  of  earthly  monuments. — John  Dryden:  Preface  to  the  Fables. 
— Jonathan  Swift:  The  battle  of  the  books. — Sir  Richard  Steele:  The  club  at  "The 
trumpet." — Joseph  Addison:  A  very  pretty  poet;  True  and  false  humor;  The  vision  of 
Mirzah;  Dissection  of  a  coquet's  heart. — Daniel  Defoe:  An  academy  for  women.— Sam- 
uel Johnson:  Shakespeare. — Oliver  Goldsmith:  Beau  Tibbs,  a  character. — Edmund  Burke: 
England  and  the  French  revolution. — William  Hazlitt:  On  reading  old  books. — Charles 
Lamb:  New  Year's  eve;  A  dissertation  upon  roast  pig;  Poor  relations. — W.  S.  Landor: 
Petrarch  attends  the  parish  church. — Thomas  De  Quincey:  Levana  and  our  ladies  of 
sorrow;  Literature  of  knowledge  and  literature  of  power. — Thomas  Carlyle:  Biography; 
Heroes  and  hero-worship.  —  T.  B.  Macaulay:  Oliver  Goldsmith.  —  W.  M.  Thackeray: 
Oliver  Goldsmith. — John  Ruskin:  Selections  from  Modern  painters;  An  idealist's  ar- 
raignment of  the  age. — J.  H.  Newman:  The  Roman  Catholic  church. — Matthew  Arnold: 
Hebraism  and  Hellenism. — T.  H.  Huxley:  On  a  piece  of  chalk. — Walter  Pater:  Dionysus. 
— R.  L.  Stevenson:  jEs  triplex. — Early  translations  of  the  Bible:  The  Lord's  prayer;  The 
parable  of  the  prodigal  son. — Sir  John  Mandeville:  Of  the  hilles  of  gold. — Sir  Thomas 
Malory:  The  parting  of  Launcelot  and  Guinevere. — Hugh  Latimer:  An  arraignment  of 
London. — John  Lyly :  The  character  of  Euphues. — Sir  Philip  Sidney:  Her  lovers  describe 
Urania. — Richard  Hooker:    The  majesty  and  beneficence  of  law. 

Brougham,  Henry  Peter,  baron  Brougham  and  Vaux.  824  B77 

Critical  and  miscellaneous  writings.    2v.     1841. 

v. I.  George  the  Fourth  and  Queen  Caroline;  diary  of  the  time  of  George  IV. — 
The  queen's  letter  to  the  king. — Political  characters;  remarks  on  an  article  in  the  Edin- 
burgh review,  by  Sir  Herbert  Taylor. — Public  characters;  review  of  Chatham's  Cor- 
respondence.— Congress  of  Verona,  Chateaubriand  and  Talleyrand;  review  of  Congres 
de  Verone,  by  Chateaubriand. 

v.2.  Public  characters;  Biographical  treasury  containing  notices  of  the  lives  of 
eminent  persons. — George  the  Third  and  the  Catholic  question;  review  of  Letters  from 
His  Majesty  to  Lord  Kenyon  on  the  coronation  oath. — Discourse  on  the  objects,  advan- 
tages and  pleasures  of  science. — Historical  note  on  the  discovery  of  the  theory  of  the 
composition  of  water. — Review  of  Black's  Lectures  on  the  elements  of  chemistry. — Lon- 
don University  and  King's  College;  review  of  the  second  statement  by  the  council  of 
the  University  of  London  explanatory  of  the  plan  of  instruction. — Junius  identified. — 
Neutral  question;  review  of  a  speech  by  John  Randolph  on  the  non-importation  of  Brit- 
ish merchandise. — Revolution  in  France;  review  of  Reflexions  sur  la  France,  by  M. 
St.  Maurice. 

Sketch  of  Brougham,  v.i,  p.25-36. 

Most  of  the  articles  appeared  in  the  "Edinburgh  review." 

824  C14 
Cambridge  essays  contributed  by  members  of  the  university,  1855-58. 
4v.  in  3.     [1855-58.]     Parker. 

v. I.  185s.  The  life  and  genius  of  Moliere,  by  C.  K.  Watson. — The  English  language 
in  America,  by  C.  A.  Bristed. — Notes  on  modern  geography,  by  Francis  Gallon. — Limita- 
tions to  severity  in  war,  by  Charles  Buxton. — On  the  transmutation  of  matter,  by  G.  D. 
Liveing. — The  relation  of  novels  to  life,  by  Fitzjames  Stephen. — Future  prospects  of  the 
British  navy,  by  R.  E.  Hughes. — Alfred  Tennyson's  poetry,  by  George  Brimley. — General 
education  and  classical  studies,  by  W.  G.  Clark. 

v.2.  1856.  Roman  law  and  legal  education,  by  H.  J.  S.  Maine.  —  One  English 
ethnog^raphy,  by  J.  W.  Donaldson. — Old  studies  and  new,  by  John  Grote. — The  taste 
for  the  picturesque  among  the  Greeks,  by  E.  M.  Cope. — Apocryphal  gospels,  by  C.  J. 
EUicott. — The  Protestant  church  and  religious  liberty  in  France,  by  W.  H.  Waddington. 
— The  fly-fisher  and  his  library,  by  H.  R.  Francis. — The  text  of  Shakespeare,  by  Charles 
Badham. — Coleridge,  by  F.  J.  A.  Hort. 

v.3-4.     1857-58.     The  characteristics  of  English  criminal  law,  by  Fitzjames  Stephen. 


i6o6  ENGLISH  ESSAYS 


Cambridge  essays — continued.  824  C14 

— Agriculture  in  Britain  at  the  present  day,  by  Andrew  Steuart. — Telegraphic  com- 
munication with  India,  by  Francis  Gisborne. — Person,  by  H.  R.  Luard. — Geology,  by 
William  Hopkins. — The  questions  raised  by  the  mutiny,  by  Charles  Buxton. — News- 
papers and  their  writers,  by  A.  J.  B.  B.  Hope. — The  national  defences  and  organization  of 
the  militia  of  the  United  Kingdom,  by  R.  A.  S.  Adair. — Sir  Philip  Sidney,  by  William 
Stigant. — The  ancient  Bashan  and  the  cities  of  Og,  by  C.  C.  Graham. — Commissioners 
and  colleges,  by  W.  M.  Campion. — Hieratic  papyri,  by  C.  W.  Goodwin. 

Carlyle,  Thomas.  824  C2ila 

Last  words.     1892.    Appleton. 

Contents:  Wotton  Reinfred;  a  romance. — Excursion  (futile  enough)  to  Paris. — 
Letters. 

Wotton  Reinfred,  which  was  Carlyle's  only  attempt  at  fiction  writing,  takes  up  the 
larger  part  of  the  book.  The  journey  to  Paris  was  made  in  1851  in  company  with  the 
Brownings,  and  the  letters  included  in  this  volume  were,  with  a  very  few  exceptions, 
written  by  Carlyle  to  Varnhagen  von  Ense  between  the  years  1837-57. 

"[Wotton  Reinfred]  is  interesting  as  a  historical  document.  It  gives  Carlyle  be- 
fore he  had  adopted  his  peculiar  manner,  and  yet  there  are  some  characteristic  bits — 
especially  at  the  beginning — in  the  Sartor  Resartus  vein.  I  take  it  that  these  are  remi- 
niscences of  Irving  and  of  the  Thackeray  circle,  and  there  is  a  curious  portrait  of 
Coleridge,  not  very  thinly  veiled.  There  is  enough  autobiography,  too,  of  interest  in 
its  way."    Sir  Leslie  Stephen. 

Roe,  Frederick  William.  824  C2izr 

Thomas  Carlyle  as  a  critic  of  literature.  1910.  Columbia  University 
Press. 

Undertakes  to  define  Carlyle's  critical  ideals,  to  fix  his  place  in  the  history  of 
criticism,  and  to  measure  his  achievement  as  a  critic. 

Cecil,  Algernon.  824  C31 

Essays  in  imitation.    1910.    Murray. 

Contents:  A  chapter  in  the  English  revolution. — Gulliver  Redivivus. — In  memory 
of  the  Rev.  William  Collins. — Mrs  Battle's  opinions  on  bridge. — Recollections  of  an  old 
society  hack. — An  essay  in  apology. 

The  first  essay,  a  Carlylean  review  of  Mr  Asquith's  last  administration,  is  a  brilliant 
political  squib.  Both  the  style  and  spirit  of  Carlyle  are  amusingly  reproduced,  and  the 
character-studies  especially  are  done  exactly  in  the  manner  of  the  author  of  "The  French 
revolution."  The  second  essay,  in  imitation  of  Gulliver,  is  a  general  satire  on  English 
manners.  It  would  be  difficult  to  find  in  modern  English  literature  another  book  so 
gaily  serious  in  tone.     Condensed  from  Athenccum,  1910. 

Chambers's  papers  for  the  people.    I2v.  in  6.    1872.  824  C35 

Published  by  William  &  Robert  Chambers,  Edinburgh.  Appeared  in  1850-51  as  a 
periodical. 

The  same.     I2v.  in  6.     1850-51 r824  C35 

Chesterton,  Gilbert  Keith.  824  C42al 

Alarms  and  discursions.    191 1.    Dodd. 

Slight  papers  which,  in  a  daily  newspaper,  doubtless  served  their  purpose  of  enter- 
taining but  which  are  of  less  interest  for  consecutive  reading. 

Chesterton,  Gilbert  Keith.  824  C42a 

All  things  considered  [essays].    1908.    Lane. 

"Comment  in  thirty-five  little  essays  upon  topics  of  the  day  ranging  from  fairy 
tales  to  phonetic  spelling."    Nation,  igoS. 

Chesterton,  Gilbert  Keith.  824  C420 

Orthodoxy.     1908.     Lane. 

Contents:  Introduction  in  defence  of  everything  else. — The  maniac. — The  suicide 
of  thought. — The  ethics  of  Elfland.— The  flag  of  the  world. — The  paradoxes  of  Christian- 
ity.— The  eternal  revolution. — The  romance  of  orthodoxy. — Authority  and  the  adven- 
turer. 

"An  attempt  'to  discuss  the  actual  fact  that  the  central  Christian  theology  is  the 
best  root  of  energy  and  sound  ethics.'  "     Athenattm,  190S. 


ENGLISH  ESSAYS  1607 


Chesterton,  Gilbert  Keith.  824  C42t 

Tremendous  trifles.    1909.    Dodd. 

Reprints  of  some  of  his  sketches  in  the  "Daily  news."  They  are  entertaining  in  the 
same  way  as  his  previous  volume,  "All  things  considered,"  showing  the  same  ingenious 
speculation  and  raising  of  the  trivial  to  significance. 

Chesterton,  Gilbert  Keith.  824  C42W 

What's  wrong  with  the  world.    1910.    Cassell. 

Contents:  The  homelessness  of  man. — Imperialism,  or  the  mistake  about  man. — 
Feminism,  or  the  mistake  about  woman. — Education,  or  the  mistake  about  the  child. — 
The  home  of  man. — Three  notes. 

Cody,  Sherwin,  comp.  824  C65 

Selection  from  the  best   English  essays  illustrative  of  the  history 

of  English  prose  style;  chosen  and  arranged  with  historical  &  critical 

introductions.    1903.    McClurg. 

Contents:  General  introduction:  The  English  essay  and  English  prose  style. — 
Bacon,  master  of  condensation. — Swift,  the  greatest  English  satirist. — Addison,  first  of 
the  humorists. — Lamb,  greatest  of  the  humorists. — De  Quincey,  inventor  of  modern  "im- 
passioned prose." — Carlyle,  the  latter-day  prophet. — Emerson,  the  lecturer. — Macaulay, 
the  rhetorician. — Ruskin,  the  impassioned  critic. — Matthew  Arnold,  the  intellectual  critic. 

Collins,  Mortimer.  824  C71 

Pen  sketches  by  a  vanished  hand,  from  the  papers  of  the  late  Morti- 
mer Collins;  ed.  by  Tom  Taylor,  with  notes  by  the  editor  and  Mrs  Mor- 
timer Collins.     2v.     1879.     Bentley. 

V.I.  A  walk  through  Berks. — A  walk  through  Wilts. — Towns  on  the  Thames. — 
A  walk  through  Oxon. — A  walk  through  Bucks. — A  walk  through  Hants. — A  walk 
through  Somerset. — A  walk  through  Surrey. — Towns  on  the  Avon. — Two  poets  of  Rome 
[Catullus  and  Horace]. — Aristology. — An  essay  on  epigrams. 

V.2.  The  literary  character  of  Mr  Disraeli.  —  Darwinism.  —  The  philosophy  and 
poetry  of  marriage. — What  is  betting?  Why  is  it  wrong? — Dogs. — Birds. — Bohemia. — 
Coleridge's  country. — Lander's  country. — Praed's  country. — Mrs  Harris. — John  Collins. 
— The  Roman  girl  of  the  period. — William  Blake,  seer  and  painter. — Charity  organisa- 
tion.— Yachting. — Corn  and  wine. — Aristophanes. 

Conington,  John.  824  C75 

Miscellaneous  writings;  ed.  by  J.  A.  Symonds.    2v.    1872.    Longmans. 

v.i.  English  literature. — Latin  literature. — General  scholarship. — Essays  from  the 
"Contemporary  review." 

v.2.  The  poems  of  Virgil  translated  into  English  prose. — Appendix  :  Epistola 
critica  de  quibusdam  .lEschyli,  Sophoclis,  Euripidis  fragmentis. — De  parte  Babrianarum 
fabularum  secunda. 

"Memoir,"  by  H.  J.  S.  Smith,  v.i,  p.9— 71. 

Creech,  William.  r824  C87 

Edinburgh  fugitive  pieces,  with  letters  containing  a  comparative 
view  of  the  modes  of  living,  arts,  commerce,  literature,  manners,  &c.  of 
Edinburgh  at  different  periods;  to  which  is  prefixed  an  account  of  the 
life  [of  Creech].     1815.     Fairbairn. 

Dasent,  Sir  George  Webbe.  824  D27 

Jest  and   earnest;  a  collection  of  essays  and  reviews.     2v.     1873. 

Chapman. 

V.I.     A  fortnight  in  Faroe. — Wildbad  and  its  waters. — England  and  Norway  in  the 

nth  century. — Origin  of  the  English  language. 

V.2.     Latham's  "Johnson's  dictionary." — The  Greek  and  English  quarrel. — The  story 

of  free  trade. — How  we  were  all  vaccinated. — Magnus  the  Good  and  Harold  Hardrada. 

— Harold  Hardrada,  king  of  Norway. — Pickings  from  Poggio. 


i6o8  ENGLISH  ESSAYS 


Davis,  Thomas.  824  Daa 

Literary  and  historical  essays.    1854.    Duffy. 

Brief  papers  on  subjects  concerning  ancient  and  modern  Ireland  which  appeared  in 
the  "Nation,"  an  Irish  nationalist  paper  of  which  the  author  was  one  of  the  founders. 
Davis  (1814-45)  was  a  poet  and  politician,  a  man  of  much  learning  and  intimately  ac- 
quainted with  the  history  and  antiquities  of  Ireland. 

De  Quincey,  Thomas.  824  D44U 

Uncollected  writings,  with  a  preface  and  annotations  by  James 
Hogg.    2v.     1890.    Scribner. 

Dilke,  Charles  Wentworth,  1789-1864.  824  D58 

Papers  of  a  critic;  selected  from  [his]  writings,  with  a  biographical 
sketch  by  his  grandson,  Sir  C.  W.  Dilke.    2v.    1875.    Murray. 

V.I.     Memoir. — Pope's  writings. — Lady  Mary  Wortley  Montagu. — Swift,  &c. 

V.2.     Junius. — Wilkes. — Grenville,  &c. — Burke. 

Articles  contributed  by  Dilke  to  the  "Athenaum"  and  to  "Notes  and  queries," 
1848-63. 

"He  commenced  in  the  'Athenaeum'  of  July  1848  by  demolishing  Britton's  theory 
that  Colonel  Barre  was  Junius,  and  in  the  course  of  the  five  following  years  he  wrote  a 
series  of  reviews  which  form  the  most  weighty  contribution  to  the  perennial  controversy 
which  has  yet  appeared.  The  study  of  Junius  led  inevitably  to  the  study  of  Burke  and 
Wilkes,  and  he  was  the  first  to  rescue  Wilkes  from  the  obloquy  that  attached  to  his 
name."    Dictionary  of  national  biography. 

Dobson,  Austin.  824  D650 

Old  Kensington  palace,  and  other  papers.    1910.    Stokes. 

Other  papers:  Percy  and  Goldsmith. — Mr  Cradock  of  Gumley. — Madame  Vigee- 
Lebrun. — Sir  John  Hawkins,  knight. — Laureate  Whitehead. — Lyttelton  as  man  of  let- 
ters.— Chambers,  the  architect. — Clery's  journal. — The  Oxford  Thackeray. — The  prison 
of  the  Temple. — The  last  messages. 

Essays  in  the  18th  century  field,  which  Mr  Dobson  has  made  peculiarly  his  own. 
Distinguished  both  for  their  literary  quality  and  for  their  discussion  of  somewhat  un- 
familiar persons  and  places. 

Dowden,  Edward.  824  D76e 

Essays,  modern  and  Elizabethan.    1910.    Dent. 

Contents:  Walter  Pater. — Henrik  Ibsen. — Heinrich  Heine. — Goethe's  "West-eastern 
divan."  —  Goethe's  "Hermann  and  Dorothea."  —  Cowper  and  William  Hayley.  —  An 
eighteenth-century  mystic  [St.  George  de  Marsay].  —  Some  old  Sbakespearians  [from 
Isaac  Reed's  ms.  note-books]. — A  noble  authoress  [Anne,  countess  of  Winchilsea]. — Is 
Shakespeare  self -revealed? — Shakespeare  as  a  man  of  science. — Elizabethan  psychology. 
— The  English  masque. — Elizabethan  romance. 

Drake,  Nathan.  r824  D78e 

Essays,  biographical,  critical  and  historical,  illustrative  of  the  Ram- 
bler, Adventurer  &  Idler  and  of  the  various  periodical  papers  which  in 
imitation  of  the  writings  of  Steele  and  Addison  have  been  published 
between  the  close  of  the  eighth  volume  of  the  Spectator  and  the  com- 
mencement of  the  year  1809.    2v.    1809-10.    Suttaby. 

Drake  (1766-1836)  was  an  English  physician  and  essayist.  His  contributions  to 
general  literature  consist  chiefly  of  miscellaneous  essays,  critical,  narrative,  biographical 
and  descriptive,  which  were  favorably  received  at  the  time  of  publication.  Condensed 
from  Dictionary  of  national  biography. 

Drake,  Nathan.  r824  DjSes 

Essays,  biographical,  critical  and  historical,  illustrative  of  the  Tat- 
ler.  Spectator  and  Guardian.    3v.    1805.     Sharpe. 

Drake,  Nathan.  824  D78 

Mornings  in  spring;  or.  Retrospections  biographical,  critical  and 
historical.    2v.    1828.    Murray. 


ENGLISH  ESSAYS  1609 


Drake,  Nathan.  r824  D78 

Noontide  leisure;  or,  Sketches  in  summer,  outlines  from  nature  and 
imagination  and  including  a  tale  of  the  days  of  Shakespeare.  2v.  in  i. 
1824.    Cadell. 

Partial  contents:  The  sheltered  soHtnde  of  a  summer's  noon,  favourable  to  the  in- 
dulgence of  fancy  and  meditation. — Montchensey,  a  tale  of  the  days  of  Shakspeare. — 
Observations,  critical  and  miscellaneous,  on  an  anonymous  version  of  "Les  jardins," 
par  M.  I'abbe  de  Lille. — Notices,  biographical  and  critical,  of  William  Alabaster  and 
Joseph  Beaumont. — Observations  on  a  feature  in  the  poetry  of  Horace. — On  the  minor 
poems  of  Dr  Beaumont. 

Duff,  Sir  Mountstuart  Elphinstone  Grant.  824  D87 

Miscellanies,  political  and  literary.     1878.     Macmillan. 
Essays  on  political  subjects,  on  Emilio  Castelar,   Balthasar  Gracian,  a  journey  up 

the  Nile,  etc. 

Earle,  Mrs  Maria  Theresa.  824  E17 

Letters  to  young  and  old.    1906.    Smith,  Elder. 

Virtually  essays,  covering  a  wide  range  of  subjects.  Impressions  of  Germany, 
views  on  health  and  food,  and  practical  suggestions  on  gardening  are  included. 

Eliot,  George,  (pseud,  of  Mrs  Mary  Ann  (Evans)  Cross).  824  E47e 

Essays  and  reviews,  not  hitherto  reprinted,  together  v/ith  an  intro- 
ductory essay  on  the  Genius  of  George  Eliot  by  Mrs  S.  B.  Herrick. 
1887.    Aldine  Book  Pub.  Co. 

Contents:  The  lady  novelists. — Weimar  and  its  celebrities. — Woman  in  France; 
Madame  de  Sable. — Margaret  Fuller. — George  Forster. — Silly  novels  by  lady  novelists. — 
Carlyle's  Life  of  Sterling. — The  grammar  of  ornament. 

Ferriar,  John.  r824  F41 

Illustrations  of  Sterne,  with  other  essays  and  verses.  2v.  1812. 
Cadell. 

Rambling,  anecdotal  comments  on  Sterne's  writings. 
[Friswell,  James  Hain.]  824  F95 

About  in  the  world;  essays.     1864.     Low. 

Philosophic  and  optimistic  in  tone.  Deal  with  such  subjects  as  "Dreams  of  world- 
happiness,"  "On  being  cheated,"  "On  the  faces  around  us,"  etc. 

Gibbon,  Edward.  r824  G36 

Miscellaneous  works  of  Edward  Gibbon,  with  memoirs  of  his  life 
and  writings  composed  by  himself,  illustrated  from  his  letters,  with  oc- 
casional notes  and  narrative  by  John,  lord  Sheffield.    Sv.    1814.     Murray. 

v. I.     Memoirs  and  letters. 

V.2.     Letters. 

V.3.     Historical  and  critical. 

V.4.     Classical  and  critical. 

v. 5.    .Miscellaneous. 

Gilbart,  James  William.  824  G38 

Lectures  and  essays.     1865.     Bell. 

Contents:  Lectures  on  the  history  and  principles  of  ancient  commerce. — The  social 
effects  of  the  reformation. — The  preacher;  or,  Essays  on  preaching,  with  an  appendix 
on  the  delivery  of  addresses  from  the  platform. — The  philosophy  of  history. 

Giles,  Henry.  r824  G39I 

Lectures  and  essays.    2v.     1850.    Ticknor. 

V.I.  Falstaff. — Crabbe. — Moral  philosophy  of  Byron's  life. — Moral  spirit  of  Byron's 
genius. — Ebenezer  Elliott. — Oliver  Goldsmith. — Spirit  of  Irish  history. 

V.2.  Ireland  and  the  Irish. — The  worth  of  liberty. — True  manhood. — The  pulpit. — 
Patriotism. — Economies. — Music. — The  young  musician. — A  day  in  Springfield  [Mass.]. 
— Chatterton. — Carlyle. — Savage  and  Dermody. 

Giles  (1809-82),  an  Irish-American  clergyman,  was  one  of  the  most  popular  literary 
lecturers  of  his  day. 


i6io  ENGLISH  ESSAYS 


Gleig,  George  Robert.  824  G48 

Essays,  biographical,  historical  and  miscellaneous;  contributed  chief- 
ly to  the  Edinburgh  and  Quarterly  reviews.    2v.    1858.    Longman. 

V.  I .  Dr  Chalmers.  —  Our  defensive  armament.  —  Natural  theology.  —  Military 
bridges. — The  war  of  the  Punjaub. 

V.2.  The  Puritans. — General  Miller. — India  and  its  army. — The  Madchenstein. — 
Military  education. 

Grote,  George.  824  G94 

Minor  works,  with  critical  remarks  on  his  intellectual  character, 
writings  and  speeches  by  Alexander  Bain.     1873.    Murray. 

Hallam,  Arthur  Henry.  824  H17 

Remains  in  verse  and  prose,  with  a  preface  and  memoir.  1863, 
Ticknor. 

Larger  part  of  the  book  is  devoted  to  his  essays. 

"His  powers  of  thought  are  shown  in  the  essay  upon  Cicero,  while  his  remarkable 
knowledge  of  Dante  is  displayed  in  an  able  criticism  of  Professor  Rossetti's  'Disquizione 
suUo  spirito  antipapale,'  chiefly  intended  as  a  protest  against  the  hidden  meaning  found 
in  Dante's  writings  by  Rossetti."    Dictionary  of  national  biography. 

Halsham,  John.  824  H18 

Lonewood  corner;  a  countryman's  horizons.     1907.    Dutton. 

Contemplative  chapters,  with  the  slightest  thread  of  narrative.  They  contain  some 
delicate  descriptions  of  the  English  countryside  and  characterizations  of  people  and 
books. 

Hannon,  John.  824  H23 

The  devil's  parables,  and  other  essays.     1910.    Washbourne. 

Other  essays:  The  coming  race. — God  and  the  rod. — Boys. — Gifts. — The  making  of 
an  anarchist. — Animals. — Socialism. — Child-poetry. — Man-made  creeds. — The  priest  as 
father  and  friend. — Our  Lady  and  some  little  angels. 

Harrison,  Frederic.  824  H29m 

Memories  and  thoughts;  men,  books,  cities,  art.     1906.     Macmillan. 

"Unity  of  treatment  cannot  be  expected,  of  course,  from  essays  written  to  meet 
various  demands.  At  one  time  Mr.  Harrison  goes  to  the  bottom  of  his  subject,  at 
another  he  merely  touches  its  surface. .  .Still  these  'Memories  and  thoughts'  if  ap- 
proached with  an  open  mind,  will  be  found  to  reflect  seriousness  of  purpose  and  insight 
into  life."     Athen<eum,  1906. 

Harrison,  Frederic.  824  H29r 

Realities  and  ideals;  social,  political,  literary  and  artistic.  1908. 
Macmillan. 

Contents:  Social  and  political:  England  and  France. — The  future  of  woman. — 
The  realm  of  woman. — The  work  of  women. — Votes  for  women. — Civil  marriage. — Re- 
ligious marriage. — Marriage  law  conflicts. — Funeral  rites. — Cremation. — Centenaries. — 
Modern  pilgrimages. — The  use  of  Sunday. — The  veto  on  drink. — Church  disestablish- 
n>ent. — The  recognition  of  Anglican  orders. — The  crisis  in  the  church. — Primary  educa- 
tion.— Metropolitan  school  board. — Parliamentary  candidature. — Reform  of  the  Lords. — 
A  true  senate. — The  Lords  once  more. — Parliamentary  procedure. — Literature  and  art: 
The  uses  of  rich  men. — The  revival  of  the  drama. — Decadence  in  modern  art. — Art  and 
shoddy. — Thoughts  about  education. — Education  versus  examination. — Literature  to-day. 
— "Fors  clavigera." — The  Century  Club. — Sir  Leslie  Stephen. — F.  W.  Newman. — Canon 
Liddon. — Sir  Charles  Cookson. — Sir  James  Knowles. — Herbert  Spencer. — Herbert  Spen- 
cer's "Life." — Municipal  museums  of  Paris. — Paris  in  1851  and  in  1907. — The  Elgin 
marbles. — A  Pompeii  for  the  30th  century. 

^••*y«»  gathered  from  various  sources  and  covering  a  literary  period  of  more  than 
40  years. 


ENGLISH  ESSAYS  1611 


Hazlitt,  William.  824  H38S 

Spirit  of  the  age;  or.  Contemporary  portraits.  1848.  Carey.  (Mis- 
cellaneous works,  V.5.) 

Contents:  Jeremy  Bentham. — William  Godwin. — Coleridge. — Rev.  [Edward]  Irv- 
ing.—  Home  Tooke. —  Sir  Walter  Scott. —  Lord  Byron. — Southey. —  Wordsworth. —  Sir 
James  Macintosh. —  Malthus. —  Gifford. —  Jeffrey. —  Brougham;  Sir  F.  Burdett. —  Lord 
Eldon;  Wilberforce.  —  Cobbett.  —  Campbell;  Crabbe.  —  T.  Moore;  Leigh  Hunt. —  Elia; 
Geoffrey  Crayon. 

Hazlitt,  William.  824  H38a 

Table  talk;  essays  on  men  and  manners;  ed.  by  W.  C.  Hazlitt.  1910. 
Bell. 

Contents:  On  the  pleasure  of  painting. — On  the  past  and  future. — On  genius  and 
common  sense. — On  the  character  of  Cobbett. — On  people  with  one  idea. — On  the 
ignorance  of  the  learned.  —  On  the  Indian  jugglers.  —  On  living  to  one's  self.  —  On 
thought  and  action. — On  will  making. — On  certain  inconsistencies  in  Sir  Joshua  Rey- 
nolds's discourses. — On  paradox  and  common-place. — On  vulgarity  and  affectation. — On 
a  landscape  of  Nicholas  Poussin. —  On  Milton's  sonnets. —  On  going  a  journey. —  On 
coffee-house  politicians. — On  the  aristocracy  of  letters. — On  criticism. — On  great  and 
little  thingp.^-On  familiar  style. — On  effeminacy  of  character. — Why  distant  objects 
please. — On  corporate  bodies. — Whether  actors  ought  to  sit  in  the  boxes. — On  the  dis- 
advantages of  intellectual  superiority. — On  patronage  and  puffing. — On  the  knowledge 
of  character. — On  the  picturesque  and  ideal. — On  the  fear  of  death. 

Hazlitt,  William.  824  H38 

Table  talk;  opinions  on  books,  men  and  things,  v.3-4,  in  i.  1848. 
Carey.     (Miscellaneous  works,  v.2.) 

v.3-4.  On  the  feeling  of  immortality  in  youth. — On  the  want  of  money. — On  sit- 
ting for  one's  picture. — Whether  genius  is  conscious  of  its  powers. — On  Londoners  and 
country  people. — On  living  to  one's  self. — On  genius  and  common  sense. — Hot  and  cold. 
— On  thought  and  action. — Portrait  by  Vandyke. — On  dreams. — On  envy  (a  dialogue). — 
On  the  difference  between  writing  and  speaking. — On  inconsistencies  in  Sir  Joshua 
Reynolds's  discourses.  —  On  qualifications  necessary  to  success  in  life.  —  Madame  Pasta 
and  Mademoiselle  Mars. — Sir  Walter  Scott,  Racine  and  Shakspeare. — On  the  spirit  of 
monarchy. — The  Vatican. — On  Milton's  sonnets. — On  coffee-house  politicians. — On  the 
aristocracy  of  letters. — On  criticism. — On  great  and  little  things. — On  familiar  style. — 
On  effeminacy  of  character. — Whether  actors  ought  to  sit  in  the  boxes. — On  the  dis- 
advantages of  intellectual  superiority. — On  patronage  and  puffing. — On  the  picturesque 
and  ideal. — The  main  chance. — On  reason  and  imagination. — On  respectable  people. — On 
novelty  and  familiarity. 

Head,  Sir  Francis  Bond.  824  H383 

Descriptive  essays;  contributed  to  the  "Quarterly  review."  2v. 
1857.    Murray. 

V.I.  Cornish  miners  in  America. — English  charity. — Locomotion  by  steam. — Brit- 
ish policy. — The  printer's  devil. — The  red  man. 

v.2.  The  air  we  live  in. — Memorandum  on  the  battle  of  Waterloo. — The  London 
and  North-western  railway. — The  electric  telegraph. — The  Britannia  bridge. — The  Lon- 
don post-office. 

Author  (i 793-1875)  served  in  the  Royal  engineers,  was  manager  of  the  Rio  Plata 
Mining  .\ssociation  and  lieutenant-governor  of  Upper  Canada. 

Helps,  Sir  Arthur.  824  H43S 

Social  pressure.     1875.     Roberts. 

Social,  ethical  and  literary  questions  are  discussed  in  the  form  of  conversations 
carried  on  by  a  group  of  friends  at  a  country  house.  • 

Herschel,  Sir  John  Frederick  William.  824  H47 

Essays  from  the  Edinburgh  and  Quarterly  reviews,  with  addresses 
and  other  pieces.     1857.     Longman. 


i6ia  ENGLISH  ESSAYS 


Hueffer,  Francis.  824  H88 

Italian  and  other  studies.     1883.    Stock. 

Contents:  The  poets  of  young  Italy. — A  literary  friendship  of  the  14th  century 
[Boccaccio  and  Petrarch]. — The  renaissance  in  Italy. — Exhibitions  of  Rossetti's  pictures. 
— Troubadours,  ancient  and  modern. — Music  and  musicians. — The  literary  aspect  of 
Schopenhauer's  work. — Musical  criticism. — Mr  Pepys  the  musician. 

Appeared  in  various  magazines. 

Hunt,  Leigh.  r824  H93 

Men,  women  and  books;  a  selection  of  sketches,  essays  and  critical 

memoirs  from  his  uncollected  prose  writings.    2v.    1847.    Smith,  Elder. 

V.I.  Fiction  and  matter  of  fact. — The  inside  of  an  omnibus. — The  day  of  the 
disasters  of  Carfington  Blundell,  esquire. — A  visit  to  the  zoological  gardens. — A  man 
introduced  to  his  ancestors. — A  novel  party. — Beds  and  bed-rooms. — The  world  of  books. 
— Jack  Abbott's  breakfast. — On  seeing  a  pigeon  make  love. — The  month  of  May. — The 
Giuli  tre. — A  few  remarks  on  the  rare  vice  called  lying. — Criticism  on  female  beauty. — 
Of  deceased  statesmen  who  have  written  verses. — Female  sovereigns  of  England. 

v. 2.  Social  morality. — Pope,  in  some  lights  in  which  he  is  not  usually  regarded. — 
Garth,  physicians  and  love  letters. — Cowley  and  Thomson. — Bookstalls  and  "Galateo." 
— Bookbinding  and  "Heliodorus."  —  Ver-wert;  or,  The  parrot  of  the  nuns.  —  Specimens 
of  British  poetesses. — Duchess  of  St.  Albans  and  marriages  from  the  stage. — Lady  Mary 
Wortley  Montagu. — Life  and  African  visit  of  Pepys. — Life  and  letters  of  Madame  de 
Sivigni. 

Hunt,  Leigh.  824  Hgss 

The  seer;  or,  Common-places  refreshed.    2v.    1865.    Roberts. 

Short,  delightfully  written  essays,  covering  a  wide  range  of  subjects. 

Hunt,  Leigh.  824  Hgswi 

Wishing-cap  papers;  now  first  collected.    1873.    Lee. 

Essays  contributed  to  English  periodicals,  written  in  the  author's  happiest  manner. 
They  describe  London  sights,  comment  on  the  stage,  review  books,  etc. 

Hutton,  Richard  Holt.  824  Hgye 

Essays  in  literary  criticism.     [1876.]     Coates. 

Contents:  Goethe  and  his  influence.  —  Nathaniel  Hawthorne.  —  A.  H.  Clough. — 
Wordsworth  and  his  genius. — George  Eliot. — The  poetry  of  Matthew  Arnold. 

The  same.    (In  his  Literary  essays.) 824  H97 

Does  not  contain  the  essay  on  George  Eliot. 

James,  R.  A.  Scott-.  824  J164 

Modernism  and  romance.     1908.     Lane. 

Contents:  What  is  romance? — Democracy  of  letters. — The  borderland. — Science  and 
vandalism. — Pessimism  of  Thomas  Hardy. — The  decadents. — The  psychological  novel. — 
Popularity. — Apostles  of  protest. — Ingenious  philosophers. — The  fugitives. — The  master 
mystic. —  The  self-conscious  poet. —  The  new  romance. —  The  borderlanders. —  Personal 
note  in  criticism. 

The  essays  attempt  to  define  the  spirit  of  the  age  as  reflected  in  contemporary 
literature. 

Jameson,  Mrs  Anna  Brownell  (Murphy).  824  Ji6m 

Memoirs  and  essays  illustrative  of  art,  literature  and  social  morals. 
1846.    Bentley. 

Contents:  The  house  of  Titian. — Adelaide  Kemble  and  the  lyrical  drama. — The 
Xanthian  marbles. — Washington  Allston. — "Woman's  mission"  and  woman's  position. — 
On  the  relative  social  position  of  mothers  and  governesses. 

Jameson,  Mrs  Anna  Brownell  (Murphy).  824  Ji6v 

Visits  and  sketches  at  home  and  abroad.    2v.     1839.    Saunders. 

V.I.     Sketches  of  art,  literature  and  character:  Memoranda  at  Munich. 

V.2.  Sketches  of  art,  literature  and  character  (continued) :  Memoranda  at  Munich, 
Nuremberg  and  Dresden.— A  visit  to  Hardwicke. — A  visit  to  Althorpe.^Sketch  of  Mrs 
Siddons. — Sketch  of  Fanny  Kemble. 


ENGLISH  ESSAYS  1613 


Jebb,  Sir  Richard  Claverhouse.  824  J22 

Essays  and  addresses.     1907.    Cambridge  University  Press. 

Contents:  The  genius  of  Sophocles. — Pindar. — The  age  of  Pericles. — Ancient  or- 
gans of  public  opinion. — Lucian. — Delos. — Caesar;  a  sketch,  by  J.  A.  Froude. — Erasmus. 
— The  speeches  of  Thucydides. — Suidas  on  the  change  ascribed  to  Sophocles  in  regard 
to  trilogies. — Samuel  Johnson. — Humanism  in  education. — On  present  tendencies  in 
classical  studies. — The  influence  of  the  Greek  mind  on  modern  life. — The  work  of  the 
universities  for  the  nation,  past  and  present. — An  address  delivered  at  Mason  College. — ■ 
University  education  and  national  life. 

Jefferies,  Richard.  824  J23h 

The  hills  and  the  vale,  with  an  introduction  by  Edward  Thomas. 
1909.    Duckworth. 

Contents:  Choosing  a  gun. — Skating. — Marlborough  forest. — Village  churches. — 
Birds  of  spring. — The  spring  of  the  year. — Vignettes  from  nature. — A  king  of  acres. — 
The  story  of  Swindon. — Unequal  agriculture. — Village  organization. — The  idle  earth. — 
After  the  county  franchise. — The  Wiltshire  labourer. — On  the  downs. — The  sun  and  the 
brook. — Nature  and  eternity. — The  dawn. 

"Three  unpublished  essays  are  here,  together  with  fifteen  recovered  from  the  ob- 
livion of  the  back  numbers  of  magazines,  where  they  have  probably  been  little  noticed 
since  the  time  of  their  appearance.  These  papers  were  written  between  1875  and  1885, 
and  show  like  no  other  single  volume  of  his,  his  development ...  from  a  provincial  re- 
porter to  a  poet."    Academy,  igog. 

Kingsley,  Charles.  824  K27I 

Lectures  delivered  in  America  in  1874.    1875.    Longmans. 
Contents:     Westminster  abbey. — The  stage  as  it  was  once. — The  first  discovery  of 

America. — The  servant  of  the  Lord. — Ancient  civilisation. 

Knight,  Charles.  824  K34 

Once  upon  a  time.     1859.     Murray. 

Contents:  The  chapel. — The  Pastons. — The  discoverer  of  Madeira. — The  silent 
highway. — The  younger  son. — Hang  out  your  lights. — Evil  May-day. — Country  way- 
farers.— Philip  Sidney  and  Fulke  Greville. — Shakspere's  first  ride  to  London. — May- 
morning:  its  poetry  and  its  prose. — Amateurs  and  actors. — Ben  Jonson's  mother. — Eng- 
lish poets  in  Scotland. — Robert  Burton's  poetical  commonwealth. — Milton,  the  Londoner. 
— Lucy  Hutchinson. — Astrological  almanacs. — May  fair. — John  Aubrey,  and  his  Eminent 
men. — The  beginnings  of  popular  literature. — The  first  newspaper  stamp. — Trivia. — 
Horace  Walpole's  world  of  fashion. — Horace  Walpole's  world  of  letters. — Fanny  Burney 
at  court. — The  farmer's  kitchen. — Windsor,  as  it  was.^^rabbe's  modern  antiques. — The 
leading  profession. — Dear  and  cheap. — Suburban  milestones. — An  episode  of  Vathek. — 
The  Eton  Montem. — Items  of  the  obsolete. — The  first  step  into  the  world. — Saint  John's 
gate. — The  tail  piece. 

Lander,  Walter  Savage.  824  L22a 

[Imaginary  conversations,  and  other  writings.]  5v.  1876.  Chap- 
man.    (Works  and  life,  v.2-6.) 

V.I.  Classical  dialogues. — Citation  and  examination  of  William  Shakespeare  touch- 
ing deer-stealing. 

V.2.     Dialogues  of  sovereigns  and  statesmen. — The  pentameron. 

V.3.     Dialogues  of  literary  men. 

V.4.  Dialogues  of  literary  men  (continued) ;  Dialogues  of  famous  women. — Pericles 
and  Aspasia. 

V.5.     Miscellaneous  dialogues. 

Lang,  Andrew.  824  L23le 

Letters  on  literature.     1889.     Longmans. 

Contents:  Of  modern  English  poetry. — Fielding. — Longfellow. — A  friend  of  Keats. 
— On  Virgil. — Aucassin  and  Nicolette. — Plotinus  (200-262  A.  D.). — Lucretius. — To  a 
young  American  bookhunter. — Rochefoucauld. — Of  vers  de  societe. — On  vers  de  societe. 
— Richardson. — Gerard  de  Nerval. — On  books  about  red  men. 


i6i4  ENGLISH  ESSAYS 


Le  Gallienne,  Richard.  824  LS40 

October  vagabonds.     1910.    Kennerley. 

The  October  vagabonds  of  this  idyl  are  the  author  and  a  congenial  friend  who 
tramped  from  their  summer  camp  to  New  York — about  400  miles.  The  account  of  their 
irresponsible  journeying  makes  pleasant  reading. 

Leith,  W.  Compton.  824  L56 

Apologia  diffidentis.     1908.     Lane. 

A  study  of  shyness,  confessedly  a  record  of  actual  experience.  Mr  Leith  has  un- 
common skill  as  a  maker  of  phrases  and  much  distinction  of  style.  His  attitude  is  one 
of  graceful  melancholy,  of  almost  morbid  introspection  and  gentle  self-pity. 

Little,  William  John  Knox.  824  L74 

Sketches  in  sunshine  and  storm;  a  collection  of  miscellaneous  es- 
says and  notes  on  travel.    1892.     Longmans. 

Contents:  The  martyr  of  Algiers  [Geronimo]. — The  tombs  of  the  kings  [Monreale, 
Sicily]. — The  home  of  S.  Nilus. — The  shrine  of  the  sacrament  [Orvieto  cathedral]. — 
The  grave  of  Dante.  —  Amalfi  and  its  mountains.  —  The  heights  and  hollows  of  the 
Lebanon. — The  holy  places  of  Palestine. 

Lubbock,  Sir  John,  baron  Avebury.  824  Lg6p 

Peace  and  happiness.    1909.    Macmillan. 

Essays  on  "Contentment,"  "Education,"  "Wisdom,"   "Peace  of  mind,"  etc. 

Lucas,  Edward  Verrall.  824  L96gc 

Character  and  comedy.     1907.     Macmillan. 

Contents:  "My  cousin  the  bookbinder." — A  funeral. — Meditations  among  the  cages. 
— Two  Irishmen. — From  Persia  to  Aberdeen. — The  search  and  the  gift. — A  philosopher 
that  failed. — A  sketch  book. — The  beating  of  the  hoofs. — Our  gardeners  and  luck  of  the 
woods. — Conjurer  and  confederate. — Sister  Lucie   Vinken. — Life's  little  difficulties. 

Lucas,  Edward  Verrall.  824  Lg6gf 

Fireside  and  sunshine.     1907.     Button. 

Contents:  From  a  country  diary,  i. — The  town  week. — A  word  on  toast. — Con- 
cerning breakfast. — Footpaths  and  walking-sticks. — Birds  and  their  enemies. — Benignus 
and  the  flor  finas. — The  divine  leaf. — School-hampers  and  fireworks. — The  poetry  of 
catalogues. — Clothes  old  and  new. — From  a  seaside  diary. — Fires. — The  post. — Inn- 
keepers and  little  carts. — Cricket  and  the  backward  look. — From  a  country  diary,  2. — 
Albums  and  crackers. — A  gentle  adviser. 

Many  of  these  essays  appeared  originally  in  the  author's  "Domesticities,"  and  the 
rest  were  published  in  various  magazines. 

"In  Mr.  Lucas's  well-known  vein — agreeable,  vivacious,  with  bits  of  interesting  ob- 
servation of  men,  women,  and  beasts,  and  with  touches  of  gentle  humor.  The  matter, 
however,  is  rather  thin. .  .hardly  worth  preservation  in  permanent  form."     Nation,  igo7. 

Lytton,  Edward  George  Earle  Lytton  Bulwer-,  baron.  824  Lgg 

Caxtoniana;  a  series  of  essays  on  life,  literature  and  manners.  2v. 
1863.    Blackwood. 

"Slight  and  cursory  in  form,  yet  thoughtful  and  full  of  matter,  they  are  equal  to 
anything  he  has  before  put  forth  in  knowledge  of  men  and  books,  acute  analysis  of 
motives,  and  critical  elegance  of  taste."     Saturday  review,  1863. 

Lytton,  Edward  George  Earle  Lytton  Bulwer-,  baron.  824  Lggm 

Miscellaneous  prose  works.    2v.    1868.    Harper. 

v.j.  The  reign  of  terror;  its  causes  and  results. — Oliver  Goldsmith. — Charles  Lamb 
and  some  of  his  companions. — Gray's  Works. — Sir  Thomas  Browne. — Pitt  and  Fox. — 
Pym  vs.  Falkland.— The  life  of  Schiller. 

v.2.     Essays  written  in  youth. — The  influence  of  love  upon  literature  and  real  life. 

Mabie,  Hamilton  Wright,  ed.  824  M113 

Essays  that  every  child  should  know;  a  selection  of  the  writings  of 
English  and  American  essayists.    1908.    Doubleday. 

Contents:  The  Coverley  Sabbath,  by  Joseph  Addison. — A  day's  ramble  in  London, 
by  Richard  Steele. — A  dissertation  upon  roast  pig;  Dream  children,  by  Charles  Lamb. — 
Christmas  day;   Stratford-on-Avon,   by  Washington   Irving. — Sunday  at  home;   The   old 


ENGLISH  ESSAYS  1615 


Mabie,  Hamilton  Wright,  ed. — continued.  824  M113 

apple  dealer,  by  Nathaniel  Hawthorne. — Revolt  of  the  Tartars,  by  Thomas  De  Quincey. 
— Cinders  from  the  ashes,  by  O.  W.  Holmes. — Rain  in  the  garret;  School  dreams,  by 
D.  G.  Mitchell. — Cats,  by  P.  G.  Hamerton. — On  vagabonds,  by  Alexander  Smith. — Mar- 
jorie  Fleming,  by  John  Brown. — Being  a  boy;  The  delights  of  farming,  by  C.  D.  Warner. 
— The  little  violinist,  by  T.  B.  Aldrich. 

Macdonald,  Frederic  William.  824  M14 

Recreations  of  a  book-lover.    191 1.    Hodder. 

Contents:  Four  letters  to  a  friend  on  books  and  reading. — Dr  Johnson;  personal 
and  domestic. — The  religion  of  Dr  Johnson. — A  literary  diary;  William  Allingham. — 
Carlyle  and  Allingham. — The  biography  of  Herbert  Spencer. — A  Latin  anthology. — 
Second-hand  book  catalogues. — In  an  old  Scottish  garden. — Snowed  up  near  Ambleside. — 
Bishop  Butler  and  John  Wesley;  a  comparison  and  a  contrast. — The  letters  of  Birkbeck 
Hill. — "Beside  still  waters." — From  an  old  minister  to  a  student  at  Dr  Doddridge's 
academy,  Northampton. 

Mallock,  William  Hurrell.  824  M29 

Atheism  and  the  value  of  life;  five  studies  in  contemporary  litera- 
ture.   1884.    Bentley. 

Contents:  Professor  Clifford's  Lectures  and  essays. — Tennyson's  Ballads  and 
poems. — George  Eliot  on  the  human  character. — Natural  religion. — Atheistic  Method- 
ism; or.  The  beauty  of  holiness. 

Appeared  in  the  "Edinburgh  review"  and  in  the  "Nineteenth  century." 
The  fourth  essay  is  a  review  of  Sir  J.  R.  Seeley's  Natural  religion   (210  S45)  and 
the  fifth  an  answer  to  criticisms  made  in  regard  to  the  author's  own  theory  of  life. 

Manning,  Henry  Edward,  cardinal.  824  M33 

Pastime  papers.     1892.    Burns. 

Contents:  The  editor's  introduction. — ^Honour. —  Consistency. —  Pride. —  Vanity. — 
Popularity. — Selfishness. — Gossip. — The  fourth  estate. — About  critics. — Courage. — The 
daemon  of  Socrates. 

These  essays  were  published  after  Cardinal  Manning's  death.  In  his  introduction 
the  editor  defines  them  as  "the  voice  of  the  great  Archbishop  out  of  office  hours,"  ex- 
plaining that  they  were  the  only  writing  which  he  ever  did  without  a  directly  philan- 
thropic or  religious  intention. 

Martineau,  James.  824  M431 

Essays,  reviews  and  addresses.    4v.    1891-1901.     Longmans. 
V.I.     Personal. — Political. 
V.2.     Ecclesiastical. — Historical. 
V.3.     Theological. — Philosophical. 
V.4.     Academical. — Religious. 

Maxwell,  Sir  Herbert  Eustace.  824  M523m 

Meridiana;  noontide  essays.     1892.     Blackwood. 

Contents:  Ancient  lights. — A  country  member's  moan. — Manners. — Customs. — Con- 
trast.— Civilisation. — Mnemosyne. — Imagination. — Pleasure. — Personal  names. — Birds. — 
Education. 

Many  of  these  essays  appeared  in  "Blackwood's  magazine." 

Maxwell,  Sir  Herbert  Eustace.  824  M523 

Post  meridiana;  afternoon  essays.     1895.    Blackwood. 
Contents:     Clothes. — Games. — Speech. — Ornament. — Bores. — The  conduct  of  friend- 
ship.— The  craving  for  fiction. — The  first  English  freethinker. — Woodlands,  with  a  post- 
script on  London  trees. — Gardens. — Trouting  tattle. — Salmon-flies. 

Appeared  in  the  "Nineteenth  century"  and  "Blackwood's  magazine." 

Mill,  John  Stuart.  824  M68 

Early  essays;  selected  from  the  original  sources  by  J.  W.  M.  Gibbs. 
1897.     Bell. 

Contents:  Essays  on  some  unsettled  questions  of  political  economy. — Corporation 
and  church  property. — What  is  poetry? — The  two  kinds  of  poetry. — Tennyson's  poems. 
— Carlyle's  French  revolution. — Bentham. — Appendices  to  the  foregoing  article:  Democ- 
racy and  government;  Remarks  on  Bentham's  philosophy,  by  E.  L.  Bulwer-Lytton  and 
J.  S.  Mill;  Mill  on  Bowring's  "Life  of  Bentham." 


i6i6  ENGLISH  ESSAYS 


Miller,  Hugh.  824  M6gl 

Leading  articles  on  various  subjects;  ed.  by  John  Davidson.  1870. 
Nimmo. 

Contents:  Thoughts  on  the  educational  question. — Lord  Brougham. — The  Scott 
monument. — The  late  Mr  Kemp. — Annie  M'Donald  and  the  Fifeshire  forester. — A  High- 
land clearing. — The  poet  Montgomery. — Criticism;  internal  evidence. — The  sanctities  of 
matter. — The  late  Rev.  Alexander  Stewart. — The  calotype. — The  tenant's  true  quarrel. — 
Conclusion  of  the  war  in  Affghanistan. — Periodicalism. — "Annus  mirabilis." — Effects  of 
religious  disunion  on  colonization. — Fine-bodyism. — Organship. — Baillie's  letters  and 
journals. —  First  principles. —  An  unspoken  speech. —  Disruption  principles. —  Character- 
istics of  the  Crimean  war. — The  poets  of  the  church. — The  Encyclopaedia  Britannica. — A 
vision  of  the  railroad. — The  two  Mr  Claries. — Pulpit  duties  not  secondary. — Dugald 
Stewart. — Our  town  councils. — Sutherland  as  it  was  and  is;  or,  How  a  country  may  be 
ruined. 

Morley,  John.  824  M91 

Critical  miscellanies,    v.4.     1908.    Macmillan. 

V.4.  Machiavelli. — Guicciardini. — A  new  calendar  of  great  men;  ed.  by  Frederic 
Harrison. — John  Stuart  Mill;  an  anniversary.  —  Lecky  on  democracy.  —  A  historical 
romance  [Theophano],  by  Frederic  Harrison. — Democracy  and  reaction,  by  L.  T.  Hob- 
house. — Appendix:    notes  to  Machiavelli. 

For  V.I -3  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

Morley,  John.  824  M91I 

Literary  essays.     1906.     Humphreys. 

Contents:    Byron. — Carlyle. — Macaulay. — Wordsworth. — On  the  study  of  literature. 

Murray,  David  Christie.  824  M97 

Guesses  at  truths,  ethical,  social,  political  and  literary.    1908.    Hurst. 

Appeared  in  the  "Referee,"  under  the  pseudonym  Merlin. 

Views  of  an  English  novelist  and  journalist  on  subjects  of  current  interest.  Many 
essays  deal  with  the  occult. 

Nicoll,  5"i>  William  Robertson.  824  N32k 

Key  of  the  blue  closet.    1906.    Dodd. 

Miscellaneous  essays  dealing  in  a  sane,  genial  way  with  the  conduct  of  life.  The 
method  is  to  take  some  phrase  in  common  use  or  some  sign^ificant  incident,  and  to  give 
it  a  general  and  wider  application,  always  seriously  and  practically,  but  with  much 
humor  and  a  wide  range  of  anecdote  and  quotation.     Condensed  from  Nation,  1907. 

Noble,  James  Ashcroft.  824  N38i 

Impressions  &  memories.     1895.     Dent. 

Contents:  The  justification  of  impressions. — The  music  of  prose. — O.  W.  Holmes. — 
The  charm  of  autobiography. — Music  and  form. — The  burden  of  Christina  Rossetti. — 
Nathaniel  Hawthorne's  paradox. — Some  skylark  poems. — Annie  Keary. — The  hypocrite 
of  fiction.  —  Mr  Du  Maurier's  magic  mirror.  —  In  Elleray  wood.  —  Lady  of  Shalott.  — 
Sandycombes. — Two  Thanet  sketches:  In  Birchington  churchyard;  A  Ramsgate  Arabian 
night. 

Paget,  John,  181 1-98.  r824  P14 

Paradoxes  and  puzzles;  historical,  judicial  and  literary.  1874.  Black- 
wood. 

Contains  the  "New  examen,"  a  collection  of  essays  on  historical  subjects;  "Vindica- 
tions," of  Nelson,  Lady  Hamilton,  Lord  Byron  and  the  Wigtown  martyrs;  "Judicial 
puzzles,"  dealing  with  the  case  of  Elizabeth  Canning,  Spencer  Cowper  and  others,  and 
"Essays  on  art." 

[Paget,  Stephen.]  824  Pi46i 

I  wonder;  essays.     191 1.     Macmillan. 

Contents:  The  way  of  wonder. — The  wonder  of  matter. — The  wonder  of  nature. — 
The  wonder  of  self. — The  wonder  of  pain. — ^The  wonder  of  death. — ^The  wonder  of 
beauty. — The  use  of  wonder. 


ENGLISH  ESSAYS  1617 


[Paget,  Stephen.]  824  P146 

The  young  people,  by  one  of  the  old  people.     1910.    Macmillan. 
Contents:     Coming  out. — The  day's  work. — At  the  play. — Hora  mortis. — London. — 
Sunday  in  London. — Sunday  out. — Books  and  music. — Doxologia. — Faith. — Hope. — Non 
nobis. — Postscript,  Nov.   1910:    The  run  of  the  streets. 

Digressive  essays  written  primarily  for  lovers  of  young  people.  In  the  guise  of  one 
who  resides  with  a  happy  family  where  are  certain  healthy,  inquisitive  youngsters  who 
"want  to  know,"  the  author  distributes  some  excellent  musing  and  philosophizing.  Con- 
densed from  Academy,  jgii. 

Pearson,  Charles  Henry.  824  P35 

Reviews  and  critical  essays;  ed.  by  H.  A.  Strong,  with  a  biographi- 
cal sketch.     1896.    Methuen. 

Contents:  Personal  memoirs. — Caricatures. — Cynicism  in  literature. — Questions  of 
casuistry. — The  grand  style. — Optimism. — Pessimism. — 1883;  Sheridan,  first  notice. — 
Sheridan;  second  notice. — 1884;  Bismarck. — 1883;  Emerson.— Oct.  6th,  1883;  Mazzini. — 
1890;  History  in  state  schools;  lecture  delivered  in  the  New  Training  College,  Melbourne. 
— The  court  of  Napoleon;  first  notice. — The  court  of  Napoleon;  second  notice. — Scottish 
characteristics. — Early  life  of  Renan. — The  black  republic. — An  agnostic's  progress. — 
1884;  High  life  in  France. 

"Charles  Henry  Pearson;  a  biographical  sketch,"  by  H.  A.  Strong,  p. 1-38. 

Procter,  Bryan  Waller,  (pseud.  Barry  Cornwall).  824  P964 

Essays  and  tales  in  prose.    2v.     1853.    Ticknor. 

V.I.  Memoir  and  essay  on  the  genius  of  Shakspere. — The  death  of  friends. — The 
Spanish  student. — A  short  mystery. — The  portrait  on  my  uncle's  snuff-box. — A  day  in 
Venice. — The  Stauntons. — A  chapter  on  portraits. — The  prison-breaker. — The  planter. — 
Vicissitudes  in  a  lawyer's  life. — The  man-hunter. — The  two  soldiers. 

v.2.  The  story  of  the  back-room  window. — A  chapter  of  fragments. — The  usher. — 
Monsieur  de  Beam. — The  happy  day. — On  English  tragedy. — On  English  poetry. — A  de- 
fence of  poetry. — Four  dramatic  scenes. 

Ritchie,  Mrs  Anne  Isabella  (Thackeray).  824  R4gb 

Blackstick  papers.     1908.    Smith,  Elder. 

Contents:  Introduction;  Haydn. — Felicia  Felix. — St.  Andrews. — Concerning  Joseph 
Joachim. — Egeria  in  Brighton. — Nohant  in  1874. — Links  with  the  past. — Mary  and  Agnes 
Berry. — Paris;  prisms  and  primitifs. — "Jacob  Omnium"  [M.  J.  Higgins]. — Mrs  Gaskell. 
— Concerning  Tourguenieff. — Concerning  Thomas  Bewick. 

Rogers,  Henry.  824  R61 

Essays  selected  from  contributions  to  the  Edinburgh  review.  3v. 
1855.     Longman. 

v. I.  Life  and  writings  of  Thomas  Fuller. — Andrew  Marvel. — Luther's  correspond- 
ence and  character. — Life  and  genius  of  Leibnitz.- — Genius  and  writings  of  Pascal. — 
Literary  genius  of  Plato;  character  of  Socrates. — Genius  and  writings  of  Descartes. 

v.2.  John  Locke;  his  character  and  philosophy. — Sydney  Smith's  lectures  on  moral 
philosophy. — Structure  of  the  English  language. — History  of  the  English  language. — 
Sacred  eloquence;  the  British  pulpit. — The  vanity  and  glory  of  literature. — Ultramon- 
tane doubts. — Right  of  private  judgment. 

V.3.  Anglicanism;  or.  The  Oxford  tractarian  school. — Recent  developments  of  trac- 
tarianism. — Reason  and  faith;  their  claims  and  conflicts. — Revolution  and  reform. — 
Treatment  of  criminals. — Prevention  of  crime. 

Sale,  Mark.  824  S 16 

A  paradise  in  Portugal.    191 1.    Baker. 

First  half  of  the  book  is  an  account  of  a  year  spent  by  the  author  on  a  Portuguese 
sea  farm.     The  rest  of  the  book  consists  of  miscellaneous  essays. 

Sharp,  William.  824  Ssaia 

Silence  of  Amor,  and  Where  the  forest  murmurs,  by  "Fiona  Mac- 

leod."     1910.    Duffield. 

"Bibliographical  note,"  by  Mrs  William  Sharp,  p.412-414. 
Essays  on  nature. 


i6i8  ENGLISH  ESSAYS 


Sharp,  William.  824  S531 

Where  the  forest  murmurs;  nature  essays,  by  Fiona  Macleod. 
1906.     Newnes. 

Contents:  Where  the  forest  murmurs. — The  mountain  charm. — The  clans  of  the 
grass. — The  tides. — The  hill-tarn. — At  the  turn  of  the  year. — The  sons  of  the  north 
wind. — St.  Bridget  of  the  shores. — The  heralds  of  March. — The  tribe  of  the  plover. — 
The  awakener  of  the  woods. — The  wild  apple. — Running  waters. — The  summer  heralds. — 
The  sea-spell. — Summer  clouds. — The  cuckoo's  silence. — The  coming  of  dusk. — At  the 
rising  of  the  moon. — The  gardens  of  the  sea. — The  milky  way. — September. — The  chil- 
dren of  wind  and  the  clan  of  peace. — Still  waters. — The  Pleiad-month. — The  rainy 
Hyades. — Winter  stars. — Beyond  the  blue  Septentrions;  two  legends  of  the  polar  stars. 
— White  weather;  a  mountain  reverie. — Rosa  mystica  (and  roses  of  autunpn). — The  star 
of  rest;  a  fragment. 

Sheehan,  Patrick  Augustine.  824  S54 

Early  essays  and  lectures.    1906.    Longmans. 

Contents:  Essays:  Religious  instruction  in  intermediate  schools. — In  a  Dublin  art 
gallery. — Emerson. — Free-thought  in  America. — The  German  universities. — The  German 
and  Gallic  muses. — Recent  Augustinian  literature. — The  poetry  of  Matthew  Arnold. — 
Recent  works  on  St.  Augustine. — Aubrey  de  Vere;  a  study. — Lectures:  Irish  youth  and 
high  ideals. — The  two  civilisations. — The  fiftieth  anniversary  of  O'Connell's  death. — 
Our  personal  and  social  responsibilities. — The  study  of  mental  science. — Certain  ele- 
ments of  character. — The  limitations  and  possibilities  of  Catholic  literature. 

Smith,  Alexander,  1830-67.  824  S64I 

Last  leaves;  sketches  and  criticisms,  ed.  with  a  memoir  by  P.  P. 

Alexander.     1869.     Nimmo. 

Contents:  Memoir. — Scottish  ballads. — An  essay  on  an  old  subject. — On  dreams 
and  dreaming. — Mr  Carlyle  at  Edinburgh. — Winter. — Literary  work. — The  minister- 
painter. — Sydney  Dobell. — Essayists,  old  and  new. — A  spring  chanson. — Edinburgh. 

Stevenson,  Robert  Louis.  824  S84a3 

Across  the  plains;  Essays  and  reviews.     1906.     Davos  Press. 
This  volume  contains,  in  addition  to  Stevenson's  account  of  his  journey  in  an  emi- 
grant train  from  New  York  to  San  Francisco  in  1879,  over  50  short  essays  on  places  and 
people,  life  and  literature. 

Symonds,  John  Addington.  824  S98e 

Essays,  speculative  and  suggestive.     1907.-    Smith,  Elder. 

Contents:  The  philosophy  of  evolution. — On  the  application  of  evolutionary  princi- 
ples to  art  and  literature. — On  some  principles  of  criticism. — The  provinces  of  the  several 
arts.  —  On  the  relation  of  art  to  science  and  morality.  —  Realism  and  idealism.  —  The 
model. — Beauty,  composition,  expression,  characterisation. — Caricature,  the  fantastic, 
the  grotesque. — Notes  on  style:  History  and  usage  of  the  word;  National  style;  Per- 
sonal style;  The  art  of  style. — Democratic  art,  with  special  reference  to  Walt  Whitman. 
— Landscape. — Nature  myths  and  allegories. — Is  poetry  at  bottom  a  criticism  of  life?  a 
review  of  Matthew  Arnold's  selection  from  Wordsworth. — Is  music  the  type  or  measure 
of  all  art? — The  pathos  of  the  rose  in  poetry. — A  comparison  of  Elizabethan  with  Vic- 
torian poetry. 

First  published  in  1890. 

824  T23 

Tatler;  selected  essays,  with  an  introduction  and  notes  by  A.  C.  Ewald. 
1888.    Warne. 

Some  125  selected  numbers. 

Thackeray,  William  Makepeace.  824  T33J 

Juvenilia;  miscellanies.     [1904.]     Kelmscott  Soc. 

Brompton  edition. 

Contains  Thackeray's  letters  to  the  "Constitutional."  He  was  Paris  correspondent 
of  this  Radical  paper  during  its  brief  existence,  1836-37  and  he  wrote  chiefly  of  French 
politics. 


ENGLISH  ESSAYS  1619 


Thackeray,  William  Makepeace.  824  T33I 

Literary  essays.     [1904.]     Kelmscott  Soc. 

Contents:  The  French  revolution. — A  word  on  the  annuals. — Our  batch  of  novels 
for  Christmas,  1837. — Duchess  of  Marlborough's  private  correspondence. — Eros  and  An- 
teros;  or,  "Love." — The  diary  relative  to  George  IV  and  Queen  Caroline. — Memoirs  of 
Holt,  the  Irish  rebel. — Half-a-crown's  worth  of  cheap  knowledge. — The  poetical  works  of 
Dr  Southey,  collected  by  himself. — Passages  from  the  diary  of  the  late  Dolly  Duster. — 
The  annuals. — Tyler's  Life  of  Henry  V. — Eraser's  Winter  journey  to  Persia. — Count 
Valerian  Krasinski's  History  of  the  reformation  in  Poland. — Our  annual  execution. — 
Fielding's  Works. — Dickens  in  France. — Mr  Macaulay's  Essays. — Jerome  Paturot. — 
Grant  in  Paris. — A  box  of  novels. — A  new  spirit  of  the  age. — Coningsby;  or,  The  new 
generation. — Dashes  at  life  with  a  free  pencil. — About  a  Christmas  book. — A  brother  of 
the  press  on  the  history  of  a  literary  man,  Laman  Blanchard. — On  some  illustrated 
children's  books. — A  grumble  about  the  Christmas  books. — The  dignity  of  literature. — 
Dumas  on  the  Rhine. 

Thurston,  Ernest  Temple.  824  T43 

Patchwork  papers.     191 1.    Dodd. 

Contents:  The  pension  of  the  patchwork  quilt. — The  mousetrap,  Henrietta  street. — 
The  wonderful  city. — Bellwattle  and  the  laws  of  God. — Realism. — The  Sabbath. — House 
to  let. — A  suffragette. — Bellwattle  and  the  laws  of  nature. — May  eve. — From  my  port- 
folio.— An  old  string  bonnet. — The  new  malady. — Bellwattle  and  the  dignity  of  men. — 
The  night  the  pope  died. — Art. — The  value  of  idleness. — The  spirit  of  competition. — 
Bellwattle  on  the  higher  mathematics. — The  mystery  of  the  vote. — Ship's  logs. 

Little  sketches  and  essays — passing  fancies,  bits  of  personal  experience,  reflections 
in  serious  mood. 

Whibley,  Charles.  824  W63 

Studies  in  frankness.     1910.     Constable. 

Contents:  Introduction. — Petronius. — Heliodorus. — Laurence  Sterne. — Apuleius.  — 
Herondas. — E.  A.  Poe. — Lucian. — Sir  Thomas  Urquhart. 

Whiteing,  Richard.  824  W64 

Little  people.     1909.     Cassell. 

Sympathetic  essays  on  the  world's  nobodies  and  failures,  the  unassertive  and  un- 
ambitious of  every  class.  Author  is  an  English  journalist  and  novelist,  best  known  for 
his  description  of  life  in  the  London  slums. 

Wilde,  Oscar.  824  W7id 

Decorative  art  in  America;  a  lecture,  together  with  letters,  reviews 
and  interviews;  ed.  with  an  introduction  by  R.  B.  Glaenzer.  1906. 
Brentano. 

Contents:  Decorative  art  in  America. — ^Joaquin  Miller,  the  good  Samaritan. — Mrs 
Langtry  as  Hester  Grazebrook. — "Vera"  and  the  drama. — Mr  Whistler's  "Ten  o'clock." 
— The  relations  of  dress  to  art. — The  tomb  of  Keats. — Keats'  sonnet  on  Blue. — English 
poetesses. — London  models. — "Dorian  Gray"  and  its  critics. — Rudyard  Kipling  and  the 
Anglo-Indians. — "A  house  of  pomegranates." — The  relation  of  the  actor  to  the  play. — 
The  censure  and  "Salome." — Paris,  the  abode  of  artists. — Sarah  Bernhardt  and  "Sa- 
lome."— The  ethics  of  journalism. — Dramatic  critics  and  "An  ideal  husband." — Notes. 

"Decorative  art  in  America"  was  delivered  in  New  York  in  1882  and  was  suggested 
by  his  observations  during  his  American  tour.  It  is  a  plea  for  better  taste  in  house 
decoration  and  furnishing,  for  schools  of  design  and  for  handicraftsmen.  The  intro- 
duction is  a  sympathetic  essay  on  Oscar  Wilde  himself. 

Wilde,  Oscar.  824  Wyie 

Eszmek;  angol  eredetibol  forditotta  Kerner  Laszlo.     1908. 

Wilson,  John,  (pseud.  Christopher  North).  824  W769 

Essays,  critical  and  imaginative.  4v.  1856-57.  Blackwood.  (Works, 
v.5^.) 

V.I.  Streams. — Meg  Dods's  cookery. — There  is  death  in  the  pot. — Gymnastics. — 
Cruikshank  on  time. — Health  and  longevity. — On  early  rising. — Old  North  and  young 
North;  or,  Christopher  in  Edinburgh  and  Christopher  in  London. — The  man  of  ton;  a 


i62o  ENGLISH  ORATORY 

Wilson,  John,  (pseud.  Christopher  North) — continued.  824  W769 

satire. — The  loves  of  the  poets. — Education  of  the  people. — The  young  lady's  book. — 
Days  departed;  or,  Banwell  hill. — Wordsworth. 

V.2.  Christopher  at  the  lakes. — Tennyson's  poems. — Memoir  of  Vice-admiral  the 
Hon.  Sir  Henry  Blackwood. — American  poetry;  William  Cullen  Bryant. — Poetry  of 
Ebenezer  Elliott. — On  the  punishment  of  death. — ^Anglimania. 

V.3.  The  genius  and  character  of  Burns. — Speech  at  the  Burns  festival. — Christopher 
on  Colonsay. — Coleridge's  poetical  works. — Tupper's  Geraldine. — De  Berenger's  Helps 
and  hints. — Macaulay's  Lays  of  ancient  Rome. — A  few  words  on   Shakespeare. 

V.4.     Homer  and  his  translators. — Greek  drama;  The  Agamemnon  of  .£schylus. 

Windsor,  Arthur  Lloyd.  824  W78 

Ethica;  or,  Characteristics  of  men,  manners  and  books,   i860.   Smith. 

Contents:  The  mental  history  of  Montaigne. — Milton;  his  politics,  prose  writings 
and  biographers. — Dryden;  or.  The  literary  morality  of  an  epoch. — De  Foe  and  the 
rise  of  pamphleteering. — Pope  and  Swift,  Bolingbroke  and  Harley. — Goldsmith  and  the 
history  of  prose  fiction  in  England. — Characteristics  of  ancient  and  modern  orators. 


825     English  oratory 

See  also  308 

Goodrich,  Chauncey  Allen,  ed.  qr825  G62 

Select  British  eloquence;  embracing  the  best  speeches  entire  of  the 
most  eminent  orators  of  Great  Britain  for  the  last  two  centuries,  with 
sketches  of  their  lives.    1852.    Harper. 

825  I28 
Irish  eloquence;  the  speeches  of  the  celebrated  Irish  orators,  Philips, 
Curran  and  Grattan,  to  which  is  added  the  powerful  appeal  of  Robert 
Emmett  at  the  close  of  his  trial  for  high  treason,  selected  by  a  member 
of  the  bar.    1841.    Biddle. 

Paul,  Herbert  Woodfield,  ed.  825  P31 

Famous  speeches;  selected  and  ed.  with  introductory  notes.  1910. 
Pitman. 

Contents:  Cromwell. — Sir  Robert  Walpole. — William  Pitt,  earl  of  Chatham. — 
Burke. —  William  Pitt. —  C.  J.  Fox. —  Sheridan. —  Henry  Grattan. —  Canning. —  Daniel 
O'Conncll. — Sir  Robert  Peel. — Richard  tobden. — Abraham  Lincoln. — Benjamin  Dis- 
raeli.— John  Bright. — Robert  Lowe. — Gladstone. 


826     English  letters 

Holcombe,  James  Philemon.  826  H69 

Literature  in  letters;  or.  Manners,  art,  criticism,  biography,  history 
and  morals  illustrated  in  the  correspondence  of  eminent  persons.  1866. 
Appleton. 

The  "eminent  persons"  range  from  Anne  Boleyn  to  Hannah  More,  from  Oliver 
Cromwell  to  Lord  Chesterfield.     Chiefly  English  and  American. 

Ingpen,  Ada  M.  camp.  826  I24 

Women  as  letter-writers;  a  collection  of  letters.     1909.     Baker. 

Representative  selection  from  the  i6th  century  to  modern  times. 

Knight,  William  Angus,  ed.  826  K34 

Memorials  of  Coleorton;  letters  from  Coleridge,  Wordsworth  and 


ENGLISH  SATIRE  AND  HUMOR  1621 

Knight,  William  Angus,  ed. — continued.  826  K34 

his  sister,  Southey  and  Sir  Walter  Scott  to  Sir  George  and  Lady  Beau- 
mont of  Coleorton,  Leicestershire,  1803  to  1834,  with  introduction  and 
notes.    2v.    1887.    Houghton. 

Beaumont  was  a  patron  of  art  and  letters,  a  close  friend  of  the  Wordsworths,  by 
whom  the  larger  part  of  these  letters  were  written. 

Lucas,  Edward  Verrall,  ed.  826  L96 

The  gentlest  art;  a  choice  of  letters  by  entertaining  hands.  1908. 
Methuen. 

Uncommonly  entertaining  anthology  of  letters,  arranged  in  groups  under  such  head- 
ings as  "Children  and  grandfathers,"  "The  news  bearers,"  "The  familiar  manner," 
"The  grand  style,"  "Urbanity  and  nonsense"  and  "Shadows."  The  little  book  contains 
some  of  the  most  delightful  bits  from  Lamb  and  the  other  famous  letter-writers  and 
also  a  few  fictitious  letters  from  the  novels  of  Thackeray  and  Dickens.  Condensed 
from  Nation,  igo8. 

Lucas,  Edward  Verrall,  ed.  826  Lg6s 

The  second  post;  a  companion  to  "The  gentlest  art."  1910.  Mac- 
millan. 

Delightful  "second  delivery"  of  letters. 


827     English  satire  and  humor 

Arbuthnot,  John.  827  A66 

Life  and  works,  by  G.  A.  Aitken.    1892.    Clarendon  Press. 

Contents:  Life  of  Dr  Arbuthnot  [by  G.  A.  Aitken]. — Works:  The  history  of  John 
Bull;  The  art  of  political  lying;  Memoirs  of  Martinus  Scriblerus;  An  essay  concerning 
the  origin  of  sciences;  Virgilius  restauratus;  The  humble  petition  of  the  colliers; 
Reasons  humbly  offered  by  the  company  of  upholders;  Mr  John  Ginglicutt's  treatise;  A 
sermon  preached  at  Edinburgh;  An  essay  on  the  usefulness  of  mathematical  learning; 
Gnothi  seauton. — Doubtful  works  attributed  to  Dr  Arbuthnot. 

"Bibliography,"  p.  176-188. 

Arbuthnot  (1667-1735)  was  an  English  physician  and  wit,  a  close  friend  of  Swift, 
intimate  with  Pope,  Gay  and  Parnell.  His  literary  writings,  chiefly  political  satires, 
were  published  anonymously  and  the  authorship  of  many  works  attributed  to  him  is 
uncertain. 

[Beresford,  James.]  r827  B45 

Miseries  of  human  life;  or,  The  groans  of  Samuel  Sensitive  and 
Timothy  Testy,  with  a  few  supplementary  sighs  from  Mrs  Testy.  2v. 
1806-07.    Miller. 

Humorous  recital  of  the  annoying  little  accidents  and  trials  of  daily  life.  The 
chief  work  of  an  English  clergyman  (i  764-1 840),  which  was  praised  by  Scott  and  won 
considerable  popularity. 

Burton,  William,  Evans,  ed.  qr827  B95 

Cyclopaedia  of  wit  and  humor,  containing  choice  and  characteristic 
selections  from  the  writings  of  the  most  eminent  humorists  of  America, 
Ireland,  Scotland  and  England.    1872.    Appleton. 

Butler,  Samuel,  English  poet.  827  B96C 

Characters,  and  passages  from  note-books;  ed.  by  A.  R.  Waller. 
1908.     Cambridge  University  Press.     (Cambridge  English  classics.) 

Satiric  descriptions  of  various  types  of  men.  Ranked  among  the  wittiest  of  the 
character-writings  of  the  17th  century.  Much  of  this  work  is  now  printed  for  the  first 
time  from  manuscripts  in  the  British  Museum. 


i622  ENGLISH  SATIRE  AND  HUMOR 

Butler,  Samuel,  1835-1902.  827  B97 

Erewhon;  or,  Over  the  range.    1910.    Button. 

Philosophical  satire  in  which  is  sketched  an  imaginary  land  where  crime  is  counted 
a  disease,  and  disease  a  crime.  Through  most  of  the  work  there  is  but  a  slight  semblance 
of  a  story.    Condensed  from  Outlook  (London),  igoi. 

Butler,  Samuel,  1835-1902.  827  B97e 

Erewhon  revisited  twenty  years  later,  both  by  the  original  discoverer 
of  the  country  and  by  his  son.     1910.    Button. 

An  improvement  in  every  way  upon  its  predecessor  "Erewhon."  There  is  the  same 
genial  satire,  the  same  power  of  presenting  topsy-turveydom  so  that  it  seems  perfectly 
natural,  but  there  is  also  a  cleverly  constructed,  and  even  dramatic,  story,  and  the 
characters,  including  those  who  reappear  from  the  former  volume,  take  on  flesh  and 
blood.     Condensed  from  Outlook  (London),  igoi. 

Graham,  Harry.  827  G76b 

Bolster  book;  a  book  for  the  bedside  (comp.  from  the  occasional 

writings  of  Reginald  Brake  Biffin).     1910.     Buffield, 

This  book  of  nonsense  is  likely  to  have  an  exhilarating  effect,   rather  than   the 

soporific  one  promised  by  the  title. 

Hazlitt,  William.  827  H38 

Lectures  on  the  English  comic  writers;  from  the  third  London  edi- 
tion, ed.  by  his  son.    1848.    Carey.     (Miscellaneous  works,  v.4.) 

Contents:  Introductory:  On  wit  and  humour. — On  Shakspeare  and  Ben  Jonson. — 
On  Cowley,  Butler,  Suckling,  Etherege,  &c. — On  Wycherley,  Congreve,  Vanbrugh  and 
Farquhar. — On  the  periodical  essayists. — On  the  English  novelists. — On  the  works  of 
Hogarth. — On  the  comic  writers  of  the  last  century. 

First  published  in  1819. 

Hood,  Thomas,  1798-1845.  827  H76P 

Prose  works.    2v.    1843.    Porter. 

v.i.     Miscellanies. — Hood's  own. 

V.2.     Whimsicalities. — Whims  and  oddities. 

"Memoir  of  Hood,"  v.i,  p.s-20. 

Hook,  Theodore  Edward.  827  H77 

Choice  humorous  works,  ludicrous  adventures,  hon  mots,  puns  and 
hoaxes.     [1873.]     Hotten. 

Contents:  Memoir  of  Theodore  Hook. — The  Ramsbottom  papers. — Political  songs 
and  squibs. — Tentamen;  or.  An  essay  towards  the  history  of  Whittington,  some  time 
lord  mayor  of  London. — Miscellanies  in  verse  and  prose. — Anecdotes,  hoaxes  and  jests. 

[Howe,  W.  H.  comp.]  827  H85 

Scotch  wit  and  humor;  classified  under  appropriate  subject  headings. 
1898.    Jacobs. 

"List  of  known  works  and  authorities  quoted,"  p.  12. 

Jerome,  Jerome  Klapka.  827  J28id 

Idle  ideas  in  1905.     [1905.]     Hurst. 

The  method  is  the  same,  but  the  old  spirit  is  lacking  in  these  rather  laborious  jests 
about  things  of  the  day. 

Jerrold,  Bouglas  William.  827  J283fr 

Frau   Kaudels   gardinenpredigten;   aus   dem   englischen  iibertragen 
durch  Carl  Tornow.     [1872.] 
Milne,  A.  A.  827  M71 

The  day's  play.     [1910.]  Methuen. 

All  these  articles  and  verses  have  appeared  in  "Punch." 

"It  is  all  pure  fun... His  pages  are  as  unforced  and  as  easy  as  good  conversation 
...Whether  it  be  of  cricket,  or  billiards,  or  bachelor-days,  or  the  little  Margery,  it  is 
the  manner  only  which  really  matters — essentially  a  glad  manner  and  as  yet  unspoiled." 
Saturday  review,  igto. 


ENGLISH  MISCELLANY  1623 

Morgan,  James  Appleton,  comp.  r827  M89 

Macaronic  poetry;  collected  with  an  introduction.    1872.    Hurd. 

Burlesque  verses,  in  which  words  of  another  language,  in  this  case  English,  are 
mingled  with  Latin  words  or  are  made  to  figure  with  Latin  endings  and  in  Latin  con- 
structions, with  little  regard  to  syntax. 

Swift,  Jonathan,  dean.  827  Sgyb 

Battle  of  the  books,  with  selections  from  the  literature  of  the 
Phalaris  controversy;  ed.  by  A.  Guthkelch.    1908.    Chatto. 

"Bibliography,"  p.297-312. 

The  same.     [1909.]     Dent.     (In  his  Tale  of  a  tub,  p.143- 
168.) 827  S97ta 

Burlesque  of  the  controversy  raging  at  the  time,  about  1695,  over  the  relative  merits 
of  the  ancients  and  moderns. 

Swift,  Jonathan,  dean.  827  S97P2 

Podroze  Gulliwera  do  nieznanych  krajow.    4v.  in  i. 
The  same;  w  uktadzie  dia  mlodziezy;  przektad  polski  C.  Niewiadom- 

skiej.    1899 827  S97P 

Swift,  Jonathan,  dean.  r827  S97W 

Works;  containing  papers  not  hitherto  published,  with  memoir  of 
the  author  by  Thomas  Roscoe.    2v.    1870.    Bell. 

V.I.  Life  of  Swift,  by  Thomas  Roscoe. — Travels  of  Lemuel  Gulliver. — Tale  of  a 
tub. — Battle  of  the  books. — A  discourse  on  the  operation  of  the  spirit. — Journal  to  Stella. 
— Memoirs  relating  to  the  change  in  Queen  Anne's  ministry  in  1710. — A  discourse  of 
the  contests  and  dissensions  in  Athens  and  Rome. — The  examiner. — Tracts,  political  and 
historical. — Miscellaneous   poems. — Miscellanies  in  prose. 

V.2.  Miscellanies  in  prose  (continued). — Sermons. — Tracts,  religious  and  mis- 
cellaneous.— Miscellaneous  papers  [including]  Law  is  a  bottomless  pit. — Miscellanies  in 
prose,  by  Swift  and  Sheridan. 

Thackeray,  William  Makepeace,  827  T33C4 

Miscellaneous  contributions  to  Punch.     2v.     Kelmscott  Soc. 
Brompton  edition. 
"Bibliography  of  the  works  of  William  Makepeace  Thackeray,"  v.2,   P.347-48S. 

[Thackeray,  William  Makepeace.]  827  Tssm 

Mrs  Perkins's  ball,  by  M.  A.  Titmarsh.    [1898.]     Smith,  Elder. 

Exact  reprint  of  the  original  edition  published  in  1847. 


828     English  miscellany 

iEsop.  r828  A25 

Bewick's  Select  fables  of  .lEsop  and  others,  to  which  are  prefixed  the 
life  of  iEsop  and  an  essay  upon  fable  by  Oliver  Goldsmith,  with  the 
original  wood  engravings  by  Thomas  Bewick  and  an  illustrated  preface 
by  Edwin  Pearson.    [1871.]     Bickers. 

Contents:  Fables  extracted  from  Dodsley's. — Fables  with  reflections  in  prose  and 
verse. — Fables  in  verse. 

Reprinted  from  the  rare  Newcastle  edition  published  by  T.  Saint  in  1784. 

Arvine,  Kazlitt.  qr828  A79 

Cyclopaedia  of  anecdotes  of  literature  and  the  fine  arts,  containing 
a  copious  and  choice  selection  of  anecdotes.    1853.    Gould. 

Chase,  Edithe  Lea,  &  French,  W.  E.  P.  comp.  828  C38 

Waes  hael;  the  book  of  toasts,  being,  for  the  most  part,  bubbles 


j624  ENGLISH  MISCELLANY 

Chase,  Edithe  Lea,  &  French,  W.  E.  P.  comp. — continued.  828  C38 

gathered  from  the  wine  of  others'  wit,  with,  here  and  there,  an  occa- 
sional humbler  globule  believed  to  be  more  or  less  original.  1905. 
Grafton. 

Dickens,  Charles.  828  Dssm 

Miscellaneous  papers,  and  plays  and  poems.    2v.    Chapman.    (Works, 

V.3S-36.) 

V.I.  Miscellaneous  papers. — Miscellanies  from  the  "Examiner." — Miscellanies  from 
"Household  words." 

V.2.  Miscellanies  from  "Household  words"  (continued). — Miscellanies  from  "All 
the  year  round." — Plays. — Poems. 

Gadshill  edition. 

Dickens,  Charles.  828  D55 

Plays,  poems  and  miscellanies.    1894.    Houghton.     (Writings,  v.28.) 

Contents:  Plays:  The  strange  gentleman;  The  village  coquettes;  Is  she  his  wife? 
— Poems. — Miscellanies;  Sunday  under  three  heads;  The  Mudfog  papers;  Stray  chapters 
by  Boz;  Sketches  of  young  gentlemen;  Sketches  of  young  couples;  Contributions  to 
"Household  words;"  Contributions  to  "All  the  year  round." 

Goldsmith,  Oliver.  828  G58P 

Poems,  plays  and  essays,  with  a  critical  dissertation  on  his  poetry  by 
John  Aikin  and  an  introductory  essay  by  H.  T.  Tuckerman.  [1884.] 
Crowell. 

Gray,  Arthur,  b.  1859,  ed.  828  G81 

Toasts  and  tributes;  a  happy  book  of  good  cheer,  good  health,  good 
speed,  devoted  to  the  blessings  and  comforts  of  life  south  of  the  stars. 
1905.    Rohde. 
Greene,  Robert.  r828  G83 

Life  and  complete  works  in  prose  and  verse;  collected  and  ed.  with 
notes  by  A.  B.  Grosart.  isv.  1881-86.  Privately  printed.  (The  Huth 
library.) 

V.I.     Storojenko's  life  of  Robert  Greene,  with  introduction  and  notes  by  the  editor. 

V.2.     Prose:      Mamillia;  Anatomie  of  flatterie. 

V.3.  The  myrrour  of  modestie;  Morando,  the  tritameron  of  loue;  Arbasto,  the 
anatomie  of  fortune. 

V.4.  The  carde  of  fancie;  The  debate  betweene  FolHe  and  Loue;  Pandosto,  the 
triumph  of  time. 

y.S.     Planetomachia;  Penelope's  web;  The  Spanish  masqverado. 

V.6.  Menaphon,  Camillas  alarum  to  slumbering  Euphues;  Euphues,  his  censure 
to  Philautus. 

v.7.  Perimedea,  the  blacke-smith;  Qceronis  amor;  or,  Tullies  loue;  The  Royal  ex- 
change. 

V.8.     Greenes  Neuer  too  late;  Francescos  fortunes. 

V.9.  Alcida,  Greenes  metamorphosis;  Greenes  Mourning  garment;  Greenes  Fare- 
well to  folly. 

v.io.  A  notable  discouery  of  coosnage:  The  art  of  conny-catching;  The  second  part 
of  conny-catching;  The  thirde  and  last  parte  of  conny-catching;  A  dispvtation  betweene 
a  hee  and  shee  conny-catcher. 

▼.I I.  The  blacke  booke's  messenger;  The  defence  of  conny-catching;  Philomela,  the 
Lady  Fitzwaters  nightingale;  A  quippe  for  an  vpstart  courtier. 

V.I 2.  Orpharion;  Greens  Groats-worth  of  wit;  The  repentance  of  Robert  Greene; 
Greene*  Vision. 

T.I 3.  Plays:  Frier  Bacon  and  Frier  Bongay;  The  historic  of  Orlando  Furioso;  The 
Scottish  historic  of  James  the  Fourth ;  The  comicall  historic  of  Alphonsus,  king  of  Arragon. 

V.I 4.  A  looking-glasse  for  London  and  England;  George  a  Greene,  the  pinner  of 
Wakefield:  Selimus,  cmperour  of  the  Turkes;  A  maidens  dreame. 

v.is.  General  index. — Index  of  names. — Special  lists  of  plants,  animals,  etc. — 
TWevea*  vocabulary. — Occasional  notes  and  illustrations. 


ENGLISH  MISCELLANY  1625 

Jones,  Sir  William.  1828  J41 

Works,  with  the  life  of  the  author  by  Lord  Teig^nmouth.  13V.  1807. 
Stockdale. 

Distinguished  jurist  and  orientalist  (1746-94),  the  first  English  scholar  to  master 
Sanskrit.  While  judge  at  Calcutta  he  devoted  much  attention  to  Indian  literature,  lan- 
guages and  philosophy,  translated  many  classics  and  began  a  digest  of  Hindu  and  Mo- 
hammedan law.  Besides  these,  his  works  include  a  Persian  grammar,  life  of  Nadir  Shah 
in  French,  treatise  on  bailments,  papers  on  Hindu  music,  the  botany  and  zoology  of 
India,  etc. 

Kipling,  Rudyard.  T828  K27 

Writings   in  prose  and  verse   (Outward  bound  edition),     v.24-25. 

1910.    Scribner. 

V.24-     Actions  and  reactions. 

V.25.     Rewards  and  fairies. 

For  v.i-23  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Nash,  Thomas.  r828  N14 

Works;  ed.  from  the  original  texts  by  R.  B.  McKerrow.  v.4-5. 
190&-10. 

V.4.     Notes. 

V.  5.     Introduction. — Appendices. — Index. 

"Thomas  Nash  [1567-1600?]  claims  a  place  of  no  little  importance  in  the  history 
of  English  prose.  His  pamphlets ...  display  a  trenchant  wit  and  a  directness  in  the  use 
of  language,  which  were  rare  in  that  age.  He  was  a  born  satirist,  hitting  hard,  abstain- 
ing from  rhetorical  parades  of  erudition,  sketching  a  caricature  with  firm  and  broad 
touches,  and  coining  pithy  epigrams  which  stung  like  poisoned  arrows.  No  writer  before 
Nash,  and  few  since  his  death,  have  used  the  English  language  as  an  instrument  of  pure 
invective  with  more  complete  mastery  and  originality  of  manner."     7.  A.  Symonds. 

For  v.  1-3  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Nicoll,  Sir  William  Robertson.  828  N32 

Round  of  the  clock;  "the  story  of  our  lives  from  year  to  year." 
[1910.]     Hodder. 

"Plan  of  the  book  is  to  chart  out  the  course  of  normal  years  by  the  face  of  the 
clock — beginning  at  six  o'clock  of  a  morning  and  counting  five  years  for  every  hour — 
and  to  talk  of  life  from  the  standpoint  it  represents  on  the  clock  face.  The  result  is  a 
leisurely  survey  of  life  at  every  age  from  the  cradle  to  the  limits  of  old  age."  Outlook 
(London),  1910. 

"There  are,  I  think,"  says  the  author,  "not  a  few  who  like  to  know  on  their 
birthdays  how  others  were  faring  at  the  same  age,  and  for  these  this  book  has  been 
published." 

Northcote,  James,  and  others.  r828  N45 

One  hundred  fables;  selected  from  Northcote,  Bewick  and  others. 

1836.    Wardle. 

Illustrated  with  wood-engravings.     In  each  case  the  moral  application  of  the  fable 

is  given. 

Rice,  Wallace  de  Groot  Cecil,  comp.  828  R39 

Toasts  and  table  sentiments;  a  collection  to  gladden  dinners  and  aid 

the  good  work  of  digestion.    1909.    McClurg. 

The  same r828  R39 

Ruskin,  John.  qr828  R89 

Works;  ed.  by  E.  T.  Cook  and  Alexander  Wedderburn.  v.  1-37. 
1903-09.    Allen.     (Library  edition.) 

T.I.     Early  prose  writings,  1834  to  1843. 

Y.a.     Poems. 

Y.3-7.     Modern  painters. 

V.8.     Seven  lamps  of  architecture. 


i626  ENGLISH  MISCELLANY 

Ruskin,  John — continued.  qrSaS  R89 

V.9-10.     Stones  of  Venice. 

v.ii.     Stones  of  Venice  (continued). — Examples  of  the  architecture  of  Venice. 

V.I  a.  Lectures  on  architecture  and  painting  (Edinburgh,  1853),  with  other  papers, 
i844-i8S4- 

T.I 3.     Turner:    The  harbours  of  England;  Catalogues  and  notes. 

V.14.  Academy  notes. — Notes  on  Prout  and  Hunt,  and  other  art  criticisms,  1855- 
1888. 

v.i$.     The  elements  of  drawing. — The  elements  of  perspective. — The  laws  of  Fesole. 

V.I 6.  "A  joy  for  ever." — The  two  paths. — Letters  on  the  Oxford  museum,  and 
various  addresses,  1 856-1 860. 

V.I 7.  Unto  this  last. — Munera  pulveris. — Time  and  tide,  with  other  writings  on 
political  economy,  1860-1873. 

V.I 8.  Sesame  and  lilies. — The  ethics  of  the  dust. — The  crown  of  wild  olive,  with 
letters  on  public  affairs,  1859-1866. 

V.19.  The  cestus  of  Aglaia. — The  queen  of  the  air,  with  other  papers  and  lectures 
on  art  and  literature,  1 860-1 870. 

V.20.  Lectures  on  art. — Aratra  Pentelici,  with  lectures  and  notes  on  Greek  art  and 
mythology,  1870. 

V.21.     The  Ruskin  art  collection  at  Oxford;  catalogues,  notes  and  instructions. 

V.22.  Lectures  on  landscape. — Michael  Angelo  &  Tintoret. — The  eagle's  nest. — 
Ariadne  Florentina,  with  notes  for  other  Oxford  lectures. 

V.23.  Val  d'Arno. — The  schools  of  Florence. — Mornings  in  Florence. — The  shep- 
herd's tower. 

V.24.  Giotto  and  his  works  in  Padua. — The  Cavalli  monuments,  Verona. — Guide  to 
the  Academy,  Venice. — St.  Mark's  rest. 

V.25.     Love's  meinie. — Proserpina. 

V.26.     Deucalion,  and  other  studies  in  rocks  and  stones. 

v.27-29.  Fors  clavigera;  letters  to  the  workmen  and  labourers  of  Great  Britain; 
letters  1-96,  1871-1884. 

V.30.     The  Guild  and  Museum  of  St.  George;  reports,  catalogues  and  other  papers. 

V.31.  Bibliotheca  pastorum:  The  economist  of  Xenophon;  Rock  honeycomb;  The 
elements  of  prosody;  A  knight's  faith. 

V.32.  Studies  of  peasant  life:  The  story  of  Ida;  Roadside  songs  of  Tuscany; 
Christ's  folk  in  the  Apennine;  Ulric  the  farm  servant. 

V.33.  The  Bible  of  Amiens. — Valle  crucis. — The  art  of  England. — The  pleasures  of 
England. 

V.34.  The  storm-cloud  of  the  19th  century. — On  the  old  road. — ^Arrows  of  the 
chace. — Ruskiniana. 

V.35.     Praeterita. — Dilecta. 

V. 36-37.     Letters,   1827-89. 

Russell,  William  Clark,  comp.  r828  R91 

Book  of  authors;  a  collection  of  criticisms,  ana,  mots,  personal  de- 
scriptions, etc.    [1871?]    Warne. 

Shelley,  Percy  Bysshe.  828  S54 

Prose  works,  from  the  original  editions;  ed.  by  R.  H.  Shepherd.  2v. 
1906.    Chatto. 

V.I.  Zastrozzi. — St.  Irvyne;  or.  The  Rosicrucian. — An  address  to  the  Irish  people. 
— Proposals  for  an  association. — Declaration  of  rights. — A  refutation  of  deism. — History 
of  a  six  weeks'  tour  through  a  part  of  France,  Switzerland,  Germany  and  Holland. — A 
proposal  for  putting  reform  to  the  vote. — "We  pity  the  plumage,  but  forget  the  dying 
bird;"  an  address  to  the  people  on  the  death  of  the  princess  Charlotte. — Letters  to 
Leigh  Hunt. — The  Shelley  papers. 

v.a.  A  defence  of  poetry. — Essay  on  the  literature,  the  arts  and  the  manners  of  the 
Athenians. — On  The  symposium  or  preface  to  The  banquet  of  Plato. — The  banquet;  tr. 
from  Plato. — Ion;  or.  Of  the  Iliad;  tr.  from  Plato. — Menexenus;  or.  The  funeral  ora- 
tion.— Fragments  from  The  republic  of  Plato. — On  a  passage  in  Crito. — The  assassins. — 
On  the  punishment  of  death. — On  life. — On  a  future  state. — Speculations  on  meta- 
physics.— Fragments. — Ghost  stories. — Letters  from  Italy. — Miscellaneous  essays  and 
letters. 

"Bibliography,"  v.a,  p.397-404. 


ANGLO-SAXON  LITERATURE  1627 

Sterne,  Laurence.  r828  S83 

Complete  works  and  life,  with  an  introduction  by  W.  L.  Cross.  6v. 
1904.    Clonmel  Soc. 

v.i-2.     Life  and  opinions  of  Tristram  Shandy. 

V.3.  A  sentimental  journey  through  France  and  Italy. — Letters  to  his  most  inti- 
mate friends. 

V.4.     Letters  (continued). 

V.5.     Seripons  of  Mr  Yorick. 

V.6.  Life,  by  Percy  Fitzgerald  including  Memoirs  of  the  life  of  the  family  of 
Laurence  Sterne  written  by  himself. 

Trevelyan,  Sir  George  Otto.  828  T73 

The  ladies  in  Parliament,  and  other  pieces;  republished  with  addi- 
tions and  annotations.    1888.    Bell. 

Other  pieces:  Horace  at  the  University  of  Athens. — The  Cambridge  Dionysia;  a 
classic  dream. — The  dawk  bungalow;  or.  Is  his  appointment  pucka? — A  holiday  among 
some  old  friends. 

Wilde,  Oscar.  r828  W71 

Complete  writings  (Library  edition).     [lov.]     1909.     Pearson. 

V.I.  [Oscar  Wilde's]  life,  with  a  critical  estimate  of  his  writings. — A  house  of 
pomegranates. — The  happy  prince,  and  other  tales. 

V.2.     Epigrams. — De  profundis. 

V.3.     Lady  Windermere's  fan. — The  importance  of  being  earnest. — Intentions. 

V.4.  Lord  Arthur  Savile's  crime. — The  portrait  of  Mr  W.  H.  and  other  stories. — 
Essays,  criticisms  and  reviews. 

v.S.     The  picture  of  Dorian  Gray. 

V.6.  Poems,  including  Ravenna,  The  ballad  of  Reading  gaol,  The  sphinx,  etc., 
with  an  introduction  by  Richard  Le  Gallienne. 

V.7.     Poems  in  prose. — Essays  and  stories  by  Lady  Wilde. 

v.S.     Salome. — The  duchess  of  Padua.- — Vera. 

v.g.  What  never  dies;  a  romance  by  Barbey  Aurevilly;  tr.  into  English  by  Sebas- 
tian Melraoth  (Oscar  Wilde). 

v.  10.     A  woman  of  no  importance. — An  ideal  husband. 


829     Anglo-Saxon  literature 

Bibliography 

Ayres,  Harry  Morgan,  comp.  roi6.829  A98 

Bibliographical  sketch  of  Anglo-Saxon  literature.  1910.  Lemcke. 
(Columbia  University,  New  York — Department  of  English  and  com- 
parative literature.) 

General  works 

iElfric,  abp.  of  Canterbury.  rSag  A24 

Homilies  of  the  Anglo-Saxon  church;  the  first  part  containing  the 
sermones  catholici,  or  homilies  of  JEUric,  in  the  original  Anglo-Saxon, 
with  an  English  version  by  Benjamin  Thorpe.  2v.  1844-46.  (^Elfric 
Society.    Publications.) 

These  homilies  are  also  attributed  to  .^Ifric,  called  Grammaticus  (//.  1006). 
"They  excited  great  attention  about  the  time  of  the  Reformation,  and  were  appealed 
to — especially  the  'Paschal  Homily' — to  prove  that  the  doctrines  of  the  English  Church 
before  the  Conquest  were  at  variance  with  those  held  by  the  Church  of  Rome."   Encyclo- 
pedia Britannica. 


i628  ANGLO-SAXON  LITERATURE 

Beowulf.  J829  B44C 

Beowulf;  the  Anglo-Saxon  epic;  tr.  and  adapted  for  school  use  by 
J.  H.  Cox.     1910.     Little. 

Contents:  Beowulf  fights  Grendel.-=— The  fight  with  Grendel's  mother. — Beowulf 
and  his  company  seek  Higelac. — Beowulf  fights  the  dragon. 

Beowulf.  829  B44d 

Deeds  of  Beowulf;  an  English  epic  of  the  eighth  century  done  into 
modern  prose,  with  an  introduction  and  notes  by  John  Earle.  1892. 
Clarendon  Press. 

Marshall,  Henrietta  Elizabeth.  j82g  64401 

Stories  of  Beowulf,  told  to  the  children,  with  pictures  by  J.  R.  Skel- 
ton.     [1908.]    Jack.    (Told  to  the  children  series.) 

Cjmewulf.  829  CgSp 

Poems  of  Cynewulf;  tr.  into  English  prose  by  C.  W.  Kennedy,  with 
an  introduction  and  facsimile  page  of  the  Vercelli  ms.  1910.  Rout- 
ledge. 

"Bibliography,"  p.33S-347- 

Exeter  book.  r829  E98 

Exeter  book;  an  anthology  of  Anglo-Saxon  poetry,  presented  to 
Exeter  cathedral  by  Leofric,  first  bishop  of  Exeter  (1050-1071)  and 
still  in  possession  of  the  dean  and  chapter;  ed.  from  the  manuscript, 
with  a  translation,  notes,  introduction,  etc.  by  Israel  Gollancz.  pt.i. 
1895.    (Early  English  Text  Society.    Publications,  no.104.) 

Haigh,  Daniel  Henry.  829  H14 

Anglo-Saxon  sagas;  an  examination  of  their  value  as  aids  to  history, 
a  sequel  to  the  "History  of  the  conquest  of  Britain  by  the  Saxons." 
1861.    Smith. 

Mr  Haigh  believes  that  the  early  poems  of  adventure,  centering  about  such  heroes 
as  Beowulf,  Hrethel,  Hrothgar,  etc.  are  not  fabulous  at  all,  but  true  and  authentic 
records  of  the  events  of  Anglo-Saxon  history  during  the  period  which  preceded  the 
establishment  of  the  kingdoms  of  the  Heptarchy.     Condensed  from  Athenceum,  1861. 

Krapp,  George  Philip,  ed.  829  K41 

Andreas,  and  The  fates  of  the  apostles;  two  Anglo-Saxon  narrative 
poems.  1906.  Ginn.  (Albion  series  of  Anglo-Saxon  and  Middle  Eng- 
lish poetry.) 

"Bibliography,"  p.73-78. 

Two  Anglo-Saxon  poems  contained  in  the  "Vercelli  book,"  a  famous  volume  pre- 
served in  the  cathedral  library  at  Vercelli.  The  "Andreas"  is  a  long  poem  devoted  to 
the  fabulous  adventures  of  St.  Andrew  and  St  Matthew  in  Mermedonia.  Its  authorship 
is  uncertain,  but  it  is  most  often  attributed  to  Cynewulf.  The  "Fates  of  the  apostles" 
is  a  shorter  poem  considered  by  many  critics  a  fragment  or  epilog^ue  of  "Andreas."  The 
two  poems  are  here  carefully  edited,  with  a  critical  introduction,  notes  and  a  glossary. 

Sweet,  Henry,  ed.  r829  S97 

Oldest  English  texts.  1885.  (Early  English  Text  Society.  Publica- 
tions, V.83.) 

"This  collection  is  intended  to  include  all  the  extant  old-English  texts  up  to  about 
900  that  are  preserved  in  contemporary  MSS.,  with  the  exception  of  the  Chronicle 
and  the  works  of  Alfred.  Most  of  the  texts  have  been  published  before  but  many  of 
them,  especially  the  glossaries,  in  a  very  inaccurate  and  defective  form.  All  the  texts 
here  given  have  been  corrected  by  the  originals,  except  the  runic  ones."     Preface. 


GERMAN  LITERATURE  1629 

Thorpe,  Benjamin,  comp.  1829  T41 

Analecta  Anglo-Saxonica;  a  selection  in  prose  and  verse  from 
Anglo-Saxon  authors  of  various  ages,  with  a  glossary,  designed  chiefly 
as  a  first  book  for  students.     1834.    Arch. 

Contents:  From  the  New  testament. — First  chapter  of  Genesis. — History  of  Job. — 
^Ifrici  colloquium. — Life  of  St.  Hilda,  &c. — From  King  Alfred's  Orosius. — From  King 
Alfred's  Boetius :  The  stories  of  Orpheus  and  of  Ulysses. — ^Ifric's  preface. — Homilies. 
— Description  of  the  Mandrake. — Dialogue  between  Saturn  and  Solomon. — The  spell. — 
From  the  Saxon  chronicle. — Homily  for  St.  Edmund's  day. — Wills. — The  death  of 
Byrhtnoth;  or,  The  battle  of  Maldon. — Judith, — The  grave. — The  history  of  King  Lear 
and  his  daughters. — From  the  Ormulum. 


830     German  literature 

Bibliography 

Brooklyn,  N.  Y. —  Public  library.  roi6.83  B77 

German  books  in  the  Brooklyn  Public  Library.     1907. 

Buffalo,  N.  Y.— Library.  qroi6.83  B86 

Books  in  German;  printed  by  the  German  Young  Men's  Association 

for  the  Encouragement  of  the  Reading  of  the  German  Language.  1908. 
English  and  German  title. 

Gattiker,  Emma,  comp.  roi6.83  G23 

Selected  list  of  German  books  recommended  for  a  small  public  li- 
brary; comp.  for  the  Wisconsin  free  library  commission.  1907.  A.  L.  A. 
Pub.  Board.     (American  Library  Association.     Foreign  book  list  no.i.) 

Milwaukee — Public  library.  qroi6.83  M72 

Vollstandiger  katalog  der  deutschen  biicher  in  der  ausleiheabteilung 
der  Oeffentlichen  Bibliothek  zu  Milwaukee.    1910. 

General  works 

Martens,  Kurt.  8304  M42 

Literatur  in  Deutschland;  studien  und  eindrucke.  1910. 
Contents:  Einleitung  und  schema. — Vom  genusse  der  dichtung.  —  Ausgang  des 
naturalismus. — Helene  Bohlau. — Stil  und  konnen. — Graf  Eduard  Keyserling. — Ein  stiick 
Leipziger  dramaturgic. —  Frank  Wedekind. —  Dichtkunst  und  ehrsames  handwerk. —  Die 
gebruder  Mann. — t)ber  erotische  dichtung. — Gerhard  Duckama  Knoop. — Ursprung  der 
jungsten  stromungen. — Herbert  Eulenberg. — Der  dichter  als  soziale  erscheinung. 

Stael-Holstein,  Anne  Louise  Germaine  (Necker),  830.4  S77 

haronne  de. 

De  I'Allemagne;  ed.  by  H.  W.  Eve.  1906.  Clarendon  Press.  (Ox- 
ford higher  French  series.) 

"Works  on  Madame  de  Stael,"  p.20. 

"Chronological  table  and  bibliography,"  p.230-232. 

Pittsbiirgh,  Germanische  Gesellschaft.  r830.6  P67 

Satzungen,  angenommen  1905;  Bericht  vom  Januar  1908;  Mitglieder- 
liste,  stand  vom  Januar  1908. 


i630  GERMAN  LITERATURE 

Collections  of  German  literature 

Collitz,  Frau  Klara  (Hechtenberg).  830.8  C71 

Selections  from  early  German  literature.     1910.    Amer.  Book  Co. 

"This  anthology. .  .will  serve  at  least  to  give  a  glimpse  into  what  otherwise  might  be 
a  shelf  of  closed  books  to  students  who  are  not  specialists  in  Germanics,  but  who  wish 
to  know  something  about  the  works  they  hear  of  in  lectures  or  read  of  in  literary  his- 
tories."    Nation,  1910. 

830.8  F2I 

Familien-bibliothek  der  deutschen  classiker;  eine  anthologie  des  besten 
ihrer  werke,  mit  den  biographien  der  verfasser.     v.2,  15,  19,  21-22,  26, 

31,  33,  40-41,  47.    1850. 

v.2.     Auswahl  aus  A.  W.  Iffland's  schauspielen. 

V.I 5.  Geist  aus  den  sammtlichen  werken  von  Wilhelm  Hauff. — Anthologie  aus  den 
sammtlichen  werken  von  Blumauer  und  Frohlich. 

V.I 9.     V.  Thummel's  beste  werke.     pt.1-3. 

v.2 1.     V.  Thummel's  beste  werke.    pt.6-7. 

V.22.     Ausgewahlte  schriften  von  H.  W.  von  Gerstenberg. — Gessner's  beste  werke. 

V.26.  Gothe's  genius;  rhythmische  und  prosaische  fragmente. — Anthologie  aus  den 
sammtlichen  werken  von  Christian  Garve. 

V.31.     Moses  Mendelssohn's  Phadon. — Lichtwer's  fabeln. 

V.33.  Anthologie  aus  den  sammtlichen  werken  von  E.  M.  Arndt.  —  Adolph  v. 
Knigge.     Ueber  den  umgang  mit  menschen   (im  auszuge). 

v. 40.  Anthologie  aus  den  gedichten  von  den  gebrudern  Grafen  zu  Stolberg. — An- 
thologie aus  den  gedichten  von  Louise  Brachmann  und  v.  Maltitz. 

V.41.  Anthologie  aus  den  gedichten  von  I.  H.  v.  Wessenberg. — Anthologie  aus  den 
gedichten  von  F.  v.  Sonnenberg  und  Langbein. 

V.47.     Anthologie  von  Zschokke's  werken. 

Hoffmann,  Franz,  1814-82,  ed.  3830.8  H68 

Neuer  deutscher  jugendfreund  zur  unterhaltung  und  belehrung  der 
jugend  [1906].    V.61. 

Miller,  Daniel,  ed.  r830.8  M69 

Pennsylvania  German;  a  collection  of  Pennsylvania  German  pro- 
ductions in  poetry  and  prose,  with  an  introduction  by  J.  S.  Stahr.  v.2. 
191 1.    Privately  printed. 

For  v.  I  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Mtiller,  Max,  comp.  830.8  M95 

German  classics  from  the  fourth  to  the  19th  century,  with  biograph- 
ical notices,  translations  into  modern  German  and  notes;  revised,  en- 
larged and  adapted  to  Wilhelm  Scherer's  "History  of  German  litera- 
ture" by  F.  Lichtenstein.    2v.     1906.     Scribner. 

Ramage,  Craufurd  Tait,  tr.  r830.8  R17 

Beautiful  thoughts  from  German  and  Spanish  authors.  1884.  Rout- 
ledge. 

Quotations  from  German  and  Spanish  authors,  given  in  the  original  and  in  trans- 
lation. 

History  and  criticism  of  German  literature 

Hillebrand,  Karl.  830.9  H55 

German  thought  from  the  Seven  years'  war  to  Goethe's  death;  six 
lectures  delivered  at  the  Royal  Institution  of  Great  Britain,  May  and 
June  1879.    1880.    Holt. 

Contents:  Introduction:  On  the  part  of  the  five  great  European  nations  in  the 
work  of  modem  culture,  1450-1850. — The  sUrting-point  and  first  stages  of  modern  Ger- 


GERMAN  LITERATURE  1631 

Hillebrand,  Karl — continued.  830.9  H55 

many,  1 648-1 760. — The  seeds  of  German  thought,  1760-70. — The  reign  of  Herder,  1770- 
86. — The  triumvirate  of  Goethe,  Kant  and  Schiller,  1 787-1 800. — The  romantic  school, 
1800-25. — "Young  Germany"  and  "Little  Germany,"  1825-60. 

Holzwarth,  Franklin  James.  830.9  H75 

German  students'  manual  of  the  literature,  land  and  people  of  Ger- 
many.    1910.    Amer.  Book  Co. 

Concise  text-book  showing  the  relation  between  Germany's  literature  and  history. 
Gives  outlines,  act  by  act,  of  the  dramas  of  Lessing,  Schiller  and  Goethe. 

Keller,  Isidor.  830.9  K16 

Bilder  aus  der  deutschen  litteratur.     1905.    Amer.  Book  Co. 
History  of  German  literature  told  by  the  recital  of  the  chief  works  of  the  more 

important  authors.     The  aim  is  to  awaken  the  student's  interest  and  give  him  at  least 

a  "speaking  acquaintance"  with  the  great  writers  and  their  works.     Can  be  enjoyed  by 

one  with  a  fair  reading  knowledge  of  German. 

'Klee,  Gotthold  Ludwig.  830.9  K31 

Grundzuge  der  deutschen  Hteraturgeschichte,  fiir  hohere  schulen 
und  zum  selbstunterricht.     1909. 

Kurz,  Heinrich.  q830.9  K44 

Geschichte  der  deutschen  literatur,  mit  ausgewahlten  stiicken  aus 
den  werken  der  vorziiglichsten  schriftsteller.    3v.     1864-65. 

Priest,  George  Madison.  830.9  P94 

Brief  history  of  German  literature;  based  on  Gotthold  Klee's  "Grund- 

ziige  der  deutschen  Hteraturgeschichte."    1909.    Scribner. 

"Herr  Klee  and  Mr.   Priest  have  made  no  attempt  at  vital  literary  history.     The 

book  is  a  bare  chronicle  of   facts  interspersed  with  brief  characterizations,   which  are 

either  patriotic  or  empty.     If,  for  a  moment,  the  authors  become  interpretative,  their 

phrases  are  stereotyped."    Nation,  igio. 

Thomas,  Calvin.  830.9  T37 

History  of  German  literature.  1909.  Appleton.  (Short  histories  of 
the  literatures  of  the  world.) 

"Bibliographic  note,"  p.41 1-421. 

"The  greater  part  of  [his]  work  is  most  praiseworthy.  His  arrangement  is  clear 
and  logical,  and  his  judgments,  which  are  necessarily  succinct,  are  well  considered  and 
persuasive."     Saturday  rez-iew,  1909. 

Author  is  (1909)  professor  of  Germanic  languages  and  literatures  in  Columbia 
University. 

Wemaer,  Robert  Maximilian.  830.9  W53 

Romanticism  and  the  romantic  school  in  Germany.    1910.    Appleton. 
"Bibliography,"  p.33S-350. 
Deals  with  the  earlier  romanticists  alone,  that  is,  the  Schlegels,  Tieck,  Wackenroder 

and  Novalis,  and  incidentally  with  Fichte,  Schelling  and  Schleiermacher. 


831     German  poetry 

Andriessen,  Hugo.  831  A57 

Poetische  auslese.     1908.     [Pittsburgh  Printing  Co.]  Pittsburgh. 

Bopp,  Fritz.  831  B63 
Wolken  und  sterne;  neue  gedichte.     1897. 

Ebner-Eschenbach,  Marie  (Dubsky),  freifrau  von.  qj83i  Eaa 
Hirzepinzchen;  ein  marchen.    1890. 


1632  GERMAN  POETRY 


Heinzelmann,  Jacob  Harold.  r83i  Esgzh 

Influence  of  the  German  volksHed  on  Eichendorff's  lyric.     1910. 

"Bibliography,"  p.90-92. 

Thesis  for  Ph.  D.,  University  of  Chicago. 

Riethmtiller,  Richard  Henri.  qr83i  G48 

Johann  Wilhelm  Ludwig  Gleim's  imitations  of  the  MHO.  minnc- 
song.     1905. 

The  aim  of  the  author  has  been  to  throw  light  on  the  revival  of  interest  in  the 
minnesingers  which  took  place  in  Germany  in  the  i8th  century  and  to  show  the  position 
which  the  German  poet  Gleim  held  in  that  revival.  Quotations  are  given  from  his 
poetry. 

Goethe,  Johann  Wolfgang  von.  831  G55g 

Gedichte  in  einer  auswahl,  mit  einer  einleitung  und  erlauterungen 
von  Karl  Heinemann. 

Goethe,  Johann  Wolfgang  von.  831  Gsshr" 

Herman  es  Dorottya;  az  eredeti  versmertekben  forditotta  Lehr 
Albert.    1900. 

Goethe,  Johann  Wolfgang  von.  831  Gssse 

Select  minor  poems;  tr.  from  the  German  of  Goethe  and  Schiller, 
with  notes  by  J.  S.  Dwight.    1839.    Hilliard. 

Golder,  Gottlieb.  1831  G57 

Klange  aus  stillen  stunden  [lieder].  1906.  Pittsburgh  Printing  Co. 
Pittsburgh. 

Gudrun.  831  Ggsn 

Gudrun;  a  mediaeval  epic;  tr.  from  the  middle  high  German  by 
M.  P.  Nichols.    1889.    Houghton. 

In  English  verse,  preserving  the  original  metre. 

Heine,  Heinrich.  831  H4id 

Dalok  konyve;  forditotta  es  jellemzS  bevezetessel  ellatta  EndrSdi 
Sandor. 

Heine,  Heinrich.  831  H4ile 

Letzte  gedichte  und  gedanken.     1869. 

Short  collection  of  Heine's  poems,  aphoristic  comments  on  art,  literature,  life  and 
philosophy,  with  fragments  from  his  prose  works  and  a  few  letters. 

Heine,  Heinrich.  831  H41PO 

Poems,  complete;  tr.  into  the  original  metres,  with  a  sketch  of  his 
life  by  E.  A.  Bowring.    1866.    Bell. 

Heitere  bilder  fiir  unsere  madchen.  <lj83i  H42 

Henckell,  Karl.  831  H43 

Weltlyrik;  ein  lebenskreis  in  nachdichtungen.     1910. 
Hepp,  Carl.  831  H45 

Paracelsus;  dichtung.    1907. 
Heyse,  Paul.  831  H51S 

Der  salamander;  ein  tagebuch  in  terzinen.    1908. 
Heyse,  Paul.  831  H51W 

Ein  wintertagebuch,  Gardone  1901-1902.     1903. 


GERMAN  POETRY  1633 


Lang,  Georg.  J831  L33 

Wie  das  samenkorn  zu  brot  wird;  bilder  von  Otto  Kubel,  text  von 
Georg  Lang. 

Lohmeyer,  Julius,  &  Flinzer,  Fedor.  QJ831  LySk 

Konig  Nobel;  ein  heiteres  bilderbuch. 
Loskiel,  George  Henry.  r83i  L89 

Gedichte. 

Manuscript  copy. 

Nibelungenlied.  831  N31I 

Lay  of  the  Nibelungers;  tr.  into   English  verse  after   Carl   Lach- 

mann's  collated  and  corrected  text  by  Jonathan  Birch.     1878.     Acker- 

mann.  • 

Nibelungenlied.  831  N3inb 

The  Nibelungenlied;  tr.  by  J.  S.  Cobb.     1906.    Small. 

The  form  employed  by  the  translator  is  the  rhymed  four-line  stanza. 
"All  in  all,  this  effort  seems  praiseworthy."     Nation^  1907. 

Nibelungenlied.  831  N3inbe 

Nibelungenlied;  tr.  into  rhymed  English  verse  in  the  metre  of  the 
original  by  G.  H.  Needier.     1905.     Holt. 

Niembsch  von  Strehlenau,  Nikolaus,  called  Nikolaus  Lenau.  r83i  N33 

Sammtliche  werke;  hrsg.  von  Anastasius  Griin.    4v.     1855. 

Nietzsche,  Friedrich.  831  N336 

Gedichte  und  spriiche.     1901. 

Riickert,  Friedrich.  831  R82r 

Ruckert-nachlese;  sammlung  der  zerstreuten  gedichte  und  ueber- 

setzungen    Friedrich    Riickerts;    hrsg.   von    Leopold    Hirschberg.     2v. 

1910-11. 

Bibliography,  v.i,  p.6-8. 

Sachs,  Hans.  831  Si2a 

Ausgewahlte  werke;  eingeleitet  und  in  unserer  schreibung  heraus- 
gegeben  von  Albrecht  Keller.    1908. 

Sachs   (1494-1576)    was  a   German   poet  and  dramatist,   the  best  of  the   "meister- 
singers." 

Saphir,  Moritz  Gottlieb.  831  S24f 

Fliegendes  album  fiir  ernste  und  heitere  declamation;  ausgewahlte 

sammlung  aus  dessen  friiheren  dichtungen.     1863. 
Saphir  (1795-1858)  was  an  Austrian  humorous  writer. 

Scheffel,  Joseph  Victor  von.  831  S3ia 

Aus  heimat  und  fremde;  lieder  und  gedichte.     1902. 

Scheffel,  Joseph  Victor  von.  831  S31W 

Waldeinsamkeit;  dichtung.     1903. 

Scheffel,  Joseph  Victor  von,  and  others.  831  S3iga 

Gaudeamus!  humorous  poems;  tr.  from  the  German  by  C.  G.  Leland. 

1872.    Osgood. 

Schiller,  Johann  Christoph  Friedrich  von.  831  Sssk 

Koltemenyei;  forditotta  es  bevezetessel  ellatta  Doczi  Lajos.     1902. 


i634  COLLECTIONS  OF  GERMAN  POETRY 

Schlapp,  George.  831  S338 

Erzahlendc  dichtungen;  gedichte  und  aphorismen.     1908. 

Schulze-Etzel,  Theodor,  (pseud.  Theodor  Etzel),  &  831  S391 

Ewers,  H.  H. 
Ein  fabelbuch.    1901. 

Tiedge,  Christoph  August.  831  T44 

Werke;  hrsg.  von  A.  G.  Eberhard.    7v.  in  4.     1827. 

German  poet  (i 752-1841). 

"In  his  language  he  rather  reminds  us  of  Schiller,  and  in  his  'Urania,'  (1801)  a 
lyrico-didactic  poem  on  God,  Immortality  and  Liberty,  he  takes  us  back  to  Klopstock 
and  Haller."     Scherer's  History  of  German  literature. 

Wolff,  Julius.  831  W83f 

•  Der  fahrende  schiiler;  eine  dichtung.     1900.     (Grote'sche  sammlung 
von  werken  zeitgenossischer  schriftsteller,  v.68.) 

Wolff,  Julius.  831  W83fl 

Der  fliegende  Hollander;  eine  seemannssage.     1907. 

Wolff,  Julius.  831  W83P 

Die  Pappenheimer;  ein  reiterlied.    1898. 
A  poem  on  the  Thirty  years'  war. 

Collections  of  German  poetry 

831.08  Bax 
Balladenbuch.  2v.  1907-08.  (Hausbiicherei  der  deutschen  dichter- 
gedachtnis-stiftung.) 

V.I.     Neuere  dichter. 
V.2.     Aeltere  dichter. 

Bithell,  Jethro.  831.08  B49 

The  minnesingers,    v.i.     1909.     Longmans. 

V.I.     Translations. 

"Principal  works  quoted  in  the  notes,"  p.ii-13. 

Bithell,  Jethro,  tr.  831.08  B49C 

Contemporary  German  poetry.     1909.    Scott  Pub.  Co. 
"Bibliography,"   p.29-32. 

Consbruch,  Maximilian,  &  Klincklieck,  Friedrich,  comp.  831.08  €75 

Deutsche  lyrik  des  19.  jahrhunderts.    1909. 
Nicholson,  Frank  C.  tr.  831.08  N31 

Old  German  love  songs;  tr.  from  the  minnesingers  of  the  12th  to 
14th  centuries.     1907.    Unwin. 

Mr  Nicholson  has  furnished  an  excellent  historical  introduction. 
"Qearly  the  work  of  a  scholar  equipped  with  a  thorough  knowledge  of  Middle  High 
German,  from  the  literary  and  the  philological  point  of  view."     Athenceum,  igoy. 

Scholz,  Wilhelm  von,  comp.  831.08  S36 

Deutsches  balladenbuch;  enthaltend  die  neueren  deutschen  bailaden 
des  18.  und  19.  jahrhunderts  von  Biirger  bis  Liliencron,  mit  einer  ein- 
leitung.    1905. 

Thomas,  Calvin,  comp.  831.08  T37 

Anthology  of  German  literature.     1907.    Heath. 

Chiefly  devoted  to  selections  from  German  poetry  from  the  earliest  times  to  the 
1 6th  century. 


GERMAN  DRAMA  1635 


[Wustmann,  Gustav,  comp.]  831.08  W97 

Als  der  grossvater  die  grossmutter  nahm;  ein  liederbuch  fiir  alt- 
modische  leute.    1905. 

[Zeitler,  Julius,  ed.]  831.08  Z43 

Der  rosengarten  der  deutschen  liebeslieder  [gesammelt  u.  hrsg.  v. 
Jul.  Zeitler].     1908. 

History  of  German  poetry 

Taylor,  William,  1765-1836.  831.09  T25 

Historic  survey  of  German  poetry,  interspersed  with  various  trans- 
lations.   3v.     1830.    Treuttel. 

"It  is  a  patchwork. .  .of  his  previous  articles  and  translations,  with  digressions  on 
Homer,  the  Zendavesta,  and  other  literary  gleanings,  while  the  'survey'  itself  was  not 
brought  up  to  date.  But  it  shows  what  Taylor  had  been  doing  for  German  studies 
during  a  literary  life  of  forty  years,  and  its  value  is  that  of  a  permanent  conspectus  of 
his  work."    Dictionary  of  national  biography. 


832     German  drama 

Benedix,  Julius  Roderich.  832  B43b 

Das  bemooste  haupt;  oder,  Der  lange  Israel;  schauspiel  in  vier  auf- 
zugen. 

Benedix,  Julius  Roderich.  832  B43d 

Doktor  Wespe;  lustspiel  in  fiinf  aufzugen. 
Benedix,  Julius  Roderich.  832  B43h 

Haustheater;  eine  auswahl  der  besten  einaktigen  lustspiele,  vor- 
spiele  und  soloszenen  fiir  gesellige  kreise  und  offentliche  biihnen; 
hrsg.  und  mit  vorwort  versehen  von  C.  W.  Schmidt,     v.13. 

V.I 3.  1813;  kriegsbild  in  zwei  aufziigen. — Die  Sonntagsjager;  lustspiel  in  einem 
aufzuge. 

Benedix,  Julius  Roderich.  832  B43 

Die  hochzeitsreise;  ed.  with  notes  and  vocabulary  by  Natalie  Schief- 
ferdecker.    1907.    Heath.     (Heath's  modern  language  series.) 

Benedix,  Julius  Roderich.  832  B43P 

Plautus  und  Terenz;  Die  sonntagsjager;  two  comedies;  ed.  with  an 
introduction  and  notes  by  B.  W.  Wells.  1896.  Heath.  (Heath's  modern 
language  series.) 

Benedix,  Julius  Roderich.  832  E57 

Der  weiberfeind;  lustspiel  in  i  aufzuge. 

Bound  with  Alexander  Elz's  "Er  ist  nicht  eifersiichtig!" 

Dreyer,  Max.  r8o5  P74  v.14 

On  probation  [Der  probe-kandidat;  a  drama;  tr.  from  the  German 
by  Mary  Harned].    (In  Poet-lore,  1902-03,  v.14,  no.2,  p.40-113.) 

Elz,  Alexander.  832  E57 

Er  ist  nicht  eifersiichtig!  lustspiel  in  1  akt.  Holt.  (College  series 
of  German  plays.) 


1636  GERMAN  DRAMA 


Frenssen,  Gustav.  832  Fga 

Das  heimatsfest;  schauspiel  in  funf  akten.    1903. 

Freytag,  Gustav.  832  F94J0 

The  journalists;  a  comedy  in  four  acts;  literally  tr.  from  the  German 
by  Herbert  Leslie.    1904.    Hinds. 

Friedrich,  W.  832  Fgs 

Ganschen  von  Buchenau;  lustspiel  in  einem  akt,  with  table  of  dif- 
ficulties by  S.  M.  Stern.  1884.  Holt.  (Stern's  selected  German  come- 
dies prepared  for  students.) 

Fulda,  Ludwig.  832  FgSd 

Der  dummkopf ;  lustspiel  in  fiinf  aufziigen.    1907. 

Fulda,  Ludwig.  832  F98k 

Die  kameraden;  lustspiel  in  drei  aufziigen.    1895. 

Fulda,  Ludwig.  832  F98U 

Unter  vier  augen,  lustspiel  von  Ludwig  Fulda;  Der  prozess,  lust- 
spiel von  Roderich  Benedix;  ed.  with  notes  and  vocabulary  by  W.  A. 
Hervey.    1902.    Holt. 

Goethe,  Johann  Wolfgang  von.  832  G55f6 

Faust;  a  tragedy;  ed.  and  annotated  by  F.  H.  Hedge;  metrical  ver- 
sion by  Miss  Swanwick,  also  a  prose  translation  of  the  same  by  A. 
Hayward.     1882.    Williams. 

Contains  also:     Clavigo. — Egmont. — The  wayward  lover. 

Goethe,  Johann  Wolfgang  von.  832  Gssf 

Faust;  freely  adapted  from  Goethe's  dramatic  poem  by  Stephen 
Phillips  and  J.  C.  Carr.    1908.    Macmillan. 

In  mere  style,  rhythm  and  facility  Messrs  Phillips  and  Carr  have  produced  the  best 
version  in  English  of  Goethe's  work.  The  condensation  and  adaptation  of  the  poem  to 
a  workable  drama  have  been  skilfully  managed.     Condensed  from  Nation,  igo8. 

Goethe,  Johann  Wolfgang  von.  832  Gssg 

Gotz  von  Berlichingen,  mit  einleitungen  von  Karl  Goedeke.     (Samt- 

liche  werke,  v.9.) 

With  this  are  bound  his  Clavigo;  Egmont;  Stella;  Die  geschwister. 

Goethe,  Johann  Wolfgang  von.  832  Gssip 

Iphigenie  auf  Tauris;  Torquato  Tasso,  und  Die  natiirliche  tochter. 
(Samtliche  werke,  v.ii.) 

Davidson,  Thomas.  832  Gsszd 

Philosophy  of  Goethe's  Faust;  ed.  by  C.  M.  Bakewell.     1906.     Ginn. 
"Its  content,  I  believe,  is  the  entire  spiritual  movement  toward  individual  emancipa- 
tion, composed  of  the  Teutonic  Reformation  and  the  Italian  Renaissance  in  all  their 
history,  scope,  and  consequences."     Preface. 

Griggs,  Edward  Howard.  832  Gssfgzg 

Goethe's  Faust;  a  handbook  of  ten  lectures.    1906.    Huebsch. 

"Book  list,"  P.S8-63. 

Outline  of  each  lecture  b  given,  topics  for  study  and  discussion  are  suggested  and 
references  cited. 


GERMAN  DRAMA  1637 


Haskell,  Mrs  Juliana.  832  Gssfgzh 

Bayard  Taylor's   translation   of   Goethe's   Faust.     1908.     Columbia 

University  Press. 

"Bibliography,"  p.90-110. 

Attempt  to  discover  wherein  this  version  fails,  both  -as  an  English  poem  and  as  a 

rendering  of  Goethe's  work. 

832  G55f9 

Melzer,  Ernst.  832  Gsszm 

Goethes  ethische  ansichten;  ein  beitrag  zur  geschichte  der  philoso- 

phie  unserer  dichterheroen.    1890. 

Sonderabdruck  aus  dem  fiinfundzwanzigsten  bericht  der  Neisser  Wissenschaftlichen 

Gesellschaft  Philomathie. 

Noe,  Adolf  Carl  von.  r832  Gsszn 

Das  junge  Deutschland  und  Goethe.     1910. 

"Bibliographie,"  p.  10-13. 

Thesis  for  Ph.  D.,  University  of  Chicago. 

Grillparzer,  Franz.  832  G9ik2 

Konig  Ottokars  gluck  und  ende;  trauerspiel  in  fiinf  aufziigen;  ed. 
with  introduction  and  notes  by  C.  E.  Eggert.    1910.     Holt. 

"Bibliography,"  p.S3-SS. 

"An  introduction  of  fifty  pages  not  only  presents  us  with  a  critical  analysis  of  what 
is  now  universally  regarded  as  one  of  the  most  powerful  and  most  admirably  constructed 
dramas  in  German  literature,  but  furnishes  one  of  the  best  short  biographical  and  literary 
surveys  of  the  poet  in  the  English  language."     Nation,  igio. 

Williamson,  Edward  John.  r832  Ggizw 

Grillparzer's  attitude  toward  romanticism.  1910.  University  of 
Chicago  Press. 

Thesis  for  Ph.  D.,  University  of  Chicago. 

Gutzkow,  Karl  Ferdinand.  r8o5  P74  v.7 

Uriel  Acosta  [a  drama;  tr.  by  Richard  Hovey  and  F.  S.Jones].  (In 
Poet-lore,  1895,  v.7.) 

Hauptmann,  Carl.  r8o5  P74  v.12 

Ephraim's  breite;  a  drama  in  five  acts  [tr.  by  Mary  Harned].  (In 
Poet-lore,  1900,  v.12,  p.465-536.) 

Hauptmann,  Gerhard.  r8o5  P74  v.i8 

And  Pippa  dances;  a  mystical  tale  of  the  glass-works  in  four  acts; 
tr.  from  the  German  by  Mary  Harned.  (In  Poet-lore,  1907,  v.i8,  p.289- 
34I-) 

Hauptmann,  Gerhard.  r8o5  P74  v.20 

Assumption  of  Hannele;  a  dream-poem  in  two  parts;  tr.  by  G.  S. 
Bryan.    (In  Poet-lore,  1909,  v.20,  p.161-191.) 

Hauptmann,  Gerhard.  r8o5  P74  v.20 

Before  dawn  (Vor  sonhenaufgang) ;  a  social  drama;  tr.  by  Leonard 
Bloomfield.     (In  Poet-lore,  1909,  v.20,  p.241-315.) 


1638  GERMAN  DRAMA 


Hauptmann,  Gerhard.  r8o5  ^74  v.17 

Elga;  tr.  from  the  German  by  Mary  Harned.  (In  Poet-lore,  1906, 
v.17,  no.i,  p.i-35-) 

832  H35fu 

Hauptmann,  Gerhard.  832  H35g 

Griselda  [drama,  in  German].    1909. 
Hauptmann,  Gerhard.  832  H35k 

Kaiser  Karls  geisel;  ein  legendenspiel.     1908. 

"In  a  series  of  dissolving  pictures,  the  dramatist  has  drawn  contrasts  between  winter 
and  spring,  the  frosts  of  old  age,  and  the  flowers  of  youth... The  story  gives  the  poet 
an  admirable  chance  to  depict  the  virility  of  the  aged  Prankish  king."     Nation,  1908. 

832  H351o 

.liponc  .K  no  Qsynya^K  ,^yti':VD  yD«Tr"'« 

832  H35wea 

raynTMaHi>,  Feprap^i..  832  H35wo 

IIojiHoe  co6paHie  coHHHeHift.    t.  1-3.     1908. 

T.  1.  Feprap^i;!.  FaynTMam.,  3TK>;s,'h  H.  A.  KoTjiapescKaro. — 
nepe;^T>  BOcxo;^OM'B  cojiHri;a. — TKann. — BodposaH  my6a. — 
KpacHwft     ntxyxi.,  —  BosHnKt     Fenmejit,  —  Posa     Bepn^x. — 

CxpijIOHKHKI.    ThJIL. AnOCTOJU.. 

T.  2.  npa3;i;HHKT.  Mipa. — O^HHOKie. — KoJiJiera  KpaMnxoHi. — 
MHxasjib  KpaMcpi..  —  FaHHCje.  —  IIoTOHyBinift  ko.iokoji'i.. — 
Bi^HHft  FettHpHxt. 

T.  3.  OjiopiaHT,  Fettepi.. — SajioHCHHi^a  Kapjia  Be.?rHKaro. — 
3jifcra. — lUjrioKT.  h  Hy. — H  Hnna  njiamex-B. — ^iBti  hst. 
BHuio$c6epra. — Fejiiocx. — nacxymecKaH   nicHt. 

Hebbel,  Friedrich.  r8o5  P74  v.20 

Agnes  Bernauer;  a  tragedy  in  five  acts;  tr.  by  Loueen  Pattee.  (In 
Poet-lore,  1909,  v.20,  p.  1-60.) 

Hebbel,  Friedrich.  832  H38 

Agnes  Bernauer;  ein  deutsches  trauerspiel  in  fiinf  akten;  ed.  with  in- 
troduction and  notes  by  Camillo  von  Klenze.  191 1.  Oxford  University 
Press.    (Oxford  German  series.) 

"Bibliography,"  p.  175-1 78. 

Edition  intended  for  students  who  have  had  at  least  two  years  of  German.  Intro- 
duction gives  a  brief  biography  of  Hebbel  and  an  account  of  his  works. 

Wiehr,  Josef.  rSsa  H38ZW 

Hebbel  und  Ibsen  in  ihren  anschauungen  verglichen.     1908. 
Thesis  for  Ph.  D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

Hirschfeld,  Georg.  832  H61 

Die  miitter;  schauspiel.    1900. 


GERMAN  DRAMA  1639 


Hirschfeld,  Georg.  832  H6iw 

Der  weg  zum  licht;  ein  Salzburger  marchendrama  in  vier  akten, 
1902. 

Hirschfeld,  Georg.  832  H6iz 

Zu  hause;  ein  akt.     1896. 
Hofmannsthal,  Hugo  Hofmann,  edler  von.  832  H68 

Electra;  a  tragedy  in  one  act;  tr.  by  Arthur  Symons.     1908.     Bren- 
tano. 
Lessing,  Gotthold  Ephraim.  q832  L64g 

Gesammelte  werke.    2v.  in  i.     1855. 
Lessing,  Gotthold  Ephraim.  832  L64m2 

Minna  von  Barnhelm;  lustspiel  in  fiinf  aufziigen. 

The  same;  ed.  with  introduction,  notes  and  vocabulary  by  Josef 
Wiehr.    1910.     (Oxford  German  series.) 832  L64m3 

The  same  [ed.]  with  introduction,  notes  and  vocabulary  by  A.  B. 
Nichols.     1906.     Holt 832  L64m4 

Lessing,  Gotthold  Ephraim.  832  L64n2 

Nathan  der  Weise;  ein  dramatisches  gedicht  [und  Emilia  Galotti, 
und  Minna  von  Barnhelm].     (Dramatische  meisterwerke.) 

832  L64nat 

Lessing,  Gotthold  Ephraim.  832  L64P 

Poetische  und  dramatische  werke.     [1867?] 

Fischer,  Ernst  Kuno  Berthold.  832  L64zf 

G.  E.  Lessing  als  reformator  der  deutschen  literatur.     2v.     1904-05. 

V.I.  Lessings  reformatorische  bedeutung. — Minna  von  Barnhelm. — Lessings  Faust. 
^Emilia  Galotti. 

V.2.     Nathan  der  Weise;  die  idee  und  die  charaktere  der  dichtung. 

Study  of  Lessing's  plays,  first  issued  in  1881.  Author  is  a  noted  German  philosopher 
and  literary  critic. 

Moser,  Gustav  von.  832  Mg35 

Der  bibliothekar;  ed.  with  an  introduction  and  notes  by  B.W.Wells. 

1907.    Heath. 

Muller,  Hugo.  832  E57 

Im  wartesalon  erster  klasse;  lustspiel  in  I  akt.     Holt. 
Bound  with  Alexander  Elz's  "Er  ist  nicht  eifersuchtig!" 

Rosen,  Julius.  832  R72 

Ein  knopf;  lustspiel  in  einem  act,  with  table  of  difficulties  by  S.  M. 
Stern.     1883.     Holt.     (Stern's  selected  German  comedies  prepared  for 
students.) 
Schiller,  Johann  Christoph  Friedrich  von.  832  S33d 

Dramatic  works  [and  romances].    3v.     1906-07.     Bell. 

V.I.  Wallenstein's  camp. — The  Piccolomini. — The  death  of  Wallenstein. — Wilhelm 
Tell. 

V.2.  Don  Carlos. — Mary  Stuart. — The  maid  of  Orleans. — The  bride  of  Messina. — 
On  the  use  of  the  chorus  in  tragedy. 

V.3.  The  robbers. — Fiesco. — Love  and  intrigue. — Demetrius. — The  ghost-seer. — The 
sport  of  destiny. 


i640  GERMAN  DRAMA 


Schiller,  Johann  Christoph  Friedrich  von.  832  S33J 

Jungfrau  von  Orleans;  eine  romantische  tragodie,  with  new  intro- 
duction and  notes  by  B.  W.  Wells.    1908.    Heath. 

Schiller,  Johann  Christoph  Friedrich  von.  832  S330 

Orleano  Mergele;  tragedija  penkiuose  aktuose  su  izanga;  lietuviskai 
verte  Vincas  Kapsas.    1898. 

The  same.     1909.     (In  Kudirka,  Vincas.     Rastai,  v.6,  p.i- 

157) 891.928  K43  v.5-6 

Schiller,  Johann  Christoph  Friedrich  von.  832  S33V 

Vilius  Tell;  drama;  lietuviskai  verte  Vincas  Kapsas.     1899. 

The  same.    1909.    (In  Kudirka,  Vincas.    Rastai,  v.6,  p.iS9- 

309) 891.928  K43  v.5-6 

Claassen,  Peter  A.  r832  S33ZC 

The  fate-question  in  the  dramas  and  dramatical  concepts  of  Schiller 
in  contrast  to  the  real  so-called  fate-dramas.     1910. 

Thesis  for  Ph.  D.,  University  of  Chicago. 
"Bibliographic,"  p.  127. 

Geil,  Georg.  832  S33zg 

System  von  Schillers  ethik  nach  des  dichters  philosophischen  ab- 
handlungen  zusammengestellt  zur  erinnerung  an  die  nunmehr  vor  hun- 
dert  jahren  beginnende  philosophische  periode  Schillers.     1890. 

Geyer,  Paul.  832  S33zge 

Schillers  asthetisch-sittliche  Weltanschauung,  aus  seinen  philosophi- 
schen schriften  gemeinverstandlich  erklart.    2v.     1896-98. 

Schnedermann,  Franz.  832  S33ZS 

Ueber  die  beiden  hauptperioden  in  Schillers  ethik,  mit  riicksicht  auf 
das  verhiiltniss  des  dichters  zu  Kant.    1878. 

Schnitzler,  Arthur.  r8o5  P74  v.is 

The  lady  with  the  dagger;  a  drama;  tr.  from  the  German  by  H.  T. 
Porter.    (In  Poet-lore,  1904,  v.15,  no. 2,  p.i-i8.) 

Sudermann,  Hermann.  832  S94b 

Das  blumenboot;  schauspiel  in  vier  akten  und  einem  zwischenspiel. 
1905. 

Sudermann,  Hermann.  r8o5  P74  v.ii 

Johannes  [a  drama;  tr.  by  W.  H.  Harned  and  Mary  Harned].     (In 

Poet-lore,  1899,  v.ii,  p.161-236.) 

This  has  also  been  translated  with  title  "John  the  Baptist." 

Sudermann,  Hermann.  832  S94mo 

Morituri;  three  one-act  plays;  tr.  from  the  German  by  Archibald 

Alexander.    1910.    Scribner. 

Contents:     Teja. — Fritzchen. — The  eternal  masculine. 

Sudermann,  Hermann.  r8o5  P74  v.9 

Morituri:     Teias   [a  drama;  tr.  by  Mary  Harned].     (In  Poet-lore, 

1897,  v.9,  P.330-3S2.) 

"Teias"  is  only  the  first  of  the  three  plays  that  are  included  in  "Morituri." 


GERMAN  DRAMA  1641 


Sudermann,  Hermann.  832  89410 

Rosen;  vier  einakter.     1907. 

Contents:     Die  lichtbander. — Margot. — Der  letzte  besuch. — Die  feme  prinzessin. 

"Series  of  one-act  plays  grouped  around  the  rose,  which  figures  in  each  story  with 
a  different  symbolism  of  passion."     Nation,  1907. 

Sudermann,  Hermann.  832  8941 

Roses;  four  one-act  plays;  tr.  from  the  German  by  Grace   Frank. 

1909.     Scribner. 

Contents:     Streaks  of  light. — Margot. — The  last  visit. — The  far-away  princess. 

Sudermann,  Hermann.  r8o5  P74  v.12 

The  three  heron's  feathers  [a  drama;  tr.  by  H.  T.  Porter].    (In  Poet- 
lore,  1900,  v.12,  p.  161-234.) 

Sy^epMaHt,  FepMaH-i..  832  S94w 

CoCpanie  ,a,paMaTHHecKHxi,  coHHHCHifi.    2  t.     [1703-08.] 
T.  1.  Po^HHa. — Cnacxie    bt.    yrojiKi. — Bott    6a6oHeKT.. — Fh- 

6ejit  Co;^OMa. — Hcctl. 

T.  2.  loaHHt. — OrHH  HBanoBoft  hohh. — Ten. — OpHn.xeHt. — 

BtHHo-MyacecTBCHHoe. — ^a  s^paBcxByext  acHSHt. 

Wiegand,  Johannes,  &  Scharrelmann,  Wilhelm.  r8o5  P74  v.19 

Wages  of  war;  a  play  in  three  acts.     (In  Poet-lore,  1908,  v.19,  p.129- 
164.) 

Wilbrandt,  Adolf.  832  WGgk 

Kriemhild;  trauerspiel  in  drei  aufziigen.     1877. 

Wilbrandt,  Adolf.  r8o5  P74  v.13 

Master  of  Palmyra;  a  dramatic  poem  [tr.  by  H.  S.  Olive].     (In  Poet- 
lore,  1901,  V.13,  p.161-248.) 

Wildenbruch,  Ernst  von.  832  Wyiha 

Harold;  trauerspiel  in  fiinf  akten.     1903. 

Wildenbruch,  Ernst  von.  832  Wyik 

Die  Karolinger;  trauerspiel  in  vier  akten.     1898. 

Zechmeister,  Alexander  Viktor,  (pseud.  Alexander  Wilhelmi).        832  Z37 
Einer  muss  heiraten!  lustspiel  von  Alexander  Wilhelmi;  Eigensinn, 
lustspiel  von  Roderich  Benedix;  ed.  with  notes  and  vocabulary  by  W. 
A.  Hervey.     1907.     Holt. 


History  of  the  German  drama 

Witkowski,  Georg.  832.09  W82 

The   German   drama  of  the    19th   century;    authorized   translation 
from  the  2d  German  edition  by  L.  E.  Horning.     1909.    Holt. 

"An  attempt  to  pave  the  way  for  an  understanding  of  the  drama  of  the  present  day 
from  an  historical  standpoint."     Preface. 


i642  GERMAN  ESSAYS 


833  German  fiction 

Only  works  about  German  fiction  are  classified  here.  For  works  of  fiction,  see 
alphabetical  list  following  the  general  class  Literature. 

Taylor,  Marion  Lee.  833  M65zt 

Study  of  the  technique  in  Konrad  Ferdinand  Meyer's  novellen. 
1909.    University  of  Chicago  Press. 

"Bibliography,"  p.  105-109. 

Dissertation  submitted  to  the  faculty  of  the  University  of  Chicago. 

Thompson,  Garrett  William.  r833  S43zt 

Inquiry  into  the  sources  of  Charles  Sealsfield's  novel  "Morton;  oder, 
Die  grosse  tour." 

Thesis  for  Ph.  D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

834  German  essays 

Francke,  Kuno.  834  F87g 

German  ideals  of  to-day,  and  other  essays  on  German  culture.  1907. 
Houghton. 

Other  essays:  Three  anniversary  addresses:  Goethe's  message  to  America;  Schil- 
ler's message  to  modem  life;  Emerson  and  German  personality. — The  evolutionary  trend 
of  German  literary  criticism. — The  inner  life  in  German  sculpture. — The  study  of  na- 
tional culture. — Sketches  of  contemporary  German  letters;  Hauptmann's  Fuhrmann  Hen- 
schel;  Sudermann's  Die  drei  reiherfedern;  Paulsen's  Philosophia  militans;  Herman 
Grimm;  an  obituary;  Hauptmann's  Michael  Kramer;  Hauptmann's  Der  arme  Heinrich; 
The  struggle  for  individuality  on  the  German  stage;  Widmann's  Der  heilige  und  die 
tiere. — The  future  of  German  literature. 

By  the  (1907)  professor  of  German  literature  at  Harvard  University. 

"The  temper  of  these  papers  is  frankly  propagandist.  They  wish  to  arouse  sym- 
pathy with  German  views  of  public  life,  education,  literature  and  art;  and  they  try  to 
set  forth  some  German  achievements  in  various  fields  of  higher  activity."     Preface. 

Kaboth,  Hans.  834  Kii 

Aus  meiner  waldkanzel;  jagerliches  allerlei.    1905. 
MUnsterberg,  Hugo.  834  M96 

American  problems  from  the  point  of  view^  of  a  psychologist.  1910. 
Moffat. 

Contents:  The  fear  of  nerves. — The  choice  of  a  vocation. — The  standing  of  scholar- 
ship.— Prohibition  and  temperance. — The  intemperance  of  women. — My  friends,  the 
spiritualists. — The  market  and  psychology. — Books  and  bookstores. — The  world  language. 

Nietzsche,  Friedrich.  834  N33t 

Thoughts  out  of  season  [ed.  by  Oscar  Levy].  2v.  1910.  Foulis. 
(Complete  works,  v.i-2.) 

V.I.     David  Strauss,  the  confessor  and  the  writer. — Richard  Wagner  in  Bayreuth. 

V.2.     The  use  and  abuse  of  history. — Schopenhauer  as  educator. 

V.I  is  translated  by  A.  M.  Ludovici  and  v. 2  by  Adrian  Collins. 

Nietzsche,  Friedrich.  834  N33W 

Der  wanderer  und  sein  schatten.    1900. 

834  N43pa 

.DpKD  ,'»m«i 

834  N43w 

.DPRO  ,"»m«j 

.»-p  .1  iiB  Bspn:r3'«  ,|yDS^*it5' 


GERMAN  SATIRE  AND  HUMOR  1643 

Reich,  Lucian.  834  Rzg 

Wanderbliihten  aus  dem  gedenkbuche  eines  malers.     1855.     Herder. 

Contents:  Das  burgele. — Pilgerfahrten  durch  das  Breisgau  und  den  Schwarzwald. 
— Die  familie  des  einungsmeisters. — Die  beiden  schwestern. — Hauschronik  einer  Schwarz- 
walder  schildmalers- familie. —  Der  arme  Konrad  und  des  vogts  Mariann'. —  Johann  Bap- 
tist Seele. — ^Johann  Nepomuk  Schelblc — Schlusswort. 

Scherr,  Johannes.  834  S32g 

Grossenwahn;  vier  kapitel  aus  der  geschichte  menschlicher  narr- 

heit,  mit  zwischensatzen.     1876. 

Contents:     Mutter   Eva. — Konig    Ian    der   gerechte. — Die    gekreuzigte. — Das    rothe 

quartal. 

Trendelenburg,  Friedrich  Adolf.  '  834  T72 

Kleine  schriften.    2v.  in  i.     1871. 

Contents:  Zur  vaterlandischen  geschichte. — Zu  staat  und  recht. — Zur  padagogik. — 
Universitatsreden. — Zur  kunstbetrachtung. 

Weber,  Max  Maria,  freiherr  von.  834  W37a 

Aus  der  welt  der  arbeit;  gesammelte  schriften;  hrsg.  von  Maria  von 
Wildenbruch.    1907. 

835    German  oratory 

Tombo,  Rudolph,  b.  1846,  &  Tombo,  Rudolph,  b.  1875,  ed.  835  T59 

Deutsche  reden;  speeches  by  Bebel  and  others.  1905.  Heath. 
(Heath's  modern  language  series.) 

Contents:  August  Bebel.  Klassenpolitik  und  sozialrefonn. — Rudolph  von  Bennig- 
sen.  Die  gemeingefahrlichen  bestrebungen  der  sozialdemokratie. — Furst  Bismarck.  Die 
deutsche  kolonialpolitik;  Die  politische  gesamtlage  Europas. — Robert  Blum.  Die  pro- 
visorische  zentralgewalt. — Furst  Bulow.  Die  wirren  in  China;  Rede  gehalten  ijei  der 
enthiillung  des  Bismarck-denkmals. — F.  C.  Dahlmann.  Die  erblichkeit  des  reichsobcr- 
hauptes. — Graf  von  Moltke.  Das  reichsmilitargesetz. — Eugen  Richter.  Zum  neuen 
flottenplan. — Carl  Schurz.  Gruss  ans  alte  vaterland;  Die  deutsche  muttersprache. — 
Kaiser  Wilhclm  II.  Rede  gehalten  auf  dem  studenten-kommers  zu  Bonn. — Notes. — 
Chronological  table. 

837     German  satire  and  humor 

Fisher,  Henry  L.  qr837  F53 

'S  alt  marik-haus  mittes  in  d'r  schtadt,  un  Die  alte  zeite;  e'n  cen- 
tennial poem  in  pennsylfanisch  deutsch.     1879.     Privately  printed. 

[Klinger,  Friedrich  Maximilian  von?]  r837  K32 

Travels  before  the  flood;  an  interesting  oriental  record  of  men  and 
manners  in  the  antediluvian  world,  interpreted  in  14  evening  conversa- 
tions between  the  caliph  of  Bagdad  and  his  court;  tr.  from  the  Arabic. 
2v.  in  I.    1797.    Carlisle. 

Of  the  nature  of  a  political  satire. 

Reuter,  Fritz.  837  R36 

Aus  der  franzosenzeit,  und  Wie   ich  zu  'ner  frau  kam;   ins   hoch- 

deutsche  ubertragen  von  Heinrich  Conrad.     1905.    (Meisterwerke,  v.i.) 

Reuter,  Fritz.  837  R36au 

Aus  meiner  festungszeit;  ins  hochdeutsche  iibertragen  von  Heinrich 

Conrad.     [1905.]     (Meisterwerke,  v.2.) 


i644  GERMAN  MISCELLANY 

838     German  miscellany 

Borne,  Ludwig,  (Lob  Baruch).  838  B63g2 

Gesammelte  schriften.    8v.  in  3.     [1878.] 

V.  1-2.  Erzahlungen. — Reisen. — Vermischte  aufsatze. — Schilderungen  aus  Paris. — 
Aus  meinem  tagebuche. — Dramaturgische  blatter. 

V.3-S.  Nachtrage  zu  den  dramaturgischen  blattern. — Kritiken. — Brjefe  aus  Frank- 
furt.— Menzel  der  franzosenfresser. — Fragmente  und  aphorismen. — Franzosische  auf- 
satze.— Briefe  aus  Paris. 

v.6-8.  Briefe  aus  Paris  (continued). — Nachgelassene  schriften:  Briefe  und  ver- 
mischte aufsatze  aus  den  jahren  1819,  1820,  1821;  Briefe  und  vermischte  aufsatze  aus 
dem  jahre  1822. — Vermischte  aufsatze,  fragmente  und  aphorismen. 

Dietzgen,  Josef.  838  D57 

Erkenntnis  und  wahrheit;  des  arbeiterphilosophen  universelle  denk- 

weise  und  naturmonistische  anschauung  iiber  lebenskunst,  okonomie, 

philosophic,  religion  und  sozialismus;  hrsg.  von  Eugen  Dietzge'n.    1908. 

Goethe,  Johann  Wolfgang  von.  838  Gssm 

Maxims  and  reflections;  tr.  by  Bailey  Saunders.     1893.     Macniillan. 
Contents:    Translator's  preface. — Life  and  character. — Literature  and  art. — Science. 

— Nature;  aphorisms. 

838  H41wr 

.(pyno 

Heine,  Heinrich.  838  H4iw 

Wit,  wisdom  and  pathos  from  the  prose  of  Heinrich  Heine,  with  a 

few  pieces  from  the  "Book  of  songs;"  selected  and  tr.  by  J.  Snodgrass. 

1888.     Cupples. 

Nietzsche,  Friedrich.  838  N33t 

Thus  spake  Zarathustra;  a  book  for  all  and  none;  tr.  by  Alexander 

Tille.     1896.    Macmillan.     (Works,  v.8.) 

The  same;  tr.  by  Thomas  Common.     191 1.     Macmillan.     (Complete 

works,  v.4.) 838  N33t2 

Rosegger,  Petri  Kettenfeier.  838  R72S 

Sonntagsruhe;  ein  unterhaltungs-  und  erbauungsbuch,  enthaltend 
gedichte  in  steirischer  mundart,  hochdeutsche  gedichte,  aufsatze  iiber 
kinder,  parabeln,  legenden  und  weltbetrachtungen.  1904.  (Ausgewahlte 
schriften.) 

839     Minor  Teutonic  literatures 

839.2     Old  Saxon  literature 

Salzwedel,  R.  A.  r839.2  S18 

Der  Heliand   (seine  entstehung  und  als  germanisches  epos);   eine 

literarhistorische  studie.     1910. 

Study  of  an  Old  Saxon  epic  poem  of  the  ninth  century  relating  the  life  of  Christ. 


ICELANDIC  LITERATURE  1645 

839-3     Dutch  literature 

Bowring,  Sir  John,  &  Van  Dyk,  H.  S.  camp.  839.3  B66 

Batavian  anthology;  or,  Specimens  of  the  Dutch  poets,  with  re- 
marks on  the  poetical  literature  and  language  of  the  Netherlands  to  the 
end  of  the  17th  century.    1824.    Taylor. 

Cats,  Jacob.  qr839.3  C28m 

Moral  emblems,  with  aphorisms,  adages  and  proverbs  of  all  ages 
and  nations  from  Jacob  Cats  and  Robert  Farlie,  with  illustrations  freely 
rendered  from  designs  found  in  their  works  by  John  Leighton;  the 
whole  tr.  and  ed.  with  additions  by  Richard  Pigot.     i860.     Longman. 

Selections  from  the  emblematic  works  of  Cats  (1577-1660),  long  the  most  popular 
of  Dutch  poets.  To  most  of  the  poems  he  appends  pertinent  quotations  from  classical 
writers  and  a  number  of  popular  proverbs,  in  various  languages,  bearing  on  the  theme. 
In  this  edition  are  included  also  the  poems  of  the  Scottish  emblematist,*  Robert  Farley, 
published  in  1638  under  the  title  "Lychnocausia." 


839.6     Icelandic  literature.      Old  Norse  literature 

Cornell  University — Library.  1839.6  C82 

Islandica;  an  annual  relating  to  Iceland  and  the  Fiske  Icelandic  col- 
lection in  Cornell  University  Library,    v.i-date.     1908-date. 

V.I.     Bibliography  of  the  Icelandic  sagas  and  minor  tales,  by  Halldor  Hermannsson. 

V.2.     The  Northmen  in  America,  by  Halldor  Hermannsson. 

V.3.  Bibliography  of  the  sagas  of  the  kings  of  Norway  and  related  sagas  and  tales, 
by  Halldor  Hermannsson. 

V.4.     The  ancient  laws  of  Norway  and  Iceland,  by  Halldor  Hermannsson. 

v.s.     Bibliography  of  the  mythical-heroic  sagas,  by  Halld6r  Hermannsson. 

Edda.  839.6  E26e 

Elder  or  poetic  edda,  commonly  known  as  Sasmund's  edda;  ed.  and 
tr.  with  introduction  and  notes  by  Olive  Bray.  v.i.  1908.  Viking  Club. 
(Viking  Club  translation  series.) 

V.I.     The  mythological  poems. 

"Bibliography,"  v.i,  p.298-304. 

Literal  translation  intended  less  for  students  and  scholars  than  for  the  general  read- 
er interested  in  Norse  mythology. 

Gislis  saga.  839.6  G45 

Story  of  Gisli  the  outlaw  [tr.]  from  the  Icelandic  by  G.  W.  Dasent. 
1866.     Edmonston. 

"The  best  of  [Dasent's]  Icelandic  translations. .  .The  story  is  based  upon  a  fusion 
of  two  Icelandic  texts,  and  is  one  of  the  finest  of  the  lesser  sagas."  Dictionary  of  na- 
tional biography. 

Hall,  Jennie.  J839.6  H17 

Viking  tales.    1902.    Rand. 

Viking  adventures  west-over-seas  from  Norway  to  Iceland,  Greenland  and  "Wine- 
land  the  Good." 

French,  Allen.  J839.6  N37f 

Heroes  of  Iceland;  adapted  from  Dasent's  translation  of  "The  story 
of  Burnt  Njal,"  the  great  Icelandic  saga,  with  a  new  preface,  introduc- 
tion and  notes.     1905.     Little. 

Tells  of  life  in  Iceland  in  the  loth  century,  of  the  matchless  champion  Gunnar,  the 
tragic  fate  of  Njal,  of  Flosi's  evil  deed  and  of  Kari's  stern  revenge. 


1646  SWEDISH  LITERATURE 

Viga-Glum's  saga.  839.6  V33 

Story  of  Viga-Glum;  tr.  from  the  Icelandic  with  notes  and  an  intro- 
duction by  Sir  Edmund  Head.    1866.    Williams. 

"This  Saga  contains  important  contributions  to  the  history  of  manners,  legislation, 
and  religious  ideas.  It  is  composed  in  the  pure  old  language,  and  is  without  doubt  one 
of  the  earliest  written  narratives.    The  events  are  true."    Mailer's  Saga  bibliothek. 

Vigfusson,  Gudbrandr,  ed.  qrSsg.e  Vsai 

Icelandic  sagas  and  other  historical  documents  relating  to  the  settle- 
ments and  descents  of  the  Northmen  on  the  British  Isles.  2v.  1887. 
Eyre. 

v.i.     Orkneyinga  saga  and  Magnus  saga,  with  appendices. 

V.2.     Hakonar  saga  and  a  frag^ment  of  Magnus  saga,  with  appendices. 

Vigfusson,  Gudbrandr,  &  Powell,  F.  Y.  comp.  rSsg.e  V32 

Icelandic  prose  reader,  with  notes  and  glossary.  1879.  Clarendon 
Press. 

839.7     Swedish  literature 

Bibliography 

Palmgren,  Valfrid,  comp.  roi6.8397  P19 

Selected  list  of  Swedish  books  recommended  for  public  libraries. 
1909.  A.  L.  A.  Pub.  Board.  (American  Library  Association.  Foreigfn 
book  list  no.s.) 

General  works 

[Schiick,  Johan  Henrik  Emil,  &  Berg,  R.  G.  ed.]  r839.7  S38 

Sveriges  national-literatur,  1500-1900.    v.i-25.     [1907-12.] 

V.I.     Reformationstiden:     Olavus  Petri;  Gustaf  II  Adolf;  Lars  Wivallius. 

V.2.  Svensk  renassanslitteratur :  Skogekar  Bargbo;  Georg  Stiernhielm;  Samuel 
Columbus;  Andreas  Arvidi;  Urban  Hiarne;  Lars  Johansson;  Johan  Runius;  Haquin 
Spegel;  Gunno  Dalstierna;  Israel  Holstrom;  Jacob  Frese. 

V.3.  Frihetstidens  poesi:  Triewald;  Lohman;  Dalin;  Fru  Nordenflycht;  Creutz; 
Gyllenborg;   Bergklint. 

V.4.     Carl  Mikael  Bellman. — ^Jakob  Wallenberg. 

v.s.  Gustavianernas  poesi:  Kellgren;  Leopold;  Oxenstierna;  Thorild;  Lidner;  Fru 
Lenngren. 

V.6.     1700-talets   prosaforfattare. 

V.7.     Sengustavianerna. — J7oo-talets  dramatik. 

v.8.     Esaias  Tegner. — Erik  Gustaf  Geijer. 

V.9.     Svensk  romantik:     Atterbom;  Hedborn;  Elgstrom;  Afzelius;  Eufrosyne. 

v.  10.     Svensk  romantik:     Ling;  Stagnelius;  Sjoberg;  Nicander;  Dahlgren. 

v. 1 1.     C.  J.  L.  Almquist. 

v. 1 2.  1800-talets  aldre  prosadiktare :  Cederborgh;  Crusenstolpe ;  Fredrika  Bremer; 
Sophie  von  Knorring. 

V.13.  1800-talets  aldre  prosadiktare:  Emilie  Flygare-Carlin ;  August  Blanche;  Orvar 
Odd;  Onkcl  Adam. 

V.14.  Poeter  frin  1830-50-talen:  Nybom;  Wennerberg;  Malmstrom;  Silverstolpe ; 
Sommenlius;  Von  Braun;  Sehlstedt;  F.  A.  Dahlgren;  Strandberg;  Sturzen-Becker. 

v.is.     Viktor  Rydberg. — Pontus  Wikner. 

V.16.  Svensk  lyrik  frin  tiden  efter  i860  ("Signaturerna"  och  andra) :  Snoilsky; 
af  Wirsin;  Backstrom;  Bjorck;  Gellerstedt;  Melin;  Anna  Wastberg. 

V.I 7.     August  Strindberg. 

V.18.  A.  C.  Leffler.— Ernst  Ahlgren.— Alfhild  Agrell.— Georg  Nordensvan.— A.  U. 
BUth.— Ellen  Key. 

V.19.     GusUf  af  Geijerstam. — Tor  Hedberg. — Ernst  Josephson. 

v.ao.  August  Bondeson. — Ole  Hansson. — Sophie  Elkan. — Axel  Lundegird. — Daniel 
Fallstrom. 


DANISH  AND  NORWEGIAN  LITERATURE  1647 

[Schiick,  Johan  Henrik  Emil,  &  Berg,  R.  G.  ed.] — continued.        rSag.y  S38 

V.21.     Verner  von  Heidenstain. — Oscar  Levertin. 

V.22.     Selma  Lagerlof. — Gustaf  Eroding. 

V.23.     Per  Hallstrom. — E.  A.  Karlfeldt. 

V.24.  1800-talets  dramatik:  Von  Beskow;  F.  A.  Dahlgren;  Aug.  Blanche;  J.  J. 
Wecksell;  Frans  Hedberg;  Harald  Molander. 

V.2S,  pt.i.     J.  L.  Runeberg. 

V.25,  pt.2.  Finlandsk  litteratur  utom  Runeberg:  Stenback;  Topelius;  Von  Quanten; 
Wecksell;  Tavaststjerna;  Lybeck. 

Bellman,  Carl  Michael.  839.71  B41 

Samlade  skrifter.    4V.  in  2.     1889.     Bonnier. 

v.i-2.     Fredmans  epistlar  och  singer. — Handiingar  rorande  bacchi  ordenskapitel. 

v.3-4.  Fredmans  testamente. — Dikter  vid  atskilliga  tillfallen;  Zions  hogtid;  Ofver- 
sattningar  ur  Gellerts  fabler. 

Collected  works  of  a  Swedish  lyric  poet  (1740-95). 

Stahl,  Axel  Ivar.  839.71  S78 

Svenska  sangboken.     1903.     Broberg. 
Strindberg,  August.  839.72  Sgie 

Elf  einakter;  verdeutscht  von  Emil  Schering.     1910. 

Contents:  Fraulein  Julie. — Glaubiger. — Paria. — Samum. — Die  starkere. — Das  band. 
— Mit  dem  feuer  spielen. — Vorm  tode. — Erste  warnung. — Debet  und  kredit. — Mutter- 
liebe. 

Strindberg,  August.  r8o5  P74  v.17 

[Plays.]     (In  Poet-lore,  1906,  v.17,  no.i,  P.47-SO;  no.3,  p.8-44.) 
Contents:    The  stronger. — The  outcast. — Simoom. — Debit  and  credit. 

Strindberg,  August.  839.72  S91 

Swanwhite;  a  fairy  drama;  tr.  by  F.J.  Ziegler.     1909.  Brown. 

Hedenstiema,  Alfred,  (pseud.  Sigurd).  839.78  H39 
Ljud  och  oljud;  ofver  vaxlande  amnen.     [1886.] 


839.8     Danish  and  Norwegian  literature 

Bibliography 
Kildal,  Arne,  comp.  roi6.839  K25 

Selected  list  of  Norwegian  and  Danish  books  recommended  for  a 
small  public  library.  1908.  A.  L.  A.  Pub.  Board.  (American  Library 
Association.    Foreign  book  list  no.4.) 

General  works 
Aarets  antologi.    1907.  839.8  Axi 

839.81  Oaa 
Old  Danish  ballads;  translated  from  Grimm's  collection  by  an  amateur. 
1856.    Hope. 

Prior,  Richard  Chandler  Alexander,  tr.  839.81  P95 

Ancient  Danish  ballads;  tr.  from  the  originals,  jv.  i860.  Williams 
and  Norgate. 

Well  supplied  with  explanations  and  notes. 

839.82  B51b 

.p-i-inwi  .D  ps  'i2!cvTiy^^«  ,t3£3K"ip  "ivm«  nyiiK 


1648  IBSEN 

Bjomson,  Bjornstjerne.  1805  P74  V4 

A  glove  [a  drama;  tr.  by  Thyge  Sogird].     (In  Poet-lore,  1892,  v.4.) 

Bjomson,  Bjornstjerne.  839.83  B51S 

Sigurd  Slembe;  a  dramatic  trilogy;  tr.  from  the  Norwegian  by  W.  M. 
Payne.    1910.    Sergei. 

This  drama  has  a  semi-historical  basis,  the  events  upon  which  it  is  founded  dating 
from  the  12th  century.  It  will  richly  reward  the  attention  of  all  those  who  can  appre- 
ciate the  romantic  and  poetic  value  of  the  ancient  Norseland  myths  and  sagas.  The 
English  version  won  the  enthusiastic  commendation  of  Bjomson.  Condensed  from 
Nation,  191J. 

Drachmann,  Holger.  1805  P74  v.19 

"Renaissance;"  melodrama;  tr.  from  the  Danish  by  L.  M.  Hollander. 
(In  Poet-lore,  1908,  v.19,  p.369-419.) 


Ibsen 

Ibsen,  Henrik.  r83g.82  1 12 

Collected  w^orks;  ed.  by  William  Archer.  11  v.  1907-08.  Scribner. 
(Copyright  edition.) 

V.I.     Lady  Inger  of  Ostrit. — The  feast  at  Solhoug. — Love's  comedy. 

V.2.     The  vikings  at  Helgeland. — The  pretenders. 

V.3.     Brand. 

v.4.     Peer  Gynt;  a  dramatic  poem. 

V.5.     Emperor  and  Galilean;  a  world-historic  drama. 

V.6.     The  league  of  youth. — Pillars  of  society. 

V.7.     A  doll's  house. — Ghosts. 

V.8.     An  enemy  of  the  people. — The  wild  duck. 
.    V.9.     Rosmersholm. — The  lady  from  the  sea. 

v.io.     Hedda  Gabler. — The  master  builder. 

v.ii.     Little  Eyolf. — John  Gabriel  Borkman. — When  we  dead  awaken. 

Ibsen,  Henrik.  839.82  I12I2 

Lady  Inger  of  Ostrat;  The  feast  at  Solhoug,  and  Love's  comedy; 
with  introductions  by  William  Archer  and  C.  H.  Herford.  1908.  Scrib- 
ner.   (Collected  works,  v.i.) 

Ibsen,  Henrik.  839.82  Ii2li 

Little  Eyolf;  a  play  in  three  acts;  tr.  from  the  Norwegian  by  William 

Archer.     1895. 

The  same.     191 1.     Scribner 839.82  Ii2li2 

With  this  are  bound  his  "John  Gabriel  Borkman"  and  "When  we  dead  awaken." 

Ibsen,  Henrik.  839.82  Ii2pu 

Ein  puppenheim;  schauspiel;  deutsch  von  J.  Engeroff. 

Ibsen,  Henrik.  839.83  Ii3p3 

Richard  Mansfield  acting  version  of  Peer  Gynt.     1906.     Reilly. 

Ibsen,  Henrik.  839.82  Ii2s 

Siaures  karzygiai;  keturiy  veiksmtj  tragedija.     1908. 

Brandes,  Georg  Moritz  Cohen.  839.82  Ii3zbr 

Henrik  Ibsen,  mit  12  briefen  Henrik  Ibsens.  [1906.]  (Die  litera- 
tur  sammlung  illustrierter  einzeldarstellungen.) 

"Bifeliographischer  anhang,"  p.  115-125. 


IBSEN  1649 

Lee,  Mrs  Jennette  Barbour  (Perry).  839.82  Ii2zl 

The  Ibsen  secret;  a  key  to  the  prose  dramas  of  Henrik  Ibsen.    1907. 

Putnam. 

Author  is  (1908)  professor  of  English  language  and  literature  at  Smith  College. 
The  "secret,"  according  to  Mrs  Lee,  is  that  Ibsen's  social  plays  are  constructed 

around  a  symbol  which  stands  for  a  character  in  the  play  and  for  the  meaning  of  the 

play  as  a  whole. 

Wicksteed,  Philip  Henry.  839.82  Ii2zw 

Four  lectures  on  Henrik  Ibsen,  dealing  chiefly  with  his  metrical 
works.     1892.     Sonnenschein. 

Contents:  The  poems.  —  "Brand."  —  "Peer  Gynt."  —  "Emperor  and  Galilaean;" 
"Love's  comedy;"  The  social  plays. 

H6ceHT.,  reHpHKx.  839.82  I12c 

IIojiHoe  co6paHie  coHHHCHift.     4  t.     1909. 
H6ceH-i,,  reHpHK-B.  839.82  I12do 

KyKOJiBHtift  ^^OMT.  (Hopa). 
H6ceHT>,  reHpH^t.  839.82  I12eny 

Bpart  Hapo;^a.     (^OKxop-B  CTOKMan-B.) 
H6ceHT,,  renpHKi,.  839.82  I121ie 

MaJicHBKift  3ttojii.(|)'L.     1895. 

839.82  I12ma 

839.82  I12gh 

839.82  I12he 

839.82  I12wh 

.Tponu  .K  iiB  Bsj;nj?3<K  ,|yDNrny  yts"'iia  tid  ]V'ii 

839.82  I121it 

839.82  I12n 

839.82  I12ene 

839.82  1121a 


i6so  FRENCH  LITERATURE 

840     French  literature 

Bibliography 

Bracq,  Jean  Charlemagne,  comp.  roi6.84  B67 

Selected  list  of  French  books.  1908.  A.  L.  A.  Pub.  Board.  (Amer- 
ican Library  Association.    Foreign  book  list  no.3.) 

Thieme,  Hugo  Paul,  comp.  qroi6.84  T3S 

Guide  bibliographique  de  la  litterature  franqaise  de  1800  a  1906. 
1907.    Welter. 

An  alphabetical  list  of  19th  century  French  authors,  with  their  works,  date  of  publi- 
cation and  publisher.  After  each  author  is  given  a  list  of  references  to  him  which  may 
be  found  in  books  and  periodicals.  These  references  are  not  limited  to  works  in  the 
French  language.  Bibliographies  of  the  history  of  the  language,  literature  and  civiliza- 
tion of  France  are  included. 

General  works 

Amicis,  Edmondo  de.  840.4  A51 

Ritratti  letterari.    1908. 

Contents:  Alfonso  Daudet. — Emilio  Zola,  polemista. — Emilio  Augier  e  Alessandro 
Dumas. — L'attore  Coquelin. — Paolo  Deroulede  e  la  poesia  patriottica. 

France,  Anatole,  (pseud,  of  Jacques  Anatole  Thibault).  840.4  F860 

On  life  and  letters;  a  translation  by  A.  W.  Evans,    v.i.  1911.    Lane. 

Halden,  Charles  ab  der.  840.4  His 
fitudes  de  litterature  canadienne  fran^aise.     1904. 

Contents:  Introduction:  La  langue  et  la  litterature  fran^aises  au  Canada;  La 
famille  fran^aise  et  la  nation  canadienne,  par  Louis  Herbette. — Naissance  et  developpe- 
ment  de  la  litterature  canadienne  fran^aise. — Philippe  Aubert  de  Gaspe. — Octave  Crema- 
zie. — Gerin-Lajoie. — L.  H.  Frechette. — Chroniques  canadiennes. — Post-scriptum. 

Robinson,  Agnes  Mary  Frances,  afterward  Mme  Duclaux.  840.4  R54 

The  French  procession;  a  pageant  of  great  writers.    [1910.]    Duffield. 
Contents:    In  the  distance. — The  romantics. — The  sons  of  science. 
Mme  Duclaux  regards  the  literature  of  a  great  nation  as  a  glorious  pageant,  which 

she  watches  from  her  balcony,  describing  the  figures  which  she  finds  most  impressive. 

This  fancy  £^ves  coherence  to  a  seemingly  miscellaneous  collection  of  reviews  of  French 

writers  from  Ronsard  to  Anatole  France. 

Thorold,  Algar  Labouchere.  840.4  T41 

Six  masters  in  disillusion.    1909.    Constable. 

Contents:  Fontenelle. — Prosper  Merim^e. — Ferdinand  Fabre. — J.  K.  Huysmans. — 
Maeterlinck. — Anatole  France. — Epilogue. 

Studies  the  progress  of  the  skeptical  spirit  as  illustrated  in  six  French  writers. 

Almanach  des  gens  de  lettres,  1908.     1908.  1840.6  A44 

Lists  the  members  of  the  Academie  Fran?aise  and  the  Academic  des  Inscriptions  et 
Belles-lettres,  and  the  prizes  which  they  bestow  for  literary  work;  also  the  year's  lec- 
tures at  the  Sorbonne,  the  College  de  France,  the  Academie  des  Goncourt,  and  other 
societies  of  men  of  letters. 

Robertson,  Duncan  Maclaren.  840.6  R53 

History   of   the    French   Academy,    i635(4)-i9io,   with   an   outline 

sketch  of  the  Institute  of  France,  showing  its  relation  to  its  constituent 

academies.     1910.    Dillingham. 

Biographical  list  of  members,  p.280-368. 


FRENCH  LITERATURE  1651 

Foumier,  fidouard,  ed.  r840.8  F84 

Varietes  historiques  et  litteraires;  recueil  de  pieces  volantes,  rares 
et  curieuses  en  prose  et  en  vers;  revues  et  annotees  par  fidouard  Four- 
nier.    v.  1-9.    1855-59. 

Ramage,  Craufurd  Tait,  tr.  T840.S  R17 

Beautiful  thoughts  from  French  and  Italian  authors,  with  English 
translations.     1880.     Howell. 


History  and  criticism  of  French  literature 

Almanach  des  lettres  franqaises,  1906.    ire  annee.     1907.         r840.9  A44 

Annual  devoted  to  French  literature  and  the  stage.  Contains  a  calendar  of  im- 
portant literary  events,  followed  by  surveys  of  the  literary  productions  in  different 
fields,  and  a  section  on  the  theatre. 

Cousin,  Victor.  840.9  C84 

La  societe  frangaise  au  I7e  siecle;  ed.  by  Leon  Delbos.    1909. 

Contents:  Madame  de  Longueville. — Conde. — Hotel  de  Rambouillet. — Angelique 
Paulet. — Montausier. — Mademoiselle  de  Scudery. — Le  Samedi. 

"Victor  Cousin;  sa  vie  et  son  oeuvre,"  par  Leon  Delbos,  p.S— 31. 
"Bibliog^raphy,"  p.  280. 

Faguet,  fimile.  840.9  F13I 

Literary  history  of  France.     1907.     Scribner.     (Library  of  literary 

history.) 

Readable,   well   arranged   and   precise  account   from   the   middle   ages   through   the 

19th  century.      Introduction   treats   of  the   influence   of  English   literature,   at  various 

periods,  on  the  literature  of  France. 

Konta,  Annie  Lemp.  840.9  K37 

History  of  French  literature  from  the  Oath  of  Strasburg  to  Chan- 

ticler.     1910.    Appleton. 
"Bibliography,"  P.S24-529. 

Pellissier,  Georges.  840.9  P38m 

Le  mouvement  litteraire  contemporain.     1908. 
Contents:     Le  roman. — Le  theatre. — La  poesie. — La  critique. — L'histoire. 


841     French  poetry 

Beranger,  Pierre  Jean  de.  841  B44S 

Songs  of  the  empire,  the  peace  and  the  restoration;  tr.  into  English 
verse  by  R.  B.  Brough.    1856.    Addey. 

Botrel,  Theodore  Jean  Marie.  841  B64 

Contes  du  lit-clos;  recits  et  legendes  bretonnes  en  vers,  suivis  de 
Chansons  a  dire.    1900. 

Bourdillon,  Francis  William.  qr84i  B65 

Early  editions  of  the  Roman  de  la  rose.     1906.     (London,  Biblio- 
graphical Society.    Illustrated  monographs,  no. 14.) 
"Bibliography,"  p.9-68. 

Careful  and  exhaustive  bibliography  of  this  early  French  poem.  Includes  a  general 
bibliographical  account,  a  description  of  the  21  editions  and  their  illustrations,  and  notes 
on  the  early  texts. 


i652  FRENCH  POETRY 


Breton,  Jules.  r84i  B73 

Jeanne;  poem'e.     1880. 
Bruyant,  Jean.  qr84i  B83 

Le  livre  du  chastel  de  labour,  par  Jean  Bruyant;  a  description  of 
an  illuminated  manuscript  of  the  15th  century  belonging  to  P.  A.  B. 
Widener,  Philadelphia,  with  a  short  account  and  synopsis  of  the  poem. 
1909.     Privately  printed. 

This  poem  is  also  known  by  the  title  "Le  chemin  de  povrete  et  de  richesse." 

Old  allegorical  poem,  with  46  highly  finished  miniatures  surrounded  with  elaborate 
ornamentation,  illustrating  closely  the  matter  of  the  poem. 

Coppee,  Francois.  841  C79P 

Poemes  modernes.     1870. 

Contents:  Angelus. — Le  banc. — Enfants  trouvees. — L'attente. — Le  pere. — Le  d6fil6. 
— La  benediction. 

Furetiere,  Antoine.  841  F98 

Poesies  diverses;  a  partial  reprint  from  the  edition  of  1664;  ed.  with 
introduction,  notes  and  glossary  by  Isabella  Bronk.     igo8.    Furst. 
Gautier,  Theophile.  841  62465 

Espana,  and  £maux  et  camees;  ed.  by  C.  E.  Delbos.  1908.  Claren- 
don Press.    (Oxford  higher  French  series.) 

Stevenson,  William  Marshall.  r84i  G24 

Der  einfluss  des  Gautier  d' Arras  auf  die  altfranzosische  kunstepik, 
insbesondere  auf  den  abenteuerroman.    1910. 

"Untersuchte  texte,"  p.  7-9. 

Inaugural-dissertation  zur  erlangung  der  doktorwurde  der  hohen  philosophischen 
fakultat  der  Georg-August-Universitat  zu  Gottingen. 

Heredia,  Jose  Maria  de.  841  H46S 

Sonnets;  done  into  English  by  E.  R.  Taylor.    1898.    Doxey. 

By  a  French  poet  of  Spanish  parentage. 

La  Fontaine,  Jean  de.  J841  L14S 

Select  fables;  adapted  from  the  translation  of  Elizur  Wright,  for  the 
use  of  the  young;  illustrated  by  Boutet  de  Monvel. 
Lamartine,  Alphonse  de.  841  L17 

La  chute  d'un  ange;  episode.  1845.  (CEuvres  completes,  v.6.) 
"La  chute  d'un  ange... vASt  in  dimensions,  fantastic  in  subject,  negligent  in  style, 
is  a  work  of  Lamartine's  poetic  decline.  We  are  among  the  mountains  of  Lebanon, 
where  dwell  the  descendants  of  Cain.  The  angel,  enamoured  of  the  maiden  Daidha, 
becomes  human.  Through  gigantic  and  incoherent  inventions  looms  the  idea  of  hu- 
manity which  degrades  itself  by  subjugation  to  the  senses."  Dowden's  History  of 
French  literature. 

Lamartine,  Alphonse  de.  841  Li7h 

Harmonies  poetiques  et  religieuses.    1847.    (CEuvres  completes,  v.3.) 

"Most  of  the  purely  religious  poetry  of  Lamartine's  youthful  period  is,  from  its 
want  of  simplicity  and  real  feeling,  almost  unreadable  nowadays.  It  is  not  lyric;  it  is 
not  concise;  it  is  reflection  without  matter,  meditation  without  thoughts,  breadth  with- 
out depth ...  What  really  lived  and  breathed  in  those  early  poems  was  something  inde- 
pendent of  their  religious  dogmatism,  namely  the  whole  emotional  life  of  a  gentle,  yet 
dignified  soul."     Brandes's  Main  currents  in  igth  century  literature. 

Lamartine,  Alphonse  de.  841  L17J 

Jocelyn;  ed.  by  fimile  Legouis.  1906.  Clarendon  Press.  (Oxford 
higher  French  series.) 

"Bibliography,"  p.244. 


FRENCH  POETRY  1653 


Lamartine,  Alphonse  de.  841  Li7n 

Nouvelles  meditations   poetiques;    Le  dernier  chant  du   pelerinage 

d'Harold;  Chant  du  sacre.     1845.     (CEuvres  completes,  v.2.) 

Lamartine,  Alphonse  de.  841  Liyp 

Premieres  meditations  poetiques;  La  mort  de  Socrate.  1848.  (QEuvres 

completes,  v.i.) 

Lamartine,  Alphonse  de.  841  Li7r 

Recueillements  poetiques.     1845.     (CEuvres  completes,  v.4.) 
"Lamartine's  verse  is  exquisitely  harmonious,  and  frequently  picturesque;  but  it  is 

deficient  in  vigour  and  brilliancy,  and  marred  by  the  perpetual  current  of  sentimental 

complaining."     Saintsbury's  Short  history  of  French  literature. 

McKibben,  George  Fitch.  841  M18 

The  Eructavit,  an  Old  French  poem;  the  author's  environment,  his 

argument  and  materials.     1907. 

Thesis  for  Ph.  D.,  University  of  Chicago. 

The  "Eructavit"  is  a  religious  poem,   probably  written  by  a  Benedictine  monk  of 

Sens  about  1185.     The  44th  psalm  of  the  Vulgate  is  regarded  as  the  base  of  the  poem, 

although  the  author  is  supposed  to  have  derived  material  from  other  parts  of  the  Bible 

and  from  the  writings  of  Gregory  the  Great  and  St.  Augustine. 

Missouri  University.  qr84i  M74 

Studies;  literary  and  linguistic  series,    v.  1-2.    1909-11. 
V.I.     Chevalerie  Vivien,  with  an  introduction  and  notes  by  Raymond  Weeks. 
v.2.     The  cyclic  relations  of  the  Chanson  de  Willame,  by  T.  E.  Hamilton. 

Musset,  Alfred  de.  r84i  M98 

Poems;  done  into  English  by  M.A.Clarke.    2v.     1905.     Hill. 
Roland.  841  R63C 

La  chanson  de  Roland;  a  modern  French  translation  of  Theodor 
Miiller's  text  of  the  Oxford  manuscript,  with  introduction,  bibliogra- 
phy, notes  and  index  by  J.  Geddes.     1906.     Macmillan. 

"Bibliographic,"  p. 91-160. 

French  epic  poem  of  the  nth  century,  dealing  with  Charlemagne  and  his  conflict 
with  the  Saracens. 

"As  a  literary  production,  the  Chanson  de  Roland  is  worthy  to  be  classed  with  two 
other  great  mediaeval  epics,  the  Beowulf  and  the  Nibelungenlied. .  .In  its  rough  grace, 
it  excels  them  both  in  directness,  and,  above  all,  in  the  expression  of  a  national  spirit." 
New  international  encyclopedia. 

SuUy-Prudhomme,  Rene  Francois  Amand.  841  Sg5p 

Poesies;  stances  et  poemes,  1865-1866.    1872. 
Verlaine,  Paul.  841  V27C 

Choix  de  poesies.     1906. 

Collections  of  French  poetry 

Bartsch,  Karl  Friedrich,  comp.  r84i.o8  B28 

Chrestomathie    de    I'ancien    frangais    (8e-9e    siecles),    accompagnee 

d'une  grammaire  et  d'un  glossaire.     1866. 

La  Villemarque,  Theodore  Claude  Henri  Hersart,  vicomte  de.  841.08  L38 
Ballads    and    songs    of    Brittany    by    Tom    Taylor;    tr.    from    the 

"Barsaz[.yiV]-Breiz"  of  Vicomte  H.  de  la  Villemarque,  virith  some  of  the 

original  melodies  harmonized  by  Mrs  Tom  Taylor.  1865.  Macmillan. 
La  Villemarque  was  himself  a  native  of  Brittany  and  an  authority  on  the  Breton 

language  and  literature. 


i6S4  FRENCH  POETRY 


Legrand  d'Aussy,  Pierre  Jean  Baptiste.  r84i.o8  L55 

Fabliaux  or  tales,  abridged  from  French  manuscripts  of  the   12th 

and  13th  centuries;  selected  and  tr.  into  English  verse  by  G.  L.  Way, 

with  a  preface,  notes  and  appendix  by  G.  Ellis.     3v.     1815.     Rodwell. 

Legrand  d'Aussy  (17^7-1800)  was  an  authority  on  the  ancient  literature  of  France. 

Lucas,  St.  John  Welles  Lucas,  comp.  841.08  L96 

Oxford  book  of  French  verse,  13th  century-igth  century.  1907. 
Clarendon  Press. 

Prefaced  by  an  excellent  survey  of  French  poetry.  In  the  collection  special  promi- 
nence is  given  to  the  19th  century. 

"From  the  'Belle  firembor'  of  the  twelfth  century  to  the  'Sagesse'  of  Verlaine  in 
the  nineteenth  here  is  a  stream  of  melody  and  grace,  of  gaulois  humor,  sly  wit  and 
pathetic  revery  which  may  stand  beside  the  anthology  from  any  language."    Nation,  igo8. 

Wyndham,  George.  841.08  W98 

Ronsard  and  La  Pleiade,  with  selections  from  their  poetry  and 
some  translations  in  the  original  metres.    1906.    Macmillan. 

La  Pleiade  was  the  name  applied  to  the  group  of  seven  French  poets  of  the  i6th 
century  to  which  Ronsard  belonged.  Their  aim  was  to  revive  the  classic  forms  in  French 
language  and  literature. 

"It  is  a  piece  of  clear,  brisk,  scholarly  writing,  full  of  facts  not  generally  known 
and  of  ideas  not  generally  familiar. .  .Since  Rossetti's  translations  from  the  Italian  poets 

no  such  translations  of  lyric  poetry  have  been  done  into  English nor  such  translations 

of  sonnets  as  some  dozen  of  the  sonnets  in  this  volume."  Arthur  Symons,  in  Saturday 
review,  1906. 

History  and  criticism  of  French  poetry 

Besant,  Sir  Walter.  841.09  B46 

Studies  in  early  French  poetry.     1868.     Macmillan. 

Contents:  Froissart. — Alain  Chartier. — Christine  de  Pisan. — Eustache  Deschamps. 
— Charles  of  Orleans. — Olivier  Basselin  de  Vire. — Martial  de  Paris. — Francois  Villon. 
— Roger  de  Collerye. — Baude. — Guillaume  Alexis. — Guillaume  Coquillart. — The  immor- 
tals.— Maistre  Pierre  Pathelin. — De  Saint  Gelais. — Francis  and  Margaret. — La  famille 
Marot. — Clotilde  de  Surville. — English  poems  of  Charles  of  Orleans. 

Sympathetic  criticism  of  15th  and  16th  century  poets,  giving  many  quotations  from 
their  works. 

Gautier,  Theophile.  841.09  G24t 

Trois  grotesques;  ed.  by  H.  J.  Chaytor.     1906.     Clarendon  Press. 

(Oxford  higher  French  series.) 

Contents:    Francois  Villon. — Cyrano  de  Bergerac. — Paul  Scarron. 
"Bibliography,"  p.  126. 


842     French  drama 


Banville,  Theodore  Faullain  de.  qr842  B22 

Gringoire;  comedy  in  one  act  [French  and  English  text].  1888. 
RuUman. 

Beaumarchais,  Pierre  Augustin  Caron  de.  qr842  B350 

CEuvres  completes,  precedees  d'une  notice  sur  sa  vie  et  ses  ouvrages 
par  Saint-Marc  Girardin.     1837. 

"Beaumarchais  may  have  lacked  elevation  and  delicacy,  but  he  knew  his  craft  as  a 
dramatist,  and  left  a  model  of  prose  comedy  from  which  in  later  years  others  of  his 
art  and  mystery  made  profitable  studies.  He  restored  mirth  to  the  stage;  he  rediscov- 
ered theatrical  intrigue;  he  created  a  type,  which  was  Beaumarchais  himself,  and  was 
also  the  lighter  genius  of  France;  he  was  the  satirist  of  society."  Dowden's  History  of 
French  literature. 


FRENCH  DRAMA  1655 


Bell,  Mrs  Hugh.  842  B41 

Petit  theatre  des  enfants;  12  tiny  French  plays  for  children.  1904. 
Longmans. 

Beyle,  Marie  Henri,  (pseud.  De  Stendhal).  842  B46 

Racine  et  Shakespeare;  ed.  by  Leon  Delbos.  1907.  Clarendon  Press. 
(Oxford  higher  French  series.) 

"Bibliography,"  p.  199. 

Corneille,  Pierre.  842  C820 

CEuvres,  avec  les  notes  de  tons  les  commentateurs.     I2v.     1854. 

v.i.  Avertissement  de  I'editeur. — fitude  de  la  langue  de  Corneille  et  du  commen- 
taire  de  Voltaire. — Vie  de  Corneille,  par  Fontenelle. — Supplement  a  la  Vie  de  Corneille. 
— Nouveaux  details  sur  la  Vie  de  Corneille. — Melite. — Clitandre. — La  veuve. 

V.2.     La  galerie  du  palais. — La  suivante. — La  Place  royale. — Medee. 

V.3.     L'illusion. — Le  Cid. — Horace. 

V.4.     Cinna;  ou,  La  clemence  d'Auguste. — Polyeucte,  martyr. — Pompee. 

V.5.  Le  menteur. — La  suite  du  Menteur. — Theodore,  vierge  et  martyre. — Rodogune, 
princesse  des  Parthes. 

V.6.     Heraclius.— Andromede. — Nicoirede. 

v.  7.     Don  Sanche  d'Aragon. — Pertharite,  roi  des  Lombards. — CEdipe. — Sertorius. 

V.8.     La  toison  d'or. — Sophonisbe. — Othon. — Agesilas. 

V.9.     Attila. — Tite  et  Berenice. — Pulcherie. — Surena. — Psyche. 

V.  10.     L'imitation  de  Jesus-Christ;  tr.  et  paraphrasee  en  vers  frangois. 

V.I  I.  L'office  de  la  Sainte  Vierge. — Les  sept  psaumes  penitentiaux. — Vepres  et 
complies  des  dimanches. — Instructions  chretiennes. — Prieres  chretiennes. — Les  hymnes 
du  breviaire  remain. 

V.I 2.  Poesies  diverses. — Poemes  sur  les  victoires  du  roi. — Louanges  de  la  Sainte 
Vierge. — Poesies  latines. — Discours,  lettres,  etc. — Pieces  concernant  le  Cid. 

Curel,  Francois  de.  1805  P74  v.20 

The  beat  of  the  wing   (Le  coup  d'aile);  a  play  in  three  acts;  tr. 

from  the  French  by  Alice  Van  Kaathoven.  (In  Poet-lore,  1909,  v.20, 

P.32I-37S.) 

Dumas,  Alexandre,  the  younger.  qr842  D8g 
Denise;  a  play  in  four  acts  [French  and  English  text].     1888.    Rull- 

man. 

Feuillet,  Octave.  842  F43 

Scenes  et  proverbes.     1859. 

Contents:  Le  fruit  defendu. — La  crise. — Redemption. — Le  pour  et  le  centre. — Alix. 
— La  partie  de  dames. — La  clef  d'or. 

Trifles,  dramatic  in  form  and  narrative  in  substance. 

Hennique,  Leon.  r8o5  P74  v.20 

Death  of  the  due  d'Enghien;  a  drama  in  three  scenes;  tr.  from  the 
French  by  F.  C.  Evans.     (In  Poet-lore,  1909,  v.20,  p. 401-431.) 
Hervieu,  Paul.  r8o5  P74  v.20 

In  chains  (Les  tenailles) ;  a  play  in  three  acts;  tr.  by  Ysidor  Ascken- 
asy.    (In  Poet-lore,  1909,  v.20,  p.81-112.) 
Hugo,  Victor.  842  H89C 

Cromwell  [in  French].     [1827.] 
Bruner,  James  Dowden.  842  H8gzb 

Studies  in  Victor  Hugo's  dramatic  characters,  with  an  introduction 
by  R.  G.  Moulton.    1908.     Ginn. 

Contents:  Introduction. — The  characters  in  Victor  Hugo's  Hernani:  Hernani;  Don 
Ruy  Gomez;  Don  Carlos;  Dona  Sol. — The  character  of  Victor  Hugo's  Ruy  Bias. — The 
villain  in  Victor  Hugo's  Ruy  Bias. — The  character  of  Victor  Hugo's  Lucrezia  Borgia. 


i6s6  FRENCH  DRAMA 


qr842  laa 
L'niustration  theatrale;  journal   d'actualites   dramatiques,  publiant   le 
texte  complet  des  pieces  nouvelles  jouees  dans  les  principaux  theatres 
de  Paris  [monthly],  Jan.  ii,  1908-date.    no.77-date.     1908-date. 
Issued  as  a  supplement  to  "L'lUustration." 

.Labiche,  Eugene  Marin,  &  Delacour,  A.  (pseud,  of  84a  Liipe 

A.  C.  Lartigue). 
Les  petits  oiseaux;  comedie  en  3  actes,  with  English  notes  by  Fer- 
dinand Bocher.    1864.    Holt.    (College  series  of  modern  French  plays.) 

Lima,  Archer  de.  842  L71 

L'anti-homme,  poeme  dramatique;   L'homme;   La  route   glorieuse. 

Maeterlinck,  Maurice.  842  M24b 

The  blue  bird;  a  fairy  play  in  five  acts;  tr.  by  Alexander  Teixeira 
de  Mattos.     1909.    Dodd. 

The  same;  a  fairy  play  in  six  acts;  tr.  by  Alexander  Teixeira  de  Mat- 
tos.    1911 r842  M24 

"Written  with  charming  simplicity,  and  telling  a  story  admirably  suited  to  childish 
interests  and  understanding,  it  makes  an  equally  strong  appeal  to  adults  by  its  imagina- 
tive symbolism,  its  freshness  of  humor  and  observation,  and  the  inventive  spirit  which 
animates  its  parable.  It  deals  with  the  dream  adventures  of  Tyltil  and  Mytil,  the  chil- 
dren of  a  wood-cutter,  who  are  commissioned  by  the  fairy  Berylune. .  .to  go  in  quest  of 
the  Blue  Bird."     Nation,  1909. 

MeTep.;iHHKx,  MopHct.  842  M24si 

CiiHHH  nTHu,a.     [1908.] 

842  M24bl 

Maeterlinck,  Maurice.  842  M24J 

Joyzelle;  tr.  by  A.  Teixeira  de  Mattos;  Monna  Vanna;  tr.  by  Alfred 

Sutro.    1907.    Dodd. 

The  same.     191 1 7842  M24J 

"A  dream  play... full  of  strange  hypnotic  action  and  phrases  that  haunt... It  is 
confined  to  four  characters,  two  of  which  carry  the  slight  thread  of  story.     In  style  it 

is  midway  between  Maeterlinck's  earlier  manner  and  Monna  Vanna [It]  is  little  more 

than  a  series  of  situations  in  which  the  heroine  is  tested  by  the  stern  old  enchanter 
Merlin."     Hunekcr's  Iconoclasts. 

Maeterlinck,  Maurice.  842  M24ma 

Mary  Magdalene;  a  play  in  three  acts;  tr.  by  Alexander  Teixeira  de 

Mattos.    1910.    Dodd. 

The  same r842  M24ma 

"As  literature  it  is  well  worthy  of  the  author's  reputation,  while  as  a  study  in  the 
ennoblement  of  a  woman's  soul  by  spiritual  ecstasy  it  is  an  intellectual  achievement  of  a 
high  order."     Nation,  tgio. 

Maeterlinck,  Maurice.  842  M24mv 

"Monna  Vanna;"  is  francuziskos  verte  A.  Adata.    1906. 

Maeterlinck,  Maurice.  842  M240 

L'oiseau  bleu;  feerie  en  cinq  actes  et  dix  tableaux.    1910. 
The  same;  feerie  en  six  actes  et  douze  tableaux.     (In  L'lUustration 

theatrale,  191 1,  v.14.) qr842  I22  v.14 


FRENCH  DRAMA  1657 


Maeterlinck,  Maurice.  842  M24P 

Pelleas  und  Melisande;  deutsch  von  Friedrich  von  Oppeln-Broni- 
kowski.     1908. 

Maeterlinck,  Maurice.  r8o5  P74  v.6 

The  seven  princesses  [a  drama;  tr.  by  Charlotte  Porter  and  H.  A. 
Clarke].    (In  Poet-lore,  1894,  v.6,  p.29-32,  87-93,  150-161.) 

Maeterlinck,  Maurice.  r8o5  P74  v.5 

The  sightless  [a  drama;  tr.  by  Charlotte  Porter  and  H.A.Clarke]. 

(In  Poet-lore,  1893,  v.5.) 

Title  has  also  been  translated  "The  blind." 

Maeterlinck,  Maurice.  842  M24S 

Sister  Beatrice,  and  Ardiane  and  Barbe  Bleue;  two  plays;  tr.  into 

English  verse  by  Bernard  Miall.     1909.     Allen. 

The  same.     191 1.     Dodd r842  M24S 

The  first  play  is  based  on  the  mediaeval  legend  familiar  to  modern  readers  as  the 
"Ballad  of  a  nun."  It  tells  how  Sister  Beatrice  flies  from  the  convent  with  Prince 
Bellidor,  how  the  Virgin  takes  her  place  for  20  years  as  doorkeeper,  and  when  Sister 
Beatrice  creeps  back  in  haggard  repentance  it  is  to  enjoy  a  wholly  undeserved  reputation 
for  miraculous  sanctity.     The  second  play  is  based  on  the  fairy  tale  of  Bluebeard. 

Maeterlinck,  Maurice.  842  M24t 

Theatre,    v.2.    1910. 

v.z.  Pelleas  et  Melisande.  —  Alladine  et  Palomides.  —  Interieur.  —  La  mort  de 
Tintagiles. 

For  V.I  and  3  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Martel  de  Janville,  Sibylle  Gabrielle  Marie  Antoinette,  842  M42b 

comtesse  de,  (pseud.  Gyp). 

La  bassinoire  [a  play]. 
Meilhac,  Henri,  &  Halevy,  Ludovic.  qr842  M57 

Frou-frou;  a  comedy  in  five  acts  [French  and  English  text].     1880. 
Rullman. 
Moliere,  Jean  Baptiste  Poquelin.  842  Mygav 

L'avare;  comedie.     1908. 
Moliere,  Jean  Baptiste  Poquelin.  842  M79ma2 

Le  malade  imaginaire;   comedie,  melee  de  musique   et   de   danses, 
1910.     [Michigan  University.] 
Moliere,  Jean  Baptiste  Poquelin.  842  M79a 

Moliere;  a  new  translation,  the  verse  plays  being  for  the  first  time 
rendered  into  English  verse  by  C.  H.  Page.  2v.  1908.  Putnam.  (French 
classics  for  English  readers.) 

V.I.     The  affected  misses. — Don  Juan. — Tartuffe. — The  misanthrope. 

v.2.  The  doctor  by  compulsion. — The  miser. — The  tradesman  turned  gentleman. — 
The  learned  ladies. 

"Bibliography,"  v.i,  p.41-52. 

Biographical  sketch  of  Moliere,  by  Brander  Matthews,  v.i,  p.  5-30. 

Moliere,  Jean  Baptiste  Poquelin.  842  M790 

OEuvres.    6v.    1828. 

v.i.  Vie  de  Moliere,  par  Voltaire. — L'etourdi,  comedie. — ^Le  depit  amoureux,  come- 
die. —  Les  precieuses  ridicules,  comedie.  —  Sganarelle,  comedie.  —  Don  Garcie,  comddie 
heroique. 

v.2.  L'ecole  des  maris. — Les  facheux. — L'ecole  des  femmes. — La  critique  de  I'dcole 
des  femmes. — L'impromptu  de  Versailles. — La  princesse  d'filide.^Le  mariage  forc^ 


1658  FRENCH  DRAMA 


Moliere,  Jean  Baptiste  Poquelin — continued.  842  M790 

V.3.  Don  Juan;  ou,  Le  festin  de  Pierre. — L'amour  medecin. — Le  misanthrope. — Le 
m^dicin  malgre  lui. — M61icerte. — Pastorale  comique. — Le  Sicilien;  ou,  L'amour  pcintre. 

V.4.  Le  tartuffe. — Amphitryon. — George  Dandin. — Intermedes  dc  George  Dandin. 
— L'avare. 

v.s.  M.  de  Pourceaugnac. — Les  amants  magnifiques. — Le  bourgeois  gentilhomme. 
— Les  fourberies  de  Scapin. 

V.6.  Psyche.  —  Les  femmes  savantes.  —  La  comtesse  d'Escarbagnas.  —  Le  malade 
imaginaire. — La  gloire  du  Val-de-Grace,  poeme. 

Moliere,  Jean  Baptiste  Poquelin.  842  Mygpl 

Plays;  in  French,  with  an  English  translation  and  notes  by  A.  R. 
Waller  and  an  introduction  by  George  Saintsbury.    8v.    1907.    Grant. 

V.I.  1655-56.  Introduction,  by  George  Saintsbury. — The  blunderer. — Lovers'  quar- 
rels. 

V.2.  1659-61.  The  affected  ladies. — Sganarelle;  or.  The  husband  who  thought  him- 
self wronged. — Don  Garcie  de  Navarre;  or,  The  jealous  prince. — The  school  for  hus- 
bands.— The  bores. 

V.3.  1662-64.  The  school  for  wives. — The  school  for  wives  criticised. — The  im- 
promptu of  Versailles. — The  compulsory  marriage. — The  princess  of  Elis. 

v.4.  1664-65.  Tartuffe;  or,  The  hypocrite. — Don  Juan;  or.  The  feast  with  the 
statue. — Love's  the  best  doctor. 

v.s.  1666-68.  The  misanthrope. — The  physician  in  spite  of  himself. — M61icerte.— 
The  Sicilian;  or.  Love  makes  the  painter. — Amphitryon. 

V.6.  1668-69.  George  Dandin;  or.  The  outwitted  husband. — The  miser. — Monsieur 
de  Pourceaugnac. 

V.7.  1670-71.  The  courtly  lovers. — The  citizen  turn'd  gentleman. — The  knavery 
of  Scapin. — Notes:  Moliere's  contributions  to  Psyche. 

V.8.  1671-73.  The  countess  of  Escarbagnas.  —  The  learned  ladies.  —  The  hypo- 
chondriac. 

Moliere,  Jean  Baptiste  Poquelin.  qr842  Mygp 

Les  precieuses  ridicules,  et  La  joie  fait  peur  [par  Mme  Delphine 
Gay  de  Girardin;  French  and  English  text].    1888.    Rullman. 

Moliere,  Jean  Baptiste  Poquelin.  qr842  Mygt 

Tartuffe;  or,  The  imposter;  a  comedy  in  five  acts  [French  and  Eng- 
lish text].     1880.    Rullman. 

Musset,  Alfred  de.  r842  M98 

Comedies;  done  into  English  by  M.  R.  Pellissier.     3v.     1905.     Hill. 

v.i.  A  Venetian  night. — Andre  del  Sarto. — The  follies  of  Marianne. — Fantasio. — 
No  trifling  with  love. — Barberine. 

V.2.     Lorenzaccio. — The  chandler. — Prudence  spurns  a  wager. 

V.3.  A  caprice. — The  door  must  be  either  open  or  shut. — Louison. — One  can  not 
think  of  everything. — Bettine. — Carmosine. 

Musset,  Alfred  de.  r842  MgSp 

Posthumes;  done  into  English  by  M.  W.  Artois  and  Simeon  Seijas. 
1905.    Hill. 

Contents:  A  supper  at  Mademoiselle  Rachel's.  —  The  dream  of  Augustus.  —  The 
donkey  and  the  stream. — Faustine — Odd  poems. — Familiar  letters. — The  king's  servant. 
— The  poet  and  prose-writer. — Secret  transactions. 

Racine,  Jean.  842  Ri2a 

Athalie;  a  tragedy   [French  text];  ed.  with  explanatory  notes  for 

the  use  of  students  by  E.  S.  Joynes.     1892.    Holt. 

The  same.     Lcmerre.     (In  his  CEuvres,  v.4,  p. 1 57-254.)  .  .842  R120  v.4 

Rostand,  Edmond.  842  R75aig 

L'Aiglon;  dramma  in  6  atti  in  versi;  tradotto  in  italiano  da  Mario 
Giobbe.    1903. 


FRENCH  DRAMA  1659 


Rostand,  Edmond.  842  Ryscha 

Chantecler;  piece  en  quatre  actes,  en  vers.     1910. 

The  same.     (In  L'lUustration,  v.135,   Feb.    12-March  5, 
1910.) qro74  I22  V.135 

Rostand,  Edmond.  .  842  R75ch 

Chantecler;  play  in  four  acts;  tr.  by  Gertrude  Hall.  1910.  Duffield. 
"'Chantecler'  is  not... a  mere  fantasy  derived  from  transitory  likenesses  between 
bird  and  man.  It  is  a  direct  gaze  at  the  possibilities  of  human  nature  when  touched 
by  imagination.  From  this  the  reader  is  never  for  a  moment  distracted,  even  by  the 
great  interest  which  the  author  has  effected  in  the  creatures  themselves. .  .In  the  barn- 
yard he  observed  a  complete  miniature  world,  containing  manifold  foibles,  poses,  and 
ambitions;  and  in  the  cock  both  a  practical  ruler  and  a  transformer."     Nation,  1910. 

Rostand,  Edmond.  842  R75cyr 

Cyrano  von  Bergerac;  romantische  komodie  in  fiinf  aufziigen; 
deutsch  von  Ludwig  Fulda.     1905. 

Liberma,  Marco  Francis.  842  R75chz 

Story  of  Chantecler;  a  critical  analysis  of  Rostand's  play.  1910. 
Moffat. 

"Brief  account  of  the  conception,  development,  staging,  costuming  and  first  produc- 
tion of  the  play,  with  an  analysis  based  on  Rostand's  own  explanations  of  his  meaning, 
and  a  sympathetic  but  not  biased  criticism."     A.  L.  A.  booklist,  1910. 

Rousseau,  Jean  Jacques.  842  R77 

[Lettres;  Theatre.]      1817.     (Oeuvres,  v.8.) 

Contents:  Lettre  a  d'Alembert  sur  son  article  Geneve  et  particulierement  sur  le 
projet  d'etablir  un  theatre  de  comedie  dans  cette  ville. — Lettre  a  Vernes. — Reponse  k 
une  lettre  de  Le  Roy.  —  Reponse  a  une  lettre  anonyme.  —  De  I'imitation  theatrale.  — 
Theatre:  Narcisse. — Les  prisonniers  de  guerre;  Pygmalion;  L'engagement  temeraire; 
Les  muses  galantes;  Le  devin  du  village;  Lettre  a  Le  Nieps;  La  decouverte  du  nouveau 
monde;  Frag^ments  d'Iphis;  Fragments  de  Lucrece. 

Sardou,  Victorien.  qr842  S240 

Our  boon  companions  (Nos  intimes!);  a  comedy  in  four  acts 
[French  and  English  text].    Rullman. 


History  and  criticism  of  the  French  drama 

Doumic,  Rene.  842.09  D76 

De  Scribe  a  Ibsen;  causeries  sur  le  theatre  contemporain.     1901. 
Studies    of    19th    century    dramatic    literature    in    France.      Includes    chapters    on 

Scribe,  de  Musset,  Dumas,  Vacquerie,  Augier,  Sardou,  Meilhac  and  Halevy,  Lemaitre, 

Lavedan,  De  Curel,  Aicard,  Ancey,  Jullien,  Denier  and  others,  closing  with  an  essay 

on   Ibsen. 

Doumic,  Rene.  842.09  0760 

Essais  sur  le  theatre  contemporain.     1905. 

Contents:  Alexandre  Dumas. — £douard  Pailleron. — ^Victorien  Sardou. — Henri  de 
Bomier. —  Francois  Coppee. —  Alexandre  Parodi. —  Jules  Lemaitre. —  Henri  Lavedan. — 
Maurice  Donnay. — Francois  de  Curel. — Richepin. — Georges  Rodenbach. — Edmond  Ros- 
stand. — Maurice  Barres. — Pierre  de  Larivey. — Picard. 

Sainte-Beuve,  Charles  Augustin.  842.09  S15 

Trois  portraits  litteraires;  ed.  by  D.  L.  Savory.  1908.  Clarendon 
Press. 

Contents:    Introduction;  Sainte-Beuve. — Moliere. — Pierre  Corneille. — Racine. 


i66o  FRENCH  ESSAYS 


843     French  fiction 


Only  works  about  French  fiction  are  classified  here.  For  works  of  fiction,  see 
alphabetical  list  following  the  general  class  Literature. 

Brunetiere,  Ferdinand.  843  Bzizb 

Honore  de  Balzac.    1906.    Lippincott.    (French  men  of  letters.) 

"Bibliography,"  p.287-297. 

Penetrating  criticism  of  the  work  of  Balzac,  concerning  whom  Brunetiere  says: 
"If  as  a  writer  he  is  not  of  the  first  rank... such  is  not  at  all  his  case  as  a  novelist... 
no  greater  has  been  known  in  European  literature." 

Gillette,  Fredericka  B.  1843  B2izg 

Title  index  to  the  works  of  Honore  de  Balzac.  1909.  Boston  Book 
Co.    (Bulletin  of  bibliography  pamphlets,  no.19.) 

Reprinted  from  "Bulletin  of  bibliography,"  v. 5,  no. 6-8,  July,  Oct.   1908,  Jan.  1909. 

Roux,  Fernand.  843  B2izr 

Balzac,  jurisconsulte  et  criminaliste.     1906. 

Study  of  Balzac  in  this  aspect.     Derived  from  an  analysis  of  his  works. 

Taine,  Hippolyte  Adolphe.  843  B21ZX 

Balzac;  a  critical  study;  tr.  with  an  appreciation  of  Taine  by  Lo- 
renzo O'Rourke.     1906.     Funk. 

"It  is  to  Taine's  Essay  on  Balzac  that  the  author  of  The  Human  Comedy  owes  it, 
from  the  point  of  view  of  literary  history,  that  he  was  placed  so  entirely  above  the 
novelists  who  were  his  contemporaries."    Brunetiere's  Honore  de  Balzac. 

Le  Goffic,  Charles.  843.09  L54 

Les  romanciers  d'aujourd'hui.     1890. 

Contents:  Les  naturalistes. — Les  impressionnistes. — Les  symbolistes. — Les  philo- 
sophes. — Les  rustiques. — Les  mondaines. — Les  nouvellistes. — Les  romantiques. — Les 
eclectiques. — Romanciers  divers. 

Stephens,  Winifred.  843.09  S83 

French  novelists  of  to-day,  with  bibliographies.    1908.    Lane. 

Contents:  Anatole  France. — Marcel  Prevost. — Pierre  de  Coulevain. — Paul  Bourget 
— Maurice  Barres. — Rene  Bazin. — £douard  Rod. — Pierre  Loti. 

A  plain  account  of  the  prominent  French  novelists  and  their  work.  The  book  makes 
no  pretension  to  criticism.  But  it  contains  a  list  of  each  author's  writings  and  sufficient 
comment  to  give  a  pretty  good  idea  of  his  scope  and  the  general  estimate  in  which  he  is 
held  at  present.  In  addition,  the  biographical  treatment  makes  the  volume  altogether  a 
handy  source  of  information.     Condensed  from  Nation,  igo8. 


844     French  essays 


Berthelot,  Pierre  Eugene  Marcellin.  .  844  B46 

Science  et  morale.    1896. 
Deschamps,  Gaston.  844  D45 

La  vie  et  les  livres;  ist-6th  ser.    6v.    1894-1903. 

v. I.  La  guerre  de  1870  et  la  litterature. — Le  roraan  d'un  membre  de  I'lnstitut. — 
Gabriel  Charmes. — La  conversion  de  M.  Paul  Bourget. — Fin  de  race. — Gabriel  Bonvalot. 
— Le  roman  historique. — Sur  la  mort  de  Guy  de  Maupassant. — Une  nouvelle  Edition  de 
Saint  Francois  de  Sales. — Litterature  et  politique. — Les  poetes  de  la  Bretagne. — Le 
Napoljonisme  litteraire. — Officiers  et  soldats. — Le  neo-hell6nisme. — La  vieille  chanson. — 
Ce  que  dit  la  Russie. — Le  culte  de  Chateaubriand. 

V.2.  Renan. — Taine. — Leconte  de  Lisle. — Anatole  France. — Le  catholicisme  lit- 
teraire.— La  jeunesse  blanche. 

V.3.     J.  M.  de  Heredia. — Verlaine. — L'historien  de  rimpressionnisme. — Les  gens  du 


FRENCH  ESSAYS  1661 


Deschamps,  Gaston — continued.  844  D45 

monde  et  le  roman  contemporain. — Paul  Bourget  retour  d'Amerique. — Gaston  Paris. — 
Gabriel  Hanotaux. — Henri  de  Regnier. — J.  H.  Rosny. — La  litterature  et  la  democratic. 

V.4.  A  la  recherche  de  I'energie. — A  la  recherche  du  bonheur. — A  la  recherche 
d'une  politique. — A  la  recherche  de  la  beaute. 

v.s.  Theophile  Gautier. — Prosper  Merimee. — Octave  Feuillet. — fidouard  Grenier. — 
Le  due  d'Aumale. — Auguste  Blanqui. — fimile  Deschanel. — Trois  etapes  de  M.  Anatole 
France. — M.  de  Vogiie,  romancier. — Paul  Bourget. — Provinces  et  provinciaux. 

V.6.  Le  cycle  de  Napoleon. — Le  cycle  de  la  guerre. — L'exotisme  colonial  et  pit- 
toresque. 

France,  Anatole,  {pseud,  of  Jacques  Anatole  Thibault).  844  F86 

Garden  of  Epicurus  [and  other  essays] ;  a  translation  by  Alfred  Al- 
linson.    1908.    Lane. 

Other  essays:  On  nunneries. — How  I  discoursed  one  night  with  an  apparition  on 
the  first  origins  of  the  alphabet. — Careers  for  women. — Miracle.— Card  houses. — In  the 
Elysian  fields. — Aristos  and  Polyphilos  on  the  language  of  metaphysics. — The  priory. 

Hello,  Ernest.  844  H42 

Z  zycia  i  ze  sztuki;  studya  i  szkice,  w  przekladzie  i  z  przedmow^ 
Walerego  Gostomskiego.     1901. 

Hugo,  Victor.  •  844  H89 

Choses  vues. 

Fragmentary  impressions  committed  to  paper  by  Victor  Hugo  when  struck  by  some 
passing  event.  They  are  unequal  in  value,  but  some  of  them  bear  the  marks  of  his 
wonderful  powers  of  observation. 

Maeterlinck,  Maurice.  844  M24m 

Measure  of  the  hours  [and  other  essays] ;  tr.  by  Alexander  Teixeira 
de  Mattos.     1907.     Dodd. 

Other  essays:  Immortality. —  The  gods  of  war. —  Our  social  duty. —  Our  anxious 
morality. — Rome.— The  psychology  of  accident. — In  praise  of  the  fist. — The  forgiveness 
of  injuries. — Concerning  "King  Lear." — The  intelligence  of  the  flowers. — Perfumes. 

The  same r844  M24m 

These  12  essays  cover  a  rather  wide  range,  including  questions  of  morality,  social 
duty,  literary  appreciation,  scenery  and  popular  science.  Their  aim  is,  however,  essen- 
tially that  of  his  earlier  volumes — to  combat  insensibility  to  the  possibilities  of  unguessed 
mysteries  in  what  lies  around  us.     Condensed  from  Nation,  1906. 

Also  published  under  the  title  "Life  and  flowers." 

Monod,  Gabriel.  844  M83 

Portraits  et  souvenirs.     1897. 

Contents:  Portraits:  Victor  Hugo  et  son  siecle. — Michelet  a  I'ecole  normale. — 
John  Richard  Green  et  L'histoire  du  peuple  anglais. — Georges  Waitz  et  le  seminaire  his- 
torique  de  Gcettingue. — Victor  Duruy. — Fustel  de  Coulanges. — James  Darmesteter. — Alex- 
andre Vinet. — Un  disciple  de  Vinet,  Edmond  de  Pressense. — Un  explorateur  philosophe, 
N.  de  Mikluho-Maclay. — Souvenirs  d'Allemagne:  Richard  Wagner  et  Bayreuth  en  1876. 
— Le  jubile  des  Nibelungen,  L'AUemagne  en  1896. — Le  mystere  de  la  passion  a  Ober- 
Ammergau. 

Musset,  Alfred  de.  r844  M98 

A  medley  of  literature  and  criticism;  done  into  English  by  M.  W. 
Artois.     1905.    Hill. 

Contents:  The  church  picture. — ^A  fantastic  review. — Salon  of  1836. — Letters  of 
Dupuis  and  Cotonet.  —  Mademoiselle  Garcia's  court.  —  Speech  at  French  Academy.  — 
Mademoiselle  Rachel. 

Sainte-Beuve,  Charles  Augustin.  844  S15C 

Causeries  du  lundi;  tr.  with  an  introduction  and  notes  by  E.  J.  Trech- 
mann.    v.i-8.     [1909-10.]     Routledge.     (New  universal  library.) 


l662  FRENCH  MISCELLANY 

Stapfer,  Paul.  844  879 

Sermons  laiques;  ou,  Propos  de  morale  et  de  philosophie.     1906. 

Contents:  De  la  place  que  la  poesie  doit  avoir  dans  la  vie. — La  derniere  pensee 
morale  et  religieuse  de  Victor  Hugo. — Les  peres  de  la  litterature  (hommage  a  Leon 
Tolstoi). — Une  histoire  de  I'cducation  en  Angleterre. — La  colonic  agricole  et  peniten- 
tiaire  de  Sainte-Foy. — L'ame  frangaise  et  I'esprit  frangais  en  1898. — La  liberte  d'cn- 
seigner  et  la  crise  du  liberalisme  en  France. — Esquisse  d'une  morale  du  beau  pour  I'an 
1903. — La  viriti  du  "pacifisme." — Le  secret  du  bonheur. 


847 


French  satire  and  humor 


Assoucy,  Charles  Coypeau  d'.  r847  A84 

Aventures  burlesques,  avec  preface  et  notes  par  fimile  Colombey. 
1858.    Delahays. 

"Note  bibliographique,"  p.27-28. 

The  author  was  a  French  satirical  writer  of  the  17th  century. 


848     French  miscellany 

Angellier,  Auguste.  848  A58 

Pages  choisies,  prose  et  vers;  ed.  by  £mile  Legouis.  1908.  Claren- 
don Press.     (Oxford  higher  French  series.) 

Contents:     Introduction. — £tude  sur  Henri  Regnault. — La  vie  de  Robert  Burns. — 
Les    oeuvres   de    Robert    Burns. — A    I'amie    perdue. — Le    chemin    des    saisons. — Dans    la 
lumiere  antique:    Le  livre  des  dialogues  d'amour. — Dans  la  lumiere  antique:     Le  livre 
des  dialogues  civiques. — Notes. 
"Bibliographie,"  p.  184. 

Desperriers,  Bonaventure.  1848  D47 

CEuvres  frangoises;  revues  sur  les  editions  originales  et  annotees 
par  Louis  Lacour.    2v.     1856. 

V.I.     CEuvres   diverses. — Premiere  comedie  de  Terence  appelee  TAndrie;   nouvelle- 
ment  traduite  et  mise  en  ryme  frangoise. — Cymbalum  mundi. 
V.2.     Nouvelles  recreations  et  joyeux  devis. 

Florian,  Jean  Pierre  Claris  de.  ^  r848  F66 

CEuvres;  nouvelle  edition  ornee  de  figures  et  augmentee  de  la  vie  de 

I'auteur,  de  Guillaume  Tell  et  autres  ouvrages  inedits.    8v.    1805.    Dufart. 

V.I.  Estelle  et  Galat^. 

V.2.  Numa  Pompilius. 

V.3.  Theatre. 

V.4.  Theatre  et  melanges. 

v.s.  Precis  historique  sur  les  Maures  d'Espagne. — Gonzalve  de  Cordoue. 

V.6.  Gonzalve  de  Cordoue  (continued). 

V.7.  Fables  et  pieces  diverses. 

v.8.  Nouvelles. 

Hugo,  Victor.  848  H89 

Intellectual   autobiography    (Postscriptum   de  ma   vie);   being  the 

last  of  the  unpublished  works  and  embodying  the  author's  ideas  on 

literature,  philosophy  and  religion;  tr.  with  a  study  of  the  last  phase 

cf  Hugo's  genius  by  Lorenzo  O'Rourke.    1907.    Funk. 

Contents:  Last  phase  of  Victor  Hugo's  genius. — Genius  and  taste. — Promontorium 
somnii. — Utility  of  the  beautiful. — Great  men:  The  jubilee  of  Shakespeare;  La  Fon- 
taine; Voltaire;  Beaumarchais. — Genius. — The  French  revolution. — Things  of  the  in- 
finite.— Life  and  death. — Reveries  on  God. — An  atheist. — Supreme  contemplations. — 
Thoughts. 

"Written  in  the  sad  solitude  of  exile,  in  the  middle  of  disappointment,  gloom  and 
illness,   this   volume   of   reveries   and   reflections   could   scarcely   be   representative   of 


ITALIAN  LITERATURE  1663 

Hugo,  Victor — continued.  848  H89 

Victor  Hugo's  genius.  Yet,  unlike  other  posthumous  books... this  one,  insomuch  as 
it  shows  Victor  Hugo  in  a  more  or  less  new  light,  should  not  have  been  suppressed." 
Saturday  review,  1901. 

La  Bruyere,  Jean  de.  848  Liic 

Characters;  newly  rendered  into  English  by  Henri  Van  Laun,  with 
an  introduction,  a  biographical  memoir  and  notes.     1885.     Scribner. 

BojiBTept,  OpaHcya  Mapn-Apya.  848  V37s 

Codpanie  coiKHCHift.     3  t.  bt.  1. 

849     Provencal  literature 

Bartsch,  Karl  Friedrich,  conip.  r849.i  B28 

Chrestomathie  provengale,  accompagnee  d'une  grammaire  et  d'un 
glossaire.     1868. 

Mistral,  Frederic.  849.1  M74 

Mireio;  a  Provencal  poem;  tr.  by  H.  W.  Preston.     1890.    Unwin. 

Smith,  Justin  Harvey.  849.1  S65 

The  troubadours  at  home;  their  lives  and  personalities,  their  songs 

and  their  world.    2v.     1899.     Putnam. 
"Authorities,"  v.i,  p.  15-30. 
Aim  has  been  to  depict  the  personalities  of  some  of  the  most  famous  troubadours 

and  to  reconstruct  for  the  reader  the  environment  in  which  they  lived.     Written  in  a 

popular  style,  but  based  on  a  scholarly  knowledge  of  the  subject.     Translations  of  a 

number  of  their  songs  are  included. 

Smythe,  Barbara,  tr.  849.1  S66 

Trobador  poets;  selections  from  the  poems  of  eight  trobadors;  tr. 

from  the  Provengal  with  introduction  &  notes.     191 1.     Chatto.     (New 

medieval  library.) 
Bibliography,  p.  7-9. 


850     Italian  literature 

Bibliography 

Fabietti,  Ettore,  &  Locatelli,  Agostino,  comp.  ro20  Fii 

Saggio  di  catalogo  modello,  per  una  biblioteca  popolare  di  centre 

urbano  e  per  una  bibliotechina  di  piccolo  centre  rurale.     1908. 
Bound  with  Fabietti's  "Manuale  per  le  biblioteche  popolari." 

General  works 

Societa  Nazionale  Dante  Alighieri.  r85o.6  Seyr 

Relazione  della  presidenza  del  consiglio  centrale  al  congresso  (20- 
21),  1909-10.     1909-10. 


i664  ITALIAN  LITERATURE 

Societa  Nazionale  Dante  Alighieri.  rSso.e  S67 

Societa  Nazionale  Dante  Alighieri  per  la  tutela  e  la  diffusione  della 

lingua  e  della  cultura  italiana  fuori  del  regno.     1909. 

With  this  is  bound  "Che  cosa  e  e  che  cosa  vuole  la  'Dante?'  "   [dalla  conferenza 

tenuta   dal   socio   prof.    E.   Zaniboni   nella   sede   del    Comitate   napoletano   della    "Dante 

Alighieri"  il  24  febbraio  i907]' 

Ausoni,  Libero.  850.8  A93 

Pensiero  e  volonta;  corso  di  letture  per  la  scuola  primaria  italiana. 
1898. 

"Indice  metodico,"  p.  135-1 36. 

Fomaciari,  Raffaello,  ed.  850.8  F77 

Prosa  italiana  del  secolo  19;  luoghi  scelti,  ordinati  ed  illustrati  ad 
uso  delle  scuole.     1896. 

Guelfi,  C.  L.  850.8  G95 

Coscienza;  letture  educative  per  il  popolo,  ad  uso  specialmente  delle 
classi  elementari  superiori  e  delle  scuole  serali  e  festive,  lettera-prefa- 
zione  di  Lino  Ferriani.     1911. 

Guelfi,  C.  L.  850.8  G958 

Sangue  italiano;  nuovissimo  corso  di  letture  speciali  per  le  scuole 

italiane  all'  estro,  con  nozioni  di  storia  e  geografia,  educazione  morale 
ed  istruzione  civile.    2v.  in  i.    [1910.] 

Liotta,  Calogero.  850.8  L73 

Primi  albori;   corso  di  letture   educative  per  le   scuole  elementari 

urbane,  secondo  i  programmi  e  le  istruzioni  ministeriali  del  29  gennaio 

1905.    1907. 

Mazzoni,  Guido,  &  Bianchi,  Enrico,  comp.  850.8  M54 

Antologia  italica;  ad  uso  delle  scuole  secondarie.     [1907.] 

Paroli,  Eugenio.  850.8  P25 

Umberto;   ossia,    II   futuro   cittadino    (testo   unico);    manuale    per 

I'esame  di  proscioglimento.    1893. 

Pascoli,  Giovanni.  850.8  P27 

Fior  da  fiore;  prose  e  poesie  scelte  per  le  scuole  secondarie  inferiori. 
Rinucci,  C.  850.8  R47 

Libro  sereno;  letture  per  le  scuole  elementari.    4v.     1904-07. 
San  Giusto,  Luigi  di,  pseud.  850.8  S19 

Pagine  azzurre;  quarto  libro  di  lettura  educativa,  ad  uso  della  quarta 
classe  elementare  maschile.     [1905?] 
San  Giusto,  Luigi  di,  pseud.  850.8  S19P 

Pagine  azzurre;  quinto  libro  di  lettura  educativa,  ad  uso  della  quinta 
classe  elementare  femminile.     [1905?] 
Signorini,  Giuseppe.  850.8  S57 

Libro  di  lettura  per  la  quarta  elementare  femminile.     1907. 
Soli,  Giovanni.  850.8  S68 

Cominciamo  la  vita!  libro  di  lettura  per  la  quinta  classe  elementare 
femminile,  colle  occasioni  per  lo  svolgimento  del  programma  governa- 
tivo  29  novembre  1894.    1900. 


ITALIAN  LITERATURE  1665 

Veniali,  Giacomo.  850.8  V26 

Corso  di  letture  per  le  scuole  elementari  maschili  e  femminili,  urbane 
e  rurali;  libro  per  la  quarta  classe  femminile.     1907. 

History  of  Italian  literature 
Cantu,  Cesare.  850.9  C17 

Delia  letteratura  italiana  esempj  e  giudizj,  esposti  da  Cesare  Cantu 
a  complemento  della  sua  Storia  degli  Italiani.     i860. 
Emiliani-Giudici,  Paolo.  850.9  E58 

Storia  della  letteratura  italiana.    2v.  in  i.     1896. 
Fomaciari,  Raffaello.  850.9  F77 

Disegno  storico  della  letteratura  italiana  dalle  origini  fino  a  tutto  il 
sec.  19.     1906. 

Bibliography  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 
Hauvette,  Henri.  850.9  H35 

Litterature  italienne.     1906. 

Most  of  the  volume  is  occupied  by  a  study  of  the  great  authors,  Dante,  Petrarch, 
Boccaccio,  Machiavelli,  Guicciardini,  Ariosto,  Tasso,  Metastasio,  Goldoni,  Parini,  Al- 
fieri,  Monti,  Foscolo,  Manzoni,  Leopardi  and  Carducci.  Secondary  writers  are  very 
briefly  considered. 

Magni,  Basilio.  850.9  M25 

Studio  della  letteratura  italiana.     1884. 
Sanctis,  Francesco  de.  850.9  S21 

Storia  della  letteratura  italiana.    2v.    1910. 
Voigt,  Georg.  850.9  V37 

Die  wiederbelebung  des  classischen  alterthums;  oder,  Das  erste 
jahrhundert  des  humanismus;  besorgt  von  Max  Lehnerdt.     2v.     1893. 

V.I.  Francesco  Petrarca,  die  genialitat  und  ihre  zundende  kraft. — Die  griinder  der 
florentinischen  musenrepublik,  die  wanderlehrer,  die  erweckung  der  klassischen  autoren 
aus  den  klostergrabern. — Das  erste  Mediceische  zeitalter,  der  humanismus  in  den  repub- 
liken  Italians. — Der  humanismus  an  den  hofen  Italiens. 

V.2.  Der  humanismus  an  der  papstlichen  curie,  das  zeitalter  Nicolaus'  V,  die  hel- 
lenistischen  studien. — Propaganda  des  humanismus  jenseits  der  Alpen. — Tendenzen  und 
leistungen  des  humanismus. 

First  published  in  1859. 

"The  best  authority  on  the  revival  of  classical  learning."  Adams's  Manual  of  his- 
torical literature. 

851     Italian  poetry 

Aleardi,  Aleardo,  originally  Gaetano.  851  A36C 

Canti  di  Aleardo  Aleardi.    191 1. 

Contents:  Due  pagine  autobiografiche. — Un'  era  della  mia  giovinezza. — Le  prime 
storie. — II  monte  Circello. — Accanto  a  Roma. — I  fuochi  dell'  Appennino. — Lettere  a 
Maria. — Le  citta  italiane  marinare  e  commercianti. — Raffaello  e  la  Fomarina. — Ore  cat- 
tive. — II  comunismo  e  Federico  Bastiat. — Amore  e  luce. — Elegie. — Epicedio  per  una  bim- 
ba. — Canti  patrii. — I  sette  soldati. — Canto  politico  in  morte  della  contessa  Marianna 
Giusti. — L'obolo  di  San  Pietro. — Poesie  volant:. — In  morte  di  Donna  Bianca  Rebizzo,  let- 
tera  a  Raffaele  Rubattino. — Arnalda  di  Roca. — Per  nozze. — A  te. — Le  inondazioni. 

Aleardi,  Aleardo,  originally  Gaetano.  851  A36 

Poesie  complete.    1863. 

Alfieri,  Vittorio,  conte.  851  A38 

[Sonetti];  Abele;  tramelogedia.     1809.  (Opere  postume,  v.3.) 


i666  ITALIAN  POETRY 


Amicis,  Edmondo  de.  851  A51 

Poesie.     1901. 
Annunzio,  Gabriele  d',  (pseud,  of  Gaetano  Rapagnetta).  851  A6ie 

Le  elegie  romane.    1905. 

Includes  a  translation  of  the  poems  into  Latin  verse  by  Cesare  De  Titta. 

Annuazio,  Gabriele  d',  (pseud,  of  Gaetano  Rapagnetta).  q85i  A6ii 

In  morte  di  Giuseppe  Verdi;  canzone,  preceduta  da  una  orazione  ai 
giovani.     1901. 

Annunzio,  Gabriele  d',  (pseud,  of  Gaetano  Rapagnetta).  851  A61I 

Laudi  del  cielo,  del  mare,  della  terra  e  degli  eroi.    3v.     [1908-10.] 

V.I.     Maia. 
v.a.     Elettra. 
V.3.     Alcione. 

Annunzio,  Gabriele  d',  (pseud,  of  Gaetano  Rapagnetta).  qSsi  A610 

Ode  a  Vittore  Hugo.     1904. 
Busolli,  Giuseppe.  851  A6izb 

Gabriele  d'Annunzio  e  sua  evoluzione  poetica.    1902. 
Bambagiuoli,  Graziuolo  de.  851  B21 

Trattato  delle  volgari  sentenze  sopra  le  virtii  morali;  emendato  per 
I'autorita  di  un  codice.     1821. 

Belli,  Giuseppe  Gioacchino.  851  B41 

Sonetti  romaneschi;  pubblicati  dal  nipote  Giacomo  a  cura  di  Luigi 
Morandi.    6v.  in  3.     1896. 

"Da  Pasquino  al  Belli  e  alia  sua  scuola,"  by  Luigi  Morandi,  v.i,  p.  135-286. 

Botti-Binda,  Rachele.  851  B64 

Usque  dum  vivam  et  ultra;  sonetti.    1901. 
Carducci,  Giosue.  851  Cigp 

Poems,  with  an  introduction  and  translations  by  Maud  Holland. 
1907.    Unwin. 

"Miss  Holland's  verse  translations  from  Carducci  have  more  than  common  merit — 
a  fact  obviously  due  to  her  appreciation  of  the  poet's  spirit  no  less  than  of  his  form." 
Saturday  review,  1907. 

Carducci,  Giosue.  851  Cigpo 

Poesie,  1850-1900.    191 1. 
Chiarini,  Giuseppe.  851  C431 

Poesie,  con  una  lettera  a  Giosue  Carducci.     1902. 
Chiggiato,  Giovanni.  851  C43 

La  dolce  stagione.     1901. 
Chiggiato,  Giovanni.  851  C43r 

Rime  dolenti.     1898. 
Dante  Alighieri.  851  Dascom 

Commedia  and  Canzoniere  of  Dante  Alighieri;  a  new  translation, 
with  notes,  essays  and  a  biographical  introduction  by  E.  H.  Plumptre. 
2v.    1896-98. 

"List  of  abbreviated  references,"  v.i,  p.as-zS. 

Translation  in  verse  which  preserves  the  triple  rhyme  of  the  original.  Though  the 
spirit  of  the  poem  is  sometimes  lost  in  the  slavery  of  the  metre,  the  translation  ia 
rendered,  in  general,  with  skill  and  smoothness. 


ITALIAN  POETRY  1667 


Dante  Alighieri.  851  D23C0 

Convivio;  tr.  into  English  by  W.  W.  Jackson.    1909.    Clarendon  Press. 

A  work  of  the  first  importance  from  the  point  of  view  of  the  serious  student  of 
Dante.  An  able  introductory  essay  contains  a  clear  exposition  of  the  scholastic  philoso- 
phy of  the  age,  some  acquaintance  with  which  is  essential  to  an  intelligent  appreciation 
of  Dante's  methods  of  composition.  A  full  and  clear  summary  of  contents  is  prefixed 
to  each  book  of  the  treatise  and  an  index  of  subject-matter  is  appended. 

Dante  Alighieri.  851  D23da 

Dante  [Divine  comedy];  tr.  into  English  verse  by  I.C.Wright; 
illustrated  with  engravings  after  designs  by  Flaxman.     1861.     Bohn. 

Dante  Alighieri.  851  D23d5 

La  divina  commedia;  ed.  and  annotated  by  C.  H.  Grandgent.  v.  1-2. 
1909-11.    Heath.     (Heath's  modern  language  series.) 

V.I.     Inferno. 
V.2.     Purgatorio. 

"Bibliographical  abbreviations,"  v.i,  p.8;  v.2,  p.6. 

"Intended  primarily  for  the  general  literary  public,  though  adapted  also  to  academic 
use."    Preface. 

Dante  Alighieri.  851  D23in 

In  the  footprints  of  Dante;  a  treasury  of  verse  and  prose  from  the 

works  of  Dante;  comp.  by  Paget  Toynbee.     1907.    Methuen. 

Collection  of  many  famous  and  beautiful  passages,  mostly  brief,  chosen  not  only 

from   the  "Divina  commedia"  and  the   "Vita  nuova,"   but  from   Dante's   Latin   works 

as  well.     Italian  or  Latin  text  and  English  translation  are  given  in  each  case. 

Dante  Alighieri.  851  D230P 

Le  opere  di  Dante  Allighieri;  come  le  vede  Paolo  Molteni.    2v.  in  i. 

1889. 

Contents:    La  commedia. — II  convito. 

Dante  Alighieri.  851  D23PO 

Poetische  werke;  neu  iibertragen  und  mit  originaltext  versehen  von 

Richard  Zoozmann.    4v.     [1908.] 

v. I.  Die  gottliche  komodie;  Holle. 

v.2.  Die  gottliche  komodie;  der  Lauterungsberg. 

v.3.  Die  gottliche  komodie;  das  Paradies. 

v.4.  Das  neue  leben. — Gedichte. 

Carroll,  John  Smyth.  851  D23zca 

Exiles  of  eternity;  an  exposition  of  Dante's  Inferno.    1904.    Gorham. 

Cunnington,  Susan.  851  D23ZCU 

Stories  from  Dante.    [1910.]    Crowell. 

An  account  of  Dante,  of  the  Florence  of  his  time,  and  of  Beatrice  is  followed  by 
chapters  on  the  Inferno,  the  guide  Virgil,  on  Betrand  de  Born,  the  emperor  Frederic  II, 
Ser  Brunetto  Latino,  Count  Ugolino  of  Pisa  and  Guide  Cavalcanti.  The  Purgatorio  and 
the  Paradiso  are  similarly  treated. 

Griggs,  Edward  Howard.  851  D23zgr 

Divine  comedy  of  Dante;  a  handbook  of  six  lectures.    1905-    Huebsch. 

"Book  list,"  P.39-4S- 

Klaczko,  Julian.  851  D23zkl 

Wieczory  florenckie;  dzielo  uwienczone  przez  akademi?  francusk^, 
z  upowaznienia  autora  tlumaczyi  St.  Tarnowski.     1908. 
Criticism  of  Dante  entitled  "Florentine  evenings." 


i668  ITALIAN  POETRY 


Reade,  William  Henry  Vincent.  851  D23zre 

The  moral  system  of  Dante's  Inferno.     1909.     Clarendon  Press. 

The  most  exhaustive  analysis  that  has  ever  been  made  of  the  subject  (1909).  After 
a  careful  examination  of  tv»ro  representative  theories,  those  of  Witte  and  Dr  Edward 
Moore,  and  an  elaborate  comparison  of  the  two  bodies  of  moral  teachings  from  which 
Dante  drew  directly,  those  of  Aristotle  and  Thomas  Aquinas,  the  author  presents  his  own 
theory  of  Dante's  principle:  that  the  existing  state  of  the  agent's  will  at  the  time  of  the 
sin  is  the  criterion  of  an  act.    Author  is  a  tutor  of  Keble  College,  Oxford. 

Scartazzini,  Johannes  Andreas,  comp.  t8si  D23ZS 

Enciclopedia  Dantesca;  dizionario  critico  e  ragionato  di  quanto  con- 

cerne  la  vita  e  le  opere  di  Dante  Alighieri.    2v.    1896-99. 
v.  I.    A-L. 
V.2.     M-Z. 

Snell,  Frederick  John.  851  D23zsne 

Handbook  to  the  works  of  Dante.     1909.    Bell. 

Its  special  value  will  be  found  in  the  attention  it  gives  to  Dante's  works  other  than 
the  "Commedia." 

Soldati,  Federico.  851  D23ZSO 

II  disegno  morale  della  Divina  commedia.     1903. 

Vecoli,  Alcibiade.  851  D23zve 

Saggio  di  uno  studio  sul  vario  modo  di  nominare  "Dio"  nella  Divina 
commedia.    1899. 

Dante  Society,  Cambridge,  Mass.  r85i  D237 

Annual  report  (i6th-date),  1897-date.     1897-date. 

Fogazzaro,  Antonio.  851  F68m 

Miranda  [novella  in  versi].    1905. 

Fogazzaro,  Antonio.  851  F68 

Poesie  scelte.     1898. 

Foscolo,  Ugo.  851  F79C 

II  Carme  dei  sepolcri,  e  altre  poesie,  con  discorso,  comment©  e  ap- 
pendice  bibliografica  del  Francesco  Trevisan.    1909. 

"Appendice  bibliografica  del  Carme,"  p.221-240. 

Foscolo,  Ugo.  851  F79I 

Liriche  scelte:  I  sepolcri,  e  Le  grazie,  con  comment©  di  Severino 
Ferrari.  1910.  (Biblioteca  scolastica  di  classici  italiani  gia  diretta  da 
Giosue  Carducci.) 

Fucini,  Renato.  851  F97 

Le  poesie  di  Neri  Tanfucio  (Renato  Fucini).     1902. 

Fusinato,  Arnaldo.  851  F99 

Poesie.    3v.  in  i.     [1906.] 
Contains  also  bis  "Poesie  patriotticbe;  con  prefazione  e  note  di  Eugenic  Checchi." 

Giannone,  Pietro.  851  G35 

L'esule;  poema,  con  aggiunte  di  altre  sue  poesie  inedite.  1868.  Tipo- 
grafia  del  Giglio. 

Graf,  Arturo.  851  G76 

Medusa;  poesie.     1890. 


ITALIAN  POETRY  1669 


[Guerrini,  Olindo.]  851  G95 

Postuma;   canzoniere   di   Lorenzo   Stecchetti    (Mercutio)    [pseud.]; 
edito  a  cura  degli  amici.    1910. 
Leopardi,  Giacomo,  conte.  851  L62C 

I  canti;  commentati  da  Alfredo  Straccali.     1908.     (Biblioteca  scolas- 
tica  di  classici  italiani  gia  diretta  da  Giosue  Carducci.) 
Marradi,  Giovanni.  851  M41 

Poesie;  novamente  raccolte  e  ordinate.     1907. 
Mazzoni,  Guido.  851  M54 

Poesie.    1904. 
Mazzoni,  Guido.  851  M54V 

Voci  della  vita;  versi.    1893. 
Meli,  Giovanni.  851  M58 

Opere  poetiche;  edizione  curata  da  G.  E.  Alfano.     1894. 
Mercantini,  Luigi.  851  M63 

Canti,  con  I'aggiunta  di  molte  poesie  inedite  e  un  discorso  di  Gio- 
vanni Mestica.    1885. 

Taylor,  John  Edward.  851  M66zt 

Michael  Angelo  considered  as  a  philosophic  poet,  with  translations. 
1852.     Murray. 

Study  of  Platonic  elements  in  his  poetry,  with  translations  of  some  of  his  sonnets. 
Milli,  Giannina.  851  M69 

Poesie.    2v.  in  i.     1862-63. 
Negri,  Ada.  851  N21 

Fatalita.     1908. 
Negri,  Ada.  851  N2it 

Tempeste.     [1909.] 
Parini,  Giuseppe.  851  P23 

Poesie  scelte.    v.i.     [1909.] 

Contents:    II  giorno. — Odi. — Poesie  varie. — Ascanio  in  Alba. 

Pascarella,  Cesare.  851  P27 

Sonetti.     1909. 
Pascoli,  Giovanni.  851  P277C 

Canti  di  Castelvecchio,  con  appendice.    1910.    (Poesie,  v.4.) 
[Pascoli,  Giovanni.]  851  Pay? 

Primi  poemetti.     1907. 
Prati,  Giovanni.  851  P88 

Poesie  scelte;  cura  di  Ferdinand©  Martini. 
Tassoni,  Alessandro.  851  T229 

La  secchia  rapita,  e  altre  poesie.    [1910.] 
Fornaciari,  Raffaello,  ed.  851.08  F77 

Poesia   italiana    del   secolo    19;    luoghi   scelti,    ordinati   ed   illustrati 
ad  uso  delle  scuole.    1897. 
Martuscelli,  Francesco.  851.08  M43 

Raccolta  di  scelte  poesie;  accomodata  alle  varie  eta  per  esercizii  di 
declamazione  ed  esempii  di  bello  scrivere.    1892. 


i670  ITALIAN  DRAMA 


History  and  criticism  of  Italian  poetry 

Ancona,  Alessandro  d'.  851.09  A54 

La  poesia  popolare  italiana;  studj.     1906. 
Barbiera,  Raffaello.  851.09  B23 

I  poetj  della  patria.     1904. 

852     Italian  drama 

Alfieri,  Vittorio,  conte.  852  AsSf 

La  finestrina;  commedia  [e]  II  divorzio;  commedia.  1809.  (Opere 
postume,  V.7.) 

Alfieri,  Vittorio,  conte.  852  A380 

Opere.     13V.     1809-11. 

V.  I .     Filippo. — Polinice. — Antigone. 

V.2.     Virginia. — Lettera  di  Ranieri  de'  Calsabigi. — Risposta  dell'  autore. 

V.3.     Aganiennone. — Oreste. — Rosmunda. 

V.4.  Ottavia. —  Timoleone. —  Merope. —  Lettera  dell'  abate  Cesarotti  sulle  tre  pre- 
cedent! traeedie. 

v.s.     Maria  Stuarda. — La  congiura  de'  Pazzi. — Don  Garzia. 

V.6.     Saul. — Agide. — Sofonisba. 

V.7.     Bruto  primo. — Mirra. — Bruto  secondo. 

V.8.     Filippo. — Polinice. — Antigone. 

V.9.     Del  principe  e  delle  lettere. 

v.io.     Delia  tirannide. — La  virtu  sconosciuta. 

V.I  I.     L'Etruria  vendicata. — Sonetti. 

V.12.     Versi   di  vario  metro. — L'America  libera. — Panegirico   di  Plinio   a  Trajano. 

V.I 3.  Elogio  a  Vittorio  Alfieri  di  Antonio  Buccelleni. — Quattro  lettere  di  Ottavio 
Falletti  di  Barolo  indirizzate  a  Prospero  Balbo  in  torno  ad  alcune  opere  postume  di 
Vittorio  Alfieri. 

Alfieri,  Vittorio,  conte.  852  A38tr 

I  troppi;  commedia  [e]  L'antidoto.     1809.     (Opere  postume,  v. 6.) 
Alfieri,  Vittorio,  conte.  852  A38U 

L'uno;  commedia  [e]  I  pochi;  commedia.     1809.     (Opere  postume, 
V.5.) 
Nardi,  Pietro  de.  852  A38zn 

Filosofia  del  genio  di  Vittorio  Alfieri.     1904. 
Annunzio,  Gabriele  d',  (pseud,  of  Gaetano  Rapagnetta).        r8o5  P74  v.i8 

The  daughter  of  Jorio;  a  pastoral  tragedy;  tr.  from  the  Italian  by 
Charlotte  Porter  and  others.     (In  Poet-lore,  1907,  v.iS,  p.i-88.) 

Annunzio,  Gabriele  d',  (pseud,  of  Gaetano  Rapagnetta).        r8o5  P74  v.14 
Dream  of  a  spring  morning  [a  drama;  tr.  from  the  Italian  by  Anna 
SchenckJ.     (In  Poet-lore,  1902-03,  v.14,  no.i,  p.6-36.) 

Annunzio,  Gabriele  d',  (pseud,  of  Gaetano  Rapagnetta).        r8o5  P74  v.15 
Dream  of  an  autumn  sunset  [a  drama] ;  tr.  from  the  Italian  by  Anna 
Schenck.     (In  Poet-lore,  1904,  v.15,  no.i,  p.6-29.) 

Annunzio,  Gabriele  d',  (pseud,  of  Gaetano  Rapagnetta).  852  A6ifi 

La  fiaccola  sotto  il  moggio;  tragedia.    1905. 
Annunzio,  Gabriele  d',  (pseud,  of  Gaetano  Rapagnetta).  852  A6in 

La  nave;  tragedia.    1908. 


ITALIAN  DRAMA  1671 


Annunzio,  Gabriele  d',  (pseud,  of  Gaetano  Rapagnetta).  852  A61SO 

Sognod'un  mattino  di  primavera.     [1910.]     (I  sogni  delle  stagioni.) 

Annunzio,  Gabriele  d',  (pseud,  of  Gaetano  Rapagnetta).  852  A6is 

Sogno  d'un  tramonto  d'autunno;  poema  tragico.     [1910.]     (I  sogni 

delle  stagioni.) 

Antona-Traversi,  Giannino.  852  A63 

I  martiri  del  lavoro;  commedia  in  tre  atti.     1909. 
Boito,  Arrigo.  852  B59 

Otello;  dramma  lirico  in  quattro  atti,  versi  di  Arrigo  Boito,  musica 
di  Giuseppe  Verdi.     [1887.] 

Libretto  only. 

Bovio,  Giovanni.  852  B66 

Opere  drammatiche,  con  prefazione  di  Carlo  Romussi.    v.i.     [1908.] 
(Biblioteca  classica  economica.) 

Contents:     Cristo  alia  festa  di  Purim. — San  Paolo. — II  millennio. — Leviatano. 

Bracco,  Roberto.  r8o5  ^74  v.i8 

The  hidden  spring;  a  drama  in  four  acts;  tr.  by  Dirce  St.  Cyr.     (In 
Poet-lore,  1907,  v.  18,  p.  143-186.) 

Bracco,  Roberto.  r8o5  P74  v.ig 

Phantasms;  a  drama  in  four  acts;  tr.  by  Dirce  St.  Cyr.     (In  Poet- 
lore,  1908,  V.19,  p.241-292.) 

Bracco,  Roberto.  852  B67P 

La  piccola  fonte;  dramma. 
The  same.    1909.    (In  his  Teatro,  v.6,  p. 5-201.) 852  B67  v.6 

Bracco,  Roberto.  852  B67 

Teatro.    v.3-4,  6.    1909. 

V.3.  Don    Pietro   Caruso. — La   fine   dell'   amore. — Fiori    d'arancio. — ^Tragedie   dell' 
anima. 

V.4.  II  diritto  di  vivere. — Uno  degli  onesti. — Sperduti  nel  buio. 

v.6.  La  piccola  fonte. — Fotografia  senza... — Notte  di  neve. — La  chiacchierina. 

Butti,  Enrico  Annibale.  852  BgSc 

La  corsa  al  piacere;  dramma  in  cinque  atti.    1900. 

Butti,  Enrico  Annibale.  852  BgSf 

Fiamme  nell'  ombra;  dramma  in  tre  atti,  e  II  cucula;  commedia 
giocosa  in  tre  atti.    1907. 

Butti,  Enrico  Annibale.  852  B98 

La  fine  d'un  ideale;  dramma  in  tre  atti.    1900. 
Butti,  Enrico  Annibale.  852  B98I 

Lucifero;  dramma  in  quattro  atti.     1901. 
Cavallotti,  Felice.  852  C29 

II  cantico  dei  cantici;  scherzo  poetico  in  un  atto.    1882. 
Cavallotti,  Felice.  852  C29f 

La  figlia  di  Jefte;  commedia  in  un  atto.    1907. 
Cavallotti,  Felice.  852  C29I 

Lea;  dramma  in  tre  atti  in  prosa,  con  un  prologo  in  versi.     1890. 


i672  ITALIAN  DRAMA 


Cavallotti,  Felice.  852  C29S 

Sic  vos  non  vobis;  proverbio  in  un  atto.     1885. 

Cossa,  Pietro.  852  C83 

Sordello;  tragedia.    1872.    (Teatro  italiano  contemporaneo.) 

Ferrari,  Paolo.  852  F41 

Cause  ed  effetti;  commedia  in  cinque  atti.    1888.     (Teatro,  v.3.) 

Ferrari,  Paolo.  852  F4ig 

Goldoni  e  le  sue  sedici  commedie  nuove;  commedia  storica  in  quat- 
tro  atti.    1871. 

Ferrari,  Paolo.  852  F410 

Opere  drammatiche.     no.2-4,  6-7,   10-13,  15-16,  18-26,  in  2v.     1881. 

V.I.  La  satira  e  Parini. — La  scuola  degli  innamorati. — Una  poltrona  storica. — Dol- 
cezza  e  rigorc.  —  Prosa.  —  La  donna  e  lo  scettico. —  Marianna. —  II  poltrone. —  Dante  a 
Verona. — Vecchie  storie;  owero,  Carbonari  c  Sanfedisti. — Gli  uomini  serj. 

V.2.  Amici  e  rivali. — II  lion  in  ritiro. — L'attrice  cameriera. — Roberto  Wiglius.^ 
Nessuno  va  al  campo. — II  cantoniere. — II  ridicolo. — II  suicidio. — Per  vendetta. — Le  due 
dame. — L'Antonietta  in  collegio. — Un  giovane  ufficiale. 

Gallina,  Giacinto.  q852  G15 

Cosi  va  il  mondo,  bimba  mia;  commedia  in  due  atti.     [1882.] 

Gallina,  Giacinto.  852  G15S 

Serenissima;  commedia  in  due  atti.  1896.  (Teatro  italiano  con- 
temporaneo.) 

Gherardi  del  Testa,  Tommaso.  852  G34 

Teatro  coniico.    4v.     1856-58. 

V.I.  Con  gli  uomini  non  si  scherza. — Un  viaggio  per  istruzione. — II  sistema  di 
Giorgio. — II  berretto  bianco  da  notte. — L'anello  della  madre. — II  sogno  di  un  brillante. — 
Vanita  e  capriccio. — Un  marito  sospettoso. 

V.2.  II  regno  di  Adelaide. — Un'  avventura  ai  bagni. — Gustavo  III  re  di  Svezia;  o, 
Genio  e  passioni. — Amante  e  madre. — Vendicarsi  e  perdonare. — L'erediti  di  un  brillante. 
— II  sistema  di  Lucrezia. — Armando;   ossia,  II  canino  della  cugina. 

v.3.  Promettere  e  mantenere. — La  perla  dei  mariti;  ossia,  Benedetto  e  Domiziano. 
— La  diplomazia  nel  matrimonio. — Le  due  sorelle. — Manuela  la  zingara. — II  matrimonio 
di  un  morto. — La  dame  e  I'artista. — Un  ballo  in  maschera. 

V.4.  Le  false  letterate. — Un  brillante  in  tragedia. — La  moda  e  la  famiglia. — Linea 
retta  e  linea  curva;  ossia,  Per  un  punto  Martin  perde  la  cappa. — La  scuola  dei  vecchi; 
ossia,  II  padiglione  delle  mortelle. — Una  nuova  linea  di  strada  ferrata. — La  pagheremo 
in  due. — Le  sdnunie. 

Giacosa,  Giuseppe.  852  G35 

Come  le  foglie;  commedia  in  quattro  atti.    [1910.] 

Giacosa,  Giuseppe.  852  G35C 

II  conte  rosso;  dramma  in  3  atti  in  versi  con  prologo.     1910. 

Giacosa,  Giuseppe.  852  G35d 

Diritti  dell'  anima,  commedia  in  un  atto  in  prosa;  Tristi  amori, 
commedia  in  tre  atti  in  prosa.     [1910.] 

Giacosa,  Giuseppe.  852  G35P 

Una  partita  a  scacchi,  leggenda  drammatica  in  un  atto;  II  trionfo 

d'amore,  leggenda  drammatica  in  due  atti;  Intermezzi  e  scene.    [1910.] 


ITALIAN  DRAMA  1673 


Giacosa,  Giuseppe.  852  Gsspi 

II  piu  forte;  commedia  in  tre  atti.     1905. 

Goldoni,  Carlo.  852  G58CO 

Comniedie  scelte.     5v.  in  2.     [1902-05.] 

V.1-3.  Un  curioso  accidente. — La  sposa  sagace. — I  rusteghi. — II  ventaglio. — Gl'in- 
namorati. — Le  baruffe  chiozzotte. — La  locandiera. — II  cavaliere  di  spirito. — Sior  Todero 
Brontolon. — La  bottega  del  caffe. — II  burbero  benefico. — La  casa  nova. — Gli  amori  di 
Zelinda  e  Lindoro. — La  gelosia  di  Lindoro. — L'avaro. — II  bugiardo. — La  vedova  scaltra. 
— Pamela  nubile. 

V.4-S-  Pamela  maritata. — La  serva  amorosa. — Le  smanie  per  la  villeggiatura. — 11 
poeta  fanatico. — La  moglie  saggia. — La  famiglia  dell'antiquario. — La  finta  ammalata. — 
II  teatro  comico. — II  vero  amico. — La  figlia  ubbidiente. — I  pettegolezzi  delle  donne. — Lo 
spirito  di  contraddizione. 

Manzoni,  Alessandro.  852  M35 

Le  tragedie,  gl'  inni  sacri,  le  odi  e  altre  poesie  edite  o  inedite;  nella 

forma  definitiva  e  negli  abbozzi  e  con  le  varianti  delle  diverse  edizioni 

a  cura  di  Michele  Scherillo.     1907. 

Contents:     Adelchi;  tragedia. — II  conte  di  Carmagnola;  tragedia.— Inni  sacri. — Odi. 

— Poesie  non  accolte  dall'  autore  nella  sua  edizione  delle  "Opere  varie." 

Martini,  Ferdinando.  852  M43 

Chi  sa  il  gioco  non  I'insegni;  La  strada  piii  corta;  II  peggio  passo  e 
quello  deir  uscio;  La  vipera.     [1906.] 

Metastasio,  Pietro  Antonio  Domenico  Buonaventura  r852  M64d 

Trapassi. 

Dramas  and  other  poems;  tr.  from  the  Italian  by  John  Hoole.  3v. 
1800.    Otridge. 

V.I.  Artaxerxes. — The  Olympiad. — Hypsipyle. — Titus. — Demetrius. — The  dream  of 
Scipio. — Cantatas:  The  excuse;  The  advice;  The  storm;  Jealousy;  The  obstacle. 

V.2.  Achilles  in  Scyros. —  Demophoon. —  Adrian  in  Syria. —  Dido.  —  .^Etius.  —  The 
uninhabited  island. — The  triumph  of  glory. 

V.3.  Zenobia. —  Themistocles. —  Siroes. —  Regulus. —  Romulus  and  Hersilia. —  The 
discovery  of  Joseph;  a  sacred  drama.  —  Cantatas:  Fishing;  The  dream;  The  name; 
Spring;  The  return;  First  love;  Timid  love;  The  nest  of  loves. 

Morello,  Vincenzo.  852  M88 

La  flotta  deeli  emigranti;  commedia  in  quattro  atti.     1907. 

Niccolini,  Giovanni  Battista.  852  N31 

Tragedie  scelte.     2v.     1892. 

Novelli,  Augusto.  852  N47 

Dopo;  dramma  in  2  atti.     [1898.] 

Ongaro,  Francesco  dall'.  852  O2S 

Bianca  Cappello;  dramma  in  cinque  atti,  versi.    i860. 

Rovetta,  Gerolamo.  852  R78b 

La  baraonda;  commedia  in  5  atti.     1905. 
Contains  also :     Principio  di  secolo,  dramma  in  4  atti. 

Rovetta,  Gerolamo.  852  R78r 

La  realta;  dramma  in  3  atti.    1903. 
Contains  also  "La  trilogia  di  Dorina;"  commedia  in  3  atti. 

Rovetta,  Gerolamo.  852  R78 

Romanticismo;  dramma  in  4  atti.     1903.  . 


i674  ITALIAN  ESSAYS 


853     Italian  fiction 


Only  works  about  Italian  fiction  are  classified  here.  For  works  of  fiction,  see 
alphabetical  list  following  the  general  class  Literature. 

Crosara,  Adolfo.  853-09  C8g 

Del  romanzo  contemporaneo  in  Italia;  studio  critico.    1904. 

854     Italian  essays 

Amicis,  Edmondo  de.  854  A51C 

Capo  d'anno;  pagine  parlate.    1908. 

Contents:  Confessioni  d'un  conferenziere. — Capo  d'anno  (coro  di  voci  sparse). — 
Cosi  va  il  mondo. — Simpatia. — I  nostri  contadini  in  America. — La  "Canaglia." — Scri- 
vendo  un  libro. — II  canto  25  dell'  Inferno  e  Ernesto  Rossi. — Fantasie  notturne. — 
Eloquenza  convivale. — II  "libro  della  spesa"  di  Silvio  Pellico. — Sul  Moncenisio. 

Amicis,  Edmondo  de.  854  Asia 

Nel  regno  del  cervino  [and  other  essays].    1908. 

Other  essays:  Ricordi  di  natale. — La  mia  officina. — L'ultimo  amico. — Nel  giardino 
della  follia. — La  posta  d'un  poeta. — Un'  illusione. — Musica  mendicante. — 11  segrcto  di 
Gig^na. — I  vicini  d'albergo. — La  "prima  elcmentare"  alia  doccia. — II  sogno  di  Rio  Janeiro. 
— La  guerra. — 11  salute. 

Amicis,  Edmondo  de.  854  A5ipa 

Pagine  allegre.     1908. 
Amicis,  Edmondo  de.  '  854  A51P 

Pagine  sparse.    1904. 

Contents:  La  mia  padrona  di  casa. — Scoraggiamenti. — Ritratto  d'un  ordinanza. — 
Battaglia  di  tavolino. —  Un  incontro. —  Emilio  Castelar. —  Un  caro  pedante. —  Una  visita 
ad  Alessandro  Manzoni. — La  lettura  del  vocabolario. — Appunti. — Una  parola  nuova. — 
Consigli. — II  vivente  linguaggio  della  Toscana. — Quello  che  si  puo  imparare  a  Firenze. 
— Un  bel  parlatore. — Dall'  album  di  un  padre. — Sopra  una  culla. — Giovanni  Ruffini. — 
L'amore  dei  libri. — Manuel  Menendez;   racconto. — In  sogno. 

The  same J854  A51 

Amicis,  Edmondo  de.  854  A51S 

Speranze  e  glorie;  discorsi.    2v.     1900. 

V.  1.  Per  una  distribuzione  di  premi. — Per  I'inaugurazione  d'un  circolo  universi- 
tario. — Per  la  quistione  sociale. — Per  il  1°  maggio. 

V.2.     Per  Giuseppe  Garibaldi. — Per  Felice  Cavalotti. — Per  Gustavo  Modena. 

Bonomelli,  Geremia,  6/".  854  B62 

Attraverso  i  nostri  tempi;  lettere  pastorali.     1902. 

Contents:  La  beneficenza. — Segno  dei  tempi. — II  teatro. — II  secolo  che  muore. — 
II  secolo  che  nasce. — Scntimentalismo  e  formalismo  in  religione. — II  divorzio. 

Caccianiga,  Antonio.  854  C115 

Brava  gente.     1897. 

Contents:  Gino  Capponi. — Ximenes  Doudan. — Gustavo  Flaubert  e  Giorgio  Sand. — 
Orazio  a  Tivoli.  —  Lettere  d'un  vagabondo.  —  Ricordo  dell'  Esposizione  nazionale  di 
Milano  (1881). — Ricordo  dell'  Esposizione  di  Venezia  (1887). — Un  romitaggio  fra  le 
Alpi. — In  campagna. — I  monumenti  che  non  si  fanno. — Le  ironic  della  natura. — Avven- 
ture  di  guerra. 

Caetani-Lovatelli,  Ersilia,  contessa.  854  Cii 

Scritti  vari.     1898. 

Contents:  Di  una  piccola  larva  conivale  in  bronzo. — L'antico  culto  di  Bona  Dea  in 
Roma. — Lavatio  Matris  Deum. — Di  un  frammento  marmoreo  con  rilievi  gladiatorii. — 
Nel  chiostro  di  San  Paolo. — II  Triopio  e  la  villa  di  Erode  Attico. — I  fuochi  di  Sant' 
Elmo. — Eucaride. — L'armilustrium  sull'  Aventino. — I  vigtli  dell'  antica  Roma. 


ITALIAN  ESSAYS  1675 


Carducci,  Giosue.  854  Cigc 

Ceneri  e  faville.    3v.    1893-1908. 
V.I.      1859-1870. 

V.2.   187I-1876. 
V.3.   1877-I9OI. 

Carducci,  Giosue.  854  Cigco 

Confessioni  e  battaglie.    2v.     1908. 

V.I.  Puerilia. — Per  la  verita  e  per  la  liberta. — Le  odi  barbare. — Risposta  in  prosa 
a  una  proposta  in  rima. — Per  la  proprieta  e  per  il  galateo. — Protesta. — Civilta  delle 
polemiche. — Sfogo. — Per  un  filosofo  morto  e  galantuomo. — Giustizia.- — Ricordi  e  ring- 
raziamenti. — Istruzione  ed  esami. — Scorse  sul  territorio  di  Arrigo  Heine. — .■Xsprezze  e 
barbierie. — Moderatucoli. 

V.2.  Dieci  anni  a  dietro. — Per  la  morte  di  Giuseppe  Mazzini. — Due  manzoniani. — 
Per  il  cavaliere  Albio  Tibullo  e  pe'  suoi  amori. — Per  il  cavaliere  Albio  Tibullo  e  per  la 
critica. — Per  il  cavaliere  Albio  Tibullo  e  pe'  il  metodo. 

Carducci,  Giosue.  854  Cigd 

Discorsi  letterari  e  storici.     1905. 

Contents:  Lo  studio  di  Bologna. — Dello  svolgimento  della  letteratura  nazionale. — 
Per  la  inaugurazione  d'un  monumento  a  Virgilio  in  Pietole. — L'opera  di  Dante. — Presso 
la  tomba  di  Francesco  Petrarca. — Ai  parentali  di  Giovanni  Boccacci.- — -Del  rinnovamento 
letterario  in  Italia. — Per  la  morte  di  Giuseppe  Garibaldi. — Relazioni  di  storia  patria  per 
le  province  di  Romagna. 

Foscolo,  Ugo.  854  Fyg 

Prose  letterarie.     4v.  in  2.     1883.     (Opere,  v.1-4.) 

v.i-2.  Jacopo  Ortis. — La  chioma  di  Berenice. — lUustrazioni  alle  opere  di  Raimondo 
Montecuccoli. — Lezioni  di  eloquenza. — Viaggio  sentimentale  di  Yorick. 

v.3-4.  Discorso  storico  sul  testo  del  Decamerone. — Discorso  sul  teste  della  Com- 
media  di  Dante. — Saggio  d'un  Gazzettino  del  bel-inondo. — Discorsi  sulla  lingua  italiana. 
— Articoli  di  critica  letteraria. 

Foscolo,  Ugo.  854  Fygs 

Saggi  di  critica  storico-letteraria;   tradotti  dall'  inglese,   raccolti  e 

ordinati  da  F.  S.  Orlandini  e  da  E.  Mayer.     2v.   in   i.     1899.     (Opere, 

V.IO-II.) 

Contents:  Saggio  sopra  I'amore  del  Petrarca. — Saggio  sopra  la  poesia  del  Petrarca. 
— Saggio  sopra  il  carattere  del  Petrarca. — Parallel©  fra  Dante  e  il  Petrarca. — Sui  poemi 
narrativi  e  romanzeschi  italiani. — Delia  Gerusalemme  liberata,  tradotta  in  versi  inglesi. 
—  Delle  poesie  liriche  di  Torquato  Tasso.  —  Poeti  minori  italiani.  —  Storia  del  sonetto 
italiano. —  Saggio  di  novelle  di  Luigi  Sanvitale. —  Letteratura  italiana  periodica.  —  Sul 
digamma  eolico. — Esperimento  sopra  un  metodo  d'istituzioni  letterarie. — Sommario  della 
vita  di  Pio  Sesto. — Le  donne  italiane. — Cristina  e  il  Monaldeschi. — Dei  viaggi  classici. — 
Dello  stato  politico  delle  Isole  Jonie. — Articoli  ricavati  dal  Monitore  italiano. — Supple- 
ment© al  Monitore  bolognese  no. 30. — Commentario  della  battaglia  di  Marengo. — Articolo 
ricavato  dal  Giornale  italiano  no.97. — Costituzione  di  Venezia. — Saggio  sullo  stato  della 
letteratura  italiana. — Sul  codice  penale  della  China. — Dialoghi  delle  cortigiane,  dal  greco 
di  Luciano  Samosatense. —  Parere  intorno  al  Tiraboschi. —  Lettere. —  Frammenti:  Della 
poesia,  dei  tempi  e  della  religione  di  Lucrezio;  Sul  giornalismo;  Sul  bello  poetico. 

Gioberti,  Vincenzo.  854  G43 

Pensieri  e  giudizi  sulla  letteratura  italiana  e  straniera;  raccolti  da 
tutte  le  sue  opere  ed  ordinati  da  Filippo  Ugolini.     1856. 

Mamiani  della  Rovere,  Terenzio,  coiite.  854  M31 

Prose  letterarie.     1867. 
Mazzini,  Giuseppe.  854  M54 

Scritti  scelti,  con  note  e  cenni  biografici  di  J.  W.  Mario.     1901. 

Contents:  Note  autobiografiche. — Dell'  amor  patrio  di  Dante. — D'una  letteratura 
europea. — Della  fatalita  considerata  come  elemento  drammatico. — A  Carlo  Alberto  di 
Savoia,  un  Italiano. — Statuto  della  Giovine  Italia. — I  martiri  italiani,  lacopo  Ruffini. — 


1676  ITALIAN  ESSAYS 


Mazzini,  Giuseppe — continued.  854  M54 

Deir  unita  italiana. — Byron  e  Goethe. — Filosofia  della  musica. — La  tempesta  del  dubbio. 
— Genio  e  tendenze  di  Tomaso  Carlyle. — Lettera  ai  Sicilian!. — Lettera  al  ministero 
francese,  ai  signori  Tocqucville  e  Falloux,  ministri  di  Francia. — A  Vittorio  Emanuele. — 
—  Ai  giovani  d'ltalia. —  Italia  e  Roma. —  Risurrezione. —  Dal  i860  al  1869. —  Questione 
sociale. — Sulle  cause  che  impedirono  lo  sviluppo  della  liberta  in  Italia. — Note  auto- 
biografiche. — Fede  e  avvenire. — Interesse  e  principi. — La  legge  umanitaria  e  la  legge 
sociale. — La  scuola  del  Fourier. — £  ribellione  o  rivoluzione? — Le  classi  artigiane. — Le 
classi  medie. — Cause  dei  disastri  francesi. 

Minghetti,  Marco.  854  M72 

Scritti  vari;  raccolti  e  pubblicati  da  Alberto  Dallolio,  con  uno  studio 
di  Domenico  Zanichelli.     1896. 

Monti,  Vincenzo.  854  M86 

Prose  scelte,  critiche  e  letterarie,  con  note  e  prefazione  del  Raffaello 
Fornaciari.     1896.     (Collezione  scolastica.) 

Contents:  Prose  varie:  Dell'  eloquenza  e  di  Omero;  lezione  prima. — Omero  e  un 
suo  episodio;  lezione  seconda. — Virgilio;  lezione  terza. — Dante;  lezione  nona. — I  tre 
satiric!  latin!. — Considerazioni  sulla  difficolta  di  ben  tradurre  la  protasi  dell'  Iliade. — 
Lettera  all'  abate  Saverio  Bettinelli,  cavaliere  della  Corona  di  ferro,  membro  dell' 
Istituto  italiano. — Prose:  Risposta  ad  una  sentenza  d' Antonio  Cesari. — L'autore  ed  il 
libro. — Osservazioni  scelte. — Lo  stile  di  Virgilio  e  lo  stile  d!  Dante. — Alcune  lettere 
dedicatorie  e  familiar!. 

Neera,  (pseud,  of  Anna  Radius  Zuccari).  854  N19 

Battaglie  per  un'  idea.     1898. 

Pulle,  Leopoldo,  conte,  (pseud.  Leo  di  Castelnuovo).  854  P98 

Fra  vivi  e  morti;  ricordi  d'armi,  d'arte  e  di  politica.  1893. 
Contents:  La  prima  prova,  Gerolamo  Avogadro. — Povero  barai-bari!  Augusto 
Verga. — Misilmeri. — Un  brindis!  rientrato. — Al  mio  cane! — II  primo  applauso. — Temo 
secco!  la  baronessa. — II  primo  fiasco. — Uno  spino. — II  secondo  fiasco. — Bellotti-Bon. — 
Tre  eccellenze:  Amalia  Depretis,  Eleonora  Duse,  Costantino  Nigra. — Yorick. — II  .trag- 
hetto  della  Maddalena,  Giacomo  Favretto. — Due  battesimi. — Un  alto  locato,  Agostino 
Depretis. — Le  Convenzion!  ferroviarie,  idee  di  un  capo  stazione. — Appendice:  Prefa- 
zione ai  discorsi  di  Marco  Minghetti;  lettera  a  Giuseppe  Biancheri,  presidente  della 
Camera. — Per  la  morte  di  Agostino  Depretis,  indirizzo  di  condoglianza  alia  sua  vedova. 
— Indirizzo  di  condoglianza  a  il  re  in  morte  di  Eugenio  di  Carignano. — In  morte  di  Bene- 
detto Cairoli,  indirizzo  alia  sua  vedova. — In  morte  di  Amedeo,  duca  d'Aosta,  indirizzi  di 
condoglianza  a  il  re  Umberto. — Laetitia  Napoleone. — Emanuele  Filiberto. 


858    Italian  miscellany 


Abba,  Giuseppe  Cesare.  858  A12 

Uomini  e  soldati;  letture  per  I'esercito  e  pel  popolo.     1892. 

Baccini,  Ida.  858  B12 

II  the  delle  cinque.    1900. 

Contents:  Conversazioni:  La  bonta. — Le  bambine  in  pubblico. — Le  bestie  nella  let 
teratura  educativa. — I  bambini  crescono. — Nel  paese  dei  sogni. — L'educazionc  del  pen- 
siero. — II  suicidio  dei  giovani.  -Miseria  e  lavoro. — O  I'approvazione  all'esame  o  la 
morte. — La  letteratura  del  popolino. — Una  malattia  modernissima. — La  goccia  di  fiele. — 
False  modernita. — Ancora  delle  false  modernita. — Le  idee  di  Alfredo. — Sulla  porta  d'una 
scuola  normale  femminile  americana. — Le  esagerazioni  nelle  disgrazie  e  nelle  malattie. — 
Campagna  artificiale. — Gli  "Attila"  dei  salotti. — Lo  spirito. — Dopo  I'incendio  del  "Bazar 
della  carita"  a  Parigi. — Le  astrazioni. — Sul  cosi  detto  insegnamento  pratico  o  anche 
oggettivo. — I  raggazzi  d'oggi. — Per  una  commedia  nuova  e  (orrore!)  per  una  commedia 
morale. — Quel  che  succede  nel  mondo  della  luna. — Pedagogia  in  pillole. — Guardando 
all'indietro.  —  II  teatrino  in  salotto:  Una  famiglia  simpatica.  —  Un  gatto!  —  Bocciato 
all'esame!  (monologo). — II  signor  avvocato. 


ITALIAN  MISCELLANY  1677 

Castiglione,  Baldassare,  conte.  qr858  C26 

Balthasari  Castilionei  Aulici  liber  tertius;  secundum  veterem  ver- 

sionem  Gallicam  editus  notisque  instructus  a  N.  C.  L.  Abrahams.     1848. 

Ferrucci,  Signora  Caterina  Francesca  (Franceschi).  858  F42 

Prose  e  versi.     1873. 
Contents:     Prose:   Vite   d'illustri   Bolognesi;   Letture  morali;    Elogi. — Versi:   Inni. 

— Poesie  varie. 

Foscolo,  Ugo.  858  F79 

Appendice  [alle]  opere;  a  cura  di  Giuseppe  Chiarini.     1890.     (Opere, 

V.12.) 

Contents:     Scritti  in  prosa  e  lettere. — Poesie. 

Foscolo,  Ugo.  858  F79P 

Poesie,   lettere  e  prose  letterarie;   scelte   e  annotate  per  le   scuole 
classiche  da  Tommaso  Casini.     1906.     (Biblioteca  scolastica  di  classici 
italiani  gia  diretta  da  Giosue  Carducci.) 
Franceschi,  Enrico  Luigi.  858  F86 

In  citta  e  in  campagna;  dialoghi  di  lingua  parlata. 
Giusti,  Giuseppe.  858  G45 

Consigli,  giudizi,  massime,  pensieri  tratti  dalle  opere   di  Giuseppe 
Giusti  a  cura  di  Emilio  Tanfani  e  Guido  Biagi.     1906. 
Gozzi,  Gaspare,  conte.  858  G76 

Favole,  novelle,  lettere  e  descrizioni  scelte  tra  le  piti  educative   e 
dilettevoli  ed  annotate  con  riguardo  speciale  all'  arte  del  comporre  [da] 
Angelo  Lerra.     1903. 
Leonardo  da  Vinci.  858  L622f 

Frammenti  letterari  e  filosofici;  trascelti  da  Edmondo  Solmi.     1904. 

Contents:  Le  favole. — Le  allegoric. — I  pensieri. — I  paesi  e  le  figure. — Le  pro- 
fezie  e  le  facezie. 

Leonardo  da  Vinci.  858  L622n 

Note-books;  arranged  and  rendered  into  English  with  introductions 
by  Edward  McCurdy.     1906.     Duckworth. 

Contents:  A  record  of  the  manuscripts. — Proem. — Book  i.  Life. — Book  2.  Nature. 
— Book  3.  Art:  Painting,  poetry  and  sculpture;  The  precepts  of  the  painter;  Per- 
spective, and  light  and  shade;  Landscape. — Book  4.     Fantasy:  Fables;  Prophecies. 

"The  more  one  studies  these  notes  the  more  one  is  astonished  at  Leonardo's  range 
of  study  and  accuracy  of  observation. .  .In  observation  he  is  scarcely  ever  wrong,  and 
he  saw  and  noted  many  things  that  we  are  accustomed  to  consider  the  discoveries  of 
yesterday."    Nation,  1907. 

Leonardo  da  Vinci.  858  L622 

Thoughts  on  art  and  life;  tr.  by  Maurice  Baring.  1906.  Merry- 
mount  Press. 

"Bibliographical  note,"  p.193-194. 

Fragments  from  the  writings  of  Leonardo,  found  scattered  through  his  codices  and 
among  his  drawings. 

Leopardi,  Giacomo,  conte.  858  L62p 

Le  prose  morali  di  Giacomo  Leopardi;  commentate  da  Ildebrando 

della    Giovanna,    seconda  impressione   accresciuta    di   un    saggio   dello 

"Zibaldone."    1909.     (Biblioteca  scolastica  di  classici  italiani  gia  diretta 

da  Giosue  Carducci.) 

"Cenni  autobiografici  di  G.  Leopardi,"  pref.   p. 27-28;  "Vita  di  Giacomo  Leopardi, 

scritta  da  Luigi  de  Sinner,"  pref.  p.29-32. 


1678  SPANISH  LITERATURE 

Michael  Angelo.  858  M66 

Opere  varie  in  versi  ed  in  prosa,  alcune  delle  quali  non  mai  stampate; 
raccolte  da  Pietro  Fanfani.     1894. 

Neera,  (pseud,  of  Anna  Radius  Zuccari).  858  N19 

Anima  sola.     1904. 

Pellico,  Silvio.  858  P38a 

Prose  e  tragedie  scelte;  a  cura  di  Michele  Scherillo,  e  con  proemio 
di  Francesco  d'Ovidio.    1910. 

Contents:  Le  mie  prig^oni. — Capitoli  aggiunti  alle  "Mic  prigioni." — I  doveri  degli 
uomini. — Francesca  da  Rimini. — Eufemio  di  Messina. — Ester  d'Engaddi. — Appendice: 
Sulla  creduta  morte  di  Silvio  Pellico;  ode  italica  di  Giunio  Bazzoni. 

"Cenni  biografici  di  Silvio  Pellico,"  p.27-39;  "Bibliografia  succinta,"  p.41-44. 


859.9     Rumanian  literature 

Vacaresco,  Helena.  859.9  Vii 

Bard  of  the  Dimbovitza;  Roumanian  folk-songs  collected  from  the 
peasants;  tr.  by  Carmen  Sylva  and  Alma  Strettell.     Osgood. 

"The  poems  have  the  wild  melancholy  and  the  fierce  simplicity  of  all  true  popular 
ballads,  with  an  undertone  of  ghostly  mystery,  that  reminds  one  of  the  Highland  second- 
sight  and  Irish  fairy  tales. .  .Love,  glory,  sorrow,  death — are  the  constant  themes;  but 
mainly  death  and  the  grave,  in  a  thousand  weird  and  poetic  phrases."  Frederic  Har- 
rison, in  Fortnightly  review,  1891. 


860     Spanish  literature 

Harbottle,  Thomas  Benfield,  &  Hume,  M.  A.  S.  coynp.  r86o.8  H24 

Dictionary  of  quotations   (Spanish) ;  with  subject  and  authors'  in- 
dex.   1907.    Sonnenschein. 

Starr,  Frederick,  comp.  860.8  S79 

Readings    from    modern    Mexican    authors.       1904.      Open    Court 
Pub.  Co. 

Contents:     Eduardo  Noriega. — Antonio  Garcia  Cubas. — Joaquin  Garcia  Icazbalceta. 

—  Agustin  Rivera.  —  Alfredo  Chavero. — Julio  Zarate. — J.ose  Maria  Vigil.  —  Prirao 
Feliciano  Vel4squez. — Juan  F.  Molina  Solis. — Luis  Gonzales  Obregon. — Francisco  Sosa. 

—  Julio  Guerrero.  —  Alejandro  Villasenor  y  Villaseiior.  —  Rafael  Angel  de  la  Pefla.  — 
Ignacio  Montes  de  Oca  y  Obregon. — Ignacio  M.  Altamirano. — V'ictoriano  Agiieros. — 
Manuel  Gustavo  Antonio  Revilla. — Jose  Peon  y  Contreras. — Jose  Maria  Roa  Barcena. — 
Justo  Sierra. — Victbriano  Salado  Albarez. — Ireneo  Paz. — Jose  Lopez-Portillo  y  Rojas. — 
Manuel  Sanches  Marmol. — Porfirio  Parra. — Emilio  Rabasa. — Rafael  Delgado. — Federico 
Gamboa. 

Brief  selections,  prefaced  by  a  short  account  of  the  literary  work  of  each  author. 

Bouterwek,  Friedrich.  1860.9  B65 

History  of  Spanish  and  Portuguese  literature;  tr.  from  the  original 
German  by  Thomasina  Ross.     2v.     1823.     Boosey. 

V.I.     Spanish  literature. 

v.2.     Portuguese  literature. 

V.I  is  the  same  as  his  "History  of  Spanish  literature:" 


SPANISH  POETRY  1679 


Kelly,  James  Fitzmaurice-.  860.9  K17C 

Chapters  on  Spanish  literature.     1908.     Constable. 

Contents:  The  Cid. — The  archpriest  of  Hita  [Juan  Ruiz]. — The  literary  court  of 
Juan  II. — The  romancero. — The  life  of  Cervantes. — The  works  of  Cervantes. — Lope 
de  Vega. — Calderon. — The  dramatic  school  of  Calderon. — Modern   Spanish  novelists. 


861     Spanish  poetry 

Arboleda,  Julio.  861  A66 

Poesias;  coleccion  formada  sobre  los  manuscritos  originales,  con 
preliminares  biograficos  y  criticos  por  M.  A.  Caro.     1894.    Appleton. 

Contents:  Noticia  biografica.  —  Poesias  varias.  —  Poesias  escritas  en  albumes. — 
Poesias  politicas. — Gonzalo  de  Oyon. 

Cadalso,  Jose  de,  (pseud.  Joseph  Vazquez).  861  Cii 

Poesias.     1821. 
Campoamor  y  Campoosorio,  Ramon  de.  861  C16 

Los  pequenos  poemas.     3v.  in  i. 

"His  chief  distinction,  according  to  Peninsular  critics,  is  that  he  has  invented  a 
new  poetic  genre  under  the  names  of  doloras,  humoradas  or  pequenos  poemas. .  .He  is 
one  of  the  few  Spanish  poets  whose  reputation  extends  beyond  the  Pyrenees;  still,  he  is 
not  in  any  sense  a  national  poet... and  with  all  his  distinguished  scepticism,  his  pic- 
turesque pessimistic  pose,  and  his  sound  workmanship,  he  is  more  likely  to  be  remem- 
bered for  a  score  of  brilliant  apophthegms  than  for  any  essentially  poetic  quality." 
Kelly's  History  of  Spanish  literature. 

Campoamor  y  Campoosorio,  Ramon  de.  861  Ci6p 

Poesias  y  fibulas.    2v.  in  i. 

"In  poems  of  sentiment  and  thought  such  as  the  Poesias  y  fdbulas. .  .he  has  close 
affinity  with  Sully-Prudhomme."     New  internaiional  encyclopcedia. 

Cid.  861  C47 

Poema  del  Cid;  edicion  anotada  por  Ramon  Menendez  Pidal.     1900. 
Bibliography,  p. 5. 

"It  consists  of  above  three  thousand  lines,  and  can  hardly  have  been  composed  later 
than  the  year  1200.  Its  subject,  as  its  name  implies,  is  taken  from  among  the  adventures 
of  the  Cid,  the  great  popular  hero  of  the  chivalrous  age  in  Spain;  and  the  whole  tone  of 
its  manners  and  feelings  is  in  sympathy  with  the  contest  between  the  Moors  and  the 
Christians,  in  which  the  Cid  bore  so  great  a  part,  and  which  was  still  going  on  with 
undiminished  violence  at  the  period  when  the  poem  was  written.  It  has,  therefore,  a 
national  bearing  and  a  national  character  throughout."  Ticknor's  History  of  Spanish 
literature. 

Cienfuegos,  Nicasio  Alvarez  de.  861  C477 

Poesias.     1821. 
Herrera,  Fernando  de.  861  H47 

Poesias  escogidas.     1822. 
Beach,  Robert  Mills.  qr86i  H47 

Was  Fernando  de  Herrera  a  Greek  scholar?  1908.  (Pennsylvania 
University.  Publications;  series  in  Romanic  languages  and  literature, 
no.2.) 

Thesis  for  Ph.  D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

Iglesias  de  la  Casa,  Jose.  861  I17 

Poesias.    2v.  in  i.     1821. 
Leon,  Luis  Ponce  de.  861  L63 

Poesias  escogidas  de  Fray  Luis  de  Leon,  Francisco  de  la  Torre, 
Bernardo  de  Balbuena  y  otros  varios.     1823. 


i68o  SPANISH  DRAMA 


Melendez  Valdes,  Juan.  86i  M58 

Poesias.    3v.     1821. 

Nunez  de  Arce,  Caspar.  861  N51 

Un  idilio,  y  Una  elegia.    1889.  1 

"His  Idilio  is  a  rustic  love  story  of  fine  simplicity,  of  an  impressive,  pure  realism 
which  lifts  it  above  the  common  level  of  pastoral  poems,  and  its  sincerity,  its  austere 
finish,  are  characteristic  of  the  poet,  who  is  always  a  scrupulous  artist,  a  passionate 
devotee  and  observer  of  nature."     Kelly's  History  of  Slyanish  literature. 

Peza,  Juan  de  Dios.  861  P47 

Cantos  del  hogar.     1890. 

Quevedo  y  Villegas,  Francisco  Comez  de.  861  Q28 

Poesias  escogidas.     1821. 

Vega,  Carcilasso  de  la,  the  poet.  861  V34 

Obras,  ilustradas  con  notas.     1821. 

Vega  Carpio,  Lope  Felix  de.  861  V245 

Poesias  escogidas.     1821. 

Green,  Ernest  S.  &  Lowenfels,  Harriet  von,  tr.  861.08  GSa 

Mexican  and  South  American  poems  (Spanish  and  English).  1892. 
Dodge. 

Contents:  Translations  in  rhyme:  La  selva  oscura  (the  dark  forest),  by  G.  N.  de 
Arce;  Esperanza  (hope),  by  F.  M.  de  Olaguibel;  Nunca  (never),  by  J.  P.  Perez;  Soneto 
(sonnet),  by  Manuel  Acuna;  Cancion  (song). — Poems  by  Manuel  Acuiia. — Poems  by 
Manuel  Carpio. — Poems  by  Fernando  Calderon. — South  American  poems. 

"Authors  quoted  in  this  work,"  p.397-398. 

Menendez  y  Pelayo,  Marcelino,  ed.  861.08  M61 

Antologia  de  poetas  liricos  castellanos  desde  la  formacion  del  idioma 
hasta  nuestros  dias.     v.i-12.     1890-1906.     (Biblioteca  clasica.) 


862     Spanish  drama 


Cervantes  Saavedra,  Miguel  de.  862  C33 

Teatro  completo.    3v.     1896-97.     (Biblioteca  clasica,  v.  197-199.) 

v.i.  El  trato  de  Argel.  —  La  Numancia.  —  El  gallardo  espaiiol.  —  La  casa  de  los 
celos  y  selvas  de  Ardenia. 

V.2.  Los  banos  de  Argel. — Pedro  de  Urdcmalas. — El  rufiin  dichoso. — La  gran  sul- 
tana, Dona  Catalina  de  Oviedo. 

V.3.     El  laberinto  de  amor. — La  entretenida. — Entremeses. 

"There  was  an  insuperable  difficulty  in  the  way  of  all  his  efforts  on  the  stage. 
Cervantes  had  not  dramatic  talent,  nor  a  clear  perception  how  dramatic  effects  were  to 
be  produced.  From  the  time  when  he  wrote  the  'Trato  de  Argel,'  which  was  an  exhi- 
bition of  the  sufferings  he  had  himself  witnessed  and  shared  in  Algiers,  he  seemed  to 
suppose  that  whatever  was  both  absolutely  true  and  absolutely  striking  could  be  pro- 
duced with  effect  on  the  theatre;  thus  confounding  the  province  of  romantic  fiction  and 
story-telling  with  that  of  theatrical  representation."  Ticknor's  History  of  Spanish  litera- 
ture. 

Echegaray,  Jose.  862  E24 

La  esposa  del  vengador;  drama  en  tres  actos  y  en  verso.     1907. 

"The  best  of  modern  Spanish  dramatists. .  .Echegaray  is  no  great  genius,  but  he 
is  a  conscientious  playwright.  Producing  by  dint  of  hard  work  rather  than  by  inspira- 
tion, he  seldom  rises  to  lofty  and  stirring  effects,  but  always  avoids  the  poor  and  com- 
monplace. His  plays  have,  generally  speaking,  very  little  flavour  of  their  native  soil." 
Clarke's  Spanish  literature. 


SPANISH  DRAMA  1681 


Echegaray,  Jose.  862  E24g 

El  gran  Galeoto;  drama  en  tres  actos  y  en  verso,  precedido  de  un 

dialogo  en  prosa.     1906. 

"His  plays  are  commonly  well  constructed and  he  has  a  certain  power  of  gloomy 

realisation,  as  in  El  Gran   Galeoto,   which  moves  and  impresses."     Kelly's  History  of 

Spanish  literature. 

Echegaray,  Jose.  r8o5  P74  v.19 

The  madman  divine  (El  loco  dios);  a  prose  drama  in  four  acts;  tr. 
from  the  Spanish  by  E.H.  West.     (In  Poet-lore,  1908,  v.19,  p. 3-86.) 

Echegaray,  Jose.  862  E240 

6  locura  6  santidad;  drama  en  tres  actos  y  en  prose.     1905. 

Estebanez,  Joaquin.  862  E85 

Un  drama  nuevo;  drama  en  tres  actos.     1904. 

Hartzenbusch,  Juan  Eugenio.  862  H33C 

La  coja  y  el  encogido  (The  lame  girl  and  the  bashful  man)  ;  comedia 

en  tres  actos  y  en  prosa;  tr.  literalmente  y  anotada  para  el  estudio  de 

la  buena  conversacion  espanola  por  F.  B.  Wilson.     1902. 
Spanish  and  English  text. 

Hartzenbusch,  Juan  Eugenio.  862  H33 

Teatro.     3v.     1888-92.     (Obras,  v.3-5.) 

V.I.     Los  amantes  de  Teruel. — Dona  Mencia. — La  redoma  encantada. 

V.2.  La  visionaria. — Los  polvos  de  la  madre  Celestina. — Alfonso  el  Casto. — Prim- 
ero  yo. 

V.3.     El  bachiller  Mendarias. — Honoria. — Derechos  postumos. 

Spanish  dramatist  (1806—80). 

"His  success  was  assured  from  the  time  of  the  first  performance  of  the  Amantes 
de  Teruel,  his  best-known  production,  and  one  of  the  most  important  plays  of  the  Ro- 
mantic period  of  Spanish  literature  in  the  nineteenth  century."  New  international 
encyclopedia. 

Mira  de  Mescua,  Antonio.  862  M73 

Comedia  famosa  del  esclavo  del  demonio  (Barcelona  1612) ;  ed.  with 

an  introduction  and  notes  by  M.  A.  Buchanan.    1906. 
Thesis  for  Ph.  D.,  University  of  Chicago. 
Mira  de  Mescua  was  well  known  from  1602  to  1635  as  a  writer  for  the  stage,  and 

was  much  praised  by  Cervantes  and  Lope  de  Vega. 

Moratin,  Leandro  Fernandez  de.  q862  M88 

Obras  de  Leandro  Fernandez  de  Moratin.    1898. 
Bound  with  Obras  de  Nicolas  de  Moratin. 

Moratin,  Leandro  Fernandez  de.  862  M883 

El  si  de  las  ninas;  a  comedy  in  three  acts  [in  Spanish];  ed.  with  a 
biographical  notice,  explanatory  notes  and  a  Spanish-English  vocabu- 
lary by  Eduardo  Tolra  y  Fornes.     1906.    Appleton. 

Moratin,  Nicolas  Fernandez  de.  q862  M88 

Obras  de  Nicolas  y  Leandro  Fernandez  de  Moratin.    1898.     (Biblio- 

teca  de  autores  espaiioles,  v.2.) 

Nicolas  Fernandez  de  Moratin   (1737-80)  was  a  Spanish  dramatist.     The  book  also 

includes  the  dramatic  works  of  his  son  Leandro  Fernandez  de  Moratin  (1760— 1828). 
"The  chief  significance  of  the  work  of  the  elder  Moratin  lies  in  the  fact  that  he 

contributed  to   the    success    of   the    principles    of   literary    art    imported    from    France. 

Spanish  literature  had  greatly  degenerated  when  this  reform  movement  to  which  Moratin 

belonged  undertook  to  improve  matters  by  following  the  rigid  rules  of  French  classicism 


i682  SPANISH  ESSAYS 


Moratin,  Nicolas  Fernandez  de — continued.  q862  M88 

. . .  MoHere  was  the  gliding  star  of  Moratin  the  Younger  in  all  his  dramatic  composi- 
tions. Yet  Moratin  displays  originality,  for  he  excellently  describes  the  manners  of  his 
time  and  handles  dialogue  with  skill."     New  international  encyclopedia. 

Ortiz,  Agustin.  r862  O28 

The  Comedia  Radiana,  with  introduction  and  notes  by  R.  E.  House. 
1910. 

Thesis  for  Ph.  D.,  University  of  Chicago. 
Text  of  a  Spanish  drama  written  about  1535. 

863  P28 

Los  pastores;  a  Mexican  play  of  the  nativity;  translation,  introduction 
and  notes  by  M.  R.  Cole.  1907.  Houghton.  (American  Folk-lore  So- 
ciety.   Memoirs,  v.9.) 

Spanish  and  English  text. 

Spanish  miracle  play,  source  unknown,  claimed  to  be  traditional. 

Vega  Carpio,  Lope  Felix  de.  862  V24 

Obras  escogidas,  con  prologo  y  notas  por  Elias  Zerolo.    4v.     1886. 

V.I.     Tragedias  y  dramas. 

\.2-3.     Comedias. 

V.4.     Obras  sueltas. 

The  great  Spanish  dramatist  (i  562-1 635)  was  the  most  prolific  of  play-writers,  pro- 
ducing in  all  between  1500  and  1800  plays,  of  which  about  400  survive. 

"The  extraordinary  variety  in  the  character  of  Lope's  dramas  is  as  remarkable  as 
their  number,  and  contributed  not  a  little  to  render  him  the  monarch  of  the  stage  while 
he  lived,  and  the  great  master  of  the  national  theatre  ever  since."  Ticknor's  History  of 
Spanish  literature. 

Gassier,  Alfred.  862,09  G21 

Le  theatre  espagnol;  San  Gil  de  Portugal  de  Moreto.     1898. 

"San  Gil  de  Portugal;  or,  Caer  para  levantar"  was  written  by  Agustin  Moreto  y 
Cabana  in  collaboration  with  Juan  de  Matos  Fragoso  and  Geronimo  Cancer  y  Velasco. 

History  of  Spanish  dramatic  literature.  Appendixes  contain  a  study  of  Agustin 
Moreto,  followed  by  the  text  of  his  San  Gil  de  Portugal. 


864     Spanish  essays.     Miscellany 

Baz4n,  Emilia  Pardo.  864  B33 

De  mi  tierra.    (Obras  completas,  v.9.) 

Contents:  Prologo. — La  poesia  regional  gallega. — El  olor  de  la  tierra  (Valentin 
Lamas  Carvajal). — Luz  de  luna  (Eduardo  Pondal). — Vides  y  rosas  (Benito  Losada). — 
El  cancionero  popular  gallego. — Feijoo  y  su  siglo. — La  casa  solariega  del  Padre  Feij6o. 
— Una  visita  a  San  Rosendo  y  su  monasterio  en  Celanova. — El  castillo  de  Sobroso. — El 
pais  de  las  benditas  animas.  —  Rivas  de  Sil.  —  Impresiones  santiaguesas  (Una  joya  del 
arte  renaciente). — Marineda. — Idioma  6  dialecto? — Correccion  y  postdata  al  discurso 
Bobre  "La  poesia  regional  gallega." 

"The  best  authoress  that  Spain  has  produced  during  the  present  [19th]  century... It 
is  by  the  rich  colouring,  the  local  knowledge,  the  patriotic  enthusiasm,  and  the  exact 
vision  of  such  transcripts  of  local  scene  and  custom  as  abound  in  De  mi  tierra  that  she 
best  conveys  the  impressions  of  an  exuberant  and  even  irresistible  temperament." 
Kelly's  History  of  Spanish  literature. 

Men6ndez  y  Pelayo,  Marcelino,  ed.  864  M61 

Estudios  de  critica  literaria,  ist-3d  ser.    3v.    1893-1900.     (Coleccion 

de  escritores  castellanos;  criticos.) 

V.I.     De  la  poesia  mistica. — De  la  historia  considerada  como  obra  artistica. — San 


PORTUGUESE  LITERATURE  1683 

Menendez  y  Pelayo,  Marcelino,  ed. — continued.  864  M61 

Isidoro. — Noticias  sobre  la  vida  y  escritos  de  Rodrigo  Caro. — Don  Francisco  Martinez 
de  la  Rosa. — Don  Caspar  Nunez  de  Arce. 

V.2.  Quadrado  y  sus  obras. — La  celestina. — El  alcalde  de  Zalamea. — Tirso  de  Mo- 
lina.— De  los  historiadores  de  Colon. — Lope  de  Vega  y  Grillparzer. — Enrique  Heine. — 
De  las  influencias  semiticas  en  la  literatura  espanola. 

V.3.     Bartolome  de  Torres  Naharro. — El  abate  Marchena. 

Menendez  y  Pelayo  is  (1907)  director  of  the  Bibliotcca  Nacional  and  generally 
recognized  as  the  greatest  living  Spanish  critic. 

Becquer,  Gustavo  Adolfo.  868  B36 

Legends,  tales  and  poems  [in  Spanish] ;  ed.  with  introduction,  notes 
and  vocabulary  by  E.  W.  Olmsted.    1907.    Ginn. 


869     Portuguese  literature 

Braga,  Theophilo.  869  B68 

Curso  de  historia  da  litteratura  portugueza;  adaptado  as  aulas  de 
instrucqao  secundaria.     1885. 

Burton,  Sir  Richard  Francis.  869  Cisb 

Camoens;  his  life  and  his  Lusiads;  a  commentary.  2v.  1881.  Quaritch. 

Celebrated  Portuguese  poet  (i524?-79).     The  commentary  includes  an  abridgment 

of  early  Portuguese  history,  geographical  explanations  and  outlines  of  the  various  cantos 

of  the  great  historical  epic  of  Portugal. 

"Burton  was  attracted  to  Camoens  as  the  mouthpiece  of  the  romantic  period  of 
discovery  in  the  Indian  Ocean.  The  voyages,  the  misfortunes,  the  chivalry,  the  patriot- 
ism of  the  poet  were  to  him  those  of  a  brother  adventurer.  In  his  spirited  sketch  of  the 
life  and  character  of  Camoens  it  is  not  presumptuous  to  read  between  the  lines  allusions 
to  his  own  career."     Dictionary  of  national  biography. 

Camoens,  Luis  de.  869  C15S 

Seventy  sonnets;  Portuguese  text  and  translation,  with  original 
poems  by  J.J.  Aubertin.     1881.    Paul. 

Fonseca,  Jose  da,  comp.  869  F73 

Prosas  selectas;  ou,  Escolha  dos  melhores  logares  dos  auctores  por- 

tuguezes,  antiguos  e  modernos.     1837. 
Selections  from  Portuguese  prose  writers. 

Hardung,  Victor  Eugenio,  comp.  869  H25 

Romanceiro  portuguez;  coordinado,  annotado  e  acompanhado  d'uma 
introducgao  e  d'um  glossario.    2v.  in  i.     1877. 

Ramos  Coelho,  Jose.  869  Ri7 

Poesias;  vertidas  em  italiano,  hespanhol,  sueco,  allemao  e  francez. 
1907. 

870     Latin  literature 

Bibliography 

Hiibner,  Emil.  roi6.87  H87 

Bibliographical  clue  to  Latin  literature;  ed.  with  large  additions  by 
J.  E.  B.  Mayor.     1875.     Macmillan. 


i684  LATIN  LITERATURE 

General  works 

St.  Andrews  University.  r870.4  S13 

Publications,    no.  1-5.    1901-08. 

no.  1-5.  Nonius  Marcellus'  dictionary  of  republican  Latin;  The  ancient  editions  of 
Martial,  with  collations  of  the  Berlin  &  Edinburgh  mss. ;  The  ancient  editions  of  Plautus; 
Syntax  of  Plautus;  Contractions  in  early  Latin  minuscule  mss.,  by  W.  M.  Lindsay. 

Ramage,  Craufurd  Tait,  tr.  870.8  R17 

Beautiful  thoughts  from  Latin  authors.     1880.     Howell. 

Quotations  from  Latin  authors,  given  in  the  original  and  in  translation. 

Wordsworth,  John,  bp.  comp.  870.8  W89 

Fragments  and  specimens  of  early  Latin,  with  introductions  and 

notes.     1874.     Clarendon  Press. 

Contents:     Grammatical  introduction. — Inscriptions. — Selections  from  authors. 

Duff,  John  Wight.  870.9  D87 

Literary  history  of  Rome  from  the  origins  to  the  close  of  the  golden 

age.     1909.     Scribner.     (Library  of  literary  history.) 

"A  summing  up  of  scholarship  to  date  on  the  history  and  appreciation  of  a  great 

historic  literature  through  its  most  interesting  and  significant  phases..  .Will  appeal  most 

to  the  specialist  audience — to  teachers  and  advanced  students."     Dial,  1909. 

Dunlop,  John  Colin.  870.9  D92 

History  of  Roman  literature  from  its  earliest  period  [through]  the 

Augustan  age.    3v.     1824-28.     Longman. 

v.i-2.     History  of  Roman  literature  to  the  Augustan  age. 
V.3.     History  of  Roman  literature  during  the  Augustan  age. 
Bibliography,  v.2,  p.s86-S9i. 
v.i-2  first  published  in  1823. 


871     Latin  poetry 

Apuleius.  qr87i  A65 

Story  of  Cupid  and  Psyche;  done  into  English  from  the  Latin  of 
Lucius  Apuleius  by  Walter  Pater.    1901.    Russell. 

"Full  of  brilliant,  life-like  situations,  speciosa  locis,  and  abounding  in  lovely  visible 
imagery. .  .yet  full  also  of  a  gentle  idealism,  so  that  you  might  take  it,  if  you  chose, 
for  an  allegory.  With  a  concentration  of  all  his  finer  literary  gifts,  Apuleius  had 
gathered  into  it  the  floating  star-matter  of  many  a  delightful  old  story."  Pater's  Marius 
the  Epicurean. 

Studies  by  Raphael,  illustrating  the  story,  are  here  reproduced.  This  translation 
may  also  be  found  in  "Marius  the  Epicurean"   (P292m). 

Claudianus.  r87i  C54 

CI.  Claudiani  quae  exstant,  varietate  lectionis  et  perpetua  adnota- 
tione  illustrata  a  I.  M,  Gesnero.    2v.    1759. 

Lucretius.  r87i  L97 

De  rerum  natura  libri  sex;  ad  exemplar  Gilberti  Wakefield,  cum 

ejusdem  notis,  commentariis,  indicibus.    4v.    1813. 

The  same,  interpretatione  et  notis  illustravit  Thomas  Creech. 

1717 1871  L97a 


LATIN  DRAMA  1685 


Ovid.  871  O330 

Opera  omnia;  textum  ad  codicum  Lipsiensium  Aldinarumque  fidem 
accurate  recognovit  C.  H.  Weise.    3v.     1845. 

Phaedrus.  871  P48f 

Le  favole;  tradotte  e  annotate  da  Giuseppe  Pazzi.    1880. 

872     Latin  drama 

Plautus.  r872  P69 

M.  Accii  Plauti  Comoediae;  ad  praestantium  librorum  fidem  recen- 
suit,  versus  ordinavit,  difficiliora  interpretatus  est  C.   H.  Weise.     2v. 
1847-48. 
Saunders,  Catharine.  872  S25 

Costume  in  Roman  comedy.  1909.  Columbia  University  Press. 
(Columbia  University,  New  York.    Studies  in  classical  philology.) 

"Bibliography,"  p.  143-145. 

For  this  detailed  discussion  the  author  takes  into  account  the  evidence  furnished  by 
two  classes  of  material,  literary  and  artistic.  Under  the  literary  evidence  are  included 
the  comedies  of  Plautus  and  Terence,  and  references  to  the  stage  in  Donatus,  Euanthius 
and  in  the  Onomasticon  of  Pollux;  under  the  artistic  evidence,  the  illustrated  manu- 
scripts of  Terence,  Pompeian  wall-paintings  and  Campanian  reliefs. 

Seneca,  Lucius  Annaeus.  872  S47tr 

Tragedies;  tr.  into  English  verse,  to  which  have  been  appended  com- 
parative analyses  of  the  corresponding  Greek  and  Roman  plays,  and 
a  mythological  index  by  F.  J.  Miller,  introduced  by  an  essay  on  The  in- 
fluence of  the  tragedies  of  Seneca  upon  early  English  drama,  by  J.  M. 
Manly.     1907.     University  of  Chicago  Press. 

Terence.  872  T29C 

Commedie;  tr.  da  Vittorio  Alfieri.    6v.     1809-10.     (Alfieri,  Vittorio. 
Opere  postume,  v.12-17.) 
V.I.     L'Andria. 
V.2.     L'eunuco. 
V.3.     L'aspreggia  se  stesso. 
V.4.     Gli  adelfi. 
v.S.     Formione. 
V.6.     L'ecira. 
Latin  and  Italian  text. 

Gronov,  Johann  Friedrich.  r872  T29zg 

Notae  in  Terentium.     1750. 


873-874     Epic  and  lyric  poetry 

Lucanus,  Marcus  Annaeus.  r873  L96 

Pharsalia,  cum   notis    Hugonis   Grotii   et  Richardi   Bentleii.      1816. 

Statius.  873  S79 

Silvae;    tr.    with   introduction   and   notes  by   D.   A.    Slater.      1908. 

Clarendon  Press. 

Life  of  Statius,  p.9-18. 

Miscellaneous  and  occasional  poems,  often  of  a  familiar  nature.  Statius  has  been 
considered  the  most  eminent  of  the  Roman  poets  of  the  silver  age,  but  this  is  the  first 
English  translation  of  the  "Silvae." 


i686  EPIC  AND  LYRIC  POETRY 

Virgil.  873  V34e 

L'Eneide;  tr.  da  Vittorio  Alfieri.  4v.  in  2.  1809.  (Alfieri,  Vittorio. 
Opere  postume,  v.S-iiJ 

V.I.     Books  1-3. 
V.2.     Books  4-6. 
V.3.     Books  7-9. 
V.4.     Books  10-12. 
Latin  and  Italian  text. 

Virgil.  r873  V34g 

Georgicorum  libri  quatuor;  The  Georgicks  of  Virgil,  with  an  Eng- 
lish translation  and  notes  by  John  Martyn.     181 1.     Dutton. 
Latin  and  English  text. 

Virgil.  873  V34gg 

Greater  poems  of  Virgil;  ed.  by  J.  B.  Greenough  and  G.  L.  Kitt- 

redge.    2v.  in  i.     1895.    Ginn. 

Contents:    ^Eneid,  books  1-6. — Eclogues. 

VirgiL  873  V34J 

Virgil;  tr.  by  John  Jackson.     1908.    Clarendon  Press. 

Contents:    The  Eclogues. — Georg^cs. — Aeneid. 
De  Witt,  Norman  Wentworth.  873  V34zd 

The  Dido  episode  in  the  Aeneid  of  Virgil.    1907. 

Thesis  for  Ph.  D.,  University  of  Chicago. 

Havell,  Herbert  Lorde.  J873  V34h 

Stories  from  the  ..Eneid.  [1909.]  Dodge.  (Told  through  the  ages 
series.) 

Retells  the  story  of  Troy's  overthrow,  of  the  wanderings  of  yEneas  and  his  mishaps 
by  land  and  by  sea.  Illustrated  with  16  photographic  reproductions  of  famous  paintings, 
six  of  them  by  Burne-Jones. 

Mayor,  Joseph  Bickersteth,  and  others.  873  V34zm 

Virgil's  Messianic  eclogue;  its  meaning,  occasion  &  sources;  three 

studies,  by  J.  B.  Mayor,  W.  W.  Fowler  and  R.  S.  Conway,  with  the  text 

of  the  eclogue  and  a  verse  translation  by  R.  S.  Conway.    1907.    Murray. 

Wetmore,  Monroe  Nichols.  r873  V34ZW 

Index  verborum  Vergilianus.    191 1.    Yale  University  Press. 

Complete  word  index  to  the  acknowledged  works  of  Virgil. 

Catullus.  874  Ca8c 

Catullus    [in  Latin];  ed.  by  E.T.Merrill.     1893.     Ginn.     (College 
series  of  Latin  authors.)    , 
Horace.  874  H790C0 

Odes;   metrical  translations  by  various  authors,  selected  by  S.  A. 
Courtauld.     19(58.    Bickers. 
Horace.  874  H79ode 

Odes  and  Epodes;  tr.  into  English  verse  corresponding  with  the 
original  metres  by  John  Marshall.  1907.  Dent.  (Temple  Greek  and 
Latin  classics.) 

Latin  and  English  text. 

Horace.  r874  H79P 

Les  poesies  d'Horace;  tr.  en  fran^ois,  avec  des  remarques  et  des  dis- 
sertations critiques  par  N.  E.  Sanadon.    8v.     1756. 

Latin  and  French  text. 


CICERO  1687 

Horace.  1874  H79 

Poetical  translation  of  the  works  of  Horace,  with  the  original  text 
and  critical  notes  collected  from  his  best  Latin  and  French  commenta- 
tors by  Philip  Francis.    4v.     1756.     Millar. 

V.I.     Odes. 

V.2.     Odes  (continued). — Epodes. — Secular  poem. 

V.3.     Satires. 

V.4.     Epistles. — Art  of  poetry. 

Horace.  874  H7gq 

Quintus  Horatius  Flaccus;  the  Roman  poet  presented  to  modern 
readers;  ed.  by  C.  L.  and  J.  C.  Dana.     1908.     Elm  Tree  Press. 

Believing  that  no  one  person  is  competent  to  translate  Horace  throughout,  the  edi- 
tors have  chosen  the  best  from  various  translators.  The  introductory  sketch  of  Horace's 
life  is  accompanied  by  his  own  account  of  it  in  excerpts  from  his  epistles  and  satires. 

Giraud,  Victor,  b.  1868.  874  H79zg 

Les  idees  morales  d'Horace.     1907.     (Philosophes,  penseurs  et  grands 

ecrivains.) 

"Bibliographic,"  p.61-62. 

Propertius.  r874  P96 

Elegiarum  libri  quatuor,  ad  fidem  veterum  membranarum  sedulo 
castigati;  accedunl  notae.     1702. 


875     Cicero 

Cicero,  Marcus  Tullius.  r875  C47d 

De  officiis  libri  tres;  with  marginal  analysis  and  an  English  com- 
mentary; ed.  by  H.A.  Holden;  first  American  ed.  corrected  and  en- 
larged by  Charles  Anthon.    1864.    Harper. 

Cicero,  Marcus  Tullius.  r875  C47m 

M.  Tullii  Ciceronis  ad  Q.  Fratrem  dialogi  tres  de  oratore;  ex  mss. 
emendavit,  notisque  illustravit  Zacharias  Pearce.     1746. 

Cicero,  Marcus  Tullius.  r875  C470 

M.  Tullii  Ciceronis  opera  quae  supersunt  omnia,  cum  Asconio  & 
Scholiaste  veteri;  Isaacus  Verburgius  collegit,  recensuit,  variantes  lec- 
tiones  ubique  apposuit.    iiv.     1724. 

V.3,  pt.  i;  V.6,  pt.i   wanting. 
V.I  I  contains  index  to  the  set. 

Cicero,  Marcus  Tullius.  r875  C47S 

Select  orations;  tr.  into  English  with  the  original  Latin  in  the  op- 
posite page,  and  notes  by  William  Duncan.     1801.    Vernor. 

877     Latin  satire 

Juvenal.  r877  J54 

D.  J.  Juvenalis  Aquinatis  Satyrae,  scholiis  veterum  &  fere  omnium 
eruditorium,  commentariis,  partim  integris,  partim  selectis,  partim 
etiam  conquisitis,  nee  non  animadversis  T.  J.  Amelovenii  illustratae; 
omnia  recensuit  H.  C.  Henninius.     1685. 


i688  LATIN  MISCELLANY 

Juvenal.  877  J54a 

Satires,  with  introduction  and  notes  by  A.  F.   Cole.     1906.     Dent. 
(Temple  Greek  and  Latin  classics.) 

Latin  text  with  English  translation  by  Gifford,  on  parallel  pages. 


878     Latin  miscellany 

Avianus,  Flavins.  878  A95 

Fables;  ed.  with  prolegomena,  critical  apparatus,  commentary,  ex- 
cursus and  index  by  Robinson  Ellis.     1887.     Clarendon  Press. 
Latin  text. 

Caesar,  Caius  Julius.  878  Ciico 

Commentaries  on  the  Gallic  war;  tr.  into  English  by  T.  R.  Holmes. 
1908.    Macmillan. 

Frontinus,  Sextus  Julius.  1878  F96 

Sex.  Julii  Frontini  opera,  ad  optimas  editiones  collata;  praemittitur 
notitia  literaria  studiis  Societatis  Bipontinae.     1788. 

Pliny,  the  younger.  qr878  P69 

Caji  Plinii  Caecilii  Secundi  Panegyricus,  cum  notis  integris  et  selec- 

tis  aliorum,  curante  Joanne  Arntzenio;   accedit  Joannis   Masson   vita 

Plinii,  editio  tertia  auctior.     1738. 

r/i^  jowf ;  recensuit  R.  C.  Kukula.      1908.      (In  C.  Plini  Caecili  Secundi 

epistularum  libri  novem,  p. 319-404.) 876  P69C 

The  Roman  emperor  Trajan  is  the  subject  of  the  Panegyric. 

Romojus,  pseud.  878  R66 

Anegdotai,  iszsitarimai  ir  patarles  isz  gyvenimo  senoves  Grekony 
bei  Rymijony.     1893. 

Sage,  Evan  Taylor.  qr878  S12 

The  pseudo-Ciceronian  Consolatio.  1910.  University  of  Chicago 
Press. 

"Bibliography,"  p.7. 

Thesis  for  Ph.  D.,  University  of  Chicago. 

Study  of  the  authenticity  of  the  "Consolatio." 

Sallust.  r878  S16 

Bellum  Catilinarium  et  Jugurthinum;  i.  e.  The  history  of  the  wars 
of  Catiline  and  Jugurtha,  with  a  free  translation  by  John  Clarke.  1734. 
Bettesworth. 

Latin  and  English  texts. 

Sallust.  878  Si6g 

La  guerra  di  Catilina;  tr.  da  Vittorio  Alfieri.     1810.     (Alfieri,  Vit- 

torio.    Opere  postume,  v.l8.) 
Latin  and  Italian  text. 

Sallust  878  Si6gu 

La  guerra  di  Giugurta;  tr.  da  Vittorio  Alfieri.    2v.  in  i.     1810.     (Al- 
fieri, Vittorio.     Opere  postume,  v.19-20.) 
Latin  and  Italian  text. 


GREEK  LITERATURE  1689 

Tacitus.  qr878  Tii 

Annales  [and]  The  description  of  Germanie  [tr.  by  Richard  Green- 
wey].     1622.     [Bill.] 

Tacitus.  1:878  Tiid 

De  moribus  Germanorum,  et  De  vita  Agricolae;  cura  Richardi  Rel- 
han.    1809. 

Tacitus.  qr878  Tii 

End  of  Nero  and  beginning  of  Galba,  Foure  bookes  of  the  Histories 
of  Cornelius  Tacitus,  and  The  life  of  Agricola  [tr.  by  Henry  Savile]. 
1622.     [Bill.] 

Bound  with  his  "Annales  [and]   The  description  of  Germanie." 

Valerius  Maximus.  r878  V15 

Valerii  Maximi  dictorum  factorumque  memorabilium  libri  novem, 
ad  optimas  editiones  collati.     1783. 

Walter,  abbot  of  Dervy.  r879  W19 

Epistolae;  letters,  now  first  published  from  a  ms.  preserved  in  the 
library  of  St.  John's  college,  Oxford  [ed.]  by  C.  Messiter.  1850.  (Cax- 
ton  Society.     Publications.) 

Latin  text. 

Walter,  abbot  of  Dervy  {fl.  1164),  it  would  appear  from  the  style  of  these  letters, 
belonged  to  a  very  strict  and  ascetic  class  of  monks.  The  letters  are  of  interest  as 
specimens  of  the  philosophy  of  that  age,  but  they  derive  their  principal  importance  from 
the  names  of  John  of  Salisbury,  Becket  and  others,  who  figure  therein  as  correspondents 
of  the  abbot.     Condensed  from  preface. 


880     Greek  literature 

Bibliography 

Quaritch,  Bernard,  pub.  qroi6.88  Q18 

Catalogue  of  Greek  and  Latin  classics,  also  of  modern  Latinists  and 
of  works  upon  classical  philology,  Greek  and  Roman  archaeology  and 
history.     1893. 

General  works 

Menardos,  Simos.  r88o  M61 

Value  of  Byzantine  and  modern  Greek  in  Hellenic  studies;  an  in- 
augural lecture  delivered  before  the  university  [Oxford],  Thursday, 
Oct.  29,  1908.     1909.     Clarendon  Press. 

Murray,  George  Gilbert  Aime.  r88o  M97 

Interpretation  of  ancient  Greek  literature;  an  inaugural  lecture  de- 
livered before  the  University  of  Oxford,  Jan.  27,  1909.  1909.  Claren- 
don Press. 

Blackie,  John  Stuart.  880.4  B51 

Horse  Hellenicae;  essays  and  discussions  on  some  important  points 

of  Greek  philology  and  antiquity.     1874.    Macmillan. 

Contents:    On  the  theology  of  Homer. — On  the  Prometheus  bound  of  .^Eschylus. — 


i690  GREEK  LITERATURE 

Blackie,  John  Stuart — continued.  880.4  B51 

On  the  philological  genius  and  character  of  the  neo-Hellenic  dialect  of  the  Greek  tongue. 
— On  the  scientific  interpretation  of  popular  myths  with  special  reference  to  Greek 
mythology. — On  the  Sophists  of  the  fifth  century  B.  C. — On  onomatopceia  in  language. — 
On  the  Spartan  constitution  and  the  agrarian  laws  of  Lycurgus. — On  the  pre-Socratic 
philosophy. — Remarks  on  English  hexameters. — On  the  popular  poetry  of  modern  Greece. 
— On  the  place  and  power  of  accent  in  language. 

Marett,  Robert  Ranulph,  ed.  880.4  M38 

Anthropology  and  the  classics;  six  lectures  delivered  before  the 
University  of  Oxford.     1908.     Clarendon  Press. 

Contents:  The  European  diffusion  of  primitive  pictography  and  its  bearings  on  the 
origin  of  script,  by  A.  J.  Evans. — Homer  and  anthropology,  by  A.  Lang. — The  early 
Greek  epic,  by  G.  G.  A.  Murray. — Graeco-Italian  magic,  by  F.  B.  Jevons. — Herodotus  and 
anthropology,  by  J.  L.  Myres. — Lustratio,  by  W.  W.  Fowler. 

Tyrrell,  Robert  Yelverton.  880.4  T98 

Essays  on  Greek  literature.     1909.     Macmillan. 

Contents:  Pindar. — Sophocles. — The  recently-discovered  papyri. — Bacchylides. — 
Pluterch. 

Verrall,  Arthur  Woolgar.  880.4  V28 

The  Bacchants  of  Euripides,  and  other  essays.  1910.  Cambridge 
University  Press. 

Other  essays:  Notes  on  the  Bacchants. — The  first  Homer. — The  mutiny  of  Ido- 
meneus;  a  lost  bit  of  Homer. — Rhyme  and  reason  in  the  dialogue  of  Attic  tragedy. — 
Remains  of  Phrynichus  in  The  Persians  of  Aeschylus. — The  lady  of  Cos;  a  study  in 
the  sources  of  Herodotus. — The  death  of  Cyrsilus,  alias  Lycides;  a  problem  in  authori- 
ties.— Christ  before  Herod;  Luke  xxiii  1-16. 

r88o.8  C74 
Conciones  et  orationes  ex  historicis  Grsecis  excerptse  [in  Greek].  2v. 
in  I.     1806. 

Continuously  paged. 

Fornaciari,  Raffaello,  ed.  880.8  F77 

Prosa  classica;  ovvero,  Saggi  dei  principali  prosatori  greci  e  latini 

in  buone  traduzioni  italiane,  con  brevi  notizie  di  storia  letteraria,  ad 

uso  delle  scuole.     1895. 

Tappan,  Eva  March,  comp.  J880.8  T19 

Stories  from  the  classics,  1907.  Houghton.  (The  children's  hour,  v.3.) 

Contents:  Stories  from  Herodotus. — Stories  from  Livy. — Stories  from  Ovid. — Old 
Greek  folk-stories. — Stories  of  the  Trojan  war. — The  wanderings  of  Ulysses. — Ulysses  in 
Ithaca. — The  wanderings  of  the  Trojan  jEneas. 

Wright,  Robert  Samuel,  &  Shadwell,  J.  E.  L.  comp.  880.8  W93 

Golden  treasury  of  Greek  prose.  1870.  Clarendon  Press.  (Claren- 
don Press  series.) 

Selections,  in  the  original,  from  Greek  prose  writers,  with  introduction  and  notes. 
Browne,  Robert  William.  880.9  B81 

History  of  classical  literature  [Greek].    2v.     1851.     Bentley. 

The  author  was  professor  of  classical  literature  in  King's  College,  London. 

Wright,  Wilmer  Cave.  '  880.9  W93 

Short  history  of  Greek  literature  from  Homer  to  Julian.  1907. 
Amer.  Book  Co. 

"Bibliography,"  p.510-517. 

Rapid  survey  of  the  whole  field  of  Greek  literature.  From  this  little  book,  even  one 
who  has  no  Greek  may  learn  much  of  the  history  of  Greek  literature,  while  as  a  handy 
book  for  rapid  reference  it  is  admirably  arranged  and  lucidly  written.  Condensed  from 
Academy,  1907. 


GREEK  POETRY  1691 


881     Greek  poetry 

Dionysius  Periegetes.  r88i  D62 

Dionysii  orbis  descriptio  [in  Greek],  cum  veterum  scholiis  et  Eus- 
tathii  commentariis;  accedit  Periegesis  Prisciani,  cum  notis  Andreae 
Papii.     1697. 

Title-page  in  Greek  and  Latin. 

Bland,  Robert,  comp.  881.08  B53 

Collections  from  the  Greek  anthology;  a  new  edition  comprising 
the  fragments  of  early  lyric  poetry,  with  specimens  of  all  the  poets  in- 
cluded in  Meleager's  Garland,  by  J.  H.  Merivale.    1833.    Longman. 

Fornaciari,  Raffaello,  ed.  881.08  F77 

Poesia  classica;  ovvero,  Saggi  dei  principali  poeti  greci  e  latini  in 
buone  traduzioni  italiane,  con  brevi  notizie  di  storia  letteraria,  ad  uso 
delle  scuole.     1893. 

Headlam,  Walter  George,  camp.  881.08  H38 

Book  of  Greek  verse.     1907.     Cambridge  University  Press. 
Greek  and  English  text. 

Kephalas,  Constantine.  r88i.o8  K19 

Anthologise  Grseca:  a  Constantino  Cephala  conditse  libri  tres  [in 
Greek]  ad  editionein  Leipsiensem  Johannis  Jacobi  Reiske  expressi;  ac- 
cedunt  interpretatio  Latina,  poetarum  anthologicorum  notitia,  indices 
necessarii.     1766. 

Macgregor,  Robert  Guthrie,  tr.  q88i.o8  M16 

Greek    anthology,    with    notes,    critical    and    explanatory.      [1864.] 

Nissen. 

The  collection  commonly  known  as  the  "Greek  anthology"  is  a  great  body  of  fugi- 
tive poetry  comprehending  about  4,500  pieces  by  more  than  300  writers.  This  translation 
is  spoken  of  in  the  Encyclopaedia  Britannica  as  a  "work  of  stupendous  industry  and 
fidelity,  which  almost  redeem  the  general  mediocrity  of  the  execution." 

Mackail,  John  William,  ed.  881.08  M17 

Select  epigrams  from  the  Greek  anthology;  ed.  with  revised  text, 
translation,  introduction  and  notes.     1906.     Longmans. 
The  last  chapter  is  a  "Biographical  index  of  epigrammatists." 

Musa  Grseca;  selecta  ex  poetis  melioris  notae.     1833.  r88i.o8  M98 

Greek  text. 

r88i.o8  S46 
Selecta  ex  Homero,  Hesiodo,  Apollonio  Rhodio,  Callimacho,  Theocrito, 
Bione,  Moscho,  Musaeo,  Tyrtso,  Simonide,  Sapphone,  Pindaro;  in 
usum  regise  scholse  Etonensis.     1755. 

Greek  and   Latin  text. 

Wright,  Robert  Samuel,  comp.  881.08  W93 

Goldeo  treasury  of  ancient  Greek  poetry;  revised  by  Evelyn  Abbott. 
1889.     Clarendon  Press.     (Clarendon  Press  series.) 

Greek  text. 


i692  GREEK  DRAMA 


History  and  criticism  of  Greek  poetry 

Arnold,  Sir  Edwin.  88i.og  Ays 

Poets  of  Greece.     1869.     Cassell. 

From  Homer  to  Proclus,  who  lived  in  the  5th  century.  Quotations  are  given  from 
their  poems,  with  translations  and  some  critical  comment. 

Mackail,  John  William.  881.09  M17 

Lectures  on  Greek  poetry.    1910.     Longmans. 

Contents:  Homer:  The  Homeric  question. — Homer  and  the  Iliad. — The  Homeric 
epic.  —  The  lyric  poets:  The  age  of  freedom;  Sappho.  —  The  age  of  concentration; 
Simonides. — Sophocles. — After  Athens:  The  Alexandrians. — Theocritus  and  the  idyl. — 
Apollonius  of  Rhodes  and  the  romantic  epic. 

Mills,  Abraham.  88i.og  M69 

Poets  and  the  poetry  of  the  ancient  Greeks,  with  an  historical  intro- 
duction and  a  brief  view  of  Grecian  philosophers,  orators  and  historians. 
1854.    Phillips. 

Brief  biographical  and  critical  studies,  with  many  quotations  from  English  trans- 
lations. 

882     Greek  drama 

.^schylus.  r882  A25S 

/Eschyli  Septem  contra  Thebas  [in  Greek];  notas  et  glossarium  ad- 
jecit  C.  J.  Blomfield.     1824. 

Title-page  in  Greek  and  Latin. 

iEschylus.  r882  A25t 

.(Eschyli  tragoediae;  recensuit  Augustus  Wellauer.    2v.     1827. 
V.I.     Suppliccs. — Persae. — Septem  adversus   Thebas. — Prometheus. 
V.  2.     Agamemnon. — Choephori. — Eumenides. 

.Sschylus.  882  A25a 

^schylus  in  English  verse,  by  A.  S.  Way.  v. 1-2.  1906-07.  Mac- 
millan. 

V.I.     The  seven  against  Thebes. — The  Persians. 
V.2.     Prometheus  bound. — The  suppliant  maidens. 

Distinguished  for  vigor  and  ease  combined  with  faithful  adherence  to  the  meaning 
and  manner  of  the  original.     Condensed  from  Academy,  igoy. 

iEschylus.  882  A25f 

[Four  plays];  tr.  into  English  verse  by  E.  D.  A.  Morshead.  1908. 
Macmillan.     (Golden  treasury  series.) 

Contents:  The  suppliant  maidens. — The  Persians. — The  seven  against  Thebes. — 
Prometheus  bound. 

.SIschylus.  .  882  A2sh 

House  of  Atreus;  tr.  into  English  verse  by  E.  D.  A.  Morshead.  1904. 
Macmillan.    (Golden  treasury  series.) 

Contents:     Agamemnon. — The  libation-bearers. — The  furies. 

iEschylus.  882  A25P 

I  Persiani;  tragedia  [tr.  into  the  Italian  by  Vittorio  Alfieri],  1810. 
(Alfieri,  Vittorio.    Opere  postume,  v.21.) 

Contains  also:    II  Filottete,  by  Sophocles. 
.ffischylus.  r882  A25pr 

Prometheus  vinctus  [in  Greek] ;  to  which  is  subjoined  a  Greek  ordo, 
a  literal  prose  translation,  and  notes.     1822.    Whittaker. 


GREEK  DRAMA  1693 


iEschylus.  r882  A25tr 

Tragoediae  quae  supersunt,  deperditarum  fabularum  fragmenta  et 
scholia  Graeca;  ex  editione  Thomae  Stanleii,  cum  versione  Latina  ab  ipso 
emendata  et  commentario  longe  quam  antea  fuit  auctiori  ex  manu- 
scriptis  ejus  nunc  demum  edito;  accedunt  variae  lectiones  et  notae  criti- 
cae  ac  philologicae,  quibus  suas  passim  intertexuit  Samuel  Butler.  8v. 
1809-16. 

Greek  and  Latin  text. 

"Stanley's  edition  of  .(Eschylus  was  superior  to  any  that  had  preceded  it;  it  was 
long  regarded  at  home  and  abroad  as  the  standard  edition,  and  remains  'a  great  monu- 
ment of  critical  learning'. .  .The  whole  edition  was  revised  and  enlarged ...  by  Samuel 
Butler."     Dictionary  of  national  biography. 

Aristophanes.  882  Ayia 

Acharnians  of  Aristophanes,  with  introduction,  critical  notes  and 
commentary  by  W.  Rennie.    1909.    Arnold. 

The  same,  acted  at  Athens  at  the  Lenaean  festival,  B.  C.  425;  the 
Greek  text  revised  with  a  translation  into  corresponding  metres,  intro- 
duction and  commentary  by  B.  B.  Rogers.     1910.     Bell 882  A7ia2 

Aristophanes.  882  Ayie 

Ecclesiazusae  of  Aristophanes,  acted  at  Athens  in  the  year  B.  C.  393; 
the  Greek  text  revised,  with  a  translation  into  corresponding  metres, 
introduction  and  commentary  by  B.  B.  Rogers.     1902.     Bell. 

Aristophanes.  882  A7if2 

Frogs  of  Aristophanes;  acted  at  Athens,  405  B.  C;  tr.  into  English 
rhyming  verse  by  Gilbert  Murray.     1908.    Allen. 

Aristophanes.  882  Ayik 

Knights  of  Aristophanes,  acted  at  Athens  at  the  Lenaean  festival, 
B.  C.  424;  the  Greek  text  revised,  with  a  translation  into  corresponding 
metres,  introduction  and  commentary  by  B.  B.  Rogers.     1910.     Bell. 

Aristophanes.  882  A7it 

Thesmophoriazusae  of  Aristophanes,  acted  at  Athens  in  the  year 
B.  C.  410;  the  Greek  text  revised,  with  a  free  translation  into  English 
verse,  introduction  and  commentary  by  B.  B.  Rogers.     1904.     Bell. 

Church,  Alfred  John.  882  €466 

Elbeszelesek  a  gorog  tragikus  koltokbol;  angolbol  forditotta  es 
jegyzetekkel  kiserte  Nevy  Laszlo.     1882. 

Euripides.  882  Egsalc 

L'Alceste  [tr.  into  the  Italian  by  Vittorio  Alfieri].     1809. 

Euripides.  882  Egseur 

Euripides  [Greek  text],  with  an  English  commentary  by  F.  A.  Paley. 
3v.    1872-80.    Whittaker.     (Bibliotheca  classica.) 

V.I.  Life  of  Euripides. — Rhesus. — Medea. —  Hippolytus. —  Alcestis. —  HeracHdae. — 
Supplices. — Troades. 

V.2.     Ion. — Helena. — Andromache. — Electra. — Bacchae. — Hecuba. 

V.3.  Hercules  Furens. — Phoenissae. — Orestes. — Iphigenia  in  Tauris. — Iphigenia  in 
Aulide. — Cyclops. 


i694  GREEK  DRAMA 


Euripides.  r882  Egsh 

Hecuba  [in  Greek] ;  critical  and  explanatory  remarks  by  J.  R.  Major. 
1836.     Longman. 

[Euripides.]  1882  Egsip 

Iphigenia  at  Aulis;  tr.  by  Lady  Lumley.  1909.  Malone  Soc.  (Ma- 
lone  Society  reprints,  1909.) 

Printed  for  the  first  time  from  a  translation  made  in  the  i6th  century. 

Euripides.  882  Egsipz 

Iphigenia  in  Tauris;  tr.  into  English  rhyming  verse,  with  explanatory 
notes  by  Gilbert  Murray.     1910.     Oxford  University  Press. 

Euripides.  r882  £931 

Iphigenia  Taurica    [in   Greek];    recensuit   Godofredus   Hermannus. 
1833.     (Euripidis  tragoediae,  v.i,  pars  3.) 
Interleaved,  with  mss.  notes. 

Euripides.  882  Egsmz 

Medea;  tr.  into  English  rhyming  verse  with  explanatory  notes  by 
Gilbert  Murray.     1906.    Allen. 

Euripides.  r882  Egs 

Tragoediae  priores  quatuor  [in  Greek];  recensuit  suasque  notulas 
subjecit  Jacobus  Scholefield.    1826. 

Contents:     Hecuba. — Orestes. — Phoenissae. — Medea. 

Euripides.  882  Eg3tro2 

Trojan  women;  tr.  into  English  rhyming  verse  with  explanatory 
notes  by  Gilbert  Murray.     1905.    Allen. 

Havell,  Herbert  Lorde.  J882  H35 

Stories  from  Greek  tragedy.  Dodge.  (Told  through  the  ages  series.) 
Contents:    Stories  from  ..Eschylus:    Prometheus;  The  house  of  Pelops;  Agamemnon, 

Orestes. — Stories  from  Sophocles i,    Antigone;  The  last  days  of  Hercules;  Philoctetes. — 

Stories  from  Euripides:     Medea;  Alcestis;  Hecuba. 

Menander.  882  M61 

Four  plays  [Greek  text]:  The  hero,  Epitrepontes,  Periceiromene, 
and  Samia;  ed.  with,  introductions,  explanatory  notes,  critical  appendix 
and  bibliography  by  Edward  Capps.  1910.  Ginn.  (College  series  of 
Greek  authors.) 

"Bibliography,"  p.323-328. 

Menander.  r882  M61 

Menandri    et    Philemonis    reliquiae,    Graece    et    Latine    cum    notis 
Hugonis  Grotii  et  Joannis  Clerici.     1709. 
Bentley,  Richard.  r882  M6re 

Emendationes  in  Menandri  et  Philemonis  reliquias,  ex  nupera  edi- 
tione  Joannis  Clerici,  ubi  multa  Grotii  &  aliorum,  plurima  vero  Clerici 
errata  castigantur,  auctore  Phileleuthero  Lipsiensi;  accedit  epistola 
critica  Richardi  Bentleii  de  Johanne  Malela  Antiocheno.     1713. 

Interleaved. 

Sophocles.  882  S710 

Oedipus,  king  of  Thebes;  tr.  into  English  rhyming  verse  with  ex- 
planatory notes  by  Gilbert  Murray.     191 1.     Allen. 


GREEK  DRAMA  1695 


Sophocles.  r882  S7ioed 

CEdipus  rex   [in  Greek],  cum  annotatione  Integra  R.  F.  P.  Brunckii 

et  Godof.  Schaeferi.     1819. 
Title-page  in  Greek  and  Latin. 
Interleaved,  with  manuscript  notes. 

Sophocles.  qr882  S71 

CEdipus  the  king;  tragedy  in  five  acts;  tr.  literally  into  French  verse 
by  Jules  La  Croix  and  into  English  verse  by  Frederic  Lyster.  1894. 
RuUman. 

Mounet-Sully  acting  version. 

Sophocles.  r882  Syioe 

Oedipus  tyrannus  [in  Greek],  ex  recensione  Petri  Elmsley,  qui  et 
annotationes  suas  adjecit.     1825. 

Title-page  in  Greek  and  Latin. 
Interleaved,  with  manuscript  notes. 

Sophocles.  r882  S710 

Sophoclis  Oedipus  Coloneus  [in  Greek] ;  ex  recensione  Petri  Elms- 
ley.     1823. 

Title-page  in  Greek  and  Latin. 
Interleaved,  with  manuscript  notes. 

Sophocles.  r882  Syiq 

Sophoclis  quae  exstant  omnia   [in  Greek],  cum  veterum  grammati- 

corum  scholiis;  superstites  tragoedias  VII  recensuit,  versione  et  notis 

illustravit,  deperditarum  fragmenta  collegit  R.  F.  P.  Bruck.     2v.     1819. 

Sophocles.  r882  Syitr 

Trachinise  [in  Greek],  cum  annotatione  integra  R.  F.  P.  Brunckii  et 
Godof.  Schaeferi.     1819. 

Interleaved,  with  manuscript  notes. 

Ellendt,  Friedrich  Theodor,  comp.  r882  Syie 

Lexicon  to  Sophocles,  principally  abridged  and  tr.  from  Ellendt. 
1841.    Talboys. 

.  History  of  the  Greek  drama 

[Buckham,  Philip  Wentworth.]  r882.og  B85 

Theatre  of  the  Greeks,  containing  in  a  compendious  form  a  great 
body  of  information  relative  to  the  rise,  progress,  and  exhibition  of  the 
drama,  together  with  an  account  of  dramatic  writers  from  Thespis  to 
Menander;  to  which  is  added  a  chronology  and  an  appendix  containing 
critical  remarks  by  Person,  Elmsley  and  others.     1825.    Grant. 

Major,  John  Richardson,  ed.  r882.09  M27 

Guide  to  the  reading  of  the  Greek  tragedians;  being  a  series  of  ar- 
ticles on  the  Greek  drama,  Greek  metres  and  canons  of  criticism. 
[1836.]     Valpy. 

Nietzsche,  Friedrich.  882.09  N33 

The  birth  of  tragedy;  or,  Hellenism  and  pessimism;  tr.  by  W.  A. 

Haussmann  [ed.  by  Oscar  Levy].    1909.    Foulis.    (Complete  works,  v.3.) 


1696  GREEK  EPIC  POETRY 

Rees,  Kelley.  r882.09  R28 

So-called  rule  of  three  actors  in  the  classical  Greek  drama.  1908. 
University  of  Chicago  Press. 

Thesis  for  Ph.  D.,  University  of  Chicago. 

Author  believes  that  this  was  an  artistic  but  not  an  economic  law,  that  is,  only 
three  actors  spoke  during  each  scene  but  these  three  were  not  always  the  same. 

Ridgeway,  William.  882.09  R43 

Origin  of  tragedy,  with  special  reference  to  the  Greek  tragedians. 
1910.    Cambridge  University  Press. 

Anthropological  account  of  the  origin  of  tragedy,  illustrated  with  a  wealth  of  com- 
parative folk-lore.  Maintains  that  Greek  tragedy  did  not  arise  from  the  worship  of 
Dionysus,  but  originated  in  the  worship  of  the  dead,  and  in  particular  in  the  mimetic 
spectacles  performed  at  the  graves  of  dead  heroes  to  win  their  favor  and  encourage 
them  to  repeat  their  beneficent  deeds. 


883     Greek  epic  poetry 

Chcerilus,  Samius.  r883  C44 

Choerili    Samii  quae    supersunt    collegit    et   illustravit,    de    Choerili 

Samii  aetate,  vita  et  poesi   aliisque   Choerilis   disseruit   A.  F.  Naekius. 
1817. 

Hesiod.  883  H48P 

Poems  and  fragments;  done  into  English  prose,  with  introduction 
and  appendices  by  A.  W.  Mair.    1908.    Clarendon  Press. 

Murray,  George  Gilbert  Aime.  883  Mgy 

Rise  of  the  Greek  epic;  being  a  course  of  lectures  delivered  at  Har- 
vard University.     1907.     Clarendon  Press. 

Homer 
Homer.  883  Hysim 

L'lliade;  tradotta  da  Vincenzo  Monti.    1905. 

Homer.  r883  Hysil 

Ilias   Grsece  et   Latine;   annotationes  scripsit  atque  edidit   Samuel 
Clarke.    2v.    1735. 

V.2  edited  by  Samuel  Clarke,  jr. 

Homer.  883  Hysiba 

Az  Iliasz;  hat  els6  eneke;  forditotta  Baksay  Sandor.    1897. 

Homer.  r883  H750 

Odyssea  Graece;  edidit  et  annotatione  perpetua  illustravit  Eduardus 
Loewe.    2v.     1828. 

Homer.  883  Hjsosi 

Odysseja;  prz.  Lucyana  Siemienskiego.    1903. 

Church,  Alfred  John.  J883  H750CU 

Odyssey  for  boys  and  girls,  told  from  Homer.    1906.     Macmillan. 
Wanderings  of  Ulysses  and  his  adventures  with  the  giant  Cyclops,  the  enchantress 

Circe  and  the  fairy  Calypso.     Colored  pictures. 


HOMER  1697 

Havell,  Herbert  Lorde.  J883  Hysiha 

Stories  from  the  Iliad.  [1909.]  Dodge.  (Told  through  the  ages 
series.) 

Beg^ins  with  the  quarrel  of  Achilles  and  Agamemnon  and  relates  the  exploits  of 
Diomed,  Hector,  Patroclus  and  other  heroes  of  the  Trojan  war.  Illustrated  with  repro- 
ductions of  famous  pictures. 

Havell,  Herbert  Lorde.  J883  Hysoh 

Stories  from  the  Odyssey.  [1909.]  Dodge.  (Told  through  the  ages 
series.) 

Jebb,  Sir  Richard  Claverhouse.  883  H75ZJ 

Homer;  an  introduction  to  the  Iliad  and  the  Odyssey.  1905.  Macle- 
hose. 

"A  list  of  books  on  Homer,"  p.197-201. 

Gives  the  principal  results  of  modern  study  in  regard  to  the  general  character  of 
the  Homeric  poems,  their  historical  value  and  place  in  literature,  their  influence  on  the 
ancient  world  and  their  origin. 

Lang,  Andrew.  883  H75ZI 

Homer  and  his  age.     1906.    Longmans. 

Detailed  criticism  defending  the  author's  theory  that  the  Iliad  depicts  the  life  of 
a  single  brief  age  of  culture.  There  are  chapters  on  Homeric  architecture,  armor,  man- 
ners and  customs,  etc. 

Lang,  Andrew.  883  H75I 

World  of  Homer.     1910.    Longmans. 

"Attempt  to  prove  that  the  world  of  Homer  was  a  distinct  period  in  history,  and 
that  the  Iliad,  in  the  main  the  work  of  a  single  poet,  describes  what  Homer  actually 
saw.  Much  of  the  argument  is  based  on  recent  archeological  discoveries.  The  book 
offers  much  matter  for  discussion  among  scholars  but  will  not  interest  readers  who  do 
not  know  their  Homer  well."     A.  L.  A.  booklist,  igii. 

Seymour,  Thomas  Day.  883  H75ZS 

Life  in  the  Homeric  age.     1907.  .  Macmillan. 

Contents:  Introduction.  —  Cosmography  and  geography.  —  The  Homeric  state. — 
Women  and  the  family,  education  and  recreation. — Dress  and  decoration. — House  and 
furniture. — Homeric  food. — Homeric  property. — Slavery  and  servitude. — Trade  and  the 
crafts. — Sea  life  and  ships. — Agriculture,  plants  and  trees. — Animals,  fishes,  birds  and 
insects. — Olympus  and  the  gods. — Hades  and  his  realm. — Temples,  worship  and  divina- 
tion.— The  Troad. — Homeric  war. — Homeric  arms. 

"Brief  bibliography,"  p.13-16. 

Based  upon  a  careful  study  of  the  Homeric  poems  and  written  from  the  philological, 
not  the  archaiological  point  of  view.  It  should  prove  a  complement  to  works  like  those 
of  Tsountas  and  Manatt,  Ridgeway  and  Hall,  which  look  at  the  same  period  from  the 
archaeological  point  of  view. 


884     Greek  lyric  poetry 


Pindar.  r884  P62 

Pindari  Carmina,  cum  versione  Latina;  accedunt  lectiones  varietas 
et  adnotationes;  iterum  curavit  C.  G.  Heyne.     iv.  in  2.     1823. 
Interleaved,  with  manuscript  notes  by  Meyer  Laurence  Townsend. 

Buchholz,  Eduard  August  Wilhelm.  884  P62zb 

Die  sittliche  Weltanschauung  des   Pindaros  und  Aeschylos.     1869. 


1698  GREEK  MISCELLANY 

885     Greek  oratory 

Aristides,  ^lius.  qrSSs  A71 

Opera  omnia  Graece  &  Latine,  in  duo  volumina  distributa;  observa- 
tiones  suas  adjecit  Samuel  Jebb.    v.i.     1722. 

H3npcrides.  r885  H99 

Orationes  duae  [in  Greek];  emendavit  et  scholia  adiecit  F.  G. 
Schneidewin.     1853. 

888     Greek  miscellany 

iEsop,  and  others.  888  Aasa 

Fables,  with  designs  on  wood  by  Thomas  Bewick.  1903.  Appleton. 
"This  issue  is  reproduced  in  facsimile  from  the  editions  printed  at  Newcastle  by 

E.  Walker  for  T.  Bewick  &  son  in  1818  and  1823." 

Scudder,  Horace  Elisha,  comp.  j888  A25S 

Book  of  fables,  chiefly  from  ^sop;  chosen  and  phrased  by  H.  E. 

Scudder.    1882.    Houghton. 

Some  of  the  fables  are,  The  boy  and  the  wolf. — ^The  lion  and  the  mouse. — Belling 
the  cat. — The  dog  in  the  manger. — The  wind  and  the  sun. — The  goose  that  laid  golden 
eggs. — The  Arab  and  his  camel. — The  wolf  in  sheep's  clothing. 

Ammonius.  r888  A52 

De  adfinium  vocabulorum  differentia  [in  Greek] ;  accedunt  opuscula 
nondum  edita,  Eranius  Philo  de  differentia  significationis,  Lesbonax  de 
figuris  grammaticis,  incerti  scriptores  de  solsecismo  et  barbarismo, 
lexicon  de  spiritibus  dictionum  ex  operibus  Tryphonis,  Chaerobosci, 
Theodoriti,  etc.  selectum;  A.,  ope  ms.  primae  editionis.  Aldinae,  et  aliunde 
emaculavit  et  notis  illustravit,  reliqua  ex  codd.  mss.  bibliothecae  Lug- 
duno-Batavae  nunc  primum  vulgavij  L.  G.  Valckenaer.     1739. 

Title-page  in  Greek  and  Latin. 

Contains  also  Valckenaer's  "Animadversionum  ad  Ammonium  grammaticum  libri 
tres." 

Aristotle.  888  A7idea2 

De  anima,  with  translation,  introduction  and  notes  by  R.  D.  Hicks. 
1907.     Cambridge  University  Press. 

Greek  and  English  text. 
"List  of  authorities,"  p.ii-17. 

"Marked  throughout  by  great  accuracy  of  scholarship  and  clearness  of  thought  and 
statement."     Athenaum,  igo8. 

Aristotle.  r888  A7id 

De  rhetorica  libri  tres  [in  Greek].     1826. 

Aristotle.  888  A7ior 

Organon  [in  Greek].    2v.  in  i.    1891-93. 

Contents:  Categoriae. — De  interprctatione. — Topica. — De  sophisticis  elenchis. — 
Analytica  priora. — Analytica  posteriora. 

"The  works  on  Logic  were  called  by  the  later  Peripatetics,  the  Organon,  'The  In- 
■trument,'  at  they  deal  with  the  method  of  investigation. .  .Aristotle's  claim  that  be  was 


GREEK  MISCELLANY  1699 

Aristotle — continued.  888  A710T 

the  first  to  work  out  a  method  of  reasoning  was  correct,  and  formal  logic  has  made 
little  advance  since  his  day."    New  international  encyclopedia. 

Aristotle.  888  A7ir 

Rhetoric  of  Aristotle;  a  translation  by  Sir  R.  C.  Jebb;  ed.  with  an 

introduction   and   with   supplementary  notes   by  J.  F.    Sandys.     1909. 
Cambridge  University  Press. 

Herodotus.  r888  H47m 

Herodoti  Musse;  sive  historiarum  libri  IX  [in  Greek];  recensuit  et 

lexicon  Herodoteum  instruxit  Joannes  Schweighasuser.    v.i.     1830. 
V.I  contains  the  entire  9  books;  the  lexicon  is  wanting. 

Herodotus.  r888  H47h 

Historiarum  libri  IX,  Latine,  ex  versione  J.  Schweighaeuser.     1817. 

Title-page  reads  volume  3  but  the  entire  9  books  are  in  this  volume. 

Longinus,  Dionysius  Cassius.  r888  L83 

Dionysii    Longini    quae    supersunt;   recensuit,    notasque    suas   atque 

animadversiones     adjecit    Joannes     Toupius,    accedunt     emendationes 

Davidis  Ruhnkenii.    1806. 

Greek  and  Latin  title-page  and  text. 

Lucian.  r888  L96 

Selecti   ex    Luciano   dialogi    quidam,   una   cum   ejusdem   libelTo   cui 

titulus  Quomodo  historia  scribenda  sit,  accedunt  interpretatio  castigata 

et  notas  variorum.     1819. 

Greek  text  followed  by  Latin  translation. 

Plato.  888  P68pl 

Platonis  opera  [Greek  text];  recognovit  breviqve  adnotatione  critica 
instrvxit  loannes  Burnet.  5v.  in  6.  [1910.]  (Scriptorum  classicorum 
bibliotheca  Oxoniensis.) 

V.I.  Evthyphro. — Apologia  Socratis. —  Crito. —  Phaedo. —  Cratylvs. —  Theaetetvs. — 
Sophista. — Politicvs. 

V.2.  Parmenides. —  Philebvs. —  Symposivm. —  Phaedrvs. —  Alcibiades  I,  II.  —  Hip- 
parchvs. — Amatores. 

V.3.  Theages. — Charmides. — Laches. — Lysis. — Evthydemvs. —  Protagoras. —  Gorgias. 
— Meno.- — Hippias  maior. — Hippias  minor. — lo. — Menexenvs. 

v.4.     Clitopho. — Respvblica. — Timaevs. — Critias. 

v. 5,  pt.i.     Minos. — Leges  I-VIII. 

v.5,  pt.2.     Leges  IX-XII. — Epinomis. — Epistvlae. — Definitiones. — Spvria. 

Plato.  888  P68w 

Works.    6v.     1902-08.  'Bell. 

V.I.  The  apology  of  Socrates. — Crito. — Phsedo. — Gorgias. — Protagoras. — Phaedrus. 
— Thesetetus.- — Euthyphron. — Lysis. 

V.2.     The  republic. — Timaeus. — Critias. 

V.3.  Meno. — Euthydemus. — The  sophist. — The  statesman. — Cratylus. — Parmenides. 
— The  banquet. 

v.4.  Philebus. — Charmides. — Laches. — Menexenus. — Hippias  major. — Hippias  minor. 
— Ion. — The  first  Alcibiades. — The  second  Alcibiades. — Theages. — The  rivals. — Hip- 
parcbus. — Minos. — Clitopho. — The  epistles. 

v.s.     The  laws. 

v. 6.  The  doubtful  works,  with  lives  by  Diogenes  Laertius,  Hesychius  and  Olympi- 
odorus,  Gray's  notes,  etc. 

v.  I  is  translated  by  Henry  Cary,  v. 2  by  Henry  Davis  and  v. 3-6  by  George  Burges. 


1700  GREEK  MISCELLANY 

Polybius.  qr888  P77P 

Polybii  Megalopolitani  historiarum  libri  priores  quinque,  Nicolao 
Perotto  interprete,  item  Epitome  sequentium  librorum  usque  ad  deci- 
mumseptimum,  Vuolfgango  Musculo  interprete.    2v.  in  i.     1549. 

Greek  and  Latin  title-pages  and  text. 

Theophrastus.  r888  T34 

Characters,  with  a  strictly  literal  translation  of  the  Greek  into 
Latin,  and  with  notes  [in  English]  by  R.  Newton.     1754.     Clements. 

Greek  and  Latin  text. 

Thucydides.  r888  T4a 

De  bello  Peloponnesiaco  libri  VIII;  ex  editione  J.  C.  Gottleberi, 

C.  L.  Baveri;  accedunt  commentarii  critici  a  T.  F.  Benedict  conscripti 

et  observationes  criticae  E.  F.  Poppo.    4v.     1819. 
Title-pages  and  text  in  Greek  and  Latin. 

Thucydides.  888  T4at 

Thucydidis  Historiae;  recensuit  Carolus  Hude.     2v.     1901. 

V.I.  Libri  1-4. 
V.2.  Libri  5-8. 
Greek  text. 

Valckenaer,  Lodewijk  Kasper.  r888  A52 

Animadversionum  ad  Ammonium  grammaticum  libri  tres,  in  quibus 
veterum   scriptorum   loca   tentantur   &   emendantur;   accedit   specimen 
scholiorum  ad  Homerum  ineditorum  ex  Codice  Vossiano.    1739. 
Bound  with  Ammonius's  "De  adfinium  vocabulorum  differentia." 

Xenophon.  r888  Xi7h 

Historiae  Graecse  libri  septem  [in  Greek] ;  ex  editione  Ludovici 
Dindorfii;  accedunt  annota^ones  variorum  interpretum.     1831. 

Xenophon.  888  Xi7ma 

March  of  the  ten  thousand;  being  a  translation  of  the  Anabasis,  pre- 
ceded by  a  life  of  Xenophon  by  H.  G.  Dakyns.    1901.    Macmillan. 

Xenophon.  r888  Xi7m 

Memorabilia,  cum  Apologia  Socratis,  eidem  auctori  vulgo  adscripta; 

ex  recensione  Schneideri,  annotationibus  auxit  Robertus  Young.     1826. 

Latin  and  Greek  text. 

Xenophon.  888  X17WO 

Works;  tr.  by  H.  G.  Dakyns.    v.  1-3,  in  4.     1890-97.    Macmillan. 

V.I.     Hellenica,  books  i-a,  and  Anabasis. 

T.a.     Hellenica,  books  3-7,  Agesilaus,  the  Polities,  and   Revenues. 

V.3,  pt.i.  The  Memorabilia  and  Apology,  the  Economist,  the  Symposium,  and 
Hiero. 

v.3,  pt.2.  Three  essays:  On  the  duties  of  a  cavalry  general,  On  horsemanship, 
and  On  hunting. 

Xenophon.  r888  Xi7da 

Xenophontis  de  Cyri  institutione  libri  octo;  Graeca  recognovit,  pluri- 
mis  in  locis  emendavit,  versionem  Latinam  reformavit  Thomas  Hutchin- 
son.   1727. 

The  same.    1797 r888  Xiyda 

Greek  and  Latin  text  and  title-pages. 


SANSKRIT  LITERATURE.     VEDAS  1701 

890     Literature  of  minor 
languages 

891.2     Sanskrit.     Vedas 

Adelung,  Friedrich  von.  r8gi.2  A23 

Historical  sketch  of  Sanscrit  literature,  with  copious  bibliographical 

notices  of  Sanscrit  works  and  translations;  from  the  German  [by  D.  A. 

Talboys].     1832.    Talboys. 

"Works  on  the  Sanscrit  language  in  general,"  p.8-ii. 

Bloomfield,  Maurice,  comp.  qr89i.2  B56 

Vedic  concordance;  being  an  alphabetic  index  to  every  line  of 
every  stanza  of  the  published  Vedic  literature  and  to  the  liturgical 
formulas  thereof,  that  is  an  index  to  the  Vedic  mantras,  together  with 
an  account  of  their  variations  in  the  different  Vedic  books.  1906. 
Harvard  University.     (Harvard  oriental  series.) 

Hitopadesa.  r828  J41  v.13 

Hitopadesa  of  Vishnusarman  [tr.  by  Sir  William  Jones].  1807.  (In 
Jones,  Sir  William.    Works,  v.13,  p.i-210.) 

Macdonald,  Mrs  Frederika  Richardson.  891.2  M146 

Iliad  of  the  East;  a  selection  of  legends  drawn  from  Valmiki's  San- 
scrit poem  the  Ramayana.    1908.    Lane. 

Panchatantra.  qr89i.2  P21 

Panchatantra;  a  collection  of  ancient  Hindu  tales  in  the  recension 
called  Panchakhyanaka  and  dated  1199  A.  D.,  of  the  Jaina  monk,  Purnab- 
hadra;  critically  ed.  in  the  original  Sanskrit  by  Johannes  Hertel.  1908. 
(Harvard  oriental  series.) 

Vedas.  qr89i.2  V24r 

Rig-Veda-Samhita,  the  sacred  hymns   of  the  Brahmans,  with  the 
commentary  of  Sayanakarya;  ed.  by  F.  M.  MuUer.  4v.    1890-92.   Frowde. 
Sanskrit  text. 

Vedas.  891.2  V24 

Rig- Veda  Sanhita;  a  collection  of  ancient  Hindu  hymns;  tr.  from  the 
original  Sanskrit  by  H.  H.  Wilson.    6v.     1854-88.    Triibner. 

v.i-2.     Books  1-2. 

V.3.     Books  3-4. 

V.4.     Book  5. 

V.5.     Books  6-7. 

V.6.     Books  7  (continued)-8. 

V.4  ed.  by  E.  B.  Cowell;  v.s  ed.  by  E.  B.  Cowell  and  W.  F.  Webster;  v.6  ed.  by 
W.  F.  Webster. 

891.5     Persian  literature 

Dames,  Mansel  Longworth.  1^891.5  D18 

Popular  poetry  of  the  Baloches.    2v.  in  i.     1907.     Nutt.     (Folk-lore 

Society.     Publications,  v.59.) 

Balochi,  a  speech  akin  to  Persian,  has  never  had  any  literature  in  the  true  sense  of 


I702  PERSIAN  LITERATURE 

Dames,  Mansel  Longworth — continued.  r8gi.5  Di8 

the  word;  its  poetry  has  been  handed  down  orally.  With  one  exception  there  was  no 
attempt  to  reduce  it  to  writing  until  Mr  Dames  began  his  collection.  Along  with  his 
own  renderings  into  English  he  has  printed  the  texts  from  which  they  were  made. 
Condensed  from  Nation,  1907. 

Firdausi.  891.5  Fsie 

The  epic  of  kings;  stories  retold  from  Firdusi  by  Helen  Zimmern. 
1883.    Holt. 

Firdausi  was  the  greatest  epic  poet  of  Persia.  His  "Shah-Namah,"  the  source  of 
these  stories,  traces  the  history  of  Persia  from  the  earliest  times  to  641  A.  D. 

Jones,  Sir  William.  r828  J41  v.6 

Poeseos  Asiaticae  commentariorum  libri  sex,  cum  appendice,  sub- 

jicitur  Limon,  seu,  Miscellaneorum  liber.     1807.     (In  his  Works,  v.6.) 

Omar  Khayydm.  r89i.5  O24 

Rubaiyat  [tr.  into  Gaelic  by  J.  J.  Carroll,  with  Edward  Fitzgerald's 
English  translation].     1909.     Collins. 

Omar  Khayyam.  891.5  024rub 

Ruba'iyat;  a  new  metrical  version  rendered  into  English  from  vari- 
ous Persian  sources  by  George  Roe,  with  an  introduction  and  many 
notes  and  references,  and  an  original  "Ode  to  Omar."     1906.     McClurg. 

The  quatrains  are  conscientious  renderings.  Marginal  references  give  the  texts 
in  which  each  is  found  and  their  previous  translators.  It  is  a  workmanlike  little  book 
which  attempts  neither  to  sacrifice  good  sense  to  literality,  nor  the  meaning  of  the 
Persian  to   picturesqueness.      Condensed  from  Nation,  Kjoy. 

Ouseley,  Sir  Gore.  891.5  O32 

Biographical  notices  of  Persian  poets,  with  critical  and  explanatory 
remarks;  to  which  is  prefixed  a  memoir  of  Sir  Gore  Ouseley  by  James 
Reynolds.     1846.     Oriental  Translation  Fund. 

Salim  I,  suHan  of  the  Turks.  qr89i.5  S16 

[Persian  songs.     1904.] 

By  command  of  His  Majesty,  the  German  Emperor  and  King  of  Prussia,  this  copy 
of  the  classic  work  of  Sultan  Salim  I  was  made  with  great  care.  This  book  is  repro- 
duced from  seven  different  copies  which  came  to  His  Majesty  from  the  University  of 
Strasburg.  Printed  in  the  capital  of  Germany  in  the  government  printing  house  in 
1904.    The  poems  are  in  Persian  with  an  introduction  in  Turkish. 

Wilmot-Buxton,  Ethel  M.  j8gi.5  W76 

Stories  of  Persian  heroes.    1908.    Crowell. 

Legends  of  the  ancient  kings  of  Persia,  their  battles,  their  victories  and  their 
wonderful  escapes  from  perils  of  every  kind.  Rustem,  their  champion,  is  the  principal 
hero  and  here  one  can  read  how  he  obtained  his  famous  horse  "Rakush,  or  The  Light- 
ning," of  his  adventures  in  the  land  of  the  genii  and  the  sad  story  of  his  son  Sohrab. 

Retold  from  Firdausi's  "Epic  of  kings."  Illustrated. 


891.54     Armenian  literature 

Alishanian,  Gheuont,  comp.  891.54  A41 

Armenian  popular  songs;  tr.  into  English  by  the  R.  Leo  M.  Alishan. 
1852.     Lazarus. 

English  and  Armenian  text. 

Composed  from  the  13th  to  the  17th  century,  in  various  dialects  of  the  vulgar  tongue. 


CELTIC  LITERATURE  1703 

891.6     Celtic  literature 

Evans,  Evan,  tr.  rSgi.G  Eg4 

Some  specimens  of  the  poetry  of  the  ancient  Welsh  bards;  trans- 
lated into  English,  with  explanatory  notes  on  the  historical  passages 
and  a  short  account  of  men  and  places  mentioned  by  the  bards.  [1862.] 
Pryse. 

Reprinted  from  Dodsley's  edition  of  1764. 

Hardiman,  James,  ed.  rSgi.G  H25 

Irish  minstrelsy;  or,  Bardic  remains  of  Ireland,  with  English  poeti- 
cal translations  [and]  notes.    2v.     1831.    Robins. 

V.I.     Remains  of  Cardan. — .Sentimental  song. 
V.2.     Jacobite  relics. — Odes,  elegies,  etc. 

Hull,  Eleanor.  8gi.6  H91 

Text  book  of  Irish  literature.    2  pts.  in  2v.     1906-08.     Gill. 

"Bibliography,"  pt.2,  p.237-246. 

Carries  the  history  up  to  the  early  years  of  the  i6th  century.  Elspecially  adapted 
to  the  use  of  students. 

Hutton,  Mary  Arkwright.  891.6  H97 

The  Tain;  an  Irish  epic  told  in  English  verse.     1907.    Maunsel. 
The  "Tain  Bo  Cuailgne,"  or  "Cattle-raid  of  Cowley,"  is  the  great  epic  of  Ireland. 

It  is  the  history  of  a  raid  made  by  Queen  Meave  of  Connaught  with  the  united  hosts 

of  Ireland  into  Ulster  to  acquire  possession  of  the  brown  bull  of  Cuailgrne.     The  hero 

and  central  figure  of  the  epic  is  Cuchulain. 

Le  Braz,  Anatole.  891.68  L47 

Le  theatre  celtique.     [1905.] 

"Bibliographie,"  P.S19-S28. 

Rowlands,  William,  comp.  roi6.89x6  R79 

Cambrian  bibliography,  containing  an  account  of  the  books  printed 
in  the  Welsh  language,  or  relating  to  Wales,  from  the  year  1546  to  the 
end  of  the  i8th  century,  with  biographical  notices  [in  Welsh];  ed.  and 
enl.  by  D.  S.  Evans.     1869.    Pryse. 

891.7     Russian  literature 
AH^^pecBHHT..  891,7  ASS 

OnuTT,  (|)HJioco(J)iH  pyccKofi  jtHTeparypM.     1909. 
Baring,  Maurice.  891.7  B23 

Landmarks  in  Russian  literature.     [1910.]     Methuen. 

Contents:  Russian  characteristics. — Realism  of  Russian  literature. — Gogol  and  the 
cheerfulness  of  the  Russian  people. — Tolstoy  and  Tourgeniev. — The  place  of  Tour- 
geniev. — Dostoievsky. — Plays  of  Anton  Tchekov. 

Books  consulted,  p.  7-8. 

"A  book  which  is  at  once  brilliant  and  judicious."  Spectator,  igio. 

Boehme,  Erich,  ed.  891.7  B58 

Russische  literatur,  mit  anmerkungen  und  akzentbezeichnung.  2v. 
1908.     (Sammlung  Goschen.) 

V.I.  Auswahl  moderner  prosa  und  poesie:  Die  moderne  erzahlung;  Der  hohe  stil; 
Verse. 

V.2.     V.  Garschin;  erzahlungen. 

For  beginners  in  Russian  language  and  literature.  The  selections,  in  the  original 
Russian,  are  chiefly  short  extracts  from  Gorky  and  other  modern  writers.  Includes  two 
manifestoes  of  the  czar. 


1704  RUSSIAN  LITERATURE 

Briickner,  Alexander.  89i>7  B82 

Literary  history  of  Russia;  ed.  by  E.  H.  Minns,  tr.  by  H.  Havelock. 
1908.    Scribner.     (Library  of  literary  history.) 

Gives  to  the  general  reader  considerable  knowledge  of  the  history  and  social  char- 
acteristics of  the  nation,  as  well  as  of  its  literature. 

KHpnHHHHKOBi,  A.  891.7  K29 

OnepKH  no  Hcxopin  HOBoft  pyccKoft  jiHTepaxypu.  1896. 
Co;^ep»caHie :  MockobckIh  Bi;i;oMocTH  1789. — KypraHOBi.  h 
ero  "nHCbMOBKHK-B." — AHTOnift  noropijiBCKift  (IlepOBCKifl). — 
IlymKHHT,. — KpHjtOBx. — B,  H.  rpHropoBHHt. — Forojii.. — A.  B. 
^pyKHHHHt. — ^ocToeBCKift  H  IlHceMCKift. — "Tope  OTt  yiia"  h 
"BoftHa  H  MHpi.." — YMCTBeHHaH  3KH3HB  0,a,eccBi. 

Otto,  Friedrich.  891.7  O31 

History  of  Russian  literature,  with  a  lexicon  of  Russian  authors;  tr. 
from  the  German  by  George  Cox.     1839.    Talboys. 

nunHH'B,  AjieKcaH;i;pi>  HHKOjraeBHH-B.  891,7  P99 

HcTopia  pyccKOft  .^rHxepaxypH.     4  x.  bt,  2.     1907. 

CKa6HHeBCKid,  AjieKcaH;i;pT.  MHxaftjroBHHt.  891.7  S62 

Hcxopin  HOBifimeft  pvccKoft  jinxepaxypu  1848-1908  ro^OBt, 
1909. 

Russian  poetry 

Bowring,  Sir  John,  tr.  891.71  B66 

Specimens  of  the  Russian  poets,  with  preliminary  remarks  and  bio- 
graphical notices.    2v.    1821-23.    Privately  printed. 

^tJihBUT-h,  Ahxohi>  Ahxohobhht.,  6apoHT>.  891.71  D41 

IIojiHoe  codpanie  cxHxoxBopenitt.     1892. 

*CTX,  Aeanacift  AeaHacteBHHT.,  (nces^,  891.71  F43 

AeanaciH  AeaHacbCBHHa  IIIeHinHHa). 
IIojiHoe  coCpanie  coHHHCHitt.     3  x.     1901. 

Tjii6oB'h,  JleoHH^^T.  HBaHOBHHT>.  891.71  G49 

TBopu.    1904. 

Ko;ii>i;oB-L,  A,ieKcift  BacHjiBCBKHT..  891.71  K37c 

IIojiHoe  co6paHie  cxHXOXBopenifl  h  nHceMt. 

Ko;ibi;^OBi.,  A.ieKcift  BacHJiBCBHrn,.  891.71  K37 

CxHXOXBOpCHiH.       1898. 

Kpu;iOBi>,  HBaHT,  AH;i;peeBHHT..  '  891.71  K426 

Ho-iHoe  co6paHie  dacem,;  ct  6iorpa$ieK)  h  cjiOBapeifi  M. 
H,  HHKOJibCKaro.     1902. 


RUSSIAN  POETRY  1705 


Kruilov,  Ivan  Andryeevich.  891.71  K426k 

Krilof  and  his  fables  [tr.  from  the  Russian]  by  W.  R.  S.  Ralston. 
1869.    Strahan. 

The  translator  has  prefixed  to  the  fables  a  short  account  of  Kruilov's  life  (1768- 
1844). 

"Many  of  his  fables — at  any  rate,  the  best  known  ones — are  translations  from  Lafon- 
taine;  and  yet  they  are  entirely  original  productions.  Lafontaine's  animals  are  academi- 
cally educated  French  gentlemen. .  .There  is  nothing  of  the  sort  in  Kryloff.  Every 
animal  in  his  fables  is  a  character — wonderfully  true  to  life. . .  [He]  may  be  taken  as  the 
greatest  fable-writer  not  only  of  Russia... but  also  of  all  nations  of  modem  times... 
There  is  no  writer  who  has  better  possessed  and  better  understood  the  true  essence  of 
the  really  popular  Russian  language."     Kropotkin's  Russian  literature. 

Lermontoff,  Mikhail  Yurievitch.  891.71  L63 

The  demon;  tr.  from  the  Russian  in  the  metre  of  the  original. 
[1910.]     Nutt. 

Symbolic  poem  by  one  of  Russia's  greatest  poets. 

JIoMOHocoB-B,  MnxaHJiT.  BacHjii.eBHHi>.  891.71  L81 

CoHHHeHiH.     1904. 

Ha;^coHT>,  CeMCHt  HKOBjieBHHt.  891.71  Nil 

CxHXOTBOpeHiH.      1906. 

HeKpacoB-B,  HnKOJiaft  A.3eKcieBHHi..  891.71  N21 

no-iHoe  co6paHie  cxHxoxBopeHift.     2  t.     1905. 

Newmarch,  Rosa.  891.71  N28 

Poetry  and  progress  in  Russia.    1907.    Lane. 

Contents:  The  precursors  of  Poushkin. — The  romantic  poets:  Poushkin;  Lermon- 
tov. — The  popular  poets:  Koltsov;  Nekrassov;  Nikitin. — Khomiakov;  a  Slavophil  poet. 
— Nadson;  a  poet  of  the  decadence. 

Appreciation  of  each  poet,  brief  sketch  of  his  life  and  able  translations  of  typical 
poems.     Portraits. 

"We  know  of ...  [nothing]  which  will  give  the  reader  more  just  ideas  of  what  is 
good  in  Russian  poetry."     Atlieneeum,  J907. 

Hhkhthhx,  HBaHt  CaBiiit.  q891.71  N34 

CoHHucHia  CT.  ero  nopxpeTOMi,,  fac-simile  h  6iorpa(J)ieft.  2  x. 
BT.  1.     1904. 

IlyinKHHx,  AjieKcaH/i,pt  CepricBHi-L.  891.71  P98c 

Co6paHie  aanpemeHHuxt  cxHxoxBopeHift. 

nymKHHi>,  AjieKcaH^iip'i.  CeprieBHHx.  891.71  P98e 

EBxenift  OnerHH-L ;  poMant  bt,  cxuxaxii. 

IlyinKHHt,  AjreKcaH^^p-b  CeprieBHHt,  891.71  P98st 

CxHXOXBOpeHlH. 

IlyniKHHt,  A.ieKcaH;i,pT>  CeprieBHHx.  891.71  P98v 

Bci  nosMw.     1899. 

ToJicTon,  AjreKcift  KoHcxaHXHHOBHHi.,  rpa(J)'fc.       891.71  T588p 
IIojiHoe  co6paHie  cxaxoxBopenitt  2  x.  bi>  1.    1905.     (IIojiHoe 
co6paHie  coHunemii,  x.  1-2.) 


i7o6  RUSSIAN  DRAMA 


Russian  drama 

Andreev,  Leonid  Nikolaevich.  r8o5  P74  v.i8 

To  the  stars;  a  drama  in  four  acts;  tr.  from  the  Russian  by  A. 
Goudiss.     (In  Poet-lore,  1907,  v.i8,  p.417-467.) 

Gorky,  Maxim,  (pseud,  of  Alexiei  Maximovitch  Pieshkov).     r8o5  P74  v.17 
The  children  of  the  sun;  tr.  from  the  Russian  by  A.J.Wolfe.     (In 
Poet-lore,  1906,  v.17,  no.2,  p.i-77.) 

G6rky,  Maxim,  (pseud,  of  Alexiei  Maximovitch  Pieshkov).     rSos  P74  v.i6 

A  night's  lodging  (Nachtasyl);  scenes  from  Russian  life;  tr.  from 

the  Russian  by  Edwin  Hopkins.    (In  Poet-lore,  1905,  v.i6,  no. 4,  p. 3-64.) 

Gorky,  Maxim,  (pseud,  of  Alexiei  Maximovitch  Pieshkov).     r8o5  P74  v.ij 
The  smug  citizen;  scenes  in  the  house  of  Bezsemenov,  a  dramatic 
sketch  in  four  acts;  tr.  by  Edwin  Hopkins.     (In  Poet-lore,  1906,  v.17, 
no.4,  p.i-74-) 

Gorky,  Maxim,  (pseud.  0/ Alexiei  Maximovitch  Pieshkov).     r8o5  P74  v.i6 
Summer-folk  (Datchniki);  scenes  from  life;  tr.  from  the  Russian  by 
Aline  Delano.     (In  Poet-lore,  1905,  v.i6,  no.3,  p. 1-90.) 

FpHdoiflOBT.,  AjieKcaH;;pi>  CeprieBKHt.  891.72  G88 

ITojiHoe  co6paHie  coHHHCHitt.     1903. 

OcxpoBCKift,  AjreKcan^^pt  HHKc^aeBHHi,,  891.72  029p 

EIojiHoe  codpanie  coiHHeiiift.     10  t. 
OcTpoBCKift,  AjieKcaH/iipi.  HuKOJiaeBUH-h.  891.72  029p2 

riojiHoe  co6paHie  coHHHeHift.     10  t.  bt.  5. 
To.;icToii,  AjicKcitt  KoHCTaHXHHOBHHt,  rpa$i>.        891.72  T588 

^paMaTinecKaH  TpHjioria.     1907.     (IIojiHoe  codpanie  coih- 

HCHift,  T.  3.) 

Russian  fiction 

Only  works  about  Russian  fiction  are  classified  here.  For  works  of  fiction,  see 
alphabetical  list  following  the  general  class  Literature. 

Phelps,  William  Lyon.  89i'73  P49 

Essays  on  Russian  novelists.     191 1.     Macmillan. 

Contents:  Russian  national  character. — Gogol. — Turgenev. — Dostoevski. — Tolstoi. — 
Gorki. — Chekhov. — Artsybashev. — Andreev. — Kuprin's  picture  of  garrison  life. 

"List  of  publications"  [of  the  authors  mentioned],  by  Andrew  Keogh,  P.28S-322. 

Author  believes  that  "Russian  fiction  is  like  German  music — the  best  in  the  world." 
Introductory  essay  searches  for  the  causes  of  the  supremacy  of  Russian  fiction. 

Russian  essays 

6i.n[HHCKid,  BuccapioHt  rpHropi>eBHHT>.  q891.74  B99 

HojiHoe  co6paHie  coHHHeHitt.     t.  1-9,  bt,  5.     1900-10. 
Bi;iHHCKid,  BuccapioHi,  rpHropbeEHHt.  q891.74  B998 

H36paHHI>IH   COMHHCHiH.      2   T.    BT.    1.       1907. 


RUSSIAN  MISCELLANY  1707 

MHxaHjioBCKin,  HuKOJiaA  KoHcxaHTHHOBHii..         q891.74  M68 
TIojiHoe  co6paHie  coiHHeHitt.     7t.      1906-09. 

IlHcapeBT.,  ^MHTpift  HBaHOBHH-L.  q891.74  P65 

CoHHHeHia.     6  T.  31. 2.     1903-05. 

IlHcapeBT.,  /^Miixpitt  HBaHOBHHt.  q891.74  P65a 

CoHiineHi^r.    7  x.  b-b  3.     1903-07. 

To;icToft,  JIcBt  HnKo.xaeBHq-L,  rpa(|)T>.  891.74  T58n 

Hapo;i,HHe  paacKasu  h  cxaxtn.     1903. 

Tolstoi,  Lyof  Nikolaievitch,  count.  891*74  TsSt 

Three  days  in  the  village,  and  other  sketches,  written  from  Sept. 
1909  to  July  1910;  tr.  by  L.  and  A.  Maude.    1910.    Free  Age  Press. 

Other  sketches:  Singing  in  the  village. — Traveller  and  peasant. — A  talk  with  a  way- 
farer.— From  the  diary. 

"These  sketches,  which  were  written  in  the  course  of  the  last  year,  are  in  reality 
little  less  than  pages  from  Tolstoy's  diary.  They  describe  the  incidents  of  his  daily 
life,  his  conversations  with  his  village  friends  and  with  the  tramps  and  beggars  who 
gather  at  his  door,  and  his  reflections  upon  them."     Spectator,  igjo. 

Russian  humor  and  satire 

CaJiTMKOBT>,  MnxaiijiT.  EBrpa^oBHit,  (nceB/i;.  891.77  Sl7 

HiiKOJiaa  EBrpa(J)OBHHa  me,a;pnHa). 
IIojiHoe  co6paHie  coHHHCHifi.     12  x.     1900. 

Russian  miscellany 

EaTiomKOB'L,  KoHcxanTHHt  HnKOJiaeBHH'B.  q891.78  B32 

CoiHHeHiH.     1898. 
BepHC,  Riofl^Biivh  (JlioHt  Bapyxi.).  891.78  B63 

XIciHoe  co6paHie  conHHenift.     3  x. 
JlepMOHTOBi.,  MHxaH.TB  lOpbesHHT..  q891.78  L63 

IIojiHoe  codpanie  coiiiHeHift.     1898. 

JlepMOHTOBT.,  MHxaH.iT.  lOpbeBMHT..  891.78  L63p 

UojiHoe  co6paHie  coHHHenitt.     4  x.  bt>  2.     1901. 

JlepMOHTOBT.,  MnxaHJit  lOpbeBiii-L.  q891.78  L63p2 

IIojiHoe  codpanie  coHiiHenift.     2  x.  bi.  1. 
IlymKHHT,,  A.;ieKcaH,2;pi.  CeprieBHii,.  q891.78  P98s 

CoHHiicHia.     1904. 
IlyniKHHi.,  AjieKcaH;i;p'L  Cepr-feeBHrn..  q891.78  P98s2 

IIojiHoe  codpanie  coiMHenift. 
To.;icToft,  JleBT.  HHKO.iaeBHHT.,  Tpa^-h.  891.78  T58b 

[Eeci^^a  ^z^ocyHCHxi.  JK);^ett,  h.  x.  p,.] 


i7o8  POLISH  LITERATURE 

891.8     Polish  literature 

Album  kobiece.    1903.  q8gi.8  A34 

Collection  of  short  stories,  poems  and  sketches. 

Gfbarski,  Stefan.  891.8  G26 

Chatka  pod  lasem;  opowiadania,  wiersze  i  komedyjka  dla   nilodo- 

cianego  wieku.    1895. 

Short  stories,  poems  and  plays. 

Sierzputowski,  Tadeusz.  891.8  S57 

Romantyzm  polski,  jego  fazy,  istota  i  skutki;  proba  syntezy,  uzu- 

pelniona  rozbiorem  literatury  krytycznej,  poswi^conej  temu  przedmio- 

towi.     1905. 

Polish  poetry 

Antoniewicz,  Karol  Boioz.  8gi.8i  A63 

Poezye;  wydat  Jan  Badeni.    1899. 

Collection  of  poems  treating  of  biblical  subjects. 
[Asnyk,  Adam.]  8gi.8i  A83P 

Poezye.    3v.    1880-88.     (Biblioteka  polska.) 
Bowring,  Sir  John,  ed.  8gi.8i  B66 

Wybor  poezyi  polskiey;  specimens  of  the  Polish  poets,  with  notes 
and  observations  on  the  literature  of  Poland.     1827.    Privately  printed. 

The  poems  are  in  English. 

Chrz§szczewska,  Jadwiga,  &  Warnkowna,  Jadwiga.  891.81  C46 

Ze  swojskiej  gleby.    3v.  in  i.    1901. 
Dzieduszycki,  Wojciech,  count.  891.81  Dgg 

Basn  nad  Basniami.    2v.  in  1.     1889. 
Glinski,  Kazimierz.  891.81  G49b 

Ballady  i  powiesci.    1901. 

Ballads  and  stories. 
Glinski,  Kazimierz.  891.81  G49 

Wybor  poezyi.     1900. 

Collection  of  poems. 
Gloger,  Zygmunt.  891.81  G510 

Obrzgd  weselny  polski;  z  piesniami  i  przemowami.     1901. 
[Gloger,  Zygmunt.]  891.81  G51 

Skarbiec  strzechy  naszej,  muzykg  harmonizowal  M.    1894. 

Collection  of  songs. 

Goszczynski,  Sewery'n.  891.81  G71 

Dziela.    2v.     (Biblioteka  pisarzy  polskich,  v.60-61.) 
Jachowicza,  Stanislaw.  891.81  Jii 

Bajki  powiastki  i  piesni,  zebral  wst?pem  o  zyciu  i  pracach  autora 
poprzedzil  Dr  Fr.  Majchrowicz.    [1908.] 

Poetical  tales. 
Jakubowicz,  Henryk.  891.81  Ji5 

Bye  czy  nie  bye?    Aspazyja;  O  szarej  godzinie;  Piesni  bez  tytulu. 
1895. 


POLISH  POETRY  1709 


Kasprowicz,  Jan.  8gi.8i  K13 

Krzak  dzikiej  rozy;  poezye.     1907.  * 

Kasprowicz,  Jan.  qSgi.Si  Kiam 

Moja  piesn  wieczorna;  poezye.    [1902.] 
Kasprowicz,  Jan.  q89i.8i  K13S 

Salve  regina,  Hymn  §w.  Franciszka  z  Assyzu,  Judasz,  Marya  Egip- 
cyanka;  poezye.     [1902.] 
Konopnicka,  Marya.  891.81  Kayg 

Gtosy  ciszy.     1906. 
Konopnicka,  Marya.  891.81  K37i 

Italia  [poems].     1911. 
Konopnicka,  Marya.  891.81  K37P 

Pan  Balcer  w  Brazylii.     1910. 
Koztowski,  Karol,  ed.  q89i.8i  K39 

Krolowie  polscy,  w  obrazach  i  piesniach.    1908. 
Luszczewska,  Jadwiga,  {pseud.  Deotyma).  891.81  L98 

Wybor  poezji,  ksifga  pierwsza.    2v.  in  i.     1898. 
Malczewski,  Antoni.  891.81  M28 

Marya;  powiesc  ukrainska.     [1894.] 
Mickiewicz,  Adam.  891.81  M66p 

Poezye.    4v.  in  2.     1898. 
Nawrocki,  Wladysiaw,  comp.  891.81  N16 

Humor,  zart  i  satyra  w  poezyi  polskiej.     1903. 
Niemcewicz,  Julian  Ursyn.  891.81  N33 

Spiewy  historyczne. 
Pol,  Wincenty.  891.81  P75d 

Dzieta  poetyckie;  opracowali  i  w  objasnienia  zaopatrzyli  Jozef  Sro- 
czynski  i  Maksymilian  Wisniowiecki.    4v.     1903-04. 

"Dziela  uzywane,"  v.i,  p.  15-1 6. 

Pol,  Wincenty.  891.81  P75 

[Poezye.]     v.i.    1876.     (Dziela,  v.i.) 
Siemieiiski,  Lucyan.  891.81  S57 

Poezye.     1863. 
Siowacki,  Juliusz.  891.81  S63 

Pisma.    6v.    1908. 
Soboleski,  Paul,  ed.  891.81  S67 

Poets  and  poetry  of  Poland;  a  collection  of  Polish  verse,  including 
a  short  account  of  the  history  of  Polish  poetry,  with  sixty  biographical 
sketches  of  Poland's  poets  and  specimens  of  their  composition,  tr.  into 
the  English  language.    1881.    Knight. 

Tetmajer,  Kazimierz  Przerwa.  891.81  T32 

Poezye.    5v.  in  2.    1902-06. 

The  same,     v.i,  3-5.     1902-05 891.81  T32a 

Wyspianski,  Stanislaw.  891.81  W99 

Kazimierz  Wielki.    1908. 


I7I0  POLISH  DRAMA 


Polish  drama 
Bahicki,  Micha).  891.82  B21 

Dom    otwarty;    komedya    w    trzech    aktach.      (Biblioteka    teatrow 
amatorskich.) 

Blizinski,  Jozef.  891.82  B55 

Chwast;  komedya  w  trzech  aktach.     1894. 
Faleiiski,  Felicyan,  {pseud.  Felicyan),  qSgi.Sa  F18 

Utwory  dramatyczne.     v.3.     1899. 

V.3.     Syn  gwiazdy. — Krolowa. — Z  tancow  smierci. 
Glinski,  Kazimierz.  891.82  G49 

2ydzi;  obraz  dramatyczny,  osnuty  na  tie  przesladowan  zydow  w 
potowie  XIV  w.    1901. 

Grabowski,  Ignacy.  891.82  G76 

Sokol;  komedya  heroiczna  z  czasow  renesansu  polskiego.     1910. 

Krasinski,  Napoleon  Aleksander  Zygmunt,  count.  891.82  K413 

Irydion,  ze  wst^pem  i  objasnieniami  Henryka  Gallego.    1908.    (Wy- 

bor  pisarzow  polskich  dla  domu  i  szkoly.) 

Mickiewicz,  Adam.  891.82  M66 

Powrot  taty;  ballada,  scenizowana  w  obrazek  ze  spiewkami  o  trzech 

odslonkach  przez  Jana  Gol^biowskiego.     1897. 

Ballads  of  Mickiewicz  dramatized  for  amateurs  by  Jan  Golebiowski. 

Orzeszkowa,  Eliza.  891.82  O28 

Westalka.     1891. 
Przybyszewski,  Stanislaw.  891.82  P97 

Matka;  dramat  w  IV  aktach.    [1903.] 
Przybyszewski,  Stanislaw.  891.82  P97Z 

ZJote  runo;  dramat.     [1903.] 
Rydel,  Lucyan.  891.82  R96 

Zaczarowane  kolo;  basn  dramatyczna  w  5  aktach.    1902. 
Siowacki,  Juliusz.  891.82  S63 

Mindaugis,  Lietuvos  karalius;  istorijos  paveikslas  penkiuose  aktuose; 
lietuviskai  verte  Vincas  Kapsas.    1900. 

The  same.     1909.     (In  Kudirka,  Vincas.    Rastai,  v.4,  p.i- 

77-) 891.928  K43  v.3-4 

Synoradzki,  Micha}  Halina.  891.82  S99 

Dozynki;  komedyjka  ze  spiewkami  wdwoch  odsJonach.     1903. 
Wyspianski,  Stanislaw.  891.82  W99 

BolesJaw  §mia?y;  dramat  w  trzech  aktach.    1903. 

Historical  drama. 
Wyspianski,  Stanislaw.  891.82  W99kl 

Kl^twa;  tragedya.    1905. 
Wyspianski,  Stanislaw.  891.82  W99m 

Meleager;  tragedya.     1902. 
Wyspianski,  StanisJaw.  891.82  W99W 

Warszawianka;  piesn  z  roku  1831.     1906. 


POLISH  MISCELLANY  171 1 

Wyspianski,  StanisJaw.  891.82  Wggwe 

Wesele;  dramat  w  3  aktach.     1908. 
Historical  drama  entitled  "The  wedding." 


Polish  fiction 

Only  works   about  Polish   fiction   are   classified  here.     For  works   of  fiction,   see 
alphabetical  list  following  the  general  class  Literature. 

Santoro,  Ferdinando.  891.83  S57ZS 

II  romanzo  storico  ed  Enrico  Sienkiewicz.     1902. 


Polish  essays.     Miscellany 

Beiza,  Wtadystaw.  891.84  B42 

Szkice,  wspomnienia,  obrazki.     1901. 
Chiefly  about  Adam  Mickiewicz. 

Ch}fdowska,  Stefania.  891.84  C44 

Szkice  literackie.    2v.  in  i.     1885. 

Contents:  Nowe  i  dawne  kierunki  romansu. — Noweli^ci. — Poezya  wspolczesna. — 
Jeszcze  poeci  angielscy. — Naturalizm  w  sztuce  wspoiczesnej. — Dwie  ksi^zki  o  kobietach. — 
Numa  Roumestan. — -Ksi^zniczka  Bagdadu.— Ostatnie  romanse  naturalistyczne. — Malarz 
kobiet. —  Znaki  fabryczne. —  Romantyczka. —  O  portretach  na  wystawie  wiedenskiej. — 
Ostatnie  mody. — Spelnilo  sie. — Z  wakacyi. — Faust  na  scenie. — U  pana  Geldhaba. — Pod 
parasolem. — Rewolucyonista  w  sztuce.  » 

Hoesick,  Ferdynand.  891.84  H67 

Szkice  i  opowiadania,  historyczno-literackie.     1900. 

Contents:      Fragment/    historyczne.  —  Z    dziejow    oswiaty.  —  Mickiewicz,    Chopin, 
Siowacki. — Rzeczy  polskie  w  Paryzu. — O  Matejce. — Z  zycia  i  ksi^zek. 
Narratives  and  sketches,  historical  and  literary. 

Jellenta,  Cezary.  891.84  J24 

Galerya  ostatnich  dni;  wizerunki,  rozbiory,  pomysJy.     1897. 

Contents:  Wspomnienia  z  Monachium. — U  Defreggera. — Festyn  malarzy. — Na  re- 
dutkach. — Prywatne  stosunki  z  muz4. — Sztuka  niemiecka. — Taine  (nekrolog).— Kurzawa, 
Chelmonski  i  Gierymski. —  AndrioUi  i  Matejko.  —  Swieze  powiewy  w  sztuce.  —  Galerya 
ostatnich  dni. 

Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.84  K41 

Typy  i  charaktery.     1876. 

Contents:  Dobry  czJowiek. — Szlachcic. — Nadworny  poeta. — Reformator. — Mecenas. 
—  Motyl. —  Paliwoda  i  Zawalidroga. —  Sobieradzka. —  Dowcipni. —  Dwa  typy  kobiece  (z 
czasow  reformy  1597  i  1629):  Bietka;  Krystyna  Poniatowska. — Rotmistrz  Jakubowski 
(charaktery  17.   wieku). 

Lol,  Wincenty,  count.  '  891.84  L89 

Historyczne  to  i  owo.     [1896.] 

Contents:  Wizerunki  krola  Stanislawa  Augusta.  —  Ostatni  podkomorzy  lubelski. — 
Dwa  listy  krolewiczowej  Kransiiiskiej. — Stanislaw  August  w  zbiorze  autografow. — Trzej 
portrecisci:  Bacciarelli;  Lampi;  Pitschmann.  —  To  i  owo  z  lat  1762-4.  —  Odpust  papieza 
Benedykta  XIV  dla  Dzianottow. — Kzi^e  Josef  kwatermistrzem. — Huiltes  w  Warszawie. 

Los,  Wincenty,  count.  891.84  L89Z 

Z  pracowni  naszych  mistrzow.    1898. 

Contents:  Ajdukiewicz. — "Pan  Tadeusz"  w  kartonie. — Brandt  w  Oronsku. — Kacz- 
kowski  i  Losiowie.  —  Juliusz  Kossak.  —  Wojciech  Kossak.  —  Kraszewski  jako  zbieracz 
zabytkow. — Piotrowski. — Teodor  Talowski. — Wlodzimierz  Tetmajer. — ^Jacek  Malczewski. 


I7I2  POLISH  MISCELLANY 

Makuszynski,  Kornel.  891.84  M27 

Dusze  z  papieru.    2v.  in  i.    1911. 

Matuszewski,  Ignacy.  891.84  M48 

Swoi  i  obey  (pokrewienstwa  i  r6znice) ;  zarysy  literacko-estetyczne. 

1903. 

Literary  comparisons  and  criticisms. 

891.85  P96 
Prosz?  o  glos!  zbior  toastow  wierszem  i  proz^,  oraz  mow  zastoso- 
wanych  do  obchodow  i  uroczystosci  rodzinnych,  wydarzen  okoHcz- 
nosciowych,  zebraii  towarzyskich  i  t.  p.     [1902.] 

Book  of  toasts. 

Bartoszewicz,  Kazimierz.  891.87  B28 

Ksi^gi  humoru  polskiego,  zebraJ,  uJozyl  i  objasnit.    4v.  in  2.    1897. 

Wilkonski,  August.  891.87  W73 

Ramoty  i  ramotki.    6v.  in  i. 

Dygasinski,  Adolf.  891.88  D98 

Wypisy  polskie.     1906. 
Collection  ^f  prose  and  poetry. 

Ejsmont,  Franciszek  M.  q8gi.88  E42 

Co  Bog  da?.    1872. 

Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.88  K41 

ZJote  mysli  z  dziei  J.  I.  Kraszewskiego  zebral  StanisHaw  Wegner. 
1879. 

Orzeszkowa,  Eliza.  891.88  O28 

Ztote  mysli;  zebrala  Janina  Zarembianka.    1903. 


891.892     Servian  literature 

BoWring,  Sir  John,  tr.  891.892  B66 

Servian  popular  poetry.    1827.    Privately  printed. 
Collection  of  Servian  poems  translated  into  English,  with  brief  introduction. 


891.896     Bohemian  literature 

Wratislaw,  Albert  Henry,  tr.  891.896  W92 

Lyra  Czecho-Slovanska;  Bohemian  poems,  ancient  and  modern;  tr. 
from  the  orginal  Slavonic  with  an  introductory  essay.     1849.    Parker. 


891.92     Lithuanian  literature 

Sliupas,  Jonas,  (pseud.  Lietuvos  myletojas).  891.92  S63 

Lietuviszkiejie     rasztai     ir     rasztininkai;     raszliaviszka     perzvalga 
parengta  Lietuvos  myletojo.    1890. 


LITHUANIAN  POETRY  1713 

Lithuanian  poetry 

Arminas,  Petras.  891.921  A72 

Rastai.    1907. 
Burba,  Aleksandras.  891.921  B88 

Ponas  Bartkus.     1908.  , 

Dagilelis,  Mikaiojus,  pseud.  891.921  D14 

Dainos  ir  sakmes.    1906. 
Donelaitis,  Kristijonas.  891.921  D72 

Rasztai.    1897. 
Gira,  Liudas.  891.921  G44 

Dul-dul  dudele;  eiles.    1909. 
Jakstas,  Adomas.  891.921  J15 

Dainy  skrynele;  eiles.     1905. 
Jonas,  pseud,  comp.  891.921  J39 

Lietuviski  dainiai  pradzios  19  simtmecio,  kliasiskai  tautiskasis  peri- 
jodas.    1899. 

JuskeviSia,  An  tanas. 

Dainy  daineles.     1906. 
Juskevi£ia,  Antanas,  comp. 

Lietuviskos  dainos.    v.i,  pt.2,  v.2-3,  in  i.     1880-82. 
Kalvaitis,  Vilus,  comp. 

Prusijos  Lietuviy  dainos.     1905. 
Kudirka,  Vincas,  {pseud.  Vincas  Kapsas). 

Pasakos;  pagal  Krilov'%  parase  eilemis.    1899. 

The  same.    1909.    (In  his  Rastai,  v.i,  p.223-233.)  . . . 
*  Ma2ys,  Jonas,  {pseud.  Kekstas). 

Eiles.    1910.    Pittsburgh. 
Maironis,  {pseud,  of  ].  Maculevicia). 

Pavasario  balsai,  ir  Kur  isganymas.     1905. 
Margalis,  Juozas,  pseud. 

Volunge  ir  vieverselis;  eiles.    1907. 
Rackauskas,  V.  K.  {pseud.  K.  Vairas). 

Eilemis  ir  proza.    1909. 
Stiklelis,  Konst. 

Arkliukas  kupriukas  ir  Jonukas  kvailiukas;  is  rusij  kalbos  verte. 
Vai<Saitis,  Pranciskus,  {pseud.  Pranciskus  Sekupasaka). 

Eiles.     1903. 
Vienozinskis,  Antanas. 

Lietuvos  tevynes  dainos.    1897. 
Viskoska,  Jonas. 

Gyvybe  (kantata),  ir  kitos  trumpos  poemos.    1907. 
2alvamis,  A.  pseud. 

Dienelei  brekstant;  eiles.     1909. 
2egota,  K.  {pseud,  of  K.  Puida). 

Is  sermegiaus  krutines;  eiles.     [1906.] 


891.921 

:J53 

q89i.92i 

J53I 

891.921 

K12 

891.921 

K43 

891.928  K43  ^ 

(r.i-2 

891.921 

M22 

891.921 

M26 

891.921 

M38 

891.921 

R12 

891.92] 

[S85 

albos  verte. 

1905* 

891.921 

Via 

891.921 

V31 

891.921 

V35 

891.921 

:  Z23 

891.921 

Z39 

I7I4  LITHUANIAN  DRAMA 

Lithuanian  drama 

Adata,  A.  pseud,  tr.  891.922  A22 

Uzburtas  kunigaikstis;  komedija-vodevilis  is  vokisko  isverstas.    1905. 

Asnyk,  Adam.  891.922  A83 

Keistutis;    tragedija    penkiuose    aktuose;    lietuviskai    verte    Vincas 

Kapsas.    1897. 

The  same.     1909.     (In  Kudirka,  Vincas.     Rastai,  v.4,  p.79- 

184.) 891.928  K43  v.3-4 

Fromas,  Aleksandras,  (pseud.  Aleksandras  Guzutis).  891.922  F96 

Egle,  zalciy  karaliene;  dramatas  penkiuose  apsireiskimuose.  1906. 
Fromas,  Aleksandras,  (pseud.  Aleksandras  Guzutis).  891.922  F96i 

Isgriovimas  Kauno  pilies,  1362  m.;  dramatas  keturiuose  apsireiski- 
muose.   1906. 

Fromas,  Aleksandras,  (pseud.  Aleksandras  Guzutis).  891.922  F96P 

Ponas  ir  muzikai;  drama  penkiose  permainose.     1864. 

Ketiirakis.  891.922  K23 

Amerika  pirtyje;  komedija  is  trijy  daliy.    1895. 

891.922  L57 

Leke  kaip  sakalas,  nutupe  kaip  vabalas;  komedija  2  veiksmuose.     1905. 

Pietaris,  Vincas,  (pseud.  Savasis).  891.922  P57 

Kova  ties  Zalgiriais;  istoriska  drama.     1906. 
Satrijos  Ragana,  pseud.  891.922  S25 

Nepasiseke  Marytei;  komedijele.    1906. 
Siauleniskis,  M.  (pseud,  of  M.  Lingis).  891.922  S56 

Pileny  kunigaikstis;  tragedija.     1905. 
Vidimas,  (pseud,  of  Wilhelm  Storost).  891.922  V31 

Probociyn  seseliai;  dramatiska  aidija  dalise.     1908. 

Contents:     Anga. — Vetra. — Ne-sau-zmones. — Sventa  ugnis. 

2emaite.  891.922  Z462 

Tris  mylimos;  komedija  trijuose  aktuose.    1907. 

2emkalnis,  pseud.  891.922  Z46 

Birute;  dviejtj  veiksmy  melodrama.    1906. 

2emkalnis,  pseud.  891.922  Z46b 

Blinda,  svieto  lygintojas  (zemaiciy  razbaininkas) ;  drama.     1908. 

Lithuanian  miscellany 

Gabrys,  Juozas,  cotnp.  891.928  Gii 

Skaitymo  knyga  maziems  ir  dideliems;  isrinktiejie  rastai  mustj 
rastininky  su  jy  biografijomis  ir  paveikslais.     1908. 

Kudirka,  Vincas,  (pseud.  Vincas  Kapsas).  891.928  K43 

Rastai;  surinko  ir  spaudai  prirenge  Juozas  Gabrys.    6v.  in  3.     1909. 

v.i-2.  Biografija. — Virstninkai. — Lietuvos  tilto  atsiminimai. — Cenzuros  klausimas. 
— ViUcai. — Laisvos  valandos. — Krilovo  pasakos. — Tevynes  varpai,  1 889-1 899  mm. 

v.3-4.  Raitu  perzvalga. — Tiesos  eilems  rasyti. — Katras  alfabetas  geresnis. — Doku- 
mentas  apie  lotyniskas  litaras. — Hygiena. — Alkogolis. — Kova  buliu  Ispanijoje. — Maskolija 


HEBREW  LITERATURE  1715 

Kudirka,  Vincas,  (pseud.  Vincas  Kapsas) — continued.  891.928  K43 

ant  dvieju  gadynju  ezes.  —  Liaukime  beg?  i  Amerikq.  —  Gale  pirmojo  desimtmecio.  — 
Tautystes  pamatas.  —  Grazdanka,  slogutis  civilizacijos.  —  Smulkmenos.  —  Mindaugis.  — 
Keistutis. — Narimantas. — Vaidilos  apysaka. — Velines. 

v.5-6.     Zemes  dulkes. — Pagieza. — Jurgjis  Durnelis. — Vaitiekus  Smaigas. — Zvirbliai. — 
Uzsimerkus. — Orleano  Mergele. — Villus  Tell'is. — Kainas. 

Milukas,  Anthony  M.  contp.  891.928  M72 

Lietuviska  chrestomatija.    1901. 

[Tatare,  Rev.]  891.928  T23 

Pamokslai  iszminties  ir  teisybes.     1906. 

Volteris,  E.  q89i.928  V37 

Lietuviska  chrestomatija.    2v.  in  i.    1904. 
Russian  and  Lithuanian  title-page. 


892.1     Babylonian  literature 

Harper,  Robert  Francis,  ed.  892.1  Ha8 

Assyrian  and  Babylonian  literature;  selected  translations,  with  a 
critical  introduction  by  R.  F.  Harper  [and  an  outline  of  Babylonian- 
Assyrian  history  by  G.  S.  Goodspeed].     1901.    Appleton. 


892.4     Hebrew  literature 

Abrahams,  Israel.  892.4  A15S 

Short  history  of  Jewish  literature,  from  the  fall  of  the  temple  (70 

C.  E.)  to  the  era  of  emancipation  (1786  C.  E.).     1906.    Unwin. 
Bibliography  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 
Intended  as  a  text-book  and  for  the  general  reader.     Does  not  include  the  Hebrew 

Bible,  the  Apocrypjia  or  the  New  testament. 

Davidson,  Israel.  892.4  D29 

Parody  in  Jewish  literature.  1907.  Columbia  University  Press. 
(Columbia  University  oriental  studies.) 

"Descriptive  bibliography  of  the  parodies  from  the  beginning  of  the  19th  century  to 
the  present  day,"  p.209-266. 

,  "An  extremely  creditable  piece  of  work.  He  has  not  only  made  an  exhaustive  study 
of  the  subject  in  all  its  ramifications. .  .but  he  has  shown  us  how  attractive  Hebrew  writ- 
ings may  be  from  the  literary  point  of  view — a  new  line  of  inquiry  to  many."  Nation, 
1908. 

Slouschz,  Nahum.  892.4  S63r 

Renascence  of  Hebrew  literature  (1743-1885);  tr.  from  the  French. 
1909.    Jewish  Pub.  Soc.  of  America. 

Account  of  the  development  of  modern  Hebrew  literature,  an  analysis  of  the  prin- 
ciples that  have  molded  it  and  of  the  value  of  the  works  produced  by  representative 
writers  of  the  epoch  embraced. 

892.4  G97 

892.4  S68 


I7i6  HEBREW  POETRY 


892.4  S63 

.nt:nnn  nnnyn  rmson  nmp 

892.4  E78 

Hebrew  poetry 
Leavitt,  Ezekiel.  892.41  L46 

Songs  of  grief  and  gladness,  and  "Deborah,"  with  an  appreciation  of 
Leavitt  by  Gotthard  Deutsch  and  a  foreword  by  the  translator,  A.  S. 
Blackwell.    1907.    Press  of  the  Modern  View. 

Lowth,  Robert,  bp.  892.41  L96 

Lectures  on  the  sacred  poetry  of  the  Hebrews;  tr.  from  the  Latin 
by  G.  Gregory,  to  which  are  added  the  principal  notes  of  Professor 
Michaelis  and  notes  by  the  translator  and  others.     1847.     Chadwick. 

First  published  in  Latin  in  1 753. 

Taylor,  Isaac,  1787-1865.  892.41  T25 

Spirit  of  the  Hebrew  poetry.     1861.    Bell  &  Daldy. 

"A  volume  of  lectures,  originally  delivered  at  Edinburgh,  abounding  in  suggestive 
and  beautiful  passages,  and  the  most  important  of  his  later  works."  Dictionary  of 
national  biography. 

892.41  B47h 
892.41  G65 

892.41  G65a 

.3'^  mini  ,|«-nNJ 

892.41  t>69 
892.41  Kll 

•spy  ,]n3 

.■nK'3»  DKB  nonn  nj^'ptr  ay  -[-nsa    .D^'l^BTI  "ISD 

892.41  L66 

.nmni  m«»^o  .D'onso  ,Dn»r  risp  ,"l51Dn  ^DtS^H 

892.41  E38 

.«i^Kn  ,-iyn«nrp«"ip3Vinv 

.«ist3j?npaiK  lytriKynayn  bio  nyny^Dp^KB  ,Dy"|j  ^po 


HEBREW  DRAMA  1717 


892.41  F49 

.no  ,-iKOiB'i>Ha  .mi.T'  p  mj^j: 

892.41  F97 

.^«it3ty  iijrotr  ,jns 
i"jr  nsny  mn  nn^im  lanon  naian  oy  ik^bkp  spyi  Di:nn  ,;;»ns  ''I^B' 

.]'jina  .n 

892.41  Kll 

Hebrew  drama 

892.42  L74 

.nn;iKi  nui'm  ,D'32S3n  'D'o  n'»n  ,nDnK1  nDn'713 

892.42  M57 

.D'tofiurn  »o»o  iTtn  ,ny2JIl  K'J^''S 

Hebrew  essays.     Miscellany 

892.44  G43 

.anynxra  nii^K  ,Dyn  nn« 

892.48  G49 

892.48  H41 

.Tn:"n  ,yj''^n 

892.48  R72 

892.5     Yiddish  literature 

Yiddish  poetry 

892.53  A16s 

.D'Dtm  3"!  rmhv  i'»t  B«t3  ijrMiayjayoKns    .oyKB  k  ,^yiTi 

892.51  A16 


I7i8  YIDDISH  POETRY 


892.51  B45 

892.51  J31 

\\H  ipo'oiK  ,ijn33;^Bip  ijrtDKj^nta   npjijiS-ipsnjr  pn  i^r^p'taiK  pB  jii^oNt 
-psKp   ]iK  Dj;p'3»o   11B  ta^jnatryjayaKns  ,iyjN'S«0K'7pyT   iik   ij^ny^op^KB 

892.51  All 
892.51  B66 
892.51  F67 

.]yp:i£3  pN  iVDi^n 
.njrnp'^  ]ib  in-'jyoNT  k 

892.51  G58 
892.51  G58s 

892.51  G65 

.i^b  mini  ,^Kin«: 

.in?''?  ,p'7in  nn-i^* 

892.51  G49 
892.51  W77 

.cmKD  ,ipDVij;i:'tD:"'n 

892.51  B56 

892.51  B56n 

892.51  S69 

.mn^«  -lyiy^  lyi 

lyoy^Bip  ,nj;iy»^  mysjKp  ,^y^J;^^  lytsKynts  ytfTK  pK  iib  jji^okt  k 

.IjnP'^Dp^KB   11K 


YIDDISH  POETRY  1719 


892.51  E26p 
892.51  E26 

.in  ,tDi«Dtr'7Viy 

892.51  F97 

.bKV-v?  V';!2V  ,:r,D 

.piV' I  y^« 

892.51  Al6a 

.fmDK"i3K  .'  .V  fiKD  trniBi  nniriB  ny  nmn'  ]'>vbb  D;mno  ,m''ti'  p"13 

892.51  Z87 
892.51  Z87t 

892.51  K13 

.'"»  ,]y:i«niy'7'7j;:yst2«p 

892.51  K131 

892.51  K42 

892.51  R72w 

.oniKo  ,i'7y£32yT«n 

892.51  R723 

892.51  R32 

892.51  R32c 


1720  YIDDISH  DRAMA 


892.51  S29 

892.51  SS3 

Yiddish  drama 

892.52  A16ca 

892.52  A55 
892.52  A31 

(.^R-i»i  ,n'7y£33yDp«) 
jjy^tv  M  ,-Ti«'7Dn  p«  tanpyn  nytynT"  nyiatyny  t;i 

892.52  A81 

892.52  B85 

892.52  G58a 

892.52  G58g 

892.52  G58 

892.52  G58d 

.00-138  ,]yi«si^«j 

892.52  G58wi 

.Oman  ,|Vl«Sl^«J 


YIDDISH  DRAMA  1721 


892.52  G58de 

892.52  G58sa 

lyT    lyi^o    ipsKBjr)     i^ro'i*    on'^a — .("lyTnioji's    tb    lyaK'SKOw^pyn) 

892.52  G58t 

892.52  G58w 

892.52  G58s 

892.52  G65u 

892.52  G65e 

892.52  G65t 

.Komn  K  ,t3SK-lp  ynD«  n 

892.52  G65tr 

.nD«  "lyT 

892.52  G65 
892.52  G65d 

.3py'  ,]m«: 

892.52  G65o 
892.52  G65k 

.3py'  ,pTiKJ 


1722  YIDDISH  DRAMA 


892.52  G651 

892.52  G65m 

892.52  G98 

892.52  H61 

892.52  W83 

892.52  132 

.iKioyD  ,tyt2''nvpiy.'' 

892.52  L63j 
892.52  E69 

•n  ,:-iyn^V£3V 

892.52  P64d 

•Tn  ,ipDr£3 

892.52  P64 

•TIT  ,''pDJ''£3 

892.52  F97 

.^mjKt  ,D^pDn2 

892.52  P42 

892.52  P42d 

.3)^  pn5r>  ,p£3 


YIDDISH  ESSAYS  1723 


892.52  P42s 

892.52  K12 

.nbHBH)}b  ,C|SD«p 

892.52  K13 

•pns'  ,p«T'7yiy:f«p 
.KOK-n  K  ,|y-niDNpn«p 

Yiddish  essays 

892.54  G49o 

892.54  G49 

892.54  G49o 

892.54  L66 

.tD^Vn  ipsn  «^T 

892.54  M16 

Yiddish  oratory 

892.55  846 

.^isyj  ,|>in«p"»^j;T 
,vn^H  PK  Dynyi  521  ]id  in  k  nviiyn  ■ij;tr''j«p''nyD«-t5'n^«  "lyn 

Yiddish  satire  and  humor 

892.57  A16 


1724  YIDDISH  MISCELLANY 

892.57  017 

•T  .K  .TUN 

892.57  029 

.DjrpiBB'  11K  DyjysD  ,ijrt3Knpj;iR  pin  lyanir 

892.57  029h 

892.57  G58 

892.57  S97g 

1PB31H  ipm^i:;  lynonnyi  oyn  ne  yr'n  ^n  .'jy'j'ytyjyD  yi^^*?!":!  S^T 

892.57  S97 

.^T'n  y■1Hmy^J^Kr.  D-iyn^'jij  ,7yTy^"l  S^T 

Yiddish  miscellany 

892.58  B84 

.pnsv  Dnn3K  ,-iy"rJ''33in 
.lj;j3i'7"S-iy  ,DniB'  ,ij;BKnpyiK  ,DnoKt3  ,]yD"lNr]yD1^3  lyi 

892.58  B45 

.rwj'K  ,|t">tDtyjy-iyn 
.^^D-iyiT  y^b:  |i«  -lyDiyiiDnsty  y^^iv  2000 

892.58  T92 

nu  1900  TB  yiRjonK  pirnmyQ'^  ,D"iyi:"'imn«"'  nyi2D:''x:Nn:{  nyn 

.MixpnKn  nn:D3'?K 

892.58  W77 

.on-iKo  ,''pDiiyD*t2:"'n 

892.58  L74 

.misKiyD''^ 

.ny3»a  2 


YIDDISH  MISCELLANY  1725 

892.58  E68 

]iK   y;!'^"n...nB    lyDiatjomjrn. .  .1D10   by^e   nosn   by^a   ,^Da>n   "IDID 
H'»<iT'K  PB  ii?nj?j';iDmyn. .  .D2n  «  iis  nKns  k  f^^a  ms...DnBC  jriya 

892.58  P65 

892.58  F31 

892.58  P42y 

892.58  P42a 

.21^  pns>  ,ps3 
.j?2K:iDnK  DiMV^'nv     .|j;iDS"'*ltJ' 

892.58  P42 

.3'^  pm^  ,pe3 

892.58  R32j 

.t2ns*n  yirm''  d«t 

892.58  R32p 

.Dm2K  ,^yT''''-l 

892.58  R32 

.rnn  nw  ^itr  -ikb  in^rtp^  x  ,y^ta«DHt2Dy"in  Vt5''»T'' 

892.7     Arabic  literature 

Bidpai.  892.7  B47 

Kalilah  and  Dimnah;  or,  The  fables  of  Bidpai;  being  an  account  of 
their  literary  history,  with  an  English  translation  of  the  later  Syriac 
version  of  the  same  and  notes  by  I.  G.  N.  Keith-Falconer.  1885.  Cam- 
bridge University  Press. 

Carlyle,  Joseph  Dacre,  ed.  r892.7  Cai 

Specimens  of  Arabian  poetry  from  the  earliest  time  to  the  extinction 
of  the  khaliphat,  with  some  account  of  the  authors.    1810.    Cadell. 

English  and  Arabic  text. 

"Translations  in  which  a  certain  elegance  of  diction  is  more  striking  than  the 
fidelity  to  the  spirit  and  colour  of  the  originals."    Dictionary  of  national  biography. 


1726  ARABIC  LITERATURE 

Faiz  Allah  Bhai,  ir.  1892.7  M95 

A  Moslem  present;  an  anthology  of  Arabic  poems  about  the  prophet 

and  the  faith  of  Islam,    v.i.     1893. 

V.I.     Containing  the  famous  poem   of  al-Busaree,   and  "The  poem  of  the   scarf," 

with  an  English  version  and  notes. 

Field,  Claud  Herbert  Alwyn  Faure,  comp.  r892.7  F45 

Dictionary  of  oriental  quotations  (Arabic  and  Persian).    191 1.    Son- 

nenschein. 

With  English  translation. 

Green,  Arthur  Octavius,  comp.  892.7  G82 

Modern  Arabic  stories,  ballads,  proverbs  and  idioms.    2  pts.  in  2v. 

1909.     Clarendon  Press. 

Pt.i  contains  the  transliteration  and  pt.a  the  translation  of  these  stories,  which  were 

originally  collected  to  be  used  as  an  Arabic  reader  for  those  desiring  to  become  acquainted 

with  the  language  as  spoken  in  Cairo  and  the  neighboring  districts. 

Nicholson,  Reynold  Alleyne.  892.7  N31 

Literary  history  of  the  Arabs.  1907.  Scribner.  (Library  of  liter- 
ary history.) 

"Bibliogrraphy  of  works  by  European  authors,"  p.471-480. 

The  best  introduction  for  English  readers  to  the  great  body  of  Arabian  literature. 
Condensed  from  Athenceum,  1910. 

Vollers,  Karl.  roi6.8927  V37 

Arabien;  geschichte  und  kultur  der  Araber,  Muhammed  und  der 
Islam,  arabische  sprache  und  literatur,  enthaltend  u.  a.  die  reichhaltige 
bibliothek  des  verstorbenen  Prof.  Vollers  in  Jena  (ehemals  direktor 
der  Vizekgl.  Bibliothek  in  Kairo).  1910.  (Harrassowitz,  Otto.  Biicher- 
katalog  334.) 

Wollaston,  Sir  Arthur  Naylor.  892.7  W84 

Tales  within  tales;  adapted  from  the  fables  of  Pilpai.  1909.  Dutton. 
(Romance  of  the  East  series.) 

Pilpai  or  Bidpai  was  the  reputed  author  of  a  famous  collection  of  fables  which  have 
been  current  in  the  East  since  before  the  Christian  era.  This  publication  is  adapted 
from  a  isth  century  version. 

894     Turkish  literature 

Gibb,  Elias  John  Wilkinson.  894  G35 

History  of  Ottoman  poetry.    \.S-6.    1907-09. 

"A  great  book,  largely  conceived,  broadly  prepared  for,  and  keenly  and  apprecia- 
tively thought  out.  The  translations,  in  their  quaintness  and  'preciousness'  of  phrasing, 
render  the  originals  with  singular  felicity.  The  preliminary  exposition  of  the  origin, 
character,  and  scope  of  Ottoman  poetry,  of  the  religious  tradition  and  mythology  (in  a 
sense)  on  which  it  is  based,  and  the  philosophy  of  which  it  essentially  consists,  of  its  ■ 
forms,  prosody,  rhetoric,  etc.,  is  admirable."     Nation,  1901. 

For  V.1-4  see  preceding  catalogues. 

Wells,  Charles,  comp.  r894  W49 

Literature  of  the  Turks;  a  Turkish  chrestomathy,  consisting  of  ex- 
tracts in  Turkish  from  the  best  Turkish  authors  (historians,  novelists, 
dramatists,  &c.),  with  interlinear  and  free  translations  in  English,  bio- 
graphical and  grammatical  notes  and  facsimiles  of  ms.  letters  and  docu- 
ments.   1891.    Quaritch. 


HUNGARIAN  LITERATURE  1727 

894.5     Hungarian  literature 

Bibliography 

Campbell,  J.  Maud,  comp.  1016.83  G23 

Selected  list  of  Hungarian  books;  comp.  for  the  New  Jersey  public 

library  commission.     1907.     A.  L.  A.  Pub.  Board.     (American  Library 

Association.     Foreign  book  list  no.2.) 

Bound  with  Gattiker's  "Selected  list  of  German  books." 

New  York  (city) — Public  library.    Astor,  Lenox  and  roi6.894  N26 

Tilden  foundations. 
Magyar  konyveinek  jegyzeke;  Hungarian  book  list.     1910. 


General  works 
Beothy,  Zsolt.  894.5  B44 

A  magyar  irodalom  kis-tukre.     1899. 

Endrodi,  Sandor.  894.5  E62 

Szazadunk   magyar    irodalma   kepekben;    Szechenyi    follepesetol    a 
kiegyezesig.     1900. 

Riedl,  Frederick.  894.5  R44 

History  of  Hungarian  literature.     1906.     Appleton. 

"Bibliography,"  p.287. 

Author  is  (1906)  professor  of  Hungarian  literature  in  the  University  of  Budapest. 
The  book  was  written  for  the  English  public  and  has  never  appeared  in  Hungarian. 


Hungarian  poetry 
Abranyi,  Emil.  894.51  A16 

Koltemenyei. 

Ady,  Endre.  894.51  A24 

Ver  es  arany.     1910. 
With  this  is  bound  his  "Szeretnem,  ha  szeretnenek;  versek." 

Arany,  Janos.  894.51  A66 

Elbeszelo  koltemenyei. 

Arany,  Janos.  894.51  A66m 

Muvei.    6v.     1900. 

v. I.  Kisebb  koltemenyek  es  elegyes  darabok. 

V.2.  Toldi. — ^Toldi   szerelme. — Toldi  esteje. 

v.3.  Elbeszelo  koltemenyek. 

V.4.  Hatrahagyott  verSek. 

v.S.  Shakspere-forditasok. 

V.6.  Prozai  dolgozatok. 

^enedek,  Elek,  ed.  894.51  B43 

A  magyar  nepkoltes  gyongyei;  a  legszebb  nepdalok  gyiijtemenye. 
1909. 


1728  HUNGARIAN  POETRY 

Bowring,  Sir  John,  ed.  894-51  B66 

Poetry  of  the  Magyars,  preceded  by  a  sketch  of  the  language  and 
literature  of  Hungary  and  Transylvania.     1830.     Privately  printed. 

Translations  of  Hungarian  poems. 

Csokonai,  Mihaly  Vitez.  894.51  C89 

Valogatott  munkai.     [1904.] 

Czuczor,  Gergely.  894-51  C99 

Osszes  koltoi  muvei;  eletrajzzal  es  jegyzetekkel  ellatva,  sajto  ala 

rendezte  Zoltvany  Iren.    3v.     1899. 
"Bibliographia,"  v.i,  p.99-121. 

Endr6di,  Sandor,  ed.  q894.5i  E62 

A  magyar  kolteszet  kincseshiza.     1903.  • 

Garay,  Janos.  894.51  G17 

Szent  Laszlo;  torteneti  koltemeny.    2v.  in  i.    1865. 

Garay,  Janos.  894.51  G17V 

Valogatott    koltemenyei;    kiadta    es    bevezetessel    ellatta    Angyal 
David.     [1904.] 

Gyulai,  Pal.  894.51  G99 

Koltemenyei.    2v.     1904. 

894.51  H34 
Hatszdz  magyar  nemzeti  dal;  szavalmanyok  es  dalok  gyiijtemenye.    1908. 

Collection  of  Hungarian  national  songs. 

Jokai,  Mor.  894.51  J37 

Koltemenyek.    2v.     1907.     (Osszes  mfivei,  v.98-99.) 

Kisfaludy,  Sandor.  894.51  K29 

Osszes  koltemenyei.    2v.     1901. 

Kiss,  Jozsef.  894.51  K296 

Osszes  koltemenyei.     1908. 

Kolcsey,  Ferencz.  894.51  K36 

Valogatott  munkai. 

Kozma,  Andor.  894.51  K39 

Versek.    1893. 

L6vay,  Jozsef.  894.51  L66 

Osszes  koltemenyei.    2v.     1881. 

Loew,  William  N.  tr.  894.51  L76 

Magyar  poetry;  selections  from  Hungarian  poets.     1908.    Amerikai 
Magyar  Nepszava. 

Negyesy,  Laszlo,  ed.  894.51  N21 

Poetika,  olvasmanyokkal.    1907. 

Pisztor,  Arpad.  894.51  P28 

Uj  versek,  1903-07. 


HUNGARIAN  DRAMA  1729 

Petofi,  Sandor.  894>5i  P46 

Osszes  koltemenyei.    4v. 
V.I.     Elbeszelo  koltemenyek. 
v.2-4.     Kisebb  koltemenyek. 

Rad6,  Antal,  ed.  894-51  R13 

Idegen  koltok  albuma;  miiforditasok  a  19.  szazad  lyrajabol.    1891. 

Rado,  Antal,  comp.  q8g4.5i  Ri3k 

Koltok  albuma;  jelenkori  magyar  koltok  verseibol. 

Riedl,  Frederick,  ed.  894.51  R44 

Poetika  es  poetikai  olvasokonyv.     1909. 

Tompa,  Mihaly.  894.51  T59 

Osszes  koltemenyei.    4v. 

Toth,  Kalman,  894.51  T64 

Osszes  koltemenyei;  bevezetessel  ellatta  Endrodi  Sandor.    2v.    1902. 

Vajda,  Janos.  894.51  V14 

Koltemenyei.    2v.     [1881.] 

Vorosmarty,  Mihaly.  894.51  V38 

Osszes    koltoi    miivei;    koltemenyek,    k61t6i    elbeszelesek,    dramak, 
palyalombok,  Shakespeare  forditasok.    [1907.] 

"Vorosmarty  Mihaly  elete,"  by  Zalan  Endrei,  p.S-8. 

Hungarian  drama 
Berczik,  Arpad.  894.52  B44 

Himfy  dalai;  vigjatek.    1899. 

Br6dy,  Sandor.  894.52  ByGt 

A  tanitono;  falusi  eletkep. 

Csiky,  Gergely.  894.52  C89 

Ket  szerelem;  szomorujatek;  kiadja  a  Kisfaludy  Tarsasag.     1892. 

D6czi,  Lajos.  894.52  D66c 

Csok;  vigjatek.    (Munkai,  v.i.) 

Doczi,  Lajos.  894.52  D66e 

Ellinor;  vigjatek.    1897, 

Doczi,  Lajos.  894.52  D66s 

Szechy  Maria;  torteneti  szinmii.     (Munkai,  v.3.) 

Doczi,  Lajos.  894.52  D66 

Utolso  szerelem;  torteneti  vigjatek.     (Munkai,  v.7.) 

D6czi,  Lajos.  894.52  D66v 

Vegyes  parok;  szinmii.    1889. 

Eotvos,  Jozsef,  hard.  894.52  E67 

Koltemenyek,  szinmuvek.     1903.     (Osszes  munkai,  v.  18.) 

Girdonsri,  Geza.  894.52  Gi8a 

Annuska;  vigjatek.     1903. 


1730  HUNGARIAN  DRAMA 

G&rdonyi,  Geza.  894.52  G18 

A  bor;  falusi  tortenet.    1905. 

Herczeg,  Ferencz.  894.52  H46d 

A  dolovai  nabob  leanya;  szinmii.    1902. 

With  this  is  bound  his  "A  harom  tester." 

Herczeg,  Fer-encz.  894.52  H46h 

Honthy  haza;  szinmfi  [Deryne  ifjasszony].    2v.  in  i.    1904. 

Herczeg,  Ferencz.  894.52  H46k 

Kez  kezet  mos;  vigjatek.     1904. 

With  this  is  bound  his  "Az  elso  vihar." 

Herczeg,  Ferencz.  894.52  H46 

Ocskay  brigaderos;  tortenelmi  szinmii  negy  felvonasban.     1909. 

With  this  is  bound  "Balatoni  rege;  regenyes  vigj4tek  negy  felvonasban." 

J6kai,  Mor.  894.52  J37I 

Levente    [drama],   es  Utazas   egy   sirdomb   koriil.      1907.      (Osszes 
mfivei,  V.95.) 

J6kai,  Mor.  894.52  J37 

Szinmiivek.    3v.    1907.     (Osszes  miivei,  v.38-40.) 

Kisfaludy,  Karoly.  894.52  K29 

Valogatott  munkai:  bevezetessel  ellatta  Banoczi  Jozsef.    2v. 

Madich,  Imre.  894.52  M23 

Az  ember  tragediaja;  dramai  koltemeny. 

The  same.    1895.    (In  his  Osszes  miivei,  v.2,  P.2S5-48S.)  . .  894.58  M23  v.2 
The  same.     1904.     (In  his  Munkai,  p.41-177.) 894.51  M23 

Molndr,  Ferencz.  894.52  M79J 

Jozsi,  es  egyeb  kis  kom6diak. 

Molnar,  Ferencz.  894.52  M79 

Az  ordog;  vigjatek.     1910. 


Hungarian  essays.     Miscellany 

Eotvos,  Jozsef,  bdro.  894.54  E67b 

Beszedek.    3v.    1902.     (Osszes  munkai,  v.8-10.) 

V.I.     Emlek-  es  iinnepi  beszedek. 
v.2-3.     Politikai  beszedek. 

Eotvos,  Karoly.  894.54  E679 

Emlekezesek.    1909.     (Munkai,  v.6.) 

Gyulai,  Pal.  894.54  G99 

Emlekbeszedek.    2v.    1902. 

J6kai,  Mor.  894.54  J37 

feletembSl;  igaz  tortenetek,  orok  eml^kek,  humor,  utleiras.    2v.     1907. 
(Osszes  mfivei,  v.96-97.) 


CHINESE  LITERATURE.   JAPANESE  LITERATURE    1731 

Kemeny,  Zsigmond,  bdro.  894-54  Ki7e 

filet  es  irodalom.    1883. 

Kemeny,  Zsigmond,  bdro.  S94.54  K17 

Tortenelmi  es  irodalmi  tanulmanyok.  3v.  1907.  (Osszes  miivei, 
V.9-11.) 

Toth,  Bela,  ed.  894.54  T64 

Magyar  ritkasagok  (Curiosa  Hungarica).     1907. 

Toth,  Bela,  ed.  894.54  T64ra 

Mendemondak;  a  vilagtortenet  furcsasagai.     1907. 

Bajza,  Jozsef.  894.58  B17 

Osszegyiijtott  munkai.     6v.     1899-1900. 
"Bajza  Jozsef  eletrajza,"  by  Ferencz  Badics,  v.i,  p.s-130. 
"Konyveszet,"  v.i,  p.  131-144. 

Berzsenyi,  Daniel.  894.58  B46 

Munkai. 

Madach,  Imre.  894.58  M23 

Osszes  miivei;  kiadta  Gyulai  Pal.    3v.    1894-95. 

V.I.     Lyrai  koltemenyek. 

V.2.     Dramai  koltemenyek. 

V.3.     Dramai  koltemenyek  es  vegyesek. 

Chinese  literature 

The  Library  has  a  collection  of  50  Chinese  books  which  are  not  separately  entered 
here.     These  may  be  consulted  at  the  Reference  desk. 

Byng,  L.  Cranmer-,  tr.  895  B99 

Lute  of  jade;  selections  from  the  classical  poets  of  China,  with  an 
introduction.    1909.    Murray.     (Wisdom  of  the  East.) 

She  King.  895  S53 

Book  of  Chinese  poetry;  the  collection  of  ballads,  sagas,  hymns  and 
other  pieces  known  as  the  Shih  Ching,  or  classic  of  poetry;  metrically 
tr.  by  C.  F.  R.  Allen.     1891.    Paul. 


Japanese  literature 

Chamberlain,  Basil  Hall,  comp.  895  C35J 

Japanese  poetry.     191 1.     Murray. 

Contents:  Poems  from  the  "Man-yoshu." — Poems  from  the  "Kokin-shu." — Lyric 
dramas. — Basho  and  the  epigram. 

Consists  chiefly  of  translations,  but  contains  an  introductory  chapter  on  Japanese 
poetry  in  general  and  another  on  the  Japanese  epigram  and  some  great  epigrammatists. 

Dickins,  Frederick  Victor,  tr.  r895  D55 

Primitive  &  mediaeval  Japanese  texts,  with  introductions,  notes  and 
glossaries.     2v.     1906.     Clarendon  Press. 

V.I.     Translations  [into  English]. 

V.2.     Romanized  texts. 

"List  of  works  consulted,"  v.i,  p. 9-10. 

The  texts  consist  of  a  collection  of  lays  from  the  Manyoshiu,  an  anthology  of  the 


1732  JAPANESE  LITERATURE 

Dickins,  Frederick  Victor,  tr. — continued.  rSgs  D55 

8th  century,  a  loth  century  romance,  the  preface  to  Tsurayuki's  Kokinshiu,  which  is  an 
anthology  of  the  same  century,  and  a  mediaeval  miracle  play. 

"These  two  volumes,  apart  from  their  interest  to  the  general  reader,  comprise  in 
themselves  all  that  is  necessary  for  very  considerable  progress  in  the  direct  knowledge 
of  the  older  Japanese  literature.  They  take  high  rank  among  scholarly  works  on  Japan." 
Athenceum,  /pod. 

Okakura,  Kakasu.  895  O22 

Book  of  tea.    1906.    Fox, 

Contents:  The  cup  of  humanity. — The  schools  of  tea. — Taoism  and  Zennism. — The 
tea-room. — Art  appreciation. — Flowers. — Tea-masters. 

Does  more  than  emphasize  the  important  place  that  tea  holds  in  Japanese  life,  it  is 
a  delicate  interpretation  of  the  artistic  and  reposeful  side  of  Japanese  character. 

Porter,  William  Ninnis,  tr.  895  P83 

A  hundred  verses  from  old  Japan;  a  translation  of  the  Hyaku-nin- 
isshiu.     1909.     Clarendon  Press. 

Walsh,  Clara  A.  comp.  895  W18 

Master-singers  of  Japan;  being  verse  translations  from  the  Japanese 
poets.    1910.    Murray.    (Wisdom  of  the  East  series.) 


897     Aboriginal  American  literature 

Foster,  George  Eulas.  r897  F81 

Literature  of  the  Cherokees,  also  bibliography  and  the  story  of  their 
genesis.    1889.    Democrat,  Ithaca,  N.  Y. 


English  fiction 

Abaft  the  funnel.     Kipling K278ab 

Abbie  Ann.     Martin jM427a 

Abbott,  Eleanor  Hallowell.    See  Cobum,  Mrs  Eleanor  Hallowell 

(Abbott). 
Abbott,  Keene.  Ai32m 

A  melody  in  silver.    Houghton. 

Tender  little  story  of  a  small  boy,  the  woman  who  adopted  him,  and  a  doctor.  A 
minor  but  lively  character  is  "Mitch  Horrigan,"  the  bad  little  boy  who  lives  on  the  other 
side  of  the  fence. 

Abd  el  Ardavan,  pseud.    See  French,  Henry  Willard. 

Abe  and  Mawruss.     Glass G466a 

Actions  and  reactions.    Kipling K278a 

Adams,  Andy.  A2nr 

Reed  Anthony,  cowman;  an  autobiography.    Houghton. 

Story  of  life  on  the  great  cattle  ranges.  It  tells  of  the  business  side,  the  buying  and 
selling  and  breeding,  the  generalship  of  a  successful  cowman. 

Adams,  Andy.  A211W 

Wells  brothers,  the  young  cattle  kings.    Houghton. 

"Adventures  of  two  boys  who  are  thrown  by  circumstances,  and  almost  by  accident, 
into  the  business  of  cattle-raising,  and  become  in  time  young  cattle  kings . . .  The  book 
has  little  claim  to  attention  as  a  story,  but  in  its  own  field  it  is  valuable  because  it  gives 
a  true  picture  of  conditions  which  have  now  almost  passed  out  of  existence."  Outlook, 
igii. 

Adams,  Samuel  Hopkins.  A2i7a 

Average  Jones.    Bobbs. 

Average  Jones  is  a  wealthy  young  New  Yorker  who  opens  a  bureau  for  investigat- 
ing the  genuineness  of  newspaper  "wants"  and  personals.  He  develops  remarkable  de- 
tective ability  and  has  some  interesting  adventures. 

Ade,  George.  A228S 

The  slim  princess.     Bobbs. 

Admiral  Eddy.     Onions 0254a 

Admiral's  light.     Rideout R438a 

Adopting  of  Rosa  Marie.     Rankin jRig4a 

Adventurer.     Osbourne 0291a 

Adventures  in  Thule.     Black 65143 

Adventures  of  Billy  Topsail.     Duncan jD8gg2a 

Affair  of  dishonor.     De  Morgan D423af 

Ainsworth,  William  Harrison.  A2g7a 

Auriol;  or,  The  elixir  of  life.    Routledge. 

Contains  also  "The  old  London  merchant"  and  "A  night's  adventure  in  Rome." 

Story  of  the  wild  adventures  of  a  youth  who  drank  the  elixir  of  life  in  1599. 

1733 


1734  ENGLISH  FICTION 


Ainsworth,  William  Harrison.  A2g7b 

Boscobel;  or,  The  royal  oak;  a  tale  of  the  year  1651.    Routledge. 
Story  of  the  wanderings  of  Charles  the  Second  after  the  battle  of  Worcester. 

Ainsworth,  William  Harrison,  A297C 

Crichton  [a  novel].    Routledge. 

Historical  romance  of  France  in  the  late  i6th  century,  the  hero  being  that  versatile 
and  accomplished  Scotchman,  the  Admirable  Crichton  (1560-85?). 

Ainsworth,  William  Harrison.  A2g7f 

Flitch  of  bacon;  or,  The  custom  of  Dunmow;  a  tale  of  English 

home.     Routledge. 

Founded  on  a  curious  old  English  custom  mentioned  by  Chaucer  and  still  in  force 

at  the  time  of  this  story,  the  middle  of  the  i8th  century. 

Ainsworth,  William  Harrison.  Aagyj 

Jack  Sheppard;  a  romance.    Routledge. 

"A  tale  of  criminal  life  (1702-24)  more  realistic,  less  romantic,  than  Rookwood. 
An  idealisation  of  roguery  that... has  been  frequently  condemned  for  immoral  tend- 
ency." Baker's  Descriptive  guide  to  the  best  fiction. 

Ainsworth,  William  Harrison.  A297I 

The  Lancashire  witches;  a  romance  of  Pendle  forest.    Routledge. 
Embodies  the  historical  episode  of  the  Pilgrimage  of  Grace    (1536)    and   gives  a 

good  deal  of  Lancashire  topography. 

Ainsworth,  William  Harrison.  A297m 

Mervyn  Clitheroe.    Routledge. 

"[Ainsworth]  was  sent  to  the  Manchester  grammar  school,  and  in  'Mervyn 
Clitheroe'  has  left  an  interesting  and  accurate  picture  of  its  then  condition."  Dictionary 
of  national  biography. 

Ainsworth,  William  Harrison.  A297mi 

The  miser's  daughter.    Routledge. 

"Written  to  show  the  evils  of  avarice.  London  in  the  sth  decade  of  the  i8th 
century  is  the  scene,  and  the  life  of  the  coffee-houses,  of  Ranelagh  and  Vauxhall,  is 
depicted  in  the  course  of  a  young  man's  adventures  about  town."  Baker's  Descriptive 
guide  to  the  best  fiction. 

Ainsworth,  William  Harrison.  A2970V 

Ovingdean  Grange;  a  tale  of  the  South  downs.    Routledge. 

Scene  of  the  story  is  laid  in  the  time  between  the  battle  of  Worcester  and  Charles's 
escape  to  France. 

Ainsworth,  William  Harrison.  A297r 

Rookwood;  a  romance.    Routledge.  . 

Contains  a  "Memoir  of  William  Harrison  Ainsworth,"  by  Laman  Blanchard. 

Romance  applying  the  style  of  Mrs  Radcliffe  to  English  scenes  and  characters. 
One  of  the  prominent  characters  is  Dick  Turpin,  the  highwayman  (1706-39).  who  owes 
much  of  his  fame  to  Ainsworth's  literary  skill. 

Ainsworth,  William  Harrison.  A297SP 

The  spendthrift;  a  tale.    Routledge. 

Story  of  the  adventures  and  reformation  of  a  reckless  young  Englishman  of  the 
I  Sth  century. 

Alcott,  Louisa  May.  A355J 

Jack  and  Jill.    Low. 

Appeared  in  "St.  Nicholas,"  v.7,  Dec.  1879-Oct.  1880. 

Alcott,  Louisa  May.  A355U 

Under  the  lilacs.     Low. 

Appeared  in  "St.  Nicholas,"  v.5,  Dec.  1877-Oct.   1878. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1735 


Alden,  Raymond  Macdonald.  JA358W2 

Why  the  chimes  rang  [and  other  stories].     Bobbs. 

Other  stories:  The  knights  of  the  silver  shield. — The  boy  who  discovered  the 
spring. — The  brook  in  the  king's  garden. — The  hunt  for  the  beautiful. — The  boy  who 
went  out  of  the  world. — The  palace  made  by  music. — The  forest  full  of  friends. — The 
bag  of  smiles. — The  castle  under  the  sea. — In  the  great  walled  country. 

Alice-for-shcrt.     De  Morgan 04233 

Almayer's  folly.     Conrad 07553 

Alongshore.     Reynolds R377a 

Alpatok.     Saunders JS2573 

Alt3r  stairs.     Lancaster L2133 

Altsheler,  Joseph  Alexander.  A466ho 

The  horsemen  of  the  plains;  a  story  of  the  great  Cheyenne  war. 
Macmillan. 

Story  of  a  young  man  who  joins  a  party  of  trappers  and  goes  to  unexplored  country 
in  the  West,  where  he  takes  part  in  the  great  Cheyenne  war. 

Altsheler,  Joseph  Alexander.  A466y 

Young  trailers;  a  story  of  early  Kentucky.    Appleton. 
The  same jA466y 

Hero  is  a  boy  of  15,  who  hunts  and  fishes,  has  a  narrow  escape  from  a  forest  fire 
and  from  wolves,  is  captured  by  Indians  and  finally  saves  the  white  settlement  from 
massacre. 

Am3bel  Channice.     Sedgwick S4483 

Am3dis  of  Gaul.  jA48ik 

A  knight  errant  and  his  doughty  deeds;  the  story  of  Amadis  of 
Gaul;  ed.  by  N.J.Davidson.     Seeley. 

How  Amadis  was  found  by  a  Scottish  knight,  of  his  knighting,  his  quest  for  adven- 
tures and  his  wondrous  exploits.  The  story  is  taken  from  Robert  Southey's  translation 
of  the  old  romance,  "Amadis  of  Gaul,"  which  has  been  called  the  best  of  all  the  romances 
of  chivalry.     Colored  pictures  of  knights  and  ladies. 

Amedee's  son.     Smith 864923 

Amos  Kilbright.     Stockton S8663m 

An3stasius.     Hope H782a 

Ancestors.    Atherton A8683 

Ancestors  of  Peter  Atherly.     Harte H3i9a 

Ancient  law.     Glasgow G4653 

Ande  Trembath.     Kemp K1753 

Andersen,  Hans  Christian.  JA544S2 

Stories;  tr.  by  W.  Angeldorff.    Nister. 

Binder's  title  reads  "Hans  Andersen's  fairy  tales." 

The  wild  swans. — The  swineherd. — The  little  mermaid. — The  ugly  duckling. — Little 
Ida's  flowers. — The  emperor's  new  clothes. — The  snow  queen.— Little  Claus  and  big 
Claus. — The  princess  and  the  pea,  and  other  stories.     Many  pictures. 

Andersen,  Hans  Christian.  JA544t 

Tales  for  the  young;  tr.  by  Mrs  H.  B.  Paull.    Warne. 
Fifty-seven   wonder  stories,   including  The   fir-tree.  —  The   red   shoes.  —  The   snow 
queen. — ^The  beetle  who  went  on  his  travels. — ^The  Portuguese  duck. — The  little  match- 
seller. — What  the  old  man  does  is  always  right. — The  marsh  king's  daughter. — Holger 
Danske. — The  girl  who  trod  on  the  loaf. 


1736  ENGLISH  FICTION 


Andersen,  Hans  Christian.  qjA544ti 

Tinder  box,  and  other  stories;  illustrated  by  Helen  Stratton.    Blackie. 

Other  stories:    The  swineherd. — The  darning-needle. — The  leaping  match. 

Andersen,  Hans  Christian.  qjA544U 

Ugly  duckling,  and  other  stories;  illustrated  by  Helen  Stratton. 
Blackie. 

Other  stones:     The  constant  tin  soldier. — The  top  and  the  ball. 

Andersen,  Hans  Christian.  qjA544wi 

Wild  swans;  illustrated  by  Helen  Stratton.     Blackie. 

Story  of  the  beautiful  princess  who  saved  her  ii  brothers  from  enchantment. 

The   Andersons.     Macnaughtan M2i5a 

Andrews,  Mary  Raymond  Shipman.  A568be 

The  better  treasure.    Bobbs. 

Short  Christmas  story. 

Andrews,  Mary  Raymond  Shipman.  A568m 

The  militants;  stories  of  some  parsons,  soldiers  and  other  fighters 
in  the  world.    Scribner. 

Contents:  The  bishop's  silence.  —  The  witnesses.  —  The  diamond  brooches. — 
Crowned  with  glory  and  honor. — A  messenger. — The  aide-de-camp. — Through  the  ivory 
gate. — The  wife  of  the  governor. — The  little  revenge. 

Appeared  in  "Harper's  magazine"  and  "Scribner's  magazine,"  1902-07. 

Andrews,  Mary  Raymond  Shipman.  A568P 

The  perfect  tribute.     Scribner. 

The  satne JA568P 

Appeared  in  "Scribner's  magazine,"  v.40,  July  1906. 

An  incident  connected  with  Lincoln's  Gettysburg  speech  furnishes  the  motif  of  this 
short  story. 

Animals'  rebellion.     Bingham jB485a 

Annapolis  youngster.     Beach jB342a 

Anne  Kempburn.     Bryant 884223 

Anne  of  Avonlea.    Montgomery M864an 

Anne  of  Green  Gables.    Montgomery M864a 

The  same jM864a 

Antonio.     Oldmeadow 02312a 

Araminta.     Snaith S66ga 

Argles,  Mrs  Margaret  Wolfe  (Hamilton).    See  Duchess,  The,  pseud. 
Arizona  nights.     White W6362a 

Ame.     B  jornson B51  la 

The  same 651133 

[Arnim,  Mary  Annette  (Beauchamp),  grafin  von.]  A749C 

The  caravaners,  by  the  author  of  "Elizabeth  and  her  German  garden." 
Doubleday. 

Humorous  and  somewhat  farcical  incidents  of  a  caravan  tour  in  England  which 
give  innumerable  opportunities  of  revealing  the  character  of  a  German  husband  and  the 
gradual  revolt  of  his  oppressed  but  charming  wife. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1737 


[Arnim,  Mary  Annette  (Beauchamp),  gr'dfin  von.]  A749f 

Fraulein  Schmidt  and  Mr  Anstruther,  by  the  author  of  "Elizabeth 
and  her  German  garden."    Scribner. 

Story  told  in  letters  written  by  a  German  girl  to  a  young  Englishman  who  has 
studied  German  in  her  father's  house  at  Jena.  The  frank  expression  of  her  ideas  on 
life  and  literature  and  the  clever  drawing  of  character  and  of  domestic  scenes  consti- 
tute the  charm  of  the  book. 

L'Arrabiata.     Heyse H5i6a 

Arthur's.     Lyons Lggsa 

As  it  happened.    Hilliers H56i2a 

Ascanio.     Dumas DSgiias 

Ashes  of  a  god.     Bain 81653 

Ashton-Kirk,  investigator.     Mclntyre Miyaa 

Aspinwall,  Mrs  Alicia.  jA84ie2 

Listen  to  me  stories.    Button. 

Contents:  The  echo-maid. — In  the  land  of  the  Wee-uns. — The  big  light  on  Burning 
mountain. — A  leap-year  boy. — A  discontented  rooster. — The  box-eating  antarilla. 

Later  edition  of  her  "Echo-maid,  and  other  stories." 

At  good  old  Siwash.     Fitch F5522a 

At  the  foot  of  the  Rockies.     Goodloe 66253 

At  the  Villa  Rose.     Mason M4483 

Atheist's  mass.     Balzac B2i8ath 

Atherton,  Mrs  Gertrude  Franklin  (Horn).  A868a 

Ancestors;  a  novel.     Harper. 

Hero  is  an  English  peer  who  drops  his  title  and  comes  to  California  to  try  his 
fortune.     The  story  closes  with  an  account  of  the  earthquake  at  San  Francisco. 

Atherton,  Mrs  Gertrude  Franklin  (Horn).  A868re 

Rezanov  [a  novel].    Authors  and  Newspapers  Assoc. 
Deals  with  an  episode  in  early  California  history,  the  attempt  made  by  Russia  to 
obtain   a    foothold   there.      The   interest  centres  chiefly   in   the   courtship   between   the 
Russian  plenipotentiary  and  the  daughter  of  the   Spanish   commandante  at   San   Fran- 
cisco. 

Audoux,  Marguerite.  A9i4m 

Marie-Claire;  tr.  by  J.  N.  Raphael,  with  an  introduction  by  Arnold 
Bennett.     Hodder. 

Aunt  Amity's  silver  wedding.     Stuart S9323 

Aunt  Jane  of  Kentucky.     Hall H1723 

Auriol.     Ainsworth A2973 

Austin,  Mrs  Mary  (Hunter).  A9372I 

Lost  borders.     Harper. 

Contents:  The  land. — The  hoodoo  of  the  Minnietta. — A  case  of  conscience. — The 
ploughed  lands. — The  return  of  Mr  Wills. — The  last  antelcpe. — Agua  Dulce. — The  wo- 
man at  the  Eighteen-Mile. — The  fakir. — The  pocket-hunter's  story. — The  readjustment. — 
Bitterness  of  women. — The  house  of  offence. — The  walking  woman. 

Average  Jones.     Adams A2173 

Ayesha,  the  return  of  She.     Haggard Hi4ia 


1738  ENGLISH  FICTION 


Ayscough,  John,  (pseud,  of  Francis  Bickerstaffe-Drew).  AgSym 

Mezzogiorno  [a  novel].    Herder. 

Modern  and  amusing  story,  the  real  interest  of  which  is  the  drawing  of  the 
characters. 

Ayscough,  John,  (pseud,  of  Francis  Bickerstaffe-Drew).  A987S 

San  Celestino.     Putnam. 

Story  of  the  gentle  ascetic  and  recluse  who,  against  his  will,  was  forced  to  occupy 
the  pontifical  chair  as  Celestine  V,  and  after  five  months  summoned  courage  to  abdicate. 
Although  Celestine  was  consigned  by  Dante  to  the  mouth  of  hell,  the  author  interprets 
the  "great  refusal"  not  as  a  failure  to  accept  responsibility,  but  as  obedience  to  a  higher 
duty. 

B.,  T.    See  Benson,  Arthur  Christopher. 

Bacheller,  Irving.  Bi27h 

Hand-made  gentleman;  a  tale  of  the  battles  of  peace.    Harper. 
Romance  of  the  wonderful  industrial  development  of  the  past  half-century  in  New 

York  state.     Hero  is  a  poor  uneducated  boy  who  realizes  his  ideals  of  a  gentleman  in  an 

original  and  humorous  way. 

Bacheller,  Irving.  Bi27k 

Keeping  up  with  Lizzie.     Harper. 

Lizzie,  a  grocer's  daughter  who  has  had  advantages  and  who  sets  the  pace  for  the 
town  in  which  she  lives,  is  made  to  typify  the  American  spirit.  The  central  figure  of 
the  book  is  a  country  lawyer  and  philosopher,  the  good  genius  of  the  community. 

Bacheller,  Irving.  Bi37m 

The  master.    Doubleday. 

Story  of  the  adventures  of  a  young  man  in  search  of  a  fortune  left  him  by  his 
uncle.  The  chief  interest  centres  in  the  character  of  the  "master,"  a  shoemaker,  musi- 
cian and  poet-philosopher. 

Bachelor  Betty.     James JiSsb 

Bacon,  Mrs  Josephine  Dodge  (Daskam).    See  Daskam,  Josephine  Dodge. 

Bailey,  Carolyn  Sherwin.  JB159P 

Peter  Newell  Mother  Goose;  the  old  rhymes  reproduced  in  connec- 
tion with  their  veracious  history,  with  illustrations  by  Peter  Newell. 
Holt. 

A  little  girl  has  all  sorts  of  adventures  in  Gooseland  and  meets  many  characters  of 
the  old  nursery  rhymes. 

Bailey,  Henry  Christopher.  Bisgg 

God  of  clay.    Brentano. 

A  resume  of  Napoleon's  career  as  visualized  by  the  imagination.  Out  of  the  mass 
of  incredible  events  emerges  a  vivid,  powerful  and  faithful  portrait  of  Napoleon.  Con- 
densed from  Athenaum,  1908. 

Bain,  Francis  William.  Bi65a 

Ashes  of  a  god.    Putnam. 

This  love  tale,  cast  in  the  form  of  a  Hindu  legend,  is  another  of  Mr  Bain's  so- 
called  "translations  from  the  original  manuscripts"  of  the  East. 

Bain,  Francis  William.  Bi65dr 

Draught  of  the  blue.     Parker. 

Contents:  Prologue:  A  dead  lotus.— Love's  looking-glass. — Epilogue:  The  break  of 
a  heart. 

Purports  to  be  a  translation  of  Indian  legends,  but  is  really  the  work  of  Mr  Bain's 
own  pen. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1739 


Bain,  Francis  William.  Bi65m 

A  mine  of  faults.     Putnam. 

The  title,  being  interpreted,  means  woman,  and  this  delicately  wrought  story  tells 
of  the  subjugation  of  Chand,  prince  and  woman-hater,  by  one  of  these  "mines  of  faults." 

Bair,  John  Franklm.  rBi66d 

A  double  discovery.     Henry. 

The  story,  written  by  a  resident  of  Greensburg,  Pa.,  describes  the  successful  efforts 
to  gain  an  education  made  by  a  boy  who  worked  in  a  Pennsylvania  coal-mine. 

Baker,  Cornelia.  JB173C 

Court  jester.    Bobbs. 

The  heroine  is  the  little  princess  Margaret  of  Hapsburg  who  at  four  years  of  age 
was  betrothed  to  the  dauphin  of  France.  The  story  tells  of  her  adventures  in  France 
and  in  Austria  and  at  the  Spanish  court. 

Baker,  Etta  Anthony.  jBi74y 

Youngsters  of  Centerville.     Holt. 

A  jolly  crowd  of  country  boys  and  girls  have  picnics,  ball  games  and  other  good 
times. 

Bakewell,  Mary  Ellen.  jBiyyt 

True  fairy  stories.  Amer.  Book  Co.  (Eclectic  school  readings.) 
Contents:  The  red  shoes. — The  elder-tree  mother. — The  knights  and  the  good 
child. — The  knights  and  the  naughty  child. — The  ear  of  wheat. — Five  little  seed  babies. 
— How  the  storks  came  and  went. — The  milkweed  fairies. — A  spring  song. — How  the 
nautilus  left  his  ship. — The  swan's  song. — The  bell. — A  beaver  story. — How  Christmas 
came  to  Bertie's  house. — The  nightingale. — A  story  of  truth. 

Balance  of  power.    Goodrich G628b 

The  ball  and  the  cross.     Chesterton « C4272b 

Baltshasar.     France,  Anatole,  pseud F86ib 

Balzac,  Hon  ore  de.  B2i8ath 

Atheist's  mass,  and  other  stories  (La  messe  de  I'athee) ;  tr.  by  Clara 
Bell,  with  a  preface  by  George  Saintsbury.    Dent.     (Comedie  humaine.) 

Other  stories:  Honorine. — Colonel  Chabert. — The  commission  in  lunacy  (L'inter- 
diction). — Pierre  Grassou. 

Balzac,  Honore  de.  rB2i8c 

La  comedie  humaine  (Standard  Wormeley  edition);  tr.  by  K.  P. 
Wormeley.     igv.     Hardy. 

V.I.     Scenes  from  private  life:  Pere  Goriot;  Modeste  Mignon;  The  deserted  woman. 

V.2.  Beatrix;  Fame  and  sorrow;  Colonel  Chabert;  The  atheist's  mass;  La  Grande 
Breteche;  The  purse;  La  Grenadiere. 

V.3.  Memoirs  of  two  young  married  women;  A  start  in  life;  Vendetta;  Study  of  a 
woman;  The  message. 

V.4.  Albert  Sa varus;  Paz;  Madame  Firmiani;  The  marriage  contract;  A  double 
life;  The  peace  of  a  home;  A  daughter  of  Eve;  A  commission  in  lunacy;  The  rural  ball. 

v.s.  Scenes  from  provincial  life:  The  gallery  of  antiquities;  An  old  maid;  The 
illustrious  Gaudissart;  Pierrette;  The  vicar  of  Tours. 

V.6.     The  two  brothers;  Ursula. 

v.7.     The  lily  of  the  valley;  Lost  illusions:  The  two  poets  [and]  Eve  and  David. 

V.8.     Eugenie  Grandet;  The  great  man  of  the  provinces  in  Paris. 

V.9.  Scenes  from  Parisian  life:  Lucien  de  Rubempre;  Ferragus,  chief  of  the 
Devorants;  The  duchesse  dc  Langeais. 

v.io.  Rise  and  fall  of  Cesar  Birotteau;  The  last  incarnation  of  Vautrin;  Nucingen 
and  Co.,  bankers;  Pierre  Grassou. 

v.ii.     Cousin  Bette;  Bureaucracy. 

V.I 2.  Cousin  Pons;  Gobseck;  The  secrets  of  the  princesse  de  Cadignan;  Uncon- 
scious comedians;  Another  study  of  woman;  Comedies  played  gratis. 

V.I 3.     The  lesser  bourgeoisie. — Scenes  from  country  life:  The  country  doctor. 

V.I 4.     The  village  rector;  Sons  of  the  soil. 


1740  ENGLISH  FICTION 


Balzac,  Honore  de — continued.  rB2i8c 

v.is.  Scenes  from  political  life:  The  deputy  of  Arcis;  An  historical  mystery;  An 
episode  under  the  Terror. 

V.I 6.  The  brotherhood  of  consolation;  Z.  Marcas. — Scenes  from  military  life:  The 
Chouans;  A  passion  in  the  desert. 

V.I 7.  Philosophical  studies:  The  alkahest;  The  hidden  masterpiece;  Juana;  Adieu; 
A  drama  on  the  seashore;  The  red  inn;  The  recruit;  El  verdugo;  The  elixir  of  life;  The 
hated  son;  Maitre  Cornelius. 

V.I 8.     The  magic  skin;  Catherine  de'  Medici. 

v. 1 9.  Louis  Lambert;  Facino  Cane;  Gambara;  Melmoth  absolved;  Seraphita;  Jesus 
Christ  in  Flanders;  The  exiles. 

Balzac,  Honore  de.  B2i8fat 

A  father's  curse,  and  other  stories;  tr.  by  James  Waring,  with  a 
preface  by  George  Saintsbury.     Dent.     (Comedie  humaine.) 

Other  stories:     Maitre  Cornelius. — Gambara. — Massimilla  Donfc 

Balzac,  Honore  de.  B2i81a 

Last  incarnation  of  Vautrin;  Ferragus,  chief  of  the  Devorants;  Gob- 
seek;  Comedies  played  gratis;  tr.  by  K.  P.  Wormeley.  Little.  (Scenes 
from  Parisian  life.) 

Centenary  edition. 

Balzac,  Honore  de.  B2i8pa 

Parisians  in  the  country  (Les  Parisiens  en  province);  tr.  by  James 
Waring,  with  a  preface  by  George  Saintsbury.  Dent.  (Comedie  hu- 
maine.) 

Contents:     Gaudissart  the  great. — The  muse  of  the  department. 

Barbara,  pseud.    See  Wright,  Mrs  Mabel  (Osgood). 

Barbour,  Ralph  Henry.  B235b 

Behind  the  line.    Appleton. 
The  same jB235b 

Story  of  college  life  and  foot-ball. 

Barbour,  Ralph  Henry.  B235C 

Captain  of  the  crew.    Appleton. 
Barbour,  Ralph  Henry.  B235cr 

The  crimson  sweater.    Century. 

The  same jB235cr 

Barbour,  Ralph  Henry.  8235! 

For  the  honor  of  the  school;  a  story  of  school  life  and  interscholas- 
tic  sport.    Appleton. 

Barbour,  Ralph  Henry.  B235ha 

The  half-back;  a  story  of  school,  football  and  golf.    Appleton. 

Barbour,  Ralph  Henry.  B235h 

House  in  the  hedge.    Moffat. 

A  little  mystery  surrounding  the  invalided  young  man  who  rents  the  house  in  the 
hedge  and  the  love  story  that  develops,  after  his  next-door  neighbor  becomes  acquainted 
with  him  from  a  platform  in  a  tree  on  her  side  of  the  hedge,  are  the  principal  elements 
in  a  story  which  girls  will  like. 

Barbour,  Ralph  Henry.  B235W 

Weatherby's  inning;  a  story  of  college  life  and  baseball.    Appleton. 

The  same JB235W 

The  vindication  of  Jack  Weatherby  and  how  he  saved  his  college  from  defeat. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1741 


Barclay,  Mrs  Florence  Louisa  (Charlesworth).  B236r 

The  rosary.     Putnam. 

Novel  of  the  emotional  and  sentimental  type,  the  love  story  of  a  gifted  young 
artist  and  worshiper  of  beauty  and  a  conspicuously  plain,  but  fine-souled  woman  several 
years  his  senior. 

Baring-GotUd,  Sabine.    See  Gould,  Sabine  Baring-. 

Barnes-Grundy,  Mabel  Sarah.    See  Grundy,  Mabel  Sarah  Barnes-. 

Barr,  Mrs  Amelia  Edith.  Basgsv 

Sheila  Vedder.    Dodd. 

Sequel  to  "Jan  Vedder's  wife." 

The  setting  and  many  of  the  characters  of  this  tale  of  the  Shetland  islands  are  the 
same  as  in  "Jan  Vedder's  wife." 

Barr,  Mrs  Amelia  Edith.  B25gst 

The  strawberry  handkerchief;  a  romance  of  the  stamp  act.    Dodd. 
Story  of  New  York  city  in  1765. 

Barr,  Robert.  B2593SW 

The  sword  maker.    Stokes. 

Story  of  the  robber  barons  of  the  Rhine. 

The  barrier  (La  barriere).    Bazin B3392b 

Bartlett,  Frederick  Orin.  B278P 

The  prodigal  pro  tem.    Small. 

To  save  a  blind  man's  life  and  reason,  the  hero,  a  young  artist,  plays  the  role  of 
the  prodigal  son  who  has  refused  to  come  home.  This  involves  playing  the  part  of 
brother  to  a  charming  girl,  and  many  and  humorous  complications  arise. 

Barty  Crusoe  and  his  Man  Saturday.     Burnett jB934b 

Basset.    Tallentyre,  S.  G.  pseud Tisgb 

Bawbee  Jock.     McLaren Mi93b 

Bazin,  Rene.  B3392b 

The  barrier  (La  barriere) ;  tr.  by  M.  D.  Frost.     Scribner. 
The  barrier  is  a  religious  one.     Story  is  concerned  with  a  young  Englishman  who 
embraces  the  faith  of  the  Church  of  Rome,  a  Frenchman  who  renounces  his  faith  in  the 
same  church,  and  a  French  girl  of  deeply  religious  nature,  the  friend  of  both  men. 

Bazin,  Rene.  B3392C 

Coming  harvest  (Le  ble  qui  leve);  tr.  by  E.  K.  Hoyt.     Scribner. 
Picture  of  peasant  life  in  France,  showing  the  influence  of  the  socialistic  movement 

on  the  people  and  the  enfeeblement  of  the  church  due  to  the  withdrawal  of  state  support. 

Second  in  the  series  of  which  "The  nun"  is  first  and  "Redemption"  third. 

Bazin,  Rene.  B3392n 

The  nun  (L'isolee);  from  the  French.     Scribner. 

Dramatic  and  pitiful  story  of  a  young  French  nun  whose  community  is  expelled 
from  the  convent.  The  tragedy  is  told  with  power  and  sincerity,  and  is  an  illustration 
of  the  social  demoralization  which  has  followed  as  an  almost  inevitable  consequence  from 
the  suppression  of  the  religious  houses.     Condensed  from  Academy,  190S. 

First  in  the  series  of  which  "The  coming  harvest"  is  second  and  "Redemption" 
third. 

Bazin,  Rene.  B3392r 

Redemption  ("De  toute  son  ame")  ;  tr.  by  A.  S.  Rappoport.    Scribner. 
Story  of  French  provincial  life.     Though  simple  in  construction  and  commonplace 
in  incident  it  is  a  wonderfully  sympathetic  study  of  the  beauty  of  consecration  and  sacri- 
fice exemplified  in  the  life  of  a  young  girl  of  the  people  who  acts  as  forewoman  of  a 
millinery  establishment  in  Nantes. 


1742  ENGLISH  FICTION 


Bazin,  Rene.  633921 

"This,  my  son"  (Les  Noellets) ;  tr.  by  A.  S.  Rappoport.    Scribner. 

Tragic  story  colored  with  the  idea  of  the  changing  social  conditions  in  France. 
Relates  the  fortunes  of  an  ambitious  peasant  boy  of  La  Vendee  who  goes  to  Paris 
hoping  to  win  literary  fame. 

Beach,  Edward  Latimer.  jB342a 

Annapolis  youngster.     Penn. 
Describes  the  life  of  a  midshipman  at  Annapolis  and  on  shipboard. 

Beach,  Rex  Ellingwood.  6342211 

The  ne'er-do-well.    Harper. 

Appeared  in  "Everybody's  magazine,"  v. 23-25,  Oct.  1910-Sept.  191 1. 

Story  of  a  rich  young  scapegrace  who,  as  the  result  of  a  trick  played  on  him  by 
friends,  finds  himself  stranded  in  Panama.  The  spirit  of  the  great  canal  enterprise 
pervades  the  book. 

Beached  keels.     Rideout R438b 

Beasley's  Christmas  party.     Tarkington T2i2be 

Beatrix  of  Clare.     Scott S4272b 

Before  Adam.     London L822b 

Beggar  in  the  heart.     Rickert .' R432b 

Behind  the  line.     Barbour B235b 

The  same jB235b 

Beith,  Ian  Hay.    See  Hay,  Ian,  pseud. 

Belasco,  David.  B393g 

Girl  of  the  golden  West;  novelized  from  the  play.     Dodd. 
Bell,  John  Joy.  B41220 

Oh!    Christina!     Revell. 

"Christina  is  a  feminine  version  of  'Wee  Macgreegor,'  with  the  precocious  wit  and 
the  uncanny  canniness  of  the  Glasgow  street  arab."    Nation,  1909. 

La  Belle  Nivernaise.     Daudet D284b 

Beloved  vagabond.     Locke Lysgb 

Ben  Blair.     Lillibridge L6982b 

Benedict,  Clare.  64321 

A  resemblance,  and  other  stories.     Putnam. 

Other  stories:  An  adventure  at  Lismore  End. — His  comrade. — Brand's  guardians. 
— An  interchange  of  courtesies. — The  eternal  masculine. — Love  in  the  mist. — The  end 
of  "Donnelly." — Roderick  Eaton's  children. — A  portrait  by  Collyer. 

Bennett,  Arnold.  B439b 

Buried  alive;  a  tale  of  these  days.     Brentano. 

Refreshing  story  of  the  adventures  of  a  famous  painter  who  changes  identities  with 
his  valet.     The  not  unusual  plot  is  an  ingenious  vehicle  for  a  clever  piece  of  social  satire. 

Bennett,  Arnold.  B439ci 

City  of  pleasure;  a  fantasia  on  modern  themes.    Chatto. 
Pure  extravaganza.     The  "City  of  pleasure"  is  a  glorified  Wonderland  or  Dream 

city,  an  enormous  amusement  enterprise  in  London.     Hero  is  a  popular  composer  who 

conducts  his  own  band  and  directs  the  show. 

Bennett,  Arnold.  B439C 

Clayhanger.     Button. 

First  of  a  trilogy  of  which  "Hilda  Lessways"  is  the  second.  It  is  the  story  of  the 
youth  and  early  manhood  of  a  Five  Towns  printer,  a  man  of  aspiration  and  some 
imagination,  but  too  weak-willed  to  escape  from  his  father's  tyranny. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1743 


Bennett,  Arnold.  B439d 

Denry  the  audacious.    Button. 

Also  published  under  the  titles  "The  deeds  of  Denry  the  audacious"  and  "The 
card." 

One  of  the  author's  stories  in  lighter  vein.  Diverting  tale  of  a  young  man  of  the 
Five  Towns  whose  resourcefulness  and  instinct  for  action  at  critical  moments  amount  to 
genius. 

Bennett,  Arnold.  B43gg 

The  ghost;  a  modern  fantasy.     Small. 

This  story  of  a  beautiful  young  opera  singer,  her  spectral  lover  and  his  deadly 
jealousy  is  frank  melodrama  with  its  familiar  elements. 

Bennett,  Arnold.  B43ggra 

Grand  Babylon  hotel;  a  fantasia  on  modern  themes.     Chatto. 
Comedy  and  satire  are  delightfully  blended  in  telling  the  adventures  of  an  American 

multimillionaire. 

Bennett,  Arnold.  B43ggr 

A  great  man;  a  frolic.    Doran. 

Satire  on  the  gullibility  of  the  reading  public  and  the  quality  of  its  taste.  Tells 
of  the  meteoric  rise  to  fame  of  a  commonplace  clerk  who,  while  recovering  from  an 
attack  of  measles,  writes  a  story  called  "Love  in  Babylon,"  which  proves  to  be  a  best 
seller. 

Bennett,  Arnold.  B439gri 

The  grim  smile  of  the  Five  Towns.    Chapman. 

Contents:  The  lion's  share. — Baby's  bath. — The  silent  brothers. — The  nineteenth 
hat. — Vera's  first  Christmas  adventure. — The  murder  of  the  mandarin. — Vera's  second 
Christmas  adventure. — The  burglary. — News  of  the  engagement. — Beginning  the  New 
Year. — From  one  generation  to  another. — The  death  of  Simon  Fuge. — In  a  new  bottle. 

"The  stories  are ...  all  told  with  a  smile  and  raise  an  answering  smile  from  the 
reader,  but  both  the  author's  and  the  reader's  smiles  are  grim;  almost  as  grim,  at  times, 
as  'The  Five  Towns'  themselves."    Academy,  1907. 

Bennett,  Arnold.  B439h 

Helen  with  the  high  hand;  an  idyllic  diversion.     Doran. 

"Story  in  light  comedy  vein  relating  the  conquest  of  an  elderly,  miserly  bachelor 
by  a  grand-niece,  his  marriage  to  a  comely  widow  and  his  resourceful  grand-niece's  love 
story.     The  scene  is  again  the  Five  Towns."    A.  L.  A.  booklist,  1910. 

Bennett,  Arnold.  B439hi 

Hilda  Lessways.     Button. 

Story  of  Hilda  Lessways,  whom  we  saw  in  "Clayhanger"  only  through  the  baffled 
eyes  of  the  hero.  It  is  not  a  sequel  but  a  complement  to  the  earlier  narrative.  Much  of 
the  old  ground  is  covered,  many  of  the  same  incidents  are  recorded,  but  the  scene  and 
point  of  view  have  definitely  shifted.  It  brings  us  only  half-way  through  "Clayhanger," 
reckoning  the  length  of  the  narrative,  and  far  from  half-way  in  point  of  time.  Condensed 
from  Nation,  1911. 

Bennett,  Arnold.  B4390 

The  old  wives'  tale;  a  novel.    Chapman. 

A  work  of  singular  sincerity  and  force.  Its  characters  have  no  very  striking  charm 
or  significance,  and  there  are  in  effect  but  three  of  them,  the  wife  and  daughters  of 
a  "general  draper"  in  a  small  town  of  Staffordshire.  The  story-teller  gets  his  effect 
by  means  of  a  steady  accretion  of  meaning  detail,  displayed  in  the  light  of  a  humor 
which  is  both  bland  and  searching.  When  he  has  ceased  to  speak,  there  remains  nothing 
for  us  to  learn  about  these  people,  body,  mind,  or  soul.     Condensed  from  Nation,  1909. 

Bennett,  Arnold.  64391 

Tales  of  the  Five  Towns.    Chatto. 

Contents:  At  home:  His  worship  the  goosedriver. — The  elixir  of  youth. — Mary 
with  the  high  hand. — The  dog. — A  feud. — Phantom. — Tiddy-fol-lol. — The  idiot. — Abroad: 
The  Hungarian  rhapsody. — The  sisters  Qita. — Nocturne  at  the  Majestic. — Clarice  of  the 
autumn  concerts. — A  letter  home. 


1744  ENGLISH  iflCTION 


Bennett,  Emerson.  rB439p 

Mabel;  or,  The  child  of  the  battle  field;  a  tale  of  Waterloo.     Akarman. 
Bound  with  his  "Pioneer's  daughter." 

Bennett,  Emer-son.  rB439m 

Mike  Fink;  a  legend  of  the  Ohio.    James. 

Tale  of  adventure-  in  which  Mike  Fink,  a  real  character  who  was  a  noted  boatman 
on  the  Ohio  at  the  beginning  of  the  19th  century,  plays  a  leading  part. 

Bennett,  Emerson.  rB439p 

Pioneer's  daughter;  a  tale  of  Indian  captivity.    Peterson. 

Bennett,  John.  B4392t 

Treasure  of  Peyre  Gaillard;  being  an  account  of  the  recovery,  on  a 

South  Carolina  plantation,  of  a  treasure  which  had  remained  buried  and 

lost  in  a  vast  swamp  for  over  a  hundred  years,  after  the  ms.  narrative  by 

Buck  Guignard.     Century. 

Ingenious  and  vigorous  tale  of  mystery,  involving  hidden  staircases,  neg^o  legends, 

a  double  cipher,  and  a  vast  treasure. 

Benson,  Arthur  Christopher.  B4433b 

Beside  still  waters.     Putnam. 

Records  the  quiet  retired  life  of  a  young  man  whom  an  unexpected  legacy  has 
freed  from  the  necessity  of  leading  a  life  of  activity. 

Benson,  Arthur  Christopher.  B4433m 

Memoirs  of  Arthur  Hamilton,  B.  A.  of  Trinity  College,  Cambridge, 
extracted  from  his  letters  and  diaries,  with  reminiscences  of  his  con- 
versation by  his  friend,  Christopher  Carr  of  the  same  college.     Holt. 

Reprint  of  a  book  first  published  anonymously  in  1886.  Arthur  Hamilton  is  an 
imaginary  person  whose  quiet,  uneventful  career  typifies  and  stands  as  an  eloquent  plea 
for  the  life  of  reflection  as  contrasted  with  the  life  of  action. 

Benson,  Edward  Frederic.  B443ma 

Margery.    Doubleday. 

Story  of  a  warm-hearted  and  very  human  young  English  girl  married  to  a  self- 
centred  archaeologist. 

Benson,  Edward  Frederick.  B4430 

The  Osbornes.     Doubleday. 

Human  story  of  a  newly  rich  and  bourgeois  family  into  which  a  young  girl  of  good 
birth  but  no  fortune  marries,  the  inevitable  jars  and  misunderstandings  that  ensue,  and 
the  harmony  which  finally  comes  through  mutual  forbearance  and  good  sense. 

Benson,  Edward  Frederic.  B443r 

A  reaping.    Doubleday. 

Series  of  12  essay-like  stories,  each  chapter  covering  a  month  of  the  year.  The 
slight  plot  concerns  a  husband  and  wife  keenly  alive  to  the  joys  and  humors  of  life. 

Benson,  Edward  Frederic.  B443S 

Sheaves.    Doubleday. 

The  theme  of  the  story  is  the  married  life  of  two  people  of  unequal  ages. 

Benson,  Robert  Hugh.  B4434C 

The  conventionalists.    Herder. 

Story  of  the  conversion  of  a  young  Englishman  to  the  Catholic  faith,  and  his  de- 
sire, in  spite  of  family  opposition,  to  become  a  monk. 

Benson,  Robert  Hugh.  B4434h 

History  of  Richard  Raynal,  solitary.    Pitman. 
Purports  to  be  the  story  of  Richard  Raynal,  an  English  mystic  of  the  isth  century 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1745 


Benson,  Robert  Hugh — continued.  B4434h 

who  was  sent  by  Heaven  on  a  mission  to  King  Henry  VI  and  died  a  martyr  to  his  de- 
votion.    Supposed  to  be  translated  from  a  contemporaneous  account. 

"We  can  only  say  that  those  who  like  it  will  like  it  very  much  indeed... The  rare 
qualities  of  Father  Benson's  mind  find  here  their  perfect  expression."     Academy,  1906. 

Benson,  Robert  Hugh.  B4434k 

The  king's  achievement.    Pitman. 

Long   and   well-constructed   controversial   novel   dealing   with   the   times   of   Henry 
VIII,  Sir  Thomas  More,  the  Carthusian  martyrs  and  the  suppression  of  the  monasteries. 

Benson,  Robert  Hugh.  B4434q 

Queen's  tragedy.     Herder. 
Story  of  the  tragic  life  of  Queen  Mary  of  England. 

Benson,  Robert  Hugh.  B4434S 

Sentimentalists.     Benziger. 
Deals  with  the  regeneration  of  a  man  with  an  irregular  past. 

Besant,  Sir  Walter.  B4660 

.  The  orange  girl.    Dodd. 

Picture  of  London  life  in  the  i8th  century.     Heroine  is  an  actress  whose  career  re- 
sembles that  of  Nell  Gwyn. 

Beside  still  waters.     Benson B4433b 

Betrothal  of  Elypholate,  and  other  tales  of  the  Pennsylvania 

Dutch.     Martin M428b 

The  better  treasure.    Andrews A568be 

Bettina.     Hoyt H868b 

Between  the  dark  and  the  daylight.    Howells H857be 

Bickerstaffe-Drew,  Francis.    See  Ayscough,  John,  pseud. 

The  Big  Fellow.    Palmer PiQSb 

Big  John  Baldwin.     Vance Vi782b 

Bigham,  Madge  A.  JB478S 

Stories  of  Mother  Goose  village.    Rand. 

New  stories  of  Jack-be-nimble,  Simple  Simon,  little  Miss  Muffet  and  other  Mother 
Goose  boys  and  girls. 
Colored  pictures. 

Binding  of  the  strong.     Mason M4482b 

Bindloss,  Harold.  B485b 

By  right  of  purchase.    Stokes. 

Story  of  the  Canadian  Northwest,  where  the  hero,  a  rugged  young  farmer,  brings 
his  wife,  who  has  married  him  to  save  her  family  from  financial  ruin. 

Bingham,  Graham  Clifton.  jB485a 

Animals'  rebellion;  described  by  Clifton  Bingham  and  pictured  by 

C.  H.  Thompson.     Nister. 

Told  in  verse  and  pictures  for  little  folk. 

Biography  of  a  boy.     Daskam D273b 

Biography  of  a  silver-fox.     Seton S4g5bi 

Bird  stories.      Mulcts jM954b 

Birds'  Christmas  Carol.     Wiggin W688b 

The  bishop  and  the  boogerman.    Harris H293bi 


1746  ENGLISH  FICTION 

Bjomson,  Bjornstjerne.  65113 

Arne;  tr.  from  the  Norse  by  R.  B.  Anderson.     Houghton. 
The  same,  and  Early  tales  and  sketches.     Doubleday 851133 

Early  tales:  The  railroad  and  the  churchyard. — Thrond. — A  dangerous  wooing. — 
The  bear  hunter.— The  father. — The  eagle's  nest. 

Bjornson,  Bjornstjerne.  B511C 

Captain  Mansana,  and  Mother's  hands.     Macmillan. 

"The  title-story  is  Italian,  and  the  author  states  it  to  be  founded  on  fact,  draw- 
ing a  parallel  between  the  characters  of  Mansana  and  Lassalle,  the  socialist."  Baker's 
Descriptive  guide  to  the  best  fiction. 

Bjomson,  Bjornstjerne.  B5ii£ 

The  fisher  maiden.    Doubleday. 

Also  published  under  the  title  "The  fisher  lass." 
Bjomson,  Bjornstjerne.  B5iim 

Magnhild,  and  Dust. 
Blsck,  William,  1841-99.  B5143 

Adventures  in  Thule;  three  stories  for  boys.     Harper. 

Contents:    An  adventure  in  Thule. — The  four  MacNicols. — The  black  bothy. 
Bl3ck  baronet.     Carleton Ciggbl 

Blsck  robe.     Collins C694bl 

Bl3ckwood,  Algernon.  65176 

Education  of  Uncle  Paul.    Holt. 

After  a  20  years'  absence  in  America  Uncle  Paul  returns  to  England,  with  the  heart 
of  a  child  and  the  mind  of  a  mystic,  both  of  which  he  tries  to  conceal  under  an  elderly 
pose.  But  his  nieces  and  nephew  recognize  him  immediately  as  one  of  themselves  and 
undertake  his  education.  The  book  is  one  of  unusual  charm  though  much  of  it  is  sheer 
fantasy. 

Blaisdell,  Mary  Frances.  JB535P 

Polly  and  Dolly.    Little. 

Little  stories  for  little  children  about  Polly  and  Dolly,  Ned  and  Ted;  of  the  tent 
the  boys  make  in  the  pine  grove,  of  the  prize  melon  they  raise  in  their  garden,  of  the 
game  of  make-believe  bears  and  of  other  plays  and  games. 

Blanche  Esmead.     Maitland M27ib 

Blind  love.     Collins C694bli 

Blindness  of  Dr  Gray.    Sheehan S54ib 

Blundell,  Mrs  Mary  E.  (Sweetman).    See  Frsncis,  M.  E.  pseud. 

Bob  Hampton  of  Placer.    Parrish P262b 

Bob  Knight's  diary  at  Poplar  Hill  school.     Smith jS644b 

Bob's  cave  boys.     Burton jB95ibo 

Bob's  hill  braves.     Burton jB95ibh 

Book  of  ghosts.     Gould G739b 

Book  of  the  dog.     Haines qjHisib 

Book  of  the  short  story.    Jessup  &  Canby J297b 

Boone,  Lieut.  Henry  L.  pseud.    See  Williams,  Henry  Llewellyn. 

Booth,  Edward  Charles.  B632P 

The  post-girl.     Century. 

Also  published  under  the  title  "The  cliff  end." 

Modern  romance  of  a  little  Yorkshire  village.  Heroine  is  a  young  girl  who  earns 
her  living  by  carrying  the  local  mail. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1747 


Border  beagles.     Simms S5g^bo 

Borrowed  sister.     White j W632b 

Boscobel.     Ainsworth A297b 

Bosher,  Mrs  Kate  Lee  (Langley).  B642ma 

Mary  Cary  "frequently  Martha."     Harper. 

A  precocious  little  g^irl,  inmate  of  the  Yorkburg  Female  Orphan  Asylum,  tells  of  her 
life  there  and  comments  frankly  on  matron  and  directors  and  on  human  nature  in 
general. 

Bosher,  Mrs  Kate  Lee  (Langley).  B642m 

Miss  Gibbie  Gault;  a  story.    Harper. 

"The  further  history  of  Mary  Cary,  who  on  her  return  as  a  young  woman  to  the 
town  of  her  childhood  becomes  a  leader  in  its  betterment.  Miss  Gibbje  Gault,  a  right- 
minded  but  very  original  and  pronounced  spinster,  is  her  fast  friend  and  abetter  in  good 
works."     A.  L.  A.  booklist,  1911. 

Boss  Tom.     Kemp Ki75b 

Bowen,  Marjorie,  {pseud,  of  Gabrielle  Margaret  Vere  Campbell).      B662d 
Defender  of  the  faith.     Button. 
A  rather  serious  study  of  William  of  Orange. 

Bowen,  Marjorie,  {pseud,  of  Gabrielle  Margaret  Vere  Campbell).      B662i 

I  will  maintain  [a  novel].    Button. 

Continued  by  "God  and  the  king." 

Historical  novel,  with  William  of  Orange  and  John  de  Witt  as  the  chief  characters. 
The  story  deals  with  the  political  rivalry  of  the  two  men  and  culminates  in  the  downfall 
and  death  of  De  Witt. 

Bowen,  Marjorie,  {pseud,  of  Gabrielle  Margaret  Vere  Campbell).        B662ni 

Master  of  Stair.     McClure. 

Also  published  under  the  title  "Glen  o'  Weeping." 

Story  built  up  around  that  famous  episode  in  Scotch  history,  the  massacre  of 
Glencoe. 

Bowen,  Marjorie,  {pseud,  of  Gabrielle  Margaret  Vere  Campbell).      B662V 
Viper  of  Milan;  a  romance  of  Lombardy.     McClure. 
Romance  of  14th  century  Italy,  having  for  its  central  figure  Gian  Galeazzo  Visconti, 

the  despot  of  Milan. 

Boy  electrician.     Houston jHSsSb 

Boy  life  in  the  United  States  navy.     Clark jC5222b 

The  boy  Lincoln.     Stoddard jSSGgbo 

Boy  of  the  first  empire.     Brooks B773b 

Boyesen,  Hjalmar  Hjorth.  BGegf 

Falconberg  [a  novel].     Scribner. 

Story  of  the  adventures  of  a  young  Norwegian  who,  driven  from  Norway  by  his 
father's  unkind  treatment  and  his  own  misconduct,  comes  to  America  and  begins  life 
anew. 

Boys  of  Bob's  hill.     Burton jBgsib 

Brackenridge,  Hugh  Henry.  rB677 

Modern  chivalry;  containing  the  adventures  of  Captain  John  Far- 
rago and  Teague  O'Regan  his  servant.  pt.3.  M.BCC.XIII.  John  Scull. 
Pittsburgh. 

Believed  to  be  the  first  edition  of  part  3  of  "Modern  chivalry"  which  was  finally 
published  in  4  parts.  The  date  171 3  on  the  title-page  is  evidently  an  error  on  the  part 
of  the  printer  as  the  author  was  not  born  until  1748.     Mr  Brackenridge  was  a  resident  of 


1748  ENGLISH  FICTION 


Brackenridge,  Hugh  Henry — continued.  rBGyy 

Pittsburgh  in  1793  and  the  second  part  of  the  work  was  printed  in  1792,  therefore  it  is 
supposed  that  the  printer  confused  the  Roman  numerals,  printing  MDCCXIII  instead 
of  MDCCXCIII. 

The  introduction  (p.  1-67)  contains  a  poem  humorously  satirizing  the  Order  of  the 
Cincinnati.  The  text  contains  gg  pages  and  is  a  very  interesting  example  of  the  early 
press  of  Pittsburgh. 

The  same.    2v.  in  i.    1807-08.    Jacob  Johnson.    Philadelphia.  .rB677m 

Date  on  title-page  of  v. 2  is  1807. 

Not  the  complete  work;  the  edition  of  1819  contains  additional  chapters. 

The  same.     1815.     George  Metz.     Wilmington rB677nn 

\  reprint  of  the  1807-08  edition. 

The  same.    2v.     1819.     Patterson  &  Lambdin.     Pittsburgh.  .rB677m2 

The  first  edition  published  after  the  author's  death.  Corrections  and  alterations, 
made  by  the  author  since  the  former  edition,  have  been  introduced.  Some  chapters 
have  been  transposed  and  a  few  excluded. 

The  same.    2v.  in  i.     [1856.]    T.B.Peterson.    Philadelphia.  .rB677m3 

Title-pages  read  "Adventures  of  Captain  Farrago"  and  "Adventures  of  Major 
O'Regan." 

"Biographical  notice  of  H.  H.  Brackenridge,"  v.2,  p.isi-189. 

Previous  editions  have  been  worked  over  and  the  material  rearranged  and  changed 
to  make  an  edition  which  shall  be  popular  and  free  from  the  coarseness  and  unpleasant 
allusions  which  characterized  the  earlier  editions. 

Braddock.     Musick MgSsb 

Brady,  Cyrus  Townsend.  B686s 

The  Southerners;  a  story  of  the  Civil  war.    Scribner. 
Brainerd,  Mrs  Eleanor  (Hoyt).    See  Hoyt,  Eleanor. 

Brass  bowl.     Vance Vi78b 

Brazenhead  the  Great.     Hewlett H499b 

Break  in  training.     Ruhl RSsab 

Breaking  in  of  a  yachtsman's  wife.     Vorse V384b 

Breath  of  the  runners.    Mears Msssb 

Bremer,  Fredrika.  B728n 

Neighbours;  a  story  of  every-day  life;  tr.  from  the  Swedish  by  Mary 
Howitt.     2v.     Munroe. 

"Sentimental  tale  of  domestic  life  in  Sweden,  told  in  a  series  of  letters."  Baker's 
Descriptive  guide  to  the  best  fiction. 

Brereton,  Frederick  Sadleir.  B732r 

Roughriders  of  the  pampas;  a  tale  of  ranch  life  in  South  America. 
Caldwell. 

Scene  laid  in  Argentine  Republic  in  the  middle  of  the  igth  century. 

Broad  highway.     Farnol F245b 

Broken  lance.     Quick Q29b 

Broken  road.     Mason M448b 

Brooke,  Leonard  Leslie.  JB772J0 

Johnny  Crow's  party;  another  picture  book.    Warne. 
Brooks,  Elbridge  Streeter.  B773b 

Boy  of  the  first  empire.    Century. 

Brother  Copas.     Couch C838br 

Brothers  and  sisters.     Brown jB784b 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1749 


Brown,  Abbie  Farwell.  jB784b 

Brothers  and  sisters.     Houghton. 

Contents:  The  Christmas  cat. — The  Christmas  cat's  present — The  Japanese  shop. — 
April  Fool's  night. — The  April  Fool. — The  April-Fool  journey. — The  doll's  May-party. — 
The  dark  room. — The  garden  of  live  flowers. — Buried  treasure. — The  pieced  baby. — 
The  alarm. — Brothers  and  sisters. — Tommy's  letter. 

Brown,  Abbie  Farwell.  *  JB784C 

The  Christmas  angel.     Houghton. 

How  the  Christmas  angel  brought  the  Christmas  spirit  to  Miss  Angelina  and  a  home 
to  little  orphan  Mary. 

Brown,  Abbie  Farwell.  jB784f 

Flower  princess  [and  other  stories].    Houghton. 

Other  stories:    The  little  friend. — The  mermaid's  child. — The  ten  blowers. 

Brown,  Alice.  B783COU 

Country  neighbors.    Houghton. 

Contents:  The  play  house. — His  first  wife. — A  flower  of  April. — The  auction. — 
Saturday  night. — A  g^rief  deferred. — The  challenge. — Partners. — Flowers  of  Paradise. — 
Gardener  Jim. — The  silver  tea-set. — The  other  Mrs  Dill. — The  advocate. — The  masquer- 
ade.— A  poetess  in  spring. — The  master  minds  of  history. 

Short  stories  of  New  England  life. 

Brown,  Alice.  B783CO 

The  county  road.     Houghton. 

Contents:  A  day  off. — Old  Immortality. — Bachelor's  fancy. — The  cave  of  Adullam. 
— A  winter's  courting. — Rosy  balm. — A  sea  change. — The  tree  of  a  thousand  leaves. — 
The  pilgrim  chamber. — The  twisted  tree. — The  looking-glass. — A  hermit  in  Arcadia. — ^A 
crown  of  gold. 

Short  sjories  of  New  England  country  life. 

Brown,  Alice.  B 783 jo 

John  Winterbourne's  family.    Houghton. 

Story  of  a  lovable,  irresponsible  man  whose  contented  solitude  is  invaded  by  his 
wife,  after  long  absence,  with  an  adopted  daughter  and  her  sister,  and  of  the  reorganiza- 
tion and  feminization  that  ensued. 

Brown,  Alice.  BySsr 

Rose  MacLeod.     Houghton. 

Appeared  in  the  "Atlantic  monthly,"  v.ioo-ioi,  Oct.  1907-May  1908. 

Story  of  considerable  literary  charm,  which  brings  together  a  number  of  interesting 
and  diverse  types  of  character.  A  lively,  if  somewhat  improbable  old  lady  furnishes  an 
element  of  humor. 

Brown,  Alice.  B783S 

Story  of  Thyrza.     Houghton. 

Delicately  told  story  of  her  imaginative  childhood,  her  unhappy  womanhood  and  her 
struggle  to  rise  above  the  tragedy  of  her  life. 

Brown,  Mrs  Demetra  (Vaka).  jB785f 

Finella  in  fairyland,  with  illustrations  by  Agnes  Leach.  Houghton. 
What  happened   to  a  little  girl  who  had  never  learned  to  be  kind  and  who   was 

carried  away  by  the  butterfly  people  into  fairyland. 

Brown,  John,  M.  D.  jB79i2r 

Rab  and  his  friends. 

Brownies  in  the  Philippines.     Cox qjC853bp 

Brownies'  latest  adventures.     Cox qjC853bo 

Brudno,  Ezra  Selig.  B8a7t 

The  tether.    Lippincott. 

Dramatic  study  of  character  and  manners  among  different  classes  of  Jews  and  a 
small  circle  of  Gentiles  in  Boston  and  at  Harvard  University. 


1750  ENGLISH  FICTION 


Bryant,  Marguerite.  684223 

Anne  Kempburn,  truthseeker.    Duffield. 

Story  of  social  service.  Some  of  the  characters  of  "Christopher  Hibbault,  road- 
maker"  reappear. 

Bryant,  Marguerite.  B8422C 

Christopher  Hibbftult,  roadmaker.    Duffield. 

"Thoughtful  story  of  serious  purpose  and  of  high-minded  endurance,  endeavor,  and 
accomplishment.     The  scene  is  in  England."    Nation,  1909. 

Buchan,  John.  B848g 

Great  diamond  pipe.    Dodd. 

Also  published  under  the  title  "Prester  John." 
Story  of  adventure  in  South  Africa. 

Buchanan,  Emily  Handasyde.  B8492h 

Heart  of  Marylebone,  by  Handasyde  [pseud.].    Hutchinson. 
Study  of  conflicting  temperaments  in  the  marriage  of  a  sensitive,  light-hearted  Irish 

girl  with  a  rich,  conventional  and  unimaginative  Englishman.     The  story,  the  scene  of 

which  is  largely  laid  in  a  nursing-home  in  London,  shows  much  skill  in  characterization 

but  is  wholly  wanting  in  action. 

Buckle  my  shoe  picture  book.     Crane qjC867ib 

Buckley,  William.    '  B856C 

Cambia  Carty,  and  other  stories.    Maunsel. 

Other  stories:  Doolan's  vendetta. — King  Diarmuid. — Stephanie  de  Liancourt. — A 
banging  judge. — An  spre,  the  dowry. — Shamrocks. 

Stories  of  Irish  life. 

Buckrose,  Mrs  ].  E.  B857d 

Down  our  street;  a  provincial  comedy.     Putnam. 

The  things  that  go  on  in  the  "street"  are  commonplace  enough — sociables,  sewing 
parties,  and  the  little  give  and  take  of  people  who  in  spite  of  their  limitations  and  af- 
fectations have  warm  hearts. 

Buckrose,  Mrs  J.  E.  B857I 

Love  in  a  little  town.    Putnam. 

Story  of  a  young  English  girl  whose  wealthy  grandfather  sends  her  to  live  with 
some  poor  relatives,  to  test  a  money-seeking  lover. 

Bud.     Munro M9682b 

Buffum,  George  Tower.  B862S 

Smith  of  Bear  City,  and  other  frontier  sketches.    Grafton  Press. 

Other  sketches:  The  death  of  Curly  Bill. — Soapy  Smith. — The  cook  from  Texas. — 
Satan,  the  burro. — Mother  Corbett  and  her  table. — Gentle  Annie. — The  queen  of  the 
bull-whackers. — The  evolution  of  Clay  Allison. — A  trip  through  New  Mexico. — Reminis- 
cences of  frontier  hotels  and  their  proprietors. — The  man  under  the  bed. — The  story  of 
"Lost  Charlie  Kean." — A  race  for  life. — Some  inmates  of  Las  Vegas  jail. — Vehicles  for 
the  living  and  dead. — A  night  at  Rincon. — Some  incidents  of  early  days  in  New  Al- 
buquerque, New  Mexico. — A  night  ride  in  the  Deadwood  coach. — Seven  up  and  life  or 
death. 

Bulwer-Lytton,  Edward  George  Earle  Lytton,  baron.     See 
Lytton,  Edward  George  Earle  Lytton  Bulwer-,  baron. 

Bunnikins- Bunnies  in  camp.    Davidson jD297b 

Bunnikins-Bunnies  in  Europe.    Davidson jD2g7bu 

Bunyan,  John.  B885P7 

Pilgrim's  progress,  and  Grace  abounding;  ed.  with  biographical  in- 
troduction and  notes  by  Edmund  Venables;  revised  by  Mabel  Peacock. 
Clarendon  Press. 

Contains  also  "A  relation  of  the  imprisonment  of  John  Bunyan"  with  original  title- 
page. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1751 


Burgess,  Gelett.  B897W 

The  white  cat.    Bobbs. 

Story  of  dual  personality  in  a  young  woman  who  wakens  two  mornings  out  of 
seven  to  find  herself  another  person,  entirely  opposite  to  her  true  self.  It  ends  in  melo- 
drama and  the  exorcism  of  the  bad  spirit. 

Buried  alive.     Bennett B43gb 

Burnett,  Mrs  Frances  (Hodgson).  jBg34b 

Barty  Crusoe  and  his  Man  Saturday.    Moffat. 

Little  Barty  goes  on  the  back  of  his  "Good  Wolf"  to  a  desert  island,  where  he  has 
all  sorts  of  strange  experiences  with  "Man  Saturday,"  "Blue  Crest"  and  the  "Perfectly 
Polite  Pirate  Captain."     Many  pictures. 

Burnett,  Mrs  Frances  (Hodgson).  B934se 

The  secret  garden.    Stokes. 

Appeared  in  the  "American  magazine,"  v.71— 72,  Nov.  1910-Aug.  191 1. 

Story  of  a  walled-in  Yorkshire  garden  which  brought  happiness,  not  only  to  the 
lonely  little  girl  who  found  its  hidden  key,  but  to  others  as  well. 

Burnett,  Mrs  Frances  (Hodgson).  B934S 

The  shuttle.    Stokes. 

Appeared  in  the  "Century  magazine,"  V.73-7S,  Nov.  1906-Dec.  1907. 
Story  of  the  disastrous  marriage  of  an  American  heiress  to  an  impoverished  English 
baronet  and  of  the  masterful  young  sister  who  comes  to  the  poor  wife's  rescue. 

Burnham,  Mrs  Clara  Louise.  B936C 

Clever  Betsy;  a  novel.     Houghton. 

Clever  Betsy  is  a  middle-aged  New  England  spinster  who  plays  Providence  to  the 
poor  but  beautiful  heroine. 

Burnham,  Mrs  Clara  Louise.  B9360 

Opened  shutters.     Houghton. 
Greater  part  of  the  scene  of  the  story  is  laid  in  the  Casco  bay  region. 

Burnham,  Mrs  Clara  Louise.  B936SW 

Sweet  Clover;  a  romance  of  the  White  city.    Houghton. 
Story  of  the  Chicago  exposition,  1893. 

Burning  Daylight.     London L822bu 

Burning  torch.     Montresor M872b 

Burton,  Charles  Pierce.  jBgsibo 

Bob's  cave  boys;  sequel  to  "Boys  of  Bob's  hill."    Holt. 
The  secretary  of  "The  Boy  Bandits"  tells  how  they  saved  the  cave  and  initiated  a 
a  new  member;  of  their  invisible  messages,  the  great  snow  battle,  the  cruise  of  the  air- 
ship and  other  jolly  times  of  the  "band." 

Burton,  Charles  Pierce.  jBgsibh 

Bob's  hill  braves.    Holt. 

Sequel  to  "Bob's  cave  boys;"  continued  by  "Boy  scouts  of  Bob's  hill."  The  "band" 
spend  a  summer  vacation  in  Illinois,  where  they  play  at  being  Indians  and  hear  tales 
of  real  Indians  and  explorers. 

Burton,  Charles  Pierce.  jBgsib 

Boys  of  Bob's  hill.     Holt. 

Adventures  of  Tom  Chapin  and  the  "band,"  as  told  by  the  "secretary." 

Burton,  Richard.  B953t 

Three  of  a  kind;  the  story  of  an  old  musician,  a  newsboy  and  a 
cocker  dog.     Little. 


1752  ENGLISH  FICTION 


Butler,  Isabel,  tr.  69761 

Tales  from  the  old  French.    Houghton. 

"List  of  texts  followed  in  these  translations,"  p.263. 

Charming  translations  from  the  best  of  the  old  French  short  tales.  The  selection 
comprises  six  lais,  three  fabliaux  and  four  contes  devots  et  didactiques.  A  brief  epilogue 
explains  very  simply  the  nature  of  the  medixval  genres  here  represented. 

Butler's  story.     Train T684b 

By  inheritance.    Thanet,  Octave,  pseud T337by 

By  order  of  the  prophet.     Henry H45i2b 

By  right  of  purchase.     Bindloss B485b 

By  the  Barrow  river.    Leamy I-'454b 

By  the  waters  of  Carthage.     Lorimer L876b 

Cable,  George  Washington.  Ciisk 

Kincaid's  battery.    Scribner. 
Story  of  New  Orleans  during  the  Civil  war. 

Calico  cat.    Thompson JT379C 

Calkins,  Franklin  Welles.  C133W 

Wooing  of  Tokala;  an  intimate  tale  of  the  wild  life  of  the  Ameri- 
can Indian  drawn  from  camp  and  trail.     Revell. 

"With  only  a  thread  of  story,  in  the  conventional  sense,  this  is  a  thoroughly  com- 
petent study  of  a  group  of  Dakotah  and  Sioux  Indians.  Their  habits,  traditions,  and 
point  of  view  are  given  with  a  detail  which  though  painstaking  is  never  tiresome. . . 
Their  individuality,  their  humanity,  is  strongly  borne  in  upon  him,  and  the  modern  way 
of  looking  at  all  the  mysteries  of  folk  lore  enables  him  both  to  understand  and  to  inter- 
pret. He  never  loses  the  attitude  of  Indian  towards  Indian  and  towards  white  men." 
Nation,  1907. 

Gambia  Carty.     Buckley B856C 

Cambridge,  Ada,  afterward  Mrs  Cross.  Ci47ha 

A  happy  marriage.    Hurst. 

Story  of  the  married  life  of  two  people  of  uncongenial  tastes,  who  nevertheless 
love  each  other  sincerely.     Scene  is  laid  in  Melbourne. 

Cameron,  Margaret,  afterward  Mrs  Lewis.  Ci53i 

Involuntary  chaperon.    Harper. 

A  sprightly  young  widow  who  is  chaperoning  a  friend's  young  daughter  through 
South  America  writes  letters  home  describing  their  journey. 

Camp,  Walter.  C155J 

Jack  Hall  at  Yale;  a  football  story.    Appleton. 
Camp,  Walter.  C155S 

The  substitute;  a  football  story.    Appleton. 

Camp  and  trail.     Hornibrook H8ii2c 

Campbell,  Gabrielle  Margaret  Vere.    See  Bowen,  Marjorie,  pseud. 

Camping  in  the  forest.    Clayton JC552C 

Canadian  born.     Ward W2i4la 

Canfield,  Chauncey  L.  C1713C 

City  of  Six.    McClurg. 

Story  of  California  during  the  time  of  the  gold  fever.  The  "City  of  Six"  is  the 
name  of  a  camp  and  claim  established  by  six  young  pioneers. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1753 


Canfield,  William  Walker.  C1712S 

The  spotter;  a  romance  of  the  oil  region.    Fenno. 

Story  of  the  Pennsylvania  oil  fields. 

Cap'n  Warren's  wards.     Lincoln L7i62ca 

Captain  Chap.     Stockton * jS866ca 

Captain  Mansana.     Bjornson B511C 

Captain  of  the  crew.     Barbour B235C 

Captain  of  the  Kansas.     Tracy T677C 

Captain   Singleton.      Defoe rD3781i 

Captain  Spink.     Roberts R5372ca 

Car  of  destiny.     Williamson W751C 

The  caravaners.     Arnim A749C 

Carey,  Rosa  Nouchette.  Ci97k 

Key  of  the  unknown.    Lippincott. 
Carey,  Rosa  Nouchette.  C197SU 

Sunny  side  of  the  hill.     Lippincott. 

Love-story  of  English  middle-class  society. 
Carey,  Wymond.  Ci972n 

"No.  loi."    Putnam. 

Romance  of  the  court  of  Louis  XV  of  France. 
Carleton,  William.  '  Ci99bl 

Black  baronet;  or,  The  chronicles  of  Ballytrain.     Duffy. 

"Carleton  has  been  regarded  as  the  truest,  the  most  powerful,  and  the  tenderest 
delineator  of  Irish  life."     Dictionary  of  national  biography. 

Carleton,  William.  C199W 

Willy  Reilly  and  his  dear  Colleen  Bawn.     Burt. 

"Founded  on  a  popular  legend  ot  Lough  Key,  a  view  of  Ireland  in  the  days  when 
the  priests  were  persecuted  and  hunted."     Baker's  Descriptive  guide  to  the  best  fiction. 

Carleton,  William,  pseud.  C19920 

One  way  out;  a  middle-class  New-Englander  emigrates  to  America. 

Small. 

Continued  by  "New  lives  for  old." 

Story  of  a  man  who  at  38  lost  his  place  as  clerk  in  a  business  house,  and,  finding 

himself  too   old  for  re-employment   in  a  like  capacity  elsewhere,  cut  loose  from   false 

pride  and  false  standards,  moved  with  his  family  to  the  tenements  of  his  own  city  and 

worked  his  way  up  from  the  bottom. 

Carling,  John  R.  C2iid 

The  doomed  city  [Jerusalem;  a  story].    Clode. 

Story  of  the  siege  and  fall  of  Jerusalem. 

Carlton,  Robert,  pseud.    See  Hall,  Baynard  Rust. 

Carmen  Sylva,  (pseud,  of  Elizabeth,  queen  of  Roumania).  C2i52ro 

Royal  story  book.    Digby. 

Contents:  The  Dacian  virgin. — The  lady's  crags. — What  the  river  says. — Bucur  and 
Ileana. — Dragomira. — The  death  of  Prince  Brancovan. — Decebal's  daughter. — Chacklin. 
— The  poet. 

Carmichael.     Wilson W7712C 

Carpet  from  Bagdad.     MacGrath M162C 

Caskoden,  Edwin,  pseud.    See  Major,  Charles. 


1754  ENGLISH  FICTION 

Castle,  Mrs  Agnes  (Sweetman),  &  Castle,  Egerton.  €273! 

Flower  o'  the  orange,  and  other  tales  of  bygone  days.     Macmillan. 

Other  tales:  The  young  conspiracy. — The  great  white  deeps. — My  rapier  and  my 
daughter. — The  great  Todescan's  secret  thrust. — Pomona. — The  mirror  of  the  faithful 
heart. 

Romantic  tales.  , 

Castle  of  four  towers.     Syrett jSggsc 

Catherine  of  Calais.     De  la  Pasture D3892ca 

Catherine's  child.     De  la  Pasture D3892C 

Cavanagh,  forest  ranger.     Garland Gi86ca 

Cave  man.     Corbin C8i2C 

Caybigan.     Hopper H788C 

Celt  and  Saxon.    Meredith M635C 

Cena,  Giovanni.  Csigf 

The  forewarners;  tr.  from  the  Italian  by  O.  A.  Rossetti,  with  a  pref- 
ace by  Mrs  Humphry  Ward.     Doubleday. 

Melancholy  story  of  modern  artisan  life  in  Italian  towns,  professing  to  be  the  auto- 
biography of  a  Turin  compositor. 

A  century  too  soon.     Musick MgSsce 

A  certain  rich  man.    White W637ice 

Cervantes  Saavedra,  Miguel  de.  jC334ih 

Stories  from  Don  Quixote,  by  H.  L.  Havell.  Dodge.  (Told  through 
the  ages  series.) 

Life  of  Cervantes,  p.  13-1 9. 

Don  Quixote  of  the  Mancha,  having  read  many  books  of  chivalry,  resolves  to  turn 
knight-errant  and  sallies  forth  in  quest  of  adventure,  to  redress  wrongs  and  defend  the 
oppressed.  This  book  relates  what  thereafter  befell — how  he  was  dubbed  knight,  of  the 
battle  of  the  windmills,  the  duel  with  the  valiant  Biscayan,  the  winning  of  the  helmet  of 
Mambrino,  the  adventures  in  the  enchanted  castle  and  how  Sancho  Panza  the  squire 
became  a  governor. 

Chambers,  Robert  William.  C355tr 

Tree  of  heaven.    Appleton. 

A  man  who  has  studied  things  occult  gives  a  farewell  dinner  to  some  of  his  friends 
at  which  he  darkly  hints  at  their  impending  fates.  His  prophecies  are  fulfilled  in 
their  weird  and  supernatural  experiences. 

Chambers,  Robert  William.  Csssyo 

Younger  set.    Appleton. 

Appeared  in  "Appleton's  magazine,"  v.9-10,  May-Oct.   1907. 
Novel  of  New  York  society  life. 

Chanler,  Mrs  Amelie  (Rives).    See  Rives,  Amelie. 

Chaplin,  Heman  White,  {pseud.  C.  H.  White).  C3672f 

Five  hundred  dollars,  and  other  stories  of  New  England  life.    Little. 

Other  stories:  The  village  convict. — Saint  Patrick. — Eli. — By  the  sea. — In  Madeira 
place. — The  new  minister's  great  opportunity. 

Charlatans.     Taylor T2512C 

Charlemont,     Simms. S5g2ch 

Charming  humbug.     Clark C522C 

Chartres,  Mrs  Anita  (Vivanti).  C387d 

The  devourers.     Putnam. 

Author  of  this  striking  book  is  a  poet  of  wide  Italian  fame,  and  the  mother  of  a 
little  daughter  known  in  Europe  as  a  violin-playing  prodigy.     This  is  her  first  English 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1755 


Chartres,  Mrs  Anita  (Vivanti) — continued.  C387d 

novel,  and  its  theme — the  career  of  genius — would  seem,  from  her  own  experience,  to 
be  a  topic  which  she  might  familiarly  handle.  Assuredly  a  book  of  singular  charm  and 
penetration,  greatly  alive  with  truth  and  tenderness,  with  satire  free  from  bitterness, 
with  sadness  free  from  complaining,  and  a  deliciousness  of  humor  in  portraying  the 
small  things  that  lie  along  great  pathetic  ways.     Condensed  from  Nation,  1910. 

Chatelaine  of  La  Trinite.    Fuller F982ch 

Chesterton,  Gilbert  Keith.  C4272b 

The  ball  and  the  cross.     Lane. 

Story  of  an  ardent  Roman  Catholic  and  a  Scottish  atheist  who  travel  over  England 
seeking  a  spot  where  they  may  fight  a  duel  for  the  honor  of  their  respective  beliefs. 
They  are  continually  prevented  from  actual  combat,  but  fight  their  battles  in  witty 
and  pungent  dialogue,  with  many  a  fling  at  Shaw,  Ibsen,  rationalism,  etc. 

Chesterton,  Gilbert  Keith.  C4272m 

The  man  who  was  Thursday;  a  nightmare.     Dodd. 

"Deals  with  the  adventures  of  a  poet-detective  in  the  pursuit  of  a  gang  of  philoso- 
pher-anarchists, seven  men  named  for  concealment  after  the  days  of  the  week."  Out- 
look (London),  1908. 

Chicken  world.     Smith JS646C 

Child,  Richard  Washburn.  C4362J 

Jim  Hands.     Macmillan. 

Simple  story  of  life  in  a  manufacturing  town,  told  in  the  first  person  by  a  factory 
foreman  who  is  something  of  a  philosopher. 

Child,  Richard  Washburn.  C4362m 

The  man  in  the  shadow  [and  other  stories].     Macmillan. 

Other  stories:  The  quitters.— Shark. — Fight. — Service. — The  white  band. — Civilized. 
— Unregenerate. — Among  the  nameless. — A  glimmer  of  truth. — The  final  score. — The 
man  as  well. — "They  was  women." — George  Bond. — The  decent  average. — "J.  P.  J." — 
Jenks  and  Julianna. — The  one  with  red-brown  hair. 

Short  stories  covering  a  wide  range  of  subjects,  from  the  reunion  supper  of  a  col- 
lege class  to  life  in  a  western  mining  town. 

Child  life  in  town  and  country.     France,  Anatole,  pseud rF86im 

Children  of  to-morrow.     Laughlin L368C 

Child's  dream  of  a  star.    Dickens JD551C 

Child's  story.     Dickens jDSSic 

Chinese   novels.     Davis rD3i9C 

The  Chippendales.     Grant G788C 

Chippinge  borough.     Weyman W586ch 

Cholmondeley,  Mary.  C453P 

Prisoners,  fast  bound  in  misery  and  iron.     Dodd. 

"Story  of  a  pretty,  shallow,  and  selfish  woman,  who  habitually  sacrifices  others  to 
her  own  comfort  and  safety,  but  finally,  through  much  suffering,  gains  the  release  of 
her  imprisoned  soul  by  confession  and  the  sacrifice  of  what  she  holds  most  dear." 
Athenautn,  1906. 

A  chosen  few.     Stockton S866cho 

Christmas  angel.     Brown JB784C 

Christmas   carol.     Dickens Dssichr 

The  same jDssichr 

The  satne Dssich 

The  same rDssich 


I7S6  ENGLISH  FICTION 


Christmas  carol.    Dickens — continued. 

The  same D55ich6 

The  same Dssichs 

The  same Dssichy  v.i 

The  same Dssichs 

The  same jDssich 

The  same D55ich8 

Christopher  Hibbault,  roadmaker.     Bryant B8422C 

Chronicle  of  the  reign  of  Charles  IX.    Merimee M636ch 

Churchill,  Winston.  C469mo 

A  modern  chronicle.    Macmillan. 

"Its  theme  is...  the  American  marriage ...  handled  with  a  touch  so  quiet  and  firm, 
a  humor  so  unforced  and  pervading,  as  to  assure  the  reader  of  a  satisfaction  rarely  ex- 
perienced in  the  somewhat  turbulent  field  of  the  American  social  novel."     Nation,  1910. 

Churchill,  Winston.  C469mr 

Mr  Crewe's  career.    Macmillan. 

The  scene  is  the  same  as  in  "Coniston"  but  the  time  is  a  generation  later.  A  state, 
unnamed,  but  easily  identifiable  as  New  Hampshire,  is  under  the  control  of  a  great  rail- 
road and  the  central  situation  is  found  in  a  campaign  for  the  governorship.  The  love 
interest  is  supplied  by  the  daughter  of  the  railroad  magnate  and  the  son  of  his  trusted 
corporation  counsel. 

Cicely,     Johnston JJ367C 

Cicely.     Kennedy K1842C 

Circuit  rider's  wife.     Harris H2gi3c 

Circular  staircase.     Rinehart R472C 

City  of  beautiful  nonsense.    Thurston T4352C 

City  of  pleasure.     Bennett *.  B439ci 

City  of  Six.     Canfield C1713C 

Clark,  Henry  Howard.  .    jC52a2b 

Boy  life  in  the  United  States  navy.     Lothrop. 

Joe  Bently's  training  on  the  United  States  school-ship  Minnesota  and  his  adventures 
on  a  man-of-war. 

Clark,  Imogen.  C522C 

A  charming  humbug.     Button. 
Story  of  a  wealthy  young  girl  who  takes  the  name  and  place  of  a  governess  friend. 

Clarke,  Rebecca  Sophia.    See  May,  Sophie,  pseud. 

Clayhanger.     Bennett B439C 

Clayton,  Margaret.  JCs52C 

Camping  in  the  forest;  the  adventures  of  five  children.    Warne. 

Five  children  tramp  and  camp  in  a  forest  near  their  home;  a  book  for  little  chil- 
dren.    Colored  pictures. 

Clegg,  Thomas  Bailey.  C558J 

Joan  of  the  hills.    Lane. 

Story  of  an  English  barrister  who,  after  an  unfortunate  marriage,  goes  to  Australia 
to  begin  life  over  again. 

Clever  Betsy.     Burnham B936C 

Cliff  end.    Booth B632P 

Clifford,  Elizabeth  (Bonham),  lady.    See  De  la  Pasture,  Mrs  Henry. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1757 

Clouston,  J.  Storer.  C619C 

Count  Bunker;  being  a  bald  yet  veracious  chronicle  containing  some 
further  particulars  of  two  gentlemen  whose  previous  careers  were 
touched  upon  in  a  tome  entitled  "The  lunatic  at  large."     Brentano. 

Appeared  in  "Blackwood's  Edinburgh  magazine,"  v.  179-180,  Jan.-July   1906. 
Rollicking  and  farcical  tale  of  a   Bavarian  baron   who  personates  a  young   Scotch 
peer  for  the  purpose  of  winning  an  American  heiress. 

The  clue.     Wells W494C 

Cobum,  Mrs  Eleanor  Hallowell  (Abbott).  C638m 

Molly  Make-believe.    Century. 

Appeared  in  "Success,"  v.  13,  Aug.-Sept.  1910. 

Cheerful,  diverting  little  tale  of  an  invalid  who  ordered  daily  love  letters  for  him- 
self through  the  Serial  Letter  Company,  and  of  the  ingenious  young  person  who  wrote 
them. 

Cochrane,  Alexander  Baillie.     See  Lamington,  Alexander 
Dundas  Ross  Wishart  Baillie  Cochrane,  baron. 

Cock-a-doodle  hill.     Haines JH151C 

College  years.     Paine P164C 

Collins,  Wilkie.  C694bl 

Black  robe.     Collier.     (Works,  v.23.) 
Collins,  Wilkie.  C694bli 

Blind  love.    Collier.     (Works,  v.28.) 
Collins,  Wilkie.  C694e 

Evil  genius;  a  domestic  story.     Collier.     (Works,  v.24.) 
Collins,  Wilkie.  C694f 

Fallen  leaves.    Collier.     (Works,  v.21.) 
Collins,  Wilkie.  C694ha 

Haunted  hotel;  a  mystery  of  modern  Venice,  to  which  is  added  My 
lady's  money.    Collier.     (Works,  v.22.) 

Collins,  Wilkie.  C694he 

Heart  and  science;  a  story  of  the  present  time.  Collier.  (Works,  v.2S.) 

Collins,  Wilkie.  C694J 

Jezebel's  daughter.    Collier.     (Works,  v.27.) 

Collins,  Wilkie.  C694le 

Legacy  of  Cain.    Collier.     (Works,  v.26.) 

Collins,  Wilkie.  C694r 

Rogue's  life;  Miss  Dulane  and  my  lord;  Mr  Policeman  and  the  cook. 
Collier.     (Works,  v.30.) 

Colonel  Jack.     Defoe rDsySli 

Colonel's  story.     Pryor P9782C 

Come  and  find  me.     Robins R547C 

La  comedie  humaine.     Balzac rBaiSc 

Coming  harvest.     Bazin B3392C 

Coming  race.     Ljrtton L999pi 


I7S8  ENGLISH  FICTION 


A  commentary.     Galsworthy G157C 

Comrades  of  the  trails.     Roberts R538C 

Concerning  Paul  and  Fiammetta.     Harker H273C 

Confession.     Simms S592C 

Confession  of  a  child  of  the  century.     Musset rMgSsc 

Connolly,  James  Brendan.  C7531C 

Crested  seas.    Scribner. 

Contents:  The  dance. — On  the  bottom  of  the  dory. — The  blasphemer. — The  com- 
mandeering of  the  Lucy  Foster.  —  The  illimitable  senses.  —  The  joy  of  a  Christmas 
passage. — The  drawn  shutters. — The  smugglers. — Between  shipmates. — The  ice-dogs. — 
The  Americanization  of  Roll-down  Joe. — The  harsh  word. — The  magnetic  hearth. 

Connolly,  James  Brendan.  C753id 

The  deep  sea's  toll. 

Contents:  The  sail-carriers. — The  wicked  "Celestine." — The  truth  of  the  Oliver 
Cromwell. — Strategy  and  seamanship. — Dory-mates. — The  salving  of  the  bark  Fuller. — 
On  Georges  shoals. — Patsie  Oddie's  black  night. 

These  stories  appeared  in  "Scribner's  magazine." 

Connolly,  James  Brendan.  C75310I 

An  Olympic  victor;  a  story  of  the  modern  games.    Scribner. 

Appeared  in  "Scribner's  magazine,"  v. 44,  July-Sept.   1908. 

Story  of  a  Greek  youth  who  competed  in  the  modern  Olympic  games  at  Athens. 

Connolly,  James  Brendan.  C753ion 

On  Tybee  Knoll;  a  story  of  the  Georgia  coast. 

Story  of  a  plucky  young  engineer  who  wins  a  lumber  contract  in  the  teeth  of  oppo- 
sition. 

Connolly,  James  Brendan.  C75310P 

Open  water.     Scribner. 

Contents:  The  emigrants. — Tshushima  straits. — The  consuming  flame. — Gree  Gree 
Bush. — The  venture  of  the  "Flying  Hind." — The  cruise  of  the  "Bounding  Boy." — The 
sea-faker. — Heroes. — The  Christmas  handicap. 

Connolly,  James  Brendan.  C75310 

Out  of  Gloucester. 

Contents:  A  chase  overnight. — On  the  echo  o'  the  morn. — From  Reykjavik  to  Glou- 
cester.— A  fisherman  of  Costla. — Tommie  Ohlsen's  western  passage. — Clancy. 

All  but  one  of  these  stories  appeared  in  "Scribner's  magazine,"  April  1901-Oct.  1902. 

Short  stories  of  Gloucester  fishermen,  written  with  great  spirit.  Can  be  recom- 
mended to  all  who  enjoy  thrilling  tales  of  sea  life. 

Connolly,  James  Brendan.  C7531S 

The  seiners. 

Succession  of  stirring  stories  of  the  Gloucester  fishing  fleet,  strung  on  a  thread  of 
love  story. 

Connor,  Ralph,  (pseud,  of  Charles  William  Gordon).  C7532d 

The  doctor;  a  tale  of  the  Rockies.     Revell. 

Much  of  the  action  deals  with  life  in  a  railway  camp  in  the  far  West. 

Conrad,  Joseph.  C755a 

Almayer's  folly;  a  story  of  an  eastern  river.     Macmillan. 
Story  of  the  loves  and  hates  and  intrigues  of  Dutch,  Malay  and  Arab  traders  in 
Borneo. 

Conrad,  Joseph.  C755P 

The  point  of  honor;  a  military  tale.    McClure. 

Appeared  in  the  "Forum,"  v. 40,  July-Oct.   1908. 

Two  French  officers  of  Napoleon's  time  who  fight  duels  in  every  possible  interlude 
of  war,  "but  repeatedly  save  each  other's  life  in  battle,  are  the  chief  characters. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1759 


Conrad,  Joseph.  C755S 

Secret  agent;  a  simple  tale.     Harper. 

Story  of  London  anarchistic  refugees  and  political  spies.  It  tells  of  a  secret  agent 
in  the  employ  of  the  Russian  embassy  in  London. 

Contessa's  sister.     Teall T263C 

The  conventionalists.     Benson B4434C 

Cooke,  Edmund  Vance.  Cfyjm 

A  morning's  mail.     Pearson. 

Monologue  in  which  an  impecunious  young  poet  comments  upon  his  morning's  mail. 
Cooke,  John  Esten.  '  rC778h 

Henry  St.  John,  gentleman,  of  "Flower  of  Hundreds"  in  the  county 
of  Prince  George,  Virginia;  a  tale  of  1774-75.     Harper. 

Coppee,  Frangois.  CygSg 

The  guilty  man  (Le  coupable) ;  authorized  English  version  by  R.  H. 
Davis.    Dillingham. 

Tragic  story  of  a  remorseful  father  who  takes  upon  himself  the  guilt  for  the  crime 
of  a  son  whom  he  had  abandoned  before  birth. 

Corbin,  John.  C8i2c 

The  cave  man.     Appleton. 

Appeared  in  the  "Saturday  evening  post." 
Concerns  a  great  motor  trust  and  a  rivalry  in  love. 

Cornelius,  Dr,  pseud.    See  Howitt,  William. 

Cornelius,  Olivia  Smith.  C822e 

Eyes  at  the  window.    Broadway  Pub.  Co. 

Mystery  tale. 

C823C 
Corner  of  Harley  street;  being  some  familiar  correspondence  of  Peter 
Harding,  M.  D.    Houghton. 

The  letters  purport  to  be  written  by  a  busy,  middle-aged  London  physician  to  mem- 
bers of  his  family  and  to  intimate  friends.  They  touch  with  humor  as  well  as  wisdom 
on  some  of  life's  real  problems  and  at  the  same  time  they  develop  a  slight  thread 
of  story. 

Corporal  Sam.     Couch C838C 

Corrie  who?     Foster F8172C 

Cotes,  Mrs  Everard.    See  Duncan,  Sara  Jeannette. 

Couch,  Arthur  Thomas  Quiller.  C838br 

Brother  Copas.     Scribner. 

"Uneventful  story,  following  the  experiences  and  influence  of  a  precocious  little 
girl  among  the  inmates  of  St.  Hospital,  a  home  for  aged  and  indigent  gentlemen.  The 
character  delineation  of  the  old  men,  with  their  gossip  and  jealousies,  and  their  long 
discussions  of  Anglican  church  doctrines,  though  skilfully  handled,  make  the  book  dull 
for  the  average  reader."    A.  L.  A.  booklist,  1911. 

Couch,  Arthur  Thomas  Quiller.  C838C 

Corporal  Sam,  and  other  stories.     Smith,  Elder. 

Other  stories:  The  Copernican  convoy. — Red  velvet. — The  Jew  on  the  moor. — My 
Christmas  burglary.  —  The  mayor's  dovecot.  —  News  from  Troy!  —  Colonel  Baigent's 
Christmas. — Doctor  Unonius. — Mutual  exchange,  limited. 

Couch,  Arthur  Thomas  Quiller.  C838ma 

Major  Vigoureux.    Scribner. 

Story  of  a  fine  old  soldier  whom  the  British  war-office  had  left  forgotten  in  a 
dismantled  fort  on  a  small  island  off  the  coast  of  England. 


i76o  ENGLISH  FICTION 


Couch,  Arthur  Thomas  Quiller.  C838P 

Poison  island.    Scribner. 

Story  of  a  search  for  buried  treasure  conducted  by  a  very  original  band  of  con- 
spirators in  an  equally  original  way. 

Couch,  Arthur  Thomas  Quiller.  C838si 

Sir  John  Constantine;  memoirs  of  his  adventures  at  home  and  abroad 
and  particularly  in  the  island  of  Corsica,  beginning  with  the  year  1756; 
written  by  his  son  Prosper  Paleologus,  otherwise  Constantine.    Scribner. 
Historical  romance  of  Corsica  in  the  time  of  Theodore  I  and  of  Sir  John  Constan- 
tine's  attempt  to  establish  his  son  Prosper  on  the  throne. 

Couch,  Arthur  Thomas  Quiller.  CSsStr 

True  Tilda.     Scribner. 

"Fantastic  tale  of  a  true-hearted,  resourceful  little  circus  girl  who,  in  her  attempt  to 
find  the  relatives  of  a  high-born  boy  she  has  rescued  from  the  cruelties  of  an  orphan 
asylum,  makes  the  acquaintance  of  a  variety  of  queer  people  and  has  many  curious  ad- 
ventures."    A.  L.  A.  booklist,  1909. 

Coulevain,  Pierre  de,  pseud.  ,        C83910 

On  the  branch;  from  the  French  by  Alys  Hallard.     Dutton. 
Story  of  a  woman's  life   as  told  by  herself.     Her  husband  dead,  she  straightway 
learns  of  his  infidelity  and  takes  to  travel,  flitting  from  place  to  place  to  cure  her  self- 
respect.    Eventually,  she  is  not  only  able  to  forgive  her  injuries,  but  becomes  an  optimist 
of  the  most  cheerful  type.     Condensed  from  Contemporary  review,  1905. 

Coulevain,  Pierre  de,  pseud.  C8391U 

The  unknown  isle;  tr.  from  the  French  by  Alys  Hallard.    Cassell. 

Story  of  English  and  French  home  life  in  which  the  author  lays  a  light  and  grace- 
ful hand  on  the  deficiencies  of  the  English  people. 

Count  Bunker.     Clouston C619C 

Count  Lucanor.     Manuel rMssic 

Country  Christmas.     Fox JF851C 

Country  house.     Galsworthy G157C0 

Country  lawyer.     Shute 85620 

Country  neighbors.     Brown B783COU 

County  road.     Brown B783C0 

Courage  of  Blackburn  Blair.     Kinkead K274C 

Court  jester.     Baker JB173C 

Court  of  inquiry.    Richmond R425C 

Coward  of  Thermopylae.     Snedeker S671C 

Cox,  Palmer.  QJCSssbp 

Brownies  in  the  Philippines.    Century. 
Cox,  Palmer.  qjC853bo 

Brownies'  latest  adventures.     Century. 

New  pictures  and  rhymes  of  the  Brownies. 

Crane,  Walter.  qjC867ib 

Buckle  my  shoe  picture  book,  with  the  original  coloured  pictures 
and  a  preface  &  new  designs  by  Walter  Crane.  Lane.  (Walter  Crane's 
picture  books.) 

Contents:  One,  two,  buckle  my  shoe. — A  gaping-wide-mouth-waddling  frog. — My 
mother. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1761 


Crane,  Walter.  qjCSGyif 

A  flower  wedding  described  by  two  wallflowers;  decorated  by  Wal- 
ter Crane.    Cassell. 

Rhymes  about  the  flowers,  with  40  pages  of  designs  printed  in  colors. 

Crane,  Walter.  qjCSeyifl 

Flowers  from  Shakespeare's  garden;  a  posy  from  the  plays;  pic- 
tured by  Walter  Crane.    Cassell. 

Quotations  about  flowers  from  Shakespeare's  plays,  with  full-page  colored  pictures. 

Crane,  Walter.  qjC867im 

A  masque  of  days,  from  the  Last  essays  of  Elia;  newly  dressed  & 
decorated  by  Walter  Crane.    Cassell. 

Tells  how  the  New  Year,  coming  of  age,  gave  a  dinner  party,  to  which  all  the  days 
in  the  year  were  invited.     Illustrated  with  delightful  colored  pictures. 

Crawford,  Francis  Marion.  C874li 

Little  city  of  hope;  a  Christmas  story.     Macmillan. 
Gracefully  written  little  story  of  an  inventor  to  whom,  after  repeated  failures,  suc- 
cess finally  came  on  Christmas  day. 

Crawford,  Francis  Marion.  C874St 

Stradella.     Macmillan. 

Appeared  in  the  "Delineator,"  v.  73-74,  Jan.-Sept.  1909. 

Romantic  tale  having  for  its  hero  the  17th  century  Italian  singer  and  composer, 
Stradella. 

Crawford,  Francis  Marion.  C874th 

The  three  fates.    Collier. 
New  York  is  the  scene  of  the  story. 

Crawford,  Francis  Marion.  C874whi 

The  white  sister.     Macmillan. 

Story  of  a  Roman  girl,  who  thinking  her  lover  killed  in  an  African  expedition, 
enters  the  convent.     Author's  last  novel,  written  in  his  happiest  style. 

Crawford,  Francis  Marion.  C874wi 

Witch  of  Prague;  a  fantastic  tale.     Collier. 

Story  of  hypnotism. 

Crawford,  Marion.    See  Crawford,  Francis  Marion. 
Crawfurd,  Oswald  John  Frederick.  C875r 

Revelations  of  Inspector  Morgan.     Dodd. 

Contents:  Gentleman  Coggins,  alias  Towers.  —  The  flying  man.  —  The  murder  at 
Jex  farm. — The  kidnapped  children.  ' 

Detective  stories. 

The  creators.    Sinclair S6i6c 

Cressy.     Harte Haigcre 

The  same,  and  other  tales Hsigcrea 

Crested  seas.     Connolly C7S31C 

Creswick,  Paul.  C88ih 

Honesty's  garden.    Putnam. 

Tender  and  humorous  romance  of  Surrey  and  London. 

Crichton.     Ainsworth A297C 

Crimson  conquest.     Hudson H886c 

Crimson  sweater.     Barbour B235cr 

The  same. jB235cr 


1762  ENGLISH  FICTION 


Crockett,  Samuel  Rutherford.  C886I0V 

Love's  young  dream.    Macmillan. 

Tale  of  love  and  adventure.  The  hero,  a  young  Scotchman,  tells  his  own  story, 
beginning  with  his  discovery  of  the  heroine  in  a  haunted  house. 

Crockett,  Samuel  Rutherford.  C886me 

Men  of  the  mountain.     Harper. 

Tale  of  Switzerland  in  1871,  during  the  Franco-Prussian  war. 

Crockett,  Samuel  Rutherford.  C886w 

White  plume.    Dodd. 

Historical  romance  of  the  days  of  Henry  IV,  king  of  France  and  Navarre  (1553- 
1610)  and  of  the  Huguenot  persecution. 

Cross,  Mrs  Ada  (Cambridge).    See  Cambridge,  Ada. 
Cross,  Mrs  Mary  Ann  (Evans).    See  Eliot,  George,  pseud. 

Cruise  of  the  yacht  "Dido."    Roberts JR536C 

Cullum,  Ridgwell.  Cgist 

Trail  of  the  axe;  a  story  of  the  Red  Sand  valley.    Jacobs. 

Story  of  the  lumbering  industry  in  the  Canadian  Northwest. 
Curtis,  Alice  Turner.  JC933I 

Little  runaways.     Penn. 
The  adopting  of  Catherine  and  Phinny,  two  little  runaways  from  an  orphanage. 

Curtis,  George  William,  ed.  C934m 

Modern  ghosts;  the  introduction  by  G.  W.  Curtis.  Harper. 
Contents:  The  Horla,  from  the  French  of  Guy  de  Maupassant. — Siesta,  by  A.  L. 
Kielland. — The  tall  woman,  from  the  Spanish  of  P.  A.  de  Alarc6n. — On  the  river,  from 
the  French  of  Guy  de  Maupassant. — Maese  Perez,  the  organist,  from  the  Spanish  of 
G.  A.  Becquer. — Fioraccio,  from  the  Italian  of  Giovanni  Magherini-Graziani. — The  silent 
woman,  from  the  German  of  Leopold  Kompert. 

Curwood,  James  Oliver.  C936W 

Wolf  hunters;  a  tale  of  adventure  in  the  wilderness.    Bobbs. 
The  same JC936W 

Wolf  hunting  in  the  heart  of  the  Canadian  wilderness.  Adventures  of  two  boys 
and  an  Indian. 

Cutting,  Mrs  Mary  Stewart  (Doubleday).  C955J 

Just  for  two.    Doubleday. 

Contents:     The   enchantment. — The   path   to   Spain. — The    wife. — Miss    Dream. — A 
clear  field. — The  cloisonne  vase. 
Love  stories. 

Cutting,  Mrs  Mary  Stewart  (Doubleday).  C955S 

Suburban  whirl,  and  other  stories  of  married  life.     McClure. 
Other  stories:     The  measure. — On  the  ridge. — Mrs  Tremley. 

Cutting,  Mrs  Mary  Stewart  (Doubleday).  C955U 

The  unforeseen.    Doubleday. 

Appeared  in  the  "Delineator,"  v. 75-76,  April-Dec.  1910. 

Every-day  story  of  a  cultivated  young  woman  who  leaves  her  uncongenial  country 
home  for  the  city  and  leads  a  meagre  existence  alone  in  a  tiny  flat.  Happiness  comes 
to  her  in  an  unforeseen  way. 

Cutting,  Mrs  Mary  Stewart  (Doubleday).  C955W 

Wayfarers.    McClure. 

Appeared  in  "McClure's  magazine,"  v.30— 31,  Dec.   1907-July  1908. 
A  longer  "story  of  married  life,"  in  the  familiar  setting  of  a  small  suburban  town 
in  New  Jersey. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1763 

Cy  Whittaker's  place.     Lincoln "LjiSicy 

Dahlinger,  Charles  William.  D151W 

Where  the  red  volleys  poured.    Dillingham. 

The  hero  is  a  young  German  who  comes  to  the  United  States  about  1850  and  settles 
in  Pittsburgh.  He  serves  in  the  Civil  war  and  it  is  with  that  period  in  his  career  that 
the  story  chiefly  concerns  itself. 

Daphne.     Ward W2i4mar 

Daskam,  Josephine  Dodge,  afterward  Mrs  Bacon.  D273b 

Biography  of  a  boy.     Harper. 

Appeared  in  "Harper's  bazar,"  v.43-44,  July  1909-March   191  o. 

Continuation  of  "Memoirs  of  a  baby." 

Daskam,  Josephine  Dodge,  afterward  Mrs  Bacon.  Daysd 

Domestic  adventurers.     Scribner. 

Amusing  experiences  of  three  bachelor  girls  from  New  York  who  decide  that  their 
combined  resources  justify  the  setting  up  of  a  modest  establishment  in  the  suburbs. 

Daskam,  Josephine  Dodge,  afterward  Mrs  Bacon.  Dzysma 

Margarita's  soul;  the  romantic  recollections  of  a  man  of  fifty,  by 
Ingraham  Lovell  [pseud.].    Lane. 

Appeared  in  the  "American  magazine,"  v.67,  Feb.-Nov.  1909. 

The  heroine,  who  has  been  brought  up  like  Miranda  on  an  island,  in  complete  ig- 
norance of  herself  and  the  world,  comes  to  know  both  in  an  unusual  way. 

Daudet,  Alphonse.  D284b 

La  Belle  Nivernaise;  the  story  of  an  old  boat  and  her  crew;  tr.  by 
Robert  Routledge.     Knight. 

"An  idyll  of  life  on  the  Seine,  portraying  sympathetically  a  little  group  of  humble 
characters."     Baker's  Descripthe  guide  to  the  best  fiction. 

Daudet,  Alphonse.  D284mo2 

Monday  tales;  tr.  by  Marian  Mclntyre.    Little. 

Daughter  of  Anderson  Crow.    McCutcheon Mi43d 

Daughter  of  the  rich  and  her  friends.     Waller Wi8id 

The  same jWiSid 

Daulton,  Mrs  Agnes  McClelland.  jD285f 

Fritzi;  or,  The  princess  Perhaps.     Century. 

Appeared  in  "St.  Nicholas,"  v. 34,  April-Oct.  1907. 

Fritzi,  the  little  violinist,  is  adopted  three  times  and  finally  finds  her  father. 

Davidson,  Edith  B.  jD297b 

Bunnikins-Bunnies  in  camp;  pictures  by  C.  E.  Atwood.  Houghton. 
Tells  how  the  Bunnildns  family  camped  out  for  the  summer,  of  Bobtail's  mishap 

and  of  the  heroism  of  Mr  Bunnikins;  a  story  for  little  children. 

Davidson,  Edith  B.  jD297bu 

Bunnikins-Bunnies  in  Europe;  pictures  by  C.  E.  Atwood.    Houghton. 

More  about  the  Bunnikins  family  and  how  they  and  Mr  and  Mrs  Gray-Squirrel  went 
abroad  for  the  summer;  a  story  for  little  children. 

Davis,  Sir  John  Francis,  ed.  rDsigc 

Chinese  novels;  tr.  from  the  originals,  to  which  are  added  proverbs 
and  moral  maxims  collected  from  their  classical  books  and  other 
sources;  the  whole  prefaced  by  observations  on  the  language  and  litera- 
ture of  China.     Murray. 

Contents:  Observations  on  the  language  and  literature  of  China. — The  shadow  in 
the  water. — The  twin  sisters. — The  three  dedicated  chambers. — Chinese  proverbs,  &c. 


1764  ENGLISH  FICTION 


Davis,  Katherine  Wallace.  JD319P 

Pappina,  the  little  wanderer;  a  story  of  southern  Italy.     Flanagan. 

Running  title  reads  "The  Punchinellos." 

Little  seven-year-old  Pappina  wanders  with  the  Punchinellos  along  the  beautiful 
Italian  coast,  sings  and  dances  and  has  many  adventures,  sad  and  happy. 

Davis,  Mrs  Mollie  Evelyn  (Moore).  D321P 

Price  of  silence.    Houghton^ 

Romance  of  modern  New  Orleans. 

Davis,  Mrs  Rebecca  (Harding).  D322J 

John  Andross.    Judd. 
Davis,  Richard  Harding.  Dszsra 

The  man  who  could  not  lose  [and  other  stories].    Scribner. 

Other  stories:  My  buried  treasure. — The  consul. — The  nature  faker. — The  lost 
house. 

Davis,  Richard  Harding.  D3230 

Once  upon  a  time.    Scribner. 

Contents:  A  question  of  latitude. — The  spy. — The  messengers. — A  wasted  day. — A 
charmed  life. — The  amateur. — The  make-believe  man. — Peace  manoeuvres. 

Davis,  Richard  Harding.  D323S 

Scarlet  car.     Scribner. 
Light  and  amusing  story  of  love  and  automobiling. 

Davis,  Richard  Harding.  D323W 

White  Mice.    Scribner. 

Appeared  in  "Saturday  evening  post,"  v.i8i,  March  13-May   i,  1909. 
Venezuela  on  the  eve  of  revolution  furnishes  the  scene  of  this  20th  century   ro- 
mance, which  strongly  recalls  the  author's  "Soldiers  of  fortune." 

Davis,  William  Stearns.  D324V 

A  victor  of  Salamis;  a  tale  of  the  days  of  Xerxes,  Leonidas  and 

Themistocles.    Macmillan. 

Dawn  O'Hara,     Ferber F37id 

Dawson,  Francis  Warrington.  D3323S 

The  scar.     Small. 

This  story  of  life  on  a  Virginia  plantation  ruined  by  the  Civil  war  helps  the  reader 
to  understand  the  nature  of  the  scar  which  the  great  conflict  left  on  the  face  of  the 
South. 

Dawson,  William  James.  D332P 

Prophet  in  Babylon;  a  story  of  social  service.    Revell. 

Story  of  a  clergyman  of  New  York  city  who  resigns  his  pastorate  and  establishes, 
a  league  of  service,  the  members  of  which,  unbound  by  creed,  are  united  in  their  desire 
to  work  for  others. 

Dawson,  William  James.  D332SO 

A  soldier  of  the  future.    Revell. 

Dream  of  modern  socialistic  Christianity,  culminating  in  Christ's  second  coming. 
Deakin,  Dorothea.  D342g 

"Georgie."    Century. 

Lightest  Idnd  of  a  tale  of  an  engaging,  but  inconstant  youth  who  was  always  in- 
volved in  some  new  love  affair. 

Dean,  Eva.  qjD344i 

In  Peanut  land;  verses  and  pictures.    Somerville. 

Rhymes  of  Peanut  land  illustrated  with  pictures  of  peanut  people.  Shows  how  to 
make  dolls  from  pins  and  peanuts. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1765 


Deborah  of  Tod's.    De  la  Pasture DsSgad 

Deep  sea  warriors.     Lubbock L966d 

Deep  sea's  toll.     Connolly C753id 

Defender  of  the  faith.     Bowen,  Marjorie,  pseud B662d 

Defoe,  Daniel.  D378d 

Defoe;  ed.  by  John  Masefield.    Bell.     (Masters  of  literature.) 

Biography  and  appreciation  of  Defoe,  by  John  Masefield,  p. 9-33. 

Representative  extracts  of  considerable  length  from  his  romances  and  lesser  works. 

Defoe,  Daniel.  rD3781i 

Life,  adventures  and  piracies  of  Captain  Singleton,  and  Life  of 
Colonel  Jack,  with  prefaces  and  notes,  including  those  attributed  to  Sir 
Walter  Scott.    Bell.     (Novels  and  miscellaneous  works.) 

"The  boy  Singleton  was  kidnapped  and  sold  to  gypsies.  Later  he  headed  a  band  of 
mutineers,  who  crossed  Africa  from  Madagascar.  This  part  is  made  up  from  authentic 
tales  of  travellers,  and  the  detailed  account  of  the  interior  has  not  been  discredited. 
His  career  as  a  pirate  follows."    Baker's  Descriptive  guide  to  the  best  fiction. 

The  "Life  of  Colonel  Jack"  is  the  story  of  a  convict. 

Defoe,  Daniel.  tD^jSto 

Romances  and  narratives;  ed.  by  G.  A.  Aitken.     i6v.     Dent. 

V.I.     The  life  &  strange  surprising  adventures  of  Robinson  Crusoe. 

V.2.     The  farther  adventures  of  Robinson  Crusoe. 

V.3.  Serious  reflections  during  the  life  and  surprising  adventures  of  Robinson 
Crusoe. — A  vision  of  the  angelic  world. 

V.4.  The  history  of  the  life  and  adventures  of  Mr  Duncan  Campbell. — A  remark- 
able passage  of  an  apparition. — The  friendly  demon. 

V.5.     Memoirs  of  a  cavalier. 

v.6.     The  life,  adventures  &  piracies  of  the  famous   Captain   Singleton. 

V.7.     The  fortunes  and  misfortunes  of  the  famous  Moll  Flanders. 

v. 8.  The  fortunes  and  misfortunes  of  the  famous  Moll  Flanders  (continued). — An 
appeal  to  honour  and  justice. 

V.9.     A  journal  of  the  plague  year. 

v.io.     The  history  and  remarkable  life  of  the  truly  honourable  Colonel  Jacque. 

V.I  I.  The  history  and  remarkable  life  of  the  truly  honourable  Colonel  Jacque 
(continued). — Everybody's   business    is    nobody's   business. — The    Protestant    monastery. 

V.12-13.     The  fortunate  mistress  [or,  Roxana]. 

v.  1 4.     A  new  voyage  round  the  world  by  a  course  never  sailed  before. 

V.I 5.  Due  preparations  for  the  plague.  —  The  dumb  philosopher  [or,  Dickory 
Cronke].- — A  true  relation  of  the  apparition  of  one  Mrs  Veal. — The  destruction  of  the 
isle  of  St.  Vincent. 

V.I 6.  The  king  of  pirates,  being  an  account  of  the  famous  enterprises  of  Captain 
Avery. — An  account  of  the  Cartoucheans  in  France. — The  history  of  the  remarkable  life 
of  John  Sheppard.— A  narrative  of  all  the  robberies,  escapes,  &c.  of  John  Sheppard. — 
The  life  and  actions  of  Jonathan  Wild. — Adventures  of  Captain  John  Gow.— Lives  of 
six  notorious  street-robbers. 

Defoe,  Daniel.  rDsySr 

Roxana;  or.  The  fortunate  mistress,  and  Mrs  Christian  Davies,  with 
prefaces  and  notes,  including  those  attributed  to  Sir  Walter  Scott. 
Bell.    (Novels  and  miscellaneous  works.) 

Delafield  affair.     Kelly Ki7id 

Deland,  Ellen  Douglas.  D3891S 

Successful  venture.    Wilde. 
Deland,  Mrs  Margaret.  D389i 

The  iron  woman  [a  novel].    Harper. 

Appeared  in  "Harper's  magazine,"  v.121-123,  Nov.  1910-Oct.  191 1. 

This  story  might  be  described  as  the  influence  upon  a  younger  generation  of  two 
mature  women:  one  is  the  "iron  woman"  herself,  a  widow  who  has  been  left  in  charge 


1766  ENGLISH  FICTION 

Deland,  Mrs  Margaret — continued.  DsSgi 

of  a  foundry;  the  other  is  the  awakened  Helena  Richie.  The  younger  generation  which 
moves  within  the  circle  of  their  influence  consists  of  four  persons:  the  son  and  the  step- 
daughter of  the  "iron  woman,"  the  niece  of  her  head  man,  and  the  adopted  son  of  Mrs 
Richie.     Condensed  from  Nation,  1911. 

Deland,  Mrs  Margaret.  DsSgr 

R.  J.'s  mother,  and  some  other  people.    Harper. 

Other  stories:  The  Mormon.  —  Many  waters.  —  The  house  of  Rimmon.  —  A  black 
drop. — The  white  feather. 

De  la  Pasture,  Mrs  Henry.  D38g2ca 

Catherine  of  Calais.    Button. 

Love  story  of  a  young  English  girl  brought  up  in  Calais  and  later  sent  to  relatives 
in  England. 

Continued  by  "Catherine's  child." 

De  la  Pasture,  Mrs  Henry.  DsSgac 

Catherine's  child.    Button. 

Story  of  English  country  life. 

De  la  Pasture,  Mrs  Henry.  DsSgad 

Beborah  of  Tod's.     Button. 

Story  of  a  young  Devonshire  countrywoman,  her  marriage  to  a  man  of  superior 
social  position  and  her  efforts  at  adjustment. 

De  la  Pasture,  Mrs  Henry.  D3892I 

Lonely  lady  of  Grosvenor  square.     Button. 

Light  but  entertaining  story  of  a  girl  reared  on  a  farm  who  suddenly  finds  her- 
self mistress  of  a  house  in  Grosvenor  square. 

De  la  Pasture,  Mrs  Henry.  D38g2ma 

Master  Christopher.    Button. 

"The  separation  of  Christopher's  parents  in  his  early  childhood  so  that  the  lad  comes 
to  know  his  sister  only  after  their  death  is  the  one  modern  touch  in  this  old-fashioned, 
genuine  English  love  story."     A.  L.  A.  booklist,  1911. 

De  la  Pasture,  Mrs  Henry.  D3892t 

The  tyrant.    Button. 

Story  of  a  miserly  and  tyrannical  English  squire  whose  wife  has  difficulty  in  re- 
maining loyal  to  him  and  at  the  same  time  just  to  her  children. 

De  la  Pasture,  Mrs  Henry,  D3892U 

The  unlucky  family.     Button. 

"A  domestic  extravaganza  as  absurd,  if  not  quite  so  humorous,   as   'The   Peterkin 

Family'  or  'Rudder  Grange' The  principal  characters  belong  to  a  middle-class  family 

suddenly  promoted  from  the  suburban  villa  to  the  responsibilities  of  a  luxurious  country 
house."    Nation,  1908. 

Demeter's  daughter.     Phillpotts PsiSde 

Deming,  Philander.  D4212S 

Story  of  a  pathfinder.     Houghton. 

Contents:  The  story  of  a  pathfinder:  The  courts;  Story-writing. — A  lover's  con- 
science.— A  stranger  in  the  city. — Mr  Green's  promise. — In  slavery  days. — The  secret 
story. 

The  first  three  chapters  are  autobiographical,  telling  of  the  author's  early  experi- 
ences as  a  reporter  in  Albany  where  he  was  instrumental  in  bringing  shorthand  into 
use  in  the  courts.     A  group  of  short  stories  follow. 

"Both  his  stories  and  preface  bear  rather  the  impress  of  the  fifties  than  of  the 
postbellum  newspaper  world.  It  is  the  atmosphere  of  Greeley's  Memoirs,  with  all  the 
mildness  and  restraint  of  what  might  be  called  the  middle  Victorian  period  in  American 
fiction."     Nation,  1907. 

Democritus,  pseud.    See  Brackenridge,  Hugh  Henry. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1767 


De  Morgan,  William  Frend.  D423af 

An  affair  of  dishonor.    Holt. 

"There  is  no  child-heroine  in  "An  Affair  of  Dishonor,"  no  group  of  simple,  breath- 
ing, lovable  people,  even  in  the  background.  It  is  a  Restoration  romance,  not  better 
than  its  kind — beginning  with  a  duel,  and  ending  with  an  appropriate  end  for  the  vil- 
lain.    The  plot  is  simple,  even  meagre."     Nation,  igio. 

De  Morgan,  William  Frend.  D423a 

Alice-for-short;  a  dichronism.    Holt. 

Like  '"Joseph  Vance"  a  novel  of  uncommon  quality.  It  is  not  for  the  impatient  or 
restive  reader,  but  people  who  like  stories  of  the  Dickens  and  Thackeray  type  will  find 
here  generous  entertainment. 

De  Morgan,  William  Frend.  04231 

It  never  can  happen  again.    Holt. 

As  in  two  of  its  predecessors  the  chief  figure  is  a  child  of  the  London  slums.  There 
is  another  story  within  the  story — a  complicated  and  whimsical  illustration  of  the  Eng- 
lish law  prohibiting  marriage  with  a  deceased  wife's  sister. 

De  Morgan,  William  Frend.  D423J 

Joseph  Vance;  an  ill-written  autobiography.    Holt. 

A  leisurely  story,  intensely  human  and  often  humorous,  of  English  life  in  mid- 
Victorian  times. 

A  very  skilful  hand  has  imparted  to  this  narrative  its  gentle  inconsecutiveness,  its 
fond  diffuseness,  its  premature  betrayals  and  redundant  echoes,  defects  engaging  and 
natural,  the  defects  of  "Tom  Jones,"  "Henry  Esmond"  and  "David  Copperfield."  Con- 
densed from  Nation,  1906. 

De  Morgan,  William  Frend.  D423S 

Somehow  good.     Holt. 

The  story  turns  upon  the  hero's  loss  of  memory  after  an  electric  shock  and  his  un- 
conscious remarriage  to  the  wife  of  his  youth  from  whom  he  had  been  separated  for  20 
years.  In  spite  of  a  theme  which  might  easily  have  been  morbid  and  melodramatic,  the 
story  is  sound  and  sweet  and  mellow  throughout,  "somehow  good"  both  in  what  it  tells 
and  the  manner  of  the  telling. 

Denry  the  audacious.    Bennett B43gd 

Depot  master.     Lincoln L7i62d 

De  Selincourt,  Mrs  Basil.    See  Sedgwick,  Anne  Douglas. 

Desire.     Silberrad S582d 

The  devourers.     Chartres C387d 

Dewy  morn.     Jeff eries J23id 

Diana  dethroned.     Letts L658d 

Diana  of  Dobson's.     Hamilton Higgd 

Dickens,  Charles.  JD551C 

Child's  dream  of  a  star,  and  The  child's  story.  Page.  (Cosy  corner 
series.) 

Dickens,  Charles.  Dssichr 

Christmas  carol. 

The  same jDssichr 

The  same.     (In  his  Christmas  books.) Dssich 

The  same.     (In  his  Christmas  books.) rDssich 

The  sam£.     (In  his  Christmas  books.) D55ich6 

The  same.     ( In  his  Christmas  books.) D55ich3 

The  same.     (In  his  Christmas  books.) D55ich7  v.i 


1768  ENGLISH  FICTION 

Dickens,  Charles — continued. 

The  same.     ( In  his  Christmas  books.) Dssichs 

The  same.     (In  his  Christmas  books.) jDssich 

The  same.     (In  his  Christmas  books.) DsfichS 

Dickens,  Charles.  qrDssipa 

Mr    Pickwick    [pages    from    the    Pickwick    papers] ;    illustrated    in 

colour  by  Frank  Reynolds.    Hodder. 

Handsome  quarto  volume  containing  19  selected  passages  from  "Pickwick  papers" 
which,  taken  together,  introduce  all  the  leading  characters  and  most  of  the  more  cele- 
brated incidents  of  the  original  and  form  the  setting  for  the  24  full-page  colored  illus- 
trations. 

Dickens,  Charles.  Dssir 

Reprinted  pieces,  with  introduction  and  notes  by  Charles  Dickens, 

the  younger. 

The  same;  ed.  by  Andrew  Lang D55ira 

Gadshill  edition. 

"General  essay  on  the  works  of  Charles  Dickens,"  by  Andrew  Lang,  p.9-36. 

The  same D5510I  v.2 

Bound  with  his  "Old  curiosity  shop." 

The  same D5510I3 

Bound  with  his  "Old  curiosity  shop." 
Dickinson,  Humphrey  Neville.  D553k 

Keddy;  a  story  of  Oxford.     Heinemann. 

"Keddy. .  .is  not  typical  of  Oxford  as  a  whole The   friends   that   surround   the 

hero;  their  proceedings,  ideas,  and  social  laws,  all  belong  to  a  particular  academic  vor- 
tex. Their  complete  persuasion. .  .that  the  principal  use  of  Oxford  is  to  provide  a  train- 
ing in  the  art  of  sound  and  enjoyable  living  to  young  men  of  wealthy  and  distinguished 
parentage,  will  jar  upon  many  who  entertain  reformers'  enthusiasms  in  regard  to  Ox- 
ford... All  the  incidents  of  the  story  are  told  with  art  and  with  a  fine  freshness  of 
thought."     Outlook  (London),  1907. 

Dickson,  Harris.  D5570 

Old  Reliable.    Bobbs. 

Amusing  character  sketch  of  a  shiftless  old  negro. 

Did  of  Didn't-think.     Inman jl2462d 

Diddie,  Dumps  and  Tot.     Pyrnelle JP999d 

Dillon,  Mrs  Mary  C.  (Johnson).  D584m 

Miss  Livingston's  companion;  a  love  story  of  old  New  York.  Cen- 
tury. 

Semi-historical  novel.  Washington  Irving,  the  Livingstons,  Hamilton,  Burr  and 
other  New  York  notables  enter  into  the  narrative  of  the  adventures  of  a  young  titled 
Englishman  in  America. 

Dillon,  Mrs  Mary  C.  (Johnson).  D584P 

Patience  of  John  Morland.     Doubleday. 

Historical  novel  of  Washington  in  the  administrations  of  Monroe  and  Andrew  Jack- 
son.    Webster,  Clay  and  Calhoun  are  among  the  characters. 

Dimbie  and  I — and  Amelia.     Grundy Gr947d 

Disciple  of  a  saint.     Scudder S436d 

Dito,  pseud.    See  Carmen  Sylva,  pseud. 

Dix,  Beulah  Marie.  D647me 

Merry  lips.     Macmillan. 

The  same jD647m 

How  Merrylipt,  a  little  cavalier  maid,  became  a  boy. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1769 

A  Dixie  Rose.     Kortrecht jKsSyd 

The  doctor.     Connor,  Ralph,  pseud .■ C7532d 

Doctor  Ellen.   Tompkins T5992d 

Doctor's  dilemma.     Stretton,  Hesba,  pseud Sgisd 

Dolores.     Leonhart rL623d 

Domestic  adventurers.     Daskam D273d 

Don  Quixote,  Stories  from.     Cervantes  Saavedra jC334ih 

Donnell,  Mrs  Annie  Hamilton.  D7282V 

The  very  small  person.     Harper. 

Contents:  Little  Blue  Overalls. — The  boy. — The  adopted. — Bobby  Unwelcome. — 
The  little  girl  who  should  have  been  a  boy. — The  lie. — The  princess  of  make-believe. — 
The  promise. — The  little  lover. — The  child. — The  recompense. 

Stories  of  children,  for  grown-ups.  Somewhat  morbid  in  the  emphasis  they  put 
on  the  sorrows  of  the  misunderstood  child. 

Doomed  city.     Carling C2iid 

Double  discovery.     Bair rBi66d 

Double  mistake.     Merimee M636d 

Doubleday,  Roman.  D7542h 

Hemlock  avenue  mystery.    Little. 

Detective  story. 

Doubloons.     Phillpotts  &  Bennett PSiSd 

Dow^n  our  street.     Buckrose B857d 

Doyle,  Sir  Arthur  Conan.  D7750 

Original  adventures  of  Sherlock  Holmes.    Fenno. 

Contents:  Sherlock  Holmes. — The  sign  of  the  four. — A  scandal  in  Bohemia. — The 
red-headed  league. — A  case  of  identity. — The  Boscombe  valley  mystery. 

Doyle,  Sir  Arthur  Conan.  D775rou 

Round  the  fire  stories.    McClure. 

Contents:  The  leather  funnel. — The  beetle  hunter. — The  man  with  the  watches. — ■ 
The  pot  of  caviare. — The  japanned  box. —  The  black  doctor. —  Playing  with  fire. —  The 
Jews'  breastplate. — The  lost  special. — The  club-footed  grocer. — The  sealed  room. — The 
Brazilian  cat. — The  usher  of  Lea  house  school. — The  brown  hand. — The  fiend  of  the 
cooperage. — Jelland's  voyage. — B.  24. 

Doyle,  Sir  Arthur  Conan.  D775si 

Sir  Nigel.    McClure. 

Appeared  in  the  "Strand  magazine,"  v.31-32,  Jan.-Dec.  1906. 

The  early  life  of  Sir  Nigel  Loring,  whose  later  history  has  been  recounted  in  the 
"White  company." 

Dragon  painter.     FenoUosa F364d 

Dragon's  blood.     Rideout R438d 

Dragon's  teeth.     Ega  de  Queiroz E23id 

Draught  of  the  blue.     Bain Bi65dr 

Drewr,  Francis  Bickerstaffe-.     See  Ayscough,  John,  pseud. 

Driven  back  to  Eden.     Roe jR59S2d 

Du  Bois,  Mary  Constance.  D8592I 

Lass  of  the  silver  sword.    Century. 

The  same JD859I 

Story  of  boarding-school  and  camp  life,  telling  of  the  founding  of  the  "Order  of 
the  silver  sword"  and  of  the  gay  times  of  the  "battle  maids"  at  Camp  Huairarwee. 


1770  ENGLISH  FICTION 


Du  Bois,  Mary  Constance.  D8592le 

League  of  the  signet  ring.    Century. 

The  same jD85gle 

Further  adventures  of  the  "Lass  of  the  silver  sword"  and  the  "battle  maids." 

Duchess,  The,  {pseud,  of  Mrs  Margaret  Wolfe  (Hamilton)  D8642m 

Argles  Hungerford). 

Molly  Bawn.    Lippincott. 
Dudeney,  Mrs  Henry.  D86gt 

Trespass  [a  novel].    Small. 

Same  as  her  "Orchard  thief." 

Close  analysis  of  the  hearts  and  characters  of  two  men  and  a  woman. 

Dudevant,  Mme  Amantine  Lucile  Aurore  (Dupin).     See  Sand, 

George,  pseud. 
Duer,  Elizabeth.  D875P 

The  prince  goes  fishing.    Appleton. 

Appeared  in  "Appleton's  magazine,"  v. 8,  July-Oct.  1906. 

A  mock-royal  romance  on  the  "Prisoner  of  Zenda"  order. 

Dumas,  Alexandre,  the  elder.  DSgiias 

Ascanio. 

"Romance  and  history  inextricably  interwoven,  the  historic  incident  on  which  the 
story  is  founded  being  Benvenuto  Cellini's  visit  to  Paris  and  the  Court  of  Francis  I. 
(1540).  The  titular  hero  is  an  apprentice  of  the  Florentine  artist.  Many  famous  names 
appear  such  as  the  King,  the  Duchesse  d'Etampes,  the  Dauphine  Catherine  de  Medicis, 
Diane  de  Poitiers,  Rabelais,  and  Clement  Marot."  Baker's  Descriptive  guide  to  the 
best  fiction. 

Dumas,  Alexandre,  the  elder.  D89iimy 

My  pets;  newly  translated  by  Alfred  Allinson.     Macmillan. 

Stories  of  his  animal  comrades,  especially  his  dogs. 
Dumas,  Alexandre,  the  elder.  D89110 

Olympe  de  Cleves  [in  English].    2v.     Little. 

"Romance  here  predominates  over  history,  and  the  chronology  is  not  always  ac- 
curate. Deals  with  the  early  years  of  Louis  XV.  (period,  1727-29) ..  .The  romantic  inter- 
est centres  in  the  actress  Olympe  de  Cleves  and  her  lover,  a  young  novice  in  the  Jesuit 
seminary.  The  life  of  the  Jesuits  and  the  character  of  their  organisation  are  fully  de- 
scribed."   Baker's  Descriptive  guide  to  the  best  fiction. 

Dumas,  Alexandre,  the  elder.  rDSgir 

Romances.    45V.    Little. 

V.1-4.     Count  of  Monte  Cristo. 
v.5-6.     Agenor  de  Mauleon. 
V.7.     The  brigand,  and  Black. 
v.8.     Ascanio. 
V.9-10.     The  two  Dianas. 
V.I  I.     The  page  of  the  duke  of  Savoy. 
V.I 2.     The  horoscope,  and  Tales  of  the  Caucasus. 
V.I 3.     Marguerite  de  Valois. 
V.I 4.     La  dame  de  Monsoreau. 
V.I 5.     The  forty-five. 
V.I 6-1 7.     The  three  musketeers, 
v.  18-1 9.     Twenty  years  after. 

¥.20-33.  Vicomte  de  Bragelonne;  or.  Ten  years  later,  in  which  are  included  the 
stories  of  "Louise  de  la  Valliere"  and  "The  iron  mask." 

V.24.     Sylvandire,  and  The  woman  with  the  velvet  necklace. 

V.2S.     The  war  of  women. 

v.26.     Le  chevalier  d'Harmental. 

V.27.     The  regent's  daughter,  and  The  black  tulip. 

v.28-29.     Olympe  de  Cleves,  and  Chauvelin's  will. 

V.30-32.     Memoirs  of  a  physician. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1771 


Dumas,  Alexandre,  the  elder — continued.  rDSgir 

V.33— 34.     The  queen's  necklace. 

V.3S-36.     Ange  Pjtou,  and  Blanche  de  Beaulieu. 

v.37-39.     La  comtesse  de  Charny. 

V.40.     The  chevalier  de  Maison-Rouge. 

V.41.     The  companions  of  Jehu. 

V. 42-43.     The  whites  and  the  blues. 

V. 44-45.     The  she-wolves  of  Machecoul,  to  which  is  added  The  Corsican  brothers. 

Dumas,  Alexandre,  the  elder.  DSgiiwa 

War  of  women.     Little. 

Also  published  under  the  title  "Nanon." 

"Deals  with  the  later  phases  of  the  war  of  the  Fronde;  the  imprisonment  of  the 
Prince  de  Conde  and  his  relatives  by  Mazarin,  the  revolt  incited  at  Bordeaux  by  his  wife, 
and  the  various  cabals, and  dissensions  consequent  on  these  acts,  form  the  historical  part; 
while  a  romance  of  love  and  adventure  is  interwoven,  and  several  fictitious  or  semi- 
fictitious  characters  are  introduced.  Peiiod,  1650,  the  regency  of  Anne  of  Austria." 
Baker's  Descriptive  guide  to  the  best  fiction. 

Duncan,  Norman.  jD8gg2a 

Adventures  of  Billy  Topsail.     Revell. 

Billy  Topsail  is  a  Newfoundland  fisher  lad.  Among  other  adventures  the  story 
tells  how  he  set  out  for  Ruddy  cove  with  Her  Majesty's  mail  and  met  with  catastrophe, 
how  he  captured  the  giant  squid  of  Chain  Tickle  and  how  he  went  seal  hunting  and  was 
carried  out  to  sea  with  the  ice-floe. 

Duncan,  Norman.  D8gg2e 

Every  man  for  himself.     Harper. 

Contents:  The  wayfarer. — A  matter  of  expediency. — The  minstrel. — The  squall. — 
The  fool  of  Skeleton  Tickle. — A  comedy  of  Candlestick  Cove. — "By-an'-by"  Brown  of 
Blunder  Cove. — They  who  lose  at  love.— The  revolution  at  Satan's  Trap. — The  surplus. 

Appeared  in  "Harper's  magazine,"  "Century  magazine"  and  the  "Outlook." 

Stories  of  the  bleak  Newfoundland  coast  and  its  hardy  fishermen. 

Duncan,  Sara  Jeannette,  afterward  Mrs  Cotes.  DSggse 

Set  in  authority.    Doubleday. 

Appeared  in  the  weekly  edition  of  the  London  "Times." 
Deals  with  English  official  life  in  India. 

Dunny.     Mighels MSyyd 

Dust.     B  jornson B51  im 

Earl,  John  Prescott.  E17320 

On  the  school  team.    Penn. 

The  same JE17320 

Story  of  school,  foot-ball  and  track  athletics. 

Early  tales  and  sketches.     Bjornson 651133 

Eastman,  Charles  Alexander.  E1850 

Old  Indian  days.     McClure. 

"Himself  an  Indian,  Mr.  Eastman  is  qualified  to  speak  authoritatively  on  anything 
pertaining  to  his  race,  and  these  tales,  told  with  a  simplicity  and  directness  of  style  ac- 
cording well  with  their  subject  matter,  are  much  more  than  mere  narrations  of  savage 

exploits  and  records  of  the  legends  and  traditions of  a  primitive  people  —  They  give  a 

quite  new  and  welcome  idea  of  Indian  character,  especially  of  the  womanliness  of  their 
women  and  the  high  moral  courage  and  chivalry  of  their  men."     Outlook,  1907. 

Eaton,  Walter  Prichard,  &  Underhill,  E.  M.  Eigsr 

The  runaway  place;  a  May  idyl  of  Manhattan.     Holt. 

Eben  Erskine.     Gait GisSeb 

Ebers,  Georg.  E2i8m 

Margery  (Gred);  a  tale  of  old  Nuremberg;  tr.  from  the  German  by 

Clara  Bell.     2v.  in  i.     Appleton. 


1772  ENGLISH  FICTION 


Ega  dc  Queiroz,  Jose  Maria.  E23id 

Dragon's    teeth;   a    novel;   from    the    Portuguese   by    M.J.Serrano. 

Ticknor. 

Story  of  modern  life  in  Lisbon,  a  translation  of  the  author's  best  known  work,  "O 

primo  Basilio." 

Edgeworth,  Maria.  rE284ni 

Murad,  the  unlucky;  a  tale.     Pittsburgh. 
Short  moral  tale  extolling  the  virtue  of  prudence. 

Eklucation  of  Uncle  Paul.     Blackwood Bsiye 

Egan,  Maurice  Francis.  E342W 

Wiles  of  Sexton  Maginnis.     Century. 

Appeared  as  short  stories  in  "Century  magazine,"  v.64-77.  May  1902-March   1909. 

Picture  of  Irish- American  life,   centring  about  Maginnis,   with   his  humorous  phi- 
losophy and  winning  Kerry  brogue. 

Eggleston,  George  Cary.  £3571! 

Two  gentlemen  of  Virginia;  a  novel  of  the  old  regime  in  the  Old 
Dominion.     Lothrop. 

Elinor's  college  career.     Schwartz Ssgge 

Eliot,  George,  {pseud,  of  Mrs  Mary  Ann  (Evans)  Cross).  rE476c 

Complete  works,    v.1-5,  8-12.     Riverdale  Press. 

v.6-7  are  not  included  here  because  they  are  biographical. 

V.I.     Adam  Bade. 

V.2.     Romola. 

V.3.     The  mill  on  the  Floss.  r 

V.4.     Felix  Holt. — Impressions  of  Theophrastus  Such. 

V.5.     Essays. — Poems. — Leaves  from  a  note  book. 

v.8-9.     Middlemarch. 

v.io-ii.     Daniel  Deronda. 

v.  1 2.     Silas  Marner. — The  lifted  veil. — Brother  Jacob. — Clerical  life. 

Eliot,  George,  (pseud,  of  Mrs  Mary  Ann  (Evans)  Cross).  E476st 

Story  of  little  Tom  and  Maggie  from  The  mill  on  the  Floss.     Estes. 

(Famous  children  of  literature  series.) 

The  same jE476st 

Elizabeth,  queen  of  Roumania.    See  Carmen  Sylva,  pseud. 

Ellis,  Katharine  Ruth.  JE533W 

The  Wide  awake  girls.     Little.     (Wide  awake  girls  series.) 
Hannah,  aged  14,  forms  the  acquaintance  of  three  girls  through  the  correspondence 
pages  of  the  "Wide  awake"  magazine.     This   is  the  story  of  their    friendship  and  of 
their  home  and  school  life. 

Ellis,  Katharine  Ruth.  E533C 

The  Wide  awake  girls  at  college.    Little.    (Wide  awake  girls  series.) 

The  same JE533C 

The  "Wide  awake  girls"  have  a  patchwork  evening,  a  stunt  party,  a  "bacon  bat" 

and  many  other  good  times  together  at  Dexter  College.     Follows  "Wide  awake  girls  in 

Winsted." 

Ellis,  Katharine  Ruth.  jEssawi 

The  Wide  awake  girls  in  Winsted.    Little.    (Wide  awake  girls  series.) 

Sequel  to  "Wide  awake  girls."     The  four  friends  spend  a  happy  week  together  at 
Catherine's  home  in  Winsted  and  Catherine  starts  a  public  library. 

Elm-tree  on  the  mall.     France,  Anatole,  pseud F86ie 

Empire  builders.     Ly nde L992e 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1773 


Empty  house. .    Ward Waise 

En  route.     Huysmans Hg86e 

Enchanted  ground.     Smith     864926 

End  of  a  song.     Marks Msgie 

Enlightenment  of  Olivia.     Walford Wi65e 

Estevan.     Musick Mg83e 

The  eternal  boy.     Johnson JsSse 

Ethan  Frome.     Wharton W5932e 

Eutaw.    Simms Ssgae 

Evans,  Mary  Ann.    See  Eliot,  George,  pseud. 

Every  man  for  himself.     Duncan D8gg2e 

Everybody's  lonesome.     Laughlin L368e 

Evil  genius.     Collins C6g4e 

Ewald,  Carl.  Eg6is 

Spider,  and  other  tales;  tr.  from  the  Danish  by  Alexander  Teixeira 
de  Mattos.    Scribner. 

Other  tales:  The  mist. — The  anemones. — The  queen  bee. — The  caterpillar. — The 
beech  and  the  oak. — The  weeds. — The  water-lily  and  the  dragon-fly. — Aunt  Eider-duck. 

Fables  in  the  form  of  studies  of  animal  life. 

Ewing's  lady.     Wilson W768e 

Expensive  Miss  Du  Cane.     Macnaughtan M2i5e 

Eyes  at  the  window.     Cornelius C822e 

Fair  Lavinia,  and  others.    Wilkins W728f 

Fairy  stories;  retold  from  St.  Nicholas.    Century.  jFi6g2 

Contents:  The  way  to  fairyland,  by  Nora  Perry. — Tinkey,  by  S.  A.  Sheilds. — The 
king  of  the  Golden  woods,  by  Everett  McNeil. — The  ballad  of  the  blacksmith's  sons, 
by  M.  E.  Wilkins. — Casperl,  by  H.  C.  Bunner. — The  ten  little  dwarfs  (from  the  French 
of  Emile  Souvestre),  by  Sophie  Dorsey. — Giant  Thunder  Bones,  by  Stella  Doughty. — 
Wondering  Tom,  by  M.  M.  Dodge. — An  island  fable,  by  Alvred  Bayard. — A  Spanish 
tale,  told  in  the  Spanish  way,  by  Almont  Barnes. — A  giant  in  fragments,  by  Felix 
Leigh. — The  cooky-nul  trees,  by  A.  B.  Paine. — The  astrologer's  niece,  by  Tudor  Jenks. 
— The  little  elf,  by  J.  K.  Bangs. — How  an  elf  set  up  housekeeping,  by  Anne  Cleve. — 
The  wish-ring  (tr.  from  the  German),  by  Anna  Eichberg. 

Falconberg.     Boyesen B66gf 

Fallen  leaves.     Collins C6g4f 

Family  tree.     Matthews M47gf 

Fanshawe  of  the  Fifth.     Hilliers H56i2f 

Far  horizon.     Harrison H2gg£ 

Farm  book.     Smith jS646f 

Farnol,  Jeffery.  F245b 

The  broad  highway.    Little. 

Love  and  hate  in  their  intensity,  wild  adventure,  rural  charm,  and  all  the  elements 
of  merry  life  are  here  in  turn  in  this  fresh  and  vigorous  tale  of  early  19th  century 
people  and  manners  in  England. 

Fate  of  a  voice.    Foote F747la 

Father  Abraham.     Tarbell Tig62f 


1774  ENGLISH  FICTION 


Father's  curse.     Balzac B2i8{at 

Favre  de  Coulevain,  Mile.    See  Coulevain,  Pierre  de,  pseud. 

Feathered  snake.     Williams rW745f 

Felice.    Long L825f 

Felicita.     Hare H264f 

Felkin,  Mrs  Alfred.    See  Fowler,  Ellen  Thorneycroft. 

Fennel  and  rue.     Howells H857fen 

FenoUosa,  Mrs  Mary  (McNeil),  (pseud.  Sidney  McCall).  F364d 

Dragon  painter.    Little. 

Appeared  in  shorter  form  in  "Collier's  weekly." 

A  Japanese  story  of  the  last  of  a  line  of  great  artists,  his  daughter,  and  a  wild 
mountain  genius,  the  dragon  painter.  Probably  true  to  the  spirit  of  Japanese  life.  Con- 
densed from  A.  L.  A.  booklist,  1907. 

FenoUosa,  Mrs  Mary  (McNeil),  (pseud.  Sidney  McCall).  F364r 

Red  Horse  hill.     Little. 

Dramatic  love  story  in  which  child  labor  in  the  Southern  cotton  mills  is  graphically 
described. 

Ferber,  Edna.  Fayid 

Dawn  O'Hara,  the  girl  who  laughed.    Stokes. 

Story  of  a  young  newspaper  woman  who  showed  pluck  and  good  cheer  in  the  face 
of  tragedy.     Scene  is  laid  in  New  York  and  in  Milwaukee. 

Fielding,  Henry.  rF46iw 

Works.    6v.    Morris. 
V.I.     The  adventures  of  Joseph  Andrews. 
v.2-3.     The  adventures  of  Tom  Jones. 
V.4,     Amelia. 

v.5.     Amelia  (continued). — Jonathan  Wild. 
V.6.     Miscellanies. 

54-40  or  fight.     Hough H834f 

Finella  in  fairyland.    Brown jB785f 

Finer  grain.     James Ji64f 

A  first  family  of  Tasajara.     Harte Hsigfi 

The  same,  and  other  tales Hsigfia 

Fisher,  Frances  C.    See  Reid,  Christian,  pseud. 

Fisher  lass.     Bjornson Bsiif 

Fisher  maiden.  _  Bjornson Bsiif 

Fitch,  George.  F5522a 

At  good  old  Siwash.    Little. 

Appeared  in  the  "Saturday  evening  post." 
Humorous  and  slangy  story  of  college  life. 

Fitzpatrick,  Sir  James  Percy.  F584J 

Jock  of  the  bushveld.    Longmans. 

The  book  is  primarily  interesting  to  those  who  love  the  wilds,  as  a  faithful  picture 
of  the  heroic  days  of  the  bushveld.  But  it  has  another  appeal,  for  it  is  an  ideal  chil- 
dren's book,  the  best,  in  our  opinion,  since  Mr  Kipling  gave  the  world  his  "Jungle  books." 
It  tells  of  the  adventures  of  a  bull-terrier,  a  red  brindle  named  "Jock," — a  dog  cast 
in  heroic  mold,  who  deserves  to  live  with  Mr  Ollivant's  "Owd  Bob."  Condensed  from 
Spectator,  1907. 

Five  hundred  dollars.     Chaplin C3672f 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1775 


Five  little  Peppers  and  their  friends.    Sidney,  Margaret,  pseud.  .jS56gfve 

Five  little  Peppers  at  school.    Sidney,  Margaret,  pseud jS569fl 

Flaubert,  Gustave.  rFSigc 

Complete  works  (Brunetiere  edition) ;  embracing  romance,  travels, 
comedies,  sketches  and  correspondence,  with  a  critical  introduction  by 
Ferdinand  Brunetiere.     lov.     Dunne. 

V.I.     Madame  Bovary. 

V.2.  Madame  Bovary  (continued),  including  a  complete  report  of  the  trial  of  the 
author  and  his  complete  exoneration. — Aboard  the  "Cange." — Novembre. 

V.3.     Salammbo,  with  a  critical  study  on  Flaubert  by  Guy  de  Maupassant. 

v. 4.  Salammbo  (continued),  with  an  appendix  containing  notes  of  the  controversy 
over  the  romance. — Herodias. — A  simple  soul. 

v. 5— 6.     Sentimental  education. 

v.7.     The  temptation  of  St.  Anthony. — Over  strand  and  field. 

v.8.  The  candidate. — The  castle  of  hearts. — The  legend  of  St.  Julien  the  Hos- 
pitaller. 

V.9.     Bouvard  and  Pecuchet. 

v.  10.  Bouvard  and  Pecuchet  (continued). — The  dance  of  death. — Rabelais. — Pref- 
ace to  the  Last  songs  (posthumous  poems)  of  Louis  Bouilhet. — Letter  to  the  municipality 
of  Rouen. — Selected  correspondence. 

Flitch  of  bacon.     Ainsworth Aagyf 

Florentine  frame.     Robins R547f 

Flower  o'  the  orange.     Castle €273! 

Flower  princess.     Brown 36784! 

A  flower  wedding.     Crane qjC867if 

Flowers  from  Shakespeare's  garden.     Crane qjC867ifl 

Fogazzaro,  Antonio.  F685I 

Leila;  tr.  by  M.  Prichard-Agnetti.     Hodder. 

"Continuation  in  a  certain  sense  of  'II  Santo,'  for,  although  none  of  the  char- 
acters of  the  earlier  work,  save  in  one  small  incident,  reappear  in  the  later  one,  it  is 
permeated  with  the  same  ideas  and  tendencies,  and  the  hero  of  'Leila,'  Massimo  Alberti, 
is  the  devotee  of  Pietro  Maironi  ('II  Santo')  and  a  continuator  of  his  tradition... 
Religion  plays  a  very  large  part  in  the  book."     Nation,  igii. 

Fogazzaro,  Antonio.  F685P 

The  patriot  (Piccolo  mondo  antico) ;  tr.  from  the  Italian  by  M. 
Prichard-Agnetti.     Putnam. 

The  first  novel  in  his  "Trilogy  of  Rome,"  followed  by  "The  sinner"  and  "The 
saint."  The  mating  of  an  intensely  religious  man  with  an  unbelieving  wife  forms  the 
motive  of  the  book. 

Fogazzaro,  Antonio.  F685PO 

The  politician;  tr.  by  G.  Mantellini.    Luce. 

Translation  of  "Daniele  Cortis." 

Although  written  in  1885,  the  book  bears  a  strong  resemblance  to  his  much  later 
work  the  "Trilogy  of  Rome."  The  hero  is  a  man  of  high  ideals  who  is  striving  to 
secure  the  religious  and  social  regeneration  of  Italy. 

Fogazzaro,  Antonio.  F685S 

The  saint  (II  santo);  tr.  from  the  Italian  by  M.  Prichard-Agnetti, 
with  an  introduction  by  W.  R.  Thayer. 

"Continuation  of  its  author's  well-known  'Piccolo  Mondo  Moderno.'  The  plot 
deals  with  the  burning  question  of  the  hour — the  possible  reconciliation  of  the  Church 
with  the  nation,  rather  than  with  the  State... 'II  Santo'  is  a  book  to  read  and  ponder 
over.  It  is  finely  written  and,  in  an  age  of  scepticism,  treats  religious  questions  with 
unaffected  reverence."    Saturday  review,  1905. 

Being  the  third  novel  in  his  "Trilogy  of  Rome." 


1776  ENGLISH  FICTION 

Fogazzaro,  Antonio.  F68ssi 

The  sinner;  tr.  from  the  Italian  by  M.  Prichard-Agnetti.     Putnam. 
The  second  novel  in  his  "Trilogy  of  Rome,"  being  preceded  by  "The  patriot"  and 

followed  by  "The  saint."     It  is  the  story  of  a  man's  conflict  between  asceticism  and 

the  cravings  of  sense 

Fogazzaro,  Antonio. 

Trilogy  of  Rome: 

The  patriot F685P 

The  sinner F685si 

The   saint F685S 

Fogazzaro,  Antonio.  F685W 

The  woman  (Malombra) ;  tr.  from  the  Italian  by  F.  T.  Dickson. 
Lippincott. 

One  of  Fogazzaro's  earlier  stories. 

"An  experiment  in  mystic  melodrama  which  is  only  saved,  at  times,  from  sinking 
to  the  level  of  pure  sensationalism  by  the  author's  fine  delineation  of  certain  per- 
sonages."   Academy,  1907. 

The  folk  afield.     Phillpotts P5i8fo 

Folks  back  home.     Wood W8532f 

Foote,  Mrs  Mary  (Hallock).  F747la 

Last  assembly  ball,  and  The  fate  of  a  voice.    Houghton. 

The  first  and  longer  story  is  a  tale  of  life  in  a  western  mining  camp. 
Foote,  Mrs  Mary  (Hallock).  F747r 

The  Royal  Americans.     Houghton. 
Story  of  colonial  and  Revolutionary  times  in  New  York  state. 

Footprint.     Morris MgiGaf 

For  the  honor  of  the  school.     Barbour B235f 

Forbidden  boundary.     Weale,  B.  L.  Putnam,  pseud W358f 

Ford,  James  Lauren.  F7631W 

Wooing  of  Folly.    Appleton. 

Story  told  in  letter  form  of  a  simple-hearted  family  of  "new  rich"  Americans  and 
their  brief  career  in  New  York  society. 

Forester,  Frank,  pseud.    See  Herbert,  Henry  William. 

The  f orewamers.     Cena Csigf 

Forgotten  tales  of  long  ago.     Lucas jLgSgf 

Forster,  Edward  Morgan.  F785h 

Howards  End.     Putnam. 

Unusual  novel  dealing  with  two  families  and  their  interrelations — the  English  and 
conventional  Wilcoxes  and  the  half-German  and  unconventional  Schlegels.  The  dialogue 
is  sparkling  and  the  subjects  discussed  are  of  current  interest. 

Fort  Frayne.     King K263st 

Forty  minutes  late.    Smith S647f o 

Foster,  Maximilian.  F8172C 

Corrie  who?    Small. 

Story  of  modern  New  York,  in  which  the  heroine  attempts  to  discover  her  real 
name  and  parentage. 

Fountain  sealed.     Sedgwick S448£ 

Fouque,  baron  de  la  Motte-.    See  La  Motte-Fouqu6,  Friedrich 
Heinrich  Karl,  baron  de. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1777 


Four  in   family.     Sumerwell Sgssf 

Fowler,  Ellen  Thorneycroft,  after-ward  Mrs  Felkin.  F847S 

Subjection  of  Isabel  Carnaby.    Dodd. 

The  Isabel  of  old,  married  and  the  devoted  slave  of  her  husband,  but  just  as 
sparkling  as  ever. 

Fox,  Frances  Margaret.  JF851C 

The  country  Christmas.     Page.     (Cosy  corner  series.) 
How  the  Mulvaneys  went  to  live  in  the  country  and  of  the  home  that  was  found  on 

Christmas  day. 

Fox,  John.  F853kn 

Knight  of  the  Cumberland.    Scribner. 
The  same F853k2 

Bound  with  his  "The  Kentuckians." 

Appeared  in  "Scribner's  magazine,"  v. 40,  Sept.-Nov.   1906. 

Short  story  of  Tennessee  mountain  life. 

Fox,  John.  F853t 

The  trail  of  the  lonesome  pine.     Scribner. 

Appeared  in  "Scribner's  magazine,"  v.43-44,  Jan.-Nov.  1908. 

Love  story  of  the  Kentucky  mountains.  The  hero  is  a  young  engineer,  the  heroine 
a  mountain  girl. 

France,  Anatole,  (pseud,  of  Jacques  Anatole  Thibault).  F86ib 

Balthasar    [and  other  stories] ;   a   translation   by   Mrs  John   Lane. 

Lane. 

Other  stories:    The  cure's  mignonette. — M.  Pigeonneau. — The  daughter  of  Lilith. — 

Laeta  Acilia. — The  red  egg. — Honey-bee. 

Brilliant,  ironical  and  fantastic  tales,  well  illustrating  the  author's  talent. 

France,  Anatole,  (pseud,  of  Jacques  Anatole  Thibault).  F86ie 

Elm-tree  on  the  mall;  a  chronicle  of  our  own  times;  a  translation 

by  M.  P.  Willcocks.     Lane. 

Story  of  the  intrigues  and  rivalries  aroused  by  the  vacancy  of  a  bishopric. 

France,  Anatole,  (pseud,  of  Jacques  Anatole  Thibault).  rF86im 

Merrie  tales  of  Jacques  Tournebroche,  and  Child  life  in  town  and 
country;  a  translation  by  Alfred  Allinson.     Lane. 

Contents:  Merrie  tales  of  Jacques  Tournebroche:  Olivier's  brag. — The  miracle  of 
the  magpie. — Brother  Joconde. — Five  fair  ladies  of  Picardy,  of  Poitou,  of  Touraine,  of 
Lyons  and  of  Paris. — A  good  lesson  well  learnt. — Satan's  tongue-pie. — Concerning  an 
horrible  picture. — Mademoiselle  de  Doucine's  New  Year's  present. — Mademoiselle  Rox- 
ane. — Child  life  in  town  and  country:  Fanchon. — The  fancy-dress  ball. — The  school. — 
Marie. — The  Pandean  pipes. — Roger's  stud. — Courage. — Catherine's  "at  home." — Little 
sea-dogrs. —  Getting  well. —  Across  the  meadows. —  The  march  past. —  Dead  leaves. — 
Suzanne. — Fishing. — The  penalties  of  greatness. — A  child's  dinner  party. — The  artist. — 
Jacqueline  and  Miraut. 

France,  Anatole,  (pseud,  of  Jacques  Anatole  Thibault).  rF86ip 

Penguin  island;  a  translation  by  A.  W.  Evans.    Lane. 

France,  Anatole,  (pseud,  of  Jacques  Anatole  Thibault).  rF86ir 

The  red  lily;  a  translation  by  Winifred  Stephens.    Lane. 
Novel  of  modern  fashionable  society,  scene  laid  chiefly  in  Florence.     Has  a  clearly 

defined  plot  and  the  characters  reveal  in  a  striking  manner  the  author's  philosophy  of  life. 

France,  Anatole,  (pseud,  of  Jacques  Anatole  Thibault).  F86ith 

Thais;  a  translation  by  R.  B.  Douglas.    Lane. 

Narrates  the  conversion  to  Christianity  of  a  beautiful  actress  of  ancient  Alexandria. 


1778  ENGLISH  FICTION 


France,  Anatole,  (pseud,  of  Jacques  Anatole  Thibault).  F86iw 

Well  of  Saint  Clare;  a  translation  by  Alfred  Allinson.    Lane. 

Contents:  Prologue:  The  reverend  father  Adone  Doni.  —  San  Satiro.  —  Messer 
Guido  Cavalcanti.  —  Lucifer.  —  The  loaves  of  black  bread.  —  The  merry-hearted  Buffal- 
macco. — The  lady  of  Verona. — The  human  tragedy. — The  mystic  blood. — A  sound  secu- 
rity. —  History  of  Dona  Maria  d'Avalos  and  the  duke  d'Andria.  —  Bonaparte  at  San 
Miniato. 

France,  Anatole,  (pseud,  of  Jacques  Anatole  Thibault).  F86iwh 

The  white  stone;  a  translation  by  C.  E.  Roche.    Lane. 

Opens  with  the  conversation  of  five  Frenchmen  and  an  Italian  in  the  Forum,  but 
this  almost  immediately  gives  place  to  a  short  story  told  in  Commander  Lanciani's  room. 
Scene  is  laid  in  Corinth  in  St.  Paul's  time,  and  the  story  is  intended  to  give  the  Roman 
view  of  Judaism  and  of  the  early  Christians.  Then  follows  a  commentary  by  the  author 
on  his  own  story,  in  the  form  of  a  renewed  conversation.  Last  of  all  is  a  dream  of  a 
collectivist  Europe  three  centuries  hence. 

France,  Anatole,  (pseud,  of  Jacques  Anatole  Thibault).  F86iwi 

The  wicker  work  woman;  a  chronicle  of  our  own  times;  a  translation 
by  M.  P.  Willcocks.     Lane. 

M.  Bergeret,  the  Latin  professor,  who  has  already  appeared  in  the  "Elm  tree  on  the 
mall,"  reappears  in  this  story.  The  book  derives  its  name  from  the  wicker  form  used 
by  Mme  Bergeret,  for  her  dressmaking  purposes,  which  plays  an  important  part  in 
the  story. 

Francis,  M.  E.  (pseud,  of  Mrs  Mary  E.  (Sweetman)  Blundell).         FSSyh 
Hardy-on-the-hill.    Methuen. 

Appeared  in  "Living  age,"  v. 259-262,  Oct.  1908-Sept.  1909. 

Story  of  Dorsetshire.  The  chief  characters  are  a  well-to-do  yeoman  farmer  of 
strong  character,  and  two  young  girls,  with  their  literary  and  impecunious  father,  who 
come  from  Oxford  as  tenants  on  his  farm. 

Frank,  Ulrich,  (pseud,  of  Ulla  Wolff).  F876S 

Simon  Eichelkatz,  and  The  patriarch;  two  stories  of  Jewish  life;  tr. 
from  the  German.    Jewish  Publication  Soc.  of  Amer. 

Franklin  Winslow  Kane.     Sedgwick S448fr 

Franzes,  Karl  Emil.  F884J 

Jews  of  Barnow;  stories;  tr.  from  the  German  by  M.  W.  Macdowall. 
Appleton. 

Contents:  The  Shylock  of  Barnow. — Chane. — Two  saviours  of  the  people. — "The 
child  of  atonement." — Esterka  Regina. — "Baron  Schmule." — The  picture  of  Christ. — 
Nameless  graves. 

"Deeply  sympathetic  sketches  of  the  Jews  in  a  Polish  ghetto,  the  events  unsensa- 
tional,  and  the  reader's  interest  chiefly  engaged  by  the  humanity,  the  suffering,  and 
the  fortitude  of  these  uncouth  characters  set  amid  such  unfamiliar  surroundings." 
Baker's  Descriptive  guide  to  the  best  fiction. 

Fraser,  Mrs  Hugh.  F886g 

Giannella.    Herder. 

Little  idyl  of  Rome  in  the  days  of  Pius  IX.  Giannella  is  the  orphan  child  of  a  poor 
artist,  lovingly  brought  up  by  his  old  servant  and  educated  at  a  convent  by  the  charity 
of  a  great  Roman  lady. 

Fraser,  Mrs  Mary  (Crawford).    See  Fraser,  Mrs  Hugh. 

Fraser,  Robert.  FSSjt 

Three  men  and  a  maid.     Clode. 
Detective  story. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1779 


Fraternity.     Galsworthy Gisji 

Fraternity;  a  romance.  F88g 

Reprint  of  a  last  century  romance  which  preaches  the  brotherhood  of  man  through 
the  revelation  of  a  singularly  disinterested  and  noble  character,  a  young  Welsh  school- 
master of  generous  spirit  and  warm  aspiration. 

Fraulein  Schmidt  and  Mr  Anstruther.    Arnim A74gf 

Freckles.     Porter P8362f 

Freebooters  of  the  wilderness.     Laut L379f 

Freeman,  Mrs  Mary  Eleanor  (Wilkins).    See  Wilkins,  Mary  Eleanor. 
French,  Alice.    See  Thanet,  Octave,  pseud. 

French,  Allen.  JF925P 

Pelham  and  his  friend  Tim.     Little. 

Story  of  a  strike  in  a  mill-town  and  of  the  friendship  of  two  boys.  They  take  part 
in  protecting  the  mill  and  are  captured  and  carried  off  by  the  strikers. 

French,  Allen.  jFgasst 

Story  of  Grettir  the  Strong.    Dutton. 

Tale  of  the  wild  and  lawless  days  of  the  vikings  retold  from  the  saga  "Grettir  the 
Strong."  The  fight  with  the  12  berserks,  the  wrestle  with  Karr  the  Old  in  the  chamber 
of  the  dead  and  the  combat  with  the  spirit  of  Glam  the  thrall  are  some  of  the  episodes. 

French,  Allen.  F925S 

Story  of  Rolf  and  the  viking's  bow;  illustrated  by  B.  J.  Rosenmeyer. 

Little. 

The  same jFg25sto 

Exploits  of  Rolf  the  Bowman  in  viking  land;  how  he  became  an  outlaw  and  a  thrall 
and  how  he  won  his  freedom  and  avenged  the  unlawful  slaying  of  his  father,  Hiarandi 
the  Unlucky. 

French,  Mrs  Anne  (Warner).  F9252r 

Rejuvenation  of  Aunt  Mary.     Little. 

Story  of  the  attempt  of  a  disinherited  nephew  and  his  college  chum  to  win 
back  the  favor  of  his  fond  but  outraged  maiden  aunt  by  luring  her  to  New  York  and 
showing  her  the  town. 

French,  Mrs  Anne  (Warner).  Fg252se 

Seeing  France  with  Uncle  John.     Century. 
Appeared  in  the  "Century  magazine,"  v. 72,  June— Oct.    1906. 
Written  in  much  the  same  humorous  vein  as  her  Susan  Clegg  stories. 

French,  Henry  Willard.  Fg261 

Lance  of  Kanana;  a  story  of  Arabia. 
Time  of  Roman  invasion  in  4th  century. 

Frenssen,  Gustav.  Fg2gk 

Klaus  Hinrich   Baas;   the  story  of  a  self-made  man;  tr.   from   the 

German  by  E.  E.  Lape  and  E.  F.  Read.     Macmillan. 

Story  of  the  rise  to  power  and  prosperity  of  a  young  Holstein  peasant. 

Frenssen,  Gustav.  F92gp 

Peter  Moor's  journey  to  southwest  Africa;  a  narrative  of  the  Ger- 
man campaign;  tr.  by  M.M.Ward.     Houghton. 

Story  of  a  young  soldier  who  volunteered  for  service  in  the  unfortunate  campaign 
of  the  Germans  in  southwest  Africa  in  1903.  In  simple  and  straightforward  language 
he  tells  the  story  of  the  trip  to  Africa,  the  march  into  the  interior,  the  fighting,  the 
journey  home. 


i78o  ENGLISH  FICTION 


Prenssen,  Gustav.  Fgagt 

The  three  comrades;  tr.  from  the  German.     Estes. 

The  forceful  vividness,  the  breeziness,  and  the  simple  strengfth  which  were  evident 
in  "Jorn  Uhl"  are  even  more  noticeable  in  "The  three  comrades."  We  are  given  three 
masculine  characters  contrasted  with  a  skill  as  rare  as  it  is  restrained.  Life  on  the 
shores  of  the  North  sea  is  portrayed  with  an  art  that  is  finished  and  convincing.  The 
story  aims  high;  it  seeks  to  inculcate  a  moral,  the  moral  of  man's  existence.  Condensed 
from  Academy,  1907. 

Friedrich-Friedrich,  Emmy.    See  Rhoden,  Emma  von,  pseud. 

Friendship   village.      Gale Gi45iC 

Friendship  village   love  stories.     Gale Gi45fr 

Frith,  Henry.  F957U 

Under  Bayard's  banner;  a  story  of  the  days  of  chivalry.    Cassell. 
Romance  of  the  early  i6th  century  in  France,  in  which  the  Chevalier  Bayard  figures 
prominently. 

Fritzi.     Daulton jD285f 

From  keel  to  kite.     Hornibrook H8ii2f 

Frost  and  friendship.    Turner T8642f 

Fruit  of  the  tree.    Wharton W5932f 

Fugitive  freshman.     Paine Pi64£ 

Fuller,  Anna.  F982ila 

Later  Pratt  portraits;  sketched  in  a  New  England  suburb.     Putnam. 

Contents:  Old  lady  Fratt's  spectacles. — The  tomboy. — The  downfall  of  Georgiana. 
— William's  Willie. — A  brilliant  match. — Jane. — Peggy's  father. — The  dean  of  the  board- 
ing house. — The  dander  of  Susan. — Ships  in  the  air. — The  passing  of  Ben. 

Introduces  ne'w  faces  as  well  as  some  well  remembered  old  ones  in  the  gallery  of 
Pratt  portraits. 

Fuller,  Henry  Blake.  F982ch 

Chatelaine  of  La  Trinite.     Century. 

Contents:  Neuchatel:  lake  dwellers,  ancient  and  modern. — The  Jura:  bound  to 
the  chariot-wheels. — Lucerne:  the  trail  of  the  serpent. — Constance;  some  of  the  victims. 
— Salzburg:  Mephisto  among  the  manuscripts. — The  Dolomites:  science  in  panic. — 
Meran:  fancy  lights  its  fires. — Verona:  ncl  regno  d'amore. — Bellagio:  the  goddess 
manifest. — La  Trinit6:  mirage. 

Description,  with  the  slightest  possible  thread  of  fiction. 

"Depends  almost  entirely  for  interest  upon  its  style,  its  allusiveness,  and  its  sug- 
gestive way  of  touching,  with  the  faintest  possible  tinge  of  satire,  upon  scenes  and 
objects  dear  to  the  artist  and  the  traveler."    Dial,  1893. 

Further  experiences  of  an  Irish  R.  M.    Somerville  &  Ross S6g6f 

Futrelle,  Jacques.  Fggst 

The  Thinking  Machine;  being  a  true  and  complete  statement  of  sev- 
eral intricate  mysteries  which  came  under  the  observation  of  Professor 
Augustus  S.  F.  X.  Van  Dusen,  Ph.  D.,  LL.  D.,  F.  R.  S.,  M.  D.,  etc. 
Dodd. 

Contents:  The  problem  of  cell  13. — The  scarlet  thread. — The  man  who  was  lost. — 
The  great  auto  mystery. — The  flaming  phantom. — The  Ralston  bank  burglary. — The  mys- 
tery of  a  studio. 

Detective  stories. 

Gabriel  and  the  hour  book.    Stein jSSigg 

Gale,  James  Scarth.  G1442V 

The  vanguard;  a  tale  of  Korea.    Revell. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1781 


Gale,  Zona.  Gi^si 

Friendship  village.    Macmillan. 
Short  stories,  with  a  connecting  thread,  describing  the  life  of  a  little  village. 

Gale,  Zona.  Gi45fr 

Friendship  village  love  stories.    Macmillan. 
Gale,  Zona.  G145I 

Loves  of  Pelleas  and  Etarre.     Macmillan. 

Appeared  in  various  periodicals. 

Story  of  a  love  marriage  of  50  years. 

Gale,  Zona.  Gi45m 

Mothers  to  men.     Macmillan. 

Another  "Friendship  village"  story. 

Galsworthy,  John,  (pseud.  John  Sinjohn).  G157C 

A  commentary.     Putnam. 

Contents:  The  lost  dog. — Demos. — Old  age. — The  careful  man. — Fear. — Fashion. — 
Sport. — Money. — Progress. — Holiday. — Facts. — Power. — The  house  of  silence. — Order. — 
The  mother. — Comfort. — A  child. — Justice. — Hope. 

Series  of  little  pictures,  or  idyls,  strangely  disquieting,  of  misery  and  comfort, 
satiric,  ironic,  tragic.  The  animating  motive  is  a  desire  to  puncture  the  thoughtless  com- 
placency of  the  comfortable  classes.  If  is  unusual  for  a  book  of  such  intense  social 
purpose  to  have  such  genuine  artistic  merit.     Condensed  from  Nation,  1908. 

Galsworthy,  John,  (pseud.  John  Sinjohn).  G157C0 

The  country  house.    Putnam. 

On  the  surface,  the  story  of  a  scandal  which  disturbs  the  self-respect  of  an  English 
country  house.  In  reality,  a  remarkable  study  of  complacent  British  conservatism  and 
worship  of  tradition. 

Galsworthy,  John,  {pseud.  John  Sinjohn).  Gisyf 

Fraternity.     Putnam. 

Novel  picturing  the  tragedy  of  modern  life  in  the  relation  of  class  to  class,  and 
beyond  this,  in  the  isolation  of  the  individual  soul. 

Galsworthy,  John,  (pseud.  John  Sinjohn).  Gi57m 

The  man  of  property.     Putnam. 

"This  story  of  an  upper  middle-class  London  family  has  in  it  some  of  the  generous 
qualities  which  make  'Vanity  Fair'  the  wholly  delightful  work  it  is."     Athensum,  1906. 

Galsworthy,  John,  (pseud.  John  Sinjohn).  Gi57mo 

A  motley.    Scribner. 

Contents:  A  portrait. — A  fisher  of  men. — The  prisoner. — Courage. — The  meeting. 
— The  pack. — Compensation. — Joy  of  life. — Bel  colore. — A  pilgrimage. — The  kings. — 
Apotheosis. — The  workers. — A  miller  of  Dee. — A  parting. — A  beast  of  burden. — The 
lime  tree. — The  neighbours. — The  runagates. — A  reversion  to  type. — A  woman. — The 
"Codger." — For  ever. — The  consummation. — The  choice. — The  Japanese  quince. — Once 
more. — Delight. 

Appeared  in  various  magazines. 

Studies  and  impressions  from  life  which  correspond  to  pages  from  an  artist's 
sketch-book,  recording  visions  at  the  moment  of  inspiration. 

Galsworthy,  John,  (pseud.  John  Sinjohn).  G157P 

The  patrician.    Scribner. 

Appeared  in  "Atlantic  monthly,"  v.106-107,  Oct.  1910-May  191 1,  under  title  "The 
patricians." 

Story  of  English  society  and  political  life.  Main  theme  is  the  struggle  of  a  con- 
scientious and  fervent  young  aristocrat  with  a  love  which  is  irreconcilable  with  his 
political  ambitions. 

Galsworthy,  John,  (pseud.  John  Sinjohn).  G157V 

Villa  Rubein.     Putnam. 

Quiet  story  of  family  life  in  the  Austrian  Tyrol. 


1782  ENGLISH  FICTION 


Gait,  John.  GisSeb 

Eben  Erskine;  or,  The  traveller.    2v.     Carey. 

The  hero,  a  Scotchman,  tells  the  story  of  bis  rather  uneventful  life  and  journeys. 

Gait,  John.  G158I 

Lawrie  Todd;  or,  The  settlers  in  the  woods.    2v.    Harper. 

Story  of  a  Scotchman  who  came  to  the  United  States  in  the  latter  part  of  the  i8th 
century  and  found  success  and  fortune. 

Gait,  John.  G158SO 

Southennan.    2v.     Harper. 
Romance  of  the  days  of  Mary,  queen  of  Scots. 

[Gait,  John.]  GisSst 

Stanley  Buxton;  or.  The  schoolfellows.    2v.    Carey. 
Follows  the  fortune  of  two  Scottish  boys  who  were  at  school  together. 
"It  may  seriously  be  doubted  if  even  now,  or  in  after  years   [Gait]  is  to  be  con- 
sidered a  novelist  at  all;  but  he  will  for  a  long  time  take  his  place  in  the  first  ranks 
among  the   early   Scotch   story-tellers   as  a   faithful  delineator   of   Scotch   manners  and 
Scotch  character."    Dubliu  university  magasine,  1877. 

[Gait,  John.]  GisSste 

The  steam-boat  [a  novel].    Harper. 

Garland,  Hamlin.  Gi86ca 

Cavanagh,  forest  ranger;  a  romance  of  the  mountain  West.  Harper. 

"Sets  forth  with  much  detail  the  life  and  problems  of  the  forest  ranger  in  those 
parts  of  the  West  where  the  old  lawless  traditions  still  linger  and  sheep  and  cattlemen 
alike  are  on  the  offensive  against  the  national  protector  of  the  forests."    Nation,  1910. 

Garnett,  Mrs  Louise  Ayres.  qjGigim 

Muffin  shop,  with  pictures  by  Hope  Dunlap.    Rand. 
Rhymes  and  pictures. 

Garnett,  Afrj  Martha  (Roscoe).  Gigi2i 

The  infamous  John  Friend.    Holt. 

John  Friend  is  a  spy  in  the  pay  of  Napoleon  at  the  time  of  his  proposed  invasion  of 
England. 

Garnett,  Mrs  R.  S.    See  Gamett,  Mrs  Martha  (Roscoe). 

Gaskell,  Mrs  Elizabeth  Cleghorn  (Stevenson).  •      G2i5my 

My  Lady  Ludlow,  with  an  introduction  by  A.  W.  Ward.     Putnam. 

Contains  also:  An  accursed  race. — The  doom  of  the  Griffiths. — Half  a  lifetime  ago. 
— The  poor  Clare. — The  half-brothers. — Mr  Harrison's  confessions. — The  Manchester 
marriage. 

Knutsford  edition. 

"  'My  Lady  Ludlow'  is  a  character  sketch  of  a  fine  old  lady,  whose  instinctive 
detestation  of  dissenters,  cured  in  the  end  by  her  native  good  sense,  is  humorously  set 
forth."     Baker's  Descriptive  guide  to  the  best  fiction. 

Gaskell,  Mrs  Elizabeth  Cleghorn  (Stevenson).  G2i5r 

Ruth,  with  an  introduction  by  A.  W.  Ward.     Putnam. 

Contains  also:  Cumberland  sheep-shearers.  —  Bessy's  troubles  at  home.  —  Modern 
Greek  songs. — Company  manners. — Hand  and  heart. 

Knutsford  edition. 

"A  much  discussed  book,  demanding  a  single  standard  of  purity  for  men  and 
women."     Baker's  Descriptive  guide  to  the  best  fiction. 

Grates,  Eleanor,  afterward  Mrs  Tully.  Gasap 

Plow-woman.    McClure. 
Story  of  pioneer  life  in  Dakota.  ' 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1783 

Gates,  Mrs  Josephine  (Scribner).  JG233I 

Little   Girl  Blue  lives   in   the  woods  till  she  learns   to   say  please. 

Houghton. 

Adventure  of  a  live  doll.     There  are  pictures  of  Little  Girl  Blue  and  of  the  birds, 

the  rabbits,  the  squirrels  and  the  other  little  creatures  of  the  woods,  all  of  whom  knew 

"the  magic  word,  please." 

Gates,  Mrs  Josephine  (Scribner).  jG233m 

More  about  live  dolls.     Franklin  Printing  &  Engraving  Co. 
The  live  dolls  have  a  playhouse  and  many  good  times  and  parties. 

Gentle  grafter.     Henry,  O.  pseud H4522g 

Gentle  knight  of  old  Brandenburg.    Major M274g 

The  gentleman.     OUivant 0234g 

Gentleman  ragman.     Nesbit N2392g 

"Georgie."     Deakin D342g 

Gerard,  Dorothea,  afterward  Mme  Longard  de  Longgarde.  G314P 

Pomp  and  circumstance.    Dodge. 

Defaulting  bank  president  in  Vienna  is  saved  from  suicide  by  his  daughter,  who 
hides  with  him  in  London  and  tries  to  support  him  by  teaching. 

German  novelists.     Roscoe R7i3g 

A  German  Pompadour.    Hay H3692g 

Ghetto  comedies.     Zangwill Z28gh 

The  ghost.     Bennett B439g 

Giannella.     Fraser F886g 

Giant's   strength.     King K2632g 

Gibbon,  Perceval.  G363S 

Salvator.    Doubleday. 

Story  of  love  and  politics  in  Mozambique,  where  the  hero  incites  a  rebellion  and  is 
implicated  in  intrigues  and  treachery. 

Gibbs,  George,  b.  1870.  G364m 

The  Medusa  emerald.    Appleton. 

A  valuable  emerald  disappears,  suspicion  falls  upon  a  young  man  who  refuses  to  be 
searched,  and  until  the  mystery  is  cleared  he  is  involved  in  a  series  of  misadventures. 

Gibbs,  Philip.  G36S8 

Street  of  adventure.    Dutton. 

Mr  Gibbs  has  chosen  for  his  theme  the  drab  side  of  journalism  and  he  presents  with 
remorseless  fidelity  the  working  of  the  human  machinery  whereby  a  great  daily  is  pro- 
duced.    Condensed  from  Outlook  (London),  1909. 

Giddy-go-round;  illustrated  by  Madeline  Hall.     Warne.  JG374 

A  little  boy's  visit  to  the  Duck-people's  land.     Colored  pictures. 

Gilbert,  Rosa  (Mulholland),  lady.    See  MulhoUand,  Rosa. 

Gilbert,  Sir  William  Schwenck.  qjG384p 

Pinafore  picture  book;  the  story  of  H.  M.  S.  Pinafore,  illustrated  by 
A.  B.  Woodward.    Macmillan. 

Story  of  the  well-known  comic  opera,  with  music  and  words  of  the  principal  songs. 
16  color  plates  and  other  illustrations. 


1784  ENGLISH  FICTION 

Gillmore,  Inez  Haynes.  G4162J 

Janey.     Holt. 

Contents:  Janey  enters  the  social  game. — Janey  repudiates  maternity.  —  Janey 
snares  the  stork. — Janey  takes  her  pen  in  hand. — Janey  tracks  Cupid. — Janey  peers  be- 
hind the  veil. — Janey  interprets  the  great  bard. — Janey  dabbles  in  high  finance. — Janey 
gazes  in  her  mirror. 

Story  of  a  child,  written  for  grown-ups.  Janey's  experiences  will  recall  like  hap- 
penings in  one's  own  childhood. 

Gillmore,  Inez  Haynes.  G4162P 

Phoebe  and  Ernest.    Holt. 

Contents:  The  lost  children. — Phoebe  and  the  heart  of  toil. — Ernest  and  the  first 
arrow. — Phoebe  and  her  other  self. — Ernest  and  the  latch-key  question. — Phoebe  and  the 
household  gods. — Ernest  and  the  case  of  old  Mudguards. — Phoebe  among  the  Thespians. 
— Ernest  and  the  social  game. — The  codes. — Phoebe  makes  the  grand  tour. — Epilogue. 

Appeared  as  short  stories  in  the  "American  magazine,"  v. 67-71,  Dec.  ipoS-Nov. 
1910. 

Incidents  in  the  lives  of  a  brother  and  sister,  average  members  of  the  rising  genera- 
tion, told  with  understanding  and  humor.  Of  special  interest  to  parents  as  a  study  of 
adolescence. 

Gilson,  Roy  Rolfe.  G426k 

Katrina;  a  story.    Baker. 

"Tale  of  a  little  girl  who  lives  a  rather  solitary  life  with  an  affectionate  but  book- 
absorbed  father,  and  a  practical,  alert,  up-to-date  newspaper  man  who  tells  some  fairy 
stories  for  her  amusement."     A.  L.  A.  booklist,  jgo6. 

The  girl  and  the  bill.     Merwin M6393g 

The  girl  and  the  game.     Williams W745g 

Girl  from  the  Marsh  croft.     Lagerlof LiS^g 

Girl  of  the  golden  West;  novelized.    Belasco Bsgsg 

The  girls  and  I.    Molesworth JM789gi 

A  girl's  ideal.     Mulholland Mgssg 

The  same JMgssg ' 

Glasgow,  Ellen.  G465a 

.\ncient  law.     Doubleday. 

Story  of  the  struggles  of  an  ex-convict  to  rise  above  his  past. 

Glasgow,  Ellen.  G465m 

The  miller  of  Old  Church.    Doubleday. 

The  setting  of  this  love  story  is  the  new  South,  and  the  hero  is  one  of  a  family  of 
farming  people,  whose  characteristics  are  set  forth  with  the  author's  usual  skill. 

Glasgow,  Ellen.  G465r 

Romance  of  a  plain  man.    Macmillan. 

Richmond,  some  years  after  the  Civil  war,  is  the  scene  of  the  hero's  rise  from  the 
position  of  delivery  boy  to  that  of  an  influential  captain  of  industry. 

Glass,  Montag^ue.  G466a 

Abe  and  Mawruss;  further  adventures  of  Potash  and  Perlmutter. 

Doubleday. 

Glass,  Montague.  G466P 

Potash  &  Perlmutter;  their  copartnership  ventures  and  adventures. 

Altemus. 

Humorous  stories  of  a  Jewish  clothing  firm  in  the  Bowery. 

Glen  o'  Weeping.    Bowen,  Marjorie,  pseud B662m 

Glory  of  Clementina.     Locke L759g 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1785 


God  of  clay.     Bailey Bisgg 

Gold  brick.     Whitlock W647g 

Golden  galleon.     Harrison Hzgggo 

Golden   hawk.     Rickert R432g 

Golden  season.     Kelly Ki72g 

Golden  silence.     Williamson W75ig 

Golden  spears,  and  other  fairy  tales.    Leamy L454i 

The  same jL454g 

Good  men  and  true.     Rhodes R3843g 

Goodloe,  Abbe  Carter.  G625a 

At  the  foot  of  the  Rockies.    Scribner. 

Contents:  Rivers'  gymkhana. — Jack. — The  heart  of  Lamont. — A  countess  of  the  West. 
— A  doubting  Thomas. — The  edge  of  the  world. — The  bungalow  ranche. — Red  magic. 

Short  stories  of  Canadian  military  and  social  life  in  the  Northwest. 

Goodrich,  Arthur  Frederick.  G628b 

The  balance  of  power.     Outing. 
Story  of  life  in  a  Connecticut  mill-town. 

Goodwin,  Mrs  Maud  (Wilder).  G633V 

Veronica  Playfair.    Little. 

Story  of  1 8th  century  society  in  England.  Pope,  Swift  and  Lady  Mary  Wortley 
Montagu  are  introduced,  and  Benjamin  Franklin  as  a  young  man  plays  an  important 
part  in  the  heroine's  life. 

Gordon,  Charles  William.    See  Connor,  Ralph,  pseud. 
Gorky,  Maxim,  {pseud,  of  Alexiei  Maximovitch  Pieshkov).  G678ni 

Mother.    Appleton. 

Moving  and  human  story  of  Russian  peasants  just  beginning  to  "work"  under  the 
leaven  of  socialism. 

Goron,  Marie  Francois.  G685t 

The  truth  about  the  case;  the  experiences  of  M.  F.  Goron,  ex-chief 

of  the  Paris  detective  police;  ed.  by  Albert  Keyzer.    Lippincott. 
Detective  stories. 

Gossamer  thread.     Seibert S457g 

Gould,  Nat.  G738r 

A  racing  sinner.     Everett. 
Gould,  Sabine  Baring-.  G739b 

Book  of  ghosts.     Methuen. 

Contents:  Jean  Bouchon. — Pomps  and  vanities. — McAlister. — The  leaden  ring. — 
The  mother  of  pansies. — The  red-haired  girl. — A  professional  secret. — H.  P. — Glamr. — 
Colonel  Halifax's  ghost  story. — The  Merewigs. — The  "Bold  Venture"  Mustapha. — Little 
Joe  Gander. — A  dead  finger. — Black  ram. — A  happy  release. — The  9:30  up-train. — On 
the  leads. — Aunt  Joanna. — The  white   flag. 

Graham,  Ennis,  pseud.    See  Molesworth,  Mrs  Mary  Louisa. 

Graham  of  Claverhouse.     Watson W32ig 

Grahame,  Kenneth.  G773W 

Wind  in  the  willows.    Scribner. 

Half  animal  story,  half  allegory.  Scene  is  laid  on  the  river-bank  where  live  Mr 
Toad,  Mr  Rat  and  Mr  Mole.  Though  presumably  written  for  children,  it  appeals  also 
to  grown  people  who  enjoy  imaginative  literature. 


1786  ENGLISH  FICTION 

Grand   Army  man.     O'Higgins OiSsg 

Grand  Babylon  hotel.     Bennett B439gra 

Grandmother.    Richards R41  igr 

Grant,  Robert,  b.  1852.  G788C 

The  Chippendales.    Scribner. 

Story  of  Boston  life  during  the  late  19th  century,  a  time  of  marked  change  in  the 
•ocial  and  moral  aspects  of  the  city. 

Great  diamond  pipe.     Buchan B848g 

A  great  man.     Bennett B439gr 

Great  scoop.     Seawell jS442g 

Great  stone  face.     Hawthorne HsSyh 

Great  war  syndicate.    Stockton S866gr 

Greater  mischief.     Westrup W573g 

Green,  Anna  Katharine,  afterward  Mrs  Rohlfs.  G827i 

Initials  only,    Dodd. 

Detective  story. 

Green,  Anna  Katharine,  afterward  Mrs  Rohlfs.  G827ma 

Mayor's  wife.    Bobbs. 

Appeared  in  the  "Ladies'  home  journal,"  v. 22,  June-Nov.   1905. 
Sensational  mystery  story. 

Green,  Olive,  pseud.    See  Reed,  Myrtle. 

Green  curve.     Luk-Oie,  Ole,  pseud Lg76g 

Green  ginger.     Morrison Mgigg 

Greene,  Homer.  G835I 

A  Lincoln  conscript.    Houghton. 

Story  of  the  Civil  war  in  which  Lincoln  is  a  prominent  figure.     Hero  is  a  loyal 
Pennsylvanian  of  17  whose  father  is  a  Copperhead. 

Grey,  Zane.  G8872h 

Heritage  of  the  desert.    Harper. 

Story  of  the  Arizona  desert,  with  a  heroine,  half  Spanish,  half  Navajo,  and  a  hero 
who  regains  his  health  while  herding  sheep  for  a  kindly  Mormon. 

Griffis,  William  Elliot.  G894h 

Honda  the  samurai;  a  story  of  modern  Japan.    Congregational  Sun- 
day-school and  Pub.  Soc. 

Not  so  much  a  story  founded  on  fact,  as  a  mass  of  facts  about  modem  Japan,  its 
history,  politics  and  customs,  welded  together  with  some  admixture  of  fancy. 

Grim  smile  of  the  Five  Towns.    Bennett B43ggri 

Grundy,  Mabel  Sarah  Barnes-.  Gg47d 

Dimbie  and  I — and  Amelia.     Baker. 
Also  published  under  the  title  "Marguerite's  wonderful  year." 
Story  of  a  year  in  the  life  of  a  young  wife  who  is  crippled  by  a  bicycle  accident 

only  two  months  after  her  marriage.     The  humors  of  a  faithful  but  tyrannical  servant 

supply  relief  to  the  sadness  of  the  story. 

Grundy,  Mabel  Sarah  Barnes-.  Gg47hi 

Hilary  on  her  own.    Baker. 

The  heroine,  tired  of  her  irksome  country  life,  goes  to  London  to  seek  her  fortune. 

Guest  of  Quesnay.     Tarking^on T2i2gu 

Guillotine  club.     Mitchell M74gg 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1787 


Guilty  man.      Coppee CygSg 

Gumey  married.     Hook Hyysg 

Guy  Rivers.     Simms S5g2g 

Gwynn,  Stephen.  G997r 

Robert  Emmet;  a  historical  romance.    Macmillan. 
H.,  H.    5"^^  Jackson,  Mrs  Helen  Hunt. 
Hackley,  Sarah  Bell.  Hi23t 

The  tobacco  tiller;  a  tale  of  the  Kentucky  tobacco  fields.     Clark. 
Haggard,  Sir  Henry  Rider.  Hi4ia 

Ayesha,  the  return  of  She.     Ward. 

Sequel  to  "She." 

Haggard,  Sir  Henry  Rider.  H141J 

Jess;  a  novel.     Longmans. 

"Gives  a  good  picture  of  the  home  life  of  the  Boers."  Baker's  Descriptive  guide  to 
the  best  fiction. 

Haggard,  Sir  Henry  Rider.  Hi4ish 

She;  a  history  of  adventure.     Longmans. 

"She"  is  an  enchantress  of  a  region  of  Africa,  who  preserves  her  beauty  and  her 
youth  through  many  centuries. 

"Mr.  Haggard's  practical  knowledge  and  experience  of  savage  life  and  wild  lands, 
his  sense  of  the  mystery  and  charm  of  ruined  civilisations,  his  appreciation  of  sport... 
his  astonishing  imagination . . .  these  are  the  qualities  a  man  admires  in  She,  if  he  chance 
to  admire  it  at  all."    Andrew  Lang,  in  the  Academy,  1887. 

Haines,  AHce  Calhoun.  qjHisib 

Book  of  the  dog,  with  facsimiles  of  drawings  in  colour  by  E.  F.  Bon- 
sall.     Stokes. 

Stories,  verses  and  colored  pictures. 

Haines,  Alice  Calhoun.  JH151C 

Cock-a-doodle  hill.    Holt. 

Further  chronicles  of  the  Dudley  Grahams,  as  related  by  Elizabeth  Graham.  She 
tells  how  they  went  to  live  in  an  old-fashioned,  rambling  house  in  the  country,  about 
the  donkey  that  wouldn't  go,  the  chicken  shower,  the  good  times  of  the  R.  D.  R.  C, 
"the  little  boy  who  was  gladdest  of  all"  and  finally  of  the  good  fortune  which  came  to 
one  of  them. 

Haines,  Alice  Calhoun.  qjHisii 

Indian  boys  and  girls,  with  four  full-page  color-plates  after  paintings 

in  water-color  by  Alice  Mar  and  illustrations   in  black-and-white  by 

E.  W.  Deming.     Stokes. 

Stories  and  verses.     Among  them,   How   White   Rabbit   minded  the   baby.  —  The 

strange  sickness  of  Beaver  Boy. — Hawk  Eye  and  his  pony. — The  making  of  a  warrior. 

— Bows  and  arrows.  — -  The  choosing  of  Slender  Moccasin.  —  The  father  and  mother  of 

Stalking  Elk.— Off  to  war. 

Haines,  Alice  Calhoun.  qjHisij 

Japanese  child  life,  with  full-page  colour  plates  after  paintings  in 
water-colour  by  Alice  Mar.    Stokes. 

Colored  pictures,  stories  and  verses  illustrating  games,  occupations  and  amuse- 
ments of  little  Japanese  children. 

Haines,  Alice  Calhoun.  JH151I 

Luck  of  the  Dudley  Grahams,  as  related  in  extracts  ffom  Elizabeth 

Graham's  diary.     Holt. 

The  seventeen-year-old  Elizabeth,  the  oldest  Graham,  tells  of  the  trials  and  good 

times  that  befell  the  little  Grahams. 


1788  ENGLISH  FICTION 

The  half-back.     Barbour Bsssha 

Halfway  house.     Hewlett H49gh 

Hall,  Mrs  Anna  Maria  (Fielding).  Hi6gs 

Sketches  of  Irish  character.    Ball. 

Contents:  The  wise  thought. — Annie  Leslie. — Larry  Moore. — Kate  Conner. — Cap- 
tain Andy. — Take  it  easy. — Lilly  O' Brian. — Peter  the  prophet. — Jack  the  shrimp. — The 
last  of  the  line. — We'll  see  about  it. — The  Bannow  postman. — Luke  O'Brian. — Black 
Dennis. — Macgoharty's  petition. — Father  Mike. — Old  Frank. — Mary  Ryan's  daughter. — 
Wooing  and  wedding. —  The  fairy  of  the  Forth. —  The  rapparee. —  Geraldine. —  Mabel 
O'Neil's  curse. —  Kelly  the  piper. —  Master  Ben. —  Independence. —  Hospitality. —  Good 
spirits  and  bad. 

Hall,  Baynard  Rust,  {pseud.  Robert  Carlton).  Hiyin 

The  new  purchase;  or.  Early  years  in  the  far  West.     Nunemacher. 

Hall  ( 1 798-1863)  was  an  American  novelist.  This  story  was  at  one  time  widely 
popular. 

Hall,  Miss  E.  V.    See  Tallentyre,  S.  G.  pseud. 

Hall,  Eliza  Calvert.  Hijaa 

Aunt  Jane  of  Kentucky.     Little. 

Some  of  these  stories  appeared  in  the  "Cosmopolitan,"   1 898-1904. 

"Aunt  Jane,"  who  possesses  a  keen  interest  in  human  nature  and  a  healthy  philoso- 
phy, relates  episodes  in  the  lives  of  her  fellow  villagers. 

Hall,  Eliza  Calvert.  H172I 

Land  of  long  ago.    Little. 

Contents:  A  ride  to  town. — The  house  that  was  a  wedding  fee. — The  courtship  of 
Miss  Amaryllis. — Aunt  Jane  goes  a-visiting. — The  marriage  problem  in  Goshen. — An 
eye  for  an  eye. — The  reformation  of  Sam  Amos. — In  war  time. — The  watch  meeting. 

Most  of  these  stories  appeared  in  the  "Cosmopolitan,"  v.43-47,  Sept.  1907-June  1909. 

Further  reminiscences  of  "Aunt  Jane  of  Kentucky." 

Hall,  Gertrude.  H173U 

The  unknown  quantity.     Holt. 

"The  story  of  a  New  York  lawyer  and  man  about  town  in  love  with  a  would-be 
client  and  presumptive  widow,  whose  helpless  and  timid  self-reliance  on  the  one  hand 
and  indeterminate  antecedents  on  the  other  are  as  attractive  and  disturbing  to  the  reader 
as  to  himself."    Life,  1919. 

Hall,  Mrs  Samuel  Carter.    See  Hall,  Mrs  Anna  Maria  (Fielding). 

Hamilton,  Cecily  Mary.  Higgd 

Diana  of  Dobson's.    Century. 

Story  of  a  shop-girl  and  how  she  spent  her  legacy. 

Hamp,  Sidford  Frederick.  HaaSt 

Treasure  of  Mushroom  rock;  a  story  of  prospecting  in  the  Rocky 
mountains.     Putnam. 

Hand-made  gentleman.     Bacheller Biayh 

Handasyde,  pseud.    See  Buchanan,  Emily  Handasyde. 

Happy  Hawkins.    Wason W276h 

Happy  Island.     Lee L5243h 

Happy  marriage.     Cambridge Ci47ha 

Harding  of  St.  Timothy's.    Pier JPsS^h 

Hardy-on-the-hill.     Francis,  M.  E.  pseud F867h 

Hare,  Christopher.  Ha64f 

Felicita;  a  romance  of  old  Siena.    Stokes. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1789 


Harker,  Mrs  Lizzie  Allen.  H273C 

Concerning  Paul  and  Fiammetta,  with  an  introduction  by  K.  D.  Wig- 
gin.    Scribner. 

Introduces  the  same  amusing  and  delightful  group  of  English  children  as  appear  in 
her  "Romance  of  the  nursery"  and  written,  as  that  is,  rather  for  older  people  than  for 
children  themselves. 

Harker,  Mrs  Lizzie  Allen.  Haysma 

Master  and  maid.     Scribner. 

The  pretty,  impulsive  Irish  heroine  is  consigned  by  an  unconventional  father  to  the 
guardianship  of  his  bachelor  friend,  housemaster  at  Hamchester  College,  where  she 
proves  a  disturbing  element. 

Harker,  Mrs  Lizzie  Allen.  -  Hayam 

Miss  Esperance  and  Mr  Wycherly.    Scribner. 

Story  of  two  little  children  and  the  changes  which  they  wrought  in  the  lives  of  two 
old  people. 

Harland,  Henry,  (pseud.  Sidney  Luska).  Ha74r 

The  royal  end;  a  romance.    Dodd. 
Scene  laid  in  modern  Italy  and  in  a  New  England  village. 

Harris,  Mrs  Corra  May  (White).  H2913C 

Circuit  rider's  wife.    Altemus. 

Appeared  in  the  "Saturday  evening  post,"  v.182,  Jan.  22-June  18,  1910. 

Story  of  the  experiences  of  a  traveling  Methodist  minister  and  his  wife  in  the 
South. 

Harris,  Joel  Chandler.  Hagsbi 

The  bishop  and  the  boogerman;  the  story  of  a  little  truly-girl  who 
grew  up,  her  mysterious  companion,  her  crabbed  old  uncle,  the  whish- 
whish  woods,  a  very  civil  engineer  and  Mr  Billy  Sanders,  the  sage  of 
Shady  Dale.     Doubleday. 

Whimsical  little  story  of  a  child,  her  imaginary  playmate  and  her  real  grown-up  one. 

Harris,  Joel  Chandler.  Hagso 

On  the  plantation. 

A  Georgia  boy's  adventures  during  the  Civil  war. 

Harris,  Joel  Chandler,  ed.  jHagame 

The  merry  maker.     Hall  &  Locke.     (Young  folks'  library,  new  ser. 

V.2.) 

Contents:  Funny  leaves  for  the  younger  branches,  by  Baron  Krakemsides. — The 
dragon's  story,  by  Tudor  Jenks. — Precocious  Piggy,  by  Thomas  Hood. — The  Cheshire 
cat  and  the  lobster  quadrille,  by  Lewis  Carroll. — Verses  from  Lilliput  Levee,  by  W.  B. 
Rand. — John  Gilpin's  ride,  by  William  Cowper. — The  Peterkins  celebrate  the  Fourth 
of  July,  by  L.  P.  Hale.— The  Rev.  Mr  Trotty,  by  E.  S.  Phelps.— Up  the  river,  by  J.  K. 
Jerome. — Queen  Alice,  by  Lewis  Carroll. — A  rustic  drama,  by  William  Shakespeare.— 
The  knight,  by  Lewis  Carroll. — The  Pickwickians  disport  themselves  on  the  ice,  by 
Charles  Dickens. — Baron  Munchausen  in  Russia,  by  R.  E.  Raspe. — An  experiment  in 
changing  colors,  by  Samuel  Warren.  —  Till  Owlglass'  funny  pranks,  by  J.  I.  Bull.  — 
Among  the  lions  of  Algiers,  by  Alphonse  Daudet. — The  yarn  of  the  Nancy  Bell,  The 
highly  respectable  gondolier,  by  W.  S.  Gilbert. — My  double  and  how  he  undid  me,  by 
E.  E.  Hale. — The  jackdaw  of  Rheims,  by  R.  H.  Barham. — New  England  weather,  by 
Mark  Twain. — The  deacon's  masterpiece;  or.  The  wonderful  "one-hoss  shay,"  The 
Dorchester  giant,  by  O.  W.  Holmes. — Limericks,  by  Edward  Lear. 

Harris,  Mrs  Lundy  Howard.    See  Harris,  Mrs  Corra  May  (White). 
Harris,  Mrs  Miriam  (Coles).  H294t 

Tents  of  wickedness.    Appleton. 

Fashionable  New  York  life  is  contrasted  in  this  novel  with  life  in  a  French  convent 
school  and  a  New  England  rectory.     Strongly  Catholic  in  tone. 


1790  ENGLISH  FICTION 


Harrison,  Henry  Sydnor.  HagSsq 

Queed;  a  novel.    Houghton. 

Queed,  at  25,  had  developed  into  a  confirmed  evolutionary  sociologist  of  the  most 
abstruse  literary  type,  and  was  reduced  to  a  mere  walking  schedule.  The  methods  used 
by  his  friends  to  transform  him  into  an  active  member  of  society  are  described  with  a 
subtle  humor  and  a  joyousness  which  are  most  refreshing.     Adapted  from  Nation,  1911. 

Harrison,  Mrs  Mary  St.  Leger  (Kingsley),  (pseud.  Lucas  Malet).        Haggf 

Far  horizon.     Dodd. 

The  central  motive  is  an  unusual  friendship  between  a  superannuated  London 
bank  clerk  and  a  young  actress. 

Harrison,  Mrs  Mary  St.  Leger  (Kingsley),  (pseud.  Lucas  Malet).      H2gggo 
The  golden  galleon.    Hodder. 

This  little  story  takes  its  name  from  a  piece  of  silver-gilt,  representing  a  ship  in 
full  sail,  given  to  Miss  Povey,  a  London  spin.ster,  by  the  young  man  who  lodges  with  her 
and  in  whose  misdeeds  she  innocently  becomes  involved. 

Harrison,  Mrs  Mary  St.  Leger  (Kingsley),  (pseud.  Lucas  Malet).        H2ggs 
The  score.     Button. 

Contents:     Out  in  the  open. — Miserere  nobis. 

Two  stories  pitched  in  an  intense  key.  The  first  is  a  tale  of  a  woman's  testing  and 
final  self-conquest;  the  second,  a  dramatic  romance,  the  death-bed  confession  of  a  young 
parricide. 

Harte,  Bret.  Haiga 

Ancestors  of  Peter  Atherly,  and  other  tales.  Houghton.  (Writ- 
ings, V.16.) 

Other  tales:  The  passing  pf  Enriquez. — An  Esmeralda  of  Rocky  caiion. — The  man 
at  the  semaphore. — See  Yup. — The  boom  in  the  "Calaveras  Clarion." — The  secret  of 
Sobriente's  well. — When  the  waters  were  up  at  "Jules." — The  youngest  prospector  in 
the  Calaveras. — A  tale  of  three  truants. — The  man  and  the  mountain. — The  Desborough 
connections. — Two  Americans. — The  strange  experience  of  Alkali  Dick. — "Unser  Karl." 

Harte,  Bret.  Haigcre 

Cressy.     Houghton. 
The  same,  and  other  tales.     Houghton.     (Writings,  v.7.)  . .  .Hsigcrea 

Other  tales:  A  ward  of  the  Golden  Gate. — The  chatelaine  of  Burnt  Ridge. — A 
Maecenas  of  the  Pacific  slope. — Colonel  Starbottle's  client. — In  a  pioneer  restaurant. — 
Johnson's  "old  woman." 

Harte,  Bret.  Haigfi 

A  first  family  of  Tasajara.    Houghton. 

The  same,  and  other  tales.     Houghton.     (Writings,  v.8.) H3igfi2 

Other  tales:  The  postmistress  of  Laurel  Run.— A  night  at  "Hays." — The  new  as- 
sistant at  Pine  Clearing  school. — A  treasure  of  the  galleon. — The  transformation  of 
Buckeye  camp.  —  The  bell-ringer  of  Angel's.  —  Sally  Dows.  —  The  conspiracy  of  Mrs 
Bunker. — The  sheriff  of  Siskyou. 

Harte,  Bret.  Hsigh 

Heritage  of  Dedlow  marsh,  and  other  tales.     Houghton. 

Other  tales:  A  knight-errant  of  the  foot-hills. — A  secret  of  Telegraph  Hill. — Cap- 
tain Jim's  friend. 

Harte,  Bret.  H319J 

Jeff  Briggs's  love  story,  and  other  tales.    Tauchnitz. 

Other  tales:  A  lonely  ride. — The  fool  of  Five  Forks. — Stories  in  verse. — Parodies. 
— Miscellaneous. 

Stories  of  life  in  the  mining  regions  of  California. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1791 


Harte,  Bret.  H3igma 

Maruja,  and  other  tales.    Houghton.    (Writings,  v.5.) 
Other  tales:    Snow-bound  at  Eagle's. — A  millionaire  of  Rough-and-ready. — A  drift 
from  Redwood  camp. — Captain  Jim's  friend. — The  heritage  of  Dedlow  marsh. — A  knight- 
errant  of  the  foot-hills. 

Harte,  Bret.  H3i9sto 

Story  of  a  mine,  and  other  tales.     Houghton.     (Writings,  v.3.) 
Other  tales:     The  twins  of  Table  mountain. — Jeff  Briggs's  love  story. — The  great 
Deadwood  mystery. — Flip;  a  California  romance. — Found  at  Blazing  Star. — At  the  mis- 
sion of  San  Carmel. 

Harte,  Bret.  Hsigwa 

Waif  of  the  plains,  and  other  tales.     Houghton.     (Writings,  v.9.) 
Other  tales:     Susy;  a  story  of  the  plains. — Clarence. — An  ingenue  of  the  Sierras. 

Harte,  Bret.  H319W 

Ward  of  the  Golden  Gate.    Houghton. 
Harte,  Bret.  rH3i9W 

Writings,     ipv.     Houghton. 

V.I.  The  luck  of  Roaring  Camp,  and  other  tales;  with  condensed  novels,  Spanish 
and  American  legends  and  earlier  papers. 

V.2.     Tales  of  the  Argonauts. 

v.3.     The  story  of  a  mine,  and  other  tales. 

V.4.     In  the  Carquinez  woods,  and  other  tales. 

v.5.     Maruja,  and  other  tales. 

V.6.     The  crusade  of  the  Excelsior,  and  other  tales. 

v.7.     Cressy,  and  other  tales. 

V.8.     A  first  family  of  Tasajara,  and  other  tales. 

v.9.     A  waif  of  the  plains,  and  other  tales. 

v.io.     In  a  hollow  of  the  hills,  and  other  tales. 

v.ii.     Thankful  Blossom,  and  other  eastern  tales  and  sketches. 

v.  12.     Poems,  and  Two  men  of  Sandy  Bar;  a  drama. 

v. 1 3.     Gabriel  Conroy. 

v.  14.  Gabriel  Conroy  (continued). — Bohemian  papers. — Stories  of  and  for  the 
young. 

V.I 5.     Three  partners,  and  other  tales. 

V.I 6.     The  ancestors  of  Peter  Atherly,  and  other  tales. 

V.I 7.     A  niece  of  Snapshot  Harry's,  and  other  tales. 

V.I 8.     A  treasure  of  the  redwoods,  and  other  tales. 

V.I 9.     Trent's  trust,  and  other  stories. 

"An  index  to  characters,"  v.19,  P.27S-421;  "General  index  to  the  prose  writings  of 
Bret  Harte  as  contained  in  this  edition,"  v.19,  p. 431-433- 

The  harvester.    Porter P8362h 

Haskell,  Helen  Eggleston.  JH3390 

O-Heart-San;  the  story  of  a  Japanese  girl,  illustrated  in  colors  by 
F.  P.  Fairbanks.     Page.     (Roses  of  St.  Elizabeth  series.) 

Story  of  O-Heart-San  the  Beautiful,  of  Haru,  the  young  prince  imperial  of  Japan, 
and  of  Maid  Margery,  a  little  American  girl. 

Hastings,  Elizabeth,  pseud.    See  Sherwood,  Margaret  Pollock. 
Hauff,  Wilhelm.  Hssit 

Tales;  tr.  from  the  German  by  S.  Mendel.    Bell. 

Contents:  The  caravan. — The  sheik  of  Alexandria  and  his  slaves. — The  inn  in  the 
Spessart. 

Haunted  hotel.     Collins C694ha 

Haunters  of  the  silences.    Roberts R536ha 

Havoc.     Oppenheim Oaosn 

Hawkins,  Anthony  Hope.    See  Hope,  Anthony,  pseud. 


1792  ENGLISH  FICTION 

Hawthorne,  Nathaniel.  JH367I 

Little  Daffydowndilly,  and  other  stories,  with  a  biographical  sketch. 

Houghton.     (Riverside  literature  series.) 

Other  stories:      Little   Annie's   ramble. — The   snow-image. — A   rill    from    the   town 

pump. — David  Swan. — The  vision  of  the  fountain. — The  threefold  destiny. 

Hay,  Ian,  pseud.  HseSam 

A  man's  man.    Houghton. 

Appeared  in  "Blackwood's  Edinburgh  magazine,"  v. 185-186,  May-Nov.   1909. 

Story  of  a  manly  and  athletic  young  Englishman  from  the  time  he  left  Cambridge 
until  he  had  accomplished  the  troublesome  wooing  of  his  English  ward. 

Hay,  Ian,  pseud.  H3683r 

The  right  stuff.     1910.    Houghton. 

Engaging  story  of  English  political  life,  mainly  concerned  with  the  development  of 
the  hero,  a  raw  young  Scotchman,  into  a  man  of  power  and  affairs. 

Hay,  Ian,  pseud.  H3683S 

A  safety  match.    Houghton. 

Appeared  in  "Blackwood's  Edinburgh  magazine,"  v. 190,  July-Nov.    191 1. 

The  "safety  match"  is  a  marriage  between  the  daughter  of  an  English  country 
clergyman,  a  20-year-old  girl  who  has  mothered  a  large  family  of  brothers  and  sisters, 
and  a  man  twice  her  age  who  had  much  to  learn  about  women. 

Hay,  Marie.  HsGgzg 

A  German  Pompadour;  being  the  extraordinary  history  of  Wil- 
helmine  von  Gravenitz,  landhofmeisterin  of  Wirtemberg;  a  narrative  of 
the  i8th  century.    Constable. 

Wilhelmine  von  Gravenitz  was  a  spirited  and  fascinating  German  woman  prominent 
at  the  court  of  Eberhard  Ludwig,  duke  of  Wtirtemberg. 

"The  plot,  winch  is  founded  on  facts  derived  from  the  Stuttgart  archives,  is  pre- 
sented with  remarkable  directness:  whilst  the  author's  lively  imagination  imparts 
throughout  an  air  of  reality  to  a  story  which,  if  it  were  not  vouched  for  by  documentary 
evidence  would  be  highly  improbable ...  ."Ml  the  dramatic  incidents  connected  with  the 
court  life  of  Wilhelmine  von  Gravenitz  prove  that  Miss  Hay  has  made  a  sincere  study 
of  the  history  and  manners  of  Germany,  and  especially  of  Wirtemburg  in  the  eighteenth 
century,  with  most  happy  results."     Saturday  review,  1906. 

Hay,  Mary  Cecil.  H3690 

Old  Myddleton's  money.     Burt. 

Hayes,  Henry,  pseud.    See  Kirk,  Mrs  Ellen  Warner  (Olney). 

Hays,  Milton  D.  rH376m 

My  grandfather's  best  brand;  or,  No,  I  thank  you,  and  A  parent's 
mistake;  two  romances  of  the  sixties.    M,  D,  Hays  Co.    Pittsburgh. 

By  a  resident  of  Pittsburgh.     The  first  is  a  temperance  story. 

He  knew  Lincoln.     Tarbell Ti962h 

Head  coach.     Paine Pi64h 

"The  Head  of  Iron."     Patterson Psiah 

Heart  and  science.     Collins C694he 

Heart  of  Marylebone.     Buchanan B8492h 

Heart  of  the  West.     Henry,  O.  pseud H4522h 

Hearts  and  masks.     MacGrath Mi62h 

The  same Mi62h2 

Hearts  contending.     Schock S3632h 

Hegan,  Alice  Caldwell.    See  Rice,  Mrs  Alice  Caldwell  (Hegan). 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1793 


Helen  with  the  high  hand.     Bennett B43gh 

Helena's  path.     Hope,  Anthony,  pseud H78ihel 

Helpmate.     Sinclair S6i6h 

Hemlock  avenue  mystery.     Doubleday D7542h 

Henderson,  Charles  Hanford.  H442I 

The  lighted  lamp;  a  novel.    Houghton. 

Story  of  a  young  man's  development  under  the  benign  influence  of  three  fine 
women.  There  is  a  little  psychology,  but  not  enough  to  hurt  the  story,  which  is  of  the 
travel  kind,  and  gives  pleasant  pictures  of  England,  Wales  and  Italy. 

Henry,  Alfred  Hylas.  H45i2b 

By  order  of  the  prophet;  a  tale  of  Utah.     Revell. 

The  author  lived  for  five  years  in  Salt  Lake  City  where  he  made  a  special  study 
of  Mormonism. 

Henry,  O.  (pseud,  of  Sydney  Porter).  H4522g 

The  gentle  grafter.     McClure. 

Contents:  The  octopus  marooned. — Jeff  Peters  as  a  personal  magnet. — Modern 
rural  sports. — The  chair  of  philanthromathematics. — The  hand  that  riles  the  world. — 
The  exact  science  of  matrimony. — A  midsummer  masquerade. — Shearing  the  wolf. — In- 
nocents of  Broadway. — Conscience  in  art. — The  man  higher  up. — A  tempered  wind. — 
Hostages  to  Momus. — The  ethics  of  pig. 

Henry,  O.  (pseud,  of  Sydney  Porter).  H4522h 

Heart  of  the  West.     McClure. 

Contents:  Hearts  and  crosses. — The  ransom  of  Mack. — Telemachus,  friend. — The 
handbook  of  Hymen. — The  Pimienta  pancakes. — Seats  of  the  haughty. — Hygeia  at  the 
Solito. — An  afternoon  miracle. — The  higher  abdication. — Cupid  a  la  carte. — The  cabal- 
lero's  way. — The  sphinx  apple. — The  missing  chord. — A  call  loan. — The  princess  and 
the  puma. — The  Indian  summer  of  Dry  Valley  Johnson. — Christmas  by  injunction. — 
A  chaparral  prince. — The  reformation  of  Calliope. 

Henry,  O.  (pseud,  of  Sydney  Porter).  H45220 

Options  [short  stories].     Harper. 

Contents:  "The  rose  of  Dixie." — The  third  ingredient. — The  hiding  of  Black  Bill. 
— Schools  and  schools. — Thimble,  thimble. — Supply  and  demand. — Buried  treasure. — To 
him  who  waits. — He  also  serves. — The  moment  of  victory. — The  head-hunter. — No  story. 
— The  higher  pragmatism. — Best-seller. — Rus  in  urbe. — A  poor  rule. 

Henry,  O.  (pseud,  of  Sydney  Porter).  H4522r 

Roads  of  destiny  [and  other  stories].    Doubleday. 

Other  stories:  The  guardian  of  the  accolade. — The  discounters  of  money.— The  en- 
chanted profile. — "Next  to  reading  matter." — Art  and  the  bronco. — Phoebe. — A  double- 
dyed  deceiver. — The  passing  of  Black  Eagle. — A  retrieved  reformation. — Cherchcz  la 
femme. — Friends  in  San  Rosario. — The  fourth  in  Salvador. — The  emancipation  of  Billy. 
— The  enchanted  kiss. — A  departmental  case. — The  renaissance  at  Charleroi. — On  behalf 
of  the  management. — Whistling  Dick's  Christmas  stocking. — The  halberdier  of  the  little 
Rheinschloss. — Two  renegades. — The  lonesome  road. 

Deals  largely  with  the  picturesque  riff-raff  floating  through  the  South  and  West — 
Mississippi,  Texas,  Mexico  and  South  America. 

Henry,  O.  (pseud,  of  Sydney  Porter);  H4522S 

Sixes  and  sevens.    Doubleday. 

Contents:  The  last  of  the  troubadours. — The  sleuths. — Witches'  loaves. — The  pride 
of  the  cities. — Holding  up  a  train. — Ulysses  and  the  dogman. — The  champion  of  the 
weather. — Makes  the  whole  world  kin. — At  arms  with  Morpheus. — The  ghost  of  a  chance. 
— Jimmie  Hayes  and  Muriel. — The  door  of  unrest. — The  duplicity  of  Hargraves. — Let 
me  feel  your  pulse. — October  and  June. — The  church  with  an  overshot  wheel. — New 
York  by  campfire  light. — The  adventures  of  Shamrock  Jolnes. — The  lady  higher  up. — 
The  greater  Coney. 


1794  ENGLISH  FICTION 


Henry,  O.  (pseud,  of  Sydney  Porter).  H452aw 

Whirligigs.    Doubleday. 

Contents:  The  world  and  the  door. — The  theory  and  the  hound. — The  hypotheses 
of  failure. — Calloway's  code. — A  matter  of  mean  elevation. — "Girl." — Sociology  in 
serge  and  straw. — The  ransom  of  Red  Chief. — The  marry  month  of  May. — A  technical 
error. — Suite  homes  and  their  romance. — The  whirlig^ig  of  life. — A  sacrifice  hit.— The 
roads  we  take. — A  blackjack  bargainer. — The  song  and  the  sergeant. — One  dollar's 
worth. — A  newspaper  story. — Tommy's  burglar. — A  chaparall  Christmas  gift. — A  little 
local  colour. — Georgia's  ruling. — Blind  man's  holiday. — Madame  Bo-Peep  of  the  ranches. 

"  'Whirligigs'  is  half-derisive  journalese  for  what  the  tragic  novelist  of  Wessex 
would  call  life's  little  ironies — men  and  their  affairs  are  here  presented  as  serio-comic 
playthingrs  gyrating  unaccountably  in  the  winds  of  chance.  That  the  unexpected  always 
happens  is  the  essence  of  the  plot."    Nation,  igio. 

Henry  St.  John.     Cooke rC778h 

Henty,  George  Alfred.  jH456wk 

With  Kitchener  in  the  Soudan;  a  story  of  Atbara  and  Omdurman. 
Scribner. 

The  young  hero  goes  in  disguise  into  one  of  the  dervish  camps,  is  captured  by 
Arabs  and  has  other  adventures  at  the  time  of  Kitchener's  Sudan  campaign. 

Herbert,  Henry  William,  (pseud.  Frank  Forester).  rH46im 

Mr  Sponge's  sporting  tour.    Stringer. 

Droll  character  sketches  rather  than  a  connected  story  with  a  plot.  Author  (1807- 
1858)  was  an  Englishman  who  came  to  America  to  live  in  1831.  He  has  contributed 
much  to  sporting  literature. 

Heritage  of  Dedlow  marsh.  .  Harte Hsigh 

Heritage  of  the  desert.     Grey G8872h 

The  hermit  and  the  wild  woman.    Wharton Wsgsahe 

Herrick,  Robert,  b.  1868.  H477ma 

Master  of  the  inn.    Scribner. 

Appeared  in  "Scribner's  magazine,"  v. 42,  Dec.  1907. 

"Central  figure  of  this  little  story  is  one  of  those  teachers  who  appear  from  time  to 
time  among  men,  whose  function  is  not  only  to  open  the  eyes  but  to  gladden  the  heart 
and  restore  the  soul.  This  teacher  has  about  him  a  little  company  of  men  who  go  to 
him  for  regeneration  among  the  mountains  of  northern  New  England.  Sooner  or  later 
every  man  tells  him  his  secret  and  with  the  telling  the  poison  goes  out  of  his  life." 
Outlook,  190S. 

Hewlett,  Maurice  Henry.  H49gb 

Brazenhead  the  Great.    Scribner. 

"Adventures  from  the  life  of  a  swashbuckling  English  soldier  of  fortune  of  the 
fifteenth  century,  whose  magnificent  egotism  makes  him  at  once  the  master  of  circum- 
stance, the  dupe  of  rogues  and  the  victim  of  his  own  defective  qualities."    Life,  igii. 

Hewlett,  Maurice  Henry.  H499h 

Halfway  house;  a  comedy  of  degrees.    Scribner. 

Mr  Hewlett's  first  novel  of  every-day  folk  and  prosaic  modern  life.  This  modern 
reading  of  the  tale  of  King  Cophetua  and  the  beggar  maid  is  a  charming  product  of  in- 
ventive fancy,  instinct  with  the  essential  spirit  of  comedy..   Condensed  from  Dial,  1908. 

Hewlett,  Maurice  Henry.  H4990 

Open  country;  a  comedy  with  a  sting.    Scribner. 

John  Senhouse,  the  gipsy  philosopher  of  "Halfway  house"  in  an  earlier  phase  of  bis 
career,  appears  as  the  mentor  of  a  beautiful  young  girl,  to  whom  he  teaches  his  gospel  of 
beauty  and  freedom. 

Hewlett,  Maurice  Henry.  H499re 

Rest  Harrow;  a  comedy  of  resolution.    Scribner. 

Appeared  in  "Scribner's  magazine,"  v.47-48,  Jan.-Sept.   1910. 

Continuation  of  "Half-way  house"  and  "Open  country;"  the  final  novel  of  the 
Senhouse  series. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1795 


Hewlett,  Maurice  Henry.  H4ggso 

Song  of  Renny.    Scribner. 

Mediaeval  romance. 
Hewlett,  Maurice  Henry.  H4ggsp 

The  Spanish  jade.    Doubleday. 

Tale  of  romance  and  adventure  in  the  Spain  of  i860,  an  amplification  of  a  story 
published  in  "Harper's  magazine,"  Sept.   1906. 

Hewlett,  Maurice  Henry.  H4ggs 

The  stooping  lady.    Dodd. 

Appeared  in  the  "Bookman,"  v.24-26,  Jan.-Sept.  1907,  and  in  the  "Fortnightly  re- 
view," v.87-88,  Jan. -Dec.  1907. 

England  in  1809  forms  the  background  of  this  tale,  the  most  modern  of  Mr  Hew- 
lett's stories.    The  heroine  is  a  proud  Irish  girl  who  stoops  to  love  a  butcher. 

Heyse,  Paul.  H5i6a 

L'Arrabiata,  and  other  tales;  from  the  German  by  Mary  Wilson. 
Tauchnitz. 

Other  tales:     Count  Ernest's  home. — Blind. — Walter's  little  mother. 
Hicks,  Mrs  Beatrice  Jeanie  (Whitby).    5"^^  Whitby,  Beatrice  Jeanie. 
Hilary  on  her  own.     Grundy Gg47hi 

Hilda  Lessways.     Bennett B43ghi 

Hill,  Marion.  H553P 

Pettison  twins.    McClure. 

Some  of  these  stories  appeared  in  "McClure's  magazine." 

An  extremely  lively  little  girl  and  boy  and  a  mother  with  theories  are  the  chief 
characters  in  these  stories. 

Hilliers,  Ashton.  H56i2a 

As  it  happened.    Putnam. 

"Loosely  knit  story  of  action  dealing  with  highway  robbery,  adventures  with  Al- 
gerine  pirates,  and  legitimate  warfare  by  land  and  sea,  and  intended  to  represent  the 
misrule  of  George  III.  at  home  and  in  the  colonies.  The  book  lacks  the  simplicity  and 
finish  of  the  author's  Fanshawe  of  the  Fifth  but  has  literary  flavor  and  effective  char- 
acter drawing  and  shows  careful  study  of  the  period."     A.  L.  A.  booklist,  1909. 

Hilliers,  Ashton.  H56i2f 

Fanshawe  of  the  Fifth;  being  memoirs  of  a  person  of  quality.  Mc- 
Clure. 

The  adventures  which  befell  an  English  gentleman  who  cut  himself  loose  from  his 
family  and  wandered  through  England  as  a  laborer.     Time  is  about  1800. 

Hilliers,  Ashton.  H56i2m 

The  master-girl;  a  romance.     Putnam. 

Romance  of  the  stone  age.  The  heroine  is  an  enterprising  cave  woman  who  raises 
herself  to  preeminence  in  her  tribe. 

Hinkson,  Mrs  Katharine  (Tynan).  HsSjm 

Mary  Gray.    Cassell. 
Love  story. 

Hinkson,  Mrs  Katharine  (Tynan).  H567P 

Princess  Katharine.     Duffield. 

Gently  rambling  Irish  tale  of  lost  and  found  relations,  diverted  fortunes,  filial  devo- 
tion, true  love  and  rescues  from  rampagious  cattle.     Condensed  from  Nation,  igri. 

His  courtship.     Martin M428h 

His  most  dear  ladye.     Marshall M4i62h 

His  rise  to  power.     Miller M6g23h 


1796  ENGLISH  FICTION 

History  of  Mr  Polly.    Wells W494ih 

History  of  Richard  Raynal,  solitary.     Benson B4434h 

Holder,  Charles  Frederick.  jHyist 

Treasure  divers.     Dodd. 

.'Adventures  of  a  submarine  boat.  The  crew,  as  divers  in  search  of  the  treasures  of 
ancient  wrecks,  are  brought  face  to  face  with  the  weird  inhabitants  of  the  deep  sea. 

The  hole  book.     Newell jN272h 

Holmes,  Gordon,  pseud.    See  Tracy,  Louis. 

Holmes,  Richard  Sill.  H7362m 

Maid  of  honor.    Revell. 

Story  of  the  training  of  a  shrewish  young  woman  whose  rude  manners  arise  from 
her  determination  not  to  marry  the  man  she  loves  because  he  is  a  minister. 

Holmes,  Richard  Sill.  H7362V 

The  victor.    Revell. 

Scene  laid  in  Pennsylvania  oil  regions. 

Holton,  Susan.  JH748I 

Little  stories  about  little  animals  for  little  children.  Children's 
Pub.  Co. 

Contents:  Strutter  Peacock  goes  to  school. — Pat  and  Pete. — Spotty's  rules. — The 
donkey's  puzzle. — The  lonely  little  lamb. — The  gold  fish  that  would  jump. — Fuzzy  Wuz- 
zy's  lesson. —  Dame  Doodles  has  an  adventure. —  Nibble's  favorite  game. —  The  make- 
believe  canary. 

Holy  mountain.     Reynolds R377h 

Honda  the  samurai.     Griffis G894h 

Honesty's  garden.     Creswick C88ih 

[Hook,  Theodore  Edward.]  H773g 

Gurney  married;  a  sequel  to  Gilbert  Gurney.    2v.    Lea. 

English  novelist  and  humorist  (i 788-1 841). 

"His  later  works,  'Gilbert  Gurney'  and  'Gurney  Married'  (1836  and  1838),  are  lit- 
tle else  than  a  gallery  of  thinly  disguised  portraits  and  a  string  of  anecdotes  from  real 
life,  so  excellently  told,  however,  that  these  slight  performances  seem  likely  to  survive 
his  more  ambitious  writings.  They  appeared  in  the  'New  Monthly  Magazine.'  "  Dic- 
tionary of  national  biography. 

Hoover,  Bessie  Ray,  H7790 

Opal.     Harper. 

Sequel  to  "Pa  Flickinger's  folks." 

Story  of  "Pa  Flickinger's"  favorite  daughter. 

Hoover,  Bessie  Ray.  H779P 

Pa  Flickinger's  folks.    Harper. 

Continued  by  "Opal." 

Stories  of  a  complete  family  circle — grandparents,  children  and  grandchildren, 
plainest  of  the  plain  people,  whose  merrymakings  and  misadventures  make  cheerful 
reading. 

Hope,  Anthony,  ((>seud.  of  Anthony  Hope  Hawkins).  H78ihel 

Helena's  path.     McClure. 

Artistic  little  comedy  which  concerns  itself  with  the  hero's  right  of  way  through  the 
heroine's  estate.  He  invades,  she  barricades,  a  mimic  war  ensues  and  peace  is  concluded 
in  the  usual  way. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1797 


[Hope,  Thomas.]  HySaa 

Anastasius;  or,  Memoirs  of  a  Greek,  written  at  the  close  of  the  i8th 
century.    3v.    Murray. 

"This  novel  appeared  anonymously  in  1819  and  was  for  some  time  attributed  to 
Lord  Byron.  It  is  of  the  school  of  Beckford  and  Byron,  displaying  a  vivid  imagination, 
remarkable  powers  of  graphic  description,  a  cultivated  classical  taste,  and  a  minute 
accuracy  in  the  accounts  of  Eastern  climes  and  Oriental  manners."  Allibone's  Dic- 
tionary of  authors. 

Hope  Leslie.     Sedgwick rS448h 

Hopkins,  Herbert  Miiller.  H784P 

Priest  and  pagan.    Houghton. 

Its  theme  is  the  contrast  between  the  religious  and  the  unmoral  nature.  The  action 
takes  place  in  a  lonely  portion  of  Bronx  borough.  New  York. 

Hopkins,  William  John,  b.  1863.  HySem 

Meddlings  of  Eve.     Houghton. 
Contents:    Cecily. — Margaret. 

"Cecily"  appeared  in  "Atlantic  monthly,"  v.  104,  Aug.    1909. 
Made  up  of  two  short  stories,  in  both  of  which  "Eve"  and  the  "Clammer"  re-appear. 

Hopkins,  William  John,  b.  1863.  H7860 

Old  Harbor.    Houghton. 

Scene  of  the  story  is  an  old  New  England  seaport  town  that  has  seen  better  days. 
The  characters,  including  two  sentimental  spinsters,  the  village  doctor,  a  returned  native 
with  a  burden  on  his  conscience,  and  a  woman  from  the  city,  are  drawn  with  much 
lifelikeness. 

Hopkins,  William  John,  b.  1863.  JH786S 

The  sandman;  his  farm  stories.     Page. 
Hopper,  James.  H788C 

Caybigan.     McClure. 

Contents:  The  judgment  of  man. — The  Maestro  of  Balangilang. — Her  reading. — 
The  struggles  and  triumph  of  Isidro  de  los  Maestros. — The  failure. — Some  benevolent 
assimilation. — A  jest  of  the  gods. — The  coming  of  the  Maestra. — Caybigan. — The  cap- 
ture of  Papa  Gato. — ^The  manangete. — The  past. — The  prerogative. — The  confluence. — 
The  call. 

Most  of  these  stories    appeared  in  "McClure's  magazine,"  1903-06. 

The  stories  are  mostly  of  the  experiences  of  American  teachers  in  the  Philippines. 

Hornibrook,  Isabel.  H8112C 

Camp  and  trail;  a  story  of  the  Maine  woods.    Lothrop. 
Hunting  and  camping  adventures  among  the  woods  and  lakes  of  northern  Maine. 

Hornibrook,  Isabel.  H8ii2f 

From  keel  to  kite;  how  Oakley  Rose  became  a  naval  architect. 
Lothrop. 

Story  of  the  Gloucester  coast. 

Horsemen  of  the  plains.    Altsheler A466ho 

Hough,  Emerson.  H834{ 

54-40  or  fight.    Bobbs. 

Story  of  events  in  Washington  preceding  the  northwest  boundary  treaty  and  the 
annexation  of  Texas,  in  which  Calhoun  and  the  baroness  von  Ritz  play  leading  parts. 

Hough,  Emerson.  H834P 

The  purchase  price;  or,  The  cause  of  compromise.    Bobbs. 

Story  of  the  days  of  the  Missouri  compromise.  The  dominating  character  is  a 
beautiful  Hungarian  countess,  emissary  of  Kossuth,  who  puts  her  heart  and  fortune 
into  the  abolitionist  cause. 


1798  ENGLISH  FICTION 


Hough,  Emerson.  H834y 

Young  Alaskans.    Harper. 

The  same jH834y 

Adventures  of  three  boys  lost  on  the  Alaskan  coast;  of  their  hunting,  fishing  and 
trapping,  and  their  experiences  with  the  Aleuts  of  Kadiak  island. 

House  in  the  hedge.     Barbour B235h 

House  in  the  water.    Roberts R536ho 

Houston,  Edwin  James.  jH838b 

The  boy  electrician;  or,  The  secret  society  of  the  Jolly  Philosophers. 

Lippincott. 

The  Jolly  Philosophers  take  photographs  of  lightning  flashes,  have  a  private  tele- 
graph line  and  perform  many  experiments  in  electricity  and  magnetism. 

Howards  End.     Forster FySsh 

Howells,  William  Dean.  HSsybe 

Between  the  dark  and  the  daylight;  romances.    Harper. 

Contents:  A  sleep  and  a  forgetting. — The  eidolons  of  Brooks  Alford. — A  memory 
that  worked  overtime. — A  case  of  metaphantasmia. — Editha. — Braybridge's  offer. — The 
chick  of  the  Easter  egg. 

Appeared  in  "Harper's  magazine"  and  "Harper's  weekly." 

Most  of  the  stories  deal  with  some  psychic  mystery. 

Howells,  William  Dean.  H857fen 

Fennel  and  rue;  a  novel.    Harper. 

This  slender  story  is  the  history  of  a  virulent  case  of  "New  England  conscience'-' 
seated  in  a  Southern  breast.  Mr  Howells  has  succeeded  admirably  in  depicting  the 
excesses  to  which  continual  brooding  over  a  trifle  may  lead  those  who  have  no  sense 
of  humor.     Condensed  from  Nation,  igoS. 

Howells,  William  Dean.  H857thr 

Through  the  eye  of  a  needle;  a  romance.    Harper. 

The  first  part  of  this  sociological  novel  contains  a  view  of  modern  New  York  as 
seen  by  a  traveler  from  the  ideal  commonwealth  of  Altruria.  The  second  part  is  an 
account  of  Altruria  as  seen  by  the  American  wife  whom  he  takes  home  with  him  and 
who  has  a  difficult  time  adjusting  her  ideas  to  those  of  Altruria. 

Hewitt,  William,  &  Howitt,  Mrs  Mary  (Botham).  rH8628 

Stories  of  English  and  foreign  life.    Bohn. 

Contents:  Margaret  von  Ehrenberg,  the  artist-wife. — The  Meldrum  family. — Sir 
Peter  and  his  pigeon. — The  Woodnook  wells. — Leaves  from  the  diary  of  a  poor  school- 
master.— The  Hunnybuns  at  the  sea-side. — Some  love-passages  in  the  lives  of  every-day 
people. — The  hunt. — The  two  squires. — The  poacher's  progress. 

Hoyt,  Eleanor,  afterward  Mrs  Brainerd.  H868b 

Bettina.     Doubleday. 

Slight  love  story  of  modern  life. 

Hoyt,  Eleanor,  afterward  Mrs  Brainerd.  H868p 

Personal  conduct  of  Belinda.     Doubleday. 

Appeared  in  the  "Ladies'  home  journal,"  v. 26-27,  May  1909-Jan.  1910. 

Farcical  story  of  a  European  tour  personally  conducted  by  a  young  and  beguiling 
woman  whose  senior  partner  is  at  the  eleventh  hour  prevented  from  going.  The  oddly 
assorted  party  have  amusing  experiences. 

Hudson,  Charles  Bradford.  H88bc 

The  crimson  conquest;  a  romance  of  Pizarro  and  Peru.     McClurg. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1799 


Hugo,  Victor.  rHSggw 

Works    [with   introduction   and    notes    by   R.  L.  Stevenson].      7v. 

Bigelow-Smith. 

V.I.     Notre-Dame  de  Paris. — The  last  days  of  a  condemned, 

v.2-3.     Les  miserables. 

V.4.     Les  miserables  (continued). — Hans  of  Iceland. 

v.s-     Toilers  of  the  sea. — Bug-Jargal. 

V.6.     The  man  who  laughs. — Claude  Gueux. 

V.7.     Ninety-three. — Things  seen. — Essays. 

Human  cobweb.     Weale,  B.  L.  Putnam,  pseud WssSh 

Humbled  pride.     Musick MgSsh 

Humphrey,  Zephine.  Hg2820 

Over  against  Green  Peak.    Holt. 

Recounts  the  experiences  of  three  women  who  buy  a  farm  and  settle  in  Dorset,  Ver- 
mont. The  familiar  theme  of  the  "return  to  nature"  is  treated  with  sincerity  and  the 
book  has  considerable  literary  charm. 

Hungerford,  Mrs  Margaret  Wolfe    (Hamilton)    Argles.     See 

Duchess,  The,  pseud. 

Hunt,  Elizabeth  Hollister.  H937W 

When  Margaret  was  a  freshman.    Moffat. 

Story  of  college  life. 

Hunt,  Helen.     See  Jackson,  Mrs  Helen  Hunt. 

Hurd,  Marian  Kent,  &  Wilson,  J.  B.  H949W 

When  she  came  home  from  college.    Houghton. 

Appeared  in  the  "Ladies'  home  journal,"  v.26,  May-July   1909. 

Story  of  a  Vassar  girl  who  comes  home  from  college  with  lofty  theories  which  give 
way  before  the  stern  realities  she  meets  in  the  household  disorganized  by  her  mother's 
illness  and  absence. 

Huysmans,  Joris  Karl.  HgSGe 

En  route;  tr.  from  the  French  with  a  prefatory  note  by  C.  K.  Paul. 

I  will  maintain.     Bowen,  Marjorie,  pseud B662i 

Impersonator.     Taylor T255im 

In  Calvert's  valley.     Montague M846i 

In  her  own  right.     Scott 84272! 

In  Peanut  land.     Dean qjD344i 

In  Sarsfield's  days.     McManus M2iii 

In  the  camp  of  the  Creeks.    Pendleton jP39iin 

In  the  cause  of  freedom.     Marchmont M373i 

In  the  days  of  Isaiah.    Mapu M357i 

Inchbald,  Mrs  Elizabeth  (Simpson).  I242S 

A  simple  story,  with  an  introduction  by  G.  L.  Strachey.  Frowde. 
"Mrs.  Inchbald's  great  romance,  by  which  she  is  principally  known. .  .In  spite  of  the 
break  in  the  middle  which  practically  divides  it  into  two  parts,  and  of  the  unexpected 
frailty  of  the  heroine,  it  is  a  supremely  tender  and  touching  work,- written  with  much 
happiness  of  style,  and  giving  a  very  lively  portraiture  of  character.  It  exercised  a 
powerful  influence;  it  was  one  of  the  earliest  examples  of  the  novel  of  passion,  and 
seems  to  some  extent  to  have  inspired  'Jane  Eyre.'  "    Dictionary  of  national  biography. 

Independence.    Musick M983i 

Indian  boys  and  girls.     Haines qjHisii 


i8oo  ENGLISH  FICTION 


The  infamous  John  Friend.     Garnett 61912! 

Initials  only.     Green 6827! 

Inman,  Henry,  1837-99.  I246r 

The  ranche  on  the  Oxhide;  a  story  of  boys'  and  girls'  life  on  the 
frontier.     Macmillan. 

"Buffalo  Bill"  and  Gen.  Custer  are  characters  in  the  story. 

Inman,  Herbert  Escott.  ^  jl2462d 

The  Did  of  Didn't-think;  a  fairy  story  for  boys  and  girls.     Warne. 
What  happened  to  Con  in  Didn't-think  land  where,  protected  by  the  fairy  Sunbeam, 

he  has  adventures  with  Old  Silly,  the  giant;   Sulky-sulks,  the  wizard,  the  pigmy  gnomes 

and  the  Didn't  of  Forgetful-land  where  Con  finds  the  royal  Did. 

Inner  shrine.     King K2632in 

The  intellectuals.     Sheehan S54ii 

Interventions.     Pangborn P2i8i 

Involuntary  chaperon.     Cameron Ci53i 

Irish  fairy  tales.     Leamy 1^454! 

The  same jL454g 

The  iron  woman.     Deland DsSgi 

Ironside,  John.  I286r 

The  red  symbol.     Little. 

"Story  of  an  American  correspondent  of  an  English  newspaper  who,  in  the  service 
of  the  girl  he  loves,  becomes  involved  in  the  intrigues  of  a  Russian  nihilistic  society." 
A.  L.  A.  booklist,  jgio. 

Irrational  knot.     Shaw §5342! 

Is  he  Popenjoy?     Trollope TyGii 

Isaacs,  Jorge.  lagim 

Maria;  a  South  American  romance;  the  translation  by  Rollo  Ogden, 

an  introduction  by  T.  A.  Janvier.    Harper. 

"A    novel revealing  the   inner    domestic   life   of   his   people   with    sympathy    and 

knowledge."     Baker's  Descriptive  guide  to  the  best  fiction. 

It  never  can  happen  again.     De  Morgan 0423! 

Jack  and  Jill.     Alcott A355J 

Jack  Hall  at  Yale.     Camp C155J 

Jack  Sheppard.     Ainsworth A297J 

Jacks,  Lawrence  Pearsall.  Ji22m 

Mad  shepherds,  and  other  human  studies.    Williams. 

Unusual  book  by  the  editor  (1910)  of  the  "Hibbert  journal."  It  purports  to  be  the 
study  of  "two  notable  men  and  one  highly-gifted  woman"  who  redeem  a  small  parish  from 
monotony.  Of  the  three,  "Snarley  Bob,"  the  surly,  half-crazed  shepherd,  who  communed 
with  the  stars  and  had  intercourse  with  spirits,  was  the  maddest,  but  in  his  madness 
there  was  also  sanity. 

Jackson,  Mrs  Helen  Hunt.  JJ124I 

Letters  from  a  cat.     Little. 

The  same.     (In  her  Cat  stories,  p. 5-89.) JJ124C 

Jackson,  Mrs  Helen  Hunt.  JJ124P 

Pansy  Billings,  and  Popsy;  two  stories  of  girl  Hfe.     Lothrop. 

Two  short  stories;  the  one  of  a  little  girl  who  raised  flowers,  the  other  about  a 
little  Tennessee  girl  who  was  a  tomboy. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1801 


Jacobs,  William  Wymark.  .  Ji34sai 

Sailors'  knots.     Scribner. 

Contents:  Deserted. — Homeward  bound. — Self-help. — Sentence  deferred. — "Matri- 
monial openings." — Odd  man  out. — "The  toll-house." — Peter's  pence. — The  head  of  the 
family. — Prize  money. — Double  dealing. — Keeping  up  appearances. 

Jacobs,  William  Wymark.  Ji34sa 

Salthaven.     Scribner. 

Love-story,  scene  laid  in  a  little  sea-port  town  among  amusing  old  sailors. 

Jacobs,  William  Wymark,  Ji34sh 

Ship's  company.    Scribner. 

Contents:  Fine  feathers. — Friends  in  need. — Good  intentions. — Fairy  gold. — Watch- 
dogs.—  The  bequest. —  The  guardian  angel. —  Dual  control. —  Skilled  assistance. —  For 
better  or  worse. — The  old  man  of  the  sea. — "Manners  makyth  man." 

Short,  humorous  stories  of  sailors  off  their  ships. 

Jacobs,  William  Wymark.  Ji34S 

Short  cruises.     Scribner. 

Contents:  The  changeling.  —  Mixed  relations. — His  lordship.  —  Alf's  dream. — A 
distant  relative. — The  test. — In  the  family. — A  love-knot. — Her  uncle. — The  dreamer. — 
Angels'  visits. — A  circular  tour. 

Many  of  these  stories  appeared  in  the  "Cosmopolitan,"  1906-07. 

"Some  of  the  short  stories  in  this  delightful  collection  are  as  good  as  the  very  best 
he  has  ever  made  of  his  sailors  and  labouring  men ...  It  has  been  left  to  Mr.  Jacobs  to 
discover  and  exploit  the  perpetual  flow  of  sarcastic  bickering  which  is  the  most  charac- 
teristic thing  about  the  social  life  of  the  humble  in  England."     Outlook  (London),  1907. 

James,  Henry,  b.  1843.  Ji64f 

The  finer  grain.    Scribner. 

Contents:  The  velvet  glove. — Mora  Montravers. — A  round  of  visits. — Crapy  Cor- 
nelia.— The  bench  of  desolation. 

Five  studies,  for  they  are  not  tales,  or  stories  at  all,  so  much  as  disquisitions  apropos 
of  certain  shadowy  incidents.     Condensed  from  Nation,  igio. 

James,  Henry,  b.  1843.  JZ64J 

Julia  Bride.     Harper. 

Appeared  in  "Harper's  magazine,"  v.ii6,  March-April  1908. 

Short  story,  in  which  the  subjective  tragi-comedy  of  a  sordid  situation  is  developed 
in  the  author's  characteristically  involved  style. 

James,  Henry,  b.  1843.  rji64n 

Novels  and  tales  [with  prefaces  by  the  author],     v.i-24.     Scribner. 

v. I.     Roderick  Hudson. 

v.2.     The  American. 

v.3-4.     The  portrait  of  a  lady.     2v. 

v.5-6.     The  princess  Casamassima.     2v. 

v.7-8.     The  tragic  muse.     2v. 

v.p.     The  awkward  age. 

v.io.     The  spoils  of  Poynton. — A  London  life. — The  chaperon. 

V.I  I.     What  Maisie  knew. — In  the  cage. — The  pupil. 

V.I 2.     The  Aspern  papers. — The  turn  of  the  screw. — The  liar. — The  two  faces. 

V.13.  The  reverberator. — Madame  de  Mauves. — A  passionate  pilgrim,  and  other 
tales. 

V.I 4.  Lady  Barbarina. — The  siege  of  London. — An  international  episode,  and 
other  tales. 

V.I 5.  The  lesson  of  the  master. — The  death  of  the  Hon. — The  next  time,  and  other 
tales. 

V.I 6.     The  author  of  Beltraffio. — The  middle  years. — Greville  Fane,  and  other  tales. 

V.I 7.  The  altar  of  the  dead. — The  beast  in  the  jungle. — The  birthplace,  and  other 
tales. 

V.I 8.     Daisy  Miller. — Pandora. — The  Patagonia,  and  other  tales. 

V.I 9— 20.     The  wings  of  the  dove.     2v. 

v.2 1-22.     The  ambassadors.     2v. 

V. 23-24.     The  golden  bowl.     2V. 


i8o2  ENGLISH  FICTION 


James,  Henry,  b.  1843.  J1640U 

The  outcry.     Scribner. 

"Differs  from  most  of  Mr.  James's  recent  novels  in  matter  as  well  as  manner.  It 
is,  contrary  to  the  author's  practice,  frankly  topical,  the  theme  being  that  burning  ques- 
tion of  to-day,  the  disposal  of  art  treasures  by  titled  owners."     Spectator,  J911. 

James,  Henry,  b.  1843.  Ji64was 

Washington  square.     Harper. 

Appeared  in  "Harper's  magazine,"  v. 61-62,  July-Dec.   1880. 

New  York  setting. 

"That  the  book  is  witty  and  ingenious  is  almost  its  sole  excuse  for  being,  but  the 
wit  is  expended  by  the  author  in  his  own  reflections,  and  rarely  emanates  from  the 
characters  and  situations."    H.  E.  Scudder,  in  Atlantic  monthly,  j88i. 

James,  Winifred.  JiSsb 

Bachelor  Betty.     Dutton. 

Entertaining  story  of  a  young  Australian  who  comes  to  London  to  earn  her  living 
by  writing  and  promptly  acquires  that  throng  of  admirers  which  traditionally  belongs  to 
all  young  ladies  who  tell  their  soul's  story  in  the  first  person.  Condensed  from  Nation, 
1907. 

Janey.     Gillmore G4162J 

Janson,  Kristofer  Nagel.  Ji86s 

Spell-bound   fiddler;   a    Norse   romance;   tr.   from   the   original   by 

Auber  Forestier,  with  an  introduction  by  R.  B.  Anderson.     Griggs. 

"Presents  vividly  some  of  the  most  peculiar  phases  of  Norse  folk  life... The  model 
whom  the  author  had  in  view  was  obviously  the  once  famous  Miller  Boy,  whom  the  late 
Ole  Bull,  with  the  noblest  intentions,  dragged  out  of  his  rural  obscurity  and  presented 
to  wondering  audiences  in  the  principal  cities  of  the  kingdom ...  The  tale  in  itself 
will  probably  interest  transatlantic  readers  merely  as  a  picture  of  a  singularly  fresh  and 
primitive  civilization."     Atlantic  monthly,  1S81. 

Japanese  child  life.     Haines qjHisij 

Jasper  Hunnicutt  of  Jimpsonhurst.     Votaw V389J 

Jean-Christophe.     Rolland R644J 

Jean  de  Kerdren.     Schultz S387J 

Jeff  Briggs's  love  story.     Harte H319J 

Jefferies,  Richard.  J23id 

The  dewy  morn;  a  novel.    2v.    Bentley. 

English  love-story,  representing  a  less  known  and  less  admirable  phase  of  the  author's 
work  than  his  descriptions  of  nature. 

Jenks,  Tudor,  ed.  jj295t 

Tales  of  fantasy.  Hall  &  Locke.  (Young  folks'  library,  new  ser. 
V.4.) 

Contents:  Gulliver  in  Lilliput,  Gulliver  in  Brobdingnag,  by  Jonathan  Swift. — 
A  Christmas  fantasy,  by  T.  B.  Aldrich.— The  knight  and  his  story,  by  Baron  de  la 
Motte  Fouque. — The  merchant  and  the  genie.  The  first  old  man  and  the  hind,  The 
second  old  man  and  the  two  black  dogs,  Sinbad  the  sailor  and  the  rocs,  from  the  Arabian 
nights. — The  caliph  turned  stork,  by  W.  Hauff. — Prince  Prigio,  by  A.  Lang. — The 
enchanted  doll,  by  M.  Lemon.  —  The  rose  and  the  ring,  by  W.  M.  Thackeray.  —  Peter 
Schlemihl,  by  A.  von  Chamisso. 

Jennings,  Edward  W.  Ja65U 

Under  the  Pompadour;  a  romance.    Brentano. 

Adventures  of  a  young  Englishman  in  his  own  country  and  in  France  in  the  days 
of  the  Pompadour. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1803 


Jerome,  Jerome  Klapka.  J28ipa 

Passing  of  the  third  floor  back  [and  other  stories].    Dodd. 
Other  stories:   The  philosopher's  joke. — The  soul  of  Nicholas  Snyders;  or,  The  miser 

of  Zandam. — Mrs  Korner  sins  her  mercies. — The  cost  of  kindness. — The  love  of  Ulrich 

Nebendahl. 

Written  in  the  author's  more  serious  vein.     The  first,  and  best  story  tells  how  Mrs 

Pennycherry  entertained  an  angel  unawares  in  the  third  floor  back  of  her   Bloomsbury 

boarding  house. 

Jerrold,  Douglas  William.  rj283m 

Men  of  character.    Bunce. 

Contents:  Titus  Trumps,  the  man  of  many  hopes. — ^Jack  Runnymede,  the  man  of 
many  thanks. — Job  Pippins,  the  man  who  couldn't  help  it. — Isaac  Cheek,  the  man  of  wax. 

Jerry  junior.     Webster W3832J 

Jess.    Haggard H141J 

Jessup,  Alexander,  &  Canby,  H.  S.  ed.  Jagyb 

Book  of  the  short  story.    Appleton. 

Contents:  The  shipwrecked  sailor. — The  book  of  Ruth. — The  story  of  Cupid  and 
Psyche. — Frederick  of  the  Alberighi  and  his  falcon. — The  story  of  Ali  Baba,  and  the 
forty  robbers  destroyed  by  a  slave. — The  liberal  lover. — The  apparition  of  Mrs  Veal. — 
Jeannot  and  Colin. — Rip  Van  Winkle. — Wandering  Willie's  tale. — The  taking  of  the 
redoubt. — La  Grande  Breteche. — The  birthmark. — The  cask  of  Amontillado. — A  Lear  of 
the  steppes. — Markheim. — A  coward. — Without  benefit  of  clergy. 

"List  of  representative  tales  and  short  stories"  and  "Authorities"  with  each  story. 

Jewett,  John  Howard.  jj3i6it 

Three  baby  bears.    Nister.     (Little  mother  series.) 
Colored  pictures  and  rhymes  telling  the  adventures  of  Fluffy,  Nig  and  Dingy,  the 

three  baby  bears. 

Jewish  tales.     Sacher-Masoch S121J 

Jews  of  Barnow.     Franzos F884J 

Jezebel's  daughter.     Collins C694J 

Jim  Hands.     Child ' C4362J 

Joan  of  the  hills.     Clegg C558J 

Jock  of  the  bushveld.     Fitzpatrick F584J 

John  Andross.     Davis D322J 

John  Marvel,  assistant.     Page Pi45J 

John  Sherwood.     Mitchell M749J 

John  Winterbourne's  family.     Brown B783J0 

Johnny  Crow's  party.     Brooke JB772J0 

Johnson,  Hugh  Samuel.  J361W 

Williams  of  West  Point.    Appleton. 

Series  of  stories  describing  West  Point  life  under  the  old  traditions  of  the  cadet 
corps. 

Johnson,  Owen.  Js^S* 

The  eternal  boy;  being  the  story  of  the  prodigious  Hickey.    Dodd. 
Stories  of  school-boy  life  and  the  escapades  in  which  Hickey  is  ring-leader. 

Johnson,  Owen.  J363t 

The  Tennessee  Shad;  chronicling  the  rise  and  fall  of  the'  firm  of 
Doc  Macnooder  and  the  Tennessee  Shad.     Baker. 


i8o4  ENGLISH  FICTION 


Johnson,  Owen.  J363V 

The  varmint.    Baker. 

Appeared  in  the  "Saturday  evening  post,"  v.182,  April  9-June  11,  1910. 
Story  of  school-boy  life  at  Lawrenceville. 

Johnston,  Mrs  Annie  (Fellows).  JJ367C 

Cicely,  and  other  stories.    Page. 

Other  stories:    Alida's  homeliness. — The  hand  of  Douglas. — Elsie's  "palmistry  even- 
ing."— Their  ancestral  latch-string.  ' 
Appeared  in  "Youth's  companion"  and  "Forward." 

Johnston,  Mrs  Annie  (Fellows).  jJsSyni 

Mildred's  inheritance;  Just  her  way;  Ann's  own  way.     Page. 
Three  short  stories  for  girls. 

Johnston,  Mary.  J3692I 

Lewis  Rand  [a  novel].     Houghton. 

"Story  of  a  Virginia  boy,  son  of  an  underbred  'tobacco-roller,'  who  is  befriended 
by  Jefferson,  marries  into  one  of  the  most  exclusive  families  of  the  Virginia  aristocracy, 
and  then  ruins  his  chances  by  participation  in  the  Aaron  Burr  conspiracy."  Bookman, 
1908. 

Johnston,  Mary.  J3692I0 

The  long  roll.    Houghton. 

Accurate  account  of  the  Civil  war  with  enough  of  the  personal  touches  of  fiction 
to  add  human  interest.  Gives  much  attention  to  field  tactics  and  campaign  plans  and 
pictures  the  war  from  the  awful  rather  than  from  the  romantic  side.  "Stonewall" 
Jackson  is  the  real  hero,  and  there  is  extraordinary  skill  shown  in  the  development  of 
the  attitude  of  his  "Army  of  the  Valley"  toward  him,  from  the  almost  open  contempt  of 
the  self-sufficient  and  bigoted  disciplinarian  and  teacher  of  military  tactics  to  en- 
thusiastic confidence  in  the  great  general.  The  book  closes  with  his  death  at  Chancel- 
lorsville. 

Jordan,  Elizabeth  Carver.  J4283ma 

Many  kingdoms  [short  stories].     Harper. 

Contents:  Varick's  lady  o'  dreams. — The  exorcism  of  Lily  Bell. — Her  last  day. — ' 
The  simple  life  of  Genevieve  Maud. — His  boy. — The  community's  sunbeam. — In  mem- 
ory of  Hannah's  laugh. — The  quest  of  Aunt  Nancy. — The  Henry  Smiths'  honeymoon. — 
The  case  of  Katrina. — Bart  Harrington,  genius. 

Joseph  Vance.     De  Morgan D423J 

Judith  of  the  Cumberlands.     MacGowan M1622J 

Julia  Bride.    James J164J 

"Just  folks."     Laughlin L368J 

Just  for  two.     Cutting C955J 

Just  so  stories.     Kipling K278JU 

Kaler,  James  Otis.    See  Otis,  James,  pseud. 

Katharine  Walton.     Simms S592k 

Katrina.     Gilson G426k 

Katrine.    Lane L235k 

Kaye-Smith,  Sheila.    See  Smith,  Sheila  Kaye-. 

Keddy.    Dickinson D553k 

Keeping  up  with  Lizzie.     Bacheller Bi27k 

Keith,  Marian.  K164I 

'Lizbeth  of  the  Dale.    Hodder. 

Readable  story  for  girls,  scene  laid  in  Canada.  Heroine  is  the  ugly  duckling  of  a 
large  family. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1805 


Kelly,  Mrs  Florence  (Finch).  Kiyid 

The  Delafield  affair.    McClurg. 
Melodramatic  story  of  modern  New  Mexico,  dealing  largely  with  ranch  life. 

Kelly,  Myra.  Ki72g 

The  golden  season.    Doubleday. 
Story  of  the  escapades  of  two  girls  in  a  co-educational  college. 

Kelly,  Myra.  Ki72li 

Little  aliens.     Scribner. 

Contents:  "Every  goose  a  swan." — "Games  in  gardens." — "A  brand  from  the  burn- 
ing."— Friends. — The  magic  cape. — "Bailey's  babies." — "The  origin  of  species." — The 
etiquette  of  Yetta. — A  bent  twig. 

Stories  of  little  Russian  Jews  of  New  York's  east  side. 

Kelly,  Myra.  Ki72r 

Rosnah.    Appleton. 

Romantic  Irish  novel  of  Parnell's  time,  entirely  unlike  the  author's  stories  of  child  life. 
Kelly,  Myra.  K172W 

Wards  of  liberty.     McClure. 

Contents:  In  loco  parentis. — A  soul  above  buttons. — The  slaughter  of  the  inno- 
cents.— A  perjured  Santa  Claus. — Little  Bo-beep. — The  wiles  of  the  wooer. — The  gifts  of 
the  philosophers. — Star  of  Bethlehem. 

More  stories  of  New  York  East  Side  school  children. 

Kemp,  Matthew  Stanley.  Ki75a 

Ande  Trembath;  a  tale  of  old  Cornwall,  England.     Clark. 
Scene  laid  in  England  and  Pennsylvania  in  the  early  19th  century.     The  hero  clears 

the  name  of  his  grandfather,  who  was  said  to   have  deserted  from  Braddock's  army, 

makes  his  fortune  and  returns  to  Cornwall  to  marry  the  granddaughter  of  the  enemy  of 

his   family. 

Kemp,  Matthew  Stanley.  Ki75b 

Boss  Tom;  the  annals  of  an  anthracite  mining  village.  Saalfield 
Pub.  Co. 

Story  in  which  the  life  of  the  English-speaking  miner  is  described  with  sympathy 
and  knowledge  but  with  little  literary  skill. 

Kennedy,  Howard  Angus.  jKiSsn 

New  World  fairy  book,  with  illustrations  by  H.  R.  Millar.  Dent. 
Contents:  The  three  wishes. — The  ten  little  Indians. — The  thunderers. — The  stormy- 
fool. — Robin  Redbreast. — The  wolf  boy. — The  water-wolves. — Lightning  gold. — The  joker. 
— The  doctor  fish. — The  adventures  of  Chib. — The  stonish  giants. — The  giant  with  nine 
lives. — The  little  spirit  of  Massawunk. — The  star  wife. — The  enchanted  valley. — Kwee- 
dass  and  Kindawiss. — A  Huron  Cinderella. — The  great  serpent  of  the  hill. — The  battle 
that  never  was  fought.  —  The  luck-mouse.  —  The  nymph  and  the  dryad.  —  The  animal 
fairies. — The  rabbit  and  the  wild-cat. — Tintelle's  mother. — The  giant  of  Flaming  moun- 
tain.— The  cold  princess. — The  snow-man's  bride. 

Tales  of  Indian  magic  and  of  brave  warriors  and  chiefs,  of  Indian  maidens  and 
youths  and  of  fairies  and  enchanted  animals. 

Kennedy,  Mrs  Sara  Beaumont  (Cannon).  K1842C 

Cicely;  a  tale  of  the  Georgia  march.    Doubleday. 
Historical  novel  of  Civil  war  times  in  Georgia  during  Sherman's  march  to  the  sea. 

Kennedy  Square.     Smith S647k 

Kester,  Vaughan.  K2232P 

The  prodigal  judge.    Bobbs. 

Story  of  mystery  and  adventure,  opening  in  North  Carolina  in  Andrew  Jackson's 
day  and  shifting  to  Tennessee.  A  small  boy  whose  parentage  is  unknown  is  the  central 
figure  and  the  key  to  the  mystery. 


i8o6  ENGLISH  FICTION 


Key  of  the  unknown.    Carey Cigjk 

Kincaid's  battery.     Cable Ci  13k 

King,  Basil.  KaGsag 

Giant's  strength.    Harper. 

Story  of  considerable  dramatic  power,  its  theme  being  the  love  of  the  daughter  of  a 
trust  magnate  for  the  son  of  a  victim  of  her  father's  rebates,  and  the  conflict  between 
the  wills  of  these  two  strong  men. 

[King,  Basil.]  Kadssin 

The  inner  shrine;  a  novel  of  to-day.     Harper., 
Appeared  in  "Harper's  magazine,"  v.i  18-119,  Dec.   1908-June  1909. 
Clever,    somewhat   sophisticated   study   in    character    development.      Scene    changes 

from  Paris  to  New  York. 

[King,  Basil.]  K2632W 

The  wild  olive;  a  novel  by  the  author  of  "The  inner  shrine."     Harper. 

Story  of  a  man  unjustly  convicted  of  murder,  who  escapes,  with  a  woman's  help, 
to  South  America,  succeeds  financially  and  after  some  years  comes  back  to  his  old  life. 
A  feeling  of  suspense  is  skilfully  kept  up  to  the  end. 

King,  Gen.  Charles.  K263S0I 

Soldier's  trial;  an  episode  of  the  canteen  crusade.    Hobart. 
Story  of  life  in  the  army  after  the  Spanish  war,  in  which  the  evil  resulting  from 

the  abolishing  of  the  canteen  is  emphasized. 

King,  Gen.  Charles.  K263st 

Story  of  Fort  Frayne;  adapted  from  the  drama  of  the  same  name,  of 

which,  in  collaboration  with  E.  G.  Sutherland  and  E.  V.  S.  Fry,  he  is 

the  author.     Neely. 

Also  published  under  the  title  "Fort  Frayne." 

Scene  laid  in  a  Western  army  post,  at  a  time  when  Indian  skirmishes  were  frequent 

King,  Geti.  Charles.  K263t 

To  the  front;  a  sequel  to  Cadet  days.    Harper. 

Story  of  the  eventful  beginning  of  a  young  West  Point  cadet's  career. 

King,  William  Benjamin  Basil.    See  King,  Basil. 

King  in  khaki.     Webster W383k 

King  of  Arcadia.     Lynde Lg92k 

King  over  the  water.     McCarthy Mi28k 

King's  achievement.     Benson B4434k 

Kings  in  exile.     Roberts R536k 

King's  revoke.     Woods W8662k 

Kingsley,  Charles.  rK373W 

Works.    7v.    Morris. 

v. I.     Hereward,  the  wake. 

V.2.     Alton  Locke. 

V.3.     Westward  hoi 

V.4.     Yeast. — Poems. 

V.5.     Two  years  ago. 

V.6.     Hypatia. 

y.7.     Letters  and  memories. 

Kingsley,  Mrs  Florence  (Morse).  K2722th 

Those  queer  Browns.    Dodd. 

"The  singular  Miss  Smith"  marries  one  of  "those  queer  Browns,"  and  together 
they  continue  their  sociological  studies  in  the  New  York  slums. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1807 


Kingsley,  Mrs  Florence  (Morse).  Kayaatr 

Truthful  Jane.     Appleton. 

Story  of  a  pretty  and  penniless  girl  who  tires  of  dependence  on  her  rich  but  disa- 
greeable English  relatives  and  comes  to  America  to  earn  her  living. 

Kinkaid,  Mrs  Mary  Holland  (McNeish).  K2742m 

The  man  of  yesterday;  a  romance  of  a  vanishing  race.    Stokes. 

Story  of  life  in  Indian  Territory  at  the  period  when  the  tribal  lands  were  divided. 

"A  close  acquaintance  with  Indian  character  and  customs  is  apparent  throughout, 
and  with  the  acquaintance  goes  an  intense  sympathy  for  their  passing."     Nation,  1908. 

Kinkead,  Eleanor  Talbot.  K274C 

Courage  of  Blackburn  Blair.    Moffat. 

"The  hero  is  a  young  lawyer  and  politician  who  realizes  how  false  is  that  concep- 
tion of  personal  honor  which  in  Kentucky,  and  in  the  South  generally,  requires  a 
man  who  is  insulted  to  commit  a  murder  for  the  vindication  of  his  character."  Dial, 
1908. 

Kinsman.     Sidgwick S568k 

Kipling,  Rudyard.  K278ab 

Abaft  the  funnel.    Doubleday. 

Contents:  Erastasius  of  the  "Whanghoa." — Her  little  responsibility. — A  menagerie 
abroad. — A  smoke  of  Manila. — The  red  lamp. — The  shadow  of  his  hand. — A  little  more 
beef. — The  history  of  a  fall. — Griffiths  the  safe  man. — It! — A  fallen  idol. — New  brooms. 
— Tiglath  Pileser. — The  likes  o'  us. — His  brother's  keeper. — "Sleipner,"  late  "Thurinda." 
— A  supplementary  chapter. — Chautauquaed. — The  bow  flume  cable-car. — In  partibus. — 
Letters  on  leave. — The  adoration  of  the  mage. — A  death  in  the  camp. — A  really  good 
time. — On  exhibition. — The  three  young  men. — My  great  and  only. — "The  betrayal  of 
confidences." — The  new  dispensation. — The  last  of  the  stories. 

Kipling,  Rudyard.  ■  K278a 

Actions  and  reactions.     Doubleday. 

Contents:  An  habitation  enforced. — The  recall. — Garm;  a  hostage. — The  power  of 
the  dog. — The  mother  hive. — The  bees  and  the  flies. — With  the  night  mail. — The  four 
angels. — A  deal  in  cotton. — The  new  knighthood. — The  puzzler  [prose  and  poetry]. — 
Little  foxes. — Gallio's  song. — The  house  surgeon. — The  rabbi's  song. 

Kipling,  Rudyard.  K278JU 

Just  so  stories. 

Contents:  How  the  whale  got  his  throat. — How  the  camel  got  his  hump. — How  the 
rhinoceros  got  his  skin. — How  the  leopard  got  his  spots. — The  elephant's  child. — The 
sing-song  of  old  man  kangaroo. — The  beginning  of  the  armadillos. — How  the  first  letter 
was  written. — How  the  alphabet  was  made. — The  crab  that  played  with  the  sea. — -The 
cat  that  walked  by  himself. — The  butterfly  that  stamped. 

Kipling,  Rudyard.  jK278k 

Kipling  stories  and  poems  every  child  should  know;  ed.  by  M.  E. 
Burt  and  W.  T.  Chapin.     Doubleday. 

Partial  contents:     The  elephant's  child. — The  Overland  mail. — How  the  camel  got 
his  hump. — Story  of  Ung. — Baa,  baa,  black  sheep. — Wee  Willie  Winkie. — Recessional. — 
Fuzzy    Wuzzy. — The    English    flag. — The    ship    that    found    herself. — Children    of    the 
zodiac. — The  bridge  builders. — Our  lady  of  the  snows. — The  white  man's  burden. 
Many  pictures. 

Kipling,  Rudyard.  K278r 

Rewards  and  fairies.    Doubleday. 

Many  of  these  stories  appeared  in  the  "Delineator,"  v.74-76,  Sept.  1909-Aug.  1910. 

"This  is  Mr.  Kipling  in  the  historical  mood  again;  and  again  it  is  Puck,  the  old 
sprite  of  English  earth,  who  interprets  history  to  the  two  children,  Dan  and  Una,  calling 
up  before  them  this  man  or  woman  and  that  from  the  old  times,  now  a  Norman  knight, 
now  a  Tudor  queen,  now  a  herdsman  of  the  Stone  Age,  now  a  smuggler  of  Bonaparte's 
day. .  .The  men  and  women  who  tell  their  tales  to  the  children  are  men  and  women  who 
have  stepped  out  of  the  common  life  of  a  past  time,  and  who  bring  out  in  every  other 
sentence  some  vital  touch  of  the  reality  of  their  day."     Outlook  (London),  1910. 


i8o8  ENGLISH  FICTION 

Kipling,  Rudyard.  K278wi 

With  the  night  mail;  a  story  of  2000  A.  D.    Doubleday. 

Appeared  first  in  "McClure's  magazine,"  v. 26,  Nov.  1905. 

Account  of  a  trip  in  a  dirigible  balloon  from  London  to  Quebec  in  one  night. 

Kipling  stories  and  poems  every  child  should  know jK278k 

Kirk,  Mrs  Ellen  Warner  (Olney).  K284m 

Marcia;  a  novel.    Houghton. 

Marcia  is  a  young  girl  who  goes  to  New  York  to  earn  her  living.  The  story  is 
mainly  concerned  with  her  various  love  affairs. 

Kirschner,  Lola.     See  Schubin,  Ossip,  pseud. 

Klarmann,  Andrew  F.  Ksisn 

Nizra,  the  flower  of  the  Parsa,  the  visit  of  the  Wisemen.     Herder. 

Story  of  the  time  of  Christ,  in  which  Caspar  (one  of  the  three  Magi)  and  his 
daughter  Nizra  are  the  principal  characters. 

Klarmann,  Andrew  F.  K313P 

Princess  of  Gan-Sar  [Mary  Magdalen].     Pustet. 

Story  of  the  life  of  Christ  from  early  manhood  to  the  resurrection.  Mary  Magdalen, 
called  Miriam,  is  identified  with  Mary,  the  sister  of  Martha.     Author  is  a  Catholic. 

Klaus  Hinrich  Baas.     Frenssen. '. Fg2gk 

A  knight  errant.    Amadis  of  Gaul jA48ik 

Knight  of  the  Cumberland.    Fox F853kn 

The  same F853k2 

Knowles,  Robert  Edward.  '  K3523U 

The  undertow;  a  tale  of  both  sides  of  the  sea.    Revell. 

Story  of  a  Scots  community  in  Canada,  blending  sentiment  and  humor  with  re- 
ligious feeling,  as  in  "St.  Cuthbert's." 

Kortrecht,  Augusta.  jKsSyd 

A  Dixie  Rose.    Lippincott. 

The  "Dixie  Rose"  is  an  impetuous,  tender-hearted  little  Southern  girl  who  is  left 
an  orphan  among  kind  friends.     She  finally  finds  her  uncle  and  is  happy. 

Korzeniowski,  Joseph  Conrad.    See  Conrad,  Joseph. 

Kristy's  rainy  day  picnic.     Miller jM6942kr 

Laboulaye,  fidouard.  jLiiyq 

Quest  of  the  four-leaved  clover;  a  story  of  Arabia;  adapted  from 
"Abdallah"  by  W.  T.  Field.     Ginn. 

Story  of  two  foster-brothers  and  of  Abdallah's  search  for  the  mystic  talisman,  the 
four-leaved  clover.  Gives  a  picture  of  Bedouin  life  among  the  tents,  of  city  life  and 
the  bazars,  and  of  the  mysterious  desert  with  its  half-obliterated  trails  and  its  passing 
caravans. 

Lady  Merton,  colonist.     Ward W2i4la 

Lady  of  the  decoration.     Little,  Frances,  pseud L7432I 

Lagerlof,  Selma.  LiS^g 

The  girl  from  the  Marsh  croft  [and  other  stories] ;  tr.  from  the 
Swedish  by  V.  S.  Howard.    Little. 

Other  stories:  The  silver  mine. — The  airship. — The  wedding  march. — The  musi- 
cian.— The  legend  of  the  Christmas  rose. — A  story  from  Jerusalem. — Why  the  pope 
lived  to  be  so  old. — The  story  of  a  story. 

Mostly  of  Swedish  life. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1809 


Lagerlof,  Selma.  jLisaw 

Wonderful  adventures  of  Nils;  tr.  by  V.S.Howard.     Doubleday. 

Of  Nils'  journey  to  Lapland  on  the  back  of  a  goose,  of  the  battle  of  the  black  rats 
and  the  gray  rats,  of  Smirre  Fox  who  would  not  be  good,  and  of  Sirle  Squirrel  and 
Gripe  Otter. 

Lamington,  Alexander  Dundas  Ross  Wishart  Baillie  Ligit 

Cochrane,  baron. 

The  Theatre  Frangais  in  the  reign  of  Louis  XV.    Hurst. 

"A  novel  made  out  of  materials  collected  for  a  history  of  the  Theatre  Frangais." 
Dictionary  of  national  biography. 

Mile  Clairon,  who  was  one  of  the  leading  members  of  the  Comedie  Fran^aise, 
figures  as  the  friend  and  teacher  of  a  poor  flower  girl  in  whom  she  discovers  dramatic 
ability. 

La  Motte-Fouque,  Friedrich  Heinrich  Karl,  baron  de.  Lig4t 

Thiodolf  the  Icelander;  a  romance  from  the  German.     Miller. 
"Curious  and  interesting  picture  of  the  Northman  and  Byzantine  manners  of  the 

tenth  century."    Preface. 

La  Motte-Fouque,  Friedrich  Heinrich  Karl,  baron  de.  qLig4U4 

Undine;  adapted  from  the  German  by  W.  L.  Courtney  and  illustrated 

by  Arthur  Rackham.    Heinemann. 

The  same;  told  to  the  children  by  Mary  MacGregor.    Jack.     (Told 

to  the  children  series.) jLig4U2 

Story  of  a  water  fairy.     Colored  pictures. 

Lancashire  witches.     Ainsworth A2g7l 

Lancaster,  G.  B.  Laisa 

The  altar  stairs.    Doubleday. 

Story  of  adventure  in  Melanesia.  The  hero  finds  himself  and  his  faith  through 
some  achievement  and  much  suffering. 

Lancaster,  G.  B.  Laist 

Tracks  we  tread.     Doubleday. 
Deals  with  life  in  the  sheep  country  of  New  Zealand. 

Lance  of  Kanana.     French Fg261 

Land  of  long  ago.     Hall Hi  72I 

Land  of  really  true.     Olmsted JO235I 

Landon,  Letitia  Elizabeth,  afterward  Mrs  Maclean,  L227C 

(pseud.  L.  E.  L.) 

Complete  works.    2v.  in  i.    Crosby. 

Contents:  [Prose  works]:  Romance  and  reality;  Francesca  Carrara;  Traits  and 
trials  of  earfy  life;  Ethel  Churchill;  The  book  of  beauty. — Poetical  works. 

Lane,  Mrs  Elinor  (Macartney).  L^ssk 

Katrine;  a  novel.    Harper. 
Love-story  of  a  wealthy  South  Carolinian  and  an  Irish  girl  with  a  wonderful  voice. 

La  Ramee,  Louisa  de.    See  Ramee,  Louisa  de  la. 

Larry  Hudson's  ambition.    Otis,  James,  pseud ; j03i4la 

Lass  of  the  silver  sword.    Du  Bois D85g2l 

The  same jDSsgl 

Last  assembly  ball.     Foote •  • .  F747la 

Last  duchess  of  Belgarde.     Seawell S442I 


i8io  ENGLISH  FICTION 


Last  incarnation  of  Vautrin.     Balzac B2i81a 

Last  stories  and  translations.     Merimee M636I 

Last  voyage  of  the  Donna  Isabel.    Parrish P262I 

Later  Pratt  portraits.    Fuller FgSaila 

Latin  quarter.     Murger rMgysl 

Latouch,  John,  pseud.    See  Crawfurd,  Oswald  John  Frederick. 

Laughlin,  Clara  Elizabeth.  L368C 

Children  of  to-morrow.    Scribner. 

Pt.i  appeared  in  the  "Ladies'  home  journal,"  v.28,  July-Aug.  191 1  under  the  title 
"The  governor's  assistant." 

"There  are  elements  of  melodrama  in  the  plot,  but  the  book  has  a  value  independent 
of  its  incidents — in  its  sincere  and  often  vivid  presentations  of  New  York  life  as  it  is 
lived  by  the  workers  and  dreamers  in  contrast  to  the  spenders."     Nation,  igij. 

Laughlin,  Clara  Elizabeth.  L368e 

Everybody's  lonesome;  a  true  fairy  story.    Revell. 
Appeared  in  "Ladies'  home  journal,"  v.a/,  May-June  1910,  under  title  "New  thing 

in  her  heart." 

Fanciful  story  of  a  shy  young  girl  who  wins  friends  and  social  success  by  acting 

on  the  theory  expressed  in  the  title. 

Laughlin,  Clara  Elizabeth.  L368J 

"Just  folks."    Macmillan. 

Heroine  is  a  probation  officer  of  the  Chicago  Juvenile  court  who  renounced  a  resi- 
dence in  Hull  House  that  she  might  avoid  any  appearance  of  professionalism  and  went 
to  live  in  the  most  modest  of  rooms  in  a  poor  street.  Her  story  is  one  of  personal  and 
unaffected  social  service. 

Laut,  Agnes  Christina.  L379f 

Freebooters  of  the  wilderness  [a  novel].    Moffat. 

"Stirring  romance  based  on  present-day  lawlessness  in  the  timber  and  grazing  sec- 
tions of  the  Rocky  Mountain  states.  Timber,  mine  and  land  thefts,  raids  by  corporations 
against  sheep-raisers,  murders  of  federal  officers,  laxness  of  federal  protection  and  con- 
trol supply  the  themes."     A.  L.  A.  booklist,  igii. 

Lawrie  Todd.    Gait G158I 

League  of  the  signet  ring.    Du  Bois D8592le 

The  same jDSsgle 

Leamy,  Edmund.  ^ASA^ 

By  the  Barrow  river,  and  other  stories.    Sealy. 

Other  stories:  "Bendemeer  cottage." — A  night  with  the  Rapparees. — "Worse  than 
Cremona." — Maurya  na  Gleanna;  or.  Revenged  at  last. — Story  of  the  raven. — The 
spectres  of  Barcelona. — The  black  dog. — The  ghost  of  Garroid  Jarla. — True  to  death. — 
"The  light  that  lies  in  woman's  eyes." — Death  by  misadventure. — A  message  from  the 
dead. — A  vision  of  the  night. — The  pretty  Quakeress. — My  first  case. — A  vision  or  a 
dream  ?  —  From  the  jail  to  the  battlefield.  —  All  for  a  woman's  eyes.  —  The  ruse  of 
Madame  Martin. 

Irish  stories. 

Leatny,  Edmund.  ^454^ 

Irish  fairy  tales.     Gill. 

Contents:  Princess  Finola  and  the  dwarf. — The  house  in  the  lake. — The  little 
white  cat. — The  golden  spears. — The  fairy  tree  of  Dooros. — The  enchanted  cave. — The 
huntsman's  son. 

Also  published  under  the  title  "The  golden  spears,  and  other  fairy  tales." 

The  same.     FitzGerald jL454g 

Lee,  Mrs  Gerald  Stanley.    See  Lee,  Mrs  Jennette  Barbour  (Perry). 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1811 


Lee,  Mrs  Jennette  Barbour  (Perry).  L5242h 

Happy  Island;  a  new  "Uncle  William"  story.     Century. 

"Uncle  William"  with  his  knowledge  of  human  nature  re-appears  in  the  role  of 
peacemaker  and  match-maker. 

Lefevre,  Edwin.  L5382S 

Sampson  Rock  of  Wall  street;  a  novel.    Harper. 

Appeared  in  the  "Saturday  evening  post." 

"The  story,  which  is  entirely  readable,  is  filled  with  the  technique  of  speculation, 
and  all  the  detail  of  a  big  New  York  stock-brokerage  office  is  laid  bare."    Nation,  igoj. 

The  legacy.     Watts W336I 

Legacy  of  Cain.     Collins C6g4le 

Leila.     Fogazzaro F685I 

Leonhart,  Rudolph.  rL623d 

Dolores;  a  tale  of  Maine  and  Italy.    Luft.    Pittsburgh. 

Leonore  Stubbs.     Walford Wi65le 

Letitia.     Martin M427I 

Letters  from  a  cat.     Jackson JJ124I 

The  same JJ124C 

Letts,  W.  M.  L658d 

Diana  dethroned.     Lane. 

Story  of  English  country  life,  virtually  a  study  of  two  opposite  temperaments. 
Lewes,  Mrs  Mary  Ann  (Evans).    See  Eliot,  George,  pseud. 
Lewis,  Mrs  Margaret  (Cameron).     See  Cameron,  Margaret. 
Lewis,  Matthew  Gregory.  rL674m 

The  monk;  a  romance;  ed.  by  E.  A.  Baker.  Routledge.  (Library  of 
early  novelists.) 

First  published  in  1795. 

"A  Gothic  tale  of  terror... The  hero  is  a  criminal  monk  who  has  dealings  with 
Lucifer;  and,  being  condemned  by  the  Inquisition,  is  carried  off  by  the  devil."  Baker's 
Descriptive  guide  to  the  best  fiction. 

Lewis  Rand.    Johnston J3692I 

Life,  adventures  and  piracies  of  Captain  Singleton.     Defoe rD3781i 

Life  of  Colonel  Jack.     Defoe rD3781i 

Light  eternal.     Rosegger R721I 

Lighted  lamp.     Henderson. H442I 

Lillibridge,  William  Otis.  L6982b 

Ben  Blair;  the  story  of  a  plainsman.     McClurg. 

"A  story  of  South  Dakota  and  New  York;  a  big-hearted,  wholesome  picture  of 
elemental  life  in  the  open,  and  an. .  .arraignment  of  the  contrasting  effeteness  of  'civili- 
zation.' "     Life,  1905. 

Lillibridge,  William  Otis.  L6982W 

Where  the  trail  divides.     Dodd. 

Story  of  the  Dakota   prairies  and  the  love  of  a  young  Indian   for  a  white  girl. 

Lincoln,  Joseph  Crosby.  L7i62ca 

Cap'n  Warren's  wards.    Appleton. 

An  orphaned  brother  and  sister  who  have  been  brought  up  in  luxury  are  left  to 
the  guardianship  of  their  uncle,  a  retired  sea-captain.  His  good  sense  and  keen  humor 
help  him  in  the  somewhat  trying  situation. 


i8i2  ENGLISH  FICTION 


Lincoln,  Joseph  Crosby.  L7i62cy 

Cy  Whittaker's  place.    Appleton. 

Story  of  life  in  a  seaside  village  of  New  England  to  which  Cy  Whittaker  returned 
after  many  years  in  South  America. 

Lincoln,  Joseph  Crosby.  L7i62d 

The  depot  master.    Appleton. 
Story  of  Cape  Cod  folk  and  in  particular  of  Captain  Solomon  Berry,  depot  master. 

Lincoln,  Joseph  Crosby.  L71620 

The  "Old  home  house."    Barnes. 

Contents:  Two  pairs  of  shoes. — The  count  and  the  manager. — The  south  shore 
weather  bureau. — The  dog  star. — The  mare  and  the  motor. — The  mark  on  the  door. — 
The  love  of  Lobelia  'Ankins. — The  meanness  of  Rosy. — The  anttquers. — His  native  heath. 
— "Jonesy." 

Amusing  yarns  about  the  summer  hotel  at  Wellmouth  Port  which  Barzilla  Wingate 
and  Cap'n  Jonadab  helped  to  run. 

Lincoln,  Joseph  Crosby.  L7162W 

The  woman-haters;  a  yarn  of  Eastboro  twin-lights.    Appleton. 

The  woman-haters  are  a  lighthouse  keeper  and  a  mysterious  young  man  from  the 
city  who  is  washed  ashore  and  takes  up  his  abode  in  the  lighthouse.  Under  the  influence 
of  interesting  neighbors  in  a  near-by  bungalow,  they  experience  a  change  of  heart. 

A  Lincoln  conscript.     Greene G835I 

Lindsey,  William.  L723S 

The  severed  mantle.    Houghton. 

Story  of  Provence  in  the  time  of  the  troubadours. 

Linwoods.     Sedgwick 18448! 

Lion's  share.    Thanet,  Octave,  pseud T337I 

Lisheen.     Sheehan S54ili 

Listen  to  me  stories.    Aspinwall jA84ie2 

Listener's  lure.     Lucas L969I 

Little,  Frances,  (pseud,  of  Mrs  Fannie  (Caldwell)  Macaulay).        L7432I 

Lady  of  the  decoration.    Century. 

Story  told  in  letters  written  home  by  a  young  American  widow  who  went  to  Japan 
as  a  kindergartner. 

Little,  Frances,  (pseud,  of  Mrs  Fannie  (Caldwell)  Macaulay).       L7432li 
Little  sister  Snow.     Century. 
Slight,  graceful  story  of  Japanese  life.     Illustrated  by  a  Japanese  artist. 

Little  aliens.     Kelly Ki72li 

Little  brown  jug  at  Kildare.     Nicholson N319I 

Little  city  of  hope.     Crawford €87411 

Little   Daffydowndilly.      Hawthorne JH367I 

Little  Girl  Blue.     Gates JG233I 

Little  gods.     Thomas T3753I 

Little  grey  house.    Taggart jTi34li 

Little  runaways.     Curtis JC933I 

Little  sister  Snow.     Little,  Frances,  pseud L7432li 

Little  stories  about  little  animals  for  little  children.    Holton. . .  .JH748I 
'Lizbeth  of  the  Dale.    Keith K164I 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1813 


Locke,  William  John.  L759b 

The  beloved  vagabond.     Lane. 

An  irresistible,  irresponsible  tale  of  the  open  road  and  the  free  life.  The  hero  is 
a  wandering  philosopher  who  picks  up  a  little  boy  out  of  the  gutter,  adopts  him,  wanders 
with  him  through  Europe  and  educates  him  by  the  way. 

Locke,  William  John.  Lysgg 

The  glory  of  Clementina.    Lane. 

Appeared  in  the  "Saturday  evening  post,"  v.183-184.  May  20-Aug.  5,  191 1. 

Story  of  a  successful  portrait  painter  who  for  a  long  time  hid  her  womanliness  under 
a  rough  manner  and  dowdy  clothes,  but  finally,  to  save  the  hero  from  an  adventuress, 
dons  the  "neglected  weapons  of  her  sex." 

Locke,  William  John.  Lysgm 

Morals  of  Marcus  Ordeyne;  a  novel.     Lane. 

A  gay  and  beguiling  tale  of  the  transformation  of  a  once  staid  literary  bachelor. 
Locke,  William  John.  Lysgs 

Septimus.    Lane. 

Appeared  in  the  "American  magazine,"  y.66-67.  May  1908-Jan.  1909,  under  the 
title  "Simple  Septimus." 

Scene  laid  in  modern  England  and  on  the  continent.  Septimus  is  an  impractical  but 
lovable  genius  who  rises  to  heroic  actions.  Recalls  "The  beloved  vagabond,"  though 
slighter  and  less  thoroughly  worked  out. 

Locke,  William  John.  Lysgsi 

Simon  the  jester.    Lane. 

Appeared  in  the  "American  magazine,"  v.69-70,   Nov.   1909-Aug.   1910. 

"Simon... is  a  young  Member  of  Parliament  with  political  prospects,  social  position 
and  a  comfortable  bank  account,  who,  being  condemned  to  an  early  death  by  the  medi- 
cal profession,  determines  upon  a  six  months'  org:y  of  altruism,  and  ends  by  upsetting 
not  only  the  calculations  of  his  physicians,  but  his  own  order  of  existence."     Life,  1910. 

London,  Jack.  •  L822b 

Before  Adam.     Macmillan. 

Appeared  in  "Everybody's  magazine,"  v.  15-16,  Oct.  1906— Feb.  1907. 
Fantastic  but  ingenious  tale  of  a  man  who  lives  over  again  in  dreams  his  sensations 
and  adventures  of  a  primitive  existence  in  the  transitory  period  between  ape  and  man. 

London,  Jack.  L822bu 

Burning  Daylight.     Macmillan. 

Story  of  an  Alaskan  pioneer  hero  who  makes  a  fortune  in  gold,  his  mastery  of 
others  and  final  mastery  of  himself. 

London,  Jack.  L822I0 

Lost  Face  [and  other  stories].    Macmillan. 

Other  stories:  Trust. — To  build  a  fire. — That  Spot. — Flush  of  gold. — The  passing 
of  Marcus  O'Brien. — The  wit  of  Porportuk. 

Brutal,  if  powerful,  stories  of  Alaskan  life. 

London,  Jack.  L822I 

Love  of  life,  and  other  stories.     Macmillan. 

Other  stories :  A  day's  lodging. — The  white  man's  way. — The  story  of  Keesh. — The 
unexpected. — Brown  Wolf. — The  sun-dog  trail. — Negore  the  coward. 

"This  is  much  the  usual  Jack  London  thing:  wolf-dog^s  and  miners  and  Indians; 
starving  and  freezing  and  killing.  The  title  story  gives  the  last  grewsome  detail  in  the 
frightful  experience  of  a  miner  who  drags  himself,  half-starving,  a  long  distance  through 
the  waste  toward  a  rescue  which  is  after  all  a  matter  of  chance."    Nation,  igo/. 

London,  Jack.  L822SO 

South  sea  tales.     Macmillan. 

Contents:  The  house  of  Mapuhi. — The  whale  tooth. — Mauld. — "Yah!  yah!  yah!" 
— The  heathen. — The  terrible  Solomons. — The  inevitable  white  man. — The  seed  of 
McCoy. 

Short  stories  of  South  sea  adventure  and  rough  life. 


i8i4  ENGLISH  FICTION 


London,  Jack.  LSaaw 

White  fang.     Macmillan. 

Appeared  in  "Outing  magazine,"  v.48-49,  May-Oct.   1906. 

"White  fang"  is  a  wolf  with  a  half-dog  mother.  The  story  of  his  birth  in  the  wild 
and  his  final  submission  to  the  mastery  of  man  forms  the  direct  antithesis  to  the  "Call 
of  the  wild." 

Lonely  house.     Streckfuss 8914! 

Lonely  lady  of  Grosvenor  square.    De  la  Pasture DsSgal 

Long,  John  Luther.  LSssf 

Felice.    Moffat. 

Appeared  in  "Harper's  magazine,"  v.  110,  Dec.  1904. 

Pathetic  story  of  life  in  the  Italian  quarter  of  one  of  our  large  cities. 

Long  road.     Oxenham O352I 

Long  roll.     Johnston • J3692I0 

Longard  de  Longgarde,  Mme  Dorothea  (Gerard).    See  Gerard, 
Dorothea. 

Lord  Loveland  discovers  America.    Williamson Wysilo 

Lords  of  high  decision.     Nicholson N319I0 

Lorimer,  Norma  Octavia.  L876b 

By  the  waters  of  Carthage.  '  Pott. 

Written  in  the  form  of  letters  from  a  woman  traveling  in  Africa  to  her  husband 
in  England.  It  is  a  cross  between  a  novel  and  a  book  of  travels,  for  the  author  has 
woven  a  love  story  into  her  description  of  life  in  Tunis  and  Carthage. 

Lost   borders.     Austin ! A9372I 

Lost  Face.     London L822I0 

Lothrop,  Mrs  Harriet  Mulford  (Stone).    See  Sidney,  Margaret,  pseud. 

Love  in  a  little  town.    Buckrose B857I 

Love  of  life,  and  other  stories.     London L822I 

Lovell,  Ingraham,  pseud.    See  Daskam,  Josephine  Dodge,  after- 
ward Mrs  Bacon. 

Loves  of  Pelleas  and  Etarre.     Gale G145I 

Love's  young  dream.     Crockett C886I0V 

Lubbock,  Alfred  Basil.  L966d 

Deep  sea  warriors.    Methuen. 

Story  of  an  army  man  who,  for  a  wager,  ships  before  the  mast  on  a  long-voyage 
sailing  ship  of  bad  reputation.  His  messmates  are  nearly  all  rascals  of  more  or  less 
dangerous  type  and  his  adventures  make  exciting  reading. 

Lucas,  Edward  Verrall.  L969I 

Listener's  lure;  a  Kensington  comedy.    Macmillan. 
Story  in  the  form  of  letters.    The  charm  of  the  book  lies  in  the  natural  and  delight- 
ful quality  of  the  letters  and  in  the  matters  discussed  in  them. 

Lucas,  Edward  Verrall.  "LgSgrn 

Mr  Ingleside  [a  novel].     Macmillan. 

Human  and  humorous  story  of  an  exasperating  but  delightful  widower,  his  two 
daughters,  their  friends  and  their  servants. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1815 


Lucas,  Edward  Verrall.  LgGgo 

Over  Bemerton's;  an  easy-going  chronicle.    Macmillan. 

"Bemerton's  is  a  second-hand  book-shop  [in  London]  over  which  the  agreeable  elder- 
ly gentleman  who  tells  this  discursive  tale  occupies  the  first-floor  rooms."  Athenceum, 
190S. 

Lucas,  Edward  Verrall.  Lgegs 

The  slowcoach.    Macmillan. 
The  same JL969S 

Appeared  in  "Outlook,"  v.95— 96,  June  25-Nov.  26,  1910. 

Story  of  the  ten  days'  travel  of  the  Avory  children  and  some  of  their  friends  from 
Oxford  to  Bredon  and  back  in  a  caravan  which  had  mysteriously  appeared  at  the  Avory 
home  and  of  which  they  were  startlingly  bereft  at  the  end  of  the  journey. 

Lucas,  Edward  Verrall,  comp.  jLg6gf 

Forgotten  tales  of  long  ago,  with  illustrations  by  F.  D.  Bedford. 
Wells. 

Contents:  Dicky  Random. — The  months. — Jemima  Placid. — Two  trials:  Sally  Delia; 
Harry  Lenox. — Prince  life,  by  G.  P.  R.  James. — The  farm-yard  journal,  by  the  Aikins. 
—  The  fruits  of  disobedience.  —  The  rose's  breakfast.  —  The  three  cakes,  by  Armand 
Berquin. — Amendment. — Scourhill's  adventures. — The  journal,  by  Priscilla  Wakefield. — 
Ellen  and  George,  by  A.  C.  Mant. — Waste  not,  want  not,  by  Maria  Edgeworth.— The 
bunch  of  cherries.  —  The  fugitive,  by  Miss  Pearson.  —  The  butcher's  tournament,  by 
Peter  Parley. — Malleville's  night  of  adventure,  by  Jacob  Abbott. — The  life  and  adven- 
tures of  Lady  Anne. — Captain  Murderer,  by  Charles  Dickens. 

Luck  of  the  Dudley  Grahams.     Haines JH151I 

Luk-Oie,  Ole,  pseud.  Lg76g 

Green  curve,  and  other  stories.    Doubleday. 

Other  stories:  The  second  degree. — The  kite. — One  night. — The  joint  in  the  harness. 
— Cuvee  reservee. — Mole-warfare. — An  eddy  of  war. — ^The  point  of  view. — ^When  dog 
cats  dog. — The  limit. 

"Short,  arresting  stories  of  the  modern  and  future  science  of  war.  Devoid  of  ro- 
mance and  without  brutality,  their  very  uncommon  quality  lies  in  a  certain  cold,  imper- 
sonal and  scientific  attitude."    A.  L.  A.  booklist,  1911. 

Lure  of  the  mask.    MacGrath M162I 

Luska,  Sidney,  pseud.    See  Harland,  Henry. 

Lynde,  Francis.  Lgg2e 

Empire  builders.     Bobbs. 

.Story  of  a  young  civil  engineer's  fight  against  natural  obstacles  and  professional 
rivals  in  bringing  to  completion  a  big  Western  railroad  extension. 

Lynde,  Francis.  Lggzk 

King  of  Arcadia.    Scribner. 
Action  of  the  story  deals  with  the  construction  of  an  irrigating  reservoir  in  Colorado. 

Lynde,  Francis.  Lggat 

Taming  of  Red  Butte  Western.    Scribner. 
Nevada  railroad  story. 

Lyons,  Albert  Michael  Neil.  Lggsa 

Arthur's  [short  stories].    Lane. 
Stories  of  the  characters  who  frequent  "Arthur's,"  a  south  London  coffee  stall. 

Lytton,  Edward  George  Earle  Lytton  Bulwer-,  baron.  Lgggpi 

Pilgrims  of  the  Rhine. 
Contains  also  "The  coming  race." 

The  same Lgggpia 

Contains  also:    Zicci. — Leila. — Calderon  the  courtier. — Pausanias  the  Spartan. 
Athenaeum  edition. 


i8i6  ENGLISH  FICTION 

Maartens,  Maarten,  {pseud,  of  Joost  Marius  Wilhelm  van  Miiin 

der  Poorten  Schwartz). 
The  new  religion;  a  modern  novel.     Methuen. 
A  satire  on  doctors  and  doctoring. 

Maartens,  Maarten,  {pseud,  of  Joost  Marius  Wilhelm  van  Mi  up 

der  Poorten  Schwartz). 

Price  of  Lis  Doris.    Appleton. 

In  this  strong  and  tender  book  we  have  Maarten  Maartens  at  his  best,  and  his  best 
is  a  strange  blending  of  homely  realism  and  spiritual  idealism.  It  is  a  moving  story  of 
a  Dutch  peasant  lad  who  becomes  a  great  painter  and  puts  aside  the  crown  of  his  great- 
ness for  love's  sake.    Condensed  from  Outlook  (London),  1909. 

Mabel.    Bennett rB43gp 

Macaulay,  Mrs  Fannie  (Caldwell).    See  Little,  Frances,  pseud. 

Macaulay,  M}.fj  R.  M1192V 

The  valley  captives.     Holt. 

Sombre  story  of  Welsh  life.  A  brother  and  sister,  captives  of  a  hateful  environ- 
ment, win  freedom  through  many  trials.  The  other  characters  are  scarcely  less  at  odds 
with  fate. 

McCall,  Sidney,  pseud.    See  FenoUosa,  Mrs  Mary  (McNeil). 

McCarter,  Mrs  Margaret  Hill.  M1282P 

Price  of  the  prairie;  a  story  of  Kansas.    McClurg. 

Idealized  account  of  life  in  Kansas  in  the  days  when  plots  of  pro-slavery  sym- 
pathizers and  Indian  uprisings  made  daily  existence  uncertain. 

McCarthy,  Justin  Huntly.  MiaSk 

The  king  over  the   water;   or,   The   marriage   of   Mr  Melancholy. 

Harper. 

Tells   how  four  gallant   Irish  soldiers  of  fortune,   devoted  to   the  cause  of   "His 

Majesty  James  the  Third"  of  England,  went  to  the  rescue  of  his  imprisoned  bride,  the 

princess  Clementina  Sobieski. 

McCarthy,  Justin  Huntly.  Mi28n 

Needles  and  pins;  a  novel.    Harper. 

Spirited  tale  of  the  1 5th  century,  in  which  Francois  Villon  figures  as  the  hero. 

McCarthy,  Justin  Huntly.  M128S 

Seraphica;  a  romance.    Harper. 

Spirited  romance  of  the  time  of  Louis  XV  of  France  during  the  regency.  It  tells 
the  escapades  of  a  young  duchess  who  masquerades  at  the  court  as  a  wandering  player. 

McCook,  Henry  Christopher.  Mi39q 

Quaker  Ben;  a  tale  of  colonial  Pennsylvania  in  the  days  of  Thomas 
Penn.    Jacobs. 

McCutcheon,  George  Barr.  Mi43d 

Daughter  of  Anderson  Crow.    Dodd. 

Rather  entertaining  combination  of  sensationalism  and  farce.  Anderson  Crow  is 
general  factotum  in  a  little  out-of-the-way  township,  and  fancies  himself  a  skilful 
detective. 

McCutcheon,  George  Barr.  Mi43m 

The  man  from  Brodney's.    Dodd. 

A  preposterous  will  forces  the  heirs  of  two  old  men  to  live  for  a  certain  time  on  an 
island  in  the  South  sea.     The  settlement  involves  many  complications. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1817 


McCutcheon,  George  Barr.  Mi43t 

Truxton  King;  a  story  of  Graustark.    Dodd. 
Romance  of  love  and  adventure. 

MacDonald,  George,  1824-1905.  JM146P 

The  princess  and  Curdie.     Lippincott. 

In  which  Curdie  and  his  army  of  weird  beasts  overcome  the  enemies  of  his  king. 
Sequel  to  "The  princess  and  the  goblin." 

McDonald,  Mrs  Lucy  Maud    (Montgomery).     See  Montgomery,  Lucy 

Maud. 
McDonnell,  Randal  William.  M1473W 

When  Cromwell  came  to  Drogheda;  a  memory  of  1649;  ed.  from  the 
record  of  Clarence  Stranger,  a  captain  in  the  army  of  Owen  Roe 
O'Neill.      Gill. 

"List  of  authorities,"  p.  149. 

Story  of  Cromwell's  invasion  of  Ireland. 

McFarlane,  Arthur  Emerson.  MisSr 

Redney  McGaw;  a  story  of  the  big  show  and  the  cheerful  spirit. 
Little. 

Story  of  a  circus  boy. 

MacGowan,  Alice.  M1622J 

Judith  of  the  Cumberlands.     Putnam. 

Appeared  in  "Putnam's  monthly,"  v.4-5,  June-Nov.   1908. 
Story  of  moonshiners  and  mountain  feuds. 

MacGowan,  Alice.  M1622S 

The  sword  in  the  mountains.     Putnam. 

Chapters   i-io  appeared  in  "Putnam's  magazine,"  v.7,  Dec.   1909-April   1910. 
Civil  war  story,  scene  laid  in  the  mountains  of  eastern  Tennessee. 

MacGowan,  Alice.  M1622W 

Wiving  of  Lance  Cleaverage.    Putnam. 

Appeared  in  "Putnam's  monthly,"   v. 6-7,  April-Oct.   1909.  ' 

Story  of  the  Tennessee  mountains. 

MacGrath,  Harold.  M162C 

The  carpet  from  Bagdad.     Bobbs. 
Tale  of  thrilling  adventures  following  the  theft  of  a  famous  prayer-rug. 

MacGrath,  Harold.  Mi62h 

Hearts  and  masks.     Bobbs. 

The  same,  and  [The  princess  elopes].    Grosset Mi62h2 

Recounts  the  adventures  of  a  single  evening.     The  hero  and  heroine  go  separately 

and  uninvited  to  a  fashionable  masked  ball  and  complications  arise. 

MacGrath,  Harold.  M162I 

Lure  of  the  mask.     Bobbs. 
Story  of  a  young  New  Yorker  who  'falls  in  love  with  the  voice  of  an  unknown  singer. 

Mclntyre,  John  Thomas.  Miyaa 

Ashton-Kirk,  investigator.     Penn. 
Detective  story. 

McLaren,  Amy.  Migsb 

Bawbee  Jock.    Putnam. 

Scottish  love  story. 

Maclaren,  Ian,  pseud.    See  Watson,  John  Maclaren. 


i8i8  ENGLISH  FICTION 

Maclean,  Mrs  Letitia  Elizabeth  (Landon).    See  Landon,  Letitia  Eliza- 

berh,  afterward  Mrs  Maclean,  (pseud.  L.  E.  L.). 
Macleod,  Fiona,  pseud.    See  Sharp,  William. 

McManus,  L.  Maui 

In  Sarsfield's  days;  a  tale  of  the  siege  of  Limerick.    Gill. 
Also  published  under  the  title  "The  wager." 
Story  of  the  siege  of  Limerick  in  1690  and  of  the  Irish  Jacobite  general  Sarsfield. 

McManus,  L.  Mann 

Nessa  [a  story].    Sealy. 

Scene  of  the  story  is  laid  in  Ireland,  in  the  time  of  the  English  commonwealth,  1654. 

Macnaughtan,  S.  Maisa 

The  Andersons.    Button. 

"Flora  Anderson,  an  able  young  Scotchwoman  resolved  on  matrimony,  and  her 
animadversions  upon  a  halting  lover  furnish  the  sustaining  interest  in  this  extended 
narrative.  The  plot — both  rudimentary  and  trite — is  comprised  in  the  disastrous  excur- 
sion of  a  middle-class  Scotch  family  into  London  society."     Nation,  igii. 

Macnaughtan,  S.  Maise 

The  expensive  Miss  Du  Cane;  an  episode  in  her  life.    Button. 

Modern  love-story,  scene  laid  at  an  English  house-party  in  the  country. 

Macnaughtan,  S.  Maist 

Three  Miss  Graemes.    Button. 

Quiet  adventures  of  three  quaint  young  Scotch  girls  who,  poor  and  unprotected,  go 
to  London  to  stay  with  a  distant  relative. 

McNaughton,  Mrs  Myra  (Kelly).    See  Kelly,  Myra. 

Mad  shepherds.     Jacks Jiaam 

Madame  de  Treymes.    Wharton Wsgsam 

Magnhild.     Bjornson Bsiim 

Maid  of  honor.     Holmes H736am 

Maitland,  Mrs  Ella  Fuller.  Mayib 

Blanche  Esmead;  a  story  of  diverse  temperaments.     Methuen. 

An  English  country  village  furnishes  the  setting,  and  the  vicar  and  his  wife  are 
the  central  characters. 

Maitland,  major  and  minor.    Turley jTSsym 

Major,  Charles,  (pseud.  Edwin  Caskoden).  Ma74g 

A  gentle  knight  of  old  Brandenburg. 

Historical  romance  of  the  court  of  Frederick  William  of  Prussia,  1731. 

Major   Vigoureux.     Couch CSsSma 

Malefactor.     Oppenheim Oa65ma 

Malet,  Lucas,  pseud.    See  Harrison,  Mrs  Mary  St.  Leger  (Kingsley). 

Malone,  Paul  Bernard.  jMa94p 

A  plebe  at  West  Point.    Penn. 

Douglas  Atwell  becomes  a  cadet  and  meets  his  old  enemy,  Jackson.  Sequel  to 
"Winning  his  way  to  West  Point." 

Malone,  Paul  Bernard.  jM394we 

A  West  Point  cadet.    Penn. 

In  which  Douglas  Atwell  becomes  a  second  lieutenant  in  the  United  States  army. 
Sequel  to  "A  West  Point  yearling." 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1819 


Malone,  Paul  Bernard.  jM2g4W 

West  Point  yearling.    Penn. 

In  which  Douglas  Atwell  helps  to  suppress  hazing.  Sequel  to  "A  plebe  at  West 
Point." 

Malone,  Paul  Bernard.  jM2g4wi 

Winning  his  way  to  West  Point.     Penn. 

Doujtlas  Atwell,  a  private  in  the  United  States  army  in  the  Philippines,  wins  his 
way  to  West  Point  through  days  of  hardship  and  treachery. 

Malser,  Hans,  pseud.    See  Rosegger,  Petri  Kettenfeier. 

Man  from  Brodney's.     McCutcheon Mi43m 

Man  higher  up.     Miller M6g23m 

Man  in  lower  ten.     Rinehart R47am 

Man  in  the  shadow.     Child ; C4362m 

Man  of  property.     Galsworthy Gi57m 

Man  of  yesterday.     Kinkaid K2742m 

Man  who  could  not  lose.    Davis Dsasm 

Man  who  was  Thursday.     Chesterton C4272m 

Manon  Lescaut.     Prevost rPgsgm 

A  man's  man.     Hay,  Ian,  pseud H3683m 

Manuel,  Juan.  rM35ic 

Count  Lucanor;  or,  The  fifty  pleasant  stories  of  Patronio;  first  done 
into  English  by  James  York,  1868.  Gibbings.  (Tales  of  the  "Spanish 
Boccaccio.") 

Spanish  writer  (1282-1347). 

"Juan  Manuel's  masterpiece  is  the  Conde  Lucanor  (also  named  the  Book  of  Patronio 

and  the  Book  of  Examples) Like  the  Decamerone,  like  the  Canterbury  Tales — but  with 

greater  directness — the  Conde  Lucanor  is  the  oriental  apologue  embellished  in  terms  of 
the  vernacular. .  .The  examples  are  taken  from  experience,  and  are  told  with  extraor- 
dinary narrative  skill.  Simplicity  of  theme  is  matched  by  simplicity  of  expression." 
Kelly's  Spanish  literature. 

Many  kingdoms.     Jordan J4283nia 

Mapu,  Abraham.  M357i 

In  the  days  of  Isaiah;  tr.  from  the  Hebrew  by  B.  A.  M.  Schapiro. 

Marching  against  the  Iroquois.     Tomlinson jT5g7m 

Marchmont,  Arthur  William.  M373i 

In  the  cause  of  freedom.    Stokes. 

A  young  English  tourist  in  Russia  finds  himself  involved  in  political  complications 
brought  about  by  his  devotion  to  a  patriotic  Polish  girl. 

Marcia.     Kirk K284m 

Margarita's  soul.     Daskam D273ma 

Margery.     Benson B443ma 

Margery.     Ebers E2i8m 

Marguerite's  wonderful  year.     Grundy Gg47d 

Maria.     Isaacs I2gim 

Marie-Claire  [in  English] .     Audoux Agi4m 


i820  ENGLISH  FICTION 


Marks,  Jeannette  Augustus.  Msgie 

End  of  a  song.    Houghton. 

Story  of  Welsh  life. 

Marriage  a  la  mode.     Ward W2i4mar 

Marriage  of  Theodora.     Seawall 8442013 

Married  life  of  the  Frederic  Carrolls.     Williams W745m 

Marriott,  Charles,  b.  1869.  M4i22n 

"Now!"    Lane. 

Interesting  variant  of  the  present  popular  type  of  English  story  which  preaches  the 
gospel  of  the  spontaneous  and  unconventional  life.  In  the  "Kenwyn-Browns"  we  have 
a  delightfully  satirical  study  of  a  laboriously  cultured  suburban  family  pathetically  eager 
to  reach  the  highest  ideals  in  hygiene,  literature  and  art. 

Marryat,  Captain  Frederick.  M4i2ph 

Phantom  ship,  with  an  introduction  by  David  Hannay.  Macmillan. 
"A  thrilling  narrative  of  Philip  Vanderdecken's  arduous  search  for,  and  eventually 

successful,  though  calamitous  discovery  of,  his  father,  the  'Flying  Dutchman.'  "    Baker's 

Descriptive  guide  to  the  best  fiction. 

Marshall,  Beatrice.  M4i62h 

His  most  dear  ladye;  a  story  of  Mary,  countess  of  Pembroke,  sister 
of  Sir  Philip  Sidney.    Seeley. 

"We  are  introduced  to  the  Countess  of  Pembroke,  her  husband,  and  her  son,  and 
to  various  distinguished  persons,  such  as  King  James,  Queen  Anne,  and  Lady  Arabella 
Stuart... The  result  is  a  very  well-drawn  picture."     Spectator,  igo6. 

Martin,  Mrs  George  (Madden).  jM427a 

Abbie  Ann.     Century. 

Abbie  Ann  is  a  little  red-haired  girl  of  nine.  The  story  tells  of  her  experiences  in 
Coal  City,  a  mining  town  in  the  Alleghany  mountains,  and  why  she  went  to  boarding- 
school. 

Martin,  Mrs  George  (Madden).  M4a7l 

Letitia,  nursery  corps,  U.  S.  A.    McClure. 

Appeared  in  the  "American  magazine,"  v. 63-65,  Dec.  1906-Nov.  1907. 

Story  of  the  much  neglected  little  daughter  of  an  army  officer  and  his  indifferent 
and  flirtatious  wife. 

Martin,  Mrs  Helen  (Reimensnyder).  M428b 

Betrothal  of  Elypholate,  and  other  tales  of  the  Pennsylvania  Dutch. 
Century. 

Other  tales:  The  reforming  of  a  bridegroom. — The  conversion  of  Elviny. — Ellie's 
furnishing. — Mrs  Holzapple's  convictions. — The  narrow  escape  of  Permilla. — The  court- 
ing of  Pearly. — The  disciplining  of  Mathias. 

Martin,  Mrs  Helen  (Reimensnyder).  M428h 

His  courtship.    McClure. 

Story  of  Pennsylvania  Dutch  folk. 

Martin  Hewitt,  investigator.     Morrison Mgigm 

Maruja.     Harte Hsigma 

Mary  Cary.     Bosher B642ma 

Mary  Gray.     Hinkson Hseym 

Mascot  of  Sweet  Briar  Gulch.    Phillips P5i3ma 

Maseeh,  Leopold,  ritter  von  Sacher-.     See  Sacher-Masoch, 
Leopold,  ritter  von. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1821 


Mason,  Alfred  Edward  Woodley.  M448a 

At  the  Villa  Rose.    Scribner. 
Detective  story. 

Mason,  Alfred  Edward  Woodley.  M448b 

The  broken  road.    Scribner. 

Story  of  life  in  India  and  of  the  building  of  a  government  road.  The  story  brings 
out  the  inevitable  barriers  which  separate  the  East  from  the  West. 

Mason,  Alfred  Edward  Woodley.  M448r 

Running  water.     Century. 

Appeared  in  the  "Century  magazine,"  v.72-73,  Aug.  1906-March   1907. 

Rather  melodramatic  tale,  the  chief  characters  being  a  brave-hearted  young  girl  and 
her  dissolute  father.  What  is  best  in  the  book  has  its  scene  among  the  Alps  above 
Chamonix. 

Mason,  Mrs  Caroline  (Atwater).  M4482b 

Binding  of  the  strong.    Revell. 
Romance  of  the  poet  Milton  and  Mary  Powell. 

Masque  of  days.     Crane qjC867im 

The  master.     Bacheller Bi27m 

Master  and  maid.     Harker H273ma 

Master  Christopher.     De  la  Pasture D38g2ma 

Master-girl.     Hilliers H56i2m 

Master  of  Stair.     Bowen,  Marjorie,  pseud B662m 

Master  of  the  inn.     Herrick H477ma 

Matthews,  Brander.     "  ^479^ 

A  family  tree,  and  other  stories.    Longmans. 

Other  stories:  Memories. — Idle  notes  of  an  uneventful  voyage. — On  the  battle- 
field.— Scherzi  &  skizzen:  Such  stuff  as  dreams;  Chesterfield's  postal-cards  to  his  son; 
In  a  bob-tail  car;  By  telephone. 

Matthews,  Brander,  ed.  M479sh 

The  short-story;  specimens  illustrating  its  development,  with  intro- 
duction and  notes.    Amer.  Book  Co. 

Contents:  The  husband  of  Aglaes,  from  Gesta  Romanorum. — The  story  of  Gri- 
selda,  by  Boccaccio. — Constantia  and  Theodosius,  by  Joseph  Addison. — Rip  van  Winkle, 
by  Washington  Irving. — Dream-children;  a  revery,  by  Charles  Lamb. — Wandering  Wil- 
lie's tale,  by  Walter  Scott. — Mateo  Falcone,  by  Prosper  Merimee. — The  shot,  by  Alex- 
ander Pushkin. — The  steadfast  tin  soldier,  lay  H.  C.  .Andersen. — The  fall  of  the  house 
of  Usher,  by  E.  A.  Poe. — The  ambitious  guest,  by  Nathaniel  Hawthorne. — A  child'* 
dream  of  a  star,  by  Charles  Dickens. — What  was  it?  a  mystery,  by  Fitz-James  O'Brien. 
— The  father,  by  Bjornstjerne  Bjornson. — Tennessee's  partner,  by  Bret  Harte. — The 
siege  of  Berlin,  by  Alphonse  Daudet. — The  insurgent,  by  Ludovic  Halevy. — The  sub- 
stitute, by  Francois  Coppee. — Mrs  KnoUys,  by  F.  J.  Stimson. — The  necklace,  by  Guy  de 
Maupassant. — Markheim,  by  R.  L.  Stevenson. — The  man  who  was,  by  Rudyard  Kipling. 
— The  sisterly  scheme,  by  H.  C.  Bunner. 

Maupassant,  Guy  de.  rM493l 

Life  work  of  Maupassant;  embracing  romance,  travel,  comedy  & 
verse,  for  the  first  time  complete  in  English,  with  a  critical  preface  by 
Paul  Bourget  and  an  introduction  by  Robert  Arnot.     lyv.    Dunne. 

v.i-s.     Short  stories  of  the  tragedy  and  comedy  of  life. 

V.6.     Une  vie;  or.  The  history  of  a  heart. — Little  Louise  Roque. 

V.7.     Bel  ami;  or.  The  history  of  a  scoundrel. — Yvette. 

V.8.     Mont  Oriol;  or,  A  romance  of  Auvergne. 

v.9.     Notre  coeur;  or,  A  woman's  pastime. — The  olive  grove,  and  other  tales. 

v.io.     Pierre  et  Jean;  or.  Crucifixion. — The  heritage,  and  other  tales. 


i822  ENGLISH  FICTION 


Maupassant,  Guy  de — continued.  rM4g2l 

V.I  I.     Fort  comme  la  mort;  or,  The  ruling  passion. — Duchoux. — Old  Amablc. 

V.I 2.     Au  soleil;  or,  African  wanderings. — La  vie  crrante;  or,  In  Vagabondia. 

V.I 3.  Sur  I'eau;  or,  On  the  face  of  the  waters. — Des  vers;  or,  Romances  in  rhyme. 
— A  tale  of  old  times. — A  family  affair. 

V.I 4.  La  paix  du  menage;  or,  A  comedy  of  marriage,  in  two  acts. — Musotte;  or, 
A  critical  situation,  a  comedy  in  three  acts  by  Guy  de  Maupassant  and  Jacques  Normand. 
— The  lancer's  wife,  and  other  tales. 

V.I 5-1 7.     Short  stories  of  the  tragedy  and  comedy  of  life. 

May,  Sophie,  (pseud,  of  Rebecca  Sophia  Clarke).  MsaSq 

Quinnebasset  girls.    Lee. 

Mayflower.     Stowe rSSgzm 

Mayor's  wife.     Green G827nia 

Mears,  Mary  Martha.  Msssb 

Breath  of  the  runners;  a  novel.    Stokes. 

Story  of  two  young  women,  sculptors  and  close  friends,  in  their  ambitious  struggle 
for  achievement  and  recognition. 

Meddlings  of  Eve.     Hopkins HySem 

The  mediator.     Steiner S822m 

Medusa  emerald.     Gibbs G364m 

Melody  in  silver.    Abbott Ai32m 

Members  of  the  family.    Wister WSigm 

Memoirs  of  Arthur  Hamilton,  B.  A.    Benson B4433m 

Men  of  character.    Jerrold rj283m 

Men  of  the  mountain.     Crockett C886me 

Meredith,  George.  M635C 

Celt  and  Saxon.    Scribner. 

Appeared  in  the  "Forum,"  v.43— 44,  Jan.— Nov.   1910. 

Frag^ment  of  a  novel  which  the  author  did  not  live  to  finish.  A  study  of  racial 
contrasts,  with  skilful  characterization  and  but  little  action. 

Merim6e,  Prosper.  M636ch 

Chronicle  of  the  reign  of  Charles  IX. 
Merimee,  Prosper.  M636d 

The  double  mistake.  Souls  in  purgatory,  and  The  Venus  of  Ille;  tr. 
by  W.  M.  Arnold,  O.  E.  Palmer  and  E.  M.  Waller.     Holby. 

Merim6e,  Prosper.  M636I 

Last  stories  and  translations;  tr.  by  E.  M.  Waller  and  Louise  Paul. 
Holby. 

Contents:  Lokis.  —  The  "viccolo"  of  Madame  Lucrezia.  —  The  blue  chamber.  — 
Djoiimane. — The  Spanish  witches. — The  pistol  shot. — The  queen  of  spades. — The  Bo- 
hemians.— The  hussar. 

Merim6e,  Prosper.  M636m 

The  mosaic,  comprising  Mateo  Falcone  and  other  tales;  tr.  by  E.  M. 
Waller  and  M.  H.  Dey.    Holby. 

Other  tales:  The  vision  of  Charles  XL — The  taking  of  the  redoubt. — Tamango. — 
The  pearl  of  Toledo. — The  game  of  backgammon. — The  Etruscan  vase. — The  conspira- 
tors.— Federigo. — Letters  from  Spain. 

Merington,  Marguerite.  M6362S 

Scarlett  of  the  Mounted.    Moffat. 

Klondike  story. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1823 

Merrie  tales  of  Jacques  Tournebroche.    France,  Anatole,  pseud.. rFSdim 

Merry  maker.     Harris jH293me 

Merrylips.     Dix D647me 

The  same jD647m 

Merryweathers.     Richards jR4iime 

Mervyn   Clitheroe.     Ainsworth A297m 

Merwin,  Bannister.  M6393g 

The  girl  and  the  bill.    Dodd. 

"Breathless  tale  of  the  exciting  things  that  happened  to  Robert  Orme  of  New  York 
during  a  two  days'  sojourn  in  Chicago."    D.ial,  1909. 

Mezzogiomo.     Ayscough,  John,  pseud AgSym 

Mighels,  Philip  Verrill.  M677d 

Dunny;  a  mountain  romance.     Harper. 

.'\  love  story  in  which  a  small  boy  somehow  manages  to  bring  out  the  best  side  of 
everybody  in  a  rough  Western  lumber  camp. 

Mike  Fink.     Bennett rB43gm 

Mildred's  inheritance.     Johnston jJs^Jtn 

Milford,  Frederick  C.  EyiSbea 

What  became  of  him?    Dean. 

Bound  with  Erckmann  &  Chatrian's  "The  bells." 

Militants.     Andrews A568m 

Miller,  Elizabeth.  M6g22S 

Saul  of  Tarsus;  a  tale  of  the  early  Christians.    Bobbs. 
Miller,  Mrs  Harriet  (Mann).    See  Miller,  Olive  Thorne. 

Miller,  Henry  Russell.  M6g23h 

His  rise  to  power.    Bobbs. 

Story  of  present  day  politics  in  a  western  Pennsylvania  town. 

Miller,  Henry  Russell.  M6923m 

The  man  higher  up;  a  story  of  the  fight  which  is  life  and  the  force 
which  is  love.    Bobbs. 

Story  of  a  man  who  fights  his  way  from  street  waif  to  newsboy,  mill  operator, 
political  boss  and  governor,  conquering  himself  in  the  process.     Scene  laid  in  Pittsburgh. 

Miller,  Olive  Thorne.  jM6942kr 

Kristy's  rainy  day  picnic.     Houghton. 

Another  book  about  Kristy,  consisting  of  a  budget  of  stories  told  on  a  rainy  day. 
A  few  of  them  are:  A  schoolgirl's  joke. — Molly's  secret  room. — The  locket  told. — 
Christmas  in  a  baggage-car. — How  a  bear  came  to  school. — How  Kate  found  a  baby. 

Colored  illustrations. 

Miller  of  Old  Church.     Glasgow 0465111 

The  Millers  at  Pencroft.     Pierson jP57ini 

Mine  of  faults.     Bain Bi65m 

Miser's  daughter.     Ainsworth A297mi 

Miss  Esperance  and  Mr  Wycherly.     Harker H273m 

Miss  Gibbie  Gault.     Bosher 664201 

Miss  Livingston's  companion.     Dillon D584m 


i824  ENGLISH  FICTION 

Mitchell,  John  Ames.  M748P 

Pandora's  box.    Stokes. 

Story  of  the  winning  of  Lady  Octavia  of  Drumworth  castle,  the  daughter  of  a  long 
line  of  earls,  by  a  simple  young  American  architect. 

Mitchell,  Silas  Weir.  M749g 

Guillotine  club,  and  other  stories.     Century. 

Other  stories:    The  14th  guest. — The  mind-reader. — The  house  beyond  Prettymarsh. 
Two  of  the  stories  verge  on  the  occult. 

Mitchell,  Silas  Weir,  M749J 

John  Sherwood,  ironmaster.     Century. 

Story  of  a  wealthy  ironmaster's  experiences  on  the  Maine  coast,  where  he  gains  not 
only  his  lost  health  but  a  new  outlook  on  life. 

Mitchell,  Silas  Weir.  rM749n 

[Novels.]     I IV.     Century. 
v.i.     The  adventures  of  Francois. 

V.2.     The  autobiography  of  a  quack,  and  other  stories. 
V.3.     Characteristics. 
V.4.     Circumstance. 
v.S.     Constance  Trescot. 
V.6.     Dr  North  and  his  friends. 
V.7.     Far  in  the  forest. 
v.S.     Hugh  Wynne. 
V.9.     In  war  time, 
v.io.     Roland  Blake. 
V.I  I.     When  all  the  woods  are  green. 

Mitchell,  Silas  Weir.  M749re 

The  red  city;   a  novel   of   the  second  administration   of   President 

Washington.     Century. 

Appeared  in  the  "Century  magazine,"  v. 75-77,  Jan. -Dec.  1908. 

Modem  chivalry.     Brackenridge rB677 

The  same rB677m 

The  same rB677mi 

The  same rB677m2 

The  same rB677m3 

Modern  chronicle.     Churchill C469mo 

Modem  ghosts.     Curtis €934111 

Modern  stories.    Tappan jTi92m 

Molesworth,  Mrs  Mary  Louisa.  jM789gi 

The  girls  and  I.    Macmillan. 

The  "veracious  history"  of  Jack,  an  ii-year-old  boy,  and  his  four  sisters. 

Molesworth,  Mrs  Mary  Louisa.  jM789na 

Nurse  Heatherdale's  story.    Macmillan. 

The  finding  of  a  secret  room  and  the  treasure  of  old  Sir  David,  as  told  by  Nurse 
Heatherdale. 

Molesworth,  Mrs  Mary  Louisa.  jM789ta 

The  tapestry  room. 

The  same JM789CU 

Bound  with  "The  cuckoo  clock." 

Molly  Bawn.    Duchess,  The,  pseud D8642m 

Molly  Make-believe.     Coburn ; C638m 

Monday  tales.     Daudet D284mo2 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1825 


The  monk.     Lewis rL674m 

Montague,  Margaret  Prescott.  "  M846i 

In  Calvert's  valley.     Baker. 

"In  this  story  of  life  in  a  small  West  Virginia  town  comedy  and  tragedy  are  inter- 
woven very  simply  and  convincingly."     Saturday  review,  1909. 

Montgomery,  Lucy  Maud.  M864an 

Anne  of  Avonlea.    Page. 

Sequel  to  "Anne  of  Green  Gables."  Relates  her  experiences  as  a  teacher  and  as  a 
member  of  the  Village  Improvement  Society,  leaving  her  about  to  enter  college. 

Montgomery,  Lucy  Maud.  M864a 

Anne  of  Green  Gables.    Page. 
The  same jM864a 

A  cheerful  and  amusing  story,  which  though  intended  primarily  for  girls  will  please 
grown  people  as  well.     Anne  suggests  "Rebecca  of  Sunnybrook  farm." 

Montlivet.     Smith S6422m 

Montresor,  Frances  Frederica.  M872b 

The  burning  torch.     Dutton. 

Story  of  a  young  orphan  girl  cast  upon  the  mercy  of  rich  relatives  in  England. 

Moody,  Winfield  Scott.  M874P 

Pickwick  ladle,  and  other  collector's  stories.     Scribner. 
Other  stories:     Buying  a  sideboard. — The  E  M   I    B   Lowestoft. — The  black  haw- 
thorn jar. — The  disciplining  of  Peter. — The  roseback  plate. 

Appeared  in  "Scribner's  magazine,"  v.39-41,  April  1906-April  1907. 

Morals  of  Marcus  Ordeyne.     Locke Lysgm 

More  about  live  dolls.     Gates jG233m 

A  morning's  mail.     Cooke C777m 

Morris,  Gouverneur,  b.  1876.  Mgiesf 

Footprint,  and  other  stories.    Scribner. 

Other  stories:  Paradise  ranch. — Captain  England. — The  execution. — Simon  L'Ou- 
vrier. — A  Carolina  night's  dream. — The  stowing  away  of  Mr  Bill  Ballad. — The  explorers. 
— The  little  heiress;  or.  The  hunted  look. — The  best  man. — The  crocodile. 

Well-told  stories,  for  the  most  part  gruesome  or  grotesque  in  theme. 

Morris,  Gouverneur,  b.  1876.  Mgieas 

The  spread  eagle,  and  other  stories.    Scribner. 

Other  stories :  Targets. — The  boot. — The  despoiler. — One  more  martyr. — "Ma'am?" 
— Mr  Holiday. — White  muscats  of  Alexandria. — Without  a  lawyer. ^ — The  "Monitor"  and 
the  "Merrimac." — The  McTavish. — The  parrot. — On  the  spot;  or,  The  idler's  house-party. 

Morrison,  Arthur.  Mgigg 

Green  ginger.    Stokes. 

Contents:  A  skinful  of  trouble. — The  absent  three. — The  stolen  Blenkinsup. — Cap'n 
JoUyfax's  gun. — Snorkey  Timms,  his  Marks. — The  Cooper  charm. — Dobb's  parrot. — The 
seller  of  hate. — The  Rod  street  revolution. — The  chamber  of  light. — Mr  Bostock's  back- 
sliding.— The  house  of  Haddock. — A  Lucigo  match. — Arts  and  crafts. — Wick's  Waterloo. 
— The  Drinkwater  romance. 

Humorous  short  stories. 

Morrison,  Arthur.  Mgigm 

Martin  Hewitt,  investigator.     Harper. 

Contents:  The  Lenton  Croft  robberies. — The  loss  of  Sammy  Crockett. — The  case 
of  Mr  Foggatt. — The  case  of  the  Dixon  torpedo. — The  Quinton  jewel  affair. — The  Stan- 
way  cameo  mystery. — The  affair  of  the  tortoise. 

Ingenious  detective   stories. 

Mosaic.     Merimee M636m 

Mother.     Gorky,  Maxim,  pseud G678m 


i826  ENGLISH  FICTION 


Mother  Carey's  chickens.     Wiggin W688mo 

Mother  of  the  man.     Phillpotts PSiSm 

Mothers  and  fathers.     Tompkins T5992m 

Mother's  hands.     Bjornson B511C 

Mothers  to  men.     Gale Gi45m 

A  motley.     Galsworthy GiSymo 

Motor  maid.     Williamson Wysimo 

Mott,  Lawrence.  Mg42W 

White  darkness,  and  other  stories  of  the  great  Northwest.     Outing. 

Other  stories:  Jaquettc. — The  silver  fox. — Love  in  the  wilderness. — Friends. — Wil- 
kinson's chance. — The  current  of  fear. — One  of  three. — A  day's  work  in  the  mounted 
police. — Jean  Baptiste's  Christmas  present. — The  black  thing  of  Hatchet  lake. — Wa-gush. 
— Follette. — The  Indian's  vengeance. — The  taking  of  Almighty  Voice. — ^The  light  of  a 
match. 

Stories  of  the  Canadian  wilderness,  in  which  the  northwestern  mounted  police,  the 
Hudson  Bay  trapper  and  Indians  are  the  principal  figures. 

Mountain  lovers.     Sharp S53im2 

Mr  Crewe's  career.     Churchill C469mr 

Mr  Ingleside.     Lucas Lgegm 

Mr  Opp.     Rice R394mr 

Mr  Pickwick.     Dickens qrD55ip2 

Mr  Sponge's  sporting  tour.     Herbert rH46im 

Mrs  Christian  Davies.    Defoe rDsySr 

Mrs  Fitz.     Snaith S669m 

Much  ado  about  Peter.    Webster W3832m 

Muehlbach,  Louise,  pseud.    See  Miihlbach,  Louise,  pseud. 

Muffin  shop.    Garnett qjGigim 

Miihlbach,  Louise,  (pseud,  of  Frau  Clara  (Miiller)  Mundt).  M952r 

Reign  of  the  Great  Elector;  an  historical  romance;  tr.  from  the  Ger- 
man by  M.  S.  Smith.     Appleton. 

Commencing  with  the  year  1645,  the  book  carries  on  the  story  of  the  "Youth  of 
the  Great  Elector." 

Muhlbach,  Louise,  (pseud,  of  Frau  Clara  (Miiller)  Mundt).  M952y 

Youth  of  the  Great  Elector;  an  historical  romance;  tr.  from  the  Ger- 
man by  M.  S.  Smith.     Appleton. 

Story  of  the  life  of  Frederick  William  (1620-88),  who  was  elector  of  Brandenburg 
from  1640  until  his  death.  The  first  years  of  his  electorship  are  covered  in  the  narra- 
tive. 

Muir,  John.  M953S 

Stickeen.    Houghton. 

Brief  narrative  of  the  author's  perilous  escape  from  an  Alaskan  glacier  during  a 
storm,  with  the  dog  Stickeen  as  his  only  companion. 

Mulets,  Lenore  Elizabeth.  jM954b 

Bird  stories.     Page.     (Phyllis'  field  friends.) 
MulhoUand,  Rosa,  afterward  Lady  Gilbert.  Mgssg 

A  girl's  ideal.     Blackie. 

The  same JMgssg 

Story  of  a  young  Irish-American  girl  who  inherits  a  large  fortune  and  goes  to  Ire- 
land to  Uve  among  her  relatives. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1827 


Mulholland,  Rosa,  afterward  Lady  Gilbert.  M9550 

Our  sister  Maisie.    Blackie. 

The  same jMg55o 

Story  of  an  Irish  family  of  boys  and  girls  who  with  their  half-sister  Maisie  settle 

on  an  ancestral  island  called  Ram  Derg,  where  they  have  adventures  and  romances. 

Mundt,  Frau  Clara  (Miiller).    See  Muhlbach,  Louise,  pseud. 

Munro,  Neil.  MgGSab 

Bud;  a  novel.    Harper. 

Bud  is  a  lively  young  person  from  Chicago  who  comes  to  live  in  the  quiet  Scottish 
home  of  her  two  maiden  aunts. 

Munroe,  Kirk,  &  Catherwood,  Mrs  M.  H.  ed.  jMg68sto 

School  and  college  days.  1902.  Hall  &  Locke.  (Young  folks'  li- 
brary, new  ser.  v.7.) 

Contents:  The  cruise  of  the  Dolphin,  by  T.  B.  Aldrich.  —  The  turning-point  in 
Tom's  school  career,  by  Thomas  Hughes. — How  we  were  taken  to  be  examined,  by 
Peter  Rosegger. — Leaving  school,  by  W.  M.  Thackeray. — Doctor  Garde's  little  girl  at 
school,  by  M.  H.  Catherwood. — Paradise,  by  Susan  Coolidge. — Mr  Verdant  Green  does 
as  he  has  been  done  by,  by  Cuthbert  Bede. — At  school  at  Lowood,  by  Charlotte  Bronte. 
— Coquette's  arrival,  by  William  Black.- — John  Ridd's  school  days,  by  R.  D.  Blackmore. 
—  A  Russian  boy's  tutor,  by  Count  L.  N.  Tolstoi.  • —  Spelling  for  the  prize,  by  J.  T. 
Trowbridge. — The  Gradgrind  method,  Paul's  education,  by  Charles  Dickens. — Tom 
Tulliver's  first  half  and  the  new  schoolfellow,  by  George  Eliot. — School  days  in  New 
England,  by  J.  F.  Clarke. — Schoolroom  and  meeting-house,  by  Lucy  Larcom. — Maisie, 
by  Rudyard  Kipling. — Dorothy  Deane's  trip  to  the  city,  by  E.  W.  O.  Kirk. — The  house- 
hold of  Sir  Thomas  More,  by  Anne  Manning. — How  Hope  earned  her  fiddle,  by  Nora 
Perry.— Glory  McWhirk,  by  Mrs  A.  D.  T.  Whitney.— Parson  Polly,  by  K.  D.  Wiggin.— 
Fun  out  of  school,  by  C.  D.   Warner. 

Murad,  the  unlucky.     Edgeworth rE284m 

Murders  in  the  Rue  Morgue.     Poe P74imu 

Murger,  Henry.  rM973l 

Latin  quarter  (Scenes  de  la  vie  de  Boheme);  tr.  by  Ellen  Marriage 
and  John  Selwyn,  with  an  introduction  by  Arthur  Symons.  Doubleday. 
Musick,  John  Roy.  MgSab 

Braddock;  a  story  of  the  French  and  Indian  wars.     Funk. 
Musick,  John  Roy.  MgSsce 

A  century  too  soon;  a  story  of  Bacon's  rebellion.     Funk. 
Musick,  John  Roy.  MgSae 

Estevan;  a  story  of  the  Spanish  conquests.     Funk. 
Musick,  John  Roy.  MgSsh 

Humbled  pride;  a  story  of  the  Mexican  war.     Funk. 
Musick,  John  Roy.  MgSsi 

Independence;  a  story  of  the  Revolution.    Funk. 
Musick,  John  Roy.  MgSsp 

The  Pilgrims;  a  story  of  Massachusetts.     Funk. 
Musick,  John  Roy.  Mg83S 

Sustained  honor;  a  story  of  the  War  of  1812.     Funk. 
Musick,  John  Roy.  MgSau 

Union ;  a  story  of  the  great  Rebellion.     Funk. 
Musick,  John  Roy.  M983W 

The  witch  of  Salem;  or,  Credulity  run  mad.    Funk. 


i828  ENGLISH  FICTION 


Musset,  Alfred  de.  rMgSsc 

Confession  of  a  child  of  the  century;  done  into  English  by  Kendall 

Warren.    Hill. 

"In  the  Confession  d'un  Enfant  du  Siecle — the  story  of  a  young  man  who  has  ex- 
hausted before  his  prime  all  the  pleasures  the  world  has  to  offer  and  his  own  power  of 
enjoyment,  and,  young  in  years,  finds  himself  old  at  heart,  without  ambition,  faith,  or 
hope — we  cannot  but  trace  the  picture  of  De  Musset  himself."  Kastner  &  Atkins's 
Short  history  of  French  literature. 

Musset,  Alfred  de.  rMgSss 

[Stories];  done  into  English  by  M.  R.  Pellissier.    2v.    Hill. 

V.I.  The  two  mistresses. — Emmeline. — Tizianello. — Frederic  and  Bernerette. — 
Margot. 

V.2.  Croisilles. — Pierre  and  Camille. — The  secret  of  Javotte. — The  beauty  spot. — 
The  white  blackbird. — The  grisette. 

My  grandfather's  best  brand.     Hays rHsySm 

My  Lady  Ludlow.     Gaskell G2i5my 

My  pets.     Dumas D891  imy 

My  pretty  picture  book;  stories  and  rhymes.    Blackie.  jMggi 

Mystery.     White  &  Adams W6362my 

Mystery  of  Murray  Davenport.     Stephens SSssm 

Nancy  Rutledge.     Pyle jPggein 

Nanon.     Dumas DSgiiwa 

Nathan  Burke.     Watts W336n 

Needles  and  pins.     McCarthy Mi28n 

The  ne'er-do-well.     Beach B3422n 

Neighbors  unknown.     Roberts R536n 

Neighbours.    Bremer B728n 

Nesbit,  Wilbur  Dick.  N23g2g 

Gentleman  ragman;  Johnny  Thompson's  story  of  the  Emmiger. 
Harper. 

"Account  of  the  everyday  happenings  of  a  Western  inland  town  told  by  a  bright 
boy,  ambitious  to  become  an  editor,  and  employed  in  the  printing  office  of  a  country 
newspaper."    A.  L.  A.  booklist,  1906. 

Nessa.     McManus M2iin 

Nevin,  Theodore  Williamson.  N25g2r 

Ralph  Ranscomb,  banker.    Neale. 

Confessions  of  a  millionaire  concerning  his  cruel  and  dishonorable  methods  of 
amassing  wealth.     By  a  resident  of  Pittsburgh. 

New  chronicles  of  Rebecca.     Wiggin W688n 

New  purchase.     Hall Hi 7111 

New  religion.     Maartens,  Maarten,  pseud Mum 

New  World  fairy  book.     Kennedy jKiSsn 

Newbolt,  Henry  John.  N2620 

The  old  country;  a  romance.    Smith,  Elder. 

The  action  begins  at  a  quiet  country  place  in  England  at  the  present  time  but  in 
the  middle  of  the  story  the  characters  move  back  into  the  14th  century  and  take  part 
in  the  life  of  that  time.  The  transformation  is  skilfully  led  up  to,  and  the  atmosphere 
of  romance  well  maintained. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1829 


Newell,  Peter.  jNayah 

The  hole  book.    Harper. 

Humorous  picture  book. 

Nicanor.     Taylor T25i3n 

Nicholson,  Meredith.  N319I 

Little  brown  jug  at  Kildare.    Bobbs. 

Absurdly  impossible  situation  in  which  the  governors  of  North  and  South  Carolina 
both  disappear  and  their  daughters  undertake  the  management  of  affairs. 

Nicholson,  Meredith.  N319I0 

The  lords  of  high  decision.    Doubleday. 

Pittsburgh,  during  the  financial  depression  of  1907,  is  the  scene.  The  identity  of 
some  of  the  names  and  places  in  the  story  may  be  easily  guessed. 

Nicholson,  Meredith.  N319P 

Port  of  missing  men.    Bobbs. 

Appeared  in  the  "Reader  magazine,"  v.8-9,  Nov.  1906-Jan.  1907. 

Action  of  the  story  is  carried  on  chiefly  in  America,  but  the  hero  is  an  Austrian, 
who  figures  in  a  mysterious  complication  involving  the  heir  to  the  throne  of  Austro- 
Hungary. 

Nicholson,  Meredith.  N319S 

Siege  of  the  seven  suitors.    Houghton. 

An  eccentric  and  wealthy  old  lady,  her  two  beautiful  nieces,  their  suitors,  and  a 
witty  and  wise  gentleman  whose  business  it  is  to  cure  smoking  chimneys  are  the  char- 
acters in  this  fantastic  tale. 

Nights  in  a  block-house.    Watson rW3i9n 

Nizra.     Klarmann K3i3n 

Norris,  Frank.  N4522t 

The  third  circle  [with  an]  introduction  by  Will  Irwin.    Lane. 

Other  stories:  The  house  with  the  blinds. — Little  dramas  of  the  curbstone. — Shorty 
Stack,  pugilist. — The  strangest  thing. — A  reversion  to  type. — "Boom." — The  dis-asso- 
ciated  charities. — Son  of  a  sheik. — A  defense  of  the  flag. — Toppan. — A  caged  lion. — 
"This  animal  of  a  Buldy  Jones." — Dying  fires. — Grettir  at  Drangey. — The  guest  of 
honour. 

Norris,  William  Edward.  N453V 

Vittoria  Victrix.    Brentano. 

Deals  with  the  love  affairs  of  a  conquering  beauty  and  the  effect  of  her  vivid  per- 
sonality upon  three  men,  an  American  millionaire,  the  eldest  son  of  an  earl,  and  a  well- 
known  sculptor. 

North,  Anison,  pseud.    See  Wilson,  May. 

North,  Christopher,  pseud.    See  Wilson,  John. 

Northern  lights.     Parker P238n 

N478 
Nova  Solyma,  the  ideal  city;  or,  Jerusalem  regained;  an  anonymous 
romance  written  in  the  time  of  Charles  I,  now  first  drawn  from  ob- 
scurity and  attributed  to  the  illustrious  John  Milton,  with  introduction, 
translation,  literary  essays  and  a  bibliography  by  Walter  Begley.  2v. 
Murray. 

"Bibliography  of  romance  from  the  renaissance  to  the  end  of  the  seventeenth  cen- 
tury," V.2,  P.3SS-400- 

"May  be  best  described  as  a  'didactic  romance,'  something  in  the  manner  of  More's 
Utopia  and  Bacon's  New  Atlantis.  The  Hebrew  race  has  acknowledged  the  true  Mes- 
siah, rebuilt  Jerusalem,  and  founded  the  republic  of  Nova  Solyma.     Into  this  ideal  city 


i83o  ENGLISH  FICTION 


Nova  Solyma,  the  ideal  city — continued.  N478 
come  two  young  Englishmen,  who  are  received  into  the  family  of  one  of  the  chief  citi- 
zens, and  instructed  in  the  political,  religious,  and,  more  particularly,  the  educational 
institutions  of  New  Zion.  This. .  .is  the  argument,  upon  which  are  engrafted  tales  of  love 
and  adventure  —  There  are  also  disquisitions  on  love  and  marriage,  on  theologry  and  the 
philosophy  of  religion,  on  education,  poetry  and  ethics. .  .Whether [the  book]  is  Mil- 
ton's is  a  question  that  must  be  left  for  the  experts  to  decide High  praise  is  due  to 

Mr.  Begley  for  the  admirable  manner  in  which  he  has  presented  his  discovery  to  the 
public.  His  introduction,  essays,  and  notes  constitute  in  themselves. .  .an  important  con- 
tribution to  Miltonic  literature."     Contemporary  review,  1903. 

"Now!"     Marriott M4i22n 

Now  and  then.     Warren W247n 

"No.  loi."     Carey Cigyan 

The  nun.     Bazin B33g2n 

Nurse  Heatherdale's  story.     Molesworth jM78gna 

O-Heart-San.     Haskell JH3390 

Obenchain,  Mrs  Eliza  (Calvert).    See  Hall,  Eliza  Calvert. 

Oh!    Christina!     Bell B41220 

O'Higgins,  Harvey  Jerrold.  Oi83g 

Grand  Army  man;  founded  on  the  play  by  David  Belasco,  Pauline 
Phelps  and  Marion  Short.    Century. 

O'Higgins,  Harvey  Jerrold.  O1830 

Old  Clinkers;  a  story  of  the  New  York  fire  department.     Small. 
Story  of  the  chief  of  a  New  York  fire  boat  and  his  fights,   not  with  wharf  fires 

only,  but  with  politics  in  his  department  ^s  well. 

Ohiyesa.    See  Eastman,  Charles  Alexander. 

Old   Clinkers.     O'Higgins O1830 

Old  country.     Newbolt N2620 

Old  fashioned  stories  &  poems.    Tappan JT1920 

Old  Harbor.     Hopkins H7860 

"Old  home  house."     Lincoln L71620 

Old  Indian  days.     Eastman E1850 

Old  Myddleton's  money.     Hay H3690 

Old  Reliable.     Dickson D5570 

Old  rose  and  silver.     Reed R2830 

Old  wives'  tale.    Bennett B4390 

Oldmeadow,  Ernest  James.  02312a 

Antonio.    Century. 

Strong  and  delicately  wrought  story  of  a  modern  Roman  Catholic  saint  and  his  con- 
flict between  religious  obligation  and  earthly  love.  Scene  of  the  story  is  Portugal  about 
183s,  at  the  time  of  the  suppression  of  the  monasteries  by  the  government. 

OUivant,  Alfred.  0234g 

The  gentleman;  a  romance  of  the  sea.    Macmillan. 

Story  of  an  attempt  to  kidnap  Nelson  just  before  the  battle  of  Trafalgar  and  carry 
him  to  French  soil. 

Olmsted,  Millicent.  JO235I 

Land  of  really  true;  text  by  Millicent  Olmsted,  pictured  by  E.  P.  Ab- 
bott and  H.  A.  Knipe.    Jacobs. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1831 


Olympe  de  Cleves.     Dumas D8gi  10 

Olympic  victor.     Connolly Cyssiol 

On  common  ground.     Preston P9310 

On  the  branch.    Coulevain,  Pierre  de,  pseud CSsgio 

On  the  plantation.     Harris H2930 

On  the  school  team.    Earl E17320 

The  same JE17320 

On  Tybee  Knoll.    Connolly C753ion 

Once  upon  a  time.     Davis D3230 

One  way  out.    Carleton,  William,  pseud €19920 

Onions,  Oliver.  0254a 

Admiral  Eddy  [and  other  stories].     Murray. 

Other  stories :    The  ghost. — The  dryad. — The  Damoiseau. — The  campaign. 

Stories  of  childhood. 

Opal.     Hoover H7790 

Open  country.     Hewlett H4990 

Open  water.     Connolly C75310P 

Open  window.     Wright W93510 

Opened  shutters.     Burnham B9360 

Opie,  Mrs  Amelia  (Alderson).  r0263w 

Works.     3v.     Crissy. 

V.I.  Madeline. — Adeline  Mowbray;  or,  The  mother  and  daughter. — Simple  tales: 
The  black  velvet  pelisse;  The  death-bed;  The  fashionable  wife  and  unfashionable  hus- 
band; The  robber;  The  mother  and  son;  Love  and  duty;  The  soldier's  return;  The 
brother  and  sister;  The  revenge;  The  uncle  and  nephew;  Murder  will  out;  The  orphan. 
— The  father  and  daughter. — Happy  faces;  or,  Benevolence  and  selfishness. 

V.2.  Tales  of  real  life:  Lady  Anne  and  Lady  Jane;  Austin  and  his  wife;  The 
mysterious  stranger;  Appearance  is  against  her. — Valentine's  eve. — New  tales:  Mrs 
Arlington;  or.  All  is  not  gold  that  glitters;  Proposals  of  marriage;  White  lies;  Henry 
Woodville;  The  Quaker  and  the  young  man  of  the  world;  A  tale  of  trials,  told  to  my 
children;  The  ruffian  boy;  The  welcome  home;  or.  The  ball. 

V.3.  Temper. — A  woman's  love. — A  wife's  duty. — The  two  sons. — The  opposite 
neighbour. — Love,  mystery  and  superstition. — After  the  ball;  or.  The  two  Sir  Williams. 
— False  or  true;  or.  The  journey  to  London. — The  confessions  of  an  odd-tempered 
man. — Illustrations  of  lying,  in  all  its  branches. 

Mrs  Opie  (i  769-1853)  was  an  English  novelist,  very  popular  in  her  day. 

"Her  novels,  which  were  among  the  first  to  treat  exclusively  of  domestic  life, 
possess  pathos  and  some  gracefulness  of  style,  but  belong  essentially  to  the  lachrymose 
type  of  fiction,  and  are  all  written  to  point  a  moral."     Dictionary  of  national  biography. 

Oppenheim,  Edward  Phillips.  0265h 

Havoc  [a  novel].    Little. 

Story  of  love  and  international  intrigue. 

Oppenheim,  Edward  Phillips.  0265ma 

The  malefactor.     Little. 
Ingenious,  readable  story  of  modern  London  society. 

Options.     Henry,  O.  pseud H45220 

Orange  girl.     Besant B4660 

Original  adventures  of  Sherlock  Holmes.     Doyle D7750 

The  Osbornes.     Benson B4430 


1 832 ENGLISH  FICTION 

Osbourne,  Lloyd.  Oagia 

Adventurer.    Appleton. 

Appeared  in  "Everybody's  magazine,"  v.16-17,  March-Oct.  1907. 

The  adventurer  embarks  on  a  wonderful  land-going  ship  in  search  of  treasures  hid- 
den beyond  the  South  American  pampas. 

Otis,  James,  {pseud,  of  James  Otis  Kaler).  j03i4la 

Larry  Hudson's  ambition.     Page. 

A  newsboy  as  a  farm  hand. 

Ouida,  pseud.    See  Ramee,  Louisa  de  la. 

Our  sister  Maisie.     Mulholland Mg550 

The  same JM9550 

Out  of  Gloucester.     Connolly C75310 

The  outcry.    James J1640U 

Over  against  Green  Peak.     Humphrey Hg282o 

Over  Bemerton's.     Lucas Lgego 

Ovingdean  Grange.     Ainsworth A2970V 

Oxenham,  John.  O352I 

The  long  road.     Macmillan. 

Story  of  the  early  days  of  Siberian  colonization.  The  tale  is  based  on  a  singular 
decree,  said  to  be  an  historical  fact,  whereby  a  tyrant  governor  of  Irkutsk  ordered  a 
man  who  had  incurred  his  displeasure  to  keep  moving  constantly  from  place  to  place, 
never  staying  more  than  ten  days  in  one  town. 

Pa  Flickinger's  folks.     Hoover H779P 

Packard,  Winthrop.  jPi26y 

Young  ice  whalers.     Houghton. 

Two  lads,  lost  in  the  Arctic  ice  pack,  live  for  two  years  the  life  of  the  far  North 
and  have  many  adventures  among  the  natives  of  the  land  of  ice  and  snow. 

Page,  Thomas  Nelson.  Pi45J 

John  Marvel,  assistant.    Scribner. 

Appeared  in  "Scribner's  magazine,"  V.4S-46,  Jan.-Nov.  1909. 

Three  young  men,  fellow  students  in  a  Southern  college,  become  associated  some 
years  later  in  a  Western  city,  both  professionally  and  in  their  love  for  the  same  woman. 

Page,  Thomas  Nelson.  jPi45to 

Tommy  Trot's  visit  to  Santa  Claus.    Scribner. 

How  Tommy  Trot  and  Johnny  Stout,  riding  on  a  new  sled,  visit  Christmas-tree  land 
and  hunt  the  polar  bear. 

Page,  Thomas  Nelson.  Pi45u 

Under  the  crust.     Scribner. 

Contents:  Miss  Godwin's  inheritance. — The  new  agent. — A  brother  to  Diogenes. — 
A  Goth. — Leander's  light. — My  friend  the  doctor. — The  hostage. 

Six  short  stories  and  a  one-act  play. 

Page,  Walter  Hines.  P1452S 

The   Southerner;  a  novel,  the  autobiography   of   Nicholas  Worth. 

Doubleday. 

Places  before  us  with  earnestness  and  simplicity  the  life  of  a  man  bom  in  the  South 

before  the  war,  who  was  educated  at  a  local  college,  graduated  from  Harvard  and  who 

returned  to  his  home  to  fight  for  free  schools,  free  speech  and  the  burial  of  dead  issues. 

Pain,  Barry,  &  Blyth,  James.  P1613S 

Shadow  of  the  unseen.    Chapman. 

"This  story  begins  with  Planchette  and  ends  with  a  terrible  witch  who  lives  in  the 
East  country. .  .Lovers  of  the  marvellous,  especially  of  the  marvellous  carefully  arranged 
ao  u  not  unduly  to  strain  their  credulity,  will  enjoy  this  book."    Spectator,  1908. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1833 

Paine,  Ralph  Delahaye.  P164C 

College  years.    Scribner. 

Contents:  Peter  Burnham,  pitcher. — The  martyrdom  of  an  oarsman. — A  case  of 
"professionalism." — The  honor  of  the  game. — The  mollycoddle. — The  Casselbury  twins. 
— The  freshman  full-back. — "For  dear  old  Yale." — A  very  commonplace  hero. — How 
Hector  won  his  "Y." — The  pretenders. 

Stories  of  athletics  at  Yale. 

Paine,  Ralph  Delahaye.  Pi64f 

The  fugitive  freshman.     Scribner. 

A  runaway  freshman  joins  a  gang  of  workmen  bound  for  the  Florida  Keys  railways, 
goes  through  various  experiences  and  finally  comes  back  to  college,  where  he  becomes 
pitcher  on  the  champion  team. 

Paine,  Ralph  Delahaye.  Pi64h 

The  head  coach.    Scribner. 
Stories  of  college  foot-ball. 

Paine,  Ralph  Delahaye.  P164S 

The  stroke  oar.     Outing. 
Yale  story,  centring  about  the  annual  boat-race  with  Harvard. 

Palmer,  Frederick.  PiQSb 

The  Big  Fellow.    Moffat. 

The  Big  Fellow  is  a  young  lawyer  of  high  ideals  who  becomes  a  colonial  governor 
in  our  eastern  possessions. 

Palmer,  Frederick.  Pi95v 

The  vagabond.     Scribner. 

Appeared  in  part  in  "Collier's  weekly,"  v.31,  July  4-Aug.  8,   1903. 
Civil  war  story. 

Pandora's  box.     Mitchell M748P 

Pangbom,  Mrs  Georgia  (Wood).  P2i8i 

Interventions  [short  stories].     Scribner. 

Contents:  A  tempered  wind. — The  rubber  stamp. — Broken  glass. — A  dispensation. 
— The  experimenter. — The  gray  collie. — Rasselas  in  the  vegetable  kingdom. — Martha. — 
E.  Holbrook's  patience. — The  convalescence  of  Gerald. — Son  of  the  woods. — Turned  out 
to  grass. — By  the  Sawyer  method. — At  Ephesus. 

Pansy  Billings.     Jackson JJ124P 

Pappina.     Davis JD319P 

A  parent's  mistake.     Hays rH376m 

Parisicins  in  the  country.     Balzac B2i8pa 

Parker,  Sir  Gilbert.  P238n 

Northern  lights  [short  stories].    Harper. 

Contents:  A  lodge  in  the  wilderness. — Once  at  Red  Man's  river. — The  stroke  of  the 
hour. — Buckmaster's  boy. —  To-morrow. —  Qu'appelle. —  The  stake  and  the  plumb-line. — 
When  the  swallows  homeward  fly. — George's  wife. — Marcile. — A  man,  a  famine  and  a 
heathen  boy. — The  healing  springs  and  the  pioneers. — The  little  widow  of  Jansen. — 
Watching  the  rise  of  Orion. — The  error  of  the  day. — The  whisperer. — As  deep  as  the  sea. 

Tales  of  the  Northwest. 

Parker,  Sir  Gilbert.  P238we 

Weavers;  a  tale  of  England  and  Egypt  of  50  years  ago.     Harper. 

Appeared  in   "Harper's  magazine,"  v.113-115,   Oct.    1906-Oct.    1907. 

The  author  explains  at  the  beginning  that  this  is  not  an  historical  novel.  The  hero, 
a  young  English  Quaker,  goes  to  Egypt  and  wins  for  himself  a  position  of  influence  in 
the   affairs   of   the  government.      The   story  borders   on   the   melodramatic. 

Parkes,  Mrs  Elizabeth  (Robins).    See  Robins,  Elizabeth. 


i834  ENGLISH  FICTION 


Parrish,  Randall.  P262b 

Bob  Hampton  of  Placer.     McClurg. 

Story  of  frontier  life  and  Indian  warfare.  The  Sioux  uprising  of  1876  and  the 
Custer  massacre  furnish  the  main  incidents. 

Parrish,  Randall.  P26al 

Last  voyage  of  the  Donna  Isabel;  a  romance  of  the  sea.    McClurg. 

Tale  of  sea  adventure  which  follows  the  search  for  a  Spanish  treasure  ship  that 
sailed  from  Guayaquil  in  1753. 

Parrish,  Randall.  P262P 

Prisoners  of  chance;  the  story  of  what  befell   Geoffrey  Benteen, 

borderman,  through  his  love  for  a  lady  of  France.    McClurg. 
Romance  of  Louisiana  in  the  i8th  century. 

The  partisan.     Simms S592P 

Partners  of  providence.     Stewart S84gp 

Passing  of  the  third  floor  back.    Jerome J28ipa 

Pasture,  Mrs  Henry  de  la.    See  De  la  Pasture,  Mrs  Henry. 

Patience  of  John  Morland.    Dillon D584P 

The  patriarch.     Frank,  Ulrich,  pseud F876S 

The  patrician.     Galsworthy G157P 

The  patriot.     Fogazzaro F685P 

Patterson,  Burd  Shippen.  P3i2h 

"The  Head  of  Iron;"  a  romance  of  colonial  Pennsylvania.  Walker. 
Pittsburgh. 

"Covers  the  whole  period  of  the  struggle  for  the  possession  of  the  Forks  of  the  Ohio 

In    it    Braddock,    Forbes,    Washington,    Armstrong,    Bouquet,    Grant,    Burd,    Lewis, 

Morgan  and  Mercer  and  their  gallant  opponents,  Contrecoeur,  Beaujeu,  De  Ligneris, 
Dumas  and  Pontiac  are  made  to  play  the  parts  they  did  in  history  alongside  of  the  char- 
acters whose  personality  and  adventures  are  but  pure  romance."     Preface. 

Payne,  William  Hudson.  P334W 

When  love  speaks.    Macmillan. 

The  vital  issue  of  the  story,  which  deals  with  business  and  political  corruption  in  a 
small  Western  town,  is  how  far  complete  loyalty  to  right  is  compatible  with  loyalty  to 
friends. 

Peck,  Theodora.  P3612S 

Sword  of  Dundee;  a  tale  of  "Bonnie  Prince  Charlie."    Duffield. 

Romance  of  Jacobite  times. 

Pelham  and  his  friend  Tim.     French JF925P 

Pendleton,  Louis.  jPSQiin 

In  the  camp  of  the  Creeks.    Penn. 

Attempt  of  two  lads  to  rescue  a  white  girl  taken  captive  by  the  Creek  Indians  and 
carried  to  their  camp  in  the  Chickasawhatchee  swamp.  

Penguin  island.     France,  Anatole,  pseud rF86ip 

Penn,  Arthur,  pseud.    See  Matthews,  Brander. 

Pennsylvania  mountain  stories.     Shoemaker rSssgp 

People  of  Popham.     Wemyss W5i4pe 

Perez,  Isaac  Loeb.  P4272S 

Stories  and  pictures;  tr.  from  the  Yiddish  by  Helena  Frank.  Jewish 
Publication  Soc.  of  America. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1835 


Perfect  tribute.     Andrews A568P 

The  same j A568P 

Personal  conduct  of  Belinda.     Hoyt H868p 

Peter.     Smith S647P 

Peter  Moor's  journey  to  southwest  Africa.    Frenssen F929P 

Peter  Newell  Mother  Goose.     Bailey jBisgp 

Peterkins.     Schubin,  Ossip,  pseud S384P 

Pettison  twins.     Hill H553P 

Phantom  ship.     Marryat M4i2ph 

Pharais.     Sharp Sssima 

Phelps,  Elizabeth  Stuart.    See  Ward,  Mrs  Elizabeth  Stuart  (Phelps). 
Phillips,  David  Graham.  P5i28e 

Second  generation.    Appleton. 
Story  with  a  moral — that  inherited  wealth  is  a  curse. 

Phillips,  Henry  Wallace.  P5i3ma 

Mascot  of  Sweet  Briar  Gulch.    Bobbs. 

Love-story  of  a  Western  miner  who  adopts  an  unfortunate  little  boy. 

Phillpotts,  Eden.  P5i8de 

Demeter's  daughter.     Lane. 

Dartmoor  story,  closely  comparable  to  "The  whirlwind"  and  "The  thief  of  virtue." 
It  is  due  to  the  author's  unusual  power  and  distinction  that  he  has  been  able  to  make  this 
tale  of  a  woman's  crushing  sorrows  not  a  mere  sordid  record  of  horrors  but  a  touching 
commentary  on  human  nature  and  experience. 

Phillpotts,  Eden.  P5i8fo 

The  folk  afield.     Putnam. 

Contents:  The  earthquake-child. — Souvenir  de  Maupassant. — Hyacinthe  and  Hono- 
rine. — The  skipper's  Bible. — In  the  king's  chamber. — ^The  Grasse  widow. — ^Jane  and  John. 
— The  old  shrine. — Nuzhat. — Pilgrimage  to  Pigna. — ^The  cup  of  the  Caldera. — The  cabin- 
boy. — "Pierrotin"  from  Paris. — Pete  and  Pete. 

Short  stories  giving  swift  and  slight  impressions  of  people  and  incidents  met  in  the 
shifting  scenes  of  travel. 

Phillpotts,  Eden.  P5i8m 

The  mother  of  the  man.    Dodd. 

Appeared  in  the  "Bookman,"  v. 25-27,  June  1907-March  1908. 

Story  of  Dartmoor.  Its  central  theme  is  the  influence  of  a  good  and  patient  woman 
over  a  son  of  wayward  and  passionate  impulses. 

Phillpotts,  Eden.  P5i8ta 

Tales  of  the  tenements.    Lane. 

Contents:  Three  shots;  Laughter  Hole. — The  revenge;  Babenay. — The  death  of 
Auguste  Chatenay;  Prince  Hall. — The  wise  woman  of  Walna;  Walna. — Crarywell;  Great 
and  Little  Sherberton. — "I'll  do  it  if  you  will;"  Brownberry. — The  flitting  of  Nancy 
Webber;  Runnage  and  Peshull. — The  last  straw;  Bellaford. — Policeman  Peter;  Mer- 
ripit. — The  half-brothers;  Dury. — The  ghost  of  Miser  Brimpson;  Dunnabridge. — A 
mother  for  heroes;   Hartland. — The  snow-storm;   Stannon. 

"Stories  of  the  Dartmoor  homesteads,  or  'tenements,'  which  date  back  to  Tudor 
times.  The  atmosphere  is  unrelieved  by  humor,  the  tales  are  sometimes  grim,  sometimes 
tragic,  but  always  pervaded  by  strength  and  color."    A,  L.  A.  booklist,  igji. 

Phillpotts,  Eden.  P5i8t 

Thief  of  virtue.     Lane. 

Scene  is  the  usual  Dartmoor  and  the  theme  is  retribution,  which  comes  in  a  subtle 
form  to  the  large-natured,  if  faulty,  hero. 


1836  ENGLISH  FICTION 


Phillpotts,  Eden.  P518W 

The  whirlwind.     McClure. 

Appeared  in  "Fortnightly  review,"  v. 85-86,  Jan. -Dec.  1906. 
Has  the  familiar  background  of  Dartmoor  and  tragedy. 

Phillpotts,  Eden,  &  Bennett,  Arnold.  PSi8d 

Doubloons.    McClure. 

Detective  story. 

Philosophy  4.     Wister WSigp 

The  same WSigs 

Phoebe  and  Ernest.     Gillmore G4162P 

Phyllis  in  Middlewych.     Westrup W573P 

Pickwick  ladle.     Moody M874P 

Pier,  Arthur  Stanwood.  jPssSh 

Harding  of  St.  Timothy's.     Houghton. 

Appeared  in  the  "Youth's  companion"  under  the  title  "Harry  Harding's  last  year." 
The  election  of  the  president  of  the  athletic  association  of  St.  Timothy's;  a  boys' 
boarding-school  story. 

Pierson,  Clara  Dillingham.  jP57im 

The  Millers  at  Pencroft.    Dutton. 
Story  of  the  home  life  of  three  little  American  children. 

Pieshkov,  Alexiei  Maximovitch.    See  Gorky,  Maxim,  pseud. 

The  Pilgrims.     Musick M983P 

Pilgrims  of  the  Rhine.     Lytton Lgggpi 

Pilgrim's  progress.     Bunyan B885P7 

Pinafore  picture  book.     Gilbert qJG384p 

Pioneer's  daughter.     Bennett rB439p 

Plebe  at  West  Point.     Malone jM2g4p 

Plow-woman.     Gates G232P 

Poe,  Edgar  Allan.  P74imu 

Murders  in  the  Rue  Morgue,  and  other  tales.    Burt. 

Other  tales:  The  mystery  of  Marie  Roget. — The  purloined  letter. — The  assigna- 
tion.— The  tell-tale  heart. — The  domain  of  Arnheim. — Lander's  cottage. — William  Wil- 
son.— Berenice. — Eleonora. — Ligeia. — Morella. — Metzengerstein. — Some  words  with  a 
mummy. — Hop-Frog. — Four  beasts  in  one. — Why  the  little  Frenchman  wears  his  hand 
in  a  sling. — Bon-Bon. — The  system  of  Dr  Tarr  and  Prof.  Fether. — The  literary  life  of 
Thingum  Bob. — How  to  write  a  Blackwood  article. — A  predicament 

Point  of  honor.    Conrad C755P 

Poison  island.     Couch C838P 

The  politician.    Fogazzaro F685PO 

Polly  and  Dolly.     Blaisdell JB525P 

Polly  Oliver's  problem.    Wiggin W688po 

Pomp  and  circumstance.    Gerard G314P 

P784P 
Ponce  de  Leon  [or],  The  rise  of  the  Argentine  Republic,  by  an  estan- 
ciero.    Mitchell's  book  store. 

New  edition  of  a  historical  novel  first  published  in  1878  and  reissued  in  connection 
with  the  Argentine  centenai-y.  It  has  been  recognized  as  the  most  accurate  description 
yet  written  of  the  British  capture  of  Buenos  Ayres  and  the  rise  of  the  Argentine 
Republic. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1837 

Poorten  Schwartz,  Joost  Maris  Wilhelm  van  der.    See  Maar- 
tens,  Maarten,  pseud. 

Poppea  of  the  post-office.     Wright W9351PO 

Popsy.     Jackson JJ124P 

Port  of  missing  men.     Nicholson Nsigp 

Porter,  Mrs  Gene  (Stratton).  PSaGaf 

Freckles.     Doubleday. 

The  boy-hero  of  this  nature  novel  is  a  waif  employed  by  the  Grand  Rapids  Lumber 
Company  to  guard  a  tract  of  forest  land.  Book  shows  an  intimate  knowledge  of  the 
birds  and  animals  of  the  forest. 

Porter,  Mrs  Gene  (Stratton).  -  PSsGah 

The  harvester  [a  novel].    Doubleday. 

The  hero,  idealist  and  raiser  of  herbs,  sees  his  love  in  a  dream  and  the  dream  comes 
true.     The  atmosphere  of  the  story,  like  others  of  the  author's  books,  is  of  the  woods. 

Porter,  Sydney.    See  Henry,  O.  pseud. 

Post,  Mrs  Emily  (Price).  P8482t 

The  title  market.     Dodd. 

Appeared  in  "Everybody's  magazine,"  v.20-21,  Feb.-Sept.   1909. 

This  story  of  an  American  heiress  in  Italy  is  in  effect  an  argument  against  interna- 
tional marriages. 

The  post-girl.     Booth B632P 

Potash  &  Perlmutter.    Glass G466P 

Potter,  Beatrix.  jP856r 

Roly-poly  pudding.     Warne. 

Adventures  of  Tom  Kitten  and  his  miraculous  escape  from  a  luckless  fate.  Many 
pictures,  some  of  them  colored. 

Potter,  Beatrix.  jP856tai 

Tailor  of  Gloucester.    Warne. 

Of  the  little  mice  and  the  cherry-colored  buttonholes;  a  fairy  tale  for  little  people, 
with  colored  pictures. 

Potter,  Beatrix.  jP856tal 

Tale  of  Benjamin  Bunny.     Warne. 

How  Peter  Rabbit  lost  his  clothes  and  how  Benjamin  Bunny  helped  to  find  them. 
Colored  pictures. 

Potter,  Beatrix.  jP856te 

Tale  of  Mrs  Tiggy-winkle.     Warne. 

A  search  for  lost  pocket  handkerchiefs.     Colored  pictures. 
Potter,  Beatrix.  jP856ta 

Tale  of  Squirrel  Nutkin.    Warne. 

"This  is  a  Tale  about  a  tail — a  tail  that  belonged  to  a  little  red  squirrel  and  his 
name  was  Nutkin."     Colored  pictures. 

Powell,  Richard  Stillman,  pseud.    See  Barbour,  Ralph  Henry. 
Preston,  Sydney  Herman.  P9310 

On  common  ground.     Holt. 

.\musing  story  written  in  the   form  of  a  diary  kept  by  an  amateur  farmer. 

Prevost,  Antoine  Frangois,  called  Prevost  d'Exiles.  rP939m 

Manon  Lescaut;  from  the  French.    Routledge. 

"This  little  chef-d'ceuire,  to  which  Abbe  Prevost  gave  birth  on  a  day  of  good  for- 
tune. .  .holds  his  name  forever  above  the  flood  of  the  years,  and  gives  him  a  sure  foot- 
hold in  the  ranks  of  the  elite  of  writers  and  inventors.  Manon  Lescaut  exists  for  ever, 
and  despite  the  innumerable  revolutions  in  taste  and  fashions  which   eclipse  her  real 


1838  ENGLISH  FICTION 

Prevost,  Antoine  Francois,  called  Prevost  d'Exiles — continued.      rPgsgm 

power,  she  may  safely  maintain  with  respect  to  her  own  fate  that  languishing  and  play- 
ful indifference  with  which  we  are  familiar  in  her... The  writer  who  drew  her  for  us 
will  continue  to  be  appreciated  in  our  calmer  moments,  as  one  who  attained  the  most 
incredible  depths  of  passion  by  means  of  a  simple,  natural  tale."  Sainte-Beuve's  Por- 
traits of  the  i8th  century. 

Price  of  Lis  Doris.    Maartens,  Maarten,  pseud Mi  up 

Price  of  silence.     Davis D321P 

Price  of  the  prairie.     McCarter M1282P 

Priest  and  pagan.     Hopkins H784P 

The  prince  goes  fishing.    Duer D875P 

Prince  of  dreamers.     Steel S8i3pr 

The  princess  and  Curdie.     MacDonald JM146P 

Princess  Dehra.     Scott S4272P 

The  princess  elopes.     MacGrath Mi62h2 

Princess  Flower  Hat.     Wright W935ipr 

Princess  Katharine.     Hinkson H567P 

Princess  Nadine.     Reid,  Christian,  pseud ; Rzggpr 

Princess  of  Gan-Sar.    Klarmann K313P 

Princess   Pourquoi.     Sherwood S554pr 

Princess  Virginia.     Williamson W75ipr 

Priscilla  of  the  Good  Intent.    Sutcliffe Sg65p 

Prisoners.     Cholmondeley C453P 

Prisoners  of  chance.     Parrish P262P 

Prodigal  judge.     Kester K2232P 

Prodigal  pro  tern.     Bartlett B278P 

Professional  aunt.     Wemyss W514P 

Prophet  in  Babylon.     Dawson D332P 

Pryor,  Mrs  Sara  Agnes  (Rice).  Pg782C 

The  colonel's  story.    Macmillan. 

Story  of  Virginia  life  before  the  war  giving  a  pleasant  picture  of  plantation  life. 
The  colonel  is  an  old-time  Virginia  gentleman  and  his  story  is  told  with  charm  and 
simplicity. 

Punchinellos.     Davis JD319P 

Purchase  price.     Hough H834P 

Pussy-cat  town.     Taggart JT134P 

Pyeshkoff,  Alexiei  Maximovitch.    5"^^  G6rky,  Maxim,  pseud. 
Pyle,  Howard.  P996S 

Story  of  Jack  Ballister's  fortunes.    Century. 

Appeared  in  "St.  Nicholas,"  v.21-22,  April   1894-Sept.   1895. 

Narrative  of  the  adventures  of  a  young  gentleman  of  good  family,  who  was  kid- 
napped in  the  year  1719  and  carried  to  the  plantations  of  Virginia,  where  he  fell  in 
with  that  famous  pirate,  Capt.  Edward  Teach,  or  Blackbeard;  of  his  escape  from  the 
pirates  and  the  rescue  of  a  young  lady  from  out  their  hands. 

Pyle,  Katharine.  jPggein 

Nancy  Rutledge;  illustrated  by  the  author.    Little. 

Nancy  is  a  little  eight-year-old  girl  who  moves  from  the  country  to  the  city  and 
has  many  merry  times  with  her  cousin  Gladys  and  her  new  school  friends. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1839 


Pyle,  Katharine.  JP99618 

Stories  of  humble  friends.    Amer.  Book  Co. 

Partial  contents:  The  flying  squirrel. — The  opossum  family. — The  story  of  a  slave. 
— The  tame  bat. — The  two  little  crabs. — James  Crow. — The  pet  lamb. — Graywings. — The 
story  of  a  caterpillar. — The  captive  robin. — Firefly. — Flora  and  her  cat. 

Pyle,  Katharine,  &  Porter,  L.  S.  jPggeit 

Theodora;  illustrated  from  drawings  by  W.  A.  McCullough.    Little. 

What  Theodora,  a  rich,  motherless  little  girl,  did  one  year  at  boarding-school.  Tells 
about  the  day  she  ran  away,  of  her  two  Christmas  parties  and  of  how  she  kept  a  promise. 

Pymelle,  Mrs  Louisa  (Clarke).  jPgggd 

Diddie,  Dumps  and  Tot;  or.  Plantation  child-life.  Harper.  (Har- 
per's young  people  series.) 

They  were  three  little  girls  who  lived  on  a  plantation  in  the  old  South  where  they 
had  little  colored  girls  to  play  with  and  old  colored  folk  to  tell  them  stories  and  to 
take  them  to  picnics  and  "colored  meetin'."  Some  of  the  stories  they  were  told  are, 
De  wushin'  stone. — Po'  Nancy  Jane  O. — How  the  woodpecker's  bead  and  the  robin's 
breast  came  to  be  red. — The  owl  and  the  peafowl. 

Q,  pseud.    See  Couch,  Arthur  Thomas  Quiller. 

Quaker  Ben.     McCook Misgq 

Queed.     Harrison H2g83q 

Queen's  fillet.     Sheehan S54iq 

Queen's  tragedy.     Benson B4434q 

Queiroz,  Jose  Maria  Eqa  de.    See  Ega  de  Queiroz,  Jose  Maria. 

Quest  of  the  four-leaved  clover.     Laboulaye jLiiyq 

Quick,  Herbert.  Q2gb 

The  broken  lance.     Bobbs. 
Story  of  the  young  minister  of  a  fashionable  city  church  who  espouses  the  cause  of 
the  poor,  becomes  a  labor  agitator  and  meets  his  death  in  a  teamsters'  strike. 

Quickened.    Ray R24iq 

Quiller-Couch,  Arthur  Thomas.    See  Couch,  Arthur  Thomas  Quiller. 

Quinnebasset  girls.     May,  Sophie,  pseud M528q 

R.  J.'s  mother.     Deland DaSgr 

Rab  and  his  friends.     Brown B7gi2r 

Rachel  Craig.     Wright rWgssr 

Racing  sinner.     Gould G738r 

Raimond,  C.  E.  pseud.    See  Robins,  Elizabeth. 

Ralph  Ranscomb.     Nevin N25g2r 

Ramee,  Louisa  de  la,  {pseud.  Ouida).  Ri75U 

Under  two  flags.    Rand. 

"The  author's  best  novel,  good  in  spite  of  the  extravagance  of  her  descriptions  and 
the  unreality  of  the  world  depicted.  The  numerous  episodes  of  exciting  action,  fox- 
hunts in  the  shires,  battles  of  French  and  Kabyles  in  Algeria,  are  well  described,  and 
the  book  is  full  of  imagination  of  an  oriental  kind."  Baker's  Descriptive  guide  to  the 
best  fiction. 

Ranche  on  the  Oxhide.     Inman I246r 

Rankin,  Mrs  Carroll  (Watson).  jRig4a 

The  adopting  of  Rosa  Marie.    Holt.     (Dandelion  series.) 

More  adventures  of  the  little  girl  housekeepers  of  "Dandelion  cottage." 


i840  ENGLISH  FICTION 

Ray,  Anna  Chapin.  R24iq 

Quickened.    Little. 

Story  of  modern  Quebec,  bringing  together   French,   English  and  American   types 
and  emphasizing  some  features  of  the  Roman  Catholic  faith. 

Ray,  Anna  Chapin.  R241W 

A  woman  with  a  purpose.    Little. 

Deals  with  the  married  life  of  a  masterful,  middle-aged  man  of  affairs  and  a  young 
college  woman  of  high  ideals  and  decided  opinions. 

Real  life  in  Ireland,  by  a  real  Paddy.    Methuen.  rR256 

Story  of  the  adventures  of  two  boisterous  Irish  youths. 

A  reaping.     Benson B443r 

Rebecca  and  Rowena.    Thackeray T333r 

The  same 827  T33bu2  v.2 

The  same T333ch 

The  same T333ch3 

The  same rT333ch 

Red  city.     Mitchell M749re 

Red  feathers.     Roberts jR538r 

Red  Horse  hill.     Fenollosa F364r 

Red  lily.     France,  Anatole,  pseud F86ir 

Red  Pepper  Burns.    Richmond R425re 

Red  symbol.     Ironside I286r 

Redemption.     Bazin B3392r 

Redney  McGaw.     McFarlane MisSr 

Reed,  Myrtle.  R2830 

Old  rose  and  silver.    Putnam. 

Musical  novel. 

Reed,  Myrtle.  R283SP 

Spinner  in  the  sun.    Putnam. 

A  veiled  woman  and  the  tragedy  of  her  life,  caused  by  a  misunderstanding,  furnish 
the  theme  of  the  story.     The  scene  is  laid  in  a  country  village. 

Reed,  Myrtle.  R283W 

A  weaver  of  dreams.     Putnam. 

Love  story. 

Reed  Anthony.    Adams A2iir 

Reid,  Christian,  {pseud,  of  Mrs  Frances  C.  (Fisher)  R299pr 

Tiernan). 
Princess  Nadine.    Putnam. 

Scene  is  laid  in   Nice.     The  hero  is  a  dashing  young   Central   American  and   the 
heroine  a  Russo-American  heiress. 

Reid,  Christian,  (pseud,  of  Mrs  Frances  C.  (Fisher)  Tiernan).        R29gw 
A  woman  of  fortune;  a  novel.    Benziger. 

Love  story. 

Reign  of  the  Great  Elector.     Miihlbach,  Louise,  pseud Mgsar 

Rejuvenation  of  Aunt.  Mary.     French F9252r 

Remus,  Uncle,  pseud.    See  Harris,  Joel  Chandler. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1841 


A  resemblance.     Benedict B432r 

Rest  Harrow.     Hewlett H4ggre 

Revelations  of  Inspector  Morgan.     Crawfurd C875r 

Rewards  and  fairies.     Kipling K278r 

Reynolds,  Mrs  Gertrude  M.  (Robins).  R376t 

"Thalassa!"     Brentano. 

English  love  story. 

Reynolds,  Stephen.  R377a 

Alongshore,  where  man  and  the  sea  face  one  another.     Macmillan. 
Stories  of  fishermen  and  'longshoremen. 

Reynolds,  Stephen.  R377h 

Holy  mountain;  satire  on  English  life.     Lane. 

Primarily  a  satire  on  modern  journalistic  methods;  secondarily  a  picture,  verging 
on  caricature,  of  life  in  a  little  Wiltshire  country  town. 

Rezanov.     Atherton A868re 

Rhoden,  Emma  von,  (pseud,  of  Emmy  Friedrich-Friedrich).  jR384iy 
The  young  violinist;  tr.  from  the  German  by  M.  E.  Ireland.  Saalfield. 
Sad  story  of  a  little  orphan  girl. 

Rhodes,  Eugene  Manlove.  R3843g 

Good  men  and  true.    Holt. 

"Lively  tale  of  the  kidnapping  of  a  cowboy  in  a  Mexican  border  town,  his  clever 
method  of  communicating  with  his  friends  and  dramatic  rescue.  While  making  extrava- 
gant demands  on  the  reader's  credulity,  its  breeziness,  ingenuity  and  robust  humor  will 
make  it  acceptable."     A.  L.  A.  booklist,  1910. 

Rice,  Mrs  Alice  Caldwell  (Hegan).  R394mr 

Mr  Opp.     Century. 

Appeared  in  the  "Century  magazine,"  v.77-78,  Dec.  1908-May  1909. 

Pathetic  little  story  of  a  would-be  hero  and  his  efforts  to  improve  the  forlorn  Ken- 
tucky river-town  in  which  he  lives. 

Richard  Hurdis.     Simms Ssgzr 

Richards,  Mrs  Laura  Elizabeth  (Howe).  R4iigr 

Grandmother;  the  story  of  a  life  that  never  was  lived.    Dana. 

Rather  sentimental  tale  of  a  woman  who  was  the  angel  of  her  village. 
Richards,  Mrs  Laura  Elizabeth  (Howe).  jR4iime 

The  Merryweathers.     Estes. 
Richmond,  Mrs  Grace  Louise  (Smith).  R425C 

Court  of  inquiry.     Doubleday. 

Contents :  Althea. — Camellia. — Dahlia. — Rhodora. — Azalea. — Hepatica. — Dahlia  and 
the  professor. — Camellia  and  the  judge. — Azalea  and  the  cashier. — Althea  and  the  pro- 
moter.— Rhodora  and  the  preacher. — Wistaria  and  the  philosopher. 

Richmond,  Mrs  Grace  Louise  (Smith).  R425re 

Red  Pepper  Burns.    Doubleday. 

Appeared  in  the  "Ladies'  home  journal,"  v.27,  March-Aug.   1910. 

Redfield  Pepper  Burns  is  a  successful  young  physician,  whose  red  hair  and  hot 
temper  have  earned  him  his  sobriquet.  His  adventure  in  love  is  characterized  by  the 
same  impetuosity  that  marked  his  other  doings. 

Richmond,  Mrs  Grace  Louise  (Smith).  R425r 

Round  the  corner  in  Gay  street.    Doubleday. 

Appeared  in  the  "Youth's  companion,"  v. 81,  Aug.-Oct.   1907. 

Story  of  a  family  of  six  who  not  only  have  a  good  time  themselves  but  do  much  to 
enliven  a  dull  and  wealthy  family  around  the  corner. 


i842  ENGLISH  FICTION 


Richmond,  Mrs  Grace  Louise  (Smith).  R425S 

Strawberry  Acres.     Doubleday. 

Appeared  in  the  "Youth's  companion,"  v.84-85,  Dec.  i,  1910-June  15,  1911. 

Story  of  a  family  of  young  people  who,  thrown  upon  their  own  resources,  take  to 
farming. 

Rickert,  Edith.  R432b 

The  beggar  in  the  heart.    Moffat. 

Story  of  a  young  old  maid  with  Bohemian  proclivities,  who  lives  in  a  London  tene- 
ment, makes  pottery  for  a  living  and  long  resists,  but  finally  succumbs  to  her  titled  lover. 

Rickert,  Edith.  R432g 

The  golden  hawk.     Baker. 

Tale  of  a  Provengal  Lochinvar  who  conducts  his  courtship  with  lightning  rapidity 
and  wins  his  bride  in  spite  of  every  sort  of  opposition. 

Rideout,  Henry  Milner.  R438a 

Admiral's  light.     Houghton. 

Story  of  the  New  Brunswick  and  Maine  sea-coast,  a  boy  and  girl  romance.     The 
.  boy  is  a  lighthouse  keeper  and  the  girl  the  foundling  ward  of  a  gipsy  stroller. 

Rideout,  Henry  Milner.  R438b 

Beached  keels.    Houghton. 

Contents:     Blue  Peter. — Wild  justice. — Captain   Christy. 

Short  stories  dealing  with  tragic  episodes  in  the  life  of  seamen  on  shore. 

Rideout,  Henry  Milner.  R438d 

Dragon's  blood.     Houghton. 

Story  of  a  native  uprising  against  the  missionaries  and  foreign  residents  of  an 
inland  village  in  China. 

Rideout,  Henry  Milner.  R438S 

The  Siamese  cat.     McClure. 

The  cat  is  bought  by  a  young  American  girl  who  is  traveling  with  her  aunt  in 
China.  The  strange  and  unexpected  developments  which  follow  the  purchase  are  the 
theme  of  the  story. 

Rideout,  Henry  Milner.  R438t 

The  twisted  foot.     Houghton. 

Story  of  mystery. 

Riggs,  Mrs  Kate  Douglas  Wiggin.    See  Wiggin,  Mrs  Kate  Douglas. 

The  right  stuff.    Hay,  Ian,  pseud H3683r 

Rinehart,  Mrs  Mary  E.  (Roberts).  R472C 

Circular  staircase.    Bobbs. 

Ingenious  detective  story.     The  writer  is  a  resident  of  Pittsburgh. 

Rinehart,  Mrs  Mary  E.  (Roberts).  R473m 

The  man  in  lower  ten.    Bobbs. 

Story  of  mystery. 

Rinehart,  Mrs  Mary  E.  (Roberts).  R472W 

When  a  man  marries.    Bobbs. 

Entertaining  comedy-farce.  A  whole  dinner-party  is  quarantined  because  during  its 
progress  the  Japanese  butler  is  taken  ill,  supposedly  with  small-pox. 

Rinehart,  Mrs  Mary  E.  (Roberts).  R472wi 

Window  at  the  White  Cat.    1910.    Bobbs. 

Detective  story. 

The  riverman.     White W6362r 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1843 


Rives,  Amelie,  afterward  Mrs  Chanler.  R524t 

Trix  and  Over-the-Moon.     Harper. 
Appeared  in  "Harper's  magazine,"  v.119,  Aug.-Sept.   1909. 
Story  of  a  young  woman  who  raised  and  trained  racing  horses. 

Roads  of  destiny.    Henry,  O.  pseud H4522r 

Robert  Emmet.     Gwynn G997r 

Robert   Kimberly.     Spearman S74i2r 

Roberts,  Charles  George  Douglas.  JR536C 

Cruise  of  the  yacht  "Dido;"  a  tale  of  the  tide  country.     Page. 
Adventures  of  two  boys  while  drifting  for  shad.     They  find  a  treasure  and  have 

experiences  with  a  would-be  murderer  and  with  sharks. 

Roberts,  Charles  George  Douglas.  R536ha 

Haunters  of  the  silences;  a  book  of  animal  life.     Page. 

Contents:  The  summons  of  the  North. — The  last  barrier. — Answerers  to  the  call. — 
The  prisoners  of  the  pitcher-plant. — The  prowlers. — A  stranger  to  the  wild. — When  the 
logs  come  down. — A  duel  in  the  deep. — The  little  tyrant  of  the  burrows. — The  Ring- 
waak  buck. — The  heron  in  the  reeds. — In  the  deep  of  the  silences. — On  the  night  trail. 
— When  the  tide  came  over  the  marshes. — Under  the  ice-roof. — The  terror  of  the  air. 
— In  the  unknown  dark. — The  terror  of  the  sea  caves. 

Collection  of  animal  stories,  several  of  them  dealing  with  life  in  the  deep  sea. 

Roberts,  Charles  George  Douglas.  R536ho 

House  in  the  water;  a  book  of  animal  stories.    Page. 
Contents:    The  house  in  the  water. — The  white-slashed  bull. — When  the  blueberries 

are  ripe. — The  glutton  of  the  great  snow. — When  the  truce  of  the  wild  is  done. — The 

window  in  the  shack. — The  return  of  the  moose. — From   the  teeth   of  the  tide. — The 

fight  at  the  wallow. — Sonny  and  the  Kid. 

Roberts,  Charles  George  Douglas.  R536k 

Kings  in  exile.     Macmillan. 

Contents:  Last  Bull. — The  king  of  the  flaming  hoops. — The  monarch  of  park 
barren. — The  gray  master. — The  sun-gazer. — The  lord  of  the  glass  house. — Back  to  the 
water  world. — Lone  wolf. — The  bear's  face. — The  duel  on  the  trail. 

Stories  of  animals  in  captivity. 

Roberts,  Charles  George  Douglas.  R536n 

Neighbors  unknown.     Macmillan. 

Contents:  On  the  roof  of  the  world. — Black  swamp. — The  isle  of  birds. — The  ant- 
lers of  the  caribou. — The  sentry  of  the  sedge-flats. — A  tree-top  aeronaut. — The  theft. — 
The  tunnel  runners. — A  torpedo  in  feathers. — How  a  cat  played  Robinson  Crusoe. — Little 
bull  of  the  barrens. — The  tiger  of  the  sea. — Gray  lynx's  last  hunting. — Mothers  of  the 
North. 

Stories  of  unusual  animals  and  birds. 

Roberts,  George  Edward  Theodore.    See  Roberts,  Theodore. 

Roberts,  Morley.  R5372ca 

Captain  Spink,  and  other  sea  comedies.    Lippincott. 

Contents:  The  regal  authority  of  Captain  Spink.  —  Spink  and  an  empire.  —  The 
Lothario  of  the  Peruvian. — The  uncommon  case  of  Captain  Wigges. — The  skipper  of  the 
S.  S.  Ringdove  — Captain  Pasco's  first  cyclone. — The  adventure  of  his  serene  highness. 

Roberts,  Theodore.  R538C 

Comrades  of  the  trails.    Page. 

Story  of  an  Indian  and  Englishman  and  their  trapping  experiences  in  the  Canadian 
wilderness. 


i844  ENGLISH  FICTION 


Roberts,  Theodore.  jRSSSr 

The  red  feathers;  a  story  of  remarkable  adventures  when  the  world 
was  young.    Page. 

Quest  of  the  lost  magic  feathers  and  the  long  struggle  between  two  great  Indian 
magicians,  evil  Bright  Robe  and  Wise-as-a-she-wolf. 

Robinetta.    Wiggin W688rob 

Robins,  Elizabeth,  afterward  Mrs  Parkes,  (pseud.  C.  E.  R547C 

•    Raimond). 

Come  and  find  me.    Century. 

Appeared  in  the  "Century  magazine,"  V.73-7S,  April  1907-March  1908. 
Another  story  of  the  "magnetic  North"  and  of  a  man  who,  having  found  gold  in 
Nome  in  '65,  is  lured  back  there  years  after,  when  old  and  crippled. 

Robins,  Elizabeth,  afterward  Mrs  Parkes,  (pseud.  C.  E.  Raimond).      RS47f 
The  Florentine  frame.    Moffat. 

Story  of  a  beautiful  and  intellectual  woman  who  sacrifices  her  own  happiness  for 
the  sake  of  her  young  daughter.     Columbia  University  is  the  centre  of  the  scene. 

Roe,  Edward  Payson.  jR5g52d 

Driven  back  to  Eden.    Dodd. 

Tells  how  some  city  children  went  to  live  in  the  country  and  how  they  helped  to 
raise  vegetables  and  run  a  farm. 

Rogue's  life.    Collins C694r 

Rohlfs,  Mrs  Charles.    See  Green,  Anna  Katharine. 

Rolf  in  the  woods.     Seton S4g5r 

Rolland,  Romain.  R644J 

Jean-Christophe  [a  novel,  in  English];  tr.  by  Gilbert  Cannan.  3v. 
Holt 

V.I.     Dawn,  Morning,  Youth,  Revolt. 

V.2.     Jean-Christophe  in  Paris:     The  market-place;  Antoinette;  The  house. 
V.3.     Journey's  end:     Love  and  friendship;  The  burning  bush;  The  new  dawn. 
Story  of  the  life  and  development  of  a  musical  genius  from  the  day  of  his  birth. 

Roly-poly   pudding.     Potter jP856r 

Romance  of  a  plain  man.    Glasgow G465r 

Romance  of  an  old-fashioned  gentleman.    Smith S647r 

Rookwood.    Ainsworth A297r 

The  rosary.     Barclay B236r 

Roscoe,  Thomas,  tr.  R7i3g 

German  novelists;  tr.  from  the  originals  with  critical  and  biograph- 
ical notices.    Warne. 

Contents:  Pleasant  history  of  Reynard  the  Fox. — Howleglass,  the  merry  jester. — 
Doctor  Faustus. — Popular  traditions:  Local  popular  traditions  from  the  south  side  of 
the  Hartz;  Local  popular  traditions  from  the  Golden  Green;  Local  popular  traditions 
from  the  north  side  of  the  Hartz;  Gottschaick;  Eberhardt;  Busching;  MM.  Grimm; 
Lothar;  La  Motte  Fouqu^. — Popular  tales:  Musaeus;  Schiller. — German  novels:  Lewis 
Tieck;  Langbein;  Engel. 

Rose  MacLeod.     Brown B783r 

Rosegger,  Petri  Kettenfeier.  R721I 

The  light  eternal.    Unwin. 

An  unusual  story  in  the  form  of  a  journal  kept  by  a  simple-hearted  priest  in  an 
isolated  mountain  parish  of  the  Tyrol,  who  was  relegated  thither  by  his  superiors  for  a 
mild  form  of  heresy. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1845 

Rosnah.     Kelly Kij2t 

Roughriders  of  the  pampas.     Brereton B732r 

Round  the  corner  in  Gay  street.     Richmond R425r 

Round  the  fire  stories.    Doyle D775rou 

Round  the  moon.     Verne V274f 

The  same jV274f 

Roxana.     Defoe rD378r 

Royal  Americans.    Foote F747r 

Royal  end.     Harland H274r 

Royal  story  book.    Carmen  Sylva,  pseud C2i52ro 

Ruhl,  Arthur.  RSsab 

Break  in  training,  and  other  athletic  stories.     Outing. 
Other  stories:     Between   the   acts. — His    first   race. — The   quitter. — Left   behind. — 

Wings  of  clay. — With  the  hounds. — The  men  they  used  to  be. 

Rules  of  the  game.    White W6362ru 

Runaway  place.     Eaton  &  Underbill Eigsr 

Running  water.     Mason M448r 

Ruth.     Gaskell G2i5r 

Sacchetti,  Franco.  Siigt 

Tales  from  Sacchetti;  tr.  from  the  Italian  by  M.  G.  Steegmann,  with 
an  introduction  by  Guido  Biagi.    Dent. 

Sacchetti  was  a  Florentine  merchant,  man  of  letters  and  of  public  affairs.  His  tales, 
written  near  the  end  of  the  14th  century  and  often  based  on  real  incidents  in  the  do- 
mestic and  social  life  of  Florence,  are  valuable  for  the  light  they  throw  on  the  manners 
and  customs  of  the  period,  though  as  literature  they  do  not  compare  with  Boccaccio's. 

Sacher-Masoch,  Leopold,  ritfer  von.  S121J 

Jewish  tales;  tr.  from  the  French  by  H.  L.  Cohen.     McClurg. 
"Twenty-six   tales   or  character   studies. .  .dealing  with   the  Jews   in   those   eastern 
European  countries  where  their  peculiar  habits,  prejudices  and  superstitions  are  main- 
tained with  the  least  modification."    Baker's  Descriptive  guide  to  the  best  fiction. 

Safety  match.    Hay,  Ian,  pseud H3683S 

Sailors'  knots.    Jacobs Ji34sai 

The  saint.     Fogazzaro F685S 

Seunt-Hilaire,  Philippe,  pseud.    See  Schultz,  Jeanne. 

St.  Jude's.    Watson W321S 

Salthaven.     Jacobs Ji34sa 

Salvator.     Gibbon G362S 

Sampson  Rock  of  Wall  street.     Lef evre L5382S 

San  Celestino.    Ayscough,  John,  pseud A987S 

Sand,  George,  (pseud,  of  Mme  Dudevant).  82131 

Tower  of  Percemont;  a  novel  [tr.]  from  the  French.    Burt. 

Sandman.     Hopkins JH786S 

Saul  of  Tarsus.    Miller M6922S 

Saunders,  Marshall.  JS257a 

Alpatok;  the  story  of  an  Eskimo  dog.     Page. 

Short  story  of  a  lost  Eskimo  dog  and  the  boy  who  saved  it  from  starving. 


1846  ENGLISH  FICTION 

The  scar.    Dawson D3323S 

Scarlet  car.     Davis D323B 

Scarlett  of  the  Mounted.     Merington M6362S 

Schock,  Georg.  S3632h 

Hearts  contending;  a  novel.    Harper. 

"Presents  a  vivid  picture  of  a  Pennsylvania  German  family  of  farming  people, 
which  the  father  attempts  to  rule  according  to  his  own  strict  ideas.  Each  in  turn  rebels 
and  the  somberness  of  the  events  that  follow  is  unrelieved  till  the  close,  when  justice  on 
the  one  side  and  sacrifice  on  the  other  reunite  the  wrecked  family."  A.  L.  A.  booklist, 
igio. 

School  and  college  days.     Munroe  &  Catherwood. jMg68sto 

Schubin,  Ossip,  (pseud,  of  Lola  Kirschner).  S384P 

Peterkins;  the  story  of  a  dog;  tr.  from  the  German  by  Mrs  John 
Lane.     Lane. 

This  story  tor  children  has  been  much  read  in  Germany,  where  it  appeared  under 
the  title  "Peterl."  It  tells  the  pathetic  experiences,  ending  in  happiness,  however,  of  a 
little  spitz  dog. 

Schultz,  Jeanne,  (pseud.  Philippe  Saint-Hilaire).  S387J 

Jean  de  Kerdren  [a  novel,  by  Philippe  Saint-Hilaire,  pseud.];  tr. 
by  Mrs  Waugh.    Unwin. 

Modern  French  story.     The  hero  is  young  naval  officer  of  noble  family. 

Schwartz,  Joost  Marius  Wilhelm  van  der  Poorten.    See  Maar- 

tens,  Maarten,  pseud. 
Schwartz,  Julia  Augusta.  83996 

Elinor's  college  career.     Little. 

Readable  story  of  college  life — presumably  Vassar. 

The  score.    Harrison H299S 

Scott,  John  Reed.  S4272b 

Beatrix  of  Clare.    Lippincott. 
Historical  romance  of  the  times  of  Richard  III  of  England. 

Scott,  John  Reed.  842721 

In  her  own  right.    Lippincott. 

Readable  tale  in  which  buried  jewels  and  an  abducted  heroine  add  excitement  to  an 
improbable  but  interesting  situation. 

Scott,  John  Reed.  S4272P 

Princess  Dehra     Lippincott. 

Sequel  to  his  "Colonel  of  the  Red  Huzzars."  A  story  of  a  struggle  for  a  throne, 
abounding  in  adventure  and  intrigue. 

Scott,  Leroy.  S427t 

To  him  that  hath.    Doubleday. 

Appeared  in  "Munsey's  magazine,"  v.36-37,  Oct.  1906-Sept.  1907. 

Story  of  a  man  who  goes  to  prison  in  order  to  save  the  memory  of  his  dead  friend 
from  disgrace  and  of  his  struggle  to  regain  his  place  in  the  world  after  his  release. 

The  scout.     Simms S592S 

Scudder,  Vida  Dutton.  S436d 

Disciple  of  a  saint;  being  the  imaginary  biography  of  Raniero  di 
Landoccio  dei  Pagliaresi.    Dent. 

Historical  novel  dealing  with  the  life  and  times  of  St.  Catharine  of  Siena. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1847 


Sea  stories;  retold  from  St.  Nicholas.     1910.     Century.  JS438 

Contents:  To  repel  boarders,  by  Jack  London. — What  is  told  by  the  bell,  by  Lieut. 
J.  M.  Ellicott. — The  bell-buoy's  story,  by  John  Weatherby. — A  song  of  the  sea,  by  Eric 
Parker. — My  narrowest  escape,  by  George  Kennan. — The  cautious  captain,  by  R.  F. 
Bunner. — Steering  without  a  compass,  by  Gustav  Kobbe. — A  tale  of  piracy,  by  Malcolm 
Douglas. — The  lights  that  guide  in  the  night,  by  Lieut.  J.  M.  Ellicott — When  my  ship 
comes  in,  by  M.  J.  Farrah. — A  change  of  craft,  by  R.  W.  Child. — Tom  Trawley's  start 
in  life,  by  W.  J.  Henderson. — A  citizen  of  the  deep,  by  L.  R.  McCabe. — Great  ocean 
waves,  by  W.  J.  Henderson. — Three  ships,  by  H.  F.  Blodgett. — The  voyage  of  the 
"Oregon,"  by  Tudor  Jenks. 

Seawell,  Molly  Elliot.  jS442g 

The  great  scoop.    Page. 
Newspaper  story,  of  which  an  office  boy  is  the  hero. 

Seawell,  Molly  Elliot.  S442I 

Last  duchess  of  Belgarde  [a  novel].    Appleton. 
Slight  but  well  wrought  romance  of  French  revolutionary  times. 

Seawell,  Molly  Elliot.  S442ma 

Marriage  of  Theodora.    Dodd. 

Story  of  a  happy  Anglo-American  marriage. 

Seawell,  Molly  Elliot.  S442V 

The  victory.     Appleton. 
Story  of  Virginia  in  Civil  war  times. 

Seawell,  Molly  Elliot.  S442vi 

Virginia  cavalier.     Harper. 

The  hero  of  this  story  is  George  Washington.  It  covers  the  period  from  1746  to 
Braddock's  defeat. 

Second  generation.     Phillips P5i2se 

Secret  agent.     Conrad C7558 

Secret  garden.     Burnett B934se 

Sedgwick,  Anne  Douglas.  S448a 

Amabel  Channice.     Century. 

The  development  of  a  woman's  character  through  sin  and  suffering  forms  the  theme 
of  the  story. 

Sedgwick,  Anne  Douglas.  S448f 

Fountain  sealed.     Century. 

Study  of  character,  in  which  a  misunderstood  mother  and  a  complacent,  self- 
righteous  daughter  are  contrasted  and  analyzed. 

Sedgwick,  Anne  Douglas.  S448fr 

Franklin  Winslow  Kane  [a  novel].    Century. 

Psychological  study  of  four  people,  two  English  and  two  American.  One  of  the 
latter,  a  seemingly  drab  and  insignificant  person  dominates  all  the  others  by  sheer 
force  of  his  constancy,  unselfishness  and  good  sense. 

[Sedgwick,  Catharine  Maria.]  rS448h 

Hope  Leslie;  or,  Early  times  in  the  Massachusetts.    2v.    White. 
Miss  Sedgwick  (i  789-1867)  held  a  prominent  place  among  early  American  writers 
of  fiction. 

"The  tale  has  many  characters  of  which  English  fiction  affords  no  precedent... 
The  author  has  done  no  small  service  in  preserving  such  a  picture  of  what  the  Indians 
were,  in  the  early  colonial  days... The  domestic  scenes  of  this  novel,  especially  in  the 
first  volume,  before  the  hair-breadth  escapes  begin,  fix  themselves  in  the  memory,  avouch- 
ing their  own  truth  and  beauty."  Harriet  Martineau,  in  Westminster  review,  1S37. 


1848  ENGLISH  FICTION 


[Sedgwick,  Catharine  Maria.]  rS4481 

The  Linwoods;  or,  "Sixty  years  since"  in  America.    2v.    Harper. 
"Miss  Sedgwick's  novels  are  still  readable.     Her  greatest  defect  is  the  sermonizing 
tendency  of  her  day,  which  filled  her  novels  with  diffuse  and  tedious  pages.     Her  ex- 
cellencies  are    the   quiet,    truthful    pictures   of   her    native    Massachusetts    home    life." 
Pattee's  History  of  American  literature. 

Seeing  France  with  Uncle  John.     French F9252se 

Seibert,  Venita.  84578 

The  gossamer  thread;  the  chronicles  of  Velleda  who  understood 
about  "the  different  world."    Small. 

Story  of  an  imaginative  little  German  girl;  interesting  study  of  child-life,  for  grown 
people. 

The  seiners.     Connolly C7531B 

Selincourt,  Mrs  Basil  de.    See  Sedgwick,  Anne  Douglas. 

Sentimentalists.     Benson B4434S 

Septimus.     Locke L759a 

Seraphica.    McCarthy M128S 

Set  in  authority.    Duncan DSggse 

Set  in  silver.    Williamson W751S 

Seton,  Ernest  Thompson.  S495bi 

Biography  of  a  silver-fox;  or.  Domino  Reynard  of  Goldur  town. 
Century. 

"Starts  with  the  litter  to  which  he  belonged,  and  follows  him  to  a  triumphant  and 
peaceful  maturity.     It  is  a  stirring,  sympathetic  narrative."    Athenceum,  1909. 

Seton,  Ernest  Thompson.  84951 

Rolf  in  the  woods;  the  adventures  of  a  boy  scout  with  Indian 
Quonab  and  little  dog  Skookum.     Doubleday. 

Adventures  of  a  boy  who  went  to  live  with  an  Indian,  joining  with  him  in  bis 
trapping,  hunting,  scouting  and  fighting.  The  book  is  dedicated  to  boy  scouts  and  is 
full  of  scout  knowledge  and  wood  lore. 

Seton-Thompson,  Ernest  Evan.    See  Seton,  Ernest  Thompson. 
Sevastopol.    Tolstoi T588S 

The  same T588S2 

Severed  mantle.     Lindsey L723S 

Shadow  of  the  unseen.    Pain  &  Blyth P1613S 

Sharp,  William.  S53ima 

Pharais,  and  The  mountain  lovers,  by  "Fiona  Macleod"  [pseud.]. 
Duffield. 

"Bibliographical  note,"  by  Mrs  William  Sharp,  p.401. 
Sharp,  William.  S531S 

The  sin-eater  [and  other  tales].  The  washer  of  the  ford,  and  other 
legendary  moralities,  by  "Fiona  Macleod"   [pseud.].     Duffield. 

Contents:  Other  tales:  The  ninth  wave;  The  judgment  o'  God;  The  harping  of 
Cravetheen;  Silk  o'  the  kine;  Ula  and  Urla. — Other  legendary  moralities:  St.  Bride 
of  the  Isles;  The  fisher  of  men;  The  Last  supper;  The  dark  nameless  one;  The  three 
marvels  of  Hy;  The  woman  with  the  net. — Cathal  of  the  woods. — Seanachas:  The  song 
of  the  sword;  The  flight  of  the  Culdees;  Mircath;  The  sad  queen;  The  laughter  of 
Scathach  the  queen;  Ahez  the  Pale;  The  king  of  Ys  and  Dahut  the  Red. 

"Bibliographical  note,"  by  Mrs  William  Sharp,  p.448-449. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1849 


Sharts,  Joseph  William.  S532V 

The  vintage.     Duffield. 

Story  of  Civil  war  times. 

Shaw,  Bernard.    See  Shaw,  George  Bernard. 

Shaw,  George  Bernard.  S5342i 

The  irrational  knot.    Brentano. 

"The  story,  which  first  saw  the  light  in  the  seclusion  of  a  propagandist  magazine 
of  Mrs.  Annie  Besant  in  1880,  is  a  study  of  the  Superman  married."     Nation,  1905. 

Contains  an  interesting  preface  in  which  author  gives  his  motives  for  republishing 
this  "second  novel  of  his  nonage." 

She.     Haggard Hi4ish 

Sheaves.     Benson B443S 

Sheehan,  Patrick  Augustine.  S54ib 

Blindness  of  Dr  Gray;  or,  The  final  law.    Longmans. 
"Quiet  chronicle  of   Irish  life,  dealing  with  the  work  and  dreams,  the  aspirations 
and  failures  of  a  scholarly  old  priest  and  the  life-stories  of  some  of  his  people."     Out- 
look (London),  1909. 

Sheehan,  Patrick  Augustine.  S54ii 

The  intellectuals;  an  experiment  in  Irish  club-life.    Longmans. 

The  "Intellectuals"  are  a  club  of  men  and  women,  Irish,  English  and  Scottish,  who 
discuss  poetry,  ideals,  politics,  ethics,  education  and  similar  topics.  Two  of  the  mem- 
bcrs  are  poets  who  contribute  some  mystical  poetry.  The  thread  of  the  story  is  very 
slight 

Sheehan,  Patrick  Augustine.  S54ili 

Lisheen;  or.  The  test  of  the  spirits.    Longmans. 

Appeared  in  the  "Catholic  world,"  v.84-86,  Jan.  1907-Jan.  1908. 

Hero  is  a  young  Irish  landlord  who,  for  the  purpose  of  studying  and  bettering  the 
condition  of  his  tenants,  becomes  a  laborer  in  a  peasant  family  upon  his  own  estates, 
is  evicted  with  them,  and  after  some  vicissitudes  becomes  a  model  landlord. 

Sheehan,  Patrick  Augustine.  S54iq 

The  queen's  fillet.    Longmans. 

Romance  of  the  French  revolution. 

Sheila  Vedder.     Barr B259SV 

Shepherd  of  the  hills.    Wright W934S 

Sherwood,  Margaret  Pollock,  {pseud.  Elizabeth  Hastings).  S554pr 

Princess  Pourquoi  [and  other  stories].     Houghton. 
Other  stories:     The  clever  necromancer. — The  princess  and  the  microbe. — The 

seven  studious  sisters. — The  gentle  robber. 

Parables  which   gently  satirize  some  present  day  conditions  and  ideals,  especially 

man's  notions  of  the  proper  sphere  of  woman. 

Ship's  company.     Jacobs Ji34sh 

Shoemaker,  Henry  Wharton.  rSssgp 

Pennsylvania  mountain  stories.    Bradford  Record  Pub.  Co. 

Short  cruises.     Jacobs Ji34S 

The  short-story.     Matthews M479sh 

Shute,  Henry  Augustus.  S562C 

Country  lawyer.    Houghton. 

The  hero  is  a  young  college  man  who  goes  to  a  country  town  to  read  law  in  the 
office  of  Squire  Branch,  a  typical  attorney  of  the  old  school.  The  book  is  full  of  amus- 
ing incidents  connected  with  court  practice. 


i850  ENGLISH  FICTION 


The  shuttle.     Burnett . . . , 69345 

Siamese  cat.     Rideout R438S 

Sidgwick,  Mrs  Alfred.    See  Sidgwick,  Mrs  Cecily  (UUmann). 
Sidgwick,  Mrs  Cecily   (Ullmann).  S568k 

The  kinsman.     Macmillan. 

Farcical  tale  the  ingenious  complications  of  which  arise  from  the  exact  resemblance 
between  two  men,  the  one  a  rich  gentleman  and  heir  to  an  English  title,  the  other  a 
cockney  London  clerk. 

Sidney,  Margaret,  {pseud,  of  Mrs  Harriet  Mulford  (Stone)  jSsGgfve 

Lothrop). 

Five  little  Peppers  and  their  friends.    Lothrop. 
Sidney,  Margaret,  (pseud,  of  Mrs  Harriet  Mulford  (Stone)  jS56gfl 

Lothrop). 

Five  little  Peppers  at  school.    Lothrop. 

Siege  of  the  seven  suitors.     Nicholson N319S 

Sienkiewicz,  Henryk.  S572wh 

Whirlpools;  a  novel  of  modern  Poland;  tr.  from  the  Polish  by  M.  A. 
Drezmal.    Little. 

Introduces  the  recent  agrarian  troubles  and  socialistic  politics. 

"To  Poland  itself  the  book  must  be  a  sort  of  patriotic  classic,  to  us  it  is  valuable 
as  the  apology  against  socialism  of  a  keen  observer  and  a  deep  student."  Catholic  world, 
1910. 

Sigourney,  Mrs  Lydia  Howard  (Huntley).  S578S 

Sketches.     Key. 

Contents:  The  father. — Legend  of  Oxford. — The  family  portraits. — Oriana. — The 
intemperate. — The  patriarch. 

Silberrad,  Una  Lucy.  S582d 

Desire  [a  novel].    Doubleday. 

Study  in  character  development. 

Silent  door.     Wilkinson W729si 

Simms,  William  Gilmore.  S592bo 

Border  beagles;  a  tale  of  Mississippi. 
Simms,  William  Gilmore.  S592ch 

Charlemont;  or,  The  pride  of  the  village;  a  tale  of  Kentucky. 
Simms,  William  Gilmore.  S592C 

Confession;  or,  The  blind  heart;  a  domestic  story. 
Simms,  William  Gilmore.  S592e 

Eutaw;  a  sequel  to  The  forayers;  a  tale  of  the  Revolution. 
Simms,  William  Gilmore.  S592g 

Guy  Rivers;  a  tale  of  Georgia. 
Simms,  William  Gilmore.  S592k 

Katharine  Walton. 
Simms,  William  Gilmore.  S592P 

The  partisan;  a  romance  of  the  Revolution. 
Simms,  William  Gilmore.  S592r 

Richard  Hurdis;  a  tale  of  Alabama. 
Simms,  William  Gilmore.  S592S 

The  scout. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1851 

Simms,  William  Gilmore.  S592S0 

Southward  ho! 
Simms,  William  Gilmore.  S592V 

Vasconselos. 
Simms,  William  Gilmore.  S592W 

Wigrwam  and  the  cabin  [stories]. 
Simms,  William  Gilmore.  S5g2wo 

Woodcraft;  or,  Hawks  about  the  dovecote;  a  story  of  the  South  at 
the  close  of  the  Revolution. 

Simon  Eichelkatz.     Frank,  Ulrich,  pseud F876S 

Simon  the  jester.     Locke Lysgsi 

A  simple  story.     Inchbald I242S 

Simpson,  Bertram  Lenox.    See  Weale,  B.  L.  Putnam,  pseud. 

The  sin-eater.     Sharp S531S 

Sinclair,  May.  S6i6c 

The  creators;  a  comedy.    Century. 

Appeared  in  the  "Century  magazine,"  v.79-80,  Nov.   1909— Oct.    igio. 

Brilliant  study  of  the  inevitable  conflict  of  genius  and  domesticity  as  exemplified 
in  the  lives  of  a  coterie  of  London  writers  who  find  both  congenial  and  uncongenial 
married  life  a  burden  to  their  genius. 

Sinclair,  May.  S6i6h 

The  helpmate.     Holt. 

Appeared  in  the  "Atlantic  monthly,"  v.99— loo,  Jan.-Sept.   1907. 

"At  last  analysis,  Miss  Sinclair's  new  book  fines  down  to  the  presentation  of  that 
ever  fresh  and  insoluble  problem,  whether  the  greater  harm  be  done  by  transgressors 
who  make  sin  seem  tolerable,  or  by  saints  who  render  virtue  odious... In  view  of  the 
fact  that  in  the  last  two  decades  so  many  tendency  novels  have  stormed  and  cried  aloud 
on  the  subject  of  Women's  Rights,  it  is  perhaps  an  interesting  sign  of  the  times  that 
so  clear  and  discriminating  a  voice  as  Miss  Sinclair's  should  now  be  heard,  quietly  and 
temperately  asking  a  few  discreet  questions  about  Husbands'  Wrongs!"     Nation,  190J. 

Singmaster,  Elsie.  S617W 

When  Sarah  saved  the  day.     Houghton. 

The  same JS617W 

How  15-year-old  Sarah,  a  Pennsylvania-German  girl,  kept  the  bouse,  the  twins  and 

the  baby  in  spite  of  Uncle  Daniel,  who  wanted  the  farm. 

Sinjohn,  John,  pseud.    See  Galsworthy,  John. 

The  sinner.    Fogazzaro F685si 

Sinnett,  Mrs  Jane.  rS6i7S 

Story  about  a  Christmas  in  the  17th  century.     Chapman. 
Sinnett,  Mrs  Percy.    See  Sinnett,  Mrs  Jane. 

Sir  John  Constantine.     Couch C838si 

Sir  Nigel.     Doyle D775si 

Sixes  and  sevens.     Henry,  O.  pseud H4522S 

Sketches  of  Irish  character.     Hall H169S 

Sky-man.     Webster W383S 

Slim  princess.     Ade A228S 

The  slowcoach.     Lucas Lgegs 

The  same jLgSgs 


i8S2  ENGLISH  FICTION 


Smith,  Mrs  Alice  (Prescott).  S64a2m 

Montlivet.    Houghton. 

Story  of  the  early  fur  trade  and  of  the  struggle  for  supremacy  between  French 
and  English  and  the  Indian  tribes. 

Smith,  Charlotte  Curtis.  jS644b 

Bob  Knight's  diary  at  Poplar  Hill  school,  with  sketches  by  Bob. 
Button. 

Bob's  experiences  at  school,  his  mischief  and  pranks;  also  his  pictures  of  Poky  and 
the  other  boys,  of  the  jack-o-lantern  parade,  the  haunted  house,  etc. 

Smith,  Elmer  Boyd.  JS646C 

Chicken  world;  drawn  by  E.  B.  Smith.     Putnam. 
Colored  pictures. 

Smith,  Elmer  Boyd.  jS646f 

The  farm  book;  Bob  and  Betty  visit  Uncle  John;  story  and  pictures 
by  E.  B.  Smith.     Houghton. 

Picture-book  telling  of  a  summer  in  the  country  and  about  the  ploughing,  reaping, 
milking,  churning,  threshing  and  other  occupations  of  farm  life. 

Smith,  Francis  Hopkinson.  S647fo 

Forty  minutes  late,  and  other  stories.    Scribner. 

Other  stories:  A  gentleman's  gentleman. — Abijah's  bubble. — A  list  to  starboard. — 
The  Little  Gray  Lady.  —  The  man  in  the  high-water  boots.  —  Fiddles. — Homo.  —  The 
Parthenon  by  way  of  Papendrecht. 

Smith,  Francis  Hopkinson.  S647k 

Kennedy  Square.    Scribner. 

Appeared  in  "Scribner's  magazine,"  v.48-49,  Nov.  1910-Sept   1911. 
Romance  of  the  old  South. 

Smith,  Francis  Hopkinson.  S647P 

Peter;  a  novel  of  which  he  is  not  the  hero.    Scribner. 

Peter  is  an  old-fashioned  gentleman  in  an  old-fashioned  bank  in  Wall  street,  a  bit 
of  romanticism  in  a  day  of  commercial  engrossment.     Condensed  from  Outlook,  1908. 

Smith,  Francis  Hopkinson.  S647r 

Romance  of  an  old-fashioned  gentleman.  Scribner. 
Appeared  in  the  "Ladies'  home  journal,"  v.23,  June-Nov.  1906. 
Story  of  a  man  who  was  strong  enough  to  deny  himself  and  his  love. 

Smith,  Francis  Hopkinson.  S647V 

The  veiled  lady,  and  other  men  and  women.    Scribner. 

Other  stories:  Loretta  of  the  shipyard.  —  A  coat  of  red  lead.  —  Miss  Murdock — 
"Special." — The  beguiling  of  Peter  Griggs. — Miss  Jennings's  companion. — Sam  Joplin's 
epigastric  nerve. — Miss  Buffiim's  new  boarder. — Captain  Joe  and  the  "Susie  Ann." — 
"Against  orders." — Muggles's  supreme   moment. 

Stories  dealing  with  many  sides  of  life,  well  told  and  full  of  human  interest. 

Smith,  Hannah,  1841-1909.    See  Stretton,  Hesba,  pseud. 

Smith,  Harry  James.  864923 

Amedee's  son.    Houghton. 

Idyl  of  Cape  Breton,  portraying  the  home  life  of  the  French  inhabitants. 

Smith,  Harry  James.  864920 

Enchanted  ground;  an  episode  in  the  life  of  a  young  man.     Houghton. 

Story  of  temptation,  struggle  and  self-mastery  for  the  hero,  a  young  architect  in 
New  York,  of  hardly  won  charity  and  wisdom  for  the  heroine,  and  of  final  happiness 
for  both. 

Smith,  Hopkinson.    See  Smith,  Francis  Hopkinson. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1853 


Smith,  Sheila  Kaye-.  SGsgt 

The  tramping  Methodist.     Bell. 

Love-story  of  an  itinerant  preacher.  Scene  laid  in  Sussex  and  Kent  in  the  begin- 
ning of  the  19th  century. 

Smith  of  Bear  City.     Buffum B862S 

Smollett,  Tobias  George.  rS666w 

Works,  with  the  author's  preface  and  an  introduction  by  G.  H.  May- 
nadier.     i2v. 

V.1-3.     The  adventures  of  Roderick  Random. 
v.4-7.     The  adventures  of  Peregrine  Pickle. 
V.8— 9.     The  adventures  of  Count  Fathom, 
v.io.     The  adventures  of  Sir  Launcelot  Greaves, 
v.  11-12.     The  expedition  of  Humphry  Clinker. 

Snaith,  John  Collis.  86693 

Araminta.    Moffat. 

Appeared  in  the  "Forum,"  v. 40-42,  Nov.  1908-Aug.  1909. 

Story  of  a  rustic  maiden  vi^ho  goes  up  to  London  and  takes  the  town  by  storm.  A 
merry  extravaganza,  told  with  high  spirits  and  an  exuberance  of  style  which  accords 
with  the  theme. 

Snaith,  John  Collis.  S669m 

Mrs  Fitz.    Moffat. 

Lively  story  of  adventure  and  intrigue.  Heroine  is  the  daughter  and  heiress  of  the 
king  of  Illyria,  married  to  a  not  too  respectable  English  squire. 

Snedeker,  Mrs  Caroline  Dale.  S671C 

Coward  of  Thermopylae.    Doubleday. 

Historical  novel  having  for  its  hero  the  only  Spartan  who  returned  from  Ther- 
mopylse.     The  color  and  atmosphere  of  ancient  Greece  give  the  book  decided  charm. 

Soldier  of  the  future.    Dawson D332SO 

Soldier's  trial.     King K263S0I 

Some  Irish  yesterdays.     Somerville  &  Ross S696SO 

Somehow  good.     De  Morgan D423S 

Somerville,  Edith  CEnone,  &  Ross,  Martin,  (pseud,  of  S696f 

Violet  Martin). 

Further  experiences  of  an  Irish  R.  M.    Longmans. 

Sequel  to  "Some  experiences  of  an  Irish  R.  M." 

"The  richness  and  diversity  of  Hibernian  idiom  is  worthy  of  attention,  independent 
of  the  threads  of  amusing  misadventure  on  which  it  is  strung."     Nation,  190S. 

Somerville,  Edith  CEnone,  &  Ross,  Martin,  {pseud,  of  S6g6so 

Violet  Martin). 

Some  Irish  yesterdays.     Longmans. 

Contents:  An  outpost  of  Ireland. — Picnics. — Boon  companions. — The  biography  of 
a  pump.  —  Hunting  Mahatmas.  —  A  Patrick's  day  hunt.  —  Alsatia.  —  "In  sickness  and 
in  health." — Horticultural. — Out  of  hand. — A  record  of  holiday. — Lost,  stolen  or  strayed. 
— Children  of  the  Captivity. — Slipper's  A  B  C  of  fox-hunting. 

Lively,  fresh  and  faithful  short  sketches  of  experiences  in  Ireland.  Many  excellent 
illustrations. 

Song  of  Renny.     Hewlett H499SO 

Sonny's  father.     Stuart S932Son 

South  sea  tales.     London L822S0 

Southennan.     Gait G158SO 


i854  ENGLISH  FICTION 


Southern  stories;  retold  from  St.  Nicholas.    Century.  JS727 

Contents:  His  hero,  by  Margaret  Minor. — Jericho  Bob,  by  A.  E.  King. — How  we 
bought  Louisiana,  by  H.  L.  Coffin. — The  city  that  lives  outdoors,  by  W.  S.  Harwood. — 
Queer  American  rivers,  by  F.  H.  Spearman. — The  watermelon  stockings,  by  A.  C. 
Hegan. — The  "  'gator,"  by  C.  B.  Moore. — The  earthquake  at  Charleston,  by  Ewing  Gib- 
son.— Hiding  places  in  war  times,  by  J.  H.  Gore. — St.  Augustine,  by  F.  R.  Stockton. — 
Catching  terrapin,  by  Alfred  Kappes. — "Locoed,"  by  Edward  Marshall. — A  divided  duty, 
by  M.  A.  Cassidy. — The  "walking-beam  boy,"  by  L.  E.  Stofiel. — The  creature  with  no 
claws,  by  J.  C.  Harris. 

The  Southerner.     Page Pi452s 

The  Southerners.     Brady B686s 

Southward  ho !     Simms S5g2so 

Sovereign  remedy.     Steel S813S 

Spanish  jade.     Hewlett H499SP 

Spearman,  Frank  Hamilton.  S74Z2r 

Robert  Kimberly.    Scribner. 

Story  of  the  failure  of  a  mixed  marriage  and  of  the  attitude  of  the  Catholic  church 
towards  the  re-marriage  of  a  divorced  person. 

Spearman,  Frank  Hamilton.  S7412W 

Whispering  Smith.     Scribner. 
Story  of  railroad  building  in  the  Rockies  during  the  pioneer  period. 

Specimen  spinster.     Yeigh Y223S 

Spell-bound  fiddler.     Janson Ji86s 

Spendthrift.    Ainsworth A297SP 

Spider,  and  other  tales.     Ewald E961S 

Spinner  in  the  sun.     Reed R283SP 

Spinners'  Club,  comp.  S7572S 

Spinners'  book  of  fiction;  collected  by  the  book  committee  of  the 
Spinners'  Club.     Elder. 

Contents:  Concha  Argiiello,  Sister  Dominica,  by  Gertrude  Atherton. — The  ford  of 
Crevecoeur,  by  Mary  Austin. — A  Californian,  by  Geraldine  Bonner. — Gideon's  knock,  by 
M.  H.  Foote. — A  yellow  man  and  a  white,  by  Eleanor  Gates. — The  judgment  of  man, 
by  James  Hopper. — The  league  of  the  old  men,  by  Jack  London. — Down  the  flume  with 
the  Sneath  piano,  by  Bailey  Millard. — The  contumacy  of  Sarah  L.  Walker,  by  Miriam 
Michelson. — Breaking  through,  by  W.  C.  Morrow. — A  lost  story,  by  Frank  Norris. — 
Hantu,  by  H.  M.  Rideout. — Miss  Juno,  by  C.  W.  Stoddard. — A  little  savage  gentleman, 
by  Isobel  Strong. — Love  and  advertising,  by  R.  W.  Tully. — The  Tewana,  by  Herman 
Whitaker. 

The  greater  number  of  these  stories  appeared  in  various  magazines. 

The    spotter.      Canfield C1712S 

Spread  eagle.     Morris M9163S 

Stacey,  Mrs  Margaret  (Westrup).     See  Westrup,  Margaret. 
Stacey,  Mrs  W.  Sydney.    See  Westrup,  Margaret. 

Stanley  Buxton.     Gait Gi58st 

The  steam-boat.     Gait Gi58ste 

Steel,  Mrs  Flora  Annie.  S8i3pr 

Prince  of  dreamers.    Doubleday. 

Picturesque  story  of  16th  century  India,  during  the  reign  of  the  great  mogul  Akbar. 
Plot  concerns  the  theft  and  recovery  of  bis  wonderful  diamond. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1855 


Steel,  Mrs  Flora  Annie.  S813S 

A  sovereign  remedy.    Doubleday. 

"Mrs.  Steel  has  conveyed  the  secret  of  the  hills  of  Northern  Wales,  among  which 
most  of  the  action  passes,  in  many  passages  of  clear-sighted  vision . . .  But  she  seems  not 
to  "grip"  the  typical  culture  of  our  land.  Over  the  story  itself  and  over  all  the  treat- 
ment of  the  leading  persons. .  .there  is  a  kind  of  haze  and  magic  that  possibly  is  of  the 
East  or  possibly  not."     Outlook  (London),  1906. 

Stein,  Evaleen.  jSSigg 

Gabriel  and  the  hour  book.     Page. 

The  "hour  book"  and  the  good  fortune  it  brought  to  Brother  Stephen's  color 
grinder;  a  tale  of  old  Normandy. 

Steiner,  Edward  Alfred.  S822m 

The  mediator;  a  tale  of  the  Old  World  and  the  New.     Revell. 
Story  of  a  young  Polish  Jew,  his  childhood  in  Russian  Poland  and  his  emigration  to 

America. 

Stephens,  Robert  Neilson.  S835m 

Mystery  of  Murray  Davenport;  a  story  of  New  York  at  the  present 

day.    Page. 

The  mystery  is  that  of  a  young  man  at  odds  with  himself  and  his  fortune,  who 

deliberately  disappears  in  New  York  city  and  then  reappears  with  a  different  name  and 

guise,  deceiving  everybody  and  in  the  end  turning  his  luck. 

Stevenson,  Burton  Egbert.  jS847yo 

Young  section-hand.     Page. 

Alan  West,  a  17-year-oId  boy  is  taken  into  the  section  gang  of  an  Ohio  railroad 
and  proves  his  mettle  in  the  time  of  danger.     Followed  by  "The  young  train  dispatcher." 

Stevenson,  Burton  Egbert.  JS847y 

Young  train  dispatcher.    Page. 

Alan  West  becomes  a  railroad  telegraph  operator  and  has  exciting  adventures  with 
robbers  and  train  wreckers. 

Stewart,  Charles  David.  S849P 

Partners  of  providence.     Century. 
Racy  story  of  life  on  the  Mississippi  and  Missouri  steamboats. 

Stickeen.     Muir M953S 

Stockton,  Frank  Richard.  S866am 

Amos    Kilbright;    his   adscititious    experiences,   with   other    stories. 

Scribner. 

Other  stories:     The  reversible  landscape. — Dusky  philosophy,   in  two   expositions: 

A  story  of  seven  devils;  Grandison's  quandary. — Plain  fishing. 
Collection  of  humorous  stories. 

Stockton,  Frank  Richard.  jS866ca 

Captain  Chap;  or.  The  Rolling  Stones.    Lippincott. 
The  shipwreck  and  rescue  of  three  boys  and  their  adventures  in  Florida. 

Stockton,  Frank  Richard.  S866cho 

A  chosen  few;  short  stories.     Scribner. 

Contents:  A  tale  of  negative  gravity.— Asaph.— "His  wife's  deceased  sister."--The 
lady  or  the  tiger?— The  remarkable  wreck  of  the  "Thomas  Hyke."— Old  Pipes  and  the 
dryad.— The  transferred  ghost.— "The  philosophy  of  relative  existences."— A  piece  of 
red  calico. 


i8s6  ENGLISH  FICTION 

Stockton,  Frank  Richard.  S866gr 

Great  war  syndicate.     Dodd. 

Humorous  account  of  a  war  waged  between  England  and  the  United  States,  con- 
ducted on  the  American  side  by  a  syndicate  of  capitalists  with  the  loss  of  but  one  life. 

Stockton,  Frank  Richard.  S866sto 

Stories  of  the  three  burglars.     Dodd. 

Absurd  situation,  in  which  three  captured  burglars  each  explain  to  the  master  of  the 
house  and  his  family,  how  they  happened  to  be  there. 

Stockton,  Frank  Richard.  S866wh 

What  might  have  been  expected.    Dodd. 

Story  of  Southern  life.     For  boys  and  girls. 

Stoddard,  William  Osborn.  jSSGgbo 

The  boy  Lincoln.    Appleton. 

Story  of  pioneer  life  in  Indiana  and  of  the  boyhood  of  Abraham  Lincoln.  Some 
of  the  chapter  headings  are,  The  hunter. — The  new  home. — Horse-dealing. — The  country 
store. — Stump  speaking. — The  rail-splitter. 

Stooping  lady.     Hewlett H499S 

Stories  from  Don  Quixote.     Cervantes  Saavedra jC334ih 

Stories  from  seven  old  favorites.     Tappan jTig2S 

Stories  of  chivalry;  retold  from  St.  Nicholas.    Century.  JS884 

Contents:  "Richard,  my  king,"  by  L.  B.  Morse. — Elena's  captive,  by  C.  D.  Parke. 
— Count  Geoffrey's  crest,  by  C.  K.  Herrick. — Geoffrey  of  Monmouth's  dream,  by  S.  G. 
Stem. — The  field  of  the  Cloth  of  gold,  by  R.  B.  Nelson. — The  page  of  Count  Reynaurd, 
by  Evaleen  Stein. — Some  famous  Florentine  babies,  by  E.  R.  Pennell. — The  duke's 
armorer,  by  Gerald  Brenan. — The  children's  crusade,  by  Noah  Brooks. — The  goodly 
sword,  by  M.  S.  McKinney. — Ivanhoe,  by  D.  G.  Mitchell. 

Stories  of  English  and  foreign  life.    Howitt rH862s 

Stories  of  humble  friends.     Pyle JP9961S 

Stories  of  Mother  Goose  village.     Bigham JB478S 

Stories  of  the  middle  ages;  retold  from  St.  Nicholas.    Century.      JS8842 

Contents:  F61ix,  by  Evaleen  Stein. — The  story  of  the  glove,  by  Mary  Dawson. — 
Bertholde,  by  M.  S.  Roberts.— The  ballad  of  Charles  Martel,  by  W.  H.  Hillyer.— Old 
time  arms  and  armor,  by  E.  S.  Brooks. — A  little  Florentine  lady,  by  E.  C.  Lewis. — 
"With  hawk  and  hound,"  by  N.  H.  Moore. — The  bell-towers  of  Italy,  by  John  Ward. — 
Books  of  olden  times,  by  C.  A.  Lynde. — Cap  and  bells,  by  H.  W.  Peirce. — St.  Francis  of 
Assist,  by  E.  F.  Mosby. — The  Christmas  song  of  Caedmon,  by  B.  E.  Bush. — The  boyhood 
of  Michael  Angelo,  by  Alexander  Black. — The  shepherd-boy  of  Vespignano,  by  A.  E. 
Thomson. 

Stories  of  the  three  burglars.    Stockton S866sto 

Story  about  a  Christmas  in  the  17th  century.    Sinnett rS6i78 

Story  of  a  mine.     Harte Hsigsto 

Story  of  a  pathfinder.     Deming D42128 

Story  of  Fort  Frayne.     King K263St 

Story  of  Grettir  the  Strong.    French jF925St 

Story  of  Jack  Ballister's  fortunes.     Pyle P996S 

Story  of  little  Tom  and  Maggie.    Eliot,  George,  pseud E476st 

The  same jE476st 

Story  of  Rolf  and  the  viking's  bow.    French F925S 

The  same jF925sto 

Story  of  Thyrza.     Brown B783S 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1857 

Stowe,  Mrs  Harriet  (Beecher).  rSSgam 

Mayflower;  or.  Sketches  of  scenes  and  characters  among  the  de- 
scendants of  the  Pilgrims.     Harper. 

Contents:  Love  versus  law. — The  tea-rose. — Trials  of  a  housekeeper. — Little  Ed- 
ward.—  Let  every  man  mind  his  own  business. —  Cousin  William. —  Uncle  Tim. —  Aunt 
Mary. —  Frankness. —  The  Sabbath. —  So  many  calls. —  The  canal-boat. —  Feeling. —  The 
sempstress. — Old  father  Morris. 

This  collection  of  short  stories  and  sketches  was  Mrs  Stowe's  first  work. 

Stradella.     Crawford C874st 

Strawberry  Acres.     Richmond R425S 

Strawberry  handkerchief.     Barr ^ B259St 

Streckfuss,  Adolph.  -  S914I 

Lonely  house  [tr.]  from  the  German  by  Mrs  A.  L.  Wister.  Lippin- 
cott. 

Story  of  a  German  professor  who  goes  in  quest  of  specimens  to  a  little  town  in  the 
southern  Ukraine  and  becomes  involved  in  a  mysterious  murder  case. 

Street  of  adventure.     Gibbs G365S 

Stretton,  Hesba,  (pseud,  of  Hannah  Smith).  Sgisd 

The  doctor's  dilemma.     Dodd. 

Greater  part  of  the  action  of  the  story  is  carried  on  in  the  Channel  islands.  The 
dilemma  is  a  moral  one. 

Stroke  oar.     Paine. ." P164S 

Stuart,  Mrs  Ruth  (McEnery).  89323 

Aunt  Amity's  silver  wedding,  and  other  stories.    Century. 

Other  stories:  "Petty  Larceny." — The  hair  of  the  dog. — Thanksgiving  on  Crawfish 
bayou. 

Negro  stories. 

Stuart,  Mrs  Ruth  (McEnery).  S932son 

Sonny's  father,  in  which  the  father  now  become  grandfather,  a 
kindly  observer  of  life  and  a  genial  philosopher,  in  his  desultory  talks 
with  the  family  doctor,  carries  along  the  story  of  "Sonny."    Century. 

Subjection  of  Isabel  Carnaby.     Fowler F847S 

The  substitute.     Camp C155S 

Suburban  whirl.     Cutting C955S 

Successful  venture.     Deland D3891S 

Sumerwell,  Florida  Pope.  8955! 

Four  in  family;  the  story  of  how  we  look  from  where  the  dog  sits. 
Bobbs. 

Human  and  humorous  little  story  of  a  Southern  family,  from  the  point  of  view  of 
the  dog,  who  is  not  the  least  important  member  of  the  family. 

Sunbeams;  pictures  and  stories  for  little  folk.     Blackie.  JS957 

Sunny  side  of  the  hill.     Carey C197SU 

Susanna  and  Sue.    Wiggin W688s 

Sustained  honor.     Musick M983S 

Sutcliffe,  Halliwell,  S965P 

Priscilla  of  the  Good  Intent;  a  romance  of  the  grey  fells.     Little. 

This  story  of  the  English  north  country  has  a  strong  human  interest  and  a  pleasant 
rural  atmosphere. 


1858  ENGLISH  FICTION 


Sutcliffe,  Halliwell.  S965W 

A  winter's  comedy.     Lane. 

"Story  of  an  honest  and  plain-dealing  man,  with  a  colonial-made  fortune,  let  loose 
upon  society  in  Yorkshire,  and  of  his  niece  Phyllis'  conquest  of  'the  county'  on  his 
behalf."     Outlook  (London),  1910. 

Swedish  fairy  tales.     Wahlenberg JW139S 

Sweet  Clover.     Burnham B936SW 

Sweetman,  M.  E.    See  Francis,  M.  E.  pseud. 

Sword  in  the  mountains.     MacGowan M1622S 

Swprd  maker.     Barr B2593SW 

Sword  of  Dundee.     Peck P36128 

Sylva,  Carmen,  pseud.    See  Carmen  Sylva,  pseud. 

Syrett,  Netta.  jSggsc 

The  castle  of  four  towers;  illustrated  by  Stephen  Reid  and  D.  An- 

drewes.     Fenno. 

Benedetta  meets   a  mysterious  boy   of  the  castle  of  four  towers  and  hears   many 

strange  stories  of  old  Italy.     Colored  pictures. 

T.,  J.    See  Benson,  Arthur  Christopher. 

Tagga'rt,  Marion  Ames.  jTi34li 

Little  grey  house.     McClure. 

Home  life  of  three  young  girls.  The  story  tells  how  Rob,  "the  brave  young 
daughter,"  came  to  the  rescue  in  days  of  trial  and  danger. 

Taggart,  Marion  Ames.  JT134P 

Pussy-cat  town.    Page.     (Roses  of  St.  Elizabeth  series.) 

Ban-ban,  Wutz-butz  and  Kiku-san,  obliging  cats,  found  a  city  for  stray  cats  and 
kittens  where  they  rule,  play  and  fight.     Good  cat  pictures. 

Tailor  of  Gloucester.     Potter jP856tai 

Tale  of  Benjamin  Bunny.     Potter jP856tal 

Tale  of  Mrs  Tiggy-winkle.     Potter jP856te 

Tale  of  Squirrel  Nutkin.     Potter jP856ta 

Tales  for  the  young.     Andersen jA544t 

Tales  from  Sacchetti.     Sacchetti Si  igt 

Tales  from  the  old  French.     Butler BgySt 

Tales  of  fantasy.     Jenks jj295t 

Tales  of  men  and  ghosts.    Wharton W5932ta 

Tales  of  the  Five  Towns.     Bennett B439t 

Tales  of  the  tenements.     Phillpotts P5i8ta 

Tallentyre,  S.  G.  (pseud,  of  Miss  E.  V.  Hall).  Tisgb 

Basset;  a  village  chronicle.    Moffat. 

"You  must  rid  yourself  of  the  prevalent  predisposition  in  favor  of  a  clearly  defined 
plot,  in  order  to  enjoy  properly  a  modern  representation  of  early  Victorian  village  life, 
which  is  like  nothing  in  the  world  but  Trollope  seen  through  a  reversed  opera  glass, 
unless  it  be  Mrs.  Gaskell  en  plein  air.  Every  member  of  the  group  constituting  a  typi- 
cal English  rural  community  of  seventy  years  ago  is  drawn  as  if  from  life."    Nation,  igti. 

Taming  of  Red  Butte  Western.    Lynde Lggat 

Tapestry  room.     Molesworth jM789ta 

The  same JM789CU 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1859 


Tappan,  Eva  March,  comp.  jTi92m 

Modern  stories.     Houghton.     (The  children's  hour,  v.io.) 
Partial  contents:     The  king  of  the  Golden  river,  by  John  Ruskin. — Jackanapes,  by 
Mrs  Ewing. — Dog  of  Flanders,  by  Louisa  de  la  Ramee. — Rip  Van  Winkle,  by  Washing- 
ton   Irving.  —  Wee   Willie   Winkie,  by   Rudyard   Kipling.  —  The   great   stone    face,   by 
Nathaniel  Hawthorne. — The  man  without  a  country,  by  E.  E.  Hale. 

Tappan,  Eva  March,  comp.  JT1920 

Old  fashioned  stories  &  poems.  Houghton.  (The  children's  hour, 
V.6.) 

Contents:    Old-fashioned  stories. — Poems  and  rhymes. — Stories  in  verse. 

Tappan,  Eva  March,  comp.  jTigas 

Stories    from    seven    old    favorites.      Houghton.      (The    children's 

hour,  V.5.) 

Stories  from  Pilgrim's  progress,   Robinson  Crusoe,  Gulliver's  travels,  Don  Quixote, 

The  Arabian  nights.  The  travels  of  Baron  Munchausen,  and  Tales  from  Shakespeare. 

Tarbell,  Ida  Minerva.  Ti962f 

Father  Abraham.    Moffat. 

Story  in  which  a  man,  figuring  as  an  old  friend  of  Lincoln,  relates  conversations 
and  anecdotes  showing  the  appropriateness  of  this  affectionate  nickname  applied  to  Lin- 
coln by  the  army. 

Tarbell,  Ida  Minerva.  Ti962h 

He  knew  Lincoln.     McClure. 

Short  story.  The  narrator  is  supposed  to  be  an  old  storekeeper  of  Springfield, 
Illinois,  who  gives  a  rambling  account  of  his  acquaintance  with  Lincoln. 

"There  is  an  appearance  of  artless  spontaneity  in  the  story,  which  will  not  be  dis- 
sipated until,  considering  it  retrospectively,  one  discovers  how  adequate  and  well- 
rounded  is  the  impression  it  has  conveyed. .  .It  is  a  reverent  and  at  the  same  time  a 
singularly  idiomatic  piece  of  portraiture."     Atlantic  monthly,  11)07. 

Tarkington,  Newton  Booth.  T2i2be 

Beasley's  Christmas  party.     Harper. 

Story  of  a  bachelor's  Christmas  party  which,  while  almost  losing  him  the  governor- 
ship, gained  for  him  something  much  desired. 

Tarkington,  Newton  Booth.  T2i2gu 

Guest  of  Quesnay.     McClure. 

Appeared  in  "Everybody's  magazine,"  v. 17-18,  Nov.  1907— April  1908. 
Story   of  a  man's   regeneration   through   the  loss .  of  memory  after  an   automobile 
accident. 

Taylor,  Bert  Leston.  T2512C 

The  charlatans.    Bobbs. 
Story  of  musical   student  life  in  a  large  city. 

Taylor,  C.  Bryson.  T25i3n 

Nicanor,  teller  of  tales;  a  story  of  Roman  Britain.    McClurg. 

Romantic  and  highly  colored  tale  of  England  during  the  Roman  occupation. 

Taylor,  Mary  Imlay.  Tassim 

The  impersonator.    Little. 

Story  of  Washington  society  life  and  of  the  complications  arising  from  the  heroine's 
impersonation  of  an  artist  friend  whose  aunt  had  invited  her  from  Paris  to  Wash- 
ington. 

Teall,  Gardner  Callahan.  Ta63C 

The  contessa's  sister;  a  novel.     Houghton. 

"Delicately  fragile  little  story  of  love  in  idleness  on  the  island  of  Capri.  ..Capri, 
however,  is  the  real  heroine  of  the  book,  and  the  charm  lies  in  the  author's  loving  and 
successful  delineation  of  her,  accomplished  under  cover  of  toying  with  the  human  char- 
acters of  the  tale."    Life,  1911. 


i86o  ENGLISH  FICTION 

The  tenants.    Watts W336t 

Tennessee  Shad.     Johnson JsCst 

Tents  of  wickedness.     Harris H2g4t 

Testing  of  Diana  Mallory.     Ward W2i4t 

The  tether.     Brudno BSayt 

Thackeray,  William  Makepeace.  T333r 

Rebecca  and  Rowena,  and  other  stories.    Blackie. 

Other  stories:  The  tremendous  adventures  of  Major  Gabagan. — Sultan  Stork. — 
Barbazure. — Miss  Tickletoby's  lectures  on  English  history. — A  Brighton  night  enter- 
tainment. 

The  same 827  T33bu2  v.2 

Bound  with  his  "Burlesques." 

The  same.     (In  his  Christmas  books.) T333ch 

The  same.    (In  his  Christmas  books.) T333ch3 

The  same.    (In  his  Christmas  books.) rTsssch 

Thackeray,  William  Makepeace.  T3338* 

Short  stories,  sketches. 

Thais.    France,  Anatole,  pseud F86ith 

"Thalassa!"     Reynolds R376t 

Thanet,  Octave,  (pseud,  of  Alice  French).  T337by 

By  inheritance.    Bobbs. 

Story  of  Southern  life,  treating  sanely  and  without  prejudice  some  of  the  aspects 
of  the  negro  problem. 

Thanet,  Octave,  (pseud,  of  Alice  French).  T337I 

The  lion's  share.     Bobbs. 

Appeared  in  the  "Reader,"  v. 9-10,  May-Nov.  1907. 

"A  tale  of  intricate  plot,  in  which  high  finance,  detectives,  kidnapping,  love  and 
revenge,  and  finally  the  San  Francisco  earthquake  play  their  part."    A.  L.  A.  booklist,  1907. 

Theatre  Franqais  in  the  reign  of  Louis  XV.     Lamington Ligit 

Theodora.     Pyle  &  Portor jPggeit 

There  she  blows!     Wheeler W6i2t 

Thibault,  Jacques  Anatole.    See  France,  Anatole,  pseud. 

Thief  of  virtue.     Phillpotts PSiSt 

Thinking  Machine.     Futrelle F995t 

Thiodolf  the  Icelander.    La  Motte-Fouque Lig4t 

Third  circle.     Norris N4522t 

"This,  my  son."     Bazin B33g2t 

Thomas,  Rowland.  T3753I 

The  little  gods;  a  masque  of  the  Far  East.     Little. 

Stories  of  the  American  soldier  in  the  Philippines,  which  have  a  decided  Kipling 
flavor. 

Thompson,  Charles  Miner.  jT37gc 

Calico  cat.    Houghton. 

Rural  detective  story  of  a  cat,  a  boy,  and  a  grand  jury. 
Thompson,  Ernest  Evan  Seton.    See  Seton,  Ernest  Thompson. 
Those  queer  Browns.     Kingsley K2722th 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1861 


Three  baby  bears.    Jewett jj3i6it 

Three  comrades.     Frenssen F929t 

Three  fates.     Crawford C874th 

Three  men  and  a  maid.    Fraser FSSyt 

Three  Miss  Graemes.    Macnaughtan M2i5t 

Three  of  a  kind.    Burton Bgsst 

Through  the  eye  of  a  needle.    Howells HSsythr 

Thurston,  Ernest  Temple.  T4352C 

The  city  of  beautiful  nonsense.    Dodd. 

"Charming  idyll  of  youthful  love  and  married  happiness,  supposed  to  be  located 
in  London  and  Venice,  but  really  taking  place  in  a  'Never  Never  land'  of  the  author's 
own  creation  where  humor  and  pathos  blend  imperceptibly  and  the  sordidness  of  life  is 
shrouded  in  a  kindly  mist  of  unreality."     A.  L,  A.  booklist,  J909. 

Tiernan,  Mrs  Frances  C.  (Fisher).    See  Reid,  Christian,  pseud. 

Timothy's  quest.     Wiggin W688t 

Tinder  box.     Andersen qjA544ti 

Title  market.     Post P8482t 

Titmarsh,  Michael  Angelo,  pseud.    See  Thackeray,  William  Makepeace. 

To  him  that  hath.    Scott 84271 

To  the  front.     King K263t 

Tobacco  tiller.     Hackley Hi23t 

Tolstoi,  Lyof  Nikolalevitch,  count.  T588S 

Sevastopol;  tr.  by  I.  F.  Hapgood. 

The  same,  with  other  military  tales;  tr.  by  Louise  and  Aylmer 
Maude T588S2 

Other  military  tales:  The  wood- felling. — Meeting  a  Moscow  acquaintance  in  the 
detachment. — Two  hussars. 

Tomlinson,  Everett  Titsworth.  jTsgym 

Marching  against  the  Iroquois.    Houghton. 

Expedition  of  Gen.  Sullivan  into  the  country  of  the  Iroquois  in  1779  and  the  ex- 
periences of  a  young  member  of  the  militia. 

Tomlinson,  Everett  Titsworth.  JT597U 

Under  colonial  colors;  a  tale  of  Arnold's  expedition  in  1775.  Hough- 
ton. 

Struggles  and  hardships  endured  by  Benedict  Arnold  and  his  men  on  their  long 
march  through  the  Canadian  wilderness  to  Quebec. 

Tomlinson,  Everett  Titsworth.  jTsQTwa 

War  for  independence.     Silver. 

Stories  of  Revolutionary  days.  Among  them  are,  A  night  adventure. — A  tale  of  a 
straw  stack. — The  retaliation  of  Brom  Martling. — The  search  for  Ralph  Izard. — A  vic- 
torious retreat. — The  ride  of  Behethland  Moore. — A  novel  escape. — A  single-handed 
capture. 

Tommy  Trot's  visit  to  Santa  Claus.    Page jPi45to 

Tompkins,  Juliet  Wilbor.  T5992d 

Doctor  Ellen.    Baker. 

Love  story  of  a  young  doctor  who  makes  a  brave  struggle  to  establish  a  practice  in 
a  California  mountain  village  where  she  has  taken  her  invalid  sister  to  regain  her  healtli. 


i862  ENGLISH  FICTION 


Tompkins,  Juliet  Wilbor.  Tsggam 

Mothers  and  fathers.    Baker. 

Contents:  Weatherby's  mother. — Elsie's  return. — The  real  tragedy. — The  house  to 
themselves. — Constance  Dorothea. — The  lady  from  California. — Telling  Kate. — Some- 
thing.— A  mother  of  four. — The  riper  years. — Nature. — The  viper. — The  house  beautiful. 
— The  modern  way. — My  mother's  diary. — A  spoiled  old  lady. — The  rule  of  the  mag- 
nificent.— The  thrifty  Sarah. 

Short  stories  dealing  for  the  most  part,  lightly  and  htimorously,  with  the  problems 
of  parents. 

Tourgenief,  Ivan  Sergevitch.    See  Turgenief,  Ivan  Sergevitch. 

Tower  of  Percemont.    Sand,  George,  pseud Sai3t 

Townsend,  Mrs  Stephen.    See  Burnett,  Mrs  Frances  (Hodgson). 

Tracks  we  tread.     Lancaster Laist 

Tracy,  Louis.  T677C 

Captain  of  the  Kansas.    Clode. 

Adventure  and  romance  on  board  a  vessel  bound  for  London  from  Valparaiso. 

Trail  of  the  axe.    Cullum Cgi5t 

Trail  of  the  lonesome  pine.    Fox , FSsst 

Train,  Arthur  Cheney.  T684b 

The  butler's  story;  being  the  reflections,  observations  and  experi- 
ences of  Mr  Peter  Ridges  of  Wapping-on-Velly,  Devon,  sometime  in 
the  service  of  Samuel  Carter,  Esquire,  of  New  York;  written  by  himself. 
Scribner. 

Describes  life  of  the  "new  rich"  in  New  York. 

Tramping  Methodist.     Smith 8659! 

Treasure  divers.     Holder jHyxat 

Treasure  of  Mushroom  rock.     Hamp H228t 

Treasure  of  Peyre  Gaillard.    Bennett B4392t 

Tree  of  heaven.     Chambers Casstr 

Trespass.     Dudeney D86gt 

Trix  and  Over-the-Moon.     Rives R534t 

TroUope,  Anthony.  T76ii 

Is  he  Popenjoy?    2v.    Dodd. 

Title  refers  to  a  question  much  discussed  throughout  the  book — as  to  which  of  two 
small  boys  is  the  rightful  Lord  Popenjoy.  This  is  not  considered  to  be  among  the  best 
of  Trollope's  novels. 

TroUope,  Anthony.  rTyGiw 

[Writings.]    30V.     Gebbie. 
v.  I.     The  warden. 
v.2-3.     Barchester  towers. 
V.4-S.     Doctor  Thome. 
v.6-7.     Framley  parsonage. 
V.8-10.     Small  house  at  Allington. 
V.II-I3.     Last  chronicle  of  Barset. 
v.  1 4-1 6.     Can  you  forgive  herr 
v.  17-19.     Phineas  Finn  the  Irish  member. 
V.20-21.     Eustace  diamonds. 
V.  32-24.     Phineas   Redux. 
V.2S-27.     The  prime  minister. 
V.  28-30.     The  duke's  children. 

Troubctzkoy,  Amelie  (Rives)  Chanler,  princess.    See  Rives,  Amelie. 
True  fairy  stories.     Bakewell jBi77t 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1863 

True  Tilda.     Couch CSsStr 

Truth  about  the  case.     Goron G685t 

Truthfixl  Jane.    Kingsley K272atr 

Truxton  King.     McCutcheon Mi43t 

Tally,  Mrs  Eleanor  (Gates).    See  Gates,  Eleanor. 

Turgenief,  Ivan  Sergevitch.  vTSssa 

Novels  and  stories;  tr.  from  the  Russian  by  I.  F.  Hapgood.  i6v. 
Dent. 

v.i-2.     Memoirs  of  a  sportsman. 

V.3.     Rudin;  a  romance. — A  King  Lear  of  the  steppes. 

V.4.     A  nobleman's  nest. 

V.5.     On  the  eve. 

V.6.     Fathers  and  children. 

V.7.     Smoke. 

v.8-9.     Virgin  soil. 

v.io.     The  Jew.— Andrei  Kolosoff.— The  bully. — Pyetushk6ff.— The  two  friends. 

V.I  I.  The  diary  of  a  superfluous  man. — Three  portraits. — Three  meetings. — Mumu. 
— The  inn. 

V.I 2.  First  love. — A  correspondence. — The  region  of  dead  calm. — It  is  enough. — 
The  dog. 

V.I 3.  Phantoms;  a  fantasy. — Y4koff  Pasynkoff. — "Faust;"  a  story  in  nine  letters. 
— An  excursion  to  the  forest  belt. — Asya. 

V.I 4.  The  brigadier. — The  story  of  Lieutenant  Ergiinoff.  —  A  hapless  girl.  —  A 
strange  story. — Punin  and  Baburin. 

v.is.     Spring  freshets. — Knock. .  .knock. .  .knock. — The  watch. 

V.I 6.  A  reckless  character. — The  dream. — Father  Alexyei's  story. — Old  portraits. 
— The  song  of  love  triumphant. — Clara  Militch. — Poems  in  prose. 

Turley,  Charles.  jTSsym 

Maitland,  major  and  minor.    Button. 

Scrapes,  mischief  and  fun  of  boys  at  an  English  school. 

Turn  of  the  balance.     Whitlock W647tu 

Turner,  George  Frederic.  TS642f 

Frost  and  friendship.    Little. 

Another  novel  of  the  "Prisoner  of  Zenda"  type  with  most  of  the  familiar  figures. 
The  imaginary  kingdom  of  Grimland  is  a  northern  one  and  curling  and  tobogganing 
play  important  parts  in  the  development  of  events. 

Twisted  foot.     Rideout R438t 

Two  gentlemen  of  Virginia.     Eggleston Essyit 

Tsman,  Katharine.    See  Hinkson,  Mrs  Katharine  (Tynan), 

The  tyrant.    De  la  Pasture DsSgat 

Ugly  duckling.     Andersen qjA544u 

Under  Bayard's  banner.     Frith F957U 

Under  colonial  colors,     Tomlinson i JT597U 

Under  the  crust.    Page Pi45U 

Under  the  lilacs.    Alcott A355U 

Under  the  Pompadour,     Jennings Ja65U 

Under  two  flags,    Ramee Ri75u 

Undertow.    Knowles K3523U 

Undine.     La  Motte-Fouque qLi94U4 

The  same JL194U2 

The  unforeseen.    Cutting C955U 


i8d4  ENGLISH  FICTION 

Ungava  Bob.    Wallace W175U 

Union.     Musick M983U 

Unknown  God.    Weale,  B.  L.  Putnam,  pseud W358U 

Unknown  isle.    Coulevain,  Pierre  de,  pseud C8391U 

Unknown  quantity.     Hall H173U 

Unlucky  family.     De  la  Pasture 038920 

The  vagabond.     Palmer Pi95V 

Valley  captives.     Macaulay M1192V 

Valmont,  Guy  de,  pseud.    See  Maupassant,  Guy  de. 

Vance,  Louis  Joseph.  Vi78b 

Brass  bowl.    Bobbs. 

A  New  York  girl  who  purloins  papers  to  help  her  father  out  of  a  lawsuit,  a  clever 
and  notorious  burglar,  and  a  young  millionaire  who  looks  exactly  like  the  burglar  are 
the  chief  actors  in  a  rapid  story  whose  exciting  situations  grow  out  of  the  resemblance 
between  the  two  men. 

Vance,  Wilson.  V  1782b 

Big  John  Baldwin;  extracts  from  the  journal  of  an  officer  of  Crom- 
well's army.    Holt. 

Historical  romance  of  Cromwell's  day.    Later  the  scene  changes  to  colonial  Virginia. 

The  vanguard.     Gale Gi442V 

The  varmint.     Johnson J363V 

Vasconselos.     Simms S592V 

Veiled  lady.     Smith S647V 

Veme,  Jules.  V274f 

Round  the  moon. 

Bound  with  his  "From  the  earth  to  the  moon." 

The  same.     Scribner.     (In  his  From  the  earth  to  the  moon,  p.i4S- 

323) JV274f 

Veronica  Playfair.     Goodwin G633V 

Very  little  person.     Vorse V384V 

Very  small  person.     Donnell D7282V 

The  victor.     Holmes H7362V 

Victor  of  Salamis.     Davis D324V 

The  victory.    Seawell S442V 

Villa  Rubein.     Galsworthy G157V 

The  vintage.    Sharts S532V 

Viper  of  Milan.     Bowen,  Marjorie,  pseud B662V 

Virgfinia  cavalier.     Seawell S44avi 

Vittoria  Victrix.     Norris N453V 

Vivanti,  Anita.    See  Chartres,  Mrs  Anita  (Vivanti). 

Vorse,  Mrs  Mary  Marvin  (Heaton).  V384b 

Breaking  in  of  a  yachtsman's  wife.    Houghton. 

Entertaining  sketches  or  stories  of  experiences  in  both  American  and  European 
waters  and  with  various  craft. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1865 

Vorse,  Mrs  Mary  Marvin  (Heaton).  V384V 

The  very  little  person.     Houghton. 

Contents:  Mr  Greatrax's  baby. — The  conquest  of  the  feet. — The  smile. — "Poor  little 
helpless  thing." — The  first  bottle. — The  baby  and  the  theory. — The  passing  of  the 
shadow. — The  grown-up  baby. 

Story  of  a  first  baby,  with  side-lights  on  parental  foibles. 
Votaw,  Clarence  E.  V389J 

Jasper  Hunnicutt  of  Jimpsonhurst.    Union  Book  and  Pub.  Co. 

Story  of  the  life  and  duties  of  a  railway  mail  clerk,  based  on  personal  experiences. 
Author  for  a  number  of  years  had  the  run  between  Pittsburgh  and  St.  Louis. 

The  wager.     McManus M2iii 

Wahlenberg,  Anna.  JW139S 

Swedish  fairy  tales;  tr.  by  Axel  Wahlenberg.    McClurg. 

Five  wonder  stories,  The  princess  who  could  not  keep  from  laughing. — The  boy 
who  became  a  goblin. — Peter  Fibber. — Anders*  new  cap. — -The  peasant  and  the  brownies. 

Waif  of  the  plains.     Harte Hsigwa 

Walford,  Mrs  Lucy  Bethia.  Wi65e 

Enlightenment  of  Olivia.    Longmans. 

Story  of  the  character  development  of  a  selfish,  self-centred  young  Englishwoman 
with  the  strongest  distaste  for  any  society  save  that  of  herself. 

Walford,  Mrs  Lucy  Bethia.  WiGsle 

Leonore  Stubbs.    Longmans. 
Love  story  of  a  young  widow  and  her  sisters  in  an  English  village. 

Wallace,  Dillon.  W175U 

Ungava  Bob;  a  winter's  tale.    Revell. 

Story  of  a  plucky  young  trapper  and  his  adventures  in  the  remote  regions  of 
Labrador. 

Walled  in.    Ward W213W 

Waller,  Mary  Ella.  Wi8id 

Daughter  of  the  rich  and  her  friends,  the  Blossoms  of  Mount  Hun- 
ger.   Little. 

The  same jWiSid 

Tells  of  a  rich  young  girl  who  spent  a  year  on  a  farm  and  of  the  gay  doings  of  the 
farmer's  children.     The  story  ends  with  a  romance. 

War  for  independence.     Tomlinson JTSQTwa 

War  in  the  air.    Wells W494iwar 

War  of  women.     Dumas DSgiiwa 

Ward,  Mrs  Elizabeth  Stuart  (Phelps).  W2i3e 

The  empty  house,  and  other  stories.    Houghton. 

Other  stories:  Twenty-four;  four. — The  presence. — The  romance  of  the  bill. — 
F6e. — His  father's  heart. — The  rejected  manuscript. — Sweet  Home  road. — The  joy-giver. 

Ward,  Mrs  EHzabeth  Stuart  (Phelps).  W213W 

Walled  in;  a  novel.     Harper. 

Appeared  in  "Harper's  bazar,"  v.40-41,  Dec.  1906-Dec.  1907. 

Story  of  a  young  college  professor  disabled  by  an  automobile  accident,  and  of  the 
two  women  who  marred  and  made  his  life. 

Ward,  Mrs  Humphry.  W2i4la 

Lady  Merton,  colonist.    Doubleday. 

Also  published  under  the  title  "Canadian  born." 

Appeared  in  the  "Ladies'  home  journal,"  v. 26-27,  Oct   1909-May  1910. 

Pleasant,  emotional  story  of  a  beautiful  young  English  widow  who  visits  the 
Canadian  Northwest  and,  yielding  to  its  spell  and  the  attractions  of  a  pioneer  hero, 
casts  in  her  lot  with  its  colonizers. 


i866  ENGLISH  FICTION 


Ward,  Mrs  Humphry.  W2i4mar 

Marriage  a  la  mode.    Doubleday. 

Also  published  under  the  title  "Daphne." 

An  international  marriage  furnishes  the  subject  of  this  novel,  the  scene  of  which 
is  laid  in  England  and  America- 
Ward,  Mrs  Humphry.  W2i4t 
Testing  of  Diana  Mallory.    Harper. 

Appeared  in  "Harper's  magazine,"  v.iis-117,  Nov.    1907-Oct.    1908. 
Story  of  English  society  and  politics. 

Ward,  Mrs  Mary  Augusta  (Arnold).    See  Ward,  Mrs  Humphry. 

Ward  of  the  Golden  Gate.     Harte H319W 

Wards  of  liberty.     Kelly K172W 

Warner,  Anne.    See  French,  Mrs  Anne  (Warner). 
Warner,  Hannah,  pseud.    See  Jevrctt,  John  Howard. 

Warren,  Samuel.  W347n 

Now  and  then.     Blackwood. 

Story  of  English  life  about  the  middle  of  the  17th  century. 

Washington  square.     James Ji64was 

Wason,  Robert  Alexander.  W276h 

Happy  Hawkins.    Small. 

A  ranch  and  cowboy  novel  told  by  Happy  Hawkins  himself  in  undiluted  Western 
language.  His  story  holds  the  interest  in  a  grip  that  is  at  first  surprise,  then  admiration, 
and  at  last  positive  affection.  The  most  dialect-weary  reader  must  own  that  here  the 
dialect  is  an  indispensable  charm.     Condensed  from  Nation,  1909. 

Watson,  Henry  Clay.  rWsign 

Nights  in  a  block-house;  or,  Sketches  of  border  life,  embracing  ad- 
ventures among  the  Indians,  feats  of  the  wild  hunters  and  exploits  of 
Boone,  Brady,  Kenton,  Whetzel,  Fleehart  and  other  border  heroes  of 
the  West.    Lippincott. 

Watson,  John  Maclaren,  {pseud.  Ian  Maclaren).  Wsaig 

Graham  of  Claverhouse.    Cupples. 

Story  of  the  Scotch  covenanters. 

Watson,  John  Maclaren,  (pseud.  Ian  Maclaren).  W321S 

St.  Jude's,  with  an  introduction  by  Ralph  Connor.  Sunday  School 
Times  Co. 

Contents:  Prologue:  The  wisdom  of  love. — A  local  inquisition. — A  soldier  of  the 
Lord. — An  irregular  Christian. — Nathanael. — A  domestic  difference. — A  ruler  in  Israel. 
— The  power  of  the  child. — Her  marriage  day. — Righteous  overmuch. — Euodias  and 
Syntyche. — A  faithful  steward. 

Stories  of  a  Scottish  parish  and  its  minister. 

Watts,  Mary  Stanbery.  W336I 

The  legacy;  a  story  of  a  woman.    Macmillan. 

"The  legacy  is  a  marked  resemblance  to  a  great-grandmother  whose  career  was  not 
edifying.  Neither  the  heroine,  who  inherits  it,  nor  the  reader  can  be  quite  sure  whether 
the  legacy  is  moral  or  merely  physical,  and  the  uncertainty,  together  with  the  skilful 
character  drawing  of  commonplace  folk  in  an  Ohio  town,  adds  to  the  interest  of  a  novel 
whose  literary  merit  is  exceptional."     A.  L.  A.  booklist,  1911. 

Watts,  Mary  Stanbery.  W336n 

Nathan  Burke.    Macmillan. 

Historical  romance  of  unusual  quality.  Nominally  it  is  the  autobiography  of  Gen. 
Nathan  Burke,  who  won  popular  fame  in  the  Mexican  war  and  led  thereafter  an  honor- 
able life  as  member  of  the  Ohio  bar,  but  we  are  reasonably  sure  that  the  Nathan  Burke 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1867 


Watts,  Mary  Stanbery — continued.  W336n 

of  this  chronicle  never  drew  breath  outside  of  it.     He  belongs  to  the  glorious  family 
of  Newcomes,  Dombeys,  Uncle  Tobies,  Col.  Carters,  et  al.    Condensed  from  Nation,  igio. 

Watts,  Mary  Stanbery.  W336t 

The  tenants;  an  episode  of  the  '80s.     McClure. 

Leisurely  story  of  a  middle-western  town — of  an  abandoned  ancestral  home,  the 
land-poor  descendants  who  rent  and  the  engaging  fraud  who  hires. 

Wajrfarers.     Cutting C955W 

Weale,  B.  L.  Putnam,  {pseud,  of  Bertram  Lenox  Simpson).  WssSf 

The  forbidden  boundary,  and  other  stories.     Macmillan. 

Other  stories:  The  story  of  the  adventurous  Frenchman. — The  cult  of  Sparta. — 
The  fever  bed. — A  missionary  of  empire. — The  enemy. — Drugs  and  the  man. — Loot. 

Short  stories,  more  or  less  tragic,  dealing  with  the  Far  East  and  the  interrelations 
of  the  white  and  the  yellow  races. 

"Mr.  Weale  as  an  interpreter  of  Asia  is  possibly  unrivalled ...  Not  alone  the 
Chinese,  but  Japanese,  Asiatic  islanders,  city  crowds,  and  weird  water-people — all  are  as 
daily  mates  to  this  deeply-versed  observer."    Nation,  igog. 

Weale,  B.  L.  Putnam,  {pseud,  of  Bertram  Lenox  Simpson).  W358h 

The  human  cobweb;  a  romance  of  Peking.     Dodd. 

"This  amusing  novel  narrates  the  experiences  in  1898  of  a  British  civil  engineer 
while  attempting  to  obtain  permission  to  construct  railways  in  China.  The  scene  for 
the  most  part  is  laid  in  Peking,  and  much  skill  is  shown  in  suggesting  the  atmosphere 
of  intrigue  surrounding  concession-hunters."     Athenteum,  1910. 

Weale,  B.  L.  Putnam,  {pseud,  of  Bertram  Lenox  Simpson).  W358U 

The  unknown  God.    Dodd. 

Story  of  Protestant  missions  in  modern  China.  Although  the  religious  and  racial 
conflict  forms  the  paramount  interest,  a  love  story  strengthens  the  plot;  and  the  ac- 
count of  the  native  attack  upon  the  Baptist  mission  and  of  the  hero's  perilous  journey 
into  the  interior  furnishes  thrilling  reading. 

Weatherby's  inning.     Barbour B235W 

The  same JB235W 

Weaver  of  dreams.     Reed R283W 

Weavers.     Parker P238we 

Webster,  Alice  Jean.    See  Webster,  Jean. 

Webster,  Henry  Kitchell.  W383k 

A  king  in  khaki.    Appleton. 
Modern  American  business  story. 

Webster,  Henry  Kitchell.  W383S 

The  sky-man.     Century. 

"Chance  leaves  deserted  at  the  north  pole  a  girl  who  is  in  search  of  her  lost  father 
(an  arctic  adventurer)  and  a  young  man  who  has  renounced  the  world  in  favor  of  his 
great  flying  wings.  The  account  of  the  long  winter  they  endure  together,  fighting 
cold,  wild  animals  and  a  half-savage  sailor,  makes  an  exciting  tale."  A.  L.  A.  booklist, 
1910. 

Webster,  Henry  Kitchell.  W383W 

Whispering  man.    Appleton. 
Detective  story. 

Webster,  Jean.  W3832J 

Jerry  junior.     Century. 

Appeared  in  the  "Woman's  home  companion,"  v. 33-34,  Nov.  1906-March  1907. 

Cheerful  story  of  two  young  Americans  who  meet  and  fall  merrily  in  love  in  a 
little  Italian  town. 


i868  ENGLISH  FICTION 


Webster,  Jean.  W3832ni 

Much  ado  about  Peter.    Doubleday. 

Brightly  written  stories  in  which  Peter,  the  head  groom,  appears  as  loyal  servant  and 
calm  philosopher. 

Well  of  Saint  Clare.    France,  Anatole,  pseud F86iw 

Wells,  Carolyn.  W494C 

The  clue.     Lippincott. 

Appeared  in  "Lippincott's  magazine,"  v. 83,  April   1909. 
Detective  story. 

Wells,  Herbert  George.  W494ih 

History  of  Mr  Polly.    Duffield. 

Story  of  the  sordid,  misfit  career  of  a  lower  middle-class  Englishman  possessed  of 
some  possibilities  and  aspirations,  but  unable  to  adjust  himself  to  his  circumstances  or 
cope  with  life's  complexities.  He  drags  out  a  bewildered  and  ineffectual  existence  for 
35  years,  when  in  a  sudden  access  of  energy  he  strikes  for  freedom. 

Wells,  Herbert  George.  W494iwar 

War  in  the  air,  and  particularly  how  Mr  Bert  Smallways  fared  while 
it  lasted.    Macmillan. 

Realistic  description  of  a  terrible  world-war,  carried  on  by  means  of  aeroplanes  and 
balloons,  which  finally  destroys  our  present  civilization. 

Wells  brothers,  the  young  cattle  kings.    Adams A2nw 

Wemyss,  Mary  C.  E.  W5i4pe 

People  of  Popham.    Houghton. 

Love  affairs  and  other  affairs  of  a  group  of  people  in  a  little  English  village,  as 
related  by  a  sympathetic  young  woman,  the  friend  of  them  all. 

Wemyss,  Mary  C.  E.  W514P 

The  professional  aunt.     Houghton. 

Story  of  a  delightful  young  aunt  monopolized  by  her  nephews  and  nieces. 

West  Point  cadet.     Malone jM294we 

West  Point  yearling.     Malone JM294W 

Western  frontier  stories;  retold  from  St.  Nicholas.     Century.       JW567 

Contents:  A  race  with  Idaho  robbers,  by  Joaquin  Miller. — On  a  mountain  trail,  by 
H.  P.  Robinson. — The  Rocky  mountain  sheep,  by  Mary  Austin. — How  Ernest  saved  the 
herd,  by  Wilder  Grahame. — Burros,  by  C.  G.  Morton. — The  deer-star,  by  Mary  Austin. — 
A  prairie  home,  by  Maurice  Thompson. — When  it  rained  buffaloes,  by  L.  B.  Miller. — 
"Ben,"  by  H.  S.  Canfield. — Mark  Twain's  big  namesake,  by  F.  M.  Chapman. — In  a 
ring  of  fire,  by  F.  H.  Kellogg. — Hemmed  in  with  the  chief,  by  F.  W.  Calkins. — The 
skee-hunters,  by  C.  F.  Holder. — Storm  bound  above  the  clouds,  by  Frederick  Funston. 
— "Westward  the  course  of  empire  takes  its  way." — A  little  Indian  school,  by  T.  R. 
Porter. 

Westrup,  Margaret,  afterward  Mrs  Stacey.  W573g 

The  greater  mischief;  a  novel.    Harper. 

Story  of  a  sensitive  fatherless  girl  under  the  domination  of  a  stern  puritanical 
mother,  and  her  gradual  growth  into  freedom  and  happiness. 

Westrup,  Margaret,  afterward  Mrs  Stacey.  W573P 

Phyllis  in  Middlewych.     Lane. 

Phyllis  is  a  charming  child  of  ten  whose  doings  and  misdoings  furnish  amuse- 
ment and  gossip  for  the  neighbors  of  the  English  village  of  Middlewych.  Lovers  of 
children  will  find  the  book  delightful. 

Weyman,  Stanley  John.  W586ch 

Chippinge  borough.    McClure. 

The  political  struggle  in  England  at  the  time  of  the  passing  of  the  reform  bill  of 
1832  furnishes  the  background  for  the  story. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1869 


Weyman,  Stanley  John.  W586W 

The  wild  geese.    Doubleday. 

Adventures  on  the  Irish  coast  in  1780. 

Wharton,  Mrs  Edith  (Jones).  Wsgsae 

Ethan  Frome.    Scribner. 

Appeared  in  "Scribner's  magazine,"  v. 50,  Aug.-Oct.  191 1. 
Story  of  domestic  tragedy. 

Wharton,  Mrs  Edith  (Jones).  Wsgsaf 

Fruit  of  the  tree.    Scribner. 

Appeared  in  "Scribner's  magazine,"  v.41-42,  Jan.-Nov.  1907. 

A  story  of  American  life  in  which  several  distinct  yet  related  problems  are  dealt 
with.  The  industrial  interest  with  which  it  opens  shifts  with  the  hero's  first  marriage 
and  almost  completely  disappears  with  his  second,  when  the  real  drama  of  the  story 
takes  place. 

Wharton,  Mrs  Edith  (Jones).  W5932he 

The  hermit  and  the  wild  woman,  and  other  stories.     Scribner. 
Other  stories:  The  last  asset. —  In  trust.  —  The  pretext.  —  The  verdict.  —  The  pot- 
boiler.— The  best  man. 

Some  of  these  stories  appeared  in  "Scribner's  magazine." 

Wharton,  Mrs  Edith  (Jones).  W5932m 

Madame  de  Treymes.    Scribner. 

Appeared  in  "Scribner's  magazine,"  v.40,  Aug.   1906. 

Brilliant  short  story  of  family  intrigue.  It  shows  in  a  subtle  and  discerning  way 
the  contrast  between  French  and  American  views  of  family  relations  and  marriage. 

Wharton,  Mrs  Edith  (Jones).  W5932ta 

Tales  of  men  and  ghosts.    Scribner. 

Contents:  The  bolted  door. — His  father's  son. — The  Daunt  Diana. — The  debt. — 
Full  circle. — The  legend. — The  eyes. — The  blond  beast. — Afterward. — The  letters. 

Appeared  in  "Century  magazine"  and  "Scribner's  magazine,"   1909-10. 

What  became  of  him ?    Milford E7i8be2 

What  might  have  been  expected.    Stockton S866wh 

Wheeler,  James  Cooper.  W6i2t 

There  she  blows!  a  whaling  yarn.     Button. 

Description  of  a  sailing  voyage  in  the  South  seas. 

When  a  man  marries.     Rinehart R472W 

When  Cromwell  came  to  Drogheda.    McDonnell M1473W 

When  love  speaks.     Payne P334W 

When  Margaret  was  a  freshman.    Hunt H937W 

When  Sarah  saved  the  day.     Sing^aster S617W 

The  same JS617W 

When  she  came  home  from  college.     Hurd  &  Wilson H949W 

Where  the  red  volleys  poured.     Dahlinger Disiw 

Where  the  trail  divides.     Lillibridge L6982W 

Whirligig  of  time.     Whitby W628W 

Whirligigs.     Henry,  O.  pseud H4522W 

Whirlpools.     Sienkiewicz S572wh 

Whirlwind.    Phillpotts P518W 

Whispering  man.    Webster W383W 


i870  ENGLISH  FICTION 


Whispering  Smith.    Spearman S7412W 

Whitby,  Beatrice  Jeanie,  afterward  Mrs  Hicks.  W628W 

Whirligig  of  time.     Hurst. 

Quiet,  uneventful  story  of  English  country  life. 

White,  C.  H.  pseud.    See  Chaplin,  Heman  White. 

White,  Eliza  Orne.  jW632b 

A  borrowed  sister.    Houghton. 

How  Jessie  Matthews  went  to  live  with  "the  only  child,"  Lois  Page,  and  of  the  good 
times  they  had  together. 

White,  Stewart  Edward.  W6362a 

Arizona  nights.    McClure. 
Yarns  spun  by  a  group  of  men  who  gathered  nightly  around  an  Arizona  camp-fire. 

White,  Stewart  Edward.  W6362r 

The  riverman.    McClure. 

Story  of  a  Michigan  logging  camp. 

Part  of  this  story  appeared  in  the  "Saturday  evening  post,"  v.i8o,  Jan.  4-March  21, 
1908,  under  the  titles  "The  courtship"  and  "The  partners." 

White,  Stewart  Edward.  W6362ru 

Rules  of  the  game.    Doubleday. 

Adventures,  as  lumber  man  and  forest  ranger,  of  the  son  of  the  "riverman,"  hero 
of  one  of  Mr  White's  former  novels. 

White,  Stewart  Edward,  &  Adams,  S.  H.  W6362my 

The  mystery.    McClure. 

Appeared  in  the  "American  magazine,"  v.62-63,  May-Dec.   1906. 

Improbable  but  highly  entertaining  tale  of  adventure.  Mainly  the  experiences  re- 
lated by  two  survivors  of  a  scientific  expedition  to  an  uninhabited  Pacific  island,  where 
with  an  active  volcano  for  a  laboratory  furnace  a  chemical  substance  of  wonderful  power 
was  produced. 

White,  William  Allen.  W637ice 

A  certain  rich  man.     Macmillan. 

Relates  the  career  of  a  representative  American  multi-millionaire  and  captain  of 
industry.  Interwoven  with  his  life-story  is  the  history  of  the  growth  of  a  typical  Kansas 
town  from  Civil  war  days  to  the  early  20th  century. 

White  cat.     Burgess B897W 

White  darkness.     Mott M942W 

White  fang.     London L822W 

White  Mice.     Davis D323W 

White  plume.    Crockett C886w 

White  sister.     Crawford C874whi 

White  stone.     France,  Anatole,  pseud F86iwh 

Whitlock,  Brand.  W647g 

The  gold  brick  [and  other  stories].    Bobbs. 

Other  stories:  The  has-been. — What  will  become  of  Annie? — The  vindication  of 
Henderson  of  Greene. — Senate  bill  578. — Macochee's  first  campaign  fund. — A  secret  of 
state. — The  colonel's  last  campaign. — Reform  in  the  First. — Malachi  Nolan. — The  pardon 
of  Thomas  Whalen. — That  boy. 

Stories  of  Illinois  newspaper  men  and  politicians. 

Whitlock,  Brand.  W647tu 

The  turn  of  the  balance.    Bobbs. 
Story  of  criminal  life  and  an  indictment  of  American  methods  of  justice. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1871 

The  whole  family;  a  novel  by  12  authors.    Harper.  W665 

Made  up  of  X2  chapters,  one  by  each  of  the  following  authors:  W.  D.  Howells, 
M.  E.  W.  Freeman,  M.  H.  Vorse,  M.  S.  Cutting,  Elizabeth  Jordan,  J.  K.  Bangs,  Henry 
James,  E.  S.  Phelps,  Edith  Wyatt,  M.  R.  S.  Andrews,  Alice  Brown  and  Henry  Van  Dyke. 

Appeared  in  "Harper's  bazar,"  v. 41-42,  Dec.  1907-Nov.  1908. 

Why  the  chimes  rang.     Alden jA358wa 

Wicker  work  woman.    France,  Anatole,  pseud F86iwi 

Wide  awake  girls.     Ellis JES33W 

Wide  awake  girls  at  college.     Ellis E533C 

The  same JE533C 

Wide  awake  girls  in  Winsted.    Ellis jE533wi 

Wiggin,  Mrs  Kate  Douglas,  afterward  Mrs  Riggs.  W688b 

Birds'  Christmas  Carol. 
Story  of  little  Carol  Bird,  who  was  born  on  Christmas  day. 

Wiggin,  Mrs  Kate  Douglas,  afterward  Mrs  Riggs.  W688mo 

Mother  Carey's  chickens.     Houghton. 

Appeared  in  the  "Ladies'  home  journal,"  v.27-28,  Nov.  1910-April  1911, 
Pleasant  and  wholesome  story  for  boys  and  girls.     Mother  Carey  is  the  still  young 
and  lovely  widow  of  an  American  naval  officer,  whose  death  leaves  her  almost  without 
means  and  necessitates  her  retirement  with  her  brood  to  the  country. 

Wiggin,  Mrs  Kate  Douglas,  afterward  Mrs  Riggs.  W688n 

New  chronicles  of  Rebecca.    Houghton. 

Most  of  the  chapters  of  this  book  appeared  in  "Scribner's  magazine,"  v.40— 41, 
1906-07. 

More  stories  of  "Rebecca  of  Sunnybrook  farm." 

Wiggin,  Mrs  Kate  Douglas,  afterward  Mrs  Riggs,  W688po 

Polly  Oliver's  problem. 

Appeared  in  "St.  Nicholas,"  v.20,  Nov.  1892-May  1893. 
Story  of  a  bright  young  girl's  solution  of  the  question  of  self-support. 

Wiggin,  Mrs  Kate  Douglas,  afterward  Mrs  Riggs.  W6888 

Susanna  and  Sue.    Houghton. 

Story  of  a  little  girl  and  her  mother  who  find  refuge  in  a  Shaker  settlement. 

Wiggin,  Mrs  Kate  Douglas,  afterward  Mrs  Riggs,  and  others.       W688rob 
Robinetta.    Houghton. 

Appeared  in  the  "Woman's  home  companion,"  v.37-38,  Nov.  1910-March  191 1, 
under  the  title  "The  admiral's  niece." 

Love  story  of  a  pretty  American  widow  of  22  who  goes  to  England  to  look  up  her 
relatives. 

Wiggin,  Mrs  Kate  Douglas,  afterward  Mrs  Riggs.  W688t 

Timothy's  quest. 

Wigwam  and  the  cabin.     Simms S592W 

Wild   geese.     Weyman W586W 

WUd  olive.     King K2632W 

Wild  swans.    Andersen qjA544wi 

Wiles  of  Sexton  Maginnis.    Egan E342W 

Wilkins,  Mary  Eleanor,  afterward  Mrs  Freeman.  WyaSf 

Fair  Lavinia,  and  others.    Harper. 

Other  stories:  Amarina's  roses. — Eglantina. — ^The  pink  shawls. — ^The  willow-ware. 
— ^The  secret. — The  gold. — The  underling. 

Appeared  in  "Harper's  magazine,"  v.ios-iis,  Aug.  i902-Nov.  1907. 


i872  ENGLISH  FICTION 


Wilkins,  Mary  Eleanor,  afterward  Mrs  Freeman.  W728wi 

The  winning  lady,  and  others.    Harper. 

Other  stories:  Little-girl-afraid-of-a-dog. — The  joy  of  youth. — Billy  and  Susy. — The 
selfishness  of  Amelia  Lamkin.  —  The  travelling  sister.  —  Her  Christmas.  —  Old  woman 
Magoun. — Eliza  Sam. — Flora  and  Hannah. — A  New- Year's  resolution. 

Wilkins,  Mary  Eleanor,  afterward  Mrs  Freeman.  W728y 

Young  Lucretia,  and  other  stories. 

Other  stories:  How  Fidelia  went  to  the  store. — Ann  Mary;  her  two  Thanksgivings. 
— Ann  Lizy's  patchwork. — The  little  Persian  princess. — Where  the  Christmas-tree  grew. 
— Where  Sarah  Jane's  doll  went. — Seventoes'  ghost. — Little  Mirandy,  and  how  she 
earned  her  shoes. — A  parsnip  stew. — The  Dickey  boy. — A  sweet-grass  basket. — Mehit- 
able  Lamb. 

Wilkinson,  Florence.  W729si 

The  silent  door.     McClurg. 

Story  of  child  nature  and  of  a  child's  unconscious  influence  which  brings  about  a 
reconciliation  between  her  grandfather  and  her  mother. 

Williams,  Henry  Llewellyn,  (pseud.  Lieut.  Henry  L.  Boone).         rW745f 
Feathered  snake;  or.  The  hut  in  the  woods;  a  tale  of  the  days  of 
Simon  Girty.     De  Witt. 

Story  of  adventures  with  Indians. 

Williams,  Jesse  Lynch,  b.  1871.  W745g 

The  girl  and  the  game,  and  other  college  stories.    Scribner. 

Other  stories:  The  college  and  the  circus. — At  the  corner  of  Lovers'  lane. — Leg 
pull. — Reddy  Armstrong's  reformation. — The  advantages  of  a  college  education. — The 
man  in  the  window. — What  the  old  graduate  learned. — Talks  with  a  kid  brother. 

Williams,  Jesse  Lynch,  b.  1871.  W745m 

Married  life  of  the  Frederic  Carrolls  [stories].    Scribner. 
Contents:     Their   "mere   marriage." — The   house  of  Carroll. — Their  share   of   the 

world. 

Witty,  discursive  story  of  a  young  couple's  adjustment  to  each  other  and  to  society. 

Williams  of  West  Point.    Johnson J361W 

Williamson,  Charles  Norris,  &  Williamson,  Mrs  A,  M.  W751C 

(Livingston), 

Car  of  destiny.    McClure. 

Description  of  several  of  the  more  interesting  Spanish  cities,  strung  on  the  thin 
threads  of  an  automobile  trip  and  a  love  story.  King  Alfonso  XIII  and  Queen  Vic- 
toria of  Spain  appear  as  characters  in  the  story. 

Williamson,  Charles  Norris,  &  Williamson,  Mrs  A.  M.  W75ig 

(Livingston). 

Golden  silence.    Doubleday. 

Story  of  romance  and  adventure  in  the  Algerian  desert.  Heroine  is  an  American 
girl  bent  upon  the  rescue  of  her  sister,  who  has  been  injudicious  enough  to  marry  an 
Arab  chief. 

Williamson,  Charles  Norris,  &  Williamson,  Mrs  A.  M.  W751I0 

(Livingston). 
Lord  Loveland  discovers  America.    Doubleday. 

"Good-humored,  pleasant,  wholesome,  improbable  story  of  a  young  peer,  conceited 
and  wife-hunting,  who  gets  his  deserts  in  America — and  something  over."    Nation,  1910. 

Williamson,  Charles  Norris,  &  Williamson,  Mrs  A.  M.  W75imo 

(Livingston). 

The  motor  maid.    Doubleday. 

A  girl  in  the  guise  of  a  lady's  maid  and  a  man  acting  as  chauffeur  are  the  principal 
characters. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1873 


Williamson,  Charles  Norris,  &  Williamson,  Mrs  A.  M.  Wysipr 

(Livingston). 

Princess  Virginia.     McClure. 

Appeared  in  the  "Ladies'  home  journal,"  v.23-24,  Aug.  1906-Jan.   1907. 

Light  tale  of  an  emperor  and  a  princess,  both  traveling  incognito,  who  meet  in 
the  Rhxtian  Alps. 

Williamson,  Charles  Norris,  &  Williamson,  Mrs  A.  M.  W75XS 

(Livingston). 
Set  in  silver.    Doubleday. 

Story  of  an  automobile  run  through  England,  told  in  letters. 

Willy   Reilly.     Carleton Ciggw 

Wilson,  Harry  Leon.  W768e 

Ewing's  lady.    Appleton. 

"Ewing's  lady"  is  a  young  widow  summering  in  the  West  and  Ewing  himself  a 
ranchman  with  artistic  talent  whom  she  persuades  to  come  back  to  New  York  with  her 
to  study  his  art. 

Wilson,  John,  (pseud.  Christopher  North).  W76g2t 

Tales.    Blackwood. 

Contents:  Lights  and  shadows  of  Scottish  life. — ^Trials  of  Margaret  Lyndsay. — 
The  foresters. 

Wilson,  May,  (pseud.  Anison  North).  W7712C 

Carmichael.     Doubleday. 
Story  of  Canadian  rural  life. 

Wind  in  the  willows.     Grahame G773W 

Window  at  the  White  Cat.     Rinehart R472wi 

Winning  his  way  to  West  Point.    Malone jM2g4wi 

Winning  lady,  and  others.    Wilkins W728wi 

Winning  of  Barbara  Worth.    Wright W934W 

Winter's  comedy.     Sutclif fe S965W 

Wister,  Owen.  WSigm 

Members  of  the  family.     Macmillan. 

Contents:  Happy-Teeth. — Spit-cat  creek. — In  the  back. — Timberline. — ^The  gift 
horse. — Extra  dry. — Where  it  was. — The  drake  who  had  means  of  his  own. 

Short  stories  of  cowboys  and  ranch  life  in  Wyoming.  The  Virginian,  Scipio  Le 
Moyne  and  other  characters  from  Mr  Wister's  earlier  stories  reappear. 

Wister,  Owen.  WSigp 

Philosophy  4;  a  story  of  Harvard  University.    Macmillan. 
The  same.     (In  Wister,  Owen,  and  others.     Stories  of  the  colleges, 

p.i  1-77.) W819S 

Beguiling  tale  of  two  college  undergraduates  and  the  way  they  prepared  for  a 
philosophy  examination. 

Witch  of  Prague.    Crawford C874wi 

Witch  of  Salem.    Musick M983W 

With  Kitchener  in  the  Soudan.     Henty jH456wk 

With  the  night  mail.    Kipling K278wi 

Wiving  of  Lance  Cleaverage.    MacGowan M1622W 

Wolf  hunters.     Curwood C936W 

The  same JC936W 


i874  ENGLISH  FICTION 

Wolff,  Ulla.    See  Frank,  Ulrich,  pseud. 

The  woman.     Fogazzaro F685W 

Woman-haters.    Lincoln L7i6aw 

Woman  of  fortune.    Raid,  Christian,  pseud Raggw 

Woman  with  a  purpose.    Ray R241W 

Wonderful  adventures  of  Nils.    Lagerlof jLisaw 

Wood,  Eugene.  W8532f 

Folks  back  home.    McClure. 

Contents:  The  seal  of  the  covenant. — The  lost  day. — An  Indian  summer  love  story. 
— The  seventh  trumpet. — M'ree  Hutchins'  husband. — The  warning. — The  elopement. — 
The  fictional  mind. — The  makin's  of  Abel  Horn. — The  love  story  of  Robert  Prouty. — 
The  days  of  his  separation. — That  about  Laura  Hornbaker. — Stars  in  his  crown. 

Stories  of  country  life  in  central  Ohio,  similar  in  vein  to  his  "Back  home." 

Woodcraft.    Simms S592W0 

Woods,  Mrs  Margaret  Louise.  W8662k 

The  king's  revoke;  an  episode  in  the  life  of  Patrick  Dillon.    Dutton. 

Historical  novel  dealing  with  an  attempt  to  restore  Ferdinand  VII  to  the  throne 
of  Spain  from  which  he  had  been  deposed  by  Napoleon.  Well-drawn  historical  portraits 
including  that  of  Talleyrand. 

Wooing  of  Folly.    Ford F7631W 

Wooing  of  Tokala.     Calkins C133W 

Worth,  Nicholas,  pseud.    See  Page,  Walter  Hines. 

Wright,  Caleb  Earl.  .  rWgssr 

Rachel  Craig;  a  novel  connected  with  the  valley  of  Wyoming.  Baur. 
Wright,  Harold  Bell.  W934S 

The  shepherd  of  the  hills;  a  novel.    Book  Supply  Co. 

Melodramatic  tale  of  the  Ozark  mountains. 
Wright,  Harold  Bell.  W934W 

Winning  of  Barbara  Worth.    Book  Supply  Co. 

Story  of  the  Colorado  desert.  On  the  business  side  it  tells  of  a  fierce  struggle  with 
nature;  on  the  romantic  side,  of  the  development  of  a  young  engineer  and  of  his  love 
for  a  daughter  of  the  desert. 

Wright,  Mrs  Mabel  (Osgood).  W93510 

The  open  window;  tales  of  the  months,  told  by  Barbara.  Macmillan. 
Contents:  The  Markis  and  the  Major,  January. — The  stalled  train,  February. — The 
vandoo,  March. — The  immigrants,  April. — Tree  of  life.  May. — Wind  in  the  grass,  June. 
— The  simple  life,  July. — The  adoption  of  Albert  and  Victoria,  August. — Groundsel-tree, 
September. — The  open  window,  October. — The  rat-catcher,  November. — Transition,  De- 
cember. 

Wright,  Mrs  Mabel  (Osgood).  W9351PO 

Poppea  of  the  post-office.    Macmillan. 

Story  of  a  girl  who,  as  a  little  foundling,  is  adopted  by  the  postmaster  in  a  New 
England  village,  at  the  close  of  the  Civil  war. 

Wright,  Mrs  Mabel  (Osgood).  Wgssipr 

Princess  Flower  Hat;  a  comedy  from  the  Perplexity  book  of  Bar- 
bara, the  commuter's  wife.    Macmillan. 

Story  of  gardening  and  love-making. 

Yeigh,  Kate  Westlake.  Y223S 

A  specimen  spinster.    Griffith  &  Rowland  Press. 

Story  of  life  in  a  country  village  where  the  spinster  plays  the  part  of  counselor  and 
friend  to  the  people  of  her  little  world. 


ENGLISH  FICTION  1875 


Young  Alaskans.    Hough H834y 

The  same jH834y 

Young  ice  whalers.     Packard jPi26y 

Young  Lucretia.     Wilkins WyaSy 

Young  section-hand.     Stevenson jS847yo 

Young  trailers.     Altsheler A466y 

The  same jA466y 

Young  train  dispatcher.     Stevenson jS847y 

Yoimg  violinist.    Rhoden,  Emma  von,  pseud jR384iy 

Younger  set.     Chambers Csssyo 

Youngsters  of  Centerville.    Baker jBi74y 

Youth  of  the  Great  Elector.    Miihlbach,  Louise,  pseud M952y 

Zangwill,  Israel.  Z28gh 

Ghetto  comedies.     Macmillan. 

Contents:  The  model  of  sorrows. — Anglicization. — The  Jewish  trinity. — ^The  Sab- 
bath question  in  Sudminster. — The  red  mark. — The  bearer  of  burdens. — The  luftmenscb. 
— The  tug  of  love. — The  Yiddish  "Hamlet." — The  converts. — Holy  wedlock. — Elijah's 
goblet. — The  hirelings. — Samooborona. 


Fiction 


in 

Foreign  languages 

833     German  fiction 

Adam  Bede.     Eliot,  George,  pseud 833  £473 

Adlerflug.    Werner,  E.  pseud 833  W53 

Aldrich,  Thomas  Bailey.  833  A36S 

Prudence  Palfrey,  und  andere  leute;  in's  deutsche  iibertragen  von 
Moritz  Busch.     (Amerikanische  humoristen,  v.i.) 

Contents:     Prudence   Palfrey. — Marjorie   Daw. — Ein  kampf   um   das   leben. — Frau- 
lein  Mehetabels  sohn. — Ein  junger  raufbold. — Eid  roman  aus  Rivermouth. — Ganz  recht. 

Aldrich,  Thomas  Bailey.  833  A365t 

Die  tragodie  von  Stillwater;  deutsch  von  Udo  Brachvogel. 
Als  ich  jung  noch  war.    Rosegger 833  R72al 

Der  Amerikaner.    Renter 833  R366am 

Andersen,  Hans  Christian.  833  A54i 

Der  improvisator;  roman. 
Andersen,  Hans  Christian.  833  A54 

Nur  ein  geiger,  roman;  aus  dem  danischen  von  Edmund  Zoller. 
Andreas-Salome,  Frau  Lou.  833  A557 

Im    zwischenland;    funf    geschichten    aus    dem    seelenleben    halb- 
wiichsiger  madchen. 

Contents:    Im  zwischenland. — Vaters  kind. — Eine  erste  erfahrung. — Die  schwester. 
— Wolga. 

Andreas  Vost.     Thoma 833  T37 

Die  anfangsbuchstaben.     Tautphoeus 833  T24a 

Anna  Priszewska.     Heinroth 833  H422a 

Die  ansiedler  an  den  quellen  des  Susquehanna.    Cooper 833  €783 

Anstey,  F.  {pseud,  of  Thomas  Anstey  Guthrie).  833  A62 

Tourmalins   zeit-checks;    autorisierte   ubersetzung   aus   dem   engli- 
schen  von  J.  Botstiber. 
Anzengruber,  Ludwig.  833  A63I 

Letzte  dorfgange;  kalendergeschichten  und  skizzen  aus  dem  nach- 
lass. 

1876 


GERMAN  FICTION  1877 

Arachne.     Ebers 833  E2iar 

Das  argernis.     Hegeler 833  H414 

Auerbach,  Berthold.  833  Agif 

Der  forstmeister;  roman.    2v.  in  i. 
Auerbach,  Berthold.  833  Agiw 

Waldfried;  eine  vaterlandische  familiengeschichte. 

Auf  dem  einsamen  schlosse.    Lorm,  Hieronymus,  pseud 833  L88a 

Au£  der  heide.    Burger,  Lucian,  pseud 833  B89a 

Der  augenblick  des  glucks.     Hacklander 833  Hi2au2 

Aus  schwerer  vergangenheit.    Jensen 833  J26SC 

Bahr,  Hermann.  833  B15 

O  mensch!  roman. 
A  slight  novel  with  a  singer  for  the  hero. 

Baker,  George  Merrick,  ed.  833  B17 

German  stories,  with  notes  and  vocabulary.    Holt. 

Contents:  Ein  todesritt,  von  Max  von  La  Roche. — Tante  Feddersen,  von  Charlotte 
Niese. — Jaschu,  von  Clara  Viebig. — Von  himmel  und  holle,  von  Richard  von  Leander. — 
Eine  hochzeitnacht,  von  Leo  Goldhammer.— Die  kriegspfeife,  von  Berthold  Auerbach. — 
Hugideo,  von  J.  B.  von  Scheffel. — Der  arme  g:rule,  von  Wilhelm  von  Polenz. 

Balzac,  Honore  de.  833  B21 

Vater  Goriot;  familien-gemalde  aus  der  hoheren  Pariser  welt;  nach 
dem  franzosischen,  herausgegeben  von  Friedrich  von  R.    2v.  in  I. 

Balzac,  Honore  de.  833  B21V 

Verlorene  illusionen.    2v. 

V.I.     Die  beiden  dichter. — Ein  grosser  mann  aus  der  provinz  in  Paris. 
V.2.     Ein  grosser  mann  aus  der  provinz  in  Paris   (continued). — Die  leiden  des  er- 
finders. 

Battels,  Adolf.  833  B27d 

Dietrich  Sebrandt;  roman  aus  der  zeit  der  schleswig-holsteinischen 
erhebung.    2v.  in  i. 

Bartels,  Adolf.  833  B27 

Die  Dithmarscher;  historischer  roman  in  vier  biichern. 

Bartsch,  Rudolf  Hans.  833  B28 

Vom  sterbenden  Rokoko. 
Contents:    Die  schauer  im  Don  Giovanni. — Der  frivole  Baudreuil. — Der  liebestrank. 

— Der  kleine  Blanchefleure. — Madame  Dorette  und  die  natur. — Der  salon  der  Frau  von 

Vermilion;  oder,  Das  register. 

Bechstein,  Ludwig.  qj833  83611 

Neues  marchenbuch;  in  sorgfaltiger  auswahl  fur  die  jugend,  be- 
arbeitet  von  Max  Pannwitz. 

Behrens,  Bertha.    See  Heimburg,  W.  psetid. 

Berenice.     Schumacher 833  S392 

Bemeck,  Karl  Gustav  von,  {pseud.  Bernd  von  Guseck).  833  8451 

Im  herzen  von  Deutschland;  historische  erzahlung.    2v.  in  i. 
Bievre,  Georges  Mareschal  de.    See  Mareschal  de  Bievre,  Georges. 


1878  GERMAN  FICTION 


Black,  William,  1841-99-  833  B51 

Eine  prinzessin  von  Thule;  roman;  aus  dem  englischen  von  Emil 
Lehmann.    4v.  in  2. 

Blau  wasser.     Gerstacker 833  G32b 

Der  blaue  diamant.    Felsing 833  F3432 

Bleibtreu,  Karl.  833  B54 

Die  volkerschlacht  bei  Leipzig;  ein  gedenkbuch  zu  den  jahrestagen 

der  volkerschlachten  bei  Leipzig,  vom  16.  bis  18.  Oktober  1813. 

Narrative  of  the  battle  of  Leipsic,  in  which  the  historical  facts  are  enlivened  by 

imaginary  conversations  between  Napoleon  and  his  marshals. 

Der  blinde  musiker.     Korolenko .' 833  K38 

Die  blume  des  gluckes.    Werner,  E.  pseud 833  W53b 

Bock,  Alfred.  833  B578 

Die  Pariser;  ein  roman  aus  Hessen. 

"The  usury  of  the  burgomaster  has  forced  a  part  of  the  population  of  a  Hessian 
village  to  emigrate.  They  seek  their  fortune  in  Paris,  and  when  by  hard  work  and 
frugality  they  have  saved  considerable  sums,  they  vow  to  return  and  have  vengeance  on 
the  man  who  has  ruined  them Alfred  Bock  has  the  reputation  of  being  one  of  Ger- 
many's best  writers  of  provincial  fiction."     A.  von  Ende. 

Bohlau,  Helene,  afterward  Fran  al  Raschid  Bey.  833  Bsgh 

Das  haus  zur  flamm';  roman. 

The  story  is  often  nothing  but  a  series  of  loosely  connected  episodes,  but  the  princi- 
pal characters  breathe  an  atmosphere  of  such  physical,  mental  and  moral  health  that  they 
are  truly  refreshing. 

Borchardt,  Georg  Hermann,  {pseud.  Georg  Hermann).  833  B63 

Jettchen  Geberts  geschichte;  roman.    2v. 

V.I.     Jettchen  Gebert. 

V.2.     Henriette  Jacoby. 

Realistic  picture  of  middle-class  Berlin  in  the  first  quarter  of  the  19th  century. 

"Few  novelists  of  modern  Germany  have  succeeded  in  creating  such  a  remarkable 
group  of  characters  as  Jason,  Solomon,  and  Jettchen  Gebert,  Doctor  Kossling,  and  Julius 
Jacoby,  and  none  has  caught  the  spirit  of  that  period  and  reflected  it  with  equal  subtlety. 
The  story  is  an  admirable  achievement."     Nation,  igo8. 

Bozena.     Ebner-Eschenbach 833  E22bo 

Breide  Hummelsbiittel.     Liliencron 833  L69 

Brenkenhoff,  Frau  Nataly  (von  Eschstruth)  von  Knobelsdorff-. 
See  Eschstruth,  Nataly  von. 

Ein  buch,  das  gern  ein  volksbuch  vtrerden  mochte.     Ebner- 
Eschenbach 833  E22b 

Die  buecher  der  chronika  der  drei  schwestern.     Musaus qr833  M98 

Biirger,  Lucian,  {pseud,  of  Charlotte  Niese).  833  B89a 

Auf  der  heide;  roman. 

Biirstenbinder,  Elisabeth.    See  Werner,  E.  pseud. 

Calif omische  novellen.     Harte 833   H31C 

Campe,  Amalie  Ehrengarte  Sophie  Wilhelmine  von  Dincklage-. 
See  Dincklage-Campe,  Amalie  Ehrengarte  Sophie  Wil- 
helmine von. 

Clemens,  Samuel  Langhorne.    See  Twain,  Mark,  pseud. 


GERMAN  FICTION  1879 


Cohn,  Frau  Clara  (Viebig).  833  C66v 

Die  vor  den  toren;  roman. 

Story  is  concerned  with  the  social  and  economic  changes  resulting  from  the  Franco- 
German  war,  esi)ecially  the  weakening  of  the  rural  families  in  Germany. 

Cohn,  Frau  Clara  (Viebig).  833  C66k 

Kinder  der  Eifel;  novellen. 

Contents:  Simson  und  Delila. — Am  totenmaar. — Der  Osterquell. — Die  schuldige. — 
Das  miserabelchen. — Die  cigarrenarbeiterin. — Margarets  wallfahrt. 

Collins,  Wilkie.  833  C71 

Ohne  namen;  roman;  aus  dem  englischen  von  B,  Bucher. 

Die  colonic.     Gerstacker 833  G32C 

Das  comtessel.    Dincklage-Campe 833  D59 

Cooper,  James  Fenimore.  833  C78a 

Die  ansiedler  an  den  quellen  des  Susquehanna;  ein  zeitgemalde; 
iibertragen  von  C.  Kolb. 

An  abridged  edition  has  title  "Lederstrumpf." 

Cooper,  James  Fenimore.  833  C781e 

Der  letzte  Mohikaner;  fiir  die  deutsche  jugend  bearbeitet,  sowie  mit 
einleitung  und  erlauterungen  versehen  von  O.  Heinrichs. 

Cooper,  James  Fenimore.  833  C78P 

Der  pfadfinder,  und  Lederstrumpf;  oder.  Die  ansiedler  am  Susque- 
hanna, und  Der  wildsteller;  oder,  Die  prarie;  fiir  die  jugend  bearbeitet 
von  Gustav  Hocker.     (Universal-bibliothek  fiir  die  jugend.) 

Lederstrumpf-geschichten. 

Cooper,  James  Fenimore.  833  C78wi 

Der  wildtoter,  Der  letzte  Mohikan;  fiir  die  jugend  bearbeitet  von 
Gustav  Hocker.    (Universal-bibliothek  fiir  die  jugend.) 

Lederstrumpf-geschichten. 

Corvinus,  Jakob,  pseud.    See  Raabe,  Wilhelm. 

Cranford.     Gaskell 833  G21C 

Cross,  Mrs  Mary  Ann  (Evans).    See  Eliot,  George,  pseud. 

Dahn,  Felix.  833  Disfri 

Frigga's  ja;  erzahlung. 
Dahn,  Felix.  833  Diska 

Kampfende  herzen;  drei  erzahlungen. 

Contents:  Reinhart  und  Fatme.  —  Aus  der  Vendee,  1794.  —  Ernst  und  Frank. — 
"Bhiiat  Gott  auf  die  langere  zeit." 

Defoe,  Daniel.  833  D37 

Leben  und  seltsame  iiberraschende  abenteuer  des  Robinson  Crusoe, 
von  ihm  selbst  erzahlt;  nach  der  urspriinglichen  englischen  ausgabe. 
Detlev  von  Geyem,  pseud.    See  Meding,  Johann  Ferdinand  Oskar. 

Deutsch  und  slavisch.     Gundling 833  G79d 

Die  deutschen  volksbiicher.     Schwab 833  S3982 

Deutscher  novellenschatz.     Heyse  &  Kurz 833  Hsid 

Die  vor  den  toren.     Cohn 833  C66v 

Dietrich  Sebrandt.     Bartels 833  B27d 


l88o  GERMAN  FICTION 


Dincklage-Campe,  Atnalie  Ehrengarte  Sophie  Wilhelmine  von.     833  D59 
Das  comtessel,  novelle  von  E.  von  Dincklage;  Dolores,  novella  von 

M.  Berger  (S.  von  Follenius);  Haideroslein,  novelle  von  A.  Haupt. 

Die  Dithmarscher.    Bartels 833  B27 

Dudevant,  Mme  Amantine  Lucile  Aurore  (Dupin).     See  Sand, 
George,  pseud. 

Dumas,  Alexandre,  the  elder.  833  D8ggr 

Der  graf  von  Bragelonne;  oder,  Zehn  jahre  nachher;  deutsch  von 

Zoller,  neu  durchgesehen  von   K.   Walther.     7v.   in  3.     (Historischc 

romane.) 

Being  v. 3  of  the  series  entitled  "Die  drei  musketiere." 

Dumas,  Alexandre,  the  elder.  833  D8gg 

Der  graf  von  Monte  Christo;  neu  bearbeitet  von  Max  Pannwitz. 

6v.  in  2. 

Dumas,  Alexandre,  the  elder.  833  D8gh 

Das  halsband  der  konigin;  aus  dem  franzosischen.  3v.  in  i.     (His- 

torische  romane.) 

Being  v.  2  of  the  series  entitled  "Denkwurdigkeiten  eines  arztes." 

Ebers,  Georg.  833  E2iar 

Arachne;  historischer  roman.    2v. 
Ebner-Eschenbach,  Marie  (Dubsky),  freifrau  von.  833  E22bo 

Bozena;  erzahlung. 
Ebner-Eschenbach,  Marie  (Dubsky),  freifrau  von.  833  E22b 

Ein  buch,  das  gern  ein  volksbuch  werden  mochte;  aus  den  schriften 
von  Marie  von  Ebner-Eschenbach. 

Contents:  Der  kreisphysikus. — Der  nebenbuhler. — Der  vorzug^chuler. — Er  lasst  die 
hand  kiissen. — Fraulein  Susannes  Weinachtsabend. 

Short  stories  dealing  with  Galician  and  Polish  life  in  the  country. 

Ebner-Eschenbach,  Marie  (Dubsky),  freifrau  von.  833  E22I 

Lotti,  die  uhrmacherin;  erzahlung. 
Eckstein,  Ernst.  833  E25n 

Nora;  novelle. 

Das  edle  blut.    Wildenbruch 833  Wyie 

Effi  Briest.     Fontane 833  F73e 

Einhart  der  lachler.     Hauptmann 833  H353 

Eliot,  George,  (pseud,  of  Mrs  Mary  Ann  (Evans)  Cross).  833  E47a 

Adam  Bede;  ins  deutsche  iibertragen  von  Julius  Frese.    2v.  in  i. 
Eliot,  George,  (pseud,  of  Mrs  Mary  Ann  (Evans)  Cross).  833  E47m 

Miihle  am  Floss;  ubers.  von  Julius  Frese.    2v.  in  i. 
Eliot,  George,  (pseud,  of  Mrs  Mary  Ann  (Evans)  Cross).  833  E47S 

Silas  Marner,  der  weber  von  Raveloe;  aus  dem  englischen  von  G. 
Fink. 
Engel,  Georg  Jul.  Leopold.  833  E63 

Der  verbotene  rausch  [and  other  stories]. 

Other  stories:  Die  verbotene  ehe.  —  Das  verbotene  stuck.  —  Christin-Dorthes  ver- 
lobung. — Die  scheue  Marik. — Onkel  Pokel. 

Stories  of  Pomerania,  full  of  rollicking  good  humor  yet  not  without  a  deeper 
meaning. 


GERMAN  FICTION  1881 

Erckmann,  fimile,  &  Chatrian,  Alexandre.  833  Eyim 

Madame  Therese;  aus  dem  franzosischen,  deutsch  von  Friedr. 
Mayer. 

Erckmann,  fimile,  &  Chatrian,  Alexandre.  833  E71W2 

Waterloo;  fortsetzung  der  "Erlebnisse  eines  rekruten  von  1813;"  er- 
zahlung  aus  dem  franzosischen  von  O.  Goldschmidt. 

Erhard,  Emile,  pseud.    See  Warburg,  Emilie  Erhardine,  freiherrin  von. 

Die  Erlhoferin.     Schaffner 833  S2g6e 

Ermatinger,  Emil.  833  E76i 

Der  weg  ins  leben;  eine  gymnasiastengeschichte. 

"The  hero... is  destined  for  the  theological  career,  and  his  struggles  with  a  cur- 
riculum for  which  he  is  poorly  fitted,  the  unsympathetic  attitude  of  narrow-minded 
instructors,  and  the  petty  tyranny  of  a  cruel  guardian,  furnish  the  incidents  of  the 
plot."    Nation,  i^og. 

Eschenbach,  Marie  (Dubsky),  freifrau  von  Ebner-.    See  Ebner- 

Eschenbach,  Marie  (Dubsky),  freifrau  von. 
Eschstruth,  Nataly  von,  afterward  Frau  von  Knobelsdorff-         833  Eygja 
Brenkenhoff. 
Johannisfeuer;  erzahlungen. 

Contents:  Johannisfeuer. — Die  ordre  des  Grafen  von  Guise. — Der  seeadler. — Gross- 
papas  geburtstag. — Eine  schone  frau. — Die  hasslichste. — Frtihlingsanfang. — Scherben. — 
Heckenrosen. 

Evans,  Mary  Ann.    See  Eliot,  George,  pseud. 

Das  ewig  weibliche.     Rosegger 833  R72e 

Falsing,  Otto.  833  F3432 

Der  blaue  diamant;  streifziige  und  abenteuer  eines  jungen  Deutschen 
in  Deutsch-Ostafrika. 

Das  filigran-herz.     Green 833  G82 

Die  flusspiraten  des  Mississippi.    Gerstacker 833  G32fl 

Fontane,  Theodor.  833  F73C 

Effi  Briest;  roman. 
Fontane,  Theodor.  833  F73q 

Quitt;  roman. 
Fontane,  Theodor.  833  F73st 

Der  stechlin;  roman. 

Der  f orstmeister.     Auerbach 833  Agif 

Franzes,  Karl  Emil.  833  F88m 

Moschko  von  Parma;  erzahlung. 

Frau  Irmgards  enttauschungen.    Heinroth 833  H422f 

Frenssen,  Gustav.  833  F92k 

Klaus  Hinrich  Baas;  roman. 

Story  of  business  life. 

"Has  the  charming  flavor  of  the  native  soil,  the  admirable  simplicity  of  style  and 
directness  of  speech  that  distinguished  'Jorn  Uhl,'  but  it  has  little  of  its  predecessor's 
prolixity. .  .In  the  greater  part  of  the  book,  the  hero's  mother,  unprepossessing  in  ap- 
pearance, gruff  in  manner,  but  of  unbending  energy  and  sterling  honesty,  is  the  most 
conspicuous  fig^ure."    Nation,  1909. 


l883  GERMAN  FICTION 

Frenssen,  Gustav.  833  F92P 

Peters  Moors  fahrt  nach  Siidwest;  ein  feldzugsbericht. 

The  most  effective  shaft  yet  directed  against  the  unfortunate  campaigns  of  the 
Germans  in  their  West  African  colony.  It  narrates  in  simple  language  the  awful  ex- 
perience of  a  common  soldier  from  North  Germany  who  volunteered  for  service.  While 
the  tale  is,  of  course,  more  or  less  fiction,  it  is  fair  to  assume  that  the  author  had  ac- 
cess to  many  documents,  such  as  letters  from  soldiers  to  their  homes.  Condensed  from 
Nation,  1907. 

Friedesinchens  lebenslauf.    Sohnrey 833  S683 

Friedrich  der  Grosse  und  sein  hof.    Miihlbach,  Louise,  pseud.. 833  Mgszf 

Frigga's  ja.     Dahn 833  Disfri 

Friihlingsboten.    Werner,  E.  pseud 833  W53fr 

Gaboriau,  £mile.  833  Giia 

Zwolf  millionen;  roman.    2v.  in  i. 
Galen,  Philipp,  {pseud,  of  Philipp  Lange).  833  Gi4i 

Irene,  die  traumerin;  roman.    3v. 

Ganghofer,  Ludwig  Albert.  833  G16 

Das  Gotteslehen;  roman  aus  dem  13.  jahrhundert. 

Ganghofer,  Ludwig  Albert.  833  Gi6h 

Hochlandsgeschichten. 

Contents:  Der  Santrigel. — Das  Geigenkropfl. — Assi  Manlasse. — Auf  der  wallfahrt. 
— Die  fuhrmannin. 

Ganghofer,  Ludwig  Albert.  833  Gi6h 

Hochlandsmarchen. 

Contents:  Es  war  einmal. — Die  lieder  des  Rauschegrim. — Der  gute  vorsass. — Hans 
Donnerstag. — Die  zitherspieler. — In  der  freinacht. — Der  hochzeitlader. — Die  Hebe  Gottes. 
— Rote  veilchen. — Die  schwarze  rose. — Die  fackeljungfrau. 

Bound  with  his  "Hochlandsgeschichten." 

Gaskell,  Mrs  Elizabeth  Cleghorn  (Stevenson).  833  G21C 

Cranford;  aus  dem  englischen  ubersetzt  von  Hedwig  Jahn. 

Die  geburt  der  Venus.    Heyse 833  Hsige 

Gedichte  in  prosa.     Turgenief 833  TSsg 

Der  gefangene  von  Chillon.    Hartmann 833  H32g2 

German  stories.     Baker 833   B17 

Germelshausen.    Gerstacker ' 833  G32ge 

Gerstacker,  Friedrich.  833  G32b 

Blau  wasser;  skizzen  aus  dem  see-  und  inselleben. 
With  this  are  bound  his  "Aus  dem  matrosenleben"  and  "Aus  der  see." 

Gerstacker,  Friedrich.  833  G33C 

Die  colonic;  brasilianisches  lebensbild;  neu  durchgesehen  und  her- 

ausgegeben  von  Dietrich  Theden. 

Gerstacker,  Friedrich.  833  G32fl 

Die  flusspiraten  des  Mississippi  aus  dem  waldleben  Amerikas. 

Gerstacker,  Friedrich.  833  G32ge 

Germelshausen;   ed.   with   notes,   exercises   and   vocabulary   by   A. 

Busse. 


GERMAN  FICTION  1883 


Gerstacker,  Friedrich.  833  G3ah 

Herrn   Mahlhuber's   reiseabenteuer;   Zacharias   Hasenmeiers   aben- 
teuer. 

Gerstacker,  Friedrich.  833  G32m 

Die   missionare;   neu   durchgesehen   und   herausgegeben   von    Carl 
Doring. 

Goethe,  Johann  Wolfgang  von.  r833  G55 

Parodie  auf  Fritz  Jacobis  "Woldemar;"  hrsg.  von  Carl  Schtiddekopf. 
Brief  fragment  with   introduction  and  notes.     Jacobi's  philosophical   romances,  of 

which  "Woldemar"  was  one,  attracted  considerable  attention  in  his  day  (1743-1819)  but 

are  now  less  valued  than  his  purely  philosophic  work. 

Goldsmith,  Oliver.  833  G588 

Der  landprediger  von  Wakefield;   ein  roman;   iibersetzt  von   Karl 
Eitner. 

Gothe,  Johann  Wolfgang  von.    See  Goethe,  Johann  Wolfgang  von. 

Das  Gotteslehen.     Ganghofer 833  Gt6 

Ein  gottesurteil.    Werner,  E.  pseud 833  W53 

Der  grabenhager.     Polenz 833  P75g 

Der  graf  von  Bragelonne.     Dumas 833  DSggr 

Der  graf  von  Monte  Christo.    Dumas 833  D8gg 

Grafin  Ruth.     Warburg 833  Waig 

Graul,  Therese.  r833  G81 

Nach  langenjahren;  roman;  bearbeitet  und  hrsg.  von  Leopold  Graul. 
Pittsburgh. 

Green,  Anna  Katharine,  afterward  Mrs  Rohlfs.  833  G83 

Das  filigran-herz;  kriminalroman;  autorisierte  bearbeitung  von  B.A. 

Baer. 

Grosse,  Julius.  833  G93U2 

Untreu  aus  mitleid;  roman.    2v.  in  i. 

Guerber,  Helene  Marie  Adeline,  ed.  833  G957 

Marchen  und  erzahlungen  fiir  anfanger,  with  vocabulary.    2v.    Heath. 

(Heath's  modern  language  series.) 

Gundling,  Julius,  {pseud.  Lucian  Herbert).  833  Ggyd 

Deutsch  und  slavisch;  roman. 
Guseck,  Bernd  von,  pseud.    See  Bemeck,  Karl  Gustav  von. 
Guthrie,  Thomas  Anstey.    See  Anstey,  F.  pseud. 
Habberton,  John.  833  Hi  15 

Helene's  kinderchen,  humoreske;  deutsch  von  E.  Rusak. 
Hacklander,  Friedrich  Wilhelm.  833  Hiaaua 

Der   augenblick   des   gliicks;   aus    den   memoiren   eines   fiirstlichen 
hofes. 
Hacklander,  Friedrich  Wilhelm.  -833  Hiat 

Tag  und  nacht.    2v. 

The  same.    2v.  in  i 833  Hiata 


i884  GERMAN  FICTION 


Hacklander,  Friedrich  Wilhelm.  833  Hiaw 

Wachtstubenabenteuer. 

Das  halsband  der  konigin.     Dumas 833  D89h 

Handel-Mazzetti,  Enrica,  freiherrin  von.  833  H23 

Jesse  und  Maria;  ein  roman  aus  dem  Donaulande.    2v.  in  i. 
Harte,  Bret.  833  H3ic 

Calif ornische  novellen;  uebersetzt  von  Wilhelm  Hertzberg. 

Contents:  Das  Gluck  von  Roaring-Camp. — Mliss. — Brown  von  Calaveras. — Prin- 
zessin  Bob  und  ihre  freunde. 

Hartmann,  Moritz.  833  H32g2 

Der  gefangene  von  Chillon;  novelle. 

With  this  are  bound:     Die  letzten  tage  eines  konigs. — Von  fruhling  zu  friihling. 

Hartmann,  Moritz.  833  H32n 

Novellen.    3v.  in  2. 

V.I.  Der  zweck  heiligt  die  mittel. — Graf  in  Sassari. — Bel  kunstreitern. — Selvaggia. — 
Ein  italienischer  priester. — Doctor  Schwan. — An  der  spielbank. 

v.2-3.  Zwanzig  milHonen. — Verrechnet. — Feigheit. — Der  hetman. — Tante  Helene. — 
Der  gefangene  von  Chillon. 

Hauptmann,  Carl.  833  H353 

Einhart  der  lachler;  roman.    2v. 

Story  of  an  artist  who,  on  account  of  gypsy  blood  in  his  veins,  finds  it  hard  to  ad- 
just himself  to  the  conventionalities  of  life. 

Hauptmann,  Gerhard.  833  H35n 

Der  narr  in  Christo,  Emanuel  Quint;  roman. 

Hero  is  a  man  whose  attitude  toward  social  injustice  and  individual  self-righteous- 
ness is  supposedly  the  same  as  that  of  Jesus.  In  his  story  the  author  has  consciously  or 
unconsciously  replied  to  two  questions  which  have  been  repeatedly  asked  in  our  time: 
"What  would  Christ  do  were  he  to  come  into  the  world  to-day?"  and  "What  would  the 
world  do  to  a  Christ  to-day?"    Condensed  from  Nation,  igij. 

Das  haus  zur  flamm'.     Bohlau 833  Bsgh 

Heer,  Jakob  Christoph.  833  H412I 

Laubgewind;  roman. 

Story  of  artist  life  in  Germany. 

Hegeler,  Wilhelm.  833  H414 

Das  argernis;  roman. 

The  "scandal"  was  the  building  of  a  public  fountain  ornamented  by  a  sculptured 
group  which  the  narrow-minded  pastor  denounced  as  unfit  for  the  public  eye.  The 
various  characters  and  the  discussions  aroused  by  the  fountain  are  amusing  and  well  told. 

Heidepeters  Gabriel.     Rosegger 833  R72he 

Heidi.    Spyri 833  S77 

Heimburg,  W.  {pseud,  of  Bertha  Behrens).  833  H4ik2 

Kloster  Wendhusen,  und  Ursula. 
Heinroth,  Frau  Elisabeth,  (pseud.  Klaus  Rittland).  833  H422a 

Anna  Priszewska;  tagebuch  eines  weltkindes. 

Diary  of  a  young  society  woman  which  chronicles  life  and  manners  at  a  small 
German  capital. 

Heinroth,  Frau  Elisabeth,  (pseud.  Klaus  Rittland).  833  H422f 

Frau  Irmgards  enttauschungen;  roman  aus  dem  leben  einer  schonen 

familie.    2v. 

Story   of  a   German  professor's   family  and  of   the   disappointments   of  the    Frau 

Professor,  whose  sons  and  daughters  failed  to  develop  as  she  bad  hoped. 


GERMAN  FICTION  1885 


Heinroth,  Frau  Elisabeth,  {pseud.  Klaus  Rittland).  833  H422 

Die  Lossows;  roman.    2v. 

History  of  a  German  family.     The  action  is  mainly  in  Hanover,  but  partly  in  Paris. 

Heinroth,  Frau  Elisabeth,  {pseud.  Klaus  Rittland).  833  H422V 

Von  anderer  gnaden;  roman. 
Story  of  modern  German  life  and  the  social  ambitions  of  a  middle-class  family. 

Heinroth,  Frau  Elisabeth,  {pseud.  Klaus  Rittland).  833  H422W 

Wenn  die  fackel  sich  senkt;  roman. 

Heiteres  und  weiteres.    Wolzogen 833  W85h 

Helene's  kinderchen.     Habberton 833  Hi  15 

Herbert,  Lucian,  pseud.    See  Gundling,  Julius. 

Hermann,  Georg,  pseud.    See  Borchardt,  Georg  Hermann. 

Herrn  Mahlhuber's  reiseabenteuer.     Gerstacker 833  G32h 

Hesse,  Hermann.  833  H489 

Nachbarn;  erzahlungen. 

Contents:  Die  verlobung. — Karl  Eugen  Eiselein. — Garibaldi. — Walter  Kompff. — In 
dcr  alten  sonne. 

Interesting  short  stories  of  artisan  life  in  small  Swiss  towns. 

Heyse,  Paul.  833  Hsige 

Die  geburt  der  Venus;  roman. 

Story  of  artist  life. 

Heyse,  Paul.  833  H5in2 

Novellen;  auswahl  fiirs  haus.     3V. 

V.I.     L'Arrabbiata. — Anfang  und  ende. — Andrea  Delfin. — Unheilbar. 

V.2.  Vetter  Gabriel. — Die  beiden  schwestern. — Er  soil  dein  herr  sein. — Der  vcr- 
lorene  sohn. — Nerina. 

V.3.  Unvergessbare  worte. — Die  dichterin  von  Carcassonne. — Das  gluck  von  Rothen- 
burg. — Siechentrost. 

Heyse,  Paul.  833  Hsiue 

Ueber  alien  gipfeln;  roman. 
Heyse,  Paul.  833  H51U2 

Unvergessbare  worte,  und  andere  novellen. 

Other  stories:  Die  dichterin  von  Carcassonne. — Ehre  iiber  alles. — Der  monch  von 
Montaudon. — Das  gluck  von  Rothenburg. — Die  eselin. — Getheiltes  herz. 

Heyse,  Paul,  &  Kurz,  Hermann,  ed.  833  Hsid 

Deutscher  novellenschatz.    v.ii. 

Contents:  Die  drei  schwestern,  von  L.  A.  Kahler. — Der  todte  gast,  von  Heinrich 
Zschokke. — Das  schloss  im  gebirge,  von  Moritz  Hartmann. — Der  drache,  von  Ferdinand 
Kiirnberger. 

Hildegard  Mahlmann.    Wilbrandt 833  WSgh 

Hirschfeld,  Georg.  833  H61 

Der  wirt  von  Veladuz;  roman. 

This  story  powerfully  describes  the  destructive  conflict  that  is  carried  into  a  peaceful 
Swiss  village  by  industrial  exploitation.  "Der  wirt,"  who  tries  hard  but  in  vain  to  de- 
fend his  native  soil  against  the  invasions  of  irreverent  modern  enterprise,  is  a  figure  of 
tragical  power. 

Hochlandsgeschichten.     Ganghof er 833  Gi6h 

Hochlandsmarchen.     Ganghofer 833  Gi6h 

Der  hof  zu  Dalwitz  und  seine  leute.    Klencke 833  K3i9ho2 


i886  GERMAN  FICTION 


Hoffmann,  Ernst  Theodor  Wilhelm,  833  H68 

Nachtstiicke.    2v.  in  i. 

The  same.     (In  his  Samtliche  werke,  v.1-3.) 833  H68s  v.1-3 

Hoffmann,  Hans  Friedrich  Carl.  833  H68ii 

Iwan  der  Schreckliche  und  sein  hund;  reman;  ed.  with  introduction, 
notes  and  vocabulary  by  C.  M.  Poor.  Oxford  University  Press.  (Ox- 
ford German  series.) 

Novel  of  German  life,  edited  with  a  view  to  the  needs  of  second-year  classes  in 
college  or  third-year  classes  in  the  high  school. 

Hoffmann,  Hans  Friedrich  Carl.  833  H681I 

Landsturm;  erzahlung.    Paetel. 

Das  hohe  lied.     Sudermann 833  S94h 

Horacker.     Raabe 833  Riiho 

Huckleberry  Finns  abenteuer  und  fahrten.    Twain,  Mark,  pseud. A^Z  T89h 

Huldschiner,  Richard.  833  H91 

Starkenberg;  roman. 

"Story  of  mediaeval  life,  full  of  the  brutality  and  superstitions  of  a  period  when  the 
Old  World  was  swept  by  the  scourge  of  pestilence.  Huldschiner  handles  his  material 
with  the  poet's  imaginative  insight  and  with  great  dramatic  power.  Whatever  his 
sources  for  this  story  of  brotherly  feud,  of  the  kidnapping  of  an  innocent  girl,  and  the 
ravages  of  the  epidemic,  he  conveys  the  impression  that  he  has  lent  a  living  voice  to  the 
old  chronicles."     A.  von  Ende. 

Hundert  kurze  erzahlungen.    Schmid 833  S34h 

Hiitte  und  schloss.     Sohnrey 833  S683h 

Hypatia.     Kingsley 833  K2'jh 

Ibi  ubi.     Torresani  von  Lanzenfeld 833  T63 

Im  dschungel.    Kipling 833  K278 

Im  herzen  von  Deutschland.     Berneck 833  8451 

Im  Spiegel.     Warburg 833  W2ii 

Im  zwischenland.     Andreas-Salome 833  A5S7 

Der  improvisator.    Andersen 833  A54i 

Ins  leben  zuriick.     Uxkull 833  U33 

Irene,  die  traumerin.     Galen,  Philipp,  pseud 833  0141 

Islandfischer.     Loti,  Pierre,  pseud 833  L91 

Iwan  der  Schreckliche  und  sein  hund.     Hoffmann 833  H68ii 

Der  jahrmarkt  des  lebens.     Thackeray 833  T33J 

Jensen,  Wilhelm.  833  J26SC 

Aus  schwerer  vergangenheit;  ein  geschichten-cyklus. 

Contents:  Unter  frommem  schutz. — Auf  der  lateinschule. — An  der  see. — Ueber  der 
haide. — Um  ein  menschenalter  spater. 

Jensen,  Wilhelm.  833  J26ka 

Karin  von  Schweden;  novelle. 

Jesse  und  Maria.     Handel-Mazzetti 833  H23 

Jettchen  Geberts  geschichte.     Borchardt 833  B63 

Johannisfeuer.     Eschstruth 833  E79J2 


GERMAN  FICTION  1887 


Der  junge  trommelschlager.     Nieritz 833  N33J 

Kampfende  herzen.     Dahn 833  Di5ka 

Karin  von  Schweden.    Jensen 833  J26ka 

Kaspar  Krumbholtz.     Kriiger 833  K426 

Keller,  Gottfried.  833  Ki6r 

Romeo  und  Julia  auf  dem  dorfe;  erzahlung. 

Kinder  der  Eif el.    Cohn 833  C66k 

Kingsley,  Charles.  833  K27h 

Hypatia;    christliche     erzahlung    aus    dem     funften    jahrhundert; 
deutsch  bearbeitet  von  E.  Preuschen. 

Kipling,  Rudyard.  833  KayS 

Im  dschungel;  autorisierte  uebertragung  aus  dem  englischen  von 
Curt  Abel-Musgrave. 

Contents:      Maugli's    bruder. — Kaa's    hungertanz. — Maugli's    rache. — Der    weltver- 
besserer. — Rikki-tikki-tavi. — Toomai,  der  liebling  der  elefanten. 

Klaus  Hinrich  Baas.     Frenssen 833  Fg2k 

Die  kleine  Fadette.    Sand,  George,  pseud 833  Saik 

Klencke,  Philipp  Friedrich  Hermann,  {pseud.  Hermann         833  K3igho2 

von  Maltitz). 
Der  hof  zu  Dalwitz  und  seine  leute;  roman.    4v.  in  2. 

Kloster  Wendhusen.     Heimburg 833  H4ik3 

Knobelsdorff-Brenkenhoff,  Frau  Nataly  (von  Eschstruth)  von. 

See  Eschstruth,  Nataly  von. 

Die  kohlenbrenner.    Nielsen 833  N332 

Die  konigssucher.     Rosegger 833  R72e 

Korolenko,  Vladimir.  833  K38 

Der  blinde  musiker,  studie;  aus  dem  russischen  von  Alexis  Markow. 

"Krieg  dem  krieg!"     Suttner 833  SgGk 

Krieg  und  frieden.    Tolstoi 833  TsSkr 

Kriiger,  Hermann  Anders.  833  K4a6 

Kaspar  Krumbholtz;  roman. 

Story  of  two  boys  in  a  Moravian  mission  school,  their  experiences  and  development 
in  things  spiritual.     There  is  much  discussion  of  the  old  and  new  theology. 

Landesmann,  Heinrich.    See  Lorm,  Hieronymus,  pseud. 

Der  landprediger  von  Wakefield.     Goldsmith 833  G588 

Landsturm.     Hoffmann 833  H681I 

Lange,  Philipp.    See  Galen,  Philipp,  pseud. 
Lanzenfeld,  Karl  Franz  Ferdinand,  baron  Torresani  von.    See 
Torresani  von  Lanzenfeld,  Karl  Franz  Ferdinand,  baron. 

Die  laterne.     Schaffner • 833  S296 

Laubgewind.     Heer 833  H412I 

Lauff,  Joseph.  833  L367 

Pittje  Pittjewitt;  ein  roman  vom  Niederrhein. 


i888  GERMAN  FICTION 

Leben  um  leben.     Theden 833  T34 

Leben  und  seltsame  iiberraschende  abenteuer  des  Robinson 

Crusoe.     Defoe 833  D37 

Leitgeb,  Otto  Georg  E.  ritter  von.  833  L56 

Sonnensplitter;  roman. 

Letzte  dorfgange.    Anzengruber 833  A63I 

Der  letzte  Mohikaner.     Cooper 833  CySle 

Lewes,  Mrs  Mary  Ann  (Evans).    See  Eliot,  George,  pseud. 

Liliencron,  Detlev,  freiherr  von.  833  L69 

Breide  Hummelsbiittel;  roman. 
Lindau,  Rudolph.  833  Lyiym 

Martha;  roman. 
Lorm,  Hieronymus,  (pseud,  of  Heinrich  Landesmann).  833  L88a 

Auf  dem  einsamen  schlosse.    (Kleine  romane,  v.2.) 
Die  Lossows.     Heinroth 833  H422 

Loti,  Pierre,  (pseud,  of  Julien  Viaud).  833  Lgi 

Islandfischer;  roman;  aus  dem  franzosischen  von  Fr.  Dobbert. 

Lotti,  die  uhrmacherin.     Ebner-Eschenbach 833  E22I 

Madame  Therese.    Erckmann  &  Chatrian 833  Eyim 

Malser,  Hans,  pseud.    See  Rosegger,  Petri  Kettenfeier. 

Maltitz,  Hermann  von,  pseud.    See  Klencke,  Philipp  Friedrich 

Hermann. 
Marchen  und  erzahlungen  fur  anfanger.     Guerber 833  G9S7 

Mareschal  de  Bievre,  Georges.  833  M37 

Xante  Baby;  roman;  autorisierte  uebersetzung  aus  dem  franzosischen 
von  Alwina  Vischer. 

Marryat,  Capt.  Frederick.  833  M4ipe 

Peter  Simpel;  aus  dem  englischen  iibertragen  von  Paul  Heichen. 
Martha.     Lindau 833   Lyiym 

Mazzetti,  Enrica,  freiherrin  von  Handel-.    See  Handel-Mazzetti, 
Enrica,  freiherrin  von. 

Ein  Mecklenburger.     Wilbrandt 833  WGgm 

Meding,  Johann  Ferdinand  Oskar,  (pseud.  Gregor  833  M56U 

Samarow). 

Unter  fremdem  willen;  roman.    3v. 
Meissner,  Alfred.  833  M57P 

Die  prinzessin  von  Portugal. 

Die  missionare.    Gerstacker 833  G32m 

Morgan,  Walter,  pseud.    See  Meding,  Johann  Ferdinand  Oskar. 

Moschko  von  Parma.     Franzos 833  F88m 

Muegge,  Theodor.    See  Miigge,  Theodor. 

Muehlbach,  Louise,  pseud.    See  Miihlbach,  Louise,  pseud. 


GERMAN  FICTION  1889 

Miigge,  Theodor.  833  M951 

Weihnachtsabend;  ein  roman.     (Romane,  v.21.) 
Miihlbach,  Louise,  {pseud,  of  Frau  Clara  (Muller)  Mundt).       833  Mgsaf 

Friedrich  der  Grosse  und  sein  hof.    3v.  in  i. 

Miihle  am  Floss.    Eliot,  George,  pseud 833  £47111 

Mundt,  Frau  Clara  (Muller).    See  Muhlbach,  Louise,  pseud. 

Musaus,  Johann  Karl  August.  qr833  M98 

Die  buecher  der  chronika  der  drei  schwestern;  illustrirt  von  H. 
Lefler  und  J.  Urban. 

Fairy  tale  illustrated  in  color.  " 

Nach  langen  jahren.    Graul r833  G81 

Nachbam.     Hesse 833  H489 

Nachtstiicke,     Hoffmann 833   H68 

The  same 833  H68s  v.1-3 

Der  narr  in  Christo,  Emanuel  Quint.     Hauptmann 833  H35n 

Nathusius,  Frau  Maria  Karoline  Elisabeth  Luise  833  N15 

(Scheele)  von. 
Tagenbuch  eines  armen  frauleins. 
Neues  marchenbuch.    Bechstein qj833  83611 

Nielsen,  Zacharias.  833  N33a 

Die  kohlenbrenner;  erzahlung;  autorisierte  iibersetzung  aus  dem 
danischen  von  Pauline  Klaiber. 

Nieritz,  Karl  Gustav.  833  N33J 

Der  junge  trommelschlager;  oder,  Der  gute  sohn;  eine  geschichte 
aus  der  letzten  kriegszeit.  Pittsburgh.  (Nieritz'  volks-  und  jugend- 
schriften.) 

Niese,  Charlotte.    See  Burger,  Lucian,  pseud. 

Nora.     Eckstein 833  Easn 

Nur  ein  geiger.    Andersen 833  A54 

O  mensch!     Bahr 833  B15 

Ohne  namen.     Collins 833  C71 

Oulot,  B.  pseud.    See  Suttner,  Bertha  (Kinsky),  baronin  von. 

Die  Pariser.    Bock 833  B578 

Parodie  auf  Fritz  Jacobis  "Woldemar."    Goethe r833  G55 

Peter  Moors  fahrt  nach  Siidwest.    Frenssen 833  F92P 

Peter  Simpel.    Marryat 833  M4ipe 

Petersen,  Marie.  833  P459 

Prinzessin  Use;  ein  marchen  aus  dem  Harzgebirge. 

Der  pfadfinder.     Cooper 833  C78P 

Der  pfarrer  von  Breitendorf.    Polenz 833  P75P 

Pittje  Pittjewitt.     Lauff 833  L367 


i890  GERMAN  FICTION 

Poe,  Edgar  Allan.  833  P74 

Ausgewahlte  novellen;  deutsch  von  J.  MoUenhoff.    v.  1-2,  in  i. 
Contents:     Biographic  des   dichters. — Froschhupfer. — Erzahlung   aus   den    Ragged- 
mountains. — Die  schwarze  katze. — Die  wassergrube  und  das  pendel. — Das  verratherische 
herz. — Die  maske  des  rothen  todes. — Der  untergang  des  hauses  Usher. — Der  maelstrom. 
— Die  mordthaten  in  der  Rue  Morgue. 

The  same.    3v.  in  i 833  P74a 

Contains  in  addition:  Der  entwendete  brief. — Eine  kurze  unterredung  mit  einer 
mumie. — Der  mann  der  menge. — Die  augenglaser;  oder,  liebe  auf  den  ersten  blick. — 
Die  erstaunlichen  wirkungen  des  mesmerismus  auf  einen  sterbenden. 

Polenz,  Wilhelm  von.  833  Pjsg 

Der  grabenhager. 
Polenz,  Wilhelm  von.  833  P75P 

Der  pfarrer  von  Breitendorf. 

Prinzessin  Use.     Petersen 833  P459 

Die  prinzessin  von  Portugal.    Meissner 833  M57P 

Eine  prinzessin  von  Thule.    Black 833  B51 

Prudence  Palfrey.     Aldrich 833  A365 

Quentin  Durward.     Scott 833  S43iq 

Quitt.     Fontane 833  F73q 

"Quo  vadis."     Sienkiewicz 833  S57 

Raabe,  Wilhelm,  (pseud.  Jakob  Corvinus).  833  Riiho 

Horacker, 
Raschid  Bey,  Frau  al.    See  Bohlau,  Helene. 
Reuter,  Frau  Gabriele.  833  R366am 

Der  Amerikaner;  roman. 

The  main  theme  of  the  story  is  the  conflict  between  modern  commercialism  and  in- 
dustrialism on  the  one  hand  and  the  narrow-minded  conservatism  of  the  landed  gentry 
on  the  other. 

Rittland,  Klaus,  pseud.    See  Heinroth,  Frau  Elisabeth. 

Robinson  Crusoe.     Defoe 833  D37 

Rohlfs,  Mrs  Charles.    See  Green,  Anna  Katharine. 

Romeo  und  Julia  auf  dem  dorfe.     Keller 833  Ki6r 

Die  Rose  vom  Haff.    Warburg 833  W21 

Rosegger,  Petri  Kettenfeier.  833  R73al 

Als  ich  jung  noch  war;  neue  geschichten  aus  der  waldheimat. 
Rosegger,  Petri  Kettenfeier.  833  R72e 

Das  ewig  weibliche;  Die  konigssucher. 
Rosegger,  Petri  Kettenfeier.  833  R7ahe 

Heidepeters  Gabriel;  eine  geschichte. 
Rosegger,  Petri  Kettenfeier.  833  R7a8 

Sonnenschein. 
Salome,  Lou.    See  Andreas-Salom6,  Frau  Lou. 
Samarow,  Gregor,  pseud.    See  Meding,  Johann  Ferdinand  Oskar. 
Sand,  George,  (pseud,  of  Mme  Dudevant).  833  Saik 

Die  kleine  Fadette  (die  grille). 


GERMAN  FICTION  1891 


Schaffner,  Jakob.  833  82966 

Die  Erlhoferin;  roman. 
Schaffner,  Jakob.  833  S296 

Die  laterne,  und  andere  novellen. 

Contents:  Grobschmiede. —  Die  begegnung. —  Agnes.  —  Der  kilometerstein.  —  Die 
schrift. — Die  eschersche. — Der  altgeselle. — Die   laterne. 

Das  schicksal  der  tanzerin  Ermina  Hautaine.     Seelhorst 833  S452 

Schiffbruch.     Stevenson  &  Osbourne 833  S848 

Schlemihl,  Peter,  pseud.    See  Thoma,  Ludwig. 

Schlumpf,  Frau  Marie.  833  S346 

Der  weibermann;  roman. 
Schmid,  Johann  Christoph  von.  833  S34h 

Hundert  kurze  erzahlungen. 
Schumacher,  Heinrich  Vollrat.  833  S392 

Berenice;  roman.    2v.  in  i. 
Schwab,  Gustav.  833  S3982 

Die  deutschen  volksbiicher  fur  jung  und  alt  wieder  erzahlt. 

Contents:  Der  gehornte  Siegfried. — Die  schone  Magelone. — Der  arme  Heinrich. — 
Hirlanda. — Genovesa. — Das  schloss  in  der  hohle  Xa  Xa. — Griseldis. — Robert  der  Teufel. 
— Die  Schildbiirger. — Die  vier  Heymonskinder. — Kaiser  Octavianus. — Die  schone  Mela- 
sina. — Herzog  Ernst. — Doctor  Faustus. — Fortunat  und  seine  sohne. 

Der  schweizerische  Robinson.    Wyss 833  W99 

The  same J833   W99 

Schwindrazheim,  Oskar.  833  S41 

Studien  aus  Deutschhausen;  ein  marchen  in  wort  und  bild.    v.i. 
Scott,  Sir  Walter.  833  S43iq 

Quentin   Durward;  historischer  roman;  neu  iibersetzt  von   Benno 
Tschischwitz. 
Seelhorst,  Maria.  833  S452 

Das  schicksal  der  tanzerin  Ermina  Hautaine;  roman. 

"Author  has  not  only  drawn  a  heroine  of  extraordinary  personality,  but  has  also 
succeeded  in  inventing  a  new  plot.  Ermina,  a  sculptor  and  dancer,  works  out  her  career 
as  her  salvation,  but  always  stops  short  of  the  final  triumph."     Nation,  1910. 

Sewastopol.     Tolstoi 833   T58S 

Sienkiewicz,  Henryk.  833  S57 

"Quo  vadis;"  historischer  roman  aus  der  zeit  des  Kaisers  Nero; 
autorisierte  uebersetzung  von  E.  und  R.  Ettlinger. 

Silas  Marner,  der  weber  von  Raveloe.    Eliot,  George,  pseud..  .833  E47S 
Sohnrey,  Heinrich.  833  S683 

Friedesinchens  lebenslauf.    (Die  leute  aus  der  Lindenhutte,  v.i.) 
Sohnrey,  Heinrich.  833  S683h 

Hiitte  und  schloss.     (Die  leute  aus  der  Lindenhutte,  v.2.) 

Sonnenschein.     Rosegger 833  R72S 

Sonnensplitter.     Leitgeb 833  L56 

Spyri,  Johanna.  833  S77 

Heidi  kann  brauchen,  was  es  gelernt  hat;  eine  geschichte  fiir  kinder 
und  auch  fiir  solche,  welche  die  kinder  lieb  haben. 


1892  GERMAN  FICTION 

Starkenberg.     Huldschiner 833  H91 

Der  stechlin.     Fontane 833  F73st 

Stevenson,  Robert  Louis,  &  Osboume,  Lloyd.  833  S848 

Schiffbruch;  roman;  autorisierte  bearbeitung  von  Berta  Katscher. 
Storm,  Theodor.  833  S88sa 

Sammtliche  werke.    8v.  in  4. 

V.I -2.  Immensee.  —  Spate  rosen.  —  Auf  dem  staatshof.  —  Ein  grunes  blatt.  —  Im 
schloss. — Unter  dem  tannenbaum. — Abseits. — Vom  jenseit  des  meeres. — Angelica. — Im 
sonnenschein. — In  St.  Jurgen. — Eine  malerarbeit. — Auf  der  universitat. — Posthuma. — 
Wenn  die  apfel  reif  sind. — Driiben  am  markt. — Der  kleine  Hawelmann. — Geschichten 
aus  der  tonne. — Im  saal. — Veronica. 

v.3-4.  Marthe  und  ihre  uhr. — Hinzelmeier. — Viola  tricolor. — Draussen  im  haide- 
dorf. — Zerstreute  capitel. — Aquis  submersus. — Beim  vetter  Christian. — Eine  halligfahrt. 
—  Pole  Poppenspaler. —  Waldwinkel. —  Ein  stiller  musikant. —  Psyche. —  Eckenhof. —  Im 
brauerhause. 

v.5-6.  Renate.  —  Carsten  curator.  —  Ein  doppelganger.  — "Es  waren  zwei  konigs- 
kinder." — Zur  "Wald-  und  wasserfreude." — Hans  und  Heinz  Kirch. — Zur  chronik  von 
Grieshuus. — Der  Herr  Etatsrath. — Ein  fest  auf  Haderslevhuus. 

v.7-8.  Botjer  Basch. — Schweigen. — Der  schimmelreiter. — Die  sohne  des  senators. — 
Im  nachbarhause  links. — John  Riew'. — Ein  bekenntniss. — Meine  erinnerungen  an  Edu- 
ard  Morike. — Gedichte. 

Studien  aus  Deutschhausen.     Schwindrazheim 833  S41 

Sudermann,  Hermann.  833  S94h 

Das  hohe  lied;  roman. 
Suttner,  Bertha  (Kinsky),  baronin  von.  833  SgCk 

"Krieg  dem  krieg!"  aus  dem  tagebuch  eines  idealisten,  mit  einem 
vorwort  von  Bertha  von  Suttner. 

Tag  und  nacht.     Hacklander 833  Hi2t 

The  same 833   Hi2t2 

Tagenbuch  eines  armen  frauleins.     Nathusius 833  N15 

Tante  Baby.    Mareschal  de  Bievre 833  M37 

TautphcEUS,  Jemima  Montgomery,  baronin  von.  833  T24a 

Die  anfangsbuchstaben;  aus  dem  englischen  von  C.  Buchele.  2v.  in  i. 
Thackeray,  William  Makepeace.  833  T33J 

Der  jahrmarkt  des  lebens,  ein  roman  ohne  helden;  dfeutsch  von  Fr. 
Dobbert.    2v. 
Theden,  Dietrich.  833  T34 

Leben  um  leben;  roman. 
Thoma,  Ludwig,  (pseud.  Peter  Schlemihl).  833  T37 

Andreas  Vost;  bauernroman. 

Story  of  Bavarian  peasant  life. 

Titmarsh,  Michael  Angelo,  pseud.    See  Thackeray,  William  Makepeace, 

Tolstox.  Lyof  Nikolaievitch,  count.  833  T58kr 

Krieg  und  frieden;  historischer  roman;  tibersetzt  aus  dem  russischen 

von  Hermann  Roskoschny.    5v.  in  i. 

Tolstoi,  Lyof  Nikolaievitch,  count.  833  T58« 

Sewastopol. 

Tom  Sawyers  abenteuer  und  streiche.    Twain,  Mark,  pseud..  .833  T89t 


GERMAN  FICTION  1893 

Torresani  von  Lanzenfeld,  Karl  Franz  Ferdinand,  baron.  833  T63 

Ibi  ubi;  ernste  und  ausgelassene  soldatengeschichten. 

Contents:     Hanka;  die  geschichte  einer  lunge,  einer  leber  und  cines  herzens. — Auf 
rauber-commando. — Hauptmann  Venus. — Der  historische  rausch  von  Bischof  &  Co. 

Tourgenief,  Ivan  Sergevitch.    See  Turgenief,  Ivan  Sergevitch. 

Tourmalins  zeit-checks.     Anstey,  F.  pseud 833  A62 

Die  tragodie  von  Stillwater.    Aldrich 833  A365t 

Turgenief,  Ivan  Sergevitch.  833T85g 

Gedichte  in  prosa. 
Twain,  Mark,  (pseud,  of  Samuel  Langhorne  Clemens).  833  TSgh 

Huckleberry  Finns   abenteuer  und  fahrten.     (Ausgewahlte  humo- 
ristische  schriften,  v.2.) 

Twain,  Mark,  (pseud,  of  Samuel  Langhorne  Clemens).  833  T89t 

Tom  Sawyers  abenteuer  und  streiche.     (Ausgewahlte  humoristische 
schriften,  v.i.) 

Ueber  alien  gipfeln.     Heyse 833  H5iue 

Unter  fremdem  willen.     Meding 833  M56U 

Untreu  aus  mitleid.     Grosse 833  Gg3U2 

Unvergessbare  worte.     Heyse 833  Hsiua 

Ursula.    Heimburg,  W.  pseud 833  H4ik2 

UxkuU,  Lucie,  grafin  von.  833  U33 

Ins  leben  zuruck;  novellen. 

Contents:    Euphorion. — Jenseits  der  mauern. — Der  weg  zum  frieden. 

Vater  Goriot.     Balzac 833  B21 

Der  verbotene  rausch.     Engel 833  E63 

Verlorene  illusionen.     Balzac 833  B21V 

Viaud,  Julien.    See  Loti,  Pierre,  pseud. 
Viebig,  Clara.    See  Cohn,  Frau  Clara  (Viebig). 

Die  volkerschlacht  bei  Leipzig.     Bleibtreu 833  B54 

Vom  sterbenden  Rokoko.     Bartsch 833  B28 

Von  anderer  gnaden.     Heinroth 833  H422V 

Wachtstubenabenteuer.     Hacklander 833  H i2w 

Waldfried.     Auerbach 833  Agiw 

Walfeld,  Kurt  von,  pseud.    See  Meding,  Johann  Ferdinand  Oskar. 
Warburg,  Emilie  Erhardine,  freiherrin  von,  (pseud.  833  W2ig 

Emile  Erhard). 

Grafin  Ruth;  roman. 
Warburg,  Emilie  Erhardine,  freiherrin  von,  (pseud.  833  Waii 

Emile  Erhard). 

Im  Spiegel;  roman. 
Warburg,  Emilie  Erhardine,  freiherrin  von,  (pseud.  833  Wai 

Emile  Erhard). 

Die  Rose  vom  Haff;  ein  hofroman. 


i894  SWEDISH  FICTION 

Warren,  Leo,  pseud.    See  Meding,  Johann  Ferdinand  Oskar. 

Waterloo.     Erckmann  &  Chatrian 833  E71W2 

Der  weg  ins  leben.    Ermatinger 833  E761 

Der  weibermann.     Schlumpf 833  S346 

Weihnachtsabend.     Miigge 833  M951 

Wenn  die  fackel  sich  senkt.    Heinroth 833  H422W 

Werner,  E.  (pseud,  of  Elisabeth  Biirstenbinder).  833  W53 

Adlerflug,  und  Ein  gottesurteil;  zwei  romane.     (Gesammelte  romane 
und  novellen,  v.6.) 

Werner,  E.  (pseud,  of  Elisabeth  Biirstenbinder).  833  W53b 

Die  blume  des  gliickes;  erzahlung, 
Werner,  E.  (pseud,  of  Elisabeth  Biirstenbinder).  833  W53fr 

Friihlingsboten. 
Wilbrandt,  Adolf.  833  WGgh 

Hildegard  Mahlmann;  roman. 
Wilbrandt,  Adolf.  833  Wegm 

Ein  Mecklenburger;  roman. 
Wildenbruch,  Ernst  von.  833  Wyie 

Das  edle  blut;  eine  erzahlung,  mit  zeichnungen  von  Carl  Rohling. 

Der  wildtoter.    Cooper 833  C78wi 

Der  wirt  von  Veladuz.     Hirschfeld 833  H61 

Wolzogen,  Ernst  Ludwig,  freiherr  von.  833  W85h 

Heiteres  und  weiteres;  kleine  geschichten. 

Contents:      Christel   und   Wigel. — Veit   Zisolins   galgenfrist. — 's    Meikatel   und    der 
Sexack. — Die  gloria-hose. — Werthers  leiden  in  sexta. — Ein  derwischlied. 

Wyss,  Johann  David.  833  W99 

Der  schweizerische  Robinson;  neu  bearbeitet  von  J.  Bonnet. 

The  same;  neu  durchgearbeitet  von  F.  Reuleaux.    2v J833  W99 

Zacharias  Hasenmeiers  abenteuer.     Gerstacker 833  G32h 

Zwolf  millionen.     Gaboriau 833  Giia 

839.73     Swedish  fiction 

Billing,  Hedvig.  839.73  B48 

Moder  Dorothea. 

Berattelse  for  "Hvar  8  dag.'' 

Bondeson,  August.  839.73  B62 

Historiegubbar  pa  dal  deras  sagor  och  sagner  m.  m. 

En  fifang  mans  hustru.    Schwartz 839.73  8390 

Forlorade  soner.     Janson 839.73  1^8 

Fribytaren  pa  ostersjon.    Rydberg 839.73  Rgef 

Historiegubbar  pa  dal  deras  sagor  och  sagner  m.  m.     Bonde- 
son  839-73  B62 


FRENCH  FICTION  1895 

Janson,  Gustaf.  839.73  J18 

Forlorade  soner;  roman. 

"Some  of  the  accessory  figures  are  excellently  drawn... and  we  get  an  interesting 
picture  of  the  life  among  the  honratiores  in  a  Swedish  country  village."     Nation,  igo8. 

Moder  Dorothea.     Billing 839.73  B48 

Rydberg,  Viktor.  839.73  Rgef 

Fribytaren  pa  ostersjon. 

Rydberg,  Viktor.  839.73  RgGa 

Den  siste  Athenaren.    2v. 
Story  of  Athens  in  the  fourth  century. 

Rydberg,  Viktor.  839.73  R96V 

De  vandrande  djaknarne;  bondhistoria,  af  "Agricola." 
Contains  also  Singoalla. 

Rydberg,  Viktor.  839.73  R96va 

Vapensmeden;  hagringar  fran  reformationstiden. 

Schwartz,  Marie  Sophie.  839.73  S39e 

En  fafang  mans  hustru. 

Schwartz,  Zofia  Marya.    See  Schwartz,  Marie  Sophie. 

Den  siste  Athenaren.     Rydberg 839.73  RgSa 

De  vandrande  djaknarne.    Rydberg 839.73  RgSv 

Vapensmeden.     Rydberg 839.73  RgSva 

839.83     Danish  and  Norwegian 
fiction 

Bjomson,  Bjornstjerne.  839.83  B51 

Mary;  fortaelling. 
"A  charming  and  intimate  picture  of  a  young  woman's  soul."     Nation,  igoy. 

Brillantsmykket.     Hallstrom 839.83  H56 

Hallstrom,  Per.  .  839.83  H56 

Brillantsmykket,  og  andre  fortsellinger;  autoriseret  oversaettelse  ved 
Jappe  Nilssen. 

Mary.     Bjomson 839.83   B51 

843     French  fiction 

Alanic,  Mathilde.  qr843  A31 

Bal  blanc;  nouvelle. 

Issued  as  a  supplement  to  "L'lllustration,"  Dec.  10-24,  1910. 

With  this  are  bound:  Au  pas  lent  des  caravanes,  par  Ferdinand  Duchene. — Pierre 
le  conquerant,  par  Claude  Lemaitre. — La  vie  passe,  par  Paul  Bourget. — La  lumiere  rouge, 
par  Gaston  Rageot. 

Au  coeur  de  la  vie.    Coulevain,  Pierre  de,  pseud 843  C83a 


1896  FRENCH  FICTION 


Audoux,  Marguerite.  843  A91 

Marie-Claire;  roman,  preface  d'Octave  Mirbeau. 

Written  by  a  Paris  seamstress,  hitherto  unknown.  Tells  the  story  of  the  author'* 
own  youth  spent  as  a  child  in  a  convent  orphanage,  later,  as  a  shepherdess  on  a  lonely 
farm  in  Sologne.  She  recounts  with  an  almost  classic  purity  and  simplicity  the  homely 
round  of  her  existence  which,  to  her  keenly  sensitive  perceptions,  is  fraught  with  charm 
and  significance. 

Bal  blanc.    Alanic V^AZ  A31 

Balzac,  Honore  de.  843  B2ice 

Cesar  Birotteau  [in  French];  ed.  by  W.  E.  Delp.  Clarendon  Press. 
(Oxford  modern  French  series.) 

Edited  for  students,  with  introduction  and  notes. 

Balzac,  Honore  de.  843  B2ima 

La  maison  Nucingen;  Les  secrets  de  la  princesse  de  Cadignan;  Les 
employes;  Sarrazine;  Facino  Cane. 

Balzac,  Honore  de.  843  B2ipet 

Petites  miseres  de  la  vie  conjugale. 
La  barriere.    Bazin 843  B33ba 

Bazin,  Rene.  843  B33ba 

La  barriere. 
Bazin,  Rene.  843  B33b 

Le  ble  qui  leve. 

"As  a  study  of  the  peasant  thoughts  and  social  conditions  of  modern  France  this 
book  is  of  deep  interest."     Contemporary  review,  1908. 

Bazin,  Rene.  843  B33C 

Contes  choisis;  selected  and  ed.  with  notes  and  vocabulary  by  V.  E. 
Francois.    Heath. 

Contents:  La  jument  bleue. — Le  moulin  qui  ne  tourne  plus. — La  boite  aux  lettres. 
— Quinze  billets  bleus. — Le  chapeau  de  soie. — Histoires  de  dindons. — La  veuve  du  loup. 
— Le  grenadier  de  la  belle  neuvieme. 

Bazin,  Rene.  843  B33de 

De  toute  son  ame. 
Bazin,  Rene.  843  B33i 

L'isolee. 
Bazin,  Rene.  843  B33mr 

Le  mariage  de  Mademoiselle  Gimel,  dactylographe  [and  other 
stories]. 

Other  stories:  Le  petit  cinq. — Le  testament  du  vieux  Chogne. — Aux  Petites  Soeurs. 
— Le  Raphael  de  M.  Prunelier. 

Le  beau  couchant.    Delaquys qr843  D38 

Les  beaux  messieurs  de  Bois-Dore.    Sand,  George,  pseud 843  Saib 

Bentzon,  Th.,  pseud.    See  Blanc,  Mme  Therese  (de  Solms). 
Bemardin  de  Saint  Pierre,  Jacques  Henri.    See  Saint  Pierre, 

Jacques  Henri  Bemardin  de. 
Blanc,  Mme  Therese  (de  Solms),  (pseud.  Th.  Bentzon),  c<wt/i.       843  B53re 

Recits  de  tous  les  pays.    2v. 

v. I.  Le  jugc  de  Biala,  par  K.  E.  Franzos. — Le  drapeau  des  sept,  par  Gottfrid  Kel- 
ler. —  Baschinka,   par  L.   Herzberg-Frankel.  —  La  commission   de  pudeur,   par   Sacher 


FRENCH  FICTION  1897 


Blanc,  Mme  The  res  e  (de  Solms),  comp. — continued.  843  Bsare 

Masoch.  —  Le  plat  de  nocer,  par  Ouida.  —  La  renommee,  par  Ouida.  —  L'histoire  d'une 
mine,  par  Bret  Harte. 

V.2.  Le  tricorne,  par  Pedro  de  Alarcon. — Ma  cousine  Jane,  par  Julia  Kavanagh. 
— Le  sauveteur,  par  A.  Wilbrandt. — L'hotesse  du  Corbeau,  par  F.  E.  Trollope. — Reb 
Hershel,  par  Herzberg-Frankel.  —  Un  queteur,  par  Herzberg-Frankel.  —  Les  aventures 
d'un  pionnier  (Gabriel  Conroy),  par  Bret  Harte. 

Le  ble  qui  leve.    Bazin 843  B33b 

Bordeaux,  Henry.  843  B63C 

La  croisee  des  chemins. 
Borgia.     RivoUet qr843  R52 

Boulenger,  Marcel.  _  843  B655 

Les  doigts  de  fee. 
Capus,  Alfred.  qr843  C18 

Robinson  [in  French]. 

Issued  as  a  supplement  to  "L'lllustration,"  April  30-July  30,  1910. 

Cesar  Birotteau.    Balzac 843  B2ice 

Chantepleure,  Guy.  843  C36m 

Ma  conscience  en  robe  rose  [and  other  stories].     . 

Other  stories:     Mariage  de  raison. — Une  page  de  doulcur. — Reliques  d'antan. 
Cherbonnel,  Mile  A.    See  La  Brete,  Jean  de,  pseud. 

Coeurs  en  deuil.     Ohnet 843  Oi8c 

Constance  Verrier.    Sand,  George,  pseud 843  Szicon 

Coppee,  Franqois.  843  Cygvr 

Les  vrais  riches. 

Contents:     On  rend  I'argent. — La  cure  de  misere. 

Coulevain,  Pierre  de,  pseud.  843  C83a 

Au  coeur  de  la  vie. 
Coulevain,  Pierre  de,  pseud.  843  C83i 

L'ile  inconnue. 

Story  of  English  life  and  manners. 

Coulevain,  Pierre  de,  pseud.  843  C83S 

Sur  la  branche. 

Wholesome  novel  of  domestic  life.  It  is  the  story  of  a  woman's  life  as  told  by  her- 
self. Her  husband  dead,  she  straightway  learns  of  his  infidelity  and  takes  to  travel — 
flitting  from  place  to  place  to  cure  her  wounded  self-respect.  Eventually,  she  is  not 
only  able  to  forgive  her  injuries,  but  becomes  an  optimist  of  the  most  cheerful  type. 
Condensed  from  Contemporary  review,  1905. 

Couvreur,  Andre.  <ir843  C84 

Une  invasion  de  macrobes. 

Issued  as  a  supplement  to  "L'lllustration,"  Nov.  6-27,  1909. 

La  croisee  des  chemins.     Bordeaux 843  B63C 

Daudet,  Alphonse.  843  D28i 

L'immortel;  moeurs  parisiennes. 
Daudet,  Alphonse.  843  DaSr 

Rose  et  Ninette;  moeurs  du  jour. 
Daudet,  Leon.  843  D284 

La  lutte;  roman  d'une  guerison. 

Novel  describing  with  extraordinary  power  the  ravages  of  morphine. 


1898  FRENCH  FICTION 


David,  Jules.  843  D296 

Le  serment;  ed.  by  Cecile  Hugon.    (Oxford  modern  French  series.) 

De  toute  son  ame.    Bazin 843  B33de 

Delaquys,  Georges.  qr843  D38 

Le  beau  couchant;  nouvelle. 

Issued  as  a  supplement  to  "L'lllustration,"  April  lo-May  8,   1909. 

Delarue-Mardrus,  Mme  Lucie.  843  D39 

Le  roman  de  six  petites  filles. 

Story  of  child  life,  bringing  out  the  relations  of  the  children  with  their  parents,  their 
governess  and  their  pets. 

Delzons,  Louis.  843  D41 

Les  Mascran. 

"Story  Of  an  old  provincial  family  of  notaries  whose  desire  to  'appear'  in  the  world 
of  which  society  papers  talk  leads  them  step  by  step  from  chateaux  and  officers'  clubs 
and  haunts  of  more  newly  rich,  through  love,  covetousness,  politics,  to  the  loss  of 
honor,  and  even  of  its  notion."     Nation,  igog. 

Les  doigts  de  fee.     Boulenger ' 843  B655 

Dombre,  Georges.  <ir843  D71 

L'enigme  de  la  rue  Cassini. 

Issued  as  a  supplement  to  "L'lllustration,"  Aug.  20-Oct.  15,  1910. 
Dudevant,  Mme  Amantine  Lucile  Aurore  (Dupin).    See  Sand, 

George,  pseud. 
Dumas,  Alexandre,  the  elder.  843  D89tro 

Episodes  from  Alexandre  Dumas'  "Les  trois  mousquetaires;"  ed. 
with   introduction,   notes  and  vocabulary,   by   L  H.  R.  Spiers.     Heath. 

L'enigme  de  la  rue  Cassini.    Dombre qr843  D71 

Esparbes,  Georges  d'.  843  E83 

La  legende  de  I'aigle;  poeme  epique  en  vingt  contes. 

Short  stories,  dealing  with  the  life  of  the  French  soldier  in  the  Napoleonic  wars. 

Estang,  Louis,  pseud.    See  Delzons,  Louis. 

Favre  de  Coulevain,  Mile.    See  Coulevain,  Pierre  de,  pseud. 

La  fee  printemps.     Mary 843  M43 

Les  fiangailles  d'Yvonne.     Rosny 843  R73 

La  flambee.    Regnier qr843  R29 

La  flamme.     Margueritte qr843  M38f 

France,  Anatole,  {pseud,  of  Jacques  Anatole  Thibault).  843  F86i 

L'ile  des  pingouins. 
France,  Anatole,  (pseud,  of  Jacques  Anatole  Thibault).  843  F861y 

Le  lys  rouge. 
France,  Anatole,  (pseud,  of  Jacques  Anatole  Thibault).  843  F86ma 

Le  mannequin  d'osier.     (Histoire  contemporaine.) 
France,  Anatole,  (pseud,  of  Jacques  Anatole  Thibault).  843  F86t 

Thais  [in  French]. 

Story  of  the  conversion  of  an  Alexandrine  beauty  and  favorite  of  the  4th  century. 

Le  gardien  du  feu.    Le  Braz 843  L47 

La  gardienne  de  I'idole  noire.     Maindron q'"843  M26 


FRENCH  FICTION  1899 


Le  genie  de  I'Aidour.     Sarrauton qr843  S24 

Le  glaive  et  le  bandeau.     Rod qr843  R58 

Une  haine  a  bord.    La  Landelle 843  L169 

Helle.     Tinayre 843  T481 

Un  heritage.     Sandeau 843  S2i4h 

Histoire  de  la  dame  potelee.     Prevost qr843  P93 

L'ile  des  pingouins.     France,  Anatole,  pseud 843  F86i 

L'ile  inconnue.     Coulevain,  Pierre  de,  pseud 843  C83i 

Illusion  masculine.     La  Brete,  Jean  de,  pseud 843  Liii 

L'immortel.     Daudet 843  D28i 

Une  invasion  de  macrobes.     Couvreur qr843  C84 

L'isolee.     Bazin 843  6331 

Jeanne.     Sand,  George,  pseud 843   S21  j 

La  jeune  Siberienne.     Maistre 843  M26J 

The  same 843  M260 

The  same 843  M26 

The  same 843  M26J2 

Jeunes  filles.     Margueritte qr843  M383 

La  Brete,  Jean  de,  (pseud,  of  Mile  A.  Cherbonnel).  843  Liii 

Illusion  masculine. 
La  Brete,  Jean  de,  (pseud,  of  Mile  A.  Cherbonnel).  843  Liir 

Le  roman  d'une  croyante. 
La  Landelle,  Guillaume  Joseph  Gabriel  de.  843  L169 

Une  haine  a  bord;  ed.  by  R.  E.  A.  Chessex.     (Oxford  modern  French 
series.) 

Lapauze,  Mme  Jeanne  (Loiseau).    See  Lesueur,  Daniel,  pseud. 
Le  Braz,  Anatole.  843  L47 

Le  gardien  du  feu. 
Le  Braz,  Anatole.  843  L478 

Le  sang  de  la  sirene  [and  other  stories]. 

Other  stories:     Fille  de  fraudeurs. — Les  noces  noires  de  Guernaham. 

La  legende  de  I'aigle.     Esparbes 843  E83 

Le  lepreux  de  la  cite  d'Aoste.    Maistre 843  M26J 

Leroux,  Gaston.  qr843  L63 

Le  parfum  de  la  dame  en  noir. 

Issued  as  a  supplement  to  "L'lllustration,"  Sept.  26,  1908-Jan.  2,  1909. 

Lesueur,  Daniel,  (pseud,  of  Jeanne  Loiseau).  q'"843  L65 

Nietzscheenne;  roman. 
Issued  as  a  supplement  to  "L'lllustration,"  Feb.  8-April  25,  1908. 

Loiseau,  Jeanne.    See  Lesueur,  Daniel,  pseud.  • 

La  lutte.     Daudet 843  D284 

Le  lys  rouge.     France,  Anatole,  pseud 843  F861y 

Ma  conscience  en  robe  rose.     Chantepleure 843  C36m 


I900  FRENCH  FICTION 

Maindron,  Maurice  Georges  Rene.  qr843  M26 

La  gardienne  de  I'idole  noire. 
Issued  as  a  supplement  to  "L'lllustration,"  March  a6-April  9,  1910. 

La  maison  de  la  peur.     Mason V^A3  M44 

La  maison  Nucingen.    Balzac 843  B2ima 

Maistre,  Xavier,  comte  de.  843  M26J 

La  jeune  Siberienne,  et  Le  lepreux  de  la  cite  d'Aoste. 

The  same.    (In  his  CEuvres  choisies.) 843  M260 

The  same.     (In  his  CEuvres  completes.) 843  M26 

The  same;  histoire  russe 843  M26J2 

Le  mannequin  d'osier.     France,  Anatole,  pseud 843  F86ma 

Mardrus,  Mme  Lucie  Delarue-.    See  Delarue-Mardrus,  Mme  Lucie. 

Margueritte,  Paul.  qr843  M38f 

La  flamme;  roman. 

Issued  as  a  supplement  to  "L'lllustration,"  Jan.  9-April  3,  1909. 

Margueritte,  Victor.  qr843  M383 

Jeunes  filles;  roman. 
Issued  as  a  supplement  to  "L'lllustration,"  May  2-Juljr  4,  1908. 

Mariage  americain.    Ohnet 843  Oi8ma 

Le  mariage  de  Mademoiselle  Gimel.     Bazin 843  B33mr 

Marie-Claire.     Audoux 843  A91 

Le  marquis  de  Villemer.    Sand,  George,  pseud 843  S2imar 

Mary,  Jules.  843  M43 

La  fee  printemps. 

Les  Mascrem.     Delzons 843  D41 

Mason,  Alfred  Edward  Woodley.  qr843  M44 

La  maison  de  la  peur;  nouvelle  traduite  de  I'anglais  par  Louis  Labat. 

Issued  as  a  supplement  to  "L'lllustration,"  April  16-23,  1910. 

La  mere  patrie.     Montegut qr843  M85m 

Merejkowski,  Dmitri.  843  M635 

Morts   des  dieux;  le   roman   de  Julien  I'apostat;   tr.   du   russe   par 
Jacques  Sorreze. 
Merejkowski,  Dmitri.  843  M635P 

Pierre  et  Alexis;  tr.  du  russe.    2V. 

V.I.     L'antechrist. 

V.2.     Pierre  le  grand. 

Merejkowski,  Dmitri.  843  M635r 

Le  roman  de  Leonard  de  Vinci;  la  resurrection  des  dieux;  tr.  du 
russe  par  Jacques  Sorreze. 
Montegut,  Maurice.  qr843  M85m 

La  mere  patrie;  roman. 

Issued  as  a  supplement  to  "L'lllustration,"  Aug.  14-Nov.  6,  1909- 
Montegut,  Maurice.  843  M85 

Le  roi  sans  trone.    (Les  lys  et  les  aigles.) 
Morts  des  dieux.     Merejkowski 843  M635 


FRENCH  FICTION  1901 

Nietzscheenne.     Lesueur,  Daniel,  pseud 41*843  L65 

Nos  f reres  f arouches.     Renard 843  R33 

Ohnet,  Georges.  843  Oi8c 

Coeurs  en  deuil. 

Contents:    La  bete  a  chagrin. — Au  bord  d'une  riviere. 

Two  short  stories. 

"He  writes  for  a  French  public  not  unlike  that  aimed  at  by  the  American  best- 
sellers..  .This  does  not  prevent  his  books  being  entertaining  reading."    Nation,  1907. 

Ohnet,  Georges.  843  Oi8ma 

Mariage  americain. 
With  this  is  bound  his  "Le  beau  Roland." 

Ohnet,  Georges.  843  Oi8r 

La  route  rouge.    (Les  batailles  de  la  vie.) 

L'oiseau  d'orage.     Tinayre 843  T4810 

L'ombre  s'etend  sur  la  montagne.    Rod 843  R580 

Le  parfum  de  la  dame  en  noir.    Leroux <ir843  L63 

Paul  et  Virginie.    Saint  Pierre 843  Si4p 

Perrault,  Charles.  J843  P43f 

Fairy  tales;  ed.  with  notes  and  vocabulary  by  Walter  Rippmann. 
Contents:    La  belle  au  bois  dormant. — Le  petit  chaperon  rouge. — La  barbe  bleue. — 

Le  chat  botte. — Les  fees. — Cendrillon. — Riquet  a  la  Houppe. — Le  petit  poucet. 

Petites  miseres  de  la  vie  conjugale.    Balzac 843  B2ipet 

Pierre  et  Alexis.     Merejkowski 843  M635P 

Prevost,  Marcel.  4^843  P93 

Histoire  de  la  dame  potelee  (trois  lettres  a  Fran^oise). 

Issued  as  a  supplement  to  "L'lllustration,"  Jan.  18,  1908. 

With  this  are  bound:  Poupette;  nouvelle,  par  Marcel  Prevost. — Une  aventure  de 
Frederick  Lemaitre  (1854),  par  Serge  Basset. — Le  cockatoo;  recit  australien,  par  Paul 
Warrego. — Un  grand  homme;  roman,  par  Gaston  Rageot. — La  descente  de  Marbode  aux 
enfers,  par  Anatole  France. 

Quentin  Durward.     Scott 4843  S43 

La  rebelle.     Tinayre 843  T48ir 

Recits  de  tous  les  pays.    Blanc 843  B53re 

Regnier,  Henri  de.  4^843  R29 

La  flambee;  roman. 
Issued  as  a  supplement  to  "L'lllustration,"  May  is-Aug.  7,  1909. 

Renard,  Jules.  843  R33 

Nos  freres  farouches. 

Contents:     Ragotte. — Histoires  naturelles. 

RivoUet,  Georges.  qr843  R52 

Borgia;  nouvelle. 

Issued  as  a  supplement  to  "L'lllustration,"  Dec.  11,  1909. 

Robinson.     Capus qr843   C18 

Rod,  fidouard.  qr843  R58 

Le  glaive  et  le  bandeau. 

Issued  as  supplement  to  "L'lllustration,"  Dec.  18,  1909-March  19,   1910. 


1902  FRENCH  FICTION 

Rod,  fidouard.  843  R580 

L'ombre  s'etend  sur  la  montagne. 

"Pensive  and  refined  like  all  his  works,  but,  like  them,  chilled  with  the  dry  cold 
of  Calvinism;  still  this  Swiss  Parisian  has  undoubtedly  reached  all  but  the  very  first 
rank  of  French  novelists."    Nation,  /po/. 

Le  roi  sans  trone.     Monteg^ut 843  M8s 

Le  roman  de  Leonard  de  Vinci.    Merejkowski 843  M635r 

Le  roman  de  six  petites  filles.    Delarue-Mardrus 843  D39 

Le  roman  d'une  croyante.    La  Brete,  Jean  de,  pseud 843  Liir 

Rose  et  Ninette.     Daudet 843  D28r 

Rosny,  J.  Hector  de.  843  R73 

Les  fian^ailles  d'Yvonne. 

La  route  rouge.     Ohnet 843  Oi8r 

Saint  Pierre,  Jacques  Henri  Bernardin  de.  843  S14P 

Paul  et  Virginie;  precede  d'un  essai  sur  Paul  et  Virginie  par  Prevost- 
Paradol. 

Sand,  George,  (pseud,  of  Mme  Dudevant).  843  S2ib 

Les  beaux  messieurs  de  Bois-Dore.    2v.  in  i. 
Sand,  George,  (pseud,  of  Mme  Dudevant).  843  S2icon 

Constance  Verrier  [in  French]. 
Sand,  George,  (pseud,  of  Mme  Dudevant).  843  S21J 

Jeanne  [in  French] ;  ed.  by  Cecile  Hugon.     (Oxford  higher  French 
series.) 
Sand,  George,  (pseud,  of  Mme  Dudevant).  843  Saimar 

Le  marquis  de  Villemer. 

Story  of  French  society  life. 

"She  realized  more  than  any  of  the  contemporary  novelists  what  had  been  the  true 
life  of  the  ancien  regime,  as  she  showed,  for  instance,  in  'Le  Marquis  de  Villemer.'  " 
Wells's  Modern  French  literature. 

Sandeau,  Leonard  Sylvain  Jules.  843  S2i4h 

Un  heritage;  ed.  by  P.  K.  Leveson.    (Oxford  modern  French  series.) 

Le  sang  de  la  sirene.     Le  Braz 843  L47S 

Sarrauton,  Henri  de.  qr843  S24 

Le  genie  de  I'Aidour  (conte  arabe  trouve  a  Tlemcen). 

Issued  as  a  supplement  to  "L'lllustration,"  Aug.  6-13,   1910. 

Scott,  Sir  Walter.  q843  S43 

Quentin  Durward;  traduction  de  Louis  Vivien. 

Le  serment.    David 843  D296 

Sur  la  branche.    Coulevain,  Pierre  de,  pseud 843  C83S 

Thais.    France,  Anatole,  pseud 843  F86t 

Thibault,  Jacques  Anatole.    See  France,  Anatole,  pseud. 

Tinayre,  Marcelle.  843  T481 

Helle  [in  French]. 

Story  takes  its  title  from  the  name  of  the  heroine. 

"Helli  expressed  Mme.  Tinayre's  first  feeling  of  reaction  against  that  class  of 
uovels  which  we  generically  call  French.  It  sounded  a  challenge  and  put  forward,  under 
the  form  of  our  own  love  stories,  Mme.  Tinayre's  theory  of  a  successful  solution  of  the 


ITALIAN  FICTION  1903 

Tinayre,  Marcelle — continued.  843  T481 

great  problem... It  displayed  a  boldness,  a  directness,  a  freshness  of  personal  utterance, 
rare  in  the  present  homogeneous  flow  of  French  novels."  H.  D.  Sedgwick,  in  Atlantic 
monthly,  igo6. 

Tinayre,  Marcelle.  843  T4810 

L'oiseau  d'orage. 
With 'this  is  bound  his  "Une  amiti6." 
Stories  of  modern  French  life. 

Tinayre,  Marcelle.  843  T48ir 

La  rebelle. 

The  background,  as  in  Mme  Tinayre's  former  stories,  is  modern  France. 

"La  Rebelle. .  .displays  enlarged  experience  of  life,  close  study  of  that  experience, 
strength  and  ease  in  making  use  of  it,  and  an  unshaken,  unshakable  optimism."  H.  D. 
Sedgwick,  in  Atlantic  monthly,  igo6. 

Les  trois  mousquetaires.     Dumas 843  DSgtro 

Les  vrais  riches.     Coppee 843  C79vr 


853     Italian  fiction 

A  raccolta.     Giacomelli 853  G354r 

Addio!     Neera,  pseud 853  Niga 

Addio,  mia  bella,  addio!     Gramegna 853  G77 

Al  di  la  deir  oceano.     Werner,  E.  pseud 853  W53d 

Albini,  Sofia  Bisi-.    See  Bisi-Albini,  Sofia. 

Alfani,  Augusto.  853  A38 

Evelina;  racconto.     (Biblioteca  delle  giovanette.) 
Air  aria  aperta.     Fucini 853  F97 

Altobelli,  Abdon.  853  A46 

Gara  di  cuori;  racconti  per  la  gioventu. 

Le  amanti.     Serao , 853  S48am 

Americana.     Landa 853  L21 

Amore  ha  cent'  occhi.     Farina 853  F23amo 

Amori  antichi.     Barrili 853  B26a 

L'anello.     Fleres 853  F63 

Gli  angeli  del  perdono.     Caprile 853  C1862 

Angiola  Maria.    Carcano 853  C189 

Anime  oneste.     Deledda 853  Dsga 

Anna  Karenine.     Tolstoi 853  Ts8an 

Annunzio,  Gabriele  d',  (^pseud.  of  Gaetano  Rapagnetta).  853  A6in 

Le  novelle  della  Pescara. 

Contents:  La  vergine  Orsola. — T^  vergine  Anna. — GH  idolatri. — L'eroe. — La  veglia 
funebre. —  La  contessa  d'Amalfi. —  La  morte  del  duca  d'Ofena. —  II  traghettatore. — 
L'agonia. —  La  fine  di  Candia. —  La  fattura. —  I  marenghi. —  La  madia. —  Mungia. —  La 
guerra  del  ponte. — Turlendana  ritorna. — Turlendana  ebro. — II  cerusico  di  mare. 


1904  ITALIAN  FICTION 

Annunzio,  Gabriele  d',  (pseud,  of  Gaetano  Rapagnetta),  853  A6ipr 

Prose  scelte. 

Contents:  Orazioni,  elogi  e  comenti. — Le  novelle  della  Pescara. — II  piacere. — L'in- 
nocente. — Trionfo  della  morte. — Le  vergini  delle  rocce. — II  fuoco. — Insegnamento  dei 
sepolcri. 

Antelling,  Mara,  &  Vertua  Gentile,  Anna.  853  A62 

Le  due  felicita;  romanzo.  • 

Apparenze.     Piccini 853  P53 

Arabella.    Marchi 853  M373a 

Aristocrazia.     Bersezio 853   B46a 

Avetta,  Teresa  Corrado-.    See  Corrado-Avetta,  Teresa. 

Baby.     Rovetta 853  R78b 

Baccini,  Ida.  853  B12 

II  romanzo  d'una  maestra;  racconto. 
Barboni,  Leopoldo.  853  B23 

"Patria;"  viaggio  in  automobile  traverse  I'ltalia.  (Biblioteca  az- 
zurra.) 

Barrili,  Anton  Giulio.  853  B26a 

Amori  antichi. 
Barrili,  Anton  Giulio.  853  B26ca 

Capitan  Dodero;  Santa  Cecilia;  II  libro  nero. 
Barrili,  Anton  Giulio.  853  B26fi 

Fior  d'oro;  romanzo  colombiano. 
Barrili,  Anton  Giulio.  853  B26I 

II  lettore  della  principessa;  romanzo. 
Barrili,  Anton  Giulio.  qj853  B26 

II  merlo  bianco;  avventure  di  terra  e  di  mare  narrate  da  Capitan 
Dodero. 

Barrili,  Anton  Giulio.  853  B26m 

La  montanara;  racconto.    2v. 
Barrili,  Anton  Giulio.  853  B260 

L'olmo  e  I'edera. 
Barrili,  Anton  Giulio.  853  B26ro 

I  rossi  e  i  neri;  romanzo.    2v. 
Barrili,  Anton  Giulio.  853  B26S 

La  spada  di  fuoco;  racconto. 
Barrili,  Anton  Giulio.  853  B26te 

Terra  vergine;  romanzo. 
Barucchi,  Lina.  853  B28 

Per  la  felicita;  romanzo.     Paravia. 
Bersezio,  Vittorio.  853  B46a 

Aristocrazia;  romanzo.    2v. 
Bisi-Albini,  Sofia.  853  649 

Soggezione;  novella. 


ITALIAN  FICTION  1905 


Bidwer-Lytton,  Edward  George  Earle  Lytton,  baron.    See  Lytton, 

Edward  George  Earle  Lytton  Bulwer-,  baron. 
Biirstenbinder,  Elisabeth.    See  Werner,  E.  pseud. 
Camozzi,  Maria  Lisa  Danieli-.    See  Danieli-Camozzi,  Maria  Lisa. 

Cantu,  Cesare.  853  Ciyn 

Novelle  lombarde. 

Contents:  La  Madonna  d'Imbevera. — I  morti  di  Torno. — Isotta. — II  castello  di 
Brivio. — Alia  melanconia. — La  battaglia  di  Verderioi. — Nota;  La  liberazione. — Povera 
Menica! — La  setajuola. — La  festa  dei  canestri. — Di  varie  feste. — Agnese;  o,  La  veglia 
di   stalla. — Gioconda. — II   ritorno. — Due   fratelli. 

Cantu,  Ignazio.  853  C176 

II  trionfo  del  lavoro;  o,  L'operajo  di  Val  Monterone;  racconto  pel 
popolo  e  per  le  scuole. 

Capelli  biondi.     Farina 853   F23ca 

Capitan  Dodero.     Barrili 853  B26ca 

II  cappello  del  prete.     Marchi 853  M373C 

Capranica,  Luigi.  853  Ci86c 

La  contessa  di  Melzo;  storia  del  secolo  15.    2v.  in  i. 

The  same.    2v 853  Ci86c2 

Capranica,  Luigi.  853  Ci86d 

Le  donne  di  Nerone;  romanzo. 
Capranica,  Luigi.  853  Ci86f 

Fra  Paolo  Sarpi;  romanzo  storico.    2v.  in  i. 
Capranica,  Luigi.  853  C186 

Papa  Sisto;  storia  del  secolo  16.    4v.  in  i. 

The  same.    4v.  in  2 853  Ci86a 

Capranica,  Luigi.  853  Ci86r 

Re  Manfredi;  romanzo  storico.    3v.  in  i. 
Caprile,  Domenico.  853  C1862 

Gli  angeli  del  perdono;  racconto. 
Capuana,  Luigi.  853  Ci8c 

Cera  una  volta;  fiabe. 

Fairy  tales. 

Capuana,  Luigi.  853  Ci8d 

II  drago,  e  altre  novelle  per  fanciulli. 

Other  stories:  La  prima  sigaretta. — I  padroncini. — La  commissione. — Aria,  moto. — 
Paura. — Pupattolina. 

Capuana,  Luigi.  .  853  Ci8g 

Giacinta. 
Capuana,  Luigi.  853  Ci8pa 

Le  paesane. 
Capuana,  Luigi.  853  Ci8p 

Profumo;  romanzo. 
Capuana,  Luigi.  *  853  Ci8r 

II  raccontafiabe;  seguito  al  "Cera  una  volta." 


I906  ITALIAN  FICTION 


Capuana,  Luigi.  853  CiSs 

Schiaccianoci;  novelle  e  novelline  per  fanciulli. 

Other  stories:  Una  bugia. — II  passerotto. — Rospo. — La  nonna. — Lo  spauracchio. — 
Suonatori  ambulanti. — L'ultimo  gastigo. — L'istitutrice. — Cattina  e  canino. — I  sonetti  di 
Elettra. — Cioccolatini  e  sogni  brutti. — La  pensata  di  Lello. — Le  cicale. — Le  confidenze 
di  Nannina. — Guglielmino. — La  zia  Marta. — Caratello. — Povero  nonno. 

Capuana,  Luigi.  853  CiSst 

Storia  fosca  [and  other  stories]. 

Other  stories:  Un  bacio. — Contrasto. — L'ideale  di  Piula. — Un  caso  di  sonnatn- 
bulismo. — II  dottor  Cymbalus. — Convalescenza. 

Carcano,  Giulio.  853  C189 

Angiola  Maria;  storia  domestica. 
Carcano,  Giulio.  853  CiSgn 

Novelle  campagnuole. 

Contents:  Delia  letteratura  rusticale. — La  vecchia  della  Mezzegra. — Rachele. — La 
Nunziata. — L'Ameda. — Selmo  e  Fiorenza. 

II  caso?     Morandi 853  M88 

Castelnuovo,  Enrico.  853  C26C 

I  coniugi  Varedo;  romanzo. 

Castelnuovo,  Enrico.  853  C26f 

Figurine  veneziane. 
Castelnuovo,  Enrico.  853  C26i 

In  balia  del  vento;  due  racconti. 

Contents:     Un  disgraziato. — II  signor  Libero. 

Castelnuovo,  Enrico.  853  C26I 

Lauretta;  romanzo. 
Castelnuovo,  Enrico.  853  C26na 

Natalia,  ed  altri  racconti. 

Other  stories:  Due  funerali. — Alia  "Traviata." — II  signor  Antenore. — I  cavalieri 
deirimmacolata. —  II  dottore  "Dreams." —  Assolto. —  Alio  stabilimento  idroterapico. — 
Nella  nebbia.  —  La  lettera.  —  Le  confidenze  del  direttore.  —  Coscienze  agitate.  —  Nelle 
vacanze  di  Sua  Eccellenza. — Jolie. — L'Isola  fortunata;    (fantasia). — Epilogo. 

Castelnuovo,  Enrico.  853  C26n 

Nell'  andare  al  ballo,  ed  altri  racconti. 

Other  stories:     II  salottino  giapponese. — La  bambina. — La  nipote  del  colonnello. 

Castelnuovo,  Enrico.  q853  C26nel 

Nella  lotta;  romanzo. 
Castelnuovo,  Enrico.  853  C26no 

Nozze  d'oro;  romanzo. 
Castelnuovo,  Enrico.  853  C26nu 

Nuovi  racconti. 

Contents:  Dopo  Venticinque  anni. — Lo  specchio  rotto. — II  parassita  indipendente. — 
II  maestro  di  calligrafia. — L'orologio  fermo. — La  lettera  di  Margherita. 

Castelnuovo,  Enrico.  853  C26p 

Prima  di  partire;  nuovi  racconti. 

Other  stories:  Fuori  di  tempo  e  fuori  di  posto.  —  II  salottino  giapponese. — 
Nell'andare  al  ballo. — L'erediti  di  Giuseppina. — II  natale  di  Ninctta. — La  nipote  del 
colonnello. — La  zia  Teresa. — La  bambina. 

Castelnuovo,  Enrico.  853  C26pr 

II  professore  Romualdo;  romanzo. 


ITALIAN  FICTION  1907 


Castelnuovo,  Enrico.  853  C26ra 

Racconti  e  bozzetti. 

Contents:  Un  signore  possibile. — Abnegazione. — Rimembranze  del  Cadore. — II 
racconto  della  signora  Adelaide. — Un  raggio  di  sole. — II  colpo  di  stato  di  Clarina. — II 
cognato  della  cognata. 

Castelnuovo,  Enrico.  853  C26t 

Troppo  amata;  romanzo. 
Cattermole,  Evelina,  (pseud.  Contessa  Lara).  853  C28 

Una  famiglia  di  topi;  romanzo  per  i  fanciulli. 

Cenere.     Deledda 853  D3gc 

Cera  una  volta.     Capuana 853  Ci8c 

Cervantes  Saavedra,  Miguel  de.  853  C33 

L'ingegnoso  idalgo  Don  Chisciotte  della  Mancia  con  Sancio  Pancia 
suo  scudiero;  tradotto  da  Bartolomeo  Gamba.    2v. 

Che  dira  il  mondo  ?    Farina 853  F23ch 

Chi  dura  vince.     Lioy 853  L73 

Ciampoli,  Domenico.  853  C47 

L'invisibile;  romanzo. 
Clelia.     Garibaldi q853  G18 

Codemo,  Luigia.  853  C65 

I  nuovi  ricchi;  scene  domestiche. 
Codemo,  Luigia.  853  C65r 

La  rivoluzione  in  casa;  scene  domestiche  della  g^erra  d'indipendenza 
italiana. 

Col  fuoco  non  si  scherza.     Marchi 853  M373 

CoUodi,  C.  pseud.    See  Lorenzini,  Carlo. 

Colombi,  marchesa,  (pseud,  of  Mme  Maria  Torelli-VioUier).  853  C72 

Le  gioie  degli  altri;  romanzo. 
Colombi,  marchesa,  (pseud,  of  Mme  Maria  Torelli-Viollier).  853  C72r 

I  ragazzi  d'una  volta  e  i  ragazzi  d'adesso. 
Colombi,  marchesa,  (pseud,  of  Mme  Maria  Torelli-Viollier).  853  C72t 

Troppo  tardi;  racconto. 

Come  detta  il  cuore.    Guareschi 853  Gg52 

Come  I'acciaio.     Salvi 853  S18 

Le  confessioni  d'un  ottuagenario.     Nievo 853  N33 

I  coniugi  Varedo.     Castelnuovo 853  C26C 

La  contessa  di  Melzo.     Capranica 853  Ci86c 

The  same 853  Ci86c2 

Cordelia,  (pseud,  of  Mme  Virginia  Treves).  853  C8ip 

Per  la  gloria;  romanzo. 
Cordelia,  (pseud,  of  Mme  Virginia  Treves).  853  C8ipe 

Per  vendetta;  romanzo. 
Cordelia,  (pseud,  of  Mme  Virginia  Treves).  853  C81 

Piccoli  eroi;  libro  per  i  ragazzi. 


I908  ITALIAN  FICTION 

Cordelia,  (pseud,  of  Mme  Virginia  Treves).  853  C8iv 

Vita  intima;  bozzetti. 

Contents:  Fra  la  vita  e  la  morte. — Una  sorpresa. — In  tempo  di  g^uerra. — La  con- 
tessa  Amalia. — Una  notte  di  carnevale. — II  giuramento  di  Claudia. — Madre  e  figlio. — La 
famiglia  del  marinaio. — Un  acquazzone  in  tnontagna. — Senza  figli. — Due  correnti. — 
Burrasche  in   famiglia. 

Corradini,  Enrico.  853  C827 

La  guerra  lontana;  romanzo. 
Corradini,  Enrico.  853  C827P 

La  patria  lontana;  romanzo. 
Corrado-Avetta,  Teresa.  853  C82 

Cuor  di  fanciulla;  romanzo. 

Cristina.    Vigo 853  V32 

Cuor  di  fanciulla.     Corrado-Avetta 853  C82 

Cuore  di  donna.     Invernizio 853  I24C 

Cuore  inf ermo.     Serao 853  S48C 

II  curato  d'Orobio.    Visconti  Venosta 853  V35 

Dal  vero.     Serao 853  S48V 

Danieli-Camozzi,  Maria  Lisa.  853  D22 

I  nipoti  della  Marchesa  Laura;  romanzo. 

Dartmoor.     Hervey 853  H48 

Daudet,  Alphonse.  853  D28t 

Tartarino  di  Tarascona;  prima  versione  italiana,  con  note  di  Mario 
Foresi. 
Daudet,  Alphonse.  853  D28 

Tartarino  sulle  Alpi;  nuove  prodezze  dell*  eroe  tarasconese;   tra- 
duzione  di  Yorick  (P.  C.  Ferrigni). 
Deledda,  Grazia.  853  D39a 

Anime  oneste;  romanzo  famigliare,  con  una  lettera  di  R.  Bonghi. 
Deledda,  Grazia.  853  D39C 

Cenere;  romanzo. 
Deledda,  Grazia.  853  D39 

La  giustizia;  romanzo. 
Deledda,  Grazia.  853  0391 

II  tesoro;  romanzo. 

Deledda,  Grazia.  853  D39V 

La  vie  del  male;  romanzo. 
Della  Sala  Spada,  Agostino.  853  D41 

Tu  quoque?  romanzo  storico. 
De  Marchi,  Emilio.    See  Marchi,  Emilio  de. 
Di  San  Giusto,  Luigi.    See  San  Giusto,  Luigi  di. 

Don  Chisciotte  della  Mancia.    Cervantes  Saavedra 853  C33 

Donati,  Cesare.  853  D72 

Storie  bizzarre. 

Contents:  Un'  orribile  notte;  ricordi  di  una  maestra  elementare. — Le  tribolazioni 
di  Teofilo. — Gianutri. — Capitone  indigesto. — Lo  scudo  meraviglioso. — Fior  di  giacinto. — 
II  male  nel  bene;  bozzetto  dal  vero. 


ITALIAN  FICTION  1909 


Donna  Paola.     Serao 853  S48d 

Le  donne  di  Nerone.     Capranica 853  Ci86d 

Dopo  un  verdetto.    Giovannini 853  G44d 

n  drago.     Capuana 853  Ci8d 

Due  amori.     Farina, 853  F23du 

Le  due  felicita.    Antelling  &  Vertua  Gentile 853  A62 

Le  due  sorelle  di  Nancy.     Guerrieri 853  6958 

Diimas,  Alexandre,  the  elder.  q853  D8gt 

I  tre  moschettieri,  con  prefazione  di  Alessandro  Dumas,  figlio.    2v. 
Elleboro,  pseud.    See  Salvi,  Edvige. 

Eroi  senza  gloria.    Merlo-Paris  &  Monet 853  M63 

Eros.    Verga 853  V27e 

Eva.    Verga 853  Vayev 

Evelina.     Alfani 853  A38 

La  famiglia  del  soldato.     Paladini 853  P17 

Una  famiglia  di  topi.     Cattermole 853  C28 

Fante  di  picche.     Farina 853  F23f 

Farina,  Salvatore.  853  F23amo 

Amore  ha  cent'  occhi. 
Farina,  Salvatore.  853  F23ca 

Capelli  biondi;  romanzo. 
Farina,  Salvatore.  853  F23ch 

Che  dira  il  mondo?  romanzo. 
Farina,  Salvatore.  853  F23du 

Due  amori. 
Farina,  Salvatore.  853  F23f 

Fante  di  picche. 
Farina,  Salvatore.  853  F23fr 

Frutti  proibiti  (fiamma  vagabonda). 
Farina,  Salvatore.  853  F23pi 

Piu  forte  dell'  amore? 
Farina,  Salvatore.  853  F23r 

II  romanzo  d'un  vedovo. 

Farina,  Salvatore.  853  F23se 

Un  segreto. 
Farina,  Salvatore.  853  F23t 

II  tesoro  di  Donnina. 
Farina,  Salvatore.  853  F23va 

(Vanitas)  Madonnina  bianca;  narrazione. 

Fede.    San  Giusto,  Luigi  di,  pseud 853  S19 

Ferrero,  Alfredo.  q853  F41 

II  fiore  del  deserto;  avventure  straordinarie  di  un  Italiano  e  di  un 
Tedesco  nell'  Africa  orientale. 


I9I0  ITALIAN  FICTION 


Figurine  veneziane.     Castelnuovo 853  C26f 

Finzi,  Giuseppe.  853  F51 

Novella  e  bozzetti  di  autori  italiani  viventi,  per  la  maggior  parte 
scritti  appositamente  ad  uso  delle  scuolo  e  delle  famiglie. 

Fior  d'oro.     Barrili 853  B26fi 

II  fiore  del  deserto.     Ferrero q853  F41 

Fleres,  Ugo.  853  F63 

L'anello;  romanzo. 
Fogazzaro,  Antonio.  853  F68pe 

Pereat  Rochus,  and  Un'  idea  di  Ermes  Torranza;  ed.  with  introduc- 
tion,   notes    and    vocabulary    by    Alfonso    de    Salvio.      1909.      Heath. 
(Heath's  modern  language  series.) 
Foscolo,  Ugo.  853  F79P 

Prose  scelte;  annotate  da  Ferruccio  Martini. 

Fra  Paolo  Sarpi.    Capranica 853  Ci86f 

Frutti  proibiti.     Farina 853  F23fr 

Fucini,  Renato.  853  F97 

Air  aria  aperta;  scene  e  macchiette  della  campagna  toscana,  con 
prefazione  di  Giuseppe  Rigutini. 

Contents:  La  fonte  di  Pietrarsa. — II  battello. — L'eredita  di  Vermutte. — Non  mai, 
non  mai. — Temperamenti  sani. — II  monumento. — Menico. — La  giacchetta  rivoltata. — II 
professore. —  Pelliccia. —  Questione  d'interessi. —  La  Strega. —  Tipi  che  spariscono. —  La 
giovenca  rossa. — La  visita  del  prefetto. — II  castagno  della  casetta. — II  signer  Cappellano. 

Fucini,  Renato.  853  F97V 

Le  veglie  di  neri;  paesi  e  figure  della  campagna  toscana. 

Contents:  II  Matto  delle  Giuncaje. — Perla. — L'oriolo  col  cuculo. — La  fatta. — La 
pipa  di  Batone. — Vanno  in  Maremma. — Primavera. — II  merlo  di  Vestro. — Tornan  di 
Maremma. — Lo  spaccapietre. — Fiorella. — Sereno  e  nuvole. — Passaggio  memorabile. — 
Dolci   ricordi. — Scampagnata. 

Fulvia,  ipseud.  of  Rachele  Saporiti).  853  FgSm 

Marco  Delinas  (autobiografia). 
Fulvia,  (pseud,  of  Rachele  Saporiti).  853  F98 

Per  voi,  fanciuUi. 

Contents:  Prtncipino. — Gran  di  miglio. — Cane  mendicante. — Fiera  di  carnovale. — 
Arlccchino. — Bimba. — Vagabondi. — Mirina. — Porzinia. — Miss   Mary. — Bambini  poveri. — 

Inondazione. — Un   fiore. — Amor  figliale. — Dai  miei  ricordi. — Contrasti. 

Fulvia,  (pseud,  of  Rachele  Saporiti).  853  F98P 

Procelle  dell'  anima;  romanzo. 

Fulvia,  (pseud,  of  Rachele  Saporiti).  853  F98r 

Realta. 

Contents:     Realti.^ — Via  mala. — Idillio  rusticano. — Epistolario. — Reclame. — Sua  Ec- 

cellenza. — II   "poi." — Martirio. — Angeli. — Vita  di  tutti   i  giorni    (episodic). — Una   par- 
tenza. — Estremi. 

Fulvia,  (pseud,  of  Rachele  Saporiti).  q853  FgSs 

Storielle  serene. 

Contents:  II  palazzo  delle  scimmie. — Miccina. — Storia  di  una  farfalla. — Bali. — 
Fulcino  nero. — Veglia. — Grandi  c  piccoli. — Gioiellino. — Sott'  acqua. — Burattini. — Baiardo. 
— Una  casa  magica. 

The  same qj853  F98 


ITALIAN  FICTION  igii 


Fulvia,  (pseud,  of  Rachele  Saporiti).  853  FgSt 

Troppo  fiera? 

Contains  also:  Enigma. — Sorelle  Lanfrancbi,  fabbrica  di  fiori  per  chiesa. — Padre  e 
figlio. — Celebrita. — Esempio. — Emigranti. — Oro  impure. 

Gara  di  cuori.    Altobelli 853  A46 

Garibaldi,  Gen.  Giuseppe.  €[853  G18 

Clelia;  ovvero,  II  governo  dei  preti. 
Gervasio,  Luigia.    See  San  Giusto,  Luigi  di,  pseud. 
Giacinta.     Capuana 853  Ci8g 

Giacomelli,  Antonietta.  -  853  G354r 

A  raccolta. 
Giacomelli,  Antonietta.  853  G354 

Lungo  la  via. 
Giacomelli,  Antonietta.  853  G354S 

Sulla  breccia. 

Giacomo  I'idealista.     Marchi 853  M373g 

Le  gioie  degli  altri.    Colombi,  marchesa,  pseud .853  C72 

Giovagjnoli,  Raffaello  Massimiliano.  853  G441 

Opimia;  scene  storiche  del  secolo  VI  dell'  era  romana. 
Giovagnoli,  Raffaello  Massimiliano.  853  G441P 

Plautilla;  racconto  storico  del  secolo  VII  dell'  era  romana. 
Giovagnoli,  Raffaello  Massimiliano.  J853  G44 

Spartaco;  racconto  storico  del  secolo  VII  dell'  era  romana.    2v. 
Giovannini,  Gemma.  853  G44d 

Dope  un  verdetto;  romanzo. 
Giovannini,  Gemma.  853  G44 

Predestinata!  romanzo. 
Giovannini,  Gemma.  853  G44V 

II  voto  della  morta;  romanzo. 
La  giustizia.     Deledda 853  D39 

Gradi,  Temistocle.  853  G76 

Racconti. 

Contents:  Ben  venuta  se  se'  sola. — Piet4  di  mamma. — Pieta  di  figliuola. — L'Annina. 
— Povero  Frinfri! — £  peggio  un  mal  detto  che  un  mal  fatto. — Di  una  bambina. — Rac- 
conti di  una  vecchia  chiantigiana:  Crocifisso  di  Spaltenna;  La  capra  d'oro;  La  buona 
moglie  fa  il  buon  marito;  La  bella  Rosana;  Chi  piu  intende,  piu  perdona. 

Gramegna,  L.  853  G77 

Addio,  mia  bella,  addio!  racconto,   1859.     (H  piemonte  nel  risorgi- 

mento  italiano.) 

Guareschi,  Maria.  853  G953 

Come  detta  il  cuore;  novelle. 

La  guerra  lontana.     Corradini 853  C827 

Guerrieri,  Leopoldo.  853  G958 

Le  due  sorelle  di  Nancy;  racconto.     (Biblioteca  delle  giovanette.) 


I9I2    ^  ITALIAN  FICTION 


Guidi,  Tommasina.  853  Gg6m 

La  mia  casa!  I  miei  figli!  ricordi  di  una  madre.     (Biblioteca  delle 
signore.) 

Hervey,  Maurice  H.  853  H48 

Dartmoor;   storia   di   un   gravissimo   torto,   prima   traduzione   dall' 
originale  inglese  di  Giuseppe  Molinaris. 

Ida  e  Clotilde.     Morandi 853  M88i 

Un'  idea  di  Ermes  Torranza.     Fogazzaro 853  F68pe 

L'illusione.     Roberto 853   R53i 

In  balia  del  vento.    Castelnuovo 853  C26i 

Incompatibility.    Morandi 853  M88in 

L'ingegnoso  idalgo  Don  Chisciotte  della  Mancia  con  Sancio 

Pancia  suo  scudiero.     Cervantes  Saavedra 853  C33 

Invemizio,  Carolina.  853  I24C 

Cuore  di  donna;  racconto  storico  sociale. 

L'invisibile.     Ciampoli 853  C47 

Iride.    Jolanda,  pseud. 853  J379 

Iride.     Neera,  pseud 853  Nigi 

L'isola  misteriosa.     Verne q853  V274i 

Jarre,  pseud.    See  Piccini,  Giulio. 

Jolanda,  {pseud,  of  Maria  Majocchi  Plattis).  853  J379 

Iride.     (Biblioteca  delle  giovanette.) 
Landa,  Pio.  853  L21 

Americana;  romanzo. 
Lara,  contessa,  pseud.    See  Cattermole,  Evelina. 

Lauretta.     Castelnuovo 853  C26I 

II  lettore  della  principessa.     Barrili 853  B26I 

Lioy,  Paolo.  853  L73 

Chi  dura  vince;  racconto. 
Lopez,  Maria  Savi-.    See  Savi-Lopez,  Maria. 
Lorenzini,  Carlo,  (pseud.  C.  CoUodi).  853  L87m 

Macchiette. 
Lorenzini,  Carlo,  (pseud.  C.  Collodi).  853  L870 

Occhi  e  nasi  (ricordi  dal  vero). 

Lotte  di  cuore.     Nevers 853  N25 

Luisa  Strozzi.     Rosini 853  R73I 

Lungo  la  via.     Giacomelli 853  G354 

Ljrtton,  Edward  George  Earle  Lytton  Bulwer-,  baron.  853  Lggz 

Zanoni;  versione  dall*  inglese,  con  note  di  Francesco  Cusani. 

Macchiette.     Lorenzini 853  L87m 

Maineri,  Baccio  Emanuele.  853  M26 

L'orfana  della  Stella;  racconta  milanese  contemporaneo. 


ITALIAN  FICTION  1913 


Majocchi  Plattis,  Maria.     See  Jolanda,  {pseud,  of  Maria  Majocchi  Plattis). 
Marchi,  Emilio  de.  853  M373a 

Arabella;  romanzo. 
Marchi,  Emilio  de.  853  M373C 

II  cappello  del  prete;  romanzo. 
Marchi,  Emilio  de.  853  M373 

Col  fuoco  non  si  scherza;  romanzo. 
Marchi,  Emilio  de.  853  M373g 

Giacomo  I'idealista;  romanzo. 
Marchi,  Emilio  de.  853  M373n 

Nuove  storie  d'ogni  colore. 

Contents:  AH'  ombrellino  rosso.  —  Medici  e  spadaccini.  —  Zoccoli  e  stivaletti. — 
L'anatra  selvatica. — Certe  economic. — Lord  From. — Parlatene  alia  zia. — Ai  tempi  dei 
Tedeschi. — Regi  impiegati. — Elog^   funebri. — Vecchi  giovinastri. 

Marco  Delinas.     Fulvia,  pseud 853  F98m 

II  marito  dell'  arnica.    Neera,  pseud 853  N19 

II  marito  di  Elena.    Verga 853  V27ma 

Marito  e  sacet-dote.    Misasi 853  M73m 

Massoni  e  Carbonari.     Misasi 853  M73 

II  merlo  bianco.     Barrili qj853  B26 

Merlo-Paris,  Lina,  &  Monet,  Dina.  853  M63 

Eroi  senza  gloria;  esempi  dal  vero. 

La  mia  casa !     Guidi 853  Gg6m 

I  miei  racconti.    Panzacchi 853  P22 

Misasi,  Nicola.  853  M73m 

Marito  e  sacerdote. 
Misasi,  Nicola.  853  M73 

Massoni  e  Carbonari;  nuovo  drammatico  romanzo.    2v.  in  i. 
Misasi,  Nicola.  853  M73r 

Racconti  calabresi. 

Contents:  Brig^ntaggio. — Giovanni. — Cola  il  Lupo. — Marco. — Rocco  lo  Scemo. — 
Fra  Tommaso  I'eremita. — Accanto  al  fuoco. — Triste  ricordo. — La  Certosa  di  Serra  S. 
Bruno. — Gabriella. 

La  moglie  di  Sua  Eccellenza.     Rovetta 853  R78mo 

Mondo  mondano.     Placci 853  P67 

Mondolfi,  Rodolfo.  853  M81 

Racconti.     (Biblioteca  delle  giovanette.) 

Contents:  II  quinterno  dell'  Ernesta. — Regalo  di  nozze. — Giorgina. — Caritii  elegante. 
— La  scala. 

La  montanara.     Barrili 853  B26m 

Morandi,  Signora  Felicita.  853  M88 

II  caso?  racconto. 
Morandi,  Signora  Felicita.  853  M88i 

Ida  e  Clotilde;  racconto. 
Morandi,  Signora  Felicita.  853  M88in 

Incompatibilita;  racconto;  I  due  sistemi;  racconto. 


1914  ITALIAN  FICTION 

Natalia.    Castelnuovo 853  C26na 

Neera,  (pseud,  of  Anna  Radius  Zuccari).  ^  853  Niga 

Addio! 
Neera,  (pseud,  of  Anna  Radius  Zuccari).  853  Nigi 

Iride. 
Neera,  (pseud,  of  Anna  Radius.  Zuccari).  853  N19 

II  marito  dell'  arnica;  romanzo. 
Neera,  (pseud,  of  Anna  Radius  Zuccari).  853  Nigs 

Senio;  romanzo. 
Neera,  (pseud,  of  Anna  Radius  Zuccari).  853  Nigt 

Teresa;  romanzo. 

Neir  andare  al  ballo.    Castelnuovo 853  C26n 

Nella  lotta.     Castelnuovo q853  C26nel 

Nevers,  Emilia.  853  N25 

Lotte  di  cuore 
Nevers,  Emilia.  853  N25S 

Sulla  breccia! 
Nevers,  Emilia.  853  N25V 

Veglie  di  Natale. 

Una  nidiata  di  gentiluomini.    Turgenief 853  T85 

Nievo,  Ippolito.  853  N33 

Le  confessioni  d'un  ottuagenario.    3v. 

I  nipoti  della  Marchesa  Laura.    Danieli-Camozzi 853  D22 

Novelle  campagnuole.     Carcano 853  Ci8gn 

Le  novelle  della  Pescara.    Annunzio,  Gabriele  d',  pseud 853  A6in 

Novelle  e  bozzetti  di  autori  italiani  viventi.     Finzi 853  F51 

Novelle  e  studi  dal  vero.     Piatti 853  P536 

Novelle  lombarde.     Cantu 853  Ciyn 

Nozze  d'oro.     Castelnuovo 853  C26no 

Nuove  storie  d'ogni  colore.     Marchi 853  M373n 

I  nuovi  ricchi.     Codemo 853  C65 

Occhi  e  nasi.     Lorenzini 853  L870 

Ljolmo  e  I'edera.     Barrili 853  B260 

Opimia.     Giovagnoli 853   G441 

L'orfana  della  Stella.     Maineri 853  M2*6 

Padri  e  figli.     Turgenief 853  T85P 

Le  paesane.     Capuana 853  Ci8pa 

II  paese  di  cuccagna.     Serao 853  S48pa 

Paladini,  Luisa  Amalia.  853  P17 

La  famiglia  del  soldato;  racconto.     (Biblioteca  delle  giovanette.) 

Pane  nero.     Verga 853  V27pa 

Panzacchi,  Enrico.  853  P22 

I  miei  racconti. 


ITALIAN  FICTION  1915 


Papa  Sisto.     Capranica 853   C186 

The  same 853   Ci86a 

Paris,  Lin  a  Merlo-.    See  Merlo-Paris,  Lina. 

"Patria."     Barboni 853  B23 

La  patria  lontana.     Corradini 853  C827P 

Per  la  f elicita.    Barucchi 853  B28 

Per  la  gloria.    Cordelia,  pseud 853  C8ip 

Per  vendetta.     Cordelia,  pseud 853  C8ipe 

Per  voi.     Fulvia,  pseud 853  F98 

Pereat  Rochus.    Fogazzaro 853  F68pe 

Piatti,  Rosalia.  853  P536 

Novelle  e  studi  dal  vero. 
Piccini,  Giulio,  {pseud.  Jarro).  853  P53 

Apparenze;  romanzo  di  Jarro. 

Piccoli  eroi.     Cordelia,  pseud 853  C81 

Pii  forte  deir  amore  ?    Farina 853  F23pi 

Placci,  Carlo.  853  P67 

Mondo  mondano. 
Plattis,  Maria  Majocchi.    5^^  Jolanda,  {pseud,  of  Maria  Majocchi  Plattis). 

Plautilla.     Giovagnoli 853   G441P 

Predestinata!     Giovannini 853    G44 

Prima  di  partire.     Castelnuovo 853  C26p 

Prime  amore.     Turgenief 853  T85pr 

Procelle  dell'  anima.     Fulvia,  pseud 853  F98P 

II  professore  Romualdo.     Castelnuovo 853  C26pr 

Profumo.     Capuana 853  Ci8p 

Quintino  Durward,  I'arciero  scozzese.     Scott q853  S43q 

II  raccontafiabe.     Capuana 853  Ci8r 

Racconti  calabresi.     Misasi 853  M73r 

Racconti  per  le  giovanette.     Savi-Lopez 853  S26r 

Radius  Zuccari,  Anna.    See  Neera,  pseud. 

I  ragazzi  d'una  volta  e  i  ragazzi  d'adesso.    Colombi,  marchesa, 

pseud 853  C72r 

Rapagnetta,  Gaetano.    See  Annunzio,  Gabriele  d',  pseud. 

Re  Manfredi.     Capranica 853   Ci86r 

Realta.     Fulvia,  pseud 853  F98r 

La  rivoluzione  in  casa.     Codemo 853  C65r 

Roberto,  Federico  de.  853  R53i 

L'illusione. 
Roberto,  Federico  de.  853  R53S 

La  sorte. 

Contents:     La  disdetta. — Ragazzinacdo. — San  Placido. — II  matrimonio  di  Figaro.— 


Nel  cortile. — La  malanova. — Rivolta. 


I9i6  ITALIAN  FICTION 

II  romanzo  della  fanciulla.     Serao 853  S48r 

n  romanzo  d'un  vedovo.     Farina 853  F23r 

n  romanzo  d'una  maestra.     Baccini 853  B12 

Rosini,  Giovanni.  853  R73I 

Luisa  Strozzi;  storia  del  secolo  16. 

I  rossi  e  i  neri.    Barrili 853  B26ro 

Rovetta,  Gerolamo.  853  R78b 

Baby,  e  Tiranni  minimi. 
Rovetta,  Gerolamo.  853  R78mo 

La  moglie  di  Sua  Eccellenza;  romanzo. 
Rovetta,  Gerolamo.  853  R78S 

La  signorina;  romanzo. 
Rovetta,  Gerolamo.  853  R78S0 

Sott'  acqua;  racconto. 
Sala  Spada,  Agostino  della.    See  Della  Sala  Spada,  Agostino. 
Salvi,  Edvige.  853  S18 

Come  I'acciaio;. romanzo. 
Salvi,  Edvige.  853  Si8t 

Tempesta  d'affetti;  romanzo. 
San  Giusto,  Luigi  di,  pseud.  853  S19 

Fede;  romanzo. 
Saporiti,  Rachele.    See  Fulvia,  (pseud,  of  Rachele  Saporiti). 
Savi-Lopez,  Maria.  853  S26r 

Racconti  per  le  giovanette.     (Biblioteca  delle  giovanette.) 

Contents:  Silvia. — FratelH  nel  dolore. — Nella. — Guglielmo  Ritter. — Emanuele  Fili- 
berto  e  Margherita  di  Francia. — Sul  gbiaccio. — In  val  d'Andorno. — Lettcre  di  Andrea 
Provana. — Racconto  di  Natale. — Dolore,  mestizia,  allegria. — Una  corona  di  neve;  rac- 
conto irlandese. — II  folletto  di  Natale. 

Savi-Lopez,  Maria.  853  S26 

Vita  nuova,  casa  Leardi;  romanzo. 

Lo  scartafaccio  dell'  amico  Michele.    Visconti  Venosta 853  V35S 

Schiaccianoci.     Capuana 853    Ci8s 

Scott,  5"iV  Walter.  q853  S43q 

Quintino  Durward,  I'arciero  scozzese, 

Un  segreto.     Farina 853  F23se 

Senio.     Neera,  pseud 853  Nigs 

Serao,  Matilde.  853  S48am 

Le  amanti. 

Contents:  La  grande  fiamma. — ^Tramontando  il  sole. — L'amante  sciocca. — Sogno  di 
una  notte  d'estate. 

Serao,  Matilde,  853  S48C 

Cuore  infermo;  racconto. 
Serao,  Matilde.  853  S48V 

Dal  vero. 

Contents:  Fanciullo  biondo. — Dualismo. — Simpatie  del  martirologio. — II  trionfo  di 
Lulu. — II  Cristo  di  Saverio  Altamura. — La  moglie  di  un  grand'  uomo. — Un  intervento. — 
Per  le  fanduUe. —  Tristia. —  Monologo. —  Viottole. —  Casa   nuova. —  Notte   di   agosto. — 


ITALIAN  FICTION  1917 

Serao,  Matilde — continued.  853  S48V 

Mosaico  di  fanciulle. — La  notte  di  S.  Lorenzo. — Palco  borghese. — La  canzone  popolare. 
— Fulvia. — Mosaico. — Per  i  bagni. —  In  provincia. —  Nostalgia. —  Votazione  femminile. — 
Commedie  di  salone. — Bozzetti. — Commedie  borghesi. — Estratto  dello  stato  civile. — Ap- 
parenze. — Silvia. — Idilio  di  Pulcinella. 

Serao,  Matilde.  853  S48d 

Donna  Paola  [and  other  stories]. 

Other  stories:    Molti  anni  dopo. — II  mio  segn"eto. 

Serao,  Matilde.  853  S48pa 

II  paese  di  cuccag^na;  romanzo  napoletano. 
Serao,  Matilde.  853  S48r 

II  romanzo  della  fanciulla. 

La  signorina.    Rovetta 853  R78S 

Soggezione.     Bisi-Albini 853  B49 

La  sorte.     Roberto 8«  R53S 

Sott'  acqua.     Rovetta 853  R78SO 

La  spada  di  fuoco.    Barrili 853  B26S 

Spartaco.     Giovagnoli J853   G44 

Storia  f osca.     Capuana 853  Ci8st 

Storie  bizzarre.     Donati 853  D72 

Storielle  serene.     Fulvia,  pseud q853  FgSs 

The  same <li853   F98 

Sulla  breccia.     Giacomelli 853  G354S 

Sulla  breccia !     Nevers 853  N25S 

Tanfucio,  Neri,  pseud.    See  Fucini,  Renato. 

Tartarino  di  Tarascona.    Daudet 853  D28t 

Tartarino  sulle  Alpi.     Daudet. 853  D28 

Tempesta  d'affetti.     Salvi 853  Si8t 

Teresa.     Neera,   pseud 853   Nigt 

Terra  vergine.     Barrili 853  B26te 

Terre  vergini.     Turgenief 853  T85t 

n  tesoro.    Deledda 853  D39t 

II  tesoro  di  Donnina.    Farina 853  F23t 

Tigre  reale.     Verga 853  V27t 

Tiranni  minimi.     Rovetta 853  R78b 

Tolstoi,  Lyof  Nikolalevitch,  count.  853  T58an 

Anna  Karenine;  romanzo,  con  uno  studio  di  Domenico  Ciampoli 
sui  romanzi  russi.    2v. 

Tolstoi,  Lyof  Nikolaievitch,  count.  853  T58a 

La  guerra  e   la  pace;  romanzo  storico,  con  prefazione   di   M.   de 
Vogiie.    4v. 

Torelli-VioUier,  Mtne  Maria.    See  Colombi,  marchesa,  (pseud,  of 
Mme  Maria  Torelli-VioUier). 


ipiS  ITALIAN  FICTION 


I  tre  moschettieri.     Dumas q853  D8gt 

Treves,  Mme  Virginia.    See  Cordelia,  pseud. 

II  trionfo  del  lavoro.     Cantu 853  C176 

Troppo  amata.     Castelnuovo 853  C26t 

Troppo  fiera?     Fulvia,  pseud 853  FgSt 

Troppo  tardi.    Colombi,  tnarchesa,  pseud 853  C72t 

Tu  quoque?    Delia  Sala  Spada 853  D41 

Turgenief,  Ivan  Sergevitch.  853  T85 

Una  nidiata  di  gentiluomini;  romanzo. 
Turgenief,  Ivan  Sergevitch.  853  T85P 

Padri  e  figli;  romanzo,  tr.  e  prefazione  di  Federigo  Verdinois. 
Turgenief,  Ivan  Sergevitch.  853  TSspr 

Priqjo  amore;  versione  di  Francesco  Francesconi. 
Turgenief,  Ivan  Sergevitch.  853  T85t 

Terre  vergini;  romanzo,  tr.  di  Federigo  Verdinois. 

Vagabondaggio.     Verga 853  Va7v 

(Vanitas)  Madonnina  bianca.    Farina 853  F23va 

Veglie  di  Natale.    Nevers 853  N25V 

Le  veglie  di  neri.     Fucini 853  F97V 

Venosta,  Giovanni  Visconti.    See  Viscotlti  Venosta,  Giovanni. 

Verga,  Giovanni.  853  V27e 

Eros. 
Verga,  Giovanni.  853  V27ev 

Eva  [romanzo]. 
Verga,  Giovanni.  853  V27ma 

II  marito  di  Elena;  romanzo. 
Verga,  Giovanni.  853  V27pa 

Pane  nero. 
Verga,  Giovanni.  853  V27t 

Tigre  reale. 
Verga,  Giovanni.  853  V27V 

Vagabondaggio. 

Contents:  Vagabondaggio. — 11  maestro  dei  ragazzi. — Un  processo. — La  festa  del 
morti. — Artisti  da  strapazzo. — II  seg^o  d'amore. — L'agonia  d'un  villaggio. — E  chi  vive 
si  da  pace. — II  bell'  Armando. — Nanni  Volpe. — Quelli  del  colera. — Lacrymae  reruni. 

Verne,  Jules.  q853  V274i 

L'isola  misteriosa.     [2  pts.  in  iv.] 
La  via  del  male.     Deledda 853  D39V 

Vigo,  Ilario  Maurizio.  853  V33 

Cristina;  ossia,  Un  tesoro  all'  imminente  bancarotta  sociale;  scene 
contemporanee. 

Viollier,  Mme  Maria  Torelli-.    See  Colombi,  marchesa,  {pseud,  of 
Mme  Maria  Torelli-Viollier). 


SPANISH  FICTION  1919 

Visconti  Venosta,  Giovanni.  853  V35 

II  curato  d'Orobio;  racconto. 
Visconti  Venosta,  Giovanni.  853  V35n 

Novelle. 

Contents:  Una  scappata  fuori  del  nido. — Lo  scartafaccio  dell'  amico  Michele.— 
L'awocato  Massimo  e  il  suo  impiego. 

Visconti  Venosta,  Giovanni.  853  V35S 

Lo  scartafaccio  dell'  amico  Michele. 

Vita  intima.     Cordelia,  pseud 853  C8iv 

Vita  nuova.     Savi-Lopez 853  S26 

II  voto  della  morta.     Giovannini 853  G44V 

Werner,  E.  (pseud,  of  Elisabeth  Biirstenbinder).  853  Wssd 

Al  di  la  deir  oceano;  romanzo. 
Zanoni.     Lytton 853  Lggz 

863     Spanish  fiction 

Alarcon,  Pedro  Antonio  de.  863  A32h 

Historietas  nacionales.     (Novelas  cortas.) 

Contents:  El  carbonero-alcalde. —  El  afrancesado. —  Viva  el  papa! — El  extranjero. 
— El  angel  de  la  guarda.  —  La  buenaventura.  —  La  corneta  de  Haves.  —  El  asistente.  — 
Buena  pesca! — Las  dos  glorias. — Dos  retratos. — El  rey  se  divierte. — Fin  de  una  novela. 
—  El  libro  talonario.  —  Una  conversacion  en  la  Alhambra.  —  El  ano  campesino.  — 
Episodios  de  Nochebuena. — Mayo. — Descubrimiento  y  paso  del  Cabo  de  Buena  Esper- 
anza.  ' 

Alarcon,  Pedro  Antonio  de.  863  A32S 

El  sombrero  de  tres  picos;  historia  verdadera  de  un  sucedido  que 

anda  en  romances  escrita  ahora  tal  y  como  paso. 

Founded  on  the  metrical  romance  "El  corregidor  y  la  moHnera." 

Alas,  Leopoldo,  (pseud.  Clarin).  863  A323 

Pipa. 

Contents:  Pipa. —  Amor'e  furbo. —  Mi  entierro. —  Un  documento. —  Avecilla. —  El 
hombre  de  los  estrenos. — I^s  dos  cajas. — Bustamante. — Zurita. 

Alas,  Leopoldo,  (pseud.  Clarin).  863  A323r 

La  regenta;  prologo  de  Benito  Perez  Galdos.    2v. 
Alas,  Leopoldo,  (pseud.  Clarin).  863  A323S 

Su  linico  hijo. 

La  aldea  perdida.     Valdes 863  Vi4a 

Un  alma  de  Dios.     Ochoa 863  O13 

Amparo.     Fernandez  y  Gonzalez 863  F39a 

Angel  Guerra.     Perez  Galdos 863  P42a 

Arrom,  Senora  Cecilia  (Bohl  de  Faber),  (pseud.  Fernan  863  A77e 

Caballero). 

Elia;  6,  Espana  treinta  anos  ha,  con  un  prologo  de  Fernando  de 
Gabriel  y  Ruiz  de  Apodaca;  contiene  ademas  este  tomo  La  noche  de 
Navidad,  El  dia  de  Reyes. 


1920  SPANISH  FICTION 


Arrom,  Senora  Cecilia  (Bohl  de  Faber),  (pseud.  Fernan  863  Ajji 

Caballero). 
La  familia  de  Alvareda;  novela  original  de  costumbres  populates, 
con  un  prolog©  de  el  duque  de  Rivas. 

Arrom,  Senora  Cecilia  (Bohl  de  Faber),  {pseud.  Fernan  863  A77 

Caballero). 

La  gaviota;  novela  de  costumbres. 
Bazan,  Emilia  Pardo.  863  B33m 

La  madre  naturaleza  (segunda  parte  de  Los  Pazos  de  Ulloa); 
novela.     (Obras  completas,  v.4.) 

"An  almost  epical  glorification  of  primitive  instincts."  Kelly's  History  of  Spanish 
literature. 

Bazan,  Emilia  Pardo.  863  Bssn 

NOvelas  ejemplares.     (Obras  completas,  v.13.) 

Contents:     Los  tres  arcos  de  Cirilo. — Un  drama. — Mujer. 

Bazan,  Emilia  Pardo.  863  B33pa 

Los  Pazos  de  Ulloa;  novela.     (Obras  completas,  v.2.) 

"To  some  extent  she  is  a  disciple  of  Zola,  whose  determinism,  however,  she  con- 
demns, although  in  her  two  strongest  novels,  Los  pasos  de  Ulloa  and  La  madre  natura- 
leea,  in  which  she  describes  the  decay  of  an  aristocratic  family,  she  is  close  to  those 
very  pornographic  methods  of  Zola  that  she  has  stigmatized."  New  international  en- 
cyclopedia. 

Blasco  Ibanez,  Vicente.  863  B54 

Flor  de  Mayo;  novela. 

Story  of  Valencian  manners,  containing  by  the  side  of  mistakes  and  crudities  such 
as  every  young  writer  is  guilty  of,  passages  noteworthy  for  the  intensity  of  the  observa- 
tion and  the  color  and  beauty  of  the  description.    Condensed  from  Athenceum,  1896. 

Bohl  de  Faber,  Cecilia.     See  Arrom,  Senora  Cecilia  (Bohl  de  Faber), 

{pseud.  Fernan  Caballero). 

Caballero,  Fernan,  pseud.    See  Arrom,  Senora  Cecilia  (Bohl  de  Faber). 

Carrillo,  Enrique  Gomez.    See  Gomez  Carrillo,  Enrique. 

Cervantes  Saavedra,  Miguel  de.  863  €3311 

Novelas  ejemplares.    2v.     (Biblioteca  clasica,  v.4-5.) 

V.I.  La  gitanilla. — El  amante  liberal. — Rinconete  y  Cortadillo. — La  espaiiola  ing- 
lesa. — El  licenciado  Vidriera. — La  fuerza  de  la  sangre. — El  celoso  extremeiio. 

v.2.  La  ilustre  fregona. — Las  dos  doncellas. — La  senora  Cornelia. — El  casamiento 
enganoso. — Coloquio  de  los  perros. — La  tia  fingida. — Viaje  del  Parnaso. 

"Picaresque  stories,  miniature  romances,  etc.,  that  give  striking  pictures  of  all 
grades  of  society,  but  more  especially  the  picaresque  classes,  in  whose  adventures  Cer- 
vantes relates  his  own  experiences  in  Spain  and  abroad."     Baker's  History  in  fiction. 

Cervantes  Saavedra,  Miguel  de.  863  C33S 

Los  seis  libros  de  la  Galatea. 

With  this  are  bound  his  "Viaje  al  Parnaso"  and  "Poesias  sueltas." 
"An  unfinished  pastoral  novel  in  six  books. .  .Prolixity,  artifice,  ostentation,  monot- 
ony, extravagance,  are  inherent  in  the  pastoral  school;  and  the  Galatea  savours  of  these 
defects.  Yet,  for  all  its  weakness,  it  lacks  neither  imagination  nor  contrivance,  and  its 
embroidered  rhetoric  is  a  fine  example  of  stately  prose."  Kelly's  History  of  Spanish 
literature. 

Cervantes  Saavedra,  Miguel  de.  863  C33t 

Trabajos  de  Persiles  y  Sigismunda. 

"His  purpose  seems  to  have  been  to  write  a  serious  romance,  which  should  be  to 
this  species  of  composition  what  the  Don  Quixote  is  to  comic  romance... He  calls  what 


SPANISH  FICTION  1921 


Cervantes  Saavedra,  Miguel  de — continued.  863  Csst 

he  produced  'A  Northern  Romance,*  and  makes  its  principal  story  consist  of  the  suffer- 
ings of  Persiles  and  Sigismunda, — the  first  the  son  of  a  king  of  Iceland;  the  second  the 
daughter  of  a  kiftg  of  Friesland ...  He  has  some  faint  ideas  of  the  sea-kings  and  pirates 
of  the  Northern  Ocean,  but  very  little  of  the  geography  of  the  countries  that  produced 
them;  and  as  for  his  savage  men  and  frozen  islands,  and  the  wild  and  strange  adventures 
he  imagines  to  have  passed  among  them,  nothing  can  be  more  fantastic  and  incredible." 
Ticknor's  History  of  Spanish  literature. 

El  Cid  campeador.    Trueba  y  la  Quintana 863  T77 

Clarin,  pseud.    See  Alas,  Leopoldo. 

El  comendador  Mendoza.     Valera 863  V15C 

Cuentos  campesinos.    Trueba  y  la  Quintana 863  T77C 

Cuentos  escogidos  de  los  mejores  autores  castellanos  contem- 

poraneos.     Gomez  Carrillo 863  G59 

Cuentos  modernos.     Johnson 863  J35 

Don  Gonzalo  Gonzalez  de  la  Gonzalera.     Pereda 863  P426 

Elia.     Arrom 863  A77e 

La  familia  de  Alvareda.    Arrom 863  A77f 

Fernandez  y  Gonzalez,  Manuel.  863  Fsga 

Amparo  (memorias  de  un  loco). 

"Some  of  his  novels  recall  in  their  imaginative  quality  and  animation  the  manner 
of  Alexander  Dumas  of  whom  Fernandez  y  Gonzalez  was  the  principal  rival  in  Spain." 
Translated  from  Nouveau  Larousse  illustre, 

Flor  de  Mayo.    Blasco  Ibanez 863  B54 

La  f ontana  de  oro.    Perez  Galdos 863  P42{o 

Fortunata  y  Jacinta.     Perez  Galdos 863  P42f or 

Galatea.     Cervantes  Saavedra 863  C33S 

Gald6s,  Benito  Perez.    See  Perez  Galdos,  Benito. 

La  gaviota.     Arrom 863  A77 

Gil  Bias  de  Santillana.    Le  Sage 863  L63 

Gomez  Carrillo,  Enrique,  cotnp.  863  G59 

Cuentos  escogidos  de  los  mejores  autores  castellanos  contempo- 
raneos,  con  prefacio  y  noticias  literarias. 

Contents:  Adios  Cordera!  por  Leopoldo  Alas. — La  ciencia  y  el  corazon,  por  Eusebio 
Blasco. — Contrastes,  por  Luis  Bonafoux. — La  vejez  de  un  joven,  por  Emilio  Bobadilla. — 
La  ultima  ilusion,  por  Julian  del  Casal. — La  muerte  de  la  emperatriz  de  la  China,  por 
Ruben  Dario. — El  nido  de  gorriones,  por  Joaquin  Dicenta. — Montecristo,  por  Jose  Es- 
tremera. — La  escalera,  por  Isidoro  Fernandez  Florez. — Pensar  a  voces,  por  Jose  Fer- 
nandez Bremon.  —  La  princesa  Lulii,  por  Ricardo  Fernindez  Guardia.  —  Rip-Rip,  por 
Manuel  Gutierrez  Najera. — El  novenario  de  animas,  por  Narciso  Oiler. — La  cuenta  de 
la  vida,  por  Jose  Ortega  Munilla. — La  leyenda  del  millon,  por  Manuel  Osorio  y  Bernard. 
— El  voto,  por  Emilia  Pardo  Bazan.— La  leva,  y  El  fin  de  una  raza,  por  J.  M.  Pereda.— 
La  amenaza,  por  J.  O.  Picon. — Los  cabellos  blancos,  por  Nicanor  Rey  Diaz.— Idilio  y 
tragedia,  por  Salvador  Rueda. — El  seiior  Gomez,  por  Antonio  Sanchez  Perez. — Modelo 
de  esposas,  por  Luis  Taboada. — Visitha,  por  Jose  Tible  Machado. — El  aparecido,  por 
Miguel  de  Toro. — Noche  de  Reyes!  por  Federico  Urrecha. — El  pajaroverde,  por  Juan 
Valera. — La  esclava  de  su  padre,  por  Elias  Zerolo. 

Gonzalez,  Manuel  Fernandez  y.    See  Fernandez  y  Gonzalez,  Manuel. 

Historia  de  Gil  Bias  de  Santillana.    Le  Sage 863  L63 

Historietas  nacionales.     Alarcon •  -863  A32h 


1922  SPANISH  FICTION 


Hurtado  de  Mendoza,  Diego.    See  Mendoza,  Diego  Hurtado  de. 
Ibanez,  Vicente  Blasco.    See  Blasco  Ibatiez,  Vicente. 

Las  ilusiones  del  Doctor  Faustino.     Valera * 863  Visi 

Isaacs,  Jorge.  863  I29 

Maria;  novela  americana. 

"Novel  by  a  South  American  author,  revealing  the  inner  domestic  life  of  his  people 
with  sympathy  and  knowledge."     Baker's  Descriptive  guide  to  the  best  fiction. 

Johnson,  Albert  Bushnell,  ed.  863  J35 

Cuentos  modernos;  ed.  with  introduction,  notes  and  vocabulary. 
Amer.  Book  Co. 

Short  stories  by  modern  Spanish  authors,  presenting  many  phases  of  the  national 
life  and  character. 

Le  Sage,  Alain  Rene.  863  L63 

Historia  de  Gil  Bias  de  Santillana;  traducida  por  Isla.    2v. 

V.2.  title  reads  "Aventuras  de  Gil  Bias  de  Santillana." 

"Lesage  was... true  to  the  general  spirit  of  his  model,  the  picaroon  romance  of 
Spain,  a  kind  of  Roman  d'Aventurcs  transported  from  the  days  and  conventional  tradi- 
tions of  chivalry  to  those  of  ordinary  but  still  adventurous  life  in  the  Peninsula. .  .The 
piercing  observation  of  human  character,  which  Lesage  possessed  in  a  greater  degree 
perhaps  than  any  other  French  writer,  appears,  and  so  does  his  remarkable  power  of 
making  the  results  of  this  observation  live  and  move."  Saintsbury's  Short  history  of 
French  literature. 

La  madre  naturaleza.    Bazan 863  B33m 

Maria.     Isaacs 863  I29 

863  M57 
Los  mejores  cuentos  de  los  mejores  autores  espanoles  contemporaneos 
(antologia). 

Contents:  Perez  Galdos. — Jose  Echegaray. — Blasco  Ibafiez. — Pardo  Bazan. — Salva- 
dor Rueda. — Fernandez  Bremon. — Rodrigo  Soriano. — Jose  Nogales. — Joaquin  Dicenta. 
— Perez  Nieva. — Palacio  Valdes. — Gomez  Carrillo. — Novo  y  Colson,  etc. 

Mendoza,  Diego  Hurtado  de.  863  M61 

La  vida  de  Lazarillo  de  Tormes  y  sus  fortunas  y  adversidades; 
aumentada  con  la  segunda  parte,  sacada  de  las  cronicas  antiguas  de 
Toledo  por  H.  de  Luna. 

Spanish  statesman  and  man  of  letters  (1503-75). 

"The  Lazarillo  is  a  work  of  genius,  unlike  anything  that  had  preceded  it.  It  is  the 
autobiography  of  a  boy... born  in  a  mill  on  the  banks  of  the  Tormes... and  sent  out  by 
his  mother  as  the  leader  of  a  blind  beggar... Its  object  is... to  give  a  pungent  satire  on 
all  classes  of  society. .  .It  is  written  in  a  very  bold,  rich  and  idiomatic  Castilian  style. . . 
and  some  of  its  sketches  are  among  the  most  fresh  and  spirited  that  can  be  found  in  the 
whole  class  of  prose  works  of  fiction."     Ticknor's  History  of  Spanish  literature. 

Novelas  ejemplares.     Bazan 863  Bssn 

Novelas  ejemplares.     Cervantes  Saavedra 863  C33n 

Ochoa,  Juan.  863  O13 

Un  alma  de  Dios;  novela. 

At  the  time  of  his  death  in  1899  the  author  was  considered  one  of  the  most  promis- 
ing novelists  of  Spain. 

"  'Un  alma  de  Dios'  [is]  enchanting  in  its  grace  and  ease."     Athenautn,  1898. 

Ochoa,  Juan.  863  O13S 

Los  senores  de  Hermida;  novela;  Critica  y  cuentos,  con  un  prologo 

por  Leopoldo  Alas  y  un  articulo  biografico  por  Rafael  Altamira. 

Contains  also:  Libertad. — Nube  de  paso. — La  ultima  mosca. — Historia  de  un  cojo. 
— Un  genio. — Rodriguez  Chanchullo  (D.  Prospero). — Rai^irez,  poeta  lirico. — El  vino  de 


SPANISH  FICTION  1923 


Ochoa,  Juan — continued.  863  O13S 

la  boda. — Cosas  del   tiempo. — El  seiior  de   Bergamota    (fragmento). — Una   promesa   de 
Campoamor. — Campoamor. — Pereda. — Cantares. 

"It  is  characteristic  of  Ochoa's  genius — for  it  was  nothing  less — that  he  should  suc- 
ceed best  in  depicting  personages  who  are  wholly  free  from  any  suggestion  of  eccentri- 
city... This  artistic  power  of  interesting  us  in  simple  commonplace — almost  banal — 
persons  and  events  is  admirably  manifested  in  'Los  Senores  de  Hermida'. .  .It  is...  a 
masterly  example  of  the  short  story.  'Libertad,'  'La  Ultima  Mosca'  and  the  'Historia  de 
un  Cojo'  are  little  more  than  brilliant  sketches,  wanting  in  form  and  finish... The  verses 
at  the  end  of  the  volume  are  interesting  as  metrical  exercises  and  as  revelations  of  a 
highly  impressionable  temperament.  Of  more  substantial  value  are  the  letters  to  Cam- 
poamor and  Pereda,  in  both  of  which  Ochoa's  irony  is  accompanied  by  a  critical  insight 
hitherto  unsuspected  in  him."    Saturday  review,  1901. 

Pardo  Beizan,  Emilia.    See  Bazan,  Emilia  Pardo. 

Los  Pazos  de  UUoa.     Bazan 863  B33pa 

Pedro  Sanchez.     Pereda 863  P426P 

Pereda,  Jose  Maria  de.  863  P426 

Don  Gonzalo  Gonzalez  de  la  Gonzalera.     (Obras  completas,  v.3.) 

Pereda  (1834-1906)  was  one  of  the  best  known  of  modern  Spanish  novelists. 
"A  story  in  which  the  author  sets  forth  the  grotesque  character  of  an  electioneering 
campaign  in  Spain."    New  international  encyclopcedia. 

Pereda,  Jose  Maria  de.  863  P426P 

Pedro  Sanchez  [in  Spanish].     (Obras  completas,  v.13.) 
"Portrays   the   Spanish   capital   as   it   was  in   1854,   and  makes   us   follow  his  hero 

through  a  career  of  political  intrigue."     New  international  encyclopaidia. 

Pereda,  Jose  Maria  de.  863  P426S 

Sotileza  [in  Spanish].     (Obras  completas,  v.9.) 

Story  of  Spanish  fisherfolk,  considered  one  of  his  best  works. 

"So  thoroughly  has  he  mastered  his  subject  that  every  fibre,  every  variety  of  the 
sailor's  common  thread  of  experience  he  follows,  and  touches  with  scientific  certainty. 
He  knows  him  in  all  his  phases. .  .knows  every  change  in  his  vivid  and  picturesque 
dialect;  gives  you  the  man  with  his  savage  outbursts,  his  simple  mag^nanimity,  and  crude 
revelations  of  temperament."     Contemporary  review,  i8g6. 

Perez  Galdos,  Benito.  863  P42a 

Angel   Guerra    [in   Spanish].     3v.      (Novelas   espanolas   contempo- 

raneas.) 

"His  story is  of  a  man  who  starts  out  as  a  Socialist,  concerned  in  an  abortive 

revolution ...  and  who  ends  a  conservative  property-holder. .  .The  successive  steps  of  the 

transformation  are  traced  for  us  with  Galdos's  accustomed  skill."     Nation,  i8<)i. 

Perez  Galdos,  Benito.  863  P42fo 

La  fontana  de  oro;  novela  historica. 

The  author's  first  novel,  published  in  1870.  Deals  with  the  political  and  social 
upheaval  in  Spain  during  the  first  part  of  the  19th  century. 

Perez  Galdos,  Benito.  863  P42for 

Fortunata  y  Jacinta.    4v.  in  2.     (Novelas  espanolas  contemporaneas.) 

"A  most  forcible  study  of  contemporary  life."     Kelly's  History  of  Spanish  literature. 

Pipa.     Alas 863  A323 

Quintana,  Antonio  de  Trueba  y  la.    See  Trueba  y  la  Quintana, 
Antonio  de. 

La  regenta.     Alas 863  A323r 

Riverita.     Valdes 863  Vi4r 

Los  senores  de  Hermida.     Ochoa 863  O13S 

El  sombrero  de  tres  picos.    Alarcon 863  A32S 

Sotileza.     Pereda 863   P426S 


1924  RUSSIAN  FICTION 


Su  unico  hijo.     Alas 863  A323S 

Trabajos  de  Persiles  y  Sigismunda.    Cervantes  Saavedra 863  C33t 

Trueba  y  la  Quintana,  Antonio  de.  863  T77 

El  Cid  campeador;  novela  historica  original. 

Trueba  y  la  Quintana  was  a  novelist  and  poet  (1821-89).  The  story  is  founded  on 
the  life  of  the  Cid,  the  popular  national  hero  of  Spain,  who  lived  in  the  nth  century. 

Trueba  y  la  Quintana,  Antonio  de.  863  T77C 

Cuentos  campesinos.     (Obras,  v.5.) 

Contents:  Las  siembras  y  las  cosechas. — La  felicidad  domestica. — El  mas  listo  que 
Cardona. — Lo  que  es  poesta. — Recuerdos  de  un  muerto. — Los  borrachos. — Lozoya. — £1 
estilo  es  el  hombre. — Los  tomillareses. — La  novia  de  piedra. — La  capciosidad. 

Short  stories  of  life  in  the  Basque  region. 

Valdes,  Armando  Palacio.  *  863  Vi4a 

La  aldea  perdida;  novela-poema  de  costumbres  campesinas. 

Depicts  peasant  life  in  Asturias. 

"(Valdes]  has  abundant  cleverness,  a  sure  hand  in  construction,  a  distinct  power  of 
character-drawing,  which  have  won  him  more  consideration  out  of  Spain  than  in  it,  and 
he  has  a  fair  claim  to  rank  as  the  chief  of  the  modern  naturalistic  school."  Kelly's 
History  of  Spanish  literature. 

Valdes,  Armando  Palacio.  863  Vi4r 

Riverita  [in  Spanish].     (Obras  completas,  v.5.) 

"In  Riverita  we  have  a  most  captivating  picture  of  boy  life,  stamped  with  truth  on 
every  page."    Atlantic  monthly,  1900. 

Valera,  Juan.  863  V15C 

El  comendador  Mendoza.     (Obras  completas,  v.7.) 

Valera  (1824-1905)   was  among  the  best  known  Spanish  novelists  of  his  day. 
"Vigorous  romance,  very  tragic  and  moving,  with  a  heroine  as  captivating  as  Pepita 
Jimenez.     Idealistic  and  full  of  criticism."    Baker's  Descriptive  guide  to  the  best  fiction. 

Valera,  Juan.  863  Visi 

Las  ilusiones  del  Doctor  Faustino.  2v.  in  i.  (Obras  completas, 
v.5-6.) 

Story  of  a  modern  Faust. 

"Las  Ilusiones  del  Doctor  Faustino  has  found  less  favour  with  critics  and  with 
general  readers,  perhaps  because  its  humour  is  too  refined,  its  observation  too  merciless, 
its  style  too  subtle."    Kelly's  History  of  Spanish  literature. 

La  vida  de  Lazarillo  de  Tormes.     Mendoza 863  M61 

891.73     Russian  fiction 

AKcaKOB-i>,  Ceprift  THMO(J)ieBH'n>.  891.73  A31 

^ixcKie  TOfl^hi  BarpoBa  BHyna,  npo^dKCHie  CeiieftHoft  xpo- 

HHKH.      1906. 

AKcaKOBi.,  Ceprift  THMO^ieRHMt.  891.73  A31s 

CeMeftnaa   xpoHHKa    h   BocnoMHHaHia.      1900.      (Co6paHie 

COHHHeHitt,  T.   1.) 

AH;^peeBi>,  JIeoHH;^T>  HHKo.;iaeBHHT..  891.73  ASS 

Pa3CKa3u.     4  t.  bt>  2. 
T.  1-2.  Pa3CKa3u. 
T.  3-4.  MejiKie  pascKasu. — Pa3CKa3H  h  ntecu. 


RUSSIAN  FICTION  1925 


BeJiBMOHTT.,  Jleo.  891.73  B41 

^ijio  npH  saKpuTHXT.  flBepaxt. 
BepecaeBx,  BHKeHrifi,  (nces^.  BHECHTin  Bhkch-       891.73  V27 

TbCBHHa   CMH;i;OBHHa). 

PascKasH,     4  t.  bt.  2. 
T.  1-2.  PascKasH. 

T.  3-4.  Pa3CKa3u  (npo^^ojiMceHie). — SanHCKH  spana. 
FapHHi,,  H.  (nccB^.  HviKOJiaz  FeoprieEHHa  891.73  G18 

MnxaftJiOBCKaro). 
Pa3CKa3M  H  nbecH.    8  x.  bt,  4.    1906-10. 

T.  1-2.    ^■^^TCTBO   TCMH. rHMHa3HCTH. 

T.  3-4.  CTy^cHTH,  HJiH  TcMa  H  ero  flpyatH. — HnHceHepH. 
T.  5-7.  PascKasH. — ^^epeBeHCKin   naHopaMH. 
T.  8.  Bt,     cyxojioKi'    npoBHHi^iajiBHoft     whshh,      1886-96r. 
[OnepKH  H  pascKasH.] 

FapinHHx,  BceBOJio^i.  MHxaftjroBHHi..  891.73  G19p 

IIojiHoe   co6paHie   coHHHenift.     1910. 
FaprnHH-B,  BceBOjro^^T.  MnxaajroBH^t.  891.73  G19 

Pa3CKa3H.     1907. 
ForojrB,  HnKOJiaft  BacH.nBeBHHT>.  891.73  G57 

CoHHHeniH ;  no^^i.  pe^aKi^ieft  EBreniH  ^HXCKaro.     5  x.  bt,  2. 
1902. 

FoJiBflCMnxx,  OjiKBcp-B.  891.73  G58 

B3K(|)HJII>;^CKifi  CBHmeHHHKT.. 

FoHHapoBi.,  HBaHt  A.tteKcaHflpoBHHi,.  891.73  G61 

no./iHoe  co6paHie  coHHHenifi.     9  x.  bt,  5. 

X.  1-2.    OdBIKHOBCHHaH  HCXOpia. 06jrOMOBT,. 

X.  3-4.  OdjiOMOBT,  (npo^ojiK.). — OdpHBt. 
X.  5-6.  06pHBt  (npo^ojiK.). — Operaxi,  IlajLTrafla. 
X.  7.  OperaxT,  IlajiJia^^a  (npo^ojiJK.). 

X.  8-9.  ^exiipe    o^epKa. — HBam,    CasHHi,    no;^»ca6pHH'B. — 
BocnoMKHaniH. — Cjiyrn  cxaparo  BiKa. 

FopBKift,  MaKCHMt,  (nceB^i;.  AjieKcia  MaKCHMO-       891.73  G67 
BHia  niuiKOBa.) 
PaacKaau.     6  x.  bt,  3.     1903. 
X.  1-2.  MaKapT,  Hy/(pa. — O  Hnace,  KoxopHft  jrajit  h  o  J^siTJii, 

JlI06uTejli      HCXHHH. EmCJIBHHT,      UajlxA. ^^i^T.      ApXHHT,      H 

JleHKa.  —  HciKaniT..  —  Cxapyxa  HseprnjiB.  —  O^Ha^c^H  oce- 
HbK). — OmndKa. — Moft  cnyxHHKT,. — ^^ijio  cb  sacxewKaMH. — 
nicH«  o  coKOJii. — Ha  njioxaxT,. — EojiecB. — TocKa. — Koho- 
aajiOBT,. — XaHT,  h  ero  chhi. — Bhbo^t,. — Cynpyrn  Opjiosu. — 


1926  RUSSIAN  FICTION 


EBiBuiie  jiio^H.  —  OaopHHKT..  —  BapeHBKa  O^ecoBa.  —  Toaa- 
Phii;h, 

T.  3-4.  Bt.  cxenH. — MajiBBa. — HpnapKa  bt,  FojiTBi. — 3a3y- 
6pHHa. — CKyKH  pa;i,H. — KaHHi>  h  ApxcMx. — ^pyjKKH. — IIpoxo- 
;^iiMei^T>. — HiiTaxejii.. — KapajiKa.. — O  nepxi. — Erne  o  nepxi. — 
Baci>Ka  KpacHUtt. — 0OMa  rop^^ieai.. — ^Ba^u;axb  mecxb  h  o^^na. 

X.  5-6.  Tpoe.  —  nicHH   o  dypeaicxRHKi.  —  Mimane.  —  Ha 

rpnropoBHHx,  ^MHxpift  BacHjibeBHiT,.  891.73  G89a 

Ahxoht,  FopeMLiKa.     1908. 

rpnropoBHHx,  ^MHxpift  BacHJTbeBHH-B.  891.73  G89 

Hepecc^ieHi^H.     1894. 

rpHropoBHHT,,  ^MHxpift  BacHjiteEHHT..     ^  891.73  G89po 

IloBicxH  H  pascKasH  fljiH  nonyjiapnaro  hxchih.     1899. 

rpnropoBHHT,,  ^MHxpift  BacHjteBHHT..  891.73  G89p 

IIoBicxH  H  pa3CKa3H  ;i,Jia  nonyjHpHaro  ixeHia.     1905. 

rpHropoBHHT>,  ^MHxpitt  BacHjiBeBHiT,.  .891.73  G89r 

PH6aKH ;  poMaHt.     1900. 

FpHropoEHHi,,  ^MHxpitt  BacHJTteBHHt.  891.73  G89s 

CMe;i;oBCKaH  fl,ojiaHa.     1904. 
Tioro,  BHKxopi..  891.73  H89t 

Tpy»eHHKH  MopH.  2  X.  Bt  1.  (HjiJiiocxpHpOBaHHoe  co6pa- 
Hie  coiKHenift,  x.  6-7.) 

Tioro,  BHKxopT..  891.73  H89 

HeJIOB-feKt  KOXOpHft  CMieXCH.       3x.  Bt.  1. 

^HKKCHCT.,  HapJiBCT,.  891.73  D55 

CoHHHCHiH  Hapjibca  ^HEKenca;  nojiHoe  codpanie.  10  x. 
Bt  5. 

X.  1-2.  ^aBH^T.  Kounep$HJib;i;t,  M;ia;nuiitt. — ^OM6ift  cmht.. 

X.  3-4.  Xojio^Hufl  ^OMt. — noBicxB  o  /^Byxt  ropo^axt. — 
KpoiuKa  ^oppHxt. — Bojitmia  OHCH^^anifl. 

X.  5-6.  HHKOJiatt  HHKjri.6H. — Cbhxohhuc  pascKasH :  O^ep- 
WHMbift  ;  BnxBa  khshh  :  CBepioKt  na  nenn. — Hhbhb  h  npHKJiK)- 
Hema  MapxHHa  HessjiBBHxa. — rnMHt  Po»c;i;ecxBy  (CaaxoHHutt 
pascKast). — SaxpaBjicHt. 

X.  7-8.  Hamt  o6m;itt  ^pyrt. — OjiHsept  Tbhcx-b. — IIocMepx- 
HUH  sanHCKii  IlHKKBHKCKaro  Kjry6a. — T^ihccjimh  BpeMena. 

X.  9-10.  BapHe6H  PeA»ci>. — Taftna  3^BHHa  ^py;^a. — Kojio- 
KOJia. — ^.T^aBKa  ^pcBHOcxeft. — SanncKH  nyxemecxBCHHHKa  ne  no 
xoproBUMt  js.ijiau'h. — Cxani^ia  Mer6». — Me;i;$orcKaH  sa- 
nncKa. — Pei^enxbi  flOKxopa  MapHrojibfla. — Best  Buxo^^a. 


RUSSIAN  FICTION  1927 


flocToeBCKiii,  Ge^^opt  MnxafijiosHHt.  891.73  D74 

IIojiHoe  co6paHie  coiHHeHifi.     12  t.  bt.  6. 

T.  1-2.  EEoBicTH  H  pa3CKa3H :  Bi^HHe  jiio^h. — ^BoiiHHKi. — 
Focno^HHt  Upoxap^HHt. — PoMant  bt,  ^cbhth  nacbMaxx. — 
XosafiKa. — IIojiayHKOBT,. — Cjiadoe  cep;iiii;e. — Hyacaa  acena  h 
Myac-L  no^-b  KpoBaxtio. — HecTHHft  Bopi.. — EjiKa  h  CBa;i;i.6a. — 
BijiHH  HOHH. — HexoHKa  HesBaHoaa. — MajreHBKift  repoft. — Ha 
eBponeficKia  co6hiTia  bt,  1854  ro;^y. — ^a^^iomKHHx  corn.. — 
Cejio  CxenaHHHKOBo  h  ero  odnxaxejiH. 

X.  3-4.  3anHCKH  hst.  MepxBaro  ^OMa. — IIoBicTH  h  pascKasu : 
CKBepHHtt  aHeK/i;oxi,;  Shmhi^  sanixKH  o  jiixHHX'B  Bnenaxjii- 
HiHX'h. — 3anHCKH  Hst  no/i;nojii>H  :  KpoKOfl,nji'h ;  HrpoKt. — Yhh- 
HceHHue  H  ocKop6jieHHHe. — BiHHHft  MyacT>. 

X.  5-6.  npecxynjienie  h  naKasaHie. — H^^ioxt. 

X.  7-8.  EicH. — no;i;pocxoK't. 

X.  9-10.   ^HeBHHKT.  HHcaxejiH. 

X.  11-12.  ^HCBHHKt    HHcaxejiH     (npo^.). — BpaxBK    KapaMa- 

30BH. 

^ocTocBCKiH,  ©e^opt  MMxaftjioBKH-B.  891.73  D74a 

IIojiHoe  codpanie  coinHenift.     14  x. 

3o;ia,  3MHjit.  -  891.73  Z75p 

HapHSKt;  poMaHt. 

KBHXKa,  rpiiropift  Geo^opoBHix  (nces^.  891.73  K44 

rpUU,I.KO    OcHOB-fcHHCHKo). 

MapycH.     1894. 
KHHrc;ieft,  Kapjit.  891.73  K27 

Hnaxin.     2  x.  b-b.  1. 
KopojieHKo,  Bjia^HMip-B  FajiaKxioHOBHHi..  891.73  K38o 

OnepKH  H  pa3CKa3H.    5  x.  bt.  2. 

X.  1-2.  Bt  /i.ypHOMT.  o6iu,ecxBi. — Coh-b  MaKapa. — Jlich 
myMHx-B. — B-B  HOHB  no^T>  CB^xjiHli  npa3^HHKT>. — Bx  nb^^CJi'ifl- 
cxBCHHOM-B  ox;i;ijieHiH. — Cxapuft  3BOHapB. — O^epKH  cndnp- 
cKaro  xypHcxa. — CoKOJiHHei],'B. — PiKa  Hxpaex^. — Ha  saxMCHiH. 
— Ax-B-^aBaH-B. — HepKecB. — 3a  HKOHoft. — Hohbk). — Tinn. — 
Cy^HBift  ;i;eHB  (loM-B-KHnypi). 

X.  3-5.  OroHBKH, — CKa3aHie  o  Ojiopi,  Arpnnni  h  MenaxcMi, 
CHHi  lery^^Bi. — Ilapa^oKcx. — "FocyflapeBBi  HMmHKH." — Mo- 
posT.. — IIocjii^Hift  jiyn-h. — Mapycnna  saHMKa. — MrHOBenie. — 
Bt.  odjiaHHHft  ;^eHB. — Cjiinoft  MysHKanxi.. — Beai.  asBiKa. 

Kopo;ieHKO,  Bjia^HMip-B  FajiaKxioHOBHi-B.  891.73  K38och 

OnepKH  11  pa3CKa3Bi.    3  x.  bt,  1.    1905-07. 


1928  RUSSIAN  FICTION 

KopojieHKo,  BjiaAHMipt  rajiaKxioHOBHrnb.  891.73  K38 

Cjiinoft  MyauKaHTB.     1899. 

JlepMOHTOBT,,    MHXaHJIT.   lOpBCBKHI..  891.73    L63g 

Fepoft  Hauiero  BpeMCHH.     1896. 

JIhttoht.,  S^^Bap^x  ^JKopsKi.  HapjiBcx  By.abBepi.,      891.73  L99 
6apoHT.. 
IIocjii^Hie  ;^HH  IIoMneH. 

JlicKOBi.,  HHKOJiati  CeMCHOBHH'B.  891.73  L64 

nojiHoe  co6paHie  coHUHenift.     12  t.     1897. 

Me;iBHHKOB-L,    naBeJiT.    HBaHOBHHi,,    (nccB/^.  891.73  M59 

AH;i,peii  IleHepcKift). 
Ha  ropaxT.;  poManx.    4  t.  bt,  2. 

Me;ii>HHKOB-i>,  ITaBeji-B  HBanoBHit  (nccB^.  891.73  M59c 

AH;i,peft  IleHepcKift). 

IIojiHoe  co6paHie  coHHHCHift.     7  t. 

T.  1.  PascKasu. 

T.  2-3.  Bt.  JiicaxT.. 

T.  4-5.  Ha  ropaxx. 

T.  6.  CraTbH  H  pa3CKa3u. 

T.  7,  OnepKH  nonoBii];HHH. — ABBaKyMi>  IleTpOBHHT.. — Chh- 
cjienie     pacKOjrbHHKOBt. — OnepKH      Mbp;i;BBi, — HcTopHiecKiH 

HSBicTiH  o  HH^cHCMt  HoBropo^i. HcTOpHieCKlH  aaMixKH. — 

Sauiname  o  ropo;i;ax'i>  pocciftcKOfi  HMnepin. — IIpe^aHiH  bt. 
HHHceropo;i;cKOft  ry6epHiH. — ^opoacHHa  3anHCKH. — Cojihch- 
Hux  saTMeiiia. — BeJiHKifl  xy^^osKHnKt. 

"KpHTHKO-6iorpa(J)HHecKift  onepKi,  A.  H3MaftjroBa.  t.  l,c. 
3-26. 

IlHceMCKid,  AjcKcitt  Geo$H;raKTOBHHT>.  891.73  P657v 

B36ajraMyHeHHoe  Mope;  poMaHt. 

IlHceMCKifi,  AjieKcitt  Geo^HjraKTOBHHt.  891.73  P657 

Mirn;aHe. 

IlHceMCKift,  AjieKcift  Geo^n.aaKTOBHH'i..  891.73  P657p 

XIojiHoe  co^panie  coHnHenift.    t.  1-8. 

no;ieBofi,  nexpt  HHKOjraeBHHt.  891.73  P75 

HcTopiiiecKiH  pa3CEa3i>i  h  noBicxH.    1902. 

IIpyxaHCKift,  K.  891.73  P97 

[CoHHHeiiiH.]    4bx2.    1902-04. 

T.  1-2.  B-B  pasrapi  cxpacxeft. — BejtHKOJiinHaH  rocxHHHi^a. — 
Pa3CKa3H. 

X.  3-4.  Bojibmie  xa^anxBi. — Be3T>  npHKpacx. 


RUSSIAN  FICTION  1929 


IlyniKHHT.,  AjicKcaH^pi.  CeprieBHit.  •       891.73  P98k 

KanHTaHCKa>i  ji^OHKa..     1899. 

CeHKCBHiT.,  FeHpHK-B.  q891.73  S57 

HojiHoe  codpanie  coHnHenifi.    7  t.  bt,  3. 

T.  1-2.  Beat  ;^o^MaTa. — noBicxH  h  pascKasH. — Ilo6ifl,KTejih. 
— OriicMt  H  MeneMT.. — IIoToni.. 

T.  3-4.  rioTom.  (npo;i,oji^). — nam.  Bo.30/i,LieBCKiti. — CeMb^i 
IIojiaHeii.KHX'i.. 

T.  5-7.  ETHCbMa  hst.  nyxemecTBitt. — Quo  vadis. — Ha  cb^t- 
jiOMi>  6epery. — KpecTOHOcii;H. 

CxaHIOKOBHH-I,,  KOHCXaHTHHt  MHXaftjIOBHHT,.  891.73  S79z 

}Kpei],I>I,      HCTOpiil      O^HOfi      »CH3HH  ;      IIoBicTH      H      pa3CKa3H. 

(lTo.;iHoe  codpanie  coHUHenift,  x.  10.) 

CxaHioKOBHiT,,  KoHCxaHXHHt  MaxaftjiOEHHt.  891.73  S79k 

KapxHHKH  o6in;ecxBeHHOfi  xchshh.  (IIojiHoe  codpanie  cohh- 
Henitt.     X.  7.) 

CxaHiOKOBHHi,,  KoHcxaHXHHT>  MnxaftjiOBHi-L.  891.73  S79m 

MopcKJe  pascKasH.  2  x.  (nojHOe  codpanie  conHHenitt, 
X.  4,  12.) 

CTaHHJKOBH'iT,,  KoHcxaHXHRT.  MnxaftjiOBiiHT..  891.73  S79n 

HauiH    HpaBbi    [h   ^p3'rie   pascKasHJ.      (IIojiHoe   codpanie 

coiHHeHitt,  X.  6.) 

^pyrie  pascKasM  :    nepstie  uiani. — HepHOMopcKan  cHpena. 

CxaHioKOBHiT,,  KoHCxaHXHH-B  MnxaftjiOBH^'B.  891.73  S79o 

Omyx-k  [h  ,T;p3^rie  pascKasti].    (ITojiHoe  codpanie  coHKHCHift, 

X.  5.) 

CxaHioKOBHHTb,  KoHcxaHXHHT.  MnxaftjiOBKHt.  891.73  S79 

OxKpoBeHHbie    [h    ;i;pyrie    pa3CKa3Bi].    (IIojiHoe    codpanie 

coHHHenift,  x.  8.) 

^pyrie  pa3CKa3bi :   Bt   Micxa   ne  cxojib  ox;i;aJieHHHH.  —  Bt> 

po;i;i  CBHxoHHaro  pa3CKa3a.  —  ^ypaKt. 

CTaHK)KOBHHT>,  KoHcxaHXHHt  MnxaftjiosHHT..  891.73  S79p 

IIncbMa  3HaxHaro  HHOcxpaima.  (IIojiHoe  codpanie  cohh- 
nenift,  x.  9.) 

CxaHioKOBHHi,  KoHcxaHXHH-B  MHxaftjiOBHHi..  891.73  S79r 

PaBHO,^yniHHe ;  Pa3CKa3u ;  IlBecM.  (IIoaiHoe  codpanie 
coiHueiiift,  X.  11.) 

CxenH^KT.,  (^ceB;^.  Cepria  MnxattJioBHia  Kpas-         891.73  S83 

HHHCKaro). 

I^xyn,7^Hcx'L  IlaBejiT.  Py;^eHKO.    (Codpanie  coiKHenift,  t.  1.) 


1930 


RUSSIAN  FICTION 


Cioy,  TjKa  rappisTi.  (BHHepi,).  891.73  S89 

XHHCHHa  ^H^H  ToMa. 

Cio,  SKCH-b.  891.73  S94 

BiHHUft  JKH^X;  poMaH-B.      5  T.   B-B  2. 

TcKKepcH,  EHJitHMT,  MsKHHCB.  891.73  T33 

HpMapKa  JKHTeftcKott  cyexH ;  poMani.,  nepcBO^t  ct  anrjiift- 
cKaro  JI.  Tea.    2  t.  bt>  1.     (Hosaa  BHd.iioxeKa  CyBopiiHa.) 

ToiicToft,  AjieKcift  KoHCTaHTHHOsHHi.,  rpaij)^.       891.73  T588k 
KHH3b  Cepe6pHHuft.     (IIojiHoe  codpanie  cciKHenift,  t.  4.) 

ToJiCToft,  A-ieKcitt  KoHcxaHTHHOBHiT,,  rpa^t.         891.73  T588u 
Ynuph  [h  ;^py^ie  pa3CKa3H].    (llojiHoe  co6paHie  coHHHCHift. 

T.3.) 

[/l^pyrie  paacKasbi]  :  Ccmkh  Byp^ajiaKa. — ^Ba  ^h^  bt.  KHp- 
THScKOft  cxenH. — ApTCMift  CeMeHOBHHT,  BepaeHKOBCKitt. — 
AMCHa. — Khh3i.  Cepe6paHHft. 

ToJiCTofi,  JleB-B  HHKOJEaeBHHT,,  rpa^T..  891.73  T58a 

Anna  KapcHHHa.     2  t.  b-l  1.     1886. 

To-icTofi,  JIcBt  HHKOJiaeBHHi.,  rpail)-!..  891.73  T58vo 

BocKpecenie. 

ToJiCToH,  JleBT,  HHKOjraeBHHt,  rpa(J)T..  891.73  T58v 

Boftna  H  MHpt.     4t.  bt>  2.     1903. 

To;icToft,  JleB-h  HHKOJiaeBHHi,,  rpa^)!".  891.73  T58d 

^CKadpHCTu,  XojicTOMipt  H  CMcpxt  IlBana  H.ibHia.     1886. 

To;icTofi,  JleB-h  HHKOjraeBHHt^  rpa(|)x.  891.73  T58dy 

^■ItCTBO,  OXpOHeCTBO  H  lOHOCTb.       1903. 

To;icToft,  JleB-h  HHKOJtaeBHHi,,  rpaifn.,  891.73  T58k 

Ka3aKH.     1900. 

T0JICT06,  JleB-h  HnKOjraeBHHT,,  rpa4>t.  891.73  T58po 

IIOBicTH  H  pa3CKa3H.   2  T.   1903. 

To.icTOH,  JleBT,  HHKO.;iaeBHHT.,  Tpa^-h.  891.73  T58s 

[CiMepTb  HBana  HjibHia,  h  t.  p,.]     1903. 
TypreHCBT,,  HBam.  CeprieBHHi.  891.73  T85d 

^blM-b  H  ^BOpHHCKOe  ^Hi3;^o.      1897. 
TypreHCBi,,  HBarn,  CeprienHH-b.  891.73  T85z 

SanHCKH  OXOTHHKa.     2  T.  BT.  1.      1876. 

TypreHCB-b,  HBaii-b  CepricBHi-b.  891.73  T85no 

Honb ;  poMaH-b,     2  7.81.1,     1877. 
TypreHCBT.,  HBaHT>  CeprieBHHT>.  891.73  T85n 

HoBb  H  Py^^HH-b.    1897. 


RUSSIAN  FICTION  1931 


TypreHCBT,,  IlBaHt  CeprieBH^t.  891.73  T85p 

ITojiHoe  codpanie  coHHHeHifi,    10  t.    1897. 

TypreHCBT.,  HBaHt  CeprienHHt.  891.73  T85s 

CxenHOfi  Kopojib  Anp-h. 

ycncHCKift,  rjiie-L  HBaHOBHHT,.  891.73  U28i 

Hat  ;;epeBeHCKaro  ^HCBHHKa  [h  ;i;pyrie  pascKaau.]  (IIojiHoe 

codpaiiie  coHUHenitt,  x.  4.) 

^pyrie    pascKaau :     HenopBanHUH     cbhsh.  —  Eirjiue     na- 

6pocKH.  —  Eon.  rpixaMt  TepnHTi..     Bojieft  HCBOJieft.  —  Hcbh- 

ycncHCKifi,  Tjiidi.  HBaiiosHHi..  891.73  U28k 

KpecTbiiHHHT.  H  KpecTbHHCKift  Tpy^T.   [h  ^pyfic  pa3CKa3H]. 

(EEojiHoe  codpanie  conHHenift,  t.  5.) 

/l^pyrie    pascKasH :    Bjiacxi.    3eMjin. — Hst.    paaroBopoBi.    ct. 

npiarejiHMH. — He    cjiyHiicB  ! — IIpHmjio     Ha    naM^xi.. — CKyia- 

lomaa    ny6jiHKa. — Hepest    ncHi.    KOJio/i;y. — OiepKH. — IlHCfcMa 

HST.  Cep6iH. 

YcneHCKiH,  Tjii,6'h  HBaHOBHHi..  891,73  U28 

HoBtiH  BpeMena,  hobuh  aadoxu ;  OiepKH  nepexo^naro  spe- 
mchh;  PascKastr.     (IIojiHoe  co6panie  coHHHCHift,  x.  2.) 

HexoBx,  Ahxoht.  naBjioBKHt.  891.73  C41 

XlbecBi.     (Bi.  ero:  CoHJmemH,  x.  7;  11,  c.  195-262.) 

HexoBT.,  Ahxoht,  IlaBjiOBHiT..  891.73  C41 

Pa3CKa3u.     (Bt.  ero:  CoHHHeHia,  x.  1-6;  8-9;  11,  c.  3-194.) 

HexoBT.,  Ahxoht.  UaBjioBHiT..  891.73  C41 

[CoHHHeHia.]      11  x.  bt.  5. 
X.  1-4.     FascKasH. 
X.  5-7.  Pa3CKa3H. — IlLeciJ. 
X.  8-9.  Pa3CKa3i.i. 

X.  10-11.    OcxpOBT,  CaxaJIHHT.. Pa3CKa3H  h  HBecu. 

3.)iioTT,,  ^}Kop;i;HCT>,  (ncesfl,.  Mapin  Ahhu  891.73  E47 

(3BaHCT.)  KpoccT.). 
A;^aMT,  BH;^T.. 

3jioTX,  ^3Kop;i;»CT>,  (nces/i;.  Mapin  Ahhh  891.73  E47d 

(3BaHCT.)   KpOCCT.). 

J^SLHiHji-h  ^epoH;i;a ;  pOMam.. 

SjiioTT,,  JlyKop/i^yK-h,  (hccb^.  Mapin  Ahhu  891.73  E47r 

(3BaHCT.)  KpoccT.). 
PoMOJia. 


1932  POLISH  FICTION 


891.83     Polish  fiction 

Abgar-Sohan,  pseud.  891.83  A14 

Nea;  powiesc  wspolczesna. 
Abgar-Sohan,  pseud.  891.83  Ai4r 

Rywale;  powiesc. 
Abgar-Sohan,  pseud.  891.83  A14W 

Widziane  i  odczute;  szkice  i  opowiadania. 

Contents:  Kolega. — Pierwszy  bunt. — Dzikie  gol?bie. — Kr61  polski. — Zgin^i  marniel 
— Weksel. 

Ada.     Kraszewski 891.83  K4ia 

Amen.     Krechowiecki 891.83  K4i5a 

Anczyc,  WiadysJaw  Ludwik.  891.83  A54 

Duch  puszczy;  opowiadanie  z  amerykanskich  borow,  wedJug  D-ra 
Birda. 

Anczyc,  WJadysJaw  Ludwik.  891.83  A54P 

Przygody  prawdziwe  zeglarzy  i  podroznikow  posrod  dzikich  ludow 
kuli  ziemskiej. 

Andersen,  Hans  Christian.  891.83  A544 

Basnie;  opracowane  przez  C.  Niewiadomsk^. 
Also  published  under  the  title  "Bajki." 

Anima  vilis.     Rodziewiczowna 891.83  R59a 

Anioi  Pitoux.    Dumas 891.83  DSga 

Anio}  smierci.     Tetmajer 891.83  T32a 

Anna.     Czajkowski 891.83  C99a, 

Argonauci.     Orzeszkowa ' 891.83   028a 

As.     Dygasinski 891.83  D98a 

Atlanta.     Urbanowska 891.83  U27 

Augustynowicz,  Jan.  891.83  A92P 

Poci^g^ni^cia  p^dzlem. 

Contents:  Szal. — "Pan  Braczaczewicz." — Wiecz6r  w  Ilidze. — Potcpieniec. — Baran. 
—  W  wiecz6r  karnawatowy. —  W  sloncu. —  W  cieniu. —  Panna  Stasia. —  Spelnifo  sic-  — 
Momenty. — Az  do  konca  dni. 

Augustjmowicz,  Jan.  891.83  A93 

W  pryzmacie. 

Contents:  Chwila. — Na  cmentarzu. — W  przelocte. — ^W  lesie. — Porankieni. — Odwie- 
dziny. — Epizod. — W  ciszy. — W  nastroju. — Historya  o  grajku. 

Baczmaha.     Pawlikowski 891.83  P32 

Bajbuza.     Kraszewski 891.83  K4ibaj 

Bajki.     Sieroszewski 891.83  S572b 

Bakowski,  Klemens.  891.83  B17 

Posazna  panna;  opowiadanie. 
Balonem  do  biegnna.    Uminski 891.83  U24 


POLISH  FICTION  .         1933 


Bahicki,  Michai.  891.83  B21 

Btyszcz^ce  n§dze;  powiesc  wspoJczesna. 
Bahicki,  Michat.  891.83  Baid 

250,000;  powiesc.    (Pisma,  v.  12.) 
Bahicki,  Michai.  891.83  B2in 

Nowelle.    v.i. 

Contents:    Album  kandydatek  do  stanu  maizenskiego. — Goral  na  dolinach. 

Bahicki,  Michat.  891.83  B2it 

Typy  i  obrazki  Krakowskie. 
Bahicki,  Michat.  *  891.83  B21W 

Wis  i  Dziunia;  powiesc. 
Bahicki,  Michat.  891.83  B2izm 

Z  mftow  spotecznych,  powiesc;  Profesorka,  obrazek  z  natury. 
Baiucki,  Michat.  891.83  Bziza 

Za  winy  niepopetnione;  powiesc.     (Pisma,  v.8.) 
Bahicki,  Michat.  891.83  B21Z 

Zamki  na  lodzie;  powiesc  z  naszych  czasow. 
Bahicki,  Michat.  891.83  B2izy 

2yd6wka;  powiesc  z  ostatnich  lat.     (Pisma,  v.6.) 

Banita.     Kraszewski 891.83  K4iba 

Bardzka,  Anna.    See  Karwat,  Mme  Anna  (Bardzka). 

Bardzka,  Natalia.  891.83  B23 

Ksi^z?  Jerzy;  powiesc  historyczna  z  konca  17  wieku.    2v.  in  i. 
Bardzka,  Natalia.  891.83  B23U 

Utopista;  powiesc  wspotczesna. 
Bartkiewicz,  Zygmunt.  891.83  B27 

Stabe  serca. 

Other  stories:  Drog^  sztuki. — Trzy  listy  prababki. — Chleb  swojski. — U  mety. — Za 
czesc  zagrody. — Male  kobietki. — Z  Bozej  laski. — Maj. — O  Kostce  Napierskim  i  Hance 
Czubaszownie,  opowiesc. —  Emigrant  z  1905  r. —  U  wody. —  Matczyna  dola. —  Jesienne 
dzwi^ki. — Litynska  lelija. — Na  szostem. — Prasynowie  Djany. — Zgrzyt. — Polityka  w  lesie. 
— Wodka. — 63 . 

Basn  o  dobrym  synu.     Betza 891.83  B42 

891.83  B29 
Basni  ludowe,  rozne  bajki,  opowiadania,  klechdy,  historyjki  i  zarty. 
Pittsburgh. 

BaSnie.    Andersen 891.83  A544 

B?czkowska,  Wanda  Grot-.    See  Grot-B§czkowska,  Wanda. 

Beldonek.     Dygasinski 891.83   D98be 

Belza,  Wladystaw.  891.83  B42 

Basn  o  dobrym,  synu,  wedtug  ludowego  podania. 

Ben-Hur.     Wallace 891.83  W17 

Bene  nati.     Orzeszkowa 891.83  028b 

Benvenuto  Cellini.     Dumas 891.83  D89b 

Berent,  Wactaw.  891.83  B45 

Prochno;  powiesc  wspotczesna.    2v.  in  i. 


1934         •  POLISH  FICTION 

Bez  dogmatu.     Sienkiewicz 891.83  Ssyb 

Bez  duszy.     Walewska 891.83  W16 

Bez  woli.     Grot-B?czkowska 891.83  G942 

Biala.     Gomulicki 891.83  G59b 

Biaty  ksi^z^.     Kraszewski 891.83  K4ibi 

Bielmo.     Tr^mpczynski 891.83  T68b 

Bjornson,  Bjornstjerne.  891.83  B51 

Mary;  powiesc.    ;2v.  in  i. 

B}f kitni.     Rodziewiczowna 891.83  R59b 

Blichtr.     DaniJowicz-Strzelbicki ^  .891.83  D225 

Bluszcz.     Gawalewicz 891.83  G24b 

Blyski.     Orwicz 891.83   O289 

Blyszcz^ce  n^dze.     Batucki 891.83  B21 

Bodzantowicz,  K.  S.  (pseud,  of  Kajetan  Suffczynski).  891.83  B58 

Boje  polskie  i  przygody  zotnierskie. 
Boguska,  H.  J.    See  Hajota,  pseud. 

Bohater  z  pod  Spionskopu.     Klaussmann 891.83  K31 

Bohdanowicz,  Antoni.  891.83  B59 

W  szpitalu;  B?gdny  ognik;  Wspomnienia  meksykanskie. 
Boje  polskie  i  przygody  zotnierskie.     Bodzantowicz,  K.  S. 

pseud 891.83  B58 

Bolestawita,  B.  pseud.    See  Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy. 

Boleszczyce.     Kraszewski 891.83  K4ibl 

Bor.     Zmudzki 891.83  Z723 

Bourget,  Paul.  891.83  B65 

Etap;  przeiozyi  Achilles  Breza. 

Bozy  gniew.     Kraszewski 891.83  K4ibo2 

Bracia  z  wyboru.     Kowerska 891.83  K39b 

Bracia  zmartwychwstancy.     Kraszewski 891.83  K4ibr 

Branki  w  Jassyrze.    Luszczewska 891.83  L98 

Bratnie  dusze.    Karwat 891.83  K13 

Brzozowski,  Bronislaw,  comp.  891.83  B84 

Upominek;  ksi^zka  do  czytania  z  licznymi  obrazkami. 
Bukowiecka,  Zofia.  891.83  B86 

MJotem  i  kielnia;  opowiadanie  dla  mlodziezy. 
Bukowiecka,  Zofia.  891.83  B86s 

Stefek  Luty  w  Brazylii. 
Bukowiecka,  Zofia.  891.83  B86z 

2oJnierz  Dewetta;  z  papierow  mJodego  przyjaciela  Janka  26raw- 
skiego. 

Bulwer-Lytton,  Edward  George  Earle  Lytton,  baron.    See  Lytton, 
Edward  George  Earle  Lytton  Bulwer-,  baron. 


POLISH  FICTION  1935 

Burnett,  Mrs  Frances  (Hodgson).  891.83  B93 

MaJy  lord;  powiesc  dla  mJodziezy;  przeJozyia  z  angielskiego  M.  J. 
Zaleska. 

Burstenbinder,  Elisabeth.    See  Werner,  E.  pseud. 

Bylo  to  pod  Jen^.     Przyborowski 891.83  P978b 

Caprea  i  Roma.     Kraszewski 891.83  K41 

Car  widmo.     Gomulicki 891.83  G59C 

Casanova,  Zofia.  891.83  C24 

Wigcej  niz  mitosc;  powiesc  wspolczesna. 

Cecora.     Glinski 891.83  G49C 

Chamska  dusza.     Przyborowski T 891.83  P978C 

Chata  wuja  Toma.    Stowe 891.83  S89 

Chlop.     Los 891.83  L89 

Chlopi.     Reymont 891.83  R37C 

Chociszewski,  Jozef.  891.83  C448 

Gaw^dy  starego  lesniczego. 
Choinski,  Teodor  Jeske-.    See  Jeske-Choinski,  Teodor. 

Chore  dusze.    Kraszewski 891.83  K4ich 

Chrzgszczewska,  Jadwiga.  891.83  C46 

Dla   ciebie;    powiastki   i   opowiadania  przyrodnicze   dla   mJodszycB 
dzieci. 

Church,  Mrs  Florence  (Marryat).    See  Marryat,  Florence. 
Clemens,  Samuel  Langhorne.    See  Twain,  Mark,  pseud. 

Cma.    Gawalewicz 891.83  G24C 

Cnotliwi.     Orzeszkowa 891.83  O28C 

Co  b^dzie  z  naszego  chiopca?    Grot-B§czkowska 891.83  G942C 

Conrad,  Joseph.  891.83  C75 

Tajny  agent.    2v.  in  i. 
Cooper,  James  Fenimore.  891.83  C780 

Ostatni  Mohikanin;  powiesc  historyczna  z  roku  I7S7;  tlumaczona 
przez  Felixa  Wrotnowskiego.    2v.  in  i. 
Coppee,  Frangois.  891.83  C79 

Dobre  cierpienie;  nowele. 
Cwirko,  Zacharyasz.  891.83  C96 

Po  szczgscie,  kartka  z  pamigtnika. 

Czahary.     Rodziewiczowna 891.83   R59C 

Czajkowski,  Michat.  891.83  C99a 

Anna;  powiesc;  pomnozone  dodatkiem  pism  ulotnych  Ludwiki  ze 
Sniadeckich.     (Pisma,  v.8.) 
Czajkowski,  Michai.  891.83  C99<i 

Dziwne  zycia  Polakow  i  Polek.    (Pisma  v.9.) 

Contents:    Aleksander  Pausza. — Julia  W4Sowicr6wna. — Julian  Duszynski. — Iskinder 
Pasza-Antoni   Ilinski. — Henryk   Sluzalski. — Adam   Baranowski. 


1936  POLISH  FICTION 

Czajkowski,  MichaJ.  891.83  C99h 

Hetman  Ukrainy;  powiesc  historyczna.     (Pisma  v.6.) 
Czajkowski,  Michat.  891.83  Cggk 

Kirdzali;  powiesc  naddunajska.     (Pisma  v.2.) 
Czajkowski,  Michat.  891.83  C99ko 

Koszowata  i  Ukrainki.     (Pisma  v.7.) 
Czajkowski,  Micha^  891.83  C990 

Owruczanin;  powiesc  historyczna  z  1812  roku.     (Pisma  v.4.) 
Czajkowski,  Micha?.  891.83  C99P 

Powiesci  kozackie  i  gaw?dy.     (Pisma  v.3.) 

Contents:  Swatanie  zaporozca. — Mogiia. — Ko^cio)  w  Gruzyncach. — M6dlmy  sic  * 
bijmy. — Wyprawa  na  Caragrod. — Skalozub  w  zamku  siedmiu  wiez. — Ataman  Kunicki. — 
Orlik  i  Orleiiko. — Owruczanie«794. — Staro-Kijowianie  1809. — Luczcanic  181 2. — 2ytomier- 
zanie  1812. — Bitwa  pod  Moloczkami,  opowiadanie  2yda. — Bitwa  pod  Ilz4,  wspomnienic 
puikowe. — Trzynasty,  wspomnienie  pulkowe. — Bitwa  pod  Lipskiem,  wspomnienie  pul- 
kowc.  —  Sawelej,  wspomnienie  puikowe.  —  Maksym  Sztorc,  wspomnienie  ukrainskie.  — 
Zimowa  noc,  wspomnienie  z  Halczynca. — Dzien  jesienny,  wspomnienie  z  Halczynca. 

Czajkowski,  Michat.  891.83  C99S 

Stefan  Czarniecki;  powiesc  historyczna.    (Pisma  v.5.) 
Czajkowski,  MichaJ.  891.83  C99 

Wernyhora,  wieszcz  ukrainski;  powiesc  historyczna  z  roku  1768. 
(Pisma,  V.I.) 

Czarna  perelka.     Kraszewski 891.83  K41CZ 

Czarne  dusze;  dzieje  si?  we  Francyi.  891.83  C996 

Czarnebloto.    Junosza,  Klemens,  pseud 891.83  J53C 

Czciciel  potggi.     Orzeszkowa 891.83  O28CZ 

Czemy,  M.  891.83  C998 

Niewolnicy  ciaJa;  powiesc. 

"Bezplatny  dodatek  do  'Tygodnika  illustrowanego.'  " 

Czerwonym  szlakiem.     Doyle 891.83  D77C 

Czterej.     Doyle 891.83  D77CZ 

D^browski,  Ignacy.  891.83  Dii 

Felka;  nowela. 
Danilowicz-Strzelbicki,  Kazimierz.  891.83  D225 

Blichtr,  sceny  z  zycia;  powiesc. 
Danilowski,  Gustaw.  891.83  D22 

Dwa  gtosy;  nowele.    (Biblioteczka  illustrowana.) 

Other  stories:     Przerwana  chwila. — Giupia  baba. — Pan  Jabot. — Wigilia. — Pociag. 

Danitowski,  Gustaw.  891.83  D22n 

Nego;  nowele. 

Other  stories:  Chudy  pan. —  Bajka  arabska. —  Na  spacerze. —  Poci^g. —  Wigilia. — 
Wcsoly  pasazer. 

Danilowski,  Gustaw.  891.83  D22Z 

Z  minionych  dni;  fragmenty  powiesciowe. 

Danko  z  Jawuru.     2michowska 891.83  Z72 

Daudet,  Alphonse.  891.83  D28 

Straszny  rok;  opowiadania  z  wojny  francusko-pruskiej  1870-187 1 
roku. 


POLISH  FICTION  1937 


Dawid  Copperfield  [complete  edition].    Dickens 891.83  D55d2 

The  same  [abridged  edition] 891.83  Dssd 

Defoe,  Daniel.  891.83  D37 

2ycie  i  nader  osobliwe  a  zadziwiaj^ce  przygody  Robinzona  Kruzoe. 

Dewajtis.     Rodziewiczowna 891.83  Rsgd 

Dickens,  Charles.  891.83  D55d2 

Dawid  Copperfield  [complete  edition]. 

The  same  [abridged  edition] 891.83  Dssd 

Dickens,  Charles.  891.83  Dssk 

Klub   Pickwicka;   powiesc;   przetlomaczyl   z   angielskiego   Wlodzi- 
mierz  Gorski.    3v.  in  i. 
Dickens,  Charles.  891.83  D55 

Powiesc  o  dwoch  miastach,  w  przekladzie  i  z  przedmow^  Hajoty.    3v. 

Dla  ciebie.     Chrz^szczewska 891.83  C46 

Dla  miliona.     Gruszecki 891.83  G94d 

Dla  ziemi.     Gawalewicz 891.83  G24d 

Dhig  ojcowski.     Jerlicz 891.83  J27 

Dmochowska,  Emma.    See  Jelenska,  Emma. 

Dno  ngdzy.     Sieroszewski 891.83  S572d 

Dobrana  para.    L^towski 891.83  L65 

Dobre  cierpienie.     Coppee 891.83  C79 

Dola.     Zmijewska 891.83  Z722d 

Donkiszot  zydowski.    Junosza,  Klemens,  pseud 891.83  J53d 

Doyle,  Sir  Arthur  Conan.  891.83  D77C 

Czerwonym  szlakiem;  powiesc. 
Doyle,  Sir  Arthur  Conan.  891.83  D77CZ 

Czterej  (The  sign  of  four);  powiesc. 
Doyle,  Sir  Arthur  Conan.  891.83  D77g 

Grozny  cien;  przelozyta  Z.  N. 
Doyle,  Sir  Arthur  Conan.  891.83  D77Z 

Z  pTzygod  Sherlocka  Holmesa. 

Contents:   Tajemnica  oblubienicy. — Czarny  Piotr. — Ezaw  i  Jakob. — Garbus. — Blizna. 

Druga  ksi^ga  puszczy.    Kipling 891.83  K27 

Duch  puszczy.     Anczyc 891.83  A54 

Dumas,  Alexandre,  the  elder.  891.83  D89a 

Aniol  Pitoux;  powiesc;  przeklad  z  francuzkiego.    5v,  in  2. 
Dumas,  Alexandre,  the  elder.  891.83  DSgb 

Benvenuto  Cellini;  romans;  przekJad  z  francuzkiego.    3v.  in  i. 
Dumas,  Alexandre,  the  elder.  891.83  D89h2 

Hrabia  Monte-Christo;  romans;  przeklad  z  francuskiego.    I2v.  in  3. 
Dumas,  Alexandre,  the  elder.  891.83  D89kar 

Karol  szalony;  powiesc  historyczna.    2v.  in  I. 
Dumas,  Alexandre,  the  elder.  891.83  DSgk 

Kawaler    de    Maison-Rouge;    powiesc;    przeklad    z    francuzkiego. 
3v.  in  1. 


1Q38  POLISH  FICTION 

Dumas,  Alexandre,  the  elder.  891.83  D8gka 

Kawaler  d'Harmenthal;  romans;  przek^ad  z  francuzkiego.  4v.  in  2. 
Dumas,  Alexandre,  the  elder.  891.83  D89kr 

Krolowa  Margot;  romans;  przekiad  z  francuzkiego.    5v.  in  2. 
Dumas,  Alexandre,  the  elder.  891.83  DSgt 

Trzej  muskieterowie;  romans;  przekiad  z  francuskiego.    5 v.  in  2. 
Dumas,  Alexandre,  the  elder.  891.83  D89W 

Wojna  kobieca;  romans;  przekiad  z  francuzkiego.    4v.  in  2. 

Dusze  artystyczne.     Rojan 891.83  R629 

Dwa  bogi.    Kraszewski 891.83  K4ida 

Dwa  glosy.    Danilowski 891.83  D22 

350,000.     Baiucki 891.83    B2id 

Dwa  pr^dy.     Matuszewicz 891.83  M48 

Dwa  s wiaty.    Kraszewski 891.83  K4idwa 

Dwadziegcia  tysigcy  mil  podmorskiej  zeglugi.     Verne 891.83  V27 

Dwie  krolowe.    Kraszewski 891.83  K4idw 

Dwie  siostry.     Zaleska 891.83  Z21 

Dyg^inski,  Adolf.  891.83  DgSa 

As;  powiesc. 
Dygasinski,  Adolf.  891.83  D98be 

Beldonek  [a  novel]. 
Dygasinski,  Adolf.  891.83  DgSg 

Gorzalka;  powiesc.    4v.  in  i. 
Dygasinski,  Adolf.  891.83  DgBm 

Margiela  i  Margielka;  powiesc. 
Dygasinski,  Adolf.  891.83  DgSn 

Na  zlamanie  karku;  powiesc. 
Dygasinski,  Adolf.  891.83  D98no 

Nowele.    2v. 

V.I.  Niezdara. — Walkowe  zaloty. — Dwa  dyably. — Co  sic  dzieje  w  gniazdach. — T*r- 
gaj. — Ziodziej  lesny. — O  groch  przy  drodze. 

V.2.  Przy  ko^iele. — ZIodzieje. — ^Jarmark  na  Swiety  Onufry. — Wfir6d  wody. — iertf 
chtop. — Cud  na  roli. — Ze  wsi  do  wsi. — Od  switu  do  Switu. 

Dygasinski,  Adolf.  891.83  D98U 

Ucieszne  przygody  dziada  Florka  i  chJopca  Beldonka  w  drodze  do 
czfstochowy. 

Dygasifiski,  Adolf.  891.83  D98W 

Wilk,  psy  i  ludzie;  W  puszczy;  nowele,  z  przedmow^  Teodora  Jeske- 
Choinskiego. 

DygasiAski,  Adolf.  891.83  D98Z 

Znajdka;  powiesc. 

Dym.     Konopnicka •. 891.83  K37d 

Djrplomacya  szlacheckk.    Jez,  Teodor  Tomasz,  pseud q89i.83  J32d 


POLISH  FICTION  1939 


Dziadowie  i  wnuki.    Milkuszyc 891.83  M68 

Dziadunio.     Kraszewski 891.83   K4idz 

Dzieci  szczgscia.     Morzkowska 891.83  M92 

Dzieci?  Starego  miasta.    Kraszewski 891.83  K4id 

Dziela.     Kaczkowski •. . .  .891.83  Kiia 

Dzie}a.     Korzeniowski 891.83   K38 

Dzielna  kobieta.     Sewer,  pseud 891.83  Ssid 

Dzierzkowski,  Jozef.  891.83  D99 

Krol  dziadow;  powiesc  obyczajowa.    2v.  in  i. 

Dziesi?c  lat  niewoli  moskiewskiej.     Jasienczyk 891.83  J21 

Dzisiejsze  matzenstwa.     Los 891.83   L89d 

Dziwna  historya  D-ra  Jekyll'a  i  M-ra  Hyde'a.    Stevenson.  .891.83  S84d 

Dziwne  zycia  Polakow  i  Polek.    Czajkowski 891.83  C99d 

Dziwy  Antychrysta.     Lagerlof 891.83  L15 

Ego.     Strzelecki 891.83   S92 

Ela.     Orwicz 891.83  02890 

Eli  Makower.     Orzeszkowa 891.83  028e 

Emilia  Plater.     Gasiorowski 891.83  G2ie 

Erckmann,  fimile,  &  Chatrian,  Alexandre.  891.83  E71 

Hugon  Wilk;  powiesc;  tlomaczona  z  francuskiego  przez  Hajot?. 
Esteja,  (pseud,  of  I.  Kisielnicka).  891.83  E85 

Karti  z  zycia  kobiety;  powiesc. 
Esteja,  (pseud,  of  I.  Kisielnicka).  891.83  E85k 

Kto  zwycigzc^?  nowelle. 
Esteja,  (pseud,  of  I.  Kisielnicka).  891.83  ESsm 

Mglawica;  powiesc.    2v.  in  i. 
Esteja,  (pseud,  of  I.  Kisielnicka).  891.83  E85Z 

Za  oceanem;  powiesc  wspotczesna. 

Ester.     Maryanski 891.83  M43 

Estewa,  pseud.  891.83  E854 

Romans  uczciwej  kobiety.  , 

Etap.     Bourget 891.83  B65 

Exterus,  pseud.  891.83  E98 

Kwiat  aloesu. 
Exterus,  pseud.  891.83  E98P 

Po  zdrowie;  powiesc. 

Fabiola.     Wiseman. .    891.83  W81 

Falszywe  dzwi?ki.     Paprocka 891.83  P22 

Faraon.     Prus,  Boleslaw,  pseud 891.83  Pgyf 

Fata  Morgana.     Kamienski 891.83  Kia 

Fata-Morgana.     Wilkonska 891.83  W73 

Fatum.     Krzemieniecka 891.83  K4293 


I940  POLISH  FICTION 


Felka.     D^browski , 891.83  Dii 

Fermenty.     Reymont 891.83  R37f 

Fiat  lux !     Krechowiecki 891.83  K4i5f 

Fogazzaro,  Antonio.  891.83  F68 

Tajemnica  poety,    2v.  in  i. 

Fotografie  wios'kowe.    Junosza,  Klemens,  pseud 891.83  Jssf 

Gabryella,  pseud.    See  2michowska,  Narcyza. 

Gacki,  Stefan.  891.83  G12 

Rozdzwi^ki. 
Gamaston,  pseud.    See  Kamienski,  G. 
Garlikowska,  H.  Orlicz.  891.83  G180 

Opinia;  powiesc.    2v.  in  i. 
Garlikowska,  H.  Orlicz.  891.83  G18 

Szablon;  powiesc. 
G^siorowski,  Wactaw.  891.83  G2ie 

Emilia  Plater;  powiesc  historyczna  z  19  wieku. 
G^siorowski,  Waciaw.  891.83  Gai 

Huragan;  powiesc  historyczna  z  epoki  Napoleonskiej.    3v.  in  i. 
G^siorowski,  Waclaw.  891.83  G2ip 

Pigularz;  powiesc. 

Gasn^ce  slonce.     Jeske-Choinski 891.83  J29g 

Gaszynski,  Konstanty.  891.83  G22 

Kontuszowe  pogadanki  i  obrazki  z  szlacheckiego  zycia. 
Gautier,  Theophile.  891.83  G246 

Kapitan  Fracasse;  powiesc;  ttomaczona  przez  Wladyslawa  Boguslaw- 
skiego.    3v.  in  i. 
Gawalewicz,  Maryan.  891.83  G24b' 

BIuszcz;  historya  malzenska. 
Gawalewicz,  Maryan.  891.83  G24C 

Cma;  materyaly  do  powiesci. 
Gawalewicz,  Maryan.  891.83  G24d 

Dla  ziemi;  powiesc.    2v.  in  i. 
Gawalewicz,  Maryan.  891.83  G24} 

Jad;  powiesc. 
Gawalewicz,  Maryan.  891.83  G24n 

Na  skrawku  ziemi. 

Other  stories:    J661. — Laureatka. 
Gawalewicz,  Maryan.  891.83  G24 

Szubrawcy;  powiesc.    3v.  in  i. 
Gawalewicz,  Maryan.  891.83  G34W 

Warszawa;  powiesc  spoleczno-obyczajowa.    3v.  in  i. 

Gaw?dy  starego  lesniczego.     Chociszewski 891.83  C448 

Gawronski,  Franciszek  Rawita,  (pseud.  Franciszek  891.83  G249 

Rawita). 

Zludzenia. 

Contents:    Andzia. — W  starej  wieiy. — Nastusia. — Cry  to  bylo? 


POLISH  FICTION  1941 


G^barski,  Stefan.  891.83  G26k 

Krol  i  wojt;  opowiesc  z  lat  dawnych. 
Glinski,  Kazimierz.  891.83  G49C 

Cecora;  powiesc  historyczna  z  pierwszej  potowy  17  w.    3v.  in  i. 
Glinski,  Kazimierz.  891.83  G49kn 

Kniahini  Anna;  powiesc  ukrainska  z  pierwszej  polowy  18  wieku. 
Glinski,  Kazimierz.  891.83  G49k 

Krzywda;  powiesc. 
Glinski,  Kazimierz.  891.83  G49W 

W  Babinie;  powiesc  z  pierwszych  lat  rzeczypospolitej  babinskiej. 
2v.  in  I. 

Glinski,  Kazimierz.  891.83  G49 

Z  zycia  i  fantazyi. 

Contents:  Noc  upiorow. —  Dramat. —  Hans  i  Florentyna. —  Piesn  siowicza. —  "Rcn- 
dez-vous." — Historya  prawdziwa  o  panu  podsedku  Pawlowskim  i  maJzonce  onegoz. — Dla 
dziecka. —  Dymitr  Sokolicz. —  Noc  pasterzy.  —  Tchnienie  nieskonczonosci.  —  Dla  czego  ? 
dramat. 

Gloger,  Janina.  891.83  G51 

Z  sierocej  doli. 
Contents:     Marysia. — Szczcscie. — Z  zycia. — Z  tamtego  swiata. — Czy  przyjdzie? 

Gtowa  sw.  Barbary.    Kujot 891.83  K43 

Glowacki,  Aleksander.    See  Prus,  Boleslaw,  pseud. 

Glowy  do  poztoty.     Lam 891.83  L17 

Godlewski,  Witold  Gozdawa.  891.83  G5S 

Neron  chrystyanizmu;  powiesc  historyczna  na  tie  wieku  15. 

Gol?bice.     Orwicz 891.83  0289g 

Gomulicki,  Wiktor.  891.83  G59b 

Biala. 

Contains  also:    Chalat. — Te  przeklcte  czarne  oczy. — Alleluja. — Kwiaty  z  lasu. 

Gomulicki,  Wiktor.  891.83  G59C 

Car  widmo;  powiesc. 
Gomidicki,  Wiktor.  891.83  G59 

Miecz  i  lokiec;  powiesc  z  wieku  17.    2v.  in  i. 
Gomulicki,  Wiktor.  891.83  G59W 

Wyzwolona;  powiesc.    2v.  in  i. 

Gorzalka.     Dygasinski 891.83  D98g 

Grajnert,  Jozef.  891.83  G77 

Znajdek;    jego    przygody    wojackie    i    inne;  powiesc    z    dziejow    17 
stulecia. 
Grot-B?czkowska,  Wanda.  891.83  G943 

Bez  woli;  powiesc.    2v.  in  i. 
Grot-B?czkowska,  Wanda.  891.83  G943C 

Co  b^dzie  z  naszego  chiopca?  powiesc. 
Grot-B?czkowska,  Wanda.  891.83  G94am 

Marzycielka;  powiesc  wspolczesna,  z  przedmow%  Teodora  Jeske- 
Choinskiego. 


1942  POLISH  FICTION 


Grot-Bfczkowska,  Wanda.  891.83  094211 

Nowelle  i  obrazki. 

Contents:     Z  szarej  prz?dzy. —  PomyUca  Ewuni. —  Maryika. —  Jeden  z  wielu. —  Nic 
nowego. 

Grot-Bfczkowska,  Wanda.  891.83  G942W 

W  szponach;  powiesc. 
Grozny  cien.     Doyle 891.83  Dyyg 

Grudzinski,  Stanistaw.  891.83  6946 

Swiat  i  pustynia;  powiesc. 
Grudzinski,  Stanistaw.  891.83  G946Z 

2ona  artysty;  powiesc  obyczajowa.    2v.  in  I. 
Gruszecki,  Artur.  891.83  G94d 

Dla  miliona;  powiesc. 
Gruszecki,  Artur.  891.83  G94h 

Hutnik;  powiesc  wspo^czesna. 
Gruszecki,  Artur.  891.83  G94na 

Na  drug^  poikulg;  opisy  i  przygody  dla  mlodziezy. 
Gruszecki,  Artur.  891.83  G94nad 

Nad  Wart^;  powiesc  wspolczesna. 
Gruszecki,  Artur.  891.83  G94n 

Nowy  obywatel.     (Biblioteczka  illustrowana.) 
Gruszecki,  Artur.  891.83  G94r 

Rugiwojscy;  powiesc  wspotczesna. 
Gruszecki,  Artur.  891.83  G94 

Szarancza;  powiesc  wspotczesna.    3v. 
Gruszecki,  Artur.  891.83  0941 

Tuzy;  powiesc  wspotczesna. 
Gruszecki,  Artur.  891.83  G94W 

W  tysi^c  lat;  powiesc. 
Gruszecki,  Artur.  891.83  G94wi 

Wi?kszosci%;  powiesc  wspolczesna. 

Grzech.     Marryat 891.83  M41 

Grzech.     Niedzwiecki 891.83  N332g 

Grzechy  dziecinstwa.    Prus,  Bolestaw,  pseud 891.83  P97 

Grzes.     Skiba,  WoJody,  pseud 891.83  S62 

Hajota,  (^pseitd.  of  H.  J.  Boguska).  891.83  Hisa 

Ich  syn;  powiesc  wspolczesna.    2v.  in  i. 
Halicka,  Blanka.  891.83  H16 

Nowele  wtoskie. 

Contents:    MiioS6  Tytana. — Kr61  Enzio. 

"Hallali!"    Kosiakiewicz 891.83  K389 

Handzia  Zahornicka.    Jez,  Teodor  Tomasz,  pseud 891.83  J32 

Hetman  Ukrainy.     Czajkowski 891.83  C99h 

Hetmani.     Weyssenhoff 891.83  W58h 


POLISH  FICTION  1943 


[Heyking,  Elizabeth,  freiherrin  von.]  891.83  H51 

Listy  ktore  go  nie  doszty;  przeklad  Jadwigi  Miczynskiej. 

Historja  koika  w  plocie.     Kraszewski 891.83  K4ihi 

Historya  prawdziwa  o  Petrku  Wtascie.     Kraszewski 891.83  K4ih 

Hoesick,  Ferdynand.  891.83  H67 

Samotnosc;  krajobrazy  i  opowiadania. 
Hosick,  Ferdynand.    See  Hoesick,  Ferdynand. 

Hrabia  Monte-Christo.     Dumas. 891.83  D89h2 

Hrywda.     Rodziewiczowna 891.83  Rsgh 

Hugo,  Victor.  891.83  H89n 

N^dzarze.     lov.  in  3. 
Hugo,  Victor.  891.83  H89a 

Pracownicy  morza.    4v.  in  2. 

Hugon  Wilk.     Erckmann  &  Chatrian 891.83  E71 

Humoreski.     Reinstein 891.83  R32 

Humoreski  z  teki  worszyHy.     Sienkiewicz 891.83  Ssyh 

Huragan.     G^siorowski 891.83    G21 

Hutnik.     Gruszecki 891.83   G94h 

I  piesn  niech  zaptacze.     Orzeszkowa 891.83  028ip 

Ich  syn.     Hajota,  pseud 891.83  Hisa 

Ignotus,  pseud.  891.83  I17 

Zwierciadio  gtupstwa;  powiesc. 

Iluzya.     Kowerska 891.83  K39i 

Jad.     Gawalewicz 891.83  G24J 

"Jak  wszystkie."     Nagoda,  pseud 891.83  N12 

Jaksa  z  Miechowa.     Synoradzki 891.83   S993 

Jasiehczyk,  A.  891.83  J21 

Dziesigc  lat  niewoli  moskiewskiej. 

Jaskolczym  szlakiem.     Rodziewiczowna 891.83  Rsgja 

Jaszka  Orfanem  zwanego  zywota  i  spraw  pami^tnik. 

Kraszewski 891.83  K41  ja 

Jawornicki,  Aleksander  M.  891.83  Jaa 

Synowie  Kaina;  powiesc  z  niedawnej  przeszlosci. 

Jedna  krew.     Zacharjasiewicz 891.83  Z14J 

J?dza.     Orzeszkowa 891.83   O28J 

Jelenska,  Emma.  891.83  J246 

Panienka;  powiesc.    2v.  in  i. 
Jelenska,  Emma.  891.83  J246Z 

Z  milosci;  powiesc. 

Jelita.     Kraszewski 891.83  K4ije2 

Jellenta,  Cezary.  891.83  J24 

W  przesileniu;  wykrawki  z  zycia. 

Contents:     Stary  kawaler.  —  Pi?c  wieczorow.  —  Ziamany  klawisz.  —  Tryumfy  pana 
Walerego. — W  przesileniu. 


1944  POLISH  FICTION 


Jerlicz,  E.  891.83  J276 

Syn  marnotrawny;  powiesc.    (Moja  bibljoteczka.) 
Jerlicz,  M.  891.83  J27 

Dtug  ojcowski;  powiesc  dla  mtodziezy. 
Jerlicz,  M.  891.83  J27W 

Wytrwatosci^  a  prac^;  powiesc  dla  mlodziezy. 
Jerome,  Jerome  Klapka.  891.83  J28 

Wtocz^ga  w  trojk?  (Three  men  on  a  bummel). 

Jerychonka.     Rodziewiczowna 891.83  R59J 

Jeske-Choinski,  Teodor.  891.83  J29g 

Gasn^ce  sJonce;  powiesc  z  czasow  Marka  Aureliusza.    4v.  in  i. 
Jeske-Choinski,  Teodor.  891.83  J29m 

Majaki;  niedokonczona  kartka  z  chwili  biez^cej. 
Jeske-Choinski,  Teodor.  891.83  J29t 

Tyara  i  korona;  powiesc  historyczna.    2v.  in  i. 
Jeske-Choinski,  Teodor.  891.83  J29W 

W  p^tach;  powiesc  wspolczesna. 

Jestem.     Krechowiecki 891.83  K415J 

Jez,  Teodor  Tomasz,  (pseud,  of  Zygmunt  Milkowski).  q89i.83  J32d 

Dyplomacya  szlachecka;  szkice  z  poznanskiego;  powiesc. 
Jez,  Teodor  Tomasz,  (pseud,  of  Zygmunt  Milkowski).  891.83  Jsa 

Handzia  Zahornicka;  powiesc. 
Jez,  Teodor  Tomasz,  (pseud,  of  Zygmunt  Milkowski).  891.83  J32mi 

Miiosc  w  Opaiach;  powiesc  z  dziejow  Kroacyi.     2v.     (Biblioteka 
dziel  wyborowych.) 

Jez,  Teodor  Tomasz,  (pseud,  of  Zygmunt  Milkowski).  891.83  j3ao 

O  byt;  powiesc  historyczna  na  tie  dziejow  Albanii  w  15.  wieku.    3v. 
Jez,  Teodor  Tomasz,  (pseud,  of  Zygmunt  Milkowski).  891.83  Jsap 

Pami^tniki  staraj^cego  si§;  Komysznik. 
Jez,  Teodor  Tomasz,  (pseud,  of  Zygmunt  Milkowski).  891.83  j32po 

Po  ciemku;  powiesc. 
Jez,  Teodor  Tomasz,  (pseud,  of  Zygmunt  Milkowski).  891.83  J3ar 

Rotulowicze;  powiesc  z  dziejow  serbskich.     (Biblioteka  najcelniej- 
szych  utworow  literatury  europejskiej;  literatura  polska.) 

Jez,  Teodor  Tomasz,  (pseud,  of  Zygmunt  Milkowski).  891.83  J3asa 

Sama;  powiesc. 
Jez,  Teodor  Tomasz,  (pseud,  of  Zygmunt  Milkowski).  891.83  J3as 

Szandor  Kowacz;  szkic.    2v.  in  i. 
Jez,  Teodor  Tomasz,  (pseud,  of  Zygmunt  Milkowski).  891.83  J32U 

Uskoki;  powiesc  z  dziejow  slowianszczyzny  poludniowej.     2v.  in  i. 
Jez,  Teodor  Tomasz,  (pseud,  of  Zygmunt  Milkowski).  891.83  J32za 

Za  gwiazd^  przewodni^;  powiesc  na  tic  powstania  styczniowego. 
2v.  in  I. 
Jez,  Teodor  Tomasz,  (pseud,  of  Zygmunt  Milkowski).  891.83  J32zr 

Zarnica;  powiesc  bulgarska.    3v.  in  i. 


POLISH  FICTION  1945 


Jez,  Teodor  Tomasz,  (pseud,  of  Zygmunt  Milkowski).  891.83  J32ZU 

2usia;  powiesc  wspoiczesna. 
John,  Eugenie.    See  Marlitt,  E.  pseud. 

Judaszowe  srebrniki.     Synoradzki 891.83  S993J 

Junosza,  Klemens,  {pseud,  of  Klemens  Szaniawski).  891.83  J53C 

Czarnebloto  (paj^ki  wiejskie).    2v.  in  i. 
Junosza,  Klemens,  (pseud,  of  Klemens  Szaniawski).  891.83  J53d 

Donkiszot  zydowski;  szkic  z  literatury  zargonowej  zydowskiej. 
Junosza,  Klemens,  (pseud,  of  Klemens  Szaniawski).  891.83  Jssf 

Fotografie  wioskowe. 

Contents:    Abram  Pinkt  i  Mateusz  Sikora. — Adjutant  Pana  Macieja. 
Junosza,  Klemens,  (pseud,  of  Klemens  Szaniawski).  891.83  J53ni 

Nieruchomosc  no.  000. 
Junosza,  Klemens,  (pseud,  of  Klemens  Szaniawski).  891.83  J53paj 

Paj^ki;  obrazek  z  zycia  warszawskiego. 
Junosza,  Klemens,  (pseud,  of  Klemens  Szaniawski).  891.83  J53P 

Pod  wod?;  obraz  z  zycia  miejskiego. 
Junosza,  Klemens,  (pseud,  of  Klemens  Szaniawski).  891.83  j53po 

Pokoj  przy  familii  [i]   Przez  rozowe  szkietka. 
Junosza," Klemens,  (pseud,  of  Klemens  Szaniawski).  891.83  J53S 

Stracone  szcz^scic;  powiesc. 
Junosza,  Klemens,  (pseud,  of  Klemens  Szaniawski).  891.83  J53wn 

Wnuczek,  i  inne  nowelle  i  obrazki. 

Other  stories:     Cisza. — Krokodyl. — Marzyciel. — "Amoroso." 
Junosza,  Klemens,  (pseud,  of  Klemens  Szaniawski).  891.83  J53zan 

Z  antropologji  wiejskiej;  obrazki  i  szkice. 
Junosza,  Klemens,  (pseud,  of  Klemens  Szaniawski).  891.83  J53zap 

Z  zapadlych  k^tow;  obrazki. 

Contents:     Stracone  szczescie. — Z  pamietnikow  roznosiciela. — Mlynarz  z  Zarudzia. 
Junosza,  Klemens,  (pseud,  of  Klemens  Szaniawski).  891.83  J53za 

Za  mg}^;  obraz  z  zycia  wiejskiego. 
Junosza,  Klemens,  (pseud,  of  Klemens  Szaniawski).  891.83  J53Z 

2ona  z  jarmarku;  powiesc  wiejska. 
Kaczkowski,  Zygmunt.  891.83  Kiia 

Dziela;  poprawione  i  przejrzane  przez  autora.    11  v. 

V.I.     M^z  szalony. — Bitwa  o  chor^zank?. — Junakowie. — Swaty  na  Rusi. 

V.2.     Kasztelanice  Lubaczewscy. — Murdelio. 

V.3.     Tradycye  sanockie. — Gniazdo  Nieczujow. — Starosta  HoJobucki. 

V.4.     Grob  Nieczui. 

v.s.     Grob  Nieczui  (dokonczenie). — Stach  z  kcpy. — Bajronista. 

V.6.     Bajronista   (dokonczenie). — Dziwo-zona. 

V.7.     Dziwo-zona  (dokonczenie). — Wnucz§ta. 

V.8.     Wnuczeta  (dokonczenie). 

V.9.     Wnuczeta  (dokonczenie). — Kato. — Bracia  Mubni. 

v.io.     Bracia  slubni  (dokonczenie). — Sodalis  Marianus. 

v.ii.     Sodalis  Marianus   (dokonczenie). — PogUd  krytyczny   [Zygmunt  Kaczkowski, 
przez  Wincentego  Korotyiiskiego]. 

Works  of  Zygmunt  Kaczkowski,  v.n,  p.276-279. 

Kalinowski,  B.  891.83  K119 

Zwycigzca  z  pod  Wiednia. 


1946  POLISH  FICTION 

Kamienski,  G.  (pseud.  Gamaston).  891.83  Kia 

Fata  Morgana;  powiesc.    2v.  in  i. 

Kapitan  Fracasse.     Gautier 891.83  G246 

Kaprys  hrabianki.    Los 891.83  L89k 

Karol  szalony.     Dumas 891.83  D89kar 

Karti  z  zycia  kobiety.     Esteja,  pseud 891.83  E85 

Karwat,  Mtne  Anna  (Bardzka).  891.83  K13 

Bratnie  dusze;  powiesc  wspotczesna.    2v.  in  i. 

Kaika-Karyatyda.     Zapolska 891.83  Z32k 

Kawaler.  de  Maison-Rouge.     Dumas 891.83  D89k 

Kawaler  d'Harmenthal.     Dumas 891.83  D89ka 

Kipling,  Rudyard.  891.83  K27 

Druga  ksi^ga  puszczy;  przeiozyl  Jozef  Czekalski. 
Kipling,  Rudyard.  891.83  K27P 

Pod  niebem  indyjskiem;  wybor  noweli;  tlumaczyla  z  angielskiego 
Antonina  Gawronska. 

Kirdzali.     Czajkowski 891.83  C99k 

Kisielnicka,  I.    See  Esteja,  pseud. 

Klamliwi  prorocy.     Phillpotts 891.83  P51 

Klaussmann,  Anton  Oskar.  891.83  K31 

Bohater  z  pod  Spionskopu;  powiesc  osnuta  na  tie  ostatniej  wojny 
Burow  z  Anglikami  z  A.  Wildensteina  [pseud.];  przelozyJ  Wyladystaw 
Uminski. 

Klejnot.     Rodziewiczowna 891.83  R59kl 

Klonowe  liscie.     Stefanyk 891.83  S81 

Klub  Pickwicka.     Dickens 891.83  Dssk 

Kniahini  Anna.     Glinski 891.83  G49kn 

Komedjanci.     Kraszewski 891.83  K4ikom 

Komedyantka.     Reymont 891.83  R37k 

Komysznik.     Jez,  Teodor  Tomasz,  pseud 891.83  J32P 

Konar,  Alfred.  891.83  K374 

Panny;  powiesc. 
Kondratowicz,  Sylweryusz.  891.83  K3742 

Taniec  lichwy;  powiesc  na  tie  stosunkow  wspolczesnych.  2v.  in  i. 
Konopnicka,  Marya.  891.83  K37d 

Dym;  Nasza  szkapa;  Glupi  Franek.     (Biblioteczka  illustrowana.) 
Konopnicka,  Marya.  891.83  K37m 

Moi  znajomi. 

Contents:  Martwa  natura. — Urbanowa. — Morze. — Ksawery. —  W  starym  mlynie. — 
Moja  cioteczka. — W  winiarsldni  forcic. — ^J6zik  Srokacz. — Maryika. — Lalki  moich  dzieci. 
— Banasiowa. — Anusia. — Z  cmentarzy. 

Kontuszowe  pogadanki.     Gaszynski 891.83  G22 

Korolenko,  Vladimir.  891.83  K386 

Niewidomy  muzyk. 


POLISH  FICTION  1947 


Korotynska,  Wanda  Grot-Bgczkowska.    See  Grot-B^czkowska,  Wanda. 

Korzeniowski,  Joseph  Conrad.    See  Conrad,  Joseph. 

Korzdniowski,  Jozef.  891.83  K38 

Dziela.     I2v.  in  6. 

v.i-2.  iyciorys. — Spekulant. — Kollokacya. —  Wedrowki  oryginala. —  Podziekowanie. 
— Egzekwie. — Nowe  wedrowki  oryginala. — Emeryt. 

v.3-4.  Garbaty. — Druga  zona. — Ofiara  i  sumienie. — Po  latach  trzydziestu. — Dobrze 
i  to  wiedziec  na  te  ciezkie  czasy. — Anilka. — Tadeusz  bezimienny. — Wdowiec. 

v.s-6.     Pan  stolnikowicz. — Wyprawa  po  zone. — Szcz^scie  za  gorami. — Krewni. 

v.7-8.  Jedynaczka. — Dwa  sluby. — Scena  na  balu. — Pojedynek. — Panna  postcpowa. 
— Ksi^dz  gwardyan. — Przedmiot  do  powiesci. — Narozna  kamienica. — Krzyz  na  stepie. — 
Posluszenstwo. — Wtorek  i  PUtek. — Instynkt. — Pomylka. — Korrespondencya. — Spotkanie 
w  Salzbrun. —  Klara. —  Aniela. —  Mnich. —  Dymitr  i  Marya. —  Piekna  kobieta. —  Dziew- 
czyna  i  dama. — Umarli  i  zywi. — Karpaccy  gorale. — Andrzej  Batory. 

V.9-10.  Okno  na  pierwszem  pi^trze. — Izabella  d'Ayamonte. — Pi^ty  akt. — Pani  Kasz- 
telanowa. — Sqd  przysi^glych. — Autorka. — Gentile  Bellini. — Cyganie. — Rokiczana. —  Stary 
m^. — Fabrykant. — Panna  tn^zatka. —  Posredniczka. —  Majster  i  czeladnik. —  Okrezne. — 
Doktor  medycyny. — Narzeczone. — Stara  elegantka. — Qui  pro  quo. — Stacya  pocztowa  w 
Hulczy. — Panna  Katarzyna  w  dtugach. — 2ydzi. — Mloda  wdowa. — Pierwej  mama. — Dwaj 
mczowie. — Wojna  z  kobiet^. — Przyjaciolki. — W^sy  i  peruka. — Zlote  kajdany. 

V.I  I -1 2.  Mlody  m^z. — Podrozomania. — Konkurent  i  m^z. — Maj^tek  albo  imi^. — 
Stary  kawaler. — Pustynia. — Plotkarz. — Zaklad. — Reputacya  w  miasteczku. — Zareczyny 
aktorki. — Mai  i  artysta. — [Poematu.] — Kurs  poezyi. — O  patetycznosci. — Zwierciadelko. — 
Pan  Fortunat. — Modlitewka  dzieci. — Krol  Jan. — Swiatelka — Do  poety. — Wiersz  do  Fr. 
Morawskiego. — List  do  ksi^dza  Aloizego  Osinskiego. — Krol  Ryszard  II. — Beata. — Spi^cy 
Kupidyn. — Drzewko  zlamane. — Romanow. 

Korzeniowski,  Jozef.  891.83  K38n 

Nowe  wgdrowki  oryginata;  powiesc.  2v.  in  i. 

Koscialkowska,  Wila  Zyndram.  891.83  K3892 

W  potcieniu;  opowiadania  i  obrazki. 

Contents:  Anielka. — Wrocona  zyciu. — Byla  niepotrzebn^. — Zgrany. — Rozeszli  sie. 
— Strofa  proz^. — Elegia. — Kruczek. — Wietrzyk. 

Kosiakiewicz,  Wincenty.  891.83  K389 

"Hallali!"  powiesc. 
Koszowata  i  Ukrainki.     Czajkowski 891.83  C99ko 

Kowerska,  Zofia.  891.83  K39b 

Bracia  z  wyboru;  powiesc.    2v.  in  i. 
Kowerska,  Zofia.  891.83  K39i 

Iluzya;  opowiadanie.    (Biblioteczka  illustrowana.) 
Kowerska,  Zofia.  891.83  K39n2 

Na  stuzbie;  powiesc.    2v.  in  i. 

The  same.     2v 891.83  K39n 

Kowerska,  Zofia.  891.83  K39W 

W  Suchowskim  dworze;  powiesc  dla  mJodego  wieku. 
Kowerska,  Zofia.  891.83  K39Z 

Znane  dzieje;  powiesc. 

Other  stories:     Ploteczka. — Nianta. — Piotr  i  Pawel. 

Krakow  za  Loktka.     Kraszewski 891.83  K4ikra 

Krasze^yski,  Jozef  Ignacy.        *  891.83  K4ia 

Ada;  sceny  i  charaktery  z  zycia  powszedniego.    3v.  in  i. 
Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.83  K4ibaj 

Bajbuza;  czasy  Zygmunta  III,  powiesc  historyczna.    3v.  in  i. 


1948  POLISH  FICTION 


Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.83  K4iba 

Banita  (czasy  Batorego).    3v.  in  2. 
Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.83. K4ibi 

BiaJy  ksi^z?;  czasy  Ludwika  W?gierskiego.    3v.  in  i. 
Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.83  K4ibl 

Boleszczyce;  powiesc  z  czasow  Boleslawa  Szczodrego.     2v.  in   i. 
Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.83  K4ibo2 

Bozy  gniew;  powiesc  historyczna  (czasy  Jana  Kazimierza).    3v.  in  i. 
Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.83  K4ibr 

Bracia  zmartwychwstancy;  powiesc.    3v.  in  i. 
Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.83  K41 

Caprea   i   Roma;   obrazy   z   pierwszego   wieku.     4v.    in    i.      (Zbior 
powiesci,  v.80-83.) 

Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.83  K4ich 

Chore  dusze;  powiesc.    2v.  in  i. 
[Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.]  891.83  K41CZ 

Czarna  pereJka;  powiesc,  z  przedmow^  T.  J.  Choinskiego  [przez  B 
Boleslawit?,  pseud.].    2v.  in  i.    (Biblioteka  dziet  wyborowych.) 

Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.83  K4ida 

Dwa  bogi,  dwie  drogi;  powiesc  wspoJczesna.    2v.  in  i. 
Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.83  K4idwa 

Dwa  swiaty;  powiesc.    4v.  in  i. 
Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.83  K4idw 

Dwie  krolowe;  powiesc  historyczna  (Bona  i  Elzbieta).    3v.  in  i. 
[Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.]  891.83  K4idz 

Dziadunio;  obrazki  naszych  czasow,  przez  B.  Bolesiawit?  [pseud.]. 
Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.83  K4id 

Dzieci?  Starego  miasta;  obrazek  wspotczesny  narysowany  z  natury 
[przez  B.  Bolestawit?,  pseud.]. 

Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.83  K4ihi 

Historja  kotka  w  pJocie;   wedtug  wiarogodnych   zrodel  zebrana   i 

spisana. 

Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.83  K4ih 

Historya  prawdziwa  o  Petrku  Wlascie;  opowiadanie  historyczne  z  12 

wieku.    2v.  in  i. 

Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.83  K4ija 

Jaszka  Orfanem  zwanego  zywota  i  spraw  pami^tnik  (JagieHowie  do 
Zygmunta).    4v.  in  i. 

Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.83  K4ije2 

Jelita;  legenda  herbowa  z  roku  1331.    2v.  in  i. 
Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  •  891.83  K4ikom 

Komedjanci;  powiesc.    4v.  in  i. 
Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.83  K4ikra 

Krakow  za  Loktka;  powiesc  historyczna.    2v.  in  1. 


POLISH  FICTION  1949 


Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.83  K4ikl 

Krolewscy   synowie;   powiesc   z    czasow   Wladyslawa    Hermana   i 
Krzywoustego.    4v.  in  1. 

Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.83  K4ikoa 

Ksi^dz  Kordecki,  obronca  Cz^stochowy;  powiesc  historyczna.    2v. 
in  I. 

Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.83  K41I 

Lubonie;  powiesc  z  10  wieku.    2v.  in  I. 
Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.83  K4imal 

Maleparta;  powiesc  historyczna  z  18.  wieku.    4v.  in  i. 
Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.83  K4ima 

Masiaw;  powiesc  z  11  wieku.    2v.  in  i. 
Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.83  K4imat 

Matka  krolow  (czasy  Jagieltowe).    2v.  in  i. 
Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.83  K4in 

Na  krolewskim  dworze  (czasy  Wladyslawa  IV).    3v.  in  i. 
Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.83  K410 

Od  kolebki  do  mogity,  z  zycia  zapomnianego  czlowieka;  opowia- 
danie.    2v. 

Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  '  891.83  K4ipam 

Pamiftniki  nieznajomego. 
Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.83  K4ipan 

Pan  i  szewc;  powiesc. 
Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.83  K41POW 

Pod  wioskiem  niebem;  fantazya. 
Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.83  K4ipog 

Pogrobek;  powiesc  historyczna  z  czasow  Przemystawowskich.    2v. 
in  I. 

Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.83  K41P 

Powiesc  bez  tytuiu.    2v.  in  i.    (Wybor  pism,  \.6-y.) 

Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.83  K4ipr 

Powrot  do  gniazda;  powiesc  z  podan  16.  wieku. 

Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.83  K4isi 

Sierota  ksi^zgcy;  powiesc  historyczna  z  czasow  Zygmunta  Augusta; 

dla  mtodziezy  strescit  Stanistaw  Brzozowski. 

Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.83  K4ista 

Stach  z  Konar;  powiesc  historyczna  z  czasow  Kazimierza  Sprawied- 
liwego.    4v.  in  2. 

Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.83  K41S 

Stara  basn;  powiesc  z  9  wieku.    3v.  in  i. 
Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.83  K4isto 

Staropolska  mitosc;  urywek  pami^tnika  spisany. 
Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.83  K4isb 

Staroscina  beJzka  (Gertruda  z  Hr.  Komorowskich  Hr.  Potocka); 
opowiadanie  historyczne,  1770-1774.     2v.  in  I. 


1950  POLISH  FICTION 

Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.83  K4istr 

Strzemienczyk  (czasy  WJadysJawa  Warnenczyka).    2v.  in  i. 
Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.83  K41WP 

W  pocie  czota. 
Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.83  K41W 

Waligora;  powiesc  historyczna  z  czasow  Leszka  Biatego.  3v.  in  i. 
Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.83  K4iwi 

Wilczek  i  Wilczkowa;  opowiadanie  z  konca  18  wieku. 
Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.83  K41Z 

Ztoto  i  bioto;  powiesc  wspoJczesna.    3v.  in  i. 
Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.83  K4izy 

Zygmuntowskie  czasy;  powiesc  z  roku  1572.    4v.  in  i. 
Krechowiecki,  Adam.  891.83  K4i5a 

Amen;  powiesc  wspotczesna. 
Krechowiecki,  Adam.  891.83  K4i5£ 

Fiat  lux!  obraz  historyczny  z  czasow  Jadwigi  i  Jagieliy. 
Krechowiecki,  Adam.  891.83  K415J 

Jestem;  powiesc.    2v. 
Krechowiecki,  Adam.  891.83  K4i5k 

Kres;  powiesc  wspolczesna. 
Krechowiecki,  Adam.  891.83  K4i5n 

Najmtodsi;  powiesc.    2v.  in  i. 
Krechowiecki,  Adam.  891.83  K4i5t 

O  tron;  powiesc  historyczna  z  17.  wieku.    3v.  in  2. 
Krechowiecki,  Adam.  891.83  K415SZ 

Szary  wilk;  powiesc  historyczna. 

Kres.     Krechowiecki 891.83  K4i5k 

Krol  dziadow.     Dzierzkowski 891.83  D99 

Kr61  i  wojt.     G^barski 891.83  G26k 

Krolewicz.     Morawska 891.83  M88 

Krolewscy  synowie.     Kraszewski 891.83  K4ikl 

Krolowa  Margot.     Dumas 891.83  D89kr 

Krzemieniecka,  Hanna.  891.83  K4293 

Fatum;  studyum  psychologiczne. 
Krzemieniecka,  Hanna.  891.83  K4293P 

Pod  cich^  fal^;  szkice  i  obrazki. 

Contents:    Przed  wyrokiem. — Szcz^Scie  rodzinne. — Troska  przekwitlej  elegantki. 

Krz3rwda.     Glinski 891.83  G49k 

Krzywoszewski,  Stefan.  891.83  K42 

Rusatka;  zbior  nowel. 

Contents:  Rusaika. —  Gdy  lec4  lifcie.  —  Chybiona  zabawa.  —  Pan  Przetakiewicz.  — 
Dziwne  zdarzenie. — Dogaressa. — Boa. — Bluzka. — ^Zaraza. — Bajka  o  rozpustnym  rycerzu  1 
bladej  Hildegardzie. — Pi^kna  ogrodniczka. 

The  same 891.83  K42a 

Contains  "Pickna  ogrodniczka"  only. 

Krzyzacy.     Sienkiewicz .891.83   S57k 


POLISH  FICTION  1951 

Krzyzanowski,  Anatol.  891.83  K42gm 

Mimoza;  powiesc  wspolczesna. 
Krzyzanowski,  Anatol.  891.83  K429 

Pasierby;  powiesc  na  tie  wspoJczesnem;  poprzedzona  stowem  wst§p- 
nem  Henryka  Sienkiewicza.    2v.  in  i. 

Ksi^dz  Kordecki.     Kraszewski 891.83  K4iko2 

Ksi§zf  Jerzy.     Bardzka .891.83  B23 

Ksi^zeca  krew;  tlumaczyla  P.  Otrys.  891.83  K4292 

Ksif zniczka.     Urbanowska 891.83   U27h 

Ksi^zniczka  z  Minsterberga.     Przyborowski 891.83  P978k 

Kto  zwyci^zc??     Esteja,  pseud 891.83  E85k 

Kujot,  Re-v.  891.83  K43 

Giowa  sw.  Barbary;  powiesc  z  przeszlosci  Pomorza.     Pittsburgh. 

Kwiat  aloesu.     Exterus,  pseud 891.83  E98 

Kwiat  lotosu.     Rodziewiczowna 891.83  Rsgkw 

Lagerlof,  Selma.  \  891.83  L15 

Dziwy  Antychrysta;  powiesc.     3v.  in  i. 
Lam,  Jan.  891.83  L17 

Glowy  do  pozloty.    4v.  in  i.     (Wybor  pism.) 
Lam,  Jan.  *  891.83  Liyw 

Wielki  swiat  Capowic.    2v.  in  i.     (Wybor  pism.) 

Latarnik.     Sienkiewicz 891.83  S57I 

Latorosle.     Sieroszewski 891.83  S572 

Lean,  Mrs  Florence  (Marryat).    See  Marryat,  Florence. 

Lelum-Polelum.     Przyborowski 891.83  P978I 

L?towski,  Julian.  891.83  L65 

Dobrana  para;  nowelle. 

Contents:    Dobrana  para. — Zakochana. — Jak  miedzy  ludzmi. — Zaliczka. 

Lili.     Reymont 891.83  R37I 

Listopad.     Rzewuski 891.83    R99 

Listy  ktore  go  nie  doszJy.     Heyking 891.83  H51 

Loi,  Wincenty,  count.  891.83  L89 

Chlop. 

Contents:     Spirituo  z  Rozdolow.— Gluchy  Michal. — Babka  bez  zie^ia. — Klacz  moja 
"Iskra." — Smolarz. — Zapart  od  chartow. 
LoS,  Wincenty,  count.  891.83  LSgd 

Dzisiejsze  malzenstwa. 

Contents:   I  tak  bywa.— Villa  "Brol."— Micdzybor.— Toni.— Czarne  perly. — Mimi!— 
Hrabia  Leon  Siciiiski. — Brylanty. 
Los,  Wincenty,  count.  891.83  LSgk 

Kaprys  hrabianki  [and  other  stories]. 

Other  stories:  Dandys.— Mademoiselle.— Kula  bilardowa.— Rckawiczki.— Jedyne  Izy. 
— Fotografia.— Zabawka  epuzera.— Niedyskrecya.— A  propos.— Z  ekonoma  pan.— Pan 
Hamilkar. — Dziennikarz. — Sarenka  Jadwisi. 

Los,  Wincenty,  count.  891.83  L89n 

Nera  Polacca;  powiesc  wspolczesna. 


1952  POLISH  FICTION 


LoS,  Wincenty,  count.  891.83  LSgni 

Niedyskrecya. 
LoS,  Wincenty,  count.  891.83  L890 

Odr^bna  istota;  powiesc  wsp6Jczesna. 

Los,  Wincenty,  count.  891.83  L890S 

Ostatni. 

Contents:  Ostatni  burgrabia. — Kain?rdyner  mego  dziadka. — Pocztylion  z  niedawnej 
przeszlo^i. — Furman  starej  daty. — Dandys  nad  dandysy. — Frajcuz  z  trybunalu. 

LoS,  Wincenty,  count.  891.83  L89P 

Portret  pi^knej  pani  [and  other  stories]. 

Other  stories:    U  schylku. — Wypadek. — WladysJaw  hoL 

tiOi,  Wincenty,  count.  891.83  L89pr 

Przy  naszych  dworach;  nowele. 

Contents:  Przy  wiatraku. — Marcysia  pokojowa. — Szloma  z  Rozdoi6w. — Krowa  Gor- 
zenia. — Kusy  Tomek. 

Loi,  Wincenty,  count.  891.83  LSgr 

Rezydenci;  opowiadania  i  nowelle  z  niedawnej  przesziosci. 

Contents:     Rezydent  mojej  ciotki. — Bezik  panny  Rapalskiej. — M6j  rezydent. 
LoS,  Wincenty,  count.  891.83  L89W 

Wczorajsi;  opowiadania  i  nowele.    v.  1-2,  in  i. 

Contents:  Hrabina  ciotka. — Pan  puikownik  w  Derkalach. — Rezydent  pana  brata. — 
Jarmarkowicze. — Hipcio  z  krakowskiej  resursy. — Bataguia.  • 

Los,  Wincenty,  count.  891.83  L89wi 

Wielka  partya.    2v. 
Los,  Wincenty,  count,  tr.  891.83  L89Z 

Z  pod  Wtoskiego  nieba;  nowelle  i  obrazki. 

Contents:  Bukie^k  kwiatow,  by  Edmund  de  Amicis. — Model,  by  C.  Benedict!. — 
Demokratka ;  Hrabina  Olimpia ;  Spowiedz  Doretty,  by  Enrico  Castelnuovo. — Za  pozno,  by 
F.  C.  Ferrari. — Zemsta;  Marya  Monaco,  by  N.  Misasi. — Sam  na  sam;  Duet,  by  Matylda 
Serao. — Zwyczajna  historya;  Kanarek  z  pod  N-ru  is-go;  Rycerskosc  wiesniacza  (Caval- 
leria  rusticana) ;  Koledzy,  by  G.  Verga. 

Lozinski,  Walery.  891.83  L965 

Zaklgty  dwor;  powiesc.    2v.  in  i. 

Lubonie.     Kraszewski 891.83  K41I 

Ludzie  bezdomni.    2eromski 891.83  Z54 

Luszczewska,  Jadwiga,  (pseud.  Deotyma).  891.83  L98 

Branki  w  Jassyrze  [powiesc  historyczna].    6v.  in  3. 

Luszczewska,  Jadwiga,  (pseud.  Deotyma).  891.83  L98P 

Panienka  z  okienka;  starodawny  romansik.    2v.  in  I. 

Lutoslawska,  Zofia.    See  Casanova,  Zofia. 

L3rtton,  Edward  George  Earle  Lytton  Bulwer-,  baron.  891.83  L99 

Zanoni;  powiesc  z  czasow  rewolucyi  francuskiej.    3v. 
Maciejowski,  Henryk.    See  Sewer,  pseud. 
Maciejowski,  Ignacy.    See  Sewer,  pseud. 

Macierz.     Rodziewiczowna 891.83  Rsgm 

Majaki.     Jeske-Choinski 891.83  J29m 


POLISH  FICTION  I9S3 


Makuszynski,  Kornel.  891.83  M37 

W  kalejdoskopie. 

Contents:     Z  wloczegi.  —  Listy  z  Paryia.  —  W4r6d  zywych  i  umarlych.  —  Z  teatm 
Ibsena. 

Maleparta.     Kraszewski 891.83  K4imal 

Maly  lord.     Burnett 891.83  B93 

Manuela.     Zielinski 891.83  Z59 

Margiela  i  Margielka.    Dygasinski 891.83  D98m 

Marion,  pseud.  891.83  M38 

Miraze;  powiesc.    3v. 
Marlitt,  E.  (pseud,  of  Eugenie  John).  891.83  M39 

Ztota  Elzunia;  powiesc  opracowata  dla  mtodziezy  Zofja  Bukowiecka. 
Marrene,  Walerya.    See  Morzkowska,  Walerya  Marrene. 
Marryat,  Florence.  891.83  M41 

Grzech;  z  angielskiego  przelozyJa  Z.  N. 

Mary.     Bjornson 891.83  B51 

Marya.     Orzeszkowa 891.83  028ma 

Maryanski,  BolesJaw.  891.83  M43 

Ester;  powiesc  z  czasow  niewoli  babilonskiej.    3v.  in  i.     (Biblioteka 
dzieJ  wyborowych.) 

Marzyciel.     Reymont 891.83  R37m 

Marzycielka.     Grot-Bfczkowska 891.83   094201 

Mastaw.     Kraszewski 891.83   K4ima 

Matka  krolow.     Kraszewski 891.83  K4imat 

Matuszewicz,  Antonina.  891.83  M48 

Dwa  pr^dy. 

Meir  Ezofowicz.     Orzeszkowa q89i.83  028ni 

Mglawica.     Esteja,  pseud 891.83  E85m 

Michal  Kopec.     Sewer,  pseud 891.83  Ssim 

Miecz  i  lokiec.     Gomulicki 891.83   G59 

Mi?dzy  ustami  a  brzegiem  puharu.     Rodziewiczowna 891.83  R59 

Milkowski,  Zygmunt.  .  See  Jez,  Teodor  Tomasz,  pseud. 
Milkuszyc,  Marya.  891.83  M68 

Dziadowie  i  wnuki;  powiesc  wspotczesna. 

Milosc  w  opalach.    Jez,  Teodor  Tomasz,  pseud 891.83  J32mi 

Mimoza.     Krzyzanowski 891.83    K429m 

Miraze.     Marion,  pseud 891.83  M38 

Mistrz  Kl^bek.     Pi^tkowski 891.83  P53 

Mlotem  i  kielni^.     Bukowiecka 891.83  B86 

Mniszek,  Helena.  891.83  M75 

Trgdowata;  powiesc.    2v.  in  i. 

Modlitwa  panska.     Zapolska 891.83  Z32m 

Moi  znajomi.     Konopnicka 891.83  K37m 


1954  POLISH  FICTION 


Morawska,  Zuzanna.  891.83  M88 

Krolewicz;  powiesc  z  15  wieku,  »  Niedzwiedz;  powiesc  z  16  wieku. 
Morawska,  Zuzanna.  891.83  M88r 

Rotmistrz  Wybraniecki;  powiesc  historyczna. 
Morawska,  Zuzanna.  891.83  M88w 

Wilcze    gniazdo;    powiesc    z    czasow    krzyzackich,    dla    mlodziezy 
dorastaj^cej. 
Morawska,  Zuzanna.  891.83  M88z 

Ztota  ostroga;  powiesc  historyczna  dla  mlodziezy  z  czasow  Ksigcia 
Jozefa  Poniatowskiego. 
Morzkowska,  Walerya  Marrene.  891.83  M93 

Dzieci  szcz^scia;  powiesc. 
Mystowska,  Sabina.  891.83  M99 

2ona  paralityka;  zarys  powiesciowy. 
Na  drug%  poikul?.     Gruszecki 891.83  G94na 

Na  dwoch  krancach.    Wilkonska 891.83  W73n 

Na  kresach  lasow.    Sieroszewski 891.83  S572n 

Na  krolewskim  dworze.     Kraszewski 891.83  K4in 

Na  oceanic  Spokojnym.     Przyborowski 891.83  P978no 

Na  prowincyi.    Orzeszkowa 891.83  OaSnp 

Na  rozstajnych  drogach.     Schwartz '. 891.83  S39 

Na  San-Domingo.     Przyborowski 891.83  P978na 

Na  Skalnem  Podhalu.    Tetmajer .- 891.83  T32n 

Na  skrawku  ziemi.     Gawalewicz 891.83  02411 

Na  stuzbie.    Kowerska 891.83  K39n2 

The  same 891.83  K39n 

Na  wyzynach.     Rodziewiczowna 891.83  Rsgna 

Na  ztamanie  karku.    Dygasinski 891.83  DgSn 

Nad  Niemnem.    Orzeszkowa 891.83  028nad 

Nad  poziomy.    Skiba,  Wolody,  pseud 891.83  S62n 

Nad  urwiskiem.    Orkan,  WJadyslaw,  pseud ., 891.83  02840 

Nad  Wart?.     Gruszecki 891.83  G94nad 

Nagoda,  pseud.  891.83  N12 

"Jak  wszystkie,"  i  inne  nowele  i  obrazki. 

Other  stories:  Na  maU  skal«.— W  pogoni.— Pierwszy  Snieg.— Julka.— Jedwabna 
chustka. — Cudza  zona. — Romans  panny  Henryki. — Za  czarne  oczy. — Cala  stawka.— Raz 
w  zyciu. 

Najmlodsi.     Krechowiecki 891.83   K4i5n 

Nalkowska,  Zofja  Rygier-.     See  Rygier-Nalkowska,  Zofja. 

Namioty  Wezyra.    Przyborowski 891.83  P978n 

Narcyza.     Rygier-Naikowska 891.83   R97 

Narzymski,  Jozef.  891.83  N13 

Ojczym;  powiesc  na  tie  wypadkow  ostatniego  powstania. 


POLISH  FICTION  1955 

Nea.     Abgar-Sohan,  pseud 891.83  A14 

N^dzarze.     Hugo 891.83  HSgn 

Nego.     DaniJowski 891.83  D22n 

Nera  Polacca.     Los 891.83  L8gn 

Neron  chrystyanizmu.     Godlewski 891.83   G55 

Niedyskrecya.     Los 891.83   L89ni 

Niediwiecki,  Zygmunt.  891.83  N332g 

Grzech;  nowele. 

Other  stories:  Za  piecem. — Zastepca. — W  drodze. — Wigilia. — Sen. — Siasia. — Maipa. 
— Wycieczka. — Odkrycie. — Przy  pracy. — Synowa. — Przyjaciolka. — Uriop. — Slub. 

Niedzwiecki,  Zygmunt.  891.83  N33a 

Oczy;  nowelle  i  szkice. 

Contains  also :  Za  m^z. — Zajage. — W  cyrku. — Kura. — Dobro  publiczne. — Nieprawego 
!oza. — Swarliwa. — Wielkie  dzielo. — W  zaciszu. — Opiekum. — Swistki. — Konfiskata. — Pneu- 
matyk  nr.  301. — Spotkanie.— Marynata. — Aniol  i  malpa. —  Cud. —  Wygrana. —  Owacya. — 
Ostatnia  wola. — Debiut. — Honor  prasy. — Basn. — Czyste  rece. — Testament. — Powrot. 

Niedzwiecki,  Zygmunt.  891.83  N332S 

Sam  na  sam;  nowele. 

Other  stories:  Anonym. —  Wyprawa  po  kielbasc. —  Welon  Slubny. —  Chory. —  Na- 
wrocona. — Mamka. — Pokusa. — Los. — Kobieta  z  gipsu. — Zjazd  kolezenski. — Nieznajoma. — 
Studnia. — Pokoj. 

Niedzwiedz.     Morawska 891.83   M88 

Niemierowski,  Kazimierz,  {pseud.  Ramestan).  891.83  N334 

Palec  Bozy;  powiesc  oryginalna. 
Niepolomski,  Jozef.  891.83  N33S 

W  prochu  ziemi;  powiesc. 

NieruchomoSc  no.ooo.    Junosza,  Klemens,  pseud 891.83  J53ni 

Niewiadomska,  Cecylia.  891.83  N336 

Odrodzona;  powiesc  dla  mlpdziezy. 
Niewiadomska,  Cecylia.  891.83  N336S 

Stracona;  powiesc. 

Niewidomy  muzyk.     Korolenko .  .• 891.83  K386 

Niewolnicy  ciala.     Czerny 891.83  C998 

Niewolnicy  serca.     Szumski 891.83   899811 

Niziny.     Orzeszkowa 891.83   028n 

Nowe  w^drowki  oryginala.     Korzeniowski 891.83  K38n 

Nowele  wtoskie.     Halicka 891.83  H16 

Nowy  obywatel.     Gruszecki 891.83  G94n 

O  byt.    Jez,  Teodor  Tomasz,  pseud 891.83  J320 

O  czem  si?  nie  mowi.     Zapolska 891.83  Z320 

O  tron.     Krechowieeki 891.83  K4i5t 

O  zmierzchu.     Reymont 891.83  R370 

Obrazki  z  zycia  znakomitych  ludzi.     Szymanowski 891.83  S99 

Oczy.     Niedzwiecki 891.83  N332 

Od  kolebki  do  mogity.    Kraszewski 891.83  K410 


I9S6  POLISH  FICTION 


Odr?bna  istota.     Los 891.83  L890 

Odrodzona.     Niewiadomska 891.83  N336 

Ogniem  i  mieczem.    Sienkiewicz 891.83  S5702 

The  same 891.83  S570 

Ojczym.     Narzymski 891.83  N13 

Okoiowiczowna,  Stanistawa.  891.83  O23 

Hi  i  dobrzy;  powiastki  dla  dzieci  do  lat  12. 

Ona.     Rodziewiczowna 891.83  R590 

Opiekunowie  wdowca.    Wilczynski 891.83  W710 

Opinia.     Garlikowska 891.83   G180 

Orkan,  WladysJaw,  pseud.  891.83  0284n 

Nad  urwiskiem;  szkice  i  obrazki. 
Orkan,  Wiadyslaw,  pseud.  891.83  O284 

W  roztokach;  powiesc.    2v.  in  i. 
Orlicz-Garlikowska,  H.    See  Garlikowska,  H.  Orlicz. 

Orly.     Szamota 891.83  S996 

Orwicz,  Jerzy.  891.83  028g 

BJyski. 

Contents:  Dziwak. — Bech. — Imperatyw. — Zwichrzone  dusze. — LaMrynt. — Cipusia. — 
Cor  lassum. — Ojciec  i  syn. — Z  dziennika  Toli. — Matka. — Pierwszy  ciern. — Pocalunek. — 
Grzesznica. — Sniezna. —  Pieniuszek. —  Evoe!  Jak  te  boginie!... — Jurku!..Nie  rozpraszaj 
sie !  • . 

Orwicz,  Jerzy.  891.83  02896 

Ela;  powiesc  wspolczesna. 
Orwicz,  Jerzy.  891.83  0289g 

Goi^bice. 
Orzeszko,  Mtne  Eliza  (Pawlowska).    See  Orzeszkowa,  Eliza. 
Orzeszkowa,  Eliza.  891.83  028a 

Argonauci;  powiesc.    2v.  in  i. 
Orzeszkowa,  Eliza.  891.83  028b 

Bene  nati;  powiesc  wiejska. 

Biographical  sketch  of  the  author  by  Piotr  Chmielowski,  p.  1-65. 

Orzeszkowa,  Eliza.  891.83  O28C 

Cnotliwi;  powiesc. 
Orzeszkowa,  Eliza.  891.83  O28CZ 

Czciciel  potfgi;  powiesc. 
Orzeszkowa,  Eliza.  891.83  028e 

Eli  Makower;  powiesc  w  trzech  tomach.    3v. 
Orzeszkowa,  Eliza.  891.83  028ip 

I  piesn  niech  zaplacze. 
Orzeszkowa,  Eliza.  891.83  O28J 

Jgdza;  powiesc. 
Orzeszkowa,  Eliza.  891.83  028ma 

Marya;  powiesc. 
Orzeszkowa,  Eliza.  q89i.83  028m 

Meir  Ezofowicz;  powiesc  z  zycia  2yd6w, 


POLISH  FICTION  1957 


Orzeszkowa,  Eliza.  891.83  028np 

Na  prowincyi;  powiesc.    v.i. 
Orzeszkowa,  Eliza.  891.83  028nad 

Nad  Niemnem;  powiesc. 
Orzeszkowa,  Eliza.  891.83  028n 

Niziny;  powiesc. 
Orzeszkowa,  Eliza.  891.83  028pa 

Pami^tnik  Waclawy,  ze  wspomnien  mtodej  panny  uJozony;  powiesc. 
4v.  in  2. 

Orzeszkowa,  Eliza.  891.83  028pe 

Pierwotni;  powiesc. 

Orzeszkowa,  Eliza.  891.83  028pi 

Piesn  przerwana.  (Biblioteczka  illustrowana.) 

Orzeszkowa,  Eliza.  891.83  028pr 

Prz^dze. 

Contents:  Z  pylow  przydroznych :  Sam  na  sam;  Chochlik-psotnik ;  Dwie;  Cien; 
Niepoprawny. — Z  fantazyi:  Tytan,  faun  i  nimfa;  Po  co?  Rocznica;  Czego  po  Swiecie 
szukat  smutek?  Pytania. 

Orzeszkowa,  Eliza.  891.83  O28S 

Sylwek  cmentarnik;  powiesc. 
Orzeszkowa,  Eliza.  891.83  028wk 

W  klatce;  powiesc. 

6semka.     Rakowska 891.83  R16 

Ostatni.     Los 891.83  L890S 

Ostatni  Mohikanin.     Cooper 891.83  C780 

Ostoja,  pseud.    See  Sawicka,  Jozefa. 

Ostrowski,  StanisJaw  Nal^cz.  891.83  O29 

Przed  burz^;  powiesc  historyczna  z  15  wieku. 

Otchlaii.     Tetmajer 891.83  T320 

Owruczanin.     Czajkowski 891.83   C990 

Paj^k.     Zbierzchowski 891.83  Z35 

Paj^ki.    Junosza,  Klemens,  pseud 891.83  J53paj 

Palec  Bozy.     Niemierowski 891.83  N334 

Pami?tnik  Wactawy.     Orzeszkowa 891.83  OaSpa 

Pami?tniki  nieznajomego.     Kraszewski 891.83  K4ipam 

Pamiftniki  staraj^cego  si§.    Jez,  Teodor  Tomasz,  pseud ...  .Sgi. S3  J32P 

Pan  i  szewc.    Kraszewski 891.83  K4ipan 

Pan  Wolodyjowski.     Sienkiewicz 891.83  S57pa3 

The  same 891.83   S57pa 

Panienka.     Jelenska 891.83   J246 

Panienka  z  okienka.     Luszczewska 891.83  L98P 

Panna  Mery.    Tetmajer 891.83  T32P 

Panny.     Konar 891.83  K374 


1958  POLISH  FICTION 

Paprocka,  Marya,  (pseud.  Znicz).  891.83  Paa 

Falszywe  dzwifki;  obraz  z  zycia. 
Paprocka,  Marya,  (pseud.  Znicz).  891.83  P22U 

Usmiech  zycia;  powiesc. 

Pasierby.     Krzyzanowski 891.83   K429 

Pawlikowski,  Mieczyslaw.  891.83  P32 

Baczmaha;  szkic  powiesciowy. 
Phillpotts,  Eden.  891.83  P51 

K?amliwi  prorocy;  przektad  z  angielskiego  P.  Sieroszewskiej. 
Pi^tkowski,  Henryk.  891.83  P53 

Mistrz  KJ^bek;  powiesc. 

Pierwotni.     Orzeszkowa 891.83   028pe 

Piesn  przerwana.     Orzeszkowa 891.83  028pi 

Pigularz,      G^siorowski 891.83    G2ip 

Placowka.    Prus,  Boleslaw,  pseud 891.83  P97P 

Plomyk.     ^mijewska 891.83   Z722 

Po  ciemku.    Jez,  Teodor  Tomasz,  pseud 891.83  J32PO 

Po  slubie  z  zapiskow  kobiety.    Zacharjasiewicz 891.83  Z14P 

Po  szcz^scie.     Cwirko 891.83  C96 

Po  zdrowie.     Exterus,  pseud 891.83  E98P 

Pobyt  w  pustyni.     Reid 891.83  R3ipob 

Poci^g^ifcia  p^dzlem.     Augustynowicz 891.83  A92P 

Pod  cich^  fal^.    Krzemieniecka 891.83  K4293P 

Pod  niebem  indyjskicm.     Kipling 891.83  K27P 

Pod  wtoskiem  niebem.    Kraszewski 891.83  K41POW 

Pod  wod?.    Junosza,  Klemens,  pseud 891.83  J53P 

Podroz  bez  pieni^dzy.     Uminski 891.83  U24P 

Podroz  do  srodka  ziemi.     Verne 891.83  V27PO 

Podroz  naoko?o  swiata  w  8o-ciu  dniach.    Verne 891.83  V27P 

Podshichane.     Walewska 891.83  Wi6p 

Poganka.     Zmichowska 891.83  Z72P 

Pogrobek.     Kraszewski 891.83   K4ipog 

Pok6j  przy  familii.    Junosza,  Klemens,  pseud 891.83  j53po 

Pokuta.     Rogosz 891.83  R62p 

Polne  rozyczki.     Porawska 891.83  P82 

PomyJka  serca.     Zacharjasiewicz 891.83  Z14J 

Ponad  si?y.    Sewer,  pseud 891.83  S51PO 

Popioly.     2eromski 891.83   Z54P 

Porawska,  Bronislawa.  891.83  P82 

Polne  rozyczki;  powiesc  dla  dorastaj^cych  panienek. 

Portret  pi?knej  pani.    Los 891.83  L89P 

Posazna  panna.     Bakowski 891.83  B17 


POLISH  FICTION  1959 

Potop.     Sienkiewicz 891.83  S57P 

The  same 891.83   S57P2 

Powiesc  bez  tytulu.     Kraszewski 891.83  K41P 

Powiesc  o  dwoch  miastach.    Dickens 891.83  D55 

Powiesci  chinski.     Sieroszewski 891.83  S572P 

Powiesci  kozackie  i  gawfdy.     Czajkowski 891.83  C99P 

Powiesci  prawdziwe.     Sawicka 891.83  S27 

Powrot.    Sieroszewski 891.83  S572P0 

Powrot  do  gniazda.     Kraszewski 891.83  K4ipr 

Praimowska,  Teresa.  891.83  P89 

Romans  g^ski;  powiesc  wspolczesna. 

Prochno.     Berent 891.83   B45 

Profesorka.     Batucki 891.83   B2izm 

Promien.     Zeromski 891.83  Z54pr 

Prus,  Boleslaw,  (pseud,  of  Aleksander  Glowacki).  891.83  P97f 

Faraon;  powiesc.    3v. 
Prus,  BolesJaw,  (pseud,  of  Aleksander  Glowacki).  891.83  P97 

Grzechy  dziecinstwa. 
Prus,  Bolesiaw,  {pseud,  of  Aleksander  Glowacki).  891.83  P97P 

Placowka;  powiesc,  z  przedmow^  M.  Brzezinskiego. 

Przed  burz^.     Ostrowski 891.83  O29 

Przedpiekle.     Zapolska 891.83  Z32P 

Prz?dze.     Orzeszkowa 891.83   028pr 

Przekonana.     Suszczynska 891.83    S96 

Przez  rozowe  szkielka.    Junosza,  Klemens,  pseud 891.83  j53PO 

Przez  stepy.     Sienkiewicz . .  . , 891.83  S57pr 

Przy  naszych  dworach.     Los 891.83  LSgpr 

Przyborowski,  Walery.  891.83  P978b 

Bylo  to  pod  Jen%;  opowiadanie  legionisty. 
Przyborowski,  Walery.  891.83  P978C 

Chamska  dusza;  powiesc  z  18  wieku.    2v.  in  I. 
Przyborowski,  Walery.  891.83  P978k 

Ksifzniczka  z  Minsterberga;  powiesc  historyczna  z  14  wieku. 
Przyborowski,  Walery.  891.83  P978I 

Lelum-Polelum ;  opowiadanie  historyczne  z  10.  wieku. 
Przyborowski,  Walery.  891.83  P978no 

Na  oceanie  Spokojnym;  powiesc  dla  mlodziezy. 
Przyborowski,  Walery.  891.83  P978na 

Na  San-Domingo;  opowiadanie  legionisty  z  pocz^tkow  19  wieku. 
Przyborowski,  Walery.  891.83  P978n 

Namioty  Wezyra;  powiesc  historyczna  z  czasow  Jana  Ill-go. 
Przyborowski,  Walery.  891.83  P978P 

Przygody  Adamka;  powiesc  historyczna  z  18  wieku. 


i960  POLISH  FICTION 


Przyborowski,  Walery.  891.83  P978S 

Sokoi  krolewski;  powiesc  historyczna  z  czasow  Zygmunta  Augnista. 
Dubowskiego. 
Przyborowski,  Walery.  891.83  P978SZ 

Szwedzi  w  Warszawie;  powiesc  historyczna  dla  mlodziezy. 

Przygody  Adamka.     Przyborowski 891.83  P978P 

Przygody  prawdziwe  zeglarzy  i  podroznikow.    Anczyc.  ..891.83  A54P 

Przygody  towarzysza  pancernego.     Synoradzki 891.83  S993P 

Puszcza  wodna  w  lesie.     Reid 891.83  R31P 

Quo  vadis.     Sienkiewicz 891.83  S57 

The  same 891.83  S57q 

Rakowska,  Janina.  891.83  R16 

Osemka;  nowele. 

Contents:     Zydowka. —  Ziota  plama.  —  Zbudzona  z  marzen.  —  Slubny  podarunek. — 
2ebraczka  Krystyna. — On. — Nie  lalka. — Cien. 

Ramestan,  pseud.    See  Niemierowski,  Kazimierz. 

Rawita,  Franciszek,  pseud.    See  Gawronski,  Franciszek  Rawita. 

Reid,  Capt.  Mayne.  891.83  R3ipob 

Fobyt  w  pustyni. 
Reid,  Capt.  Mayne.  891.83  R31P 

Puszcza  wodna  w  lesie. 
Reinstein,  Fr.  891.83  R3a 

Humoreski.    (Biblioteka  dziet  wyborowych.) 
Reymont,  WJadysJaw  Stanistaw.  891.83  R37C 

Chtopi;  powiesc  wspoiczesna.    4v.  in  2. 
Reymont,  WJadyslaw  Stanislaw.  891.83  R37f 

Fermenty;  powiesc.    2v.  in  i. 
Reymont,  Wladyslaw  Stanistaw.  891.83  R37k 

Komedyantka;  powiesc. 
Reymont,  WJadyslaw  Stanislaw.  891.83  R37I 

Lili;  za?osna  idylla.    (Biblioteczka  illustrowana.) 
Reymont,  WJadyslaw  StanisJaw.  891.83  R37m 

Marzyciel  [and  other  stories]. 
Other  stories:    Senne  dzieje. — W  pruskiej  szkole. — Przysiega. 

Reymont,  Wtadysiaw  Stanislaw.  891.83  R370 

O  zmierzchu  [and  other  stories]. 

Other  stories:     Z   pamietnika. —  W   jesienn)   noc. —  W  porcbie. —  Przy   robocie. — 
Venus. — Legenda  wigilijna. — W  gi^biacb. — Dwie  wiosny. 

Reymont,  WJadystaw  StanisJaw.  891.S3  R378 

Spotkanie;  szkice  i  obrazki. 

Other  stories:     Cien. — Oko  w  oko. — Franek. — Suka. — Szczfiliwi. — Sinier6. — Zawie- 
rucha. — Tomek  Baran. — Z  wrazen  wioskich. 

Reymont,  Wladysiaw  Stanistaw.  891.83  R37 

Ziemia  obiecana;  powiesc.    2v.  in  i. 

Rezydenci.     LoS 891.83  L89r 

Robinson  Szwajcarski.     Wyss 891.83  W99 


POLISH  FICTION 


1 961 


Robinzon  Kruzoe.     Defoe 

Rodziewiczowna,  Mary  a. 

Anima  vilis;  powiesc.    2v.  in  i. 
Rodziewiczowna,  Marya. 

Bt^kitni;  powiesc.    3v.  in  i. 
Rodziewiczowna,  Marya. 

Czahary;  powiesc. 
Rodziewiczowna,  Marya. 

Dewajtis;  powiesc  wspotczesna. 
Rodziewiczowna,  Marya. 

Hrywda;  powiesc. 
Rodziewiczowna,  Marya. 

Jaskoiczym  szlakiem;  powiesc. 
Rodziewiczowna,  Marya. 

Jerychonka;  powiesc.    2v.  in  I. 
Rodziewiczowna,  Marya. 

Klejnot;  powiesc. 
Rodziewiczowna,  Marya. 

Kwiat  lotosu;  powiesc. 
Rodziewiczowna,  Marya. 

Macierz;  powiesc. 
Rodziewiczowna,  Marya. 

Mifdzy  ustami  a  brzegiem  puharu;  powiesc. 
Rodziewiczowna,  Marya. 

Na  wyzynach;  powiesc.    2v.  in  i. 
Rodziewiczowna,  Marya. 

Ona;  powiesc. 
Rodziewiczowna,  Marya. 

Rupiecie;  nowele. 

Story  entitled  "Rubbish." 

Rodziewiczowna,  Marya. 

Straszny  dziadunio;  powiesc.    2v.  in  i. 
Rodziewiczowna,  Marya. 

Swiatla;  nowele. 
Rodziewiczowna,  Marya. 

Szary  proch;  powiesc. 
Rodziewiczowna,  Marya. 

Wrzos;  powiesc. 

Rodzina  Potanieckich.     Sienkiewicz 

Rogosz,  Jozef  A. 

Pokuta;  powiesc. 
Rojan,  Kazimierz. 

Dusze  artystyczne  (vanitas);  powiesc. 
Rojan,  Kazimierz. 

Szcz?scie;^owiesc.    2v.  in  i. 


.891.83  D37 
891.83  R59a 


891.83  R59b 
891.83  R59C 
891.83  R59d 
891.83  R59h 

891.83  R59Ja 
891.83  R59J 

891,83  R59kl 
891.83  Rsgkw 

891.83  R59m 
891.83  R59 

891.83  R59na 
891.83  R590 
891.83  R59r 

891.83  R59S 

891.83  R59SW 

891.83  Rsgsz 

891.83  R59W 

,.891.83  S57ro 
891.83  R62P 

891.83  R629 

891.83  R629S 


1962  POLISH  FICTION 

Romans  g?ski.     Prazmowska , 891.83  P89 

Romans  uczciwej  kobiety.     Estewa,  pseud 891.83  E854 

Ross-Church,  Mrs  Florence  (Marryat).    See  Marryat,  Florence. 

Rotmistrz   Wybraniecki.     Morawska .891.83   M88r 

Rotulowicze.    Jez,  Teodor  Tomasz,  pseud 891.83  J32r 

Rowinski,  W\.  891.83  R79 

W  Lodzi;  szkice  i  wrazenia. 

Contents:     Dwa  pokolenia. — Przem6wil! — Bez  tytuJu. — Dwie  Hanusie. — Kwiaty  dla 
Prusa. — Rozczarowanie. — Julka. 

Roza  bez  kolcow.     Urbanowska q89i.83  U27r 

Rozdzwi?ki.     Gacki 891.83  G12 

Rugiwojscy.     Gruszecki 891.83   G94r 

Rupiecie.     Rodziewiczowna 891.83  R59r 

Rusalka.     Krzy woszewski 891.83  K42 

Tlie  same 891.83  K42a 

Rygier-Nalkowska,  Zofja.  891.83  R97 

Narcyza;  powiesc. 

Rywale.     Abgar-SoJtan,  pseud 891.83  Ai4r 

Rzewuski,  Henryk.  891.83  R99 

Listopad;  romans  historyczny  z  drugiej  potowy  18  wieku.     5v.  in  i. 
Sabowski,  Wtadyslaw.    See  Skiba,  Woiody,  pseud. 

Sam  na  sam.     Niedzwiecki 891.83  N332S 

Sama.    Jez,  Teodor  Tomasz,  pseud 891.83  J32sa 

Samotnosc.     Hoesick 891.83   H67 

Sawicka,  Jozefa,  (pseud.  Ostoja).  891.83  S27 

Powiesci  prawdziwe. 

Contents:      Drug^a    zona. — W    gniazdku. — Wachlarz. — Widmo. — Na    stacyi. — 2al. — 
Wrog. — Panna  Berta. 

Schnitzler,  Arthur.  891.83  S36 

Zhidzenia;  przeklad  A.  Callier. 
Schwartz,  Marie  Sophie.  891.83  S39 

Na  rozstajnych  drogach;  Ze  wspomnien  lekarza. 
Schwartz,  Zofia  Marya.    See  Schwartz,  Marie  Sophie. 

Serduszko.     Zmijewska 891,83   Z722S 

Sewer,  (pseud,  of  Henryk  Maciejowski).  891.83  Ssid 

Dzielna  kobieta;  powiesc. 
Sewer,  (pseud,  of  Henryk  Maciejowski).  891.83  Ssim 

MichaJ  Kopec;  W  lesie;  Z  Krakowa  do  Medyolanu;  nowele. 

Short  stories. 

Sewer,  (pseud,  of  Henryk  Maciejowski).  891.83  S51PO 

Ponad  siJy;  powiesc.    2v.  in  i. 
Sewer,  (pseud,  of  Henryk  Maciejowski).  891.83  S51S 

Swiat  ludowy;  nowelle. 

Contents:     Dla  Swi^tij  ziemi. — Dola. 

Sezcnowa  miJosc.     Zapolska f 891.83   Z32se 


POLISH  FICTION  1963 

Sienkiewicz,  Henryk.  891.83  Ssyb 

Bez  dogmatu;  powiesc.    3v.  in  i.     (Pisma,  v.21-23.) 
Sienkiewicz,  Henryk.  891.83  S57h 

Humoreski  z  teki  worszyHy.     (Pisma,  v.75.) 
Sienkiewicz,  Henryk.  891.83  S57k 

Krzyzacy;  powiesc.    4v.  in  2.    (Pisma,  v.31-34.) 
Sienkiewicz,  Henryk.  891.83  S57I 

Latarnik.     (Pisma,  v.5.) 

Contains  also:     Niewola  tatarska. — Janiiol. — Bartek  zwyciezca. — Na  jedn^  kartc- 

Sienkiewicz,  Henryk.  891.83  S5702 

Ogniem  i  mieczem;  powiesc  z  lat  dawnych.    4v.  in  i.     (Pisma,  v.6-9.) 

The  same.    4v.     (Pisma,  v.6-9.) 891.83  S570 

Sienkiewicz,  Henryk.  891.83  S57pa3 

Pan  Woiodyjowski;  powiesc  z  lat  dawnych.    2v.  in  i.     (Pisma.) 

The  same.    3v.     (Pisma,  v.  16-18.) 891.83  S57pa 

Sienkiewicz,  Henryk.  891.83  S57P 

Potop;  powiesc  historyczna.    6v.    Gebethner. 

The  same.    6v.  in  3 891.83  S57P2 

Sienkiewicz,  Henryk.  891.83  S57pr 

Przez  stepy;  Orso;  Z  pami^tnika  Poznaiiskiego  nauczyciela;  Czyja 
wina?     Za  chlebem. 
Sienkiewicz,  Henryk.  891.83  S57 

Quo  vadis;  powiesc  z  czasow  Nerona.    3v.  in  i.     (Pisma,  v.27-29.) 

The  same.    3v.     (Pisma,  v.27-29.) 891.83  S57q 

Sienkiewicz,  Henryk.  891.83  S57ro 

Rodzina  Polanieckich;  powiesc.     3v.  in  I.     (Pisma,  v.24-26.) 
Sienkiewicz,  Henryk.  891.83  S57st 

Stary  stuga;  Hania;  Szkice  w^glem;  Janko  muzykant.     (Pisma,  v.i.) 
Sienkiewicz,  Henryk.  891.83  S57t 

Ta  trzecia.     (Pisma,  v.19.) 

Contains  also:    Sachem. — Sielanka. — Wspomnienia  z  Maripozy. — Z  puszczy  bialowic- 
zkiej. — Wycieczka  do  Aten. — Walka  bykow  w  Hiszpanii. 

Sienkiewicz,  Henryk.  891.83  S57wi 

Wiry;  powiesc.    2v.  in  i. 
Sienkiewicz,  Henryk.  891.83  S57W 

Wyrok  Zeusa.     (Pisma,  v.20.) 

Contains  also:     Z  wrazen  wloskich.  —  Organista  z  Ponikly.  —  U  zr6dla.  —  Lux  in 
tenebris  lucet. — B^dz  blogoslawiona! — Pojdzmy  za  nim! — Listy  o  Zoli. 
Sienkiewicz,  Henryk.  891.83  S57Z 

Za  chlebem. 
Sieroszewski,  Waclaw,  (pseud.  Wactaw  Sirko).  891.83  S572b 

Bajki. 

Contents:     Przygoda  tygrysa. — W  ruinach. — Inwalidzi. — Dary  wiatru  pofnocnego. 

Sieroszewski,  Wactaw,  (pseud.  Waclaw  Sirko).  891.83  S572d 

Dno  nf  dzy. 
Contents:     Brzask.— Puszcza  Bialowiezka.— Grecka  szczelina. — Dno  ncdzy. 

Sieroszewski,  WacJaw,  (pseud.  Waclaw  Sirko).  891.83  S572 

Latorosle;  Pustelnia  w  gorach;  Czukcze.   (Biblioteczka  illustrowana.) 


1964  POLISH  FICTION 


Sieroszewski,  Wactaw,  (pseud.  WacJaw  Sirko).  891.83  857211 

Na  kresach  lasow;  powiesc. 
Sieroszewski,  Waciaw,  (pseud.  Wactaw  Sirko).  891.83  S572P 

Powiesci  chinski. 

Contents:     Uang-Ming-Tse. — Kulisi — Jang-hun-tsy  (Zamorski  dyabel)- 

Sieroszewski,  WacJaw,  (pseud.  WacJaw  Sirko).  891.83  S572PO 

Powrot;  powiesc  z  zycia  wschodniej  Syberyi. 
Sieroszewski,  Wadaw,  (pseud.  Waclaw  Sirko).  891.83  S572W 

W  matni. 

Contents:   Jesienig. — Skradziony  chtopak. — Chajlach. — W  ofierze  bogom. — W  matni. 

Sieroszewski,  Waciaw,  (pseud.  Wac?aw  Sirko).  891.83  S572Z 

Z  fali  na  fal^. 

Contents:     Japonja  w   zarysie. — Harakiri  ksi^cia  Asano  naganori. — 0-Sici. — Pojed- 
nanie. — Widmo  Sakurskie. — Ingwa. — ^Jak  Use  jesienny. 

Sierota  ksi^zeqy.     Kraszewski 891.83  K4isi 

Sirko,  Waclaw,  pseud.    See  Sieroszewski,  Waclaw. 

Skarby  na  wyspie.     Stevenson 891.83  S84 

Skiba,  Wolody,  pseud.  891.83  S62 

Grzes;  historya  matzenska.    2v.  in  i. 
Skiba,  Woiody,  pseud.  891.83  S62n 

Nad  poziomy;  powiesc  z  r.  1863.    2v.  in  i. 

S}abe  serca.    Bartkiewicz 891.83  B27 

Slomiany  wdowiec.     Wilczynski 891.83  W718 

Smierc  Felicyana  Dulskiego.     Zapolska 891.83  Z32sm 

Soko!  krolewski.     Przyborowski 891.83  P978S 

Spojnik.     Tyszkiewicz 891.83   T99 

Spotkanie.     Reymont 891.83  R37S 

Sprawa  Do??gi.     Weyssenhoff 891.83  W58S 

Stach  z  Konar.     Kraszewski 891.83  K4ista 

Stanko,  pseud.  891.83  S78 

Wyst^pni;  powiesc. 

Stara  basn.     Kraszewski 891.83  K4i8 

Staropolska  miJosc.     Kraszewski 891.83  K4isto 

StaroScina  betzka.    Kraszewski 891.83  K4isb 

Stary  sluga.     Sienkiewicz 891.83  S578t 

Stefan  Czarniecki.     Czajkowski 891.83  C99S 

Stefanyk,  Wasyl.  891.83  88 1 

Klonowe  liscie;  z  ukrainskiego  przelozyl  Michal  Moczulski. 

Stefek  Luty  w  Brazylii.     Bukowiecka 891.83  B86s 

Stevenson,  Robert  Louis.  891.83  S84d 

Dziwna  historya  D-ra  Jekyll'a  i  M-ra  Hyde'a. 
Stevenson,  Robert  Louis.  891.83  S84 

Skarby  na  wyspie;  powiesc  dla  mJodziezy;  przettomaczyt  W.  P. 


POLISH  FICTION  1965 


Stowe,  Mrs  Harriet  (Beecher).  891.83  S89 

Chata  wuja  Toma;  pod?ug  amerikanskiej  powiesci. 

Stracona.     Niewiadomska 891.83   N336S 

Stracone  szczgscic.    Junosza,  Klemens,  pseud 891.83  J53S 

Straszny   dziadunio.     Rodziewiczowna 891.83   R59S 

Straszny  rok.     Daudet 891.83  D28 

Strzelbicki,  Kazimierz  DaniJowicz-.    See  Danilowicz-Strzelbicki, 

Kazimierz. 
Strzelecki,  Adolf.  891.83  S92 

Ego;  powiesc  wspotczesna. 

Strzemienczyk.     Kraszewski 891.83  K4istr 

Suffczynski,  Kajetan.    See  Bodzantowicz,  K.  S.  pseud. 

Suszczynska,  A.  891.83  S96 

Przekonana;  powiesc. 

Swiat  i  pustynia.     Grudzinski 891.83   G946 

Swiat  ludowy.     Sewer,  pseud 891.83  S51S 

Swiatla.     Rodziewiczowna 891.83   R59SW 

Swobodny  lot.     Werner,  E.  pseud 891.83  W53 

Sygietynski,  Antoni.  891.83  S98 

Wysadzony  z  siodla;  powiesc  z  zycia  wspotczesnego. 

Sylwek  cmentarnik.     Orzeszkowa 891.83  O28S 

Sjm  marnotrawny.    Jerlicz 891.83  J276 

Synoradzki,  Michat  Halina.  891.83  S993 

Jaksa  z  Miechowa;  powiesc  historyczna. 
Synoradzki,  Michat  Halina.  891.83  S993J 

Judaszowe  srebrniki;  powiesc  na  tie  14  wieku. 
Synoradzki,  MichaJ  Halina.  891.83  S993P 

Przygody  towarzysza  pancernego,  wedtug  jego  pamigtnikow  opo- 
wiedziane  dla  mJodziezy. 
Synoradzki,  Michal  Halina.  891.83  S993W 

Wj^chrzta;  powiesc  z  17  w. 

Synowie  Kaina.     Jawornicki 891.83  J22 

Syzjrf owe  prace.     Zych 891.83  Z97 

Szablon.     Garlikowska 891.83   G18 

Szalenstwo.     Zapolska 891.83  Z32SZ 

Szamota,  Alicja.  891.83  S996 

OrJy;  fragmenty  z  zycia. 
Szamota,  Alicja.  891.83  S996W 

W  ptomieniu  zycia;  powiesc. 
Szandor  Kowacz.     Jez,  Teodor  Tomasz,  pseud 891.83  J32S 

The  same 891.83  J32S2 

Szaniawski,  Klemens.     See  Junosza,  Klemens,  pseud. 

Szarancza.     Gruszecki 891.83  G94 


1966  POLISH  FICTION 


Szary  proch.     Rodziewiczowna .891.83  R59SZ 

Szary  wilk.     Krechowiecki 891.83  K415SZ 

SzczfScie.     Rojan 891.83  R629S 

Szcz?scie.     Wtodowicz 891.83  W83 

Szkice  i  humoreski.     Twain,  Mark,  pseud 891.83  T89 

Szkice  z  pamigci.     Witte 891.83  W83 

Sztnat  zycia.    Zapolska 891.83  Z32S 

Szubrawcy.     Gawalewicz 891.83  G24 

Szumski,  Teofil.  891.83  89980 

Niewolnicy  serca. 
Szumski,  Teofil.  891.83  S998 

Zmierzchy  i  swity;  powiesc  wsp6?czesna.    2v.  in  i. 
Szwedzi  w  Warszawie.     Przyborowski 891.83  P978SZ 

Szymanowski,  Wactaw.  891.83  S99 

Obrazki  z  zycia  znakomitych  ludzi,  dla  miodego  wieku. 

Contents:  Guttenberg. — Aniol  trzech  nocy. — Brzegi  Tag^u. — Maly  general. — Dwa 
miedziane  pieni^zki. — Ludwik  van  Beethoven. — Anna  z  Bretanii. — Powolanie. — Ciasto 
artystyczne. — Gustaw  Waza. — Maly  pastuch  wieprzy. 

Ta  trzecia.    Sienkiewicz 891.83  8571 

Tajemnica  poety.     Fogazzaro 891.83   F68 

Tajemnica  Stefanii.     Zacharjasiewicz 891,83  Zi^t 

Tajemnicza  sprawa;  powiesc;  przekiad  z  angielskiego.  891.83  T14 

Tajny  agent.     Conrad 891.83  C75 

Taniec  lichwy.     Kondratowicz 891.83   K3742 

Tetmajer,  Kazimierz  Przerwa.  891.83  T32a 

AnioJ  smierci;  remans. 
Tetmajer,  Kazimierz  Przerwa.  891.83  T32n 

Na  Skalnem  Podhalu.    4v.  in  2. 
Tetmajer,  Kazimierz  Przerwa.  891.83  T330 

OtchJan;  fantazya  psychologiczna. 
Tetmajer,  Kazimierz  Przerwa.  891.83  Tsap 

Panna  Mery;  powiesc. 
Tolstoi,  Lyof  Nikolalevitch,  count.  891.83  T58 

Zmartwychwstanie;  powiesc.    3v. 
Tourgenief,  Ivan  Sergevitch.    See  Turg6nief,  Ivan  Sergevitch. 
Townsend,  Mrs  Stephen.    See  Burnett,  Mrs  Frances  (Hodgson). 
Tr^mpczynski,  WJodzimierz.  891.83  T68b 

Bielmo;  powiesc  wspoJczesna. 
Tr^mpczyfiski,  Wiodzimierz.  891.83  T68 

Ukojenie;  powiesc  wspolczesna. 

Tr?dowata.     Mniszek 891.83  M75 

Trzcj  muskieterowie.     Dumas •  •  891.83  D89t 


POLISH  FICTION  1967 

Turgenief,  Ivan  Sergevitch.  891.83  T85 

Z   "Zapisek  mysliwego"   (nowelle);   w   przekJadzie  i   z  przedmowa 
Klemensa  Junoszy. 

Tuzy.     Gruszecki 891.83   694! 

Twain,  Mark,  {pseud,  of  Samuel  Langhorne  Clemtns).  891.83  T89 

Szkice  i  humoreski. 

Tyara  i  korona.     Jeske-Choinski 891.83  Jagt 

Typy  i  obrazki  Krakowskie.    Batucki 891.83  B2it 

Tyszkiewicz,  Marya,  countess.  891.83  T99 

Spojnik;  powiesc  wspoJczesna. 

Ucieszne  przygody.     Dygasinski 891.83   D98U 

Ukojenie.     Tr^mpczynski 891.83  T68 

Uminski,  WJadystaw.  891.83  U24 

Balonem  do  bieguna ;  przygody  w  podrozy  powietrznej  ponad  lodami. 
Uminski,  WtadysJaw.  891.83  U24P 

Podroz  bez  pieni^dzy. 
Uminski,  WJadysJaw.  891.83  U24W 

Wygnancy;  szkic  powiesciowy. 

Unia.    Weyssenhoff 891.83  W58U 

Upominek.     Brzozowski 891.83   B84 

Urbanowska,  Zofia.  891.83  U27 

Atlanta;   czyli  przygody  mlodego  chJopca  na  wyspie   tajemniczej; 
opowiedziane  w  listach. 
Urbanowska,  Zofia.  891.83  U27h 

Ksigzniczka;  powiesc. 
Urbanowska,  Zofia.  q89i.83  U27r 

Roza  bez  kolcow;  opowiadanie,  osnute  na  tie  przyrody  tatrzafiskiej. 
Urbanowska,  Zofia.  891.83  U27W 

Wojna  w  czasie  pokoju;  opowiadanie. 

Uskoki.    Jez,  Teodor  Tomasz,  pseud 891.83  J32U 

Usmiech  zycia.     Paprocka 891.83  P22U 

Utopista.     Bardzka 891.83  B23U 

Verne,  Jules.  891.83  V27 

Dwadziescia  tysigcy  mil  podmorskiej  zeglugi. 
Verne,  Jules.  891.83  V27PO 

Podroz  do  srodka  ziemi. 
Verne,  Jules.  891.83  V27P 

Podroz  naokolo  swiata  w  8o-ciu  dniach. 
Verne,  Jules.  891.83  V27C 

Wyspa  tajemnicza.    2v.  in  i.    Gebethner. 

Same  as  his  "Cudowna  wyspa." 

W  Babinie.     Glinski 891.83  G49W 

W  kalejdoskopie.     Makuszynski 891.83  M27 

W  klatce.     Orzeszkowa 891.83  028wk 


1968  POLISH  FICTION 

W  Lodzi.    Rowinski 891.83  R79 

W  matni.     Sieroszewski 891.83  S572W 

W  p?tach.    Jeske-Choinski 891.83  J29W 

W  plomieniu  zycia.     Szamota 891.83  S996W 

W  pocie  czota.     Kraszewski 891.83  K41WP 

W  prochu  ziemi.     Niepotomski 891.83  N335 

W  pryzmacie.    Augustynowicz 891.83  A92 

W  przesileniu.     Jellenta 891.83  J24 

W  puszczy.     Dygasinski 891.83  D98W 

W  roztokach.     Orkan,  WladysJaw,  pseud 891.83  O284 

W  Suchowskim  dworze.     Kowerska 891.83  K39W 

W  szpitalu.     Bohdanowicz. . .  .• 891.83  B59 

W  szponach.     Grot-Bgczkowska 891.83  G942W 

W  tysi^c  lat.    Gruszecki 891.83  G94W 

Walewska,  Cecylia.  891.83  W16 

Bez  duszy;  fantazya  powiesciowa. 
Walewska,  Cecylia.  891.83  Wi6p 

PodsJuchane;  nowelle. 

Other  stories:    Przyjaciolki. — Po  tyfusie. — Spirytystka. — Trzeci  rober. — Pessymistka. 

Waligora.     Kraszewski 891.83  K41W 

Wallace,  Lewis.  891.83  Wiy 

Ben-Hur;  opowiadanie  z  dni  Mesyaszowych;  tiumaczenie  z  angiel- 

skiego. 

Warszawa.     Gawalewicz 891.83  G24W 

Wazow,  I  wan.  891.83  W35 

Wybor  nowel. 

Contents:  Gwiazda. — C6rka  Pilata. — Bulgarka. — Diado  Joco  patrzy. — Nowe  prze- 
siedlenie. — Uparciuch. — Czy  idzie? — Welko  na  wojnie. — Liscie  opadaj^. — Pawel  Fertig. — 
Naum. — Dwoje  drzwi. — W  Pirynach. — Nie  ukionii  si?. — 2aioba. — Upiekszyl  stolic?. — 
Dratnat. — Garnitury  do  okien. — W  ogrodzie  muz. — Ah,  Excellence! 

Wczorajsi.    Los 891.83  L89W 

We  krwi.     Zapolska 891.83  Z32 

Werner,  E.  (pseud,  of  Elisabeth  Biirstenbinder).  891.83  W53 

Swobodny  lot;  powiesc;  tlumaczona  z  niemieckiego.    2v.  in  1. 

Wernyhora.     Czajkowski 891.83  C99 

Weyssenhoff,  Jozef.  891.83  W58h 

Hetmani;  powiesc  wspotczesna. 
Weyssenhoff,  Jozef.  891.83  W58S 

Sprawa  DoJggi. 
Weyssenhoff,  Jozef.  891.83  W58U 

Unia;  powiesc  litewska. 
Weyssenhoff,  Jozef.  891.83  W58Z 

Za  bf?kitami.     (Biblioteczka  illustrowana.) 
Widziane  i  odczute.    Abgar-Soltan,  pseud 891.83  A14W 


POLISH  FICTION  1969 


Wi?cej  niz  miiosc.     Casanova 891.83  C24 

Wifkszosci^.     Gruszecki 891.83  Gg4wi 

Wielka  partya.     Los 891.83  L89wi 

Wielki  swiat  Capowic.     Lam 891.83  L17W 

Wilcze  gniazdo.     Morawska 891.83  M88w 

Wilczek  i  Wilczkowa.    Kraszewski 891.83  K4iwi 

[Wilczynski,  Albert.]  891.83  W710 

Opiekunowie  wdowca;  obrazek  z  zycia  wiejskiego. 
[Wilczynski,  Albert.]  891.83  W71S 

SJomiany  wdowiec;  obrazki  wspotczesne. 
Wilczynski,  Albert.  891.83  W71 

WoJy  robocze;  obrazki  z  zycia  poczciwcow.     (Pisma,  v.9.) 
[Wilczynski,  Albert.]  891.83  W71P 

Z  pamigtnikow  plotkarza;  obrazki  z  zycia.    2v.  in  i. 
Wildenstein,  Kurt,  pseud.    See  Klaussmann,  Anton  Oskar. 

Wilk,  psy  i  ludzie.    Dygasinski 891.83  D98W 

Wilkonska,  Paulina.  891.83  W73 

Fata-Morgana;  powiesc.    2v.  in  i.     (Pisma,  v.2-3.) 
Wilkonska,  Paulina.  891.83  W73n 

Na  dwoch  krancach;  powiesc. 
Wirski,  Andrzej.    See  Niepolomski,  Jozef. 

Wiry.     Sienkiewicz 891.83  S57wi 

Wis  i  Dziunia.     Balucki 891.83  B21W 

Wiseman,  Nicholas  Patrick  Stephen,  cardinal.  891.83  W81 

Fabiola;  powiesc  z  czasow  przesladowania  chrzescijan  w  roku  302; 
przeklad  z  angielskiego. 
Witte,  Kazimierz.  891.83  W83 

Szkice  z  pamigci;  nowelle  i  obrazki. 

Contents:     Pierwsze  dziecko. —  Nektar  i  Ambrozja. —  Bez  opieki. —  Prognostykl. — 
Premjera. — Mlode  serduszka. — Za  bramk^. 

W16cz?ga  w  trojk?.    Jerome 891.83  J28 

Wlodowicz,  Z.  891.83  W83 

Szcz^scie;  szkic  powiesciowy. 

Wnuczek.     Junosza,  Klemens,  pseud 891.83  J53wn 

Wojna  kobieca.     Dumas 891.83  D89W 

Wojna  w  czasie  pokoju.     Urbanowska 891.83  U27W 

Wolska,  Maryla.     See  PlomieAczyk,  Two. 

Woly  robocze.    Wilczynski 891.83  W71 

Wrzos.     Rodziewiczowna 891.83  R59W 

Wyb6r  nowel.    Wazow 891.83  W35 

Wychrzta.     Synoradzki 891.83   S993W 

Wygnancy.     Uminski 891.83   U24W 

Wyrok  Zeusa.    Sienkiewicz 891.83  S57W 


1970  POLISH  FICTION 

Wysadzony  z  siodJa.     Sygietyfiski 891.83  S98 

Wyspa  tajemnicza.     Verne 891.83  V27C 

[Wyss,  Johann  David.]  891.83  W99 

Robinson  Szwajcarski. 

Wyst?pni.     Stanko,  pseud 891.83  S78 

Wytrwaloscig  a  prac^.     Jerlicz 891.83  J27W 

Wyzwolona.     Gomulicki 891.83   G59W 

Z  antropologji  wiejskiej.    Junosza,  Klemens,  pseud 891.83  J53zan 

Z  fali  na  fal§.     Sieroszewski 891.83  S572Z 

Z  m?t6w  spolecznych.     Batucki 891.83  B2izm 

Z  miiosci.     Jelenska 891.83  J246Z 

Z  minionych  dni.     Daniiowski 891.83  D22Z 

Z  pamiftnikow  plotkarza.     Wilczynski 891.83  W71P 

Z  pod  WJoskiego  nieba.     Los 891.83  L89Z 

Z  przygod  Sherlocka  Holmesa.    Doyle 891.83  D77Z 

Z  sierocej  doli.     Gloger 891.83  G51 

Z  zapadtych  k^tow.    Junosza,  Klemens,  pseud 891.83  J53zap 

Z  "Zapisek  mysliwego."     Turgenief 891.83  T85 

Z  zycia  i  fantazyi.     Glinski 891.83  G49 

Za  btfkitami.    Weyssenhoff 891.83  W58Z 

Za  chlebem.     Sienkiewicz 891.83  S57Z 

Za  gwiazd^  przewodni^.    Jez,  Teodor  Tomasz,  pseud 891.83  J32za 

Za  mgt^.    Junosza,  Klemens,  pseud 891.83  J53za 

Za  oceanem.     Esteja,  pseud 891.83  E85Z 

Za  winy  niepopelnione.     Balucki 891.83  B2iza 

Zacharjasiewicz,  Jan.  891.83  Z14J 

Jedna  krew,  t  PomyJka  serca. 
Zacharjasiewicz,  Jan.  891.83  Zi4p 

Po  slubie  z  zapiskow  kobiety;  powiesc. 
Zacharjasiewicz,  Jan.  891.83  Zi4t 

Tajemnica  Stefanii;  powiesc.    2v. 
Zacharjasiewicz,  Jan.  891.83  Z14Z 

Zakryte  karty;  powieic  wspolczesna.    3v.  in  I. 

Zakl?ty  dwor.     Lozinski 891.83  L965 

Zakryte  karty.     Zacharjasiewicz 891.83  Z14Z 

Zaleska,  Marya  Julia.  891.83  Z21 

Dwie  siostry;  opowiadanie  z  zycia  mlodych  dziewczat.    1899. 

Zamki  na  lodzie.     Balucki 891.83  B21Z 

Zanoni.     Lytton 891.83  L99 

Zapolska,  Gabryela.  891.83  Z32k 

Kaska-Karyatyda;  powiesc  wspolczesna. 


POLISH  FICTION  1971 


Zapolska,  Gabryela.  891.83  Zaam 

Modlitwa  panska. 
Zapolska,  Gabryela.  891.83  Z320 

O  czem  si?  nie  mowi;  powiesc  wspolczesna. 
Zapolska,  Gabryela.  891.83  Z32P 

Przedpiekle;  powiesc. 
Zapolska,  Gabryela.  891.83  Z32se 

Sezonowa  milosc;  powiesc  wspolczesna. 
Zapolska,  Gabryela.  891.83  Z32sm 

Smierc  Felicyana  Dulskiego;  opowiadanie. 
Zapolska,  Gabryela.  891.83  Z32SZ 

Szalenstwo;  powiesc. 
Zapolska,  Gabryela.  891.83  Z32S 

Szmat  zycia;  powiesc.    2v.  in  i. 
Zapolska,  Gabryela.  891.83  Z32 

We  krwi;  powiesc  wspotczesna.    2v.  in  i. 

Zamica.    Jez,  Teodor  Tomasz,  pseud 891.83  J32zr 

Zbierzchowski,  Henryk.  891.83  Z35 

Paj^k,  i  inne  nowele. 

Other  stories:     Nad  sinemi  wodami. — Sen. — Potworek. —  Fakir. —  Danga. —  Odwied- 
ziny. — Sfinks. — Ostatni   romantyk. — Przekletnica. — Milczqca. 

ieromski,  Stefan.  891.83  Z54 

Ludzie  bezdomni;  powiesc.    2v.  in  i. 
ieromski,  Stefan.  891.83  Z54P 

Popioty;  powiesc  z  konca  18  i  pocz^tku  19  wieku.    3v. 
ieromski,  Stefan.  891.83  Z54pr 

Promien. 
Zielinski,  Gustaw.  891.83  Z59 

Manuela;  opowiadanie  starego  weterana  z  kampanii  Napoleonskiej 
w  Hiszpanii. 

Ziemia  obiecana.     Reymont 891.83  R37 

21i  i  dobrzy.     Okolowiczowna 891.83  O22 

Zlota  Elzunia.     Marlitt,  E.  pseud 891.83  M39 

Zlota  ostroga.     Morawska 891.83  M88z 

Ztoto  i  bloto.     Kraszewski 891.83  K41Z 

Zhidzenia.     Gawronski 891.83   G249 

Zludzenia.     Schnitzler 891.83   S36 

Zmartwychwstanie.     Tolstoi 891.83  T58 

imichowska,  Narcyza,  (pseud.  Gabryella).  891.83  Z72 

Danko  z  Jawuru;  powiesc  na  tie  historycznem.    (Moja  biblioteczka.) 
imichowska,  Narcyza,  (pseud.  Gabryella).  891.83  Zyap 

Poganka. 

Zmierzchy  i  swity.     Szumski 891.83  S998 

2mijewska,  Eugenia.  891.83  Zyaad 

Dola;  powiesc,  z  przedmow^  E.  Orzeszkowej. 


1972  LITHUANIAN  FICTION 

2mijewska,  Eugenia.  891.83  2733 

PJomyk,  z  pami^tnika  instytutki. 
2mijewska,  Eugenia.  891.83  Z722S 

Serduszko;  dzieje  pozycia. 

Sequel  to  "Dola." 

2mudzki,  WacJaw.  891.83  Z723 

Bor;  powiesc.    2v.  in  i. 

Znajdek.     Grajnert 891.83  G77 

Znajdka.     Dygasinski 891.83  D98Z 

Znane  dzieje.    Kowerska -. 891.83  K39Z 

Znicz,  pseud.    See  Paprocka,  Marya. 

2ohiierz  Dewetta.     Bukowiecka 891.83  B86z 

2ona  artysty.     Grudzinski 891.83  G946Z 

2ona  paralityka.    Mystowska 891.83  M99 

2ona  z  jarmarku.    Junosza,  Klemens,  pseud 891.83  J53Z 

2u}awski,  Jerzy.  891.83  Z85 

Zwyci^zca;  powiesc. 

2usia.    Jez,  Teodor  Tomasz,  pseud 891.83  J32ZU 

Zwierciadio  gtupstwa.     Ignotus,  pseud 891.83  I17 

Zwyci?zca.     ZuJawski 891.83   Z85 

Zwycifzca  z  pod  Wiednia.     Kalinowski 891.83  K119 

Zych,  Maurycy.  891.83  Z97 

Syzyfowe  prace;  powiesc  wspotczesna. 
iycie  i  nader  osobliwe  a  zadziwiaj^ce  przygody  Robinzona 

Kruzoe.     Defoe 891.83  D37 

iydowka.     Balucki 891.83   B2izy 

Zygmuntowskie  czasy.     Kraszewski .891.83  K4izy 

891.923     Lithuanian  fiction 

Agota.    G— us 891.923  G97 

AiSbe,  ed.  891.923  A29 

Kas  teisybe  tai  ne  melas. 

Contents:    Ugnis  negesinama  iisiplefia. — Kaimo  mokykloje. — Verpcle. — Musu  ponai. 
— Bricka. — Kas  kaltas? — Debeselis. 

Algimantas.     Pietaris 891.923  P57 

AUuma.     Maupassant 891.923  M49 

Amalunga;  arba.  Tyro  dukte.  891.923  A48 

Anczyc,  Wtadyslaw  Ludwik.  891.923  A54 

Puscios  dvasia;  puikus  apsakymas  is  amerikoniskij  misky  pagal  D-r^ 
Bird;  isgulde  P.  B. 
Andersen,  Hans  Christian.  891.923  A544 

Pasakos;  isgulde  P.  Nerys.    v.i. 


LITHUANIAN  FICTION  1973 

Anima  vilis.     Rodziewiczowna 891.923  R59 

Apsakymelai.     Siulelis,  Pranas,  pseud 891.923  S62a 

ApsakymeliaL     Siulelis,  Pranas,  pseud 891.923  S62 

Apsirikimi}  komedija.     Sienkicwicz 891.923  S57 

Arabian  nights'  entertainments.  891.923  A65 

Tukstantis  nakty  ir  viena;  arabiszkos  istorijos;  perdejo  lietuviszkai 
D.  T.  Boczkauskas. 
Atanazas,  Dede,  pseud.    See  Dede  Atanazas,  pseud. 

AuStant.    Jez,  Teodor  Tomasz,  pseud 891.923  J32 

B-nas,  J.    See  Biliimas,  Jonas. 

Baltramiejaus  naktis.     Merimee 891.923  M63 

Bellamy,  Edward.  891.923  B41 

Pazvelgus  atgal;  sociologiskas  romanas;  verte  Pranas  Siulelis. 
Bijimas.  891.923  B48 

Puota,  ir  Nuskintas  ziedas. 
Biliunas,  Jonas.  891.923  B57 

Ivairys  apsakymeliai. 

Biurokratai.     Kmitas,  Jonas,  pseud 891.923  K33 

Bobules  vargai.     Kreve 891.923  K419 

Boczkauskas,  D.  T.  ed.  891.923  B579 

Vaidelota. 
Bolesiawita,  B.  pseud.    See  Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy. 

Boreikis-Kodkevycius.     Papi 891.923  P22 

Brolis,  pseud.  891.923  B76 

Pagieza,  ir  Jurgis  Durnelis;  lietuviskai  isgulde  Vincas  Kudirka. 

The  same.     pt.2.     1909.     (In  Kudirka,  Vincas.     Rastai,  v.5, 

p.14^186.) 891.928  K43  v.5-6 

Burba,  Aleksandras.  891.923  B88 

Prozaiski  rastai.    2v. 

Censtachavos  apginimas.    Sienkiewicz 891.923  S57C 

891.923  C47 
Ciecorius  Domicijonas  ir  kasejai  katakumbose;  istoriskas  apsakymas 
laikuose  krikscioniy  persekiojimo;  pagal  lenkij  kalb%  P.  B. 
Dede  Atanazas,  pseud.  891.923  D36 

Mokytoja;  apysaka. 

Del  tevynes.    Satrijos  Ragana,  pseud 891.923  825 

Dievaitis.     Rodziewiczowna 891.923  R59d 

Dievo  zvaigzde.    Wallace 891.923  W17 

Duonos  jieszkotojai.    Sienkiewicz 891.923  S57d 

Erckmann,  fimile,  &  Chatrian,  Alexandre.  891.923  E71 

Laikrodininko  atminimai;   paveikslas   is   Napoleono   I   paskutiniqjy 
nepasekmingij  kariavimy;  sutaise  S.  M. 
G-us,  A.  891.923  G97 

Agota;  vaizdelis  is  Lietuvos  valstieciy  gyvenimo. 


1974  LITHUANIAN  FICTION 

[Gfbarski,  Stefan.]  891.923  G26 

Morkus  ir  Aurelionas;  apysaka  isz  pirmij  atnzit}  krikszczionystes; 

verte  Vytautas. 

Genitis,  J.  891.933  G32 

Kunigo  gimine. 

GilSe,  dzuky  legenda.    Kreve 891.923  K419 

Gorky,  Maxim,  (pseud,  of  Alexiei  Maximovitch  Pieshkov).  891.923  G67 
Pasakojimai;  is  rustj  kalbos  verte  A.  Lalis. 

Contents:     Giesme  apie   SakaU. — Nenaudelis. — Makaras   Cudra. — Rudenyj. — Dvide- 
simt  sesi  ir  viena. 

Gorky,  Maxim,  (pseud,  of  Alexiei  Maximovitch  Pieshkov).  891.923  G67S 
Sausio  devinta;  verte  F.  M. 

Gulivero  keliones.     Swift 891.923  S977 

Gulliver,  Lemuel,  pseud.    See  Swift,  Jonathan,  dean. 

Gyvenimas  Genavaites;  apysaka  is  senoves  laiky.  891.923  Gg99 

Gyvenimas  Stepo  Raudnosio,  ir  kiti  naudingi  skaitymai.         891.923  G99 

Gyvenimo  gabaleliai.     Stiklelis 891.923  S85 

Gjrvcnimo  vaizdeliai.  891.923  G9992 

Contents:     Atsisveikinimas. — Vagis. — Kas  kaltas? — Gatves  vaikai. — Paparcio  ziedas. 
— Misko  sargas. — Signalas. — Keleivis. — Buvio  esybe. 

Hedenstiema,  Alfred,  (pseud.  Sigurd).  891.923  H39 

Nilso  Jensono  uzrasos;  lietuviskai  isverte  Pr.  Ms. 
Hoffmann,  Franz,  1814-82.  891.923  H67 

Mylek  savo  artym^;  parase  P.  B. 
Ir  pasklydo  garsas  po  Lietuv^  placi^.    Petliukas,  P.  pseud. .  .891.923  P46 

Is  mano  atsiminimy.     Pietaris 891.923  P57i 

Istorijos  pasakos.    Satrijos  Ragana,  pseud 891.923  S25i 

Ivairys  apsakymeliai.    Biliunas 891.923  B57 

Izdij  sala.    Stevenson 891.923  S84 

Jadwiga,  Teresa,  pseud.    See  Papi,  Teresa  Jadwiga. 

Japonij  pasakos.     Vaitiekupiunas 891.923  V13 

Jez,  Teodor  Tomasz,  (pseud,  of  Zygmunt  MiJkowski).  891.923  J32 

Austant;  lietuviskai  isg^lde  Jonas  Montvila. 
Jokai,  Mor.  891.923  J37 

Pajudinkime,  vyrai,  zem§;  apysaka. 

Jonukas  Karklynas  eina  Lietuvos  pazintu.     Prietelis 891.923  P94 

Judogius.     Lazdyny  Peleda,  pseud 891.923  L44 

Jurgis  Durnelis.     Brolis,  pseud 891.923  B76 

Juros  svyturio  sargas.    Sienkiewicz 891.923  S57J 

Kankintino  sunus.     Wiseman 891.923  W81 

891.923  K13 
Kapitonas  Velnias;  prietikiai  Cirano  de  Bergerac;  verte  isz  francuziszko 
M.  Juodyszus. 

Kas  teisybe  tai  ne  melas.    Aisbe 891.923  A29 

Kaukazo  belaisvis.    Tolstoi 891.923  T58 


LITHUANIAN  FICTION  1975 

Kmitas,  Jonas,  pseud.  891.923  K33 

Biurokratai;  apysaka. 
Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.923  K4ik 

Kunigas;  apysaka  is  lietuvitj  padavimij;  verte  Adolfas  Vegele. 
Kraszewski,  Jozef  Ignacy.  891.923  K41 

Mokslincius  Tvardauckas;  apysaka  is  zmoniij  padavimij;  lietuviskai 
isgulde  F.  M. 

Kravchinsky,  Serge  Michaelovitch.    See  Stepniak,  pseud. 

Kreve,  Vincas.  891.923  K419 

Giise,  dzuky  legenda,  ir  Bobules  vargai. 

KrislaL    P.,  G 891.923  Pii 

Kriziokai.    Sienkiewicz 891.923  Ssyk 

Kunigas,  pseud.  891.923  K43 

Lietuvi,  mylek  savo  kalb^;  paveikslelis  is  dzuktj  gyvenimo. 

Kunigas.     Kraszewski 891.923  K4ik 

Kunigo  gimine.     Gerutis 891.923   G32 

Kwiatkowski,  Jozef.  891.923  K44 

Lietuvaite;  guide  P.  G. 

Laikrodininko  atminimai.    Erckmann  &  Chatrian 891.923  E71 

Lanskaya.  891.923  L28 

"Szventosios"  Rosijos  misionieriai. 
Lazdynij  Peleda,  pseud.  891.923  L44 

Judosius. 
Lazdynij  Peleda,  pseud.  891.923  L44m 

Matule  paviliojo;  Stebuklingoji  tosele;  Poilsis;  Naujas  virsaitis;  Ir 
prazuvo  kaip  sapnas. 
Lazdjmy  Peleda,  pseud.  891.923  L44n 

Naslaite,  ne  pasaka. 
Lazdynij  Peleda,  pseud.  891.923  L44S 

Sugriautas  gyvenimas. 
Leikin,  N.  A.  891.923  L56 

Musiskiai  uzsienyje. 

Lietuvaite.     Kwiatkowski 891.923  K44 

Lietuvi,  mylek  savo  kalb^.    Kunigas,  pseud 891.923  K43 

Lietuviy  pasakos;  vaiku  rinkinys.  891.923  L69 

Lingis,  A.  (pseud.  A.  Veliuoniskis).  891.923  L72 

Namy  sudas;  pagal  Potapenk?. 

Linksmi  ziedeliai.     Stiklelis 891.923  S85I 

Matule  paviliojo.    Lazdynq  Peleda,  pseud 891.923  L44m 

Maufrigneuse,  pseud.    See  Maupassant,  Guy  de. 

Maupassant,  Guy  de.  891.923  M49 

Alluma,  ir  kitos  pasakos;  verte  J.  Laukis. 

Other  stories:  Netikri  brangiejie  akmenys. — Baime. — Du  mazi  kareiviai.— Dienynas 
padukelio. — Menesienoje. — Vaidulys. — Uzsalusioj  padangej. —  Atsikirtimas. —  Vienatve.— 
TSvas  ir  sunus. — Roze. 


1976  LITHUANIAN  FICTION 

Merimee,  Prosper.  891.923  M63 

Baltramicjaus  naktis;  istoriska  apysaka;  verte  Rackauskas. 
Minkowski,  Zygmunt.    See  Jez,  Teodor  Tomasz,  pseud. 

Mokslincius  Tvardauckas.     Kraszewski 891.923  K41 

Mokytoja.    Dede  Atanazas,  pseud 891.923  D36 

Mokytojas  is  Nazareto.    Vyslouch 891.923  V39 

Morkus  ir  Aurelionas.     G^barski 891.923  G26 

Musiskiai  uzsienyje.     Leikin 891.923  L56 

Mylek  savo  artym^.     Hoffmann 891.923  H67 

Nakvyne.     Stevenson 891.923    S84n 

Namelis  ant  Volgos.    Stepniak,  pseud 891.923  S83 

Namelis  pustelninko.  891.923  N12 

Namij  sudas.     Lingis 891.923  L72 

NaSlaite,  ne  pasaka.    Lazdynij  Peleda,  pseud 891.923  L44n 

"Ne  gadaj;"  arba,  Baisus  sapnas.  891.923  N17 

Niemojewski,  Andrzcj.  891.923  N33 

Revoliucijos  zmones;  verte  K.  Fuida. 

Contents:     Suntakiais. — Vesula. — Motiejus   Balia. — LaisvSs   svente. — Juras. — Redak- 
torius. — Paukstis. — Ponas  Jezus  Varsavoje. 

Nilso  Jensono  uzrasos.     Hedenstierna 891.923  H39 

Nuskintas  ziedas.     Bijunas 891.923  B48 

Olitipa.     Olszewski 891.923  O23 

Olszewski,  A.  tr.  891.923  O23 

Olitipa;  apysaka  is  laiktj  savitarpines  kares  Siaurines  Amerikos  In- 

dijony. 

Orzeszko,  Mme  Eliza  (Pawlowska).    See  Orzeszkowa,  Eliza. 

Orzeszkowa,  Eliza.  891.923  O28 

Sunadvokatis. 

P.,  G.  891.923  Pi  I 

Krislai  [and  other  stories]. 

Other  stories:     Kodel  tavcs  cia  nera? — Senatve. — Homo  sapiens. — Spauda  leista. — 
Verpetai. — Dievui  atkisus. 

Paaugusiij  zmoniii  knygele.    Valanczauskas 891.923  V14P 

Pagieza.    Brolis,  pseud 891.923  B76 

The  same 891.928  K43  v.5-6 

Pajudinkime,  vyrai,  zem§.    Jokai 891.923  J37 

Palangos  Juze.     Valanczauskas 891.923  V14 

Papi,  Teresa  Jadwiga,  {pseud.  Teresa  Jadwiga).  891.923  P22 

Boreikis-Kodkevycius,  garsus  Lietuvos  etmonas;  sutaise  P.  N. 
Pariailis.    See  Siulelis,  Pranas,  pseud. 

Parsidavimas  ir  pelnas.     Swi?tochowski 891.923  S97 

Pasakojimai.    Gorky,  Maxim,  pseud 891.923  G67 

Pasakyk  matusei.     Satrijos  Ragana,  pseud 891.923  S25P 


LITHUANIAN  FICTION  1977 

Paveikslai.    2emaite 891.923  Z46 

Pazvelgus  atgal.      Bellamy 891.923  B41 

Peleda,  Lazdyny.    See  Lazd}mij  Peleda,  psetid. 

Per  asaras.    Satrijos  Ragana,  pseud 891.923  S25pe 

Petliukas,  P.  pseud.  891.923  P46 

Ir  pasklydo  garsas  po  Lietuv^  placi^. 
Pieshkov,  Alexiei  Maximovitch.    See  Gorky,  Maxim,  pseud. 

Pietaris,  Vincas,  {pseud.  Savasis).  891.923  P57 

Algimantas;    arba,    Lietuviai    13    szimtmetyje;    istoriszka   apysaka. 
Sv.  in  I. 

Pietaris,  Vincas,  {pseud.  Savasis).  891.923  P57i 

Is  mano  atsiminimti,  spaudon  prirenge  J.  Basanavicius. 

Po  40  metii.     Tolstoi 891.923  T58P 

Ponas  ir  bernas.     Tolstoi 891.923  T58PO 

Pragaro  atgijimas.     Tolstoi 891.923  T58pr 

Prie  dvaro.     2emaite 891.923  Z46P 

Prietelis.  891.923  P94 

Jonukas  Karklynas  eina  Lietuvos  pazinty. 

Prozaiski  rastai.     Burba 891.923  B88 

Puida,  K.    See  2egota,  K.  pseud. 

Puota.     Bijunas 891.923  B48 

Puscios  dvasia.     Anczyc 891.923  A54 

Pyeshkoff,  Alexiei  Maximovitch.     See  Gorky,  Maxim,  pseud. 

Revoliucijos  zmones.     Niemojewski 891.923  N33 

Reymont,  Wtadystaw  Stanislaw.  891.923  R37 

Teismas;  is  lenky  kalbos  verte  Adl.  V. 
Rodziewiczowna,  Marya.  891.923  R59 

Anima  vilis;  apysaka;  Jono  Montvilos  vertimas. 
Rodziewiczowna,  Marya.  891.923  R59d 

Dievaitis;  siii  laiky  apysaka;  isverte  Kazys  Puida. 
Rodziewiczowna,  Marya.  891.923  R59Z 

2emii4  dulkes;  apysaka. 

Ruduo.    Zegota,  K.  pseud 891.923  Z39 

Rymas.     Zola 891.923  Z75 

Satrijos  Ragana,  pseud.  891.923  S25 

Del  tevynes. 
Satrijos  Ragana,  pseud.  891.923  S25i 

Istorijos  pasakos. 
Satrijos  Ragana,  pseud.  891.923  S25P 

Pasakyk  matusei;  Agnieska;  Ant  garlaivio. 
Satrijos  Ragana,  pseud.  891.923  S25pe 

Per  asaras. 


1978  LITHUANIAN  FICTION 

Satrijos  Ragana,  pseud.  891.923  S25V 

Viktute;  novelia. 
Satrijos  Ragana,  pseud.  891.923  S25vi 

Vincas  Stonis. 

Sausio  devinta.    Gorky,  M4xim,  pseud 891.923  G67S 

Savasis,  pseud.    See  Pietaris,  Vincas. 

Sidabrinis  kryzelis.     Sue 891.923  S94 

Sienkiewicz,  Henryk.  891.923  S57 

Apsirikimy  komedija;  atsitikimas  is  amerikonisko  gyvenimo. 
Sienkiewicz,  Henryk.  891.923  S57C 

Censtachavos  apginimas;  apysaka  is  svedy  kares  laikij;  verte  Adolf  as 
Vegele. 
Sienkiewicz,  Henryk.  891.923  Ssyd 

Duonos  jieszkotojai;  lietuviszkai  iszgulde  V.  Stagaras.    1897. 
Sienkiewicz,  Henryk.  891.923  S57J 

Juros  svyturio  sargas;  verte  J.  Margevicius,  ir  Jonukas  muzikantas; 
verte  Adolfas  Vegele. 
Sienkiewicz,  Henryk.  891.923  S57k 

Kriziokai;  istoriszkas  apraszimas;  iszgulde  ant  lietuwiszko  J.  B. 
Smelstoris.    5v.  in  i. 

Sigurd,  pseud.    See  Hedenstierna,  Alfred. 
Siulelis,  Pranas,  {pseud,  of  Parsailis),  tr.  891.923  S62a 

Apsakymelai. 

Contents:  Du  draugu.  —  Antaniukas.  —  AkmenmuSis.  —  Kaimieciu  atsiteisitnas.  — 
Medejas. — Sedane. — Pagunda. — Ko  nezino  krekzdes  ir  peteliuskes. 

Siiilelis,  Pranas,  (pseud,  of  Parsailis),  tr.  891.923  S62 

Apsakymeliai. 

Contents:  Teismas,  by  Wl.  Reymont.  —  Neismiegotas  Motiejienes  miegas,  by  V. 
Gomulicki. — Is  senoves  Egypto  padavimu,  by  B.  Prus. — Ar  atsimeni,  by  E.  Orzeskiene. 

Stepniak,  (pseud,  of  Serge  Michaelovitch  Kravchinsky).  891.923  S83 

Namelis  ant  Volgos;  apysaka  versta  is  rusy  kalbos. 
Stevenson,  Robert  Louis.  891.923  S84 

Izdij  sala. 
Stevenson,  Robert  Louis.  891.923  S84n 

Nakvyne;  is  angltj  kalbos  verte  L.  Juras. 
Stiklelis,  Konst.  891.923  S85 

GyT^enimo  gabaleliai. 

Contents:  Prakalbos  vietoje. — Sauluti  teka. — Pavasario  stebuklai. — Vasaros  rytas. — 
Piemenelis. — Senelis. — ^Jomarkas. — Antanukas. —  Vienturtis. —  Skaitymas. —  Dienos. —  Is 
dienu  begio. — Laukas. 

Stiklelis,  Konst.  891.923  S85I 

Linksmi  ziedeliai. 
Stkls,  K.    See  Stiklelis,  Konst. 
Storost,  Wilhelm.    See  Vidunas,  pseud. 
Sue,  Eugene.  891.923  S94 

Sidabrinis  kryzelis;  arba,  Dailyde  is  Nazareto;  apysaka  verte  J. 
Laukis. 


LITHUANIAN  FICTION  1979 

Sugriautas  gyvenimas.    Lazdyny  Peleda,  pseud 891.923  L44S 

Sunadvokatis.     Orzeszkowa 891.923  O28 

Swi?tochowski,  Aleksander.  891.923  S97 

Parsidavimas  ir  pelnas,  is  prietikiu  Prusij  Lietuvoje;  parase  Zmogus. 
[Swift,  Jonathan,  dean.]  891.923  S977 

Gulivero  keliones  in  nezinomas  salis;  guide  P.  2emutis. 
Szatrijos  Ragana,  pseud.    See  Satrijos  Ragana,  pseud. 

"Szventosios"  Rosijos  misionieriai.     Lanskaya 891.923  L28 

Teismas.     Reymont 891.923  R37 

Teresa  Jadwiga,  pseud.    See  Papi,  Teresa  Jadwiga. 

Tolstoi,  Lyof  Nikolaievitch,  count.  891.923  T58 

Kaukazo  belaisvis. 
Tolstoi,  Lyof  Nikolaievitch,  count.  891.923  T58P 

Po  40  mety;  lietuviskai  verte  Muzikas. 
Tolstoi,  Lyof  Nikolaievitch,  count.  891.923  TsSpo 

Ponas  ir  bernas;  i  lietuvisk^  verte  Jonas  Berzinis. 
Tolstoi,  Lyof  Nikolaievitch,  count.  891.923  T58pr 

Pragaro  atgijimas;  verte  Z.  A. 
Tukstantis  nakty  ir  viena.    Arabian  nights'  entertainments.  .891.923  A65 
Vaidelota.     Boczkauskas 891.923  B579 

Vaitiekupiunas,  S.  891.923  V13 

Japony  pasakos;  pagal  rusisk^  vertim%.    - 

Contents:  Zvirblelis  su  nupjautu  liezuviu. — Du  senuku. — Bezdzione  ir  vezys  Strymas. 
— Mazo  Riesuciuko  keliones. — Sakata  Kintokis. — Traskantysis  kalnas. — Deives  ir  uzvydus 
kaimynas. 

Valancius,  Motiejus  Kazimieras,  bp.    See  Valanczauskas,  Motiejus 

Kazimieras,  bp. 
Valanczauskas,  Motiejus  Kazimieras,  bp.  891.923  V14P 

Paaugusiy  zmoniy  knygele. 
Valanczauskas,  Motiejus  Kazimieras,  bp.  891.923  V14 

Palangos  Juze. 
Valmont,  Guy  de,  pseud.    See  Maupassant,  Guy  de. 
Vanagelis,  Ksaveras.  891.923  V17 

Vestuves. 
Veliuoniskis,  A.  pseud.    See  Lingis,  A. 

Vestuves.     Vanagelis 891.923  V17 

Viktute.     Satrijos  Ragana,  pseud 891.923  S25V 

Vincas  Stonis.    Satrijos  Ragana,  pseud 891.923  S25vi 

Vislouch,  Antanas.    See  Vyslouch,  Antanas. 

Volonczauskas,  Motiejus  Kazimieras,  bp.    See  Valanczauskas, 

Motiejus  Kazimieras,  bp. 
Vyslouch,  Antanas.  891.923  V39 

Mokytojas  is  Nazareto;  verte  L.  P. 


i98o  HEBREW  FICTION 


Wallace,  Lewis.  891.923  W17 

Dievo  zvaigzde  (Dievas  gema);  istoriska  is  Kristaus  laiky  apysaka 
pagal  "Ben-Hur;"  is  lenkij  kalbos  verte  Karolis  Vairas. 

Wiseman,  Nicholas  Patrick  Stephen,  cardinal.  891.923  W81 

Kankintino  sunus;  arba,  Pirmijjy  krikscioniy  persekiojimas;  sutrum- 
pinta  is  "Fabiola." 

2egota,  K.  (pseud,  of  K.  Puida).  891.923  Z39 

Ruduo.    V.I. 
2emaite.  891.923  Z46 

Paveikslai.    3v.  in  i. 
2emaite.  891.923  Z46P 

Prie  dvaro. 

891.923  Z462 
iemes  sklypelis;  vaizdelis  is  g3rvenimo;  verte  is  lenkisko  Pr.  C. 

2emii}  dulkes.     Rodziewiczowna 891.923  R59Z 

Zola,  £mile.  891.923  Z75 

-     Rymas;  romanas  versta  is  francuzij  kalbos. 


892.43     Hebrew  fiction 

892.43  A28 
892.43  B59 

892.43  H89a 
892.43  B44 

.ms  wnmy— n:iapn  ••T'vd  ^D-i^nD  ,pnD'  n-'Dn 

892.43  B44m 

.B1D11  n=io  ,''pD*nyD*t2mvn 

.nnOHD  ,D''TDn  n£3D  ,mD^1V  •'JlTD 

892.43  B69s 

.piKi  ,DTn3 
.n'Don  nna  onin'n  "no  maiani  nnno  ,DniBD  neoK  ,D"»*iyj  cy  D^JpT 


HEBREW  FICTION  1981 


892.43  B46w 
892.43  B46w2 

.□'•^'7X1  □'•DiDta  ,mtDD  p«n 

892.43  B46 

.n»ytr»  ,tpDltr-l'. 
•ion  ,D-iTn  1J3 

892.43  G58.3 
892.43  G58 
892.43  D69 

.-nuD  ,pnDT  n^nD 

892.43  B34 
892.43  L68 

•QiJp  ,pDD«n 
/^  nno  D^iy  iD«Db  piJn  op  Tiao  ,ikdkt  ,3j;-i 

892.43  G583 

.m^Kj  DKD  iiin"'  pan  oy  iniats   .-i-iyx  »"'«  ••nriD 

892.43  H89a 

.K^n  nna  omsD  pip  oy  mao  ,nn''D'7  |n:n  '••'nn  p-in«n  dim 

892.43  V27j 

.^iB-t  ,pyiT 

..pKn  T31D  ^K  npiDj  ,nDiKn  pan 

892.43  V27 

.IKmKJS  3pp»  riKo  pnjra  ,inM3  mmn  ^njoa  mynw  ntwsn  ik  ,d^dis'  c1"11 

892.43  H89a 


1982  HEBREW  FICTION 


892.43  Z28y 

892.43  Z28 

.1  riKD  i"n  m^im  nanan  naion  oy  imj  .^  .ir  mjs-in  ,'it2"'J!n  mTIlD 

892.43  Z28m 

892.43  Z28m 

892.43  S58 

892.43  T58 

nj^3y2nKT!yB    ij?t    lytaaiK   ovts'^KiNO   lysnn    lis   n*?'3   «    jp'iDi    1]}! 

.tc'intrjyo 

892.43  L68 

.liDDKn^  „ay-i"  oy  niiso  c^iy  nDWD"?  pTJn 

892.43  L66 

.-ncD  .ijTixy  pync* 

892.43  M49 

— p^'\  m')^n — o'on  ^j; — yv'\'>d  aim  dko  ,i»myTi  tidd  ,Tnn^in  O'^^ia 
— nnnnon — iprn — aajin — hth   nju^ — nyn— pjitrDn— I'jnn— iK'n   ly'u 
— oijina — lK^R^o— "bann  nsp— n'troiyn — i'jb'— ^iio— ^moBa— 'biB  Hainan 
M'Bp — DnKDKO    nj'^'aij* — iiyn — myi    2ok3 — ]i^'o    «2k — '^nn    mmnn 

.'Kp'Dip  miB' — nynn 

892.43  M35z 
892.43  M35a 


HEBREW  FICTION  1983 


892.43  M35 

892.43  S94 

.]ytrT"N  ,^0 

.IHo^itr  lo^p  npnyn  ,t''"1«E3  nriDD 

892.43  S94w 

.lyaTKS  nnoiy  »"j?  pnp    .iibd  ,ti2  |*-iKn  nS'iXn 

892.43  S66ga 

.-iiBD  ,-intrv  ]1KJ 

892.43  S66g 

•PB  ,f''pD:y'7KDD 
.D'p^n  nty'7B'3  omsD  ^Diity  "blDJ 

892.43  S66 

•pB  ,ppD:y^«DD 


892.43  S66a 

■PB  ,'|"'pD:V'7«DD 

.D''''nn  "'D"nn  nyinn 

892.43  S66n 

•pB  ,ppD:y^«DD 
.-nsD  ,n''"in  cpj 

892.43  S66st 

.nvo  p  pn  ,]''pDJV^SDD 

892.43  S66d 

.pB  ,]''pD:y'7«DD 

892.43  S66s 

.pB  ,^'<pD:V'7«DD 

.-nBD  ,c|:n  nnots^ 

892.43  E47 

.jnK'-  ,iaT''?y 

892.43  G583 

.pjyis 


1984  YIDDISH  FICTION 


892.43  P42 

.D»3ir'  d;i  Q^vrm  .Dntvi  oniBD  ,Dm's  ,niJion  ,c''2nD 

892.43  P42a 

892.43  K37 

•iiBD  ,niy-inDn  t*? 

892.43  K38 

.Dip  ••:»— nyn  ]2i^n 

892.43  K38 

.-nonK^n  ,«p:j;^K-i«p 
.nyn  pjon  or  Tii3»  (Q'^^s— min>  ,3  dhjo)  Dip  1JD 

892.43  Kll 

.K   .H   ,p3p 

.iiBO  ,n"TD7 
892.43  S39 

.IKDtrnc  nn  ounn   .o^^e'iT  pin  'd>  nan  nsipna  imic  tied  ,np^2"'1''2 

892.53     Yiddish  fiction 

892.53  AI60 

.mix  p«  tDDW  «— nt^vD  ytD'7«  sn 

892.53  A16c 

.2pyi  D^ty  ,}*'«nKDNni« 

.□nsD  iDiD  •'^yiJVD  pa  D-inno  v'7« 

892.53  A16w 

892.53  A16m 

.(onBD  nam  »H'TJyo)  npj?'  D^tr  ,^sn«DNin« 

892.53  A16cr 

.ipy»  D^tr  ,|*'>nND«-lS« 


YIDDISH  FICTION  1985 


892.53  A16I 
892.53  A16 

892.53  A16k 

.spy  chv  ,}>'>n«D«nnH 

892.53  A16kl 

.y^ytyjyD  ya"''''7p  d«"t 

892.53  Al6s 

892.53  A16s2 

892.53  E41 

•o  .0  ,D''pnVT''l« 

892.53  A91 

892.53  A31 

.1PB2MB  D'oanj  '1  nan  ^y'^v.  xjnyinw^n:  KJ:N 

892.53  A55 

.V:y::«ny:  jynyT  ivjyn  Jji^nysny 

892.53  A63 
892.53  A81i 


1986  YIDDISH  FICTION 


892.53  A81 

892.53  A81w 

.ants'  ,tf« 

892.53  B25 
892.53  B63i 

.Bi^iB   JIKJ?;    ,p«n 

.D'njjrjKB  [IB  tssytiyaiK  ,ikokt 

892.53  B63t 

.B  i-\H)!i  ,pK3 

.tanyfii'T  .B  11B  tssjrTnjrs'K  K»nB  ,ikokt  k  ,-|ytDlD  yB'''JN1^t2  XH 

892.53  B63 

.B'^'D  jik:;j  ,p«3 

892.53  B63i 

.B'^iB  jnxyj  ,p«n 

892.53  B63e 

.Bi^»B  JiKi;j  ,pKn 
.«inn  ipB"T»ns3RnB  iib  j?D»3Bi'nyj  «n  i^rnK  "'jyjny 

892.53  B84j 

.pnsi  omaK  ,-iyir2Dn 
.]ROHT  ,nyiDD''j"'D  "lytJ^ir  lyi 

892.53  B84in 

.iKDKT  ,-iyTiy»  "lyi^v  lyi 

892.53  B86 

.BWB  i:iN  ""n-i  ■<J^"'«  '7y:j''«  lyDS-'itayj  lyi 

892.53  B51 

.ppoTis  .K  pB  Dxynyn"'«  |y::i^nyxny 


YIDDISH  FICTION  1987 


892.53  B54h 
892.53  B54b 
892.53  B54w 

892.53  B54 
892.53  B54f 

892.53  B41 
892.53  B39b 

.vynw  ,f«Dnypya 
.n'7«nyj  DID  d;  k  lynK  ,p"'iniDD«  nyjyT'inyj  nyi 

892.53  B39 

.^KioBf  ,|HDnypy2 

.3K3  nj^vn  njr3>^ni?nB  ij;t  lynK  ]yiD"'"»S  D'lT'B'D 

892.53  B452 

.1  ,p«D'7y:"iyn 

892.53  B67 

.^>Dy  cnya'jK  ,^y:ss3«"in 

,1RDKi  iy«r»nKt2Din  k   ,lDD:ip  ySISIltt'   ^J?i«  iy^''Tlp   P^  ^yiDtayp 

892.53  B68 

.jyisEjnB'* 

892.53  G72 

.i:?3  Dn-i2N  ,iy3«'i't2«: 

892.53  G65w 

.lyiasni:*  y'7« 


1988  YIDDISH  FICTION 


892.53  G65 
892.53  G67m 

892.53  G67 

.yoiKBD^ai^nyinj?  ]k 

892.53  G678i 

.D'DpKa  ,ipnNJ 

.DTiTnytDrw 

892.53  G678a 

.ny^BKp  .Bf  inn  osytnya'K  ,«pnyD« 

892.53  G678C 

.D'DPKO   ,1pn«J 

892.53  G38 

892.53  D77 

•P  •«  ,^"'«'I 

.iTiiapytayT  ivtaDy-iJ  nv^ 

892.53  D69 

.^pOyO  DHJO   ,1pX^^K'[ 

892.53  D74 

892.53  D85 

.n  ,''pDJ''3n 
.JiiMpiKH  nn3D3^R  ]M  Honpn  Dipo3  H  B«o  ,ip3i^njnriy  ,DW:i  ytS'n^W  N^T 

892.53  D89f 


YIDDISH  FICTION  1989 


892.53  D89 

892.53  D578 

.]KCKi  ,;)jni  pH  it'tatr  k  "lyiK  ,C|jj  pj< 

892.53  D57h 

.IKOKi    .:ii^jKi3  "iy:i3T  n^riinKUtr  "ijtt  lynn  ,DtDiyjm  D'':2nKJn 

892.53  D57 

892.53  D57j 

892.53  D54j 

892.53  D54o 

892.53  D54a 

.THO   p>t«««   ,p"lT 

.pit  pi^p  IS  -in  ^KT  K3iir  p»p  -lyiK  j;tDD''B'v:  lyiwpnyiow 

892.53  D54 

.TND   PM"K   ,p1T 

892.53  D54b 

892.53  D54in 

892.53  D55 

.D^iKifB  ,D:yppn 


1990  YIDDISH  FICTION 


892.53  J 18 

892.53  H23 

.pponu  lie   i3!jj?nyi»K  ,-|yj3in 

892.53  H23p 

•taijP  ,p,DD«n 

892.53  H89 

.^yD''''p  pK  -nn:  lyf 

892.53  H89t 

.iKBpm  ,K:in 

.iponwK'  .v  ITU  BSyTiya'K  ,"lVt2^''3"lS  □''■''1 

892.53  H95 

.(imta^'?  .H)  .tr  ,^111-11,1 

892.53  H18 

•B  ,pT;3'7"'''n 

892.53  H47 

.nvo  nn  ,p'7KD1j;n 
Djn  nya'H  «np^iw  p»>b3hokt  wnHOD'n  k  ,n''tyD  "lytS'^plVta  "lyi 

.ox  'riDB'  lie  ijrpini  laiK  ijray^ 

892.53  H471 

.Twn  ^n  ,p^«Dnyn 

892.53  H47s 

.ntro  nn  ,p'7«Diyn 

.iKom  npBfnKBD>n  k  ,iy'^'^p  nytr'':«pnyD«  tr'iJHEJtr-  nyi 

892.53  H48 
892.53  W13 

.p*"^:  ■iy!ayttn«iny:i«  nyT 


YIDDISH  FICTION  1991 


892.53  V37 
892.53  W46 
892.53  W77 

892.53  V26 

.«-iyn 

892.53  V27i 
892.53  V27a 
892.53  V27y 

.^iB'T  ,pyn 
.|Kia"»s«p-DB''t5'  nyj^T"  lyi 

892.53  V27m 

.^itt'T  ,pyn 

.'7yDD''n  ^itajyayr  ]"««  nyjy^iirD  nyi 

892.53  V27s 

.^18'T  ,pyn 
.•T'tyT«DD«B  "lyii'i^n  "lyi  ijnK  |n«3jyT"«  •iytyT'i''D  -lyi 

892.53  V27f 

.^itTT  ,pyn 

892.53  V27v 

.ci^ty  yjyi«^nyB  «''t 

892.53  V27t 

.^iB'T  ,pyn 
.]yi:y:yj  yta:Kpy3Ji«  p«  yT^-i  k 


1992  YIDDISH  FICTION 


892.53  V27 

892.53  V27VO 

892.53  V27b 

.^iB'T  ,pj;n 

.DnsjyjKts  .K  ]iD  tsytana-iKyi 
892.53  Z75 

.l»7Kmyn  .D  .T  11B  Q!{J?t^y3^K  ,:iy^')p  lytrnnsjKie-B'tanT  dj;t  its  n'7>3 

892.53  Z75f 

892.53  Z75v 

892.53  Z75wo 

892.53  Z75g 

892.53  Z7510 

.0  ..T   nu  Qsytnjra'K   ,A3i^njnnjr  ya^'BO^Kpi   k   ,DDWDyiV^^   H*"! 

892.53  Z751 

.Bi'myjnyay^  IJ^iyn  i»  IpiKijya  tapyott'  oy  m  iir  ciy^nyjn'n  pe  y^n'uyj 

.p^Konyn  pe  tasyny^'n 

892.53  Z75h 


YIDDISH  FICTION  1993 


892.53  Z75n 

892.53  Z75p 

892.53  Z75pa 

892.53  Z75fr 

•^'oy  ,«'7KT 

892.53  Z75po 

.Dip  nj;t3Vt2£3''jnyD  lyi 

892.53  Z75w 

892.53  Z772 

•^  ,"'pDS«-|tD«^NT 

892.53  Z77 
892.53  Z28 

.stDym  lyi  ]is  *iyr2"'TitD  n 

892.53  Z93 

.insn  ^Ty^K  ,^ysi'>nx 

.iyn«iij?j  T^p''7J  TtsBO 
892.53  S45i 

892.53  S451 

.nana  ,^"iySB^M 


1994  YIDDISH  FICTION 


892.53  S45 

.ntro  ,i2"iySS''^T 

892.53  Z56o 

.□■»  Qtn  lyi  :|v,« 

892.53  ZS6k 

892.53  Z56 

892.53  Z56m 

892.53  Z56j 

892.53  S46b 

lyajf^  ]j?»n»«  o'pB  ikoki  k  ,tpD30K  kj^k  i'bdi'D  ,nip2  yiVD^l  NH 

892.53  S46 

."i3p  -ivt23''nyn  lyi  . 

892.53  T58i 

892.53  T58ia 

.]«D  p-iD  IJIW  T^ 

892.53  T58a 

.iKOKT  K  ,«:'<jj;-iKp  «::« 

892.53  T58m 


YIDDISH  FICTION  1995 


892.53  T58t 

892.53  T58p 

892.53  T58tw 

892.53  T58 

.inn;)  .3  11B  t3j;t3'OiKp3  ,|j;Ti1B  p«  ^ynp 

892.53  T58r 

.ta»»nij;3iKmjrB  ]^H  oBKB'iynn'?  ,y3j?»^  ips^K  janpn^'tr  k  ,D">nDn  n^nn 

892.53  T18g 

.KpnyoK 
892.53  T18m 

.c]"'in  ]V3''^-iVT''''p  |ytr''DTi  pa  VD''ii2"'N"iy:i  «'''t 

The  same.    4v 892.53  Ti8ma 

892.53  T18SO 

.173^7  nyanpnyoK  ]ib  ikoki  h  ,|yaiE5y:  ]1«  IsaiTyj 

892.53  T18 

892.53  T18ph 

.ny-iyDi'iS  iji«  -i«iDp«i 

892.53  T18gi 

.]y»^HQ»R   pH 


1996  YIDDISH  FICTION 


892.53  T181 
892.53  T18n 
892.53  T18p 
892.53  T18f 
892.53  T18be 
892.53  T18b 
892.53  T18d 
892.S3  T18s 

.131K  ,D''injj;j«t3 

892.53  T422 
892.53  A65 

.:«i2  p-iK  1J1H  liyfitD 

892.53  T42 

.B3W  yr''«  lil«  •TJyT"'ltD 

892.53  T85 

.D  1K1HN  ,nyjy:mia 
.manp  ]k:?"?  iiB  Bsynjra'H  ,|yD«-ltDti*  JJ"'^nn£5 

892  53  L68 

.^Vi^pD  yjyn"''7pyj  D'pn'''?  .t 


YIDDISH  FICTION  1997 


892.53  L72c 
892.53  L667 
892.53  L66u 

.ytany^-ivs  Vi2:spyn:i«  n 

892.53  L66 

.^Kityi  PK  11K  ij?»3ion  lis  1K0N1  K  ,^j;t3D^:K^«p  NH 

892.53  L66m 

.pnjn  /pDJ-iliy^ 

892.53  M47 
892.53  M49 

♦lyDHi  nyf-iNSj  pD  :a'''7ny''^  lyi  ,p''ts'tD2«D  lyjiT'  nyijs'?!  -lyi 

892.53  M49f 
892.53  M35 

892.53  M88j 
892.53  M88 

892.53  D891 

.nyn«D 


1998  YIDDISH  FICTION 


892.53  M61 
892.53  M38 

892.53  N41 

.ipiaya  5    •lyias^ie' 

892.53  S89 

.lytrts'a  .y  .n  ,^112D 

892.53  S94 

.msa  pfi  yD'':D''Myj 

892.53  S94w 

892.53  S66 

.n«)  ,ppDJV'7«DD 

892.53  S66c 

892.53  S74d 

.»3nD  ,n«E)py2D 

892.53  S74j 

.lamo  ,i«l2pV£)D 

892.53  S74h 

.»3mo  ,n«l2pySD 

.|yj:iD"'iDB'-mt2-c"i^ 

892.53  S74a 

.»3Ti»  ,n«i3pysD 


YIDDISH  FICTION  I999 

892.53  S74f 

892.53  S74p 

.tamo  ,-i«l3pySD 

892.53  S74c 

.imo  ,-iKtDpySD 
.^3^'?n:ri^y  ,DVp''^«p 

892.53  S74r 

.'3inD  ,n«tDpVBD 

892.53  S748 

.i3Tia  ,-i«l2pySD 

892.53  Pl8u 

.]KDKT    K    ,«lDD«p«    "bWrnX 

892.53  P18 
892.53  P18b 

.IKHKi    ,1t^«B 

892.53  F32 

.^n-i  ,:-iy3:yjttB 
.]Vin«''  ■ij;i:''p 

892.53  F95 

•Tn  ,|«DtynB 

•lyoBnts'  y^« 

892.53  P64w 

■^^  ,"'pD:''B 

892.53  P64i 

•^^  ,ipDrB 


200O  YIDDISH  FICTION 


892.53  P64 
892.53  P42ad 

.mm  m« 

892.53  P427 

892.53  P42p 

.3^^  pns»  ,ps 

892.53  P42b 

.3'^  pnsi  ,p£) 

892.53  P42t 

.31^  pns«  ,ps 

892.53  P42a 

.31^  pns'  ,pB 
n    :2  n3R3    .lytaa'B'yj  y3>^o<tsDp^HB    :1  njK3    .pnj;n  j?^k    ;75?D3^1ty 

.tans 

892.53  C33 

.niHpiKn  m3D3^K  iib  osynys'H  ,Dt0^p  |K1  jlS)  yt23''l5'yj 

892.53  K36i 

•iKy*?  ,pni«p 

892.53  K36s 

•i«y^  ,|na«p 

892.53  K36w 

.(lysipD)  lyiDSntt' 

892.53  C12 

.Dm3K  ,]Kn«p 


YIDDISH  FICTION 


892.53  K13 

892.53  K139 

892.53  K38 

.taaspniD  lyir^n  -lyi 

892.53  K386 

•^  •»  ,-r^«:n«p 

892.53  K17 
892.53  R116 

.p^nyn  ]«£)  iyp:yn  nyi  ijhk  nj-ip  yi23"»nyj  d«t 

892.53  Rllo 

.Ejy^in  yr^6>nj''Ti  «— ^yiys  |''3"'i« 

892.53  RUv 

.p-iyn 

892.53  Rllma 

.^inD  nyi 

892.53  RUw 

.BKtay  piD^D 

892.53  Rlln 

.|ytasntr  ycjoy^'*:  n 

892.53  RU 

.i^jysjDyoD 


2002  HUNGARIAN  FICTION 

892.53  RllB 

892.53  R72 

.n3i»  ,'T7y£3:yT«-i 

892.53  A34 
892.53  R32 

892.53  R32p 

.nana  ipotrnj;  ,^ytii£5s-ity 

892.53  R34 

lie  ij?3y^  Dyn  nymn  Jim^'if  y3» '7123 'tryjn taw  k  ,1)^^^))^  yi'?''!!  KH 
-nyi'K    .yny'no  yn'^ni  id»d  ]ynj»«»  yj^iytrnyB  iix  MpncK  ]»k  yn^m  kh 

.]'^HOij;n  ]iB  Qsyr 

892.53  S31 

.nriK  ruro  ,Dyp5{«ir 

.^HitB'''  anjD  lyiH  ,nDB  *i«£3  nyimT'  "lyi 

894.53     Hungarian  fiction 

Abaf  i.     Josika 894.53  144* 

Abonyi,  Arpad.  894.53  Ais 

Novellai.    2v. 
Agai,  Adolf.  894.53  A25 

Igaz  tortenetek;  husz  elbeszeles. 
Almanach  az  1910-ik  evre.     Mikszath 894.53  M68 

Ambrus,  Zoltan.  894.53  A49 

Berzsenyi  bar6  es  csaladja;  tollrajzok  a  mai  BudapestrSl.     (Munkai, 
V.4.) 

Ambrus,  Zoltan.  894.53  A49b 

A   Berzsenyi-leanyok  tizenket  vSlegenye;    tollrajzok   a   mai   Buda- 
pestrSl.    (Munkai,  v.6.) 

Ambrus,  Zoltan.  894.53  A49m 

Midas  kiraly.    2v.     (Munkai,  v.  1-2.) 


HUNGARIAN  FICTION  2003 

Amerikaba  es  vissza.     Becsky 894-53  ^37 

Amire  sziilettunk.    Lux 894.53  LgSam 

Apro  regenyek.    Brody .-v 894-53  ByGa 

Arabian  nights'  entertainments.  4894.53  A65 

Ezeregy  ejszaka  regei;  a  magyar  ifjusag  szamara;  atdolgozta  Rado 
Antal. 

Translated  with  title  "Thousand  and  one  nights'  tales." 

Az  arany  ember.    Jokai 894.53  Jsya 

Az  arany  polgar.     Lovik 894.53  ^94 

Arnykepek.    Jokai 894.53  J37ar 

The  same 894.53  J37ar2 

Egfy  asszonyi  hajszal.    Jokai 894.53  J37mag 

Asszonyt  kiser — distent  kisert.    Jokai 894.53  J37pa 

Bajza,  Lenke  Beniczkyne-.    See  Beniczkyne-Bajza,  Lenke. 

Baksay,  San  dor.  894.53  Bi7J 

Jobb  kezem,  is  Ispero,  is  Patak  banya.  '  (Gyalog-osveny,  v.3.) 

Baksay,  Sandor.  894.53  Biyn 

Nagymama  karacsonyja,  is  A  csudalatos  tortenet,  nagymama  meseje. 

(Gyalog-osveny,  v.2.) 

Baksay,  Sandor.  894.53  Bi7 

Pusztai  talalkozas;  elbeszeles.    (Gyalog-osveny,  v.i.) 
Balatoni  eg  alatt.     EndrSdi 894.53  E6a 

Balvanyos-var.    Jokai 894.53  137^ 

A  baratfalvi  levita.    Jokai 894.53  J37ba 

Birsony,  Istvan.  4894.53  B27r 

A  rab  kiraly  szabadon;  fantasztikus  allatregeny. 
Barsony,  Istvan.  894.53  Bay 

Szelek  utjan;  regenyes  tortenet. 
Barsony,  Istvan.  894.53  B27S 

A  szerelem  konyve. 
Becsky,  Laszlo.  894.53  B37 

Amerikaba  es  vissza. 

Bede  Adam.    Eliot,  George,  pseud 894.53  E47 

Benedek,  Elek.  894.53  B431 

Magyar  mese-  es  mondavilag,  ezer  ev  mesekoltese.    5v. 
Benedek,  Elck.  894.53  B431S 

Sziilofoldem;  erdovideki  tortenetek. 
Benedek,  Elek.  894.53  64311 

Testamentum  es  hat  leveL 
Beniczksme-Bajza,  Lenke.  894.53  B43f 

A  fatyol  titka;  regeny. 
Beniczkyne-Bajza,  Lenke.  894.53  B43k 

Kes6  szerelem;  regeny. 


2004  HUNGARIAN  FICTION 

Beniczkyne-Bajza,  Lenke.  894-53  B43P 

Porban  sziiletett;  regeny.    2v.  in  i. 
Beniczkyne-Bajza,  Lenke.  894>53  B43 

Rang  es  penz;  regeny  kel  kotetben.    2v.  in  i. 
Beniczkjme-Bajza,  Lenke.  894.53  B43r 

Ruth;  regeny. 
Beniczkyn6-Bajza,  Lenke.  894.53  B43V 

A  ver  hatalma;  regeny. 

A  b^rgazda  cseledleanya.    Marlitt,  E.  pseud 894.53  M39 

Berzsenyi  baro  es  csaladja.     Ambrus 894.53  A.49 

A  Berzsenyi-leinyok  tizenket  vSlegenye.    Ambrus 894.53  A49b 

Beszelyek  es  vazlatok.    Doczi 894.53  D66b 

Beszterce  ostroma.     Mikszath 894.53  M68b 

A  beszterczei  diakok.    Werner 894.53  W53 

Brody,  Sandor.  894.53  BySa 

Apro  regenyek. 
Brody,  Sandor.  894.53  Bjde 

fijszaka. 
Brody,  Sandor.  894.53  B76ez 

Az  eziist  kecske.    2v.  in  i. 
Brody,  Sandor.  894.53  ByGf 

Egy  ferfi  vallomasai,  es  filetkepek. 
Brody,  Sandor.  894.53  B76h 

Hofeherke. 
Brody,  Sandor.  894.53  B76 

Szineszver.    2v. 

V.2  contains  "Mese  egy  modelrol"  and  "Kisasszony  gondoija  meg." 

Budapest.     Lux 894.53  L98b 

Campe,  Joachim  Heinrich.  894.53  C16 

Robinzon;  az  ifjusag  szamara;  forditotta  David  Margit. 

Translation  of  "Robinson  the  Younger;  or,  The  new  Robinson  Crusoe." 

Cervantes  Saavedra,  Miguel  de.  894.53  C33 

Don    Quijote    de    la    Mancha,    Cervantes    utan,   a    magyar    ifjusag 

szamara  atdolgozta  Rado  Antal. 

Cilike  rovid  ruhaban.     Tutsek q894.53  T88 

Clemens,  Samuel  Langhorne.    See  Twain,  Mark,  pseud. 

Cooper,  James  Fenimore.  894.53  C78 

tj tmutato;  angol  eredetije  nyoman  az  ifjusag  szamara  atdolgozta 

Mikes  Lajos. 

Cooper,  James  Fenimore.  894.53  C78U 

Az  utolso  Mohikan;  elbesz^les  az  ifjusag  szamara;  forditotta  Fesxis 

Gyorgy. 

Cross,  Mrs  Mary  Ann  (Evans).    See  Eliot,  George,  pseud. 

Csatakepek  a  magyar  szabadsagharczbol.    Jokai 894.53  J37C 


HUNGARIAN  FICTION  2005 

A  Csehek  Mag^arorszagban.    Josika 894-53  J44 

A  csudalatos  tortenet.     Baksay 894-53  Biyn 

Csudra  Makar.    Gorky,  Maxim,  pseud 894.53  G67 

A  cziganybaro.    Jokai 894.53  J37CZ 

A  Damokosok.     Jokai 894.53  J37da 

De  kar  megventilni !     Jokai 894.53  J37dc 

Dekatneron.     Jokai 894.53  J37d 

Delvirdgok.    Jokai 894.53  J37<iel 

The  same 894.53  J37SO 

Dickens,  Charles.  894.53  D55 

Nehez  idok,  es  Karacsonyi  enek;  forditotta  Mikes  Lajos. 

Dimitri  Rudin.    Tui'genief 894.53  T85 

Dixi.    Vas,  Gereben,  pseud 894.53  V22d 

Dr  Kaposi  Marta.    Szomahazy 894.53  S99 

Doczi,  Lajos.  894.53  D66b 

Beszelyek  es  vazlatok.     (Munkai,  v.5.) 

Don  Quijote  de  la  Mancha.     Cervantes  Saavedra 894.53  C33 

Dumas,  Alexandre,  the  elder.  894.53  DSgg 

Grof  Monte-Cristo;  regeny;  forditotta  Harsanyi  Kalman.    4v. 
Dumas,  Alexandre,  the  elder.  894.53  D89 

A  harom  testor;  forditotta  Landor  Tivadar. 

Eg6sz  az  eszaki  polusig!    Jokai 894.53  J37eg 

Egri  csillagok.     Gardonyi 894.53  Gi8e 

Egy  az  Isten.    Jokai 894.53  J37i 

The  same 894.53  J37i2 

£jszaka.     Brody 894.53  6760 

Az  elatkozott  csalad.    Jokai 894.53  J37ela 

Az  elet  komediasai.    Jokai 894.53  J37el 

Az  eletbol  ellesve.    Jokai 894.53  J37SZI 

filetkepet.     Brody 894.53  B76f 

filetimt  ember.    Vas,  Gereben,  pseud 894.53  V22e 

Eliot,  George,  (pseud,  of  Mrs  Mary  Ann  (Evans)  Cross).       894.53  E47 

Bede  Adam;  regeny;  angolbol  forditotta  Salamon  Ferencz.    2v.  in  i. 
Eliot,  George,  (pseud,  of  Mrs  Mary  Ann  (Evans)  Cross).       894.53  E47V 

A  vizi  malom;  regeny;  eredeti  angolbol  forditotta  Vaczy  Janos.    2v. 

Elnemult  harangok.     Rakosi 894.53  Ri6e 

ElSadasok  a  felesegkepz6  akademian.    Szomahazy 894.53  8996 

Emmy.     Rakosi 894.53  Ri6em 

Endrodi,  Sandor.  894.53  E62 

Balatoni  eg  alatt. 
Enjdm,  tied,  ove.    Jokai 894.53  J37en 


30o6  HUNGARIAN  FICTION 

Eotvos,  Jozsef,  bard.  894-53  Eeyf 

A  falu  jegyzoje.    2v.     (Osszes  munkai,  v.2-3.) 
Eotvos,  Jozsef,  bdr6.  894-53  EGyk 

A  Karthausi.     (Osszes  munkdi,  v.l.) 
Eotvos,  Jozsef,  bdr6.  894.53  £671x1 

Magyarorszag  1514-ben.    2v.    (Osszes  munkai,  v.4-5.) 

The  same.    3v.    (Munkai,  v.2-4.) 894.53  E67ma 

Eotvos,  Jozsef,  bdr6.  894.53  E67 

A  nflverek.     (Osszes  munkai,  v.6.) 
Eotvos,  Karoly.  894.53  E679k 

A  ket  ordog  vara,  es  egfyeb  elbeszelesek.     (Munkai,  v.4.) 
Eotvos,  Karoly.  894.53  E679ki 

A  ki  orokke  bujdosott,  es  egyeb  elbeszelesek.     (Munkai,  v.3.) 
Eotvos,  Karoly.  894.53  E679 

Magyar  alakok.     (Munkai,  v.5.) 
Eotvos,  Karoly.  894.53  E679n 

A  nagy  per,  mely  ezer  eve  folyik  s  meg  sines  vege.    3v.     (Munkai, 
v.io-12.) 

Eotvos,  Karoly.  894.53  E679U 

Utazas  a  Balaton  korul.    2v.     (Munkai,  v.1-2.) 

Erdely  aranykora.    Jokai 894.53  J37* 

Erdelyi  kepek.    Jokai 894.53  J37er 

fis  megis  mozog  a  fold.    J6kai 894.53  J37es 

Evans,  Mary  Ann.    See  Eliot,  George,  pseud. 

Ezeregy  ejszaka  regei.    Arabian  nights'  entertainments 4894.53  A65 

Az  eziist  kecske.     Brody 894.53  B76ez 

Falfi.    Jakab 894.53  Ji5 

A  falu  jegyzSje.    Eotvos 894.53  E67f 

A  falu  meg  a  varos.     Rakosi 894.53  Ri6f 

Egy  falusi  Hamlet.     Rakosi 894.53  Ri6p 

F&ni  es  Dani.    Lux 894.53  L98 

Fanni  hagyomanyai.     Karman 894.53  K13 

The  same 894.53  Ki3m 

A  fatyol  titka.     Beniczkyne-Bajza 894.53  243^ 

A  feher  rozsa.    Jokai 894.53  J37J 

Fekete  gyemantok.     Jokai .  i 894.53  J37fe 

A  fekete  kakas.    Mikszath 894.53  M68fe 

A  fekete  ver.    Jokai 894.53  J37fek 

Felfordult  vilag.    Jokai 894.53  J37f*l 

The  same 894.53  J37f ela 

Felhok.     Petelei 894.53  P45 

A  felisten.     Kobor 894.53  K35f 


HUNGARIAN  FICTION  2007 

Egy  ferfi  vallomasai.    Brody 894-53  Byef 

A  feszek  regenyei.    Mikszath 894.53  M68f 

Fold  f elett  es  viz  alatt.    Jokai 894.53  J37f o 

Frater  Giorgy.    Jokai 894.53  J37f 

Galambos  Pal  naploja.    Rakosi 894.53  Ri6g 

Gardonyi,  Geza.  894.53  Gi8e 

Egri  csillagok  (Bornemissza  Gergely  elete) ;  regeny.    2v. 
[Gardonyi,  Geza.]  894.53  GiSgo 

Gore  Gabor  biro  ur  konyve,  irtam  en  magam  Gore  Gabor. 
[Gardonyi,  Geza.]  894.53  Gi8g 

Gore  Martsa  lakodalma,  irtam  en  magam  Gore  Gabor. 
Gardonyi,  Geza.  894.53  Gi8i 

Isten  rabjai;  regeny. 
[Gardonyi,  Geza.]  894.53  Gi8k 

A  Katsa,  irtam  en  magam  Gore  G4bor. 
Gardonyi,  Geza.  894.53  G18 

A  lathatatlan  ember;  regeny. 
Gardonyi,  Geza.  894.53  Gi8p 

Poholyek,  es  maseffele  falusi  tortenetek. 
[Gardonyi,  Geza.]  894.53  Gi8t 

Tapasztalatok    vagyis    mas    szoval    az    nagy    kiallitason    szorzott 
tapasztalatok;  irtam  en  magam  Gore  Gabor. 

[G4rdonyi,  Geza.]  894.53  Gi8v 

Veszodelmek,  irtam  en  magam  Gore  Gabor. 
Gdrdonyi,  Geza.  894.53  Gi8vi 

A  vilagjaro  angol;  kalandos  regeny,  irta  Gardonyi  Geza  (Mummery 
Robert). 

A  gazdag  szegenyek.     Jokai 894.53  J37g 

Goere,  Gabor,  pseud.    See  Gardon3n,  Geza. 

Goldsmith,  Oliver.  894.53  G58 

A  Wakefieldi  pap;  angolbol  forditotta  Acs  Zsigmond. 
Gore,  Gabor,  pseud.    See  Gdrdonjri,  Geza. 

Gore  Gabor  biro  lir  konyve.     Gardonyi 894.53  GiSgo 

Gore  Martsa  lakodalma.     Gardonyi 894.53  Gi8g 

Gorky,  Maxim,  (pseud,  of  Alexiei  Maximovitch  Pieshkov).       894.53  G67 
Csudra  Makar,  es  egyeb  elbeszelesek;  forditotta  Ambrozovics  DezsS. 

Gorog  tuz.     Jokai 894.53  1378° 

Grof  Monte-Cristo.     Dumas 894.53  D89g 

A  gyerg^^ovari  hadjarat.     Szomahazy 894.53  S99g 

Gyulai  Pal.     Kemeny 894.53  K17 


20o8  HUNGARIAN  FICTION 

A  Gyurkovics-fiuk.    Herczeg 894-53  H46g 

A  Gyurkovics-lanyok.    Herczeg 894.53  H46gy 

Hangok  a  vihar  utan.    Jokai 894.53  J37ha 

A  harom  marvanyfej.    Jokai 894.53  J37 

A  harom  testSr.     Dumas 894.53  D89 

Heckenast-Bajza,  Lenke.    See  Beniczkyne-Bajza,  Lenke. 

Herczeg,  Ferencz.  894.53  H46e 

Elbeszelesek. 
Herczeg,  Ferencz.  894.53  H46g 

A  Gyurkovics-fiuk. 
Herczeg,  Ferencz.  894.53  H46gy 

A  Gyurkovics-lanyok. 
Herczeg,  Ferencz.  894.53  H46m 

Mutamur;  huszonhat  elbeszeles. 
Herczeg,  Ferencz.  894.53  H46 

Poganyok;  regeny. 
Herczeg,  Ferencz.  894.53  H46S 

Szabolcs  hazassaga;  regeny. 

Hetkoznapok.     Jokai 894.53  J37h 

Egy  hirhedett  kalandor.    Jokai 894.53  j37Wi 

Hiusag  vasara.     Thackeray 894.53   T33 

Hofeherke.     Brody 894.53  B76h 

Hugo,  Victor.  894.53  H89 

A  nyomoriiltak;  forditotta  Salgo  Ern6.    4v. 

Igaz  tortenetek.    Agai 894.53  A25 

Isten  rabjai.     Gardonyi 894.53  Gi8i 

Ivanhoe.     Scott 894.53  S43 

Jakab,  Odon.  894.53  J15 

Falu;  elbeszelesek. 

A  Janicsarok  vegnapjai.    Jokai 894.53  J37J 

The  same 894.53  J37J2 

Egy  jatekos,  a  ki  nyer.    Jokai 894.53  j37Ja 

A  jegyesek.     Manzoni '. 894.53  M35 

A  j6  palocok.    Mikszath 894.53  M68t 

Jobb  kezem.     Baksay 894.53  B17J 

Jobbadin  Amerikaban.     Rakosi 894.53  Ri6g 

John,  Eugenie.    See  Marlitt,  E.  pseud. 

J6kai,  Mor.  894.53  J37a 

Az  arany  ember;  regeny.    2v.    (Osszes  mfivei,  V.4S-46.) 
J6kai,  Mor.  894.53  J37ar 

Arnykepek.     (Osszes  mfivei,  v.14,) 

The  same.    2v.  in  i 894.53  J37ara 

With  this  is  bound  his  "Oceania." 


HUNGARIAN  FICTION  2009 

J6kai,  Mor.  894.53  Jayb 

Balvanyos-var;  torteneti  regeny.     (Osszes  mfivei,  v.6o.) 

Jokai,  Mor.  894.53  J37ba 

A  baratfalvi  levita,  is  Ujabb  elbeszelesek.     (Osszes  tnuvei,  v.94.) 

J6kai,  Mor.  894.53  J37c 

Csatakepek  a  magyar  szabadsagharczbol.     (Osszes  mflvei,  v.  10.) 

J6kai,  Mor.  894.53  J37cz 

A  cziganybaro;   regeny,  es  Minden   poklokon   keresztiil;    torteneti 

Jokai,  Mor.  894.53  J37da 

A  Damokosok;  regenyes  tortenet.    (Osszes  mfivei,  v.56.) 

Jokai,  Mor.  894.53  J37de 

De  kar  megveniiini! -regeny;  egfy  ven  ocsem-uram  elmenyei  utan. 
(Osszes  mfivei,  v.90.) 

Jokai,  Mor.  894.53  J37d 

Dekameron;  szaz  novella.    3v.    (Osszes  mfivei,  v.ii-13.) 
regeny.     (Osszes  mfivei,  v.84.) 

Jokai,  Mor.  894.53  J37del 

Delviragok,  es  [Oceania].     (Osszes  mfivei,  v.20.) 

The  same 894.53  J37SO 

Bound  with  his  "Sonkolyi  Gergely." 

Jokai,  Mor.  894.53  J37eg 

Egesz  az  eszaki  polusig!  A  ki  a  szivet  a  homlokan  hordja.     (Osszes 
mfivei,  V.59.) 

J6kai,  Mor.  894.53  J37i 

Egy  az  Isten;  regeny.    2v.     (Osszes  mfivei,  v.26-27.) 
The  same.    3v 894.53  J37i2 

J6kai,  Mor.  894.53  J37ela 

Az  elatkozott  csalad;  regeny.    (Osszes  mfivei,  v.31.) 

J6kai,  Mor.  894.53  J37el 

Az  elet  komediasai;  regeny.    2v.    (Osszes  mfivei,  V.S4-SS.) 

mfivei,  V.S9.) 

Jokai,  Mor.  894.53  J37en 

Enyim,  tied,  ove;  regeny.    2v.    (Osszes  mfivei,  v.47-48.) 

J6kai,  Mor.  894.53  J37e 

Erdely  aranykora;  regeny.    (Osszes  mfivei,  v.i.) 

Continued  by  "Torok  vilag  Magyarorszagon." 

J6kai,  Mor.  894.53  J37cr 

Erdelyi  kepek.     (Osszes  mfivei,  v.23.) 

J6kai,  Mor.  894.53  J37es 

£s  megis  mozog  a  fold;  regeny.    2v.  (Osszes  mfivei,  v.43-44.) 

Also  has  title  "Eppur  si  muove." 

Jokai,  Mor.  894.53  J37fe 

Fekcte  gyemantok;  regeny.     (Osszes  mfivei,  v.42.) 


aoio  HUNGARIAN  FICTION 

J6kai,  Mor.  894.53  Jzjick 

A  fekete  ver;  regeny,  es  Lenczi  frater;  regeny.    (Osszes  miivei,  v.86.) 

J6kai,  Mor.  894.53  J37fel 

Felfordult    vilag,    is    £szak    honabol,    es  A    debreczeni    lunatikus. 

(Osszes  mfivei,  v.34.) 

The  same,  is  [A  legvitezebb  huszar,  is  Fortunatus  Imre,  is 

Shirin] 894.53  J37fel2 

J6kai,  Mor.  894.53  J37fo 

Fold  felett  es  viz  alatt;  regenykek,  is  A  veres  kenyer;  egy  ifju  hos 
naploja,  is  [A  szegenyseg  litja].     (Osszes  mfivei,  v.so.) 

J6kai,  Mor.  894.53  Js?^ 

Frater  Giorgy;  tortenelmi  regeny.    2v.    (Osszes  muvei,  v.81-82.) 

Jokai,  Mor.  894.53  J37g 

A  gazdag  szegenyek;  regeny.     (Osszes  muvei,  v.79.) 

J6kai,  Mor,  894.53  J37go 

Gorog  ttiz;  elbeszelesek  mindenfele  igazhiv6  nepek  tortenetebol. 
(Osszes  mfivei,  v.64.) 

Jokai,  Mor.  894.53  J37ha 

Hangok  a  vihar  utan.    (Osszes  mfivei,  v.21.) 

J6kai,  Mor.  894.53  J37 

A  harom  marvanyfej;  regeny,  kritikaval  elegy.    (Osszes  muvei,  v. 73.) 

J6kai,  Mor.  894.53  J37h 

Hetkoznapok;  regeny.    (Osszes  mfivei,  v.8.) 
J6kai,  Mor.  894.53  J37hi 

Egy  hirhedett  kalandor  a  tizenhetedik  szazadbol.  (Osszes  mfivei, 
V.65.) 

J6kai,  Mor.  894.53  J37J 

A  Janicsarok  vegnapjai;  regeny,  is  [A  feher  rozsa].  (Osszes  mfivei, 
V.7.) 

The  same,  is  [Elbesgeleseke] 894.53  J37J2 

J6kai,  Mor.  894.53  j37Ja 

Egy  jatekos  a  ki  nyer;  regeny.     (Osszes  mfivei,  v.70.) 
J6kai,  Mor.  894.53  J37J0 

A  jov6  szazad  regenye.    2v.    (Osszes  mfivei,  V.52-S3.) 
J6kai,  Mor.  894.53  137^3 

Karpathy  Zoltan;  regeny.    (Osszes  mfivei,  v.6.) 

Sequel  to  "Egy  magyar  nibob." 

The  same.    3v 894.53  J37ka2 

J6kai,  Mor.  894.53  J37ke 

A  ket  Trenk;  torteneti  regeny,  is  Trenk  Frigyes;  torteneti  regeny. 
(Osszes  mfivei,  v.87.) 

J6kai,  Mor.  894.53  J37ki 

A  kik  ketszer  halnak  meg;  regeny.    2v.    (Osszes  mfivei,  v.62-63.) 


HUNGARIAN  FICTION  201 1 

Jokai,  Mor.  894.53  J37k 

A  kis  kiralyok;  regeny.    2v.     (Osszes  muvei,  v.74-75.) 

Jokai,  Mor.  894.53  J37ko 

A  koszivii  ember  fiai;  regeny.     2v.     (Osszts  muvei,  v.29-30.) 
The  same.     3v 894.53  j37ko2 

J6kai,  Mor.  894.53  J37le 

A  lelekidomar;  regeny.     2v.     (Osszes  mfivei,  v.77-78.) 

J6kai,  Mor.  894.53  J37I 

A  locsei  feher  asszony;  regeny.    2v.     (Osszes  muvei,  v.70-71.) 

Jokai,  Mor.  894.53  J37man 

Magneta;  regeny,  es  Tegy  jot.     (Osszes  mfivei,  v.89.) 

J6kai,  Mor.  894.53  J37mag 

A  magyar  eloidokbol,  es  Egy  asszonyi  hajszal.    (Osszes  muvei,  v.36.) 

Jokai,  Mor.  894.53  J37ina 

Egy  magyar  nabob.    2v.    (Osszes  mfivei,  v.4-5.) 

The  same.     3v 894.53  J37nia2 

Continued  by  "Karpathy  Zoltan." 

Jokai,  Mor.  894.53  J37nieg 

Meg  egy  csokrot;  elbeszelesek.     (Osszes  muvei,  v.69.) 

Jokai,  Mor.  894.53  Jsyn^e 

Megtortent  regek;  beszelyek.     (Osszes  muvei,  v.6i.) 

J6kai,  Mor.  894.53  J37m 

Mesek  es  regek.     (Osszes  mfivei,  v.93.) 

J6kai,  Mor.  894.53  J37niil 

Milyenek  a  nok?   elbeszelesek,  es   [Milyenek  a   ferfiak]  ?     (Osszes 
mfivei,  V.2S.) 

Jokai,  Mor.  894.53  Js?™* 

Mire  megveniilunk ;  regeny.     (Osszes  mfivei,  v.28.) 
The  same.    2v 894.53  J37mi2 

Jokai,  Mor.  894.53  J37na 

Napraforgok;  ujabb  beszelyek.     (Osszes  mfivei,  v.91.) 

J6kai,  Mor.  894.53  J37ne 

Nepvilag;  elbeszelesek.     (Osszes  mfivei,  v.i6.) 

Jokai,  Mor.  894.53  J37n 

Nevtelen  var;  tortenelmi  regeny.    2v.     (Osszes  mfivei,  v.32-33.) 
The  same.    3v 894.53  J37n3 

Jokai,  Mor.  894.53  J37ni 

Nincsen  ordog;  regeny,  is  A  Maglay  csalad,  is  A  ki  holta  utan  all 

boszut.    (Osszes  mfivei,  v.85.) 

J6kai,  Mor.  894.53  j37no 

Novellak.    (Osszes  mfivei,  v.37.) 
J6kai,  Mor.  894.53  J370 

Oszi  feny;  ujabb  elbeszelesek.    (Osszes  mfivei,  v.92.) 


2012  HUNGARIAN  FICTION 

Jokai,  Mor.  894.53  j37Pa 

Pater  Peter;  regeny,  is  Asszonyt  kiser — istent  kisert;  regeny.  (Osszes 
miivei,  v.83.) 

J6kai,  Mor.  *  894.53  J37P 

Politikai  divatok;  regeny.    (Osszes  mfivei,  v.17.) 

The  same.    3v 894.53  J37P2 

J6kai,  Mor.  894.53  J37ra 

Rab  Raby.     (Osszes  mfivei,  v.Si.) 
J6kai,  Mor.  894.53  J37r 

Rakoczy  fia;  regeny.     (Osszes  mfivei,  v.8o.) 
J6kai,  Mor.  894.53  J37re 

A  regi  j6  tablabirak;  regeny.    (Osszes  mfivei,  v.9.) 
Jokai,  Mor.  894.53  J37sa 

Sarga  rozsa;  pusztai  regeny,  es  A.  Krao;  regeny,  m  [A  harom  kiralyok 
csillaga].     (Osszes  mfivei,  v.88.) 

Jokai,  Mor.  894.53  J37sza 

Szabadsag   a   ho   alatt;    vagy,   A   zold   konyv;    tortenelmi    regeny. 
(Osszes  mfivei,  v.66.) 

Jokai,  Mor.  894.53  J37S 

Szegeny  gazdagok;  regeny.    (Osszes  mfivei,  v.15.) 

The  same.    2v 894.53  J37S2 

J6kai,  Mor.  894.53  J37SZI 

Szelcsend  alatt,  is  Az  eletb61  ellesve.    (Osszes  mfivei,  v.35.) 
J6kai,  Mor.  894.53  J37sze 

Szep  Mikhal;  regeny.     (Osszes  mfivei,  V.S7-) 
J6kai,  Mor.  894.53  J37szr 

Szerelem  bolondjai;  regeny.     (Osszes  mfivei,  v.41.) 
Jokai,  Mor.  894.53  J37szt 

Szeretve  mind  a  verpadig;  torteneti  regeny  a  Rakoczy-korbol.    2v. 
(Osszes  mfivei,  v.67-68.) 

J6kai,  Mor.  894.53  J37sz 

Szomoru  napok;  regeny.    (Osszes  mfivei,  v.i8.) 

The  same,  es  [Bujdoso  naploja,  is  Meg61t  erszag] 894.53  J37SZ3 

Jokai,  Mor.  894.53  J37ta 

Targallyak.    (Osszes  mfivei,  v.s8.) 

Jokai,  Mor.  894.53  J37t 

A  tengerszemu  holgy.    (Osszes  mfivei,  v.76.) 

Jokai,  Mor.  894.53  j37toa 

Torok  vilag  Magyarorszagon;  torteneti  regeny.  2v.  in  i. 

Sequel  to  "Erdely  aranykora." 

The  same.    2v.     (Osszes  mfivei,  v.2-3.) 894.53  j37*o 

V.2  contains  "A  ketszarvu  ember;  historiai  beszily." 

J6kai,  Mor.  894.53  J37U 

Az  uj  foldesur;  regeny.    (Osszes  mfivei,  v.24.) 


HUNGARIAN  FICTION  2013 

J6kai,  Mor.  894.53  J37va 

Vadon  viragai.    (Osszes  mfivei,  v.22.) 
J6kai,  Mor.  ,  894.53  J37ve 

Veres  konyv;  csatakepek  a  keleti  haborubol.     (Osszes  miivei,  v.  19.) 
Jokai,  Mor.  894.53  J37V 

Virradora.     (Osszes  mfivei,  v.49.) 
Josika,  Miklos,  bard.  894.53  J44a 

Abafi;  regeny. 
Josika,  Miklos,  bdro.  894.53  J44 

A  Csehek  Magyarorszagban;  korrajz  els6  Matyas  kiraly  idejebol.  ,2v. 
J6sika,  Miklos,  bdro.  894.53  J44J 

Josika  Istvan;  regeny.     2v. 
Josika,  Miklos,  bdro.  894.53  J44m 

II.  Rakoczi  Ferencz;  az  ifjiisag  szamara  atdolgozta  Gaal  Mozes. 
Josika,  Miklos,  bdro.  894.53  J44n 

A  Nagyszebeni  kiralybiro;  regeny. 

Josika  Istvan.     Josika 894.53  J44J 

A  J6v6  szazad  regenye.    Jokai 894.53  j37Jo 

Karacsonyi  enek.     Dickens 894.53   D55 

Karenina  Anna.     Tolstoi 894.53  T58 

Kirman,  Jozsef.  894.53  K13 

Fanni  hagyomanyai;  beszely. 
Karpathy  Zoltan.     Jokai 894.53   J37ka 

The  sa)ne 894.53  J37ka2 

A  Karthausi.    Eotvos 894.53  E67k 

Katoka  kegyelmes  asszony.    Malonyay 894.53  M29 

A   Katsa.     Gardonyi 894.53   Gi8k 

Kemeny,  Zsigmond,  bdro.  894.53  K17 

Gyulai  Pal;  regeny.    2v.    (Osszes  mfivei,  v.1-2.) 
Kemeny,  Zsigmond,  bdro.  894.53  K170 

Ozvegy  es  leanya;  regeny.     (Osszes  mfivei,  v.6.) 
Kemeny,  Zsigmond,  bdro.  894.53  Ki7r 

A  rajongok;  regeny.     (Osszes  mfivei,  v.7.) 

Keso  szerelem.    Beniczkyne-Bajza 894.53  B43k 

A  ket  ordog  vara.    Eotvos ' 894.53  E679k 

A  ket  Trenk.    Jokai 894.53  J37ke 

A  ketszarvu  ember.     Jokai 894.53  j37to 

A  ki  orokke  bujdosott.     Eotvos 894.53  E679ki 

A  kik  ketszer  halnak  meg.    Jokai 894.53  J37ki 

Kipling,  Rudyard.  ^  894.53  Ka7 

Tortenetek  az  6serd6b61   (Jungle  book);  forditotta  Bekesi  Gyula. 

A  kis  kiralyok.    Jokai 894.53  J37k 

A  kis  primas.     Mikszath 894.53  M68k 

The  same 894.53  M68k2 


2014  HUNGARIAN  FICTION 

A  kis  tiinder.    Vadnai 894.53  V12 

K6bor,  Tamas.  894.53  ^35! 

A  felisten;  mesek  a  honapos  szobabol. 
K6bor,  Tamas.  894.53  K35m 

Munka;  elbeszelesek. 
K6bor,  Tamas.  894.53  K35 

0  akarta;  kis  regenyek. 

Koborlasok  itthon  meg  idegen  foldon.    Rakosi 894.53  Ri6k 

Korhadt  fakeresztek.     Rakosi 894.53  Ri6ko 

A  kortv^lyesi  csiny.     Mikszath 894.53  M68p 

A  koszivii  ember  fiai.    Jokai 894.53  J37ko 

The  same 894.53  j37ko2 

Ktilonos  hazassag.     Mikszath 894.53  M68ku 

A  lithatatlan  ember.    Gardonyi 894.53  G18 

Leanyok.     Lux 894.53  L98I 

A  leanyvari  boszorkany.    Lovik 894.53  L94I 

A  lelekidomSr.    Jokai 894.53  Js?!© 

Lend  naploja.    Lux 894.53  L98 

Lenczi  f rater.    J6kai 894.53  J37f ek 

Lewes,  Mrs  Mary  Ann  (Evans).    See  Eliot,  George,  pseud. 

Lila  test,  sarga  sapka.     Szomahazy 894.53  S99I 

A  Idcsei  feher  asszony.    Jokai 894.53  J37I 

A  lohinai  f li.     Mikszath 894.53  M681 

The  same 894.53  M68bc 

Lovik,  Karoly.  894.53  L94 

Az  arany  polgar;  regeny. 
Lovik,  Karoly.  894.53  L94I 

A  leanyvari  boszorkany;  regeny. 
Lux,  Terka.  894.53  L98am 

Amire  szulettunk;  regeny. 
Lux,  Terka.  894.53  L98b 

Budapest  [regeny]. 
Lux,  Terka.  ,  894.53  L98I 

Leanyok. 
Lux,  Terka.  894.53  L98 

Lenci  naploja,  es  Fani  es  Dani. 
Lux,  Terka.  894.53  L98a 

A  una  corda  (egry  huron). 

Magneta.    Jokai 894.53  Jsyman 

Magyar  alakok.     Eotvos '. 894.53  E679 

A  magyar  eloidokbol.    Jokai 894.53  J37mag 

The  same 894.53  J37ms 

Magyar  mese-  es  mondavilag.    Benedek 894.53  ^431 


HUNGARIAN  FICTION  2015 

Egy  magyar  nabob.     Jokai 894*53  J37ina 

The  same 894-53  J37ma2 

Magyar  virtus.     Szemere 894.53  S997 

Magjrarorszag  lovagvarai.     Mikszath 894.53  M68k2 

Magyarorszag  1514-ben.     Eotvos 894.53  E67m 

The  same 894.53  E67m2 

Malonyay,  Dezs6.  894.53  M29 

Katoka  kegyelmes  asszony. 
Manzoni,  Alessandro.  894.53  M35 

A  jegyesek;  milanoi  tortenet  a  17.  szazadbol.    2v. 
Marlitt,  E.  (^pseud.  of  Eugenie  John).  894.53  M39 

A  bergazda  cseledleanya;  regeny;  forditotta  Tabori  Robertne. 
Marlitt,  E.  (pseud,  of  Eugenie  John).  894.53  M39ni 

Masodik  feleseg;  regeny;  forditotta  Tarczal. 
Marlitt,  E.  (pseud,  of  Eugenie  John).  894.53  M39V 

A  ven  kisasszony  titka;  regeny. 

Masodik  feleseg.     Marlitt,  E.  pseud 894.53  M39m 

II.  Rakoczi  Ferencz.    Josika 894.53  J44™ 

Meg  egy  csokrot.    Jokai 894.53  J37nieg 

Megtortent  regek.     Jokai 894.53  J37me 

Mesek  az  irogeprol.     Szomahazy 894.53  S99m 

Mesek  es  regek.    Jokai 894.53  J37ni 

Midas  kiraly.     Anibrus 894.53  A49m 

Mikszath,  Kalman.  894.53  M68b 

Beszterce  ostroma. 
Mikszath,  Kalman.  894.53  M68fe 

A  fekete  kakas,  es  meg  harom  mas  elbeszeles. 
Mikszath,  Kalman.  894-53  M68f 

A  feszek  regenyei;  elbeszelesek. 
Mikszath,  Kalman.  894.53  M68k 

A  kis  primas;  torteneti  elbeszeles  az  ifjusag  szamara  atdolgozva. 

The  same,  es  Magyarorszag  lovagvarai 894.53  M68k2 

Mikszath,  Kalman.  894.53  M68ku 

Kiilonos  hazassag.    2v. 
Mikszath,  Kalman.  894.53  M681 

A  lohinai  fii;  elbeszeles. 
Mikszath,  Kalman.  894-53  M68na 

Nagysagos  Katanghy  Menyhert  kepviselo  ur  viszontagsagos  elete, 
kalandjai,  szerencsetlensege,  szerencseje  es  muvei. 
Mikszith,  Kalman.  894-53  M68n 

Nemzetes  uraimek  (Macsik  a  nagyerejti) ;  regeny. 
Mikszath,  Kalman.  894-53  M68p 

Prakovszky,  a  siket  kovacs,  es  A  kortvelyesi  csiny. 


20i6  HUNGARIAN  FICTION 

Miksz4th,  Kalman.  894-53  M68te 

A  tekintetes  varmegye;  igaz  tortenetek. 
Mikszath,  Kalman.  894-53  M68t 

Tot  atyafiak,  es  A  jo  palocok. 
Mikszith,  Kalman.  894.53  M68u 

Uj  Zrinyiasz;  tarsadalmi  es  politikai  szatirikus  rajz. 
Miksz4th,  Kalman,  ed.  894.53  M68 

Almanach  az  iQio-ik  evre. 

Calendar  for  19 10,  followed  by  a  collection  of  short  stories  by  different  authors. 

Milyenek  a  nok?    Jokai 894.53  J37mil 

Minden  poklokon  keresztiil.    Jokai 894.53  J37cz 

Mire  megveniilunk.     Jokai 894.53  Jsymi 

The  same 894.53  J37mi2 

Munka.     Kobor 894.53  K35m 

Mutamur.     Herczeg 894.53  H46m 

Nagy  idok,  nagy  embcrek.    Vas,  Gereben,  pseiid 894.53  V22n 

A  nagy  per.     Eotvos 894.53  £67911 

Nagymama  karacsonyja.    Baksay 894.53  Biyn 

Nagysagos  Katanghy  Menyhert  kepviseld  ur  viszontagsagos 

elete.     Mikszath 894.53  M68na 

A  Nagyszebeni  kiralybiro.    Josika 894.53  J44n 

Napraf orgok.    Jokai 894.53  J37na 

Nehez  idok.     Dickens 894.53  D55 

A  nemzet  napszamosai.    Vas,  Gereben,  pseud 894.53  V22ne 

Nemzetes  uraimek.     Mikszath 894.53  M68n 

Nepvil^g.    Jokai 894.53  J37ne 

Nevtelen  var,    Jokai 894.53  J37n 

The  same 894.53  J37n2 

Nincsen  ordog.     Jokai 894.53  J37m 

A  nSverek.     Eotvos 894.53  E67 

A  nyomorultak.     Hugo 894.53  H89 

6  akarta.    Kobor 894.53  K35 

Oceania.    Jokai 894.53  J37ar2 

The  same 894.53  J37del 

Ohnet,  Georges.  894.53  O18 

A  vasgyaros;  regeny;  forditotta  Fai  J.  Bela.    2v.  in  I. 

Az  ostoba  Wilson.    Twain,  Mark,  pseud 894.53  T89 

Oszi  f eny.     Jokai 894.53  J370 

Ozvegy  es  leanya.     Kemeny 894.53  K170 

Parlagi  kepek.    Vas,  Gereben,  pseiul 894.53  V22P 

Pisztor,  Arpad.  894.53  P28 

Tengeren,  tengeren  tul. 
P4ter  Peter.    Jokai 894.53  j37Pa 


HUNGARIAN  FICTION  2017 

Petclei,  Istvan.  894.53  P45 

Felhok;  elbeszelesek. 
Pieshkov,  Alexiei  Maximovitch.    See  Gorky,  Maxim,  pseud. 

Poganyok.     Herczeg 894.53   H46 

Poholyek.     Gardonyi 894.53  Gi8p 

Polgarhaboru.     Rakosi 894.53  Ri6p 

Politikai  divatok.    Jokai 894.53  J37p 

The  same 894.53  J37P3 

Porban  sziiletett.     Beniczkyne-Bajza 894.53  B43P 

A  poros  atyafiak.    Vas,  Gereben,  psettd 894.53  V22po 

Porzo,  pseud.    See  Agai,  Adolf. 

Prakovszky.     Mikszath 894.53  M68p 

Pusztai  talalkozas.     Baksay 894.53  Bi? 

Pyeshkoff,  Alexiei  Maximovitch.    See  G6rky,  Maxim,  pseud. 

Quo  vadis  ?     Sienkiewicz , 894.53  S57 

A  rab  kiraly  szabadon.    Barsony Q894.53  B27T 

Rab  Raby.    Jokai 894.53  J37ra 

Radakovits,  Jozsef.    See  Vas,  Gereben,  pseud. 

A  rajongok.     Kemeny 894.53   Ki7r 

Rdkoczy  fia.    Jokai 894.53  J37r 

Rakosi,  Viktor.  894.53  Ri6el 

Elbeszelesek  es  tarcak.    (Munkai,  v.io.) 
Rikosi,  Viktor.  894.53  Ri6e 

Elnemult  harangok;  regeny.     (Munkai,  v.i.) 
Rakosi,  Viktor.  894.53  Ri6em 

Emmy,  es  egyeb  elbeszelesek.     (Munkai,  v.i6.) 
Rdkosi,  Viktor.  894.53  Ri6£ 

A  falu  meg  a  varos.    (Munkai,  v.14.) 
Rdkosi,  Viktor.  894.53  Ri6g 

Galambos  Pal  naploja,  es  Jobbadan  Amerikaban.     (Munkai,  v.2.) 
Rakosi,  Viktor.  894.53  Ri6k 

Koborlasok  itthon  meg  idegen  foldon.     (Munkai,  v.6.) 
Rakosi,  Viktor.  894.53  Ri6ko 

Korhadt  fakeresztek.    (Munkai,  v.  13.) 
Rikosi,  Viktor.  894.53  Ri6p 

Polgarhaboru,  es  Egy  falusi  Hamlet.     (Munkdi,  v.5.) 
Rdkosi,  Viktor.  894.53  Ri6si 

Sipulusz  humoreszkjei.    3v.     (Munkai,  v.4,  8,  12.) 
Rdkosi,  Viktor.  894.53  Ri6s 

Sipulusz  humoros  elbeszelesei.    4v.    (Munkai,  v.3,  7,  11,  I5-) 

The  same 894.53  Ri6s2 

Rikosi,  Viktor.  894.53  R16 

Teli  rege;  regeny. 

Rang  es  penz.    Beniczkyn^-Bajza 894.53  B43 

A  regi  jo  idok.    Vas,  Gereben,  pseud 894.53  Vaar 


20i8  HUNGARIAN  FICTION 

A  regi  jo  tablabirak.    Jokai 894>53  Jsyre 

A  rejtelmes  sziget.    Verne 894>53  Vayr 

Robinzon.    Campe 894-53  Ci6 

Roma.    Zola 894.53  Z75 

Ruth.     Beniczkyne-Bajza 894.53  B43r 

Sdrga  rozsa.    Jokai 894.53  J37sa 

Scott,  Sir  Walter.  894.53  S43 

Ivanhoe;  forditotta  Gineverne  Gy6ry  Ilona. 
Sienkiewicz,  Henryk.  894.53  S57 

Quo    vadis?    torteneti    regeny    Nero    csiszir    kor4b61;    forditotta 
Szekrenyi  Lajos.    2v. 

Sipulusz  humoreszkjei.     Rakosi 894.53  Ri6si 

Sipxilusz  humoros  elbeszelesei.    Rakosi 894.53  Ri6s 

The  same 894.53   Ri6sa 

Stowe,  Mrs  Harriet  (Beecher).  894.53  S89 

Tamas  batya  kunyhoja;  angolbol  itdolgozta  Darvai  Moric.    2v. 

Strogoff  Mihaly  utazasa  Moszkvatol  Irkutskig.    Verne 894.53  V27 

Szabadsag  a  ho  alatt.    Jokai 894.53  j37S2a 

Szabolcs  hazassaga.     Herczeg 894.53  H46S 

Szegeny  gazdagok.    Jokai 894.53  J378 

The  same 894.53  J37S3 

Sz61csend  alatt.    Jokai 894.53  J37szl 

The  same 894.53  J37eh 

Szelek  utjan.     Barsony 894.53  B27 

Szemere,  Gyorgy.  894.53  S997 

Magyar  virtus. 

Szcp  Mikhal.     Jokai 894.53  J37S« 

Szerelem  bolondjai.    Jokai 894.53  J37szr 

A  szerelem  konyve.    Barsony 894.53  B278 

Szeretve  mind  a  verpadig.    Jokai 894.53  J37szt 

Szineszver.     Brody 894.53  B76 

Szomahazy,  Istvan.  894.53  S99 

Dr  Kaposi  Marta.     (Dr  Kaposi  Marta  tortenete,  pt.i.) 
Szomahizy,  Istvan.  894.53  8996 

E16adasok  a  felesegkepzS  akademian. 
Szomahizy,  Istvan.  894.53  S99g 

A  gyergyovari  hadjarat.    (Dr  Kaposi  Marta  tortenete,  pt.2.) 
Szomahazy,  Istvan.  894.53  S99I 

Lila  test,  sarga  sapka,  Kolonics  Sandor. 
SzomahSzy,  Istvan.  894.53  S99m 

Mesek  az  irogeprSl. 
Szomoru  napok.     J6kai 894.53  J378Z 

The  same 894-53  J37SZ2 

SziUSfoldem.     Benedek 894.53  B431S 

Tamas  batya  kunyhoja.    Stowe 894.53  S89 


HUNGARIAN  FICTION  2019 

Tapasztalatok  vagyis  mas  szoval  az  nagy  kiallitason  szorzott 

tapasztalatok.    Gardonyi 894-53  Gi8t 

Targallyak.    Jokai 894.53  J37ta 

Tegy  jot.     Jokai 894.53  J37nian 

Tekintetes  urak.    Vas,  Gereben,  pseud 894.53  V22 

A  tekintetes  varmegye.     Mikszath 894.53  M68te 

Teli  rege.     Rakosi 894.53  R16 

Tengeren,  tengeren  tiil.    Pasztor 894.53  P28 

A  tengerszemii  holgy.    Jokai 894.53  J37t 

Testamentum  es  hat  level.     Benedek 894.53  B43it 

Thackeray,  William  Makepeace.  894.53  T33 

Hiusag  vasara;  forditotta  Gineverne  Gyory  Ilona.    2v. 
Tolstoi,  Lyof  Nikolaievitch,  count.  894.53  T58 

Karenina  Anna;  forditotta  Ambrozovicz  Dezso.    2v. 

Tormagyokerek.     Vas,  Gereben,  pseud 894.53  V22p 

Torok  vilag  Magyarorszagon.    Jokai 894.53  J37t02 

The  same 894.53  j37to 

Tortenetek  az  oserdobol.     Kipling 894.53  K27 

Tot  atyafiak.     Mikszath 894.53  M68t 

Tourgenief,  Ivan  Sergevitch.    See  Turgenief,  Ivan  Sergevitch. 

Trenk  Frigyes.     Jokai 894,53  J37ke 

Turgenief,  Ivan  Sergevitch.  894.53  T85 

Dimitri  Rudin;  forditotta  Rakosi  Viktor,  es   [Punin  es  Baburin,  es 
Helena]. 
Tutsek,  Anna.  q894-53  T88 

Cilike  rovid  ruhaban. 
Twain,  Mark,  (pseud,  of  Samuel  Langhorne  Clemens).  894.53  T89 

Az  ostoba  Wilson.    2v.  in  i. 

Az  uj  foldesur.    Jokai 894.53  J37U 

Uj  Zrinyiasz.     Mikszath 894.53  M68u 

Ujabb  elbeszelesek.    Jokai 894.53  J37ba 

A  una  corda.     Lux 894.53  L98a 

Utazas  a  Balaton  koriil.     Eotvos .' 894.53  E679U 

Utazas  a  fold  koriil  nyolczvan  nap  alatt.    Verne 894.53  V27U 

Utazas  a  holdba.    Verne 894.53  V27ut 

tJtmutato.     Cooper 894.53  C78 

Az  utolso  Budai  basa.    Jokai 894.53  J37S2 

Az  utolso  mohikan.     Cooper 894.53  C78U 

Vadnai,  Karoly.  894-53  Vi2e 

Elbeszelesek. 
Vadnai,  Karoly.  894.53  V12 

A  kis  tiinder;  regeny. 
Valdon  viragai.    Jokai 894.53  J37va 


2020  HUNGARIAN  FICTION 

Vas,  Gereben,  (pseud,  of  Jozsef  Radakovits).  894-53  Vaad 

Dixi;  korrajz  [es  adomak].     (Osszes  munkii,  v.io.) 

Vas,  Gereben,  (pseud,  of  Jozsef  Radakovits).  894>53  Vaae 

filetunt  ember;  regeny  [Urambatyam  es  en,  es  adomak].     (Osszes 

munkai,  v.Q.) 

Vas,  Gereben,  (pseud,  of  Jozsef  Radakovits).  894-53  Vaan 

Nagy  idok,  nagy  emberek;  magyar  korrajz.     (Osszes  munkai,  v.2.) 
Vas,  Gereben,  (pseud,  of  Jozsef  Radakovits).  894.53  Vaane 

A  nemzet  napszamosai;  magyar  korrajz.     (Osszes  munkai,  v.4.) 
Vas,  Gereben,  (pseud,  of  Jozsef  Radakovits).  894.53  Vaap 

Parlagi  kepek,  es  Tormagfyokerek.    (Osszes  munkai,  v.  12.) 
Vas,  Gereben,  (pseud,  of  Jozsef  Radakovits).  894.53  Vaapo 

A  poros  atyafiak;  regeny.     (Osszes  munkai,  v.3.) 

Contains  also:     A  Badacsonyi  szuret   i79S-ben. — Berzsenyi  mint  kero. — Rigi  m6di 
hazassag. 

Vas,  Gereben,  (pseud,  of  Jozsef  Radakovits).  894.53  Vaar 

A  regi  j6  id6k;  regeny.    (Osszes  munkai,  v.i.) 
Vas,  Gereben,  (pseud,  of  Jozsef  Radakovits).  894.53  V23 

Tekintetes  urak;  regeny,  6s  kisebb  elbeszelesek.     (Osszes  munkai, 
V.7.) 

A  vasgyaros.     Ohnet 894.53  O18 

A  ven  kisasszony  titka.    Marlitt,  E.  pseud 894.53  M39V 

A  ver  hatalma.     Beniczkyne-Bajza 894.53  B43V 

Veres  konyv.     Jokai 894.53  J37ve 

Verne,  Jules.  894.53  V27r 

A  rejtelmes  sziget;  atdolgozta  Szasz  Karoly. 
Verne,  Jules.  894.53  V27 

Strogoff  Mihaly  utazasa   Moszkvatol   Irkutskig;   atdolgozta   Szasz 
Karoly. 

Verne,  Jules.  894.53  V37U 

Utazas  a  fold  korul  nyolczvan  nap  alatt;  atdolgozta  Szasz  Karoly. 
Verne,  Jules.  894.53  V27ut 

Utazas  a  holdba,  kilencvenhet  ora  es  husz  perc  alatt;  forditotta  Gaal 
M6zes. 

Veszodelmek.     Gardonyi 894.53  Gi8v 

A  vilSgjaro  angol.     Gardonyi 894.53  Gi8vi 

Virradora.    Jokai 894.53  J37V 

A  vizi  malom.     Eliot,  George,  pseud 894.53  E47V 

A  Wakefieldi  pap.     Goldsmith 894.53  G58 

Werner,  Gyula.  894.53  W53 

A  beszterczei  diakok;  regeny.    3v.  in  I. 
Zola,  fimile.  894.53  Z75 

Roma;  regeny;  forditotta  Cserhalmi  H.  Iren.  3v.    (A  harom  varos,  2.) 
A  zold  konyv.    Jokai 894.53  J3782a 


History  and  Travel 

History  in  general 

Bibliography 

Andrews,  Charles  McLean,  and  others,  comp.  016.9  A56 

Bibliography  of  history,  for  schools  and  libraries,  with  descriptive 

and  critical  annotations.     1910.     Longmans. 

Published  under  the  auspices  of  the  Association  of  History  Teachers  of  the  Middle 

States  and  Maryland. 

The  same roiG.g  A56 


901     Philosophy.     History  of  civilization 

For  Sociological  theories,  see  301 

901  B85hi 

BoKJiB,  FcHpH  ToMact.  q901  B85  his 

HcTopin  i];HBHjiH3aii,iH  bt,  AarjiiH.     1906. 

Bunsen,  Christian  Karl  Josias,  freiherr  von.  901  B88 

Outlines  of- the  philosophy  of  universal  history  applied  to  language 
and  religion.    2v.    1854.    Longman. 

Aims  to  discover  and  define  the  principle  of  progress,  and  to  apply  this  general 
principle  to  language  and  religion  "as  the  two  universal  and  primitive  manifestations 
of  the  human  mind,  upon  which  all  subsequent  social  and  national  development  is 
based." 

Chamberlain,  Houston  Stevrart.  901  €35! 

Foundations  of  the  19th  century;  a  translation  from  the  German  by 

John  Lees,  with  an  introduction  by  Lord  Redesdale.    2v.    191 1.     Lane. 

v. I.     The  origins. 

v.2.     The  origins  (continued). — The  rise  of  a  new  world. 

This  work,  written  in  German  by  an  Englishman  and  first  published  in  1899,  has 
had  brilliant  success  and  wide  reading  in  Germany.  Its  purpose  is  to  set  forth  and  fully 
to  discuss  the  main  elements  which  have  gone  to  the  making  of  the  civilization  of  the 
19th  century;  to  analyze  the  legacy  of  the  past  which  still  lives  actively  in  the  present. 

"This  remarkable  book  is  the  best  instance  we  have  lately  met  with  of  history 
written  to  prove  a  thesis ...  Roughly  it  is  that  the  Teutons — by  which  he  means  all 
Northmen,  Celts,  Saxons,  Germans,  and  Slavs  alike — deserve  the  first  place  among  the 
peoples  who  have  moulded  the  world's  history... It  is  a  monument  of  erudition,  and  the 
skilful  handling  of  erudition;  and  even  those  who  differ  from  it  most  widely  will  find 
it  in  a  high  degree  stimulating  and  suggestive."    Spectator,  1911. 

Chamberlain,  Houston  Stewart.  901  C35 

Die  grundlagen  des  19.  jahrhunderts.    2v.     [1906.] 


2022  HISTORY.    CIVILIZATION 

Dewe,  Juhl  Adalbert.  901  D51 

Psychology  of  politics  and  history.  1910.  Longmans. 
"Inquiry  into  the  principles  of  social  development  and  decay  along  the  lines  of  the 
nature  of  man  himself.  The  author  is  convinced  that  the  attempts  to  explain  the  rise  and 
fall  of  nations  on  the  basis  of  climate  or  of  geographical  conditions,  or  of  economic 
opportunities,  leave  out  the  most  important  factor  in  the  problem — the  psychology  of 
individuals  and  communities."     Catholic  world,  igio. 

Draper,  John  William.  901  Dygt 

Thoughts  on  the  future  civil  policy  of  America.    1871.    Harper. 

Considers  the  influence  of  climate  and  effects  of  emigration  on  nations  in  general 
and  America  in  particular.  Author  gives  his  view  of  the  course  of  national  develop- 
ment, which,  he  believes,  will  tend  to  the  concentration  of  power. 

Ducoudray,  Gustave.  901  D86 

Historya  cywilizacyi  powszechnej;  przeklad  z  francuskiego.  4v. 
in  2.    1896. 

Flint,  Robert.  901  F64 

Philosophy  of  history  in  France  and  Germany.  1874.  Blackwood. 
(Philosophy  of  history  in  Europe,  v.i.) 

The  author  was  professor  of  moral  philosophy  and  political  economy  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  St.  Andrews  and  later  professor  of  divinity  at  the  University  of  Edinburgh. 
"A  book  of  conspicuous  ability.  It  is  a  very  able  and  critical  account  of  the  princi- 
pal efforts  that  have  been  made  in  France  and  Germany  to  comprehend  and  explain  the 
history  of  mankind.  It  also  attempts  to  give  a  philosophical  estimate  of  the  success 
of  these  efforts. .  .In  general,  the  author  is  very  critical,  if  not  severe,  in  his  judgments. 
It  is  only  occasionally,  as,  for  example,  when  describing  the  works  of  Michelet  and 
Quinet,  that  be  approaches  anything  like  enthusiasm."  Adams's  Manual  of  historical 
literature. 

Motley,  John  Lothrop.  1901  M94 

Historic  progress  and  American  democracy;  an  address  delivered  be- 
fore the  New-York  Historical  Society  at  their  64th  anniversary,  Dec. 
16,  1868.     1869.    Scribner. 

Seignobos,  Charles.  901  S45h 

History  of  ancient  civilization;  tr.  and  ed.  by  A.  H.  Wilde,  with  an 
introduction  by  J.  A.  James.    1906.    Scribner. 

"References  for  supplementary  reading,"  p.361-373. 

The  "Histoire  de  la  civilisation,"  which  appeared  in  1900  and  was  widely  used  in 
secondary  schools  in  France,  is  translated  and  edited  for  American  students  in  this 
volume  and  the  two  accompanying  ones,  "History  of  mediaeval  and  of  modern  civiliza- 
tion" and  "History  of  contemporary  civilization." 

Seignobos,  Charles.  901  S45 

History  of  contemporary  civilization  [tr.  by  M.  R.  Wiseman],  trans- 
lation ed.  by  J.  A.  James.    1909.    Scribner. 

"Bibliography,"  p.453-456;  "Books  for  supplementary  reading,"  p.4S7-4S9- 
Translation  of  a  part  of  his  "Histoire  de  la  civilisation."     Beginning  of  i8th  cen- 
tury to  1888. 

Seignobos,  Charles.  901  S45hi 

History  of  mediaeval  and  of  modern  civilization  to  the  end  of  the 
17th  century;  translation  ed.  by  J.  A.  James.    1907.    Scribner. 

"References  for  supplementary  reading,"  p.435-438. 

Sergi,  Giuseppe.  9°!  S48 

La  decadenza  delle  nazioni  latine.    1900. 


HISTORY  2023 

Stead,  William  Thomas.  901  S79 

Americanization  of  the  world;  or.  The  trend  of  the  20th  century. 

1902.    Markley. 

Contents:     The  United   States  and  the  British  empire. — The  rest  of  the  world. — 

How  America   Americanizes. — The  summing-up. 

The  author  sees  much  that  is  encouraging  in  the  spread  of  American  ideals  and 

points  hopefully  to  what  he  believes  will  be  one  of  the  good  results  of  "Americanization" 

— the  forming  of  a  closer  union  between  the  Anglo-Saxon  races. 

Volney,  Constantin  Francois  de  Chasseboeuf,  comte  de.  901  Vsjr 

The  ruins;  or.  Meditation  on  the  revolutions  of  empires,  and  The 
law  of  nature,  to  which  is  added  Volney's  answer  to  Dr  Priestly,  a 
biographical  notice  by  Count  Daru  and  the  zodiacal  signs  and  constel- 
lations by  the  editor.     1890.     Eckler. 

Famous  contribution  to  the  anti-Christian  philosophy  of  the  French  revolution,  first 
published  in  1791.  The  fundamental  idea  is  that  all  the  ills  of  men  come  from  their 
having  abandoned  the  religion  of  nature.  Author  (1757-1820)  was  a  philosophical  writer 
and  politician,  a  Republican  member  of  the  Constituent  Assembly. 

Wells,  Herbert  George.  901  W49W 

Wizye  przysztosci;  czyli,  O  wyptywie  rozwoju  wiedzy  i  mechaniki 
na  zycie  mysl  ludzk^;  spolszczyl  Jan  Kleczynski.     1904. 

902  Chronologies 

Ploetz,  Carl,  comp.  902  P71 

Epitome  of  ancient,  mediaeval  and  modern  history;   tr.  &  enl.  by 

W.  H.  Tillinghast,    with   additions    covering   recent    events    [to    1904]. 

1905.     Houghton. 

The  same.     1905.    Houghton r902  Pyia 

"Stuffed  from  cover  to  cover  with  important  facts,  and  furnished  with  an  unusually 
complete  index,  it  is  perhaps  the  most  valuable  of  all  small  books  for  reference."  Adams's 
Manual  of  historical  literature. 

Putnam,  George  Palmer,  1814-72,  comp.  Tgo2  P99a 

Tabular  views  of  universal  history;  continued  to  date  by  L.  E.Jones 
and  Simeon  Strunsky.     1907.     Putnam. 

903  Dictionaries 

Champlin,  John  Denison,  comp.  rJ903  Casya 

Young  folks'  cyclopaedia  of  persons  and  places.    191 1.    Holt. 

Short  accounts  of  prominent  people  and  places  and  of  events  that  have  marked  the 
world's  progress.     Useful  for  school  work. 

Haydn,  Joseph,  comp.  rgoa  H37a3 

Dictionary  of  dates  and  universal  information  relating  to  all  ages 

and  nations.    1911.     Putnam. 

An  English  budget  of  information,  with  dates.     A  standard  and  useful  work. 

Lamed,  Josephus  Nelson,  comp.  qr903  Ls** 

History  for  ready  reference,    v.1-7.     1901-10.     Nichols. 

v.6-7  are  supplementary  volumes  of  recent  history,  continuing  the  work  to  1910. 

"Selected  bibliography  with  occasional  notes,"  v.5,  p.3889-39i3. 

This  is  a  work  of  reference  for  history  only,  although  if  a  man  has  been  a  promi- 
nent historical  personage  his  record  as  such  is  given.  The  arrangement  is  very  simple 
and  it  has  such  a  complete  system  of  cross  references  that  one  may  at  once  find  informa- 
tion about  any  particular  event,  party,  office,  etc.,  by  turning  directly  to  the  heading 


2024  HISTORY— ESSAYS 


Lamed,  Josephus  Nelson,  comp. — continued.  qrgos  L32a 

under  which  it  would  appear  if  it  stood  under  its  own  title  in  a  cyclopedia.  It  is  made 
up  of  extracts  from  some  of  the  best  historical  authorities,  and  gives  references  to  many 
others  for  fuller  treatment  of  a  subject. 

Ruoff,  Henry  Woldmar,  ed.  qrgos  R87 

Century  book  of  facts;  a  handbook  of  ready  reference,  embracing 
history,  biography,  government,  law,  language,  literature,  invention, 
science,  industry,  finance,  religion,  art,  education,  domestic  economy, 
hygiene  and  useful  miscellany.    1907.    King. 

Woodward,  Bernard  Bolingbroke,  &  Gates,  W.  L.  R.  comp.         rgos  W86 
Encyclopaedia    of    chronology,    historical    and    biographical.      1872. 
Longmans. 


904     Essays 


Acton,  John  Emerich  Edward  Dalberg,  baron.  904  A18 

Historical  essays  &  studies;  ed.  by  J.  N.  Figgis  and  R.  V.  Laurence. 
1907.    Macmillan. 

Contents:  Wolsey  and  the  divorce  of  Henry  VIII. — The  Borgias  and  their  latest 
historian. — Secret  history  of  Charles  II. — The  Civil  war  in  America. — The  rise  and  fall 
of  the  Mexican  empire. — Cavour. — The  causes  of  the  Franco-Prussian  war. — The  war  of 
1870. — George  Eliot's  life. — Mr  Buckle's  thesis  and  method. — Mr  Buckle's  Philosophy  of 
history. — German  schools  of  history. — Talleyrand's  Memoirs. — The  life  of  Lord  Hough- 
ton.— A  history  of  the  papacy  during  the  period  of  the  reformation. — A  short  history  of 
Napoleon  the  First  [by  J.  R.  Seeley] ;  The  first  Napoleon;  a  sketch,  political  and  military 
[by  J.  C.  Ropes]. — Mabillon  et  la  Societe  de  I'Abbaye  de  Saint-Germain-des-Pres  a  la  fin 
du  176  siecle. — A  history  of  England,  1837-1880. — A  history  of  the  French  revolution. — 
Wilhelm  von  Giesebrecht. 

Companion  volume  to  his  "History  of  freedom,  and  other  essays,"  consisting  as  that 
does  of  reprints  of  articles  contributed  to  periodicals. 

Acton,  John  Emerich  Edward  Dalberg,  baron.  904  AiSh 

History  of  freedom,  and  other  essays;  ed  with  an  introduction  by 
J.  N.  Figgis  and  R.  V.  Laurence.    1907.    Macmillan. 

Contents:  The  history  of  freedom  in  antiquity. — The  history  of  freedom  in  Chris- 
tianity.— Sir  Erskine  May's  Democracy  in  Europe. — The  massacre  of  St.  Bartholomew. 
— The  Protestant  theory  of  persecution. — Political  thoughts  on  the  church. — Introduction 
to  L.  A.  Burd's  edition  of  II  principe,  by  Machiavelli. — Mr  Goldwin  Smith's  Irish  his- 
tory.— Nationality. — Dollinger  on  the  temporal  power. — Bollinger's  historical  work. — 
Cardinal  Wiseman  and  the  Home  and  foreign  review.  —  Conflicts  with  Rome.  —  The 
Vatican  council. — A  history  of  the  Inquisition  of  the  middle  ages,  by  H.  C.  Lea. — The 
American  commonwealth,  by  James  Bryce. — Historical  philosophy  in  France  and  French 
Belgium  and  Switzerland,  by  Robert  Flint. 

"Shows  us  the  great  scholar  at  his  best,  in  his  wide  knowledge,  sound  judgment  and 
intense  but  restrained  moral  fervour."    Athenaum,  jgoS. 

Baldwin,  James.  jgo4  Bigt 

Thirty  more  famous  stories  retold.    1905.    Amer.  Book  Co. 
Includes  Columbus  and  the  egg. — The  fountain  of  youth. — Galileo  and  the  lamps. — 
The  first  printer. — James  Watt  and  the  teakettle. — Friar  Bacon  and  the  brazen  head. — 
The  Gordian  knot. — King  Richard  and  Blondel. — The  Man  in  the  iron  mask. 

Bisset,  Andrew.  904  B49 

Essays  on  historical  truth.     1871.     Longmans. 

Contents:  Is  there  a  science  of  government? — Hobbes. — James  Mill. — Hume. — Sir 
Walter  Scott. — The  government  of  the  commonwealth  and  the  government  of  Cromwell. 
— Prince  Henry. — Sir  Thomas  Overbury. 

"Written  by  one  of  the  most  critical  of  modern  English  students  and  writers  of 
history ...  Each  of  the  writers  taken  in  hand  is  subjected  to  searching  criticism,  and 
the  result  is  generally  quite  damaging  to  the  value  of  the  works  considered ...  Though 


HISTORY— ESSAYS  2025 


Bisset,  Andrew — continued.  904  B49 

it  does  not  profess  to  give  a  philosophy  of  history,  it  teaches  with  admirable  spirit  and 
force  the  methods  in  which  historical  investigation  should  be  carried  on."  Adams's 
Manual  of  historical  literature. 

Creasy,  Sir  Edward  Shepherd.  904  CSya 

Fifteen  decisive  battles  of  the  world.     1908.     Harper. 

Contents:  Marathon. — Defeat  of  the  Athenians  at  Syracuse. — Arbela. — Battle  of 
the  Metaurus. — Victory  of  Arminius  over  the  Roman  legions  under  Varus. — Chalons. — 
Tours. — Hastings. — Joan  of  Arc's  victory  over  the  English  at  Orleans. — Defeat  of  the 
Spanish  Armada. — Blenheim. — Pultowa. — Saratoga. —  Valmy. —  Waterloo. —  The  fall  of 
Quebec. — Yorktown  and  the  surrender  of  Cornwallis. — Vicksburg. — Gettysburg. — The 
battle  of  Sedan. — The  battle  of  Manila  bay. — The  battles  of  Santiago. — The  battle  of 
Tsu-shima. 

The  same r904  €873 

Gammell,  William.  904  G16 

William  Gammell;  a  biographical  sketch,  with  selections  from  his 
writings;  ed.  by  J.  O.  Murray.     1890.    Riverside  Press. 

Contents:  Biographical  sketch. — Historical  p.\pers:  Samuel  Ward,  governor  of 
Rhode  Island. — The  Monroe  doctrine. — The  period  of  the  confederation. — The  Hugue- 
nots and  the  Edict  of  Nantes. — The  epochs  of  American  civilization. — The  formation  and 
adoption  of  the  constitution  of  the  United  States,  as  explained  in  Mr  Bancroft's  volumes. 
— Asylum  and  extradition  among  nations. — Italy  revisited. — Public  addresses:  Address 
delivered  before  the  Rhode  Island  Historical  Society. — Address  at  Providence,  called  to 
consider  the  assault  upon  the  Honorable  Charles  Sumner,  in  the  Senate-chamber  at 
Washington. — Address  at  the  opening  of  the  Rhode  Island  Hospital. 

Hoffmann,  Friedrich,  of  Ballenstedt.  904  H68 

Tales  from  history  (Historische  erzahlungen) ;  ed.  with  notes  by 

H.  S.  Beresford-Webb.   1908.   Heath.    (Heath's  modern  language  series.) 
Contents:     Conradin  of  Suabia. — The  end  of  Charles  the  Bold. — The  execution  of 

Louis  XVI  and  his  queen. — The  Franco-German  war  (i87o-t87:). 
German  text. 

Hume,  Martin  Andrew  Sharp.  904  H92 

True  stories  of  the  past,  with  a  preface  by  R.  B.  Cunninghame 
Graham.     1910.    Nash. 

Contents:  How  Rizzio  was  avenged. — A  rebellious  love  match. — Prince  or  pastry- 
cook?— The  revenge  of  John  Hawkins. — The  scapegoat. — Sir  Walter's  home-coming. — 
Cloth  of  gold  and  cloth  of  frieze. — The  last  stand  of  the  O'Sullivans. 

904  l2g 

Is  istorijos  kaimieciy  kovos  su  ponais,  sutaise  Varguoliy  biciuoliai.  1905. 
Contents:  Izenga,  by  Apuokas.- — Kaimieciu  sukilimai  Anglijoje  14  amziuje,  by 
Apuokas. — Sukilimai  Majorkoje,  by  2mogus. — Didzioji  kaimieciu  kare  Vokietijoje,  16 
amziuje,  by  2mogus. — Kaimieciu  kovos  su  ponais  Belgijoje  ir  Prancuzijoje  14  amziuje,  by 
Jonas  Grazys. — 2moniu  sukilimai  pries  ponus  Prusu  Lietuvoje,  by  2mogus. — Uzbaiga,  by 
2mogus. 

Jenks,  Tudor.  J904  J25 

Book  of  famous  sieges.     1909.     Doubleday. 

"The  exploits  of  the  Persians  under  Cyrus,  of  the  Spartans  against  the  Athenian 
allies  of  Platxa,  of  Alexander  against  Tyre,  and  so  on,  following  the  art  of  war  as 
waged  by  Caesar,  Titus,  by  the  Saracens  and  the  Crusaders,  and  the  great  commanders 
of  more  modern  times  down  to  the  Japanese  taking  of  Port  Arthur."     Preface. 

King,  Richard  John.  904  K26 

Sketches  and  studies,  descriptive  and  historical.  1874.  Murray. 
Contents:  Carolingian  romance. — Sacred  trees  and  flowers. — The  dogs  of  folk- 
lore, history  and  romance. — The  change  of  faith  in  Iceland,  A.  D.  1000. — The  great 
shrines  of  England. — Travelling  in  England. — Devonshire. — Robert  Herrick  and  his 
vicarage. — Sketches  and  studies  from  Belgium:  Mechlin. — Louvain. — Bruges  from  the 
belfry  tower. — A  visit  to  the  chateaux  of  Rubens  and  Teniers.^A  pilgrimage  to  St. 
David's. 


2026  HISTORY— ESSAYS 


Lecky,  William  Edward  Hartpole.  904  L48 

Historical  and  political  essays.    1908.     Longmans. 

Contents:  Thoughts  on  history. — The  political  value  of  history. — The  empire;  its 
value  and  its  growth. — Ireland  in  the  light  of  history. — Formative  influences. — Carlyle's 
message  to  his  age. — Israel  among  the  nations. — Madame  de  Stael. — The  private  corre- 
spondence of  Sir  Robert  Peel. — The  fifteenth  earl  of  Derby. — Mr  Henry  Reeve. — Dean 
Milman. — Queen  Victoria  as  a  moral  force. — Old-age  pensions. 

Lodge,  Henry  Cabot.  904  L,y6i 

A  frontier  town  [Greenfield,  Mass.],  and  other  essays.  1906.  Scrib- 
ner. 

Other  essays:  Good  citizenship. — The  Senate  of  the  United  States. — History. — 
Samuel  Adams.  —  Theodore  Roosevelt.  —  Senator  Hoar.  —  American  history. —  Certain 
principles  of  town  government. — Franklin. — The  United  States  at  Algeciras. 

Ranke,  Leopold  von.  904  R19 

Geschichtsbilder  aus  Leopold  v.  Rankes  werken;  zusammengestellt 

von  Max  Hoffmann.     1905. 

Selections  from  the  works  of  the  German  historian,  comprising  character  sketches 
of  historical  personages  and  descriptions  of  significant  events  in  the  history  of  modern 
Europe. 

Rhodes,  James  Ford.  904  R38 

Historical  essays.     1909.     Macmillan. 

Contents:  History. — Concerning  the  writing  of  history. — The  profession  of  his- 
torian.— Newspapers  as  historical  sources. — Speech  prepared  for  the  commencement  din- 
ner at  Harvard  University,  June  26,  1901  (not  delivered). — Edward  Gibbon. — S.  R. 
Gardiner.— W.  E.  H.  Lecky.— Sir  Spencer  Walpole.— J.  R.  Green.— E.  L.  Pierce.— J.  D. 
Cox. — E.  G.  Bourne. — The  presidential  office. — A  review  of  President  Hayes's  ad- 
ministration.— E.  L.  Godkin. — Who  burned  Columbia? — A  new  estimate  of  Cromwell. 

Taylor,  Isaac,  1787-1865.  904  T25 

History  of  the  transmission  of  ancient  books  to  modern  times,  to- 
gether with  the  process  of  historical  proof;  or,  A  concise  account  of 
the  means  by  which  the  genuineness  of  ancient  literature,  generally  and 
the  authenticity  of  historical  works,  especially  are  ascertained.  1859. 
Jackson. 

Villari,  Pasquale.  904  V32 

Studies,  historical  and  critical;  tr.  by  Linda  Villari.    1907.    Unwin. 

Contents:  Is  history  a  science? — ^The  youth  of  Cavour. — Luigi  Settembrini. — Fran- 
cesco de  Sanctis. — Domenico  Morelli. — Donatello. — Girolamo  Savonarola  and  the  present 
day. 

Welsh,  Charles,  ed.  904  Wsi 

Famous  battles  of  the  19th  century;  described  by  Archibald  Forbes, 
G.  A.  Henty,  Arthur  Griffiths  and  other  well  known  writers,  1861-1871. 
1903.    Wessels. 

Contents:  The  first  battle  of  Bull  Run;  Shiloh,  by  A.  E.  Abbott. — Fredericksburg, 
by  G.  A.  Henty. — Morgan's  raid,  by  A.  E.  Abbott. — Gettysburg;  The  fall  of  V'icksburg, 
by  Arthur  Griffiths. — Sherman's  Atlanta  campaign;  Sherman's  march  to  the  sea  and 
his  campaign  of  the  Carolinas;  The  collapse  of  the  Confederacy,  by  Archibald  Forbes. — 
Koniggratz  or  Sadowa,  by  Charles  Lowe. — The  fight  of  the  Arickaree  fork,  by  A.  E. 
Abbott. — A  prince's  baptism  of  fire,  by  Archibald  Forbes. — The  battle  of  Mars-la-Tour, 
by  Charles  Lowe. — The  decisive  battle  of  the  Franco-German  war,  by  A.  H.  Atteridge. — 
The  downfall  of  an  empire,  Sedan,  by  Charles  Lowe. — Paris  besieged  and  the  last  sortie, 
by  J.  A.  O'Shea. — Fighting  with  Ashantis  at  Amoaful  and  Coomassie,  by  G.  A.  Henty. — 
Notes. 


HISTORY— PERIODICALS  2027 


905     Periodicals.     906     Societies 

rgos  A51 
American  register;  or,  General  repository  of  history,  politics  &  science 
[ed.  by  C.B.Brown],  1806-10.     v.1-7.     1807-11. 

No  more  published. 

Annual  review  of  the  happenings  of  the  world.  Its  editor  during  the  five  years 
of  its  existence  was  Charles  Brockden  Brown,  the  early  American  novelist. 

Toronto  University.  qrgos  T63 

Studies;  history  and  economics,     v.2,  no.4.     1907. 

V.2,  no.4.  Evolution  of  law  and  government  in  the  Yukon  territory,  by  J.  N.  E. 
Brown. — Local  government  in  British  Columbia,  by  S.  M.  Wickett. — Local  government 
in  the  maritime  provinces,  by  W.  C.  Murray. — Local  government  in  Newfoundland,  by 
D.  W.  Prowse. — Some  notes  on  the  charters  of  Montreal  and  related  statutes,  by  R.  S. 
Weir. — The  civic  administration  of  Montreal,  by  P.  G.  Martineau. — City  government  in 
Ottawa,  by  Frederick  Cook. — Present  conditions,  by  S.  M.  Wickett. 

For  V.I,  v.2,  no.  1-3,  v. 3  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

Wisconsin  University.  rgos  W81 

Bulletin;  history  series,    v.i,  no.3-4,  v.2.     1907-10. 

V.I,  no.3-4.  Lincoln's  suspension  of  habeas  corpus  as  viewed  by  Congress,  by  G.  C. 
Sellery. — Settlement  of  Illinois  from  1830  to  1850,  by  W.  V.  Pooley. 

v.2.  The  history  of  political  parties  in  the  province  of  New  York,  1760-76,  by 
C.  L.  Becker. — Colonial  precedents  of  our  national  land  system  as  it  existed  in  1800,  by 
A.  C.  Ford. 

For  v. I,  no.  1-2  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Prince  Society.  rgoe  Pgs 

[Constitution  and  list  of  members.] 

The  Prince  Society  was  organized  in  Boston  in  1858  for  the  purpose  of  extending 
the  knowledge  of  American  history  by  editing  and  printing  rare  manuscripts,  tracts  and 
volumes. 

907     Study  and  teaching  of  history 

Adams,  Henry,  b.  1838.  goy  A21 

Letter  to  American  teachers  of  history.     1910. 

Asserts  for  history,  biology,  sociology  and  psychology,  which  study  the  "vital 
energies,"  independence  from  the  laws  and  formulas  of  physics  and  mechanics. 

Allen,  John  W.  go;  A42 

Place  of  history  in  education.    1909.    Blackwood. 

Logical  and  attractive  presentation  of  the  scientific  conception  of  history  and  of  its 
value  in  any  system  of  education.  Among  the  best  things  in  the  book  are  three  hypo- 
thetical accounts  of  the  English  reformation,  embodying  in  purposely  exaggerated  form, 
the  Protestant,  the  Catholic  and  the  purely  secular  views,  all  of  them,  as  the  author 
points  out,  both  unscientific  and  dangerous. 

American  Historical  Association — Committee  of  eight.  go?  A512 

Study  of  history  in  the  elementary  schools;  report  to  the  American 
Historical  Association  by  the  Committee  of  eight.     1910.     Scribner. 

"Bibliography,"  p.131-138. 

Program  in  history  for  the  elementary  schools. 

American  Historical  Association — Committee  of  five.  go7  A5123 

Study  of  history  in  secondary  schools;  report  to  the  American  His- 
torical Association  by  a  Committee  of  five.    191 1.    Macmillan. 


2028  UNIVERSAL  HISTORY 

George,  Hereford  Brooke.  907  G31 

Historical  evidence.    1909.    Clarendon  Press. 

Contents:  What  is  evidence? — Sources  of  historical  information-. — Historical  narra- 
tives.— Defects  of  historical  writers. — Documents  not  narrative. — Indirect  sources  of 
information. — Probability. — Special  sources  of  error. — Historical  generalizations. 

"Not  only  supplies  an  adequate  statement  of  the  leading  principles  governing  the 
treatment  of  evidence,  but  it  is  presented  with  so  much  sanity  and  good  judgment  as  to 
commend  itself  heartily  to  any  one  concerned  with  the  writing  of  history... As  a  clear, 
well-balanced  statement  of  the  scope  and  limitations  of  criticism  as  applied  to  historical 
evidence,  it  has  no  superior;  in  its  moderation  and  freedom  from  exaggerated  pretensions, 
it  will  serve  as  a  corrective  of  some  modern  notions  regarding  the  attainment  of  scien- 
tific certainty  in  historical  knowledge."     Nation,  1909. 

Keatinge,  Maurice  Walter.  907  K15 

Studies  in  the  teaching  of  history.     1910.    Black. 

Contents:  The  problems  of  method  and  of  value. — Scientific  method  in  history  and 
the  problems  of  the  school. — Contemporary  documents  as  a  basis  of  method. — Con- 
temporary documents  as  atmosphere. — Method  and  moral  training. — On  concrete  illustra- 
tion.— The  organisation  of  history  teaching. — History  and  the  examination  system. — His- 
tory and  poetry. — Some  problems  and  devices  of  class-room  practice. — The  teacher  of 
history. 

Not  only  does  Mr  Keatinge's  work  mark  a  distinct  advance  over  all  of  its  prede- 
cessors in  the  same  field,  but  it  is  in  effect  the  first  genuine  contribution  made  in  Eng- 
land to  the  subject  of  historical  method  worthy  to  be  ranked  with  Bernheim,  Langlois 
and  Seignobos  and  Altamira.  Mr  Keatinge  confines  himself  to  an  examination  of  the 
specific  difficulties  attending  the  teaching  of  history  in  the  pre-university  period.  He 
discusses  these  from  the  standpoint  of  the  student  of  psychology,  of  ethics,  of  philosophy, 
and  of  history,  as  well-as  from  that  of  the  practical  teacher  of  history.  Condensed  from 
American  historical  review,  1910. 


909     Universal  history 

General  modern  history 

909  C14 

Cambridge  modern  history,  planned  by  Lord  Acton;  ed.  by  A.  W.  Ward 
and  others,    v. 5-6,  11-14.     1908-12.     Cambridge  University  Press. 

v.S.     The  age  of  Louis  XIV. 

v.$.     The  1 8th  century. 

v. II.     The  growth  of  nationalities. 

V.  12.     The  latest  age. 

v.  1 3.     Genealogical  tables  and  lists,  and  general  index. 

V.I  4.     Atlas. 

Bibliographies  at  the  end  of  each  volume. 

For  V.1-4,  7-10  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

The  same.    14V.     1907-12 r909  C14 

Cantu,  Cesare.  909  C17S 

Storia  di  cento  anni  (1750-1850).    5v.  in  2.     1863. 

Cantu,  Cesare.  909  C17U 

Gli  ultimi  trent'anni;  continuazione  della  sua  Storia  universale.   1879. 

909  D57 
909  D57a 

.spy'  ,|n«TvrT 


UNIVERSAL  HISTORY  2029 

Dubiecki,  Maryan.  gog  D85 

Rys  dziejow  najnowszych  od  r.  1815  po  1875;  z  krotkim  rzutem  oka 
na  dzieje  lat  1876-78.    1880. 

Franklin,  Ruth  Barker.  rgog  F88 

Significant  aspects  of  ancient  and  mediseval  civilization.  1906. 
Freeman.     (Key  books,  v.8.) 

"Reading  list,"  p.  125-128. 

"One  of  a  series  of  study  outlines  recently  published  under  the  name  of  Key  books 
which  will  be  found  to  be  valuable  aids  for  study  .clubs,  or  for  individual  students  de- 
siring to  make  a  systematic,  but  not  exhaustive  study  of  the  subjects  covered." 
A.  L.  A.  booklist,  J907. 

Treats  of  early  oriental,  Greek  and  Roman  civilization,  feudalism,  the  church,  the 
crusades,  the  early  development  of  France  and  England  and  the  trade  gilds  and  town 
life. 

Kemp,  Ellwood  Wadsworth.  gog  K17 

History  for  graded  and  district  schools.     1902.     Ginn. 
"References"  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 

"Follows  a  somewhat  unusual  plan.  Beginning  in  a  very  simple  strain  with  the 
infancy  of  the  Aryans,  it  advances  from  grade  to  grade  until,  in  the  last  chapter,  which 
deals  with  the  development  of  the  American  nation,  it  addresses  minds  of  considerable 
maturity.  'The  effort  has  been  made  to  present  the  material  in  such  connection  through- 
out the  grades  that  it  would  gradually  develop  in  pupils'  minds  the  idea  of  the  unity  of 
history.'  "    Nation,  1903. 

Koeppen,  Adolphus  Louis.  qrgog  K36 

The  world  in  the  middle  ages;  an  historical  geography,  with  ac- 
counts of  the  origin  and  development,  the  institutions  and  literature, 
the  manners  and  customs  of  the  nations  in  Europe,  .western  Asia  and 
northern  Africa,  from  the  close  of  the  4th  to  the  middle  of  the  15th 
century,  accompanied  by  complete  historical  and  geographical  indexes 
and  colored  maps  from  the  historical  atlas  of  Charles  Spruner.  1854. 
Appleton. 

Lodge,  Henry  Cabot,  ed.  gog  L76 

History  of  nations,    v.4,  6,  8-9,  12-16,  21-22.     1906.    Morris. 

v.4.     Italy;  ed.  by  J.  H.  Cabot. 

v.6.  China,  by  Sir  R.  K.  Douglas,  with  special  article  Late  events  and  present  con- 
ditions, by  J.  W.  Jenks. 

v.8.     Spain  and  Portugal;  ed.  by  G.  M.  Adam,  with  introduction  by  W.  H.  Munroe. 

v.g.  France;  revised  and  edited  from  the  work  of  £mile  de  Bonnechose  by  F.  M. 
Fling. 

V.12.     Ireland,  by  P.  W.  Joyce,  and  Scotland;  ed.  by  A.  H.  Shearer. 

V.13.  Holland  and  Belgium;  ed.  by  W.  H.  Claflin. — Switzerland,  by  Charles  Dandli- 
kcr;  ed.  by  E.  J.  Benton. 

V.I 4.     Turkey,  by  Sir  E.  S.  Creasy;  ed.  by  A.  C.  Coolidge  and  W.  H.  Claflin. 

V.I 5.     Russia  and  Poland,  by  W.  R.  Morfill;  ed.  by  C.  E.  Fryer. 

V.I 6.  Norway,  Sweden  and  Denmark,  by  E.  C.  Otte;  ed.  by  E.  S.  Corwin. — Polar 
research,  by  G.  T.  Surface. 

V.21.     South  America;  tr.  and  ed.  from  the  work  of  A.  J.  Deberle  by  P.  P.  Wells. 

\.22.  Mexico,  Central  America  and  West  Indies;  ed.  from  the  work  of  Brantz 
Mayer  by  F.  A.  Ober. 

Myers,  Philip  Van  Ness.  gog  Mgga 

General  history  for  colleges  and  high  schools  [to  1906].    1906.    Ginn. 
The  same rgog  Mgg 


2030  NINETEENTH  CENTURY 

Piozzi,  Mrs  Hester  Lj'nch  (Salusbury)  Thrale.  qrgog  P64 

Retrospection;  or,  A  review  of  the  most  striking  and  important 
events,  characters,  situations  and  their  consequences  which  the  last 
eighteen  hundred  years  have  presented  to  the  view  of  mankind.  2v.  in 
I.    1801.    Stockdale. 

Mrs  Piozzi's  fame  rests  to-day  on  the  fact  of  her  having  been  for  many  years  the 
warm  friend  of  Dr  Johnson. 

"The  subject,  or  range  of  subjects,  was  beyond  her  grasp;  and  the  best  that  can 
be  said  of  the  book  is  that  a  good  general  impression  of  the  stream  of  history,  lighted 
up  with  striking  traits  of  manners  and  character,  may  be  obtained  from  it."  Abraham 
Hayward,  in  Mrs  Piossi's  Autobiography. 

909  S38 

Tytler,  Alexander  Fraser,  lord  Woodhouselee,  &  909  T99 

Nares,  Edward. 
Universal  history  from  the  creation  of  the  world  to  the  decease  of 
George  HI,  1820.    v.1-3.    1839.    Harper. 

Varga,  Otto.  909  Vai 

Vilagtortenet  a  kozepiskolak  szamara.    3v.  in  i.    1904-09. 

Zdanowicz,  Aleksander.  909  Z35 

Krotki  zarys  historyi  powszechnej.     1888. 
Short  sketch  of  universal  history. 


Nineteenth  century 
Janet,  Paul.  909.8  J17 

Les  problemes  du  ige  siecle.     1873. 
Contents:   La  politique. — La  littirature. — La  science. — La  philosophie. — La  religion. 

Picard,  Alfred.  qr909.8  P53 

Le  bilan  d'un  siecle  (1801-1900).    6v.     1906-07.     (Paris,  Exposition 
Universelle  de  1900.) 

V.I.  £ducation  et  enseignement. — Lettres. — Sciences. — Arts. 

V.2.  Mecanique  g^n^rale. — filectricite. — Genie  civil  et  moyens  de  transport. 

V.3.  Agriculture. — Horticulture. — Forets,   chasse,   peche. — Industries  alimentaires. 

V.4.  Mines  et  m6tallurgie. — Industries  de  la  decoration  et  du  mobilier,  chauffage 
et  ventilation,  6clairage  non  electrique. — Fils,  tissus,  vetements. 

v.  5.  Industrie  chimique. — Industries  diverses. — ficonomie  sociale. 

V.6.  Hygiine. — Assistance. — Colonisation. — Defense   nationale. 


910     Geography  and  travel 

Anczyc,  WJadyslaw  Ludwik.  910  A540 

Opisy  i  przygody  z  podrozy  po  roznych  czgsciach  swiata.     1900. 

Contents :     Europa. — Azya. — Af  ryka. — Australja. 

Book  of  travel  entitled  "Adventures  of  travels  in  different  parts   of  the  world." 

Autobiography  of  an  Irish  traveller.    3v.     1835.    Longman.         1:910  A93 
Part  of  V.I  is  devoted  to  the  author's  adventures  in  Pennsylvania  at  the  time  of 
the  Whiskey  insurrection,  and  to  a  detailed  account  of  Maj.  Semple,  whom  he  met  and 
camped  with. 


GEOGRAPHY  AND  TRAVEL  2031 

Baedeker,  Karl,  comp.  rgio  B14 

The  Mediterranean;  seaports  and  sea  routes,  including  Madeira,  the 
Canary  islands,  the  coast  of  Morocco,  Algeria  and  Tunisia;  handbook 
for  travellers.    191 1. 

Bardny,  Gyula.  910  B23 

Foldrajz.     1902. 

Bedinello,  Ugo.  910  B37 

Diario  del  viaggio  intorno  al  globo  della  regia  corvetta  italiana 
"Vettor  Pisani"  negli  anni  1871,  1872,  1873.     1893. 

Bero,  Poliaus.  gio  B45 

Dievo  galybe  su  daugybe  piesineliy.     1905. 
Berthet,  £lie.  910  B46 

MJodziez  w  pi^ciu  cz^sciach  swiata.    1905. 

Contents:  MaJy  Paryzanin.— Adam  Smith,  maly  Amerykanin. — Lao,  maly  Chih- 
czyk. — Hans,  maly  Eskim. — Sambo,  maly  Afrykanin. — Maly  Australczyk  kedzierzawa 
gtowa. 

Brzezinski,  Mieczysiaw.  910  B84 

Rosliny,  zwierz^ta  i  ludzie  na  kuli  ziemskiej.     1907. 

Cellarius,  Christophorus.  rgio  C31 

Geographia  antiqua;   recognita  denuo    &   ad  veterum   novorumque 

scriptorum  fidem,  historicorum  maxime,  identidem  castigata;  recensuit 

&  scholarum  usui  accommodavit  Samuel  Patrick.     1816. 

Chamberlain,  James  Franklin.  jgio  C355 

How  we  are  sheltered;  a  geographical  reader.     1907.     Macmillan. 

(Home  and  world  series.) 

Partial  contents:     Homes  in  cliffs. — The  dwellings  of  the  dwarfs. — Filipino  houses. 

— In  the  land  of  cocoanuts. — How  bricks  are  made. — Fire  and  its  uses. 

Cornman,  Oliver  Perry,  &  Gerson,  Oscar.  J910  C82 

Geography  primer  [Pittsburgh  edition].     1905.     Hinds. 

The  same  [Allegheny  county  edition].     1906 J910  €8232 

The  same  [general  edition].     1906 jgio  €8233 

Tells  of  animals,  vegetation,  climate,  occupations,  etc.  Pittsburgh  edition  has  in- 
troductory chapter  on  Pittsburgh  and  the  near-by  towns.    Maps  and  many  pictures. 

Dilke,  Sir  Charles  Wentworth.  910  D58 

Greater  Britain;  a  record  of  travel  in  English-speaking  countries 
during  1866-7.    2v.  in  i.     1869.     Lippincott. 

Contents:     America. — Polynesia. -^Australia. — India. 

"While  not  above  the  great  question  of  what  a  country  gives  you  to  eat  and  drink, 
nor  indifferent  about  scenery  and  streets,  the  points  to  which. . .  [the  author]  really  gives 
his  mind  and  about  which  he  asked  questions  are  social  points — the  working  of  govern- 
ments, the  durability  and  tendency  of  institutions,  the  conflict  of  competing  races,  the 
rise  of  commercial  centres,  the  change  of  the  great  currents  and  routes  of  commerce,  the 
productive  and  distributing  systems  of  countries."     Saturday  review,  1868. 

Dunton,  Larkin.  jgio  D92 

Glimpses  of  the  world.    1889.    Silver.     (World  and  its  people.) 

Dutton,  Maude  Barrows.  jgio  Dgs 

In  field  and  pasture.    1905.    Amer.  Book  Co. 
Contents:     White  Cloud,  the  little  Pueblo  girl. — Pepy  and  Athor,  children  of  the 

Nile  valley. — Hare  Track,   the  Navajo  boy. — Bumo  and  Bu,   children  of  Tibet — ^Josi, 


2032  GEOGRAPHY  AND  TRAVEL 

Dutton,  Maude  Barrows — continued.  jgio  D95 

who  lived  on  the  wonderful  island. — Ivan  and  Olga,  children  of  Russia. — Children  of 
the  land  of  the  midnight  sun. — Pierre  and  Violette,  children  of  the  Alps. — Suggestions 
for  hand  work. 

Franck,  Harry  Alverson.  910  F87 

Vagabond  journey  around  the  world;  a  narrative  of  personal  ex- 
perience.    1910.     Century. 

Story  of  the  15  months'  wandering  around  the  globe  of  a  young  university  man, 
absolutely  without  money  save  what  he  earned  by  the  way. 

Frye,  Alexis  Everett.  qQio  F97a 

Complete  geography  [general  edition].     1902.     Ginn. 
Frye,  Alexis  Everett.  q9io  F97g2 

Grammar  school  geography  [Pennsylvania  edition].     1902.     Ginn. 
Gabrys,  Juozas.  910  Gii 

Geografijos  vadovelis  skiriamas  Lietuvos  mokyklai.     1910. 
Garollo,  Gottardo.  910  G19 

Geografia  elementare;  libro  di  testo  ad  uso  delle  scuole  medie  del 
regno  d'ltalia.     1910. 
Gdspir,  Ferencz.  qgio  G21 

Negyvenezer  mertfold  vitorlaval  es  gozzel.    1909. 

qJ9io  G93 
Das  grosse  welt-panorama  der  reisen,  abenteuer,  wunder,  entdeckungen 
und  kulturthaten  in  wort  und  bild;  ein  jahrbuch  fiir  alle  gebildeten. 
V.1-3. 

Grosvenor,  Gilbert  Hovey,  ed.  qrgio  G94 

Scenes  from  every  land;  a  collection  of  illustrations  from  the  "Na- 
tional geographic  magazine,"  picturing  the  people,  natural  phenomena 
and  animal  life  in  all  parts  of  the  world.  3v.  1907-12.  National  Geo- 
graphic Soc. 

"Good  books  on  different  parts  of  the  world,"  v.i,  p.212-222;  v.2,  p.21 1-223. 

Holmes,  Elias  Burton.  <19io  H73 

Burton  Holmes  travelogues,  with  illustrations  from  photographs  by 
the  author,    v.ii-13.    1910. 

v.ii.     Egfypt. — Southern  Italy. — Switzerland. 
V.  1 2.     Norway. — Sweden. — Finland. — Denmark. 
V.13.     London. — Paris. — Berlin. 
For  v.i-io  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Jacob,  Robert  Urie.  910  J13 

Trip  to   the   Orient;   the   story  of  a   Mediterranean  cruise.     1907. 

Winston. 

Describes  the  places  usually  visited  in  a  Mediterranean  tour — Gibraltar,  Granada, 

Algiers,  Malta,  Athens,  Constantinople,  Jerusalem,  Cairo,  Naples  and  Pompeii,  Nice  and 

Mentone. 

Keltie,  John  Scott.  910  Ki7a 

Applied  geography;  a  preliminary  sketch.    1908.    Philip. 

"Object... is  to  show  what,  in  my  estimation,  are  some  of  the  bearings  of  geo- 
graphical knowledge  on  human  interests;  on  the  course  of  history,  but  more  especially 
on  industry,  commerce,  and  colonization.  The  first  two  chapters  deal  with  general  data 
and  methods,  which  are  illustrated  in  the  following  chapters  with  special  reference  to 
Africa,  the  British  Empire,  and  some  of  the  chief  commodities  of  Commerce."     Prefect. 


GEOGRAPHY  AND  TRAVEL  2033 

Kunhardt,  Egon.  qgio  K43 

Wanderjahre  eiiies  jungen  Hamburger  kaufmannes;  eine  reise  um 
die  erde  in  JTJ  tagen.     1901. 

Kunhardt,  Oswald.  QQio  K436 

Wanderjahre  eines  jungen  Hamburger  kaufmannes;  eine  reise  um 
die  erde  in  1000  tagen.     1902. 

Mill,  Hugh  Robert,  ed.  910  M68 

International  geography,  by  70  authors.    1907.    Appleton. 

"Standard  geographical  books  of  reference,"  p.  12-13. 

The  same.    1907.    Macmillan rgio  M68 

"Standard  geographical  books  of  reference,"  p.  12-13. 

Pt.i,  in  a  series  of  excellent  essays  by  distinguished  specialists,  treats  of  the  making 
of  maps,  the  plan  of  the  earth  and  the  features  of  its  surface,  the  ocean,  atmosphere  and 
climate,  the  distribution  of  life,  and  the  political  aspect  of  geography.  Each  of  the  fol- 
lowing parts  is  devoted  to  one  of  the  great  divisions  of  the  earth,  as  a  whole  and  then 
under  its  natural  or  political  divisions.     Adapted  from  Nature,  1899. 

Millard,  Bruce.  910  M688 

The  Mediterranean  cruise;  describing  all  Mediterranean  points 
usually  visited  in  a  winter's  cruise  in  Europe,  Asia  and  Africa.  1910. 
Putnam. 

Moncrieff,  Ascott  Robert  Hope,  {pseud.  Ascott  R.  Hope).        qJQio  M81 

Round  the  world.     [1905.]     Blackie. 

Picture-book  with  easy  reading  telling  about  children  in  Holland,  Belgium,  France, 
Egypt,  Malta,  China,  South  America,  India,  Lapland,  Macedonia,  Canada,  the  Tyrol, 
Morocco,  Spain,  Italy,  Fiji  islands,  etc. 

Moncrieff,  Ascott  Robert  Hope,  {pseud.  Ascott  R.  Hope).       jgio  M8iw 
The  world,  with  illustrations  in  colour.     1908.     Black.     (Peeps  at 
many  lands  series.) 

Contents:  England. — Scotland. — Wales. — Ireland. — France. — Holland  and  Belgium. 
— Germany. — The  Baltic  countries. — Switzerland. — Austria-Hungary. — Italy. — The  Span- 
ish peninsula. — Greece. — Turkey. — Russia. — Japan. —  China. —  Siam  and  Burma. —  India. 
— The  Holy  Land. — Egypt  and  Abyssinia. — The  land  of  the  Moors. — The  Sahara  and 
the  Soudan. — Equatorial  Africa. — South  Africa. — Australia. — New  Zealand. — Melanesia 
and  Micronesia. — Polynesia. — The  West  Indies. — South  America. — Central  America. — 
The  United  States. — Canada. 

Morris,  Charles.  J910  M91 

Home  life  in  all  lands.    2v.     1908-09.     Lippincott. 

V.I.  At  the  world's  dining-table.  —  In  the  world's  tailor-shop.  —  In  the  world's 
dressing-room. — At  home  with  the  world's  people. — In  the  world's  kitchen  and  parlor. — 
Hunting-field,  pasture  and  farm. — The  tool-makers  of  the  world. — Meetings  and  greet- 
ings in  all  lands. 

V.2.  Kings  and  their  courts  and  customs. —  Laws  and  penalties  among  savage 
peoples. — Modes  of  courtship  and  marriage. — The  two  ends  of  life. — The  arts  of  travel 
and  transportation. — How  men  fight  for  home  and  country. — Primitive  arts  of  manu- 
facture.— How  the  world  amuses  itself. — Among  the  world's  worshipers. 

Mott,  Sarah  Minnie,  &  Button,  M.  B.  jgio  M94 

Fishing  and  hunting.     1905.    Amer.  Book  Co. 

Contents:  In  Eskimo  land  with  Hans. — In  the  woods  with  Red  Feather. — In  the 
Philippines  with  Tondo. — In  Alaska  with  Ola. 


2034  GEOGRAPHY  AND  TRAVEL 

Noah,  Mordecai  Manuel.  rgio  N38 

Travels  in  England,  France,  Spain  and  the  Barbary  states  in  the 
years  1813-15.     1819.     Kirk. 

Noah  for  a  brief  time  was  United  States  consul-general  at  Tunis.  Because  it 
records  impressions  of  people  and  manners  in  countries  at  that  period  comparatively  lit- 
tle visited  the  book  possesses  some  interest. 

Peninsular  &  Oriental  Steam  Navigation  Company.  gio  P39 

P.  &  O.  pocket  book';  third  issue.    1908.    Black. 

"Bibliography,"  p.272. 

Information  for  passengers  by  this  line,  describing  briefly  the  route  to  Australia 
and  the  Far  East,  ports  visited,  etc.    Maps,  plans  and  illustrations  in  color. 

Pinkerton,  John.  rgio  P63m 

Modern  geography;  a  description  of  the  empires,  kingdoms,  states 
and  colonies,  with  the  oceans,  seas  and  isles  in  all  parts  of  the  world, 
including  the  most  recent  discoveries  and  political  alterations.  2v. 
1804.    Conrad. 

Rew,  Henry  Cunningham.  qrgio  R37 

Wonders  of  the  world  abroad;  being  some  reminiscences  of  a  trip 
around  the  world,  illustrated  with  numerous  remarkable  camera  pic- 
tures.    1907.     Privately  printed. 

Excellently  illustrated  account  of  travels  over  well-beaten  tracks,  largely  in  China, 
Japan,  India,  Ceylon,  Egypt,  Italy,  France  and  Switzerland. 

Schwartz, -Julia  Augusta.  jgio  S39 

Five  little  strangers  and  how  they  came  to  live  in  America.     1904. 

Amer.  Book  Co. 

Contents:    The  little  red  child. — The  little  white  child.— The  little  black  child.— The 

little  yellow  child. — The  little  brown  child. 

Sernas,  (pseud,  of  Juozas  Adomaitis).  gio  S48 

Geografija;  arba,  2emes  apraszymas;  pagal  Geikie  ir  kitus.    1906. 

Seybold,  Cattina  von.  gio  S519 

Aus  warmen  bunten  landern.     1909. 
Delightful  book  of  travels  in  Sicily,  Italy,  Greece,  Turkey,  Egypt  and  India. 

Singleton,  Esther,  ed.  gio  S61 

Great  rivers  of  the  world  as  seen  and  described  by  famous  writers. 
1908.    Dodd. 

Contents:  The  Rhine,  by  Victor  Hugo.— The  Seine,  by  A.  B.  Blake.— The  Ganges, 
by  Sir  William  Hunter. — Morning  on  the  Ganges,  by  Pierre  Loti. — The  Colorado,  by 
Henry  Gannett. — The  Avon,  by  J.  W.  Croker. — Down  the  St.  Lawrence,  by  Charles 
Dickens. — The  Tigris,  by  George  Rawlinson. — The  Oise,  by  R.  L.  Stevenson. — The  Hud- 
son, by  Esther  Singleton. — The  Tiber,  by  S.  A.  Smith. — The  Shannon,  by  A.  S.  Mar- 
tin. —  The  Danube,  by  I.  Bowes.  —  The  Niger,  by  J.  H.  Jackson.  —  The  Amazon,  by 
Joseph  Jones. — The  Yangtse  Chiang,  by  W.  R.  Carles. — The  Thames,  by  Charles  Dick- 
ens, jr. — The  Connecticut,  by  Timothy  Dwight. — Mosel,  by  F.  W.  Cornish. — The  Irra- 
waddy,  by  E.  A.  Richings.— The  Clyde,  by  Robert  Walker. — The  Volga,  by  filisee  Reclus. 
— The  Congo,  by  J.  H.  Reed. — ^The  Mackenzie  river,  by  William  Ogilvie. — The  Loire, 
by  Victor  Hugo  and  by  Honor6  de  Balzac. — The  Potomac,  by  Esther  Singleton. — The 
Euphrates,  by  George  Rawlinson. — The  Wye,  by  A.  R.  Quinton. — The  Indian  river,  by 
L.  C.  Bryan. — The  Nile,  by  J.  H.  Reed  and  by  Isaac  Taylor.- The  Don,  by  filisee  Rec- 
lus. —  The  Columbia,  by  J.  Boddam-Whetham.  —  The  Po,  by  G.  G.  Chisholm.  —  The 
Menam,  by  Mrs  Unsworth. — The  Merrimack,  by  H.  D.  Thoreau. — The  Yen-e-say,  by 
Henry  Seebohm. — ^The  Yarrow,  by  John  MacWhirter. — The  Mississippi,  by  A.  D.  Ander- 
son.— The  Zambesi,  by  Henry  Drummond. — ^The  Uruguay,  by  E.  W.  White. — The  Tweed, 


GEOGRAPHY  AND  TRAVEL  2035 

Singleton,  Esther,  ed. — continued.  910  S61 

by  Sir  T.  D.  Lauder.— Niagara,  by  John  Tyndall.— The  Niagara  river,  by  G.  K.  Gilbert. 
—The  Meuse,  by  Esther  Singleton.— The  Rhone,  by  A.  B.  Reach.— The  Yukon,  by  Wil- 
liam Ogilvie. — The  Jordan,  by  A.  R.  Fausset. — The  Concord,  by  H.  D.  Thoreau.- The 
Tagus,  by  A.  S.  Martin. — The  Indus,  by  Edward  Balfour. 

Singleton,  Esther,  ed.  gio  S6in 

Nature;  wonders  of  nature  as  seen  and  described  by  famous  writers. 
1907.    Corlis.    (Standard  library.) 

Selections  descriptive  of  the  grand,  curious  and  awe-inspiring  in  nature. 
Stead,  Richard.  gio  S79 

Adventures  on  the  great  rivers;  romantic  incidents  and  perils  of 
travel,  sport  and  exploration  throughout  the  world.     1907.     Lippincott. 

Chronicle  of  travel  and  hunting  adventures  by  a  long  line  of  heroes  from  the  abbe 
Hue  to  the  Klondike  miners. 

Stoddard,  John  Lawson.  910  S86 

Lectures;  illustrated  with  views  of  the  world's  famous  places  and 
people.    V.15.    1909.    Balch. 

V.I 5.     Lake  Como. — The  upper  Danube. — Bohemia. 
For  V.I -1 4  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

The  same,    v.i-is.     1909 rgio  S861 

Strabo.  910  S8gg 

Geography  of  Strabo;  literally  translated,  with  notes  by  H.  C. 
Hamilton  and  W.  Falconer.  3v.  1903-06.  Bell.  (Bohn's  classical 
library.) 

Books  7-17  are  translated  by  W.  Falconer. 

Strabo.  910  S89 

Selections  from  Strabo,  with  an  introduction  on  Strabo's  life  and 
works  by  H.  F.  Tozer.     1893.    Clarendon  Press. 

Authorities,  p.52-53. 

These  selections  from  the  writings  of  the  celebrated  Greek  geographer  are  in  Greek. 
The  editor  has  made  a  special  study  of  ancient  geography  and  contributes  many  notes. 
Contains  maps. 

Tarr,  Ralph  Stockman,  &  McMurry,  F.  M.  J910  Taig 

Geographies;  five  book  series.    5  pts.  in  5v.    1908-11. 
V.I.     Home  geography. 
V.2.     The  earth  as  a  whole. 
V.3.     North  America. 

V.4.  General  geography;  South  America  and  Europe, 
v.s.  Asia  and  Africa,  with  review  of  North  America. 
Bibliography  in  each  volume. 

Wide  world.    1903.    Ginn.    (Youth's  companion  series.)  J910  W67 

Partial  contents:  Barbarian  babies. — Some  little  Egyptians. — A  school  in  Cairo. — 
Dutch  children. — Boys  and  girls  of  Paris. — South  American  games. — A  visit  to  Sweden. 
— May  day  in  England. 

Wraxall,  Sir  Frederick  Charles  Lascelles.  910  Wga 

Scraps  and  sketches  gathered  together.    2v.    1865.    Allen. 

V.I.  A  week  in  Constantinople. — A  winter  in  Kertch. — From  Stamboul  to  Pesth. — 
A  day  in  Cairo. — Reminiscences  of  Baden. — A  day  at  the  barricades. — A  walk  to  Wild- 
bad. — A  chapter  on  gambling. — A  pleasant  night  of  it! — Scoring  the  king. — A  day  in  the 
desert. — A  day's  hunting  in  Baden-Baden. — Imperial  Paris. — Alpine  grass  farms. — 
Wanted  a  wife! — A  night  in  California. — Mademoiselle  Rachel. — Byways  of  the  Black 
forest. — A  sad  story. 

v.2.  The  dinner  question. — Railway  literature  abroad. — The  Americans  at  home. — 
The  village  priest. — Austerlitz. — Auerstadt  and  Jena. — Helgoland. — Baffetto. — A  night 


2036  COMMERCIAL  GEOGRAPHY 

Wraxall,  Sir  Frederick  Charles  Lascelles — continued.  910  W92 

on  a  whale. — A  dark  story. — A  return  ticket  to  Paris. — American  young  ladyism. — A 
night  at  the  Cafe  Anglais. — A  brush  with  the  brigands. — The  Bois  de  Boulogne. — Baron 
von  Stockmar. — The  secret  agency. — A  night  or  two  in  Paris. — Only  a  cousin. 

910  Y12 

.0  .»  ,py^ 


Commercial  geography 


Adams,  Cyrus  Cornelius.  910  A2ia 

Text-book  of  commercial  geography.  191 1.  Appleton.  (Twentieth 
century  text-books.) 

Beginning  with  a  consideration  of  the  geographic  conditions  which  control  com- 
merce, such  as  climate,  soil,  ocean  currents,  winds,  coast  formation,  water-courses,  etc., 
the  book  passes  on  to  means  of  transportation  and  then,  in  detail,  to  the  resources  of 
United  States,  including  its  island  possessions,  and  the  other  principal  countries  of  the 
world.     Full,  for  a  text-book,  and  well  illustrated. 

Chisholm,  George  Goudie.  910  C44a 

Handbook  of  commercial  geography.     191 1.     Longmans. 

Considers  climate,  soil,  labor,  communication,  commodities  and  their  production. 
Discusses  also  the  natural  resources,  condition  and  prospects  of  the  countries  of  the 
world.     Many  valuable  maps. 

Gregory,  Herbert  Ernest,  and  others.  910  G86 

Physical  and  commercial  geography;  a  study  of  certain  controllings 

conditions  of  commerce.     1910.     Ginn. 

Contents:     The    natural    environment. — Relation    of   man   to   natural    conditions. — 

Geography  of  trade:   The  United  States. — The  British  empire. — The  German  empire. 

Robinson,  Edward  Van  Dyke.  910  R54 

Commercial  geography.     1910.     Rand. 

"Selected  bibliography,"  apx.  p.20-32. 

"The  purpose  of  commercial  geography,  the  author  asserts,  is  to  explain,  in  terms 
of  all  the  factors  involved,  the  geographic  division  of  labor . . .  The  book  bears  evidence  of 
having  been  designed  primarily  for  high  school,  rather  than  for  college,  use... and  in 
many  respects  the  work,  as  a  whole,  is  a  distinct  advance  over  previous  elementary  works 
in  commercial  geography."    Nation,  1911. 

Travelers'  manuals 
Frazar,  Mrs  Mae  D.  910.2  F89 

Practical  European  guide;  preparation,  cost,  routes,  sight-seeing. 
1908.    Small.    (Practical  guide  series.) 

"Guide  books,"  p.  186-203. 

Hopkins,  Albert  AUis,  comp.  910.2  H78 

Scientific  American  handbook  of  travel,  with  hints  for  the  ocean 
voyage,  for  European  tours  and  a  practical  guide  to  London  and  Paris. 
1910.    Munn. 

"Bibliography,"  p.489-494. 

The  same r9io.2  H78 

Not  a  gruide-book,  but  an  almost  encyclopaedic  reference  book  of  travel,  covering 
the  choice  of  steamship  lines,  rates,  description  of  an  ocean  liner,  the  science  of  naviga- 
tion, signals,  flags,  custom-house  regulations,  ports,  continental  railroads,  specimen  tours 
in  the  British  isles  and  on  the  continent,  hotels,  information  for  cyclists,  automobilists, 
etc. 


OCEAN  VOYAGES  2037 


Royal  Geographical  Society.  r9io.2  R81 

Hints  to  travellers,  scientific  and  general;  ed.  by  E.  A.  Reeves.  2v. 
1906. 

V.I.     Surveying  and  practical  astronomy. 

V.2.  Meteorology,  photography,  geology,  natural  history,  anthropology,  industry 
and  commerce,  archaeology,  medical,  etc. 

Ninth  edition  of  a  well-known  and  standard  work.  The  first  and  larger  volume  is 
wholly  devoted  to  surveying  and  mapping. 

The  same;  ed.  by  D.  W.  Freshfield  and  W.  J.  L.  Wharton. 
1889 r9io.2  R8ia 


Ocean  voyages 
Amicis,  Edmondo  de.  910.4  A51S 

Suir  oceano.     1905. 
Bumey,  James.  910.4  B93 

History  of  the  buccaneers  of  America.     1891.     Macmillan. 

Reprinted  from  the  edition  of  1816. 

The  author  (1750-1821),  an  officer  in  the  British  navy,  sailed  with  Captain  Cook 
on  his  second  and  third  voyages.  His  account  is  limited  almost  entirely  to  the  expedi- 
tions of  the  buccaneers  in  the  West  Indies  during  the  17th  century. 

"Detailed  account,  prepared  with  considerable  care  from  sources  of  information,  a 
large  proportion  of  which  existed  only  in  contemporary  gossip  and  which  have  since  dis- 
appeared."   Larned's  Literature  of  American  history, 

Conrad,  Joseph.  910.4  C75 

Mirror  of  the  sea.    1906.     Harper. 

Contents:  Landfalls  and  departures. — Emblems  of  hope. — The  fine  art. — Cobwebs 
and  gossamer. — The  weight  of  the  burden. — Overdue  and  missing. — The  grip  of  the 
land. — The  character  of  the  foe. — Rulers  of  east  and  west. — The  faithful  river. — In 
captivity. — Initiation. — The  nursery  of  the  craft. — The  "Tremolino." — The  heroic  age. 

"On  the  surface  this  book  is  very  much  like  A.  H.  Bullen's  'Idyls  of  the  sea' 
[910.4  B87i],  a  series  of  impressions  and  memories  which  are  the  fruit  of  a  real  and 
long  sea  experience. .  .Long  exercise  of  their  stern  trade  has  not  drained  them  of  their 
enthusiasm  for  it,  or  failed  to  qualify  them  for  the  expression  of  that  enthusiasm.  Mr. 
Bullen,  to  be  sure,  is  concerned  with  the  fascination  of  the  sea  itself  and  its  inhabitants, 
while  Mr.  Conrad  is  absorbed  in  the  ships  that  go  upon  the  waters."     Nation,  igo6. 

r9io.8  K2Z  v.8-9 
Early  voyages  of  the  English  to  India.  [1813.]  (In  Kerr,  Robert, 
1755-1813.     General  history  and  collection  of  voyages  and  travels,  v.8-9.) 

London,  Jack.  910.4  L82 

Cruise  of  the  Snark.    191 1.    Macmillan. 

Lively  narrative  of  an  adventurous  Pacific  cruise,  the  beginning  of  a  projected  tour 
around  the  world  embarked  upon  by  the  author  and  his  wife,  but  interrupted  by  mishaps. 
Illustrated  with  photographs  by  the  author. 

Markham,  Sir  Clements  Robert.  r9io.6  H15  v.128 

Early  Spanish  voyages  to  the  Strait  of  Magellan;  tr.  and  ed.  with  a 
preface,  introduction  and  notes  by  C.  R.  Markham.  191 1.  (In  Hakluyt 
Society.    Publications,  v.128.) 

Masefield,  John.  9io-4  M44 

On  the  Spanish  Main;  or.  Some  English  forays  on  the  Isthmus  of 
Darien,  with  a  description  of  the  buccaneers  and  a  short  account  of  old- 
time  ships  and  sailors.    1906.    Macmillan. 

"Authorities"  at  the  end  of  many  of  the  chapters. 

Author  attempts  no  connected  history  of  the  series  of  English  raids  upon  Spanish 
America,  but  describes  in  detail  a  few  of  the  most  important,  including  the  expeditions 


2038  OCEAN  VOYAGES 


Masefield,  John — continued.  910.4  M44 

of  Drake,  Morgan  and  Dampier.  There  are  some  additional  chapters  on  buccaneering 
methods,  ships  and  rigs,  ship's  companies  and  the  general  nature  of  the  maritime  career 
in  those  days. 

Shaw,  Frank  H.  &  Robinson,  E.  H.  ed.  q9io-4  S53 

Sea  and  its  story  from  viking  ship  to  submarine.     1910.     Cassell. 

Miscellaneous  but  decidedly  interesting  collection  of  material  relating  to  seafaring 
life  in  all  its  phases,  including  accounts  of  naval  battles,  shipwrecks  and  disasters, 
mutinies  and  cases  of  heroism,  a  history  of  the  beginnings  of  navigation  and  its  modern 
development,  descriptions  of  an  ocean  liner,  ironclad,  dreadnought,  submarine  and  coal- 
tramp,  and  chapters  on  light-house  building,  whaling,  diving,  smuggling  and  salvage. 
Fully  illustrated. 

Shea,  John  Gilmary.  rgio.4  S53 

Perils  of  the  ocean  and  wilderness;  or,  Narratives  of  shipwreck  and 
Indian  captivity  gleaned  from  early  missionary  annals.  1857.  Donahoe. 
Contents:  The  shipwreck  of  Father  Charles  Lalemant,  Father  Philibert  Noyrot,  of 
the  Society  of  Jesus,  and  others,  off  Cape  Breton. — Captivity  of  Father  Isaac  Jog^ues, 
of  the  Society  of  Jesus,  among  the  Mohawks. — Captivity  and  death  of  Rene  Goupil. — 
Death  of  Father  Jogues. — Captivity  of  Father  Francis  Joseph  Bressani,  of  the  Society 
of  Jesus. — Voyages  and  shipwrecks  of  Father  Emmanuel  Crespel,  recollect  of  the  order 
of  St.  Francis. 

Spilberghen,  Joris  van.  rgicS  H15  v.ii8 

East  and  West  Indian  mirror;  being  an  account  of  [his]  voyage 
round  the  world,  1614-1617;  and  The  Australian  navigations  of  Jacob 
Le  Maire;  tr.  with  notes  and  an  introduction  by  J.A.J,  de  Villiers. 
1906.     (In  Hakluyt  Society.    Publications,  v.ii8.) 

"Bibliography,"  p.23s-2Si. 

Stead,  Richard.  910.4  S79 

Adventures  on  the  high  seas;  romantic  incidents  &  perils  of  travel, 
sport  and  exploration  throughout  the  world.     1909.    Lippincott. 

910.4  T42 
Three  years  behind  the  guns;  the  true  chronicles  of  a  "diddy-box,"  by 
L.  G.  T.     1908.    Century. 

Diary  of  a  boy  who  served  on  the  U.  S.  S.  "Olympia"  in  the  cruise  that  ended  with 
the  battle  of  Manila  bay.     Interesting  as  a  record  of  daily  life  on  board  a  war-ship. 

Werner,  Bartholomaus  von.  910.4  W53 

Deutsches  kriegsschiffsleben  und  seefahrkunst.     1891. 
By  a  retired  admiral.     Deals  more  particularly  with  life  on  sailing  vessels.     Illus- 
trated. 

Whidden,  John  D.  910.4  W62 

Ocean  life  in  the  old  sailing  ship  days  from  forecastle  to  quarter- 
deck.   1908.    Little. 

Author's  experiences  in  the  merchant  service,  an  unpretentious  picture  of  American 
seafaring  life  before  1870. 

Periodicals.     Societies 

qrgio.s  T69 
Travel  magazine;  a  continuation  of  the  Four  track  news  [monthly], 
Oct,  1906-date.    v.i2-date.    1907-date. 

V.16,  no.3-<late,  Jan.  1911-date,  title  reads  "Travel." 

Hakluyt  Society.  rgio.e  H15 

Publications;  index  to  publications,  v.i-122,  1847-1907. 

For  publications  of  the  society  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 


COLLECTIONS  OF  TRAVELS  2039 

Royal  Geographical  Society.  1910.6  R8ip 

Proceedings   and  monthly  record   of  geography,  new   ser.,   v.i-12. 
1879-90. 

For  V.  13-14  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 


Study  and  teaching  of  geography 

Sutherland,  William  James.  910.7  S96 

Teaching  of  geography.     1909.    Scott. 

"Bibliogfraphy  of  the  pedagogy  of  geography,"  p.274-292;  "Bibliography"  at  the 
end  of  each  chapter. 

Pt.i  is  devoted  to  the  nature  and  scope  of  geography,  pt.2  to  methods  of  teaching 
and  pt.3  to  practical  suggestions. 


Collections  of  travels 

qr9io.8  A43 
AUgemeine  historic  der  reisen  zu  wasser  und  lande;  oder,  Sammlung 
aller  reisebeschreibungen  welche  bis  itzo  in  verschiedenen  sprachen 
von  alien  volkern  herausgegeben  worden;  durch  eine  gesellschaft  ge- 
lehrter  manner  im  englischen  zusammen  getragen  und  aus  demselben 
ins  deutsche  ubersetzet.    2iv.    1748-74. 

r9io.8  C92 
Curious  collection  of  travels,  selected  from  the  writers  of  all  nations,  in 
which  the  conjectures  and  interpolations  of  several  vain  editors  and 
translators  are  expunged,  every  relation  is  made  concise  and  plain  and 
the  divisions  of  countries  and  kingdoms  are  clearly  and  distinctly  noted, 
lov.     1761.     Newbery. 

This  collection  includes  among  others  the  travels  of  Henry  Maundrell,  Thomas 
Shaw,  Jean  Chardin,  Jonas  Hanway  and  Richard  Pococke. 

Galtcn,  Francis,  ed.  910.8  G15 

Vacation  tourists  and  notes  of  travel  in  1861-3.  v. 2-3.  1862-64. 
Macmillan. 

Brief  accounts  by  several  English  men  and  women  of  experiences  of  travel  in  dif- 
ferent parts  of  the  world. 

Kerr,  Robert,  1755-1813.  r9io.8  K21 

General  history  and  collection  of  voyages  and  travels  arranged  in 
systematic  order;  forming  a  complete  history  of  the  origin  and  progress 
of  navigation,  discovery  and  commerce  by  sea  and  land  from  the  earliest 
ages  to  the  present  time.     i8v.    181 1-24.    Blackwood. 

Purchas,  Samuel.  rgio.S  P98 

Hakluytus  posthumus;  or,  Purchas,  his  pilgrimes;  contayning  a  his- 
tory of  the  world  in  sea  voyages  and  lande  travells  by  Englishmen  and 
others.    20v.     1905-07.    MacLehose. 

"The  intrinsic  value  of  the  book  is  due  rather  to  its  having  preserved  some  record 
of  early  voyages  otherwise  unknown,  than  to  the  literary  skill  or  ability  of  the  author. . . 
A  comparison  of  what  he  has  printed  with  such  originals  as  remain  shows  that  he  was 
very  far  indeed  from  a  faithful  editor  or  a  judicious  compiler,  and  that  he  took  little 
pains  to  arrive  at  an  accurate  knowledge  of  facts.  He  inherited  many  of  the  manuscripts 
of  Richard  Hakluyt,  but  the  use  he  made  of  them  was  widely  different  from  Hakluyt's." 
Dictionary  of  national  biography. 


2040  ATLASES  AND  MAPS 

History  of  geography  and  travel 

Burney,  Admiral  James.  qrgio.g  B93 

Chronological  history  of  the  discoveries  in  the  South  sea  or  Pacific 
ocean,    sv.    1803-17.    Hansard. 

V.I.  Commencing  with  an  account  of  the  earliest  discovery  of  that  sea  by  Euro- 
peans and  terminating  with  the  voyage  of  Sir  Francis  Drake  in  1579. 

V.2.     From  the  year  1579  to  the  year  1620. 

V.3.     From  the  year  1620  to  the  year  1688. 

V.4.     To  the  year  1723,  including  a  History  of  the  buccaneers  of  America. 

V.5.     To  the  year  1764. 

"Well  known  as  the  standard  work  on  the  subject."  Dictionary  of  national  biog- 
raphy, 1886. 

Frost,  Thomas.  910.9  F96 

Modern  explorers.     1890.     Cassell. 

Contents :  The  travels  and  adventures  of  Arminius  Vambery  in  central  Asia.  — 
Sir  Samuel  Baker's  exploration  of  the  lake  region  of  equatorial  Africa. — The  explora- 
tions of  Livingstone  and  Stanley  in  central  Africa.  —  Nordenskiold's  exploration  of 
Arctic  Asia. — The  explorations  of  Francis  Garnier  in  the  interior  of  Indo-China. — The 
travels  and  adventures  of  Paul  Marcoy  in  the  valleys  of  lower  Peru. — Commander^ 
Cameron's  journey  across  Africa. 

Thomas,  Louis.  910.9  T37 

Buch  der  denkwiirdigsten  entdeckungen  auf  dem  gebiete  der  lander- 
und  volkerkunde.    2v.  in  i.     1900-04. 

Contents:  Die  alteren  land-  und  seereisen  bis  zur  auffindung  der  seewege  nach 
Amerika  und  Indian. — Entdeckungen  und  geographisch  bedeutsame  unternehmungen 
nach  auffindung  der  Neuen  Welt  bis  zur  gegenwart. 


gii     Historical  atlases 

Bartholomew,  John  George.  91 14  B27 

Literary  &  historical  atlas  of  Europe.     [1910.]     Dent.     (Everyman's 

library.) 

Contains  96  colored  maps  showing  the  changes  in  the  face  of  Europe,  maps  and 

plans  of  notable  battles  and  districts  connected  with  famous  books,  with  a  gazetteer  of 

towns  and  places  of  literary  or  historic  interest 

Dow,  Earle  Wilbur.  q9ii*4  D76 

Atlas  of  European  history.    1907.    Holt. 
.  Thirty-two  maps,  with  full  index. 


912     Atlases  and  maps 

Bibliography 

United  States — Library  of  Congress.  qroi6.9i2  U25I 

List  of  geographical  atlases  in  the  Library  of  Congress,  with  biblio- 
graphical notes;  comp.  under  the  direction  of  P.  L.  Phillips.    2v.     IQOQ- 

y.i.     Atlases. 
V.2.     Author  list. 


ATLASES  AND  MAPS  2041 

Winsor,  Justin,  comp,  qroi6.9i2  W79a 

Kohl  collection  of  maps  relating  to  America.  1886.  (Harvard  Uni- 
versity— Library.     Bibliographical  contributions,  v.i,  no.19.) 

The  same  (now  in  the  Library  of  Congress) ;  a  reprint  of  Biblio- 
graphical contribution  number  19  of  the  library  of  Harvard  University, 
with  index  by  P.  L.  Phillips.  1904.  (United  States — Library  of  Con- 
gress.)  qroi6.9i2  W79 

Figarola-Caneda,  Domingo.  qroi6.9i272  F46 

Cartografia  cubana  del  British  Museum;  catalogo  cronologico  de 
cartas,  pianos  y  mapas  ed  los  siglos  16  al  19.    1910. 


The  world 

Brozik,  Karoly,  ed.  q9i2  B82 

Nagy  magyar  atlasz;  a  Magyar  Foldrajzi  Tarsasag  megbizasabol, 
Erodi  Bela,  Berecz  Antal  kozremiikodesevel,  szerkesztette  Brozik 
Karoly.    1906. 

qr9i2  C32aa 
Century  atlas  of  the  world;  prepared  under  the  superintendence  of  Ben- 
jamin E.  Smith.     191 1. 

Cram,  George  Franklin,  pub.  qrgia  C86c2 

Cram's  standard  American  railway  system  atlas  of  the  world;  ac- 
companied by  index  of  the  United  States,  Canada,  Mexico  and  Cuba, 
locating  all  counties,  county  seats,  cities,  post  offices,  railroad  stations, 
villages,  etc.    1908. 

Maps — World.  1912  M 

Johnston's  commercial  and  library  chart  of  the  world  on  Mercator's 
projection,  showing  the  position  of  every  place  of  commercial  import- 
ance and  the  chief  railways,  steamship  routes  &  telegraphs.    Johnston. 

Roll  map;  size,  5s}i  x.6g^  inches;  scale,  505  miles  to  i  inch. 

Contains    five    inset   maps:      Trans-continental    railway    lines  [North    America]. — 

Panama  canal. — India  showing  railways. — Countries  around  the  Mediterranean. — The 
world,  showing  postal  delivery  from  London.  , 

Rand,  McNally  &  Co.  pub.  qr9i2  Ri8a 

Indexed  atlas  of  the  world.    2v.    1907. 
v.i.     United  States. 
V.2.     Foreign  countries. 

Stieler,  Adolf,  comp.  qr9i2  885 

Atlas  of  modern  geography;  adapted  for  the  use  of  the  English- 
speaking  public  by  B.  V.  Darbishire.     [1909.] 


Classical  atlases 
Kiepert,  Heinrich.  qr9i2.3  K24 

Atlas  antiquus;  12  maps  of  the  ancient  world  for  schools  and  col- 
leges.    1869.     Reimer. 


2042  ATLASES  AND  MAPS 

Sieglin,  Wilhelm.  qr9i2.3  S57 

Atlas  antiquus;  atlas  zur  geschichte  des  altertums.    pt.6  in  iv.    1909. 

(v.  Spruner-Sieglin.    Hand-atlas  zur  geschichte  des  altertums,  des  mit- 

telalters  und  der  neuzeit,  v.i,  pt.6.) 

For  pti-s  sec  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 


Europe 
Maps — Europe.     (1907.)  qrgi2.4  Ma 

Map  of  Europe;  comp.  from  the  latest  and  most  authentic  sources. 
1907.    Rand.     (Globe  series.) 

Roll  map;  size,  45^x37^  inches;  scale,  80  statute  miles  to  t   inch. 

Maps — London.  r9i2.42i  M 

Collins'  standard  map  of  London,  with  illustrated  guide  and  nearly 
4,000  street  references.    Stanford. 

Size,  285^  X  33  3-16  inches,  folded  in  16°  cover;  scale,  about  %  mile  to  i  inch. 

Prussia — Konigliche  Landes-Aufnahme.  qrgi2.43  P97 

Karte  des  Deutschen  reiches;  bearbeitet  von  der  Koniglichen 
Preussischen  Landes-Aufnahme,  den  topographischen  bureaus  des 
koniglichen  bayerischen  und  des  koniglichen  sachsischen  generalstabes, 
sowie  von  dem  statistischen  landesamt  des  konigreiches  Wiirttem- 
berg.    2v. 

674  karten  und  tibersichtsblatt. 

Massstab  1:100000  der  naturlichen  lange. 

no. 2,  10,  48,  202,  230,  337,  362-363,  36s,  387-388,  439,  464-466,  472,  603  wanting. 

Prussia — Konigliche  Landes-Aufnahme.  qrgi2.43  P97k 

Karte  von  Berlin  und  umgebung  in  12  blattern. 
Massstab  i  :5oooo  der  naturlichen  lange. 

Prussia — Konigliche  Landes-Aufnahme.  qr9i2.43  P97t 

Topographische  iibersichtskarte  des  Deutschen  reiches. 

196  karten  und  iibersichtsblatt. 
Massstab  i  :2ooooo. 

no.i-2,  5-7,  16-21,  32-39,  47-55,  64-72,  76-77,  82,  89-90,  100-104,  1H-1171  125- 
131,  140-143,  153-155,  163-166,  i73-'75.  181-183,  189-190,   195-196  wanting. 

Maps — France.  qrgi2.44  M 

France;  constructed  and  engraved  by  W.  &  A.  K.  Johnston. 

Roll  map;  size,  39^x47^4  inches;  scale,  69  English  miles  to  i  degree. 

Maps — Paris.     (1884.)  r9i2.4436  M 

Nouveau  plan  de  Paris;  nomenclature  des  rues  du  nouveau  plan, 
concordance  des  noms  anciens  et  nouveaux,  itineraire  des  omnibus  et 
tramways.     1884. 

Size,  23  5-16x31  inches,  folded  in  12'  cover;  scale,  about  Yf,  kilometer  to  1  centi- 
meter. 

Maps — Italy.    (1907?)  7912.45  M 

Carta  d'ltalia  speciale  per  automobilisti,  ciclisti  e  touristi;  con  in- 
dice  dei  nomi  e  metodo  per  la  ricerca  delle  localita.     [1907?] 

Folio  8:     Venezia. 

Size,  42x63  cm.  folded  in  8°  cover;  scale,  1:250,000. 


ATLASES  AND  MAPS  2043 


China 

Prussia — Konigliche  Landes-Aufnahme.  qrgi2.5i  P97 

Karte  von  Ost-China. 
22  karten  und  tibersichtsblatt. 
Massstab  1:1000000. 

Contains  also:     Gesandtschaftsviertel  in  Peking,  massstab  1:3000;  karte  von  Peking, 
massstab  1:17500;  karte  von  Tientsin,  massstab  1:25000. 


North  America 
Carey,  Mathew.  qrgi2.7  Cig 

American  atlas,  containing  20  maps  and  one  chart.    1795.    Privately 
printed. 

Maps — North  America.    (1907.)  qr9i2.7  Ma 

Rand,  McNally  &  Co.'s  map  of  North  America;  comp.  from  the 

latest  and  most  authentic  surveys.     1907.    Rand. 
Roll  map;  size,  59^x42  inches;  scale,  104  miles  to  i  inch. 

Rand,  McNally  &  Co.  pub.  qrgia.y  R18 

Commercial  atlas  of  America.     1911. 

Canada 
Maps — Canada.    (1904.)  qrgi2.7i  Ma 

Explorations  in  northern  Canada  and  adjacent  portions  of  Green- 
land and  Alaska  [1631-1902].     1904. 

Size,  24  15-16x35^  inches. 

Bound  and  folded  into  quarto  cover. 

Issued  by  the  Department  of  interior  of  Canada. 

Maps — Rossland,  British  Columbia.     (1908.)  qrgia.yii  M 

Special  map  of  Rossland,  British  Columbia  by  W.  H.  Boyd.     1908. 
(Canada — Geological  survey.) 

Size,  i6J4  X  20  3-16  inches;  scale,  400  feet  to  i  inch. 

Maps — Canada.    (1904.)  qrgia.yia  Ma 

Map   showing  mounted   police    stations   in   north-western    Canada. 

1904. 

Size,  37x48  13-16  inches;  scale,  1:2,217,600,  35  miles  to  i  inch. 
Bound  and  folded  into  quarto  cover. 

Maps — Canada.     (1904.)  qrgia.yia  M3 

Map  showing  mounted  police  stations  in  the  North  west  territories. 
1904. 

Size,  355-16x51  inches;  scale,  1:792,000,  12%  miles  to  i  inch. 
Bound  and  folded  into  quarto  cover. 

Maps — Ontario.     (1905.)  qrgi2.7i3  M 

Ontario,   Hamilton  sheet;    Lincoln  and   Welland  and   portions  of 
Halton,  Wentworth  and  Haldimand  counties.     1905. 

Size,  26^x19^  inches;  scale,  1:250,000,  3:95  miles  to  i  inch. 

Bound  and  folded  into  quarto  cover. 

Issued  by  the  Department  of  interior  of  Canada. 


2044  ATLASES  AND  MAPS 

Maps — Ontario.    (1905.)  qrgia.yis  M2 

Ontario,  London  sheet;  Norfolk,  Brant  and  Oxford  and  portions  of 
Elgin,  Haldimand,  Wentworth,  Middlesex,  Huron,  Perth,  Waterloo 
and  Halton  counties.    1905. 

Size,  26j4xi9f^  inches;  scale,  1:250,000,  3.95  miles  to  i  inch. 

Bound  and  folded  into  quarto  cover. 

Issued  by  the  Department  of  interior  of  Canada. 


United  States 

Maps — United  States.     (1816.)  rgi2.73  M3 

Map  of  the  United  States  with  the  contiguous  British  &  Spanish 
possessions;  comp.  from  the  latest  &  best  authorities  by  John  Melish. 
1816.     Melish. 

Size,  35x57^4  inches,  folded  in  8°  cover;  scale,  60  miles  to  1  inch. 

Maps — United  States.    (1831.)  qr9i2.7  Mg 

Map  of  the  United  States  of  North  America  from  the  latest  and  most 
authentic  information,  by  D.  H.  Vance,  engraved  by  I.  H,  Young.  1831. 
Finley. 

Roll  map;  size,  53^x64  inches;  scale,  for  measuring  north  and  south  distances  on 
every  second  degrees  of  long^itude,  for  measuring  east  and  west  distances  on  every 
second  parallel  of  latitude. 

Inset:  Map  of  North  America;  size,  igyixiyyi  inches;  scale,  about  250  miles  to 
I  inch. 

Maps — United  States.     (1852.)  qr9i2.7  Mio 

Chapin's  ornamental  map  of  the  United  States  with  the  new  western 
possessions.     1852.    Thayer. 

Roll  map;  size,  4854x5934  inches;  scale,  about  40  statute  miles  to  i  inch. 

Insets:  Canadas,  Nova  Scotia,  N.  Brunswick  &  Newfoundland;  size,  454x7'i 
inches. — The  north  part  of  Maine;  size,  454^5  inches. — The  south  part  of  Florida;  size, 
io}4x6  inches;  scale,  about  40  miles  to  i  inch. — The  western  states  and  territories;  size, 
10^x12^  inches;  scale,  200  miles  to  i  inch. 

Maps — United  States.     (1904.)  qrgi2.73  M2 

United  States,  including  territories  and  insular  possessions  showing 
the  extent  of  public  surveys,  Indian,  military  and  forest  reservations, 
railroads,  canals,  national  parks  and  other  details;  comp.  under  the  di- 
rection of  Frank  Bond,  and  corrected  to  June  30,  1904.    1904. 
Roll  map;  size,  8iJ4xsgj4  inches;  scale,  37  miles  to  i  inch. 

Hammond  (C.  S.)  &  Co.  pub.  qrgi2.747i  H22 

Atlas  of  New  York  city  and  the  metropolitan  district.     1908. 


Pennsylvania 

Maps — Lake  Erie  and  Ohio  river  ship  canal.  (1906.)  qr9i2.748  M21 
Map  showing  location  of  proposed  Lake  Erie  and  Ohio  river  ship 
canal  and  connecting  waterways,  iron  ore  region  of  Lake  Superior  and 
the  bituminous  coal  fields  (Appalachian) ;  comp.  from  maps  of  New 
York  state  engineer  and  U.  S.  geological  survey.  1906.  Lord  Balti- 
more Press. 

Size,  13  15/16  X  13  13/16  inches,  folded  in  cover;  scale,  about  100  miles  to  i  inch. 
With  this  are  bound  Industrial  map  of  manufacturing  works,  Pittsburg  district. — 
Map  and  profiles  of  proposed  Lake  Erie  and  Ohio  river  ship  canal. 


ATLASES  AND  MAPS  2045 

Maps — Lake  Erie  and  Ohio  river  ship  canal.     (1907.)        qrgi2.748  M21 
Map  and  profiles  of  proposed  Lake  Erie  and  Ohio  river  ship  canal, 
Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  1907;  G.  M.  Lehman,  chef  engineer.    1907.    Lord  Balti- 
more Press. 

Size,  15  is/i6x6of^  inches,  folded  in  cover;  scale,  about  2j4  miles  to  i  inch. 
Bound  with  Map  showing  location  of  proposed  Lake  Erie  and  Ohio  river  ship  canal. 

Maps — Pennsylvania.  1*974.8  P399P2  v^ 

Draughts  of  the  proprietary  manors  of  the  province  of  Pennsylvania 
as  preserved  in  the  land  department  of  the  commonwealth.  (In  Penn- 
sylvania archives,  3d  ser.  v.4.) 

Maps  folded  in  8°  cover. 

no. 2-4,  6-8,  12,  14-15,  17-18,  20-22,  25,  37-41,  47,  56-58,  60,  62,  64,  68-69,  72-76 
wanting. 

Maps — Pennsylvania.     (1681.)  r974.8  P399P2  v.ioa 

Map  of  the  improved  part  of  the  province  of  Pennsilvania  in  Amer- 
ica, begun  by  William  Penn  proprietor  and  governor  thereof  anno  1681, 
by  Theo.  Holme.    (In  Pennsylvania  archives,  3d  ser.  v.ioa.) 

Reproduced  from  the  original. 

Size,  33  X  56  inches;  scale,  4  English  miles  to  i  inch. 

Maps — Pennsylvania.     (1739.)  r974.8  P399P  v.i 

Map  of  part  of  the  province  of  Pennsylvania  and  of  the  counties  of 
Newcastle,  Kent  and  Sussex  on  Delaware,  showing  the  temporary 
limits  of  the  jurisdiction  of  Pennsylvania  and  Maryland,  fixed  accord- 
ing to  an  order  of  His  Majesty  in  council  dated  the  25th  day  of  May 
in  the  year  1738;  surveyed  in  the  year  1739.  (In  Pennsylvania  archives, 
1st  ser.  V.I.) 

Size,  13J4  X  14  inches;  scale,  69^  English  miles  in  i  degree  of  latitude. 

Maps — Pennsylvania.     (1740.)  r974.8  P399PI  v.i6 

[Lord  Baltimore's  boundary  map.]      (In  Pennsylvania  archives,  2d 

ser.  V.16.) 

Size,  14x9  inches. 

Maps — Pennsylvania.    (1740.)  r974.8  P399P1  v.i6 

Map  of  parts  of  the  province  of  Pennsylvania  and  Maryland  with  the 
counties  of  Newcastle,  Kent  and  Sussex  on  Delaware,  according  to  the 
most  exact  surveys  yet  made,  drawn  in  the  year  1740  [by  Benjamin 
Eastburn].     (In  Pennsylvania  archives,  2d  ser.  v.i6.) 

Size,  18x21  inches. 

Maps — Pennsylvania.     (1749.)  1^974.8  P399P2  v.ioa 

Map  of  Pensilvania,  New  Jersey,  New  York  and  the  three  Delaware 
counties,  by  Lewis  Evans  [facsimile].  (In  Pennsylvania  archives,  3d 
ser.  v.ioa.) 

Size,  26}^  195^  inches;  scale,  69  English  miles  to  a  degree. 

Maps — Pennsylvania.     (1749.)  r974.8  P399P  v.2 

Map  or  draught  to  which  the  within  deed  refers.     (In  Pennsylvania 

archives,  ist  ser.  v.2.) 
Size,  I2j4  X  18%  inches. 
To   accompany  an   article  entitled   "Indian   deeds   for   lands   between   Delaware    & 

Susquehanna,  1749." 


2046  ATLASES  AND  MAPS 

Maps — Pennsylvania.     (1754-99.)  r974'8  Psggpa  v.3 

Outline  map  of  Virginia  claims  in  southwestern  Pennsylvania,  drawn 
by  J.  Sutton  Wall.     (In  Pennsylvania  archives,  3d  ser.  v.3.) 
Size,  10^  x8^i  inches;  scale,  16  miles  to  i   inch. 

Maps — Pennsylvania.    (1758?)  qr9i2.748  M27 

General  Forbes  marching  journal  to  the  Ohio  [made  by  John  Potts]. 
Size,  21^x59^  inches;  scale,  about  2  miles  to  i  inch. 
Blue  print  from  the  tracing  of  original  map  in  the  library  of  the  Pennsylvania/ 

Historical  Society  at  Philadelphia. 

Maps — Pennsylvania.     (1759.)  r970.3  T38 

Map  of  the  province  of  Pensylvania  intended  chiefly  to  illustrate  the 
account  of  the  several  Indian  purchases  made  by  the  proprietors  of 
the  said  province,  the  claims  made  by  the  Indians  [etc.],  T.  Jefferys, 
sculp.  (In  Thomson.  Charles.  Causes  of  the  alienation  of  the  Dela- 
ware and  Shawanese  Indians  from  the  British  interest.) 
Size,  7J4  X  13  inches. 

Maps — Pennsylvania.     (1760.)  ^974.8  P399P  v.4 

Map  accompanying  agreement  between  Ld.  Baltimore  &  T.  &  R. 
Penn,  July  4,  1760.    (In  Pennsylvania  archives,  ist  ser.  v.4.) 

Size,  9^  X  14  inches. 

Maps — Pennsylvania.     (1762.)  rgiy  A51  v.3 

New  and  accurate  map  of  the  provinces  of  Pensilvania,  Virginia, 
Maryland  and  New  Jersey,  J.  Gibson,  sc.  (In  the  American  gazetteer, 
v.3.) 

Size,  loyi  X  13^  inches;  scale,  about  50  British  statute  miles  to  i  inch. 

Maps — Pennsylvania.     (1764.)  ^  r974'8  P399P  v.12 

Disposition  of  the  Pennsylvania  troops  in  the  western  district  for 
the  winter  season,  1764.     (In  Pennsylvania  archives,  ist  ser.  v.12.) 

Size,  I2j4  X  18  inches. 

Maps — Pennsylvania.     (1768.)  r9i7.48  R77 

Carte  de  la  Pensilvanie,  echelle  de  25  lieues  communes  de  France, 
faisans  69  milles  anglois.  (In  Rousselot  de  Surgy,  J.  P.  comp.  Histoire 
naturelle  et  politique  de  la  Pensylvanie.) 

Size,  10  X  7%  inches. 

Maps — Pennsylvania.     (1770.)  ^974.8  P399P2  v.ioa 

To  the  honorable  Thomas  Penn  and  Richard  Penn,  esquires,  true 
and  absolute  proprietors  and  governors  of  the  province  of  Pennsyl- 
vania and  the  territories  thereunto  belonging  and  to  the  honorable  John 
Penn,  esquire,  lieutenant  governor  of  the  same,  this  map  of  the  province 
of  Pennsylvania,  is  humbly  dedicated  by  their  most  obedient  serv't  W. 
Scull  [facsimile].     (In  Pennsylvania  archives,  3d  ser.  v.ioa.) 

Size,  21  X  32  inches;  scale,   10  English  miles  to  i   inch. 

Maps — Pennsylvania.     (177-?)  r974.8  P399P2  v.ioa 

Map  of  Pennsylvania  exhibiting  not  only  the  improved  parts  of  the 
province,  but  also  its  extensive  frontiers  laid  down  from  actual  surveys 
and  chiefly  from  the  late  maps  of  W.  Scull  published  in  1770  [fac- 
simile].    (In  Pennsylvania  archives,  3d  ser.  v.ioa.) 

Size,  24x49  inches;  scale,  69^  English  miles  to  a  degree. 


ATLASES  AND  MAPS  2047 

Maps — Pennsylvania.     (1776.)  ro53  Gag  v.46 

Map  of  the  country  round  Philadelphia,  including  part  of  New  Jer- 
sey, New  York,  Staten  Island  and  Long  Island.  (In  the  Gentleman's 
magazine,  1776,  v.46.) 

Size,  7  X  8J4  inches;  scale,  about  20   British  statute  miles  to  i  inch. 

Maps — Pennsylvania.     (1781-92.)  rg74.8  P399P2  v.3 

Map  showing  location  of  the  donation  lands  in  Pennsylvania;  comp. 
from  the  drafts  of  surveys  on  file  in  the  department  of  internal  affairs, 
by  J.  S.  Wall.     (In  Pennsylvania  archives,  3d  ser.  v.3.) 
Size,  23x3554  inches;  scale,  4.3  mile.s  to  i  inch. 

Maps — Pennsylvania.     (1783-85.)  1*974.8  P399P2  v.3 

Pennsylvania  depreciation  lands  surveyed  in  1783-85.     (In  Pennsyl- 
vania archives,  3d  ser.  v.3.) 
Size,  jyi  X  11  inches. 

Maps — Pennsylvania.     (1786.)  r974.8  P399P  v.ii 

We  do  hereby  certify  this  to  be  a  true  map  of  the  boundary  line  be- 
tween the  states  of  Pennsylvania  and  New  York  from  the  river  Dela- 
ware to  the  ninetieth  mile  stone  as  run  and  marked  by  us.  (In  Penn- 
sylvania archives,  ist  ser.  v.ii.) 

Two  maps  signed  by  the  commissioners  from  New  York  and  Pennsylvania,  Oct.  12, 
1786. 

Size,   135^x48^4  inches. 

Maps — Pennsylvania.     (1787.)  r974.8  P399P  v.il 

This  map  of  part  of  the  northern  boundary  of  Pennsylvania  is  most 
humbly  inscribed  to  the  supreme  executive  council  of  that  common- 
wealth by  their  humble  serv't  Benj'n  Ellicott.  (In  Pennsylvania  ar- 
chives, 1st  ser.  V.II.) 

Size,  41  X  35  inches. 

Maps — Pennsylvania.     (1789.)  r974.8  P97  v.2 

Map  of  Pennsylvania,  Delaware,  New  Jersey  &  Maryland,  with  the 
parts  adjacent,  Thackara,  sc.  (In  Proud,  Robert.  History  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, v.2.) 

Size,  12  X  155^  inches;  scale,  about  20  miles  to  i  inch. 

Maps — Pennsylvania.     (1790.)  ^974-8  P399P  v.ia 

Meridian  of  the  west  end  of  Lake  Ontario,  state  of  New  York,  18 
miles  &  525  chains  from  the  north  boundary  of  Pennsylvania,  August 
23'd  1790,  B.  Ellicott,  sculp.  Territory  annexed  to  the  state  of  Penn- 
sylvania, north  latitude  42°,  16'  13"  variation  25  west.  (In  Pennsylvania 
archives,  ist  ser.  v. 12.) 

Size,  35x32^4  inches. 

Maps — Pennsylvania.     (1792?)  qr9i2.748  M53 

Map  exhibiting  a  general  view  of  the  roads  and  inland  navigation 
of  Pennsylvania  and  part  of  the  adjacent  states;  respectfully  inscribed 
to  Thomas  Mifflin,  governor,  and  the  General  assembly  of  the  com- 
monwealth of  Pennsylvania  by  John  Adlum  and  John  Wallis. 

Size,  29  7-16  x  32  15-16  inches,  folded  in  8°  cover;  scale,  69  miles  to  a  degree. 

This  map  appeared  in  the  "Pennsylvania  archives,"  1894,  3d  ser.  v.i,  and  is  a  re- 
print of  one  that  is  thought  to  have  been  published  in  Philadelphia  in  1792. 


2048  ATLASES  AND  MAPS 

Maps — Pennsylvania.     (1805.)  rQi?.?  Hag 

Map  of  the  Alleghany,  Monongahela  and  Yohiogany  rivers.  (In 
Harris,  T.  M.  Journal  of  a  tour  into  the  territory  northwest  of  the  Al- 
leghany mountains.) 

Size,   13x9  inches. 

The  same.     (In  Thwaites,  R.  G.  ed.     Early  western  travels, 
V.3-) r9i7.8   T43  v.3 

Maps — Pennsylvania.     (1827.)  r9i2.748  Mil 

Map  [of  the  canals  and  railroads]  of  Pennsylvania  and  New  Jersey, 

by  H.  S.  Tanner.    1827.    Tanner. 

Size,  2o}ix27l4  inches,  folded  in  16°  cover;  scale  about  18  miles  to  i  inch. 

Maps — Pennsylvania.     (1871.)  r9i2.748  M18 

Map  of  the  railroads  of  Pennsylvania  and  parts  of  adjoining  states; 
prepared  from  official  data  by  J.  A.  Anderson.     1871.    Smith. 

Size,  28J4x39^  folded  in  24°  cover;  scale,  8  miles  to  1  inch. 

Maps — Pennsylvania.     (1905.)  1912.748  M16 

Mendenhall's  guide  and  road  map  of  Pennsylvania,  accompanied  by 

six  detailed  maps  of  the  country  around  Philadelphia,  Pittsburg,  Har- 

risburg,  Reading,  Erie,  Scranton  and  Wilkesbarre.     1905.     Mendenhall. 

Size,  375^x27  inches,  folded  in  12°  cover;  scale,  10  miles  to  i  inch. 

Rand,  McNally  &  Co.  pub.  qrg  12.748  R18 

New  ideal  state  and  county  survey  and  atlas  of  Pennsylvania;  special 
subscription  edition.     191 1. 

Scott,  J.  D.  comp.  qr9i2.748i2  S42 

Combination  atlas  map  of  Montgomery  county,  Pennsylvania,  from 
personal  examinations  and  surveys.    1877. 

History  of  Montgomery  county,  by  W.  J.  Buck,  p. 5-30. 

Maps — Forest  county,  Pa.    (1881.)  r9i2.74868  M 

Map  of  Forest  county.  Pa.;  comp.  from  records  &  official  surveys  by 
S.  D.  Irwin.     1881.    Smith. 

Size,  19^x31  inches,  folded  in  24°  cover;  scale,  i  mile  to  an  inch. 


Pittsburgh 

Maps — Allegheny  county,  Pa.     (1851.)  qr9i2.748  M54 

Map  of  Allegheny  county,  Pa.,  with  the  names  of  property-holders, 

from  actual  surveys  by  Sidney  &  Neff  and   S.  M.  Rea;   engraved  on 

stone  by  Friend  &  Aub;  S.  Moody,  agent,  Allegheny,  Pa.     1851.    Kuhl. 

Roll  map;  size,  43x44^  inches;  scale,  1%  miles  to  i  inch. 

Maps — Fort  Duquesne.     (1754.)  qr9i2.74886  M5 

Plan  of  Fort  Le  Quesne,  built  by  the  French  at  the  fork  of  the  Ohio 

and  Monongahela  in  1754. 
Size,  13x12  inches. 
Map  made  by  Maj.  Robert  Stobo. 

Maps — Fort  Pitt.  r974.8  P399P  v.12 

The  first  Fort  Pitt.    (In  Pennsylvania  archives,  ist  ser.  v.12.) 
Size,  ioj4  X  10  inches. 


ATLASES  AND  MAPS  2049 

Hopkins  (G.  M.)  Co.  Philadelphia.  qrg  12. 74886  Mg 

Atlas  of  greater  Pittsburgh,  from  official  records,  private  plans 
and  actual  surveys.     1910. 

Hopkins  (G.  M.)  Co.  Philadelphia.  qr9i2.748  H78rea3 

Real  estate  plat-book  of  the  city  of  Pittsburgh,    v.3-4.    191 1. 

V.3.     Wards  8,  10,  11,  12  &  13. 
V.4.     Wards  7,  14  &  15. 

Hopkins,  Henry  W.  pub.  qr9i2.748  H78re2 

Real  estate  plat-book  of  Allegheny,    v.i.     1907. 
V.I.     Wards  1-8,  12-13. 

Lippincott  &  McNeil,  engineers  and  surveyors.  r9i2.74886  M7 

Ward  maps  of  Pittsburgh  as  redistricted  in  1908.  1908.  [Pitts- 
burgh.] 

2j  maps. 

Maps— Allegheny,  Pa.     (1788.)  qr9i2.74886  M8 

Map  of  reserve  tract  of  land  opposite  Pittsburgh,  surveyed  by  Daniel 
Leet;  tovvm  lots  and  out-lots;  copied  from  a  certified  copy  of  the  origi- 
nal in  the  Surveyor  general's  office  of  Pennsylvania  by  J.  K.  Cochran. 
[1788.]     Allegheny. 

Map  in  frame;  size,  21  Ji  x  26%  inches. 

Inset;  plan  of  town  of  Allegheny,  size,  8  1/16  x85i  inches. 

Maps — Pittsburgh,  qr9i2.74886  M6 

Map  of  the  original  grants  of  land  by  the  commonwealth  of  Penna. 
in  Pittsburg  and  vicinity;  plotted  from  the  patents  and  surveys,  by  J.  K. 
Cochran.     1906.     Sharpsburg,  Pa.? 

Roll  map;  size,  38^^x655^  inches;  scale,  60  perches  to  i  inch. 

Blue  print.  Shows  all  grants  of  land  from  the  time  of  the  first  settlements  to  Feb- 
ruary 1,  1906. 

Maps — Pittsburgh.     (181 1.)  r9i7-3  M58t  v.2 

View  of  the  country  round  Pittsburgh.     (In  Melish,  John.     Travels 

in  the  United  States  in  1806  &  1807,  and  1809,  1810  &  181 1,  v.2.) 
Size,  6J4  X  4l4  inches. 

Maps — Pittsburgh.     (1902-12.)  qr9i2.74886  M2 

Maps  of  Pittsburgh  and  Allegheny,  1902-12.     1902-12. 

These  maps  were  taken  from  the  Directories  of  Pittsburgh  and  Allegheny  cities  for 
1902-12. 

Map  for  1909  wanting. 

For  volume  for  1 858-1901  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Maps — Pittsburgh.     (1903.)  r9i2.74886  Mio 

Relief  map  of  Pittsburgh  and  vicinity,  constructed  under  the  auspices 
of  the  Pittsburgh  Chamber  of  Commerce  by  G.  M.  Lehman.     1904. 

Size,  12  X  2954  inches,  folded  in  8°  cover. 

Area  covered  by  map  175  square  miles. 

From  data  of  the  U.  S.  geological  survey  made  in  1903. 

Maps— Pittsburgh.     (1907.)  qr9i2.748  M21 

Industrial  map  of  manufacturing  works,  Pittsburg  district,  show- 
ing their  proximity  to  rivers;  comp.  by  the  Lake  Erie  and  Ohio  River 
Ship  Canal  Co.    1907.    Lord  Baltimore  Press. 

Size,  14  13/16x44^4  inches,  folded  in  cover;  scale,  about  i  mile  to  i  inch. 

Bound  with  Map  showing  location  of  proposed  Lake  Erie  and  Ohio  river  ship  canal. 


2050  ATLASES  AND  MAPS 

Maps— Pittsburgh.    (1907.)  qrg 1 2.74886  M4 

Map  of  greater  Pittsburg  and  environs;  comp.  by  J.  H.  Milholland. 
1907.    Lytic  &  Faran. 

Size,  56x76  inches,  folded  in  folio  cover;  scale,  1:12000,  1000  ft.  to  i  inch. 

Pittsburgh  Map  Company,  pub.  qrgi2.74886  P67 

Atlas  of  the  city  of  Pittsburgh,  containing  large  scale  maps  of  each 
of  the  27  wards  of  the  city,  with  marginal  index,  outline  map  of  city 
showing  position  of  wards,  with  complete  street  and  avenue  guide, 
showing  both  new  and  old  street  and  avenue  names,  indexed  so  location 
can  be  readily  found;  printed  from  new  plates,  engraved  from  plans 
prepared  for  this  publication  by  Lippincott  &  McNeil,  engineers  and 
surveyors.     [191 1.]     Pittsburgh. 

Binder's  title  reads  "Atlas,  city  of  Pittsburgh,  with  complete  street  guide,  191 1." 


Maryland.     Ohio  river.     Colorado 

Maps — Maryland.    (1907.)  qr9i2.752  M 

Map  of  Maryland;  prepared  by  Maryland  geological  survey,  based 
on  surveys  made  in  cooperation  with  the  United  States  geological  sur- 
vey.    1907. 

Size,  48  5/16x84  inches;  scale,  3  miles  to  i  inch. 

Maps — Ohio  river.     (1835.)  r9i2.77  M 

Traveller's  guide;  a  map  of  the  Ohio  and  Mississippi  rivers  extend- 
ing from  Pittsburg  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  by  J.  Duff.    1835.    James. 

Size,  7}4x42j4  inches,  folded  in  8°   cover. 

Maps — Colorado.     (1905.)  qr9i2.788  M 

State  of  Colorado;  comp.  from  the  official  records  of  the  General 

land  office  and  other  sources,  under  the  direction  of  Frank  Bond.    1905. 

Size,  28^x34  inches,  folded  in  folio  cover;  scale,  1:760320;   12  miles  to  i  inch. 


Alaska 
Maps — Alaska.     (1909.)  qr9i2.798  M3 

Alaska;  comp.  from  official  records  of  the  General  land  office,  U.  S. 
geological  survey,  U.  S.  coast  and  geodetic  survey  and  other  sources, 
under  direction  of  the  secretary  of  the  interior  and  the  commissioner 
of  the  general  land  office.    1909. 

Size,  28x37^4  inches,  folded  in  4°  cover;  scale,  about  70  miles  to  i  inch. 

Issued  for  the  Alaskan  exhibit  of  the  Alaska- Yukon-Pacific  Exposition,  Seattle, 
Wash.,  Z909. 

Maps— Alaska.    (1909.)  qr9i2.798  M2 

Map  of  Alaska;  comp.  chiefly  from  maps  of  the  U.  S.  geological  sur- 
vey; coast  line  from  coast  and  geodetic  survey  charts;  A.  H.  Brooks, 
geologist  in  charge.    1909. 

Size,  16^x23^  inches;  scale,  approximately  80  miles  to  i  inch. 


ANCIENT  HISTORY  2051 


Philippine  islands 
Maps— Luzon.  qr9i2.9i4  M 

[Map  of  the  northern  part  of  the  island  of  Luzon.]     Bien. 

Size,  25^x21^  inches. 

On  sheet  with  map  of  Manila. 

Maps — Manila.  qr9i2.9i4  M 

Manila.    Bien. 

Size,  23^x16  inches;  scale,  approximately  %  mile  to  i  inch. 
Map  of  the  northern  part  of  the  island  of  Luzon  is  on  this  sheet. 


South  Australia 

* 

Maps — South  Australia.    (1906.)  qr9i2.942  M 

Map  of  the  southern  portion  of  South  Australia   [issued  with  the 

report  of  the  surveyor-general  of  South  Australia,  1905-06].     1906. 
Size,  35fix26H  inches;  scale,  about  i6  miles  to  i  inch. 


930     Ancient  history 

Arnold,  Emma  Josephine.  ,  J930  A75 

Stories  of  ancient  peoples.     1901.     Amer.  Book  Co. 
Contents:    The  Egyptians. — The  dwellers  in  Babylonia  and  Assyria. — The  Hittites. 

—  The  Phoenicians. —  The  Hebrews. —  The   Medes  and  Persians. —  The  Hindus. —  The 

Chinese. 

"List  of  authorities  and  reference  books,"  p.227-228. 

Bacevice,  A.  930  B12 

Istorija  abelna.    v.i.    1904. 

V.I.  Nuo  seniausiu  laiku  Kynijos  iki  galutiniam  isdalinimui  imperijos  Aleksandro 
Makedoniskojo. 

Botsfor^,  George  Willis.  930  B64h 

History  of  the  ancient  world.     191 1.     Macmillan. 

Contents:     The  oriental  nations. — Hellas. — Rome. 

"Note-book  topics"  at  the  end  of  each  chapter;  "Useful  books,"  p. 566-568. 

Suffers  from  extreme  condensation,  the  history  of  the  whole  civilized  world  to  the 
time  of  Charlemagne  being  compressed  into  550  pages,  but  it  presents  its  facts  clearly 
and  keeps  a  due  sense  of  proportion. 

Diodorus  Siculus.  93°  D62 

Diodori  Bibliotheca  historica;  edition^m  primam  curavit  Imm.  Bek- 

ker,    alteram    Ludovicus    Dindorf,    recognovit    Fridericus    Vogel.      3v. 

1888-93. 

Greek  text. 

Gillett,  Ezra  Hall.  930  G41 

Ancient  cities  and  empires;  their  prophetic  doom  read  in  the  light 
of  history  and  modern  research.  1867.  Presbyterian  Board  of  Publica- 
tion. 

Contents:  Ancient  cities  and  empires. — Egypt. — Nineveh  and  the  Assyrian  empire. 
— Babylon. — Petra. — The  land  of  Bashan. — The  cities  of  Moab  and  Ammon. — Philistia 
and  its  five  cities. — Tyre. — Sidon. — Samaria. — Damascus. — Jerusalem  and  the  cities  of 
Galilee. — The  seven  churches  of  Asia. — A  general  survey  of  Scripture  prophecy. 


2052  ANCIENT  HISTORY 

Lenormant,  Frangois,  &  Chevallier,  E.  930  L6is 

Student's  manual  of  oriental  history;  a  manual  of  the  ancient  his- 
tory of  the  East  to  the  commencement  of  the  Median  wars.  2v.  1871. 
Lippincott. 

V.I.  Comprising  the  history  of  the  Israelites,  Egyptians,  Assyrians  and  Baby- 
lonians. 

V.2.     Medes  and  Persians,  Phcenicians  and  Arabians. 

A  short  bibliography  is  given  at  the  beginning  of  many  of  the  chapters. 

"As  a  hand-book  for  the  use  of  teachers,  advanced  pupils,  and  intelligent  readers, 
it  is  probably  superior  to  any  other  on  the  subject.  It  confines  its  attention  chiefly 
to  the  Orient,  giving  no  account  of  Greece  and  Rome  whatever."  Adams's  Manual  of 
historical  literature,  1888. 

Mahaffy,  John  Pentland.  930  M2S 

Prolegomena  to  ancient  history.     1871.    Longmans. 

Contents:  The  interpretation  of  legends  and  inscriptions. — A  survey  of  old  Egyp- 
tian literature. 

The  first  essay  in  pt.i  deals  with  the  different  forms  under  which  history  has 
been  written;  the  second,  with  the  value  of  legends  in  even  critical  history;  the  third 
and  fourth,  with  the  history  of  the  interpretation  of  Egyptian  and  cuneiform  inscrip- 
tions.    Pt.2  consists  of  a  general  survey  of  old  Egyptian  literature. 

Morey,  William  Carey.  930  M88 

Outlines  of  ancient  history,  for  the  use  of  high  schools  and  acade- 
mies.   1906.    Amer.  Book  Co. 

"A  classified  list  of  important  books  upon  ancient  history,"  P.S25-S36. 

Myers,  Philip  Van  Ness.  930  Mggan 

Ancient  history.     1904.     Ginn. 

Contents:  The  Eastern  nations. — Greece. — Rome. — The  Romano-German  or  transi- 
tion age. 

Being  a  revised  edition  of  his  "Ancient  history  for  colleges  and  high  schools." 

Myers,  Philip  Van  Ness,  &  Allen,  W.  F.  930  M99a 

Ancient  history  for  colleges  and  high  schools.  2v.  in  i.  ,1895-96. 
Ginn. 

Contents:  Eastern  nations  and  Greece,  by  P.  V.  N.  Myers. — Short  history  of  the 
Roman  people,  by  W.  F.  Allen. 

Sliupas,  Jonas,  (pseud.  Lietuvos  Myletojas).  930  S63 

Lietuviy  prateviai  Mazojoje  Azijoje,  nuo  senoves  iki  jie  pateko  po 
valdzia  Persy.    1906. 

Vipper,  Robert  Georgievich.    *  930  V34 

Trumpa  senobes  istorija;  is  rusiskos  kalbos  verte  D.    1904. 

Volney,  Constantin  Francois  de  Chasseboeuf,  comte  de.  q93o  V37 

Oeuvres  completes,  precedees  d'une  notice  sur  la  vie  et  les  ecrits  de 

I'auteur.    1838. 

Contents:  Les  ruincs. — La  loi  naturelle. — Voyage  en  £gypte  et  en  Syrie. — Re- 
cherches  nouvelles  sur  I'histoire  ancienne. — Lemons  d'histoire. — Histoire  de  Samuel. — 
Tableau  du  climat  et  du  sol  des  £tats-Unis. — ficlaircissements. 

Witkowska,  Helena.  930  W82 

Z  dziejow  ludzkosci.     191 1. 


ARCHiEOLOGY.    ANTIQUITIES  2053 


913     Archaeology.     Antiquities 

Bibliography 

Gonune,  George  Laurence,  ed.  1016.913  G59 

Index   of  archaeological  papers    [published  in   the   transactions  of 

societies  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland],  1665-1890.     1907.     Constable. 

Published  under  the  direction  of  the  Congress  of  Archaeological  Societies  in  union 
with  the  Society  of  Antiquaries. 

Author  index  to  the  transactions  of  nearly  loo  central  and  local  societies. 

The  same,  1891-1900.    1901.    Constable.    (In  Historic  Society  of  Lan- 
cashire and  Cheshire.    Transactions.) r942  H6a 


General  works 

qrgis  A51 
American  journal  of  archaeology;  index,  v.  12-21,  1897-1906. 

The  official  organ  of  the  Archaeological  Institute  of  America. 

For  earlier  index  and  for  volumes  of  magazine,  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

Archaeological  Institute  of  America.  r9i3  A66b 

Annual  report  (30th-date),  1908/09-date.  1910-date.  (In  its  Bulle- 
tin, v.i-date,  1909/io-date.) 

For  earlier  volumes  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

Michaelis,  Adolf  Theodor  Friedrich.  913  M66 

Die  archaologischen  entdeckungen  des  19.  jahrhunderts.     1906. 

"After  an  initial  chapter  dealing  with  our  knowledge  of  ancient  works  of  art  up 
to  the  end  of  the  eighteenth  century,  he  gives  a  clear  and  readable  account... of  all  the 
great  discoveries  in  Italy,  Greece,  Egypt,  and  other  Oriental  countries,  from  that  time 
down  to  the  year  1905."    Nation,  1907. 

Michaelis,  Adolf  Theodor  Friedrich.  913  M66c 

Century  of  archaeological   discoveries;   tr.  by   Bettina   Kahnweiler, 

with  a  preface  by  Percy  Gardner.    1908.    Murray. 
"Chronological  table,"  P.341-3S2. 
Rapid  survey  of  archseolog^ical  exploration  during  the   19th  century,  over  the  area 

of  the  undivided  Roman  empire  and  its  borderlands.     Especially  valuable  for  its  chapters 

on  German  and  French  discoveries,  those  of  England  and  the  United  States  receiving 

less  attention.     Illustrated. 

Wright,  Thomas,  1810-77.  913  W93 

Essays  on  archaeological  subjects  and  on  various  questions  con- 
nected with  the  history  of  art,  science  and  literature  in  the  midxlle  ages. 
2v.    1861.    Smith. 

Mosso,  Angelo.  q9i3-3  M93 

Dawn  of  Mediterranean  civilisation;  tr.  by  M.  C.  Harrison.  1910. 
Unwin. 

"Deals  with  the  development  of  culture  on  the  shores  of  the  Mediterranean,  which 
culminated  in  the  splendid  civilisation  of  Minoan  Crete,  upon  the  ruins  of  which  was 
founded  the  culture  of  classic  times Although  the  book  deals  with  this  culture  gener- 
ally, it  is  principally  devoted  to  its  neolithic  beginnings . . .  Professor  Mosso's  work  is  a 
most  interesting  and  valuable  contribution  to  the  study  of  pre-historic  Europe."  Out- 
look (London),  igio. 


2054  ANCIENT  HISTORY— EGYPT 

Stein,  Marc  Aurel.  913-31  S8ih 

Homokba  temetett  varosok;  regeszeti  es  foldrajzi  utazas  Indiabol 
Kelet-Turkesztanba,  1900-1901-ben ;  angolbol  atdolgozta  Halasz  Gyula. 
1908. 

Egypt 

History 
Breasted,  James  Henry.  93a  Byih 

History  of  the  ancient  Egyptians.  1908.  Scribner.  (Historical 
series  for  Bible  students.) 

"A  selected  bibliography,"  p.444-454. 

To  some  extent  an  abridgment  of  his  larger  history,  but  contains  also  the  results  of 
discoveries  made  in  the  interval.  Though  intended  ostensibly  for  Bible  students,  its 
authoritativeness  and  readable  style  recommend  it  to  a  wider  circle. 

Bryant,  Jacob.  rgsa  B84 

Observations  upon  the  plagues  inflicted  upon  the  Egyptians,  in 
which  is  shewn  the  peculiarity  of  those  judgments  and  their  corre- 
spondence with  the  rites  and  idolatries  of  that  people,  to  which  is  pre- 
fixed a  prefatory  discourse  concerning  the  Grecian  colonies  from  Egypt. 
1810.    Hamilton. 

Budge,  Ernest  Alfred  Thompson  Wallis.  93a  B85b 

Book  of  the  kings  of  Egypt;  or.  The  Ka,  Nebti,  Horus,  Suten  Bat 
and  Ra  names  of  the  pharaohs,  with  transliterations,  from  Menes,  the 
first  dynastic  king  of  Egypt,  to  the  emperor  Decius,  with  chapters  on 
the  royal  names,  chronology,  etc.  2v.  1908.  Paul.  (Books  on  Egypt 
and  Chaldaea.) 

V.I.     Dynasties  1-19. 

V.2.  Dynasties  20-30. — Macedonians  and  Ptolemies. — Roman  emperors. — Kings  of 
Napata  and  Meroe. 

Krug,  Carl,  (pseud.  Carl  Niebuhr).  qrgog  H4a  v.3 

Egypt.  1903.  (In  Helmolt,  H.  F.  ed.  World's  history,  v.3,  P.S87- 
721.) 

Antiquities 

British  Museum — Oriental  antiquities  department.  r9i3.3a  B75 

Guide  to  the  Egyptian  rooms.    2v.    1904. 
Eg3rpt  Exploration  Fund.  qr9i3-33  £373 

Archaeological  report;  index,  v.i-18,  1890-1908/09. 

For  volumes  of  report  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

Eg3rpt  Exploration  Fund.  r9i3.32  E37r 

Report  of  the  ordinary  general  meeting  (2d-6th),  1887/88-1891/92. 

The  report  of  the  2d  ordinary  general  meeting  is  the  report  of  the  6th  annual  gen- 
eral meeting.     Reports  of  the  4th-5th  annual  general  meetings  are  bound  with  it. 
For  later  volumes  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

Egypt  Exploration  Fund.  qr9i3-32  E378 

[Special  publications.]    v.4.    1902. 

V.4.     Cram,  W.  E.  ed.     Coptic  ostraca. 

For  V.1-3  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 


ANCIENT  HISTORY— EGYPT  2055 


Egypt  Exploration  Fund — Graeco-Roman  branch.  qrgis-sa  E37ga 

Publications.    v.8-ii.    1908-11. 

V.8-11.     Grenfell,  B.  P.  &  Hunt,  A.  S.     Oxyrhjrnchus  papyri,  pt.5-8. 
For  V.1-7  see  preceding  catalogues. 

Mariette,  Frangois  Augtiste  Ferdinand,  bey.  qbgi3.32  M38 

Karnak;  etude  topographique  et  archeologique,  avec  un  appendice 
comprenant  les  principaux  textes  hieroglyphiques  decouverts  ou  re- 
cueillis  pendant  les  fouilles  executees  a  Karnak.    2v.    1875. 

V.I.     Texte. 
v.a.     Planches. 

Maspero,  Sir  Gaston.  913.3a  M45n 

New  light  on  ancient  Egypt;  tr.  from  the  French  by  Elizabeth  Lee. 
1909.    Appleton. 

Essays  on  recent  researches  in  Egyptology,  for  the  general  reader. 

"About  the  value  of  the  book  for  the  fuller  appreciation  and  comprehension  of  many 
phases  of  Egyptian  archaeology,  history,  art,  literature,  religion,  and  magic,  there  can- 
not be  two  opinions.  If  there  is  a  more  capable  or  versatile  writer  on  these  subjects  it 
would  be  hard  to  name  him."    Nation,  1909. 

Miiller,  W.  Max.  qr9i3.32  M96 

Egyptological  researches;  results  of  a  journey  in  1904,  1906.  v.  1-2. 
1906-10.     (Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington.     Publication  no. 53.) 

"Dr.  Miiller  divided  his  attention  between  the  monuments  found  in  the  Museum  at 
Cairo  and  those  still  in  situ  at  Thebes. .  .Those  texts  which  have  to  do  with  the  rela- 
tions between  Egypt  and  Asia  or  Europe  claimed  particular  attention,  and  in  this  re- 
spect he  has  rendered  valuable  aid  to  students  of  early  Biblical  and  Palestinian  history 
by  investigating  the  local  names  preserved  in  the  hieroglyphic  writing.  The  book  con- 
sists of  above  two  dozen  monographs  or  essays  on  topics  suggested  by  the  texts  which 
his  tables  contain."    Nation,  1906. 

Naville,  fidouard.  V9^i-3^  E37 

Xlth  dynasty  temple  at  Deir  el-Bahari,  with  chapters  by  H.  R.  Hall 
and  E.  R.  Ayrton.  3  pts.  1907-13.  (In  Egypt  Exploration  Fund.  Mem- 
oirs, V.28,  30,  32.) 

Nicolai,  Johann.  r9i3.32  N31 

Johannis   Nicolai  Tractatus   de  Synedrio  .lEgyptiorum,  illorumque 

legibus  insignioribus.     1706. 

Reland's  "De  relig^ione  Mohammedica"  is  bound  with  this. 

Randall-Maclver,  David.  qr9i3-32  E37  v.23 

El  Amrah  and  Abydos,  1899-1901,  with  a  chapter  by  F.  LI.  Griffith. 
1902.     (In  Egypt  Exploration  Fund.     Memoirs,  v.23.) 

Rhind,  Alexander  Henry.  qrgiS-Sa  R38 

Thebes;  its  tombs  and  their  tenants,  ancient  and  present,  including 

a  record  of  excavations  in  the  necropolis.     1862.     Longmans. 
"A  standard  treatise  on  its  subject."    Dictionary  of  national  biography. 

Seiss,  Joseph  Augustus.  913-32  S46 

A  miracle  in  stone;  or,  The  Great  pyramid  of  Egypt.  1906.  General 
Council  Publication  House. 

Comprehensive  account  of  the  Great  pyramid  of  Gizeh,  particularly  of  the  recent 
discoveries  and  claims  with  regard  to  it. 


20S6  JUDEA.    HISTORY  OF  THE  JEWS 

Judea 
History  of  the  Jews 

For  Judaism,  see  296 

Benzinger,  Immanuel.  933  B44 

Geschichte  Israels  bis  auf  die  griechische  zeit.     1904. 
"Literatur,"  p.4. 

Dubnow,  Semion  Markovich.  933  D85 

Jewish  history;  an  essay  in  the  philosophy  of  history.  1903.  Jewish 
Publication  Soc.  of  America. 

Psychologfical  interpretation  of  Jewish  history  from  the  biblical  period  to  modern 
times. 

933  F62 

.(dib'tv  Dimw'jB)  in^nriD  p  pidt' 

933  F87 

933  G33 

.K»nn  r"n*3  '?h-\v^  'aa  "n  ,^in  mini  ^y 

933  G76h 

.n  '3s  ,^t3yn: 
nnyn  op  ,}»mK3i2Kn  Dn:'fi  b-\»v  nt<»  D:nint3  ,'7«"ityi  id**  ^in  "l£3D 

.oann  .k  .k  dnd 

933  G76hi 

.ytD3''tr5?:iDp^«s  yir-'iT'  xn 

933  H13 

Josephus,  Flavius.  r933  J440 

Flavii  Josephi  Hebraei  opera  omnia,  Graece  et  Latine,  excusa  ad 
editionem  Lugduno-Batavam  Sigeberti  Havercampii  cum  Oxoniensi 
Joannis  Hudsoni  collatam;  curavit  Franciscus  Oberthiir.  3v.  in  5. 
1782-85. 

933  W46 
.T1KD   ]2  B'TH  pT"K  ,D1S'n 

.nu  by2v  rrnn'?  dio'H  ^•)2':  ibd  ,T'B^Tm  "iTT  nn 

933  W68 


MEDO-PERSIA  2057 


Antiquities 
Bliss,  Frederick  Jones.  9i3«33  855 

Development  of  Palestine  exploration;  being  the  Ely  lectures  for 
1903.     1906.    Scribner. 

Contents:  The  dawn  of  exploration. — The  age  of  pilgrimage. — The  crusaders 
and  after. — From  Fabr:  to  Robinson. — Edward  Robinson. — Renan  and  his  contempo- 
raries.— The  Palestine  Exploration  Fund. — The  exploration  of  the  future. 

Author  has  spent  much  of  his  life  in  Palestine  and  its  immediate  vicinity  and  was 
for  ten  years  in  the  employ  of  the  Palestine  Exploration  Fund.  The  book  is  a  partial 
bibliography  of  exploration  in  Palestine,  with  more  or  less  extended  comment. 

Merrill,  Selah.  q9i3.33  M63a 

Ancient  Jerusalem.     1908.    Revell. 

"The  gist  of  Dr.  Merrill's  thesis  is  that,  contrary  to  the  generally  accepted  view  of 
the  present  day... the  original  city  of  Jerusalem  lay  not  on  the  eastern,  or  Temple  hill, 
but  northward  of  the  present  Zion,  or  westerly  hill,  in  the  neighborhood  of  the  Church 
of  the  Holy  Sepulchre."     Nation,  jgoS. 

Warren,  Sir  Charles.  913.33  Wa4 

Underground  Jerusalem;  an  account  of  some  of  the  principal  diffi- 
culties encountered  in  its  exploration  and  the  results  obtained,  with  a 
narrative  of  an  expedition  through  the  Jordan  valley  and  a  visit  to  the 
Samaritans.     1876.     Bentley. 

The  attraction  of  the  volume  lies  rather  in  the  narrative  of  personal  adventures 
than  in  archaeological  discoveries.  A  valuable  feature  is  the  statistical  account  of  the 
resources  of  Palestine,  as  well  as  the  description  of  the  various  classes  of  the  population 
and  their  distribution  among  the  different  trades. 

Wilson,  Sir  Charles  William.  913-33  W76 

Golgotha  and  the  holy  sepulchre;  ed.  by  Sir  C.M.Watson.  1906. 
Palestine  Exploration  Fund. 

"List  of  authors  and  authorities  referred  to,"  p.  149-1 55. 

Sir  Charles  Wilson  was  an  authority  on  the  ancient  topography  of  Jerusalem.  The 
book  contains  a  large  amount  of  information^  which  he  collected  on  the  question  of  the 
validity  of  the  traditional  sites  of  Calvary  and  the  holy  sepulchre.  Plans  and  illustra- 
tions. 

Wilson,  Sir  Charles  William,  and  others.  913-33  W76r 

Recovery  of  Jerusalem;  a  narrative  of  exploration  and  discovery  in 
the  city  and  the  Holy  Land,  with  an  introduction  by  A.  P.  Stanley;  ed. 
by  Walter  Morrison.     1871.    Bentley. 


Medo-Persia 

History 
Eraser,  James  Baillie.  935  F88 

Mesopotamia  and  Assyria  from  the  earliest  ages  to  the  present  time, 
with  illustrations  of  their  natural  history.    1842.    Harper. 

The  author  was  an  indefatigable  traveler,  visiting  India,  Persia,  Turkey  and  other 
countries  in  the  early  part  of  the  19th  century,  when  comparatively  little  was  known  of 
them.  His  works  for  that  reason  had  a  value  then  which  cannot  be  claimed  for  them 
to-day. 

Winckler,  Hugo.  qr909  H42  v.3 

Ancient  nearer  Asia.  1903.  (In  Helmolt,  H.  F.  ed.  World's  history, 
v.3,  p.  1-252.) 


2058  MEDO-PERSIA 


Antiquities 

Botta,  Paul  fimile,  &  Flandin,  E.  N.  qbgiS-SS  B64 

Monument  de  Ninive;  decouvert  et  decrit  par  P.  E.  Botta,  mesure  et 
dessine  par  E.  Flandin;  ouvrage  public  par  ordre  du  gouvernement.  5v. 
184^50. 

v.1-2.     Architecture  et  sculpture. 

v.3-4.     Inscriptions. 

V.5.     Texte. 

Clay,  Albert  Tobias.  913-35  C54 

Light  on  the  Old  testament  from  Babel.  1907.  Sunday  School 
Times  Co. 

"Excellent  reproductions  of  some  of  the  more  interesting  finds  in  ancient  Babylonia 
and  Assyria  may  be  found... The  text,  however,  displays  a  vicious  tendency  to  minimize 
the  changes  of  opinion  in  the  field  of  Hebrew  history  and  religion  made  necessary  by 
recent  discoveries,  and  to  gloss  over  the  similarities  and  magnify  the  differences  between 
Babylonian  conceptions  and  those  of  the  Biblical  narrative."     Nation,  igo7. 

Layard,  Sir  Austen  Henry.  qbgia.as  L43 

Monuments    of   Nineveh,   from   drawings   made   on    the   spot.     2v. 

1849-53.     Murray. 

v.2  title  reads  "Second  series  of  the  monuments  of  Nineveh,  including  bas-reliefs 

from  the  palace  of  Sennacherib  and  bronzes  from  the  ruins  of  Nimroud,  from  drawings 

made  on  the  spot  during  a  second  expedition  to  Assyria." 

Mahler,  Ede.  913.35  M25 

Babylonia  es  Assyria.    1906. 

Bibliography  at  the  end  of  every  chapter. 

Texier,  Charles  Felix  Marie.  qbgis-ss  T32 

Description  de  I'Armenie,  la  Perse  et  la  Mesopotamie;  geographic, 
geologic,  monuments  ancicns  &  moderncs,  moeurs  &  coutumes.  2v. 
1842-52. 

Rome 

History 

Arnold,  William  Thomas.  937  A76 

Studies  of  Roman  imperialism;  ed.  by  Edward  Fiddes,  with  memoir 
of  the  author  by  Mrs  Humphry  Ward  and  C.  E.  Montague.  1906.  Man- 
chester University  Press. 

"Bibliographical  note,"  P.24S-248. 

The  seven  historical  essays  in  this  volume  were  intended  to  be  part  of  a  history  of 
the  early  Roman  empire  which  the  author  did  not  live  to  complete. 

"They  deal  with  a  part  of  the  work  of  Augustus,  and  in  form  are  neither  systematic 
nor  wholly  chronological. .  .Four  of  the  chapters  treat  of  the  constitutional  aspect  of  the 
Principate  and  of  domestic  policy;  these  are  very  readable,  and  contain  some  excellent 
criticism ...  The  remaining  chapters  throw  a  bright  light  on  some  corners  of  the  empire, 
but,  in  spite  of  some  brilliant  patches  of  local  colour,  do  not  grive  a  finished  picture." 
English  historical  review,  1907. 

Bertolini,  Francesco.  937  B46 

Storia  romana  dai  piia  antichi  tempi  fino  alio  scioglimento  dcH' 
impero  occidentale;  scritta  ad  uso  della  gioventii  italiana.     1897. 


ANCIENT  HISTORY— ROME  2059 

Champney,  Mrs  Elizabeth  (Williams).  937  C35 

Romance  of  imperial  Rome.     1910.     Putnam. 

Contents:  Sulpicia. — The  song  of  the  sirens. — The  loves  of  Horace. — The  villa  of 
unhappy  love. — The  nameless  pedestal. — A  dog  of  Britain. — The  necklace  of  Vesta. — 
The  flight  of  Apollo. 

Combination  of  history  and  invention  in  which  some  of  the  heroines  of  imperial 
Rome  appear,  romantically  dressed  and  glorified. 

Davis,  William  Stearns.  937  D32 

Outline  history  of  the  Roman  empire  (44  B.  C.  to  378  A.  D.).  1909. 
Macmillan. 

Brief,  clear  and  readable  little  book  written  to  meet  the  needs  of  students  of  the 
middle  ages  who  are  not  familiar  with  the  conditions  and  institutions  which  had  so 
large  a  share  in  determining  the  character  of  European  civilization. 

Dion  Cassias  Cocceianus.  937  D62 

Dio's  Rome;  an  historical  narrative  originally  composed  in  Greek 
during  the  reigns  of  Septimius  Severus,  Geta  and  Caracalla,  Macrinus, 
Elagabalus  and  Alexander  Severus,  and  now  presented  in  English  form 
by  H.  B.  Foster.    6v.    1905-06.    Pafraets  Book  Co. 

"A  list  of  the  more  recent  dissertations  on  Cassius  Dio,"  v.i,  p.45-47. 

"A  list  of  the  principal  articles  on  Cassius  Dio  found  in  periodicals  for  twenty 
years  preceding  the  date  of  the  present  translation  (1884-1904),"  v.i,  p. 51-60. 

"The  diligence  of  Dion  as  an  historian  is  undoubted,  and  the  various  important 
offices  which  he  held  under  the  emperors  gave  him  valuable  opportunities  for  historical 
investigation.  Although  more  philosophical  than  the  compilations  of  the  mere  annalist, 
his  work  is  not  remarkable  for  vigour  of  judgment  or  critical  acumen.  His  style  is  far 
clearer  than  that  of  Thucydides,  whom  he  took  as  his  model."    Encyclopedia  Britannica. 

Ferguson,  Adam.  r937  F38 

History  of  the  progress  and  termination  of  the   Roman  republic. 

1825.    Jones. 

The  author  (1723-1816)  was  at  one  time  chaplain  in  a  Highland  regiment. 

"His  military  experience  gives  some  value  to  parts  of  his  narrative.     Thomas  Car- 

lyle  in  his  rectorial  address  to  the  Edinburgh  students  spoke  of  Ferguson  as  'particularly 

well  worth  reading  on  Roman  history.'  "     Dictionary  of  national  biography. 

Ferrero,  Guglielmo.  937  F41C 

Characters  and  events  of  Roman  history  from  Caesar  to  Nero;  tr. 
by  F.  L.  Ferrero;  the  Lowell  lectures  of  1908.     1909.    Putnam. 

Contents:  "Corruption"  in  ancient  Rome  and  its  counterpart  in  modern  history. — 
The  history  and  legend  of  Antony  and  Cleopatra. — The  development  of  Gaul. — Nero.— 
Julia  and  Tiberius. — Wine  in  Roman  history. — Social  development  of  the  Roman  em- 
pire.— Roman  history  in  modern  education. 

The  characters  are  studied  as  the  embodiment  of  great  national  tendencies  of  their 
age,  rather  than  as  isolated  personalities.  The  phases  of  Roman  life  and  history  are 
seen  as  episodes  in  larger  movements,  and  are  considered  from  economic  and  social 
standpoints. 

Ferrero,  Guglielmo.  937  F4ig 

Grandezza  e  decadenza  di  Roma.     5v.     1907-08. 
V.I.     La  conquista  dell'  impero. 
V.2.     Giulio  Cesare. 
V.3.     Da  Cesare  ad  Augusto. 
V.4.     La  repubblica  di  Augusto. 
v.s.     Augusto  e  il  grande  impero. 


2o6o  ANCIENT  HISTORY— ROME 

Ferrero,  Guglielmo.  937  F41 

The  greatness  and  decline  of  Rome.     5v.     1908-09.     Putnam. 

V.I.     The  empire  builders;  tr.  by  A.  E.  Zimmern. 

V.2.     Julius  Caesar;  tr.  by  A.  E.  Zimmern.  v 

V.3.     The  fall  of  an  aristocracy;  tr.  by  H.  J.  Chaytor. 

V.4.     Rome  and  Egypt;  tr.  by  H.  J.  Chaytor. 

V.5.     The  republic  of  Augustus;  tr.  by  H.  J.  Chaytor. 

"List  of  books  referred  to  in  the  text,"  v. 2,  P.353-3S8. 

Author  is  an  Italian,  well  known  for  his  work  in  anthropology,  sociology,  psychology 
and  economics.  His  main  thesis  in  this  history  is  "that  the  Roman  world-conquest. .  .was 
in  reality  the  effect  of  an  internal  transformation  which  is  continually  being  re-enacted 
in  the  history  of  societies  on  a  larger  or  a  smaller  scale,  promoted  by  the  same  causes 
and  with  the  same  resultant  confusion  and  suffering — the  growth  of  a  nationalist  and 
industrial  democracy  on  the  ruins  of  agricultural  aristocracies."  Remarkable  for  the 
breadth,  acuteness  and  originality  of  its  treatment,  for  its  emphasis  on  social  and  eco- 
nomic conditions,  for  the  freshness  and  vividness  of  its  personal  characterizations,  and 
for  its  essentially  dramatic  style. 

Formby,  Henry.  qr937  F77 

Ancient  Rome  and  its  connection  with  the  Christian  religion;  an 
outline  of  the  history  of  the  city  from  its  first  foundation  by  Romulus 
(B.  C.  753)  down  to  the  erection  of  the  chair  of  St.  Peter  in  the  Ostrian 
cemetery  (A.  D.  42-47).     1880.     Paul. 

Gereb,  Jozsef.  937  G31 

A  Romaiak  tortenete.  1899.  (Marczali,  Henrik,  ed.  Nagy  kepes 
vilagtortenet,  v.3.) 

Goldsmith,  Oliver.  937  G58 

History  of  Rome  from  the  foundation  of  the  city  of  Rome  to  the 

destruction  of  the  western  empire.    2v.     1820.     Bumpus. 

"It  appeared  in...  1769,  and  its  pleasant  style  gave  it  a  popularity  not  earned  by 

any  severe  research."     Dictionary  of  national  oiography. 

Heitland,  William  Emerton.  937  H42 

The  Roman  republic.    3v.     1909.     Cambridge  University  Press. 

V.I.  Introductory. — The  republic  to  the  union  of  the  orders. — The  union  of  Italy 
under  Rome. — Rome  and  Carthage. 

V.2.     Rome  an  imperial  republic. — Revolution;  the  Gracchi  to   Sulla. 

v.3.     Revolution;  Sulla  to  Caesar. — The  last  struggles  and  transition  to  the  empire. 

"Primarily  a  political  history;  literary,  economic,  and  military  history  are  only 
touched  on  as  bearing  on  public  life;  social  detail  is  considered  only  in  its  direct  rela- 
tions to  this."     Outlook  (London),  1910. 

Jones,  Henry  Stuart.  937  J41 

Roman  empire,  B.  C.  29-A.  D.  476.  1908.  Putnam.  (Story  of  the 
nations.) 

A  long  story  told  very  briefly  by  one  who  has  the  gift  to  compress  and  not  to 
abridge.  Putting  down  the  book,  the  reader  can  carry  in  his  mind  the  whole  marvelous 
story — looking  back  on  it  as  a  whole.  But  it  is  not  a  book  for  those  who  come  to  the 
matter  with  blank  minds  or  with  a  very  little  knowledge.  Condensed  from  Saturday 
review,  1908. 

Jung,  Julius.  qrgoQ  H43  v.4 

Italy  and  the  Roman  world-empire.  1902.  (In  Helmolt,  H.  F.  ed. 
World's  history,  v.4,  p.320-478.) 


ANCIENT  HISTORY— ROME  2061 

Michelet,  Jules.  937  M66 

History  of  the  Roman  republic;  tr.  by  William  Hazlitt.  1847. 
Bogue. 

"A  little  volume  of  conspicuous  merits  and  of  somewhat  serious  defects.  On  every 
page  it  shows  the  genius  of  the  author  in  the  skill  and  acumen  with  which  it  interprets 
the  events  it  describes.  Its  most  striking  characteristics  are  its  brilliancy  and  its  in- 
genuity. The  defects. .  .are  the  obscurity  of  many  of  the  author's  rhetorical  fig^ures, 
and  a  lack  of  thorough  information  on  some  important  points  of  Roman  history." 
Adams's  Manual  of  historical  literature. 

Mommsen,  Theodor.  937  M8ihi 

History  of  Rome  [to  29  B.C.];  tr.  by  W.  P.  Dickson,  sv.  1908. 
Scribner. 

The  same;  abridged  by  C.  Bryans  and  F.  J.  R.  Hendy.    1908.. 937  MSiha 

"Authorities"  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 

Title  reads  "History  of  the  Roman  republic." 

"To  be  ranked  among  those  really  great  historical  works  which  do  so  much  honour 
to  our  own  day.  We  can  have  little  doubt  as  to  calling  it  the  best  complete  Roman  His- 
tory we  have. .  .We  have  now,  for  the  first  time,  the  whole  history  of  the  Roman  Repub- 
lic really  written  in  a  way  worthy  of  the  greatness  of  the  subject"  Freeman's  Historical 
essays,  1889. 

Miinro,  Dana  Carleton.  937  M96 

Source  book  of  Roman  history.    1908.    Heath. 

"Biographies  of  authors  quoted,"  p.239-248. 

Pais,  Ettore.  937  P16 

Ancient  Italy;  historical  and  geographical  investigations  in  central 
Italy,  Magna  Graecia,  Sicily  and  Sardinia;  tr.  from  the  Italian  by  C.  D. 
Curtis.    1908,    University  of  Chicago  Press. 

Twenty-six  papers  which  originally  appeared  in  the  proceedings  of  various  Italian 
learned  societies  or  in  separate  pamphlets.  More  than  half  deal  with  southern  Italy  and 
Sicily,  three  relate  to  the  early  history  of  Rome,  while  the  remainder  are  allotted  to 
various  fields. 

Pelham,  Henry  Francis.  q937  P37e 

Essays;  collected  and  ed.  by  F.  Haverfield.     1911.     Clarendon  Press. 
Fourteen  essays  which  deal  exclusively  with  the  history  of  Rome. 

Pelham,  Henry  Francis.  937  Ps?* 

Outlines  of  Roman  history.     1907.    Putnam. 

"List  of  the  principal  modern  authorities  referred  to,"  p.9-12. 

"A  reprint,  with  many  additions  and  alterations,  of  the  article... in  the  last  edition 
of  the  Encyclopedia  Britannica."     Preface,  1893. 

Pennell,  Robert  Franklin,  comp.  937  P39 

Rome  from  the  earliest  times  down  to  476  A.  D.     1882.    Allyn. 
Binder's  title  reads  "Ancient  Rome." 
Text-book. 

Pollio,  Caius  Asinius.  937  P76b 

Der  bericht  iiber  die  spanischen  unruhen  des  jahres  48  v.  Chr. 
(Bellum  Alexandrinum  48-64);  auf  grund  des  codex  Asburnhamensis 
neu  hrsg.  von  Gustav  Landgraf.     1889. 

Pollio  (76  B.  C.-4  A.  D.)  was  a  Roman  orator,  poet  and  historian:  Only  frag- 
ments of  his  work  exist  and  it  is  a  matter  of  doubt  whether  he  wrote  any  portion  of 
the  "Bellum» Alexandrinum."  He  is  known,  however,  to  have  been  governor  of  Further 
Spain  in  B.  C.  45  and  therefore  would  have  been  likely  to  be  acquainted  with  the  events 
of  the  years  directly  preceding. 


2o62  ROME— ANTIQUITIES 


PoUio,  Caius  Asinius.  937  P76 

De  bello  Africo  conimentarius;  recensuerunt,  emendaverunt,  adno- 

tatione  illustraverunt  Eduardus  Wolfflin  et  Adamus  Miodonski.     1889. 

The  view  held  by  the  editors  that  Pollio  was  the  author  of  the  "Bellum  Africum" 
has  been  contested,  its  opponents  asserting  that  Pollio  did  not  go  through  the  entire 
war  as  the  writer  of  the  narrative  must  have  done. 

Sanders,  Henry  Arthur,  ed.  rgay  Sair 

Roman  history  and  mythology.  1910.  Macmillan.  (Michigan  Uni- 
versity studies;  humanistic  series,  v.4.) 

Contents:  Studies  in  the  life  of  Heliogabalus,  by  O.  F.  Butler. — The  myth  of  Her- 
cules at  Rome,  by  J.  G.  Winter. — Roman  law  studies  in  Livy,  by  A.  E.  Evans. — Remi- 
niscences of  Ennius  in  Silius  Italicus,  by  L.  B.  Woodruff. 


Antiquities 
Abbott,  Frank  Frost.  9i3'37  Ai3 

Society  and  politics  in  ancient  Rome;  essays  and  sketches.  1909. 
Scribner. 

Contents:  Municipal  politics  in  Pompeii. — The  story  of  two  oligarchies. — Women 
and  public  affairs  under  the  Roman  republic. — Roman  women  in  the  trades  and  pro- 
fessions.— The  theatre  as  a  factor  in  Roman  politics  under  the  republic. — Petronius;  a 
study  in  ancient  realism. — A  Roman  Puritan  [Persius]. — Petrarch's  Letters  to  Cicero. — 
Literature  and  the  common  people  of  Rome. — The  career  of  a  Roman  student  [Cicero]. 
— Some  spurious  inscriptions  and  their  authors. — The  evolution  of  the  modern  forms  of 
the  letters  of  our  alphabet. 

Baddeley,  Welbore  St.  Clair.  913.37  B14 

Recent  discoveries  in  the  Forum,  1898-1904;  a  handbook  for  travel- 
lers.    1904.    Macmillan. 

Barker,  Ethel  Ross.  9i3>37  624 

Buried  Herculaneum.    1908.    Black. 

"Bibliography  of  the  most  important  works  on  Herculaneum,"  p.  197-216. 
Concise,  useful  account  of  excavations  and  of  the  marbles  and  bronzes  discovered. 
Plans,  many  illustrations  from  photographs. 

British  School  at  Rome.  qr9i3-37  B75 

Papers,     v.4-5.     1907-10. 

For  contents  see  Contents  book  kept  at  the  reference  desk. 

For  v.i-3  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Burton,  Edward.  r9i3-37  B95 

Description  of  the  antiquities  and  other  curiosities  of  Rome.  1821. 
Parker. 

Davis,  William  Stearns.  913-37  ^32 

Influence  of  wealth  in  imperial  Rome.     1910.    Macmillan. 

Contents:  The  business  panic  of  33  A.  D. — Political  corruption  and  high  finance, 
especially  under  the  later  republic. — Commerce,  trade  and  the  accumulation  of  wealth. — 
The  expenditure  of  wealth. — Slaves,  freedmen  and  plebeians. — Private  munificence  and 
some  modern  phases. — Marriage,  divorce  and  childlessness. — Some  reasons  why  th« 
Roman  empire  fell. 

"Chronological  reference  list,"  p.9-11. 

Dennis,  George.  913-37  D432 

Cities  and  cemeteries  of  Etruria.    2v.     1883.     Murray. 
Contains  illustrations  and  plans.  • 

"Two  volumes  of  valuable  information  on  Etruscan  archseologry."     Adams's  Manual 

of  historical  literature. 


ROME— ANTIQUITIES  2063 

Fowler,  William  Warde.  913-37  F84S 

Social  life  at  Rome  in  the  age  of  Cicero.     1909.    Macmillan. 
Faithful  and  vivid  picture  of  the  daily  life  of  all  classes,  including  chapters  on  their 
bouses,   religion,   education  and   public  amusements.      Based   on    Cicero's  letters,   other 
literature  of  the  period  and  Marquardt's  "Privatleben  der  Romer."     Maps  and  plans. 

Friedlander,  Ludwig.  9I3-37  Fgsr 

Roman  life  and  manners  under  the  early  empire;  authorized  trans- 
lation of  the  seventh  enlarged  and  revised  edition  of  the  Sittengeschichte 
Roms,  by  L.  A.  Magnus  and  J.  H.  Freese.    v.1-3.     [1908-09.]     Routledge. 
V.3  contains  index. 

"Presents  a  view  of  the  Graeco-Roman  civilization  in  its  culminating  period  at 
once  the  most  comprehensive  and  the  fullest  in  detail  of  any  now  accessible  to  the  gen- 
eral reader."     Outlook,  igio. 

Gow,  James.  913-37  G75m 

Minerva;   introduction   a   I'etude   des   classiques   scolaires   grecs   et 

latins;  ouvrage  adapte  aux  besoins  des  ecoles  franqaises  par  Salomon 

Reinach.     1907. 

Companion  volume  to  Reinach's  "Apollo"  (709  R3:). 

.Attempts  to  furnish  logically  and  in  historical  sequence,  the  information   required 

by  young  students  for  intelligent  use  of  the  classics.     Considers  the  classical  texts,  the 

history  and  political  economy  of  Greece  and  Rome,  the  drama  and  the  customs  of  the 

theatre. 

Huelsen,  Christian  Carl  Friedrich.  9^3-37  H88 

Roman  forum;  its  history  and  its  monuments;  tr.  from  the  2d  Ger- 
man edition  by  J.  B.  Carter.     1909.     Loescher. 
"Sources  and  recent  literature,"  p. 253-260. 

Author  is  the  one  man  best  fitted  to  speak  with  wisdom  and  authority  on  all  matters 
of  Roman  topography.  This  handbook,  with  112  illustrations  and  plans,  many  of  them 
inaccessible  elsewhere,  is  an  eminently  practical  guide  for  use  in  the  study  or  among  the 
ruins  themselves. .   Condensed  from  Nation,  1904. 

Jones,  Henry  Stuart.  913.37  J41 

Classical  Rome.    1910.    Richards.    (Grant  Allen's  Historical  guides.) 

Historical  guide  to  the  monuments  of  ancient  Rome. 

Lanciani,  Rodolfo.  9^3-37  L21W 

Wanderings  in  the  Roman  Campagna.    1909.    Houghton. 
Contents:    The  land  of  Saturn. — The  land  of  Horace. — The  land  of  Hadrian. — The 
land  of  Gregory  the  Great. — The  land  of  Cicero. — The  land  of  Pliny  the  younger,  and 
the  land  of  Nero. — Appendix:    The  praises  of  a  country  life,  by  Horace;  tr.  by  J.  M. 
Moore. 

The  author's  plan  is  to  traverse  the  Roman  Campagna  in  the  company  of  this  or 
that  famous  personage,  and  to  reconstruct  the  life  of  the  time,  for  example,  of  Cicero 
at  his  villa  in  Tusculum,  or  Horace  on  the  Sabine  farm.  Thus,  in  pleasantly  untech- 
nical  language,  he  brings  archaeology  within  the  scope  of  the  general  reader. 

Lindsay,  Alexander  William  Crawford,  lord.  913-37  L72 

Etruscan  inscriptions  analysed,  translated  and  commented  upon. 
•  1872.     Murray. 

The  object  of  the  book  is  not  so  much  to  give  an  accurate  interpretation  of  the 
inscriptions  as  to  show  that  the  language  employed  in  them  was  an  ancient  form  of 
German  and  to  prove  that  the  Etruscans  were  a  branch  of  the  Teutonic  race. 


2o64  ROME— ANTIQUITIES 

Macmillan,  Hugh.  913-37  M21 

Roman  mosaics;  or,  Studies  in  Rome  and  its  neighbourhood.  1888. 
Macmillan. 

Contents:  A  walk  to  church  in  Rome. — The  Appian  way. — The  Cumsan  sibyl. — 
Footprints  in  Rome. — The  Roman  forum. — The  Egyptian  obelisks. — The  painted  tomb  at 
Veii. — Holed  stones  and  martyr  weights. — St.  Onofrio  and  Tasso. — The  marbles  of  an- 
cient Rome. — The  Vatican  codex. — St.  Paul  at  Puteoli. 

Marquardt,  Joachim.  913-37  M41 

La  vie  privee  des  Romains;  tr.  par  Victor  Henry.     2v.     1892-93. 

Nieupoort,  Willem  Hendrik.  r9i3.37  N33 

G.  H.  Nieupoort,  Rituum,  qui  olim  apud  Romanes  obtinuerunt,  suc- 
cincta  explicatio,  ad  intelligentiam  veterum  auctorum  facili  methodo 
conscripta.     1784. 

Overbeck,  Johannes  Adolf.  b9i3.37  O33 

Pompeji  in  seinen  gebauden,  alterthiimern  und  kunstwerken,  fiir 
kunst-  und  alterthumsfreunde.     1856. 

Preston,  Harriet  Waters,  &  Dodge,  L.  P.  913-37  P93 

Private  life  of  the  Romans.  1893.  Sanborn.  (Students'  series  of 
Latin  classics.) 

Sandys,  John  Edwin,  ed.  913-37  S22 

Companion  to  Latin  studies;  ed.  for  the  Syndics  of  the  University 
Press.    1910.    Cambridge  University  Press. 

Contents:  Geography  and  ethnology  of  Italy. — Fauna  and  flora. — History. — Re- 
ligion and  mythology. — Private  antiquities. — Public  antiquities. — Art — Literature. — 
Epjgrraphy,  palaeography,  textual  criticism. — Language,  metre,  history  of  scholarship. 

Contains  numerous  bibliogrraphies. 

Aim  of  the  work,  to  which  there  are  25  contributors,  is  to  supply  such  information, 
apart  from  that  contained  in  histories  and  g^rammars,  as  would  be  most  useful  to  the 
student  of  Latin  literature. 

Taylor,  Isaac.  9^3-37  T25 

Etruscan  researches.    1874.    Macmillan. 

Argument  to  prove  the  Turanian  origin  of  the  Etruscans.  Based  on  a  consideration 
of  their  physical  peculiarities,  civil  and  religious  polity,  mythology,  laws  of  inheritance, 
marriage  and  sepulchral  customs  and  monumental  remains. 

Tucker,  Thomas  George.  913-37  T81 

Life  in  the  Roman  world  of  Nero  and  St.  Paul.  1910.  Macmillan. 
Learned  and  competent  book  put  in  clear  and  vigorous  style.     Tells  us  valuable 

things  about  water-supply,  furniture,  and  the  like,  in  addition  to  the  clean  and  able 

survey  of 'the  political  condition  of  imperial  Rome.     A  list  of  references  would  add 

value  to  the  book.     Illustrated.     Adapted  from  Athenaum,  1911. 

Waldstein,  Charles,  &  Shoobridge,  L.  K.  H.  qr9i3-37  W16 

Herculaneum,  past,  present  and  future.     1908.     Macmillan. 

"Bibliography  of  Herculaneum,"  p.306-318. 

Consists  of  three  parts.  In  the  first  there  is  a  careful  account  of  previous  excava- 
tions at  Herculaneum,  and  the  works  of  art  that  were  found  in  them.  The  next  is  a 
kind  of  treatise  on  excavation,  and  the  third  consists  of  correspondence  between  Prof. 
Waldstein  and  various  eminent  personages  in  regard  to  a  scheme  for  international  ex- 
cavation. Throughout  the  book  the  object  of  the  authors  is  always  apparent — to  urge 
the  excavation  of  the  site,  if  not  by  an  international  commission,  then  at  least  by  the 
Italian  authorities.     Condensed  from  Athenaum,  1909. 


ANCIENT  HISTORY— GREECE  2065 

Greece 

History 
Bury,  John  Bagnell.  938  Bgsa 

The  ancient  Greek  historians  (Harvard  lectures).    1909.    Macmillan. 

Contents:  The  rise  of  Greek  history  in  Ionia. — Herodotus. — Thucydides. — The  de- 
velopment of  Greek  historiography  after  Thucydides. — Polybius  (and  Poseidonius). — 
The  influence  of  Greek  on  Roman  historiography. — Views  of  the  ancients  concerning 
the  use  of  history. — Appendix:     The  re-handling  of  his  history  by  Thucydides. 

"Bibliography,"  p.267-271. 

Fling,  Fred  Morrow.  938  F64 

Source  book  of  Greek  history.    1909.    Heath. 

"Bibliography,"  p.339-349- 

Goldsmith,  Oliver.  938  G58 

Grecian  history  from  the  earliest  state  to  the  death  of  Alexander  the 

Great;  to  which  is  added  a  summary  account  of  the  affairs  of  Greece 

from  that  period  to  the  sacking  of  Constantinople  by  the  Othomans. 

2v.     1785.     Rivington. 

Goldsmith's  histories  were  written  as  hackwork  and  are  merely  compilations   from 

well-known   writers,  but  he  understood  the  art  of  selection  and  condensation  and   the 

charm  of  his  style  makes  them  readable. 

Grote,  George.  938  G94h 

History  of  Greece  from  the  time  of  Solon  to  403  B.C.;  condensed 
and  ed.  with  notes  and  appendices  by  J.  M.  Mitchell  and  M.  O.  B.  Cas- 
pari.    1907.    Routledge. 

Bibliography,  P.23-2S. 

It  has  been  condensed  by  leaving  out  the  mythical  and  early  historical  portions  and 
all  that  follows  the  fall  of  Athens. 

Grundy,  George  Beardoe.  938  G947 

Thucydides  and  the  history  of  his  age.    191 1.    Murray. 

"This  book  is  preliminary  to  a  historical  edition  of  Thucydides." 

Contains  maps. 

"The  three  subjects  he  brings  before  us  are  the  life  and  work  of  Thucydides  as  a 
writer  and  thinker;  the  economic  causes  of  the  great  war  which  Thucydides  has  inade- 
quately described,  owing  to  his  want  of  appreciation  of  those  causes;  and  lastly,  the  art 
of  fighting  as  practised  by  the  Greeks  of  that  age,  and  its  consequent  effect  on  the 
questions  of  war  and  peace."    Athenceum,  jgii. 

Hill,  George  Francis,  cotnp.  rgsS  H55 

Sources  for  Greek  history  between  the  Persian  and  Peloponnesian 
wars.    1907.    Clarendon  Press. 

Greek  text. 

New  edition,  revised  and  enlarged,  of  a  work  first  published  in  1897. 

"Treats  of  eastern  and  western  Greece,  of  Athens  and  Sparta  and  the  federative 
and  imperial  systems  that  these  two  cities  represented,  of  the  external  and  constitutional 
history  of  the  Greek  States,  and  of  the  lives  of  eminent  men.  The  selections  are  in  the 
original  languages,  and  are  both  literary  and  epigraphic.  The  work  is  thus  adapted  to 
the  needs  of  scholars  and  of  advanced  college  students."     Nation,  1897. 

Pennell,  Robert  Franklin,  comp.  938  P39 

Ancient  Greece  from  the  earliest  times  down  to  146  B.  C.     1885. 

AUyn. 

Text-book  composed  of  selections  chiefly  from  Curtius  and  Rawlinson. 


2o66  GREECE— ANTIQUITIES 

Smith,  Sir  William.  938  S66a 

Smaller  history  of  Greece  [to  146  B.  C] ;  revised,  enlarged  and  in 
part  rewritten  by  C.  L.  Brownson,  with  an  introduction  on  ancient 
oriental  nations.    1902.    Amer.  Book  Co. 

"First  published  in  1854,  this  is  still  one  of  the  best  summaries  in  our  language  of 
the  ancient  history  of  Greece  for  the  use  of  schools  and  colleges.  It  follows  Grote  as 
an  authority,  many  of  its  parts  being  chiefly  an  abridgment  of  that  distinguished  his- 
torian."   Adams's  Manual  of  historical  literature,  1888. 

J938  S84 
Stories  of  Greece  and  Rome;  retold  from  St.  Nicholas.    1909.    Century. 

Contents:  Stokies  of  Greece:  A  boy  of  Galatia,  by  Samuel  Scoville,  jr. — An  old- 
time  philosopher,  by  Eleanor  Lewis. — The  Olympian  games,  by  G.  T.  Ferris. —  Those 
clever  Greeks,  by  Arlo  Bates. — Venus  of  Milo,  by  M.  D.  Ruff. — Anecdotes  of  Grecian 
life,  by  E.  H.  House. — Stories  of  Rome:  A  Roman  boy's  birthday,  by  B.  E.  Bush. — 
The  noblest  of  Roman  emperors,  by  E.  C.  Lewis. — A  great  show  A.  D.  105,  by  Alfred 
Church. — A  youth  of  ancient  Rome,  by  E.  C.  Lewis. — Battle-ships  and  sea-fights  of  the 
ancients,  by  J.  O.  Davidson. 

Tappan,  Eva  March.  938  T19 

Story  of  the  Greek  people;  an  elementary  history  of  Greece.     1908. 

Houghton. 

Details  of  wars  are  subordinated  to  studies  in  the  life  of  the  people.     Numerous 

well  chosen  illustrations. 

Antiquities 

American  School  of  Classical  Studies  at  Athens.  r9i3  A66b 

Annual  report  (28th-date),  1908/09-date.  1910-date.  (In  Archaeo- 
logical Institute  of  America.    Bulletin,  v.i-date,  1909/io-date.) 

This  school  is  affiliated  with  the  Archaeological  Institute  of  America. 
For  earlier  volumes  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

American  School  of  Classical  Studies  at  Athens.  <1>^9I3'38  A5ib 

Bulletin,    v.5.     1902. 

For  V.1-4  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

[Barbie  du  Bocage,  Jean  Denis.]  qrgis-sS  B23 

Maps,  plans,  views  and  coins,  illustrative  of  the  travels  of  Anacharsis 
the  younger  in  Greece,  during  the  middle  of  the  fourth  century  before 
the  Christian  a:ra.     1791.    Robinson. 

Barthelemy,  Jean  Jacques.  rgiS-SS  B27 

Travels  of  Anacharsis  the  younger,  in  Greece  during  the  middle  of 

the  fourth  century  before  the  Christian  sera;  abridged.     1810.     Vernor. 

Botticher,  Adolf.  qbg  13.38  B64 

Olympia,  das  fest  und  seine  statte;  nach  den  berichten  der  alten  und 
den  ergebnissen  der  deutschen  ausgrabungen.     1883. 

Author  was  one  of  the  architects  engaged  in  the  German  excavation  of  Olympia.  A 
considerable  part  of  the  book  is  given  up  to  an  account  of  the  ancient  festival,  the  games, 
judges,  sacred  rites,  etc.  After  this,  the  history  of  the  place  is  given  briefly  in  four 
chronological  periods,  under  each  of  which  the  objects  discovered  belonging  to  it,  whether 
of  architecture  or  sculpture,  are  described  and  discussed.  There  are  15  plates  and  74 
illustrations  in  the  text.    Condensed  from  Nation,  1883. 

British  Museum — Greek  and  Roman  antiquities  r9i3.38  B756 

department. 
Guide  to  the  exhibition  illustrating  Greek  and  Roman  life.    1908. 


GREECE— ANTIQUITIES  2067 

British  School  at  Athens.  qrgiS-sS  B75 

Annual;  index,  v.i-16,  1894-1910. 

For  volumes  of  publication  sec  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

Clark,  William  George.  913-38  C52 

Peloponnesus;  notes  of  study  and  travel.    1858.    Parker. 

Fuente,  Ricardo.  913-38  F97 

La  antigiiedad  clasica.    1894.     (Biblioteca  selecta  para  la  juventud.) 

Gardiner,  Edward  Norman.  913-38  G17 

Greek  athletic  sports  and  festivals.    1910.    Macmillan.     (Handbooks 
of  archaeology  and  antiquities.) 
"Bibliography,"  p.si  1-517. 

"The  first  part  of  this  exhaustive  work  is  a  history  of  Greek  athletics  from  the 
earliest  times  to  393  A.  D.  Special  attention  is  given  to  the  evils  of  professionalism  and 
corruption  as  shown  in  the  decline  of  athletics  from  338  to  146  B.  C.  The  second  part 
...is  a  detailed  description  of  the  technique  of  Greek  sports,  and  will  appeal  to  all  who 
are  interested  in  modern  athletic  training."     A.  L.  A.  booklift,  1910. 

Guhl,  Ernst,  &  Koner,  Wilhelm.  q9i3-38  GgSh 

Hellada  i  Roma;  zycie  Grekow  i  Rzymian,  z  szostego  wydania 
niemieckiego,  calkowicie  na  nowo  opracowanego  przez  Ryszarda  Engel- 
manna  przetlomaczyt  Stanislaw  Mieczynski.    2v.    1896. 

V.I.     Hellada. 

V.2.     Roma. 

Polish  translation  of  "Life  of  the  Greeks  and  Romans." 

Lempriere,  John,  comp.  i'9i3-38  L59 

Bibliotheca  classica;  or,  A  classical  dictionary,  containing  a  copious 
account  of  the  principal  proper  names  mentioned  in  ancient  authors, 
with  the  value  of  coins,  weights  and  measures  used  among  the  Greeks 
and  Romans;  enl.  by  Charles  Anthon.    2v.    1833.    Carvill. 

Mahaffy,  John  Pentland.  913-38  M35W 

What  have  the  Greeks  done  for  modern  civilisation?  the  Lowell 
lectures  of  1908-09.    1909.    Putnam. 

Contents:  Introductory. — Greek  poetry. — Greek  prose. — Greek  art:  Architecture 
and  sculpture;  Painting  and  music. — Science:  Grammar,  logic,  mathematics,  medicine. — 
Politics,  sociology,  law. — Higher  thinking,  philosophy,  speculative  and  practical  theology. 

Philios,  Demetrios.  913-38  P49 

Eleusis;  her  mysteries,  ruins  and  museum;  tr,  by  Hamilton  Gatliff. 
1906.    Appleton. 

Author  was  director  of  the  excavations  at  Eleusis  from  1882  to  1894.  No  account 
is  given  of  the  discoveries  made  there  since  that  time. 

Robinson,  John,  1774-1840.  rgis.sS  R55 

Archajologia  Grseca;  or.  The  antiquities  of  Greece;  being  an  ac- 
count of  the  manners  and  customs  of  the  Greeks.     1807.     Phillips. 

Tucker,  Thomas  George.  913-38  T81 

Life  in  ancient  Athens;  the  social  and  public  life  of  a  classical 
Athenian  from  day  to  day.    1906.    Macmillan. 

Contents:  General  features  of  Athens  and  its  environment — Public  buildings, 
streets,  etc. — Citizens,  outlanders,  slaves,  women. — House  and  furniture. — The  social  day 
of  a  typical  citizen  (till  dinner). — Citizen's  social  day;  dinner,  etc. — Woman's  life  and 
fashions. — Boyhood. — Education   and    training. — Army   and    navy. — Religion. — Festivals 


2o68  CRETE 

Tucker,  Thomas  George — continued.  913-38  T81 

and  the  theatre. — Council  and  assembly. — An  Athenian  trial. — Burial. — Athenian  art. — 
Modernness  of  the  Athenian. 

"There  is  no  previous  book  which  covers  exactly  the  same  ground,  Mr.  Mahaffy's 
Social  Life  in  Greece  [913.38  Mass]  being  perhaps  the  nearest  competitor.  Dr.  Tucker's 
aim  has  been  to  g^ve  the  daily  life,  recounted  in  interesting  fashion,  of  the  Athenian 
citizen  in  the  days  of  the  most  characteristic  or  classical  period  of  Athens,  ».  e.  for  the 
century  from  the  middle  of  the  fifth  century  B.  C.  onward."     Outlook  (London),  1907. 

Wordsworth,  Christopher,  1807-85,  hp.  913-38  W89 

Athens  and  Attica;  journal  of  a  residence  there.     1836.    Murray. 
Record  of  a  journey  made  in  1832-33.    Author  was  a  keen  observer  and  the  work 
is  still  an  authority. 

Crete 

Antiquities 

American  Exploration  Society,  Philadelphia.  <ir9i3-39  A51 

Gournia,  Vasiliki  and  other  prehistoric  sites  on  the  Isthmus  of  Hiera- 
petra,  Crete;  excavations  of  the  Wells-Houston-Cramp  expeditions, 
1901,  1903,  1904,  by  H.  B.  Hawes,  and  others.     1908. 

Baikie,  James.  9^3-39  B15 

Sea-kings  of  Crete.    1910.    Black. 

"Bibliography,"  p.262-263. 

"The  author  writes  with  keen  but  tempered  enthusiasm  of  the  'finds'  at  Cnossus, 
Phaestus,  and  Hagia  Triada,  and  what  they  seem  to  show . . .  The  relations  of  Crete  with 
Greece,  the  Cyclades,  and  Egypt  are  discussed  and  illustrated  by  parallelisms  in  pottery, 
sculpture,  and  metal-working;  and  about  thirty  excellent  half-tone  plates  show  the  princi- 
pal architectural  and  artistic  results  of  the  various  excavations.  The  book  is ...  as  read- 
able as  any  romance."    Dial,  1911. 

Burrows,  Ronald  Montagu.  9^3-39  B94 

The  discoveries  in  Crete  and  their  bearing  on  the  history  of  ancient 
civilisation.     1908.     Murray. 

"Bibliography,"  p. 231-236. 

"Author  is  (1908)  professor  of  Greek  in  University  College,  Cardiff.  Written  in 
untechnical  language,  with  the  object  of  supplying  a  picture  of  Cretan  civilization  as  a 
whole,  and  to  serve  not  only  as  an  introduction  to  the  subject,  but  also  as  a  bibliographi- 
cal guide  to  students  who  wish  to  pursue  it  seriously."  Bulletin  of  the  Bromley  Public 
Library. 

Hawes,  Charles  Henry,  &  Hawes,  Mrs  H.  A.  (Boyd).  913-39  H36 

Crete,  the   forerunner   of   Greece,  with  a  preface   by   A.  J.  Evans. 
1909.     Harper.     (Harper's  library  of  living  thought.) 
"Bibliography,"  p.isi. 

Authors  have  the  great  advantage  of  writing,  not  as  scribes  but  as  active  workers 
in  the  field.  They  present  a  vivid  picture  of  Cretan  civilization  and  have  brought  out 
the  essential  features  without  neglecting  the  finer  shades  of  the  picture.  Will  prove 
absorbing  reading  not  only  to  the  layman,  but  also  to  the  trained  archxologist.  Con- 
densed from  Nation,  igio. 

Mosso,  Angelo.  q9i3-39  M93 

Palaces  of  Crete  and  their  builders.  1907.  Putnam. 
Contents:  The  excavations. — The  palace  of  Phzstos. — ^A  Mycensan  villa. — The 
ruins  of  Gortyna. — The  palace  of  Knossos. — Women's  dress. — The  craftsmen  of  Minos. 
— Prehistoric  socialism. — Mycenae. — Myths  and  religions  of  Crete. — Bull-grappling. — 
Footgear  in  the  time  of  Minos. — Sculpture  and  painting. — Woman  in  the  ancient  re- 
ligions.— Cooking  in  poetry  and  in  real  life. — The  theatre  and  music — Mediterranean 
civilisation  not  derived  from  the  Indo-German  race. 


ASIA  MINOR.     SYRIA  2069 

Asia  Minor 

Wood,  John  Turtle.  VQiS-SQ  W85 

Discoveries  at  Ephesus,  including  the  site  and  remains  of  the  great 
temple  of  Diana.     1877.    Osgood. 

Narrative  of  results  of  excavations  carried  on  from  1863  to  1874  under  the  aus- 
pices of  the  trustees  of  the  British  Museum.  Relates  chiefly  to  discoveries  on  the 
site  of  the  Temple  of  Diana.  The  appendix  contains  a  selection  of  the  Greek  and 
Latin  inscriptions  found. 

Syria 

History 

Kenrick,  John.  939-4  Ki8 

Phoenicia.     1855.     Fellowes. 

Contains,  in  addition  to  the  historical  account  of  Phoenicia,  a  survey  of  its  geogra- 
phy, colonies,  commerce,  language  and  literature,  manufactures  and  arts,  government 
and  religion. 

Price,  David.  qr939-4  P94 

Essay  towards   the   history  of  Arabia  antecedent  to  the  birth   of 

Mahommed;'  arranged   from   the   Tarikh   Tebry  and  other   authentic 

sources.     1824.     Privately  printed. 

Tabari,  from  whose  work  this  is  largely  compiled,  was  a  famous  Persian  historian, 
who  wrote  a  history  of  the  world  dating  from  the  creation  to  302  A.  H. 


Antiquities 
Garstang,  John.  913.39  G19 

Land  of  the  Hittites;  an  account  of  recent  explorations  and  dis- 
coveries in  Asia  Minor,  with  descriptions  of  the  Hittite  monuments. 
1910.    Constable. 

"Bibliography,"  p.392-394;  "Index  of  Hittite  monuments,  with  bibliography," 
P.39S-40I. 

Petrie,  William  Matthew  Flinders.  q9i3-39  P46 

Researches  in  Sinai,  with  chapters  by  C.  T.  Currelly.  1906.  Murray. 
Result  of  four  months'  investigation  made  by  the  well-known  English  Egyptologist 
of  the  ancient  mines  at  Maghareh  and  Serabit  and  of  the  ruins  of  the  temple  at  the 
latter  place.  He  touches  briefly  upon  the  story  of  the  exodus,  agreeing  in  the  main 
with  the  traditional  view  that  the  children  of  Israel  traveled  over  that  part  of  the 
peninsula,  but  advancing  an  original  theory  in  regard  to  their  numbers.  Illustrated  by 
photographs  of  rock-cut  inscriptions  and  of  desert  scenery. 

Trumbull,  Henry  Clay.  913-39  T77 

Kadesh-Barnea;  its  importance  and  probable  site,  including  studies 
of  the  route  of  the  exodus  and  the  southern  boundary  of  the  Holy  Land. 
1884.    Hodder. 

"List  of  authorities  cited,"  p.435-44S- 

Discussion  of  the  location  of  the  biblical  city  of  Kadesh,  the  site  of  which  has  been 
the  subject  of  such  earnest  debate  among  scholars.  The  author  supports  by  his  testi- 
mony and  research  Rowlands's  identification  of  its  site  with  'Ayn  Quadees,  or  Ain 
Kadis. 


2070  EUROPE— HISTORY 


Europe 

940     History 


Creighton,  Mrs  Louise  Hume  (von  Glehn).  J940  C87 

Heroes  of  European  history.     1906.    Longmans. 

Chapters  on  The  greatness  of  Athens.  —  Rome's  great  rival.  —  Saladin  and  the 
crusades. — Russia  and  the  Tartar  invasion. — The  Hundred  years'  war  and  Jeanne  Dare. 
— ^Henry  IV  of  France.— Frederick  the  Great,  king  of  Prussia. — Victor  Emmanuel. — Bis- 
marck and  German  unity. 

Kircheisen,  Friedrich  M.  contp.  qroi6.94  K28 

Bibliographic  du  temps  de  Napoleon,  comprenant  I'histoire  des 
£tats-Unis.    v.i.     1908. 

"Les  sources  principales,"  v.i,  p.9-34. 

Larson,  Laurence  Marcellus,  contp.  r940  L33 

Syllabus  of  European  history,  for  secondary  schools.  1909.  Uni- 
versity of  Illinois. 

Outline  of  a  three  years'  course,  covering  ancient,  mediaeval  and  modern  European 
history. 

MacKinnon,  James.  940  M18 

History  of  modern  liberty,    v.3.     1908.     Longmans. 

v. 3.     The  struggle  with  the  Stuarts,  1603-47. 

"Sources"  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 

For  v.i-2  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Muller,  Johannes  von.  r940  M95 

Vier  und  zwanzig  bucher  allgemeiner  geschichten,  besonders  der 
europaischen  menschheit;  hrsg.  nach  des  verfassers  tode  durch  dessen 
bruder,  J.  G.  Muller.    3v.     1828. 

"The  value  of  Muller's  contributions  to  history  is  marred  by  the  occasional  ex- 
travagance and  obscurity  of  his  style,  and  by  his  inadequate  appreciation  of  the  tests  of 
historic  credibility;  but  his  learning,  his  generous  sympathies,  his  grasp  of  great  prin- 
ciples, and  his  power  of  vividly  presenting  some  aspects  of  character  secure  for  his  writ- 
ings an  enduring  place  in  German  literature."    Encyclopaedia  Britannica. 

Myers,  Philip  Van  Ness.  940  M99m 

Mediaeval  and  modern  history  [476-1905] ;  a  text-book.    1905.    Ginn. 

"General  bibliography,"  p. 709-723. 

The  revised  text  of  this  edition  has  already  appeared  in  a  two  volume  edition  under 
the  titles  "Middle  ages"  and  "Modern  age." 

"Commencing  with  the  fall  of  Rome. .  .the  story  of  the  ages  is  brought  down  to  our 
own  day.  Unlike  most  'outlines'  the  book  is  readable.  There  are  several  good  maps,  and 
analyses  for  collegiate  work."    Leypoldt  &  Iles's  Books  for  girls  and  women. 

Tappan,  Eva  March.  J940  T19 

European  hero  stories.    1909.    Houghton. 

Begins  with  the  barbarian  invasions  of  Alaric,  Attila  and  Genseric  the  Vandal,  and 
ends  with  a  short  account  of  Napoleon  Bonaparte.  There  are  chapters  on  the  crusades, 
life  in  the  middle  ages,  the  discoveries  of  Leif  Ericsson,  Columbus,  Vasco  da  Gama  and 
Magellan;  the  invention  of  printing,  defeat  of  the  Spanish  Armada,  etc. 

Trenholme,  Norman  Maclaren.  r940  Tya 

Syllabus  for  the  history  of  western  Europe,  with  references  and  re- 
view questions  (based  on' Robinson's  "Introduction  to  the  history  of 
western  Europe").    2v.    1907.    Ginn. 
V.I.     The  middle  ages. 
V.2.     The  modern  age. 


EUROPE— HISTORY  2071 

West,  Willis  Mason.  940  W56a 

Modern  history;    Europe   from   Charlemagne   to   the   present  time 

[1907].    1907.    Allyn.     (Allyn  and  Bacon's  series  of  school  histories.) 
"Classified  bibliography,"  p.627-636. 
Exceptionally   full   for  recent  history,   nearly  as   much  space  being  allotted  to  the 

last  100  years  as  to  the  preceding  1,000. 


Mediaeval  Europe 

Eicken,  Heinrich  von.  940.1  E39 

Geschichte  und  system  der  mittelalterlichen  Weltanschauung.     1887. 

Galsinti,  Arturo.  940.i  G14 

Manuale  di  storia  del  medio  evo,  dal  476  al  1313,  per  le  scuole  medie 
superiori  e  per  le  persone  colte.     1904. 

Meiners,  Christoph.  940.1  M57 

Historische  vergleichung  der  sitten  und  verfassungen,  der  gesetze 
und  gewerbe,  des  handels  und  der  religion,  der  wissenschaften  und  lehr- 
anstalten  des  mittelalters,  mit  denen  unsers  jahrhunderts  in  riicksicht 
auf  die  vortheile  und  nachtheile  der  aufklarung.    3v.     1793-94. 

"\'erzejchniss  der  in  diesem  werke  angefiihrten  vornehmsten  schriften,"  v.3, 
p.6o5-6:9. 

Taylor,  Henry  Osborn.  940.1  Tas 

The  mediaeval  mind;  a  history  of  the  development  of  thought  and 
emotion  in  the  middle  ages.    2v.    191 1.    Macmillan. 

V.I.  The  groundwork. — The  early  middle  ages. — The  ideal  and  the  actual;  the 
saints. — The  ideal  and  the  actual;  society. 

V.2.  The  ideal  and  the  actual;  society  (continued). — Symbolism. — Latinity  and 
law. — Ultimate  intellectual  interests  of  the  12th  and  13th  centuries. 

"A  veritable  encyclopedia,  as  well  as  a  carefully  selected  antholog^y  of  medieval 
literature."     Bookman,  1911. 


Age  of  chivalry.    Crusades 

Cotilton,  George  Gordon,  comp.  r940.4  C83 

Medieval  garner;  human  documents  from  the  four  centuries  pre- 
ceding the  reformation;  selected,  translated  and  annotated  by  G.  G. 
Coulton.     1910.     Constable. 

Records  and  tales  and  diverse  documents  touching  at  all  points  the  common  life, 
and  especially  the  religious  life,  of  Europe  during  these  centuries.  Most  of  the  extracts 
are  here  translated  for  the  first  time. 

Froissart,  Jean.  J940.4  F96C 

Chronicles  of  Sir  John  Froissart;  condensed  for  young  readers  by 
Adam  Singleton.     1900.    Appleton. 

A  book  about  the  wars  and  adventures  of  the  age  of  chivalry,  when  King  Edward 
III  and  his  son,  the  Black  Prince,  were  fighting  the  Scots  and  the  French.  It  tells 
among  other  stories  of  the  famous  victories  at  Crecy  and  Poitiers,  of  the  battle  of  the 
young  Lord  Douglas  with  Lord  Percy  at  Chevy  Chase  and  of  a  crusade  against  the 
Saracens  at  Tunis.      Many  illustrations  from   old  prints  and  manuscripts. 


2072  EUROPE— HISTORY 

Greene,  Frances  Nimmo,  &  Kirk,  D.  W.  J940.4  G83 

With  spurs  of  gold;  heroes  of  chivalry  and  their  deeds.    1910.    Little. 

Contents:  Introductory. — "This  is  the  rule  for  the  gallant  knight." — A  steed t  a 
steed! — Roland  and  Oliver. — The  Cid  Rodrigo  Diaz  de  Bivar. — The  Cid's  wedding. — 
Godfrey  and  the  first  crusade. — The  troubadour. — The  carrier  dove. — The  captive 
knight. — Richard  Cceur-de-Lion. — Richard's  lament. — The  last  crusader. — The  chevalier 
Bayard. — Sir  Philip  Sidney. — Sidney  in  tournament. 

"Authorities  consulted,"  p. 7. 

Lodge,  Eleanor  C.  940.4  L765 

The  end  of  the  middle  age,  1273-1453,  with  an  introduction  by  R. 
Lodge.     [1909.]     Methuen.     (Six  ages  of  European  history,  v.3.) 

"Bibliography  for  teachers,"  p.21-22;  bibliog^raphy  for  students  at  the  end  of  each 
chapter. 

Useful  and  readable  summary,  intended  mainly  for  young  students.  Omits  the  Brit- 
ish Isles.     Chapters  on  Germany,  Italy  and  France  are  especially  full  and  clear.     Maps. 

Michaud,  Joseph  Francois.  qrg40.4  M66 

History  of  the  crusades;  illustrated  by  Gustave  Dore.  2v.  [1896.] 
Barrie. 

"Although  stress  is  laid  on  the  part  played  by  France  in  the  crusades,  the  history  is 
told  with  fairness.  The  first  is  the  most  interesting  volume."  Leypoldt  &  lies' s  Books 
for  girls  and  women. 

Mills,  Charles.  1*940.4  M69 

History  of  the  crusades  for  the  recovery  and  possession  of  the  Holy 
Land.    2v.     1820.    Longman. 

"A  work  at  one  time  highly  esteemed,  but,  in  reality,  one  that  is,  in  almost  every 
respect,  inferior  to  those  of  Michaud,  Sybel,  Cox,  and  Gibbon.  The  only  quality  of  the 
book  worthy  of  note  is  the  fact  that  the  author  dwells  quite  largely  upon  what  may  be 
called  the  picturesque  side  of  the  Crusades.  The  spirit  of  the  movement  is  successfully 
caught,  but  it  is  questionable  whether  the  author  has  not  magnified  the  sentimental  side 
of  the  subject."     Adams's  Manual  of  historical  literature. 

Walsh,  James  Joseph.  940.4  W18 

Thirteenth,  greatest  of  centuries.  1907.  Catholic  Summer  School 
Press,  N.  Y. 

Eulogy  of  the  men  who  lived  and  the  works  that  were  achieved  in  the  13th  century. 
All  the  great  issues,  forces  and  institutions  of  the  century  are  reviewed, — the  rise  of  the 
universities,  the  steps  taken  toward  popular  education,  the  development  of  letters,  hos- 
pitals, famous  women,  Marco  Polo  and  the  story  of  geographical  exploration,  law  and 
the  beginnings  of  modern  commerce. 


Modern  Europe 

Fisher,  Herbert  Albert  Laurens.  940.5  F53 

Republican  tradition  in  Europe.    [191 1.]    Methuen. 

"Notes,"  p.287-296. 

A  brilliant,  if  not  profound,  book  which  traces  the  course  of  republican  thought 
and  action  from  the  downfall  of  the  Roman  empire  to  the  foundation  of  the  republic  of 
Portugal.  It  passes  in  review  the  mediaeval  theory  of  government,  the  Italian  city-states, 
the  rise  of  the  Dutch  republic,  and  the  Cromwellian  commonwealth,  and  gives  largest 
attention  to  the  French  revolution.     Condensed  from  Nation,  igii. 

Franklin,  Ruth  Barker.  r940.5  F88 

Great  movements  of  modern   European   history.     1906.     Freeman. 

(Key  books,  v.9.) 

"Reading  list,"  p.  103-106. 

A  study  outline  including  such  topics  as  the  renaissance,  the  growth  of  a  consti- 


EUROPE— HISTORY  2073 

Franklin,  Ruth  Barker — continued.  r940.5  F88 

tutional  monarchy  in  England,  the  French  revolution,  the  unification  of  Italy  and 
Germany,  and  world  politics  at  the  beginning  of  the  20th  century.  Topics  for  club 
papers  are  suggested. 

Korzon,  Tadeusz.  940.5  K38 

Historya  nowozytna.    2v.    1901-03. 
V.I.     Do  1648  roku. 
V.2.     Od  1649  do  1788. 

JIaBHCT.,  3pHecTT,.  940.5  L39 

OnepKx    no.3HTHiecKoft    Hcxopia    EBponut.     1910. 

Robinson,  James  Harvey,  &  Beard,  C.  A.  940.5  R55d 

Development  of  modern  Europe;  an  introduction  to  the  study  of  cur- 
rent history.    2v.     1907.     Ginn. 

"References"  at  the  end  of  each  chapter;  "list  of  books,"  v.2,  p.428-433. 

"Emphasis  is  thrown  on  the  connection  of  history  with  present-day  questions,  and 
a  chapter  is  devoted  to  a  consideration  of  the  actual  problems  of  politics  and  civilization 
...The  book  as  a  whole  is  an  excellent  example  of  its  class,  and  is  well  adapted  for 
school  use."    Nation,  1908.  ^ 

Illustrations  and  maps. 

Schwill,  Ferdinand.  940.5  S4ia 

Political  history  of  modern   Europe,  from   the  reformation  to  the 

present  day  [1500-1906].     1909.    Scribner. 

"A  brief  list  of  specially  recommended  books,"  P-SSi-SSs;  "General  bibliography," 

P-S72-S84- 

"In  emphasizing  the  best  features  of  this  work  we  should  select  the  author's  choice 

of  topics,  and  the  large  number  of  marginal  headings  which  are  furnished  throughout 

the  successive  chapters ...  Our  most  hostile  criticism  is  directed  against  a  looseness  of 

diction  which  apparently  springs  from  the  desire  to  discuss  weighty  matters  in  crisp  and 

easy  fashion."     Nation,  1898. 

Weir,  Archibald  Alfred  Egles.  940.5  W45 

Introduction  to  the  history  of  modern  Europe.    1907.    Houghton. 

"Sources  of  information,"  P.32S-329. 

Reviews  in  their  logical  connection  the  chief  events  which  formed  the  basis  of 
European  history  in  the  19th  century.  Helpful  and  stimulating  alike  to  general  reader 
and  special  student. 

Wilcox,  William  Craig.  1*940.5  W71 

Six  epochs  of  transition  in  Europe;  syllabus  of  six  lectures.  Uni- 
versity of  Iowa. 

Zippel,  Giuseppe.  940.5  Z68 

Manuale  di  storia  moderna  d'Europa  e  specialmente  d'ltalia  dal  1313 

al  1748;  per  le  scuole  medic  superiori  e  per  le  persone  colte.     1905. 


Age  of  the  reformation 

Johnson,  Arthur  Henry.  940.?  Jssa 

The  age  of  the  enlightened  despot,  1660-1789.  [1909.]  Methuen. 
(Six  ages  of  European  history,  v.5.) 

"Bibliography,"  p.  19-23. 

"Admirable  primer,  in  which  none  but  the  most  essential  facts  are  stated;  his  dis- 
cussions of  vexed  questions,  though  simply  worded,  are  extremely  suggestive."  Saturday 
review,  igog. 

Maps. 


2074  EUROPE— HISTORY 

Schlosser,  Friedrich  Christoph.  940.7  S34 

History  of  the  i8th  century  and  of  the  19th  till  the  overthrow  of  the 
French  empire,  with  particular  reference  to  mental  cultivation  and 
progress;  tr.  with  a  preface  and  notes  by  D.  Davison.  8v.  1843-52. 
Chapman. 

"At  the  time  of  their  first  publication  in  Germany  these  volumes  met  with  a  success 
that  has  seldom  been  surpassed  by  any  historical  production  of  similar  magnitude. .  .In 
some  respects  the  book  is  quite  worthy  of  its  fame.  From  beginning  to  end,  the  author 
endeavors  to  excite  a  spirit  of  national  independence  in  his  countrymen,  to  wean  them 
from  their  unreasoning  imitation  of  other  nations ...  A  work  written  for  such  a  pur- 
pose could  not  fail  to  lose  a  portion  of  its  importance  with  the  passage  of  years.  But, 
in  spite  of  this  fact,  whoever  makes  use  of  the  book  at  the  present  time  will  be  struck 
with  the  originality  of  the  thought,  the  extent  of  the  research,  and  the  suggestiveness  of 
the  mode  of  expression."    Adams's  Manual  of  historical  literature. 


Napoleonic  period 

Jaucourt,  Arnail  Francois,  marquis  de.  940.8  J21 

Correspondance  avec  le  prince  de  Talleyrand  pendant  le  Congres 
de  Vienhe;  publiee  par  son  petit-fils,  avec  notice  biographique.  1905. 
Jaucourt  held  the  portfolio  of  foreign  affairs  during  the  absence  of  Talleyrand  at  the 
Congress  of  Vienna  and  the  letters  may  be  termed  semi-official.  They  certainly  throw 
valuable  light  on  events  at  Paris,  wliile  those  of  Talleyrand  give  additional  informa- 
tion on  certain  aspects  "f  European  affairs.  Condensed  from  English  historical  review, 
1907. 

Kleinschmidt,  Arthur.  qr909  H42  v.8 

Western  Europe  at  the  age  of  the  revolution;  Napoleon  and  the  re- 
action.    1907.     (In  Helmolt,  H.  F.  ed.    World's  history,  v.8,  p.i-132.) 

Nineteenth  century 
Askenazy,  Szymon.  940.9  A83 

Nowe  wczasy.     1910. 
[Dilke,  Sir  Charles  Wentworth.]  940.9  D58 

Present  position  of  European  politics;  or,  Europe  in  1887.  1887. 
Chapman. 

Essays  which  appeared  in  the  "Fortnightly  review"  on  the  political  situation  in  six 
important  European  nations.     Author  is  an  English  politician  and  writer. 

Duff,  Sir  Mountstuart  Elphinstone  Grant.  940.9  D87 

Studies  in  European  politics.     1866.     Edmonston. 

Contents:  Spain. — Russia. — Austria. — Prussia. —  The  Germanic  diet. —  Holland. — 
Belgium. 

Deals  chiefly  with  the  period  1848-65. 

Guizot,  Frangois  Pierre  Guillaume.  940.9  G96 

Embassy  to  the  court  of  St.  James  in  1840.    1863.    Bentley. 

During  the  oriental  crisis  of  1840,  which  arose  from  the  ambitions  of  Mehemet  Ali 
of  Egypt  and  occasioned  the  famous  treaty  by  which  England,  Russia,  Austria  and 
Prussia  bound  themselves  to  eject  him  from  the  Turkish  province  of  Syria,  Guirot  was 
sent  as  French  ambassador  to  England.  The  account  of  his  embassy  is  valuable  as  a 
frank  political  history  and  as  a  review  of  English  society  made  by  an  intelligent  foreigner. 

Hazen,  Charles  Downer.  '  940.9  H38 

Europe  since  1815.     1910.    Holt.     (American  historical  series.) 

"General  survey  of  nineteenth  century  history  of  Prussia,  Austria,  France  and  Italy 
as  interacting   upon  each  other,  is   followed  by  separate  histories  of  England,   Russia, 


EUROPE— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL  2075 

Hazen,  Charles  Downer — continued.  940-9  H38 

Turkey  and  the  lesser  states . . .  Though  the  text  is  so  saturated  with  fact  as  to  be  heavy 
for  the  average  reader,  it  is  the  best  single  volume  in  English  for  purposes  of  reference 
and  study."     A.  L.  A.  booklist,  1910. 

Jeffery,  Reginald  Welbury.  940.9  J23 

The  new  Europe,  1789-1889,  with  short  notes,  bibliographies,  biog- 
raphies, diagrams  and  maps.     191 1.    Houghton. 

"Bibliography  of  general  works,"  p.is;  "Bibliogrraphy"  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 

Useful  and  comprehensive  review  of  the  history  of  the  principal  nations  and  inter- 
national movements  in  continental  Europe  during  the  century  ushered  in  by  the  French 
revolution. 

Marriott,  John  Arthur  Ransome.  940.9  M4i 

The  remaking  of  modern  Europe  from  the  outbreak  of  the  French 
revolution  to  the  Treaty  of  Berlin,  1789-1878.  [1909.]  Methuen.  (Six 
ages  of  European  history,  v.6.) 

"Short  list  of  books  on  the  period,"  p. 249-25 2. 

"[Author]  has  gathered  into  a  small  compass  a  surprising  amount  of  salient  detail, 
particularly  in  his  account  of  the  Napoleonic  struggle,  its  causes  and  effects."  Atke- 
naum,  1909. 

Maps. 

Raulich,  Italo.  940-9  R22 

Manuale  di  storia  contemporanea  d'Europa  e  specialmente  d'ltalia 
dal  1750  ai  nostri  giorni;  per  le  scuole  medie  superiori  e  per  le  persone 
colte.     1904. 

Wilcox,  William  Craig.  rg40.g  Wji 

Nineteenth  century  in  Europe;  syllabus  of  six  lectures.  University 
of  Iowa. 

Zwiedineck-Siidenhorst,  Hans  von.  qrgog  H42  v.8 

Political  and  social  changes  in  Europe  between  1830  and  1859.  1907. 
(In  Helmolt,  H.  F.  ed.    World's  history,  v.8,  p.133-254.) 


914     Description  and  travel 

Belloc,  Hilaire.  914  B4i7h 

Hills  and  the  sea.     [1906.]     Methuen. 

Short  essays,  recording  the  author's  impressions  as  he  traveled  through  Europe, 
either  on  foot  or  by  boat,  seeking  for  the  most  part  the  out-of-the-way  places. 

"The  men  whom  the  author  meets  on  his  travels  are  vague  figures,  and  their  talk 
is  too  often  the  simplest  echo  of  his  own  opinions,  but  his  observation  of  landscape  and 
nature  is  fine  and  true,  and  when  he  presents  the  spirit  of  a  place,  the  dreariness  of  a 
mountain  waste,  the  atmosphere  of  an  old  inn,  the  temperament  of  a  town,  his  prose  is 
remarkable  and  of  a  kind  in  English  literature  at  least,  but  rarely  found."  Saturday 
review,  1906. 

Bellows,  Henry  Whitney.  914  B418 

The  Old  World  in  its  new  face;  impressions  of  Europe  in  1867-1868. 
2v.    1868-69.    Harper. 

Bierbaum,  Otto  Julius.  9^4  B47 

Mit  der  kraft  automobilia.     [1906.] 

Contents:  Mit  dem  automobil  nach  Weimar. — Eine  empfindsame  reise  im  auto- 
mobil. — Das  hollische  automobil. — Ein  gesprach  iiber  das  automobil. — Philister  contra 
automobil. — Vita  autoris. 


2076  EUROPE— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL 

Bierbaum,  Otto  Julius.  914  6477 

Die  Yankeedoodle-fahrt  und  andere  reisegeschichten;  neue  beitrage 
zur  kunst  des  reisens.    1910. 

Contents:  Von  Fiesole  nach  Pasing. — Blatter  aus  Fiesole. — Yankeedoodle-fahrt. — 
Eine  kleine  herbstreise  im  automobil. — Kleine  raise. 

These  contributions  to  the  art  of  traveling,  as  the  author  calls  them,  are  limited  to 
southern  Germany,  Italy  and  the  Orient,  and  Yankeedoodle  is  the  name  of  a  Mediter- 
ranean steamer.  No  one  familiar  with  Bierbaum's  manner  would  expect  from  him  a 
systematic  record  of  any  trip.  He  always  indulges  in  unpremeditated  excursions,  he  has 
^ways  some  surprise  in  store  for  us — a  habit  which  in  his  books  of  travel  constitutes 
half  their  charm.  He  has  an  abundance  of  amusing  anecdote,  charming  bits  of  descrip- 
tion, and  brilliant  flashes  of  wit.     Condensed  from  Nation,  igio. 

Brandes,  Georg  Moritz  Cohen.  914  B69 

Gegenden  und  menschen.     1906.     (Gesammelte  schriften,  v.9.) 

Contents :  Italien. — Russland. — Frankreich. — Die  Schweiz. — Deutschland. — Belgien. 
— Holland. — Danemark. — Schweden. — Bohmen. — Osterreich. — Finnland. — England. 

Cook,  Joel.  914  C77 

The  Mediterranean  and  its  borderlands.    2v.     1910.    Winston. 

V.I.  Western  countries:  The  Pillars  of  Hercules;  The  fortress  and  the  palace;  The 
Berbary  coast;  The  Iberian  shore;  The  Riviera;  Islands  of  the  sea;  Campania;  Trinacria. 

V.2.  Eastern  countries:  The  kingdom  of  Hellas;  The  .lEgean  sea;  The*  Golden 
Horn;  Palestine  and  Syria;  The  Jordan  and  Sinai;  The  land  of  the  pharaohs;  A  voyage 
on  the  Nile. 

Cust,  Mrs  Nina.  914  C94 

Gentlemen  errant;  being  the  journeys  and  adventures  of  four  noble- 
men in  Europe  during  the  isth  and  i6th  centuries.    1909.    Murray. 

Contents:  Chronological  table. — The  Bohemian  Ulysses;  the  wanderings  of  Lev, 
lord  of  Rozmital  and  Blatna,  round  the  courts  of  western  Europe. — A  master  of  war; 
the  exploits  and  hazards  of  Wilwolt  of  Schaumburg,  soldier  of  fortune. — The  adven- 
tures of  a  Palsgrave;  the  early  life  and  vicissitudes  of  Frederick  II,  elector  Palatine  of 
the  Rhine. — An  epic  of  debts;  the  curious  fortunes  of  Hans  von  Schweinichen  at  the 
court  of  Duke  Heinrich  XI  of  Liegnitz  in  Silesia. 

"List  of  books  consulted  or  quoted  frequently  in  the  notes,"  p. 536-540. 

De  Forest,  John  William.  914  D37 

European  acquaintance;  being  sketches  of  people  in  Europe.  1858. 
Harper. 

Travel  sketches  in  Germany,  Austria,  France  and  Italy. 

914  D38 

Elwes,  Alfred.  914  E57 

The  Richmonds'  tour  in  Europe.     [1853?]     Routledge. 

Brief  account  of  travels  in  Holland,  Norway,  Sweden,  Denmark,  Iceland,  Belgium, 
Germany  and  Austria. 

[Fairbanks,  Charles  Bullard.]  914  F15 

Ag^uecheek  [pseud.].    1859.    Shepard. 
Contents:    Sketches  of  foreign  travel. — Essays. 

Ferrero,  Guglielmo.  914  F41 

L'Europa  giovane;  studi  e  viaggi  nei  paesi  del  Nord.     1903. 
Contents:    Bismarckismo  e  socialismo. — L'amore  nella  civilta  latina  e  germanica. — 

Londra. — Mosca. — II  terzo  sesso. — La  lotta  di  due  razze  e  di  due  ideali;  I'antisemitismo. 


EUROPE— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL  2077 

Heine,  Heinrich.  914  H4ira 

Reisebilder.    2v.     (Samtliche  werke,  v.5-6.) 

V.I.     Reisebilder. 

V  2.     Reisebilder   (continued). — Englische  fragmente. 

Higinbotham,  John  U.  914  H53 

Three  weeks  in  Europe;  the  vacation  of  a  busy  man.     [1907.]     Reilly. 
Contents:     The  start.  —  Gibraltar  and  the  Mediterranean.  —  Capri  and  Sorrento. — 
Pompeii  and  Naples. — Rome. — Florence. — En  route  to  Venice. — Venice. — Milan  and  Bel- 
lagio. — Lucerne. — Interlaken    and    the    Jungfrau. — Berne,    Zurich    and    the    falls    of   the 
Rhine. — Bale  and  the  ride  to  Paris. — Paris. — More  Paris. — London. — ^The  finish. 

Howe,  Mrs  Julia  (Ward).  914  H85 

From  the  oak  to  the  olive;  a  plain  record  of  a  pleasant  journey. 
1868.    Lee. 

Hunnewell,  James  Frothingham.  914  H93 

Lands  of  Scott.     1903.     Houghton. 
Tour  through  the  countries  associated  with  Scott's  life  and  works. 

Lane,  Martha  Allen  Luther,  ed.  J914  L23 

Under  sunny  skies.     1904.     Ginn.     (Youth's  companion  series.) 
The  lands  under  the  "sunny  skies"  are  Spain,  Italy,  Greece,  Turkey  and  Africa. 

Tells  about  a  trip  across  the  Sahara  desert,  the  chestnut  farms  of  Italy,  the  city  of  St. 

Mark,  the  macaroni  country,  etc. 

Lee,  Alfred  Emory.  914  L521 

European  days  and  ways.     1890.     Lippincott. 

Lent,  William  Bement.  9^4  L61 

Halcyon  days  in  Norway,  France  and  the  Dolomites.     1898.     Bon- 

nell. 

"Fairly  well  written  account  of  commonplace  experiences  in  common  touring  trips 
...too  often  the  book  has  the  air  of  an  itinerary ...  The  portion  on  the  Dolomites  has 
some  value  and  interest."    Dial,  1898. 

Lindley,  Percy,  ed.  r9i4  L72 

Great  Eastern   Railway   Company's   tourist-guide   to  the  continent 

(with  travel-talk  in  German,  French  and  English).    191 1. 
Contains  maps. 

Lorenz,  Daniel  Edward.  9^4  L87 

The  Mediterranean  traveller;  a  handbook  of  practical  information. 

1905.     Revell. 

Contents:  Portugal.— Spain.— North  Africa. — Malta.— Greece.— Turkey. — Palestine. 
— Egypt. — Italy. — France. 

Contains  many  bibliographies. 

Devoted  especially  to  the  important  coast  cities.  A  page  of  condensed  statistical 
information  and  a  short  bibliography  for  each  country  described  are  useful  features. 
Colored  map  shows  the  communications  between  the  coasts  and  all  parts  of  Europe. 

McGrew,  Thomas  F.  r9i4  M163 

Letters  from  Europe.    1885.    Clarke. 
Maxwell,  Donald.  9^4  M52C 

Cruise  across  Europe;  notes  on  a  freshwater  voyage  from  Holland 
to  the  Black  sea.     1907.     Lane. 

The  voyage  was  made  by  way  of  Ludwig's  canal  which  unites  the  basins  of  the 
Rhine  and  the  Danube.  Mr  Maxwell  writes  entertainingly  of  the  people  he  meets  and 
of  the  incidents  of  the  journey.     Illustrated. 


2078  EUROPE— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL 

Miltoun,  Francis,  (pseud,  of  Milburg  Francisco  Mansfield).         914  M71 
Automobilist  abroad,  with  illustrations  by  Blanche  McManus.    1907. 
Page. 

"List  of  European  map  and  road  books,"  p.369-374. 

"Of  practical  interest,  and  of  value  to  all  European  motor-tourists,  are  the  ap- 
pendices on  custom  dues,  lists  of  road  books  and  maps,  regulations  of  motor-car  travel, 
particulars  of  road  races,  and  much  useful  information  in  tabular  form."  Nation, 
1907. 

Moryson,  Fynes.  914  Mg2 

Itinerary;  containing  his  10  yeeres  travel!  through  the  12  dominions 
of  Germany,  Bohmerland,  Svveitzerland,  Netherland,  Denmarke,  Poland, 
Italy,  Turky,  France,  England,  Scotland  &  Ireland.  4v.  1907-08.  Mac- 
Lehose. 

Moryson  (1566-1617?)  was  an  English  traveler.  He  spent  the  greater  part  of  the 
years  1591  to  1597  wandering  about  Europe. 

"The  first  part  supplies  a  journal  of  his  travels  through  Europe,  Scotland,  and 
Ireland,  with  plans  of  the  chief  cities. .  .The  second  part  is  a  history  of  Tyrone's  re- 
bellion . . .  The  third  part  consists  of  essays  on  the  advantages  of  travel,  on  the  geography 
of  various  countries  of  Europe,  and  on  their  differences  in  national  costume,  character, 
religion,  and  constitutional  practice. .  .Moryson  is  a  sober  and  truthful  writer,  without 
imagination  or  much  literary  skill... His  descriptions  of  the  inns  in  which  he  lodged, 
of  the  costume  and  the  food  of  the  countries  visited,  render  his  work  invaluable  to  the 
social  historian."    Dictionary  of  national  biography. 

Mundy,  Peter,  Tgio.6  H15  v.117 

Travels  in  Europe  and  Asia,  1608-1667;  ed.  by  Sir  R.  C.  Temple,  v.i. 
1907.     (In  Hakluyt  Society.     Publications,  v.117.) 

V.I.     Travels  in  Europe,   1608-28. 

"List  of  books  and  manuscripts  quoted  and  referred  to,"  v.i,  p. 236-244. 

Paget,  Violet,  (pseud.  Vernon  Lee).  914  P14S 

Sentimental  traveller;  notes  on  places.     1908.    Lane. 

Contents:  The  sentimental  traveller. — Germany. — Italy. — France. — Switzerland. — 
— The  keepsake. 

Peck,  Harry  Thurston.  914  P35 

New  Baedeker;  casual  notes  of  an  irresponsible  traveller.  1910. 
Dodd. 

"Hits  off  with  customary  perkiness  the  ocean  voyage,  Havre  and  Trouville,  Berlin, 
Rome,  Rouen,  Brussels  and  Malines,  and  Liverpool;  then  turning  homeward  conducts 
the  reader  to  Portland,  Me.,  Boston,  Lake  Pleasant  (where  Spiritualists  congregate), 
Utica,  N.  Y.,  Trenton  Falls,  N.  Y.,  Atlantic  City,  N.  J.,  and  finally  across  the  conti- 
nent by  the  Canadian  Pacific.  It  is  a  diverting  book,  and  catches  idiomatic  features  of 
nearly  every  city  it  interprets."     Nation,  1910. 

Preston,  Mrs  Margaret  (Junkin).  914  P93 

A  handful  of  monographs,  continental  and  English.  1886.  Ran- 
dolph. 

914  82553 

Satchel  guide  for  the  vacation  tourist  in  Europe,  by  W.J.  Rolfe.     191 1. 

Houghton. 

The  same.     1908 914  S25S 

The  same.     1912 ' 1914  S25 

Sigourney,  Mrs  Lydia  Howard  (Huntley).  914  S57 

Pleasant  memories  of  pleasant  lands.     1842.     Munroe. 
Mrs  Sigourney  was  one  of  the  most  popular  of  the  early  American  writers.     Poetry 

and  prose  are  combined   in   this  description  of  a  jonmey   made  in    1840  to   England, 

Scotland  and  France. 


SCOTLAND— HISTORY  2079 

Stoddard,  John  Lawson.  914  S86 

Red-letter  days  abroad.     1884.     Osgood. 
Contents:    Travels  in  sunny  Spain. — The  passion  play  at  Ober-Aramergau  in  1880. 

— The  cities  of  the  czar:  St.  Petersburg;  Moscow. 

Taylor,  Bayard.  914  T25b 

By-ways  of  Europe.    1894.     Putnam. 

Contents:  A  familiar  letter  to  the  reader. — A  cruise  on  Lake  Ladoga. — Between 
Europe  and  Asia.— Winter-life  in  St.  Petersburg.— The  little  land  of  Appenzell. — From 
Perpignan  to  Montserrat. — Balearic  days. — Catalonian  bridle-roads. — The  republic  of  the 
Pyrenees. — The  Grande  Chartreuse. — The  Kyffhauser  and  its  legends. — A  week  on  Capri. 
— A  trip  to  Ischia. — The  land  of  Paoli. — The  island  of  Maddalena,  with  a  distant  view 
of  Caprera. — In  the  Teutoburger  forest. 

Scotland 

Bibliography 

Terry,  Charles  Sanford,  comp.  qroi6.94i  T31 

Catalogue  of  the  publications  of  Scottish  historical  and  kindred 
clubs  and  societies,  and  of  the  volumes  relative  to  Scottish  history  is- 
sued by  His  Majesty's  Stationery  office,  1780-1908,  with  a  subject- 
index.    1909.    MacLehose. 

History 
Balfour,  Sir  James.  941  B19 

Historical  works;  published  from  the  original  manuscripts  preserved 
in  the  Library  of  the  Faculty  of  Advocates.    4V.     1824.     [Aitchison.] 

Balfour  (1600-57)  was  a  Scottish  historian  and  Lyon  king-of-arms.  The  "Annals" 
R/e  not  of  much  value  except  in  that  part  which  is  contemporary,  and  even  in  that 
they  are  jejune,  preserving,  however,  some  interesting  particulars,  chiefly  in  relation 
to  the  ceremonies  in  which  he  took  part  as  Lyon  king.  Condensed  from  Dictionary  of 
national  biography. 

Although  the  first  and  second  volumes  comprise  the  whole  of  the  work  called 
"Annales  of  Scotland,"  the  same  running  title  is  used  in  volumes  3  and  4,  which  are 
made  up  of  fragments  of  history  subsequent  to  the  conclusion  of  that  treatise. 

Brown,  Peter  Hume.  941  B79 

History  of  Scotland,  v.3.  1909.  Cambridge  University  Press.  (Cam- 
bridge historical  series.) 

v.3.     From  the  revolution  of  1689  to  the  disruption,  1843. 

"Bibliography,"  v.3,  P.43S-444. 

For  v.i-2  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

Cowan,  Samuel.  941  C84 

The  ancient  capital  of  Scotland;  the  story  of  Perth  from  the  invasion 
of  Agricola  to  the  passing  of  the  reform  bill.     2v.     1904.     Simpkin. 

"Authorities  consulted,"  v.i,  p.12. 

"Special  periods  and  events  in  its  local  history  have  received  attention,  but  to 
Mr.  Cowan  belongs  the  distinction  of  first  telling  the  story  in  full — [He]  has  been 
able  to  avail  himself  of  much  unprinted  material  in  illustration  of  the  civic  and  ecclesi- 
astical history  of  the  place... The  municipal  records  are  rendered  available  for  the  first 
time  in  these  volumes."    Athenaum,  1904. 

Dixon,  Benjamin  Homer.  "  r94i  D64 

The  Border  or  riding  clans,  followed  by  a  history  of  the  clan  Dick- 
son and  a  brief  account  of  the  family  of  the  author.     1889.    Munsell. 

Some  account  of  the  part  played  by  these  clans  in  the  early  history  of  Scotland. 


2o8o  SCOTLAND— HISTORY 

Ferguson,  John,  D.  D.  q94i  F38 

Linlithgow  palace;  its  history  and  traditions,  with  peeps  from  its 
windows  at  the  burgh  and  surrounding  district.     1910.     Oliver. 

Author's  careful  and  exhaustive  study  of  Scottish  history  and  antiquities  has 
enabled  him  to  produce  a  book  of  real  interest  about  this  ruined  palace  which  was 
closely  identified  with  the  fortunes  of  the  Stuarts. 

Lang,  Andrew.  941  L23 

History  of  Scotland  from  the  Roman  occupation  [to  1746].  v.4. 
1907.    Dodd. 

v.4.     From  1689  to  1746. 

"Mr.  Lang  is  a  literary  man  of  high ...  reputation ...  No  man  might  have  been 
deemed  more  likely  to  write  history  in  a  romantic  spirit... But  the  tendencies  of  our 
time  have  been  too  much  for  him.  His  labor  has  been  given  to  the  collation  of  authori- 
ties and  the  ascertainment  of  facts.  He  marshals  and  examines  the  divergent  or  con- 
tradictory statements  of  contemporary  writers;  he  engages  in  arguments  with  other 
recent  historians. .  .he  takes  little  or  no  thought  about  style,  but  simply  jots  down  the 
facts  in  a  succession  of  short  sentences. .  .The  modern  passion  for  scrutinizing  all  the 
sources  and  presenting  their  results  in  the  most  plain  and  summary  fashion  has  seized 
and  carried  away  this  accomplished  man  of  letters."    Nation,  jgos- 

For  v.1-3  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

Lang,  Andrew.  941  L23J 

James  VI  and  the  Gowrie  mystery.  1902.  Longmans. 
An  attempt  to  unravel  one  of  the  mysteries  of  Scottish  history,  the  slaying  of  John 
Ruthven,  third  earl  of  Gowrie,  and  his  brother  Alexander.  Was  the  tragedy  due  to 
an  accidental  quarrel  or  was  it  the  result  of  a  deliberate  plot?  If  it  was  a  plot,  was  it 
devised  by  the  king  and  his  followers  against  the  Ruthvens,  or  by  the  earl  and  his 
brother  against  the  king?  Much  ingenuity  has  been  expended  in  support  of  these  con- 
tradictory theories  Mr.  Lang  argues  that  there  was  a  plot,  that  it  was  against  the 
king  and  that  the  earl  and  his  brother  were  both  in  it.  Condensed  from  Athenaum, 
J902. 

Lang,  Jean.  941  L239 

Land  of  romance;  the  Border,  its  history  and  legend,  with  plates  in 
photogravure  from  paintings  by  Tom  Scott.    [1910.]    Jack. 

Contents:  The  Romans  on  the  Border. — The  coming  of  Arthur. — The  saints  on 
the  Border. — Border  wizards. — The  monks. — The  War  of  independence. — The  reivers. — 
Mary,  queen  of  Scots. — Border  feuds. — Border  battles. — The  Covenanters. — Prince 
Charlie  on  the  Border. — Sir  Walter's  day. 

Mackenzie,  W.  C.  941  M182 

Short  history  of  the  Scottish  highlands  and  isles.     1906.     Gardner. 
Traces  the  social,  economic,   religious  and  political   development  of  the  people  of 
the  Highlands  from  the  earliest  time  to  the  present. 

M'Kerlie,  Peter  Handyside.  941  M1822 

Galloway  in  ancient  and  modern  times.     1891.    Blackwood. 

Digressive  history  of  the  place  from  the  earliest  times  to  the  reformation.  Author 
is  chiefly  interested  in  antiquarian  and  ethnological  subjects.  Concludes  with  a  descrip- 
tion of  modern  Galloway. 

Marshall,  Henrietta  Elizabeth.  J94i  M41 

Scotland's  story;  a  child's  history  of  Scotland,  with  pictures  by  J.  R. 
Skelton,  John  Hassall  and  J.  S.  Crompton.     [1907]     Stokes. 

Legendary  and  true  history  of  Scotland.  There  is  the  story  of  Macbeth,  of  Robert 
the  Bruce,  of  the  poet  king  and  the  beautiful  lady  of  the  garden,  of  the  "Glen  of  weep- 
ing" and  many  others.     Colored  illustrations. 

Paton,  James,  ed.  qr94i  P29 

Scottish  history  &  life.     1902.    Maclehose. 

Contents:     History  of  Scotland. — Aspects  of  Scottish  life. — Memorials  of  Glasgow. 

"A  memorial  of  the  Glasgow   Exhibition    [jpoi].     Historical  collections  of   great 


SCOTLAND— HISTORY  2081 

Paton,  James,  ed. — continued.  <li'94i  P29 

interest  and  value  were  there  brought  together  for  the  sake  of  illustrating  different 
stages  of  the  national  development. .  .It  was  decided  to  utilize  this  material  'in  telling 
the  story  of  Scottish  History,  and  showing  what  the  people  were  who  made  it'... Each 
separate  aspect  of  history  or  culture  is  treated  by  a  specialist  of  recognized  authority." 
Nation,  igoz. 

There  are  many  illustrations  of  the  articles  exhibited. 

Robertson,  William,  1721-93.  941  R54 

History  of  Scotland  during  the  reigns  of  Queen  Mary  and  of  King 
James  VI  till  his  accession  to  the  crown  of  England,  with  a  review  of 
the  Scottish  history  previous  to  that  period,  and  an  appendix  containing 
original  letters.    1831.    Harper. 

With  this  is  bound  his  "Historical  disquisition  concerning  the  knowledge  which 
the  ancients  had  of  India." 

Met  with  a  remarkable  success  when  it  appeared  in  1 759.  Author  was  a  Scottish 
clergyman  and  historian,  principal  of  the  University  of  Edinburgh. 

"Later  and  more  exhaustive  methods  of  research  have  deprived  Robertson's 'Plistory' 
of  most  of  its  historical  value.  But  its  sobriety,  fairness,  and  literary  character  give 
it  a  permanent  interest  to  a  student  of  the  evolution  of  historical  composition." 
Dictionary  of  national  biography. 

Scott,  6"jV  Walter.  941  8431 

Tales  of  a  grandfather.     1889.    Black. 

The  same.    8v.  in  4.    1827-30 J941  84311 

The  same.    4v.     1827-30.    Winston jg4i  843! 

"Stories  on  the  history  of  Scotland. .  .They  were  written  for  his  —  grandson  [with 
whom]  the  great  author  rode  daily  among  the  woods  and  told  the  tale,  thus  ascertaining 
that  it  suited  the  comprehension  of  boyhood  before  he  reduced  it  to  writing. .  .The 
period  covered  in  them  ranges  from  Macbeth  to  1760."  Thomson's  Catalogue  of  tli^ 
writings  of  Scott. 

Stirling,  Amelia  Hutchison.  941  886 

Sketch  of  Scottish  industrial  and  social  history  in  the  i8th  and  19th 
centuries.     1906.     Blackie. 

Traces  the  social  and  industrial  progress  made  by  Scotland  during  the  200  years 
since  the  union  of  her  Parliament  with  that  of  England.  Though  not  in  any  sense  ex- 
haustive, it  breaks  new  ground  and  contains  materials  not  hitherto  brought  together. 

Thomson,  Charles  W.  94^  T38 

Scotland's  work  and  worth;  an  epitome  of  Scotland's  story  from 

early  times  to  the  20th  century,  with  a  survey  of  the  contributions  of 

Scotsmen  in  peace  and  in  war  to  the  growth  of  the  British  empire  and 

the  progress  of  the  world.    2v.     1909.    Oliphant. 

Useful   book,   though   somewhat   over-enthusiastic   in   its   championship   of    Scottish 

claims  and  heroes,     v. 2  contains  much  biographical  material. 

Tytler,  Patrick  Eraser.  r94i  T99 

History  of  Scotland  from  the  accession  of  Alexander  III  to  the 
union.    4v.  in  2.     1864.    Nimmo. 

"His  narrative  and  illustrations,  always  plain  though  somewhat  diffuse,  will  still 
be  consulted  by  any  one  who  seriously  studies  Scottish  history,  and,  with  all  its  faults, 
of  which  the  chief  is  an  occasional  tendency  to  unsound  generalisation,  it  contains  the 
most  definite  and  full  narrative  for  the  period  between  the  thirteenth  and  seventeenth 
centuries."    Dictionary  of  national  biography. 


2o82  SCOTLAND— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL 


Antiquities 
Wilson,  Sir  Daniel.  ^913-41  W76 

Prehistoric  annals  of  Scotland.    2v.     1863.     Macmillan. 

V.I.     The  primeval  or  stone  period. — The  archaic  or  bronze  period. 
V.2.     The  iron  period. — The  Christian  period. 

This  work  first  published  in  1851  established  the  author's  reputation  as  an  archaeolo- 
gist.    Numerous  illustrations. 

Description  and  travel 
Beiza,  Stanistaw.  9Z4«z  B43 

Odglosy  Szkocyi.    1889. 

Fraprie,  Frank  Roy.  91 4.1  F88 

Castles  and  keeps  of  Scotland;  being  a  description  of  sundry  for- 
tresses, towers,  peels  and  other  houses  of  strength  built  by  the  princes 
and  barons  of  old  time  in  the  Highlands,  islands,  inlands  and  borders  of 
the  ancient  and  godfearing  kingdom  of  Scotland.     1907.     Page. 

Brings  together  the  history  and  romance  which  attach  to  some  of  the  more  impor- 
tant castles  of  Scotland  and  tells  something  of  their  architectural  features.  Contains 
more  than  50  plans  and  illustrations. 

Geddie,  John.  4914*1  G26 

The  Water  of  Leith  from  source  to  sea.    1896.    White. 

Description  of  the  valley  of  this  little  Scottish  stream,  dwelling  particularly  on  the 
historic  and  romantic  interests.     Illustrated. 

Grierson,  Elizabeth  W.  J9i4-i  G89 

Scotland,  with  illustrations  in  colour  by  William  Smith,  jr.,  and 
others.    1907.    Black.    (Peeps  at  many  lands  series.) 

How  Scottish  children  seek  "Hogmanay"  on  Old  Year's  night  and  how  they  keep 
Pastern's  e'en  and  Hallowe'en;  how  Highland  crofters  li^e,  about  the  girls  who  cure 
herring,  about  grouse-shooting,  deer-stalking,  salmon-fishing  and  other  customs  of  the 
land  of  the  thistle. 

Guthrie,  Ellen  Emma.  9i4-i  G98 

Old  Scottish  customs,  local  and  general.    1885.    Hamilton. 
Brings   together   many    ancient   Scottish   traditions,   superstitions   and   customs   of 
humble  life. 

Henderson,  Thomas  F.  &  Watt,  Francis.  9i4'i  H44 

Scotland  of  to-day.     1907.    Methuen. 

Deals  with  the  religion,  art,  literature,  games,  institutions,  food  and  drink,  educa- 
tion and  wit  and  humor  of  modem  Scotland.  The  guide-book  portion  is  excellent.  Fully 
illustrated,  partly  in  color. 

Macgeorge,  Andrew.  9i4'i  M16 

Old  Glasgow,  the  place  and  the  people  from  the  Roman  occupation 
to  the  i8th  century.     1888.    Blackie. 

Moncrieff,  Ascott  Robert  Hope,  (pseud.  Ascott  R.  Hope).      4914-1  MSih 
Heart  of  Scotland;  painted  by  Sutton  Palmer,  described  by  A.  R.  H. 
Moncrieff.    1909.    Black. 

Contents:  Perthshire. — Tayside. —  AthoU. —  Breadalbane. —  Strathearn.—  The  Mac- 
gregors. — Rob  Roy  and  his  sons. — Menteith. 

Pleasant,  if  somewhat  rambling,  narration  of  its  history,  legends  and  literary  associa- 
tions, with  descriptions  of  scenery.     Illustrated  in  color. 


SCOTLAND— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL  2083 

Muir,  James  Hamilton.  ''914.1  M95 

Glasgow  in  1901 ;  illustrated  by  Muirhead  Bone.     1901.    Hodge. 

"This  book  is  as  far  as  possible  from  the  conventional  civic  monograph.  It  is 
written  by  a  man  who  knows  every  yard  of  that  intricate  metropolis,  who  has  loved  her 
own  curious  beauties,  read  deeply  in  her  history,  and  studied  her  people..  .The  result  is 
a  picturesque  study,  a  local  history,  an  industrial  record,  and  a  social  panorama  in  one 
...The  most  original  part  of  the  book  is  the  last  section,  'Glasgow  of  Fiction'... a  set 
of  thumb-nail  sketches  of  the  city's  types,  done  with  skill,  insight,  humour,  and  often 
a  very  happy  gift  of  phrasing."     Spectator,  igoi. 

Munro,  Neil.  9i4-i  M96 

The  Clyde  river  and  firth;  painted  by  M.  Y.  and  J.  Y.  Hunter,  de- 
scribed by  Neil  Munro.    1907.    Black. 

A  book  in  which  descriptions  of  nature,  historical  notes,  reminiscences  of  old  castles 
and  glimpses  of  modern  industry  follow  in  quick  succession.     Illustrated  in  color. 

Pennant,  Thomas.  qr9io  P63  v.3 

Tour  in  Scotland,  1769,  1772.  [1809.]  (In  Pinkerton,  John,  ed.  Gen- 
eral collection  of  voyages  and  travels,  v.3,  p.  1-569.) 

Ramsay,  Edward  Bannerman.  914.1  R17 

Reminiscences  of  Scottish  life  and  character.     1874.     Edmonston. 

Contents:  Scottish  religious  feelings. — On  old  Scottish  conviviality. — On  the  old 
Scottish  domestic  servant. — On  humour  proceeding  from  Scottish  expressions,  including 
Scottish  proverbs. — On  Scottish  stories  of  wit  and  humour. — Scottish  judges. 

Reid,  Alan,  &  Kirk,  William,  of  Scotland.  r9i4.i  R29 

Royal  Dunfermline;  a  historical  guide  to  the  city  and  its  antiquities, 
with  an  account  of  the  Carnegie  benefactions.     1908.     Romanes. 

Sloan,  J.  M.  9i4-i  S63 

Galloway;  painted  by  James  Faed,  described  by  J.  M.  Sloan.  1908. 
Black. 

Colored  illustrations. 

Strang,  John.  1914.1  S89 

Glasgow  and  its  clubs;  or,  Glimpses  of  the  condition,  manners, 
characters  and  oddities  of  the  city  during  the  past  and  present  cen- 
turies.   1864.    Tweed. 

"Memoir  of  John  Strang,  LL.  D.,"  p.9-18. 

Winter,  William.  914.1  W790 

Over  the  Border.    1911.    Moffat. 

"Pleasant  reminiscences  and  descriptions  of  Scottish  scenes  colored  throughout  by 
enthusiastic  admiration  of  Sir  Walter  Scott  and  sympathy  for  Queen  Mary  and  the 
Stuarts.  An  account  of  a  five  days'  storm-bound  stay  on  lona  is  unusually  interesting." 
A.  L.  A.  booklist,  jgij. 

Edmondston,  Arthur.  r9i4.iii  Eag 

View  of  the  ancient  and  present  state  of  the  Zetland  islands,  includ- 
ing their  civil,  political  and  natural  history,  antiquities  and  an  account 
of  their  agriculture,  fisheries,  commerce  and  the  state  of  society  and 
manners.    2v.    1809.    Ballantyne. 

Author  was  for  most  of  his  life  a  resident  of  the  Shetland  islands. 
"The  book... though  deficient  in  some  things,  especially  natural  history,  contains 
a  large  amount  of  useful  information."    Dictionary  of  national  biography. 


2o84  EDINBURGH 


Seton,  George.  914.117  849 

St.  Kilda,  past  and  present.     1878.    Blackwood. 

Aspect  and  life  of  this  island  of  the  Hebrides  at  the  time  of  the  author's  visit  in 
1877. 

Edinburgh 
Smeaton,  Oliphant.  94i«4  S63a 

Edinburgh  and  its  story;  illustrated  by  Herbert  Railton  &  J.  A. 
Symington.     1904.    Dent. 

"Full  of  matter,  but  with  little  in  it  either  of  the  guide-book  or  the  town  history." 
Nation,  1905. 

Excellent  illustrations. 

Williamson,  M.  G.  94i«4  W75 

Edinburgh;  a  historical  and  topographical  account  of  the  city.  1906. 
Methuen.    (Ancient  cities.) 

Bibliography,  p.  16. 

Connects  the  history  of  the  city  with  its  chief  objects  of  interest.  One  section 
deals  with  the  literary  lights  of  old  Edinburgh,  and  one  with  the  old  social  life  and 
customs  of  the  city.     Contains  excellent  illustrations  and  an  itinerary. 

[Britten,  John.]  qr9i4.i44  875 

Modern  Athens!  displayed  in  a  series  of  views;  or,  Edinburgh  in  the 
19th  century,  exhibiting  the  whole  of  the  new  buildings,  modern 
improvements,  antiquities  and  picturesque  scenery  of  the  Scottish 
metropolis  and  its  environs,  from  original  drawings  by  T.  H.  Shepherd, 
with  historical,  topographical  and  critical  illustrations.     1829.     Jones. 

Chambers,  Robert.  914.144  C35 

Traditions  of  Edinburgh.     [1868.]     Chambers. 

The  author  of  the  "Book  of  days"  found  his  chief  amusement  when  a  lad  in  wan- 
dering through  the  narrow  wynds  and  among  the  gloomy,  but  imposing  houses  of  old 
Edinburgh.  The  book  is  based  to  a  great  extent  on  traditions  that  were  fast  dying  out 
and  is  valuable  and  interesting. 

Fyfe,  W.  T.  9i4-i44  F99 

Edinburgh  under  Sir  Walter  Scott,  with  an  introduction  by  R.  S. 
Rait.     1907.    Dutton. 

Description  of  the  city,  its  topography,  society  and  manners  and  notable  characters 
during  the  period  when  Scott  was  its  dominant  figure.  Several  chapters  are  devoted  to 
the  great  Scottish  judges  of  the  i8th  century. 

Lockhart,  John  Gibson.  rgi4.i44  L76 

Peter's  letters  to  his  kinsfolk  [by  Peter  Morris,  pseud.].    3v.     1819. 

Blackwood. 

Description  of  Edinburgh  society  about  1819. 


Ireland 

History 
Birkhead,  Alice.  941-5  B48 

Tales  from  Irish  history.    [1910.]     Methuen.    (Stories  from  the  his- 
tories.) 

Principal  facts  in  the  history  of  Ireland  from  the  earliest  times  to  the  rejection  of 
the  home  rule  bill  in  1886.     Written  with  force  and  freshness. 


IRELAND— HISTORY  2085 


Chart,  D.  A.  941.5  C38 

Story  of  Dublin.     1907.     Dent.     (Mediaeval  towns.) 

Bibliography,  p.8. 

"There  are  plenty  of  truths  in  his  book — plenty  of  learning  also;  but  there  are 
grave  gaps  and  often  annoying  inaccuracies ...  The  account  of  the  suburbs  is  pleasant 
and  chatty,  and  will  serve  as  a  useful  guide  to  the  ordinary  visitor."     Athenceum,  1907. 

Well  illustrated. 

Emmet,  Thomas  Addis,  b.  1828.  941-5  E59 

Ireland  under  English  rule;  or,  A  plefi  for  the  plaintiff.  2v.  1909. 
Putnam. 

"Bibliography,"  v.i,  P.27-3S. 

"Although  this  indictment  is  severe,  yet  the  facts  quoted  to  substantiate  it  are 
numerous  and  overwhelming.  Nor  can  it  be  said  that  the  author  is  prejudiced."  Amer- 
ican Catholic  quarterly  review,  1903. 

Ferguson,  John,  of  Glasgow.  94i-5  F38 

Three  centuries  of  Irish  history,  from  the  reign  of  Mary  the  Catholic 
to  that  of  Victoria  the  Protestant;  an  unbroken  record  of  confiscation 
and  persecution,  mixed  with  massacre  and  terminating  in  extermination 
by  unjust  and  ruinous  taxation.    Cameron. 

Finlay,  John  Borland.  92  P297S 

Ireland;  the  Irish,  their  Christianity,  institutions,  missions,  mission 

fields  and  learning  from  the  earliest  times,  with  an  appendix.      1895. 

Richardson. 

Bound  with  Sanderson's  "Story  of  Saint  Patrick." 

Godkin,  James.  941.5  G55 

Land-war  in  Ireland;  a  history  for  the  times.  1870.  Macmillan. 
From  the  i6th  century  to  1870.  Author  was  for  30  years  a  close  student  of  every 
phase  of  the  Irish  question.  This  volume  was  the  outcome  of  a  journey  through  Ulster 
and  the  south  of  the  island  taken  by  Godkin  in  1869  as  special  commissioner  of  the 
"Irish  times,"  in  order  to  ascertain  the  feelings  of  the  farmers  and  the  working  classes 
on  the  land  question. 

Gordon,  James  Bentley.  941-5  G65 

History  of  Ireland  from  the  earliest  account  to  the  accomplishment 

of  the  union  with  Great  Britain  in  1801.    2v.    1806.    Longman. 

Author  (1750-1819)  was  an  Irish  clergyman  and  historian,  whose  sympathies  were 

with  the  Loyalist  party. 

Green,  Mrs  Alice  Sophia  Amelia  (Stopford).  94^-5  G82i 

Irish  nationality.     [1911.]     Williams.     (Home  university  library  of 

modern  knowledge.) 

"Some  Irish  writers  on  Irish  history,"  p. 25 5-256. 

Small  volume  of  254  pages  which  reviews  the  whole  course  of  Irish  history,  placing 

the  emphasis  throughout  on  the  unity  and  persistence  of  Irish  nationality. 

Green,  Mrs  Alice  Sophia  Amelia  (Stopford).  94^-5  G82 

Making  of  Ireland  and  its  undoing,  1200-1600.     1908.     Macmillan. 
"Object  is  to  show  that  a  great  civilization   and  culture,  a  great  foreign  trade,  a 

great  reputation,  marked  out  Ireland  among  the  nations  of  Europe,  till  it  was  ruined, 

first  partially  by  the  Anglo-Norman  occupation,  then  completely  by  the  Tudor  conquest." 

Athenceum,  1908. 

Janulaitis,  A.  941-5  J18 

Airija;  lapai  is  istorijos  Airijos.    1908. 


2o86  IRELAND— HISTORY 

Joyce,  Patrick  Weston.  909  L76  v.ia 

Ireland,  by   P.W.Joyce,   and  Scotland;   revised  and   ed.   by  A.  H. 

Shearer.    1906.    Morris.    (In  Lodge,  H.  C.  ed.    History  of  nations,  v.12.) 

"Bibliography,"  p.381-383. 

Leland,  Thomas.  <194i'5  L57 

History  of  Ireland  from  the  invasion  of  Henry  II,  with  a  prelimi- 
nary discourse  on  the  antient  state  of  that  kingdom.    3v.     1773.    Nourse. 

"Contains  few  references  to  original  authorities,  and  is  in  great  part  based  upon 
the  writings  of  Moryson,  Ware,  Cox,  Harris,  and  Carte.  It  is  a  dry  narrative,  and 
exhibits  little  knowledge  of  topography  or  of  literature.  It  concludes  with  the  capitula- 
tion of  Limerick  in  1691."    Dictionary  of  national  biography. 

Lowell,  Mass. — City  library.  roi6.g4i5  L95 

Ireland;  a  list  of  books  relating  to  Ireland  in  the  Lowell  City  Li- 
brary.   1910. 

McCarthy,  Justin.  94i>5  Miair 

Ireland's  cause  in  England's  parliament,  with  preface  by  ].  B. 
O'Reilly.    1888.    Ticknor. 

"Succinct  and  readable  apologia  for  the  Irish  movement,  by  one  who  gave  up  much 
to  join  it,  and  who  has  partaken  of  all  its  vicissitudes."    Nation,  1888. 

Mitchel,  John.  941-5  M74 

History  of  Ireland  from  the  treaty  of  Limerick  to  the  present  time 

[1691-1851].    2v.     1869. 

Compilation,  rather  than  the  result  of  original  research.     Author   (1815-75)   was  a 

well-known  Irish  nationalist  and  newspaper  editor. 

Morris,  William  O'Connor.  941-5  Mgia 

Ireland,  1494-1905;  revised  with  an  additional  chapter  (1868-1905), 
notes,  etc.  by  Robert  Dunlop.  1909.  Cambridge  University  Press. 
(Cambridge  historical  series.) 

"Bibliography,"  p.389-402. 

"One  of  the  best  general  histories  of  Ireland  that  has  yet  appeared."     Nation,  1896. 

Murray,  Robert  Henry.  941-5  M97 

Revolutionary  Ireland  and  its  settlement,  with  an  introduction  by 
J.  P.  Mahaffy.    191 1.    Macmillan. 

"Bibliography,"  p.421-438. 

"Deals  with  an  important  chapter  in  Irish  and  English,  and  indeed  European,  his- 
tory. It  tells  the  story  of  the  'Revolution'  in  Ireland — the  stand  which  the  Irish  made 
in  favour  of  James  II.  against  William  of  Orange,  the  failure  of  the  movement,  and 
the  after- fruits  of  that  failure  in  the  penal  laws... The  value  of  the  book  lies  in  the 
specialization  of  its  scholarship  and  the  development  of  detail."    Atheneeum,  jgu. 

Redmond,  John  Edward.  941-5  Ra7 

Home  rule;  speeches  of  John  Redmond;  ed.  with  an  introduction  by 
R.  B.  O'Brien.     1910.    Unwin. 

"May  be  said  fairly  to  represent  the  case  of  the  Irish  Parliamentary  Party  as  it  it 
placed  before  the  British  democracy,  both  inside  and  outside  of  Parliament."  Outlook 
(London),  igii. 

Sullivan,  Alexander  Martin.  94i«5  S948 

Story  of  Ireland.    1907.    Gill. 

Written  for  young  people.  First  published  in  1867,  brief  additional  chapters  have 
been  added  bringing  the  history  down  to  1904. 

The  same  [to  1894].    1902.    (In  Atlas  and  cyclopedia  of  Ire- 
land.)  qrgx4.i5  ASS 


IRELAND— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL  2087 

Sullivan,  Timothy  Daniel,  and  others.  94i'5  S952 

Speeches  from  the  dock;  or,  Protests  of  Irish  patriotism.  The  Man- 
chester tragedy,  and  The  cruise  of  the  packet  Jackmel  [and]  "The  wear- 
ing of  the  green,"  or,  The  prosecuted  funeral  procession,  etc.,  contain- 
ing, with  introductory  sketches  and  biographical  notices,  speeches  de- 
livered in  the  dock  by  T.  W.  Tone  and  others.    3  pts.  in  iv.     Kenedy. 

Wright,  Thomas,  1810-77.  <194i>5  W93 

History  of  Ireland  from  the  earliest  period  of  the  Irish  annals  to  the 
present  time  [1854].    3v.     [1854.]     London  Printing  and  Pub.  Co. 

Antiquities 
O'Brien,  Henry.  9I3*4I5  Oi3 

Round  towers  of  Ireland;  or,  The  history  of  the  Tuath-de-danaans, 
for  the  first  time  unveiled.  \  1834.     Parbury. 

Ingenious  attempt  to  prove  that  these  ancient  towers  are  Buddhistic  remains.  Author 
(1808-35)  was  an  Irish  antiquary. 

Wakeman,  William  Frederick.  9i3>4i5  W14 

Handbook  of  Irish  antiquities  [ed.]  by  John  Cooke.    1903.    Hodges. 

Description  and  travel 

qrgi4.i5  A88 
Atlas  and  cyclopedia  of  Ireland.    2v.  in  i.    1902.    Murphy. 

Contents:  A  comprehensive  delineation  of  the  32  counties,  by  P.W.Joyce. — The 
general  history,  by  A.  M.  Sullivan. 

Black,  Adam,  &  Charles,  pub.                                                       9i4-i5  Bsia 
Guide  to  Ireland.     1912. 
The  same.    1906 9i4-i5  B51 

Blaisdell,  Etta  Austin,  &  Dalrymple,  Julia.  J9i4-i5  652 

Kathleen  in  Ireland.     1909.     Little.     (Little  people  everywhere.) 
Story  of  a  little  Irish  girl  and  her  blind  sister  who  live  among  the  mountains  of 

lonely  Donegal.     They  make  visits  in  different  parts  of  Ireland  and  hear  stories  of  the 

good  St.  Patrick,  Finn  MacCool,  the  wee  folk  and  the  giants. 

[Craik,  Mrs  Dinah  Maria  (Mulock).]  9i4-i5  C86 

Unknown  country.     1887.     Harper. 

Contents:  From  Antrim  to  Cushendall. — Cushendall  and  Cushendun.— The  Giant's 
Causeway. — Londonderry. — Gweedore. — From  Gweedore  to  Carrick. 

Pleasantly  written  description  of  the  author's  travels  in  Ireland.     Illustrated. 

Curtis,  William  Eleroy.  9i4-i5  C93 

One  Irish  summer.     1909.     Duffield. 

Description  of  the  country  and  the  people  and  the  personal  experiences  of  the  author, 
an  American  newspaper  correspondent. 

Fitzpatrick,  Samuel  A.  Ossory.  9i4'iS  F58 

Dublin;  a  historical  and  topographical  account  of  the  city.     [1907-] 

Methuen.     (Ancient  cities.) 

Generally  accurate  description,  including  some  account  of  the  history  of  Dublin,  the 

social  life  of  the  city,  municipal  affairs,  the  cathedrals,  theatres,  historic  houses  and 

distinguished  residents.     There  are  several  illustrations  and  a  map,  which,  however,  is 

not  of  recent  date. 


2o88  IRELAND— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL 

Gwjmn,  Stephen.  914.15  Gggf 

Fair  hills  of  Ireland.     1906.    Maunsel. 

"Mr.  Gwynn  might  have  styled  his  book  'The  Praise  of  Ireland.'  It  is  an  exultant 
hymn  to  her  loveliness,  especially  to  those  beauties  which  the  careless  stranger  hu 
neglected."     Nation,  igoj. 

Illustrated,  partly  in  color. 

Gwynn,  Stephen.  9i4«i5  Gggh 

A  holiday  in  Connemara.     1909.    Macmillan. 

Study  of  that  lonely  coast  which  forms  the  westernmost  point  of  Europe,  written 
by  an  Irishman  with  humor,  sympathy  and  intimate  knowledge.  Europe  at  large  and 
England  and  even  eastern  Ireland  itself,  he  tells  us,  are  but  names  to  the  men  of 
Connemara,  who  live  altogether  by  the  seashore,  on  fish  and  remittances  from  America. 
Condensed  from  Nation,  1909. 

Hall,  Samuel  Carter,  &  Hall,  Mrs  A.  M.  (Fielding).  4914*15  H16 

Ireland;  its  scenery,  character,  &c.    3v.     [1841-43.]     Virtue. 

"The  literary,  legendary,  and  antiquarian  portions  of  the  work  are  compiled  with 
laudable  diligence;  the  illustrations  are,  for  the  most  part,  clear  and  interesting;  and 
the  statements  and  opinions  are  in  general  as  sensible,  candid,  and  trustworthy,  as 
could  be  expected  from  writers  who  fairly  confess  their  unwillingness  to  say  anything 
discreditable  to  the  country  and  the  majority  of  its  people."  London  quarterly  review, 
1849- 

Hinkson,  Mrs  Katharine  (Tynan).  J914.15  H56 

Ireland,  with  illustrations  in  colour  by  F.  S.  Walker.  1909.  Black. 
(Peeps  at  many  lands  series.) 

A  little  journey  in  Ireland,  telling  about  the  traits  and  ways  of  the  Irish  people 
and  about  Dublin,  Cork,  Galway,  Donegal  and  other  places. 

Hitchcock,  Francis  Ryan  Montgomery.  9i4'i5  H63 

Types  of  Celtic  life  and  art.    Sealy. 

Discussion  of  the  social  system  of  ancient  Ireland.  There  are  Short  chapters  on 
Celtic  monuments,   tombs  and  towers. 

James,  Rolfe  Arnold  Scott-.  9i4-i5  J16 

An  Englishman  in  Ireland;  impressions  of  a  journey  in  a  canoe  by 
river,  lough  and  canal.     1910.    Dent. 

"[Author]  set  out  with  a  friend  to  travel  from  Belfast  to  Limerick  in  a  Cana- 
dian canoe.  The  route  took  him  through  some  of  the  loneliest  parts  of  Ireland,  and  his 
book  is  of  quite  a  different  order  from  the  jottings  of  tourists  who  inspect  advertised 
bits  of  scenery  or  examine  centres  of  political  activity."     Saturday  review,  191 1. 

Joyce,  Patrick  Weston.  914.15  J48S 

Smaller  social  history  of  ancient  Ireland;  treating  of  the  govern- 
ment, military  system  and  law,  religion,  learning  and  art,  trades,  in- 
dustries and  commerce,  manners,  customs  and  domestic  life  of  the  an- 
cient Irish  people.     1906.    Longmans. 

An  abridgment  of  his  "Social  history  of  ancient  Ireland"  (91 4- '5  J48). 

Lovett,  Richard.  q9Z4-i5  L94 

Irish  pictures.     1888.     Nelson. 

Descriptions  of  Irish  scenery,  with  historical  and  literary  allusions.  Fully  illus- 
trated from  photographs  and  sketches. 

Lynd,  Robert.  9i4-i5  L99 

Home  life  in  Ireland.     [1910.]     Mills. 

Contents:  The  Irishman;  introductory. — Farms  and  farmers. — Marriages  and 
match-making. — Stories  and  superstitions  (or  whatever  you  like  to  call  them). — Schools 
and  children. — Wakes  and  funerals. — Priests  and  parsons. — The  Ulsterman's  notoriety. 
— The  Irish  gentry. — Town  life,  with  a  note  on  public  life. — Games  and  dances. — Food, 


IRELAND— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL  2089 


Lynd,  Robert — continued.  9i4«i5  L99 

clothes,  etc. — Religion. — The  lives  of  the  workers. — Sinn  Fein;  the  new  note  in  politics. 
— Politics  and  gatherings. — Manners. — Characters;  the  driver. — Characters;  the  man  of 
secrets. — Literature  and  music. 

Murray,  John,  pub.  914.15  M97 

Handbook  for  travellers  in  Ireland;  revised  and  ed.  by  John  Cooke. 
1906.     Stanford. 

Contains  "Index-directory"  for   1908. 

The  same.     1912.     Stanford r9i4.i5  M97 

Savage,  John,  ed.  q9i4.i5  S26 

Picturesque  Ireland;  a  literary  and  artistic  delineation  of  the  natural 
scenery,  remarkable  places,  historical  antiquities,  public  buildings, 
ancient  abbeys,  towers,  castles  and  other  romantic  and  attractive  fea- 
tures of  Ireland.     1884.     Kelly. 

Fully  illustrated. 

The  same.    1878 qr9i4.i5  S26 

Senior,  Nassau  William.  9i4'i5  S47 

Journals,  conversations  and  essays  relating  to  Ireland.  2v.  1868. 
Longmans. 

V.I.  On  national  property.— Ireland  in  1843. — Proposals  for  extending  the  Irish 
poor  law. — Relief  of  Irish  distress  in  1847  and  1848. — Journal  of  a  visit  to  Ireland  in 
1852. 

V.2.  Journal  of  a  visit  to  Ireland  in  1852  (continued). — Journal  of  a  visit  to  Ire- 
land in  1858. — Journal  of  a  visit  to  Ireland  in   1862. 

Author  was  a  student  of  Irish  affairs  and  a  member  of  the  Irish  poor-law  commis- 
sion of  1844.  He  went  often  to  Ireland  and  had  unusual  opportunities  of  learning  the 
condition  and  sentiments  of  the  Irish  people. 

"The  claims  of  [Ireland],  its  ills  and  the  remedies  for  them,  are  told  and  commented 
on  in  sincere  yet  passionless  seriousness."     Atlienteum,  1868. 

Synge,  John  Millington.  9i4'i5  S99 

Aran  islands.     1910.     Maunsel.     (Works,  v.3.) 

"The  Aran  Islands. .  .are  three  small  islands  lying  off  the  west  coast  of  Ireland, 
about  thirty  miles  from  Galway.  The  largest  is  about  nine  miles  long,  and  the  inhabit- 
ants, who  are  for  the  most  part  still  strangely  primitive,  gain  their  living  by  burning 
kelp,  fishing,  and  tilling  their  scant  fields... Mr.  Synge  has  a  fine  eye  for  colour,  and 
he  has  painted  a  truthful  though  sombre  picture  of  the  islands,  with  their  grey  clouds, 
and  grey  seas,  and  slaty  limestone  rocks."    Academy,  1907. 

Synge,  John  Millington.  9i4'i5  8991 

In  Wicklow;  In  west  Kerry;  In  the  congested  districts;  Under  ether. 
1910.     Maunsel.     (Works,  v.4.) 

"These  essays,  dealing  with  the  peasantry  and  conditions  of  life  on  the  western 
coast  of  Ireland,  have  all  the  charm  of  Mr.  Synge's  papers  on  the  .\ran  Islands,  and 
derive  value  from  their  shrewd  and  sympathetic  observations  of  the  effect  of  the  various 
relief  measures  recently  undertaken  by  the  British  Government-  They  are,  as  might  be 
expected,  especially  felicitous  in  their  vivid  sketches  of  individual  character,  in  their 
descriptions  of  land  and  sea,  their  preservation  of  illuminative  domestic  detail,  and  their 
variety  of  anecdote."     Nation,  1913. 

Trench,  WilHam  Steuart.  9i4-i5  T72 

Realities  of  Irish  life.     1868.    Lovell. 

"Trench's  experience  of  the  management  of  Irish  land  ranged  from  the  period  im- 
mediately prior  to  the  famine  to  that  of  Mr.  Gladstone's  first  Land  Act,  and  in  j868 
the  interest  which  was  then  aroused  in  the  social  condition  of  Ireland  led  him  to  give 
to  the  public  the  record  of  his  experiences. .  .His  activity  of  mind,  shrewdness  of  obser- 
vation, and  thorough  knowledge  of  the  Irish  peasantry,  joined  to  very  considerable 
powers  of  vivid  and  picturesque  description,  admirably  qualified  the  writer  for  a  work 
of  this  Idnd."     Dictionary  of  national  biography. 


209O  ENGLAND— HISTORY 

England 
Bibliography 

Cannon,  Henry  Lewin,  comp.  016.942  C17 

Reading  references  for  English  history.     1910.     Ginn. 
The  same roi6.942  C17 

Gross,  Charles.  qroi6.942  G93C 

Classified  list  of  books  relating  to  British  municipal  history.     1891. 

(Harvard  University — Library.  Bibliographical  contributions,  v.3,  no.43.) 


History 
Archer,  Thomas.  <ir942  A67 

Pictures  and  royal  portraits  illustrative  of  English  and  Scottish 
history  from  the  introduction  of  Christianity  to  the  present  time,  with 
descriptive  historical  sketches.    2v.     1880.     Blackie. 

Bankes,  George.  942  B22 

Story  of  Corfe  castle  and  of  many  who  have  lived  there;  collected 
from  ancient  chronicles  and  records,  also  from  the  private  memoirs  of 
a  family  resident  there  in  the  time  of  the  civil  wars,  which  include  vari- 
ous particulars  of  the  court  of  Charles  the  First,  when  held  at  York 
and  afterwards  at  Oxford.     1853.     Murray. 

Corfe  castle  in  Dorsetshire,  was  founded  in  Saxon  times.  It  was  the  scene  of  the 
murder  of  Edward  the  Martyr,  used  as  a  royal  residence  by  King  John,  and  valiantly 
defended  for  the  royal  cause  during  the  reign  of  Charles  I.  • 

Barrett,  Charles  Raymond  Booth.  942  B26 

Battles  and  battlefields  in  England,  with  an  introduction  by  H.  D. 
Traill.     1896.     Innes. 

Contents:  Fulford  and  Stamford  bridge. — Hastings. — Northallerton  (the  battle  of 
the  Standard). —  Lewes. —  Evesham. —  Boroughbridge. —  Neville's  Cross. —  Otterburn.  — 
Homildon  hill. — Shrewsbury. — St.  Albans. — Blore  heath. — Northampton. — Wakefield. — 
St.  Albans. —  Mortimer's  Cross  and  Towton. —  Hedgeley  moor  and  Hexham. —  Barnet. — 
Tewkesbury. — Bosworth. — Flodden. — Newburn. — Edgehill. — Stratton.— Chalgrove  field. — 
Lansdown. — Roundway  down. — Newbury. — Cropredy  bridge. — Marston  moor. — Newbury. 
—  Naseby.  —  Worcester.  —  Sedgemoor.  —  Appendices:  Marching;  Arms  and  armour; 
Strategy  and  tactics. 

Batcheller,  W.  r942  B31 

New  history  of  Dover  and  of  Dover  castle  during  the  Roman, 
Saxon  and  Norman  governments,  with  a  short  account  of  the  Cinque 
Ports;  comp.  from  ancient  records  and  continued  to  the  present  time, 
to  which  is  added  A  new  Dover  guide  and  a  description  of  the  villages 
near  Dover.     1828.     Batcheller. 

Beard,  Charles  Austin.  943  B34 

Introduction  to  the  English  historians.     1906.     Macmillan. 
Short  bibliographies  at  the  end  of  many  of  the  chapters. 

"Differs  from  the  well-known  source-books  in  that  it  consists  of  excerpts  from  the 
secondary  sources  only:  e.  g.,  Maitland,  Freeman,  and  Stubbs.  Thirty-six  authors  are 
represented  and  a  larger  nurnher  of  works.     The  difficulty  of  making  a  wise  selection 


.  ENGLAND— HISTORY  2091 

Beard,  Charles  Austin — continued.  942  B34 

from  abundant  materials  is  recognized  and  fairly  met.  Each  chapter  is  prefaced  by  a 
brief  explanatory  statement  concerning  the  citation,  which  is  divided  into  sections  with 
topical  headings.  These  form  a  brief,  clear  analysis... A  short  bibliographical  note  con- 
cludes each  chapter,  and  an  index  at  the  end  of  the  volume  gives  easy  access  to  the 
material."    American  historical  review,  1907. 

Brut.  r942  B83 

Brut;  or,  The  chronicles  of  England;  ed.  by  F.  W.  D.  Brie,  v.1-2, 
in  I.     1906-08.     (Early  English  Text  Society.     Publications,  v. 131,  136.) 

History  of  England  from  legendary  times  to  1479.  Though  written  by  different 
authors  at  different  times,  it  is  historically  valuable  as  in  part  by  eye-witnesses  of  the 
events  described.     The  Arthurian  legend  has  here  its  first  great  development. 

942  C14 
Camden  miscellany,  v.ii-12.  1907-10.  (Camden  Society.  Publica- 
tions, 3d  ser.,  V.13,  18.) 

v.ii.  Some  unpublished  letters  of  Gilbert  Burnet,  the  historian;  ed.  by  H.  C.  Fox- 
croft. — Extracts  from  the  papers  of  Thomas  Woodcock,  ob.  1695;  ed-  by  G.  C.  M.  Smith. 
—  The  memoirs  of  Sir  George  Courthop,  1616-1685;  ed.  by  S.  C.  Lomas.  —  The  Com- 
monwealth charter  of  the  city  of  Salisbury  [12]  Sept.  1656;  ed.  by  Hubert  Hall. 

V.I 2.  Two  London  chronicles,  from  the  collections  of  John  Stow;  ed.  by  C.  L.  Kings- 
ford. — Life  of  Sir  John  Digby  (1605-1645);  ed.  by  Georges  Bernard. — Iter  bellicosum: 
Adam  Wheeler  his  account  of  1685;  ed.  by  H.  E.  Maiden. — Common  rights  at  Cotten- 
ham  and  Stretham  in  Cambridgeshire;  ed.  by  W.  Cunningham. 

For  v.i,  8,  10  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

Church,  Alfred  John.  J942  C46S2 

Stories  from  English  history  [to  1902].     1910.    Seeley. 

A  few  of  the  chapter  headings  are.  The  story  of  King  Canute. — The  Red  king. — 
King  Richard's  crusade. — "The  end  of  the  King-maker." — The  boy-king  and  the  three- 
weeks'  queen.- — The  seven  bishops. — The  lost  colonies. — The  Khyber  pass. 

Coventry,  England.  r942  C84 

Coventry  leet  book  or  mayor's  register;  containing  the  records  of 
the  city  court  leet  or  view  of  frankpledge,  A.  D.  1420-1555,  with  divers 
other  matters;  ed.  by  M.  D.  Harris.  3v.  in  2.  1907-09.  (Early  English 
Text  Society.     Publications,  v.134-135,  138.) 

The  records  touch  mediaeval  town  life  at  many  points  and  are  full  of  allusions  inter- 
esting to  students  of  legal,  topographical,  ecclesiastical  or  social  history.  Valuable  to 
philologists  as  illustrating  the  Warwickshire  dialect  a  century  before  Shakespeare. 

Davies,  E.  Wyatt-.  942  D31 

Elementary  history  of  England.     1906.     Longmans. 

Outline  history  from  Julius  Caesar  to  the  death  of  Victoria.  Written  for  pupils 
in  the  English  secondary  schools,  from  the  Catholic  point  of  view,  and  paying  particular 
attention  to  the  events  in  which  religious  influences  have  played  a  prominent  part. 

Dixon,  William  Hepworth.  942  D64 

Royal  Windsor.    4v.     1879-80.     Hurst. 

Popular  history  and  description  from  the  founding  of  the  castle  by  William  the 
Conqueror  to  the  days  of  Victoria.  The  account  of  its  history  during  the  i8th  and 
19th  centuries  is  extremely  brief. 

Elson,  Henry  William.  94^  E55 

Guide  to  English  history  for  young  readers  [to  1910].    1911-    Baker. 
"English  chronology  by  dynasties  and  reigns,"  p.3-8. 

Condensed  history,  which  follows  the  main  line  of  national  development  and  con- 
fines itself  to  the  salient  points. 


2092  ENGLAND— HISTORY    . 

Ewald,  Alexander  Charles.  942  Eg6s 

Stories  from  the  state  papers.    2v.     1882.    Chatto. 

V.I.  Our  waste  paper  office. — The  youth  of  Henry  the  Fifth. — The  captive  of 
Castile  [Queen  Juana  of  Spain]. — \  love  match  [Mary  Tudor  and  Charles  Brandon]. — 
The  sweating  sickness. — A  holy  mission. — A  princess  of  the  period  [Elizabeth,  queen  of 
England]. — The  invincible  Armada. — The  earl  of  Essex's  rebellion. 

V.2.  The  gunpowder  plot. — A  perished  kernel. — The  massacre  of  Amboyna. — The 
gathering  of  the  storm. — The  Lancashire  witches. — The  great  fire  of  London. — A  na- 
tional scare. 

Ewald,  Alexander  Charles.  942  E96 

Studies  re-studied;  historical  sketches  from  original  sources.     1885. 

Chatto. 

Contents:  A  bas  les  Juifs. — A  delicate  mission. — The  Field  of  the  cloth  of  gold. — 
The  revolt  of  Sir  Thomas  Wyatt. — Rejected  addresses. — Last  hours  of  Mary,  queen  of 
Scots.  —  Westward  hoi — A  knight-errant's  pilgrimage.  —  The  Rye  house  plot.  —  The 
Bloody  assizes. — The  warming-pan  story. — John,  lord  Hervey. 

Fletcher,  Charles  Robert  Leslie.  942  F63 

Introductory  history  of  England.    4v.     1904-09. 

v.i.     From  the  earliest  times  to  the  close  of  the  middle  ages  [1485]. 

V.2.     From  Henry  VII  to  the  restoration  [1485-1660]. 

V.3.     From  the  restoration  to  the  beginning  of  the  great  war  [i 660-1 792]. 

V.4.     The  great  European  war  [1792-1815]. 

Mr  Fletcher's  avowed  object  is  to  avoid  intolerable  dulness  and  he  has  succeeded. 
He  has  a  facile  pen  and  infuses  much  ozone  into  his  pages.  The  dry-as-dust  critic  might 
pick  holes  in  some  of  his  statements,  but,  where  the  aim  is  more  to  enliven  than  to 
record,  one  must  not  be  too  exacting.     Condensed  from  Nation,  1905. 

Fletcher,  Charles  Robert  Leslie,  &  Kipling,  Rudyard.  942  F63S 

School  history  of  England  [to  1911];  pictures  by  Henry  Ford.  1911. 
Clarendon  Press. 

Brief  and  spirited  account  of  English  history,  with  a  plentiful  admixture  of  verse, 
and  illustrations  in  color. 

[Giles,  John  Allen],  coiiip.  r942  Gage 

Excerpta  ex  scriptoribus  classicis  de  Britannia;  Extracts  from  the 
classical  writers  concerning  Britain  arranged  in  chronological  order 
for  the  use  of  schools.    1846.    Whittaker. 

The  text  is  in  Latin  and  Greek. 

[Goldsmith,  Oliver.]  94a  G58 

History  of  England  in  a  series  of  letters  from  a  nobleman  to  his  son, 
continued  to  the  end  of  the  reign  of  George  the  Third,  to  which  are 
added  two  letters  on  the  study  and  biography  of  the  ancient  and 
modern  British  historians.    2v.    1821.    Scatcherd. 

First  published  in  1771. 

An  acknowledged  compilation  from  Rapin,  Carte,  Smollett  ard  Hume.  It  was,  on 
the  whole,  well  received,  some  critics  declaring  that  never  had  English  history  been 
epitomized  before  "so  usefully,  elegantly  and  agreeably." 

Hadden,  James  Cuthbert.  942  H12 

Stirring  sea  fights;  a  book  for  British  boys.     [1908.]     Partridge. 

The  most  striking  incidents  in  England's  naval  history.     Illustrated. 

Higginson,  Thomas  Wentworth,  &  Channing,  Edward.  942  Hsaa 

English  history  for  Americans  [to  1910].     1912.     Longmans. 
The  same  [to  1901].     1906 J943  HS3 

"Topics"  with  references  at  the  end  of  many  chapters. 


ENGLAND— HISTORY  2093 

Historic  Society  of  Lancashire  and  Cheshire.  r942  H63 

Transactions  for  the  year  1901.    v.53.     1902. 

V.53  is  new  ser.  v.  17. 

Hunt,  Rev.  William,  &  Poole,  R.  L.  ed.  942  H94 

Political  history  of  England,    v.6,  8-9.     1903-10.     Longmans. 
The  same,    v.6,  8-9 r942  H94 

v.6.  History  of  England  from  the  accession  of  Edward  VI  to  the  death  of  Eliza- 
beth, 1 547-1 603,  by  A.  F.  Pollard. 

V.8.  History  of  England  from  the  restoration  to  the  death  of  William  III,  1660- 
1702,  by  Richard  Lodge. 

V.9.  History  of  England  from  the  accession  of  Anne  to  the  death  of  George  II, 
1702-60,  by  I.  S.  Leadam. 

For  V.1-5,  7,  10-12  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Marshall,  Henrietta  Elizabeth.  J942  M41 

Island  story;  a  child's  history  of  England,  with  pictures  by  A.  S. 
Forrest.     [1906.]     Stokes. 

"In  this  book  you  will  find  the  story  of  the  people  of  Britain.  The  story  tells  how 
they  grew  to  be  a  great  people,  till  the  little  green  island  set  in  the  lonely  sea  was  no 
longer  large  enough  to  contain  them  all."  Begins  with  the  stories  of  Albion  and  Brutus 
and  contains  all  the  interesting  legends  and  hero  tales  in  which  the  history  of  England 
abounds,  such  as  The  story  of  the  "White  Ship." — How  Blondel  found  the  king. — Hen- 
gist's  treachery. — The  story  of  the  poisoned  dagger. — The  story  of  a  make-believe  prince. 
— How  the  princess  Elizabeth  became  a  prisoner. — The  fiery  cross. — The  pipes  at  Luck- 
now. 

Colored  pictures. 

Michell,  S.  H.  942  M66 

History  of  England  from  the  earliest  times  to  the  death  of  Queen 

Anne,  for  the  use  of  the  middle  forms  of  schools.     1910.     Rivers. 
References  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 
All   that   can   be   expected   in    231    pages   has   been   done,   but   very   little   is   said   of 

social   life... The   summary    is   accurate   and    well   calculated    for   examination   purposes. 

An   excellent  feature  is  a  list,  at  the  end  of  each   chapter,   of  novels,   boys*  books   and 

poetry  which  illustrate  the  period.      Condensed  from  Athenaum,  1910. 

Montgomery,  David  Henry.  942  M86I2 

Leading  facts  of  English  history  [to  1910].     1911.     Ginn. 

"Short  list  of  books  on  English  history,"  p. 42-46. 

Oman,  Charles  William  Chadwick,  ed.  942  024h 

History  of  England,    v.1-2,  4-6.     1904-11.     Methuen. 
v. I.     England  before  the  Norman  conquest,  by  C.  W.  C.  Oman. 
v. 2.     England  under  the  Normans  and  Angevins,  1066-1272,  by  H.  W.  C.  Davis. 
v.4.     England  under  the  Tudors,  by  A.  D.  Innes. 
v.s.     England  under  the  Stuarts,  by  G.  M.  Trevelyan. 
v.6.     England  under  the  Hanoverians,  by  C.  G.  Richards. 
"Bibliography"  at  the  end  of  each  volume. 

Ransome,  Cyril.  942  Riga 

Advanced  history  of  England  [to  1910].     1910.    Rivington. 
"This  history  as  a  whole  is  excellent. .  .a  well  arranged,  clear,  temperate,  just  and 

patriotic  book — and  it  deserves  a  wide  and  hearty  welcome."     Spectator,  1895. 
Maps  and  plans  of  battle-fields. 

Reed,  Henry.  1942  R28 

Lectures  on  English  history  and  tragic  poetry  as  illustrated  by  Shak- 
speare.     1856.    Shaw. 


2094  ENGLAND— HISTORY 

Tout,  Thomas  Frederick.  942  T65 

Advanced  history  of  Great  Britain  from  the  earliest  times  to  the 

death  of  Queen  Victoria.     1906.    Longmans. 
"List  of  bibliographies,"  p.36. 
This  is  Book  3  of  Longmans'  Historical  series  for  schools. 

Warren,  Henry  Pelt,  ed.  J942  W24 

Stories  from  English  history  from  B.  C.  55  to  A.  D.  1901.  1906. 
Heath. 

Woodward,  William  Harrison.  942  W86a 

Short  history  of  the  expansion  of  the  British  empire,  1500-1911. 
1912.    Cambridge  University  Press. 

Lucid,  compact  and  comprehensive  account  of  British  colonization.  Written  for  use 
in  English  teachers'  colleges. 

IO66-1603 

Thierry,  Augustin.  942.02  T36n 

Les  Normands  en  Angleterre  et  en  France,  from  La  conquete  de 
I'Angleterre  par  les  Normands;  ed.  by  A.  H.  Smith.  1905.  Clarendon 
Press.    (Oxford  modern  French  series.) 

Towle,  George  Makepeace.  942.04  T65 

History  of  Henry  the  Fifth,  king  of  England,  lord  of  Ireland  and 

heir  of  France.     1886.    Appleton. 

History  of  England  during  the  reign  as  well  as  the  personal  life  of  the  king. 

Lodge,  Edmund.  942.05  L76 

Illustrations  of  British  history,  biography  and  manners  in  the  reigns 
of  Henry  VIII,  Edward  VI,  Mary,  Elizabeth  &  James  I.  3v.  1838. 
Chidley. 

This  admirable  selection  from  the  Howard,  Talbot  and  Cecil  manuscripts  in  the 
College  of  Arms  made  the  author's   reputation  as   an   accomplished   historical   scholar. 

Stuart.     Commonwealth 

1603-1714 

Burton,  John  Hill.  942.06  B95 

History  of  the  reign  of  Queen  Anne.     3v.     1880.     Blackwood. 

"The  book,  dry  without  exactness,  and  desultory  without  liveliness,  hardly  deserves 

to  be  ranked  among  histories.     The  most  valuable  part  is  his  account  of  Marlborough's 

battles,  the  localities  of  which  he  had  visited  expressly."  Dictionary  of  national  biography. 

Burton,  Thomas.  r942.o6  B95 

Diary  of  Thomas  Burton,  member  in  the  Parliaments  of  Oliver  and 
Richard  Cromwell  from  1656  to  1659,  with  an  introduction  containing 
an  account  of  the  Parliament  of  1654,  from  the  journal  of  Guibon  God- 
dard;  ed.  and  illustrated  with  notes,  historical  and  biographical,  by  J.  T. 
Rutt.    4v.    1828.    Colburn. 

Although  the  diary  is  attributed  to  Burton,  member  of  Parliament  from  Westmore- 
land, the  identity  of  the  author  can  be  discovered  only  by  the  internal  evidence,  which 
is  very  conflicting.  It  is  a  detailed  report  of  parliamentary  proceedings  and  speeches 
and  was  evidently  prepared  in  the  House  itself. 


ENGLAND— HISTORY  2095 

Cowan,  Samuel.  942.06  C84 

Royal  house  of  Stuart,  from  its  origin  to  the  accession  of  the  house 

of  Hanover.    2v.    1908. 

Deals  fully  with  the  genealogical  origins  of  the   Stuarts  and  in  general  is  better 

for  their  history  in  Scotland  than  for  the  English  period.     Interesting  for  the  general 

reader.     Excellent  portraits. 

Fea,  Allan.  942.06  Fsia 

After  Worcester  fight;  being  a  companion  volume  to  "The  flight  of 
the  king."  1904.     Lane. 

Brings   together   the   chief   contemporary   narratives   which   describe   the   escape    of 
Charles  II  from  the  field  where  Cromwell  won  his  final  victory. 

Firth,  Charles  Harding.  942.06  F52 

Last  years  of  the  protectorate,  1656-1658.    2v.     1909.     Longmans. 

V.I.  1656-1657. 

V.2.  1657-1658. 

Continuation  of  Gardiner's  "History  of  the  commonwealth  and  protectorate,   1649— 
1660"  (942.06  Gi/his). 

Bibliography,  v.i,  p.6-ii. 

Henrietta  Maria,  queen  consort  of  Charles  I.  942.06  H44 

Letters,    including    her    private    correspondence    with    Charles    the 

First;  collected  from  the  public  archives  and  private  libraries  of  France 

and  England;  ed.  by  M.  A.  E.  Green.     1857.     Bentley. 

Valuable   series   of  letters   covering  an   important   period   of  English   history,   the 

majority  of  them  belonging  to  the  years  1642-46.     Slight  annotations  are  added. 


Hanoverian  period 

1714-1837 

Stanhope,  Philip  Henry,  earl  of,  ed.  942.07  87801 

Miscellanies.     1863.     Murray. 

"Five  letters  by  William  Pitt,  two  by  Edmund  Burke,  and  two  memoranda  by  the 
duke  of  Wellington  make  the  best  parts  of  this  collection.  The  letters  by  Pitt  arc  of  no 
great  importance,  and  were  omitted  by  Lord  Stanhope  from  the  Life  of  that  states- 
man... The  letters  by  Burke  are  of  more  moment... for  they  turn  entirely  on  his  per- 
sonal position."     Atheneeutn,  1863. 

Waldegravc,  James,  earl.  qr942.07  W15 

Memoirs  from  1754  to  1758.     1821.     Murray. 

Waldegrave  (1715-63)  was  the  intimate  friend  and  adviser  of  George  II  and  it  is 
to  the  political  affairs  of  the  last  four  years  of  his  reign  that  the  "Memoirs"  relate. 

"[They]  are  admirable  in  style  and  temper,  and  their  accuracy  has  never  been  im- 
pugned."   Dictionary  of  national  biography. 

Walpole,  Horace,  earl  of  Or  ford.  942.07  W18I 

Last  journals  of  Horace  Walpole  during  the  reign  of  George  IH, 
from  1771-1783,  w^ith  notes  by  Dr  Doran;  ed.  with  an  introduction  by 
A.  F.  Steuart  and  containing  numerous  portraits  reproduced  from  con- 
temporary pictures.     2v.     1910.     Lane. 

"Continuation  of  Walpole's  'Memoirs  of  the  Reign  of  George  III'... The  central 
theme  is  the  marriage  of  the  Duke  of  Gloucester,  brother  of  the  King,  with  Lady 
Marion  Waldegrave,  Walpole's  niece,  and  the  struggle  to  get  the  marriage  acknowledged 
by  the  court.  There  is  also  a  running  account  of  Parliamentary  doings  during  those 
stirring  years,  which  include  the  American  war  and  the  successful  contest  with  the  court 
party."     Nation,  1909. 


2096  ENGLAND— HISTORY 

Nineteenth  century.    Victorian  age 
1837-1901 

Bright,  John.  942.08  B74 

Public  letters;  ed.  by  H.J.  Leech,  with  additions  and  a  memoir. 
1895.    Low. 

Letters  selected  from  the  newspaper  files  of  35  years.  They  relate  to  matters  of 
foreign  policy,  peace  and  war,  free  trade,  parliamentary  reform,  British  rule  in  Ireland 
and  India,  constitutional  and  social  questions,  etc. 

McCarthy,  Justin.  942.08  Mi2sh 

Short  history  of  our  own  times  from  the  accession  of  Queen  Vic- 
toria to  the  accession  of  King  Edward  VIL    1908.    Harper. 

Walpole,  Sir  Spencer.  942.08  Wi8h 

History  of  25  years,    v.3-4.     1908.     Longmans. 

V.3.     1870-75- 

V.4.     1876-80. 

Really  a  continuation  of  his  "History  of  England"  from  181 5  to  the  close  of  the 
Indian  mutiny;  the  change  in  title,  as  he  says  in  his  introduction,  simply  indicates  that 
from  1856  to  1880  foreign  affairs  occupy  the  chief  place  in  English  annals,  while  in  his 
earlier  volumes  he  wrote  from  a  "domestic  standpoint."  Such  questions  as  the  housing 
of  the  poor,  national  education,  university  reform,  the  advance  of  science,  and  religious 
movements  are  fully  treated.  The  rivalries  of  statesmen,  and  the  personal  side  of  party 
government,  though  not  neglected,  receive  comparatively  slight  notice.  The  clearness 
and  decision  conspicuous  in  his  treatment  of  foreign  affairs  bear  witness  to  the  extent 
of  his  knowledge.     Condensed  from  English  historical  reznew,  jgog. 

For  v.i-2  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 


Antiquities 

Camden,  William.  qr9i3.42  C14 

Britannia;  or,  A  chorographical  description  of  the  flourishing  king- 
doms of  England,  Scotland  and  Ireland  and  the  islands  adjacent,  from 
the  earliest  antiquity;  tr.  from  the  edition  published  by  the  author  in 
1607,  enlarged  by  the  latest  discoveries  by  Richard  Gough.  4v.  1806. 
Stockdale. 

Only  V.I  of  this  edition  was  published  under  the  supervision  of  Richard  Gough. 
John  Nichols  superintended  the  remaining  volumes. 

Originally  written  in  Latin  and  published  in  1586.  It  at  once  ranked  the  author 
among  the  most  learned  antiquarians  of  the  time  and  has  caused  him  to  be  surnamed 
"the  British  Pausanias." 

Holmes,  Thomas  Rice  Edward.  91342  H73 

Ancient  Britain  and  the  invasions  of  Julius  Caesar.  1907.  Claren- 
don Press. 

After  a  preliminary  sketch  of  the  history  of  archaeological  science  in  Britain,  Mr 
Holmes  discusses  the  first  appearance  of  paleolithic  man  and  then  traces  step  by  step 
the  successive  races  which  entered  into  the  British  population  up  to  the  Roman  period. 
The  physical  type  of  each  is  described,  its  geographical  distribution,  its  archzological  re- 
mains and  the  probable  character  of  its  civilization.  Mr  Holmes  shows  wide  and 
thorough  acquaintance  with  the  literature  of  the  various  sciences  concerned,  and  his 
references  constitute  in  themselves  a  valuable  bibliography.  The  general  arrangement 
of  the  book  is  intended  to  serve  at  once  the  interest  of  the  scholar  and  of  the  general 
reader.     Condensed  from  American  historical  rez-ieu;  1908. 


ENGLAND— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL  2097 

Description  and  travel 

Anderson,  John  Parker,  comp.  roi6.gi42  A54 

Book  of  British  topography;  a  classified  catalogue  of  the  topo- 
graphical works  in  the  library  of  the  British  Museum  relating  to  Great 
Britain  and  Ireland.     1881.     Satchell. 

Baedeker,  Karl,  comp.  914.3  814832 

Great  Britain.     1910. 

The  same.     1906 914.2  B148 

The  same.     1910 rgi4.2   Bi4a 

Ball,  J.  Ivo.  914.2  B21 

Strongholds  of  the  barons.     1906.     Fairbairns. 

"Authorities,"  p.8. 

Brief  description,  accompanied  by  illustrations,  of  about  50  of  the  most  famous 
castles  of  England. 

Bates,  Katharine  Lee.  914-3  B31 

From  Gretna  Green  to  Land's  End;  a  literary  journey  in  England. 
[1907.]     Crowell. 

Contents:  The  Border. — The  Lake  country. — Three  rush-bearings. — A  group  of  in- 
dustrial counties. — The  heart  of  England:  Warwickshire. — The  Cotswolds. — Oxford. — 
Counties  of  the  Severn  valley. — Somerset  and  Devonshire. — Cornwall. 

Most  of  this  book  appeared  in  the  "Chautauquan,"  v.45-46,  Dec.   1906-May  1907. 

Belloc,  Hilaire.  c[9i4-3  B4ih 

Historic  Thames,  with  coloured  illustrations  by  A.  R.  Quinton.  1907. 
Dent. 

"Mr.  Belloc's  text  proceeds  on  very  different  lines  from  those  of  the  ordinary 
guide-book;  he  has  no  desire  to  tell  you  what  to  look  for  at  Medmenham  or  what  hap- 
pened at  Reading;  he  takes  the  river  as  a  great  natural  fact  to  which  our  forefathers 
succeeded,  and  tries  to  trace  the  way  it  affected,  both  as  a  highway  and  a  barrier,  the 
course  of  history  and  the  lives  of  the  people  on  its  banks... The  casual  reader  who  has 
had  history  too  much  thrown  at  him  as  a  jumble  of  disconnected  facts  cannot  but  gain 
both  pleasure  and  insight  from  Mr.  Belloc's  broad  treatment  of  the  river  as  something 
organic  and  living."     Saturday  revieiv,  igoS. 

[Berry,  Mary.]  914-2  B45 

Social  life  in  England  and  France  from  the  French  revolution  in 
1789  to  that  of  July  1830,  by  the  editor  of  Madame  Du  Deffand's  letters. 
1831.     Longman. 

Miss  Berry  (1763-1852)  was  a  close  friend  of  Horace  Walpole  and  for  a  great 
many  years  prominent  in  English  society.  Her  observations  on  the  social  life  of  France 
during  this  period  were  also  founded  upon  personal  experience.  This  book  was  written 
as  a  sequel  to  her  "Comparative  view  of  the  social  life  of  England  and  France  from  the 
restoration  of  Charles  the  Second  to  the  French  revolution,"  which  appeared  in  1828. 
Concerning  the  whole  work  Richard  Monckton  Milnes  writes  in  his  "Monographs,  per- 
sonal and  social,"  "Taken  in  relation  to  the  English  information  of  that  time  on  such 
subjects,  [it]  exhibits  much  research  and  power  of  arrangement.  Of  the  many  and  vari- 
ous judgments  it  contains,  some  are  erroneous,  and  even  superficial,  but  there  is  a 
discrimination  and  fairness  in  estimating  the  peculiarities  and  excellencies  of  the  two 
countries,  which  produced  as  much  effect  in  France  as  in  England." 

Bolton,  Mrs  Sarah  (Knowles).  914.2  B61 

Social  studies  in  England.     [1884.]     Lothrop. 

Contents:  Higher  education  of  women  at  Cambridge. — Higher  education  of  women 
at  Oxford. — Women  in  London  University  and  in  University  College. — Women  in  the 
art  schools. — Needlework  and  cookery. — A  new  work  for  women. — Other  work  for 
women. — Women  as   nurses. — Miss  A.    E.   Weston. — Mrs   Spurgeon,   and   others. — Miss 


209^ 


ENGLAND— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL 


Bolton,  Mrs  Sarah  (Knowles) — continued.  914.2  B61 

De  Broen's  work. — Peabody  homes  in  London. — Several  London  charities. — Working- 
men's  colleges. — Post-office  savings  banks;  a  help  to  working  people. — Some  workshops 
abroad. — Profit-sharing  with  employes. — Co-operative  societies. — Homes  for  working- 
men. — Knowledge  which  earns  bread. 

Bradley,  Arthur  Granville.  914.2  B68w 

The  Wye;  painted  by  Sutton  Palmer,  described  by  A.G.Bradley. 
1 910.    Black. 

Follows  the  Wye  from  its  source  in  Wales  to  its  estuary,  describing  its  scenery  and 
relating  its  historic  associations.     Illustrated  in  color. 

Burrows,  George  T.  9i4.a  B947 

Some  old  English  inns.    1907.    Laurie. 

Tiny  volume  containing  illustrated  descriptions  of  some  25  of  the  most  interesting 
inns. 

Collier,  Price.  914.2  C697 

England  and  the  English  from  an  American  point  of  view.     1909. 

Scribner. 

Contents:     First  impressions. — Who  are  the  English? — The  land  of  compromise. — 

English  home  life. — Are  the  English  dull? — Sport. — Ireland. — An  English  country  town. 

— Society. — Conclusion. 

Conybeare,  Edward.  9i4>2  C76 

Highways  and  byways  in  Cambridge  and  Ely.    1910.    Macmillan. 

Chief  interest  of  the  book  is  divided  between  Cambridge  University  and  Ely  cathedral. 
Illustrated  with  drawings  by  Frederick  L.  Griggs. 

De  Milt,  Aida  Rodman.  9Z4-3  D4a 

Ways  and  days  out  of  London.    1910.    Baker. 

Describes  trips  to  Hampton  Court,  Rainham  and  Rochester,  Ascot,  Richmond,  Guild- 
ford, Ely,  Cambridge,  Stoke  Poges,  Windsor,  St.  Albans.  Epping  forest,  Dulwich,  Col- 
chester, Greenstead,  Greenwich,  Dunstable  and  Canterbury. 

Dillon,  John  M.  914.2  D58 

Motor  days  in  England;  a  record  of  a  journey  through  picturesque 
southern  England,  with  historical  and  literary  observations  by  the 
way.    1908.    Putnam. 

Account  of  a  trip  through  the  southwestern  part  of  England — as  far  east  as  London 
and  as  far  north  as  Leamington.  Some  of  the  illustrations  are  from  drawings  by  the 
author,  who,  though  a  lawyer,  exhibits  a  feeling  and  skill  that  professional  artists  often 
fail  to  attain.  There  is  a  map  of  the  route,  a  table  of  distances  and  a  chapter  of  practical 
suggestions.     Otherwise  the  text  is  rather  slight.     Condensed  from  Nation,  igo8. 

E^wardes,  Tickner.  914-2  E31 

Lift-luck  on  southern  roads.    1910.    Macmillan. 

Account  of  an  unconventional  journey  from  Torquay  to  the  author's  home  in 
Sussex,  a  leisurely  tour  of  200  miles  through  the  southern  English  countryside,  helped 
by  "lifts"  provided  by  the  drivers  of  various  vehicles,  from  the  motor  car  to  the 
humble  cart.  These  "lifts"  furnished  the  author  introductions  to  people  of  different 
ranks  and  employments,  besides  giving  him  opportunities  of  seeing  the  country.  De- 
lightful book  of  country  gossip  and  of  descriptions  of  houses  and  landscape. 

Escott,  Thomas  Hay  Sweet.  9i4«2  Eygso 

Society  in  the  country  house.    1906.    Jacobs. 

Traces  the  rise  of  country  house  entertaining  from  the  days  of  Chaucer's  14th  cen- 
tury franklin  down  to  the  "week-ends"  of  modern  times.  From  his  historical  sketch 
Mr  Escott  passes  to  descriptions  of  certain  houses  which  for  generations  have  played 
their  part  in  English  politics.  A  cheerful  jumble  of  anecdotes  and  interesting  side-lights 
on  persons  and  events. 


ENGLAND— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL  2099 

Fea,  Allan.  914.2  F31P 

Picturesque  old  houses;  being  the  impressions  of  a  wanderer  off  the 

beaten  track.     [1902.]     Bousfield. 

Travels  through  English  country.     As  the  title  indicates,  the  author's  main  interest 

was  in  the  houses  seen  by  the  way  and  of  these  he  gives  many  illustrations,  from  manors 

and  halls  to  attractive  cottages. 

Finnemore,  John.  J9i4*2  F51 

England,  containing  illustrations  in  colour.  1908.  Black.  (Peeps  at 
many  lands  series.) 

Partial  contents:  In  London  town. — Old  Father  Thames. — Round  the  tors. — In 
Shakespeare's  country. — An  old  English  house. — The  playground  of  England. — Heroes 
of  the  storm. 

Garrett,  John  Henry.  914.2  Gig 

The  idyllic  Avon;  a  simple  description  of  the  Avon  from  Tewkes- 
bury to  above  Stratford-on-Avon,  with  songs  &  pictures  of  the  river 
and  its  neighbourhood.     1906.     Putnam. 

"A  party  of  three  spent  a  whole  summer  in  a  boat  on  the  Avon,  navigating  that 
stream  from  Tewkesbury  in  Gloucestershire  to  Stratford-on-Avon,  a  distance  of  fifty 
miles.  Something  over  250  pages  and  89  full-page  illustrations  are  devoted  to  that 
stretch  of  Avon's  banks  and  riverside  villages,  with  which  the  reader  becomes  extremely 
intimate.  Stratford  is  the  goal,  but  those  who  weary  of  this  well-trodden  spot  will  find 
the  descriptions  and  pictures  of  the  vale  of  Evesham  and  the  charming  remote  villages 
of  Gloucestershire  and  Worcestershire  more  to  their  taste."     Nation,  igo6. 

Gibbs,  Joseph  Arthur.  914.2  G36 

A  Cotswold  village;  or,  Country  life  and  pursuits  in  Gloucestershire. 
1909.    Murray. 

"A  pot-pourri  of  local  history  and  tradition,  fox-hunting,  shooting,  fishing,  cricket, 
politics,  landscape,  and  architecture.  In  this  last  feature  Gloucestershire  is  rich,  possess- 
ing not  only  the  remains  of  Cirencester  and  its  environs,  but  examples  of  all  the  periods 
of  English  Gothic,  from  the  early  Norman  churches  down.  In  describing  them,  the 
author  is  appreciative  and  not  too  technical."     Nation,  igoo. 

Godfrey,  Elizabeth,  (pseud,  of  Jessie  Bedford).  914.2  Gsse 

English  children  in  the  olden  times.    [1907.]     Methuen. 

A  thoroughly  engaging  inquiry  into  the  bringing-up  of  English  children  in  the  past. 
The  author  has  succeeded  in  gleaning  from  correspondence,  history  and  literature  much 
interesting  matter  on  a  subject  which  has  been  strangely  neglected  hitherto.  Contains 
chapters  on  toys  and  games,  nursery-lore,  fairy  tales,  education  and  an  interesting  sketch 
of  the  children  in  Shakespeare.     Many  reproductions  of  old  paintings  of  children. 

Gonzales,  Manoel.  qrgio  P63  v.a 

Voyage  to  Great  Britain,  containing  an  historical,  geographical, 
topographical,  political  and  ecclesiastical  account  of  England  and  Scot- 
land, with  a  curious  collection  of  things  particularly  rare  both  in  nature 
and  antiquity;  tr.  from  the  Portuguese  manuscript.  [1808.]  (In  Pinker- 
ton,  John,  ed.     General  collection  of  voyages  and  travels,  v.2,  p.i-171.) 

Hall,  Samuel  Carter,  &  Hall,  Mrs  A.  M.  (Fielding).  914.2  H175 

Book  of  the  Thames  from  its  rise  to  its  fall.    1867.    Bennett. 
Description  of  the  scenery  and  places  along  its  banks,  with  many  references  to  Eng- 
lish history.  Fully  illustrated. 

Harper,  Charles  George.  914.2  H28br 

Brighton   road;   old   times   and   new   on   a   classic    highway.      1892. 

Chatto. 

During  the  regency  and  the  reign  of  George  IV  the  coach  road  from  London  to 


2IOO  ENGLAND— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL 

Harper,  Charles  George — continued.  914.2  H28br 

Brighton  was  one  of  the  most  fashionable  and  frequently  traveled.  Mr  Harper  has  col- 
lected a  great  deal  of  interesting  material  relating  to  it.  Contains  several  reproductions 
of  old  prints  in  addition  to  the  author's  own  drawings. 

Harper,  Charles  George.  9i4'2  H28d 

Dorset  coast.    1905.    Chapman. 

Combines  description  of  scenery  with  history  and  tradition.  Contains  illustrations 
and  map. 

Harper,  Charles  George.  914-2  H28do 

Dover  road;  annals  of  an  ancient  turnpike.     1895.     Chapman. 

A  description,  full  of  historical  allusions,  of  the  old  coach  road  from  London  to 
Dover.     Illustrations  consist  of  drawings  by  the  author  and  reproductions  of  old  prints. 

Harper,  Charles  George.  914.2  H28ne 

Newmarket,  Bury,  Thetford  and  Cromer  road;  sport  and  history 

on  an  East  Anglian  turnpike.     1904.     Chapman. 

"There  is  plenty  in  it  to  interest  the  lovers  of  the  English  countryside,  and  some 

antiquaries  will  be   stimulated  by   renewing  their   memories   of   old-time   incidents   and 

practices  here  set  forth."     Athenaum,  1904. 
Illustrated. 

Harper,  Charles  George.  914.2  H28no 

North  Devon  coast.     1908.     Chapman. 

Popular  description,  full  of  information  and  showing  unfailing  zeal  and  vivacity  in 
pursuit  of  the  historic  and  the  picturesque.     Illustrated. 

Harper,  Charles  George.  914.2  H280 

Oxford,  Gloucester  and  Milford  Haven  road;  the  ready  w^ay  to 
south  Wales.    2v.     1905.     Chapman. 

V.I.     London  to  Gloucester. 

V.2.     Gloucester  to  Milford  Haven. 

"The  road  which  is  the  subject  of  these  two  volumes,  agreeably  illustrated  partly  by 
Mr.  Harper  himself  and  in  part  from  old  prints,  runs  out  of  London  by  Oxford  Street 
and  the  Bayswater  Road,  and  is  two  hundred  and  fifty-six  miles  in  length... A  map 
would  enable  a  reader  to  journey  in  the  author's  gossiping  company  with  considerably 
more  pleasure  and  ease."    Athenaum,  1905. 

[Harrison,  William,  1534-93.]  914a  H31 

Elizabethan  England;  ed.  by  Lothrop  Withington,  with  introduc- 
tion by  F.  J.  Furnivall.     [1899.]     Scott. 

Compiled  from  his  "Description  of  England,"  first  published  in  1577. 
"One  of  the  most  often  quoted  and  trusted  authorities  on  the  condition  of  England 
in  Elizabeth's  and  Shakespeare's  days."     Dictionary  of  national  biography. 

Haven,  Gilbert,  bp.  914.2  H35 

The  pilgrim's  wallet;  or,  Scraps  of  travel  gathered  in  England, 
France  and  Germany.    1867.     Kurd. 

Higinbotham,  John  U.  914.2  H53 

Three  weeks  in  the  British  Isles.     1911.    Reilly. 

Home,  Gordon  Cochrane.  914-2  Hysm 

Motor  routes  of  England,  southern  section.     1909.     Black. 

From  London  to  Reigate,  thence  to  Canterbury  and  Hythe,  along  the  south  coast 
to  Cornwall,  and  back  by  North  Devon,  Taunton,  Marlborough  and  Reading.  The 
nature  of  the  roads  is  described  and  points  of  danger  noted.  40  route-maps  and  town 
plans  and  numerous  colored  plates. 


ENGLAND— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL  2101 

Howells,  William  Dean.  914.2  H85 

Certain  delightful  English  towns,  with  glimpses  of  the  pleasant 
country  between.     1906. 

Contents:  The  landing  of  a  pilgrim  at  Plymouth. — Twenty-four  hours  at  Exeter. — 
A  fortnight  in  Bath. — A  country  town  and  a  country  house. — Afternoons  in  Wells  and 
Bristol. — By  way  of  Southampton  to  London. — In  Folkestone  out  of  season. — Kentish 
neighborhoods,  including  Canterbury.  —  Oxford.  —  The  charm  of  Chester.  —  Malvern 
among  her  hills. — Shrewsbury  by  way  of  Worcester  and  Hereford. — Northampton  and 
the  Washington  country. 

"What  will  endear  its  pages  to  every  reader  is  its  unfailing  humor,  its  nice  balancing 
of  the  emotions  and  aesthetic  impressions  by  one  on  whom  no  charm  whether  of  setting 
or  human  association  was  thrown  away."     Nation,  igo6. 

Howells,  William  Dean.  914.2  H85S 

Seven  English  cities.     1909.     Harper. 

Contents:  A  modest  liking  for  Liverpool. — Some  merits  of  Manchester. — In  smoki- 
est Sheffield. — Nine  days'  wonder  in  York. — Two  Yorkish  episodes. — A  day  at  Don- 
caster  and  an  hour  out  of  Durham. — The  mother  of  the  American  Athens  [Boston,  Eng- 
land].— Aberystwyth,  a  Welsh  watering-place. — Llandudno,  another  Welsh  watering- 
place. — Glimpses  of  English  character. 

Howitt,  William.  914.2  H86r 

Rural  life  of  England.    1840.    Longman. 

Author  traveled,  largely  on  foot,  from  Land's  End  to  the  Tweed.  He  records  at 
length  his  observations  on  the  life  and  customs  of  the  people  of  all  classes  and  on  the 
picturesque  features  of  the  country.     Illustrated. 

Jerrold,  Walter.  914-2  J28 

Highways  and  byways  in  Kent,  with  illustrations  by  Hugh  Thom- 
son.    1907.     Macmillan. 

Contents:  Introductory. — Canterbury  cathedral. — The  city  of  Canterbury. — Round 
about  Canterbury.  —  The  Isle  of  Thanet.  —  Sandwich,  Deal  and  the  Goodwins.  —  Dover 
and  neighbourhood. — Folkestone  and  Hythe. — Romney  marsh. — Lympne  to  the  "dens." 
— Round  about  Ashford.  —  Cranbrook  and  the  "hursts."  — -  Maidstone.  —  Round  about 
Maidstone.  —  "The  wells"  and  Tonbridge.  —  Penshurst  and  the  Eden  valley.  —  Wester- 
ham  and  Sevenoaks.  —  Otford  and  the  "hams."  —  Dartford  and  Gravesend.  —  Cobham, 
Rochester  and  the  Thames  marshes. — Sittingbourne,  Favershara  and  Sheppey. — Kent 
near  London. 

McAuliffe,  W.  J.  r9i4.2  Mii 

Mate's  illustrated  Taunton  [Eng.];  a  historic  and  up-to-date  survey. 
1907.    Mate.     (Mate's  illustrated  guides.) 
Fully  illustrated  historic  and  descriptive  guide. 

Maskell,  Henry  Parr,  &  Gregory,  E.  W.  914-2  M44 

Old  country  inns.     1910.  ,  Pitman. 

Classification  and  description  of  English  inns.  Includes  chapters  on  inns  in  litera- 
ture and  art,  haunted  inns,  signboards,  inn  furniture,  innkeepers  and  public  house 
reform. 

Moss,  Fletcher.  q9i4.2  M93 

Pilgrimages  to  old  homes,    v.3-5.     1906-08.     Lane. 
The  illustrations  are  a  very  attractive  feature  of  this  record  of  travel  in   England, 

V.4  also  including  southern  Wales. 

Nicklin,  John  Arnold.  914-2  N32 

Dickens-land;  described  by  J.  A.  Nicklin,  pictured  by  E.  W.  Hasle- 
hust.    191 1.    Blackie. 

Brief  description,  with  colored  illustrations,  of  scenes  and  places  associated  with 
Dickens's  novels. 


2I02  ENGLAND— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL 

Peach,  Robert  E.  M.  rgi4.a  P34 

Historic  houses  in  Bath  and  their  associations.  2v.  1883-84.  Simp- 
kin. 

The  author  has  industriously  collected  anecdotes  and  bits  of  information  concern- 
ing the  many  noted  people  who  frequented  this  once  famous  resort. 

Roberts,  Mary.  914-2  R53 

Ruins  and  old  trees  associated  with  memorable  events  in  English 
history.     [1843?]     Harvey. 

Contents:  Melksham  court. — Ruins  of  Bradgate  palace. — Oak  of  Chertsey;  Glen- 
dour's  oak. — Yew  trees  of  Skelldale. — Oak  of  Howel  Sele;  the  blasted  oak. — Queen 
Mary's  tower. — Chesnut  of  Tortworth. — Oak  of  Ellerslie;  Wallace's  oak. — The  nut-tree 
of  Rosamond's  grave. — Remains  of  Dunmow  priory. — Gospel-beech. — Clipstone  palace 
and  the  Parliament  oak. — Ruined  villages  in  the  New  forest. — Old  trees  in  Hyde  Park. 
— Hatfield  oak. — Beech  of  the  Frith  common. — Oak  of  Salcey. — Old  trees  in  Welbeck 
park. — The  Queen's  oak'. 

Shaw,  Stebbing.  qrgio  P63  v.2 

Tour  to  the  west  of  England  in  1788.  [1808.]  (In  Pinkerton,  John, 
ed.    General  collection  of  voyages  and  travels,  v.2,  p. 172-335.) 

Shelley,  Henry  Charles.  914-2  S54 

Untrodden  English  ways.    1910.    Little. 

Contents:  At  the  edge  of  the  land. — Fair  Devon. — Bath  and  its  baths. — John 
Keble's  Hursley. — Oatlands  park. — Poets'  corner. — Royalty  in  wax. — Bunhill  fields. — 
Fred  Walker's  Cookham. — By  famous  graves. — Concerning  Dick  Turpin. — Beaconsfield. 
— The  Norfolk  broads. — In  the  Lincolnshire  fens. — Witney  and  Minster  Lovel. — Three 
memorable  pulpits. — Five  famous  schools. — Water  worship  in  Derbyshire. — Warkworth 
and  its  hermitage. — A  Highland  noble's  home. 

Smarzewski,  Tadeusz.  914-2  S63 

Wakacye  w  Anglii.    1903. 

Vacation  travels  in  England. 

Snell,  Frederick  John.  914.2  S67 

Customs  of  old  England.    191 1.    Methuen. 

Contents:     Ecclesiastical. — Academic. — Judicial. — Urban. — Rural. — Domestic. 

A  book  which  is  at  the  same  time  learned  and  popular.  Six  chapters  are  given  to 
the  ecclesiastical  aspect  of  mediaeval  life,  which  was  the  most  prominent  and  char- 
acteristic, especially  in  England.  Three  chapters  describe  the  universities,  and  three  the 
ancient  ways  of  the  law.  Three  chapters  deal  with  town  life,  two  with  rural  life,  and 
the  last  is  a  chapter  of  domesticities. 

Sparrow,  Walter  Shaw.  4914-2  S73 

Old  England;  her  story  mirrored  in  her  scenes;  text  by  W.  S.  Spar- 
row, pictures  by  James  Orrock.    1908.    Pott. 

General  scheme  is  to  illustrate  and  describe  the.  historic  country  scenes  of  England, 
and  to  show  "what  historic  landscapes  represent  in  her  progress  from  the  coming  of 
Caesar  to  the  present  day."  The  80  illustrations,  part  of  which  are  in  color,  are  from 
outdoor  sketches,  author  and  artist  having  visited  the  places  together. 

Stephenson,  Henry  Thew,  914.2  S83 

The  Elizabethan  people.    1910.    Holt. 

Contents:  The  Elizabethan  character. — Country  life  and  character. — Life  in  the 
capital. — Amusements  in  general. — Rural  sports. — Celebration  of  the  calendar. — Out-of- 
door  sports. — Indoor  amusements. — The  love  of  spectacles. — Popular  superstition. — 
Birth,  baptism,  marriage,  death. — Ghosts,  fairies,  witches. — Domestic  life. 

Stone,  James  Samuel.  914.2  SSyh 

Heart  of  merrie  England.    1887.    Porter. 

Sketches  and  reminiscences  of  places  well  known  and  of  remote  and  secluded  neigh- 
borhoods, from  the  cathedral  of  Canterbury  to  the  cromlechs  of  Chipping  Norton. 


ENGLAND— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL  2103 

Stuart,  J.  A.  Erskine.  914-2  S93 

Literary  shrines  of  Yorkshire;  the  literary  pilgrim  in  the  dales.  1892. 
Longmans. 

Synge,  M.  B.  914,2  S99 

Short  history  of  social  life  in  England.     1906.     Hodder. 

Decidedly  entertaining  account  of  the  growth  of  social  institutions  and  modern 
customs  in  England — the  absurdities  of  bygone  fashion,  the  changes  made  by  scientific 
inventions,  domestic  inconveniences,  old-time  gambling,  dueling,  the  improvement  of 
table  manners,  etc.     Condensed  from  Outlook,  1907. 

Tearle,  Christian.  914.2  T26 

Rambles  with  an  American.    [1910.]     Mills. 

Introduces  us  to  places  made  famous  by  Dickens  and  Goldsmith  in  London  and 
Kent,  to  Shakespeare  at  Bankside  and  Stratford,  and  to  Edinburgh,  Melrose,  and 
Walter  Scott. 

Thacker,  Frederick  Samuel.  914.2  T33 

The  stripling  Thames;  a  book  of  the  river  above  Oxford.  1909. 
Privately  printed. 

"A  book  by  a  genuine  enthusiast ...  concerned  with  one  of  the  freshest  holiday 
lands  in  England.  The  book  is  one  which  every  one  who  knows  the  country  between 
Oxford  and  the  Cotswolds  will  gladly  linger  over... It  is  also  emphatically  a  book 
which  should  interest  those  new  to  the  district  described.  It  is  full  of  all  sorts  of  old, 
forgotten  things,  quaintly  and  sometimes  uncritically  collected,  and  discussed  with  a 
happy  garrulity."     Aihen<sum,  1910. 

Thrupp,  John.  914.2  T42 

The  Anglo-Saxon  home;  a  history  of  the  domestic  institutions  and 
customs  of  England  from  the  fifth  to  the  nth  century.     1862.     Longman. 
Contents:      The    wife. — The    child. — The    slave. — The    freeman. — The    noble. — The 
priest. — The  monk. — The  nun. — The  pilgrim. — -Penances. — Superstitions. — Vices  and  vir- 
tues.— Poetry. — Music. — The   gleeman. — Sports    and   pastimes. — Burial. 

Treves,  Sir  Frederick.  914.2  T73 

Highways  and  byways  in  Dorset,  with  illustrations  by  Joseph  Pen- 

nell.     1906.     Macmillan. 

Sir  Frederick  Treves  is  himself  a  native  of  Dorsetshire  and  writes  sympathetically 

of  her  scenery,  history  and  traditions. 

r9i4.2  V31 
Views  of  Plymouth  [Eng.]  and  neighbourhood,     [i860?]     Rock. 

Title-page  wanting. 

Vincent,  James  Edmund.  914-2  V34 

Highways  and  byways  in  Berkshire.     1906.     Macmillan. 

"Mr.  Vincent's  book  has  three  main  interests:  the  Thames  bank,  which  he  ex- 
plores in  great  detail:  the  historical  associations;  and  Windsor  Castle,  to  which  he  de- 
votes many  pages."     Nation,  11)07. 

Walters,  John  Cuming.  914-2  W19I 

The  lost  land  of  King  Arthur.     1909.    Chapman. 

Describes  the  places  in  western  England  mentioned  in  the  written  chronicles  of 
King  Arthur.     Illustrated  from  photographs. 

"A  charming  little  book  which  every  student  of  the  Arthur  story  and  every  visitor 
to  Cornwall  will  wish  to  have,  if  only  for  its  pictures  of  Tintagel  and  its  neighborhood, 
and  of  Glastonbury."    Athenceum,  1909. 

Wendebom,  Gebhard  Friedrich  August.  r9i4.2  W51 

View  of  England  towards  the  close  of  the  i8th  century;  tr.  from  the 

original  German  by  the  author  himself,    v.2.     1791.     Sleater. 

v.2.     On  literature  and  arts. — Learned  societies.— On  the  state  of  religion. 


2I04  LONDON— HISTORY 

Wharton,  Anne  Hollingsworth.  914.2  Wsg 

An  English  honeymoon.     1908.     Lippincott. 

Contents:  Wedding  bells  and  Canterbury  bells. — A  motor  flight  into  the  past. — 
Zelphine's  wedding  journey. — In  Warwickshire. — A  Quaker  pilgrimage. — Where  poets 
lived  and  loved. — Roman  England. — Six  days  in  London. — Storied  windows  richly  dight. 
— Glastonbury's  shrine. — "The  land  of  Lorna  Doone." — Dundagel  by  the  Cornish  sea. — 
A  highway  of  kings. 

Travel  told  in  letters  by  one  of  the  friends  in  the  author's  "Italian  days  and  ways," 
to  which  it  serves  somewhat  as  a  sequel. 

Winter,  William.  9i4-a  W79a2 

Gray  days  and  gold.     191 1.     Moffat. 

New  edition,  carefully  revised  and  much  enlarged,  of  a  book  originally  published  in 
1890.  The  articles  on  Scottish  scenes  and  places  have  been  omitted  from  this  edition, 
and  the  24  papers  are  devoted,  with  one  exception,  to  English  subjects.  To  all  educated 
travelers  along  the  route  which  they  follow,  from  Southampton  to  the  Scottish  border, 
they  will  prove  an  invaluable  and  fascinating  guide  to  the  spots  most  notable  for  their 
historic  interest,  literary  association,  or  natural  loveliness.     Condensed  from  Nation,  1911. 


London 

History 

Benham,  William.  qr942.i  B43 

Tower  of  London.     1906.    Seeley.     (Portfolio  monographs.) 
Guide-book  to  the  most  interesting  fortress  in  Great  Britain.     There  are  100  pages 

of  letterpress  accompanied  by  a  wealth  of  illustrations,  four  of  them  printed  in  colors 

from  illuminated  manuscripts. 

Cartwright,  Julia  Mary,  afterward  Mrs  Ady.  942.1  C24 

Hampton  Court.     [1909.]     Gardner.     (Treasure-house  series.) 
Sources,  p.  5-8. 

"Tells  in  an  attractive  manner  all  the  historical  interests  that  add  so  much  to  the 

architectural   charms  of   the   riverside   palace... In   the   second    portion  of   the   book  is 

given  an  excellent  description  of  the  present  appearance  of  the  palace  and  the  objects 
of  art  it  contains.     The  illustrations  are  numerous."     Outlook  (London),  1910. 

Chelsea  Historical  Pageant,  Executive  Committee  of.  r942.i  C41 

Chelsea  historical  pageant,  June  25th-July  ist,  1908,  Old  Ranelagh 
gardens,  Royal  Hospital,  Chelsea.     1908. 

Davies,  Randall.  942.1  D31 

Chelsea  Old  church,  with  a  preface  by  H.  P.  Home.  1904.  Duck- 
worth. 

Scholarly  account  of  the  history  of  St.  Luke's  Church  in  Chelsea,  England.  This 
church  was  probably  founded  in  the  12th  century,  although  little,  if  any,  of  the  present 
building  dates  from  before  the  i4tb  century.     Its  monuments  are  especially  interesting. 

Loftie,  William  John.  942.1  L77 

History  of  London.    2v.     1884.    Stanford. 

Especially  the  ancient  and  mediaeval  periods,  v.2  contains  detailed  account  of  each 
parish  of  the  suburbs,  prefaced  by  a  historical  sketch  of  Middlesex.  Maps  and  illus- 
trations. 

Needham,  Raymond,  &  Webster,  Alexander.  942.1  N19 

Somerset  house,  past  and  present.    1905.     Unwin. 

Fully  illustrated  history  of  one  of  London's  most  famous  palaces,  built  by  the 
protector  Somerset  in  1549. 


LONDON— DESCRIPTION  2105 

Timbs,  John.  942.1  T47 

The  romance  of  London;  historic  sketches,  remarkable  duels,  notori- 
ous highwaymen,  rogueries,  crimes  and  punishments  and  love  and  mar- 
riage.   Warne. 

First  published  in    1865. 

Description 
[Ackermann,  Rudolph.]  qrgi4.2i  Ai8 

Microcosm  of  London;  or,  London  in  miniature,  with  illustrations 
by  Pugin  and  Rowlandson.    3v.    1904.    Methuen. 

First  published  in  1808-u. 

Ackermann  (i  764-1 834)  was  a  fine-art  publisher  and  bookseller.  The  volumes  con- 
sist mainly  of  descriptions  of  well-known  buildings — Christ's  hospital,  Vauxhall,  the 
Fleet  prison,  etc.     The  colored  plates  add  much  to  the  interest. 

Apperson,  George  L.  914.21  A64 

Bygone  London  life;  pictures  from  a  vanished  past.     1904.     Pott. 

Contents:  Old-time  restaurants. — The  coffee-houses. — Some  old  London  swells. — 
Old  London  museums. — Old  London  characters. 

Papers  treating  of  some  aspects  of  social  life  in  London  during  the  two  centuries 
between  the  Elizabethan  age  and  the  Georgian  era. 

Archer,  Thomas.  914.21  A67 

Highway  of  letters  and  its  echoes  of  famous  footsteps.  1893.  Ran- 
dolph. 

Illustrated  account  of  Fleet  street,  London  and  of  the  literary  people  whose  names 
have  been  associated  with  it. 

Baedeker,  Karl,  comp.  914.21  B14I3 

London  and  its  environs.     191 1. 

The  same.     1908 914.21  B14I2 

The  same.     1908 r  914.21  B14 

Besant,  5";V  Walter.  qr9i4.2i  B46m 

Mediaeval  London.     2v.     1906.     Black. 

V.I.     Historical  &  social. 

V.2.     Ecclesiastical. 

Published  after  the  author's  death.  It  is  generally  considered  that  Sir  Walter 
Besant  did  not  contemplate  presenting  these  volumes  to  the  world  in  their  present  form, 
as  many  of  the  chapters  bear  rather  the  character  of  notes  than  of  connected  narra- 
tive. They  contain  a  good  deal  of  useful  information  however  on  the  period  covered 
and  there  is  a  very  large  number  of  illustrations. 

Burroughs,  Wellcome  &  Co.  r9i4.2i  B94 

Souvenir  map  and  guide  to  London.     [1909.] 

Published  as  a  souvenir  for  the  International  Congress  of  Applied  Chemistry,  which 
met  in  London,  May  1909. 

Chancellor,  Edwin  Beresford.  q9i4.2i  C36 

Private  palaces  of  London,  past  and  present.  1909.  Lippincott. 
Contents:  Past  city  palaces. — Great  houses  of  the  Strand. — Burlington  house  and 
Others. — Leicester  house,  &c. — Whitehall  houses. — Apsley  house. — Bridgewater  house. — 
Chesterfield  house. — Crewe  house. — Devonshire  house. — Dorchester  house. — Grosvenor 
house. — Landsdowne  house. — Londonderry  house. — Montagu  house. — Norfolk  house. — 
Portman  house. — Spencer  house. — Stafford  house. — Wimborne  house. 

The  houses  treated  may  be  divided  into  three  groups:  those  which  are  remarkable 
for  their  art  treasures,  those  which  are  of  architectural  interest  and  those  which  are 
famous  for  their  personal  associations.     Numerous  illustrations,  chiefly  of  interiors. 


2io6  LONDON— DESCRIPTION 

Cook,  Mrs  Emily  Constance.  r9i4.2i  Cyya 

London  and  its  environs.    [1909.] 

With  chapters  on  the  British  Museum,  National  gallery,  National  portrait  gallery 
and  South  Kensington,  by  E.  T.  Cook. 

This  portable  book  gives  what  is  most  useful  in  Hare's  "Walks  in  London,"  as  well 
as  much  from  other  authorities,  and  also  practical  information  about  hotels,  lodgings, 
cabs,  shops,  etc. 

Feamside,  William  Gray,  &  Harral,  Thomas,  ed.  qrgi4.2i  F3i 

History  of  London  [and  environs] ;  illustrated  by  views  in  London 
&  Westminster,  engraved  by  John  Woods  from  original  drawings  by 
Shepherd  and  others.    2v.  in  i.     [1838?]     Orr. 

Binder's  title  reads  "London  and  its  environs." 

rgz4.2i  G83 
Green  book  of  London  society,  being  a  directory  of  the  court,  of  society 
and  of  the  political  and  official  world,  including  celebrities  in  art,  litera- 
ture, science  and  sport,  with  many  other  subjects  of  current  interest; 
ed.  by  Douglas  Sladen  and  W.  Wigmore,  191 1.  [2d  issue.  191 1.] 
Whitaker. 

Habben,  Frederick  Henry.  rgi4.2i  Hii 

London  street  names;  their  origin,  signification  and  historic  value, 
with  divers  notes  and  observations.     1896.     Lippincott. 

Hindley,  Charles,  ed.  rgi4.2i  H56 

Tavern  anecdotes  and  sayings;  including  the  origin  of  signs,  and 
reminiscences  connected  with  taverns,  coffee-houses,  clubs,  etc.  1875. 
Tinsley. 

Chiefly  concerning  taverns  in  London. 

Lemon,  Mark.  914.21  L58 

Up  and  down  the  London  streets.     1867. 

Chapters  dealing  largely  with  places  of  historic  interest  and  illustrated  by  reproduc- 
tions of  interesting  old  prints. 

Lethaby,  William  Richard.  gi4.2i  L65 

London  before  the  conquest.     1902.     Macmillan. 

"Useful  survey  of  the  ancient  topography  of  London.  The  author  gives  a  good 
account  of  the  rivers,  roads,  bridges,  walls,  gates,  wards,  parishes,  and  churches  of 
London,  and  devotes  a  chapter  to  the  early  government  of  the  city."  American  his- 
torical review,  J903. 

London.     Directories.  qrgi4.2i  K17 

Post  office  London  directory,  1908,  1911.  1907-10.  Kelly's  Direc- 
tories. 

For  volumes   for  1897,  1901,   1906  see  preceding  catalogues. 

qrgi4.2i  L82 
London  interiors;  a  grand  national  exhibition  of  the  religious,  regal 
and  civic  solemnities,  public  amusements,  scientific  meetings  and  com- 
mercial scenes  of  the  British  capital;  beautifully  engraved  on  steel  from 
drawings  made  expressly  for  this  work,  with  descriptions  written  by 
official  authorities.    2v.  in  i.     [1841-44.]     Mead. 


LONDON— DESCRIPTION  2107 

Lucas,  Edward  Verrall.  914.21  L96 

A  wanderer  in  London.     [1906.]     Methuen. 

"Mr.  Lucas  takes  his  London  lightly,  skims  the  cream,  revives  the  reader  with  the 
most  frivolous  bits  of  information,  and  never  oppresses  him  under  a  load  of  facts... 
[His]  style  is  always  entertaining. .  .full  of  unexpected  suggestions  and  points  of  view." 
Nation,  i<)o6. 

Contains  numerous  reproductions  of  masterpieces  in  the  public  galleries  and  illustra- 
tions in  color  of  London  scenes. 

Miltoun,  Francis,  {pseud,  of  Milburg  Francisco  Mansfield).        914.21  M71 
Dickens'  London.     1904.    Nash. 

"Brief  chronology  of  some  of  the  more  important  events  in  the  history  of  the  city 
of  London  during  the  lifetime  of  Charles  Dickens,"  p.[287-288]. 

Description  of  the  localities  especially  identified  with  the  life  and  work  of  Dickens 
in  London. 

Moncrieff,  Ascott  Robert  Hope,  {pseud.  Ascott  R.  Hope).       914.21  M81 

London.     1910.     Black. 

Handsome  volume  concerned  with  the  illustration  of  London.  The  numerous  plates 
are  by  different  artists  and  in  varied  styles.  Some  are  clear  and  accurate  representa- 
tions of  buildings,  while  others  are  impressionistic  views  of  streets.  Author  modestly 
says  that  his  task  is  to  accompany  the  reader  through  a  gallery  of  illustration,  but  he 
does  much  more  than  this.  The  city  and  the  west  end,  the  east  end,  the  Surrey  side  and 
the  suburbs  are  all  included  in  the  survey,  but  perhaps  the  chapter  on  Clubland  best 
illustrates  the  author's  lively  treatment  of  the  vast  field  he  has  to  occupy.  Condensed 
from  Athenceuin,  1910. 

Neale,  John  Preston.  qb9i4.2i  N17 

History  and  antiquities  of  Westminster  abbey  and  Henry  the 
Seventh's  chapel,  their  tombs,  ancient  monuments  and  inscriptions,  also 
the  most  remarkable  epitaphs  and  notices  of  the  persons  interred,  with 
memoirs  of  the  abbots  and  deans  from  the  earliest  period  to  the  present 
time;  illustrated  from  drawings  by  J.  P.  Neale.  1856.  Willis. 
Engravings  with  descriptive  text. 

Norman,  Philip.  r9i4.2i  N44 

London  signs  and  inscriptions,  with  an  introduction  by  H.  B.  Wheat- 
ley.     1893.     Stock.     (Camden  library.) 

"Mr.  Norman... has  chiefly  confined  his  attention  to  the  sculptured  signs  which 
were  built  into  the  fronts  of  the  houses  or  the  corners  of  the  old  streets  and  alleys... 
[He]  is  well  equipped  for  the  task. .  .being  a  skilled  artist  as  well  as  a  patient  and  most 
carious  antiquary."     Spectator,  1893. 

Ogilvy,  James  S.  qr9i4.2i  O17 

Relics  &  memorials  of  London  city.    1910.    Routledge. 

Text  and  pictures,  being  from  one  hand,  have  a  real  relation  to  each  other.  All  the 
buildings  chosen  for  illustration  and  comment  were  standing  when  the  present  century 
began  but  a  considerable  number  of  them  have  already  (1910)  been  taken  down  or 
altered.     The  pictures,  64  in  number,  are  full-page  color-plates. 

Ogilvy,  James  S.  qr9i4.2i  Oiyr 

Relics  &  memorials  of  London  town.     191 1.     Routledge. 
Docs  for  London  town  what  the  author  has  already  done  for  the  more  restricted 

space  of  London  city.     There  are  52  colored  plates. 

Pugh,  Edward,  {pseud.  David  Hughson).  r9i4.2i  P98 

London;  an  accurate  history  and  description  of  the  British  metrop- 
olis and  its  neighbourhood  to  30  miles  extent,  from  an  actual  perambu- 
lation.   6v.     1805-13.    Stratford, 


2io8  ISLE  OF  WIGHT.     CHANNEL  ISLANDS 

[West,  William.]  r9i4.2i  W56 

Tavern  anecdotes  and  reminiscences  of  the  origin  of  signs,  clubs, 
coffee-houses,  streets,  city  companies,  wards,  &c.,  intended  as  a  lounge- 
book  for  Londoners  and  their  country  cousins,  by  one  of  the  old 
school.     [1825.]     Cole. 

Williams,  Montagu  Stephen.  914.21  W74 

Round  London,  down  east  and  up  west.    1892.    Macmillan. 

Sketches  of  London  life.  Author  knew  fashionable  society  well,  but  his  interest 
and  sympathy  were  with  the  people  of  the  east  end,  where  he  was  known  as  "the  poor 
man's  magistrate." 

Isle  of  Wight.     Scilly  islands. 

Moncrieff,  Ascott  Robert  Hope,  (pseud.  Ascott  R.  Hope).      914.228  M81 
Isle  of  Wight;  painted  by  A.  H.  Cooper,  described  by  A.  R.  H.  Mon- 
crieff.   1908.    Black. 

Mothersole,  Jessie.  914.237  M93 

Isles  of  Scilly;  their  story,  their  folk  &  their  flowers,  painted  and 

described.     1910.     Religious  Tract  Soc. 
"List  of  books  referred  to,"  p.239-240. 
Both  historical  and  descriptive.     Gives  special  attention  to  the  daffodil  and  narcissus 

culture  for  which  the  islands  are  famed.     Illustrated  in  color. 


Channel  islands 
Berry,  William.  qr942.3  B45 

History  of  the  island  of  Guernsey,  part  of  the  ancient  duchy  of 
Normandy,  from  the  remotest  period  of  antiquity  to  the  year  1814,  with 
particulars  of  the  neighbouring  islands  of  Alderney,  Serk  and  Jersey. 
181 5.     Longman. 

Contains  a  map  and  illustrations. 

"A  very  able  work."     Dictionary  of  national  biography. 

Hoskins,  Samuel  Elliott.  942.3  H82 

Charles  the  Second  in  the  Channel  islands;  a  contribution   to  his 

biography  and  to  the  history  of  his  age.    2v.     1854.    Bentley. 

Account  of  his  seven  months'   stay  in  Jersey,   during  two  visits,    1646   and    1649. 

Based  on  the  chronicle  of  John  Chevalier  and  on  letters  and  documents.     Author  (1799- 

1888)  was  a  physician  of  Guernsey. 

Isle  of  Man 

History 

Chaloner,  James.  r942.8  C35 

Short  treatise  of  the  Isle  of  Man,  digested  into  six  chapters;  ed.  by 
J.  G.  Cumming.    1864.     (Manx  Society.     [Publications],  v.io.) 

Originally  published  in  1656  as  an  appendix  to  King's  "Vale  royal  of  England." 
Reprint  of  oldest  history  of  the  Isle  of  Man. 

Harrison,  William,  comp.  roi6.9428  H31 

Bibliotheca  Monensis;  a  bibliographical  account  of  works  relating 
to  the  Isle  of  Man.    1861.     (Manx  Society.     [Publications],  v.8.) 


ISLE  OF  MAN,     WALES  2109 

Mackenzie,  Rev.  William,  ed.  1942.8  M18 

Legislation  by  three  of  the  13  Stanleys,  kings  of  Man;  acts  of  Sir 
John  Stanley,  1417-1430,  legislation  of  the  seventh  earl  of  Derby,  1627- 
1647  and  his  letter  as  published  in  Peck's  Desiderata  curiosa,  acts  refer- 
ring to  the  clergy  and  landowners  by  the  loth  earl  of  Derby,  1703. 
i860.  (Manx  Society.  [Publications],  v.3.) 
Oliver,  John  Robert,  tr.  r942.8  O23 

Monumenta  de  Insula  Manniae;  or,  A  collection  of  national  docu- 
ments relating  to  the  Isle  of  Man.  3v.  1860-62.  (Manx  Society.  [Pub- 
lications], V.4,  7,  9.) 

Oswald,  Henry  Robert.  rg42.8  O29 

Vestigia  Insulae  Manniae  antiquiora;  or,  A  dissertation  on  the  armo- 
rial bearings  of  the  Isle  of  Man,  the  regalities  and  prerogatives  of  its 
ancient  kings  and  the  original  usages,  customs,  privileges,  laws  and  con- 
stitutional government  of  the  Manx  people,  i860.  (Manx  Society. 
[Publications],  v.5.) 

Sacheverell,  William.  r942.8  S12 

Account  of  the  Isle  of  Man;  its  inhabitants,  language,  soil,  remark- 
able curiosities,  the  succession  of  its  kings  and  bishops  down  to  the 
i8th  century,  by  way  of  essay,  with  A  voyage  to  I-Columb-Kill;  to 
which  is  added  A  dissertation  about  the  Mona  of  Caesar  and  Tacitus 
and  an  account  of  the  ancient  Druids,  etc.  by  Thomas  Brown;  ed.  by 
J.  G.  Gumming.     1859.     (Manx  Society.     [Publications],  v.i.) 

Description  and  travel 

Caine,  William  Ralph  Hall.  914.28  Ci2 

Isle  of  Man,  with  illustrations  in  colour  by  A.  H.  Cooper.  1909. 
Black. 

History,  government,  social  conditions,  legends,  language  and  literature. 

Feltham,  John.  rg  14.28  F34 

Tour  through  the  Island  of  Mann  in  1797  ari^  1798,  comprising 
sketches  of  its  ancient  and  modern  history,  constitution,  laws,  com- 
merce, agriculture,  fishery,  etc.;  ed.  by  Robert  Airey.  1861.  (Manx 
Society.     [Publications],  v.6.) 

Herbert,  Agnes.  914.28  H46 

Isle  of  Man,  with  foreword  by  A.  W.  Moore  and  colour  plates  by 
Donald  Maxwell.     1909.     Lane. 

History,  folklore,  customs  and  scenery.  Includes  a  chapter  on  the  herring  industry 
and  one  on  Manx  worthies. 

Wales 

History 

Lloyd,  John  Edward.  943-9  L75 

History  of  Wales  from  the  earliest  times  to  the  Edwardian  conquest. 

2v.     191 1.     Longmans. 

"Index  of  authors,  works,  mss.  etc.  cited  in  the  notes,"  v.i,  p.  13-24. 

Brings  together  in  a  continuous  narrative  all  that  may  fairly  be  regarded  as  ascer- 
tained fact  concerning  the  history  of  Wales  down  to   1282.     Prof.   Lloyd's  terse,  lucid 


21 10  GERMANY— HISTORY 

Lloyd,  John  Edward — continued.  942.9  L75 

and  restrained  style,  coupled  with  the  simple  dignity  of  his  narrative,  rising  occasionally, 
especially  in  the  second  volume,  to  a  high  level  of  unaffected  eloquence,  adds  to  a  work 
primarily  conspicuous  for  its  learning  a  charm  which  should  render  it  attractive  to  the 
public  generally.     Condensed  from  Athenaum,  1911. 

Morris,  John  Edward.  942.9  M91 

The  Welsh  wars  of  Edward  I;  a  contribution  to  mediaeval  military 
history  based  on  original  documents.     1901.    Clarendon  Press. 

"This  is  the  most  important  and  by  far  the  most  original  contribution  to  our 
knowledge  of  the  most  critical  period  of  medieval  English  military  history  that  has  been 
made  for  many  a  long  day. .  .He  has  been  able  to  throw  a  flood  of  light  on  all  questions 
connected  with  English  military  organisation,  the  personnel,  pay,  weapons,  armour, 
marching  power,  commissariat,  mounting,  recruiting,  and  military  skill  of  the  armies 
of  Edward  I."     English  historical  review,  igoz. 

Wales,  National  Library,  Aberystwyth.  roi6.9429  W16 

Bibliotheca  Celtica;  a  register  of  publications  relating  to  Wales  and 
the  Celtic  peoples  &  languages,  for  the  year  1909.     1910. 

Woodward,  Bernard  Bolingbroke.  4942.9  W86 

History  of  Wales,  from  the  earliest  times  to  its  final  incorporation 
with  the  kingdom  of  England,  with  notices  of  its  physical  geography 
and  mineral  wealth,  and  of  the  religion  and  literature,  laws,  customs, 
manners  and  arts  of  the  Welsh.    2v.     [1853.]     Virtue. 

Wales  was  incorporated  with  England  in  1536.  The  author  has  gone  to  original 
sources  for  his  information  and  he  has  included  many  engravings  of  famous  old  Welsh 
castles. 

Description  and  travel 

Stawell,  Mrs  Rodolph.  914.29  S79 

Motor  tours  in  Wales  &  the  border  counties.    1909.    Page. 

"Written  for  those  who  can  read  it  in  immediate  connection  with  the  same  journey 

.  .  .  From  Shrewsbury,  through  North  Wales,  the  Heart  of  Wales  and  South  Wales  to 

the  Valley  of  the  Wye,  Mrs.  Stawell  is  a  pleasant  and  observant  guide."    Nation,  igof>. 

Illustrated  from  photographs. 

''  Germany 

History 

Atkinson,  Christopher  Thomas.  943  A87 

History  of  Germany,  1715-1815.     [1908.]     Methuen. 
"Primarily  a  military  history  of  Germany  from  the  rise  of  Frederick  the  Great  to 

the  fall  of  Napoleon It  is  extremely  lucid,  and  written  with  full  knowledge,  carefully, 

and  with  a  certain  restrained  enthusiasm  which  is  distinctly  effective."     Athenaum,  1909. 
Maps  and  plans. 

Brycc,  James.  943  B84r 

A  Romai  Szent  Birodalom;  forditotta  Balogh  Armin,  atnezte  Mar- 
czali  Henrik.     1903. 

Dutton,  Maude  Barrows.  J943  D95 

Little  stories  of  Germany,  with  a  preface  by   F.  L.  Soldan.     1907. 

Amer.  Book  Co. 

About  Charles  the  Great,  Frederick  Barbarossa,  Peter  the  Hermit,  Albrecht  Durer. 

Gutenberg,   Martin   Luther,  Gustavus  Adolphus,   Frederick   the   Great,   Schiller,   Queen 

Louise  and  other  people  prominent  in  the  history  of  Germany. 


GERMANY— HISTORY  21  ii 


Einhart,  pseud.  g^2  E41 

Deutsche  geschichte.     1909. 

"Popular  history  of  the  Germans  in  Germany  and  beyond  the  seas,  of  value  to  the 
foreign  reader  as  showing  the  probable  popular  feeling  in  the  Fatherland  concerning 
various  questions  of  moment.  Judged  by  its  treatment  of  the  history  of  the  Germans  in 
the  United  States,  the  work  is  accurate  and  sympathetic. .  .There  is  also  an  interesting 
review  of  the  Germans  in  Brazil  and  other  parts  of  South  America."     Nation,  1909. 

Forbes,  Archibald.  943  F75 

My  experiences  of  the  war  between  France  and  Germany.    2v.    1871. 

Hurst. 

Letters  on  the  Franco-German  war,  originally  contributed  to  the  "Daily  news"  by 
an  eminent  English  war  correspondent. 

Goltz,  Colmar,  freiherr  von  der.  1943  G59 

Kriegsgeschichte    Deutschlands    im    19.    jahrhundert.      pt.i.      1910. 

(Das  neunzehnte  jahrhundert  in  Deutschlands  entwicklung,  v.8,  pt.i.) 
pt. I.     Im  zeitalter  Napoleons. 

Jager,  Oskar.  943  J14 

Deutsche  geschichte.    2v.     1909. 
V.I.     Bis  zum  westfalischen  frieden. 
V.2.     Vom  westfalischen  frieden  bis  zur  gegenwart. 

Janssen,  Johannes.  943  J18 

Geschichte  des  deutschen  volkes  seit  dem  ausgang  des  mittelalters. 
v.7-8.    1904. 

v.7-8.  Kulturzustande  des  deutschen  volkes  seit  dem  ausgang  des  mittelalters  bis 
zum  beginn  des  Dreissigjahrigen  krieges. 

A  supplement  to  this  has  title  "Erlauterungen  und  erganzungen  zu  Janssens  Ge- 
schichte des  deutschen  volkes,"  ed.  by  Ludwig  Pastor  (943  Ji8a). 

For  v.  1-6  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

Janssen,  Johannes.  943  Ji8h 

History  of  the  German  people  at  the  close  of  the  middle  ages;  tr. 
from  the  German  by  M.  A.  Mitchell  and  A.  M.  Christie.  i6v.  1896- 
1910. 

v. I.     Popular  education  and  science. — Art  and  popular  literature. — Political  economy. 

V.2.  Political  economy  (continued). — The  Holy  Roman  Empire. — Introduction  of 
a  foreign  code. — Foreign  policy  and  efforts  for  union  under  Maximilian  I. — Position 
taken  by  the  princes  in  the  election  of  a  king. — Survey  and  retrospect. 

V.3.  The  revolution  party  and  its  proceedings  up  to  the  diet  of  Worms  in  1521. — 
The  diet  of  Worms  and  the  progress  of  the  politico-clerical  revolution  up  to  the  out- 
break of  the  social  revolution,  1521-24. 

v.4.  The  diet  of  Worms  and  the  progress  of  the  politico-clerical  revolution  (con- 
tinued).— The  social  revolution. 

v. 5.  Propagation  and  systematising  of  the  new  doctrines  up  to  the  foundation  of 
the  Smalcald  League,  1531. — Plan  of  war  against  the  emperor,  etc. 

v.6.  Plan  of  war  against  the  emperor,  etc.  (continued). — The  Smalcaldian  war  and 
internal  disintegration  down  to  the  so-called  religious  peace  of  Nuremberg,   1546-1555- 

v.7-8.  General  conditions  of  the  German  people  from  the  so-called  religious  pacifi- 
cation of  Augsburg  in  1555  to  the  proclamation  of  the  formula  of  concord  in  1580. 

V.9.  The  politico-religious  revolution  from  the  proclamation  of  the  formula  of  con- 
cord in  1580  up  to  the  year  1608. 

v.io.     Leading  up  to  the  Thirty  years'  war. 

v.  11-12.     Art  and  popular  literature  to  the  beginning  of  the  Thirty  years'  war. 

V.I 3-1 4.  Schools  and  universities,  science,  learning  and  culture  down  to  the  be- 
ginning of  the  Thirty  years'  war. 

v.  15-1 6.  Conditions  of  culture  and  civilisation  among  the  German  people  from  the 
close  of  the  middle  ages  to  the  beginning  of  the  Thirty  years'  war. 

V.3-16  are  translated  by  A.  M.  Christie. 

v.15-16  title  reads  "History  of  the  German  people  after  the  close  of  the  middle  ages." 


GERMANY— HISTORY 


Lorenz,  Ottokar.  943  L87 

Kaiser  Wilhelm  und   die  begriindung  des   reichs,    1866-1871,   nach 

schriften  und  mitteilungen  beteiligter  fiirsten  und  staatsmanner.     1902. 

Oertel,  Philipp  Friedrich  Wilhelm,  (pseud.  W.  O.  von  Horn).      943  O15 
The  Rhine;  history  and  legends  of  its  castles,  abbeys,  monasteries 
and  towns;  English  by  Chris.  Benson.    1872.    Niedner. 
From  Worms  to  Cologne.     Illustrated. 

Pastor,  Ludwig,  ed.  943  Ji8a 

Erlauterungen  und  erganzungen  zu  Janssens  Geschichte  des 
deutschen  volkes.    v.1-7.    1900-10. 

Poyntz,  Sydenham.  943  P87 

Relation  of  Sydnam  Poyntz,  1624-1636;  ed.  for  the  Royal  Historical 
Society  by  A.  T.  S.  Goodrick.  1908.  (Camden  Society.  Publications, 
3d  ser.  V.14.) 

Poyntz  was  in  the  service  of  Holland  and  later  in  the  imperial  army,  and  this  auto- 
biographical fragment  covers  a  very  stirring  period  of  the  Thirty  years'  war. 

Rich,  Elihu.  q943  R39 

Germany  and  France;  a  popular  history  of  the  Franco-German  war. 
2v.     [1870-72.]     H  agger. 

Profusely  illustrated. 

Scherr,  Johannes.  943  S32 

187O71871;  vier  biicher  deutscher  geschichte.     2v.     1880. 
V.I.     Der   mann. — Das   werk. — Der   feind. — Worth. — Gravelotte. — Sedan. 
V.2.     Strassburg. — Metz. — Paris. — Orleans. — Belfort. — Versailles. 

Smith,  George  Barnett.  943  S64 

William  I  and  the  German  empire;  a  biographical  and  historical 
sketch.     1888.    McClurg. 

Personal  narrative  is  made  subordinate  to  the  historical,  which  includes  an  account 
of  the  war  with  Denmark,  1864,  the  Austro-Prussian  war,  1866,  the  Franco-German 
war,  1870-71  and  the  consolidation  of  the  German  empire. 

Snowe,  Joseph.  943  S67 

The  Rhine;  legends,  traditions,  history,  from  Cologne  to  Mainz.  2v. 
1839.    Westley. 

Historical  associations  and  traditions  of  its  cities  and  towns. 

Waddington,  Richard.  r943  Wii 

La  Guerre  de  sept  ans;  histoire  diplomatique  etmilitaire.    v.4.    [1907-] 

V.4.     Torgau. — Pacte  de  famille. 

For  V.1-3  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

Godfrey,  Elizabeth,  (pseud,  of  Jessie  Bedford).  9434  G55 

Heidelberg;  its  princes  and  its  palaces.     1906.     Richards. 
History  of  the  Rhenish  Palatinate  and  its  ancient  capitol,  of  the  successive  electors 

whose  names  are  associated  with  the  castle  and  of  the  growth  of  the  famous  university. 

Scheyrer,  Ferdinand.  r943.46  S32 

Geschichte  der  revolution  in  Baden,  1848/49.  in  iibersichtlicher  und 
unparteiischer  darstellung.     1909. 

"Benutzte  quellen,"  p.  136. 


GERMANY— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL  21 13 


Sigel,  Franz,  1824-1902.  943.46  S57 

Denkwiirdigkeiten   des   Generals   Franz   Sigel  aus   den  jahren    1848 

und  1849;  hrsg.  von  Wilhelm  Bios.     1902. 

Franz  Sigel  was  a  German-American  general  who  took  a  leading  part  in  the  Baden 
insurrection  of  1848-49. 

Gould,  Sabine  Baring-.  94347  G73 

Land  of  Teck  and  its  neighbourhood.     191 1.     Lane. 
Contains  a  chapter  "On  the  pedigree  of  Her  Gracious   Majesty   [Mary,  queen   of 

George  V  of  England]." 

Well  written  account  of  the  history  of  the  home  land  of  Queen  Mary  of  England 

from  earliest  times  to  the  present  (191 1).     Fully  illustrated  with  family  portraits,  some 

of  them  in  color.     Map. 

Description  and  travel 
Baedeker,  Karl,  comp.  914-3  Bi4ba 

Berlin  and  its  environs;  handbook  for  travellers.     1910. 
The  same.    1908 r9i4-3  Bi4b 

Baedeker,  Karl,  comp.  r9i4.3  Bi4n2 

Northern  Germany  as  far  as  the  Bavarian  and  Austrian  frontiers. 
1910. 

Baedeker,  Karl,  cotnp.  914.3  81432 

Rhine,  including  the  Black  forest  &  the  Vosges.    191 1. 
The  same.     191 1 1*914*3  8143 

Baedeker,  Karl,  comp.  1*914.3  B14S2 

Southern  Germany,  including  Wurtemberg  and  Bavaria.     1910. 

Berry,  Robert  M.  914.3  B45 

Germany  of  the  Germans.     1910.    Scribner. 

"The  chapters,  on  such  practical  subjects  as  politics,  municipal  and  national  enter- 
prises, industrial  conditions  and  government  organization,  contain  a  mass  of  accurate 
but  ill  digested  facts  and  statistics  which  will  be  very  useful  for  reference.  Literature, 
art  and  philosophy  are  inadequately  treated."     A.  L.  A.  booklist,  igio. 

Dawson,  William  Harbutt.  914-3  D33e 

Evolution  of  modern  Germany.     1908.     Unwin. 

Treats  exhaustively  the  remarkable  economic  development  of  the  country  during  the 
last  half  of  the  19th  century.  Author,  who  is  an  authority  on  the  subject,  believes  that 
in  the  art  of  colonization  alone  is  Germany  inferior  to  England. 

Dawson,  William  Harbutt.  914-3  D33ge 

Germany  at  home.    1908.    Hodder. 

The  author  has  a  very  intimate  knowledge  of  Germans  and  their  country.  He  aims 
at  giving  a  view  of  Germany  in  various  aspects  of  her  social  and  political  life  and  at  cor- 
recting false  impressions  entertained  abroad.     Condensed  from  Outlook  (London),  igo8. 

Dickie,  James  F.  914-3  D55 

In  the  kaiser's  capital.    1910.    Dodd. 

Contents:  The  royal  family. — The  city  and  the  colony. — Housekeeping  in  Berlin. — 
Berlin  street  characters. — Berlin  legends. — Notable  visitors  to  Berlin. — Emil  Frommel. — 
Adolph  Stoecker. — Ernst  Curtius. — Joseph  Joachim. — Adolph  Menzel. — Professor  Har- 
nack. — Otto  Pfleiderer. — Dr  Rudolph  Virchow. — Hermann  Grimm. — Theodore  Momm- 
sen. — Mark  Twain. — Frau  Meta  Hempel. — Extracts  from  a  lecture  on  old  Berlin  by 
Frau  Meta  Hempel. — The  salons  of  old  Berlin. — The  salon  of  Henriette  Herz. — Salon 
of  Rahel. — Appendix:     History  of  the  American  church  in  Berlin. 


21 14  GERMANY— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL 

Gould,  Sabine  Baring-  9i4'3  Gysb 

Book  of  the  Rhine  from  Cleve  to  Mainz.    1906.    Methuen. 

Contents:  The  history  of  the  Rhine. —  Cleve. —  Xanten. —  Wesel. —  Dusseldorf. — 
Cologne. — Bonn. — The  Seven  mountains. — The  Ahr  thai. — Andernach, — Neuwicd. — Cob- 
lenz. —  The  Eifel. —  The  Lahn. —  Boppard. —  Oberwesel.  —  Bingen.  —  The  Nahe  thai.  — 
Mainz. 

"The  history  of  each  great  town  and  historic  spot  is  discussed. .  .There  is  little  of 
the  guide-book  about  this  volume,  which  should  rather  be  read  as  a  preparation  for  in- 
telligent travelling  among  the  Rhine  towns."     Outlook  (London),  1906. 

Internationaler  Kongress  fur  Historische  Wissenschaften.      r9i4.3  134 

Berlin,  fiir  die  teilnehmer  am  Internationaler  Kongress  fiir  Histo- 
rische Wissenschaften,  Berlin,  6-12  August  1908.    2v.     1908. 

V.I.     Text. 

V.2.     Maps. 

Guide  to  Berlin,  indicating  particularly  the  things  of  most  interest  to  members  of 
the  congress. 

Mackinder,  Halford  John.  914.3  M18 

The  Rhine;  its  valley  &  history,  with  illustrations  in  colour  after 
Mrs  James  Jardine.     1908.     Chatto. 

By  a  scholar  whose  interest  lies  rather  in  the  geographical  features  of  the  Rhine 
valley  than  in  the  romantic  incidents  connected  with  its  history. 

Meyer,  Alexander.  9i4'3  M654 

Aus  guter  alter  zeit;  Berliner  bilder  und  erinnerungen.     1909. 

"One  of  those  charming  little  volumes  of  gossipy  reminiscence  which  only  an  old 
soldier  can  produce,  and  which  those  whose  lives  reach  back  a  few  decades  can  best  ap- 
preciate. Meyer  was  an  ecliter  Berliner,  and  knew  the  city  long  before  it  became  a  heap 
of  enormous  tenements  and  flats,  with  elevated  and  underground  railways."  Nation, 
1909. 

Riehl,  Wilhelm  Heinrich  von.  9i4'3  R44 

Land  und  leute.     1908. 
Riesbeck,  Johann  Caspar.  qr9io  P63  v.6 

Travels  through  Germany;  in  a  series  of  letters  written  in  German 
and  tr.  by  Mr  Maty.  [1809.]  (In  Pinkerton,  John,  ed.  General  col- 
lection of  voyages  and  travels,  v.6,  p.  1-292.) 

Rosegger,  Petri  Kettenfeier.  914-3  R72 

Am  wanderstabe.     (Ausgewahlte  schriften.) 

Contents:  Eine  wanderung  durch  Steiermark. — In  der  weiten  welt. — Am  wander- 
stabe meines  lebens  (selbstbiographie). 

Schauffler,  Robert  Haven.  914.3  S31 

Romantic  Germany.     1909.     Century. 

Contents:  Danzig. — Berlin,  the  city  of  the  Hohenzollerns. — Potsdam,  the  play- 
ground of  the  Hohenzollerns. — Brunswick,  the  town  of  Tyll  Eulenspiegel. — Goslar  in 
the  Harz. — Hildesheim  and  fairyland. — Leipsic. — Meissen. — Dresden,  the  Florence  of 
the  Elbe. — Munich,  a  city  of  good  nature. — Augsburg. — The  city  of  dreams  [Rothen- 
burgj. 

Appeared  in  the  "Century,"  v.77-78,  Nov.  1908-Oct.  1909. 

Readable  accounts  of  some  of  Germany's  most  representative  and  picturesque  towns. 
Well  illustrated. 

Sidgwick,  Mrs  Cecily  (UUmann).  9i4'3  S56 

Home  life  in  Germany.     [1908.]     Methuen. 

Contents:  Introductory. — Children. — Schools. — The  education  of  the  poor. — The 
backfisch. — The  student. — Riehl  on  women. — The  old  and  the  new. — Girlhood. — Mar- 
riages.— The  householder. — Housewives. — Servants. —  Food. —  Shops  and  markets. —  Ex- 
penses of  life. — Hospitality. —  German  Sundays. —  Sports  and  games. —  Inns  and  restaii- 


GERMANY— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL  21 15 


Sidgwick,  Mrs  Cecily  (Ullmann) — continued.  914-3  S56 

rants. — Life  in  lodgings. — Summer  resorts. — Peasant  life. — How  the  poor  live. — Berlin. 
— Odds  and  ends. 

"A  well-bred,  cultivated  woman,  of  German  parentage  but  born  and  bred  in  Eng- 
land . . .  she  is  rarely  competent  to  chat  amusingly  and  agreeably  of  'the  insignificant 
trifles  that  make  the  common  round  of  life'  in  Germany  as  in  every  country.  These  are 
what  interest  her  and  these,  sympathetically  and  intelligently  noted  and  vividly  and 
humorously  described  make  up  an  intimate  picture  worth  a  shelf  full  of  statistics  and 
philosophical  reflections."     Nation,  1908. 

Singleton,  Esther,  ed.  914.3  S61 

Germany  as  described  by  great  writers.     1907.     Dodd. 
Contents:    The  country  and  race. — Descriptions. — Manners  and  customs. — Painting 

and  music. — Modern  Germany. 

The  same r9i4.3    S61 

Uhde-Bemays,  Hermann.  914-3  U18 

Rothenburg  on  the  Tauber.     [1908.]     Grevel. 

Description  and  history  of  this  ancient  German  imperial  town,  rich  in  legend  and 
picturesque  in  its  mediaeval  architecture.     Illustrated. 

Vizetelly,  Henry.  914.3  V35 

Berlin  under  the  new  empire;  its  institutions,  inhabitants,  industry, 
monuments,  museums,  social  life,  manners  and  amusements.  2v.  1879. 
Tinsley. 

"A  good  example  of  the  author's  journalistic  flair,  containing  much  information, 
and  well  seasoned  with  pungent  extracts  from  periodical  literature."  Dictionary  of  na- 
tional biography. 

Large  number  of  illustrations,  most  of  them  humorous,  by  German  artists  and  by 
the  author  himself. 

Wade,  Mary  Hazelton.  J9i4-3  Wii 

Our  little  German  cousin.     1904.     Page.     (Little  cousin  series.) 
Contents:     Christmas. — Toy-making. — The  wicked  bishop. — The  coffee-party. — The 

great  Frederick. — The  brave  princess. — What  the  waves  bring. — The  magic  sword. 
Also  published  under  the  title  "Bertha,  our  little  German  cousin." 

Wadleigh,  Henry  Rawle.  914-3  W12 

Munich;  history,  monuments  and  art.     1910.    Unwin. 
Appendices :     The  surroundings  of  Munich. — Count  Rumford. — Oberammergau  and 
the  Passion  play. 

"Mr.  Wadleigh  writes  in  complete  sympathy  with  the  genius  loci  but  is  no  indis- 
criminate admirer.  After  describing  the  growth  of  the  various  public  buildings  he 
gives  an  account  of  the  contents  of  the  museums  and  art  galleries."     Nation,  igio. 

Whitling,  Henry  John.  914-3  W646 

Pictures  of  Nuremberg  and  rambles  in  the  hills  and  valleys  of  Fran- 

conia.  2v.  1850.  Bentley. 
v.i.  Pictures  of  Nuremberg. 
v.2.     Rambles  in  the  hills  and  valleys  of  Franconia. — Continental  sketches. 

Wylie,  Ida  Alena  Ross.  914-3  W98 

My  German  year.     [1910.]     Mills. 

Same  as  her  "The  Germans." 

Largely  in  the  nature  of  a  plea  for  friendliness  with  Germany.  A  sympathetic,  deep- 
going  and  wonderfully  complete  account  of  the  particular  Germany  that  she  knows  and 
loves.  It  is  full  of  exaggeration;  it  is  emphatically  a  flattering  portrait;  but  there  is  no 
other  work  in  English  which  approaches  it  for  clear  setting  forth  of  certain  German 
points  of  view.     Condensed  from  Outlook  (London),  iQio. 

Moore,  Robert  Webber.  914-32  M87 

Weimar,  the  Athens  of  Germany.     1908.    Germania  Press. 
Description   of  the   places  associated   with   Goethe,   Schiller,   Wieland   and   Herder. 

Contains  portraits. 


2u6  AUSTRIA 

Austria 
History 

Colquhoun,  Archibald  Ross,  &  Colquhoun,  Mrs  E.  M.  C.  943-6  C72 

The  whirlpool  of  Europe;  Austria-Hungary  and  the  Habsburgs. 
1907.    Dodd. 

Contents:  The  realm  of  the  Habsburgs. — The  coining  of  Slav  and  Magryar. — The 
story  of  Hungary. — The  story  of  Bohemia. — The  house  of  Habsburg  and  modern  Europe. 
— The  Austrians. — Hungary  and  the  Hungarians. — The  Slavs. — Bosnia-Herzegovina  and 
Dalmatia. — State  organisations. — Some  internal  problems. — Pan-Germanism. — Pan-Slav- 
ism.— Politics  and  politicians. — Foreign  relations;  Austria-Hungary  and  Europe. — The 
dual  monarchy  and  the  dynasty. — Appendix:  Distribution  of  population  in  Austria-Hun- 
gary.— Racial  proportions  in  Austria  and  Hungary. 

"List  of  principal  authorities  consulted,"  p.  [341]. 

"Compendium  of  information  upon  Austria-Hungary.  The  whole  of  its  chapters 
lead  up  to  the  inquiry:  What  will  happen  when  the  Emperor  dies?  What  will  be  the 
future  of  the  Dual  Monarchy?    Will  Hungary  some  day  stand  alone?"     Athenaeum,  1907. 

Rumbold,  Sir  Horace.  943-6  R86 

Austrian  court  in  the  19th  century.     [1909.]     Methuen. 
Same  as  his  "Francis  Joseph  and  his  times." 

"The  first  five  chapters  contain  a  review  of  Austrian  history  for  the  century  pre- 
ceding Francis  Joseph's  accession  in  1848.  The  remainder  of  the  book  is  devoted  to  a 
vivid  and  sympathetic,  if  diplomatically  reserved  account  of  the  emperor's  personality, 
pictured  against  a  clearly  sketched  background  of  political  and  military  history."  A.  L. 
A.  booklist,  1910. 

Scotus  Viator,  (pseud,  of  Robert  William  Seton-Watson).        943-6  S43 
Future  of  Austria-Hungary  and  the  attitude  of  the  great  powers. 
1907.    Constable. 

"Books  consulted,"  p.71-74. 

"Gives  the  best  epitome  we  know  in  English  of  the  complicated  problem  of  Austria- 
Hungary. .  .The  author  reviews  the  whole  situation  from  the  point  of  view  of  Russia, 
Germany,  Italy  and  the  small  States,  and  declines  to  be  pessimistic  about  the  future 
of  Austria."    Saturday  review,  igo8. 


"  Description  and  travel 

Baedeker,  Karl,  comp.  1914.36  8143 

Austria-Hungary,  with  excursions  to  Cetinge,  Belgrade  and  Buch- 
arest.   191 1. 

Brandes,  Georg  Moritz  Cohen.  <19i4'36  B69 

Lwow.     1900. 

Polish  translation  of  "Lemberg." 

Drage,  Geoffrey.  914-36  D78 

Austria-Hungary.    1909.    Murray. 

"The  agriculture,  industry,  commerce  and  finance  of  each  division  of  the  conjoint 
state  receives  separate  consideration,  and  is  supplemented  by  an  historical  survey  of  the 
different  stages  of  the  dual  monarchy  and  a  discussion  of  its  common  affairs,  such  as 
race  questions  and  foreign  policies.  The  appendix  contains  the  text  of  Austro-Hungarian 
laws  and  international  treaties  and  statistical  tables,  and  there  are  twelve  historical  and 
graphic  maps.  A  thorough,  comprehensive  and  unusually  impartial  study."  A.  L.  A. 
booklist,  /pop. 


AUSTRIA— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL  21 17 

Grohman,  William  Alfred  Baillie-.  914-36  Ggsta 

Gaddings  with  a  primitive  people;  being  a  series  of  sketches  of 
Tyrolese  life  and  customs.     1878.     Holt. 

This  book  incorporates  the  chapters  of  his  "Tyrol  and  the  Tyrolese." 
Mr  Grohman  has  lived  for  many  years  among  the  Tyrolese,  and  writes  of  them 
with  the  enthusiasm  of  one  who  loves  and  rejoices  in  their  primitive  customs.     He  de- 
scribes with  admirable  simplicity  and  directness  the  sad  and  pleasant  incidents  of  daily 
peasant  life.     Condensed  from  Nation,  1878. 

Grohman,  William  Alfred  Baillie-.  9I4-36  G93 

Land  in  the  mountains;  being  an  account  of  the  past  &  present  of 
Tyrol,  its  people  and  its  castles,  with  an  introduction  by  Charles 
Landis.     1907.     Simpkin. 

"Neither  a  glorified  form  of  Baedeker  nor  a  treatise  on  the  science  of  rock-climb- 
ing, but  a  volume  dealing,  in  a  fashion  fitted  to  appeal  to  the  ordinary  reader,  with 
the  history  of  Tyrol  and  its  feudal  castles ...  Mr.  Baillie-Grohman  writes  at  some  length 
on  the  Tyrolese  peasant,  mediaeval  and  modern.  As  he  has  personal  knowledge  of  the 
man,  his  remarks  on  the  peasant  as  he  is  have  considerable  value."  Athenoeum,  1907. 
Maps  and  a  number  of  excellent  illustrations. 

Grohman,  William  Alfred  Baillie-.  914-36  G93ty 

The  Tyrol;  painted  by  E.  H.  Compton,  described  by  W.  A.  Baillie- 
Grohman.     1908.    Black. 
Grohman,  William  Alfred  Baillie-.  914-36  G93t 

Tyrol  and  the  Tyrolese;  the  people  and  the  land  in  their  social, 
sporting  and  mountaineering  aspects.     1877.     Longmans. 

Author  lived  in  the  Tyrol  for  many  years.  He  writes  at  length  on  the  life  of  the 
peasants  and  describes  his  sporting  adventures. 

All  the  chapters  of  this  book  have  been  incorporated  in  his  "Gaddings  with  a  primi- 
tive people." 

Holbach,  Mrs  Maude  M.  914-36  H69 

Dalmatia,  the  land  where  East  meets  West.     1908.    Lane. 

Contents:  Dalmatia. — Zara. — Round  about  Zara. — Sebenico  and  the  Krka. — Spalato. 
—  In  Salona.  —  The  Riviera  of  the  Seven  Castles  and  Trau.  —  Ragusa.  —  Round  about 
Ragusa. — In  the  Bocche  di  Cattaro. — Cattaro  to  Cettinje. — Curzola. — Lesina. — Lissa. — 
Arbe. 

"Mrs.  Holbach's  account  of  'the  land  where  East  meets  West'  is  picturesque,  her 
description  of  its  people  and  places  of  interest  being  admirably  supplemented  by  the 
numerous  illustrations. .  .Dalmatia  is  a  land  little  known  to-day;  it  is  a  country  with  a 
past — its  men  provided  Csesar  with  some  of  his  best  soldiers  and  Venice  with  some  of 

her  best  sailors The  globe-trotter,  weary  of  more  crowded  tracks,  is  finding  out  its 

attractions,  in  the  shape  of  natural  beauty,  mediaeval  remains  and  quaintly  garbed 
peasants."     Saturday  review,  1907. 

Holland,  Clive.  9^4-36  H72 

Tyrol  and  its  people.     1909.     Methuen. 

"Mr.  Clive  Holland's  methods  in  this  volume  do  not  rise  appreciably  above  the 
level  of  the  ordinary  guide-book . . .  Within  these  limits,  the  information  given  is  sound 
and  comprehensive  enough.  Mr.  Adrian  Stokes  has  contributed  a  series  of  agreeable 
paintings,  which  are  augmented  by  a  number  of  half-tone  illustrations."  Outlook  (Lon- 
don), 1909. 

Paul,  Martin,  ed.  r9i4.36  P31 

Technischer  fiihrer  durch  Wien;  hrsg.  vom  Osterreichischen  Inge- 
nieur-  und  Architekten-Verein.     1910. 

Admirable  guide-book  to  Vienna.  Describes  the  general  development  of  the  city, 
its  engineering  works,  its  architectural  works,  its  art  collections,  monuments,  libraries, 
etc.,  and  its  general  industrial  activity.     Illustrated. 

Silvestri,  Emilio.  q9i4-36  S58 

L'Istria.     1903. 


21 18  BOHEMIA.     POLAND 

Sm61ski,  G.  914-36  S66 

Wieden  i  jego  okolice;  oraz  podroz  Dunajem  z  Passau  przez  Linz, 
Wieden  do  Budapesztu.     1899. 

Book  of  travel  entitled  "Vienna  and  its  neighborhood." 

Waring,  George  Edwin.  9i4>36  Waa 

Tyrol  and  the  skirt  of  the  Alps.    1880.    Harper. 

Interesting  record  of  travel  from  Berchtesgaden  to  Venice,  ending  with  a  visit  to 
the  Vaudois  and  Angrogna  valleys.     Illustrated. 

Ziegler,  Johannes.  914-36  Z58 

Wiener  stimmungsbilder.     [1907.] 

.  "Ziegler,  although  a  native  of  Hamburg. .  .bad  the  rare  fortune,  after  taking  up 
his  residence  in  Vienna  at  a  mature  age,  to  come  to  know  the  inner  4ife  of  the  most 
complex  and  pleasure-seeking  city  of  Austria,  if  not  of  the  whole  Continent.  Ziegler  re- 
calls his  first  day  in  Vienna,  considers  the  charm  of  the  Austrian  capital  as  a  place  of 
residence,  pictures  again  the  narrow  Gasse  in  which  he  lived. .  .mingles  once  more  among 
the  61ite  on  the  Kahlenberg,  and  bends  the  knee  in  devotion  in  the  gorgeous  St 
Stephen's."     Nation,  J907. 

Bohemia 
Schniir-Peplowski,  Stanislaw.  943-7  S36 

Z  przeszlosci  Galicyi  (1772-1862).    1895. 
Monroe,  Will  Seymour.  914-37  M83 

Bohemia  and  the  Cechs;  the  history,  people,  institutions  and  the 
geography  of  the  kingdom,  together  with  accounts  of  Moravia  and 
Silesia.     1910.     Bell. 

"Select  bibliography,"  p.469-474. 

"Compilation  from  many  sources  which  attests  the  author's  interest  in  the  Czech 
language  and  literature  and  his  familiarity,  through  frequent  visits,  with  the  country 
and  its  institutions."     Nation,  1911. 

Poland 

History 

Askenazy,  Szymon.  943-8  A83 

Wczasy  historyczne.    2v.  in  i.     [1902] -04. 
Polish  history  entitled  "In  historical  times." 

Bain,  Robert  Nisbet.  943.8  B16I 

Last  king  of  Poland  [Stanislaus  Poniatowski]  and  his  contempora- 
ries.   1909.    Putnam. 

The  reign  of  Stanislaus  Poniatowski  covered  the  last  years  of  Poland's  existence  as 
a  nation.  The  book  sketches  the  earlier  history  of  Poland  and  presents  clearly  the  politi- 
cal complications  leading  to  the  partition.  From  his  acquaintance  with  Slavonic  lan- 
guages, Mr  Bain  commanded  little  known  authorities  and  has  produced  the  most  sym- 
pathetic and  authoritative  work  on  Poland  since  Brandes. 

Bain,  Robert  Nisbet.  943.8  B16 

Slavonic  Europe;  a  political  history  of  Poland  and  Russia  from  1447 
to  1796.  1908.  Cambridge  University  Press.  (Cambridge  historical 
series.) 

"Bibliography,"  p.435-439- 

Author  states  that  he  believes  his  book  to  be  the  only  compendium  in  English  deal- 
ing with  the  subject  and  period. 

"He  has  produced  a  singularly  compact,  clear  and  well-proportioned  history  that 
ought  to  be  a  safe  and  welcome  guide."     Spectator,  1908. 


POLAND— HISTORY 


2119 


Chociszewski,  Jozef.  943,8  C44d 

Dzieje  narodu  polskiego;  dodatek  historyczny  lat  ostatnich  i  dodatek 

o  Polakach  w  Ameryce.     1908. 

History  of  Poland;  with  historical  appendix  for  recent  years  and  appendix  on  Poles 
in  America. 

Chociszewski,  Jozef.  943-8  C44 

Historya  polska  w  pi^knych  przykJadach  przedstawiona.     1908. 

D^browa,  A.  Z.  943-8  Dii 

Wieczory  jesienne;  opowiadanie  matki.    1889. 

Dmochowski,  Franciszek  Salezy.  943-8  D64 

Krotki    zbior    historyi    polskiej,    podtug    najnowszych    zrodet    his- 

torycznych;    wydanie    nowe,    poprawione,    rozwini^te    i    uzupeinione 

spisem  chronologicznym.     1906. 
Summary  of  Polish  history. 

Dubiecki,  Maryan.  943-8  D85 

Kudak;  twierdza  kresowa  i  jej  okolice,  monografia  historyczna 
nagrodzona  przez  akademi^  umiej^tnosci  w  Krakowie.    1900. 

Fletcher,  James.  r943.8  F63 

History  of  Poland  from  the  earliest  period  to  the  present  time 
[1831],  with  a  narrative  of  recent  events  obtained  from  a  Polish  patriot 
nobleman.    1831.    Cochrane. 

Early  history  is  rapidly  reviewed,  most  space  being  given  to  the  later  years.  Author 
(181 1-32)  was  a  London  teacher. 

"One  of  the  most  readable  of  the  short  histories  of  Poland. . .  [The  author's]  methods 
...are  less  exact  than  Dr.  Dunham's  [943.8  D92]  and  though  he  will  perhaps  more 
interest  the  general  reader,  his  opinions  will  be  received  with  less  confidence  by  the 
careful  student."     Adams's  Manual  of  historical  literature. 

Koneczny,  Feliks.  943-8  K37 

Dzieje  Polski  za  Jagiellonow.     1903. 

Koneczny,  Feliks.  943-8  K37d 

Dzieje  Polski  za  Piastow.     1902. 

Korzon,  Tadeusz.  943-8  K38 

Dola  i  niedola  Jana  Sobieskiego,  1629-1674;  wydawnictwo  akademii 
umiej^tnosci  z  funduszu  im  §.  P.  K.  Kmity.    3v.    1898. 

Moltke,  Helmuth,  graf  von.  943-8  M81 

Poland;  an  historical  sketch;  authorized  translation,  with  a  bio- 
graphical notice  by  E.  S.  Buchheim.     1885.     Chapman. 

Written  when  the  author  was  employed  by  the  Prussian  government  (1828-31)  as  a 
surveyor  in  Silesia  and  the  province  of  Posen. 

"It  not  only  presents  us  with  a  vivid  picture  of  the  various  discordant  elements 
which  constituted  Poland,  but  it  explains  how  it  was  possible  for  an  entire  kingdom  to 
be  dismembered  with,  comparatively  speaking,  so  little  difficulty.  The  Partition  ot 
Poland  is  but  briefly  touched  upon."    Preface. 

Przyborowski,  Walery.  943-8  P97 

Z  przeszlosci  Warszawy;  szkice  historyczne.     1899. 
Historical  sketches  of  old  time  Warsaw. 


2120  POLAND— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL 

Saxton,  Luther  Calvin.  943.8  Say 

Fall  of  Poland,  containing  an  analytical  and  a  philosophical  account 
of  the  causes  which  conspired  in  the  ruin  of  that  nation,  with  a  history 
of  the  country  from  its  origin.    2v.    1851.    Scribner. 

Appendix  contains  illustrations  and  documents. 

Schniir-Peplowski,  Stanislaw.  943-8  S36 

Kosciuszkowskie  czasy  (szkice  i  obrazki).    2v.  in  i. 

Sokoiowski,  August.  943*8  S68 

Dzieje  polski  illustrowane,  z  wspoludzialem  Adolfa  Inlendera.  4v. 
1903-05. 

Synoradzki,  Micha)  Halina.  943-8  S993 

"1814-1830;"  opowiadanie  dziejowe.     [1904.] 

Szajnocha,  Karol.  943-8  89901 

Msciciel.     (Szkice  historyczne,  v.7.) 

Contents:      26ikiew;    Olesko;    Zloczow. — Stanistaw    261kiewski. — Jan    26tkiewski. — 
Stanislaw  Danitiowicz. — Marek  i  Jan  Sobiescy. — 2r6d]a. 
Historical  sketches. 

W?zyk,  Franciszek.  943-8  W58 

Powstanie  Krolestwa  Polskiego  w  roku  1830-1831.     1905. 

Wyslouchowa,  Marya.  943-8  W99 

Za  wolnosc  i  lud;  opowiadania  z  lat  1861-1864.    1903. 

943.8  Zii 
Z  dziej6w  hajdamaczyzny;  z  przedmowa  Henryka  Moscickiego.  2v. 
in  1.  1905.  (Dzieje  porozbiorowe  narodu  polskiego  w  zywem  slowie, 
5-6.) 

Description  and  travel 
Gloger,  Zygmunt.  914-38  Gsib 

Bialowieza  w  albumie.    1903. 

Gloger,  Zygmunt.  q9i4.38  G5X 

Dolinami  rzek;  opisy  podrozy  wzdluz  Niemna,  Wisty,  Bugu  i  Bieb- 
rzy.     1903. 

Van  Norman,  Louis  Edwin.  914-38  Vig 

Poland,  the  knight  among  nations,  with  an  introduction  by  Helena 
Modjeska.    1907.    Revell. 

Contents:  Poland's  role  in  history.  —  Polish  autonomy  under  Austria.  —  Cracow, 
the  heart  of  Poland. — The  Poles  and  Germany's  world  dream. — Russia's  European  door. 
— The  geographical  centre  of  Europe. — How  Vienna  escaped  the  Turk. — The  real 
"Thaddeus  of  Warsaw." — On  the  field  of  glory. — The  Mecca  of  the  Poles. — A  voyage 
over  the  steppes. — What  Poland  owes  to  her  women. — The  Polish  peasant  and  the  future 
of  Poland. — The  pathetic  outcast  of  the  ages. — Polish  music  and  the  Slav  temperament. 
— A  race  of  artists  by  birth. — The  geographer  of  the  heavens  [Copernicus]. — Polish 
country  life  and  customs. — Poland's  modern  interpreter  [Sienkicwicz]. — The  Poles  in 
America. — Note  on  pronunciation  of  Polish. 

Well-written,  sympathetic  account.  The  author  had  unusual  opportunities  for  the 
study  of  Polish  life  and  history. 


HUNGARY— HISTORY  2121 

Hungary 

History 

Acsady,  Ignacz.  4943*9  A 18 

A  magyar  birodalom  tortenete,  a  kutfSk  alapjan;  a  mfivelt  kozonseg 
szamara.    2v.     1903. 

V.I.     896-1490. 

V.2.        I49O-I903. 

"E  kotet  kutfoi,"  v. 2,  p. 799-801. 

Acsady,  Ignacz.  943-9  Ai8m 

A  magyar  jobbagysag  tortenete.    1908. 

Being  V.3  of  "Magyar  kozgazdasagi  konyvtar,"  ed.  by  Bela  Foldes. 

Benedek,  Elek.  q943-9  B43 

A  magyar  nep  multja  es  jelene.    2v.     1898. 
V.I.     A  szolgasagtol  a  szabadsagig. 
V.2.     A  bolcsotol  a  sirig. 

Godkin,  Edwin  Lawrence.  <1943>9  G55 

History  of  Hungary  and  the  Magyars,  from  the  earliest  period  to 

the  close  of  the  late  war.     1853.     Cassell. 
Through  the  revolution  of  1848-49.     Illustrated. 

943-9  H93 
The  Hungarian  question,  from  a  historicjil,  economical  and  ethno- 
graphical point  of  view;  tr.  from  the  Hungarian  by  Ilona  and  C.  A. 
Ginever.     1908.     Paul. 

"This  book  has  been  written  by  a  distinguished  Hungarian  publicist  with  the  view 
of  making  Hungary's  attitude  on  military  and  economic  questions,  and  generally  on  the 
relations  between  the  two  States  of  the  dual  Monarchy,  comprehensible  to  English 
readers."     Translators'  preface. 

Klapka,  Gen.  Gyorgy.  943-9  K31 

Memoirs  of  the  war  of  independence  in  Hungary;  tr.  from  the  origi- 
nal manuscript  by  Otto  Wenckstern.    2v.     1850.     Gilpin. 

Military  events  of  war  from  the  early  spring  of  1849  to  the  autumn,  when  Hungary 
was  subjugated  by  Austria.  Author  (1820-92)  was  a  distinguished  Hungarian  general, 
who  attained  a  splendid  reputation  by  liis  defense  of  the  fortress  of  Komorn.  The  series 
of  battles  which  he  fought  in  the  summer  of  1849  was  perhaps  the  most  brilliant  episode' 
of  the  whole  war. 

Marczali,  Henrik.  943-9  M37 

Hungary  in  the   i8th  century,  with  an   introductory  essay  on   the 

earlier  history  of  Hungary  by  H.  W.  V.  Temperley.     1910.     Cambridge 

University  Press. 

By  the  foremost  living  Hungarian  historian  (1910).     Not  a  political  history  of  the 

country  and  period  in  question,  but  rather  a  description  of  the  state  of  Hungary  about 

the  time  of  the  accession  of  Joseph  II.     An  excellent  introductory  essay  makes  it  more 

intelligible  to  the  average  English  reader. 

Vambery,  Arminius.  <1943-9  Viyra 

A  magyarsag  keletkezese  es  gyarapodasa.     1895. 

Varga,  Otto.  943-9  V21 

A  magyarok  tortenete  es  Magyarorszag  a  jelenben.    2v.  in  i.    1905-09. 

Vaszary,  Kolos.  943-9  V23 

Tortenelem.    2v.  in  i.     1901. 

Contents:  A  kozepiskolak  3.  osztalya  szamara. — A  kozepiskolak  4.  osztilya  szimira. 
— Fuggelekul;  Magyarorszag  politikai  foldrajza  Ausztria,  irta  Br6zik  Kdroly. 


2122  HUNGARY— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL 


Description  and  travel 

Alden,  Percy,  ed.  9I4>39  A3S 

Hungary  of  to-day,  by  members  of  the  Hungarian  government,  etc. 
1909.    Nash. 

Contents:  Hungary,  its  peoples,  industries  and  finances,  by  Julius  de  Vargha. — 
The  Hungarian  constitution,  by  Count  Albert  Apponyi. — Law  and  justice,  by  Antal 
Gunther. — Taxation  reform,  by  Alexander  Wekerle. — Industrial  labour  legislation,  by 
Francis  Kossuth. — The  state  and  agriculture,  by  Andrew  Gyorgy. — Public  education: 
Elementary,  by  Count  Albert  Apponyi;  Secondary  and  higher,  by  Julius  de  Vargha. — 
The  state  child,  by  Percy  Alden. — The  intellectual  life  of  Hungary,  by  Zsolt  Beothy. — 
Hungarian  music,  by  Julius  Kaldy. — The  political  position  of  Croatia,  Slavonia  and 
Dalmatia  in  the  kingdom  of  Hungary,  by  Michael  Geosztanyi. — Hungarian  weights, 
measures  and  money. 

rg  14.39  B64 
La  Bosnie-Herzegovine  a  I'Exposition  Internationale  Universelle  de 
1900  a  Paris.    1900. 

Bovill,  W.  B.  Forster.  914-39  B66 

Hungary  and  the  Hungarians.     1908.     McClure. 

Contents:  The  glowing  past. — Modern  Hungary. — The  Carpathians  and  its  peoples. 
— Where  the  Magyar  reigns. — On  the  great  plain. — Budapest  and  art. — Budapest  as  it  is. 
— Language  and  literature. — ^Politics  and  politicians. — Transylvania  and  the  Transyl- 
vanians. — Szeklers,  Saxons  and  Roumanians. — The  gipsies  and  their  music. — Croatia  and 
the  Croatians. — Customs,  costumes  and  character. — Music  ^nd  song  in  Hungary. — Hun- 
gary's political  relation  to  Austria. —  The  Danube. —  Agriculture  and  commerce. —  From 
beaten  tracks. — The  future  of  Hungary. 

Graphic  description  of  this  little-known  and  misunderstood  country,  its  neglected  re- 
sources, and  its  inhabitants — "the  most  bewildering,  fascinating,  and  hospitable  race  in 
Europe."     Illustrated  in  color.     Condensed  from  Outlook  (London),  rgo8. 

Brace,  Charles  Loring.  914*39  B67 

Hungary  in  185 1,  with  an  experience  of  the  Austrian  police.  1852. 
Scribner. 

The  author,  an  American,  visited  Hungary  in  1851  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  in- 
formation about  that  country,  then  just  prostrated  by  the  blow  which  followed  the  war 
of  independence.  He  mixed  much  with  Hungarians  of  all  classes  and  he  gives  a  clear 
idea  of  the  condition,  material  and  moral,  of  the  Hungarian  people  in  their  state  of 
subjection.  He  writes  with  moderation,  sense  and  candor;  and  the  impressions  unfavora- 
ble to  Austrian  rule  in  Hungary  are  not  the  result  of  transatlantic  prejudice,  but  of  con- 
siderate observation.     Condensed  from  Atheneeum,  1832. 

Evans,  Arthur  John.  914-39  E94 

Through  Bosnia  and  the  Herzegovina  on  foot  during  the  insur- 
rection, Aug.-Sept.  1875,  with  an  historical  review  of  Bosnia  and  a 
glimpse  at  the  Croats,  Slavonians  and  the  ancient  republic  of  Ragusa. 
1877.     Longmans. 

Author  went  for  a  vacation  ramble  through  these  countries,  seeing  many  out-of-the- 
way  places.  He  was  especially  interested  in  archaeological  research  and  in  the  types  of 
inhabitants.     Illustrated  from  photographs  and  sketches  by  the  author. 

Fletcher,  Margaret.  914-39  F63 

Sketches  of  life  and  character  in  Hungary.     1892.     Sonnenschein. 

Lively  little  book,  the  charm  of  which  is  due  to  unconventionali'iy  of  style  and  ab- 
sence of  the  usual  guide-book  features. 

Holbach,  Mrs  Maude  M.  914-39  H69 

Bosnia  and  Herzegovina;  some  wayside  wanderings.    1910.    Lane. 
Pleasantly  written  book  of  travels.     Well  illustrated. 


FRANCE— HISTORY  2123 

Hutchinson,  Mrs  Frances  Kinsley.  914-39  H96 

Motoring  in  the  Balkans  along  the  highways  of  Dalmatia,  Mon- 
tenegro, the  Herzegovina  and  Bosnia.     1909.     McClurg. 

"The  start  was  made  at  Trieste,  and  the  Dalmatian  coast  was  closely  followed  to 
Ragusa. .  .Leaving  the  sea-coast,  the  travellers  crossed  the  mountain-chain  of  the  Dinaric 
Alps  and  Herzegovina  and  Bosnia.  Vienna  was  the  terminus  of  this  trip  of  forty-eight 
days  and  1,483  miles  —  The  book's  chief  value  is  to  be  found  in  the  information  given 
as  to  journeys,  whether  by  motor  or  by  rail  and  diligence,  through  a  country  whose  won- 
derful scenery  and  picturesque  people  make  it  a  'continuous  delight.'  There  is  an  ex- 
cellent map  of  the  route  on  the  inside  cover,  and  an  itinerary  and  table  of  distances  give 
the  names  of  the  places  stopped  at  and  the  hotels — which  were  excellent."     Nation,  igog. 

Paget,  John,  1808-92.  9i4>39  P14 

Hungary  and  Transylvania,  with  remarks  on  their  condition,  social, 
political  and  economical.    2v.     1850.     Lea. 

Scotus  Viator,  {pseud,  of  Robert  William  Seton-Watson).         9i4«39  S43 

Racial  problems  in  Hungary.     1908.     Constable. 

"Bibliography,"  p.5 13-528. 

"His  detailed  statements  on  behalf  of  the  non-Magyar,  and  particularly  on  behalf  of 
the  Slovak,  population  are  much  the  most  notable  record  of  Mag^yar  injustice  that  has 
ever  been  published."     Spectator,  1909. 

Stokes,  Adrian.  914-39  S87 

Hungary;  painted  by  Adrian  &  Marianne  Stokes,  described  by 
Adrian  Stokes.     1909.    Black. 

"More  than  usually  effective  colour-book.  Mrs.  Stokes's  figure  subjects  in  par- 
ticular, with  their  brilliant  reds,  come  out  well  in  reproduction  and  Mr.  Stokes's  land- 
scapes are  charming.  The  letterpress,  too,  is  interesting,  and  the  subject. .  .more  or  less 
unhackneyed."     Burlington  magazine,  1909. 

914.39  Uas 

Die  unterdriickung  der  Slovaken  durch  die  Magyaren.     1903. 

Walko,  Laszlo.  914-39  W17 

Budapesttol  Velenceig.     1910. 

Zaleska,  Marya  Julia.  914-39  Z21 

Przygody  mlodego  podroznika  w  Tatrach.     1908. 


France 
History 

Bonnechose,  Francois  Paul  fimile  Boisnormand  de.  909  L76  v.9 

France;  revised  and  ed.  by  F.  M.  Fling.     1906.     Morris.     (In  Lodge, 

H.  C.  ed.     History  of  nations,  v.9.) 
"Bibliography,"  p.495-502. 

Crowe,  Eyre  Evans.  ^944  C89 

History  of  France.     5v.     1858-68.     Longmans. 

"Bears  evidence  of  thorough  research.  It  covers  the  whole  period  of  French  history 
to  the  coup  d'etat  of  Louis  Napoleon  [1851]  and  though  it  is  not  of  the  highest  order  of 
merit,  it  is  generally  accurate,  is  composed  with  temperate  judgment,  and  is  presented 
in  a  style  of  considerable  literary  merit.  On  the  whole,  it  must  be  considered  one  of  the 
most  desirable  histories  of  France  in  the  English  language."  Adams's  Manual  of  his- 
torical literature,  18S8. 


2124  FRANCE— HISTORY 

Dutton,  Maude  Barrows.  J944  D95 

Little  stories  of  France,  with  a  preface  by  S.  T.  Dutton.  1906. 
Amer.  Book  Co. 

From  the  time  of  the  Druids  and  Vercingetorix,  the  bravest  of  the  Gauls,  to  the 
France  of  to-day.  Among  others,  there  are  stories  of  Roland,  Charles  VI  the  "Mad 
king,"  the  Maid  of  Orleans,  the  brave  Bayard  and  of  Bertrand  du  Guesclin  and  of  how, 
disguised,  he  took  the  prizes  away  from  full-grown  knights  when  he  was  only  12  years  old. 

Guizot,  Frangois  Pierre  Guillaume.  944  G960 

Outlines  of  the  history  of  France  from  the  earliest  times  to  the  out- 
break of  the  revolution;  an  abridgment  of  [his]  "History  of  France," 
with  chronological  index,  historical  and  genealogical  tables,  etc.  by 
Gustave  Masson.    1879.    Estes. 

Binder's  title  reads  "Concise  history  of  France." 
Sources  of  "The  history  of  France,"  p. 566-573. 

Jervis,  William  Henlej'-  Pearson.  944  J28 

History  of  France  from  the  earliest  times  to  the  fall  of  the  second  em- 
pire in  1870;  thoroughly  revised  and  in  great  part  re-written  by  Arthur 
Hassall,  with  a  chapter  on  ancient  Gaul  by  F.  Haverfield.    1907.    Murray. 

Binder's  title  reads  "Student's  France." 

Masson,  Gustave.  016.944  M46 

France.  [1879.]  Soc.  for  Promoting  Christian  Knowledge.  (Early 
chroniclers  of  Europe.) 

Account  of  the  sources  available  for  the  study  of  mediaeval  French  history. 

Michaud,  Joseph  Frangois,  &  Poujoulat,  J.  J.  F.  comp.  q944  M665 

Nouvelle  collection  des  memoires  pour  servir  a  I'histoire  de  France 
depuis  le  I3e  siecle  jusqu'a  la  fin  du  i8e,  precedes  de  notices  pour 
caracteriser  chaque  auteur  des  memoires  et  son  epoque,  suivis  de 
I'analyse  des  documents  historiques  qui  s'y  rapportent.    32V.     1836-59. 

V.1-12.     (ist  ser.  V.1-12.) 

V.I 3-22.     (2d  ser.  V.I -10.) 

v.23-32.      (3d  ser.   v.i-io.) 

For  contents  see  Catalogue  of  the  library  of  the  Peabody  Institute,  v.4,  p.2892-2893 
(qroi9.i   P33). 

944  N33 

Pitman,  Leila  Webster.  J944  P66 

Stories  of  old  France.     1902.    Amer.  Book  Co. 

Contents:  Chinon:  the  warrior  maid. — Plessis-les-Tours:  in  the  king's  train. — 
Chenonceaux  and  Charabord:  the  recreations  of  a  king. — Amboise:  a  royal  mother. — 
Blois:  the  three  Henries  and  their  struggle  for  a  throne. — A  forgotten  chateau:  the 
building  of  an  air  castle. — The  Louvre  and  Fontainebleau :  the  court  versus  the  people. 
— Versailles:  the  people  versus  the  court. 

Stories  about  the  great  chateaux  of  France,  of  intrigues  and  battles  and  great 
events  in  the  days  of  the  old  monarchy. 

Powell,  George  Herbert,  &  Powell,  O.  B.  comp.  944  P87 

La  France  monarchique;  scenes  de  la  vie  nationale  depuis  le  dou- 
zieme  jusqu'au  dix-huitieme  siecle  tirees  de  memoires  contemporains, 
avec  introduction  et  notes.    1906. 

"Bibliographic  des  ouvrages  cites,"  p.29-31. 

Provides,  in  the  shape  of  some  40  extracts  from  chroniclers  and  memoir  writers, 
an  excellent  epitome  of  the  life  and  history  of  old  France  from  the  crusades  to  the 
revolution,  as  told  by  contemporary  writers. 


FRANCE— HISTORY  2125 

Capet  and  Valois  period 
987-1589 
White,  Henry.  944.02  W63 

Massacre  of  St.  Bartholomew,  preceded  by  a  history  of  the  religious 
wars  in  the  reign  of  Charles  IX.    1868.    Harper. 

"Written  in  a  judicious  spirit  for  the  purpose  of  portraying  the  great  struggle  that 
devastated  France  in  the  later  portion  of  the  sixteenth  century,  and  culminated  in  the 
memorable  tragedy  of  1572.  The  author  proceeds  on  the  theory  that  the  real  nature 
of  the  contest  cannot  be  understood  unless  the  condition  of  both  Protestants  and 
Catholics  during  the  first  half  of  the  century  be  taken  into  consideration . . .  Though  the 
author  looks  upon  the  events  he  describes  with  the  eyes  of  a  Protestant,  yet  his  modera- 
tion is  worthy  of  universal  commendation  and  confidence.''  Adams's  Manual  of  his- 
torical literature. 

Bourbon  period 
1589-1789 
Bingham,  Denis  Arthur.  944-03  B48 

Marriages  of  the  Bourbons.    2v.     1890.     Chapman. 

Book  of  historical  gossip,  evidently  compiled  largely  from  contemporary  memoirs, 
concerning  the  French  branch  of  the  house  of  Bourbon. 

Broglie,  Jacques  Victor  Albert,  due  de.  944-03  B76 

The  king's  secret;  being  the  secret  correspondence  of  Louis  XV 
with  his  diplomatic  agents,  from  1752  to  1774.    2v.     [1879.]     Cassell. 

"The  historians  of  the  period  just  before  the  French  Revolution  have  very  generally 
called  attention  to  the  strange  freak  of  Louis  XV  which  led  him  to  enter  into  a  mys- 
terious and  secret  correspondence  with  his  diplomatic  agents  without  the  knowledge  of 
his  ministers. .  .The  letters  are  edited  in  so  skilful  a  manner  as  to  explain  their  signifi- 
cance, and  throw  considerable  light  on  the  character  of  the  king,  if  not  on  the  nature 
of  the  period."     Adams's  Manual  of  historical  literature. 

Browning,  Oscar,  ed.  944-03  B81 

Despatches  from  Paris,  1784-1790;  selected  and  ed.  from  the  For- 
eign office  correspondence.  2v.  1909-10.  (Camden  Society.  Publica- 
tions, 3d  ser.  V.16,  19.) 

v.  I.      1 784-1 787. 

v. 2.        1788— 1790. 

Motteville,  Mnie  Franqoise  (Bertaut)  Langlois  de.  944>o3  M94 

Memoirs  on  Anne  of  Austria  and  her  court,  with  an  introduction  by 
C.  A.  Sainte-Beuve;  tr.  by  K.  P.  Wormeley.     3v.     1902.     Hardy. 

The  writer  of  these  memoirs,  which  after  many  years  retain  their  authority,  was 
devoted  to  the  service  of  Anne  of  Austria  and  composed  the  memoirs  to  justify  her 
queen  in  the  eyes  of  posterity.  Though  she  wrote  a  panegyric  she  tempered  her  flattery 
with  justice.  After  the  queen,  Mazarin  takes  up  the  greatest  space  in  her  book.  Cond6, 
M.  Le  Tellier,  Madame  de  Chevreuse  and  Marie  de  Gonzague  are  also  well  drawn.  Con- 
densed from  Spectator,  i<)02. 

Saint-Simon,  Louis  de  Rouvroy,  due  de.  944>03  Sisa 

Memoirs    on   the   times   of   Louis   XIV   and    the    regency;    tr.   and 

abridged  by  K.  P.  Wormeley  [with  an  introduction  by  Sainte-Beuve]. 

4v.     1902.     Hardy. 

"A  panoramic  picture,  drawn  with  wonderful  skill,  of  the  last  20  years  of  the  reign 

of  Louis  XIV  and  of  the  period  of  the  Regency.     The  author  was  himself  at  court,  and 

was  often  an  actor  in  the  strange  scenes  he  describes."     Adams's  Manual  of  historical 

literature. 


2126  FRANCE— HISTORY 

Taylor,  William  Cooke.  944-03  T25 

Memoirs  of  the  house  of  Orleans,  including  sketches  and  anecdotes 
of  the  most  distinguished  characters  in  France  during  the  17th  and  i8th 
centuries.    3v.    1849.    Bentley. 

"All  his  books  are  marked  by  candour  and  sobriety  of  mind,  and  the  information  is 
conveyed  in  an  interesting  style. .  .Lockhart  says  that  Louis-Philippe  was  so  irritated  by 
the  references  to  his  career  in  this  work  that  he  talked  of  prosecuting  the  publisher." 
Dictionary  of  national  biography. 


French  revolution 

1789-1804 

Acton,  John  Emerich  Edward  Dalberg,  baron.  944-04  A18 

Lectures  on  the  French  revolution;  ed.  by  J.N.Figgis  and  R.  V. 
Laurence.     1910.     Macmillan. 

"It  is  not  in  the  narrative  portions  that  the  strength  of  this  volume  resides.  It  is 
the  thought,  the  suggestion,  the  political  philosophy  of  the  lecturer  that  make  it  a  book 
of  weight.  Lord  Acton's  lecture  on  the  origin  of  the  ideas  of  1789  is  the  most  authori- 
tative and  the  most  brilliant  consideration  of  the  philosophic  parentage  of  the  Revolu- 
tion that  we  have  in  English. .  .The  appendix  on  the  literature  of  the  Revolution  is  of 
equally  high  value."     Outlook  (London),  1910. 

Belloc,  Hilaire.  944-04  B41 

French  revolution.  191 1.  Williams.  (Home  university  library  of 
modern  knowledge.) 

"Survey  of  the  French  Revolution  from  the  meeting  of  the  National  Assembly  in 
May,  1789,  to  the  end  of  the  Terror  in  July,  1794.  Nowhere  will  the  ordinary  reader 
find  the  meaning  of  these  eventful  five  years  made  so  clear  as  in  Mr.  Belloc's  little 
book."    Spectator,  191 1. 

Burke,  Edmund.  r944-04  B91 

Reflections  on  the  revolution  in  France,  and  on  the  proceedings  in 
certain  societies  in  London  relative  to  that  event,  in  a  letter  intended  to 
have  been  sent  to  a  gentleman  in  Paris.     1790.     Dodsley. 

filisabeth  Philippine  Marie  Helene,  princesse  de  France.  944-04  E48 

Life  and  letters,  followed  by  the  Journal  of  the  Temple  by  Clery 
and  the  Narrative  of  Marie  Therese  de  France,  duchesse  d'Angouleme; 
tr.  by  K.  P.  Wormeley.     1902.     Hardy. 

Has  to  do  chiefly  with  the  stormy  period  of  the  French  revolution  and  the  prominent 
figure  in  the  book  is  Louis  XVI.  The  princesse  de  France  was  his  sister,  the  duchesse 
d'Angouleme,  his  daughter,  and  Cliry,  the  valet  who  attended  him  during  his  imprison- 
ment in  the  Temple. 

Elliott,  Mrs  Grace  (Dalrymple).  944-04  E53 

During  the  reign  of  terror;  journal  of  my  life  during  the  French 
revolution,  with  an  introduction  and  notes;  tr.  from  the  French  by  E.  J. 
M^ras.    1910.    Unwin. 

"Written  confessedly  seven  or  eight  years  after  the  events  it  relates,  it  is  in  no 
proper  sense  a  'journal,'  and  it  is  often  exaggerated,  misleading,  and  even  self-contra- 
dictory. It  throws  some  light  upon  conditions  in  Paris,  and  upon  the  private  life  of  the 
ill-fated  Duke  of  Orleans,  but  is  of  slight  historical  value  for  the  general  events  of  the 
French  Revolution."     Nation,  1910. 


FRANCE— HISTORY  2127 

Franjois,  Charles  Francois.  944-04  F87 

From  Valmy  to  Waterloo;  extracts  from  the  diary  of  Capt.  Charles 
Francois,  a  soldier  of  the  revolution  and  the  empire;  tr.  and  ed.  by 
R.  B.  Douglas,  with  a  preface  by  Jules  Claretie.    1906.    Everett. 

Valuable  as  coming  from  a  young  subaltern,  who  relates  incidents  and  details  un- 
known to  the  professional  historian.  Though  all  his  statements  may  not  be  accepted  un- 
reservedly, be  is  usually  impartial  and  always  ingenuous. 

Gibbs,  Philip.  q944.04  G36 

Men  and  women  of  the  French  revolution.    1906.    Paul. 
Contents:     The  court  at  Versailles. — The  philosophers. — Men   and   women   of  the 

salons. — Mirabeau    and   the   States-General. — Lafayette   and   the   National   Guard. — The 

people's  friend   [Marat]. — Desmoulins  and  Danton. — The  royal  family  at  the  Tuileries 

and  the  Temple. — The  Girondins. — Robespierre  and  the  Terror. 
Illustrated  by  reproductions  of  contemporary  prints. 

Hoist,  Hermann  von.  944*04  H74 

The  French  revolution  tested  by  Mirabeau's  career;  12  lectures  on 
the  history  of  the  French  revolution  delivered  at  the  Lowell  Institute, 
Boston,  Mass.    2v.     1894.    Callaghan. 

Hughon,  Marius  A.  comp.  1016.94404  H89 

Journals  and  periodicals  published  in  France  and  other  countries 
during  the  revolution  &  Napoleonic  period,  1789-1815,  with  biblio- 
graphical notes,  facsimiles  and  appendix  on  the  journalists  of  the  revo- 
lution [offered  for  sale  by  M.  A.  Hughon  &  Co.].  ' 

Johnston,  Robert  Matteson.  944*04  J36 

The  French  revolution;  a  short  history.     1909.     Holt. 

Brief  general  view  to  the  year  1799. 

Kielland,  Alexander  Lange.  944-04  K24 

Napoleon  i  jego  ludzie;  przeklad  Maryi  Kreczowskiej.  2v.  in  i. 
1908. 

944.04  K41 

.|K''s*,'?KTiV"i  vtrn'' iX:KiE3  vc'iiJ  H*"!  ps  yi22"'tyyj  «n 

Kropotkin,  Petr  Alexeievitch,  prince.  944-04  K42 

The  great  French  revolution,  1789-1793;  tr.  from  the  French  by 
N.  F.  Dryhurst.    1909.    Heinemann. 

Kropotkin  presents  the  communistic  conception  of  the  great  upheaval.  It  is  with 
the  role  of  the  masses  and  with  the  great  economic  changes  that  he  is  chiefly  concerned, 
matters  that  have  not  received  in  the  past  the  consideration  that  is  due  to  them.  Con- 
densed from  American  historical  review,  1910. 

Lamartine,  Alphonse  de.  944*04  Li7h 

Histoire  des  Girondins.    4v.     1858.     Furne. 

"His  history  of  the  Girondists  was  at  once  the  most  popular  and  the  most  pernicious 
of  his  numerous  works.  It  was  a  glorification  of  the  Revolutionary  spirit,  and  it  has 
probably  had  more  influence  than  any  other  literary  production  in  keeping  the  revolu- 
tionary spirit  in  France  alive."     Adams's  Manual  of  historical  literature. 

Marczali,  Henrik.  944-04  M37 

A  forradalom  es  Napoleon  kora.  (Marczali,  Henrik,  ed.  Nagy 
kepes  vilagtortenet,  v.io.) 


2128  FRANCE— HISTORY 

Playfair,  William.  r944.o4  P69 

History  of  Jacobinism,  its  crimes,  cruelties  and  perfidies;  comprising 
an  inquiry  into  the  manner  of  disseminating,  under  the  appearance  of 
philosophy  and  virtue,  principles  which  are  equally  subversive  of  order, 
virtue,  religion,  liberty  and  happiness.     1795.     Stockdale. 

944.04  R63 

First  empire 
1804-1815 
Pardee,  Julia.  944-05  P22 

Episodes  of  French  history  during  the  consulate  and  the  first  em- 
pire.    1859.    Harper. 

Collection  of  essays  dealing  with  incidents  in  the  life  of  Napoleon,  Josephine, 
Bernadotte,  Fouch6  and  other  prominent  figures  of  the  period.' 


Restoration 

1815-1848 

De  Puy,  Henry  Walter.  944.06  D44 

Louis  Napoleon  and  his  times,  with  notices  of  his  writings,  a  memoir 

of  the  Bonaparte  family,  and  a  sketch  of  French  history  to  the  empire, 

1853-     1853-     Phinney. 

French  history  from  1798  to  1852.  Does  not  pretend  to  be  anything  more  than  a 
compilation. 

Hall,  John  R.  944.06  Hi7 

Bourbon  restoration.     1909.    Houghton. 

History  of  the  whole  Bourbon  restoration  from  Louis  XVIII's  entry,  into  Paris  in 
1814  to  Charles  X's  overthrow  in  1830.  Painstaking,  accurate  and  unbiased,  it  is  per- 
haps the  best  account  of  this  period  in  English,  but  being  based  on  secondary  authorities, 
it  lack?  the  freshness  and  permanency  of  a  first-hand  investigation  in  archives.  Con- 
densed from  Nation,  jgio. 

Lamartine,  Alphonse  de.  944.06  Li7hi 

Histoire  de  la  restauration.    8v.  in  4.     1851-52. 

"It  is  the  production  of  a  rhapsodist,  brilliant,  interesting,  and  disappointing.  After 
the  author's  fashion,  it  portrays  the  government  from  1815  to  1830.  Nearly  the  whole 
of  the  first  volume  is  devoted  to  proving  that  'Napoleon's  genius  was  posthumous.'  " 
Adams's  Manual  of  historical  literature. 


Second  republic  and  second  empire 

1848-1870 

Agoult,  Marie  Catharine  Sophie  de  Flavigny,  comtesse  d',  944>07  A37 

{pseud.  Daniel  Stern). 
Les  journees  de  juin  1848;  ed.  by  Madeleine  Delbos.    1907.    Claren- 
don Press.     (Oxford  higher  French  series.) 


FRANCE— HISTORY  2129 

Falloux,  Alfred  Frederic  Pierre,  comte  de.  rg44.07  F19 

Memoirs;  from  the  French  by  C.  B.  Pitman.    2v.    1888. 

A  history  of  the  French  Royalist  party,  1840-70,  rather  than  a  personal  biography. 

"The  interest  of  these  two  interesting  volumes  consists  rather  in  the  side-lights 
they  throw  upon  the  characters  and  motives  of  great  men  than  in  their  political  dis- 
closures, though  these  are  not  wanting.  They  are  real  contributions  to  history."  Satur- 
day review,  1888. 

Third  republic 

From  1870 
Bracq,  Jean  Charlemagne.  944.08  B67 

France  under  the  republic.     1910.    Scribner. 

The  first  part,  with  its  statistical  and  documentary  information  on  the  material 
advance  and  expansion  of  the  country,  will  be  found  very  valuable  for  reference.  As  a 
resume  of  France's  intellectual,  artistic,  and  literary  contribution  to  the  world's  output 
during  the  last  four  decades,  the  second  part  is  acceptable,  even  if  the  lists  of  names  and 
works  are  far  from  exhaustive.  But  the  author's  special  interest  centres  obviously  on 
religious  and  social  problems,  which  he  has  treated  fully,  and  to  which  he  has  brought 
frankly  his  Republican  and  Protestant  points  of  view.     Condensed  from  Nation,  1911. 

Broglie,  Jacques  Victor  Albert,  due  de.  944.08  B76 

An  ambassador  of  the  vanquished;  Viscount  filie  de  Gontaut-Biron's 
mission  to  Berlin,  1871-1877,  from  his  diaries  and  memoranda;  tr.  with 
notes  by  A.  D.  Vandam.     1896.     Macmillan. 

Gontaut-Biron  played  an  important  and  honorable  part  in  the  negotiations  which 
followed  the  Franco-German  war  and  it  was  due  in  large  measure  to  him  that  the  in- 
dependence of  France  was  maintained. 

Hanotaux,  Gabriel.  944.08  H23 

Contemporary  France;  tr.  by  E.  Sparvel-Bayly.    v.4.    1909. 

V.4.    1 877-1 882. 

"This  book  belongs  to  that  class  of  histories  whereof  the  work  of  Thucydides  is  a 
famous  example... a  narrative  written  by  a  contemporary  of  events  which  passed  in 
his  own  time. .  .setting  them  forth  after  a  lapse  of  time  sufficient  to  give  some  perspec- 
tive. No  kind  of  history  is  more  interesting,  none  more  instructive. .  .M.  Hanotaux  is 
a  good  specimen  of the  man  of  letters  who  is  also  a  statesman."    Nation,  1903. 

For  v.  1-3  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Lawton,  Frederick.  944.08  L43 

The  third  French  republic.     1909.    Lippincott. 

"Mr.  Lawton's  'anecdotal  narration'. .  .of  thirty-seven  years  [1871-1908]  of  French 
history  is  a  very  readable  book.  Its  most  valuable  part... is  to  be  found  in  the  sum- 
maries of  science,  literature,  art,  as  they  have  been  developed  during  these  four  dec- 
ades."   Spectator,  1909. 

Portraits  and  illustrations. 

Renan,  Ernest.  944.08  R33 

La  reforme  intellectuelle  et  morale.     1871. 

Contents:  La  reforme  intellectuelle  et  morale  de  la  France. — La  guerre  entre  la 
France  et  I'Allemagne. — Lettre  a  M.  Strauss. — Nouvelle  lettre  a  M.  Strauss. — De  la 
convocation  d'une  assemblee  pendant  le  siege.  —  La  monarchie  constitutionnelle  en 
France. — La  part  de  la  famille  et  de  I'etat  dans  I'education. 

Vizetelly,  Henry.  944-o8  V35 

Paris  in  peril.    2v.     1882.    Tinsley. 

Animated  and  diverting  account  of  the  siege  of  Paris  in  1870-71,  by  an  eye-witness 
of  many  of  the  events.  Author  was  for  seven  years  the  Paris  correspondent  of  the 
"Illustrated  London  news."     Many  illustrations. 


2130  FRANCE— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL 

Description  and  travel 

Atkinson,  Mary  Josephine.  9i4'4  A87 

A  chateau  in  Brittany.    1910.     Pott. 

Author  appears  to  have  belonged  to  a  very  delightful  party  of  Americans  who  estab- 
lished themselves  for  some  months  in  an  old  chateau  in  the  environs  of  Dinard  and  from 
that  point  explored  a  certain  part  of  the  province.  Though  they  made  no  excursions 
beyond  the  beaten  track,  this  record  of  their  experiences  and  often  original  impressions 
has  a  singular  freshness.     Condensed  from  Spectator,  1911. 

Baedeker,  Karl,  comp.  9i4>4  614112 

Northern  France,  from  Belgium  and  the  English  channel  to  the 
Loire,  excluding  Paris  and  its  environs.    1909. 

The  same.     1909 i'9i4>4  Bi4n2 

[Bankes,  George  Nugent.]  914-4  B2a 

Across  France  in  a  caravan;  being  some  account  of  a  journey  from 
Bordeaux  to  Genoa  in  the  "Escargot,"  taken  in  the  winter  1889-90. 
1893.     Randolph. 

"Troubles  and  adventures,  mishaps  and  incidents  are  numerous  enough  to  prevent 
any  sense  of  monotony,  and  while  at  times  the  author  is  guilty  of  efforts  at  witticism 
which  are  apt  to  fail,  he  is  abundantly  and  naturally  humorous,  sees  the  comical  side  of 
things,  and  hits  off  the  ridiculous  and  absurd  in  officials,  innkeepers,  peasantry,  and 
nobility  with  a  very  happy  touch."     Nation,  1893. 

Barker,  Edward  Harrison.  9i4*4  B24f 

France  of  the  French,    1910.    Scribner. 

Contents:  French  character  and  its  influence. — Family  life. — Statesmen  and  poli- 
ticians.— Literature  under  the  republic. — The  press. —  Architecture. —  Painters. —  Sculp- 
tors.— Dramatists. — Players. — Musicians  and  singers. —  Science  and  invention. —  Rural 
France. — Lights  and  shadows. — Conclusions. 

Bell,  Mrs  Nancy  R.  Elizabeth  (Meugens),  {pseud.  N.  914-4  641 

d'Anvers). 

Picturesque  Brittany,  with  illustrations  in  colour  by  A.  G.  Bell. 
1906.    Dent. 

"Record  of  a  trip  in  Brittany of  several  weeks',  duration,  supplemented  by  a  gen- 
eral account  of  the  whole  province."    Author's  note. 

Blessington,  Margaret  (Power)  Gardiner,  countess  of.  914-4  B54 

The  idler  in  France.    2v.    1841.    Colburn. 

Interesting  account  of  the  author's  life  in  France,  1828-30,  the  greater  part  of  which 
was  spent  in  Paris.  Closes  with  the  events  of  the  revolution  of  1830.  Has  many  enter- 
taining anecdotes  of  the  social  life  in  which  she  was  prominent. 

Caird,  Mrs  Mona  (Alison).  914-4  Cia 

Romantic  cities  of  Provence.     1906.    Unwin. 

Avignon,  Carcassonne,  Aries,  Beaucaire  and  Tarascon  are  among  the  places  visited. 
Illustrated  by  Joseph  Pennell  and  E.  M.  Synge. 

Cheruel,  Pierre  Adolphe.  r9i4-4  C42 

Dictionnaire  historique  des  institutions,  mceurs  et  coutumes  de  la 
France.    2v.  in  i.     1855. 

Edwards,  George  Wharton.  q9i4-4  E317 

Brittany  and  the  Bretons.     1910.    Moffat. 

"Invites  us... into  the  land  of  Merlin,  of  stout  du  GuescHn,  and  sturdy  Anne  of 
Brittany,  of  gray  villages  of  one  tone,  of  plain,  uninteresting  churches,  peopled  by  a 
patriotic  race,  faithful  to  religion  and  law.  The  volume ...  is  illustrated  by  somewhat 
sombre  pictures  which,  however,  accord  well  with  his  subject."     Nation,  1910. 


FRANCE— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL  2131 

Edwards,  Matilda  Betham-.  914.4  E31I 

Literary  rambles  in  France.     1907.     Constable. 

Contents:  Flaubert's  literary  workshop. — The  story  of  the  Marseillaise. — On  the 
track  of  Balzac:  Limoges. — Rocamadour  and  Padirac. — Padirac. — Balzac  at  Angouleme. 
— The  genesis  of  Eugenie  Grandet. — Guerande  and  "Beatrix." — Brantome,  the  home 
of  the  "Chronique  scandaleuse." — Perigueux,  the  Saint  Sophia  of  central  France. — In 
the  footsteps  of  George  Sand:  i.  La  Chatre  and  Nohant. — In  the  footsteps  of  George 
Sand:  2.  The  valley  of  the  Creuse. — A  last  word  about  George  Sand. — St.  Georges  de 
Didonne,  Michelet's  holiday  haunt. — Chantilly  and  Mme  de  Sevigne. — Carcassonne,  its 
poet  and  poetiser. — The  Brittany  of  Emile  Souvestre. — Amiens  and  "Vert-Vert." — In 
the  Morvan:  i.  The  historian  of  Vezelay. — In  the  Morvan:  2.  The  poet  of  the  beeves 
and  Mr  Hamerton  on  Mont  Beuvray. — Millevoye  and  Abbeville. — Prosper  Merimee  and 
Compiegne. 

Edwards,  Matilda  Betham-.  914-4  E31U 

Unfrequented  France,  by  river,  mead  and  town.     1910.    Chapman. 

Contents:  From  Paris  to  Besancjon  and  Lyons. — Descents  of  the  Rhone  and  the 
Tarn  and  the  region  of  the  Gausses. — From  Clermont-Ferrand  to  La  Rochelle,  lie  de  Re, 
Nantes  and  Angers. 

Farley,  Mrs  Agnes,  {pseud.  Vados).  914-4  F23 

Belmont  book,  with  an  introduction  by  Arnold  Bennett.   191 1.    Smith. 

Truthful  and  sympathetic  sketches  of  Norman  peasant  life,  written  from  intimate 
knowledge  and  with  unusual  charm. 

Finnemore,  John.  J9i4'4  F51 

France,  with  illustrations  in  colour  by  Nico  Jungman,  and  others. 

1908.     Black.     (Peeps  at  many  lands  series.) 

How  Nannie,  a  little   Breton  girl,  went  to  the   "pardon"   of  St.   Anne  at  Auray. 

Also  describes  journeys  in  Normandy,  along  the  Loire,  in  the  country  of  the  Camisards 

and  in  the  land  of  olives,  with  stories  and  legends  of  the  "pleasant  land  of  France." 

Gostling,  Mrs  Frances  M.  (Parkinson).  914-4  G?' 

Bretons  at  home,  with  an  introduction  [in  French]  by  Anatole  Le 
Braz.    1909.    McClurg. 

Story  of  a  journey  through  Brittany.  The  country  is  so  rich  in  legend  and  his- 
torical association  that  the  ordinary  details  of  traveling  are  naturally  eclipsed  by  the 
human  interest.     Well  illustrated,  partly  in  color. 

Gould,  Sabine  Baring-.  914.4  Gysbk 

Book  of  the  Cevennes.     [1907.]     Long. 

Contents:  The  crescent. — Le  Velay. — Le  Puy. — Round  about  Le  Puy. — L'auberge 
de  Peyrabeille.  —  Les  Boutieres.  —  The  volcanoes  of  the  Vivarais.  —  The  canon  of  the 
Ardeche. — The  wood  of  Paiolive. — The  ravine  of  the  Allier. — The  Camisards. — Alais. — 
Ganges. — Le  Vigan. — L'Aigoual. — The  land  of  Ferdinand  Fabre. — The  Herault. 

Intended  as  a  general  introduction  to  the  Cevennes  to  supplement  the  ordinary 
guide-book.     Illustrated. 

Gould,  Sabine  Baring-.  9^44  Gysbo 

Book  of  the  Pyrenees.     1907.     Methuen. 

Has  nothing  to  say  of  hotels,  fares  and  routes.  It  deals  with  the  character  and 
history  of  the  towns  and  the  countrysides,  from  Bayonne  to  Perpignan. 

Home,  Gordon  Cochrane.  914-4  Hysm 

Motor  routes  of  France,  to  the  chateaux  of  Touraine,  Biarritz,  the 
Pyrenees,  the  Riviera  and  the  Rhone  valley.    1910.    Black. 

Embodies  the  best  features  of  the  road-book.  Besides  the  descriptions  of  scenery 
and  buildings  there  are  catalogues  of  places  of  interest  along  the  route,  tables  of  dis- 
tances, notes  for  drivers,  a  summary  of  expenses,  60  maps  and  plans  of  cities  and  roads 
and  illustrations  both  in  color  and  black  and  white. 


2132  FRANCE— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL 

Jerrold,  Laurence.  9i4>4  J^S 

The  real  France.     191 1.     Lane. 

Contents:  The  real  France. — Realism  in  politics. — Socialism  and  people. — England, 
France  and  socialism. — Strikes  and  alarums. — The  symbolism  of  M.  Fallieres. — The  fall 
of  Thiophile  Delcasse. — The  fall  and  rise  of  Georges  Clemenceau. — The  second  fall  of 
Georges  Clemenceau. — In  the  black  country;  Courrieres. — In  the  white  country;  Lourdes. 
— "Les  jeunes,"  1897;  the  literary  pilgrimage  and  the  youth's  progress. — Ten  years  after; 
the  last  of  "Les  jeunes." — The  heirs  of  "Les  jeunes." — The  French  stage  of  to-day. 

"One  of  the  lightest-handed  and  keenest  studies  of  national  character  produced  by 
an  English  brain  in  our  day Mr.  Jerrold  explains  France."     Outlook  (London),  igio. 

Joanne,  Paul  Benigne.  i'9i4-4  J32 

Itineraire  general  de  la  France;  le  nord.  1899.  (Collection  des 
guides-Joanne.) 

Klein,  Felix,  abbe.  9144  Ksi 

An  American  student  in  France.    1908.    McClurg. 

In  the  guise  of  a  Chicago  college  boy  author  describes  a  trip  to  France,  including 
visits  in  Paris,  Versailles,  Rouen  and  several  picturesque  and  little-known  corners  of 
Quercy,  Tarn  and  Auvergne.  Much  attention  is  given  to  the  politico-religious  discussions 
of  the  time  (1907),  notably  to  the  separation  of  church  and  state.  Author  is  one  of  the 
best  known  of  the  French  liberal  clergy. 

* 

Le  Braz,  Anatole.  9^44  L47& 

Land  of  pardons;  tr.  by  F.  M.  Gostling.     1906.     Macmillan. 

"The  appearance  of  Anatole  Le  Braz's  *Au  Pays  des  Pardons'  in  1894  was  an  event 
of  considerable  literary  and  archaeological  importance  in  France.  The  book  was  a  col- 
lection of  hitherto  unprinted  legends  of  the  early  Breton  Saints  supplemented  by 
sympathetic  descriptions  of  the  modern  ceremonies  in  their  honor  (known  as  'pardons') 
which  are  the  last  vestiges  of  the  ancient  'Feasts  of  the  Dead'... The  translator  has 
performed  her  task  well,  but  no  translation  could  hope  to  render  the  strange,  melancholy 
charm  of  M.  Le  Braz's  lyric  prose."     Nation,  1906. 

Le  Braz,  Anatole.  9i4«4  L478t 

La  terre  du  passe.     [1905.] 

Contents:  Pages  liminaires. — En  Tregor. — En  Leon. — En  Cornouailles. — En  Vannes. 
— En  Haute-Bretagne. — En  Bretagne  d'outre-mer. 

[Marshall,  Frederic]  9i4*4  M416 

French  home  life.    1874.    Appleton. 

Appeared  in  "Blackwood's  Edinburgh  magazine,"  v.iio-114,  Nov.   1871-JuIy  1873. 

"Careful  study  of  an  interesting  subject,  exhibiting  no  little  acuteness  of  observa- 
tion and  analytical  subtlety.  The  author  is  not  without  prejudices,  and  now  and  then 
the  desire  to  say  a  telling  thing  betrays  him  into  exaggeration,  but,  on  the  whole,  he 
is  not  merely  an  entertaining  but  a  trustworthy  guide."    Saturday  review,  1S74. 

Marshall,  Herbert  Menzies,  &  Marshall,  Hester.  914-4  ^4^ 

Cathedral  cities  of  France.     1907.     Dodd. 

Bibliography,  p.5. 

Brief  history  and  description  of  over  30  cathedrals,  Bordeaux  being  the  most 
southern  city  visited.     Colored  illustrations. 

Miltoun,  Francis,  (pseud,  of  Milburg  Francisco  Mansfield).      914.4  Myica 
Castles  and  chateaux  of  old  Burgundy  and  the  border  provinces. 
1909.    Page. 

Judicious  mixture  of  history,  anecdote,  art  and  personal  impressions.  Well  illus- 
trated. 


FRANCE— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL  2133 

Miltoun,  Francis,  (pseud,  of  Milburg  Francisco  Mansfield.)      914.4  M71C 
Castles  and  chateaux  of  old  Navarre  and  the  Basque  provinces,  in- 
cluding also  Foix,  Roussillon  and  Beam,  with  illustrations  by  Blanche 
McManus.    1907.     Page. 

A  weaving  together  of  description  and  history,  not  only  of  the  castles  themselves, 
but  of  the  region  round  about.  Carcassonne,  Pau,  Bayonne  and  Biarritz  are  among  the 
places  visited. 

Miltoun,  Francis,  (pseud,  of  Milburg  Francisco  Mansfield).     914.4  Myir 
Royal  palaces  and  parks  of  France.     1910.     Page. 

"About  one-half  of  this  book  deals  with  the  royal  palaces  within  the  city  of  Paris 
proper — the  Palais  de  la  Cite,  the  Tournelles,  the  Louvre,  the  Tuileries,  the  Palais  Royal, 
the  Luxembourg,  the  Elysee,  and  the  Palais  Bourbon.  The  other  half  takes  up  in  turn 
the  suburban  palaces,  Vincennes,  Conflans,  Fontainebleau,  St.  Cloud,  St.  Germain-en- 
Laye,  Versailles,  and  other  less  royal  residences ...  all  of  which  are  easily  accessible  from 
the  capital.  It  is  thus  a  very  convenient  and  suggestive  guide  for  the  traveller  who  is 
not  making  a  comprehensive  tour,  and  who  wishes  to  make  Paris  the  centre  of  his  opera- 
tions."   Nation,  1911. 

Musgrave,  George  Musgrave.  914.4  M98 

Pilgrimage  into  Dauphine;  comprising  a  visit  to  the  monastery  of 

the   Grande   Chartreuse,  with  anecdotes,  incidents  and  sketches  from 

20  departments  of  France.    2v.     1857. 
Illustrated. 

Prothero,  Rowland  Edmund.  914-4  P97 

The  pleasant  land  of  France.    1908.    Dutton. 

Contents:  Roses  of  Jericho;  a  day  in  provincial  France. — French  farming. — Ten- 
ant-right and  ag^rarian  outrage  in  France. — A  faggot  of  French  folk-lore. — Rabelais. — 
Fontainebleau. — Some  modern  French  poets. 

[Ritchie,  Leitch.]  1*914*4  R49 

Rivers  of  France,  from  drawings  by  J.  M.  W.  Turner.  1837.  Long- 
man. 

Engravings  from  Turner's  drawings,  accompanied  by  brief  descriptive  text  in  Eng- 
lish and  in  French. 

Rutter,  Frank.  q9i4-4  ^94 

Path  to  Paris;  the  rambling  record  of  a  riverside  promenade.  1908. 
Lane. 

Pleasant  account  of  a  bicycle  journey  made  by  the  author  and  the  artist  who  illus- 
trates the  book.    The  path  lay  along  the  Seine  from  Havre  to  Paris. 

Taine,  Hippolyte  Adolphe.  914-4  T14V 

Voyage  aux  Pyrenees;  ed.  by  William  Robertson.  1905.  Clarendon 
Press.     (Oxford  modern  French  series.) 

Tozier,  Josephine.  914-4  T67 

Spring  fortnight  in  France.     1907.    Dodd. 

Contents:  Le  Mans. — Angers. — Saumur. — Poitiers. — Argenton. —  Brive. —  Rocama- 
dour. — Albi. — Carcassonne. — Aries. — Tarascon. 

Record  of  travel,  lightly  held  together  by  an  element  of  romance.  Many  illustra- 
tions and  several  maps. 

Waddington,  Mme  Mary  Alsop  (King).  914-4  Wii 

Chateau  and  country  life  in  France.    1908.    Scribner. 

Contents:  Chateau  life. — Country  visits. — The  home  of  Lafayette. — Winter  at  the 
chateau. — Ceremonies  and  festivals. — Christmas  in  the  Valois. — A  Racine  celebration. — 
A  corner  of  Normandy. — A  Norman  town. — Norman  chateaux. — Boulogne-sur-Mer. 

Some  of  these  chapters  appeared  in  "Scribner's  magazine,"  v.42-43,  Oct.-Nov.  1907, 
Feb.-March  1908. 


2134  PARIS 

Wendell,  Barrett.  914.4  W51 

France  of  today.     1907.     Scribner. 

Contents:  The  universities. — The  structure  of  society. — The  family. — The  French 
temperament. — The  relation  of  literature  to  life. — The  question  of  religion. — The  revolu- 
tion and  its  effects. — The  republic  and  democracy. 

The  outcome  of  impressions  received  by  the  author  during  his  stay  in  France  as  a 
lecturer  at  French  universities  in  1905.  The  book  aims  to  interpret  French  life  and 
character  to  Americans  and  in  its  tone  it  is  both  sympathetic  and  discriminating. 

Wharton,  Mrs  Edith  (Jones).  914.4  W59 

Motor-flight  through  France.     1908.     Scribner. 

"A  book  to  give  keen  pleasure  to  all  who  have  themselves  visited  the  scenes  which 
Mrs.  Wharton  recalls  so  surely  and  charmingly,  but... too  wide  in  scope,  too  crowded 
with  detail,  too  hasty  in  movement,  to  be  very  satisfactory  to  the  untravelled."  Nation, 
1908. 


Illustrated. 


Paris 


History 

Lonergan,  Walter  F.  944*36  L82 

Forty  years  of  Paris.     1907.    Unwin. 

What  40  years  can  teach  a  Paris  correspondent  of  a  London  daily  about  France 
and  French  politics  may  here  be  found.  The  first  chapter  begins  with  glimpses  of  the 
second  empire,  the  last  takes  us  down  to  the  Clemenceau  ministry  and  the  separation  law. 


Description 
Allen,  Grant.  914.436  A42a 

Paris.     [1908.]     Wessels.     (Grant  Allen's  historical  guides.) 

"My  purpose  is  not  to  direct  the  stranger  through  the  streets  and  squares  of  an  un- 
known town . . .  still  less  is  it  my  design  to  give  him  practical  information  about  hotels, 
cab  fares,  omnibuses,  tramways,  and  other  every-day  material  conveniences...!  desire 
rather  to  supply  the  tourist  who  wishes  to  use  his  travel  as  a  means  of  culture  with  such 
historical  and  antiquarian  information  as  will  enable  him  to  understand,  and  therefore 
to  enjoy,  the  architecture,  sculpture,  painting,  and  minor  arts  of  the  towns  he  visits." 
Introduction. 

Baedeker,  Karl,  comp.  914.436  Bi4aa 

Paris  and  environs,  with  routes  from  London  to  Paris.     1910. 

Cain,  Georges.  q9i4.436  Cia 

Nooks  &  corners  of  old  Paris   [tr.  by  Frederick  Lawton],  with  a 

preface  by  Victorien  Sardou.     [1907.]     Lippincott. 

"Works  quoted  or  consulted,"  p.327. 

Walks  through  less  familiar  parts  of  the  city,  recalling  their  old  appearance  and  the 
events  and  persons  associated  with  them.  Author  is  curator  of  the  historic  collections 
of  Paris.     Many  illustrations  from  old  drawings,  paintings  and  engravings. 

Cain,  Georges.  914.436  Ciaw 

Walks  in  Paris;  tr.  by  Alfred  Allinson.     1909.     Macmillan. 

"All  the  spots  of  the  city  that  have  any  association  with  heroes  of  history  and 
romance  are  passed  in  review... The  ancient  and  the  modern  mingle  at  will... all  the 
way  from  the  thirteenth  century  down  to  the  reign  of  M.  Fallieres."    Nation,  J909. 

Fully  illustrated  with  maps  and  plans,  and  reproductions  of  old  prints. 

Girardin,  Mme  Delphine  (Gay)  de.  914.436  G44 

Choix  de  lettres  parisiennes;  ed.  by  F.  de  Baudiss.  1906.  Claren- 
don Press.    (Oxford  higher  French  series.) 

"Bibliography;  works  of  Madame  de  Girardin,"  p.192. 


PARIS.     TOURAINE  2135 


Lucas,  Edward  Verrall.  914.436  L96 

A  wanderer  ih  Paris.    1909.     Macmillan. 

The  book  has  charm,  a  quality  nearly  always  excluded  by  the  office-like  air  of  guide- 
books. The  test  is  that  you  can  read  it  right  through  without  being  able  to  refer  to  the 
objects  described.  Mr  Lucas  has  a  way  of  reading  life  as  he  sees  it  for  himself,  and 
also  of  criticizing  pictures  without  any  slavish  concern  for  tradition.  He  keeps  us  going 
with  happy  turns  of  phrase,  drollery,  good  sense,  and,  above  all,  sympathy.  Condensed 
from  Spectator,  1909. 

Menpes,  Dorothy.  914.436  M62 

Paris,  by  Mortimer  Menpes;  text  by  Dorothy  Menpes,     1907.   Black. 

Contents:     Fascination  of  the  city. — The  art  of  dress. — By  the  side  of  the  Seine. — 

— Montmartre. — The    workers. — Streets    and    boulevards. — Art    and    artists. — Theatres 

and  amusements. — Cafes  and  restaurants. — Joy  of  life. — The  children's  pleasures. 

Animated  description,  with  illustrations  in  color. 

Peat,  Anthony  B.  North.  914.436  P35 

Gossip  from  Paris  during  the  second  empire;  correspondence  (1864- 
1869)  selected  and  arranged  by  A.  R.  Waller.    1903.    Paul. 

"Mr.  Peat  was  attached  to  the  French  Ministry  of  Interior  and  had  access  to  the 
daily  batch  of  telegrams  from  all  parts  of  the  country.  The  letters  were  addressed 
principally  to  the  Morning  Star,  a  London  daily... His  unusual  sources  of  information 
give  even  to  gossip  some  historical  value.  Much  of  the  volume  is  filled  with  comments 
upon  men,  women,  and  things — gossip,  but  gossip  of  a  sort  which  adds  color  and  tone 
to  one's  picture  of  life  under  the  Empire.  There  is  also  not  a  little  that  is  directly  help- 
ful to  the  student  of  the  period."     American  historical  review,  J904. 

Sanborn,  Alvan  Francis.  914.436  S19 

Paris  and  the  social  revolution;  a  study  of  the  revolutionary  ele- 
ments in  the  various  classes  of  Parisian  society,  with  illustrative  draw- 
ings by  Vaughan  Trowbridge.     1905.     Hutchinson. 

"Brilliant  and  fascinating  study... Mr.  Sanborn  at  first  introduces  us  to  the  anarch- 
ist and  sets  forth  the  ideas  of  Reches,  Jean  Grave  and  others . . .  then  discusses  the 
socialists,  passing  on  to  a  consideration  of  the  Latin  quarter  and  its  Bohemians,  to  Mont- 
martre with  its  literary  and  artistic  cabarets.  The  literature  of  revolutionary  thought 
is  analyzed  and  the  spirit  of  revolution  is  traced  in  music  and  art.  The  volume  is  com- 
mended to  all  who  would  catch  a  glimpse  of  those  by-products  of  social  evolution  who 
are  often  ridiculed  and  condemned  but  seldom  explained."  Annals  of  the  American 
Academy,  1905. 

Whiting,  Lilian.  914.436  W646 

Paris  the  beautiful.     1909.     Little.  , 

Enthusiastic,  but  rather  vague  and  indefinite  account  of  some  impressions  of  Paris. 
Chapters  on  the  Louvre  and  Luxembourg,  the  Champs  £Iys6es  region,  the  spring  salons, 
etc.     Illustrated. 

Williams,  Elizabeth  Otis.  914-436  W74 

Sojourning,  shopping  &  studying  in  Paris;  a  handbook  particularly 
for  women.    1907.    McClurg. 

"Bibliography  of  Paris."  p.  101-105. 

"One  could  not  have  foreseen  that  so  much  delightful — in  fact,  indispensable — in- 
formation could  be  added  to  one's  Baedeker . . .  Tourists  will  do  well  not  to  omit  it  from 
their  handbags."     Nation,  1907. 

Touraine 
Lansdale,  Maria  Hornor.  <]944-5  L28 

Chateaux  of  Touraine.     1906.     Century. 

Contents:  Tours. —  Loches. —  Chinon. —  Langeais. —  Amboise. —  Blois. —  Luyncs. — 
Chenonceaux. — Azay-le-Rideau. — Chaumont. — Chambord  and  Chevcrney. 

Recounts  the  historical  associations  of  these  old  castles.     Illustrated  in  color. 


2136  ITALY— HISTORY 


Macdonell,  Anne.  <1944-5  M14 

Touraine  and  its  story,  with  coloured  illustrations'  by  A.  B.  Atkin- 
son.    [1906.]     Dent. 

A  genuine  and  trustworthy  addition  to  English  knowledge  of  this  attractive  sub- 
ject, which  has  everything  to  delight  both  tourist  and  reader.  Condensed  from  Spectator, 
1907- 

Lees,  Frederic.  914-45  L53 

Summer  in  Touraine.     1909.     McClurg. 

Mr  Lees'  "summer  in  Touraine"  was  mostly  spent  in  visiting  the  chateaux  which 
line  both  banks  of  the  Loire,  one  of  the  favorite  tourist  districts  of  France.  He  has 
brought  together  from  all  sources  information  to  illustrate  the  story  of  the  chateaux. 
He  writes  with  knowledge,  sometimes  enthusiastically,  at  others  critically.  To  those 
who  contemplate  a  tour  in  this  charming  region  his  book  is  the  best  preparatory  course 
they  could  have  as  a  guide  for  the  eye  and  mind.     Condensed  from  Saturday  review,  19^19. 

Illustrated  in  color. 

Miltoun,  Francis,  (pseud,  of  Milburg  Francisco  Mansfield).     914.45  M71 
Castles  and  chateaux  of  old  Touraine  and  the  Loire  country,  with 
many  illustrations  reproduced  from   paintings  by  Blanche   McManus. 
1906.    Page. 

Contents:  A  general  survey. — The  Orleannais. — The  Blaisois  and  the  Sologne. — 
Chambord.  —  Cheverny,  Beauregard  and  Chaumont.  —  Touraine,  the  garden  spot  of 
France. —  Amboise.  —  Chenonceaux.  —  Loches.  —  Tours  and  about  there.  —  Luynes  and 
Langeais.  —  Azay-le-Rideau,  Usse  and  Chinon.  —  Anjou  and  Bretagne.  —  South  of  the 
Loire. — Berry  and  George  Sand's  country. — The  upper  Loire. 


Italy 

History 
Abba,  Giuseppe  Cesare.  945  Aia 

Da  Quarto  al  Volturno;  noterelle  d'uno  dei  Mille.    1899. 

Abba,  Giuseppe  Cesare.  945  Aias 

Storia  dei  Mille  narrata  ai  giovinetti.    1904. 

Adamoli,  Giulio.  945  Aig 

Da  San  Martino  a  Mentana;  ricordi  di  un  volontario.     191 1. 

Ancona,  Annibale.  945  A54 

I  Mille;  conferenze  tenute  al  Teatro  Nuovo  di  Bergamo  per  inizia- 
tiva  della  Soc.  Dante  Alighieri  nel  cinquantenario  della  campagna  del 
i860,  27  febbraio,  6-13  marzo,  1910.    1910. 

Bacci,  Vittorio.  945  B12 

Ricordi  del  risorgimento  italiano  dal  1848  al  1889.     1896. 

Balbo,  Cesare,  conte.  945  B18 

Della  storia  d'ltalia  dalle  origini  fino  ai  nostri  tempi  [1849],  som- 

mario. 

Bandi,  Giuseppe.  945  ^22 

I  Mille;  da  Genova  a  Capua.     1903. 

Bersezio,  Vittorio.  945  B46 

II  regno  di  Vittorio  Emanuele  II;  trent'  anni  di  vita  italiana.  8v. 
in  4.     1889-96. 


ITALY— HISTORY  2137 


Bertolini,  Francesco.  945  B464 

Letture  popolari  di  storia  del  risorgimento  italiano.     1895. 

Bonacci,  G.  &  Oberti,  Effisio,  ed.  945  B61 

Letture    storiche   e   geografiche;   ordinate   e   ridotte    per    le   scuole 

medie.     [1909.]     (Biblioteca  scolastica.) 

Botta,  Carlo  Giuseppe  Guglielmo.  r945  B64 

Italy,  during  the  consulate  and  empire  of  Napoleon  Buonaparte;  tr. 
from  the  Italian.    2v.  in  i.    1829.     Towar. 

Covers  the  period  1799-18 14. 

"It  is  not  a  history  of  the  highest  type,  but  is  the  author's  best  work,  and  it  is 
an  agreeable  portrayal  of  the  condition  of  Italy  during  the  stormy  period  of  Napoleon's 
dominance.  The  most  noteworthy  characteristic  of  the  hook  is  the  fact  that  the  writer 
was  the  most  ardent  exponent  of  the  reaction  against  France."  Adams's  Manual  of  his- 
torical literature. 

Botta,  Carlo  Giuseppe  Guglielmo.  945  B648 

Storia  d'ltalia,  continuata  da  quella  del  Guicciardini  sino  al  1814. 
6v.     1842-44.     (Scelta  collezione  di  opere  storiche.) 

V.I.     1534  al  1564. 

V.2.     1564  al  1655. 

V.3.      i6ssali733. 

V.4.      173331  1789. 

v.s.     1789  al  1798. 

V.6.     1798  al  1 814. 

Burckhardt,  Jacob.  945  B89C 

La  civilta  del  rinascimento  in  Italia;  traduzione  italiana  da  D.  Val- 

busa.    2v.  in  i.    1899-1900. 

Burckhardt,  Jacob.  945  B89CU 

Die  cultur  der  renaissance  in  Italien;  ein  versuch.     1869. 
"Genauere  titelangaben  einiger  haufiger  citirten  werke,"  p.[4S2]. 

Cabot,  John  Higginson,  ed.  909  L76  v.4 

Italy.     1906.    Morris.     (In  Lodge,  H.  C.  ed.    History  of  nations,  v.4.) 

"Bibliography,"  p.41 9-422. 

Based  upon  Merivale,  Bosco  and  Hallam. 

Carducci,  Giosue,  ed.  945  C19 

Letture  del  risorgimento  italiano  (1749-1870).  2v.  in  i.  1896-97. 
Castellini,  Gualtiero.  945  Ca6 

Eroi  Garibaldini.    2v.     191 1. 

V.I.     Da  Rio  Grande  a  Palermo   (1837-1860). 

V.2.     Da  Palermo  a  Digione  (1860-1870). 

Champney,  Mrs  Elizabeth  (Williams).  945  C35 

Romance  of  the  Italian  villas  (northern  Italy).    1906.    Putnam. 

Historical  incidents,  stories  and  legends  connected  with  some  of  the  north  Italian 
villas.     Illustrated. 

Checchi,  Eugenio.  945  C41 

L'ltalia  dal  1815  ad  oggi;  narrazione  storica  per  i  giovani.  [1896.] 
Checchi,  Eugenio.  945  C4im 

Memorie  d'un  Garibaldino  (1866),  con  una  lettera  all'  editore  di  Gio- 
vanni Rizzi.     [1888.] 

Dall'  Oglio,  Antonio.  945  D16 

Compendio  della  storia  contemporanea  d'ltalia  (1815-1870).    191 1. 
"Elenco  ufficiale  dei  Mille  condotti  da  Garibaldi,"  p.62-100. 


2138  ITALY— HISTORY 


D'Auvergne,  Edmund  B.  945  Da8 

Famous  castles  and  palaces  of  Italy.     [1911.]     Scribner. 

Chiefly  devoted  to  their  historical  associations. 

Ferrari,  Pio  Vittorio.  945  F41 

Villa  Glori;  ricordi  ed  aneddoti  dell'  autunno  1867,  con  prefazione 
di  Ettore  Socci,  seguono  in  appendice  il  "Giornaletto  di  campo"  ed  altre 
note  e  ricordi  scritti  nell'  ospedale  e  nelle  carceri  di  Roma  da  Giovanni 
Cairoli.    1899. 

Ferrero,  Ermanno.  945  F418 

Breve  storia  d'ltalia  dai  tempi  antichi  ai  nostri.    1906. 

Forbes,  Sir  Charles  Stuart.  945  F75 

Campaign  of  Garibaldi  in  the  two  Sicilies;  a  personal  narrative. 
1861.    Blackwood. 

"The  adventures  of  the  Garibaldian  Army  in  its  march  from  Marsala  to  Messina, 
and  on  the  mainland  from  Melito  to  Capua,  are  detailed  with  considerable  spirit. .  .When 
he  sketches  scenery,  describes  battles,  photographs  the  countenances  of  the  men  around 
him,  and  details  picturesque  incidents  by  the  way,  he  is  an  amusing  and  intelligent 
writer.  Not  satisfied  with  this,  however,  he  must  launch  beyond  his  depth  in  politics, 
lecture  his  countrymen  upon  their  ignorance  of  Italian  affairs,  and  otherwise  digress." 
Athenaum,  1861. 

Garibaldi,  Gen.  Giuseppe.  <1945  G18 

I  Mille.    2v,     1876. 

V.2  is  a  biography  of'  Garibaldi. 

Account  of  what  has  been  called  "one  of  the  most  splendid  expeditions '  in  history" 
— the  expedition  for  the  liberation  of  southern  Italy  led  by  Garibaldi  in  i860. 

Gotti,  Aurelio.  945  G72 

Quadri  e  ritratti  dal  risorgimento  italiano.    1904, 

Greene,  George  Washington.  945  G83 

Historical  studies.    1850.    Putnam. 

Contents:  Petrarch. — Machiavelli. — Reformation  in  Italy. — Italian  literature  in  the 
first  half  of  the  19th  century. — Manzoni. — The  hopes  of  Italy. — Historical  romance  in 
Italy. — Libraries. — Verrazzano. — Charles  Edward. — Supplement  to  The  hopes  of  Italy. — 
Contributions  for  the  pope. 

Guicciardini,  Francesco.  945  G96f 

Fac  simile  dell'  Istoria  d'ltalia  [1490-1532]  stampata  dalla  Societa 
Tipografica  dei  Classici  Italiani  in  Milano,  edizione  londinese,  emen- 
data  da  Giambattista  Rolandi.    lov.  in  5.     1822. 

Guicciardini,  Francesco.  945  G96 

Storia  d'ltalia;  alia  miglior  lezione  ridotta  dal  Giovanni  Rosini.    5v. 

in  2.    1874. 

v.1-2.    1490-1511. 
▼.3-5.     iSii-3a- 

Mancini,  Pasquale  Stanislao.  945  M32 

Due  scritti  politici,  con  prefazione  e  commenti  di  Augusto  Pieran- 
toni.     1899. 

Contents:  II  process©  per  i  fatti  di  NapoH,  15  maggio  1848. — L'annistia  nello 
statute  di  Carlo  Alberto  per  i  fatti  di  Genova,  1849. 


ITALY— HISTORY  2139 


Mario,  Signora  Jessie  Merriton  (White).  945  M388 

Birth  of  modern  Italy;  posthumous  papers;  ed.  with  introduction, 

notes  and  epilogue  by  the  duke  Litta-Visconti-Arese.     1909.     Scribner. 

Signora  Mario  was  one  of  the  band  of  English  champions  of  Italy  which  accom- 
plished so  much  for  the  cause  of  unification.  She  was  a  most  ardent  disciple  of  Maz- 
zini,  who  is  the  hero  of  the  story  throughout.  She  dwells  especially  on  the  years  of 
his  exile  in  England  and  his  friendship  with  the  Carlyles.  But  we  see  also  much  of  the 
inner  workings  of  the  many  futile  conspiracies  and  partial  uprisings  which  served  to 
keep  alive  the  hope  and  passionate  purpose  of  Italy.  Written  in  the  heat  of  strife,  the 
book  is  not  always  impartial,  especially  in  its  attitude  toward  Cavour,  who  is  handled 
harshly. 

[Mariotti,  Filippo,  ed.]  945  M38 

II  risorgimento  d'ltalia  narrato  dai  principi  di  casa  Savoia  e  dal  par- 
lamento  (1848-1878).    1888. 

Melegari,  Dora.  945  M58 

La  Giovine  Italia  e  la  Giovine  Europa;  dal  carteggio  inedito  di  Giu- 
seppe Mazzini  a  Luigi  Amedeo  Melegari.     1906. 

Orsi,  Pietro.  945  028i 

L'ltalia  moderna;  storia  degli  ultimi  150  anni,  fino  alia  assunzione  al 
trono  di  Vittorio  Emanuele  III.     1902. 

Ricciardi,  Giuseppe.  945  R394 

Storia  dei  fratelli  Bandiera  e  consorti;  corredata  d'una  introdu- 
zione,  d'illustrazioni  e  di  una  appendice  da  Francesco  Lattari.     1863. 

Robinson,  Agnes  Mary  Frances,  afterward  Mme  Duclaux.  945  R54 

End  of  the  middle   ages;   essays  and   questions   in  history.      1889. 

Unwin. 

Contents:     The   Beguines  and  the  Weaving  Brothers. — The   convent   of   Helfta. — 

The  attraction  of  the  abyss. — The  schism. — Valentine  Visconti. — The  French   claim  to 

Milan. — The    Malatestas    of    Rimini. — The   ladies    of    Milan. — The    flight    of    Piero    de' 

Medici. — The  French  at  Pisa. 

Romano,  Salvatore.  945  R65 

I  Siciliani  a  Marsala,  a  Salemi  e  alia  battaglia  di  Calatafimi,  11-14-15 
maggio  i860.    1910. 

"Documenti,"  p.19-23. 

Rua,  Giuseppe.  945  R82 

Per  la  liberta  d'ltalia;  pagine  di  letteratura  politica  del  seicento 
(1590-1617)  coUegate  ed  esposte.    1905. 

Sedg^wick,  Henry  Dwight.  945  S44 

Short  history  of  Italy,  476-1900.     1905. 

"List  of  books  for  general  reading,"  p.430-431. 

For  the  reading  public  rather  than  the  scholar.  Concise,  brief,  accurate  and  attrac- 
tive in  style. 

Spalding,  William.  945  S73 

Italy  and  the  Italian  islands  from  the  earliest  ages  to  the  present 
time.    3v.     1842.     Harper. 

"A  work  which  has  the  rare  merits  of  general  accuracy,  of  literary  finish,  and  ot 
judicial  impartiality.  It  is  still  a  good  authority  for  one  who  desires  a  somewhat  fuller 
view  of  Italian  history  than  that  given  by  Hunt,  and  has  not  time  for  the  great  works 
of  Cantu  and  Sismondi.  It  was  intended  for  the  general  reader  rather  than  for  the 
special  student,  and  it  lays  no  claim  to  such  merits  of  original  research  as  those  which 
characterize  the  pages  of  Leo."     Adams's  Manual  of  historical  literature. 


2140  ITALY— HISTORY 


Tassoni,  Alessandro.  945  T22 

Le  filippiche  contra  gli  Spagnuoli,  percedute  da  un  discorso  di 
G.  Canestrini  sulla  politica  piemontese  nel  secolo  17.     [1895.] 

Thayer,  William  Roscoe.  945  T34i 

Italica:  studies  in  Italian  life  and  letters.     1908.     Houghton. 

Contents:  Fogazzaro  and  his  masterpiece  [The  saint].  —  Venetian  legends  and 
pageants. — Mazzini's  centenary. — Dante  in  America. — Giordano  Bruno's  "Expulsion  of 
the  beast  triumphant." — Countess  Martinengo  Cesaresco. — Leopardi's  home. — The  elec- 
tion of  a  pope. —  30  years  of  Italian  progress. —  Luigi  Chiala. —  Dante  as  lyric  poet. — 
Cardinal  Hohenlohe,  liberal. — Italy  in  1907. — Giosue  Carducci. 

Trevelyan,  George  Macaulay.  945  T73 

Garibaldi  and  the  Thousand.     1909.    Longmans. 

"Bibliography,"  p.348-376. 

"Of  the  astonishing  feats  of  i860  I  here  relate  the  first  part,  when,  landing  with  a 
thousand  men  in  plain  clothes  or  in  red  shirts,  armed  with  muskets  fit  for  the  scrap 
heap,  the  Liberator,  with  the  aid  of  the  Sicilian  populace,  took  the  capital  of  the  island 
from  24,000  regular  troops  armed  with  rifles.  The  story  of  that  month  during  which 
the  little  band  was  shut  up  in  that  strange  island  from  the  knowledge  of  the  expectant 
world — the  tale  of  those  adventures  which . . .  involved  the  whole  fate  of  Italy — has  a 
charm  which  will,  I  hope,  justify  in  the  eyes  of  the  reader  the  detail  in  which  it  is  here 
told.  The  latter  part  of  the  campaign,  after  the  fall  of  Palermo  and  the  arrival  of  the 
larger  expeditions  to  join  Garibaldi ...  will  be  treated  in  a  separate  volume."     Preface. 

Trevelyan,  George  Macaulay.  945  Tyaga 

Garibaldi's  defence  of  the  Roman  republic.     1907.     Longmans. 

"List  of  printed  matter  and  mss.  consulted  by  the  author,"  p.346-364. 

Garibaldi  has  found  eulogists,  detractors  and  chroniclers  by  the  score,  but  not  until 
now  an  historian.  The  book  is  a  satisfying  historical  statement  based  on  careful  and 
minute  research,  though  a  cool  critic  may  think  that  the  note  of  admiration  is  at  times 
rather  strong.     Condensed  from  Nation,  1907. 

Villari,  Pasquale.  945  V32m 

Mediaeval  Italy  from  Charlemagne  to  Henry  VII;  tr.  by  Costanza 
Hulton.     1910.    Scribner. 

Continuation  of  his  previous  work,  "The  barbarian  invasions  of  Italy." 

945  V35 
La  vita  italiana  nel  risorgimento  [storia,  lettere,  scienza  e  arti].  i2v. 
in  4.     1897-1901. 

v.1-3.  1815-1831. 

v.4-6.  1831-1846. 

v.7-9.  1846-1849. 

v.io-12.  1849-1861. 

Antiquities 

Frothingham,  Arthur  Lincoln.  913-45  ^97 

Roman  cities  in  Italy  and  Dalmatia.     1910.     Sturgis. 
"The  main  object  of  the  book... which  on  the  whole  it  accomplishes  very  well — is 
to  make  plain  that  to  understand  Rome. .  .it  is  necessary  to  examine  the  numerous  small 
but  very  venerable  towns  of  Italy.     Imperial  Rome  destroyed  nearly  every  monument 
of  her  great  past . . .  But  in  the  unspoiled  hill-towns  of   Italy — in  Praeneste,  in   Assist, 

Perugia and  in  the  coast-towns  such   as  Terracina  and  Circeii,  there  are  abundant 

ruins,  the  study  whereof  sheds  a  strong  light  upon  many  obscure  passages  of  Republican 
history . . .  Praeneste,  the  Hemican  cities,  Norba . . .  Turin,  Aosta  and  Verona  are  taken 
up  in  succession,  their  remains  analyzed,  and  in  many  instances  excellent  and  unusual 
photographs  are  given."    American  historical  review,  1910. 


ITALY— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL  2141 

Description  and  travel 
Abba,  Giuseppe  Cesare.  914-5  A12 

Le  Alpi  nostre  e  le  region!  ai  loro  piedi;  ad  uso  delle  scuole  secon- 
darie  inferiori.     1903. 
Alfani,  Augusto.  914.5  A385 

II  carattere  degl'  Italiani.     1904. 
Baedeker,  Karl,  comp.  914.5  B14C 

Central  Italy  and  Rome;  handbook  for  travellers.     1909. 

Same  as  v. 2  of  his  "Italy." 

The  same 1^914.5  B14C 

Baedeker,  Karl,  comp.  914.5  Bi4it 

Italy  from  the  Alps  to  Naples.     1904. 

"Compiled  from  the  three  more  detailed  volumes  for  Northern,  Central  and  South- 
ern Italy."    Preface. 

The  same.     1909 r9i4.5  Bi4i 

Baedeker,  Karl,  comp.  914.5  B14S 

Southern  Italy  and  Sicily,  with  excursions  to  Sardinia,   Malta  and 

Corfu;  handbook  for  travellers.     1912. 

The  same.     1908 r9i4.5  B14S 

Same  as  v.3  of  his  "Italy." 

Title  reads  "Southern  Italy  and  Sicily,  with  excursions  to  Malta,  Sardinia,  Tunis 
and  Corfu." 

Batcheller,  Mrs  Tryphosa  Bates.  4914.5  B31 

Glimpses  of  Italian  court  life;  happy  days  in  Italia  adorata.  1906. 
Doubleday. 

Mrs  Batcheller,  as  a  singer  and  society  woman,  has  brought  out  in  sumptuous  form 
her  letters  to  her  parents,  written  mainly  from  Rome.  They  deal  principally  with  the 
social  life  of  the  Italian  court  and  of  the  Roman  nobility.  They  are  lively,  gossipy;  they 
abound  in  the  names  of  great  people;  they  see  everything  couleur  de  rose.  To  many,  the 
special  interest  of  these  letters  will  lie  in  the  glimpses  they  give  of  Italian  musical  life. 
The  illustrations  are  excellent.     Condensed  from  Nation,  1906. 

Blaisdell,  Etta  Austin,  &  Dalrymple,  Julia.  J914.5  B52 

Rafael  in  Italy.  1910.  Little.  (Little  people  everywhere.) 
Rafael  Valla  is  seen  first  in  Venice,  where  he  rows  his  boat  on  the  canals,  hears  the 
music  of  the  band  in  the  square  of  St.  Mark  and  goes  to  the  Rialto  bridge  for  a  serenade. 
With  an  American  girl  and  her  mother,  he  afterward  travels  in  Italy,  seeing  Florence, 
the  vintage  with  its  merrymaking  in  Tuscany,  the  Roman  ruins,  the  picturesque  street 
life  in  Naples  with  its  noise  and  gaiety,  and  the  silent  streets  of  Pompeii. 

Dickens,  Charles.  914.5  D55i 

L'ltalia;  impressioni  e  descrizioni;  traduzione  con  note  del  Edoardo 

Bolchesi.     1879. 

Dickens,  Charles.  914.5  D55P 

Pictures  from  Italy.    Harper. 

With  this  is  bound  his  "American  notes." 

The  same.     Estes 94a  D55 

Bound  with  his  "Child's  history  of  England." 

The  same.     Chapman 917-3   D55 

Bound  with  his  "American  notes." 

The  same.    Chapman •■9I7.3  D55 

Bound  with  his  "American  notes." 

The  same.     Chapman 917.3  DSS* 

Bound  with  his  "American  notes." 


2142  ITALY— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL 

Finnemore,  John.  J9i4-5  F51 

Italy,  with  illustrations  in  colour.  1908.  Black.  (Peeps  at  many 
lands  series.) 

A  trip  over  the  Alps  to  Italy,  with  visits  to  Venice,  the  queen  city  of  the  Adriatic; 
Florence,  the  city  of  flowers;  Naples,  Rome,  the  buried  city  of  Pompeii,  and  the  island 
of  Sicily. 

Fischer,  Paul  David.  914.5  F52 

L'ltalia  e  gli  Italiani;  considerazioni  e  studi  sulle  condizioni  poli- 
tiche,  economiche  e  sociali  d'ltalia;  prima  traduzione  italiana  sulla 
seconda  edizione  tedesca  di  Tullo  del  Vecchio.    1904. 

Forman,  Henry  James.  9i4'5  F77 

The  ideal  Italian  tour.    191 1.    Houghton. 

"Some  useful  books  on  Italy,"  p.399-4oi. 

"Illustrated  pocket  volume. .  .intended  as  a  supplementary  guide  to  persons  doing 
their  Italy  with  dispatch.  Mr.  Forman  has  brought  together  about  the  amount  of  history 
and  criticism  that  a  hasty,  yet  not  careless,  tourist  can  absorb  en  roitte."     Nation,  igii. 

Gordon,  Lina  Duff.  914.5  G65 

Home  life  in  Italy;  letters  from  the  Apennines.     [1908.]     Methuen. 

"A  charming  book. .  .keeping  the  freshness  of  a  sympathetic,  observant  woman's 
correspondence.  She  is  one  of  the  few  English  who  not  only  live  in  Italy,  but  penetrate 
into  the  life  of  the  natives.  She  had  an  old  country  castle  near  Carrara,  and  saw  in- 
timately the  peasants  and  villagers,  and  occasionally  the  more  conventional  dwellers  in 
the  towns."    Nation,  igog. 

Illustrated. 

Guthrie,  Arthur.  914-5  G98 

Letters  from  France  &  Italy.  1909.  McClurg.  (Rowley  letters 
from  France  and  Italy.) 

"Arthur  Guthrie is  emphatically  a  good  traveller,  being  sparing  of  comment  on  the 

standard  sights  and  whimsically  sensitive  to  the  casual  encounters  of  the  road... The 
manner  is  old-fashioned,  and,  perhaps,  the  more  agreeable  for  that."    Nation,  igog. 

Hakewill,  James.  qr9i4.5  H15 

Picturesque  tour  of  Italy,  from  drawings  made  in  1816-1817.  1820. 
Murray. 

Includes  places  of  historic  interest  and  interior  views  of  some  of  the  public  gal- 
leries, accompanied  by  brief  descriptions. 

Hare,  Augustus  John  Cuthbert.  9i4'S  H26C2 

Cities  of  southern  Italy;  ed.  by  St.  Clair  Baddeley.  191 1.  Heine- 
mann. 

Hawthorne,  Mrs  Sophia  Amelia  (Peabody).  914-5  H36n 

Notes  in  England  and  Italy.    1878.    Putnam. 

Headlam,  Cecil.  9i4-5  H384 

Venetia  and  northern  Italy;  being  the  story  of  Venice,  Lombardy  & 
Emilia;  illustrated  by  Gordon  Home.     1908.     Dent. 

Popular  work  aiming  to  show  how  the  history  of  each  town  treated  is  illustrated  by 
its  art  and  architecture.     Drawings  and  colored  illustrations. 

Howells,  William  Dean.  914-5  H85 

Roman  holidays  and  others.     1908.     Harper. 

Contents:  Up  and  down  Madeira. — Two  up-town  blocks  into  Spain. — Ashore  at 
Genoa. — Naples  and  her  joyful  noise. — Pompeii  revisited. — Roman  holidays. — A  week  at 
Leghorn. — Over  at  Pisa. — Back  at  Genoa. — Eden  after  the  fall. 


ITALY— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL  2143 

Jarves,  James  Jackson.  914.5  J19 

Italian  rambles;  studies  of  life  and  manners  in  new  and  old  Italy. 
1883.    Putnam. 

Contents:  Pescaglia. — Serra  in  the  Apennines. — The  mountaineers  of  Tuscany. — 
Recanati  and  the  shrine  of  Loretto. — In  Porsenna's  country. — Dwindling  cities. — Ra- 
venna.— Ancient  days  in  Venice. — Venice  in  summer  time. — Ancient  and  modern  glass 
of  Murano.  —  The  gates  of  paradise.  —  The  pursuit  of  bric-a-brac.  —  Two  busts  in  terra 
cotta. — Klagenfurt. — A  lesson  for  merchant  princes. — Italian  domestics. — Italian  train- 
ing.— New  and  Old  World  manners. 

Klenze,  Camillo  von.  914.5  Ksa 

Interpretation  of  Italy  during  the  last  two  centuries;  a  contribution 
to  the  study  of  Goethe's  "Italienische  reise."  1907.  University  of  Chi- 
cago Press.  (Chicago  University.  Decennial  publications,  2d  ser.,  v.17.) 
Study  of  Goethe's  "Italienische  reise"  and  a  comparison  of  this  work  with  the 
travels  of  his  predecessors  in  the  i8th  century.  Also  notices  some  of  the  most  important 
19th  century  records  of  Italian  travel. 

Lathrop,  Elise  L.  9X4-5  L35 

Sunny  days  in  Italy.    1907.    Pott. 

In  spite  of  defects  of  style  and  some  errors  of  statement,  the  book  may  be  recom- 
mended for  its  practical,  sympathetic,  and  in  many  respects  novel  account  of  the  Italian 
customs  of  to-day.     Condensed  from  Nation,  1907. 

Lorenzini,  Carlo,  (pseud.  C.  Collodi).  9i4'5  L87 

II  viaggio  per  I'ltalia  di  Giannettino;  Italia  settentrionale,  centrale  e 
meridionale,  Sicilia  e  Sardegna,  riordinato  in  un  solo  volume  da  Fer- 
ronio.     [1902.] 

Lund,  Thomas  William  May.  914.5  L97 

The  lake  of  Como;  its  history,  art  and  archaeology.    1910.     Paul. 
First  part  of  his  larger  work,  "Como  and  Italian  lakeland." 

McCrackan,  William  Denison.  914.5  M14 

The  Italian  lakes;  being  the  record  of  pilgrimages  to  familiar  and 
unfamiliar  places.    1907.     Page. 

A  most  appreciative  description,  not  only  of  the  lakes  themselves  but  of  the  towns 
and  villas  on  their  shores — with  some  mention  of  well-known  people  whose  names 
are  associated  with  them.     Illustrated. 

Mason,  Mrs  Caroline  (Atwater).  914.5  M44 

Spell  of  Italy.     1909.     Page. 

"Account  of  a  leisurely  tour  of  a  mother  and  daughter  through  Italy,  which,  besides 
the  usual  tourist's  impressions,  includes  a  thread  of  story  and  a  good  deal  of  artfully 
conveyed  information  as  to  literary  associations,  past  history  and  present  conditions. 
Illustrated  by  fifty  excellent  halftones."    A.  L.  A.  booklist,  igog. 

Miltoun,  Francis,  (pseud,  of  Milburg  Francisco  Mansfield).       9X4-5  M71 
Italian  highways  and  byways  from  a  motor  car.     1909-    Page. 
The  impressions  are  necessarily  superficial,  but  the  book  is  full  of  helpful  hints, 

including  some  of  a  practical  nature  concerning  distances  and  inns,  garages  and  gasoline. 

Minutilli,  Federico.  9X4-5  M73 

Nozioni  di  geografia,  ad  uso  delle  scuole  secondarie;  I'ltalia.     1901. 

Moore,  John.  9x4.5  M87 

View  of  society  and  manners  in  Italy,  with  anecdotes  relating  to 

some  eminent  characters.    2v.     1787- 

Letters  of  travel  about    1777.      Moore,   an   English   physician   and   man   of   letters, 

met  many  interesting  people,  Charles  Edward,  the  Young  Pretender,  among  others. 


2144  ITALY— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL 

Novicow,  Jacques.  914-5  N47 

La  missione  dell'  Italia;  introduzione  e  versioni  dagli  originali  in- 
editi  di  Alessandro  Tassoni.     1903. 

Appendix  contains  "L'unita  italiana  modello  della  federazione  Europea." 

Peixotto,  Ernest  Clifford.  914-5  P37 

By  Italian  seas.     1906. 

Contents:  The  Italian  Riviera:  The  Riviera  di  Ponentc;  Genoa;  The  Riviera  di 
Levante. — A  summer  in  a  sandolo. — Down  the  Dalmatian  coast:  Fiume  to  Metkovich; 
Mostar;  Ragusa  and  Cattaro. — Cattaro  to  Naples,  a  transition. — Giuseppe's  Christmas. — 
Sicily:  Easter  tides;  Caretti  and  marionetti. — Impressions  of  Malta. — In  the  bey's 
capital. 

"He  has  lingered  in  spots  out  of  the  usual  track  and  beyond  the  boundaries  of 
modern  Italy.  And  his  book  is  the  record  of  impressions  made  by  the  charm  of  these 
unfrequented  places  on  a  nature  responsive  to  every  appeal  of  the  picturesque."  Nation, 
1906. 

Pozzolini  Siciliani,  Cesira.  9i4-5  P88 

Feste  e  santuari.     1890. 

Contents:  Ai  colli  Euganei. — I  martiri  d'Otranto;  o,  Gli  eroi  salentini,  episodio 
storico  del  1840. — II  Monte  della  Guardia  e  la  Madonna  di  San  Luca  a  Bologna. — II 
miracolo  di  San  Gennaro. — Una  visita  agli  ossari  di  San  Martino  e  Solferino. — Bertinoro 
nella  Romagna. 

Premoli,  Palmiro.  <19i4'5  P91 

L'ltalia  geografica  illustrata.     2v.     [1901-02.] 

v.T.  II  nostro  paese. — II  Lazio. — L'Umbria. — Le  Marche. — La  Toscana. — L'Emilia. 
— II  Veneto. — La  Lombardia. — II  canton  Ticino. 

v.2.  II  Piemonte. — La  Liguria. — L'agro  Nizzardo. — Abruzzi  e  Molise. — La  Cam- 
pania. —  Le  Puglie.  —  La  Basilicata.  —  La  Calabria. — La  Sicilia.  —  La  Sardegna.  —  La 
Corsica. 

Ragg,  Lonsdale.  9^4-5  R14 

Dante  and  his  Italy.     [1907.]     Methuen. 

"Bibliography  of  the  principal  works  to  which  reference  has  been  made  in  text  or 
notes,"  p.ig-22. 

Vivid  and  truthful  picture  of  Italy  in  the  13th  century.  Every  broad  aspect  of  the 
life  is  described,  from  the  details  of  domestic  economy  to  the  devastating  struggle  be- 
tween pope  and  emperor  in  northern  Italy.  The  sketches  of  individual  character  are 
done  with  insight  and  sympathy.  Mr  Ragg  constantly  illustrates  his  work  by  reference 
to  the  writings  of  Dante.     Condensed  from  Outlook  (London),  1907. 

Spallanzani,  Lazzaro,  abbe.  qrgio  P63  v.5 

Travels  in  the  two  Sicilies  and  some  parts  of  the  Apennines;  tr.  from 
the  Italian.  [1809.]  (In  Pinkerton,  John,  ed.  General  collection  of 
voyages  and  travels,  v.5,  p.  1-272.) 

Strasburger,  Eduard.  9^4-5  S89 

Rambles  on  the  Riviera;  tr.  from  the  German  by  O.  and  B.  C.  Casey. 
1906.    Scribner. 

Author  is  (1906)  one  of  the  leading  German  botanists,  is  well  versed  in  such  mat- 
ters as  the  uses  of  plants,  the  myths  in  regard  to  them  and  the  folk-lore,  is  a  keen 
observer  of  scenery  and  people,  and  master  of  an  agreeable  style,  so  that  his  book  is 
as  interesting  to  the  general  reader  as  to  the  botanist.  Illustrated  with  colored  plates 
of  flowers,  especially  of  spring  flowers. 

Symons,  Arthur.  914.5  S9882 

Cities  of  Italy.     1907.    Dent. 

Contents:  Rome. — Venice. — Naples. — Florence;  an  interpretation. — Ravenna. — Pisa. 
— Siena. — Verona. — Bologna. — Bergamo  and  Lorenzo  Lotto. — Brescia  and  Romanino. — 
On  a  Rembrandt  in  Milan. 

Part  of  this  book  was  published  in  1903  as  the  Italian  section  of  his  book  "Cities." 


ITALY— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL  2145 

Trollope,  Mrs  Frances  (Milton).  914-5  T76 

Visit  to  Italy.    2v.     1842.    Bentley. 

Author  (1780-1863)  was  the  mother  of  Anthony  Trollope.  She  wrote  numerous 
novels  and  books  of  travel.  This  description  of  her  Italian  travels  is  written  in  the 
form  of  letters. 

"All  that  she  writes  is  accurate  and  faithful  as  to  facts;  but  it  is  apt  to  fall  into 
the  commonplace  and  jogtrot  (except  where  she  is  describing  scenery). .  .The  chapteri 
on  Venice  are. .  .the  best  in  the  book.  They  have  many  really  admirable  passages,  and 
are  written  with  a  warmth  and  power  which,  hackneyed  though  the  subject  be,  make 
them  still  well  worth  reading."    Mrs  Frances  Eleanor  Trollope's  Frances  Trollope. 

Vecchj,  Augusto  Vittorio.  914-5  V34 

L'ltalia  niarinara  e  il  lido  della  patria.     1905. 

Wade,  Mary  Hazelton.  J9i4'5  Wii 

Our  little  Italian  cousin.     1903.     Page.     (Little  cousin  series.) 

Contents:  Tessa. — Rome. — The  story  of  .lEneas. — Christmas. — Saint  Peter's. — The 
christening. — The  twins. — The  carnival. — The  buried  city. 

Tessa  and  Beppo  are  two  little  Italian  peasant  children  who  become  models  for  an 
American  artist.  The  book  tells  how  they  saw  the  Roman  carnival,  visited  St.  Peter's 
and  the  buried  city  of  Pompeii. 

Wharton,  Anne  Hollingsworth.  914-5  W593 

Italian  days  and  ways.     1906.    Lippincott. 

Descriptions  of  sights  along  the  beaten  path,  and  personal  experiences,  with  a  dim 
background  of  fiction.     Told  in  letters.     Illustrated. 

Zangwill,  Israel.  914.5  Z28 

Italian  fantasies.     1910.     Macmillan. 

"Rhapsodies,  fantasies,  reveries,  and  all  with  Italy  as  an  inspiration  rather  than  a 
subject."    Book  review  digest,  1910. 

Zimmern,  Helen.  9i4-5  Z65 

Italy  of  the  Italians.     1906.     Scribner. 

Contents:  The  king. — The  press. — Literature. — The  painters. — Sculpture  and  archi- 
tecture.— Playhouses,  players  and  plays. — Science  and  inventions. — Philosophy. — Agra- 
rian Italy. — Industry  and  commerce. — Underground  Italy. — Music. — Italy  at  play. 

Handbook  of  the  new  Italy,  dealing  with  intellectual,  political  and  social  conditions. 


Genoa 

Garden,  Robert  W.  945-1  C19 

City  of  Genoa.     [1908.]     Methuen. 

"List  of  books,"  p.ii-i6. 

Impartial  and  accurate  history  of  city  from  its  legendary  origin  to  our  own  day. 
Illustrated,  partly  in  color. 

"The  volume  is  one  which  no  visitors  to  Genoa  can  possibly  afford  to  do  without  — 
at  once  a  learned  and  a  readable  book."     Nation,  igo8. 

Staley,  Edgcumbe.  945-1  S78 

Heroines  of  Genoa  and  the  Rivieras.     [1911]     Scribner. 

"Bibliography,"  p.32 1-326. 

"Essays  to  tell  the  story  of  [Genoa's]  doges  and  conspiracies,  of  her  fair  women  and 
haughty  men,  of  her  superstitions,  customs,  and  daily  life. .  .[Author]  is  not  always  ac- 
curate,  his  Italian  is  often  barbarous,  and  his  flamboyance  is  amazing;  but  those  who 
can  discount  these  defects  will  find  compensation  in  much  of  his  information,  which  is 
not  easily  accessible  in  English."     Nation.  1911. 


2146  LOMBARDY 


Lombardy 
Ady,  Cecilia  M.  945-2  Aa4 

History  of  Milan  under  the  Sforza;  ed.  by  Edward  Armstrong. 
1907.    Putnam.    (States  of  Italy.) 

"Bibliography,"  p.327-332. 

Clear  and  accurate  account  of  the  period  from  1450  to  1535,  during  which  Milan 
was  ruled  by  six  dukes  of  the  Sforza  family.  There  are  chapters  on  the  art,  architec- 
ture, literature  and  social  life  of  the  time.     Contains  portraits. 

Butler,  William  F.  T.  945.2  B97 

The  Lombard  communes;  a  history  of  the  republics  of  north  Italy. 
1906.    Scribner. 

"Rough  list  of  books  useful  for  the  study  of  the  history  of  the  Lombard  com- 
munes," p.  1 7. 

"Professor  Butler  writes  easily  and  well;  he  has  thoroughly  mastered  his  subject, 
and  he  possesses  the  rare  art  of  adequate  condensation. .  .Written  for  the  general  public 
rather  than  for  the  student."     Nation,  1907. 

Fiorentini,  Lucio.  945.2  F51 

Le  dieci  giornate  di  Brescia  del  1849;  reminiscenze.     1899. 

Noyes,  Ella.  945*2  N48 

Story  of  Milan;  illustrated  by  Dora  Noyes.  1908.  Dent.  (Mediaeval 
towns.) 

History  of  the  city,  with  chapters  on  the  cathedral,  churches,  art  galleries  and  other 
public  buildings.     Contains  map. 

Paulus  Diaconus.  945*2  P32 

History  of  the  Langobards;  tr.  by  W.  D.  Foulke,  with  explanatory 
and  critical  notes,  a  biography  of  the  author  and  an  account  of  the 
sources  of  the  history.     1907.     (Pennsylvania  University.    Translations 
and  reprints  from  the  original  sources  of  European  history;  2d  ser.  v.3.) 
"Sources  of  Paul's  History  of  the  Langobards,"  p.3 18-392. 

Sismondi,  Jean  Charles  Leonard  Simonde  de.  945*2  S6a 

Marignan;  conquete  et  perte  du  Milanais;  ed.  by  Arthur  Wilson- 
Green.     1908.     Clarendon  Press.     (Oxford  modern  French  series.) 


Venice.    Verona.    Padua 

History 

Allen,  A.  M.  945*3  A4a 

History  of  Verona;  ed.  by  Edward  Armstrong.  1910.  Putnam. 
(States  of  Italy.) 

"Bibliogfraphy,"  p.381-384. 

Facts  are  drawn  from  books  and  manuscripts  rather  than  from  any  intercourse  with 
the  people.     More  a  political  than  a  historical  study. 

Brown,  Horatio  Robert  Forbes.  945*3  BySi 

Studies  in  the  history  of  Venice.    2v.    1907.    Dutton. 
v.i.     The  city  of  Rialto. — Bajamonte  Tiepolo  and  the  closing  of  the  Great  council. 
— Marino  Falier. — The  Carraresi. — Carmagnola,   a  soldier  of  fortune. — Political  assas- 
sination.— Caterina  Cornaro,  quieen  of  Cyprus. — The  constitution  of  the  Venetian  repub- 
lic and  the  state  archives. — The  commercial  and  fiscal  policy  of  the  Venetian  republic. 

V.2.  Venetian  diplomacy  at  the  Sublime  Porte  during  the  i6th  century. — The  Index 
librorum  prohibitorum  and  the  censorship  of  the  Venetian  press. — A  Venetian  printer- 
publisher  in  the  i6th  century  [Gabriele  Giolito]. — Cardinal  Contarini  and  his  friends. — 


VENICE.     VERONA.     PADUA  2147 

Brown,  Horatio  Robert  Forbes — continued.  945-3  B78S 

The  marriage  of  Ibraim  Pasha. — An  international  episode. — Shakspeare  and  Venice. — 
Marcantonio  Bragadin,  a  16th-century  Cagliostro. — Paolo  Sarpi,  the  man. — The  Spanish 
conspiracy;  an  episode  in  the  decline  of  Venice. — Cromwell  and  the  Venetian  republic. 
As  an  original  investigator  and  as  the  translator  of  Molmenti,  Mr  Brown  has  done 
more  than  any  other  contemporary  writer  to  interpret  Venice  to  English  readers.  His 
latest  book  consists  of  a  series  of  careful  studies  in  some  of  the  outstanding  events  in 
\'enetian  history.  Ten  of  these  essays  had  already  appeared  in  his  "Venetian  studies," 
a  work  now  (1908)  out  of  print.  They  have  all,  however,  been  revised  in  the  light  of 
subsequent  research. 

Daru,  Pierre  Antoine  Noel  Bruno,  comte.  ^945.3  Da6 

Histoire  de  la  republique  de  Venise.    8v.     1821. 
"Notice  des  manuscrits  et  pieces  justificatives,"  v.7-8. 

Foligno,  Cesare.  945-3  F71 

Story  of  Padua.     1910.    Dent.     (Mediaeval  towns.) 

Hodgson,  Francis  Cotterell.  945>3  H66v 

Venice  in  the  13th  and  14th  centuries;  a  sketch  of  Venetian  history 
from  the  conquest  of  Constantinople  to  the  accession  of  Michele  Steno, 
A.  D.  1204-1400.     1910.    Allen. 

Continuation  of  his  "Early  history  of  Venice." 

Melmonti,  W.  G.  945-3  M59 

The   dogaressa;   tr.   by    Clare    Brune,   with   preface   by   G.  A.  Sala. 

1887.    Remington. 

Gives  some  account  of  the  part  played  by  women,  especially  the  wives  of  the  doges, 
in  the  history  of  Venice  from  its  early  beginnings  to  1 797. 

Monnier,  Philippe.  945-3  M83 

Venice  in  the  i8th  century;  from  the  French.    1910.    Badger. 

Contents:  Introductory. — The  life  of  pleasure. — Festival,  carnival  and  villeggiatura. 
--Venetian  love. — Men  of  letters,  Gasparo  Gozzi. — The  passion  for  music. — The  lesser 
Venetian  masters. — The  Venetian  theatre  and  Italian  comedy. — The  comedy  of  Goldoni. 
— Carlo  Gozzi  and  his  "Fiabe." — The  adventurers,  Casanova. — The  bourgeois. — The  peo- 
ple.— The  end  of  Venice. 

"Bibliography,"   p.257-272. 

Okey,  Thomas.  945.3  Oaao 

Old  Venetian  palaces  and  old  Venetian  folk,  with  50  coloured  and 
other  illustrations  by  Trevor  Haddon.     1907.    Dent. 

"Bibliography,"  p.31 1-312. 

"The  chief  existing  examples  of  old  palatial  architecture  are  described,  so  far  as 
possible,  in  the  order  of  their  erection,  and  grouped  into  the  three  main  divisions- 
Byzantine,  Gothic,  and  Renaissance — of  their  style.  Some  acquaintance  with  the  main 
features  of  Venetian  history  being  assumed  in  the  reader,  an  attempt  has  been  made  to 
draw  from  the  writings  of  the  three  great  Venetian  diarists  a  picture,  in  some  detail, 
of  life  in  the  lagoon  city  during  the  critical  period  of  its  history  which  elapsed  between 
the  closing  decades  of  the  fifteenth  and  the  first  half  of  the  sixteenth  centuries."    Prefac*. 

The  illustrations  add  much  to  the  attractiveness  of  the  volume. 

Roscoe,  Thomas.  q945.3  R?! 

Legends  of  Venice;  illustrated  by  J.  R.  Herbert.     1841.     Longman. 

The  author  has  here  collected  a  few  of  the  romantic  incidents  and  traditionary  tale* 
connected  with  the  early  history  of  Venice. 

[Smcdley,  Edward.]  9453  S63 

Sketches  from  Venetian  history.    2v.     1846.     Murray. 

From  the  sth  century  to  the  treaty  of  Campo  Formio  in  1797. 


2148  VENICE.    TUSCANY 

Description 

Beiza,  Stanis}avv.  9i4>53  643 

Na  lagunach.     1899. 
Brooke,  Stopford  Augustus.  9I4-53  B77 

Sea-charm  of  Venice.     1907.    Duckworth. 

"In  this  little  essay  I  shall  limit  myself  to  one  subject — to  the  charm  and  the  life 
which  are  added  to  Venice  by  the  presence  of  the  sea,  to  the  influence  which  the  sea 
has  had  on  her  beauty,  on  the  character  of  her  art,  and  on  the  imagination. of  those  who 
visit  her."     Author. 

Molmenti,  Pompeo  Gherardo.  914-53  M79 

Venice;  its  individual  growth  from  the  earliest  beginnings  to  the 
fall  of  the  republic;  tr.  by  H.  F.  Brown.    3v.  in  6.    1906-08.    McClurg. 

V.I,  pt.  1-2.     The  middle  ages. 
V.2,  pt.1-2.     The  golden  age. 
V.3,  pt.i-2.     The  decadence. 

Robertson,  Alexander.  914-53  R53 

Venetian  discourses;  drawn  from  the  history,  art  &  customs  of 
Venice.     1907.    Scribner. 

A  combination  of  history  and  homily,  the  author  having  chosen  the  sermon  form 
in  which  to  convey  much  information  concerning  the  history  and  art  of  Venice.    Illustrated. 

Williams,  Egerton  Ryerson.  914-53  W74 

Plain-towns  of  Italy;  the  cities  of  old  Venetia.    191 1.    Houghton. 

Contents:  The  Brenta  and  the  palace  of  Stra. — Padua  the  learned. — Padua  and 
S.  Antonio. — Vicenza  the  palatial. — Bassano,  Cittadella  and  Castelfranco. — Treviso  and 
the  Villa  Giacomelli. — From  Treviso  to  Udine. — Udine  and  Cividale. — Verona  la  degna. 
— Verona  la  marmorina. — Brescia  the  brave. — Brescia  la  ferrea. — Montagnana,  Estc  and 
Monselice. — Rovigo,  Arqua  and  Battaglia. 

Bologna 
James,  Edith  E.  Coulson.  9^4-54  J16 

Bologna;  its  history,  antiquities  and  art.     1909.     Frowde. 

"Bibliography,"  p.39t-4oo. 

"The  most  thorough  and  comprehensive  view  of  that  city  which  we  have  in  English." 
AthentFum,  igio. 

Tuscany.    Florence 

History 

Brown,  James  Wood.  C|945-5  B78 

Builders  of  Florence.     1907.    Button. 

Study  of  Florentine  life  and  histoiTr  as  centring  about  12  of  its  notable  buildings. 
Architectural  side  is  not  neglected,  although  subsidiary  to  the  historic.  Numerous  illus- 
trations. 

Nardi,  Jacopo.  945-5  N13 

Istorie  della  citta  di  Firenze;  secondo  il  testo  pubblicato  per  cura  di 

Agenore  Gelli.    2v.    1888. 

"Delia  vita  e  delle  opere  di  lacopo  Nardi,"  by  Agenore  Gelli,  v.  i,  p.3-21. 

Pignotti,  Lorenzo.  945-5  P57 

History  of  Tuscany  from  the  earliest  era;  comprising  an  account  of 
the  revival  of  letters,  sciences  and  arts,  interspersed  with  essays  on  im- 
portant literary  and  historical  subjects,  including  memoirs  of  the  family 
of  the  Medici;  tr.  from  the  Italian  by  John  Browning.    4v.    1826.    Young. 


TUSCANY.    FLORENCE  2149 

Ross,  Mrs  Janet  Ann  (Duff-Gordon),  &  Erichsen,  Nelly.  945.5  R73S 

Story  of  Pisa;  illustrated  by  Nelly  Erichsen.  1909.  Dent.  (Medi- 
aeval towns.) 

Historical  sketch,  with  a  description  of  the  town  as  it  now  is,  its  buildings,  paintings 
and  sculpture,  a  chapter  on  the  region  immediately  about  Pisa  and  a  short  list  of  hotels. 
Many  illustrations. 

Villani,  Giovanni.  945-5  V339 

Villani's  chronicle;  being  selections  from  the  first  nine  books  of  the 
Croniche  fiorentine;  tr.  by  R.  E.  Selfe  and  ed.  by  P.  H.  Wicksteed. 
1906.    Constable. 

Intended  primarily  to  serve  as  an  aid  to  the  study  of  Dante.  Translates  all  the 
passages  in  the  chronicle  which  have  a  direct  bearing  on  his  works,  connecting  them 
with  Dante  by  means  of  marginal  references.  Will  be  of  great  service  in  enabling  the 
Dante  student  to  know  the  men  and  see  the  events  as  he  himself  saw  them. 

Yriarte,  Charles  fimile.  945-5  Y45 

Florence;  its  history,  the  Medici,  the  humanists,  letters  [and]  arts; 
revised  and  compared  with  the  latest  authorities  by  M,  H.  Lansdale. 
1897.    Winston. 

Contents:  Introduction.  —  History. —  The  Medici. —  The  renaissance.  —  Illustrious 
Florentines. — Etruscan  art. — Christian  art. — Architecture. — Sculpture. — Painting. 

"Yriarte  has  not  written  a  complete  history,  nor  do  exhaustive  descriptions  enrich 
its  pages . . .  But  whoever  cares  to  understand  Florence  flourishing  or  fallen . . .  faithful 
and  false  by  turns,  cannot  do  better  than  read  diligently  these  pages."     Athenceum,  1881. 


Description 

Biagi,  Guido.  9i4-55  B47 

Men  and  manners  of  old  Florence.     1909.    McClurg. 

Contents:  Florence  within  her  ancient  boundary. — The  mind  and  manners  of  a 
Florentine  merchant  of  the  14th  century. — The  private  life  of  the  renaissance  Floren- 
tines.— Tullia  of  Arragon. — Thfe  twilight  of  the  past. 

The  learned  librarian  of  the  Laurentian  and  Riccardi  Libraries  is  probably  the 
greatest  living  authority  on  Florence  in  the  middle  ages  and  the  renaissance.  The 
book  consists  chiefly  of  a  series  of  vivid  pictures  of  Florentine  life;  descriptions  of  the 
old  city  and  her  buildings,  drawn  from  early  chronicles,  miniatures  and  illuminated 
manuscripts;  curious  scenes,  dramatically  told,  from  the  life  of  the  streets;  studies  of 
the  Florentine  mind  and  manners,  from  contemporary  sources,  and  of  the  home  life  of 
men  and  women,  of  merchant,  soldier,  artist;  accounts  of  the  principal  gilds;  sketches 
of  the  citizens,  their  dress,  their  daily  occupations  and  amusements;  in  short,  everything 
in  which  a  lover  of  Florence  is  interested.     Condensed  from  Spectator,  1910. 

Brown,  James  Wood.  914-55  B78 

Florence,  past  and  present.    191 1.    Scribner. 

Is  concerned  with  the  survival  of  primitive  and  pagan  customs  in  the  life  and  wor- 
ship of  modern  Florence. 

Hare,  Augustus  John  Cuthbert.  9I4-55  H26f 

Florence  and  Venice;  revised  by  St.  Clair  Baddeley.    2v.  in  i.     1908. 

Macmillan. 

"Venice"  is  written  in  conjunction  with  St.  Clair  Baddeley. 

Homer,  Susan,  &  Horner,  J.  B.  914-55  H81 

Walks  in  Florence.    2v.     1873.    Strahan. 
Detailed  guide  to  the  famous  buildings,  with  historical  commentaries. 


2ISO  TUSCANY.    FLORENCE 


Hutton,  Edward.  914.55  H977C 

Country  walks  about  Florence.    [1908.]    Methuen. 

"It  would  be  difficult  to  imagine  a  better  companion  for  one's  daily  strolls  through 
the  fields  and  byways  of  the  Florentine  contado. .  .Mr.  Hutton  has  read  widely,  and  his 
book  is  crammed  with  valuable  information  which  it  is  hard  to  find  elsewhere  about  every 
bridge  and  ford  and  village  and  castello  and  rocca.  It  is  a  wise  and  learned  book 
as  well  as  a  beautiful  one."    Nation,  igog. 

Illustrated  from  drawings  and  photographs. 

Hutton,  Edward.  914.55  H977 

Florence  and  the  cities  of  northern  Tuscany,  with  Genoa,  with  illus- 
trations in  colour  by  William  Parkinson.    1907.    Macmillan. 

"He  writes  profusely,  not  to  compile  a  practical  guide-book,  but  to  pour  out  his 
impressions,  experiences,  and  reflections  on  the  places  which  he  visits."     Nation,  1907. 

Hutton,  Edward.  914.55  H977i 

In  unknown  Tuscany,  with  notes  by  William  Heywood.  1909. 
Button. 

"A  picturesque  volume  of  impressions . . .  the  record  of  a  summer  passed  on  Monte 
Amiata,  apparently  in  the  very  abbey  where  Pius  II.  lodged... At  his  best  Mr.  Hutton 
has  a  peculiar  power  of  interpreting  the  spirit  of  an  Italian  district.  He  feels  it 
poetically,  even  passionately,  and  suggests  its  atmosphere  with  a  fidelity  that  will  be 
recognized  by  all  who  have  followed  the  way  from  Siena  to  the  mountain."  Saturday 
review,  1909. 

Mr  Heywood  supplies  a  basis  of  historical  notes  and  facts. 

Hutton,  Edward.  914.55  H977S 

Siena  and  southern  Tuscany,  with  illustrations  in  colour  by  O.  F.  M. 
Ward.    1910.    Macmillan. 

"With  all  his  old  charm  of  style,  Mr.  Hutton  here  displays  a  just  appreciation  of 
the  necessity  of  accuracy  in  dealing  with  the  facts  of  history.  Not  that  the  present 
volume  is  primarily  an  historical  work.  There  is  a  good  deal  of  history  in  it;  but  the 
keynote  always  remains  a  personal  one,  and  the  appeal  is  rather  to  the  traveller  of  cul- 
tured tastes,  the  lover  of  art  and  of  nature,  than  to  the  mere  student.  Siena  occupies  a 
scant  third  of  the  volume,  Arezzo  and  Borgo  S.  Sepolcro  a  single  chapter.  The  rest  is 
devoted  to  the  little  towns  and  villages  of  southern  Tuscany."    Nation,  1910. 

Lees,  Dorothy  Nevile.  '  914.55  L53 

Scenes  and  shrines  in  Tuscany.    1907.    Dent. 

As  governess  in  an  Italian  family  which  spent  the  winters  at  Florence  and  the 
summers  at  a  beautiful  villa  in  the  country,  the  author  knew  and  loved  her  Tuscany  well. 
She  describes  many  phases  of  rural  life  in  pleasant  and  interesting  chapters.     Illustrated. 

Lees,  Dorothy  Nevile.  9i4*55  L53t 

Tuscan  feasts  and  Tuscan  friends.     1907.     Chatto. 

Serves  as  a  sequel  to  her  "Scenes  and  shrines  in  Tuscany"  (914.55  Lja).  Full  of 
entertaining  glimpses  of  the  daily  life  of  those  with  whom  she  lived  and  of  the  neigh- 
boring peasantry. 

Scott,  Leader,  {pseud,  of  Mrs  Lucy  E.  (Barnes)  Baxter).         914.55  S42t 
Tuscan  studies  and  sketches.    1888.    Unwin. 

The  "studies"  are  brief  essays  on  certain  Florentine  sculptures,  mosaics,  tapestries, 
etc.  The  "sketches"  are  popular  descriptions  of  Italian  scenes  and  customs,  "The 
vintage,"  "At  the  baths,"  "A  Florentine  market,"  "A  shrine  of  mediaeval  art"  (San 
Gimignano),  etc.     Illustrated. 

Scott,  Leader,  {pseud,  of  Mrs  Lucy  E.  (Barnes)  Baxter).        q9i4.55  842 

Vincigliata  and  Maiano.    1891.    Unwin. 

Vincigliata  is  a  mediaeval  castle  near  Florence  which  has  been  carefully  restored  to 
its  original  condition  by  its  English  owner.  The  book  gives  an  historical  sketch  of  the 
castle  and  its  possessors,  a  description  of  the  restoration,  and  some  account  of  the 
neighboring  estate  of  Maiano  and  other  villas. 


ROME.    PERUGIA  2151 


Singleton,  Esther,  ed.  914-55  S61 

Florence  as  described  by  great  writers.     1910.    Dodd. 

Contents:  Early  history,  by  Enrico  Lemmi. — The  republic  under  the  Medici,  by 
A.  M.  Berthelot. — The  Medici  grand  dukes,  by  Pasquale  Villari. — The  old  city,  by  Susan 
and  Joanna  Homer. — The  city  of  lilies,  by  Louise  de  la  Ramee  (Ouida).  —  A  stroll 
through  Florence,  by  Edward  Hutton. — Memories  of  Florence,  by  Charles  Dickens. — 
First  impressions,  by  H.  A.  Taine. — A  cradle  of  art,  by  Oscar  Browning. — The  Palazzo 
Vecchio,  by  A.  J.  C.  Hare. — Piazzi  della  Signoria  and  the  Loggia  dei  Lanzi,  by  Edward 
Hutton. — The  Bargello,  by  E.  G.  Gardiner. — La  Badia,  by  A.  J.  C.  Hare. — The  piazza  and 
church  of  Santa  Croce,  by  E.  G.  Gardiner. — Or  San  Michele,  by  Charles  Yriarte. — The 
Duomo,  by  E.  G.  Gardiner. — The  Campanile,  by  Harry  Quilter. — The  shepherd's  tower, 
by  John  Ruskin. — The  baptistery;  the  Duomo,  by  Edward  Hutton. — The  children  of 
Florence,  by  R.  M.  Bradley. — Compag^ia  della  Misericordia,  by  M.  S.  Crawford. — The 
Mercato  Vecchio  and  the  Mercato  Nuovo,  by  E.  Grifi. — San  Lorenzo,  by  Nathaniel  Haw- 
thorne.— The  Laurentian  library,  by  Eugene  Muntz. — Florentine  festivals,  by  Helen  Zim- 
mem. — Convent  and  church  of  SS.  Annunziata,  by  Susan  and  Joanna  Horner. — Spedale 
degli  Innocenti,  by  R.  M.  Bradley. — San  Marco,  by  E.  G.  Gardiner. — The  Academy  of 
Fine  Arts,  by  Eugene  Muntz. — Art  and  literature,  by  A.  M.  Berthelot. — The  Cascine,  by 
E.  Grifi. — Santa  Maria  Novella,  by  Edward  Hutton. — Midsummer  in  Florence,  by  Louise 
de  la  Ramee  (Ouida). — The  Uffizi,  by  E.  G.  Gardiner. — The  Ponte  Vecchio  corridor,  by 
C.  R.  Weld.— The  Pitti  palace,  by  Eugene  Muntz. — The  Boboli  gardens,  by  E.  M.  Phil- 
lips.— San  Miniato,  by  Charles  Yriarte. — The  tower  of  Galileo,  by  Louise  de  la  Ramee 
(Ouida). — The  villa  Palmieri  and  the  villa  Medici,  by  E.  M.  Phillips. — The  Carmine  and 
Santo  Spirito,  by  Susan  and  Joanna  Horner. — A  Florentine  terrace,  by  G.  S.  Elgood. — 
Some  Florentine  industries,  by  Helen  Zimmern. 

Rome.     Perugia 

History 
For  History  of  ancient  Rome,  see  937 

Bonetti,  Antonio  Maria.  945-6  B62 

Venticinque  anni  di  Roma  capitale  d'ltalia  e  suoi  precedenti  (1815- 
1895).    2v.    1895- 
Cesare,  Raffaele  de.  945-6  C33 

Last  days  of  papal  Rome,  1850-1870;  abridged  with  the  assistance  of 
the  author  and  tr.  by  Helen  Zimmern,  with  an  introductory  chapter  by 
G.  M.  Trevelyan.     1909.    Houghton. 

"History  and  picture  of  the  social  life. .  .the  carnivals,  the  theatres,  the  newspapers, 
the  noble  families,  the  middle-classes,  and  the  people."     Outlook  (London),  igog. 

Champney,  Mrs  Elizabeth  (Williams).  945-6  C35 

Romance  of  Roman  villas  (the  renaissance).  1908.  Putnam. 
Contents:  The  eyes  of  a  basilisk  (Vatican,  Villa  of  the  Belvedere). — The  finding 
of  Apollo  (Villa  Farnesina).— A  Cellini  casket  (Villa  Madama).— Flower  o'  the  peach 
(Villa  Aldobrandini).— With  Tasso  at  Villa  d'Este  (Villa  d'Este).— Mondragone  (Villas 
Borghese  and  Mondragone). — The  adventure  of  the  Knight  of  the  brandished  lance 
(Villa  Medici). — The  ladies  of  Palliano  (Colonna  palace  and  Castle  of  Palliano). — The 
lure  of  old  Rome  (Hadrian's  villa;  Villas  d'Este  and  Albani). 

Farini,  Luigi  Carlo.  945-6  F23S 

Lo  stato  romano  dall'  anno  1815  all'  anno  1850.  4v.  in  2.  1850-53. 
Grisar,  Hartmann.  945-6  Gga 

History  of  Rome  and  the  popes  in  the  middle  ages;  authorised  Eng- 
lish translation,  ed.  by  Luigi  Cappadelta.    v.1-3.    1911-12.    Paul. 

v.  I -3.     Rome  at  the  close  of  the  ancient  world. 

Probably  this  vast  work  by  a  Jesuit  scholar  was  composed  as  an  orthodox  counter- 
blast to  the  history  of  the  city  of  Rome  during  the  middle  ages  by  the  German  historian 
Gregorovius.  There  is  no  mistaking  the  prominence  of  the  ecclesiastical  view  which 
pervades  the  book.  The  historical  information  of  the  author  is  stupendous  and  his  work 
makes  antiquity  almost  live  before  our  eyes.     Condensed  from  Outlook  (London),  191X. 


2152  ROME 

Hejrwood,  William.  945-6  H51 

History  of  Perugia;  ed.  by  R.  L.  Douglas.     1910.    Putnam. 

Leti,  Giuseppe.  945-6  L65 

Roma  e  lo  stato  pontificio  dal  1849  al  1870;  note  di  storia  politica. 

2v.    19H. 

Sismondi,  Jean  Charles  Leonard  Simonde  de.  945-6  S6a 

Pavie  et  le  sac  de  Rome;  ed.  by  Arthur  Wilson-Green.  1909.  Claren- 
don Press.    (Oxford  modern  French  series.) 

Intended  for  students  who  read  French  with  some  ease.    Has  introduction  and  notes. 

Description 

Ball,  Eustace  Alfred  Reynolds-.  914-56  B21 

Rome;  a  practical  guide  to  Rome  and  its  environs.     1908.    Black. 
Especially  intended  for  tourists  who  are  able  to  spend  only  a  few  weeks  in  Rome. 

Gives  full  details  on  practical  matters,  including  routes  and  hotel  accommodations. 

Cmickshank,  J.  W.  &  Cruickshank,  Mrs  A.  M.  914-56  C89 

Christian  Rome.    1906.    Wessels.    (Grant  Allen's  Historical  guides.) 

Bibliography,  p.  5-6. 

An  admirably  practical  short  guide-book  which  concentrates  attention  on  what  is 
essential. 

Cruickshank,  J.  W.  &  Cruickshank,  Mrs  A.  M.  914-56  CSgua 

Umbrian  towns.     [1912.]     Holt. 

Contents:  Perugia. —  Excursions  from  Perugia. —  Assist. —  Montefalco. —  Spello. — 
Foligno. — Gubbio. — Citta  di   Castello. — Trevi. — Spoleto. — Orvieto. 

List  of  books  useful  to  travellers  in  central  Italy,  p.380-381. 

A  guide-book  which  places  emphasis  upon  matters  of  real  historical  and  artistic 
significance. 

Davies,  William.  914-56  D31 

Pilgrimage  of  the  Tiber,  from  its  mouth  to  its  source,  with  some  ac- 
count of  its  tributaries.     1873.    Low. 

"In  most  of...  [the  author's]  descriptions  we  catch  not  only  a  vivid  sketch  of  the 
scene  before   him,   but   the   local   colour   which   only    thorough    familiarity    with    Italian 

scenery  can  give Not  the  least  charm  about  Mr.  Davies'  book  is  his  hearty  sympathy 

with  an  appreciation  of  the  Italian  people."     Saturday  review,  J873. 

Gives  many  legends  and  historical  allusions,  especially  those  connected  with  Rome. 
Illustrated. 

Field,  Walter  Taylor.  9^4-56  F45 

Rome.    2v.     1905.     Page. 

Written  in  a  chatty  style  and  designed  to  lead  the  traveler,  in  successive  days'  trips, 
around  the  city  and  its  immediate  environs.     Well  illustrated. 

Frothingham,  Arthur  Lincoln.  914-56  F97 

Monuments  of  Christian  Rome  from  Constantine  to  the  renaissance. 
1908.    Macmillan.    (Handbooks  of  archaeology  and  antiquities.) 

A  historical  sketch  of  the  period  is  followed  by  a  study  of  its  architecture,  painting 
and  sculpture.     Illustrated. 

Gregorovius,  Ferdinand.  9^4-56  G86 

Roman  journals,  1852-1874;  ed.  by  Friedrich  Althaus  and  tr.  from 

the  German  by  Mrs  G.  W.  Hamilton.     1907.     Bell. 

These  journals,  first  issued  in  German  15  years  ago,  are  already  as  nearly  classic 

as  any  work  of  such  recent  date  can  be.     Gregorovius  was  in  Italy  from  1852  to  1874, 

while  he  was  writing  his  history   of  the  city  of  Rome.     His  journals  kept  during  this 


ROME  2153 

Gregorovius,  Ferdinand — continued.  9I4.56  G86 

period  have  a  threefold  interest.  They  enable  us  to  trace  his  progress  on  his  history, 
they  throw  very  important  side-lights  on  Italian  and  papal  politics  in  the  last  years  of 
the  papal  dominion  and  they  give  many  characteristic  sketches  of  the  distinguished  states- 
men,  authors  and  painters  whom  he  met.  For  the  student  of  history,  there  are  many 
invaluable  notes;  for  the  observer  of  social  life  there  are  the  most  varied  sketches,  and 
even  gossip.     Condensed  from  Nation^  1907. 

Hare,  Augustus  John  Cuthbert.  914-56  H26wa 

Walks  in  Rome  (including  Tivoli,  Frascati  and  Albano),  with  plans, 

&c.  by  St.  Clair  Baddeley.    1909.    Paul. 

"He  writes,  not  so  much  for  the  sake  of  instructing  the  student  as  of  assisting  the 

intelligent  tourist  —  He  has  supplied  in   a  pleasanter  and   more  intellectual   form — but 

with  the  practical  drawback  of  filling  two  somewhat  bulky  volumes — an  enlarged  Murray 

for  Rome."    Saturday  review,  1871. 

Hutton,  Edward.  914-56  Hgyr 

Rome,  with  illustrations  in  colour  by  Maxwell  Armfield.  1909. 
Macmillan. 

This  strange  and  delightful  guide-book  is  a  kind  of  poem  about  Rome.  It  has  every- 
where the  quality  of  suggestion  rather  than  of  affirmation.  Condensed  from  Outlook 
(London),  igog. 

Lanciani,  Rodolfo.  9i4>56  Lsx 

Golden  days  of  the  renaissance  in  Rome,  from  the  pontificate  of 
Julius  II  to  that  of  Paul  III.     1906.     Houghton. 

Contents:  The  city. — Life  in  the  city. — Paul  III. — Michelangelo. — Vittoria  Colon- 
na. — Raphael. — Agostino  Chigi,  "il  Magnifico,"  and  the  "Contrada  dei  Banchi." 

"No  other  scholar  of  his  attainments  in  the  history  of  Roman  topography  has  been 
able... to  draw  from  accumulated  stores  of  technical  knowledge  the  material  for  charm- 
ing causeries,  and  so  to  communicate  something  of  the  romantic  delight  of  archaeological 
investigation."     Nation,  1907. 

Singleton,  Esther,  ed.  914-56  S61 

Rome  as  described  by  great  writers.     1906.    Dodd. 

Contents:  Rome,  by  Maurice  Maeterlinck. — Ancient  Rome,  by  Isaac  Taylor. — Rome 
as  it  is  to-day,  by  George  Pignatorre. — The  rise  of  modern  Rome,  by  Reinhold  Schoener. 
— Roman  life  and  character,  by  F.  M.  Crawford. — Social  life,  by  E.  A.  Powell. — First 
view  of  Rome,  by  Charles  Dickens. — In  Maremma,  by  Ouida. — The  Appian  way  and 
tomb  of  Caecilia  Metella,  by  Hugh  Macmillan. — The  Tiber,  by  William  Davies. — The 
Vatican  and  its  garden,  by  A.  J.  C.  Hare. — The  Vatican,  by  fimile  Zola. — Holy  week, 
by  Charles  Dickens. — St.  Peter's,  by  Reinhold  Schoener. — St.  John  Lateran,  by  Francis 
Wey. — Churches  and  dungeons,  by  Charles  Dickens. — Churches,  by  Nathaniel  Haw- 
thorne.— The  Corso,  by  Reinhold  Schoener. — The  carnival,  by  Charles  Dickens. — The 
Roman  Forum,  by  Hugh  Macmillan. — The  Mamertine  prison,  by  Nathaniel  Hawthorne. 
— The  Capitoline,  by  A.J.C.  Hare. — The  Colosseum,  by  Edward  Gibbon. — The  Pantheon, 
by  Linda  Villari. — The  Palatine,  by  fimile  Zola. — The  castle  of  St.  Angelo,  by  A.  J.  C. 
I  Hare. — The  Trastevere,  by  Reinhold  Schoener. — The  rag  fair  of  Rome,  by  G.  G.  Chat- 
terton.  —  Excursions,  by  Charles  Dickens.  —  Tivoli,  by  Francis  Wey.  —  Painting  and 
sculpture,  by  Nathaniel  Hawthorne. — The  Piazza  di  Spagna;  The  Piazza  del  Popolo; 
The  Pincian  hill;  Porto  del  Popolo;  Villa  Borghese,  by  Hugh  Macmillan. — The  Scala 
di  Spagna  and  S.  Trinita  de'  Monti,  by  Reinhold  Schoener. — Modern  Rome,  by  Isaac 
Taylor. — Rome  revisited,  by  Frederic  Harrison. 
Many  illustrations. 

Wey,  Francis  Alphonse.  qr9i4.56  W58 

Rome;  containing  engravings  on  wood  designed  by  the  most  cele- 
brated artists,  and  a  plan  of  Rome,  with  an  introduction  by  W.  W. 
Story.     1872.    Appleton. 

In  the  text  the  reader  is  conducted  through  the  galleries,  public  places  and  build- 
ings of  Rome.     The  illustrations  are  numerous  and  cover  a  wide  range. 

Young,  Norwood,  ed.  914-56  Y38 

Handbook  for  Rome  and  the  Campagna.    1908.    Stanford. 


2154  NAPLES 

San  Marino 

Bruc,  Charles  de,  cotnte  de  Busignano.  945-6i  B8a 

Republic  of  San  Marino;  tr.  from  the  French.    1880.    Riverside  Press. 

This  Italian  republic,  supposed  to  have  been  founded  by  St.  Marinus  of  Dalmatia  in 
the  4th  century,  is  one  of  the  oldest  states  in  Europe  and  one  of  the  smallest  in  the 
world.  The  book  follows  its  fortunes  from  the  beginning  through  the  first  part  of  the 
19th  century. 

Naples 

Cesare,  Raffaele  de.  945.7  C33   . 

Una  famiglia  di  patriotti  [Morelli] ;  ricordi  di  due  rivoluzioni  in 
Calabria.    1889. 

Contains  also  "Versi,"  by  Carlo  Morelli. 

Visalli,  Vittorio.  945.7  V3S 

I  Calabresi  nel  risorgimento  italiano;  storia  documentata  delle  rivo- 
luzioni calabresi  dal  1799  al  1862.    2v.    [1891-92.] 

Briggs,  Martin  Shaw.  914-57  B74 

In  the  heel  of  Italy;  a  study  of  an  unknown  city  [Lecce].  1910. 
Melrose. 

"Architectural  and  historical  notes  on  Lecce  buildings,"  p.33 1-357;  "Bibliography," 

P-359-372- 

The  ancient  town  of  Lecce,  capital  of  the  historic  Terra  d'Otranto,  with  its  memo- 
ries of  Greek,  Roman,  Gothic,  Norman,  French  and  Spanish  rulers,  is  but  little  known 
to  modern  tourists.  The  book  gives  a  history  of  the  town  and  the  surrounding  country, 
and  an  admirable  description  of  its  architecture,  especially  of  the  Baroque  style,  which 
characterizes  so  many  of  its  buildings. 

Douglas,  Norman.  914-57  D75 

Siren  land.     191 1.     Dent. 

Devoted  to  Capri  and  the  Sorrentine  peninsula.  Author  knows  foot  by  foot  the 
clefts  and  pinnacles  of  the  land  of  the  sirens,  has  lived  among  the  peasants,  taken  their 
folklore  from  their  lips,  and  read  their  history  in  the  local  archives.  The  book  is  writ- 
ten from  an  agile  and  well-stored  mind,  and  presupposes  a  cultured  public.  Condensed 
from  Nation,  igii. 

Vaughan,  Herbert  Millingchamp.  9^4-57  V23 

Naples  Riviera.     1907.    Methuen. 

"Bibliography,"  p.ii-12. 

Combines  history,  folklore  and  literary  reminiscence  with  appreciative  descriptions 
of  scenery.     Illustrated  in  color  by  Maurice  Greiffenhagen. 

f 

Sicily.    Malta 

History 

Amari,  Michele.  945-8  A48g 

La  guerra  del  Vespro  siciliano.    3v.     1886. 

Atnari,  Michele.  945-8  A48 

History  of  the  war  of  the  Sicilian  vespers;  ed.  with  introduction  and 

notes  by  the  earl  of  Ellesmere.    3v.    1850.     Bentley. 

The  name  given  to  the  massacre  of  the  French  in  Sicily  by  the  Sicilians  in  128a; 

so  called  from  its  commencement  at  vespers  on  Easter  Monday. 

Bottini-Massa,  Enrico.  945-8  B64 

II  primo  regno  di  casa  Savoia  in  Sicilia;  conferenza.    1897. 


SICILY.     MALTA  2155 


Lloyd,  William  Watkiss.  945-8  L75 

History  of  Sicily  to  the  Athenian  war,   with   elucidations   of  the 

Sicilian  odes  of  Pindar.    1872.    Murray. 
From  mythological  period  to  427  B.  C.     Map. 

Maurici,  Andrea.  945.8  M49 

L'indipendenza  siciliana  e  la  poesia  patriottica  dell'  isola  dal  1820  al 
1848.    1898. 

Perry,  Walter  Copland.  945-8  P44 

Sicily  in  fable,  history,  art  and  song.     1908.     Macmillan. 
From  the  earliest  times  down  to  the  capture  of  Syracuse  by  Marcellus,  in  212  B.  C. 

Porter,  Whitworth.  945-8  P83 

Malta  and  its  knights.     1871.    Pardon. 

The  history  of  the  island  of  Malta  is  closely  bound  up  with  that  of  the  Knights  of 
Malta  or  Knights  of  St.  John  of  Jerusalem  as  they  are  sometimes  called.  This  body  of 
military  monks  administered  the  government  of  the  island  from  1530  until  it  was  con- 
quered by  Napoleon  in  1798. 

Description 

[Bartlett,  William  Henry.]  914-58  B27 

Gleanings,  pictorial  and  antiquarian,  on  the  overland  route.  1851.  Hall. 
Description  of  Malta  and  Gibraltar,  with  engravings  from  the  author's  drawings. 

[Bartlett,  William  Henry.]  914-58  B27P 

Pictures  from  Sicily.     1853.     Hall. 
General  description.     Illustrated. 

Belza,  Stanislaw.  914-58  B43 

Listy  z  Sycylii.     1902. 

Elliott,  Mrs  Maud  (Howe).  914-58  E529 

Sicily  in  shadow  and  in  sun;  the  earthquake  and  the  American  relief 

work.    1910.    Little. 

Describes  the  earthquake  of  1908  with  the  vividness  of  one  who  knew  the  persons 
engaged  in  the  relief  work  and  who  visited  the  scenes.  Interviews,  conversations  and 
pictures  (these  last  from  the  sketches  and  photographs  made  by  Mr  Elliott)  combine  to 
produce  an  indelible  impression.  As  a  foil  to  the  tragedy,  Mrs  Elliott  adds  an  account 
of  a  sight-seeing  trip  to  Syracuse  and  Palermo.     Condensed  from  Nation,  iQii. 

Sladen,  Douglas  Brooke  Wheelton.  r9i4.58  S63 

Sicily,   the   new   winter   resort;    an   encyclopaedia   of   Sicily.      1907. 

Button, 

"Books  on  Sicily,"  p.21-22. 

Comprehensive  and  carefully  prepared  guide,  including  a  general  description  of  the 

island,  objects  of  special  interest  and  biographical  sketches  of  well-known  people  who 

have  lived  there.     Fully  illustrated. 

Wetmore,  Mrs  Elizabeth  (Bisland),  &  Hoyt,  Anne.  914-58  W57 

Seekers  in  Sicily;  a  quest  for  Persephone  by  Jane  and  Peripatetica, 
done  into  the  vernacular.     1909.     Lane. 

Light  and  popular  account  of  a  spring  spent  in  Sicily.  Includes  descriptions  of 
the  scenery,  people  and  ruins  of  Sicily  before  the  earthquake,  with  chapters  on  its  asso- 
ciations with  history,  literature  and  classical  tradition. 


2156  SPAIN— HISTORY 


Corsica 
Be}za,  Stanistaw.  9i4>59  B43 

Obrazy  Korsyki.     1897. 
Chapman,  John  Mitchel.  9i4>59  C36 

Corsica,  an  island  of  rest.     1908.    Stanford. 

Author  has  made  many  visits  to  Corsica  and  writes  entertainingly  of  the  country, 
the  people  and  incidents  of  travel.  Useful  information  about  hotels,  routes  and  points 
of  interest.     Many  illustrations  from  photographs. 

Lear,  Edward.  C[9i4-59  L45 

Journal  of  a  landscape  painter  in  Corsica.    1870.    Bush. 

Mr  Lear  traveled  in  pursuit  of  beauty  and  not  as  an  historian  or  archaeologist,  but 
his  descriptions  of  scenery  are  admirable  and  he  often  enlivens  the  text  with  anecdotes. 
The  illustrations  give  the  book  its  chief  value. 


Spain 

History 

Adam,  Graeme  Mercer,  ed.  909  L76  v.8 

Spain  and  Portugal,  with  introduction  by  W.  H.  Munro.  1906.  Mor- 
ris.   (In  Lodge,  H.  C.  ed.     History  of  nations,  v.8.) 

"Bibliography,"  p.S4S-S5o- 

Chambers,  George  L.  946  C35 

Bussaco.  1910.  Sonnenschein.  (Wellington's  battlefields  illus- 
trated.) 

Detailed  description  of  this  battle  of  the  Peninsula  war,  fought  September  27,  1810 
between  the  British-Portuguese  army  under  Lord  Wellington  and  the  French  army 
under  Mass^na.     Maps  and  illustrations. 

Clarke,  Henry  Butler.  946  C53 

Modern  Spain,  1815-1898;  with  a  memoir  [of  the  author]  by  W.  H. 
Hutton.  1906.  Cambridge  University  Press.  (Cambridge  historical 
series.) 

"Bibliography,"  p.471-481. 

A  work  of  undoubted  authority.  Mr  Clarke  had  known  Spain  from  his  boyhood 
and  was  perhaps  more  intimately  acquainted  than  any  other  foreigner  with  the  intrica- 
cies of  modern  Spanish  politics.  The  book  closes  with  an  impartial  account  of  the 
Spanish-American  war.     Condensed  from  Spectator,  1907. 

Drinkwater,  John,  afterward  Bethune.  qr946  D8a 

History  of  the  late  siege  of  Gibraltar,  with  a  description  and  ac- 
count of  that  garrison  from  the  earliest  periods.     1785.     Spilsbury. 

Author,  ensign  in  a  British  regiment  stationed  at  Gibraltar,  kept  a  careful  record 
of  events  during  the  siege  by  the  Spanish-French  forces,  1779-83.  His  narrative  ranks 
as  a  military  classic. 

Hume,  Martin  Andrew  Sharp.  946  H92C 

Court  of  Philip  IV;  Spain  in  decadence.     1907.    Putnam. 

Mr  Hume,  who  is  an  acknowledged  authority  on  Spanish  history,  writes  in  this 
volume  not  so  much  for  the  special  student  as  for  the  general  reader.  He  gives  a 
picturesque  description  of  the  life,  manners  and  chief  personages  of  the  Spanish  court 
in  the  first  half  of  the  17th  century.     Contains  several  portraits  by  Velasquez. 

Schurtz,  Heinrich.  qr909  H43  v.4 

Pyrenaean  peninsula.  1902.  (In  Helmolt,  H.  F.  ed.  World's  his- 
tory, v.4,  p.479-562.) 


SPAIN— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL  2157 

Scott,  Samuel  Parsons.  946  S42 

History  of  the  Moorish  empire  in  Europe.    3v.     1904.    Lippincott. 

"Authorities  consulted  in  the  preparation  of  this  work,"  v.i,  p.  17-42. 

His  work,  though  not  without  a.  certain  old-fashioned  dignity  of  style,  is  too  monot- 
onous to  be  popular  and  too  uncritical  in  its  affirmations  to  content  the  trained  student 
of  history.  The  scope  of  the  work  is  amply  inclusive.  Two  volumes  cover  the  whole 
period  of  Moorish  occupation  in  the  peninsula,  while  the  third  contains  matter  of  some 
interest  and  value  in  the  form  of  essays  on  the  art,  institutions  and  influence  of  the 
Muslims,  as  well  as  on  the  Jews  and  the  Moriscoes  in  Spain.  Condensed  from  American 
historical  review,  1905. 

White,  George  F.  946  W63. 

A  century  of  Spain  and  Portugal  (1788-1898).     [1909.]     Methuen. 

"Bibliog^raphy,"  p.387-400. 

"A  readable,  a  clear,  and... on  the  whole  a  fair  narrative  of  pronunciamientos, 
civil  wars,  changes  of  ministry,  and  revolutions."     Outlook  (London),  1909. 

Markham,  Sir  Clements  Robert.  946.7  M39 

The  story  of  Majorca  and  Minorca.    1908.    Smith,  Elder. 
History,  with  a  few  directions   for  tourists.     Almost  wholly   devoted  to   Majorca. 
Maps. 

Espinosa,  Alonso  de.  xgio.6  H15  v.121 

Guanches  of  Tenerife,  the  holy  image  of  our  Lady  of  Candelaria 
and  the  Spanish  conquest  and  settlement  [with  a  Report  on  the  present 
condition  of  the  image  of  our  Lady  of  Candelaria,  by  Ethel  Trew] ;  tr. 
and  ed.,  with  notes  and  an  introduction  by  Sir  Clements   Markham. 

1907.  (In  Hakluyt  Society.    Publications,  v.121.) 

"Bibliography  of  the  Canary  islands,"  p.i4i-2oi. 

Description  and  travel 
Amicis,  Edmondo  de.  914.6  A51S 

Spagna.    1904. 

The  same.     1908 J9i4.6  A51 

Bourgoing,  Jean  Frangois,  haron  de.  qrgio  P63  v.5 

Travels   in   Spain,   containing  a  new,  accurate  and  comprehensive 
view  of  the  present  state  of  that  country;  tr.  from  the  French.     [1809.] 
(In  Pinkerton,  John,  ed.     General  collection  of  voyages  and  travels, 
v.s,  p,298-639.) 
Calvert,  Albert  Frederick.  914-6  Ci4ca 

Catalonia  and  the  Balearic  isles;  an  historical  and  descriptive  ac- 
count.    1910.    Lane.     (Spanish  series.) 

Calvert,  Albert  Frederick.  914-6  C14 

Impressions  of  Spain.     1903.    Philip. 

The  impressions  which  Mr  Calvert  has  brought  back  from  his  journeys  in  Spain 
are  of  cathedrals,  picture  galleries,  cafes,  bull-fights,  handsome  women,  and  above  all, 
of  mines,  to  which  the  best  chapter  in  the  book  is  devoted. 

Calvert,  Albert  Frederick.  914.6  C14I 

Leon,  Burgos  and  Salamanca;  a  historical  and  descriptive  account. 

1908.  Lane.     (Spanish  series.) 

As  the  larger  portion  of  the  book  is  given  up  to  the  462  illustrations  of  the  art  and 
architectural  relics  of  these  old  cities,  the  descriptive  matter  is  necessarily  brief,  but  the 
author  has  given  an  admirably  condensed  account  of  the  characteristics,  history  and 
points  of  interest  of  each  place.     Condensed  from  Outlook  (London),  1908. 


2158  SPAIN— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL 

Calvert,  Albert  Frederick.  914-6  Ci4m 

Madrid;  an  historical  description  and  handbook  of  the  Spanish  capi- 
tal.    1909.     Lane.     (Spanish   series.) 

Short  chapters  on  the  art,  literature  and  drama  of  the  city,  on  the  court  and  society, 
bull-fights,  etc.     Nearly  500  illustrations  from  photographs. 

Calvert,  Albert  Frederick.  914.6  Ci4r 

Royal  palaces  of  Spain;  a  historical  &  descriptive  account  of  the 
seven  principal  palaces  of  the  Spanish  kings.  1909.  Lane.  (Spanish 
series.) 

Contents:     The   Escorial. — La   Granja    (San    Ildefonso). — El    Pardo. — Aranjuez. — 
Miramar. — El   Alcazar    (Seville). — Royal  palace   (Madrid). 
Contains  many  plates. 

Calvert,  Albert  Frederick.  914.6  C14S 

Southern  Spain;  painted  by  Trevor  Haddon,  described  by  A.  F.  Cal- 
vert.   1908.    Black. 

Contents:  Cadiz. — Seville,  the  pearl  of  Andalusia. — Cordova. — Granada. — Malaga. 
— The  way  south. — The  kingdom  of  Murcia. — In  the  old  kingdom  of  Valencia. 

Calvert,  Albert  Frederick.  914.6  Ci4t 

Toledo  [Spain];  an  historical  and  descriptive  account  of  the  "city 
of  generations."    1907.    Lane.    (Spanish  series.) 

Calvert,  Albert  Frederick.  914-6  C14V 

Valladolid,  Oviedo,  Segovia,  Zamora,  Avila  &  Zaragoza;  an  histori- 
cal &  descriptive  account.     1908.    Lane.    (Spanish  series.) 

Calvert,  Albert  Frederick,  &  Gallichan,  W.  M.  914.6  C14C 

Cordova,  a  city  of  the  Moors.    1907.    Lane.    (Spanish  series.) 

Sketch  of  the  history  of  the  city  and  its  present  appearance,  chiefly  valuable  for  its 
series  of  photographs,  which  give  a  vivid  glimpse  of  the  remaining  architectural  grandeur 
of  the  city. 

Cayley,  George  John.  914.6  C29 

The  bridle  roads  of  Spain;  or,  Las  alforjas,  with  an  introduction  by 
Martin  Hume  and  recollections  of  the  author  by  Lady  Ritchie  and  Mrs 
Cobden  Sickert.    1908. 

First  published  in  1853  and  reprinted  "to  be  read  as  a  little  masterpiece  of  travel 
by  any  one  upon  whom  the  glamour  of  Spain  has  fallen." 

"In  many  ways  an  original  and  entertaining  work,  based  as  much  upon  romantic 
imaginings  and  thoughts  suggested  on  the  road  as  upon  actual  fact."    Spectator,  190S. 

ColUns,  W.  W.  914-6  C71 

Cathedral  cities  of  Spain.    1909.    Dodd. 

The  interest  of  the  book  is  virtually  confined  to  the  colored  illustrations,  the  short 
descriptive  chapters  being  written  for  the  most  part  in  the  style  of  a  severely  condensed 
guide-book.  The  illustrations  are  successful  in  reproducing  the  pervading  color  not 
only  of  the  buildings  but  of  the  cities  described. 

Elliott,  Mrs  Maud  (Howe).  914-6  Esag 

Sun  and  shadow  in  Spain.     1908.    Little. 

Record  of  travel  through  Spanish  cities,  brightened  with  the  author's  unfailing 
enthusiasm    and   lively   imagination.      Fully   illustrated    from    photographs. 

Ellis,  Havelock.  9^4-6  E53 

Soul  of  Spain.    1908.    Constable. 

Contents:  Introduction. — The  Spanish  people. — The  women  of  Spain. — The  art  of 
Spain. — Velazquez. — Spanish  dancing. — Ramon  Lull  at  Palma. — "Don  Quixote." — ^Juan 


SPAIN— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL  2159 

Ellis,  Havelock — continued.  914.6  E53 

Valcra. — Santa  Maria  del  Mar. — The  gardens  of  Granada. — Segovia. — Seville  in  spring. 
— Seville  cathedral. — Monserrat. — Spanish  ideals  of  to-day. 

The  writer  interprets  rather  than  describes.  He  has  pondered  the  details  and  he 
gives  his  reader  the  result  of  his  thought — always  philosophical,  often  deeply  suggestive. 
His  best  chapters  are  the  two  on  "The  Spanish  people"  and  "The  women  of  Spain." 
We  have  nowhere  read  a  more  fascinating  attempt  at  Spanish  psychology.  Condensed 
from  Nation,  jpo8. 

Franck,  Harry  Alverson.  914.6  F87 

Four  months  afoot  in  Spain.    1911.    Century. 

Like  his  "Vagabond  journey  around  the  world,"  this  tour  of  Spain  was  made  mostly 
on  foot,  with  a  very  small  expenditure  of  money  and  much  mingling  with  the  "masses" 
along  the  way. 

Gautier,  Theophile.  914.6  G24V 

Voyage  en  Espagne;  ed.  by  Gerald  Goodridge.  1905.  Clarendon 
Press.     (Oxford  modern  French  series.) 

Hartley,  Catherine  Gasquoine,  aftervcard  Mrs  Gallichan.  914.6  H32 

Moorish  cities  in  Spain.     1906.     Siegle. 

Contents:     Cordova. — Toledo. — Seville. — Granada. 

Impressionistic  book  which  aims  at  the  expression  of  moods  and  the  reproduction 
of  atmospheres  rather  than  at  the  statement  of  fact.     Illustrated. 

Luffmann,  Carl  Bogue.  914.6  L97 

Quiet  days  in  Spain.    1910.    Button. 

The  impression  made  by  Mr  Luffmann's  book  is  that  the  author  has  been  sharing 
the  every-day  life  of  the  peninsula.  He  has  little  to  say  of  cathedrals  or  galleries,  art 
or  history,  but  he  is  to  be  commended  for  his  portrayal  of  provincial  life  and  character 
and  for  many  interesting  facts  which  find  no  place  in  handbooks  or  among  the  super- 
ficial notes  of  the  ordinary  traveler.     Condensed  from  Nation,  igio. 

Marriott,  Charles,  b.  1869.  914-6  M41 

Spanish  holiday.     [1908.]     Methuen. 

Traveling  on  foot  or  third  class  by  railway,  the  author  gathered  many  interesting 
impressions  of  the  country  and  the  people.  The  route  included  San  Sebastian,  Burgos, 
Madrid,  Toledo,  etc.     Illustrations  from  photographs  and  drawings. 

O'Reilly,  Eliza  Boyle.  914.6  O28 

Heroic  Spain.     1910.    Duffield. 

Sketchy  narrative  of  an  eight  months'  tour  in  Spain,  varied  with  pleasant  excursions 
into  the  domains  of  history,  literature,  architecture  and  art.  Author  has  not  only 
traveled  the  beaten  path,  but  describes  many  nooks  and  corners  not  visited  by  the  ordi- 
nary tourist.  The  chapter  on  literature  is  not  merely  a  rehash  of  standard  text-books, 
but  evinces  wide  reading  and  original  thought.  Introductory  chapter  gives  the  prospec- 
tive tourist  much  practical  advice.  Illustrations  are  unhackneyed  and  artistic.  Con- 
densed from  Nation,  igii. 

Roscoe,  Thomas.  r9i4.6  Ryi 

Tourist  in  Spain;  Biscay  and  the  Castiles;  illustrated  from  drawings 
by  David  Roberts.  1837.  Jennings.  (Jennings'  landscape  annual  for 
1837) 

Stoddard,  Charles  Augustus.  9i4«6  S86 

Spanish  cities,  with  glimpses  of  Gibraltar  and  Tangier.  1895.  Scrib- 
ner. 

Brief  personal  impressions. 

Wigram,  Edgar  Thomas  Ainger.  914.6  W69 

Northern  Spain;  painted  and  described.     1906.    Black. 

Illustrated  in  color. 


2i6o  PORTUGAL 


Williams,  Leonard.  914.6  W74g 

Granada;    memories,   adventures,   studies    and   impressions.      1906. 

Heinemann. 

Deals  for  the  most  part  with  places  which  are  off  the  beaten  track  of  the  tourist. 

There  is  an  account  of  a  visit  to  the  church  and  college  of  the  Sacro  Monte  of  Granada 

and  of  excursions  in  the  Sierra  Nevadas  and  to  Guadix. 

Williams,  Leonard.  q9i4-6  W74t 

Toledo  and  Madrid;  their  records  and  romances.     1903.     Cassell. 

Shows  familiarity  with  Spanish  literature  and  history.  There  are  many  illustra- 
tions. 

Wood,  Walter.  914.61  W85 

Corner  of  Spain,  with  an  introduction  by  Martin  Hume;  illustrated 
in  colour  and  line  from  pictures  by  F.  H.  Mason.     1910.    Nash. 

Describes  the  life  and  character  of  Galicia,  the  little-known  northwest  corner  of 
Spain. 

Calvert,  Albert  Frederick.  914.68  C14 

Seville;  an  historical  and  descriptive  account  of  "the  pearl  of  An- 
dalusia."    1907.     Lane.     (Spanish  series.) 

The  valuable  feature  of  the  book  is  the  illustrations — 300  in  all — which  include 
buildings  and  details  of  buildings  and  many  reproductions  of  the  work  of  Spanish 
painters. 

Portugal 

Bragansa  Cunha,  V.  de.  946.9  B68 

Eight  centuries  of  Portuguese  monarchy;  a  political  study.  191 1. 
Swift. 

"Bibliogfraphy,"  p. 255-265. 
Political  history  of  Portugal. 

[Crawfurd,  Oswald  John  Frederick.]  914.69  C87t 

Travels  in  Portugal,  by  John  Latouche.     [1875?]     Ward. 

Notes  of  travel  through  less  familiar  parts  of  the  country,  recorded  with  freshness 
and  originality.  Author,  an  English  novelist  and  writer,  was  appointed  consul  at  Oporto 
in  1867. 

Hume,  Martin  Andrew  Sharp.  914.69  H93 

Through   Portugal,    with    illustrations   in    colour   by   A.  S.    Forrest. 

1907.    McClure. 

Contents:     Oporto. — Braga  and  Bom  Jesus. — Citania  and  Guimaraes. — Bussaco. — 

Coimbra,  Thomar  and  Leiria. — Batalha  and  Alcobaga. — Cintra. — Lisbon. — Setubal,  Troya 

and  Evora. — Hints  to  travellers  in  Portugal. 


Russia 
History 

For  Russo-Japanese  war,  see  History  of  Japan,  952 

Bain,  Robert  Nisbet.  947  B16 

The  first  Romanovs  (1613-1725);  a  history  of  Muscovite  civilisation 
and  the  rise  of  modern  Russia  under  Peter  the  Great  and  his  forerun- 
ners.   1905.    Constable. 

In  tracing  the  fortunes  of  the  Romanoffs  from  Michael,  the  founder,  to  Peter  the 
Great,  he  gives  to  a  single  family  the  credit  of  having  created  Russia.  Roughly  speak- 
ing, the  first  half  is  devoted  to  Michael,  Alexius  and  Sophia,  the  second  half  to  Peter 


RUSSIA— HISTORY  2161 


Bain,  Robert  Nisbet — continued.  947  B16 

the  Great.  Political  in  the  main,  the  narrative  is  interspersed  with  interesting  chapters 
on  the  social  and  religious  life  of  old  Muscovy,  as  well  as  with  a  detailed  account  of 
Peter's  administrative  system.  Mr  Bain  writes  from  a  first-hand  knowledge  of  native 
sources.     Condensed  from  Nation,  1905. 

Curtin,  Jeremiah.  947  C93 

Mongols  in  Russia.     1908.    Little. 

Continuation  of  "The  Mongols."  Beginning  with  a  detailed  history  of  Russia  previ- 
ous to  the  Mongol  invasion,  the  author  proceeds  to  a  study  of  the  domination  of  the 
Mongols  in  Russia  after  their  expulsion  from  China  by  the  founders  of  the  Ming  dynas- 
ty.    From  the  Mongol  invasion  the  history  continues  through  240  years  of  Mongol  rule. 

947  D38 

.Cnp  nDn'7D  "ISD 
[Henningsen,  Charles  Frederick.]  947  H44 

Revelations  of  Russia;  or,  The  emperor  Nicholas  and  his  empire  in 
1844,  by  one  who  has  seen  and  describes.    2v.     1844.    Colburn. 

Hodgetts,  Edward  Arthur  Brayley.  947  H66 

Court  of  Russia  in  the  19th  century.    2v.    1908.    Scribner. 

Popular  account. 

947  K34 

Milkowicz,  Wladimir.  qrgog  H42  v.5 

Eastern  Europe.  1907.  (In  Helmolt,  H.  F.  ed.  World's  history,  v.S, 
p.425-613.) 

MoUoy,  Joseph  Fitzgerald.  947  M79 

Russian  court  in  the  i8th  century.    2v.    1905.    Scribner. 
Includes  the  period  from  1741,  when  Elizabeth  the  daughter  of  Peter  the  Great 

ascended  the  throne,  to  the  murder  of  Paul  I  in   1801.     Catharine  II  is  naturally  the 

central  figure. 

"He   has  not  gone  further   afield  in   his   'reading-up'  than   the  easily   accessible 

memoirs  of  foreign  ambassadors  to  the  court  of  Russia  in  the  eighteenth  century,  those 

of  Catharine  II.  and  her  friend  the  Princess  Dashkoff,  Catharine's  letters  to  her  French 

correspondents,  and  similar  sources. .  .But  the  combination  of  these  offers  a  vivid  picture 

of  the  lighter side  of  life  in  Russia."    Nation,  1906. 

Morfill,  William  Richard.  909  L76  v.15 

Russia  and  Poland;  revised  and  ed.  by  C.  E.  Fryer.  1906.  Morris. 
(In  Lodjge,  H.  C.  ed.    History  of  nations,  v.is.) 

"Bibliography,"   p.389-390. 

Pares,  Bernard.  947  PaS 

Russia  and  reform.     1907.     Dutton. 

In  its  range,  method,  and  adequacy  of  knowledge  and  insight,  it  is  certainly  the 
best  account  that  the  Russian  liberation  movement,  which  begain  in  1904,  has  brought 
forth.  If  certain  parts,  like  the  chapters  on  the  church  or  education,  show  a  want  of 
thorough,  systematic  and  complete  treatment,  they  offer,  on  the  whole,  sufficient  assist- 
ance towards  the  chief  aim  in  mind,  the  comprehension  of  forces  now  at  work  in  the 
czar's  empire.  The  psychology  of  the  Russian  people  is  portrayed  with  admirable  insight 
and  sympathy.     Condensed  from  Nation,  1907. 

947  T42 

»  ,pnta 


2i62  RUSSIA— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL 

Unisov,  Sergiei  Dmitrievich,  prince.  947  Uay 

Memoirs  of  a  Russian  governor;  tr.  from  the  Russian  and  ed.  by 
Herman  Rosenthal.    1909.    Harper. 

"Account  by  a  native  official  of  the  intricate  workings  of  the  Russian  bureaucracy. 
The  author — is  not  a  destructive  agitator,  but  a  constructive  patriot,  being  a  believer  in 
a  constitutional  monarchy  and  a  representative  of  the  Constitutional  Democracy  in  the 
First  Duma.  Prince  Urussov,  as  governor  of  Bessarabia,  shortly  after  the  terrible 
pogrom  or  massacre  of  Kishinev,  traced  the  responsibility  of  that  crime  to  the  very 
government  he  served."    Bookman,  igo8. 

Van  Bergen,  Robert.  J947  V17 

Story  of  Russia.     1905.    Amer.  Book  Co. 

Partial  contents:  A  Russian  republic. — The  yellow  peril. — The  first  Romanof. — 
Peter  the  Great  and  his  time. — Alexander  II,  the  Liberator. — The  origin  and  growth 
of  the  Asiatic  empire. — Russia  under  the  present  czar,  Nicholas  II. 


Description  and  travel 
Baedeker,  Karl,  comp.  9i4*7  B14 

Russland,  europaisches  Russland,  eisenbahnen  in  Russ.-Asien,  Te- 
heran, Peking;  handbuch  fiir  reisende.     1904. 

Baring,  Maurice.  9i4«7  B33 

Russian  essays  and  stories.     [1908.]     Methuen. 

A  master  of  the  language  and  deeply  interested  in  the  people,  Mr  Baring  presents 
a  picture  of  the  Russian,  peasant  or  landowner  as  he  talks  and  lives.  He  has  something 
to  say  about  politics,  but  life  and  literature  interest  him  most. 

Chrz^szczewska,  Jadwiga,  &  Wamkowna,  Jadwiga.  9i4>7  C46 

Z  biegiem  Wisty;  obrazki  i  opowiadania  o  kraju.     1904. 

Coxe,  William.  qrgio  P63  v.6 

Travels  in  Russia.  [1809.]  (In  Pinkerton,  John,  ed.  General  col- 
lection of  voyages  and  travels,  v.6,  p.570-913.) 

Durland,  Kellogg.  914.7  D94 

The  red  reign;  the  true  story  of  an  adventurous  year  in  Russia.    1908. 

Century. 

Within  its  own  class  it  is  probably  the  best  book  on  present-day  Russia  that  has  so 

far  been  written,   for  completeness,  clearness  and  picturesqueness   of  treatment.     The 

author  is  a  journalist  and  his  point  of  view  is  intensely  and  avowedly  anti-governmental. 

His  intimate  relations  with  the  most  active  of  the  revolutionaries  have  enabled  him  to 

seize  what  may  be  called  the  soul  of  revolutionary  Russia  with  convincing  appreciation. 

Condensed  from  Nation,  igo8. 

Falk,  Zsigmond.  9I4.7  F19 

Oroszorszag;  uti  vazlatok.    1898. 

Giller,  Agaton.  914.7  G41 

Podroz  wi^znia  etapami  do  Syberyi  w  roku  1854.    2v.    1866. 

Graham,  Stephen.  9i4'7  G77 

A  vagabond  in  the  Caucasus,  with  some  notes  of  his  experiences 

among  the  Russians.    191 1.    Lane. 

An  Englishman's  Russian  experiences.  He  tells  of  his  first  visit  in  the  year  of  the 
revolution,  of  his  friends  in  the  towns  and  in  the  villages,  and  of  his  explorings.  He 
has  tramped  in  Transcaucasia,  lived  for  some  time  in  a  mill  on  the  Terek,  has  slept  in 
the  open  and  in  shepherds'  huts,  has  been  arrested  as  a  spy  and  imprisoned.  The  book 
is  written  in  a  spirit  of  kindliness  and  humor,  and  shows  warm  sympathy  with  the  Rus- 
sian in  country  and  town.     Condensed  from  Outlook  (London),  1910. 


RUSSIA— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL  2163 

Holstein,  Alexandra  de,  &  Montefiore,  D.  B.  914-7  H74 

Serf  life  in  Russia;  the  childhood  of  a  Russian  grandmother.  1906. 
Heinemann. 

The  "Russian  grandmother"  who  tells  these  experiences  of  her  childhood  was  in 
her  teens  when  the  emancipation  of  the  serfs  took  place,  in  1861.  Her  story  describes 
the  domestic  life  of  a  Russian  family  from  the  point  of  view  of  one  who,  though  be- 
longing to  the  upper  class,  had  the  opportunity  of  observing  the  lower.  Condensed  from 
Spectator,  1906. 

Janowski,  Al,  9i4'7  J 18 

Wycieczki  po  kraju.    3v.  in  i.    1900-02. 

Contents:  Kielce.  —  Checiny.  —  Karczowka.  —  Gory  S.  Krzyskie.  —  Bodzentyn. — 
W^chock. — Hza. — Radom. —  Opatow. —  Ujazd. —  Klimontow. —  Ossolin. —  Sandomierz. — 
Nowo-Aleksandrja. — Kazimierz. — Janowiec. — Nal^czow.  " 

Pinkerton,  Robert.  qr9i4.7  P63 

Russia;  or,  Miscellaneous  observations  on  the  past  and  present  state 

of  that  country  and  its  inhabitants.     1833.    Seeley. 

Compiled  chiefly  from  the  journal  kept  by  the  author  during  his  travels  in  Russia 

in  the  interests  of  the  British  and  Foreign   Bible   Society.     The  book  contains  some 

curious  colored  plates  illustrative  of  the  amusements  and  dress  of  the  people. 

Stead,  William  Thomas.  914-7  S79 

Truth  about  Russia.     1888.     Cassell. 

Contents:  From  London  to  St  Petersburg. — War  or  peace? — ^New  fields  for  British 
enterprise.  —  The  tribune  of  all  the  Russias.  —  The  ideas  of  General  Ignatief f.  —  The 
shadow  on  the  throne. — Count  Tolstoi  and  his  gospel. 

Study  of  Russian  political  system  gained  from  a  visit  to  St.  Petersburg  in  1888  to 
discover  the  government's  position  on  certain  questions  of  international  policy. 

CTenHHKi.,  (nccB^.  Cepria  MHxaft.ttOBHHa  KpaB-       914.7  S83un 
HHHCKaro). 
no/^nojifcHaa  Poccia.     1893. 

Walling,  William  English.  914-7  W18 

Russia's  message;  the  true  world  import  of  the  revolution.  1908. 
Doubleday. 

"Bibliographical  note,"  p.468-469. 

Careful  study  written  from  residence  in  Russia  and  acquaintance  with  the  different 
elements  of  the  nation.     Illustrations  from  photographs. 

"It  is  in  his  comprehensive,  intimate,  and  sympathetic  narrative  of  what  the  Rus- 
sian agricultural  laborer  has  been  in  the  past,  and  what  changes  have  been  coming  over 
him  during  the  last  three  or  four  years  of  revolutionary  unrest,  that  the  chief  value  of 
Mr.  Walling's  book  consists."     Nation,  igoS. 

Willoughby,  Sir  Hugh.  qrgio  P63  v.i 

Voyages  of  Sir  Hugh  Wiloughby,  Richard  Chancelor  and  others  to 
the  northern  parts  of  Russia  and  Siberia.  [1808.]  (In  Pinkerton,  John, 
ed.    General  collection  of  voyages  and  travels,  v.i,  p. 1-80.) 


Finland 
Ban,  Aladar.  9i4-7i  Baa 

Kepek  a  Finn  nep  eletebSl  (neprajzi  tanulmany).    1905- 
Leems,  Knud.  qrgio  P63  v.i 

Account  of  the  Laplanders  of  Finmark,  their  language,  manners  and 
religion;  with  the  notes  of  Gunner,  bishop  of  Drontheim,  and  a  Trea- 


2i64  FINLAND.    LITHUANIA 

Leems,  Knud — continued.  qr  gio  P63  v.r 

tise,  by  Jessen,  on  the  pagan  religion  of  the  Fins  and  Laplanders. 
[1808.]  (In  Pinkerton,  John,  ed.  General  collection  of  voyages  and 
travels,  v.i,  p.376-490.) 

Regnard,  Jean  Frangois.  qrgio  P63  v.i 

Journey  through  Flanders,  Holland,  &c.  [to  Lapland.  1808].  (In 
Pinkerton,  John,  ed.  General  collection  of  voyages  and  travels,  v.i, 
p.131-230.) 

Renwick,  George.  914.71  R35 

Finland  to-day.    191 1.    Scribner. 

"Leisurely  account  of  the  country,  its  history,  politics,  people,  folklore,  industries, 
customs,  arts,  literature,  etc.,  as  studied  during  three  extended  visits  in  1906,  1909  and 
1910.  The  political  history  is  brought  down  to  January  191 1.  A  well  rounded  and  well 
written  work  that  with  its  appended  map  and  hints  to  travelers,  should  be  equally  useful 
to  the  prospective  tourist  and  to  the  general  reader.  The  photographic  illustrations  are 
more  than  usually  pleasing."    A.  L.  A.  booklist,  1911. 

Travers,  Rosalind.  914*71  T69 

Letters  from  Finland,  August  1908-March  1909.     191 1.     Paul. 

Travel  talks  in  the  form  of  letters,  which  afford  charming  and  faithful  portraits  of 
Finnish  types  and  sympathetic  studies  of  national  character,  society,  politics,  literature 
and  art  Of  particular  interest  is  her  treatment  of  the  progressive  Finnish  women,  who 
have  attained  for  themselves  not  merely  the  suffrage,  but  membership  in  Parliament 
itself.     Well  illustrated. 

Lithuania 
Basanavicius,  Jonas.  947*5  B28a 

Apie  senoves  Lietuvos  pylis.    1891. 
Basanavicius,  Jonas.  947-5  B28I 

Lenkai  Lietuvoje;  is  rusisko  isgulde  V.  Gintautas.    1903. 
Basanavicius,  Jonas,  tr.  947*5  B28 

Grovo  Kyburg'o  kelione  Lietuvona  1397  m.     1900. 
Daiikantas,  Simanas.  947*5  I^^S 

Lietuvos  istorija,  nuo  seniausiij  gadynitj  iki  Liublino  unijai.  2v.  in  i. 
1893-97. 

Daukantas,  Simanas.  947*5  D28P 

Pasakojimai  apie  veikalus  Lietuviij  tautos  senoveje.     1893. 

[Kirkor,  Adam  Honory.]  947.5  K28 

Kapai  didziij  kunigaikscig  ir  karaliij  Vilniuje.    1898. 

Maironis,  {pseud,  of  J.  Maculevicia).  947*5  M26 

Lietuvos  istorija.    1906. 
Neris,  Petras,  (pseud,  of  Petras  Vileisis).  947*5  N23 

Praeite  Vilniaus  ir  jo  pirmbuvusios  akademijos.    1893. 
Sliupas,  Jonas,  (pseud.  Lietuvos  Myletojas).  947*5  S63g 

Gadyne  slektos  viespatavimo  Lietuvoje,  1569-1795  m.    1909- 

With  this  is  bound  "Lietuviskasis  statutas  Zygmanto  I,"  pagal  T.  Cacki. 

Sliupas,  Jonas,  (pseud.  Lietuvos  Myletojas).  947.5  S63 

Lietuvit)  tauta  senoveje  ir  si^dien.    2v.  in  i,    1904-05. 


SCANDINAVIA  2165 


Valanczauskas,  Motiejus  Kazimieras,  bp.  9A7-S  V14 

2emaicziy  vyskupyste.     1897. 

Zanavykas,  Stanyslovas,  pseud.  947.5  Z37 

Apsakymai  apie  Lietuvos  praeiga.     1903. 

^emkalnis,  pseud.  947*5  Z46 

Lenkai  ir  Lietuviai  nuo  1228  m.  iki  1430  m.;  parase  pagal  lenkiskus 
istorikus.    1899. 

Ragaiiis,  Rev.  9X4*75  R14 

2emaiciii  Kalvarijos  aprasymas,  ypatingai  dievobaimingiems  kelei- 
viams  i  t^  stebukling^j^  viet^.     1906. 


Caucasia 

Longworth,  J.  A.  9^4*79  L84 

Year  among  the  Circassians.    2v.     1840.     Colburn. 

At  the  time  when  the  book  was  published  the  author  was  one  of  the  few  Englishmen 
who  had  penetrated  Circassia.     He  tells  something  of  the  history  and  life  of  the  people. 


Scandinavia 

History 

Keary,  Charles  Francis.  948  K15 

Vikings  in  western  Christendom,  A.  D.  789  to  A.  D.  888.   1891.  Unwin. 

Book  is  really  the  history  of  western  Europe  during  the  period  covered.  Not  only 
are  the  incursions  of  the  northern  pirates  chronicled  in  all  their  bearings,  but  the  re- 
ligion and  ethics,  politics  and  social  conditions  of  nearly  all  contemporaneous  Europe 
are  taken  into  account  as  well.  The  separate  expeditions  and  their  connection  with 
each  other  Mr  Keary  follows  out  as  much  in  detail  as  available  material  will  allow  and 
the  reader  may  be  referred  to  the  story  for  an  interesting  and  unvarnished  record  of 
one  of  the  most  stirring  episodes  in  the  whole  history  of  the  Germanic  people.  Con- 
densed from  Nation,  1891. 

Otte,  £lise  C.  909  L76  v.i6 

Norway,  Sweden  and  Denmark,  by  E.  C.  Otte;  Polar  research,  by 

G.  T.  Surface.    1906.    Morris.    (In  Lodge,  H.  C.  ed.  History  of  nations, 
V.16.) 

"Bibliography,"  p.34S-349- 

Steveni,  William  Barnes.  948  S84 

Scandinavian  question.     1905.     Unwin. 

History  of  the  union  between  Norway  and  Sweden  and  of  its  rupture.  The  au- 
thor's sympathies  are  very  evidently  with  Sweden. 


Description  and  travel 

Baedeker,  Karl,  comp.  914*8  81432 

Norway,   Sweden   and   Denmark,    with    excursions    to    Iceland   and 

Spitzbergen.    1909. 

The  same.    1912 r9i4.8  Bi4n2 


2i66  NORWAY 

Edwards,  William  Seymour.  914.8  £32 

Through  Scandinavia  to  Moscow.     1906.     Clarke. 

Simple,   unpretentious  account  of  folk  life  in   Scandinavia   and   northern    Russia. 
Fully  illustrated. 

Inglis,  Henry  David,  (pseud.  Derwent  Conway).  914.8  I24 

Personal  narrative  of  a  journey  through  Norway,  part  of  Sweden 
and  the  islands  and  states  of  Denmark.    1837.    Whittaker. 

Inglis  wrote  with  animation  and  his  books  of  travel  were  very  popular  in  their  day. 

Kennedy,  Edward  Briggs.  914.8  K18 

Thirty  seasons  in  Scandinavia.    1903.    Arnold. 

Largely  records  of  sport  with  gun  and  rod  in  Norway,  with  a  glance  at  some  other 
sports. 

Norway      - 
History 

Deichmanske  Bibliothek,  Chiistiania.  roi6.948x  D38 

Register  til  en  del  Norske  tidsskrifter.    v.1-2.    1908-11. 

V.I.     Topografi. 
V.2.     Norsk  biografi. 

Sidgwick,  Mrs  Charlotte  Sophia.  948.1  S56 

Story  of  Norway.     1885.    Rivingtons. 

A  short  history  written  for  young  readers  and  dealing  more  particularly  with  early 
events. 

Sorensen,  Sigvart.  948.1  S71 

Norway.     1901.     Collier. 

Brief  history  of  Norway   from  earliest  times  to   1899.      Last  chapter  contains  the 
text  of  the  constitution  of  Norway  as  adopted  in  1814. 


Description  and  travel 

Bennett  (Thomas)  &  Sons,  pub.  r9i4.8i  B43 

Handbook  for  travellers  in  Norway.    1902. 
Cooper,  Alfred  Heaton.  914.81  C78 

Norwegian  fjords.    1907.    Black. 

Mr  Cooper  is  a  painter,  not  a  writer,  and  he  disowns  any  literary  merit  for  his 
slight  chapters  on  the  scenery,  customs  and  people  of  the  land,  which  he  pictures  in  34 
full-page  color  sketches. 

Davis,  Mrs  Sarah  Matilda  Henry.  914.81  D32 

Norway  nights  and  Russian  days.    1887.    Fords. 

Pleasant  and  readable  record  of  a  summer  tour  along  the  coast  of  Norway,  with 
brief  chapters  on  Sweden  and  Finland,  and  longer  ones  on  St.  Petersburg  and  Moscow. 

Emery,  Mabel  Sarah.  r9i4.8i  E58 

Norway  through  the  stereoscope;  notes  on  a  journey  through  the 
land  of  the  vikings,  ed.  by  J.  E.  Olson,  introduction  by  Knute  Nelson. 
1907.    Underwood. 

"Books  to  read,"  p.3S  1-359. 

Maps  in  pocket  of  back  cover. 

Designed  primarily  to  accompany  a  series  of  stereographs  of  Norway.  No  illustra- 
tions are  given  here,  but  in  her  descriptions  of  the  stereographs  the  author  offers  a  good 
deal  of  material  on  the  scenery,  customs,  history  and  activities  of  Norway. 


NORWAY— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL  2167 

Goodman,  Edward  John.  914.81  G6an 

New  ground  in  Norway:  Ringerike,  Telemarken,  Saetersdalen.  1896. 
Newnes. 

South  Norway  is  the  new  ground  which  Mr  Goodman  claims  to  be  virtually  the 
first  to  introduce  to  the  explorer. 

Konow,  Sten,  &  Fischer,  Karl,  ed.  qgi4.8i  K37 

Norway;  official  publication  for  the  Paris  exhibition,  1900;  tr.  by 
J.  C.  Christie  and  others.    1900. 

"Beautiful  volume  in  royal  octavo ...  in  which  there  is  a  concise  and  orderly  descrip- 
tion of  the  country,  beginning  with  its  geographical  situation,  topography,  geology, 
climate,  etc.,  and  tracing  the  history  of  the  people,  their  Constitution  (given  in  full  at 
the  end),  institutions,  army  and  navy,  industries,  commerce,  communication,  language, 
literature  and  art.  Many  of  these  sections,  in  addition  to  bibliographies,  are  very  beau- 
tifully and  somewhat  freely  illustrated."    Nation,  jgoi. 

[Lees,  James  Arthur,  &  Clutterbuck,  W.  J.]  914.81  Lsst 

Three  in  Norway,  by  two  of  them.     [1883.]     Porter. 

Lovett,  Richard.  q9i4.8i  Lg4 

Norwegian  pictures,  drawn  with  pen  and  pencil,  containing  also  a 
glance  at  Sweden  and  the  Gotha  canal.    1885.    Religious  Tract  Soc. 

Monroe,  Will  Seymour.  914.81  M83 

In  viking  land;  Norway,  its  peoples,  its  fjords  and  its  fjelds.     1908. 

Page. 

"Bibliography,"  p.3i4-3i5- 

Treats  its  history,  national  characteristics,  religions,  education,  industries,  literature 

and  art. 

Schroeder,  Oswald.  914.81  S38 

Norwegen,  das  land  der  mitternachtssonne.  1904.  (Mit  camera  und 
feder  durch  die  welt,  v.i.) 

Steele,  Thomas  Sedgwick.  914.81  S81 

Voyage  to  viking-land.     1896.     Estes. 

Describes  a  summer  excursion  along  the  coast  of  Norway.  Especially  well  illus- 
trated. 

Weborg,  Johanna.  914.81  W37 

In  viking  land;  or,  A  summer  tour  in  Norway.  1901.  Evanston 
Press  Co. 

An  American  of  Norwegian  parentage,  the  writer  describes  briefly,  but  most 
enthusiastically,  her  first  visit  to  Norway.     Illustrated. 

Willson,  Thomas  Benjamin.  •  914.81  W76 

Handy  guide  to  Norway.    1906.    Stanford. 

"Books  on  Norway,"  p.  13-14. 

"Murray's  and  Baedeker's  well-known  handbooks  to  Norway  are,  of  course,  most 
excellent  guides;  but  a  really  'handy'  guide  for  the  ordinary  tourist,  who  runs  over  to 
Norway  for  his  two  or  three  weeks'  holiday,  has  long  been  wanted,  and  Mr.  Willson 
has  most  satisfactorily  succeeded  in  supplying  the  want.  The  various  routes  by  land 
and  sea  are  clearly  and  concisely  laid  down  and  described,  and  are  accompanied  by 
good  and  useful  maps.     No  place  of  any  interest  has  been  omitted."     Athenceum,  1886. 

Willson,  Thomas  Benjamin.  914.81  W76n 

Norway  at  home.     [1908.]     Newnes. 

Interesting  account  of  institutions,  customs  and  industries  by  one  who  has  known 
the  country  intimately  for  34  years.     Illustrated  from  photographs. 


2i68  SWEDEN.    DENMARK 

Wyllie,  Mrs  Marian  Amy  (Carew).  914.81  W98 

Norway  and  its  fjords,  with  illustrations  in  colour  by  W.  L.  Wyllie. 
1907.     Methuen. 

A  thirty-day,  beaten-track  survey  of  the  Norwegian  coast.  Norwegian  art,  litera- 
ture and  music  are  treated  at  length,  with  little  biographies,  in  passing,  of  Bjornson, 
Ole  Bull  and  Edvard  Grieg.  A  sufficiency  of  information  on  old  Norse  lore,  customs 
and  legends,  with  generous  quotations  from  Du  Chaillu  and  English  translations  of 
the  sagas,  give  solidity  to  the  book  and  will  make  it  useful  to  future  patrons  of  Messrs 
Cook  or  Dr  Lunn.     Condensed  from  Academy,  1907. 

Sweden 

Cronholm,  Neander  Nicolas.  948.5  C89 

History  of  Sweden  from  the  earliest  times  to  the  present  day.     2v. 

1902.     Privately  printed. 
Bibliography,  p.8-io. 
Only  to  the  accession  of  Oscar  II  in  1872. 

Cobum,  Claire  Martha.  J9i4-85  C63 

Our  little  Swedish  cousin.     1906.     Page. 

Some  Stockholm  children  take  part  in  a  skating  carnival,  a  midsummer  eve  festival, 
a  name-day  party  and  in  the  preparations  and  festivities  of  Christmas,  visit  their  grand- 
mother in  the  country,  take  a  trip  through  the  Gota  canal  and  spend  a  day  in  the  famous 
park,  Skansen,  near  Stockholm. 

Fortia  dc  Piles,  Alphonse  Toussaint  Joseph  Andre  qr9io  P63  v.6 

Marie  Marseille,  cotnte  de. 
Travels  in  Sweden.     [1809.]     (In  Pinkerton,  John,  ed.    General  col- 
lection of  voyages  and  travels,  v.6,  P.373-S69,) 

"Modern  works  on  Sweden,"  p.373-374. 

Hahn-Hahn,  Ida,  grdfin.  914-85  Hx4 

Travels  in  Sweden;  sketches  of  a  journey  to  the  North;  tr.  from  the 

German.     1845.    Winchester. 

Author  was  a  German  novelist.     Beyond  recording  the  fact  that  she   met  a   few 

pleasant  people  she  has  hardly  a  good  word  to  say  for  Sweden. 

Lloyd,  Llewelyn.  914-85  L75 

Peasant  life  in  Sweden.    1870.    Tinsley. 

Treats  of  wedding  and  funeral  customs,  superstitions,  Christmas  festivities  and  other 
holidays  and  festivals,  law,  schools,  the  church,  the  army  and  navy,  and  ancient  and 
modern  sports  and  recreations.  Contains  a  number  of  Swedish  fairy  tales  and  giant 
stories. 

Stockholm,  Swedish  Tourist  Traffic  Society.  914-85  S86 

Sweden;  a  short  handbook  on  Sweden's  history,  industries,  social 

systems,  sport,  art,  scenery,  etc.    1906. 

The  same '. r9i4.85  S86 

Denmark 

Butlin,  F.  M.  914.89  B97 

Among  the  Danes,  with  illustrations  in  colour  by  Ellen  Wilkinson. 
[1909.]     Methuen. 

ContenU:  A  Danish  Chicago  [Esbjerg]. — An  island  in  the  North  sea  [Fanoe]. — The 
city  of  many  memories  [Ribe]. — Askov. — The  Jutland  fjords. — The  graves  at  Jelling. — 
The  capital  of  Jutland  [Aarhus]. — The  Jutland  heath;  its  poet  and  its  hero. — The  Him- 
melbjerg. — Skagen. — Odense. — The  church  of  the  five  towers. — Copenhagen  in  summer. 
— Copenhagen. — The  sights  of  Seeland. 

A  really  charming  book  of  travel,  admirably  illustrated  and  alive  with  interest.     Miss 


ICELAND.     NETHERLANDS  2169 

Butlin,  F.  M. — continued.  914.89  B97 

Butlin  knows  the  old  literature  of  Denmark  and  brings  her  folklore  and  legendary  stories 
into  actual  touch  with  the  places.  There  is  a  good  account  of  Danish  continuation 
schools.     Condensed  from  Contemporary  review,  1909. 

Laing,  Samuel.  9i4'89  L16 

Observations  on  the  social  and  political  state  of  Denmark  and  the 
duchies  of  Sleswick  and  Holstein  in  1851;  being  the  third  series  of  the 
Notes  of  a  traveller  on  the  social  and  political  state  of  the  European 
people.     1852.    Longman. 

Thomas,  Margaret.  9I4-89  T37 

Denmark,  past  and  present.     1902.    Treherne. 

Survey  of  Denmark,  its  principal  cities,  manners  and  customs,  partly  on  the  lines 
of  an  expanded  guide-book,  partly  in  the  manner  of  a  traveler  writing  from  personal  ex- 
perience.    Condensed  from  Academy,  igoi. 


Iceland 

Forbes,  Sir  Charles  Stuart.  914*91  F75 

Iceland;  its  volcanoes,  geysers  and  glaciers,     i860.    Murray. 

Records  the  author's  own  experiences  in  a  journey  through  Iceland. 

Jeaffreson,  Joseph  Russell-.  914*91  Jaa 

Faroe  islands.    1901.    Low. 

History,  travel,  sports,  legends  and  folklore,  and  hints  for  tourists. 

Kneeland,  Samuel.  914*91  K33 

An  American  in  Iceland;  an  account  of  its  scenery,  people  and  his- 
tory, with  a  description  of  its  millennial  celebration  in  August  1874; 
with  notes  on  the  Orkney,  Shetland  and  Faroe  islands  and  the  great 
eruption  of  1875.     1876.    Lockwood. 

Author  was  a  naturalist  who  traveled  extensively  in  search  of  information  concern- 
ing earthquakes  and  volcanoes.  This  work  Contains  considerable  material  relating  to 
the  geology  and  volcanic  history  of  Iceland. 

Leith,  Mrs  Disney.  J9i4*9i  L56 

Iceland,  with  water-colour  illustrations  by  M.  A.  Wemyss  and  the 
author.    1909.    Black.    (Peeps  at  many  lands  series.) 

The  discovery  and  early  history  of  Iceland  and  how  the  people  of  to-day  live  in  this 
strange  and  mysterious  land  of  lava  fields,  steaming  geysers  and  icy  "jokuUs." 


Netherlands 
•   Bibliography 

Muller,  Frederik  &  Cie,  pub.  qroi  6.9492  M95 

Oud-Nederland;  geteekende  en  gegraveerde  stads-  en  dorpsgezich- 
ten,  plattegronden,  kaarten,  boeken  en  pamfletten,  benevens  eene  ver- 
zameling  prenten  en  teekeningen  van  Amsterdam. 

Stockvim's  (Van)  Antiquariat,  The  Hague.  roi6.949a  S86 

Catalogue  of  rare  Dutch  pamphlets  relating  to  New-Netherland  and 
to  the  Dutch  West-  and  East-India  companies  and  to  its  possessions  in 
Brazil,  Angolo,  etc.,  together  with  some  pamphlets  on  early  Dutch  and 


2170  NETHERLANDS 


Stockum's  (Van)  Antiquariat,  The  Hague — continued.  roi6.g4g2  S86 

foreign  navigation  and  commerce,  which  will  be  sold  by  auction  on 
the  15th  of  June  191 1  by  Van  Stockum's  Antiquariat,  The  Hague. 


History 
Blok,  Pieter  Jan.  949*a  B55 

History  of  the  people  of  the  Netherlands;  tr.  by  O.  A.  Bierstadt  and 
Ruth  Putnam,    v.4-5.    1907-12.    Putnam. 

V.4.     Frederick  Henry. — Jean  de  Witt. — William  III. 

V.5.      18th  and  19th  centuries. 

Contains  bibliographies. 

For  V.1-3  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

The  same.     5v.     1898-1912 i'949'2  B55 

Learned  work,  the  inherent  value  of  which  will  repay  those  who  are  in  search  of 
something  besides  light  literature.  In  point  of  scholarship  the  work  is  well  done,  while, 
for  the  rest,  it  is  more  likely  to  be  classed  among  books  of  reference  than  among  belles 
lettres. 

[Grattan,  Thomas  CoUey.]  909  L76  v.13 

Holland  and  Belgium;  ed.  by  W.  H.  Claflin.  1906.  Morris.  (In 
Lodge,  H.  C.  ed.    History  of  nations,  v.13.) 

"Bibliography,"  p.597-S99- 

Grattan's  "History  of  the  Netherlands,"  revised  and  brought  to  date. 

Louis  Bonaparte,  king  of  Holland.  949«2  Lg2 

Historical  documents  and  reflections  on  the  government  of  Holland 
[tr.  from  the  French].    3v.    1820.    Lackington. 

History  of  the  country  during  his  rule,  1806—10. 

MacGregor,  Mary.  949>a  M16 

Romance  of  history;  the  Netherlands.  1907.  Jack.  (Romance  of 
history  series.) 

"In  such  a  book  as  this,  written  admittedly  for  boys,  it  were  easy  to  cheapen  the 
narrative  in  the  search  for  adventure,  but  Mrs.  Macgregor  writes  very  well,  and  her 
book,  which  forms  the  first  of  a  series  gfiving  us  the  Romance  of  History,  will  be  an 
excellent  introduction  to  the  fuller  studies  of  Prescott  and  Martin  Hume."  Saturday 
review,  jgo8. 

Nyevelt,  Suzette  van  Zuylen  van,  baroness.  949-2  N548 

Court  life  in  the  Dutch  republic,  1638-1689.     1906.     Dent. 

"Books  consulted,"  P-3S2-3S4- 

"The  real  value consists  in  its  descriptions,  rich  in  coloring,  of  the  social  life  of 

the  period,  the  Dutch  golden  era.  We  have  family  life  in  the  upper  classes,  religious 
influences,  literature  and  art,  society  and  diplomacy.  The  bitterness  between  the 
Orangeists  and  anti-Orangeists,  the  strife  of  parties,  the  cumbrousness  of  the  Dutch 
system  of  government,  are  all  sympathetically  explained."    Nation,  1907. 

Illustrated. 

Description  and  travel 
Battersby,  Charles.  914-92  B31 

Queer  quaint  Holland;  the  land  of  dunes,  dykes  and  polders,  and  the 
Maas-Waal-Rhine  borderland.  [1909.]  Samuels.  (Great  eastern  rail- 
way special  edition.) 

Brief  guide-book  giving  general  information  about  routes  and  a  list  of  "principal 
sights"  in  each  place. 

Belza,  Stanislaw.  9x4*92  B42 

Holandya.    1894. 


NETHERLANDS.     BELGIUM  2171 

Eklwards,  George  Wharton.  qgi4.92  E31 

Holland  of  to-day.    1909.    Moffat. 

Contents :  Characteristics. — Art,  ancient  and  modern. — "The  hollow  land." — Utrecht. 
—  Alkmaar,  the  cheese  market.  —  Tulip  bulb  culture.  —  The  theatres.  —  The  Hague.  — 
Through  Friesland. — Appendix. — Dutch  silver. 

Illustrations  in  black  and  white  and  color,  accompanied  by  text  describing  Dutch 
scenes  and  life  and  the  personal  experiences  of  the  artist.  Appendix  has  an  excellent 
little  summary  of  Dutch  history  and  photographs  of  old  Dutch  silver. 

Higinbotham,  John  U.  9I4-92  H53 

Three  weeks  in  Holland  and  Belgium.     1908.    Reilly. 
Jungman,  Beatrix.  J9i4-92  J52 

Holland,  with  illustrations  in  colour  by  Nico  Jungman.  1908.  Black. 
(Peeps  at  many  lands  series.) 

Begins  with  the  story  of  Count  Bordewyn  and  the  robbers  and  tells  something  of 
the  history  of  this  picturesque  little  country,  of  the  brave  fight  with  the  sea,  and  of 
the  every-day  life,  the  quaint  manners  and  customs  of  the  people. 

Meldrum,  David  Storrar.  914.92  MsSh 

Home  life  in  Holland.    191 1.    Macmillan. 

Pleasant  volume  of  travel  and  observation.  Includes  chapters  on  Dutch  interiors, 
home  customs,  costume,  gardening,  farming,  local  government,  laboring  classes,  politics, 
religion  and  education. 

Penfield,  Edward.  9i4'92  P39 

Holland  sketches.     1907.     Scribner. 
Impressions  of  Dutch  life  and  scenery,  with  illustrations  in  color. 

Tomalin,  H.  F.  914-92  T59 

Three  vagabonds  in  Friesland  with  a  yacht  &  a  camera,  with  photo- 
graphic pictures  by  Arthur  Marshall.     1907.    Simpkin. 

Charming  account  of  a  June  outing  in  northern  Holland.  The  party  sailed  and 
punted  through  the  meers  and  canals,  stopping  for  sight-seeing  and  photographing  at 
every  village.  Though  the  purpose  of  the  book  is  to  divert  rather  than  to  educate  it  gives 
excellent  descriptions  of  the  people  and  their  surroundings,  as  well  as  of  their  industries. 
The  photographs  are  of  unusual  excellence. 

Tuyn,  W.  J.  q9i4-92  T89 

Old  Dutch  towns  and  villages  of  the  Zuiderzee  [with]  illustrations 
by  W.  O.  J.  Nieuwenkamp  and  J.  G.  Veldheer.     1901.    Unwin. 

Contents:  Monnikendam. — Edam. — Hoorn. — Enkhuizen. — Medemblik. — Buiksloot. — 
Nieuwendam. — Broek  in  Waterland. — Durgerdam. — Volendam  and  Marken. 

Drawings  and  woodcuts  of  the  more  remarkable  buildings.  Accompanying  descrip- 
tions supply  interesting  historical  data. 

Waller,  Mary  Ella.  914-92  W18 

Through  the  gates  of  the  Netherlands.  1907.  Little. 
The  writer  stayed  within  the  gates  from  midwinter  to  midsummer  when  Holland 
belongs  to  the  Dutch  and  when  ordinary  tourists  are  not  swarming  over  the  land.  She 
uses  her  own  eyes  and  describes  her  impressions  and  experiences  entirely  from  the 
legitimate  point  of  view  of  an  intelligent  foreigner,  instead  of  filling  her  pages  with 
diluted  Motley,  Amicis  and  Baedeker.     Condensed  from  Nation,  1^7. 


Belgium 

Boulger,  Demetrius  Charles  von  Kavanagh.  949-3  B65 

History  of  Belgium.    2v.     1902-09.    Privately  printed. 

v. I.     Cxsar  to  Waterloo. 

v.2.     1815-1865;  Waterloo  to  the  death  of  Leopold  I. 

By  closing  with  the  death  of  Leopold  I  the  author  may  save  himself  embarrassment; 


2172  SWITZERLAND.    THE  ALPS 

Boulger,  Demetrius  Charles  von  Kavanagh — continued.  949*3  B6s 

but  it  is  unsatisfactory  from  the  reader's  point  df  view,  for  half  the  career  of  Belgium 
as  a  nation  is  thus  excluded,  as  well  as  the  present  king's  exploits  as  a  colonizer  and 
empire-builder.     Condensed  from  Saturday  review,  1909. 

Omond,  George  William  Thomson.  949-3  O24 

Brabant  and  East  Flanders;  painted  by  Amedee  Forestier,  text  by 
G.  W.  T.  Omond.     [1907.]     Black. 

Historical  narrative,  illustrated  in  color.     Ghent  and  Antwerp  have  special  chapters, 
but  Brussels,  the  old  capital  of  Brabant,  is  the  central  point  of  the  narrative. 

Omond,  George  William  Thomson.  949*3  O24I 

Liege  and  the  Ardennes;  painted  by  Amedee  Forestier,  text  by  G. 
W.  T.  Omond.    [1908.]    Black. 

Brief  account  of  the  history  and  legends.     Colored  illustratioiis. 

Boulger,  Demetrius  Charles  von  Kavanagh.  914-93  B65b 

Belgium  of  the  Belgians.     191 1.     Scribner. 


Switzerland.     The  Alps 


History 
Gribble,  Francis.  949-4  G88g 

Geneva;  painted  by  J.  H.  Lewis  &  M.  H.  Lewis,  described  by  Francis 
Gribble.    1908.    Black. 

Contents:  Old  Geneva. — The  war  of  independence. — The  reformation. — The  expul- 
sion of  the  nuns. — The  rule  of  Calvin. — The  triumph  of  the  theocracy. — ^The  university. 
— Professor  Andrew  MelvilL — ^Theodore  de  Beze. — ^War  with  Savoy. — The  escalade. — An 
interval  of  quiet — Revolutions. — Literature  and  science. — Saussure. — Men  of  letters. — 
Songts  and  squibs. — Religious  revival — Romanticism. — Later  men  of  letters- — ^Voltaire. — 
Voltaire  and  the  theatre. — Visitors  to  Fcmey. — Coppet. 

Vieusseuz,  Andre.  949-4  V31 

History  of  Switzerland  from  the  first  irruption  of  the  northern 
tribes  to  the  present  time,  including  the  wars  of  independence,  the  con- 
federations of  the  cantons,  the  reformation  by  Zuinglius,  struggles 
during  the  French  revolution,  etc.;  comp.  from  the  best  authorities,  in- 
cluding MuUer,  Meyer,  Franscini  and  Kasthofer.    1846.    Bohn. 

"At  the  time  of  its  publication,  it  was  one  of  the  best  of  the  short  histories  of 
Switzerland.  Since  1846,  however,  much  has  been  done^by  explorers  of  early  Swiss  an- 
nals; and  consequently  it  is  no  longer  of  its  former  value.  The  portions  of  the  work  on 
the  period  of  the  Reformation  and  the  period  of  the  French  Revolution  are  of  most 
▼aloe."    Adams's  Manual  of  historical  literature. 


Description  and  travel 

Arnold,  Howard  Payson.  914-94  A75 

Gleanings  from  Pontresina  and  the  upper  Engadine.    1880.    Hough- 
ton. 

.K  rather  facetious  account  of  the  author's  experiences  in  Switzerland. 

Baedeker,  Karl,  comp.  914-94  Bi4a2 

Eastern  Alps,  including  the  Bavarian   Highlands,  Tyrol,  Salzburg, 

upper  and  lower  Austria,  Styria,  Carinthia  and  Carniola.     191 1. 

The  same.    1907 1^)14.94  Bi4a 


SWITZERLAND.     THE  ALPS  2173 

Baedeker,  Karl,  comp.  914.94  BZ4S3 

Switzerland  and  the  adjacent  portions  of  Italy,  Savoy  and  Tyrol. 
1909. 

Ball,  John,  1818-89,  ed.  1:914.94  Baic 

Central  Alps.     2  pts.   in  2v.     1907-11.     Longmans.      (Alpine  g^uide, 

V.2.) 

pt.1.  Those  portioas  of  Switzerland  to  the  north  of  the  Rhone  and  Rhine  Tallejrs: 
ed.  by  -\.  V.  Valentine-Richards. 

pt.2.  Those  Alpine  portions  of  Switzerland,  Italy  and  Austria  which  lie  south  and 
east  of  the  Rhone  and  Rhine,  south  of  the  Arlberg  and  west  of  the  Adige;  ed.  by  George 
Broke. 

"Preliminary  notes  to  the  central  Alps,"  pti,  p.  13-26;  "List  of  guide-books."  pt-a, 
p.  1 3-1 5- 

Ball,  John,  1818-89,  ed.  9i4*94  Baip 

Peaks,  passes  and  glaciers;  a  series  of  excursions  by  members  of 
the  Alpine  Qub.     i860.    Longman. 

Intended  to  serve  as  a  manual  for  travelers  in  the  Alps  as  well  as  to  record  ex- 
periences interesting  to  the  general  reader.  Contains  maps  and  a  chapter  of  suggestions 
for  Alpine  climbers. 

Coolidge,  William  Augustus  Brevoort.  914*94  C78 

The  Alps  in  nature  and  history.     [1908.]     Methuen. 
"List  of  the  principal  works  relating  to  the  Alps,"  p.408-410. 

Accurate  and  interesting  summary  of  Alpine  knowledge,  especially  full  in  respect 
to  topographical  detail,  but  containing  no  explanation  of  geological  formations  or  of 
natural  phenomena.  Records  first  ascent  of  each  peak,  and  includes  chapters  on  modem 
mountaineering  and  Alpine  guides.     Illustrations,  diagrams  and  map. 

Coze,  William.  qrgio  P63  v.$ 

Travels  in  Switzerland  and  in  the  country  of  the  Grisons;  in  a  series 
of  letters  to  William  Melmoth.  [1809.]  (In  Pinkerton,  John,  ed.  CJen- 
eral  collection  of  voyages  and  travels,  v.S,  p.640-992.) 

Ferrero,  Felice.  914-94  F41 

Valley  of  Aosta;  a  descriptive  and  historical  sketch  of  an  Alpine 

valley  noteworthy  in  story  and  in  monument.     1910.    Putnam. 
"Works  referred  to  as  authorities,"  p.3 19-324. 

Finnemore,  John.  J9i4>94  ^5' 

Switzerland,  with  illustrations  in  colour  by  A.  D.  McCormick,  and 
others.    1908.    Black.    (Peeps  at  many  lands  series.) 

Besides  tales  of  mountain  climbing,  avalanches,  chamois  hunting,  Swiss  ^Mrts,  etc 
there  are  stories  of  the  brave  Swiss  of  old — ^William  Tell,  the  Httie  hero  of  Lucerne, 
Arnold  von  Winkelried  and  others. 

Forbes.  James  David.  914-94  ^75* 

Tour  of  Mont  Blanc  and  of  Monte  Rosa;  being  a  personal  narrative 

abridged  from  the  author's  "Travels  in  the  Alps  of  Savoy,"  &c     1855. 

Black. 

The  same.     1900.    (In  his  Travels  through  the  Alps,  p.55-94.  172- 

356.) 914-94  F75 

Chapter  15  is  reprinted  from  his  "Norway  and  its  gladers." 

Author  (1809-^)  was  a  Scottish  scientist. 

"Forbes-'s  chief  work,  'Travels  through  the  .-Vlps  of  Savoy'.  ..appeared  in  1843. 
It  is  the  most  charming,  as  well  as  most  scientifically  important  of  all  books  of  .Alpine 
traveL"     Dictionary  of  nationai  biography,  1S89. 


2174  SWITZERLAND.    THE  ALPS 

Forbes,  Sir  John,  1787-1861,  9i4>94  F754 

A  physician's  holiday;  or,  A  month  in  Switzerland  in  the  summer 
of  1848.    1849.    Murray. 

Harrison,  Frederic.  914-94  H29 

My  Alpine  jubilee,  1851-1907.    1908.    Smith. 

Contents:  Letters. — The  Alps  once  more. — Sir  Leslie  Stephen. — The  Italian  in- 
undations.— Mountaineering. 

"Of  the  fierce  joy  in  life  which  is  the  gift  of  those  whose  feet  are  set  upon  the 
Swiss  mountains,  there  could  be  no  more  eloquent  testimony  than  these  pages."  Ath*- 
nttutn,  1908. 

Inglis,  Henry  David,  {pseud.  Derwent  Conway).  9i4>94  I34 

Switzerland,  the  south  of  France  and  the  Pyrenees  in  1830.  2v. 
1831.    Constable. 

Jones,  Harry,  1823-1900.  914-94  J41 

Regular  Swiss  round,  in  three  trips.    1866.    Strahan. 

The  author's  personal  experiences  in  Switzerland  while  following  the  tourist's 
beaten  track. 

Kuhns,  Levi  Oscar.  9^4-94  K43 

Switzerland;  its  scenery,  history  and  literary  associations.  1910. 
Crowell. 

Appeared  in  an  abbreviated  form  in  the  "Chautauquan,"  v.si,  Aug.  1908,  under  the 
title  "A  reading  journey  through  Switzerland." 

McCrackan,  William  Denison.  914-94  M14 

Romance  and  Teutonic  Switzerland.    2v.     1907.     Page. 

Historical  associations,  legends  and  biographical  notes. 

Main,  Mrs  Elizabeth  Alice  Frances  (Witshed),  9^4-94  M26a 

afterward  Mrs  Le  Blond,  comp. 
Adventures  on  the  roof  of  the  world.     1903.    Button. 

Compilation  of  thrilling  adventures  in  Alpine  climbing,  taken  chiefly  from  the  files 
of  the  "Alpine  journal."  They  are  well  selected  and  fully  illustrated  from  photographs, 
and  are  designed  to  interest  "non-climbers."     Condensed  from  Outlook  (London),  if>04. 

Rook,  Clarence.  9^4-94  R67 

Switzerland;  the  country  and  its  people;  written  by  Clarence  Rook, 
painted  by  Effie  Jardine.     1907.     Chatto. 

Contents:  Swiss  patriotism. — The  birth  of  a  republic. — The  growth  of  the  republic. 
— The  completion  of  the  confederation. — The  Swiss  government. — Popular  control. — 
Lake  Leman  in  spring. — Some  literary  associations. — Winter  sports. — The  Swiss  as  sol- 
dier.— The  Swiss  as  engineer. — The  Swiss  as  schoolmaster. — The  Swiss  as  host. 

Singleton,  Esther,  ed.  914-94  S61 

Switzerland  as  described  by  great  writers.     1908.    Dodd. 
Contents:     The  country  and  race. — History. — Alpine  climbing. — Descriptions. — So- 
cial life. — Statistics. 

Talfourd,  Sir  Thomas  Noon.  914-94  T15 

Vacation   rambles   and   thoughts,   comprising   the   recollections   of 

three  continental  tours  in  the  vacations  of  1841,  1842  and   1843.     2v. 

1845.    Moxon. 

Interesting  record  of  several  visits  to  Switzerland  by  an  English  judge  and  writer. 


GREECE.     BYZANTINE  EMPIRE  2175 


Widmann,  Joseph  Viktor.  914.94  W67 

Du  schone  welt!  neue  fahrten  und  wanderungen  in  der  Schweiz  und 
in  Italien.    1907. 

"A  series  of  fresh   impressions  in   Switzerland  and   Italy.      Widmann   is   an   ideal 
traveller."    Nation,  igoj. 

Wood,  Mrs  Edith  (Elmer).  914.94  W85 

An  Oberland  chalet.    1910.    Wessels. 

Vivacious  account  of  a  summer  spent  in  the  Grindelwald. 


Greece.     Byzantine  empire 
History 

For  History  of  ancient  Greece,  see  938 

Bussell,  Frederick  William.  949-5  B96 

The  Roman  empire;  essays  on  the  constitutional  history  from  the 
accession  of  Domitian  (81  A.  D.)  to  the  retirement  of  Nicephorus  III 
(1081  A.  D.).    2v.     1910.    Longmans. 

V.I.  The  pagan  empire;  the  civilian  monarchy  and  the  military  reaction. — Problems 
of  the  new  monarchy  and  the  new  subjects;  or.  The  limitations  of  autocracy  and  the 
barbarian  offer. — Reconstruction  and  collapse  under  the  houses  of  Justin  and  Heraclius; 
victory  of  civilian  and  reaction  to  military  forms. — Zenith  and  decline  of  the  Byzantine 
monarchy  under  Asiatic  influence;  Roman  tradition,  the  court  and  the  feudal  nobility. — 
Review  of  the  period. — Analysis. 

V.2.  Political  influences  moulding  the  nominal  autocracy  of  the  Caesars  (400-1080). 
— Armenia  and  its  relations  with  the  empire  (520-1120);  the  predominance  of  the 
Armenian  element. — Appendix:  The  aristocracy  and  the  provincial  regiments;  or,  Em- 
peror, senate  and  army  during  the  great  anarchy  (690-720). 

"List  of  emperors  and  dynasties,"  v.i,  p.9-14. 

Canuti,  Felidio  F.  r949.5  C17 

Siege  and  fall  of  Constantinople;  the  last  Roman  struggle  in  the 
East.    1887.    Volz.     Pittsburgh. 

lorga,  Nicolae.  949-5  I25 

Byzantine   empire    [tr.   from   the   French   by  A.  H.  Powles].     I907- 

Dent.     (Temple  primers.) 

"Bibliographical  criticism,"  p.228-230. 

Gives  in  very  small  compass  the  history  of  the  Byzantine  empire  from  400  to  the 

fall  of  Constantinople  in  1453. 

Rodd,  5"t>  James  Rennell.  949-5  Rs8 

Princes  of  Achaia  and  the  chronicles  of  Morea;  a  study  of  Greece 
in  the  middle  ages.    2v.    1907.    Arnold.  1 

"Historical  authorities,"  v.i,  p. 1-26. 

The  history  of  Greece  during  the  two  centuries  and  a  half  between  the  capture  of 
Constantinople  in  1204  by  the  fourth  crusade  and  the  destruction  of  the  Greek  empire 
in  1453  has  never  been  satisfactorily  written.  Sir  Rennell  Rodd  has  attempted  the  task 
of  bringing  the  narrative  sources  into  some  kind  of  connection  as  far  as  relates  to 
Achaia  and  Morea.  He  makes  no  attempt  to  connect  the  events  related  with  the  history 
of  Greece  as  a  whole  or  to  show  their  relation  to  that  of  eastern  Europe.  Especially 
noteworthy  is  the  story  of  the  Villehardouins,  who  conquered  the  whole  west  coast  of 
the  Morea,  and  of  the  CaUlan  Company,  whose  lawless  adventures  played  an  important 
part  in  the  story  of  the  princes  of  Achaia.  Condensed  from  American  historical  review, 
1907- 


2176  GREECE^DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL 

Description  and  travel 

Abbott,  George  Frederick,  ed.  914-95  A13 

Greece  in  evolution;  studies  prepared  under  the  auspices  of  the 
French  League  for  the  Defence  of  the  Rights  of  Hellenism;  tr.  from  the 
French,  with  a  preface  by  Sir  C.  W.  Dilke.    1909.    Unwin. 

Contents:  Why  we  love  Greece,  by  Theophile  Homolle. — The  Greek  church  and 
Hellenism,  by  Charles  Diehl. — Hellenism  in  Turkish  Asia,  by  Gaston  Deschamps. — 
Picturesque  Greece;  the  country  and  the  people,  by  Gustave  Fougeres. — Note  on  the 
population  of  Greece,  according  to  the  census  of  November  1907. — Hellenism  in  Mace- 
donia, by  Michel  Paillares. — The  poet  Solomos,  by  Jean  Psichari. — Greek  economics; 
Greece  at  the  present  day,  what  she  is,  what  she  should  be,  by  Edmond  Thery. — Heroic 
Greece  (1821-1827),  by  Henry  Houssaye. — Modern  Greece:  what  she  represents  in  east- 
ern Europe,  by  Alfred  Berl. — Greece  re-discovered  by  the  Greeks,  by  Theodore  Reinach. 

AUinson,  Francis  Greenleaf,  &  AUinson,  Mrs  A.  C.  914-95  A43 

(Emery). 

Greek  lands  and  letters.     1909.     Houghton. 

Contents:  The  widespread  land  of  Hellas. —  Pirseus,  the  harbour  town. —  Athens, 
from  Solon  to  Salamis. — The  Acropolis  of  Athens. — Athens,  from  Salamis  to  Menander. 
—  Old  Greece  in  new  Athens. —  Attica. —  Eleusis. —  .£gina. —  Megara  and  Corinth,  the 
Gulf  of  Corinth. —  Delphi. —  From  Delphi  to  Thebes.  —  Thebes  and  Boeotia.  —  Bceotia 
(continued). — Thermopylae. — Argolis. — Arcadia. — Olympia. — Messenia. — Sparta. 

"Citations  noted"  in  the  appendix,  P.4S3-461. 

"A  work  that  is  original  in  plan  and  very  successful  in  execution.  Each  Greek 
province  is  presented  with  its  modern  characteristics,  and  the  incidents  of  mythology 
and  history  associated  with  it  pointed  out,  largely  by  means  of  extracts  or  summaries 
from  ancient  Greek  authors.  This  method  serves  to  make  the  literature  a  guide  to  the 
country,  and  gives  the  book  a  decided  value  to  the  scholarly  reader  as  well  as  making 
it  an  efficient  commentary  for  the  studious  traveler.  Art  and  archeology  are  only 
incidentally  touched  upon  by  way  of  illustration."     A.  L.  A.  booklist,  igio. 

Ferriman,  Z.  Duckett.  9i4*95  F42 

Home  life  in  Hellas;  Greece  and  the  Greeks.     1910.    Mills. 

Lifelike  picture  of  the  modern  Greeks.  Author  shows  familiarity  with  many  out- 
of-the-way  parts  of  Greece,   especially  the  islands.      Condensed   from   Athenaum,   1911. 

Macmillan  &  Co.  pub.  r9i4.95  M21 

Guide  to  Greece,  the  archipelago,  Constantinople,  the  coasts  of  Asia 
Minor,  Crete  and  Cyprus.    1908.     (Macmillan's  guides.) 

Marden,  Philip  Sanford.  914-95  M37 

Greece  and  the  yEgean  islands.    1907.    Houghton. 

Recounts  Mr  Marden's  own  experiences  and  should  prove  of  use  to  future  travelers. 
Athens,  Delphi,  Mycense  and  Olympia  are  among  the  places  described  and  among  the 
islands  visited  were  Delos,  Samos,  Cnidos  and  Rhodes.  Written  in  a  clear  style  and 
with  enthusiasm.     Contains  many  good  illustrations  from  photographs  and  a  map. 

Mfiore,  Mabel.  9i'4-95  M87 

Days  in  Hellas.     1909.    Heinemann. 

"Interesting  and  pleasantly  informal  account  of  travels  in  Greece,  concerning  itself 
chiefly  with  modern  Greek  character  and  conditions  but  incidentally  giving  some  in- 
formation on  historical  and  archeological  subjects."    A.  L.  A.  booklist,  iqio. 

Perdicaris,  G.  A.  914-95  P42 

Greece  of  the  Greeks.    2v.     1845.     Paine. 

Author  was  a  Greek  by  birth,  but  an  American  by  adoption  and  education.  In  1836 
he  was  appointed  as  the  first  American  consul  to  Greece.  The  book  records  his  travelf 
during  his  stay  in  that  country. 


TURKEY  IN  EUROPE  2177 

Quinn,  Daniel.  9X4-95  Q35 

Helladian  vistas.     1909.     Privately  printed. 

Papers  on  Grecian  history,  ancient,  medixval  and  modern,  with  descriptions  of 
scenery  and  characterizations  of  the  people.  There  is  more  of  the  modern  aspect  of 
Greece  than  of  the  classical. 

Rodd,  Sir  James  Rennell.  914-95  R58 

Customs  and  lore  of  modern  Greece.    1892.    Stott. 

Contents:  Ethnology  of  modern  Greece  and  historical  sketch  of  the  populations. — 
The  land  and  the  people. — Village  festivals,  fairs,  dances  and  marriages. — Birth,  destiny 
and  death. — Beliefs  and  ceremonies,  survivals  of  the  ancient  in  the  new. — Luck,  divina- 
tion and  healing. — The  supernatural,  genii,  nereids,  vampires,  goblins  and  demons. — 
The  popular  poetry. — The  Klephts  and  Klephtic  songs. — The  saga  Suli. — The  lyrical 
poetry. 


Turkey  in  Europe 


History 
Draganof.  949-6  D78 

Macedonia  and  the  reforms;  preface  by  Victor  Berard;  tr.  from  the 
French.    1908.     [Hazell.] 

Reviews  the  so-called  reforms  imposed  by  foreign  powers  upon  Turkey  in  the  20th 
century,  and  shows  their  futility  in  obtaining  better  treatment  for  Macedonia.  The  bulk 
of  the  volume  consists  of  accounts  of  the  civil  war  in  Macedonia,  isolated  murders, 
plunderings  and  burnings. 

[Eliot,  Sir  Charles  Norton  Edgecumbe.]  949-6  E47a 

Turkey  in  Europe.     1908.     Arnold. 

Contents:  Before  the  Turkish  conquest. — After  the  Turkish  conquest. — The  Turks. 
— ■  Mohammedanism.  —  The  orthodox  church.  —  The  Greeks.  —  The  Bulgarians  and  the 
Serbs. — The  Albanians  and  Vlachs. — The  Armenians. — 1907. — The  outlook. 

Contains  a  map  of  the  Balkan  peninsula  and  a  map  of  Asia. 

"Whatever  else  the  author  may  be,  he  is  unquestionably  and  in  his  own  right  a 
master  and  an  authority  in  his  subject.  He  knows  Turkish,  colloquial  and  literary... 
through  and  through... He  knows  also  the  Turks  themselves  by  long  residence  and 
varied  intercourse  with  them . . .  Further,  he  knows  modern  Greek  and  the  Greeks  at  first 
hand... The  learning  is  undoubtedly  there,  but  with  it... much  free  and  breezy  inter- 
course with  the  peoples  on  their  own  hills  and  in  their  own  villages ...  It  may  be  said 
generally  that  an  outstanding  characteristic  of  the  book  is  this  union  of  vivid  and  per- 
sonal perception  and  scholarly,  clear-cut  tabulation  of  statement."     Nation,  igoi. 

"We  cannot  recall  any  recent  book  on  the  subject,  and  scarcely  any  of  the  older 
authorities,  of  equal  or  even  approximate  merit."    Spectator,  1901. 

Forbes,  Archibald.  949-6  F75 

Czar  and  sultan;  the  adventures  of  a  British  lad  in  the  Russo- 
Turkish  war  of  1877-78.    1894.    Scribner. 

Galanti,  Arturo.  949-6  G14 

L'Albania;  notizie  geografiche,  etnografiche  e  storiche.     1901. 

"Saggio  di  una  bibliografia  geografica,  etnografica  e  storica  dell'Albania,"  p.239-361. 

Knight,  Edward  Frederick.  949-6  K34 

The   awakening  of  Turkey;   a  history  of   the   Turkish   revolution. 

1909.    Lippincott. 

Detailed  and  readable  account  of  the  Young  Turk  movement  and  the  revolution  of 

1908,  by  one  who  has  gathered  much  of  his  material  at  first  hand.     Concluding  chapter 

is  an  account  of  the  counter-revolution  in   1909,  and  the  final  success  of  the  Young 

Turks.     Portraits. 


2178  TURKEY  IN  EUROPE 

McCullagh,  Francis.  949.6  M14 

Fall  of  Abd-ul-Hamid,  with  a  preface  by  Mahmud  Shefket  Pasha. 
[1910.]     Methuen. 

"Mr.  McCullagh's  book,  compared  with  others  dealing  with  the  second  Turkish  revo- 
lution, has  this  peculiar  value,  that  its  writer  fell  most  luckily  into  the  very  centre  of 
events  and  into  contact  with  the  people  who  were  making  that  decisive  bit  of  history... 
TaJcing  the  book  as  a  frank  statement  from  the  Young  Turk  point  of  view,  it  is  one  of 
quite  extraordinary  interest  and  value."     Nation,  igio. 

Mikes,  Kelemen.  949-6  M68 

Torokorszagi  levelei.    1905. 

Pears,  Sir  Edwin.  949.6  P34 

Fall  of  Constantinople;  being  the  story  of  the  fourth  crusade.  1886. 
Harper. 

"Has  not  been  put  together  at  second-hand,  but  shows  a  wide  knowledge  of  the 
original  authorities  of  the  period,  both  eastern  and  western."  English  historical  review. 
1887. 


Description  and  travel 
Beiza,  StanisJaw.  9i4'96  643 

W  stolicy  padyszacha   (wrazenia  z  podrozy  do  Konstantynopola). 


Brailsford,  Henry  Noel.  914.96  B68 

Macedonia;  its  races  and  their  future.     1906.     Methuen. 

Mr  Brailsford  spent  some  time  in  Macedonia  working  on  behalf  of  the  British 
Relief  Fund,  and  in  this  way  came  into  close  touch  with  the  Macedonian  peasantry. 
He  explains  the  nature  of  Turkish  rule  in  that  country  and  suggests  measures  of  re- 
form.    Contains  a  chapter  on  the  Albanians. 

Brown,  Mrs  Demetra  (Vaka).  914.96  B78 

Haremlik;  some  pages  from  the  life  of  Turkish  women.  1909. 
Houghton. 

Author,  returning  to  her  native  Constantinople  after  six  years  in  America,  here 
records  her  impressions  of  the  Turkish  women  who  had  been  her  girlhood  friends. 
Written  with  sympathy  and  insight  and  gives  an  interesting  description  of  the  life,  cus- 
toms, and  mode  of  thought  of  Turkish  women. 

De  Windt,  Harry.  914.96  D51 

Through  savage  Europe;  being  the  narrative  of  a  journey  through- 
out the  Balkan  states  and  European  Russia.     1907.    Unwin. 

Travel  and  observation  in  Montenegro,  Herzegovina,  Bosnia,  Servia,  Bulgaria,  Rou- 
mania  and  a  part  of  Russia.  Servia  occupies  nearly  half  the  volume  and  an  account 
of  the  late  King  Alexander  and  Queen  Draga  is  included. 

Durham,  Mary  Edith.  914.96  D94h 

High  Albania.    1909.    Arnold. 

Albania  has  hitherto  remained  less  known  than  many  parts  of  darkest  Africa.  It  is 
the  one  spot  on  the  continent  of  Europe  for  which  no  map  worth  the  name  has  yet  been 
drawn.  The  results  of  Miss  Durham's  exploration  are  thus  bound  to  possess  the  interest 
and  the  value  of  novelty.  She  presents  a  wealth  of  information  on  Albanian  folk-lore, 
politics,  traditions,  customs,  beliefs  and  landscape  somewhat  confusedly  thrown  together, 
but  with  the  charm  of  freshness  and  the  value  of  accuracy.  The  political  aspect  of  the 
book  is  of  most  importance  at  the  present  hour.     Condensed  from  Outlook  (London).  1910. 


TURKEY  IN  EUROPE  2179 

Garnett,  Lucy  Mary  Jane.  9i4>96  Gigtu 

Turkish  people;  their  social  life,  religious  beliefs  and  institutions  and 
domestic  life.     [1909.]     Methuen. 

Also  published  under  the  title  "Home  life  in  Turkey." 

Miss  Garnett  has  provided  a  full  and  intimate  study  of  Turkish  life  in  all  its  de- 
partments. She  shows  us  the  methods  of  government,  the  ways  of  the  church,  the  social 
and  domestic  habits  of  the  people.  She  tells  delightful  folk-tales  and  gives  vivid  little 
sketches  of  scenes  and  incidents.  Especially  interesting  is  her  treatment  of  the  woman 
question.  She  denies  that  the  religion  of  Islam  relegates  woman  to  an  inferior  place. 
Condensed  from  Spectator,  igog. 

Herbert,  Frederick  William  von.  914.96  H46 

By-paths  in  the  Balkans.     1906.     Chapman. 

Contains  two  chapters  on  the  Balkan  gypsies  and  their  music. 

"It  is  an  odd  pot-pourri  of  Near  Eastern  impressions  and  studies,  strung  together 
without  much  visible  connection  or  logical  sequence,  but  full  of  curious  facts  and 
fancies."    Outlook  (London),  igo6. 

Lear,  Edward.  qg  14.96  L45 

Journals  of  a  landscape  painter  in  Albania,  lUyria,  &c.    1852.    Bentley. 
Edward   Lear    (1812-88)    was   an   English   artist   and   author,    best   known   for   his 
"Book  of  nonsense."     This  volume  is  a  record  of  his  travels  in  European  Turkey,  illus- 
trated with  his  own  sketches. 

Macfarlane,  Charles.  914.96  Mis 

Turkey  and  its<iestiny;  the  result  of  journeys  made  in  1847  and  1848 

to  examine  into  the  state  of  that  country.    2v.    1850.    Lea. 

Mainly  concerned  with  the  condition  of  the  people.     The  author,  a  Scottish  writer, 

believed  that  the  break-up   of  the  Turkish   empire   was  imminent  and   that   when    the 

government  was  overthrown  the  Turks  could  be  easily  converted  to  Christianity. 

Monroe,  Will  Seymour.  914.96  M83 

Turkey  and  the  Turks;  an  account  of  the  lands,  the  peoples  and  the 

institutions  of  the  Ottoman  empire.     1907.     Page. 

Eight  chapters  are  devoted  to  a  description  of  Constantinople. 

Singleton,  Esther,  ed.  914.96  S61 

Turkey  and  the  Balkan  states  as  described  by  great  writers.  1908. 
Dodd. 

Contents:  The  Balkan  peninsula. — The  Ottoman  Turks,  by  E.  A.  Freeman. — Fall 
of  Constantinople,  by  Lord  John  Russell. — Turkish  history  from  the  fall  of  Constan- 
tinople to  the  battle  of  Navarino,  by  E.  A.  Freeman. — Turkish  history  from  1827  to  1908. 
— The  old  regime  and  the  new,  by  Angus  Hamilton. — Conflicting  ambitions,  by  J.  E. 
Barker. — Turkey  in  Europe,  by  Sutherland  Menzies. — Character  of  the  Turks,  by  Lord 
John  Russell. — Constantinople,  by  G.  C.  Curtis. — The  old  Seraglio  and  other  imperial 
palaces,  by  W.  J.  J.  Spry. — Turkish  women,  by  Margaret  Macgregor. — The  bazaars  of 
Constantinople,  by  W.  J.  J.  Spry. — Ramazan,  by  Theophile  Gautier. — Al  Kadi,  the  night 
of  power,  by  W.  J.  J.  Spry. — Feast  of  the  Bairam,  by  W.  J.  J.  Spry. — Macedonia,  by 
H.  F.  Tozer. — Adrianople,  Salonika  and  Monastir,  by  J.  F.  Fraser. — Albania  and  the 
Albanians,  by  Sutherland  Menzies. — In  Albania,  by  J.  F.  Fraser. — Bulgarian  history. — 
Bulgaria  and  the  Bulgarians,  by  Edward  Dicey. — Sofia,  by  Harry  De  Windt. — Philip- 
popolis,  by  J.  F.  Fraser. — Tirnova  and  the  Shipka  pass,  by  Harry  De  Windt. — Servian 
history. — Towns  and  country,  by  Herbert  Vivian. — Belgrade  and  the  Servians,  by  J.  F. 
Fraser. — Montenegrin  history. — In  Montenegro,  by  Lady  Thompson. — The  capital  and 
the  prince,  by  J.  D.  Bourchier. — Podgoritza  and  Rijeka,  by  M.  E.  Durham. — Herze- 
govinian  history,  by  A.  J.  Evans. — Bosnian  history. — Mostar  and  Sarajevo,  by  Harry  De 
Windt. — Roumanian  history. — Bucharest,  by  Harry  De  Windt. — Life  in  Roumania,  by 
Helene  Vacaresco. — Statistics,  by  E.  S. 

Smith,  Albert  Richard.  914.96  S64 

A  month  at  Constantinople.    1850.    Bogue. 

First  impressions  of  the  city  as  seen  in  1849  by  a  London  writer,  one  of  the  firit 
travelers  to  g^ive  popular  lectures  on  his  experiences  in  foreig^n  lands.     Illustrated. 


2i8o    SERVIA.    BULGARIA.    MONTENEGRO.    ROUMANIA 

Smith,  Arthur  Douglas  Howden.  914-96  S643 

Fighting  the  Turk  in  the  Balkans;  an  American's  adventures  with 
the  Macedonian  revolutionists.    1908.    Putnam. 

Author  went  to  Macedonia  in  1907  as  a  newspaper  correspondent  and  joined  a  band 
of  Bulgarian  insurgents.  He  describes  not  only  the  events  of  the  revolution,  but  the 
manners  and  customs  of  the  people,  in  Bulgaria  as  well  as  Macedonia.  Illustrations  and 
maps. 

Sonnichsen,  Albert.  914.96  S69 

Confessions  of  a  Macedonian  bandit.     1909.    Duffield. 
Author,  an  American  journalist  and  member  of  the  Macedonian  committee  of  revo- 
lution, 1906,  enlisted  in  a  mountain  cheta  (armed  band)  and  describes  here  his  own  ad- 
ventures and  the  turbulent  conditions  which  resulted  in  the  late  Turkish  revolution. 

Van  Millingen,  Alexander.  914.96  V19 

Constantinople;  painted  by  Warwick  Goble,  described  by  Alexander 
Van  Millingen.    1906.    Black. 

The  illustrations  are  rarely  successful  in  imparting  the  secret  of  the  charm  of  this 
beautiful  city.  Professor  Van  Millingen,  a  learned  archaeologist  and  authority  on  the 
ancient  city,  has  unbent  for  the  general  reader  and  presents  a  sketch  of  the  history  and 
life  of  the  city,  suggestive  to  the  imagination,  not  too  crowded  with  facts,  yet  sufficiently 
full  to  embody  the  impression  created  by  the  pictures. 

Zaccagnini,  Giuseppe.  914.96  Z12 

La  vita  a  Costantinopoli.    1909. 


Servia.     Bulgaria.     Montenegro.     Roumania 

949.7  L44 

Lazarovich-Hrebelianovich,  Stephan  Lazar  Eugene,  prince,  &  Lazaro- 
vich-Hrebelianovich,  E.  H.  (Calhoun),  princess. 
The  Servian  people;  their  past  glory  and  their  destiny.     2v.     1910. 
Scribner. 

v.  I  treats  of  the  ethnology,  geography,  social  conditions,  religion  and  education, 
literature  and  fine  arts  of  Servia.  v.2  is  devoted  to  Servian  history  from  the  7th  cen- 
tury to  the  present  day.     Over-enthusiastic,  but  useful  for  reference. 

Miller,  William,  b.  1864.  949*7  M69a 

The   Balkans,   Roumania,   Bulgaria,   Servia   and   Montenegro,   with 

their  history  from  1896  to  1908.     1908.    Unwin.    (Story  of  the  nations.) 

"A  safe  and  attractive  guide  to  the  general  reader  who  desires  to  obtain  the  pre- 
liminary information. .  .necessary  for  the  most  rudimentary  comprehension  of  the  East- 
ern question."     English  historical  review,  189/. 

Mijatovich,  Chedomille.  914-97  M68 

Servia  and  the  Servians.    1908.    Pitman. 

"Mr.  Mijatovich  who  used  to  be  Servian  minister  at  London,  writes  with  equal 
charm  and  authority.  There  is  only  one  chapter  on  Servia  and  that  is  historical;  the 
rest  of  the  volume  is  on  the  Servians,  their  customs,  beliefs,  literature,  and  folk-lore... 
a  veritable  little  encyclopaedia  of  national  life  and  psychology."     Nation,  1909. 

Illustrated. 

Stead,  Alfred,  ed.  914-97  S79 

Servia  by  the  Servians.    1909.    Heinemann. 

Comprehensive  estimate  of  Servia  and  the  Servian  race  from  the  pens  of  representa- 
tive Servians.  King  Peter  writes  the  introductory  chapter  on  the  ideals  of  national 
development,  the  director  of  the  state  archives  gives  a  historical  survey,  the  minister  of 
public  instruction  writes  on  education,  museums  and  libraries,  and  other  authorities 
supply  chapters  on  religion,  manners  and  customs,  finance,  economics,  industries,  agri- 
culture, trade,  diplomacy,  art  and  literature.     Map. 


ASIA.     THE  FAR  EAST  2181 

lorga,  Nicolae.  949-8  I25 

Breve  storia  dei  Rumeni,  con  speciale  considerazione  delle  relazioni 

coir  Italia;  pubblicata  in  occasione  delle  feste  del  cinquantenario  italiano, 

omaggio  di  un  popolo  fratello  ed  amico,  da  parte  della  "Lega  di  cultura" 

rumena.     191 1. 

Stratilesco,  Tereza.  9I4-98  S89 

From  Carpathian  to  Pindus;  pictures  of  Roumanian  country  life. 

1906.    Unwin. 

Full  account  of  the  condition  and  character  of  the  Roumanian  peasantry.  The 
opening  chapter  gives  a  sketch  of  the  history  of  the  country.  Many  popular  songs  and 
ballads  are  included,  to  some  of  which  the  music  is  added.     Fully  and  well  illustrated. 

Ansted,  David  Thomas.  9i4>99  A62 

The  Ionian  islands  in  the  year  1863.    1863.    Allen. 
Contents:    Corfu. — Santa  Maura. — Ithaca. — Cephalonia. — Zante. 
General  description.    The  author,  who  was  an  English  geologist  of  considerable  note, 
visited  the  islands  just  before  their  cession  to  Greece. 

Asia.     The  Far  East 

Bibliography 

roi6.95  O28 
Oriental  bibliography  (founded  by  August  Miiller) ;  comp.  and  ed.  by 
Lucian  Scherman  [and  others],  1907-08.    v.21-22.     1908-10. 
United  States — Library  of  Congress.  qroi6.95  U25 

Select  list  of  books,  with  references  to  periodicals,  relating  to  the 
Far  East;  comp.  [by]  A.  P.  C.  Griffin.     1904. 

950     History 

Curtin,  Jeremiah.  950  C932 

The  Mongols;  a  history,  with  a  foreword  by  Theodore  Roosevelt. 
1908.    Little. 

Scholarly  account  of  the  rise  and  fall  of  the  Mongol  empire. 

r9io.8  K21  v.6-7 
Discoveries  and  conquests  of  the  Portuguese  in  the  East,  together  with 
some  account  of  the  early  voyages  of  other  European  nations  to  India. 
[1812.]  (In  Kerr,  Robert,  1755-1813.  General  history  and  collection  of 
voyages  and  travels,  v.6-7.) 

qrgso  F22 
The  Far  East  [monthly],  Oct.  1907-Oct.  1908.    v.i.     1907-08. 

V.I,  no.i-8,  Oct.  1907-May  1908,  issued  under  title  "Pacific  era." 

V4mbery,  Arminius.  95°  V17 

Nyugot  kulturaja  keleten.    1906. 
Weale,  B.  L.  Putnam,  (pseud,  of  Bertram  Lenox  Simpson).        950  W35C 

Coming  struggle  in  eastern  Asia.     1909.    Macmillan. 

Contents:  Russia  beyond  Lake  Baikal. — The  new  problem  of  eastern  Asia. — The 
struggle  round  Qiina. 

Sequel  to  the  author's  "Truce  in  the  East"  (950  Wast).  Gives  an  account  of  a 
journey  through  Manchuria,  studies  the  policy  of  the  Japanese  government  and  the  great 
change  in  China.  Author  believes  Japan  to  be  the  problem  of  the  East.  Map,  charts 
and  illustrations. 


72 


2i82  ASIA.     THE  FAR  EAST 

Weale,  B.  L.  Putnam,  (pseud,  of  Bertram  Lenox  Simpson).       950  W35t 
Truce  in  the  East  and  its  aftermath;  being  the  sequel  to  "The  re- 
shaping of  the  Far  East."    1907.    Macmillan. 

Contents:  Japan  and  the  new  position. — China  and  the  Chinese. — The  powers  and 
their  influence. — Appendices. 

Points  out  some  grave  aspects  of  the  situation.  He  believes  that  the  so-called  peace 
between  Japan  and  Russia  is  simply  a  truce;  that  Russia  is  still  unbeaten;  and  that  the 
Anglo-Japanese  alliance  is  an  artificial  arrangement  and  cannot  last.  Appendixes  con- 
tain valuable  material,  including  texts  of  treaties,  a  detailed  statement  of  China's  foreign 
trade  in  1905,  and  of  her  commercial  liabilities  and  assets,  tables  of  the  Japanese  public 
debt  and  cost  of  the  war. 

915     Description  and  travel 

Bell,  John.  qrgio  P63  v.7 

Travels  from  St.  Petersburg  in  Russia  to  various  parts  of  Asia,  in 
1716,  1719,  1722,  etc.  [1811.]  (In  Pinkerton,  John,  ed.  General  col- 
lection of  voyages  and  travels,  v.7,  P.271-S16.) 

Collier,  Price.  915  C69 

The  West  in  the  East  from  an  American  point  of  view.  191 1. 
Scribner. 

Contents:  On  the  way  to  the  East. — The  gateway  to  India. — The  great  Mughal. — 
From  Mughal  to  Briton. — Religion  and  caste  in  India. — His  Highness  the  Maharaja. — 
Bunia,  pani. — A  visitor's  diary. — John  Chinaman  and  others. — Japan. — Things  Japanese, 
Korean  and  Manchurian. — Conclusion. 

Keen  study  of  the  contact  of  western  civilization  with  eastern  in  India,  China  and 
Japan.  Discusses  in  particular  English  administration  in  India.  Touches  also  on  the 
new  responsibilities  of  the  United  States  in  the  East  and  the  ambitions  of  Japan  as  they 
arc  likely  to  affect  America.  g 

Hart,  Albert  Bushnell.  gis  H31 

The  obvious  Orient.     191 1.    Appleton. 

Contents:    The  coast. — Japan. — China. — American  colonies. — British  colonies. 

The  title  expresses  the  author's  admission  that  "no  one  can  learn  all  there  is  in  the 
most  ancient  and  inscrutable  of  the  continents  in  an  eight  months'  experience."  He  had, 
however,  rather  unusual  opportunities  to  observe  the  governmental  and  social  condition* 
in  Japan,  China  and  the  Philippine  islands  and  his  book  reflects  much  more  than  surface 
impressions. 

Hedin,  Sven.  9^5  Hsgi 

Im  herzen  von  Asien;  10,000  kilometer  auf  unbekannten  pfaden.  2v. 
1903. 

Knox,  George  William.  915  K35 

Spirit  of  the  Orient.     1906.     Crowell. 

Contents:  America  and  the  East. — The  American  point  of  view. — The  Asiatic  point 
of  view. — India,  its  people  and  customs. — India,  its  spirit  and  problems. — China,  its  peo- 
ple and  customs. — China,  its  spirit  and  problems. — ^Japan,  its  people  and  customs. — Japan, 
its  spirit  and  problems. — The  new  world. 

"Bibliography,"  p.31 1-312. 

Lindau,  Rudolph.  915  L71 

Aus  China  und  Japan;  reise-erinnerungen.     1903. 

Penfield,  Frederic  Courtland.  9^5  ^39 

East  of  Suez;  Ceylon,  India,  China  and  Japan.    1907.     Century. 

Contents:  The  world's  turnstile  at  Suez.  —  Colombo,  Ceylon's  cosmopolitan  sea- 
port.— The  lure  of  the  pearl. — Upward  to  the  shrine  of  Buddha. — In  Ceylon's  hill  coun- 
try.— Bombay  and  its  Parsee  "jecs"  and  "bhoys." — The  vicarious  maharajah  of  Jeypore. 
— The  world's  most  exquisite  building  [the  Taj   Mahal]. — Benares,  sacred  city  of  the 


CHINA— HISTORY  2183 


Penfield,  Frederic  Courtland — continued.  915  P39 

Hindus. — India's  modern  capital  [Calcutta]. — Island  links  in  Britain's  chain  of  empire. 
— Canton,  unique  city  of  China. — Macao,  the  Monte  Carlo  of  the  Far  East. — The  kaiser's 
play  for  Chinese  trade. — Japan's  commercial  future. 

Temple,  Sir  Richard.  915  T28 

Oriental  experience;  a  selection  of  essays  and  addresses  delivered 
on  various  occasions.     1883.     Murray. 

Contents:  Geography  in  Asia  during  the  last  50  years. — The  central  plateau  of 
Asia. — Political  lessons  of  Chinese  history. — Lake  region  on  the  frontier  of  eastern  Tibet. 
— Railway  from  the  Indus  towards  Candahar. — Local  self-government  in  British  India. — 
Religious  missions  in  the  East. — Effect  of  religious  thought  among  Indian  natives. — 
The  duty  of  British  people  towards  India. — Political  economy  of  the  Indian  empire. — 
Indian  forestry. — Monetary  practice  amongst  the  natives  of  India. — Cooper's  Hill  col- 
lege' of  engineering. — Pan  Islamism  or  political  Muhammadanism. — The  Mahratta  na- 
tionality.— Birthplace  and  cradle  of  Mahratta  power. — Personal  traits  of  Mahratta  Brah- 
man princes. — The  temperance  movement  among  the  British  in  India. — Principles  of 
British  policy  in  Egypt. — Aspect  of  Palestine  in  1883. — Social  science  in  the  British 
empire  abroad. 

J915  T65 
Toward  the  rising  sun;  sketches  of  life  in  eastern  lands.  1902.  (Youth's 
companion  series.) 

Treves,  Sir  Frederick.  915  T73 

Other  side  of  the  lantern;  an  account  of  a  commonplace  tour  round 
the  world.     [1908.]     Cassell. 

Contents:  The  Mediterranean  and  the  Red  sea. — India. — Burmah  and  Ceylon. — 
China. — Japan. — America. 

"He  has  not  strayed  much  from  the  highways  of  the  earth  in  these  few  months  of 
travel.  What  redeems  the  book,  however,  is  the  personality  of  the  writer,  his  pungent 
way  of  putting  his  observations,  his  evident  refusal  to  look  at  things  with  any  eyes  but 
his  own,  and  his  evident  enjoyment  of  the  whole  thing."     Outlook  (London),  1905. 

Wilcox,  William  Craig.  1915  W71 

The  Eastern  question;  syllabus  of  six  lectures.    University  of  Iowa. 

China 

History 

Bland,  John  Otway  Percy,  &  Backhouse,  E.  q95i  B53 

China  under  the  empress  dowager;  the  history  of  the  life  and  times 
of  Tzu  Hsi,  compiled  from  state  papers  and  the  private  diary  of  the 
comptroller  of  her  household.     1910.     Heinemann. 

"Some  of  the  documents  have  never  before  been  published  and  the  whole  book,  in 
its  sound  learning,  lack  of  bias  and  wealth  of  information,  is  a  revelation  of  the 
empress'  personality  and  of  Chinese  diplomacy.  There  are  many  photographic  illustra- 
tions and  a  map  of  Peking  with  full  descriptive  index  to  important  buildings  and  sites." 
A.  L.  A.  booklist,  1911. 

Conger,  Mrs   Sarah  (Pike).  95i  C74 

Letters  from  China,  with  particular  reference  to  the  empress  dowa- 
ger and  the  women  of  China.    1909.    McQurg. 

"Mrs.  Conger,  widow  of  our  late  Minister  to  the  Court  of  Peking,  writes. .  .with 
all  the  zest,  all  the  fresh  curiosity,  of  an  intelligent  and  observant  woman  visiting  new 
and,  in  some  instances,  startling  scenes  for  the  first  time. .  .The  Boxer  disturbances,  fall- 
ing within  the  period  of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Conger's  residence  in  Peking  [1898-1904].  af- 
forded material  for  many  anxious  entries  in  the  diary  kept  by  the  wife  during  that  trying 
time."     Dial,  1909. 

Numerous  illustrations  from  photographs. 


2i84  CHINA— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL 

Cordier,  Henri.  qroi6.95i  C8i 

Bibliotheca  Sinica;  dictionnaire  bibliographique  des  ouvrages  rela- 
tifs  a  Tempire  chinois.    2v.    1904-06. 

"Sources  de  cet  ouvrage,"  v.i,  p.7-11. 

Griffis,  William  Elliot.  951  G89 

China's  story  in  myth,  legend,  art  and  annals.    191 1.    Houghton. 
Gives  an  outline  history  of  China  from  earliest  times  and  makes  a  sympathetic  at- 
tempt to  interpret  Chinese  human  nature  and  civilization. 

Martin,  William  Alexander  Parsons.  951  M4a 

Awakening  of  China.     1907.     Doubleday. 

Mr  Martin's  volume  differs  from  the  general  type  in  that  it  deals  for  the  greater 
part  with  the  Chinese  history  of  an  earlier  time,  and  only  secondarily  with  present  day 
movements.  It  contains  an  interesting  chapter  on  the  Viceroy  Chang  and  another  on 
European  missionaries.     Condensed  from  Nation,  1907. 

Van  Bergen,  Robert.  J951  V17 

Story  of  China.    1902.    Amer.  Book  Co. 

About  the  history  and  customs  of  China,  with  stories  of  Confucius,  Li  Hung  Chang 
and  Kuang  Hsu,  the  Illustrious  Successor. 

Weale,  B.  L.  Putnam,  {pseud,  of  Bertram  Lenox  Simpson).  951  W35 
Indiscreet  letters  from  Peking;  being  the  notes  of  an  eye-witness, 
which  set  forth  in  some  detail,  from  day  to  day,  the  real  story  of  the 
siege  and  sack  of  a  distressed  capital  in  1900 — the  year  of  great  tribula- 
tion.    1907.     Dodd. 

"Three  hundred  pages  of  the  most  pungent  descriptive  writing,  a  vivid  and  violent 
story  of  personal  experiences,  things  seen,  heard  and  felt,  during  the  ghastly  months 
of  the  Boxer  terror  in  Pekin,  and  of  the  merciless  reprisals  taken  by  Europe  after  the 
relief  of  the  Legations."     Outlook  (London),  1907, 


Description  and  travel 

Brown,  Arthur  Judson.  QiS-i  B78 

New  forces  in  old  China;  an  inevitable  awakening.     1904.     Revell. 
Contents:    Old  China  and  its  people. — The  commercial  force  and  the  economic  revo- 
lution.— The  political   force  and  the   national   protest. — The  missionary   force  and   the 
Chinese  church. — The  future  of  China  and  our  relation  to  it. 

Describes  the  operation  of  three  great  transforming  forces  in  China, — western  trade, 
politics  and  religion. 

Bryson,  Mrs  Mary  Isabella.  QiS-i  B84C 

Child  life  in  Chinese  homes.     1885.    Religious  Tract  Soc. 

Written  after  nine  years'  residence  in  China  as  a  missionary.  Second  part  contains 
true  stories  of  Chinese  boys  and  girls  known  to  the  author.     Illustrated. 

Cecil,  Lord  William  Gascoyne-,  &  Cecil,  Lady  F.  M.  915-1  C31 

(Bootle-Wilbraham). 

Changing  China.    1910.    Nisbet. 

Contents:  China  in  transition. — Religions  of  China  and  the  missionary. — The  new 
and  the  old  learning. — Appendix:    Will  Russia  be  represented  on  the  mission  field? 

Bibliography,  p.ii-12. 

Written  by  trained  inquirers  fresh  from  the  field.  Discusses  with  sympathy  the 
weak  and  strong  sides  of  Chinese  civilization,  its  meaning  to  the  world,  foreign  rela- 
tions, cities,  rivers,  the  impending  economic  revolutions,  opium,  the  woman  question 
and  Chinese  architecture.  Every  phase  of  the  native  religions  and  the  missionaries  is 
treated  with  catholicity  and  vigor.     Condensed  from  Nation,  1910. 

Dfbicki,  WJadysJaw  Micha?.  915.1  D35 

Przyszlosc  Chin;  grozne  wnioski  z  przes?anek  lekcewazonych.    1898. 


CHINA— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL  2185 

Geil,  William  Edgar.  9i5-i  G28g 

The  great  wall  of  China.     1909.    Sturgis. 

An  American  student  of  China,  knowing  the  language  and  at  ease  among  the  people, 
has  traveled  from  end  to  end  of  the  wall.  Fortunately  he  took  his  camera  with  him,  and 
so  was  able  to  provide  the  only  element  that  is  admirable  in  his  book.  His  pages  are 
a  mine  of  fact  and  history  and  discussion  but  disfigured  by  a  tone  of  levity  and  facetious- 
ness.     Condensed  from  Outlook  (London),  1910. 

Headland,  Isaac  Taylor.  QiS-i  H38 

Court   life   in    China;    the   capitals,   its   officials   and   people.     1909. 

Revell. 

Goes  far  towards  bringing  the  remarkable  empress  dowager  within  our  compre- 
hension as  woman  and  ruler,  and  succeeds  in  showing  Chinese  officials  and  people  in 
their  proper  light  in  the  world's  history.  The  book  is  appreciative  of  the  Chinese  and 
hopeful  that  increasing  knowledge  will  result  in  greater  respect  for  Chinese  statesman- 
ship and  honesty. 

Headland,  Isaac  Taylor.  J9i5-i  H380 

Our  little  Chinese  cousin.     1903.    Page. 

Tells  of  the  childhood  of  Chenchu,  a  little  Chinese  girl,  and  how  she  escaped  having 
her  feet  bound.     Illustrated  with  photographs  and  Chinese  drawings. 

Johnston,  Reginald  Fleming.  9i5-i  J36 

From  Peking  to  Mandalay;  a  journey  from  north  China  to  Burma 
through  Tibetan  Ssuch'uan  and  Yunnan.     1908.     Murray. 

The  journey  was  undertaken  for  the  purpose  of  visiting  the  tribes  subject  to  China 
which  inhabit  Chinese  Tibet  and  Yunnan.  Buddhism  in  China  and  Buddhistic  legends 
are  discussed  at  some  length. 

A  book  written  with  learning,  authority  and  enthusiasm  which  should  be  read  by 
those  who  care  for  the  judgments  of  a  man  who  has  brought  to  bear  in  remote  parts  of 
the  Chinese  empire  a  full  knowledge  of  the  Chinese  character  and  language.  Condensed 
from  Spectator,  igo8. 

Johnston,  Reginald  Fleming.  QiS-i  J36I 

Lion  and  dragon  in  northern  China.     1910.    Button. 

Contents:  Weihaiwei  and  the  Shantung  promontory.  —  History  and  legend. — 
Chinese  chronicles  and  local  celebrities. — British  rule. — Litigation. — Village  life  and 
land  tenure. — Village  customs,  festivals  and  folk-lore. — The  women  of  Weihaiwei. — 
Widows  and  children. — Family  graveyards. — Dead  men  and  ghost-lore. — Confucianism. 
— Taoism,  local  deities,  tree-worship. — The  dragon,  mountain-worship,  Buddhism. — Re- 
ligion and  superstition  in  East  and  West. — The  future. 

Krukovskaja,  S.  K.  915.1  K4a 

Chinija;  dangiskosios  ciesorystes  gyvenimo  ir  paprociy  vaizdeliai; 
verte  J.  Laukis.     191 1. 

Liddell,  T.  Hodgson.  qgiS-i  L68 

China;  its  marvel  and  mystery,  with  illustrations  in  colour  by  the 

author.     1910.     Lane. 

Of  interest  chiefly  for  its  colored  illustrations. 

Little,  Archibald  John.  9i5-i  L74g 

Gleanings  from  50  years  in  China;  revised  by  Mrs  Archibald  Little. 
[1910.]     Low. 

Contents:  Trade  and  politics. — Travel. — Drama  and  legend. — Religion  and  philoso- 
phy. 

Mr  Little's  name  is  mainly  associated  with  western  China,  and  particularly  with  the 
attempt  to  make  practicable  for  steam  navigation  the  rapids  which  separate  Ich'ang 
from  Chung-ch'ing  on  the  Yangtze  Kiang  river.  Book  consists  of  articles  which  have 
appeared  from  time  to  time  in  periodicals. 


2i86  TIBET 

Margary,  Augustus  Raymond.  9i5-i  M38 

Journey  from  Shanghae  to  Bhamo  and  back  to  Manwyne,  from  his 
journals  and  letters,  with  a  brief  biographical  preface;  to  which  is 
added  a  concluding  chapter  by  Sir  Rutherford  Alcock.  1876.  Mac- 
millan. 

MarRary  (1846-75)  was  an  English  traveler  attached  to  the  legation  at  Pekin.  He 
was  the  first  Englishman  to  traverse  the  route  described. 

Oliphant,  Laurence.  915.1  O23 

Narrative  of  the  earl  of  Elgin's  mission  to  China  and  Japan  in  the 
years  1857,  '58,  '59.    i860.    Harper. 

Mr  Oliphant  was  private  secretary  to  Lord  Elgin  on  his  expeditions  to  China  and 
Japarf,  with  both  of  which  countries  treaties  were  made  providing  for  additional  trade 
facilities.  The  book  has  slight  political  interest.  It  is  essentially  a  traveler's  account 
of  life  and  scenery  in  the  countries  visited. 

Roe,  A.  S.  915.1  R59 

China  as  I  saw  it;  a  woman's  letters  from  the  Celestial  empire.  1910. 
Hutchinson. 

Tibet 
Bonvalot,  Gabriel.  9i5-iS  B6a 

Across  Thibet;  a  translation  of  "De  Paris  au  Tonking  a  travers  le 
Tibet  inconnu"  by  C.  B.  Pitman.    1892.    Cassell. 

Hedin,  Sven.  9i5-i5  H39ab 

Abenteuer  in  Tibet.    1908. 

Hedin,  Sven.  915.15  H39t 

Trans-Himalaya;  discoveries  and  adventures  in  Tibet.  2v.  1909. 
Macmillan. 

The  special  quest  of  Dr  Hedin  was  that  hitherto  unexplored  range  of  mountains  to 
which  he  now  assigns  the  name  of  "Trans-Himalaya."  It  is  an  immense  chain,  stretch- 
ing for  about  600  miles  and  forming  the  northern  watershed  of  the  great  Brahmaputra, 
as  well  as  of  the  upper  Indus,  yet  its  very  existence  was  largely  the  subject  of  con- 
jecture. Dr  Hedin  crossed  this  range  by  eight  different  passes  and  mapped  out  its  con- 
tours in  considerable  detail.  The  volumes  in  which  he  tells  the  story  of  his  great 
achievement  differ  from  all  his  previous  books  on  the  "Forbidden  land"  in  possessing 
greater  human  interest.  For  the  first  time  he  was  able  to  penetrate  what  he  terms 
"Tibet  proper"  and  for  this  good  fortune  he  is  indebted  to  the  amicable  relations  estab- 
lished with  Tibet  by  the  British  mission  of  1904.     Condensed  from  Nature,  1910. 

Holdich,  Sir  Thomas  Hungerford.  9i5>i5  H71 

Tibet,  the  mysterious.     1904.     Rivers.     (The  story  of  exploration.) 

"Bibliography  of  Tibet,"  p.337-34t. 

Treats  briefly  of  the  history  of  Tibet  and  contains  a  description  of  Lhasa,  the 
capital,  but  the  main  purpose  of  the  book  is  to  summarize  the  results  of  private  and 
government  exploration  from  the  i6th  century  to  the  present  time.  Maps  and  illustra- 
tions. 

Landor,  Arnold  Henry  Savage.  915-15  L22a 

Auf  verbotenen  wegen;  reisen  und  abenteuer  in  Tibet.  1900. 

Landor,  Arnold  Henry  Savage.  9i5-i5  L22 
Tibet  &  Nepal;  painted  &  described.     [1905.]     Black. 

"It  is  difficult  to  know  how  to  describe  his  narrative.  He  travelled  only  on  the  out- 
skirts of  the  country,  and  he  makes  some  obvious  mistakes;  but  he  writes  with  an  as- 
sumption of  the  highest  expert  knowledge ...  When  it  comes  to  climbing  snow  mountains 
our  imagination  falters  far  behind  him.     He  ascended  the  Lumpa  peak  in  Nepal,  which 


KOREA.    JAPAN  2187 


Landor,  Arnold  Henry  Savage — continued.  9i5>i5  L22 

he  puts  at  23,490  ft.,  and  claims  in  consequence  the  'world's  record'. .  .He  seems  to  have 
suffered  no  discomfort  from  tlie  altitude,  and  he  pours  the  vials  of  his  scorn  upon 
Alpine  clubs  and  all  climbing  appliances."     Spectator,  J905. 

Korea 
McKenzie,  Frederick  Arthur.  951.9  M17 

Tragedy  of  Korea.     [1908.]     Button. 

Story  of  the  awakening  and  the  destruction  of  the  nation,  chiefly  concerned  with 
events  since  1901.  Author  is  an  authority  on  the  Far  East,  and  writes  largely  from 
personal  experience.  He  shows  much  sympathy  for  the  people  and  severely  criticizes 
Japan's  Korean  policy.     Illustrated. 

Allen,  Horace  Newton.  9i5-i9  A42t 

Things  Korean;  a  collection  of  sketches  and  anecdotes,  missionary 
and  diplomatic.     1908.     Revell. 

Experiences  of  21  years  spent  in  Korea,  the  last  four  of  them  as  minister  from  the 
United  States. 

Hulbert,  Homer  Bezaleel.  qgiS.ig  H91 

Passing  of  Korea.    1906.    Doubleday. 
"Leads  all  books  on  Korea  in  richness  of  information."     Nation,  igo6. 

Japan — Residency  general,  Seoul,  Korea.  qrgis.ig  J18 

Annual  report  (ist-2d)  on  reforms  and  progress  in  Korea,  1907-09. 
1 908-09. 

V.2  covers  two  years,  1908-09. 

Includes  administration,  finance,  currency,  banking,  commerce,  agriculture  and  in- 
dustries, sanitafion,  education,  etc. 

Ladd,  George  Trumbull.  9i5-i9  L13 

In  Korea  with  Marquis  Ito.     1908.     Scribner. 

Contents:    A  narrative  of  personal  experiences. — A  critical  and  historical  inquiry. 

Marquis  Ito  invited  Professor  Ladd  of  Yale  to  be  his  guest  and  helper  in  Korea, 
where,  as  resident-general,  he  represents  the  protectorate  of  Japan.  From  a  competent 
observer  and  fair-minded  critic,  with  very  unusual  opportunities  for  correct  information, 
we  have  the  truth  about  Korea  and  Japan  in  Korea.     Condensed  from  Outlook,  190S. 

Japan 
Bibliography 

Wenckstern,  Friedrich  von,  comp.  qroi6.g5  W51 

Bibliography  of  the  Japanese  empire;  being  a  classified  list  of  books, 
essays  and  maps  in  European  languages  relating  to  Japan  published 
from  1894-1906.    v.2.     1907. 

v.2.      1 894- 1 906;   and   a   supplement  to   Leon    Pages'   Bibliographic   japonaise    [andl 
A  list  of  the  Swedish  literature  on  Japan,  by  Valfrid  Palmgren. 
For  V.I  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

History 

Griffis,  William  Elliot.  gS*  G8gj 

Japanese  nation  in  evolution;  steps  in  the  progress  of  a  great  peo- 
ple.    [1907.]     Crowell. 

The  rise  of  the  Japanese  is  traced  from  prehistoric  times,  with  special  emphasis  laid 
upon  the  author's  theory  that  the  original  stock  of  this  people  is  Aryan  or  Ainu,  not 
Mongolian.     To  this  fact  he  attributes  the  secret  of  the  nation's  superiority. 


RUSSO-JAPANESE  WAR 


Kampfer,  Engelbrecht.  952  K12 

History  of  Japan,  together  with  a  description  of  the  kingdom  of 
Siam,  1690-92;  tr.  by  J.  G.  Scheuchzer.    3v.     1906.    MacLehose. 

The  same  [abridged.  1811].  (In  Pinkerton,  John,  ed.  General  col- 
lection of  voyages  and  travels,  v.7,  p.6S2-82i.) qrgio  P63  v.7 

Murdoch,  James.  qrg52  M97h 

History  of  Japan,    v.i.    1910.    Asiatic  Soc.  of  Japan. 

V.I.     From  the  origins  to  the  arrival  of  the  Portuguese  in  1542. 

Okuma,  Shigenobu,  count,  comp.  952  O227 

Fifty  years  of  new  Japan  (Kaikoku  gojunen  shi) ;  English  version 
ed.  by  M.  B.  Huish.    2v.    1909.    Smith,  Elder. 

Most  authoritative  work  yet  published  (191 1)  in  English  on  the  progress  of  modern 
Japan.  The  compiler  has  been  a  potent  influence  in  this  growth  and  a  directing  spirit  in 
the  great  educational,  literary  and  political  movements  that  are  re-making  the  nation. 
The  56  chapters  have  been  contributed  by  almost  as  many  authors.  In  v.i,  history, 
politics,  finance,  industry  and  trade  are  treated;  in  v. 2,  religion,  literature,  culture  and 
education,  philosophy,  medicine,  philanthropy,  art  and  social  influences. 

Russo-Japanese  war 
Barry,  Richard  Hayes.  952  B27e 

The  events  man;  being  an  account  of  the  adventures  of  Stanley 
Washburn,  American  war  correspondent.     1907.     Moffat. 

Account  of  the  operations  of  a  newspaper  dispatch  boat  in  the  waters  between 
Korea  and  Port  Arthur  during  the  early  months  of  the  Russo-Japanese  war. 

Camperio,  Filippo.  952  C16 

Al  campo  russo  in  Manciuria;  note  di  un  marinaio.     1907. 

Gulick,  Sidney  Lewis.  952  G96 

White  peril  in  the  Far  East;  an  interpretation  of  the  significance  of 

the  Russo-Japanese  war.    1905.    Revell. 

Resume  of  the  development  of  Japan  during  the  latter  half  of  the  19th  century, 
followed  by  chapters  on  the  meaning  of  the  war  and  the  problems  of  the  Far  East. 

Hamilton,  Sir  Ian  Standish  Monteith.  952  H21 

Staff  officer's  scrap-book  during  the  Russo-Japanese  war.  2v.  1907. 
Arnold. 

Sir  Ian  Hamilton  was  with  the  Japanese  army,  as  the  military  representative  of 
India. 

"The  author  belongs  to  that  very  small  class  of  soldiers  who  add  to  an  extensive 
technical  equipment  the  knowledge  that  to  conduct  war  is  to  play  on  the  psychologry  of 
individuals  and  of  masses,  and  to  that  even  smaller  class  with  whom  the  pen  flashes 
as  readily  as  the  sword.  Sir  Ian  is  a  wit,  the  best  of  comrades,  fair  to  foe  as  to  friend, 
willing  to  acknowledge  a  mistake  or  a  weakness,  and  always  a  military  critic  of  the 
first  rank."     Nation,  1907. 

Kuropatkin,  Gen.  Aleksei  Nikolaevich.  952  K43 

The  Russian  army  and  the  Japanese  war;  being  historical  and  criti- 
cal comments  on  the  military  policy  and  power  of  Russia  and  on  the 
campaign  in  the  Far  East;  tr.  by  A.  B.  Lindsay,  ed.  by  E.  D.  Swinton. 
2v.    1909.    Button. 

Translation  of  the  fourth  volume  of  General  Kuropatkin's  history  of  the  campaign 
in  Manchuria,  the  manuscript  of  which  found  its  way  to  London  after  its  suppression 
in  Russia. 

"It  is  careful  in  statement  and  dispassionate  in  tone,  and  its  interest  and  value 
consist  in  its  presentation  of  new  facts;  its  disclosure  of  Russia's  aims  and  purposes, 


RUSSO-JAPANESE  WAR  2189 

Kuropatkin,  Gen.  Aleksei  Nikolaevich — continued.  952  K43 

particularly  in  the  Far  East;  its  generous  estimate  and  cordial  appreciation  of  the 
Japanese;  and  its  frank  and  unsparing  revelation  of  the  weaknesses,  blunders,  and  short- 
comings of  the  Russian  Government  and  Russian  military  administration."  Outlook, 
jgjo. 

McCortnick,  Frederick.  952  M14 

Tragedy  of  Russia  in  Pacific  Asia.  2v.  1907.  Outing. 
During  the  late  war  Mr  McCormick,  in  the  capacity  of  Associated  Press  corre- 
spondent, supplied  the  English-speaking  world  with  what  usually  proved  to  be  the  most 
authentic  information  to  be  had,  especially  from  the  Russian  side.  Despite  more  or  less 
serious  limitations  his  volumes  contain  much  that  is  essential  to  a  full  knowledge  of  the 
war  and  a  good  deal  that  one  may  never  be  able  to  lay  hold  of  elsewhere.  Condensed 
from  Dial,  1908. 

"O,"  pseud.  952  On 

The  yellow  war.     1905.    Blackwood. 

Many  of  these  articles  appeared  in  "Blackwood's  Edinburgh  magazi"ne,"  v.  176-177, 
July  1904-Feb.  1905  under  the  title  "The  war  in  the  Far  East." 

Scenes  from  the  Russo-Japanese  war.  The  author  was  an  eye-witness  of  many  of 
the  incidents  related. 

"Most  of  the  book  can  only  be  described  as  lurid;  and  yet  the  author  writes  simply, 
is  never  rhetorical,  and  clearly  labours  to  be  temperate  and  exact.  But  he  is  mastered 
by  his  material,  and  the  cumulative  effect  of  his  faithful  description  is... not  far  distant 
from  tragedy."     Spectator,  1905. 

Politovski,  Evgenii  Sigismondovitch.  952  P76 

From  Libau"  to  Tsushima;  a  narrative  of  the  voyage  of  Admiral 
Rojdestvensky's  fleet  to  eastern  seas,  including  a  detailed  account  of 
the  Dogger  bank  incident;  tr.  by  F.  R.  Godfrey.     1906.    Murray. 

Politovsky  was  engineer-constructor  in  the  second  Russian  fleet,  and  had  charge 
of  repairing  the  damages  which  happened  on  its  voyage  to  the  East.  He  kept  a  diary, 
which  he  sent  home  in  letters  to  his  wife  in  Russia.  The  entries  extend  from  August 
1904  to  May  1 90s,  when  he  went  down  in  his  flagship.  A  more  faithful  picture  of  what 
the  Russians  thought  and  said  and  did  during  these  nine  months  there  could  not  be. 
Condensed  from  Spectator,  1906. 

Sakurai,  Tadayoshi.  952  S15 

Human  bullets;  a  soldier's  story  of  Port  Arthur,  with  an  introduc- 
tion by  Count  Okuma;  tr.  by  Masujiro  Honda,  ed.  by  A.  M.  Bacon. 
1907.     Houghton. 

While  in  command  of  his  company  the  author  was  desperately  wounded  and  he  has 
spent  his  years  of  convalescence  in  writing  exactly  what  he  saw  and  felt.  He  is  a 
Buddhist  and  writes  from  the  Buddhist  point  of  view.  The  book  is  an  excellent  work 
on  fighting,  a  fine  exposition  of  Japanese  patriotism,  and  a  valuable  study  of  the  rela- 
tions between  Buddhist  and  Shintu  or  official  Japanese  doctrine.  Condensed  from  Athe- 
nceum,  1907. 

[Scidmore,  Eliza  Ruhamah.]  952  S41 

As  The  Hague  ordains;  journal  of  a  Russian  prisoner's  wife  in  Japan. 
1907.     Holt. 

Whether  or  not  this  is  an  actual  record  of  daily  events,  it  is  full  of  human  interest 
and  vivaciously  written.  Starting  out  an  intensely  patriotic  Russian,  the  author  gradually 
transfers  her  sympathies  to  the  Japanese. 

Seaman,  Louis  Livingston.  95*  S43 

From  Tokio  through  Manchuria  with  the  Japanese.   1905.  Appleton. 

As  a  military  surgeon,  Dr  Seaman  was  chiefly  interested  in  the  treatment  of  the  sick 
and  wounded  in  time  of  war,  and  in  the  means  taken  to  prevent  sickness  in  the  field. 
He  had  some  interesting  and  exciting  experiences,  but  prominence  is  always  given  to  the 
hospitals  and  medical  system. 


2190  JAPAN— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL 

Semenov,  Vladimir  Ivanovich.  952  S47b 

Battle  of  Tsu-shima,  between  the  Japanese  and  Russian  fleets, 
fought  on  27th  May  1905;  tr.  by  Capt.  A.  B.  Lindsay,  with  a  preface 
by  Sir  G.  S.  Clarke.     1909.     Murray. 

"The  author  of  this  remarkable  book  had  exceptionally  good  opportunities  for 
clearly  observing  the  battle  of  the  Sea  of  Japan.  He  was  in  the  flagship  'Knyaz 
Suvoroff,'  but  was  in  her  as  a  passenger  to  Vladivostok,  not  as  a  combatant  officer, 
and  hence  had  ample  facilities  for  making  observations  and  notes  throughout  the  battle 
until  he  was  wounded  too  seriously  to  continue  his  record  of  the  incidents  of  the 
fight.  Again,  having  served  with  the  Port  Arthur  fleet  in  the  sortie  of  August  loth, 
he  was  able  to  bring  a  more  trained  and  critical  judgment  to  bear  on  the  events  of  the 
day  than  any  other  eyewitness  of  the  action  from  the  Russian  side."     Spectator,  1907. 

Semenov,  Vladimir  Ivanovich.  952  S47 

Rasplata  (The  reckoning) ;  his  diary  during  the  blockade  of  Port 
Arthur  and  the  voyage  of  Admiral  Rojestvensky's  fleet;  tr.  by  L.  \.  B. 
1909.    Murray. 

"We  are  not  quite  sure  that  the  diary  upon  which  Commander  Semenoff  bases  his 
picturesque  story  of  the  Port  Arthur  fleet  and  the  voyage  of  Admiral  Rozhestvensky 
ever  existed.  We  are  not  even  sure  that  there  is  such  a  person  as  Commander  Semenoff 
of  the  Russian  navy.  Internal  evidence  points  both  ways ...  Whatever  may  be  the  case, 
we  have... an  exceptionally  readable  account  of  Russia's  naval  campaigns,  written  from 
the  anti-governmental  standpoint,  with  much  grasp  and  authority  and  without  excessive 
prejudice. .  .Minutiae  of  naval  technique  are  skilfully  blended  with  much  real  fighting,  a 
great  amount  of  psychological  data,  and  a  good  bit  of  denunciation."    Nation,  igog. 

United  States — Military  information  division.  r952  U25e 

Epitome  of  the  Russo-Japanese  war.  1907.  ([Publications,  new 
ser.]  no. II.) 

United  States — Military  information  division.  r952  U25 

Reports  of  military  observers  attached  to  the  armies  in  Manchuria 
during  the  Russo-Japanese  war.  5  pts.  in  2v.  1906-07.  (Publications; 
new  ser.  no.8.) 

Description  and  travel 

Alcock,  Sir  Rutherford.  r9i5.2  A3S 

Capital  of  the  Tycoon;  a  narrative  of  a  three  years'  residence  in 
Japan.    2v.    1863.    Harper. 

Alcock  was  England's  first  consul-general  in  Japan.  A  considerable  part  of  his 
book  is  occupied  with  oriental  diplomacy  and  politics,  but  its  chief  interest  is  in  the 
descriptions  of  Japanese  life  and  customs. 

Blaisdell,  Etta  Austin,  &  Dalrymple,  Julia.  J9X5-2  B52 

Ume  San  in  Japan.     1910.    Little.     (Little  people  everywhere.) 

Begins  by  telling  what  little  "Miss  Plum  Blossom"  did  on  her  nth  birthday  and 
also  describes  the  "tea-ceremony"  of  the  illustrious  dolls,  the  cherry  blossom  and  flag 
festivals,  the  New  Year's  merrymaking  and  other  happy  times,  including  a  trip  to 
Kamakura  and  the  island  of  shells. 

[Busk,  Mrs  William,  ed.]  915-2  B96 

Manners  and  customs  of  the  Japanese  in  the  19th  century;  from  the 
accounts  of  recent  Dutch  residents  in  Japan  and  from  the  German  work 
of  P.  F.  von  Siebold.     1848.    Harper. 

It  was  to  the  Dutch  mission  sent  to  Japan  in  1823  that  Europe  was  indebted  for 
its  early  information  in  regard  to  that  country.  Siebold  lived  with  the  Dutch  colony 
for  six  years  and  he  was  for  a  long  time  considered  one  of  the  great  authorities  on 
Japan. 


JAPAN— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL  2191 

Clement,  Ernest  Wilson.  9I5.2  Cs6a 

Handbook    of   modern   Japan,    with    an   additional   chapter   on    the 

Russo-Japanese  war.     1907.     McClurg. 

"A  thesaurus  of  information  concerning  modern  Japan... It  would  be  difficult  to 

name   an    important   theme   left   unnoticed   in    this    handy  volume.      History,   industry, 

modern  politics,  manners  and  customs,  the  new  woman,  literature,  language,   aesthetics, 

religions.  Christian  missions, — are  all  discussed."    Dial,  1904. 

De  Benneville,  James  Seguin.  915-2  Dssm 

More  Japonico;  a  critique  of  the  effect  of  an  idea,  communityism,  on 
the  life  and  history  of  a  people.     1908.    Privately  printed. 

De  Benneville,  James  Seguin.  915.2  D35 

Sakurambo.     1906.     Lippincott. 

Facts  and  impressions  gathered  in  four  years'  travel  in  Japan.  Chiefly  descriptions 
of  the  country,  the  people,  manners  and  customs,  with  some  account  of  politics  and 
history. 

Dyer,  Henry.  9i5'2  D98 

Dai  Nippon;  a  study  in  national  evolution.     1904.     Blackie. 

"Bibliographical  note"  at  the  end  of  many  chapters. 

"Some  of  the  more  important  recent  books,  etc.,  on  Japan,"  p.443-445. 

Chapters  on  modern  Japan,  its  industrial  developments,  education,  art,  foreign  rela- 
tions, etc.  Author  went  to  Toldo  in  1873  to  organize  an  engineering  college  and  re- 
mained as  its  principal  for  about  ten  years. 

"Untrustworthy  in  theories,  perhaps  no  other  single  volume  gives  so  wide  and 
correct  a  view  of  the  main  facts  in  the  several  phases  of  Japanese  national  life."  Nation, 
1905. 

Finnemore,  John.  J9i5'2  F51 

Japan,  with  illustrations  in  colour  by  Ella  Du  Cane.  1908.  Black. 
(Peeps  at  many  lands  series.) 

All  about  boy  and  girl  life  in  the  Land  of  the  rising  sun.  Tells  among  other  things 
about  their  games,  the  feast  of  dolls,  the  flag  festival,  kite-flying  and  the  delights  of  a 
Japanese  fair.  Contains  also  the  famous  stories  of  Momotaro,  and  Urashima  the  fisher- 
boy. 

House,  Edward  Howard.  915.2  H83 

Japanese  episodes.    1881.    Osgood. 

Contents:  Little  fountain  of  Sakanoshita. — To  Fuziyama  and  back. — A  Japanese 
statesman  at  home. — A  day  in  a  Japanese  theatre. 

Humbert,  Aime.  qb9i5.2  H92 

Le  Japon  illustre.    2v.     1870. 

Author  was  minister  from  the  Swiss  republic  to  Japan,  1863-64.  There  are  many 
illustrations,  besides  maps  and  plans.  The  text  gives  a  general  account  of  the  country 
and  the  people.  The  Library  has  an  English  translation  of  the  work  "Japan  and  the 
Japanese"   (qrpis.z  H92). 

Jerningham,  Sir  Hubert  Edward  Henry.  915-2  J27 

From  West  to  East;  notes  by  the  way.     1907.     Button. 
Notes  by  the  way  from  Paris  through  India  to  Japan,  Manchuria,  Korea  and  the 

United   States.     The   largest  and  best  part  of  the  book  is   that  dealing  with   Japan's 

great  struggle  with  Russia  from  Port  Arthur  to  Mukden. 

Lloyd,  Arthur.  915-2  L75 

Every-day  Japan;  vi^ritten  after  25  years'  residence  and  work  in  the 

country,  introduction  by  Count  Hayashi.     1909-     Cassell. 

No  one  could  be  more  kindly,  more  sympathetic,  more  appreciative  of  all  that  is 

best  in  the  national  character  and  most  attractive  in  the  national  life.     But  he  is  not 

blind  to  Japanese  faults.     Condensed  from  Spectator,  1909. 


2192  JAPAN— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL 

Lowell,  Percival.  915.2  L95 

Soul  of  the  Far  East.    1888.    Houghton. 

Contents:  Individuality. — Family. — Adoption. — Language. — Nature  and  art. — Art. 
— Religion. — Imagination. 

"Study  of  the  social  life,  language,  art,  religion,  and  general  characteristics  of  the 
Chinese,  Coreans  and  Japanese  —  His  little  book  is  an  original  and  fascinating  contribu- 
tion to  our  knowledge  of  the  extreme  Orient."     Nation,  i888. 

McKenzie,  Frederick  Arthur.  915.2  M17 

The  unveiled  East.    1907.    Button. 

An  alarmist  view  of  the  situation  in  the  Far  East.  Mr  McKenzie  believes  that 
Japan  has  entered  fully  upon  a  campaign  of  aggressive  imperialism. 

Miyakawa,  Masuji.  915.2  M75 

Life  of  Japan.     1907.     Baker. 

Author  was  the  first  Japanese  to  be  admitted  to  the  American  bar  and  is  (1907) 
lecturer  in  the  law  school  of  the  University  of  Indiana.  The  book  is  a  general  survey, 
including  manners  and  customs,  industrial  development,  army  and  navy  and  government 
of  Japan.  In  the  concluding  chapter  the  improbability  of  an  American-Japanese  war  is 
discussed. 

Mohl,  Ottmar  von.  915.2  M77 

Am  japanischen  hofe.     1904. 

Redesdale  of  Redesdale,  Algernon  Bertram  Freeman-  915.2  R27 

Mitford,  baron. 
Garter  mission  to  Japan.    1906.    Macmillan. 

Lord  Redesdale  was  dispatched  to  Japan  by  King  Edward  in  January  1906  to  carry 
the  Order  of  the  garter  to  the  emperor.  The  description  of  the  ceremonials  of  investi- 
ture is  disposed  of  in  the  first  30  pages.  What  follows  is  a  day  by  day  account,  delight- 
fully written,  of  the  entertainments  and  sights  which  came  in  the  way  of  the  English 
party. 

Scherer,  James  Augustin  Brown.  915.2  S32W 

What  is  Japanese  morality?     1906.    Sunday  School  Times  Co. 

Keen  analysis  of  Japanese  morals,  the  mainspring  of  which  the  author  finds  in 
patriotic  loyalty. 

Schroeder,  Osvyrald,  &  Pflanz,  Ernst.  915.2  S38 

Eine  reise  nach  Ostasien.  1905.  (Mit  camera  und  feder  durch  die 
welt,  V.3.) 

[Shigemi,  Shiukichi.]  915.2  855 

A  Japanese  boy,  by  himself.     1890.     Ho:c. 

This  story  of  the  author's  early  life  is  an  excellent  picture  of  home  life  among 
the  middle  classes  in  Japan.  In  his  14  chapters  he  describes  school  and  home  customs, 
actors  and  theatres,  fishing,  kite-flying,  holidays,  religious  festivals  and  ceremonies  and 
many  other  matters  of  interest. 

Weulersse,  G.  915.2  W58 

Wspotczesna  Japonia;  spolszczyi  Jan  Lorentowicz.  1904.  (Biblio- 
teka  tygodnika  illustrowanego.) 

Arabia 

[Bartlett,  William  Henry.]  915.3  B27 

Forty  days  in  the  desert  on  the  track  of  the  Israelites;  or,  A  journey 

from  Cairo,  by  Wady  Feiran,  to  Mount  Sinai  and  Petra.     Hall. 
First  published  in  1848. 


ARABIA.     INDIA  2193 


Doughty,  Charles  Montagu.  915-3  D75 

Wanderings  in  Arabia;  being  an  abridgment  of  "Travels  in  Arabia 
Deserta;"  arranged  with  introduction  by  Edward  Garnett.  2v.  1908. 
Duckworth. 

An  abridgment  for  general  readers  of  a  narrative  of  adventurous  explorations  in 
central  Arabia,  first  published  in  1888. 

"A  vivid  and  absorbing  picture  of  life  among  the  wild  Bedouins  on  the  vast  reaches 
of  the  Arabian  deserts.  With  a  few  medicines,  a  few  books,  and  a  pistol  in  his  bosom 
Doughty  wandered  from  tribe  to  tribe  and  from  oasis  to  oasis  for  more  than  two  years." 
Nation,  1908. 

Duncan,  Norman.  915.3  D89 

Going  down  from  Jerusalem;  the  narrative  of  a  sentimental  traveller. 
1909.    Harper. 

Account  of  the  author's  caravan  journey  across  the  desert  of  Et  Tih  in  the  northern 
part  of  the  Sinai  peninsula.  It  was  by  this  way  that  the  Holy  Family  went  down  into 
Egypt. 

McManus,  Blanche,  afterward  Mrs  Mansfield.  J9i5-3  M21 

Our  little  Arabian  cousin.    1907.    Page.    (Little  cousin  series.) 

Also  published  under  the  title  "Hamid,  our  little  Arabian  cousin." 
"Tells  of  the  comings  and  goings  of  two  little  children  of  the  desert;  how  they  lived 
their  lives;  their  plays  and  games;   and  many  of  the  curious  sights  they  saw  as  they 
travelled  about  with  their  parents,  on  one  occasion  visiting  the  great  city  of  Medina." 
Preface. 

Niebuhr,  Karsten.  qrgio  P63  v.io 

Travels  in  Arabia;  abridged  from  the  original  work.  [181 1.]  (In 
Pinkerton,  John,  ed.  General  collection  of  voyages  and  travels,  v.io, 
p.i-221.) 

India 

History 

Adams,  William  Henry  Davenport.  954  A21 

Warriors  of  the  Crescent.    1892.    Appleton. 

History  of  the  lives  and  reigfns  of  the  sultans  of  Ghazni  and  the  great  moguls  of 
India. 

Bartlett,  David  W.  954  B27 

Heroes  of  the  Indian  rebellion.    1859.    Follett. 

Sketches  of  episodes  and  heroes  of  the  Indian  mutiny,  1857-58. 

Martineau,  Harriet.  954  M43 

History  of  British  rule  in  India.     1859.    Smith,  Elder. 
Outline  of  events  from  the  early  part  of  the  17th  century,  when  the  English  East 

India  Company  first  established  itself  in  India,  to  the  mutiny  of  1857. 

Robertson,  William,  1721-93,  941  R54 

Historical  disquisition  concerning  the  knowledge  which  the  ancients 
had  of  India,  and  the  progress  of  trade  with  that  country,  prior  to  the 
discovery  of  the  passage  to  it  by  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  with  an  ap- 
pendix containing  observations  of  the  civil  policy,  the  laws  and  judicial 
proceedings,  the  arts,  the  sciences  and  religious  institutions  of  the  In- 
dians.   1831.    Harper. 

Bound  with  his  "History  of  Scotland." 


2194  INDIA— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL 

Schmidt,  G.  W.  Emil.  qrgog  H42  v.2 

India.  1904.  (In  Helmolt,  H.  F.  ed.  World's  history,  v.2,  P.34S-534.) 
Steel,  Mrs  Flora  Annie.  954  S81 

India  through  the  ages;  a  popular  and  picturesque  history  of  Hin- 
dustan.    1909.    Routledge. 

Comes  down  only  to  the  period  of  the  mutiny.  The  author  is  peculiarly  fitted  for 
the  work  by  her  knowledge  of  and  sympathy  with  the  people  of  India  gained  from  long 
residence  and  association.  Maps  of  India  at  different  periods  from  231  B.  C.  to  the 
present. 

"The    master-motive   of   the   book  is to    display   in   the   light    of   its   history   the 

romantic  side  of  India's  ever-changing  rulers  and  its  slow  changing  people."  Saturday 
review,  190S. 


Description  and  travel 
Arnold,  Sir  Edwin.  915-4  A75 

India  revisited.     1886.     Roberts. 

"A  reprint  with  additions  of  letters  written  for  the  Daily  Telegraph  during  six 
months'  absence  from  England.  It  contains  a  series  of  glowing  word-pictures,  suited 
alike  to  the  subject  and  to  the  writer  himself. .  .Wherever  he  goes  Mr.  Arnold  sets  off 
his  word-pictures  with  scraps  of  history,  legend,  poetic  and  mythologic  lore.  He  brings 
within  his  focus  all  that  is  beautiful,  brilliant  or  effective  in  the  outer  aspects  of  the 
world  he  passes  through- — the  world  whether  of  natural  scenery,  or  of  life,  manners,  and 
art."     Athenceum,  1886. 

Ball,  Eustace  Alfred  Reynolds-.  915-4  B211 

Tourist's  India.    1907.    Sonnenschein. 

"Bibliography,"  p.346-355- 

Happily  combines  the  practical  information  of  the  guide-book  with  interesting  de- 
scription. 

Bemier,  Frangois.  qrgio  P63  v.8 

Voyage  to  the  East  Indies,  containing  the  history  of  the  late  revolu- 
tion of  the  empire  of  the  great  mogul;  Englished  out  of  French.     [1811.] 
(In  Pinkerton,  John,  ed.     General  collection  of  voyages  and  travels, 
v.8,  p.57-234.) 
Buchanan,  Francis.  qrgio  P63  v.8 

Journey  from  Madras  through  the  countries  of  Mysore,  Canara  and 
Malabar.     [1811.]     (In  Pinkerton,  John,  ed.    General  collection  of  voy- 
ages and  travels,  v.8,  p.573-776.) 
Burrows,  Stephen  Montagu.  r9i5-4  B94 

Buried  cities  of  Ceylon;  a  guide  book  to  Anuradhapura  and  Pol- 
lonarua,  with  chapters  on  Dambulla,  Kalawewa,  Nihintale  and  Sigiri. 
1885.     Ferguson. 

In  B.  C.  543  the  Singhalese  invaded  Ceylon,  and  soon  after  Buddhism  was  estab- 
lished as  a  national  religion.  A  great  number  of  monuments  and  temples  were  erected 
in  the  ancient  cities  and  these  the  book  briefly  describes. 

Ceylon — Commission  to  the  Paris  exposition,  1900.  r9i5.4  C33C 

Official  handbook  &  catalogue  of  the  Ceylon  court.     1900. 

Chirol,  Valentine.  915-4  C44 

Indian  unrest,  with  an  introduction  by  Sir  Alfred  Lyall.    1910.    Mac- 

millan. 

Reprint,  revised  and  enlarged,  from  the  "Times." 

"There  can  be  no  one  not  resident  in  India  who  has  studied  the  subject  so  closely 
as  Mr.  Chirol;  and  having  acquired  a  highly  impressive  fund  of  information,  he  has  the 


INDIA— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL  2195 

Chirol,  Valentine — continued.  9i5>4  C44 

sovereigrn  advantage,  which  could  scarcely  belong  to  any  one  in  India,  of  a  judicial 
detachment.  Altogether,  the  book  is  an  example  of  what  such  a  study  should  be;  it  is 
wise  and  serious,  firm  but  humane;  it  displays  statecraft  as  well  as  historical  knowledge 
...One  thing  above  all  others  Mr.  Chirol  makes  clear... He  shows  that  in  India — the 
same  thing  is  true   of  most  Eastern  countries — religion   is   politics."     Spectator,   igio. 

Cumming,  Constance  Frederica  Gordon-.  9i5»4  C91 

In  the  Himalayas  and  on  the  Indian  plains.     1901.     Chatto. 
Popular  description  by  an  experienced  traveler.      Includes   Lucknow,   •'Vgra,   Delhi, 

Simla,  Benares,  etc.     First  published  about  1884.     Illustrated. 

Curtis,  William  Eleroy.  9i5>4  C935 

Modern  India.     1905.     Revell. 

Appeared  in  the  "Chicago  record-herald,"  1903-04. 

"A  very  helpful  book  for  those  who  wish  data  upon  which  to  base  a  reasonable 
judgment  of  the  actual  state  of  affairs  in  that  country.  The  author  lays  the  whole 
situation  before  the  reader, — the  economic  features,  the  famine  question,  the  govern- 
ment, the  industrial  development,  climate,  population,  religion,  and  the  natural  re- 
sources; all  are  explained  graphically  and  concisely."     Dial,  1905. 

England — India  office.  qrgi5.4  E64 

Statement  exhibiting  the  moral  and  material  progress  and  condition 
of  India,  1905/06-1907/08.  1907-09.  (East  India;  progress  and  con- 
dition.,) 

Finnemore,  John.  J9i5-4  F51 

India,    with    illustrations    in    colour    by    Mortimer    Menpes.      1907. 

Black.     (Peeps  at  many  lands  series.) 

A  journey  through  India,  with  descriptions  of  Benares,  the  sacred  city  of  the  Hindus, 

of  life  at  the  court  of  a  native  prince  and  in  an  Indian  village,  of  religious  pilgrrims  and 

mendicants,  Parsees,  Sikh  warriors  and  Mogul  kings.     Contains  also  some  of  the  famous 

old  stories  of  Rajput  valor  and  constancy. 

Fryer,  John,  d.  1733.  rgice  H15  v.i  19-120 

New  account  of  East  India  and  Persia;  being  nine  years'  travels, 

1672-1681;  ed.  by  William  Crooke.    2v.     1909-12.     (In  Hakluyt  Society. 

Publications,  v.i  19-120.) 

Fryer's  long  tour  in  India  and  Persia  was  undertaken  in  the  interests  of  the  East 
India  Company.  His  account  of  his  travels  is  generally  amusing  and  also  noteworthy 
as  affording  many  curious  particulars  respecting  the  natural  history  and  medicine  of  the 
countries  visited. 

Fuller,  Sir  Bampfylde.  915.4  F98 

Studies  of  Indian  life  and  sentiment.  1910.  Murray. 
Contents:  The  Indian  monsoon. — The  land  of  India. — The  people. — History  up  to 
1000  A.  D. — History  after  1000  A.  D. — Re!ig[ions,  indigenous  and  Hindu. — The  Muham- 
madans. — Hindu  institutions,  the  caste  and  the  village. — Domestic  life. — Some  people  of 
the  hills. —  Agriculture  and  irrigation. —  Famines. —  Manufactures  and  commerce. —  The 
government.- — Taxes  and  land  revenue. — The  police  and  the  law  courts. — Schools,  col- 
leges and  the  press. — England's  achievements. — India's  feelings. 

Hamilton,  Alexander,  d.  1732?  qrgio  P63  v.8 

New  account  of  the  East  Indies.  [1811.]  (In  Pinkerton,  John,  ed. 
General  collection  of  voyages  and  travels,  v.8,  9.258-522.) 

Hobbes,  John  Oliver,  {pseud,  of  Mrs  Pearl  Mary  915-4  H64 

(Richards)  Craigie). 
Imperial  India;  letters  from  the  East.     1903.    Unwin. 
Little  book  of  impressions  of  India  at  the  time  of  the  Durbar  festivities  in  1903. 


2196  INDIA— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL 

Imperial  gazetteer  of  India;  new  edition  published  under  the  authority 
of  His  Majesty's  secretary  of  state  for  India  in  council.  26v.  1907HD9. 
Clarendon  Press. 

y.i.  Indian  empire;  descriptive. 

V.2.  Indian  empire;  historical. 

V.3.  Indian  empire;  economic. 

V.4.  Indian  empire;  administrative. 

V.5.  Abazai  to  Arcot. 

V.6.  Argaon  to  Bardwan. 

v'.7.  Bareilly  to  Berasia. 

V.8.  Berhampore  to  Bombay. 

V.9.  Bomjur  to  central  India. 

v.io.     Central  provinces  to  Coompta. 

V.J  I.     Coondapoor  to  Edwardesabad. 

V.12.     Einme  to  Gwalior. 

V.13.     Gyaraspur  to  Jais. 

V.I 4.     Jaisalmer  to  Kara. 

V.I 5.     Karachi  to  Kotayam. 

V.I 6.     Kotchandpur  to  Mahavinyaka. 

V.I 7.     Mahbubabad  to  Moradabad. 

v.  1 8.     Moram  to  Nayagarh. 

V.I 9.     Nayakanhatti  to  Parbhani. 

V.20.     Pardi  to  Pusad. 

V.21.     Pushkar  to  Salween. 

\.22.     Samadhiila  to  Singhana. 

V.23.     Singhbhum  to  Trashi-chod-zong. 

V.24.     Travancore  to  Zira. 

V.25.     Index. 

V.26.  Atlas. 

Contains  numerous  bibliographies. 

Jones,  John  Peter.  9I5.4  J41 

India;  its  life  and  thought.    1908.    Macmillan. 

"Outcome  of  a  thirty  years'  experience  in  this  land. .  .Beginning  with  a  lucid  ac- 
count of  the  present  prevailing  unrest,  its  cause  and  remedy,  Dr.  Jones  explains  at  some 
length  the  system  of  caste  —  An  exposition  of  the  principal  religious  belief  and  ideals, 
together  with  the  reforms  now  in  progress,  occupies  the  larger  part  of  the  volume, 
which  closes  with  a  chapter  on  Christianity  in  India."     Nation,  igog. 

Kipling,  Rudyard.  915.4  K27 

Out  of  India;  things  I  saw  and  failed  to  see  in  certain  days  and 

nights  at  Jeypore  and  elsewhere.     1896.    Dillingham. 
Series  of  vivid  impressions. 

Knox,  Robert,  i640?-i720.  9i5'4  K35 

An  historical  relation  of  Ceylon,  together  with  somewhat  concern- 
ing severall  remarkeable  passages  of  my  life  that  hath  hapned  since  my 
deliverance  out  of  my  captivity.     1911.    MacLehose. 

Contains  facsimile  of  title-page  of  edition  of  1681. 

Author  was  for  nearly  20  years  a  captive  on  the  island  of  Ceylon. 

"The  book,  which  is  both  delightful  and  trustworthy,  is  the  first  account  of  Ceylon 
in  the  English  language."     Dictionary  of  national  biography, 

Konigsmarck,  Hans  Adolf  Erwein  Max,  graf  von.  915-4  K37 

Die  Englander  in  Indien;  reiseeindrucke.     1909. 

Author  traveled  extensively  in  India,  particularly  in  the  north  and  west,  and  write* 
briefly  and  entertainingly  of  his  impressions.     Illustrated  from  photographs. 

Lindsay,  Charles  Harcourt  Ainslie  Forbes-.  915-4  Lya 

India,  past  and  present.    2v.     1903.     Coates. 

Author  was  born  in  Calcutta  and  spent  several  years  of  his  later  life  in  India. 
The  book  is  a  readable  general  description  of  the  country,  with  an  account  of  its  history^ 
legends,  manners  and  customs,  etc.     Illustrated. 


INDIA— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL  2197 

Loti,  Pierre,  (pseud,  of  Julien  Viaud).  915-4  L91 

India;  tr.  by  G.  A.  F.  Inman,  ed.  by  R.  H.  Sherard.  [1906.]  Laurie. 
Vivid  and  picturesque  description  of  the  country  and  people.     The  route  is  from 

Ceylon  through  southern  India  to  Benares  where  the  author  went  to  study  the  religious 

faith  of  the  Hindus. 

McManus,  Blanche,  afterward  Mrs  Mansfield.  J9154  M21 

Our  little  Hindu  cousin.     1907.     Page.     (Little  cousin  series.) 
Also  published  under  the  title  "Chola,  our  little  Hindu  cousin." 
Tells  about  the  bazars  of  India,  the  festival  of  the  goddess  of  learning,  a  journey 

in  an  ox  wagon  to  the  sacred  river  and  the  holy  city  of  Benares,  a  tiger  hunt,  etc. 

Mody,  H.  P.  915-4  M76 

The  political  future  of  India;  a  study  of  the  aspirations  of  educated 
Indians,  a  prize  essay,  with  two  other  essays  commended  by  the  adjudi- 
cators.   1908.    Hodder. 

Other  essays:  Regeneration  on  a  racial  basis,  by  Action  Front. — Experimental  re- 
form, by  Moghal. 

Discussions  of  the  following  questions:  (i.)  Is  it  possible  for  the  diverse  races 
of  India  to  become  one  united  self-governing  community?  (2.)  By  what  steps  and  in 
what  period  of  time  can  this  consummation  be  attained?  (3.)  How  can  encouragement 
best  be  given  to  legitimate  political  aspirations,  and  seditions  most  effectively  suppressed? 

Morison,  Margaret  Cotter.  915.4  M897 

A  lonely  summer  in  Kashmir.     1904.     Duckworth. 

Author  writes  in  pleasant  fashion  of  her  experiences,  which  were  for  the  most  part 
unexciting,  during  several  weeks  of  solitary  journeying  through  Kashmir.  Many  un- 
usually good  illustrations. 

Murray,  Alexander  Henry  Hallam.  915-4  M97 

High-road    of   empire;    water-colour    and    pen-and-ink    sketches    in 

India.     1905.     Button. 

More  remarkable  for  the  pictures  than  for  the  text. 

Murray,  John,  pub.  915-4  M978 

Handbook  for  travellers  in  India,  Burma  and  Ceylon.     1909. 

The  same.    191 1 r9i5.4  M97 

Noble,  Margaret  E.  (pseud.  Nivedita).  915-4  N38 

Web  of  Indian  life,  by  the  sister  Nivedita  (Margaret  E.  Noble)  of 
Ramakrishna-Vivekananda.     1906.     Heinemann. 

Contents:  The  setting  of  the  warp. — The  Eastern  mother. — Of  the  Hindu  woman  as 
wife. — Love  strong  as  death. — The  place  of  woman  in  the  national  life. — The  immediate 
problems  of  the  oriental  woman. — The  Indian  sagas. — Noblesse  oblige;  a  study  of  In- 
dian caste. — The  synthesis  of  Indian  thought. — The  oriental  experience. — The  wheel  of 
birth  and  death. — The  story  of  the  great  god:  Siva  or  Mahadev. — ^The  gospel  of  the 
Blessed  one. — Islam  in  India. — An  Indian  pilgrimage. — On  the  loom  of  time. 

The  author  went  to  Calcutta  to  conduct  a  girls'  school  there  and  to  study  tlie  life 
of  Hindu  women.  Her  description  of  the  view  which  she  gained  from  the  inside  is 
interesting  but  she  appears  to  see  everything  relating  to  India  in  too  rose-colored  a 
light  to  be  regarded  as  an  absolutely  safe  authority. 

Warner,  Sir  William  Lee-.  9^5-4  W33 

Citizen  of  India.     1906.     Macmillan. 

Handbook  of  general  information  in  regard  to  the  country,  its  people  and  govern- 
ment. 

Workman,  Mrs  Fanny  (Bullock),  &  Workman,  W.  H.  9^5-4  W89p 

Peaks  and  glaciers  of  Nun  Kun;  a  record  of  pioneer-exploration  and 
mountaineering  in  the  Punjab  Himalaya.     1909.     Constable. 

The  third  work  on  the  achievements  in  the  Himalayas  of  these  energetic  and  ad- 
venturous American  mountain-climbers.     During  the  tour  described  in  this  volume  Mrs 


2198  PERSIA 

Workman,  Mrs  F.  (Bullock),  &  Workman,  W.  H. — continued.  915.4  WSgp 
Workman  climbed  to  the  top  of  Pinnacle  Peak,  23,300  feet.  While  the  bulk  of  the  work 
relates  to  the  serious  affair  of  mountain-climbing,  the  authors  still  find  space  for  deal- 
ing with  the  lighter  incidents  that  attend  all  journeys.  Illustrated  from  photographs 
taken  by  Mrs  Workman. 

Younghusband,  Sir  Francis  Edward.  9i5'4  Y41 

Kashmir;  described  by  Sir  Francis  Younghusband,  painted  by 
E.  Molyneux.     1909.     Black. 

"Major  Molyneux  was  fortunate  in  securing  the  collaboration  of  the  British  Resi- 
dent at  Srinagar  to  describe  the  main  features  of  the  beautiful  country  which  are  de- 
picted in  the  seventy  exquisite  coloured  illustrations  in  this  book;  for  no  other  European 
knows  the  country  and  its  people  better. .  .His  description  is  confined  to  Kashmir  proper, 
the  renowned  valley  of  that  name  surrounded  by  forests  and  the  snow-capped  Himalayas, 
and  not  with  Kashmir  State."     Outlook  (London),  1909. 


Persia 

History 
Browne,  Edward  Granville.  955  B79 

The  Persian  revolution  of  1905-1909.  1910.  Cambridge  University 
Press. 

Professor  Browne  attempts  an  historical  vindication  of  the  Nationalist  movement  in 
Persia.  He  has  not  been  an  eye-witness  of  the  events  which  he  describes  but  he  is  as 
thoroughgoing  a  student  of  Persian  politics  as  he  has  been  of  Persian  literature.  The 
narrative  ceases  with  the  deposition  of  Mohamed  Ali  Shah  and  the  restoration  of  the 
Constitution  in  1909.     Condensed  from  Saturday  review,  igii. 


Description  and  travel 

Birt,  Francis  Bradley  Bradley-.  915.5  B49 

Through  Persia,  from  the  gulf  to  the  Caspian.     1909.    Button. 

"Excellent  guide-book  to    Persia Mr.    Bradley-Birt,   in    his   brightly   written    and 

unassuming  account  of  a  journey  home  from  India. .  .gives  us  a  very  living  notion  of 
the  Persians,  of  Persia,  and,  above  all,  of  the  mighty  past."     Contemporary  review,  1910. 

The  most  interesting  part  is  that  descriptive  of  the  southwestern  region  of  Persia, 
in  which  lie  Shiraz  and  the  ruins  of  Persepolis.  Gives  a  graphic  impression  of  the 
ancient  empire  of  the  Sassanians. 

Cresson,  William  Penn.  .  915.5  C87 

Persia;  the  awakening  East.    1908.    Lippincott. 

Contents:  The  threshold  of  Asia. — Across  the  Caspian. — Teheran,  the  city  of  con- 
trasts.— The  rulers  of  Persia,  the  palace. — The  rulers  of  Persia,  the  parliament. — The 
religions  of  Persia. — A  Persian  caravan. — Hawking  in  Persia. — Bagdad  of  to-day. — A  pil- 
grimage to  Kerbela. — The  Persian  gulf. 

Dieulafoy,  Mme  Jane  Paule  (Magre).  qbgis.s  D57 

La    Perse,   la    Chaldee   et   la   Susiane;    relation    de   voyage.      1887. 

Mme  Dieulafoy  was  the  wife  of  a  French  archaeologist  who  made  important  dis- 
coveries in  Persia.  She  accompanied  him  on  his  travels  and  the  book  is  a  fully  illus- 
trated account  of  her  experiences. 

Hedin,  Sven.  915.5  H39 

Overland  to  India.    2v.    1910.    Macmillan. 

On  his  way  to  his  last  exploration  of  Tibet,  Dr  Hedin  chose  for  his  route  the  un- 
frequented and  little-known  salt  deserts  of  Persia,  which  stretch  from  Teheran  eastward 
through  Khorasan,  Seistan  and  Baluchistan  to  Quetta  on  the  Indian  railway  system.  As 
a  result  we  obtain  much  geographical  information  that  is  new  and  a  breezy  narrative  of 
adventure.     Condensed  from  Saturday  review,  igii. 


PERSIA— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL  2199 

Jackson,  Abraham  Valentine  Williams.  QiS-S  Jia 

Persia  past  and  present;  a  book  of  travel  and  research.  1906.  Mac- 
millan. 

"List  of  works  of  reference,"  p.26-29. 

Author  is  (1907)  professor  of  Indo-Iranian  languages  at  Columbia  University.  An 
interesting  account  is  given  of  the  Zoroastrian  community  at  Yezd. 

"A  volume  which  has  a  permanent  value,  and  will  take  its  place  by  the  side  of  those 
of  Sir  Robert  Ker  Porter  and  Lord  Curzon."     Saturday  review,  i^y. 

Lorey,  Eustache  de,  &  Sladen,  D.  B.  W.  915.5  L87 

Queer  things  about  Persia.     1907.     Nash. 

"Simple,  but  entertaining,  record  of  the  experiences  and  impressions  gained  during 
two  years'  residence  in  the  Persian  capital  by  a  young  member  of  the  French  Legation. 
M.  de  Lorey  describes  his  house,  his  servants,  street  scenes,  bazaars,  a  dinner  at  the 
palace  of  the  Grand  Vizier,  a  reception  by  the  late  Shah,  and  a  religious  play.  ..Much 
interesting  and  valuable  information  is  given  in  regard  to  marriage  and  divorce,  and  the 
position  of  women,  the  material  relating  to  the  Shah's  harem  having  been  obtained  from 
one  of  its  doctors."    Nation,  igoy. 

Sykes,  Ella  C.  915.5  SgSp 

Persia  and  its  people.    1910.    Macmillan. 

Contents:  Some  description  of  Persia. — A  bird's-eye  view  of  the  history  of  Persia. 
— The  shah,  his  capital  and  government. — The  Persian  man. — A  Persian  city.  Meshed, 
the  holy. — The  environs  of  a  Persian  city.  Meshed. — A  popular  account  of  the  religions 
of  Persia. — Muharram. — ^Travel. — The  Persian  w^oman. — Country  life. — The  Persian  gulf 
and  the  Karun  river. — Fauna  and  flora.— Marco  Polo  in  Persia. — A  glance  at  the  an- 
tiquities of  Persia. — Sport  and  amusements. — Four  Persian  poets. — A  slight  account  of 
the  arts  and  crafts  of  Persia. — Persian  superstitions  and  the  art  of  medicine. 

Valle,  Pietro  della.  qrgio  P63  v.g 

Extracts  from  [his]  travels  in  Persia.  [1811.]  (In  Pinkerton,  John, 
ed.    General  collection  of  voyages  and  travels,  v.9,  p.i-137.) 

Wills,  Charles  James.  9'^5-S  W76b 

Behind  an  Eastern  veil;  a  plain  tale  of  events  occurring  in  the  ex- 
perience of  a  lady  who  had  a  unique  opportunity  of  observing  the  inner 
life  of  ladies  of  the  upper  class  in  Persia.     1894.     Blackwood. 

Purports  to  record  the  experiences  of  a  young  English  girl,  who  joined  her  father 
in  Shiraz  after  he  had  married  a  Persian  princess.  With  its  mingling  of  the  real  and 
the  fanciful,  the  book  might  almost  be  called  a  novel  having  its  time  and  setting  true 
to  the  actual  circumstances  of  life  in  and  about  Shiraz  and  Teheran. 

Wishard,  John  G.  915.5  W81 

Twenty  years  in  Persia;  a  narrative  of  life  under  the  last  three 
shahs.     1908.    Revell. 

Author  is  (1908)  director  of  the  American  Presbyterian  hospital  at  Teheran  and  has 
made  three  journeys  through  Kurdistan,  parts  of  Asiatic  Turkey  and  Persia.  He  de- 
scribes the  condition  of  the  people  and  their  recent  political  awakening,  paying  especial 
attention  to  the  religious  situation  and  the  work  of  medical  missions.     Illustrated. 


Turkey  in  Asia 

Bell,  Gertrude  Lowthian.  915.6  B41 

Amurath  to  Amurath.     191 1.    Heinemann. 

Account  of  a  journey  through  Asiatic  Turkey.  Miss  Bell's  itinerary  began  at  Aleppo 
and  followed  the  Euphrates  south-east  for  500  miles  from  Kharkhemish  to  Babylon; 
thence  along  the  Tigris  from  Bagdad  to  Diyarbekr,  and  westerly  through  Kharput  and 
Caesarea  to  Konia,  in  Asia  Minor.     Fully  illustrated. 


2200  TURKEY  IN  ASIA 


Bunsen,  Victoria  (Buxton)  de.  915.6  B88 

Soul  of  a  Turk.     1910.    Lane. 

The  collective  experiences  of  five  journeys  in  the  Near  and  Middle  East,  and 
especially  of  one  visit  during  which  the  author  and  a  friend  traveled  alone  in  Asia 
Minor,  through  the  Taurus  mountains  across  Mesopotamia  to  Baghdad,  and  home 
across  the  Syrian  desert  to  Damascus  and  Egypt.  The  author  thus  gained  an  intimate 
knowledge  of  Eastern  life  which  is  denied  to  the  ordinary  well  guarded  traveler.  Her 
book,  written  with  singular  sympathy  and  insight,  is  especially  valuable  in  showing  the 
primitive  feelings  and  instincts  which  form  the  background  of  religion  and  superstition 
in  the  Orient 

Fraser,  David.  915.6  F88 

The  short  cut  to  India;  the  record  of  a  journey  along  the  route  of 

the  Baghdad  railway.    1909.    Blackwood. 

This  railway  is  proposed  to  connect  Constantinople  with  the  Persian  gulf,  but  only  a 
short  section  has  been  built  (1909)  as  an  extension  of  the  existing  Anatolian  railway. 
Author  is  chiefly  interested  in  the  political  and  commercial  questions  associated  with 
the  project,  but  the  record  of  his  exciting  personal  adventures  during  the  journey,  and 
the  description  of  the  little  known  regions  of  Turkey  in  Asia  through  which  he  passed 
make  the  volume  interesting  also  to  the  general  reader.  Illustrations  from  photographs. 
Map. 

Geil,  William  Edgar.  9i5'6  GaS 

The  isle  that  is  called  Patmos.     [1904.]     Marshall. 

Descriptive  account  of  the  island  and  its  ecclesiastical  associations — St.  John  and  his 
writings,  the  monastery  of  St.  John  and  its  library,  the  nunnery,  and  the  monastery  of 
the  Apocalypse. 

Hogarth,  David  George.  915-6  H68a 

Accidents  of  an  antiquary's  life.     1910.     Macmillan. 

Contents:  Introductory;  apology  of  an  apprentice. — An  interlude. — Lycia. — Crete. 
— Nile  fens. — ^The  Satalian  gulf. — Cyrene. — Digging. — The  Sajur. 

Author  is  (1910)  keeper  of  the  Ashmolean  Museum,  University  of  Oxford. 

"Specimen  days  from  an  archzologist's  life;  they  are  as  easy  to  read  as  the  journal 
of  an  ordinary  traveller  in  highly  interesting  parts  of  the  world,  and  they  have  the  ad- 
vantage of  containing  infinitely  more  knowledge."     Spectator,  1910. 

Lamartine,  Alphonse  de.  915-6  L17 

Souvenirs,  impressions,  pensees  et  paysages  pendant  un  voyage  en 
Orient,  1832-1833;  ou.  Notes  d'un  voyageur.  2v.  1845.  (CEuvres  com- 
pletes, v.7-8.) 

An  account,  full  of  picturesque  descriptions  and  reflections,  of  a  journey  in  Asia, 
especially  in  Syria. 

Lindau,  Rudolph.  9i5-6  L71 

Zwei  reisen  in  der  Turkei.    1899. 
Contents:    Eine  fabrt  durch  Kleinasien. — Ein  ausflug  nach  den  agaischen  inseln. 

Palgrave,  William  Gifford.  915.6  Px8 

Essays  on  Eastern  questions.     1872.    Macmillan. 

Contents:  Mahometanism  in  the  Levant. — The  Mahometan  "revival." — The  Turko- 
mans and  other  tribes  of  the  northeast  Turkish  frontier. — Eastern  Christians. — The 
monastery  of  Sumelas. — The  Abkhasian  insurrection. — The  poet  'Omar. — The  brig^and, 
Ta'abbet  Shurran. 

Pococke,  Richard,  bp.  qr9io  P63  v.io 

Description  of  the  East,  &c.  [1811.]  (In  Pinkerton,  John,  ed.  Gen- 
eral collection  of  voyages  and  travels,  v.io,  p.406-770.) 


PALESTINE.    JERUSALEM 


Southgate,  Horatio.  915-6  S72 

Narrative  of  a  tour  through  Armenia,  Kurdistan,  Persia  and  Mes- 
opotamia, with  observation^  on  the  condition  of  Mohammedanism  and 
Christianity  in  those  countries.    2v.     1840.    Tilt. 

Author  was  sent  by  the  board  of  missions  of  the  Protestant  Episcopal  church  to 
investigate  the  openings  for  missionary  work  in  Persia  and  Turkey.  He  spent  five  years 
in  these  countries. 

Townshend,  Arthur  FitzHenry.  9i5-6  T671 

Military  consul  in  Turkey;  the  experiences  &  impressions  of  a 
British  representative  in  Asia  Minor.     1910.    Lippincott. 

"Capt.  Townshend  was  stationed  for  about  two  years  at  Mersina,  in  Cilicia,  and  for 
a  year  at  Adrianople.  His  term  of  service  shortly  preceded  the  revolution  and  overthrow 
of  Abdul  Hamid.  .  .He. .  .has  given  a  very  interesting  and  instructive  account  of  his 
experiences  and  an  unbiassed  survey  of  the  conditions  existing  in  Turkish  Rumelia  and 
southeastern  Asia  Minor  in  the  years  just  preceding  the  revolution."     Nation,  igio. 

Wade,  Mary  Hazelton.  J9i5-6  Wii 

Our  little  Armenian  cousin.     1905.     Page.      (Little  cousin  series.) 
Also  published  under  the  title  "Artin,  our  little  Armenian  cousin." 
A  boy's  daily  life  in  Armenia.     There  is  an  account  of  a  hunting  expedition,  an 

earthquake  and  a  journey  to  the  city  of  Erzeroum. 

Hutchinson,  Sir  Joseph  Turner,  &  Cobham,  C.  D.  comp.  1915.64  H97 

Handbook  of  Cyprus,  1907.    5th  issue.     1907.    Stanford. 

Intended  to  serve  as  a  guide  for  travelers  as  well  as  a  reference  book  for  resi- 
dents. Discusses  the  natural  features  of  the  island,  its  history,  population,  government, 
finances  and  institutions.     Contains  a  map. 

Loher,  Franz  von.  9i5«64  L78 

Cyprus,  historical  and  descriptive,  from  the  earliest  times   to   the 

present  day;  adapted  from  the  German,  with  much  additional  matter, 

by  Mrs  A.  B.  Joyner.    1878.    Worthington. 

Author,  a  German  historian,  visited  the  island  in  1877  and  gives  an  account  of  his 

travels,  the  natives,  natural  resources,   government,  etc.      Illustrated. 


Holy  Land 

Palestine.     Jerusalem.     Syria 

Baedeker,  Karl,  comp.  r9i5.69  B14 

Palestine  and  Syria,  with  routes  through  Mesopotamia  and  Baby- 
lonia and  the  island  of  Cyprus.     1912. 

Bartlett,  William  Henry.  915-69  B27 

Footsteps  of  our  Lord  and  his  apostles  in  Syria,  Greece  and  Italy; 
a  succession  of  visits  to  the  scenes  of  New  testament  narrative.  1859. 
Hall. 

Bartlett  (1809-54)  traveled  extensively  and  wherever  he  went  made  drawings  of 
places  of  historic  interest,  of  landscapes,  etc.  Excellent  engravings  of  these  drawings 
give  to-day  the  chief  interest  to  his  numerous  books  of  travel. 

Bartlett,  William  Henry.  915-69  B27J 

Jerusalem  revisited.     1855.    Hall. 

The  author's  last  work,  intended  as  a  supplementary  volume  to  his  "Walks  about 
Jerusalem"  published  in  1844.     Illustrated. 


2202  PALESTINE.    JERUSALEM 

Bell,  Gertrude  Lowthian.  915-69  B41 

The  desert  and  the  sown.     1907.    Heinemann. 

Describes  the  converse  with  all  sorts  of  Syrians  efijoyed  by  Miss  Bell  on  a  journey 
through  the  country  east  of  the  Jordan  to  the  Jebel-ed-Druz,  and  thence,  by  Damascus, 
Hems,  Hama,  Aleppo  and  Antioch,  to  the  coast  at  Iskenderun — a  journey  in  itself 
highly  interesting,  made  more  so  by  her  manner  of  narration. 

"Miss  Bell's  pen  is  more  skilful  in  illustration  than  any  camera  could  be.  In  a 
few  vivid  words  she  touches  in  a  scene  which  no  photograph  could  suggest,  and  her  pen 
is  always  sure,  her  picture  clear,  with  never  a  detail  blurred."     Academy,  1907. 

Dunning,  Harry  Westbrook.  9I5>69  D92 

To-day  in  Palestine.    1907.    Pott. 

The  result  of  observations  during  ten  journeys.  In  addition  to  descriptions  of 
scenery  and  present  conditions  there  is  a  brief  summary  of  the  history  of  Palestine  and 
and  the  closing  chapters  contain  some  practical  advice  to  intending  travelers. 

Finnemore,  John.  J9i5-69  F51 

The  Holy  Land,  with  illustrations  in  colour  by  John  Fulleylove. 
1908.    Black.    (Peeps  at  many  lands  series.) 

Partial  contents:  In  a  peasant  home. — The  Syrian  shepherd. — In  a  Syrian  city. — 
Child  life  in  the  Holy  Land. — Jerusalem. — Bethlehem. — The  sacred  river. 

Flowers  of  the  Holy  Land  [plates].  7915.69  F67 

Title-page  in  English,  German  and  French. 
Flowers  from  Palestine,  pressed  and  mounted. 

Fulton,  John,  h.  1834.  915-69  F98 

Palestine.    2v.    1900.    Merrill.    (World's  famous  places  and  peoples.) 

Purpose  of  the  book  is  to  make  clearer  the  life  of  Christ  by  describing  the  places 
most  closely  associated  with  his  ministry. 

Geikie,  Cunningham.  q9i5.69  G28 

Holy  Land  and  the  Bible;  a  book  of  Scripture  illustrations  gathered 
in  Palestine.     [1903.]     Cassell. 

Profusely  illustrated  account  of  the  people,  life  and  scenery  of  modern  Palestine, 
written  with  a  view  to  making  the  Bible  story  more  vivid. 

Grant,  Elihu.  915.69  G78 

Peasantry  of  Palestine;  the  life,  manners  and  customs  of  the  village. 

1907.     Pilgrim  Press. 

The  author,  while  in  residence  for  several  years  near  Jerusalem,  kept  a  journal  of 

his  observations,  especially  among  the  country   folk.     The  material  thus  collected  has 

been  wrought  into  an  interesting  and  well-illustrated  account  of  the  details  of  village 

life — houses,  utensils,  customs,  superstitions,  etc. 

Hichens,  Robert  Smythe.  q9i5.69  H52 

The  Holy  Land.    1910.    Century. 

Contents:  Baalbec,  the  town  of  the  sun. — The  spell  of  Damascus. — From  Damascus 
to  Nazareth. — From  Nazareth  to  Jerusalem. — From  Jericho  to  Bethlehem. — Jerusalem. — 
The  Church  of  the  Holy  Sepulcher;  the  ceremonies  at  Jerusalem. 

Fully  illustrated,  partly  in  color,  by  Jules  Gu6rin. 

Huntington,  Ellsworth.  915.69  H94 

Palestine  and  its  transformation.    191 1.    Houghton. 

"Index  of  biblical  references,"  p.427-430. 

Differs  from  the  great  mass  of  Palestinian  literature.  The  subject  is  treated  from 
the  point  of  view  of  a  geographer  whose  main  interest  is  the  study  of  the  effect  of  physi- 
cal environment  upon  the  distribution  of  human  beings  and  upon  man's  mode  of  life  and 
thought.  His  book  is  a  brilliant  study,  valuable  in  its  conclusions  as  to  the  influence 
of  the  physiography  and  climate  of  Palestine  on  the  character,  history  and  movements 
of  the  Jews. 


PALESTINE.     JERUSALEM  2203 

Inchbold,  Mrs  A.  Cunnick.  9i5>69  I24 

Under  the  Syrian  sun;  the  Lebanon,  Baalbek,  Galilee  and  Judaea, 

with  40  full-page  coloured  plates  by  Stanley  Inchbold.    2v.     1907.    Lip- 

pincott. 

The  artist  and  his  wife,  the  author,  lived  some  time  in  Syria  and  were  on  friendly 

terms  with  the  natives.     The  text  is  a  familiar  account  of  their  personal  experiences. 

Margoliouth,  Moses.  915-69  M38 

Pilgrimage  to  the  land  of  my  fathers  [Palestine].  2v.  1850.  Bentley. 
"Letters  written  by  a  converted  Polish  Jew,  a  clergyman  of  the  Church  of  England 

...during  a  tour  to  the  Holy  Land  in  1847-8."     Athenteum,  1850. 

Milukas,  Anthony  M.  915-69  M7a 

Laiskai  is  keliones  po  Palestine.    1901. 

Serao,  Matilde.  9i5-6g  S48 

Nel  paese  di  Gesu;  ricordi  di  un  viaggio  in  Falestina.     1905. 

Smith,  George  Adam.  915-69  S64J 

Jerusalem;  the  topography,  economics  and  history  from  the  earliest 
times  to  A.  D.  70.    2v.     1908.    Armstrong. 

"The  value  of  these  volumes  lies,  not  in  the  presentation  of  new  discoveries,  but  in 
the  sane  exposition  and  discussion  of  what  we  already  know  with  regard  to  the  topog- 
raphy, the  archaeology,  and  the  history,  religious,  social,  and  political,  of  Jerusalem. 
The  work  is  a  sort  of  thesaurus  of  information . . .  arranged  in  a  readable  and  attractive 
manner.  To  the  Bible  student  it  presents,  in  relatively  small  compass,  a  handy  com- 
mentary on  the  Bible,  both  the  canonical  books  and  the  Apocrypha,  and  on  Josephus  as 
well."    Nation,  1908. 

Taylor,  Bayard.  915.69  T25 

Lands  of  the  Saracens;  or,  Pictures  of  Palestine,  Asia  Minor,  Sicily 
and  Spain.    1871.    Putnam. 

"His  books  of  travel  in  their  time  were  highly  esteemed — Their  chief  merit  is 
reportorial.  Taylor's  object  was  to  give  correct  pictures  of  foreign  life  and  scenery, 
and  he  wisely  left  antiquarian  research  and  speculation  to  abler  hands... His  word 
pictures.,  .retain  their  place  in  the  hand-books  of  foreign  travel  to  voice  the  inarticulate 

emotion  of  the  tourist,  and 'The  Lands  of  the  Saracen,'  justifies  the  criticism  that  has 

named  him  'the  best  American   reporter  of  scenes  and  incidents.'  "     Smyth's  Bayard 
Taylor. 

Tweedie,  William  King.  915-69  T91 

Rivers  and  lakes  of  Scripture.     1857.     Nelson. 

Contents:  The  Jordan.  —  Syria:  Views  on  the  Barrada,  &c.  —  Rivers  of  Mesopo- 
tamia. 

Short  descriptions,  accompanied  by  a  few  illustrations.  The  Bible  stories  connected 
with  these  lakes  and  rivers  are  only  briefly  touched  upon. 

Van  Dyke,  Henry.  915-69  V18 

Out-of-doors  in  the  Holy  Land;  impressions  of  travel  in  body  and 
spirit.     1908.    Scribner. 

Wilson,  Charles  Thomas.  915-69  W766 

Peasant  life  in  the  Holy  Land.     1906.    Murray. 

Contents:  Religion. — Village  life. — Domestic  life. — Shepherds,  herdsmen,  etc. — 
Agriculture. — Minor  industries. — Miscellaneous. — Proverbs. 

Author  was  for  some  years  a  missionary  in  Palestine. 

"He  seems  to  have  lived  among  the  people  of  the  villages  and  tents  and  to  have 
come  into  familiar  and  sympathetic  touch  with  the  peasantry ...  For  its  presentation  of 
the  actual  facts  of  peasant  life  this  unpretentious  volume  is  a  valuable  supplement  to 
works  already  in  existence  on  manners  and  customs  and  to  a  less  extent  on  the  language 
and  folklore  of  Palestine."    Nation,  1906. 


2204  SIBERIA.    TURKESTAN 

Siberia 

Bates,  Lindon  Wallace,  jr.  915-7  B31 

Russian  road  to  China.     1910.     Houghton. 

"Vivid  description. ,  .beginning  with  the  Cossack  raid  of  Yermak  in  1579,  across  the 
Urals  into  Asia  and  following  the  Russian  advance  to  the  completion  of  the  great  Trans- 
Siberian  Railroad  during  the  past  half  a  decade."     Review  of  reviews,  1910. 

Bush,  Richard  John.  9i5>7  B96 

Reindeer,  dogs  and  snow-shoes;  a  journal  of  Siberian  travel  and  ex- 
plorations made  in  the  years  1865,  1866  and  1867.    1871.    Harper. 

iPoldes,  Geza.  9i5-7  F69 

Sziberiai  kepek.     [1904.] 

Kennan,  George.  915-7  KiSsy 

Syberya.    4v.  in  i.     1907. 

Kennan,  George.  915-7  Ki8a 

Tent  life  in  Siberia.     1910.    Putnam. 
The  same.    1903 J9i5-7  K18 

"Much  more  than  a  narrative  of  personal  adventure;  it  is  a  valuable  contribution  to 
science.  The  author  tells  us  much  about  the  physical  geography  and  resources  of  this 
unknown  Kamchatka,  and  much  about  the  languages,  customs  and  habits  of  the  various 
tribes... who  dwell  in  it."    Nation,  1871. 

Sieroszewski,  Waclaw,  (pseud.  Waclaw  Sirko).  915-7  S57 

12  lat  w  kraju  Jakutow;  wrazenia  i  notatki.    1900. 


Turkestan.     Afghanistan 

Curtis,  William  Eleroy.  915-8  C935 

Turkestan,  "the  heart  of  Asia."    191 1.    Hodder. 

Papers,  originally  contributed  to  the  "Chicago  record-herald,"  descriptive  of  a 
journey  through  Turkestan  in  the  summer  of  1910. 

Merzbacher,  Gottfried.  915-8  M63 

Central  Tian-Shan  mountains,  1902-1903.     1905.     Murray. 

Published  under  the  authority  of  the  Royal  Geographical  Society. 

These  mountains  form  a  part  of  the  boundary  between  Russian  and  Chinese  Turkes- 
tan. Besides  the  author  the  party  consisted  of  an  engineer,  a  geologist  and  two  Tyrolese 
guides.  The  volume  gives  a  general  narrative  of  the  expedition,  but  does  not  embody 
the  purely  scientific  results.     Excellent  illustrations  and  a  map. 

"A  contribution  of  importance  to  the  literature  of  mountains,  and  fills  a  great  gap 
in  mountain  geography."    Nation,  jgo6. 

Thornton,  Ernest,  &  Thornton,  Mrs  Annie.  915.8  T41 

Leaves  from  an  Afghan  scrapbook;  the  experiences  of  an  English 

official  and  his  wife  in  Kabul.     1910.     Murray. 

Interesting  account  of  life  in  Afghanistan.    Mr  Thornton  superintended  the  starting 

of  a  tannery  and  leather  factory  in  Kabul. 

Wood,  Herbert.  915.8  W85 

Shores  of  Lake  Aral.    1876.    Smith. 

"This  work  consists  mainly  of  an  essay  towards  the  solution  of  the  old  and  famous 
geographical  problems  which  depends  on  the  fluctuations,  at  different  epochs,  of  the 
water-system  of  Lake  Aral  and  the  surrounding  regions."    Athenirum,  1876. 


FARTHER  INDIA  2205 


Antiquities 
Pumpelly,  Raphael,  ed.  <ir9i3-58  P98 

Explorations  in  Turkestan;  prehistoric  civilizations  of  Anau,  origins, 
growth  and  influence  of  environment;  expedition  of  1904.  2v.  1908. 
(Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington.     Publication  no.73,  pt.1-2.) 

Papers  on  the  results  of  their  work  by  members  of  this  expedition  sent  out  by  the 
Carnegie  Institution.     Diagrams,  maps  and  illustrations  from  photographs. 

Farther  India 
Siam.     Burma.     Annam 

Swettenham,  Sir  Frank  Athelstane.  959  S97 

British  Malaya;  an  account  of  the  origin  and  progress  of  British  in- 
fluence in  Malaya.    1907.    Lane. 

"The  story  is  mainly  of  the  last  thirty  years... The  larger  part  of  the  book  deals 
with  the  Federated  States,  the  causes  which  led  to  British  intervention,  and  the  steps 
which  have  resulted  in  their  present  prosperous  condition."     AthencEum,  1907. 

Bowring,  Sir  John.  915-9  B66 

Kingdom  and  people  of  Siam,  with  a  narrative  of  the  mission  to  that 

country  in  1855.     2v.     1857.     Parker. 

V.I  is  devoted  to  a  general  'description.     In  v. 2  the  diplomatic  relations  of  Siam  with 

other  nations  are  discussed  at  leng^  and  an  account  given  of  the  author's  successful 

mission  to  conclude  a  treaty  of  commerce  between  England  and  that  country. 

Doumer,  Paul.  qrgis.g  D76 

L'Indo-Chine  frangaise;  souvenirs.     1903. 

Contents:  De  Paris  a  Saigon. — Coup  d'ceil  sur  I'lndo-Chine. — La  Cochinchine. — 
Le  Tonkin. — L'Annam. — Le  Cambodge  et  le  Laos. — L'essor  de  I'lndo-Chine. 

The  author  was  governor-general  of  Indo-China,  1897-1902.  The  book  gives  a 
general  description  of  the  country  and  the  people.     Map  and  illustrations. 

Kelly,  Robert  Talbot.  J9i5.9  K17 

Burma,  with   illustrations  in  colour  by  the   author.     1908.      Black. 

(Peeps  at  many  lands  series.) 

The  delicately-colored  pictures  of  pagodas  and  shrines,   boats  and  bungalows  and 

scenes  of  village  life  give  an  added  charm  to  this  story  of  Burma  and  its  people. 

Thompson,  Peter  Anthony.  915-9  T38 

Lotus   land;   being  an  account  of  the   country   and   the   people   of 

southern  Siam.     1906.     Laurie. 

The  author  has  lived  for  three  years  among  the  peasantry  of  the  country  and  his 

book  is  the  most  intimate  description  of  southern  Siam  which  has  yet  appeared  (1907). 

Separate  chapters  are  devoted  to  the  king's  palace  at  Lopburi  and  the  temple  at  Angkor. 

Vassal,  Mrs  Gabrielle  M.  915-9  Vaa 

On  &  off  duty  in  Annam.    1910.     Heinemann. 

Interesting  account  of  life  in  Annam  by  the  English  wife  of  a  French  army  doc- 
tor stationed  at  the  Pasteur  Institute  of  Nhatrang. 

Wade,  Mary  Hazelton.  J9i5-9  Wii 

Our  little  Siamese  cousin.     1903.     Page.     (Little  cousin  series.) 
.•Mso  published  under  the  title  "Chin,  our  little  Siamese  cousin." 
"Let  us... take  part  in  the  games  and  sports  of  the  children  of  Siam.     We  will  at- 
tend some  of  their  festivals,  take  a  peep  into  the  royal  palace,  enter  the  temples,  and 
learn  something  about  the  ways  and  habits  of  that  far-away  eastern  country."     Preface. 


22o6  AFRICA 

Young,  Ernest.  J9i5-9  Y37 

Siam,  with  illustrations  in  colour  by  E.  A.  Norbury.  1908.  Black. 
(Peeps  at  many  lands  series.) 

Among  the  quaint  and  picturesque  customs  described  are  the  ceremony  of  the  shav- 
ing of  the  top-knot,  and  the  annual  rice  ploughing  festival.  Tells  also  about  the  houses, 
food,  dress  and  amusements  of  the  people  of  Siam. 


Africa 


960     History 

Johnston,  Sir  Harry  Hamilton.  960  J36b 

Britain  across  the  seas,  Africa;  a  history  and  description  of  the 
British  empire  in  Africa.     [1910.] 

Contents:  Introductory. — Pepper,  slaves  and  gold. — Cape  Colony. — Zulu-Kafir 
movements  in  the  early  19th  century.  —  The  founding  of  Natal.  —  The  creation  of  the 
Orange  river  sovereignty  and  the  Transvaal.  —  The  history  of  the  Transvaal.  —  Cape 
Colony  from  1835  to  1885. — Rhodes  and  Rhodesia;  "British  Central  Africa." — Natal  and 
the  union  of  South  Africa. — The  natives  of  British  South  Africa. — The  Mascarene  archi- 
pelagoes.— ^The  west  coast  of  Africa. — Nigeria. — Egypt  and  the  Egyptian  Sudan. — East 
Africa. 

"Notes"  after  some  of  the  chapters. 

Author  has  taken  an  active,  and,  in  some  instances,  a  prominent  part  in  the  up- 
building of  the  empire  in  each  of  the  great  divisions  of  the  African  continent.  He  de- 
scribes the  different  peoples,  their  peculiarities  of  appearance,  customs  and  languages, 
relates  such  of  their  early  history  as  is  known,  and  their  connection  with  the  white  man — 
trader,  missionary  and  official.  Half  the  volume  is  devoted  to  the  story  of  the  various 
events,  including  many  wars,  which  have  led  up  to  the  unification  of  South  Africa. 

Schurtz,  Heinrich.  qr909  H42  v.3 

Africa.    1903.    (In  Helmolt,  H.  F.  ed.    World's  history,  v.3,  P.395-S86.) 


916     Description  and  travel 

Belza,  Stanis^aw.  916  B42 

W  poinocnej  Afryce  (com  widziaJ  i  czuJ)-     1903. 

Carpenter,  Frank  George.  J916  C23 

Africa.  1905.  Amer.  Book  Co.  (Carpenter's  geographical  reader.) 
Partial  contents:    The  desert  of  Sahara. — The  land  of  the  Nile. — A  trip  through  the 

Suez  canal. — The  roof  of  Africa. — In  the  Sudan. — The  home  of  the  gorilla. — A  visit  to 

an  ostrich  farm. — Kimberley  and  the  diamond  mines. — The  strange  animals  of  Africa. — 

Elephants  and  ivory. 

Forbes,  Edgar  Allen.  916  F75 

Land  of  the  white  helmet;  lights  and  shadows  across  Africa.  1910. 
Revell. 

"Deals  with  the  northwest  quarter  of  the  Dark  Continent — that  all-but-lost-sight-of 
region  of  the  Algerian  and  Moroccan  Hinterland  and  of  the  decaying  colonies  on  the 
West  Coast... It  tells  us  what  an  intelligently  observant  and  interested  American  saw 
and  surmised  during  a  year's  purposive  and  unheralded  wanderings  in  these  territories." 
Everybody's  magazine,  1911. 

Hall,  Mary.  916  H17 

Woman's  trek  from  the  Cape  to  Cairo.     [1907.]     Methuen. 

Author  was  the  first  woman  of  any  nationality  to  accomplish  the  entire  journey 
from  the  Cape  to  Cairo.  She  writes  modestly,  simplifying  her  difficulties  and  claiming 
no  special  merit  for  her  remarkable  achievement. 


EGYPT  2207 

Sienkiewicz,  Henryk.  916  S57 

Listy  z  Afryki.    1907.     (Pisma,  v.30.) 
Letters  of  travel  in  Africa. 

Shaw,  Thomas.  qrgio  P63  v.15 

Travels  or  observations  relating  to  Barbary.  [1814.]  (In  Pinker- 
ton,  John,  ed.  General  collection  of  voyages  and  travels,  v.  15,  p.499- 
680.) 

Tully,  Richard.  rgie.i  T83 

Letters  during  a  10  years'  residence  at  the  court  of  Tripoli;  com- 
prising authentic  memoirs  and  anecdotes  of  the  reigning  bashaw,  his 
family  and  other  persons  of  distinction;  also  an  account  of  the  domestic 
manners  of  the  Moors,  Arabs  and  Turks.    2v.     1819.     Colburn. 


Egypt 
History 

For  History  of  ancient  Egypt,  see  932 

Budge,  Ernest  Alfred  Thompson  Wallis.  962  B85 

Egyptian  Sudan;  its  history  and  monuments.    2v.     1907.    Lippincott. 
"Bibliography  of  the  Sudan,"  v. 2,  p.5 15-572. 

Result  of  four  missions  undertaken  for  the  British  Museum  between  1897  and  1902, 
and  of  a  fifth  on  behalf  of  the  new  museum  at  Khartum,  in  1905-1906.  Contains  an 
interesting  account  of  the  author's  experiences,  valuable  summary  of  previous  archaeologi- 
cal researches,  and  history  of  the  country  from  the  earliest  records  to  1906.     Illustrated. 

Butler,  Sir  William  Francis.  962  Bgyg 

Campaign  of  the  cataracts;  being  a  personal  narrative  of  the  great 

Nile  expedition  of  1884-5.     Low. 

Narrative  of  the  unsuccessful  attempt  to  save  Gordon  at  Khartoum. 

Cromer,  Evelyn  Baring,  earl  of.  962  C89 

Modern  Egypt.    2v.     1908.    Macmillan. 

Lord  Cromer  was  from  1883  to  1907  British  consul-general  in  Egypt. 

Nothing  can  detract  from  the  supreme  importance  of  this  record  of  the  making  of 
existing  Egypt  by  the  man  who  made  her.  The  last  word  on  the  subject  could  be  written 
only  by  Lord  Cromer,  and  he  has  written  it  with  vigor  and  lucidity  of  expression, 
coupled  with  a  sense  of  humor  and  a  talent  for  irony.  Above  all,  he  writes  with  a 
largeness  of  view,  a  generosity  of  temper  and  a  sense  of  responsibility  which  belong 
characteristically  to  the  man  who  has  been  at  the  helm  of  Egypt  through  this  eventful 
and  fruitful  quarter  of  a  century.     Condensed  from  Atheneeum,  igo8. 

Description  and  travel 

Baedeker,  Karl,  comp.  916.2  Bi4a 

Egypt  and  the  Sudan.     1908. 
Bartlett,  William  Henry.  916.2  B27 

Nile  boat;  or,  Glimpses  of  the  land  of  Egypt.     1849.     Hall. 
Butcher,  Mrs  Edith  Louisa  (Floyer).  916.2  B97e 

Egypt  as  we  knew  it.    [1911.]     Mills. 

Author  knew  Egypt  under  the  khedive  Ismail  and  for  some  years  under  the  British 
occupation.     She  tells  much  that  is  entertaining  about  the  people  and  their  ways. 


22o8  EGYPT— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL 

Butcher,  Mrs  Edith  Louisa  (Floyer).  916.2  B97 

Things  seen  in  Egypt.     1910.    Seeley. 

Author  has  lived  for  30  years  in  Egypt.  She  brings  together  in  a  pleasantly  dis- 
cursive way  personal  experiences  and  descriptions  of  scenery. 

Carson,  Blanche  Mabury.  916.2  C23 

From  Cairo  to  the  cataract.     1909.    Page. 

Lively  narrative,  in  letter  form,  of  a  boat  journey  up  the  Nile  and  back  again. 

Chennells,  Ellen.  916.2  C42 

Recollections  of  an  Egyptian  princess  [Zeyneb],  by  her  English 
governess;  a  record  of  five  years  residence  at  the  court  of  Ismael  Pasha, 
khedive.    1893.    Blackwood. 

Author  was  in  Egypt  from  1871  to  1876  and  gives  an  intimate  picture  of  court  life, 
especially  that  of  the  women. 

Clark,  Edward  Lord.  916.2  C51 

Daleth;  or,  The  homestead  of  the  nations:  Egypt  illustrated.  1864. 
Ticknor. 

Contents:  Fragments. — Alexandria. — Heliopolis. — Pyramids.- — Cairo. — The  Nile.  — 
The  land. — Edfoo. — Beni  Hassan. — Thebes. — Tombs  of  Thebes. — Philse. — Goshen. —  The 
desert. 

Dicey,  Edward.  916.2  D54 

Egypt  of  the  future.     1907.     Heinemann. 

Contents:  My  relations  with  Egypt. — Our  present  position  in  Egypt. — The  Eastern 
question. — Egypt  and  Europe. — Militant  Islam. — How  Egypt  is  governed  to-day. — The 
future  of  Egypt. 

As  Mr  Dicey  was  for  many  years  the  only  publicist  of  any  importance  who  advo- 
cated the  expediency  of  England's  assuming  an  avowed  and  permanent  protectorate  over 
Egypt,  his  latest  book  is  of  a  highly  controversial  character.  He  would  have  Egyptian 
officials  in  place  of  English,  leaving  internal  administration  in  native  hands  while 
maintaining  British  supremacy.     Condensed  from  Academy,  1907. 

England — Foreign  office.  qr9i6.2  E64 

Reports  by  His  Majesty's  agent  and  consul-general  on  the  finances, 

administration  and  condition  of  Egypt  and  the  Soudan,  1906-07.     1907-08. 

Gibson,  Charles  Dana.  q9i6.2  G36 

Sketches  in  Egypt.     1899.     Doubleday. 

Fully  illustrated  description  of  the  author's  travels  in  Egypt,  1897-98. 

Hichens,  Robert  Smythe.  q9i6.2  H52e 

Egypt  and  its  monuments.    1909.    Century. 

Record  and  impressions  of  a  journey  from  Cairo  to  Phila.  Illustrated  with  colored 
reproductions  of  paintings  by  Jules  Gu6rin,  and  with  half-tones. 

Hichens,  Robert  Smythe.  916.2  H52 

Spell  of  Egypt,  as  revealed  in  its  monuments.    1908. 

Pages  from  the  "Century  magazine,"  v. 75-76,  1908. 

An  effort  to  depict  with  vivid,  picturesque  description  the  peculiar  .charm  of  Egypt. 
Illustrations  in  color. 

Kelly,  Robert  Talbot.  J916.2  K17 

Egypt,  with  illustrations  in  colour  by  the  author.  1909.  Black. 
(Peeps  at  many  lands  series.) 

Here  one  can  read  of  the  mosques,  bazars  and  fascinating  streets  of  Cairo,  take  with 
the  author  a  trip  up  the  Nile  to  the  first  cataract,  learn  about  the  pyramids  and  other 
wonderful  monuments  of  the  past  and  of  the  life  of  the  people  of  Egypt  to-day. 


EGYPT— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL  2209 

Kumm,  Hermann  Karl  Wilhelm.  916.2  K43 

From  Hausaland  to  Egypt  through  the  Sudan.  1910.  Constable. 
Author  is  (191 1)  a  missionary  as  well  as  a  doctor  of  philosophy  and  a  sportsman. 
His  journey  was  made  for  the  Sudan  United  Mission,  the  chief  object  of  which  is  to 
counteract  the  advancing  Mohammedan  propaganda  in  central  Africa.  With  a  view  to 
surveying  the  field  of  possible  work  in  this  direction,  he  determined  to  cross  central 
Africa,  from  northern  Nigeria  across  the  north  of  the  German  Cameroons,  through 
French  Equatorial  Africa  to  the  Anglo-Egyptian  Sudan.  One  will  find  few  finer 
examples  of  cool  daring  and  splendid  endurance  than  in  Dr  Kumm's  record.  Condensed 
from  AthentBum,  igii. 

Loti,  Pierre,  {pseud,  of  Julien  Viaud).  916.3  L91 

La  mort  de  Philae. 

Descriptions  of  modern  Egypt,  from  the  Sphinx  and  the  pyramids  up  the  Nile  to 
Philae.  Author  laments  the  destruction  of  ancient  Egypt  by  the  forces  of  modern  civili- 
zation and  is  especially  impatient  of  the  British  occupation,  to  which  he  ascribes  all  the 
vulgarization  of  the  Nile  valley,  culminating  in  the  erection  of  the  dam  which  has  sub- 
merged the  island  of  Philae  and  its  temples. 

Martineau,  Harriet.  916.2  M43 

Eastern  life,  present  and  past.    1850.    Moxon. 

Record  of  travels  in  Egypt  and  Palestine,  1846-47. 

"Miss  Martineau  has  a  higher  view  than  merely  to  make  word  pictures  of  foreign 
scenery,  personal  adventures,  and  peculiar  manners  and  customs.  Her  work  contains 
a  vast  deal  of  disquisition,  moral,  political,  religious,  and  historical. .  .The  disquisitions 
. .  .are  eminently  characteristic  of  the  writer, — always  clever,  and  frequently  eloquent, 
striking,  and  suggestive."     Westminster  review,  1848. 

Maspero,  Sir  Gaston.  916.2  M45 

Egypt;  ancient  sites  and  modern  scenes;  tr.  by  Elizabeth  Lee.     1910. 

Unwin. 

"One  of  the  most  practical  and  interesting  books  on  the  Egypt  of  today,  as  viewed 

in  the  light  of  its  past."     A.  L.  A.  booklist,  191 1. 

Murray,  John,  pub.  r9i6.2  M97 

Handbook  for  Egypt  and  the  Sudan;  revised,  largely  re-written  and 
augmented  by  H.  R.  Hall.    1907.    Stanford. 

Pococke,  Richard,  bp.  qr9io  P63  v.15 

Travels  in  Egypt.  [1814.]  (In  Pinkerton,  John,  ed.  General  col- 
lection of  voyages  and  travels,  v.15,  p.  163-402.) 

Schroeder,  Oswald.  916.2  S38 

Aegypten;  das  land  der  pyramiden.  1905.  (Mit  camera  und  feder 
durch  die  welt,  v.2.) 

Sladen,  Douglas  Brooke  Wheelton.  916.2  S6310 

Oriental  Cairo,  the  city  of  the  "Arabian  nights."     191 1.     Lippincott. 

Best  guide-book  to  the  Cairo  of  the  caliphs  which  has  yet  appeared  (191 1).  Main 
portion  of  the  book  is  devoted  to  the  oriental  or  native  town,  but  it  is  modern  in  its 
descriptions.  Full  instructions  are  given  for  a  drive  of  inspection  round  both  the 
Europeanized  and  oriental  parts  of  the  town  and  a  chronological  table  of  the  rulers  and 
monuments  of  mediaeval  Cairo  is  added.  Artists  may  be  grateful  for  the  appendix  on 
"Artists'  bits  in  Cairo,"  with  directions  for  finding  them. 

Sladen,  Douglas  Brooke  Wheelton.  916.2  S63i 

Queer  things  about  Egypt.     191 1.    Lippincott. 

"One  of  the  most  interesting  books  on  the  country  of  the  Nile...  [Mr  Sladen]  has 
had  opportunities  not  open  to  the  average  tourist,  and  with  note-book  and  camera  he  has 
made  the  most  of  them.  Much  of  his  observation  lies  outside  the  tourist's  path  and 
interest,  as  the  servant  question,  housekeeping,  business,  and  court  etiquette,  and  such 
places  as  Damietta,  Rosetta,  the  Fayum,  and  the  great  oasis  of  Kharga."     Nation,  1911. 


ABYSSINIA.    MOROCCO 


Withers,  Percy.  916.2  W8a 

Egypt  of  yesterday  and  to-day.     [1910.]     Stokes. 

Writer  took  to  Egypt  a  leisurely  taste  for  architectural  and  artistic  antiquities,  a 
breadth  of  reading  in  poetry  and  of  unhackneyed  and  apt  quotation,  a  feeling  for  humanity 
even  in  Eg^yptian  tombs,  and  a  very  real  power  of  clear  description  and  sober  suggest- 
iveness.  Book  will  be  useful  to  any  one  on  the  Nile  except  the  professional  student, 
and  even  he  may  find  ideas  in  it.     Condensed  from  Nation,  igii. 


Abyssinia 

Skinner,  Robert  Peet.  9i6-3  S62 

Abyssinia  of  to-day;  an  account  of  the  first  mission  sent  by  the 
American  government  to  the  court  of  the  king  of  kinfes,  1903-1904. 
1906.    Longmans. 

Lively  and  entertaining  account  of  the  experiences  of  the  commission  sent  to  negoti- 
ate a  commercial  treaty  with  Emperor  Menelik's  government.  Considers  also  the  social 
and  political  conditions  of  the  country.  The  author,  who  is  (1906)  American  consul 
general  at  Marseilles,  was  chief  of  the  commission.     Many  illustrations. 


Morocco 

Alarc6n,  Pedro  Antonio  de.  964  Asa 

Diario  de  un  testigo  de  la  guerra  de  Africa.  [1859-60.]  2v.  in  i. 
1898. 

Author  was  a  Spanish  statesman  and  novelist   (1833-91). 

"His  share  in  the  Morocco  campaign  of  1859  bore  fruit  in  his  Diario  de  un  testigo 
de  la  Guerra  de  Africa  (i860)  a  chronicle  noteworthy  for  its  vivid  picturesqueness  and 
stirring  patriotism."     New  international  encyclopedia. 

Rankin,  Reginald.  964  R19 

In  Morocco  with  General  d'Amade.     1908.     Longmans. 
Major   Rankin  acted   as   war  correspondent   for   the    London   "Times"    during   the 

French  operations  near  Casablanca  in    1908.      He  gives  a   graphic  account  of  military 

events,  interspersed  with  chapters  on  the  history  and  daily  life  of  the  natives.     Map 

and  illustrations. 

Amicis,  Edmondo  de.  qrgi6.4  A51 

Le  Maroc;  tr.  de  I'italien  par  Henri  Belle.     1882. 

Picturesque  description  of  places,  people  and  scenery,  with  many  illustrations. 

Aubin,  Eugene.  916.4  A89 

Das  heutige  Marokko.    1905. 

Bonsai,  Stephen.  916.4  B6a 

Morocco  as  it  is,  with  an  account  of  Sir  Charles  Euan  Smith's  recent 
mission  to  Fez.     1893.    Allen. 

Written  in  rather  a  lively,  journalistic  style,  without  presenting  much  new  informa- 
tion. Sir  Charles  Euan  Smith's  mission  in  1892  was  an  unsuccessful  attempt  to  negoti- 
ate a  commercial  treaty  with  the  sultan. 

Finnemore,  John.  J916.4  Fsi 

Morocco,  with  illustrations  in  colour  by  A.  S.  Forrest.  1908.  Black. 
(Peeps  at  many  lands  series.) 

Partial  contents:  In  Tangiers. — The  feast  of  the  sheep. — Children  in  Morocco. — 
How  the  sultan  travels. — The  Moor  at  home. — In  a  Berber  "ksor." — Where  the  dates 
come  from. 


NORTH  CENTRAL  AFRICA  221 1 

Algeria 

rgie.s  A44 
Almanach  du  Petit  colon  algerien,  par  Charles  Marchal,  1893. 

Campbell,  Thomas.  9i6-5  C16 

Letters  from  the  south.    2v.     1837.     Colburn. 

Written  from  Algiers  in  1834  to  the  "New  monthly  magazine."  Author  was  the 
first  Englishman  to  visit  Algiers  after  the  French  conquest  to  study  the  changes  pro- 
duced by  that  event.     Illustrated. 

North  Central  Africa 

Stanley,  Sir  Henry  Morton.  966  S78 

Coomassie  and  Magdala;  the  story  of  two  British  campaigns  in 
Africa.    1874.    Harper. 

Account  of  the  Ashanti  war  of  1874  and  of  the  expedition  sent  to  Abyssinia  in  1868 
under  the  command  of  Sir  Robert  Napier. 

Bosman,  Willem.  qrgio  P63  v.i6 

New  and  accurate  description  of  the  coast  of  Guinea,  divided  into 
the  gold,  the  slave  and  the  ivory  coasts  [tr.  from  the  Dutch.  1814]. 
(In  Pinkerton,  John,  ed.  General  collection  of  voyages  and  travels, 
V.16,  p.337-547.) 

Bulpett,  C.  W.  L.  916.6  B87 

Picnic  party  in  wildest  Africa;  being  a  sketch  of  a  winter's  trip  to 

some  of  the  unknown  waters  of  the  upper  Nile.     1907.    Arnold. 

Account  of  an  exploring  sftid  hunting  trip  in  the  wilds  of  central  Africa.  It  pur- 
poses to  show  how  much  that  is  novel  and  enjoyable  in  African  travel  and  sport  is 
within  the  reach  of  the  ordinary  person. 

Johnston,  Sir  Harry  Hamilton.  916.6  J36 

Liberia,  with  an  appendix  on  the  flora  of  Liberia  by  Otto  Stapf. 

2v.    1906.    Hutchinson. 

"Bibliography,"  v.i,  p.  13-17. 

The  first  volume  is  devoted  to  the  history  of  the  Liberian  state  and  of  the  colony 

of  freed  slaves  founded  there  in  1821  by  the  American  Colonization  Society.     The  second 

volume  is  a  compendium  of  the  geography  and  natural  history  of  Liberia. 

Landor,  Arnold  Henry  Savage.  916.6  L22 

Across  widest  Africa;  an  account  of  the  country  and  people  of  east- 
ern, central  and  western  Africa  as  seen  during  a  12  months'  journey 
from  Djibuti  to  Cape  Verde.    2v.     1907.    Hurst. 

Apart  from  the  fact  that  the  journey  was  the  first  crossing  of  Africa  from  ocean  to 
ocean  in  its  widest  part,  it  has  no  special  interest  or  importance.  His  route  took  him 
through  no  new  country,  he  had  no  striking  adventures,  while  he  went  too  rapidly  to 
gather  valuable  information  about  the  natives.  The  larger  part  of  his  narrative  consists 
of  a  record  of  each  day's  experiences  and  a  brief  description  of  the  surface  features  of 
the  country  traversed.     Condensed  from  Nation,  1908. 

McDermott,  Patrick  A.  r9i6.6  M14 

Development  of  West  Africa.     [1904.] 

Reprinted  from  the  "Journal"  of  the  Manchester  Geographical   Society,  May  1904. 


2212  SOUTH  CENTRAL  AFRICA 

Vischer,  Hanns.  916.6  V35 

Across  the  Sahara  from  Tripoli  to  Bornu.     1910.    Arnold. 

Singularly  fresh  and  delightful  book  of  pure  travel.  The  author  exposed  himself 
to  all  kinds  of  desert  incidents,  sand-storms  and  heavy  marches,  barely  escaping  a  raid 
by  the  robber  Tawareks.    The  story  of  the  caravan  journey  is  an  exciting  one. 


South  Central  Africa 

Bourne,  Henry  Richard  Fox.  967  B65 

Civilisation   in    Congoland;    a   story   of   international    wrong-doing, 

with  a  prefatory  note  by  Sir  C.  W.  Dilke.     1903.     King. 

History  of  Congo  Free  State  from  1876  to  1902  and  an  indictment  of  Belgian  rule. 

Based  on  official  documents  and  accounts  of  travelers,  missionaries  and  agents. 

Bdttego,  Vittorio.  4916.7  B64 

II  Giuba  esplorato;  sotto  gli  auspici  della  Societa  Geografica  Italiana. 
1895.    (Viaggi  di  scoperta  nel  cuore  dell'  Africa.) 

Churchill,  Winston  Leonard  Spencer.  916.7  C46 

My  African  journey.    1908.    Doran. 

Author  went  from  Mombasa  by  rail  to  Victoria  Nyanza,  then  by  rickshaw,  bicycle 
and  canoe  through  Uganda  to  the  navigable  waters  of  the  Nile.  Hunting  was  not  the 
principal  object  of  this  journey  of  the  English  under-secretary  of  state  for  the  col- 
nies.  He  went  to  study  the  administrative  problems  of  the  East  Africa  and  Uganda 
protectorates,  and  writes  with  much  enthusiasm  of  the  wonderful  possibilities  of  the 
region.     Illustrated  from  photographs.     Maps. 

Cunningham,  James  Francis.  4916.7  C92 

Uganda  and  its  peoples;  notes  on  the  protectorate  of  Uganda,  es- 
pecially the  anthropology  and  ethnology  of  its  indigenous  races,  with  a 
preface  by  Sir  Harry  Johnston.     1905.     Hutchinson. 

Author  has  been  engaged  for  some  time  in  the  adrninistration  of  the  Uganda  pro- 
tectorate. Sir  Harry  Johnston's  preface  gives  a  summary  of  Uganda  anthropologry,  while 
Mr  Cunningham  supplies  photographic  illustrations  of  the  races  described  and  an  ac- 
count of  their  social  customs. 

Davis,  Richard  Harding.  9i6-7  D32 

Congo  and  coasts  of  Africa.    1907.    Scribner. 

Picturesque  descriptions,  with  illustrations  from  photographs  taken  on  the  trip,  of 
travels  in  the  Congo  Free  State  and  elsewhere  in  Africa.  The  book  makes  no  noticeable 
contribution  to  the  much  disputed  political  situation  in  the  Congo. 

Du  Chaillu,  Paul  Belloni.  916.7  D86c 

Country  of  the  dwarfs.     1905.     Harper. 
Du  Chaillu,  Paul  Belloni.  916.7  D86i 

In  African  forest  and  jungle.    1903.    Scribner. 
Du  ChaiUu,  Paul  Belloni.  916.7  D861 

Lost  in  the  jungle.     1869.    Harper. 
Du  Chaillu,  Paul  Belloni.  916.7  D86m 

My  Apingi  kingdom,  with  life  in  the  great  Sahara  and  sketches  of 
the  chase  of  the  ostrich,  hyena,  &c.     1898.     Harper. 

A  continuation  of  "Lost  in  the  jungle." 

Du  Chaillu,  Paul  Belloni.  916.7  D86i 

Stories  of  the  gorilla  country.     1895.     Harper. 

Adventures  among  wild  men  and  beasts  on  west  coast  of  Africa. 


SOUTH  CENTRAL  AFRICA  2213 

Du  Chaillu,  Paul  Belloni.  916.7  D86w 

Wild  life  under  the  equator.     1896.     Harper. 
Eliot,  Sir  Charles  Norton  Edgecumbe.  916.7  E47 

East  Africa  protectorate.     1905.     Arnold. 

The  British  East  Africa  protectorate  was  constituted  in  1895  *n  administrative  divi- 
sion of  British  East  Africa,  the  other  division  being  the  Uganda  protectorate.  It  extends 
from  the  Umba  to  the  Juba  river  and  inland  as  far  as  the  boundaries  of  Uganda.  The 
author  was  for  three  years  royal  commissioner  for  the  protectorate.  His  book  covers 
the  history  of  the  country,  its  geography,  native  races,  administration,  trade,  missions 
and  the  prospects  which  it  holds  out  to  intending  colonists. 

Geil,  William  Edgar.  916.7  G28 

Yankee  in  pigmy  land.    1905.    Hodder. 

Narrative  of  a  journey  across  equatorial  Africa,  by  rail  to  Uganda,  by  caravan 
through  the  g^reat  forest  and  by  steamboat  to  the  mouth  of  the  Congo. 

Johnston,  Sir  Harry  Hamilton.  '      916.7  J36g 

George  Grenfell  and  the  Congo;  a  history  and  description  of  the 
Congo  Independent  State  and  adjoining  districts  of  Congoland,  to- 
gether with  some  account  of  the  native  peoples  and  their  languages,  the 
fauna  and  flora,  and  similar  notes  on  the  Cameroons  and  the  island 
of  Fernando  P6,  the  whole  founded  on  the  diaries  and  researches  of  the 
late  George  Grenfell  and  others.    2v.    1908.    Hutchinson. 

"Bibliography  of  Congo-Cameroons  languages,"  v. 2,  p.887-891. 

"Nominally  it  is  a  history  of  the  missionary  work  of  George  Grenfell,  but  in  reality 
it  is  an  encyclopaedia  of  information  on  all  matters  connected  with  the  Congo,  based 
primarily  on  Grenf  ell's  diaries,  but  supplemented  largely  from  other  sources ...  The 
second  volume  is  purely  of  the  nature  of  an  encyclopaedia  dealing  with  the  anthropology 
of  the  river-basin,  its  natural  history,  and  native  customs  and  beliefs.  But  the  first 
volume  is  biographical  and  historical  in  its  aim,  and  may  be  read  with  interest  and  with 
profit  by  many  who  have  no  special  knowledge  of  the  subject. .  .Magnificently  illus- 
trated."    Spectator,  1908. 

Kirkland,  Caroline.  916.7  K28 

Some  African  highways;  a  journey  of  two  American  women  to 
Uganda  and  the  Transvaal,  with  an  introduction  by  [R.  S.  S.]  Baden- 
Powell.     1908.     Estes. 

Lloyd,  Albert  B.  916.7  L75U 

Uganda  to  Khartoum;  life  and  adventure  on  the  upper  Nile,  with 
a  preface  by  Victor  Buxton.     1907.     Unwin. 

Record,  simply  told,  of  travel,  adventure  and  missionary  work  among  the  natives 
of  a  little  known  part  of  central  Africa. 

Maugham,  Reginald  Charles  Fulke.  916.7  M48 

Portuguese    East    Africa;    the    history,    scenery    &   great   game    of 

Manica  and  Sofala.     1906.    Murray. 

The  opening  chapters  deal  with  the  history  of  Portuguese  colonization  in  East 
Africa,  but  the  greater  part  of  the  book  is  concerned  with  big  game  hunting  in  that 
district.  Some  light  is  thrown  on  anthropological  questions  and  the  habits  and  languages 
of  the   natives. 

Meyer,  Hans,  b.  1858.  q9i6.7  M65 

Across  east  African  glaciers;  an  account  of  the  first  ascent  of  Kili- 
manjaro; tr.  from  the  German  by  E.  H.  S.  Calder.    1891.    Philip. 

"Bibliography,"  p.384-397- 

"It  is  replete  with  information  and  with  exciting  adventure,  narrated  with  unfailing 
brightness  and  animation. .  .The  descriptions  of  the  volcanic  scenery,  with  its  aspects  of 
savage  desolation,  are  wonderfully  vivid  and  picturesque."     Saturday  review,  1891. 

There  are  illustrations  and  maps  and  the  appendixes  contain  notes  on  the  natural 
history  of  the  region. 


2214  SOUTH  CENTRAL  AFRICA 

Morel,  Edmund  Deville.  916.7  M88 

British  case  in   French   Congo;  the   story  of  a   great  injustice,  its 

causes  and  its  lessons.    1903.    Heinemann. 

"In  the  French  Congo,  which  adjoins  the  Congo  State. .  .concessions  have  been 
granted  by  recent  French  Ministers  for  the  Colonies  to  Belgian  companies  closely  related 
to  the  Antwerp  companies  holding  concessions  in  the  Congo  State.  The  privilege  and 
favour  granted  to  them  are  in  violation  of  the  arrangements  as  to  the  free-trade  zone 
and  the  maritime  zone  which  were  adopted  by  the  Powers... Mr.  Morel  is  a  perfectly 
safe  guide."     Athenaum,  1903. 

Morel,  Edmund  Deville.  916.7  M88k 

King  Leopold's  rule  in  Africa.     1905.     Funk. 

Indictment  of  Belgian  misrule  in  the  Congo  Free  State.  Mr  Morel  is  one  of  the 
men  who  have  done  most  to  bring  home  to  the  public  both  the  truth  of  and  the  re- 
sponsibility  for  the  Congo  horrors. 

Morel,  Edmund  Deville.  916.7  M88r 

Red  rubber;  the  story  of  the  rubber  slave  trade  flourishing  on  the 

Congo  in  the  year  of  grace  1906.    1906.    Nassau  Press. 

History  of  the  misdeeds  of  the  Congo  State,  with  chapters  on  the  possible  or  prob» 
able  action  of  England.  Has  an  interesting  preface  by  Sir  Harry  Johnston.  The  best, 
because  the  latest,  authority  on  the  present  aspect  of  a  pressing  question.  Condensed 
from  Athentpum,   jgo6. 

Patterson,  John  Henry.  916.7  Psii 

In  the  grip  of  the  Nyika;  further  adventures  in  British  East  Africa. 
1909.    Macmillan. 

The  author  of  "The  man-eaters  of  Tsavo"  is  assured  of  a  welcome  for  whatever  he 
cares  to  write  which  is  accorded  to  few  books  of  big-game  shooting.  In  his  new  book 
we  get  no  yarns  so  blood-curdling  as  those  of  the  lions  that  terrorized  the  railway,  but 
we  have  a  record  of  journeys  into  the  distant  northern  parts  of  the  East  African  Pro- 
tectorate, ill-fated  journeys,  where  the  wilds  seemed  to  conspire  to  prevent  return.  He 
writes  simply  and  accurately,  and  the  plain  stories  have  the  vividness  of  complete 
reality.  The  end  of  the  expedition  was  tragic,  and  but  for  the  courage  of  the  survivors 
would  have  been  a  wholesale  tragedy.     Condensed  from  Spectator,  igio. 

Patterson,  John  Henry.  916.7  Psi 

Man-eaters  of  Tsavo,  and  other  East  African  adventures,  with  a 
foreword  by  F.  C.  Selous.     1907.     Macmillan. 

Descriptions  of  the  reign  of  terror  created  by  the  man-eating  lions  which  descended 
on  the  workers  of  the  Uganda  railway,  creating  a  panic  so  great  that  at  one  time  work 
on  the  railway  was  actually  brought  to  a  stand-still.  This  state  of  affairs  Col.  Patter- 
son vowed  to  end,  and  did  end,  after  superhuman  toil  and  great  peril.  The  veteran 
hunter,  F.  C.  Selous,  says  of  the  book,  "No  lion  story  I  have  ever  heard  or  read  equals 
in  its  long-sustained  and  dramatic  interest  the  story  of  the  Tsavo  man-eaters  as  told  by 
Colonel  Patterson." 

Starr,  Frederick.  916.7  S79 

The  truth  about  the  Congo.    1907.    Forbes. 

Reprint  of  a  series  of  articles  which  appeared  in  the  "Chicago  daily  tribune"  be- 
tween January  20  and  February  3,  1907.  They  are  frankly  and  unqualifiedly  a  defense 
of  existing  conditions  in  the  Congo,  based  on  a  trip  of  several  months'  duration.  Con- 
densed from  Nation,  1907. 

Swann,  Alfred  James.  916.7  S972 

Fighting  the  slave-hunters  in  central  Africa;  a  record  of  26  years 
of  travel  &  adventure  round  the  great  lakes  and  of  the  overthrow  of 
Tip-pu-Tib,  Rumaliza  and  other  great  slave-traders,  with  an  introduc- 
tion by  Sir  H.  H.  Johnston.     1910.    Lippincott. 

Account  of  the  author's  efforts  to  wipe  out  the  slave  traffic  which  existed  around 


SOUTH  AFRICA  2215 


Swann,  Alfred  James — continued.  916.7  S972 

Lakes  Nyassa,  Tanganyika  and  Victoria  Nyanza  and  of  his  ultimate  success  in  establish- 
ing a  rigid  patrol  and  a  protectorate  for  the  natives.  He  first  went  to  Africa  as  a 
missionary,  but  was  afterward  called  upon  by  Sir  Harry  Johnston  to  administer  the 
Lake  Nyassa  district. 

Treves,  Sir  Frederick.  916.7  T73 

Uganda  for  a  holiday.    1910.    Smith. 

Author  has  given  us  a  delightful  book  of  travel  in  his  account  of  a  visit  to  Victoria 
Nyanza  by  way  of  Mombasa  and  the  Ug^anda  railway.  Object  is  to  describe  the  outlook 
of  a  traveler,  who  has  no  theory  to  develop,  no  creed  (except  kindliness)  to  preach, 
and  no  business  to  push,  on  a  new  and  wonderful  country.  Condensed  from  Con- 
temporary review,  1910. 

Ward,  Herbert.  916.7  W21V 

A  voice  from  the  Congo;  comprising  stories,  anecdotes  and  descrip- 
tive notes.    1910.    Scribrier. 

Sketches  of  native  life  in  central  Africa,  descriptive  notes  concerning  the  manners, 
customs  and  superstitions  of  the  land  and  numerous  anecdotes  illustrating  the  character 
of  the  people.  The  72  illustrations  are  of  unusual  interest.  They  include  reproductions 
of  photographs  of  the  native,  of  his  implements,  and  of  some  remarkable  sculptures, 
one  of  which,  a  bronze  statue  of  a  Congo  chief,  won  a  gold  medal  at  the  Paris  Salon 
in  1908. 

Weule,  Karl.  916.7  W58 

Native  life  in  East  Africa;  the  results  of  an  ethnological  research 
expedition;  tr.  by  Alice  Werner.    1909.    Appleton. 

Wollaston,  Alexander  Frederick  Richmond.  916.7  W84 

From  Ruwenzori  to  the  Congo;  a  naturalist's  journey  across  Africa. 
1908.    Murray. 

"Entertaining  account  of  a  journey  across  Africa  by  a  member  of  the  British  Mu- 
seum expedition  sent  out  in  1905  to  make  collections  of  the  peculiarly  rich  fauna  and 
flora  of  the  Ruwenzori  region.  The  book  has  not  a  scientific  aim,  however,  but  is 
simply  a  record  of  the  impressions  made  by  Africa's  hot  and  hilly  roads,  winding  water- 
ways and  cloud-girt  mountain-sides."  Nation,  1909. 
Illustrated  from  photographs. 


South  Africa 

Bibliography 

Mendelssohn,  Sidney,  comp.  qroi6.968  M61 

South  African  bibliography,  with  a  descriptive  introduction  by  I.  D. 
Colvin.    2v.     1910.     Paul. 

V.I.     Author-catalogue,  A-Menp. 

V.2.  Author-catalogue,  Ment-Z. — South  African  imperial  blue-books. — Magazines, 
&c. — Magazine  articles. — Autograph  letters,  &c. — Chronolog^ical  and  topographical  sub- 
jects index. — Cartography  of  South  Africa. — Appendix  to  author-catalogue. 

"These  two. .  .volumes  (each  over  1,000  pages),  embodying  th?  labour  of  years,  will 
be  a  boon  to  any  one  engaged  in  African  research.  They  were  at  first  intended  to  be  a 
catalogue  raisonne  of  Mr.  Mendelssohn's  own  collection,  but  this  'has  since'  developed 
until  it  forms  a  reasonably  complete  Bibliography  of  Literature  relating  to  South  Africa, 
in  the  wider  sense  of  the  term,  from  the  earliest  period  up  to  the  present  time.'  The 
Introduction ...  and  Mr.  Mendelssohn's  numerous  and  instructive  notes,  provide  a  fund 
of  interesting  reading  which  one  scarcely  expects  in  a  work  of  this  nature."  Athe- 
netum,  19x1. 


22i6  SOUTH  AFRICA 


History 

Cronwright-Schreiner,  C.  S.  968  C89 

The  land  of  free  speech;  record  of  a  campaign  on  behalf  of  peace  in 
England  and  Scotland  in  1900.    1906.    New  Age  Press. 

Pro-Boer  in  its  attitude.  The  author  was  not  cordially  welcomed  in  England  and 
the  book  is  largely  an  account  of  his  reception  in  the  various  places  where  he  told  or 
attempted  to  tell  what  he  believed  to  be  the  truth  concerning  South  Africa  and  the 
Boer  war. 

Doyle,  Sir  Arthur  Conan.  968  D77gu 

La   guerra  nel   Sud-Africa;   le   sue   cause   e  le   sue   vicende.     1902. 

United  States — Military  information  division.  r968  U25 

Selected  translations  pertaining  to  the  Boer  war,  April  i,  1905.  1905. 
([Publications;  new  ser.]  no.4.) 

"List  of  works  in  the  Library  of  Congress  on  the  Boer  war;  comp.  by  A.  P.  C. 
Griffin,"  p.205-231. 

Description  and  travel 

Callaway,  Godfrey.  916.8  C13 

Sketches  of  Kafir  life,  with  preface  by  A.  G.  S.  Gibson.  1905.  Mow- 
bray. 4 

For  some  years  the  author  was  a  missionary  in  Pondoland,  South  Africa.  He  de- 
scribes many  of  the  people  with  whom  he  came  in  contact  and  tells  something  of  his 
work  among  them. 

Cape  Colony — Railway  department.  916.8  C17 

Cape  Colony  to-day.    1909.    Townshend. 
Describes  nine  attractive  lours  recommended  to  the  traveler  in  Cape  Colony. 

Cunynghame,  Sir  Arthur  Augustus  Thurlow.  916.8  C92 

My  command  in  South  Africa,  1874-1878;  comprising  experiences  of 
travel  in  the  colonies  of  South  Africa  and  the  independent  states.  1879. 
Macmillan. 

Contains  maps. 

Cunynghame  (1812-84)  commanded  the  English  forces  in  South  Africa  from  1874 
to  1878,  including  the  period  of  the  sixth  Kaffir  war. 

"The  —  work,  though  hastily  put  together,  contains  much  valuable  information  re- 
lating to  South  Africa  during  the  government  of  Sir  Bartle  Frere  at  the  Cape." 
Dictionary  of  national  biography. 

Fuller,  Robert  Hart.  916.8  F98 

South  Africa  at  home.     [1908.]     Newnes. 

Description  of  the  daily  life  and  occupations  of  the  diverse  population  of  the  coun- 
try, showing  sympathy  and  generosity,  as  well  as  shrewdness,  in  his  treatment  of  the 
Boers.  As  late  head-master  of  Dale  College,  one  of  the  leading  educational  institutions 
of  South  Africa,  author  came  in  touch  with  many  types  of  natives,  and  supplemented 
this  by  vacation  trips  into  the  interior. 

Harmsworth,  Cecil  Bisshopp.  916.8  H27 

Pleasure  and  problem  in  South  Africa.     1908.    Lane. 

Contents:  In  the  shadow  of  Table  mountain. — On  the  way  to  Kimberley. — Bula- 
wayo  and  the  Matoppos. — Victoria  falls. — Johannesburg. — As  things  are  in  the  Transvaal. 
— Durban  to  Coleneo. — In  and  about  Ladysmith. — Native  problems  in  South  Africa. — 
On  the  Mooi  river  in  Natal. — The  Indian  invasion. — A  day  with  Mr  Erasmus. — Federa- 
tion or  unification? — The  east  coast  route  home. 


NORTH  AMERICA  2217 


Kidd,  Dudley.  J916.8  K24 

South  Africa,  with  illustrations  in  colour  by  A.  M.  Goodall.     1908. 

Black.     (Peeps  at  many  lands  series.) 

Life  in  a  Kaffir  kraal  and  among  the  Boers.     Contains  a  chapter  on  diamonds. 

Merolla  da  Sorrento,  Girolamo.  qrgio  P63  v.i6 

Voyage  to  Congo  and  several  other  countries,  chiefly  in  southern 
Africk;  made  English  from  the  Italian.     [1814.]     (In  Pinkerton,  John, 
ed.     General  collection  of  voyages  and  travels,  v.i6,  p. 195-316.) 
White,  Jennie  R.  &  Smith,  Adelaide.  J916.8  W63 

South  Africa  today.     1907.    Flanagan. 

Tells  about  the  diamond  mines  at  Kimberley,  the  Victoria  falls,  the  great  bridge 
over  the  Zambesi,  the  railroads,  the  Boer  war,  farm  life  and  the  cities. 

Madagascar 

Ellis,  William,  1794-1872.  969  E53 

History  of  Madagascar,  comprising  the  progress  of  the  Christian 
mission  established  in  1818,  and  an  authentic  account  of  the  recent  mar- 
tyrdom of  Rafaravavy  and  of  the  persecution  of  the  native  Christians; 
comp.  chiefly  from  original  documents.    2v.     [1838.]     Fisher. 


North  America 


Bibliography 

Baer  (Joseph),  &  Co.  qroi6.97  B14 

Americana,  offered  for  sale  by  Joseph  Baer  &  Co.,  Frankfort  o.  M. 
(Catalogue  no.6oo.) 

Contents:  Americana  before  1600. — General  and  miscellaneous;  voyages  of  dis- 
coveries.— North  America. — Central  America  and  the  West  Indies. — South  America. — 
Views. — Maps.^ — Portraits.- — -Autographs  and  manuscripts. 

Bibliotheque  Nationale,  Paris.  qroi6.97  B473 

Catalogue  de  I'histoire  de  I'Amerique,  par  G.  A.  Barringer.    v.3.     1907. 

Mimeograph  copy. 

For  V.  1-2  see  preceding  catalogue,  second   series. 

Burrows  Brothers  Company,  pub.  roi6.97  B94 

Bibliotheca  Americana;  an  annotated  and  priced  catalogue  of  a  valu- 
able collection  forming  a  part  of  the  stock  of  the  Burrovk^s  Brothers 
Company.     1907.     (Catalogue  no.74.) 

Fish,  Carl  Russell,  comp.  qroi6.97  FS^ 

Guide  to  the  materials  for  American  history  in  Roman  and  other 
Italian  archives.  191 1.  (Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington.  Publica- 
tion no.  128.) 

Griffin,  Grace  Gardner,  comp.  roi6.97  G893 

Writings  on  American  history,  1906-09;  a  bibliography  of  books 
and  articles  on  United  States  and  Canadian  history  published  during 
the  year  1906-09,  with  some  memoranda  on  other  portions  of  America. 
1908-11.    Macmillan. 


22 18  NORTH  AMERICA— HISTORY 

Guild,  Charles  H.  roi6.97  G96 

Catalogue  of  the  extensive  and  valuable  collection  of  books  and 

pamphlets  relating  to  America  belonging  to  C.  H.  Guild.     1887.    Libbie. 

A  list  of  prices  is  bound  with  the  catalogue. 

Hermannsson,  Halldor,  comp.  r839.6  C82  v.a 

Northmen  in  America  (982-c.  1500) ;  a  contribution  to  the  bibliogra- 
phy of  the  subject.    1909.    (In  Cornell  University — Library.    Islandica, 

V.2.) 

Hiersemann,  Karl  W.  comp.  roiS.gj  H53 

America;  coleccion  de  libros  y  manuscritos  antiguos  y  raros  sobre 
America  del  Norte,  Central  y  Meridional,  las  Indias  Occidentales,  las 
Islas  Filipinas,  las  Molucas;  apendice,  Espana  y  Portugal.    1906. 

Leiter,  Levi  Zeigler.  qroi6.97  L56 

Leiter  library;  a  catalogue  of  the  books,  manuscripts  and  maps  re- 
lating principally  to  America  collected  by  the  late  L.  Z.  Leiter,  with 
collations  and  bibliographical  notes  by  H.  A.  Morrison.  1907.  Private- 
ly printed. 

Norton,  Charles  Benjamin,  comp.  roi6.97  N46 

Catalogue  of  a  large  and  valuable  collection  of  books  relating  chiefly 
to  America,  also  a  collection  of  rare  and  valuable  American  tracts  and 
numerous  early  and  scarce  atlases  and  maps  relating  to  America.  1862. 
Gray. 

Gives  prices. 

Perez,  Luis  Marino,  comp.  qroi6.97  P42 

Guide  to  the  materials  for  American  history  in  Cuban  archives. 
1907.     (Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington.    Publication  no.83.) 

Woodward,  William  Elliot,  comp.  qroi6.97  W86 

Bibliotheca  Americana;  catalogue  of  the  library  of  W.  E.  Woodward 
of  Boston  Highlands,  Mass.     1869.    Weston. 


970     History 

Brady,  Cyrus  Townsend.  970  B68 

South  American  fights  and  fighters,  and  other  tales  of  adventure. 
1910.    Doubleday.     (American  fights  and  fighters  series,  v.6.) 

Contents:  Panama  and  the  knights-errant  of  colonization. — Panama,  Balboa  and  a 
forgotten  romance. — Peru  and  the  Pizarros. — The  greatest  adventure  in  history. — Other 
tales  of  adventure:  The  yarn  of  the  "Essex,"  whaler. — Some  famous  American  duels. 
— The  cruise  of  the  "Tonquin." — John  Paul  Jones. — In  the  caverns  of  the  Pitt. — Being 
a  boy  out  west. 

Haebler,  Konrad.  qr909  H42  v.i 

.•\merica.  1901.  (In  Helmolt,  H.  F.  ed.  World's  history,  v. i,  p.  180- 
565.) 


970  K41 


NORTH  AMERICA— ANTIQUITIES  2219 

Antiquities 

American  Antiquarian  Society.  r9i3-7  Asi 

Archaeologia  Americana;  transactions  and  collections,  v.5-6,  11-12. 
1810-1911. 

v.5-6.     Thomas,  Isaiah.     History  of  printing.     2v.     1810  (r655.i73  T37). 
v.ii.     Manuscript  records  of  the  French  and  Indian  war  in  the  library  of  the  society. 
V.I 2.     British  proclamations  relating  to  America,   1603-1783;  ed.  by  C.  S.  Brigham. 
For  V.I,  3-4  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

American  Antiquarian  Society.  r9i3>7  A5ih 

Handbook  of  information.    1909. 

American  Antiquarian  Society.  r9i3-7  A51P 

Proceedings,  Oct.  1849-April  1880.    5v.     1850-80. 

Partial  index,  1812-80. 

The  same,  new  series,  Oct.  1880-April  1887.  v.  1-4,  in  2.  1881-87. 
Hamilton rgis.y  A51P2 

Includes  the  proceedings  of  the  annual,  semiannual  and  special  meetings. 

International  Congress  of  Americanists.  qrgij.y  I24 

[Proceedings  and  papers]   (i3th-i6th  sessions),  1902-08.     1905-10. 

Lincoln,  Charles  Henry.  qrQiS-?  L71 

Manuscript  collections  of  the  American  Antiquarian  Society.     [1910.] 
Reprinted  from  "Papers"  of  the  Bibliographical  Society  of  America,  v.4,  191  o. 

Peabody  Museum  of  American  Archaeology  and  <ir9i3.7  P33 

Ethnology. 

Memoirs,  1908-date.    v.4-date.     1908-date. 

v.4.  Explorations  of  the  upper  Usumatsintla  and  adjacent  region;  reports  of  ex- 
plorations for  the  museum,  by  Teobert  Maler. — Explorations  in  the  department  of  Peten, 
Guatemala  and  adjacent  region;  reports  of  explorations  for  the  museum,  by  Teobert 
Maler. 

v.5,  no.  1-2.  Explorations  in  the  department  of  Peten,  Guatemala;  Tikal,  by  Teobert 
Maler. — Preliminary  study  of  the  ruins  of  Tikal,  Guatemala,  by  A.  M.  Tozzer. 

V.6.  Study  of  Maya  art;  its  subject  matter  and  historical  development,  by  H.  J. 
Spinden. 

For  earlier  volumes  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 


917     Description  and  travel 

q9i7  A51 
America  across  the  seas;  our  colonial  empire,  described  by  Hamilton 
Wright  [and  others].     1909.     Hammond. 

Contents:  The  Philippines,  by  Hamilton  Wright. — Hawaii,  by  Willard  French. — 
Guam  and  our  smaller  islands  in  the  Pacific,  by  Elizabeth  Fairbanks. — Alaska,  by  W.  W. 
Atwood. — Panama  and  the  Canal  Zone,  by  J.  F.  Wallace. — Porto  Rico,  and  Cuba,  by 
C.  H.  Forbes-Lindsay. 

Biart,  Lucien.  917  B47 

My  rambles  in  the  New  World;  tr.  by  Mary  de  Hauteville.  1877. 
Low. 

Biart  was  a  French  writer  who  lived  for  several  years  in  Mexico.  This  book  is 
not  so  much  a  formal  record  of  travel  as  a  series  of  stories  with  a  geographical  back- 
ground. 


2220  INDIANS.    A'BORIGINES 

Carpenter,  Frank  George.  J917  C22a 

North  America.  1910.  Amer.  Book  Co.  (Carpenter's  geographical 
reader.) 

The  children  travel  through  the  United  States,  British  America,  Mexico  and  Central 
America.  They  go  through  cotton  and  tobacco  plantations  of  the  South,  visit  the  orange 
groves  of  Florida,  go  down  into  the  mines  and  see  how  coal,  iron,  copper,  gold  and 
stiver  are  taken  out  of  the  earth,  visit  lumber  camps  and  hunt  for  game. 

Enock,  C.  Reginald.  917  E65 

Great  Pacific  coast;  12,000  miles  in  the  golden  West,  being  an  ac- 
count of  life  and  travel  in  the  western  states  of  North  and  South 
America,  and  a  study  of  their  physical  and  political  conditions.  1910. 
Scribner. 

From  Chile  to  Panama  and  California,  thence  through  Oregon  and  Washington  to 
British  Columbia  and  Alaska. 

Gyorgy,  Aladar.  917  G99 

Amerika;  foldrajzi  es  nepismei  leirasa.     1904. 

MacGregor,  John,  1797-1857.  qrgi?  M16 

Progress  of  America  from  the  discovery  of  Columbus  to  the  year 

1846.    2v.     1847.    Whittaker. 

"A    vast    body    of    minute    geographical,    historical,    and    statistical    information." 

Sabin's  Bibliotheca  Americana. 

Photo  America  Publishing  Company.  <irgi7  P52 

America  photographed;  a  portfolio  of  photographs  covering  points 
of  scenic  and  historic  interest  in  North  America,  the  greatest  works  of 
art  and  nature  in  the  United  States,  Alaska,  Canada  and  Mexico,  with 
descriptive  text.     1894. 

970.1     Indians.     Aborigines 

American  Philosophical  Society.  r970.i  A51 

Transactions  of  the  Historical  &  literary  committee  of  the  American 
Philosophical  Society,  held  at  Philadelphia,  for  promoting  useful  knowl- 
edge.   V.I.     1819.     Small. 

Contents:  An  account  of  the  history,  manners  and  customs  of  the  Indian  nations 
who  once  inhabited  Pennsylvania  and  the  neighbouring  states,  by  John  Heckewelder. — A 
correspondence  between  John  Heckewelder  and  P.  S.  Duponceau  respecting  the  lan- 
guages of  the  American  Indians. — Words,  phrases  and  short  dialogues  in  the  language  of 
the  Lenni  Lenape,  or  Delaware  Indians,  by  John  Heckewelder. 

Brady,  Cyrus  Townsend,  and  others.  970.i  B68 

Northwestern  fights  and  fighters.  1907.  McClure.  (American 
fights  and  fighters  series,  v.5.) 

Contents:    The  Nez  Perce  war. — The  Modoc  war. 

"Bibliography,"  p.23. 

The  chapters  are  almost  all  of  them  written  by  United  States  army  officers  and 
describe  in  detail  the  various  battles  of  these  Indian  wars. 

Catlin,  George.  97o.i  Ca8 

The  boy's  Catlin;  my  life  among  the  Indians;  ed.  with  biographical 
sketch  by  M.  G.  Humphreys.    1909.    Scribner. 

The  parts  of  Catlin's  volumes  on  the  North  American  Indians  which  will  be  of 
most  interest  to  boys  have  been  condensed  and  brought  together  in  chronological  order. 
The  author  spent  eight  years  traveling  among  the  Indians  of  the  Northwest  and  the 
prairies,  noting  their  customs  and  recording  his  observations  with  pen  and  brush. 


INDIANS.     ABORIGINES 


Elastburn,  Robert.  r970.i  Ei8 

Dangers  and  sufferings  of  Robert  Eastburn  and  his  deliverance 
from  Indian  captivity,  with  introduction  and  notes  by  J.  R.  Spears. 
1904.     Burrows.     (Narratives  of  captivities.) 

Reprinted  from  the  original  edition  of  1758. 

Robert  Eastburn,  whose  "Faithful  narrative"  is  one  of  the  most  valuable  because 
one  of  the  undoubted,  original  authorities  relating  to  the  war  that  destroyed  the  French 
power  in  North  America,  was  captured  by  a  force  of  French  soldiers  and  Indians,  car- 
ried to  Canada  and  adopted  into  an  Indian  family.  He  remained  there,  part  of  the 
time  with  the  Indians,  and  part  with  the  French,  for  nearly  two  years.  Condensed 
from  introduction. 

Fox,  Florence  Cornelius.  J97o.i  F85 

Indian  primer.     1906.    Amer.  Book  Co. 

Stories  in  simple  language  of  the  cliff-dwellers,  Zuni  Indians,  Hiawatha,  Pocahontas, 
the  Eskimos,  etc.     Pictures  of  Indian  life. 

Grinnell,  George  Bird.  970.i  69212 

Indians  of  to-day.     191 1.     Duffield. 
The  same J970'i  G92i2 

"The  Indians  of  to-day — what  are  their  numbers?  where  do  they  live?  how  do  they 
subsist?  Are  they  becoming  civilized,  educated,  learning  the  white  man's  ways?  These 
are  some  of  the  questions  which  intelligent  people  are  asking,  and  to  which,  so  far  as 
may  be,  the  answer  is  given  in  the  pages  that  follow."    Author's  preface. 

The  book  is  illustrated  by  many  large  reproductions  of  excellent  photographs  of 
Indian  chiefs. 

Hodge,  Frederick  Webb,  ed.  r970.i  H66 

Handbook  of  American  Indians  north  of  Mexico.  2  pts.  in  2v. 
IQIO-Ii.  U.  S.  Government.  (United  States — Ethnology  bureau.  Bul- 
letin no.30.) 

The  same.    2  pts.  in  2v.     1907-10 J970.i  H66 

The  same.  2  pts.  in  2v.  1907-10.  (In  United  States — Ethnology 
bureau.     Bulletin  no.30.) 1^572.05  U25b  no.30 

"Contains  a  descriptive  list  of  the  stocks,  confederacies,  tribes,  tribal  divisions,  and 
settlements  north  of  Mexico,  accompanied  with  the  various  names  by  which  these  have 
been  known,  together  with  biographies  of  Indians  of  note,  sketches  of  their  history, 
archeology,  manners,  arts,  customs,  and  institutions,  and  the  aboriginal  words  in- 
corporated into  the  English  language." 

Arrangement  is  alphabetical.  Contains  large  map  showing  the  linguistic  families 
of  American  Indians  north  of  Mexico.     Illustrated. 

How,  Nehemiah.  r97o.i  H84 

Narrative  of  the  captivity  of  Nehemiah  How  in  1745-1747,  with  in- 
troduction and  notes  by  V.  H.  Paltsits.  1904.  Burrows.  (Narratives 
of  captivities.) 

Reprinted  from  the  original  edition  of  1748. 

How  was  captured  at  Great  Meadow  Fort,  now  Putney,  Vermont  and  taken  by 
the  Indians  to  Canada,  where  he  died  in  1747.  He  evidently  jotted  down  from  day  to 
day  the  names  of  the  new  prisoners  who  were  brought  in,  the  deaths  which  occurred, 
etc.  and  it  is  of  this  bare  enumeration  of  facts  that  the  book  principally  consists. 

James,  George  Wharton.  97o.i  Ji6w 

What  the  white  race  may  learn  from  the  Indian.     1908.     Forbes. 

Tells  what  the  author  himself  has  learned  from  the  Indians  of  the  West,  chiefly 
in  regard  to  physical  health  and  vigor.     The  Indian  regimen  made  him,  formerly  a  victim 
•  of  chronic  ill  health,  physically  a  new  man.     Condensed  from  Outlook,  1908. 


INDIANS.     ABORIGINES 


Johnson,  Mrs  Susanna  (Willard),  afterward  Mrs  Hastings.         rgyo.i  J365 
Narrative  of  the  captivity  of  Mrs  Johnson.     1907.    Huntting. 

Reprinted  from  the  3d  edition,  published  at  Windsor,  Vermont,  181 4,  with  all  cor- 
rections and  additions. 

"Bibliography,"  p.7-8. 

Mrs  Johnson  and  her  family  were  captured  by  the  Indians  at  Charlestown,  N.H.  in 
1 754  and  taken  to  Canada.  In  her  narrative  she  tells  of  the  privations  and  suffering 
endured  on  the  journey  and  of  her  experiences  during  the  three  years  in  which  she 
was  held  as  a  prisoner. 

McLaughlin,  James.  970.1  Mig 

My  friend  the  Indian.    1910.    Houghton. 

First-hand  study  of  Indian  life  and  character,  by  an  Indian  agent  and  inspector, 
who  for  38  years  has  lived  among,  or  had  official  dealings  with,  the  Sioux,  talking  their 
language  and  learning  to  know  their  hearts.     A  plea  for  justice  for  the  Indian. 

Parrish,  Samuel.  r97o.i  P26 

Some  chapters  in  the  history  of  the  Friendly  Association  for  re- 
gaining and  preserving  peace  with  the  Indians  by  pacific  measures. 
1877.    Friends'  Historical  Assoc,  of  Philadelphia. 

The  Friendly  Association  was  organized  by  members  of  the  Society  of  Friends  at 
Philadelphia  in   1756. 

Smith,  James,  1737-1812.  970.1  S65 

Account  of  his  life  and  travels  during  his  captivity  with  the!  Indians, 
1755-59,  with  notes  by  W.  M.  Darlington.  1870.  (Ohio  valley  historical 
series.) 

"The  author,  a  Pennsylvanian,  was  a  captive  at  Fort  Duquesne  at  the  time  of-  Brad- 
dock's  campaign.  He  was  a  witness  of  the  French  preparations  for  meeting  that  gen- 
eral's fatal  expedition,  and  the  jubilant  return  of  the  victors  from  the  battle."  Larned's 
Literature  of  American  history. 

Starr,  Frederick.  •  970.1  S79r 

The  Redskin  at  home.     1907.    Heath. 

Contents:  Some  general  facts  about  Indians. — Houses. — Dress. — The  baby  and  child. 
— Stories  of  Indians. — War. — Hunting  and  fishing. — The  camp-fire. — Sign  language  on 
the  plains. — Picture  writing. — Money. — Medicine  men  and  secret  societies. — Dances  and 
ceremonials. — Burial  and  graves. — Mounds  and  their  builders. — The  Algonkins. — The  Six 
Nations. — Story  of  Mary  Jemison. — The  Creeks. — The  Pani. — The  Cherokees. — George 
Catlin  and  his  work. — The  sun  dance. — The  Pueblos. — The  snake  dance. — Cliff  dwellings 
and  ruins  of  the  Southwest. — Tribes  of  the  northwest  coast. — Some  raven  stories. — 
Totem  posts. — Indians  of  California. — The  Aztecs. — The  Mayas  and  the  ruined  cities  of 
Yucatan  and  Central  America. 

Steele,  Zadock.  r97o.i  S81 

Indian  captive;  or,  A  narrative  of  the  captivity  and  sufferings  of  Za- 
dock Steele,  related  by  himself;  to  which  is  prefixed  an  account  of  the 
burning  of  Royalton.    1908.    Huntting.    (Indian  captivities  series.) 

Reprint  of  the  original  edition  published  in  1818. 

Swanton,  John  Reed.  r572.05  U25b  no.43 

Indian  tribes  of  the  lower  Mississippi  valley  and  adjacent  coast  of 

the   Gulf  of   Mexico.      191 1.  (In   United   States — Ethnology   bureau. 
Bulletin  no.43.) 


INDIANS.     ABORIGINES  2223 

Zeisberger,  David.  970.1  Z42 

History  of  the  Northern  American  Indians;  ed.  by  A.  B.  Hulbert  and 

W.  N.  Schwarze.     1910.    Ohio  State  Archaeological  and  Historical  Soc. 
V.19,  Jan.-April  J910,  of  the  "Ohio  archaeological  and  historical  quarterly." 
The  same.    1910.    (In  Ohio  State  Archaeological  and  Historical  Society. 

Ohio  archaeological  and  historical  publications,  v.19.) . .  .r977.i  O18  v.19 
Translation  of  a  German  manuscript  history  written  by  the  Moravian   missionary 

Zeisberger  at  his  mission  home  beside  the  Muskingum  river,  in  Ohio,  1779—80. 

"For  a  considerable  mass  of  new  facts  concerning  the   life  and  character  of  the 

Indians  in  Pennsylvania,  New  York  and  Ohio,  of  their  treatment  of  each  other,  of  the 

married  relationship,  of  the  treatment  of  children,  of  home  life  and  of  political  affairs, 

the  student  will  look  in  vain  outside  of  this  Zeisberger  manuscript."     A.  B.  Hulbert,  in 

introduction. 

Lives  of  Indians 

Goodrich,  Samuel  Griswold,  (pseud.  Peter  Parley).  r970.2  G62 

Lives  of  celebrated  American  Indians.     1843.     Bradbury. 

Contents:  Manco  Capac. — Mayta  Capac. — Huayna  Capac. — Atahualpa. — Caupolican. 
— Ychoalay. — Tupac  Amaru. —  Quetzalcoatl. —  Xolotl. —  Acamapitzin. —  Montezuma  I. — 
Donna  Marina. —  Montezuma  II. —  Cofachiqui. — -  Tascaluza. — Vitachuco. — Pocahontas.- — 
Philip. — Pontiac. — Logan. — Brant. — Tecumseh. — Red  Jacket.— "Shongmunecuthe,  or  the 
letan. — Black  Hawk. 

Howard,  Gen.  Oliver  Otis.  970.2  H84f 

Famous  Indian  chiefs  I  have  known.     1908.     Century. 
The  same J970.2  H84 

Contents:  Osceola. — Billy  Bowlegs  and  the  Everglades  of  Florida. — Pasqual. — An- 
tonio and  Antonito. — Santos  and  Eskiminzeen,  the  stammerer. — Pedro,  the  imitator. 
Clear-eyed  Eskeltesela  and  One-eyed  Miguel;  a  visit  of  White  mountain  chiefs  to 
Washington. — Cochise,  the  Chiricahua  Apache  chief. — Manuelito,  a  Navajo  war  chief. — 
Captain  Jack,  chief  of  the  Modoc  Indians. — Alaska  Indian  chiefs:  Fernandeste,  Sitka 
Jack  and  Anahootz. — The  great  war  chief  Joseph  of  the  Nez  Perces  and  his  lieutenants, 
White  Bird  and  Looking-glass. — Moses,  a  great  war  chief  who  knew  when  not  to  fight. — 
Winnemucca,  chief  of  the  Piutes. — Toc-me-to-ne,  an  Indian  princess. — Mattie,  the  daugh- 
ter of  Chief  Shenkah.— Chief  Egan  of  the  Malheurs. — Lot,  a  Spokane  chief. — Red  Cloud. 
— Sitting  Bull,  the  great  Dakota  leader. — Washakie,  a  Shoshone  chief,  the  friend  of  the 
white  man. — Homili,  chief  of  the  Walla  Wallas. — Cut-mouth  John. — Geronimo,  the  last 
Apache  chief  on  the  war-path. 

Hubbard,  John  Niles.  r97o.2  H87 

Account  of  Sa-go-ye-wat-ha,  or  Red  Jacket,  and  his  people,   1750- 

1830.    1886.    Munsell. 

Short  biography.  Red  Jacket  was  a  chief  of  the  Senecas  and  one  of  the  most 
eloquent  orators  of  the  Indian  race. 

Wade,  Mary  Hazelton.  J970.2  Wii 

Ten  big  Indians;  stories  of  famous  Indian  chiefs.     [1905.]     Wilde. 

Contents:     Montezuma,  last  king  of  the  Aztecs. — Hioh,  the  Californian  king. — Pow- 

,  faatan,  Indian  king  of  Virginia. — Philip,  king  of  the  Wampanoags. — Pontiac,  war  chief 

of  the  Ottawas. — Red  Jacket,  great  orator  of  the  Senecas. — Osceola,  war  chief  of  the 

Seminoles. — Black  Hawk,  last  great  chief  of  the  Sacs  and  Foxes. — Sitting  Bull,  great 

medicine  chief  of  the  Sioux. — Seattle,  last  great  chief  of  Washington. 

Whitney,  Edson  Leone,  &  Perry,  F.  M.  J970.2  W65 

Four  American  Indians:  King  Philip,  Pontiac,  Tecumseh,  Osceola; 
a  book  for  young  Americans.  1904.  Amer.  Book  Co.  (Four  great 
Americans  series.) 


2224  INDIANS.    ABORIGINES 

Special  tribes 
McCIintock,  Walter.  970.3  M13 

The  Old  North  trail;  or,  Life,  legends  and  religion  of  the  Blackfeet 
Indians.    1910.    Macmillan. 

Mr  McCIintock  was  adopted  as  a  son  by  Siyeh  or  Mad  Wolf,  a  chief  and  leading 
orator  among  the  Blackfeet  Indians.  He  has  lived  among  the  Blackfeet  for  14  years  and 
has  made  a  special  study  of  their  life  and  folklore.  He  offers  us  a  well  written  and 
well  illustrated  book.  Copious  descriptions  of  sacred  rites  and  stories  constitute  the 
main  interest  of  the  work  for  the  serious  student.  They  bear  the  signs  of  the  most  com- 
plete authenticity.  No  bias,  theological  or  anthropological,  is  observable.  Literary 
touches  are  plentiful,  but  their  tone  is  not  false.  We  have  here,  in  fact,  the  rather  un- 
common case  of  a  white  man  who,  being  at  once  sufficiently  sympathetic  and  sufficiently 
unsophisticated,  has  managed  to  acquire  the  Indian  pK)int  of  view,  even  while  not  entirely 
surrendering  his  own.     Condensed  from  Athenaum,  1910. 

Steward,  John  Fletcher.  970.3  S84 

Lost  Maramech  and  earliest  Chicago;  a  history  of  the  Foxes  and  of 
their  downfall  near  the  great  village  of  Maramech;  original  investiga- 
tions and  discoveries.     1903.    Revell. 

Sdtes,  Sara  Henry.  r97o.3  S86 

Economics  of  the  Iroquois.     1905.     (Bryn  Mawr  College.     Mono- 
graphs; monograph  series,  v.i,  no.3.) 
"Bibliography,"  p.  157-' 59- 

Willson,  Mrs  Minnie  (Moore).  970.3  W76a 

Seminoles  of  Florida.     1910.    Moffat. 

Gives  some  account  of  their  past  and  present  history,  a  description  of  their  customs 
and  quite  an  extensive  vocabulary  of  their  language. 

Leupp,  Francis  Ellington.  r970.4  L65 

Notes  of  a  summer  tour  among  the  Indians  of  the  Southwest.  1897. 
Indian  Rights  .A^ssoc. 

Mr  Leupp  is  (1907)  United  States  commissioner  of  Indian  affairs.  Contains  an 
account  of  a  visit  to  Fort  Sill,  Oklahoma,  where  a  band  of  Apache  prisoners  lived. 


Relations  with  the  United  States  government 

Bradley,  C.  M.  qr97o.5  B68 

Manual  of  statistical  information  pertaining  to  the  Indian  Territory, 
rules  and  regulations  for  the  sale  of  land,  historical  data  and  treaties 
with  the  Five  civilized  tribes.     [1903.]     Phoenix  Printing  Co. 

[Franklin,  Benjamin,  &  Benezet,  Anthony.]  1^970.5  F87 

Plain  facts;  being  an  examination  into  the  rights  of  the  Indian  na- 
tions of  America  to  their  respective  countries  and  a  vindication  of  the 
grant  from  the  Six  united  nations  of  Indians  to  the  proprietors  of 
Indiana  against  the  decision  of  the  legislature  of  Virginia.  1781. 
Aitken. 

Indian  Rights  Association.  rgyo.s  I24 

Annual  report   (4th-9th)   of  the  executive  committee  for  the  year 

ending  Dec.  14,  1886-91.     1887-92. 

The  same   (loth-date)    for   the   year   ending   Dec.    15th,    1892-date. 

1893-date.    (In  its  [Publications] ;  2d  ser.  no.i-date.) r970.5  1243 


INDIANS.    ABORIGINES  2225 

Indian  Rights  Association.  1^970.5  124a 

[Publications];  2d  ser^  no.i-date.     1893-date. 

no.2,  5-6,  8-10,  12-19,  21.  24.  27-28,  31,  34-40.  45-49.  52-S3.  SS.  57.  60,  62-63,  65, 
67-71   wanting. 

Leupp,  Francis  Ellington.  970.5  L6s 

The  Indian  and  his  problem.     1910.     Scribner. 

For  many  years  a  student  o£  the  Indian  problem  and  for  seven  Indian  commis- 
sioner, Mr  Leupp  speaks  with  an  authority  which  he  nowhere  imposes.  The  book  is 
delightfully  reasonable,  full  of  excellent  and  significant  anecdotes.  Against  the  self- 
accusing  phrase  "a  century  of  dishonor,"  Mr  Leupp  protests,  substituting  "a  century  of 
misunderstanding."  The  difficulty  with  our  Indian  policy  is  that  we  have  too  long  de- 
layed to  deal  with  the  individual  Indian.  We  have  legislated  instead  for  the  race,  or 
for  the  tribe.  The  result  has  been  to  prolong  the  term  of  tutelage  and  actually  to  hold 
back  the  Indians  who  were  ready  to  become  citizens.  Again  and  again  he  insists  that 
the  Indian  problem  is  an  individual  and  a  human  problem.     Condensed  from  Nation,  igio. 

McKenzie,  Fayette  Avery.  r97o.5  M17 

The  Indian  in  relation  to  the  white  population  of  the  United  States. 

1908.    Privately  printed. 

Thesis  for  Ph.  D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

Reviews  the  relations  between  the  United  States  government  and  the  Indians,  their 

legal  status,  and  the  educational,  missionary  and  settlement  work  in  their  behalf. 

Parker,  Thomas  Valentine.  970.5  P24 

Cherokee  Indians,  with  special  reference  to  their  relations  with  the 
United  States  government.     1907.    Grafton  Press. 
"Bibliography,"  p.115-116. 

Object  of  the  study  is  to  show  the  policy  of  the  Federal  government  in  its  treat- 
ment of  the  Cherokees.  On  account  of  the  high  intelligence  of  the  tribe  and  their  apti- 
tude for  civilization  the  story  of  the  government's  relations  with  them  is  peculiarly 
significant. 

United  States — Five  civilized  tribes  commission.  r970.5  U2537 

Laws,  decisions  and  regulations  affecting  the  work  of  the  commis- 
sioner, 1893  to  1906,  together  with  maps  showing  classification  of  lands 
in  the  Chickasaw,  Choctaw,  Cherokee,  Creek  and  Seminole  nations 
and  recording  districts,  railroads  and  principal  towns  of  the  Indian  ter- 
ritory.    1906. 

United  States — Indian  bureau.  r970.5  U253r 

Annual  report  (i2th-i3th,  21st,  44th,  47th-48th,  51st,  55th),  of  the 
commissioner  of  Indian  affairs,  for  1843-44,  1852,  1875,  1878-79,  1882, 
1886.    1843-86. 

This  report  forms  part  of  the  Report  of  the  secretary  of  the  interior. 
For  Indian  affairs  before  1825  see  American  state  papers,  Indian  affairs,  v.i.  The 
supervision  of  Indian  affairs  was  originally  committed  to  the  secretary  of  war.  Under 
him  was  appointed  first  a  superintendent  of  Indian  tribes,  who  subsequently  became 
superintendent  of  Indian  affairs.  By  act  of  Congress  approved  July  9,  1832,  provision 
was  made  for  the  appointment  of  a  commissioner  of  Indian  affairs,  to  be  an  officer  of 
the  War  department.  On  the  organization  of  the  Department  of  the  interior  in  1849, 
his  office  was  made  one  of  the  bureaus  of  said  department,  with  which  it  has  since  been 
connected. 

For  other  volumes  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

Walker,  Francis  Amasa.  970.5  W16 

Indian  question.     1874.     Osgood. 

Contents:     The  Indian  question. — Indian  citizenship. — An  account  of  the  tribes. 

"A  scholarly  treatise  by  a  well-known  statistician  and  economist. .  .During  1870-71 
General  Walker  was  U.  S.  Commissioner  of  Indian  Affairs,  a  position  which  afforded 
ample  opportunity  for  studying  the  relations  of  the  Indians  with  the  Federal  Govern- 
ment as  they  then  existed. .  .The  book  gives  an  excellent  account  of  the  policy  of  the 


2226  INDIANS.     ABORIGINES 

Walker,  Francis  Amasa — continued.  970.5  W16 

United  States  toward  the  aborigines,  and  offers  valuable  suggestions.  It  contains  a  map 
showing  the  western  reservations,  tribal  ranges,  and  areas  of  white  population." 
Larned's  Literature  of  American  history. 


Special  subjects 

Alaska  Steamship  Company,  Seattle,  Wash.  970.6  A32 

Totem  poles  of  Alaska  and  Indian  mythology,  by  L.  W.  Macdowell. 
1906. 

Small  pamphlet  describing  the  use  and  symbolism  of  totems. 

Barrett,  Samuel  Alfred.  qrgyo.e  B26 

Porno  Indian  basketry.    1908.    (California  University.    Publications; 

American  archaeology  and  ethnology,  v.7,  no.3.) 

The  baskets  made  by  the  Porno  Indians  present  unusual  variety.     This  monograph 

describes  231  patterns  used  in  their  design. 

Curtis,  Natalie,  ed.  qrgyo.e  Cg^ 

Indians'  book;  an  offering  by  the  American  Indians  of  Indian  lore» 
musical  and  narrative,  to  form  a  record  of  the  songs  and  legends  of 
their  race.     1907.     Harper. 

This  book  is  properly  entitled  to  the  much-abused  term  of  unique.  The  Indians 
themselves  are  the  authors.  The  songs  and  stories  are  theirs,  the  cover  design,  draw- 
ings and  title-page  were  made  by  them,  but  long-continued  labor  has  been  bestowed  on 
the  work  by  its  white  editor.     Condensed  from  Outlook,  1907. 

Eastman,  Charles  Alexander.  970.6  E18 

Soul  of  the  Indian;  an  interpretation.    191 1.    Houghton. 

Contents:  The  great  mystery. — ^The  family  altar. — Ceremonial  and  symbolic  wor- 
ship.— Barbarism  and  the  moral  code. — The  unwritten  scriptures. — On  the  border-land 
of  spirits. 

This  estimate  of  Indian  psychology  is  especially  valuable  from  the  fact  that  the 
author  is  himself  an  Indian.  Describes  the  religious  life  of  the  typical  American  Indian 
before  he  knew  the  white  man. 

Fletcher,  Alice  Cunningham.  r970.6  F63 

Indian  ceremonies.     1884.     Salem  Press. 

Contents:  The  white  buffalo  festival;  Uncapas. — The  elk  mystery  or  festival;  Ogal- 
lala  Sioux. — The  ceremony  of  the  four  winds;  Santee  Sioux. — Shadow  or  ghost  lodge; 
Ogallala  Sioux. — The  wa-wan  or  pipe  dance;  Omahas. 

Reprinted  from  the  "Report  of  the  Peabody  Museum  of  American  Archaeology  and 
Ethnology,"  v.i6,  1883. 

Fynn,  Arthur  John.  970.6  F99 

The  American  Indian  as  a  product  of  environment,  with  special 
reference  to  the  Pueblos.     1907.    Little. 

Contents:  Plants,  animals  and  man. — Concerning  the  aborigines  of  the  western 
continent  in  general. — Pueblo  lands  and  homes. — Food  and  clothing. — Government  and 
social  life. — Education. — Industries,  arts  and  sciences. — Religion. — Dances  and  festivals.. 
— Conclusion. 

"Principal  authors  cited,"  p.265-268. 

Harrison,  Jonathan  Baxter.  r970.6  H29 

Latest  studies  on  Indian  reservations.     1887.     Indian  Rights  Assoc. 

Investigation,  made  in  1886,  of  the  principal  Indian  reservations.  Examines  the 
home  life  and  industries  of  the  Indians,  the  character  of  their  schools,  and  missionary- 
work  among  them. 


CANADA— HISTORY  2227 

Heckewelder,  John.  i'g74.8  Psgb  v.i 

Memorandum  of  the  names  and  significations  which  the  "Lenni 
Lenape"  had  given  to  rivers,  streams,  places,  &c  within  the  states  of 
Pennsylvania,  New  Jersey,  Maryland  and  Virginia.  [1848.]  (In  Penn- 
sylvania, Historical  Society.     Bulletin,  v.i.) 

United  States — Indian  bureau.  rgjo.e  U25 

Bulletin,  Dec.  1909-Jan.  191 1.    no.1-3.     1909-11. 

Contents:     Indian  fairs. — Demonstration  farms. — Progress  in  Indian  farming. 
Wright,  Robert  Catlin.  970,6  W93 

Indian  masonry.     1907.     Tyler. 

Study  of  certain  rites  and  ceremonies  of  the  American  Indians-,  in  order  to  dis- 
cover their  relationship  to  those  of  freemasonry. 


Canada.     British  America 
Bibliography 

Cruikshank,  Ernest  Alexander,  comp.  roiS.gji  C89 

Inventory  of  the  military  documents  in  the  Canadian  archives.  1910. 
(Canada — Archivist.     Publications  of  the  Canadian  archives,  no.2.) 

Dionne,  Narcisse  Eutrope.  qroi6.97i  D63 

Inventaire  chronologique  [des  livres  publics  dans  la  province  de 
Quebec  et  des  livres  publics  a  I'etranger  sur  la  Nouvelle  France  et  la 
province  de  Quebec],    v.3-4.     1907-09. 

V.3.  Inventaire  chronologique  des  livres,  brochures,  journaux  et  revues  publics  en 
langue  anglaise  dans  la  province  de  Quebec,  depuis  I'etablissement  de  I'imprimerie  en 
Canada  jusqu'a  nos  jours,  1 764-1906. 

V.4.  Inventaire  chronologique  des  cartes,  plans,  atlas  relatifs  a  la  Nouvelle-France 
et  a  la  province  de  Quebec,   1508-1908. 

For  v.  r— 2  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 


History 

Canada — Archivist.  qrg?!  C16 

Report  on  the  Canadian  archives,  1905,  pt.i,  1908-09.    1905-10. 

Index,   1872-1908. 

Report  for  1905,  pt.3  never  issued. 

These  reports  form  an  appendix  to  the  "Report  of  the  minister  of  agriculture." 

For  volumes  for  1872-74,  1881-1904,  1905,  pt.2  see  preceding  catalogues. 

Colby,  Charles  William.  971  C67 

Canadian  types  of  the  old  regime,  1608-1698.     1908.    Holt. 
Contents:     The  historical  background  of  New  France. — The  explorer,  Champlain. — 

The  missionary,  Brebeuf. — The  colonist,  Hebert. — The  soldier,  D'Iberville. — The  coureur 

de  bois,  Du   Lhut. — The  intendant.   Talon. — The  bishop,   Laval. — The   governor,   Fron- 

tenac. — The  woman. 

Head,  Sir  Francis  Bond.  971  H38 

A  narrative.     1839.    Murray. 

"Defence  and  justification  of  his  policy  as  Lieutenant-Governor  of  Upper  Canada 
1835-8.  Cleverly  written  and  contains  many  important  official  documents ...  Accuracy 
and  impartiality  cannot  be  expected  in  a  book  that  is  avowedly  a  piece  of  special  plead- 
ing from  first  to  last."    Larned's  Literature  of  American  history. 


2228  CANADA— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL 

Lucas,  Sir  Charles  Prestwood.  971  L96 

History  of  Canada,  1763-1812.     1909.     Clarendon  Press. 

"Covers  one  of  the  most  important  periods  in  Canadian  history,  and  throws  new 
light  on  the  causes  and  consequences  of  the  Quebec  Act,  the  Treaty  of  1783,  and  the 
coming  of  the  United  Empire  Loyalists,  the  administrations  of  Lord  Dorchester  and 
Sir  James  Craig,  and  the  intricate  question  of  the  international  boundary."  Nation, 
1910. 

McCord,  Frederick  Augustus.  rgyi  M14 

Hand-book  of  Canadian  dates.     1888.     Dawson. 

Gives  the  dates  of  historical  and  political  events,  also  the  dates  when  the  principal 
railways  were  built,  newspapers  established,  hospitals  opened,  dates  of  casualties,  etc. 

Munro,  William  Bennett.  971  M96 

Seigniorial  system  in  Canada;  a  study  in  French  colonial  policy. 
1907.     Longmans.     (Harvard  historical  studies.) 

"Bibliographical   appendix,"   P.253-26S. 

"Alphabetical  list  of  printed  materials,"  p.267— 275. 

Author  is  (1907)  assistant  professor  of  government  in  Harvard  University.  Em- 
phasis is  laid  more  upon  the  legal  aspects  of  Canadian  feudalism  than  upon  the  result- 
ing economic  and  social  conditions. 

Willson,  Beckles.  971  W7& 

Canada.     1907.    Jack. 

"Canada"  is  handsomely  illustrated  by  means  of  12  drawings  in  color  by  Henry 
Sandham;  and  these  are  in  keeping  with  the  romantic  character  of  the  book,  which,  be- 
ginning with  the  adventurous  departure  of  Jacques  Cartier  from  St.  Malo  in  1534,  car- 
ries us  down  to  the  time  of  Wolfe  at  Quebec,  the  later  sufferings  of  the  United  Empire 
Loyalists,  and  thence  to  the  period  of  development  during  the  second  half  of  last  century. 
Condensed  from  Athenaum,  1907. 

Description  and  travel 

Argyll,  John  George  Edward  Henry  Douglas  9i7.i  A69 

Sutherland  Campbell,  duke  of. 
Yesterday  &  to-day  in  Canada.     1910.    Allen.     (The  British  empire.) 
Relates  chiefly  to  the  industrial  and  political  aspects. 

Barrett,  R.  J.  QQi?.!  B26 

Canada's  century;  progress  and  resources  of  the  great  dominion, 
notes  of  an  extensive  tour  in  British  North  America,  with  an  introduc- 
tion by  Lord  Strathcona  and  Mount  Royal.    1907. 

Contents:  Introduction. — Preliminary.  —  Canada  now;  a  general  survey. — The 
cities  of  Canada. — The  railways  of  Canada. — Agriculture  in  Canada. — Minerals  and 
mining  in  Canada. — The  forestry  resources  of  Canada. — Canadian  fisheries. — Cana- 
dians as  engineers. — Canadian  land  enterprises. — Canadian  banks  and  banking. — Cana- 
dian statistics. — Miscellaneous  Canadian  interests. 

Appeared  in  the  "Financier  and  bullionist." 

Cameron,  Agnes  Deans.  9i7-i  C15 

The    new    North;    some    account   of   a   woman's   journey   through 

Canada  to  the  Arctic.    1910.    Appleton. 

"Nothing  escapes  Miss  Cameron's  notice  or  upsets  her  equanimity.  The  spirit  and 
vigour  of  her  portraits  are  undeniable,  and  she  has  the  knack  of  seizing  on  certain  traits 
of  habit  and  speech  which  bring  the  Indians,  the  Hudson  Bay  men,  and  the  Eskimo 
vividly  before  us.  There  are  a  host  of  entertaining  facts,  stories,  little  touches  of  char- 
acter and  scenery,  which  appear  on  every  page,  and  make  the  book  most  entertaining. "^ 
Spectator,  igio. 


CANADA— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL  2229 

Campbell,  Wilfred.  9i7-i  C163 

Canada;  painted  by  T.  Mower  Martin,  described  by  Wilfred  Camp- 
bell.    1907.    Black. 

Canadian   view  of   Canada.      Illustrated  in  color. 

Canada — Geographic  board.  rQi?-!  C167 

Report    (7th-9th),    containing    all    decisions    to    June    30,    1908-10. 

1908-11. 

Being  supplement  to  the  annual  report  of  the  Department  of  marine  and  fisheries. 
For  v.s-6  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Canada — Immigration,  Superintendent  of.  qrgiy.i  C1672 

Canada. 

Profusely  illustrated  guide,  pointing  out  the  beauties  of  Canada  to  the  vacation 
seeker  and  its  resources  to  the  possible  settler. 

Canada — Interior  department.  q9i7-i  C167 

Atlas  of  Canada;  showing  maps  of  Nova  Scotia,  New  Brunswick  and 
Prince  Edward  Island,  Quebec,  Ontario,  Manitoba,  Saskatchewan,  Al- 
berta and  British  Columbia,  British  Isles  and  the  Dominion  of  Canada. 
[1908.] 

Chambers,  Ernest  J.  ed.  qr9i7.i  C35 

Canada's  fertile  northland;  a  glimpse  of  the  enormous  resources  of 
part  of  the  unexplored  regions  of  the  dominion;  evidence  heard  before 
a  select  committee  of  the  Senate  of  Canada  during  the  parliamentary 
session  of  1906-7,  and  the  report  based  thereon.    2v.     1907. 

V.I.     Text. 

V.2.     Maps. 

Deals  with  Saskatchewan,  Alberta,  Keewatin,  Ungava  and  Mackenzie. 

Champlain,  Samuel  de.  917.1  C35 

Voyages  and  explorations  (1604-16)  narrated  by  himself;  tr.  by  A. 

N.  Bourne,  together  with  the  voyage  of  1603  reprinted  from  Purchas 

his  pilgrimes;   ed.  with  introduction  and  notes  by  E.  G.  Bourne.     2v. 

1906.  Barnes.     (Trail  makers.) 

Largely  an  account  of  his  explorations  in  Canada.  This  is  the  first  English  trans- 
lation of  the  "Voyages  and  explorations"  accessible  to  the  general  public. 

Champlain,  Samuel  de.  r9i7.i  C358 

Voyages  of  Samuel  de  Champlain,   1604-1618;  ed.  by  W.  L.  Grant. 

1907.  Scribner.     (Original  narratives  of  early  American  history.) 
"The  narratives  of  Champlain's  explorations  are  a  source  of  the  first  importance 

for  the  early  history  of  Canada,  and  for  the  life  and  manners  of  the  Indians  in  Canada, 
New  York  and  New  England.  He  was  the  first  to  explore  carefully  and  to  describe 
with  accuracy  the  New  England  coast  as  far  south  as  Buzzard's  Bay,  the  upper  St. 
Lawrence,  Lake  Champlain,  the  Ottawa,  Georgian  Bay,  the  Muskoka  Lakes  region. 
Lake  Ontario  and  part  of  Central  New  York."  Larned's  Literature  of  American  history. 
Contains  map  and  two  plans. 

Charlevoix,  Pierre  Frangois  Xavier  de.  rgiy.i  C37 

Journal  of  a  voyage  to  North-America  undertaken  by  order  of  the 
French  king,  containing  the  geographical  description  and  natural  his- 
tory of  that  country,  particularly  Canada,  together  with  an  account 
of  the   customs,  characters,   religion,   manners   and   traditions   of   the 


2230  CANADA— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL 

Charlevoix,  Pierre  Francois  Xavier  de — cmtinued.  r9i7.i  C37 

original  inhabitants,  in  a  series  of  letters  to  the  duchess  of  Lesdiguieres; 
tr.  from  the  French.    2v.     1761.    Dodsley. 

French  missionary  and  traveler  (i 682-1 761).  The  journal  here  given  formed  a 
part  of  the  third  volume  of  the  original  edition  of  his  history  of  New  France. 

"The  first  place  in  time  and  importance  among  the  contributions  to  the  general  his- 
tory of  Canada  of  a  date  earlier  than  the  present  [19th]  century,  must  be  given  to  this 
Jesuit's  Histoire  et  Description  Generale  de  la  Nouvelle  France,  arec  le  Journal  His- 
torique  d'un  Voyage  fait  par  I'Ordre  du  Rot  dans  I'Amerique  Septentrionale,  which  was 
issued  at  Paris  in  1744. .  .Charlevoix  arrived  in  Canada  in  September,  1720,  on  an 
expedition  to  inspect  the  missions  of  Canada.  His  purpose  took  him  throughout  the 
limits  of  New  France  and  Louisiana,  and  by  the  Illinois  and  the  Mississippi  to  the  Gulf. 
His  work  is  commensurate  with  his  opportunities;  his  faults  and  errors  were  those  of 
his  order;  and  his  religious  training  inclined  him  to  give  perhaps  undue  prominence  to 
the  ecclesiastical  side  of  his  subject."  Winsor's  Narrative  and  critical  history  of  Amer- 
ica. 

Elkington,  Ernest  Way.  9i7-i  E48 

Canada,  the  land  of  hope.    1910.    Black. 

Chiefly  on  its  industries  and  resources. 

Grant,  George  Monro,  ed.  qr9i7.i  G78 

Picturesque  Canada;  the  country  as  it  was  and  is.  2v.  1882.  Belden. 
Chapters  on  the  principal  cities,  and  on  Nova  Scotia,  New  Brunswick,  the  Muskoka 

lakes,   etc.     Very  fully  illustrated  by  pictures  of  characteristic  scenes  and  well-known 

places  of  interest. 

Griffith,  William  Lenny.  9i7-i  G89 

Dominion  of  Canada.    191 1.    Pitman.     (All  red  series.) 

Comprehensive  and  trustworthy  account  of  its  history,  physical  characteristics, 
people,  social  conditions,  government  and  production. 

Haight,  Canniff.  9i7-i  H14 

Country  life   in   Canada  50  years   ago;   personal   recollections  and 

reminiscences  of  a  sexagenarian.     1885.     Hunter. 

Johnson,  Clifton.  9i7-i  J35 

Picturesque  St.  Lawrence.    1910.    Macmillan. 

"He  has  journeyed  up  and  down  the  St.  Lawrence,  and  its  principal  tributaries, 
with  an  observant  and  discriminating  eye,  and  has  brought  together  in  a  compact  guide- 
book the  sort  of  material  that  is  likely  to  appeal  to  the  intelligent  tourist."    Nation,  1910. 

Lahontan,  Louis  Armand  de  Lorn  d'Arce,  baron  de.  r9i7.i  Li5 

New  voyages  to  North-America,  containing  an  account  of  the  sev- 
eral nations  of  that  vast  continent,  a  geographical  description  of  Can- 
ada, also  a  dialogue  between  the  author  and  a  general  of  the  savages, 
to  which  is  added  a  dictionary  of  the  Algonkine  language;  done  into 
English.    V.I.     1703.     Bonwicke. 

rgiy.i  L94 
Lovell's  gazetteer  of  the  Dominion  of  Canada,  containing  the  latest 
and  most  authentic  descriptions  of  over  14,850  cities,  towns,  villages  and 
places,  with  Newfoundland,  besides  general  information,  drawn  from 
official  sources,  as  to  the  names,  locality,  extent,  etc.  of  over  3,000 
lakes  and  rivers,  with  a  table  of  routes;  ed.  with  an  introduction  by  G. 
M.  Adam.    1908. 

Moodie,  Mrs  Susannah  (Strickland).  917.1  M87 

Roughing  it  in  the  bush;  or,  Life  in  Canada.    2v.     1852.     Putnam. 

"Written  by  a  sister  of  Agnes  Strickland,  who  married  a  half-pay  officer  and 
emigrated  to  Upper  Canada  in   1833.     She  was  destitute  of  any  special  training  which 


BRITISH  COLUMBIA  2231 

Moodie,  Mrs  Susannah  (Strickland) — continued.  9i7'i  M87 

could  fit  her  for  life  in  the  wilderness,  but  succeeded  in  adapting  herself  to  the  trials 
of  her  new  existence.  Her  book  is  a  loose  narrative. .  .largely  interspersed  with 
dialogue.  It  contains  a  sprightly  picture  of  the  life  led  by  English  settlers  in  Canada 
during  the  first  half  of  the  century,  and  in  this  sense  is  of  distinct  historical  value.'' 
Larned's  Literature  of  American  history. 

Plummer,  Mary  Wright.  J9i7'i  P72 

Roy  and  Ray  in  Canada.     1908.    Holt. 

The  twins,  Roy  and  Ray  Stevens,  who  have  already  visited  Mexico,  spend  a  summer 
in  eastern  Canada.  They  go  to  Ottawa,  "run  the  slides"  on  a  lumber  crib,  see  a 
championship  game  of  lacrosse  in  Montreal,  visit  quaint  old  Quebec,  Indian  Lorette, 
Lake  St.  John,  Louisburg  and  the  land  of  Evangeline. 

Siegfried,  Andre.  9i7-i  S57 

Race  question  in  Canada.     1907.    Appleton. 

Contents:  The  rival  races. — The  political  life  of  Canada. — The  balance  of  power 
and  influence. — Canada's  external  relations. 

Yeigh,  Frank.  917.1  Y22 

Through  the  heart  of  Canada.     1911.     McClurg. 

Chapters  on  Nova  Scotia,  New  Brunswick,  the  Magdalen  islands,  Quebec,  Montreal, 
Ontario,  British  Columbia,  on  the  foreigner  in  Canada,  the  police  patrol,  ranch  life, 
mountains  and  mountain  climbing. 

*  British  Columbia 

British  Columbia — Provincial  information  bureau.  r917.11  B75 

Year  book  of  British  Columbia  and  manual  of  provincial  informa- 
tion, 1911.     1911. 

For  volumes  for  1897,  1903  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

qr9i7.II  6756 

British  Columbia  review;  being  a  series  of  articles  descriptive  of  the 
Pacific  province,  its  magnificent  resources  and  its  present  and  probable 
development,    contributed   by   provincial    writers,   authorities   and   ex- 
perts.    1906. 
Canadian  Pacific  Railway  Company.  r917.11  C16 

British  Columbia;  Canada's  Pacific  province,  its  natural  resources, 
advantages  and  climate.     [1909?] 
Talbot,  Frederick  A.  9i7-ii  T15 

New  garden  of  Canada;  by  pack-horse  and  canoe  through  un- 
developed new  British  Columbia.     191 1.     Cassell. 

Lively  description  of  northern  British  Columbia  and  its  possibilities  for  the  pros- 
pector, the  farmer  and  the  lumberman. 

Northwest  territory 
Laut,  Agnes  Christina.  971-2  L37 

The  conquest  of  the  great  Northwest;  being  the  story  of  the  adven 
turers  of  England  known  as  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company;  new  pages 
in  the   history  of  the    Canadian   Northwest  and  Western  states.     2v. 
1908.     Outing. 

Canadian  Pacific  Railway  Company.  1917.12  C16 

Western  Canada;  Manitoba,  Alberta,  Saskatchewan,  how  to  reach 
it,  how  to  obtain  lands,  how  to  make  a  home.     [1908?] 


2232  ONTARIO.     QUEBEC 

Southesk,  James  Carnegie,  earl  of.  917.12  872 

Saskatchewan  and  the  Rocky  mountains;  a  diary  and  narrative  of 
travel,  sport  and  adventure  during  a  journey  through  the  Hudson's  Bay 
Company's  territories  in  1859  and  i860.     1875.    Edmonston. 

"If  Lord  Southesk  does  not  add  much  to  our  knowledge,  he  has  succeeded  in  giving 
a  lively  picture  of  a  curious  region. .  .He  has  added  a  rather  incongruous  appendix  con- 
taining the  meditations  upon   Shakspeare   which   occurred   to   him   during   his   journey. 

The  remarks  upon  Hamlet  approach  the  dimensions  of  an  essay His  remarks  have  the 

merit... of  being  the  fruit  of  independent  meditation,  and,  if  they  cannot  add  much  to 
so  well-worn  a  subject,  they  are  interesting  in  themselves."     Saturday  review,  1875. 

Young,  Egerton  Ryerson.  917.12  Y37 

Battle  of  the  bears;  life  in  the  North  land.    1907.    Wilde. 

Account  of  a  missionary's  travels,  with  dog-trains  and  Indian  guides,  in  the  Cana- 
dian Northwest.  Contains  considerable  material  about  the  life  and  customs  of  the 
Indians  of  that  region. 

Ontario 
Kingsford,  William,  comp.  1016.9713  K27 

Early  bibliography  of  the  province  of  Ontario,  Dominion  of  Can- 
ada, with  other  information.     1892.     Rowsell. 

Being  a  supplementary  chapter  to  his  "Canadian  archaeology." 

Ontario  Historical  Society.  qr97i.3  O25 

Papers  and  records.    v.2-date.     1900-date. 

917.13  L65 

Letters  from  Muskoka,  by  an  emigrant  lady.     1878.     Bentley. 

According  to  the  preface,  the  author  was  a  Frenchwoman  whose  fortunes  were 
impoverished  by  the  Franco-German  war.  She  emigrated  with  her  family  to  Muskoka, 
Ontario,  and  the  book  gives  rather  a  dismal  picture  of  their  life  and  its  privations. 

White,  James,  F.  R.  G.  S.  r9i7.i3  W63 

Place-names  in  the  Thousand  islands,  St.  Lawrence  river.    1910. 

Published  for  the  Geographic  board  of  Canada. 


Quebec 
LeMoine,  James  McPherson.  971-4  L58 

Quebec,  past  and  present;  a  history  of  Quebec,  1608-1876.  1876. 
Cote. 

Narrative  of  external  events,  not  a  study  of  municipal  development,  but  useful  for 
the  general  reader  who  cannot  approach  original  French  authorities.  Continued  by  his 
"Picturesque  Quebec." 

Pauli,  Frederick  Gustave.  i'9i7.i4  PS* 

Record  of  a  trip  through  Canada's  wilderness  to  Lake  Chibogamoo 
and  to  the  great  lake  Mistassini  in  the  summer  of  1906.  1907.  Private- 
ly printed. 

Short,  illustrated  description,  with  map.  The  journey  was  made  for  the  purpose 
of  investigating  the  mining  possibilities  of  the  region  around  Lake  Chibogamoo. 

Nova  Scotia 

Nova  Scotia  Historical  Society.  r97i.6  N47 

Report  and  collections  for  the  year  1878-86/87.    v.1-5,  in  i.     1879-87. 
Contents:  Inaugural  address  by  Governor  Archibald. — History  of  St  Paul's  Church, 


LABRADOR  2233 

Nova  Scotia  Historical  Society — continued.  rgyi.e  N47 

by  G.  W.  Hill. — Nicholson's  Journal  of  the  capture  of  Annapolis  in  1710. — An  account 
of  Nova  Scotia  in  1744. — Papers  relating  to  trials  for  treason  in  1776-7. — Thomas's 
Diary  of  the  expedition  of  1755  against  the  Acadians. — Proposals  for  attack  on  Nova 
Scotia  in  1776-7. — The  first  council. — Journal  of  Witherspoon. — History  of  St.  Paul's 
Church. — Memoir  of  the  Rev.  James  Murdoch. — Memoir  of  Sir  Alexander  Croke. — 
Papers  relating  to  the  Acadian  French. — History  of  St.  Paul's  Church,  by  G.  W.  Hill. — 
Winslow's  Journal  of  the  expulsion  of  the  Acadians  in  1755. — Government  house,  by 
A.  G.  Archibald. — Biographical  sketch  of  Hon.  Samuel  Vetch. — Papers  connected  with 
the  administration  of  Mr  Vetch,  1710-13. — Journal  of  Colonel  John  Winslow. — The 
Province  building. — The  expulsion  of  the  Acadians. — Gordon's  Journal  of  siege  of  Louis- 
bourg,  1758. — Papers  read  before  society  since  its  inception. — Papers  printed  in  Trans- 
actions. 

Willson,  Beckles.  917.16  W76 

Nova  Scotia;  the  province  that  has  been  passed  by.     1911.     Constable. 

Contents:  Canada's  "front  door." — New  Scotland's  beginnings. — New  Scotland's 
characteristics. — Halifax  and  the  Haligonians. — Windsor  and  "Sam  Slick." — Grand  Pre 
and  Evangeline. — Annapolis  Royal  and  Digby. — Yarmouth  and  shipbuilding. — Shelburne 
and  the  loyalists. — Bridgewater  and  Lunenburg. — On  the  government's  farm. — Pictou 
and  New  Glasgow. — Cape  Breton, — The  Sydneys. — Louisbourg. — A  new  Inverness. — 
Amherst. 

Book  is  at  once  a  protest  against  the  neglect  with  which  Nova  Scotia  has  been 
treated  by  settlers  and  an  enthusiastic  presentment  of  its  claims  to  immediate  considera- 
tion.   Author  treats  of  its  historic  associations  as  well  as  of  its  resources  and  possibilities. 


•    Prince  Edward  Island 
Campbell,  Duncan.  971.7  C15 

History  of  Prince  Edward  Island.     1875.     Bremner. 

General  history  from  the  time  that  the  island  became  a  British  province,  in  1763, 
until  its  union  with  the  other  confederated  provinces  of  the  dominion,  in  1873.  The 
land  question  is  dealt  with  at  considerable  length. 

Crosskill,  William  Hay.  9i7-i7  C89 

Prince  Edward  Island,  garden  province  of  Canada;  its  history,  inter- 
ests and  resources,  with  information  for  tourists,  etc.     1899. 

Contains  a  map  and  numerous  illustrations. 


Labrador 
Gosling,  W.  G.  97i-9  G6g 

Labrador;  its  discovery,  exploration  and  development.     1910.     Rivers. 

Book  of  real  authority  and  the  most  complete  that  has  yet  (1910)  been  written  on 
the  subject.  Begins  with  the  disputed  Norse  settlement  and  closes  with  an  account  of 
Dr  Grenfell's  work.  Nearly  a  third  of  the  volume  is  devoted  to  an  account  of  the  dis- 
covery and  cartography  of  Labrador.     Gives  full  account  of  its  fisheries. 

Grenfell,  Wilfred  Thomason.  9i7-i9  G87d 

Down  to  the  sea;  yarns  from  the  Labrador.    1910.    Revell. 

Sketches,  some  of  them  in  story  form,  of  his  experiences  as  missionary  physician 
along  the  Labrador  coast. 

Grenfell,  Wilfred  Thomason.  9i7-i9  G870 

Off  the  rocks;  stories  of  the  deep-sea  fisherfolk  of  Labrador,  with 
an  introduction  by  Henry  Van  Dyke.     1906.    Sunday  School  Times  Co. 
Contents:     Off  the  rocks. — "That  bit  o'  line." — Little  Prince  Pomiuk. — "The  cop- 
per  store." — The   preacher. — When    we    let   our   pilot   go.^"Reported   lost." — Johnny. — 
"The    joy    of    their    Lord." — Uncle    Silas,    fisherman. — Peter    Wright,    mail    carrier. — 


2234  LABRADOR 

Grenfell,  Wilfred  Thomason — continued.  9i7*i9  G870 

Uncle  Rube's  net. — Green  pastures. — She  hath  done  what  she  could. — Not  my  will,  but 
Thine. — How  Santa  Claus  came  to  Cape  St.  Anthony. 

The  satne 9i7'i9  G8702 

This  edition  does  not  contain:  She  hath  done  what  she  could. — Not  my  will,  but 
Thine. — How  Santa  Claus  came  to  Cape  St.  Anthony. 

True  stories,  which  have  come  within  the  author's  knowledge  and  experience  as 
a  missionary  among  the  Labrador  fishermen. 

Grenfell,  Wilfred  Thomason,  and  others.  917-19  G87I 

Labrador,  the  country  and  the  people.    1909.    Macmillan. 

Contents:  Historical  introduction,  by  W.  S.  Wallace. — Travelled  routes  to  Labra- 
dor; The  physiography  of  Labrador,  by  W.  T.  Grenfell. — The  geology  and  scenery  of 
the  northeast  coast,  by  R.  A.  Daly. — The  Hampton  river  and  the  Grand  falls,  by  A.  P. 
Low. — The  people  of  the  coast,  by  W.  T.  Grenfell. — The  Indians,  by  W.  B.  Cabot. — The 
missions;  Reindeer  for  Labrador;  The  dogs;  The  cod  and  cod- fishery;  The  salmon- 
fishery;  The  herring  and  other  fish;  The  ocean  mammals,  by  W.  T.  Grenfell.  —  The 
birds,  by  C.  W.  Townsend. — The  flora,  by  E.  B.  Delabarre. — Appendices:  Insects  of 
Labrador,  by  C.  W.  Johnson  and  John  Sherman,  jr. — The  marine  Crustacea,  by  M.  J. 
Rathbun. — The  mollusks,  by  C.  W.  Johnson. — List  of  the  mammals  of  Labrador,  by 
Outram  Bangs. — List  of  the  birds  of  Labrador,  by  C.  W.  Townsend  and  G.  M.  Allen. — 
List  of  Crustacea  on  the  Labrador  coast,  by  M.  J.  Rathbun. 

"Ten  out  of  the  sixteen  chapters  are  the  work  of  Dr.  Grenfell;  the  remaining  six 
and  the  appendices  on  the  natural  history  of  Labrador  are  the  work  of  specialists.  The 
book  reveals  an  almost  unknown  country  and  will  be  indispensable  to  tourists  and 
students.  There  is  a  map,  an  index  and  numerous  illustrations  from  Dr.  Grenfell's  col- 
lection of  photographs."    A.  L.  A.  booklist,  1909. 

Hubbard,  Mrs  Mina  Benson.  9i7-i9  H87 

A  woman's  way  through  unknown  Labrador;  an  account  of  the  ex- 
ploration of  the  Nascaupee  and  George  rivers.     1908.    Murray. 

The  journey  was  undertaken  by  Mrs  Hubbard  in  1905  to  complete  the  work  begun 
by  her  husband,  who  perished  in  an  expedition  to  Labrador  two  years  before.  An  impor- 
tant scientific  result  was  the  obtaining  of  the  pioneer  maps  of  the  rivers  explored.  The 
book  contains  also  the  diary  of  Hubbard's  last  days. 

Townsend,  Charles  Wendell.  9i7-i9  T66 

Along  the  Labrador  coast.    1907.    Estes. 

While  traveling  primarily  as  an  ornithologist,  the  author  neglected  nothing  of 
interest — historical,  botanical  or  human.  Beside  the  general  account  there  are  chapters 
devoted  to  fish  and  fishermen,  the  Eskimo  dog,  the  need  of  an  Audubon  society,  and  Dr 
Grenfell  and  his  work. 

Wallace,  Dillon.  9i7>i9  W17I 

The  long  Labrador  trail.     1907.     Outing. 

Appeared  in  "Outing,"  v. 48-50,  Aug.   1906-June   1907. 

Continuation  of  "The  lure  of  the  Labrador  wild." 

"He  describes  his  expedition  through  the  heart  of  the  Labrador  peninsula ...  One 
gets  from  this  narrative  perhaps  a  clearer  picture  than  has  ever  before  been  available 
of  the  characteristics  of  one  of  the  least-known  quarters  of  the  Continent."  Nation, 
1907. 

Mexico.     Central  America 

History 

Abbott,  Gorham  Dummer.  973  A13 

Mexico  and  the  United  States;  their  mutual  relations  and  common 

interests.    1869.    Putnam. 

"Useful  guide  to  the  constitutional  history,  especially  for  the  period  from  1824  to 

1859."    Lamed' s  Littratur*  of  American  history. 
Contains  map. 


MEXICO— HISTORY  2235 


Bandelier,  Adolph  Francis  Alphonse.  Tgy2  B22 

On  the  distribution  and  tenure  of  lands  and  the  customs  with  re- 
spect to  inheritance  among  the  ancient  Mexicans.     1878.     Salem  Press. 

Reprinted  from  the  nth  Annual  report  of  the  Peabody  Museum  of  Archaeology  and 
Ethnology,  Cambridge,   1878. 

Chjmoweth,  W.  Harris.  972  C47 

Fall  of  Maximilian,  late  emperor  of  Mexico,  with  an  historical  intro- 
duction.   1872.    Privately  printed. 

"Well  balanced  account  of  the  events  which  made  Maximilian's  execution  necessary, 
and  of  the  brilliant  legal  efforts  to  save  him  from  the  effect  of  events  which  had  been 
in  large  measure  entirely  beyond  his  control.  Inspired  by  a  desire  to  remove  the  in- 
evitable stigma  left  by  the  execution  upon  the  character  of  the  Mexican  people,  by  one 
who  knew  them  intimately,  and  who  desired  no  less  to  place  on  record  the  many  fine 
qualities  of  the  emperor."    Lamed's  Literature  of  American  history. 

Diaz  del  Castillo,  Bernal.  rgicS  K21  v.3-4 

History  of  the  discovery  and  conquest  of  Mexico  [by  Hernando 
Cortes],  written  in  the  year  1568.  [1811-12.]  (In  Kerr,  Robert,  1755- 
1813.    General  history  and  collection  of  voyages  and  travels,  v.3-4.) 

Diaz  del  Castillo,  Bernal.  rgio.e  H15 

True  history  of  the  conquest  of  New  Spain,  from  the  only  exact 
copy  made  of  the  original  manuscript;  ed.  and  pub.  in  Mexico  by 
Genaro  Garcia,  tr.  into  English,  with  introduction  and  notes,  by  A.  P. 
Maudslay.  v.1-3.  1908-10.  (In  Hakluyt  Society.  Publications,  v.123- 
125.) 

V.3  consists  of  maps  and  plans  of  the  valley  and  city  of  Mexico. 

972  £69 

Episodios  historicos  de  la  guerra  de  independencia,  relatados  por  Lucas 
Alaman  [and  others].    2v.  in  i.     1910. 

Kendall,  John  Jennings.  972  K17 

Mexico  under  Maximilian.     1871.     Newby. 

"This  volume  contains  a  few  interesting  historical  data  which  are  of  value  when 
they  relate  to  events  which  came  under  the  personal  observation  of  Captain  Kendall 
during  his  service  in  the  imperial  army."    Lamed's  Literature  of  American  history. 

Mayer,  Brantz.  909  L76  v.22 

Mexico,  Central  America  and  West  Indies;  ed.  by  F.  A.  Ober.  1906. 
Morris.     (In  Lodge,  H.  C.  ed.     History  of  nations,  v.22.) 

"Bibliography,"  P.51S-S18. 

Robinson,  William  Davis.  r972  R55 

Memoirs  of  the  Mexican  revolution,  including  a  narrative  of  the 
expedition  of  Gen.  Xavier  Mina,  with  some  observations  on  the  prac- 
ticability of  opening  a  commerce  between  the  Pacific  and  Atlantic 
oceans  through  the  Mexican  isthmus  and  on  the  future  importance  of 
such  commerce  to  the  civilized  world  and  more  especially  to  the  United 
States.     1820.    Privately  printed. 

"Based  on  the  journal  of  Mina's  English  commissary  general,  and  upon  the  per- 
sonal experiences  of  the  author,  whose  mercantile  visits  to  Mexico  were  ended  by  his 
imprisonment  and  deportation  to  Spain  under  circumstances  which  perhaps  explain  his 
severe  strictures  upon  the  acts  of  those  who  were  trying  to  put  down  the  revolution." 
Larned's  Literature  of  .American  history. 


2236  MEXICO— ANTIQUITIES 


Solis  y  Ribadeneyra,  Antonio  de.  q972  S68 

Historia  de  la  conquista  de  Mejico;  poblacion  y  progresos  de  la 
America  Septentrional,  conocida  por  el  nombre  de  Nueva  Espana. 
i'88s. 

Wilson,  Robert  Anderson.  r972  W77m 

Mexico;  its  peasants  and  its  priests;  or,  Adventures  and  historical 
researches  in  Mexico  and  its  silver  mines  during  parts  of  the  years 
1851-1854,  with  an  expose  of  the  fabulous  character  of  the  story  of  the 
conquest  of  Mexico  by  Cortez.     1856.    Harper. 

"A  useful,  but  somewhat  too  vigorously  expressed  account  of  Santa  Anna,  and  of 
the  events  contemporaneous  with  his  career,  combined  with  an  effort  to  show  the  fabu- 
lous character  of  the  account  of  the  conquest  written  by  Cortes."  Larned's  Literature 
of  American  history. 

Antiquities 

Bandelier,  Adolph  Francis  Alphonse.  r9i3.72  B22 

Report  of  an  archaeological  tour  in  Mexico  in  1881,  1884.  (Archaeo- 
logical Institute  of  America.    Papers;  American  series,  v.2.) 

Includes  a  reconnaissance  from  Tampico  to  Mexico,  notes  about  the  city  of  Mexico, 
studies  about  Cholula  and  its  vicinity  and  an  excursion  to  Mitla. 

Hartman,  Carl  Vilhelm.  qr9i3.72  H32 

Archaeological  researches  in  Costa  Rica.     1901.     Haeggstrom. 

Result  of  scientific  investigations  conducted  1896-97.  The  author  devoted  his  atten- 
tion particularly  to  the  excavation  of  ancient  mounds  and  there  are  many  illustrations 
of  objects  found  within  them. 

Humboldt,  Alexander  von.  r9i3.72  H92 

Researches  concerning  the  institutions  &  monuments  of  the  ancient 
inhabitants  of  America,  with  descriptions  &  views  of  some  of  the  most 
striking  scenes  in  the  Cordilleras;  tr.  [ffom  the  French]  by  H.  M.Wil- 
liams.    2v.     1814.     Longman. 

"At  the  end  of  the  nineteenth  century,  as  at  its  beginning,  the  writings  of  Hum- 
boldt provide  the  best  introductory  reading  preparatory  to  any  effort  to  understand  the 
history  and  the  characteristics  of  Spanish  America.  His  works  are  still  the  most  in- 
structive, the  most  intelligent,  the  most  suggestive  books  about  Mexico."  Larned's 
Literature  of  American  history. 

Description  and  travel 

American  Republics  Bureau.  917-2  A51 

Mexico;  geographical  sketch,  natural  resources,  laws,  economic  con- 
ditions, actual  development,  prospects  of  future  growth.     1904. 

"Bibliography,"  p.421-427. 

The  same.  1900.  (In  American  Republics  Bureau.  Annual  report, 
v.io.) 1380  U2534  v.io 

Title  reads  "Mexico;  a  geographical  sketch,  with  special  reference  to  economic  con- 
ditions and  prospects  of  future  development." 

Barton,  Mary.  917.2  BaS 

Impressions  of  Mexico  with  brush  and  pen.     191 1.     Macmillan. 
To  see  Mexico  as  Mary  Barton  has  represented  it  is  almost  to  share  in  a  discovery. 

In  the  series  of  20  reproductions   from  her  paintings,   exhibited  in   London,  as  in  the 

narrative  accompaniment,  there  is  a  charming  display  of  temperament  and  personality; 

in  both  an  absolute  honesty  of  expression.     Condensed  from  Nation,  igii. 


MEXICO— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL  2237 

Blaisdell,  Etta  Austin,  &  Dalrymple,  Julia.  J9i7-2  B52 

Manuel  in  Mexico.     1909.     Little.     (Little  people  everywhere.) 
About  Manuel's  life  on  an  hacienda;  how  he  played  burro-corrido  and  other  games 

with  the  Indian  boys  and  how  he  and  his  friend  Benito  became  pages  to  a  great  lady  in 

Mexico  city  and  took  part  in  the  Christmas  festivities. 

Bullock,  William.  Tgij.2  B87 

Six  months'  residence  and  travels  in  Mexico,  containing  remarks  on 
the  present  state  of  New  Spain,  its  natural  productions,  state  of  society, 
manufactures,  trade,  agriculture  and  antiquities,  &c.     1824.     Murray. 

Crawford,  Cora  Hayward.  9I7.2  C87 

Land  of  the  Montezumas.     1889.    Alden. 

Travels  in  Mexico.  Starting  from  Denver,  the  author  journeyed  by  way  of  El 
Paso,  Chihuahua,  Zacatecas,  Aguas  Calientes,  Lagos,  San  Luis  Potosi,  Guadalajara, 
Queretaro  and  Tula  to  the  city  of  Mexico.  Contains  four  historical  chapters  and  two 
on  mining. 

Edwards,  William  Seymour.  917-2  E32 

On  the  Mexican  highlands,  with  a  passing  glimpse  of  Cuba.  1906. 
Jennings. 

Ten  years  ago  the  author  made  a  trip  from  his  home  in  West  Virginia  to  Mexico 
city  by  rail,  returning  by  way  of  Havana  and  Florida.  Although  he  spent  but  a  month 
in  Mexico,  his  time  was  well  occupied.  His  observations  are  keen  yet  sympathetic,  and 
his  style  is  intimate  and  friendly  without  any  pedantry  or  padding.  Condensed  from 
Nation,  1910. 

Enock,  C.  Reginald.  917-2  E65 

Mexico;   its   ancient  and  modern   civilisation,   history  and  political 

conditions,  topography  and  natural  resources,  industries  and  general 

development,  with  an  introduction  by  Martin  Hume.     1909.     Scribner. 

(South  American  series.) 
"Bibliography,"  p.21-23. 

Ferry,  Gabriel,  (pseud,  of  Louis  de  Bellemare)*  917-2  F42 

Vagabond  life  in  Mexico.    1856.    Harper. 

Contents:  Perico,  the  Mexican  vagabond. — Fray  Serapio,  the  Franciscan  monk. — 
Don  Tadeo  Cristobal,  the  thieves'  lawyer  of  Mexico. — Remigio  Vasquez. — The  miners  of 
Rayas. — Captain  Don  Bias  and  the  silver  convoy. — ^The  Jarochos. — The  pilot  Ventura. 

Flandrau,  Charles  Macomb.  917-2  F61 

Viva  Mexico!     1909.     Appleton. 
Lively  and  entertaining  account  of  travels  in  Mexico. 

Iglehart,  Mrs  Frances  (Chambers)  Gooch.  <19i7-2  I17 

Face  to  face  with  the  Mexicans;  the  domestic  life,  educational,  so- 
cial and  business  ways,  statesmanship  and  literature,  legendary  and  gen- 
eral history  of  the  Mexican  people,  as  seen  and  studied  by  an  American 
woman  during  seven  years  of  intercourse  with  them.     1887.     Fords. 
Fully  illustrated. 

Kendall,  John  Smith.  917.2  K17 

Seven  Mexican  cities.     1906.    Picayune. 

Brief  descriptions  of  Tampico,  Guanajuato,  Queretaro,  the  city  of  Mexico,  Vera 
Cruz,  Merida  and  Progreso. 


2238  MEXICO— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL 

Kirkham,  Stanton  Davis.  917-2  K28 

Mexican  trails;  a  record  of  travel  in  Mexico,  1904-07,  and  a  glimpse 
at  the  life  of  the  Mexican  Indian.    1909.    Putnam. 

"An  impressionistic  painting,  full  of  the  atmosphere  and  color  of  the  real  Mexico. . . 
Mr.  Kirkham  has  traversed  many  miles  of  territory  still  untouched  by  modern  civiliza- 
tion, and  his  pictures  of  Indian  life  are  full  of  feeling  and  pathos,  relieved  by  touches 
of  humor... The  narrative  is  refreshingly  free  from  statistics  and  chapters  on  the  finan- 
cial resources  of  the  country  and  the  political  situation ...  Illustrated  with  twenty-four 
full-page  reproductions  of  photographs."     Nation,  igog. 

Levasseur,  fimile,  and  others.  qtgiT.2  L66 

Le  Mexique  au  debut  du  2oe  siecle.    2v.     [1904.] 

v.i.  Introduction  generale,  par  fimile  Levasseur. — Aper^u  gdographique,  par 
filisee  Reclus. — Population  et  colonisation,  par  Roland  Bonaparte. — Institutions  poli- 
tiques,  judiciaires  et  administratives,  par  Leon  Bourgeois. — Agriculture,  par  Hippolyte 
Gomot. — Mines  et  industries  minieres,  par  Louis  de  Launay. — Industrie,  commerce  et 
navigation,  par  Alfred  Picard. 

V.2.  Chemins  de  fer  et  travaux  publics,  par  Camille  Krantz. — Postes  et  telegraphes, 
par  Michel  Lagrave. — Monnaies,  change  et  banques,  par  A.  de  Foville. — Finances,  par 
Paul  Leroy-Beaulieu. — Instruction  publique,  par  O.  Greard. — Sciences,  par  Albin  Hal- 
ler. — Art  et  litterature,  par  Jules  Claretie. — Armee  et  marine,  par  Gen.  Niox. — Relations 
ext6rieures,  par  d'Estournelles  de  Constant. — Conclusion  generale,  par  £mile  Levasseur. 

Mexican  herald,  Mexico  (city).  qrgiy.a  M653 

Annual  national  edition.     1909. 
Survey  of  industrial  opportunities  in  Mexico. 

Moses,  Jasper  T.  9i7-2  M93 

Today  in  the   land   of  tomorrow;   a   study  in   the   development   of 
Mexico.     1907.     Christian  Woman's  Board  of  Missions. 
"Bibliography,"  p.81-83. 

Description  of  the  country,  the  customs  and  mode  of  life  of  the  people,  with  chap- 
ters on  education  and  the  progress  of  missions  in  Mexico.     Illustrated. 

Oswald,  Felix  Leopold.  917.2  O29 

Summerland  sketches;   or,  Rambles  in  the  backwoods  of  Mexico 

and  Central  America.     1^0.    Lippincott. 

For  eight  years  the  author  traveled  through  the  highlands  of  Jalisco,  Oxaca,  Colima 
and  Vera  Paz,  in  Mexico,  and  through  Yucatan  and  the  backwoods  of  Guatemala.  His 
book  is  interesting  as  isolated  sketches  but  is  too  sketchy  to  serve  as  a  guide-book  to  the 
region. 

Pan  American  Union.  917.2  P21 

Mexico;  a  general  sketch.     191 1.     [Adams.] 

"Bibliography,"  p.388-389. 

Plummer,  Mary  Wright.  J917.2  P72 

Roy  and  Ray  in  Mexico.    1907.    Holt. 

Schroeder,  Oswald.  917.2  S38 

Mexiko;  eine  reise  durch  das  land  der  Azteken.  1905.  (Mit  camera 
und  feder  durch  die  welt,  v.5.) 

Starr,  Frederick.  917.2  S79 

In  Indian  Mexico;  a  narrative  of  travel  and  labor.     1908.     Forbes. 
Account  of  several  scientific  expeditions  through  a  little  known  region  of  southern 

Mexico  to  study  the  physical  types  of  the  native  Indians.     The  ethnological  results  have 

been  published  separately,  this  volume  dealing  with  the  larger  and  more  popular  aspects 

of  the  journeys.     Fully  illustrated  from  photographs. 


LOWER  CALIFORNIA  2239 

Terry,  Thomas  Philip.  917-2  T31 

Terry's  Mexico;  handbook  for  travellers.     1909.     Sonora  News  Co. 

"Bibliography,"  p.239-240. 

The  same Tgi'j.2  T31 

"Frank  imitation  of  the  Baedeker  model,  in  both  contents  and  style  of  printing. . . 
Its  information  is  full  and  up  to  date,  and  is  given  with  a  high  degree  of  accuracy." 

Nation,  igio. 

Thompson,  Waddy.  917-2  T38 

Recollections  of  Mexico.    1846.    Wiley. 

"These  impressions  of  the  country,  as  seen  by  the  United  States  minister,  make  no 

pretensions  to  scholarly  accuracy  or  to  critical  insight.  A  well-written  work."  Lamed' s 
Literature  of  American  history. 

Wallace,  Dillon.  917-2  W17 

Beyond  the  Mexican  Sierras.     1910.     McClurg. 
Enthusiastic  account  of  travel  in  Mexico. 

Winter,  Nevin  Otto.                                                                        917.2  W79a 
Mexico  and  her  people  of  to-day;  an  account  of  the  customs,  char- 
acteristics, amusements,  history  and  advancement  of  the  Mexicans,  and 
the  development  and  resources  of  their  country.     1912.     Page. 
"Bibliography,"  p. 483-484. 
The  same.     1907 917-2  W79 

Wright,  Mrs  Marie  (Robinson).  q9i7>2  W93 

Picturesque  Mexico.     1897.     Lippincott. 

"Description  of  the  country  as  seen  by  two  enthusiastic  women,  travelling  under 
official  guidance,  with  every  facility  for  seeing  the  country  at  its  best."  Larned's  Liter- 
ature of  American  history. 

Profusely  illustrated. 

Ztirn,  Frau  Dorrit,  (pseud.  Orla  Holm).  917-2  Z8g 

Aus  Mexiko,  mit  wirtschaftlichen  und  politischen  beitragen  von 
Ralph  Ziirn.    1908. 

Contents:  Die  politische  und  wirtschaftliche  entwicklung  Mexikos  auf  geogra- 
phischer  und  geschichtlicher  grundlage,  von  Ralph  Ziirn. — Natur,  volk,  religion. — Was  der 
boden  tragt. — Industrie  und  handel. — Die  kunst  in  Mexiko. — Aus  stadt  und  land. — Die 
frau  in  Mexiko. — Der  Norden  und  die  Amerikaner. — Finanzwirtschaft  und  mexikanisch- 
amerikanische  wechselbeziehungen,  von  Ralph  Ziirn. — -Verkehrswesen. — Einwanderung 
und  kolonisation,  von   Ralph  Ziirn. — Deutsche  in  Mexiko. 

"Quellen-literatur  iiber  Mexiko,"  P.24S. 

Lower  California 

North,  Arthur  Walbridge.  972-2  N45 

Mother  of  California;  an  historical  sketch  of  Baja  California  from 

the  days  of  Cortez  to  the  present  time,  depicting  the  ancient  missions, 

the  mines  and  the  physical,  social  and  political  aspects  of  the  country, 

with  an  introduction  by  C.  C.  Adams.     1907.     Elder. 
"Bibliography,"  p.  163-169. 
History  of  Lower  California. 

North,  Arthur  Walbridge.  917.22  N45 

Camp  and  camino  in  Lower  California;  a  record  of  the  adventures 

of  the  author  while   exploring  peninsular   California,   Mexico,  with  a 

foreword  by  Admiral  R.  D.  Evans.     1910.     Baker. 
"Lower   California  bibliography,"  p. 335-341- 
"Account  of  his  travels  the  length  of  the  land  along  the  old  'camino'  or  royal  road 


2240  CENTRAL  AMERICA 

North,  Arthur  Walbridge — continued.  917.22  N45 

connecting  the  missions. .  .It  is  a  land  of  mystery,  of  forgotten  history,  buried  treasure, 
haunts  of  buccaneers,  treacherous  Indians,  fierce  pirates,  and  lost  mines... of  cactus 
and  rattlesnakes,  of  widely  separated  water-holes  and  remote  haciendas,  and  of  thirst... 
The  illustrations  are  abundant."     Dial,  igio. 


Yucatan 

Fancourt,  Charles  Saint  John.  r972.6  F2i 

History  of  Yucatan  from  its  discovery  to  the  close  of  the  17th 
century.    1854.    Murray, 

"Very  useful  summary... of  the  references  to  Yucatan  in  the  early  Spanish  his- 
tories. The  author  possessed  a  thorough  and  intimate  acquaintance  with  the  country  and 
with  its  peoples."     Lamed' s  Literature  of  American  history. 

Contains  map. 

Arnold,  Channing,  &  Frost,  F.  J.  T.  qg  17.26  A75 

The  American  Egypt;  a  record  of  travel  in  Yucatan.  1909.  Double- 
day. 

Though  much  space  is  given  to  archaeological  speculations  the  most  interesting  part 
of  the  book  is  the  description  of  the  people  and  their  life.  There  is  a  striking  account 
of  the  "green  gold  of  Yucatan,"  the  hennequin  or  Sisal-hemp  which  has  brought  im- 
mense profit  to  some  big  Yucatecan  growers  during  the  last   15  years. 

Stephens,  John  Lloyd.  917.26  S83 

Incidents  of  travel  in  Yucatan.    2v.     1843.     Harper. 

The  result  of  the  author's  second  visit  to  the  peninsula,  in  which  he  made  Yucatan 
the  region  of  investigation  of  the  most  thorough  character.  "Incidents  of  travel  in 
Central  America,  Chiapas  and  Yucatan"   (917.28  8831)  describes  his  first  visit. 


Central  America 
Description  and  travel 

Palmer,  Frederick.  917.28  P19 

Central  America  and  its  problems;  an  account  of  a  journey  from  the 
Rio  Grande  to  Panama,  with  introductory  chapters  on  Mexico  and  her 
relations  to  her  neighbors.     1910.     Moffat. 

"Central  American  bibliography,"  p.341-342. 

Not  only  the  most  recent  work  on  its  subject  but  practically  the  only  book  that  is 
of  value  as  dealing  with  present-day  conditions.  The  newspaper  articles  which  form 
its  basis  have  been  revised  so  that  the  book  has  unity,  and  in  liveliness  of  narrative 
and  incident  it  is  admirable.     Condensed  from  Outlook,  igio. 

Squier,  Ephraim  George.  917.28  S77 

States  of  Central  America;  their  geography,  topography,  climate, 
population,  resources,  productions,  commerce,  political  organization, 
aborigines,  etc.,  comprising  chapters  on  Honduras,  San  Salvador,  Nica- 
ragfua,  Costa  Rica,  Guatemala,  Belize,  the  Bay  islands,  the  Mosquito 
shore  and  the  Honduras  Inter-oceanic  Railway.     1858.    Harper. 

"Bibliography,"  p.766-774. 

"Substantial  compendium. .  .Mr.  Squier  made  most  excellent  use  of  his  exceptional 
opportunities  for  gathering  extended  and  reliable  data,  during  his  long  career  in  the 
United  States  diplomatic  service  in  these  countries."  Larned's  Literature  of  American 
history. 


WEST  INDIES  2241 


American  Republics  Bureau.  917.281  A51 

Republic  of  Guatemala.     1897. 
The  same r9i7.28i  A51 

Brigham,  William  Tufts.  917.281  B74 

Guatemala,  the  land  of  the  quetzal;  a  sketch.    1887.    Scribner. 
"List  of  works  relating  to  Central  America,"  p.430-442. 
Author's  personal  experiences  in  expeditions  along  less  traveled  routes,  told  with 

freshness  and  interest.     Deals  also  with  the  productions  and  foreign  and  domestic  trade. 

Mapy  illustrations. 

Pepper,  Charles  Melville.  917.281  P41 

Guatemala,  the  country  of  the  future;  a  monograph.     1906. 

Winter,  Nevin  Otto.  917.281  W79 

Guatemala  and  her  people  of  to-day.     1909.     Page. 

Contents:  Toltec  land. — From  ocean  to  ocean. — The  capital. — The  tropics  and  their 
development. — The  people. — Railways  and  their  routes. — The  ancients  and  their  monu- 
ments.— The  story  of  the  republic. — Religious  influences. — Present  conditions  and  future 
possibilities. — British   Honduras. — Republic  of  Honduras. — Appendices. 

"Bibliography,"   p.300-301. 

American  Republics  Bureau.  917.283  A5Z 

Honduras;  geographical  sketch,  natural  resources,  laws,  economic 
conditions,  actual  development,  prospects  of  future  growth,  1904;  ed. 
and  comp.  by  A.  K.  Moe.    1904. 

"Bibliography  and  cartography,"  p.  193-197. 

Charles,  Cecil.  917.283  C37 

Honduras,  the  land  of  great  depths.     1890.     Rand. 

Gives  practical  information  in  regard  to  the  customs,  resources  and  industries  of 
the  country. 

W^est  Indies 

Aspinall,  Algernon  E.  1917.29  A84 

Pocket  guide  to  the  West  Indies.     1907.     Stanford. 

Furnishes  the  usual  information  about  travel,  residence,  notable  objects  and  places, 
and  the  like.     The  book  was  printed  before  the  Kingston  earthquake. 

Beck,  Carl.  917-29  B36 

Sonnenblicke  vom  lateinischen  Amerika;  eine  kreuzfahrt  nach  West- 

indien,  Columbien,  Panama  und  Costa  Rica.     1908. 

Contents:     Von  New  York  nach  Jamaica. — Jamaica. — Savanilla  und  Barranquilla. — 

Kartagena. — Port  Limon  (Costa  Rica). — San  Jose. — Colon  (Panama). 

Obcr,  Frederick  Albion.  917-29  Oi2g 

Guide  to  the  West  Indies  and  Bermudas.     1908.     Dodd. 
Includes    all    the    islands    of    the    West    Indian    archipelago,    Cuba,    Jamaica,    San 

Domingo,  Porto  Rico  and  Trinidad  being  treated  at  length.     Discusses  resources,  climate, 

history,  railroad  rates,  etc.     Maps  and  illustrations. 

Taylor,  Charles  Edwin.  917-29  T25 

Leaflets  from  the  Danish  West  Indies;  descriptive  of  the  social, 
political  and  commercial  condition  of  these  islands,  with  a  biographical 
sketch  by  P.  Linet.     1888.    Dawson. 


2242  CUBA.     JAMAICA.     HAITI 

Cuba 

American  Republics  Bureau.  917.291  A51 

Cuba;  prepared  by  Seiior  Gonzalo  de  Quesada  and  approved  by  the 

Cuban  government.     1905. 

"Books  relating  to  Cuba,"  p.3 15-446. 

The  same rgiy.agi  A51 

Cuba — Oficina  del  censo.  917.291  C91 

Cuba;  population,  history  and  resources,  1907;  comp.  by  V.  H.  Olm- 
sted and  Henry  Gannett,  census  of  Cuba  taken  in  the  year  1907.  1909. 
U.  S.  Government. 

The  same rgi7.2gi  C911 

Illustrated  from  photographs. 

Sagra,  Ramon  de  la.  rgiy.agi  S12 

Historia  economico-politica  y  estadistica  de  la  isla  de  Cuba  6  sea 
de  stis  progresos  en  la  poblacion,  la  agricultura,  el  comercio  y  las 
rentas.    1831. 

United  States — War  department.  rgi7.2gi  U2S3 

Road  notes;  Cuba,  1909.     1909. 

Wade,  Mary  Hazelton.  _  jgi7.2gi  Wii 

Our  little  Cuban  cousin.     1902.    Page. 
About  some  Cuban  children  and  their  life  at  the  time  of  the  Spanish-American  war. 

Wright,  Irene  Aloha.  giy.agi  Wg3 

Cuba.    1910.    Macmillan. 

The  book  is  largely  one  of  impressions,  but  it  is  based  on  a  residence  of  considerable 
length  and  upon  the  experiences  of  the  author  in  newspaper  work  and  as  a  special  agent 
of  the  Cuban  agricultural  department. 


Jamaica.     Haiti 

Gardner,  William  James.  972.92  G18 

History  of  Jamaica  from  its  discovery  by  Christopher  Columbus  to 
the  year  1872,  including  an  account  of  its  trade  and  agriculture,  sketches 
of  the  manners,  habits  and  customs  of  all  classes  of  its  inhabitants,  and 
a  narrative  of  the  progress  of  religion  and  education  in  the  island. 
1909.    Unwin. 

The  most  authoritative  history  of  Jamaica  (1909). 

Vernon,  Edward.  rg72.g2  V37 

New  history  of  Jamaica  from  the  earliest  accounts  to  the  taking  of 

Porto  Bello,  in  13  letters  from  a  gentleman  to  his  friend.     1740.     Hodges. 

Account  ends  in  1739.  Describes  the  aspect  of  the  island,  products,  etc.  Author 
(1684-1757)  was  the  English  admiral  who  took  Porto  Bello. 

Henderson,  John,  of  London?  gi7.2g2  H44 

Jamaica;  painted  by  A.  S.  Forrest,  described  by  John  Henderson. 
1906.     Black. 

Light,  popular  description  of  West  Indian  life,  with  colored  illustrations. 


UNITED  STATES— HISTORY  2243 

Leader,  Alfred.  917.292  L45 

Through  Jamaica  with  a  kodak,  with  introductory  notes  by  the  arch- 
bishop of  the  West  Indies  and  Sir  A.  L.  Jones.     1907.    Wright. 
Fully  illustrated  account  of  travels  in  Jamaica. 

Leger,  Jacques  Nicolas.  972.94  L54 

Haiti;  her  history  and  her  detractors.     1907.    Neale. 

Author  is  (1908)  envoy  extraordinary  and  minister  plenipotentiary  of  Hayti  in  the 
United  States.  The  first  part  deals  with  the  history  of  the  island  from  its  discovery 
by  Columbus  to  1902,  the  second  is  a  general  description  which  aims  to  correct  many 
popular  misconceptions. 

"Haiti,  at  last,  has  a  champion  who  is  entitled  to  be  heard;  for  he  speaks  from  ful- 
ness of  knowledge,  and  from  a  position  of  political  eminence  sends  forth  no  uncertain 
sound.  It  is  not  too  much  to  say  that  the  latest  book  on  Haiti  is  also  the  best  that  has 
ever  appeared  respecting  the  so-called  'Black  Republic'  "     Nation,  1908. 


Bermuda 

Cole,  Gfeorge  Watson,  comp.  roi6.97299  C68 

Bermuda  in  periodical  literature,  with  occasional  references  to  other 
works;  a  bibliography.    1907.    Boston  Book  Co. 

The  greater  part  of  this  bibliography  appeared  in  the  "Bulletin  of  bibliography," 
V.1-4,  Jan.,  April  1898,  Oct.   1900-Jan.   1907. 

Hayward,  Walter  Brownell.  972-99  H37 

Bermuda,  past  and  present;  a  descriptive  and  historical  account  of 
the  Somers  islands.    1910.    Dodd. 

Readable  account  of  Bermuda's  history  from  its  settlement  by  the  Virginia  Com- 
pany in  1609.  Its  literary  associations,  sports  and  recreations,  government  and  re- 
sources are  discussed  with  the  authority  of  long  acquaintance.  Appendix  contains  use- 
ful facts  for  travelers. 

United  States 

Bibliography 

Andrews,  Charles  McLean,  &  Davenport,  F.  G.  qroi6.973  A56 

Guide  to  the  manuscript  materials  for  the  history  of  the  United 
States  to  1783,  in  the  British  Museum,  in  minor  London  archives  and  in 
the  libraries  of  Oxford  and  Cambridge.  1908.  (Carnegie  Institution 
of  Washington.     Publication  no.90.) 

Bradford,  Thomas  Lindsley,  comp.  qroi6.973  B68 

Bibliographer's  manual  of  American  history,  containing  an  account 
of  all  state,  territory,  town  and  county  histories  relating  to  the  United 
States  of  North  America;  ed.  by  S.  V.  Henkels.     5v.     1907-10.     Henkels. 

V.I.     A  to  E. 

V.2.     F  to  L. 

v.3.     M  to  Q. 

v.4.     R  to  Z. 

V.5.     General  index. 

The  transcripts  of  titles  of  most  of  the  books  are  full,  and  collations  are  generally 
given.  The  notes  are  largely  quoted  from  Rich,  Field,  Stevens,  Thomson  and  Sabin 
and  although  admirable  at  the  time  they  were  written,  they  are  now  in  many  cases 
antiquated.  The  auction  sale  records  are  in  some  cases  very  full,  and  records  of  sales 
of  moderately  priced  books  are  often  given.  An  exhaustive  index  makes  it  practically 
indispensable  to  the  collector  of  local  histories.     Condensed  from  Nation,  1907. 


2244  UNITED  STATES— HISTORY 

Egle,  William  Henry.  roi6.973  E64 

Catalogue  of  [his]  American  library.    Havens. 

Rich  in  Americana  and  Pennsylvania  local  history. 

Griffin,  Appleton  Prentiss  Clark,  comp.  qroi6.973  GSgi 

Index  of  articles  upon  American  local  history  in  historical  collec- 
tions in  the  Boston  public  library.    1889. 

Reprinted  from  the  bulletins  of  the  library. 

Hayden,  Horace  Edwin.  qroi6.973  H37 

Valuable  library  of  Horace  E.  Hayden;  containing  a  large  collection 
of  state  and  county  histories,  works  relating  to  the  Revolutionary  war 
and  a  special  number  relating  to  Pennsylvania  and  Virginia,  an  ex- 
traordinary collection  of  full  files  of  historical  magazines,  colonial 
archives  and  records  of  the  various  states,  historical  society  collections, 
&c.  and  one  of  the  most  important  collections  of  American  genealogies 
ever  offered  for  sale,  as  well  as  a  large  collection  of  historical  pam- 
phlets, government  surveys,  &c.     1907.     Davis. 

Norton's  literary  letter,  1857-60.    no.i-6,  in  2v.    1857-60.       roi6.973  N46 

no.1-4.     (ist  ser.  no.1-4,  1857-59.) 
no.s-6.     (new  ser.  no.1-2,  i860.) 

no.4  contains  a  bibliography  of  Maine;  no.5  a  bibliography  of  New  Hampshire  and 
no.6  a  bibliography  of  Vermont. 
No  more  published. 

Robertson,  James  Alexander,  comp.  qroi6.973  R54 

List  of  documents  in  Spanish  archives  relating  to  the  history  of  the 
United  States  which  have  been  printed  or  of  which  transcripts  are  pre- 
served in  American  libraries.  1910.  (Carnegie  Institution  of  Washing- 
ton.   Publication  no.124.) 

"Bibliography,"  p.333-337- 

Shepherd,  William  Robert.  qroi6.973  S54 

Guide  to  the  materials  for  the  history  of  the  United  States  in  Span- 
ish archives  (Simancas,  the  Archivo  Historico  Nacional  and  Seville). 
1907.     (Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington.     Publication  no.9r.) 

"General  bibliography,"  p.96-97. 

History 

American  Historical  Association.  r973  Asiaa 

Papers,    v.5.     1891. 

v.s.  Secretary's  report  of  the  proceedings  at  the  seventh  annual  meeting,  Washing- 
ton, 1890. — The  demand  for  education  in  American  history,  by  John  Jay. — The  theory  of 
the  village  community,  by  C.  M.  Andrews. — Karl  FoUen  and  the  German  liberal  move- 
ment, by  Kuno  Francke. — Bismarck  as  the  typical  German,  by  W.  G.  Taylor. — State  ac- 
tivities and  politics,  by  W.  F.  Willoughby. — Mirabeau's  speech  of  May  20,  1790,  by  F. 
M.  Fling. — The  organization  of  historical  material,  by  W.  H.  Mace.  —  The  origin  of 
American  institutions  as  illustrated  in  the  history  of  the  written  ballot,  by  Douglas 
Campbell. — The  fate  of  Dietrich  Flade,  by  G.  L.  Burr. — The  philosophic  aspects  of  his- 
tory, by  W.  T.  Harris. — Brief  notes  on  the  present  condition  of  historical  studies  in 
Canada,  by  George  Stewart. — Is  history  a  science?  by  R.  H.  Dabney. — Canada  and  the 
United  States;  an  historical  retrospect,  by  J.  G.  Bourinot. — Slavery  in  New  York;  the 
status  of  the  slave  under  the  English  colonial  government,  by  E.  V.  Morgan. — Amend- 
ments to  the  constitution  of  the  United  States,  by  H.  V.  Ames. — Congressional  demands 
upon  the  executive   for  information,  by  E.  C.  Mason. — A  plea  for  reform  in  the  study 


UNITED  STATES— HISTORY  2245 

American  Historical  Association — continued.  rgys  A5122 

of  English  municipal  history,  by  Oiarles  Gross. — The  Yazoo  land  companies,  by  C.  H. 
Haskins. — The  lost  colony  of  Roanoke,  its  fate  and  survival,  by  S.  B.-  Weeks. 

The  publication  of  these  papers  ceased  with  v.5,  the  annual  reports  taking  their 
place. 

For  V.1-4  see  preceding  catalog^ue,  first  series. 

Americana  [monthly],  1907-12.    v.2-7.     1907-12.  qr973  A5123 

V.2-V.4,  no.3,  1907-May  1909,  title  reads  "American  historical  magazine." 
Issued  bimonthly  until  June  1909. 

Avery,  Elroy  McKendree.  q973  A95 

History  of  the   United   States   and    its    people   from   their   earliest 

records  to  the  present  time,     v.4-7.     1908-10.     Burrows. 
"Bibliographical  appendix"  at  the  end  of  each  volume. 
For  V.  1-3  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

The  same,     v.1-7.     1904-10 qrgys  A95 

"Bibliographical  appendix"  at  the  end  of  each  volume. 

Barnes  (A.  S.)  &  Co.  pub.  973  B25P2 

Popular  history  of  the  United  States  of  America  [to  1904,  by  J.  D. 
Steel  and  Mrs  E.  B.  Steel].    2v.     1904. 

"Intended  to  provide  a  more  detailed  treatment  of  the  history  of  the  United  States 
...than  can  be  given  in  the  ordinary  school  or  college  compendium ...  Cannot  be  recom- 
mended as  entirely  satisfactory.  The  first  part  of  the  work  treating  of  settlement  and 
colonial  life  is  better  than  the  long  chapters  on  the  wars  and  later  political  administra- 
tions. Particularly  in  the  last  part  of  the  book  there  is  not  sufficient  generalization, 
and  topics  are  treated  indiscriminately  without  due  regard  to  their  importance  or  per- 
spective...  Many  illustrations,  but  many  of  them  are  badly  executed."  Larned's  Litera- 
ture of  American  history. 

Bicknell,  Edward.  973  6473 

Territorial  acquisitions  of  the  United  States,  1787-1904;  an  historical 
review.     1904.    Small. 

"The  general  reader  and  the  teacher  of  the  history  of  the  United  States  in  the  com- 
mon schools  should  find  the  little  book  useful."    Dial,  1900. 

Brockway,  Beman.  973  B76 

Fifty  years  in  journalism,  embracing  recollections  and  personal  ex- 
periences, with  an  autobiography.     1891. 

Consists  principally  of  articles  contributed  to  newspapers  on  the  political  affairs 
of  the  United  States  in  the  middle  period  of  the  19th  century. 

Brooks,  Elbridge  Streeter.  J973  B77t3 

True  story  of  the  United  States  of  America  [to  1905]  told  for  young 

people.     1907.     Lothrop. 

Carpenter,  Edmund  Janes.  973  C22 

American  advance;  a  study  in  territorial  expansion.     1903.     Lane. 

Contents:  Introductory. — The  Louisiana  purchase. — Cession  of  the  Floridas. — 
The  annexation  of  Texas. — The  Mexican  cession. — Oregon. — The  Gadsden  purchase. — 
.'Maska. — Hawaii. — Cuba,  Puerto  Rico,  Guam  and  the  Philippines. 

"The  strongest  side  of  the  book  consists  in  its  references  to  the  debates  in  congress 
and  to  the  records  of  the  United  States  senate."    English  historical  review,  1904. 

Cavallaro,  Luigi.  973  C29 

Pionieri  ed  eroi  della  storia  americana.     1907. 
Channing,  Edward.  973  C36h 

History  of  the  United  States,    v.1-3.     1905-12.    Macmillan. 

V.I.     The  planting  of  a  nation  in  the  New  World,  1000-1660. 
v.2.     A  century  of  colonial  history,  1660— 1760. 
v.3.     The  American  revolution,  1761-89. 
Contains  many  bibliographies. 


2246  UNITED  STATES— HISTORY 

Channing,  Edward.  973  C36S4 

Students'  history  of  the  United  States  [to  1908].    1908.    Macmillan. 
List  of  books  for  consultation  at  the  head  of  each  chapter. 
"Admirably  fitted  for  use  as  a  text-book  with  advanced  secondary  classes. .  .Full  of 

suggestions  for  both  teachers  and  pupils."     Larned's  Literature  of  American  history. 

Channing,  Edward,  and  others.  973  C36g3 

Guide  to  the  study  and  reading  of  American  history.     1912.     Ginn. 

"Classified  bibliography,"  p.28-190;  "Bibliography  of  methods,"  p.  15-22. 

The  same.     1912 r973  C36a 

The  same.     1903 973  C36g 

Edition  of  1903  is  written  by  Edward  Channing  and  A.  B.  Hart  and  title  reads 
"Guide  to  the  study  of  American  history." 

"A  most  useful  manual  for  readers,  students,  and  teachers  of  American  history; 
compiled  as  the  result  of  years  of  experience  in  college  and  university  instruction.  It 
contains  hints  on  the  reading  and  teaching  of  history,  a  selected  bibliography  of  Amer- 
ican history,  and  a  long  and  well-arranged  series  of  topics  on  colonial  and  United  States 
history.  The  book  is  also  elaborately  indexed.  It  will  be  especially  helpful  for  those 
engaged  in  private  reading  or  who  are  without  the  guidance  of  a  teacher."  Larned's 
Literature  of  American  history. 

Cronau,  Rudolf.  q973  C89 

Drei  jahrhunderte  deutschen  lebens  in  Amerika;  eine  geschichte  der 
Deutschen  in  den  Vereinigten  Staaten.     1909. 

"Die  quellen  zur  geschichte  des  deutschen  elements  in  den  Vereinigten  Staaten," 
p.613-631. 

"Rudolf  Cronau  has  undertaken,  in  a  large-octavo  of  640  pages,  to  sketch  the  for- 
tunes and  misfortunes,  the  endeavors  and  accomplishments,  of  Germans  in  the  United 
States  during  the  past  300  years . . .  He  divides  his  work  into  two  main  parts,  the  first 
tracing  'the  Germans'  in  America  during  the  Colonial  period,  the  second  following  'the 
German-Americans'  in  their  participation  in  the  development  of  the  Union . . .  Two  hun- 
dred and  twenty-nine  pages  are  devoted  to  the  part  taken  by  Germans  in  American 
culture. .  .Two  hundred  and  ten  exceptionally  good  illustrations,  from  photographs  and 
drawings,  make  the  work  the  best  of  its  kind  yet  produced."    Nation,  1909. 

Daenell,  Ernst  Robert.  973  D13 

Geschichte  der  Vereinigten  Staaten  von  Amerika.     1907. 
"Verzeichnis  wichtigerer  literatur  uber  die  Vereinigten  Staaten,"  p. x 68— 170. 
Author  is  (1907)  professor  at  the  University  of  Kiel.     He  is  usually  well-informed 

and  kindly  disposed  toward  the  United  States.     Condensed  from  Nation,  1907. 

Darmstaedter,  Paul.  973  D35 

Die  Vereinigten  Staaten  von  Amerika;  ihre  politische,  wirtschaft- 
liche  und  soziale  entwicklung.  1909.  (Bibliothek  der  geschichtswissen- 
schaft.) 

"Allgemeine  literatur  uber  die  geschichte  der  Vereinigten  Staaten,"  p.i. 

Eggleston,  Edward,  1837-1902.  973  E35ho 

Household  history  of  the  United  States  and  its  people.     1901.    Ap- 

pleton. 

Many  maps  and  illustrations. 

Faust,  Albert  Bernhardt.  973  F28 

German  element  in  the  United  States,  with  special  reference  to  its 
political,  moral,  social  and  educational  influence.     2v.     1909.     Houghton. 
"Bibliography,"  v. 2,  p.479— 562. 

V.I  deals  with  the  history  of  the  Gennans  in  this  country  from  the  earliest  times  to 
the  present  (1909).  v. 2  makes  a  searching  analysis  of  the  influence  of  the  German  ele- 
ment in  American  civilization.     The  first  work  to  treat  the  subject  exhaustively. 


UNITED  STATES— HISTORY  2247 

Fiske,  John.  973  F54h4 

History  of  the  United  States  for  schools  [to  1907].     1907.    Houghton. 

Bibliography,  p. 539-546. 

The  same  [to  1907] •     1907 J973  F54h4 

The  same  [to  1905] 973  F54h3 

"In  the  main  this  volume  deserves  the  high  rank  which  it  has  taken  as  a  school 
text-book . . .  Written  by  a  master  of  clear  and  forcible  English . . .  Very  free  from  errors 
of  statement. .  .The  weakest  point...  is  the  failure  to  set  forth  correctly  the  nature  and 
objects  of  the  old  colonial  system."     Lamed's  Literature  of  American  history. 

Fiske,  John.  J973  F54 

How  the  United  States  became  a  nation.     1904.     Ginn. 
Begins  with  the  inauguration  of  Washington  as  president  of  the  United  States  and 

ends  with  the  close  of  the  Civil  war.     Contains  an  expansion  map  of  the  United  States 

and  many  portraits. 

Frost,  John.  r973  FgGp 

Pictorial  history  of  the  United  States  of  America  from  the  discovery 
by  the  Northmen  in  the  loth  century  to  the  present  time  [1844].  4v. 
in  2.    1846.    Walker. 

Frost,  John.  r973  F96 

Remarkable  events  in  the  history  of  America,  from  the  earliest 
times  to  the  year  1848;  compiled  from  the  best  authorities.  2v.  in  i. 
1849.    Leary. 

"Authorities,"  p.9-10. 

Not  a  connected  history.     Contains  a  large  number  of  illustrations. 

Gamer,  James  Wilford,  &  Lodge,  H.  C.  973  G18 

History  of  the  United  States  [to  1906],  with  a  historical  review  by 
J.  B.  McMaster.    4v.    1906.    Morris. 

"Bibliography,"  v. 4,  p.  1 749-1 772. 

Solid,  compact  and  clear,  without  especial  distinction  of  style.  Runs  at  times  into 
vagueness  in  the  effort  to  avoid  undue  detail,  and  gives  abundant  space  to  the  doings 
of  the  past  few  years.  Avowedly  narrative,  popular  and  unanalytical.  Fully  illus- 
trated.    Condensed  from  Atlantic  monthly,  1906. 

Oilman,  Arthur.  973  G42 

History  of  the  American  people.    1883.    Lothrop. 

A  fairly  short  account  written  in  a  popular  style,  from  the  period  of  discovery  to 
the  assassination  of  Garfield.  The  author  has  made  a  special  study  of  manners  and 
customs  and  has  incorporated  illustrative  material  in  the  shape  of  quotations  from  let- 
ters, diaries,  etc.     Illustrated. 

Gordy,  Wilbur  Fisk.  973  G66h2 

History  of  the  United  States  for  schools  [to  1905].     1909.     Scribner. 
"References"  at  the  beginning  of  each  chapter. 

"A  helpful  history  for  young  students,  keeping  always  in  sight  the  object  of  making 
them  think  on  historical  subjects.  Much  space  is  given  to  social  and  economic  history. 
Excellent  maps,  summaries  and  full  chronological  tables  are  included."  Lamed's  Litera- 
ture of  American  history. 

Hamilton,  James  Alexander,  1788-1878.  973  H21 

Reminiscences  of  James  A.  Hamilton;  or.  Men  and  events  at  home 
and  abroad  during  three  quarters  of  a  century.     1869.     Scribner. 

"Contains  original  material  useful  for  the  study  of  national  affairs  from  i8oo  to 
1866,  particularly  dealing  with  Alexander  Hamilton's  party  affiliations  and  Jackson's 
administration ...  Includes  many  letters  to  and  from  prominent  politicians ...  Much  space 
is  given  to  foreign  experiences."     Lamed's  Literature  of  American  history. 


2248  UNITED  STATES— HISTORY 

Harrison,  Henry  William.  973  H29 

Battle-fields  of  the  Republic;  from  Lexington  to  the  city  of  Mexico. 
1857.    Baird. 

Sketches  of  the  most  important  battles  fought  by  army  and  navy,  from  the  com- 
mencement of  the  Revolutionary  war  through  the  Mexican  war. 

Hart,  Albert  Bushnell.  973  H3iea 

Essentials  in  American  history,  from  the  discovery  to  [1911].    Amer. 

Book  Co.     (Essentials  in  history.) 

The  same,  to  [1905] 973  H3ie 

The  same r973  H31C 

Bibliography,  apx.  p.i-io. 
Intended  for  use  as  a  text-book. 

Higginson,  Thomas  Wentworth.  973  H53e 

Az  fiszak-Amerikai  Egyesiilt  Allamok  tortenete;  angolbol.  2v.  in  i. 
1882-86.     (Torteneti  kezikonyvek,  v.8,  12.) 

Hitchcock,  James  Ripley  Wellman,  ed.  973  H635 

Decisive  battles  of  America,  by  A.  B.  Hart  and  others.    1909.    Harper. 

Accounts  of  the  most  important  military  events  in  American  history,  written  by  dif- 
ferent historians.  By  presenting  the  conditions  and  causes  leading  up  to  conflict,  and 
synopses  of  events  between  successive  battles,  a  fairly  consecutive  history  results. 

Howard,  Daniel.  973  H84 

American  history,  government  and  institutions;  a  manual  of  citizen- 
ship for  young  Americans  and  new  Americans.     1908.    Journal  Press. 

973  I29 
Istorija  Suwienytu  Walstiju  Amerikos;  no  atradimo,  ir  da  priesz 
atradima  jos,  iki  szendieniniam  laikui,  drauge  konstitucija  Suwien. 
Walstiju  ir  Dekleracija  neprigulmystes.    1896. 

Johnston,  Alexander.  973  J36h3 

History  of  the  United  States  for  schools  [to  1900].    1906.    Holt. 

Select  bibliography,  p.487-492. 

qr973  J46 
Journal  of  American  history,  relating  life  stories  of  men  and  events  that 
have  entered  into  the  building  of  the  western  continent  [quarterly], 
1907-date.    v.i-date.     [1907-date.] 

973  K41 

MacDonald,  William,  b.  1863,  ed.  973  M14 

Documentary  source  book  of  American  history,  1606-1898.  1908. 
Macmillan. 

McLaughlin,  Andrew  Cunningham.  973  Mi94a 

History  of  the  American  nation  [to  1909].     1909.    Appleton. 
High  school  text-book.     Emphasis  is  laid  on  the  political  development  of  the   19th 

century.     A  very  satisfactory  account  of  the  reconstruction  period  is  given.     The  style 

is  always  simple  and  direct  and  the  illustrative  material  is  abundant.     Condensed  from 

American  hUtorical  review,  1899. 


UNITED  STATES— HISTORY  2249 

McMaster,  John  Bach.  973  M2ih 

History  of  the  people  of  the  United  States  from  the  Revolution  to 

the  Civil  war.    v.7.    1910.    Appleton. 

For  v.i-6  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

The  same,    v.1-7.     1904-10 r973  M21 

"McMaster's  method  is  of  the  modern  kind,  which  does  not  ignore  the  things  once 
deemed  below  the  dignity  of  history,  and  his  manner  is  of  a  sort  that  aims  to  hold  a 
reader  with  the  startling  groupings  and  contrasts  of  the  varied  and  possible  interests  of 
the  subject. .  .His  study  has  been  laborious;  but  one  asks  if  newspapers  were  more 
trustworthy  then  than  now,  that  so  much  should  be  granted  to  their  evidence."  Winsor's 
Narrative  and  critical  history  of  America. 

r973  M24 
Magazine  of  American  history;  complete  index,  v.  1-30,  no.3,  1877-93; 
comp.  by  William  Abbatt. 

For  volumes  of  magazine  see  preceding  catalogue,  first   series. 

qr973  M248 
Magazine  of  history,  with  notes  and  queries;  monthly,  1905-March 
1912.     V.1-15.     1905-12. 

Index,  V.1-14,    1905-11. 

Continuation  of  the  "Magazine  of  American  history,"  which  was  discontinued  in 
1893- 

qr973  M248a 
Magazine  of  history,  with  notes  and  queries;  extra  numbers,  1907-date. 
v.i-date.     1907-date. 

Montgomery,  David  Henry.  973  M86I5 

Leading  facts  of  American  history  [to  1908].     Ginn.     (Leading  facts 

of  history  series.) 

"Short  list  of  books  on  American  history,"  apx.  p.33-36. 

The  same  [to  1904.     1904] 973  M86I4 

Montgomery,  David  Henry.  973  M86s2 

Student's  American  history  [1000-1912].     1905.     Ginn. 

"Short  list  of  books  on  American  history,"  apx.  p. 24-29. 
Text-book  for  high  schools. 

Mowry,  William  Augustus.  973  M94 

Territorial  growth  of  the  United  States.     1902.     Silver. 

Contents:  The  thirteen  original  states. — The  Northwest  territory. — Louisiana. — 
Florida. —  Texas  and  New  Mexico. —  California. —  Oregon. —  Alaska. —  Hawaii. —  Porto 
Rico. — The  Philippine  islands. — Conclusion. 

Traces  the  history  of  the  various  accessions  to  United   States  territory. 

Pennsylvania  University.  qr973  P39 

Publications;  series  in  history,  no.i-date.     1901-date. 

no. I.  Lincoln,  C.  H.     The  revolutionary  movement  in  Pennsylvania,  1760-76. 

no. 2.  McKinley,  A.  E.  The  suffrage  franchise  in  the  13  English  colonies  in 
America. 

no.3.  Pennsylvania  University.     Calendar  of  the  papers  of  Benjamin  Franklin  in 

the  library  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

no.4.  Coulomb,  C.  A.  .Administration  of  the  English  borders  during  the  reign  of 
Elizabeth. 

Ramsay,  David.  r973  R17 

History  of  the  United  States  from  their  first  settlement  as  English 

colonies  in  1607  to  the  year  1808,  or  the  33d  of  their  sovereignty  and 


2250  UNITED  STATES— NAVAL  HISTORY 

Ramsay,  David — continued.  1973  R17 

independence;  continued  to  the  Treaty  of  Ghent  by  S.  S.  Smith  and 
[others].    3v.    1818.    Carey. 

"Biographical  memoir  of  David   Ramsay,"  v.i,  p.s-27. 

Ramsay  (i 749-181 5)  served  as  a  surgeon  during  the  Revolutionary  war  and  later 
was  a  member  of  the  Continental  Congress  and  of  the  South  Carolina  senate.  The 
second  volume  of  this  history  is  substantially  a  new  edition  of  the  author's  "History  of 
the  American  revolution"  (r973.3  R17),  still  considered  a  valuable  source  of  information. 

Strait,  Newton  Allen,  cotnp.  rgys  S89 

Alphabetical  list  of  battles,  1754-1900;  War  of  the  rebellion,  Spanish- 
American  war,  Philippine  insurrection  and  all  old  wars,  with  dates; 
summary  of  events  of  the  War  of  the  rebellion,  1860-1865,  Spanish- 
American  war,  Philippine  insurrection,  1898-1900,  troubles  in  China, 
1900,  with  other  valuable  information  in  regard  to  the  various  wars; 
comp.  from  official  records.     1905. 

r973  A51 
Stryker's  American  register  and  magazine,  Jan.  1851.     v.S.     1851. 

For  V.1-4  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series,  under  title  "American  quarterly 
register  and  magazine." 

Tomes,  Robert.  qr973  T59 

Battles  of  America  by  sea  and  land;  consisting  of  the  colonial  and 
Revolutionary  battles,  the  War  of  1812  and  the  Mexican  campaigns, 
with  biographies  of  naval  and  military  commanders  and  illustrative 
anecdotes.    3v.     1861.    Virtue. 

United  States  Central  Publishing  Co.  r973  U25 

Important  events  of  the  century,  containing  historical  synopsis  of 
the  important  events  since  the  discovery  of  America.     1876. 

Wilcox,  William  Craig.  r973  W71 

Six  critical  points  in  American  history;  syllabus  of  six  lectures. 
University  of  Iowa. 

Naval  history 

Abbot,  Willis  John.  973  A12 

Naval  history  of  the  United  States.     1896.     Dodd. 

Contents:  Blue  jackets  of  '76. — Blue  jackets  of  1812. — Blue  jackets  of  '61. — Blue 
jackets  in  time  of  peace. — The  naval  war  with  Spain. 

Clark,  George  Ramsey,  and  others.  973  C52 

The  navy,  1775  to  1909.    2v.    1910.    Lord  Baltimore  Press. 

Concise  history  intended  especially  for  the  instruction  of  midshipmen.  Naval 
events  are  regarded  from  a  professional  rather  than  a  picturesque  point  of  view  and 
official  reports  have  been  largely  drawn  upon. 

Hill,  Frederic  Stanhope.  973  H55 

Romance  of  the  American  navy,  as  embodied  in  the  stories  of  cer- 
tain of  our  public  and  private  armed  ships  from  1775  to  1909.  1910. 
Putnam. 

"An  attempt  u  made  to  cover  in  a  single  volume  of  moderate  size  the  whole  history 
of  the  navy  from  the  time  of  the  first  war  with  England  up  to  and  including  the  recent 
cruise  of  the  battleship  fleet  around  the  world.  As  a  proper  basis  for  his  story,  the 
writer  has  availed  himself  of  a  wide  range  of  both  original  and  secondary  sources." 
Nation.  1910. 


UNITED  STATES— HISTORY— DISCOVERY  2251 

Spears,  John  Randolph.  973  S74S 

Short  history  of  the  American  navy.     1907.     Scribner. 

This  little  book  issued  for  the  Navy  League  of  the  United  States  presents  the  argu- 
ment of  history  in  favor  of  an  up-to-date  and  efficient  navy. 


Discovery 

896-1607 

973-1  A51 
Amerika  folfedezese;  tanulsagos  olvasmany  az  ifjusag  szamara.  3v. 
in  I.     1890. 

Contents :     Kolumbus. — Kortez. — Pizarro. 
History  of  the  discovery  of  America. 

Burrage,  Henry  Sweetser,  ed.  r973.i  B94 

Early   English  and   French  voyages,   chiefly  from   Hakluyt,   1534- 

1608.     1906.     Scribner.     (Original  narratives  of  early  American  history.) 

Contents:  The  first  relation  of  Jaques  Carthier  of  S.  Malo. — A  shorte  and  brief e 
narration  (Cartier's  second  voyage). — The  third  voyage  of  discovery  made  by  Captaine 
Jaques  Cartier. — The  voyage  of  M.  Here. — The  voyage  made  by  M.  John  Hawkins,  esquire. 
— The  third  troublesome  voyage  made  with  the  Jesus  of  Lubec. — The  world  encompassed 
by  Sir  Francis  Drake  (California). — A  report  of  the  voyage  of  Sir  Humfrey  Gilbert, 
by  Master  Edward  Haies. — The  first  voyage  made  to  the  coasts  of  America,  by  Captain 
Arthur  Barlowe. — Account  of  the  particularities  of  the  impl6yments  of  the  Englishmen 
left  in  Virginia,  by  Master  Ralph  Lane. — The  third  voyage  to  Virginia. — The  fourth 
voyage  made  to  Virginia  in  the  yere  1587,  by  Governor  John  White. — The  fifth  voyage 
of  M.  John  White. — Briefe  and  true  relation  of  the  discoverie  of  the  north  part  of 
Virginia,  by  John  Brereton. — A  voyage  set  out  from  the  citie  of  Bristoll,  by  Martin 
Pring. — .\  true  relation  of  the  voyage  of  Captaine  George  Waymouth,  by  James  Rosier. 
— A  relation  of  a  voyage  to  Sagadahoc. 

De  Saint  Bris,  Thomas.  r973.i  D45 

Discovery  of  the  origin  of  the  name  of  America;  from  an  address 

by  the  author  before  the  American  Geographical  Society.     1888. 
Authorities  consulted,  p.s. 

Durrett,  Reuben  Thomas.  qr973,i  D94 

Traditions  of  the  earliest  visits  of  foreigners  to  North  America,  the 
first  formed  and  first  inhabited  of  the  continents.  1908.  (Filson  Club. 
Publications.) 

Devoted  chiefly  to  the  tradition  regarding  the  founding  of  a  colony  in  America 
about  the  year  1170  by  the  Welsh  prince,  Madoc. 

Flateyjarbok.  qr973.i  F61 

Flatey  book  and  recentlj'  discovered  Vatican  manuscripts  concern- 
ing America  as  early  as  the  loth  century;  documents  now  published 
for  the  first  time  which  establish  beyond  controversy  the  claim  that 
North  America  was  settled  by  Norsemen  500  years  before  the  time  of 
Columbus.     1906.    Norroena  Soc. 

The  other  manuscript  reprinted  here  which  tells  of  the  Vinland  voyage,  is  the 
so-called  Hauksbook,  giving  the  story  of  Thorfin  Karlsefne. 

973.1  H27 


2252  UNITED  STATES— HISTORY— DISCOVERY 

Herrera  y  Tordesillas,  Antonio  de.  rgicS  K21  v.3 

Account  of  the  first  discovery  of  America  by  Christopher  Columbus. 
[1811.]  (In  Kerr,  Robert,  1755-1813.  General  history  and  collection  of 
voyages  and  travels,  v.3,  p. 242-342.) 

Hodge,  Frederick  Webb,  &  Lewis,  T.  H.  ed.  rgya.i  H66 

Spanish  explorers  in  the  southern  United  States,  1528-1543.  1907. 
Scribner.     (Original  narratives  of  early  American  history.) 

Contents:  The  narrative  of  Alvar  Nunez  Cabega  de  Vaca,  ed.  by  F.  W.  Hodge. — 
The  narrative  of  the  expedition  of  Hernando  de  Soto,  by  the  gentleman  of  Elvas,  ed. 
by  T.  H.  Lewis. — The  narrative  of  the  expedition  of  Coronado,  by  Pedro  de  Castaneda, 
ed.  by  F.  W.  Hodge. 

Horsford,  Eben  Norton.  q973-i  H81 

Discovery  of  the  ancient  city  of  Norumbega;  a  communication  to 
the  president  and  council  of  the  American  Geographical  Society  at  their 
special  session  in  Watertown,  November  21,  1889.     1890.     Houghton. 

Olson,  Julius  Emil,  &  Bourne,  E.  G.  ed.  r973«i  O23 

The  Northmen,  Columbus  and  Cabot,  985-1503.  1906.  Scribner. 
(Original  narratives  of  early  American  history.) 

Contents :  The  v-oyages  of  the  Northmen,  ed.  by  J.  E.  Olson. — The  voyages  of 
Columbus  and  of  John  Cabot,  ed.  by  E.  G.   Bourne. 

"The  purpose  of  the  series  is  to  provide  historical  students  and  the  libraries  of 
schools  and  colleges  with  a  comprehensive  and  well-rounded  collection  of  those  narra- 
tives on  which  the  early  history  of  the  United  States  is  founded;  and  the  present  vol- 
ume forms  a  good  beginning  to  this  e.xcellent  and  laudable  undertaking."  American 
historical  review,  1907. 

Rambaldi,  Pier  Liberale.  973-i  Ri7 

Amerigo  Vespucci.     1898. 

Reeves,  Arthur  Middleton,  and  others,  comp.  r973.i  RaSn 

Norse  discovery  of  America;  a  compilation  of  all  the  sagas,  manu- 
scripts and  inscriptive  inemorials  relating  to  the  finding  and  settlement 
of  the  New  World  with  records  supplied  by  the  Vatican  of  Rome,  never 
before  published.     1906.    Norroena  Soc.    (Norroena  library.) 

Vamhagen,  Francisco  Adolpho  de,  viscorlde  de  qr973.i  V21 

Porto-Seguro. 
Amerigo  Vespucci,  son  caractere,  ses  ecrits  (meme  les  moins  authen- 
tiques),  sa  vie  et  ses  navigations,  avec  une  carte  indiquant  les  routes. 
1865. 

Colonial  period.    French  and  Indian  wars 
1607-1775 
American  Antiquarian  Society.  r9i3.7  A51  v.ii 

Manuscript  records  of  the  French  and  Indian  war  in  the  library  of 
the  society;  prepared  from  the  originals  under  direction  of  the  library 
committee  by  C.  H.  Lincoln.  1909.  (In  its  Archaeologia  Americana,  v.ii.) 
Contents:  The  Sir  William  Johnson  manuscripts. — The  Col.  John  Bradstreet  manu- 
scripts.— Additional  manuscripts  of  the  French  and  Indian  war. — The  Lieut.  William 
Henshaw  orderly  book. 


UNITED  STATES— HISTORY— COLONIAL  PERIOD    2253 

Burrage,  Henry  Sweetser.  r973-2  B94 

Maine  at  Louisburg  in  1745.     1910.    Burleigh. 

"Important  sources  of  information  concerning  Louisburg,  its  siege  and  capture," 
p.  1 1 3-1 26. 

Account  of  the  part  taken  by  the  state  in  the  Louisburg  expedition.  Includes  all 
ascertainable  lists  of  officers  and  men  who  were  at  Louisburg  with  Sir  William  Pepper- 
rell  in  1745. 

Chalmers,  George.  973-2  C35 

Introduction  to  the  history  of  the  revolt  of  the  American  colonies; 

being  a  comprehensive  view  of  its  origin,  derived  from  the  state  papers 

contained  in  the  public  offices  of  Great  Britain.    2v.     1845.     Munroe. 

"One  of  the  most  suggestive  works  ever  written  on  early  American  history... It  is 
only  a  sketch  of  a  large  subject;  it  contains  crude  statements;  it  shows  lack  of  sympathy 
with  much  that  was  new  and  valuable  in  colonial  development;  it  exhibits  the  narrow 
spirit  of  English  officialism.  But  it  reveals,  as  does  no  other  work,  the  essential  unity 
of  the  period  of  which  it  treats."    Larned's  Literature  of  American  history,  igoz. 

Cobb,  Sanford  Hoadley.  r973.2  C63 

Palatine  or  German  immigration  to  New  York  and  Pennsylvania; 
a  paper  read  before  the  Wyoming  Historical  and  Geological  Society. 
1897.    Wyoming  Historical  and  Geological  Soc. 

r973.2  C73 
Compleat  history  of  the  late  war;  or.  Annual  register  of  its  rise,  prog- 
ress and  events  in  Europe,  Asia,  Africa  and  America,  1755-1762.  1766. 
Exshaw. 

Donaldson,  Thomas.  r973.2  D71 

American  colonial  history;  an  address  before  the  Maryland  Histori- 
cal Society,  March  29,  1849.  1849.  (Maryland  Historical  Society.  Pub- 
lications.) 

Frost,  John.  r973.2  F96 

Book  of  the  colonies;  comprising  a  history  of  the  colonies  compos- 
ing the  United  States  from  the  discovery  in  the  loth  century  until  the 
commencement  of  the  Revolutionary  war.     1846.     Appleton. 

Frontispiece  is  a  picture  of  what  was  supposed  to  be  the  magazine  of  Fort  Duquesne, 
discovered  by  workmen  making  excavations  for  the  Pennsylvania  railroad. 

Goodloe,  Daniel  Reaves,  comp.  973-2  G62 

Birth  of  the  Republic;  comp.  from  the  national  and  colonial  his- 
tories and  historical  collections,  from  the  American  archives  and  from 
memoirs,  and  from  the  journals  and  proceedings  of  the  British  parlia- 
ment.    1889.    Belford. 

"Handy  manual  for  students  who  wish  much  of  the  sources  in  convenient  compass." 
Larned's  Literature  of  American  history. 

Griffis,  William  Elliot.  973-2  G89i 

Influence  of  the  Netherlands  in  the  making  of  the  English  common- 
wealth and  the  American  republic,  with  notice  of  what  the  Pilgrims 
learned  in  Holland,  their  treatment  by  the  government  and  people,  and 
answers  to  criticisms  made  upon  the  proposed  Delf shaven  memorial; 
a  paper  read  before  the  Boston  Congregational  Club,  Oct.  26,  1891. 
Delfshaven  Memorial  Committee. 


2254    UNITED  STATES— HISTORY— COLONIAL  PERIOD 

Hopkins,  Stephen.  r973.2  H78 

A  true  representation  of  the  plan  formed  at  Albany  in  1754  for  unit- 
ing all  the  British  northern  colonies  in  order  to  their  common  safety 
and  defence,  with  introductions  and  notes  by  S.  S.  Rider.  1880.  Rider. 
(Rhode  Island  historical  tracts,  no.9.) 

"To  the  memory  of  Stephen  Hopkins,"  p.7-31. 

Jenks,  Tudor.  973.a  J25 

When  America  was  new.     1907.     Crowell. 

Contents:  The  planting  of  Virginia.- — The  first  New  Englanders. — The  different 
settlers. — Marylanders  and  Dutch. — New  World  living. — Making  the  homestead. — Man- 
ners and  customs. — The  indoor  life. — What  the  colonists  knew  and  thought. — Books, 
reading  and  education. — Effects  of  the  new  life. — The  women  and  children. — Growth  of 
a  new  people. — Independence  and  union. 

"Bibliography,"   p.307-308. 

Joutel,  Henri.  r973.2  J46 

Journal  of  La  Salle's  last  voyage,  1684-87,  with  a  frontispiece  of  Gude- 
brod's  statue  of  La  Salle  and  the  map  of  the  original  French  edition. 
Paris  1713,  in  facsimile;  historical  and  biographical  introduction,  anno- 
tations and  index  by  H.  R.  Stiles,  to  which  is  added  a  bibliography  of 
the  discovery  of  the  Mississippi,  by  A.  P.  C.  Griffin.  1906.  McDonough. 
"The  record  of  this  faithful  and  honest  friend  of  the  great  explorer  is  the  most 
valuable  contemporary  record."    Larned's  Literature  of  American  history. 

Lewis,  Virgil  Anson.  973-2  L67 

History  of  the  battle  of  Point  Pleasant,  fought  between  white  men 
and  Indians  at  the  mouth  of  the  Great  Kanawha  river  (now  Point 
Pleasant,  W.  Va.),  Monday,  Oct.  loth,  1774,  the  chief  event  of  Lord 
Dunmore's  war.    1909.    Tribune  Printing  Co. 

Abridged  from  the  author's  manuscript  "History  of  Lord  Dunmore's  war." 

Neill,  Edward  Duffield.  973-2  N21 

English  colonization  of  America  during  the  17th  century.  1871. 
Strahan. 

"Rev.  Mr.  Neill  was  an  assiduous  and  learned  investigator,  and  one  of  the  earliest 
critics  of  the  beginnings  of  colonial  history.  In  this  work,  as  in  his  other  writings, 
he  has  drawn  largely  from  original  manuscripts  and  documents,  some  of  which  have 
been  since  more  fully  and  accurately  printed.  The  narrative,  which  is  badly  propor- 
tioned and  often  disconnected  and  digressive,  deals  with  the  history  of  Virginia, 
Maryland  and  the  Popham  colony,  and  treats  of  Wingfield,  Rolfe,  Pocahontas,  John 
Smith,  of  the  Puritans  in  Virginia,  of  the  services  of  Copeland,  chaplain  of  the  East 
India  Company,  of  Calvert  and  Maryland  to  1650,  and  of  education  and  religion. 
Some  of  Mr.  Neill's  main  contentions. .  .have  not  received  the  final  stamp  of  approval. 
The  chief  value  of  the  work  to-day  lies  in  its  documents  and  notes."  Larned's  Litera- 
ture of  American  history. 

Osgood,  Herbert  Levi.  973-2  O29 

The  American  colonies  in  the  17th  century,    v.3.     1907.    Macmillan. 

v.3.     Imperial  control;  beginnings  of  the  system  of  royal  provinces. 
For  v.i-2  sec  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Parkman,  Francis.  J973-2  P24P 

Parkman;  prose  passages  from  the  works  of  Francis  Parkman,  for 
homes,  libraries  and  schools;  comp.  by  J.  E.  Hodgdon.     1893.    Little. 

Contents:  Introductory  sketch:  Francis  Parkman. — Winter  life  at  Port  Royal. — 
Dominique  de  Gourgues. — Success  of  La  Salle. — Character  of  La  Salle. — ^The  search  for 
the  Pacific— The  portrait  of  Wolfe.— The  Heights  of  Abraham.— Results  of  the  Seven 
years  war. — The  Indian  character. — Death  of  Pontiac. — The  Black  Hills. 


UNITED  STATES— HISTORY— COLONIAL  PERIOD    2255 

Penhallow,  Samuel.  qr973-2  P39 

History  of  the  wars  of  New-England  with  the  eastern  Indians;  or, 
A  narrative  of  their  continued  perfidy  and  cruelty,  from  the  loth  of 
August  1703,  to  the  peace  renewed  13th  of  July  1713,  and  from  the  25th 
of  July  1722,  to  their  submission  15th  December  1725,  which  was  rati- 
fied August  5th,  1726.  1859.  Harpel. 
Reprinted  from  the  Boston  edition  of   1726. 

"The  chief  English  authority  for  Queen  Anne's  and  Lovewell's  wars ...  Is  of  the 
first  value  to  the  historian,  and  the  object  of  much  quest  to  the  collector."  Winsor's 
Narrative  and  critical  history  of  America. 

Pitt,  William,  earl  of  Chatham,  1708-78.  973-2  P67 

Correspondence  when  secretary  of  state  with  colonial  governors 
and  military  and  naval  commissioners  in  America;  ed.  under  the  aus- 
pices of  the  National  Society  of  the  Colonial  Dames  of  America,  by 
G.  S.  Kimball.    2v.     1906.     Macmillan. 

The  correspondence  covers  the  years  from  1756  to  1761,  during  the  time  of  the 
French  and  Indian  war  in  America. 

[Smith,  WiUiam,  1 727-1803.]  r973-2  S66r 

Relation  historique  de  I'expedition  contre  les  Indiens  de  I'Ohio  en 
1764,  commandee  par  Henry  Bouquet;  on  y  a  joint  des  memoires  mili- 
taires  contenant  des  reflexions  sur  la  guerre  avec  les  sauvages;  tr.  de 
I'anglois  par  C.  G.  F.  Dumas.    1769. 

"This  book  is  an  authentic  and  reliable  narrative  of  one  of  the  earliest  British  mili- 
tary expeditions  into  the  Territory  northwest  of  the  Ohio  river.  It  narrates  the  details 
of  the  first  victory,  gained  over  Indian  forces,  by  English  troops,  after  the  savages  had 
been  taught  the  use  of  fire-arms.  The  whole  narrative  is  most  entertaining  for  the 
interest  of  the  subject,  and  for  the  quaintness  of  that  highly  literary  style  of  the  last 
century.  This  French  edition  contains  a  Preface,  and  some  biographical  notices  of 
Bouquet  by  the  French  translator  Mons.  Dumas."     Thomson's  Bibliography  of  Ohio. 

Trumbull,  Benjamin.  r973.2  T779 

General  history  of  the  United  States  of  America  from  the  discovery 
in  1492;  or.  Sketches  of  the  divine  agency  in  their  settlement,  growth 
and  protection,  and  especially  in  the  late  memorable  Revolution,  ex- 
hibiting a  general  view  of  the  principal  events  from  the  discovery  of 
North  America  to  the  year  1765.    v.i.     1810.     Mallory. 

"This  is  the  first  of  three  proposed  volumes  which  would  extend  to  Washington's 
second  administration,  but  the  series  was  never  completed.  It  aims  to  point  out  the 
especial  interpositions  of  Providence  in  behalf  of  the  United  States.  The  work  is  faith- 
fully but  very  tediously  done  as  compared  with  modern  historical  writing."  Lamed' s 
Literature  of  American  history. 

Washington,  George.  qr973.2  W27J 

Journal  of^Maj.  George  Washington,  sent  by  Robert  Dinwiddle,  lieu- 
tenant-governor of  Virginia,  to  the  commandant  of  the  French  forces 
on  Ohio  [1753],  to  which  are  added  the  governor's  letter  and  a  trans- 
lation of  the  French  officer's  answer,  with  a  map  of  the  country  as  far 
as  the  Mississippi.     1754.    Jefferys. 

A  reprint  of  the  London  edition  of  1754,  issued  in  1865  as  no.i  of  the  series 
"Sabin's  reprints." 

First  published  in  Williamsburg,  Va.  by  Hunter  in  1754. 

The  same.    (In  Old  South  leaflets,  v.8,  no.187.) .  .r973  O23  v.8,  no.187 


2256  UNITED  STATES— HISTORY— REVOLUTION 

Wood,  Lt.-col.  William.  973.2  W85 

Fight  for  Canada;  a  sketch  from  the  history  of  the  great  imperial 

war.     1906.     Little. 

"Bibliography,"  P.34S-360. 

Account  of  Wolfe's  famous  victory  on  the  Plains  of  Abraham,  and  of  the  surrender 

of  Quebec.     A  brief  introductory  summary  of  the  Seven  years'  war  and  full  accounts 

of  the  leaders  on  both  sides  are  given. 


Revolution  and  confederation 

1775-1789 

Abingdon,  Willoughby  Bertie,  earl  of.  rgys.s  A14 

Thoughts  on  the  letter  of  Edmund  Burke  to  the  sheriffs  of  Bristol 
on  the  affairs  of  America.    Jackson. 

First  published  in  1777. 

Abingdon  (1740—99)  was  an  English  politician,  "one  of  the  most  steady  and  intrepid 
assertors  of  liberty"  in  his  age.  He  seized  every  opportunity  between  1775  and  1783 
of  attacking  the  policy  that  produced  the  war  with  America.  In  his  "Thoughts  on  the 
letter  of  Edmund  Burke"  he  attacked  Burke  for  not  following  up  with  sufficient  energy 
or  persistency  his  first  great  speeches  against  the  war.  Condensed  from  Dictionary  of 
national  biography. 

Baxter,  James  Phinney,  comp.  r973'3  B33 

British  invasion  from  the  North;  the  campaigns  of  Generals  Carle- 
ton  and  Burgoyne  from  Canada,  1776-1777,  with  the  journal  of  Lieut. 
William  Digby  of  the  53d  or  Shropshire  regiment  of  foot,  illustrated 
with  historical  notes.     1887.    Munsell. 

Burk,  William  Herbert.  '973.3  B91 

Historical  and  topographical  guide  to  Valley  Forge.  1910.  Private- 
ly printed. 

Contains  map;  Binder's  title  reads  "Valley  Forge  guide." 

Carroll,  Charles,  of  Carrollton.  '973.3  C233 

Journal  during  his  visit  to  Canada  in  1776  as  one  of  the  com- 
missioners from  Congress;  with  a  memoir  by  Brantz  Mayer.  1876. 
(Maryland  Historical  Society.     Centennial  memorial.) 

"Carroll,  with  his  brother  John,  Benjamin  Franklin,  and  Chase,  was  sent  by  the 
Continental  Congress  to  persuade  the  Canadians  to  join  the  rebellious  colonies.  The 
journal  extends  from  April  2  to  June  10,  1776... Of  interest  as  explaining  why  Canada 
did  not  join  in  the  Revolution."     Larned's  Literature  of  American  history. 

Cooper,  W.  D.  '973.3  C79 

History  of  North  America,  containing  a  review  of  the  customs  and 
manners  of  the  original  inhabitants,  the  first  settlement  of  the -British 
colonies,  their  rise  and  progress  from  the  earliest  period  to  the  time  of 
their  becoming  united,  free  and  independent  states.     1797.     Sweitzer. 
Extremely  brief  account. 

Cowell,  Benjamin.  '973-3  C84 

Spirit  of  '76  in  Rhode  Island;  or,  Sketches  of  the  efforts  of  the 
government  and  people  in  the  War  of  the  revolution,  together  with  the 
names  of  those  who  belonged  to  Rhode  Island  regiments  in  the  army, 
with  biographical  notices,  reminiscences,  &c.     1850.     Wright. 


UNITED  STATES— HISTORY— REVOLUTION  2257 

Eastman,  Mrs  Annie  li.  comp.  r973-3  E18 

Maps  illustrating  cruises  of  John  Paul  Jones  in  British  waters; 
comp.  by  careful  investigation  of  original  sources  and  material  and 
plotting  of  parts  of  the  log  of  the  "Bon  Homme  Richard."  1909.  Bur- 
rows. 

Specimen  illustrations  from  "A  history  of  the  United  States  and  its  people,"  by 
E.  M.  Avery. 

The  same.  1909.  Burrows.  (In  Avery,  E.  M.  History  of  the  United 
States  and  its  people,  v.6,  p.263-264,  266-269.) q973  A95  v.6 

Fisher,  Sydney  George.  973-3  F53S 

Struggle  for  American  independence.    2v.     1908.     Lippincott. 
Continuation  and  enlargement  of  author's  "True  history  of  the  American  revolu- 
tion" (973.3  Fs3).     Written  as  a  corrective  to  the  usually  accepted  ideas  concerning  the 
issues  and  merits  of  the  war,  maintaining  that  from  the  start  independence  was  the  ob- 
ject in  view  on  the  part  of  the  Americans.     Illustrations  and  maps. 

Fries,  Adelaide  L.  r973.3  F95 

Mecklenburg  declaration  of  independence  as  mentioned  in  records 
of  Wachovia.    1907.    Edwards. 

Inquiry  into  an  early  reference  to  the  Mecklenburg  declaration. 

Garden,  Alexander.  r973.3  G17 

Anecdotes  of  the  American  revolution,  illustrative  of  the  talents  and 
virtues  of  the  heroes  and  patriots  who  acted  the  most  conspicuous  parts 
therein.     1828.    Miller. 

Greene,  George  Washington.  973-3  G83 

The  German  element  in  the  War  of  American  independence.  1876. 
Kurd. 

Contents:  Baron  von  Steuben. — Gen.  John  Kalb. — German  mercenaries. 
"The  author  disclaims  in  this  book  any  original  contributions  to  history.  Its  three 
popularly  written  chapters  are  based  on  Kapp's  three  volumes ...  relating  respectively  to 
Steuben,  Kalb  and  the  German  mercenaries . . .  Mr.  Greene's  volume  is  not  conspicuously 
impartial  or  judicial,  but  it  is  a  popularly  written  and  readable  narrative."  Larned's 
Literature  of  American  history. 

Hazelton,  John  Hampton.  973-3  H38 

Declaration  of  independence;  its  history.     1906.     Dodd. 

"May  be  taken  as  embodying  the  final  study  of  the  Declaration  as  a  document. 
Every  known  detail  concerning  its  framing,  signing,  and  publication  has  been  carefully 
gathered ...  An  encyclopaedic  work."     Nation,  1906. 

Hoppus,  Mary  A.  M.  afterward  Mrs  Marks.  973-3  H79 

England  and  America,  1763  to  1783;  the  history  of  a  reaction.     2v. 

1907.    Appleton. 
V.I.     1763  to  1778. 

V.2.        1779  to   1783. 

"Bibliography  of  the  more  important  works  consulted,"  v.i,  p.  19— 23. 

"Tp  students  of  American  history,  in  this  country  particularly,  the  story  of  the 
Revolution  set  forth  in  terms  of  English  politics  cannot  but  prove  enlightening."  Na- 
tion, igo8. 

Hough,  Franklin  Benjamin.  qr973-3  H83 

Northern  invasion  of  Oct.  1780;  a  series  of  papers  relating  to  the 

expeditions  from  Canada  under  Sir  John  Johnson  and  others  against 

the  frontiers  of  New  York,  which  were  supposed  to  have  connection 


2258         UNITED  STATES— HISTORY— REVOLUTION 

Hough,  Franklin  Benjamin — continued.  qr973-3  H83 

with  Arnold's  treason;  prepared  from  the  originals,  with  an  introduc- 
tion and  notes.    1866.     [Bradford  Club.] 

"The  editor's  introduction,  47  pages,  reviews  the  incidents  of  the  two  raids  by  the 
British  upon  the  Mohawk  valley  in  Oct.,  1780,  plausibly  concluding  that  their  purpose 
was  to  draw  away  troops  from  West  Point,  thus  facilitating  the  surrender  of  that  place 
. . .  The  correspondence  here  first  published  includes  letters  between  Gen.  Washington 
and  Gov.  Geo.  Clinton,  between  Clinton  and  officers  who  led  troops  against  the  British, 
etc.  It  is  valuable  material,  in  the  use  of  which  the  editor  shows  great  carefulness, 
and  the  ability  to  set  forth  the  salient  points  in  compact  and  lucid  language."  Lamed' s 
Literature  of  American  history. 

House,  Charles  J.  comp.  r973.3  H837 

Names  of  soldiers  of  the  American  revolution  who  applied  for  state 
bounty  under  resolves  of  March  17,  1835,  March  24,  1836  and  March  20, 
1836,  as  appears  of  record  in  land  office.    1893.    Burleigh. 
Published  by  order  of  the  governor  and  executive  council  of  Maine. 

Irwin,  John.  qr973.3  I28 

Regimental  order  book  kept  by  Captain  John  Irwin  in  the  campaign 
under  Maj.  Gen.  Anthony  Wayne  in  the  year  1777;  copied  from  the 
original  manuscript  and  annotated  by  his  grand-nephew  F.  T.  Nevin,  of 
Sewickley,  Pennsylvania,  191 1.     191 1. 

Typewritten  copy. 

Jordan,  John  Woolf.  qr973.3  J42 

Military  hospitals  at  Bethlehem  and  Lititz,  Penn'a  during  the  Revo- 
lutionary war;  a  paper  read  before  the  Wyoming  Historical  and  Geo- 
logical Society,  April  10,  1896  and  before  the  Historical  Society  of 
Pennsylvania,  May  1896.    1896. 

Reprinted  from  the  "Pennsylvania  magazine  of  history  and  biography,"  July  1896. 

Keim,  De  Benneville  Randolph.  qr973.3  K16 

Rochambeau;  a  commemoration  by  the  Congress  of  the  United 
States  of  America  of  the  services  of  the  French  auxiliary  forces  in  the 
War  of  independence;  prepared  by  authority  of  Congress.  1907.  (United 
States.    59th  cong.     ist  sess.    Senate.    Doc.  no.537.) 

"List  of  works  relating  to  the  French  alliance  in  the  American  revolution;"  comp. 
by  A.  P.  C.  Griffin,  p.607-645. 

Lamb,  Roger.  r973.3  L17 

Original  and  authentic  journal  of  occurrences  during  the  late  Amer- 
ican war  from  its  commencement  to  the  year  1783.    1809.    Wilkinson. 

Author,  sergeant  in  the  British  army,  was  an  eye-witness  of  many  of  the  military 
events  described.  Written  largely  to  defend  the  conduct  of  the  British  officers  and 
shows  a  natural  but  not  excessive  prejudice  against  the  Americans. 

Maine — Legislature.  r973.3  M26 

Maine  at  Valley  Forge;  proceedings  at  the  unveiling  of  the  Maine 
marker,  Oct.  17,  1907,  also  roll  of  Maine  men  at  Valley  Forge.  1910. 
Burleigh. 

Massachusetts — Provincial  congress,  Cambridge,  1774-75.      ^973-3  M455 

Journals  of  each  Provincial  congress  of  Massachusetts  in  1774  and 

1775,  and  of  the  Committee  of  safety,  with  an  appendix  containing  The 


UNITED  STATES— HISTORY— REVOLUTION  2259 

Massachusetts — Provincial  congress,  Cambridge — continued.  r973.3  M455 
proceedings  of  the  county  conventions,  Narratives  of  the  events  of  the 
19th  of  April  1775,  Papers  relating  to  Ticonderoga  and  Crown  Point, 
and  other  documents  illustrative  of  the  early  history  of  the  American 
revolution;  pub.  agreeably  to  a  resolve  passed  March  10,  1837  [by]  Wil- 
liam Lincoln.    1838.     Button. 

Massachusetts — Secretary  of  the  commonwealth.  <ir973.3  M45 

Massachusetts  soldiers  and  sailors  of  the  Revolutionary  war;  a  com- 
pilation from  the  archives,    v.  16-17.     1907-08. 
For  V.I— IS  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Moore,  George  Henry.  r973.3  M877 

Historical  notes  on  the  employment  of  negroes  in  the  American 
army  of  the  Revolution.     1862.     Evans. 

Gives  very  briefly  the  action  taken  by  the  different  states  in  regard  to  the  employ- 
ment of  negro  troops. 

New  Hampshire.  r974.2  N26  v.14-17 

Rolls  of  the  soldiers  in  the  Revolutionary  war,  1775-82.  4v.  1885- 
89.     (In  its  Provincial  and  state  papers,  v.14-17.) 

Appendix  of  v.i  contains  "Diaries  of  Lieut.  Jonathan  Burton  of  Wilton,  N.  H." 

New  York  (state) — Commissioners  for  detecting  and  qr973.3  N261 

defeating  conspiracies. 
Minutes;   Albany   county   sessions,    1778-81;   ed.   by   V.  H.  Paltsits. 
3v.     1909-10. 

V.I.     1778-79. 

V.2.        1780-81. 

V.3.     Analytical  index. 

Paullin,  Charles  Oscar.  973-3  P32 

Navy  of  the  American  revolution;  its  administration,  its  policy  and 
its  achievements.     1906.     Burrows. 

"Bibliography,"  P.481-S0S. 

Small  book  into  whose  narrow  compass  the  author  has  packed  an  unusually  succinct 
and  trustworthy  account  of  the  creation,  organization  and  control  of  the  Continental 
navy  and  the  various  state  navies.     Condensed  from  Nation,  1907. 

Pausch,  Georg.  r973.3  P3a 

Journal  of  Captam  Pausch,  chief  of  the  Hanau  artillery  during  the 

Burgoyne  campaign;  tr.  and  annotated  by  W.  L.  Stone,  introduction  by 

E.  J.  Lowell.     1886.     Munsell. 

"Since  the  author  of  the  original  journal,  in  German,  was  a  Hessian  officer  in 
Burgoyne's  army,  his  information  is  at  first  hand.  Mr.  Stone's  translation  into  English 
is  supplied  with  intelligent  and  helpful  notes,  and  an  index.  For  the  special  student, 
rather  than  the  general  reader."     Lamed' s  Literature  of  American  history. 

Perkins,  James  Breck.  973.3  P43 

France  in  the  American  revolution.     191 1.    Houghton. 

Covers  a  field  hitherto  only  partially  exploited.  Deals  with  the  situation  in  France 
on  the  eve  of  the  American  revolution,  with  the  first  diplomatic  relations  of  the  two 
countries,  with  the  important  military  aid  furnished  to  the  Americans  and  with  the 
part  played  by  France  in  the  peace  negotiations.  Author  has  had  access  to  a  large 
amount  of  documentary  materiaL 


226o         UNITED  STATES— HISTORY— REVOLUTION 

Raynal,  Guillaume  Thomas  Francois,  abbe.  r973.3  R34 

Revolution  de  rAmerique.     1781. 

"The  work  of  a  philosophical  French  writer  on  political  science.  States  in  brief 
form  the  leading  facts  from  1763  to  1778.  Discusses,  after  the  manner  of  the  time, 
the  claims  of  both  parties.  Interesting  from  its  point  of  view."  Larned's  Literature  of 
American  history. 

Richards,  Henry  Melchior  Muhlenberg.  r974.8  P3993  v.17 

The  Pennsylvania-German  in  the  Revolutionary  war,  1 775-1 783.    1908. 

(In  Pennsylvania-German  Society.     Proceedings  and  addresses,  v.17.) 

Forms  v.  18  of  "Pennsylvania;  the  German  influence  in  its  settlement  and  develop- 
ment." 

The  author  draws  largely  on  contemporary  documents.  He  includes  the  roster  of 
the  German  regiment  and  gives  biographical  sketches  of  Pennsylvania-Germans  who  were 
prominent  in  the  military  service. 

Rochambeau,  Jean  Baptiste  Donatien  de  Vimeur,  comte  de.  rgys.s  R56 

Memoirs  relative  to  the  War  of  independence  of  the  United  States; 
extracted  and  tr.  from  the  French  by  M.  W.  E.  Wright.    1838. 

"He  repudiates  all  idea  of  writing  in  the  character  of  a  professed  author,  and  both 
the  style  and  substance  of  his  autobiography  are  those  of  a  military  memoir.  Still  he 
records  many  significant  facts,  geographical  and  economical . . .  But  the  most  attractive 
feature  of  Rochambeau's  American  reminiscences  is  his  cordial  recognition  of  the  popular 
mind  and  heart.  He  appreciated,  better  than  many  more  superficial  observers,  the 
domestic  discipline,  the  religious  toleration,  and  the  genuine  independence  of  character 
which  then  formed  our  noble  distinction  in  the  view  of  liberal  Europeans."  Tucker- 
man's  America  and  her  commentators. 

Rosengarten,  Joseph  George.  rgys.s  R72 

Defence  of  the  Hessians.     1899. 

Reprinted  from  the  "Pennsylvania  magazine  of  history  and  biography,"  July   i89'9. 
Summary  of  an  anonymous  pamphlet  printed  in   1879  justifying  the  alliance  of  the 
Hessians  with  England  at  the  time  of  the  Revolutionary  war. 

Smith,  Justin  Harvey.  973.3  S65 

Our  struggle  for  the  14th  colony;  Canada  and  the  American  revolu- 
tion.   2v.    1907.    Putnam. 

"List  of  sources,"  v.i,  p.621-638. 

The  author  is  (1907)  professor  of  modern  history  in  Dartmouth  College.  A  read- 
able and  trustworthy  account  of  the  attempt  made  by  the  13  colonies  to  win  Canada 
from  British  allegiance.     Contains  maps  and  illustrations. 

Stark,  James  Henry.  973.3  S79 

Loyalists  of  Massachusetts  and  the  other  side  of  the  American  revo- 
lution.   1910.    Privately  printed. 

The  greater  part  of  the  book  consists  of  biographies  of  leading  Loyalists  and  his- 
toriea  of  their  families. 

Stone,  William  Leete,  b.  1835.  r973.3  S881 

Visits  to  the  Saratoga  battle-grounds,  1780-1880.     1895.    Munsell. 

By  notable  people  who  have  visited  the  battle-grounds.  Introduction  gives  brief 
history  of  battle. 

Stryker,  William  Scudder.  rgys-s  S92n 

The  New  Jersey  volunteers  (loyalists)  in  the  Revolutionary  war. 
1887.     Naar. 

Brief  account  of  the  services  of  the  Tory  volunteers  of  New  Jersey  in  the  Revolu- 
tionary war,  with  rosters  and  notes  on  some  of  the  commanding  officers. 


UNITED  STATES— HISTORY— REVOLUTION  2261 

Thwaites,  Reuben  Gold,  &  Kellogg,  L.  P.  ed.  r973-3  T43 

The  Revolution  on  the  upper  Ohio,  1775-1777;  comp.  from  the  Draper 

manuscripts   in   the   library  of  the   Wisconsin   Historical   Society   and 

published  at  the  charge  of  the  Wisconsin  Society  of  the  Sons  of  the 

American    Revolution.      1908.      Wisconsin    Historical    Soc.      (Draper 

series.) 

Collection  of  contemporary  documents  from  the  treaty  with  the  Indians  at  Pitts- 
burgh in  1775  to  the  coming  of  Gen.  Hand  to  Fort  Pitt  in  1777  to  take  command  of  the 
West. 

United  States — Library  of  Congress.  qroi6.352  U25 

List  of  works  relating  to  the  French  alliance  in  the  American  revo- 
lution; comp.  by  A.  P.  C.  Griffin.     1907. 

Bound  with  "Select  list  of  books  on  municipal  affairs." 

United  States — Library  of  Congress.  qr973-3  U25 

Naval  records  of  the  American  revolution,  1775-1788;  prepared  from 
the  originals  in  the  Library  of  Congress  by  C.  H.  Lincoln.    igo6. 

"More  than  half  of  this  volume  is  occupied  by  a  list  of  the  bonds  filed  under  the 
letters  of  marque,  in  which  are  indicated  all  who  were  concerned  in  the  vessels  as 
master,  bonder,  owner,  or  witness.  This  is  a  valuable  contribution  to  history,  as  the 
bonds  also  give  the  nature  of  the  ship,  and  the  size  of  the  crew  and  armament,  as  well 
as  the  State  to  which  she  belonged."     Nation,  1907. 

Walworth,  Mrs  Ellen  (Hardin).  qr973.3  W19 

Battles  of  Saratoga,  1777,  and  The  Saratoga  Monument  Associa- 
tion, 1856-91.    1891.    Munsell. 

Contains  a  sketch  of  the  campaign,  a  history  of  the  Monument  Association,  a 
supposed  visit  to  the  battle-ground  and  a  visitor's  g^ide  to  Saratoga  Springs.  Forms  a 
useful  guide-book  to  the  traditional  spots.     Illustrated  with  maps  and  photographs. 

Watson,  Henry  Clay.  973-3  W31 

Old  bell  of  independence;  or,  Philadelphia  in  1776.     1852.    Lindsay. 

Episodes  in  Revolutionary  history. 

Watson,  Henry  Clay.  973-3  W31 

Yankee  tea-party;  or,  Boston  in  1773.     1852.     Lindsay. 
Bound  with  his  "Old  bell  of  independence." 
Scattered  incidents  of  the  Revolutionary  war  related  in  story  form. 

Winsor,  Justin,  comp.  qroi6.9733  W79 

Calendar  of  the  Sparks  manuscripts  in  Harvard  College  library, 
with  an  appendix  showing  other  manuscripts.  1889.  (Harvard  Uni- 
versity— Library.     Bibliographical  contributions,  v.2,  no.22.) 


Constitutional  period 
I 789-1812 

For  United  States  constitutional  history,  see  342.7 

Stephens,  Frank  Fletcher.  qr973.4  S83 

Transitional  period,  1788-89,  in  the  government  of  the  United 
States.  1909.  (Missouri  University.  Studies;  social  science  series, 
v.2,  no.4.) 

"Bibliography,"  p.  107-1 08. 


2262  UNITED  STATES— HISTORY— WAR  OF  1812 

[Sullivan,  William.]  9734  S95 

Familiar  letters  on  public  characters  and  public  events  from  the 
peace  of  1783  to  the  peace  of  1815.     1834.     Russell. 

"Sullivan  was  a  pessimistic  and  irreconcilable  Federalist,  and  his  work  is  extremely 
biased.  It  contains  interesting  and  often  accurate  sketches  of  men  and  events,  but 
frequently  want  of  knowledge  is  apparent.  He  is  particularly  hostile  and  unfair  to 
Jefferson,  though  he  supports  his  characterization  by  quoting  copiously  from  Jefferson's 
IVritings.  He  develops  in  a  clear  manner  and  pleasant  style  the  principles  for  which 
Federalists  stood."     Larned's  Literature  of  American  history. 


War  of  1812.    Missouri  compromise 

Cruikshank,  Ernest  Alexander,  ed.  rgys.s  C897 

Documentary   history   of    the   campaign    on    the    Niagara    frontier, 
1812-14.    V.8.     1907.     (Lundy's  Lane  Historical  Society.     Publications.) 
For  V.1-7  see  preceding  catalogues. 

Cullum,  George  Washington.  973-5  C91 

Campaigns  of  the  War  of  1812-15  against  Great  Britain;  sketched 
and  criticised,  with  biographies  of  the  American  engineers.  1879. 
Miller. 

"Not  a  minute  history  of  the  war,  but  studies  of  the  chief  operations  in  their 
tactical  and  strategical  aspects.  An  admirable  attempt  to  bring  out  clearly  the  truth 
on  many  disputed  points,  and  to  bestow  praise  where  it  rightfully  belongs.  Especially 
valuable  are  the  copious  biographical  data,  and  the  Journal  of  the  northwestern  cam- 
paign of  1812-13,  under  Maj.-Gen.  Wm.  H.  Harrison,  by  Bvt.  Lt.-Col.  Eleazer  D.  Wood, 
here  first  published."     Larned's  Literature  of  American  history, 

Indiana — Tippecanoe  battle-field  monument  commission.  rgys.s  I242 
Tippecanoe  battle-field  monument;  a  history  of  the  association 
formed  to  promote  the  enterprise,  the  action  of  Congress  and  the  In- 
diana legislature,  the  work  of  the  commission  and  the  ceremonies  at 
the  dedication  of  the  monument.    1909. 

IngersoU,  Charles  Jared.  973-5  I24 

Historical  sketch  of  the  second  war  between  the  United  States  of 
America  and  Great  Britain,  declared  by  act  of  Congress  the  i8th  of 
June  1812  and  concluded  by  peace  the  15th  of  Feb.  1815.     1849.    Lea. 

"Ingersoll  wrote  from  personal  knowledge,  being  a  member  of  Congress  during  the 
war,  and  on  'intimate  and  confidential  terms'  with  most  of  the  administration. .  .He  has 
many  shrewd  and  profound  observations  on  the  political  measures  of  the  time,  and  his 
character  sketches  are  frequently  just,  sometimes  unfair,  always  striking. .  .His  work 
possesses  great  value,  though  much  in  relation  to  the  war  is  now  known  which  was 
hidden  from  contemporaries."    Larned's  Literature  of  American  history. 

[Kimball,  Horace.]  r973.5  K35 

American  naval  battles;  being  a  complete  history  of  the  battles 
fought  by  the  navy  of  the  United  States,  from  its  establishment  in  1794 
to  the  present  time  [1831].     1831.    Smith. 

Lucas,  Sir  Charles  Prestwood.  973-5  L96 

Canadian  war  of  1812.     1906.    Clarendon  Press. 

"Mr.  Lucas  plunges  into  an  account  of  the  hostilities  along  the  Canadian  frontier 
without  furnishing  his  reader  with  such  data  as  would  explain  the  state  of  feeling  on 
either  side  of  it... A  little  is  said  of  the  combats  at  sea  and  of  the  attacks  upon  Wash- 
ington, Baltimore,  and  New  Orleans.     Otherwise  the  book  is  in  the  strictest  sense  'an 


UNITED  STATES— HISTORY— MEXICAN  WAR         2263 
Lucas,  Sir  Charles  Prestwood — continued.  973«5  L96 

instalment  of  Canadian  history' ...  The  sources  in  the  main  are  official  dispatches ...  His 
tone  throughout  is  discriminating,  and  though  admiration  for  the  courage  of  the 
Loyalists  may  be  said  to  dominate  the  narrative  as  a  whole,  it  does  not  lead  to  special 
pleading  on  their  behalf  or  wilful  detraction  from  the  merits  of  their  opponents." 
Nation,  igo6. 

Lucas,  Robert.  <ir973-5  L96 

Robert  Lucas  journal  of  the  War  of  1812  during  the  campaign  under 
Gen.  William  Hull;  ed.  by  J.  C.  Parish.  1906.  Iowa  State  Historical 
Sec. 

Lucas  was  a  brigadier-general  in  the  Ohio  militia.  The  journal  chronicles  the  daily 
events  from  April  25  to  Sept.  4,  18 12,  and  throws  some  light  on  Gen.  Hull's  surrender 
of  Detroit. 

Ray,  Perley  Orman.  973-5  R24 

Repeal  of  the  Missouri  compromise;  its  origin  and  authorship.  1909. 
Clark. 

"Selected  bibliography,"  p.289-299. 

Thesis  for  Ph.  D.,  Cornell  University. 

A  sound  piece  of  historical  work  and  a  contribution  of  first-rate  importance.  Pro- 
fessor Ray  uncovers  for  the  first  time  the  political  conditions  in  Missouri  which  for 
several  years  had  made  the  opening  of  the  Nebraska  country  an  issue  of  increasing  im- 
portance. His  investigations  seem  to  show  conclusively  that  the  real  author  of  the  Kan- 
sas-Nebraska legislation,  though  not  its  sponsor,  was  David  R.  Atchison,  Benton's  im- 
placable political  enemy,  and  successor  in  the  Senate.     Condensed  from  Nation,  1909. 

Sargent,  Nathan.  973'5  S24 

Public  men  and  events  from  the  commencement  of  Mr  Monroe's 

administration  in  1817  to  the  close  of  Mr  Fillmore's  administration  in 

1853.    2v.     1875.    Lippincott. 

"A  superficial  book,  written  by  a  Washington  newspaper  correspondent,  who  was 
an  'old  line  Whig;'  presents  character  sketches  of  notable  men,  together  with  a  variety 
of  information,  sometimes  weighty,  sometimes  trivial,  on  political  measures.  The  book 
is  vividly  written,  is  not  accurate,  and  is  decidedly  though  not  violently  partisan." 
Lamed's  Literature  of  American  history. 

Stevens,  Frank  Everett.  q973-5  S84 

Black  Hawk  war,  including  a  review  of  Black  Hawk's  life.  1903. 
Privately  printed. 

More  valuable  as  a  collection  of  interesting  material  than  as  an  historical  or  bio- 
graphical narrative.  Has  two  chapters  dealing  with  the  part  played  in  the  war  by  Lin- 
coln and  Jefferson  Davis.     Many  maps  and  illustrations. 


Mexican  war 
Deillas,  George  Mifflin.  r973-6  D16 

Great  speech  upon  the  leading  topics  of  the  day,  delivered  at  Pitts- 
burgh [Sept.  18,  1847],  with  a  brief  biographical  sketch,  &c.  1847. 
Times  and  Keystone  Job  Office. 

Frost,  John.  973-6  F96 

Mexican  war  and  its  warriors,  comprising  a  complete  history  of  all 
the  operations  of  the  American  armies  in  Mexico,  with  biographical 
sketches  and  anecdotes  of  the  most  distinguished  officers  in  the  regular 
army  and  volunteer  force.     [1850.]     Mansfield. 


2264  UNITED  STATES— HISTORY— CIVIL  WAR 

George,  Isaac.  973-6  G31 

Heroes  and  incidents  of  the  Mexican  war,  containing  Doniphan's 
expedition,  the  cause  of  the  war  with  Mexico,  a  description  of  the  peo- 
ple and  customs  at  that  time,  a  sketch  of  the  life  of  Doniphan,  together 
with  sketches  and  portraits  of  the  heroes  of  that  struggle.  1903.  Re- 
view Pub.  Co. 

Lawson,  William  Thornton.  roi6.9736  L4a 

Essay  on  the  literature  of  the  Mexican  war.     [1882.] 

"List  of  books  on  the  Mexican  war,"  p.  19-21. 

Senior  class  essay,    1882,    Columbia   College,   N.  Y. 

Bibliography,  with  brief  reviews  of  five  of  the  most  important  histories. 

Robarts,  William  Hugh,  comp.  rgys.e  R53 

Mexican  war  veterans;  a  complete  roster  of  the  regular  and  volun- 
teer troops  in  the  war  between  the  United  States  and  Mexico  from  1846 
to  1848.    1887.    Brentano. 

Civil  war 

General  history 

Abbot,  Willis  John.  973-7  Ai2b 

Battle  fields  and  camp  fires.     1890.     Dodd. 

Abbot,  Willis  John.  973-7  Aiaba 

Battle-fields  and  victory.     1891.     Dodd. 

Story  of  the  Civil  war  from  Gen.  Grant's  accession  to  the  chief  command. 

Abbot,  Willis  John.  973-7  Aia 

Battle-fields  of  '61.    1899.    Dodd. 

History  of  the  war  to  the  end  of  the  Peninsula  campaign  in  1862. 

Adams,  Charles  Francis,  b.  1835.  973-7  Aai 

Some  phases  of  the  Civil  war;  an  appreciation  and  criticism  of  Mr 
James  Ford  Rhodes's  fifth  volume  [of  the  History  of  the  United  States, 
1864-1866].    1905.    Wilson. 

Reprinted  from  the  Proceedings  of  the  Massachusetts  Historical  Society,  second 
series,  v.  19,  P.315-3S6. 

Alexander,  Edward  Porter.  973-7  A375 

Military    memoirs    of   a    Confederate;    a   critical    narrative.      1907. 

Scribner. 

General  Alexander  was  chief  of  ordnance  in  the  Army  of  northern  Virginia  and 
afterward  chief  of  artillery  in  Longstreet's  corps.  The  book  is  devoted  primarily  to 
criticism  of  the  strategy  of  the  war  on  both  sides,  but  is  at  the  same  time  reminiscent 
and  anecdotal. 

Brownlow,  William  Gannaway  (Parson  Brownlow).  973-7  B82 

Sketches  of  the  rise,  progress  and  decline  of  secession.     1862.     Childs. 

Confederate  Memorial  Literary  Society.  r973-7  C748 

Calendar  of  Confederate  papers;  preliminary  report  of  the  Southern 

historical  manuscripts  commission,  prepared  by  D.  S.  Freeman.  1908. 
"Bibliography    of    some    Confederate    publications    in    the    Confederate    museum," 

PSOI-56S- 


UNITED  STATES— HISTORY— CIVIL  WAR  2265 

Confederate  States  of  America.  r973-7  C74C 

Compilation  of  the  messages  and  papers  of  the  Confederacy,  in- 
cluding the  diplomatic  correspondence,  1861-1865;  by  J.  D.  Richardson. 
2v.     1905.    U.  S.  Pub.  Co. 

Dyer,  Frederick  Henry,  comp.  qrgys.y  D98 

Compendium  of  the  War  of  the  rebellion;  comp.  and  arranged  from 
official  records  of  the  Federal  and  Confederate  armies,  reports  of  the 
adjutant  generals  of  the  several  states,  the  army  registers  and  other 
reliable  documents  and  sources.     1908.    Dyer  Pub.  Co. 

Contents:  Number  and  organization  of  the  armies  of  the  United  States. — Chrono- 
logical record  of  the  campaigns,  battled,  engagements,  actions,  combats,  sieges,  skirmishes, 
etc.  in  the  United  States,  1861  to  1865. — Regimental  histories. 

Eggleston,  George  Cary.  973.7  Eash 

History  of  the  Confederate  war,  its  causes  and  its  conduct;  a  narra- 
tive and  critical  history.    2v.    1910.    Sturgis. 

"Not  a  southern  account.  ..but  an  attempt  to  write  a  history  of  the  causes  and  con- 
duct of  the  war  'with  absolute  loyalty  to  the  truth.'  In  temper,  appraisal  of  motives 
and  judgments  of  men  the  book  fulfils  its  purpose,  but  frequent  inaccuracies,  dogmatic 
statements  and  few  references  to  authorities  preclude  its  consideration  as  a  serious  con- 
tribution to  history."    A.  L.  A.  booklist,  1910. 

Formby,  John.  973*7  F77 

American  civil  war;  a  concise  history  of  its  causes,  progress  and  re- 
sults.   2v.     1910.     Scribner. 

V.I.     Text. 

V.2.     Maps. 

Synopsis  from  which  details  are  eliminated.  Will  enable  the  casual  reader  of  parts 
of  the  Civil  war  history  to  understand  the  relation  of  what  he  reads  to  the  other  events 
of  the  war,  and  help  the  professional  student  to  coordinate  and  compare  the  operations 
conducted  in  different  fields  at  the  same  time,  and  in  the  same  field  from  the  beginning 
to  the  end  of  the  war.  Sixty-five  maps.  Condensed  from  American  historical  review, 
1911. 

Fry,  Gen.  James  Barnet.  973.7  F97 

Military  miscellanies.     1889.     Brentano. 

"The  author  is  best  known  by  his  able  services  as  Provost-Marshal-General  enforcing 
the  draft  during  the  Civil  War.  His  close  contact  with  both  civil  and  military  adminis- 
tration gave  great  opportunities  for  observation  of  Lincoln,  Stanton,  Halleck,  and  others, 
and  his  reproduction  of  casual  essays  and  reviews  is  a  mine  of  rich  material  for  personal 
study  of  leading  men.  His  earlier  service  on  the  staff  of  General  Buell  was  also  an 
important  experience,  and  his  long  life  as  an  officer  of  the  regular  army  gave  him  the 
inside  view  of  the  character  and  qualities  of  prominent  soldiers."  Larned's  Literature  of 
American  history. 

Gasparin,  Agenor  fitienne,  comte  de.  973-7  G21 

Uprising  of  a  great  people;  the  United  States  in  1861,  to  which  is 
added  a  word  of  peace  on  the  difference  between  England  and  the 
United  States  [tr.]  from  the  French  by  M.  L.  Booth.     1862.     Scribner. 

Gasparin  was  a  student  of  American  history  and  politics  and  a  warm  advocate  of 
abolition. 

"De  Gasparin's  Uprising  of  a  great  people  fell  on  American  hearts,  at  the  darkest 
hour  of  the  strife,  like  the  clarion  note  of  a  reenforceraent  of  the  heroes  of  humanity." 
Tucker  man's  America  and  her  commentators. 

Headley,  Joel  Tyler.  973.7  H38 

The  great  rebellion;  a  history  of  the  Civil  war.  2v.  1866-73.  Amer. 
Pub.  Co. 

".\  reasonably  adequate  view  of  the  war,  for  uncritical  readers,  as  seen  by  one  who 


2266  UNITED  STATES— HISTORY— CIVIL  WAR 

Headley,  Joel  Tyler — continued.  973.7  H38 

is  in  the  midst  of  the  northern  Union  sentiment.  The  style  is  simple,  and  the  defects  of 
the  narrative  are  mainly  due  to  inaccessibility  of  full  documentary  evidence,  such  as 
later  compilations  now  put  at  the  command  of  all  writers."  Larned's  Literature  of 
American  history. 

Huse,  Caleb.  r973.7  H95 

Supplies   for   the   Confederate   army,   how    they   were  obtained   in 

Europe  and  how  payed  for;  personal  reminiscences  and  unpublished 
history.    1904.    Privately  printed. 

Lossing,  Benson  John.  q973«7  L91 

Pictorial  history  of  the  Civil  war  in  the  United  States  of  America. 
3v.    1866-68.    Childs  and  Belknap. 

Written  in  a  popular  style  and  in  the  main  accurate  and  complete.  The  illustrations 
are  its  most  interesting  feature. 

Liicke,  Martin.  973'7  L97 

Der  biirgerkrieg  der  Vereinigten  Staaten,  i86i-"65;  nach  den  neuesten 
offiziellen  quellen  bearbeitet.    1892. 

Mill,  John  Stuart.  ^973.7  M68 

Contest  in  America.     1862.    Little. 

Reprinted  from  "Eraser's  magazine." 

The  same.  1882.  Holt.  (In  his  Dissertations  and  discussions,  v.i, 
p.i-27.) 308  M68  V.I 

Examination  of  the  principles  involved  in  the  Civil  war  and  the  possible  or  probable 
issues. 

Pearson,  Elizabeth  Ware,  ed.  973-7  P35 

Letters  from  Port  Royal   [South  Carolina]  written  at  the  time  of 

the  Civil  war.     1906.     Clarke. 

When  the  Sea  Island  region  of  South  Carolina  fell  into  the  hands  of  the  Federals 
in  November  1861,  a  band  of  Northern  men  and  women,  with  Edward  L.  Pierce  of 
Milton,  Mass.  at  their  head,  went  there  to  undertake  the  work  of  preparing  the  slaves 
for  freedom  and  of  raising  the  cotton  crop  of  1862  on  the  various  plantations.  This 
account  of  the  Port  Royal  experiment  is  an  accurate  picture  of  slavery  as  well  as  a 
record  of  unselfish  patriotism. 

Plum,  William  Rattle.  973-7  P71 

Military  telegraph  during  the  Civil  war  in  the  United  States,  with 

an  exposition  of  ancient  and  modern  means  of  communication  and  of 

the  Federal  and  Confederate  cipher  systems;  also  a  running  account  of 

the  war  between  the  states.    2v.    1882.    Jansen. 

"Curious  medley  of  trivial  personal  anecdotes  about  telegraph  operators,  glimpses 
of  hazardous  war  service,  an  interesting  chapter  on  military  cryptographs,  a  little  valu- 
able history,  and,  as  expressed  in  the  title,  a  running  account  of  the  war.  The  author, 
himself  an  ex-operator,  believed  that  the  services  during  the  Rebellion  of  the  Telegraph 
Corps,  which  was  not  a  corps,  were  not  properly  appreciated  by  the  nation,  and  he  has 
made  a  vigorous  attempt  to  commemorate  them,  introducing  by  name  every  operator  of 
whom  he  could  learn  anything."    Nation,  1882. 

Raymond,  Henry  Jarvis.  973-7  R24 

History  of  the  administration  of  President  Lincoln;  including  his 
speeches,  addresses,  proclamations  and  messages,  with  a  preliminary 
sketch  of  his  life.    1864.    Derby. 


UNITED  STATES— HISTORY— CIVIL  WAR  2267 

Shea,  John  Gilmary,  ed.  <ir973.7  S53 

Fallen  brave;  a  biographical  memorial  of  the  American  officers  who 
have  given  their  lives  for  the  preservation  of  the  Union.  1861.  Rich- 
ardson. 

Contents:  E.  E.  Ellsworth.— Theodore  Winthrop.— J.  T.  Greble.— J.  H.  Ward.— 
N.  L.  Farnham. — James  Cameron. — J.  S.  Slocum. — Sullivan  Ballou. — Levi  Tower. — 
James  Haggerty.— E.  W.  Jones.— O.  H.  Tillinghast.— P.  O.  Craig.— C.  M.  McCook.— 
Nathaniel  Lyon. — L.  L.  Jones  and  C.  S.  Pratt. — J.  W.  Lowe.— E.  D.  Baker.— W.  L. 
Putnam.— J.  W.  Grout.— William  Shipley.— H.  H.  Alden.- J.  S.  Gavitt. 

[Shinn,  Josiah  Hazen,  comp.]  qrgys-y  S55 

Fort  Jefferson  and  its  commander  [Gen.  L.  G.  Arnold],  1861-2.    1910. 
Reprinted  from  "Journal  of  the  Military  Service  Institution;"  compiled  from  the 

official  records  and  other  authentic  sources. 

Demonstrates   the  importance   of  this   fort,   which   commanded   the   entrance    to   the 

Gulf  of  Mexico,  and  the  efficiency  of  its  commander. 

Townsend,  Edward  Davis.  973-7  T66 

Anecdotes  of  the  Civil  war  in  the  United  States.     1884.    Appleton. 

"Gen.  Townsend  was  on  the  personal  staff  of  Gen.  Scott  in  1861,  was  transferred 
to  the  Adjutant-General's  office  as  Chief  Assistant,  and  was  closest  of  all  our  officers 
of  rank  to  the  War  Department  and  Army  Headquarters  during  the  Civil  War . . .  His 
modest  title  of  Anecdotes  for  his  book  does  not  do  justice  to  the  capital  importance  of 
many  things  he  relates,  though  he  mingles  interesting  matter  of  varying  degrees  of 
weight... No  writer  of  personal  recollections  can  claim  greater  authority  for  what  he 
tells."     Larned's  Literature  of  American  Itistory. 

[Weyman,  B.  F.  &  Weyman,  W.  P.  comp.]  qr973.7  W58 

[Scrap  book  of  newspaper  clippings  about  the  Civil  war.]     2v. 

V.  I  contains  many  clippings  about  the  Pittsburgh  Subsistence  Committee. 

Wilson,  John  Laird.  <ir973.7  W769 

Pictorial  history  of  the  great  Civil  war;  its  causes,  origin,  conduct 
and  results,  embracing  full  and  authentic  accounts  of  its  battles  by 
land  and  sea,  containing  carefully  prepared  biographies  of  the  leading 
generals  and  naval  commanders  of  both  the  North  and  the  South. 
1881.    Gately.    Pittsburgh. 

Political  history 

Kennedy,  John  Pendleton.  973-7  K18 

Mr  Ambrose's  letters  on  the  Rebellion.     1865.     Hurd. 
Good  small  treatise  on  secession  and  state's  rights,  giving  a  summary  of  the  events 
and  influences   which  culminated  in   rebellion.     Originally  published  in  the   "National 
intelligencer."     The  author's  long  political  experience  and  his  intimate  relations   with 
the  South,  though  himself  a  Union  man,  give  special  value  to  the  work. 


Naval  history 

[Crandall,  Warren  Daniel,  &  Newell,  I.  D.]  r973.7  C86 

History  of  the  Ram  fleet  and  the  Mississippi  Marine  Brigade  in  the 

War  for  the  Union  on  the  Mississippi  and  its  tributaries;  the  story  of 

the  EUets  and  their  men.     1907. 

The  Ram  fleet  and  its  successor  the  Mississippi  Marine  Brigade,  which  did  good 
service  during  the  Civil  war,  were  constructed  under  the  direction  of  Charles  Ellet,  a 
colonel  of  engineers  in  the  army.  Portraits  of  many  of  the  officers  and  men  are  in- 
cluded. 


2268  UNITED  STATES— HISTORY— CIVIL  WAR 

Porter,  Admiral  David  Dixon.  q973-7  PSasn 

Naval  history  of  the  Civil  war.     1886.     Sherman. 

"Admiral  Porter's  accuracy  of  statement  has  been  seriously  impeached.  His  report 
of  conversations  and  proceedings  during  President  Lincoln's  visit  to  Richmond  (the  Ad- 
miral being  present)  is  said  to  be  untrue  to  a  degree  which  cannot  easily  be  accounted 
for."    Larned's  Literature  of  American  history. 


Special  campaigns  and  battles 

Battine,  Cecil.  973.7  B32 

Crisis  of  the  Confederacy;  a  history  of  Gettysburg  and  the  Wilder- 
ness.    1905.    Longmans. 

"An  excellent  commentary  upon  our  civil  war ...  A  subsidiary  motive  of  the  book  is 
to  display  the  true  use  of  cavalry,  which  the  author  holds  was  developed  in  Virginia  by 
Stuart... A  confessed  Confederate  bias  does  not  interfere  with  impartial  treatment." 
Nation,  1906. 

Beecham,  Robert  K.  973.7  B37 

Gettysburg,  the  pivotal  battle  of  the  Civil  war.     191 1.     McClurg. 

"A  combination  of  personal  views  acquired  on  the  scene  of  action  by  a  minor  offi- 
cer, and  the  inadequate  consideration  of  the  evidence  now  open  to  all  students  of  military 
history."    Nation,  jqii. 

Burrage,  Henry  Sweetser.  973-7  B94 

Gettysburg  and  Lincoln;  the  battle,  the  cemetery  and  the  National 
park.    1906.    Putnam. 

Dodge,  Theodore  Ayrault.  973-7  D67C 

Campaign  of  Chancellorsville.     1881.     Osgood. 

By  a  colonel  of  the  United  States  army,  an  authority  on  military  history.  Contains 
four  folding  maps. 

Fitch,  Michael  Hendrick.  973-7  F55 

Chattanooga  campaign,  with  especial  reference  to  Wisconsin's  par- 
ticipation therein.  191 1.  (Wisconsin  History  Commission.  Original 
papers,  no.4,) 

Fout,  Frederick  W.  973-7  F84 

Die  schwersten  tage  des  biirgerkrieges  von  1864  und  1865;  der  feld- 
zug  unter  Schofield  und  Thomas  gegen  Hood  in  Tennessee,  die 
schlachten  von  Franklin  und  Nashville.     [1902.] 

"Die  alphabetische  liste  von  den  schlachten  und  gefechten  wahrend  des  biirger- 
krieges von  1861  bis  1865,"  p.261-317. 

Haskell,  Frank  Aretas.  973-7  H33 

Battle  of  Gettysburg.     1908.    Military  Order  of  the  Loyal  Legion  of 

the  U.  S. 

The  same r973-7   H33 

Author,  first  lieutenant  of  the  Sixth  Wisconsin  Infantry,  wrote  this  graphic  account 
of  the  battle  to  his  brother  only  a  few  days  after  the  event. 

Huntington,  James  F.  and  others.  r973-7  H94 

Shenandoah  campaigns  of  1862  and  1864,  and  the  Appomattox  cam- 
paign, 1865.  1907.  (Military  Historical  Society  of  Massachusetts. 
Papers,  v.6.) 

Includes  detailed  accounts,  with  maps,  of  the  battles  of  Cedar  Creek  and  Five  Forks. 


UNITED  STATES— HISTORY— CIVIL  WAR  2269 

Joinville,  Frangois  Ferdinand  Philippe  Louis  Marie  rgys.y  J37 

d'Orleans,  prince  de. 
Army  of  the  Potomac;  its  organization,  its  commander  and  its  cam- 
paign; tr.  from  the  French,  with  notes  by  W.  H.  Hurlbert.     1862.    Ran- 
dolph. 

Appeared  originally  in  the  "Revue  des  deux  mondes,"  Oct.  15,  1862,  with  the  title 
"Campagne  de  Tarmee  du  Potomac,  mars-juillet  1862." 

"The  Prince  de  Joinville,  a  son  of  Louis  Philippe,  King  of  the  French,  accompanied 
General  McClellan  in  the  Peninsular  campaign  of  1862... The  book  is  dignified,  dis- 
criminating, and  able;  personally  friendly  to  McClellan  and  disposed  to  support  him  in 
most  of  his  differences  with  the  administration,  but  by  no  means  blind  to  the  lack  of 
decision  and  aggressive  energy  in  his  military  leadership."  Larned's  Literature  of 
American  history. 

Knox,  Philander  Chase.  ^973-7  K35 

Memorial  address  on  the  battlefield  of  Gettysburg,  May  30,   1908. 

[1908.] 

Mosby,  John  Singleton.  973-7  M931 

Stuart's  cavalry  in  the  Gettysburg  campaign.     1908.     Moffat. 

Contents:     Brandy. — Gettysburg. 

Analysis  of  the  movements  of  Gen.  Stuart's  command,  written  by  one  of  his  colo- 
nels, from  a  standpoint  radically  opposed  to  that  of  previous  historians.  Condensed  from 
Nation,  1908. 

Norton,  Oliver  Willcox,  comp.  r973'7  N46 

Strong  Vincent  and  his  brigade  at  Gettysburg,  July  2,  1863.     1909. 

Privately  printed. 

Extracts  from  "Rebellion  records,"  and  from  reports  of  officers,  directing  attention 

to  the  valuable  service  rendered  by  Vincent  and  his  brigade  at  the  battle  of  Gettysburg. 

Redway,  George  William.  973-7  R27 

War  of  secession,  1861-1862,  Bull  Run  to  Malvern  Hill.  1910.  Son- 
nenschein.     (Special  campaign  series.) 

Contents:  Geography  and  politics. — The  army  system. — Policy  and  strategy. — The 
command  of  the  seas. — Organisation. — Tactics. — Operations  in  1861. — The  campaign  in 
West  Virginia. — The  Bull  Run  campaign. — The  valley  campaign. — Campaign  on  the 
Yorktown  peninsula. — Operations  in  the  West. — Appendices. 

Contains  maps  reproduced  by  permission  of  the  War  office,  Washington. 

Schaff,  Morris.  973-7  S29 

The  battle  of  the  Wilderness.     1910.    Houghton. 

Author  was  a  young  staff  officer  at  the  headquarters  of  the  -Army  of  the  Potomac. 
He  gives  a  stirring  account  of  the  battle,  intimate  sketches  of  the  great  leaders  whom  he 
knew  by  the  camp-fire  and  of  the  men  they  led. 

Vilas,  William  Freeman.  973-7  V32 

View  of  the  Vicksburg  campaign;  a  paper  read  before  the  Madison 
Literary  Club,  Oct.  14,  1907.  1908.  (Wisconsin  History  Commission. 
Original  papers,  no.i.) 

"Selected  bibliography  of  the  Vicksburg  campaign,"  corap.  by  M.  M.  Oakley, 
P.8S-104. 

Brief  summary  of  events  by  an  officer  of  a  Wisconsin  regiment.  Appendix  con- 
tains list  of  Wisconsin  soldiers  in  the  campaign.     Map. 

Special  states 
Anderson,  Joseph,  b.  1836.  qr973.7  A54 

History  of  the  soldiers'  monument  in  Waterbury,  Conn.,  to  which  is 
added  a  list  of  the  soldiers  and  sailors  who  went  from  Waterbury  to 
fight  in  the  war  for  the  Union.     1886.    Monument  Committee. 


2270  UNITED  STATES— HISTORY— CIVIL  WAR 

Baker,  Charlotte  Alice.  qr973.7  B17 

Old  Abe,  the  war  eagle  of  Wisconsin.     1904. 

Printed  for  the  benefit  of  the  Deerfield  Academy  and  Dickinson  High  School. 

Account  of  the  famous  war  eagle  of  the  Eighth  Wisconsin  Volunteers.  He  'was 
in  25  battles  of  the  Civil  war  and  at  its  close  was  provided  with  quarters  in  the  State 
house  grounds  at  Madison. 

Bartlett,  John  Russell.  qr973.7  62711) 

Memoirs  of  Rhode  Island  officers  who  were  engaged  in  the  service 

of  their  country  during  the  great  rebellion  of  the  South.     1867.     Rider. 

Benedict,  George  Grenville.  r973.7  B43 

Vermont  in  the  Civil  war;  a  history  of  the  part  taken  by  the  Ver- 
mont soldiers  and  sailors  in  the  war  for  the  Union,  1861-5.  2v.  1886- 
88.    Free  Press  Assoc. 

Connecticut — Andersonville  monument  commission.  qr973.7  C753 

Dedication  of  the  monument  at  Andersonville,  Georgia,  Oct.  23,  1907, 
in  memory  of  the  men  of  Connecticut  who  suffered  in  Southern  mili- 
tary prisons,  1861-1865.     1908. 

Headley,  Phineas  Camp.  r973.7  H384 

Massachusetts  in  the  Rebellion;  a  record  of  the  historical  position 
of  the  commonwealth  and  the  services  of  the  leading  statesmen,  the 
military,  the  colleges,  and  the  people  in  the  Civil  war  of  1861-65.  1866. 
Walker. 

Indiana — Andersonville  monument  commission.  qr973.7  I242 

Report  of  the  unveiling  and   dedication   of   Indiana   monument  at 
Andersonville,  Georgia  (National  cemetery),  Thursday,  Nov.  26,  1908. 
1909. 
Indiana — Antietam  monument  commission.  r973'7  I2423 

Indiana  at  Antietam;  report  of  the  Indiana  Antietam  monument 
commission  and  ceremonies  at  the  dedication  of  the  monument.  191 1. 
Indiana — Indiana-Vicksburg  military  park  commission.         r973'7  I2423 

Indiana  at  Vicksburg;  pub.  pursuant  to  an  act  of  the  66th  General 
assembly  approved  March  5,  1909;  comp.  by  H.C.Adams,  1910.     1911. 
Burford. 
Massachusetts — Adjutant-general.  qr973-7  M45 

Record  of  the  Massachusetts  volunteers,  1861-1865.    2v.     1868-70. 

qr973-7  M727 
Minnesota — Commissioners  to  prepare  a  history  of  Minnesota  troops 
in  the  Civil  war,  1861-65  and  the  Indian  war  of  1862. 

Minnesota  in  the  Civil  and  Indian  wars,  1861-1865;  prepared  by  the 
act  of  the  legislature  of  Minnesota  of  April  16,  1889.  1890.  Pioneer 
Press  Co. 

Contains  rosters. 

Missouri — Adjutant-general's  office.  r973-7  M74 

Annual  report  for  the  year  ending  Dec.  31,  1865.     1866. 

Moore,  John  W.  ed.  rgiZ'l  M878 

Roster  of  North  Carolina  troops  in  the  war  between  the  states.    4v. 

1882. 


UNITED  STATES— HISTORY— CIVIL  WAR  2271 

Ohio — Roster  commission.  qr973-7  O183 

Official  roster  of  the  soldiers  of  the  state  of  Ohio  in  the  War  of  the 
rebellion,  1861-1866.     I2v.     1886-95. 

V.  12  contains  roster  of  navy  and  of  Mexican  war  soldiers. 

Pennsylvania — Antietam  battlefield  memorial  r973.7  P39997 

commission,  1905-07. 
Second  brigade  of  the   Pennsylvania  reserves  at  Antietam;  report 
and  ceremonies  at  the  dedication  of  the  monuments  erected  to  mark 
the  positions  of  four  regiments  of  the  Pennsylvania  reserves  engaged  in 
the  battle.     1908. 

Pittsburgh — Education,  Central  board  of.  r973.7  P6742 

Program  of  the  exercises  attending  and  addresses  delivered  at  Fifth 
avenue  high  school,  March  ist,  1907,  on  the  occasion  of  the  unveiling 
of  the  bronze  tablet  memorial  of  the  high  school  boys  who  served  in 
the  armies  of  the  United  States  in  the  Civil  war,  1861-1865;  ed.  by  G.  T. 
Fleming.     1907.     Pittsburgh. 

Rhode  Island — Adjutant-general's  office.  r973.7  R38 

Official  register  of  the  Rhode  Island  officers  and  soldiers  who 
served  in  the  United  States  army  and  navy  from  1861  to  1866.  1866. 
(In  its  Annual  report,  1865.) 

Vermont — Adjutant  and  inspector  general's  office.  r973-7  V27 

Report,  from  Oct.  i,  1863  to  Oct.  i,  1866.     1864-66. 

Whitford,  William  Clarke.  r973.7  W64 

Colorado  volunteers  in  the  Civil  war;  the  New  Mexico  campaign 
in  1862.  1906.  (State  Historical  and  Natural  History  Society  of  Colo- 
rado.   Publications.) 

Regimental  histories 

Alexander,  John  Henry,  b.  1846.  973-7  A37 

Mosby's  men.     1907.     Neale. 

Narrative  of  a  Confederate  soldier  who  served  in  the  cavalry  known  as  Mosby's 
rangers. 

Gordon,  Gen.  George  Henry.  973-7  G657 

Brook  Farm  to  Cedar  mountain  in  the  War  of  the  great  rebellion, 
1861-62.     1883.     Osgood. 

A  revision  and  enlargement  of  "A  history  of  the  Second  Massachusetts  regiment" 
and  the  "Second  Massachusetts  regiment  and  Stonewall  Jackson." 

"General  Gordon  has  done  the  public  a  real  service  in  publishing  this  volume.  It  is 
made  up  of  papers  written  for  the  annual  gatherings  of  the  officers  of  his  regiment... 
Hence  we  have  as  correct  a  picture  of  the  real  life  of  one  of  our  very  best  volunteer 
regiments  as  it  is  possible  to  get. .  .General  Gordon  writes  easily;  he  passes  from  one 
mood  to  another  very  naturally;  he  has  the  power  of  saying  strong  things;  he  has  also 
a  nice  sense  of  humor.  His  narrative  is  animated;  the  details  never  become  tedious." 
Nation,  J 883. 

Hosmer,  James  Kendall.  973-7  H8a 

The  color-guard;  being  a  corporal's  notes  of  military  service  in  the 

19th  Army  Corps.     1864.    Walker. 

"The  history  of  a  nine  months'  regiment,  the  sad  Massachusetts,  from  Nov.,  '62,  to 

July,  '63.     Its  operations  were  in  the  department  of  Louisiana,  and  the  writer ...  tells 


22-2  UNITED  STATES— HISTORY— CIVIL  WAR 

Hosmer,  James  Kendall — continued.  973-7  H8a 

with  good  literary  style  and  with  interesting  and  valuable  historical  details,  of  the  daily 
life  of  the  volunteer,  as  he  observed  it  from  the  point  of  view  of  the  man  in  the  ranks. 
The  story  includes  some  account  of  the  siege  and  capture  of  Port  Hudson."  Larned's 
Literature  of  American  history. 

Munson,  John  William.  973-7  M96     . 

Reminiscences  of  a  Mosby  guerrilla.     1906.     Moffat. 

Mosby's  rangers  were  an  independent  body  of  Confederate  cavalry,  recruited  for 
scouting  and  raiding  purposes,  afterwards  organized  as  a  regular  branch  of  the  Con- 
federate service.  The  author's  purpose  is  purely  reminiscent  and  not  the  serious  one  of 
estimating  Mosby's  service. 

Pickeiill,  William  N.  r973.7  P54 

History  of  the  Third  Indiana  cavalry.     1906.     [Aetna  Printing  Co.] 

South  Carolina — Historical  commission.  r973.7  S7262 

Tentative  roster  of  the  Third  regiment,  South  Carolina  volunteers. 

Confederate  States  provisional  army;  ed.  by  A.  S.  Salley.    1908. 

Tourgee,  Albion  Winegar.  973-7  T65 

Story  of  a  thousand;  a  history  of  the  service  of  the  105th  Ohio  Vol- 
unteer Infantry  in  the  war  for  the  Union  from  Aug.  21,  1862  to  June  6. 
1865.     1896.    McGerald. 

Pennsylvania 

Clark,  William,  1838-191 3,  comp.  973-7448  Gf 

History   of    Hampton   battery    F,    independent    Pennsylvania    light 

artillery;  organized  at  Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  Oct.  8,   1861,  mustered  out  in 

Pittsburgh,  June  26,  1865.    1909.    Privately  printed. 

The  same r973.7448  Gf 

Contains  also  "History  of  Hampton  battery  B,  National  guard  of  Pennsylvania  in 
War  with  Spain,  1898,  with  complete  roster." 

Hampton's  was  one  of  the  three  Pittsburgh  batteries  in  the  Civil  war,  the  other  two 
being  Knap's  and  Thompson's.  It  was  in  active  service  in  the  Army  of  the  Potomac  for 
nearly  four  years.  Book  contains  also  an  account  of  the  annual  meetings  of  the  Hamp- 
ton Battery  Veteran  Association,  biographical  sketches  and  anecdotes. 

Dickey,  Luther  Samuel.  qr973-7448  J103 

History  of  the  103d  regiment,  Pennsylvania  veteran  volunteer  in- 
fantry, 1861-65.     1910.     Dickey. 

Gould,  Joseph.  r973.7448  J48g 

Story  of  the  48th;  a  record  of  the  campaigns  of  the  48th  regiment 

Pennsylvania  veteran  volunteer  infantry  during  the  four  years  of  its 

service  in  the  war  for  the  preservation  of  the  Union.     1908.    Survivors' 

Assoc,  of  the  48th  Regiment. 

Green,  Robert  M.  comp.  r973.7448  J124 

History  of  the  124th  regiment  Pennsylvania  volunteers  in  the  War 

of  the  rebellion,  1862-1863;  regimental  reunions,  1885-1906;  history  of 

monument.     1907.    Ware. 

Hays,  Gilbert  Adams,  coinp.  r973.7448  J63 

Under  the  red  patch;  story  of  the  63d  regiment  Pennsylvania  volun- 
teers, 1861-1864.    1908.    63d  Pennsylvania  Volunteers  Regimental  Assoc. 

Pittsburgh. 


UNITED  STATES— HISTORY— CIVIL  WAR  2273 

Kiefer,  William  R.  &  Mach,  N.  H.  ed.  r973.7448  J153 

History  of  the  iS3d  regiment,  Pennsylvania  volunteers  infantry, 
which  was  recruited  in  Northampton  county.  Pa.,  1862.  1909.  Chemical 
Pub.  Co. 

Kirk,  Charles  H.  ed.  qr973.7448  E15 

History  of  the  15th  Pennsylvania  volunteer  cavalry,  which  was  re- 
cruited and  known  as  the  Anderson  cavalry  in  the  Rebellion  of  1861- 
1865.     1906. 

Pennsylvania — Volunteers — 7th  cavalry —  r973.7448  E7p 

Cavalry  association. 
The   Seventh   Pennsylvania  veteran   volunteer   cavalry;   its   record, 
reminiscences  and  roster  with  an  appendix,  by  W.  B.  Sipes. 

Pennsylvania — Volunteers — 18th  cavalry — Regi-  rg73.7448  E18 

mental  association. 
History  of  the   i8th  regiment  of  cavalry,  Pennsylvania  volunteers 
(163d  regiment  of  the  lines),  1862-1865;  comp.  and  ed.  by  the  Publica- 
tion committee  of  the  regimental  association.     1909.     Hallenbeck. 

Pennsylvania — Volunteers — 125th  regiment — Regi-  r973.7448  J125 

mental  association. 
History  of  the  i2Sth  regiment,  Pennsylvania  volunteers,  1862-1863. 
1906.     Lippincott. 

Pennsylvania — Volunteers — 155th  regiment — Regi-         qr973.7448  Ji55P 

mental  association. 
Under  the  Maltese  cross,  Antietam  to  Appomattox,  the  loyal  up- 
rising in  western  Pennsylvania,  1861-1865.     1910.     Pittsburgh. 

Reed,  John  A.  qr973.7448  Jioi 

History  of  the  loist  regiment,  Pennsylvania  veteran  volunteer  in- 
fantry, 1861-65.     1910.    Dickey. 

Personal  narratives 
Andrews,  Eliza  Frances.  973.7  A56 

War-time  journal  of  a  Georgia  girl,  1864-1865.     1908.    Appleton. 

"The  days  are  so  filled  with  talk,  action,  discomfort,  dauntless  gayety,  and  the  con- 
templation of  distressing  sights,  that  the  nightly  records  constitute  an  amazing  in- 
stance of  the  force  of  the  diary  habit.  The  result  is  a  crowded  but  evidently  veracious 
picture  of  life  as  it  had  to  be  lived  during  the  last  months  of  the  Confederacy."  Na- 
tion, 190^1. 

Hopkins,  Luther  W.  973'7  H78 

From  Bull  Run  to  Appomattox;  a  boy's  view.     1908.    Fleet. 
Author  entered  the  Confederate  army  at  the  age  of   17,  and  here  relates  his  expe- 
riences.    Intended  for  boys,  but  will  perhaps  be  of  more  interest  to  old  soldiers.     Por- 
traits. 

Kerbey,  Joseph  Orton.  973-7  K19 

Boy  spy;  a  substantially  true  record  of  events  during  the  War  of  the 
rebellion;  the  only  practical  history  of  war  telegraphers  in  the  field,  a 
full  account  of  the  mysteries  of  signalling  by  flags,  torches  and  rockets, 
thrilling  scenes  of  b^tles,  captures  and  escapes.     1889.     Belford. 


2274  UNITED  STATES—HISTORY— CIVIL  WAR 

Kieffer,  Henry  Martyn.  973.7  K24 

Recollections  of  a  drummer-boy.    1888.    Houghton. 

Personal  experiences  of  three  years  of  active  service  during  the  Civil  war. 
Appeared  in  "St.  Nicholas,"  v. 9-10,  Nov.   i88i-Oct.   1883. 

McCarthy,  Carlton.  973.7  Mi  38 

Detailed  minutiae  of  soldier  life  in  the  Array  of  northern  Virginia, 

1861-1865.    1884,    McCarthy. 

"A  very  lively  series  of  sketches  of  life  in  the  ranks  of  the  Confederate  army  in 

Virginia.     The  characters  and  scenes  selected  are  the  amusing  and  humorous,  mostly; 

but  they  have  the  ring  of  true  experience,  from  the  enthusiastic  enlistment,  through  the 

disillusion  of  hard  campaigning,  to  the  despair  and  surrender  at  Appomattox."    Lamed' s 

Literature  of  American  history. 

McKim,  Randolph  Harrison.  973.7  M18 

A  soldier's  recollections;  leaves  from  the  diary  of  a  young  Con- 
federate.   1910.    Longmans. 

Appendix  contains  his  "Motives  and  aims  of  the  soldiers  of  the  South  in  the  Civil 
war,"  p.283-336,  and  "General  J.  E.  B.  Stuart  in  the  Gettysburg  campaign,"  p.337-36a. 
"The  venerable  rector  of  the  Church  of  the  Epiphany  in  Washington,  D.  C,  gives 
in  this  book  an  account  of  his  service  half  a  century  ago  in  the  Army  of  Northern  Vir- 
ginia  He  took  part  in  the  action  from  Bull  Run  to  Appomattox,  at  first  in  the  ranks, 

then  as  a  staff-officer  in  the  Stonewall  division,  and  ended  as  chaplain  of  Mumford't 
cavalry . . .  The  record,  though  composed  in  age,  is  largely  taken  from  the  young  man's 
diary  and  letters.  What  it  may  lack  in  grace  and  picturesqueness  is  amply  made  up  by 
its  straightforward  honesty  and  force  and  by  its  spirit  of  warm  humanity."    Nation,  igri. 

Moore,  Edward  Alexander.  973-7  M87 

Story  of  a  cannoneer  under  Stonewall  Jackson,  in  which  is  told  the 
part  taken  by  the  Rockbridge  artillery  in  the  Army  of  Northern  Vir- 
ginia, with  introductions  by  R.  E.  Lee,  jr.  and  H.  S.  Tucker.    1907.    Neale. 

The  Rockbridge  battery  of  artillery  was  one  of  the  two  or  three  best-known  artillery 
companies  of  the  Confederate  armies.  It  followed  Jackson  until  his  death  and  then 
fought  on  until  Appomattox  Courthouse.  Mr  Moore  makes  no  effort  to  describe  or  com- 
ment on  the  campaigns,  but  he  has  remembered  so  many  details  of  camp  and  battle,  so 
many  comic  and  tragic  incidents  of  his  service  and  of  his  comrades,  that  the  book  pos- 
sesses genuine  value  despite  occasional  eccentricities  of  style.  The  narrative  is  as  full 
of  incident  and  adventure  as  any  novel.     Condensed  from  Nation,  1907. 

Van  Alstyne,  Lawrence.  973'7  V17 

Diary  of  an  enlisted  man.    1910.    Tuttle. 

Chronicle  of  the  daily  life  of  a  Union  soldier  in  the  Civil  war  from  August  186a  to 
June  1864. 

Prisons.     Prison  life 

Kellogg,  John  Azor.  973-7  Ki69a 

Capture  and  escape;  a  narrative  of  army  and  prison  life.  1908. 
(Wisconsin  History  Commission.     Original  papers,  no.2.) 

Experiences  of  the  author,  an  officer  in  the  sixth  Wisconsin  regiment,  during  hi« 
captivity  in  Confederate  prisons. 

Knauss,  William  H.  973-7  K33 

Story  of  Camp  Chase;  a  history  of  the  prison  and  its  cemetery  to- 
gether with  other  cemeteries  where  Confederate  prisoners  are  buried. 
1906.    Pub.  House  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  South. 

It  has  been  largely  due  to  the  efforts  of  the  author,  who  yas  a  soldier  in  the  Union 


UNITED  STATES— HISTORY— CIVIL  WAR  2275 

Knauss,  William  H. — continued.  973-7  K33 

army,  that  the  cemetery  at  Camp  Chase  has  been  properly  cared  for.  Letters  written 
by  the  prisoners,  extracts  from  books,  newspapers,  etc.  are  here  brought  together  to 
give  some  idea  of  life  in  the  prison  during  the  war. 

Page,  James  Madison,  &  Haley,  M.  J.  973-7  P145 

True  story  of  Andersonville  prison;  a  defense  of  Major  Henry  Wirz. 
1908.     Neale. 

Lieutenant  Page  was  a  prisoner  at  Andersonville  from  February  to  October  1864. 
So  far  as  his  own  experience  and  observation  go,  he  is  able  to  deny  the  oft-repeated 
charges  of  robbery,  brutality  and  neglect  which  survivors  of  Andersonville  have  lodged 
against  Wirz. 


Hospitals.    Sanitary  service 

Atlantic  City,  N.  J.  Citizens  Executive  Committee  on  r973-7  A88 

the  44th  National  Encampment,  G.  A.  R. 

In  honor  of  the  National  Association  of  Civil  War  Army  Nurses. 

[1910.] 

Photographs  of  army  nurses  in  the  Civil  war  and  brief  sketches  of  the  services 
rendered  by  them. 

[Forman,  Jacob  Gilbert.]  r973-7  F77 

Western  Sanitary  Commission;  a  sketch  of  its  origin,  history,  labors 

for  the  sick  and  wounded  of  the  Western  armies  and  aid  given  to  freed- 

men  and  Union  refugees,  with  incidents  of  hospital  life.     1864.    Studley. 

Goodrich,  Frank  Boott.  qr973-7  G6a 

Tribute  book;  a  record  of  the  munificence,  self-sacrifice  and  patriot- 
ism of  the  American  people  during  the  war  for  the  Union.    1865.    Derby. 

Describes  the  work  of  the  aid  societies,  relief  associations  and  commissions  which 
existed  during  the  Civil  war.  The  United  States  Sanitary  Commission  was  one  of  the 
most  important  relief  agents. 

Henshaw,  Mrs  Sarah  Edwards.  r973-7  H45 

Our  branch  and  its  tributaries;  being  a  history  of  the  work  of  the 
Northwestern  Sanitary  Commission  and  its  auxiliaries  during  the  War 
of  the  rebellion.     1868.     Sewell. 

United  States  Christian  Commission.  r973.7  U2535 

Annual  report  (ist,  3d)  for  1862,  1864.    1863-65. 

Includes  an  account  of  the  work  done  on  the  field  and  by  the  committees  in  various 
cities. 

For  volume  for  1863  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 


Illustrations 

Eaton,  Edward  Bailey.  q'"973.7  E19 

Original  photographs  taken  on  the  battlefields  during  the  Civil  war 

of  the  United  States,  by  M.   B.   Brady  and  Alexander  Gardner;  rare 

reproductions  from  photographs  selected  from  7,000  original  negatives. 

1907.     Privately  printed. 

"The  Edward  B.  Eaton  collection  of  original  photographs  of  the  Civil  war,"  p.  1 15-136. 


2276  UNITED  STATES— HISTORY— CIVIL  WAR 

Miller,  Francis  Trevelyan,  ed.  <ir973.7  M69 

Photographic  history  of  the  Civil  war;  thousands  of  scenes  photo- 
graphed, 1861-65,  with  text  by  many  special  authorities.  lov.  191 1. 
Review  of  Reviews  Co. 

V.I.  The  opening  battles. 

V.3.  Two  years  of  grim  war. 

V.3.  The  decisive  battles. 

V.4.  The  cavalry. 

V.5.  Forts  and  artillery. 

V.6.  The  navies. 

V.7.  Prisons  and  hospitals. 

V.8.  Soldier  life,  secret  service. 

V.9.  Poetry  and  eloquence  of  blue  and  gray. 

v.  10.     Armies  and  leaders. 

v.io  contains  a  roster  of  general  officers  and  a  complete  index. 

Medals 

Hayden,  Horace  Edwin.  qrgys.y  H37 

Brief  history  of  the  soldiers'  medals  issued  by  the  state  of  West 
Virginia  as  "tokens  of  respect"  to  those  of  her  citizens  who  served 
in  the  army  of  the  United  States  from  1861  to  1865;  a  paper  read  before 
the  Historical  Society  of  West  Virginia,  June  10,  1879  and  the  Numis- 
matic and  Antiquarian  Society  of  Philadelphia,  Feb.  4,  1881.  1881. 
Yordy. 

Secret  service 

Baker,  Gen.  Lafayette  Charles.  973-7  B17 

History    of    the    United    States    secret    service.      1867.      Privately 

printed. 

Semi-autobiographical  in  its  character,  as  the  author  was  at  the  head  of  the  secret 

service  bureau  at  the  time  of  the  Civil  war.     A  detailed  account  is  given  of  the  capture 

of  John  Wilkes  Booth. 

Pinkerton,  Allan.  973-7  P63 

Spy  of  the  Rebellion;  being  a  true  history  of  the  spy  system  of  the 
United  States  army  during  the  late  Rebellion,  revealing  many  secrets 
of  the  war  hitherto  not  made  public;  comp.  from  official  reports.  1888. 
Dillingham. 

The  author's  experiences  as  chief  of  the  government  secret  service. 

Societies 

Loyal  Legion  of  the  United  States,  Military  r973.7  L9653J 

Order  of  the. 

Journal  of  the  proceedings  of  the  commandery-in-chief,  annual 
meetings  (ist-8th),  1885-92.     1889-93. 

Women 

Brockett,  Linus  Pierpont,  &  Vaughan,  Mrs  M.  C.  973-7  B76 

Woman's  work  in  the  Civil  war;  a  record  of  heroism,  patriotism  and 

patience,  with  an  introduction  by  H.  W.  Bellows.     1868.    Zeigler. 

"Short  biographical  sketches  of  women  who ...  devoted  their  time  and  money  to  the 

aid  of  the  northern  soldier."     Lamed' s  Literature  of  American  history. 


UNITED  STATES— HISTORY— RECONSTRUCTION    2277 

Hurn,  Ethel  Alice.  973.?  H95 

Wisconsin  women  in  the  war  between  the  states.  191 1.  (Wisconsin 
History  Commission.     Original  papers,  no.6.) 

Underwood,  John  Levi.  973.7  U25 

Women  of  the  Confederacy;  in  which  is  presented  the  heroism  of 

the  women  of  the  Confederacy,  with  accounts  of  their  trials  during  the 

war  and  the  period  of  reconstruction.     1906.     Neale. 

Collection  of  stories  gathered  from  the  newspapers  of  the  period,  histories  of  the  war 

and  other  sources. 

Later  nineteenth  century.     Reconstruction 

Brady,  Cyrus  Townsend.  973-8  B68 

Indian  fights  and  fighters;  the  soldier  and  the  Sioux.     1908.     Mc- 

Clure.     (American  fights  and  fighters  series,  v.4.) 

The  story  of  frontier  warfare  against  the  Indians  from  1866  to  1877.     Illustrated. 

Cox,  Samuel  Sullivan.  973>8  C85 

Three  decades  of  Federal  legislation,  1855  to  1885;  personal  and  his- 
torical memories  of  events  preceding,  during  and  since  the  American 
civil  war.     1894.     Reid. 

"Cox  was  a  war  Democrat,  and  his  book  has  the  merits  and  the  defects  of  a  history 
written  by  an  acute  politician  who  took  part  in  many  of  the  events  narrated.  The  last 
decade  is  very  inadequately  discussed;  the  value  of  the  book  is  principally  in  that  portion 
devoted  to  the  events  of  the  reconstruction  period.  It  is  written  in  a  controversial 
spirit  and  colored  throughout  by  the  writer's  political  sympathies;  is  rambling  and  dis- 
cursive, and  clothed  in  rough  and  choppy  English."  Larned's  Literature  of  American 
history. 

Fleming,  Walter  Lynwood.  r973.8  F62 

Documentary  history  of  reconstruction,  political,  military,  social, 
religious,  educational  &  industrial,  1865  to  the  present  time.*  2v.  1906- 
07.     Clark. 

"References"  at  the  beginning  of  each  chapter. 

Its  purpose  is  to  make  accessible  to  the  student  and  the  general  reader  some  of  the 
sources  of  the  history  of  the  reconstruction  period.  The  selections  are  well  made  and 
are  to  a  high  degree  illustrative  of  public  sentiment  at  the  time.  The  work  has  the 
limitations  which  are  inseparable  from  all  source-books  of  limited  size,  but  it  also  has 
what  many  source-books  have  not,  namely,  interest.  Condensed  from  American  histor- 
ical revievf,  1907. 

Gibson,  A.  M.  973-8  G36 

A  political  crime;  the  history  of  the  great  fraud.     1885.     Gottsberger. 
Vigorous  denunciation  of  the  counting  in  of  President  Hayes  in  the  Hayes-Tilden 
campaign  of  1876. 

Herbert,  Hilary  Abner,  and  others.  973-8  H46 

Why  the  solid  South?  or.  Reconstruction  and  its  results.  1890. 
Woodward. 

Binder's  title  reads  "Noted  men  on  the  solid  South." 

"Series  of  sketches  of  the  abuses  of  the  reconstruction  governments  in  the  South 
from  1865  to  1876,  written  to  set  forth  the  historical  reasons  why  the  southern  people 
feel  that  political  security  can  be  obtained  only  through  a  solid  adherence  to  the 
Democratic  party.  Although  strongly  partisan  in  temper  and  purpose,  these  sketches 
are  substantially  trustworthy. .  .This  is  the  only  book  which  deals  with  the  actual  work- 
ing of  the  reconstruction  governments  in  all  the  southern  states."  Larned's  Literature 
of  American  history,  1902. 


2278    UNITED  STATES— HISTORY— WAR  WITH  SPAIN 

Peck,  Harry  Thurston.  973.8  P35 

Twenty  years  of  the  Republic,  1885-1905.    1906.    Dodd. 

"Bibliography,"  p.76s-770. 

"Professor  Peck  writes  entertainingly.  He  has  woven  the  events  of  five  Presiden- 
tial terms  into  a  racy  and  eminently  readable  narrative — qualities  not  impaired  by  a 
tendency  to  snap  judgment,  a  habit  of  rather  sweeping  generalization  and  a  love  for 
unusual  words."     Nation,  J907. 

War  with  Spain,  1898 

Chadwick,  French  Ensor.  973'89  C34 

Relations  of  the  United  States  and  Spain;  the  Spanish-American 
war.    2v.    191 1.    Scribner. 

"Bibliography  of  the  more  important  authorities  on  the  Spanish-American  war," 
V.2,  p.475-478. 

Impartial  study  of  the  causes  of  the  war  of  1898  between  the  United  States  and 
Spain  as  developed  from  the  diplomatic  relations  between  the  two  countries  from  1763 
to  1898. 

Kentucky — Adjutant-general's  office.  qr973'89  K19 

Report,  Kentucky  volunteers,  war  with  Spain,  1898-99.     1908. 

Spears,  John  Randolph.  973-89  S74 

Our  navy  in  the  war  with  Spain.    1898.    Scribner, 
The  same.     (In  his  History  of  our  navy,  1775-1898,  v. 5.)  .  .973  S74  v.S 

Wilcox,  Marrion,  ed.  qr973-89  W71 

Harper's  history  of  the  war  in  the  Philippines.     1900.     Harper. 
Appeared  in  "Harper's  weekly." 
Contains  a  very  large  number  of  illustrations. 


Description  and  travel 

r9i7-3  A93 
Automobile  official  blue  book.    v.  1-4.    1909-10.    Class  Journal  Co. 

v. I.     New  York  state  and  Canada,  with  extension  routes  into  the  west. 
v.2.     New  England  states,  with  extension  routes  into  the  Canadian  provinces, 
v. 3.     New  Jersey,  Pennsylvania,  Delaware,   Maryland,  District  of  Columbia,  south 
and  west. 

v.4.     The  middle  west. 

Baedeker,  Karl,  comp.  917.3  61483 

United  States,  with  excursions  to  Mexico,   Cuba,   Porto  Rico  and 

Alaska.    1909. 

The  same.    1909 r9i7-3  Bi4a 

"Maintains  the  high  reputation  which  his  European  guidebooks  have  established... 
wonderfully  accurate  and  detailed.  Appletons'  is  more  generalized,  and  is  preferable 
upon  continuous  journeys;  Baedeker  gives  fuller  information  regarding  localitiea,  and 
is  preferable  for  use  at  stopping-places."    Nation,  1893. 

Barrows,  William.  917-3  B36 

United  States  of  yesterday  and  of  to-morrow.  1888.  Roberts. 
Contents:  How  large  is  the  West? — Surprising  distances  in  the  United  States. — 
The  six  growths  of  the  United  States. — Growth  in  settlements. — Ancient  Chicago. — The 
"great  American  desert" — Large  landholdings  in  the  United  States. — Wild  life  on  the 
border. — Pioneering  in  education. — Lynch  law. — Eastern  jealousy  and  neglect  of  the 
West. — The  railway  system  of  the  West. — The  empire  of  the  future. — Conclusion. 


UNITED  STATES— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL      2279 

Bemhard,  Karl,  herzog  von  Sachsen-Weimar.  r9i7-3  B45r 

Reise  durch  Nord-Amerika  in  den  jahren  1825  und  1826;  hrsg.  von 
Heinrich  Luden.    2v.  in  i.     1828. 

"The  kindliness  and  intelligence  of  the  Duke  are  apparent  on  every  page. .  .but  there 
is  little  new  in  the  subjects  or  mode  of  treatment. .  .He  gives  a  favorable  report  of  the 
hospitality  of  Americans;  describes  his  visit  to  the  elder  Adams,  and  a  Virginia  rail 
fence,  a  granite  machine  in  New  England,  and  a  Hudson  River  steamboat  or  horse  ferry, 
the  Creek  Indians,  and  Owen's  community,  with  the  same  fulness  and  apparent  interest." 
Tuckerman's  America  and  her  commentators. 

Brigham,  Albert  Perry.  917-3  674! 

From  trail  to  railway  through  the  Appalachians.     1907.     Ginn. 
The  same rgiy.s  B74 

Contents:  Boston  and  the  Berkshires. — Pioneers  of  the  Mohawk  and  the  Hudson. 
— Oriskany,  a  battle  of  the  Revolution, — The  Erie  canal. — The  New  York  Central  rail- 
way.— Old  journeys  from  Philadelphia  to  the  West — The  Pennsylvania  railroad. — The 
national  road. — The  Baltimore  and  Ohio  railroad. — Cities  of  the  Ohio  valley. — The 
great  valley. — To  Kentucky  by  the  Cumberland  Gap. — Frontier  soldiers  and  statesmen. 
— Cities  of  the  Southern  mountains. 

Illustration  of  the  author's  method  of  combining  the  facts  of  history  and  of  geog- 
raphy into  a  readable  account.  The  chapter  on  cities  of  the  Ohio  valley  contains  a  short 
description  of  Pittsburgh. 

Brooks,  John  Graham.  917-3  B77 

As  others  see  us;  a  study  of  progress  in  the  United  States.  1908. 
Macmillan. 

Contents:  The  problem  opened. — Concerning  our  critics. — Who  is  the  American? — 
Our  talent  for  bragging.  —  Some  other  peculiarities.  —  American  sensitiveness.  —  The 
mother  country  as  critic. — Change  of  tone  in  foreign  criticism. — Higher  criticism. — Our 
French  visitors. — Democracy  and  manners. — Our  monopoly  of  wit. — Our  greatest  critic. 
— A  philosopher  as  mediator. — A  socialist  critic. — Signs  of  progress. 

"Bibliography,"  p.349-3S3- 

Appeared  in  the  "Chautauquan,"  V.48-S0,  Sept.  1907-May  1908. 

Through  the  criticism  of  the  foreigners  who  have  visited  us  and  written  about  us 
the  author  traces  our  social  development. 

Bryant,  William  Cullen.  r9i7.3  B84I 

Letters  of  a  traveller;  or,  Notes  of  things  seen  in  Europe  and  Amer- 
ica.   1850.    Putnam. 

Not  a  continuous  record  but  impressions  received  during  various  journeys.  The 
portions  devoted  to  the  United  States  give  the  volume  its  chief  interest  to-day. 

"Fresh,  agreeable,  and  authentic  local  descriptions  and  comments,  superior  in  liter- 
ary execution,  and  therefore  valuable  as  permanent  records  in  the  literature  of  home 
travel."    Tuckertnan's  America  and  her  commentators. 

Busbey,  Katherine  Graves.  917-3  BqS 

Home  life  in  America.    1910.    Macmillan. 

Contents:  In  general. — The  American  child. — Schools,  colleges  and  universities. — 
Types  of  the  young  person. —  The  American  woman. —  Housekeeping  expenditures.  — 
Shops  and  the  shoppers. — The  people  at  play. — Life  at  Washington. — American  ways. — 
Hospitality  and  hotels. — The  West  at  home. — The  New  England  of  to-day. — Summer  and 
winter  resorts.— Housing  the  nation. — A  nation  without  a  middle  class. 

Close,  detailed  view  of  American  home  life,  in  which  the  faults  and  foibles  as  well 
as  the  good  qualities  of  her  countrymen  are  fairly  and  temperately  set  forth.  Besides  a 
fund  of  anecdote  and  humorous  description  she  g^ves  much  careful  and  practical  in- 
formation regarding  society,  economic  conditions,  education,  etc. 

Butler,  Nicholas  Murray.  917-3  B97 

The  American  as  he  is.     1908.    Macmillan. 

Contents:  The  American  as  a  political  type. — The  American  apart  from  his  govern- 
ment.— The  American  and  the  intellectual  life. 

Lectures  at  the  University  of  Copenhagen,  September  1908. 


228o      UNITED  STATES— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL 

Chateaubriand,  Francois  Auguste,  vicotnte  de.  9i7'3  C39 

Voyage  en  Anierique,  precede  d'un  extrait  de  memoires  inedits  sur 
Chateaubriand,  public  par  C.  A.  Sainte-Beuve.    1890. 

Chateaubriand  visited  this  country  in  1791  to  promote  a  French  expedition  for  the 
discovery  of  the  Northwest  passage.  He  was  especially  impressed  with  the  contrast  be- 
tween the  natural  wilderness  and  our  growing  civilization.  Many  chapters  describe  In- 
dian life  and  customs,  and  American  fauna  and  flora. 

Cooper,  James  Fenimore.  1^917.3  C787 

America  and  the  Americans;  notions  picked  up  by  a  travelling  bache- 
lor.   2v.     1836.     Colburn. 

Also  published  under  the  title  "Notions  of  the  Americans." 

"At  the  present  day  the  work  is  chiefly  interesting  for  the  keen  observations  that 
are  found  in  it,  and  for  the  remarks  upon  the  future  of  the  country  rather  than  upon 
its  then  existing  state... In  many  respects  it  is  a  singular  production.  In  manner  it  is 
calm,  grave,  almost  philosophical,  there  is  not  the  slightest  effort  at  fine  writing;  the 
tone  can  never  be  said  to  be  even  fervid.  Yet  it  must  be  confessed  that  not  in  the  most 
exalted  of  Fourth  of  July  orations  does  the  national  eagle  scream  with  a  shriller  note, 
or  wing  his  way  with  a  more  unflagging  flight."     Lounsbury's  James  Fenimore  Cooper. 

Cramer,  Zadok.  r9i7-3  C86n6 

The  navigator,  containing  directions  for  navigating  the  Mononga- 
hela,  Allegheny,  Ohio  and  Mississippi  rivers.     1821.     Pittsburgh. 

De  Bary,  Richard.  917.3  D35 

The  land  of  promise;  an  account  of  the  material  and  spiritual  unity 
of  America.    1908.    Longmans. 

Contents:  The  site  and  meaning  of  New  York. — The  lie  of  the  land. — A  visit  to 
the  central  states. — The  prairie  world. — Comparative  study  of  American  nationalism. — 
The  centennial  state  of  Colorado. —  Young  America. —  The  women  of  America. —  The 
mountain  and  desert  empire. — San  Francisco  and  its  worship  of  spontaneity. — New  Eng- 
land and  the  American  civic  religion.  —  The  originality  of  American  thought.  —  The 
"canonical  books"  of  civic  religion. — The  American  press. — A  common  Christianity  in 
America. — Social  conversion. 

Dicey,  Edward.  917.3  D54 

Six  months  in  the  Federal  states.    2v.  in  i.    1863.    Macmillan. 

English  journalist's  view  of  the  United  States,  gained  by  a  visit  in  1862.  Dignified 
and  impersonal  in  tone,  containing  scarcely  an  offense  against  good  taste  and  good  feel- 
ing. Chiefly  concerned  with  the  Civil  war  and  the  great  moral  problems  involved,  it 
bears  honorable  testimony  to  the  accuracy  of  his  observation,  as  well  as  to  his  powers 
of  comparison  and  judgment. 

Estoumelles  de  Constant,  Paul  Henri  Benjamin  qr9i7-3  E85 

Balluat,  baron  d'. 
Address  delivered  at  Chicago  on  Washington's  birthday,  Feb.  22, 
1902,  at  the  Union  League  Club.     1902.    Metcalf. 

Dwells  upon  the  progress  of  the  United  States  and  the  brotherhood  between  this 
country  and  France. 

Francis,  Alexander.  9i7-3  F86 

Americans;  an  impression.    1909.    Melrose. 

Contents:  The  national  temper. — America  and  England. — Natives  and  aliens. — The 
making  of  Americans. — The  Jews. —  Racial  prejudices. —  Social  settlements. —  Education. 
— Co-education. — Secular  education. — Colleges  and  character.— College  athletics. — The 
collegiate  task.  —  College  fraternities.  —  Social  discontent.  —  Socialism. —  Socialism  and 
democracy. — Social  progress. — Appendices. 

Investigates  questions  of  temperament  and  national  character  in  a  penetrating  way. 


UNITED  STATES— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL      2281 

Piilda,  Ludwig.  9i7-3  F98 

Amerikanieche  eindriicke.     1907. 

Contents:  Einleitung. — Newyork. — Die  stadte. —  Reisekultur. —  Das  amerikanische 
Deutschtum.  —  Erziehung  und  unterricht. — •  Volksbildung  und  kunst.  —  Die  frauen. — 
Klima  und   natur. — Charakterziige. — Schluss. 

Impressions  of  a  recent  visit  to  the  United  States  as  guest  of  the  Germanistische 
Gesellschaft  von  Amerika.  It  is  the  sympathetic  review  of  a  witty  and  equally  sharp- 
eyed  critic  who  came  to  America  with  a  free  and  receptive  mind  and  yielded  himself 
completely  to  whatever  impressions  his  environment  should  make.  Condensed  from 
Nation,  1907. 

Gardini,  Carlo.  917-3  G17 

In  der  sternenbanner-republik,  reiseerinnerungen;  nach  der  zweitcn 
auflage  des  italienischen  originals  von  M.  Rumbauer.    1900. 

Gerstacker,  Friedrich.  917-3  G32 

Streif-  und  jagdziige  durch  die  Vereinigten  Staaten  Amerikas;  fiir 
jugend  und  volk  bearbeitet  von  Ernst  Neumann. 

Glazier,  Willard  Worcester.  917-3  G470 

Ocean  to  ocean  on  horseback;  being  the  story  of  a  tour  in  the  saddle 
from  the  Atlantic  to  the  Pacific,  with  especial  reference  to  the  early 
history  and  development  of  cities  and  towns  along  the  route.  1895. 
Ziegler. 

Gobat,  Albert.  q9i7-3  G54 

Croquis  et  impressions  d'Amerique.     [1906?] 
Gros,  Raymond,  &  Bournand,  Frangois.  9^7-3  G93a 

Au  pays  du  dollar;  notes,  indiscretions,  souvenirs.     1908. 
Gros,  Raymond,  &  Bournand,  Frangois.  917-3  G93 

L'Oncle  Sam  chez  lui;  mcEurs  americaines.     1907. 

M.  Gros  is  (1908)  a  resident  of  Pittsburgh.  The  book  touches  lightly  on  educa- 
tion, national  characteristics,  social  failings,  the  theatre  and  American  art.  One  chapter 
is  devoted  to  the  curiosities  of  American  life.     Illustrated. 

Grund,  Francis  Joseph.  9X7-3  G94 

Aristocracy  in  America.    2v.     1839.    Bentley. 

"We  assume  this  work  to  be  written  by  Mr.  Grund,  though  he  is  professedly  only 
the  editor.  He  has  given  two  whole  volumes  of  sketches  of  manners;  but  the  vast 
majority  are  caricatures,  witho.ut  point,  hint,  or  even  vraisemblance."     Athenaum,  1839. 

Hamilton,  Gail,  {pseud,  of  Mary  Abigail  Dodge).  9^7-3  H212 

Wool-gathering.     1867.     Ticknor. 
Account  of  travels  in  the  West  and  South. 

[Hamilton,  Thomas.]  9i7-3  H21 

Men  and  manners  in  America,  by  the  author  of  Cyril  Thornton.  2v. 
1833.     Blackwood. 

Was  considered  at  the  time  perhaps  the  best  British  account  of  America  that  had 
then  been  published. 

"Here  his  fund  of  humour  and  his  genial  satire. .  .found  scope,  but  his  fun,  if 
occasionally  extravagant,  was  never  unfair,  nor  were  his  criticisms  directed  by  prejudice 
or  charged  with  ill-nature."     Dictionary  of  national  biography. 

Hardy,  Mary  Anne  (MacDowell),  lady.  917-3  H26 

Through   cities  and   prairie   lands;   sketches   of  an  American  tour. 

1890.     Worthington. 

Covers  journeyings   from   Quebec   to   Montreal   and   Ottawa,  thence   to    New   York 

and  westward  to  San   Francisco,  back  again  through   Denver,   St.    Louis,   Washington, 

Baltimore,  Philadelphia,  New  York  and  Boston. 


2282      UNITED  STATES— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL 

Hatton,  Joseph.  917.3  H34 

To-day  in  America;  studies  for  the  old  world  and  the  new.  2v.  1881. 
Chapman. 

V.I.  The  old  and  the  new. — Representative  traits  and  representative  cities. — 
Maude  S. — The  apostle  of  unbelief. — The  ghosts  of  two  hemispheres. — Art  and  author- 
ship.— Chinese  puzzles. 

V.2.  The  stage. — "Lands  of  plenty." — Canada  and  the  Union. — England's  com- 
mercial decline. — American  opinions  of  English  free  trade. — Crossing  the  ferry. — Home 
again. 

James,  Henry,  b.  1843.  917-3  J16 

The  American  scene.     1907.     Harper. 

Contents:  New  England;  an  autumn  impression. — New  York  revisited. — New  York 
and  the  Hudson;  a  spring  impression. — New  York;  social  notes. — The  Bowery  and 
thereabouts. — The  sense  of  Newport. — Boston. — Concord  and  Salem. — Philadelphia. — 
Baltimore. — Washington. — Richmond. — Charleston. — Florida. 

Mr  James  is  a  native  American,  yet  in  general  he  appears  as  a  curiously  alien  ob- 
server. He  comes  to  his  task  saturated  with  the  conventions,  the  ideas,  and  the  ideals 
of  an  older  and  more  sophisticated  civilization,  of  a  sheltered  and  intellectually  fastidi- 
ous milieu;  and  by  this  standard  he  insensibly  measures  all  American  institutions  and 
tendencies.  "The  American  scene"  is  a  work  of  marvellously  keen  and  subtle  analysis; 
it  transfixes  the  defects  and  shortcomings  of  American  civilization  with  unerring 
thrusts,  but  its  vision  is,  if  anything,  too  personal,  too  microscopic.  Condensed  from 
Nation,  /po/. 

La  FoUette,  Robert  Marion,  ed.  917.3  L14 

Making  of  America.     lov.     1906.     Making  of  America  Co. 

v. I.     The  people  and  their  social  life. 
V.2.     Statesmanship  and  diplomacy. 
V.3.     Industry  and  finance. 
V.4.     Trade  and  commerce. 
V.5.     Agriculture. 
V.6.     Mining  and  metallurgty. 
V.7.     Science  and  invention. 
V.8.     Labor, 
v.p.     Army  and  navy, 
v.  10.     Public  welfare. 

The  volumes  consist  of  chapters  contributed  by  authorities,  each  treating  a  different 
phase  of  the  general  subject. 

Lamprecht,  Karl.  917.3  L19 

Americana;  reiseeindriicke,  betrachtungen,  geschichtliche  gesamt- 
ansicht.    1906. 

Lanman,  Charles.  917.3  L27J 

Japanese  in  America.    1872.    Longmans. 

Contents:  The  Japanese  embassy. — Essays  by  Japanese  students. — Life  and  resources 
in  America. 

Low,  Alfred  Maurice.  9^7.3  L95 

America  at  home.     [1908.]     Newnes. 

Bird's-eye  view  of  the  United  States  and  its  various  phases  of  life,  as  seen  by  an 
Englishman.  Of  very  unequal  merit,  its  best  chapters  dealing  with  political  institutions. 
Illustrated. 

Low,  Alfred  Maurice.  917-3  L95am 

The  American  people;  a  study  in  national  psychology.  2v.  1909-II. 
Houghton. 

v. I.     The  planting  of  a  nation. 
V.2.     The  harvesting  of  a  nation. 
"Bibliography,"  v.i,  p. 411-421;  v.2,  P.S7S-591. 

Keen  analysis,  by  an  Englishman,  of  the  social  and  political  evolution  of  the 
United  States.     He  traces  the  development  of  the  American  national  consciousness  from 


UNITED  STATES— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL      2283 
Low,  Alfred  Maurice — continued.  91 7-3  Lgsam 

the  earliest  times,  showing  the  relation  of  historical  facts  to  psychological  progress,  in 
order  to  prove  that  the  American  people  are  the  product  of  evolution  and  present  dis- 
tinct and  highly  individual  national  characteristics,  v.i  gives  much  space  to  the  in- 
fluence of  the  Puritan  on  our  civilization  and  character;  v.2  has  much  to  say  of  the 
effect  of  immigration. 

Lubienski,  Roger,  count.  917-3  L96 

Z  Ameryki.     1900. 

Travel  in  the  United  States. 
Matthews,  Brander.  917-3  M47 

American  character.     1906.     Crowell. 

Address  delivered  before  the  Phi  Beta  Kappa  Society  of  Columbia  University, 
June  1905- 

Defense  of  the  American  people  against  the  charges  of  a  French  journalist,  who 
asserts  that  they  are  "terribly  practical,  avid  of  pleasure,  systematically  hostile  to  all 
idealism." 

Mosso,  Angelo.  917-3  M93 

La  democrazia  nella  religione  e  nella  scienza;  studi  sull'  America. 
1908. 

New  York  (city),  Deutsche  Gesellschaft.  9^7-3  N26 

Leitfaden  fur  deutsche  einwanderer  nach  den  Vereinigten  Staaten 

von  Amerika.    1903. 

Useful   information   on   many   subjects,    including   a   brief   history   of   the    United 

States,   German   text  of  the   Constitution,   and   statistics   for   each   state,   with   chapters 

on  the  Germans  in  the  United   States  and  the  work  of  this   "Deutsche  Gesellschaft." 

Illustrated. 

Pecorini,  Alberto.  9i7-3  P36 

Gli  Americani  nella  vita  moderna  osservati  da  un  Italiano.     1909. 

Robinson,  Harry  Perry.  917-3  R55 

The  20th  century  American;  being  a  comparative  study  of  the  peo- 
ples of  the  two  great  Anglo-Saxon  nations.     1908.     Putnam. 

Elaborate  plea  for  an  Anglo-American  alliance,  based  on  acute  and  striking  observa- 
tions of  the  national  misunderstandings  and  differences  in  character  which  alone  prevent 
its  consummation.     Condensed  from  Nation,  igoS. 

Author  is  an  English  writer,  an  Oxford  graduate,  who  spent  20  years  in  this  coun- 
try, taking  an  active  part  in  political  and  industrial  affairs. 

Rossi,  Adolfo.  9X7-3  R74 

Un  Italiano  in  America,  con  uno  studio  biografico  di  Bernardo  Chi- 
ara.     1907. 

Experiences  and  impressions  of  the  author,  who  as  a  young  Italian  journalist  visited 
the  United  States  in  1879.     He  was  later  appointed  Italian  commissioner  of  emigration. 

Royal],  Mrs  Anne  (Newport).  r9i7.3  R81 

Black  book;  or,  A  continuation  of  travels  in  the  United  States.     2v. 

1828.     Privately  printed. 

Mrs   Royall   was  for  some   time  a  resident   of   Washington,   D.  C.   and   was   noted 

for   her   sharp   tongue   and   eccentric   habits.      The   book   is    written    with    an   animation 

unusual  in  the  records  of  travel  of  that  period.     The  second  volume  is  largely  devoted 

to  New  England. 

Russell,  William  Howard.  917-3  R91 

My  diary,  North  and  South.     1863.     Burnham. 

"Author  was  the  well-known  war  correspondent  of  the  London  Times,  a  man  of 
intellect,  of  great  energy  and  enterprise,  practised  in  observation.  In  our  Civil  War... 
he  visited  both   sections  for   the   purpose   of   gathering  information    bearing   upon   our 


2284      UNITED  STATES— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL 
Russell,  William  Howard — continued.  917.3  R91 

affairs.  Some  of  his  earlier  letters  grreatly  exasperated  our  people,  but,  with  due  allow- 
ance for  the  unfriendly  attitude  of  the  great  journal  he  wrote  for,  his  collection  of 
experiences  and  observations  has  great  historical  value."  Larned's  Literature  of  Ameri- 
can history. 

Schroeder,  Oswald.  917-3  S381 

Quer  durch  Amerika;  wanderungen  in  Kalifornien  und  Kanada. 
1906.     (Mit  camera  und  feder  durch  die  welt,  v.4.) 

Schultze,  Ernst.  9i7-3  S38 

Kulturgeschichtliche  streifziige.     v.i.     1908. 

V.I,     Aus  dem  warden  und  wachsen  der  Vereinigten  Staaten. 

Gives  a  survey  of  early  American  history  before  proceeding  to  describe  present 
politics  and  the  present-day  people  of  the  United  States.  His  volume  is  notable  for  its 
discussion  of  racial  problems  in  this  country.     Condensed  from  Outlook,  igo8. 

Sienkiewicz,  Henryk.  917.3  S57b 

Briefe  aus  Amerika;  mit  specieller  erlaubnis  des  verfassers  aus  dem 
polnischen  iibersetzt  von  I.  von  Immendorf.     1903. 

In  1876  Sienkiewicz  visited  the  United  States,  traveling  across  the  country  to  Cali- 
fornia. In  his  criticism  of  American  life  and  customs  he  shows  himself  a  keen  and 
oftentimes  an  amused  observer. 

Sienkiewicz,  Henryk.  917.3  S57 

Listy  z  podrozy.    2v.     1881-96.     (Pisma,  v.2-3.) 

V.I.  Pobyt  w  Londynie  i  podroz  do  Liverpoolu. — Z  oceanu. — Pobyt  w  New-Yorku. 
— Koleja  dwoch  oceanow. — Szkice  amerykanskie. 

V.2.  Szkice  amerykanskie  (dokonczenie). — ^List  z  Rzymu. — Z  Wenecyi. — Z  Paryza. 
— Komedya  z  pomylek. 

Singleton,  Esther,  ed.  917.3  S61 

Historic  landmarks  of  America  as  seen  and  described  by  famous 

writers.     1907.    Dodd. 

Contents:  The  Bermudas,  by  Washington  Irving. — Yorktown,  by  Lord  Cornwallis. 
— Manhattan  island,  by  D.  T.  Valentine. — The  valley  of  waterfalls,  by  G.  N.  Curzon. — 
Bunker  Hill,  by  Daniel  Webster. — Ticonderoga,  by  B.  J.  Lossing. — Lake  Champlain,  by 
Francis  Parkman. — San  Francisco,  by  J.  A.  Froude. — The  Chesapeake  bay,  by  Father 
Andrew  White. — Mexico,  by  Hernando  Cortes. — St.  Augustine,  by  G.  R.  Fairbanks. — 
Denver,  by  G.  W.  Steevens. — Lake  George,  by  T.  A.  Richards. — Plymouth  Rock,  by  J.  G. 
Palfrey. — Fort  Niagara,  by  S.  De  Veaux. — The  Brandywine,  by  B.  J.  Lossing. — The 
Mississippi  river,  by  Jared  Sparks. — Chicago,  by  G.  W.  Steevens. — Boston  harbour,  by 
Charles  Knight. — Saratoga,  by  E.  S.  Creasy. — Sault  Ste.  Marie,  by  Isaac  Aiken. — Lex- 
ington, by  H.  B.  Dawson. — San  Salvador,  by  Washington  Irving. — West  Point,  by  B.  J. 
Lossing. — The  acquisition  of  Louisiana,  by  Jacques  de  la  Metairie. — Gettysburg,  by 
James  Schouler. — St.  Anthony  and  Minnehaha,  by  E.  D.  Neill. — Newport,  by  T.  A. 
Richards. — The  Plains  of  Abraham,  by  John  Knox. — Detroit,  by  J.  T.  Headley. — The 
Alamo,  by  Henry  Bruce. — Savannah,  by  B.  J.  Lossing. — Harper's  Ferry,  by  J.  G.  Rosen- 
garten. — Machilimacinac,  by  H.  B.  Dawson. — Narragansett,  by  Washington  Irving. — 
The  settlement  of  Jamestown,  by  S.  R.  Gardiner. — Fort  Du  Quesne,  by  E.  Sargent. — SL 
John's  river,  by  G.  R.  Fairbanks. — Monterey,  by  Lady  Mary  Hardy. — Annapolis,  by 
Esther  Singleton. — The  settlement  of  Mount  Desert,  by  W.  D.  Williamson. — Santa  Fe, 
by  C.  A.  Miller. 

The  same r9i7-3  S61 

Van  Dyke,  Henry.  917.3  V18 

The  spirit  of  America.     1910.    Macmillan. 

Contents:  The  soul  of  a  people. — Self-reliance  and  the  Republic. — Fair  play  and 
democracy. — Will-power,  work  and  wealth. — Common  order  and  social  cooperation. — 
Personal  development  and  education. — Self-expression  and  literature. 

.Seven  of  the  26  conferences  given  by  Dr  Van  Dyke  during  1908-09,  on  the  Hyde 
foundation,  at  the  University  of  Paris.  They  describe  some  of  the  permanent  elements 
in  American  national  life. 


UNITED  STATES— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL      2285 

Vertesi,  Karoly.  9i7-3  V28 

Korutazas  Amerikaban  (fijszak  Amerikai  Egyesiilt  Allamok,  St. 
Louisi  vilagkiallitas).     1908. 

Vianzone,  Therese.  917-3  V29 

Impressions  d'une  Frangaise  en  Amerique  (£tats-Unis  et  Canada) 
1906. 

Author  spent  some  months  here  in  1903-04,  lecturing  and  studying  certain  phases 
of  American  life.  She  visited  the  larger  eastern  cities,  also  Chicago,  Toronto  and  Mon- 
treal.    Portraits. 

Wagner,  Charles.  917-3  W13 

My  impressions  of  America.     1906.     McClure. 

Informal  recollections  of  his  recent  (1905)  visit  to  the  United  States,  of  his 
friends  and  entertainers  and   of  American   life   in   general. 

Wansey,  Henry.  r9i7.3  W19 

Excursion  to  the  United  States  of  North  America  in  the  summer  of 
1794.    1798.    Easton. 
"Literature,"  p.264-270. 

Author  was  an  English  woolen  manufacturer  who  came  to  America  partly  to  study 
our  progress  in  that  business.  He  visited  Boston,  New  York,  Philadelphia  and  Newark, 
and  gives  a  detailed  account  of  his  impressions  and  the  people  he  met.  His  description 
of  a  breakfast  with  President  Washington  at  Philadelphia  is  particularly  interesting. 

Wells,  Herbert  George.  917-3  W49 

The  future  in  America;  a  search  after  realities.  1906.  Harper. 
Contents:  The  prophetic  habit  of  mind. — Material  progress. — New  York. — Growth 
invincible. — The  economic  process.— Some  aspects  of  American  wealth. — Certain  work- 
ers.— Corruption. — The  immigrant. — State-blindness. — -Two  studies  in  disappointment. — 
The  tragedy  of  color. — The  mind  of  a  modern  state. — Culture. — At  Washington. — The 
envoy. 

Candid  criticism,  by  an  Englishman,  of  American  life  and  character.  Points  out 
the  tendencies  and  conditions  that  he  thinks  are  shaping  our   future. 

Whibley,  Charles.  917-3  W62 

American  sketches.    1908.    Blackwood. 

Contents:  New  York. —  Boston. —  Chicago. —  New  England. —  The  yellow  press. — 
Liberty  and  patriotism. — The  millionaire. — The  American  language. — American  litera- 
ture.— The  underworld. — Epilogue. 

The  view  of  America  which  it  contains  is  the  view  of  an  English  visitor  who  has 
not  much  time  to  spare  and  who  must  seize  quickly  upon  the  most  striking  objects  pre- 
sented to  him.  He  is  always  shrewd,  he  is  often  witty,  but  he  is  very  rarely  kind,  or 
even  just.  There  is,  in  fact,  a  touch  of  caricature  in  Mr  Whibley's  profile  of  the 
American  people;  but  it  is  none  the  less  worth  looking  at.  Condensed  from  Spectator, 
J908. 

Willis,  Nathaniel  Parker.  qr9i7.3  W75 

American  scenery;  illustrated  in  a  series  of  views  by  W.  H.  Bartlett. 
[1837.]     Virtue. 

Zerkowitz,  Emil.  917-3  Z54 

Amerikai  kereskedok.     1905. 

The  author  was  commissioned  by  the  Hungarian  minister  of  commerce  to  study  and 
report  upon  industrial  and  commercial  methods  in  the  United  States. 


{ 


2286        NORTH  ATLANTIC  STATES.    NEW  ENGLAND 


North  Atlantic  states 
New  England 

History 

Elliott,  Charles  Wyllys.  1974  E52 

New  England  history  from  the  discovery  of  the  continent  by  the 
Northmen,  A.  D.  986  to  the  period  when  the  colonies  declared  their  in- 
dependence, 1776.    2v.    Scribner. 

"Not... a  genuinely  philosophical  history.  The  work  contains  much  that  is  sug- 
gestive, and  the  use  made  of  material  is  often  admirable.  But  the  author  exhibits  the 
shallowness  which  is  characteristic  of  i8th  century  writers,  and  his  admiration  for 
colonial  democracy  is  of  too  pronounced  a  type  to  permit  of  his  doing  justice  to  aught 
save  the  independent  tendencies  of  old  Puritan  New  England."  Larned's  Literature  of 
American  history. 

Mathews,  Lois  Kimball.  974  M47 

Expansion  of  New  England,  the  spread  of  New  England  settlement 
and  institutions  to  the  Mississippi  river,  1620-1865.     1909.     Houghton. 

A  book  of  unique  importance.  What  Mrs  Mathews  has  done  is  to  show,  from  an 
exhaustive  study  of  local  material,  the  forces  which  from  the  beginning  determined  the 
growth  of  settlement  in  New  England;  the  course  which  the  expansion  took  in  the 
founding  of  new  towns  and  the  opening  of  natural  avenues  of  communication;  the 
effect  of  soil,  climate  and  accessibility,  as  well  as  of  Indian  wars  and  religious  dis- 
sensions, upon  migration;  and  the  final  overflow  of  New  England  men  and  women, 
with  their  inherited  political,  social  and  religious  ideas,  into  western  New  York,  the 
Ohio  country,  land  Michigan  and  Wisconsin.  The  twenty-nine  maps  showing  the  loca- 
tion and  extent  of  New  England  settlement  at  various  dates  and  in  various  parts  of  the 
country,  are  in  the  highest  degree  informing.     Condensed  from  Nation,   1910. 

Roberts,  George  Simon.  974  R53 

Historic  towns  of  the  Connecticut  river  valley.     1906.     Robson. 
The  towns  are  taken  up  one  by  one,  from  the  mouth  of  the  river  northward.     The 

book  is  amply  illustrated. 

Winthrop,  John,  1587-1649.  r974  W79 

History  of  New  England  from  1630  to  1649;  from  his  original  mss. 
with  notes  to  illustrate  the  civil  and  ecclesiastical  concerns,  the  geog- 
raphy, settlement  and  institutions  of  the  country  and  the  lives  and  man- 
ners of  the  principal  planters  by  James  Savage.  2v.  1825-26.  Phelps 
and  Wait. 

"The  journal  of  John  Winthrop,  father  and  founder  of  the  Colony  of  Massachusetts 
Bay,  as  a  source  for  our  early  history  is  equalled  in  value  dnly  by  the  similar  record  of 
William  Bradford,  governor  of  Plymouth. ..  [It]  is  quaint,  not  always  clear,  often  short- 
sighted— nevertheless  the  narrative  of  a  wise,  well-meaning  man... James  Savage,  the 
best  antiquarian  of  his  day,  has  supplemented  the  Journal  with  notes  of  great  value." 
Larned's  Literature  of  American  history. 

The  same;  ed.  by  J.  K.  Hosmer.  2v.  1908.  Scribner.  (Original  nar- 
ratives of  early  American  history.) 974  W79 

Title  reads  "Winthrop's  journal  'History  of  New  England,'  1630-1649." 


Description  and  travel 
Abbott,  Katharine  Mixer.  9I7«4  A130 

Old  paths  and  legends  of  the  New  England  border;  Connecticut, 
Deerfield  [and]  Berkshire.     1907.     Putnam. 

Contents:    The  first  voyage  of  "The  Restless;"  how  a  Dutch  yacht,  sailing  out  of 
Manhattan,  discovered  the  Housatonick,  Connittecock  and  Pequot  rivers. — Uncas  and  the 


NORTH  ATLANTIC  STATES.     NEW  ENGLAND        2287 
Abbott,  Katharine  Mixer — continued.  917-4  A130 

chase  of  the  Pequots. — Saybrook  (Pasheshauke),  :635. — Lyme  (East  Saybrook),  1645. — 
New  London  (Pequot),  1645. — Norwich. — Through  Gardiner's  bay  to  Greenport. — East 
Hampton. — Sag  Harbor. — Southampton,  1640. —  Shelter  island. —  Guilford,  1639. —  New 
Haven  (Quinnipiac),  1637.  —  The  tour  of  General  Washington  in  1789.  —  Deerfield 
(Pocumtuck),  1670. — Northampton  (Nonotuck),  1654. — Stockbridge  (Indian  town), 
1737-9. — Tyringham,  1 739-1 762. — Lenox  (Yokuntown),  1739-1767. — ^Pittsfield  (Pontoo- 
suck),  1752. — Great  Barrington  (Upper  Housatonnuck),  1733-1760. — From  Great  Bar- 
rington  to  Litchfield. — Litchfield,  1721-1724. 

The  purpose  of  the  book  is  not  historical,  certainly  not  critical.  The  author  assigns 
to  the  spots  she  touches  the  fact  or  fiction  which  links  it  especially  with  the  life  of  the 
past.  She  is  anxious  to  relate,  not  what  actually  occurred,  but  what  the  country-folk 
have  believed  as  occurring/  and  in  pursuing  this  end  she  pours  out  a  lavish  store  of 
things  amusing,  pathetic,  often  in  a  high  degree  romantic,  the  selection  showing  a  good 
appreciation  of  what  takes  hold  of  the  heart  of  the  world.     Condensed  from  Nation,  igo8. 

Illustrated  with  many  photographs. 

Clarke,  Helen  Archibald.  917-4  C53 

Longfellow's  country.     1909.     Baker. 

Contents:  Along  the  coast  of  New  England. — Under  the  shadow  of  Blomidon. — 
Idyls  from  history. — "The  New  England  tragedies." — The  lore  of  "Hiawatha." — In 
Cambridge. 

Illustrated. 

Dankers,  Jaspar,  &  Sluyter,  Peter.  9^7-4  D2a 

Journal  of  a  voyage  to  New  York  and  a  tour  in  several  of  the  Amer- 
ican colonies  in  1679-80;  tr.  from  the  Dutch  for  the  Long  Island  His- 
torical Society  and  ed.  by  H.  C.  Murphy.     1867. 

Contents:  Voyage  to  New  York. — New  York  and  its  vicinity. — Journey  to  the  Dela- 
ware.— The  Hudson  and  its  affluents. — Boston  and  the  voyage  home. 

The  same.     (In  Long  Island  Historical  Society. 

Memoirs,  v.i.) rg74.'j2i  L82  v.i 

"In  1679,  New  York  was  visited  and  carefully  described  by  two  very  keen  and  in- 
telligent Dutch  observers,  the  so-called  Labadist  emissaries,  Jasper  Dankers  and  Peter 
Sluyter. .  .The  worthy  brethren. .  .left  an  interesting  journal  of  their  visit...  and  they 
made  some  quite  artistic  pencil  sketches  of  the  city  withal,  which  are  extremely  precious 
as  historical  documents."     Fiske's  Dutch  and  Quaker  colonies. 

Davison,  Gideon  Miner.  r9i7.4  D325 

Traveller's  guide  through  the  middle  and  northern  states  and  the 

provinces  of  Canada.     1840.     Privately  printed. 

Devoted  chiefly  to  Pennsylvania,  New  York  and  the  New  England  states,  Toronto, 

Montreal  and  Quebec. 

Felt,  Joseph  Barlow.  r9i7-4  F34 

Customs  of  New  England.     1853.     Marvin. 

"Strictly  speaking,  this  is  more  a  catalogue  of  articles  of  domestic  use,  and  of  what 
the  people  of  New  England  wore  from  infancy  to  old  age,  than  of  their  customs  250 
years  ago... The  correct  stage-setting  and  costuming  of  a  remote  period... Dr.  Felt 
gives  us  as  no  one  else  has  done,  describing  the  nature  and  uses  of  everything  with 
painstaking  fidelity."     Larned's  Literature  of  American  history. 

Hale,  Edward  Everett.  917-4  H15 

Tarry  at  home  travels.     1906.     Macmillan. 

Contents:  The  state  of  Maine. —  New  Hampshire. —  Vermont. —  Massachusetts. — 
Rhode  Island.  —  Connecticut.  —  New  York.  —  Washington  then  and  now.  —  The  new 
Washington. 

Appeared  in  the  "Outlook,"  v.79-82,  March  4,  1905-Feb.  24,  1906. 

"It  is  in  the  guide  himself ..  .and  not  in  the  localities  visited  or  the  historical  in- 
cidents related,  that  the  reader  will  find  his  chief  interest. .  .On  that  score,  however, 
the  work  loses  none  of  its  potential  value."     Nation,  1906. 


2288        NORTH  ATLANTIC  STATES.    NEW  ENGLAND 

Koch,  Felix  John.  J917.4  K36 

Little  journey  to  historic  and  picturesque  shrines  of  central  New 

England,  for  home  and  school,  intermediate  and  upper  grades.     1907. 

Flanagan.  (Library  of  travel.) 
"Some  hints  for  reading,"  p.t82. 
Describes  interesting  places  in  and  about  Boston  and  visits  to  New   Bedford,  the 

town  of  the  whalers,  Plymouth,  Nantucket,  Portland  and  Newport. 

Pidgeon,  Daniel.  917-4  PSS 

Old-world  questions  and  new-world  answers.  1884.  Paul. 
This  account,  by  an  Englishman,  of  travels  in  New  England  is  especially  devoted 
to  the  consideration  of  factory  conditions.  He  studied  clock-making  in  Ansonia,  tem- 
perance measures  in  Winsted,  schools  in  Great  Harrington,  paper-mills  in  Dalton,  rail- 
road engineering  in  the  Hoosac  tunnel,  thread  manufacture  in  Willimantic,  a  model 
creamery  near  Hartford  and  the  cotton  mills  of  Lowell.  His  comments  are  in  general 
favorable. 

Rollins,  Mrs  Ellen  Chapman  (Hobbs),  (pseud.  E.  H.  Arr).         917.4  R65 
New  England  bygones,  introduction  by  Gail  Hamilton.     1883.     Lip- 
pincott. 

"This  little  volume,  written  especially  for  children,  is  a  record  of  life  in  a  typical 
New-England  farm-house  fifty  years  ago . . .  The  whole  forms  a  true  picture  of  New 
England  life  in  the  more  remote  districts,  with  its  stern  and  unamiable  features  un- 
softened,  and  its  strong,  hardy  characteristics  unheightened."     Nation,  1880. 

Introduction  is  a  brief  sketch  of  author.     Illustrated. 

Schopf,  Johann  David.  917-4  S37 

Travels  in  the  Confederation  [1783-1784];  tr.  and  ed.  from  the  Ger- 
man by  A.  J.  Morrison.    2v.     1911.    Campbell. 

V.I.     New  Jersey. — Pennsylvania. — Maryland. — Virginia. 

V.3.  Pennsylvania. —  Maryland. —  Virginia. —  The  Carolinas. —  East  Florida. —  The 
Bahamas. 

"Citations,"  v.i,  p.420— 422;  v.2,  p.337-340. 

Facsimile  title-page  in  German. 

"In  1777,  Dr.  Schoepf  was  appointed  Chief  Surgeon  of  the  Ansbach  troops  serving 
in  the  British  army  during  the  Revolution,  and  was  on  hospital  duty  in  New  York,  Phila- 
delphia, and  in  Rhode  Island.  Peace  having  been  declared,  he  left  New  York  in  July 
of  1783,  to  travel  through  the  States  of  New  Jersey,  Pennsylvania,  Maryland,  Virginia 
and  the  Carolinas  —  to  East  Florida  and  the  Bahama  Islands.  His  book  of  travels  was 
first  published  in  two  volumes  at  Erlangen  in  1788.  The  grreater  part  of  the  first  volume 
is  devoted  to  Pennsylvania,  as  far  west  as  Pittsburgh.  Dr.  Schoepf  was  a  man  of 
•cientific  training,  a  prominent  geolog^ist,  and  an  observer  of  g^reat  good  sense  and  judg- 
ment, and  his  American  notes  for  the  year  after  the  Revolution  are  interesting  through- 
out"    Pennsylvania  magaeine  of  history,  igio. 

[Silliman,  Benjamin.]  r9i7.4  S58 

Remarks  made  on  a  short  tour  between  Hartford  and  Quebec  in  the 

autumn  of  1819.     1820.     Converse. 

The  journey  was  made  by  way  of  Albany,  Lake  George  and  Lake  Champlain.  The 
writer  was  interested  in  the  geology,  the  scenery,  and  the  historical  events  associated 
with  the  places  through  which  he  passed. 

Smith,  Richard.  r9i7.4  S65 

Tour  of  four  great  rivers,  the  Hudson,  Mohawk,  Susquehanna  and 

Delaware,  in  1769;  ed.  with  a  short  history  of  the  pioneer  settlements, 

by  F.  W.  Halsey.     1906.    Scribner. 

Diary  kept  by  Smith  while  on  a  journey  to  survey  a  tract  of  land  in  what  is  now 
the  southern  part  of  Otsego  county.  New  York.  He  notes  the  situation  of  the  land  and 
its  possibilities  and  is  interested  in  what  is  to  be  seen  by  the  way. 


MAINE  2289 

1917.4  T75 
Trolley  trips  through  New  England  and  Hudson  river  valley.  1909. 
Trolley  Press. 

Wilson,  Rufus  Rockwell.  917-4  W77 

Rambles  in  colonial  byways.    2v.     1906.    Lippincott. 
V.I.     Two   Atlantic  islands.— Some  colonial  nooks. — Rambles  in  old  New   York. — 
In  the  wake  of  the  patroons. — The  Albany  post  road. — The  land  of  the  Six  Nations. — 
The  west  bank  of  the  Hudson. 

V.2.  Along  the  eastern  shore. — -The  city  of  the  Friends. — Penn's  manor  and  be- 
yond.— God's  peculiar  people  [the  Dunkers]. — Bethlehem  and  around  there. — Three 
groups  of  German  mystics. — Through  Washington's  country. — Yorktown  and  her  neigh- 
bors. 

Maine 
Butler,  Francis  Gould.  i974>i  F24b 

History  of  Farmington,  Franklin  county,  Maine,  from  the  earliest 
explorations  to  the  present  time,  1776-1885.    1885.     Knowlton. 

Hanson,  John  Wesley.  r974.i  Gi7h 

History  of  Gardiner,  Pittston  and  West  Gardiner  [Me.],  with  a 
sketch  of  the  Kennebec  Indians  &  New  Plymouth  purchase,  comprising 
historical  matter  from  1602  to  1852,  with  genealogical  sketches  of  many 
families.     1852.    Palmer. 

Hosmer,  George  Leonard.  rg74.i  D37h 

Historical  sketch  of  the  town  of  Deer  Isle,  Maine,  with  notices  of 
its  settlers  and  early  inhabitants.     1886.    Stanley. 

Maine  Historical  Society.  i'974-i  Ma66 

Collections,    v.7,  9-10.     1876-91. 

v.io  is  an  index  to  v.  1-9. 

For  v.i-6,  8  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

The  same,  2d  ser.    v.4-13.     1889-1909 i'974-i  M266d 

Being  "Documentary  history  of  the  state  of  Maine." 
For  v.i-2  see  preceding  catalogfue,  second  series. 

Maine  Historical  Society.  r974.i  M366d 

Documentary  history  of  the  state  of  Maine,    v.4-13.     1889-1909. 

v.4-6.     The  Baxter  manuscripts;  ed.  by  J.  P.  Baxter. 

v.7-8.     The  Farnham  papers,  1603-1871;  comp.  by  M.  F.  Farnham. 

v.9-13.     The  Baxter  manuscripts;  ed.  by  J.  P.  Baxter. 

Being  2d  ser.,  v.4-13  of  its  Collections. 

For  v.i-2  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Parker,  Thomas.  i'974>i  F24P 

History  of  Farmington,  Me.  from  its  settlement  to  1846.    1846.   Swift. 

Piscataquis  County  (Me.)  Historical  Society.  r974-i  P65 

Historical  collections,    v.i.     1910. 

V.I.  Papers  read  at  meetings. — North  eastern  boundary  controversy  and  the 
Aroostook  war,  with  documentary  matter  pertaining^  thereto. 

Sylvester,  Herbert  Milton.  974-1  S98 

Maine  coast  romance,    v.  1-4.    1904-08.    Stanhope  Press. 
V.I.     Ye  romance  of  Gasco  bay. 
V.2,     Ye  romance  of  old  York. 
T.3.     The  Sokoki  trail. 
V.4.     Ye  romance  of  olde  Pemaquid. 


2290  NEW  HAMPSHIRE 


Williamson,  Joseph,  comp.  roi6.g74i  W75 

Bibliography  of  the  state  of  Maine  from  the  earliest  period  to  1891. 
2v.    1896.    Thurston  Print. 

New  Hampshire 

History 

Bedford,  N.  H. — Centennial  committee.  r974.2  B37 

History  of  Bedford,  N.  H.,  being  statistics  compiled  on  the  occasion 
of  the  looth  anniversary  of  the  incorporation  of  the  town.  May  19,  1850. 
1851,    Mudge. 

Bell,  Charles  Henry.  r974-2  EgSb 

History  of  the  town  of  Exeter,  New  Hampshire.     1888.     [Farwell.] 
"Genealogical,"  88p.  at  end. 

Bittinger,  John  Quincy.  1^974.2  Hasb 

History  of  Haverhill,  N.  H.     1888.    Privately  printed. 

Concord,  N.  H. — City  council.  t974*3  C74 
Concord  town  records,  1732-1820.     1894.     Republican  Press  Assoc. 
Index;    compiled    by    O.    G.   Hammond.      1900.      Rumford 

Press r974.2  C74a 

Jenness,  John  Scribner.  974-3  Ja6 

Isles  of  Shoals;  an  historical  sketch.    1873.     Hurd. 

McClintock,  John  Norris.  i'974-2  M13 

History  of  New  Hampshire.     1888.    Russell. 

"Covers  the  history  of  New  Hampshire  from  1623  to  1888.  Compiled  from  the 
sources  and  from  secondary  material,  as  Belknap's  New  Hampshire.  Treats  of  such 
topics  as  canals  and  railroads,  as  well  as  the  mere  annals.  Style  rather  dull,  but  suitable 
to  a  work  of  reference.  The  standard  complete  history  of  New  Hampshire."  Larned's 
Literature  of  American  history. 

New  Hampshire.  ^974.2  Na6 

Provincial  and  state  papers,     v.i-29.     1867-96. 

v.i-8.  Documents  and  records  relating  to  the  province  of  New  Hampshire,  1633- 
1783. 

V.9.     Documents  and  records  relating  to  towns  in  New  Hampshire,  1 638-1 784. 

v.io.  Miscellaneous  documents  and  records  relating  to  New  Hampshire  at  dif- 
ferent periods,  1749-1792. 

V.11-I3.     Documents  relating  to  towns  in  New  Hampshire,  1647-1800. 

V.I 4-1 7.     Rolls  of  the  soldiers  in  the  Revolutionary  war,  1775-82. 

v.iS.     Miscellaneous  provincial  and  state  pai>ers,   1 725-1800. 

V.19.     Provincial  papers  of  New  Hampshire,  1 679-1 764. 

V.20-22.     Early  state  papers  of  New  Hampshire,   1 784-1 793. 

V.23.  A  list  of  documents  in  the  Public  record  office  in  London,  England,  relating 
to  the  province  of  New  Hampshire,  1 606-1 771. 

v.a4-26.     Town  charters. 

v.27-28.  Township  grants  of  lands  in  New  Hampshire  included  in  the  Masonian 
patent,  issued  subsequent  to  1746  by  the  Masonian  proprietary. 

V.29.     Documents  relating  to  the  Masonian  patent,  1 630-1 846. 

v.i-io,  ed.  by  Nathaniel  Bouton;  v.ii-18,  ed.  by  I.  W.  Hamimond;  v.19-29,  ed.  by 
A.  S.  Batchellor 

New  Hampshire  Historical  Society.  <irg74.2  N261 

Collections,    v.8.     1866. 
For  v.  1-2,  9  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 


VERMONT  2291 


Saunderson,  Henry  H.  974-2  C378 

History  of  Charlestown,  N.  H.,  the  old  No.  4,  embracing  the  part 
borne  by  its  inhabitants  in  the  Indian,  French  and  Revolutionary  wars 
and  the  Vermont  controversy;  also  genealogies  and  sketches  of  fami- 
lies from  its  settlement  to  1876.     1876.     Privately  printed. 

Stark,  Caleb.  r974-2  DSgs 

History  of  the  town  of  Dunbarton,  Merrimack  county,  New-Hamp- 
shire, from  the  grant  by  Mason's  assigns  in  1751  to  the  year  i860. 
i860.     Lyon. 

Contains  short  biographical  sketches  of  many  of  the  inhabitants. 


Description  and  travel 

Bent,  Allen  Herbert,  comp.  roi6.9i74a  B44 

Bibliography  of  the  White  mountains.     191 1.     Houghton. 

Contents:    The  classics. — Guide  books. — Magazine  articles. — Articles  in  Appalachia. 
— Incidental    references. — Fiction. — Poetry. — Maps. — Early   engravings. — Newspapers. 
Published  for  the  Appalachian  Mountain  Club. 

Concord  (N.  H.)  Commercial  Club.  rgiy^a  C74 

Concord,  the  city  beautiful;  its  attractions  and  advantages.    1909. 

Sweetser,  Moses  Forster.  917.422  897 

Views  in  the  White  mountains,  with  descriptions.     1879.     Chisholm. 
Collection  of  12  photographs.    The  descriptions  are  extremely  brief. 
The  same .qr9i7.422  S97V 

Collection  of  11  photographs. 

Vermont 
Conant,  Edward.  974-3  C74 

Geography,  history,  constitution  and  civil  government  of  Vermont; 
also  constitution  and  civil  government  of  the  U.  S.;  revised  and  en- 
larged by  M.  S.  Stone.    1907.    Tuttle. 

"Reference  books,"  p.9-10. 

Intended  as  a  text-book  and  written  to  comply  with  the  law  prescribing  the  teaching 
of  the  geography,  history  and  civil  government  of  the  state.  Contains  many  illustra- 
tions, maps  and  statistical  tables. 

Hall,  Hiland,  ^974-3  H173W 

Why  the  early  inhabitants  of  Vermont  disclaimed  the  jurisdiction 
of  New  York  and  established  an  independent  government;  an  address 
deliviered  before  the  New  York  Historical  Society,  Dec.  4,  i860.  1872. 
Pierce. 

Williams,  Samuel,  1743-1817.  ^974.3  W74 

Natural  and  civil  history  of  Vermont.  2v.  1809.  Mills. 
"This  history  was  written  more  than  a  century  ago  by  a  clergyman  who  had  been 
a  close  observer  of  the  events  he  related,  if  not  an  actor  among  them ...  Letters  and 
public  documents  are  quoted  at  considerable  length. .  .The  work  is  well  written  and  holds 
an  honorable  place  among  the  histories  of  the  state."  Larned's  Literature  of  American 
history. 


2292  MASSACHUSETTS 


Greene,  Frank  L.  comp.  rg  17.43  G83 

Vermont,  the  Green  mountain  state;  past,  present,  prospective. 
1907.  Vermont  Commission  to  the  Jamestown  Tercentennial  Expo- 
sition. 

Brief  illustrated  sketch  of  the  history,  social  economy,  education,  industries  and 
resources  of  Vermont. 

Massachusetts 

Bibliography 
Colburn,  Jeremiah,  comp.  qroi6.9744  C67 

Bibliography'  of  the  local  history  of  Massachusetts.    1871.    Lunt. 

Flagg,  Charles  Allcott,  comp.  1016.9744  F59 

Guide  to  Massachusetts  local  history;  being  a  bibliographic  index  to 
the  literature  of  the  towns,  cities  and  counties  of  the  state.  1907. 
Salem  Press  Co. 


History 

Bartlett,  William  Henry.  974.4  B27 

Pilgrim  Fathers;  or,  The  founders  of  New  England  in  the  reign  of 
James  the  First.    1853.    Hall. 

Contents:  The  Pilgrims  in  England. — The  exiles  in  Holland. — The  settlement  in 
America. 

"This  work  was  written  that  the  British  public  might  be  better  informed  regarding 
the  early  history  of  their  kinsmen  across  the  sea.  It  is  a  compilation  put  together  in  an 
anecdotal  and  gossipy  fashion,  calculated  to  interest  its  readers.  Mr.  Bartlett  may  lay 
claim  to  some  originality  in  the  attention  he  has  given  to  topographical  details,  but  taken 
ai  a  whole  he  has  shown  little  critical  ability."    Larned's  Literature  of  American  history. 

Illustrated. 

Cockshott,  Winnifred.  974-4  C64 

Pilgrim  Fathers;  their  church  and  colony.     [1909.]     Methuen. 
"Chief  authorities,"  p.  13-15. 
An  English  view,  giving  proportionate  space  to  Pilgfrim  history  in  England,  Holland 

and  America,  and  describing  the  institutional  and  economic  life  of  the  Plymouth  colony. 

In  the  main  well  written  and  accurate. 

Essex  Institute,  Salem,  Mass.  1*974.4  ^^4 

Historical  collections,  April  1859-1903.    v.i-39.     1859-1903. 

Index,  V.1-40,  1859-1904. 

Published  irregularly. 

For  later  volumes  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Goodwin,  John  Abbott.  ^974-4  G63 

[Pilgrim  republic;  an  historical  review  of  the  colony  of  New  Ply- 
mouth, with  sketches  of  the  rise  of  other  New  England  settlements, 
the  history  of  Congregationalism  and  the  creeds  of  the  period.]  1888. 
Ticknor. 

Title-page  wanting. 

"Authorities,"  p.  12-13. 

"An  elaborate  and  impartial  study,  based  on  a  careful  examination  of  original 
sources,  not  easily  found.  Written  for  popular  reading,  but  'without  much  imagination 
and  humor.'  The  preface  contains  an  estimate  of  the  original  and  secondary  authorities. 
There  is  considerable  fulness  of  valuable  detail  as  to  local  affairs  at  Plymouth." 
Larned's  Literature  of  American  history. 


MASSACHUSETTS  2293 


Hawthorne,  Nathaniel.  J974>4  H36g 

The  whole  history  of  grandfather's  chair;  or,  True  stories  from  New 

England  history,  1620-1803.    1896.    Houghton. 

Among  the  stories  told  by  grandfather  to  the  children  are,  The  pine-tree  shillings. — 

The    sunken    treasure. — The    Salem    witches. — The    old    French    war    and    the    Acadian 

exiles. — The  Boston  massacre. 

"Sketch  of  the  life  of  Nathaniel  Hawthorne,"  p.5-24. 

Johnson,  Edward.  i'974'4  J36 

Wonder-working  providence,  1628-1651;  ed.  by  J.  F.Jameson.     1910. 
Scribner.     (Original  narratives  of  early  American  history.) 
Contains  map  and  two  facsimiles. 

"A  history  of  New  England  the  book  is  not,  but  rather  a  history  of  Massachusetts 
down  to...  1 65 1.  Among  New  England  histories  it  has  the  distinction  of  being  the  first 
to  appear  in  print,  for  it  was  printed  in  London  in  1653  (dated  1654).  It  was  printed 
anonymously,  but  its  author  is  known  to  have  been  Captain  Edward  Johnson,  selectman 
and  town  clerk  of . .  .Woburns  Massachusetts ...  The  hot  zeal,  the  narrow  partisanship, 
the  confident  dogmatism,  which  characterized  so  much  of  Puritanism,  have  in  him  a 
striking  example ...  While  he  gives  much  valuable  information,  especially  as  to  the  suc- 
cessive planting  of  new  towns  and  churches  in  Massachusetts,  he  is  not  seldom  inac- 
curate."    Jameson's  History  of  historical  writing  in  America. 

Mackennal,  Alexander.  <1974>4  M17 

Homes  and  haunts  of  the  Pilgrim  Fathers,  with  illustrations  by 
Charles  Whymper.    1899.    Religious  Tract  Soc. 

Contents:  Gainsborough. — William  Brewster  and  the  church  at  Scrooby. — Auster- 
field  the  home  of  Governor  Bradford. — Myles  Standish  and  the  Standish  country. — Bos- 
ton.— Cambridge  and  Corpus  Christi  College. — Wisbech,  the  town  of  Dorothy  May. — Hol- 
land and  John  Robinson. — Delfshaven  and  farewell  words. — Southampton. — Plymouth. 

Massachusetts  Historical  Society.  ^974.4  M45I 

Lectures  delivered  in  a  course  before  the  Lowell  Institute  in  Bos- 
ton by  members  of  the  Massachusetts  Historical  Society  on  subjects 
relating  to  the  early  history  of  Massachusetts.     1869. 

Contents:  Massachusetts  and  its  early  history,  by  R.  C.  Winthrop. — The  aims  and 
purposes  of  the  founders  of  the  Massachusetts  colony,  by  G.  E.  Ellis.- — Treatment  of 
intruders  and  dissentients  by  the  founders  of  Massachusetts,  by  G.  E.  Ellis. — History  of 
grants  under  the  Great  council  for  New  England,  by  S.  F.  Haven. — The  colony  of  New 
Plymouth  and  its  relations  to  Massachusetts,  by  William  Brigham. — Slavery  as  it  once 
prevailed  in  Massachusetts,  by  Emory  Washburn. — Records  of  Massachusetts  under  its 
first  charter,  by  C.  W.  Upham. — The  medical  profession  in  Massachusetts,  by  O.  W. 
Holmes. — Early  relations  with  the  Indians,  by  Samuel  Eliot. — The  regicides  sheltered 
in  New  England,  by  Chandler  Robbins. — The  first  charter  and  the  early  religious  legis- 
lation of  Massachusetts,  by  Joel  Parker.— Puritan  politics  of  England  and  New  England, 
by  E.  E.  Hale. — Education  in  Massachusetts,  early  legislation  and  history,  by  G.  B. 
Emerson. 

Massachusetts  Historical  Society.  qr974.4  M45P 

Proceedings,  ist  series,  April  1855-Dec.  1870,  April  1873-March  1875. 
V.3-11,  13.    1859-75- 
Minot,  George  Richards.  r974.4  M72C 

Continuation  of  the  history  of  the  province  of  Massachusetts  Bay 
from  1748  to  1765,  with  an  introductory  sketch  of  events  from  its  origi- 
nal settlement.    2v.     1798-1803.     Manning. 

Oliver,  Peter.  9744  O23 

Puritan  commonwealth;  an  historical  review  of  the  Puritan  govern- 
ment in  Massachusetts  in  its  civil  and  ecclesiastical  relations,  from  its 
rise  to  the  abrogation  of  the  first  charter.    1856.    Little. 

"An  account  of  colonial  Massachusetts  from  the  point  of  view  of  an  ardent  church- 
man and  upholder  of  aristocratic  ideas.     Peter  Oliver  was  a  descendant  of  the  Olivers 


2294  MASSACHUSETTS 

Oliver,  Peter — continued.  974-4  ©23 

who  at  the  time  of  the  American  Revolution  stood  stoutly  with  the  Tories.  He  has  no 
love  for  Puritanism.  While  the  tone  of  Mr.  Oliver  is  thus  that  of  a  belated  cavalier 
and  prclatist,  he  is  well  informed  and  able.  The  work  has  value  as  a  counter-weight  to 
the  numerous  presentments  of  New  England  Puritanism  quite  too  partial."  Larned's 
Literature  of  American  history. 

Washburn,  Emory.  r974'4  W27 

Sketches  of  the  judicial  history  of  Massachusetts  from  1630  to  the 
Revolution  in  1775.    1840.    Little. 

"Really  an  essay  on  the  constitutional  history  of  Massachusetts  with  notices  of  the 
more  eminent  judges  and  lawyers  of  the  colonial  era.  Author  was  a  Massachusetts  judge 
and  a  close  student  of  history.  The  book  is  written  from  original  sources."  Larned's 
Literature  of  American  history. 

Town  histories 

Walker,  Alice  Morehouse.  ^974-4  A51SW 

Historic  homes  of  Amherst.    1905.    Amherst  Historical  Soc. 

Gives  briefly  the  history  of  some  of  the  oldest  families  of  this  Massachusetts  town. 

Abbot,  Abiel.  r974.4  Assa 

History  of  Andover  [Mass.]  from  its  settlement  to  1829.  1829. 
Flagg. 

Includes  list  of  early  settlers,  of  "natives  and  of  sons  of  residents  who  have  received 
a  collegiate  education"  and  a  chapter  on  the  witchcraft  delusion. 

Bailey,  Sarah  Loring.  i^974>4  Assb 

Historical  sketches  of  Andover  (comprising  the  present  towns  of 
North  Andover  and  Andover),  Massachusetts.     1880.     Houghton. 

Stone,  Edwin  Martin.  i'974-4  B46S 

History  of  Beverly  [Mass.],  civil  and  ecclesiastical,  from  its  settle- 
ment in  1630  to  1842.    1843.    Munroe. 

Perry,  Gardner  Braman.  r974-4  B68i2p 

History  of  Bradford,  Mass.  from  the  earliest  period  to  the  close  of 
1820,  as  contained  in  sermon  delivered  Dec.  20,  1820.    1872.    Morse. 

Mitchell,  Nahum.  r974.4  B74m 

History  of  the  early  settlement  of  Bridgewater,  Massachusetts,  in- 
cluding an  extensive  family  register.    1840.    Privately  printed. 

Kingman,  Bradford.  r974>4  B74k 

History  of  North  Bridgewater,  Plymouth  county,  Massachusetts 
from  its  first  settlement  to  the  present  time,  with  family  registers.  1866. 
Privately  printed. 

Gilman,  Arthur,  ed.  *  r974.4  Ci4g 

Cambridge  [Mass.]  of  1896;  a  picture  of  the  city  and  its  industries 
50  years  after  its  incorporation.    1896.    Riverside  Press. 

Paige,  Lucius  Robinson.  r974.4  Ci4p 

History  of  Cambridge,  Mass.,  1630-1877,  with  a  genealogical  regis- 
ter.   1877.    Houghton. 


MASSACHUSETTS  2295 

Chamberlain,  Mellen,  comp.  qr974.4  C41C 

Documentary  history  of  Chelsea,  including  the  Boston  precincts  of 

Winnisimmet,  Rumney  Marsh  and  Pullen  Point,  1624-1824,  with  notes. 

2v.    1908.    Mass.  Historical  Soc. 

The  compiler  was  librarian  of  the  Boston  Public  Library,  1878-90  and  an  authority 

on  the  early  history  of  Boston  and  its  vicinity. 

Hanson,  John  Wesley.  r974.4  D23h 

History  of  the  town  of  Danvers  [Mass.]  from  its  early  settlement  to 
the  year  1848.    1848. 

Mann,  Hermann.  r974.4  D36m 

Historical  annals  of  Dedham  [Mass.]  from  its  settlement  in  1635 
to  1847.     1847.     Privately  printed. 

Nason,  Elias.  i^974-4  Dg2n 

History  of  the  town  of  Dunstable,  Massachusetts  from  its  earliest 
settlement  to  1873.     1877.     Mudge. 

Compiled  largely  from  town,  parish  and  state  records. 

Crowell,  Robert.  r974-4  E846C 

History  of  the  town  of  Essex  [Mass.]  from  1634  to  1868,  with 
Sketches  of  the  soldiers  in  the  War  of  the  rebellion,  by  David  Choate. 
1868.     Bowles. 

Fenner,  Henry  Milne.  qr974.4  F36 

History  of  Fall  River   [Mass.],  prepared  under  the  direction  of  a 

committee  of  prominent  citizens.     1906.    Smiley. 

Includes  biographical  sketches  and  portraits  of  well-known  residents. 

Torrey,  Rufus  C.  r974.4  FSSt 

History  of  the  town  of  Fitchburg,  Mass.,  comprising  also  a  history 
of  Lunenburg  from  its  first  settlement  to  the  year  1764.  1865.  Fitch- 
burg Centennial  Committee. 

Barry,  William.  r974-4  FSsb 

History  of  Framingham,  Massachusetts,  including  the  plantation, 
from  1640  to  the  present  time  [1847],  with  an  appendix  containing  a 
notice  of  Sudbury  and  its  first  proprietors,  also  a  register  of  the  in- 
habitants of  Framingham  before  1800,  with  genealogical  sketches. 
1847.     Munroe. 

Green,  Samuel  Abbott.  r974-4  G83 

Groton  [Mass.]  during  the  Indian  wars.    1883.     [Wilson.] 
Contents:     King   Philip's  war. — King  William's  war. — Queen   Anne's   war. — Dum- 

mer's  war. — King  George's  war. — French  and  Indian  war. — Miscellaneous  matters. 

Chase,  George  Wingate.  r974.4  H35C 

History  of  Haverhill,  Massachusetts  from  its  first  settlement  in 
1640  to  the  year  i860.     1861.     Privately  printed. 

Washburn,  Emory.  r974-4  L55W 

Historical  sketches  of  the  town  of  Leicester,  Massachusetts  during 
the  first  century  from  its  settlement,     i860.    Wilson. 

Lewis,  Alonzo.  r974'4  L99I 

History  of  Lynn  [Mass.],  including  Nahant.     1844.    Dickinson. 


2296  MASSACHUSETTS 


Lamson,  D.  F.  r974.4  M32I 

History  of  the  town  of  Manchester,  Essex  county,  Massachusetts, 
1645-1895.    1895. 

Brooks,  Charles.  r974,4  Mssb 

History  of  the  town  of  Medford,  Middlesex  county,  Massachusetts 
from  its  first  settlement  in  1630  to  the  present  time.    1855.    Usher. 

New  Bedford  (Mass.)  Mercury.  qr974.4  N26 

looth  anniversary  of  the  New  Bedford  Mercury,  1807-1907.  [1907. 
Mercury  Pub.  Co.] 

Contains  articles  on  New  Bedford  in  the  early  days  of  the  whaling  industry.  Illus- 
trations and  portraits. 

Coffin,  Joshua.  ]^974-4  N262C 

Sketch  of  the  history  of  Newbury,  Newburyport  and  West  New- 
bury [Mass.]  from  1635  to  1845.     1845.     Drake. 

Smith,  Samuel  Francis.  r974.4  N29S 

History  of  Newton,  Massachusetts,  town  and  city,  from  its  earliest 
settlement  to  the  present  time,  1630-1880.     1880.    Amer.  Logotype  Co. 

North  Adams,  Mass.  Old  Home  Week  Committee.  r974'4  N45 

North  Adams,  Massachusetts;  official  souvenir  book.  Old  home  week, 
Sept.  5-1 1,  1909.     [1909.] 

Spear,  W.  F.  r974-4  N458 

History  of  North  Adams,  Mass.,  1749-1885;  reminiscences  of  early 
settlers,  extracts  from  old  town  records,  its  public  institutions,  indus- 
tries and  prominent  citizens,  together  with  a  roster  of  commissioned 
officers  in  the  War  of  the  rebellion.  1885.  Hoosac  Valley  News 
Printing  House. 

Freeland,  Mary  de  Witt.  r974.4  Ossf 

Records  of  Oxford,  Mass.,  including  chapters  of  Nipmuck,  Huguenot 
and  English  history  from  the  earliest  date,  1630,  with  manners  and 
fashions  of  the  time.    1894.    Munsell. 

Parmenter,  Charles  O.  r9744  P25 

History  of  Pelham,  Mass.  from  1738  to  1898,  including  the  early 
history  of  Prescott.    1898.    Carpenter. 

Bradford,  William,  1588-1657.  r974'4  P73b 

History  of  Plymouth  plantation,  1606-46;  ed.  by  W.  T.  Davis.  1908. 
Scribner.     (Original  narratives  of  early  American  history.) 

"This  ranks  with  Winthrop's  Journal  as  one  of  the  two  most  important  works  in 
early  New  England  historical  literature.  It  is  as  authoritative  as  Winthrop,  and  is 
superior  to  it  in  that  it  is  not  simply  a  diary  or  book  of  annals,  but  a  history — It  is  a 
book  which  may  be  read  through  with  pleasure."  Larned's  Literature  of  American 
history. 

Eaton,  Lilley.  r974-4  R^se 

Genealogical  history  of  the  town  of  Reading,  Mass.,  including  the 
present  towns  of  Wakefield,  Reading  and  North  Reading,  with  chro- 
nological and  historical  sketches,  from  1639  to  1874.     1874.     Mudge. 


MASSACHUSETTS.     BOSTON  2297 

Paine,  Ralph  Delahaye.  974-4  Si6p 

Ships  and  sailors  of  old  Salem;  the  record  of  a  brilliant  era  of 
American  achievement.     1909.     Outing. 

Appeared  in  "Outing,"  V.51-S4,  Jan.  1908-April  1909. 

From  log-books,  sea  journals  and  hitherto  unpublished  manuscripts  have  been 
gathered  narratives  of  the  first  American  voyages  to  Japan,  India,  the  Philippines, 
Guam,  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  Sumatra,  Arabia  and  the  South  seas.  From  the  time  of  the 
Revolution  to  the  War  of  1812  the  port  of  Salem  was  the  most  important  seat  of  mari- 
time enterprise  in  the  New  World. 

Jones,  Electa  F.  r974-4  S86j 

Stockbridge  [Massachusetts]  past  and  present;  or,  Records  of  an 
old  mission  station.     1854.     Bowles. 

Sewall,  Samuel,  1785-1868.  i^974-4  W83S 

History  of  Woburn,  Middlesex  county,  Mass.  from  the  grant  of  its 
territory  to  Charlestown  in  1640  to  the  year  i860,  with  a  memorial 
sketch  of  the  author  by  C.  C.  Sewall.     1868.    Wiggin. 


Description  and  travel 
Coleman,  Emma  Lewis.  9I7-44  C68 

Historic  and  present  day  guide  to  old  Deerfield  [Mass.].     1907. 

"Some  books  about  Deerfield,"  p.113-116. 

Describes  the  town  and  its  associations.     Includes  a  list  of  the  industries  conducted 
by  the  Society  of  Deerfield  Industries. 

Gloucester,  Mass.  Board  of  Trade.  r9i7.44  G51 

Gloucester,  Mass.     [1908?] 
Godfrey,  Edward  Kenneth,  comp.  9i7'44  G55 

Island  of  Nantucket,  what  it  was  and  what  it  is;  its  history,  people, 
agriculture,  botany,  conchology  and  geology.     1882.     Lee. 

Jones,  Alvin  Lincoln.  r9i7.44  J39 

Under  colonial  roofs.     1894.    Webster. 

Description  of  about  40  of  the  oldest  houses  in  the  neighborhood  of  Boston.     Illus- 
trated. 

Sheldon,  George.  9i7*44  S54 

Guide  to  the  museum  of  the  Pocumtuck  Valley  Memorial  Associa- 
tion.    1908.     [Morey.] 

Illustrated  description  of  the  most  interesting  articles  in  the  museum  at  Deerfield, 
Mass.,  which  possesses  a  valuable  collection  of  relics  of  colonial  days. 

Boston 
Boston — Public  library.  roi6.97446  B64 

Helps  in  the  Public  library  to  the  study  of  the  history  of  Boston  in 
the  public  schools.     1909. 

Boston — Registry  department.  r974.46  B64 

Report  (ist-3d,  ioth-i3th,  i6th-27th)  of  the  record  commissioners. 

1878-96. 

V.I.      [Boston  tax  lists,  etc.,  1674-95.] 

v.2.     Boston  records,  1634-60. — The  book  of  possessions  [of  Suffolk  county,  Mass.]. 

v.3.     Charlestown  land  records. 


2298  RHODE  ISLAND 


Boston — Registry  department — continued.  rg74.46  B64 

v.io.  Miscellaneous  papers. — The  Boston  directory,  1789. — The  Boston  directory, 
1796. 

V. II.     Records  of  Boston  selectmen,   1701-15. 

V.  1 2.     Boston  records,   1 729-42. 

V.  13.     Records  of  Boston  selectmen,  1716-36. 

V.I 6.     Boston  town  records,  1758-69. 

V.I 7.     Selectmen's  minutes,  1742/43-53. 

V.18.     Boston  town  records,   1770-77. 

v.ip.     Selectmen's  minutes,   1754-63. 

▼.20.     Selectmen's  minutes,  1764-68. 

V.21.     Dorchester  births,  marriages  and  deaths  to  the  end  of  1825. 

V.22.  The  statistics  of  the  United  States'  direct  tax  of  1798,  as  assessed  on  Boston. 
— The  names  of  the  inhabitants  of  Boston  in  1790,  as  collected  for  the  first  national 
census. 

V.23.     Selectmen's  minutes,   1769-75. 

V.24.     Boston  births,   1700-1800. 

V.2S.     Selectmen's  minutes,  1776-86. 

V.26.     Boston  town  records,  1778-83. 

V.27.     Selectmen's  minutes,   1787-98. 

From  1878  to  1890,  v.i-22,  these  reports  were  issued  by  the  record  commissioners. 
In  1892  with  V.23  the  Record  commissioners'  department  was  consolidated  with  the 
Registry  department. 

For  v.4-7  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Crawford,  Mary  Caroline.  974*46  B64C 

St.  Botolph's  town;  an  account  of  old  Boston  in  colonial  days.  1908. 
Page. 

Boston,  Mass.    Directories.  r  917.446  Sig 

Boston  directory,  containing  a  directory  of  the  citizens,  business  di- 
rectory and  street  directory,  1910.    1910.    Sampson. 

For  earlier  directories  see  preceding  catalogues. 

Drake,  Samuel  Adams.  917.446  D78 

Old  landmarks  and  historic  personages  of  Boston.     1889.     Roberts. 


Rhode  Island 

Greene,  George  Washington.  974-5  G83 

Short  history  of  Rhode  Island.    1877.    Reid. 

Providence,  R.  I. — Record  commissioners.  r974.5  P97e 

Early  records  of  the  town  of  Providence,    v.20.    1909. 
V.20.     Second  book  for  the  recording  of  deeds  and  called  Deed  book,  no. 2.     pt.i. 
For  V.1-19  see  preceding  catalogues. 

Rhode  Island — Education  department.  r974-5  R3842 

Rhode  Island  educational  circulars;  historical  series,   no.1-4.    1908-10. 

Rhode  Island  Historical  Society.  1*974.5  Rs^c 

Collections,    v.5.     1843. 

V.5.     Annals   of   the  town   of   Providence    [R.  I.]    from   its   first   settlement   to   the 
organization  of  the  city  government  in  June  1632,  by  W.  R.  SUples. 
For  V.1-4,  6-10  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

Rhode  Island  Historical  Society.  qr974-5  R38P 

Proceedings,  i 881/82-1886/87,  1888/89- 1890/91.    1882-91. 

For  volumes  for  1871/72-1880/81   see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 


CONNECTICUT  2299 


Staples,  William  Read.  r974.5  R38C  v.5 

Annals  of  the  town  of  Providence  [R.  I.]  from  its  first  settlement  to 
the  organization  of  the  city  government  in  June  1832.  1843.  Knowles. 
(In  Rhode  Island  Historical  Society.    Collections,  v.5.) 

Weeden,  William  Babcock.  974-5  W42 

Early  Rhode  Island;  a  social  history  of  the  people.  1910.  Grafton 
Press. 

Kirk,  William,  b.  1880,  ed.  917.45  K28 

A  modern  city.  Providence,  Rhode  Island,  and  its  activities.  1909. 
University  of  Chicago  Press. 

Contents:  Introduction,  by  W.  H.  P.  Faunce. — Geography,  by  C.  W.  Brown. — 
Population,  by  William  MacDonald. — Industry,  by  W.  B.  Weeden. — Labor,  by  William 
Kirk. — Government,  by  J.  Q.  Dealey. — Finance,  by  H.  B.  Gardner. — Education,  by  G.  G. 
Wikon. — Art,  by  W.  C.  Poland. — Philanthropy,  by  Mary  Conyngton. — Religion,  by 
Lester  Bradner. 

Valuable  symposium,  from  the  standpoint  of  the  economist,  the  sociologist  and  the 
expert  in  government. 

Van  Rensselaer,  Mrs  May  (King).  qcgij^s  V19 

Newport,  our  social  capital.     1905.     Lippincott. 


Connecticut 

Anderson,  Joseph,  b.  1836,  ed.  r974-6  W29a 

Town  and  city  of  Waterbury,  Connecticut  from  the  aboriginal  pe- 
riod to  the  year  1895.    3v.     1896.     Price. 

Bowen,  Clarence  Winthrop.  qr974.6  B66 

Boundary  disputes  of  Connecticut.    1882.    Osgood. 

"Covers  the  whole  subject  from  the  beginning  to  1880.  Arranged  topically.  Ad- 
mirably illustrated  with  facsimiles  of  old  maps  and  plans.  A  sound,  scholarly  work. 
Written  entirely  from  the  sources  and  supplied  with  bibliographical  notes."  Lamtd't 
Literature  of  American  history. 

Connecticut  Historical  Society.  ^974-6  C753 

Collections,    v.ii-date.    1907-date. 

V.I  I.  The  Law  papers;  correspondence  and  documents  during  Jonathan  Law's 
governorship  of  the  colony  of  Connecticut,  1741-50.     v.i. 

V.12.     Lists  and  returns  of  Connecticut  men  in  the  Revolution,  1775-83. 

V.  13.  The  Law  papers;  correspondence  and  documents  during  Jonathan  Law's 
governorship  of  the  colony  of  Connecticut,  1741-50.     v.2. 

For  v.i-io  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Davis,  Charles  Henry  Stanley.  i'974'6  Wi8d 

History  of  Wallingford,  Conn,  from  its  settlement  in  1670  to  the 
present  time,  including  Meriden,  which  was  one  of  its  parishes  until 
1806,  and  Cheshire,  which  was  incorporated  in  1780.  1870.  Privately 
printed. 

Fowler,  William  Chauncey.  r974.6  094! 

History  of  Durham,  Connecticut  from  the  first  grant  of  land  in 
1662  to  1866.     1866.    Wiley. 


2300  CONNECTICUT 


Gocher,  William  Henry.  974.6  G54 

Wadsworth;  or,  The  Charter  oak.    1904.    Privately  printed. 

Gives  a  little  of  the  early  history  of  the  Connecticut  colony  and  the  traditional 
account  of  the  hiding  of  the  charter  by  Capt.  Joseph  Wadsworth,  at  the  time  of  the 
meeting  of  the  Assembly  at  Hartford  in  1688. 

HoUister,  Gideon  Hiram.  r974'6  H739 

History  of  Connecticut  from  the  first  settlement  of  the  colony  to 

the  adoption  of  the  present  constitution.    2v.     1855.    Durrie. 

"Old  style  book  founded  largely  on  secondary  materials,  without  adequate  foot-notes 

or  sufficient  index.     Dull  to  the  last  degree.     Still  the  only  large  history  of  Connecticut 

which  brings  the  story  down  through  the  Revolution."    Larned's  Literature  of  American 

history,  1902. 

Huntington,  Elijah  Baldwin.  i'974-6  SySh 

History  of  Stamford,  Connecticut  from  its  settlement  in  1641,  to  the 
present  time,  including  Darien,  which  was  one  of  its  parishes  until  1820. 
1868.     Privately  printed. 

New  Haven  Colony  Historical  Society.  r974-6  N26X 

Papers,    v.i-6.    1865-1900. 
Material  relating  to  the  history  of  the  towns  included  in  the  old  New  Haven  colony. 

New  Milford,  Conn. — Historical  committee.  r974.6  N26a 

Two  centuries  of  New  Milford,  Conn.;  an  account  of  the  bi-centen- 
nial  celebration  of  the  founding  of  the  town  held  June  15-18,  1907,  with 
a  number  of  historical  articles  and  reminiscences;  prepared  under  the 
direction  of  the  Historical  committee  by  various  citizens  of  New  Mil- 
ford and  by  the  editorial  department  of  the  Grafton  Press.  1907. 
Grafton  Press. 

Orcutt,  Samuel.  ^974-6  W830 

History  of  the  town  of  Wolcott  (Connecticut)  from  1731  to  1874, 
with  an  account  of  the  centenary  meeting  September  loth  and  nth, 
1873,  and  with  the  genealogies  of  the  families  of  the  town.  1874.  Amer. 
Printing  Co. 

Orcutt,  Samuel.  r974-6  T630 

History  of  Torrington,  Connecticut  from  its  first  settlement  in  1737, 
with  biographies  and  genealogies.     1878.     Munsell. 

Orcutt,  Samuel,  &  Beardsley,  Ambrose.  qr974.6  D440 

History  of  the  old  town  of  Derby,  Connecticut,  1642-1880,  with 
biographies  and  genealogies.     1880.    Springfield  Printing  Co. 

Perkins,  Mary  Elizabeth.  r974-6  P43 

Old  houses  of  the  antient  town  of  Norwich  [Conn.]  1660-1800.  1895. 
Some   description   of  the   houses  and   an   account  of  their   owners   and   occupants. 

Considerable  genealogical   material   is  also   given.      The   illustrations  include   numeroui 

portraits. 

Stiles,  Henry  Reed.  r974.6  SSsa 

History  of  ancient  Windsor,   Connecticut;   supplement   containing 

corrections  and  additions  which  have  accrued  since  the  publication  of 

that  work.     1863.     Munsell. 

For  work  which  this  supplements  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  serie*. 


NEW  YORK  (STATE)  2301 

Todd,  Charles  Burr.  qr974.6  R27t 

History  of  Redding,  Connecticut  from  its  first  settlement  to  the 
present  time  [1905].     1906.    Grafton  Press. 

Includes  parish  register  of  the  Congregational  Church  and  genealogical  notes  on 
about  40  early  families.     Illustrations,  portraits. 

Trumbull,  Jonathan,  b.  1844,  ed.  r974-6  T78 

Lebanon  War  office;  the  history  of  the  building  and  report  of  the 
celebration  at  Lebanon,'  Conn.,  Flag  day,  June  15,  1891,  in  commemora- 
tion of  the  War  office  and  of  the  adoption  of  our  national  flag;  pub.  by 
the  Connecticut  Society  of  Sons  of  the  American  Revolution  and  sold 
for  the  benefit  of  the  society's  memorial  fund.  1891.  Lockwood. 
Bassett,  Homer  Franklin.  r9i7.46  629 

Waterbury  and  her  industries;  50  attractive  and  carefully  selected 
views,  together  with  a  historical  sketch  of  the  city  and  its  various 
industries,  representing  the  Waterbury  of  to-day.     [1890.] 

New  York 

History 

Albany  (N.  Y.)  Chamber  of  Commerce.  r974-7  A32 

Albany,  New  York;  a  beautiful  and  attractive  city  in  which  to  live, 

a  most  advantageous  city  in  which  to  do  business. 

Alexander,  De  Alva  Stanwood.  974-7  A3752 

Political  history  of  the  state  of  New  York.    3v.     1906-09.     Holt. 

V.I.      1774-1832. 

V.2.   1833-1861. 
V.3.   1861-1882. 

Largely  a  history  of  a  few  leading  men,  with  some  of  their  more  important  con- 
temporaries. 

"A  history  written  on  such  a  plan  is  perforce  interesting,  if  for  no  other  reason 
than  because  men  are  more  attractive  than  institutions.  Mr.  Alexander  has  not  neglected 
his  opportunity,  and  his  pages  are  enlivened  and  enriched  by  numerous  pen-pjctures  of 
New  York  politicians  and  statesmen,  which  constitute  what  are  perhaps  the  most  valuable, 
as  well  as  the  most  entertaining  portions.     The  style  is  terse  and  clear."     Nation,  1906. 

Arnoux,  William  Henry.  qr974.7  A76 

Dutch  in  America;  a  historical  argument.     1890.     Privately  printed. 

"The  following  pages  were  presented  to  the  Court  of  Appeals  in  the  State  of 
New  York  as  an  argument  in  an  elevated  railroad  case  then  pending,  in  which  the 
fundamental  question  involved  was  whether  the  Dutch  Roman  law  prevailed  in  Man- 
hattan Island  before  1664... This  question  depended  upon  the  determination  of  the  his- 
torical question  who,  under  the  law  of  nations,  discovered  and  settled  New  York.  To 
aid  the  Court  in  the  solution  of  this  problem  this  argument  was  written."    Preface. 

Contends  that  the  English,  not  the  Dutch,  discovered  New  York  and  established 
the  first  colony. 

Atkins,  Barton.  974-7  A87 

Modern  antiquities;  comprising  sketches  of  early  Buffalo  and  the 
Great  lakes,  also  sketches  of  Alaska.     1898.     Courier  Co. 
Griffis,  William  Elliot.  974,7  G89 

Story  of  New  Netherland;  the  Dutch  in  America.     1909.     Houghton. 

"Authorities  used  in  preparation  of  this  volume,"  p.279— 281. 

Sketches  the  beginning  and  growth  of  the  Dutch  settlement  in  New  York,  telling 
the  story  of  the  governors  and  patroons  and  describing  customs  and  social  life,  school 
and  church  interests. 


2302  NEW  YORK  (STATE) 

Hammond,  Jabez  Delano.  974'7  Haa 

History  of  political  parties  in  the  state  of  New-York  from  the  ratifi- 
cation of  the  Federal  constitution  to  Dec.  1842,  to  which  are  added 
notes  by  Gen.  Root.    3v.     1852. 

V.3  title  reads  "Political  history  of  the  state  of  New  York  from  Jan.  i,  1841  to 
Jan.  I,  1847,  including  the  life  of  Silas  Wright." 

Impartial  and  candid.  Based  on  personal  knowledge,  contemporary  newspapers  and 
pamphlets,  and  official  documents.  , 

"To  the  work  has  always  been  attributed  high  authority,  and  it  has  been  regarded 
as  one  of  the  most  valuable  of  American  political  histories.  The  style  in  which  it  it 
written  is  clear  and  interesting,  tracing  effectively  the  origin  of  political  movements  and 
the  causes  of  crises  in  the  life  both  of  individuals  and  parties."  Larned's  Littraturi  of 
American  history. 

Howell,  George  Rogers,  and  others,  ed.  qr974.7  H85 

Bi-centennial  history  of  Albany;  history  of  the  county  of  Albany, 
N.  Y.  from  1609  to  1886,  with  portraits,  biographies  and  illustrations. 
1886.    Munsell. 

Howell,  George  Rogers,  and  others,  ed.  <ir974-7  H85 

History  of  the  county  of  Schenectady,  N.  Y.  from  1662  to  1886,  with 
portraits,  biographies  and  illustrations.    1886.    Munsell. 

Bound  with  their  "Bi-centennial  history  of  Albany." 

Hudson-Fulton  Celebration  Commission,  New  York.  qr974-7  H88 

Hudson-Fulton  celebration,  1909;  the  fourth  annual  report  of  the 
Hudson-Fulton  Celebration  Commission  to  the  legislature  of  the  state 
of  New  York,  transmitted  to  the  legislature,  May  20th,  1910;  prepared 
by  E.  H.  Hall.    2v.     1910.     Lyon. 

Jameson,  John  Franklin,  ed.  r974.7  J16 

Narratives  of  New  Netherland,  1609-1664.  1909.  Scribner.  (Origi- 
nal narratives  of  early  American  history.) 

Contents:  On  Hudson's  voyage,  by  Emanuel  van  Meteren,  1610. — From  "The 
third  voyage  of  Master  Henry  Hudson,"  by  Robert  Juet,  1610. — From  the  "New  World," 
by  Johan  de  Laet,  1625,  1630,  1633,  1640. — From  the  "Historisch  verhael,"  by  Nicolae* 
van  Wassenaer,  1624-1630. — Letter  of  Isaack  de  Rasieres  to  Samuel  Blommaert,  i628(?) 
— Letter  of  Reverend  Jonas  Michaelius,  1628. — Narrative  of  a  journey  into  the  Mohawk 
and  Oneida  country,  1 634-1 635. — A  short  account  of  the  Mohawk  Indians,  by  Reverend 
Johannes  Megapolensis,  jr.,  1644. — From  the  "Korte  historiael  ende  journaels  aenteycken- 
inge,"  by  David  Pietersz.  de  Vries,  1633-1643  (1655). — Letter  and  narrative  of  Father 
Isaac  Jogues,  1643,  1645. — Novum  Belgium,  by  Father  Isaac  Jogues,  1646. — Journal  of 
New  Netherland,  1647. — The  representation  of  New  Netherland,  1650. — Answer  to  The 
representation  of  New  Netherland,  by  Cornelis  van  Tienhoven,  1650. — Letter  of  Johannes 
Bogaert  to  Hans  Bontemantel,  1655. — Letters  of  the  Dutch  ministers  to  the  classis  of 
Amsterdam,  1655-1664. — Description  of  the  towne  of  Mannadeus,  1661. — The  journal 
of  Van  Ruyven,  Van  Cortlant  and  Lawrence,  1663. — Letter  of  the  town  council  of  New 
Amsterdam,  1664. — Report  on  the  surrender  of  New  Netherland,  by  Peter  Stuyvesant, 
1665. 

Lamed,  Josephus  Nelson.  qr974.7  L3a 

History  of  Buffalo,  delineating  the  evolution  of  the  city,  with 
sketches  of  the  city  of  Rochester  by  C.  E.  Fitch  and  the  city  of  Utica 
by  E.  H.  Roberts.    2v.     191 1.     Progress  of  the  Empire  State  Co. 


NEW  YORK  (STATE)  2303 

New  York  (colony) — Council.  qr974-7  N2615 
Minutes  of  the  executive  council  of  the  province  of  New  York;  ad- 
ministration  of   Francis    Lovelace,    1668-1673;    ed.    by  V.  H.  Paltsits. 
v.i-2.    1910. 

V.I.     Minutes. — Collateral  and  illu.strative  documents,  no.i-19. 
V.2.     Collateral  and  illustrative  documents,  no. 20-1 08. 
Contains  maps  folded  in  pockets  at  end  of  volumes. 

Much  of  the  material  which  Mr  Paltsits  was  to  use  in  completing  the  publication  of 
these  minutes  was  destroyed  when  the  New  York  State  Library  was  burned  in  191 1. 

New  York  (state) — Library.  r974.7  N2612V 

Van  Rensselaer  Bowier  manuscripts;  being  the  letters  of  Kiliaen 
Van  Rensselaer,  1630-1643,  and  other  documents  relating  to  the  colony 
of  Rensselaerswyck;  tr.  and  ed.  by  A.  J.  F.  Van  Laer,  with  an  introduc- 
tory essay  by  Nicolas  de  Roever,  tr.  by  Mrs  A.  H.  Strong.    1908. 

New  York  Historical  Society.  r974.7  N261C 

Collections  [ist  ser.],  1809-30.    5v.     1811-30. 

V.I.  The  constitution  of  the  New- York  Historical  Society. — A  discourse  designed 
to  commemorate  the  discovery  of  New-York,  by  Samuel  Miller. — The  relation  of  John 
de  Verrazzano,  of  the  land  by  him  discovered,  in  the  name  of  His  Majestie  Francis  the 
First,  anno  1524. — The  voyage  of  Henry  Hudson  towards  the  North  pole,  anno  1607. — 
A  second  voyage  of  Henry  Hudson  for  finding  a  passage  to  the  East  Indies  by  the  north- 
east, anno  1608. — The  third  voyage  of  Henry  Hudson  toward  Nova  Zembla,  &c.  and 
along  the  coast  to  42  degrees  and  a  half  and  up  the  river  (the  Hudson)  to  42  degrees, 
anno  1609. — An  abstract  of  the  journal  of  Henry  Hudson  for  the  discovery  of  the  north- 
west passage,  begun  in  April  in  the  year  1610  and  ending  with  his  death. — Documents 
extracted  from  the  second  volume  of  Hazard's  "Historical  collections." — Laws  established 
by  James,  duke  of  York,  for  the  government  of  New- York  in  the  year  1664. 

v. 2.  Discourses  delivered  before  the  New- York  Historical  Society,  December  6, 
1810,  by  Hugh  Williamson;  December  6,  1811,  by  De  Witt  Clinton;  December  6,  1812, 
by  Gouverneur  Morris;  December  6,  1813,  by  S.  L.  Mitchill. — An  account  of  De  La 
Salle's  last  expedition  and  discoveries  in  North  America. — An  extract  of  a  translation  of 
the  History  of  New  Sweed  Land  in  America,  written  in  Sweed  by  T.  C.  Holm. — Cata- 
logue of  the  books,  tracts,  newspapers,  maps,  charts,  views,  portraits  and  manuscripts  in 
the  library  of  the  New-York  Historical  Society. 

V.3.  An  inaugural  discourse  delivered  before  the  New-York  Historical  Society  by 
Gouverneur  Morris,  September  1816. — -Anniversary  discourse  delivered  before  the  New- 
York  Historical  Society,  December  7,  1818,  by  G.  C.  Verplanck. — Biographical  memoir 
of  Hugh  Williamson,  delivered  ist  November  1819,  by  David  Hosack. — A  discourse  on 
the  religion  of  the  Indian  tribes  of  North  America,  delivered  before  the  New- York  His- 
torical Society,  December  20,  1819,  by  S.  F.  Jarvis. — An  inaugural  address  delivered  be- 
fore the  New- York  Historical  Society,  February  1820,  by  David  Hosack. — An  anniversary 
discourse  delivered  before  the  New-York  Historical  Society,  December  28,  1820,  by 
Henry  Wheaton. — Communications  from  the  late  Samuel  Jones  of  Oyster-Bay,  Queen's 
county,  containing  remarks  on  Clinton's  Historical  discourse,  Spafford's  Gazetteer,  the 
last  edition  of  the  Revised  laws.  Smith's  History  of  New-York,  &c.,  submitted  to  the 
society  by  John  Pintard. — An  extract  from  the  records  in  the  Council  chamber  in  the 
city  of  Annapolis,  in  the  state  of  Maryland,  relative  to  the  dispute  between  the  govern- 
ment of  New-Netherlands  (now  New-York)  and  the  lord  proprietary  of  Maryland  con- 
cerning the  title  of  the  Dutch  to  the  territories  on  the  Delaware  (now  state  of  Delaware) 
taken  from  the  book  entitled  "Council,  &c.  H.  H.  1656  to  1668,  &c.  p. 43,"  communicated 
by  J.  L.  Bozman. — Description  of  some  of  the  medals  struck  in  relation  to  important 
events  in  North  America  before  and  since  the  Declaration  of  independence  of  the  United 
States,  by  James  Mease. 

V.4-S.  History  of  the  late  province  of  New- York  from  its  discovery  to  the  appoint- 
ment of  Governor  Colden  in  1762,  by  William  Smith. 

New  York  Historical  Society.  r974-7  N261C2 

Collections;  2d  ser.    4v.     1841-59. 

V.I.  Chancellor  Kent's  anniversary  discourse. — Verrazzano's  voyage,  1524. — Indian 
tradition  of  the  first  arrival  of  the  Dutch  on  Manhattan  island. — -Lambrechtsen's  History 
of  New-Netherlands. — \'an  der  Donck's  Description  of  New-Netherlands. — Extracts  from 


2304  NEW  YORK  (STATE) 

New  York  Historical  Society — continued.  r974'7  N261C2 

the  Voyages  of  De  Vries. — Extracts  from  De  Laet's  New-World. — Juet's  Journal  of  Hud- 
son's voyage. — Argall's  expedition,  161 3. — Letter  of  Thomas  Dermer,  &c. — Correspond- 
ence between  New  Netherlands  and  New-Plymouth,  1627. — Charter  of  liberties  and  other 
documents. — A  catalog^ue  of  Dutch  church  members,  1686. — New-Sweden,  by  Israel 
Acrelius. — A  few  particulars  respecting  the  Dutch  governors. — Historical  sketch  of  the 
society. 

V.2.  Outline  of  the  constitutional  history  of  New  York,  by  B.  F.  Butler. — Memoir 
on  names  [of  places  in  New  Netherlands],  by  Egbert  Benson. — Narrative  of  the  expedi- 
tion of  the  Marquis  de  Nonville  against  the  Senecas  in  1687;  tr.  by  O.  H.  Marshall. — 
Correspondence  between  Lieut.  Gov.  Cadwallader  Colden  and  William  Smith,  jr.  respect- 
ing certain  alleged  errors  and  misstatements  in  the  History  of  New  York,  &c. — Letter 
from  Edmund  Burke  respecting  the  effect  of  the  Quebec  bill  upon  the  boundary  of  New 
York. — Remarks  upon  the  British  expedition  to  Danbury  in  1777  as  narrated  in  chap.  ii. 
vol.  iii  of  Marshall's  Life  of  Washington,  by  E.  D.  Whittlesey. — New  York  in  1692,  by 
Charles  Lodwick. — The  representation  of  New  Netherland  concerning  its  location,  pro- 
ductiveness and  poor  condition;  tr.  by  H.  C.  Murphy.- — New  Netherland  in  1627;  letter 
from  Isaack  de  Rasieres  to  Samuel  Blommaert. — Memoir  on  the  early  colonization  of 
New  Netherland,  by  J.  R.  Brodhead. — Hudson's  voyage  in  1609. — Extracts  from  De 
Laet  and  Aitzema  relating  to  New  Netherland. — History  of  the  Chamber  of  Commerce, 
with  notices  of  some  of  its  most  distinguished  members,  by  Charles  King. — Table  of  the 
killed  and  wounded  in  the  War  of  1812;  comp.  by  William  Jay. — Memoir  of  Theophilus 
Eaton,  the  first  governor  of  the  colony  of  New  Haven,  by  J.  B.  Moore. 

v.3,  pt.i.  Voyages  from  Holland  to  America,  A.  D.  1632  to  1644,  by  D.  P.  De- 
Vries. — A  short  sketch  of  the  Mohawk  Indians  in  New  Netherland,  by  Johannes  Mega- 
polensis. — The  Jogues  papers,  tr.  by  J.  G.  Shea. — Extract  from  Castell's  "Discoverie"  of 
America,  1644. — Broad  advice  to  the  United  Netherland  provinces,  by  I.  A.  G.  W.  C. — 
Extract  from  Wagenaar's  "Beschryving  van  Amsterdam,"  relating  to  the  colony  of  New 
Amstel,  on  the  Delaware,  tr.  by  J.  R.  Brodhead. — The  seven  articles  from  the  church  of 
L«yden,  161 7,  communicated  by  George  Bancroft. — Journal  of  an  embassy  from  Canada 
to  the  United  colonies  of  New  England  in  1650,  by  Gabriel  Druillettes. — Proceedings  of 
the  first  Assembly  of  Virginia,  1619,  communicated  by  George  Bancroft. 

v.3,  pt.2  never  published. 

v. 4.     Catalog^ue  of  printed  books  in  the  library  of  the  New-York  Historical  Society. 

v. 4  is  catalogued  separately  (roiS.i  N2612). 

New  York  Historical  Society.  r974.7  N261P 

Proceedings,  1844,  1849.    v. 2,  7,  pt.i.     1845-49. 
V.7,  pt.i  does  not  contain  papers. 

O'Callaghan,  Edmund  Bailey.  r974-7  O13 

History  of  New  Netherland;  or,  New  York  under  the  Dutch.     2v. 

1848.    Appleton. 

"When  this  work  was  written,  nothing  of  value,  save  original  sources,  existed  on 
New  Netherland  history... It  is  emphatically  a  work  of  original  research,  and  still 
[1902]  maintains  its  place  as  the  leading  authority  upon  the  times  of  which  it  treats. 
Vol.  I  carries  the  reader  to  the  close  of  Kieft's  administration,  and  vol.  2  is  devoted 
wholly  to  the  career  of  Stuyvesant. .  .The  whole  is  written  in  a  vigorous  style,  with 
copious  citations  and  translations  of  documents."  Larned's  Literature  of  American 
history. 

Turner,  Orsamus.  rgj^.j  T86p 

Pioneer  history  of  the  Holland  purchase  of  western  New  York, 
embracing  some  account  of  the  ancient  remains,  and  a  history  of  pio- 
neer settlement  under  the  auspices  of  the  Holland  company,  including 
reminiscences  of  the  War  of  1812,  the  origin,  progress  and  completion 
of  the  Erie  canal,  etc.     1849.    Jewett. 

"Although  the  best  existing  'history'  of  the  Holland  Purchase,  it  is  a  disorderly  en- 
cyclopaedia of  data  on  every  phase  of  pioneer  settlement  and  early  development  of  the 
region.  A  valuable  repository  of  information,  it  falls  far  short  of  being  an  adequate 
narrative,  and  utterly  fails  to  show  its  particular  subject  as  related  to  the  general  his- 
tory of  the  United  States."     Larned's  Literature  of  American  history. 


NEW  YORK  (STATE)  2305 

Willis,  Nathaniel  Parker,  ed.  r9i7.4762  W75 

Trenton  Falls    [N.  Y.],  picturesque  and  descriptive,  embracing  the 

original  essay  of  John  Sherman,  first  proprietor  and  resident.    1868.    Orr. 


Description  and  travel 
Buffalo.     Directories.  r9i7.47  B86 

Buffalo  directory,  1910.     1910.     Buffalo  Courier  Co. 

For  earlier  directories  see  preceding  catalogues. 

[Burk,  Clarence  E.  comp.]  r9i7.47  B91 

Buffalo  to-day,  industrial  and  commercial.     [1909.] 

Published  under  the  auspices  of  the  Publicity  Committee  of  National  Conference  of 
Charities  and  Correction. 

Coffin,  Robert  Barry,  (pseud.  Barry  Gray).  1917.47  C66 

The  home  of  Cooper  and  the  haunts  of  Leatherstocking.  1872. 
Russell. 

Brief  description  of  Cooperstown,  N.  Y.  and  the  neighboring  points  of  interest. 
Illustrated. 

Hulbert,  Archer  Butler.  91747  H91 

The  Niagara  river.     1908.     Putnam. 

Contents:  Buffalo  and  the  upper  Niagara.- — From  the  falls  to  Lake  Ontario. — Birth 
of  Niagara. — Niagara  bond  and  free. — Harnessing  Niagara  falls. — Century  of  Niagara 
cranks. — Old  Niagara  frontier. — From  La  Salle  to  De  Nonville. — Niagara  under  three 
flags.- — Hero  of  Upper  Canada. — Second  war  with  England. — Toronto. 

Johnson,  Clifton.  917.47  J35 

Picturesque  Hudson.     1909.     Macmillan.     (Picturesque  river  series.) 

History,  legend  and  bits  of  the  literature  associated  with  the  river,  and  gossip  with 
the  dwellers  along  its  banks.     Illustrated  from  photographs  by  the  author. 

r9i7.47  L54 
Legends  and  poetry  of  the  Hudson.     1868.     Wynkoop. 

Brings  together  some  of  the  Indian  and  Dutch  legends  connected  with  the  river, 
a  few  Revolutionary  sketches  and  some  descriptions  of  scenery. 

New  York  (state) — Education  department.  qr9i7.47  Na6 

Hudson-Fulton  celebration,  Sept.  25  to  Oct.  9,  1909;  a  brochure  for 

the  use  of  the  schools  of  the  state;  comp.  and  ed.  by  H.  H.  Horner.    1909. 
"Bibliography,"  p.60-64. 
Contains  historical  material  for   use  in  the  public  schools  in   connection   with   the 

celebration. 

New  York  city.    Brooklyn 
History 
Hill,  Frederick  Trevor.  974-71  H55 

Story  of  a  street;  a  narrative  history  of  Wall  street  from  1644  to 
1908.     1908.    Harper. 

"Chronological  table  of  historic  events  identified  with  Wall  street,"  p.  161-164. 

Appeared  in  "Harper's  magazine,"  v.ii6-ii7,  April-Sept.  1908. 

"The  changing  physical  aspect  of  the  street  has  been  noted  by  Mr.  Hill  with  abund- 
ance of  interesting  detail,  but  the  most  significant  part  of  the  record  deals  with  the 
events  that  here  took  place."     Nation,  J909. 

Illustrated. 


23o6  NEW  YORK  (CITY) 


Horsmanden,  Daniel.  rg74.7i  H8i 

The  New- York  conspiracy;  or,  A  history  of  the  negro  plot,  with  the 
journal  of  the  proceedings  against  the  conspirators  at  New-York  in  the 
years  1741-2.    1810.    Southwick. 

The  main  printed  source  respecting  the  pretended  negro  plot  of  1741  to  burn  the 
city  and  massacre  the  white  inhabitants. 

Reynolds,  James  Bronson,  ed.  roi6.9747i  R37 

Civic  bibliography  for  greater  New  York;  ed.  for  the  New  York 
Research  Council.  191 1.  Charities  Publication  Committee.  (Russell 
Sage  foundation.) 

Contents:  Description. — History. — Population. — Government  and  politics^ — Public 
works. — Public  finance. — Economic  conditions. — Transportation  and  communication. — 
Public  health. — Housing. — Crime  and  correction. — Poverty  and  charities. — Education. — 
Religion. — Recreations  and  social  organizations. 

"The  original  work  was  done  by  H.  B.  Woolston  and  Roger  Howson.  Their  work 
was  subsequently  added  to  and  completed  by  C.  S.  Tracey."     Preface. 

Valentine,  David  Thomas.  r974.7i  V15 

History  of  the  city  of  New  York.    1853.    Putnam. 

To  1750.  This  and  Martha  J.  Lamb's  account  (974.71  L17)  are  the  most  important 
histories  of  the  old  city.  Especially  valuable  for  maps,  plans  and  certain  lists  of  early 
settlers  and  property  owners. 

Van  Rensselaer,  Mrs  Mariana  (Griswold).  974-71  V19 

History  of  the  city  of  New  York  in  the  17th  century.  2v.  1909. 
Macmillan. 

V.I.     New  Amsterdam. 

V.2.     New  York  under  the  Stuarts. 

"Reference  notes"  at  the  end  of  each  chapter;  "List  of  books  and  articles  of  value 
to  the  student  of  the  history  of  New  York,"  v.2,  P.S71-607. 

Embodies  the  results  of  most  recent  investigations  and  makes  use  of  the  large 
amount  of  documentary  material  relating  to  the  province  which  has  been  brought  to 
light  during  the  last  few  years.  It  also  correlates  the  early  history  of  New  York  with 
that  of  the  other  European  colonies  in  America.     A  notable  piece  of  work. 


Description 

qr9i747i  A35 
Alcolm  blue  book;  a  complete  and  accurate  blue  book  of  New  York 
city.     1905.    Alcolm  Pub.  Co. 

Brooklyn,  N.  Y.    Directories.  qr9i7.47a  B77 

General  directory  of  Brooklyn,  for  1908-10.    v.85-87.     1908-10. 
-    No  volume  issued  for  191 1. 

For  earlier  directories  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Emerson,  Frederick  Valentine.  9I7-47I  E58 

Geographic  interpretation  of  New  York  city.     1909.     University  of 
Chicago  Press. 

Thesis  for  Ph.  D.,  University  of  Chicago. 

Moss,  Frank.  9i7-47i  M93 

The  American  metropolis  from  Knickerbocker  days  to  the  present 

time  [1897];  New  York  city  life  in  all  its  phases,  with  an  introduction 

by  C.  H.  Parkhurst.    3v.     1897.    Collier. 

Popular  description,  well  illustrated,  many  of  the  pictures  being  of  New  York  in  the 

early  days. 


LONG  ISLAND  2307 


New  York  (city).    Directories.  qr9i7.47i  T77 

General  directory  of  the  boroughs  of  Manhattan  and  Bronx,  city  of 
New  York,  1909,  1911-12.    1908-11. 

For  earlier  directories  see  preceding  catalogues. 

New  York,  City  History  Club.  1917.471  N261 

Historical  guide  to  the  city  of  New  York;  comp.  by  F.  B.  Kelley 
from  original  observations  and  contributions  made  by  members  and 
friends  of  the  club.    1909.    Stokes. 

Contains  bibliographies. 

New  York  (city),  Merchants*  Association.  1917,471  N26 

Pocket  guide  to  New  York.     1906. 

r9i7.47i  P51 
Phillips*  business  directory  of  New  York  city  and  representative  houses 
of  Brooklyn,  Jersey  City,  Hoboken  &  Newark,  N.  J.,  1908.  v.38.  1908. 
Dwyer. 

Van  Dyke,  John  Charles.  917.471  V187 

The  new  New  York;  a  commentary  on  the  place  and  the  people; 
illustrated  by  Joseph  Pennell.     1909.     Macmillan. 

The  New  York  of  colossal  sky-scrapers,  high  buildings  and  enormous  waterways, 
New  York  as  an  artistic  and  commercial  centre,  New  York  as  an  expression  of  the  new 
civilization — these  make  the  author's  theme.     Illustrated  in  color  and  in  black  and  white. 

917.471  W35 
Wayfarer  in  New  York;  introduction  by  E.  S.  Martin.  1909.  Macmillan. 
Small  but  comprehensive  anthology  of  prose  and  verse  about  New  York  city.  The 
extracts  are  grouped  geographically  and,  generally  speaking,  chronologically,  for  they 
run  from  the  Battery  progressively  to  the  Bronx,  from  the  old  New  York  to  the  new. 
Human  interest  is  made  the  basis  of  selection,  and  the  result  is  a  panorama  of  city  life 
as  our  novelists,  poets,  newspaper  reporters  and  other  "wayfarers"  have  interpreted  it. 

Long  Island.    Lake  Champlain 

Long  Island  Historical  Society.  r974.72i  LSaa 

Annual  report  (ist-Sth),  1863/64-1867/68.     1864-68. 

With  v.  1-5  are  bound  "By-laws"  and  "List  of  the  principal  illustrated  books  in  the 
library  of  the  Long  Island  Historical  Society." 

Long  Island  Historical  Society.  r974.72i  L83 

Memoirs,    v.i,  3.     1867-78. 

V.I.     Journal  of  a  voyage  to  New  York,  in  1679-80. 

V.3.     The  campaign  of  1776  around  New  York  and  Brooklyn. 

Thompson,  Benjamin  Franklin.  r974.72i  T37 

History  of  Long  Island,  containing  an  account  of  the  discovery  and 

settlement,  with  other  important  and  interesting  matters  to  the  present 

time.     1839.     French. 

"The  most  comprehensive  of  the  accounts  of  that  island."     JVinsor's  Narrative  and 

critical  history  of  America,  1884. 

New  York  (state) — Education  department.  qr974-754  N26 

Lake  Champlain  tercentenary;  dates  and  places  of  formal  exercises; 
July  s,  Crown  Point;  July  6,  Fort  Ticonderoga;  July  7,  Plattsburg; 
July  8,  Burlington;  July  9,  Isle  La  Motte.    1909. 

"Lake  Champlain;  a  select  reading  list,"  p.9. 


23o8  PENNSYLVANIA— HISTORY 

Catskill  mountains 

Rockwell,  Charles.  917-4738  R58 

Catskill  mountains  and  the  region  around;  their  scenery,  legends 
and  history,  with  sketches  in  prose  and  verse  by  Cooper  and  others. 
1867.    Taintor. 

Searing,  Mrj  Annie  E.  (Pidgeon).  ^917-4738  S43 

Land  of  Rip  Van  Winkle;  a  tour  through  the  romantic  parts  of  the 
Catskills;  its  legends  and  traditions.    1884.    Putnam. 

Contents:  The  land  of  Rip  Van  Winkle. — The  pirates'  treasure. — The  birth  of  the 
Kaaterskill. — Revolutionary  captivities. — Haidoni  and  the  vampyres. — The  Grot  Vly's 
victim. — The  legend  of  Rip  Van  Winkle. 


Pennsylvania 

Bibliography 

Carnegie  Library  of  Pittsburgh.  016.9748  C21 

Pennsylvania;  a  reading  list  for  the  use  of  schools,  with  special  ref- 
erence to  Indian  warfare  and  the  local  history  of  Pittsburgh.  191 1. 
Pittsburgh. 

The  same roi6.9748  C21 

The  same J016.9748  C21 

Washington  County,  Pa.  Historical  Society.  roi6.9748  W27 

Bibliography  of  Washington  county,  Pennsylvania  (so  completed 
up  to  Dec.  25,  1907) ;  ed.  by  Boyd  Crumrine.  1909.  Pennsylvania  Fed- 
eration of  Historical  Societies.     (Pennsylvania  bibliographies,  no.i.) 

The  same.  1908.  (In  Washington  County,  Pa.  Historical  Society. 
In  our  early  days,  v.i,  no.i.) qr974.882  W27i 


History 
Buckalew,  John  M.  qr974.8  B853 

Frontier  forts  within  the  north  and  west  branches  of  the  Susque- 
hanna river,  Pennsylvania:  a  report  of  the  state  commission  appointed 
to  mark  the  forts  erected  against  the  Indians  prior  to  1783.  1896. 
Wyoming  Historical  and  Geological  Soc. 

"Bibliography  of  the  Wyoming  Historical  and  Geological  Society,"  p.73-76. 

Reprinted  from  the  state  report,  1896. 

The  same.  (In  Pennsylvania — Commission  on  frontier  forts.  Report 
of  the  commission  to  locate  the  frontier  forts  of  Pennsylvania,  v.i, 
p.349-418.) q974-8  P3992  V.I 

The  same qr974.8  P3998  v.i 

Campanius  Holm,  Thomas,  comp.  r974-8  C15 

Description  of  the  province  of  New  Sweden,  now  called  by  the  Eng- 
lish Pennsylvania  in  America;  comp.  from  the  relations  and  writings  of 


PENNSYLVANIA— HISTORY  2309 

Campanius  Holm,  Thomas,  cotnp. — continued.  r974.8  C15 

persons  worthy  of  credit,  tr.  from  the  Swedish  for  the  Historical  So- 
ciety of  Pennsylvania,  with  notes  by  P.  S.  Du  Ponceau.    1834.    M'Carty. 
Published  in  Swedish  in  1702.     Gives  political  history  as  well  as  the  appearance  of 
the  country,  and  contains  a  number  of  Indian  dialogues  and  vocabularies. 

The  same.    (In  Pennsylvania  Historical  Society.    Memoirs, 

V.3.) r974.8  P39  V.3 

rg74.8  C6g 
[Collection  of  pamphlets  on  the  history  of  Pennsylvania.]     1826-81. 

Contents:  A  few  words  for  honest  Pennsylvania  Democrats. — Letter  of  W.  D. 
Kelley  to  the  citizens  of  the  fourth  congressional  district  of  Pennsylvania. — An  address 
delivered  before  Philadelphia  division  of  the  Sons  of  Temperance,  by  W.  N.  Ashman. — 
Speech  of  BL  W.  Davis. — ^Address  of  the  Democratic  state  central  committee  to  the  peo- 
ple of  Pennsylvania. — Speech  of  Judge  Kelley. — Great  speech  of  James  Buchanan,  1852. 
— Speech  of  John  Sergeant  on  the  judicial  tenure. — Speech  of  C.  B.  Penrose  on  the  re- 
charter  of  the  United  States  bank  and  the  restoration  of  the  deposites. — Invitation  to  at- 
tend the  national  convention  of  the  Friends  of  Education,  1850. — Speech  of  C.  S.  Wolfe. 
— Pennsylvania  convention ;  minority  report  of  a  special  committee  on  the  subjects  of  the 
currency  and  corporations. — Report  on  banks,  1826. — An  argument  in  support  of  the  bill 
to  incorporate  the  Pennsylvania  fiscal  agency. — The  census  of  industrial  employment, 
wages  and  social  condition  in  Philadelphia  in  1870,  by  Lorin  Blodget. — New  constitution, 
1873- 

Crumrine,  Boyd,  ed.  TS07  Caia  v.1-3 

[Minute  books  of  the  old  Virginia  courts  held  within  the  limits  of 
southwestern  Pennsylvania.]  1902-05.  (In  Carnegie  Institute,  Pitts- 
burgh— Museum.  Annals,  v.i,  p. 505-568,  v.2,  p. 71-140,  p.205-429,  v.3, 
p.5-78,  p.237-327.) 

Contents:  The  boundary  controversy  between  Pennsylvania  and  Virginia,  1748-85. 
— Minutes  of  court  at  Fort  Dunmore,  1775-76. — Minutes  of  court  of  Yohogania  county, 
1776-80. — Minutes  of  court  for  Ohio  county,  1777-80. — Records  of  deeds  for  Weit 
Augusta,  Virginia,  1775-76. 

Du  Ponceau,  Peter  Stephen.  r974.8  D93 

Discourse  on  the  early  history  of  Pennsylvania;  being  an  annual 
oration  delivered  before  the  American  Philosophical  Society  in  the  hall 
of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  on  Wednesday,  the  6th  of  June  1821. 
1821.     Small. 

Fisher,  Sydney  George.  974-8  F53ni2 

Making  of  Pennsylvania.     1908.     Lippincott. 

Contents:  The  Dutch,  the  Swedes  and  the  duke  of  York. — The  origin  of  the  Quak- 
ers.— Quaker  traits. — The  Germans. — The  Moravians. — The  Scotch-Irish  and  the  Pres- 
byterians.— The  Church  of  England  men. — The  Welsh. — The  early  development  of 
science  and  the  mechanic  arts. — The  Connecticut  invasion. — The  boundary  dispute  with 
Maryland  and  Virginia. — Results. 

"A  study  of  the  various  nationalities  and  religions  which  formed  elements  in  the 
population  of  early  Pennsylvania,  with  special  reference  to  their  dispersion,  and  to  their 
influence  upon  the  history  of  the  colony  and  state... The  style  is  popular,  and  at  times 
flippant,  but  the  facts  have  been  industriously  accumulated,  and  the  book  may  be  used 
with  profit.  The  work  is  properly  an  introduction  to  the  same  author's  Pennsylvania, 
colony  and  commonwealth."    Larned's  Literature  of  American  history. 

Hanna,  Charles  Augustus.  974-8  H23 

The  wilderness  trail;  or.  The  ventures  and  adventures  of  the  Penn- 
sylvania traders  on  the  Allegheny  path,  with  some  new  annals  of  the 
old  West  and  the  records  of  some  strong  men  and  some  bad  ones.  2v. 
1911.    Putnam. 

V.I.  The  debatable  land. — The  Iroquoians  of  the  Susquehanna. — The  Petticoat  In- 
dians of  Petticoat  land. — The  Shawnees. — The  early  traders  of  Conestoga,  Donegal  and 


23IO  PENNSYLVANIA— HISTORY 

Hanna,  Charles  Augustus — continued.  974-8  H23 

Paxtang. — The  young  red  man  goes  West. — The  Shamokin  traders  and  the  Shamokin 
path. — Andrew  Montour,  "the  half  Indian." — The  Frankstown  path. — The  Raystown 
path. — TTie  traders  at  Allegheny  on  the  main  path,  with  some  annals  of  Kittanning  and 
Chartier's  town. — The  Ohio  Mingoes  of  the  White  river  and  the  Wendats. — Kuskuskies 
on  the  Beaver. — Logstown  on  the  Ohio. 

V.2.  George  Croghan,  the  king  of  the  traders. — The  Ohio  valley  before  the  white 
man  came. — The  lower  Shawnee  town;  or,  Chillicothe  on  the  Ohio. — The  Conchake  route 
and  other  Ohio  paths. — John  Finley  and  Kentucky  before  Boone. — The  Pickawillany 
path. — The  Indian  trade  and  the  Pennsylvania  traders. — The  perils  of  the  path. 

Two  closely  packed  volumes  which  bring  together  a  large  amount  of  material, 
authenticated  by  references  and  fully  indexed,  relating  to  the  exploration  and  early 
colonization  of  western  Pennsylvania  and  the  Ohio  valley  during  the  first  half  of  the 
18th  century. 

The  same r974.8  H23 

Henry,  M.  S.  r974.8  H45 

History  of  the  Lehigh  valley;  a  copious  selection  of  the  most  in- 
teresting facts,  traditions,  biographical  sketches,  anecdotes,  etc.  relat- 
ing to  its  history  and  antiquities,  with  a  complete  history  of  all  its  in- 
ternal improvements,  progress  of  the  coal  and  iron  trade,  manufactures, 
etc.    i860.    Bixler. 

r974.8  K31 
Kittochtinny  magazine;  a  tentative  record  of  local  history  and  geneal- 
ogy west  of  the  Susquehanna;  quarterly,  1905.    v.i.    1905. 
No  more  published. 

Mason  and  Dixon  Line  Resurvey  Commission.  1*974.8  M43a 

Report  on  the  resurvey  of  the  Maryland-Pennsylvania  boundary 
part  of  the  Mason  and  Dixon  line;  authorized  by  the  legislatures  of 
Maryland  and  Pennsylvania.    1909. 

"Manuscripts  and  publications  relating  to  the  Mason  and  Dixon  line  and  other  lines 
in  Pennsylvania,  Maryland  and  the  Virginias  involving  the  charter  rights  of  Lord  Balti- 
more and  the  Penns,"  by  E.  L.  Burchard  and  E.  B.  Mathews,  p.205-403. 

The  same.  1908.  (In  Maryland — Geological  survey.  (2d  survey.) 
[Report],  V.7.) qr557-52  M43  v.7 

Pennsylvania — General  assembly.  r974-8  P399P5 

Pennsylvania  archives,  6th  ser.;  ed.  by  T.L.Montgomery,  v.i-is, 
in  16.      1906-07. 

v.i.  Muster  rolls  relating  to  the  associators  and  militia  of  the  city  of  Philadelphia 
[1776-82]. — Muster  rolls  relating  to  the  associators  and  militia  of  the  county  of  Phila- 
delphia [1776-82]. 

V.2.  Muster  rolls  relating  to  the  associators  and  militia  of  the  [counties  of  Wash- 
ington, Westmoreland,  York,  1776-82]. 

V.3.  Militia  rolls,  1783-90  [of  the  counties  of  Bedford,  Berks,  Bucks,  Chester, 
Cumberland,  Dauphin,  Franklin,  Huntingdon,  Lancaster,  Luzerne,  Montgomery,  North- 
ampton, Northumberland]. — Militia  rolls,  1783-90  [Philadelphia  city]. — Militia  rolls, 
1783-90  [Philadelphia  county]. 

V.4.     Military  abstracts  from  executive  minutes,  1790-1817. 

V.5.     Muster  and  pay  rolls,  Pennsylvania  militia,  1790-1800. 

V.6.  Records  of  Egypt  Reformed  Church,  Lehigh  county,  1734-1834;  tr.  by  C.  R. 
Roberts. — Baptismal  and  marriage  records.  Rev.  John  Waldschmidt;  Cocalico,  Moden 
Krick,  Weisseichen  Land  and  Seltenreich  gemeinde,  Lancaster  county,  Penna.,  1752-86; 
tr.  by  L.  R.  Kelker. 

v. 7-8.     Pennsylvania  volunteers.  War  of  1812-14. 

V.9.     Miscellaneous    papers,    1812-14:      Drafted    troops;    Muster    rolls;    Pay    rolls; 


PENNSYLVANIA— HISTORY  231 1 

Pennsylvania — General  assembly — continued.  ^974.8  P399P5 

Receipt  rolls;  Pay  master;  Medallists;  Pensioners. — Expenditures  by  the  state  of  Penn- 
sylvania on  account  of  the  United  States,  181 2-14. 

v.io.  Expenditures  by  the  state  of  Pennsylvania  on  account  of  the  United  States, 
1812-14  (continued). — Mexican  war,  1846-47. 

V.I  I.     Election  returns    |"  1756-89,  by  counties]. 

V.  12-1 3.     Forfeited  estates,  inventories  and  sales. 

V.14.  Memorandum  book  of  Dr  John  Ewing  with  account  of  a  journey  to  settle 
the  boundary  of  Penna.  May  1784. — Orderly  book,  June  igth-July  30th,  1779. — Order  of 
march  of  Hand's  brigade  from  Wyoming  to  Tioga. — Orderly  book  of  the  Lieut,  colo's 
company,  German  regiment,  1780. — Orderlv  book,  Nov.  i3th-Dec.  9th,  1780. — Letter 
book. — Early  petitions. 

V.15,  pt.i-2.     Index  to  [Pennsylvania  archives];  5th  ser. 

Pennsylvania  Historical  Society.  qr974.8  P39f 

Formal  opening  of  the  new  fireproof  building  of  the  Historical  So- 
ciety of  Pennsylvania  [Philadelphia],  April  6-7,  1910.     [1910.] 

Reprinted  from  "Pennsylvania  magazine  of  history  and  biography,"  July   1907. 

Pennsylvania  Historical  Society.  1*974.8  P39 

Memoirs,    v.2,  pt.i,  v.3.    1827-34. 

V.2,  pt.i.  Anniversary  discourse  delivered  Jan.  i,  1827,  by  Roberts  Vaux.  - — Com- 
munication from  Roberts  Vaux  on  the  subject  of  two  medals  struck  in  Philadelphia  in 
1757. — A  narrative  of  an  embassy  to  the  Western  Indians  from  the  original  manuscript 
of  Hendrick  Aupaumut. — An  account  of  the  settlement  of  the  Bunkers  at  Ephrata,  Pa. 
by  Redmond  Conyngham,  to  which  is  added  a  short  history  of  that  religious  society,  by 
Christian  Endress. — History  of  the  introduction  of  anthracite  coal  into  Philadelphia,  by 
Erskine  Hazard  and  a  letter  from  Jesse  Fell  on  the  discovery  and  first  use  of  anthracite 
in  the  valley  of  Wyoming. — Sketches  of  the  history  of  Byberry  in  the  county  of  Phila- 
delphia, by  Isaac  Comly. — An  historical  anecdote  of  John  Harris  who  was  the  first  per- 
son of  European  origin  that  settled  on  the  spot  where  now  stands  the  town  of  Harris- 
burg,  by  Samuel  Breck. — Instructions  given  by  William  Penn  in  the  year  1681  to  his 
commissioners  for  settling  the  colony. — A  list  of  the  instructions,  letters,  &c.  from 
Thomas  and  Richard  Penn  to  James  Hamilton. — Letters  of  William  Penn  to  King 
Charles  II  and  to  the  earl  of  Sunderland. 

v.3.  A  short  description  of  the  province  of  New  Sweden,  now  called  by  the  Eng- 
lish, Pennsylvania  in  America;  comp.  from  the  relations  and  writings  of  persons  worthy 
of  credit,  by  Thomas  Campanius  Holm;  tr.  by  Peter  Du  Ponceau.— The  history  of  the 
University  of  Pennsylvania  from  the  origin  to  the  year  1827,  by  G.  B.  Wood. — Inedited 
letters  of  William  Penn,  copied  in  London  from  the  originals  in  the  possession  of  John 
Penn. — Annual  discourse  delivered  before  the  society,  on  the  origin  of  the  Indian 
population  of  America,  by  B.  H.  Coates.  —  A  discourse  delivered  before  the  society, 
on  the  private  life  and  domestic  habits  of  William  Penn,  by  J.  F.  Fisher. — Memoir  of 
Thomas  C.  James,  by  J.  R.  Tyson.  —  The  Indian  treaty  for  the  lands  now  the  site  of 
Philadelphia  and  the  adjacent  country,  by  J.  F.  Watson. — A  memoir  on  the  history  of 
the  celebrated  treaty  made  by  William  Penn  with  the  Indians  in  the  year  1682,  by  P.  S. 
Du  Ponceau  and  J.  F.  Fisher. — William  Penn's  letter  to  the  inhabitants  of  Pennsylvania 
previous  to  his  departure  from  England  for  this  country. — Petition  of  the  Indians  to 
Governor  Markham. — Report  of  the  committee  on  the  Indian  portraits. — A  memoir  of 
part  of  the  life  of  William  Penn,  by  Mr  Lawton. — Fragments  of  an  apology  for  himself 
by  William  Penn. — Note  by  the  committee  of  publication. 

For  other  volumes  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

Pennsylvania  History  Club.  ^974.8  P39992 

Publications,    v.i.     1909. 

V.I.  A  contribution  to  Pennsylvania  historical  bibliography;  list  of  members  with 
their  historical  bibliographies. 

Pennypacker,  Samuel  Whitaker.  974-8  P41 

Pennsylvania  in  American  history.  1910.  Campbell. 
Contents:  Anthony  Wayne. — Congress  hall. — The  purchase  of  Louisiana. — George 
Washing^ton  in  Pennsylvania. — Pennsylvania  and  Massachusetts. — German  immigration. 
— The  capture  of  Stony  Point. — The  Dutch  patroons  of  Pennsylvania. — High  water  mark 
of  the  British  invasion. — M.  S.  Quay. — The  dedication  of  the  Capitol. — The  Pennsylvania 
Dutchman  and  wherein  he  has  excelled. — J.  G.  Seelig. — Sower  and  Beissel. — The  War 


2312      PENNSYLVANIA— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL 

Pennypacker,  Samuel  Whitaker — continued.  974-8  P41 

of  the  rebellion. — Gettysburg. — 26th  Pennsylvania  emergency  infantry. — The  origin  of 
the  University  of  Pennsylvania. — The  University  of  Pennsylvania  in  its  relation  to  the 
state. 

The  same r974.8  P41P 

Richards,  Henry  Melchior  Muhlenberg.  r974-8  R39 

The  German  leaven  in  the  Pennsylvania  loaf;  a  paper  read  before 

the  Wyoming  Historical  and  Geological  Society,  May  21st,  1897.    1897. 

Wyoming  Historical  and  Geological  Soc. 

Emphasizes  especially  the  services  rendered  by  the  Pennsylvania-Germans  in   the 

Revolutionary  war. 

Description  and  travel 

Automobile  Club  of  Pittsburgh,  comp.  rgz7.48  A93 

Runs  and  tours.  1906.     1906.     Pittsburgh. 

Routes  for  tours  in  Pennsylvania  and  the  near-by  states,  giving  the  distance,  a 
list  of  the  hotels  and  in  many  cases  some  account  of  the  condition  of  the  roads. 

Babbitt,  E.  L.  r9i7.48  Bn 

Allegheny  pilot;  containing  a  complete  chart  of  the  Allegheny  river, 
showing  the  islands  and  bars  and  low  water  channel  from  Warren  to 
Pittsburgh,  with  directions  for  navigating  the  same  with  rafts,  flat- 
boats,  etc,  also  a  table  of  distances  for  the  principal  western  naviga- 
ble rivers.    1855.    Babbitt. 

[Black,  David  P.]  r9i7.48  B51 

A  joy  ride  [description  of  an  automobile  trip  made  in  1910  across 
the  Alleghany  mountains].    Privately  printed. 

Brantz,  Lewis.  qr9i7.48  B7i 

Memoranda  of  a  journey  in  the  western  parts  of  the  United  States 
of  America  in  1785,  together  with  observations  made  and  authentic 
information  received;  tr.  in  1852  from  the  original  German  by  Brantz 
Mayer,  together  with  Captain  Brantz's  original  view  of  Pittsburg  in 
1790. 

The  original  sketch  of  the  city,  the  earliest  made,  so  far  as  known,  is  also  in  the 
Library. 

Edwards,  Richard,  pub.  r9i7.48  E31 

Industries  of  Pennsylvania;  cities  of  Lancaster,  Lebanon  and  Mount 
Joy;  historical  and  descriptive  review.    1880. 

Falckner,  Daniel.  qr9i7.48  F18 

Curieuse  nachricht  von  Pensylvania;  the  book  that  stimulated  the 
great  German  emigration  to  Pennsylvania  in  the  early  years  of  the  i8th 
century,  with  an  introduction  and  English  translation  by  J.  F.  Sachse. 
1905.    Privately  printed. 

Originally  published  in   1702. 

The  same.  1905.  (In  Pennsylvania-German  Society.  Proceedings 
and  addresses,  v.  14.) ^974.8  P3993  v.14 

In  1699  Falckner  was  sent  to  Germany  as  an  emissary  from  the  Pietist  colony  on 
the  Wissahocken  to  make  known  the  true  state  and  spiritual  condition  of  the  Germans 
who  had  emigrated  to  Pennsylvania  and  to  set  forth  the  labors  of  the  Pietist  movement. 
Francke,  the  leader  of  the  movement  in  Germany,  propounded  to  Falckner  103  questions. 


PENNSYLVANIA— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL       2313 
Falckner,  Dznieh—contintied.  qr9i7.48  F18 

Falckner's  answers  to  which  make  the  substance  of  this  book.  Besides  providing  advice 
to  the  prospective  emigrant  and  settler,  they  show  an  insight  into  the  life  and  habits  of 
the  Indians  and  the  social  condition  of  Penn's  colony  not  to  be  found  elsewhere. 

Frame,  Richard.  Tgij.48  F85 

Short   description   of    Pennsilvania;    reprinted    from   the   supposed 

unique  copy  in  the  Philadelphia  library.    1867.    Oakwood  Press. 
Descriptive  poem,  published  by  William  Bradford  in  1692. 

Heckewelder,  John.  qr974.8  P3992  v.ii-12 

Narrative  of  John  Heckewelder's  journey  to  the  Wabash  in  1792. 
(In  Pennsylvania  magazine  of  history  and  biography,  v.ii-12,  Oct. 
1887-Feb.  1888.) 

Jardine,  L.  J.  r9i7.48  J19 

Letter  from  Pennsylvania  to  a  friend  in  England  containing  valuable 

information  with  respect  to  America.     1795.     Cruttwell. 

Written  to  a  friend  who  had  requested  information   regarding  the  state  of  land, 

society  and  manners  in  Pennsylvania. 

Oil  Men's  Outing  Association,  Butler  county,  Pa.  r9i7.48  O19 

Oil  region  reminiscences;  souvenir  [of  the]  21st  annual  gathering 
of  the  oil  men  of  western  Pennsylvania  at  Conneaut  lake,  July  25,  1907; 
ed.  by  C.  R.  Wattson.    1907. 

Includes  a  paper  on  life  at  Parker's  Landing  in  the  early  days  of  the  oil  industry 
and  a  short  sketch  of  the  oil  fields  of  Butler  county. 

Pennsylvania  Railroad  Co.  r9i7.48  P39 

Guide  for  the  Pennsylvania  railroad,  with  an  extensive  map  includ- 
ing the  entire  route,  with  all  its  windings,  objects  of  interest  and  in- 
formation useful  to  the  traveller.    1855.     Collins. 

[Rousselot  de  Surgy,  Jacques  Philibert,  comp.]  r9i7.48  R77 

Histoire  naturelle  et  politique  de  la  Pensylvanie  et  de  I'etablissement 
des  Quakers  dans  cette  contree;  tr.  de  I'allemand.     1768. 

Swank,  James  Moore.  917-48  S97 

Progressive    Pennsylvania;   a    record   of  the  remarkable   industrial 

development  of  the  Keystone  state,  with  some  account  of  its  early  and 

its  later  transportation  systems,  its  early  settlers  and  its  prominent  men. 

1908.    Lippincott. 

The  same r  917.48  S97 

"Authorities  consulted,"  p.  5-6. 

Includes  interesting  chapters  on  the  early  history  of  Pittsburgh  and  on  distinguished 
Pennsylvanians,  chiefly  from  the  western  part  of  the  state.  One  chapter  is  a  history  of 
the  Muhlenberg  family,  and  another  that  of  Maj.-Gen.  Arthur  St.  Clair.  Among  other 
well-known  citizens  of  the  past  and  present,  considerable  space  is  devoted  to  Albert  Gal- 
latin, Andrew  Carnegie,  Dr  William  Gore  Elder,  Judge  Jeremiah  S.  Black  and  Matthew 
Stanley  Quay. 

Boyd,  William  H.  pub.  r9i7.48i  B66 

Directory  of  Reading,  Easton,  Pottsville,  Allentown  &  Lebanon, 
together  with  a  business  directory  and  a  large  list  of  farmers  of  the 
counties  of  Berks,  Lebanon,  Lehigh,  Northampton  and  Schuylkill,  Pa., 
also  an  appendix  of  much  useful  information,  i860.     1859. 


2314  PHILADELPHIA 

[Mears,  Mrs  Anne  de  B.]  ^     qrgiy^Si  Ms5 

Old  York  road  and  its  early  associations  of  history  and  biography, 
1670-1870.     1890.     Harper. 

Quotes  from  contemporary  documents  and  gives  the  history  of  some  of  the  early 
families  who  lived  on  this  highway  from  Centre  Bridge  to  Philadelphhia.     Illustrated. 


Philadelphia 

Du  Ponceau,  Peter  Stephen,  &  Fisher,  J.  F.  1974.811  D93 

Memoir  on  the  history  of  the  celebrated  treaty  made  by  William 

Penn  with  the  Indians  under  the  elm  tree  at  Shackamaxon  in  the  year 

1682.    1836.    M'Carty. 

The  same.     (In  Pennsylvania,  Historical  Society.    Memoirs,  v. 3,  pt.2, 

p.141-203.) r974.8  P39  V.3 

Ettlng,  Frank  Marx.  qr974.8ii  E89 

Historical  account  of  the  old  State  house  of  Pennsylvania,  now 
known  as  the  Hall  of  independence.     1876.    Osgood. 

Birch  (William)  &  Son.  rgi 7.481 1  B48 

Reproduction  of  Birch's  celebrated  historical  views  of  Philadelphia; 
pub.  in  the  year  1800;  official  souvenir  of  Founders'  week,  1683-1908. 
Palmer. 

Reprint  of  the  original  edition,  with  reproduction  of  title-page,  "The  city  of  Phila- 
delphia in  the  state  of  Pennsylvania,  North  America,  as  it  appeared  in  the  year  1800, 
consisting  of  twenty  eight  plates,  drawn  and  engraved  by  W.  Birch  &  Son." 

King,  Moses,  cotnp.  qr9i7.48ii  K26 

Philadelphia  and  notable  Philadelphians.     1901.     King. 

Views  of  the  city  and  its  buildings,  with  brief  descriptive  text,  and  an  album  of 
prominent  Philadelphians. 

Philadelphia.    Directories.  qr9i7.48ii  G64 

Boyd's  Philadelphia  city  directory,  1880,  1908,  1910-11.     1880-1911. 
Title  of  earlier  volumes  reads  "Philadelphia  city  directory." 
For  other  directories  see  preceding  catalogues. 

Southeastern  counties 

Davis,  L.  H.  974.812  D31 

Centennial  celebration  at  Pottstown,  Pa.,  July  4,  1876,  and  historical 
sketch.    1876. 

Cope,  Gilbert,  &  Ashmead,  H.  G.  cotnp.  qr974.8i3  C79 

Historic  homes  and  institutions  and  genealogical  and  personal  mem- 
oirs of  Chester  and  Delaware  counties,  Pennsylvania.    2v.     1904.    Lewis. 

Sheeder,  Frederick.  qr974-8  P3992  v.34 

East  Vincent  township,  Chester  county,  Pennsylvania.  (In  Penn- 
sylvania magazine  of  history  and  biography,  v.34,  Oct.  1910.) 

Walton,  Joseph  Solomon,  &  Moore,  G.  W.  r974.8i3  W19 

History,  geography  and  government  of  Chester  and  Delaware 
counties  [Pennsylvania];  for  schools  and  general  readers.  1893.  Ches- 
ter County  Pub.  Co. 


PENNSYLVANIA— COUNTY  HISTORIES  2315 

West  Chester,  Pa.  Daily  local  news,  qr974.8i3  W56 

West  Chester,  past  and  present;  centennial  souvenir,  with  celebra- 
tion proceedings,  1 799-1899. 

MacElree,  Wilmer  W.  q9i7.48i3  Mi5d 

Down  the  Eastern  and  up  the  Black  Brandywine.  1912.  Privately 
printed. 

The  same.    1906 qr9i7.48i3  M15 

Follows  the  course  of  the  Brandywine  through  the  various  towns  and  villages  of 
Chester  county.     Many  illustrations. 

Beers  (J.  H.)  &  Co.  pub.  qr974.8i5  B38 

Biographical  annals  of  Lancaster  county,  Pennsylvania,  containing 
biographical  and  genealogical  sketches  of  prominent  and  representative 
citizens  and  many  of  the  early  settlers.     1903. 
Riddle,  William.  974.815  R43 

Cherished  memories  of  old  Lancaster,  town  and  shire.     1910.     In- 
telligencer Printing  House. 
Parthemore,  E.  W.  S.  1974.818  P27h 

Hoffman's  Church  in  the  valley  of  the  Wiconisco  (Lykens),  Dauphin 
county,  Pa.     1895.     Harrisburg  Pub.  Co. 
Parthemore,  E.  W.  S.  qr974.8i8  P27 

Scraps  of  Dauphin  county  history.     1896.     Harrisburg  Pub.  Co. 
CroU,  Philip  Columbus.  974.819  C88 

Ancient  and  historic  landmarks  in  the  Lebanon  valley  [Pa.].  1895. 
Lutheran  Publication  Soc. 

Appeared  in  the  Lebanon,  Pa.  "Daily  report,"  Jan. -Aug.  1894. 

Lebanon  County  (Pa.)  Historical  Society.  r974.8i9  L46 

Historical  papers  and  addresses,  1905-09.    v.3-4.     1905-09. 
For  v.i-2  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Parthemore,  E.  W.  S.  rgi  7.4819  P27 

Trip  into  the  "Swatara"  region  of  Lebanon  county,  Pa.  1895.  Har- 
risburg Pub.  Co. 

Historical  and  descriptive  notes  concerning  persons  and  places  in  the  Lebanon  val- 
ley and  along  Swatara  creek- 
Eastern  counties 

Bucks  County  Historical  Society,  Doylestown,  Pa.  r974.82i  B857 

Collection  of  papers  read  before  the  Bucks  County  Historical  So- 
ciety.   V.1-3.     [i9o8]-09.     Fackenthal. 
Ely,  Warren  Smedley.  r974.82i  E57 

Scotch-Irish  families;   some  of  the  early  settlers  in  Bucks  county 
[Pa.] ;  a  paper  read  before  the  Bucks  County  Historical  Society,  Aug.  9, 
1898. 
Reichel,  William  Cornelius.  r974.822  R29C 

Crown  inn,  near  Bethlehem,  Penna.  1745;  a  history  touching  the 
events  that  occurred  at  that  notable  hostelry  during  the  reigns  of  the 
second  and  third  Georges  and  rehearsing  the  transmission  of  "the 
Simpson  tract"  in  lower  Saucon  township,  Bucks  county.    1872.    Wilbur. 


23 16  PENNSYLVANIA— COUNTY  HISTORIES 

Chapman  Publishing  Co.  qr974.827  C36 

Portrait  and  biographical  record  of  Lehigh,  Northampton  and  Car- 
bon counties,  Pa.    1894. 

Lehigh  County  Historical  Society,  AUentown,  Pa.  1974.827  L55 

Proceedings  and  papers  read  before  the  Lehigh  County  Historical 
Society,    v.  1-2.     1908-10. 

Northeastern  counties 

Harding,  Garrick  Mallery.  r9i7.482  H25 

The  Sullivan  road;  a  paper  read  before  the  Wyoming  Valley  [Pa.] 
chapter,  D.  A.  R.     1899.     Wilkes-Barre  Record. 

The  Sullivan  road  was  a  military  highway  extending  from  what  is  now  Tanners- 
ville.  Pa.  to  Wilkes- Barre.  It  was  built  in  1779  when  Washington  sent  Gen.  Sullivan 
to  punish  the  Indians  of  New  York  state  for  their  border  massacres  of  the  previous  year. 

Bradsby,  H.  C.  ed.  qr974.832  B68 

History  of  Luzerne  county,  Pennsylvania,  with  biographical  selec- 
tions.   1893.    Nelson. 

Hayden,  Horace  Edwin,  and  others,  ed.  qr974.832  H37 

Genealogical  and  family  history  of  the  Wyoming  and  Lackawanna 
valleys,  Pa.    2v.     1906. 

Contains  portraits. 

^974-832  H6a 
Historical  record  of  Wyoming  valley;  a  compilation  of  matters  of  local 
history  from  the  columns  of  the  Wilkes-Barre  record;  ed.  by  F.  C.  John- 
son, June  15,  1899-July  4,  1907.    V.9-14,     1901-08. 

For  V.I -8  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series.  « 

Johnson,  Frederick  Charles.  r974.832  J36C 

Count  Zinzendorf  and  the  Moravian  and  Indian  occupancy  of  the 
Wyoming  valley.  Pa.,  1742-1763  [read  before  the  Wyoming  Historical 
and  Geological  Society,  May  19,  1894].    1904. 

Reprinted  from  the  "Proceedings  and  collections  of  the  Wyoming  Historical  and 
Geological  Society,"  v.8,  1903. 

Kulp,  George  Brubaker.  qr974.832  K43 

Families  of  the  Wyoming  valley,  biographical,  genealogical  and  his- 
torical; sketches  of  the  bench  and  bar  of  Luzerne  county.  Pa.  3v. 
1885-90.    Privately  printed. 

Munsell  (W.  W.)  &  Co.  pub.  qr974.832  M96 

History  of  Luzerne,  Lackawanna  and  Wyoming  counties.  Pa.,  with 
illustrations  and  biographical  sketches  of  some  of  their  prominent  men 
and  pioneers.     1880. 

Reynolds,  Sheldon.  qr974.832  R37 

Frontier  forts  within  the  Wyoming  valley.  Pa.;  a  report  of  the  state 

commission  appointed  to  mark  the  forts  erected  against  the  Indians 


PENNSYLVANIA— COUNTY  HISTORIES  2317 

Reynolds,  Sheldon — continued.  qr974.832  R37 

prior  to  1783;  read  before  the  Wyoming  Historical  and  Geological  So- 
ciety, Dec.  1894;  with  a  brief  memoir  of  the  author  by  A.  H.  McClin- 
tock.    1896.     [Wyoming  Historical  and  Geological  Soc] 

Reprinted  from  the  state  report,  1896. 

"Bibliography  of  the  Wyoming  Historical  and  Geological  Society,"  [p.49-52]. 

The  same.    (In  Pennsylvania — Commission  on  frontier  forts.    Report, 

1896,  V.I,  p.421-466.) q974.8  P3992  v.i 

The  same qr974.8  P3998  v.i 

Wilcox,  William  Alonzo.  r974.832  W71 

Jenkins  Fort;  an  historical  address  at  West  Pittston,  Pa.,  Oct.  12, 
1900,  at  the  dedication  of  a  monument  erected  by  Dial  Rock  chapter, 
D.  A.  R. 

Reprinted  from  the  "Pittston  gazette,"  Oct.   12,   1900. 

Wyoming  Commemorative  Association,  r974.832  W995 

Wilkesbarre,  Pa. 
Wyoming;  a  record  of  the  looth  year  commemorative  observance  of 
the  battle  and  massacre,  July  3,  1778-July  3,  1878;  ed.  by  Wesley  John- 
son.   1882.    Beardslee. 

Gives  an  introductory  history  of  the  massacre,  an  account  of  the  committee  meet- 
ings and  full  reports  of  the  services,  addresses  and  correspondence  relating  to  the  cele- 
bration. 

Harvey,  Oscar  Jewell.  qr974-833  W72h 

History  of  Wilkes-Barre,  Luzerne  county,  Pennsylvania,  from  its 
first  beginnings  to  the  present  time  [1909]  including  chapters  of  newly- 
discovered  early  Wyoming  valley  history,  with  many  biographical 
sketches  and  much  genealogical  material,    v.1-2.    1909.    [Raeder  Press.] 

Wilkes-Barre,  Pa.  ^917.4833  W725 

Wilkes-Barre  (the  "Diamond  city");  its  history,  its  natural  re- 
sources, its  industries,  1769-1906  [a  souvenir  of  the  centennial  celebra- 
tion of  the  erection  of  Wilkes-Barre  into  a  borough]. 

Wilkes-Barr^,  Pa.  Board  of  Trade.  r9i7.4833  W72 

Wilkes-Barre,  well-known,  wealthy  and  wide-awake.  [1910.  Wilkes- 
Barre  Record.] 

Illustrated  booklet,  listing  places  of  interest,  public  buildings,  industries,  clubs,  thea- 
tres, etc. 

Du  Bois,  James  T.  &  Pike,  W.  J.  r974.834  D85 

Centennial  of  Susquehanna  county  [Pa.].     1888.     Gray. 

Freeze,  John  Gosse.  r974.838  F91 

History  of  Columbia  county,  Pennsylvania  from  the  earliest  times. 
1883.    Elwell. 

Brower,  D.  H.  B.  r974.839  B78 

Danville,  Montour  county,  Pennsylvania;  a  collection  of  historical 
and  biographical  sketches.    1881.    Hart. 


23 18  PENNSYLVANIA— COUNTY  HISTORIES 

Southeast  central  counties 

Runk  (J.  M.)  &  Co.  pub.  qr974-84  R87 

Commemorative   biographical    encyclopedia   of  the  Juniata   valley, 

comprising  the  counties  of  Huntingdon,   Mifflin,  Juniata  and  Perry, 

Pennsylvania,    containing   sketches    of    prominent  and    representative 
citizens  and  many  of  the  early  settlers.    2v.     1897. 

Prowell,  George  R.  qr974.84i  P97 

History  of  York  county,  Pennsylvania.     2v.     1907.     Beers. 

The  first  volume  contains  a  comprehensive  general  history  of  the  county,  a  special 
history  of  the  city  of  York  and  of  the  boroughs  and  townships  of  the  county.  The 
second  volume  gives  a  biographical  and  genealogical  record  of  prominent  men.  There 
are  portraits  and  other  illustrations. 

York,  Pa. — ^Centennial  committee.  r974.84i  Ysa 

Historical  sketch  and  account  of  the  centennial  celebration  at  York, 
Pa.,  July  4,  1876.     1876.     Democratic  Press  Print. 

Carlisle,  Pa.  Civic  Club.  r974.843  C21 

Carlisle  old  and  new.    1907.    McFarland. 

Historical  account.     Illustrated. 

Orr,  John  G.  r974.843  O28 

Conodogwinet  creek;  read  before  the  Kittochtinny  Historical  So- 
ciety, May  5,  1909.     (Early  highways  no. 3.) 

Historical  and  descriptive  notes  on  this  creek,  which  rises  in  Franklin  county  and 
flows  northeastward  through  Cumberland  county,  entering  the  Susquehanna  two  miles 
above  Harrisburg. 

Wiley,  Samuel  T.  ed.  qr974.843  W71 

Biographical  and  portrait  cyclopedia  of  the  19th  congressional  dis- 
trict, Pennsylvania;  containing  biographical  sketches  of  prominent  and 
representative  citizens  of  the  district,  together  with  introductory  his- 
torical sketch.     1897.     Ruoff. 

The  19th  congressional  district  includes  Cumberland,  Adams  and  York  counties. 

Schwrarz,  J.  Robley,  pub.  r9i7.4843  S41 

Cumberland  blue  book;  a  compendium  of  information  of  lower 
Cumberland  county  [Pa.]  and  an  illustrated  historical  chapter,  direc- 
tory and  25  representative  illustrations  of  Camp  Hill  and  vicinity;  J. 
Zeamer,  historian.     1908. 

Kittochtinny  Historical  Society.  r974.844  K31 

Papers  read  before  the  society  during  the  year  ending  March  i,  1899. 

1900. 

Local  historical  society  of  Franklin  county,   Pa. 

For  later  volumes  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Northeast  central  counties 

Meginness,  John  Franklin.  ^^974.85  M56b 

Biographical  annals  of  deceased  residents  of  the  West  Branch  val- 
ley of  the  Susquehanna  from  the  earliest  times  to  the  present.  1889. 
Gazette  and  Bulletin  Printing  House,  Williamsport,  Pa. 


PENNSYLVANIA— COUNTY  HISTORIES  2319 

Collins,  Emerson,  &  Jordan,  J.  W.  ed.  qr974.85i  C71 

Genealogical  and  personal  history  of  Lycoming  county,  Pennsyl- 
vania.   2v.     1906.     Lewis  Pub.  Co. 

Philipsburg,  Pa.  Old  Home  Week  Association —  4^974.853  P49 

Historical  committee. 
Illustrated    souvenir   history   of    Philipsburg,    Pennsylvania.      1909. 
Grit  Pub.  Co. 

Contents:  History  of  Philipsburg,  by  S.  B.  Row. — Philipsburg  from  1904  to  1909, 
comp.  by  C.  U.  Hoffer. — Philipsburg  illustrated. 

Maynard,  D.S.  r974.854  M53 

Historical  view  of  Clinton  county  [Pa.]  from  its  earliest  settlement 
to  the  present  time  [1875],  comprising  a  complete  sketch  and  topo- 
graphical description  of  each  township  in  the  county.  1875.  Enter- 
prise Printing  House. 

Craft,  David.  r974.857  C85d 

A  day  at  Asylum  [Pa.];  read  before  the  [Wyoming  Historicial  and 
Geological]  Society,  Nov.  14,  1902. 

Reprinted  from  v.8  of  the  "Proceedings  and  collections"  of  the  society. 

The  colony  at  Asylum  was  founded  in  1793  by  royalist  sympathizers  who  had  fled 
from  France.  It  was  abandoned  about  ten  years  later  when  many  of  the  refugees 
returned  to  their  own  country.  Louis  Philippe,  Talleyrand  and  La  Rochefoucauld  were 
among  the  colony's  distinguished  visitors.  This  account  gives  a  sketch  of  several  of  the 
members  of  the  settlement  and  a  reproduction  of  a  map  of  the  town  as  it  was  originally 
planned. 

Heverly,  Clement  Ferdinand.  r974.857  T65h 

History  of  the  Towandas,  1770-1886,  including  the  aborigines,  Pen- 
namites  and  Yankees,  with  biographical  sketches.  1886.  Towanda, 
Pa.,  Reporter-Journal  Printing  Co. 

Perkins,  Mrs  George  A.  r974.857  P43 

Early  times  on  the  Susquehanna.    1870.    Malette. 

Chiefly  a  description  of  the  settlement  of  Athens,  Pa.  and  neighboring  towns. 


Northwest  central  counties 

Beers  (J.  H.)  &  Co.  pub.  qr974.86  B38C 

Commemorative  biographical  record  of  central  Pennsylvania,  in- 
cluding the  counties  of  Centre,  Clearfield,  Jefferson  and  Clarion;  con- 
taining biographical  sketches  of  prominent  and  representative  citizens 
and  of  many  of  the  early  settled  families,    1898. 

r974.865  C72 
Die  colonie  St.  Maria  in  Pennsylvanien,  N.  Amerika;  nebst  reisenoti- 
zen  und  einer  karte. 

Southwest  central  counties 

Bedford  gazette,  Bedford,  Pa.  qr974.87i  B37 

Centennial  edition,  Friday,  September  21,  1906.     1906. 


2320  PENNSYLVANIA— COUNTY  HISTORIES 

Schell,  William  P.  r974.87i  S32 

Annals  of  Bedford  county,  Pennsylvania,  consisting  of  condensed 
sketches  of  the  most  important  events  which  occurred  dunng  the  cen- 
tury from  Jan.  1750  to  1850;  prepared  for  Old  home  week,  Aug.  4-10, 
1907.    1907.    Bedford  Gazette  Pub.  Co. 

Ewing,  James  H.  &  Slep,  Harry,  ed.  r974-875  E97 

History  of  the  city  of  Altoona  and  Blair  county,  including  sketches 
of  the  shops  of  the  Pennsylvania  Railroad  Co.     1880.     Slep. 

Altoona  (Pa.)  Board  of  Trade.  qr9i7.4876  A46 

Illustrated  Altoona;  a  complete  pen-picture  of  the  city  of  Altoona, 
Pennsylvania,  at  the  close  of  the  year  1895,  historical,  descriptive,  sta- 
tistical; prepared  and  ed.  by  C.  B.  Clark.    1896. 

Swank,  James  Moore.  r974.877  S97 

Cambria  county   pioneers;  a  collection   of  brief   biographical   and 

other  sketches  relating  to  the  early  history  of  Cambria  county,  Penn- 
sylvania.   1910.     [Allen.] 

Southwest  counties.     Western  Pennsylvania 

Butterfield,  Consul  Willshire.  974.88  B98 

History  of  the  Girtys;  also  of  the  part  taken  by  them  in  Lord  Dun- 
more's  war,  in  the  western  border  war  of  the  Revolution  and  in  the 
Indian  war  of  1790-95.     1890.     Clarke. 

"Gathers  from  many  obscure  sources  the  thread  of  Simon  Girty's  renegade  life,  and 
the  scarcely  more  reputable  careers  of  ethers  of  the  family,  whose  services,  in  aid  of 
Indians  and  of  British,  made  the  name  of  'Girty'  a  terror  along  the  western  borders  of 
Pennsylvania  and  Virginia.  The  author  undertakes  not  merely  to  record  the  facts,  but 
to  show  the  falsity  of  a  vast  amount  that  has  been  published  about  the  Girtys,  some  of 
it  in  works  held  in  good  repute."     Larned's  Literature  of  American  history. 

Crumrine,  Boyd.  qr974.88  C89 

"The  old  home  and  the  new,"  from  the  historical  magazine  of 
Monongahela's  Old-home-coming  week,  Sept.  6-13,  1908.     [1908.] 

Brief  historical  retrospect  of  the  Monongahela  valley. 

Doddridge,  Joseph.  974.88  D66 

Notes  on  the  settlement  and  Indian  wars  of  the  western  parts  of 
Virginia  and  Pennsylvania,  from  1763  to  1783,  inclusive,  together  with 
a  review  of  the  state  of  society  and  manners  of  the  first  settlers  of  the 
western  country;  republished  with  the  addition  of  new  and  valuable 
material.     1912.     Ritenour,     Pittsburgh. 

The  same r974.88  D66a 

First  published  in  1824. 

"Joseph  Doddridge . . .  was  a  physician  and  a  missionary  of  the  Protestant  Episcopal 
Church,  and  in  both  his  professions  a  man  highly  esteemed.  He  was  born  in  Maryland 
in  1769,  and  in  his  fourth  year  removed  with  his  family  to  the  western  border  of  the 
line  between  Pennsylvania  and  Virginia.  With  abundant  opportunities  in  his  youth  of 
familiarity  with  the  rudest  experiences  of  frontier  life  near  hostile  Indians,  he  was  a 
keen  observer,  a  skilful  narrator,  and  a  diligent  gatherer-up  of  historical  and  traditional 

lore   from  the  hardy  and  well-scarred  pioneers He  was  a  keen   student  of  nature  as 

well  as  of  humanity.  His  pages  give  us  most  vivid  pictures  of  life  under  the  stern  and 
perilous  conditions;  not,  however,  without  their  fascinations,  of  forest  haunts,  of  rude 
and  scattered  cabins,  of  domestic  and  social  relations,  of  the  resources  of  the  heroic 
whites,  and  of  the  qualities  of  Indian  warfare  in  the  desperate  struggle  with  the  in- 
vaders."    Winsor's  Narrative  and  critical  history  of  America. 


PENNSYLVANIA— COUNTY  HISTORIES  2321 

Lacock,  John  Kennedy.  1974.88  Lia 

Braddock's  road;  a  set  of  60  colored  post  cards,  with  historical  and 
descriptive  data.     1908.    Weller. 

Lambing,  Andrew  Arnold.  rg74.88  L18 

Celeron's  expedition  down  the  Allegheny  and  Ohio  rivers  in  1749; 
a  paper  read  before  the  Historical  Society  of  Western  Pennsylvania, 
Dec.  13,  1883.    [1884.    Pittsburgh.] 

Appeared  in  "Historical  researches  in  western  Pennsylvania,"  v.i,  July  1884. 

Reed,  George  Irving,  and  others,  ed.  qr974.88  RaSa 

Century  cyclopedia  of  history  and  biography  of  Pennsylvania.     2v. 

1910.    Century. 

Contains    information    concerning    the    history,    resources,    industries,    educational, 

literary  and  scientific  institutions  of  western  Pennsylvania,  together  with  biographical 

sketches  of  distinguished  citizens,  particularly  of  Pittsburgh.     Portraits. 

Rupp,  Israel  Daniel.  974.88  R88 

Early  history  of  western  Pennsylvania  and  of  the  west,  and  of  west- 
ern expeditions  and  campaigns,  1754-1833,  with  an  appendix  containing 
extracts  from  important  Indian  treaties,  minutes  of  conferences,  jour- 
nals, etc.,  and  a  description  of  the  counties  of  Allegheny,  Westmore- 
land, Washington,  Somerset,  Greene,  Fayette,  Beaver,  Butler,  Arm- 
strong and  Clarion.     1846.    Kauffman. 

Contains  Post's  Journals,  1758. 

r974.88  1X3533 
United  States — Commissioners  to  ascertain  the  losses  suffered  in  con- 
sequence of  the  insurrection  in  the  western  counties  of  Penn- 
sylvania in  the  year  1794. 
Letter  from  the  secretary  of  the  treasury  accompanying  his  report 
on  the  petition  of  Benjamin  Wells,  and  the  counter  petition  of  sundry 
inhabitants  of  Fayette  county  [Pa.]     1800. 

Veech,  James.  974.88  V24 

Monongahela  of  old;  or,  Historical  sketches  of  southwestern  Penn- 
sylvania, to  1800.     1858-92.     Privately  printed.     Pittsburgh. 

Includes  "Braddock's  campaign,"  P.S5-76;  "Albert  Gallatin,"  p.166-198;  "Mason 
and  Dixon's  line,"  p.206-248;  "Boundary  controversy  with  Virginia,"  P.249-2S9. 

Judge  Veech  was  a  well-known  local  historian,  who  died  in  1879.  This  volume, 
which  was  published  some  years  after  his  death,  had  been  "in  sheets"  since  1858. 

Pittsburg  and  Butler  Street  Railway  Company.  qr9i7.488  P67 

'Cross  country  travel,  Pittsburg  to  Butler  by  trolley.     [1907.     Pitts- 
burgh]. 
Boucher,  John  Newton.  qr974.88i  B65 

History  of  Westmoreland  county.  Pa.    3v.    1906.    Lewis. 

V.I.     Narrative  history. 

v.2-3.     Genealogical  and  personal  history,  comp.  by  J.  W.  Jordan. 

Washington  County,  Pa.  Historical  Society.  qr974.883  W37i 

In  our  early  days;  notes  and  queries  and  gleanings  from  the  past, 
with  ancient  documents  and  original  papers  and  addresses  illustrative 
of  the  history  of  southwestern  Pennsylvania  and  especially  of  Washing- 
ton county;  ed.  by  Boyd  Crumrine.    v.i,  no.i.     1908. 

v. I,  no. I.     Bibliography  of  Washington  county. 


2322  PITTSBURGH— HISTORY 

. i ^ 

Washington  (Pa.)  reporter.  qrg74.882  W272 

Centennial  number,  1808-1908.    1908. 

This  newspaper  has  had  (1908)  a  continuous  existence  of  :oo  years  without  change 
of  name.  This  number,  issued  Aug.  15,  1908,  contains  historical  material  relating  to 
the  town  and  paper. 

Blaine,  James.  qr974.884  B52 

Docket  of  James  Blaine,  justice  of  the  peace  for  Fayette  county.  Pa., 
1815-20.     2V. 

Manuscript  copy. 

Register  of  money  judgments.  James  Elaine  was  the  grandfather  of  James  G. 
Blaine. 

Brownsville,  Pa.  Three  towns.  r974.884  B82 

Brownsville;  its  past  and  present;  a  complete  historical  sketch  of 
the  town,  together  with  the  boroughs  of  Bridgeport  and  West  Browns- 
ville, embodying  all  that  is  most  important  in  the  history  of  each,  to- 
gether with  notices  of  the  leading  business  and  professional  men  of  to- 
day.    [1883.] 

Reprinted  from  the  "Three  towns,"  Sept.   i,  1883. 

McClenathan,  John  C.  and  others.  r974.884  €7501 

Centennial  history  of  the  borough  of  Connellsville,  Pennsylvania, 
1806-1906.    1906.    [Champlin  Press.] 

Allegheny  county.  Pa.     Centennial  committee,  1888.  rg74.885  A42r 

Report  on  the  celebration  of  the  centennial  of  Allegheny  county  at 
Pittsburgh,  Sept.  24-26,  1888.    1889.    Smith.    Pittsburgh. 

qr974.885  M59 
Memoirs  of  Allegheny  county,  Pennsylvania;  personal  and  genealogi- 
cal, with  portraits.    2v.     1904.    Northwestern  Historical  Assoc. 


Pittsburgh 
History 

Allegheny  county.  Pa.  rg74.886  A422 

Official  report  of  the  dedicatory  exercises  held  at  the  new  court 
house  at  the  city  of  Pittsburgh,  county  of  Allegheny,  Sept.  24,  1888. 
1889.     Pittsburgh. 

Boucher,  John  Newton.  q974.886  B65 

Century  and  a  half  of  Pittsburg  and  her  people.    4v.     1908.     Lewis. 

v.i-2.     Narrative  history. 

v.3-4.  Genealogical  memoirs  of  the  leading  families  of  Pittsburg  and  vicinity;  comp. 
by  J.  W.  Jordan. 

General  history,  including  industries,  religious  life,  education,  etc.  Numerous  por- 
traits. 

The  same.    4v qr974.886  B65 

Carnegie  Library  of  Pittsburgh.  qr974.886  C21 

Register  of  visitors  attending  the  sesquicentennial  exhibition  held 

at  the  Carnegie  Library  of  Pittsburgh,  September  27  to  October  10, 1908. 


PITTSBURGH— HISTORY  2323 

Church,  Samuel  Harden.  974.886  C46 

Short  history  of  Pittsburgh,  1758-1908.     1908.     De  Vinne  Press. 
The  same rg74.886  C46 

Treats  of  the  historical,  industrial  and  intellectual  life  of  the  city. 

Craig,  Neville  B.  1787-1863,  comp.  r974.886  C86w 

Washington's  first  campaign,  death  of  Jumonville  and  the  taking  of 
Fort  Necessity,  also  Braddock's  defeat,  the  march  of  the  unfortunate 
general  explained  by  a  distinguished  historian,  traced  on  the  ground 
by  a  civil  engineer  and  exhibited  on  a  map  prepared  under  his  dire'c- 
tion.    1848.    Wright.     Pittsburgh. 

Dahlinger,  Charles  William.  974.886  D15 

1758;  being  a  sketch  of  the  founding  of  Pittsburgh.  1908.  Pitts- 
burgh. 

The  same r974.886  D15 

"Authorities   consulted,"    p.i8. 

"Reprinted  from  the  sesqui-centennial  number  of  the  Gazette  times  of  Pittsburgh, 
Pennsylvania,  of  Sunday,  September  27th,   1908." 

Daughters  of  the  American  Revolution,  Pitts-  qr974.886  D28P 

burgh  chapter. 

[Plea  for  the  preservation  of  the  block  house  of  Fort  Pitt.]     1905. 
Davis,  Nicholas  Darnell,  comp.  r974.886  D32 

British  newspaper  accounts  of  Braddock's  defeat.     1899. 

Reprinted  from  "The  Pennsylvania  magazine  of  history  and  biography,"  Oct.    1899. 

Hadden,  James.  974.886  H 12 

Washington's  expeditions  (1753-1754)  and  Braddock's  expedition 
(1755).  with  history  of  Tom  Fausett,  the  slayer  of  Gen.  Edward  Brad- 
dock.    Ed.2.     1910.     Privately  printed. 

The  same.     Ed.2.     1910.     Privately  printed rg 74.886  Hi 2a 

The  same.     1910 r974.886  H12 

Hardy,  Abbott  Lawrence,  comp.  qr974.886  H26 

Story  of  Pittsburgh;  a  series  of  historical  sketches,  prepared  from 
newspaper  files.     1910.     Pittsburgh. 

Mounted  clippings  from  the  "Pittsburgh  post,"  in  which  the  articles  appeared  from 
Sept.  6  to  Nov.  28,   191  o. 

"Lacks  the  stiffness  of  a  formal  history,  and  portrays  the  village  and  its  characters 
with  a  quaintness  and  freshness  characteristic  of  the  days  in  which  the  incidents 
occurred  and  were  recorded."    Pittsburgh  post,  1910. 

Killikelly,  Sarah  Howe.  q974.886  K25 

History  of  Pittsburgh;  its  rise  and  progress.  1906.  Montgomery. 
Pittsburgh. 

"Sources,"  p.17-19. 

The  same qr974.886  K25 

One  of  the  most  complete,  readable  and  satisfactory  histories  of  Pittsburgh  which 
has  (1907)  yet  appeared.  The  illustrations  have  value  and  interest,  several  of  them  being 
views  of  Pittsburgh  in  the  early  stages  of  its  development. 

King,  Sidney  Archer,  and  others,  ed.  qr974.886  K26 

Story  of  the   sesqui-centennial   celebration  of    Pittsburgh,   July   4, 

Sept.  27  to  Oct.  3,  and  Nov.  25,   1908.     1910.  The   R.  W.  Johnston 
Studios,  Pittsburgh. 


33*4  PITTSBURGH— HISTORY 

Maps — Braddock,  Pa.  r974.886  M 

Plan  of  the  boroughs  of  Braddock  and  North  Braddock,  showing 
the  location  of  the  field  of  battle,  July  9th,  1755;  located  by  Sydney 
Dillon,  delineated  by  T.  F.  Graham  and  L.  H.  Park.     no.  1-2.     1909. 

Size,  14x17^  inches,  folded  in  12°  cover;  scale,  600  feet  to  i  inch. 

The  location  of  battle-field  and  road  shown  here  is  based  on  a  study  of  the  ground 
in  connection  with  the  two  maps  made  by  Pat.  Mackellar,  engineer  with  Braddock's 
army,  and  the  plan  from  Winsor's  "Narrative  and  critical  history,"  v.5,  p.499,  and  the 
Carnegie,  McCandless  Co.'s  property  map  of  1873  showing  contours  of  the  bottom  land 
in  the  vicinity  of  the  road. 

Mackellar's  map  no.i  has  title  "A  sketch  of  the  field  of  battle  of  July  9th  upon  the 
Monongahela  seven  miles  from  Fort  Duquesne,  shewing  the  disposition  of  troops  when 
the  action  began;"  no. 2  has  title  "A  sketch  of  the  field  of  battle  shewing  the  disposition 
of  the  troops  about  2  o'clock  when  the  whole  of  the  main  body  had  joined  the  advanced 
and  working  parties  then  beat  back  from  the  ground  they  occupied  as  in  plan  no.i." 

Old  Residents  of  Pittsburgh  and  Western  Pennsylvania.      qrg74.886  O23 

Minute  book,  April  10,  1879-March  13,  1884. 

Manuscript  copy. 

Minutes  of  the  society  from  its  organization  in  April  1879  to  March  1884.  Any- 
one who  had  been  a  resident  of  western  Pennsylvania  for  fifty  years  was  eligible  for 
membership.  At  the  meetings,  which  were  held  monthly,  papers  on  the  early  history  of 
Pittsburgh  were  read  and  reminiscences  exchanged. 

This  association  later  became  the  "Western  Pennsylvania  Historical  Society." 

Old  Residents  of  Pittsburgh  and  Western  Pennsylvania.    qr974.886  Oasr 

Roll  of  members.    1881? 

Manuscript  copy. 

1974.886  P6747 

Pictures  of  the  Pittsburgh  sesqui-centennial  celebration,  Sept.  27-Oct.  3, 
1908. 

Photographs. 

Pittsburgh — Sesqui-centennial,  Executive  qr974.886  P6746 

committee  of. 
Pittsburgh   sesqui-centennial  celebration,  July  4,   Sept.   27-Oct.  3, 
Nov.  25,  1908;  official  account. 

Gives  programs,  speeches,  lists  of  committees,  descriptions  of  ceremonies  and 
parades,  etc.   Portraits  and  illustrations. 

Pittsburgh,  Mary  S.  Brown  Memorial  Methodist  r974.886  P6744 

Episcopal  Church. 
In  memory  of  the  early  settlers  of  Squirrel  hill  and  their  descend- 
ants, especially  including  many  who  are  interred  in  the  Turner's  burial 
ground,  Squirrel  hill.    1905?    Pittsburgh. 

qr974.886  P6745 
[Pittsburgh  sesqui-centennial  celebration;  accounts  of  the  celebration 
published  in  the  Pittsburgh  daily  papers]  Sept.  27-Nov.  26,  1908.  1908. 
Pittsburgh. 

United  States — Library  committee.  r974.886  U25 

Monument  to  commemorate  the  battle  of  the  Monongahela;  hear- 
ing on  bill  H.  R.  no.12369,  introduced  by  Mr  Dalzell,  entitled  "A  bill 
for  the  erection  of  a  monument  to  commemorate  the  battle  historically 
known  as  'the  battle  of  the  Monongahela,'  commonly  known  as  'Brad- 
dock's  defeat.' "     1910. 


PITTSBURGH— DESCRIPTION  2325 

Western  Pennsylvania  Historical  Society.  1974.886  WsGf 

First  souvenir  Christmas  book.     [1894.     Pittsburgh.] 
Pamphlet  containing  an  account  of  a  Christmas  incident  in  the  early  days  of  Pitts- 
burgh and  a  brief  history  of  the  Historical  Society  of  Western  Pennsylvania. 

Western  Pennsylvania  Historical  Society.  r974.886  W56S 

Synopsis  of  the  proceedings  of  the  Historical  Society  of  Western 
Pennsylvania  (late  Old  Residents'  Association)  during  the  first  five 
years  [1879  to  1884].    1884.    Pittsburgh. 

[Weyman,  George.]  qr974.886  W58 

[Ledger,  1827-31,  of  George  Weyman,  a  tobacconist  of  Pitts- 
burgh.]    2V. 

White,  Edward,  ft.  185 1.  q974.886  W63 

150  years  of  unparalleled  thrift;  Pittsburgh  sesqui-centennial,  chron- 
icling a  development  from  a  frontier  camp  to  a  mighty  city;  official  his- 
tory and  programme.     1908.     White.     Pittsburgh. 

The  same qr974.886  W63a 

Contains  many  illustrations. 

Wilson,  Erasmus,  ed.  q974.886  W76 

Standard  history  of  Pittsburg,  Pennsylvania.     1898.     Cornell. 


Description 

Bank  of  Pittsburgh  National  Association.  1917.4886  B227 

Some  interesting  facts  since  the  year  1810.     1908. 

Random  notes  on  the  aspect  of  city  in  1810,  with  brief  history  of  the  bank.  Margi- 
nal illustrations. 

Braddock,  Pa.    Directories.  1917.4886  P76 

Braddock  directory,  1906,  1911,  comprising  Braddock,  North  Brad- 
dock  and  Rankin;  also  including  complete  directories  of  East  Pitts- 
burgh, Turtle  Creek  and  Wilmerding.     1905-10.     Polk.     Pittsburgh. 

Dahlinger,  Charles  William.  r9i7.4886  D15 

What's  the  matter  with  Pittsburg?  address  delivered  before  the 
Pittsburg  Association  of  Credit  Men,  Jan.  sth,  191 1.    191 1.    Pittsburgh. 

From  the  "Pittsburg  legal  journal,"  Jan.  14,  191 1,  v.59,  no.2,  p.4-14. 

Fisher  &  Stewart,  Pittsburgh,  pub.  r9i7.4886  P67f 

Illustrated  guide  and  hand  book  of  Pittsburgh  and  Allegheny,  de- 
scribing and  locating  the  principal  places  of  interest  in  and  about  the 
two  cities.    1887.    Pittsburgh. 

Fleming,  George  Thornton,  comp.  qgi7.4886  F6a 

"Flem's"  views  of  old  Pittsburgh;  a  portfolio  of  the  past  precious 

with  memories.    1905.    Privately  printed.     [Pittsburgh.] 

The  same qrgi7.4886  F62 

Homestead,  Pa.    Directories.  r9i7.4886  P76h 

Homestead  directory,  1910-11.    v.3.     [1910.]     Polk.     Pittsburgh. 


2326  PITTSBURGH— DESCRIPTION 

King,  J.  Trainor.  rosi  L56 

Pittsburgh,  past  and  present.     1868. 

Bound  with  "Leisure  hours,"  v.  1-3. 

Appeared  as  a  supplement  to  the  "Pittsburgh  quarterly  magazine,"  1868. 

Giving  but  passing  notice  to  military  and  political  history,  the  author  devotes  himself 
chiefly  to  a  narrative  of  the  social,  educational,  commercial  and  manufacturing  progress 
of  the  city.  Includes  incidents  of  pioneer  life,  descriptions  of  the  city  and  its  sur- 
roundings, and  mention  of  many  men  prominent  in  its  early  days. 

McKeesport,  Pa.     Directories.  r9i7.4886  P76m 

McKeesport  directory,  1905-06,  1910;  also  including  a  complete 
directory  of  Dravosburg,  Duquesne,  East  McKeesport,  Glassport,  Port 
Vue  and  Versailles.     1905-10.    Polk.     Pittsburgh. 

Volume  for  1910  does  not  include  directory  of  Duquesne. 

Nelson  (L.  H.)  Company,  Portland,  Me.  r9i7.4886  N22 

Pittsburg.     1905. 

Views  of  Pittsburgh  and  some  of  its  notable  buildings.     No  text. 

Page  (H.  R.)  &  Co.  qr9i7.4886  P14 

Pittsburgh  illustrated  [text  by  C.  T.  Dawson].     1889. 

Full-page  pictures  of  residences  and  public  buildings,  with  descriptive  text. 

Pittsburgh.     Ordinances.  qr9i7.4886  P6751 

Ordinance  establishing  the  names  of  the  avenues,  streets,  lanes  and 
alleys  in  the  city  of  Pittsburgh.  File  of  Common  council,  series  1909- 
1910,  no.848,  bill  no.318.) 

With  this  is  bound  "Ordinance  changing  the  names  of  certain  avenues,  streets, 
lanes  and  alleys  in  the  city  of  Pittsburgh." 

917.4886  P67P 

[Pittsburgh   as   seen   by   early   travelers;   descriptions   by   those   who 
visited  it  from  1783  to  1818.] 

The  same r9i7.4886  P67P 

Contents:  A  German  view  of  Pittsburgh  in  1783,  by  J.  D.  Schopf. — Account  ot 
Pittsburgh  in  1 786,  by  H.  H.  Brackenridge. — Pittsburgh  one  hundred  years  ago,  by  H.  M. 
Brackenridge. — Impressions  of  Pittsburgh  in  1790,  by  John  Pope. — Account  of  Pitts- 
burgh in  1802,  by  F.  A.  Michaux. — A  New  England  minister  at  Pittsburgh  in  1803,  by 
T.  M.  Harris. — Pittsburgh  in  1806,  by  Thomas  Ashe. — Pittsburgh  in  1807,  by  F.  Cuming. 
— Pittsburgh  in  1807,  by  Christian  Schultz. — Pittsburgh  in  181 5,  by  William  Darby. — 
Impressions  of  Pittsburgh  (181 5),  by  Timothy  Flint. — Pittsburgh  in  181 7,  by  John  Palm- 
er.— Another  view  of  Pittsburgh  in  181 7,  by  H.  B.  Fearon. — An  English  farmer  in 
Pittsburgh  in  1817,  by  Morris  Birkbeck. — Pittsburgh  in  i8i8,  by  Estwick  Evans. 

Reprints  published  in  the  Monthly  bulletin  of  the  Carnegie  Library  of  Pittsburgh, 
April   1902-June  1906. 

Pittsburgh  Board  of  Trade,  1899-date.  r9i7.4886  P67pi 

Classified  business  directory  of  East  Liberty,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.  [191 1.] 
Pittsburgh. 

Pittsburgh,  Chamber  of  Commerce.  T9 17.4886  P674if3 

Facts  about  Pittsburgh.     1909. 
The  satne.     1907 r9i7.4886  P674if2 

Statistics  regarding  its  commerce  and  industries. 

Pittsburgh,  Chamber  of  Commerce.  q9i7.4886  P67 

Pittsburgh    the    powerful;    an    interpretation    of    the    commercial, 

financial  and  industrial  strength  of  a  great  city,  permanently  recording 


PITTSBURGH— DESCRIPTION  2327 

Pittsburgh,  Chamber  of  Commerce — continued.  qgi  7.4886  P67 

its  achievements  and  celebrating  its  corporate  union  with  the  city  of 

Allegheny;  ed.  by  Edward  White.    1907.    Industry  Pub.  Co.    Pittsburgh. 

The  same - qr9i7.4886  P6741P 

Pittsburgh,  Chamber  of  Commerce.  r9i7.4886  P674it 

Toasts  and  responses  at  the  banquet  given  by  the  Chamber  of  Com- 
merce, May  27th,  1892,  at  Duquesne  Club.     Pittsburgh. 

Pittsburgh  Industrial  Development  Commission.  rg  17.4886  P6747 

The  real  Pittsburgh;  facts  and  figures  presented  by  the  Pittsburgh 
Industrial  Development  Commission.     [1911.     Pittsburgh.] 
Binder's  title  reads  "Pittsburgh  promotes  progress." 

rg  1 7.4886  P67pr 
Prominent  families,  Pittsburgh,  191 1.     1911.    Index  Co.    Pittsburgh. 

rg  1 7.4886  P67ra 
[Rating  list  of  early  Pittsburgh  merchants.     1852-53.] 

Manuscript  book,  compiled  in  1852  and  revised  the  following  year,  containing  a 
classified  list,  together  with  the  financial  status  and  general  reliability,  of  the  merchants 
of  Pittsburgh  and  the  surrounding  country. 

Schenley  Farms  Comp>any,  Pittsburgh.  rg  17.4886  S32 

Schenley  farms. 

Illustrated  prospectus  of  the  Schenley  Farms  property  on  Fifth  avenue,  Pittsburgh, 
between  Bouquet  street  and  Bellefield  avenue.     Includes  a  map. 

rg  1 7.4886  P67d 
Sewickley  valley  directory;  containing  the  residents,  business  and  pro- 
fessional men  of  the  towns  of  Ambridge,  Avalon,  Bellevue,  Ben  Avon, 
Economy,  Edgeworth,  Emsworth,  Fair  Oaks,  Glen  Osborne,  Glenfield, 
Haysville,  Leetsdale  and  Sewickley,  for  1910/11.  1910.  Polk. 
For  directory  for  1905  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

rg  1 7.4886  P67S 
Social  register,  Pittsburgh,  1904,  1909.     1903-08.    Social  Register  Assoc. 

Union  Trust  Company,  Pittsburgh.  r9i7.4886  U253 

Industrial  Pittsburgh,  1908.     1908.     [Pittsburgh.] 


Armstrong  county.    Beaver  county 

Lambing,  Andrew  Arnold.  qrg74.888  K31I 

Fort  Armstrong  and  the  manor  of  Kittanning;  read  before  the  His- 
torical Society  of  Western  Pennsylvania,  May  8,  1884.     [1884.] 
Appeared  in  the  "Historical  register;  notes  and  queries,"  v. 2,  June  1884. 

Lambing,  Andrew  Arnold.  rg74.888  L18 

Two  historical  essays:  The  manor  of  Kittanning,  past  and  present, 
and  A  critical  inquiry  into  the  alleged  burying  of  a  leaden  plate  at  the 
Forks  of  the  Ohio  by  Louis  Celoron,  Aug.  3,  1749.  1898.  Press  of  St. 
Joseph's  Protectory.    Pittsburgh. 

Reader,  Francis  Smith.  rg74.8g2  R25 

"Old  Brighton;"  sketch  of  settlements  forming  Beaver  Falls,  Penn- 
sylvania.    [1908.] 


2328  NEW  JERSEY 


Lawrence  county.    Crawford  county 

Biographical  Publishing  Co.  pub.  <irg74.8g3  B48 

Book  of  biographies;  biographical  sketches  of  leading  citizens  of 
Lawrence  county,  Pa.     1897. 

Warner,  Beers  &  Co.  pub.  qr974.897  W23 

History  of  Crawford  county,  Pennsylvania.    1885. 

Contents:  History  of  Pennsylvania,  by  S.  P.  Bates. — History  of  Crawford  county, 
by  R.  C.  Brown. — Meadville  and  Titusville. — Township  histories. — Biographical  sketches. 

Williams  (D.  S.)  &  Co.  comp.  r9i7.4897  W74 

Manufacturing  and  mercantile  resources  of  Crawford  county;  an 

industrial,  historical  and  statistical  review.  1883.     Erie,  Pa.,  Herald 
Printing  and  Pub.  Co. 

New  Jersey 
Atkinson,  Joseph.  Qr974.9  N26ia 

History  of  Newark,  New  Jersey;  being  a  narrative  of  its  rise  and 
progress,  from  the  settlement  in  May  1666  by  emigrants  from  Connec- 
ticut to  the  present  time,  including  a  sketch  of  the  press  of  Newark 
from  1791  to  1878.    1878.    Guild. 

New  Jersey  Historical  Society.  i'974'9  N26 

Archives;  ed.  by  W.  A.  Whitehead,  F.  W.  Ricord  and  William  Nel- 
son, 1st  ser.;  documents  relating  to  the  colonial  history  of  the  state. 
v.26-27.    1904-05. 

V.26.     Extracts  from  American  newspapers  relating  to  New  Jersey,   1768-69. 
V.27.     Extracts  from  American  newspapers  relating  to  New  Jersey,  1770-71. 

The  same,  2d  ser.;  documents  relating  to  the  Revolutionary  history  of 
the  state,    v.3.     1906 1*974.9  Na6a 

V.3.  Extracts  from  American  newspapers  relating  to  New  Jersey,  1779;  ed.  by 
William  Nelson. 

For  earlier  volumes  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

New  Jersey  Historical  Society.  r974'9  N26C 

Collections,  1847,  1858,  1864.    v.2,  5-6.     1847-64. 

V.2.     Life  of  William  Alexander,  earl  of  Stirling,  by  W.  A.  Duer. 

V.5.  Analytical  index  to  the  colonial  documents  of  New  Jersey  in  the  State  paper 
offices  of  England;  comp.  by  Henry  Stevens. 

V.6.  Records  of  the  town  of  Newark,  N.  J-  from  its  settlement  in  1666  to  its  in- 
corporation as  a  city  in  1836. 

Salter,  Edwin.  ^974.9  S17 

History  of  Monmouth  and  Ocean  counties  [N.  J.],  embracing  a 
genealogical  record  of  earliest  settlers  in  Monmouth  and  Ocean  coun- 
ties and  their  descendants.    1890.    Gardner. 

Smith,  Samuel,  1720-76.  r974.9  S65 

History  of  the  colony  of  Nova-Ca;saria,  or  New-Jersey,  containing 
an  account  of  its  first  settlement,  progressive  improvements,  the  origi- 
nal and  present  constitution  and  other  events  to  1721,  with  some  par- 
ticulars since  and  a  short  view  of  its  present  state  [1765].  1877.  Sharp. 
This  edition  contains  in  addition  to  original  matter  a  sketch  of  the  author  and  a 
facsimile  of  Faden's  map  of  1777. 


SOUTHERN  STATES  2329 

Stockton,  Frank  Richard.  974-9  S86 

Stories  of  New  Jersey.    1896. 

Stories  of  historical  incidents,  chronologically  arranged,  connected  with  the  his- 
tory of  New  Jersey. 

Trenton,  N.  J. — Free  public  library.  roi6.9749  T72 

City  of  Trenton,  N.  J.;  a  bibliography.    1909. 
Asbury  Park  (N.  J.)  Board  of  Trade.  qr9i7.49  A79 

Asbury  Park.     1910. 

Southern  states 

Eklmonds,  Richard  Hathaway.  r9i7.5  E29 

Facts  about  the  South;  promise  of  its  prosperity  in  the  light  of 
the  past,  based  on  limitless  resources.  1907.  Manufacturers'  Record 
Pub.  Co. 

Statistical  account  of  industrial  and  commercial  progress  in  the   South. 

Delaware 
Delaware  Historical  Society.  qr975'i  D39 

Historical  and  biographical  papers,  v.  1-4  (no.  1-5,  7-8,  10-42).  1879- 
1904. 

no. 57  catalogued  separately  (qrzSz  B26). 

Maryland 
Allen,  Ethan,  D.  D.  r975.2  A42 

Who  were  the  early  settlers  of  Maryland?  a  paper  read  before  the 
"Maryland  Historical  Society"  at  its  meeting  held  Thursday  evening, 
October  5,  1865.     1866.     (Maryland  Historical  Society.     Publications.) 

Treats  briefly  of  the  question  of  nationality  and  more  fully  of  the  different 
religious  beliefs  represented  in  the  early  settlements. 

Bozman,  John  Leeds.  r975'3  6673 

History  of  Maryland  from  its  first  settlement  in  1633  to  the  restora- 
tion in  1660,  with  a  copious  introduction  and  notes.    2v.     1837.     Lucas. 

Introduction  and  first  chapter  of  this  history  were  published  in  181 1,  under  the  title 
"Sketch  of  the  history  of  Maryland  during  the  first  three  years  after  its  settlement" 
(r97S.2  B67). 

Brown,  George  William.  r975.2  B78 

Origin  and  growth  of  civil  liberty  in  Maryland;  a  discourse  delivered 
before  the  Maryland  Historical  Society,  Baltimore,  April  12,  1850.  1850. 
(Maryland  Historical  Society.     Publications.) 

Hall,  Clayton  Colman,  ed.  r975-2  H17 

Narratives  of  early  Maryland,  1633-1684.  1910.  Scribner.  (Original 
narratives  of  early  American  history.) 

Contents:  An  account  of  the  colony  of  the  lord  baron  of  Baltamore,  1633. — In- 
structions to  the  colonists  by  Lord  Baltimore,  1633. — A  briefe  relation  of  the  voyage 
unto  Maryland,  by  Father  Andrew  White,  1634.  —  Extract  from  a  letter  of  Captain 
Thomas  Yong  to  Sir  Toby  Matthew,  1634.  —  A  relation  of  Maryland,  1635.  —  Extracts 
from  the  annual  letters  of  the  English  province  of  the  Society  of  Jesus,  1634,  1638,  1639, 
1640,  1642,   1654,  1656,  1681. — Letter  of  Governor  Leonard  Calvert^to  Lord  Baltimore, 


2330  MARYLAND 


Hall,  Clayton  Colman,  ed. — continued.  r975.2  H17 

1638. — The  Lord  Baltemore's  case,  1653. — Virginia  and  Maryland,  or,  The  Lord  Balta- 
morc's  printed  case  uncased  and  answered,  1655. — Babylon's  fall,  by  Leonard  Strong, 
1655. — Refutation  of  Babylon's  fall,  by  John  Langford,  1655. — Leah  and  Rachel,  or. 
The  two  fruitfull  sisters,  Virginia  and  Mary-land,  by  John  Hammond,  1656. — Journal  of 
the  Dutch  embassy  to  Maryland,  by  Augustine  Herrman,  1659. — A  character  of  the 
province  of  Maryland,  by  George  Alsop,  1666. — From  the  journal  of  George  Fox,  1672, 
1673. — Reports  of  conferences  between  Lord  Baltimore  (Charles,  third  baron  and  sec- 
ond proprietary)  and  William  Penn,  and  their  agents,   1682,   1683,   1684. 

Hanson,  George  Adolphus.  r975.2  H24 

Old  Kent,  the  eastern  shore  of  Maryland;  notes  illustrative  of  the 
most  ancient  records  of  Kent  county,  Maryland,  and  of  the  parishes  of 
St.  Paul's,  Shrewsbury  and  I.  U.,  and  genealogical  histories  of  old  and 
distinguished  families  of  Maryland  and  their  connections  by  marriage, 
&c.    1876.    Des  Forges. 

r975.2  M43 
Maryland  historical  magazine,  published  under  the  authority  of  the 
Maryland  Historical  Society  [quarterly],  March  1906-date.  v.i-date. 
1906-date. 

Maryland  Historical  Society.  r975>2  M43g 

Annual  report,  1850,  1854,  1858,  1897-1904.     liv.  in2.     1850-1905. 
Catalogue  of  the  society's  publications,  1844-1905,  in  the  report  for  1904. 

Maryland  Historical  Society.  r975'2  M439C 

Constitution,  by-laws,  charter,  circular  and  members.  1844.  (Mary- 
land Historical  Society,     Publications.) 

Mayer,  Charles  F.  r975.2  M53 

First  discourse  before  the  Maryland  Historical  Society,  delivered  on 
20  June  1844.    1844.     (Maryland  Historical  Society.    Publications.) 

Touches  briefly  on  the  history  of  Maryland  in  colonial  times. 

Streeter,  Sebastian  Ferris.  r975.2  Sgim 

Maryland  200  years  ago;  a  discourse  delivered  before  the  Maryland 
Historical  Society,  May  20,  1852.  [1852.]  (Maryland  Historical  So- 
ciety.   Publications.) 

Streeter,  Sebastian  Ferris.  qr97S.2  S91 

Papers  relating  to  the  early  history  of  Maryland.  1876.  (Mary- 
land Historical  Society.    Fund-publication  no.9.) 

Concerned  with  the  very  early  history  when  Maryland  was  under  the  government 
of  the  Calverts.  The  papers  treat  of  such  subjects  as  the  first  assembly,  the  first  coun- 
cillors, the  first  will,  etc. 

White,  Andrew.  r975.2  W63 

Relation  of  the  colony  of  the  lord  baron  of  Baltimore,  in  Maryland, 
near  Virginia;  a  narrative  of  the  voyage  to  Maryland,  and  sundry  re- 
ports from  Jesuit  fathers  of  the  colony  to  the  superior  general  at  Rome. 
[1846.]     (Force's  Collection  of  historical  tracts,  v.4,  no.12.) 

Baltimore 

Baltimore.    Directories.  r9i7.52  P76 

Baltimore  city  directory,  1909.    v.23.     1909.    Polk. 

For  earlier  directories  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 


DISTRICT  OF  COLUMBIA.     WASHINGTON  2331 

Gobright,  John  Christopher,  conip.  r9i7.52  G54 

Monumental  city;  or,  Baltimore  guide  book;  a  reliable  directory  for 
citizens  and  strangers  to  the  prominent  objects  of  interest,  with  a  de- 
scription of  the  prominent  mercantile  and  manufacturing  houses.  1858. 
Gobright. 

District  of  Columbia.     Washington 

District  of  Columbia — Commissioners.  rgij.ss  D63 

Report  upon  improvement  of  valley  of  Rock  creek  from  Massa- 
chusetts avenue  to  mouth  of  the  creek.  1908.  (United  States.  6oth 
cong.     1st  sess.     Senate.     Doc.  no.4S8.) 

District  of  Columbia.     Directories.  r9i7.53  B66 

Boyd's  directory  of  the  District  of  Columbia,  igio-r  I.    1910-11.    Polk. 
For  earlier  directories  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Singleton,  Esther.  917-53  S61 

Story  of  the  White  house.    2v.     1907.     McClure. 

Interesting  description  of  the  social  life  of  the  White  house  during  the  terms  of  the 
various  presidents.  The  author  has  drawn  her  information  from  many  sources — 
memoirs,  diaries,  biographies  and  newspapers.  There  are  a  number  of  unusually  good 
portraits,  views  of  the  principal  rooms,  illustrations  of  objects  of  especial  art  interest 
and  photographs  showing  the  outside  of  the  building  as  it  has  appeared  at  different 
times. 

Varnum,  Joseph  Bradley.  r9i7.53  V21 

Seat  of  government  of  the  United  States;  a  review  of  the  discussions 
in  Congress  and  elsewhere,  on  the  site  and  plans  of  the  Federal  city, 
with  a  sketch  of  its  present  position  and  prospects,  also  remarks  on 
monumental  structures  and  the  Smithsonian  Institution;  read  (in  part) 
before  the  New  York  and  Maryland  Historical  Societies.  1854.  Farn- 
ham. 

West  Virginia 
Wheeling,  W.  Va.     Directories.  r9i7.54  P76 

Callin's  Wheeling  city  directory,  1907-09.     1907-09.     Polk.' 

Virginia 

History 

Ambler,  Charles  Henry.  975'S  A49 

Sectionalism  in  Virginia  from   1776  to   1861.     1910.     University  of 

Chicago  Press. 

"Biblic^raphy,"  p.339-349- 

"Though  it  professes  only  to  review  those  matters  which  entered  into  or  bore  upon 

the  long  sectional  quarrel  between  the  eastern  and  the  western  parts  of  the  state,  taken 

together,  it  is  the  best  history  [we  have]   of  the  Old  Dominion  since  1776."     American 

historical  review,  1910. 

r975-5  B13 
Bacon's  and  Ingram's  rebellion  in  Virginia  in  1675  and  1676.  1867. 
Wilson. 

From  the  "Proceedings  of  the  Massachusetts  Historical  Society"  for   1 866-1 867. 

The  same.  1814.  (In  Massachusetts  Historical  Society.  Collections, 
ser.2,  V.I,  p.27-80.) qr974.4  M45  ser.2,  v.i 


2332  VIRGINIA 


Beverly,  Robert.  ^975-5  B46 

History  of  Virginia,  with  an  introduction  by  Charles  Campbell.  1855. 
Randolph. 

Contents:  The  history  of  the  first  settlement  of  Virginia  and  the  government 
thereof  to  the  year  1706. — The  natural  productions  and  conveniences  of  the  country 
suited  to  trade  and  improvement. — The  native  Indians;  their  religion,  laws  and  customs 
in  war  and  peace. — The  present  state  of  the  country  as  to  the  polity  of  the  government 
and  the  improvements  of  the  land  the  loth  of  June  1720. 

"This  work  comes  down  to  1707,  with  a  continuation  to  1720. .  .Jefferson  calls 
Beverley  'concise  and  unsatisfactory,'  but  this  can  apply  only  to  the  first  book,  which 
deals  with  the  civil  history  and  makes  up  only  a  part  of  the  whole.  The  author  had  had 
experience  in  the  public  records  of  the  colony,  and  the  books  treating  the  institutional 
life  of  the  colony  and  the  Indians  are  both  full  and  satisfactory.  The  Indian  section  is 
particularly  full,  being  based  on  Smith's  and  Hariot's  accounts  and  illustrated  by  De 
Bry's  engravings.  The  editor  supplies  a  biographical  introduction."  Larned's  Literature 
of  American  history. 

Bruce,  Philip  Alexander.  975-5  B8ai 

Institutional  history  of  Virginia  in  the  17th  century;  an  inquiry  into 
the  religious,  moral,  educational,  legal,  military  and  political  condition 
of  the  people,  based  on  original  and  contemporaneous  records.  2v. 
1910.    Putnam. 

V.I.     Religion  and  morals. — Education. — Legal  administration. 
V.2.     Military  system. — Political  condition. 
"Bibliography,"  v.i,  p.  11-13. 

Forrest,  William  S.  r975.5  F78 

Historical  and  descriptive  sketches  of  Norfolk  and  vicinity,  includ- 
ing Portsmouth  and  the  adjacent  counties  during  a  period  of  200  years, 
also  sketches  of  Williamsburg,  Hampton,  Suffolk,  Smithfield  and  other 
places,  with  descriptions  of  some  of  the  principal  objects  of  interest  in 
eastern  Virginia.  1853.  Lindsay. 
Meade,  William,  bp.  qr975.5  Mssa 

Old  churches,  ministers  and  families  of  Virginia;  digested  index  and 
genealogical  guide;  comp.  by  J.  C.  Wise.    1910. 

For  volumes  of  work  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

Page,  Thomas  Nelson.  975-5  P14 

The  Old  Dominion;  her  making  and  her  manners.     1908.     Scribner. 
Contents:    The  beginning  of  America. — Jamestown,  the  birthplace  of  the  American 
people. — Colonial    life. — The     Revolutionary    movement. — Thomas    Jefferson    and    the 
University    of   Virginia. — The    Southern    people    during    reconstruction. — The    Old    Do- 
minion since  the  war. — An  old  neighborhood  in  Virginia. — An  old  Virginia  Sunday. 

Petersburg,  Va.  qr975-5  ^45 

Petersburg,  Virginia,  May  19,  1909;  visit  of  William  Howard  Taft, 
president  of  the  United  States,  and  Mrs  Taft  on  the  occasion  of  the 
unveiling  of  a  monument  erected  by  the  state  of  Pennsylvania  to  the 
Third  division  of  the  Ninth  army  corps  of  the  Army  of  the  Potomac  at 
Fort  Mahone.  1909. 
Peyton,  John  Lewis.  r975.5  P47 

History  of  Augusta  county,  Virginia.     1882.    Yost. 
Fryer,  Mrs  Sara  Agnes  (Rice).  975-5  P97 

Birth  of  the  nation,  Jamestown,  1607.     1907.    Macmillan. 

Frankly  popular  story  of  the  establishment  of  the  Virginia  colony.  It  is  distinctly 
a  book  for  the  moment,  quite  evidently  written  for  the  benefit  of  visitors  to  the  James- 
town Exposition,  and  not  free  from  the  repetitions  and  trivialities  which  suggest  haste. 
Condensed  from  Nation,  1^7. 


VIRGINIA  2333 


Stith,  William.  r975-5  S86 

History  of  the  first  discovery  and  settlement  of  Virginia,  with  an 
appendix  containing  ancient  charters  or  letters  patent,     v.2.     1912. 

V.2.     Complete  index,  by  M.  P.  Robinson. 

"The  style  is  inelegant  as  well  as  diffuse... By  all  the  later  historians  the  work  is 
cited  as  a  high  authority."     Adatns's  Manual  of  historical  literature. 

For  text  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

Tyler,  Lyon  Gardiner.  ^975-5  T97W 

Williamsburg,  the  old  colonial  capital.     1907.     Whittet. 
History  of  the  early  capital  of  Virginia.     Illustrated. 

Tyler,  Lyon  Gardiner,  ed.  1^975.5  Tgyn 

Narratives  of  early  Virginia,  1606-1625.  1907.  Scribner.  (Original 
narratives  of  early  American  history.) 

Contents:  Observations  by  Master  George  Percy,  1607. — A  true  relation,  by  Cap- 
tain John  Smith,  1608. — Description  of  Virginia  and  proceedings  of  the  colonic. — The 
relation  of  the  Lord  De-La-Ware,  161 1. — Letter  of  Don  Diego  de  Molina,  1613. — Letter 
of  Father  Pierre  Biard,  1614. — Letter  of  John  Rolfe,  1614. — Proceedings  of  the  Virginia 
Assembly,  161 9. — Letter  of  John  Pory,  16 19. — Generall  historic  of  Virginia  by  Captain 
John  Smith,  1624;  the  fourth  booke. — The  Virginia  planters'  answer  to  Captain  Butler, 
1623. — The  tragical  relation  of  the  Virginia  Assembly,  1624. — The  discourse  of  the  old 
company,  1625. 

Virginia  Company  of  London.  qr975-5  V3495 

Records  of  the  Virginia  Company  of  London,  the  court  book,  from 
the  manuscript  in  the  Library  of  Congress;  ed.  with  an  introduction 
and  bibliography  by  S.  M.  Kingsbury,  preface  by  H.  L.  Osgood.  2v. 
1906. 

"List  of  records,"  v.  i,  p.  119-205. 

"After  the  lapse  of  nearly  two  centuries,  the  Court  Book  of  the  Virginia  Company 
of  London,  1619-1622,  is  printed  in  full  for  the  first  time... It  is  one  of  the  earliest 
records  of  English  colonization  in  America,  and  it  is  one  of  the  earliest  and  fullest  of- 
ficial records  of  the  transactions  of  a  trading  and  colonizing  corporation."     Nation,  1907. 

r975.5  V3493 
Virginia  county  records;  ed.  by  W.  A.  Crozier.     v.5-9.     1907-11. 

V.5.  Virginia  heraldica;  being  a  registry  of  Virginia  gentry  entitled  to  coat  armor, 
with  genealogical  notes  of  the  families. 

v.6-7.      [Various  counties.] 

V.8.     Key  to  Southern  pedigrees;  ed.  by  W.  A.  Crozier. 

V.9.      [Various  counties.] 

V.1-V.9,  no. I.      (ist  ser.  v.i-v.g,  no.i.)     1905— March  191 1. 

V.9,  no. 2-4.     (new  ser.  v.i.)      [June— Dec]    1911. 

Beginning  with  v.9,  no. 2,  this  became  the  official  publication  of  the  College  of 
Arms  of  Canada,  with  title  "Virginia  county  records  and  heraldic  quarterly  register  of 
the  United  States  and  Canada." 

For  V.1-4  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

r975-5  V3496 
Virginia  historical  register  and  literary  advertiser  [quarterly],  1848-53. 
v.i-6.     1848-53. 

No  more  published. 

v.i-2  title  reads  "Virginia  historical  register  and  literary  advertiser,"  v.3-4  "Vir- 
ginia historical  register  and  literary  note  book,"  v.  5-6  "Virginia  historical  register  and 
literary  companion." 

Contains  the  "Proocedings"  of  the  annual  meeting  (ist-6th)  of  the  Virginia  His- 
torical Society,  1847-52. 

^975-5  W74 
William  and  Mary  College  quarterly  historical  papers;  index  to  genea- 
logic  data,  v.i-17,  no.i,  July  1892-July  1908,  in  v.  16,  1907/08. 

v.3-date  title-page  reads  "William  and  Mary  College  quarterly  historical  magazine." 
For  volumes  of  magazine  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 


2334  VIRGINIA 

Description  and  travel 

Bayard,  Ferdinand  Marie.  rgiy.ss  B33 

Voyage  dans  I'interieur  des  fitats-Unis,  a  Bath,  Winchester,  dans  la 
vallee  de  Shenandoah,  etc.,  etc.,  pendant  I'ete  de  1791,  augmentee  de 
descriptions  et  d'anecdotes  sur  la  vie  militaire  et  politique  de  Georges 
Washington.     [1798.] 

Beale,  Edwin  Independence.  rgiy.ss  B34 

Highways  &  byways  of  the  Virginia  peninsula;  a  book  of  informa- 
tion designed  as  a  handbook  for  the  use  of  tourists  and  all  others  inter- 
ested in  the  history,  soil  and  topography  of  the  peninsula.  1907.  Pri- 
vately printed. 

Bruce,  Philip  Alexander.  917-55  B825 

Social  life  of  Virginia  in  the  17th  century;  an  inquiry  into  the  origin 

of  the  higher  planting  class,  with  an  account  of  the  habits,  customs  and 

diversions  of  the  people.     1907.     Privately  printed. 
"Bibliography,"  p.ii-13. 
"His  scholarship  is  well  known,  and  this  volume,  like  his  work  in  general,  shows 

wide   reading,   an   appreciation   of   historical   values,   and   a   faculty    for   presentation." 

Nation,  1907. 

Hutchins,  Frank,  &  Hutchins,  Mrs  Cortelle.  917-55  H96 

Houseboating  on  a  colonial  waterway.     1910.     Page. 
Record  of  a  cruise  on  the  James  river  in  Virginia,  beginning  at  Hampton  Roads  and 

ending  at  Richmond.     Tells  much  of  the  scenery  and  history  of  the  river. 

Surface,  George  Thomas.  r9i7.55  896 

Studies  on  the  geography  of  Virginia.     1907. 

Contents:  Geographic  influence  on  the  economic  history  of  Virginia. — Physiog- 
raphy of  Virginia. — Climate  and  boundaries  of  Virginia. — Racial  and  regional  study  of 
the  Virginia  population. — Virginia  trade  and   commerce. 

Thesis  for  Ph.  D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

Virginia — Agriculture  and  immigration  department.  r9i7-55  V34 

Virginia;  information  for  the  homeseeker  and  investor.  1904. 
Waddey. 

Wirt,  William.  rgij.ss  W81 

Letters  of  the  British  spy.     [1811.]     Lucas. 

Author  (1772-1834)  was  an  American  lawyer,  politician  and  writer,  attorney- 
general  of  the  United  States,  1817-29,  and  antimasonic  candidate  for  president,  1832. 
These  few  letters  were  written  from  Richmond,  Virginia,  and  published  anonymously  in 
1803.  Though  they  refer  to  the  appearance,  politics  and  prominent  citizens  of  the  dis- 
trict, most  of  the  space  is  occupied  in  philosophizing  on  many  subjects. 


North  Carolina 
Lawson,  John.  r975-6  L42 

History  of  Carolina,  containing  the  exact  description  and  natural 
history  of  that  country,  together  with  the  present  state  thereof  and  a 
journal  of  a  thousand  miles  travelled  through  several  nations  of  Indians, 
giving  a  particular  account  of  their  customs,  manners,  &c.  i860. 
Strother. 

First  published  in  1709  under  the  title  "New  voyage  to  Carolina." 


NORTH  CAROLINA.     SOUTH  CAROLINA  2335 

Lichtenstein,  Gaston.  rgys.e  L68 

When  Tarboro  was  incorporated.     1910.    Capitol  Printing  Co. 

Contains  also  "Rev.  James  Moir,"  "Edgecombe  changes  her  county  seat"  and 
"Germantown,   Pennsylvania," 

Reprinted  from  the  "Tarborough  Southerner,"  Tarboro,  N.  C. 
Brief  historical  and  genealogical  notes. 

North  Carolina — Historical  commission.  r975'6  N454 

Publications,    v.i.     1907. 

V.I.     Literary  and  historical  activities  in  North  Carolina,  1900-1905. 
"North  Carolina  bibliography,"   1902-05,  v. i,  p. 558-574. 

Raper,  Charles  Lee.  975-6  R19 

North  Carolina;  a  study  in  English  colonial  government.  1904. 
Macmillan. 

"Bibliography,"  p.252-254. 

Author  is  (1907)  associate  professor  of  economics  and  of  history  in  the  University 
of  North  Carolina. 

"Mr.  Raper's  monograph  belongs  with  Smith's  South  Carolina  and  Mereness's 
Maryland  in  the  succession  of  useful  studies  in  colonial  administration ...  This  book  is 
limited  mainly  to  a  study  of  the  royal  province,  its  organization  and  practical  operation. 
Local  administration  is  hardly  touched,  and  the  relations  of  church  and  state  are  passed 
over  with  a  few  references  to  controversies  during  the  proprietary  period... It  is  the 
result  of  serious  and  for  the  most  part  accurate  research."  American  historical  review, 
1904. 

Trinity  College,  Durham,  N.  C,  Historical  Society.  r975-6  T74 

Annual  publication  of  historical  papers,  ser.  1-6.     1897-1906. 
Publication  of  papers  was  discontinued  with  ser.4  in   1900  and  resumed  with  ser.5 
in  1905. 

Weeks,  Stephen  Beauregard,  comp.  qroi6.9756  W42 

Bibliography  of  the  historical  literature  of  North  Carolina.  1895. 
(Harvard  University — Library.  Bibliographical  contributions,  v.3, 
no.48.) 

South  Carolina 
Pike,  James  Shepherd.  "  975-7  P58 

Prostrate  state;  South  Carolina  under  negro  government.  1874. 
Appleton. 

"Vivid  contemporary  picture  of  South  Carolina  in  1872  under  negro  rule.  Especial- 
ly noteworthy  as  the  testimony  of  a  Republican,  long  prominent  before  the  war  as  the 
Washington  correspondent  of  the  N.  Y.  tribune,  and  later  U.  S.  minister  to  the  Nether- 
lands. Particular  attention  is  given  to  the  enormous  financial  corruption  prevalent 
under  the  reconstruction  government."    Larned's  Literature  of  American  history. 

Ravenel,  Mrs  Harriott  Horry  (Rutledge).  975-7  R23 

Charleston,  the  place  and  the  people.     1906.     Macmillan. 
From  its  first  settlement  through  the  Civil  war.     Mrs  Ravenel  is  a  native  of  Charles- 
ton and  she  recounts  many  stories  of  the  old  Southern  families. 

Reynolds,  John  Schreiner.  975-7  ^37 

Reconstruction  in  South  Carolina,  1865-1877.     1905, 
Deals  solely  with  the  political  history 

Mills,  Robert.  '917.57  M69 

Statistics  of  South  Carolina,  including  a  view  of  its  natural,  civil 

and  military  history.     1826.     Hurlbut. 

"General   historical  survey. .  .followed  by  a  series  of  chapters  treating  with  much 


2336  GEORGIA.    FLORIDA 

Mills,  Robert — continued.  rgiy.sy  M69 

detail  the  civil,  economic  and  natural  history  of  the  counties,  with  many  statistics.  His 
historical  sections  are  not  as  correct  as  his  statistics. .  .These  are  unquestioned.  They 
supply  a  want  in  the  state  and  must  remain  the  basis  of  any  subsequent  work  of  the 
kind."     Lamed's  Literature  of  American  history. 


Georgia 

Brooks,  Robert  Preston,  comp.  roi6.9758  B77 

Preliminary  bibliography  of  Georgia  history.     1910.     McGregor. 

Georgia  Historical  Society.  fgTS-S  G31 

Collections,    v.3-4.     1873-78. 

V.3.  Letters  from  General  Oglethorpe  to  the  trustees  of  the  colony  and  others, 
from  Oct.  173s  to  Aug.  1744. — Report  of  governor  Sir  James  Wright  to  Lord  Dartmouth 
on  the  condition  of  the  colony,  Sept.  20,  1773. — Letters  from  governor  Sir  Jamet 
Wright  to  the  earl  of  Dartmouth  and  Lord  George  Germain,  from  Aug.  24,  1774  to  Feb. 
16,  1782. — Appendix:  Anniversary  address  of  C.C.Jones,  subject:  Casimir  Pulaski; 
Address  of  R.  D.  Arnold  on  the  organization  of  the  Georgia  Historical  Society  and  of 
the  Savannah  Library  Association. 

V.4.     The  dead  towns  of  Georgia,  by  C.  C.  Jones. — Itinerant  observations  in  America. 

For  v.1-2  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Harris,  Joel  Chandler.  975-8  H29 

Georgia  from  the  invasion  of  De  Soto  to  recent  times.  1896.  Ap- 
pleton.     (Stories  from  American  history.) 

Jones,  Charles  Colcock.  r975.8  J39 

Dead  towns  of  Georgia.     1878. 

Contents:  Old  and  new  Ebenezer. — Frederica. — Abercom. — Sunbury. — Hardwick. 
— Petersburg,  Jacksonborough,  &c. — Miscellaneous  towns,  plantations,  &c. 

M'Call,  Hugh.  r975.8  Mia 

History  of  Georgia,  containing  brief  sketches  of  the  most  remark- 
able events  up  to  the  present  day.    2v.    1811-16.    Seymour. 

"Written  by  a  contemporary  from  the  Georgia  standpoint.  The  foundation  of  much 
of  our  present  knowledge  of  Georgia  history."    Lamed's  Literature  of  American  history. 

White,  George.  r975.8  W63 

Historical  collections  of  Georgia,  containing  the  most  interesting 
facts,  traditions,  biographical  sketches,  anecdotes,  etc.  relating  to  its 
history  and  antiquities,  from  its  first  settlement  to  the  present  time 
[1854];  comp.  from  original  records  and  official  documents.  1854. 
Pudney. 

Atlanta,  Chamber  of  Commerce.  rgiy.sS  A88 

Atlanta,  a  twentieth-century  city.     1904.     Byrd  Printing  Co. 
Brief  illustrated  description  of  the  city  and  its  business  opportunities. 


Florida 
Brown,  George  M.  r975.9  B78 

Ponce  de  Leon  land,  St.  Augustine,  Florida;  traditions  and  early 
history  of  the  oldest  fortress,  and  city  in  the  United  States.  1892. 
Dacosta. 


MISSISSIPPI.     LOUISIANA  2337 

Fuller,  Hubert  Bruce.  975-9  F98 

Purchase  of  Florida;  its  history  and  diplomacy.     1906.     Burrows. 
"Bibliography,"  p.381-382. 
"Excellent  as  is  Mr.  Fuller's  book  and  valuable  as  are  the  new  facts  that  it  contains, 

it  is  open  to  two  serious  criticisms.     The  material  upon  which  it  is  based  is  inadequate, 

and  the  knowledge  which  it  displays  of  European  diplomatic  situations  is  insufficient." 

Nation,  igo6. 

Swift,  Frederick  R.  9i7*59  S97 

Florida  fancies.     1903.    Putnam. 

Contains  also  "  'Jack'  Stanley;  a  romance  of  the  Cuban  war." 

Account  of  a  journey  up  the  Ocklawaha  river,  in  which  the  hunting  of  alligators 
furnished  the  chief  excitement. 

Mississippi 

Lowry,  Robert,  &  McCardle,  W.  H.  976.2  L96 

History  of  Mississippi  from   the   discovery  of  the   great   river  by 

Hernando  DeSoto,  including  the  earliest  settlement  made  by  the  French 

under  Iberville,  to  the  death  of  Jefferson  Davis.     1891.    Henry. 

"The  only  portion  of  the  work  possessing  originality  is  that  which  treats  of  the 
period  immediately  preceding  and  following  the  Civil  War.  Mr.  Lowry  has  been  twice 
Governor  of  the  state,  and  both  he  and  Colonel  McCardle  are  well  informed  as  to  its 
more  recent  political  history.  The  remainder  of  the  work  is  largely  based  on  an  un- 
critical study  of  Gayarre  and  Claiborne."     Larned's  Literature  of  American  history. 

Reed,  Richard  F.  r976.2  R28 

The  Natchez  country,  from  the  settlement  by  the  French  to  the  ad- 
mission of  Mississippi  as  a  state.    1909.    [News  Print.] 


Louisiana 

History 

Castellanos,  Henry  C.  976.3  C26 

New  Orleans  as  it  was;  episodes  of  Louisiana  life.     1905.     Graham. 

First  published  in  1895. 

Descriptive  history  of  the  city's  buildings,  monuments  and  customs  from  its  founda- 
tion until  shortly  before  i860.  Contains  stories  of  remarkable  events,  well-known  char- 
acters, slaves,  etc.     Illustrated. 

Fortier,  Alcee.  qr976.3  F79 

History  of  Louisiana.    4v.     1904.    Manzi. 
v.i.     Early  explorers  and  the  domination  of  the  French,  1512-1768. 
v.2.     The  Spanish  domination  and  the  cession  to  the  United  States,  1 769-1803. 
V.3.     The  American  domination,  1803-1861. 
V.4.     The  American  domination,  1 861-1903. 

French,  Benjamin  Franklin,  ed.  rgjS.s  F92 

Historical  collections  of  Louisiana,  embracing  translations  of  many 

rare  and  valuable  documents  relating  to  the  natural,  civil  and  political 

history  of  that  state;  comp.  with  historical  and  biographical  notes  and 

an  introduction,    v.2-3.     1850-51. 

v.2.  An  account  of  the  Louisiana  Historical  Society. — A  discourse  on  the  life,  writ- 
ings and  character  of  F.  X.  Martin. — An  analytical  index  of  all  the  public  documents 
in  Paris  relating  to  the  discovery  and  early  settlement  of  Louisiana. — A  translation  of  an 
original  letter  of  Hernando  de  Soto  on  the  conquest  of  Florida. — A  translation  of  » 


2338  LOUISIANA.    TEXAS 

French,  Benjamin  Franklin,  ed. — continued.  r976'3  F92 

recently  discovered  manuscript  journal  of  the  expedition  of  Hernando  de  Soto  into 
Florida,  by  Luis  Hernandez  de  Biedtna. — A  narrative  of  the  expedition  of  Hernando  de 
Soto  into  Florida,  by  a  gentleman  of  Elvas;  tr.  by  Richard  Hackluyt. — A  description  of 
the  English  province  of  Carolina,  by  Daniel  Coxe. — A  translation  of  Marquette  and 
Joliet's  account  of  a  voyage  to  discover  the  Mississippi  river  in  1673. 

V.3.  A  translation  of  La  Harpe's  Historical  journal  of  the  establishment  of  the 
French  in  Louisiana. — A  translation  of  the  Historical  journal  of  Father  Charlevoix, 
with  bibliographical  and  historical  notes. — A  letter  on  the  settlement  of  the  first  colony 
of  Huguenots  in  New  France  (Florida),  1562. — An  account  of  Jean  Ribaut's  last  expedi- 
tion and  fate  of  the  French  colony  in  New  France,  1563. — The  historical  journal  of 
Sauvoie,  first  royal  governor  of  Louisiana. — A  memoir  of  M.  de  Richebourg  on  the  first 
Natchez  war. 

Partial  contents  of  v.  3. 

For  v.s  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

French,  Benjamin  Franklin,  ed.  <ir976.3  F92h 

Historical  collections  of  Louisiana  and  Florida,  including  transla- 
tions of  original  manuscripts  relating  to  their  discovery  and  settlement, 
with  numerous  historical  and  biographical  notes,  2d  ser.  1875.  (His- 
torical memoirs  and  narratives,  1527-1702.) 

Robertson,  James  Alexander,  ed.  976.3  R54 

Louisiana  under  the  rule  of  Spain,  France  and  the  United  States, 
1785-1807;  social,  economic  and  political  conditions  of  the  territory- 
represented  in  the  Louisiana  purchase,  as  portrayed  in  hitherto  unpub- 
lished contemporary  accounts  by  Paul  Alliot  and  various  Spanish, 
French,  English  and  American  officials.    2v.     191 1.    Clark. 

"Bibliography,"  v.i,  p.  19— 26. 

Alliot's  "Reflections"  provide  considerable  material  for  the  study  and  reconstruc- 
tion of  Louisiana  life  during  the  closing  years  of  Spanish  rule  and  the  beginnings  of 
American  government.  The  other  documents  are  from  the  archives  of  Spain,  Cuba  and 
the  United  States.  In  general  the  documents  of  both  volumes  group  themselves  about 
the  central  theme  of  the  cession  of  Louisiana  to  the  United  States.  Condensed  from 
preface. 

Description  and  travel 

New  Orleans.    Directories.  rgiy.Gs  S67 

Soards'  New  Orleans  city  directory  for  1909-11.    v.36-38.     1909-11. 

For  volume  for  1904  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Rock  Island  Company.  9I7.63  R57 

Louisiana,  the  queen  state  of  the  Southland.  1909.  Rock  Island- 
Frisco  lines. 

Account  of  its  agricultural  possibilities. 

Stoddard,  Amos.  r9i7.63  S86 

Sketches,  historical  and  descriptive,  of  Louisiana.     1812.    Carey. 

Texas 
Brady,  Cyrus  Townsend.  976-4  B68 

Conquest  of  the  Southwest;  the  story  of  a  great  spoliation.  1905. 
Appleton. 

Account  of  the  acquisition  of  Texas  and  of  its  history  up  to  1850.  A  good  deal  of 
space  is  devoted  to  the  causes  and  history  of  the  Mexican  war. 

Chicago,  Rock  Island  and  Pacific  Railway  Company.  917-64  C43 

Texas,  a  Southwest  empire.     1908. 


OKLAHOMA.     ARKANSAS  2339 

Littlejohn,  Elbridge  Gerry.  917.64  L74 

Texas.     1903.     Macmillan.     (Tarr  &  McMurry  geographies,  supple- 
mentary volume.) 
"Sources,"  p.9. 

Rock  Island  Company.  917.64  R57 

Winter  wanderings  in  Tex-Arcadia;  a  story  of  San  Antonio  and  the 
Gulf  coast.    1907. 

Simonds,  Frederic  William.  917-64  S59 

Geography  of  Texas,  physical  and  political.     1905.     Ginn. 
Bibliography,  p.  5-8. 
Small  handbook,  convenient  for  reference.     Has  also  chapters  on  history,  education, 

railroads  and  cities.     Illustrated. 

Sweet,  Alexander  Edwin,  &  Knox,  J.  A.  9i7>64  S97 

On  a  Mexican  mustang  through  Texas,  from  the  Gulf  to  the  Rio 
Grande.     1905.     Chatto. 

Humorous  account  of  travels  in  Texas. 

r9i7.64  T32 

Texas  almanac  and  state  industrial  guide,  1904.     1904.     Belo. 
Published  by  the  "Galveston-Dallas  news." 


Oklahoma 

Chicago,  Rock  Island  and  Pacific  Railway  Company.  917.66  C43 

Oklahoma,  the  20th  century  state;  a  description  of  the  land  and  its 
resources,  what  statehood  means  to  the  future  development,  agricul- 
tural possibilities  and  industrial  opportunities.     1908. 

St.  Louis  and  San  Francisco  Railroad  Company.  917.66  S14 

Sulphur  springs  and  National  park,  Sulphur,  Okla. ;  ancient  outing 
place  of  the  red  man,  beautified  under  United  States  government  super- 
vision and  dedicated  forever  to  the  pleasure  of  the  people. 


Arkansas 

Arkansas  Historical  Association.  r976.7  Aya 

Publications,    v.i-date.    1906-date.      » 

Moore,  Clarence  Bloomfield.  qr9i3.767  M87 

Antiquities  of  the   St.  Francis,  White  and  Black  rivers,  Arkansas. 
1910.     Stockhausen. 

Reprint  from  the  "Journal  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia,"  v.  14. 

Chicago,  Rock  Island  and  Pacific  Railway  Company.  917-67  C43 

Arkansas,  the  land  of  double  crops.    1908. 

Chicago,  Rock  Island  and  Pacific  Railway  Company.  1917.67  C43 

Hot  Springs,  Arkansas.     1906. 

St.  Louis  and  San  Francisco  Railroad  Company.  917.67  S14 

Eureka  Springs,  the  resort  of  the  Ozarks. 


2340  TENNESSEE.     KENTUCKY 

Tennessee 

Tennessee — World's  fair  commission.  rgiy.es  T292 

Facts  about  Tennessee.     1904.     Privately  printed. 
Prepared  for  the  Louisiana  Purchase  E.Kposition,  St.  Louis,  1904. 


Kentucky 
Casseday,  Benjamin.  rg76.9  Ca6 

History  of  Louisville  from  its  earliest  settlement  till  the  year  1852. 
1852.    Hull. 

Berea  quarterly.  r9i7.69  B45 

[Mountain  whites;  extracts  from  the  magazine  published  by  Berea 
College,  1900-06.]     2v.     1900-06. 

Frost,  William  Goodell.  rg  17.69  F96 

University  extension  in  the  Southern  mountains. 

Reprinted  from  the  "Outlook,"  Sept.  3,  1898. 

Brief  account  of  educational  work  projected  by  Berea  College  among  the  Mountain 
whites. 

Haney,  William  Henry.  917-69  H23 

Mountain  people  of  Kentucky;  an  account  of  present  conditions, 
with  the  attitude  of  the  people  toward  improvement.     1906.    Clarke. 

Contents:  Who  they  are. —  Location. —  Social  conditions. —  Feuds. — Industries. — 
Education;  the  public  school. — Education;  secondary  education. — Politics.'^— Religion. — 
Outlook. 

Written  by  a  native  of  the  region,  which  is  the  eastern  part  of  the  state,  familiarly- 
known  as  the  "Mountains"  of  Kentucky.  Contains  numerous  pictures  of  residents  of 
the  region. 

Louisville,  Ky.    Directories.  rgi7.6g  Lga 

Directory  of  the  city  of  Louisville,  1909-11.  v.39-41.  1909-11. 
Caron  Directory  Co. 

For  earlier  directories  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Tracy,  Mrs  Joseph  T.  rgi7.6g  T67 

Mountain  Americans  of  our  Southern  states.  [1904.]  Woman's 
Board  of  Home  Missions  of  the  Presbyterian  Church. 


Central  states 

History 

Albach,  James  R.  pub.  g77  A32 

Annals  of  the  West;  a  concise  account  of  principal  events  in  West- 
ern states  and  territories  from  the  discovery  of  the  Mississippi  valley 
to  1856.    1856. 

Binder's  title  reads  "Western  annals." 

"List  of  authorities,"  p.5-11. 

"Perkins  was  a  careful  student  of  the  early  history  of  the  country,  and  contributed 
many  articles  to  the  periodical  literature  of  his  day  on  the  subject  of  Indian  history  and 
border  warfare."     IVinsor's  Narrative  and  critical  hiftory  of  America. 


CENTRAL  STATES  2341 


Blanchard,  Rufus.  xq^^  B53 

Discovery  and  conquests  of  the  North-west,  with  the  history  of  Chi- 
cago.    1881.     Privately  printed. 

"The  first  of  the  six  parts  cover  the  history  of  the  French  conquest  from  the  ex- 
ploration of  the  St.  Lawrence  by  Jacques  Cartier,  and  closes  with  a  narrative  of  Bou- 
quet's expedition,  from  an  account  printed  by  T.  Jefferies,  London,  in  1766... Mr. 
Blanchard  has  made  use  of  the  best  materials  and  put  them  together  in  an  attractive 
way."     Magazine  of  American  history,  1880. 

Channing,  Edward,  &  Lansing,  M.  F.  977  C36 

Story  of  the  Great  lakes.     1909.    Macmillan. 

Contents:  Discovery  and  exploration. — The  struggle  for  possession. — Occupation 
and  development. 

"Brief  list  of  books,"  p. 385-391. 

Readable  account  of  important  events  in  their  history  from  1615  to  1900  and  of  the 
customs  and  life  of  each  period.     Maps  and  illustrations. 

[Foster,  James.]  r3i7.3  C86  v.13-14 

The  capitulation;  or,  A  history  of  the  expedition  conducted  by  Wil- 
liam Hull,  brigadier-general  of  the  North-western  army,  by  an  Ohio 
volunteer.     1812.     Barnes. 

Bound  with  "Cramer's  magazine  almanack." 

Hall,  Benjamin  Franklin.  r977  H171 

Early  history  of  the  north  western  states,  embracing  New  York, 

Ohio,  Indiana,  Illinois,  Michigan,  Iowa  and  Wisconsin,  with  their  land 

laws,  etc.  and  an  appendix  containing  the  constitutions  of  those  states. 

1849.     Derby. 

.'\lso  published  under  the  title  "Land  owner's  manual." 

Hildreth,  Samuel  Prescott.  r977  H54b 

Biographical  and  historical  memoirs  of  the  early  pioneer  settlers 
of  Ohio,  with  narratives  of  incidents  and  occurrences  in  1775.  1852. 
Derby. 

"Supplement  to  the  same  author's  Pioneer  history ..  .Its  value  consists  in  the  fact 
that  it  is  made  up  of  a  series  of  well-written  biographical  notices,  forty  in  number,  of  the 
pioneers  of  Ohio  and  the  Northwest,  some  of  them  men  of  great  note  in  their  day. 
These  notices  were  prepared  soon  after  the  pioneers  passed  away  by  a  competent  writer 
who  lived  on  the  ground  where  these  men  made  their  first  beginning,  knew  the  traditions 
that  lived  in  the  community  they  established,  and  was  in  communication  with  their 
descendants  and  representatives."     Lamed' s  Literature  of  American  history. 

Hulbert,  Archer  Butler.  977  H910 

The  Ohio  river,  a  course  of  empire.  1906.  Putnam. 
Contents:  Introductory:  The  river,  its  place  and  power. — Where  France  and  Eng- 
land met. — The  old  French  war  in  the  West. — One  of  the  vanguard  of  the  pioneers. — 
The  "Monongahela  country"  and  its  metropolis  [Pittsburgh]. — The  Ohio  in  the  Revolu- 
tion.— The  fighting  Virginians. — Fort  Washington  and  the  "Bloody  way." — The  reign 
of  the  rowdy  and  outlaw. — From  keelboat  to  schooner. — From  Pittsburg  to  Louisville  in 
1806. — Blennerhassett  island. — Where  Yankee  and  Virginian  met. — When  the  steamboat 
was  king. — The  workshop  of  the  world. 

Historically  interesting  and  valuable.     Maps  and  many  illustrations. 

Hulbert,  Archer  Butler.  977  H91P 

Pilots  of  the  Republic;  the  romance  of  the  pioneer  promoter  in  the 
middle  west.     1906.    McClurg. 

Contents:  Introductory;  the  brother  of  the  sword. — Washington,  the  promoter  of 
western  investments. — Richard  Henderson,  the  founder  of  Transylvania.- — Rufus  Put- 
nam, the  father  of  Ohio. — David  Zeisberger,  hero  of  "the  Meadow  of  Light." — George 


2342  CENTRAL  STATES 


Hulbert,  Archer  Butler — continued.  977  Hgip 

Rogers  Clark,  founder  of  Louisville. — Henry  Clay,  promoter  of  the  first  American  high- 
way.— Morris  and  Clinton,  fathers  of  the  Erie  canal. — Thomas  and  Mercer,  rival  pro- 
moters of  canal  and  railway. — Lewis  and  Clark,  explorers  of  Louisiana. — Astor,  the  pro- 
moter of  Astoria. — Marcus  Whitman,  the  hero  of  Oregon. — The  captains  of  "the  Ameri- 
can system." 

Contribution  to  history  rather  than  to  biography. 

McCarty,  Dwight  G.  r977  Mia 

Territorial  governors  of  the  old  Northwest;  a  study  in  territorial 
administration.     1910.     State  Historical  Soc.  of  Iowa. 

Contents:  The  old  Northwest. — Early  attempts  at  government. — The  ordinance  of 
1787. — The  organization  of  the  territorial  executive. — Governor  St.  Gair  and  the  North- 
west territory. — Governor  Harrison  and  the  Indiana  territory. — Governor  Edwards  and 
the  Illinois  territory. — Governor  Hull  and  the  territory  of  Michigan. — Governors  Cass 
and  Mason  and  the  territory  of  Michigan. — Governors  Dodge  and  Doty  and  the  territory 
of  Wisconsin. 

"Notes  and  references,"  p.  157-188. 

McMurry,  Charles  Alexander.  J977  M2ip 

Pioneers  of  the  Mississippi  valley.  1906.  Macmillan.  (Pioneer  his- 
tory stories.) 

Being  the  second  book  and  a  new  edition  of  "Pioneer  history  stories  of  the 
Mississippi  valley." 

Stories  of  La  Salle,  Joliet,  De  Soto,  Boone,  George  Rogers  Clark  and  other  ad- 
venturous explorers  of  the  middle  West. 

Milburn,  William  Henry.  r977  M68 

Pioneers,  preachers  and  people  of  the  Mississippi  valley,  i860. 
Derby. 

Gives  an  account  of  the  explorations  and  early  settlements,  the  character  of  the 
pioneers  and  the  hardships  against  which  they  contended. 

Mississippi  Valley  Historical  Association.  qr977  M74 

Proceedings,  1907/08- 1909/ 10.     v.1-3.     1909-11. 

Ohio  Valley  Historical  Association.  r977  O18 

Annual  report  (ist),  1907/08.    1908. 

Originally  organized  as  the  Central  Ohio  Valley  History  Conference  and  this  re- 
port comprises  the  proceedings  of  the  conference  held  Nov.  1907  in  Cincinnati. 

Slocum,  Charles  Elihu.  977  S63 

The  Ohio  country  between  the  years  1783  and  1815,  including  mili- 
tary operations  that  twice  saved  to  the  United  States  the  country  west 
of  the  Alleghany  mountains  after  the  Revolutionary  war.  1910.  Put- 
nam. 

Story  of  events  somewhat  neglected  in  the  history  of  the  United  States — the  wars 
and  trials  of  the  settlers  in  the  trans-Alleghany  region  before  the  Revolution  and  for 
30  years  after,  when  British  and  Indians  threatened  their  safety. 

Strickland,  William  Peter.  r977  S91 

Pioneers  of  the  West;  or.  Life  in  the  woods.     1856.    Carlton. 

Contents:  The  West. — Pioneer  explorers  of  the  West. — The  hunters  of  the  AVest. 
-The  pioneer  settlers. — The  pioneer  preachers. — Pioneer  institutions  and  professional 
men. — Pioneer  boatmen. — The  prophet  Francis. — Logan,  the  Mingo  chief. — The  moun- 
tain hunter. — Indian  captivity. — "The  old  chief;"  or.  The  Indian  missionary. — The  her- 
mit.— Pioneer  panther  hunting. — The  squatter  family. — The  lost  hunter. — The  Wisconsin 
•choolma'am. 


CENTRAL  STATES  2343 


Description  and  travel 

Alexander,  Kirkland  Barker.  917-7  A37 

Log  of  the  North  Shore  Club;  paddle  and  portage  on  the  hundred 

trout  rivers  of  Lake  Superior.    191 1.    Putnam. 

Chronicles  from  the  author's  diary  kept  during  several  years'  camp  life  on  Lake 

Superior. 

Chambers,  Julius.  917-7  C35 

The  Mississippi  river  and  its  wonderful  valley;  2775  miles  from 
source  to  sea.    1910.    Putnam. 

"Mr  Chambers  headed  the  expedition  ^^hich  discovered  the  sources  of  the  Mississippi 
thirty-eight  years  ago  and  since  then  has  traversed  the  river  to  its  mouth.  In  attractive 
journalistic  style  he  relates  its  history  and  romance,  and  the  part  it  has  played  with 
Spaniard,  Frenchman,  Indian  and  American  in  war  and  peace.  No  notable  legend  or  fact 
is  omitted.     The  illustrations  are  from  photographs."     A.  L.  A.  booklist,  1910. 

Cumings,  Samuel.  r9i7-7  C9i8a2 

Western  pilot,  containing  charts  of  the  Ohio  river  and  of  the  Mis- 
sissippi from  the  mouth  of  the  Missouri  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  with 
directions  for  navigating  the  same  and  a  gazetteer;  or  description  of 
the  towns  on  their  banks,  tributary  streams,  &c.     1832.     Guilford. 

The  same.    1843.    Conclin ^917-7  C9i8a 

The  vignette  title,  views  of  Pittsburgh  and  Cincinnati,  are  wanting. 
A  revised  and  altered  edition  of  author's  "Western  navigator"  and  an  amplifica- 
tion without  acknowledgment  of  Cramer's  "Navigator." 

The  charts,  43  in  number,  are  engraved  on  wood  and  printed  with  the  book. 

Johnson,  Clifton.  917-7  Jssh 

Highways    and    byways    of    the    Great    lakes.      191 1.      Macmillan. 

(American  highways  and  byways.) 

Record  of  a  search  for  the  picturesque  and  the  characteristic  in  nature  and  life  in 

the  region  of  the  Great  lakes.     Is  concerned  chiefly  with  the  villages  and  byways  and 

has  comparatively  little  to  say  about  the  cities.     Illustrated. 

Johnson,  Clifton.  917-7  J35 

Highways  and  byways  of  the  Mississippi  valley.  1906.  Macmillan. 
(American  highways  and  byways.) 

"Traces  the  Mississippi  from  New  Orleans  to  the  wilder  region  of  its  head  waters 
and  but  few  phases  of  its  life  elude  the  author's  notice... We  get  much  that  is  practi- 
cally first-hand  material   for  the  study  of  the  average  social  life   of  the  great  valley." 
Nation,  1906. 
Illustrated. 

Neihardt,  John  Gneisenau.  917.7.  Nai 

The  river  and  L    1910.    Putnam. 

A  cheerful  philosopher's  musings  while  running  down  the  Missouri  river  for  3,000 
miles  in  motor-boat  and  skiff. 

Ohio 

History 

Ford,  Henry  A.  &  Ford,  Mrs  K.  B.  comp.  qr977-i  F76h 

History    of   Cincinnati,    Ohio,    with    illustrations    and    biographical 

sketches.     1881.    Williams. 

Lane,  Samuel  Alanson.  qr977.i  Laj 

Fifty  years  and  over  of  Akron  and  Summit  county  [Ohio].  1892. 
Historical  and  biographical.     Contains  portraits. 


2344  OHIO.     INDIANA 


Mitchener,  C.  H.  ed.  rgyy.i  M74 

Ohio  annals;  historic  events  in  the  Tuscarawas  and  Muskingum  val- 
leys and  in  other  portions  of  the  state  of  Ohio;  adventures  of  Post, 
Heckewelder  and  Zeisberger,  legends  and  traditions  of  the  Kophs, 
mound  builders,  red  and  white  men,  local  history,  growth  of  Ohio  in 
population,  political  power,  wealth  and  intelligence.    1876.     Odell. 

Ohio  Historical  and  Philosophical  Society.  tg??*!  O1832J 

Journal,  1838.    v.i,  no.i.     1872. 
Reprint  of  edition  issued  in  1838. 

Rohe,  Carl  Heinrich.  r977'i  R63 

Das  blutbad  am  Tuscarawas;   ein   stiick  amerikanischer  missions- 

geschichte.  1901. 
Bibliography,  p.4. 
Account  of  the  Moravian  missionary  settlements  on  the  Tuscarawas  river,  Ohio,  and 

of  the  massacre  at  Gnadenhutten  in  1782. 

Western  Reserve  Historical  Society.  qr977.i  W56 

Tracts,  1870-1907.    v.  1-4,  no.  91.     1877-1907. 
v.i  includes  no.  1-36;  v. 2,  no.37-72;  v.3,  no.73-84;  v. 4,  no.8s-9i. 
V.2,  no.47  wanting. 
Issued  irregularly. 

Wilson,  Frazer  Ells.  977.1  W76a 

The  peace  of  Mad  Anthony;  an  account  of  the  subjugation  of  the 

north-western  Indian  tribes  and  the  treaty  of  GreeneVille  by  which  the 

territory  beyond   the  Ohio  was  opened  for  Anglo-Saxon   settlement. 

1909.    Privately  printed. 
Authorities,  p.4. 
An  earlier  edition  has  title  "Treaty  of  Greenville"  (977.1  W76). 

Description  and  travel 

Cincinnati.     Directories.  r9i7.7i  W74 

Cincinnati  directory,  1910.     1910.     Williams. 
For  earlier  directories  see  preceding  catalogues. 

Cleveland.    Directories.  r9i7.7i  C58 

Cleveland  directory,  1908/09,  1910/11.     1908-11. 
For  earlier  directories  see  preceding  catalogues. 

Kilboum,  John,  comp.  r9i7.7i  K25 

Ohio  gazetteer;  or,  Topographical  dictionary,  containing  a  descrip- 
tion of  the  several  counties,  towns,  villages,  settlements,  roads,  rivers, 
lakes,  springs,  mines,  &c.  in  the  state  of  Ohio,  alphabetically  arranged. 
1821.     Privately  printed. 

Youngstown,  Ohio.     Directories.  r9i7'7i  Y41 

Youngstown  [Ohio]  official  city  directory,  1906,  1910.  1906-10. 
Burch. 

Indiana 
Indianapolis.     Directories.  r9i7.72  P76 

Indianapolis  city  directory,  1906,  1909-11.  v. 52,  55-57-  1906-11. 
Polk. 


ILLINOIS  2345 

Illinois 

Carter,  Clarence  Edwin.  977.3  Ca3 

Great    Britain   and   the    Illinois   country,    1763-1774.      1910.     Amer. 

Historical  Assoc.  (American  Historical  Association.  Prize  essays,  1908.) 

"Bibliography,"  p.  185-199. 

Study  of  the  legal,  political  and  economic  relations  between  Great  Britain  and  the 
Illinois  colony,  and  the  political  events  in  Illinois  which  illustrate  some  of  those  relations. 

Chicago  Historical  Society.  r977.3  C43C 

Charter,  constitution,  by-laws,  membership  list,  annual  report  (52d- 
55th),  1907/08-1910/11.     1908-11. 

Chicago  Historical  Society.  r977-3  C43 

Collection,     v.5-9.     1908-10. 

V.5.     Settlement  of  Illinois,  1 778-1830,  by  A.  C.  Boggess. 
v.6-g.     Diary  of  J.  K.  Polk  during  his  presidency,   1845  to  1849. 
For  V.  1-4  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

Illinois  State  Historical  Library.  rgyy.s  I2262 

Collections,     v.2-7.     1907-11. 

V.2.     Virginia  series,  v.i;  Cahokia  records,   1778-1790,  by  C.  W.  Alvord. 

V.3.     Lincoln  series,  v.i;  The  Lincoln-Douglas  debates  of  1858;  ed.  by  E.  E.  Sparks. 

V.4.  Executive  series,  v.i;  The  governors'  letter-books,  1818-1834;  ed.  by  E.  B. 
Greene  and  C.  W.  Alvord. 

V.5.     Virginia  series,  v. 2;   Kaskaskia  records,    1 778-1 790;   ed.   by   C.  W.  Alvord. 

v.6.  Bibliographical  series,  v.i;  Newspapers  and  periodicals  of  Illinois,  1814-1879, 
by  F.  W.  Scott. 

V.7.     Executive  series,  v. 2;   Governors'   letter-books,    1840-1853. 

For  V.I  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Illinois  State  Historical  Society.  <ir977-3  I226J 

Journal;  quarterly,  July  1908-date.    v.i,  no.2-date.    1908-date. 

Parrish,  Randall.  977-3  P26 

Historic  Illinois;  the  romance  of  the  earlier  days.     1905.     McClurg. 

Authorities,   p.9. 

Popular  history,  which  the  author  frankly  acknowledges  to  be  a  compilation.  He 
has  seized  upon  the  picturesque  features  of  early  Illinois  history,  such  as  the  explora- 
tions of  Marquette,  La  Salle  and  Tonty,  the  Fort  Dearborn  massacre  and  the  Black 
Hawk  war. 

Robinson,  L.  E.  &  Moore,  Irving.  977-3  ^SS 

History  of  Illinois.     1909.    Amer.  Book  Co. 
"Reference  books,"  p.229.  ^ 

School  text-book.     Illustrated. 

Schuyler,  Robert  Livingston.  977-3  S39 

Transition  in  Illinois  from  British  to  American  government.  1909. 
Columbia  University  Press. 

"List  of  the  sources  and  secondary  works  cited,"  P.141-14S. 

"Brief  but  well-balanced  and  impartial  account  of  an  early  phase  of  westward  ex- 
pansion— the  breaking  down  of  the  first  American  frontier,  and  the  overthrow  of 
British  control  in  the  region  west  of  the  Wabash."     Nation,  igio. 

Chapin,  Louella.  917-73  C36 

Round  about  Chicago.     1907.    Unity  Pub.  Co. 
Chicago.     Directories.  <ir9i7-73  C43 

Lakeside  annual  directory  of  Chicago,  embracing  a  general  and  busi- 
ness directory  and  street  guide,  1908,  1910-11.     1908-11. 
For  earlier  directories  see  preceding  catalogues. 


2346  MICHIGAN.    WISCONSIN.     MINNESOTA 

Michigan 
Burton,  Clarence  Monroe.  r977.4  B95 

Early  Detroit;  a  sketch  of  some  of  the  interesting  affairs  of  the 
olden  time.     1909.     Privately  printed. 

Kelton,  Dwight  H.  r977.4  K17 

Annals  of  Fort  Mackinac.     1886. 

Brief  history  and  description.     Several  Indian  legends  are  included. 

Michigan  Historical  Society.  r977-4  M668 

Historical  and  scientific  sketches  of  Michigan;  comprising  a  series 
of  discourses  delivered  before  the  Historical  Society  of  Michigan,  and 
other  interesting  papers  relative  to  the  territory.     1834.    Wells. 

Michigan,  Pioneer  Society.  r977.4  M66 

Historical  collections;  index,  v.  16-30,  1890-1900. 

For  earlier  index  and  for  volumes  of  work  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series, 
under  title  "Pioneer  collections." 

Detroit.    Directories.  r9i7.74  P76 

Detroit  city  directory,  1906,  1908-11.    v.70,  72-75.     1906-11.     Polk. 
For  earlier  directories  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Wisconsin 

Thwaites,  Reuben  Gold.  977'5  T43W 

Wisconsin;  the  Americanization  of  a  French  settlement.  1908. 
Houghton.     (American  commonw^ealths.) 

History  of  the  state  for  the  general  reader.  Pays  particular  attention  to  the  French 
occupation,  to  the  Americanization  of  a  large  body  of  European  immigrants,  especially 
Germans  and  Norwegians,  and  to  the  influence  of  these  foreign  elements  in  the  develop- 
ment of  the  commonwealth. 

Chicago  &  North-western  Railway  Co.  r9i7.75  C43 

Lakes  and  summer  resorts  of  the  Northwest;  a  tourist's  guide  to 

the  summer  resorts  and  fishing  and  hunting  grounds  reached  via  the 

North-western  line.     1904. 

Contains  a  list  of  hotels  at  the  various  resorts,  together  with  their  prices.     Maps 

and  illustrations. 

Minnesota 
Folwell,  William  Watts.  977-6  F73 

Minnesota,  the  North  star  state.  1908.  Houghton.  (American  com- 
monwealths.) 

Well  proportioned  sketch  of  Minnesota.  Especial  attention  is  given  to  the  remark- 
able immigration  which  did  so  much  to  determine  the  character  of  the  state,  and  to  the 
important  development  of  railroad-building  and  wheat-growing.  Author  is  (1908)  pro- 
fessor of  political  science  in  the  University  of  Minnesota. 

Minneapolis,  Minn. — Court  house  board  and  City  qr9i7.76  M7272 

hall  commissioners. 
History  of  the  municipal  building  of  the  city  of  Minneapolis  &  the 
county  of  Hennepin,  Minnesota;  a  final  report  of  the  Board  of  court 
house  and  City  hall  commissioners,  1887-1909.     [1909.     Hahn.] 


IOWA.    MISSOURI  2347 


Minneapolis,  Minn.    Directories.  r9i7.76  M727 

Davison's  Minneapolis  city  directory,  1909,  191 1.     v.37,  39.     1909-11. 
Minneapolis  Directory  Co. 

Minneapolis,  Minn.     Directories.  r9i7.76  H88 

Dictionary  of  Minneapolis  and  vicinity  [1910].    v. 14.     1910.     Hudson 
Pub.  Co. 

For  directories  for  1902,  1905  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

St.  Paul,  Minn.     Directories.  1917.76  P76 

St.  Paul's  city  directory,  1910.     1910.     Polk. 
For  earlier  directories  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 


Iowa 

qr977.7  I259 

Iowa  journal  of  history  and  politics;   quarterly,   1903-date.     v.i-date. 
1903-date. 

Published  by  the  Iowa  State  Historical  Society. 

Iowa  State  Historical  Society.  ^977.7.  I2S 

Biennial  report  (ist-date)  of  tlie  board  of  curators,  1857-date.  1857- 
date. 

ist-4th  reports  are  reprinted  in  the   13th  report. 
2ist  report,  1897,  wanting. 

Salter,  William.  977.7  S17 

Iowa,  the  first  free  state  in  the  Louisiana  purchase,  from  its  dis- 
covery to  the  admission  of  the  state  into  the  Union,  1673-1846.  1905. 
McClurg. 

Shambaugh,  Benjamin  Franklin,  ed.  r977'7  S53 

Documentary  material  relating  to  the  history  of  Iowa.  v.  1-3.  1897- 
1901.     Iowa  State  Historical  Soc. 

Parker,  Nathan  Howe.  r9i7.77  P23 

Iowa  as  it  is  in  1855;  ^  gazetteer  for  citizens  and  a  hand-book  for 
immigrants,  embracing  a  full  description  of  the  state  of  Iowa.  1855. 
Keen. 

Missouri 
Anderson,  Galusha.  977-8  A54 

Story  of  a  border  city  [St.  Louis]  during  the  Civil  war.     1908.     Little. 

"Dr.  Anderson,  a  professor  in  the  University  of  Chicago,  was,  as  a  young  man, 
fiom  1858  to  i856,  pastor  of  a  Baptist  church  in  St.  Louis,  and  he  relates  here  his  ex- 
perience. It  is  an  interesting  account  of  the  struggle  for  the  city  between  North  and 
South,  all  of  which  he  saw,  and  part  of  which  he  was."     Nation,  1908. 

Billon,  Frederic  Louis,  comp.  r977.8  B48 

Annals  of  St.  Louis  in  its  early  days  under  the  French  and  Spanish 
dominations  [1764-1804].     1886.     Privately  printed. 

Disconnected  account,  largely  composed  of  extracts  from  official  documents  and 
old  manuscripts.  Appendix  contains  brief  notices  of  some  of  the  most  prominent  early 
families. 


2348  WESTERN  STATES 


Billon,  Frederic  Louis,  comp.  r977-8  8483 

Annals  of  St.  Louis  in  its  territorial  days,  from  1804  to  1821.     1888 

Privately  printed. 

Continuation  of  his  "Annals  of  St.  Louis  in  its  early  days  under  the  French  and 

Spanish  dominations." 

Brief  chronicle  of  important  events,  business  notices  copied  from  the  files  of  the 

"Missouri  g^azette"  and  a  lengthy  biographical  section  giving  short  accounts  of  notable 

citizens.     Author  became  a  resident  of  St.  Louis  in   1818. 

Hyde,  William,  &  Conard,  H.  L.  ed.  qrgyy.S  H99 

Encyclopedia  of  the  history  of  St.  Louis  [Mo.];  a  compendium  of 
history  and  biography  for  ready  reference.  4V.  1899.  Southern  His- 
tory Co. 

Stevens,  Walter  Barlow,  ed.  qr977.8  S84 

St.  Louis;  100  years  in  a  week,  celebration  of  the  centennial  of  in- 
corporation, Oct.  3d  to  9th,  1909.     [1910?] 

Published  by  the  St.  Louis  Centennial  Association. 

Chicago,  Rock  Island  and  Pacific  Railway  Company.  917-78  C43 

In  the  heart  of  Missouri;  the  new  Rock  Island  country.     1908. 

Kansas  City,  Mo.     Directories.  1^917.78  H86 

City  directory  of  Kansas  City,  Mo.,  1909,  191 1,  39th,  41st  annual 
issue.     1909-11.    Hoye. 

For  earlier  directories  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

St.  Louis.     Directories.  ^917.78  G73 

Gould's  St.  Louis  directory,  1907,  1909-11.  v.36,  38-40.  1907-11. 
Gould. 

For  earlier  directories  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

St  Louis  and  San  Francisco  Railroad  Company.  917-78  S14 

Missouri;  natural  resources  and  their  development  along  the  Frisco 
1907. 

Western  states 

History 

Parrish,  Randall.  978  P26 

The  great  plains;  the  romance  of  western  American  exploration, 
warfare  and  settlement,  1 527-1870.     1907.     McClurg. 

Best  described  as  a  collection  of  border  stories  and  traditions,  with  running  com- 
mentaries on  contemporary  conditions  from  the  Spanish  exploration  to  about  1870. 
The  choice  of  material  is  commendable,  the  weaving  skilful,  and  the  interest  well  sus- 
tained. It  is  history  in  lighter  vein  and  adapted  to  general  reading. .  .Makes  no  pre- 
tence to  a  source  basis... is  not  free  from  minor  inaccuracies.  Condensed  from  Dial, 
1907. 

Description  and  travel 

Bell,  William  Abraham.  917-8  B41 

New  tracks  in  North  America;  a  journal  of  travel  and  adventure 
whilst  engaged  in  the  survey  for  a  southern  railroad  to  the  Pacific 
ocean  during  1867-8,  with  contributions  by  W.  J.  Palmer,  A.  R.  Cal- 
houn, C.  C.  Parry  and  W.  F.  Colton.     1870.     Chapman. 

Contents:    Introduction:    Sketch  of  the  route;  Physical  geography  of  the  Mississippi 


WESTERN  STATES— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL    2349 
Bell,  William  Abraham — continued.  917-8  B41 

basin  and  of  the  Rocky  mountains;  Physical  geography  of  the  Colorado  basin;  Physical 
geography  of  the  "Great  basin  region." — From  the  Mississippi  river  to  the  Rio  Grande 
del  Norte. — The  native  races  of  New  Mexico  and  Arizona. — From  the  Rio  Grande  del 
Norte  to  the  Pacific  ocean.- — The  Pacific  railways. 

"Dr.  Bell... was  a  good  observer,  possessed  the  power  of  presenting  his  narrative 
in  a  highly  interesting  way,  and  succeeded  in  embodying  much  information  of  both  gen- 
eral and  scientific  interest.  He  falls  into  the  usual  errors  prevalent  at  the  time  con- 
cerning the  Indians,  and  many  terms  of  Spanish  origin  are  sadly  misspelled.  An  ex- 
cellent map,  many  good  illustrations,  and  a  number  of  tables  of  distances,  etc.,  lend  the 
work  additional  worth."     Larned's  Literature  of  American  history. 

Bowles,  Samuel.  r9i7.8  B66 

Across  the  continent;  a  summer's  journey  to  the  Rocky  mountains, 
the  Mormons  and  the  Pacific  states,  with  Speaker  Colfax.  1865.  Pri- 
vately printed. 

Letters  written  originally  to  the  "Springfield  Republican." 

Dellenbaugh,  Frederick  Samuel.  917-8  D41C 

A  canyon  voyage;  the  narrative  of  the  second  Powell   expedition 

down  the  Green-Colorado  river  from  Wyoming,  and  the  explorations 

on  land,  in  the  years  1871  and  1872.    1908.    Putnam. 

Author  was  member  of  this  expedition,  and  here  relates  the  events  in  full  which  he 

summarized  in  his  "Romance  of  the  Colorado  river."     Illustrations  and  maps. 

Fountain,  Paul.  917-8  F83 

Eleven  eaglets  of  the  West.     1906.     Button. 

Contents :  California. —  Oregon. —  Washington. —  Idaho. —  Montana.^—  Wyoming. — 
Colorado. — New  Mexico. — Arizona. — Utah. — Nevada. 

Description  of  journeys  through  the  Western  states.  As  in  others  of  the  author's 
books  much  space  is  given  to  observations  on  natural  history. 

Grinnell,  George  Bird.  917-8  G92 

Trails  of  the  pathfinders.     191 1.     Scribner. 

Contents:  Introduction. — Alexander  Henry. — Jonathan  Carver. — Alexander  Mac- 
kenzie.— Lewis  and  Clark. — Z.  M.  Pike. — Alexander  Henry  (the  younger). — Ross  Cox. — 
The  commerce  of  the  prairies. — Samuel  Parker. — T.  J.  Farnham. — Fremont. 

"Entertaining  accounts  of  the  hunters,  explorers  and  trappers  who  traveled  through 
the  Northwest  country  between  the  years  1761  and  1844.  In  many  of  the  stories  the 
words  of  the  adventurers  are  quoted."    A.  L.  A.  booklist,  jgii. 

Told  m  a  style  which  will  be  attractive  to  young  people. 

Hayden,  Ferdinand  Vanderveer,  and  others.  917-8  H37 

The  great  West,  its  attractions  and  resources,  and  the  recent  ex- 
plorations in  the  Yellowstone  park,  "The  wonderland  of  America;"  also 
valuable  information  to  travellers  and  settlers,  with  the  homestead, 
pre-emption,  land  and  mining  laws.     1880.     Franklin. 

Hayden  wrote  from  intimate  knowledge,  as  he  was  connected  for  many  years  with 
the  United  States  geological  and  geographic  surveys  in  the  West,  and  it  was  largely  due 
to  the  results  of  his  explorations  that  the  Yellowstone  park  was  made  a  perpetual  reser- 
vation. 

Johnson,  Clifton.  917-8  J35 

Highways  and  byways  of  the  Rocky  mountains.  1910.  Macmillan. 
(American  highways  and  byways.) 

Contents:  When  the  fields  turn  green  in  Nebraska. — Historic  Kansas. — In  Okla- 
homa.— A  Texas  bubble. — On  the  banks  of  the  Rio  Grande. — Pueblo  life  in  New  Mexico. 
—  Around  Pike's  Peak.  —  In  the  heart  of  the  Rockies.  —  Life  in  a  Mormon  village.  — 
Wyoming  days. — Mountain  and  valley  in  Montana. — May  in  the  Yellowstone.- — Custer's 
last  battlefield. — Among  the  Black  Hills. — A  Dakota  paradise. 


2350    WESTERN  STATES— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL 

Lewis,  Meriwether,  &  Clark,  William,  1770-1838.  9i7'8  L670 

Original  journals  of  the  Lewis  and  Clark  expedition,  1804-1806;  ed. 
by  R.  G.  Thwaites.    8v.     1904-05.     Dodd. 

V.I.  Introduction. — Bibliographical  data,  by  V.  H.  Paltsits. — The  original  journal* 
of  Captains  Meriwether  Lewis  and  William  Clark. 

V.2.  Journals  and  orderly  book  of  Lewis  and  Clark  from  Two-thousand-mile  creek 
to  Shoshoni  camp  on  Lembi  river.  May  6-August  20,  1805. 

V.3.  Journals  and  orderly  book  of  Lewis  and  Clark  from  the  Shoshoni  camp  on 
Lembi  river  to  Fort  Clatsop,  August  21,   i8os-January  20,   1806. 

V.4.  Journals  and  orderly  book  of  Lewis  and  Clark  from  Fort  Clatsop  to  Musque- 
toe  creek,  January  21-May  7,   1806. 

V.5.  Journals  of  Lewis  and  Clark  from  Musquetoe  creek  to  St.  Louis,  May  8- 
September  26,   1806. 

V.6.  Scientific  data  accompanying  the  journals  of  Lewis  and  Clark;  geography, 
ethnology,  zoology,  botany,  mineralogy,  meteorology,  astronomy  and  miscellaneous  memo- 
randa. 

V.7.     Journals  of  Charles  Floyd  and  Joseph  Whitehouse. — Appendix. — Index. 

V.8.     Atlas. 

McClure,  Alexander  Kelly.  917-8  M13 

Three  thousand  miles  through  the  Rocky  mountains.  1869.  Lippin- 
cott. 

Made  up  of  letters  written  to  the  "New  York  tribune"  and  to  the  "Franklin  reposi- 
tory" in  the  days  when  the  far  West  was  a  comparatively  unexplored  country. 

McMurry,  Charles  Alexander.  J9i7-8  Mai 

Pioneers  of  the  Rocky  mountains  and  the  West.     1904.     Macmillan, 

(Pioneer  history  stories,  bk.3.) 

Contents:  Lewis  and  Clark. — Fremont's  first  trip  to  the  Rocky  mountains. — Fre- 
mont's trip  to  Salt  lake  and  California. — Discovery  of  gold  and  trip  to  California  in  '49. 
— Powell's  journey  through  the  Grand  canon. — Parkman's  life  in  a  village  of  Sioux  In- 
dians.— Drake's  voyage  and  visit  to  California.— Coronado's  exploring  trip  in  the  South- 
west. 

Paine,  Ralph  Delahaye.  917.8  P16 

The  greater  America.     1907.     Outing. 

An  enthusiastic  description  of  the  West,  its  activities  and  industries.  There  are 
numerous  illustrations. 

Palmer,  Joel.  rgiy.S  T43  v.30 

Journal  of  travels  over  the  Rocky  mountains,  to  the  mouth  of  the 
Columbia  river,  made  during  the  years  1845  and  1846,  containing 
minute  descriptions  of  the  valleys  of  the  Willamette,  Umpqua  and 
Clamet  [and]  a  general  description  of  Oregon  territory.  1847.  (In 
Thwaites's  Early  western  travels,  1748-1846,  v.30.) 

Reprint  of  original  edition. 

"He  gives  us  a  simple  narrative  of  each  day's  happenings ...  taking  especial  care 
to  indicate  the  route,  each  night's  camping  places... and  whatever  else  might  conduce 
to  the  well-being  of  the  emigrant  and  his  beasts.  The  great  care  taken  by  the  author, 
with  this  very  practical  end  in  view,  results  in  his  volume  being  the  most  complete  de- 
scription of  the  Oregon  Trail  that  we  now  possess."     R.  G.  Thwaites,  in  preface. 

Prudden,  Tlieophile  Mitchell.  917.8  P97 

On  the  great  American  plateau;  wanderings  among  canyons  and 

buttes,  in  the  land  of  the  cliff-dweller  and  the  Indian  of  to-day.     1906. 

Putnam. 

Enthusiastic  account  of  the  highland  country  of  the  southwest.     Does  not  go  deeply 

into  geology  nor  zoology,  but  gives  a  somewhat  impressionistic  glimpse  of  its  formation, 

scenery  and  present  and  past  inhabitants. 


WESTERN  STATES— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL     2351 

Richardson,  Albert  Deane.  917-8  R41 

Beyond  the  Mississippi;  from  the  great  river  to  the  great  ocean; 
life  and  adventure  on  the  prairies,  mountains  and  Pacific  coast,  1857- 
1867.     1867.     Amer.  Pub.  Co. 

Roc,  M rj  Frances  Marie  Antoinette  (Mack).  9i7-8  R59 

Army  letters  from  an  officer's  wife,  1871-1888.     1909.    Appleton. 
"These  entertaining  letters  written  during  the  70's  and  8o's,  when  Colorado,  Montana, 

Wyoming  and  Utah  were  still  territories,  are  concerned  with  a  phase  of  army  life  which 

is  past  and  describe  primitive  living  conditions,  gay  society,  good  hunting,  adventures 

with  desperadoes,  and  Indian  warfare."    A.  L.  A.  booklist,  1909. 

Rusling,  James  Fow^ler.  9i7>8  R89 

Across  America;  or,  The  great  West  and  the  Pacific  coast.  1874. 
Sheldon. 

"Gen.  Rusling  was  sent  by  the  War  Department  on  a  tour  of  inspection  to  the 
Pacific  coast  just  after  the  Civil  War,  and,  besides  his  reports  that  appeared  as  public 
documents,  prepared  a  general  narrative  of  his  travels.  It  is  of  interest  from  giving  a 
picture  of  the  far  West  at  the  time  of  its  most  rapid  awakening."  Larned's  Literature 
of  American  history. 

Sabin,  Edwin  Legrand.  917-8  Sii 

Around  the  circle;  a  thousand  miles  through  the  Rockies.  1908. 
Denver  &  Rio  Grande  Railroad. 

Schuyler,  Montgomery.  917-8  S39 

Westward  the  course  of  empire;  "out  West"  and  "back  East"  on 
the  first  trip  of  the  "Los  Angeles  limited."     1906.     Putnam. 

Reprinted,  with  additions,  from  the  "New  York  times." 

Thwaites,  Reuben  Gold,  ed.  1917.8  T43 

Early  Western  travels,  1748-1846;  a  series  of  annotated  reprints  of 
some  of  the  best  and  rarest  contemporary  volumes  of  travel,  descrip- 
tive of  the  aborigines  and  social  and  economic  conditions  in  the  middle 
and  far  West  during  the  period  of  early  American  settlement,  with 
notes,  introductions,  index,  etc.     v.31-32.     1907. 

V.31.  Analytical  index  to  the  series,  A-K. 
v. 32.  Analytical  index  to  the  series,  L-Z. 
For  V.1-30  see  preceding  catalogues. 

Union  Pacific  Railroad  Company.  4917-8  U25 

Overland  route  to  the  road  of  1000  wonders;  the  route  of  the  Union 
Pacific  &  the  Southern  Pacific  from  Omaha  to  San  Francisco,  a  journey 
of  1800  miles.     1908. 

Whiting,  Lilian.  917.8  W64 

Land  of  enchantment,  from  Pike's  Peak  to  the  Pacific.  1907.  Little. 
Contents:  With  Western  stars  and  sunsets. — Denver,  the  beautiful. — The  pic- 
turesque region  of  Pike's  Peak. — Summer  wanderings  in  Colorado. — The  Colorado  pio- 
neers.— The  surprises  of  New  Mexico. — The  story  of  Santa  Fe. — Magic  and  mystery  of 
Arizona. — The  petrified  forest  and  the  meteorite  mountain. — Los  Angeles,  the  spell- 
binder.— Grand  Canon,  the  carnival  of  the  gods. 

Glowing  descriptions  of  the  natural  wonders  of  Colorado,  Arizona,  New  Mexico  and 
southern  California. 


2352  KANSAS.     NEBRASKA 


Kansas 

Brewerton,  George  Douglas.  rgyS.i  B73 

The  war  in  Kansas,  a  rough  trip  to  the  border  among  new  homes 
and  a  strange  people.    1856.    Derby. 

Treats  of  the  Civil  war  period  immediately  following  the  passage  of  the  Kansas- 
Nebraska  bill. 

Hale,  Edward  Everett.  rgyS.i  H15 

Kanzas  and  Nebraska;  the  history,  geographical  and  physical  char- 
acteristics and  political  position  of  those  territories;  an  account  of  the 
emigrant  aid  companies  and  directions  to  emigrants,  with  an  original 
map  from  the  latest  authorities.     1854.     Phillips. 

"As  a  contemporary  description,  with  propagandist  object,  of  the  Kansas  region  on 
the  eve  of  the  great  struggle  for  the  possession  of  it,  the  work  still  has  value."  Larned's 
Literature  of  American  history. 

Kansas  State  Historical  Society.  rgyS.i  Ki28b 

Biennial  report  (ist-date)  of  the  board  of  directors  for  1879-date. 
1 88 1 -date. 

ist-6th  biennial  reports  are  bound  with  the  society's  Collections,  v.1-4  (r978.i  KtzS). 
ist-iith  reports  contain  lists  of  bound  newspapers  and  periodicals  in  the  society's 
library;  ist-date  contain  lists  of  current  Kansas  newspapers  and  periodicals. 

Thayer,  Eli.  978.1  T34 

History  of  the  Kansas  crusade,  its  friends  and  its  foes;  introduction 
by  E.  E.  Hale.    1889.    Harper. 

"A  work  of  importance,  indispensable  to  a  knowledge  of  the  period  with  which  it 
deals;  but  it  must  be  used  with  care.  The  author  was  the  promoter  of  the  Massa- 
chusetts Emigrant  Aid  Company,  in  1854,  and  a  prominent  figure  in  the  movement  to 
people  Kansas  Territory  with  northern  settlers.  He  does  not  always  show,  however,  the 
part  of  other  agencies  than  his  own  in  making  Kansas  a  free  state;  and  he  is  especially 
bitter  in  his  criticism  of  Garrison  and  the  Abolitionists,  whom  he  classes  with  the 
enemies  of  the  Union.  The  book  is  a  compilation,  letters  and  newspaper  extracts  being 
freely  used."     Larned's  Literature  of  American  history. 

Chicago,  Rock  Island  and  Pacific  Railway  Company.  917.81  C43 

Kansas,  the  bountiful.    1907. 

Kansas — Louisiana  Purchase  Exposition  commission.  rgiy.Si  K12 

[Kansas  souvenir.    1904.]     Clark. 

Published  for  the  Louisiana  Purchase  Exposition,  St.  Louis,   1904. 


Nebraska 
Barrett,  Jay  Amos.  978.2  B26 

Nebraska  and  the  nation.     1898.    Miller. 

Nebraska  State  Historical  Society.  r978.2  N18 

Transactions  and  reports,    v.2,  4-5.     1887-93. 
For  v.  I  see  preceding  catalog^ue,  first  series. 

Omaha.     Directories.  r9i7.82  ©24 

McAvoy's  Omaha  city  directory,  1910-1 1,    v. 36-37-    i9io-ii-    Omaha 
Directory  Co. 

For  earlier  directories  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 


MONTANA.     WYOMING.     COLORADO  2353 

Montana 
Montcina  Historical  Society.  r978.6  M849 

Contributions  to  the  Historical  Society  of  Montana,  with  its  trans- 
actions, act  of  incorporation,  constitution,  ordinances,  officers  and 
members,     v.6.     1907. 

For  v.i-s  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Great  Northern  Railway  Company.  qrgi7.86  GSa 

Montana.    1909. 

Issue  of  "Great  Northern  bulletin,"  v.  19,  no.80,  Oct.   1909. 

Great  Northern  Railway  Company.  917.86  G8a 

Opening  of  Sun  river  irrigation  project,  Montana;  information  comp. 
by  United  States  reclamation  service.     [1908?] 

Montana — Agriculture,  labor  and  industry  bureau.  qr  917.86  M849 

Report  (iith-i2th)  for  the  year  ending  Nov.  30,  1908-10. 
For  earlier  reports  see  preceding  catalogues. 

Wyoming 

Oregon  Short  Line  Railroad  Company.  917-87  O28 

To  geyserland;  the  new  and  splendid  train  service  of  the  Oregon 
Short  Line  Railroad  from  Salt  Lake  City,  Ogden  and  Pocatello  to  the 
Yellowstone  national  park,  connecting  with  trans-continental  trains 
from  all  points  east  and  west,  thence  through  the  park  by  the  four- 
horse  Concord  coaches  of  the  Y.-M.  Stage  Company;  text  by  E.  F. 
Colborn,  photographs  by  F.  J.  Haynes.     [1908.] 

Binder's  title  reads  "Where  gush  the  geysers." 

Wyoming — Executive  department.  917.87  W99 

State  of  Wyoming;  a  book  of  reliable  information,  1907.     1907. 

Colorado 

Chicago,  Rock  Island  and  Pacific  Railway  Company.  917.88  C43 

Under  the  turquoise  sky  in  Colorado.     1908. 

The  same.    1912 917.88  C43a 

Title  reads  "Colorado,  under  the  turquoise  sky." 

Colorado  &  Southern  Railway  Company.  r9i7.88  C7223 

National  Education  Association  convention,  Denver,  July  5-9,  1909; 
what  to  see  in  Colorado. 

Colorado  &  Southern  Railway  Company.  917.88  C72t 

Through  Clear  Creek  canon  and  over  the  far-famed  Georgetown 
loop. 

Binder's  title  reads  "The  far-famed  Georgetown  loop,  the  steel  lariat  of  the  Colo- 
rado &  Southern  Railway." 

Colorado  Midland  Railway  Company.  917.88  C722 

Thru  Hell  Gate  in  the  Colorado  Rockies. 
The  same r9i7.88  C7222 


2354  NEW  MEXICO 


Denver.    Directories.  rgiy.SS  Bai 

Denver  city  directory  (38th-39th),  1910-11,  containing  a  complete 
list  of  the  inhabitants,  institutions,  incorporated  companies,  manu- 
facturing establishments,  business,  business  firms,  etc.  1910-11.  Bal- 
lenger. 

Denver — Mayor.    (R.  W.  Speer.)  rgiy.SS  D43 

Address  of  Mayor  Robert  W.  Speer  to  councilmen  and  business  men, 
delivered  January  7,  1907  at  a  testimonial  banquet  tendered  by  the  busi- 
ness men  of  Denver. 

Lsrman,  Clarence  A.  917.88  L98 

Fertile  lands  of  Colorado  and  northern  New  Mexico.  1908.  Denver 
&  Rio  Grande  Railroad. 

Description  of  agricultural  and  grazing  lands  on  the  line  of  the  Denver  and  Rio 
Grande  railroad,  with  information  for  intending  settlers.     Illustrated. 

Mills,  Enos  Abijah.  917.88  M69 

Wild  life  on  the  Rockies.    1909.    Houghton. 

Some  of  the  chapters  are  reprinted  from  various  periodicals. 

Record  of  many  years'  experiences  in  the  Rocky  mountains  of  Colorado,  describing 
the  birds  and  animals,  the  plants  and  trees,  mountain-climbing  and  camp  life,  especially 
in  the  winter.  Author,  called  the  "state  snow  observer,"  was  an  official  of  the  Colorado 
division  of  the  Weather  bureau.     Illustrated  from  photographs. 

Raine,  William  McLeod.  917.88  R16 

Beautiful  Estes  Park;  one  of  Colorado's  most  popular  resorts.  Colo- 
rado &  Southern  Railw^ay  Co. 

New  Mexico 

Chicago,  Rock  Island  and  Pacific  Railway  Company.  917*89  C4S 

New  Mexico,  the  land  of  sunshine.     1907. 
New  Mexico — Immigration  bureau.  rgi7.89  N261C 

Curry  county.  New  Mexico.     1909. 

With  this  are  bound  "Farming  in  New  Mexico"  and  "San  Juan  county.  New 
Mexico,"  issued  by  the  Immigration  bureau. 

New  Mexico — Immigration  bureau.  r9i7.89  N26ia 

Dona  Ana  county  in  New  Mexico,  containing  the  fertile  Mesilla 
valley,  garden  spot  of  the  great  Southwest  where  irrigation  is  now 
being  brought  to  its  highest  development;  comp.  by  R.  E.  McBride. 
1908. 

With  this  are  bound  the  following  publications  of  the  Immigration  bureau:  Santa 
Fe  county.  New  Mexico,  by  P.  A.  F.  Walter;  Luna  county.  New  Mexico;  Eddy  county. 
New  Mexico;  Central  Rio  Grande  valley  of  New  Mexico,  by  H.  B.  Hening. 

New  Mexico — Immigration  bureau.  r9i7.89  N261 

Santa  Fe  county;  the  heart  of  New  Mexico,  rich  in  history  and  re- 
sources; written  by  Max.  Frost  and  P.  A.  F.Walter.     1906. 

Contains  also  a  description  of  Bernalillo  county  and  San  Juan  county. 

The  same,  by  P.  A.  F.  Walter.     1909 ^917-89  N26ia 

Bound  with  its  "Dona  Ana  county  in  New  Mexico." 

General  illustrated  description  containing  an  account  of  the  industries,  the  state  of 
agriculture,  advantages  of  New  Mexico  as  a  health  resort,  etc. 


PACIFIC  STATES  2355 


Taos  Valley  Land  Company.  917-89  T18 

The  lands  of  Taos  [New  Mexico.    1908?] 

Description  of  agricultural  land  in  Taos  county.  For  intending  settlers  or  investors. 
Illustrated. 

Pacific  states 

Seattle,  Wash. — Public  library.  roi6.979  S44 

Pacific  Northwest;  a  brief  descriptive  list  of  books,  with  suggested 

outline  of  study;  comp.  by  K.  B.  Judson.     1910.     (Reference  list  no.3.) 

Smith,  Charles  Wesley,  ed.  roi6.979  S64 

Check-list  of  books  and  pamphlets  relating  to  the  history  of  the 
Pacific  Northwest  to  be  found  in  representative  libraries  of  that  region; 
prepared  co-operatively.     1909.     Washington  State  Library. 

Great  Northern  Railway  Company.  9i7>9  G82 

To  the  scenic  Northwest;  Minnesota,  North  Dakota,  Montana,  Ida- 
ho, Washington,  British  Columbia,  Oregon,  Alaska. 

With  this  is  bound  "Gray's  peak  route  [Colorado] ;  the  highest  railway  in  the  world 
operated  for  general  traffic,"  issued  by  the  Argentine  Central  Railway. 

Johnson,  Clifton.  917-9  J35 

Highways  and  byways  of  the  Pacific  coast.  1908.  Macmillan. 
(American  highways  and  byways.) 

Contents:  The  Grand  canyon  of  Arizona. — On  the  borders  of  Mexico. — A  rustic 
village. — Spring  in  southern  California. — Santa  Barbara  and  its  historic  mission.— A  vale 
of  plenty. — April  in  the  Yosemite. — Around  the  Golden  gate. — A  Nevada  town  with  a 
past. — Among  the  Shasta  foothills. — Oregon  farm  life. — Along  the  Columbia. — On  the 
shores  of  Puget  sound. — At  the  edge  of  Canada. — The  Niagara  of  the  West. 

Koch,  Felix  John.  J9i7*9  K36 

Little  journey  through  the  great  Southwest,  for  home  and  school 
and  upper  grades.     1907.     Flanagan. 

A  trip  from  New  Orleans  to  Los  Angeles  telling  about  the  many  quaint  and  interest- 
ing things  to  be  seen,  such  as  adobe  houses,  the  famous  mines  of  Lordsburg,  an  Indian 
reservation,  etc. 

Lyman,  William  Denison.  917-9  L98 

Columbia  river;   its  history,  its  myths,  its  scenery,   its  commerce. 

1909.     Putnam. 

The  son  of  pioneers  who  followed  the  lead  of  Marcus  Whitman  into  the  far  West, 

the  author  has  grown  up  among  the  localities  with  which  he  deals,  and  he  describes  with 

much  appreciation  the  romance,  the  natural  beauty  and  the  economic  possibilities  of  the 

great  river. 

North  British  and  Mercantile  Insurance  Company.  ^917.9  N45 

The  golden  West;  an  historical  sketch  of  the  states  and  territories 
of  the  Pacific  slope.    191 1. 

Woods,  Samuel  D.  917-9  W86 

Lights  and  shadows  of  life  on  the  Pacific  coast.     1910.     Funk. 

Arizona 

Grand  canyon 
James,  George  Wharton.  9i7-9i  Ji6g 

Grand  canyon  of  Arizona;  how  to  see  it.     1910.     Little. 

Author  has  been  a  yearly  visitor  to  the  canyon  for  nearly  20  years  and  has  ex- 
plored it,  camped  in  it,  studied  it. 


2356  ARIZONA.     UTAH.     NEVADA 

Mowry,  Sylvester.  9i7.9i  M94 

Arizona  and  Sonora;  the  geography,  history  and  resources  of  the 
silver  region  of  North  America.     1864.     Harper. 

"Within  its  limited  range  this  book  is  important  to  students  of  the  Southwest,  and 
more  particularly  Arizona  between  1859  and  1864.  Mowry,  a  West  Point  graduate  and 
a  member  of  the  Boundary  Commission,  was  one  of  the  most  noted  pioneer  miners  of 
his  time,  and  his  views  of  the  relation  of  the  government  to  mining  interests,  of  the 
southern  railroad  route  across  the  continent,  and  of  various  Indian  outbreaks,  are  still 
interesting.  Much  of  the  descriptive  portion  of  the  book  is  simply  local,  and  for  that 
reason  it  must  always  remain  a  classic  of  early  Arizona,  preserving  valuable  letters  and 
glimpses  of  pioneer  mining  camps  that  would  otherwise  be  forgotten."  Lamed' s  Litera- 
ture of  American  history. 

Munk,  Joseph  Amasa,  comp.  roiG.gyg  M96 

Arizona  bibliography;  a  private  collection  of  Arizoniana.     1908. 

Tucson  (Ariz.)  Chamber  of  Commerce.  rgiy.gi  T82 

Tucson,  the  chief  commercial  city  of  Arizona.     1907. 
Illustrated  booklet  setting  forth  the  advantages  of  the  city  as  a  place  of  residence. 

Wells,  Andrew  Jackson.  giy.Qi  W49 

The  new  Arizona;  homes  and  wealth  for  out-of-doors  folks.  1907. 
Southern  Pacific  Co. 

Utah.     Nevada 

Burton,  Sir  Richard  Francis.  9I7.92  B95 

City  of  the  saints  [Salt  Lake  City]  and  across  the  Rocky  mountains 

to  California.     1861.     Longman. 

"List  of  works  published  upon  the  subject  of  Mormonism,"  P.2S0-263. 

An  animated  account.     The  journey  was  made  with  the  special  object  of  studying 

Mormonism  and  although  the  author  stayed  less  than  a  month  in  Salt  Lake  City,  in  that 

time  he  acquired  a  good  deal  of  interesting  information  in  regard  to  the  Mormons,  their 

religion  and  manner  of  life. 

Colbom,  Edward  Fenton.  q9i7.92  C67 

Glimpse  of  Utah;   its  resources,  attractions  and   natural   wonders. 

1908.    Denver  &  Rio  Grande  Railroad. 

Salt  Lake  Tribune  Publishing  Company.  qr9i7.92  S17 

Sketches  of  the  inter-mountain  states,  Utah,  Idaho,  Nevada.     1909. 

Wells,  Andrew  Jackson.  917.93  W49 

The   new   Nevada;   the   era   of   irrigation    and    opportunity.      1908. 

Southern  Pacific  Co. 

With  this  is  bound  "Government  lands  in  Nevada." 

California 

History 

Engelhardt,  Zephyrin.  q979-4  E63 

Franciscans  in  California.     1897. 

"This  book  is  very  interesting,  and  embodies  the  result  of  much,  though  narrow, 
historical  research.  Its  point  of  view  is  of  course  that  of  a  Franciscan  friar,  and  it 
criticises  many  statements  of  the  early  American  observers  of  Spanish-Califomian  life. 
The  defense  made  of  Padre  Junipero  Serra  and  other  pioneer  priests  against  Bancroft, 
his  principal  authority  quoted,  is  striking.  A  supplementary  part,  'modem  history,' 
brings  the  story  of  the  Franciscans  in  California  to  February,  1897."  Lamed's  Litera- 
ture of  American  history. 

Printed  and  published  at  the  Holy  Childhood  Indian  School,  Harbor  Springs, 
Michigan. 


CALIFORNIA  2357 


Harris,  James  Morrison.  r979.4  H29 

Paper  upon  California  read  before  the  Maryland  Historical  Society, 
March  1849.     1849.     (Maryland  Historical  Society.     Publications.) 
Hildrup,  Jesse  Stephen.  979-4  H54 

Missions  of  California  and  the  old  Southwest.     1907.     McClurg. 

History  of  the  missions,   with   full-page  illustrations. 

United  States — War  department.  r9794  U25 

Earthquake  in  California,  April  18,  1906;  special  report  of  Maj.  Gen, 
A.  W.  Greely,  U.  S.  A.,  commanding  the  Pacific  division,  on  the  relief 
operations  conducted  by  the  military  authorities  of  the  United  States 
at  San  Francisco  and  other  points,  with  accompanying  documents. 
1906. 

Illustrated  by  numerous  photographs  showing  the  work  done  at  the  relief  stations. 


Description  and  travel 
Aflalo,  Frederick  George.  9i7>94  A25 

Sunset  playgrounds;  fishing  days  and  others  in  California  and  Can- 
ada.    1909.    Witherby. 

An  English  traveler's  impressions  of  various  American  scenes,  from  the  West  Indies 
to  the  Rockies.  Its  interest  centres  in  the  joys  of  fishing  around  Catalina  island  off  the 
coast  of  California. 

Alameda  county,  Cal. — General  exposition  commission.     r9i7.94  A318 
Alameda  county;  its  industries  and  environs.     [1909.] 

This  is  a  later  edition  of  the  following. 

With  this  are  bound:  Riverside  county,  California;  Tulare  county,  by  A.  E.  Miot; 
Ventura  county,   California,  by  S.  N.  Sheridan. 

Alameda  county,  Cal. — Louisiana  Purchase  Exposi-  q9i7.94  A31 

tion  commission. 

Alameda  county;  its  industries  and  environs  [with  supplement  giving 
statistics  from  1904  to  1908].    1904. 

The  same qr9i7.94  A31 

Atchison,  Topeka  &  Santa  Fe  Railway  Company.  r9i7-94  A86 

Summer  outings  in  California,  by  F.  N.  Holman.     [1909?] 

With  this  is  bound  "California  fishing,  fresh  and  salt  water,"  by  Allan  Dunn. 
Austin,  Mrs  Mary  (Hunter).  917-94  A93f 

The  flock.     1906.     Houghton. 

An  unusual  outdoor  book  which  takes  the  reader  through  every  phase  of  sheep- 
herding  in  the  mountains  and  valleys  of  California. 

Bartlett,  Dana  Webster.  917-94  B27 

The  better  city;  a  sociological  study  of  a  modern  city.  1907.  Neuner 
Co.  Press. 

Civic  improvement  of  Los  Angeles  in  its  ethical  aspects.     Illustrated. 
Brook,  Harry  Ellington.  9^7-94  B77 

Los  Angeles,  California;  the  city  and  county.     1909. 

The  same r9i7.94  B77 

Issued  by  the  Chamber  of  Commerce,  Los  Angeles,  Cal. 
California — Alaska-Yukon  Exposition  commission.  9^7-94  C13 

California;  its  products,  resources,  industries  and  attractions,  what 
it  offers  the  immigrant,  homeseeker,  investor  and  tourist.     1909. 


2358  CALIFORNIA 


California  Press  Association.  qr9i7.g4  C133 

California  of  today.     1904. 

Brief  pamphlet  setting  forth  California's  resources  and  attractions. 

California  Promotion  Committee,  San  Francisco.  qrg  17.94  C1332 

San  Francisco,  the  city  of  destiny.     [1909.] 
Being  San  Francisco  edition  of  "Reunion  bulletin." 

With  this,  is  bound  "Oakland,  the  city  of  opportunity,"  by  the  Oakland  Chamber  of 
Commerce. 

[Carnahan,  Mrs  Melissa  Stewart  McKee.]  1917.94  C21 

Personal  experiences  of  the  San  Francisco  earthquake  of  April  1906. 

1908.     [Pittsburgh  Printing  Co.] 

Chase,  Joseph  Smeaton.  9I7-94  C39 

Yosemite  trails;  camp  and  pack-train  in  the  Yosemite  region  of  the 

Sierra  Nevada.     191 1.     Houghton. 

"The  less  known  parts  of  the  region  are  given  special  attention  in  this  account  of 
several  unhurried  journeys  through  the  Yosemite.  The  fauna  and  flora  are  studied  some- 
what in  detail  and  the  geological  formations  described.  An  entertaining  work  for  all 
readers  and  sufficiently  explicit  to  serve,  with  the  aid  of  the  author's  route  map,  as  a 
guide  to  visitors  who  prefer  something  less  hackneyed  than  the  usual  tour.  The  illus- 
trations are  especially  well  chosen."    A.  L.  A.  booklist,  1911. 

Chicago,  Rock  Island  and  Pacific  Railway  Company.  9I7-94  C43 

California;  Rock  Island  lines.     1908. 
Contra  Costa  county,  Gal. — Supervisors,  Board  of.  917.94  C76 

Contra  Costa  county,  California. 
Fresno  County,  Cal.  Chamber  of  Commerce.  917-94  F93 

Fresno,  California. 

The  same 1917.94  F93 

Sets  forth  its  industrial  opportunities. 
Gilbert,  Grove  Karl,  and  others.  917-94  G38 

San  Francisco  earthquake  and  fire  of  April  18,  1906  and  their  effects 
on  structures  and  structural  materials,  with  preface  by  J.  A.  Holmes. 
1907.    (United  States — Geological  survey.    Bulletin  no.324.) 

The  same.  1907.  (In  United  States — Geological  survey.  Bulletin 
no.324.) r557.3  U25b 

"List  of  papers  relating  to  the  earthquake  and  fire,"  p.is9-i6i. 
Holder,  Charles  Frederick.  9^7-94  H71 

Channel  islands  of  California;  a  book  for  the  angler,  sportsman  and 
tourist.     1910.     McCIurg. 

"No  one  is  better  qualified  than  Mr.  Holder  to  write  of  these  islands,  of  their 
superb  climatic  conditions. .  .of  their  submarine  gardens  and  forests  of  giant  kelps,  of 
their  unrivalled  game-fishes — the  leaping  tuna,  the  great  black  sea-bass,  the  yellowtail, 
and  the  multitudinous  lesser  quarry  of  the  deep-sea  angler.  Dr.  Holder  knows  every 
nook  and  corner  of  the  fishing-grounds,  and  is  a  veteran  angler  and  sportsman,  the 
founder  and  President  of  the  famous  Tuna  Club  of  Avalon."    Dial,  1910. 

James,  George  Wharton.  9^7-94  Ji6t 

Through  Ramona's  country.     1909.     Little. 

Study  of  southern  California  to-day  (1908)  and  its  Indians,  particularly  of  persons 
and  places  associated  with  "Ramona."  Explains  why  the  novel  was  written  and  how 
much  of  it  is  based  on  fact. 

James,  George  Wharton.  9^7-94  J16 

Wonders  of  the  Colorado  desert   (southern  California) ;   its  rivers 

and  its  mountains,  its  canyons  and  its  springs,  its  life  and  its  history. 


CALIFORNIA  2359 


James,  George  Wharton — continued.  9I7-94  J16 

pictured  and  described,  including  an  account  of  a  recent  journey  made 
down  the  overflow  of  the  Colorado  river  to  the  mysterious  Salton  sea. 
2v.     1906.    Little. 

The  first  volume  is  largely  concerned  with  geography,  geology  and  plant  life.  In 
the  second  the  author  discusses  the  various  activities  of  man  in  the  desert  and  describes 
his  own  journeyings  there. 

Los  Angeles.    Directories.  rgi7lg4  L89 

Dana  Burks'  Los  Angeles  city  directory,  1906.     1906. 

Muir,  John.  917-94  Mgsm 

My  first  summer  in  the  Sierra,  with  illustrations  from  drawings 
made  by  the  author  in  1869,  and  from  photographs  by  H.  W.  Gleason. 
191 1.     Houghton. 

Appeared  in  "Atlantic  monthly,"  v.  107,  Jan.- April   191 1. 

"  'Mr.  Delaney,  bony  and  tall,  with  sharply  hacked  profile  like  Don  Quixote,  leading 
the  pack-horses,  Billy,  the  proud  shepherd,  a  Chinaman,  and  a  Digger  Indian  to  assist  in 
driving  for  the  first  few  days  in  the  brushy  foothills,  and  myself  with  notebook  tied 
to  my  belt.'  These  are  the  dramatis  persona,  who,  with  Carlo  as  inimitable  sheep-dog 
and  bears  as  resourceful  sheep-devourers,  give  a  background  of  narrative  and  human 
interest  to  350  pages  of  nature  description  and  enthusiasm."     Nation,  1911. 

Muir,  John,  ed.  qr9i7.94  M95 

Picturesque  California  and  the  region  west  of  the  Rocky  mountains, 
from  Alaska  to  Mexico.     1888. 

Many   full-page    illustrations,    with    accompanying  descriptions. 

National  Fire  Proofing  Company  of  Pittsburgh.  qr9i7.94  N15 

Trial  by  fire  at  San  Francisco,  the  evidence  of  the  camera. 

Collection  of  photographs,  showing  the  action  of  the  fire  on  different  building  ma- 
terials. 

Owens  Valley  Chamber  of  Commerce.  9i7>94  O34 

Inyo  county,  California;  endowed  with  a  greater  variety  of  natural 
resources  than  any  other  county. 

The  same r9i7.94  O34 

Pasadena  (Cal.)  star.  r9i7.94  P27 

Tournament  of  roses  number,  Jan.  i,  1910.     1910. 
Peixotto,  Ernest  Clifford.  917-94  P37 

Romantic  California.     1910.     Scribner. 

Contents:  Italy  in  California. — Sketching  in  the  Inferno. — Souvenirs  of  the  past. 
— Through  Bret  Harte's  country. — Little  journeys  from  San  Francisco. — The  Farallones. 
— A   midsummer  night's  entertainment. — In  the  mountains. 

Phillips,  Alice  Mary.  r9i7.94  P51 

Los  Angeles;  a  guide  book;  comp.  under  the  direction  of  E.  C. 
Moore,  M.  C.  Neuner,  R.  O.  Hoedel  for  the  National  Educational  As- 
sociation.    1907.    Neuner  Co. 

Pittsburgh  and  California  Enterprise  Company.  r9i7.94  P67 

Constitution  and  by-laws.     1874.     Pittsburgh. 

Rogers,  R.  Naylor,  comp.  917-94  R61 

Marin  county,  California.     [1907.] 
Issued  by  the  "Sausalito  news,"  1907. 
The  same 1917.94  R61 

Sets  forth  its  advantages  as  a  place  of  residence. 


2360  CALIFORNIA 


Sanford,  J.  B.  comp.  9i7>94  S23 

Picturesque  and  industrial  Mendocino.    1908. 
Issued  by  the  Ukiah,  Cal.  Board  of  Supervisors. 
With  this  is  bound  "San  Diego,  California,"  by  J.  S.  Mills. 

San  Francisco.    Directories.  r9i7.g4  S19 

Crocker-Langley  San  Francisco  directory  for  the  year  ending  Oct. 
1907,  Sept.  1910,  Aug.  191 1.     1907-11. 

San  Jose,  Cal.     Directories.  rgi7.g4  P76 

San  Jose  city  and  Santa   Clara  county  directory,   1908/09-1910/11. 

v.2-4.     1908-10.     Polk. 

At  head  of  title  "California." 

San  Luis  Obispo,  Cal.  Chamber  of  Commerce.  917-94  Sig6 

Souvenir  of  San  Luis  Obispo,  California. 

Santa  Cruz,  Cal.  Board  of  Trade.  917*94  S231 

The  city  of  Santa  Cruz  and  vicinity.     1908. 

With  this  are  bound :  Exeter,  Tulare  county,  California.  —  San  Jose,  Santa  Clara 
county,  California. — Siskiyou  county,  California,  by  A.  J.  Wells. — Tehama  county,  Sac- 
ramento valley,  California,  by  A.  J.  Wells. — Madera  county,  California,  by  A.  J.  Wells. 
— Imperial  valley,  California,  by  O.  B.  Tout. 

Santa  Maria,  Cal.  Chamber  of  Commerce.  9i7>94  S23 

Santa  Maria  valley. 

The  same r9i7.94  S23 

Sets  forth  its  industrial  opportunities. 

Southern  Pacific  Company.  917-94  S72ca 

California  for  the  home  maker;  some  facts  of  interest  to  men  who 

work  for  themselves. 

With  this  are  bound  "The  big  trees  of  California,"  "Shasta  springs,  California," 
"California,  the  campers'  paradise,"  "Hotel  Del  Monte,  California,"  "Santa  Cruz 
casino,  Santa  Cruz,  California,"  "Fallen  Leaf  lodge.  Lake  Tahoe,  California"  and 
"Where  cool  sea  breezes  blow." 

Southern  Pacific  Company.  917-94  S72C 

California,  south  of  Tehachapi.     1908. 

Southern  Pacific  Company.  917-94  S72 

Coast  country  of  California  between  San  Francisco  and  Santa  Bar- 
bara. 

With  this  is  bound  "The  Yosemite  valley  and  the  Mariposa  grove  of  big  trees,"  by 
A.  J.  Wells. 

The  same rgi7.g4  S72 

With  this  are  bound  "The  Pacific  coast  country  along  the  lines  of  the  Southern 
Pacific"  and  "Eat  California  fruit." 

Southern  Pacific  Company.  917-94  S72y 

Yosemite  valley. 
The  same rgi7.94  S72y 

Stockton,  Cal.  Chamber  of  Commerce.  gi7-94  S866 

[San  Joaquin  county.]     1909. 
Being  "Gateway  magazine,"  April   1909. 

The  same rgi7.g4  S86 

Sets   forth  its  agricultural   opportunities. 


CALIFORNIA.    OREGON  2361 

Stoddard,  Charles  Augustus.  917-94  S867 

Beyond  the  Rockies;  a  spring  journey  in  California.  1894.  Scrib- 
ner. 

One  of  the  best  itineraries  of  the  California  tour.  The  route  was   by   the   Sunset 

line   to   southern    California   and    northward,    including  visits   to    the    Lick   observatory, 

Yosemite  valley  and  the  Chinatown  of  San  Francisco.  The  book  is  unprejudiced  and 
entertaining. 

Vachell,  Horace  Annesley.  917-94  Vii 

Life  and  sport  on  the  Pacific  slope.     1901.     Dodd. 

Contents:  The  land  of  to-morrow. — The  men  of  the  West. — The  women  of  the 
West. — The  children  of  the  West. — -Ranch  life. — Business  life. — Anglo-Franco-Califor- 
nians. — The  Englishman  in  the  West. — The  side-show.— Pot-pourri. — Ethical. — Big  game 
shooting. — Small  game  shooting. — Sea  fishing. — Fresh  water  fishing. — A  few  statistics. 
— Horticulture. — \iticulture. — Beet  culture. — Irrigation. — Hints  to  sportsmen. 

The  author's  impressions  relate  chiefly  to  the  state  of  California.  His  book  is  an 
interesting  and  keen  analysis  of  conditions  of  life  there. 

Wells,  Andrew  Jackson.  917-94  W49 

Kings  and  Kern  canyons  and  the  Giant  forest  of  California.     1907. 

Southern  Pacific  Co. 

With  this  is  bound  "Wayside  notes,  along  the  Sunset  route,  west  bound." 

Wells,  Andrew  Jackson.  9^7-94  W49S 

Sacramento  valley  of  California.     1908.     Southern  Pacific  Co. 

Wells,  Andrew  Jackson.  9^7-94  W4gsa 

San  Joaquin  valley  of  California.     1908.     Southern  Pacific  Co. 

With  this  are  bound  "Imperial  valley,  California,"  and  "The  inside  track,  the  way 
through  the  wonderful  fruit  and  flower  garden  of  southern  California." 

Wells,  Andrew  Jackson.  1917.94  W49 

Siskiyou  county,  California.     [1909?] 

Issued  by  Sunset  Magazine  Homeseeker's  Bureau. 

With  this  are  bound :  Monterey  county,  California,  by  A.  J.  Wells ;  Shasta  county, 
California,  by  D.  H.  Walker;  Tehama  county,  California,  by  A.  J.  Wells;  Madera  county, 
California,  by  A.  J.  Wells. 

White,  Stewart  Edward.  917.94  W63C 

The  cabin.    191 1.    Doubleday. 

"Entertaining  observations  on  the  incidents  of  a  number  of  summers  spent  in  the 
Sierras,  the  building  of  the  cabin,  pioneering,  the  trees,  birds,  neighbors  and  guests. 
The  attractive  illustrations  are  from  photographs."     A.  L.  A.  booklist,  igii. 


Oregon 

Donan,  Patrick.  r9i7-95  D71 

The  Columbia  river  empire.     [1899.] 

Issued  by  the  Passenger  department  of  the  Oregon  Railroad  and  Navigation  Com- 
pany. 

Oregon — Alaska-Yukon-Pacific  Exposition  commission.  917-95  O28 

Oregon;  a  booklet  on  the  resources  of  a  wonderful  state;  comp.  by 

M.  D.  Wisdom.     [1909.] 

The  same rgi7.95  O2832 


2362  WASHINGTON 


Oregon — Lewis  and  Clark  Centennial  Exposition  rgiy.gs  O28 

commission. 
Farm,  ranch  and  range  in  Oregon,  by  Wallis  Nash.     1904. 

Brief  presentation  of  the  industries  of  the  state. 

Oregon  journal.  qrgiy.gs  O283 

Fifth  anniversary  number  [of  the]  Oregon  journal;  a  symposium 
of  facts  illustrative  and  representative  of  the  agricultural,  horticultural, 
irrigation,  lumbering,  manufacturing,  wholesaling,  financial,  education- 
al, real  estate,  mining  and  other  interests  of  the  Oregon  country.    1907. 

Portland  (Ore.)  Commercial  Club.  rgi7.g5  P83 

Oregon,  the  land  of  opportunity.     [1909.] 

Southern  Pacific  Company.  9i7'95  S7a 

The  Klamath  country  and  its  gateway,  Oregon-California. 
With  this  is  bound  "The  Klamath  country;  its  opportunities  and  resources." 

Washington 

Great  Northern  Railway  Company.  qgi7-g7  G82 

Washington,  the   Evergreen   state;   agriculture,   horticulture,  stock 

raising,  dairying,  lumbering,  mining  and  fishing.     1908-09. 

Issues  of  "Great  Northern  bulletin,"  v.  i8,  no. 78,  Jan.  1908;  v. 19,  no. 79,  Jan.   1909. 

Hume,  Harry,  comp.  qrgi7.g7  Hg2 

Prosperous  Washington;  a  series  of  articles  descriptive  of  the  Ever- 
green state,  its  magnificent  resources  and  its  present  and  probable  de- 
velopment.   1906.    Seattle  Post-intelligencer. 

Kettle  Falls  Commercial  Club.  917-97  K23 

[Kettle  Falls,  Wash.     1908?] 

Description  of  land  on  Columbia  river  suitable  for  farming,  fruit-raising,  dairy  and 
mining  industries.     Illustrated. 

Meany,  Edmond  Stephen.  gi7-g7  M55 

Vancouver's  discovery  of  Puget  sound;  portraits  and  biographies  of 
the  men  honored  in  the  naming  of  geographic  features  of  northwestern 
America.    1907.    Macmillan. 

Valuable  not  only  for  the  information  it  affords  concerning  Vancouver's  voyage 
itself  and  the  significance  of  the  names  he  applied  to  prominent  geographical  features 
of  the  Oregon  country,  but  for  the  light  it  throws  on  the  operations  of  Spain  in  that 
region  and  the  negotiations  which  ended  in  the  relinquishment  to  England  of  the 
Spanish  territorial  claims.  The  greater  portion  is  given  over  to  the  reproduction  of  a 
considerable  part  of  Vancouver's  own  narrative.     Condensed  from  Outlook.  1907. 

Puget  Sound  Bureau  of  Information,  pub.  rgi7.97  P98 

Washington  illustrated;  including  views  of  the  Puget  sound  country 
and  Seattle,  gateway  of  the  Orient,  with  glimpses  of  Alaska;  comp.  by 
O.  M.  Moore.     [1901.] 

Seattle,  Wash.    Directories.  r9i7.97  S44P 

Seattle  city  directory,  1908-11;  improved  street  and  avenue  guide 
and  street  car  directory  and  a  complete  business  directory  of  Seattle. 
v.22-25.     1908-11.     Polk. 


ALASKA  2363 

Seattle  Commercial  Club.  1917.97  S44 

Washington,  the  land  of  opportunity.     [1906.] 

An  illustrative  description  of  the  advantages  of  the  state  of  Washington,  both  as  a 
summer  resort  and  as  a  permanent  residence. 

Tacoma  new  herald.  <19i7-97  Tii 

Tacoma;  New  herald  annual,  1908.     1908. 

V.I 7,  no. 36  of  the  "Tacoma  new  herald,"  issued  April  11,  1908. 

Brief,  fully  illustrated  articles  on  the  industrial  and  financial  progress  of  the  city. 

^917-97    W27 

[Washington  (state) ;  a  collection  of  pamphlets  on  the  industries  and 
resources  of  the  various  counties  of  Washington.]     4v.     1909. 

Williams,  John  Harvey.  <19i7.97  W74a 

The  mountain  that  was  "God;"  being  a  little  book  about  the  great 

peak  which  the  Indians  called  "Tacoma"  but  which  is  officially  named 

"Rainier."  191 1.     Privately  printed. 

The  same.    1910 q9i7'97  W74 


Alaska 

qr9i7.98  B64 
Boston  Alaskan;  published  in  the  interests  of  Alaska  [monthly],  Aug. 
1906-June,  Oct.  1907.    V.I,  V.2,  no.i,  in  iv.     [1906-07.] 

No  more  published. 

Cook,  Frederick  Albert.  917-98  C77 

To  the  top  of  the  continent;  discovery,  exploration  and  adventure 
in  sub-arctic  Alaska,  the  first  ascent  of  Mt.  McKinley,  1903-1906.  1908. 
Doubleday. 

Greely,  Adolphus  Washington.  9i7-g8  G82 

Handbook  of  Alaska;  its  resources,  products  and  attractions.  1909. 
Scribner. 

"Bibliography"  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 

Interesting  and  valuable  to  those  going  to  Alaska  for  business,  pleasure,  exploration, 
or  permanent  residence.  Based  on  the  best  authorities  and  on  the  extensive  personal 
experiences  of  the  author,  who  has  twice  held  the  military  command  of  the  territory. 
Illustrated. 

Harriman  Alaska  Expedition.  q9i7.98  H28 

Alaska,    v.13.     1910.     Smithsonian  Institution. 

V.I 3.     Land  and  fresh  water  mollusks,  by  W.  H.  Dall. — Hydroids,  by  C.  C.  Nutting. 
In   1910  this  publication  was  transferred  to  the   Smithsonian  Institution  and  con- 
tinued as  the  Harriman  Alaska  series  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 
For  V.1-5,  8-12  see  preceding  catalogue,  first  series. 

Harrison,  Edward  Sanford.  r9i7.98  H29 

[Alaska;  a  collection  of  pamphlets.    1909?] 

Contents:  Resources  of  Alaska. — Industrial  progress  in  Alaska. — Scenic  Alaska. — 
Alaska;  geography,  physiography,  climate,  history  and  government. — Alaska;  the  sports- 
man's paradise. — Education,  religion  and  social  conditions  in  Alaska. 

With  this  is  bound  "Alaska  glaciers  and  ice  fields,"  by  L.  W.  Macdowell,  issued  by 
the  Alaska  Steamship  Company. 


2364  SOUTH  AMERICA— HISTORY 

Higginson,  Mrs  Ella  (Rhoads).  917.98  H53 

Alaska,  the  great  country.     1908.     Macmillan. 

Bibliography,  p.529-53i. 

Compact  volume  of  travel  and  general  information  on  the  resources  and  condition 
of  the  country;  perhaps,  on  the  whole,  more  useful  than  readable.     Many  illustrations. 

Murray,  Alexander  Hunter.  tgij.gS  M97 

Journal   of   the   Yukon,   1847-48;    ed.    with   notes   by   L.  J.  Burpee. 

1910.  (Canada — Archivist.  Publications  of  the  Canadian  archives,  no. 4.) 
"The   earliest   detailed   description ...  of   much    of    the   ground   covered;    it   affords 

very  full  information  as  to  the  manners  and  customs  of  the  Indians  of  the  Yukon  and 

...throws interesting    side-light    upon    the    policy    and    methods    of    the    fur    trade." 

Preface. 

Nixon,  Mary  F.  afterward  Mrs  Roulet.  J9i7-98  N37 

Our  little  Alaskan  cousin.     1907.     Page.     (Little  cousin  series.) 

Also  published  under  the  title  "Kalitan,  our  little  Alaskan  cousin." 
Adventures  of  an  American  boy  in  Alaska.  He  visits  the  gold  country,  hunts  and 
fishes  with  Kalitan,  the  little  Alaskan  cousin,  and  lives  for  some  time  in  a  Thlinkit 
village,  where  he  attends  a  potlatch,  an  Indian  wedding  and  the  berry  festival,  and  hears 
quaint  stories  of  the  blue-jay,  the  burial  cave  of  Kagamil  and  Squi-ance,  the  Moon 
maiden. 

Rickard,  Thomas  Arthur.  917-98  R43 

Through  the  Yukon  and  Alaska.    1909.    Mining  and  Scientific  Press. 

"Books  of  reference,"  p.385. 

Records  observations  made  in  a  journey  to  Alaska  in   1908,  describing  the  country 
and,  in  a  non-technical  way,  its  mining  industry. 


South  America 

980     History 

Biggs,  James.  rgSo  B47 

History  of  Don  Francisco  de  Miranda's  attempt  to  effect  a  revolu- 
tion in  South  America;  in  a  series  of  letters,  to  which  are  annexed 
sketches  of  the  life  of  Miranda  and  geographical  notices  of  Caraccas. 
1809.     Gillet. 

"A  good  summary  of  events... and  the  standard  source  of  information  in  English 
regarding  this  important  episode  in  the  struggle  for  the  liberation  of  the  Spanish-Ameri- 
can colonies."    Larned's  Literature  of  American  history. 

Butterworth,  Hezekiah.  J980  B98 

South  America;  a  popular  illustrated  history  of  the  South  American 
republics,  Cuba  and  Panama.     1904.     Doubleday. 

Deberl6,  Alfred  Joseph.  909  L76  v.21 

South  America;  tr.  and  ed.  by  P.P.Wells.  1906.  Morris.  (In 
Lodge,  H.  C.  ed.    History  of  nations,  v.21.) 

"Bibliography,"  p. 339-343- 

"The  best  short  outline  of  the  general  history  of  South  America."  P.  P.  Wells,  in 
preface. 


SOUTH  AMERICA— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL      2365 

Moses,  Bernard.  980  Mgss 

South  America  on  the  eve  of  emancipation;  the  southern  Spanish 

colonies  in  the  last  half-century  of  their  dependence.     1908.     Putnam. 

"Sketch  of  social  conditions  in  South  America  during  the  period  immediately  pre- 
ceding the  severance  of  relations  with  the  mother  country. .  .Throws  a  flood  of  light  on 
some  of  the  weaknesses  of  the  Latin-American  peoples,  and  should  be  carefully  read  as 
an  introduction  to  the  study  of  Latin-American  institutions."     Nation,  1909. 

Mulhall,  Mrs  Marion  (Murphy).  980  M95 

Explorers  in  the  New  World  before  and  after  Columbus,  and  the 
story  of  the  Jesuit  missions  of  Paraguay.     1909.     Longmans. 

Title  is  misleading.  The  opening  chapter  treats  briefly  the  discoveries  of  the  New 
World  before  Columbus  and  the  final  chapter  is  devoted  to  the  Jesuit  missions  in  Para- 
guay. The  rest  of  the  book  deals  with  the  piratical  English  expeditions  which  harassed 
the  Spanish  colonies  in  South  America  during  the  i6th  and  17th  centuries,  the  English 
privateersmen  who  scoured  those  seas  in  the  i8th  century  and  particularly  the  part 
played  by  Irish  and  English  in  the  South  American  struggle  for  independence. 

Siemiradzki,  Jozef.  980  S57 

Pod  obcem  niebem,  szkice  i  obrazki.     1904. 

Contents:  Pod  obcem  niebem. — Na  morzu. — Carmen. — Admiral  Grau.— Pepita. — 
Telegraf. — Modre  oczy. — Irasema. — Litwin. 


Antiquities 

Boman,  £ric.  qr9i3.82  B61 

Antiquites  de  la  region  andine  de  la  Republique  Argentine  et  du 
desert  d'Atacama.  2v.  1908.  (Mission  scientifique  G.  de  Crequi  Mont- 
fort  et  E.  Senechal  de  la  Grange.) 

"Bibliographic, "  v. 2,  p.879-904. 

Saville,  Marshall  Howard.  qr9i3.86  S26 

Antiquities  of  Manabi,  Ecuador;  ist-2d  report.  2v.  1907-10.  [Irving 
Press.]     (Contributions  to  South  American  archeology,  v.1-2.) 

"Bibliography  of  the  anthropology  of  Ecuador,"  v.i,  p.i2i-i35. 


918     Description  and  travel 

American  Republics  Bureau.  1918  A51I 

[Latin  American  republics.]      1909. 

Contents:  The  Argentine  Republic. — Bolivia. — Brazil. — Chile. — Colombia. — Costa 
Rica. — Cuba. — Dominican  Republic. — Ecuador. — Guatemala. — Haiti. —  Honduras. —  Mex- 
ico.— Nicaragua. — Panama. — Paraguay. — Peru. — Salvador. — Uruguay. — Venezuela. 

Barrett,  John.  r9i8  B26 

Latin  America,  the  land  of  opportunity;  a  reprint  of  official  re- 
ports and  special  articles.     1909. 

Issued  by  the  International  Bureau  of  American  Republics. 

Bingham,  Hiram,  b.  1875.  918  B48 

Across  South  America;  an  account  of  a  journey  from  Buenos  Aires 

to  Lima  by  way  of  Potosi,  with  notes  on  Brazil,  Argentina,  Bolivia, 

Chile  and  Peru.     191 1.     Houghton. 

The  chief  interest  of  the  trip  arose  from  the  fact  that  it  was  an  exploration  of  the 


2366      SOUTH  AMERICA— DESCRIPTION  AND  TRAVEL 
Bingham,  Hiram,  b.  1875 — continued.  918  B48 

most  historic  highway  in  South  America,  the  old  trade  route  between  Lima,  Potosi  and 
Buenos  Aires.  Parts  of  this  road  were  used  by  the  Incas  and  by  Pizarro,  by  Spanish 
viceroys,  mine  owners  and  merchants,  and  by  Bolivar.  Book  relates  to  the  history, 
politics,  economics  and  physical  environment  of  the  people  in  the  country  traversed. 

Bonnycastle,  Sir  Richard  Henry.  rgiS  B62 

Spanish  America;  or,  A  descriptive,  historical  and  geographical  ac- 
count of  the  dominions  of  Spain  in  the  western  hemisphere,  continental 
&  insular.     1819.     Small. 

"List  of  works  on,  or  relating  to  Spanish  America,  quoted  in  this  publication," 
p.441-443. 

Clark,  Francis  Edward.  918  C52 

Continent  of  opportunity;  the  South  American  republics,  their  his- 
tory, their  resources,  their  outlook,  with  a  traveller's  impressions  of 
present  day  conditions.     1907.     Revell. 

The  material  for  this  volume  was  gathered  during  a  five  months'  journey  to  South 
America  in  the  interests  of  the  Christian  Endeavor  movement  which  the  author  under- 
took in  1907.  In  the  course  of  his  journey  he  visited  eight  of  the  republics  of  South 
America,  namely,  Panama,  Ecuador,  Peru,  Bolivia,  Chile,  the  Argentine  Republic, 
Uruguay  and  Brazil.     Condensed  from  introduction. 

Hale,  Albert  Barlow.  918  H15P 

Practical  guide  to  Latin  America,  including  Mexico,  Central  Amer- 
ica, the  West  Indies  and  South  America;  preparation,  cost,  routes, 
sight-seeing.    1909.    Small.     (Practical  guide  series.) 

"Bibliography,"  p.225-233. 

Hale,  Albert  Barlow.  918  H15 

South  Americans;  the  story  of  the  South  American  republics,  their 

characteristics,  progress  and  tendencies,  with  special  reference  to  their 

commercial  relations  with  the  United  States.     1907.     Bobbs. 

Covers  the  geography,  history,   government,   people  and  present  conditions   of  the 

Argentine  Republic,  Uruguay,  Brazil  and  Venezuela. 

Lane,  Martha  Allen  Luther,  ed.  J918  L23 

Strange  lands  near  home.  1902.  Ginn.  (Youth's  companion  series.) 
Extracts  from  papers  in  the  "Youth's  companion."     A  few  of  the  titles  are:     In 

the  grand  plaza  of  Mexico. — ^A  Venezuelan  railway. — The  carnival  in  Lima. — An  odd 

city  in  the  Andes. — The  land  of  the  llama. — Lost  among  bubbles. — The   home  of  the 

icebergs. 

Mozans,  H.  J.  pseud.  918  M94f 

Following  the  conquistadores,  along  the  Andes  and  down  the  Ama- 
zon, with  an  introduction  by  Theodore  Roosevelt.     191 1.    Appleton. 

"Bibliography,"  P.S29-534. 

Binder's  title  reads  "Along  the  Andes  and  down  the  Amazon." 
Narrative  of  a  trip  from  Panama  to  Lima,  including  an  exploration  of  the  Amazon 
from  source  to  mouth.     Enthusiastically  written,  with  a  wealth   of  quotation  and   fre- 
quent reference  to  the  early  chroniclers. 

Mozans,  H.  J.  pseud.  918  M94 

Following  the  conquistadores,  up  the  Orinoco  and  down  the  Mag- 
dalena.    1910.    Appleton. 

"Bibliography,"  p.429-433. 

Binder's  title  reads  "Up  the  Orinoco  and  down  the  Magdalena." 
Record  of  a  journey   to  islands  and  lands  that  border  the  Caribbean  and   to   the 
lest  frequented  parts  of  Venezuela  and  Colombia. 


BRAZIL  2367 

Pepper,  Charles  Melville.  918  P41 

Panama  to  Patagonia;  the  Isthmian  canal  and  the  west  coast  coun- 
tries of  South  America.     1906.     McClurg. 

Devoted  chiefly  to  a  survey  of  the  advantages  which  will  accrue  to  the  South 
American  republics  through  the  building  of  the  Panama  canal.  Though  dealing 
primarily  with  commerce  and  trade  the  book  contains  much  excellent  description. 

Philadelphia  Commercial  Museum.  qrgiS  P49 

Foreign  commercial  guide,  South  America;  ed.  by  E.  J.  Cattell,  as- 
sisted by  H.  S.  Morrison  and  A.  C.  Kauffman.     1903. 

In  addition  to  statistics  of  imports,  description  of  trade  centres,  means  of  communi- 
cation, etc.,  the  book  gives  information  in  regard  to  the  geography,  climate  and  govern- 
ment of  the  countries  of  South  America. 

Ruhl,  Arthur  Brown.  '  918  R85 

The  other  Americans;  the  cities,  the  countries  and  especially  the 
people  of  South  America.     1908.    Scribner. 

"Illuminative  and  admirable  resume  of  life  in  these  various  States ...  Photographs 
and  a  statistical  appendix  add  to  the  value  of. . .  [this]  traveller's  tale."  Outlook  (Lon- 
don), 1908. 

qrgiB  T76 
Tropical  and  sub  tropical  America  [monthly],  Jan. -June  1908.  v.i, 
no.1-5.     1908. 

Publication  discontinued. 

Brazil 

Centre  Industrial  do  Brazil,  Rio  de  Janeiro.  qrgiS.i  C32 

Brazil;  its  natural  riches  and  industries,    v.i.     1910. 

v. I.     Preface. — Productive  industry. 

Cook,  William  Azel.  918.1  C77 

By  horse,  canoe  and  float  through  the  wilderness  of  Brazil.  1909. 
Werner. 

Craig,  Neville  B.  b.  1847,  comp.  918.1  C86 

Recollections  of  an  ill-fated  expedition  to  the  headquarters  of  the 
Madeira  river  in  Brazil;  in  cooperation  with  members  of  the  Madeira 
and  Mamore  Association  of  Philadelphia.     1907.    Lippincott. 

The  same rgiS.i  C86a 

The  same.     pt.i.     1904 .rgiB.i  C86 

pt.i.     The  origin  of  the  expedition  and  voyage  of  the  "Mercedita." 
History  of  the  disastrous  Collins  expedition   of   1878   which   proposed  to  build   rail- 
ways around  the  falls  of  the  Mamore  and  Madeira  rivers  and  thus  provide  an  outlet 
for  the  commerce  of  Bolivia. 

Denis,  Pierre.  918.1  D42 

Brazil;  translated  with  a  historical  chapter  by  Bernard  Miall.     1911- 

Unwin.     (South  American  series.) 

Contains  also  a  supplementary  chapter,  "Mineral  resources,  trade  and  commerce," 

by  D.  A.  Vindin. 

"Methodical  survey  of  the  whole  field  of  Brazilian  resources;  the  descriptions  of  the 

various  states  are  the  work  of  a  man  who  has  travelled  through  them  for  months^  at  a 

time,  and  their  inhabitants,  their  industries,  and  their  economic  and  political  conditions 

are  clearly  described."     Outlook  (London),  1911. 


2368  BRAZIL 

Keller,  Franz.  qrgiS.i  Ki6 

Amazon  and   Madeira   rivers;   sketches  and   descriptions   from   the 

pote-book  of  an  explorer.     1874.     Appleton. 

Author  was  an  engineer  who  was  commissioned  to  explore  the  Madeira  river  in 
the  interests  of  a  railroad  which  was  to  be  built  along  its  banks.  There  are  chapters  on 
camping,  hunting  and  fishing,  on  the  vegetation  of  the  Brazilian  forests  and  on  the 
Indians  who  inhabit  them.     Illustrated. 

Kerbey,  Joseph  Orton.  918,1  K19 

Land  of  to-morrow;  a  newspaper  exploration  up  the  Amazon  and 

over  the  Andes  to  the  California  of  South  America.     1906.     Brainard. 

Largely  a  description  of  travel  in  Brazil.     Author  at  one  time  lived  in  Pittsburgh. 

Nixon,  Mary  F.  afterward  Mrs  Roulet.  jgiS.i  N37 

Our  little  Brazilian  cousin.     1907.     Page.     (Little  cousin  series.) 

Also  published  under  the  title  "Affonzo,  our  little  Brazilian  cousin." 

About  the  home  life  of  Affonzo  on  a  Brazilian  plantation,  visits  to  Par4  and  Rio  de 

Janeiro  and  a  journey  to  the  "Land  of  the  missiones"  and  the  falls  of  Iguazu.     Contains 

the  story  of  the  Gilded  Man. 

Oakenfull,  J.  C.  918.1  Oiia 

Brazil  in  191 1.     1912.     Butler. 

"Bibliography,"  p.381-389. 

The  same.     1910.     Privately  printed 918.1  On 

Title  reads  "Brazil  in  1910." 

"Bibliography,"  p.267-274. 

Edited  by  the  Commission  of  Economic  Expansion  of  Brazil,  Paris. 

Treats  of  its  geography,  climate,  population,  education,  finance,  transportation,  nat- 
ural history,  industries  and  resources,  tourist  resorts,  art  and  literature.  There  are  ap- 
pendixes on  salaries  and  cost  of  living,  customs  tariff,  industrial  statistics,  and  a  glossary 
of  mineralogical  terms. 

Perrin,  Paul,  comp.  r9i8.i  P44 

Do  you  know  the  wealth  of  Brazil?  1910.  Commissao  de  Expansao 
Economica  do  Brazil. 

Abridgment  of  "Brazil ;  its  natural  riches  and  industries,"  issued  by  the  Centre 
Industrial  do  Brazil,  Rio  de  Janeiro. 

Rosa,  Ferreira  da.  rgiS.i  R69 

O  Rio  de  Janeiro  em  1900;  visitas  e  excursoes;  com  prefacio  do  Snr 
Conselheiro  Barao  Homem  de  Mello.     [1900.] 

Description  of  its  institutions  and  industries. 

St.  Louis,  Louisiana  Purchase  Exposition,  1904.  qr9i8.i  S14 

Brazil  at  the  Louisiana  Purchase  Exposition,  St.  Louis,  1904.    [1904.] 

Winter,  Nevin  Otto.  918.1  W79 

Brazil  and  her  people  of  to-day;  an  account  of  the  customs,  char- 
acteristics, amusements,   history   and  advancement   of   the    Brazilians 
and  the  development  and  resources  of  their  country.     1910.     Page. 
"Bibliography,"  p.381-382. 

Wither,  Thomas  Plantaganet  Bigg-.  918.1  W8a 

Pioneering  in  south  Brazil;  three  years  of  forest  and  prairie  life  in 
the  province  of  Parana.    2v.     1878.     Murray. 


ARGENTINE  REPUBLIC  2369 

Argentine  Republic 

History 

England — Tribunal  on  the  Argentine-Chilean  boundary.  qrg82  E64 

Report  presented  to  the  Tribunal  appointed  by  her  Britannic  Majes- 
ty's government  "to  consider  and  report  upon  the  differences  which 
have  arisen  with  regard  to  the  frontier  between  the  Argentine  and 
Chilian  republics,"  to  justify  the  Argentine  claims  for  the  boundary  in 
the  summit  of  the  Cordillera  de  los  Andes,  according  to  the  treaties  of 
1881  &  1893.  4v.  1900. 
Atlas  wanting. 

Parish.  Sir  Woodbine.  982  P23 

Buenos  Ayres  and  the  provinces  of  the  Rio  de  la  Plata  from  their 
discovery  and  conquest  by  the  Spaniards  to  the  establishment  of  their 
political  independence,  with  some  account  of  their  present  state,  trade, 
debt,  etc.,  an  appendix  of  historical  and  statistical  documents  and  a 
description  of  the  geology  and  fossil  monsters  of  the  pampas.  1852. 
Murray. 

Description  and  travel 

American  Republics  Bureau.  918.2  A51 

Argentine  Republic;  a  geographical  sketch,  with  special  reference 
to  economic  conditions,  actual  development  and  prospects  of  future 
growth.    1903. 

"Reference  list  of  books  and  pamphlets  on  the  Argentine  Republic,"  p.336-339. 

The  same.  1903.  (In  American  Republics  Bureau.  Annual  report, 
V.13.) r38o  U2534  V.13 

Hirst,  William  Alfred.  918.2  H61 

Argentina,  with  an  introduction  by  Martin  Hume.  1910.  Unwin. 
(South  American  series.) 

"Bibliography,"    p.295-302. 

Its  historical,  topographical  and  commercial  interests  have  been  admirably  balanced. 

Koebel,  W.  H.  q9i8.2  K36a 

Argentina,  past  and  present.     1910.    Paul.  ^^^ 

More  comprehensive  than  his  earlier  book,  "Modern  Argentina,"  treating  its  history, 
scenery,  industries,  agricultural  development,  immigration  problems,  social  life,  chief 
cities,  railways  and  shipping. 

Koebel,  W.  H.  918.2  K36 

Modern  Argentina,  the  El  Dorado  of  to-day,  with  notes  on  Uruguay 
and  Chile.     1907.     Griffiths. 

General  description  of  the  country  and  of  the  life  and  character  of  the  people. 
Considerable  space  is  devoted  to  the  agricultural  occupations  of  the  Argentine  Republic. 
Illustrated. 


2370  CHILE.     BOLIVIA 


Martinez,  Alberto  B.  &  Lewandowski,  Maurice.  918.2  M43 

Argentine  in  the  20th  century;  tr.  by  Bernard  Miall  from  the  French 
of  the  third  edition,  revised  and  brought  up  to  date.    191 1.    Unwin. 

Contents:  The  Argentine  nationality. — The  Argentine  from  the  economic  stand- 
point.— The  Argentine  as  an  agricultural  country. — The  Argentine  from  the  commercial 
and  industrial  point  of  view. — ^Argentine  finance. — Conclusions. 

La  Nacion,  Buenos  Ayres.  qrgi8.3  Nil 

[Argentine  Republic,  1810-1910.] 
Spanish  text. 

Sarmiento,  Domingo  Faustino.  918.2  S24 

Life  in  the  Argentine  Republic  in  the  days  of  the  tyrants;  or.  Civili- 
zation and  barbarism;  from  the  Spanish,  with  a  biographical  sketch  of 
the  author  by  Mrs  Horace  Mann.     1868.     Hurd. 

Author  (1811-88)  was  for  six  years  president  of  the  Argentine  Republic  and  one 
of  the  most  intelligent  and  well  informed  among  its  leaders.  The  motive  of  the  book 
was  to  explain  why  the  Argentine  Republic  had,  up  to  the  time  of  his  writing,  failed 
to  become  free,  united,  powerful  and  progressive.  The  book  describes  the  geographical 
position  of  the  country,  its  physical  features,  its  population  and  customs. 

Winter,  Nevin  Otto.  918.2  W79 

Argentina  and  her  people  of  to-day;  an  account  of  the  customs, 
characteristics,  amusements,  history  and  advancement  of  the  Argen- 
tinians, and  the  development  and  resources  of  their  country.    191 1.   Page. 


Chile 

Elliot,  George  Francis  Scott.  983  E53 

Chile;  its  history  and  development,  natural  features,  products,  com- 
merce and  present  conditions,  with  an  introduction  by  Martin  Hume. 
1907.     Scribner. 

"Bibliography,"  p.35i-3S7- 
Contains  map  and  illustrations. 

r9io.8  K21  V.5 
History,  of  the  discovery  and  conquest  of  Chili.  [1812.]  (In  Kerr, 
Robert,  1755-1813.  General  history  and  collection  of  voyages  and 
travels,  v.5,  p.218-410.) 

American  Republics  Bureau.  9i8*3  A51 

Chile;  a  handbook.    [1909.] 


Bolivia 

American  Republics  Bureau.  918.4  A51 

Bolivia;    geographical   sketch,   natural   resources,   economic   condi- 
tions, prospects  of  future  growth.     1904. 

"Bibliography  and  cartography,"  p.206-209. 

The  same r6o8.8  U2S 

Bound  with  "Patent  and  trade-mark  laws  of  the  Spanish-American  republics,  Brazil 
and  the  republic  of  Haiti." 


PERU  2371 

Peru 

History 

Markham,  Sir  Clements  Robert.  985  Msgi 

Incas  of  Peru.     1910.    Button. 

For  the  greater  part  of  his  long  life  Sir  Clements  Markham  has  been  studying  the 
history  and  archaeolog^y  of  Peru,  as  many  learned  publications  attest,  but  he  has  now 
abandoned  the  idea  of  completing  a  detailed  history.  He  issues  instead  a  series  of 
essays  which  amounts  to  a  fairly  detailed  sketch  of  the  origins,  rise  and  prosperity  of 
the  Incarian  empire.     Condensed  from  Outlook  (London),  igio. 

Zarate,  Augustin  de.  rgicS  K21  V.4-S 

History  of  the  discovery  and  conquest  of  Peru  by  Francisco  Pizarro. 
[1812.]  (In  Kerr,  Robert,  1755-1813.  General  history  and  collection  of 
voyages  and  travels,  v.4-5.) 


Description  and  travel 

Bandelier,  Adolph  Francis  Alphonse.  rgi8.5  B22 

Islands  of  Titicaca  and  Koati.     1910.    Hispanic  Soc.  of  America. 
"Notes"  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 
The  dean  of  American  archaeologists  is  the  first  to  publish  a  scientifically  accurate 

account  of  the  central  shrine  of  the  leading  civilization  in  South  America.     Condensed 

from  Nation,  jpio. 

Enock,  C.  Reginald.  918.5  E65 

Peru;  its  former  and  present  civilisation,  history  and  existing  con- 
ditions, topography  and  natural  resources,  commerce  and  general  de- 
velopment, with   an  introduction  by  Martin   Hume.     1908.      Scribner. 
(South  American  series.) 
"Bibliography,"  p.307-309. 

Garland,  Alexander.  qr9i8,5  GiS 

Peru  in  1906,  with  a  brief  historical  and  geographical  sketch;  origi- 
nally written  in  Spanish  and  tr.  by  G.  R.  Gepp.  1907.  "La  Industria" 
Printing  Office  [Lima,  Peru]. 

General  description,  with  special  emphasis  on  the  industries  and  resources  of  the 
country.     Numerous  illustrations  and  maps. 

Guinness,  Geraldine.  918.5  G96 

Peru;  its  story,  people  and  religion.     [1909.]     Revell. 
"Bibliography,"  p.429-432. 

"In  spite  of  its  offensive  tone  of  gushing  religiosity,  contains  an  element  of  human 
interest.  This  lies  in  the  first  contact  of  an  ardent  young  missionary  with  the  varied 
types  which  Peru  offers... The  best  thing  in  the  volume,  however,  is  the  illustrations 
after  photographs,  which  are  numerous,  characteristic,  and  reproduced  with  unusual  suc- 
cess."   Nation,  igog. 

Markham,  Sir  Clements  Robert.  918.5  M39C 

Cuzco,  a  journey  to  the  ancient  capital  of  Peru;  and  Lima,  a  visit 

to  the  capital  and  provinces  of  modern  Peru.     1856.     Chapman. 

Contains  an  appendix  on  "Quichua;  a  sketch  of  the  grammar  &c  of  the  language 

of  the  Incas." 

Medley   of  personal   adventure  and   observation,  descriptions  of  modern   Peruvian 

society,   narratives  of   Spanish-Peruvian  history,   and   investigations   touching   Peruvian 

antiquities  before  the  advent  of  the  Spaniards.     Condensed  from  Spectator,  1836. 


2372  PANAMA.     VENEZUELA 

Panama.     United  States  of  Colombia 

Johnson,  Willis  Fletcher.  986  J36 

Four  centuries  of  the  Panama  canal.    1906.    Holt. 

The  most  thorough  and  comprehensive  work  that  has  yet  appeared  on  the  Panama 
canal,  though  the  discussion  of  the  engineering  side  of  the  subject  is  inadequate.  De- 
votes 100  pages  to  the  history  of  Panama.  Mr  Johnson's  views  throughout  are  those 
of  the  present  administration.     Condensed  from  Nation,  1906. 

Hale,  Harry  C.  comp.  rgiS.e  H15 

Notes  on  Panama,  Nov.  1903.  1903.  (United  States — Military  in- 
formation division.     [Publications;  new  ser.]  no.i.) 

Hall,  Alfred  Bates,  &  Chester,  C.  L.  J918.6  H16 

Panama  and  the  canal.     1910.    Newson. 

Contains  stories  of  the  early  discoverers,  of  treasure  ships  and  daring  pirates,  of 
Spanish  rule  and  ruin,  of  modern  Panama  and  the  building  of  the  Panama  railroad  and 
canal. 

Petre,  Francis  Loraine.  918.6  P46 

Republic  of  Colombia;  an  account  of  the  country,  its  people,  its 

institutions  and  its  resources.     1906.    Stanford. 
Written  especially  for  the  would-be  investor. 

Pike,  Henry  Lee  Mitchell.  J918.6  P58 

Our  little  Panama  cousin.     1906.    Page. 

Contents:  Happy  days. — About  the  city. — A  trip  to  old  Panama. — Story  of  the 
buccaneers. — An  earthquake. — A  journey. — Culebra. — Balboa. — Colon. — ^Up  the  Chagres 
river. — New  ambition. 

Also  published  under  the  title  "Vasco,   our  little   Panama  cousin." 

Tomes,  Robert.  918.6  T59 

Panama  in  1855;  an  account  of  the  Panama  rail-road  of  the  cities  of 
Panama  and  Aspinwall,  with  sketches  of  life  and  character  on  the  isth- 
mus.   1855.    Harper. 

Weir,  Hugh  C.  918.6  W4S 

Conquest  of  the  Isthmus;  the  men  who  are  building  the  Panama 
canal,  their  daily  lives,  perils  and  adventures.    1909.    Putnam. 

"Lively  volume  of  sketches  of  life  and  work  on  the  Canal  Zone... Will  serve  a 
useful  purpose  in  impressing  the  average  reader  with  the  magnitude  of  this  national 
enterprise  in  its  various  aspects.  It  is  undeniably  superficial  and  sensational,  and  its 
statements  are  not  to  be  accepted  without  caution."     Nation,  1909. 


Venezuela 

American  Republics  Bureau.  918.7  A51 

Venezuela;  geographical  sketch,  natural  resources,  laws,  economic 
conditions,  actual  development,  prospects  of  future  growth;  ed.  and 
comp.  by  N.  V.  Goiticoa.    1904. 

"Reference  list  of  books  and  pamphlets  on  Venezuela,"  P.S43-S46. 

The  same.  1904.  (In  American  Republics  Bureau.  Annual  report, 
V.14.) rsSo  U2534  V.14 


BRITISH  GUIANA.    PARAGUAY  2373 

Bingham,  Hiram,  b.  1875.  918.7  B48 

Journal  of  an  expedition  across  Venezuela  and  Colombia,  1906-1907; 

an  exploration  of  the  route  of  Bolivar's  celebrated  march  of  1819  and 

of  the  battle-fields  of  Boyaca  and  Carabobo.    1909.     Yale  Pub.  Assoc. 

Study  of  the  country  where  Bolivar  lived  and  fought  and  an  exploration  of  the  route 
of  his  most  celebrated  campaign.  Though  written  from  tlie  historian's  standpoint,  the 
record  is  of  value  in  the  fields  of  geography  and  ethnology. 


British  Guiana 

r9i8.8  H23 
Handbook  of  British  Guiana,  1909;  comprising  general  and  statistical 
information  concerning  the  colony;  ed.  and  comp.  by  G.  D.  Bayley. 
1909.    Dulau. 

Van  Heuvel,  Jacob  A.  r9i8.8  V19 

El  Dorado;  being  a  narrative  of  the  circumstances  which  gave  rise 
to  reports  in  the  i6th  century  of  the  existence  of  a  rich  and  splendid 
city  in  South  America;  including  a  defence  of  Sir  Walter  Raleigh  in  re- 
gard to  the  relations  made  by  him  respecting  it  in  the  narrative  of  his 
expedition  to  the  Oronoke  in  1595.     1844.    Winchester, 


Paraguay.    Uruguay 

American  Republics  Bureau.  918.9  A51 

Paraguay;  revised  and  enlarged  by  J.  S.  Decoud,  with  a  chapter  on 
the  native  races  by  Dr  J.  H.  Porter.    1902. 

"Bibliographical  notes,"  p.141-144. 

The  same r9i8.9  A51 

American  Republics  Bureau.  r9i8.9  A51U 

Uruguay;  general  descriptive  data  prepared  in  June  1909.  1909. 
U.  S.  Government. 

Criado,  Matias  Alonso.  qr9i8.9  C88 

La  republica  del  Paraguay.    1907. 

Grubb,  W.  Barbrooke.  918.9  G94 

An  unknown  people  in  an  unknown  land;  an  account  of  the  life  and 
customs  of  the  Lengua  Indians  of  the  Paraguayan  Chaco,  with  adven- 
tures and  experiences  met  with  during  twenty  years'  pioneering  and 
exploration  amongst  them;  ed.  by  H.  T.  M.  Jones.    1911.    Seeley. 

Mr  Grubb  was  the  pioneer  missionary  of  the  Church  of  England  South  American 
Missionary  Society  in  the  Paraguayan  Chaco  in  1889,  and  20  years  of  continuous  work 
have  made  him  the  greatest  living  authority  on  the  Indians  of  the  Chaco.  His  interest- 
ing, though  not  very  well  arranged  collection  of  anthropological  notes  on  an  almost 
unknown  people  may  be  commended  to  all  readers  who  care  to  see  what  a  courageous 
and  sensible  man  can  accomplish  among  a  savage  people.     Map. 


2374  OCEANICA 


Koebel,  W.  H.  918.9  K36 

Uruguay.    191 1.    Unwin.     (South  American  series.) 

Readable  treatment  of  its   history,  manners  and  customs,   aboriginal   tribes,   chief 
cities,  industries,  commerce,  politics  and  revolutions.     Map. 

Montevideo,  Uruguay,  Cdmara  Mercantil  de  Productos  rgi8.9  M8s 

del  Pais. 

El  Uruguay  en  la  Exposicion  de  Bruselas.    1910. 
Edicion  en  castellano  y  frances. 

Saint-Foix,  comte  de.  rgi8.9  S13 

La  republique  orientale  de  I'Uruguay;  histoire,  geographie,  moeurs 
et  coutumes,  commerce  et  navigation,  agriculture.     [1892.] 

"Bibliog^raphie,"  p. 7. 


Oceanica 


Baden-Powell,  Baden  Fletcher  Smyth.  919  B14 

In  savage  isles  and  settled  lands;  Malaysia,  Australasia  and  Poly- 
nesia, 1888-1891.     1892.     Bentley. 

Contents:  Through  the  Old  World. — Ceylon  and  India. — Southern  colonies  of 
Australia. — Queensland. — Papua  and  its  people. — New  Guinea  warfare. — Malaysia. — 
Borneo. — New  Zealand. — The  Tonga  or  Friendly  isles. — The  Navigators. — The  Sandwich 
islands. — Home  through  the  States. — Mileage  of  the  journey. 


Borneo 

Gomes,  Edwin  Herbert.  919. 11  G59 

Seventeen  years  among  the  Sea  Dyaks  of  Borneo;  a  record  of  in- 
timate association  with  the  natives  of  the  Bornean  jungles  [with]  an 
introduction  by  John  Perham.     191 1.    Lippincott. 

"Pleasing  picture  of  a  savage  race  which  seems  above  the  average  in  intelligence 
and  morals,  and  a  comprehensive  description  of  their  social  life,  customs,  folklore,  re- 
ligion, sports,  songs,  etc.  Especially  good  reading  are  the  chapters  on  missionary  work, 
and  on  the  position  of  women.  There  are  many  good  illustrations  from  photographs." 
A.  L.  A.  booklist,  igii. 
Contains  map. 

Low,  Hugh.  919.11  Lgs 

Sarawak;  its  inhabitants  and  productions,  being  notes  during  a  resi- 
dence in  that  country.    1848.    Bentley. 

Result  of  over  two  years  spent  in  Sarawak.  Considerable  space  is  devoted  to  the 
Dyaks,  one  of  the  native  races  of  Borneo. 

Wade,  Mary  Hazelton.  JQiQ-"  Wii 

Our  little  brown  cousin.    1901.    Page.     (Little  cousin  series.) 

Also  published  under  the  title  "Anahei,  our  little  brown  cousin." 
This  little  cousin  lives  in  Borneo  and  the  story  tells  of  his  food,  play,  home  and 
pets,  as  well  as  of  the  life  and  occupations  of  his  father  and  mother. 


PHILIPPINE  ISLANDS  2375 


Philippine  islands 

Blair,  Emma  Helen,  &  Robertson,  J.  A.  Ph.  B.  ed.  r99i.4  B52 

Philippine  islands,  1493-1898;  explorations  by  early  navigators,  de- 
scriptions of  the  islands  and  their  peoples,  records  of  the  Catholic  mis- 
sions, as  related  in  contemporaneous  books  and  manuscripts;  tr.  from 
tbe  originals,  with  historical  introduction  and  additional  notes  by  E.  G. 
Bourne,    v.35,  46,  52-55.    1906-09.    Clark. 

"Bibliography,"  v. 53;  Bibliography  at  the  end  of  each  volume. 

The  first  comprehensive  collection  of  authentic  contemporaneous  records  of  the  his- 
tory and  life  of  the  people  of  the  Philippines.  They  have  been  carefully  selected  and 
arranged  from  a  mass  of  printed  works  and  unpublished  manuscripts  in  the  great  libra- 
ries and  government  archives  of  Spain,  Italy,  France,  Mexico  and  the  United  States, 
and  are  here  reproduced  mainly  in  English.  Prof.  Bourne's  introduction  is  a  scholarly 
and  comprehensive  sketch  of  Philippine  history. 

For  other  volumes  see  preceding  catalogue,  second  series. 

Dauncey,  Mrs  Campbell.  9i9-i4  D28 

An  Englishwoman  in  the  Philippines.    1906.    Murray. 
Familiar  letters,  1904-05,  of  the  wife  of  an  English  business  man  at  Iloilo,  describing 
social  experiences,  and  the  difficulties  of  housekeeping.     Has  much  to  say  of  the  po- 
litical situation.     The  author  has  never  been  in  America  and  her  abundant  comment 
is  distinctly  unfriendly. 

Fee,  Mary  Helen.  919-14  F32 

A  woman's  impressions  of  the  Philippines.     1910.     McClurg. 

Miss  Fee  was  one  of  the  host  of  American  school-teachers  who  went  to  the  Philip- 
pines; but,  unlike  many  of  her  associates,  she  had  the  fortitude  to  remain  there  long 
enough  to  gather  more  than  surface  impressions.  A  decade  of  work  in  the  islands, 
chiefly  at  Capiz  and  Manila,  enabled  her  to  gain  instructive  material  on  the  political, 
religious,  social  and  industrial  conditions  of  the  Philippines.     Condensed  front  Dial,  1910. 

Lindsay,  Charles  Harcourt  Ainslie  Forbes-.  919*14  L72 

America's  insular  possessions.     2v.     1906.     Winston. 

V.I.     The  Great  Antilles. — Porto   Rico. — Guam. — Hawaii. — Panama. 

v. 2.     The  Philippines. 

He  has  produced  a  brief  and  interesting  review  of  the  history  of  our  island  posses- 
sions; has  described  them  and  their  inhabitants  with  accuracy  and  sympathy;  and  has 
loyally  sought  to  make  the  best  possible  showing  for  their  administration  under  Ameri- 
can rule.  Photographic  illustrations  abound.  As  to  the  past  and  present  the  book  is 
interesting  and  valuable.  As  to  the  problem  of  the  near  future  it  is  almost  voiceless. 
Condensed  from  Nation,  1907. 

MacClintock,  Samuel.  J919.14  M13 

The  Philippines;  a  geographical  reader.    1903.    Amer.  Book  Co. 

Tells  about  the  government,  the  city  of  Manila,  the  Moros,  the  Visayans,  the 
Negritos  and  other  peoples  and  places  of  the  Philippine  islands. 

Manila  Merchants'  Association.  r9i9.i4  M333 

Manila,  the  pearl  of  the  Orient;  guide  book  to  the  intending  visitor. 
1908. 

United  States — War  department.  r9i9.i4  U2533S 

Special  report  of  J.  M.  Dickinson,  secretary  of  war,  to  the  president 
on  the  Philippines.    1910. 


2376  JAVA.    AUSTRALASIA 

United  States — War  department.  1919.14  U2533 

Special  report  of  W.  H.  Taft,  secretary  of  war,  to  the  president  on 
the  Philippines.     1908. 

Wade,  Mary  Hazelton.  J9i9-i4  Wix 

Our  little  Philippine  cousin.     1902.    Page. 

Life  of  a  little  Filipino  boy,  Alila  of  Luzon.  Tells  about  bis  first  party,  the  building 
of  the  house,  the  buffalo  hunt,  tapping  for  tuba,  etc. 

Wright,  Hamilton  Mercer.  9i9>i4  W93 

Handbook  of  the  Philippines.     1907.     McClurg. 

Contents:  Physiography. — Philippine  developments. — The  peoples  of  the  Philip- 
pines.— Manners,  customs,  dress  and  houses. — American  ideals  and  schools  in  the  Philip- 
pines.— Filipino  traits. — Laws  and  government. — The  forests  of  the  Philippines. — ^His- 
tory of  the  Philippines. — Agriculture. — Manufactures. — Hemp-raising. — Tobacco  indus- 
try.— The  sugar  industry. — Little-known  opportunities. — The  Philippines  for  the  sight- 
seer.— Philippine  ideals. — Observations  and  bits  of  travel. — Christianity  in  the  Philip- 
pines.— Philippine  commerce. — The  Filipino  as  a  worker. — Appendix. 

"Bibliography"  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 

The  appendix  gives  statistics  in  regard  to  the  commerce  of  the  Philippine  islands, 
occupations,  routes  of  travel,  etc.     Illustrations  and  maps. 


Java 


Day,  Clive.  992.2  D33 

Policy  and  administration  of  the  Dutch  in  Java.     1904.     Macmillan. 
"Titles  of  works  cited,"  p.19-21. 

The  author  has  taken  the  testimony  of  the  printed  documents  in  the  case  and  from 
these  has  written  a  most  interesting  work,  the  only  book  in  English  treating  of  this 
subject  which  is  worthy  of  entg-e  praise.  His  purpose  is  simply  to  tell  of  the  policy  and 
administration  of  the  Dutch,  although  he  furnishes  an  introductory  chapter  on  the  native 
organization,  giving  therein  a  good  account  of  the  island  and  its  people.  Condensed 
from  Nation,  jgo4. 

Australasia 

Abbott,  J.  H.  M.  J9i9'3  A13 

South  seas  (Melanesia),  with  illustrations  in  colour  by  Norman 
Hardy.     1908.    Black.     (Peeps  at  many  lands  series.) 

A  voyage  from  Sidney,  Australia  to  the  New  Hebrides,  New  Caledonia  and  Solo- 
mon islands  of  the  South  seas,  with  much  information  about  the  strange  people  of  these 
"Black  islands"  and  their  strange  ways. 

Elkington,  Ernest  Way.  919-3  E48 

The  savage  South  seas;  painted  by  N.  H.  Hardy.    1907.     Black. 

Contents:     British  New  Guinea. — The  Solomon  islands. — The  New  Hebrides. 

The  main  feature  of  the  book  is  the  68  illustrations,  which  are  beautiful  colored 
reproductions  of  paintings.  They  represent  every  important  phase  of  native  life.  The 
accompanying  text  adds  much  information  in  regard  to  the  customs,  superstitions, 
legends  and  practices  of  the  natives.     Condensed  from  Nation,  1907. 

Gregory,  John  Walter.  r9i9.3  Wi7a 

Australia.     2v.      1907-08.      Stanford.      (Stanford's   compendium   of 

geography  and  travel.) 

v.i.     Australia  and  New  Zealand. 

T.2.     Malaysia  and  the   Pacific  archipelagoes,  by  F.  H.  H.  Guillemard,   revised  by 

A.  H.  Keane. 


NEW  ZEALAND  2377 


919.3  L75 
"Lloyd"  guide  to  Australasia;  ed.  by  A.  G.  Plate  for  the  Norddeutscher 
Lloyd,  Bremen.     1906.    Stanford. 

Guide-book  to  Western  Australia,  South  Australia,  Victoria,  New  South  Wales, 
Queensland,  Tasmania,  New  Zealand,  British  New  Guinea,  and  the  German  possessions 
in  the  western  Pacific. 


New  Zealand 

Horsley,  Reginald.  993*1  H81 

New  Zealand.    1908.    Jack.     (Romance  of  empire  series.) 

Graphic  and  popular,  but  reliable,  historical  sketch.     Illustrated  in  color. 

Wilson,  John  Alexander.  993-1  W76 

Story  of  Te  Waharoa;  a  chapter  in  early  New  Zealand  history,  with 
sketches  of  ancient  Maori  life  and  history.    1906.    Whitcombe. 

First  published  in  1866. 

Te  Waharoa  (i779?-i839)  was  a  powerful  New  Zealand  chief.     Illustrated. 

Cowan,  James.  9i9<3i  C84 

New  Zealand,  or  Ao-tea-roa  (The  long  bright  world) ;  its  wealth  and 
resources,  scenery,  travel-routes,  spas  and  sport.  1908.  New  Zealand 
Government. 

Illustrated  from  photographs. 

New  Zealand — Tourist  and  health  resorts,  Department  of.      rgig.si  N26 

The  Marlborough  and  Nelson  districts  [New  Zealand].     1909. 

Philadelphia  Commercial  Museum.  qrg  19.31  P49 

Foreign  commercial  guide,  New  Zealand;  ed.  by  E.J.  Cattell.     1905. 

Reeves,  William  Pember.  9i9'3i  R28 

New  Zealand;  painted  by  F.  and  W.  Wright,  described  by  W.  P. 
Reeves.    1908.    Black. 

"Admirable  sketch  of  a  wonderful  country  by  an  enthusiast  and  an  expert,  which 
is  a  far  more  interesting  piece  of  literature  than  the  letterpress  usually  contained  in  the 
modern  coloured  picture  book."     Burlington  magazine,  igo8. 

Scholefield,  Guy  Hardy.  9i9-3i  S36 

New  Zealand  in  evolution;  industrial,  economic  and  political,  with 

an  introduction  by  W.  P.  Reeves.    1909.    Scribner. 
Devoted  chiefly  to  its  industrial  development. 


Australia 

Becke,  Louis,  &  Jeffery,  Walter.  994  B36 

Naval  pioneers  of  Australia.    1899.    Murray. 

Contents:  The  earliest  Australian  voyagers:  the  Portuguese,  Spanish  and  Dutch. — 
Dampier,  the  first  Englishman  in  Australia. — Cook,  the  discoverer. — Arthur  Phillip, 
founder  and  first  governor  of  New  South  Wales. — Governor  Hunter. — The  marines  and 
the  New  South  Wales  corps. — Governor  King. — Bass  and  Flinders. — The  captivity  of 
Flinders. — Bligh  and  the  mutiny  of  the  "Bounty." — BHgh  as  governor. — Other  naval 
pioneers. — The  present  maritime  state  of  Australia. 

Contribution  to  early  Australian  history,  in  the  form  of  short  connected  memoirs 


2378  AUSTRALIA 


Becke,  Louis,  &  Jeffery,  Walter — continued.  994  B36 

of  the  distinguished  sailors  who,  as  explorers  and  governors,  took  part  in  laying  the 
foundations  of  the  colonies. 

Australia.  1919.4  A93 

Visit  of  the  fleet  of  the  United  States  of  America;  programme  for 
Sydney,  20-27th  August  1908;  issued  by  the  commonwealth  govern- 
ment.   1908. 

Favenc,  Ernest.  919.4  F28 

Explorers  of  Australia  and  their  life-work.  1908.  Whitcombe. 
(Makers  of  Australasia.) 

Simple,  concise  account,  based  on  journals,  letters,  official  reports,  contemporary 
newspapers,  etc.  Covers  entire  period,  from  1788  to  the  beginning  of  the  20th  cen- 
tury.    Author  is  himself  an  Australian  explorer.     Portraits,  maps  and  plans. 

Fraser,  John  Foster.  919-4  F88 

Australia;  the  making  of  a  nation.    1910.    Cassell. 

He  admired  them  and  their  country  greatly,  though  not  always  in  a  way  that  pleased 
them;  but  he  saw  things  that  did  not  appear  to  promise  well.  Accordingly  he  says  what 
these  things  are,  and  he  does  it  in  a  reasonable  way.  It  is  clear  that  Mr  Fraser,  as  a 
well-wisher  of  the  country,  has  really  written  his  book  to  make  these  criticisms.  Con- 
densed from  Spectator,  1910. 

Gvuin,  Mrs  Jeannie.  919-4  G97 

We  of  the  Never-never.    1907.    Macmillan. 

Account  of  a  year's  experiences  among  the  bushmen  of  the  northern  territory  of 
Australia. 

Taunton,  Henry.  919-4  T24 

Australind;  wanderings  in  western  Australia  and  the  Malay  East. 
1903.    Arnold. 

"Mr.  Taunton's  account  of  his  varied  life  and  adventures ...  partly  on  shore  in 
West  and  North-West  Australia,  and  subsequently  in  pearl-fishing  on  the  coast  and 
shipping  horses  over  to  Java,  is  full  of  interesting  and  instructive  matter.  His  rem- 
iniscences are  spread  over  the  seventies  and  eighties,  his  last  pearling  season  being  that 
of  1886-7."    Athentrum,  1904. 

Wise,  Bernhard  Ringrose.  919-4  W81 

Commonwealth  of  Australia.    1909.    Little. 

"Outline  sketch  of  a  modern  system  of  government  which  for  ten  years  has  com- 
bined the  parliamentary  system  of  Great  Britain  with  the  federal  system  of  the  United 
States.  The  book  covers:  (i)  economic,  social  and  political  conditions,  past  and  present; 
(2)  the  framework  of  the  commonwealth  government  and  its  relation  to  the  component 
states;  (3)  the  legislative  history  of  its  first  decade.  This  is  the  only  book  devoted  to 
the  special  features  of  Australian  policy."    A.  L.  A.  booklist,  igog. 

Official  guide  to  Western  Australia.    1909.    Wigg.  r9i9.4i  O16 

Adelaide,  South  Australia.  r9 19.42  Aaa 

Official  illustrated  guide  to  Adelaide  and  environs,  containing  full 
and  authentic  descriptive  letterpress  and  pictorial  information  of  value 
to  visitors  and  tourists.    1906.    Goodwin. 

Curtis,  Leonard  Samuel,  ed.  qr9i9.42  C93 

Adelaide,  "the  queen  city  of  the  south."    1907.    Vardon. 
Devoted  chiefly  to  the  city's  industries  and  business  houses.     Many  illustrations. 


NEW  GUINEA.    POLYNESIA  2379 

Gordon,  David  J.  91942  G65 

Handbook  of  South  Australia.    1908. 

Issued  by  the  government  of  South  Australia. 

South  Australia — Crown  lands,  Commissioner  of.  rgi9.42  S72 

Crown  land  laws  of  South  Australia;  comp.  from  acts  of  Parliament 
by  T.  Duffield.    1908. 

With  this  are  bound:  How  can  tropical  and  sub-tropical  Australia  be  effectively 
developed?  by  Matthew  Macfie;  The  south-eastern  district  of  South  Australia  in  1880; 
The  turning  of  the  way;  an  address  on  the  present  educational  position,  by  W.  R.  Smith; 
Notes  on  agriculture  in  South  Australia. 

New  South  Wales — Intelligence  department.  r9ig.44  N26 

New  South  Wales,  the  mother  state  of  Australia;  a  guide  for  immi- 
grants and  settlers.     1906. 

Largely  devoted  to  the  agricultural  advantages  of  New  South  Wales,  but  giving 
also  some  account  of  the  fisheries  and  mineral  industries,  climate,  education,  etc.  Il- 
lustrated. 


New  Guinea 

Grimshaw,  Beatrice  Ethel.  919-5  G92 

The  new  New  Guinea.    191 1.    Lippincott. 

"Well  informed  woman's  impressions  and  a  vast  amount  of  information  concerning 
customs,  resources,  cannibalism,  coffee  and  rubber-growing,  pearl  fishing  and  native 
characteristics,  all  told  with  such  keen  appreciation  and  lively  wit  as  to  make  an  un- 
usually engaging  record."    A.  L.  A.  booklist,  iqii. 

Pratt,  Antwerp  Edgar.  919.5  P88 

Two  years  among  New  Guinea  cannibals;  a  naturalist's  sojourn 
among  the  aborigines  of  unexplored  New  Guinea;  with  notes  and  ob- 
servations by  his  son  Harry  Pratt,  and  appendices  on  the  scientific 
results  of  the  expedition.    1906.    Lippincott. 

"Mr.  Pratt  devotes  little  space  in  this  book  to  natural  history,  its  bulk  being  given 
to  a  gossipy  description  of  the  author's  journeyings,  with  remarks,  too  often  inaccurate, 
on  the  natives  he  came  in  contact  with."     Nature,  1906. 


Polynesia 


Christian,  Frederick  William.  919-6  C46 

Eastern  Pacific  lands;  Tahiti  and  the  Marquesas  islands.  1910. 
Scott. 

Travel  and  historical  inquiry  among  the  islands  of  eastern  Polynesia.  A  mournful 
picture  of  the  decay  of  the  Marquesan  islanders  and  the  waning  population.  Appendixes 
provide  anthropological,  botanical  and  philological  notes.     Illustrated. 

Grimshaw,  Beatrice  Ethel.  gig.6  G92 

In  the  strange  South  seas.    1908.    Lippincott. 

Entertaining  record  of  her  three  years'  adventures  in  Tahiti,  Samoa,  the  Cook  and 
other  groups  of  islands,  some  of  which  she  was  the  first  white  woman  to  visit.  De- 
scribes vividly  the  appearance  of  the  islands  and  the  life  of  the  natives,  as  well  as 
showing  the  g^eat  undeveloped  wealth  to  be  found  there  and  the  opportunities  offered 
to  white  settlers.     Illustrations. 


2380  HAWAIIAN  ISLANDS 

Stewart,  Charles  Samuel.  919.6  S849 

Visit  to  the  South  seas  in  the  U.  S.  ship  Vincennes,  during  the  years 

1829  and  1830,  with  notices  of  Brazil,  Peru,  Manilla,  the  Cape  of  Good 

Hope  and  St.  Helena;  ed.  and  abridged  by  William  Ellis.    1832.    Fisher. 

Grimshaw,  Beatrice  Ethel.  919.61  G93 

Fiji  and  its  possibilities.     1907.    Doubleday. 

Also  published  under  the  title  "From  Fiji  to  the  Cannibal  islands." 
"Account  of  the  journey  of  an  Englishwoman  into  the  interior  of  the  Fiji  and  New 
Hebrides  (or  Cannibal)  Islands  where  no  white  woman  had  ever  been  before.  Though 
not  a  serious  study  the  book  gives  an  excellent  idea  of  social  and  economic  conditions 
on  the  island.  Illustrated  from  interesting  photographs  by  the  author."  A.  L.  A.  book- 
list, 190S. 

Stubbs,  Laura.  919.61  S93 

Stevenson's  shrine;  the  record  of  a  pilgrimage.     1903.     Moring. 
Description  of  Vailima.     The  book  adds  little  to  our  knowledge  of  Stevenson,  but 

the  pictures  of  his  home  and  its  surroundings  are  of  interest. 


Hawaiian  islands 

Cumming,  Constance  Frederica  Gordon-.  919.69  C91 

Fire  fountains;  the  kingdom  of  Hawaii,  its  volcanoes  and  the  his- 
tory of  its  missions.    2v.     1883.    Blackwood. 

"She  has  spent  months  and  years,  instead  of  the  ordinary  tourist's  weeks  and  days, 
in  the  Society,  the  Friendly,  and  the  Sandwich  Isles . . .  Few  have  described  life  in  the 
islands  of  the  Pacific  so  graphically. .  .In  her  first  volume  we  have  an  account  of  a 
residence  in  the  largest  island,  including  trips  along  the  coast  and  rides  in  the  interior. 
The  second  volume  is  a  sort  of  history  of  the  islands  since  their  discovery  by  Cook, 
with  descriptions  of  native  rule,  of  the  introduction  of  missionaries,  and  of  the  most 
remarkable  eruptions  that  have  occurred  during  the  last  century."  Saturday  review, 
1883. 

Mauna  Loa,  one  of  the  most  famous  of  the  volcanoes,  is  described  at  some  length. 

Hawaiian  Gazette  Co.  pub.  q9 19.69  H36 

Picturesque  Honolulu.    1907. 
Popular  illustrated  sketch  of  the  city. 

Honolulu,  Chamber  of  Commerce.  r9i9.69  H76 

Annual  report  for  the  year  ending  Aug.  i8th,  1909.     1909. 

Krout,  Mary  Hannah.  J9i9-69  K42 

Alice's  visit  to  the  Hawaiian  islands.  1900.  Anier.  Book  Co.  (Ec- 
lectic school  readings.) 

The  travels  of  a  little  girl  in  the  Hawaiian  islands.  Tells  about  the  food,  houses, 
customs  and  cities  of  the  islands,  about  a  trip  to  the  great  volcano  of  Kilauea,  and 
about  Molokai,  the  leper  island. 

Stoddard,  Charles  Warren.  919-69  S861 

Lepers  of  Molokai.     [1908.]     Ave  Maria  Press. 

The  attention  of  the  world  was  first  forcibly  directed  to  Father  Damien  and  his 
work  by  the  present  little  volume,  originally  published  in  1885.  Describes  a  visit  to  the 
leper  settlement  in  1884  and  the  author's  acquaintance  with  Father  Damien.  This  edi- 
tion contains  also  letters  of  sympathy  and  eulogy  written  to  Mr  Stoddard  after  the 
priest's  death  in  1889. 


ARCTIC  REGIONS  2381 


Arctic  regions 

History 

Conway,  Sir  William  Martin.  998  C76 

No  man's  land;  a  history  of  Spitsbergen  from  its  discovery  in  1596 
to  the  beginning  of  the  scientific  exploration  of  the  country.  1906. 
Cambridge  University  Press. 

"Bibliography  of  the  history  and  geography  of  Spitsbergen,"  p.305-327. 

Author  has  himself  made  two  expeditions  to  Spitsbergen.  A  considerable  portion  of 
the  book  is  devoted  to  the  whaling  industry  which  was  carried  on  along  the  coasts  of  the 
islands.    Contains  maps  and  illustrations. 

"Sir  Martin  Conway  arouses  the  interest  of' his  readers  in  the  curious  history  of  a 
land  which  though  never  permanently  inhabited  has  played  the  part  of  an  apple  of  dis- 
cord between  the  great  Powers  of  former  days."     Saturday  review,  1906. 

Cranz,  David.  rggS  C86 

History  of  Greenland,  including  an  account  of  the  mission  carried 
on  by  the  United  Brethren  in  that  country;  from  the  German,  with  a 
continuation  to  the  present  time,  illustrative  notes  and  an  appendix 
containing  a  sketch  of  the  mission  of  the  Brethren  in  Labrador.  2v. 
1820.    Longman. 

The  same,  containing  a  description  of  the  country  and  its  inhabitants, 
and  particularly  a  relation  of  the  mission  carried  on  for  above  these  30 
years  by  the  Unitas  Fratrum  at  New  Herrnhuth  and  Lichtenfels.  2v. 
1767.    United  Brethren rggS  C86a 


Exploration  and  description 

Brooklyn,  N.  Y. — Public  library.  1016.9198  B77 

The  polar  regions;  a  list  of  books  in  the  Brooklyn  Public  Library. 
1909. 

919.8  B45 

.no^ty  ,pi2 

Borup,  George.  919-8  B639 

A  tenderfoot  with  Peary,  with  a  preface  by  G.W.Melville.  191 1. 
Stokes. 

Introduces  a  distinctly  new  note  into  the  cold  and  formal  literature  of  Arctic  ex- 
ploration. Author,  a  Yale  athlete,  was  the  youngest  member  of  the  last  polar  expedition. 
He  approached  his  grreat  adventure  with  a  huge  appetite  and  he  has  written  about  it  with 
an  utter  lack  of  self-consciousness.     Condensed  from  Life,  igii. 

Carstensen,  Andreas  Christian  Riis.  919.8  C23 

Two  summers  in  Greenland;  an  artist's  adventures  among  ice  and 
islands,  in  fjords  and  mountains.     1890.     Chapman. 

"The  portion  of  the  country  visited  by  Mr.  Carstensen  was  small,  but  it  serves  well 
as  a  sample  of  the  whole ...  Written  neither  by  a  sportsman  nor  by  a  man  of  science, 
it  simply  contains  a  gossipy  narrative  of  what  the  author  saw,  heard,  and  experienced 
during  his  visits ...  Those  who  wish  for  scientific  information  must  seek  it  elsewhere 
than  in  the  pages  of  this  lively  book."    Spectator,  1890. 


2382  ARCTIC  REGIONS 


Fiala,  Anthony.  qgig.8  F44 

Fighting  the  polar  ice,  with  an  introduction  by  W.  S.  Champ,  and 
reports  by  W.  J.  Peters,  R.  W.  Porter  and  O.  S.  Fassig.  1906.  Double- 
day. 

Account  of  the  second  Ziegler  expedition.     Well  illustrated. 

Gordon,  William  John.  919.8  G65 

Round  about  the  North  pole.     1907.     Button. 

Contents:  Spitsbergen. — Novaya  Zemlya. — Franz  Josef  Land. — Cape  Chelyuskin. — 
The  Lena  delta. — Bering  strait. — The  American  mainland. — The  Parry  islands. — Boothia. 
— Baffin  bay. — Smith  sound. — Greenland. 

"A  more  inspiring  record  of  bravery,  endurance,  sacrifice  of  self  for  the  sake  of 
one's  comrades,  unflinching  devotion  to  duty. .  .it  would  be  difficult  to  find  than  is  con- 
tained in  this  account  of  the  heroes  of  Arctic  research.  In  telling  the  story  of  the  dif- 
ferent expeditions  from  that  of  Sir  Hugh  Willoughby  in  1553,  to  Robert  Peary's  in  1906, 
the  author  has  divided  the  region  into  sections describing  the  exploration  of  each  sec- 
tion by  itself.  The  main  incidents  and  achievements  of  the  various  expeditions  are 
grouped  together  with  numerous  extracts  from  journals  and  anecdotes."     Nation,  J907. 

Maps,  portraits  and  other  illustrations. 

Greely,  Adolphus  Washington.  919.8  G82ha 

Handbook  of  polar  discoveries.     1906.     Little. 

Short  bibliography  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 

Topical  arrangement  of  Arctic  exploration  from  the  close  of  the  15th  century  to  1905. 

The  same.    1910 919.8  G82ha2 

Contents:    Arctic  discoveries. — Antarctic  discoveries. 

"Polar  bibliography,"  p.3 18-324;  bibliography  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 

Summary  of  the  results  of  polar  discovery  from  the  close  of  the  isth  century  to 
ipio.  It  is  to  be  regretted  that  before  publishing  the  fourth  edition  of  his  well-known 
and  indispensable  guide-book.  Gen.  Greely  did  not  await  the  issue  of  the  dispute  touch- 
ing Dr  Cook's  alleged  discovery  of  the  North  pole. 

"Gen.  Greely's  high  standing  as  an  Arctic  authority  insures  reliability,  at  the  same 
time  that  it  gives  special  value  to  his  personal  estimate  of  the  accomplishments  of  dif- 
ferent explorers."     Nation,  jgo6. 

Hoare,  J.  Douglas.  919.8  H64 

Arctic  exploration.     1906.     Methuen. 

Summary  of  Arctic  exploration  from  early  times  to  the  close  of  the  19th  century. 

[Leslie,  Alexander.]  919.8  L64 

Arctic  voyages  of  Adolf  Erik  Nordenskiold,  1858-1879.  1879.  Mac- 
millan. 

"List  of  books  and  memoirs  relating  to  the  Swedish  Arctic  expeditions,"  p.41 8-440. 
Popular   account   of   2:    years   of   Nordenskiold's    Arctic    explorations,    including   a 
sketch  of  the  history  of  the  Northeast  passage  expedition,  1878-79. 

Miertsching,  Johann  August.  1919.8  M67 

Reise-tagebuch  des  missionars  Joh.  Aug.  Miertsching,  welcher  als 

dolmetscher  die  nordpol-expedition  zur  aufsuchung  Sir  John  Franklins 

auf  dem  schiff  Investigator  begleitete  in  den  jahren  1850  bis  1854.    1855. 

Mulg^ave,  Constantine  John  Phipps,  baron.  qrgig.S  M95 

Voyage  towards  the  North  pole,  undertaken  by  His  Majesty's  com- 
mand, 1773.    1774.    Bowyer. 

Baron  Mulgrave  (1744-92)  was  a  captain  in  the  British  navy. 

"In  1773  he  commanded  the  Race-horse,  which,  in  company  with  the  Carcass,  was 
fitted  out  to  atteippt  the  discovery  of  a  northern  route  to  India.  The  expedition  sailed 
to  the  north  of  Spitzbcrgen,  and,  finding  the  sea  absolutely  blocked  with  ice,  returned 
without  any  result.  The  voyage  is  now  principally  remembered  from  the  fact  that  Nel- 
son was  a  midshipman  on  board  the  Carcass."    Dictionary  of  national  biography. 


ARCTIC  REGIONS  2383 


Nansen,  Fridtjof.  919.8  Ni2w 

Wsrod  nocy  i  lodow;  Norweska  wyprawa  podbiegunowa,  1893-1896. 

2v.    1898. 

Polish  translation  of  "Farthest  north." 

Parry,  Sir  William  Edward.  r9i9.8  P26 

Journals  of  the  first,  second  and  third  voyages  for  the  discovery  of 
a  north-west  passage  from  the  Atlantic  to  the  Pacific  in  1819-25,  in  His 
Majesty's  ships  Hecla,  Griper  and  Fury.    5v.    1828.    Murray. 

Payer,  Julius,  ritter  von.  919.8  P33 

New  lands  within  the  Arctic  circle;  narrative  of  the  discoveries  of 

the  Austrian  ship  "Tegetthoff"  in  the  years   1872-1874;   tr.  from   the 
German.     1877.    Appleton. 

Besides  the  discovery  and  exploration  of  Franz-Joseph-Land,  the  expedition  accom- 
plished valuable  scientific  results,  which  are  here  recorded.  The  book  abounds  in  ex- 
cellent descriptions  of  Arctic  scenery. 

Peary,  Robert  Edwin.  q9i9.8  P35n 

Nearest  the  pole;  a  narrative  of  the  polar  expedition  of  the  Peary 

Arctic  Club  in  the  S.  S.  Roosevelt,  1905-1906.     1907.     Doubleday. 

Thrilling  narrati%'e  of  a  three  hundred  mile  dash  with  dogs  and  sledges  from  Cape 

Sheridan   to   87°  6'   north   latitude,   over   the   shifting  ice   of  the   polar   sea.      Contains 

excellent  photographic  studies  of  the  Eskimos. 

Peary,  Robert  Edwin.  919.8  P35no 

The  North  pole;  its  discovery  in  1909  under  the  auspices  of  the 
Peary  Arctic  Club,  with  an  introduction  by  Theodore  Roosevelt  and  a 
foreword  by  G.  H.  Grosvenor.     1910.    Stokes. 

It  is  the  story  of  the  voyage  related  for  the  general  reader,  a  story  of  intense  inter- 
est, effectively  told.  "I  knew  it  was  my  last  game  upon  the  great  Arctic  chess- 
board," says  the  author  in  his  opening  chapter.  It  was  success  now,  or  final  defeat  in 
the  effort  to  which  nearly  a  quarter-century  of  his  strong  manhood  had  been  devoted. 
Condensed  from  Nation,  1910. 

Peary,  Robert  Edwin,  &  Peary,  M.  A.  qJ9i9-8  P35 

Snowland  folk;  the  Eskimos,  the  bears,  the  dogs,  the  musk  oxen  and 

other  dwellers  in  the  frozen  North.     1904.    Stokes. 

Large  print.     Many  pictures  from  photographs  and  drawings. 

Van  Campen,  Samuel  Richard.  919.8  V17 

Dutch  in  the  Arctic  seas.    v.i.     1876.    Triibner. 

v. I.     A  Dutch  Arctic  expedition  and  route. 

No  more  published. 

A  general  survey  of  the  field  of  Arctic  exploration  and  a  plea  for  renewed  activity 
on  the  part  of  the  Dutch.  The  second  volume  was  to  have  recorded  what  they  had  al- 
ready accomplished.  Appendix  contains  a  chronological  table  of  Arctic  voyages  from 
860  to  1876. 

Whitney,  Harry.  919.8  W65 

Hunting  with  the  Eskimos;  the  unique  record  of  a  sportsman's  year 

among  the  northernmost  tribe,  the  big  game  hunting,  the  native  life  and 

the  battle  for  existence  through  the  long  Arctic  night.  1910.  Century. 
Story  of  a  sportsman  who  lived  for  over  a  year  among  the  Eskimos,  sharing  their 

life  in  every  detail. 


2384  ANTARCTIC  REGIONS 

Antarctic  regions 

Charcot,  Jean  Baptiste  Auguste  fitienne.  <19i9-9  C37 

Voyage  of  the  "Why  not?"  in  the  Antarctic;   the  journal  of  the 

second  French  South  polar  expedition,  1908-1910;  English  version  by 

Philip  Walsh,     [191 1.]     Hodder. 

The  lover  of  adventures,  recounted  modestly  and  without  exaggeration,   will  find 

much  to  his  taste  in  this  volume,  which  consists  mainly  of  extracts  from  Dr  Charcot's 

joumaL    The  illustrations  are  admirable.     Condensed  from  Athenaum,  ign. 

Shackleton,  Sir  Ernest  Henry.  4919-9  S52 

Heart  of  the  Antarctic;  the  story  of  the  British  Antarctic  expedition, 
1907-1909,  with  an  introduction  by  H.  R.  Mill  [and]  an  account  of  the 
first  journey  to  the  South  magnetic  pole,  by  T.  W.  E.  David.  2v.  1909. 
Lippincott. 

Valuable  as  are  the  scientific  results  set  forth  in  this  volume  it  is  the  description 
of  the  two  journeys — the  one  toward  the  South  pole,  which  was  not  reached,  and  the 
other  to  the  mag^netic  pole,  which  was  reached — ^that  is  of  the  highest  interest.  The 
story  is  told  in  a  perfectly  direct  and  simple  fashion,  so  that  we  seem  to  follow  the 
travelers  mile  by  mile  and  day  by  day.  Of  great  interest,  too,  is  the  account  of  the 
aacent  of  Mt.  Erebus,  the  most  southerly  known  volcano.     Condensed  from  Nation,  1909. 


A     000  886  021     5 


